DICTIONAR PA

CONE

The Pali Alphabet Vowels a i I u e o

Consonants unvoiced unaspirate Gutturals (or Velars) Palatals Retroflexes (or Cerebrals) Dentals Labials Semi-vowels Sibilant Aspirate k c t t p y s h r unvoiced aspirate kh ch
1

voiced unaspirate g j d d b 1 1

voiced aspirate gh jh dh dh bh lh v

nasala n n n n m

th ph

The anusvra (the pure nasal m) does not change before y, r, /, v, s, and h; and in that position it comes before all other consonants in the alphabetical order. For example, samvara and samsaya come before saka. Before other consonants, m may change to the class nasal, i.e. that in the same line in the table above. For example, -mk- may be written -nk-, -mcmay be written - n o ) . Thus samgha is the same as sangha, samcaya as sancaya, etc. Even when the anusvra is written, its place in the alphabet is that of the equivalent class nasal.

A DICTIONARY OF PALI

PART I

a kh

A DICTIONARY OF PALI
PART I

a kh

BY

MARGARET CONE

Published by

The Pali Text Society Oxford 2001

 2001 Pali Text Society

ISBN

o 86013 394 x

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or any information storage and retrieval system, without prior permission in writing from the Pali Text Society.

Printed in Great Britain by

Antony Rowe Ltd, Chippenham, Wiltshire

To

Professor R.F. Gombrich and Professor K.R. Norman

lbh vata me suladdham vata me yass me kalynamitt bahussut anukampak atihakm ovdak anussak

Foreword

The first Pli-English dictionary, published in two volumes in 1872 and 1875, was the work of Robert Caesar Childers. His main source was Abhidhnappadipik, a dictionary in Pali,

probably of the late 12th century, which was itself based on the Sanskrit Amarakosa. He was able to consult Singhalese bhikkhus, but had access to very few Pali texts. Even so, his dictionary is an admirable work and a considerable achievement for its time.

As European knowledge of Pali texts grew, Childers' dictionary became unsatisfactory, and one of the aims of Thomas William Rhys Davids, the founder of the Pali Text Society, was to produce a Pli-English dictionary better able to serve the needs of those wishing to read or indeed edit Pali texts. In the early years of the last century he tried to find scholars throughout Europe to co-operate in producing such a dictionary, but he met various setbacks and disappointments, and after the First World War had ended most hopes of international cooperation, he at last decided that he himself would launch what he thought of as a provisional dictionary, with Dr. William Stede as co-editor, and using some material provided by other scholars. This invaluable dictionary was published from 1921-1925.

Meanwhile, in Copenhagen, Dines Andersen and Helmer Smith had begun to produce the Critical Pali Dictionary, the first fascicle of which appeared in 1924. They had the benefit of the work of Carl Wilhelm Trenckner (1824 - 1891), who, while making transcripts of most of the Pali manuscripts in the rich Copenhagen Collection, and of others from London, had made preparations for a dictionary, writing small paper-slips containing words and references, observations on grammar and syntax, and quotations illustrating secular and daily life. Andersen and Smith possessed a wide knowledge of Pali combined with expertise in philology, in

vii

grammar, in Sanskrit and in other Indo-Aryan languages, and they laid strong and solid foundations for the Critical Pali Dictionary. It is a giant work, an exhaustive dictionary, and for any serious Pali scholar, indispensable. Fascicles continue to be produced, but it will be many years before it is completed.

In the Foreword to the first fascicle of the Pali Text Society's dictionary, Rhys Davids wrote:

'It has been decided ... to reserve the proceeds of the sale [of the first edition] for the eventual issue of a second edition which shall come nearer to our ideals of what a Pali Dictionary should be.'

This was the task I began several years ago. Within a very short time I realised that so little could be left unaltered that I had to produce a completely new dictionary, not a revision of the existing one. Rhys Davids' dictionary is only one of my sources, although an important one. The dictionary does however remain essentially a dictionary of the texts published by the Pali Text Society.

This dictionary has two main aims: first, to help its user read and understand the Pali Canon and its commentaries; and second, to provide a picture of the language, syntax, and even grammar of these texts. To achieve the first aim, I have tried to define all the words which appear in the texts in so far as that is possible given the fallibility of even the most recent technological aids and the limits of human capability. For the second, I have extensively used quotation to illustrate meaning, rather than providing mere references, and have given detailed information on declension and especially on parts of verbs. As a secondary aim was to produce a relatively concise dictionary, there are some things this dictionary is not. It is not an etymological dictionary, its primary reference being to Sanskrit. It is not a concordance, but quotes selectively. I have tried to show the range of texts in which a word appears, but the emphasis is on canonical texts, with less reference to commentaries. Not every compound is listed, only those where the members do not appear independently, or where the meaning might not be immediately apparent. Negative forms and many forms with su-, du(r)- or ni(r)- are given under the primary word.

vin

The writing of this dictionary presented two main difficulties. The first is that it proved impossible to be sure of the meaning of some words, where etymology and context were not sufficient to produce certainty. There are, therefore, more queries remaining than one would like. The second difficulty concerns the texts themselves. It is likely that most users of this dictionary will also be using mainly the editions of the Pali Text Society. The majority of these editions were made many years ago, sometimes from only one or a very few manuscripts, by editors who had little help to aid their decisions. The consequence is a considerable number of doubtful readings. I have therefore very often quoted from the Burmese, Singhalese and Thai editions. Sometimes it is possible to express a preference for one or the other reading, sometimes each reading could be justified, sometimes no reading is really convincing. I give these alternative readings so that the reader may consider and choose, and to point out the fallibility of all editions.

I have tried to give the quotations as they appear in the texts, but I have regularised some spellings: whatever the edition has, I always write final anusvra (eg ~am ca, not -an ca; -am yeva, not -anneva), and vy- (not by-).

It hardly needs to be said that I, as any writer of a dictionary, depend on the work of previous and present scholars, in particular of the writers of the Pali Text Society's first Pli-English Dictionary and of the continuing Critical Pali Dictionary. Generally I make no

acknowledgement to these scholars in the articles of the dictionary, but I do so now, for my debt to them is great.

Darwin College Cambridge 2001

Margaret Cone

ix

Texts

(references are to vol., page, and line unless otherwise specified)

A Abh Abh-sci Abhidh-av Ang Ang-a Ap Ap-a p.&r. Aup As

Ahguttaranikaya, ed. R. Morris, E. Hardy, PTS London 1885-1900 Abhidhnappadipik, ed. W. Subhti, Colombo 1900 Abhidhnasci, index and notes to Abh, W. Subhti, Colombo 1893 Abhidhammvatra, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1915 Angatavamsa (including parts of Ang-a) ed. J. Minayeff, JPTS, 1886, pp. 33 -53 Samantabhaddik (Angatavamsa-atthakath); see Ang Apadna, ed. M.E. Lilley, PTS London 1925-27 Visuddhajanavilsini (Apadna-atthakath) ed. C.E. Godakumbura, PTS London 1954 pastamba's Srautastra Aupaptika Sutra, ed. E. Leumann, Leipzig 1883 Atthaslini, ed. E. Mller, PTS London 1897

Bhi Vin Bv Bv-a

Bhiksuni-Vinaya, ed. G. Roth, Patna 1970 Buddhavamsa, ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1974 (by poem and verse) Madhuratthavilsini (Buddhavamsa-atthakath), ed. LB. Horner, PTS London 1946

Cp Cp-a

Cariypitaka, ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1974 (by vagga, poem and verse) Paramatthadipani (Cariypitaka-atthakath), ed. D.L. Barua, PTS London 1979

D Dth

Dighanikya, ed. T.W. Rhys Davids, J.E. Carpenter, PTS London 1890-1911 Dthvamsa, ed. T.W. Rhys Davids, R. Morris, JPTS, 1884, pp. 109-151 (by chapter and verse)

Dhtuk

The Dhtukathpakarana and its commentary (Ppk-a I), ed. E.R. Gooneratne, PTS London 1892

Dhtum Dhtup

Dhtumanjs, see Dhtup The Pli Dhtuptha and the Dhtumanjs, ed. D. Andersen, H. Smith, Copenhagen 1921 (by root-number)

Dhp Dhp-a Dhs Dip

Dhammapada, ed. O. von Hinber, K.R. Norman, PTS Oxford 1994 (by verse) Dhammapada-atthakath, ed. H.C. Norman, PTS London 1906-14 Dhammasangani, ed. E. Mller, PTS London 1885 Dipavamsa, ed. and translated H. Oldenberg, London 1879 (by chapter and verse)

GDhp Gv

The Gndhari Dhammapada, ed. J. Brough, London 1962 Gandavyha, ed. Suzuki, Idzumi, Kyoto 1934-36

It It-a

Itivuttaka, ed. E. Windisch, PTS London 1889 Paramatthadipani (Itivuttaka-atthakath), ed. M.M. Bose, PTS London 1934-36

Ja Jina-c Jinak Jinl Jm

The Jtaka together with its commentary, ed. V. Fausboll, London 1877-96 Jinacarita, ed. W.H.D. Rouse, JPTS, 1905, pp. 1 -31 (by verse) Jinaklamli, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1962 Jinlankra, ed. J. Gray, London 1894 Jtakaml, ed. H. Kern, Harvard University Press, Cambridge Mass. 1943

Kacc Khp Kkh Khuddas Kv Kv-a

Kaccyanapakarana, ed. E. Senart, J As, 1871, pp. 1 -339 Khuddakaptha, ed. H. Smith, PTS London 1915 (by poem and verse) Kankhvitarani, ed. D. Maskell, PTS London 1981 Khuddasikkh, ed. E. Mller, JPTS, 1883, pp. 86-121 Kathvatthu, ed. A.C. Taylor, PTS London 1894 Kathvatthu Commentary (Ppk-a III), ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1979

M Mhbh Mhbv Mhv

Majjhimanikya, ed. V. Trenckner, R. Chalmers, PTS London 1887-1902 Mahbhrata, ed. V.S. Sukthankar et al., Poona 1933Mahbodhivamsa, ed. S.A. Strong, PTS London 1891 Mahavamsa (and Culavamsa), ed. W. Geiger, PTS London 1908, 1925 (by chapter and verse)

Mil Mil-t Moh

Milindapaho, ed. V. Trenckner, PTS London 1880 Milindatik, ed. P.S. Jaini, PTS London 1961 Mohavicchedani, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, A.K. Warder, PTS London 1961

xi

Mp

Manorathaprani (Anguttararkya-atthakath), ed. M. Walleser, H. Kopp, PTS London 1936-57

Mp-t MPS Mvu

Sratthamanjs (tik on Mp), Rangoon 1961 Mahparinirvnastra, ed. E. Waldschmidt, Berlin 1950, 1951 Mahvastu, ed. E. Senart, Paris 1882-97

Nmar-p
iNeu

Nmarpapariccheda, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, JPTS, 1913-14, pp. 1 -114 Nettipakarana, ed. E. Hardy, PTS London 1902 Mahniddesa, ed. L. de La Vallee Poussin, E.J. Thomas, PTS London 1978 Cullaniddesa, ed. W. Stede, PTS London 1916 Saddhammapajjotik (Mahniddesa-atthakath), ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1931, 1939

Niddl Nidd II Nidd-a I

Nidd-a II

Saddhammapajjotik (Cullaniddesa-atthakath), ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1941

Paiica-g Patis Patis-a PDhp Pet Pjl Pj II Pp Pp-a

Paiicagatidipani, ed. L. Feer, JPTS, 1884, pp. 152-61 (by verse) Patisambhidamagga, ed. A.C. Taylor, PTS London 1905-07 Saddhammappaksini (Patisambhidamagga-atthakath), ed. C.V. Joshi, PTS London 1979 Patna Dharmapada, ed. M. Cone, JPTS, XIII, pp. 101-217 Petakopadesa, ed. A. Barua, PTS London 1949 Paramatthajotik I (Khuddakaptha-atthakath), ed. H. Smith, PTS London 1915 Paramatthajotik II (Suttanipta-atthakath), ed. H. Smith, PTS London 1916-18 Puggalapahnatti, ed. R. Morris, PTS London 1997 Puggalapahnatti-atthakath (Ppk-a II), ed. G. Landsberg, C.A.F. Rhys Davids, (JPTS, 1913, pp. 170-254), included in Pp

Ppk-a Pv Pv-a Ps

Pancappakarana-atthakath Petavatthu, ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1977 (by poem and verse) Paramatthadipani (Petavatthu-atthakath), ed. E. Hardy, PTS London 1894 Papaiicasdani (Majjhimanikya-atthakath), ed. J.H. Woods, D. Kosambi, LB. Horner, PTS London 1933-38

Ps-t

tik on Ps, Rangoon 1961

RV

Rgveda-samhit

xil

S S. Dhtup Sadd Saddh Samantak Ss Siks Sn Sp Spk

Samyuttanikya, ed. L. Feer, PTS London 1884-98 Sanskrit Dhtuptha, in N.L. Westergaard 1841 Saddaniti, ed. H. Smith, Lund 1928 -54 Saddhammopyana, ed. R. Morris, JPTS, 1887, pp. 35 -98 (by verse) Samantaktavannan, ed. C.E. Godakumbura, PTS London 1958 (by verse) Ssanavamsa, ed. M. Bode, PTS London 1897 Siksasamuccaya, ed. C. Bendall, St Petersburg 1897-1902 Suttanipta, ed. D. Andersen, H. Smith, PTS London 1913 (by verse) Samantapsdik (Vinaya-atthakath), ed. J. Takakusu, M. Nagai, PTS London 192447 Sratthappaksini (Samyuttanikya-atthakath), ed. F.L. Woodward, PTS London 1929-37

Spk-t Sp-t Sv

tik on Spk, Rangoon 1961 Sratthadipani (tik on Sp), Rangoon 1960 Sumahgalavilsini (Dighanikya-atthakath), ed. T.W. Rhys Davids, J.E. Carpenter, PTS London 1886-1932

Sv-pt

Dighaikyatthakathtik, ed. L. de Silva, PTS London 1970

TB Tel Th, ThI

Taittiriya Brhmana Telakathagtha, ed. E.R. Goonaratne, JPTS, 1884, pp. 49 -68 (by verse) Theragth and Therigth, ed. H. Oldenberg, R. Pischel, 2nd edition, with Appendices by K.R. Norman, L. Alsdorf, PTS London 1966 (by verse)

Th-a Thi-a Thp Tikap Tikap-a

Paramatthadipani (Theragth-atthakath), ed. F.L. Woodward, PTS London 1940-59 Paramatthadipani (Therigth-atthakath), ed. W. Pruitt, PTS Oxford 1998 Thpavamsa, ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1971 Tikapatthna, ed. C.A.F. Rhys Davids, PTS London 1921 Tikapatthna-atthakath (Ppk-a V), ed. C.A.F. Rhys Davids, PTS London 1921

Ud Ud-a Udna-v Utt Utt-vn

Udna, ed. P. Steinthal, PTS London 1885 Paramatthadipani (Udna-atthakath), ed. F.L. Woodward, PTS London 1926 Udnavarga, ed. F. Bernhard, Gttingen 1965 Uttardhyayanastra, ed. J. Charpentier, Uppsala 1922 Uttaravinicchayo, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1927 (by verse)

Xlll

Vibh Vibh-a Vin Vin-vn Vism Vism-mht Vjb Vmv VS Vv Vv-a

Vibhahga, ed. C.A.F. Rhys Davids, PTS London 1904 Sammohavinodani (Vibhanga-atthakath), ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1923 Vinayapitaka, ed. H. Oldenberg, London 1879-83 Vinayavinicchayo, ed. A.P. Buddhadatta, PTS London 1927 (by verse) Visuddhimagga, ed. C.A.F. Rhys Davids, PTS London 1920-21 Visuddhimagga-mahtik, Rangoon 1960 Vajirabuddhitik (tik on Sp), Rangoon 1960 Vimativinodani (tik on Sp), Rangoon 1960 Vjasaneyi-samhit Vimnavatthu, ed. N.A. Jayawickrama, PTS London 1977 (by poem and verse) Paramatthadipani (Vimnavatthu-atthakath), ed. E. Hardy, PTS London 1901

Yam

Yamakapakarana, ed. C.A.F. Rhys Davids, PTS London 1911-13

XIV

Works Cited

L. Alsdorf

1957 1962 1967 1971 1977

'Bemerkungen zum Vessantara-Jtaka', WZKSO, I, pp. 1-70 'Uttarajjhy Studies', IIJ, VI, pp. 177 foil. Die rya-Strophen des Pli-Kanons, Wiesbaden 'Das Jtaka vom weisen Vidhura', WZKS, XV, pp. 23 -56 'Das Bhridatta-Jtaka', WZKS, XXI, pp. 25-55

A.L. Basham W.B. Bollee J. Brough T. Burrow

1951 1970 1962 1955 1956 1973 1984

History and Doctrines of the jivikas, London Kunla Jtaka, edited and translated, PTS London The Gndhrl Dhammapada, London The Sanskrit Language, London 'Skt. lubh 'to disturb", JRAS, pp. 191 -200 'Sanskritp- "go, move, pass, traverse'", IIJ, XV, pp. 81-108 'Vedic urvri: "Lady of choice, wife'", JRAS, pp. 209-216

C. Caillat

1965 1968

'Les derives moyen-indiens du type krima9, JAs, 253, pp. 289-308 'La finale -ima dans les adjectifs moyen- et neo-indiens de sens spatial', Melanges d'indianisme la memoire de Louis Renou, Paris

1974

'Pali ibbha, Vedic ibhya- , Buddhist Studies in Honour of LB. Horner, ed. L. Cousins et al., Dordrecht, pp. 41-49

1980

'Pronoms et adjectifs de similarite en Moyen Indo-Aryen', Indianisme et Bouddhisme, Melanges offerts Mgr. Etienne Lamotte, Louvain-la-Neuve, pp. 33^0

J. Charpentier

1932

'Some Sanskrit and Pali Notes', Indian Linguistics, II, pp. 45 -71 'PH kannik = Circular Roof-Plate', JAOS, 50:3, pp. 238-243 'The Parts of a vin\ JAOS, 50:3, pp. 244-253

A.K. Coomaraswamy 1950a 1950b

R.O. Franke

1908

'The Buddhist Councils at Rjagaha and Vesli', JPTS, pp. 1 -80

W. Geiger

1994

A Pali Grammar, translated by B. Ghosh, revised and edited by K.R. Norman, PTS Oxford

xv

C. Hallisey

1990

'Apropos the Pali Vinaya as an historical document: a reply to Gregory Schopen', JPTS, XV, pp. 197-208

S. Hamilton M. Hara O. von Hinber

1996 1992 1967 1970

Identity and Experience, London 'A Note on Dhammapada 97', IIJ, XXXV: 2-3, pp. 179-191 'Pali ulloka-\ KZ, 81, pp. 247-53 (= 1994, pp. 1-8) 'Gth anacchariypubbe assutapubb', KZ, 84, pp. 5-10 (= 1994, pp. 17-24)

1972

'Die 'dreifache' Wirkung des karma", IIJ, XIII:4, pp. 241 -49 (= 1994 pp. 39-51)

1974

'Reste des reduplizierten Aorists im Pali', MSS, 32, pp. 65-72 (= 1994 pp. 52-61)

1978

'On the tradition of Pali texts in India, Ceylon and Burma', Buddhism in Ceylon and Studies on Religious Syncretism in Buddhist Countries, ed. H. Bechert, Gttingen, pp. 48-57

1979a 1979b

'Pli kathatV, IIJ, XXI, pp. 21-26 (= 1994 pp. 107-115) 'A Vedic verb in Pli: udjita\ L. Sternbach Felicitation Volume, Lucknow, pp. 819-822

1979c

'ber drei Begriffe der buddhistischen Rechtssprache: issaravat, giv und bhandadeyya', Indologica Taurinensia, VI, pp. 275-79 (= 1994 pp. 117-22)

1980

'Remarks on the Critical Pli Dictionary (II)', KZ, 94, pp. 10-31 (= 1994 pp. 123-61)

1981

'The ghost word dvihitik and the description of famines in early Buddhist Literature,, JPTS, IX, pp. 74-86

1982a 1982b 1983 1986 1990

'On the Perfect in Pali', KZ, 96, pp. 30-32 (= 1994 pp. 173 -76) 'Pli as an artificial language', Indologica Taurinensia, X, pp. 135-37 'Notes on the Pali Tradition in Burma', NA WG, 3, Gttingen, p. 72 Das ltere Mittelindisch im berblick, Vienna
l

Khandhakavatta: Loss oftext in the Pli Vinayapitaka?' JPTS, XV,

pp. 127-38 1994 K. Hoffmann 1960 Selected Papers on Pli Studies, PTS Oxford 'Ved. ucchvanka-, ucchlankh-, Pli ussankha-', IIJ, IV, pp. I l l -18

XVI

E. Hultzsch

1925

Inscriptions ofAsoka, Oxford

N.A. Jayawickrama E.H. Johnston

1971 1931

The Chronicle of the Thpa and The Thpavamsa, London 'Notes on some Pali Words', JRAS, pp. 565-92

H.Kern F.B.J. Kuiper

1916 1948

Toevoegselen op 't Woordenboek van Childers, Amsterdam Proto-Munda words in Sanskrit, Amsterdam

S. Lienhard

1978

'On the meaning and use of the word indagopa\ Indologica Taurinensia, VI, pp. 177-88

H. Lders

1907 1954

Das Wrfelspiel in alten Indien, Berlin Beobachtungen ber die Sprache des buddhistischen Urkanons, Berlin (= BSU)

1966

'Bhrhut und die buddhistische Literatur', Abhandlungen fr die Kunde des Morgenlandes, XXVL3, reprinted Liechtenstein

M.A. Mehendale P. Mus

1955 1939

Review of H. Lders 1954, BDCRI, XVII: 1, pp. 53-75 La Lumiere sur les Six Voies, Paris

Nnamoli

1956 1964 1977 1984

The Path of Purification, Colombo The Pitaka-disclosure, PTS London The Guide, PTS London The Path of Discrimination, PTS London 'Studies in Vinaya technical terms I-III', JPTS, XXII, pp. 73 -150 'Middle Indo-Aryan Studies I V , JOI(B), XV, pp. 112-17 (= 1990, pp. 42-46)

E. Nolot K.R. Norman

1996 1965

1966

'Middle Indo-Aryan Studies VI', JOI(B), XVI, pp. 113-19 (= 1990, pp. 77-84)

1967

'Notes on Anoka's Fifth Pillar Edict', JRAS, pp. 26-32 (= 1990, pp. 68-76)

1969 1971

The Elders' Verses I, PTS London The Elders' Verses II, PTS London

XVll

K.R. Norman

1977

'The Buddha's view of devas\ Beitrge zur Indienforschung (Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet), Berlin, pp. 329-39 (= 1991, pp. 1-8)

1979 1981a

Two Pali Etymologies', BSOAS, XLII, pp. 321 -28 (=1991, pp. 71-83) 'Devas and Adhidevas in Buddhism', JPTS, IX, pp. 145-55 (= 1991, pp. 162-71)

198 lb

'Notes on the Vessantara-jtaka', Studien zum Jainismus und Buddhismus, ed. K. Brhn, A. Wezler, Wiesbaden, pp. 163-74 (=1991, pp. 172-184)

1984

'The metres of the Lakkhana-suttanta', Buddhist Studies in honour of Hammalava Saddhatissa, ed. G. Dhammapala et al., Nugegoda, pp. 176-88 (= 1992a, pp. 45-59)

1986

'The Dialectal Variety of Middle Indo-Aryan', Sanskrit and World Culture, ed. W. Morgenroth, Berlin (= 1992a, pp. 115-25)

1987

'Pali Lexicographical Studies I V , JPTS, XI, pp. 33 -49 (= 1992a, pp. 157-72)

1988

'Pali Lexicographical Studies V , JPTS, XII, pp. 49-61 (= 1992a, pp. 257-68)

1989

'Pali Lexicographical Studies VI', JPTS, XIII, pp. 219-227 (= 1993, pp. 72-79)

1990 1991 1992a 1992b 1994 1997

Collected Papers Volume I, PTS Oxford Collected Papers Volume II, PTS Oxford Collected Papers Volume III, PTS Oxford The Group of Discourses, PTS Oxford Collected Papers Volume V, PTS Oxford The Word of the Doctrine, PTS Oxford

R. Pischel

1900 1957

Grammatik der Prakrit-Sprachen, Strassburg Comparative Grammar of the Prakrit Languages, (= English translation of 1900), Benares

W.Pruitt

1998

The Commentary on the Verses of the Theris, PTS Oxford

W. Rahula

1956

History of Buddhism in Ceylon, Colombo

xviii

L. Renou

1939

'Les elements vediques dans le vocabulaire du Sanskrit classique', JMs, 231, pp. 337-38

G. Schopen Lily de Silva

1989 1978

'The Stpa cult and the extant Pali Vinaya', JPTS, XIII, pp. 83-100 ' Cetovimutti, pannvimutti and ubhatobhgavimutti', Pli Buddhist Review, 111:3, pp. 118-45

Pe Maung Tin R.L. Turner

1971 1975

The Path of Purity, PTS London Collected papers 1912-73, London

A.K. Warder N.L. Westergaard W.D. Whitney

1967 1841 1879

Pli Metre, PTS London Radices Linguae Sanscritae, Bonn A Sanskrit Grammar, Leipzig

xix

Abbreviations

abl. absol. abstr. ace. act. ad adv. AMg aor. tm. AS

ablative absolutive abstract noun accusative active referring to, commenting on adverb ArdhamgadhI aorist tmanepada ASokan Inscriptions G: Girnar; K: Klsi; Dh: Dhauli; J: Jaugada; M: Mnsehra; Sh: Shhbzgarhi; S: Spr; Y: Yerragudi RE: Rock Edict; PE: Pillar Edict Bulletin of the Deccan College Research Institute, Poona Burmese edition, Chatthasangiti-pitakam, Rangoon, 1956Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit (as in BHSD) Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Dictionary, F. Edgerton, New Haven, 1953 Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar, F. Edgerton, New Haven, 1953 bahuvrihi compound Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, London = H. Lders 1954 causative A Comparative Dictionary of the Indo-Aryan Languages, R.L. Turner, London 1966 Singhalese edition, Buddha Jayanti Tripitaka Series, 1959-; Simon Hewavitarne Bequest, Colombo, 1917compare comparative conditional compound, compounds A Critical Pali Dictionary, begun by V. Trenckner, revised, continued and edited by D. Andersen, H. Smith et al., Copenhagen 1924commentary, commentaries dative A Dravidian Etymological Dictionary, T. Burrow and M.B. Emeneau, (2nd edition) Oxford 1984 demonstrative

BDCRI Be BHS BHSD BHSG bhvr. BSOAS BSU caus. CDIAL Ce cf compar. cond. cpd, cpds CPD ct, cts dat. DED demonstr.

XX

denom. desid. dv. ed eds Ee eg ep. esp. etc f figfii foil. fpp fut. gen. gr.tt. id ie IF ifc iic

denominative desiderative dvandva compound edited by editions (ie Be, Ce, Ee, Se) European edition for example epithet especially et cetera feminine figuratively footnote and following (lines) future passive participle future genitive grammatical technical term the same that is Indogermanische Forschungen in fine compositi (at the end of a compound) in initio compositi (at the beginning of a compound) Indo-Iranian Journal, The Hague imperative impersonal indeclinable infinitive instrumental interrogative intransitive Journal of the American Oriental Society, New Haven Journal Asiatique, Paris Journal of the Oriental Institute, Baroda Journal of the Pali Text Society, London, Oxford Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, London

m
imperat. impers. ind. inf. instr. interrog. intrans. JAOS JAs JOI(B) JPTS JRAS

xxi

karmadh. KZ lex. lit loc. m mc metaph. mfh. mi. ms(s) MSS n. NAWG neg. no. nom. Npr. num. onomat. opp. opt. orig. p., pp. Par. part. part.pr. pass. perf. Pkt pi. poss. postp. pp pr. prep. prob. pron.

karmadharaya compound Zeitschrift fr Vergleichende Sprachforschung lexica literally locative mascune metri causa metaphorical(ly) masculine, feminine and neuter, ie adjective Middle Indian manuscript(s) Mnchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft neuter Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Gttingen negative number nominative proper name numeral onomatopoeic opposite (in meaning to) optative original(ly) page, pages parasmaipada participle present participle passive perfect Prakrit plural possibly postposition past participle present preposition probably pronoun

xxii

qv, qqv redupl. rel. S. seil. Se sg. subst. superl. sv SWTF

which see reduplicated relative Sanskrit scilicet (understand, supply) Thai edition, CD-Rom, Mahidol University Computing Center, Bangkok singular substantive superlative sub voce (under that word) Sanskrit-Wrterbuch der buddhistischen Texte aus den Turfan-Funden, E. Waldschmidt et al., Gttingen 1973Tamil tatpurusa compound transitive tatsama (same as Sanskrit) technical term Vedic Sanskrit varia lectio (variant reading) variae lectiones (variant readings) vocative volume wrong reading, wrong readings = N.L. Westergaard 1841 Wiener Zeitschrift fur die Kunde Sd- (und Ost-)asiens

Ta tatp. trans. ts t.t. Ved. vi vll voc. vol. wr, wrr Wg WZKS(O)

note that: represents the head-word of the article represents the stem of the nearest preceding word in bold characters * denotes the quotation is from a verse portion of the text ** denotes the quotation is from a portion of the text in the vedha metre stands between identical passages * stands between parallel, not quite identical, passages

xxiii

Order of the Pali letters

a i i u e o m k kh g gh n c ch j jh n t th d dh n t th d dh n p ph b bh m y r 11v s h

XXIV

a
2^, the letter or sound 'a'; -kara, m. [a + kra1; ts], the letter or sound 'a'; Sadd857,3i; Ja I 503,21' (~o niptamatto; see a6-); Sp 1022,H; 1399,26 (dighan ti dighena klena vattabbam krdi, rassan ti tato upaddhaklena vattabbam ~'-di, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr krdi); Ud-a 181,n (~assa kram katv); Ap-a430,i6 (patisedhe vuddhitabbhve ... ~o); '-gama, m., the addition of the augment (see a5-); Sadd 835,is; lopa, m., elision o/'a'; Sp 213,9; -vanna1, m., the vowel 'a' or 'a'; Sadd 606,28. a2-, the preverb - shortened before double consonants, as in akkosati, akkhti etc; Sadd 836,3o/o//. a3- (an- before vowels), [S. a-, an-], a prefix having a negative or privative or contrary sense, compounded with 1. nouns and adjectives; 2. infinite forms of the verb; 3. (occasionally) finite forms of the verb; Abhll47; Sadd 8%9,20 foil.; see anajjhagam (.sv adhiVg), analllyati, andiyi; Examples of I. and 2. are given under their positive form. a4-, the base of some pronouns and adverbs; see ayam, asu, atra, ato. a5-, [ts], the augment (sign of action in the past), prefixed to the root in aor. and cond. tenses (often, however, omitted); occasionally placed before the preverb, cfeg aparibrhayi, Ja V 361,16*. a6-, a particle, according to cts, in anantaka, apassato, apilandhana, apucchasi, apunappunam, abhvetv1, abhsitv, amajjapa, asincati qqv. a7, m. [ts], a name o/Visnu; Sadd 638,22 (ko ca a ca iso ca kes ti samso ... asaddena vinhu ... vutto). amsa 1 , m. [S. ama], share, portion, part; Abh 485; 1102; Sadd 567,23; Spkl 305, is (~o tikotthso vuccati); Mp III 248,12; ifc see atiV- (jvacceti2), angaf(sv gacchati), ek'-, paccuppann'-, pativims'-, mett,-, sukk'-; see also sa5, ekamsika. amsa2, m. [ts], the shoulder; Abh264; 1102; Vinll 217,19 (pattam thavikya pakkhipitv ~e laggetv); A I 61,30 (ekena ... ~ena mtaram parihareyya; Mp II 121,13: ekasmim amsakte thapetv); Sn 609 (na givya na ~ehi na udarena); Ja I 9,18 (khribhram ~e katv); VI 562,13* (~ato); Ap 541,17 (~ehi samadhrayum); ifc see antar'-, ek'-, put'-; -ksva, n., a yellow shouldercloth; Vism 65,22; -kta, m.n. [amsa + kta1], "shoulder-prominence", the shoulder; Vin III 127,4 (~ena pahram adsi); Ja VI 562,25'; Ps III 378,21 (dve ~ni); Spklll 244,8 (dvinnam ~nam antare); Dhp-aIV 136,1; -baddha, m., a shoulder-strap; Vin II 143,18* (in uddna: thavik ~am ca, Be, Ee so; Ce -bandhakam; Se -vaddham ca); Ap310,i6 ( ^ ne datv, Be, Ee so; Ce -bandhe; Se -vaddhe); -baddhaka (and -bandhaka), m., a shoulder-strap; Vin 1204,9 (~o, Be so; Ce -vattako; Ee -bandhako; Se -vaddhako) * II 114,7 (Be so; Ce -bandhako; Ee, Se -vaddhako); Vv 33:215 (~am, Be so; Se -bandhakam; Ce, Ee -vattakam); Sp 350,25 (~ena, Be so; Ce, Se -vaddhakena; Ee -vattakena); -bandhana, n., a shoulder-strap; It-all 67,33 (~am, eds so) = Sv528,n (Be -baddhakam; Ce, Ee -vattakam; Se -vaddhakam); -vattaka (and -vaddhaka),/w., a shoulder-strap; Vin I 204,9 (~o, Ce so; Be -baddhako; Ee -bandhako; Se -vaddhako) * 11114,7 (Ee, Se -vaddhako; Be -baddhako; Ce -bandhako); Vv 33:215 (~am, Ce, Eeso; Be -baddhakam; Se -bandhakam); Sp 350,25 (~ena, Ee so; e-baddhakena; Ce, Se -vaddhakena); Vin-vn 859 (~e). amsa3, m. [S. -asra], point, corner; edge, facet (frequently in combination with numerals); Vv 64:2 (phalehi ~ehi ativa sahgata; Vv-a 275,25: ~ehl ti kubbaraphale patitthitehi hetthima-amsehi); As 317,23 (cathi ~ehi yuttam caturamsam); Vv-a 304,1; ifc see atth'(svattha2), yat'- (^vyamati), catu-r-, cul'- (.svculla1), cha-1- (sv cha2), ti-y-, solas'-; see also amsi, assa2. ams, / (and m.pl. ?) [S. aras, n., S. lex. ara, m.], a particular disease, hemorrhoids, piles; A V 110,7 (imasmim kye vividh bdh uppajjanti... madhumeho ~ pilak); Nidd I 370,10 (madhumehena ~ya pilakya ... phuttho); Sadd 567,23 (~ ti arisarogo); see also ansa. a m s i , / [S. ari], an edge; a corner; a facet; Vv 78:2 (ekamekya ~iy ratan satta nimmit; Vv-a 303,29: atthamsesu thambhesu ekasmim amsabhge); Ps III 112,17 (tassa [phalakassa] cha ~iyo, chasu ~isu cha kappsapindiyo pupphit); see also amsa3. amsika, m. [from amsa2], one who carries (something) on the shoulder; Sadd786,2o (sisena vahati ti sisiko, evam ~o). amsu, m.n. [S. am^u], I. a thread, filament; fibre; Abh 1121; Vism 622,34 (tantumhi tantumhi -umhi ~umhi); Sp 1118,5 (kusal itthiyo tihi ~hi suttam kantanti); As 316,7 (tassa tassa pana -uno); ifc see kosiy'-(^vkosiya2); 2 . a ray, a sunbeam; Abh 64; 1121; Sadd395,25; ifc see nan'-, dhammavar,-; -mli(n),m., the sun; Abh 63; Bv-a45,2i; ifc see jina-, buddh'-. amsuka, n. [S. amuka], cloth; Abh 290; Sadd 353,6. amseti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup amsayati, Wg 35:64], strikes; collides; Sadd 567,22 (amsa sanghte: ~eti -ayati). amhati,/7r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup amhate, Wg 16:34], goes; Sadd457,32foil, (ahi pilahi gatiyam: ~ati... nippdo pi

samno -ati gacchati gantum sakkoti ti ahi). akam, aor. 1 sg. o/karoti qv. akamsu, aor. 3 pl. o/karoti qv. akattha in Ee at Pv-a 45,23-24 is wr for akkuttham (Be, Se so). akan^akam in Ee at Pv-a 161,15 is wrfor akantakam (Be, Ce, Se so). akati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup akati, Wg 19:30], moves tortuously\ Sadd 322,24 (aka kutilagatiyam: ~ati); 468,8. akattha, aor. 2 pl. o/karoti qv. akanittha, n. (or m.) and - , m.pl. [BHS akanistha; cfS. akanistha], \.(m.pl.) the name of one of the highest classes of devas, the fifth class of suddhvsas qv; D i l 286,23* (panitatar dev ~ yasassino; Sv 739,34: ye te yun ca pannaya ca ~ jetthak sabbadevehi panitatar dev); III 237,20 (panca suddhvs, avihatapp sudasssudassi ~); MI 289,23 (-nam devnam); Bvl:21 (bhassar subhakinh vehapphal ~ ca devat); Patis I 84,2 (hetthato brahmalokam pariyantam karitv uparito ~e deve anto karitv; Patis-a297,26: -e ti uttamatthena na kanitthe); Kv208,i2 (-nam devnam sojasa kappasahassni yuppamnam, Be, Se so; Ee akanitthagnam, prob, wr); 2. (n.) the world of the akanittha devas; Pp 17,23 (sudassiy cuto -am gacchati); Pj I 166,15 (ymato yva -am); Dhp-aIII 290,1;-gmi(n), mfn. [akanittha + gmi(n)1], going to the akanittha world; D III 237,23 (panca angmino ... uddhamsoto ~i); S V 237,15; Patis I 16114; Pp 17,18. akampaniya, mfn., neg.fpp o/kampati qv. akampi(n), mfn. [from kampati], not shaking, not trembling; Mil 138,9(achambhi~iavedhl). akampiya, mfn. and n., neg.fpp o/kampati qv. akammaka, m/(-ik)w. [a3 + kamma + ka2], 1. not connected with or dependent on (past) action; Mill37,1 (~ena hetun); 2. [S. akarmaka], (gr.t.t.) not connected with a patient, intransitive; Sadd 11,27 (akammik); 328,32 (-0 'yam dhtu). akammaneyya, mfn. [S. akarmanya], not ready or fit for any work; inert; Ja IV 383,26* (bham pasreti -am) = 385,7*; see also kammanna, kammaniya. akamha, aor. 1 pl. o/karoti qv. akariya inEeatSp6\\,i is wrfor akiriy (Ce, Se so) or akiriyam (Be so). akarum, aor. 3 pl. o/karoti qv. akalana in Ee at It-a II 12,11 is wrfor kalana qv. akalu, n. [S. agaru, aguru], the fragrant resin or wood of Aquilaria agallocha; aloes; Ja IV 440,23* (aham ca kho -urn candanarn ca silya pimsmi, Ee so; Be, Ce agalum; Se aggalum; 442,8". klkalum ca rattacandanam ca); VI 144,23* (-candanavilitt, Ee so; Be, Ce agalu-; Se aggalu-); Mil 338,13 (in cpd, Ce, Ee so; Be agalu-; Se aggalu-); see also agaru1, agalu. akalla l , mfn., see sv kalla. akalla2, ., seesv kalla. akallaka, akalyaka, mfn. [a3 + kalla + ka2], ill; not fit; Vin III 62,20 (Sp382,2o: nham - 0 ti nham gilno ti attho); Ja III 464,4 (bhavam -0 ti bhavantam patijaggitum gato 'mhi); Vin-vn 489; Utt-vn503; Patis-a 232,11 (gilno hi - 0 ti vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akalyako).

akavtaka, mfn. [a3 + kavta + ka2], without a door; Vin II 148,8 (te vihr ~ honti); -baddha, mfn., not closed with a door; not constructed with a door; Vin-vn 2307 ([vihre] ~asmim dukkatam paridipitam). akassana, n. [a3 + kassana1], not lessening; not making thin; Dhtum404 (thlkassane, so read with Cel Ee thla kassane). ak, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg. o/karoti qv. akci(n), mfn. [prob, from kca2 qv], flawless; without blemish; Vv 60:1 (abhiruyha ngam ~inam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kcinarn; Vv-a 253,2: -inan ti niddosam sabalavankatilakdichavidosarahitan ti attho, jniyan ti pi pli). akmaka, m/(-ik)w. [a3 + kma + ka2; BHS id.], unwilling; not wishing (to); Vin III 13,6 (maranena pi mayam te~ vinbhavissma); D1115, is (Gotamo -nam mtpitunnam ... pabbajito); Ja IV 31,13* (-0 v hi aham carmi) = Cp 3:11:12 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr akmo); Ja IV 35,2i* (akmik paddhacar 'mhi tuyham, Be so; Ce baddhacar 'smi; Ee wr baddha carmi; Se patthacarmi). akra, m.,seesv2^. akrabhva, m., see sv kra. akruna, ^^^vkarun. aksi, aor. 3 sg, 2 sg. o/karoti qv. aksiya, m. [= aksika, qv sv ksika; or = *ksiya < S. karsika], royal servant; tax-gatherer; Ja VI 212,7*(~ rjuhi vnusitth; 215,21 fall.: - . . . tiidam ca idam ca balim ganhath ti rjhi anusitth aksiyasankht rjapuris viya). akiflcaflfla- in Ee at D I 35,20, Pet 148,7 and Ud-a 151,16 is wrfor kincaiina- qv. akissava, mfn. [?], (according to et) without wisdom; SI 149,2* (nivutam marine -am; Spkl 215,6: kissav vuccati pann, nipanno ti attho) quoted Nett 132,14*. akukkukajta, mfn. [?], without shoots;! MI 233,is (passeyya mahantam kadalikkhandham ujum navam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akukkutajtam; Ps II 279,16: -an ti pupphagahanakle anto angutthappamno eko ghanadandako nibbattati, tena virahitan ti attho) = S III 141,28 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr akukkajtam; Se akukkujakajtam) * AII 200,22 (slalatthim ujum navam akukkuceakajtam). akujana in Ee at SI 33,10* is wr for akjana (or akujjano) qv sv kjana. akujjana, see sv kjana. akufo in Ee, Ce at Pet 203,16 and akuto in Ee at Pet 203,19 are wrrfor akto (Be so). akutoci-upaddava, mfn. [a3 + kutoci + upaddava], free from misfortune from any source; Ja V 378,1* (kacci rattham anuppilam-am; 378,25': kutoci anupaddavam). akutobhaya, mfn. [a3 + kuto + bhaya; ts], having nothing to fear from anywhere, from any quarter; secure; where there is nothing to fear from any quarter; SI 192,31* (desentam virajam dhammam nibbnam -am; Spkl 278,28: nibbne kutoci bhayam n' atthi nibbnam pattassa v kutoci bhayam n' atthi ti nibbnam -amnma) = Th 1238; A III 69,n* (ye ca kme parinnaya caranti -); Dhp 196 (nibbute -); Vv 50:23 (rammi kilmi modmi -; Vv-a 216,7: attnuvdabhaydinam drpagatatt -); Thi 135 (sambuddham

~am); Ja IV 71,21* (nirsanko asoko ~o); Ap 589,8; Ps II 81,25 (imasmim pi nma~e aranne); Pj 134,10 (-t). akuppiya, mfn., neg.fpp (ofcaus.) o/kuppati qv. akusalaka, mfh. [a3 + kusala + ka2], unskilled, unskilful; Vin II 159,34 (tena ~ena cit vank bhitti paripati). akopiya, mfn., neg.fpp ofcaus. o/kuppati qv. akka, m. [S. arka], 1. the sun; Abh 63; 1102; Sadd 521,29 (~oti suriyo); ifc see bl' - (^vbla1); 2. the name of a plant, Calotropis gigantea; Abh 581; 1102; MI 429,22 (tarn jiyam ... yy' amhi viddho yadi v ~assa yadi v santhassa ...; Ps III 142,11: akkavke gahetv jiyam karonti tena vuttam ~ass ti); Sp 626,31 (-pupphdihi); -nla, m., the stalk of the akka plant; Vin I 306,8 (bhikkhu ~am nivsetv; Spll35,i: -an ti mayam); Ud-a 78,25 (~ni chinditv vkehi palivethetv nivsanaprupanam katv acchdesi). akkanta, /w/H.,/?/?o/"akkamati qv. akkandati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. krandati], laments, wails, cries; SIV 206,25* (~ati parodati; Spklll 76,n: anibaddham viya palpam palapanto kandati). akkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vkram], steps on, treads upon; presses upon; Vin I 118,25 (bhikkh andhakre kyam pi civaram pi ~anti); II 128,22 (~atubhante bhagav dussni); 175,5 (na ... sa-uphanena sensanam ~itabbam, yo ~eyya patti dukkatassa); M II 93,2 (na bhagav celapattikam -issati); Ja IV 206,9* (rajj ti v ~e kanhasappam); V 433,30 (pdena pdam ~ati); VI126,10* (arajam bhmim ~a); Mil 220,21 (ummattako khittacitto jalitam pi jtavedam ~ati); PsII 210,15 (hatthena tulam ~ati); Spkl 117,10 (pdam pasretv pacchimacakkavlamukhavattiyam ~ati); part.pr. akkamanta, m/(~anti)tt., Ap211,23; PsII 259,29 (tsam... psndlni ~antmam); Nidd-al 333,4 (amittam givya ~anto viya); neg. anakkamanta, mfn., Ps III 323,7; aor. 31yg..(a)akkami, Ja IV 330,9*; Ap 514,22 (sirasi ~i tad); Sp 1209,16; (b) akkamitthal, Bv 2:52 (ma nam kalale ~ittha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ittho [2sg. ?]; Bv-a 89,38: buddho kalale m itth ti attho); 3 pi. akkamimsu, Vin II 129,10 (bhikkh kukkuccyant [dussam] na -imsu); 2pi. akkamittha2, Dhp-aIII 136,19; absol. (a)akkamma, [S. kramya], Ja III 141,3* (sukkhapannam va akkamma); Cp 3:7:3; (b) akkamitv, Vin III 38,33 (~itv pavattesi); MI 324,14 (pdena v angram ~itv); Ja II 42,4; neg. anakkamitv, Dhp-a I 83,20; (c)akkamitvna, Ap 514,23; Bv2:52 (-itvna mam buddho ... gacchatu); pass. pr. 3 sg. akkamiyati, Pv-a 225,26 (yath kaddamo na ~iyati eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kaddame); pp (a) akkanta, mfn. and n. [S. krnta], \.(mfn.) (i)(pass.) stepped on; trodden upon; pressed upon; A I 8,12 (sliskam ... hatthena v pdena v ~am; Mp I 55,25foil.: pden' eva ~am nma hoti, hatthena uppilitam rlhisaddavasena pana ~an t' eva vuttam); Ja I 71,9; VI432,10 ([dvrni] ekya niy ~ya pithiyanti); Ap 119,15 (~am ca padam disv; Ap-a 394,24: ~an ti akkamitam dassitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkamamnam dassitam, prob, wr); Mil 152,27 (~o pi pso na samvarati); SpkII 241,28 (cariya adisv me ~o si); neg. anakkanta, mfn., not stepped on; Ps III 162,7; (ii) (act.) who has stepped on, trodden upon; who has stepped on to a shoe or sandal;

Vin IV 201,17 (~assa v patimukkassa v omukkassa v agilnassa dhammam deseti; Sp 895, is: kevalam pdukam akkamitv thitassa); Sp 1175,23 (aggim puriso viya, Be, Ce so; Ee akkamanapuriso; Se aggi-akkamanapuriso); It-a 170,22 (aggim ~ena viya sahas tato oramitabbam); 2. (n.) stepping, treading upon; Vism292,32 (ekena pdena lekham kkhane yeva parinibbyi); Ps II 46,20 (bhmim ~klato pabhuti); akkanto in Ee at Sp 1379,18 is wr for okkanto (Be, Ce, Se so); (b)akkamita,m/., trodden; Ap-a 394,24 (akkantan ti ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkamamnam, prob, wr); fpp akkamitabba, mfn., Vin II 116,25 (na bhikkhave adhotehi padehi kathinam akkamitabbam); Vism 342, is; neg. anakkamitabba, mfn., Sp 1249,i. akkamana, n. [S. kramana], 1. stepping on; treading upon; Ja I 339,23 (-tthne); Ps I 284,2 (param param thnam ~ato) = Spklll 141,21 (~ato, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -tya); SpkII 228,10 (saha ~ pitthi... bhijji); Th-al 90,23 (pdehi ~e); 2. something to step on or tread upon (shoes or sandals); Ap404,i3 (Kakusandhassa munino... divvihram vajato ~am ads' aham); anakkamana, n., the not stepping on; Sp 1209,18 (idam tva bhagavato ~e kranam); Bv-a 89,39. akkavtam in Ee at Vin II 154,15 is prob, wr; read apesim yamakakavtam with Be,Ce, Se. akkuttha, mfn.,pp o/akkosati qv. akkulo, ind. [either meaningless or= kula qv; cfJPTS 1886, pp. 94-95], an exclamation (designed to terrify); Ud5,5 (yakkho bhagavato... lomahamsam uppdetukmo... tikkhattum ~o pakkulo ti akkulapakkulikam aksi; Ud-a 66,22foil.: tyo vre ~o pakkulo ti bhimspetukmatya evarpam Saddam aksi, anukaranasaddo hi ayam ... avyattakkharam tikkhattum attano yakkhagajjitam gajji... keci pana kulavykula iti padadvayassa pariyybhidhnavasena -o bakkulo ti ayam saddo vutto ti vadanti... apare pana akkhulo bhakkhulo ti plim vatv ...); (a)-pakkulik,/, the cry of akkulo pakkulo; ? or confusion, dismay; ? Ud 5,5 (~am aksi); see also akkhula. akketi, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup arkayati, Wg 32:101], praises; Sadd 521,28 (akka thavane:... ~eti -ayati akko); pass. pr. 3 sg. akkiyati, Sadd 521,29 (~iyati abhitthaviyati). akkocchi, aor. 3 sg. o/akkosati qv. akkosa, m. [S. kroSa], shouting at; abuse; reviling; Abh 899; 1093; Vin IV 4,32 (hinena pi -na khumsenti); MII 62,2 (n* eva dnam alattha na paccakkhnam aniiadatthu -am eva alattha); A III 66,13 (sanghe... bhinne annamahnam ~ ca honti); Sn 623 (~am vadhabandham ca aduttho yo titikkhati); Ja VI 187,25'; Mil 8,28 (~amyeva paribhsam yeva patilabhati); -vatthu, n. [akkosa + vatthu1], basis, ground of abuse; Vin IV 309,n (dasahi v ~hi akkosati) = Ja I 191,5; Dhp-a I 212,3 (coro si blo si mlho si ottho si gono si gadrabho si nerayiko si tiracchnagato si n' atthi tuyham sugati duggati yeva tuyham ptikankh ti dasahi ~hi akkosanti paribhsanti); anakkosa, m, absence of abuse; not reviling; Ap 264,15 (-ass' idam phalam). akkosaka, m/(-ik)/i. and m. [akkosa + ka2; S. kroSaka],

(one) who abuses, scolds, reviles; VinI 335,38* (~assa, in uddna); SI 85,3i* (~o ca akkosam [labhati]); Jail 349,27 (tassa mt kodhan ahosi... akkosik paribhsika); Spl65,i2 (~ garahak); MpIII 94,27 (dasahi akkosavatthhi ~o); Pv-a 251,26 (samanabrhmannam ~o); -paribhsaka, w/(akkosikaparibhsik). and mf, (one) who abuses and insults; VinV 196,16 (bhikkhunmam ~o hoti); A II 58,8 (akkosikaparibhsik); 111252,2 (yo so bhikkhave bhikkhu ~o ariypavdi brahmacrinam); Vibh247,6 (kulni... ~ni); Dhp-aIV 41,2o; anakkosaka, m., anakkosik,/, (one) who does not abuse; Dhp-a II 150,21 (anakkosik); ~-paribhsaka, m. anakkosikaparibhsik,/, (one) who does not abuse and insult; AII 58,27; 58,36 (bhariy ... anakkosikaparibhsik samanabrhmannam). akkosati (and akkoseti, ~ayati), pr. 3 sg. [S. krogati], scolds, abuses, curses, reviles (usually + ace, occasionally + gen.); VinII 296,23 (upsake... ~mi paribhsmi); III 184,i (~issanti paribhsissanti); MI 140,16 (pare tathgatam -anti paribhsanti); A I 127,13 (~eyya pi mam paribhseyya pi mam); IV 345,3 (bhikkhnam ~ati paribhsati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhikkh); Ja I 225,28 (yad te Nando ~ati); V 17,2* (~ati pitaram mtaram ca); Sp 738,6 (khumsenti ti ~enti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -anti); part.pr. (a) neg. anakkosa(t), mfn., Ja III 27,2* (anakkosam); (b) akkosanta, m/(~anti)w., VinV 65,33 (~antiy); Ja III 27,5'; IV 197,21* (-ante pasamsati); Mil 171,18; Spkl 229,7; neg. anakkosanta, mfn., SI 162,16 (tvam amhe anakkosante ~asi); Vv-a69,2i; (c) akkosenta, mfn., Sp 753,17 (~ento, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -anto); aor. 3 sg.(&) akkocchi,Dhp 3 (akkocchi mam avadhi mam) = Ja III 212,6* (212,20*: ayam mam ~i; c/Sadd 833,6: kup cchi... akkocchi); (b)akkosi, Mil 221,26 (asabbhhi pharushi vchi ~i paribhsi); SpkII 147,18; Dhp-a I 43,2o; (c)akkosesi, Mhv 37:154; 3 pi. akkosimsu, VinV 65,35; Mp I 438,16; absol (a)akkositv, Ja III 460,11; It-al 86,20; Thl-a29,6 (khinsavatherim ganikvdena ~itv tato cut); neg. anakkositv, Ja I 323,6; (b) akkositvna, Ap82,9; (c) akkosayitvna, Ap613,n; (d) akkosetv, Ja II 351,7' (param na ~etv, Ee so; Be, Ce anakkosetv; Se akopetv); pass, part.pr. akkosiyamna, mfn., MI 334,8; Ja V 295,17 (~iyamno pi paribhsiyamno pi); pp (a) akkuttha, mfn. and n. [S. krusta], l.(mfn.) reviled, scolded, railed at; MII 3,33 (~o ca pana Prano Kassapo dhammakkosena); Sn 366; Ja VI 187,20 (kenaci ~ v paribhatth v bhaveyya); Mil 222,6; 2. (n.) reviling, scolding; Pv-a 45,23 (~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr akattha); vandita,n., reviling and respect; Sn 702 (Pj II 492,9: ~-vanditan ti akkosam ca vandanam ca); Thi388; ~-santa, mfh., being reviled; or calm when reviled; Jail 348,24* (--sant vadhadandatajjit ... bhariy, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkuddhasant; * AIV 93,16: eds akkuddhasant); akkuttham in Ee at Ud-a 291,26 is wrfor akutthim (Be, Ce, Se so); akkuttho in Ee at JaV 113,n* is wr for akkuddh 0 #v ^vkujjhati; (b) akkosita, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) scolded, reviled; Nidd-al 465,19 (upavadito ti ~o); 2. (n.) abusing, reviling; Vin V 77,20 (~e patti pcittiyassa); Ap 264,n

(nbhijnmi... samyatnam tapassmam katam ~am may, Be, Ce so; Ee utthhitam, Se upatthhitam, prob, wrr; cf 264,15: anakkosass' idam phalam); fpp akkositabba, mfn., Vin II 255,22 (na ... bhikkhu ~o paribhsitabbo); Mil 210,14; Dhp-alV 219,24; caus. aor. 3sg. akkospesi, JaV 107,3 (mandukena ... rjnam akkospesi); absol. akkospetv, Ps II 420,24; pp akkospita, mfn., Sv 276,29. akkosana, ., ~, / [S. lex., BHS kroSana], abusescolding; Abh759 (~am); JaV 107,28' (~am... ahosi); Vibh 353,6 (y paresam ~ vambhan); Vism 29,s foil. (~ ti dasahi akkosavatthhi ~am); Sv 75,23 (tayo sambhr akkositabbo paro kupitacittam - ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~an ti); Cp-a 220,15 (parihsehi ~ehi ca); Sadd 814,8 (~am akkoso). akkha1, m.n. [S. aksa1], I. an axle, an axle-tree; Abh375; 893; VinI 231,37 (yugena yugam cakkena cakkam-na ~am pativattesi) ^ D i l 96,n; S IV 177,2 (~am abbhanjeyya); Ja 1192,24 (yugakotim ca ~ni pdam ca nissya); Mil 27,3 (~o ratho ti na hi bhante ti); 2. the collar-bone; ifc see adh' - (sv adho); 0> -aggakila, m., a linch-pin; Abh 374; '-hata, mfn. [akkha + hata1], fixed on an axle; Mill 173,26 (cakkaratanam... ~am manne titthati); A I 112,5 ([cakkam] -am manne atthsi; MpII 181,13: akkhe pavesetv thapitam iva); -cchinna, mfn., whose axle is broken; SI 57,22* (visamam maggam ruyha -o va jhyati) = Mil 66,30*; -bandhanayotta, n., an axlerope; Ja I 192,2; -bhagga, mfn. [akkha + bhagga1], with a broken axle; JaV 433,8 (~am ca ynam); see also akkhi2. akkha2, m. [S. aksa2], \.a die; dice; Abh 532; VinII 10,20 (~ena pi kilanti; Sp621,t2: ~en ti gulena); D i l 348,19 (dve akkhadhutt ~ehi dibbimsu); SI 149,24* (yo ~esu dhanaparjayo); JaV 155,23* (~assa phalakam); VI 318,30* (tarn yam ~ehi ajesi jte); 2. the name of a tree, Terminalia bellerica, beleric myrobalan (the seeds of which were used as dice); Abh 569; Samantak734 (kanhavantakkhacinc); 3. a certain weight; Abh 479 (~o msak panca); -kkhayikachtaka, m. or n., the famine when the seeds of beleric myrobalan were eaten; Mhv 32:29 (~e); -devi(n), m., a dice-player, a gambler; Abh 531; -dhutta, m., a gambler; one addicted to dicing; Abh 531; M III 170,7 (~o ... puttam pi jiyetha); Sn 106 (itthidhutto surdhutto ~o ca yo naro); Ja VI 274,10*; ifc see kt'- (sv kta2); -ml,/, a string of seeds, a rosary; Mhv 46:17 (ekvalim gahetvna -amak kira); 57:6; anakkha, m(fn)., (one) who is not a gambler; JaV 117,3r (anakkhkitave ti~e akitave ajtakare c' eva akeratike ca). akkha3, n. [S. aksa3], a sense-organ; Abh 149; 893 (~am indriye). akkha4, ifc for akkhi1 qv. akkhaka, m. [S. aksaka], the collar-bone; Abh 278; Sp 549,8 (adhakkhakan ti ~ato patthya adho); 902,10 (~nam upari); Sv604,io (dve ~); ifc see adh'(svadho), ubbhJ- (svubbham); 0 , -atthi,., the collar-bone; Vism 254,2 (dve ~ini) = Vibh-a237,3.

akkhana', see sv khana. akkhana2, n., lightning-, Jail 91,ir (~am vuccati vijju); Mp II 380,1; see also akkhana. akkhanavedhi(n), mfn. [BHS aksanavedhin; according to BHSD < S. khana, "target"], (probably) piercing the target; A I 284,15 (yodhjivo drepti ca hoti ~i ca; MpII 380,1: ~i ti avirdhitavedhi, akkhanam v vijju vijjantarikya vijjhitum samattho ti attho) * II 170,30; Ja III 322,22 (~im dhanuggaham pakkospetv); IV494,21* (isssino... drepti ~ino pi; 497,30': aviraddhavedhino vijju-lokena vijjhanasamatth v); VI 129,27 (~Inam dhanuggahnam pancasatni). akkhan,/, lightning; Abh48 (~ vijj); see also akkhana2. akkhata, mfn., neg. pp o/khanati' qv. akkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup aksati, Wg 17:2: aks vyptau sahghte], pervades; counts, reckons; ? Sadd 329,25 (akkha vyattisankhtesu: ~ati akkhi akkham). akkhadassa, m. [cfS. aksadarSaka, aksadrsj, a judge; a magistrate; Abh341; Vin III 47,2 (~ mahmatt; Sp 309,9: ~ ti dhammavinicchanak te dhammasabhyam nisiditv apardhnurpam cornam hatthapdacchejjdim anussanti); Ap 304,28 (agamsim vinicchayam purato ~nam idam vacanam abravim); Mil 114,28 (senpati purohito ~o bhandgriko). akkhanti, see sv khanti1. akkhay a, see sv khaya2. akkhayita, mfn., neg. pp o/khinoti qv. akkhara1, m.n. and ~, / [S. aksara], 1. (.) the imperishable (= nibbna); Abh 7; 1063; Sadd 70,29* (anantam ~am dipo accantam); 2. (m.) a vowel; a letter, phoneme (a, etc); Abh 348 (vanno tu ~o); Sadd 604,24 (te akrappabhuti ekacattlisa sadd ~ nma bhavanti); 857,31 (~ato krapaccayo hoti akro kro icc evamdi); Nidd-a 1264,16 (nakkhattarj-r-iva traknan ti ettha rakrgamo viya avijjamnassa ~assa gamo); 3. (m.f and n.) a sound; a syllable; Vin IV 15,12 (~ya vceti akkhara-akkharya patti pcittiyassa); SI 38,21* (chando nidnam gthnam ~ tsam viyanjanam); Dhp 352 (~nam sanniptam jann pubbparni ca); Ap43,4 (ettha me vimati n'atthi ~e vyanjane pi v; c/Ap-a 283,9: vinayapitakapariypanne akrdike --e); Ps II 53,H (tathagato daharakle ~ni sampindetv padam vattum sakkoti); Pv-a280,io (sa iti na iti du iti so iti ca imni cattri ~ni); Sadd 357,28 (atth* - ekapadam); 907,7; ifc see acckkhara, adhik'-, ant'- (^vanta1), n'-; 4. (m.n.) a written character; Abh 1063 (~am lipimokkhesu); Ja II 90,15 (kande ~ni chinditv); IV 7,20 (suvannapatte likhitni ~ni disv); Mil79,28; Sp 867,3 (~ni likhantassa anguliyo dukkh bhavissanti); Ps V 42,1 (manpni vata -ni samasisni samapantini caturassni ti); Mpl 93,23 (nidhikumbhiy... psnapitthe ~esu upanibaddhesu yva - dharanti tva nidhikumbhi natth nma na hoti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ~ni) = Sadd 927,19 (~ni); Thp 189,34; 5. (n.) an expression; a word; D III 86,26 (tad eva pornam aggannam ~am anusaranti); 93,14 (khattiyo tv eva dutiyam ~am upanibbattam); '-attha, m. [akkhara + attha2], the literal meaning; Ja II 108,1; Sadd 809,23; -cintaka, m, a grammarian

(prob, in the Sanskrit or Pninian tradition); Vism 310,2o; Sp209,27 (~ pan* ettha idam lakkhanam vadanti); Pj I 17,34 (dikammakattam - icchanti); Ud-a55,15 (evam tva ~, atthakathcariy pana...); Sadd 516,27 (~ pana kriy ice api padam icchanti); 680,13 (~ehi kato na adhun amheh' eva, quoting Kaccyana); 696,12 (evam ~nam matavasena attho veditabbo, gmik pana...); 779,20 (ekacce ~ vibbhantabuddhino); -cinti,/, grammar; grammatical theory; Ps II 34,17 (brhman tisu vedesu kusal honti, gahapatayo nnvohresu cJ eva ~ya ca); -iift, mfn., having knowledge of letters, able to read; Sv 715,7; -padaniyamita, mfn., metrically arranged; Sv684,n; Pj II 142,20; -ppabheda, m. (and n. ?), phonology and etymology; DI 88,6 (tinnam vednam... skkharappabhednam); Sv 247,25 (~o ti sikkh ca nirutti ca) = MpII261,21; Mil 178,i6(~am); -paveni,/, an orthographic system; Jinak93,6; -pin4a, m., an aggregate of letters or syllables; Dhp-a IV 70,23; -mandira, ., a library; Jinak 104,29; Mikhanasippa, n., the craft of writing; Ud-a 205,13; -lopa, m., elision of a syllable or letter; Sadd 632,23; 843,6; -vipallsa,m., the transposition or permutation of syllables; Sadd650,i; 670,28; 739,24; -sankanti, / , the carrying on of a syllable into the following pda; Sadd 630,27 (~-vasena); 631,31; -sannidhna, n., juxtaposition of syllables, of the same syllable; Sadd39,12 (vasena... santehi mahito hito); -samaya, m. [cf S. aksarasammnya ?], the traditional list of letters, the alphabet; Dhp-a I 180,9 (~am na jnti); Sadd 131,21 (kumrake ~am ugganhpent gar). akkhara2, see sv kharal. akkharik, / [from akkhara1], a letter-game; Vin III 180,28 (~ya pi kilanti; Sp 621,22: ~ ti vuccati kse v pitthiyam v akkharajnanakil); D17,1; Nidd I 379,13. akkhavta, m. [S. lex. aksavta, aksapta], an arena or enclosure for gaming or for wrestling; Ja IV 81,23 (yuddhamandalam sajjpetv ~am kretv). akkh, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/akkhti qv. akkh ti in Ee at Pet 87,22 and 168,12: read akkhti with Be and Vin II202,5. akkhta(r), m. [S. khytr], one who tells; one who names; a preacher, a teacher; D I 4, is (ito sutv na amutra ~ imesam bhedya); M III 8,13 (bhagav ... anakkhtassa maggassa ~) = Kv229,i; SI 11,24* (akkheyyam ca parinnya ~ram na mannati; cf Spkl 45,iofoil: khinsavo bhikkhu ~ram puggalam na mannati, ~ran ti kammavasena krakam veditabbam, akkhtabbam kathetabbam puggalam na mannati) = It54,4* (It-all 32,33: krakdisabhvam kinci attnam na pacceti); Dhp 276 (tumhehi kiccam tappam -ro tathagata); Sadd 730,26 (~ari). akkhti and akkhyati \ pr. 3 sg. [S. khyti], declares, announces; tells, tells about; teaches; Vin II 202,5* (asandiddho ca ~ti); IV 12,6 foil. (chabbaggiy bhikkh... imassa sutv amussa akkhyanti imassa bhedya... akkhyatha...); SI 32,10* (tarn me ~hi pucchito); Sn 87 (~ti vibhajati idh' eva dhammam); 505

(~hi me bhagav yaMasampadam); Vv 1:7 (-mi te bhikkhu); Ja IV 226,9* (~eyya tippni parassa dhiro; 226,2r: cikkheyya); 384,12* (-tha me mnav etam attham); VI 318,20* (~hi no, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkhehi no,prob. wr; 318,24.* cikkha amhkam); 518,3* (taggha te mayam -ma); Niddl 260,7 (ito sutv amutra akkhyanti imesam bhedya); Mil 269,29 (sakk nibbnassa sacchikiriyya maggo ~tum); akkhti in Ee, Seat SI 38,7* and 38,io* is wrfor akkhto (Be, Ce so); fut. 3 sg. akkhissati, Pv 36:64; 1 sg. akkhissam, Sn 997 (etha mnava -issam, sunotha vacanam mama); JaV 41,4* (etesam aham -issam ydiso mama dohalo); 3pl. akkhyissanti, VinlV 12,12 (katham hi nma... akkhyissanti); part.pr. akkhyanta, mfn., Ja III 106,6' (akkhyantassa pubbakhyino); aor. 3 sg. (a) akkh, Ja II 152,12*; VI 181,24* (supanno Kosiyass' ~; 182,3': supanno cikkhi); (b) akkhsi, AIV 106,5* (iti buddho ... dhammam -si); Sn 1131; Ap499,n (anakkhtam ca -si); 2 sg. (a) akkh, Ja VI 359,20* (359,28': tvam -si vadesi); (b) akkhsi, Ja V 307,16*; 1 sg. (a) akkhim, Ja V 77,22* (tassham -im vivarim guyharn attham; 78,26': -in ti kathesim); (b)akkhsim, Ap 612,9; 3 pl. akkhamsu, Ja III 481,8* (akkhamsu mt pita ca bhtaro, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhimsu); absol. akkhya, Sn 829 (~ya vdam parisya majjhe; Niddl 169,22: vdam -ya cikkhitv); pass, pr 3 sg. akkhyati2, is declared; is called, is stated to be; is named; esp. aggam ~ati, is called the most excellent; D I 116,18 (Gotamo... puthutitthakrnam aggam -ati); MI 24,29 (ayam imesam dvinnam puggalnam... hinapuriso -ati); SI 86,33 (hatthipadam tesam aggam -ati yad idam mahattena); A V 21,15 (yvat... satt... tathagato tesam aggam ~ati araharn sammsambuddho); Vibh 379,26 (etam olrikam -ati); Mil 118,23 (sabbe atikkamma cakkavattimani aggam -ati); pp akkhta, mfn. [S. khyta], told, declared, taught; called, named; Vin III 20,6 (bhagavat anekapariyyena kmnam pahnam -am); MII 11,3 (~ may svaknampatipad); SI 38,io* (rgo uppatho ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr akkhti); Dhp 275; Sn 276 (-am pi na jnti dhammam); Ja IV 222,26* (panko eso va -o brahmacariyassa); Mil 333,28 (phalni... bhagavat -ni); Sv 17,19* (vinayo ti -o); SpkII 387,19 (~-tt); pada, n., (gr.t.t.) a (finite) verb; Ps I 3,4 (harati ti padan ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khytapadan ti)= Ud-a6,7 (Ce, Ee akkhyta-; Be, Se khyta-); anakkhta, mfn. and ., l.(mfn.) not declared, not told; not described; MI 331,8 (anakkhtam kusalam); III 8,13 (anakkhtassa maggassa akkht); Pv 31:12; Ap499,n; Mil 24,2 (anakkhtam yevham Ngasenam jnissmi ti); 2. (n.) the indescribable; Dhp 218 (chandajto anakkhte; Dhp-a III289, xifoll.: anakkhte ti nibbne ... avattabbatya ~am nma); durakkhta, mfn., badly preached, incorrect; MI 67,i (durakkhte dhammavinaye duppavedite); AI 34,4 (durakkhtatt); Mp IV 41,3 (ekapadam pi durakkhtam aniyynikam apassanto); svkkhta, svkhta, svkhyta mfn., wellpreached; Vin III 19,15 (evam svkkhte dhammavinaye pabbajitv); MI 141,20 (svkkhto ... may dhammo); S IV 300,30 (dhammassa svkkhtat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

svkhytat); AI 34,7 (svkkhtatt); Sn 567 (svkkhtam brahmacariyam); Mil 415,8 (svkkhto dhammo supatipanno sangho ti); Vism213,i6/o//.; Sadd 326,24 (keci pana svkhto ti ca svkkhto ti ca svkhyto ti ca padam icchanti, tattha pacchimni sakkatabhsto nayam gahetv vuttni, itaram yaththitarpanipphattivasena); fpp (a) akkheyya, mfn. and n., to be named; to be told, to be expressed; what can be expressed or described, a nameable object; SI \\,22* foil. (~-sannino satt ~asmim patitthit... ~am ca parinnaya akkhtram na mannati; Spkl 44,ifoll.: ettha devo manusso gahattho pabbajito ... Tisso Phusso ti din nayena ~ato sabbesam akkhnnam... vatthubhtato paiicakkhandh ~ ti vuccanti) = It53,24*foil. (It-all 31,29: akkhyati kathiyati pannpiyati ti~am kathvatthu); Sn 808 (nmam evvasissati ~am petassa jantuno); (b) akkhtabba, mfn., to be named; to be told; Spkl 45,12; Mp IV 198,5; see also khyti. akkhna, n. [S. khyna], telling, announcing, teaching; a tale, a recitation, a legend; D I 6,12 (pekkham ~am panissaram) = Niddl 366,23 (Nidd-al 391,3i: -an ti bhratarmyandikam); D III 183,13; M III 167,19 (na sukaram~ena ppunitum yva dukkh niray); ifc see itthambht' - (^v ittham), utukkhna (sv utu); anakkhna, n., not telling; no need for telling; MI 503,5 (Gotamo -am yeva aksi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anakkhtam yeva akkhsi); see also khyna. akkhyati l see sv akkhti. akkhyati2, pass.pr. 3 sg. of akkhti qv. akkhyi(n), mfn. [S. khyyin], telling; announcing; Ja III 105,20* (pubb* ev' ~ino raja ekadatthu na saddahe; 106,5'foil.: pubbam eva rjakulam parva akkhyantassa pubbakkhyino...); Niddll 270,2; ifc see atth'(sv attha2), kirn- (^v ka3). akkhyika, mfn. \from akkhyi(n)], telling; describing; Ja III 535,12' (piyakkhnam ~ mayham tutthidnam dehi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se piyakkhnam gatass). akkhyika,/ [S. khyyik], a story, a tale; ifc see l o k \ samudd' -; see also khyyik. akkhi1, n. [S. aksi] (pl. nom. ace. akkhi [cf S. dual aksi ?] a^akkhini; //c-akkha), the eye; Abh 149; 1109; Vin I 77,25 (sace kho Upli rpam sikkhissati ~ini dukkh bhavissanti); III 53,12 (nimittam karoti -im v nikhanissmi bhamukam v ukkhipissmi); MI 383,27 (puriso akkhikahrako gantv ubbhatehi ~Ihi gaccheyya); Sn 197 (-imh); 608 (na kannehi na -ihi, Ce, Ee, Se so; ite~ibhi; = Mil 196: Ceso; Be-ii;Se~ibhi; Ee omits); Pv 21:27 (-Tni ca paggharanti); Ja I 483,29* (-1 bhinn pato nattho); II 357,6* (rakkhe ~i va pandito, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -im; cf however K.R. Norman, 1987, pp. 33-4, for akkhi <*aksin); V 286,11 (atha nam -ini pretv olokeyysi); VI 294,10* (khippam kujjhanti rjno sken' -i va ghattitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -im); Ap 374,10 (-i me na nimilati); Vism 185,15 (-inam pi nimmilitabhvo); Sp 1030,2i (yo dvflii v ekena v -in na passati); Ps II 177,28 (pannmaye-imhi appam parittam rgadosamoharajam); Dhp-a 19,20 (-1 me vuso vt vijjhanti ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; 2te~Ini); Cp-a 173,23 (yakkhnam -inirattnihonti animisni ca); Mhv 36:82 (karoti rattan* ~ini); ifc see

kakkat'- (svkakkata2), kakkatak'-, kalra- (,sv kalra2), timiratamb'-, nippakhum'- (sv pakhuma), pupphit'-; -kta, n. [akkhi + kta1], 1. the corner of the eye\ Ja VI 540,2' (ubhapassesu setehi ~ehi samanngat); Niddl 355,5 (~ni bhagavato lohitakni); As 306,25; 2. the eyeball, ? Sv 772,9 (udaramamsa-otthamamsaakkhiktdini luncitv luficitv khdiyamnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -akkhikdini) = Ps I 273,22 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se udaramamsam otthamamsam ~' -dini) * Mp III 359,12 (eds -akkhikamamsdmi); ~e in Ee at As 307,4 is wr for akkhikpe (Be, Ce, Se so); -kpa, m., the eyesocket; MI 80,20; JaIV 407,8 (akkhi ~ato mucci); -kpaka, m., the eye-socket; Vism361,2i (assu... ~e pretv titthati v paggharati v); As 306,23; Spk II 354,23; -koti,/, the corner of the eye; Ja HI 410,19 (~iy oloketv); Dhp-a II 240,23; -ga, n. [akkhi + ga2], an eyelash; Abh259 (pakkhumam ~am); -ganda, m., the whole eye;l the eyeball; Sv451,i5 (annesam hi ~ aparipunn honti... viniggatehi pi gambhirehi pi akkhihi samanngat honti, Ce, Ee so; Be -bhand; Se -gend) = Ps III 384,19 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -bhand); ifc see visla-; see also parininnakkhigandaka; -gtha, m., an excretion from the eye; Pv-al98,i6 (akkhimalan ti ~am); -gthaka, m., an excretion from the eye; Sn 197 (savati... akkhimh ~o); Thi-a240,2o; -cakkala, n., the circle of the eye, the eye; Sp 1028,26 (ekena uddham ekena adho ti evam visamajtehi ~ehi samanngato); -trak,/, the pupil of the eye; the eye; M I 80,20 (me akkhikpesu ~ gambhiragat ... dissanti); Sp 1213,12 (yath ca antepurikdayo mattam dassetv...); MpII 73,8 (nflaparikammam karonto kese v... ~ya v karoti); [c/Sp-t (5*0111 264,22: ~ ti akkhibhandak; Se akkhigandak]; -dala, n., the eyelid; Sv 194,i6(hetthimam ~am adho sidati, uparimam uddham lahgheti); Thi-a240,i9; (--maijhe); -nikhanana, n. [cfS. aksiniknam], closing the eyes; blinking, winking; Kkh 28,16 (~'-di nimittakaranam); -nimesana, n., blinking of the eyes; Sv482,i9 (~-mattena nnattam pannyati, Ce, Ee so; Be akkhinimisa-; Se akkhinimmissa-) = Ps I 226,11 (Ce, Ee so; Be akkhinimisa-; Se akkhinimmila-); -pa{ala, -pattaka,., eyemembrane; As 307,16 (satta ~ni); Spk II 354,23 (akkhikpake ~ehi parivrito mamsapindo) = Bv-a33,3i (eds akkhipattakehi); -paka, m., inflammation of the eyes; Sp 1029,8; -pra, mfn.9 filling the eyes; Ja VI 191,26 (so ~am assum niggahetv); -loma, n., an eye-lash; Niddl 355,1; As 306,25 (~ehi paricchinno); see also anjanakkhika, anjitakkha, atiyakkha, anakkhika, alrakkha, ubhayakkhikna (^vubhaya), ekakkhi(n), ekakkhikna (^veka), gavakkha, gavakkhita, tambakkhika, paccakkha, parokkha, mandakkha, rattakkha (.yvratta1), lohitakkha. akkhi2, m. [cf akkha1], an axle; Mhv 38:94 (datvna ratham jinnena -m -akkhin). akkhi(n), m. [from akkha2], a gambler; Jail 357,6* (pubbe v' ajjhbhavam tassa rakkhe ~i va pandito; see K.R. Norman, 1987, pp. 33-4). akkhim, aor. I sg. o/akkhti qv.

akkhika1, m. [from akkha2], a dice-player, a gambler; Sadd 787,9 (akkhena dibbati ti ~o). akkhika2, n. (?) [akkhi1 + ka2], the eye; ifc see addh'-; (.yvaddha1); -mamsa, ., the fleshy part of the eye; MpIII 359,12 (uckramamsa-otthamamsa-akkhikamamsdini luncitv luncitv khdiyamnam; ^ Ps I 273,22: eds -akkhikutdini); -hraka, m., one who removes eyes (?possibly akkhika3 qv); MI 383,26 (seyyath ... puriso ~o gantv ubbhatehi akkhihi gaccheyya). akkhika3, m. [from akkha2?], a seed of Terminalia bellerica, beleric myrobalan (used as dice); -haraka, m., one who collects seeds (or to akkhika2 qv); MI 383,26 (seyyath... puriso ~o gantv ubbhatehi akkhihi gaccheyya). akkhika4, ., the mesh, the hole (of a net); ifc see jar-. akkhitta1, mfn. [pp of*2 + khipati1; S. ksipta], caught; drawn away, tossed away; Ja III 255,22* (santi anfie pi sakun... ~ vtavegena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkhitt; 256,3' foil.: vtavegena kaddhit). akkhitta2, mfn., neg. pp o/khipati1 qv. akkhipi in Ee at Spk I 293,33 is prob, wrfor okkhipi (Be, Ce, Se so). akkhula, m. (?), one who destroys (in an exclamation designed to terrify); Ud-a68,8 (apare pana ~o bhakkhulo ti plim vatv akkhetum khepetum vinsetum ulati pavattau" ti ~o, ad Ud 5,4, eds akkulo pakkulo ti); see also akkulo. akkhetum, ind. [inf. of*2 + khinoti], to destroy, put an end to; Ud-a68,8 (~etum khepetum vinsetum ulati pavattau" ti akkhulo). akkhepa, m. [S. ksepa], 1. pronouncing; reviling; objection; ? Sadd 559,18 (sara -e: sareti sarayati); 2. convulsion; ? Sadd 334,28 (raghi laghi gatyakkhepe, gatyakkhepo gatiy ~o; cf however S. Dhtup Wg 4;35-7: aghi vaghi maghi gatyksepe, dvandva?); ifc see gaty-. akkheyya, mfn.,fpp q/*akkhti qv. akkhobbha, mfn., neg. fpp of khobheti, caus. of khubbhati qv. akkhobhani, (m)f(n). [from khobheti, caus. of khubbhati qv; cf S. ksobhana], unshaking; imperturbable; JaV 322,2i* (kass* es mahati sen... -1 apariyant sgarasseva miyo; 323,4': ~I ti khobhetum na sakk); see also akkhohini. akkhobhani,/ [cfBHS aksobhini], a very high number (1012 or 1013); Sadd 802,5 foil, (nahutam ninnahutam ~i, Ee so; vi akkhohini); see also akkhohini. akkhosanam in Ee at Ap-a 120,7 is wr for akkosanam (Be, Ce, Se so). akkhohini, / , 1. [S. aksauhini], a complete army; Abh 384; Ja VI 434,23 (atthrasahi ~ihi saddhim sabbe yuddhasajj hutv nikkhamantu, Ce, Ee so; Se atthrasaakkhobhinihi; Be atthrasa-akkhobhanisankhya senya); 439,i (atthrasahi ~Ihi, Ce, Ee so; Se akkhobhinihi; Be atirasa-akkhobhanisankhya senya); 2. [BUS aksobhini], a very high number; Abh 475 (nahutam tath ninnahutam pi ca ~i); ifc see catuvisati- (.sv catufr]); -ghta,m., the slaughter of a complete army (or of

millions); Mhv 25:103 (katam -am saranto; cf 25:108: -mahsenghto) ^ Thp215,i4 (-senghtam); s e e also akkhobham. akhanima, mfn. [a3 + khana + ima2 ?], not dug, not dug up; JaV 169, r (anvakul ti na avakul - ukklaviklabhvarahit v samasanthit). akhnisum, aor. 3 pl. o/khanati 2 qv. akhnayi, caus. aor. 3 sg. o/khanati 2 qv. akhilaka, mfn. [a3 + khila1 + ka2, or a3 + khilaka], free from spikes or prickles; JaV 203,3* (-ni ca avantakni ... kimrukkhaphalni tni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akhilakni; 206,5.* -ni ti akcni nikkantakni, Ee so; Be atacni nippannni; Ce avkni nibbasanni; Se apkni nibbanni). akhytavasena in Ee at Kkh 20,26 is wr (or alternative form) for khyta- qv. aga, m. [ts], a tree; Abh 539; 1117; Sadd330,3i* (imni pana rukkhassa nmni... ~o nago ...). agacchati in Ee at Ap 160,9, and agacchanti in Ee at Ap 19,14 and Sv 865,26 are wrr for agacchati and agacchanti (Be, Ce, Se so). agacchamnaka, mfn. [neg. part.pr. o/gacchati + ka2], who do not go, who do not (want to) go; Dhp-a I 397,9 (aham hi tya saddhim ~e givya gahetv no pahinmi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce agacchamne). agattitni in Ee at It-al 133,24 is wr for aghattitni (Be, Ce, Se so). aganhaka-itthi in Ee at Sp 468,25 is prob, wr for aganhanaka- (Be, Ce, Se so). agati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup agati, Wg 19:31], moves tortuously; Sadd 468,8 (aga kutilyam gatiyarn: ... ~ati); see also aggati. agati 2 ,/, see sv gati. agatika, mfn. [ts], without resource; helpless; Cp 3:9:6 (so 'ham~otattha;Cp-a 234, n foil.: so aham evambhto pdapakkhavekallena gamanavirahito mtpitunnam apagamanena v appatisarano). agada, m.n. [ts], a medicine, esp. an antidote; Abh 330 (bhesajjam ~o); Ap41,2 (yath visdo puriso visena paripilito -am so gaveseyya); Mil 152,25 (visam halhalam pi khyitam -am sampajjati); 302,14 (visam sito ... -am alabhamno ... akle marati); Sv 67,22 (tatho aviparito desanavilsamayo c' eva punnussayo ca -o ass ti dakrassa takram katv tathagato ti veditabbo); Ih-a II 131,27 (amatarn vuccati -am, tena majjanti" ti amatamad sapp, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vuccati agatam); ifc see dhamm*-; '-angara, m.n., a medicinal ash or powder; Mil 216,16 (-am vanamukhe odaheyya; Ps IV 2,i6: jhmaharitakassa v malakassa v cunnam); '-malaka, n., the health-giving or medicinal fruit of the malaka tree; Sp42,i3 (devat -am agadaharitakam ... haranti); Mhv 5:26; -haritaka, -haritaka, n., the health-giving or medicinal fruit of the haritaka tree; Ja I 80,12; Sp 42,13; Mhv 5:26. agandhaka, m/(-ik). [a3 + gandha1 + ka2], with no scent; Dhp 51 (yath pi ruciram puppham vannavantam ~am) = Th323; Ja III 253,12* (mala sereyyakasseva vannavant agandhik); 253,22' (anfiam pi puppham vannasampannam -am); see also sagandhaka.

agandhika, m. (?), the name of a plant; ? Sp 836,10 ( -puppham karirapuppham jivantipuppham). agaru1, n. [S. agaru, aguru], the fragrant resin or wood of Aquilaria agallocha; aloes; Abh 302 (~u cgaju); Ja VI 510,14* (vilimpitv -candanena ca); Mil 382,4 (kapprgamtagaracandanakunkumdini); Vism 241,15; Vibh-a 223, is; ifc see kl-; see also akalu, agalu. agaru2, mfn., see sv garu. agarpamo inEeatAp 319,32 is wr for agadpamo (Be, Ce, Se so). agalu, agalu, n. [S. agaru, aguru], the fragrant resin or wood of Aquilaria agallocha; aloes; Abh 302 (agaru cgalu); Ja IV 440,23* (~um candanam ca, Be, Ce so; Ee akalum; Se aggalum); Ap 348,28 (khippam pabbatam ruyha -urn aggahim aham, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce agarum); 349,1 (-urn anulimp' aham, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce agarum); see also akalu, agaru'. agmaka, mfn. [a3 + gma1 + ka2], where there are no villages; without habitation, uninhabited; VinlV 230, is (~e aranne; Sp 912,32: gmbhvena -an ti vuttam); Ja I 36,13 (-e aranne); Vism 269,26; Sp 1052,7 (~e ce ti gmanigamanagarasimhi aparicchinne atavippadese); PsI 233,7(pabbajitv-e aranne viharati); II 391,15 (idarn pana -am mah -arannam). agra (and sometimes gra; ifc also -gra), n. (and m.) [ts], a house; the household life; Abh 205 (-am); Vin I 181,23/0//. (na-y-idam sukaram -am ajjhvasat ekantaparipunnam ... brahmacariyam caritum, yannnharn kesamassum ohretv ksyni vatthni acchdetv -asm anagriyam pabbajeyyan ti); D I 88,32/0//. (sace -am ajjhvasati rj hoti cakkavatti... sace ... -asm anagriyam pabbajati araharn hoti sammsambuddho); MI 91,24 (tvarn -am ajjhvasasi kme paribhunjasi); 279,12 (dve - sadvr); 519,16 (sunnarn pi -am pavisati); SIV 249,9 (asapatti -am ajjhvaseyyan ti); A I 49,15 (gihinam -am ajjhvasatam); 156,18* (dittasmim -asmim); Dhp 13 (yath -am ducchannam vutthi samativijjhati); 140 (-ni aggi dahati); Sn 805 (vinbhvasantam ev* idam iti disv ngram vase); Pv 47:4 (sunis homi -assa ca issara); Thi 376 (sukhit ehi -am vasa); Jal 51,2 (sace - nikkhamma pabbajissati buddho bhavissati); IV 154,25* (krayant nagarni - ca disampati); Patis I 176,23 (-an ti vihro addhayogo ..., Be, Ce so; Ee, Se gran ti); Ap61,i9 (nikkhamitv -amh pabbajissati); 546,1 ( ^ va tad mayam ... vicarimh ... komribrahmacariyarn); Pet 220,4 (evam nicesu pi -esu jto hoti, so read with Nnamoli, 1964, p. 297 ? eds niccesu); Mil 88,15; Vism 593,22; Sv42,3 (ranno Idlanattham patibhnacittavicitram -am akamsu); Spkl 52,25 (-an timtugmena saddhim geham); Th-al 126,12 (-asm ti gehato gharvsato v); Q)-a210,4 (tayo pi bhav dittam -am viya... upatthahimsu); Sadd921,i (mattbhedo tva -am gram); agr in Ee at Sp 852,27 is wr for angr (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see agygra, ajjhgre, vasath-, itth'-- (jvitthi), uposath-, kr- (^vkr), kt- (^vkta1), kotth(^vkottha2), citta- (yvcitta2), tina-, dhanii- (^vdhanna1), nl-, pariy--, pn-, bandhan-, bhanda-, bhus-, yann-, rj-, vsa-, vhan-, santh-, sunn-;

-muni, m., a sage who lives a household life; Nidd I 58,n (ye te agrik ditthapad viniitassan, ime ~ino, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se gramunayo); -vsa, m., household life; Th 1107 (~ena alam nu te idam); anagra, angra, mfn., m. and n., 1. (mfn. and m.) without a house, homeless; (one) who has left a household life; a homeless ascetic; D III 160,12* (yadi tarn upeti, so read with K.R. Norman, 1984, p. 180; Be angriyatam; Ce angriyatam; Ee, Se angriyatam); MII 62,28 (~ mayam gahapati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee angra); Dhp404 (asamsattham gahatthehi angrehi cbhayam); Sn639 (yo 'dha kme pahatvna angro paribbaje); Pv 14:5 (alen ~ ca); JaV 252,19* (adhanassa angrassa bhikkhuno; 253,8': gharavsam pahya angriyabhvam pattassa); Ps I 111,is (bhikkhu pi n' atth' assa agran ti ~o); It-all 163,6 (~ ti pariccatta-agr pabbajit, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee angra ti); 2 . (n.) the homeless state; the ascetic life; Sn 376 (yo v agr -am eti; Pj II 368,7: ~am eti pabbajati); muni, m., a homeless sage; Nidd I 58,13 (ye te pabbajit ditthapad viniitassan ime ~-munino, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ime angramunayo); sgra, m(fn). and n., 1. (mfn.) (one) who lives in a house; It 111,19* (~ anagra ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se angra; It-all 163,5: -tigahatth); It-all 163,sfoll. (~ hi angrnam dhammadnasannissit angra ca ~nam paccayadnasannissit); 2. (n.) sharing a house, sleeping under the same roof; Vin II 279,15 (anujnmi bhikkhave thapetv ~am yath anne purise patipajjanti evamtasmim drake patipajjitun ti; Sp 1295,2i: sahgraseyyamattam thapetv); see also agga2, ekgrika (sveka), kotthgrika (.svkottha2), dvgrika, bandhangrika, bhandgrika, sattgrika. agraka (ifc also -graka), n. [agra + ka2], a small house, a cottage; a hut; MI 450,35 (ekam ~am oluggaviluggam); Jail 69,i5* (dseyya no ~am); VI 81,26*; ifc see pamsv--. agri(n), mfin). [S. agrin], one who has or lives in a house; a householder; a housewife; a lay person; Vin IV 343,10 (gihini nma ~inl vuccati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se grini); Sn 376 (yo v agr anagram eti ~ino v pan' upsakse); Th 1009 (~isu pabbajitesu cpi; Ih-alll 104,2i: ~is ti gahatthesu); Vv 52:9 (~ini sabbakulassa issar; Vv-a225,26: ~ini ti gehassmini); Ja III 234,3* (~ino annadapnavatthad); anagri(n), mfln)., not living in a house; a homeless ascetic; Ap 424,31 (agr abhinikkhamma ~i bhavissati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee angri). agrika, agriya, grika, griya, mfn., m., n. and ~&,f [from agra; cf BHS grika], 1. (mfn. and m.f) belonging to a house; living in a house; a householder; a housewife; a lay person; Abh446 (gahatthgrik gihi); Vin I 272,6 (mayam kho cariya ~ nma, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se grika); IV 285,26 (y pana bhikkhuni ~assa v paribbjakassa v ... samanacivaram dadeyya; 285,30: ~o nma yo koci agram ajjhvasati); Nidd I 380,5 (atthi agriyassa vibhs, atthi pabbajitassa vibhs, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se agriyassa); Ap67,i8 (~o bhavitvna, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se griko); Mil 350,25 (gihi ~a kmabhogino); As 373,13 (grikena pi angrikena pi dipetabbam, agriyo hi ekacco ..., Ee so; Be, Se griko

piekacco; Ge~enpi anagrikenpi... agriyo); Sp 473,3 (agriynam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se grikanam); Ps II 392,29 (tumhe agriy nma mahjat); 2. (mfn. and n.) belonging to the household life; what is part of the household life; the occupations of a householder; Sp 203,27 (agrassa hitam kasivanijjdikammam agriyan ti vuccati tarn ca pabbajjya n' atthi) = Spkll 180,11 = Ud-a309,7; agrikabhta, agriyabhta, mfn., (while) being a householder, leading a householder's life; Vin I 17,8 (kme paribhunjitum seyyathpi pubbe ~o) * D i l i 235,11 (Ce, Ee agriya-; Be, Se grika-); MI 504,18 (aham... pubbe agriyabhto samno pancahi kmagunehi samappito); A III 375,9 (kusalo tvam pubbe ~o Vinaya tantissare ti, Ce so; Be agriya-; Ee, Se grika-); Ud 57,22 (irigha tvam Sona tatth' eva ~o samno buddhnam ssanam anuyunja, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be grika-); agriyamuni, m., a lay sage; Ja I 109,27' (~I ti gihi gataphalo vinntassano, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se griya-) ^ It-al 150,14 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee griya-); anagr ika, anagriya1, angrika, angriya, mfn. and m., not belonging to a house or the household life; (one) who does not live a household life; a homeless ascetic; Ja IV 340,9* (ye keci atthi saman... ksvavatth anagriya ti); Ps I 167,35 foil. (agriyo hi... anagriyo pi..., Be, Ce so; Se griko ... angriyo; Ee wr griko ... angariyo); Dhp-al 239,4 (agrikassa... ~assa, Be so; Ee angrikassa; Ce agriyassa ... ~assa; Se agrikassa ... angrikassa); Pj II 73,ii (te duvidh honti agriy anagriya ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee agriy anagriya ti); anagriyamuni, m., a homeless sage; Ja I 109,27' (~I titathrpo va pabbajito, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anagriya-) * It-al 150,15 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anagriya-); see also anagriya2, grika. aglha in Ee, Se at Pp 32,34 is wrfor glha qv. agiddhit, / , abstr. [a 3 + giddhi(n) + t], lack of greed; freedom from eager desire; Ja II 293,15* (tasm mattannut sdhu bhojanasmim ~, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce agiddhat; 294,s': ~ pi sdhu, pliyam pana agiddhim ti likhitam, tato ayam atthakathptho va sundarataro, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce agiddhat pi sdhu). agidha, mfn. [from a3 + *gidh?], without greed; Ap-a513,i3 (apihgidhan ti pindaptam paticca apiharn apagatapiham ~am nittanham); see also apihgidha sv pih. agilyati in Ee, Se at M I 354,25 is wrfor gilyati qv. agiha, mfn. [S. agrha], homeless, without a house; Sn 456 (sanghtivsi ~o carmi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se agaho; Pj II 403,1: ~o tiageho, nittanho ti adhippyo); 464 (ye kme hitv ~ caranti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se agah); 487 (Gotamam... ksyavsim ~am carantam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se agaham). agga 1 , mfn. and n. [cf S., BHS agra, S. agrya], 1. (mfn.) the first, foremost; topmost; better; excellent, illustrious; the best, chief (very often iic); (n.) the best part; the ideal; a most excellent thing; the best of its class or type; Abh 696; 715 (~am pathamam); 843; Vin III 90,20 (ayam ~o mahcoro yo asantam abhtam uttarimanussadhammam ullapati); 133,23 (etam -am etam settham etam mokkham ...); D I 124,4 (sila-

pannnam ca pana lokasmim -am akkhyati); II 4,20 (Vipassissa ... svakayugam ahosi -am bhaddayugam); 15,io (dhammat es... sampatijto bodhisatto... sabhim ca vcam bhsati - 0 'harn asmi lokassa jettho 'harn asmi lokassa); SII 29,6 (na ... hinena ~assa patti hoti, ~ena ca ... -assa patti hoti); III 156,6 (ktgrassa y kci gopnasiyo... ktam tsam -am akkhyati); IV 315,4 (ekam khettam -am ekam khettam majjhimam ekam khettam hinam); A I 15,8 (appamattik es bhikkhave vuddhi yadidam nativuddhi, etad -am vuddhinam yadidam panrivuddhi); 11151,8* (-assa data labhatepun' -am); It87,19/0//. (yvat ... satt apad v dvipad v... tathagato tesam -am akkhyati; c/lt-all 105,17/0//.: makro padasandhikaro, -0 akkhyati ti padavibhgo); 88,2 (ye ... buddhe pasann ~e te pasann, ~e kho pana pasannnam ~o vipko hoti); Pv 38:47 (sadevakassa lokassa buddho - o pavuccati); Ja V 127,18 (esa kumro sakalajambudipe dhanuggahnam - 0 bhavissati); Ap 164,i (yath samuddo udadhmam ~o); Mil 182,27 (sabbadhannnam sali -am akkhyati); Mhv 3:33 (vinayannnam -ena); ifc see anik'-, ambil'-, yat'-, dhan'-, bal'-, bhav'-, madhur'-; 2. (n.m.) the top, point; tip; (often ifc); Abh 542; 843; D I 75,17 (tni [uppalni] yva c' ~ yva ca ml sitena vrinabhisannni); SHI 155,27(pabbajalyako pabbajam lyitv ~e gahetv); A l l 201,18 (mle chetv ~e chindeyya); Sn217 (yad -ato majjhato sesato v pindam labhetha); Ja V 31,24* (rukkhassa v te papatmi -); Pj II 16,12 (thale nikkhittapadumnam -ni miltni); ifc see ariguT - (sv anguli), adh' - (sv adho), ayogga' (sv aya[s]), r'- (svr1), uddh'- (.svuddham), up'-, ek'-, kar'(sv kara1), kalp' -, kuficif - (sv kuficati), kus' - (sv kusa'), kp'-, khur- (jvkhura 2 ), jivh'-, tikkh'-, tikhin'-, phussit1'-, mandal'-, vT- (-swla1), veT- (svvelu), vellit'-; 3. (n.) beginning; first portion; first fruits; Abh715 (-am... di); 843; Pj II 270,7 (nipphajjamnesu sassesu khettaggam rsaggam kotthaggam kumbhi-aggam bhojanaggan ti imni panca -ni deti); Dhp-alV 99,12; ifc see arun'-, kalp'-, kumbhi-, khal'- (svkhala1), khalabhand'-, khett'-, dyan'-, phal'-; cases used adverbially: instr. aggena, beginning from; according to; ifc see ovarak'-, pariven'-, psd'-, bhikkh'- (sv bhikkhu), yad-, vass' -, vihr'-, seyy' - (sv seyy); abl. aggato, before, in front; in the presence of; Abh 1148; 1194; ThI394 (myam viya -ato katam); Ap301,i5 (evam jino viyksi bhikkhusanghassa -ato); Spkl 261,34 (pure hoti ti -ato hoti); loc. agge, from, after, since; ifc see ajja-t-, ajja-d-, tad-, dahara-t-, yad-; agga iic: the top ..., the pre-eminent...; the top of..., the tip of...; the first...; '-agga, -m-agga, mfn. andn.m., 1. (mfn.) the very best, the most excellent; VinlV 232,30 (aggamaggni bhojanni denti); Ja III 473,22' (-am panitam deyyadhammam vicinitv, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se aggam); Sp 465,22; 2. (n.m.) the very tip, the very end; Dhp-all 120,10 (khurnam -an' eva temimsu, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se agg n' eva); III 428,8 (itarni ~esu parimiltni); '-ankura, m., the top shoot; Ja I 219,1 (nigrodhapotakassa -e khdmi); III 389,22'; '-ankuraka, w.,

the top shoot; Vin II 161,29 (-am me udaram chupati); ' -anguli, / , the finger-tip; Ja VI 404,22 (-isu ptesi); 0 , -sana, ., the first or chief seat; Vin II 161,17 (so arahati -am aggodakam aggapindam); MI 28,n (aho vata aham eva labheyyam bhattagge -am; Ps I 145,32: -an ti sanghatthersanam); Ja I 219,23; Dhp-alV 177,24 (jarjinnamahallakabrhmano ... brhmannam -e nisidi); '-sanika, 0,-saniya, m(fn). [BHS agrsanika], one who has the first or chief seat; Ps III 83,19 (majjharjassa nagare - brhman nma mayan ti rjagehe bhunjanti); 1h-al 78,12 (mahkosalaranno aggsaniyassa brhmanassa putto hutv nibbatti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee agghpaniyassa) * II 170,4 (eds -assa); 0, -upatthaka,m., ' -upatthik,/, the chief personal (male or female) attendant; Bv 2:214 (Tapassubhallik nmaahesum -); 3:32 (Nand c' eva Sirim ca ahesum aggupatthik, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -, prob, wr); 4:25; '-upatthka, m., the chief personal (male) attendant; Dil 6,16; Spkl 313,23; Thp 254,s; '-upatthyik,/, the chieffemale supporter; Dhp-al 417,2o; Ud-a 122,25; Thp254,s; -knk,/ [agga + krik2], (first or best action); a first taste, a sample; Vin III 80,30 (bhikkhnam -am adsi; Sp 465,20foil.: aggapindam sabrahmacrinam datv va bhunjati... -an ti aggakiriyam, pathamam laddhapindaptam aggaggam v panitapanitam pindaptan ti attho, y pana tassa dnasankht aggakiriy s na sakk datum; Sp-t[Be] II 273,2foil.: yasm kiriyam datum na sakk tasm dnasankhtya aggakiriyya yuttam pindaptam eva idha upacravuttiy aggakiriy ti gahetabbam); -kulika, mfin). [BHS agrakulika], (one) belonging to an esteemed or chief family; M II 55,25 (-assa putto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be aggakulassa); Pv 30:6 (ayam kumro nagarass' imassa - o bhavissati; Pv-a 199,11: -o setthakuliko bhavissati ti attho); Thi-a246,n (- vibhavasampann pi patiparicrik cetik viya); -konatth in Ee at Sv 925,33 is wr for aggakond (Be, Ce, Se so) or for aggakonth; -gimha, m. [agga + gimha1], the beginning of summer, the first month of the hot season; Ja V 203, is* (vanam yath -e suphullam; 206,17': -e ti vasantasamaye); -ja, mfn. [agga + ja2], first-born, elder; first-appeared; Abh 254 (-0 pubbajo jettho); JaV 404,10' (- iva s pi navajjhmakkhette pathamajt viy ti, Ce so; Ee aggij iva; Be, Se aggijl iva); Ap 229,21 (-am puppham dya; cf Ap-a470,n: aggajanmakam puppham gahetv); -jivh,/, the tip of the tongue; Vism 263,34; Spklll 197,8; -ftfia, mfn. and n. [cf S. agrani, ace. agranyam], 1. (mfn.) chief, principal; primitive, original; Abh 695 (param -am uttaram); D III 86,25 (tad eva pornam -am akkharam; Sv 868,32: -am akkharan ti lokuppattivamsakatham; cf Mvul 340, n: paurnam aksaram agninyam); 225,1 (bhikkhu porne -e ariyavamse thito); AII 27,16 (ariyavams - rattann vamsann porn ...; Mp III 45,io: - ti agg ti jnitabb); IV 246,1 (pane' imni... dnni mahdnni -ni rattannni); 2. (n.) the beginning of things; origin; DIU 4,12 (na hi... bhagav -am pannpeti; Sv818,i2: -an ti lokapannattim, idam nma lokassa aggan ti evam jnitabbam pi

10

aggamariydam na tarn pannpeti ti vadati); 2S,sfoll.; -t,/, abstr., pre-eminence; chief position; Abhll68; DIU 155,H* (-am vajati kmabhoginam); Ap 319,15 (atulo -am gato); 512,17 (devesu -am patt); Kv 556,2 (huneyynam -am gato); -tta, n., abstr., pre-eminence; chief position; Ap 490,30 (manjussarnam bhikkhnam -am anuppunim); 537,22; Ps III 407,7; -danta, m., the tip of a tooth or tusk; Ja I 321,12 (tassa dve pi ~e chindi); 433,15 (-e vivaritv sitam akasi); Spk I 66,1 (-e dassento); aggadantam in Ee a t Th354 is wr for aggam dantam (Be, Ce so); -dna, n., \.a gift of the best; the best gift; VinUI 39,i8 (y methunam dhammam deti s -am deti); Ap 208,io (ngasettho may dinno ... -am may dinnam); 2. the gift of the first-fruits; Sv588,is; Dhp-al 98,8foil.; -dvra, m., the top of the door or gate; (or the first gate opened 1 a way to leave the town secretly); SI 226,18 (Vepacitti asurindo ... -ena assamam pavisitv ... Sakko devnam indo ... dvren' eva assamam pavisitv); Ja II 140,10 (-en' eva nikkhamitv); III 337,15 (~ena palyitv); -dhamma, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the best doctrine; the best state or condition; Th94 (aggapattena -o sudesito); Thi 432 (ppuna bodhim ca -am ca); Ap 100,27 (buddho -assa kovido); Dhp-al 97,9 (-am pana arahattam... pativijjhitum); Nidd-al 297,10 (tt); 2. (mfn.) whose doctrine is best or first; Dip 4:17 (aggasantike gahetv - tathagata); -nakha, m., the tip of the nail; VinlV 221,11 (yva ~); DU 347,19 (yva ~ gthena makkhito); Ja IV 470,12 (-ehi vinam vdenti); Mp III 319,22 (~ato patthya); -nagara, n., a chief city; the chief city; Vin I 229,10 (idam -am bhavissati Ptaliputtam) = D II 87,34; Ja IV 245,23 (tava nagaram sakalajambudipe -am tvam aggarj); -nikkhitta, mfn., installed as the best (of a class); Ap 38,24 (vinaye ~o); Bv 1:59 (dhutagune ~o; Bv-a50,i: -0 ti aggo settho kotibhto ti thapito); Mil 343,24; -nikkhittaka, mfn., id.; Dip4:17 (- ther aggam akamsu sangaham); -pakatima(t), mfn., of the highest nature; JaV 351,25* (evam - evam uttamasattavo; 352,2': - ti aggasabhvo); -paftftatti,/ [BHS agraprajnapti], designation as best (of its class); All 17,12 (catasso im... -iyo); -(p)patta, mfn. [agga + patta3], having reached the highest (state); M I 386,25*; A I 241,29 (~o srappatto); Th94 (-ena aggadhammo sudesito; Th-al 206,10: -na ti aggam sabbannutam sabbehi v gunehi aggabhvam setthabhvam pattena); -pada, n. [BHS agrapada], the best word, the best teaching; the best state or place; S IV 379,20 (yad idam -asmim; Spk III 114,3: -asmin ti desanya, desana hi idha -an ti adhippet) * A V 321,6 (Mp V 79,13: -asmin ti nibbne); -padose, ind. [agga + padosa2], in the early evening; Ja VI 396,5 (-e yeva ukksatasahassena dhnyamnena gantv); -(p)pasda, m., the best trust; trust in the best; A l l 34,n (cattro 'me ... ~; Mp III 74,2: aggesu pasd agg v pasd ti ~); -pii?4a> ^., the first or best food; Vin II 161,7; MI 28,17 (labheyyam bhattagge aggsanam aggodakam ~am; Ps I 145,33: ~an ti sanghattherapindam, sabbattha v

agganti panitdhivacanam etam); Ja II 316,25* (tedandiko bhunjati -am); -pindaka, m., the first or best food; Ja VI 140,33' (~am labhant, Ce so; Be, Se aggapindam; Ee aggapindikam,/?ro&. wr); -pindika, m., one who receives the best food; Ja VI 140,4* (~ pi; 140,33': atha te aggodakam aggapindam labhant ~ pi honti, Be, Se so; Ce aggodakam aggapindakam; Ee aggodakam -am, prob, wr); -puggala, m., the best of men; Vin II 28,26* (sayambh ~o, in uddna); Sn 684 (so sabbasattuttamo -0); Vv 64:27; Ap65,i4 (sayambhum -am); Mil 111,9*; Ud-a 155,20* (tathagato hi vuccati -0); Vv-a86,6 (tt); -purisa, m., the best or the pre-eminent person; Vin IV 63,6 (ayy bhante ~); Sp 1098,11 (pabbajitnam pancannam satnam -o); Ja I 272,29 (jambudipe -o bhavissati); Mil 362,10 (thero Sriputto dasasahassimhi lokadhtuy ~o thapetv dasabalam lokcariyam); -bija, ., a plant propagated by cuttings; Vin IV 35,9 (~am nma ajjukam phamjjakam hiriveram ...); D I 5,31 (mlabijam khandhabijam phalubijam -am bijabijam eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aggabhijam); Sp 762,10; -m-agga, see sv aggagga above; -rasa, m.n., the first or best juice or drink; the best flavoured foods; Ja II 97,17* (na majjati" -am pivitv; 97,20': -an ti sabbapathamam gahitam muddikrasam pivitv); Sv853,2i (imni loke-ni); Mp III 314,10 (bhojanarasesu pyso sneharasesu gosappi kasvarasesu khuddamadhu anelakam madhurarasesu sakkar ti evam dayo - nma); ^parititta, mfn., completely satisfied with the best flavoured foods; A III 237,14 (puriso parititto na afinesam hinnam rasnam piheti); -va(t), mfn., of great eminence, excellent; A I 70,33 (-vati ca paris anaggavati ca paris; Mp II 144, is: -vau" ti uttamapuggalavati aggya v uttamya patipattiy samanngat); neg. anaggava(t), mfn., inferior; A I 70,33; -vara1, m. [agga + vara1], the best gift, the best wish; Cp -a 76,8 (varuttame ti varesu uttame -e); -vara2, mfn. [agga + vara2], the best; Dip 6:68 (gacchantu -am sanghadassanam); -vda, m., the original doctrine; the best doctrine; Dip 4:17 (sabbo pi so theravdo -0 ti vuccati); -vdi(n), m(fn)., (one) who proclaims the highest, the best; T h l l 4 2 (dydako hehisi -ino); -sassa, n., first-fruits; MpIII 250,5 (navasassni ti -ni); Mil 8,22 (-am abhinipphannam); -svaka, m., a chief disciple; Vin II 199,26 (bhagavato- Sriputtamoggalln); Ja III 191,4; Bv2:212; Vism234,3*; Dhp-al 340,is; -svik,/, a chief female disciple; Ja I 15,25; Bv 2:213; Dhp-a 1340, is (Khem Uppalavann ti dve-); -sufifia, n., the topmost void; PatisII 179,3 (katamam -am aggam etam padam ... yadidam ... virago nirodho nibbnam); anagga1, mfn., without a limit; without a point; Vin II 95,26 (tehi ce ... bhikkhhi tasmim adhikarane vinicchayamne -ni cJ eva bhassni jyanti na c' ekassa bhsitassa attho vinnyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anantni; Sp 1197,19: anantni... jyanti ti aparimnni ito c' ito ca vacanam uppajjanti, eds so) * 305,5 (-ni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anantni); ati-agga, mfn. and n., the very best, the most excellent; the very top; Mil 278,18 (buddho -tya

11

anupamo); Sv 549,1 (tesam ~e bhavissanti); see also akkhaggakila (yvakkha1), aggesara, anaggapakkhika, Isakaggapavellita (svisakam), uddhaggika (svuddham), etadagga, kanayaggasadisa, giraggasamajja (sv giri). agga 2 , n. [< *ag-ra, cf K.R. Norman, 1986, pp. 394-95], house, hall; ifc see uposath'-, khur'- (svkhura1), dn'-, dhammasavan'-, bhatt'-, vass'-, salk'-; see also agra, jantagga. aggati,/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup agati, Wg 19:31], moves crookedly, Dhtum 29 (aggo tu gatikotille); Sadd 334,4 (agga kutilagatiyam: ~afi ti aggi, kutilam gacchati ti attho); see also agati'. aggamano in Ee at Ap331,8 is wr; Be, Ce, Se m' ekaggamano. aggamsi in Ee at Niddl 418,20 is wr for agamsi (Be, Ce, Se so). aggayha, ind. [absol. of * + ganhti; cf S.Vgrah], taking, accepting; Bv2:62 (ajaplarukkhamlasmim nisiditv tathagato tattha pysam aggayha Neranjaram upehiti, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se paggayha) = Ja I 16,4* (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se paggayha); see also aggahita2, aggahetv2. aggala, aggala, m.n. [S. argala; BHSargada], 1. a bolt or bar for fastening a door (or window); the doorpanel or door; Vin I 248,2 (lindam pavisitv ukksitv -am kotehi vivarissati te bhagav dvram) = D I 89,31 (Sv 252,24: -an ti kavtam); A IV 359,1 (-am kotesi); Ja V 293,20 (s dvram addhavivatam katv ekam hattham kavte laggetv ekena -am uppiletv); VI 276,3* (esik parikhyo ca palikham -ni ca... passa; 276,8". -ni ti nagaradvrakavtni); 444,10* (ummaggadvram vivarimsu yantayutte ca ~e; 444, ir: scighatikasampannni dvrakavtni); Th-aII 220,30 (-am vuccati avijj nibbnapurappavesanivranato); Ap-a 106,21 (sandhikavtehi ca -ehi ca cittit); ifc see citr'-, phassif-, phussit'-; 2. a patch; Vin I 290,2 (ayam ca me antaravsako chiddo, yannnham -am acchupeyyam, samantato dupattam bhavissati majjhe ekacciyan ti; Sp 1128,17: -am acchupeyyan ti chinnatthne pilotikakhandam thapeyyam); Ja VI 71,8 (tehi paribhuttam jinnapilotikam -am datv ranjitv sayam paribhunjati); Sp 647,2i (dubbalatthne pathamam -am datv); Ud-a292,2 (-nam anekavannabhvena); Vin-vn 569 (-am datv); nuppdana- in Ee at Ps IV 157, is is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se aggalatthnuppdana-; -fthapana, n., the placing or fixing of a door-bolt or door-panel; Vin IV 47,23 (~aya; 47,31: ~y ti dvratthapanya; Sp 783,26: ~y ti sakavtakadvrabandhatthapanya, sakavtakassa dvrabandhassa niccalabhvatthy ti attho); Vin-vn 1105 (-ya tu bhikkhun limpitabbam); -tthambha, m., the post to which the bolt is fastened; Abh217 (kapisiso 'ggalatthambho); Sp 1207,2o; -tthambhaka, m., id; Pj I 54,9(dvinnam vtapnakavtaknam majjhe thito-o); -dna, n., the putting on of a patch; Ja I 8,31 (jinnassa hi tunnam v -am v ktabbam hoti); SpkII 170,8; -psaka, m., [aggala + psaka1; AMg aggalapsaga, BHS argalapga] the socket or post which receives or holds the bolt; Sp 1207,24 (kapisisakam nma dvrabham vijjhitv tatia pavesito -0 vuccati, scik ti tattha majjhe chiddam katv

pavesit); -phalaka, n., the panel of a door; Mill 95,23 (puriso lahukam suttagulam sabbasramaye -e pakkhipeyya; Ps IV 145,23: -an ti kavtam); -vatti,/, the post to which the bolt is fastened; Vin II 120,17 (anujnmibhikkhave kavtam ... -im ...; Sp 1207,2o: ~i nma dvrabhya samappamno yeva aggalatthambho vuccati, yattha tini cattri chiddni katv sciyo denn); -sci,/, a bolt-pin, a bolt, MI 126,3 (-im gahetv sise pahram adsi); Spk I 48,7 (~i viya vinivijjhitv gato); Ud-a298,7 (-im uparighatikam ca dahitv sutthutaram kavtam thaketv ti attho); niraggala, niraggala, m/n. and n., \.(mfn.) [S. nirargala], unbarred, unimpeded; free; MI 139,16fall, (ayam vuccati... bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho iti pi... -0 iti pi... bhikkhuno pancorambhgiyni samyojanni pahinni honti... evam ... bhikkhu -o hoti; Ps II 116,7: etni hi kavtam viya nagaradvram cittam pidahitv thitatt aggal ti vuccanti... tesam ... bhinnatt -o ti vutto) = AIII 84,14 fall. (Mp III 264,8: nlvaranakavtam ugghtetv thito); Th526 (-0 nibbanatho visallo; Th-aII 220,3i: aggalam vuccati avijj nibbnapurapavesanivranato tadabhvato -0); Kv 107,4; Thi-a268,35 (ukkhittapalighatya ... tya); Nidd-al 86,1 (tt); 2. (mfn. and n.) [BHS nirargada], unrestricted, unlimited (of a gift or sacrifice); the name of a brahmanical sacrifice; SI 76,21* (assamedham purisamedham sammpsam vjapeyyam -am mahyann mahrambh; Spk I 144,27 foil.: assamedhan ti disu pornarjakle kira sassamedham purisamedham sammpsam vcapeyyan ti catri sahgahavatthni ahesum yehi rjno lokam sanganhimsu ... evam ... sangahitam rattham iddham c'eva hoti... manuss mud ... aprutagharadvr viharanti, idam gharadvresu aggalnam abhvato -an ti vuccati... aparabhge pana ... brhman ... panca yafine akamsu ... n' atthi ettha aggalo ti - o . . . sabbamedhapariyyanmassa assamedhavikappass' ev' etam adhivacanam) ^ AIV 151,8* * Sn303; Vv 64:31 (imam -am yannam yajiitv tividham visuddham; Vv-a 285,12: anvatadvratya ca muttacgatya ca -am); Ja IV 302,10' (sammpsam v vjapeyyam v -am v yajanto suvannaypam usspeti). aggalu- in Ee at Vv-a 237,1 is wr for agalu-, or for agaru- (Be, Ce, Se, Vv 53:7 so). aggahi, aggahi, aor. 3 sg. o/ganhti qv. aggahita1, mfn. [pp of * + ganhti; BHS grhita; cfS. Vgrah], kept back; -tta, n., abstr., holding in, keeping back; Niddl 37,11 (macchariyam... katukaficakat -am cittassa; Nidd-a 1113,29 fall.: paresam upakrakarane dndin krena yath na sampasriyati ti evam varitv gahitabhvo cittassa) * Dhsll22 ^ Vibh 357,29; anaggahita, mfn., not kept back; A III 50,2i* (cattam ca muttam ca -am, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anuggahitam); citta, mfn., with generous heart; A III 172,io (--citto, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anuggahita-; Mp III 291,23: -citto ti aggahitacitto muttacgo hutv, eds so); see also aggayha, aggahetv1. aggahita2, mfn., neg.pp o/ganhti qv. aggahetv 1 , ind. [absol. of * + ganhti; cf S. Vgrah], seizing; D III 92,15 (tarn enam aggahesum -a" etad

12

avocum ..., Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se, D III 92,7 Ee gahetv); JaV 441,30 (pannni -, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se harpetv); see also aggayha, aggahita1. aggahetv2, neg. absol o/ganhti qv. aggahesi, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg. o/ganhti qv. aggi, m. [S. agni] (sg. nom. aggi, aggi; gen. aggino, aggissa; loc. aggimhi, aggismim; pi nom. aggi, aggayo; ace. aggi; cf Sadd 183,20foil.; iic, before a vowel, sometimes written agy-), l.fire; flames; conflagration; Abh 34; Vin I 149,6 (gmo -in daddho hoti); II 120,25 (jantghare -i mukham dahati); D II 333,5 (uddhanam ropetv-im denti); MI 86,10 (kinti... na -i daheyya na udakam vaheyya); 487,25 (yo te ayam purato ~i, nibbuto so -i, ito katamam disam gato); II130,5 (siy nu kho tesam -inam nndruto abhinibbattnam kiiici nnkaranam); SI 4\,22+foil (kirn su pannnam -ino ... dhmo pannanam -ino); AII 68,3 (y t honti pad -ito v udakato v...); III256,i2 (pane' ime... dinav -ismim); Dhp 140 (atha v' assa agrni ~i dahati pvako); Sn 62 (-1 va daddham anivattamno); Ja I 216,6 (im dve skh evam ghamsamn -im vissajjessanti); 216,28 (sakun ... -imhi patitv patitv vinsam ppunimsu); IV 221,20* (-1 pi te na hpito); Bv2:92 (niraye pi dasasahassi ~I nibbanti tvade); Kv 332,19 (passati -im jalantam); Mil 96,15 (kattham manthayitv -im nibbattetv); Bv-a294,3o(yath ~i nirpadno nibbyati); Sadd 334,4 (aggati ti -i, kutilam gacchati ti attho); ifc see avic'- (svavici2), ahpit'- (.svhpeti2), ind'-, udar'-, kapputthn'-, pataggi, parikkhep'-, susn'-; 2. cremation fire; a pyre (as ordeal or for suicide); Vin I 345,21 (mtpitunnam sariram citakam ropetv -im datv); Ja I 294,16 (-im pavisitv tumhe saddahpessmi ti); VI 304,6* (sabbe -im pavekkhma, n'atth' attho jivitena no); 495,28* (-im nijjlayitvna ekajlasamhitam tatthame maranam seyyo ...); 3. the ritual fire, the sacrificial fire; (one of) the three fires of brahmanical ritual; the god Aggi Bhagav; Abh 419 (ghapacchavaniyo dakkhinaggi tayo 'ggayo); Vin I 31,6 (tejatil -i paricaritukm na sakkonti katthni phletum); D II 244,4* (-i pajjalito si kusapattaparitthato); III 217,20 (tayo -1, huneyyaggi gahapataggi dakkhineyyaggi) * AIV 44,28foil; MI 344,4 (yam catutthasmim thane khiram hoti tena -im jhanti); AIV 42,8 (aham hi bhante ~im dhtukmo ypam usspetukmo); V 234,15 (te tarn rattim tikkhattum paccutthya panjalik -im namassanti); Dhp 107 (yo ca... ~im paricare vane); Sn/>. 21,7 (brhmanassa nivesane ~i pajjalito hoti huti paggahit); ThI87 (~im candam ca sriyam ca devat ca namassi 'harn); Ja 1285, ufoll (putta, mayam tava jtadivase -im gahetv thapayimha ... tarn ~im dya aranfiam pavisitv -im bhagavantam namassamno brahmalokaparyano hohi); 494,n (-im bhagavantam gomamsam khdpessmi); VI 202,21* (mahsanam devam anomavannam yo sappinsakkhi bhojetum -im); 206,7* (na tyate paricinno ca ~i dosantaram maccam anariyakammam); 207,18* (-issa brahm parieriko); Ap 3 3 9,11 (aham -im paricare tato me suddhi hehiti); Vism 219,34 (yo cyam brhmannam havaniyo nma -i yattha hutam mahapphalan ti); ifc see hut'-, (^v huta'), huneyy,-,

gahapat'-, jt'- (^vjti), dakkhin'-, dakkhineyy'-; 4. (metaphorically) mental fire, fever; DIU 217,19 (tayo -1, rgaggi dosaggi mohaggi) ^ A IV 43,29 foil * Vibh 368,19 * Nett 126,s; Ap29,i9 (dayhamno tih' -ihi bhavesu samsarim aham); 403,5 (nibbanti me tayo -1 labhmi vipulam sukham); ifc see dos'- (wdosa 2 ), moh'-, rag'-; -m-sina, mfn., sitting near a fire; MI 79,30* (naggo na c' ~o; Ps II 48,3o: -0 ti aggim pi na upagato)= Ja I 390,32* (391,5: na aggim gamma nisidin tidipeti); -kapalla, n. [aggi + kapalla1], afire-pan; Ja VI 8,is; Cp-a220,i6; -kunda, n. [aggi + kunda' ], a fire-pan; Vism-mht(ite) I 44,5 (kattham pakkhipati -e); -kkhandha, m., a mass of fire; a huge blazing fire, a bonfire; Vin I 26,6 (mahrjno ... atthamsu seyyath pi mahant -); SII 85,2 (cattrisya v katthavhnam mah ~o jaleyya); Th 1156 (m ppacitte sdi -am va pakkhim); Ja VI 330,9 (khajjopanakappamno aggi... cattro -e atikkamitv); Ap33,2o; Patisl 125,4 (uparimakyato -0 pavattati hetthimakyato udakadhr pavattati); Mil 132,32; -cunna, m.n., a spark; Ja III 510,ii (dve skh aMamannam ghattesum tato dhmo uppajji -ni patimsu); Spk II 101,30 (-0 nikkhamati ti, Be, Ce so; Ee -a; Se aggivanno); -ja, mfn., or -j,/ [aggi + ja 2 ], fire-born; or a kind of creeper; Ja V 404,3* (kl nidghe-r-iva --r-iva, Be, Se so; Ce aggajt' iva; Ee aggijf iva; 404,9'foil: kl nidghe-r-iv ti nidghasamaye klavalli viya, --r-iv ti aggijl iva, s pi nijjhmakhettesu taruna-utthitaklavalli viy ti attho, Be so; Se surattataruna-; Ce aggajt' iv ti aggaj iva s pi navajjhmakkhette pathamajt viyti; Ee aggijt' iv ti ~ iva s pi navajjhmakkhette pathamajt viy ti); -jaggaka, -jagganaka, mfh.9 who tends afire; SpkII 82,2 (--puriso viya ... blaputhujjano, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -jaggikapuriso); 82,32 (-jagganakapuriso viya, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -jaggikapuriso); -jalana, -jlana, n., lighting a fire; Spk II 167,14 (-jalandini karoti) = Pj I 242,18 (-jlandii); -jla, m., - , / , 1. a plant, Grislea tomentosa; Abh 589 (~ tu dhtaki); Ja V 404,10' (aggij-r-iv ti - iva, Be, Se so; Ce aggajt' iv ti aggaj iva; Ee aggijt' iv ti aggij iva); Bv-a 253,12 (mtukucchito suvannalatto ~o viya nikkhami[?]); 2. [aggi + jla2, jl2], aflame; Jal 31,15 (- viya lohitadhram uggiramnam tassa mukham); Vism 171,11 (-am olokentassa nimittam uppajjati); Dhp-all 28,12 (vedanhi -hi viya paridayhamnassa); III38,10 (uddhanato - utthahitv chadanam ganhi); Bv-a209,20 (-ena chrikbhto); -juhana, -jhana, ., offering in the fire; Ja II 43,14 (pornakapandit pi - e vaddhi atthi ti sannya); VI 522,26' (-ampitay akatam bhavissati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se aggijhanam); 526,2' (--katacchum, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se aggijhanaka-); Spkl 233,9 (-ena); -jhanaka, mfn.y connected with offering in the fire; Ja VI 526,2' (--katacchum, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce aggijuhanakatacchum); -ttfia, .(?), the place for the (ritual) fire; JaV 155,4* (-am parimajjantam Isisirigam upgami; 155, ir: -an ti aggislam); -tthna, n.y a place for the fire; a fireplace, hearth; Vin II 120,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave khuddake jantghare ekamantam -am ktum, mahallake majjhe ti); 154,3; -tpa, zw., the heat of or from a

13

fire; Ap 458,5 (unhe vttape tassa ~ena v puna); -dahanam in Ee at Ja VI 529,9' is prob, wr; Be, Ce aggijuhanakatacchum; Se aggijuhanam; -dna,n., lighting afire, setting fire (to); Jail 270,8'; Spklll 18,n (gmaghtakacornam grnam parivretv ~am viya);-niksi(n), m(fn)., what resembles fire, the sun; Ja III 320,26'; phlima, mfn., blossoming in the sun; Ja III 320, is* (padumam yath -niksiphlimam; 320,26': ~in suriyena phlitam vikasitam); -pajjota, w., light of or from a fire; A l l 140,s; -paricarana,n., attendance on the ritual fire; Dhp-al 199,16 (~-tthnam agamsi); Th-all 84,B; -paricaranaka, m(fh)., one who tends the ritual fire; Sp994,30 (aggik t i ~ ) * Sv 811,23; -paricariy, 0 -pricariy,/, attendance on, or care of, the ritual fire; D 1101,31 (~am, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be aggipricariyam); MI 82,18 (santi... eke samanabrhman evamvdino evamditthino ~ya suddhi ti); Dhp-a II232,16 (tava ~, Ce so; Be, Se -pricariy; Ee wr aggiparicriy); Pj II 456, is (-am vin brhmannam yannbhvato); -paricraka, -paricrika, mfn., who tends the ritual fire; S IV 312,6 (brhman ... udakorohak -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aggiparicrik) * A V 263,9 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se aggiparicrik); Sp 972,23 (Uruvelavsiparicraknam tpasnam); -paricita, -parijita, mfn., damaged by fire; Vin II 109,26 (anujnmi bhikkhave... phalam paribhunjitum aggiparicitam satthaparicitam ...; Sp 767,7: aggiparijitan ti aggin parijitam adhibhtam daddham phutthan ti attho, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se aggiparicitan ti aggin paricitam); -pki(n), m(fn)., who eats food cooked on the fire (a class of ascetics); Ap 18,23 (~ianaggi ca); -pricariy, / , see sv aggiparicriy above; -pin4am in Ee at Sp 465,20 is wr for aggapindam (Be, Ce, Seso); -mantha, m., a plant, Premna spinosa; Abh574 (~o kanik); Sp835,i4 (~o, Be, Ce so; Ee aggimattho, Se aggimattho, prob, wrr); Vin-vn 1343; -mli(n), m, the name of a (mythical) ocean; Ja IV 139,25 (~im nma gat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aggimlam); 140,2* (~i ti vuccati); -mukha1, m., a kind of snake; Pj II 458,n* (santatto bhavati* kyo dattho ~ena v) = As 300,20*; Spklll 6,17 (cattro sivis ti katthamukho ptimukho ~o satthamukho ti); -mukha2, n., the front of a fire; loc. ~e, adv., in front of a fire, near to afire; Ja IV 498, r (kapputthnaggim patv Mahmeru pi~e madhusitthakam viya viliyat' eva); -yyana, n., a house for the ritual fire; JaV 158,16* (samant ~am; 159,12': ~-sankhtam aggislam samant, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aggiyyatanasankhtam); Pj II 174,29(~e thitoaggi, Ee so; Be, Ceaggiydhne; Se aggiypane); -latthi,/, a fire-column (a kind of tree 1); Thi-a 214,5 (ukkbhrin ti keci pathanti, -im viy ti attho, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ukkgrin ti... angatthilatthim; see O. von Hinber, 1980, p. 20); -vijanaka, n. (orm.), a fan for the fire; Ps II 229,2 (vidhpanen ti ~ena); -saMita, m., the plant leadwort; Abh 580 (cittako tv ~o); -sama, mfn. [aggi + sama3], 1. being a mass of fire; filled completely with fire; Ja VI 54,12* (bhims ~ jl kos dayhanti bhgaso); Pj II 481,1 (agginisams ti ~su); 2. like fire; JaV 269,22* OohatomWmri

pavajjanti tattam ^-dakam); -sdhrana, mfn., subject to, vulnerable to, fire; A III 259, is (~ bhog); - s l , / (and ~a, n.), a fire-room (where water is heated), a heated hall; a room for the ritual fire; Abh 214 (jantgharam tv ~); Vin I 25,19* (viharemu ajjunho -amhi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se aggisaranamhi); 49,6 (sace ~ uklp hoti ~ sammajjitabb); II 154,5 (bhikkh parivene taham taham aggitthnam karonti, parivenarn uklpam hoti... anujnmi bhikkhave ekamantam ~am ktun ti); Jal 8,14 (~yam angrakapalladru-dini); Ap 39,3 (jantgharam ~am ... mpayitv); Sv 270,1 (~am katv... aggim paricaranto acchati); Dhp-aI 319,26 (udakassa tattabhvam gamayamno -yam eva atthsi); - s i k h , / , aflame; the crest of a fire; DII 260,6* (dev jalam ~-r-iva); Ja V 213,21* (k dissati ~ va dre); 268,i* (tassa ~ ky niccharanti); -huta, n., the fireoblation; the sacrificial fire; Ud-a 75,17 (~am juhanti ~am paricaranti); -hutta, n. [S. agnihotra], 1. the oblation to Agni, the rite of the fire-oblation; the ritual fire; Vin I 36,n* (katham pahinam tava ~am) = JaVI 220,ii*; SI 167,21 (aggim juhati ~am paricarati; Spkl 233,ii: agyyatanam sammajjanpalepanabalikammdin payirupsati); Dhp 392 (sakkaccam tarn namasseyya ~am va brhmano); Th341 (yajim uccvace yanne ~am juhim aham); JaV 205,8* (na m'aj^a mant patibhanti tta na ~am; 207,23'foil.: mahbrahmuno rdhanatthya kattabbahomavidhpandiyannakiriy pi me na patibhti, Be so; Ce, Se -vidhmandi-; Ee kattabbam havyadhmdi -); VI 211,25* (tarn ~am saranam pavissa, split cpdl 215,ir: tarn rjnam rjamahmattam v dya aggihuttatthnam geham pavisitv, Ce, Ee so; Be aggijuhanatthnam geham; Se aggijhanatthnageham); Ap 160,28 (~am ca me atthi); 2. (according to et) the ladle (and other tools 1) for the fire-oblation; Ja VI 525,28* (dya beluvam dandam ~am kamandalum, possibly split cpd; 526,2': ~an ti aggijuhanakatacchum, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se aggijhanaka-); missa, n., various tools etc for the fire-oblation; Vin I 33,6 (te jatil kesamissam jatmissam khrikjamissam ~-missam udake pavhetv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be aggihuta-; Sp972,10: kesamissan ti disu kes eva kesamissam, esa nayo sabbattha; Sp-t[i?e]III 208,4: aggihutamissan ti dabbi-di-aggipjopakaranam)= Ap-a 556,26 (Ee so; Be, Se aggihuta-); mukha, mfn., of which the fireoblation is the chief or foremost; Vin I 246,33* (--mukh yanna) = Sn 568; -huttaka, n., the fireoblation; Ja VI 522,6* (duyyittham te navamiyam akatarn ~am; 522,26': aggijuhanam pi tay akatarn bhavissati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se aggijuhanam); -hotta, n. [- aggihutta], the fire-oblation; Ps III 209,24 (agygre ti slyam, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~-slaya; Be aggihomaslyam); Pj II 456,20 (aggihuttamukh yann ti vuttam, ~-setth padhn ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se aggihutta-); -homa, n., oblation in the fire; DI9,s(Sv93,r. -an ti evarpena drun evam hte idam nma hoti ti aggijuhanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aggijuhanam) quoted Vism 30,12; anaggi, m(fn)., who eats only uncooked food (a class of ascetics); Ap 18,23 (aggipki ~I ca; Ap-a 222,23: ekacce ~I agglhi apacitv makam eva

14

khdanti); ati-aggi, m., too hot a fire; Mil 277,29 (~in odanam uttarati); see also aggini, agyantarya, agygra, agydhna, agyyatana, agyloka, anaggipakka, anaggipakkika, havaniya, udaggihuttam, ghapacca, gini, jatharaggiteja(s). aggika1, m. [S. agnika], a kind of snake or insect; Ap 347,23 (enimig varh ca pasad khuddarpak - jotik c' eva vasanti mama assame, or possibly aggika2). aggika 2 , aggiya, m(fn). [from aggi], one who tends the ritual fire; Vin I 71,25 (ye te ... - jatilak; Sp 994,30: - ti aggiparicaranaka); D i l 339,25/0//. (-0 jatilo arannyatane pannakutiy vasati); Pj II 436,16 (kena pana na parivasitabbam, aggiyehi jatilehi). aggini, m. [S. agni], fire; Sadd 186,1 \foll; 186,27 (sakkatabhsyam agni iti sannogavasena vuttassa Magadhabhsam patv ~i ti nissannoganakravasena uccrit pli dissati...); 648,10 (aggimhi ~iti gini ti ca); -sama, mfn. and n., filled (to the brim) with fire; being a mass of fire; a mass of fire; Sn668 (-am jalitam pavisanti, Ce, Ee so; better agini- mc ? Be ginisampajjalitam; Se -am pajjalitam; Pj II 480,10: samantato jalitam sabbadissu v samam jalitam aggim); 670 (atha lohamayam pana laimbhim~am jalitam pavisanti paccanti hi tsu cirarattam -su samuppilavso, Ce, Ee so; better agini- mc? Be ginisampajjalitam pavisanti; Se -am pajjalitam; Pj II 480,26: -s ti aggisamsu); see also aggi, gini. aggiya, seesv aggika2. aggesara, mfn. [loc. of agga1 + sara; S. lex. agresara], going in front, leading; Mhv 66:88 (sayam ~o bhetv vatim pvisi nibbhayo); 72:94. aggha1, m. [S. axgha], price, worth; Abh 1048 (-0 mle); Vin II 51,28 (sangho tassa bhikkhuno tsam pattinam y patti dashapaticchann tass -ena samodhnaparivsam detu); II 159,i (yato tay... -o kato gahito rmo); SI 19,18* (yanno... samena dinnassa na -am eti); ThI25; Ja 1124,28 (pancannam assasatnam ekam tandulanlikam -amakasi); Mil 244,1; Ps I 149,18 (tarn -ena parihyati); ifc see app'-, man'-, sam-; -kraka, m., a valuer; Ja I 124,ii (-0, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se agghpaniko); -tthapana, n., the setting, fixing of prices; Ja I 99,s; -padalakkhanam inEeat JaV 473,12 is wr; read anaggham padalakkhanam nma with Be, Ce, Se; -vaddhanaka, mfn., relating to increasing the value; Sp 671,28 (-am h' idam sikkhpadam); -samodhna, mfn., inclusive (punishment) whose extent is determined by the most serious offence; Sp 1182,i7/o//.; 1188,i6/o//.; anaggha, mfn., priceless; beyond price; Ja I 126,2 (mayam pubbe pathavim ca rajjam ca -an ti sannino ahumha); 253,6 (so kira manto ~o mahraho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee aggho); Sv 674,9 (pathavi namakim agghati maharjti, ~ bhanteti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~an ti); Dhp-a III 120,16 (imni pana cattri -an' eva ahesum); Bv-a 187,24 (himavantato -am lohitacandanam haritv); Mhv 26:25; see also anagghika, koti-agghaka, kotidhanagghaka. aggha2, m.n. [S. argha, arghya], hospitality, respectful reception of a guest; an offering of water etc to a guest; Abh424 (~am agghiyam); 1048 (-0... pjane);

DII 240,17* (sanam udakam paijam madhupkam ca brahmuno ~e bhavantam pucchma; cfSv 664,16: idam paribhunjath ti vadanto ~e bhavantam pucchma ti dim ha) * Ja IV 396,8* (396,9': ~e ti atithino dtabbayuttakasmim ~e bhavantam pucchma)^ 476,30* (477,6': ~e ti ime sabbe pi sandayo ~e bhavantam pucchma); aggham karoti, accepts as a guest-offering; DII 240,17* (~am kurutu no bhavam; cf Sv 664,8: -an ti atithino upanametabbam vuccati) ^ Ja IV 396,8* (396,10: imam no ~am bhavam patiganhtu) ^ 476,30*; see also agghiya2. agghati,pr. 3sg. [S. arghati], 1. is worth, has the value of; deserves; Dhtup 32 (aggha agghane); Dhtum39; Vin III 67,36 (na panca msake ~ati); A III 50,12 (idam ... candanaphalakam ~ati adhikasatasahassam); Ja VI 174,19 (mayam tassa paricrake pi na -ma); Sv 674,10 (khattiy nma kim -anti maharj ti); Dhp-a III 35,19 (sabbe va mayam dsattam upagacchant manim ngghma); frequently in phrase kalam na agghati (solasim), is not worth a (sixteenth) part (of); Vin II 156,5*; SI 233,2* (kalam ngghanti sojasim); Dhp 70 (na so sankhatadhammnam kalam ~ati sojasim); Vv 20:7; Ja IV 252,27* (satam sahassam dubbhsitnam kalam pi ngghanti subhsitassa); aor. 3pi. agghimsu, Dhp-a I 416,6 (sanghanavakena laddhacivarastak sahassam ~imsu, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sahassagghanak honti); 2. is proper, is fitting; Dhp-a I 439,19 (so... cintesi evam vicaritum mayham ngghati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayuttam); fpp (a) agghiya1, mfn., to be valued; valuable; ifc see kimagghiyam (svka 3 ); neg. anagghiya, mfn., priceless, beyond price; Mil 192,3 (anagghiyo, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anagghaniyo); see also anagghika; fpp (b) neg. anagghaniya, mfn., priceless; Mil 192,3 (bhikkhubhvo ... atuliyo appamno anagghaniyo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anagghiyo); caus. pr. 3 sg. agghpeti, values; puts a price on; has a price put on; has something valued; Ja I 124,12 (hatthi-assdini c' eva manisuvanndini ca -eti); II 3\, s foil, (asse -ehi... mlam hpetv -eyysi ti); Mil 192,3 (na sakk kenaci -etum); Sp474,29 (-etha); part.pr. agghpenta, mfn., Vin III 67,36 (harpetv agghpesi, tarn agghpentam na panca msake agghati, pass. ? acc. absol. ?); Jal 124,15 (-ento); aor. 3 sg. agghpesi, Vin III 67,35; Ja I 124,27 (rj tarn purisam pakkospetv asse -esi); VI 546,27 (gone -ento viya ... kumre -esi); Ps V 36,io (rj ekam ekam kambalam -esi); absol. (a)agghpetv, Jal 124,12; VI 577,10' (mam tto nikkhasahassam -etv... Kanhjinam ... sabbasatena-esi); Sp305,n; Mhv 27:23 (-etv katam kammam tesam mlam adpayi); (b) agghpetvna, Ap 63,5. agghana, n. [from agghati], valuing, valuation; Dhtup 32 (aggha-e); Jal 125,15 (aham... pancannam assasatnam ekam tandulanlim -bhvam jnim, Ce, Ee so; Be agghanakabhvam jnmi; Se ekatandulanliagghanabhvam jnmi). agghanaka, mfi-\k)n. and agghanika, mfn. [agghana + ka2 or + ika], having the value of, worth; (very frequent ifc); Vin III 47,4 (yo pancamsakam v atirekapancamsakam v -am adinnam theyyasankhtam diyati,

15

eso coro nma) * IV 226,27; Sp671,3o (ettakam eva me -am civaram dehi ti); 930,13 (kittakam -am dtukm' atth ti); Ih-a 1145,11 (idam na bahum -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bahu-agghanakam); ifc see dasavyaggh'- (jvdasa1), sakalajambudip' -, satasahass' -, sahass'-. agghnaka- in Ee at Ja VI 113, is' is wr, prob, for agghpanaka- qv. agghpanaka, agghpanika, agghpaniya, m. [from agghpeti], a valuer, appraiser; Ja I 124,14 (ayam -0 evam agghpento, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se agghpaniko); 125, \6 (kim agghati ti agghpanikam pucchatha dev ti, eds so); Th-a I 78,12 (so kira ... mahkosalaranfio agghpaniyassa brhmanassa putto hutv nibbatti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se aggsaniyassa); -kamma, ., the business or office of a valuer; Ja I 124,19 (esa mayham -am ktum sakkhissati, Ce.Eeso; Be, Se agghpanika-); 124,20 (-am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se agghpanika-); IV 137,19 (nam ij agghpaniyakamme thapesi, eds so); -tthna, n., the office of valuer; Ja I 126,7 (bodhisattass' eva agghpanikatthnam adsi, eds so); VI 113,18' (-e thit, Be, Ce so; Se agghpana-; Ee wr agghnaka-). agghpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of agghati qv. agghika, see sv agghiya3. agghiya 1 , mfn.,fpp o/agghati qv. agghiya 2 , n. [S. arghya], respectful reception of a guest; an offering of water etc to a guest; Abh 424 (aggham -am); JaV 324,5* (patiggahitam yarn dinnam sabbassa -am katam; 324,15': yena mayam pucchit tarn amhehi patiggahitam nma tumhehi ca dinnam eva nma, ettvat imassa janassa sabbassa -am tumhehi katam) = VI 516,8* (516,12': sabbam etam tumhehi dinnam may ca patiggahitam eva hotu, sabbassa tumhehi mayham -an ti -am nivediyam katam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sabbassa tumhehi mayham -am nivedanam [Se nivedayam] katam); see also aggha2. agghiya 3 , agghika, n. [?], a (temporary) decorative cetiya or column; Ja VI 580, is* (-ni ca titthantu yena maggena ehiti; 581, r: puppha-agghiyaratana-agghiyni ca ti); Ap 33,16 (-am sukatam katv satahattham samuggatam diyaddham hatthasatam pi vimnam nabham uggatam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce diyaddhahatthapatthatam; Ap-a266,i4: satahattham uggatam ubbiddham diyaddhahatthasatam vitthatam vimnam nabhasi kse uggatam -am sukatam sundarkrena katam katv, eds so); 33,is (katvna -am tattha tlapantihi cittitam, Ee so; Se kusalapantlhi; Be, Ce katvna hammiyam; Ap-a 266, \ifoli: tatth ti tasmim cetiyapjanatthne ... -am katvna, eds so); 101,26 (-am krayitvna jtipupphehi chdayim); Spklll 219,33 (pane' agghikasatni); ifc see kancan'-, dinn'-, dhaj'-, puppha-, suvann'-. agy antarya, m. [aggi + antarya1], danger from fire; Vin 1112,37 (ime antarya, rjantaryo corantaryo ~o ...; Sp 1057,25: davadho v gacchati vse v aggi utthahati ayam-o); II244,16. agygra, m. [aggi + agra; S. agnygra], a hut for the (ritual) fire(s); Vin I 24,2i (sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyma ekarattam -e); IV 109,2 (yena... jatilassa assamo ten' upasankami, upasankamitv -am pavisitv); D I 101,22 (-am karitv aggim paricaranto acchati); MI

501,25 (Bhradvjagottassa brhmanassa ~e tinasantharake; Ps III 209,24: -e ti aggihottaslyam, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aggihottaslaya; Be aggihomaslyam); Ja VI 535,22* (rukkh... assamam ubhato thanti -am samantato); Ap356,n (-am aks' aham); Sadd625,i4 (tisu vyanjanesv eko sarpo lopam ... -am). agydhna, n. [aggi + dhna; S. agnydhna], the placing, establishing of the ritual flre(s); Th-aII 84,io (arannyatane aggihuttaslyam -am katv hutim pagganhanto aggidevam paricarim, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se agygram). agyyatana, n. [aggi + yatana], a hut for the (ritual) fire(s); JaV 4,5* (ambapakkam ... pnii nam gahetvna -am harim; 4,27': attano aggihuttaslam harim); Spkl 233,ii (aggihuttam paricarati ti -am sammajjanupalepanabalikammdin payirupsati, Be, Se so; Ee a ggyyatanam); see also aggiyyana sv aggi. agyloka, m. [aggi+ loka], the light of or from afire; As 148,24 (candloko suriyloko -o pannloko, quoting AII 139,26: eds aggloko). agha1, n. (and m.) andmfn. [ts]f 1. (n.m.) evil; sin; pain, distress; Abh 84; 89; 940 (ppasmim ... dukkhe vyasane cgham); MI 500,4 (ayam... kyo... sallato -ato bdhato... samanupassitabbo); SI 22,2i* (chandajam -am chandajam dukkham); Thi491 (km rogo gando -am; Thi-a262,i2: dukkhuppdanatthena -am); JaV 100,2* (sabbe bhog vinassanti ranno tarn vuccati -am); Sp 171,32 (bhavam me Gotamo saranam paryanam -assa tt hitassa ca vidht ti; cfSp-t[Be]l 414,2: -ass ti dukkhato ti vadanti, ppato ti pana attho yutto, nissakke c' etam smivacanam) ^ Sv 229,19 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -assa ght) * Ps I 130,38 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -assa hant) * Ud-a287,i6 (-assa ght); Sadd527,3i/o//. (-an ti dukkham ... -otikileso); 2. (mfn.) bad; dangerous; see iic below; -gata1, ., evil; distress; Th321 (abblham -am vijitam ... ce ossajjeyya, Be, Ce so; Ee wr aghatam; [Se aghatajivitam?] Th-aII 137,22: vibdhanasabhvatya agh nma rgdayo aghni eva -am); -jta, m/h., distressed; SI 54,26* (-assa ve nandi nandijtassa ve agharn); -m-miga, m., a dangerous wild animal; Ja VI 247,26* (khajjamnam ... luddehi vlehi -ehi ca); 507,5* (acch nma -; 507,20': aghakar mig, dukkhvah mig ti attho); anagha, mfn., without sin; faultless; Sadd527,3o (agharn agho -0); see also aghvi(n). agha 2 , n. (and m. or mfn. ?) [?] the air, the sky; space; (void, unrestricted; 1); Abh 46 (surapatho -am); 940 (gagane); D i l 12,11 (y pi t lokantarik - asamvut andhakr andhakratimis; Sv433,is: - ti niceavivat, asamvut ti hetth pi appatitth; cf BHSD svv agha and lokantarik for suggested reading - aghasamvut, and interpretation as agha1) = Mill 120,9 = All 130,26; MI 423,n (ajjhattam paccattam ksam ksagatam -am aghagatam vivaram vivaragatam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit -am ... vivaragatam)^ Dhs 638 (As 326,2: na hahnati ti -am, aghattaniyan tivutto); Ja IV 154,15* (-e vehsayam thit; 154,19': - ti appatighe kse); 484,12* (-asmi konc); V 14,24* (-amhi); Sadd442,n* (kso... antalikkham -am nabham); -gata2, ., sky; space;

16

MI 423,11 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit) * Dhs 638 (As 326,3: agham eva-am); -gmi(n), mfn., moving through the sky, through space; SI 67,I5* (seto himavatam settho dicco -inam) quoted Mil 242, 10*; see also aghasigama. aghatam in Ee at Th321 is wr for aghagatam qv sv agha'. aghasigama, mfn. [loc. o/agha 2 + gama], going through the sky, through the air; Vv 16:1 (hay adhomukh ~ ball Java; Vv-a 78,32: -a ti vehsangam). aghvi(n), mfn. [agha1 + ()vi(n); BHS aghvin], suffering pain; being in misery; D i l 148,4 (Mall... ~ino dumman cetodukkhasamappit); Ud 15,2* (Ud-a 121,2: ~ino ti kyikacetasikadukkhena dukkhit); Sn 694 (atto vyasanagato -i). agheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup aghayati, Wg 35:84], does wrong, sins; Sadd 527,30 (agha ppakarane: -eti -ayati agham). anka1, m. [ts], a sign, a mark; a brand; Abh 55; 1043 (lakkhane ca -0); Mil 79,23 (yo balivaddnam -ena jnti lakkhanena jnti, Ce, Ee so; Be angena; Se arigato); Sadd 325,27 (aki lakkhane: ankati -0); ifc see sas'-. anka2, m. [ts], 1. the lap; Abh276; 1043 (ucchange... -o); Vin II 114,21 (bhikkh ~e pattam nikkhipanti); D II 20,20 (rj atthakarane nisinno Vipassikumram ~e nisidpetv); Ja III 209,2* (-asmim te nisinno va so te mammni checchati); IV 375,12 (annatarya itthiy -e nipanno); 435,12* (sandakadyinam ~e vaddho smi); Ap 575,3 (sisam mam, ~e s katv sayi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ahge); Mp IV 146,6 (pitu ~e vissatthangapaccangassa drakassa sayanam); 2. the hollow above the hips where infants are carried; DII 19,25 (kumrassa dhtiyo upatthpesi... anna dhrenti ann -ena pariharanti); M II 97,12 (mam dhti -ena vhitv); Th 299 (-ena puttam dya); Ja VI 513,5 (dve drake ~ena dya pakkamimsu); Ap 526,18 (~ena -am gacchmi); Sp 204,22 (dhtihi -ato -am haritv dhriyamno); Dhp-all 273,19 (mataputtakam -en' dya); ankapangula in Ee at Spklll 15,28 ([sivis] dasitv knam pi karonti khujjam pi pithasappim pi ankapangulam pi ti) is perhaps wr (for aftga-?); Be, Ce, Se ekapakkhalam; Spk-t(e)II 327,28: ekapakkhalan ti ekadukkham. ankati, anketi, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ankate, ankayati, Wg 4:13; 35:74], marks; brands; Dhtup 3 (anka lakkhane); 535; Dhtum 10 (aki lakkhane); 745; Sadd 325,27 (aki lakkhane: ~ati anko); 521,4 (aki lakkhane ... ~eti -ayati); absol. anketv, Jal 451,25 (lakkhanena -etv); 11399,4 (ambni -etv gahitni); pp ankita, mfn. [ts], marked, branded; Abh 263; Sadd 859,9; ifc see cakk'-; kannaka, m/h., with marked (pierced) ears; Jail 185,10* (185,23': viddhakanno chiddakanno). ankana, n. [ts], marking; branding; Sadd 521,4 (anketi ankayati -am anko). ankura, m.n. [S. ankura, m.], a sprout; a shoot; Abh 543 (-0); Mil 50,26 (puriso parittam bijam pathaviyam nikkhipeyya tato ~o utthahitv...); 251,21 (tni -ni); Sp764,i9 (-0 ca niggacchati); 1090,12 (bhmito -am utthahati); Spk I 250,14 (bijam ... -am utthpeti);

Mhv 15:43 (-0); Saddh273 (bij -am); ifc see agg'(^vagga1), buddh'-. ankuraka, n. [ankura + ka2], a sprout; a shoot; ifc reeagg'-Cyvagga1). ankurita, mfn. [ts]> sprouted; having sprouts; Mhv 46:10 (vicchinne paccaye ck tad -e viya). ankusa, m. [S. ankura], a hook I. for controlling and driving an elephant, a goad; Abh 367; Vin II 196,3* (damayanti ~ehi kashi ca); ThI49 (puriso -am dya dehipdantiycati); Ja VI 489,2 (-e mani); Sv 702,6 (-0 ti matthake viijhanakakutilakantako); metaphorically: a goad, a spur; Spk I 170,22 (angate kulaputtnam '-attham); Ps I 234,22 (tarn yeva -am katv); Th-al 188,14 (idam eva mtuvacanam arahattuppattiy -am jtam); ifc see accankusa; 2. for use in plucking fruit from trees (a requisite of an ascetic), a crook; Ja V 232,10* (kim -am ca pattam ca ... ganhsi); VI 529,9 (kaddhitv phalnam ganhanattham -am ca ... dhrento); 3. for hanging something up; Sp 326,26 (-ato niharantassa); 4. as the name of a guide-line or strategy for interpretation; Pet 3,23*; 259,16*; Nett 2,9 (katame pafica nay, nandiyvatto tipukkhalo sihavikkilito dislocano -0 iti); Ud-a 9,17 (in cpd); -gayha, n. [from ankusaggaha], the art of elephant-driving; M II 94,15 (kusalo tvam hatthruyhe ~e sippe ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ankusaganhe; Ps III 323,20: -e sippe ti ankusagahanakasippe, Se so; iteankusagahana-; Ce, Ee ankusaganhaka-); -ggaha, w., [ankusa + gaha2], "one who holds the hook", an elephant-driver; Dhp 326 = Th77; Sadd709,i; -lagga, mfn., fixed on a hook; Ps II 421,4 (mahjanassa atthini kotiy kotim hacca thitni, paccekabuddhnam -ni). ankusaka, m. [ankusa + ka2], a hook I. for controlling and driving an elephant, a goad; Ja III 431,6 (hatthimendo hatthim ruyha ... -ena kkim ... paharati); Cp-a 207,15; 2 . for use in plucking fruit, a crook; Ja III 22,6' (-ena skham onmetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nametv); Mp IV 58,20 (-am gahetv namanakiccam); 3. for hanging something up; for attaching to something; Sp326,i8 (-e laggetv thapitabhandam); 383,3 (ktapso nma yassa ante... -o v anno v koci dandako baddho hoti yo tattha tattha laggitv skarassa gamanam nivreti); -yatthi, / , a hooked stick, a crook; (or dvandva?) Ja II 68,23 (pacchim ca -im ca gahetv, Ce, Ee so; Be ankusayatthim; Se ankusam ca yatthim ca). anketi, see sv ankati. ankola, m. [ts], the plant Alangium hexapetalum; Abh 557; Ja VI 535,9* (- kaccikr ca); Ap 15,22 (- bimbijl); 199,16 (-am pupphitam disv). ankolaka, m. and n. [ts], l.(m.) the plant Alangium hexapetalum; Ap 362,io (- bimbijl, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kolak); 2 . (n.) the flower of the plant Alangium hexapetalum; Ja IV 440,7* (-am ocinmi; 442,4': ' -dini pupphni ocinmi). ankya, m. [S. lex. id.], a small drum; Abh 143. anga 1 , ind. [ts], a particle implying irony or impatience: indeed! oh! Abh 1139; see kim ariga svka 3 .

17

anga2, n. (and m.) [S. ahga,.], a part of the body; a limb, member; an integral part of anything; a constituent part of a whole, a subordinate division; a limb or aspect of something as a characteristic sign, an attribute, a quality; as a determining characteristic or factor, a cause; Abh 278; 955 (-am tathvayavahetusu); Sadd333,n (~an ti yesam kesanci vatthnam avayavo sariram pi kranam pi ca vuccati); Vin I 303, l (pancahi... -ehi samanngato gilno supatthko hoti); II 150,11 foil, ([mancassa] -ni bahum suttam pariydiyanti. anujnmi bhikkhave ~e vijjhitv atthapadakam vetun ti); III 120,35 (~assa parmasanam); IV 46,22 (haccapdako nma manco ~e vijjhitv thito hoti); D I 120,io (pancahi... -ehi samanngatam brhman brhmanam pannpenti); 111227,6 (cattari sotpannassa -ni); MI 446,28 (bhadro assjniyo ... ranfio -an t'eva sankham gacchati; Ps III 162,20: yattha katthaci gacchantena hattham viya pdam viya anohy' eva gantabbam hoti, tasm -an ti sankham gacchati, catsu v senangesu ekam -am hoti); SI 188,31 (cathi... -ehi samanngat vc subhsit hoti; Spk I 272,8: -ehi ti kranehi avayavehi v); IV 238,9 (pancahi... -ehi samanngato mtugmo ekanta-amanpo hoti purisassa); A I 16,23 (ajjhattikam... -an ti karitv nnnarn ekam -am pi samanupassmi yam evam mahato anatthyasamvattati yatha-y-idam ... pamdo; Mp I 84,24: -an ti kranam); 286,2 (tflii... ~ehi samanngato mitto sevitabbo); III 33 6,15 (dyakassa tin' ~ni honti); Thi 379 (evam tuvam... sakesu -esu jaram gamissasi); Ja III 50,3* (-am etam manussnam bht loke pavuccati); Ap44,i (eteh' -ehi sampanno khattiyo ti pavuccati); Cp 2:2:3 (caturo -e adhitthya semi vammikamuddhani; Cp-a 117,26: caturo -e ti cattri -ni); Mil 365,22 (ghorassarassa ekam -am gahetabbam); Vism502,n* (-nam sithilibhv); 529,21 (-nam ca vavatthn); Sp 28,4 (katham [buddhavacanam] -vasena navavidham, sabbam eva h' idam suttam geyyam veyykaranam gth udnam itivuttakam jtakam abbhutadhammam vedallan ti navappabhedam hoti); Ps I 83,7 (bodhiy bodhissa v -oti bojjhango); II 133,16 (kacchapassa cattro pd sisan ti pane' eva -ni honti); Spkl 238,2 (dhammo ti padena ditthi sankappo vymo sati samdhi ti pane' ~ni gahitni); Pj I 31,5 (pntiptassa pafica --ni bhavanti); Patis-a 95,3i (bujjhanakassa -o bojjhango); imin p' angena, with that characteristic; in that way; for that reason; D I 113,30; M i l 168,1 (imin p'~ena na arahati so bhavam Gotamo amhkam dassanya upasankamitum); A I 211,23 (imin p' -ena arahatam anukaromi; Mp II325, \r. imin pi gunangena); ange in Ee at PsII 301,15 is prob, wr for anke {Be, Ce, Se, Sv 705,12 so); ifc see atth' - (sv attha1), abbhoksik' -, ^annak,-, uttam'-, uposath'-, ek'-, eksanik*- (^veka), kt'- (jvkta1), komal'-, khalupacchbhattik'-, catur-, chal-(5vcha2), tad-, teclvarik,-, dhuf-, nav'-(^vnava 2 ), nesajjik'-, pamsuklik,-, paccanga, pane'-, pattapindik,(svpatta2), padhniy'-, pindaptik'-, bojjhanga, bhav'-, yathsanthatik'-, rj*-, rukkhamlik,-, ved'-, satt'(.yvsatta4), sambojjhanga, sapadnaerik'-, sotpattiy-, sosnik'-; -m-angni, n.pl, limb by limb, all the

limbs; Vin III 37,35 (tassa ~ni vtupatthaddhni honti); MI 129,16 (kakacena cor ... ~ni okanteyyum); Vv 38:2 (~ehi sabbaso dibb sadd niccharanti); ^-atthilafthi,/, ?Thi-a214,5 (ukkgrinti keci pathanti, ~im viy ti attho, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ukkbhrin ti... aggilatthim; see O. von Hinber, 1980, p. 20); -kta, n. [anga + kta2], cheating by (the use of) a part of the body; Sv 79,5 (~am nma ganhanto pacchbhge hatthena tulam akkamati dadanto pubbbhge) = Spk HI 305, is; -jta, ., the organ of generation (of either sex); Abh 273; Vin I 191,3 (rattacitt pi ~am chupanti); Jail 359,14; Mil 124,21 (bhikkhuniy -am); Ps III 377,22 (vatthaguyhan ti vatthena guyhitabbam -am vuccati); -paccanga, n. and mfn.j 1. (n.) one limb or another; one limb after another; all the limbs or parts; MI 81,9 (seyyath pi nma sitikapabbni... evam eva ssu me -ni bhavanti); 133,37 (so alagaddo ... hatthe v bhya v annatarasmim v -e daseyya); 395,32 (kusalo tvam rathassa -nan ti); Ja IV 324,16; Mil 303,20 (dayhantehi -ehi); Sp 1027,7 (yassa pana kinci -am isakam vankam ...); 2. (mfn.) with all one's limbs; Pv24:ll (tato tuvam ~ suer piyadassan, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -1); -paccangi(n), mfn., having all one's limbs; Pv24:ll (tuvam -i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arigapaccang; Pv-a 158,10: paripiinnasabbangapaccangavati); -papurana, n. enveloping with one's limbs; JaV 330,7*; -m-angni, see above; -raga, m., unguents or cosmetics for the body; Vin II 107,25; Vin -vn 2825; Matthi,/ [cfS. angayasti, "slender form"], the body; a slender body; Sv93,u (-im disv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se angulatthim; Sv-ptI 167,11: -in ti sariram); As 403,9 (evam no ~i susanthit bhavissati, Be so; Ce ahgulatthi; Se arigasandhi; Ee wr angulitthi); Thi-a214,2 (anginin ti sampannam); -vata, m., rheumatism; Vin 1205, is; Sp 1091,17 (-0 ti angamahgesu vto, Ee, Se so; Be hatthapde vto; Ce omits); -vikkhepa, m., a gesture; Abh 101; -vijja,/, the art of prognosticating from parts of, or marks on, the body; DI9,7 (- vatthuvijj; Sv93,n: angalatthim disv vijjam parijapitv ayam kulaputto dhanav no v sirisampanno v no v ti divykaranavasena - vutt); Ja I 290,io (-ya cheko); Niddl 372,21; Mil 370,5; pthaka, m., an expert in this art; Ja II 21,12 (ito kira sattame divase puttam vijyissati ti pthak hamsu); Ps V 10,i4; As 180,15; -sattha, n. [anga + sattha3], the science of prognostication from characteristics of or marks on, the body; Sv 92,11 (hatthapddisu yena kenaci evarupena angena samanngato dighyu yasav hoti ti dinayapavattam -am); -hra, m., a gesture; Abh 101; Vv-a 174,is (vasena, so read? Be, Ce, Se angabhra-; Ee paccangabhra-); ananga, l./i. (or mfh.l), not (being) a limb, not an integral part (of oneself); Ja VI 297,14* (- va hi te bl yath pet tath' eva te, so readl [or. - v ti]; eds anangav hi; 297,22'foil.: kincpi jetthakanitthabhtaro ahgasamatya angan ti vutt, ime pana dussil tasm angasam na honti); Vibh-a 200,30 (tassa tt); 2. (n.) [cf S. ananga, 'kma'], a love affair; sensual pleasure; Panca-g 93

18

(srajjati c' -esu); -'-sangavaddhana, mfn., increasing attachment to sensual pleasure; Saddh 361 (angam aninditangya ~'-sangavaddhanam); see also atthangika, ekangika, ekdasangika (JV ekdasa), caturangika (sv catu[r]), ti-v-angika, du-v-angika, pancangika, hinarigat (sv jahati). angana1, n. [S. angaria, angaria], a place to walk in; open space, a court; a clearing; Abh 218; 859; Vin II 218,2 (bhikkh pativte p' ~e sensanam pappothesum); Ja I 109,20' (-e ti manussnam sancaranatthne anvate bhmibhge); 250,2 (idam thnam -am jtam); Ps III 71,24 (-arnhi mate [candle]); Sadd 333,28* (vivate bhmibhge ca -an ti); ifc see ks'- (sv ksa2), udangana, ek'-, cetiy'-, rj'-, subh'-. angana2, n. [BHS id.], a speck of dirt; a blemish; a moral blemish, defilement; Abh 859 (kilese ca male cnganam); MI 24,19 (ekacco puggalo sngano va samno atthi me ajjhattam -fin ti yathbhtam na ppajnti); A V 92,16 (puriso... sakam mukhanimittam paccavekkhamno sace tattha passati rajam v -am v tass' eva rajassa v -assa v pahnya vyamati; Mp V 41,12: -an ti tatthajtam ahgakjatilakdi); Vibh 368,8 (rgo -am doso -am moho -am); Nett 88,1 (- ca upakkiles ca); Sp 157,16 (-ena hi cittam upakkilissati); Sadd 333,28* (rgdisu kilesesu panke kyamalamhi ca... -am); -nsana, mfn., removing defilements; Utt-vn 1 (vanditv ... ganam -am); anangana, mfh., free from blemish; spotless; Vin III 4,18 (samhite citte parisuddhe pariyodte -e vigatpakkilese; Spl57,i6: vihatargdi-anganatt -e, tt yeva vigatpakkilese) * DI 76,H; Dhp 125 (suddhassa posassa -assa); Sn517 (vigatarajam -am visuddham); JaV 302,3* (mukham... subham sunettam virajam ~am); Bv8:10 (-nam virajnam); sangana, sngana, mfh., blemished; full of depravity; MI 24,is; Sn279 (dubbisodho hi ~o). angati, angeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup angati, angayati, Wg5:38; 35:74], goes; Dhtup25 (anga inga... gamanatth); Dhtum 32 (agi igi... gatyatthadhtavo); Sadd 333,13 (agi... gamane: ... ~ati ~eti). angada, n. [ts], a bracelet; Abh287 (keyram-am); JaV 400,19' (cittangad ti citrehi ~ehi samanngat); VI 590,7* (~am manimekhalam sass sunhya pahesi); Mhv 76:109 (in long cpd). angadi(n), mfn. [from angada], wearing a bracelet; JaV 9,25*(kyri ~i). angan, / [ts], a woman; Abh 230; Sadd363,3i*; Mhv 33:85 (vararigan). angahetuka, m. [?], a kind of wild bird; Ja VI 538,12* (godhak ~). angra, m.n. [ts], charcoal; heated charcoal; embers; Abh36 (unhabhasmasmim ~o); D i l 166,28 (vibhattni bhagavato sarirni, ito -am harath ti); MI 324,14 (kumro... hatthena v pdena v ~am akkamitv khippam eva patisamharati); A III 407,12 (~ni dittni); Sn 668 (~e santhate senti); Th 702 (mahgini... ~esu ca santesu nibbuto ti pavuccati); Ja I 73,14 (kimsukavann - ksen' gantv bodhisattam patv dibbapupphni hutv vikirimsu); 238,15 (jhmakhettam disv ~am viyhitv); VI 248,18* (patanti -ann-iv' accimanto; 248,20': jalitangr

viya); Ap 405,6 (~ va mahi); Dhp-aHI 137,10 (sakunandakni ~esu pacitv); Vibh-a493,34 (bhasmpaticchanno viya-o); Sadd 600, H (kattham purisena -am katam); ifc see agad' -, kul'-, jham'-; -katha, n., a pot or pan for burning charcoal; a firepan; a brazier; Vin III 107,n (s isspakat sapattim -na okiri) = Sil 260,15; Sv 261,6 (~Q aggim katv); 0 -kapalla, n., a pot for burning charcoal; a firepan; a crucible; Ja VI 66,4 (usukro ~e usurp tpetv); As 333,9 (sitasamaye -am haritv); Ps V 54,10 (ukkarn bandheyy ti -am sajjeyya); Spkl 296,16 (-e aggim karoti); -kammakara, m., a charcoal-burner; Ja VI 209,25'; -ksu,/, a charcoal pit (with burning coal); Vin III 20,32 (-uy dittya; Sp220,2o: -uy ti angrapunnakpe angrarsimhi v); MI 74,12 (-u sdhikaporis pur' angrnam vitacciknam vitadhmnam); AIII 380,16; Sn 396 (abrahmacariyam parivajjayeyya -um jalitam va); Ja I 233,19 (asitihatthya gambhirya -uy); -gabbhaka, mfn., containing, filled with charcoal; Cp 1:10:14 (mahantam aksi citakam katvn, -am; Cp-a 106,20: angrabharitabbhantaram ... mahantam citakam aksi); -gabbhe, ind., within the hot embers; Ja III 55,i (drni sankaddhitv angre katv mayham rocehi, aham attnam pariccajitv ~e patissmi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se angramajjhe); Cp-a 106,15 (tay kate -e); -citaka, m., -citak,/, a pile of hot charcoal; JaV 491,16 (ayam Sutasomo -am mam ca slam tacchantam passati, Be, Ce so; Ee wr mam saslam; Se -am passati pi mam slam ...); VI 577,3' (idni mamakyo -ya ropito viya); Sp 511,io(-e nipann); -mamsa, n., roasted meat; Mhv 10:16; -masi, m. (orfi), soot; Dhp-aIII 309,19 (chrikya okinnammakkhitam); -rasi, m., a heap or mass of hot charcoal; Ja III 55,9; Sp220,2i; Cp -a 106,34 foil, (mama sarirassa jhpanasamattho ayam M ti... tath pajjalitam -i [eds so] tad mama pavitthassa usumamattampi nhosi); -vassa, m.n., a shower of hot charcoal; Ja I 73,14 (-am samutthpesi, kimsukavann angr ksen' gantv..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee angrakavassam) = Spk I 323,19; Vism 376,10 (Mrena -e pavattite); see also ingla. angraka, m. [ts], 1. the planet Mars; Sv95,8 (0,-digahasamyogo); 2. charcoal, hot charcoal; -vassa, m. orn., a shower of hot charcoal; Ja I 73,14 (-am samutthpesi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se angravassam). angri(n), mfn. [BHSUngarin, c/MvuIII 93,10*], covered in crimson; Th 527 (~ino dni dum; Th-a II 223, ufoll.: angrni viy ti angrni rattapavlavannni rukkhnam pupphapallavni, tni etesam santi ti -ino, atilohitakusumakisalayehi angravutthisamparikinn viy ti attho) = Ja I87,i*. angrika, m. [S. ngrika], a charcoal-burner; Ja VI 206,27* (- lonakr ca sd; 209,25': - ti ahgrakammakar). angi(n), mfn. [S. angin], having limbs or parts; having a body; who has a limb; ThI297 (kP -inim va takkrim ... mam... ohya; Thi-a 214,2: kl ti tasslapanam, -inin ti angalatthisampannam; see O. von Hinber, 1980, p. 20); Sadd 720,19 (yena vydhi-

19

mat angena ~ino vikro lakkhiyyati, tattha tatiy vibhatti hoti); ifc see catur-, samangi(n). angigato in Ee at Sv 313,33 is prob, wr for angato {Be, Ce, Se so). anguttha, m. [S. angustha], the thumb; the big toe; Abh 266; Vin III 34,34 (sratto ~am angajtam pavesesi); Mil 261,8 (sivisassa ... hattham v ~am v dajj); Ap 300,6 (~am pimsayi pde mama psnasakkhar) = Ud-a264,26* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abbhutth phassayi, perhaps wr); Mil 230, I; Sp214,n (~ena nbhim parmaseyytha); ifc see pd'-, hatth'-; -ganan, / , counting on the thumbs (and fingers); Ja 1462, li (aham ~am jnmi); 462,22'; -pada, ., a thumb-mark; S III 154,31 (vsijate ... dissati -am, Be so; Ee, Ce, Se dissanti angutthapd) = AIV 127,8; -sneha, m., moisture from the thumb; Pv30:2. angutjhaka, m. [anguttha + ka2; AMg amgutthaya], the thumb; the big toe; Ja IV 378,5 (tad Ditthamangalik utuni hoti, ath' ass ~ena nbhim parmasi, kucchiyam gabbho patitthsi); V281,I; Sp 1026,28 (alacchinno ti yassa catsu ~esu ... eko v bah v ~ chinn honti); Spkl 290,9 (thero ~am jlpesi); Pj I 159,9 (~ato c' assa khiram nibbatti); ifc see pd' -. angutthiganan,/ [angutthi (= anguttha or anguli?) + ganan], counting on the thumbs and fingers; Ja I 462,2i* (n' ~am yti, Ee so; Be ngutthigananam; Ce, Se nangutthagananam; 462,22': ~ ti angutthaganan vuccati, ayam msikagano angutthagananam na gacchati... parikkhayam gacchati ti attho, Be, Ee so; Ce nangutthaganan ti angutthaganan vuccati; Se nahgutthagananam yti ti...). angula, m.n. [S. ahgula, m.], 1. a finger; Vin IV 262,29 (dvisu ~esu dve pabbaparam dtabb); Ap 422,17 (kso minitum sakk rajjuy ~ena pi); PatisI 125,30 (angulangulehi aggikkhandho pavattati; Patis-a 403,28: angulihi afigulihi); Spkl 227,4 (tvam dvih' ~ehi pidahitabbam mukham... pidahitum na sakkosi); Ap-a 109,4 (pancahi ~ehi); ifc see pane'-; 2. a finger as measure, a finger's breadth; Abh 195 (~am); Vibh-a 343,28 (sattadhannamsappamnam ekam -am, ten* ~ena dvdasangulni vidatthi); ifc see atth'(.yvattha2), catur-, du-v-, dv-; -kale, ind.y when there is a finger's breadth of shadow (from the klatthambha,); Ps I 122,21 (dvarigulakle bhattam gahetv - bhunjati); see also anguli, caturangulika. angulatthim in Ce, Ee, Se at Sv93,n is wr for angalatthim (Be so). anguli, / [ts]9 I. a finger (often in pi. including the thumb); (occasionally) a toe; Abh 266 (karaskhnguli); Vin I 77,is (sace kho Upli lekham sikkhissati -iyo dukkh bhavissanti); III 160,3 (Dabbo Mallaputto tejodhtum sampajjitv -iy jalamnya purato purato gacchati); DII 96,22 (Licchavi -i pothesum); III 85,20 (rasapathavim -iy syi); Sn 610 (na hatthehi na pdehi na ~ihi nakhehi v); Th 1055 (~i p' ettha chijjatha) quoted Mil 395,12* (Be ~i; Ce, Ee, Se ~im); Ja I 7,25' (atisambdhe cankame... cankamantassa paricchede pakkhalitv nakh pi ~iyo pi bhijjanti); 111416,3 (~iy ca muddik atthi); Ps I 58,11 (adhomukh

~iy bhmim likhant tunhi ahesum); Dhp-aIV 222,20 (dasasu ~isu visati muddik); Patis-a 80,32 (nakh -inarn aggapitthesu thit visati); ifc see agg'- (j-vagga1), ganthik,- (^vganthik), cT- (.svculla1) digh'-, pane'-, pd'-, 111^3^-, vank'-, vatt'-, hatth,s 2. the measure angula; a finger's breadth; Sp 1321,25; Ps III 394,2o(~ampiad<angulimattam pi parisato bahiddh na gacchati); ifc see atth'- (^vattha2); '-agga, n. [anguli + agga1], the finger-tip; Kv 315,3; Sv 235,33; Ps IV 88,16 (ten* eva ~ena tarn ~am na sakk phusitum); -kosaka, m., a thimble; Sp 1206,27 (patiggahan ti ~am); -chinna, mfn.y whose finger has been cut off; Vin I 91,10 (~am pabbjenti); Kv31,3i; -(j)jalana, n.9 the blazing of the finger; Sp 579,8 (~am adhitthya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -jlanam, prob, wr); -patoda, m., poking with the fingers; tickling; Urt-vn 115; -patodaka, m., poking with the fingers; tickling; Vin III 84,21 (bhikkhum ~ena hsesum); DI 91,17 (annamanfiam ~ena sanjagghant sankilant); Utt-vn 168; -pada, n., a finger-mark; S III 154,30 (vsijate dissanf eva~ni)^ A IV 127,7; -potha, m., snapping the fingers; JaV 67,16 (mahjano... celukkhepe ca -e ca pavattesi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -phote); VI 344,4' (~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -phot); -pothana, ., snapping the fingers; Ja I 394,24 (~esu, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ena, prob, wr; Be -photanesu); Th-all 173,8 (~-mattam pi khanam, Ce so; Ee -potthana-; Be, Se -photana-)* TO-a75,i4 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -photana-); -mna, mfn. [anguli + mna2], being the size of a finger (or of a finger's breadth); Mhv28:14; -mudda,/, 1. a signet ring; Abh 287; 2. a kind of reckoning on the fingers (cf Sadd 803,6-7); Spklll 113,13 (muddiko ti ~ya gananya kusalo); 3. a position or gesture of the fingers;! Ap-a547,13 (samuddan ti angulimuddya sam sutthu dassetabbato samuddo; c/Spklll 295,28: Saga^adeven, eva khatatt sgaro, khato me ti hatthamuddya niveditatt samuddo ti); -muddika,/ [anguli + muddika1], a signet ring; Vin II 106,32 (~am dhrenti); Ja V 439,27 (rj pi 'ss ~am adsi); Ps II 194,21 (dasasu angulisu ~); -vethaka, -vethanaka, m., a ring; a finger-stall or bandage; ? Sp 764,32 (ek amlik lata hoti, ~o viya vanappagumbadandake vetheti); Vism 446,5 (sasambhrasotabilassa anto tanutambalomcite ~-santhne padese, Ee, Ce so; Be, Se -vedhaka-) * Nidd-al 167,23 = Nidd-all 72,n (Ee so; Ce -vethana-; Be, Se -vedhaka-) = As 310,23 (Ce, Se so; e-vethanaka-; ^-vedhaka-); mutt,/, a kind of pearl; Sp 75,4 (Sp-t[Be]I 162,2: ahguliyakasanthn muddiksanthn ti attho); Mhv 11:14 (... valayangulivethak kakudhaphalapkatik ice et atthajtiyo mutt); -sankhalik, / , an interlacing of fingers; Ps II 85,27 (ubhohi passehi ~am viya gahanavanam pavisitum asakkont); see also angula, kanitthangulinakha, ganthikangulika (^v ganthik), caturangulika, paneahgulika. angulika, m. [anguli + ka2], one who carries something with his finger(s); Sadd786,2i (sisena vahati ti sisiko, evam amsiko ... ~o). angulika, / [anguli + k2], a small finger;! Sp996,4

20

(unnigand nma honti gothanik viya ~ viya ca tattha tattha lambanti). angulifthi in Ee at As 403,9 is wr, prob, for angalatthi (Be so). anguliyaka, n. [S. lex. id.; cfAMg amgulijjaga], a fingerring; Abh 286 (~am ahgulybharanam). anguleyyaka, n. [= anguliyaka qv\ a finger-ring; Jail 444,7' (nikkham ca tipancahi suvannehi katam -am, Ce, Ee so; Se ariguliyakam; Be angulimuddikam). ageyya, n. the name of a branch of statecraft or of a treatise on statecraft; ? Sv 93,18 (khattavijj ti 0 -msurakkhdinitisattham, Ce, Ee so; Be abbheyyamsurakkharjasatthdisattham; Se ajjheyya-; Sv-ptI 167,12: anginosattham~am; v/abbhino ... abbheyyam) * Ud-a 205,25 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abbheyyamsurakkhdi-). acakkhuka, mfn. [a3 + cakkhu + ka2; cf S. acaksuska], without sight, blind; without insight, without understanding; D I 191,12 (sabbe va kho ete... paribbjak andh ~, tvam yeva nesam eko cakkhum); AII 72,6 (avijjnivut pos andhabht ~); Ud67,34 (annatitthiy ... paribbjak andh ~; Ud-a 341,8 foil.', andh ti panncakkhuvirahena andh, ten' ha ~ ti, panfi hi idha cakkh ti adhippetam); Patisl 129, I 6 (andho lokasannivso ~o); YamI 97, n (~nam); Vism20,i8 (porn pan' hu cakkhu rpam na passati acittakatt cittam pi rpam na passati -tt); Ud-a 342,34 (te jaccandh ~); see also sacakkhuka. acandamullokika, mfn. [a3 + canda + ullokika], not or never looking up at the moon; Sadd 744,16 (asuriyampassni mukhni ~ni mukhni). acittaka, mfn. [a3 + citta1 + ka2], 1. without thought or mind; senseless, unconscious; Ja III 273,19 (idam ~am kalingarakandam pi tava gunam jnti sacittako manussabhto pi aham na jnmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee acittam); Vibh419,29 (asannasatt dev... acetanak ~ ptubhavanti); Kv519,i8 (~assa maggabhvan ti); Mil 77,28 (kin nu kho tvam mahrja tasmim samaye ~o ahosi ti); Ps III 52,22 (kyadando pi ~o va hoti); Spklll 95,30 (nirodhasampattito pubbe addhnaparicchedakle yeva ettakam klam ~o hutv tato param sacittako bhavissmi ti); Dhp-all 42,14 (pupphni ~ni pi); 2. without feeling, feigned; Ja IV 58,3' ([skhallena] acetas ti ~ena); 3. without intention, without awareness; VinV 125,2 (atth' patti ~o apajjati sacittako vutthti; Sp 1380,2: ~o apajjati ti disu sahaseyydipannattivajjam asancicca pajjanto ~o apajjati); of a rule or offence where responsibility is not avoided by a lack of intention or knowledge; Sp 662,20 (idam sikkhpadam chasamutthnam, kiriyam nosaMvimokkham ~am pannattivajjam ...); 688,7 (pattiyeva sa-usshatt -tt ca sikkhpadassa); 860, n (vatthu-ajnanatya c'ettha -t veditabb); see also sacittaka. acittidnam in Ee at D i l 357,31 is wr for acitkatam dnam (Be, Ce, Se so). acintita(r), acinteta(r), m. [neg. agent noun from cinteti qv\> one who does not think; Ja VI 43,30' (avitakkit ti avitakkitro ~ro, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee acintetro); 44,2' (te imass' atthassa avitakkit ~ro, Ce, Ee so; Se avitakkitro ~ro; Be avitakkitro only).

acirakapakkantam in Ee at MII 253,26 is prob, wr for acirapakkantam (Be, Ce, Se so). acirapakkante in Ee at SV 260,25 is wr for acirapakkante qv sv cira. acivaraka, m(fn). [a3 + civara + ka2], (one) who has no bhikkhu'^ robe; Vin I 909\sfoll. (bhikkh ~am upasampdenti, nagg pindya caranti... na ... ~o upasampdetabbo); Vism 115,24 (tarn ~assa bhikkhuno dadeyya); Sp 667,3 (nivsetum v prupitum v ~nam bhikkhnam labbhati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se acchinnacivaralnam). acelaka (and acelaka), mfn. and m. [a3 + cela + ka2], unclothed, naked; a naked ascetic; one who belongs to a sect of naked ascetics; Abh 440 (digambaro ~o nigantho); 1110 (naggo tv ~e pi ca); Vin IV 92,4 (yo pana bhikkhu -assa v paribbjakassa v paribbjikya v sahatth khdaniyam v bhojaniyam v dadeyya pcittiyam; 92,8: ~o nma yo koci paribbjakasampanno naggo); MI 77,28 (~o homi muttcro hatthpalekhano; Ps II 43,26: ~o ti niccelo naggo); 281,33 (nham bhikkhave ~assa -mattena smannam vadmi); Jal 390,11 (bodhisatto... jivikapabbajam pabbajitv ~o ahosi rajojalliko); III 246,18 (anne ~ gamimsu); Mil 201,30 (yad Devadatto manusso ahosi ~o Krambhiyo nma); Sp990,29(ayampana naggaparibbjakass' eva jivakassa v ~assa v dtabbo); Ps II 233,23 ([Makkhali Gosalo] stakam chaddetv -o hutv palyi); IV \89,6foll. (~o gato udhu alankatapatiyatto ... ~o gato mahjanassa pana alahkatapatiyatto viya upatthsi); Dhp-a I 309,3 (kadci ~o hoti kadci jivako kadci niganthako kadci tpaso, Ce, Ee so; Be buddhasvako ... jivako ... nigantho ...; Se sevako... nigantho...); III489,n (apaticchannehi ~ehi ime niganth varatar); Pj II 291, I 5 (naggiyan ti 0-ttam); -pli,/, the tenets or discipline of the naked ascetics; Sv 841,6 (amhkam ~-mattam pi n' atthi kuto parisuddhapli; Sv-ptIII 27,i: --gatatthamattam pi n' atthi); Ps III 274,16 (annataram v pana tapogunan ti ~im sandhy' ha, surpnavirati ti attho, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se acelakaladdhim; Ps-t [Be] III 132,5: acelakapatipattidipakagantham); see also acela .sv cela. acorharana, mfn. [a3 + cora1 + harana], not to be taken by thieves; Khp8:9 (~o nidhi; Pj I 224,20: na corehi harano ~o corehi dtabbo na hoti ti attho) * Saddh 589; Mil 320,30 (yath ... kso ... duppasaho -o anissito ... evam eva ... nibbnam ... ~am ...). acorik,/, see sv coraka'. ace- [S. aty-] is the usual form of the prefix ati- before vowels other than 1. In words of more than three syllables the vowel following ace- is often strengthened; see acckkhara, accbhikkhanam, accyika, accsana, acehita, accpaseva(t), aecodaka, aecodara. acca, see accyam. accagam, aor. 3 sg. c/atigacchati qv. accag, accagum, accag, aor. 3 sg. and 3 pi. of atiVg qv. accankusa, mfn. [ati + ankusa], beyond the control of the goad; DII 266,5* (~o va ngo; Sv 702,8: ankusam atito hoti ankusena vijjhiyamno pi vasam na gacchati).

21

accajanta, neg. part.pr. o/cajati qv. accatari, accatri, aor. 3 sg. o/atitarati qv. accati, pr. 3 sg. [S. arcati], praises, honours; Dhtup 47 (acca... pjyam); 544; Dhtum54 (accccane); 760; Sadd 335,23 (acca pjyam: ~ati); inf. accitum, Ja VI 180,15'; pp accita, mfn. [S. arcita], praised, honoured; Abh 750; 841; Ja VI 180,9* (ayam selo ~o mahito sad); Ap-a 494,9 (~o pjito ti attho); caus. pr. 3 sg. acceti 1 , accayati 2 , honours; Sadd 529,24 (acca pjyam: ~eti -ayati); aor. 3 sg. accayittha, Dth 5:66. accana, n., - a , / [S. arcana, arcana], honouring; homage; offering; Abh 425 (~ pj); Dhtum54 (accaccane); Sadd 883,27* (upasaddo ... ~e). accanta, mfn. and n. [S. atyanta], 1. (mfn.) "beyond the (usual) end or limit"; excessive, very great; perpetual; absolute, complete; most commonly accantam, adv., excessively, exceedingly; perpetually; absolutely, completely; SI 130,20*(~am hataputt 'mhi; Spkl 191,14: ettha antam atitam ~am, bhvanapumsakam etam); Ja I 224, r (na -am sukham edhati niccakle sukhasmim yeva patitthtum na sakkoti); III 12,10* (~am pjanraho); V 454,10* (sivam ~am acalitam asankhatam; 455,32': -an ti anatitam avinsadhammakam); VI 517,13* (asammodiyam pi vo assa ~am mama kran); Ap 350,18 (sayane ... ~am pupphasanthate, Ce so; Be, Se acchanne; Ee accantapupphasanthate); 532,6 (muhuttam ... ~am...); Kv 212,23* (~am sukham eva tarn); Mil 413,25 (yogin ... sankhrnam... nirlhanijjivatam -am sunnatam diyitabbam); Ud-a 271,27 (~am eva kilesnam samucchinnatt); Th-all 181, is (-tya); Saddh288; 2. (n.) the absolute (ie nibbrra); Sadd 70,29* (imni pana nibbnassa pariyyavacanni... anantam akkharam dipo ~am); -kodhana, mfn., extremely angry; Abh 732; -tirokkhatta, n., the being very much apart or secret; ? Nidd-a 1297,2 (lokuttaro ~ glho); -dussilya, n., extremely evil conduct; Dhp 162; -nittha, mfn., of absolute, constant perfection or firmness; D II 282,32 * S III 13,6 * A I 291,26 (Mp II 381,25: ~o ti antam atikkantanittho, akuppanittho dhuvanittho ti attho); Mill 4,24 (sabbe va ~am nibbnam rdhenti); Mp IV 42,22 (khayavayasankhtam antam atit ti accant, accant nitth ass ti ~o, ekantanittho satatanittho ti attho); -pariyosna, mfn., having an absolute, constant ideal; D II 283,1 * SHI 13,7 * A I 291,27; -piyavdi(n), mfn., always speaking kindly; Ja VI 473,3* (~ini, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se accantam piyabhnini); -brahmacri(n), mfn., living the holy or celibate life absolutely, constantly; D II 283,1 * S III 13,7 * A I 291,27; -yogakkhemi(n), mfn., having absolute, constant peace from exertion; D II 283,i * SHI 13,7 * A I 291,27; Mp IV 42,24 (~I ti accantam yogakkhemi, niccayogakkhemi ti attho); -ruci, mfn., having superior splendour, surpassing in splendour; Th 692 (sa ve ~i ngo Himav v' anfie siluccaye, Ce, Ee so, prob, wrfor accaruci [Be, Se, A III 346,i8*5o]); -vanna, mfn., exceedingly beautiful; Ja V 446,9* (447,2r: nccantavann ti na abhirpavau"); -virodha, m., a strong objection; Sadd902,n (nanu ca iti -e); -samyoga, m., (gr.t.t.) uninterrupted

connection; continuance; Sadd 715,9 foil. (kladdhnam -e [dutiy]; cf PnII.3.5); Sp \01,2&foll. (suttante tva -'-attho sambhavati, yam hi samayam bhagav brahmajldini suttantni desesi accantam eva tarn samayam karunvihrena vihsi, tasm tadatthajotanattham tattha upayoganiddeso kato); Ps I 151,18 (~e upayogavacanam); Ud-a 31,29^0//.; Vv-a 71,25; -sanghika, mfn., exclusively belonging to the sangha as a whole; Ps II 91,27 (ayam vihro -0, ekam puggalikatthnam karohi ti); -samipavacana, mfn., indieating a very near object; Sadd 267,6 (imasaddo ~o); -sila, mfn., of excessive behaviour; JaV 448, is* (449,18': ~s ti atikkantasilsu); -suddhika, mfn., believing in or seeking absolute purity; Niddl 315,11 (ye te samanabrhman ~ samsrasuddhik akiriyaditthik sassatavd); see also ati-anta ^v anta1. accantika, mfn. [cf S. atyantika], continuous, constant; absolute; Th-al 119,10 (sumuttiko ti sundar -tya apunabbhavik muttietass ti); II 11,34 (~ena damanena); -sangahakarana, n. [accantika + sahgaha1 + karana], constant kindly favour; Cp-a 328,22 (janassa ~ena); anaccantika, mfn., not absolute; temporary; Vism 611,26 (ekekam khandham ~-tya di-antavantatya ca aniccato... sammasati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr aniccantikatya); 652,2 (ato tvaklikato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr aniccantikato); Ud-a 271,26 (tassa upasantassa bhvato). accamaMissam, accamaflfiisum, aor. 1 sg. and 3 pl. o/atimannati qv. accambila, mfn. [ati + ambila], too sour; Sp 181,13 (alonam atilonam anambilam ~am); see also ati-ambila sv ambila. accaya, m. [S., BHS atyaya], 1. lapse, passing; pas sing away; end, death; Abh 404 (palayo maccu cccayo); Sadd 777,7 (vijjamnassa p ' - e : atito himo nihimam icc di); Ja III 159,4' (attano atthassa ~ena); 491,28' (phalnam ~ena tato rukkhato disodisam vihangam gacchanti, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ~e); ifc see atth'- (^vattha2]; ins tr. ~ena, and, more rarely, abl. ~, loc. ~e (+ gen. or ifc), (i) after the lapse (of), at the end (of), after; Vin I 2,28 (satthassa ~ena); D117,19 (dighassa addhuno -ena); SI 69,28* (ahorattnam ~e); V 262,20 (ito tinnam msnam ~ena tathagato parinibbyissatl ti); Pv25:l (ahorattnam ~ rj kalam kari tad); Ja IV 108,26* (ahorattnam ~e); Cp 3:6:2 (ahorattnam ~ena; Cp-a216,8: bahunnam samvaccharnam atatt anekesam ahorattnam ~ena); Mil 88,29 (tass rattiy ~ena); also + acc. Ap37,2i (~ena ahorattam ...; cf Ap-a 276,11 foil.: aho ca rata" ca ahorattam, bahnam samvaccharnam atikkamen ti atho); Sv 550, is* (ito sattham ~e, or sattha-m'e ?); ifc see katiphaccayena; (ii) after the death (of); Vin I 77,13 (kena nu kho upyena Upli amhkam ~ena sukham ca jiveyya); II 287,31 (kankhamno ... sangho mam' ~ena khuddnukhuddakni sikkhpadni samhaneyya); D II 140,14 (bhagavato... ~ena); 154,8 (yo vo... may dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paniiatto so vo mam' ~ena satth); A III 295,25 (sakkom' aham gahapati tav' ~ena drake posetum); Vv 84:42 (mtpitunnam ca yo -ena); Ja I 248,26 (bodhisatto setthikule nibbattitv pitu -na

22

setthitthnam ppuni); Sp 212,22 (pituno -ena); Ps I 295, i8 (so tesam ~em dyajjam na labhati); Vin-vn2736 (mam' -e); 2738 (pancannam -e); 2. going beyond (the norm); transgression; offence; A b h l l l 7 (-o 'tikkame dose); Vin V 148,25 (-o tena samo n' atthi); S I 25,2* (tathgatassa buddhassa... ^ na vijjanti); JaIV 384,13* (gantvna tarn patikaremu -am; 384, i6': -am patikarissma desessma khampessm ti); Mil 420,9 (khamatha me bhante Ngasena mama -am); Sp314,i (itaram pana thlatt -tt ca thullaccayam); Mhv 37:23 (khama me tarn mam' -am); ifc see thull' -; accayo mam (no) accagam, a fault has overcome me (us), ie has been committed by me (us); Vin IV 18,33 (-o mam bhante accagam yath blam yath mlham yath akusalam y 'harn evam aksim; Sp 750, is: -o ti apardho); MI 438,23; SI 24,i4 (-o no bhante accagam); AI 54,23; am (-ato) passati, recognises an offence (as being such); Vin I 315,16 (tumhe ... -am -ato disv yathdhammam patikarotha); D I 85,23; A I 103,15 (-am -ato passati); Ja VI 299,8* (ev' etam khalitam mayham etam passmi -am); am (-ato) deseti, confesses to an offence (as being such); Vin I 314,23 (mayam... bhagavato santike -am -ato desem ti); SI 239,i6 (so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno santike -am -ato desesi, so bhikkhu na patiganhti); Ap46,i4 (-am desanatthya sayambhum upasankamim; Ap-a290,6.* -am apardham desanatthya paksanatthya); Ud-a 380,12 (handa mayam samanam Gotamam upasankamitv payirupsitv -am desent khampeyym ti); -am -ato patiganhti, accepts (the confession of) the fault, pardons the offence; Vin IV 18,35 (tass me bhante ayyo -am -ato patiganhtu yatim samvary ti); D I 85,19; MI 438,27; A I 59,20 (yo ca -am -ato passati yo ca -am desentassa yamdhammam patiganhti); accayo in Ee at Spk II 14,7 is wr for uccayo (Be, Ce, Se, Dhp so); -desan,/, confession of an offence; Ja III 38,23'; V 379,22 (-am patigganhanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr accayena desanam); Sp 1387,3 \foll; -patiggahana,., pardon, absolution; JaV 380,17; duraccaya, mfh., difficult to overcome; hard to get beyond or cross over; D II 274,5* (ppimayogni -ni); Dhp 336 (tanham loke -am; Dhp-a IV 45,4: atikkamitum pajahitum dukkaratya -am); Sn945 (kmapanko -o); It 95,2* (chetv sotam -am). accayati \ see sv accati. accayati2, see sv acceti2. accayam in Ee at Sil 205,10 and 205,17 is wr for accagam (Be, Ce, Se so). accaruci, aor. 3 sg. o/atirocati qv. accasar1, see sv accsar. accasar2, accasar3, aor. 3 sg. and2 sg. /atisarati qv. accasarim, accasari, accasaro, aor. o/atisarati qv. accasri, see sv atisarati. accahasi, aor. 3 sg. o/atiharati qv. acckkhara, mfn. [ati + akkhara1; for -a- see svacc-], (gr.t.t.) having (metrically) too many syllables; Sadd 610,21* ('-dike dose vivajjetv); see also adhikakkhara. accdna^thnan ti in Be, Se at Thi-a 63,24 is prob, wr

for accdhnatthnan ti (Ce, Ee so). accdya in Be, Se at Thi-a 63,24 is prob, wr for accdhya qv. accdhna, n. [S. atydhna], the act of placing upon; a butcher's chopping block; Thi-a 63,24 (adhikuttan ti chindandhitthn, -tthnan ti attho, yato khandhe accdhya satt kmehi chejjabhejjam ppunanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se accdnatthnan ti); Sv-pt II 95,15 (adhikuttanakalingaram yam -an ti pi vuccati). accdhya, ind. [absol. of *ati + dahati; cf S. atyVdh], putting on top of; on top of; D II 134,30 (pde pdam accdhya) * SI 27,22 (SpkI 79,23: accdhya ti ati-dhya, isakam atikamma thapetv); A I 114,15 (sihaseyyam kappeti pde pdam accdhya; Mp II 185,13: vmapdam dakkhinapde ati-dhya); Thi-a 63,24 (khandhe accdhya satt kmehi chejjabhejjam ppunanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se accdya, prob, wr); see also accdhyitv, ati-dhya. accdhyitv, ind. [absol. of *ati + dahati? cfS. atyVdh], putting on top of; Spk II 167,10 (pde pdam accdhyitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dhyitv); see also accdhya, ati-dhya. accbhikkhanam, ind. [ati + abhikkhanam; for - see .yvacc-), too frequently, too often; accbhikkhanasamsagga, m., too frequent meeting, meeting too often; JaV 233,20* (-... mitt jlranti; 234,12': -ti ativiya abhinhasamsaggena). accyam is interpreted by ct and Sadd as < api ca ayam or < aticca ayam (cf Ved. atyyam), but perhaps is rather <atha ayam; Ja III 334,22* (accyam majjhimo khando Dhammatthassa bhavissati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee athyam; 335,rfoll.: accyam majjhimo khando ti api ca ayam majjhimo kotthso, atha v acc ti aticca, ime dve kotthse atikkamitv thito ayam majjhimo khando ... mayham bhavissati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee athyam majjhimo khando ti; Ce atha v accyan ti aticca); Sadd 635,9 foil. (vuttirakkhanatthne apicasaddassa ikrassa lopo hoti pakrassa ca cakrattam: accyam majjhimo khando ... atha v vuttirakkhanatthne aticcasaddassa tikralopo hoti: accyam majjhimo khando). accyata, mfn. [ati + yata], very much stretched or extended; over-strung (opposite to atisithila/- high, sharp; Vin 1182,3o(vinya tantiyo - honti; Sp 1081,21: -ti ati-yat kharamucchit, Be so; Ee, Se wr accyik ti; Ce omits) * A III 375,10; Sadd 91,10 (brhman... yatena sarena majjhimyatena sarena -ena ca sarena vedam pathanti); see also ati-yata. accyik, mfn. and n. [cf S., BHS tyayika; for -- see ^vacc-], \.(mfn.) (i) urgent, pressing; Vin I 139,13 (sace pan' assa -am karaniyam); MI 149,1 (kincid eva -am karaniyam uppajjeyya); A I 239,28 (tin* imni... kassakassa gahapatissa -ni karanlyni; cf Mp II 354,2: -ni ti atiptikni); Ja I 338,31' (antogehe -am pi kiccam anoloketv); II47,21 (mayham kammam -n ti); Mp I 425,4 (pit mam -kammena kumbhakrassa santikam pahini ti); Vin-vn 1804 (kicce -e); (ii) irregular; beyond normal bounds; Ja VI 549,6* (brhmanena dhanesin -ena luddena; 549,33': ativiya luddena pamntikkantena); Sp 729,1 (accekaclvaran ti -am

23

clvaram vuccati); Spk I 66,13 (accayo ce na vijjeth ti sace -kammam na bhaveyya); 2. (n.) urgent business; urgency; Dhp-al 18,8 (mayham -am n'atthi); accyika in Ee, Se at Sp 1081,21 is wr for accyata qv; see also acceka. accraddha, mfn. [ati + raddha1], I. undertaken or practised excessively; Th638 (~amhi viriyamhi satth... vinopamam karitv me dhammam desesi; Th-all 270,7 foil.: vipassanam bhventena may samdhin samarasam akatv ativiya viriye paggahite); Ja IV 131,2 (vyamanto ~ena viriyena); Sp 12,5 (mama ~am viriyam); 2. too much exercised; working excessively; Vism 136,6* (mnasam ~am nisedhetv samam eva pavattaye); -viriya, n. and mfn. 1. (n.) too great exertion; Vin I 182,38 (~am uddhaccya samvattati) = A III 375,19 (Mp III 390,11: accraddhan ti atiglham); M III 159,21 (~amkho me udpadi); Pet 187,9; Vism 137,12 (tt); Sp 163,24 (~amcittassa atilmaviriyam cittassa); Spk I 87,6 (ayam tya klam katv devaloke nibbatto); 2. (mfn.) exerting oneself too much; Vin I 182,i (tassa ~assa cankamato pd bhijjimsu); Ja I 317,14 (-0 hutv ativegena samanadhammam karonto). accrambha, m. [ati + rambha], too great exertion; Cp-a 279,16 (~ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr acchrambhena). accvadati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + 2 + vadati; cf S. ativadati], speaks or addresses in an excessive or improper way; (tries to) surpass in speaking; Vin IV 224,10 (uyyojesi jivake et bhikkhuniyo ~ath ti; Sp 906,19: atikkamitv vadatha akkosath ti vuttam hoti); 263,15 (s bhikkhuni tassa bhikkhuno bhunjantassa pniyena ca vidhpanena ca upatitthitv ~ati; Sp 922, is: pabbajitacrittam atikkamitv gehasitakatham katheti ti attho); Ja V 433,28 (itthi purisam ati vijambhati vinamati vilasati vilajjati..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be acccarati) * Dhp-alV 197,1; part.pr. accvadanta, mfn., Sil 204,8(addasamBhandam ca nma bhikkhum ... Abhinjikam ca nma bhikkhum annamaniiam sutena -ante ehi bhikkhu ko bahutaram bhsissati ko sundarataram bhsissati; SpkII 173,24foil.: atikamma vadante ... ativiya vdam karonte ti attho); aor. 2pi. accvadittha, Sil 205,19 (ye tumhe evam... annamannam sutena ~ittha); 1 pi. accvadimha, SII 205,12. accsana, mfn. or n.. [ati + asana2; for -a- see svacc-], eaten too much or very much; or too much or very much eating; Ja I 185,4* (~assa puriso paysassa pi tappati; 185,6': ~ass ti karanatthe smivacanam, ati-asanena atibhutten ti attho). accsanna, mfn. [S. atysanna], very near; too near; very close; A V 15,25 (sensanam ntidram hoti nccsannam); Sp 81,12 (uyynam ... nagarato ntidram nccsannam); Ps II 154,35 (thero hi... ~o hutv gacchanto pi pdasaddena na bdhati); Spk II 376, is (so [vihro] vnijagmassa ntidro nccsanno gamangamanasampanno vivitto appasaddo); Ud-a 323,16 (vihrnam pana nagarato ntidratya nccsannatya); Mhv 15:8 (purassa -tt asruppam); loc. ~e, adv., very near; too close; Vin I 39,3 (yam assa gmato n' eva atidre na ~e); D i l 265,11 (me bhagav n'eva atidre bhavissati na ~ saddam ca kho sossati ti); Ja VI 294,7*

(ntidre bhave ranfio nccsanne vicakkhano); Vism 182,33 (~e [thitassa] bhayam uppajjati); Spl29,i8 (~e nisinno sanghattanam karoti). accsarati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + 2 + sarati2; cfS. atyVsr], goes too far; Pj II 21,16 (accraddhaviriyena hi uddhacce patanto ~ati, atisithilena kosajje patanto paccsarati). accsar, accasar 1 ,/ [from accsarati ?], falsification, deceit; Niddl 79,24 (y evarp my myvit ~ vancan nikati ...kuhan ..., Be so; Ee, Se accasar; Ce accay) = Vibh 358,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee accasar; Vibh-a 493,17 foil.: katv ppam paticchdanato aticca saranti etya satt ti -) = Pp 19,30 (Be, Se so; Ce accasar; Ee acchdan). acchita, mfn. [ati + ahita; for -- see sv acc-; cf also S. atyhita], very cruel, very unfriendly; Ja IV 46,24* (~am kamma karosi luddarn; 46,27': hitam atikamma thitatt -am) ^ VI 306,26* (307, r: -an ti hittikkantam ati-ahitam v). a c c i , / (andm. ?) [S. arci, m., arcis,/.], a ray of light; a flame; Abh 35; 1102 (jlamsusv ~i); Vin I 25,30 (hat ngassa ~iyo honti, iddhimato panathitanekavann ~iyo honti); MII 130,6 (siy ... tesarn agginam ... kinci nnkaranam ... ~iy v ~im vannena v vannarn ...; Ps III 359, is: ~iy v ~imhi... bhummatthe hi etam upayogavacanam); HI 183,30 (mahnirayassa puratthimya bhittiy ~i utthahitv pacchimya bhittiy patihannati); S IV 290,27 (~i nikkhamitv tinni jhpesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr acchi); AIV 103,5 (~i vtena khitt yva brahmalok pi gacchati); Sn 1074 (~I yath vtavegena khitt, Be, Ce so; ifekhitto; Se~i... khittam); Ap 441,25 (pabbatagge yath ~i); Mil 40,23 (kin nu kho mahrja y purime yme -i s majjhime yme ~I ti); Spk II 255,2 (telappadipassa jhyato ... ~im ca vannam ca advayam samanupassati); acci ca in Ee at Sp 837,4 is wr for acchiva- (Be, Ce, Se so); -ma(t), mfn. and m., \.(mfn.) flaming, glowing; brilliant; Mil 152,13 (aggi -m ca vannim ca pabhassaro ca); Vv 38:8 (pabhassaram -mantam); Th527 (te -manto va pabhsayanti); JaV 266,11* (niray ... ghor -manto mahabbhay, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -mant; 272,13': kammanibbattnam accinam atthitya -manto) ^ Niddl 405,5*; JaVI 448,32* (sattiyo teladhotyo -mant pabhassar, Be, Ee so; Ce -manti; Se acchimanto); 2. (n.) fire; Abh 34; As 300,11* (acci -mato); Sadd 334,8* (vessnaro ca -m); see also khuddakaccika, vitaccika. accibaddha, acchibaddha, mfn. [?], laid out in squares or laid out in strips; Vin I 287,8 (addasa kho bhagav Mgadhakhettam acchibaddham plibaddham mariydabaddham singhtakabaddham, Be so; Ce, Se accibaddham; Ee accibandham, prob, wr; Sp 1127,4: acchibaddhan ti caturassakedrakabaddham, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se accibaddhan ti). accukkaftha, mfn. [ati+ ukkattha], (of a robe) pulled up too high; M II 139,21 (na ca tassa bhoto Gotamassa kye clvaram -am hoti; Ps III 393,nyb//.: yo hi yva hanukatthito ukkhipitv prupati tassa ~am nma hoti... yo pi ubhato ukkhipitv udaram vivaritv yti tassa pi ~am hoti); see also accokkattha. accuggata, mfn. [ati + uggata; cf BHS atyudgata], risen

24

out (of); raised high; high, tall; lofty; haughty; AIV 100,13 (Sineru ... pabbatarj ... catursitiyojanasahassni mahsamudde ajjhoglho catursitiyojanasahassni mahsamudd ~o); Ja II 44,3 (aggi jalitv ~hi accii pannaslam jhpesi, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aggii; Be paccuggathi accii); VI 133,21* (eko ahosi nigghoso bhesm ~o saddo); 516,27* (~ hi Sivayo; 516,30'. ~ ti atikuddh); Ap 75,4 (yaso ~o mamam); Bv 1:53 (nabhe -am dhiram candam va gagane yath; Bv-a48,2o: -an ti abhinavoditam); Mil 164,12 (acal hi s ... pabbajj mahati ~, yad idam bhikkhubhmi); 346,9* (yath ~o eso Himav so bhavissati); Sp 329,14 (udakato ~assa pupphassa); Spk III 154,24 (~am vipulam mahantam hatthiratanam); see also accuggamma. accuggamma, ind. [ati + absol of uggacchati; cf BHS abhyudgacchati], rising out (of); being raised above; Vin 16,35 (uppalni... udak accuggamma thitni, Ee so; Be udakam; Ce, Se titthanti; Sp 963,15: udakam accuggamma thitni ti udakam atikkamitv thitni, Be so; Ee, Se ... titthanti ti... titthanti; Ce omits) = D II 38,33 {Be so; Ce, Se titthanti; Ee thanti) = MI 169,17 {Be udakam; Se udakam... titthanti; Ce, Ee titthanti); Mil 375,7 (padumam udak accuggamma thti); see also accuggata. accunnati, / , see sv accunnati. accunha, mfn. andn. [ati + unha], 1. {mfn.) very hot; too hot; DU 177,28 (samavepkiniy gahaniy samanngato ntisitya nccunhya) = MII 95,2i = A III 65,19; Ja III 423,9 (nahnodakam pi ~am katv); Spkl 323,22 (~ kukkul); accunham in Ee at Ja II 435,22' is probably wrfor abbhunham {Be, Ce, Se so); 2. {n.) excessive heat; Sn 966 (sitam ~am adhivsayeyya, Ee, Se so; Be, O a t h ' unham; Pj II 573, A foil: sitam ca unham ca); -(g)gahanika, mfn., whose digestive heat is excessive; Ps III 326,17 (atisitagahaniko hi sitabhir hoti ~o unhabhir, tesam padhnamna ijjhati) * Mp III 257,27; see also ati-unha {sv unha), abbhunha. accuta, mfn., neg. pp o/cavati qv. accuti-, see svcutx. accuddhumta, mfn. [ati + uddhumta], over-inflated; very swollen; Ps I 107,6 (atimno... -bhvapaccupatthno) = Nidd-al 63,33; -kucchit, / , abstr., the having a very swollen belly; As 404,25 (alamstako nma ~ya utthito pi stakam nivsetum na sakkoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhuddhumtakucchitya) = Nidd-al 345,18. accunnati, accunnati,/ [ati + unnati], raising oneself very much; very great pride; Ps I 170,24 (jti-duii nissya cittassa unnativasena pavatto mno -vasena atimno); see also abbhunnati. accupatthapento in Ee at JaV 124,10 is wr for apaccupatthapento {Be, Ce, Se so). accupati, aor. 3 sg. [o/*ati + uppatati, single -p- mc\ flew up through; Ja IV 250,14* (mendantaram ~I kulinko; 250,17". ~1 ti atigantv uppati, kse sisnam vemajjhe atthsi ti attho). accubbha, mfn. [ati + ubbha], absolutely full or complete; very much fulfilling; Cp-a47,n {[adCp 1:5:2] -an tipi ptho ... ativiya paripunnan ti attho, Be, Se so;

Ce, Ee acchan ti, prob, wr); Sadd 410,18 (Cariypitake ... ~am sgrQpaman ti... -an ti ativiya ycaknam ajjhsaya-m-pranam, akkhubbhan ti pi ptho). accussanna, mfn. [ati + ussanna], too thick; in lumps; Vin II 151,25 (anujnmi bhikkhave ssapakuttam sitthatelakan ti, ~am hoti... anujnmi bhikkhave colakena paccuddharitun ti; Sp 1219,7: bindu bindu hutv titthati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se vindum hutv). accpaseva(t), m(fn). [ati + part.pr. o/upasevati; for -seesvacc-], attending (someone) too much; being too much with (someone); Ja III 526,1* (anatth tta vaddhanti blam ~ato; 526, is': blam apannam atisevantassa). acceka, mfn. [= accyika #v], urgent, pressing; irregular; Vin III 261,21 (-civaram uppajjeyya, ~am mannamnena bhikkhun patiggahetabbam); Sp 728,25 (~amidanti); -civara, ., a robe or material for a robe given not at the usual time (because of pressing reasons of the giver); Vin III 260,33 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am patiggahetv nikkhipitun ti; Sp 729,1: -an ti accyikam clvaram vuccati); Sp 1122,9; Vin-vn 864; anaccekacivara,., what is not an accekacivara; Vin III 262,19; Sp 729,26. acceti1, accayati1, see sv accati. acceti2, accayati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. atyeti], I.passes (of time), elapses; passes by, eludes; passes by, neglects; D i l i 185,14* (atth ~enti mnave; Sv948,n: evarpe puggaleatth atikkamanti,tesu na titthanti); SI 3,4* (~enti kl tarayanti rattiyo); Th 145 (~ayanti ahoratt; Th-all 23,16: atikkamanti lahum lahum apagacchanti ti attho); Ja IV 127,14* (eko va macco ~eti eko va jyate kule; 128,24': ito paralokam gacchanto satto eko va -eti atikkamati); 165,22* (appam pi ncceti sa bhripanno; 166,9". appamattakam pi attano attham na -eti ntivattati na hpeu" ti attho); 2. goes beyond; oversteps; overcomes; becomes free of; Sn 184 (viriyena dukkham ~eti); 781 (sakam hi ditthim katham ~ayeyya); JaV 153,18* (puryam amhe ~eti; 153,23" yva esa amhe ntikkamati); VI 359,23* (velam na ~eti mahsamuddo); Pj I 195,8 (rpino v arpino v ti evamdim pannattipatham ~enti); Mhv 37:248 (maccum ~etum); accetha in Ee at Ja VI 17,5* is prob, wrfor appetha {Ce so); absol. aticca [S. atitya], passing beyond; overcoming; being beyond; transgressing (against); SI 53,3* (kathamvidho dukkham aticca iriyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kathamvidham); Sn519 (samsram aticca kevali so); 804 (yo ce pi [vassasatam] aticca jivati); Ja V 396,22* (sabbni bhtni aticca Vsavo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhicca); 424,22* (ete pati pafica-m -aticca nri); Vv-a 72,28 (aticca cro aticro); pp atita, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. {mfn.) (i)past, gone by; former, belonging to past times; Vin 1220,28 (~ni kho me dve msni); D II 198,18 (sabbe te sankhr ~ niruddh viparinat); III 216,16 (tayo addh, -0 addh angato addh paccuppanno addh); SI 140,11* (ye ca ~ sambuddh ... ye ca buddha angat yo c' etarahi sambuddho); V315,3 (~esu me... kmesu kmacchando pahino); Th 1036 (ye purn~ te); JaV 462,15 (~asmim hi kale mahsamudde cha mahmacch ahesum, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit kale);

25

Ap 135,i (~Q ca bhave); Cp 1:9:1 (~su jtisu); Vibh 367,22 (-am v addhnam rabbha kankhati); Mil 323,6 (nibbnam na -am na angatam na paccuppannam); Sv 382,2 (ye te ~ dhamm te etarahi n'atthi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atitadhamm); Cp-a216,8 (bahiinnamsamvaccharnam-tt); Mhv 18:56 (~e tamhi satthe); atitam addhnam, adv., in the past; D II 82,12 (ye te ahesum -am addhnam arahanto sammsambuddh); MI 8,4 (ahosim nu kho aham -am addhnam); S V 415,6 (ye hi keci... -am addhnamkulaputt... pabbajimsu); Ja III 43, I* (ahu -am addhnam samano, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee~am addhne, prob, wr; 43,6': -am addhnan ti ~e addhne); (ii) having neglected; transgressing; Dhp 176 (ekam dhammam -assa musvdissa jantuno) = It 18,14*; ifc see khan- .yv khana1; (iii) having passed beyond, overcome, escaped from; Vin 125,24* (bhayam ~o); SI 143,9* (jtijaram ~); Th413 (satth hi vijesi maggam etam sang jtijarbhay -am); Ap 424,6 (-o visayam tesam); Sp694,20 (tanhya dsavyam -tt); Sv 702,8 (accankuso hoti ahkusam -o hoti); ifc see kl- (^vkla1), khay- (svkhaya2); 2. (n.) what is past; the past; (a story of) the past; A III 400,7 (-am kho ... eko anto angatam dutiyo anto); Sn851 (-am nnusocati); Ja I 213,10 (bhikkhhi ycito -am hari); VI 439,9* (-ena nnuvijjhanti pandit; 439, 13': atitadosam gahetv mukhasattihi na vijjhanti); Kv 121,15 (-amatthi, -am atitabhvam na jaha" ti); Sv913,20 (-am eva mahne samano Gotamo jnti na angatam); acc. atitam, loc. atite, atitasmim, adv., in the past; Ja I 98,8 (-e Ksiratthe Brnasinagare Brahmadatto nma rj ahosi); IV 398,3 (assa ~e lmakajtiyo paksetv); VI 251,2* (-am addh apardhitam may; 251,10': ekamsena may atitakammam apardhitam virdhitam); Dhp-a III 42,16 (-asmim hi Brnasivsino satta gopladrak...); Cp-a 12,34 (~e kira ekasmim kappe); ifc see anantara- (sv antara); ' -amsa, m. [atita + amsa1 ], the past; D II222,19 (n' eva - ' -amse ... na pan' etarahi); A III 373,4* (-'-amse cha satthro); Thi314 (khditni -'-amse); Dhs 1038 (dhamm... atit -'-amsena sarigahit; As361,i6: kotthsena gananam gat); - ' -attha, mfn. and m. [atita + attha2], 1. (mfn.) who has missed his profit; AIV 228,4* (vnijo va -'-attho cirattam anutapessati; Mp IV 117,4: - ' -attho ti hpitattho); 2. (m.) the sense of the past (tense); Sp 288,13 (karissati ti idam - ' -atthe angatavacanam, aksi ti vuttam hoti); Bv-a252,2 (vandmi ti abhivandim, -'-atthe vattamnavacanam datthabbam); As 309,17 (patihanni v ti - ' -attho); Sadd 819,19 (-' -atthe); -m -attha, mfh., who has missed his profit, neglected the goal; Ja V 77,23* (~-m-attho kapano rudmi; 78,26': -'-attho atikkantattho hutv); m-addhne, in the past; Ja III 43,1* (ahu ~-m -addhne samano, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se atitam addhnam); anantara, mfh., immediately preceding; Ja V 458,27 (so kira -nantare attabhve yakkho hutv); Vism 553,17 (-anantara cuti); Sp 525,17 (-nantarapadam); klika, mfn., belonging to or referring to past time; (belonging to) the past tenses; Pj I 194,24 (purnam klikam kammam); Pj II 16,24 (--kliknam pi hi chandasi vattamnavacanam akkharacintak

icchanti); Nidd-al 387,20 (--klikassa sabbadhammassa ntabhvam dasseti); Sadd 49,27 (parokkhhiyyattanaijatanivibhattiyo klik); cra in Ee at Jail 167,25 is wr for aticra qv; yobbana, mfn., whose youth has passed; Sn 110 (yobbanoposo neti timbarutthanim); neg. anatitayobbana, mfh., whose youth has not passed, still young; Ud-a256,is; vacana, n., (gr.t.t.) a past tense; Sp 1277,3 (idam pana simsyam vacanam); Bv-a 99,38 (--vacane vattabbe vattamnavacanam vuttam); Sadd 49,28 (parokkhhiyyattanaijatanivibhatyantni padni vacanni); vatthu, n., a story of the past (esp. the central portion of a Jtaka story); Jail 333,27 (sabbam vatthum Pakinnakanipte Surucijtake vibhavissati); 111524,15 (--vatthumhi); Spll50,2i (vatthum haritv kathesi); satthuka, mfn., no longer having a master or teacher; D i l 154,4 (satthukam pvacanam n'atthino satth) quoted Mil 98,32; Th-aIII 81,9 (yadi pyam satthuko carimo klo); neg. anatitasatthuka, mfn., still having a master or teacher; Sp4,2i (yva ca dhammavinayo titthati tva anatitasatthukam eva pvacanam hoti); ssana, mfh., disobeying advice or instruction; Ja III 256,17*; anatita, mfh., 1. not having past or overcome; subject to; DII 23,10 (kim ... aham pi jardhammo jaram -0 ti); M III 179,27 (jtim -o); SI 97,17 (sabbe satt... maranam ~); Vism 366,14 (--tt); Patis-a652,3i (~-tya); 2. not past, not gone beyond; not overcome; Spkl 331,6 (sakadgmimaggena -am ... kmadukkham acceti); anatam in Ee, Se at Ja V 455,32' is wr for anttitam (Be, Ce so). accokkattha, mfn. [ati + pp of *o2 + kasati3, kassati', cfS. avakrsta; -kk- by analogy with accukkattha qv], (of a robe) pulled down too far; M II 139,21 (na ca tassa bhoto Gotamassa kye civaram accukkattham hoti na ca -am; Ps III 393,12 foil.: yo yva gopphak otretv va prupati tassa -am hoti... yo ekamsam katv thanam vivaritv yti tassa pi -am). accogjha, mfn. [ati + oglha], too extravagant; AIV 282,2i (samam jivikam kappeti na -am na atihinam; Mp IV 138,8: nccoglhan ti ntimahantam). accodaka, n. [ati+ udaka; for -o- see .svacc-], too much water; Dhp-a I 52,20 (tay katasassam n' eva -ena na anodakena nassati); accodako in Ee at Spk I 38,28 is wrfor acchodako (Be, Ce, Se and Vin III 108,22 so); see also ati-udaka (yv udaka), anodaka (sv udaka). accodara, n. [ati+ ndam; for -o- see sv acc-], too much of a belly; a greater belly; Ja IV 279,19* (udaram nna annesam suva -am tava; 279,23'foil.: annesam udaram udaram eva manne, tava udaram pana ati-udaram). accodta, mfh. [ati+ odta], too white; too pale; Vin IV 7,10 (lihgam ... atikanham -am); MI 88,9 (khattiyakann... ntikli na -); Ja VI 3,6; Spkl 125,8 (odtatthnam -an ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr accodatan); Vin-vn 2489. accha1, mfn. [ts], clear; pellucid; transparent; clean, pure; Abh670 (-0 pasanno vimalo); 1025; D I 76,22 (mani veluriyo ... -0 vippasanno anvilo; Sv221,8: -0 ti tanucchavi);MI 100,15 (puriso ... -e v udapatte sakam

26

mukhanimittam paccavekkhamno); Sil 281,5 (-am pattam gahetv; SpkII 239,12: vippasannavannam mattikpattam); Vv 79:10 (-ena vrin); Th 199 (-ya atibharitya amataghatikyam); Ja II 100,26* (yathodake - e . . . so passati sippikasambukam ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sippi ca macchagumbam, prob, wr); VI 278,2* (najjyo... ~ savanti ambni); Mil 35,i (vinivaranam cittamhoti -am); Sp 318,27 (tesam -tya); 481,12 (nesam mukhavanno adhikataram pasanno - 0 ...); acchat in Ee at Sp 1095,5 is wr for icchat (Be, Ce, Se so); daka, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) having clear water; Vinlll 108,14 (daho ~o sitodako stodako ...); MI 76,27 (pokkharani ~ stodak); Ud84,i4* (gantvna buddho nadikam Kukuttham -am stodakam vippasannam) * D II 135,4* (see below); 2. (n.) clear, clean water; Ap 368,24 (~amhi vicaram); Sp 838,33 (tattha -am v sincitv); odi, mfn., having clear water; D i l 135,4* (gantvna buddho nadikam Kakuttham stodikavippasannam, Ee so, mc for acchodika- ? or wr ? Be acchodakam studakam vippasannam; Ce, Se acchodakam stodakam) * Ud84,H* (see above); odika, mfn., having clear water; Th 113 (~ puthusil ... sel;Th-aI 237,2*foil.: acchodak tivattabbe, lingavipallsena - ti vuttam); acchodiko in Ee at Sp 512,10 is prob, wr for acchodako (Be, Ce, Se so); -kafiji, / , -kanjik,/, clear rice-gruel; Vin I 206,29 (~iy attho hoti... anujnmi bhikkhave -in ti; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se acchakanjikan ti; Sp 1092,2i: acchakanjikan ti tandulakamand, Ee, Se so; Be acchakanjiyan ti tandulodakamando; Ce omits); anaccha, mfn., turbid; Abh669. accha2, m. [S. rksa], a bear; Abh 612 (~o ikko ca); 1025; Vin 1220,10 (luddak ... -am hantv); A III 101,31 (dipin v -ena v taracchena v); Ja IV 326,2; V 197,29* (sdayim -am sughorarpam); VI 507,5* (kanhajatino ~ nma aghammig); Cp 3:13:2 (~ehi mahisehi ca); Mil 23,22 (mahisaparivrito viya ~o); Mhv5:31 (kammraslsu ~ ktni ptayum); see also ikka. accha3 = acchi1 ifc; seeseV-. acchako in Ee, Se at JaV 71,1*: read acchakokataracchayo. acchati (and accheti), pr. 3 sg. [BHS acchati; for meaning cf S. ste; according to CDIAL 1031: < S. kseti], is; sits; remains, stays; continues (doing something); sits idle, sits doing nothing; (often used as an auxiliary with part, or absol.); Sadd 451,31 (sa upavesane: ... sati ~ati); 836,23 (dhtussaro rasso hoti sannogakkhare pare -ati, sannoge ti kirn, upsati); Vin I 160,3/o//. (chabbaggiy bhikkh theresu bhikkhsu ukkutikam nisinnesu pavrayamnesu sanesu -anti... -issanti... yo-eyya; Sp 1074,15: -anti tinisinn va honti na utthahanti); II 195,n (manuss psdesu p i . . . chadanesu pi rlh -anti); IV 178,29 (sabbam bhikkhnam vissajjetv appekad anasit -anti); D I 101,23 (aggim paricaranto -ati); III94,19 (ganthe karonta -anti, Be, Ceso; ^-enti; Se gacchanti; Sv870,3i: -anti ti vasanti, -entT ti pi ptho, es' eV attho); AII 15,6* (yatam care yatam titthe yatam ~ yatam saye; Mp III 17,n: ^ ti nisideyya); Vv 74,1 (yatuY -ati devasangho samaggo); Th 936 (smannattho ti -ati); Thi 54 (madhum pit va

-are); Ja IV 25,io* (sibbam -asi); VI 439,6 (nikkammako -issati); 518,6* (yattha tvam saha puttehi saha bhariyya c' -asi, eds so, fut. ? possibly wr for vacchasi; 519, r: -asiti vasissasi); 557,16* (te nna puttak ... khiraplt va -are); Ap269,i6 (thpo 'yam paluggo -ati vane); Mil 88,16 (bahimukho yeva pana -mi); Ps II 49,12 (matako viya -ati); Dhp-a II 3,7 (ds ... pitthim me rujati ti vatv -itum labhanti yeva); imperat. 3 sg. (a) acchatu, Ja IV 306, ie; Sp 1000,9; (b) acchatam, Ja VI 506,8* (-atam saha puttehi); 549,7* (idh' eva -atam Kanh; 550,4". ayam Kanhjin idh'eva hotu); 2 sg. (a) accha, Ja VI 522,17* (gaccha ntikule ~a); (b) acchassu, Ja VI 18,27** 423,7* (idh* evatva -assu yva rjna dakkhisi; 423,irr idh' eva tva ~a yva ...); aor. 3sg. acchi, Vin IV 308,22 (nilino -i); Cp 3:7:2; Dhp-a I 424, M (tantam pasrento-i); 1 sg. (a)acchim, Ja VI 17,8* (sake muttakarisasmim acchham samparipluto; 17,24': acchhan ti -im aham); (b) acchisam, Th 487 (katvna kutim -isam; l h - a l l 204,io: -isam vasim, nisidim c' eva nipajjim ca); 3pl. acchimsu, Ja VI 6,29 (sapp... matthake phanam katv -imsu); Sp 227,23 (niliyims ti ekasmim okse paticchann -imsu); 1120,8 (gamesun ti upacre -imsu); fpp acchitabba, (mf)n. impers., Vin I 160,15 (na... sanesu -itabbam); JaIII 244,2' (atisambdhe okse... -itabbam). acchana, n. [from acchati], sitting; Sadd453,3i (sankase -e, -am nisidanam). acchandit in Ee at Patisl 124,24 is wr for acchandik (Be,Seso). acchanna1, mfn., pp o/acchdeti qv. acchanna2, mfn., neg. pp o/chdeti1 qv. acchara, n. [= acchariya qv], a wonderful thing, a marvel; amazement; Vin II 251,9* (-am, in uddna); Sv228,n* (bhaye kodhe pasamsyam turite kothalacchare ... kare menditam budho) = Ps I 129,33* = MpII 105,25* = Sadd40,27*; Sadd861,2i ( bhuso caritabban ti -am, evam accheram acchariyam); see also acchera. accharaka, see sv accharik. acchara 1 ,/ [cf AMg acchar, BHS acchat; Trenckner (Notes 76) connects with cchurita], 1. snapping of the fingers (-am paharati; as a gesture of command; of annoyance, refusal, contempt; also as a gesture of pleasure); Jail 447,28 (bodhisatto -am paharitv); IV 124,20 (rj -am paharitv nassa vasali... ti tajjesi); 336,5 (-am paharitv morim vasspesi); Sv43,i6 (-yoggan ti acchariyam, -am paharitum yuttan ti attho); Ps II 389,17 (kim tvam etth ti -am pahari, so thtum asakkonto tatth, eva antaradhyi); 111161,8 (daharo... -am pahari, asso gantv ... bhattam bhunji); Spk I 293,32 (ek pi gyi ek pi nacci ek pi -am pahari); Cp-a213,i (tvam ito afinattha yhi ti tassa -am pahari); 2. bringing together the finger-tips (to take a pinch); Spk I 99,16 (-ya gahitam pi nakhena phletv parassa datv); Dhp-a III 19,io (asukena nma -ya ganhitv tanduldini dinnni); 3. (as measure) a pinch; JaV 385,19 (-am sakkharya ... dehi); 4. a finger 's snap, a short moment; Abh 66 (khano das' -); Patis-a 317,34 (-mattam v dasaccharmattam v khanam sampattim

27

thapetum); -kkhana, m. [acchar + khana1 ], the time of a finger's snap, a moment, Spkll 99,30 (ekasmim hi ~e anekni cittakotisatasahassni uppajjanti); ifc see ek'-; (a)-ggahana, ., a pinch; Dhp-all 213,u (mattam siddhatthakam laddhum vattati); -sanghta, m., a finger-snap, a moment; A I 10,19 (--mattam pi ce... bhikkhu mettacittam sevati; Mp I 70,17*. accharpaharanamattam, dve ahguliyo paharitv saddakaranamattan ti attho); Th405 (mattam pi cetosantim anajjhagam) * Thi 67; Mil 142,6 (mattam pi). acchar2, / [S. apsaras, apsar] (gen.pl -narn and -sam ?), a celestial nymph, a female divinity; Abh 24 (~yo); VinUI 17,22 (kidis nma t ayyaputta -yo ysam tvam hetu brahmacariyam carasi ti); M I 253,9 (ekamekasmim ktgre satta satta ~yo); Vv 11:2 (im ca te~yo samantato naccanti gyanti pamodayanti); 16:3 (~ kmavannini); Thi 374 (vicarasi Cittarathe va -); Ja IV 450,n* (parivrit -sam ganena, Ee, Se so; or -sanganena?ite, Ce -nam; see also below); V 152,26 (Sakko ... ekam -am pesetv silam assa bhindpessmi ti); VI 269,28* (tidivokacar va ~); Ap610,i8 (- viya devesu ahosim rpasampad); Mil 169,27 (tathagato... tassa bodhanahetu kakutapdiniyo -yo dassesi); Mp I 317,9 (Nandatthero ~nam hetu rattindivam samanadhammam karoti); Mhv 25:102 (ntakajanayogena -hi vibhsite); -sangana, m. [acchar + sangana2], a troop of nymphs; Vv 17:3 (tvam -am imam dadallamn yasas virocasi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -sangamam; perhaps better accharasam [gen.pl] ganam; Vv-a89,i9: imam accharnam devakannnam ganam samham attano yasas dadallamn); 82:1 (parivrito -ena) * Ja IV 450,n* (Ee, Se accharsam ganena; Be, Ce accharnam ganena). accharik,/ [acchar1 + ik], snapping of the fingers; M III 299,26 (balav puriso appakasirena-am pahareyya); AIV 263,19 (ek ca gyi ek ca nacci ek ca --am vdesi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be accharam; Mp IV 130, H: pnitalam vdesi); Vism48,3 (~ya sannam adsi); Sp 363,3 (nmena pakkosati -am v hanti, so read with vll Ee accharakam; Be, Ce, Se accharam). accharituttha in Ee and acchariyatuttha in Ce at Pv-a 243,7 are prob, wrrfor aparituttha qv. acchariya, mfn. and n.(m.) [S. Scarya; by Pali grammarians said to be related to Wear + (c/Pn. 6:1:147); or to acchar1; see Sadd 861,20/<?//.], 1. (mfn.) wonderful, surprising, strange, marvellous; unusual, exceptional, of rare occurrence; Abh 736; Vin V 137,2 (attha ~ abbhut dhamm mahsamudde) * AIV 198,5; DU 145,3 (cattro 'me... ~ abbhut dhamm nande); III 191,3 (~nam rasnam samvibhgena); Mill 118,23 (-... tathagata acchariyadhammasamanngat ca); A III 356,14 (~ h' ete ... puggal dullabh lokasmim ye amatam dhtum kyena phusitv viharanti); Thi517 (~am abbhutam tarn nibbnam si rjakannya); Ja IV 197,25* (~am bhojanam laddh); Mil 8,21 (tayo ~ abbhut dhamm pturahesum); Dhp-a III171,10 (aho buddhnam kath nma ~); Ih-a I 119,12 (-tya); acchariy in Ee at SI 136,19 (im <- gthyo) is prob, wrfor anacchariy (Be, Ce, Se so);

2. (n. [and m.]) a wonderful thing; a marvel; S IV 371,io (~am ca vo bhikkhave desissmi -gmim ca maggam); Ja I 223,23 (tarn -am disv); IV138,n (evarpni ~ni disv); V 363,5' (ito pubbe pana idam -am may n' eva sutam na ditthan ti); Ap 147,5 (tarn ca -am disv abbhutam lomahamsanam); Bv 1:65 (anne bah - abbhut lomahamsan); Pet247,n (cattro -); Nett 55,11* (tanhakkhayo -am ca abbhutam... nibbnam etam sugatena desitam); Sp 30,11 (anekni ca -ni pturahesum); Bv-a53,7(te-e dassento); Cp-a 100,6 (pathavikampdayo ... - pturahesum); Mhv 3:40 (-nichesum lokenekni nekad); acchariyam is used often as an exclamation (frequently combined with abbhutam/how wonderful! what a wonderful thing! it's a marvel! Vin I 348,38 (-am vata bho abbhutam vata bho yva pandito ayarn Dighvukumro); D I 60,9 (-am vata bho abbhutam vata bho puMnam gati punnnam vipko); III 115,17 (-am bhante abbhutam bhante tathgatassa appicchat santutthit sallekhat); MI 508,33 (-am bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama yva subhsitam cJ idam bhot Gotamena); SII 36,24 (-am bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nma ekena padena sabbo attho vutto bhavissati); Ud 35,22 (-am vata bho abbhutam vata bho; Ud-a219,i6: garahanacchariyam nma kir' etam); Ja VI 94,5 (-am vata bho); Mil 28,9 (-am bhante Ngasena abbhutam bhante Ngasena aticitrni panhapatibhnni vissajjitni); '-abbhutacittajta, mfn., filled with wonder and amazement; MI 254,2 (dev ca Tvatims -); SI 156,20; Ja I 408,5 (ativiya tathgatassnubhvena -0 ahosi); Ud-a200,22; Cp-a5,7(dev ... tathgatam upasankamitv - panjalik namassamn payirupsanti); '-abbhutajta, mfn., id.; Ja I 66,7 (rj ... mahpurisam disv -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee acchariyabbhuto jto); Mil 122,8 (vimhito -0); Sp 1006,23 (tarn disv sabbe - ahesum, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr acchariyabbhtajt); -manussa, m., a wonderful, exceptional man; A I 22,14 (ekapuggalo ... loke uppajjamno uppajjati -o; Mp I 113,11/0//.: -o ti acchariyo manusso, acchariyo ti andhassa pabbatrohanam viya niccam na hoti" ti attho, ayam tva saddanayo, ayam pana atthakathnayo accharyoggo ti acchariyo accharam paharitv passitabbo ti attho); Jal 277,7 (aho buddha nma~); Vism 93,9; -rpa, mfn. and .., absolutely wonderful, very marvellous; a very wonderful thing; Ja IV 264,8 (-am kira ptihriyam bhavissati); 452,28* (-am vata ydisam ca) * VI 243,27*; anacchariya1, mfn. and n., not marvellous, not surprising; natural; not unusual, unexceptional; a natural thing or occurrence; Vin II 17,31 (-am kho pan' etam bhante yam ayyo Sudhammo puna-d-eva Macchikasandam paccgaccheyy ti); D II 93,11 (-am ... yam manussabhto klam kareyya); S IV 301,21 (~arn kho pan' etam yam mam bhagav evam vykareyya); Ja IV 153,ii (bahhi thambhehi psdakaranam nma -am); Vism 634,22 (-am vuso kathesi); Sp 580,1; Ps IV 117,21 (~-tt); Mpl 329,5 (-am... Sriputtassa idni katannukatavedit); Dhp-a III 134,11 (sace ayam annassa pi evarpam psdam karissati ayam psdo ~o bhavissati); 1h-all 235,20 (ayam dhammo... abhinh-

28

uppattikatya ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhinhapavattikatya na acchariyo); -am, adv., naturally; not surprisingly; Mill 131,29 (-am te Jayaseno rjakumro pasldeyya); Ap-a 95,26 (-am mahrja ayam ... rjadhit... attnam rakkheyya); see also acchara, acchera. accharuj in Ee at Dhp-alV 163,10 is wr for acchariy (Be, Ce, Se so). acchda, m. [S. cchda], covering; clothing; ifc see ghs' -. acchdana, n. (and mfn.?), [S. cchdana, n.], 1. (n.) covering, clothing, cloth; protection; Abh290; 1104 (chadane 'cchdanam vatthe); SV 151,22 (lbhi c'eva hoti ~assa); A III 50, I 9* (dadti... -am sayanam ath' annapnam); Vv22:5 (-am ca bhattam ca... adasirn); Th698 (ghsam -am laddh); Ja I 307,10 (itthiy hi smiko -am nma); Cp 1:6:3; Mil 279,12 (keci -am [denn]); Mhv34:6 (timsabhikkhusahassassa ad-ni ca); for acchdana- in eds at D i l i 160,11* read chdanawith metre; ifc see ghs'-; 2. (mfn.) having a covering, being clothed; ? Ap-a473,24(ajinuttaravsano ti ajinamigacammam uttarsangam katv nivsino ~o ti, eds so). acchdana, / [from acchdeti], covering, concealment; deceit; Pp 19,30 (my myvit -, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se accsar; ^ Vibh 358,3: eds accsar qv). acchdi(n), mfn. [from acchda?], having a covering; ifc see anacchdi(n). acchdita1, mfn., pp o/acchdeti qv. acchdita2, mfn., neg. pp o/chdeti 1 qv. acchdeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. cchdayati], covers; clothes or presents with (clothes, instr.); puts on (clothes, ace); Vin III 215,13 (Upanandam civarena -essmi); D II133,15 (ekena mam -ehi ekena nandam); Pv 36:39 (-ayissam samanam yugena); Ja IV 172,3 (na cattri vatthayugni -essasi); Ap2,27 (sabbam dussam samhantv -emi ticivaram, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ticivar; Ap-a 107,9: tecivarehi -emi ti sambandho); 380,20 (icchamno c' aham ajja dusseh' -ayeyya tarn); Th-al 212,6 (ksyni vatthni -ento); acchdeti in Ee at Pet 87,2i is prob, wr; read na ca chdeti ssanam with Be, Ce, Vin II 202,4% and AIV 196,17*; aor. 3 sg. acchdesi1, Vin III 11,20 (bhagavantam ... ticivarena -esi; Sp 200, is: ticivaram bhagavato adsi, idam pana voharavacanamattam hoti); MI 353,14(ekamekam ca bhikkhum paccekadussayugena ~esi); Ud-a 78,27 (acchdanam annam kinci apassanto akkanlni chinditv vkehi palivethetv nivsanaprupanam katv ~esi); 3 pl. acchdesum, SI 177,2 (nam brhmanamahslam putt... dussayugena ~esum); AIII 239,28; absol. (a) acchdetv, Vin I 20,7 (kulaputto kesamassum ohretv ksyni vatthni ~etv) ^ D I 60,18 * MI 163,30; Jal 254,6 (sisam nahpetv ahatavatthni ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se acchdpetv); Mil 88,3 (theram... kambalena -etv); (b) acchdayitvna, Vv 46:7 (ambe ~ayitvna, Ce, Ee so; Se ambeh' ~ayitvna; Be ambehi chdayitvna); Pv 10:6 (vattheh' -ayitvna); Ap479,2o; pp (a) acchanna1, mfn. [S. cchanna], clothed (with); covered; Vin III 215,26 (ky ham tena ~o pi

karissmi); Jal 500,26' (vatthayugena ~); 111323,23* (Manojam passa semnam -am samhi lohite; 324,5': ^an ti nimuggam); (b) acchdita1, mfn. [S. acchdita], clothed (with); DU 134,is* (tena ~o satth hemavanno asobhatha); anacchditakopina, mfn., with their private parts uncovered; Saddh 106; caus. absol. acchdpetv, causing to put on; presenting; clothing (with); Vin I 22,12 (kesamassum ohrpetv ksyni -etv); DII 19,2i (rj nemitte brhmane ahatehi vatthehi -etv). acchdesi 1 , aor. 3 sg. of acchdeti qv. acchdesi 2 , aor. 3 sg. o/chdeti 1 qv. acchdesi 3 , aor. 3 sg. o/chdeti 2 qv. acchrambhena in Ee at Cp-a279,i6 is wr for accrambhena (Be, Ce, Se so). acchi 1 , n. [AMg id.; S. aksi], the eye; a hole; Abh 149; Sadd332,31* (cakkh' akkhi ... pekkhanam -i); Sp291,26 (tattha tattha -ini dassetv mlkammdini v katv kottitakyabandhanam pi na vattati; S p - t [ ^ ] I I 120,15: -ini ti kunjaracchisanthnni); ifc see kakkatak* -; see also akkhi1, accha3, uddhacchika (jvuddham), ubhayacchikna (^vubhaya), ekacchikna (^veka), kukkutacchikageha (svkukkuta1), sukhumacchika. acchi 2 , is an occasional spelling o/acci qv. acchi 3 , aor. 3 sg. o/acchati qv. acchika, n. [acchi1 + ka2], an eye; ifc see addh'(svaddha1). acchijja, absol. o/acchindati qv. acchidam, acchid, aor. 3 sg. o/chindati qv. acchiddaka, mfn. [a3 + chidda + ka2], without holes or breaks; -ganan,/, counting in an unbroken series; Sv 95,20 (ganan ti -a; Sv-pt I 168,2: prasikamilakkhakdayo viya navantavasena ganan -); Spk III 113,12 (ganako ti ~aya kusalo); Ud-a 205,9 (ganansippan ti sippam); see also acchiddaganan; -pthaka, m., (an accountant) who counts in an unbroken series; Sv 157,i9(ganak ti-, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee acchiddapthak; Sv-pt I 284,7: navantdividhin pavatto gananagantho antar chiddbhvena acchiddako ti vuccati, tarn gananam upanissya jivanti acchiddapthak); see also acchiddapthak sv chidda. acchindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. cchinatti], tears off; removes, removes forcibly; tears away from; robs (someone, ace. or gen.); plunders; deprives (of); Vin III 254,31 (civaram datv kupito anattamano -issati); IV 247,21 (-eyyav -peyya v; 247,28: -eyy tisayam -ati); Jail 327,17* (satim matim -anti pamattassa); IV 249,18 (vatthni -eyyth ti); Sp 908,28 (parikkhre v -anti); Ps III 354,14 (yam amhkam deti tarn -eyya); Vin-vn 190 (nivattham pana vattham yo -ati parassa ce); part.pr. (a) acchinda(t), mfn., Sp723,i8 (-ato ek patti); Vin-vn 836; (b) acchindanta, m/(~anfi)/i., Cp 3:14:3 (-anto puram mama); Sp 917,2 (ekam -antiy); Vin-vn 835 (-antassa); aor. 3 sg. acchindi1, Vin III 254,28 (Sp723,i4: - i ti balakkrena aggahesi); Dhp351 (acchindi bhavasallni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee acchidda; Dhp-alV 70,18/?//.: sabbni pi bhavagmini sallni acchecchi, Ce, Ee so; Be acchindi; Se acchejji; perhaps to chindati #v); Ja III 384,17 (sabbam tarn parihram -i);

29

IV 343,1 (tarn gmam -i); 3 pl. acchindimsu, Vinlll 212,2 (cor... te bhikkh -imsu; Sp665,io: musimsu pattacivarni tesarn harims ti attho); IV 63,8 (tsam bhikkhuninam pacch gacchantinam antarmagge cor -imsu ca dsesum ca; Sp805,3o: pacch gacchantinam pattacivaram cor harimsu); absol (a) acchijja, S I 127,6* (acchiija nessati maccurjassa prarn, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se acchejja; Spkl 188,5/?//.: -itv nayissati, maccurjassa hatthato ~itv nibbnapram nayissati ti vuttarn hoti); Sadd 857,18; (b) acchejja2, SI 127,3* (acchejja tanham; cf Mvu III 285,6*: cchetva trsnm, v/acchetva); (c)acchinditva1, Vinlll 197,29; Mil 109,30 (tass te natak smikam -itv annassa dtukm, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce smik); Thi 444 (okaddhati vilapantim -itv kulagharassa, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kulagharasm; Thi-a249,2: mama jtakulagehato); Ja II 422,5' (annesam yasam -itv attano ganhti); III 179,7 (hatthato kumram -itv); Mil 20,H (te paresam bhoge -itv); Sadd857,is; (d) acchinditvna, Cp 3:14:5; Saddh 122 (-itvna annonnam); pass, part.pr. acchijjanta, mfn., Ps IV 58,io (mamyite vatthusmim ... acchijjante pi socanti) * Nidd I 50,8 * 122,4; pp acchinna1, mfn. [S. cchinna], 1. removed forcibly, taken away; plundered; Vin I 343,35 (kotthgaram ca -am); III 234,29 (-am patilabhitv harati; Sp 688,29: cor acchinditv niratthakabhvam natv patidenti); 255,19 (idam me bhante civaram bhikkhussa smam datv -am nissaggiyam); Nidd I 50,s; Sp 358,15 (balakkrena-am); 2. robbed; Vin IV 80,8 (ayam ... pacch gacchanto corehi-o); 245,22 (im bhikkhuniyo ~ bhavissanti); civara, m/h., whose robe has been taken away or stolen; Vinlll 212,30 (--civaro v hoti bhikkhu natthacivaro v; 213, A foil.: civaro nma bhikkhussa civaram -am hoti rjhi v corehi v dhuttehi v yehi kehici v -am hoti); Vin-vn 833 (--civarasspi anpatt' padsu pi); neg. anacchinnacivara, mfn., Sp 665,26; civaraka, mf{clvarik)., whose robe has been taken away or stolen; Vinlll 213,27 (civarake bhikkh upasankamitv); IV 278,25 (anpatti civarikya v natthacivarikya v); Sp 1394,27; caus. pr. 3sg. acchindpeti, Vinlll 255,6 (acchindeyya v -eyya v); IV 224,6 (katharn hi nma amhkam uddositam -essanti ti); 247,37 (acchindati v -eti v); aor. 3 sg. acchindpesi, Ps III 61,2 (thnantaram -esi); 3 pl. acchindpesum, Vin IV 224,14 (bhikkhuniyo uddositam -esum). acchindana 1 , n. [from acchindati], removing; robbing; Sp 1307,8; Ps III 119,i (gatgatnam 0,-attham magge titthato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr acchindanttham); Dhp-a III 70,22 (senpatitthndi-acchindandikam); Bv-a74,i (bhandacchedabhayam disv ti bhandassa -ena bhayam disv ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avacchindanena). acchindana 2 , neg. o/chindana qv. acchindpana, n. [from caus. of acchindati], causing to remove forcibly, to take away; Vin-vn 2105. acchindi 1 , aor. 3 sg. of acchindati qv. acchindi2, aor. 3 sg. o/chindati qv. acchinditv 1 , absol. of acchindati qv. acchinditv2, neg. absol. o/chindati qv. acchinna1, pp o/acchindati qv.

acchinna 2 , neg. pp o/chindati qv. acchibaddha, see sv accibaddha. acchiman4ala, n. [cfaccibaddha ?], a circular piece of a strip (of robe-material);? Sp725,23 (yadi tato unakaparicched honti antamaso -pamn pi). acchiva, m. [S. lex. akslba], the name of a tree, Hyperanthera moringa; Ja VI 535,19* (- sibal rukkh); Sp 837,4 (in cpd, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr acci ca). acchupanta, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/chupati qv. acchupeti,/?r. 3 sg. [caus. of*+ chupati], inserts; puts on or in; Vin I 290,2 foil, (yannnham aggalam -eyyam ... so bhikkhu aggalam -esi... addasa ... tarn bhikkhum aggalam -entam ... aggalam ... ~emi; Sp 1128,n: aggajam -eyyan ti chinnatthne pilotikakhandam thapeyyam, Ee, Se so; Be chiddatthne... laggpeyyam; Ce omits); pass. pr. 3 sg. ? acchupiyati, VinII 112,36 (bahalni [patta-]mandalni na -iyanti... anujnmi bhikkhave likhitun ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -iyanti). acchecchi, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg. o/"chindati qv. acchejja1, absol. of acchindati qv. acchejja2, mfn., neg.fpp o/chindati qv. acchejji, aor. 3 sg. o/chindati qv. accheti, see sv acchati. acchetv, neg. absol. o/chindati qv. accheda1, m. [cf S. lex. ccheda], removing; robbing; Nidd I 50,8 (mamyitam vatthum -sankino pi phandanti, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se mamyitavatthu-; Nidd-al 163,29foil: acchinditv pasayha balakkrena ganhissanti ti uppannasankino pi calanti) * 122,4. accheda2, neg. o/cheda qv. acchedana, n. [S. lex. cchedana], robbing, plundering; Ja VI 544,27* (-assa bhymi; 544,30': acchinditv gahanassa bhymi); Sadd 473,9 (lupa -e). acchera, mfn. and n. [= acchariya #v; AMg id.], wonderful, marvellous; surprising; a wonderful thing; a marvel; Vv 47:9 (passa Mtali -am cittam kammaphalam idam); Pv 35:9 (tarn ca disvna -am abbhutam lomahamsanam); Th552 (nyam ajyatano dhammo n' - 0 na pi abbhuto); 1085 (-am vata buddhnam gambhiro gocaro sako; Th-aIII 142,26: -am vat ti acchariyam vata); Ja VI 97,14* (-am vata lokasmim uppajjanti vicakkhan); Ap 124,18 (-am loke uppannam buddhasetthassa vhas); Sadd 861,21 (-am acchariyam); -kamma in Ee at Ja VI 24,25*: read accherakam mam with Be, Ce, Se; -tara, mfn., more wonderful; Vv 84:13; -rpa, mfn., absolutely wonderful, very marvellous; SI 181,5* (-am patibhti mam idam); Pv 30:1 (-am sugatassa nnam); see also acchara. accheraka, mfn. and n. [acchera + ka2; AMg accheraga, accheraya], marvellous; a marvel; Vv 84:12 (yam vo sutam v athav pi dittham -am); Ja VI 24,25* (-am mam patibhti); 513,26* (idam -am disv abbhutam lomahamsanam); Bvl:9 (satth... dassesi -am ptihiram); 1:28 (devat hasanti mahhasitam disvn' -am nabhe); ati-accheraka, (mf)n. (what is) exceedingly wonderful; a great marvel; Ja I 279,30 (imin vnarindena -am katanti)=Cp-a230,i9. aja, m., aj,/ [ts], a goat; (m.) a he-goat, a billy-goat;

30

(f.) a she-goat, a nanny-goat; Abh 502 (~o chakalako... warn tu aji ~a); Mill 167,24 (ass gon gadrabh ~ mig); A l l 207,29 (ettak ~ hannantu yannatthya); Ja III 125,6* (yam etarn parisappasi ~ kn va ssape); 401,27* (sarabhesu manam katv -a so nvabujjhatha, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~yo); IV 251,21 (s pi ~ attan katen' eva mat ti); V 241,24* (hantv uranim ajiyam -am ca); Mil 100,6 (gadrabh ~ pas); Pj I 17,33 (na h' ettha ~am gmam neu* ti disu viya dikammakattam akkharacintak icchanti); Sadd345,i (imni pan' assa pariyyavacanni ~o elako urabbho avi mendo ti); 0, -elaka, AI., '-elak, m.pl [aja + elaka1], goats and sheep; (and perhaps two kinds of goats 1); D I 141,27 (tasmim yanne n' eva gvo hannimsu na ~ hannimsu); MI 162,5(~amjtidhammam); SI 76,25* (~ ca gvo ca); Th957 (~am dsidsam ca dummedh sdiyissanti; c/Th-a III 85,36/o//.: ~an ti ejak nma aj yeva, te thapetv avases pasujti aj nma, ~-ggahanen' eva gomahisdinam pi sangaho kato); Ja VI 111,13* (pasum mahisam ca ~am ca hantvna); Nidd I 1,14 (dsids ~); Kv 268,8 (~am patigganheyya); Sadd 345,5 (~an ti ajato elakassa visum vacanato ejakasaddena mendo pi gahetabbo); 751,8 (~am ~ v); (a)-patha, m., a goat-track; Nidd I 155,6 (Nidd-al 280,3: ajehi gantabbam maggam); Mil 280,23 (caramno ~am sankupatham); Vism 305,16 (~sankupathdini gantv); (a)-pada, mfn., "goat-footed", cloven like a goat's hoof; MI 134,17 (alagaddam ... ~ena dandena... nigganheyya); Spkl 135,4 (-en a dandena givya gahetv); Ud-a 233,7 (~ena dandena... uppijetv); (a)-padaka, n.(7) part of the nose (shaped like a goat's foot); Sp 1026,21 (yassa ~e v ekapte v dvepte v yattha katthaci ns chinn hoti; cf As 310,29: ghnam ... ajapadasanthne padese ... titthati); (a)-pla, m., a goat-herd; Ja IV 250,4 (~nam pamdena); Dhp-al 176,23 (~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ajaplako); (a)-plaka, /w./(-ik). and n. 1 (m.f) a goat-herd; Vin III 38,14 (annatar ajaplik); Ja IV 476,8 (~ehi saddhim vaddhati); Sp 957,25 (tassa kira nigrodhassa chyya ~ gantv nisidanti); 2. (n.) the bush Costus speciosus; Abh 303 (kuttham tu -am); 1120; (a)-lakkhana, n., signs of health or omen on a goat; D I 9,21 (Sv94,is: evarpnam ajdinam mamsam khditabbam evarpnam na khditabban ti); Nidd I 381,30; (a)-lan4ika,/, a pellet of goat's dung; Ja I 419,16 (~ labhanto); Dhp-all 70,11; (a)-vata, -vatta, n. and mfn. [aja + vata2 or vatta2], I. (n.) living in the way of goats, living as goats do (a practice of certain ascetics); Nidd I 310,14 (govattam v -vattam v ... dya samdya, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce omit, but read govatam); Spkll 399,5 (~-govatasankhtam vatam); 2 . {mfn.) living as goats do (as an ascetic practice); Ja IV 318,8 (govat hutv uyynam agamamsu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ajavattagovatt); (a)-visnavaddhik, (m)f{n)., with points like goats' horns; Vin I 186,12 (~ uphanyo dhrenti, Be, Se so; Ck-vattik; Ee -bandhik); Sp 1084,13 (-'-disu pi es' evanayo, eds so); see also ajakara, ajagara. ajaka, m. (and ~a, / ?) [aja + ka2; cf S. ajak, ajik], a

(young) goat; Vin II 154,10 (~ pi pasuk pi uparope vihethenti); Sp 683,22 (' -disu pi es' eva nayo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ajikdisu); Ud-a 64,3 (keci panhu ~e viya satte lpeu* ti Ajakalpako ti); see also ajik. ajakara, m. [= ajagara qv], a large snake; Ja III 484,16* (tesam ~am medam accahsi bahtaso, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ajagaram; split cpd; 485, ir: -am medan ti ajakaramedam, Ee so; Be ajagarnam medam; Ce, Se ajagaramedam). ajagara, m. [ts]9 "goat-swallower", a large snake; Abh 651; Ja VI 507,2* (sapp ~ nma avis te mahabbal); Ap 16,20 (oguh ~ ca vasanti talke, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajagr); 129,3 (~o mam pilesi ghorarpo mahabbalo); 347,10 (ugghak ~ tattha jtassare bah); Mil364,11; Sp 1175,2(magge ~ nipajjanti); Spkll 232,8 (~o siglam vissajjetv); see also ajakara. ajacca, mfn. [a3 + jacca], of low birth; Ja VI 100,9* (jtimantam ~am ca aham ujjugatam naram ativelam namassissam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee jtivantam ~am; 102,7': ujjugatam ekam pi naram hinajacco v hotu jtisampanno v ... namassissan ti); ajacco in Ee at Ja III 19,22* is prob, wr for sujacco (Be, Ce, Se so). ajati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ajati, Wg 7:55], goes; throws; Dhtup 58 (aja vaja gamane); Dhtum71; Sadd 344,32 (aja khepane ca, gati-apekkho yeva cakro: ~ati ajo). ajaddhuka, ., or - , / [cfS. jagdhv, jagdhum, Vjaks], abstention from eating; MI 245,13 (aham c' eva ... ~am patijneyyam im ca me devat dibbam ojam lomakpehi ajjhohareyyum, Ce, Ee so; Be ajajjitam; Se jaddhukam; Ps II 290,7 [Ee]: ~an ti abhojanam) = II 93,23 (Ce, Se so; Be ajajjitam; Ee omits); see also ajaddhumri, ajaddhumrik. ajaddhumri, / (or -i(n), mfn 7) [cf S. jagdhv, jagdhum, Vjaks], death by starvation; (or dying from starvation; 7); Ja VI 63,15* (yo pi catutthe bhattakle na bhunje ~i va khudya miye, Ce so; Ee ~i va; Be ajutthamri va; Se ajjhutthamri; possibly read -im va, cognate ace; 63,20': ansakamaranam eva, Ce, Ee so; Be anthamaranam; Se sannamaranam iva; see for antha K.R. Norman, 1966, pp. 117-19); see also ajaddhuka, ajaddhumrik. ajaddhumrik,/ [cfS. jagdhv, jagdhum, Vjaks], death by starvation; AIV 283,6 (~am vyam kulaputto marissati, Ee, Ce so; Be ajetthamaranam; Se addhamrakam; Mp IV 138,24 [Ee]: -on ti anthamaranam; see for antha K.R. Norman, 1966, pp. 117-19); see also ajaddhuka, ajaddhumri. ajana, n. [ts], instigating, moving; Sadd 864,7. ajaneti, pr. 3 sg. [neg. o/janeti^v svVjan], does not produce; Kv 576,22 (ajtarn ~eti asanjtam asanjaneti anibbattam anibbatteti). ajamoda, (and ajamoja?) m.(?) [S. ajamod], name of a plant or spice, perhaps caraway; Vv-a 186,23 (in long cpd; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajamoja). aj,/, see.svaja. ajnmi in Ee at Jail 243,25 is wr; read ma jnrni ti with Be, Ce, Se. ajnika, mfn., seesvjmakz.

31

ajniyam in Ee at Ap 106,22 is wr; Be, Ce, Se, Ap-a 380,29 khamaniyam. ajniyo inEeatJ&l 194,25 is wr for jniyo (Be, Ce, Se so). ajneyya- in Ee at Pet 152,17 is wr, prob, for jniya (or jneyya) qqv. ajyare in Ee at S I 35,i* is wrfor jyare (Be, Ce, Se so). ajik (and ajiy ?), / [ts]9 a young she-goat; Vin III 166,34 (addasamsu chakalakam ~ya vippatipajjantam); Jal 240,18 (ranno ~ caramn cor haranti); III278,1 (Sakko ... asurakannam ... ~am katv attan ajo hutv); V 241,24* (hantv uranim ~am ajam ca,ite so; Ee, Ce, Se ajiyam; 243,24': uranikam ca ~am ca ajam ca hantv, eds so); ()-khdaka, mfn, eating goats; who eats goats; JaI240,26(ettakamklamrjakule~o esa coro ti); -khyita, (a)-kkhyita, mfn, chewed by goats; Vin V 129,15 (aparni pi panca pamsuklni gokhyitam ~am thpacivaram ...) * Sp 1344,10; -khira, ., goat's milk; Vin IV 88,34; (a)-gopaka, m., a goatherd; Ja 1240, is; see also ajaka, aji. ajinna, n. [S. ajirna], indigestion; '-sank,/, suspicion, fear of indigestion; Jail 362,20 (tumhe gacchatha, mayham ~ atthi ti); see also ajiraka2. ajinnaka, n. [ajinna + ka2], indigestion; MpIII 352,17 (0> -divasena vipajjeyya). ajina, n. [ts], the hairy skin of an animal; esp. the skin of the black antelope (worn as a garment and used as a covering by ascetics); Abh442 (cammam tu ~am); D I 167,i (~ni pi dhreti... kusaclram pi dhreti...); Sn 1027 (ekamsam ~am katv); Ja IV 387,9* (jat ca kes ~ nivatth, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ni vatth; 387,18': sakhurni ajinacammni nivatth, Be, Se so; Ce cammani nivatthni; Ee cammni vatthni); VI 61,3* (~amhi hannate dipi; 61,13". cammatthya cammakran); 563,3* (~ni paridahitv); Ap21,io (~am pattharitvna pathaviyam nisidi so); 91,21 (~ena nivattho);424,n (pattharitv 'jinam cammam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se 'jinacammam); ifc see khara- (svkhara1), khur- (.yvkhura2), danta(svdanta1); ' -uttamavattha, mfn, wearing an antelope skin as an outer garment; Ap 129,H (~o 'ham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se ajinuttaravattho; Be, Ce ajinuttaravso); 0, -uttaranivsana, mfn. [ajina + uttara1 + nivsana1], wearing an antelope skin as an upper garment; Ap23,29(jatbhrenabharito~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajinuttaranivs, aham); '-uttaravsana, mfn. [ajina + uttara1 + vsana1], id.; A p l 9 , n (jatkhribharit -a, Be, Ce so; Se -vsino; Ee te jat khribhrik ajinuttaravasino); 244,9 (vkaciradharo sim ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -vasano; Ap-a 473,23: - 0 ti ajinamigacammam uttarsangam katv nivsino acchdano ti attho); 348,i (sabbe -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -vsino); '-pasevita, mfn. [ajina + upasevita2], sewn, covered with an animal skin; Ja V 407,4* (~am atricchakoccham; 407,28': ~m ti upari atthatena ajinena upasevitam); -kkhipa, m. orn. [ajina + khipa2], a cloak of antelope skin; Vin I 306,1 (sdhu bhante bhagav bhikkhnam -am anujnt ti; Sp272,2i: ~an ti salomam sakhuram ajinamigacammam); MI 78,12 (ajinam pi dhrenti -am pi dhrenti; Ps II 45,20foil.: ajinanti ajinamigacammam, ~an

ti tad eva majjhe phlitam, sakhurakan ti pi vadanti) ^ A I 240,32; Ja VI 569,14* (dhrentam ~am); -camma, n., the skin of the black antelope; Ja II 269,15 (vakkalni nivsetv ca prupitv ca ~am ekamsam katv); V 316,2 (attano nisidanam ~am mahantam katv pasretv); Ap 348,15 (--saddena vanam saddyate tada); Spkl 181,25 (ajinakkhipanivattho ti sakhuram -am ekam nivattho ekam pruto); -cammaka, n., the skin of the black antelope; Ap 348,5 (pothent ~am); -patta,/ [ajina + patta1], a bat; Abh646; -ppavem, / , a covering or rug made from pieces of antelope skin sewn together; Vin I 192,17 (bhikkh uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti, seyyathidam ... assattharam rathattharam ~im kadalimigapavarapaccattharanam; Sp 1086,19: M ti ajinacammehi mancappamnena sibbitv kat paveni) ^ D17,11; Ja 153,9 (~iy ganhimsu); -yoni, m., (a source of hides): an antelope, a deer; Abh 617 (mago ~i ca); -sti,/, a garment made of skins; Dhp 394 (kirn te jathi dummedha kirn te ~iy) = Ja 1481,28*. ajini, aor. 3 sg. o/jayati qv. ajira, n. [ts], a court, a yard; Abh 218 (~am caccarnganam); ifc see ghara-; see also ajira. a j i , / [c/aja, aj], a nanny-goat; Abh 502 (uranitu ~iaj); Jal 241,9* (~iy pdam olubbha; 241,13': ajya pdam gahetv); V 241,24* (hantv uranim ~iyam ajam ca, Ee, Ce, Se so, ace, or = ajikam ? Be ajikam; 243,24': uranikam ca ajikam ca ajam ca hantv); Sp 841,5 (gosappin ycito ~iy sappi-dihi deti); see also ajik. ajiraka1, mfh. [/romjirati1], not growing old; free from decay; Dhp -a III 122,13 (satt pana ~ nma n' atthi ti). ajiraka2, m. [fromyir3ti]; AMgajira, ajiraga], indigestion; Jal 404,7 (yvadattham subhojanam bhunjitv --ena marissati); II 362,21 (kknam -onman' atthi); III 213,26 (migapotako bahum tinam khditv -ena klam aksi); 389,6 (bahum gocaram gahetv -na dubbalo ahosi); see also ajinna, ajinnaka. ajuttha, mfn. [S. ajusta], unwished-for, unwelcome; Ja VI 63,15* (~-mri, Be so; Se ajjhutthamri; Ce ajaddhumri; Ee ajaddhumri). ajeli, m. ? [?], a plant or its fruit; Ap 446,21 (kumbhamattam gahetvna ~im jivajivakam chattapannam gahetvna adsim satthuno aham ... yam phalam adadim tad ..., Be, Ce so; Ee ajelarn; Se anjalim). ajja1, ind. [S. adya], today; now; just now; at the present time; Abh 1155; Vin I 102,34 (ajj' uposatho pannaraso); IV 87,5 (sannidhikrakam nma ajja patiggahitam aparajju khditam hoti); 131,31 (ajjav hiyyo v pare v); D I 108,2 (ativiklo kho bho ajja samanam Gotamam dassanya upasankamitum); 205,5 (aklo kho mnavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamatt pit); II22,15 (alam dan' ajja uyynabhmiy); 134,10 (ajja kho pan' nanda rattiy pacchimayme... tathgatassa parinibbnam bhavissati); 162,17 (ajja satthaparinibbuto samano Gotamo); MI 393,18 (aklo kho ajja bhagavato vdam ropetum, sve dn' aham... bhagavato vdam ropessmi); II 186,10 (katam me ajja bhattakiccam); SI 92,29 (ajja pana... setthi gahapati mahroruvaniraye paccati); A I 277,8 (yatth* ajja bhagav ekarattim

32

vihareyya); Sn75 (nikkran dullabh ajja mitt); 508 (bhagav hi me sakkhi Brahm' ajja dittho); Vv 83:16 (ajj' eva buddham saranam vajmi); Th246 (ah tuyham pure saddh s te ajja na vijjati); 889 (brahmajacco pure sim... so 'jja putto sugatassa); Thi41 (ajja me sattami ratti yato tanh visosit); Ja I 279,3 (ajja tarn syam dipakato gacchantam eva ganhissmi ti); 1133,25* (tay' ajja gutta viharemu divasam); V 23,24* (pasadam imam khdamam ajja muiica); 258,6* (ajj' eva pabbajissmi ko jann maranam suve); VI 28,6* (ajj' eva kiccam tappamj; 136,7* (ajja vo pacchim ratti); Ap 101,17 (ajj* eva dni pabbajj ajj' eva upasampad ajj' eva parinibbnam); Cp 3:9:7 (katham me ajjaktave); Mil 9,7 (ajja pabbajitam musvdena niggahessmi ti); Sp 247,7 (ajja ymi sve ymi); Mhv 15:64 (sabbe mam ajja passantu Ojadipamhi mnus); ajjato, from today; Ja VI 45,7 (ajjato patthya); Sp 1265,14 (ajjato patthya mayham salakabhattam ganhath ti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ajja); Vv-a246,22 (tvam ajjato patthya dvram rakkhanto nisida); Mhv 47:28; Sadd 704,8 (ajjato patthya); -kla, m., this time, today; Ja VI 180,3* (~am padam gaccham; 180,4': aham -am pto va padam mahmaggam gacchanto); Dhp-a I 53,9 (yva ~); -t,/, the present time; SI 83,29 (~am ca bhikkhave rj Pasenadikosalo imam rattim dukkham sessati parjito ti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ajjeva); Sp 113, IA foil, (ajjatagge ti -am dim katv... ~an ti ajjabhvan ti vuttam hoti) = Sv 236,6 foil. * Spkl 136,23 foil; -divasa, m.., the present day, today; Ps III 179,21 (tato patthya yva ~); Mhv 32:23 (katam punnam yv' ~ tay); 0 -ratti,/, this night; tonight; Ja III 23,3 (~iyam paccsasamaye satth parinibbyissati); 506,6 (anacchariyam ~im hatabhandam haritum); Ap 584,22 (maranam uparundhati ~im mahvira ppunissmi nibbutim); -satthim, ind., since six days ago, for six days; SI 170,20* (balivadd ... ~im na dissanti); -(s)suve, ind., today or tomorrow; Pv 36:5 (~e jivitassparodho); Ja III 260,12* (~e ti puriso sadattham nvabujjhati); V 66,9* (~e ti samseyya); see also ajjatagge, ajjadagge, ajjanho. ajja2, n. [S. jya], melted or clarified butter (for pouring into the fire at sacrifices); Ja III 425,27* (dhammo mato tassa bahtam ~am aham karissmi, so read ? Be pahuttam ajja; Ce bahtam ajja; Ee bahutam ajj; Sepahnam ajja; 426,2': tassham dhammassa idam matakabhattam karissmi ti attho); VI 207,2* (~ena-maggim idha tappayitv, so read ? eds ajjhena). ajjam in Ee at Sp 1075,28 is wrfor ajja {Be, Ce, Se so). ajjaka, ajjuka, m.n. [S. lex. arjaka, m.], name of a plant, perhaps white basil; Abh579 (ajjuko sitapannse); VinlV 35,9 (aggabijam nma ajjukam phanijjakam hiriveram) ^ Spkll 272,10 (~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjukam); Sp 836,2 (phaggavapannam ajjukapannam phanijjakapannam); Vin-vn 3091 (pannni ~' -dlnam). ajjanho, ajjunho, ind. [prob. < S. adya + ahnah (so CPD); according to H. Kern, 1916, p. 68, haplology for ajja-*junho], this day, the rest of this day and night; Vin 125,19* (viharemu ~o aggislamhi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ajjunho); 111220,29 (~o bhante gamehi, Be so; Ce

ajjunho; Ee, Se ajjunho; Sp672,12foil.', bhante ajja ekadivasam amhkam tittha, adhivsehi ti attho; Sp-t[ite] II 406,24: ~o ti pthe ajjunho ti pi pathanti); IV 80,2 (-0 ayy gametha, Be so; Ce ajjanho; Ee, Se ajjunho); V 10,3 (yasm Upanando Sakyaputto upsakena ~o bhante gamehi ti vuccamno ngamesi, Be so; Ce ajjanho; Ee, Se ajjunho). ajjatagge, ind. [ajjato + agge (agga1), or ajja-t-agge, with -t- as sandhi consonant; cf BHS adygre, adydagre], from this day onward; henceforth; Vin I 4,25 (upsake no bhagav dhretu ~e pnupete saranam gate ti) * A I 56,io (Mp II 114,25: ~e ti ajjatam dim katv evam ettha attho datthabbo ajjatan ti ajjabhvam, ajjadagge ti v ptho, dakro padasandhikaro, ajja aggam katv ti attho); Vin I 56,7 (y s bhikkhave may rlhi saranagamanehi upasampad anunnt t 'ham ~Q patikkhipmi); MI 380,17 (~e samma dovrika varmi dvram niganthnam niganthlnam); A III 392,19 (esham bhante -e sanghe dnam dassmi ti); IV 206,15 (na dn' aham bhikkhave -e ptimokkham uddisissmi ti); Ja VI 344,18 (ayam -e mama putto); Mil 88,4; Sp 977,27 (~e dni thero mayham bhro); Pj II 196,18 (~e parjito tvam); see also ajjadagge. ajjatana, mj(~\)n., m and ~ i , / [S. adyatana], \.(mfn.) referring or belonging to today; modern; present; Dhp 227 (pornam etam Atula n' etam ~m iva; Dhp-a III 328,13: idam nindanam pasamsanam v ~am va adhun uppannam viya na hoti); Th552 (nyam ~o dhammo n' acchero na pi abbhuto); Sp 1304,4 (yva ~am klam kena nitanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjatanaklam); 2. (m.) the period of the current day; this day, today; Vin I 229,19 (adhivsetu no bhavam Gotamo ~ya bhattam saddhim bhikkhusanghen ti) = D I 109,23; Vin II 275,17 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~ bhikkhunisangham pavretv aparajju bhikkhusangham pavretun ti, eds so; CPD would read ajj' attan); Jail 409,7 (tato patthya kira yv' ~); PsII 213,29 (idam ~ya idam svtanya bhavissati tinesam na hoti); Dhp-a 1275,2 (yv* ~); 3. ajjatam,/, (gr.t.t.) the aorist tense; Sadd29,24 (ettha pana ~iy); 59,8 foil. (~i ti ken' atthena ~i, ajja pabhuti atite kle bhav tabbcakabhven ti); 821,23 (~i 1 urn, 0 ttha ...); 830,23 (kara ice etassa dhtussa ksdeso hoti v -iyamvibhattiyam: aksi...). ajjati, ajjeti, ajjayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. arjati, arjayati], acquires, obtains; Dhtup73 (ajja... ajjane); 548; Dhtum 87; 769; Sadd 345,8 (ajja ... ajjane: ... ~ati); 530,25 (ajja patisajjane: ~eti -ayati); pp ajjita, mfn. [S. arjita], acquired, obtained; Pj 1223,10; Saddh 98; fpp (a) ajjaniya, (b) ajjitabba, (c)ajjeyya, mfn., to be acquired; Pj I 223,5 foil, (eso nidhi sunihito ... ajeyyo ti... ajjeyyo ti pi ptho, tassa ajjitabbo ajjanaraho hitasukhatthikena upajjetabbo ti attho ... sunihitassa ajjeyyattam \oittam bhaveyya, na ca sunihito ajjaniyo ajjito eva so, Ce, Ee so; Be acceyyo ti pi ptho, tassa accitabbo accanraho hitasukhatthikena upacitabbo ti attho ...; Se ajayyo ti pi ptho tassa ajitabbo ajinraho hitasukhatthikena upacitabbo ti attho ...). ajj attam in Ee at Mp II 130,9 is wrfor ajjhattam qv. ajjadagge, ind. [= ajjatagge qv; cf BHS adydagre], from

33

this day onward; Th485 (~e mam Sopka dassanyopasankama, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ajjatagge; Ih-aII 203,13: ~etidakaro padasandhikaro, ajja agge dim katv ajja patthya, ajjatagge ti pi pli, eds so); Spl73,i5 (ajjatagge ti... ~e ice eva v ptho, dakro padasandhikaro, ajja aggam katv ti vuttam hoti) * Sv 236,8 = Mp II
114,27.

ajjana, n. [S. arjana], getting, acquiring; Saddh98 ('-dini dukkhni anubhotv); Sadd345,8 (ajja... ~e: ~am ajjanakiriy); raha, mfn, worthy of being acquired; Pj I 223,6 (ajjitabbo ~o hitasukhatthikena upajjetabbo, Ce, Ee so; Be accitabbo accanraho; Se ajitabbo ajinraho). ajjava, jjava, m.n. [from uju; S. rjava, n.], straightness, uprightness; D III 213, I (~am ca lajjavam ca; Sv 981,2: yo sa ujubhvo idam ~am nma); A III 248, n (~ena javena maddavena khantiy soraccena; MpIII 323,28: ~en ti ujubhvena avankagamanena); Sn292 (~am maddavam tapam ... avannayum) * Ja HI 274, i*; Dhs p. 7,29 (-o ca maddavo ca); Dhs 1339 (-t ajimhat avankat akutilat ayam vuecati ~o); Sadd 807, n (ujuno bhvo jjavan ti ca idam akkharacintaknam rueivasena vuttam, sogatamatavasena pana ujuno bhvo ~o ti kro rassattam pajjati so ca saddapullingattam yebhuyyena); an ajjava, m., lack of uprightness; crookedness; Vibh 359,30 (yo ~o ~-t jimhat vankat kutilat, ayam vuecati ~o); Sv 980,29 (gomuttavankat candavankat nangalakotivankat ti tayo ~). ajjitabba, mfn., fpp of w&d& qv. ajjuka, see sv ajjaka. ajjukanna, m. [cfS. ajakarna], the name of a tree; Ja VI 535, is* (ajjun ~ ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjukanna). ajjunho, see sv ajjanho. ajjuna, m (and mfnl) [S. arjuna], l.(m.) the tree Terminalia arjuna; Abh 562 (~o kakudho); Ja VI 535, is* (~ ajjukanna ca); Ap 346,3 (~ atimutt ca); Bv 8:23 (bodhi tassa bhagavato ~o ti pavuecati); 2. (mfn.) belonging to the arjuna tree; ? Ap 450,20 (gahetv ~am puppham, Be, Ce, Ee so; or split cpd ? Se ajjunapuppham). ajjupekkhya in Ee at Ap 320,23 is wr; Be, Ce ajjhupekkhiya qv sv ajjhupekkhati. ajjeti, ajjeyya, seesvajjati. ajjh- is the form of the preverb adhi- before vowels except I. ajjha [adhi + a5] properly preverb, is sometimes written separately in tmesis; Bv 2:207 (agram ajjha so vasi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se agram ajjhvasi jino) * 3:26 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se agramajjhe) * 4:19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se agram ajjhvasi so); ajjha is also occasionally found as preverb with verbal forms other than the past tense; see ajjhapatv, ajjhabhseyya; ajjha in Ee at A I 279,26* is prob, wr; Be, Ce ajjhag; Se addh; ajjha in Ee at M II 63,4 is wrfor ajja (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhakkha, m. [S. adhyaksa], a superintendent; Abh 343; 1066; see also atiyakkha. ajjhagam, ajjhagamsu, aor. 1 sg., 3 pi o/adhWg qv. ajjhagam, aor. 3 sg. o/adhigacchati qv. ajjhag, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., /adhiVg qv.

ajjhaghayi, aor. 3 sg. [ofcaus. o/*adhi + ghati], made plunge into; made go far into; Ja V 255,16* (tarn va otarani Gang ... samuddam ~ayi agati yattha pakkhinam; Ee so, possibly wr; Be, Ce, Se samuddam ajjhaghsi; CPD would read samuddamajjhag 'hsi; cf256,\r: agati yatth ti samuddamajjham sandhyha; c/MvuIII 454,2*: samudram abhisreti agati yatra paksinm). ajjhagum, ajjhag, aor. 3 pi o/adhWg qv. ajjhat in Ee at Vv 34:7 is wrfor ajjhag (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhatta, mfn. and n. [prob, from ajjhattam^v, but cfS. adhytma], inner; subjective; within oneself; what is internal; oneself; Abh 1040 (sasantne ca visaye gocare 'jjhattam uccate); SII 125, zfoll (yam kinci rpam ... ~am v bahiddh v ... ye keci sankhr ... ~ v bahiddh v, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ... ~am ... ~am ...; note that on most occurrences of this passage the descriptions of vedan, saiin and sankhr are omitted); Nidd I 1,19 (~ km bahiddh -- ajjhattabahiddh km); Vibh 26,2 (tividhena vedankhandho atthi -o atthi bahiddho atthi ajjhattabahiddho); Dhs 1044 (ye dhamm tesam tesam sattnam ajjhattam paccattam niyat patipuggalik updinn rp vedan ... vinnnam ime dhamm ~); Vism661,2i (-am abhinivisitv ~ vutthti); ifc see gocar' -, niyak' -; ' -ajjhatta, (mf)n., (what is) inward as being internal (as opposed to external); It-all 168,H (ajjhattik dhamm bhir dhamm ti ettha vuttam ~am); Ud-a 374,19 (ayam ajjhattasaddo cha ajjhattikni yatanni ti disu -e gato); Sadd906,9; -bahiddha, mfn., inward and outward; personal and external; Niddl 1,19; Dhs 1046; Vibh 115,2 (tini sacc siy ajjhatta siy bahiddh siy ~). ajjhattam, ind. [S. adhytmam], concerning oneself in oneself; inwardly, personally; in regard to oneself (opp. bahiddh); VinUI 4,9 (~am sampasdanam cetaso ekodibhvam avitakkam avieram... dutiyam jhnam upasampajja vihsim; cfSp 147^,23foil: attani jtam attano santne nibbattan ti ayam ettha attho); D II 300,11 (atthi me ~am kmacchando ti pajnti); III 49,20 (~am vpasantacitto); S V 143,14 (tvam bhikkhu ~am v kye kynupassi viharhi... bahiddh v kye kynupassi viharhi); A I 40,n (~am rpasanni bahiddh rpni passati); It 82,7* (~am samayam cittam santim evdhigacchati); Sn 1111 (~am ca bahiddh ca vedanam nbhinandato); Th 272 (cankame cankamim so 'harn ~am susamhito); Sv 250,1 (~am kodhdipaccatthike bahiddh ca sabbarjno vijeti ti vijitvi); Mp II 130,9 (kmabhavo -am nma jtam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjattam); Ap-a 191,13 (bahiddh v anavassuto ~am aparidayhamno); (a)-cinti(n), mfn., occupied in thought with internal things; Sn 388 (~i na mano bahiddh nicchraye sarigahitattabhvo; Pj II 374,20: tilakkhanam ropetv khandhasantnam cintento); (a)-bahiddh, ind., inwardly and outwardly; in regard to oneself and to others; D II 292,2 (~ v kye kynupassi viharati; Sv 765,15: klena attano klena parassa asssapasssakye); M III 112,8 (so ~ sunnatam manasikaroti); JaV 83,ir (~-samutthnehi hirottappehi); -vhana in eds at Pet 94,13 is prob, wr for

34

ajjhvhana qv; -samutthna, m/h., originating from within or in regard to oneself; Ja 1207,17 (imassa n' eva ~ hin atthi na bahiddhsamutthnam ottappam); It-al 157',8 foil (~ hin); Ud-a 126,3 (~o bdho bahiddhsamutthno tanko). ajjhattika, mfn. and n. [S. dhytmika], personal; internal, inward; belonging to oneself (opp. bhir,); what is personal, what belongs to oneself D III 243,14 (cha ~ni yatanni, cakkhyatanam sotyatanam ...); MI 185,14 (pathavidht siy ~ siy bhir); 190,26 (yato ...~am c' evacakkhum aparibhinnam hoti bhir ca rp ptham gacchanti tajjo ca samannhro hoti evam tajjassa vinnnabhgassa ptubhvo hoti); SI 73,2 (bhir h' es rakkh n' es rakkh ~); Ja IV 402,12 (koci-d-eva ycako bhiravatthum aycitv ~assa nmam ganheyya); VI 164,12' (niyam puttan ti -puttam); Niddl 346,24 (~am vuccati cittarn); Vibh 392,20 (katamni attharasa tanhvicaritni ~assa updya); Sv 312,27 (ssanato bhir et samdhibhvan na ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr jjhatt); Ps II 230,23 (manodvre pana ~o mano nma bhavangacittam); Spk I 254,5 (aham pi ~am kasim kasitv). ajjhapattam, ajjhapatt, ajjhappatt [prob, redupl aor. /adhipatati qv, S. *adhyapaptat, taken as f of pp, and altered to agree with subject; see O. von Hinber, 1974, pp. 65-72. The spelling with -pp- reflects ct analysis as from -ppunti], rushed at, rushed on; reached; D i l 259,1* (pakkhi ... vehsay te vanam ajjhapatt; cf S. apaptan; Sv 689,2: imam mahvanam sampatt); SV 146,19 (sakunagghi lpamsakunam sahas ajjhapatt aggahesi, so readl eds ajjhappatt); Sn 1134 (evam p' aham ... mahodadhim hamsa-r-iv' ajjhapattam, so readl eds ajjhapatto; NiddII[#e] 209, s: adhigacchim); Ja II 450,27* (vitatapo ajjhapatt, so read ? eds ajjhappatto; 451,s'folL: vigatatapohutv upagato tarn khditum pakkhanto ti attho); 111296,2* (bhujangamo kakkatam ajjhapatt, so read ? eds ajjhapatto); VI 566,30* (tarn ajjhapatt rjaputtim udakena abhisiiicatha, so read ? eds ajjhapattam; 567, r; attano santikam pattam, pdamle patitv visannibhtan ti attho); see also udapatt, udapattsi sv uppatati.. ajjhapatv, absol. [formed on basis of supposed pp ajjhapatt qv], hurrying to, reaching; Bv 10:3 (tarn ajjhapatv upanisidi; Bv-a 184,24: tarn sonarukkham parva adhipatv upagamm ti attho). ajjhaparam in Ee at S V 218,19 is wr for accasar3 qv sv atisarati. ajjhappatt, ajjhappatto, see sv ajjhapattam. ajjhabhavi, aor. 3 sg. o/adhibhavati qv. ajjhabhsi, aor. 3 sg. [o/*adhi + bhsati1], addressed; VinI 21,12 (Mro... bhagavantam gthya ~i); SIV 117,14 (Mahkaccno te mnavake gthhi -i); ; Sn p. 46,18 (s devat bhagavantam gthya ~i); Vv 84:2 (amnuso mnuse~i); JaV 51,8* (ngo ... luddakam ~i); 3 sg. tm. 1. ajjhabhsatha, addressed; spoke; Ja IV 210,19* (phandanarukkho pi tvade ~atha); V 340,20*; 2. ajjhabhsittha, Ja IV 234,29* (rjnam Klingam taramno ~ittha); VI 448,14* (pesiye Mttha; 448,18': adhiabhsittha puretaram eva abhsittha); 1 sg.

ajjhabhsim, MI 171,2; 3pl. ajjhabhsimsu, SI 124,17 (Mram ... gthya ~imsu); see also ajjhabhseyya. ajjhabhseyya, opt. 3 sg. [o/*adhi + bhsati1, see ajjha-, and BHSG 32:8 for adhyabhsati in Mvu], would address; JaV 351,3*(yathca myyam Sumukho ~eyya pandito); see also ajjhabhsi. ajjhabh, aor. 3 sg. o/adhibhavati qv. ajjhayana, n. [S. adhyayana], study, learning by heart (of the Vedas); Mil 225,31 (in cpd: -ajjhpana-); Th-a II 85,8 (tissannam vedasankhtnam vijjnam -ena samannamattena tevijjo); Nidd-al 211,18 (ajjhenena v ti -vasena v, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjhyanavasena); As 111,33 (jetthasisso ... sayam adhiyamno itare pi drake attano attano -kamme pavattayati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhesane); Sadd 322,28 (i ~e, ~am uccranam sikkhanam v); see also ajjhna, ajjhena. ajjhavhari, aor. 3 sg. [of *adhi + ava + harati; cfS. abhyavaVhr], ate; Ja II293,13* (bhojanam ~i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ajjhuphari; 292,20' foil.: ambarasam ajjhohari); see also ajjhoharati. ajjhavodahi, aor. 3 sg. [of *adhi + odahati; perhaps original *ajjhavdahi changed under the influence of ct odahi], put down in; JaV 365,29* (panjare ~i; 366,3': M ti odahi thapesi); see also ajjhohita. ajjhgamam, aor. 1 sg. [of *adhi + 2 + gacchati; S. adhyVgam], / attained; Ap 49,9 (bodhim ~am aham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhagamam). ajjhgamum, aor. 3 pl. [of adhi + 2 + gacchati; S. adhyVgam], they found; SI 12,13* (pariyesamn njjhgamum, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se njjhagamum; perhaps read na ca jagmum, see O. von Hinber, 1982, pp. 31 foil). ajjhgre, ind. [adhi + loc. of agra], at home, in one's house; A I 132,3 (sabrahmakni ... tni kulni yesam puttnam mtpitaro - pjit honti; Mp II 203,15: sake ghare) = It 109,21. ajjhcarati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhycarati], 1. practises, commits (an offence); Vin III 241,35 (imin imam cetpehi ti ~ati, patti dukkatassa; Sp700,i: -v ti adhibhavitv carati, vitikkamavcam bhsati ti attho); MI 523,4 (abhabbo so panca thnni ~itum); Mil 266,31 (yam kilesam lokavajjam abhabbo khinsavo tarn ~itum); Patis-a216,i3 (vitikkamati ti ~ati); As 89,24 (yam hi kyena dussilyam ~ati tamh samvaro kyiko veditabbo); part.pr. (a) ajjhcara(t), mfn., Sp 536,8 (ekenpi krena ~ato); (b) ajjhcaranta, mfn., Sp 1323,20 (yam ~anto pattim pajjati); 2. has sexual intercourse with; aor. 2 sg. ajjhcari, Vv-a240,27 ([parabhariy] m agam tim ~i); 3pl ajjhcarimsu, Ja IV 231,18 (te annamannam ~imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be ajjhcram carimsu; Se omits); absol. ajjhcaritv, Sv 1043,6 (bahurn assmanakam ~itv); pp ajjhcinna, mfn., habitually done, practised; Vin II 80,34 (bahum assmanakam-am hoti); 305,6 (kappati bhante... idam me cariyena ~am tarn ajjhcaritun ti); Ud 29,1 (so tassa vasalavdo digharattam ~o, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce, Ud-a 194,8 samudcinno; Ud-a 194,13: ~o ti pi pathanti). ajjhcra, m. [BHS adhycra], misconduct; transgression (esp. sexual); Abh430; Vin III 121,8

35

(kyasamsaggam sampajjeyy ti -o vuccati); IV 128, n (-am paticchdeti); JaV 429,22 (tesam... annamaraiam patibaddhacittnam... paticchannokse -o pavatti); Mil 127,20 (m tvam sanniptam -am eva manni); Sp 213,30 (s ca ten' eva -ena gabbham ganhi); Ap-a 509,8 (ssane osakkamne satta bhikkh catunnam parisnam --am disv); ajjhcram in Ee at JaV 318,18* is wr for ajjhvaram (Be, Ce, Se so); anajjhcra, m., not transgressing; Nett 44,15; Mil 127,24. ajjhcrika, mfn. [ajjhcra + ika], who commits an offence, who transgresses; Sp 1414,7 (ekasikkhpadam pi -puggale asati paniiattam n' atthi). ajjhcre, ind. [adhi + loc. of cra], as regards conduct; Vin I 63,33 (adhisile silavipanno hoti ~e cravipanno hoti; c/*Sp989,2i (prjikam ca sanghdisesam ca panno adhisile silavipanno nma, itare pancpattikkhandhe panno -e cravipanno nma). ajjhcinna, mfn.,pp of ajjhcarati qv. ajjhjiva, n. [abstracted from ajjhjive qv], way of life; Ps IV 38,12 (-am adhiptimokkham ca rabbha uppannavivdo nma). ajjhjive, ind. [adhi + loc. of jiva], as regards way of life; MII 245,17 (sanghe vivdam janeyyum ~e v adhiptimokkhe v; Ps IV 38,7: jlvahetu v jivakran). ajjhna, n. [= ajjhayana qv], study; Dhtum580 (i -e gatimhi ca); see also ajjhena. ajjhpajjati, pr. 3 sg., 1. [BHS adhypadyate] commits an offence; incurs; is guilty of; Sp 259,30 (patti pana yo nam -ati tarn parjeti tasm prjik ti vuccati); As 219,6 (yya cetanya catubbidham vaciduccaritam bhsamno -ati nma ayam uppajjitv tath -itum na defi ti anajjhpatti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhpajjhati nma ... ajjhpajjhitum ...); part.pr. ajjhpajjanta, m/(~anti)., Vin III 164,16 (prjikam dhammam -anto); IV 237,13 (sanghdisesam -antiy); 2. [c/pajjati ?] reaches; pp ajjhpanna, mfn. (often confused with ajjhopanna qv), 1. (act.) (i) who has committed, become guilty of (an offence); Vin I 49,19 (sace upajjhyo garudhammam ~o hoti parivsraho); V 55,6 (Thullanand bhikkhuni jnam prjikam dhammam ~am bhikkhunim n' ev' attan paticodesi na ganassa rocesi); A IV 277,6 (garudhammam ~ya bhikkhuniy); Mil 255,1 (yo koci gihi prjikam --o bhaveyya); neg. anajjhpanna, mfn., Vin III 166,12 (suddho hoti puggalo annataram prjikam dhammam anajjhpanno); (ii) who has reached, obtained; Ps II 384,12 (nattam panntabhvam pkatabhvam ~o); 2. (pass.) (i) committed; ? Vin 1103,37 (santi nma patti ~ v hoti pajjitv v avutthit, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~o ... avutthito); neg. anajjhpanna, mfn., VinI 103,28 (asanti nma patti anajjhpanna v hoti pajjitv v vutthit, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se, Sp 1034,28 anajjhpanno v... vutthito; Sp 1034,28^0//.: yam pattim bhikkhu anajjhpanno v hoti pajjitv v vutthito ayam asanti nma pat ti, eds so); (ii) reached by, connected with; ? Ap-a 103,19 (samatimsaprami, thi sam sutthu punn sampunn samanngat samangibht - samyutt ti timsapramisampunn, eds so).

ajjhpatti, / [BHS adhypatti], transgression; committing (of an offence); Vin II 243,36 (prjikassa dhammassa ~i hoti); anajjhpatti, / , nontransgression, the not committing (of an offence); VinV 91,2i (pancahi pattikkhandhehi rati... akiriy akaranam -i vel-anatikkamo) ^ Dhs 299 (cathi vaciduccaritehi rati... ~i)= Vibh 106,33; As 219,7. ajjhpana1, n. [from caus. of adhiyati; S. adhypana], teaching, instruction; Mil 225,31 (in cpd: ajjhayanaajjhpana-); ifc see ajjhena-; -para, mfn., intent on teaching; It-all 140,1 (yaju-dimantapadnam ~am tevijjam brhmanam na vadmi). ajjhpana2, n. [from jhpeti], not burning; Ja VI 311,7' (allahatthassa -am nma). ajjhpanna, mfn., pp o/ajjhpajjati qv. ajjhpannaka, m. [ajjhpanna + ka2], one who has committed (an offence); VinI 121,2 (antimavatthum ~o patijnti); 167,34 (na antimavatthum -assa nisinnaparisya pavretabbam). ajjhpilita, mfn. [pp of *adhi + 2 + pfleti], harassed, tormented; Pv-a 180,21 (khuppipsya -, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se att pflit; Ce attit pilit). ajjhpekkhimsu, aor. 3 pi. [of *adhi + ape(k)khati, perhaps with strengthening of vowel following ajjh-, cf&cc-; or with augment preceding apa-], they considered, regarded; Ap 181,13 (yakkhnam samayo si avidre mahesino yena kiccena sampatt ~imsu tvade; Ap-a 452,28: tasmim desanakle adhi-apekkhimsu visesena passanasil ahesun ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhipekkhimsu, prob. wr). ajjhbhava, m. [from ajjhbhavati; cf S. abhibhava ?], domination, subjugation; defeat (in dicing ? see K.R. Norman, 1987, p. 33); Jail 357,6* (pubbe v' -am tassa rakkhe akkhi va pandito; cf 357,15' foil.: tassa ppamittassa -am tena abhibhavitabbam attano lbhayasajivitam, yath nam so na ajjhbhavati tath pathamataram eva ... rakkheyya); see also anajjhbhva. ajjhbhavati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + 2 + bhavati; cfS. abhibhavati ?], dominates, subjugates; ? Ja II 357,16' (yath nam so na -ati). ajjhya, m. [cf S. adhyya], 1. chapter or section of a book; Abh911; 2. study; recitation; Nidd-al 198,2i (ajjhenena v ti 0-karanena v, Be, Ce, Seso; tesajjhya-) ^ 211,18 (Be, Se ajjhyanavasena v; Ce, Ee ajjhayanavasena); Ap-a 430,18 (sissnam savanadhrandivasena hitam ajjheti cinteti -am karoti ti ajjhyako cintako ti attho, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be sajjhyam). ajjhyaka1, m. [cf S. dhyyika], one who studies (the Vedas); a studious, learned person, a scholar; D I 88,4 (-0 mantadharo tinnam vednam prag) = A I 163,n * Ap37,n (Ap-a 275,32: ~o ti paresam vedattaydim vcet); Th 1171 (-0 pi ce assa tinnam vedna prag); Ja VI 201,27* (-nam); Ap-a 430,14/0//. (ajjheti cinteti ti ajjhyi, ajjhyi yeva - 0 . . . sissnam savanadhrandivasena hitam ajjheti cinteti ajjhyam karoti ti -0 cintako ti attho); Sadd 322,32 (-0 ajjhyati ti -0 mante parivatte ti attho); an ajjhyaka, m, one who does not study (the Vedas); Mil 154,4; Ud-a51,i4 (na japanu" ti ajap, mantnam - ti attho).

36

ajjhyaka2, see sv jhyaka. ajjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [prob, denom. from ajjhya], studies, learns; Sv 247,16 (~atl tiajjhyako mante parivatteti ti) = MpII 261,12; Sadd 322,29 (adhiyati adhiyati ~ati adhite); see also ajjheti, adhiyati. ajjhyi(n)1, mifn). [S. adhyyin], one who studies (the Vedas); Ap-a 430, u (ajjheti cinteti ti ~i, ~i yeva ajjhyako, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~i). ajjhyi(n)2, see sv jhyi(n). ajjhrma, m. [abstracted from ajjhrme qv], the territory, grounds of a park; VinlV 162,20 (yo pana bhikkhu ratanam ... annatra ~ ugganheyya; 163,25foil.: ~o nma parikkhittassa rmassa anto-rmo, aparikkhittassa upacro). ajjhrme, ind. [adhi + loc. o/rma], within the park; Vin I 187,3i (na ca bhikkhave ~e uphan dhretabb); IV 162,16; Sp 934,22 (~e rjgrdini karonti); Vin-vn713. ajjhruha, ajjhrha, mfn. [V/ajjhrhati], growing in and up over (as a parasite); dominating; S V 96,8 (santi... mahrukkh anubij mahky rukkhnam ~ yehi rukkh ajjhrlh obhaggavibhagg vipatit senti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhrha); AIII 63,12 (nivaran cetaso ~ pannya dubbalikaran, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhrha) quoted As 382,22 {Be so; Ce ajjhrlh; Ee ajjhroho; Se ajjhrlh); Ja III 399,3* (ajjhrha 'bhivaddhanti brahantarn pi vanaspatim, Be so; Se hi vaddhanti; Ce, Ee ajjhrlh; 399,14". nigrodhdayo rukkh ~ hutv mahantam pi anfiam vanaspatim atikamma vaddhanti ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjhrha); anajjhruha, anajjhrha, mfn., not dominating; SV 97,4 (bojjhang ... cetaso ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anajjhrh). ajjhruhati, see sv ajjhrhati. ajjhrlh, mfn., pp of ajjhrhati qv. ajjhrha, see sv ajjhruha. ajjhrhati, ajjhruhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf BHS ahyrohati], grows in and up over (as a parasite); spreads over, dominates; SI 221,34* (~ati dummedho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ajjhruhati; Spkl 343,2: -all ti ajjhottharati) = Nett 173,3* (Ce, Ee so; Be ajjhruhati); Vibh-a370,i2 (~ati, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ajjhruhati); pp ajjhrlh, ajjhrlh, mfn. [cfS. adhyrdha], I. (act.) having grown in and up over; Ja III 399,3* (~ 'bhivaddhanti brahantarn pi vanaspatim, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ajjhrha); 2. (pass.) grown over, grown upon; spread over, dominated; S V 96,8 (rukkh ~ obhaggavibhagg vipatit senti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhrlh); neg. anajjhrlha, mfn., not spread over or dominated; Patis-a98,13 (dutiyajjhnasmim hi samdhi... vitakkavicrehi anajjhrlhatt). ajjhroha, m., name of a mythical sea-monster; Abh 673; Ja V 462,17 (nando timando ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhohro) * Sv 487,5 = Spk II 88,12 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhoharo); ajjhroha in Ee at As 382,22 is prob, wr for ajjhrha. ajjhvara, m. [itf/Sadhyvara], companion, member of a retinue; Ja V 318, is* (bhavantam ~am katv, Be, Se so; Ee ajjhcram; Ce ajjhcram; 318,24'foil.: parisam parivrarn katv); 326,3* (bhtur ~ mama; 326,13': mama

bhtu paris hutv gat); 327,29*. ajjhvasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhyVvas], inhabits; dwells in, lives on (as ruler or owner); esp. agram ~ati, lives the settled life of a house-holder; Vin III 104,7 (annataram bhikkhum iitak etad avocum ehi bhante agram ~ ti); IV 224,31 (gahapati nma yo koci agram ~ati); D I 87,8 (brhmano Pokkharasdi Ukkattham ~ati); II 16,13 (sace agram ~ati rj hoti cakkavatti); MI 91,22 (na tvam agram -eyysi na kme paribhunjeyysi); S III 146,2 (eko yeva so psdo hoti yam aham tena samayena ~mi); Ja V 450,17* (rj ca pathavim... ~e vijinitv); Ap 94,6 (ktgravarpetam vyamham -issati); Kv 167,34 (puttasambdhasayanam ~eyya); Mil 88,15 (kincpi agram ~mi bahimukho yeva pana acchmi); part.pr. (a) ajjhvasa(t), mfn., Vin III 12,io (na-y-idam sukaram agram ~at); A I 49,15 (gihinam agram -atarn); (b) ajjhvasanta, mf~antl)n., SI 100,31 (rannam... pathavimandalam abhivijiya -antnam); IV 249,12 (asapatti agram ~anti); Jail 314,26 (~anto); Mil243,4 (gihi odtavasano kmabhogi puttadrasambdhasayanam ~anto); Ps III 300,2 (agram ~antenapi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~entena); Dhp-al 6,25 (sakk geham ~anteh' eva punnni ktum); (c)ajjhvasamna, mfn., Ja I 56,io; II 391,ii (agram ~amno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee agramajjhe vasamno); Vism 419,3; Ps II 187,3 (agram ~amno); cond. 3 sg. ajjhvasissa, JaV 414,30 (sace pana satth agram ~issa) * Sadd 52,20 (~iss); Ps II 2,21 (sace bhagav agram ~issa ksikavattham eva adhrayissa); aor. 3 sg. ajjhvasi, D II 272,15 (eko pana devo te va kme ~i; Sv708,n: nikantim chinditum asakkonto kme ~i tatth' eva vsiko ahosi); AIV 105,11 (pathavim... abhivijiya ~i); Ap 354,14 (puram ~i tad); 1 sg. ajjhvasam, AIV 89,21 (pathavim ... abhivijiya -an ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ~in ti); absol. ajjhvasitv, D III 76,24 (tarn ypam usspetv ~itv tarn datv vissajjetv; Sv 857,5: tattha vasitv); Sp 1116,3 ([Sakko] cariyassa sarire ~itv); pp (a) ajjhvuttha, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) lived in, inhabited, occupied; Vin II 210,32 (~am v anajjhvuttham v); Sil 106,1 (nagaram... pubbakehi manussehi ~am); Ja II 333,20 (kasmim kle bhante ayam psdo Bhaddajittherena ~o ti); Ap 401,24; Vism 213,2 (buddhagunnussatiy ~am c' assa sariram pi); neg. anajjhvuttha, mfn., Vin II 208,28 (sace vihro anajjhvuttho hoti); DIII 207,10 (santhgram acirakritam hoti anajjhvuttham samanena v brhmanena v); Pj II 566,27 (kinci thnam jardihi anajjhvuttham nddakkhim); see also anajjhvutthaka; 2. (n.) inhabiting; Spk II 118,5 (mahkutumbikena ... nagaram ~-klo viya); pp (b) ajjhvasita, mfn., lived in; Pet 154,13 (yo olrikamhi kilese ~e, so read with Mnamoli, 1979, p. 211 ? eds ~o). ajjhvasatha, m. [abstracted from ajjhvasathe qv; c/*ajjhrma], the inside or environs of a house or dwelling; Vin IV 163,14 (annatra ajjhrma v ~ v; 163,26: ~o nma parikkhittassa vasathassa anto-vasatho, aparikkhittassa upacro). ajjhvasathe, ind. [adhi+ loc. o/vasatha; cf ajjhrme], within a house or dwelling; Vin III 239,7 (anpatti

37

ajjhrme v -e v); IV 163,10; Vin-vn 713. ajjhvasana, n. [from ajjhvasati], living on; living in; Ja II 403,5' (Brnasim gahetv -ato Brnasiggaho); Sv957,3(agram -samattho). ajjhvahana, n. [from *adhi + vahati], bringing towards, bringing near; attraction; Pet 94,8 (paficasu kmagunesu -na kmsavo); 94,13 (-am kmsavassa lakkhanam, so read with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 126 ? eds ajjhattavhanam). ajjhvuttha, mfn., pp 0/ajjhvasati qv. ajjhsa, m. [= ajjhsaya qv], intention; wish; Ap85,6 (kathayanto ca tarn pafiham -am prayissati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjhsayam); 85,10 (-am tesam premi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajjhsayam). ajjhsane in Ee at Ud-a46,8 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhene. ajjhsaya, m. [BHS adhyaSaya], 1. lair; resort; As 314,19 (sotam p'etam bilajjhsayam ksasannissitam kannacchiddakakpake yeva -am karoti); 2. disposition; motivation, intention; desire, wish; Abh 766; Ja I 88,17 (bhagav tesam -am oloketva); IV 237,16 (tumhkam pana ko -0 ti, pabbajitukmo 'mhi ti); 239,16 (pucchitv -am assa sutv dnakranam jnissmi ti); V 3,26' (chando ti -0); VI 546,25 (-am me tta matthakam ppehiti); Nidd I 64,13 (sakam laddhim sakam -am sakam adhippyam... accayeyya); Sp 1165,6 (ma mam ekabhikkhu pi jnt ti imin -ena); Dhp-aIII 217,9 (satth tass' -am viditv); As 334,24 (~ato); Cp-a27,i6 (alobhajjhsaydayo cha bodhisattnam -); nurpa, mfn., fitting one's wish or disposition; Sv 732,26 (attano -ya desanya); am, -ena, adv., according to one's wish or disposition; Ja III 437,19 (attano -am dutiyagthya vuttya); IV 309,8 (ses pi attano ~ena tarn tarn gtham abhsimsu); VI 301,31' (idni tava -am karom ti); Spk II 171,3 (satthu -en' eva); Ud-a249,27 (svakena nma satthu -am patipajjitabbam); nusandhi, m., connection, development (of a sutta^ because of, or according to, the disposition (of the hearers); Sv 122,22 foil, (tayo hi anusandhi pucchnusandhi -i yathnusandhi); Ud-a4,3o; see also attajjhsayika (sv atta[n]), saya. ajjhsayam, ind. [adhi+ acc. o/saya], as to the intention, state of mind; D i l 224,9 (tinnavicikiccho ... so bhagav... -am dibrahmacariyam; cf Sv658,nfoli: karanatthe paccattavacanam, adhiksayena uttamanissayabhtena dibrahmacariyena pornabrahmacariyabhtena ca ariyamaggena tinnavicikiccho); III 39,14 (svak vinit asssappatt patijnanti -am dibrahmacariyam; c/Sv 835,n/o//.: -an ti uttamanissayabhtam ... idam vuttam hoti... aijhsaydibrahmacariyabhtam ariyamaggam pretv arahattdhigamavasena asssam patta patijnanti ti). ajjhsita, mfn. [pp of *adhi + sayati], intent on, bent on; attaching oneself to; Mil 361,30 (jhnajjhsitatapavaravihri, Ee so; Be, Ce jhnajjhosita-; Se jhnajjhyi-); Pv43:4 (-0 mayham ghare, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhosito; Pv-a267,17foil: mama gehe tanhbhinivesavasena abhinivittho); see also ajjhosita. ajjhharati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + 2 + harati; cfS. adhyharana,

adhyhra], (gr.t.t.) supplies, infers; Sadd 619,8 (-an); absol. ajjhharitv, Sadd 339,9 (sayam ev ti padam -itv); pp ajjhharita, mfn., supplied, inferred; Sadd 339,25 (tumhehi -ito sayamsaddo); fpp ajjhharitabba, mfn., Sadd 265,5. ajjhhra, m. [S. adhyhra], (gr.t.t.) supplying (in an elliptical expression); Sadd 727,11 (uppannan ti -vasena). ajjhittha, mfn., pp o/ajjhesati qv. ajjhinamutta, mfn. [adhi + ina + mutta1], released from debt;? Sadd619,n (-0). ajjhitt in Ee at D II 289,2 and Sv 740,28 (ajjhitt panh) is wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhitthapanh. ajjhipekkhitabb in Ee at Ps III 133,7 is wr for ajjhupekkhitabb (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhupagacchati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + upa + gacchati; cfS. abhyupagacchati], comes to, reaches; enters (a state); consents to, agrees; ThI474 (~e ghtam yo vinri evam satthuno vacanam; Thi-a 260,3: -e ti sampaticcheyya); aor. 3 sg. ajjhupgami, Ja II 403,3* (sannamam ajjhupgami); 3 pi. ajjhupgamum, Ja V 323,io* (sabbe panjalik hutv isinam ajjhupgamum; 323,13': isinam santikam upagat); p p ajjhpagata (and ajjhupgata, prob, mc rather than from * ajjhupagacchati), mfn., I. (act.) who has come to, reached; entered upon; agreed to; gone over to; Vin III 24,4 (bhikkhcariyam -o ti bhikkhu); D III 81,15 (te tumhe settham vannam hitv hinam attha vannam -); A V 87,3i; Vv 17:2 (tuvam si - yasassini); Th587 (smannam -assa); 1109 (sabbam pahya idam ajjhupgato); Ap47,i (hinattam ajjhupgato); Mil 300,31 (-0 kapiniddam); Vibh-a 327,24 (~-tt); 2. (pass.) reached, entered upon;? Sp239,8 (buddhdihi -am bhikkhcariyam) = Vibh-a 327,23. ajjhupagamana, n. [from ajjhupagacchati; cfS. abhyupagama], consent, agreeing to; Vin II 97,34 (kammassa kiriy karanam upagamanam -am adhivsan); 104,5; V 156,23. ajjhupgata, mfn., mc for ajjhupagata qv sv ajjhupagacchati. ajjhuphari, aor. 3 sg. [of *adhi + upaharati], ate; J II 293,13* (bhojanam -i, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ajjhavhari; 293,21': ambarasam ajjhohari). ajjhupekkhaka, mfn. [from ajjhupekkhati], disinterested, impartial; looking on without interfering; Vism 467,3 (tatramajjhattat ... sampavattnam jniynam -srathi viya datthabb) = As 133,22; As 196, i7(-tsankhtena majjhattkrena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhpekkhkatasankhtena) * Vism 321,25 (-ttasankhtena); Cp-a287,27 (-0 ca hoti upekkhthniyesu dhammes ti). ajjhupekkhana, ajjhupekkhana, n., - , / [from ajjhupekkhati; BHS adhyupeksana], disinterestedness, impartiality; unconcern; looking on without interfering; Nidd I 501,12 (y catutthe jhne upekkh upekkhan - cittasamat) * Vibh230,i2; Ps I 298,30 (ajjhupekkhanat); Dhp-aIV 3,i8 (tattha adhivacanam -am eva bhro); Cp-a232,i8 (na kho pana m'etam patirpam yadidam ime satte evam ppapasute ... disv

38

-am); As 133,21 (cittacetasiknam(a)-vasena). ajjhupekkhati (and occasionally ajjhpekkhati), pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhyupeksati], looks on without interfering; views with impartiality or disinterestedness; tolerates, condones; Vinll 78,34 (tvam... amhe Dabbena Mallaputtena vihethiyamne -asi ti); A III 435,12 (yasmim samaye cittam -itabbam tasmim samaye cittam na -ati); Ja I 147,21 (Devadattassa pakkhik bhikkhuni kucchin gabbham pariharati, Devadatto ca tarn -ati); V 229,5 (tumhe ... vinicchaymacce lancam gahetv lokam vinsente kasm -atha); Niddl 508,22* (samhitacittapannya ~eyya); part.pr. (a)ajjhupekkha(t), mfn., MII 223,13 (~ato); (b) ajjhupekkhanta, m/(-anti)w., Ja V 8,5' (-anti); Ud-a262,23 (bhagav -anto nisidi); aor. 3sg. ajjhupekkhi, Mil275,9 (piye putte... tena brhmanena latya anumajjiyante disv -i); 3pi. ajjhupekkhimsu, MI 155,25 (-imsu kho); absol. (a)ajjhupekkhitv, SV 440,11 (dittam... celam v sisam v -itv); PatisI 91,33; 1h-a I 207,11 (akkhirogam -itv); (b) ajjhupekkhiya, Ap 320,23 (ukksitam ca khipitam-iyamnav, Be, Ce so; Se -ya, Ee ajjupekkhya, wrr ?) * Bv 1:52 (Be, Ee so; Ce -itva; Se -itvna); (c) ajjhupekkhya, Ap 320,23 (Se so; Ee ajjupekkhya; wrr? Be, Ce ajjhupekkhiya); jfc/? ajjhupekkhitabba, mfn., A I 126,9 (atthi... puggalo ~itabbo na sevitabbo); IV 45,23 (katthaggi... klena klam -itabbo); Ps III 133,7 (anekaratanapr mahnv bhinnaphalantarena udakam diyamn muhuttam pi na -itabb hoti, Be, Se so; Ee wr ajjhipekkhitabb); fpp neg. anajjhupekkhitabba, m/n., Ps III 133,8 (ayam pi anajjhupekkhitabbo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se na -itabbo). ajjhupekkh, / [BHS adhyupeks], disinterestedness, impartiality, unconcern; Pet 149,11 (upekkhca - ca). ajjhupekkhita(r), m. [from ajjhupekkhati], one who looks on with disinterestedness, detachment; M III 85,i; S V 69,9 (so tathsamhitam cittam sdhukam - hoti) = Vibh 227,22. *ajjhupeti,/?r. 3 sg. [adhi + upeti; cfS. abhyupaiti], goes to; approaches; goes to meet; opt. J sg. ajjhupeyyam, D III 23,25 (tarn eva sayam ~eyyan ti); fut. 1 sg. ajjhupessam, Ja IV 440,10* (aham canammlini -essam) * 440,26* (rosit -essam; 442,10': sayane upagamissmi); aor. 3 sg. ajjhupesi, D III
23,33.

ajjhuposatho in Ee at Sp 1060,13 is wr for ajjuposatho (Be, Ce,Seso). ajjhpekkhkatasankhtena in Ee at As 196,17 is wr for ajjhupekkhakakat- (Be, Se so; Ce ajjhupekkhat-). ajjheti1, see sv adhiyati. ajjheti2, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Vdhi, Vdhyai, but perhaps ajjheti1, cf S. adhyeti], cares for, longs for; broods; Sn948 (na so socati njjheti; Niddl 433,11 foil.: na upanijjhyati na nijjhyati na pajjhyati; Pj II 568,20: njjheti ti nbhijjhati). ajjhena, n. [= ajjhayana qv]> learning, study (esp. of the Vedas); recitation; Mil 199,17 (~am... brhman catuttham dhammam pannapenti punnassa kiriyya kusalassa rdhanya; Ps III 446,8: ~an ti mantagahanam); JaV 10,15* (~ni patiggayha; 10,i9': ~nl ti vede);

Vibh353,26 (ekacco... dhanena v -na v kammyatanena v... mnam jappeti); It-al 4,ifoll. (vuttasaddo ... ~e kathane t i . . . dissati... vutto gano vutto paryano ti disu ~e9 Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhesane) * Ud-a 45,24/o//. (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ajjhesanakathandisu ... ajjhsane,prob, wrr); ifc see chand'(sv chanda2); ajjhena-m-aggim in eds at Ja VI 207,2* is prob, wr for ajjena-; see .yvajja2; -ajjhpana, ., learning and teaching; It-all 134,16 (lapitalpanamatten timantnam mattena); -kujja, ., useless studies; Sn242 (~am, Ee so; Ce ajjhenakujjham; perhaps wrr; Be, Se ajjhenakuttam; Pj II 286,2: nkatmaknatmajanakaganthapariypunanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se niratthakam anekaganthapariypunanam); see also ajjhayana, ajjhna. ajjhesaka, m. [BHS adhyesaka], one who requests (recitation of the dhamma,); ifc see dhamm'-. ajjhesati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhyesati], requests; asks (esp. for instruction or recitation of the dhamma; see Sp 1058,5/o//.); VinI 116,24 (te theram -anti uddisatu bhante thero ptimokkhan ti); II 300,16 (yasm Revato antevsikam sarabhnakam bhikkhum ~issati); AIV 153,8 (smam v dhammam bhsati param v ~ati); Nidd I 258,8 (pucchati papucchati ycati ~ati); Sp695,n (anumodanya ~ati dhammakathya ~ati); part.pr. ajjhesanta, mfn., Nidd II [Be] 198,11 (~anto; Ee 11210,2); aor. 3sg. ajjhesi, Vinll 200,10 (Devadatto... yasmantam Sriputtam ajjhesi); Bv-a 12,M; 1 sg. ajjhesissam, Nidd II 210,10 (apucchissam aycissam ~issam); absol. ajjhesitv, Ps II 136,24 (paccsakle dhammadesanam ~itv); pp (a) ajjhittha, mfn. and n. I. (mfn.) [cf S. adhista, BHS adhyesta], requested; asked (esp. to preach the dhamma,); Snp. 218,13 (bhagav... brhmannam ~o puttho puttho pafihe vyksi); Ja VI 292,28* (~o na vikampeyya; 293,2': rann idam nma karohi ti ~o natto); Ap351,io (-0 kathayi buddho gambhiram nipunam padam); Dhp-alV 101,22 (satthr ~o); 2. (n.) a request; Sadd814,i8 (ajjhesanam -am); 815,2 (-e ... sattami vibhatti hoti); panha, m., the question asked; the chosen question; DII 289,2 (ye Sakkena devnam indena panh putth, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhitt panh; Sv 740,28: ajjhesitapanh patthitapanh, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se putthapanh); neg. anajjhittha, mfn., unbidden, uninvited; VinI 113,5 (chabbaggiy bhikkh sanghamajjhe anajjhittha dhammam bhsanti); Nidd I 230,7 (anajjhittho v dhammam bhanati); (b) ajjhesita, mfn., requested, asked; Niddl 211,5; Pj 1131,27(ekam-0 pi); Ud-a 277,19 (sabbe bodhisatt ... patisandhiggahanya ~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee patisandhigahanamajjhesit); neg. anajjhesita, mfn., unbidden, uninvited; Niddl 68,9 (anycito anajjhesito; Nidd-al 198,15: annpito, na icchito ti eke);fpp ajjhesitabba, mfn., VinV 163,8 (paro v -o); Sp 1059,27. ajjhesan, / , - a , n. [BHS adhyesan, adhyesana], request, entreaty (esp. to expound or recite the dhamma); Abh 427; Vin I 6,23 (bhagav ... brahmuno ca -am viditv) = D II 38,19; Vism 712,2*; Sp 1058,5 (-a cy ettha sanghena sammatadhammajjhesakyatt v

39

sahghattheryatt v); It-al 4,7/0//. (vuttasaddo ... ~e kathane ti... dissati... vutto gano vutto paryano ti disu ~e, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ajjhene) * Ud-a 45,24 foil. {Be, Ce, Se -ajjhenakathandisu ... ajjhene; Ee -ajjhesanakathandisu... ajjhsane, prob, wrr); Sadd 814,18 (-am ajjhittham); 693,27 (-ena); ajjhesanam in Ee at Ja II 327,16* is wr for ajjhenan ca (Be, Ce, Se so); ajjhesane in Ee at As 111,33 is wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhayanakamme. ajjhesita, m/w.,/?/?o/ajjhesati qv. ajjhoksa, m. (and mfh. ?) [abstracted from ajjhokse qv], 1. (m.) the open air; VinUI 200,12 (-0); IV 45,16 (rukkhaml v ~ v nikaddhati); 270,15 (~o nma appaticchanno kuttena v kavtena v...); 2. (mfn.) being in the open air; Ps II 228,13 (vivittam -am bhmibhgam, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be abbhoksam; or ajjhoksam, ind. ?) -gata, mfh., being in the open air; Sil 230,20 (na -0 ramati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhoksagato); see also abbhoksa. ajjhoksam, ind. [adhi + acc. /oksa], in the open air, in the open; Ps II 228,13 (vivittam -am bhmibhgam, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be abbhoksam; or ajjhoksa, mfh. ?). ajjhokse, ind. [adhi+ loc. o/oksa], in the open air, in the open; Vin I 15,24 (bhagav... ~e cankamati) * SI 212,6; Vin III 57,16 (bhikkhu ~e civaram pattharitv vihram pvisi); Dhp-aIV 101,20 (bahud eva rattim ~e vitinmetv); Vism380,20 (yasmato Sriputtassa ... navoropitehi kesehi ~e nisinnassa); see also abbhoksa. ajjhokirati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + o2 + kirati], bestrews; scatters down on; D II 137,20 foil, (yamakasl sabbaphliphull honti aklapupphehi, te tathgatassa sariram okiranti -anti abhippakiranti tathgatassa pjya, dibbni pi mandravapupphni... tathgatassa sariram okiranti -anti abhippakiranti; Sv 575,36: -anti ti ajjhottharant viya kiranti); see also avakirati. ajjhogahetv1, see sv ajjhoghati. ajjhogahetv2, ind. [absol. of adhi + o2 + ganhti?], grasping; Pj 1185,29 (yo ariyasaccni avecca passatl ti yo cattri ariyasaccni pannya ajjhogahetv passati, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be ajjhogahetv; or ajjhogahetv1 ?). ajjhoglha, mfn., pp o/ajjhoghati qv. ajjhoghaka, mfn. [from ajjhoghati], who has plunged into, entered; Ap-a468,3 (sahghassa vanarn -assa adadim). ajjhoghati,pr. 3 sg. [adhi+ oghati; cfS. abhyavaVgh], plunges into, enters; puts out (to sea); D I 101,5 (vanarn -ati); MI 72,23 (tathagato im attha paris upasankamati -ati); A III 368,24 (smuddik vnij... nvya samuddam -anti); Niddl 152,24 (oghati -ati pavisati); part.pr. (a) ajjhoghanta, mfh., Pj I 176,15 (cakkaratanam ... samuddam -ati tasrnim -ante ...); (b) ajjhoghamna, mfh., Pj II 216,8 (pannya -amnam); aor. 3 sg. ajjhoghi, ajjhogahi, Ap 174,n (~i mahvanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhogahi); 350,5 (Anuruddho nma sambuddho ... vanarn ajjhogahi tad, Be, Ce, Se so, mc; Ee wr ajjhogahim); absol. (a) ajjhogahetv (and ajjhoghitv; sometimes written ajjhogahetv1, probably influenced by gahetv;

cfoghati), Vin III 18,30 (mahvanam -etv); DU 134,21 (nadim -etv nahtv ca pivitv ca paccuttaritv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhogahetv) = Ud84,s; MI 359,15 (tarn vanasandam -etv, Be, Se so; Ee -itv; Ce ajjhogahetv); III 173,io (cakkaratanam puratthimam samuddam ~tv paccuttaritv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ajjhogahetv); Jal 7,4 (Himavantam -etv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ajjhogahetv); Mil 300,27 (vanam -itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ati); Spkl 133,4 (arannam -etv, Be so; Ce, Se ajjhogahetv; Ee wr ajjhogetv); PsII 230,15 (tanh... -itv gilitv gahanavasena ajjhosnan ti vuccati ?); (b) ajjhogayha, Ap 363,19 (ajjhogayha vanam tad); pp ajjhoglha, mfn., who has plunged into, entered; immersed (in); A IV 100,12 (Sineru... catursitiyojanasahassni mahsamudde -o); Mil 348,1* (passaf rannake bhikkh -e dhute gune); Ps III 131,i (bhagav mahsaram ~ suvannamahnv viya); ppatta, mfn. [dvandva; or pp as action noun], immersed in, intimate; SI 201,17 (so bhikkhu annatarasmimkuleativelam patto viharati; Spkl 294,21: patto ti oghappatto). ajjhoghana, n. [from ajjhoghati], entering, plunging into; Ps IV 223,11 (dakkhinasamuddam -am); ifc see atth'-(^v attha2). ajjhogetv in Ee at Spkl 133,4 is wr, prob, for ajjhogahetv qv sv ajjhoghati. ajjhothapetv in Ee at Pv-a 148,26 is wr; read gmamajjhe thapetv with Be, Ce, Se. ajjhottata in Ee at Jal 363, is' and 1162,16' is wr for ajjhotthata qv sv ajjhottharati. ajjhottarati ti in Ee at Ap-a 178,27 is wr for ajjhottharati ti (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhottari in Ee at Jal 330,20 is wr for ajjhotthari1 qv sv ajjhottharati. ajjhottaritv in Ee at Jail 62,2r is wr for ajjhottharitv (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhotthata, ajjhotthata, m/.,/?/?0/ajjhottharati qv. ajjhottharana, n. [from ajjhottharati], covering, spreading over; overwhelming, flooding; Sp 1401,30; Spk II 80,6 (gvutaddhayojanamattam -am); Patis-a 612,23 (rgdayo hi 0,-atthena rajo nma); anajjhottharana, n., the not covering, not overwhelming; Jal 215,6 (imassa vanassa aggin -am); As 51,15 (--bhvena). ajjhottharati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + ottharati], covers, spreads over; overcomes, overwhelms; threatens; Vin I 111, 1 5 (chabbaggiy bhikkh simya simam -anti); 111,20 (yo -eyya); A III 92,2 (bhikkhum... mtugmo upasankamitv abhinisidati abhinipajjati -ati); Ja III 58,8 (abhikiranti -anti); Niddl 16,27 (te parissay tarn puggalam ... abhibhavanti -anti pariydiyanti); Mil 296,17 (api nu kho tarn ... udabindu dasa pi dvdasa pi yojanni -eyyti); Sv 264,2 (afinena v vacanena annam vacanam paticarissasi -issasi paticchdessasi ti attho); Th-all 175,22 (maccurj ... m jintu, m abhibhavatu m -at ti attho); part.pr. (a) ajjhottharant, mfn., Ja VI 404,6 (samuddo viya -anto); Sv 575,36 (ajjhokiranti ti -ant viya kiranti); Ps II 160,17 (migajt ... vatim -ant pavisanti); (b)ajjhottharamna,mfh., Jal 72,23 (puna uttarapassena Mrabalam -amnam disv); Visml87,i;

40

aor. 3 sg. ajjhottharil, Ja I 330,20 (Kosalarattham mahoghena viya ~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhottari); Dhp-aIII 30,17 (setthidhitaram pubbasineho ~i); absol ajjhottharitv, Ja I 61,20 (gahitagahitni turiyni ~itv nipajjimsu); Nidd I 167,10; Mil 336,27; Spkl 60,24 (yam ca jalam talkam gahetum na sakkoti ~itv gacchati tarn ogho ti vuccati); pass. pr. 3 sg. ajjhotthariyati, A III 92,19 (mtugmena ... abhinipajjiyamano -iyamano) = Pp 67,28; Sp 1054,25 (varanappadeso ... udakena ~iyati); aor. 3 sg. ajjhotthari2, Vv-a48,i (gmapadeso ~i, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -lyati); pp (a) ajjhotthata, ajjhotthata, mfn., spread over, covered; overwhelmed; Ja I 363,18' (abhinivittho ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhottato); V91,25'; Dhp-all 214,21 (sakalasariram pitiy... ~am hoti); Pj II 391,4 (tya senya tt); Dth5:5; (b) ajjhottharita, mfn., spread over, covered; overwhelmed; Sp 768,23 (sace bhikkhu rukkhena v ~o hoti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ajjhotthato); Pj II 140,27 (~- tt); fpp (a) ajjhottharitabba, mfn., Vin III 111,20 (na ... sirnya sim ~); Niddl 485,31; (b) neg. anajjhottharaniya, mfn., Sp 176,6 (udakena ~e thne); l h - a l l 175,27 (cathi oghehi ~am... sudipam); caus. pr. 3 sg. ajjhottharpeti, Sp 347,16 (ajjhottharati parena v ~eti). ajjhottharita(r), m. [from ajjhottharati], one who overcomes; Nidd (Be) II 252,25 (parissaye sahit rdhit ~ pariydit; cf Ee Nidd II 275,19); Ps I 160,12 (abhibhavit ~ ca bhaveyyam). ajjhottharitabbaka, mfn. [fpp of ajjhottharati + ka2], to be overcome or overwhelmed; Sp 458,1 (-sattnam). ajjhopanna, mfn. [pp of *adhi + o2 + pajjati; cf AMg ajjhovavanna; often confused with, and written as, ajjhpanna qv], addicted to, enthralled; D I 246,2 (panca kmagune gadhit mucchit ~, Be, Ce so; Ee ajjhpanna; Se ajjhosann) * MII 203,16 (Be, Ce, Ee ~o; Se ajjhpanno); S II 270,1 (tarn lbharn gadhit mucchit ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ajjhpanna); A V 178,6 (te ca bhoge ... ~o, so read ? Ce, Ee, Se aijhpanno; Be ajjhosanno); Ud 75,10 (mucchit ~); Nidd I 35,18 (giddh gadhit mucchit~ lagg; Nidd-al 109,30: kmanandiy adhi-opann ajjhotthat); Pet 157,2 (gahito ajjhosito kme ~o, so readl eds ajjhpanno); 219,7 (tehi kmehi samyutto viharati... ~o, so read 1 eds ajjhosanno); anajjhopanna, mfn., not addicted to; MI 369,28 (tarn pindaptam ... ~o ... paribhunjati; Ps III 50,6 foil.: na adhi-opanno, sabbam lumpitv ekappahren' eva gilitukmo kko viya na hoti ti attho); Sil 269,25 (agadhit amucchit ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anajjhpann); Mil 401,2 (siho ... laddh pi bhojanam agadhito amucchito -o paribhunjati, so readl Be anajjhosanno; Ce, Ee, Se anajjhpanno). ajjhopekkhati in Ee at Niddl 508,12* is wr for ajjhupekkhati (Be, Ce, Se so). ajjhobhavi, aor. 3 sg. [of *adhi + o2 + bhavati], has overcome, overpowered; Ja II 80,16* (tarn mam panko ajjhobhavi yath dubbalakam tath, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhabhavi; 80,23': adhibhavi vinsam ppesi, Ee so; Be, Ce adhi-abhavi; Se abhibhavi). ajjhomaddati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + o2 + maddati], treads

upon, crushes down; AIV 191,11 (assakhalunko ... rathisam yeva ~ati). ajjhomucchita, mfn. [adhi + o2 + mucchit], swooning; clinging to (in longing); A III 57,27 (Bhaddya deviy sarire ~o). ajjholambati,^r. 3 sg. [adhi + o2 + lambati], hangs down (over); Mill 164,25foil, (yni 'ssa pubbe ppakni kammni... tni 'ssa... olambanti ~anti abhippalambanti... seyyath ... mahantnam pabbataktnam chy syanhasamayam pathaviy olambanti -anti abhippalambanti); SHI 137,19 (tass [nadiy] ubhosu tiresu ks ce pi jt assu te nam -eyyum); Saddh284 (ppaknikatni... ~anti mnasam). ajjhosa, absol. /ajjhosati qv. ajjhosati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhyavasyati], grasps, clings to; relishes; MI 328,16 (sace ... tvam bhikkhu pathavim -issasi; Ps II 407,21: pathavim ~ya gilitv parinitthpetv tanhmnaditthirii ganhissasi); II 263,8 (yad aniccam tarn nlam abhinanditum nlam abhivaditum nlam ~itun ti); Niddl 428,4 (atite sankhre tanhvasena ditthivasena nbhinandeyya ... na -eyya); absol. (a)ajjhosya [BHS adhyavasya], Mil 265,2 (tarn upekham abhinandati abhivadati ~ya titthati); S IV 71,11* (sdurn rasam njjhosya bhunjati); Kv 485,5 (dukkham ~ya titthanti ti); Mil 69,3 (ajjhattikabhire yatane abhinandanti abhivadanti ~ya titthanti); neg. anajjhosya, MI 270,n; SIV 36,34; Mil 69,9; ( b ) ajjhosa, S IV 73,20* (srattacitto vedeti tarn ca ajjhosa titthati) = Th98; (c) ajjhositv, Ps II 75,14 (~itv gilitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr ~etv); pp ajjhosita, mfn. [BHS adhyavasita], 1. (act.) attached to, grasping; being bent on; MI 65,18 (bhavaditthim ~); AII 25,28* (~ yattha paj visatt); Thi470 (~ asre kalevare; Thi-a259,i4: tanhvasena abhinivitth); Pv 43:4 (~o mayham ghare, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ajjhsito; Pv-a267,nyb//.: mama gehe tanhbhinivesavasena abhinivittho); Pet 157,2; Mil 76,24 (eko... ~o eko anajjhosito); neg. anajjhosita, mfn., not grasping; Niddl 133,23; Mil 74,n (pabbajit anajjhosit kyam pariharanti); 2. (pass.) grasped, caught; SII 94,n (assutavato puthujjanassa -am mamyitam parmattham); A II 25,24* (yarn kind ... ~arn saccamutam paresam); Nidd I 64,28 (tassa s ditthi... ~); Mp II 139,20 (tt); eg. anajjhosita, w/., not grasped; S IV 213,2 (s anicc ti pajnti anajjhosit ti pajnti); fppajjhositabba, mfn., MI 109,36 quoted As 5,4. ajjhosanna, mfn. [pp of *adhi + o2 + sidati], exhausted, sunk down; Pet219,7 (tehi kmehi samyutto viharati... ~o, eds so, prob, wr for ajjhopanno). ajjhosna, n. (and m. ?) [BHS adhyavasna], grasping, clinging to; relishing; D II 58,34 (chandargam paticca ~am ~am paticca pariggaho; Sv 499,32: ~w. ti aham mamanti balavasannitthnam); MI 191,4 (imesu pancas' updnakkhandhesu chando layo anunayo ~am); 411,21 (ayam ditthi srgya santike ... ~ya santike, dat. for gen. ?); S V 89,3 (etth' ete uppajjanti samyojanavinibandh -; Spklll 150,10: ~ ti parinitthpetv gahan); Niddl 428,4 (abhinandanam abhivadanam -am gham); Dhs 1059 (... icch mucch-am gedho ... ayam

41

vuccati lobho); Pet 118,24; anajjhosna, n., lack of grasping\ MI 411,25 (~ya santike); Pet 124,19. ajjhosita, mfn., pp o/ajjhosati qv. ajjhosetabba in Ce, EeatPs II 75,n and 75,13 is wr for ajjhositabba (Be, Se so). ajjhosetv in Ce, Ee at Ps II 75,H is wr for ajjhositv (Be, Se so). ajjhohata, mfn.,pp o/ajjhoharati qv. ajjhohara in Ee at Spkll 88,12 is wr; Be, Ce, Se ajjhroha qv; see also ajjhohara. ajjhoharana, n. [from ajjhoharati], 1. bringing down or near; A V 324,18 (assjmyo ... yath kalim evam patodassa -am samanupassati; Mp V 80,8 (patodassa -sankhtam patanam passati ti attho); 2. eating, swallowing; Sp 923,8 (0,-attham dantehi sankhdati); Pj I 35,n; It-all 53,27; Sadd436,29 (gila ~e); ifc see brahman' -. ajjhoharati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + o2 + harati; cfS. abhyavaVhr], 1. [BHS adhyoharati], brings down or near; puts in; MI 245,14 (im ca me devat dibbam ojam lomakpehi -eyyum); 2. swallows, eats; Vin II 201,15 (bhisamullam ... -anti); Mil 138,24 (dvattikkhattum... so bhavam Gotamo mukhe lopam samparivattetv -ati); Ja II 105,23 (ambaphalam ... -itum asakkonto kakkretv nutthubhi); Mil 366,28 (kukkuto pathavim khanitv khanitv ajjhohram -ati); Cp-a 115,5 (mtaram vin na kind -issmi ti); part.pr. (a) ajjhohara(t), mfn., Sp 838,27; Vibh-a 25,B (-ato); (b) ajjhoharanta, mfn., Sp 831,2 (-antassa); Th-aIII 139,15 (-antassa); aor. 3 sg. ajjhohari, S II 270,27 (-1); Ja VI 198,4* (ko mam ~I bhto oglham Yamunam nadim); 205,2* (tarn sgar' -i); Mhv 37:132 (~i); absol. ajjhoharitv, Ja I 460,24 (mamsam khditv -itv mukham punchitv); Vism 346,4; Spkll 153,7; pass, pr. 3 sg. ajjhohariyati, Vism 344,35; As 330,4; part.pr. ajjhohariyamna, mfn., Ps I 209,21; Vism 265,23; PP(*) ajjhohata, mfn., I. (act.) who has swallowed; Saddh610 (-0 va balisam maccho); 2. (pass.) eaten, swallowed; Abh 757; Sp 825,5 (yena ekasittham pi -am hoti); Pj II 59,4 (accunhe hi mtar -e); As 330,16 (odanakummsdi v -am kucchim vitthambheti); (b) ajjhoharita, mfn., eaten, swallowed; Sp 821,12 (ekam pi sittham... -am hoti); fpp (a) ajjhoharitabba, mfn., to be eaten; Vin III 252,6; Mil 366,30; Vism 344,19; Nidd-all 88,9 (tt hro); (b) ajjhoharaniya, mfn. and n., (what is) fit to eat, eatable; to be swallowed; Vin IV 90,16 (yam kind -am eso haro nma); Ja II 8,6'; Kkh 113,28 (galena tya); Sv 669,22 (sakalagmam caritv pi -am dullabham eva); Spklll 176,7 (hre patiklasann ti odanakummsdimhi ~e patiklasann, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee odanakummsdim ajjhoharantass' eva); neg. anajjhoharaniya, mfn., Sp 710,24 (anajjhoharaniyatam pannatt); 713,16; see also ajjhavhari. ajjhoharitabbaka, mfn. [fpp o/ajjhoharati + ka2], to be swallowed, to be eaten; Ps I 207,35 (kabalinkro hro ti kabalam katv ~o haro) = Spk II 23,22. ajjhohnam in Ee at Pet 254,8 is wr for ajjhosnam (Be, Ce so).

ajjhohara, m.n. [cf S. abhyavahra], {.taking food, swallowing; Vin IV 67,36 (~e ~e patti pcittiyassa); 2.food; Mil366,28 (yogin... paccavekkhitv -am ajjhoharitabbam); 3. name of a mythical seamonster; Ja V 462,17 (nando timando -0, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ajjhroho). ajjhohita, mfn. [pp /*adhi + odahati], placed upon or in; Jail 7,27* (unham v* -am mukhe; 8,7': mukhe -am thapitam); see also ajjhavodahi. ajhniya- in Ee at Pet 152,18 is wr, prob, for jniya qv. aftcatil,/?r. 3sg. [S. Dhtup ancati, Wg21:2], I. goes; honours; bends, curves; Dhtup45 (anca... gamane); 48 (anca pjyam); Dhtum48 (anca pjgate); Sadd 335,16 (aiicu gatipjansu; maggam -ati buddham -ati); Nidd-a II 69,13 (tiriyam -anti ti tiracchn, Be, Se so; Ce acchanu" ti; Ee anchanti ti); 2. [cf S. udancati], ladles out; Ja 1417,14' (udakam -anti ety tiudancani); ancmi in Ee at Th 750 is prob, wr for anchami (Be, Ce, Se so); pp aflcita, mfn. [ts], going, gone; curved, bent; Sadd335,n (uddham anuggantv tiriyam -o ti tiracchno) ^ Vibh-a 454,14; Ud-a 140,10 (tiriyam bhvena tiracchn, Ce, Ee so Be, Se anchita-; = It-al 128,5: eds anchita-); kanna, mfn., with ears curved, bent back; ? Vism 635,14 (ayam hatthi kanno pasritanariguttho sondam mukhe pakkhipitv, eds so; perhaps read anchita-? Vism-mht[2te] II 429,26: niccalatthapitakannaputo) = Vibh-a 489,30 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anjita-). aflcati2, pr. 3 sg. shrinks; declines; ? Sadd 338,21 (anca vyayagatiyam: vyayagati vinsagati -ati); Nidd-a I 113,21 (ycake disv katukabhvena cittam -ati sankoceti ti katukaficuko) = As 376,8. anceti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ancayati, Wg 33:64], distinguishes, makes clear; Sadd 529,io (ancu visesane: -eti -ayati). aflchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. nchati, Wg 7:29; AMg anchai], stretches; pulls, drags, turns (on a lathe); Dhtup 53 (aficha yme); Dhtum64 (anch, yme bhave); Sadd 342,6 (achi yme: -ati); Vin IV 5,20 (~a kta vahassu kt ti, Se so; Ce anja; Be, Ee gaccha) ^ Ja I 192,5 (Ce, Se so; Ee anja; Be gaccha); D II 29\,\s foil. (dakkho bhamakro ... digham v -anto digham -ami ti pajnti rassam v -anto rassam -mi ti pajnti; Sv 764,16: -anto ti mahantnam bheripokkhardinam likhanakle hatthe ca pde ca pasretv digham kaddhanto) = MI 56,22 foil.; Spk I 258,3 (na hi te ekavram eva thanam -anti, punappunam -ant dhenum duhanti ti); Ps II 37,2 (tiriyam -anti ti tiracchn, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee tiriyam anchit tiracchn) = Nidd-a II 69,13 (Ee so; Be, Se ancanti ti; Ce acchanti ti); part.pr. aiichanta, mfn., D i l 291,16 = MI 56,23; Spk I 258,4 (-ant, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr -anto); II 48,25 (puriso ito cito ca -anto kilamati); absol. anchitv, Spk II 48,29 (n' atthi tattha -itv vaddhanakiccam); Vibh-a 26,2i (-itv kaddhitv); pp aflchita, mfn., stretched; pulled; Sp 935,6 (yattakam hatthena -am hoti tattakamhi vethite ek patti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anjitam, prob, wr) * Vin-vn 2286; Ps II 37,2 (tiriyam ~ tiracchn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anchanti ti); Ud-a 140,10 (tiriyam bhvena tiracchn, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ancita-) = It-al 128,5;

42

--kanna, mfn., with ears outstretched; 7 Vism635,i4 (ayam hatthi kanno pasritananguttho sondam mukhe pakkhipitv, so readl eds ancita-) = Vibh-a489,30 (Be, Ce, Se ancita-; Ee anjita-); see also ati-anchitum. aflchana, n. [S. nchana], pulling; ifc see thana-; -vissajjana, n., pulling and letting go; Thi-a239,i5 (yantasuttdinam - ' -din). aftjati1, afljeti, pr. 3 sg [S. anakti, anjayati, Wg 29:21], Dhtup69 (anja vyattimakkhanagatikantisu); Dhtum74 (anju vyattigatikantimakkhanesu); 1. smears, anoints; paints; makes clear; Vin I 203,33 (bhikkh anguliy -anti, akkhini dukkhni honti); Sil 281,12 (akkhini ca -eyysi); Sp 634,6 (akkhim -ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -eti); 800,15 (na evam akkhini -enti ti); Dhp-al 21,io (imam bhesajjam -hi ti~pesi, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be ~ehl ti); Sadd 333,22 (~ati makkheti ti anganam); absol anjetv, anjitv, Sil 281,4 (akkhini -etv, Ee, Be so; Ce, Se -itv); Ja IV 219,16 (~etv); SpkII 240,5 (~etv); 2. goes; Vin IV 5,20 (~a kta vahassu kt ti, Ce so; Se ancha; Be, Ee gaccha) * Ja I 192,5 (Ee so; Ce, Se ancha; Be gaccha); pp anjita\ mfn. [BHS id.], painted; anointed; Ja I 483, is (ekam akkhim -am); Bv-a 149,28 (~ni akkhini); '-akkha, mfn. [anjita + akkha4], with anointed eyes; with eyes (as it were) painted; Ja IV 421,2* (-'-akkh; 421,5': anjitehi viya visuddhapancappasdehi akkhini samanngat); ananjitakkha, mfn., with eyes not anointed or painted; Ja IV 300,3'; neg. ananjita, mfn., not anointed; Ja VI 583,32' (ananjitam amanditam); caus. pr. 3 sg. afijpeti, Spklll 5,5 (tattya ayosalkya akkhini -etukmo ti); aor. 3 sg. afijpesi, Dhp-a 121,10; absol. anjpetv, As 138,31 (daharam kumram nhpetv... pupphni pilandhpetv akkhini -etv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anjetv; * Nidd-a 120,28: Be, Se anjetv; Ce, Ee anjitv). * aflj ati2, see sv afij ita2. ailjana1, m. [ts], the name of a tree or plant; Ja I 331,20 (-rukkhasraghatikavannamahmaccho); Ap 16,3 (asan ~ bah, Se so; Ee anjani; Be, Ce ajjun); Th-al 137,n/o//. (anjanavannapupphabhvato hi ~ vuccanti valliyo ... apare pana - nma mahgacch ti vadanti). anjana2, n. [ts], I. smearing, anointing;? D I 12,9 (natthukammam -am paccanjanam; c/"Sv98,i6: -an ti dve v tini v patalni nfliaranasamattham khranjanam) ^ M I 511,16 (-am paccanjanam natthukammam); 2. ointment, esp. a collyrium for the eyes, used for decoration or as a medication; a pigment; Abh 306; Vin I 203,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am klanjanam rasanjanam ...); D I 7,20 (... -am mlvilepanam mukhacunnakam ...); Ap 312,15 (~am datv buddhe); Dhp-a II 25,14* (~nam khayam disv); Mhv5:28; anjanam in Ee, Se at Thi 411 is prob, wrfor anjanim (Be, Ce so); 3. the mineral antimony; JaV 416,27 (-manosilharitla-); 0, -akkhika, mfn. [anjana + akkhi1 + ka2], with eyes painted with collyrium; Th 960; '-upapisana, ^-upapimsana, n., perfume to mix with ointment; Vin I 203,14 (~ehi attho hoti ... anujnmi bhikkhave candanam tagaram..., Be, Ee so; Ce ' -Opapimsanehi; Se ' -upapimsanehi; Sp 1091,5: anjanena saddhim ekato pimsitabbehi); II 112,15

(bhindauY etam ... drupattam sakalikam sakalikam katv bhikkhnam ~am detha, Be, Ee so; Ce ' -papimsanam; Se -pimsanam); Mp III 253,21 (bhagav tarn [candanaphalakam] ... bhikkhnam '-papimsanatthya dpesi, Ce, Ee so; Be -pisanatthya; Se -pimsanatthya); Ap-a 117,2 (tarn pattam ... bhedpetv ~am katv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ' -papimsanam ); -cunna, n., aromatic powder; As 13,33 (gaganatalam ~-samokinnam viya); -n}ik,/, a container for ointment; Ps III 303,4 (anjani ti ~); Th-alll 36,io; -nli,/, id., Thi-a246,io; -pabbata, m., a mountain of antimony; JaV 415,23; VI 528,27*; -mla, m., a precious stone; Ud-a 103,28 = Sadd 873,4; -salk, / [AMg amjanasalg], a stick for applying collyrium; Ja III 419,22' (akkhikotito ~ya niharitv, eds so); see also anjanisalk sv anjani1. anjani 1 ,/ [cfAMg amjaniy; BHS anjaniya], a box for ointment, a collyrium pot; Vin I 203,19 (anujnmi bhikkhave -in ti); Mil 65,3* (-1 va nav citt) = Th773; Thi 411 (koccham pasdam ~im ca dsakam ca ganhitv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~am; ThI-a246,io: anjananlim); Vin-vn3062; (!)-thavik,/, a bag for the collyrium pot; Vin 1204,8 (bhikkh anjanim ... hatthena pariharanti... anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); Sp 1091,12 (~ya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se afijanathavikya, prob, wr); Vin-vn3065; (i)-salk,/, a stick for applying ointment; Vin 1203,34 (bhikkh ahguliy anjanti, akkhini dukkhni honti... anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); II 135,19 (anjanim pi ~am pi); Vin-vn 3065; see also anjanasalkw anjana2. afijanl 2 ,/ [ts], a kind of plant; Ap 16,3 (asan ~i bah, Ee so; Se anjan; Be, Ce ajjun). aftjayesu in Ee at Ja III 12,7* is wr for anjasesu (Ce, Se so). afij all, m. (and f.) [S. afijali, m.], the cupped hands; Abh 268; Mil 75,12 (mamam -ismim patitthpehi ti); A III 188,13 (sacham ~in v pivissmi bhjanena v); IV 164,i (dhannam hareyya ... ucchahgehi pi ~ihi pi); Vv-a 54,22 (ubhohi hatthehi pariggahetv -im prenti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anjalipram); esp. as raised to the head (as a gesture of respect or supplication); Vin II 6,29(~im paggahetv); D1118,31 (yena bhagav ten' ~im panmetv); 125,34 (~im pagganheyyam); SI 61,n* (sahghassa -im katv); Sn352 (ayam -I pacchimo suppanmito); Vv 83:15 (~im akarim tathgatassa); Ja I 35,5 (sirasi -im thapetv); III 348,24 (brhmano rjnam upasankamitv jaypetv -im paggayha); V 362,25* (-i 'ssa panmayi; 363, r: anjalim assa); V I 5 6 2 , H * (katvna -im); Ap48,4 (siras -im katv); 80,15 (-issa idam phalam) * 281,17 (-iy); 104,17 (yenyam -i dinno); Pet 168,16; Mil 95,9 (nipacca guruno pde sirasi -im katv); Ud-a 380,17 (appekacce bhagavato pde siras vandimsu appekacce -im panmesum); Mhv 18:33 (paggahetvna-im); anjalim in Ce, Ee at Pv-a 93,24 is prob, wr for atanim (Be, Se so); ifc see kat'(svkaroti); -kamma, n., a respectful salutation with cupped hands; Vin II162,20 (anujnmi bhikkhave yathvuddham ... -am); IV 52,17 (tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivdanam paccutthnam -am smici-

43

kammam ktabbam); A IV 130,11 (gahapamahslnam v -am sdiyeyy ti); Vv 5:6; Ja I 218,5 (-am samlcikammam ktabbam); Kv440,3o; Mil 8,27; -karaniya, mfn., worthy of respectful salutation; Dili 5,23 (esa bhagavato svakasangho ... dakkhineyyo ~o); It 88,12; Kv 549,23 (dakkhineyyo -o); see also katanjalika (.sv karoti), panjali. afijalika1, mfn., [anjali + ka2], with cupped hands raised; Vin I 3,24 (bhagavato purato atthsi -o bhagavantam namassamno, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce panjaliko); see also panjalika. afijalika2, m. ? [anjali + ka2], the raising of the cupped hands in respectful salutation; Ja III 175,3' (aham pakkhehi tava -amkaromi ti attho); Vv 1:5 (abhivdayim ~am aksim); see also panjalika. afijasa, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) [S. lex. id.], straight, direct (of a road); upright (in morals); Th 35 (yo ariyam attharigikam -am ujum bhveti maggam amatassa pattiy; Th-al 105,9: akutilatthena -am); Thi99 (bhventi maggam -am); Vv 16:7 (adesayi... maggam c'imam akutilam -am sivam); 50:20 (ayam nirodho maggo ca -o amatogadho); Ja III 12,7* (katam ca ariyesu ca -esu ca, Ce, Se so; Be ajjavesu; Ee wr anjayesu; 12,\r: ujukesu akutilesu); Saddh 328; 2. (n. [and m. ?]) the direct road or way; Abh 190 (-am); Th 179 (patipaijissam -am amatogadham); Ja I 5,2* (na doso -assa so); Bv2:44 (sodhetum -am); Mil 217,12 (addas ... purnam maggam purnam -am pubbakehi sammsambuddhehi anuytan ti); Ps I 268,7 (tejodhtu anto pavittham pavittham paripceti, ksadhtu ~o hoti ?); Mhv 25:5 (sodhpetvna ... idhgamanam -am); Sadd 525,15 foil. (pakatimaggassa maggo pantho ... -am vatumyanam ... imni nmni, patipadmaggassa pana maggo ... -am vatumyanam nv ... anekni nmni); ifc see anil' -; paraddha, mfn., one who has missed the straight way; PatisI 129,19 (vipathapakkhanto lokasannivso -o); yana, m., [cf S. anjasyana, mfn.], the straight course; D I 235,18 (ayam eva ujumaggo ayam -o niyyniko; Sv400,s/o//.: -o ti ujumaggassa vevacanam, anjas v ujukam eva, etena yanti gacchanti ti -o). afijasa, ind. [ts], straight on; Sv400,8 (~ v ujukam eva, etena yanti gacchanti ti anjasyano). afijtapakkho in Ce, Ee at Cp-a233,io is wr for ajta(Be, Se so). anjnissati in Ee at Ps III 335,14 is wr for sanjnissati (Be, Ce,Seso). afljita1, mfn., pp o/anjati l qv. afijita2, mfn. [pp of *anjati2; S. rnjati], straightened, erect; -karma, mfn., with ears erect; Vibh-a489,30 (ayam hatthi -o pasritananguttho sondam mukhe pakkhipitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ancita-; = Vism 635,14: eds ancita-). afifia1, mfn. [S. ajna], not knowing, ignorant; Ud-a426,29 (attano hitam na jnti ti -o, avidv blo ti attho); Sadd 351,4 (ditthadhammikdayo atthe na nati na jnti ti -o, avidv blo ti attho). afifia2, mfn., pron. [S. anya], (sg. nom. m. - o , / -, n. -am, -ad; ace. mf -am, n. -am, -ad; instr. m.n. -ena, / -iss,

~ya; gen./dat. m.n. -assa,/ -iss; abl. m.n. -asm; loc. m.n. -asmim, / -iss; pi. nom. Iace. m. -e; / -, n. -ni, -; instr. m.n. -ehi, / -hi; gen. m.n. -esam, / -sam; loc. m.n. -esu, / -su), other; different; other than (+ abl.); another, a further, one more; somebody, something else; anything else; pi. (the) others, the rest; Abh 717; 802; 986 (vmato 'nfiasmim dakkhino); Vin 1248,16 (amhkam yeva patiganheyyum ... no -esan ti); III 144,34 (palyanti pi -ena pi gacchanti); IV 217,11 (na -sam bhikkhuninam roceyya); MI 30,27 (tarn [kamsaptim] ... -iss kamsaptiy patikujjitv) ^ Sv476,24 (Ee, Ce, Se so; Be -ya); MI 64,i (sunfi parappavd samanehi -e); SI 166,6* (vijjcaranasampanno so sujjhati na - itar paj); A IV 394,8 (-0 nna tena samayena Velmo brhmano ahosi); Khp 8:9 (asdhranam -esam); Dhp 158 (attnam eva pathamam patirpe nivesaye ath' -am anusseyya); Sn 189 (- pi pucchassu puth samanabrhmane); 677 (nahutni hi kotiyo panca bhavanti dvdasa kotisatni pun' -); 1052 (yam tarn apucchimha akittayi no, -am tarn pucchmi); Pv 14:2 (-su jtisu); Th 118 (-asseva sarmi attnam); Jal 151,i7(mamavram-assa ppehiti); 151,20 (m -am kinci sankittha mahrj ti); 256,17 (yo ~o pi... vymam karissati); 294,14 (aham eva paharim na ~o koci); II27,16 (-issguhya vaspesi); V 144,8*(etni sutv nirayni... -ni ppitthatarni c' ettha); Ap 59,24 (~e deve atibhomi); 443,2 (-am gatim na jnmi); Mil 40,2 (yo uppajjati so eva so udhu - 0 ti); 413,19 (tad uttamam -ad uttamam); As 337,4 (na -asm rpajanakapaccay uppajjanti); anna... anna..., l.one... another...; some... some...; Vin I 15,10 (-iss kacche vinam -iss kanthe mutingam); IV 35,28 (pattiy anuyunjiyamno -ena -ena paticarati); Dhp 165 (nnno -am visodhaye); 2. one ... another (different) ...; one thing ... another thing...; D I 157,16 (kim nu kho ... tarn jivam tarn sariram udhu -am jivam -am sariran ti); 187, A foil, (- va sanna bhavissati -0 att); MI 372,20 (-ad eva... kyadandam -am vacidandam -am manodandan ti); Mil \l\,\4foll. (-am kayiramnam -ena sambhavati); ' -afifia, mfn., each other; Vin I 335,26* (in uddna: paccropeyya -am, Be so; Ee -o; Ce annamannam; Se annofinam); JaV 267,13* (-am musale hantv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be annofinam; Ce, Se annamannam); -m-afifia, mfn., pron. [AMg annamanna; BHS anyamanya] 1. one another; each other; Vin I 117,18 (-am p'ime saman sakyaputtiy na jnanti); IV 239,9 (-iss vajjapaticchdik); 239,34 (-iss kmme kariyamne patikkosanti); D I 20,17 (-amhi cittni padsenti); 56,24 (~assa sukhya v dukkhya v); MI 86,24 (-am pnihi pi upakkamanti); 214,25 (te -am panham pucchanti -assa panham putth vissajjenti); Sil 204,8 (-am sutena accvadante); Itlll,i6 (-am nissya brahmacariyam vussati); Sn 148 (nnnamannassa dukkham iccheyya); 936 (-ehi vyruddhe); Jal 254,27 (-am ghtayimsu); V lll,io (amacc -am avahasanti); Mil 57,16 (anallpo tesam -ehi ti); Pj II 204,11 (tarn hi sattnam -ato bhedanena vinsam karoti); Th-a III 84,36 (-asmim appatissav); Mhv 33:76 (-am khampayum); am, adv., towards one another; mutually, reciprocally; Vin IV

44

240,2 (-am vajjam paticchdenti); A III 247, n (~am agrav viharanti); Jail 353,23 (te -am veram bandhimsu); III 188,2 (dve pi -am patibaddhacitt ahesum); Cp 1:9:44 (-am sokanud vasma assame tad); Dhs 1077 (te -am het c' eva sahetuk ca); Mhv 36:83 (-am apekkhitv); 2. one after the other; now one... now another...; various, different', Mill 45,19 (tarn ca -am kyasamcram); SII 54,18 (-ehi padehi -ehi pariyyehi); Sn 600 (- hi jtiyo; Pj II 464,7: nnappakr tiattho); Ja I 185,3* (-ehi titthehi assam pyehi; 185,5': -ehi ti annehi annehi); 200,12 (-am hatthim nayimsu); Mil 36,28 (rj -am anusreyya anupeseyya); Nett 23,31 (aggi... updnavasena -ni nmni labhati); Dhp-al 399,15 (-esu kulesu sabbatthakam eva dpesi); khdik,/, the eating of one another, Mill 169,24 (Ps IV 213,16: -khadiktikhdanam) = S V 456,9; see also anfianna, aniionna; -d-attha, m., another object or aim; Sn 828 (na h' - ' atthi pasamsalbh; Pj II 541,3i: na hiettha pasamsalbhato anno attho atthi); It-al 110, is (kuhandito -ay' eva pana idam ... brahmacariyam vussatiti); -d-atthika, mfn.9 having another object or purpose; Vin IV 250,32 (katham hi nma bhikkhuniyo -ena parikkhrena annuddisikena sanghikena annam cetpessanti ti; 251,10: annass' atthya dinnena); Utt-vn 826; neg. anannadatthika, mfn., Vin IV 251,24; 'disa, mfn., of another kind; different; Mil 136,2 (kacci pana so bhavam Gotamo tdiso no -o ti); Ja VI 212,26*; Ps III 357,18 foil, (-am eva hi puthujjanassa padhnam -am sotpannassa); Pv-a243,i8 (tassa purimabhvato tarn dassetum); -kotthsiya, mfn. [from anna + kotthsa], belonging to a different group; Sp600,i9 (ekam ekam hi adhikaranam itaresam tinnam tinnam annabhgiyam annapakkhiyam -am hoti); -khantika, mfn. [anna + khanti1 + ka2], acquiescing in different views; D I 187,14; MI 487,8; -gatika, mfn., having recourse to someone else; Sv 548,32 (attagatik va hotha m -); -cetpana, n., or~l.,f, asking for something else; exchanging for something else;! VinV 87,33 (vinnatti -, in uddna; Sp 1309,23: vinnatti - . . . ti y pana bhikkhuni annam vinnpetv annam vinnpeyy ti dini nava sikkhpadni, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee annam cetpan); -titthiya, mfn. and m., belonging to another sect; a non-Buddhist; Vin I 101,4 (- paribbjak ctuddase pannarase atthamiy ca pakkhassa sannipatitv dhammam bhsanti); DIU 115,25 (- paribbjak); MI 381,28 (samano... Gotamo ... -nam svake vatteti ti); A V 347,5 (ime ... -); Ja II 415,16 (~ suriyuggamanakle khajjopanakasadis nippabh hutv); Vism 214,35 (-nam dhammassa attho vipallsam pajjati); -tama, -tara, seesvv; -d-attha, m, -d-atthika, mfn., see above; -ditthika, mfn., [aniia + ditthi+ ka2], having different views; D I 187,13; MI 487,s; As 255,10; -m-afifla, mfn., see above; -mokkha, mfn., to be released by another; Sn 773; Maddhika, mfn., following another doctrine; Sp 1034,24 (annatitthiy, ito -a ti vuttam hoti); Spkl 228,15; -vda\ m., another doctrine; another's doctrine; Ud-a340,i9 (attano vdarn paggayha -e khumsent); -vdaka, m

and n., \.{m.)one who speaks about something else, a prevaricator; Vin IV 37,i (-0 nma sanghamaijhe ... pattiy v anuyunjiyamno tarn na kathetukmo ... annen, annam paticarati); 2. (.) the offence of prevaricating; Vin IV 36,3 (sangho Channassa bhikkhuno -am ropetu); Utt-vn 77; -vadi(n), mfn., professing another doctrine; Th 86 (itobahiddh puthu-annavdinam); -vihatabhvam in Ee at Sp 359,8 is wr for annavihita- {Be, Ce, Se so); -vihita, mfn. {sometimes in Ee, Se written annvihita), 1. occupied with something else, distracted; Vin IV 269,n (-, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se annvihita); V 205,25 (-0, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se annvihito; Sp 1379,2i: -o ti annam cintayamno); Ja VI 62,27; Dhp-alH 381, is; (-0 viya ito c'ito ca olokento); Patis-a684,4 (mtpitunnam tya apassantnam); Vin-vn 692; neg. anannavihita, mfn., Ud-a 389,3; 2. differently ordered or determined; Niddl 265,n (kiles anfiajatik -); -vihitaka, mfn., occupied with something else; (repeated): directed to one thing... directed to another...; DIN 134,7 (-ena iinadassanena -am finadassanam pannpetabbam mannanti); JaIV 389,20 (nam -am... paharitv); Ps II 90,30foil; 263,30 (sakkaccam na sunti... -o hoti); -satthruddesa, m., adopting another teacher (one of the six abhithna^; Pj I 190,1 ( c / A I 27,34 foil.); anafifia, mfn., 1. not other, the same, identical; Vin IV 43,io (etad evapaccayam karitv -am); MI 256,20 (yath tad eva idam vinnnam sandhvati samsarati -an ti); Jail 120,io* (ayam eva s aham pi so -0); Kv30,8 (sace hi sandhvati sv eva puggalo ito cuto param lokam ~o h' evam maranam na hehiti); Pet 171,4 (es aham tattha anunnatt -t ti, Be so; Ce eso ... anannath ti; Ee es ... tt t ti); Patis-a 457,13 (rpdito attano tt); 2. not another, no more; D I 88,32 (mahpurisassa dve va gatiyo bhavanti -) * Sn/?. 106,9 * Kv286,i; 3. having no other, devoted to no-one else;? JaVI 296,6* (bhattram yev' udikkheyya anann' assa ca rjino, so read with CPD ? Ce, Ee -assa; Be na ca annassa; Se na annassa ca; 296,15': annassa ranno santike na bhaveyya, Ce, Ee so; Be santako; Se santike na bhaseyya); dheyya, mfn., not to be taken by another; not subject to another; Ja IV 111,27* (pathavi... ekass' eva siy dheyy; 112,19': ananndhin assa); VI 379,30* (s silavati dheyy, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se ananiiatheyy; 380,3': kilesavasena annena agahetabb, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be na thenitabb); neyya, mfn., 1. not to be led by someone else; not needing guidance from anyone else; Sn 55 (uppannanno 'mhi neyyo); 213 (netram annesam neyyam); Ja IV 283,10 (mayi sasneh asamhiracitt neyy); It-all 43,22 (--neyyatya buddho); 2. whither one cannot be guided by others; Vin I 36,28* (disv padam ... neyyam); satthuka, mfn., not having another teacher; Sp 173,18 (--satthukamtihi saranagamanehi saranagatam mam bhavam Gotamo dhretu) * Ps I 137,5. afiftamsu, aor. 3 pi. o/jnti qv. aftfiatama, mfn. [superl. o/anna 2 ; S. anyatama], one out of many; one or other of; MI 17,19 (ye hi...

45

parisuddhakyakammant aranfie vanapatthni pantni sensanni patisevanti tesam aham ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se annataro); Mhv 38:14 (tesam ~o); Sadd 266,27 (annataraannatamasadd aniyamatth); 268, wfoll. afiatara, mfn., pron. [compar. of anna2; S., BHS anyatara], (sg. gen./dat. /~iss, ~ass, ~ya; loc. m.n. ~asmim, ~e; / ~iss, ~ya; pl. nom. m. ~e, ~; (/Sadd268,3I: anno anne ~o~e; and 269,\9 foil); 1. one of two; one of several; a certain... (often used as indefinite article: "a"); somebody, some...; VinI 128,34 (~asmim vse); III 37,14 (~o bhikkhu ~iss itthiy patibaddhacitto hoti); 196,15 (atthannam mtiknam ~ya mtikya ubbhatam hoti); D I 177,8 (~o ca kho pan' yasm Kassapo arahatam ahosi ti); M i l 108,29 (~iss itthiy mt klam akasi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~ass); S IV 341,23 (ye ca loke dussil ppadhamm Koliynam lambacjak bhat tesam ~ ti); Dhp 137 (dasannam ~am thnam ... nigacchati); Sn 35 (avethayam -am pi tesam); Jal 221,22 (~am padumasaram nissya); 111411,5* (imasmim yevanagare kule ~e ahum; 411,13': nmena v gottena v apkate ekasmim vessakule); IV 104,24 (tass' evaranno ~ya deviy kucchimhi); VI 283,2* (jayo mahrja parjayo ca yhatam ~assa hoti); Ap 466,26 (jto kule ~e); Pet 77,25 (~o pi paccayo); Mil 285,21 (~o Mrakyiko devaputto); Ud-a60,6 (~asm rukkhasusir kanhasappo nikkhamitv); Th-al 139,28 (~ya purnakutikya viharanto); 2. other, another; different; Abh 717; D I 17,33 (atha ~e pi satt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anne); AIV 317,13 (~o pi kho bhikkhu); Ja II121,10 (tad cha bhtaro ~ ther ahesum); ifc see dev'-; '-amlatara, mfn., one or other; all kinds of; DIU 45,27 (ekacco tapassi sabbeh' eva imehi upakkilesehi samanngato assa ko pana vdo ~en ti); 145,28 (~esu ca adhikusalesu dhammesu); Mill 250,9 (~ena vyasanena samanngatassa); Niddl 102,15 (te dvsatthiy ditthigatnam ~amditthigatam ... gahetv); Vibh353,20 (jtiy v gottena v ... sutena v patibhnena v ~ena vatthun mnam jappeti); Mil 370,5 (~ena v buddhapatikutthena micchjivena nipphditam bhojanam); Pj II 110,17 (doso pi moho pi ~e pi kiles khin hon ti). annato, ind. [S. anyatas], X.from another, from somebody else; elsewhere; from elsewhere; Sn 790 (na brhmano ~o suddhim ha); Ja III 244,22* (disv vadmi na -0 savam); 376,24 (~o olokento); Ps III 301,6 (ito c' amh parihln - o ca); Pj 1145, is (sankrakt v ~o v kutoci); annato ... annato ..., in one direction ... in another...; Spkl 64,26 foil, (vacanam c' assa ~o gacchati kiriy ~o ti); 2. as another (thing), as different; S IV 50,20 (sabbanimittni ~o passati; Spk II 370, \r. anattato passati, no attato ti). aftflattha, ind. [= annatra qv; AMg annattha], somewhere else, anywhere else, elsewhere; Vinll 274,34 (bhattagge ... ~a sabbattha); D II 206,20 (na ~a bhagav tava ssan na --a sugata tava ssan, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se annatra); Jail 154,25 (~a yhi); VI201,22 (tassa -a patisandhi ny atthi devalokam eva gacchati ti); Vism 117,12 (~a gantukmassa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se annatra); 201,5 (uppanne tathgate ye keci mahesakkh devamanuss na te -a pjam karonti); Sp 1038,27 (ekattha kittetv -a

kittetum na vattati); Th-al 211,10 (~pi tass' eva kammassa vipkvasesen ti vuttam); Mhv 4:37 (~a agamimsu te); 0, -acariyaka, mfn., following a different teaching; D I 187,14 (dujjnam kho etam... tay aniiaditthikena... ~ena, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce annatrcariyakena; Sv 377, H foil.', annattha ca te cariyakam ahnasmim titthyatane cariyabhvo) * MI 487,9 (Ce so; Be annatrcariyakena; Ee aMathcariyakena; Se annatra cariyakena; Ps III 198,21 foil.: -na ti paccaykram ajnantnam annesam cariynam santike vasantena); see also annatra. afifiatthika, mfn., seesv anna. afiiiatra, ind. [S., BHS anyatra], 1. elsewhere, somewhere else; in another place; Vin II 174,5 (bhikkh... vihraparibhogam sensanam -a paribhunjanti); Pv 36:63 (kammam siy -a vedaniyam); JaV 252,17 (~pi vasantassa); Kv97,4 (n'atth' ~a brahmacariyavso ti); Mil 77,io (idha mato -a upapajjati); Vism 554,32 (-a agantv); Sp 978,28 (antaraghare v ~a v); annatra ... annatra ..., in one place ... in another ... ; Vin I 301,5 (~a vassam vuttho ~a civarabhgam sdiyissasi ti); 2. but for, besides, except, apart from; without (with abl. or instr. [and ace. 1]); Vin I 353,17 (eko adutiyo sukham phsu viharmi ~' eva hatthflii hatthinihi); IV 162,19 (~a ajjhrm); D I 168,29 (~a imin tapopakkamena); SI 101,24 (kim assa karaniyam -a dhammacariyya); Sn886 (-a sannya); Jail 77,2i (n* atthi no annam patisaranam -a vnarind ti); IV 35,4* (~a km paricrayanti; 35,10': vin kmena anicchya); 53,22* (~a thi brahmacariyam carma; 54,22*. t attano bhariy thapetv sesa-itthisu brahmacariyam carma); V 173,2i* (nnnatra manussalok suddhi ca samvijjati sanfiamo v); Pet 215,9 (na sakk mocetum -a ariyamaggena); Mil 26,19 (kim pana bhante ~a rpavedansaM^ankhravinnnam Ngaseno ti); 164,15 (~a tavdisena buddhimat); Vism 239,24 (~a buddhuppd); Pj II 294,22 (na sakk kinci dya gantum -a sucaritena); Sadd 899,29 (-a iti parivajjanatthe ~a buddhuppd abhisamayo n* atthi); 103,22 foil. (~a icc etena niptena yoge pancami vibhatti hoti tatiy ca nnnatra sabbanissagg sotthim passmi pninam ... kojneyya -a tathgatena); kim ~a ..., what but, what else is this but ?; D I 90,2i (kim ~a avusitatt ti); SI 29,2 (kim -a adassan ti); Sn206 (kim -a adassan); 0, -cariyaka, mfii., following a different teaching; D1187,14 (dujjnam kho etam ... tay annaditthikena ... ~ena, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se annatthcariyakena; Sv 377,14/0//.: annattha ca te cariyakam annasmim titthyatane cariyabhvo) * III 35,4 (eds so) * MI 487,9 (Be so; Ce annatthcariyakena; Ee annathcariyakena; Se annatra cariyakena; Ps III 198,21 foil.: paccaykram ajnantnam annesam cariynam santike vasantena) * II43,i2 (eds annathcariyakena); '-yoga, -yoga, mfn., following another discipline or religious practice; D I 187,14 (dujjnam kho etam... tay annaditthikena... ' -yogena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se annattha yogena; Sv377,13foil.: annatra ca te yogo aniiiss yeva patipattiy yuttapayuttat) * III 35,4 (eds 0> -yogena) * M I 487,8 (Be, Ce, Ee -yogena; Se annatra

46

yogena; Ps III 188,20: aniiatra payogena) * II43,12 (Be, Ce, Ee -yogena; Se annatthayogena); see also annattha. afifiathatta, n., abstr., see sv annath. afifiath, ind. [S. anyath], 1. in a different manner; otherwise (than, abl); in the wrong way, falsely, erroneously; not so; VinlV 275,31 (duggahiten ti -a uggahitena); D III 103,25 (tatiY eva tarn hoti no ~); M III 210,26 (ye evam jnanti te samm jnanti, ye ~ jnanti micch tesam nnan ti); SIII 3,19 (tarn rparn parinamati ~ hoti); AIII 123,26 (yam kind Kakudho devaputto bhsati sabbam tarn tath, eva hoti no ~a); Sn 588 (yena yena hi mannanti tato tarn hoti ~); Vv 53:15 (m ca vitatham -* abhni); Ja III 457,7* (yo jnarn pucchito panharn ~ nam viykare); V91,8* (me ayyaputtassa mano hessati ~); Vibh 392,25 fall. (-' asmi tihoti... - bhavissan ti hoti); Pet 79,7 (~ nma savanena); Mil 30,14 (aham bhanmi yattake bhikkh icchati tattakehi bhikkhhi saddhim gacchat ti, ayam bhane Sabbadinno ~ bhanati); Vism 506,29 (samudayanirodhena hi dukkham nirujjhati na ~) Ps III 234,8 (kirn ubhayato ~ ti); Th-a II 269,6 (sildayo ca mndippahnena priprim gacchanti na ~ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); annath ... annath..., in one way ... in another way ...; like this ... different...; D II 160, H (~ kho Vasetth tumhkam adhippyo ~ devatnam adhippyo ti); M I 340,30 fall. (~ ca kyena samudcaranti ~ vcya ~ ca nesam cittam hoti); S I 24,3* (~ santam attnam ~ yo pavedaye); ' -cariyaka, mfn., following a different teaching; MI 487,9 (dujjnam kho etam... tay annaditthikena ... ~ena, Ee so; Be annatrcariyakena; Ce, Ps III 198,2i Ee annatthcariyakena; Se aniiatra cariyakena) * II43,12 (eds so); (a)-tta, ., abstr. (and mfn. ?) [BHS anyathtva], 1. (n.) change, alteration; change of mind; doubt, anxiety; Vin III 20,i2 (appasannnam c' eva apasdya pasannanam ca ekaccanam ~ya; Sp 218,24: -y ti pasdannathbhvya vippatisraya); MI 448,9 (tassa mayham bhante ahud eva -am ahu domanassam); SHI 91,17 (tesam mamam apassantnam siy ~am siy viparinmo); A I 152,8 (uppdo panfiyati vayo pannyati thitassa ~am pafinyati); Pv 30:8 (tatr, assa cittass' ahu~am); Ja I 19,13 (buddha nma amoghavacan n* atthi buddhnam kathya -am); 147,10 (ass gabbhe paripkam gacchante indriynam -am hatthapdapitthiham bahalattam udarapatalassa ca mahantatam disv); Mil 209,7 (na bhaveyya arahato cittassa kinci -am); SpkII 266,15* (~am jar vutta); 2. (mfn.) changed; anxious; ? Ja I 33,19 (kesaggamattam pi cittam ~am nhosi, Ce, Ee so, or cpd citta-m-annathattam ? Be, Se cittassa) = Ap-a 36,25 (eds so) = Bv-a 149,35 (eds cittassa); -bhva, m., becoming different; I. change, alteration; Abh776; Vin II 284,23 (sabbeh' eva piyehi manpehi nnbhvo vinbhvo~o); D i l 118,29 (vinbhvo ~o); Spkl 355,25 (mittabhvato -o ma hot ti); ifc see v i p a ^ ^ ' - ; 2. a different existence; Ps II 408,30 (itthabhvo ti idam cakkavlam -o ti ito sesam ekunasahassam); Mp III 13,2 (-0 nma angatattabhvo); It-all 122,27 (uppattibhavantarasankhtarn ito -am... na atikkamanti); ifc

see itthabhV-; -bhvi(n), mfn., of changeable nature, inevitably changing; SHI 225,4 (cakkhum... aniccam viparinmi ~i); IV 23,26 (-1 bhavasatto loko bhavam evbhinandati) ^ Ud32,3i; anannathbhvi(n)1, mfn., not subject to change; Vin I 36,28* (disv padam... anannathbhvim; Sp 973,8: jtijarmarannam abhvena anannathbhvim); anafiflatha, mfn., not being otherwise; as it really is; true; D III 273,16 (dhammbht tacch tath avitath ~ samm tathgatena abhisambuddh); S II 26,5 (y tatra tathat avitathat t idappaccayat ayam vuccati... paticcasamuppdo); V435,19 (imni... cattri ariyasaccni tathni avitathni-ni); anafiftath, ind., not otherwise, accurately; as it really is; VinV 145,30* (tamtam vykatam ~); M i l 170,32 (tarn ca hoti bhtam taccham -); Vv 44:18 (tarn te viyksim - aham); ThI252 (saccavdivacanam -; Thi-a200,i7: saccavdino ... sammsambuddhassa ... vacanam ~ yathbhtam eva); anannathbhvi(n)2, mfn., being as it really is, being inevitably so; Mp II 227,9 (tvam pi evamdhammo ti codenti viya, tesam ca tarn vacanam ~-bhvitya devatya vykaranasadisam eva hoti). afifiadatthu (and occasionally afinadatthum), ind. [prob. anfia2+ imperat. of atthi1, "let the rest be (as it will)"], only, exclusively, absolutely; merely; rather, on the contrary; Abh 1140; D I 91,17 (~u mamam yeva manne va anojagghant); S IV 118,21 (na ... patirpam yo 'ham ~u mnavaknam sutv samanam Mahkaccnam akkoseyyam); V 6,16* (~u jayam jayam); Ja III 92,22 (-u sokbhibhto); Mil 133,17 (~u vimalataram yeva bhaveyya ti); Vism 656,17 (na domanassam pajjeyya ~u udsino bhaveyya majjhatto); Dhp-aI389,2i (-u garaham labhati); It-al 116,i9(-unibbnaninno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -urn); Pj II 326,29 (dassanamatte pi cittam na nami ~u samvego eva udapdi); Mhv 12:18; -dasa, m(fn). [annadatthu + dasa2], seeing absolutely; the only seer (of Brahma or Tathagata,); D I 18,14 (aham asmi brahm mahbrahm abhibh anabhibhto ~o vasavatti; Sv lll,24/o//.: -ti ekamsavacane nipto, dassanavasena daso, sabbam passmi ti attho) ^ A III 202,11 (atth* vuso brahm abhibh anabhibhto ~o vasavatti); It 122,7; -hara, mfn., who merely, only takes; DIU 185,20 (~o amitto mittapatirpako); Ja VI 378,16 (evam te ~); see also ekadatthu ^v eka. aflftad, ind. [S. anyad], at another time, at other times; SIV 285,15 (yad ~ pi evarpo panho gaccheyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se annatha); JaV 12,2i (vanacarako - pi tassa santikam gacchati); PsII 114,24 (etarahi pi - pi rupam aniccam dukkham anatt); Dhp-aIV 125,9 (na hi me - tya natthipv nma pakkapubb ti); Nidd-al 438,15 (na dittho ti - na ditthapubbo). afinavda1, see sv aniia2. aftftavda2, m. [ann + vda?], a statement of what is known; ? A I 197,34 (puggalo pafiham puttho samno ... -e na santhti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anntavde; Mp II 309,19: ntavde jnitavde na santhti... kathetabbaniymen' eva ... vimatim karoti). afiflassati, fut. 3 sg. o/jnti qv.

47

aftn, / [BHS jna], knowledge, philosophic insight; perfect knowledge, ie arahaty/wp; Abh436 (~ tu arahattam); MI 445,2 (pubbe appatarni c'eva sikkhpadni ahesum bahutar ca bhikkh ~ya santhahimsu; Ps III 155,r. arahatte patitthahimsu); SI 24,n* (~ya nibbut dhir); A III 192, n (no ce ditthe va dhamme ~am rdheyya); Dhs 555 (~ pann pajnan); annam vykaroti, proclaims one's arahatszp; VinI 183,20 (yannnham bhagavato santike ~am vykareyyan ti); SII 51,2 (yasmat... Sriputtena ~ vykat khin jti vusitam brahmacariyam...); J a l 140,15; ifc see samma-d-; '-atthika, mfn., anxious for knowledge; Pv 36:14 (Pv-a225,n: ~o ti jnanena atthiko); pe(k)kha, m/h., wishing for knowledge, wanting to know; D i l 150,15 (~o va pucchissati no vihespekkho; Sv 589,5: ntukmo va hutv); Mil 334,30; ' -indriya, n. [BHS jfiendriya], the faculty of knowing; D i l i 219,io (tin' indriyni anafintannassamitindriyam -am anntvindriyam; Sv 1002,33: annbhtam jnanabhtam indriyam); PatisI 115,29; Dhs 364 (y tesam dhammnam ntnam ditthnam... pann pajnan ... idam ... ~amhoti) = Vibh 124,26; Nett 171,12 (bhikkhu idam dukkhan ti... ayam dukkhanirodhagminipatipad ti yathbhtam pajnti, idam bhikkhave -am); Patis-a 86,30 (jnanakam indriyam ~am); -citta, n., thought for knowledge, the intention of gaining perfect knowledge; Vin 110,9 (sotam odahimsu -am upatthpesum); S II 267,8 (na ~am upatthpessanti) * A III 437,B; -vimo(k)kha, m., release through knowledge; S n l l 0 5 (~am pabrhi); see also afinavda2. afina1, n. [S. jfina], knowledge; D III 57,n (mayam ' -attham pi samane Gotame brahmacariyam carma); A I 199,13* (' -attham pasdattham); anafina, ., lack of knowledge; Pet 73,15* (kankhato ca ~am). aftfina2, n. and aMna2, mfh., ^e^vnna. atifinaka, n. [annna2 + ka2], ignorance, lack of understanding; Vin IV 144,10 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ancram caritv~ena pann ti jnant ti); Ps I 56,10 (~ena, te kira imassa suttassa attham nbhijnimsu). anfinino samdhibhtassa in eds at Pet 207,22 is prob, wr; rea<iannnasamangibhtassa with Nnamoli, 1979, p.2801 afita1, rnfn., pp o/jnti qv. aftfita2, mfn.y neg. pp o/'jnti qv. afifita(r), m. [from jnti; BHS jntr], one who knows, who understands; a knower; Vin 16,4* (desetu bhagav dhammam ~ro bhavissanti); D II286,14* (~ viharissmi; Sv739,27: - jnitukmo hutv viharissmi); A I 133,19 (~ro ca dullabh; Mp II 207,25: pativijjhanakapuggal pana dullabh). afifitaka1, mfn. [annta2 + ka2], unknown; unfamiliar; not one's own; VinI 133,27/0//. (passanti... ~am pattam ~am civaram; Sp 1065,29: -an ti annesam santakam); JaV 219,23* (~am smikehi padinnam dhamme thit ye paticchanti dnam; 224,24': -an ti mahrja annesam santakam tehi smikehi padinnadnam); Pet 79,20 (~am ghosam paresam deseti); -vesena, adv., in disguise; not in one's own form;

VinI 342,25 (Dighiti Kosalarj ... kumbhakranivesane -ena paribbjakacchannena pativasati); Jal 14,i (~ena pana me kilese jhpetv nibbnapattiy kiccam n' atthi); II 427,6 (bodhisatto ~ena rattibhge nagaram pariganhanto carati); IV 230,27 (~ena palyitv); Sp45,i4; Dhp-al 275,15 (attabhvam vijahitv ~ena tass santike gantv). anfitaka2, mfn., seesvntaka. afifttabba, mfn., jpp of jnti qv. afifttvi(n), mfn. [annta1 + ()vi(n); BHS jiitvin], who has complete insight; {completely understood ?) Dhs 555 (y tesam ~Inam dhammnam anfi pann... idam ... anntvindriyam hoti; As 292,1: ~inan ti jnitv thitnam) * Vibh 124,28; Pet221,i6; Nett60,28 (~ino indriyassa); As 291,30 (-ino catsu saccesu nitthitannakiccassa); ' -indriya, n., the faculty of (having) complete insight; D III 219,10 (tin* indriyni anannatannassmitindriyam annindriyam ~am; Sv 1002,36: ~an ti anntvisu jnanakiccapariyosnapattesu dhammesu indriyam, arahattaphalass, etam adhivacanam); PatisI 115,29; Dhs 555 (y tesam anntvinam dhammnam ann pann... idam... ~am hoti) = Vibh 124,31; Nett 171,19 (bhikkhu savnam khay ... khin jti vusitam brahmacariyam katam karaniyam nparam itthatty ti pajnti, idam bhikkhave ~an ti); afifiti1, pr. 3 sg., see sv jnti. afiti2, m, ^e^^vnti. aflfltum, inf. o/jnti qv. anfidisa, mfn., see sv anna2. aftflpetum, caus. inf. o/jnti qv. afiftya1, absol. o/jnti qv. anfiya2, see sv iiya. aftfiyamna, mfn., neg. pass, part.pr. o/jnti qv. afiftvihita, see annavihita sv aniia2. afifisi1, aor. 3 sg. o/jnti qv. afifisi2, aor. 3 sg. o/jnti qv. afifiimsu, aor. 3 pl. o/jnti qv. afifiindriya, n., ^e^vann. afifleyya, mfn.,fpp o/jnti qv. afifiofifia, mfn. [S., BHS anyonya], 1. one another; each other; Abh 1200; Vism 521,22* (~am paticca); 2. one after the other; various, different; ~am, adv., Niddl 291,26 (nana vadanti vividham vadanti -am vadanti);-nissita, mfh., interdependent; supported by one another; It 111,20* (sgr angr ca ubho -); JaV 251,8* (mahsl... ~; 251,i6\- ~ ti skhhi skham mlehi ca mlam samsibbitv thit); Vism 597,8* (evam nmam ca rpam ca ubho ~); -bhojana, n., one another's food; Ja VI 354,25* (vitiharam ~nam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee annamaiinabhojannam, unmetrical); -vivaresi(n), mfn., seeking faults in one another; A I 199,2* (~ino, Be, Se so; Ce annamanna-; Ee annamannam vivaresino); see also aiinanna, annamanna ^v aniia2. afihamna, mfn., part.pr. o/asnti qv. at ata, n. and m(fh)., 1. (n.) [cf AMg adada], a high numeral; Abh 475 (ahaham ababam cJ evtatam); Sadd 801,27 (ahaham ababam ~am); 802,24 (visati ababni ekam -am visati ~ni ekam ahaham); 2. (m.) [BHS id.], the name of a hell or place in Avici (where one

48

suffers for an atata of years); SI 152,10 (seyyath p i . . . visati abab niray evam eko ~o nirayo; Spkl 219,1: vassaganan pi pan' ettha evam veditabb) * A V 173,14 (seyyath pi... ahah nirayo evam eko ~o nirayo) = Sn/?. 126,17. atati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atati, Wg 9:8], goes; roams; Dhtup84 (ata pata gamanatth); Dhtum 102; 525 (attane); Sadd353,2 (ata... gatiyam: -ati); part.pr. atanta, m/(-anti)., Utt-vn 915 (gmantaram -antiy). atana, n. [ts], roaming; Dhtum 525. atanaka, mfn. [atana + ka2], roaming; wild; Ja V 105,25* (~ gvi, Be, Ce so; Ee -gvi; Se akatthan; 105,27': palyanasil). atani,/, [?], part of a bed or chair (probably the rails forming the frame); Abh 309 (mancange tv -i); VinlV 168,26 (bhikkhun mancarn v pitham v krayamnena attharigulapdakam kretabbam sugatangulena annatra hetthimya -iy; 169,1: thapetv hetthimam -im, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se~'\yzm,prob. wr); Ja IV 84,n (rj sokapareto sabbakiccni pahya mancassa -im pariggahetv vilapanto nipajji) * Pv-a 93,24 {Be, Se so; Ee, Ce anjalim, prob, wr); Sp 773,3i foil (masrako ti mancapde vijjhitv tattha-iyo pavesetv kato, bundikbaddho ti-ihi mancapde damspetv pallankasankhepena kato); Dhp-aIII 365,3 (dhammsanam patitthpesi tassa ghanarattasuvannamay pd ahesum tath catasso -iyo). atabandhana, see attabandhana sv atta2. atali, (m)f(n)., having several linings (of a certain kind of shoe); ? M II 155,7 (-iyo uphan rohitv; Ee, Ce so; Ztepataliyo; Se agaliyo; Ps III 411,15: -iyo tigananganauphan); SI 226,16 (Vepacitti asurindo -iyo uphan rohitv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pataliyo). afavi, / [ts]t I.forest; woods; Abh536 (-1... maharannam); Ja I 271,2 (imiss -iy visarukkh nma honti yeva); IV 325,26 (tarn -im pavisitv assamam katv); Vism380,i (drnam atthya sakatena -im gantv); Dhp-al 13,15 (aham dubbalo antarmagge ca amanussapariggahlt -1 atthi); II245,18 (pancasatnam cornam yo so imam -im pavisati tarn mretv tassa mamsalohitena tuyham balikammam karissm ti devatya ycanam katv); Patis-a 161,22 (-ito core netv nagarassa dakkhinadvre ghteyyum); 2. (pl) inhabitants of the forest; bandits; savage tribes; Ja VI 55,14* (-iyo samuppann rattham viddhamsayanti nam; 55,16': atavicor samuppann); Ap 354,15 (tassa raniio pamattassa -iyo samutthahum); Cp 3:2:6 (kupito ahosi paccanto -ihi parantihi); -arakkhaka, -rakkhika, m., a forest guard or guide; Jail 335,14 (-esu sabbajetthako, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -rakkhikesu); -pla, m., a forest guard or guide; JaV 22,22 (eko satthavhabrhmano -nam sahassam datv); -sankopa, m., unrest in forest districts; disturbance of bandits or wild tribes; A I 178,21 (bhayam hoti -0 cakkasamrlh jnapad pariyyanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -sankhepa; Mp II284,19: -oti ataviy sankopo, atavi ti c' ettha atavivsino cor veditabb) ^ HI 66,9 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -sankhepo). atavika, m. [ts], one who lives in the forest; Cp-a 190,23 (tehi parantihi -ehi paccantadeso kupito ahosi).

atta1, w. [ts]9 I. a watch-tower; Abh 204; 1126; VinI 140,29 (-0 krpito hoti); Niddl 374,13 (-ato -am gacchati); Sp 654,11 (-0 ti patirjdinam patibhanattham itthakhi kato bahalabhittiko catupancabhmiko patissayaviseso); Mp III 55,19 (sensanan ti manco ... lenam - o . . . ) ; Sadd 94,20*; 2. a platform; scaffolding; Sp 282,4 (-am v bandhanti); 884,2; see also attaka. afta2, m. [cf S. artha], lawsuit, legal case; Abh 1126; VinlV 225,i (-am karissmi ti dutiyam v pariyesati gacchati v); Ja I 405,5 (amhkam -am pacchind ti); 1175,3 (~e sahassam parjito viya); V 395,19 (na sakk ayam -0 vinicchitum); Sp 906,24 (~o ti vohrikavinicchayo vuccati yam pabbajit adhikaranan ti pi vadanti); Ps II 252,13 (rann vinicchitaklato patthya -o aparparam na sancarati); Dhp-al 353,10 (vinicchayam gantv tarn -am tlretv); As 31,11 (asakkhikam -am karonto viya, Ce, Se so; Be addarn; Ee attham); ifc see kt'- (^vkta2); -karana,., (the place for) dealing with lawsuits; seat of judgement, courtroom; DII 20,19 (raja -e nisinno, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee attha-); M II 122,2(-e nisinnassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee attha-); SI 74,16 (-e nisinno kho rj, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se attha-); Ps II 301,19 (etesarn atthya -am n' atthi); -kari,/, one of the parties in a lawsuit; Vin-vn2011 (y bhikkhuni ussayavd -1 mukhari vihareyya, Be so; Ee -kri); -kraka, m., -krik,/, one of the parties in a lawsuit; VinlV 224,30 (ussayavdik nma -krik vuccati); JaV 230,4 (manusse); Sp908,i3 (-0); Ps II 12,4 (dvinnam -nam attam chindanto viya); -bandhana, ., judicial imprisonment or confinement; ? Sp 997,26 (kram bhinditv ti -'-dim bhinditv, Be so; Ee, Se atabandhandim; perhaps wrr; Ce omits); see also attha2. atta3, mfn. [AMg id.; S. rta], distressed, tormented, afflicted; molested, plagued, hurt; Abh 1126; Sn 694 (ten' amhi -o vyasanagato aghvi; Pj II 489,11: -0 ti turo); Vv 80:9 (svham -o 'mhi dukkhena pilito); Ja IV 293,14* (putt mam' -; 293,17': mamam ca putt - tur); Ap 531,8 (tay na yuttam nibbtum ice ~ vilapimsu t, Ee so; Ce -am; Be, Se icchatt) = Thi-a 140,6* (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se icchatt); Ps III 180,24 (tena inena -o pilito); ifc see in'-, chat'-, vedan'-, scik'-; -ssara, m. [S. rtasvara], a cry of distress; Vin III 105,17 (s ssudam -am karoti; Sp 507,19foil.: ettha sudan tinipto, s atthikasankhalik -am turassaram karoti ti attho) = S II 255,14; Ja V 270,27 (mahantena -ena viravante); Mil 357,25 (-am karoti); Vism 314,25; see also atta4. aftaka1, m. [cf S. attaka], a (temporary) platform; scaffolding; Vin III 81,36 (-am bandhanti); Ja I 173,27 (kadci attakaluddak rukkhesu -am bandhanti); Sp466,24 (-0 ti vehsamanco vuccati yam setakammamlkairmialatkammdinam atthya bandhanti); 1053,30 (antonadiyam baddhe - pi); Sv 972,1 (santhgre cittakammam nitthpetv - muttamatt honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atthak); Dhp-aIII 476,17 (rj Sundariy sariram makasusne -am ropetv rakkhpesi); see also atta1. attaka2, mfn. (atta3 + ka2], distressed; afflicted; ? Pv-a 180,19 (scikatt tiptin lkhagatt -, Be, Se so; (^attik;eatthik).

49

attaniyam in Ee, Se at Sp 1204,14 is wr for ataniyam (Be, Ce so). aftahsa, m. [ts], a horse-laugh; a loud laugh; Abh 175 (~o mahhso); Ud-a67,i (yakkhnam hunkrasaddam bhtnam -am, Be, Ce so; Ee attassaram; Se mahsaddam); Bv-a 39,35 (mihitamattam akatv -am hasanti ti). atjna, n., a rubbing board; ? Vin II 105,28 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~e nahyanti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se atthne; Sp 1199,19: ~am nma rukkham phalakam viya tacchetv atthapadkrena rjiyo chinditv nahnatitthe nikhananti tattha cunnni kiritv manuss kyam ghamsanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se atthnam); 106,5 (na bhikkhave ~e nahyitabbam); Vin-vn 2783 (~e thambhakesu v nhyamno). attla, m. (and n. ?) [ts], a watch-tower, esp. above a gateway; Abh 1126; Ja III 477, is* (yad makasadthnam ~o sukato siy); Ap44,9 (satipatthnam ~am pann te caccaram mune); Ih-aIII 54,20 (thirehi ~ehi dvrakotthakehi); see also dalha-m-attalakotthaka. aftlaka, m. [ts], a watch-tower, esp. above a gateway; Abh 204; Ja II 244,23 (~am abhirhitv); VI 269,7* (~ otthagiviyo); 276,4* (~e ca dvre ca manimhi passa); Ap 43, is (~e ca vividhe kraye nagare bah); Spk I 313,29 (matamatamanusse... ~e thatv bahidvre khipanti); Mil 66,20 (gopuram krpeyysi -am krpeyysi); ifc see antar'-. a t t i , / [S. arti], sickness, disease; Sp 175,4 foil, (set M etth ti setattik ~i ti turat vydhi rogo). aftika, mfh. [atta3 + ika?], distressed, pained; Pv-a48,i8 (attiymi ti... ~ dukkhit amhi, Be, Se so; Ee dtukkhitt amhi; Ce omits); 180,19 (scikatt ti ptin lkhagatt ~, Ce so; Be, Se attak; Ee atthik). attita, m/.,/?po/attiyati qv. attiyati (and occasionally atyati), pr. 3 sg. [denom. from atta3; BHS artfyati arttiyati], is distressed, pained, disgusted; Vin I 88,5 (so tena ppakena kammena ~a& haryati jigucchati); D I 213,22 (iddhiptihriyena ~mi haraymi jigucchmi); MI 120,I (yuv mandanakajtiko... kukkurakunapena v manussakunapena v kanthe sattena ~eyya haryeyya jiguccheyya; Ps II 90,n: atto dukkhito bhaveyya); III 300,32 (manpmanpena ~ati haryati jigucchati); SI 131,12* (imin ptikyena ... ~mi haraymi); Pv 10:2 (~mi haraymi nagg nikkhamitum bahi); Ja II143,16 (so tena attiyati haryati jigucchati, eds so); Vism 48,27* (~mi haraymi); Sp467,2i (kad nukho gilnato muccissm ti ~anti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee atyanti); part.pr. (a) attiya(t), mfn.y Nidd I 466,6 (~ato haryato jigucchato); Pj II 572,8 (~ato); (b)attiyanta,w/w., Vin III 68,21 (bhikkh sakena kyena ~ant haryant jigucchanx attan pi attnam jivit voropenti); JaV 114,26' (appiyyanto ~anto); Pj II 14,3; (c)attiyamna,/n/w., Vin III 24,26 (bhikkhubhvam ~amno haryamno jigucchamno; Sp 247,11 fall: bhikkhubhvan ti bhikkhubhvena, karanatthe upayogavacanam); SIV 62,25 (~amn haryamn jigucchamn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atthiyamn); Ja 166,17; Nidd I 480,2 (~amnassa); PsII 244,i (attano gunakathya -amn); absol attiyitv, MI 419,28 (evarpe te... manokamme

attiyitabbam... -itv); Bv-a73,i5 (manussakunapena v kanthe sattena attiyitv); pp attita, mfh. [AMg attiya; BHS artita], pained, distressed, grieved; Abh 1126; Pv 18:2 (bhtusokena -o); Th 157 (kmargena ~o); Ja IV 469,13* (so rj paridevesi puttasokena ~o); Vv-a311,n (atto ~o upadduto); Mhv6:21 (~o puttasokena); Saddh 205; fpp aftiyitabba, mfn. and n. impers., MI 419,27; A I 115,11 (tumhehi kyaduccaritena -am haryitabbam jigucchitabbam). attiyana, n. [from attiyati; cf BHS attiyan], distress; aversion; Dhp-a II179,15 (attano kyena ~am). attiyyanto in Ee at Pj II 41,6 is prob, wr for attiyanto or attiyanto (Be, Ce, Se so). atteti, ~ayati,/?r. 3 sg. [S Dhtup attayati, Wg 32:25], despises; Sadd 532,4 (atta... andare: ~eti ~ayati). attha1, m. [= attha2 qv; AMg id; this form used mainly in cpds, very frequently ifc], matter; meaning, sense; PatisI 174,7 (ken* ~ena buddho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atthena); Kv 164,31 (ken' -en ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthena); Sadd 2,5 (kenJ ~ena dhtu); attha in Ee at As 31,ii is prob, wr for atta2 qv; attha in Ee at Sv 935,23 is wr for addha1 qv; ifc see app'-; ^ -uppatti/, an occurrence giving rise to the preaching of the dhamma; Mp I 18,H (ayam desana... katamya ~iy desit ti, Be, Se so; Ce katarya; Ee kataryam); Ud-a30,n (suttadesanya vatthubhtassa atthassa uppatti atthuppatti, atthuppatti eva ~i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee suttadesanassa atthassa... atthuppatti eva atthuppattiko va) = It-a I 35,30 (Be, Se so; Ce atthuppatti yeva atthuppattiko; Ee atthuppatti eva atthuppattik); Pj II 46,17 (sabbasuttnam catubbidh uppatti attajjhsayato parajjhsayato ~ito pucchvasito ca ti); Vv-a5,6 (pathamavatthussa ayam ~i); Ap-a 275, is (tayo vinicchaye ~im katv); Bv-a 295,29 (imiss ~iy Vessantarajtakam kathesi); ' -uppattika, mfn., arising from an occurrence; Ud-a 29,26 (attajjhsayo parajjhsayo pucchvasiko ~o ti cattro suttanikkhep veditabb, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthuppattiko) = Bv-a64,i4; -kath,/ [cfS. arthavda], "exposition of the meaning", commentary (as opposed to the text, pli; the early commentaries used by Buddhaghosa etc and the commentaries compiled by Buddhaghosa etc); Ja I 345,15 (parinibbute pana bhagavati sangitikrak ... tini padni ~am ropetv); 488,29' (pliyampana phalam ppeti ti likhanti tarn vyanjanam ~ya n' atthi); V413,i6 (purimanayo va bahsu ~su gato); VI 279,29' (-yarn pana hotu surikam mahrj ti ptho); Visml07,i6 (idam... n' eva pliyam na ~yam gatam kevalam cariyamatnusrena vuttarn); Sp41,n (sabbam buddhavacanam ugganhi saddhim ~ya); 280,30 (bhagavato hi adhippyam iiatv Uplittherdihi ~ thapit); 1273,8* (plim ~am c' eva oloketv vicakkhano sahghike paccaye evarn appamatto vibhjaye); Ps I 1,21* (atthappaksanattham - dito vasisatehi pancahi y sangit anusangit ca pacch pi); Mhv 33:100 (pitakattayaplim ca tass ~am pi ca mukhapthena nesum pubbe bhikkh); 37:234 (ktum -am mama potthake detha sabbe ti); Sadd 541,12 (attho kathiyati ety ti ~); 739,25 (pliyam... ~su pana...); ~-muttaka,/yi/fc., in-

50

dependent of the commentary, As 107,20 (idam muttakam cariynam matam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vuttakam); 223,33 (ayam ettha muttako ekassa cariyassa mativinicchayo); see also atthakathika. attha2, num. [S. astau, asta], (mfn. nom.lacc. attha; instr./abl. -ahi, -hi; dat./gen. -annam; he. -asu; iic sometimes atth-), eight; Vin II 191,37 (tasmim magge -a purise thapesi); IV 52,12 (~a garudhamm); D II 109,6 (-a kho im ... paris); M III 222,12 (~a dis vidhvati); S III 153,14 (kukkutiy andni ~a v dasa v); AIV 155,20 (~ahi... dhammehi samanngato bhikkhu sabrahmacrinam appiyo ca hoti); Sn227 (ye puggal -a satam pasatth; Pj I 182,\ofoil.: - ti tesam gananaparicchedo ... satam pasatth ti sappurisehi... pasatth ... athav ... atthasatan ti tesam gananaparicchedo); Vv 34:8 (-' eva pindaptni yam dnam adadam pure); Th 1172 (yo so ~a vimokkhni... aphassayi); Ja I 168,16' (~asu mahnirayesu); 414,5* (catubbhi ~' ajjhagam -hi pi ca solasa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -abhi pi); 483,21 (-a kahpane dandpessmi ti); IV 78,10 (~ahi gthhi mangalni kathetv); 96,5 (~a vareyci); V 164,3 (tikhinaslehi -asu thnesu vijjhitv); 254, w (sabbe pi -a parikkhre kyapatibaddhe katv);NiddI 143,6 (-annam vimokkhnam); Patisl 130,12 (-ahi purisadosehi dussati lokasannivso); Ap 20,2i (~a pupphe samnetv); Bv28:5 (~a sririk thp); Dhs 1424 (lobho -asu lobhasahagatesu cittuppdesu uppajjati); Vibh241,i5 (-annam maggangnam); Kvu 218,36 (-ahi nnehi sotpattiphalam sacchikaroti); Pet 23 8,11 (te atthangikam maggam bhvessanti -annam micchattnam pahnya, Be, Ce so; Ee wr atthannam); Mill94,16 (-annam... pubbe va angatam oloketabbam hoti); 291,19 (mlkro -ahi sumanapupphamutthihi bhagavantam pjetv); Vism 82,28 (bhikkhuninam -a [dhutangni]); 471,34 (~ahi kmvacarakusalehi); Ps I 125,2 (kasinaparikammam katv ~a sampattiyo nibbattenti); Bv-al5,n (~ahi kranehi bhagav tathagato ti vuecati); Mhv 36:35 (~asu thpesu chattakammam akrayi); Sadd 297,7; ifc see satt'- (sv satta4); '-amsa, mfh. [attha + amsa3], eightedged; eight-faceted; D I 76,22 (mani veluriyo ... ~o suparikammakato); Pv 38:28 (acchejjabhejjo jivo ~o gulaparimandalo); Ja VI 127,3* (~ sukat thambh); Dhs 617; Mil 282,19 (maniratanam ... ~am); 0, -aAga, mfh. [attha + anga2], of eight parts, eightfold; Abh 80 (upavse ca ~e); 0, -agamagga, m. [attha + ahga2+ magga], the eightfold path, the path with eight constituent parts; Th595 (bhveyya... ~am ariyam); '-aAgasila, n., the eightfold moral practice, the eight precepts; Mil 333,13 (pancasilam ~am dasasilam); ' -aftgasamanngata, mfn. [attha + anga2 + samanngata], 1. characterised by eight parts (ie by observance of the first eight precepts qqv sv sila); having eight constituent parts; A I 213,4 (~assa uposathassa); Spklll 63,3 (ariyamaggo... tta); Cp-a 130,2 (~assa ariyuposathasilassa); 2 . possessed of eight good qualities or of eight faults; D II 211,22 (~o saro); Mil 138,28 (~am... so bhavam Gotamo hram hreti); AIV 237',5fall. (~e... khette bijam vuttam na mahapphalam hoti... evam ... ~esu samana-

brhmanesu dnam dinnam na mahapphalam); Ja VI 340,37' (~am ambilodanam); -angasusamgata, mfn. [attha + anga2 + su1 + samgata], well joined with the eight parts; well endowed with eight parts or with eight qualities; SI 208,27* (~am uposatham upavasanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -susamhitam) * A I 144,2* * Thi 31 * Ja VI 118,23* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -susamhitam); AIV 271,23* (~ tdisi silavati upsik); ' -angasusamhita, mfn. [attha + anga2 + su1 + samhita], well joined or well endowed with eight parts; SI 208,27* (~am uposatham upavasanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -susamgatam); Ja IV 320,20* (~am uposatham upavasmi) ^ VI 118,23* (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee -susamgatam); 'angupeta, mfn. [attha + anga2 + upeta], 1. characterised by the eight parts or factors (ie by the observance of the first eight precepts qqv svsWz); A I 215,15* (~assa uposathassa); Sn402 (uposatham... ~am); 2.possessed of eight (good) qualities; Sv 61,29* (~am giram abbhudirayi); '-anguposathi(n), mfn., observing the eight abstinences of an uposatha day; Mhv 36:84 (rj ... ~I); 0, -angula, mfn., of eight finger-breadths; to the extent of eight finger-breadths; Vin I 297,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave ymena -am... pacchimam civaram vikappetun ti); II 137,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave ... psakaphalakam sattangulam v -am v oghetv appetun ti); 138,7 (anujnmi bhikkhave paramam dantakattham); Sp 1037,28; Mhv 29:11 (~am bahalato lohapattam); 'anguli, mfh., of the height or extent of eight finger-breadths; Vin II 178,8* (in uddna: ~i ca pdak, Be, Ee so; Ce atthangulakapadakam; Se atthangulakapdak); Ja VI 281, fn 7, v3 (jambonadamayam psam caturamsam ~i, Be so; Se ~I; Ee athanguli; Ce omits); ' -attha, mfn., eight of each; eight every time; eight each; JaV 450,19* (ekamekya itthiy -a patino siy); Sp619,io (~a v dasadasa v uppalapupphdini suttena ... bandhitv); Mp V 70,23 (catusu maggesu catusu ca phalesu ~a hutv catusatthi dhamm priprim gacchanti); '-atthaka, mfn., being a group of eight each time; eight groups of eight each time; Spkll \%5,\foll. (sabbam ~am katv sabbatthakam nma dnam datv... so pi ~am nma catusatthi hoti ti catusatthi salkabhattni upanibandhpetv); Ap258,i5 (sabbadissu -am katv dvattimsa kapparukkh utthahimsu; = Spkll 189,3: Be, Ce, Ee attha attha; Se atthattham); ' -addhapada, mfn., who has four feet; Ja VI 354,20* (-0, Be so; Ce, Se -addhapdo, unmetrical; Ee wr addhatthapdo); ftsiti ! ,/, num. [attha + asiti], 88; Bv3:33 (so ~i hatthni aceuggato mahmuni); Vibh-a396,3i (-iy tikehi tikamtik nikkhitt); ftsiti2,m/., eighty-eighth; Ap 159,n (~imh' ito kappe); iha, n. or m. [attha + aha(n)], a period of eight days; D III 90,10 (slim hsi sakid eva -ya); -kutika, mfn. [from attha + kuti], consisting of eight huts; Sv 313,31 (-0 gmo viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthangiko); -kumbha, n. (attha + kumbha2], eight kumbha^; Vibh-a256,2i (ekamkhettam -am deti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se attha kumbhe); -kulika, m(fn)., (one) belonging to one of the eight chief families; ? a

51

member of a council; Sv519,i6 (te [suttadhr] pi vinicchinitv... coro ce ~nam denti; Sv-ptII 160,24: paramparbhatesu atthasu kulesu jt agatigamanavirat attha mahallakapuris -a); -konaka, mfn. [attha + kona+ ka2], with eight corners, octagonal; Sp 290,22 (~am pi solasakonakam pi karonti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -konam); "-kkhattum, -kkhattukam, ind., eight times; Dhs 222 (~um); 243 (apararn pi -kkhattukam); -guna, mfn., or -gunam, adv., eight times; eight times as much; Thi 153 (yattakam tulit es tuyharn dhit ... tato ~am dassam hirannam ratanni ca); Mp IV 117,7; -cattrisa(m), -cattrisa(m), -cattlisa1, -cattlisam, ^cattlisa1, -cattlisam, num., 48; Sn289 (~am vassni, Ee so; Ce -cattrisam; Be -cattlisam; Se -cattlisam); AIV 37,3 (~am ce pi vassni, Be, Ce so; Ee -cattrisam; Se -cattlisarn); Mil82,i4 (-cattlisa yojanasahassni, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se -cattlisa); Ps II 162,22 (brhman hi -cattJisam vassni komram brahmacariyam caritv, Ee so; Be -cattlisa; Ce -cattlisam; Se -cattjisa); It-a I 52,18 (~am angmino, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -cattlisam); Bv-a 197,11 ( -cattlisa itthisahassni, Be, Se so; Ce -cattlisa; Ee wr -catlisa); -cattlisa2, 0 -cattlisa2, mfn., forty-eighth; Ap 418,23 (Nalamlivaggo ~o, Ee so; Se -cattjiso; Be -cattlisamo; Ce -cattlisamo); -jti, mfn., of eight kinds; Mhv 11:14 (~iyo mutt); -tlisa(m), -tlisa(m), num., 48; Thp. 32,25* (in uddna: ~a gthyo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -tlisa); Ap 132,n (~am, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se -tlisam); 208,4 (in uddna: ~a gthak, Be so; Ce, Se -tlisa; Ee -tlisa); 243,18* (in uddna: ~a, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -tlisa); -timsa1, -tims, num., 38; Ja IV 73,n (~a mahmahgalni kathesi); Ap 144,5 (Subbat ~a te, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthahimsu, prob, wr); 194, I; Mil 359,6 (~ ca rjaparis); PsI 254,29 (~ya kammatthnesu); Dhp-aIII 421,i (~ya rammanesu); -timsa2, mfn., thirtyeighth; Ap 115,16 (~amhi kappamhi); 134,3 (~e ito kappe); 294, n (Bodhivandakavaggo ~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -timsatimo); -timsati,/, num., 38; Ap 342,2I (kkhattum, Be, Ce so; Ee attharase ca kkhattum; Se attharasa ca tikkhattum); -dantaka, -danta,/w., an eight-pronged rake; Sp550,i2; Sv 606,25 (~ehi vikiritv); Ps II 58,8 (-dantkrena); Thp 173, n (~ehi); atth-dasa, num., [S. astdaSan] 18; D I 13,i (~ahi vatthhi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthrasahi); M i l l 216,3 (~a manopavicr veditabb, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se attharasa); Sadd 796,6 (attharasa ~a); see also attharasa; -divase in Ce, Ee at Spk I 305,25 and in Be, Ce, Ee at Dhp-al 275,i is prob, wr for atthamldivase (Se so); -dona, mfn., divided into eight measures; D I I 167,22* (~am cakkhumato sariram); -dh, ind., in eight parts; Abh656; D i l 166,14 (bhagavato sarirni - . . . vibhajhi ti); Vism561,i6*; -nakha, mfn., having eight nails or hooves; Ja VI 354,21* (mendo ~o; 354,29' foil: ekekasmim pde dvinnam dvinnam khurnam vasena); -navuti, atthnavuti, num., [S. astnavati], 98; Sn 311 (atthnavuti-m-gamum); Ja V 149,18' (~iy rogamukhnam); Bv 15:7 (~-sahassnam); Mil 100,20 (-i rog); -paficavanno in Ee at Ps V 35,14 is wr; read attha pancavanne with Be, Ce, Se;

-paiifisa1, -paftfisam, num., 58; Ap 572,i9 (ratann* -amuggato); Patis-a704,8* (~a); -pannsakkhattum, 58 times; Ap 53,9; -paflftsa2, mfn., fiftyeighth; Ap 51,27 (--kappamhi); -pannsa\ num., 58; hattha, mfn., being 58 hatthay in size; Ja V 37,5 (~-hatthya... sondya); Bv-a 192,5 (satth pana ubbedhato ~-hattho ahosi); -pannsa2, mfn., fiftyeighth; Ap-a304,i6(kappam atikkamitv); -pada, atthpada, n. [S. astpada], 1. a chequered board (for gambling or playing draughts, chess, etc); Abh 532 (atthpadam); VinUI 180,22 (~e pi kilanti; Sp620,3o: phalake jtam kilanti); D I 6,23 (~am dasapadam; Sv 85,18: ekekya pantiy attha attha padni ass ti ~am); 2. an arrangement of the hair; Th-aIII 36,6 (purimabhge kese kappetv najtassa paticchdanavasena kat kesaracan ~amnma); kata, mfn., arranged in an atthpada, plaited eightfold; MII 65,i* (atthpadakat kes, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se atthapdakat, prob, wr) = Th 772 (--kat, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce atthapdakat; 1h-a III 36,4: kat ti atthapadkrena kat sancit); ~-tthapana, n., arranging in an atthpada, eightfold plaiting; Jail 5,14 (in cpd); -padaka, n., crossweaving; a darn (in appearance like a chequered board); Vin I 297,23 (safightiy patt lujjanti... anujnmi bhikkhave ~am ktun ti); II 150,12 (anujnmi bhikkhave ange vijjhitv ~am vetun ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vethetun ti); -parikkhrika, mfn., who has eight requisites; Sv206,32 (ayam tva ~assa parikkhramatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee attha-) = Ps II 212,25; -parivatta, mfn., consisting of eight items; AIV 304,22 (~am adhidevannadassanam); -pda, mfn. and m., \.(mfn.) eight-footed; JaV 377,2* (pitham ca ... ~am); 2 . (m.) [cfS. lex. astpada = Sarabha], an octopod, a kind of (fabulous) deer; Ja VI 538,6* (538,27': ~tisarabhmig, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits); atthapdakat in Ce, Ee, Se at Mil 65,1* and in Se at Valll is prob, wr for atthapdakat qv; -msa, n., a period of eight months; Bv 12:21 (~am padhnam padahi jino); e in Ee at Ap 321,12, 523,26, 556,10 and 590,24 is prob, wr for addhamse or addhamse (Be, Ce, Se so); -msika, mfn., being at the age of eight months; lasting for eight months; Niddl 120,13; Bv-a296,36 (padhnacariy ... ~); -ratanika, mfn., measuring eight ratanay; Mil 312,20; attharasa1, num., and mfn., [cfS. astdaSan] 18; Vin I 355,7 (imehi... ~ahi vatthhi dhammavdijnitabbo, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr ~ehi); III 204,26 (dvihuppanne mlaclvare ... ~e uppanne mlaclvare, for 18 daysl); V91,n (~a bhedakaravatthni); 147,30 (satam ~a c' eva, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee -a); Mill 62,io (~a... im... dhtuyo); JaIII 115,19 (Takkasilam gantv tayo vede -a ca sippni ugganhitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -am); VI 542,9 (tassa sariram olokento ~a purisadose passi); Patis 65,27 (~a sankhrupekkh); Ap 92,23 (~am ca kkhattum so devarj bhavissati, Be, Ee, Se so, split cpd ? Ce --kkhattum so); 132,n (~asu kappesu); 342,21 ('-e kappasate devaloke ramissasi); Bv26:2 (-annam kotinam); Mil 106,2 (-ahi buddhadhammehi); Dip 6:1 (dve satni ca vassni -a vassni ca sambuddhe parinibbute abhisitto Piyadassano);

52

Mhv 38:45 (-a vihre... akrayi); ~-kotika, mfii., consisting of 18 crores; Sp 1220,28 (kotikam ekam nidhnam); atth-rasa2 mfii. [cf S. astdaSa], eighteenth; Ap 253,4 (-e kappasate yamkammam akarim tad tena kammvasesena patto me savakkhayo); 353,25 (-e kappasate Gotamo nma cakkhum... buddho loke bhavissati); Pj II490, n (-yam [gthyam]); atthrase in Ee, Se at Ap 342,2 I is prob, wr; Be, Ce atihatimsatikkhattum; attha-rasama, mfn., eighteenth; VinV 109,35; Kv 575,9 (vaggo ~o); Sp 41,26 (Asoko... tathgatassa parinibbnato dvinnam vassasatnam upari -e vasse sakalajambudipe ekarajjbhisekam ppuni); Mp II 124,32; -vanka, mfii., with eight facets; Ja VI 388,4* (-am maniratanam); -vatthuka, mfn., connected with eight bases or grounds; of eight kinds; Vin IV 221,4 (ayam pi prjik hoti asamvs - ti); V 210,7* (kaf ettha -); Ja III 442, ir (-' -dibhedam dandam); Sv 988,29 (satthari kankhau" ti din nayena gat ~ vimati); -vcika, mfn., involving eight proclamations; VinV 137,7 (- upasampad); Sp242,io/o//.; -vidha, mfn., eightfold; being of eight kinds; Jail 191,15' (ayam hi ~o lokadhammo); Vism 409,34 (-am lobhasahagatam cittam); Sp 312,8 (-am h' etam dukkatam nma); Mp II 165,20 (- upasampad); Ud-a 146,24 (tt); instr. -ena, in eight ways; Dhs 591 (~ena rpasangaho); Mil 302,22 (~ena... sattnam klakiriy hoti); -visa, -visam, num. and mfn., 28; Vin III 204,33 (dvihuppanne mlacivare... ~e uppanne mlacivare, for 28 days ?); Ap 106,7 (~e kappasate rj Samvasito ahu); Vibh 423,36* (-am ca kotiyo); Vibh-a 210,10 (-visdhikam ca vrasatam); -visati\/, m/m., 28; JaV 272,n(-i);NiddI 382,4 (~i nakkhattni); Mil 207,11 (~iy angehi samanngato); Sp 497,23;-visati 2 , mfii., twenty-eighth; Ap94,i2 (--kappamhi); -visatima, mfn., twenty-eighth; Ap 238,23 (Suvannabimbohanavaggo ~o); -satthi\ -satthim,/, num., 68; D i l 45,22 (-i bhikkhusatasahassam, Be, Ce, Seso; 2fe~im); Th/?. 108,7 (in uddna: gthyo ~i); Patis II 35,7 (~i vimokkh, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -I); Vism 588,36 (~i); Sp 82,23 (~iya lenesu); -satthi2, mfn., sixty-eighth; Ap 225,9 (-imh' ito kappe); -sata, -satam, num., 1.108; S IV 231,28 (~am pi may vedan vutt); Ja I 55,32 (~am brhmane nimantetv); Nidd I 49,24 (~am tanhvicaritam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~a-tanhvicaritam); Mil 46,4 (~am vedan); Spk III 82,16 (~assa kranabhtam); 2. 800; Ja I 57,24 (ekena nam ~am nangalni, Ce so; Ee omits nangalni; Be eken' na-atthasatanangalni; Se ekena nni atthasatanangalni) * PsII 290,20 (ekena nam ~am yojenti); Bv-a214,23 (atthrase kappasate ti ito -dhikassa kappasahassassa accayen ti attho); Sadd 801,8 (satassa atiakam -am); -sattatil, -sattatim, / , num., 78; Ap 596,24 (in uddna: ~im eva, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce cha ca sattatim eva); Bv8:7 Hi)-kotinam); Sp250,3i (~i padni); Vibh-a 396,21 (~iypadehi); -sattati 2 , mfn., seventyeighth; Ap 208,13 (kappamhi solas' simsu khattiy); 0-8ahassa, num. and mfn., 8000; JaV 43,5* (~-ng); Spkl 280,33 (~ hatthing); see also atthahgika, addhatthapda, addhattharatana, kusatthaka

(^vkusa1), sabbatthaka. atthaka, m.n. [S. astaka], a group of eight; a whole consisting of eight parts; a section consisting of groups of eights; Abh479 (~am); VinV 137,24* (~ suppaksit); Mill l,2i(attha ~); Vv67:2 (atth' atthak sikkhit sdhurp); Patis I 117,31 (imni atth' ~ni catusatthi honti); Sv 1045,30 (~am nitthitam). atthakathika, m(fn). [from atthakath qv sv attha1], (one) who learns and recites the commentaries; one versed in the commentaries; Pj 1151,12 (dve suttantik bhikkh annamannam suttantam skacchanti... ~ atthakatham). atthakavaggika, atthakavaggiya, mfn., n. and m. [prob, from atthaka + vagga, but cf BUS arthavarglya], 1. (mfn. and n.) belonging to the Atthakavagga of the Suttanipta (Sn 766-975); a sutta from the Atthakavagga; Vin I 196,36 (sabbn* eva ~ni sarena abhsi) * Ud59,23 (Ud-a 312,16foil.: atthakavaggabhtni kmasuttdini solasa suttni); S III 9,19 (vuttam idam ... bhagavat ~e Mgandiyapanhe); Pet 215,24 (atthakavaggiyesu muni niddittho); Mp I 241,19 (atthakavaggiyni suttni abhsi, Be, Seso; Ee omits suttni); 2 . (m.) the Atthakavagga of the Suttanipta; Nidd I 1,4 (title: ~o, Ee, Se so; Be atthakavagga; Ce omits); 510,19 (~amhi solaso suttaniddes samatt, Ee, Se so; Be atthakavaggamhi; Ce omits); Spk II 258,26 (atthakavaggiye Mgandiyapanhe ti ~amhi Mgandiyapanho nma atthi, tasmim panhe) ^ Nidd-a 1309,20. atthak,/ [S. astak], the eighth day after the full moon in the two winter months; the festival held at that time; ifc see antar'-. atthangika, mfn. [attha2 + anga2 + ika], 1. having eight constituents, being made up of eight (intrinsic) parts; Vin III 93,8 (cattro satipatthn cattro sammappadhn cattro iddhipd pane' indriyni panca balni satta bojjhang ariyo - o maggo); V 136,36 (~o musvdo); DI 157,3 (ayam eva ariyo ~o maggo seyyathidam sammditthi sammsankappo sammvc sammkammanto samm-jivo sammvymo sammsati sammsamdhi; Sv 313,3\foll.: pancangikam turiyam viya -0 gmo viya v atthahgamatto yeva hutv ~o, na angato anno maggo nma atthi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthakutiko gmo); MI 118,6 (kummaggo ti... ~ass' etam micchmaggassa adhivacanam); SV 17,11 (yo... imin ariyena ~ena maggena sammangato ayam vuecati brahmaeri); AI 215,5* (etam hi -am h' uposatham; MpII 328,22: pntiptdini asamcarantena upavuttham uposatham atthahi ahgehi samanngatatt ~m ti vadanti) = Sn 401; AII 34,21 (ye ... ariye ~e magge pasann agge te pasann); Dhp273 (maggn' -0 settho); It 18,1* (passati... ariyam -am maggam dukkhpasamagminam); Vv22:10 (-am... sukhvaham uposatham satatam upvasim); Pv 38:48 (-ena maggena phusanti amatam padam); Th421 (ariyo ~o maggo dukkhpasamano sivo); Ja III 305,21' (ujun va -ena maggena nibbnam gatatt ujugatnam); Ap 6,12 (bhveth' -am maggam es buddhnussani); Vibh 104,36 (katamam dukkhanirodhagminipatipad ariyasaccam, ayam eva ariyo - o maggo); Pet 114,18 (cattro satipatthn yva ariyo - o maggo evam ete sattatimsa bodhipakkhik

53

dhamm); Mil 218,15 (pubbakehi tathgatehi anucinnam -am sivam maggam ... bhagav ... uppdesi); Vism 675,7 (-am micchmaggam pajahati); 2. possessing eight qualities', Abh 129 (-0 saro). atthapan, / [cf S. sthpana], arranging; fixing, causing to stay; Vibh 352,24 (iriypathassa v ~ thapan... kuhan) * Niddl 226,6 (thapan); Vibh 357,n (upanho ... - thapan, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce thapan) = Pp 18,2i (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee thapan); see also thapan. atthama, m/(- and ~\)n. and - 1 , / [S. astama], 1. (mfn.) eighth; Vin III 251,27 (~e arunuggamane); DU 109,3 (ayam -0 hetu... mahato bhmicalassa ptubhvya); Mill 222,27 (ayam -1 dis); AIV 390,6 (imin -na angena samanngato hoti); Sn230 (na te bhavam -am diyanti); Thi 38 (tass me -I ratti); Ja I 339,7' (ayam me -o supino); Ap38,8 (-e divase patte); Vibh 343,6 (ayam -o vimokkho); Kv 362,7 (~I s vinnnatthiti); Vism 678,9 (arah nma - o ariyapuggalo hoti); Sp 1136,4 (puggalassa dnam - [mtik]); Pj II 183,7 (-ya [gthya]); ifc see art'- (sv atta[n]); 2. (f., seil, ratti) the eighth day or night; Sil 221,2 (sattham... sno ratthapindam bhunjim -iy ann udapdi); Sn 570 (yam tarn saranam gamha ito -i cakkhum); Thi 44 (sattham ekapallanke nisidim ... -iy pde pasresim); esp. the eighth day or night of the lunar half-month; Vin I 102,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave ctuddase pannarase -iy ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti); M I 20,29 (y t rattiyo abhinnt abhilakkhit ctuddasi pancadasl -1 ca pakkhassa); II 75,1 (uposatham ca upavasati ctuddasim paficaddasim -im ca pakkhassa); Sn402 (upavass* uposatham ctuddasim pancadasim ca -im); Vv 15:6 (ctuddasim pancadasim y ca pakkhassa ~ I . . . uposatham upavasissam); Ja II 369,1 (pakkhassa tayo divase ctuddase pannarase -iyam ca gacchati); Pj II 56,30 (ajja bhante kirn sattami udhu -4 ti); 3. (f., seil, vibhatti), (gr.t.t.) the vocative case; Sadd60,13* (mantan' ~I); 89,13 (bho puris ti -iy ekavacanam). afthamaka, mfn. and m. [atthama + ka2; BHS astamaka], \.(mfn.) eighth; Ap 50,23 (ito -e kappe cakkavatti bhavissati); 557,29 (y tay vannit vira ito-e dine, Eeso; Ce 'hani; Be, Se muni); ifc see atf- (sv attafn]), oj' (sv oj); 2. (m.) the eighth of the eight ariyapuggalay, persons striving after dxh&Xship, reckoned from the first, the arahat; the eighth is one who has begun on the sotpattimagga qv; Patis II 193,32 foil, (puthujjanakalynakassa pann-assa pannya dure suvidre ... -assa pann sotpannassa pannya dure suvidre; Patis-a643,3o: -ass ti arahattaphalatthato patthya ganlyamne atthamabhtassa sotpattimaggatthassa); Kv 243,26/0//. (-assa puggalassa ditthipariyutthnam pahinan ti); Nett 19,2 (yni -assa indriyni); 49,33 (~assa sotpannassa ca kmargavypd sdhran); Mp III 371,15 (-am hi atikkamitv pavattarucitya sotpanno accaruci); Ud-a 306,6 (pathamamaggattho so ~o ti vuecati). atthavavasena in Ee at Sv 1052,15 is wr for atthakavasena (Be, Ce, Se so). atth, aor. 3 sg. of titthati qv.

atthdasa, atthnavuti, atthpada, atthrasa, see ^vatia2. atthrasaka, n. m. [atthrasa + ka2], a group of eighteen; Vin II 6,25 (patippassambhetabbam -am nitthitam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee patippassambhetabba-atthrasakam nitthitam); Vibh-a 76,13 (sabbni tni -ni); 465,14 (cha-ti). atthrasama, see sv attha2. atthsi, aor. 3 sg. of titthati qv. afthi, n. (and m. ?) [S. asthi], (sg. nom. -i, (and -im); acc. -im; pl. nom./acc. -I, -ini; cf Sadd233,i3/o//.), \.a bone; Abh 278; Vin I 83,3 (nhrurn chetv -im chindati); DII 293,14 (atthi imasmim kye ... taco mamsam nahr -I); MII 64,28* (passa ... rparn ... ~i tacena onaddham saha vatthehi sobhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tancena; Ps III 302,16: tacena onaddhan ti allamanussacammena onaddham; or cpd., see below) = Th 770 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -im tacena; Th-a III 35,22/0//.: -im tacena onaddhan ti allacammena pariyonaddham ... -im pass ti yojan ... ye pana atthittacen ti pathanti tesam atthitacena onaddham sobhati onaddhatt atthitacena ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -issa tacena ti attho, prob, wr); S III 207,6 (kpotakni -ini bhavanti); A I 50,10 (kmam taco nahru ca -i ca avasissatu); Dhp 150 (-inam nagaram katam mamsalohitalepanam); Jal 399,6 (sabbe khditv -i sese akamsu); III 26,2 (ekassa sihassa mamsam khdantassa -i gale laggi); 155,20 (lhanato -ini haritv); 295,23' (-im eva taco ass ti atthittaco); Patis I 6,33 (~I abhinneyy); Kv 494,18 (mtukucchigatassa pacch kes lom nakh dant - i uppajjanti ti); Vism 192,12 (tassa tassa -ino); Mp II 73,13 (-imhi v dante v); ifc see akkhak' -, r' (^vru), kott,-, chav's 2. a stone or seed (of a fruit); Jail 104,23 (tassa -im attano uyyne roppetv); Mil 77,H; Sp837,i2 (-ini); ifc see amb'- (^vamba2), kappas'-, koF- (jvkola1), kosamb'-; -kankala, -kankla, m., a collection of bones; a skeleton; Vin IV 135,io (-'pam km) ^ MI 130,26; MI 364,H (goghtako ... -am ... nimmamsam lohitamakkhitam upacchubheyya); Sil 185,11 (ekapuggalassa ... kapparn sandhvato samsarato siy evarn mah ~o atthipunjo); Thi488 (km... sannibh, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kanklasannibh); -kadalI,/, a special kind of the plantain tree (Musa sapientum); JaV 406,20 (moe ti-iyo, Be, Se so; Ce -I; Ee ~i); Nidd-al 396,18 (~i-phalehi katapnam); -cammamatta, mfn., reduced to skin and bones; Ja II 339,1 (parisussitv kis - va ahosi); It-al 103,13; -cchida, m(fn). [atthi + chida1], a breaker of bones; Mill 154,14* (- pnahar gavssadhanahrino, Ce, Ee, Seso; 5e-cchinn) = Vin I 350,i* (Se -cchidd; Be, Ce, Ee -cchinn) = Ja III 488,13* (Ee -cchidd; Be, Ce, Se -cchinn); -cchinna, m(fn).9 one who breaks bones; ? one with broken bones; ? Vin I 350,1* (- pnahar gavssadhanahrino, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -cchidd) = M III 154, H* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -cchid) = Ja III 488,13* (Be, Ce, Se so; e-cchidd); -(t)taca, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) skin and bones; Mil 64,28* (passa... rpam... -na onaddham ... sobhati,Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr -tancena; or separate words, see above) - Th 770 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atthim tacena; cf Th-alll 35,22foil.', atthim tacena

54

onaddhan ti allacammena pariyonaddham ... atthim pass ti yojan... ye pana ~en ti pathanti tesam -ena onaddham sobhati onaddhatt -ena ti attho); 2. (mfn.) who has bone for a skin (a crab); Jail 343,4* (~o vrisayo alomo;343,ir: atthim ev' assa tacakiccam sdheti ti-o) = III295,is*; -makkhik in Ee at Sp 715,26 is wr for atthipakkhik (Ce so) or atthipakkh (Be, Se so); -mifija,/i., -mifij,/, bone-marrow; Vin I 83,4 (atthim chetv -am hacca tittheyya); DII 293,14 (atthi imasmim kye ... atthi -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -am); Ja VI 107,8' (atthini bhinditv-am khdanti); Mil 26,8 (atthi -a, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -am); Vism 255>n foil. (-an ti tesam tesam atthinam abbhantaragatam minjam); Pj I 52,is (atthinam abbhantaragatam -am vannato setan ti vavatthpeti); -sankhalpam in Ee at A III 97,2 is prob, wr for -kahkalpam (Be, Se, Mp III 270,7 JO; Ce 0 -kankhalpam), but cf BHS asthiSakal, asthiSankal; -sankhalik, / [BHS asthisamkalik], a chain of bones, a skeleton; D i l 296,13 (passeyya sariram sivathikya chadditam -am samamsalohitam); Pv 24:10 (yad ca khyit si - kat); -saftghta, m. [BHS asthisamghta], a conjunction of bones, a skeleton; Niddl 181,13 (sariram... -am); JaV 256,19' (khine camme ca mamse ca ~o mivegena bhinno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~e); Vism 354,26 (mamsam -am anulimpitv thitam); Dhp-all 28,H (bhijjamnesu -esu); Pj II 129,8 (parinibbutapaccekabuddhassa -am papte pakkhipitv); Vibh-a 354,33 (ayam kyasammato -o abhikkamati); -saficaya, m., a heap of bones; Sil 185,is* (puggalass' ~o)= It 17,13*; -saiifi,/ [BHS asthisamjn], the idea of bones; contemplation of the skeleton; Th 18 (kevalam -ya aphari pathavim imam); see also anatthika. atthi(n), mfn. [= atthi(n) qv; cfAMg atthi], needing; see idamatthit sv idam. atthika1, mfn. [= atthika1 qv; cf AMg atthiya], having a purpose or aim; having a desire or need for; Sp 877,9 (atthikatv ti -bhvam katv -o hutv ti, Ee so; Ce, Se atthiko; Be atthikabhvam ... atthiko); Spkl 177,26 (taya desanya ~ hutv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atthik); II 198,23 (atthikatv ti attnam tena dhammena ~am katv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthnatthena dhamme, prob, wr); ifc see idam-. atthika2, n. [atthi + ka2; S. asthika], I. a bone; Vin II 115,14 (~ni... pattena niharanti); D II 344,22 (sabbe so yakkho amanusso bhakkhesi ~n' eva sesesi); M III 92,5 (~ni apagatasambandhni); Cp 2:2:4 (nhrhi -ehi v, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nahru-atthikehi); Mil 85,n (~ni dighni); Vism 264,25 (~ni katakatyanti); Pv-a 212,15 (kirn ~nam pjanen ti); ifc see r'- (jvru), chav'-; 2. a stone or seed (of a fruit); ifc see amb'- (yvamba2), tal's atthik in Ee at Pv-a 180,19 is prob, wr; Be, Se attak; Ceattik; atthik in Ee at Ap 358,13 is wr for addhik(ite, Ce, Seso); -sankhalik, / , a chain of bones, a skeleton; Vin III 105,15 (addasam ~am vehsam gacchantam); A III 324,11 (passeyya sariram sivathikya chadditam -am samamsalohitam); Ja I 433,17; Vism 192,27 (sakalyapi ~ya); -sanghtaka, m or n., a conjunction of bones, a skeleton; Sp 507,12 (atthi-

sahkhalikan ti setam nimmamsalohitam -am, Ce, Ee so; Se -sankhalikan ti... -sanghtam; Be -sankhalikan ti... atthisanghtam); -safirl,/, the idea of bones, contemplation of the skeleton (as a meditation exercise); SV 129,5 (Spklll 175,22: ~ ti atthikam atthikan ti bhventassa uppannasanfi); A l l 17,3; Ja I 433,16 (~ uppajji, sakalam pi tarn sariram atthikasankhalik viya pannyi); Vism 112,3. atthika3, mfn. [atthi + ka2], having a stone or seeds; Sp 1102,9 (cocapnan ti~ehi kadaliphalehi katapnam) = Nidd-a I 396, is (Be so; Se -kadaliphalehi; Ce, Ee atthikadaliphalehi); see also anatthika. atthikatv, atthikatvna (sometimes, esp. in Be, Se, atthimkatv; occasionally atthikatv), ind. [absoi, prob, from *attha1 + karoti; but cf BHS asthikrtya], making something one's aim or object; paying attention; Vin IV 144,32 (tvam ptimokkhe uddissamne na sdhukam ~ manasikarosi ti; Sp 877, s: ~ ti atthikabhvam katv, Ce, Se so; Be atthimkatv ti; Ee atthikatv ti); DII 204,27 (Mgadhake paricrake rabbha ~ manasikatv); SI 112,5 (te ca bhikkh - manasikatv ... ohitasot dhammam sunanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be atthim katv; Spkl 111,25foil.: ~ ti atthikam katv ayam no attho adhigantabbo ti evam sallakkhetv, tya desanya atthik hutv, Ee so; Ce atthik hutv; Be atthim katv ti atthikam ... atthik ...; Se ~ ti atthikatv ... atthik ...); AII116,32 (ngo yam enam hatthidammasrathi kranam kareti... tarn ~ manasikatv ... ohitasoto sunti); Sn 317 (tad ~na nisamma dhiro); JaV 151,12* (yo koc' im - suneyya; 151,19': attano atthikabhvam katv atthiko hutv sakkaccam suneyya); Vism 442,18 (sakkaccam - dhammasavanam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se atthimkatv); Saddh 220 (~na sdhukam). atthita1, mfn. [pp of *2 + titthati; S. sthita], undertaken, intended; Jail 247,15* (~am me manasmim me; 241 ,\rfoil.: yam tumhe kathetha tarn may adhitthitam eva). atthita2, mfn., neg. pp of titthati qv. atthiyamn in Ee at S IV 62,25 is wrfor attiyamn (Be, Ce, Se so). atthilla, atthila, n. [atthi + ilia; cf S. asthil], a bone (or small pebble) used for massage; Vin II 266,22 (bhikkhuniyo ~ena jaghanam ghamspenti; Sp 1293,15: ~en ti gojanghatthikena); 281,34* (-am, in uddna); Vin-vn 2956 (na ghamspeyya samani jaghanam atthildin). ad4ati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup addati, Wg9:64], joins; attacks; Sadd 356,6 (adda [abhijyoge: -ati). addarukan ti in Ee at Sp 1211,5 is wr for addharukan ti (Se so) or addhadukan ti (Be so). acjUJha1, addha1, m.n. [S. ardha], 1. one half, half; a part; Abh 53 (-0 tv addho); 54 (addham vuttam samabhge); 995 (addho bhge); 1039 (-0... bhge); Thi88 (bahvatasamdn -am sisassa olikhim); JaV 156,25 (-suvannamayavattlbuno -ena sadisatya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee addhena); Patis-a 375,2 (kappassa -am gahetv); Sadd 774,25 (rattiy -am addharattam); 2. half a kahpana; Vin II 294,16 (deth' vuso sanghassa kahpanam pi -am pi pdam pi); Ja III 448,14 (eko

55

kahpano ~o pdo); Sv 935,23 (yo hi kahpanrahassa -am deti, so parassa ~am nseti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr attham); - ifc see chal- (.svcha2), di-y- (.svdvi); ' -akkhi, n., "Halfan eye", a sideways look, a glance; Ud-a 171,5 (sineharasavipphrasamscakena ~in bandhanti viya oloketv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr addhakkhika); 0, -akkhika, n. (?) [addha + akkhika2], "half an eye", a sideways look, a furtive glance; Dhp-alV 98,23 (satthram -na olokesi); Vism 76,28 (~ena lhanam olokentena); ' -acchika, n., "half an eye", a sideways look, a furtive glance; Sp808,32 (~ena olokayamn, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee addhacchikena); '-atthapda in Ee at Ja VI 354,20* is wr for atthaddhapada qv .yvattha2; -atthama, mfn., seven and a half; S i l 217,n (sattaratanam v... ngam ratanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee addhattharatanam, perhaps wr); Ud40,8 (sattaratanam v ratanam v ngam osdeyya, Be so; Se attharatanam; Ce, Ee addhattharatanam, perhaps wr; Ud-a 246,2: ~-ratanan ti addhena atthannam pranni ~ni, Be, Se so; Ce pranan ti; Ee atthamam pranan ti); Sadd 766,14 (addham atthannam pranam yesan ti ~ni, ~ni ratanni pamnam etass ti ~-ratano hatthi); 0, -uddha, mfn. [S. ardhacaturtha, AMg addhuttha], three and a half; Abh 477; Ja I 82,30 (~ni ptihriyasahassni); V 417,2 (~ni itthisahassni; 418,24': -niti addhacatutthni, tini sahassni pancasatni ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits addhacatutthni); Vism 205,24*; Sadd 796,22 (addhena catuttho ~o); '-ekdasa, num., ten and a half; Vism 589,35 (~a dhtuyo rparn addhattham dhtuyo nmanti); As 327,10 (~annam rpyatannam); Vibh-a 73,7 (~ahi dhthi rpapariggaho); '-ocitaka, mfn., with half (the flowers) plucked off; Ja I 120,26 (-e pupphagacche datv); -kyika, mfn., of the size of half one's body; Vinll 150, is (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ni bimbohanni dhrenti); -ksika, -ksiya, mfn., made of a sort of cloth from Ksi; ? according to ct: worth 500; Vin I 281,18 (Ksikarj JIvakassa... -ksikam kambalam phesi upaddhaksinam khamamnam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -ksiyam; Sp 1119,3o/o//.: -ksiyan ti ettha ksi ti sahassam vuccati tarn agghanako ksiyo, ayam pana pancasatni agghati tasm ~-ksiyo ti vutto); -kuddaka, n., a half-wall; Vin II 152,17 (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti, - uparito olokenti); -kumbhpama, mfn., like a half-filled pitcher; Sn 721 (~o blo rahado pro va pandito); -kusi, / , a short strip of cloth (part of a bhikkhuV robe); Vin I 287,23 (kusim pi nma karissati ~im pi nma karissati; Sp 1127,13: ~i ti antarantar rassapatnam nma); Sp 1273,24 (gantukapattam ropessmi ti ycantassa kusiy ca ~iy ca pahonakam dtabbam); Vin-vn 563 (kusim -im v); -canda, n., -candaka, m., a halfmoon, a semicircle; a semicircular arrangement of flowers; Ap 231,8 (~am may dinnam; Ap-a470,22: ~'-krena may anekapupphni pjitni ti attho); Sp290,8(chattapannesu makaradantakam v -candakam v chinditum na vattati); 620,14 ( -candako ti ~' -krena mlgunaparikkhepo); Ps III 370,16; Vin-vn 471 (addhacandakam eva); 3030 (chinditum addhacandam v panne

makaradantakam); -cla, .(?), a measure (of rice); ? Mil 102,io(vhasatam ... vihinam addhaclam ca vh vlhisattammanni dve ca tumb) quoted Spkll 100,i (Spk-t [Be] II 107,16: ~sn ti thokena nam upaddham, tassa pana upaddham adhikrato vhasatass ti vinnyati; addhacuddasan ti keci, addhacatutthan ti apare) ^ Mp I 59,22; -chakka, mfn., five and a half; ? MpIV 92,20 (~ehi jtakasatehi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -cchatthehi); As 31,34 (~esu jtakasatesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee addhacchatthesu); -(c)chattha, mfn., five and a half; Sv612,i9 (~ni jtakasatni); 1064,8 (~ni panhasatni kathitni honti); -tiya, mfn. [BHS id.], two and a half; Abh 477; Ja I 68,14 (~ni [dhenusatni]); Ps IV 156,15 (~ ntakakotiyo); Vv-a 66,29 (-esu msesu vitivattesu); Sadd 796,23 (addhena tatiyo -o); -teyya, mfn., two and a half; Abh 478; Vin I 39,24 (saddhim ~ehi paribbjakasatehi); J a l 206,7 (~nam ntakakotinam); MpIV 187,13 (angminam ~ [pantiyo]); -telasa, -telasa, -terasa, mfn., twelve and a half; Vin I 222,12 (yannnham ~annam bhikkhusatnam ~ni mamsaptisatni patiydeyyam); D I 50,6 (~nam bhikkhusatnam); SI 192,10 (saddhim ~ehi bhikkhusatehi); Snp. 104,1 (mah... bhikkhusarigho ~ni bhikkhusatni); Sp 702,24 (Magadhanli nma -terasapal hotiti); Patis-a 685,13 (-terasni kotthasatni sodhpetv); -duka, see sv -ruka; -navama, mfn., eight and a half; PatisII 158,15 (~ni dhammasatni); Sp 81,28; Mhv 15:201 (sahassni); 0 -paocama, mfn., four and a half; Pj II 442,19 (~ni ca satni); -pallanka, n., a half-crossed-leg posture, ie with one leg straight; Vin II 280,10 (anujnmi bhikkhave bhikkhuniy -an ti; Sp 1296,io: -an ti ekam pdam bhujitv katapallankam); Ap 539,27 (~am bhuija, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee addha-); Vin-vn 2978 (gilny' -am vattati ti);-plaka, -plika, m(fn.), (half-covered?) one of a class of niganthay; Sp 1213,6 (yath setapat ~-niganth prupanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se addhaplik niganth)= Kkh 147,28 (Be so; Ce, Ee addhaplaka-); -man4ala, n., a small panel (part of a bhikkhuV robe); Vin I 287,24; Spll27,i6 (-an ti khuddakamandalam); 1127,n (mandalam ca -am ca ekato katv sibbitam maijhimakhandam); Vin-vn 563 (-am, Be so; Ee addha-); -matta, mfn. [from addha + matt], (gr.t.t.) having the quantity of half a mora, being half the length of a short vowel; Sadd 605,29 (ses~vyanjan); -mna, mfn. [addha + mna2], measuring half a mna; Jal 468,1* (tasm harrni bhusam ~am; 468,7': ekampalpatumbam harmi ganhmi ti); [or n. and split cpdl] -msa1, m. [addha + msa1], (a coin worth) half a msa; Ja VI 346,28* (laddhna ~am); -msa2, m. [addha + msa2], half a month, a fortnight; VinII 182,22 (gamehi... ~am, ~assa accayena... pabbajissm ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee addha-); D II 315,4 (titthatu bhikkhave ~o); AIV 139,20 (ms pi sankht - pi sankht, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee addha-); Ja VI 536,9* (~am dhriyamnnam gandho tesam na chijjati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee addha-); 574,3 (~ena Jetuttaranagaram patto); Ap 374,12 (~e asampatte arahattam appunim); Bv9:19 (annakam ~am padhnam padahl jino); Vv-a 67,8 (imam

56

-am ... paricaratu); Mhv 3:11; -msaka, m., (a coin worth) half a msa; Pv31:4 (vicinim -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee addha-); Ja I 112,13 (ayam -am pi na agghati ti); VI346,12 (tarn eva -am vijjhitv suttakena vunitv); -msika, mfn. [from addhamsa2], 1. fortnightly; D I 166,15 (-am pi pariyyabhattabhojannuyogam anuyutto viharati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee addha-; Sv 356,5: -an ti addhamsantarikam); 2. being a fortnight old; lasting for a fortnight; Niddl 120,9 (-0 pi cavati marati); Bv-a296,38 (~ [padhnacariy]); -mundaka, mfn., shaven over half the head; Mhv 6:42 (satta satni purise kretv -e); -yoga, m., a certain kind of house; Abh209 (-0; Abh-sci 10, n: ekapasse yeva chadanato addhena yogo addhayogo, garulassa pakkhena sadisachadanageham); Vin I 58,19 (atirekalbho vihro ~o psdo); II 146,29 (anujnmi bhikkhave panca lenni vihram -am psdam...; Sp 1215,12: -o ti supannavankam geharn); Niddl 67,12 (na tvham imamh... ~a nikkhamissmi; Nidd-a 1197,24: - ti tikuddageh, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nikundageh [?]); Patis I 176,23 (gran ti vihro -o...); -yojanika, mfn., extending half a yojana; Ja VI 426,5 (-am niah-ummaggam kretv); Ps IV 156,7 (petanagarni ca gvutikni pi -ni pi petabharitni honti); -ratanika, mfn., measuring half a ratana; Ja I 7,24' (cankame ratanike v -e v); -ratta, m.n.., -ratt,/, -ratti,/, [addha + ratta2, ratt, ratti; BHS ardhartri], midnight; Abh 70 (~o); A III 407,19 (abhido -am bhattaklasamaye); Ja IV 292,12 (vijjhpentass' ev' assa ~o jto); 293,3* (sudukkaram kammam ak... -e angate; 293,5': ~e angate yva diyaddhaym vymam karonto); Vv 81:16 (so -yam bodhya-m-abhinikkhami; Vv-a 315,25: -yan ti-iyam); Pv-a 152,14 (-e... sayanato utthahitv); Sadd774,25 (addham rattiy -am); addharattvapyi(n), mfn., drinking (only) at midnight; JaI 163,4* (migam... addharattvapyim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -'-papyim; 163,13': ~e avapiva* ti addharattvapyi, Ce so; Ee addharattvapyi; Be, Se -e pam pivati ti - ' -papyf); -ruka, -duka, .(?), a certain way of shaping the hair on the stomach; Vin II 134,7 (-am krpenti, Ee, Se so; ite-dukam; Ce addhrakam; Sp 1211,6: udare lomarjithapanam); 144,30 (in uddna: -am, Se so; Be, Ee -dukam; Ce addhurakam); -solasa, mfn., fifteen and a half; Pj II 447,4 (addhatelasnam bhikkhusatnam patiyattam -annam ppunissati ti, kuto aparni tini satni ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -nam); see also upaddha. addha2 (and addha2), mfn. [S. dhya], rich; wealthy, well-to-do; Abh 725; 1039; Vin III 17,34 (idam ... kulam -am mahaddhanam mahbhogam); D I 134,22 (rj... ahosi -0 mahaddhano mahbhogo); S V 402,14 (catuhi... dhammehi samanngato ariyasvako -0 mahaddhano mahbhogo; Spklll 290,22: sattavidhena ariyadhanena -o c' eva mahaddhano ca); Vv 31:3 (~e kule sunis ahosim); Th783 (- dalidd ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se addh); Ja III 70,6* (y dalidd daliddassa - -assa kittim); IV 127,2* (- ca dalidd ca sabbe maccuparyan); V 452,24* (-am natv purisam mahaddhanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se addham); Ap 580,12 (-0 santo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se addho); Pet 142,n (-0 v duggato v); Mil 128,6 (puriso -o mahaddhano

mahbhogo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se addho); Sp 207,8 (addh ... upabhogaparibhogpakaranamahantatya); Thi-a 117,21 (gunehi pana ayam then - yeva); Saddh316 (-t hi anant me paraloke bhavissati); -vda, m., talk of wealth, talk of being rich; A V 43,9 (puriso daliddo va samno -am vadeyya; Mp V 19,23: addho 'ham asm! ti vdam vadeyya); anaddha, mfn., poor; Ps HI 167,21 (anjhiyoti -o, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee na addho); see also anlhiya. addhaka1, n. or mfn. [addha1 + ka2], (being) half; Ap-a 267,32 (tadaddhakam tato -am tiyaddhasatayojanan ti attho); ifc see tad-. addhaka2, mfn. [addha2 + ka2], wealthy, rich; Pv20:2 (gahapati ~o dino); Ja IV 495,20* (na - balav tejavpi); su-addhaka, mfn., very rich; Ap75,io (jto mahsle -, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se su-addhake) = Ap 439,4 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se su-addhake). addh in Ee at Ps IV 157,27 and V 10,n is wr for addh (Be, Ce,Seso). addhnam in Ee at Ap 85,20 is wr for addhnam (Be, Ce, Se so). ana, n. [Mgid.; S. rna], debt; ifc see anana, sna; see also adhamanna, ina, uttamanna. anaka, m(fn). [from anati ? cf S. anaka], a speaker; ? small; ? Sadd 357,7 (anati, - o brhmano). anati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup anati, Wg 13:1], sounds; speaks; Dhtup 114; Dhtum 169 (ana... sadde); Sadd 357,7 (ana ... kana sadde: -ati); Sv 244,10 (brahmam -all ti brhmano, mante sajjhyati ti attho) = Ps I 109,23. anana, n. [from anati], sounding; speaking; It-all 141,i5/o//. (bhitappatt brahmassa ca -ato brhmano ... bhagav ... anuttarassa ariyamaggasankhtassa brahmassa vatt pavatt... tasm sabbaso bhitappatt brahmassa ca -ato kathanato bhagav paramatthena brhmano ti vuccati). anim, m or f. [S. animan, m.], minuteness; the ability to make oneself minute; Sadd 867,1 (~ mahim lahim); -laghimdika, -langhimdika, mfn., beginning with minuteness and lightness; Vism211,20 (-am v lokiyasammatam sabbkraparipram atthi, tath lokuttaro dhammo, Ceso;Be, Ee, Se -larighimdikam) = Sp 124,9 (-am, Be so; Ce, Ee anima-; Se -langhimdikam) = Pj I 108,29 (-am, Be so; Ce, Ee anima-; Se -larighimdikam) = Nidd-a 1265,28 (Be, Se -langhimdikam; Ce, Ee animalaghimdikam). anika, see sv anika. dim (sometimes written anu), mfn. and m. [ts], 1. (mfn.) small, minute, atomic; subtle; Abh 705; Vin I 5,10* (nipunam gambhiram duddasam -um rgaratt na dakkhanti); MI 129,27 (passatha... tarn vacanapatham -um v thlam v); Sn299 (disvna -uto -um); 802 (pakappit n'atthi - pi sanii); Ja III 12,8* (mahapphalam hoti -um pi tdisu; 12,17': -um pi ti appamattakam pi); IV 203,20* (ambaphalni... -ni thlni ca); Dhs 617 (rpam ... -um thlam); Mil270,26 (vtam dassehi... -um v thlam v); Patis-a 352,9 (sukhumnan ti-nam); Pafica-g41 (anun p i . . . micchjivena, Ee so); 2. (m.) a certain measure of length; a minute particle or atom; Abh 194 (chattimsa paramnnam eko

57

-u); Vibh-a 343,1 %foll. (chattimsa paramnavo ekassa -uno pamnam, chattimsa ~ ekya tajjriy pamnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ami); Pp-a 172,9 (titthiynam pakatipurisdikassa pannpan); anu in Ce, Ee at Spkl 198,12 (satadh bhinnassa vlassa koti viya ~u) is perhaps wr; Be kotiy kotipatipdanam viya duranubodho, nanu ...; Se kotiy koti viya, nanu ...; -m-thla, mfn., fine and coarse; small and large; D I 223,8* (kattha digham ca rassam ca -am subhsubham) * Sn 633; Dhp265 (yo ca sameti ppni -ni sabbaso); Ja IV 192,6* (~ni); Sadd 630,9 (kvaci niggahitgamo ... ~ni sabbaso); -dhamma, m., a mean practice; Sn313 (eso ~o; Pj II 324,13foil.: lmakadhammo hinadhammo adhammo ... yasm v ettha dnadhammo pi appako atthi tasm tarn sandhy' ha); -matta, mfn., of small size, atomic; least; Mill 134,11 (~esu vajjesu bhayadassvi) = AII 22,33 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anu-); Sn431 (-ena pi punnena attho mayham na vijjati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -o pi); Dhp 284 (vanatho na chijjati ~o pi); Ja VI 477,10* (nbhijnmi dhirassa -am pi dukkatam); Vibh 247,26 (katame - vajj); Saddh 347 (anumatt, Ee so); -sahagata, mfn., having a very small part remaining; being very small; residual; SHI 130,30 (atha khv assa hoti yeva pancasu updnakkhandhesu ~o asmi ti mno ... asamhato, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anu-); PatisI 73,io (angmimaggena -am kmargasamyojanam patighasamyojanam... attano cittassa upakkiles samm samucchinn honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anu-); Kv81,i6 (~o kmargo pahino); Patis-a280,i5 (- ti anubht sukhumabht ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anu-). anuka, anuka, mfn. [anu + ka2; AMg anua], small; fine; Ap 532,14 (-am v mahantam v); Pj 1246,8 (~ti mamsacakkhussa agocar dibbacakkhuvisay); As 317,20 (thlam upanidhya tato khuddakataram anukam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anum); -tara, mfn., smaller, finer; Pj I 47,25; -thula, mfn., fine and coarse; small and large; Sn 146 (ye keci pnabht' atthi... majjhim rassak ~). anthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup anthate, Wg 8:8], goes; Sadd 355,17 (athi gatiyam: ... -ati). Vand, ? Dhtum 158 (anda andatthe dissate). an4a, n. (and m.) [ts], 1. an egg; Abh627 (-am); 1092 (kose khagdibije 'ndam); VinUI 3,31 (kukkutiy -ni); Ja III 269,9* (bhutv-am ca potam ca); Ap 61,21 (kiki va -am rakkheyya); Mil 49,2i (yam ca tattha kalalam yam ca -am); Ps II 259,4 (tattha nilamakkhik -ni thapenti); Pj II 317,9 (kiki sakunik ksapatanabhayena -assa upari uttnseti); Sadd 231,11 (~am); 871,26 (-0); 2. (n. and m.pl.) a testicle; the testicles; the scrotum; Abh273 (-am); 1092; Vin III 117,14 (bhikkhuno -am kanduvantassa); Sil 258,13 (~e khandhe ropetv gacchati... tesv eva -esu nisidati); Sp 510,7 (tassa... mahghatappamn - ahesum); ifc see kumbhanda; 3. a water-bag; ifc see camm'-; -kapila, n. an eggshell; Sp 140,4; -kosa, m. [anda + kosa1], an eggshell (or egg); Vin III 4,35 (patham abhinibbhid ahosi kukkutacchpakasseva -amh); AIV 126,3 (mukhatundakena v -am padletv); JaV 360, iv; Sv 688,32 (mtukucchito ca -ato ca ti dve vre jt ti dij);

-ccheda, -cchedaka, m., one who castrates, a gelder; JaIV 364,2* (gmesv eke purohit... -cched nilanchak; 366,22': balivadddiam -cchedak cy eva tisldi-ankakaranenalanchak ca); -ja, mfn. and m [anda + ja 2 ], 1. (mfn.) born from an egg; Abh 741 (- pakkhisappdi); MI 73,3 (catasso ... yoniyo ... - yoni jalbuj yoni...); SHI 240,is (- ng); 246,is (- supann); Ja II 53,15* (amittena -ena; 53,17': ~en ti andakose nibbattena ngena); VI 497,16* (-am ... moram dakkhisi); Pet220,n; Mil 267,16 (atthi loke satt - jalbuj ...); 2. (m.) a bird; a fish; Abh 624 (-0); 1079 (~o minapakkhisu); JaV 189,33* (pokkharanl sanchann-ehi; 190,16': sakunasanghehi okinn); 351,23* (pandito -0 iti); -bhri(n), m(fn)., carrying his testicles; Vin III 100,19* (-1 ah gmaktako) = SII 258,27*; -bhta, mfn., being an egg or in an egg; like an egg; Vin III 3,38 (avijjgatya pajya ~ya pariyonaddhya avijjandakosam padletv); SHI 1,20 (turo te... kyo ~o pariyonaddho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee addha-, prob, wr; Spk II 250,10: -0 ti andam viya bhto dubbalo); Jal 293,24* (- bhat bhariy); -sambhava, m(fn)., produced from an egg, a bird; Th 599 (apandaro ~o; Ih-a II 256,22: -o andajo kko); -hraka, m., one who takes or extirpates the testicles, a gelder; (or one who takes eggs 1); MI 383,25 (puriso -o gantv ubbhatehi andehi gaccheyya); see also apuccandat. andaka1, n. [anda + ka2], 1. an egg; Ja III 21,22* (kirn ~ ime; or kimandak? 21,25': kirn phalni nam' etni ti parimandalavasena pana - ti ha); 102,19 (ekasmim kkakulvake klakokil attano -am nikkhipitv); 267,24 (-ni c* eva chpake ca khditum); Dhp-a I 60,4 (dandakotiyam gahetv parivattetv upadhrento -ni disv); Pet 220,12; 2 . a growth on a tree; Ps II 331,9 (yath sadose rukkhe -ni utthahanti) = As 396, is. an4aka\ mfn. [?], harsh, rough; insolent; MI 286,36 (vc - kakkas; Ps II 331,9: ~ ti yath sadose rukkhe andakni utthahanti, evam sadosatya khumsanavambhandivacanehi ~ jt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee andakajt); Dhs 1343 (y s vc - ast kakkas ... idam vuccati skhalyam); -vca, mfn., harsh in speech; Ja III 260,n* (-0 pharuso so, Ee so; Be kandaka-; Ce kantaka-; S'ekanthaka-; 260,19': -oti sadosavco). anduka, andka, anduva, n. [?], a roll (of cloth, etc); Ps II 158,29 (-am cumbatakam, Ce, Ee so; Be andupakam; Se andupakam); -vidhna, n., a way of dressing the hair (in a roll); Ud-a 171,4 (ullikhitan ti phanakdflii kesasanthpanam, -an ti pi vadanti, so read ? Ee andukvidhnanti; Be, Ce, Se addhakra-); ifc see jatanduva (^vjat), eel'-, vl'-. an4paka, n., a circular roll of cloth used as a stand for a vessel; Abh 458 (-am cumbatakam); ifc see tin'-, palT -. anna1, n. [S. arna], water; flood, stream; Abh 661 (dakam -o niram). anna2, n. [= anna qv; AMg id.], food; ifc see aparanna, pubbanna. annam in Ee at Sp 941,27 is wrfor annam (Be, Ce, Se so). annava, m.n. [S. arnava; cf also Ved. arnava, mfn.

58

"agitated, foaming"], the sea, the ocean; a stream; Abh 659 (-o sgaro); Vin 1230,23* (ye taranti -am saram; cfSp 1096,io: -an ti sabbantimena paricchedena yojanamattam gambhirassa ca puthulassa ca udakatthnass' etam adhivacanam, saran ti idha nadi adhippet); Sn 173 (ko 'dhatarati -am); Ja III 453,16* (eso hi atari -am; 453,20': ~an ti samsrasamuddam); 521,12* (abhitarp vicarma ~Q; 521,19': imasmim thne saro ~o ti vutto); V 401,5* (nvam samruyha parenti ~e); Ap 104,13 (mahsamuddo v' akkhobbho -ova duruttaro); Vism 597,3*; Ps II 109,3 (yam [udakam] pana gambhiram c' eva puthulam ca tarn -0 ti vuccati); ifc see knir'-; -kucchi, m.f, a cavity in the ocean; the ocean depths; Ja 1227,8' (t ... lohactiyo -iyam pavattant vicaranti); 501,31 (-im khobhetv blasuriyuggamanaklo viya); VI189,i6 (Bhridattanivesanam ~i viya ekasaddam ahosi); Sv 403,4 (bhagav -iyam suriyo viya jalamno). anha = aha(n) qv ifc; see also ajjanho. atakkaka, mfii. [a3 + takka2 + ka2], not mixed with buttermilk; Ja VI 21,i6 (alonake -e niddhpane udake sedetv, Ce, Ee so; Be atakke; Se alonakena atakkena ...). atakkajtika in Ee at Ud-a 52,27 is wr, prob, for acokkha- qv sv cokkha. atati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atati], goes constantly; Dhtum 177 (ata ... gamane); Sadd 360,12 (ata staccagamane ... -ati). atappa, n. (orm.) and - , m.pl [cfBHS atapa], 1. (m.pl.) the name of one of the highest classes of devaj, the second class of suddhvsay qv; D II 52,17 (yena ~a dev ten' upasankamim); III 237,19 (panca suddhvs, avih ~ sudass sudassi akanitth); MI 289,22 (-nam devnam); Vibh425,i4 (-nam devnam sahavyatam uppajjanti; Vibh-a521,io; na kaiici sattarn tappanti ti-); Sv 740,5 (esa kira... -esu dve kappasahassni [vasissati]); 2. (n.) the world of the atappa devas; Pp 17,2i (avih cuto -am gacchati). atappaniya, mfn. [see tappati2, and cf S. tarpaniya], I. insatiable; Ja VI 209,14'; 2. not satiating; of which one cannot have enough; Sv 1060,6 ('-atthena panlto). atappaneyya, mfn. [= atappaniya], not satiating; of which one cannot have enough; Ap 548,io (s kanii ... -rpena hsabhvasamanvit). atalamphassa, mfn. [a3 + tala + phassa], bottomless; Abh 669 (agdham tv -am). atas!,/ [ts], common flax; Abh 452 (umm tu -I); Ps IV 77,12 (sace kjo hotukmo... anjanavanno v -pupphavanno v siyan tipattheti, Be, Se so; Ce anasi-; Ee apitapupphavanno). ati, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns, adjectives, adverbs; preverb to verbs; before vowels (except 1-) generally, but not always, taking the form ace-, sometimes with strengthening of following vowel; Abh 1138; 1182; Sadd 881,8*foil.; I. as prefix to nouns expresses: abundance, excess, superiority, transgression; the being beyond (the reach of); 2. as prefix to adjectives, adverbs expresses: very much, too much; 3. as preverb to verbs and their derivatives expresses: beyond, over; through; too much, very much, too far; 4. ati is sometimes inserted in

iterative cpds expressing: and, adding further, even more, etc; see cakkaticakka, mntimna; ati sometimes alternates with adhi or abhi qqv; ati + iva: (a) ativa [ts], I. very much, exceedingly; Abh 1138; Vv 84:17 (-a nijjhnakhamo); Th537 (-a phsu bhavati ekassa vasato vane); TM312 (-a paritappasi; Thi-a219,2i: - ti ativiya bhusam); Ja II 235,5* (-a hadayam nibbti); Ap 484,32 (sasanghe me katam karam -a vipulam tay); 542,14 (Gotamiparinibbnam atiV acchariyam ahu, Ce, Ee so; Be atev'; Se ati-acchariyam); Vism 481,28 (-a yatam samsradukkham); Pj II 183,25 (brhmano sakya ditthiy -a abhinivittho hoti); 2. much more than; Jail 413,26* (ativ* anne va pnino, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se aticca); (b) ati-r-iva [BHS id.], excessively, exceedingly; D i l 264,17 (pabbato -a obhsajto hoti); Sn680 (kim devasangho -a kalyarpo); ativiya, excessively, very much, especially; much more than (instr./abl); D II 134,8 (-a tathgatassa parisuddho hoti chavivanno); Mill 176,11 (rj cakkavatti abhirpo hoti dassaniyo ... -a aniiehi manussehi); S IV 112,31 (-a mam tasmim samaye lobhadhamm parisahanti); Pv 20:10 (-a sobhamno); Ja 161,30 (-a pabbajjya cittamnami); 262,30 (ayam-a sro hutv katheti); 11241,23 (-a amhe bdhati ti); VI 549,25' (-a bhimsanako, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -); Kv 563,2 (buddhassa bhagavato uccrapassvo -a anne gandhajte adhiganhati ti); Mil 175,12 (-a annehi pindaptehi mahapphalatar); 420,1 (Milindo rj -a pamuditahadayo); Vism 39,15 (kim nu me ajja kammatthnam -a paksa" ti); Dhp-a II 71,n (ayam me -a upakrako ti); ateva [ati + eva2], very much; more than; JaV 63,n* (yathpi rammako mso gimhnam hoti brhmana atev' annehi msehi dumapupphehi sobhati; 64,2: ativiya annehi ekdasahi msehi); VI 529,30* (~a me acchariyam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wrath' eva; 531, r: -a me acchariyan ti ativiya me acchariyam). ati-afichitum, ind. [ati + inf. of anchati], to pull too much; to charge too much; Mp I 244,8 (~um na vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee ati-anjitum; Se ativancitum; Mp-t[5e]I 167,15*. -un ti ativiya kaddhitum) = Ap-a521,i9 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ati-ancitum; * Ih-a 1145,8: eds ativaddhitum). ati-aftjitum in Ee at Mp I 244,8 is prob, wr for ati-anchitum qv. ati-anusikkhissati in Ee at Ja II 99,io' is prob, wr; Be, Ce anusikkhissati; Se anusikkhati. ati-alliyitv, ind.. [ati + absol. of alliyati], leaning against too much or too closely; Sp 1283,25 (na there bhikkh anpakhajj ti there bhikkh ati-alliyitv na nisiditabbam). ati-dhya, ind. [absol. of *ati + dahati; cf S. aty Vdh], putting on top of; on top of; Spk I 79,23 (accdhy ti ati-dhya, isakam atikamma thapetv); Mp II 185,13 (pde pdam accdhy ti vmapdam dakkhinapde ati-dhya); see also accdhy, accdhyitv. ati-uddharati,/?r. 3 sg. [ati + uddharati], lifts too high; Ud-a 414,17* (nti-uddharati pdam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ntidre uddharati; = Ps III 23,20*, Spk III 49,9*: eds ntidre uddharati).

59

*ati-upasankamati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + upasankamati], approaches too much or too closely; absol ati-upasankamitv, Mp II 198,17 (yo hi pallaggim -itv tappati tassa sariram jhyati); pass, part.pr. ati-upasankamiyamna, mfn., Mp II 198,14 (kodhano atiseviyamno -iyamno pi kujjhati). ati-ummilaya(t), mfn. {caus. part.pr. o/*ati + ummilati], opening the eyes too wide; Vism 125,2 (~ayato hi cakkhu kilamati). atikaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [c/Satikarsati], pulls or presses too much or very much; harasses;! Vin III 17,9 (vadeyyma kho tarn gahapati sace tvam ntikaddheyysi ti; Sp 21 1,H: yam te mayi pemam patitthitam tarn kodhavasena na -eyysi, sace na kujjheyysi ti vuttam hoti); pass, part.pr. atikaddhiyamna, mfn., Sp 752,26 (parinibbnakle antar v -iyamnena upasampannassa bhtam rocetum vattati; Sp-t[ite] III 12,n: -iyamnena ti vadatha bhante kirn tumhehi adhigatan ti evam nippiliy amnena). atikassa, ind. [absol. of *ati + kasati3; cf S. atWkrs], drawing through, pulling through; JaV 173,1* (bhetvna nsam atikassa rajjurn) quoted Vism 304,29*. atikicca, n., see sv karoti. atikilamati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + kilamati], is very exhausted; is in extreme distress; Ja IV 284,19'(nitammmi ti ~mi); part.pr. atikilamanta, mfn., Vibh-a259,30 (~anto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atikilanto); caus. pr. 3 sg. atikilameti, causes great distress to; Ja IV 13,5' (bhusam upatpenti -enti). atikisa in Ee, Se at Sp 1028,3 is wrfor atikisa qv sv kisa. atikosumbham, ind. [ati + kosumbha2 ?], ? Sadd 777,9 (sampati kosumbham acchdanam n' atthi -am ice di). atikkanta, mfn., pp o/atikkamati qv. atikkantik, / [atikkanta + ik], (a woman) transgressing, overstepping the bounds (of good behaviour); Mil 122,20 (coriy ... ppiy bhinnasimya -ya). atikkama, m. [S. atikrama], l. going over or further; passing, passing beyond; overcoming; SI 193,21* (pajjotakaro ... sabbatthitinam -am addasa) = Th 1244; Dhp 191 ([passati] dukkham dukkhasamuppdam dukkhassa ca -am); It 61,10* (kmanissaranam fiatv rpnam ca -am; It-all 41,29: atikkamanti eten ti -o atikkamanpyo); Ja IV 438,25' (himaccaye ti catunnam hemantamsnam -e); VI 60,4* (samanam hu vattantam yath dukkhass' ~o); Sp 335,23 (patitthitatthnassa -ena prjikam); ifc see kl- (svkala1); 2. overstepping; transgression; Abh 776; 1182; Sp 1012,33 (dasasu sikkhpadesu purimnam pancannam -o nsanvatthu); Spk I 66,16 (kassa -o n' atthi kassa apardho n' atthi); Saddh 64 (evam parassa dresu caturango -o); atikkama in Ee at Vism 621,25 is wr for abhikkama qv; anatikkama, m., not transgressing; Dhs299; Vism 7,30 (samdinnasilassa kyikavcasiko -o); duratikkama, mfn., hard to pass, to go beyond; hard to escape from; Udl8,i8* (yoga hi ~a); Ja VI 100,3* (nadi... gambhir ~); Bv 8:1. atikkamaka, mfn. [atikkama + ka2], going over; ifc see mtik-.

atikkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atWkram], \.passes, passes through, passes by; elapses, passes (of time); steps over; goes beyond; surpasses; overcomes; Vin II 161,28 (imam nigrodham antar satthinam karitv -ami); IV 98,12 (deth* vuso bhattam pure klo -afi ti); Ja II 58,14' (mam samanadhammassa karanaklo m -atu); 297,6 (tathagato... sadevakam lokam pannaya -ati); Ap 27,28 (ntikkamanti tarn msam); Vism 86,14 (pathamajhnam -ati); Sp637,2o (asukam nma divasam ntikkamissati); Spk I 117,6 (ekam cakkavlam -ami ti); Vv-a 205, is (gmassa majjhena -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr majjhe na); Pv-a67,i9 (tassa gmassa dvrasamipena maggena -ati); part.pr. (a)atikkama(t), mfn., Sp 352,24 (vihrasimam -ato pi); (b) atikkamanta, mfn., Ud61,7 (addas kho bhagav... mnavake avidire... -ante); Ud-a 111,23 (manussabhto manussasukham devabhto dibbasukham ubhayam -anto nibbnasukham labhati); neg. anatikkamanta, mfn., Ja III 188,23 (tantissarena gitassaram anatikkamanto); anatikkamante in EeatJa. VI 221,21' is wrfor anatikkante (Be, Ce, Se so); (c) atikkamamna, mfn., Vism 672,26 (puthujjanagottam ... -amnam ariyagottam); Spk I 23,24 (rattiyo -amn); 2. goes beyond, crosses; escapes from; Dhp 221 (samyojanam sabbam -eyya); Ja 1280,13' (attano pacemittam -ati abhibhavati); Pj II 387,4 (atha Mro ... atighoram tapam karoti kadci mama visayam -eyy ti bhito); part.pr. atikkamanta, mfn., Nidd-a I 54,4 (samsram -anto); 3. oversteps; transgresses (against), passes by, neglects; commits adultery (with); Vin I 347,9 (na kho me patirupam yo 'ham pituvacanam -eyyan ti); AIV 201,12 (yam may svaknam sikkhpadam pannattam tarn mama svak jivitahetu pi ntikkamanti); Sn 396 (parassa dram ntikkameyya); Ja IV 53,20* foil, (mayam ca bhariyam ntikkamma amhe ca bhariy ntikkamanti; 54,2r: attano bhariyam-itv bahi afinam miccheram na karoma); V 2,5 (uposathakammam ntikkamissmi ti); part.pr. atikkamanta, mfn., Pj II 297,14 (hirim -antam); neg. anatikkamanta, mfn., It-a I 142,32; aor. 3 sg. atikkami, S I 226,19; Ja IV 97,5 (rj anoloketv va ~i); Th-a III 104,8 (ayam navamo khano m tumhe -i ti); 3pi. (a)atikkamimsu, D i l 130,15 (pancamattni sakatasatni laram Klmam nissya nissya -imsu); Ja III 361,25' (arog kantram -imsu); (b) atikkamum, Ap 68,18 (timsavassasahassni... -um); Mhv4:3; part.perfact. atikkamitava(t), mfn., who has gone beyond; Nidd-a I 245,6 (tinnvi ti samsram -);absol., passing; passing through; surpassing; having gone beyond, beyond; beyond the norm; passing by, neglecting; transgressing; passing beyond, escaping, overcoming; (with expressions of time) after (cf atikkameti below); (a) atikkamma, atikamma, Vin I 12,15 (obhso loke pturahosi atikamma devnam devnubhvam); MI 192,17 (atikamm' eva sram); It 51,11* (atikkamma mradheyyam); Ap 550,14 (caturoghe atikkamma arahattam appunim); Ja I 262,19 (Ksirattham atikkamma); II 285,4' (atikkamma ycako si); V 42,22* (atikamma so satta giri brahante, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atikkamma); Mil 118,23 (ete sabbe [manayo] atikkamma cakkavattimani); Sp 703,25 (tarn rjim

60

atikkamma); (b) atikkamitv, Vin III 62,13 (sunkatthnam -itv); Ja I 225,20 (dve tayo divase ~itv agamsi); II52, r (gijjho nma yojanasatam ~itv thitni kunapni avekkhati); 152,7' (aham eva sabbe tumhe ~itv sobhmi); 417,28 (tisso pabbatarjiyo ~itv... pannaslyam vasi); III255,i2(aMesamgijjhnam simam ~itv uccam uppati); V 225,14' (dhammam ~itv); Patis II 195,12 (neyyam ~itv nanam na ppavattati); Mil 336,27 (sabbaratanni -itv); Vism710,io (yuvemajjham ~itv); Dhp-al 96,7 (Sriputtathero pi pabbajitadivasato addhamsam ~itv); neg. anatikkamitv, not going beyond; not passing; not neglecting; Vin IV 95,24; Dhp-aI65,5 (tesam ovdam anatikkamitv); (with expressions of time) before; within; Ja I 162,29 (mtulena vuttavelam anatikkamitv, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee anatikkametv); II 135,23 (addhamsam pi anatikkamitv); Ap-a289,34 (sattadivasato orabhge sattadivase anatikkamitv); pass, pr. 3 sg. atikkamiyyati, is gone beyond, is escaped from; ? Nidd I 279,2 (rpam vibhoti vibhviyyati -iyyati); pp (a) atikkanta, mfn. [S. atikrnta], 1. (act.) (i) having passed through or by; having gone beyond, overcome, surpassed; having elapsed; Vin IV 190,11; D i l 128,26 (pancamattni sakatasatni ~ni); Sn 160 (kacci moham ~o); Th707 (~ bhay sabbe; Th-a III 14,29: sabbe pi bhay ekamsena ~ atit apagat ti attho); Ja II 128,10 (tini samvaccharni ~ni); V 260,12* (pankam rj ~o); Ap 544,5 (~e ca satthe); Mil 145,27 (arah sabbabhayam ~o ti); Vism424,3 (mamsacakkhum ~-tt); atikkantam, adv., excessively; very much; Nidd-all 101,33 (~am lonam atilonam); (ii) who has approached; Th 1037 (dassanya ~e...bah n vrayittha, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abhikkante); 2. (pass.) transgressed; neglected; ? Ja V 265,22' (may sucaritadhammo ~o pitughtakammam katam); atikkanta in Ee at Ja III 340,17', Ps I 130,1 and Ud-a286,n is wr for atikanta^v svkanta; atikkanta-mnusaka, mf(-ti.)n., superhuman; Vin II 299,22 (dibbya sotadhtuy visuddhya ~-mnusikya) * Mil 19,6; DU 87,12 (dibbena cakkhun visuddhena ~-mnusakena) * Vibh 344,3; atikkanta -vara, mfn., beyond or above granting boons; Vin I 82,35 (vara kho ... tathagata ti); JalV 315,n; neg. anatikkanta, mfn., 1. not having passed or gone beyond; not having elapsed; not having transgressed; Nidd I 103,26; Ja IV 214,12; Vism 315,18 (anatikkantatt); Cp-al90,3o; 2. unsurpassed; Ap 427,4 (anatikkant appameyy tathagata); PP (b) atikkamita, (mf)n., transgressing; Nidd-a I 217,27 (avitikkamamatten ti na ~-mattena); fpp (a) atikkamaniya, atikkamaniya, mfn., to be passed, to be overcome; As 49,12 (rammanam katv atikkamaniyato oghehi atikkamitabb ti oghaniy); neg. anatikkamaniya, mfn., not to be passed; not to be transgressed (against); Vin II 256,32 (bhikkhuninam attha garudhamm paniiatt yvajivam anatikkamaniya); M III 121,4 (anatikkamaniya ca bodhisattamt hoti kenaci purisena rattacittena); Mil 74,30 (sikkhpadam ... anatikkamaniyan ti); duratikkamaniya, mfn., hard to pass, hard to get beyond; Pj II 568,2; (b) atikkamitabb, mfh., to be passed by; to be gone

beyond; to be transgressed against; Vin I 138,30 (na... vso -itabbo); SI 29,2; Sp 184,5; Ps IV 31,M (upekkh na -, kattabb janetabb ti attho); Pj II 97,7 (ayam lekh ntikkamitabb ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) atikkmeti, -ayati, atikkameti [S. atikramayati], lets pass, makes pass over, takes over; lets elapse; Vin III 52,io (pdam sunkaghtam ~eti); 151,32 (pamnam v ~eyya); IV 281,31 (pancamam divasam ~eti); Ja I 151,5 (mayham vram -ehi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atikkamehi ti); II 335,16 (manusse atavim ~eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atikkameti); Mil 265,4 (so arah sayarn v pabbajeyya divasam v atikkameyya); Sp 1308,6 (civaraklasamayam -eyya, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se atikkameyya); Dhp-alH 150,16 (~essmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atikkamessmi); part.pr. (a) atikkmenta, atikkamenta, m/(~entl>2., Vin IV 272,27 (upacram ^entiy, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atikkamantiy); Th-aII 260,23; Ap-a446,27 (trayantam atikkamentam); neg. anatikkmenta, mfn., Sp 337,5 (anatikkmento, Be, Ce, Seso; Eeanatikkamanto); (b) atikkmaya(t), mfn., Vin III 196,io (~ayato); (c) atikkmayamna, mfh., Sp 1322,16; aor. 3 sg. atikkmesi, Vin III 62,28 (so bhikkhu tarn manim sunkatthnam ~esi); Dhp-al 240,15; absol. atikkmetv, atikkametv, Vin III 151,34; Ps III 286,23 (ekamsam atikkametv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atikkamitv); atikkametv in Ce, Ee at Ps III 147,3 is prob, wr for atikkamitv (Be, Se so); absol. neg. anatikkametv, Ja I 162,29 (mtulena vuttavelam anatikkametv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anatikkamitv); pp atikkamita, mfn., let pass, taken beyond; Vin III 234,18 (elakalomni tiyojanam ~ni nissaggiyni); fpp atikkametabba, mfn. and n., Sp722,n; 1250,2o; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) atikkampeti, causes to let pass; makes (someone) go beyond; Ap-a293,9 (~eti); aor. 3sg. atikkampesi, Pj II 97,10 (mahjano ... kumram lekham ~esi); absol. atikkampetv, Ja VI 5,3 (pakativelam ~etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atikkamitv); Vv-a 314,8 (~etva). atikkamana, n. [S. atikramana], passing; going beyond; surpassing; transgressing; Sp 364,8 (tato ~e prjikam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atikkmeti); Spkl 24,5 (klnam ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atikkamnam); Th-a II 269,3 (pancannam sarignam ~ena); Sadd881,io (atisaddo ... ~e atirocati amhehi); anatikkamana, ., not passing, not going beyond; not transgressing; Vin II 256,30 (udakassa ~ya); Mil 356,12 (n ~ya); Patis-a 587,27 (annamannam -'-atthena); duratikkamana, mfh., hard to pass or get beyond; Nidd-a I 162,20 (ditthi yeva ~'-atthena gahanam); Thi-a 227,7 (-' -atthena). atikkamanaka, mfn. [atikkamana + ka2], passing; transgressing, overstepping; Ja I 153,9 (pannasannam -migo nma n'atthi); atikkamanaka in Ee at As 269,10 (atikkamanaka-rammannam) is prob, wr for atikkamana- (Be, Ce, Se so). atikkamnam in Ee at Spk I 24,5 is wr for atikkamanam (Be, Ce.Seso). atikkamita(r), m. [from atikkamati], a transgressor (against); Mp III 96,3 ([nbhijnmi ... gahapatnim ...] aticaritti~).

61

atikhana, n. [ati+ khana2], too much, too deep, digging; Ja II 296,20' (~ena tarn ca dhanam jivitam ca nsitan ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se atikhananena). atikhanati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + khanati2], digs too much, too deep; Ja II295,20 (ettakena santutth hotha, m ~ath ti); 296,15* (tasm khane ntikhane); pp atikhta, (mf)n., too much, too deep, digging; Ja II 296,16* (khtena ca dhanam laddham ~ena nsitam). atikhta, (mf)n., pp o/atikhanati qv. atikhina, mfn. [prob. < *atiskirna (= *atistirna, c/Vskambh and Vstambh; see K.R. Norman, 1979, p. 325); cf also S. apa-sWkf, ava-s-Vkr, and W.. Whitney, 1879, 1087d], scattered; Dhp 156 (senti cptikhin va; Dhp-a III 132,24: cpto ~ cp vinimuttti attho; c/Udna-v 17:4 cptikirna; PDhp 230: cpdhikinno); Sadd 495, ufoll. (khi gatiyam: khinti ~o saro ... khinti ti gacchati ~o ti atigato). atiga, mfn. [ts], going beyond; escaping from; transgressing; ifc see asit- (.svasita3), ogh-, yoga-, sang-, sim-. atigacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atiVgam], goes past or over; overcomes; surpasses; Sadd 462,22 (~ati ti atikkamitv gacchati); aor. 3 sg. accagam, Vin IV 18,33 (accayo mam bhante ~ ... y 'ham evam aksim; Sp 750,16: mam atikamma abhibhavitv pavatto); D I 85,15 (accayo mam bhante ~a); AI 54,23 (iti mam eva tattha accayo -a; Mp II 102,12: apardho atikkamitv madditv gato, aham ev' ettha apardhiko); Sn 8 (sabbam ~ imam papancam; Pj II 21,27: ~ atikkanto samatikkanto ti attho); absol atigantv, Ja IV 250, \r (accupati ti atigantv uppati); pp atigata, mfn., having gone beyond; having gone too far; Ja III 484,29* (nsakkhtigato poso puna-r-eva nivattitum; 485,25': nsakkhi ~o); Vism234,n* (te pi ntigat maccum); Dhp-a IV 159,15 (rgdinam tt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atitatt) see also atWg. atiganha(t), mfn. \part.pr. of *ati + ganhti], very much holding; completely encompassing; Pet 29,2 (imni solasa suttni sabbassanam ~anto titthanti, eds so). atWg, [S. atWg], goes beyond; overcomes; dies; aor. 3 sg. (a) accag, Dhp 414 (yo ... samsram moham accag); Sn 1040 (ko idha sibbanim accag); (b)atig, Mhv41:3 (navame hyane 'tig); (c)ati-ag, Nidd-all 10,20 (sibbanim accag ti tanham ati-ag atikkamitv thito); 3 pi. (a)accagum, It 93,14* (dukkham accagum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ajjhagum); (b) accag, Th 663 (ye ca dukkhe sukhasmim ca majjhe sibbanim accag, Be, Ce, Se, Th-a II 278,26 so; Ee ajjhag); see also atigacchati. atiglayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ati + galati], makes vanish, makes waste away; Ja VI 211,28* (vedehi vittam -anti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atiglhayanti; 215,15': tassa santakam dhanam ~anti vinsenti viddhamsenti). atiglhita, mfn. [perhaps pp of denom. from atiglha qv sv ghati], hard-pressed, much oppressed; ? Ja V 401,14* (te bhattur atth ~ puna; 401,3r: paccatthikehi atipilit viluttaspateyy). atighamsitv, ind. [absol. o/*ati + ghamsati], crushing; rubbing out; Patis II 196,8 (buddhannam devamanussnam pannam pharitv ~itv titthati; = Niddl 180,2: eds abhibhavitv).

aticarana, n. [from aticarati; cf S. aticarana], (sexual) transgression; adultery; Jail 169,1; Ps IV 13,11; Pv-a 159,8. aticarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. aticarati], goes beyond the bounds; transgresses sexually (against), is unfaithful (to); commits adultery; Vin IV 225,26 (mayham pajpa" ~ati tarn ghtessmi ti); Pv 24:14 (n* etam channam na ppatirpam yam tvam -si mam); Ja III 303,17 (eko vijjdharo ... mahesiy saddhim ati); V444,6* (kam v itthi nticare tadannam; 444,IT: kataram annam purisam nticareyy ti); 449,16' (ayam mahallik idni mam na -issati); 453,1* (nriyo rakkhit ~anti smikam); aticarati in Ee at Pv-a 57,24 is wr; read kunjesu v ramati carati ti kunjaro with Be, Ce, Se); part.pr. (a)aticaranta, m/(~anti)., Ja IV 300,17 (ayam pana brhmano -antam gonam tunde paharati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se carantam gonam dandena); V 4 44,19 (assabandhena saddhim -antim disv); Sv 996,6 (tarn ~anto mtugmo); neg. anaticaranta, mfn., JaV 124,3' (bhariyam samnento anaticaranto); (b) aticaramna, mfn., Pv24:14 (evam ~amnya smiko etad abravi); aor. 3sg. (a)aticri, DU 176,3 (itthiratanam rjnam Mahsudassanam manas pi no aticri kuto pana kyena, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~i); (b) aticri, Ja IV 245, is; absol. (a) aticaritv, Ja III 502, is; Ps IV 12,2o; (b) aticaritt (following abhijnti qv), AIV 66,11 (nbhijnmi smikam manas pi ~itt, Ee so; Be, Ce aticarit; Se aticaritum); pp aticinna, mfn., transgressed, offended against; JaV 265,2* (~o may dhammo). aticarita(r), m.f [from aticarati], one who transgresses, commits adultery; AII 61,26 (nbhijnmi Nakulamtaram gahapatnim manas pi ~ kuto pana kyena; perhaps better absol.; Mp III 96,3: ~ ti atikkamit) * IV 66,11 (Be, Ceso; Ee aticaritt, Se aticaritum). aticariy, / [cf aticarati], (sexual) transgression; unfaithfulness; ifc see anaticariy; see also aticra. aticra, m. [ts], (sexual) transgression; unfaithfulness; adultery; Vv 15:8 (theyy ca ~ ca majjapn ca rak) ^ Ap260,i 1; Jail 167,25 (brhmanl dussil ppadhamm ~am carati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atitacaram); 374,15 (~o nma ayye cittuppdamattena na hoti); VI311,13' (~assa oksam labhitv); Dhp-a III 348,16 (kulaputto tass ~ena lajjito). aticri(n), mfn. and ~ini, / [S. aticrin], transgressing, sinning; unfaithful; an unfaithful wife; Abh238 (~im); Vin III 107,10 (es... itthi... ~ini ahosi); S IV 242,6 (anotappi ca hoti ~i ca hoti); A III 261,9 (yebhuyyena bhikkhave mtugmo -1); Pv24:13 (tassham bhariy sim dussil ~ini); Ja V 269,18* (nriyo ca ~iyo nar ca paradrag); 447,13' (aticritya); Dhp-a III350,1 (~inim hi itthim smiko pi geh nfliarati); Sv 996,io (upsakassa bhariy ~inl ahosi); Pv-a 152,5 (s ~ini itthi);anaticri(n), mfn., faithful; Dili 190,10; S IV 244,21. aticinna, mfn., pp o/aticarati qv. aticiryati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + ciryati, or denom. from aticiramgrv; cfBHS aticiryati], delays too long; is late; Ja IV 459,1 (~ati me piyasmiko); Sp 47,4 (te -anti ti);

62

part.pr. aticiryanta, m/f~anti)., Dhp-al 359,21 (tasmim ~ante); absol aticiryitv, JaV 438,27 (pithasappi deviy kujjhitv tvam -itv gatti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se tvam kasm ajja ~anti gat si ti). aticca, absol. o/acceti 2 qv. *aticchati, pr. 3 sg. [AMg aicchai; cfS. rcchati, "goes"], imperat. 2 pi. aticchatha, (asking a bhikkhu to seek alms elsewhere, thus refusing in a civil way to give alms; opp. titthatha,) please go on; Ja VI 70,26 (bhante tumhakam dtabbayuttakam n' atthi ~ath ti); Mil 8,29 (~atha bhante ti vacanamattam pi vatt nma nhosi); Vism 343,27 (adadamn kecid eva ~atha bhante ti vadanti keci pana apassamn viya tunhi honti); Vv-a 101,1; 2sg. aticcha, Dhp-a IV 98,25 (~ tina vadeti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ~ath ti); caus. imperat. 2 sg. aticchpehi, make (him) go on; ask (him) to go further, Ja III 462,11 (ayye eko thero dvre thito ti vanditv ~pehi ti ~atha bhante ti). atijaccat,/, abstr. [from ati + jti1], the being of very powerful nature, 1 Mil 278,6 (agado ~ya pilya samugghtako rognam antakaro); see also atijtit jvjti1. atijalate in Ee at Ap 179,16 (dhpo 'tijalate) is wr; Be dhpyati jalate; Ce dhpeti; Se dipo ppajjalite. atitarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atiVtf], passes over, crosses; goes beyond, surpasses; Sn381 (pannya tarn ntitaranti sabbe thito vajantam viya sighagmim; Pj II 372,19: yath koci thito gativikalo sighagminam purisam gacchantam ntitareyya); aor. 3 sg. (a) accatari, Sn 948 (yo 'dha kme accatari); (b) accatari, It 57,21* (so 'mam samuddam sagaham sarakkhasam sa-mibhayam duttaram accatari, Be, Se so; Ce accatari; Ee mibhayam) quoted Nett 155,15* = S IV 157,23* (eds accatari) = 158,21* (eds accatari); absol. (a) atitariya (and atitiriya ?), Sn 219 (ogham samuddam atitariya tdim; Pj II 275,10: atitariya ~itv atikkamitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atitiriya, perhaps wr); (b) atitaritv, Pj II 275,10; pp atitinna, mfn., crossed; gone beyond; Pj II275,14 (~' -oghatt). atithi, atithi, m. [ts], a guest; a stranger, a newcomer; Abh424; D I 111,2foil, (ye kho pana keci... amhkam gmakkhettam gacchanti ~I no te honti, ~i pi kho pan' amhehi sakktabbgaruktabb ...); SI 162,5(api nukho te gacchanti mittmacc ntislohit ~iyo ti); Khp 8:7 (nidhi sunihito hoti... puggale ~isu v; Pj 1222,6: n' atthi assa thiti yamhi v tamhi v divase gacchati ti ~i, tamkhane gataphunakass' etam adhivacanam); Ja III 307,6' (sabbesam ~Inam gatgatnam gantuknam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~inam); IV 396,9' (~ino dtabbayuttakasmim agghe); V 388,7* (mogham c' assa hutam hoti... ~ismim yo nisinnasmim eko bhunjati bhojanam); VI 542,2* (atthiko viya yti -i no bhavissati, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ~i); Ap375,n (~im me gahetvna gacchim gmakam tad); Vv-a 24,7 foil, (duvidh hi gantuk -i abbhgato ti tesu kataparicayo gantuko ~i akataparacayo abbhgato... nimantito v bhattena ~i animantito abbhgato); -abhigamana, n., the approach, visit, of a guest; Q)-a 246,3; -karaniya, n., hospitality; Mil 186,25 (atithinam ~am katabbam); -bali, m., offering to a guest; AII 68,9; see also titheyya.

atidya, m., or atidyi(n), mfn. [from *ati + dayati1], flying; see kktidyi(n) .yv kka. atiditthiy, ind. [ati (= adhi ?) + loc. of ditthi], as regards belief, view; Vin I 63,34 (adhisile silavipanno hoti ajjhcre cravipanno hoti ~iy ditthivipanno hoti; Sp 989,23*. sammditthim pahya antagghikya ditthiy samanngato ~iy ditthivipanno nma) ^ \\ 4^5; see also ajjhcre, adhisile. atidisati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + disati], explains further; points out further; Mil 304,6 (akle maranam atthi ti yam vadesi ingha me tvam tattha kranam ~ ti). atidesa, m. [iS*. atideSa], (gr.t.t.) extended application (of a rule); extension; Sadd 920,15 (pakatassa atikkantena sdhanam ~o); antidesa (with rhythmical lengthening ?), m., absence of extension; ? Sadd 775,16 (~e ikrkr rassam, atidesarahite visaye kapaccaye pare ikra-kr rassam papponti). atidhamati,/?r. 3 sg. [ati + dhamati], blows (a conch) too much; beats (a drum) too much; Ja I 283,27* (dhame dhame ntidhame) ^ 282,22*; pp atidhanta, (mj)n., too much drumming; too much (conch-)blowing; Ja I 283,27* foil. (~am hi ppakam dhantena sat am laddham ~ena nsitam) ^ 284,22* foil. atidhvati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + dhvati; cf S. atiVdhv], runs past, outstrips; goes too far; goes against, transgresses; Mill 230,21 (janapadaniruttim nbhiniveseyya samannam ntidhveyy ti); S IV 230,24 (yam ca smam ntam tarn ca ~anti); It 43,13/0//. (dvflii... ditthigatehi pariyutthit devamanuss oliyanti eke '-anti eke...); Mil 13 6,1 (bl sabbam kammavipkajam yev ti -anti); Vism 594,16 (ucchijjati ti ganhanto ~ati nma); Ps IV 143,15 (samappavattesu assesu sarathino ayam oliyari ti tudanam v ayam ~ati ti kaddhanam v n' atthi); Ud-a352,23/o//.; part.pr. atidhvanta, mfn., Sp 26,6 (dhammacintam ~anto acinteyyni pi cinteti); neg. anatidhvanta, mfn., Ud-a 151,2 (vohramattam anatidhvanten' eva); aor. 3 sg. atidhvi, Pj II 21,14 (yo nccasri ti yo ntidhvi); 1 sg. atidhvissam, Ap 176,10 (apardham aks' aham vanantam ~issam bhayabheravasamappito); absol. atidhvitv, Ps I 291,31 (cittuppdamatten' eva kusalam hoti ti ~itv dndini akaronto niraye uppajjati); JPP atidhvitabba, mfn., Mill 19,17 (satthu ssanam ~itabbam manneyya). atidhvana, n. [from atidhvati], the going beyond, going too far; transgression; PatisI 157,21 (oliyanbhiniveso bhavaditthi abhiniveso vibhavaditthi; Patis-a457,2: ucchedasannya nirodhagminipatipadatikkamanbhiniveso ti attho); Ps V 32,6 (atisro ti -am); anatidhvana, n., not going beyond, not transgressing; Vism 522,15 (janapadaniruttiy anabhiniveso samannya ~am); see also atidhonacri(n). atidhonacri(n), mfn. [ati+ dhona + cri(n); or perhaps atidhona = atidhvana qv], (according to ct) immoderate in the use of the requisites of a bhikkhu, or transgressing the proper use of the requisites; Dhp240 (evam ~inam sakakammni nayanti duggatim; Dhp-a III 344,5: dhon vuccati cattro paccaye idamattham ete ti paccavekkhitv paribhunjanapann tarn

63

atikkamitv caranto -1 nma) quoted Pet 8,20* and Nett 129,28*; see also dhona, dhon. atinmeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS atinmayati, atinmeti], 1. spends (time), lets (time)'elapse; lets the time pass; Mil 139,14 (bhuttvi muhuttam tunhi nisidati na ca anumodanassa klam -eti); A I 206,3 (so tena lobhena abhijjhsahagatena cetas divasam -eti); IV 227,20* (ye khanam ndhigacchanti -enti te khanam); Mil 345,5 (nisajjatthnacankamehi rattindivam -enti); 2. makes pass; makes pass into, leads (someone) into; MII 138,22 (na ca vyanjanena lopam -eti); aor. 3 sg. atinmayi, Th 366 (bahu-d-eva rattim bhagav abbhokse 'tinmayi); 1 sg. (a) atinmesim, Ap 251,5 (rmam -esim lokajettham narsabham); (b) atinmayim, Ap 96,n (sambuddham... -ayim sagharam, Ee so; Se ~ayi; Ce sakam gharam; Be abhinmayim samgharam); absol. atinmetv, Ap254,i2 (sambuddham ... assamam -etv); Vibh-a462,24 (yathparicchedena avutthahitv klam -etv); pp atinmita, mfn., allowed to pass, let elapse; Mp III 331,2 (yuttapayuttaklassa tta); see also *atineti. atinigganhanto in Ee at Ja VI 417,7 is prob, wr for atinigganhanato (Ce so; Be, Se ativiya niggahito va). atinijjhyitatta, n., abstr. [from ati + pp of nijjhyati], excessive gazing upon; Mill 160,23 (-am kho me rpnam udapdi); 162,9 (-am rpnam cittassa upakkileso ti iti viditv) quoted Sp 163,25. atinipta, m., self-abasement; A III 430,5 (adhimnam thambham -am; Mp III 412,6: ~an ti hinassa hino 'ham asm! ti mnam). atinippiliyamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *ati + nippijeti], being very much pressed; Pj II 68,15 (kumro tehi ~o). atinicaka, mfn. [ati + nica + ka2], too low; Dhp-al 310,19 (cakkavlam atisambdham brahmaloko ~o). *atineti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. atinayati], brings up to; leads into, brings in; aor. 1 sg. atinesim, Ap 160,11 (nimantetv mahmunim ... -esim sakam gharam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abhinesim) ^ 249,9 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhinesim); absol. (a) atinetv, Vin II 180,25 (udakam ~etv udakam ninnetabbam); Ja IV 219,20 (gharam -etv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se netv); Pj II 80,20 (kumro tarn tarn -etv imam khda imam bhunj ti vuccamno); Vibh-a440,24 (tarn disv rj antepuram -etv vallabhatthne thapesi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abhinetv); (b) atinetvna, Ap249,io (-etvna, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhinetvna); fpp atinetabba, mfn., Vin II 180,25 (pathamam khettam kaspetabbam kaspetv vappetabbam vappetv udakam -etabbam; Sp 1274,16: ~etabban ti udakam pavesetabbam). atindriya, mfn., seesv indriya. atipatikkamitv, ind. (absol. of *ati + patikkamati), going too far back or away; Mp II 198,18 (yo hi pallaggim ... ~itv tappati tassa sitam na vpasammati). atipatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atipatati], flies past; Ja IV 111,22* (~ati vayo khano tath' eva, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhipatati; 112,9'; ativiya patati sigham atikkamati); Th-al 245,6 (nipatati ti ati... na titthati); part.pr. atipatanta, mfn., Th-al 245,9 (yobbannam ... ~antam, Ee so; Be, Se

abhipatantam; Ce adhipatantam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) atipteti, -ayati, 1. makes fly through or past; shoots; MI 82,36 (dhanuggaho ... lahukena asanena appakasiren' eva tiriyam tlacchyam -eyya); S V 453,15 (asanam -essanti) quoted Sv516,i4 (-ayissanti); Jail 91,20' (pacchbhgena kandam pavesetv purebhgena -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhipteti); 2. lays low; injures, kills; (and causes [someone] to kill; ?) D III 48,20 foil, (tapassi na pnam ~eti na pnam -ayati na pnam -ayato samanunno hoti, Be, Se so; Ce -eti... atiptpayati; Ee atippeti... -ayati; Sv 840,5: pnam na hanati); A III 205,27* (yo pnam -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atimteti) * Dhp246 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se atimpeti); Pet 58,16* (yo pnam -eti); part.pr. (a)atiptaya(t), mfn., DIU 48,2i (pnam -ayato); MI 404,24 (pnam -ayato, Be, Ce so; Ee atimpayato; Se atiptpayato) * SIV 349,9 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se atimpayato); (b) atiptayanta, mfn., Bv-a211,28* (pnam -ayanto); (c) atiptenta, mfn., SV 453,11 (addas kho yasm nando sambahule Licchavikumrake ... asanam -ente); Sp439,13 (jivitindriyam hi -ento pnam -eti ti vuccati); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) atiptpeti, -ayati, causes to injure or kill; D III 48,21 (tapassi na pnam atipteti na pnam -ayati, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se atiptayati); part.pr. atiptpaya(t), mfn., D I 52,24 (pnam -ayato, Be, Ceso; Ee atimpayato; Se atippayato) = M I 404,24 (Se so; Ee atimpayato; Be, Ce atiptayato); see also atimpeti, adhipatati. atipatana, n. [ts], passing by; missing; Sadd 59,13 (klassa -am); ifc see kiriy-. atipatti, / [ts], (gr.t.t.) passing by; ifc see kl(sv klax); see also kltipattik sv kla'. atipatthenta, mfn. [part.pr. o/*ati + pattheti], desiring very much; Bv-a 269,23 (nibbnam ~ passantu me alankaran ti pi ptho, so read for Ee -0; Be, Ce, Se abhipatthent). atipanna, (mf)n. [pp o/*ati + pajjati; ts], unaccomplishment; failing; ifc see kiriy-. atipannaka, m/(-ik). [atipanna + ka2], failing; unaccomplished; Sadd 50,29* (na hi kriy nipphajjati nittham na gat ntipannik). atipassitv, ind. [absol. of *ati + passeti2 ?], outflanking;! Mill 132,4 (arannakam ngam -itv raiino ngassa givya upanibandhhi ti; c/PsIV 198,20: -itv ti disv). atipta, m. [from atipteti; cf S. atipta], 1. transgression; Abh 776 (atikkamo tv -o upaccayo); 2. laying low; striking down, killing; Sv 69,20 (pnassa -o pntipto, pnavadho pnaghto ti vuttam hoti); It-aII 48,31 (satthdihi abhibhavitv ptanam -o pnaghto ti vuttam hoti); Vibh-a 381,8 (pnassa -, ghtan mran ti attho); ifc see pn-. atiptaka, ?, [from atipta], the fleeting nature; ? Saddh49 (kirn na dipeti amhkam khanaggasstiptakam); see also atipti(n). atiptana, n. [from caus. of atipatati], laying low; causing to fall (quickly); It-all 48,29 (pnassa sarasen' eva patanasabhvassa antar eva -am atipto, sanikam pantum adatv sigham ptanan ti attho).

64

atipti(n), mfn., 1. [from caus. of atipatati] transgressing; attacking, injuring; Sn248 (giddh viruddhtiptino; Pj II 290,12: mohena dinavam apassant punappuna ajjhcrappattiy ~ino); ifc see ngakkhandh-, pn-; 2. [from atipatati], fleeting, fugitive; Saddh 50 (dullabham ~im ca laddh thnam imam budho). atiptika, mfn. [from atipatati or atipti(n) ?], urgent; MpII 354,2 (accyikni ti ~ni; Mp-t[Be]ll 192,11: sigham pavattetabbni). atippeti in Ee at D III 48,20 is wr for atipteti {or atimpeti) qqv. atippage, see sv page. atippago, seesv\>2igo. atibaddha, mfn. [pp o/*ati + bandhati], tied together, coupled; Vin IV 5,15 (mayham balivaddo sakatasatam ~am pavattessati ti); Ja I 191,27 (mayham eko gono ~am sakatasatam pavattetum samattho atthi ti); see also atibandhitv. atibandhitv, ind. [absol of *ati + bandhati], tying together, coupling; Vin IV 5,19 (sakatasatam ~itva) * Ja 1192,2i; see also atibaddha. atibdheti, pr. 3 sg. [ati + bdheti, S. atiVbdh], oppresses very much or too much; Ps II 48,29 (nivsanaprupane hi sati sitam v unham v na -eyya). atibheti, pr. 3 sg. [prob, for ativheti, caus. of ativahati qv], guides through; causes to be led through; Ja IV 366,27' (sattham abbhayanti ti satthavhnam hatthato satam pi sahassam pi gahetv satthe cora-atavim ~enti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vahanti). atibhet v, ind. [absol. of *ati + bhen1], removing violently;! Mhv45:30. atibrhesi, aor. 3 sg. [of *ati + brheti], (he) strengthened, encouraged; JaV 361,23' (aparibrhayi ti... m bhyi ti vacanam bhananto ~esi mahsaddam nicchresi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be atibrhayi ti; et perhaps connecting with braviti ?). atibhaginiputta, m., one more (dear) than a sister's son, very much a nephew; Ja I 223,8 (kakkatako aha mtula... tvam pana ito nesi ti, bako piyamtulako ~o si me tvan ti, Ce, Ee so; Be bako na te mtulo aham na bhaginiputto si vata me tvanti; Se bako piyamtulo aham na bhaginiputto si...). atibhyati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + bhyati], is very much afraid; Mhv 14:6 (bahusu ditthesu ~issati); pp atibhita, mfn., very much afraid; JaV 144,19' (tassa ~-bhvam fiatv, Ce, Se so; Be ativiya bhitabhvam; Ee wr atitabhvam); Mhv 4:39 (~o ah rj). atibhufljitv, ind. [absol. o/*ati + bhunjati], eating too much; having over-eaten; Mil 153,25 (tarn yeva bhojanam ~itv); see also atibhutta sv bhunjati. atibhmim, ind. [ati + bhmi], beyond the limit; Ja III 484,10 (~im gantv). atibhoti, atihoti, pr. 3 sg. [S. atWbh], overcomes, surpasses; masters, gets the better of; Ja I 163,6* (chahi kalh'~oti, Ce, Ee, Se so; itekalhiti bhoti; 163,19': chahi kalhi luddakam ~oti; cf 163,25'foil.: aparo nayo ... kalhati kalyissati luddakam vaficessati ti bhoti ti bhaginim lapati); III 341,9* (sabbe panhe ~oti, Be so; Ee

atihoti; Ce, Se abhibhoti); Ap 34,10 (sabbe deve ~omi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhibhomi); 72,n (~onti na tass' bh candasr satrak, Be, Ce so; Ee atihonti; Se abhibhonti); 154,n (sabbe satte ~omi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhibhomi); Ap-a 569,6 (tassa cetiyassa pabham candasuriyatraknam pabh na ~onti); absol. atibhotv, Ap 49,14 (sabbe deve ~otv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhibhotv). atimafiilati {and atimanneti), pr. 3 sg. [S. atimanyate], despises, slights, neglects; Vin III 7,2 (pacchim janat slimamsodanam ~issati); D III 86,19 (ye te satt vannavanto tedubbanne satte -anti); A I 149,29* (attnam ~asi, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ~esi, prob, wr); Sn 104 (yo naro sam ntim ~eti, eds so); Jail 347,24* (annesu ratt -ate patim); VI 14,io* (ntimaniieti khattiyo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ntimannanti khattiy); Niddl 233,28 (ekacco param -ati jtiy v gottena v); opt. 3 sg. (a) atimanne, Sn 931 (silavatena nnfiam ~6); (b) atimaiineyya, Dhp 365 (salbham ntimanneyya); JaV 448,3* (laddh khanam ~eyya tarn pi); Vism67,n*; (c)atimanfietha, Sn 148 (ntimannetha katthacina kafici); part.pr. (a) atimannanta, mfn., Ja IV 331,19' (~anto); Th-aIII 117,34; (b)atimaniiamna,mfn., Mil 180,13 (sandhanam ~amno); neg. anatimaniiamna, mfn., A III 225,3; aor. 2 sg. (a) atimanni, Ja II 29,22' (m mayham sahyam v sahyim v ~i); (b) atimannittho, Ja II 29,17* (dthini mtimannittho); 1 sg. (a) atimannim, Thi-a 76,22; (b) atimannisam, Pv 7:6 (sham puttabalpet smikam atimannisam); Ap 611,22*; (c)accamannissam, Ja IV 178,io* {Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atimannissam); 3 pl. (a) atimannimsu, Ja IV 155,6'; SpkII 106,13; (~imsu); (b) accamannisum, Ja IV 154,26*; absol. atimafinitv, Pj 11244,14 (Punnakasetthidhitaram ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avamannitv); neg. anatimannitv, SpkII 109,21 (kafici pi anatimannitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atimannitv); ^ / ? atimannitabba, mfn., VinV 163,8 (ariyo v tunhibhvo ntimannitabbo); MII 242,12. atimanfian, / [from atimanfiati; BHS atimanyan], arrogance; contempt; Mil 122,27 (suddo ti~ n' atthi); see also atimna. atimathaka, mfn. [cf S. mataha, "little, poor", Pkt madaha, "small"], too short;? Vin II 138,10 (annatarassa bhikkhuno -am dantakattham khdantassa kanthe vilaggam hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atimandhakam; Sp 1214,i: ~an ti atikhuddakam, Be so; Ee, Se atimandhakanti; Ce omits). ati matt a1, see sv majjati. atimatta2, mfn. [S. atimtra], exceeding the measure, excessive; Abh 41; see also adhimatta. atimandaka, mfn. [ati+ manda+ ka2], very weak, tender; Saddh 273 (ankuram vtimandakam). atimandhaka, mfn. [?] too small;! Vin II 138,10 (annatarassa bhikkhuno ~am dantakattham khdantassa, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee atimathakam; Sp 1214,i: -an ti atikhuddakam, Ee, Seso; Beatimathakanti; Ce omits). atimamyati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + mamyati], makes too much of; spoils; Ja II 316,17 (amhkam rj ekarn tpasam -ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ativiya mamyati). atimteti in Ee at A III 205,27* is wr for atimpeti or atipteti qqv.

65

atimna, m. [ts], high opinion (of oneself); pride, arrogance, conceit; MI 16,i (-oca ppako); Sn853 (~e ca no yuto); Th 428 (~o ca omno pahin); Ja VI 58,23' (aham asmi jtisampanno tL dinayappavattam -am ca); Niddl 233,27foil, (katamo ~o); Vibh346,is (mno omno -o adhimno); Mil 289, n (srambho mno -o mado pamdo); ifc see man'-; anatimna, m., freedom from conceit; MI 44,23; 363,24 (-am nissya atimno pahtabbo); niratimna, mfh., without conceit; Cp-a319,3i (~-t); see also atimaniian, adhimna, abhimna. atimni(n), mfh. [from atimna], proud, conceited; D III 45,16 (thaddho hoti -I); MI 44,23 (~issa purisapuggalassa anatimno hoti parikkamanya); Ja IV 145, I3 (ime Saky nma jtim nissya -ino); 381,25* (jtimado c a -t ca); anatimni(n), mfn., not conceited, free from pride; MI 363,34 (~issa); Sn 143 (suvaco c' assa mudu -i); Pj II 318, l (t); see also abhimni(n). atimpeti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. minti, caus. mpayati], injures, destroys; S IV 317,27 (yo koci pnam -eti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atipteti); Sadd 554,7 (mpa mpane ... yo pnam -eti); part.pr. atimpaya(t), mfh., D I 52,24 (pnam ~ayato, Ee so; Be, Ce atiptpayato; Se atippayato) = MI 404,24 (Ee so; Be, Ce atiptayato; Se atiptpayato) * SIV 349,9 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atiptayato); pp atimpita, mfh., killed; S IV 319,22 (pno -o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atiptito); see also atipteti sv atipatati. atimutta, m. [S. lex., BHS atimukta], a kind of shrub (Gaertnera racemosa); Abh 577; Ap 15,21 (- asok ca). atimuttaka, m. [S. atimuktaka], a kind of shrub (perhaps Ougeinia oojeinensis); its flower; Abh 555; Ja IV 440,8* (aham ca ankolakam ocinmi -am sattaliyothikam ca, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhimuttakam); Cp-a 243,1 (-susne vasimsu); - m l , / , a garland of atimuttaka; Vin II 256,1 (vassikamlam v -am v labhitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhimattaka-) = AIV 278,7 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se adhimuttaka-). atimodati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + modati], rejoices very much; Dhp-al 132,23 (idha loke pi modati... paraloke pi ati yeva). atiyakkha, m. [prob, ati + akkha4; cf S. adhyaksa], overseer, superintendent; Ja VI 502,26* (~ vassavar itthgram ca rjino; but cf 504,22': ~ ti bhtavijj ikkhanik pi); see also ajjhakkha. atiyta in Ee at Pet 32,16 is prob, wr for abhiyta qv sv abhiyti. atiyti, pr. 3 sg. [S. atWy], 1. passes by; Ud-a 318,27 (-anti); 2. (re-)enters; A168,23 (ranno na phsu hoti -tum v niyytum v; Mp II 142,6: -tun ti bahiddh janapadacrikam caritv icchiticchitakkhane anto nagaram pavisitum). atiyitv in Ce, Ee at Mp II 241,28 and V 72,5 is wr for atisitv (Be, Se, A I 145,29 and V 226,23 so). atiriccati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atiricyate], remains, is left over (as a surplus); surpasses; Saddh23 (kin nu so ntiricceyya manusse Jambudipake); 126 (kim narakam ntiriccati); absol atiricca, Jinl 72 (ndena ndam

atiricc' upavinayati); pp atiritta, mfn. [S. atirikta], (what is) remaining, left over; extra, surplus; Abh 712; Vin IV 82,17/0//. (anujnmi bhikkhave gilnassa ca agilnassa ca -am bhunjitum, evam ca pana... -am ktabbam alam etam sabban ti); V 137,4 (attha anatiritt attha --a); Sp 297,30 (ito nam v -am v n' atthi); Dhp-aIII 262,20 (atthi kinci bhikkhusanghassa -an ti); As 47,19 (na het kho pana dhamm ti -am kho pana tipadam vuttam); Vin-vn 1303; Utt-vn641; ifc see giln-; neg. anatiritta, mfn., Vin I 213,32; II 301,io; Vin-vn 1314; Utt-vn 817. atiritam in Ee at It-a I 41,2 is wr for atiritam (Be, Ce, Se so). atiritta, mfn., pp o/atiriccati qv. atirittaka, mfh. [atiritta + ka2], (what is) left over; extra, surplus; Vin-vn 1311 (anatirittan tisannino ~e); ifc see giln-; anatirittaka, mfn., not left over, not surplus; Sp 839,11 (-am ajjhoharati, Ce, Ee so; Be anatirittakatam; Se anatirittam katam); Vin-vn 1375 (annam -am bhunjato); Utt-vn 582; 644. atiriva, seesvdXi. atireka, mfn. [from atiriccati; cf S. atireka, m.], (what is) extra, surplus; too many, too much, excessive; more (than); superior, higher; iic: more than...; an extra...; a greater, a superior...; ifc (following numerals); plus; atirekam, atirekena, atirekato, adv., especially; more, still more (than); Vin I 128,36 (sambahul vsik bhikkh sannipatimsu cattro v - v); IV 173,23 (yo pana bhikkhu sugatacivarappamnam civaram krpeyya-am v); MI 515,26 (-am kho pan' imassabhoto satthuno naggiyam mundiyam); AIII 215,16 (ice etam samasamam n' atthi kinci -am, handham -y ti; Mp III 306,5 foil.: mayham imehi kinci -am n' atthi... visesakranatthya patipajjmi ti attho); Th 424 (nttano samakam kanci -am ca mannisam); Jal 109,4 (-ni akkhayugdini phletv); 441,8 (mittasanthavo nma hinehi pi samehi pi -ehi pi kattabbo yev ti); IV 4,19* (laddh satasahassni -ni visati); Patis II 202,26 (~o hoti adhiko hoti viseso hoti); Mil 216,6 (te tena arigena -); Sv 828,i (sihassa -o asmimno hoti); Ps I 96,14 (dutiyabhikkhuto -ena pjaniyo); II 326,33 (~ni satta vassni nnkilikyo dassetv); Mp I 431,5 (-am bhunjitv klam aksi); Vibh-a486,i6 (ohilan ti -ato hilan); -tara, mfh., still more, greater; -am, adv., still more; Ja III 497,2i (-am pasiditv); VI 317,32' (mettacittam hi dnato -am punfiam); Ps III 312,24 (gunehi pana -0); Dhp-all 98,io (cathi samuddehi -ena assun); Ud-a 420,9 (bahu-d-eva rattim -am diyaddhaymam ... kathesi); anatireka, mfn., not very much, not excessive; Spkl 15,i6 (anatirekat); stireka, mfn., with a surplus; more than; D i l 93,7 (~ni... pancasatni Ndike upasak klakat... sambodhiparyan); Vv-a 234,4 (tassa vimnassa bh -ni visati yojanni pharitv titthati); Patis-a468,8 (saha adhikena vattanti ti samdhikni, -ni ti attho). atirocati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atWruc], shines magnificently; outshines, surpasses in splendour; Dil208,8 (te anrie deve -anti vannena c' eva yasas ca); A III 34,20* (cando... sabbe tragane loke bhya -ati); Dhp 59

66

(puthujjane ~ati pannya); Pv 21:59 (dasahi thnehi Ankuram Indako -ati); Ja V 358,24 (ayam hamso ... rattakambalasuttasikkya thapitakancanakkhandho viya -ati, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ativirocati); Patis II 196,16 (bhagav va tattha ~ati yadidam pannya ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhirocati); Bv 2:185 (Rhumutto yath suriyo tpena ~ati); Mil 336,25 (silaratanapilandho ... bhikkhu ... adho pitiriyampi virocati -ati); part.pr. atirocamna, mfn., Spkl 247,2i; aor. 3 sg. (a) accaruci, A III 346, I8* (sabbe accaruci ngo himavanne siluccaye) * Th 692 (Be, Se sa ve accaruci ngo; Ee, Ce sa ve accantaruci); (b) atirocatha, VinV 3,15* (dipe trakarj va pannya ~atha); 3 pi atirocisum, JaV 311,25* (samnavannarpena n' aMamanntirocisum). atirocana, n. [from atirocati], outshining; Spkl 349,4; Vv-a 125,7. ativaddhikyo in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 140,18 is prob. wr; Be, Se abhivaddhakyo. ativaddhitum, ind. [ati + inf. of (caus. of) vaddhati], to increase too much; Th-a 1145,8 (-urn na vattati; * Mp I 244,8: Be, Ce ati-anchitum; Ee ati-anjitum; Se ativancitum; = Ap-a 521,19: Be, Se ati-anchitum; Ce, Ee ati-ancitum). ativannati, pr. 3 sg., overpowers, overwhelms; D i l 267, is (na ... tantissaro -ati gitassaram, gitassaro v tantissaram, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ativattati). ativatta 1 , mfn., pp of ativattati qv. ativatta2, m. [from ativattati], overcoming; ifc see durativatta, svtivatta. ativatta(r), m. [from *ati + vacati; cf S. atiVvac], one who blames or insults; JaV 266,24* (isinam -ro; 272,21': -ro ti pharusavchi atikkamitv vattro); see also ativkya. ativattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. atiVvrt], goes beyond, escapes from; exceeds, overwhelms; goes too far; transgresses (against); Vin II 237,25 (mahsamuddo thitadhammo velarn ntivattati); DIU 182,14* (yo dhammam ati); SII 92,17 (viniptam samsram ntivattati); AIV 58,15 (itthi itthattam -ati); Th412 (jtijartivattate tarn; Th-a II 175,26: -ate uparpari ajjhottharati); Ja I 280,4* (dittham so -ati; 280,13': paccmittam atikkamati abhibhavati); IV 5,4* (tarn tdisam ntivatteyya cakkam; 6,2' foil: na -eyya nvatthareyya, ntivatteu" ti pi ptho nvattharatl ti attho); VI 534,7* (tinni ntivattanti samant caturahgul); Ap 21,22 (nnan te ntivattare); Mil 380,29 (samuddo... sakarn velarn ntivattati); Spkl 19,24 (nibbuyhmi ti thtum asakkonto -mi); part.pr. neg. (a) anativattanta, mfn., Bv-a61,i2 (upekkham anativattantassa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anativattentassa, prob, wr) = Cp-a276,7; (b) anativattamna, mfn., Vism 149,16 (yuganaddhadhamm annamannam anativattamna hutv) * Nidd-al 134,5; Patis-a 587,34 (samatho ca vipassanam anativattamno kosajjaptam na karoti); aor. 3 sg. accavattatha, Ja III 484,27* (param ev' accavattatha); 3 pl (a) ativattisum, Ja VI 99,12* (petam te ntivattisum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se petattam ntivattimsu); (b) ativattimsu, Ja VI 99,16'; absol ativattitv, Ja VI 114,2r; pp (a) ativatta1, mfn., 1. (act.) having overcome, gone beyond, passed; Ja I 58,6 (sesarukkhnam chy - jamburukkhassa chy parimandal thit, Ee so;

Ce anativatt; Be, Senivatt; = Ps II 291,4: eds nivatt; = Ap-a 62,32: eds vitivatt); 111485,22' (pitar akkhtathnato param -0 va); neg. anativatta, mfn., Th-al 174,14; 2. (pass.) passed beyond, overcome; Mil 146,21 (vihat avijj ... daddh sabbakiles - lokadhamm); (b) ativattita, mfn., having passed beyond, escaped; Ps II 415,12 (dasamattni brahmasahassni mama vasam -ni); fpp ativattitabba, mfn., Nidd-a I 204,16 (sukhena -ni na honti); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a)ativatteti, lets (time) pass; spends (time); Spkl 296,27 (kim me idni sajjhyen ti phalasampattisukhena klam -eti); part.pr. ativattenta, mfn., It-all 117,28 (hravelam -ent, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ant, prob, wr); absol -etv, Vibh-a498,33 (haraklam -etv klarn karonti); (b) ativattpeti, lets (time) pass; Ps I 95,io (-eyyarn); see also adhivattati. ativattana, n. [from ativattati], going beyond; escaping from; Ud-a 346,2 (samsrato nativattanadipanam imam udnam udnesi); anativattana, n., not going beyond; not exceeding, not overwhelming; not escaping from; Patis I 16,6 (yuganandhassa -'-attho abhinneyyo); Ud-a 211,2 (jti -didukkhassa -ato); Pj II 35,5 (annamannam -ena); Ih-all 28,19 (mandapanno samsrassa -ato). ativassati, pr. 3 sg. [ati -1- vassati2], rains very much or too much; rains upon, rains into; Vin II 240,24* (channam -ati vivatam ntivassati) = Ud 56,33* = Th 447 (Th-a II 188,27/0//.: -ati ti pattivassam c' eva kilesavassam ca ativiya vassati... ntivassati ti ettha ati ti upasaggamattam, na vassati ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avassati m' eva attho, prob, wr); Ja IV 94,13* (aklen' -ati, Ee so, perhaps wr ; Be, Ce aklena pi vassati; Se aklena pavassati); As 367,10 (ekacco hi devo -ti ti kuppati na vassati ti kuppati); aor. 3 sg. ativassi, M II 54,3 (Ghatikrassa kumbhakrassa vesanam sabbam temsam ksacchadanam atthsi, na ctivassi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Bern devo 'tivassi; or pass. ? Ps III 287,2: ekam pi udabindu ntivassi) quoted Mil 223,17 (Be na devo 'tivassi ti; Ce, Ee na cbhivassi ti; Se na cbhivassati ti); pass. pr. 3 sg. ativassiyati, is rained on; is sodden with rain; Pet203,2foil (rgena ntivassiyati ... dosena ntivassiyati... yo tassa dhammassa akusalo dhammo patipakkho tena ntivassiyati, so read with vl and Rnamoli, 1979, p. 2741 Be, Ee nbhiddhamsiyati... ndhivsiyati; Ce nbhidhamsiyati... ndhivsiyati); part.pr. neg. anativassiyanta, mfn., Pet 204,7 (evam anativassiyantam cittam, so read with vl and ftnamoli, 1979, p. 276 ? Be, Ee anadhivasiyantam; Ce aviddhsiyantam); pp ativuttha, mfn., rained upon; Vism 345,10 (aklameghena -amhi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhivutthamhi); see also ativassana, abhivassati. ativassana, n. [from ativassati; see vassana2], raining upon; Pet 203,i (tihi dhammehi ntivassanat, so read with ftnamoli, 1979, p. 274 ? Be, Ee nbhiddhamsit; Ce nbhidhamsit); 203,24 (desit dasa akusalakammapath -tya, so read with ftnamoli, 1979, p. 2751 Be, Ce, Ee adhivassanatya); Th-a II 188,35 (channassa duccaritassa pattivassdinam -ato);

67

anativassana, n., not raining upon; Pet 203,25 (desit ... dasa kusalakammapath tya, so read with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 2751 Be, Ee anadhivassanatya; Ce adhivassanatya). ativahati, pr. 3 sg. [ts], leads across; leads astray, deceives; Ja VI 206,4* (mygun ntivahanti panfiam; 209,6': ntivahanti ti na vancenti); cans. pr. 3 sg. ativheti, guides through; causes to be led across; Sv923,26 (ataviyam ssankatthnesu dnaslam kretv tattha gate bhojetv manusse datv -eti); see also atibheti. ativkya, n. [from *ati + vacati; BHS id.], abuse, blame, reproach; Abh 122; Dhp 320 (-am titikkhissam); Ja VI 508,16* (n' evtivkyam na labhe bhthi sakhikhi ca; 509,15': -am garahvacanam n' eva na labhati); see also ativatta(r). ativta1, mfn., pp o/ativyati qv. ativta2, m., see sv vta. ativyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. atWv], blows through; blows strongly; pervades (with an odour or perfume); Mil 333,12 (vyanti ~anti pharitv titthanti); pp ativta2, mfn., blown through; exposed to the wind; Mil 9\,nfoll. (--tthnam parivajjaniyam... ko doso visamatthne sabhaye ~e ... ~e saddo avibhto hoti). ativha1, m., [BHS id.], what leads across; a guide, a conveyance; Th616 (silam settho -o yena yti diso disam; Th-aII260,25: yathicchitatthnam vheti samppeti ti -o ynam). ativha2, m, see sv vha. ativhika, m(fn). [ativha1 + ika], one who conveys or guides; Ja V 471,23 (tehi -purisehi parivuto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Beatavivsika-); 472,n (~ ... tato nivattimsu, Ce, Ee so; Se -puris; Be atavivsikapuris). ativijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + vijjhati; cf S. atWvyadh], pierces through, penetrates; Dhp-a I 122, is (sabbakiles tatharpam cittam -anti yeva, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ativiya vijjhanti); 122,I8 (evarpam cittam ... kiles -itum na sakkonti); absol. (a) ativijjha, M I 480,10 (paniiya ca nam -a passati); S V 226,13 (pannya ca ~a passmi); A II 178,29 (pannya c' assa attham -a passati); Th 1244 (pajjotakaro -a sabbatthitlnam atikkamam add); (b) ativijjhitv, Ud-a306,27 (attabhvam -itv); Spkl 279,19. ativimhayaniya, mfn. [c/vimhaya and S. vismayaniya], very astonishing; Th-al 196,22 (-am h* etam yadidam saccapativedho). ativiya, see sv ati. ativirocati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + virocati], shines magnificently; outshines; Vv 40:7 (te mam -anti, eds so; better metrically atirocanti, see L. Alsdorf, 1967, p. 329; Vv-a 180,27: devaputt mam atikkamitv virocanti); aor. 3 sg. (a) ativiroci, Ps IV 187,1 (cando ~i, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se atiroci); (b) ativirocittha, Ud-a415,24 (bhagav ... rattasuvannaghanapatim viya ittha). ativivaritv, ind. [absol. of *ati + vivarati], further revealing; making very clear; Nidd-a I 5,3 (vivaranena vivaritatthassa ... -itv kathanam ... uttnikaranam nma). ativisa, n. [BHS ativisa; cf S. ativisa, mfn., "counter-

acting poison"], a kind of plant; Vin I 201,2 (anujnmi bhikkhave mlni bhesajjni haliddam... -am ...); IV 35,1; Vin-vn 1327; see also ativisa. ativisa, / [S. ativisa], a kind of plant; Abh 586 (mahosadham tv ~); see also ativisa. *ativegyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from ativega qv sv vega], hurries too much; aor. 2 sg. ativegyi, Mp I 428,18 (kumra m ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se m ativegena gacchhi). ativetheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + vetheti], envelops, ensnares (further); presses; Vin II 101,13 (tamenam so nibbethentam -eti) = MII 248,11; Ja V 452,26* (rattacittam -ayanti nam sla mluvalat va knane; 454,31': dhanagahanatthya ativiya vethenti pilenti); pass. pr. 3 sg. ativethiyati, Sp 1199,4/o//. (-ti ti inghyasm ti divacanehi -iyati ... puna tena -iyamno sarmi kho ti patinnam datv). ativypetv, ind. [absol. of *ati + vypeti], making extend too far; having made too comprehensive; Sadd 920,16. atisagga, m. [S. atisarga], granting permission or leave; Sadd 815,17 (kmacram abbhanujnanam -0 tasmim ~e bhavam khalu puniiam karotu). atisankocaka, mfn. [ati+ sankoca + ka2; cf S. sankocaka], excessively contracting (the face); Nidd-a I 336,27 (korajikakorajiko ti s ankocasafikocako ~o ti vuttam hoti). atisajjana, n. [cf S. atisarjana], granting; instructing; Dhtup 303 (disa -e); 493; Dhtum 475; 572; Sadd 453,2 (disa ~e). atisandahati in Ee at As 111,8 is wr for abhisandahati qv. atisaya, m. and mfn. [S. atiSaya], 1. (m.) superiority, pre-eminence; excellence; excess; Abh 41; 761; 771; 1182; Pj II 488,i (na tassa vacanena koci ~o atthi); Sadd881,9* (atisaddo... ~e... pavattati); am, -ena, -ato, adv., exceedingly, especially, more (than); Spkl 327,28 (sdutaran ti ~ena sdum); Ud-a 275,15 (attano -ena piyam aniiam ... pariyesanto); It-all 126,20 (priprito -ato v silam assa atthi ti silav); Vv-a 135,26 (visesam ajjhag ti annahi -am adhigat); Pv a 86,10 (samalankatatar ti samm-ena alankat); 2. (mfn.) superior; preeminent; special; Ud-a 109,19 (lokuttarasukham eva anuttaran ti -an ti bhjesi ti); niratisaya, mfn., unsurpassed; It-al 6,23 (anannasdhran -); Th-al 6,16; stisaya, mfn. 1. [S. stiSaya], superior, best; pre-eminent; -am, adv., especially; pre-eminently; It-al 92,i (--tya); Vv-al21,i6 (tass sati pi annasmim sucaritakamme therassa katadnam eva -am hutv upatthsi); Th-al 58,26 (-am buddhapavedito ti nma); Cp-a215,n (kiiicpi - nekkhammaprami); 2. having a superior, inferior, lesser; Ud-a 109,18 (lokiyasukham sa-uttaram -am). atisayati, see sv atiseti. atisayana, n. [from atisayati, cf S. atisayana, mfn.], preeminence, excellence; Cp-a294,9 (abhijanaspateyyoliipateyyyurpatthnabandhiunittasampattinam -ato ca sflam paccavekkhitabbam). atisara, mfn. [from atisarati], (according to ct:) (one) who transgresses, an offender; one who goes far beyond; ? Ja IV 6,10* (-0 accasaro Mittavinda; 6,12:

68

atisari ti pi ~o atisarissati ti pi ~o ... tvam hi atidrunassa kammassa katatt ~o ... aparimnam atimahantam vipkadukkham sarissasi patipajjissasi ti pi -o); see also adhisara. atisarati,/?/*. 3 sg. [ati + sarati2; i/S atisarati], goes past, beyond; overlooks; goes too far, oversteps, transgresses', Ja IV 6,12' (-issati ti pi atisaro); aor. 3 sg. (a) atisari, Ja IV 6, \r (~i ti pi atisaro; ?); (b) accasari, Sn 8 (yo nccasari na paccasri, so read? eds nccasari; c/Udna-v 32:55: ntyasaram; PDhp411: nccasari); (c) accasar2, SI 239,15 (eko bhikkhu accasar); 2 sg. (a) atisaro, Ja IV 6,10* (atisaro accasaro Mittavinda sunohi me; or atisara, mfn. ? cf6,ir: atisari ti pi atisaro atisarissati ti pi atisaro); (b) accasaro, Ja IV 6,10* (atisaro accasaro Mittavinda, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be paccasaro); (c)accasar3, MI 304,20 (accasarvuso Viskha panharn nsakkhi pafihassa pariyantam gahetum; Ps II 370,15: accasar ti ettha panharn atikkamitv gato si) * S III 189,27 (Ce, Seso; Ee wr assa; Be accaysi) * V 218,19 (Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhaparam; Be accaysi); 1 sg. accasarim, Ja V 70,i* (mlho accasarim vane; 72,14': manussapatham atikkamitv himavantam pvisim); absol. atisitv, going beyond; passing over, overlooking; D I 222,9 (tvam tarn bhagavantam atisitv bahiddh pariyetthim pajjasi imassa pafihassa veyykaranya); Mill 195,4 (tarn bhagavantam atisitv amhe etam attham patipucchitabbam mannetha); A I 145,29 (attnam yeva atisitv); Sn 908 (atisitv annena vadanti suddhim); Mp III 165,12 (te atisitv thit); see also adhisaritv. atisallekhati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + sallekhati], practises austerity too much; Ps III 165,22 (~ati ativymam karoti). atisra, atisra, m.n. [from atisarati], 1. [S. atisra], dysentery; Dhp-al 182,25 (-amjanesi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atisram) = Patis-a684,29; Nidd-al 61,2 (lohitapakkhandik ~o); 2. a going beyond, deviation; transgression; Mill 234,33 (samannya ca ~o); SI 74,ir (-am na bujjhanti); Ja V 379,11* (atthi me tarn -am vegena; 379,15': -an ti pakkhalitam); atisraditthi, see svatisaramditthi; anatisra, mfn. and m. I. (mfn.) not transgressing; Vin I 55,9 (apanmento upajjhyo stisaro hoti panmento ~o ti); 326,31; 2. (m.) nondeviation; Mill 235,8; stisra, mfn. [BHS id.], associated with an offence; transgressing; Vin I 326,n (sarigho ~o hoti); VI17,20 (-am vatthum ajjhcaritum); As 28,26. atisri(n), mfn. [from atisarati; BHS -atisrin], going beyond; transgressing; ifc see lakkhan' -. atisigana, m., see sv isi. atisitv, absol. of atisarati qv. atiseti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [ati + sen1; S. atmete], goes beyond; surpasses; excels; Ap461,2o (sabbagandho 'tiseti me; Ce so; Ee ti seti; Be, Se sabbagandho va hoti); MpIII 243,22 (adhibhavitv ganhti ajjhottharati ~eti); Cp-a 294,21 (kulasampattim ~eti silasampad); part.pr. (a ) atisenta, mfn., Ap 461,22 (mukhagandho ... -ento sad vti, so read with CPD1 Ee atisanto; Ce disanto; Be parisanto; Se atikanto); (b)atisayanta,m^z., Cp-a 319,7 (pete tiracchnagate ca -ante... manusse);

(c) atisemna, mfn., Pj II 140,25 (sahassacandasuriybh atisemna(m) sarirbham munci, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se -sriyobhstibhsayamnam); absol. atisayitv, Mil 336,27 (atikkamitv ~ayitv aijhottharitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhibhavitv). *atisevati,/?r. 3 sg. [ati + sevati], resorts to too much; part.pr. atisevanta, mfn., Ja III 526,18' (blam accpasevato ti blam apannam ~antassa); pass, part.pr. atiseviyamna, mfn., Mp II 198,14 (kodhano ~iyamno ati-upasankamiyamno pi kujjhati). atisevi(n), mfn. [from *atisevati], resorting to too much; Cp-a 313, is (na ... asevin bhavitabbam na ~in bhavitabbam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ansevin). atissara, mfn. see sv issara1. atihatthayati,pr. 3 sg. [S. atihastayati], overtakes on an elephant; Sadd 587,20 (hatthin atikkamati ati). atiharana, n. [from atiharati], shifting forward; carrying over; Vism 621,34 (~am nma purato haranam); PSI 260,36. atiharati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. atiVhr], brings over, brings, brings to; carries over; Vin II 120,30 (ptiy pi pattena pi udakam -anti); IV 264,16 (bhikkhuniyo sassakle makadhaniiam vinnpetv nagaram ~anti); Ps I 268,2 (vyodhtu~ati ca vitiharati); part.pr. atiharanta, mfn., Vin IV 39,33 (-ante); Spk III 207,17; aor. 3 sg. (a)atihari, Ja I 292,16 (mnavikya santikam ~i); (b) accahsi, Ja III 484,16* (ajakaram medam accahsi; 485, ir: ativiya hari); absol. atiharitv, Vin II 209,13; SI 89,33 (aputtakam spateyyam rjantepuram -itv gacchmi); Ja III 423,15; pass. pr. 3 sg. atihariyati, Vin II212,1 (kinti nu kho sensanam gmarn -iyetha); pp atihita, mfn., brought in, harvested; Th381 (atihit vihi); fpp atiharitabba, mfn., Vin II 211,37 (sensanam gmam -itabbam); atiharitabbam in Ee at Spk III 19,25 is prob, wr; Be, Se abhirhitabb; Ce abhiruhitabbam; caus. pr. 3 sg. atiharpeti, causes to bring in; collects, harvests; confiscates; A I 242,7 (sighasigham opunpetv sighasigham ~eyya); Mil 66,13 (dhannam -eyysi); Sp 212,25 (attano rjantepuram -eyyun ti, Be so; Ee, Ce -essan ti, prob, wr; Se ~esun ti, prob, wr); aor. 3 pi atiharpesum, Vin III 18,7 (m no aputtakam spateyyam Licchaviyo ~esun ti; Sp 212,25: m ~ent ti); absol atiharpetv, Vin II 181,2 (opunpetv -etabbam-etv ...); Dhp-a IV 77,4 (tassa gehato dhanam rjakulam -etv); fpp atiharpetabba, mfn., Vin II 181,2; atiharpeyyun ti in Ee at Sp 212,21 is wr for atiharpesun ti (Be, Ce, Se, Vin III 18,7 so). atihita, mfn., pp of atiharati qv. atihilayna, mfn. [part.pr. of *ati + hileti], despising; Ja IV 331,7* (sakam niketam -o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atihelayno; 331,19': - 0 ti atimaniianto garahanto) quoted Vibh-a 472,10* (Be so; Ee atihilamno; Ce, Se atihelayno). atihoti, see sv atibhoti. atita, mfn., pp 0/acceti 2 qv. atiraka, mfn. [a3 + tlra+ ka2], unlimited; D III 134,3 (-am nnadassanam; Sv913,is: -an ti atiram aparicchedam mahantam). atiraneyya, mfn. [neg.fpp o/tireti qv jvtarati], not to be

69

accomplished; not to be crossed; Ja VI 57,n* (mssu tinno amannittho ... -am idam kammam bah hi paripanthayo; 57,14': -an ti idam kilesajtam nma na ettakena tiretabbam). ativa, see sv ati. atisaramdifthi,/ [possibly mcfor atisra- or atisram-; see K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 332], excessive view(s); deviant view(s); Sn 889 (~iy so samatto mnena matto paripunnamni, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atisraditthiy va; Niddl 297,2i: -iy so samatto ti atisraditthiyo vuccanti dvsatthi ditthigatni... sabb t ditthiyo krantikkant lakkhantikkant, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atisraditthiy ti; Pj II 556,5: tya lakkhantisriniy atisraditthiy samatto). atisra, see sv atisra. atucca, see sv ucca. atuj in Ee at D III 162,2* is prob, wr for atraj (Be, Ce, Se so). aturibhta in Ee at Sv 789,26 is wrfor turibhta qv. ateva, see sv ati. ato, ind. [S. atas], from there; from this; than this; therefore; M I 498,I; II 52,10 (-o kumbhiy odanarn gahetv); III 169,20 (-o dullabhatarham ... manussattam vadmi); SI 15,n* (kuto sar nivattanti... - o sar nivattanti); Ja V 398,21* (399,9': - o ti tato); Pj II 457,20; Mil 87,15 (~o dukkarataram ... bhagavat katarn, Ee so; Be ito; Ce, Se tato); Sadd 680,26 (yato tato kuto ~o ito). aton, m.pl. [?], a class of people; Mil 191,4 (mahiy gan vattanti seyyathidam mall ~ pabbat dhammagiriy brahmagiriy natak naccak...). atta1, mfn. [S. asta], thrown; Abh 744. atta2, pp /diyati qv. atta3, m. see sv atta(n). atta4, mfn. [S. pta; or possibly cf S. (an)tmya], full, complete; (or personal;) DIU 203,20 (~hi pi paripunnhi paribhshi paribhseyyum; cf Sv 968,32: kalrakkhikajradant ti evam tesam attabhvam upanetv vutthi paripunnavyanjanhi); -rpa1, mfn., very complete; (or quite personal;) DIU 81,6 (paribhsanti ~ya paribhsya paripunnya no aparipunny ti; Sv 861, u: -y ti attano anurpya). atta5, mfn. [S. rta], distressed, pained, weary; Ja VI 502,i5*(tesu-m-attkilant ca, so read with L. Alsdorf, 1957, p. 32 ? eds te su matt); see also atta3. atta(n), atta3, m. [S. atman], (now. att; acc. attnam, attnam, attam; instr. attan, attena; gen./dat./abl. attano; abl. also attan; loc. attani; c/Sadd 158,25 foil.; iic and ifc atta); 1. the self, the soul, as a permanent, unchangeable, autonomous entity (always rejected by the Pali Buddhist texts as not corresponding to any reality); Abh 92 (jivo tu puriso 'tt); 861; VinI 13,19 (rpam ca h' idam ... - abhavissa na-y-idam rpam bdhya samvatteyya); D I 3\,\foll. (eke samanabrhman... uddham ghtan sannim -nam pannpenti...); 185,33/0//. (kim pana tvam Potthapda -nam paccesi ti...); M I 297,37 (siinfiam idam -ena v attaniyen v); 300,8 (rpam ~ato samanupassati rpavantam v -nam -ani v rpam rpasmim v ~nam); III 264,33/b//.; SI 188,19* (sankhre parato passa dukkhato m ca -ato); III98,30/0//. (api ca kho evam

ditthi hoti so ~ so loko so pecca bhavissmi nicco dhuvo sassato aviparinmadhammo ti); Sn508 (ken* ~an gacchati brahmalokam); Vibh 336,9 (atthnam etam anavakso yam ditthisampanno puggalo kanci dhammam ~ato upagaccheyya); Ud-a 339,32 (sariraparimno angutthaparimno yavaparimno paramnuparimno - ti evamdivd); Vibh-a 354,28 (~ abhikkamati ~an abhikkamo nibbattito ti... sammuyhanti); 2. the self, one's own self (the abstract individual); the image in a looking-glass; Vin I 23,23 (katamam nu kho tumhkam varam yam v tumhe itthim gaveseyytha yarn v ~nam gaveseyytha ti); SI 71,2s foil, (kesam nu kho piyo ~ kesam appiyo ~ ti); III 120,is (kacci pana tarn Vakkali ~ sflato na upavadati ti); A I 57,27 (~ pi ~anam upavadati); 149,28* (~ te purisa jnti saccam v yadi v mus); IV97,i3* (attupam hi te satt ~ hi paramam piyo); Ja III 169,16* (yass* - nlam eko va sabbakmarasharo); Mil 54,11 (dso na siy abh na siy mukham siy jyeyya ~ ti); ifc see kat' - (^v karoti), khem'-; especially 3. oneself, himself, yourself, (used [in the sg.J as reflexive pronoun for all three persons and genders); instr. attan, by oneself; in oneself, as for oneself, often used in the sense of a nom. (cf^Sadd719,2foil.); SI 44,5* (~nam na dade poso); IV 307,16 (~an matto pamatto pare madetv); A I 53,35 (na sdhukam ~an va ~nam paccavekkhanti); 297,21 (~an ca pntipti hoti param ca pntipte samdapeti); III 81,4 (bhikkhu -ana ca silasampanno hoti silasampadkathya ca gatam panham vykatt hoti); 211,26 (-ana va ~nam vykareyya khinanirayo 'mhi); Dhp 165 (-ana va katarn ppam -ana sankilissati); 379 (-an coday' -nam patimse -am ~an); Sn 275 (rajam vaddheti -ano); 784 (yad -ani passati nisamsam); Ja I 333,9 (-nam rakkhanto param rakkhati); 111211,8 (pornakapandit -ano mtpitaro ghtetv); 442,6* (sace pi kujjhmi thapemi -anam [mc]); IV192,15* (-am mahante thpetum); Dhp-a I 358,2 (-an marant pi paresam jivitam na voropenti); Pv-a 20,32 (deyyadhammam -an khdimsu); Mhv4:38 (supinena so apassi sakam -nam pakkhittam Lohakumbhiyam); acc. attnam is used with fpp as if nom. n.\ Vin I 94,18 (-ana va -nam sammannitabbam parena v paro sammannitabbo); III 82,24 (na ca ... -nam ptetabbam); MI 97,18 (-ana va -nam evam anuminitabbam; Ps II 67,2foil.: evam -ana va - anumetabbo tuletabbo tiretabbo); Ja IV 406,17* (-nam me na dessiyam) ^ Cp 1:8:16 (- na me na dessiyo; Cp-a72,n: pathamo nakro niptamatto); '-ajjhsayika, mfn., arising from one's own wish or disposition; Mp III 44,9 (~o nikkhepo); ' -atthapaflila, see sv attatthapanna below; '-atthama, mfn., with oneself as the eighth, with seven others; Vv-al49,n (yasmantam Revatattheram -amnimantesi); Ap-a357,i9 (so - 0 satthu santikam upagato); '-atthamaka, mfn., with seven others; Mil 291,13 (therassa Mahkaccyanassa -assa pindaptam datv); 0, -attha, m., one's own profit or interest; one's own goal; Sil 29,16 (-am v... sampassamnena); A19,13; Ja IV 380,25* (-ya saddahato mama idam; 381, r: attano vaddhi-atthya); Patis II 194,31;

70

panfia, -atthapanna, mfn., looking (only) after one's own profit; (who is) wise as to his own advantage] Sn 75 (--panii asuci manuss, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee attatthapanna) = Ap 13,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee attatthapanna; Ap-a202,30 foil.: attatthapanna ti attani thit etesam panfia attnam eva oloketi na afinan ti attho, panfi ti pi ptho tassa attano attham eva oloketi na paratthan ti attho); Ja III 495, H* (--panii dummedh, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attatthapanna; 496, w foil.: attano atthya panfia param anoloketv attani yeva v thit etesam panii); IV 56,24* (nsmas' --paniiamhi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attatthapannamhi; 57,13': attano atthya eva yassa panfia); -d-attha, m. one's own profit or interest; one's own goal; Sn 284 (panca kmagune hitv -am acrisum); Dhp 166 (-am paratthena bahun pi na hpaye); Jail 100,25* (evam vilamhi citte na passati -am parattham); '-atthiya, mfn., concerned with one's own goal; Th 1097 (mam... -am, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce atthatthiyam; Th-alll 152,14: sadatthasankhtena atthena atthikam); dhipaka, mjh. [atta(n) + adhipa + ka2], with the self, with oneself as master; controlled by the self; A I 150,3* (~o sato care; MpII 244,21: - o ti attdhipati attajetthako); dhipati, mfn., with the self as master; controlled by the self; As 125,2 (-i hiri nma lokdhipati ottappam nma); 125,38 foil, (katham ~i hiri nma); see also attadhipateyya below; idhina, mfn., dependent upon oneself (only); independent; D I 72,25 (tamh dsavy mucceyya - 0 apardhino bhujisso yenakmahgamo) = M I 275,34; Pj II 309,17 (anugmikam -am rajdinam asdhranan ti); Cp-a 297,33 (sambodhi -ena viriyena sakk samadhigantum); neg. anattdhina, mfn., dependent, not independent; D I 72,23 (puriso dso assa anattdhino) = MI 275,33; anukkamsana, n., not praising or exalting oneself; Th-all 278,2 (lbhdin -am viya albhdin paresam avambhanam); nuditthi,/, dogma about the self; belief in an (enduring) self or soul; SHI 185,32; A III 447,28 (~iy pahnya anattasaiin bhvetabb); Sn 1119 (-im hacca); Patisl 139,2; Mil 146,14; nupekkhi(n), mfn., watching oneself; A III 133,7 (-1 ca hoti no parnupekkhi); nuyogi(n), mfn., intent upon oneself or one's own interest; Dhp 209 (pihef -inarn); nurakkh,/, self-protection; JaV 486, is* (-ya bhavanti h'ete hatthroh); nurakkhi(n), mfn., preserving, taking care of oneself; Ja IV 292,20* (-1 bhava); nuvdabhaya, n.,fear of self reproach; A l l 121,19 (-am parnuvdabhayam); Vibh 376,34; As 127,9; '-krnuvattpana, n., making conform to its own form or mode; Vism493,io; '-dna, n., taking upon oneself; a legal process (of the sangha,) initiated by oneself; Vin II 247,7foil, (-am dtukmena bhante bhikkhun katangasamanngatam -am dtabban ti; Sp 1288,is: ettha ssanam sodhetukmo bhikkhu yam adhikaranam attan diyati tarn -am vuccati; Sp-t[2te]III 435,2: param codetum attano dtabbam gahetabbam adhikaranam -am); ' -dhipateyya, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) control by oneself; D III 220,7 (tin* dhipateyyni -am lokdhipateyyam dhamm-

dhipateyyam) ^ A1147,21; Vism 14,i; 2. (mfn.) with oneself as controlling influence; Ja I 129,26' (- hiri lokdhipateyyam ottappam); 130,20'foil, (katham hiri ~ nma); see also attdhipati above; '-ukkamsaka, mfn., praising or exalting oneself; MI 19,3 (- paravambhl); Jail 152,H' (attnam pasamsanasilo - 0 poso); neg. anattukkamsaka, mfn., MI 19,7; 19,9 (anattukkamsakatam... attani sampassamno); Q)-a 296,10; '-ukkamsana, n., ~ a , / , self-praise; M I 402,36 (- paravambhan); Pj II 288,16 (--t); l h - a l 179,is (-ena); Nidd-al 464,19 (-am na karoti); neg. anattukkamsana, n., and anattukkamsan,/, M I 404,6 (anattukkamsana aparavambhan); Sp 171,5 (anattukkamsanato aparavambhanato); '-uddesa, mfn., intended for oneself; Vin III 149,n (bhikkhun kutim krayamnena assmikam -am; 149,27: -n ti attano atthya); Vin-vn381; 0, -uddesika, mfn., intended for oneself; Vin III 144,27 (kutiyo krpenti assmikyo -yo); 0, -panyika, mfn. [atta(n) + upanyika], concerning oneself, applied to oneself, referring to oneself; Vin III 90,33 (uttarimanussadhammam -am... samudcareyya); S V 353,21 (-am vo gahapatayo dhammapariyyam desissmi); Th/?. 1,4* (gth -); Vism 27,4 (- lapan lapana); -kma, mfn. and m., \.(mfn.) (sometimes confused with atthakma qv) wishing one's own (spiritual) benefit; SI 75,28* (tasm na himse param -o); A l l 21,23* (-ena... saddhammo garuktabbo, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce attha-) = IV 91,i* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attha-) = Vv 5:12 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce attha-; Vv-a39,i9: -ena ti attano hitakmena); Cp 3:4:6 (Cp-a202,s: -oti attano atthakmo, ppabhir ti attho, atthakmo ti pi pli); 2. (m.) one's own desire, lust; the sanghdisesa offence of (praising the ministering to one's) lust; Vin III 133,21; Sp 551,16^0//. (--pricariyy ti methunadhammasankhtena kmena pricariy kmaparicariy attano atthya kmaparicariy pricariy, attan v kmit icchit ti -, sayam methunargavasena patthit ti attho ~ ca s pricariy ca attakmaparicariy); 754,19 (-am panno); Utt-vn359 (--t); -kra, m.n. [atta(n) + kra1], action by oneself; a personal service; D I 53,28 (n* atthi -e n' atthi parakre, sg. nom.) * A III 337,27 (-0); JaV 401,12* (atiY -ni karonti bhattusu; 401,29: yuddhabhmisu purisakre); -gatika, mfn., having oneself as refuge; SpklH 204,21; -garahi(n), mfn., blaming oneself, reproaching oneself; Vin III 23,10 (-ino mayam ... anannagarahino); Sn 778 (yad - i tad akubbamno; Nidd I 54,12: ~i ti dvihi kranehi attnam garahati katatt ca akatatt ca; Pj II 517,31: yarn attan garahati tarn akurumno); neg. anattagarahi(n), mfn., Sn 913; -(g)gaha, m. and mfn. [atta(n) + gha2; cf BHS tmagrha], 1. (m.) belief in an (enduring) self or soul; Nidd I 107,27 (attarn pahy ti-am pahya, Ce so; Ee -gaham; Be, Se gham; or rather to atta1 ?); Spk II 318,24 (-am pariydtum); Vism 477,11 (-ato mocetukmo bhagav); 2. (mfn.) believing in an (enduring) self or soul; Pet 131,4 (so imesu paficasu khandhesu - o v attaniyaggho v); -ghaftfta, n. or

71

~ , / , self-destruction; Dhp 164 (phalni katthakasseva ~ya phallati); -catuttha, mfn., with oneself as the fourth; with three others; M I 393,21 (adhivsetu me bhante bhagav svtanya ~o bhattan ti) * A III 36,29; Vism307,7 (puggale piyamajjhattaverihi saddhim ~ e . . . nisinne); -ja, mfn. andm.f [atta(n) + ja 2 ], born from oneself proceeding from oneself; one's offspring; Dhp 161 (~am attasambhavam); Niddl 247,31 (cattro putt ~o putto khettajo ... dinnako ... antevsiko putto); Mil 98,19 (~ena vymena); 166,27 (assatari ~ena hannati); Mhv 54:69 (mahesim ~am katv pletum vamsam attano); see also atraja; -ftflu, mfn., knowing oneself; D III 252,14; Nett 29,14 (mattannut taya padatthnam); -tthapafifia, mfn., wise only for oneself; concerned with oneself only (so sometimes cts); Sn 75 (~ asuci manuss, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se attatthapann; Pj II 130,26: attani thita etesam pann, attnam yeva olokenti na anfian ti~) = Ap 13,3 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se attatthapann; Ap-a202,30foil.: ~ ti attani thita etesam pann attnam eva oloketi na annan ti attho, attatthapann ti pi ptho tassa attano attham eva oloketi na paratthan ti attho); Ja III 495,14* (~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se attatthapann; 496,iv foil.: attano atthya pann pararn anoloketv attani yeva v thit etesam pann); see also attatthapann above; -n-tapa, mfn., self-mortifying; hurting oneself; D III 232,25 = A l l 205,26; neg. anattantapa, mfn., D i l i 232,30 = AII 206,2; -dipa, mfn. [atta(n) + dipa2; BHS (MPS 14:26) tmadvipa], with oneself as an island, a refuge; relying on oneself; D i l 100,20 (~ viharatha attasaran anaMasaran; Sv548,3o: ~ ti mahsamuddagatam dipam viya attnam patittham katv viharatha) * S III 42,8; Sn 501 (ye ~ vicaranti loke akiiican sabbadhi vippamutt); Ap 543,19 (~ tato hotha satipatthnagocar); -dutiya, mfn., with oneself as the second; with a companion; D i l 147,2i; Mill 271,4; S V 6 1 9 , B (ayam punnacando pubbe eko uggacchati ajj' eva pana ~o uggato); -dvdasama, mfn., with oneself as the twelfth, with eleven companions; Sv 535,34; Ps II 399,25; -niyytana, n., giving oneself; dedicating oneself; Vism 116,15 (ayam nisamso ~e); Sp 173,23 (saranagamanam vadanto ~am pakseti ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se attasanniyytanam); Sv 234, is (~' -dihi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se attasanniyytandihi); -paccakkha, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) seen by oneself, with one's own eyes; -ena, ~ato, adv., personally, directly; JaV 119,8' (~ena tassa corabhvam natv); V 124,27' (~ato va jnitv); VI 355,4' (~am katv addasa); Niddl 400,15 (sayam abhinntam -am dhammam addasi); Dhp-a III 404,4 (vin amissa vdihi ~ato natv va); Nidd-al 341,26 (~-tya); 2. (n.) seeing with one's own eyes; Spklll 178,3 (amatassa sacchikiriyya, ~y ti vuttam hoti); -paccakkhiknam in Ee at Ja V 119,8' is wrfor atthapaccatthiknam (Ce so), orfor attapaccatthiknam (Be, Se so); -paccatthika, m., a personal enemy; Sp 874,4 (~ ca ssanapaccatthik ca); attapaccatthika in Ce, Ee at Vinll 94,5 and V 191,29 is prob, wr for atthapaccatthika (Be, Se so); -pacchakkham in Ee at Nidd I 235,13 is wr for attapaccakkham; -patilbha, m., the acquisition of a self; type of personal

existence; D1195,21 foil (tayo ime ~, olriko ~o manomayo ~o arpo ~o); Dth 5:64; -pariccgi(n), mfn., sacrificing oneself; Jail 398,16* (sro ~I; 398,21': kye ca jivite ca nirapekkho hutv ... attnam pariccajanto); -ppasamsaka, mfn.,praising oneself, boasting; Jail 152,i3*(~oposo); -bhara, mfn., supporting (only) oneself; Ud30,i5* (~assa anannaposino) quoted Vism 67,19*; -bhva, m. [BHS tmabhva], bodily form, body; existence as an individual; living being; Abh 151 (sariram vapu gattam cttabhvo); Vin II 238,17 (santi mahsamudde yojanasatik pi ~); Mil 32,8 (yvatakam pi me imin -ena paccanubhtam); A III 411,23 (yam... kmayamno tajjam taijam ~am abhinibbatteti); JaIV 461,25 (ngarj... tarn -am vijahitv mnavakavannena alankatasariro hutv); Ap215,ii (tena kammena... mayham ~o sunimmito); Mil 171,13 (imasmim ~e); Vism 310,27 (~o vuccati sariram khandhapaiicakam eva v); Mhv 32:21 (dutiye ~e); attabhvo in Ee at Vibh 70,29: read attabhvapariypanno with Be, Ce, Se; patilbha, m., the becoming reborn as an individual; reincarnation; type of body or existence; Vin III 105,20 (evarpo pi nma yakkho bhavissati evarpo pi nma ~-patilbho bhavissati ti); D i l i 231,16 (cattro patilbha); SHI 144,12; -bhvi(n), mfn., having a body; A l l 17,14 (etadaggam... ~Inam yadidam Rhu asurindo); -mraniya, mfn., causing death to oneself; AIV 98,i* (bhnahaccni kammni ~ni ca); -rpa2, mfn. or n.., fitting for oneself; just oneself; ~ena, ~ehi, by oneself, for one's own sake; S IV 97,24 (tatra me -na appamdo sati cetaso rakkho karanlyo; Spkll 390,23: tatra may attano hitakmajtikena) ^ IV 98,2 (vo ~ehi... karamyo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ena) ^ A II 120,7 (catusu ... thnesu~ena appamdo ... karaniyo; Mp III 122,n: -na ti attano anurpena anucchavikena hitakmen ti attho); -lbha, m., coming into existence; Abh 1168; -vda, m., the theory of an (enduring) self or soul; Patis-a440,29 (attano vadanam kathanam ~o); ~ -updna, n., grasping the theory of an (enduring) self or soul; Dili 230,22; MI 66,2; Dhs 1217; Vibh 136,32; -vetanabhata, mfn., supported by one's own earnings; Sn24; -vybdha, m., one's own distress; M I 369,30* S IV 339,20* A l l 179,7; -sanniyyatana, n., giving oneself, dedicating oneself; Sp 173,23 (saranagamanam vadanto ~am pakseti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee attaniyytanam); Sv 234, is (-' -dihi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attaniyytandlhi) = Ps I 135, is (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee attaniyytandlhi); It-all 45,31 (~am nma... buddhdinam attapariccajanam, Be, Se so; Ce attasanniytanam; Ee wr artasanniytanam); -hetu, ind., for one's own sake; A I 128,9 (~u v parahetu v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr attha-); Dhp 84 (na -una parassa hetu); Sn 122; JaV 146,15* (na ~u alikam bhanti); anatta(n), m., not the self, not a soul; Vin I 13,19/0//. (rpam bhikkhave ~); SHI 45,1 (yarn aniccam tarn dukkham yam dukkham tad ~); IV49,14 (yo kho ... - tatra te chando pahtabbo); A III 442,14 (sabbadhammarn -ato samanupassanto); Dhp 279 (sabbe dhamm ~ ti); Sn 756 (~ani attamnam passa lokam sadevakam); Patis II

72

232.12 (pathavikyam... ~ato anupassati no attato); Ap 577,23 (khandhe aniccato disv dukkhato ca -ato); -nupassan, / and -nupassan, n., the looking upon as not the self, as not a soul; Patis I 10,n (-nupassan abhinneyy); Vism 629, I (-nupassanam bhvento); Pj I 87,19 (-nupassanena samm pariyantadassvi); -nupassi(n), mfn., looking upon as not the self; not considering there is a self; SHI 41,n (rpe -nupassi vihareyya); A IV 14,15 (sabbesu dhammesu -anupassl viharati); see also tuma(n), ulrattat, tuma. attaniya, attaniya (and attaneyya?), mfn. and n. [S. tmanya; BHS tmaniya], belonging to one 's self one's own; belonging to an (enduring) self or soul; what belongs to one's self; what belongs to an (enduring) self or soul; Abh 736 (nijo sako -0); M I 138,3 (attani v... sati -am me ti ass ti); SHI 127,28 (pancasu updnakkhandhesu kifici attnam v -am v samanupassasi ti); IV 54,5 (yasm ... Surinam attena v -ena v tasm sunno loko ti vuccati; Spk II 371,6: ~en ti attano santakena parikkhrena); Vism 183,32 (sabhvabhvo anannasdhrano ~o); 655,13 (rpam na satto na jivo na naro ... na att na -am nham na mama...); Cp-a 96,n (sabbassa -assa maman ti pariggahitavatthuno anavasesapariccgo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attaniyassa); attaniyam in Ee at S V 6,15* (-am bhtam) is wr; read attani sambhtam with Be, Ce, Se; anattaniya, anattaneyya, mfn., not belonging to a self; not concerned with oneself; S III 78,2i (yam kho bhikkhave -am tatra te chando pahtabbo); Th 1073 (kammam bahukam na kraye parivajjeyya anattaneyyam etam, Be, Ce so; Ee anatthaneyyam; Se anattham etam; Th-all 140,32/o//.: etam navakammdhitthndikam attano atthvaham na hoti ti attho); Nett 18,1. attanopada, n. [gen. of atta(n) + pada; S. tmanepada], (gr.t.t.) the middle voice; a termination of the middle voice; Sadd 16,11 (attano atthabhtni padni -ni); 811,22 (parni -ni te ante se vhe e mhe); 825,21 (bhvakammesv -am: vuccate). attanobhsa, mfn. [from gen. of atta(n) + bhs; S. tmanebhsa], (gr.t.t.) taking the terminations of the middle voice; Sadd 326,7 (et idhtu-dik sekapariyant dhtuyo -ti saddasatthavid vadanti); 334,15 (-ttam). attamajjh, (m)f(n). [from atta(n) + majjha?], (according to et) slim-waisted; JaV 170,28* (bhariy... sabb' ~, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee atihamajjh, prob, wr; 170,31" sabb ~ pnin gahitappamnamajjh ti attho, atthakathyam pana sumajjh ti ptho). attamana, mfn. [atta(n) + mana(s) or *atta <pta + mana(s); ? cfBHS ttamanas, ptamanas; and c/manpa], delighted, pleased; content; willing; Abh 87 ( -t piti); Vin I 219,6 (na nesam ~o ass ti); D II 352,11 (-0 abhiraddho; Sv813,3: - o ti sakamano tutthacitto); M I 114.13 (labheth' eva -tam); A I 276,22 (alam -tya); III 337,13* (datv -o hoti); Dhp 328 (careyya ten' ~o satim); Sn 995 (~o udaggo); Vv 1:4 (s devat -); Ja II 180,3* (sabbo loko ~o ahosi); VI 322,9* (ubho pi te ~e viditv); Dhs 9 (piti pmujjam modan ... -t cittassa); Mil 116,23 (ycak yathkmam labhitv ~ bhaveyyun ti); Sp993,n (-ttam); Ps I 151,34 (~o ti sakamano tuttha-

mano, pitisomanassehi v gahitamano); 1167,26 (supabbajito 'smi ti ~ena bhavitabbam); III 66,20/0//. (ngar pakatiy pi~ ... -tarahesum, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr appamanatar); anattamana, mfn., dissatisfied, displeased, disgruntled; troubled, worried; Vin I 247,2i; III 163,6 (kupitehi ~ehi cvandhippyehi ti); D I 3,5 (tumhe assatha kupit v ~ v); III 60,17 (~o ahosi tarn ca pativedesi); SI 86,11 (bhagav rjnam Pasenadikosalam ~am viditv, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee tarn, prob, wr); Dhs 1060 (doso dussan... asuropo ~-t cittassa); Sp 993,16 (ttam). attarpal, see sv atta4. attarpa2, see sv atta(n). attna, mfn., see sv tna. attha1, ind. [S. atra], here; Abh 1161 (ihedhtra tu etthttha); Sadd 676,18 (sabbassa etasaddassa attam hoti v tothesu paccayesu: ato ~a etto ettha); see also atra, ettha. attha2, m., rarely n. [Martha], Abh785 (~o payojane saddbhidheyye vuddhiyam dhane vatthumhi krane); 1. aim, purpose, goal; advantage, profit, benefit; Mil 144,5foil, (kin nu kho aham samanam Gotamam puccheyyam aUtthadhammikam v ~am samparyikam v ti); SI 126,14* (~assa pattim hadayassa santim; Spk I 187,5/0//.: dvihi pi padehi arahattam eva katheti); A III 46,20* (yadattham bhogam iccheyya... so me ~o anuppatto); Sn 58 (annya ~ni); 460 (~ena atthiko); Th 443 (ubhinnam -am carati attano ca parassa ca); 587 (vijneyya sakam -am); Ja III 141,3* (-am bhanjati attano); 262,17* (na hpeti -am); attharn anubhoti, serves the interest, the purpose (of, gen.); benefits; Vin III 222,7 (na tarn tassa bhikkhuno kinci -am anubhoti); Mill 243,22 (yass yass ca pilandhanavikatiykankhati... tarn c' assa -am anubhoti); A I 61,7 (samatho ca... bhvito kam -am anubhoti, cittam bhviyati); ace. attham, (only ifc) for the sake of; for the purpose of; see kirn- (svka3) and passim; dat. atthya1, for the benefit of; for the sake of (gen.); Vin I 9,17 (yassa -ya kulaputt samma-d-eva agrasm anagriyam pabbajanti); Th 1256 (bahnam vata -ya uppajjanti tathagata); dat. (or abl.) atth, for the benefit, for the sake of (gen.); Ja III 518,6* (pitu - Candavati vcapeyyam ayjayi); ifc see atit'(.yvacceti), atita-m- (^vacceti), att'- (^vatta[n]), angat'(sv gacchati), alam-, uttam,-, kim- (.yvka3); 2. use, need, want (+ instr.); Vin HI 132,8 (vadeyytha bhante yena -o); A V 159,19 (-0 me samma dhanena dehi me dhananti); Sn21 (-obhisiy na vijjati); Vv 50:10 (kv -0 jivitena me); Ja VI 371,7 (khirena v -e sati visnam duhitum na vattatiti); Mil 78,9 (-0 ca cariyehi); 3. (i) affair, concern, business; problem; thing, matter; (with verbs of saying, asking, etc often simply) this, that; Vin I 358,34* (sanghassa kiccesu ca mantansu ca -esu jtesu vinicchayesu ca); D II 89,24 (bhagav etam -am viditv); 209,4 (yen* -na dev... sabhyam sannisinn honti); III 158,21* (sukhumni -ni avecca dakkhati); SI 230,30 (Sakko ... devnam indo sahassam pi -nam muhuttena cinteti); Dhp 331 (-arnhi jtamhi sukh sahy); Th 338 (etam -am abhsayi); Ja III 540,21*

73

(kirn kiccam -am idha-m-atthi tuyham; 540,25'; kirn karaniyam atthasamhitam); V81,i4* (na guyham -am vivareyya); 368,9* (thinam -esu); VI352,io* (paviveke sammasitvna dhir atha vakkhanti janinda -am etam); (ii) practical affairs, policy (cf S. arthaSstra,); D II 231,13 (pit-e anussi); Ja V 63,3* (jann -am dhammam ca); (iii) a legal case; D II 20,20 (rj atthakarane nisinno ... -e anussati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atte); Ja III 334,18* (dhammattho 'harn pure sim bahu -am me tiritam); Mil 48,8 (te vivadamn tava santike gaccheyyum, kassa tvam mahrja -am dhreyyasi); Dhp-a III380, H (-am vinicchinanto dhammatth); see also atta2; 4. (usually only iic) wealth, prosperity; Sadd71,i3* (dhanam sam vibhavo ... -o icc ete dhanavcak); 5. meaning, sense; very often in cts at end of explained (esp. paraphrased) passages as ti attho: this is the meaning; VinI 287,22 (may sankhittena bhsitassa vitthrena -am jnissati); D III 86,26 (na tv ev' assa -am jnanti); MII 159,3 (imassa kv -o ti); S IV 93,13 (sankhittena uddesam uddisitv vitthrena -am avibhajitv); Th374 (-am ca yo jnti bhsitassa); Sadd 3\5,i foil, (yesam dhtnam gati -o buddhi pi tesam -o); ifc see ek'-, karan'- (sv karana1); loc. atthe, (only ifc) in the sense of; ifc see akkhar'(svakkhara1), aV- (svacceti2), adhikaf- (sv adhikaroti); in association with dhamma, attha expresses the goal as opposed to the doctrine; practical affairs as opposed to spiritual matters; the pratical application and result as opposed to the theory; the interpretation as opposed to the text; A I 69,23 (-am ca dhammam ca patibhanti; Mp II143, H: atthakatham ca plim ca patibhanti); V 223,n foil.; (adhammo ca... veditabbo dhammo ca anattho ca veditabbo -o ca); Dhp 363 (-am dhammam ca dipeti; Dhp-a IV 93,9foil.: bhsitattham c' eva desandhammam ca katheti); Ja II 351,6' (plim ca -am ca dipeti); Ap 479,n (-e dhamme ca nerutte patibhne ca kovidam); 0, -akkhayi(n), mfn., declaring the goal or what is beneficial; Dili 187,3 (-1 mitto suhado veditabbo); Ap 589,12 (-1 ca y nari); Pj II 73,13 (anagriy visesena -ino eva); '-accaya, m., the passing away of wealth or prosperity; Ja III 158,25* (~e m ahu sampamlho); ' -ajjhoghana, n., entering into the meaning; Pjl 157,19 (suttassa -am dassetum); '-attha, m., what accomplishes the aim; what is good or useful; Ja VI 290,i* (-am evnuvicintayanto; 290,4': -am ev ti atthabhtam eva attham); ya, to accomplish the aim; for the purpose of benefit; Mil 264,4; Mp IV 127, is; lnusitthi,/, administration of practical affairs or policy; D i l i 158,24* (-isu pariggahesu ca); '-antara, mfn. and n., \.{mfn.) taking the goal or meaning to heart; intent on the goal or meaning; Dill 158,17* (-o atthakatham nismayi; Sv933,n: -o ti yath eke randhagavesino ... dosam abbhantaram katv nismayanti evam anismetv attham abbhantaram katv ... nismayi); Th 374 (attham ca natvna tath karoti -o nma sa hoti pandito); 2. (n.) difference of meaning; a different circumstance or meaning; Mill58,3o; Vv-a 17,24; apagama, m., loss of

wealth; Abh 764; vagamaka, mfn., expressing the meaning or goal; Nidd-al 5,30 (buddhnam bhagavantnam dhammam desentnam yo -0 savinnattikasaddo); ' -patti, / [cf S. arthpatti], inference; evidence; Sadd 920,18 (yad akittitam atthato pajjatis -i); *-uddhra, m., an extraction of the meaning; a synopsis or abstract of the meaning or matter; a synopsis of the meanings of a word; a clarification of the meanings of a word, or of homonymous words by means of extracted passages; Dip 5:37; Vism496,3i (katham -ato; Vism-mht[&?] II 194,24: saccasaddassa sambhavantnam atthnam uddharanam sambhavante v atthe vatv adhippetassa atthassa uddharanam niddhranam -0); Sp 243,25 (itare pana bhikkhako ti dayovasena vutt); 1377,7 (na atthakathkusalo, - cheko na hoti); Sv 922,37 (et pana gtha... ther ekapadiko -o ti hamsu; Sv-pt [Be] III 106,4: -0 ti tadatthassa sukhaggahanattham gthbandhavasena uddharanato bhto, ta-y-idam pliyam gatapadni gahetv gthbandhavasena tadatthavicranabhvadassanam); Ud-a 12,4 (sutasaddassa ~e); As 6,37 (tepitakassa buddhavacanassa bhtarn ... atthakathkandam nma); Sadd 31,6 foil.; 562, u (samnasaddavacaniynam atthnam uddharanam -o); '-uddhrana, n., id.; Ps I 244,6 (--nayena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthuddhra-; = Sv759,i, eds atthuddhra-); Sadd 31,6 (samnasutikapadnam -am karissma); 0, -paparikkhi(n), m/h., investigating the meaning, inquiring into the significance; A II 97,16 (dhatnam ca dhammnam -1 hoti) ^ IV 221,10; ' -pasamhita, 6pasamhita, mfn., connected with the goal, or with what is beneficial; D i l i 154,11 (-am dhammpasamhitam vacam bhsit ahosi); Th 968 (gth... atthopasamhit; Th-alll 88,12/0//.: atthasannissit hit hitayuttti attho); Cp-a311,34 (-su); 0, -peta, mfn., 1. expert in the meaning; DIU 129,28 (evam -am vyanjanpetam; Sv 912,9: --an tiatthena upetam atthassa vinntram); 2. meaningful; connected with the goal or the meaning; Vin I 358,19 (sahghasmaggi - ca vyanjanupet ca); Pj II 500,13 (bahum bhsati... -am dhammpetam ca); -kathana, n., (gr.t.t.) a gloss; Sadd 753,6; Ps II 258,5 (plim vatv ekekapadassa -am) = M p V 8 7 , i o ; ~ -kith*, f, profitable talk, talk of the goal; D i l i 158,17* (atthantaro -am nismayi; Sv933,i9: atthayuttam katham); neg. anatthakath,/, Sp 1363,27; c/atthakath; -karana, n. [attha + karana1 ] 1. (the place for) dealing with lawsuits; seat of judgement, courtroom; DII20,19 (rja -e nisinno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atta-); MII 122,2 (-e nisinnassa, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atta-); SI 74,16 (-e nisinno kho rj, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be atta-); 2. bringing benefit; service; Ja VI 288,6' (yam cJ etam smikassa -am nma); -karanika, mfn., serving; Mil 264,1 (eko puriso -0); -kavi, m. [attha + kavi2], a didactic poet; AII 230,12 (cintkavi sutakavi ~i patibhnakavi; MpIII 211,11: yo ekam attham nissya [kavyam] karoti ayam -i nma); -kma, mfn., 1. wishing the benefit, profit (of, gen.); wishing (one) well; D III 164,7 (bahuno janassa -o ahosi hitakmo); SI 197,8 (devat tassa bhikkhuno anukampik -); A III

74

143,24 (~assa gilnupatthkassa); Ja I 241,7* (~assa hitnukampino); Vibh 247, is; Ps II 96,20 (tassa ~-tya); neg. anatthakma,m/w., MI 117,25; JaII 205,n*; IV 14,7' (anatthakmatya); Vibh 247,7; 2. desiring the goal; Th 1066 (alam me -assa pahitattassa bhikkhuno); see also attakma; -kmi(n), mfn., wishing one well; Sn 986 (devat ~ini); Cp 3:6:6; -cara, mfn., who is helpful, who does good, brings benefit; who serves; Vin 1359,35* (mahjanass, ~o 'dha pandito); SI 23,14* (~am narnam); JaIV 196,24 (~am amaccam rabbha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthacarakam); neg. anatthacara, mfn., JaV 433,7 (cha imni... ~ni bhavanti); Mil 126, is (anatthacaro tvam manne); -caraka, mj(-ik)n., id.; D I 107,2o(evarpena... ~ena); Ja IV 153,4 (ntaknam ~o satth ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthacaro); 197,8 (ekam ~am amaccam); VI 385,15 (atthacarikya itthiy); -cariy,/, conduct bringing benefit, helpful conduct; esp. benevolent behaviour, helpful advice (one of the four sangahavatthuy qv); Dili 152,18 (~ya; Sv928,4: atthasamvaddhanakathya); 153,15* (dnam pica ~-tam ca ... kariya); 192,20* (dnam ca peyyavajjam ca -a ca); AIV 364,15 (etad aggam ... ~nam yad idam assaddham saddhsampadya samdapeti); Ja I 251,1* (na ve anatthakusalena ~ sukhvah); IV 293,29* (putto pitu carati ~am); neg. anatthacariy,/, Mil 161,21; -crik,(m)/()., helpful; serving; Ja IV 37,20 (attano ~am dhtim); -cintaka, m(fn)., one who thinks out, considers, the goal, or what is beneficial; JaV 374,5* (pandit... nipun ~); Vibh426,n*; -jta, mfn. andn., l.(mfn.) having some need or task; SI 37,5* (kim mittam ~assa); 226,3* (sabbe satt ~); 2. (n.) purpose; matter; Ja VI 464,10* (kena v pana hetun kena v ~ena; 464, w : ~en ti atthena jtena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit jtena); Patis-a649,7 (glhni ca paticchannni ca ~ni ti pthaseso); -jpika, mfn. [from caus. of jayati], mastering the goal or the task; Vibh 324,25 (~ pann; but cf Vibh-a 409,15: vipkasankhtam attham jpeti janeti pavatteti ti ~); -fift, mfn., knowing the means; knowing the goal; knowing the meaning; D III 252,14 (bhikkhu dhammann ca hoti ~ ca attann ca mattann ca ...); AIV 113,21 (~ ca katham hoti); Th 1028 (pubbparann ~ niruttipadakovido); neg. anatthann, mfn., Th-alll 141,8 (anatthannutya); -dassa, mfn., seeing the goal, or what is beneficial; Ja VI 260,4* (ye pandit ~ bhavanti); -dassi(n), mfn., seeing the goal or what is beneficial; Sn 385 (sevetha nam ~i mutim, Ce, Ee, Se so; ite atthadaso; Pj II 373,25: atthadasoti hitnupassi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthadasso ti; cf A.K. Warder, 1967, 201); Th4 (panditehi -ibhi); Ja III 323,25* (yo ve hitnam vacanam na karoti ~inam; 324, r: -inan ti angatam atiam passantnam); VI470,21* (janetti... pandit ~ini); Ap99,n (~issa munino; Ap-a373,3i: attham payojanam vuddhim virlhim nibbnam dakkhati... atha v attham nibbnam dassanasilo jnanasflo ti~I); 153,7 (~imhi sugate nibbute); neg. anatthadassi(n), mfn., Sn 57 (sahyam parivajjayetha anatthadassim; cf Pj II 109,16: paresam pi anattham dasseti ti

anatthadassi); -dassima(t), mfn., id.; Ja VI 286,26* (mutim -dassim; 287, ir: sanhasukhumatthadassin iinena -dassim, so read with Be, Ce, Se); Sadd 148,9/o//.; -patisambhid,/, ~a, n., analysis of the meaning; A l l 160,22 (~); Patis I 88,2 (~e nanam); Vibh 331,30 (~); -pada, n., I.profitable saying; word of good sense; AII189,14 (na c* eva gambhlram ~am udharati); Dhp 100 (ekam ~am seyyo); JaV 146,19* (~am na rincati); 2. word and meaning; ? anatthapadakovida, mfn., not skilled in meanings and words; ? or not skilled in words of good sense; ? Ja V 103,27*; see also kovidatthapada; -pucchana, ., questioning about the aim; Th 36 (~am padakkhinakammam) quoted Niddl 494,27*; -purekkhara, mfn., aiming at the meaning, or at benefit; Vin III 130,13 (anpatti ~assa dhammapurekkhrassa; Sp 549,15: ~ass ti... padnam attham kathentassa atthakatham va sajjhyam karontassa); Vv 34:14 (so me ~o anukampya; Vv-a 152, is: ~o hitesi); Dhp-alV 181,5 (~-tya); -prana, n., (gr.t.t.) a word or particle added to clarify the meaning; ? Sadd 890,8 (~an ti padantarena paksitass' ev* atthassa jotanavasena adhikabhvakaranam); 893, \ofolL; -baddha, mfn., bound to (one) for the meaning; Sn 382 (sabbe tayi ~ bhavanti); -bodhaka, mfn., denoting, indicating, the meaning; Sadd 37,22* (visayattam anpann sadd n' ev' ~); -bhafijaka, mfn., destroying the welfare (of); hurting; Sv 290,16 (-am musvdam kareyya); Nidd-a I 325,10 (mus ti visamvdanapurekkhrassa ~o vacipayogo kyapayogo v); -majjh in Ee at JaV 170,28* is prob, wrfor attamajjh qv; -lbha, m, acquisition of wealth, of gain; Ja III 466,14* (ahso -esu; 466,19: mahante issariye uppanne); -vannan,/, a commentary, explanation; Ja I 1,21*; V 418,4 (tatryam ~); Vism 157,i2(ayam~ yathna virujjhati); Vv-a 45,17 (~su); As2,10*; -va(t), mfn., I.profitable, significant; SI 30,27* (gth c* im -vati abhsi); Ja V 374,6* (bhsem* -vatim vcam); Mil 172,9 (tathgatassa vc -vati hoti); 2. possessing the goal; or possessing worldly knowledge; Th740 (so -v so dhammattho; Th-alll 24,is: imasmim loke -v buddhim); see also anatthava(t); -vatthuka in Ee at Dhp-a III 351,1 is wrfor attha- (Be, Ce, Se so); -vasa, m., reason, motive; Vin III 21,17 (dasa ~e paticca); D i l 285,20 (kim... -am sampassamno); Dhp 289 (etam-amnatv)^ Sn297; -vasi(n), mfn., pursuing an aim; Th539 (eko ~i khippam pavisissmi knanam; Th-a II 229,2 foil.: idha attho ti samanadhammo adhippeto); Mil 352,15 (akuho ~i alolo); -vasika, mfn., pursuing an aim; pursuing the goal; VinV 163,20 (~ena bhavitabbam no parisakappiyena); It89,13; Mil 406,25; -vakya, n., (gr.t.t.) a gloss; Sadd 675,27 (~-vasena); -vadi(n), mfn., speaking about the goal, or what is beneficial; D I 4,30 (bhtavdi -I dhammavdi vinayavdi); A I 204,4 (bhtavdi ti pi M ti pi dhammavdi ti pi vinayavdi ti pi); neg. anatthavdi(n),m/h., MI 287,2; A l l 22,2i (Mp III 27,n: anattham vadati no atthan ti anatthavdi);

75

-vicintik,(m)/(.), discerning what is good or useful; Ja III 438,10* (itthi pi pandit hoti lahum -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se attham vicintik); see also alamatthavicintaka; -veda, m, knowledge or joy in the goal, or the practice; Mil 206,3 (labhati -am labhati dhammavedam); A III 285,12 ( c / M p III 337,11: -an ti atthakatham nissya uppannapitipmojjam, dhammavedan ti plim nissya uppannapitipmojjam) -vypattiavyatha, m, lack of anguish at the loss of wealth; Ja III 466,14*; -samvannana, n., ~ a , / , a commentary; an explanation of the meaning; Vism 522,26 (paticcasamuppdassa ~); Sp 993,2 (paripucchy ti ~e, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce atthasavane); Spklll 308,3* (samyuttavaranikyassa -am ktum); Pv-al,24*; Pj I 1,15*; -samvannanaka, mfn., explaining the meaning; It-al 82,i5 (desabhskusalo tinnam vedanam -0 cariyo); -samhita, mfn., connected with the goal; useful, profitable; having meaning; D I 189,12 (etam... -am etam dhammasamhitam etam dibrahmacariyakam); S II 223,10; A III 196,15 (-ena vakkhmi no anatthasamhitena); Sn722 (yam samano bahu bhsati upetam -am); neg. anatthasamhita1, mfn., not connected with the goal, not profitable; Vin I 10,13 (anariyo anatthasamhito) = SV 421,5 (Spklll 297,13: ~o ti na atthasamhito hitasukhvahakranam anissito ti); -sattha, n. [attha + sattha3], political science; Abh 113 (dandanity -asmim); -sandassana, n., the showing of the goal or meaning; PatisI 104,26; -sandassani,(m)/00., showing the meaning; JaV 255,25* (es te upam rja ~i kat); -samasana, n., (gr.t.t.) compound of juxtaposition, where the first member is inflected; Sadd 741,3 (-am aluttasamse: drenidnam gavampati); -sallpik,(m)/(). [cfS. samlpaka], in the form of a dialogue; Ps II 13,8 (tatthyam ~ upam); -siddhi,/, attainment of one's goal; establishing of the meaning; Ja I 402,6 (nmena kci -i nma n' atthi); Mil 126,31 (-i upagat); Vism 479,24; Sp 821,22 (bhuttvivacanena visum kafici -im na passma); anattha, m., not the goal; disadvantage, harm; what is unprofitable, useless; Vin I 84,n (bhikkhnam -ya parisakkati); 1189,16 (bahuno janassa -ya ahitya dukkhya); DIU 184,19* (--t; Sv948,3: anatthakrit); Sil 196,10 (akusal dhamm uppajjamn -ya samvatteyyun ti); AIV 96,15* (atho attham gahetvna -am adhipajjati); Dhp 72 (yva-d-eva -ya nattam blassa jyati); Sn 126 (yo attham pucchito santo -am anussati); Th214 (mnatthe mam niyojayi); Ja III 262,27* (attham carantam atha v ~am); Vibh 389,25 (~am me acari ti ghto jyati); - ' -atthbhisangi(n), mfn., clinging to what is not useful; Saddh566; karana, ., bringing harm; Pv-a 264,27 (paresam karanamukhena); ~-janana, m/w., producing harm; AIV 96,20*; It 84,9* (--janano doso); It-all 98,27 (~-jananat); ~-va(t), w/h., of no use, worthless; harmful; JaV 77,19* (78,23 :~-vcaro); vasa, m., the control of what is harmful; Ja VI 473,14* (~-vasam gatam; 473,\rfoil.: kraknam kilesnam vasam gatam mam viditv); ~-samhita2, mfn., connected with harm, harmful;

Vin IV 305,22 (tiracchnavijj nma yam kinci bhirakam samhitam; Sp937,i: samhitan ti... parpaghtakaram); nirattha, mfn., unprofitable, useless; Dhp 41 (~am va kalingaram); Sn 585 (~ paridevan); Ja VI 228,17* (-am mann, idam silam); am, adv., uselessly; Sn 582 (ubho ante asampassam ~am paridevasi); Ap 559,22 (kirn ~am vihannasi); sttha, mfn., having a purpose; useful; having a meaning, significant; with its meaning or purpose; Vin III 1,19 (so dhammam deseti dikalynam majjhekalynam pariyosnakalynam ~am savyanjanam kevalaparipunnam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakseti; Sp 127,10/0//.: imam dhammam desento ssanabrahmacariyam maggabrahmacariyam ca pakseti... tarn ca yathnurpam atthasampattiy ~am) ^ D I 62,31 (Sv 176,20foil.: yassa hi ygubhatta-itthipurisdivannannissit desana hoti na so ~am deseti, bhagav pana ... catusatipatthndinissitam desanam deseti tasm ~am deseti ti vuccati); Vin IV 51,25 (ye te dhamm dikalyn ... ~am savyanjanam ... brahmacariyam abhivadanti) ^ MI 213,3 (~ savyanjan); Vism 572,30 (stthakam ev' idam punavacanan ti evam ettha -ato pi vinntabbo vinicchayo); Ps I 253,33 (cetiyadassanam tva ~am); Spkl 334,23 (ayam hi atthasaddo ~am savyanjanan ti evam disu hi pthatthe vattati); see also atdia1, atthiya, anatthaka, apattha1, kimatthika (5vka3), niratthaka, sabbatthaka, stthaka. attha3, m.n. [S. asta, n.], 1. (m.) the western mountain (behind which the sun sets); Abh 606 (aparaselo 'ttho); 785 (~o ... pacchimepabbate); 2 . (m. andn.) setting; destruction, ending, extinction; Abh 785; 1154 (~am adassane); Sadd 255,3 (atthasaddo nibbnavacano napumsakalingo); ~am eti, ~am paleti, ~am gacchati, (i)sets (of the sun or moon); A l l 51,3* (pabhankaro yattha ca ~am eti); Ja III 154,7* (~am tapetvna paleti suriyo); 433,4 (suriyam ~am entam na sallakkhesum); PsII 48,2i (suriye -am gacchante); Dhp-a IV 143,5 (suriyo ~am eti); (ii) goes out, disappears, is extinguished; A l l 18,9* (sanna yato ca samudeti -am gacchati yattha ca); Dhp 226 (-am gacchanti sav); 384 (sabbe samyog -am gacchanti); Ud93,n* (vinnnam -am agam); Sn 1074 (-am paleti na upeti sankham); Ap 472,13 (-am entamhi ssane); Mil 52,2 (tarn ... chinnam -am gacchati ti); ifc see abbhattham; cala, m, the western mountain (behind which the sun sets); Mhv72:113 (ranadassanabhito va lino ~e ravi); see also atthanga, attharigata, atthangama, atthangamana, atthami, atthamita, udayatthagmi(n) (^v udaya). attha4, n. [S. astra], a missile; ifc see issattha2. attha5, 2pi o/atthi2 qv. atthagata, mfn., see sv atthangata. atthagama, atthagamana, see sw atthangama, atthangamana. atthanga, mfn. or n. (?) [attha3 + ga2], disappearing; disappearance; ifc see ssan' -. atthangata, atthagata, mfn. [attha3 + pp of gacchati] 1. set (of the sun); Vin IV 17,3 (-e suriye); Ja I 175,10 (~e suriye); Ap92,n; Ps III 76,12 (tesam patijaggantnam yeva suriyo ~o, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthangami);

76

2. disappeared, destroyed', SHI 112,21 (yam dukkham tarn niruddham tarn -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthagatam); AIV 157,12* (vidhpit atthagat na santi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -) * Sn472 (eds atthagat; Pj II 409,2* foil.: atthagat ti - na santi ti vidhpitatt tt ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthagatatt); Sn 1075 (~o so uda v so n' atthi); It 58,3* (-o so na samnam eti); Dhs 1038 (dhamm atit... ~ abbhatthangat); Kv 116,25 (nanu atftam niruddham... -am abbhatthangatan ti); Mil 73,I5 (y acci ~ sakk s acci dassetum idha v idha v ti); 73,19 (parinibbuto - o bhagav na sakk nidassetum idha v idh v ti); anatthagata, mfn., not (yet) set; Kkh98,s; Thi-a2,27 (suriye ~e yeva). atthangama, atthagama, m. [attha3 + gama] annihilation, disappearance; Vin III 4,16 (pubbe va somanassadomanassnam ~); D II 290,10 (dukkhadomanassnam -ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthagamya); MIII 285,12 (tass vedanya samudayam ca -am ca ... na ppajnti) * S IV 208,25 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthagamam). atthangamana, atthagamana, n. [attha3 + gamana] 1. setting (of the sun or moon); Ja I 101,15 (yva suriyass' -, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atthagamana); Sv 95,B (ogamanan ti -am); 868,6 (imasmim dipe suriyuggamanaklo... Uttarakursu -klo); 2. destruction, ending; Abh 896; Mp III 355,19 (-atthya). atthahgameti, pr. 3 sg. [attha3 + caus. of gacchati], Lends, destroys; Niddl 346,17 (nirodheyya vpasameyya-eyya); Patis II 217,25 (niruddham nirodheti vigatam vigameti atthangatam -eti); Nidd-a I 428,10 (-ti vinseti); 2 . sets (of the sun and moon); Sv402,i2 (yasmim kale -enti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce attham enti); Ps IV 76.5 (suriyo -eti cando uggacchati); Patis-a 610,26 (pacchimadisya suriyo -eti); pp atthangamita, mfn., gone down, set (of the sun); JaV 476,2 (suriyo -0 cando uggato); Nidd I 355,14 (suriyo ca -o hoti); Sp 99,20 (-e pana suriye, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se atthamite). atthata, atthata, mfn.,pp o/attharati qv. atthaddha, mfn., see sv thaddha. atthan, / [S. arthan], request, begging; Abh 759 (ycantthan). atthannam in Ee at Pet238,n is wr for atthannam (Be, Ce so). atthami, m(fn). [attha3 + i2] setting (of the sun and moon); Bv5:31 (parinibbyi sambuddho ulurj va -i; Bv-a 160,7: ~i ti attharigato). atthami ta, mfn. [attha3+ /?/? of eti1] gone down, set; JaV 92,17 (atthamite suriye, Ee so; Be, Ce atthangate; Se atthangamite); VI557,10* (-arnhi suriye, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthafigatamhi). atthayitabba, mfn.,fpp o/attheti qv. atthara, n. [S. stara], covering, carpet, rug; ifc see ass'- (svassa3), katth'- (svkattha2), camm'-, citt'(svcitta2), phalak'-, rath'-, hatth'-(svhatthi[n]), hatthi-. attharaka, m. [atthara + ka2], a covering, carpet; Jail 290,u (hetth -am santharitv upari celavitnam bandhitv); VI 343,4' (ekam gadrabham... ekasmim ~e vattetv); Sp 1086,18 (hatthi-assapitthisu - eva); Spklll 45.6 (nnvannehi -ehi); ifc see ass'- (sv assa3), katth'(sv kattha2), cand' -, citt' - (sv citta2).

attharana, n. [S. starana], a covering, carpet; laying out; Abh 312; Vin I 196,4 (Avantidakkhinapathe bhante cammni -ni); DIU 159,10 (data ahosi sukhumnam muduknam -nam); Ja VI 381,27 (-am attharpetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee attharakam); Niddl 1,M (- ppuran); Ap 303,n; Mil 192,7 (vattham v -am v); ifc see katth'- (svkattha2), kathin'- (.svkathina2), gaj'-, camm'-, bhumm'-. attharanaka, n. [attharana + ka2], a covering; Sp666,24 (uttarattharanan ti mancakassa upari -am [Ce, Ee add paccattharanam] vuccati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se attharanam); ifc see camm'-. attharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. starati], spreads out, spreads; spreads over, covers; lays out; esp. kathinam attharati, covers the kathina, participates in the kathina robemaking and ritual; see svkathina2; Vin V 172,15 (imin dussena kathinam -issmi ti); 177,16 (puggalo kathinam -ati); Ja HI 185,19* (-assu palsni); IV 396,5 (bhtikassa me pallankam -ath ti); VI 353,28* (-anti); Kkh 53,29 (civaram deti imin kathinam -ath ti); Spk III 129,32 (nadividuggdisu setum -anti); part.pr. attharanta,mfh., JaV 47,2 (purato -anto); Sp 1108,5 (kathinam -antena); absol. (a) attharitv; Vin IV 289,21 (tarn yeva -itv tarn yeva prupanti); JaV 110,8 (cahgotake kappsapicum -itv); Sp 1088,31 (elakacammam ca ajacammam ca -itv); Mhvl:28; neg. anattharitv, Sp 1249,7; (b) perhaps atriccha2 qv; aor. 3 sg. atthari, Ja I 305,25 (sayanam -i); pass, pr. 3 sg. atthariyati, Sp 722,4 (sace pana kattikamse kathinam -lyati); 1206,12 (civaram-iyamnam na ppahoti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce patthariyamnam); Sv 649,27 (sanam -iyati); Pj II 369,9 (-iyati); pp atthata, atthata, mfn. [S. strta], 1. (i) spread; spread over with; covered; Ap98,28 (sayanaggam ... dussabhandehi -am); Sp465,7 (yam [sanam] ... pvrakojavakdihi -am hoti); Vv-a 245,23 (suvannaphalakehi -); (ii) covered; (of the kathina,) properly covered; (of the kathina robemaking and ritual) properly carried out, properly performed; see sv kathina2; Vin 1254,25 foil, (evam kho bhikkhave -am hoti kathinam evam anatthatam ... na ullikhitamattena -am hoti kathinam...); V 172,2 (kassa kathinam anatthatam kassa kathinam -am); 176,36 (-am bhante sanghassa kathinam dhammiko kathinatthro); kathinam atthatam also implies that the special concessions associated with the kathina ritual are in force; Vin III 204,4 (aklacivaram nma... -e kathine satta mse uppannam); IV 245,24 (Thullnand bhikkhuni amhkam kathinam -am, klacivaran ti adhitthahitv bhjpesi); 287,20 (tena kho pana samayena ubhatosanghassa kathinam -am hoti); Sp 1144,9 (kathinam -am v hotu anatthatam v); 2. spread over, laid out; JaV 407,28' (upari ~ena ajinena); Sp 845,12 (bhmiyam -esu sukhumesu tintinikdipannesu pi); kathina, mfn., who has participated in the kathina robe-making (and is therefore eligible for the five concessions), see sv kathina2; Vin I 254,8 foil. (--kathinnam vo bhikkhave panca kappissanti); 255,23 foil, (bhikkhu kathino katacivaram dya pakkamati); Kkh 53,19 (kathinassa hi bhikkhuno yva

77

imeh' krehi civarapalibodho na chijjati tva kathinnisamsam labhati); anatthata, anatthata, mjh.9 not spread, not covered; not properly performed', kathinam anatthatam alsa implies that the special concessions are not in force; VinI 254,26; 111204,3 (aklacivaram nma anatthate kathine ekdasa mase uppannam); V 172,10 (catuvisatiy krehi anatthatam hoti kathinam); Sp205,io (kenaci attharanena anatthataya); 1108,n; anatthatakathina, m(fh)., where the kathina concessions are not in force; Sp 1130,17 (sahghassa ... anatthatakathinassa); fpp attharitabba, m/w., VinI 254, i2 (evam ca pana bhikkhave kathinam ~am); V 176,24 (tena kathinatthrakena bhikkhun tadaheva dhovitv ... kappam katv kathinam -am); Kkh 53,27 (pacchimavasspagate ganaprake katv -am); Sp 1108,n; 1281,4 (vissajjetabban ti -am, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce pattharitabbam); attharitabbam in Ee at Sp 417,3 is prob, wr for atthayitabbam (Be, Ce, Se, Vism 98,io so); see also attharitabbaka; caus. aor. 3 sg. (a) attharpesi, Mhv3:20 (attharpesi tattha so... anagghattharanni); (b) attharpayi, Mhv 34:69 (Mahthpamhi kincikkhapsne attharpayi); absol attharpetv, Ja III 506,15 (nissenim attharpetv); Sp 1107,28 (kammavcam svetv kathinam attharpetv). attharik, / [from attharati], a covering; ifc see katth'-(yvkattha2). attharitabbaka, mfn. \fpp of attharati + ka2], to be spread; Sp 776,3 (mancapithnam upari -am paccattharanam). atthya1, sg. dat. o/attha 2 qv. atthya2, ind. [absol. of *a2 + titthati; S. sthya], standing by; taking care of? Ja IV 293,3* (atthya kuraro putte; but cf 293,4': putte rakkhanto tesam atthya ... vymam karonto). atthra, m. [S. stra], spreading, covering (the kathina,); performing the kathina robe-making and ritual; displaying the kathina robe; VinI 255,4 (na annatra puggalassa ~ atthatam hoti kathinam); V 172,26 (saha kathinassa ~ kati dhamm jyanti); 175,5 (kathinassa pubbakaranam di kiriy majjhe -0 pariyosnam); Sp 1371,i (~e hi sati uddhro nma hoti); ifc see kathin' - (sv kathina2). atthraka, m(fn). [atthra + ka2], (one) who covers (the kathina,); who supervises the communal robe-making and ritual; Vin V 172,8 (dvinnam puggalnam atthatam hoti kathinam -assa ca anumodakassa ca); Sp 1109,8 (~ena bhikkhun ... imya sanghtiy kathinam attharmi ti vc bhinditabb); ifc see kathin'- (^v kathina2); anatthraka,m., one who does not cover (the kathina,); VinV 172,5. atthi1, pr. 3 sg. [Vas4, S. asti] (initial a- usually coalesces with (or elides) a preceding -; after other vowels it is itself usually elided; 3 sg. atthi [before vowels usually atth']; 2 sg. asi1, si1; J sg. asmi, smi, amhi, mhi; 3 pi. santi1; 2 pi. attha5; 1 pi. asma1, asm1, amh, smase, amhase, amhse); Dhtup 373 (asa bhuvi); Dhtum600; Sadd450,io (asa bhuvi: atthi asa); 1. is; exists, is found; Vin III 18,is(utuni mhi ayye); Sil 27,6 (aham nu kho smi na nu kho smi); It 8,7* (n'attiY anno

ekadhammo pi); Sn302 (pahtadhanadhaiino si); 595 (tevijjnam yad akkhtam tatra kevalino smase padak' asm veyykaran jape cariyasdis); 672 (gantum na hi Gram ap' atthi); 1077 (santi loke munayo); 1120 (j" 'ham asmi); Ja I 158,20* (na kir' atthi rasehi ppiyo); 2. is of, belongs to (gen.); SI 4,19* (na monam atthi asamhitassa); Sn 783 (yass' ussad n' atthi kuhinci loke); Ja III 53,17* (idam brhmana me atthi); 3. as auxiliary verb with (i)pp: Vin I 21,16* (mahbandhanamutto mhi); D I 8,12 (micchpatipanno tvam asi); 18,i8 (mayam pana amh pacch upapann ti); II 275,n* (tassa dhammassa pattiy gat' amhse mrisa, Ee so; Be, Ce amhsi; Se amh pi); MI 429,6 (yva na tarn purisam jnmi yen' amhi viddho); Sn570 (danf amha tava ssane); Thi 185 (atthi Sakyakule jto buddho); 419 (jitmhase rpinim Lacchim); Ja II 128,8 (kena kammena idhgat' atth ti); 384,5* (jnma tarn na mayam asma mlh); IV 293,9 (kirn samma gato si ti); ()fpp'. Pv-a 27,17 (na c' ettha amhehi vattabbam atthi); 4. atthi is frequently used (usually at the beginning of a clause), with sg. or pi. subject (even with 1 sg. or 2sg.), to mean: there is, there are; there exists; D I 12,19 (atthi bhikkhave amY eva dhamm gambhir duddas...); 200,14foil, (atthi tvam etarahi na tvam n' atthi ti... atthham etarahi nham n* atthi ti); MI 430,13 (atth* eva jti atthi jar atthi maranam); Ud80,23 (atthi bhikkhave ajtam abhtam akatam asankhatam); Sn 26 (atthi vas atthi dhenup); Ja III 349,6* (imni me sattasatni atthi); V 204,26* (na pi 'ssa hatthesu khilni atthi); Ap2,22 (ye ca etarahi atthi buddha loke anuttar); Mil 85,15 (mahsamudde paiicayojanasatik pi macch atthi ti); or with a following verb [so also santiy to mean: there is [exists]... who...; it is the case that...; VinI 123,5 (dve 'me... ummattak, atthi bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposatham na pi sarati); D I 128, is (atthi kho bho samano Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakul pabbajito); II38,15 (santi satt... assavanat dhammassa parihyanti); SII 35,26 (sanf vuso Gotama eke samanabrhman... sayamkatam dukkham paniipenti); A III 194,22 (atthi nma nanda theram bhikkhum vihesiyamnam ajjhupekkhissatha); Ja I 157,26 (atthi pana samma uyynapla uyyne kinci acchariyam passasi ti); atthi... atthi..., (it is) either... or...; Dhs 586 (yam tarn rpam bhiram tarn atthi upd atthi nopd); Mil 135,29 foil, (opakkamik mahrja vedan atthi kiriy atthi kammavipk); imperat. (c/Sadd450,19) 3sg. atthu, D i l 22,20 (dhi-r-atthu kira bho jti nma); 231,21 (bhavam atthu bhavantam Jotiplam mnavam); Sn 340 (sati kyagat ty atthu); Ja III 26,19* (migarja namo ty atthu); VI 193,7* (bhaddam atthu te); let it be, be it so; Abh 1151 (usyopagame 'tthu ca); opt. (c/Sadd450,2i/o//.) (a)3 5g. siy, VinI 103,2 (yassa siy patti so vikareyya); Sn 325 (vaddhpacyi anusuyyako siy); Th321 (kaliva siy); followed by another opt. (especially assa); perhaps; it might be (that)...; MI 23,29 (siy kho pana te brhmana evam assa...); AIV 394,8 (siy kho pana te gahapati evam assa ...); siy ... siy ..., (it might be) either ... or ... (with sg. or pi. subject); MI 185,14/0//. (pathavidhtu

78

siy ajjhattik siy bhir); Vibh90,2iyb//.(dve dhtuyo siy kusal siy akusal siy avykat); 2 sg. siy, Ja IV 108,28* (brahmacariyam careyysi bhiyyo vannavati siy); Pv20:7 (yena tuvam cirataram pinito siy); 1 sg. (a) siyam, SHI 11,23 (evamrpo siyam angatam addhnam); ThI375 (aham tava vasnugo siyam); (b) siy, Ja VI 462,4* (yva jiveyya Vedeho nniiassa puriso siy); Pv 20:8 (evam aham cirataram pinito siy); 3 pl. (a) siyum, Ud 79,5* (p ce sabbad siyum); ()siyamsu, Mil 239,4 (siyamsu dve bhikkh abhidhamme nnvd, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se siyum); opt. (b) 3 sg. (a) assa7, D I 134,28 (yam mama assa digharattam hitya sukhy ti); A V 194,25 (tatr' assa dovriko pandito); Sn49 (evam dutiyena sah mam, assa); assa + gen. (esp. preceded by siy,), (perhaps) it might occur to ..., one might think...; D1196,2 (siy kho pana te Potthapda evam assa ...); (b) assu1, Ja IV lll,2o*(anussamam rjaputta yathssu puna sangamo); 2 sg. (a) assa8, Vin I 32,30 (s pi patipad n' atthi yya tvam arah v assa); Ja V 296,16* (n' eva me tvam pati assa); (b) assasi, MI 437,29 (tvam... yattha nimantito assasi tattha... bhunjeyysi); Sil 281,is (yam tvam arannako ca assasi); (c) assu2, Ja V 117,12* (dakkh' assu dni pufinakaro; \\9,ir foil: idni dakkho... bhaveyysi); 117,13* (silav' assu mahrja; 119,30". silav ... bhava); 1 sg. assam, D II 172,is (assam nu kho aham rj cakkavatti ti); Ja VI 573,2* (anibbatti tato assam); 3 pl. (a) assu3, Vin II 197,5 (sdhu... bhikkh yvajivam rannak assu); Sn 532 (yass' assu lutni bandhanni); Dhp 74 (mam' evtivas assu); (b) assum', Ja I 56,30 (sace tumhkam pitaro arog assum ajja nikkhamitv pabbajeyyum); 2pl. assatha, D I 3,5 (tatra ce tumhe assatha kupit); SIII 6,22 (vuttavdino c' eva bhagavato assatha); 1 pl. assma, Vin II 299,14 (yena mayam imasmim adhikarane balavantatar assma); SII 35,36 (katham vykaramn mayam vuttavdino c' eva yasmato Gotamassa assma); part.pr. (a) sa(t), mfn., (b) santa2, mfn., (c) samna, mfn., qqv; aor. (cf Sadd451,10) 3sg. si3, D I 143,17 (evam tad si); Sn994 (sok' assa tanuko si); Th408 (parinito khuro si dhamanim chettum attano); JaV 117,8* (m te si dukhudrayo); Mil 90,4* (so pi si tipetako); 2 sg. si4, Pv 15:6 (sisam naht tvam si sucivatth); 1 sg. sim, Vin III 4,26 (amutr' sim evamnmo evamgotto); Th221 (brahmabandhu pure sim); Ap 377,21 (candlo s' aham tattha); 3 pl. (a) sum2, D II 236,6* (tadsum satta Bhrat); Sn284 (isayo pubbak sum sannatatt tapassino); Th924 (na bjham ussuk sum); (b)su2, Ja IV 116,29* (surmerayamadhuk ye jan patham' su no; 117,17': ye no gme jan pathamam evarp sum ahesum); (c)simsu, Ap 263,24 (atthatth' simsu khattiy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sisu); (d) sisum, Ap 132,n (atthatlisa-m-sisum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se simsu); 1 pl simh, Ap 595,3; perf. 3 sg. sa1, Sv 247,28 (iti ha sa iti ha s ti ldisavacanapatisamyutto purnakathsankhto itihso) = Mp II 261,24 = Pj II 447,19. atthi2, / , existence; Abhll54; ifc see sotthi; -kkhana, m., the moment of existence; Vism447,i8

(jivitindriyam ... ~e yeva ... sahajarupni anupleti) = Nidd-a 1147,29. atthi(n), mfn. andm. [S. arthin], 1. (mfn., sg. nom. m. ~i) desirous; wanting something; having an aim; Sn 957 (~i panhena gamam, Be, Se so; Ce, Se ~i; ? Pj II 572,6foil: atthiko panhena gato mhi atthiknam v panhena gamanam panhena atthi gamanam v ti, so read with Be, Se) * 1043 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~I); 2. (w., sg. nom. ~i), a beggar; Abh 740 (ycanako ~I); see also atthi(n), idamatthit {sv idam). atthi-atthava(t), m/h., {gr.t.t.) possessive; Sadd687,2o (samsaddassa niggahitam Ikre atthi-atthavati paccaye pare makrattam pajjati ... sam assa atthi ti smi). atthika1, mfn. [S. arthika], desiring, wanting (instr.); aiming at, having as purpose (instr.); in need (of, instr.); Vin I 40,6 (~ehi upanntam maggan ti); AIV 171,4 (puriso udapnapanliy ~o); Sn333 (yya dev manuss ca sit titthanti ~); Th 995 (sotam odhesim ~o); Ja 1417,6 (yena yena ~ hoti tarn tarn harpeti); III 20,3 (mnav tya itthiy ~); V 151,20' (atthikatv ti attano atthikabhvam katv ~o hutv sakkaccam suneyya); VI 542,2* (~o viya yti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be addhiko); Mil 31,25 (atthena mayam mahrja ~); Sp 159,6 (tasm tarn na vadma, ~ehi pana Visuddhimagge vuttanayena gahetabbam); Mp III 304,15 (punnena -assa punnam gavesantassa); ifc see anna-d-, idam-, kusal'-; -va(t), mfn., wanting something; having a purpose; D I 90,18 (-vato kho pana te... idh' gamanam ahosi; Sv255,7: katabbakiccasankhto attho etassa atthi ti atthikam tassa mnavassa cittam, atthikam assa atthi ti ~); anatthika, mfn., not wanting, not caring for (+ instr.); unconcerned; M i l 139,12 (na ca ~o pattena hoti); Th 956 (dubbal te bhavissanti hiriman ~); Ja V 460,1 (rj nagarena ~o); Mil 76,26 (eko ... atthiko eko ~o); Vism 68,21 (abhihrena ~-t); anatthika in Ee at Sp 398,7 and Spk III 267,26 is prob, wrfor anatthaka qv; see also atthika1. atthika2, mfn. [from atthi1; S. stika], who believes in the existence (of merit, another world, etc); -vada, m. and mfn., 1. {m.) the doctrine that (merit, another world, etc) exists; D 155,29 (tesam tuccham mus vilpo ye keci -am vadanti) = MI 515,17 (Ps III 227,24: atthi dinndinam phalan ti imam -am yeva vadanti); 2. {mfn.) following, professing that doctrine; MI 404,14 (silav purisapuggalo sammditthi -0 ti); see also natthikavda. atthikhir, {m)f{n). [S. astikslr], having milk; Sadd 299,4 (~ brhmani); 450,11. atthit, / [from atthi1; S. astit], existence, being; reality; SII 17,9 (dvayanissito khvyam ... loko yebhuyyena -am c'eva natthitam ca); JaV 110,5 (etasmim kulvake kassaci -am v natthitam v jnhi ti); VI 240,15' (paralokassa ca kalynappaknam ca -am jnhi); As 394,33 (tasmim yeva samaye vutthnakapanfiya -); see also natthit. atthibhva, m. [atthi1 + bhva], existence; the being present; Ja I 222,6 (sace pana sarassa -am mayham na saddahatha); II415,19 (na no koci -am na jnti); Dhp-a IV 217,i (amhehi samnabhogassa setthikulassa

79

~am v natthibhvam v natv); see also natthibhva. atthiya, mfn. [S. arthya], having a purpose or goal; useful, proper, fit; Th 12 (yad ~am bhojanam bhunjamno); 1274 (yad ^am brahmacariyam acri) = Sn354; ifc see etad-, kim- (svka 3 ), mah'(sv maha[t]); niratthiya, mfn., to no purpose; useless; Ja VI 234,4* (~ pabbajj Gunassa); Kv 217,36 (~am dukkhadassanan ti); see also attatthiya (sv atta[n]). atthiy, ind., for the sake of on behalf of,? Ja VI 234,24* (upamam te karissmi mahrja tav' ~). atthiritv in Ee at Ps III 76,9 is wr for attharitv (Be, Ce, Se so). atthisis in Ee at Ps III 386, l is wr for atthisis (Be, Ce, Se so). atthisukha, n. [atthi1 + sukha], delight in possessing something, in the existence of something; AII 69,n (kulaputtassa bhog honti... dhammaladdh, so bhog me atthi... dhammaladdh ti adhigacchati sukham ... idam vuccati... ~am; Mp III 101,4: atthi ti uppajjanakasukham ~am). attheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. arthayate], strives to obtain; asks for; Dhtup 583 (attha ycane); Dhtum815; Sadd541,30 (attha... ycanyam: ~eti ~ayati); fpp atthayitabba, mfn., Vism98,io (-am icchitabban ti) = Sp 417,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr attharitabbam). atyappa, mfn., seesvappa. atra, ind. [ts], here; in this; in this respect, in this case; Abh 1161; VinII211,2(atrapattam nikkhiphi); V 163,is (atr' assapemam v doso v; Sp 1364,13: atra puggale ... pemam v bhaveyya doso v); Ja III 207,9* (ito bahutar bhog atra manne bhavissare); V 169,26* (idam sanam atra bhavam nisidatu); As 203,9 (atrpi hi imam jhanam upasampajja, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tatrpi); atra atra, here and there; Ja I 414, w (atra atra icchanto); atrhe, ind. [atra. + loc. of aha(n)], today; Abh 1155 (ajja ~e); see also attha l , ettha. atraja, mfn. and m.f [wrongly back-formed from attaja^v; S. tmaja], (mfn.) born from oneself, one's own; (m.)ason; (f.) a daughter; Abh 240 (putto 'trajo suto); Vin I 310,7* (Abhayassa hi ~o, in uddna); D III 162,2* (parosahassam ca bhavanti ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atuj, prob, wr); Thi 151 (dhit Majjhassa ~); Ja III 103,13* (evam so nihato seti kokilyeva ~o); 181,4* (m ghatayi ~am puttam); IV 94,H* (94,i5'i ~o ti attato jto); VI 230,24* (Vedehass' ~ piy rjakann); Ap61,i6 (Gotamassa bhagavato ~o so bhavissati); Mhv 13:4 (dya ... Sanghamittya ~am); Sadd 622,8. atriccha1, mfn. [see atricchati and atricch], excessively greedy; Ja III 206,16 (samudde khitto ~o hutv); IV 4,23* (-o cakkamsado; Eeso; Be, Ce, Se aticcham; 5,\v foil.: asantuttho atra uttaritaram labhissmi ti evam laddham laddham atikkamanalobhasankhtya atricchya samanngatatt ~ o . . . atricchan ti pi ptho ... atricch ti pi ptho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se aticchya ... aticcho ...; = Ja I 414,6*: ecfc atriccham; = III 207,is*: eds atriccham); Vibh-a472,6 (annataro pi ~o sakavisayam atikkamitv paravisayam pvisi); - t a , / , abstr., excessive greed; Ja III 222,6 (s bl ~ya evariqjam vyasanam patt); Vism 70,25 (~ya pahnam); Ps II 141,3 (~am ppicchatam

mahicchatam ca pahya); see also aticcha sv icch. atriccha2, ind. [possibly absol. of attharati^v; cfS. -strtya], spreading out; ? Ja V 407,5* (-koccham; Ce, Ee, Se so; Be atricca; 407,29'foil: evaripam kocchsanam pannasladvre attharitv; parallel passage at Mvu II 61,3 is very corrupt). atricchati, pr. 3 sg. [prob, wrongly for ati + icchati, c/atraja/attaja; or <S. *ati + rcchati or ipsati?], is excessively greedy; part.pr. (a) atriccha(t), mfn., Ja I 414,6* (~am cakkam sado; 414, ir: sakalbhena asantuttho ~am atra atra icchanto) = III 207, I 5* = Ja IV 4,23* (Be, Ce, Se aticcham; Ee atriccho); (b) atricchamna, mfn., Ja II 231,6' (atricchvasena ~amno puggalo); see also atriccha1, atricch. atricch, / [prob, wrongly for ati + icch, cf *atricchati; cfalso S. yadrcch ?], excessive greed or desire; Ja II 231,i* (~ atilobhena (or cpd); 231,3': ~ vuccati atra atra icch sankht apariyantatanh); IV 5,21' (atriccho cakkam sado ti... ~ ti pi ptho ~y ti attho); see also atriccha1. atha, ind. [ts], Abh 1190 (atho athnantarrambhapanhesu padaprane); Sadd 891,23/0//.; I, and, and further; Dili 152,3* (khajjabhojjam atha leyyasyiyam); Sn 1006 (Punnako atha Mettag); 2. and (before that); and then; Vin I 168,31 (apavrito va sahgho bhavissati athyam ratti vibhyissati); MI 429,1 (avykatam eva tarn ... tathgatena assa atha so puggalo klam kareyya); 3. then, just then; next; D12,31 (ayam kho no bhante antarkath vippakat atha bhagav anuppatto ti); MII 30,3i (yadham... imam parisam anupasahkanto homi athyam paris ... nisinn hoti); Dhp 69 (yad ca paccati pparn atha blo dukkham nigacchati); Sn 1017 (atiY assa gatte disvna); Jail 158,27 (ath' assa bhariy bodhisattassa sariram disv); with interrogatives: Sn 990 (atha ko carahi jnti); 1047 (atha ko carahi devamanussaloke atari jtim); 4. but; Dhp 387 (div tapati dicco rattim bhti candim ... atha sabbam ahorattim buddho tapati tejas); Ja I 494,5 (sace si agram ajjhvasitukmo... atha brahmalokam gantukmo...); Pv-a8,14 (yadi dyako pete uddissa dnam deti... atha na pete uddissa dnam deti...); 5. or; Ja I 26,21* (kim bhavissati lokassa kalynam atha ppakam); Ap58,18 (yam yam yonim samsarati devattam atha mnusam); with other particles: athaparam, and further; D II 90,29 (idam vatv sugato athparam etad avoca satth) ^ Sn/?. 126,27; athparato, and yet, but; Mil 105,9; atha ca pana, and yet; on the other hand; D I 139,15 (no ca khv assa mantit khattiy anuyutt ... atha ca pana bhavam rj evarpam mahyannam yajati ti); Ja I 279,9 (ajja imiss nadiy udakam n' eva hyati na vaddhati atha ca panyam psno mah hutv pannyati); atha kho, 1. and moreover; A V 195,5 (atha khvssa evam ettha hoti); 2. then; just then; Vin I 1,7 (tena kho pana samayena buddho bhagav Uruvelyam viharati... atha kho bhagav bodhirukkhamle sattham ekapallankena nisidi); D III 99,4; 3. but rather, but moreover, but also; D I 167,18 (tassa cyam silasampad ... abhvit hoti asacchikat atha kho so rak va smann); 174,17 (nham tattha attano samasamam samanupassmi kuto

80

bhiyyo, atha kho aham eva tattha bhiyyo); Pv-a 28,34 (na kevalam kasi yeva n' atthi atha kho gorakkh pi na vijjati); atha v, or; or rather, or perhaps (in cts, introducing an alternative [preferred ?] explanation); Dhp271 (na silabbatamattena... atha v samdhilbhena); Sn 134 (yo buddham paribhsati atha v tassa svakam); Pv4:l (pubbapete ca rabbha atha v vatthudevat); Pj II 13,4; Mp 1105,16 (tath gato ti tathagato, atha v...); atha v pi, or also; and also; Sn917 (ajjhattam atha v pi bahiddh); Pv 13:4 (pit ca mt atha v pi ntak); see also atho. athabbana, athabbana, see sv athabbana. atho, ind. [atha + u2; ts], 1. and also; likewise; and yet, even then; SI 106,32* (bherav bah atho dams sirimsap bah); Dhp 423 (pubbenivsam yo vedi... atho jtikkhayam patto); Sn 43 (pabbajit pi eke atho gahatth); 537 (myam mnam atho pi lobhakodham); Pv 15:20 (vmato mam tvam paccesi atho pi mam usuyyasi); 38:15 (svgatam te mahrja atho te adurgatam); T h l l 0 9 (sabbam pahya idam ajjhupgato atho pi tvam citta na mayha tussasi); Ja I 83,15* (rpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca); Patis I 133,15*; 2. certainly; Ja V 348,19* (kacci bhoto amaccesu doso koci na vijjati... atho pi me amaccesu doso koci na vijjati); VI 578,13* (kacci ubho rog te Jli mtpit tava ... atho ubho rog). ada, mfn. [ts], eating; who eats; ifc see kitth-, kunap-, gth-, puris-, poris-, rasa-, vanta-, vighs-. adamsu, aor. 3 pl. o/dadti qv. adaka, mfn. [ts], eating; who eats; ifc see puris-, poris-, balisa-, bhatta-. adatthahi, see sv dahati. adatth, neg. absol o/dissati 1 qv. adati, pr. 3 sg., see sv adeti. adana, n. [ts], eating; food; Dhtup 292 foil, (asa gasa ghasa ~e); Dhtum 385 foil, (gala gildane); JaV 371,26* (ajja me sattam ratti ~ni upsato; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dnni); 374,22* (pahtam cdanam tattha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khdanam); Cp-a249,2 (manussnam ~ato khdanato porisdo ti laddhanmena); '-esan,/, search for food; JaV 371,28* (carato ~am; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se danesanam). adandhanat, / [a3 + *dandhana from dandhati qv], absence of sluggishness; quickness, lightness; Dhs42 (lahut lahuparinmat ~ avitthanat; As 150,30: ~ ti garubhvapatikkhepavacanam etam, abhriyat ti attho). adasaka, mfn. [a3 + das + ka2], without a fringe; Vin II 301,14 (kappati bhante -am nisidanan ti nvuso kappati tij. adsakuntbhirud in Ee at Ja IV 466,2* is prob, wr for tsakuntbhirud (Be, Ce so). adifth, negt absol. o/dissati 1 qv. adimha in Ee at Ap482,i8 is prob, wr for yajimha (Be, Ce, Se so). adinava, mfn. [= adina ?], not depressed, undaunted; ? Ja V 340,19* (sajja baddham sinam pekkhamnam -am; 342,17': ~an ti dinavam eva hutv mahsattam olokentam disv). adu is vi for du qv. adum, ad, n., see sv asu2.

adhala, aduhala, m. or n., a trap (dropping stones on to the quarry); Sp 383,29/0//. (skaro -psnehi akkanto hoti, tarn palpetukmassa -am krunnena ukkhipato bhandadeyyam ... -am pteti, Be, Ce so; Ee aduhalapsnehi... aduhalam ... adhalam; Se adduhala... adduhalam ... adduhalam); 457,28 (~am sajjento catsu padesu -mancam thapetv psne ropeti); Mp I 35,19 (-satam santhapetv psasatam yojetv, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se aduhala-); Vin-vn 303 (sajjentassa ~am). adejjha1, mfn. [cf S. advaidha], not divided into two parts; united; Ja III 7,21* (damo samdhi manaso adejjho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhejjo; 8,2': samaggabhvena manaso adejjho abhejjasamdhi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhejjo); see also dvejjha. adejjha2, mfn. [S. adhijya; Pali form perhaps by influence of ct explanation], strung (of a bow); Ja III 274,12* (dhanum ~am katvna, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rajjam; 274, is': jiyya saddhim ekato katv ropetv ti attho) = IV 258,24* (Ce, Ee so; Be advejjham; Se adajjham) = Ap 206,4 (Ee so; Be, Ce advejjham; Se abejjham). adeti, adati,pr. 3sg. [S. atti], eats; Jail 183,6* (phlam ce --eyyum msik, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khdeyyum; 183,17': yadi msik phlam khdeyyum); III 296,n* (na vyasam... kakkatako -eyya; cf 296,16': ~eyy ti diyeyya ... na ganhi ti attho); V 31,25* (yam tvam ~esi mamsam); 197,5* (etu bhavamassam' imam ~etu; 197,9' : ~et ti yathsannihitam hram bhunjatu); 493,6* (visam pajnam puriso ~eyya); 496,28* (na tdise bhmipati -emi); VI 106,22* (kkolasangh ca -enti); 365,23* (yendmi tena vadmi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be dadmi; 366,4: yendmi ti yena hatthena dmiti); Patis-a 621,31 (vantam puna na -anti ti attho); Ap-a279,3 (halhalavisam -ati gilati ti); Sadd 436,30 (-anti ajjhoharanti); ada, adi, ? Bv 2:63 (Neranjarya tiramhi pysam ad so jino, Ce, Ee so; Be ada so; Se adi so) = Ja I 16,5* (Be ada. so; Ce, Ee dya; Se adi so) * Bv 20:16 (Be ada. so; Ce, Ee asati; Se adi so); absol. or fut. required, c/"Bv25:19: pyasam paribhunjiya. ado, aor. 2 sg. o/dadti qv. adda1, addam, aor. o/dissati 1 qv. adda2, mfn. [S. rdra], wet, moist; fresh; Abh 753; Ja IV 353,r (udakabharito viya ~o hutv pannyati); VI 309,31* (~am ca pnim parivajjayassu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se allam; 310,3': allam tintam pnim m dahi m jhpayi); ritthaka, m., the fresh seed or fruit of the soapberry tree; Niddl 355,8 (sukanham alkham siniddham ... ~-samnam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se alritthakasamnam; Nidd-al 377,12: ~-samnan ti apanitatacaaddritthakaphalasadisam, addritthasamnan ti pi pli, tass tintakkasadisan ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce bhaddritthakasamnan ti apanitatacabhaddritthakaphalasadisam, samnan ti pi pli; Se alritthakasamnan ti apanitataca-alritthakasamnam, samnan ti pi pli); Vism 249,11 (kes tva pakativannena klak vann, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se alritthakavann); Sp 1083,26 (kanh ~-vann, Be so; Ee alritthakavann; Se alritthikavann; Sp-t[Be] III 294,1 foil.: abhinavritthaphalavann, udakena tintakkapattavann ti pi vadanti); Ps III 384,12 (~-sadisena klavannena); Vibh-a 232,2 (klak vann);

81

 valepana, mfn., newly plastered; MI 86,36 (~ upakriyo pakkhandanti); SIV 187,1 (kutgrasl v bahalamattik ~); -sigivera, n., green (undried) ginger; Ja 1244, I (-am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se alia-); see also addaka, alia1. addaka, n. [S. rdraka], green (undried) ginger; Abh 459 (singiveram tu -am); see also addasingivera, allasirigivera. addakkhi, aor. 3 sg. o/dissati 1 qv. addati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. ardati], moves; begs for; Dhtup 157 (adda gatiycanesu); Dhtum 227 (adda ycanaytrdisv); Sadd 377,3 (adda gatiyam ycane ca: -ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. addeti, [S. ardayati], torments, distresses; Sadd 544,7 (adda himsyam: -eti -ayati); pp addita, mfn. [S. ardita], distressed, pained, tormented; Th406 (kmargena ~o, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be attito) * Thi 77 (~, Ee so; Be, Ce attit; Se addhit) * 89 (-, Ee so; Be, Ce attit; Se addhit); Ja III 261,8 (Klakanni- hutv); Saddh281 (bandhusokena -o); ifc see tutt'-; see also attit. addana, n. [S. ardana], distressing, tormenting; destroying; Sadd 547,25 (gandha scane ~e ca); 554,18 (-am hims); 565,22 (divu -e, -am gandhapimsanan ti vadanti). addava, m. or n. [for ajjava qv, influenced by maddava ?], honesty; Mhv 84:23 (digunpet). addasa, addas, aor. o/dissati 1 qv. a d d 1 , / [S. rdr], the name of a nakkhatta, the sixth lunar mansion; Abh 58; Sadd359,n (migasiro -a punabbasu). add2, aor. 3 sg. o/dissati l qv. ad day ati, pr. 3 sg. [denom.from adda2; cfS. rdrayati], is (or seems to be) wet, moist; Ja IV 351,26* (-ate ayam rukkho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se allyate; 353, r: -ate ti udakabharito viya addo hutv pannyati, Ce, Ee so). addi, m. [S. adri], a stone; a mountain; Abh 605 (pabbato giri selo 'ddi); Sadd429,i6* (-i siluccayo ca ti giripannattiyo im); Mhv 88:116 (in cpd); see also indaniladdikta sv inda. addika, m. [addi + ka2], a stone pillar; ifc see cakkavr -; see also pcinaddikamla. addiftha = adittha qv sv dissati l . addita, mfn., caus. pp o/addati qv. addiyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. ardayati, ardyamna; BHS ardiyamna; but prob, wr for attiyati qv], is afflicted, distressed; Thi 140 (-mi harymi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se, Thi-a 132,5* attiymi). addubandhana, see sv andu. adduva, m. (?), the knee; M i l 137,16 (na ca -ena -am sahghattento gacchati; Ps III 387,15: -na -an ti jannukena jannukam); II 138,5 (na ca -na -am ropetv nisidati). addha1, mfn. see sv addha1. addha2, mfn., see sv addha2. addha3, m., see sv addha(n). addha(n), addha3, m. (sg. nom. addha1, addho; ace. addhnam, addham; instr. addhun, gen. addhuno, loc. addhani, pi. nom. addh; ace. addhe; loc. addhesu, addhsu; iic addha-), an extent of space or time; 1. [S. adhvan], a path, road; a journey; Abh 190 (-);

995 (-0 bhge pathe kle); Vin I 59,n (kacci ttha appakilamathena -nam gat ti); 292,31 (kilanto -nam gamissati); Ja VI 523,27* (digho c'addh suduggamo); Ap 85,20 (-nam patipannassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr addhnam); ifc see kantr' - patiY-, vatt* -; 2. [BHS adhvan] time; Abh 66 (klo 'ddh); 995 (-0 ... kle); D I 17,19 (dighassa -uno accayena); III 216,16 (tayo -, atito - angato - paecuppanno -); Mill 16,24 (evamrpo siyam angatam -nam); SI 140,2 (ye pi te bhante ahesum atitam -nam arahanto sammsambuddh); A II 118,7 (y s dis agatapubb imin dighena -un); Dhp207 (digham -na socati); Sn740 (tanhdutiyo puriso digham -na samsaram) Th215 (samsaram digham -nam); Ja VI 288,12* (tiham ca tarn vsayemu agre yenJ -un anussemu putte); Patisl 52,33 (tayo ~e ... jnti); Mil 49,i\ foil, (kirn pana bhante - atthi ti, koci mahrja - atthi koci n'atthi ti); Spkl 163,26 (addhagatti -am ciraklam atikkant); II249,16 (tesu tisu -esu pacchimavayam anuppatto); Mp III 208,17 (atite -ani); It-al 41,20 (tisu hi -su kinci sankhatam addhvimuttam v asankhatam); Nidd-a I 249,14 (addhagato ti tayo-e atikkanto); 0, -yu, n., duration of life; A II 66,8 (ciram jivmi digham -um plemi ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se digham yum); -ga, mfn. [addha(n) + ga2], old; Mhv 47:44; -gata, mfn. [BHS adhvagata], old; Vin II 188,29 (mahallako -o vayo anuppatto); D I 47,19 (cirapabbajito ~o vayo anuppatto); S I 97,4 (mahallik - vayo anuppatt); Vin-vn 168 (rukkham -am); -g, mfn. and m., going on the road, walking, travelling; a traveller, a wayfarer; Abh 347 (pathiko Mdhag); S I 212,31* (valhakam iv' -, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se valhakam iva panthag) = Thi 55 = Ap 607,23; Dhp 302 (tasm na c' addhag siy); Ja III 95,17* (na h' eva thitam nsinam na saynam na p* -um); anaddhag, mfn., not going on the road, walking through the air; JaV 14,27* (anaddhagnm api devatnam); see also addhna, gataddh (sv gacchati), gataddhi(n) (sv gacchati), ti-y-addha. addhanakha in Ce, Ee, Se at Ja VI 548,26* is prob, wr for andhanakha qv sv andha.. addhaniya, addhaniya, mfn. [from addha(n)], 1. [BHS adhvniya], fit for travelling; Th 529 (sukh ut - bhadante; Th-all 224,9: addhnagamanayogg); 2. lasting a long time; enduring; Vin III 9,25 (uddiseyya ptimokham yatha-y-idam brahmacariyam -am assa ciratthitikam) * Dili 211,5 JaVI 171,31 (uposathakammam -am kareyyan ti); Vism 37,14 (ptimokkhasamvarasilam pi -am hoti ciratthitikam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se addhaniyam); Pp-a215,13 (kodho ... -0 pana hoti); anaddhaniya, anaddhaniya, mfn., not lasting; Ja I 393,3 (anicc khanik... -); Niddl 44,6 (anaddhaniyam jivitam); Vism 37,2; Mp II 69,16 (anaddhaniyam idam tvaklikan ti); see also anaddhaneyya. addhabhavati (and addhbhavati), pr. 3 sg. [adhi + bhavati (or adhi + 2 + bhavati), prob, formed from aor. where there is assimilation of adhi + a5 rather than palatalisation; cf Sadd 627,1 %foll], is master of; governs, controls; Sadd627,i9 (-ati); part.pr.

82

addhbhavanta, mfn., Sn968 (addhbhavanto abhisambhaveyya, -- perhaps mc; Pj II 573, i6: evam piyppiyam abhibhavanto; c / N i d d l 490,30: addh ti ekamsavacanam nissamsayavacanam nikkankhavacanam ...); aor. 3 sg. addhabhavi, SI 39,3* fall. (kirn su sabbam ~ i . . . nmam sabbam -i, Be, Ee so; Ce anvabhavi; Se andhabhavi; Spkl 95,6: 4 ti nmam sabbam abhibhavati anupatati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anvabhavi ti); pp addhabhta, m/h., governed, mastered; dependent; SHI 1,20 (turo te gahapati kayo ~o pariyonaddho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se andabhto); IV 20,33 (sabbam bhikkhave -am, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se andhabhtam; Spkll 363,27: -an ti adhibhtam ajijhotthatam upaddutan ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhibhtam); Sadd79,9foil.; anaddhabhta,mfn., free, ungoverned; M II 223,8; see also andabhta, andhabhta; cans. pr. 3 sg. addhabhveti, makes govern, lets control; Mil 223,9 (na h'eva anaddhabhtam attnam dukkhena -eti dhammikam ca sukham na paricajjati) quoted Sadd 79, w; see also adhibhavati. addhamsiyam in Ee at Ja I 391,22 is prob, wr for amvsiyam qv sv amvsi. addhariya, m. [S. dhvarika, c/adhvaryu], a sacrificing priest; name of a class of brahmans; D I 237, \ofoll. (- brhman tittiriy brhman .. .) addh1, sg. nom. o/addha(n) qv. addh2 (and addham ?), ind. [S. addh], certainly, for sure; truly; surely; Abhll40; VinlV 159, is (ranno evam hoti - imesam katam v karissanti v ti); D I 143, I9 (~ samano Gotamo tena samayena rj v ahosi Mahvijito ... purohito v brhmano); A I 38,12 (-am idam bhikkhave lbhnam yadidam rannakattam...; Mp II 39,23/o//.: -an ti ekamsdhivacanam etam, - idam lbhnam ekamso esa lbhnan ti vuttam hoti... rannakabhvo nma lbhnam ekamso avassabhvit na sakk raiinakena lbham na labhitun ti); Sn47 (~ pasamsma sahyasampadam); Jal 19,17 (~ aham buddho bhavissmi ti); VI 324,24 (~ mayam ajjapanditam passissm ti); Niddl 490,30 (~ ti ekamsavacanam nissamsayavacanam...); with other particles: D I 61,7 (- kho bhante evam sante hoti sanditthikam smannaphalan ti); 120,3 (- vat' assham cittam rdheyyam); S IV 295,27 (~ kho tvam gahapati yam pathamam pucchitabbam tarn pacch pucchasi); Sn 375 (~ hi bhagav tath' eva etam); Ja IV 385,23* (~ have bhikkhu... sammuyhat* eva); 399,2* (~ hi saccam vacanam tav' etam); addh in Ee, Se at Ja V 410,2* is wrfor andh (Be, Ce so). addhna, n. [stem abstracted from ace. of addha(n)], path, road; journey; time; Abh 192 (~am digham anjasam); 1100 (kale dlghanjase -am); D i l 90,10 (idam digham -am sandhvitam samsaritam mamam c* eva tumhkam ca; orpp as action nouns, addhnam as ace. of addha[n]; cf Sv543,3fall.: atha v sandhvitam samsaritan ti sandhvanam samsaranam); Ja III 410,1 (evam -e gate); Mil 49,26 (evam etam digham -am sambhvitan ti); 50,iofoil, (atitassa -assa kirn mlam ... atitassa ca mahrja -assa ... avijj mlam); Vism94,i4 (-n ti maggagamanam); Sp 1101,24 (ekadivasena

gamaniye magge ... dighe - e ...); ifc see atlta-m-addhne (^vacceti2), kantr'-; -kovida, mfn., knowing the way; JaV 194,24* (nham -); -kkhama, mfn., 1. enduring a long journey; A III 30,i (~o hoti padhnakkhamo hoti; Mp III 236, n: dram addhnamaggam gacchanto khamati adhivsetum sakkoti); 2. long-lasting; JaV 508,ir (anaddhaneyyantina -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr addhnakkamam); Sp 191,17 (tattha addhaniyan ti -am (Hghaklikan ti vuttam hoti); neg. anaddhnakkhama, mfn., Nidd-al 155,2 (klavasena anaddhnakkhamam); -magga, m., a road for journeying, a high road; Vin II 119,5 (na ca... aparissvanakena -o pati-pajjitabbo); IV 63,1 (Sket Svatthim -am patipann); Mil 98,6 (-am patipajji); Sp 665,9 (-an ti addhnasankhtam dighamaggam na nagaravithimaggan ti attho, .so read with Be, Ce, Se); -hina, mfn., being under-age, too young; Vin V 129,12 (panca puggal na upasampdetabb -0 angahino ...; Sp 1323,8: - o nma navisativasso). addhbhavati, see sv addhabhavati addhika, m(fn). [addha(n) + ika], a wanderer; a traveller; Vin IV 17,33 (anne pi ~); Ja IV 97,io* (na brhmane ~e titthamne gantabbam; 97,13': -eti addhnam gate); Ap 358,13 (- pathik sabbe, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atthik); Sv270,8 (~ kilant pniyam pivitv paritutth bhattaputam v tanduldini v denti); Dhp-all 166,3 (kantrapatipanno yva icchitatthnam na ppunti tva -0 eva tasmim pana patte gataddhi nma hoti); It-a II 58,24 (- nma pathvino paribbayavihin); ifc see kapan'-, kapaniddhika. addhuva, see sv dhuva. adrbhaka, see sv dbhaka. advraka, mfn. [a3 + dvra + ka2], without a door, without a gate; Ja IV 247,7 (nagare -e); V 81,29* (yath pi assa nagaram mahantam -am yasam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee lrakam; 82,9'fall: yath -assa ayomayanagarassa manussnam upabhogo paribhogo anto va hoti, na abbhantarim bahi nikkhamanti na bhir anto pavisanti aparparam saiicro chijjati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ldvrakassa). advrika, mfn. [a3 + dvra + ika], 1. without a door; Ud-a 333,8 (-am gharam pavittho viya carati); 2. not produced by one of the senses; Ps I 221,10 (~nam ca patisandhibhavangacutivedannam). adhamsiya, mfn. [neg. fpp of dhamsati], not to be violated or overthrown; Saddh 308 (dutthehi ca -0). adhakkhaka, n., ^ee^vadho. adhakkhandha in Ee at JaV 269,19* is prob, wr for adhokkhandha qv sv adho. adhagga, mfn., see sv adho. adhama, mfn. [ts], lowest, worst; most vile; Abh 700; 1070 (-0 kucchite One); A II 72,2* (mohena ~ satt; Ce so; Ee, Se adhamasatt; Be vut satt); Ja II 67,18* (-0 migajatnam siglo); IV 397,1* (ju" narnam - narinda candlayoni dipadkanitth); V431,r (uttamnam ca -nam ca patitth hoti); ifc see vasal-; ' -anna, m [S. adhamarna], a debtor; Abh 470 (~o tu inyiko); 0, -ina, m., a debtor, one under an obligation; Sadd 862,14; -jana, m., low, inferior people; Ja HI

83

324,8' (-'-pasevi ti -am upasevati); - ' -pasevi(n), mfit., consorting with low people; Ja III 323,27* (yo uttamo --pasevi); -'pasevita, mfti. [adhamajana + upasevita1 ],, associated with, attended by, low people; Ja III 324,1* (pass* uttamam - ' -pasevitam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se - ' -pasevim); see also adhara, adho. adhammaka in Ee at JaV 242,24* is prob, wr for adhammika qv sv dhammika. adhara, mfn. and m. [ts], 1. (mfn.) lower, inferior; Abh 930 (~o tisv adho hine); Sadd 267,i foil. (~o patto ~& arani -am bhajanam iti); 2. (m.) the lower lip; the lip; Abh 262; 930 (~o... pume dantacchade); 0 arani,/, the lower of the two pieces of wood used for kindling fire; Vism489,2o; Ps II 91,9 (ayam uttarrani ayam -i ti); o, -0ttha, m. [adhara + otiha2], the lower lip; Ja III 26,10 (~e ca uttarotthe ca); Pj I 45,28 (tato hetthimahanukattaco atha ttaco, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits); -kaya, m., the lower part of the body; M II 137,20 (gacchato ... bhoto Gotamassa -o va injati; Ps III 388,3: hetthimakyo va injati uparikyo ... niccalo hoti); see also adhama, adho. adhi, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns, adjectives, adverbs; preverb to verbs; preposition; before vowels (except i-) taking the form ajjh-; Abh 1177; Sadd 882,25* foil.; I. as prefix to nouns (adjectives, adverbs) expresses: superiority, abundance; 2. as preverb to verbs and their derivatives expresses: up to, towards, into; over, above; in addition to; 3. as separate preposition with loc, and in prepositional cpds expresses: in, in regard to; adhi sometimes alternates with ati or abhi qqv. adhi-apekkhimsu, aor. 3 pi. [of *adhi + ape(k)khati], they regarded, considered; Ap-a452,28 (ajjhpekkimsu tvade ti tasmim desankale -imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhipekkhimsu, prob, wr); see also ajjhpekkhimsu. adhi-olambati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + o2 + lambati], hangs down (over); Spkll 319,I6 (ajjholambeyyun ti... -eyyum, upari lambeyyun ti attho). adhika, mfn. [ts], exceeding, surpassing; superior, predominant; more; too much, in excess; Abh 712; A I 125,22 (ekacco puggalo -ohoti silena samdhin pannya) = Pp 35,34; Ja II 386,16 (sacham imin jtigottabaldihi ~o samno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avikkosamno, perhaps wr); Patis II 202,14 (so tena atireko hoti -0 hoti viseso hoti); Ap 459,2 (annesam - o hutv); Mil 240,10 (-0 v visittho v); Vism682,io (lokiynam ca atthannam sampattinam bhvankle samathabalam -am hoti); Ud-a254,30 (sabbacittnam -tt); Pj II 383,26 (-am aganhanto); Mhv 12:36 (purisnam sahass ca itthiyo ca tato 'dhik); commonly ifc with numerals: having in addition, plus, eg JaV 319,31 (sattamsdhikni sattavassni, seven years and seven months); adhikam, adv., exceedingly; more (than); Jail 425,8* (agghanti maccha -am sahassam); Ap 306,6 (pacchimam sanam mayham -am satam agghati); ifc see una-, java-, thera-, sam-; 0,-akkhara, mfn. [adhika + akkhara1], with (metrically) too many syllables; Sadd 915,22 (-0 pi pdo); -tara, mfn., compar., more

numerous; greater; more eminent; Ja II 89,14 (pathamam khittakandato ~am vegam janetv); Mil 200,25 (samasamo hoti kadci -0 v); Dhp-aIII 176,9 (assu catunnam samuddnam udakato ~wi ti); am, adv., exceedingly, especially; much more; JaV 233,4' (idni ~am tava pasidmi); VI 186,26 (mahsattam eva rabbha -am cintesi); Pv-a 86,10 (adhimattan ti ~am); -satasahassa, n., more than 100,000; A III 50,12 (idam me bhante candanaphalakam agghati ~am); anadhika, mfn., not exceeding; not more; not in excess; Vinll 292,31 (panca bhikkhusatni annni ~ni ahesum); D III 126,i4(sabbkraparipram annam~am); As 127,30 (alobhena ~am ganhti luddhassa adhikagahanato); sdhika, mfn., having something beyond or in addition; and more; exceeding; D II 93,4 (~ navuti... upsak klakat); A I 230,18 (~am idam bhante diyaddhasikkhpadasatam anvaddhamsam uddesam gacchati); Spkll 328,18 (kanhapakkha-upam atthassa asdhik itar - ti); porisa, mfn., more, deeper, than a man's height; MI 74,12 (ahgraksu ~-poris); A III 403,21 (gthakpo ~-poriso); neg. asdhik, mfn., having nothing in addition; Spk II 328, is; see also anvdhika. adhikarana, n. [S., BHS id.], {.supervision, management of affairs; Ap 43,26 (tassdhikaranam deti mittassa patipajjitum); Pv-a 209,19 (eko ~e niyuttakapuriso); ifc ^emudda-; 2. subject of discussion or attention; case, legal question; dispute (in the sangha, to be formally dealt with; see E. Nolot, 1996, pp. 92-115); Abh 868 (vivddo -am); Sadd920,io (yam adhikicca vuccati tarn-am); Vinll %%,\%foll. (cattrimni... ~ni vivddhikaranam anuvddhikaranam pattdhikaranam kiccdhikaranam); 261,2 (na sakkonti tarn -am vpasametum); 305,5 (tasmim... -e vinicchiyamne); DIII 254,n (-nam samathya); A I 53,34 (yasmim ... -e panno ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu); Ja I 148,3 (imam -am vinicchitum); VI 235,15' (saggdhimno ti... saggam -am katv thitacitto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhikram); Mhv 4:25; ifc see anuvd-, patt' -- (^v patti), kicc(^vkaroti), vivd-; 3. cause; Abh 868; A l l 159,2 (-am tarn na hoti yampaccay 'ssa tarn uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkham); ifc see kma-; am, ind., on account of, in consequence of; ifc see kimdhikaranam(^vka3), rakkh-, kma-, yatvdhikaranam (sv yato); 4. receptacle, support; location (the sense of the locative case); Abh 868; 1011; Ps I 9,15 (-am hi klattho ca samhattho ca samayo) * As 61,27 (-am hi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhikranam); Ud-a 254,13 (ptimokkhe ti ~ bhummam, ptimokkhe nissayabhte samvaro); -kraka, m., -krik,/, one who causes disputes or lawsuits; Vin IV 230,30 (bhikkhuni... vivdakrik bhassakrik sanghe adhikaranakrik); A III 252,14 (vivdakrako bhassakrako sanghe -0); -jta, mfn., engaged in disputes; VinV 191,16; -vpasama, m., the settling of a case or dispute; Dhp-alV 33,19 (-'-dike); -vpasamana, n., id.; Vinll 98,3; MpII 166,4 (-'-attham yebhuyyasik pafinatt); -samatha, m., (a method of) settling a case or dispute; VinIV 207,1 (ime ... satta ~); DIU

84

254,10 (satta - uppannuppannnam adhikarannam samathya vpasamya); A V 164,23 (-assa na vannavdi); Ap-a294,n (cheko ~e); anadhikarana, mfn., free from disputes; not giving rise to legal cases; Mil383,21 (yogin... ~ena bhavitabbam anavaksa-krin). adhikaranika, mfn. [adhikarana + ika], disputatious; A V 164,23 (bhikkhu -o hoti adhikaranasamathassa na vannavdi; Mp V 55,22: ~o hoti ti adhikaranakrako hoti). adhikarani, / [Pkt ahigarani], a smith's anvil; Abh 527; Ja III 285,5 (ekam -im ca udakapunnam ca kamsathlam harpeth ti); Mp II 362,8 (-iyarn thapetv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -iyam); As 263,9 (catunnam -inam upari cattro kappsapicupinde thapetv); Dth3:16 (patitthapetv 'dhikaranyam etam ktena ghtpayi dantadhtum); Vin-vn2869. adhikaroti, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhWkr], aims at; refers or alludes to; is concerned with; puts in charge; Sv 500,5 (~oti ti adhikaranam kranass' etam nmam); absol. (a)adhikicca [S. adhikrtya], Vism450,25 (attabhvam adhikicca pavattatt aijhattikam); Sp 593,31 (yam adhikicca rabbha paticca sandhya); Spkl 255,21 (tarn adhikicca vhiyati abhimukham v vhiyati ti adhivacanam; = Pj II 150,3: adhikatv); Sadd 920,9 (yam adhikicca vuccati tarn adhikaranam); (b) adhikacca, Sadd 517,6 (adhikacca ti adhikam katv, akkharacintak pana saddasatthanayam nissya adhikicca iti rparn icchanti); (c) adhikatv, Pj II 150,3 (tarn adhikatv vhiyyati); pp adhikata, mfn. and m. [S. adhikrta], 1. (mfn. and m.) placed at the head; appointed, put in charge; a superintendent, overseer; Abh 343 (ajjhakkho 'dhikato); Pv 21:28 (tassham dnavissagge dne ~o ahum); 2. (mfn.) (i) subject; irresolute, unsure; Mil 144,2 (jano sammlho vimatijto ~o samsayapakkhanno); 224,26 (lokam sammohenti -am karonti); instr.~ensLt adv., by the influence of; ifc see kamma-; (ii) concerned with; referring to; Sadd 749,9 (-'-atthe: itthisu ekam adhikicca kath pavattati s kath adhitthi); fpp (a) adhiktabba, mfn., Ps IV 42,8 (samathehi -ni ti adhikaranni); (b) adhikaraniya, mfn., Sp593,30 (ko pana so adhikaranattho yen' etam ekam hoti ti, samathehi t); 1196,4(~-tya). adhikra, m. 1. [ts] office, employment; supervision; Abh 1004 (yoge 'dhikre ... dhuro); ifc see dn-; 2. [BHS id.] service, help; act of merit; Vin I 55,32 (ko nu kho ... tassa brhmanassa -am sarati ti); Bv 2:58 (pabbajj gunasampatti -o ca chandat); Ap 270,28 (buddho loke samuppanno ~o ca n' atthi me); Mil 49,3/o//. (koci-d-eva puriso raiino -am kareyya rj tuttho -am dadeyya); ifc see kata- (^vkaroti); 3. [ts] introductory word, heading; subject; section; (gr.t.t.) governing word (to be understood in phrases or rules following), rubric; Pj II 248,1 (pro ti ~o); Nidd-al 302,28 (tatth ti tasmim thne tasmim ~Q v); Cp-a 145,7 (ath ti-e nipto); Sadd 648,9 (abhidhtabbe nipphajjate ice etam '-attham veditabbam); 0> -antara, n., 1. a new subject, a change of subject; Pj II 137,4 (kho pana iti idam pan' ettha niptadvayam

padapranamattam ~-dassanattham v ti datthabbam); Cp-a 145,8 (idam ~am uppannan ti dipeti); 2. a new rubric; Sadd 891,28 (~e atha pubbassaralopo tato paran ti attho pi atha dakkhasi bhaddante nigrodham madhurapphalam); -kata, mfn., who has performed a service; who has fulfilled his duties; Ja VI 251,26* (~o ball); anadhikra, m., not a duty; not a service; Sp 1372,23 (~e kathethoti). adhikarana in Ee at As 61,27 is wrfor adhikarana qv. adhikri(n), m(fn). [S. adhikrin], superintendent; commander, governor; Mhv 74:129; 75:185. adhikrika, mfn. [adhikra + ika], referring to; aiming at; ifc see acirakl- (sv cira). adhikicca, absol. of adhikaroti qv. adhikuttana, n. [from *adhi + kutteti], cutting; chopping; Niddl 6,26 (asisnpam km '-atthen ti passanto; Nidd-al 32,12: '-atthen ti chindanatthena); Ps II 103,31 (asisnpam ' -atthena) ^ Thi-a 262,1. adhikuttana,/ [from *adhi + kutteti], a chopping-block; SI 128,26* (sattislpam km khandhsam -) = Thi 58 (khandh 'sam ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khandhnam -; Thi-a 63,23: ~ ti chindandhitthn) = Ap 556,25 (Be, Ce so; Ee khandh pi; Se adhikundar); see also adhikottana. adhikumri, ind. [from adhi + kumri], with reference to a young girl; Sadd 749,n. adhikusala, mfn. [adhi + kusala], of high merit; D III 145,28 (~esu dhammesu); Vibh 352,5 (pantesu v sensanesu annatarannataresu v ~esu dhammesu v arati; Vibh-a 478,23: -es ti samathavipassandhammesu); Ps I 160,13 (~esu dhammesu pantasensanesu ca ukkanth). adhikottana, n. [from *adhi + kotteti], a choppingblock; Abh 521 (sn tu -am; Abh-sci: adhikottanti yasmim tarn -am); see also adhikuttan. adhikodhita, n. or mfn. [adhi + caus. pp o/kujjhati qv], great anger; (or enraged, very much angered;) Ja V 117,5* (m te avisare munca sublham -am, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se adhisare... adhikopitam; cf 119,3': tava hadayam... paresam akusaladhammesu sublham -am kujjhpitam hutv m munca m patitthayat ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se sutthu blham adhikopitam). adhikopita, n. or mfn. [adhi + caus. pp of kuppati #v], great anger; (or enraged, very much disturbed;) Ja V 117,5*(m te adhisare munca sublham -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhikodhitam; cf 119,3': tava hadayam kusalam adhisaritv atikkamitv pavatte paresam akusalakamme sutthu b|ham -am kujjhpitam hutv m munca m patitthayat ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akusaladhammesu; Ee adhikodhitam). adhigam, aor. 1 sg. o/adhiVg qv. adhigacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhigacchati], gets to; attains, acquires; finds; understands; Vin I 228,2 (mahantam bhogakkhandham -ati); D1224,11 (samano v brhmano v kusalam dhammam -eyya); MI 275,15 (~e somanassam); SI 154,18 (sa ce ratim ndhigaccheyya tattha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ndhigacchaye) = Th 142; A I 162,29* (anupubbena nibbnam -anti pandit); Dhp 187 (api dibbesu kmesu ratim so ndhigacchati); It 82,8*

85

(santim evdhigacchati); Thi 51 (attnam ~a Ubbiri); Ja V 266,28* (niray ndhigacchanti dvram nikkhamanesino); Pv7:4 (nibbutim ndhigacchmi); Ap 25,25 (tuvam pi ~ehi gacchma buddhasantikam, Ee, Se so; Be tvam pi tarn adhigacchesi; Ce tvam pi tarn ~hi); adhigacchati in Ee at Sv 921,15 is wr for adhibhavati (Be, Ce, Se so); fut. 3sg. adhigamissati, MI 247,12 (yam no samano Gotamo dhammam adhigamissati tarn no rocessati" ti); 1 sg. (a)adhigamissmi, Niddll (Be) 228,7 (cf Ee 131,16); (b) adhigacchissmi, Niddl 67,2i (~issmi phusayissmi); 3 pl. (a) adhigamissanti, PatisII 55,23 (nekkhammam ... adhigat v -anti v adhigamissanti v); (b) adhigacchissanti, Ps II 117,24 (anvesant pi kirn -issanti); part.pr. adhigacchanta, m/(~antl)w., It-al 92,23 (-antassa); Thi-a 249,15 (may ... ~antiy); neg. anadhigacchanta, mfn., Jal 113,27'; Niddl 440,9; aor 3 sg. (a) ajjhagam, DIU 170,2*; Sn5 (yo njjhagam bhavesu sram); Ja III 450,22* (Udayo ajjhagam mahattapattam); for ajjhagam in eds at VinHI 147,22* = Ja II 285,23* and at Sn379 read jagma qv sv gacchati; (b) ajjhagacchi, ajjhaganchi, Ja V 255,19* (dipam so na ajjhagacchi agati yattha pakkhinam, Eeso; Ce, Se ajjhaganchi; Be najjhagganchi; 256,23' foil. attano patthnam na ajjhagacchi ti adhiganchi ti attho, Ee so; Ce na ajjhaganchi ndhiganchi ti; Se ndhigacchi ti; Be na ajjhag nganchi ti); VI 202,23* (Ce, Ee ajjhaganchi; Be, Se ajjhagacchi); (c)adhigacchi, adhiganchi, DU 352,1 (adhigacchi); JaV 256,24' (adhiganchi ti, Ee so; Ce ndhiganchi ti; Se ndhigacchi ti; Be nganchi ti); Ap-a 133,3; 2sg. (a)ajjhagam, MI 172,9 (tvam ... njjhagam); (b)ajjhagamsi, JaV 171,8* (pucchmi te ngarja tarn attham kaY ajjhagamsi vimnasettham); 1 sg. (a) ajjhagamam, A I 259,14 (yo loke assdo tad ajjhagamam); Ap 49,9 (bodhim ajjhagamam aham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhagamam); (b) ajjhagamim, T h l l 7 (tisso vijj ajjhagamim); (c) adhigamim, Pj II 393,9; (d)adhigacchim, D U 341,19; Thi221 (amatam ~im); (e) adhigacchissam, Sn446 (satta vassni bhagavantam anubandhim ... otram ndhigacchissam sambuddhassa satimato; Pj II 393,9: ndhigacchissan ti ndhigamim); 3pl. (a)ajjhagamamsu, MI 173,11; (b) ajjhagamum, SI 12,13* (pariyesamn njjhagamum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee njjhgamum; perhaps read na ca jagmum^v sv gacchati); 22,7* (nibbnam ev' ajjhagamum sapann) = Ja III 473,2* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhagam); (c) ajjhagamsu, Ja II296,11* (Ce, Ee so; Se ajjhaggamsu; Be ajjhagamum); (d) adhigamimsu, Pj I 194,11; (e)adhigacchimsu, J a l 256,12'; Ipl. ajjhagammase, Ja VI 442,12*; part.perfact. adhigatava(t), mfn., who has attained; Vv-a296,i3 (nibbnam eva v upagate, ~ante ti attho); absol. (a)adhigamma, AIV 447,30 (sannvedayitanirodhe nisamsam adhigamma); Th 1106; Ja III 523,15* (yo shasena adhigamma bhoge); neg. anadhigamma, Pj II 67,23; (b) adhigantv, D I 224,12 (kusalam dhammam adhigantv); Jal 45,n; Ap 342,n; Mil 380,16; neg. anadhigantv, It-aII 99,32; Thi-a 43,i; pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) adhigamiyati, Vism440,32 (~iyati samppuniyati) * Nidd-al 340,19 = Patis-a3,23 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhigammati);

(b) adhigammati, Patis-a3,23 (~ati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be adhigamiyati); pp adhigat, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (m/h.) (i) (pass.) attained; found; understood; VinI 4,33 (~o kho myyam dhammo gambhiro); D i l 34,34 (~o ... vipassanmaggo); Thi 513 (~am idam bahhi amatam); Ja III 329,20* (dhanam ca me ~am); neg. anadhigata, mfh.t I. not attained, what has not been attained; Vin III 91,6 (anadhigate adhigatasanfiino); Vibh 385,24 (anadhigatassa adhigamya); (ii) (act.) having reached; who has attained or understood; Patis II 55,23 (ye hi keci nekkhammam... ~ v adhigacchanti v); JaV 326,27* (adhigat* amh tarne nnam, Ce, Se so; Ee amha; Be adhigam; 327,2': mayam ... iinam adhigat); Kv 302,2 (arahattam pattassa patiladdhassa ~assa); Dhp-aIII 129,5 (arahattam ~o 'smi ti); neg. anadhigata, mfn., who has not attained; Kv 257,n (atthi koci adibbacakkhuko dibbacakkhum appatiladdho anadhigato asacchikato); Vism 699,25 (anadhigatatt); 2. (n.) attaining; understanding; SHI 46,2i (asmi ti c'assa ~am hoti); Ja III 473,7 (utthnaviriyena tassa dhammassa tta utthnaviriydhigato nma); adhigatnam in Ee at Ja IV 435,18' is prob, wrfor abbhgatnam (Be, Ce, Se so); fpp(*) adhigantabba, mfn., MI 93,36 (na... sukhena sukham ~am); It 104,17* (nibbnam -am); Mil 243,17; Vism 219,6 (~assa adhigatatt);Th-aI 234,25 (tya); (b) adhigamaniya, mfn., A l l 69,8 (cattr' imni... sukhni ~ni gihin); Ud-a393,i9 (nibbnassa kicchena tarn dasseti); neg. anadhigamaniya, mfn., Ps II 117,11; caus. pr. 3 sg (a) adhigameti, makes attain, makes reach; Ja III 354, r (param ca punnam -eti); part.pr. adhigamenta, mfn., Pv-a30,n (pete dibbasampattim -entena); ^?/? adhigametabba, mfn., Sp 973,9 (na annena kenaci ~etabban ti anannaneyyam); (b) adhigacchpeti, Ja IV 60,27' (panjarnurpam cakkayugam tam~emi); (c) adhigampeti, Patis-a 623,4 (visesam ~eti); see also adhiVg. adhiganhti, adhigganhti, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + ganhti], 1. surpasses, excels; masters; DIU 146,4 (anne deve dasahi thnehi -ti); SI 87,6* (appamatto ubho atthe ~ti pandito); JaV 120,30* (yni c' etni sabbni ~ti pandito; 122,3': ~ti abhibhavati); Kv 563,3 (buddhassa bhagavato uccrapassvo ativiya anne gandhajte ~fi ti); part.pr. adhiganhanta, mfn., Spkl 338,12 (~antam); aor. 3 sg. adhiganhi, Mp III 242,5; 2. receives; aor. 1 sg. adhiganhim, Th-alll 117,8 (buddhato ganhin ti... satthu santik ~in ti attho); absol. (a) adhigayha, adhiggayha, Vv 17:3 (sasi adhiggayha yath virocati nakkhattarj-r-iva trakganam); Pv 21:63 (sabbe deve adhigayha sambuddho va virocati); Ap 537,29 (evdhipateyyena adhigayha viroc' aham); Kv 528,22 (adhigayha manasikaroti ti); (b) adhiggahetv, It 19,26 (mett yeva tni cetovimutti adhiggahetv bhsate); (c) adhiganhitv, Ja VI 261,19", pp adhiggahita, adhiggahita,mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) excelled; overpowered, possessed; It 103,15* (ye c' assa dhamm akkht smaniiassnulomik ~ tutthassa appamattassa bhikkhuno); Ja III 427,28* (devnam indena ~); Sp 109,6 (Naleruyakkhena ~assa pucimandassa samipe); ifc see

86

kamma-; 2. (n.) overpowering, predominance; possessing; taking; ? Vism 689,9 (rammanassa adhiggahitatt) = Pj II 6,27 (--tt); ifc see kamma-. adhigata, m/h.,/?/?o/'adhigacchati qv. adhigama, m. [ts], acquisition, attainment, esp. attainment of a religious goal; understanding; realisation; VinI 104,4 (pathamassa jhnassa -ya antaryiko); D III 255,12 (appattassa pattiy anadhigatassa -ya); Mill 138,15 (abhabbo phalassa -ya); Sil 139,13 (ariyasvakassa ditthisampannassa puggalassa -am upanidhya aMatitthiyasamanabrlimanaparibbjaknam -0 n' eva satimam kalam upeti); A V 194,7 (dhammam desemi... nyassa -ya); Ja I 406,16 (kataro vo guno laddho ti -am pucchimsu); Nett 91,25 (pancavidham -am adhigacchati); Mil 215,29 (-nam pariyatGnam); Vism 442,16 (tattha -o nma arahattapatti); Spkll 204, is (patipattiy hyamnya -o hyati); Dhp-aIV 90,20 (attano-ena tutthamnaso); ifc see vises-, veda-; -vyatti,/, manifestation or knowledge of the attainment; Pj I 103,13; Vism 214,28 (~ito); anadhigama, m., lack of attainment; MI 81,33 (imiss yeva ariyya pannya ~); Ps II 287,30 (lokuttaramaggassa ~o). adhigamana, n. [ts], acquisition; attainment; Pj I 39,13 (sayasuddhiy '-attham); Dhp-aIII 192,1 (saggassa -ena); Sadd334,2o (-am); anadhigamana, ., lack of attainment; Pj I 70,18 (adhigantabbassa assdassa ~ato). adhigampana, n. [from adhigampeti], causing to attain or understand; Nidd-al 296,1 (amatappaksakya v dhammadesanya amatassa -ato amatassa data); Patis-a 622,27 (kathitassa atthassa -am nijjhattibalam). adhigampeti, caus.pr. 3 sg. qfadhigacchati qv. adhigameti, caus.pr. 3 sg. of adhigacchati qv. adhigamma, absol. o/adhigacchati qv. adhigayha, absol. o/adhiganhti qv. adhWg, [S. adhiVg], attains, finds; understands; aor. 3 sg. ajjhag, S I 228,15 (Sakko sakkattam ajjhag); Dhp 154 (cittam tanhnam khayam ajjhag); Sn225 (yad ajjhag Sakyamuni samhito); for ajjhag in Be, Ce, Ee at SI 12,io* and 23,5* read g qv sv Vg; 2sg. ajjhag, VinI 9,23 (tvam... n' ev' ajjhag uttarimanussadhammam); D I 223,2 (tvam bhikkhu ... imassa panhassa veyykaranam njjhag); Vv 34:7 (visesam vipulam ajjhag, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajjhat); 1 sg. (a)adhigam, Thi 122 (bhattacolassa ndhigam); (b) ajjhagam, ajjhag, Vv 32:7 (visesam ajjhag); Thi 67 (cittass' upasam' ajjhagam); Ja VI 180,3* (ajjhagham manim imam); Ap 380,23 (njjhagam katthaci kkhayam); neg. anajjhagam, Th 405 (accharsanghtamattam pi cetosantim anajjhagam; Th-all \139ifolL: cetaso samdhnam na labhim); 3 pi. (a)ajjhagu, ajjhagum, Sn330 (sutassa pannaya ca sram ajjhag); Pv 36:86 (smannaphalni ajjhagum); Ja I 256,7* (sabbe te vyasanam ajjhag,^, Ce, Ee so; Se ajjhagum); III 38,7* (na te samatham ajjhag); ajjhag in Ee at Th 663 is wr for accag qv sv atiVg; (b) ajjhagamsu, D II 275,9* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ajjhagamamsu); Jail 296,11*

(Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ajjhagamum); see also adhigacchati. adhiggahita, adhiggahita, mfh., pp o/adhiganhti qv. adhicinna, mfn. [pp of *adhi + carati], thought out, pondered; D18,14 (~am te viparvattam, ropito te vdo, Be, Seso; Cecinnam; Ee avicinnam; Sv91,i4/o//.: yam tuyham dlgharattcinnavasena suppagunam tarn mayham ekavacanen' eva viparvattam) = M i l 244,1 (Be, Se so; Cecinnam; Ee avicinnam) = S III 12,io; (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce cinnam) = V 419,10 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se cinnam) = Niddl 173,io (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce cinnam); see also cinna. adhicitta, n. [BHSid; see BHSD sv Siks], a higher form of thought; meditation; Patis I 46,18 (avikkhepaprisuddhi -am); Niddl 143,3 (bhgi v bhagav... adhisilassa ~assa adhipanny ti); Mp II 346,4 foil. (kmvacaracittam pana cittam nma, tarn updya rpvacaram -am nma, tarn pi updya arpvacaram -am nma); see also abhicitta. adhicittam, ind. [adhi + ace. of citta1; taken by cts as ace. of adhicitta; cf Sadd 748,2 foil.], as regards thought; as to meditation; Vin III 235,3 (bhikkhuniyo ... rincanti uddesam paripuccham adhisilam -am adhipannam); A I 236,8* (adhisilam -am ca adhipannam ca viriyav); 240,17 (bhikkhuno adhisilam pi sikkhato -am pi sikkhato adhipannam pi sikkhato); 254,11 (santi -am anuyuttassa bhikkhuno olrik upakkiles; cfMp II 362,12: -an ti samathavipassancittam); Nidd I 149,5 (adhisilam pi sikkheyya -am pi sikkheyya adhipannam pi sikkheyya); Patis I 167,17 (samathanimittupatnekattam ca -am anuyuttnam; cf Patis-a 543, nfoll.: vipassanya pdakabhvena adhicittasankhtam samdhim anuyuttnam, Be, Se so). adhicittasikkh, / [adhicittam (or adhicitta) + sikkh], training in (higher) thought, in meditation; Vin III 24,13 (tisso sikkh adhisllasikkh - adhipannsikkh; Sp 244,28: vipassanpdakam atthasampatticittam pana adhicittan ti vuecati) * DIU 219,13; MI 324,28 (tibbpekh hoti adhisilasikkhya -ya adhipanfisikkhya); Niddl 39,2o/o//. (katam ~); Spkl 104,is (purimapadena hi adhisllasikkh kathit dutiyapadena adhipannsikkh cittavpasamena - ti evam imya gthya sakalam pi ssanam paksitam eva hoti). adhicitte, ind. [adhi + loc. of citta1; taken by cts as loc. of adhicitta], in regard to thought, to meditation; VinI 70,17 (na tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucchya adhisile-e adhipanny; Sp 993,2: -e ti lokiyasamdhibhvanya); A III 106,7 (te pi na sakkhissanti vinetum adhisile -e adhipanny); Dhp 185 (-e ca yogo etam buddhna ssanam; cf Dhp-aIII 238,5: -e ti atthasampattisankhte adhikacitte); Th591 (-e ca yogo; Th-all 252,36: -e ca yogo ti samathavipassansu anuyogo bhvan); Vibh 325,29 (rupvacara-arpvacarasampattim sampajjantassa y pann ... ayam vuecati -e panii). adhicuppatti in Ee at As 23 8,30 is wr for adhiecuppatti qv sv adhicca2. adhiceta(s), mfn. [adhi + ceta(s)], attentive; Vin IV 54,16* (-aso appamajjato munino; c^Sp801,i6 -aso ti adhicittavato sabbacittnam adhikena arahattaphalacittena

87

samanngatass ti attho) = Ud43,20* = Th68; c/Udna-v4:7: adhicetasi m pramadyate); see also abhiceta(s). adhicca1, ind., absol o/adhiyati qv. adhicca2, mfn. and ind. [perhaps = adhicca1], 1. (mfn.) fortuitous, occurring by mere chance; rare; S V 457,3 (-am idam bhante yam so kno kacchapo ... amusmim ekacchiggale yuge givam paveseyy ti evam -am idam bhikkhave yam manussattam labhati; Spklll 302,10: idam adhiccuppattikam); adhiccena, adv., without causerarely; Ap-a488,9 (-ena akranena); 2. (ind.) fortuitously, without cause or reason; rarely; only He; '-pattika, mfn., rarely or occasionally offending; VinV 115,19 (~o puggalo); MI 443,22 (ekacco bhikkhu ~o hoti anpattibahulo; Ps III 154,16: ~o ti kadaci kadci pattim pajjati); ' -uppatti, / , occasional appearance; As 238,30 (~iy); '-uppattika, mfn., appearing without a cause; rarely appearing; Ap 302,8 (ayam ca buddho uppanno -o muni); 419,22 (- buddha; Ap-a 488,9: adhiccena akranena uppattik sayambht); -laddha, mfn., obtained by chance, without a cause; Vv 84:22 (-am parinmajam te sayamkatam udhu devehi dinnam; Vv-a341,i6: -an ti adhiccasamuppattikam yadicchakam laddhan ti attho) * JaV 171,9* (171, is': -an ti ahetun laddham); -samuppattika, mfn., appearing without a cause, fortuitously; Vv-a341,i6; -samuppanna, mfn., arisen fortuitously, without cause or reason; connected with fortuitous or causeless origination; D I 28,2i (-am attnam ca lokam ca pannpenti; Sv 118,7: -an ti akranasamuppannam); III 33,15 (-am cariyakam aggannam pannpenti); S II 22,25 (kirn... -am sukhadukkhan ti) * Vibh377,3; Vism 209,28foil, (catubbidham v nmam vatthikam ... -an ti, -am nma lokiyavohrena yadicchakan ti vuttam hoti... vacanattham anapekkhitv pavattam -am); Sv 118,5/o//. (-0 att ca loko ca ti dassanam -am); -samuppannika, mfn., (one) who believes in fortuitous or causeless origination; D I 28,20 (eke samanabrhman -); Ps I 70,29 (-ass' eva sassataditthi) * Patis-a 419,13. adhiceak, / [S. adhityak], tableland, plateau; Abh610. adhijayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhWji], wins especially; wins in addition; Patis-a 265,15 (loke visesena jayanto -afi ti). adhijeguccha, n. [adhi + jeguccha], higher or superior scrupulousness; Sv 359,20 (-an ti idha jigucchya bhvo jeguccham, uttamam jeguccham). adhijeguccham, ind. [adhi + ace. of jeguccha], as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness; D I 174,24 (yvat... ariy param tapojigucch nham tattha attano samasamam samanupassmi kuto bhiyyo, atha kho aham eva tattha bhiyyo yadidam -am; cfSv 359,2i: idha jigucchya bhvo jeguccham, uttamam jeguccham -am). adhijegucche, ind. [adhi+ loc. of jeguccha], as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness; D I 176,2 (tassham ~e panham puttho vyksim); III 40,13 (tvam mam Nigrodha sake cariyake -e panham puccha);

Sv 362,3 (paribbjako -e viriyena ppajigucchandhikre panham pucchi). adhitthahati, seesv adhititthati. adhitthtabba, mfn.,fpp o/adhititthati qv. adhitthtabbaka, mfn. [adhitthtabba + ka2], which are to be formally taken possession of, formally designated; Sp 646,17 (esa nayo sabbesu -esu civaresu, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee -civaresu); 647,2. adhitthti, see sv adhititthati. adhitthna, n. (and mfn. ?) [S., BHS adhisthna], 1. (n.) support, basis; standpoint; abode; determination, resolution; fixing the mind on; determining, controlling, producing (by supernatural power); taking (formal) possession of designating; Abh 1032; 1177; Vin I 34,7 (bhagavat -na panca katthasatni na phliyimsu); V 117,37 (dve pattassa - kyena v adhittheti vcya v adhittheti); DIU 229,18 (cattri -ni: panndhitthnam, saccdhitthnam, cgdhitthnam, upasamdhitthnam; Sv 1022,29fall: -ni ti ettha adhi ti upasaggamattam, atthato pana tena v titthanti tattha v titthanti thnam eva v tarn tarn gundhiknam purisnam -am); Sil 17,i6 (cetaso -am abhinivesnusayam na upeti; SpkII 33,19: cittassa patitthnabhtam); A III 363,29 (khattiynam pi bhavam Gotamo jnti adhippyam ca upavicram ca -am ca abhinivesam ca); Jal 23,27 (tasmim ~e niccalo bhaveyysi); IV 376,21 (bodhisattnam -am nma samijjhati); Patis II 82,8 (cittassa -ya maggo c' eva hetu ca); Ap 6,3 (-am pretv); Nett 119,23 (cattri -ni); Mil 309,8 (annatarassa - parinibbutassa cetiye ptihiram hoti); Ps V 51,14 (ettha -am vuecati patitth); It-aII 10,35 (phassapaccay vedan ti hi vacanato phasso vedanya -am); Vism 331,21 (0,-atthena yatanam); ifa see upasam-, catu-r--(5vcatu[r]), cga-, dhamm-, pann-, puggal-, sacca-; 2. (mfn.) consisting in determining, controlling; concerned with the standpoint or basis; ? Patis II 174,21 (dasa iddhibalni, ~ iddhi vikubban iddhi manomay iddhi..., or ab I ?); 207,i (katam - iddhi); Pet 104,4 (yam ekattatya ca vemattatya ca finam vimamsan tulan ayam -o hro); Nett 72,s/o//, (katamo -o hro); ' -iddhi, -iddhi,/, the magic power of determining, producing by resolve; Patis-a 666,3 (pakativannam avijahitv adhitthnavasena annassa dassanam -i nma); As 15,5 (ayam ca n' eva buddhnam adhitthna-iddhi, bhvanmay iddhi); '-gago in Ee at Sp 704,26 is wr for 0, -upago (Be, Ce, Seso); -prami,/, the perfection of resolution (the eighth of the ten perfections); Jal 23,3o; Bv 2:151 (tad 'dakkhim atthamam -im); Ap-a 51,9 (jivitam pi cajitv vatarn adhitthahantassa -pramit paramatthaprami nmajt); anadhifthna, n., not a support; not determining; not fixing one's mind on; lack of resolve; not taking formal possession; Vin V 128,35 (-am avikappan; Sp 1334,12: ganabhojane anfiatra samay ti vuttam samayam adhitthahitv bhojanam adhitthnam nma, tath akaranam -am); Mil 235,10 (sabbaso kmasamyojannam ~); Vibh 350,27 (-am ananuyogo pamdo; Vibh-a469,1: -an ti kusalakarane patitthbhvo); Sp658,i (pathamakathinasikkhpade -am

88

avikappanam ca). adhitthyaka, adhitthyika, mfn. [S. adhisthyaka], controlling, supervising; ifc see kamm-, kammanta-, vaj-. adhitthyti ti in Ee at Sp 448,14 is wr for adhitthy ti (Be, Ce, Se so). adhitthita, mfn., pp o/adhititthati qv. adhittheti, see sv adhititthati. adhititthati, adhitthahati, adhitthti, adhittheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhitisthati; BHS also adhisthahati, adhisthihati], stands upon, depends upon; mounts; stands over, supervises; controls; designates, takes (formal) possession of (robe, bowl etc); resolves on, fixes the mind on, undertakes; resolves, determines, produces (by supernatural power); adhititthati: A III 354,20* (nirmisam sukham laddh upekham ~ati); Ja IV 134,5* (kena Samvara vattena sanjte ~asi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhititthasi; 134,16': abhibhavitv titthasi); 433,12* (yutto ratho mahrja yutto ca balavhano ~a mahrja; 433,15': ~ ti abhirha); Vism 582,13 (jarmaranam pi khandhnam pkabhedabhvam ca adhititthati); part.pr. adhititthamna, mfn., Cp-a280,6; adhitthahati: VinI 125,2i (no ce -eyya patti dukkatassa); A III 375,21 (viriyasamatam ~a); V 335,2 (vassvsam upagaccheyyum tattha kammantam c' eva ~issmi); Vv 84:38 (dhammnuyogam ca ~tha; Vv-a346,n: ~tha anusikkhatha); Jail 386,6* (padas ca ~a); Ps III 368,7 (buddha utthysan titthanti v cankamam v ~anti); Th-a III 140,28 (bahum nma kammam na karaye na ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhititthahe); part.pr. (a) adhitthaha(t), mfn., A IV 92,18* (sippam vanijjam ca kasim ~am); PatisI 187, H (cittam ~ato); neg. anadhitthaha(t), mfn., Vism 706,11 (anadhitthahato pana aggi-dii vinassati); (b) adhitthahanta, mfn., VinV 16,n (~antassa); A V 333,31 (buddhnussatim ... kammantam ~anto pi bhveyysi); (c) adhitthahna, mfn., Ud61,22* (etam satim bhikkhu ~no); adhitthti: Vin I 308,32 (tassa matakacivaram ~ti); D III 258,27 (so tarn cittam dahati tarn cittam ~ti tarn cittam bhveti); A I 115,19 (ppaniko pubbanhasamayam na sakkaccam kammantam -ti); PatisII 207,21 (finena ~ti bahulo homi ti bahulo hoti); Mil 3 09,11 (arah... ~ti evamnmacetiye ptihiram hot ti); Sp643,i4 (navarn sahghtim hatthena gahetv imam sanghtim ~mi ti cittam bhogam katv); Mp III 390,18 (saddhdinam indriynam samatam samabhvam ~hi); inf. adhitthtum, [S. -sthtum], VinI 115,11 (ekena -tum na me tarn khamatiti); 299,21 (anujnmi bhikkhave tena bhikkhun tni civarni -tum mayh' imni civarni ti); Ja III 512,26 (jaram patv kammantam -tum nsakkhi); adhittheti: Vin II 159,27 (ye pi bhikkh navakammam ~enti); III 197,28 (anpatti anto dasham -eti vikappeti ...); Sn 151 (etam satim ~eyya); Th560 (etam suddham -ehi ekamantam svadhitthitam); absol. (a) adhitthy, [S. -sthya], D II 99,11 (jivitasankhram adhitthy vihareyyan ti; Sv 547,8: adhitthahitv pavattetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee adhititthitv, prob, wr); MII 262,10 (abhibhuyya lokam adhitthy manas); Ja IV 91,30 (na kujjhissmi ti adhitthy);

Cp 2:2:3 (caturo ange adhitthy semi vammikamuddhani); Vism 688,19 (mahrukkhe pathavitalarn adhitthy ... thite); neg. anadhitthya, Th 766 (anadhitthya attnam); (b) adhitthahitv, Vin III 74,36 (adhitthy ti adhitthahitv npeti evam vijjha evarn pahara evam ghtehi ti; cf Sp 445,24: adhitthahitv ti samipethatv); PatisI 111,1g; JaV 163,26; Mil309,22; neg. anadhitthahitv, Vism 406,16 (hatthi homi ti anadhitthahitv); Sp916,n; (c) adhitthitv, Sadd354,s; aor. 3 sg. (a) adhitthahi, D III 159,28 (akkodham ca adhitthahi); Th 1131 (satth ca me lokam imam adhitthahi aniccato addhuvato asrato); Ja III 445,11 (uposatham adhitthahi); Vism 430,17 (dip m nibbyims ti adhitthahi); (b)adhitthsi, JaV 291,7 (tni pana rpni Pabhvati yeva passatti adhitthsi); Ap 155,8 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhitthahi); Vism 391,33 (yath nam manuss passanti evam adhitthsi); Mhv 17:53; pp adhitthita, mfn. and n. [S. adhisthita], \.(mfn.) (i) (pass.) stood upon; determined, managed, supervised; resolved on, undertaken; brought under control; possessed, designated, formally taken possession of; used; Vin I 57,27 (panitnam bhattnam bhattapatipti ~ hoti); SI 36,25*foil, (kimsu sdhu ~am ... saddh sdhu ~); Ja I 273,11 (Silesalomayakkhena nma ~am ekam atavim ppuni); VI 184,17 (uposatho ~o); Vism 36,23 (satiy ~nam indriynam); Pv-a 141,4 (tena ... kammant ~ ahesum); (ii) (act.) standing upon, mounted upon; resolving on; fixing one's mind on; Sn 820 (ekacariyam ~o); Jail 192,14* (akkodhanam ~o); VI 125,4* (dibbam ynam ~o; 125,7: ~o ti dibbayne thito hutv); Vv 63:30 (so titthasi hemarathe ~o); 2. (n.) supervising; Vin III 87,17 (alam vuso kirn gihinam kammantam ~ena); neg. anadhitthita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) not determined or fixed; not taken possession of; not resolved on, not undertaken; Vin III 196,19 (atirekaclvaram nma anadhitthitam avikappitam); Ja III 445,21 (pto va anadhitthitatt sakalam uposathakammam na hoti); 2. (n.) the not determining, lack of resolve; the not formally taking possession; VinI 258,3 (bhikkhu atthatakathino clvaram dya pakkamati anadhitthitena n' ev' assa hoti paccessan ti na pan* assa hoti paccessan ti); 299,22 (tassa ce ... bhikkhuno tarn clvaram anadhitthite anno bhikkhu gacchati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ena, prob, wr); dvdhitthita, mfn., improperly taken possession of; VinI 308,36; svadhitthita, svdhitthita, mfn., well fixed upon, well resolved on; properly taken possession of; VinI 308,32 (tassa matakacivaram adhitthti svadhitthitam); S V 278,31 (lokasann suggahit hoti divsann svdhitthita); A IV 418,25 (na bhveti na bahulikaroti na svadhitthitam adhitthti); Th560 (etam suddham adhitthehi ekamantam svadhitthitam); PatisI 172,26 (yasmim vatthusmim cittam svadhitthitam hoti); fpp adhitthtabba, mfn., VinI 125,20 (ajja me uposatho ti ~am); V140,i8 (ekdasa civarni ~ni); A III 186,5 (kammassakat tasmim puggale ~); Vism 394,22 (kso hot ti ~o kso yeva hoti); Sp 643,4 (ticivaram adhitthahantena rajitv kappabindum datv pamnayuttam eva ~am).

89

adhitthi, ind. [adhi + itthi], concerning a woman; Vism 349,22 (loke itthisu kath ~i ti vuccati); Sadd 749,n. adhideva, m. [ts]9 a superior or supreme god; one above the gods (see K.R. Norman, 1977, pp. 329 fall.; 1981a, pp. 145 foil.); MII 130, B (kirn pana bhante atthi ~ ti, so read with K.R. Norman, 1981a, p. 1501 eds atthi dev ti); 132,26foil. (- mayam... bhagavantam apucchimh, ~e bhagav vyksi); 212,27 (kinnu kho bho Gotama atthi dev ti, thnaso m' etam Bhradvja viditam yadidam atthi ~ ti, so read with K.R. Norman, 1977, pp. 331-35 ? Be yadidam ~ ti; Ce, Ee, Se yadidam atthi dev ti); Sn 1148 (~e abhinfiya sabbam vedi parovaram; Niddll 173,27foil: bhagav sammutideve ~ti abhinfiya upapattideve ~ ti abhinfiya visuddhideve ~ ti abhinnya, Be, Ce, Seso; Nidd-a II 94,3I foil.: ~e abhinfiya ti -kare dhamme fiatv ... attano ca parassa ca 0-ttakaram sabbam dhammajtam vedi ti vuttam hoti); Ps III 454, n (susudrak pi hi dev nma honti deviyo nma honti, dev pana ~ nma, loke dev devi ti laddhanmehi manussehi adhik ti attho, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se atidev); Sadd 752,28 (atireko devo atidevo evam ~o); see also atideva. adhiddhamsiyati in Ee at Pet 203,15 is wr, prob, for ativassiyati qv sv ativassati. adhinam in Ee at Pet 182,8 is wrfor adhinam (Be, Ce so). adhipa, m. adhip, / [ts], ruler, chief; lord, master; female ruler; Abh 725 (~o); Vv-a 314,26 (traknam ~o hutv dissati); Ap-a 310,28 (baldhipo caturanginisenya ~o padhno); ifc see Jana-, traka-, dhamm-, pamada-, bal-, manuj-, loka-; see also attdhipaka sv atta(n). adhipaggharanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *adhi + pa(g)gharati], flowing very much, flowing over; Thi-a258,33 (sabbaklam ~antam). adhipacca, see sv dhipacca. adhipajjati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + pajjati], falls into; attains; AIV 96,15* (anattham ~ati; Mp IV 48,7: anattho me gahito ti sallakkheti); pp adhipanna, mfn. and n.t 1. (mfn.) (i) fallen into; having done wrong; Thi 345 (kmesu ~nam dissate vyasanam bahum); Ja III 38,n* (yo paresdhipannnam sayam sandhtum arahati; 38,24': paresam ~nam dosendhibhtnam apardhakraknam); V 379,14* (asmkam ~nam khamassu; 379, \r: dosena apardhena ajjhotthatnam); (ii)fallen into the power of; assailed by (instr. or ifc); SI 72,14* (antakendhipannassa); Dhp 288 (antakendhipannassa n' atthi fitisu tnat); Ja V 91,5* (~ piscena; 91,25': ~ ti ajjhotthat); Sp 229,9 (phutth ti ~ abhibht); ifc see tanha-; 2. (n.)what is done wrongly, a fault; Ja III 38,9* (yo cdhipannam jnti; 38,22': attan ~am atikkantam asmim katam dosam); see also ajjhpajjati. adhipaflflam, ind. [adhi+ ace. o/pann; taken by cts as ace. of adhipanna], as regards wisdom; VinUI 235,3 (bhikkhuniyo ... rincanti uddesam paripuccham adhisilam adhicittam ~am); D I 174,29 (yvat... ariy param pafin nham tattha attano samasamam samanupassmi kuto bhiyyo, atha kho aham eva tattha bhiyyo yadidam ~am, Be, Seso; Ce, eadhipanna; c/Sv 359,26: y ayarn ~ nma aham eva ettha bhiyyo ti); A I 236,8* (adhisilam adhicittam ca -am ca viriyav); Nidd I 149,6 (adhisilam pi

sikkheyya adhicittam pi sikkheyya -am pi sikkheyya). adhipanfiatti1, ind. [adhi + pannatti], with regard to exposition; D i l i 138,2i/o//. (aham eva tattha bhiyyo yadidam ~i; but cf Sv 916,35foil.: pannatti nma ditthipanfiatti, ~i nma khandhapannatti dhtupannatti... puggalapannatti ti ca vutt cha pafifiattiyo). adhipaiiflatti2, / [adhi + pannatti], higher or superior exposition; Sv916,35foil.: pannatti nma ditthipannatti, ~i nma khandhapannatti dhatupanfiatti yatanapanfiatti indriyapahnatti saccapannatti puggalapannatti ti ca vutt cha pafifiattiyo ... etthpi bhagav pannattiy pi anuttaro ~iy pi anuttaro). adhipafifi, / [BHS adhiprajn; see BHSD sv Siks], higher, superior wisdom or knowledge; Patis I 46,20 (dassanaprisuddhi ~); Nidd I 143,4 (bhgi v bhagav... adhisilassa adhicittassa ~y ti); Sv 1003,io (kammassakatannam panfi vipassan ~); Nidd-a I 121,4 (maggaphalapafifi va ~). adhipafifiya, ind. [adhi+ loc. o/pann; taken by cts as loc. of adhipanna], in regard to wisdom; Vin I 70, I i (na tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucchya adhisile adhicitte ~ya; Sp993,3: ~y ti lokuttaramaggabhvanya); Mil 10,3 (mama svak ~ya sambhventi); A III 106,7 (te pi na sakkhissanti vinetum adhisile adhicitte ~ya); Vibh 325,31 (catsu maggesu catsu phalesu panfi ayam vuccati ~ya panfi). adhipaflflsikkh, / [adhipannam (or adhipanna) + sikkh], training in (higher) wisdom; Vin III 24,13 (tisso sikkh adhisilasikkh adhicittasikkh -; cf Sp 245,10: tilakkhanaparicchedakam pana vipassanfinam ~ti vuccati s h i . . . sabbalokiyapannnam adhik c* eva uttam ca) * D III 219,n; MI 324,28 (tibbpekh hoti adhisilasikkhya adhicittasikkhya ~ya); Niddl 40,i/o//, (katam ~); Spkl 104,Ii (purimapadena hi adhisilasikkh kathit dutiyapadena ~ cittavpasamena adhicittasikkh ti evam imya gthya sakalam pi ssanam paksitam eva hoti). adhipatati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + patati], 1. flies past; Ja IV 111,22* (~ati vayo khano tath' eva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be atipatati; 112,9': ativiya patati sigham atikkamati); 2. falls on; rushes against, attacks; aor. 3 sg ajjhapatt qv; absol. adhipatitv, Ud8,n (Bhiyam Druciriyam gvi tarunavacch ~itv jivit voropesi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhiptetv; Ud-a95,3o: ~itv ti abhibhavitv madditv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhibdhetv ti) ^ 49,35 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhiptetv); Pj II 572,32 (sesamakkhik hi tato tato ~itv khdanti); caus. pr. 3 sg. adhipteti1, makes fall; lays low; Pj II 585,16 (avijj muddh ti... arahattamaggavijj... tarn muddhnam ~eti; or from adhipteti2); absol. adhiptetv, Ud 8,17 (Bhiyam Druciriyam gvi tarunavacch ~etv jivit voropesi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be adhipatitv); see also ajjhapatv, atipatati. adhipatatta, w., abstr. [prob, adhipati + tta], mastery, predominance; Patis I 2,22 (~ pann sannvivatte finam; Patis-a48,i2: - pann ti nekkhammdinam adhipatibhvena nekkhammdini adhikni katv tadadhikabhvena pavatt panfi ti attho); 107,28fall. (katharn - panfi sannvivatte finam ...).

90

adhipatv, ind. [absol o/*adhi + ppunti ?], reaching', Bv-a 184,24 (tarn ajjhappatv ti tarn sonarukkham patv adhipatv, upagamm ti attho). adhipatana, n. [from adhipatati], falling on; flying against; Ud-a355,2i (te hi dlpasikham ~ato adhiptak ti adhippet); Thi-a248,36 ([skatikakulamhi] inyiknam purisnam -bahule bahhi inyikehi abhibhavitabbe). adhipati, m. [ts], ruler, master, owner; controller, dominant influence; Abh725; A I 148,7 (so attnam yeva ~im karitv, Be, Ce, Mp II 243,33 so; Ee adhipateyyam; Se dhipateyyam); Pv 38:1 (raja Pingalako nma Suratthnam ~i ahu); Ja IV 223, I* (issarnam ~inam na tesam pdato care); Nidd I 489,6 (yo so Mro kanho ~i antag Namuci); Dhs 1034 (ariyamaggam -im karitv ye uppajjanti cittacetasik dhamm); Mil 278,16 (rj atipunnatya ~i); Vism385,n (chandasamdhi, kattukamyatchandam ~im karitv patiladdasamdhiss' etam adhivacanam); Nidd-a II 37,io (chasu devalokesu -tt ~i); ifc see att- (sv atta[n]), citta- (sv citta1), tidas-; see also adhipatatta, dhipati. adhipateyya, see sv dhipateyya. adhipatthita, mfit. [pp of *adhi + pattheti], desired, wished; longed for; D I 120,2 (yam kankhitam yam adhippetam yam ~am, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhipatthitam) * 11236,4 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhipatthitam). adhipanna, mfn.,pp o/adhipajjati qv. adhip,/, see sv adhipa. adhiptikankha, mfn. [adhi + ptikankha], (especially) to be desired or expected; ? Pet 210,18 (so te dhamme ~ ti evam lakkhanam nnam vijj lokam vaddheti, Be, Ee so; Ce adhiptikankhati; passage corrupt; see Nnamoli, 1979, p. 284). adhipta1, m. [from adhipteti1 (or adhipteti2], making fall; injuring; (or splitting); ifc see muddh-. adhipta2, m. [from adhipatati], flying insect; moth; Ud 72, is* (patanti pajjotam iv' ~, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce adhiptak); Pj II 572,33 (tato tato adhipatitv khdanti tasm ~ti vuccanti); ifc see dams-. adhiptak, adhiptika, m. [adhipta2 + to?], flying insect; moth; Ud72,9 (sambahul ~ tesu telappadipesu ptapariptam anayarn pajjanti; Ud-a355,2o: ~ ti patangapnak, ye salabh ti pi vuccanti); Niddl 484,22 (~ vuccanti sabb pi makkhikyo, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se adhiptika). adhipti(n), mfn. [from adhipteti1 (or adhipteti2)], making fall, injuring; (or splitting); ifc see muddh-; see also adhipta1. adhiptimokkha, n. [adhi + ptimokkha], the extension to the rule of discipline; the further code of discipline; VinV 1,18 (kim tattha ptimokkham kim tattha ~am); 2,20 (pannatti ptimokkham vibhatti ~am; Sp 1303,29foil.', yo pana bhikkh ti din nayena vuttamtik pannatti vinayo ti attho, vibhatti ti pdabhjanam vuccati); Ps IV 38,io (bhikkhu uttarimanussadhammam ullapati patti prjikass ti din nayena parivre cha sikkhpadni tni thapetv sesni sabbasikkhpadni ~am nma; cf Vin V 99,5 foil); 38,12 (ajjhjivam ~am ca rabbha uppannavivdo nma).

adhiptimokkhe, ind. [adhi + loc. of ptimokkha], concerning the code of discipline; M i l 245,17 (sanghe vivdam janeyyum ajjhjive v -e v; cf Ps IV 38,io: bhikkhu uttarimanussadhammam ullapati patti prjikass ti din nayena parivre cha sikkhpadni tni thapetv sesni sabbasikkhpadni ~am nma). adhipteti1, caus. pr. 3 sg. of adhipatati qv. adhipteti2, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [for *adhipteti ?], splits, cuts; Ja IV 337,14* (psam ca tyham ~ayissam; 337,16': ~ayissan ti chindayissam; or from adhipteti1); Pj II 585,16 (avijj muddh ti... arahattamaggaviij ... tarn muddhnam ~eti; or from adhipteti1); see also adhipta1. adhipekkhimsu in Ee at Ap-a452,28 is prob, wr for adhi-apekkhimsu qv. adhippamodana, n. [from *adhi + pa2 + modati], pleasing; making glad; Th-all 260,3 (abhihsanan ti tosanam appatisrahetutya cittassdhippamodanato, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se cittassbhippamodanato). adhippaysa, m. [cfS. praysa], particular effort; MI 64,24 (ko viseso ko ~o kim nnkaranam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhippyo; Ps II 9,22: ko adhikapayogo) * A I 267,17 (Be so; Ce adhippyo; Ee adhippyoso; Se adhippyaso); see also adhippya1. adhippasanna, mfn. [pp of *adhi + pasidati], very gracious, very well-disposed towards; Ud-a 357,27 (mahmukham ' -kram katv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhippasannataram). adhippg, aor. 3 sg. [o/*adhi + pa2 + Vg], went to; JaV 59,13* (svdhippg Bhradvjo Vidhurassa upantikam; 59,15': so Bhradvjagotto Sucirato adhippg, gato ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhippgato ti attho) * 61,23** 65,4*. adhippya1, m., 1. [cfS. abhiprya], meaning, intention; wish, desire; Abh766 (ajjhsayo ~o); Vin III 133,21 (attakman ti attano kmam ... attano -am); D II 160,14 (annath kho Vsetth tumhkam ~o annath devatnam ~o); SI 124,31 (uccvac kho purisnam ~); Th542 (evam me kattukmassa ~o samijjhatu); Ja I 83,14 (thero pi bhagavato ~am viditv); III 311,5' (sagge uppajjanti ti ~ena vadati); Niddl 64,8 (sakam ajjhsayam sakam ~am atikkamitum); Pet 92,12 (ettha bhagavato ko ~o); Mil 148,io (~o ti attano mati); Vism 147,15 (yena hi ~ena bhagavat uddeso kato); ifc see anuvijjan-, apaharana-, ek-, k3a-, khumsan-; 2. [cf BHS abhiprya], particular meaning, distinction, difference; MI 64,24 (ko viseso ko ~o kim nnkaranam, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be adhippayso; Ps II 9,22: ko adhikapayogo) * Sil 24,ii (Ce, Ee so; Be adhippayso; Se adhippyaso; Spk II 278,1: ko ~o ti ko adhikapayogo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhippayso ti) * 11166,4 (Ce so; Be adhippayso; Ee adhippyoso; Se adhippyaso) * A I 267,17 (Ce so; Be adhippayso; Ee adhippyoso; Se adhippyaso); nusandhi,/, meaning and application; Pj II 65,16 (ayam tV ettha padato atthavannan ~ito pana evam veditabb);-ttayika, mfn., having three meanings or interpretations; Sadd 918,2 (atthi padam -am); see also ekdhippyika (sv eka), dvdhippyika (sv dvi), caturdhippyika (sv catufr]).

91

adhippya2, ind. [absol of *adhi + pa2 + eti1; cfS. abhipraiti], wishing for; aiming at; Ja VI 36,15* (adhippya phalam eke ... payojayanti kammni; cf 36,26': adhippyaphalan ti attano adhippyassa phalam sampassamn); see also adhippeta. adhippyasa, adhippyosa in Ee, Se are prob, wrrfor adhippya1 qv. adhippeta, mfn. [pp o/*adhi + pa2 + eti1; cf S. abhipreta], meant, intended; referred to; aimed at, desired; Vin III 24,12 (ayam imasmim atthe -o bhikkh ti); D I 120,2 (yam vata no ahosi icchitam yam kankhitam yam -am); Vv 81:11 (dibb sadd atho rasa gandh ca te -; Vv-a315,i8: tuyham - yathdhippet manoram, so read with Be, Ce, Se); Ja III 263, ir (sabb makkhikajti -); Mil 148,8 (haccapadan ti suttam -am); Sp 3,15 (idha sakalam vinayapitakam -am); Pv-a52,i6 (c'ettha avicimahnirayassa -tt); anadhippeta, mfn., not meant, not intended; not referred to; Sp 244,22 (tarn pana idha -am); It-aII51,8 (tt); Sadd758,n (tt); see also adhippya2. adhibdhetv in Ee at Ud-a 95,27,30 is prob, wr for adhiptetv (Ce, Se, Ud 8,17 so). adhibrahma(n), m. [adhi + brahma(n)], a superior Brahma; one higher than Brahma; M II 132,2 (kim pana bhante atthi ~ ti, so read with K.R. Norman, 1981a, p. 1501 eds atthi brahm ti); 132,29foil (-narn mayam... bhagavantam apucchimh, -nam bhagav vyksi); see also atibrahma(n), adhideva. adhibhamsu, aor. 3 pl. 0/adhibhavati qv. adhibhavati, adhibhoti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhibhavati], overcomes, overpowers; surpasses; A V 248,24 (mnam adhibhoti); Ja II 387,17 (sutthutaram vo ete -issanti); SpkII 403,5 (etam -anti ajjhottharanti); aor. 3 sg. (a) adhibhavi, Ja II 80,23' (ajjhobhavi ti ~i vinsam ppesi, Ee so; Be, Ce ajjhabhavl ti adhi-abhavi; Se abhibhavi); (b) ajjhabhavi, SI 240,12* (m vo kodho ajjhabhavi); Ja II 80,16* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ajjhobhavi); (c) adhibhosi, S IV 185,32 (evamvihrim ... bhikkhum rp adhibhamsu na bhikkhu rpe adhibhosi); 2 sg. ajjhabh, It 76,6* (yo tvam dujjayam ajjhabh, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce aijhag; It-a II 75,6: abhibhavi ajjhotthari); 3/?/. adhibhamsu, adhibhosum, S IV 185,31 (bhikkhum rp adhibhamsu) quoted Sadd29,32 (adhibhosum); absol. (a) adhibhuyya, Pj I 124,10 (sabbe devamrabrahmno siriy ca tejas ca adhibhuyya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se adhiggayha); (b) adhibhavitv, JaV 30,r (mam -itv atikkamitv annam manena na patthesi, Ee so; Be abhibhavitv; Ce, Se mam anabhibhavitv... patthesi); Ps IV 16,14 (bhtam attham -itv); (c) adhibhotv, Ap 324,14 (anne deve adhibhotv, Ee so; Ce abhibhotv; Be, Se 'bhibhavitv); Sadd 310,24; (d) adhibhotvna, Ap 504,23 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se abhibhotvna); Sadd 310,24; pass. pr. 3 sg. adhibhaviyate, Sadd 79,9 (-lyate so ti adhibhto); pp adhibhta, mfn., overpowered; S IV 186,8 (bhikkhu ... ~o anadhibh); Thi 419 (dukkhena ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avibht); Sadd 79,9; neg. anadhibhta, mfn., S IV 187,22 (bhikkhu ... adhibh anadhibhto); see also ajjhobhavi, addhabhavati, abhibhavati.

adhibhavana, n. [from adhibhavati; cfS. abhibhavana], subjection; overpowering; Abhll77; Sadd 86,14 (~an ti ajjhottharanam). adhibh, m. [S. lex. id.], one who overpowers; lord, master; conqueror; Abh 725; S IV 187,22 (bhikkhu ... - anadhibhto); ifc see Jana-, mig-; anadhibh, m., not a conqueror; one who does not overcome; SIV 186,8 (adhibhto ~); see also abhibh. adhibhta, mfn.,pp o/adhibhavati qv. adhibhoti, see sv adhibhavati. adhimatta, mfn. [S. adhimtra], above measure, excessive; very great; greater; Vin I 54,34 (upajjhyamhi -am pemam hoti); 82,38 (bhagavati me bhante pabbajite anappakam dukkham ahosi tath Nande -am Rhule); MI 243,22 (~ vt muddhnam hananti); S IV 160,5 (paritt ... rp ...pariydiyant' evssa cittam ko pana vdo -nam); AII 150,2 (indriynam -tt); Ja VI 115,29* (~ dukkh... katuk vedan); PatisII 52,1 (aniccato manasikaroto saddhindriyam -am hoti); Ap 77,19 (sabbesam -am va porisam); Kv 74,23 (kassa - maggabhvan arahato v sotpannassa v ti); Mp III 116,13 (ussho ti tato -taram viriyam); Patis-a 562,37 (-t); am, adv., excessively; very much; Mil274,8 (mahvtoca -amvyati); -kasimna, n., excessive leanness; serious emaciation; MI 80,io (mayham... ekam yeva kolam hram hrayato -am patto kyo hoti; PsII 49,3i: ativiya kisabhavam); 152,8; see also atimatta2. adhimattaka, mfn. [adhimatta + ka2], very great; Sv403,26 (~ya tanhya abhibht, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee adhimattatanhya). adhimana, mfn. [cf S. abhimanas], "having the mind directed towards", intent on, desiring; pleased; not anxious; Vin I 25,25* (sumanamanaso -o manussango, Be, Ce so; Ee avimano; Se na vimano) = Ap-a 549,23* (Be, Se so; Ee avimano; Ce omits); Ja IV 443,22* (vividham - sunom' aham vacanapatham; 443,27': ~ pasannacitt hutv); Pj II 187,27 (manuss ujjhyanti... s - eva hutv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhimn); ifc see sagg-; anadhimana, mfn. [cf S. abhimanyate, "intends to injure", abhimna, "intention to injure; pride", and BHS adhimanyati, "despises" 1], not intent on; not hostile; ? not contemptuous; ? Ja V 29,io* (yasm ca me -0 si smi; 30,r: yasm tvam -0 si mam abhibhavitv atikkamitv annam manena na patthesi, Be so; ifetvam adhimano mam adhibhavitv; Ce, Setvam -0 si mam anabhibhavitv anatikkamitv annam manena patthesi); see also abhimana. adhimanasa, mfn. [cf S. abhimanas], pleased; not anxious; Sn 692 (~ bhavtha). adhimana, m. [BHS id.; cf S. abhimna], an undue estimate of oneself, undue confidence in oneself; illusion; conceit; Vin III 91,7 (bhikkh ... ~ena annam vykarimsu) ^ MII 252,17; A III 430,4 (mnam omnam atimnam ~am); Vibh 355,35 foil, (katamo -o); Ps I 183,26 (appatte pattasaiinya ~o uppajjati); Ud-a 83,13 (kilesnam vihatatt -o uppanno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se arahattdhimno); ifc see sagg-; see also atimna,

92

abhimna. adhimnasa, mfn. [cfadhimana], intent on; ifc see cga-. adhimnika, mfn. [adhimna + ika], having undue confidence in oneself an undue estimate of oneself; conceited; A V 162,21 (~o kho ayam yasm adhimnasacco; Mp V 55,19: -0 ti anadhigate adhigatamnena samanngato); 169,17 (saddhammesu v ~o hoti); Dhp-aIII 111,12 (sambahule ~e bhikkh rabbha); Patis-a 593,15 (-tt); anadhimnika, mfn., not unduly confident; not conceited; Ps I 182,14. adhimuccati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhimucyate], 1. inclines to; believes, is sure of; is convinced; D I 106,2 (Ambattho mnavo ... dvisu mahpurisalakkhanesu kankhati vicikicchati ndhimuccati); SII 84,20 (~atha nikkankh ettha hotha); III 225,9 (ime dhamme evam saddahati ~ati); IV 119,28 (piyarpe rpe ~ati appiyarpe vypajjati; SpkII 399,23: ~ati ti kilesavasena adhimutto hoti); Sn 559 (vinayassu mayi kankham ~assu brhmana) = Th829 (Th-aIII 49,3o: adhimokkham kara, sammsambuddho ti saddaha); Ap 161,21 (sabbarn dhammam abhinnya nnena ~ati); Pet 41,4; Mil 234,18 (loko onamissati okappessati ~issati); 2. concentrates on; pervades (in thought or meditation); wills (magically), changes (by magic); SI 116,32 (kankhamno ... bhagav himavantam pabbatarjam suvannan tv eva ~eyya, suvannam ca pabbat' ass ti); A III 340,30 (bhikkhu iddhim ... drukkhandham pathavi tv eva~eyya); 3. enters another's body; part.pr. (a) adhimucca(t), mfn., PatisI 183,33 (saddhya ~ato te ky patividit honti); (b) adhimuccanta, mfn., Niddl 40,14 (saddhya ~anto sikkheyya) * PatisI 46,25; (c) adhimuccamna, mfn., AIV 13,16 (cetas ~amno); aor. 3 sg. adhimucci, Vin I 209,8 (Pilindavaccho ... psdam suvannan ti ~i so ahosi sabbo sovannamayo; Sp 709,31 foil.: sovannamayo hot ti adhitthsi); JaV 429,27' (rakkhadevat tass' eva kumrassa mtu sarire ~i); absol adhimuccitv, Mill 101,5 (sahasso ... brahm sahassilokadhtum pharitv ~itv viharati); Ja IV 272,21 (Sakko purohitassa sarire ~itv); Vibh273,3o (pharitv ~itv); Dhp-al 196,19 ([Mro] sakalanagaravsinam sarire ~itv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr adhimuncitv); neg. anadhimuccitv, Ps II 418,24 (Mro manussnam ... sarire pana anadhimuccitv); pp adhimutta1, mfn. 1. (act.) [BHS adhimukta], who is inclined to; applying oneself (to, ace. or loc); believing in; set on; Vin I 183,26 (so cha tthnni ~o hoti); III 78,12 (saggakatham katheti imam sutv ~o marissati ti); D II 71,i (subhan t' eva ~o hoti); Dhp 226 (nibbnam ~nam attham gacchanti sav); PatisI 91,26 (animittett); ifc see panit-; citta, mfn., whose mind is so inclined, or has such a conviction; Sn 1149 (evam mam dhrehi ~-cittam); neg. anadhimutta, mfn., not inclined (to); not applying oneself to; Niddl 133,23 (ditthasutamutavinntabbe dhammeanissito ... anajjhosito anadhimutto); Ud-a363,8; see also tadadhimuttat; 2. (pass.) inclined to, believed in; Nidd I 64,17 (tassa s ditthi tath samatt ... ajjhosit ~ ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. adhimoceti, makes

incline to; sets on; makes enter (another's body); S V 409,25 (catummahrjikesu devesu cittam ~ehi ti; Spk III 291,29: ~ehi tithapehi); PatisI 167,1 (cittam ... tatth' eva ~eti); absol. adhimocetv, Sv 822,14 (bhagav kira Korakkhattiyam asurayonito netv sarire -etv kathpesi); pp adhimocita, mfn., set on; SV 409,27. adhimuccana, n., ~a, / [from adhimuccati; cf BHS adhimueyan, adhimueyanat], inclining towards; being set on; conviction; willing, changing (by magic); Vibh 165,17 (yo cittassa adhimokkho ~ tadadhimuttat); Vism 176,9 (suvannan ti~); 466,22 (~am adhimokkho); Ps IV 60,6 (vipassan hi pannya -assa kranam); ifc see kiles-; anadhimuccana, n., lack of conviction; Ps III 368,20 (~ -tya). adhimuccita(r), m. [from adhimuccati], one who believes, who is convinced; A III 165,6 (ekacco puggalo parassa vanne v avanne v bhsiyamne tarn khippam yeva ~ hoti) = Pp 65,12 (Pp-a 248,13: ~ hoti ti saddht hon). adhimucchita (sometimes written in mss as adhimuccita), mfn. [pp of *adhi + mucchati; BHS adhimrchita], infatuated; clinging to (loc); SI 113,25* (ettha loko 'dhimucchito); Th732 (na so muccati dukkhamh gandhesu~o; c/*Th-a III 22,4: ~oti adhimuttatanhya muccham panno); Ja III 242,7* (ratto ca ~o ca kmesvham; 242,12': ~o ti ativiya mucchito); anadhimucchita, mfn., not infatuated; not clinging to; Mil 223,10(tasmim ca sukhe ~o hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~e). adhimufleitv in Ce, Ee at Dhp-al 196,19 is wr for adhimuccitv qv sv adhimuccati. adhimutta1, mfn., pp of adhimuccati qv. adhimutta2, mfn. [adhi + mutta1], absolutely free;? Ap 108,28 (anto suddham bahi suddham ~am ansavam sammukh viya sambuddham avandim bodhim uttamam; Ap-a 382,29 foil.: adhi visesena muttam kilesato vimuttam); Pj II 261,6 (nibbne visesena muttatt tanhakkhaye vimuttam, ~an ti vuttam hoti). adhimuttakaml in Be, Ee, Se at A IV 278,7 is prob wr for atimuttaka- qv. adhimutti, / [BHS adhimukti], conviction, intent, inclination; will; freedom;! Abh 766; PatisI 123,5 (tathagato sattnam... caritam jnti ~im jnti) ^ Vibh 340,8 (~im pajnti); Dhs 1367 (vimutti ti dve vimuttiyo, cittassa ca ~i nibbnam ca; As 409,1 foil.: ettha rammane adhimuccanatthena paccanikadhammehi sutthu muttatthena attha sampattiyo cittassa ~i nma); Mil 161,17 (n* es buddhnam ~i); adhimutti in Ce, Ee at D I 174,34 is prob, wr for adhivimutti qv; adhimuttipada, see sv adhivutti; see also kalyndhimuttika, kidisdhimuttika, nndhimuttika, hindhimutta. adhimokkha, m. [from adhimuccati; BHS adhimoksa], faith, conviction; firm resolve, decision; Abh 159 (~o tu nicchayo); MIII 25,18 (chando ~o viriyam); Vibh 165,7foil, (tanhpaccay ~o -paccay bhavo ... yo cittassa ~o adhimuccan tadadhimuttat ayam vuecati tanhpaccay ~o); Vism 471,16 (vicikicchya abhvena pan' ettha ~o uppajjati); 636,16 (~o ti saddh); As 264,3; ifc see laddh- sv labhati.

93

adhimoceti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/adhimuccati qv. adhiyitum, adhiyitv, see sv adhiyati. adhirja(n), adhirja, m. [S. adhirjan, adhirja], supreme king; emperor; Ps III 403,6 (rjbhirj ti rjnam pjaniyo ~ hutv, cakkavatti ti adhippyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atirj); Dhp-alV 235,5* (vihre -ena kritamhi katannun); see also abhirja(n). adhiroha, m. [ts], ascent, ascending; Abhll09; duradhiroha, mfn., hard to ascend; Mil 322,24 (girisikharam -am). adhirohati, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhWruh], rises above, ascends; Sadd 882,29 (~ati). adhirohini, / [ts]9 a ladder; Abh216 (nisseni sdhirohini). adhivacana, n. [S., BHS id.], name, designation; metaphorical expression; near-synonym; Abhll4; D III 84,23 (tathgatassa h' etam ... -am); MI 144,9 foil; S III 109, IO (samo bhmibhgo ramaniyo t i . . . nibbnass' etam -am); A II 125,27 (vattabhayan ti... pancann' etam kmagunnam -am); IV 340,2foil (samano ti... tathgatass' etam -am); Snp. 218,18 (imassa dhammapariyyassa pryanan t' eva -am); Ja I 117,31* (rgass' etam -am rajo ti); Dhs 1306 (...nirutti vyanjanam abhilpo ime dhamm -); Mil 173,15 (tasmim rukkhe adhivatthya devaty' etam -am rukkho ti); Ud-a 304,27 (sammappadhnam viriyass' etam -am); ifc see khandh-; -patha, m., mode of expression; D i l 68,19; S III 71,15; see also adhivuttipada. adhivatta in Ee at Sp374,20 is wr for adhivattha #v sv adhivasati. adhivattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhWvrt], comes on; moves over; overwhelms; SI 101,21 (-ati kho tarn mahrja jarmaranam, -amne ca te mahrja jarmarane kirn assa karaniyan ti; Spkl 167,33: -*afi ti ajjhottharati); 102,21* (evam jar ca maccu ca -anti pnino); AII 32,14* (yaso kitti sukham c' etam -ati; Mp III 64,9: -ati avattharati ti attho); see also ativattati. adhivattha1, mfn., pp /adhivasati qv. adhivattha2, mfn., pp 0/adhivseti qv. adhivara, mfn. [adhi+ vara2], most excellent; absolutely superior; Bv-a 12,n (-0 n' assa atthi ti anadhivaro); anadhivara, mfn. and m., unsurpassed; having no superior; the unsurpassed one (the Buddha); Abh 2 (lokantho 'nadhivaro mahesi ca vinyako); Vv 16:4 (iddhi ca te -; Vv-a 80,26 foil: - ti adhik visitth, anna etiss n' atthi ti -a ati-uttam ti attho); Ja IV 233,15* (- buddha; 234,3': -ti atul appameyy); Bv 1:1 (brahm ... katanjali -amaycatha; Bv-a \2,\i foil: ~an ti accantavaro adhivaro n' assa atthi ti -o, na tato adhiko varo atthi ti v -o, anuttaro ti attho); 1:9 (sattuttamo -0 vinyako). adhivasati, pr. 3 .sg.[adhi + vasati2; S. adhWvas], lives in, inhabits (acc); Vv-a 164,27 (imam vimnam -mi); Th-al 234,17 (-iturn); Sadd 717,11 (vihram -ati); part.pr. adhivasanta, mfn., Th-al 234,12 (geham -antena ranno rjakiccam... ktabbam hoti); aor. 3 sg. ajjhvasi (written separately in tmesis, see .yvajjha); Bv 2:207 (agram ajjha so vasi, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se agram ajjhvasi jino) ^ 3:26 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se agramajjhe) * 4:19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se agram ajjhvasi so);

absol adhivasitv, Vv-a 136,25 (vasitv ti -itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhivasitv); pp (a) adhivattha1, mfn., 1. (act.) living in, inhabiting (loc); Vin I 28,36 (kakudhe - devat); III 58,13 (tasmim ca sarire peto -0 hoti; Sp 374,2o: -o ti stakatanhya tasmim yeva sarire nibbatto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhivatto ti); SI 197,7 (tasmim vanasande - devat); Ja I 223,23 (varanarukkhe ~ devat); Ap 327,n; 2. (pass.) lived in, inhabited; (or n., living in; ?) Spk II 249,10 (yakkhiniytt evam laddhanme vane, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se adhivutthatt); (b) adhivuttha1, mfn., 1. (act.) living in; Ja VI 370, M (chatte devat, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se adhivattha devat); Ap 530,21 (upassaye y 'dhivutth devat, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se 'dhivatth); 2 . (pass.) lived in, inhabited; JaV 418,14' (kanerusanghena ca ~e, ad long cpd at 416,22); 422,32' (etesam vijjdhardinam ganehi ~e, ad long cpd at 420,9); see also adhivseti. adhivaseti inEe at Ps IV 85,12 is wr for adhivseti (Be, Ce, Se so). adhivassanat, anadhivassanat, in Be, Ce, Ee at Pet 203,24-5 are prob, wrrfor ativassanat etc qqv. adhivaha, mfn. {from adhivahati], bringing; Spk II 381,20 (sukhdhivh ti... - ti pi ptho, es' ev' attho). adhivahana, n. [from adhivahati], bringing; Mp I 53,19 (jti-dinam -ato dukkhdhivaham, Be, Se so; Ce vahanato dukkhvaham; Ee vahanato dukkhv ham). adhivahati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + vahati; cf S. adhiVvah], carries to; brings; Mp I 53,13 (dukkham -ati harati ti dukkhdhivaham, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vahati harati ti dukkhvaham); caus. pass. pr. 3 sg. adhivhiyati, Mp I 53,15 (lokuttarapdakajjhndi ariyadhammbhimukham dukkhena -ati pesiyati ti dukkhdhivaham). adhivsa 1 , m. [ts], dwelling; acquiescence; enduring, tolerating; Abh 958 (vse dhpdisankhre 'dhivso sampaticchane); ifc see khuda-; duradhivsa, mfn., I. hard to live in; T h i l l (- geh, eds so, perhaps better duradhivas, see K.R. Norman, 1969, p. 147; Th-al 234,17: geh nam' ete adhivasitum vasitum dukkh dukkar ti katv -); 2. hard to endure; Mp IV 24,17 (dukkhamam khamati ti... -am adhivseti); It-all 117,30 (samparyiko [anudahanabhvo] ... ghorataro -0 ca); Th-al 234,29 (gharvsnam tya); su-adhivsa, mfn. or n., easy to endure; or: endurance (is) easy; Ja III 524,24' ([arannamhi] sutitikkhan ti -am, Ee so; Ce sutthu adhivsam; Be, Se sutthu adhivsanam). adhivsa 2 , m. [ts], perfuming; perfume; Abh 958 (vse dhpdisankhre 'dhivso). adhivsaka, adhivsika, mfn. [from adhivseti], enduring, bearing patiently; tolerating; Ja IV 77,4' (dutthavacannam -0 hoti); Mp III 335,20 (khamo ti -0); -jtika, mfn., enduring or patient by nature; VinIV 130,n (sririknam vedannam dukkhnam... pnaharnam -o hoti) = MI 10,30 ^ Niddl 487,6 (adhivsikajtiko); anadhivsaka, anadhivsika, mfn., not patient; not enduring; Mp III 273,20; --jtika, mfn., not enduring by nature; naturally impatient; Ja III 369,16 (--jtikatya, Ce, Ee so; Be anadhivsana-; Se jtitya); IV 11,22' (--jtikassa, Be,

94

Se so; Ce, Ee anadhivsika-). adhivsana, n., ~, / [BHS id.], 1. forbearance; endurance; MI 10,24 (katame... sav ~ pahtabb); A III 387,22/0//. (ye asav ~ pahtabb te ~ya pahin honti); Ja IV 76,7* (~am sotthnam tad hu; 77,6': idam ~am ... sotthnam ... pandit vadanti); V 379, r (avihims ~ khanti); 2. assent; acceptance (esp. of an invitation); Vin II 102,6 (ajjhupagamanam ~ apatikkosan); D I 109,26 (bhagavato -am viditv) * MI 236,15; Ja VI 588,3 (mahasatto sdh ti sampaticchi, ath' assa -am viditv ...); Ap 39,15 (~am aniiya sabbannussa mahesino bhojanam patiydetv klam rocayim aham); Mhv 30:2; ifcsee isam-; adhivsanat, / , abstr., forbearance; Dhs 1341 (khanti khamanat ~ acandikkam); anadhivsana, n., ~ , / , lack of forbearance; lack of tolerance; Vibh 360,2 (y akkhanti akkhamanat anadhivsanat candikkam ...); It-all 174,26 (kmavitakkkdmam ~ena); Vibh-a505,3i (akkhantiy ti ~ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~). adhivsita, mfn., pp 0/adhivseti qv. adhivsiyati in Be, Ee at Pet 204,4 is prob, wr for ativassiyati qv sv ativassati. adhivseti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS adhivsayati, adhivseti], is patient, waits; bears patiently, endures; assents, gives in to; accepts (an invitation); Vin I 17,28 (~etu me bhante ajjatanya bhattam); II284,is (te sat sampajn ~enti); D I 109,23 (~etu... bhattam); MI 453,9 (so te ~eti na ppajahati na vinodeti); II 104,13 (~ehi tvam brhmana); Ja 1254,20 (yadi vo dhanena attho, ~ethatad dhanavassam vasspessmi ti); IV 279,4 (yva etesam gocaragahanam ~essmi ti); Dhp-a I 441,5 (yuttam ce ~etha no ce m ~ayitth ti); opt. 3 sg. (a) adhivsaye, Ud45,30* (sutvna vkyam pharusam udiritam ~aye bhikkhu adutthacitto); (b) adhivsayeyya, Sn966 (sitam accunham ~ayeyya); (c)adhivseyya, DU 115,33 (dve va te vc tathagato patikkhipeyya atha tatiyakam ~eyya); part.pr. (a) adhivsenta, m/(~enti)w., Ud 21,7 (vedanam ~ento); Dhp-a IV 193,5 (tarn dukkham -enti); neg. anadhivsenta, mfn., Vin II 16,33; Ja IV 235,19* (tarn vacanam anadhivsento); (b) adhivsaya(t), mfn., MI 10,3i (~ayato); Spkll 177,4 (nimantanam -ayato); neg. anadhivsaya(t), mfn., MI 10,3i (anadhivsayato); (c) adhivsayanta, mfn., Ja IV 330,5* (khudam pipsam ~ayanto); neg. anadhivsayanta, mfn., Vv 84:8 (div pipsam 'nadhivsayant; Vv-a 337,7: anadhivsayanta ti adhivsetum asakkont); (d) adhivsayamna, mfn., Ps II 227,n; aor. 3 sg. (a) adhivsesi, Vin I 212,37 (~esi bhagav tunhibhvena); Ap39,n; Mil 15,2i; (b) ajjhavsayi, Th906 (asallinena cittena vedanam ajjhavsayi); 3 pi. (a) adhivsesum, Vin II 16,H; (b) adhivsayimsu, Ja IV 368,9 (nimantanam ~ayimsu); absol. (a)adhivsetv, Jail 352,is (dve svan -etv); Ap 185,s; Vism 398,29; Mil 9,25; neg. anadhivsetv, Ps II 402,20 (ekam pi divasam v rattim v anadhivsetv); (b) adhivsayitv, Ps III 66,10 (tpas -ayitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~etv); Mhv 1:67 (~ayitv bhagav); pp (a) adhivattha2, mfn., accepted, consented to; D I 226,4 (~am ca pana tena

bhagavat; Ee so; Be, Ce adhivuttham; Se adhivuttham); (b) adhivuttha2, mfn., \.{act.) having accepted (an invitation); Vin I 232,25 (~o 'mhi... Ambapliy ganikya bhattan ti); 2. (pass.) accepted, consented to; D II 97,14 (~am kho me... Ambapliganikya bhattan ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhivsitam); MII 50,26 (adhivuttho me vassvso ti); (c) adhivsita, mfn. [BHS id.], accepted; Dhp-a III 470,13 (nimantanam ~an ti iiatv); anadhivsitatta, n., abstr., the not accepting; the fact of lack of acceptance; Sp 814,10; fpp adhivsetabba, mfn., Vin I 103,29; Ja III 465,13 (dukkham nma uppannam ~am ev ti); Mil 94,12 (chiddamdisv~am); Vism 343,5 (gandho pi ... ~o hoti); neg. anadhivsetabba, mfn., Ps II 102,12; caus. pr. 3 sg. adhivspeti, Ja I 254,22 (amhe afinam samvaccharam ~esi ti); V200, is (yva pitu gaman ~etum); VI 351,19 (ekadivasamattam ~et ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~etum vattati ti). adhivha, mfn. [from adhivahati], carrying; bringing; ifc see dukkh-, sukh-. adhivhana, mfn. [from adhivahati], bringing; being brought; Spkl 255,22 (yogakkheman ti nibbnam vuccati, tarn adhikicca vhiyati abhimukham v vhiyati ~am, yogakkhemassa -am) ^ Pj II 150,5; ifc see yogakkhem-. adhivhanaka, mfn. [adhivhana + ka2], bringing, who brings (abundantly); Spkll 381,20 (sukhdhivh honti ti... adhikasukham vahan honti ~ honti, adhivah ti pi ptho, Ee so; Ce, Se vahanak honti ~ honti; Be adhikasukham vahanak honti adhivah ti pi...). adhivhi(n), mfn. [from adhivahati], bringing; ifc see dukkh-. adhivimutti, / and ind. [adhi + vimutti], higher, superior release; as to release; D I 174,34 (yvat ariy param vimutti nham tattha attano samasamam samanupassmi kuto bhiyyo, atha kho aham eva tattha bhiyyo yadidam ~i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee adhimutti, prob, wr; Sv 360,3: tadangavikkhambhanavimuttiyo vimutti nma, samucchedapatipassaddhinissaranavimuttiyo pana paramavimutti veditabb). adhivutti,/ [from *adhi + Vvac; cf S. ukti], expression, saying; theory; Sv 104,2 = Ps IV 16,15 ^ MpV 18,8foil. (~iyo tihi adhivacanam vuccanti... atha v... ~iyo ti ditthiyo vuccanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhimuttiyo); -pada, n. expression, saying; opinion, theory; D I 13,i (anekavihitni ~ni abhivadanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhimutti-)* Mil 228,14; (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhimutti-); A V 36,25 (ye te ... dhammtesam tesam ~nam abhinn sacchikiriyya samvattanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se adhimutti-; MpV 18,7foil.: ~nan ti adhivacanapadnam, khandhyatanadhtudhammnan ti attho... atha v bhtam attham abhibhavitv yathsabhvato agahetv vattanato adhivuttiyo ti ditthiyo vuccanti adhivuttinam padni ~ni ditthidipakni vacanni ti attho); see also adhivacana. adhivuttha1, mfn., pp o/adhivasati qv. adhivuttha2, mfn., pp o/adhivseti qv. adhisayana, mfn. [S. adhiSayana], lying or sleeping on; sitting on; Pv-a 80,25 (tarn yeva mancam viya~ti attho); Q)-a 233,15 (parisedanattham c' eva paribhvanattham ca

95

samma-d-eva klena klam mamam -vasena phusantiy ... mtuy). adhisayita, mfn., pp o/adhiseti qv. adhisara, m. [c/atisara ?], an offence, a transgression', {or: an offender; ?); JaV 117,5* (m te -e munca sublham adhikopitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avisare... adhikodhitam, prob, wr; \\9,\'foil.: tava hadayam kusalam adhisaritv atikkamitv pavatte paresam akusalakamme sutthu blham adhikopitam kujjhpitam hutv m munca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avisaritv). adhisaritv, ind. [absol. o/*adhi + sarati; cf atisarati ?], overstepping; transgressing;! JaV 119,2' (kusalam adhisaritv atikkamitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avisaritv, prob. wr). adhisallikhati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + sallikhati], is overscrupulous; MI 449,12 (-atevyam samano ti; Ps III 165,22: atisallekhati ativymam karoti) * A I 236,30 (Mp II 353,6: -ateti ativiya sallikhati). adhisila, n. [BHSadhisila; see BHSD sv giks], a higher or superior form of moral behaviour; PatisI 46,16 (samvaraprisuddhi -am); Niddl 143,3 (bhgi v bhagav... ~assa adhicittassa adhipanny ti); Mp II 345,29foil, (pancasilam silam nma, tarn updya dasasilam -am nma, tarn pi updya catuprisuddhisilam -am nma... sabbam pi lokiyam silam silam eva, lokuttaram -am). adhisilam, ind. [prob. adhi + ace. of sila; taken by cts as ace. of adhisila], as regards moral behaviour; Vin III 235,3 (bhikkhuniyo... rincanti uddesam paripuccham -am adhicittam adhipannam); D I 174,I8 (yvat... ariyam paramam silam nham tattha attano samasamam samanupassmi kuto bhiyyo, atha kho aham eva tattha bhiyyo yadidam -am; Sv 359,12: yadidam -an ti yam etam uttamasilan ti attho); A I 236,8* (-am adhicittam ca adhipannam ca viriyav); Nidd I 149,5 (-am pi sikkheyya adhicittam pi sikkheyya adhipannam pi sikkheyya). adhisilasikkh, / [adhisilam (or adhisila) + sikkh], training in (higher) moral behaviour; Vin III 24,13 (tisso sikkh - adhicittasikkh adhipaMsikkh; Sp244,iyb//.: ~ ti adhikam uttamam silan ti -am... pumokkhasamvarasilam pana -an ti vuecati) * D III 219,13; MI 324,28(tibbpekh hoti -ya adhicittasikkhya adhipannsikkhya); Spkl 104,18 (purimapadena hi adhisilasikkh kathit dutiyapadena adhipannsikkh cittavpasamena ~ ti evam imya gthya sakalam pi ssanam paksitam eva hoti). adhisile, ind. [prob, adhi + loc. of sila; taken by cts as loc. of adhisila], in regard to morality; Vin I 63,33 (- silavipanno hoti; c/Sp989,2o: prjikam ca sanghdisesam ca panno ~e silavipanno nma); 70,16 (na tibbacchando hoti... - e adhicitte adhipanny; cfSp 993,2: ~e ti ptimokkhasile); M i l 9,15 (mama svak ~e sambhventi); A III 133,1 (attan ca silasampanno hoti no param ~e sampavatt hoti; Mp III 279, is: param silabhvena garahatina upavadati); V 73,15 (patibalo hoti -e samdapetum; Mp V 34,22: -e ti uttamasile); Vibh 325,25 (ptimokkhasamvarasamvutassa y uppajjati panfi ... ayam vuecati -e pann). adhiseti 1 , adhisayati, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + seti1; S. adhiVsl],

lies down on; MI 173,31 (rannako mago baddho psarasim adhisayayeyya); Dhp41 (aciram vat' ayam kyo pathavim adhisessati); Sadd 882,29 (adhisayati); pp adhisayita, mfn. and n.. [S. adhisayita], \.(mfn.) lain on, sat on (usually of eggs); Vin HI 3,32 (andni... kukkutiy samm -ni) ^ S III 153,15; Ps II 128,19 (ngena -am dhanam); 2. (n.) lying on, sitting on; PsII 193,28 (migassa pana abaddhassa psarasim klo viya). adhiseti 2 , adhisseti, pr. 3 sg. [adhi + sen2], 1. has recourse to, resorts to; Sn671 (yam yam disatam ~eti; Pj II 481,5: -ti ti gacchati, abhisetiti pi ptho, tattha yam yam disam alliyati apassayati ti attho); 2. [S. adhiVsri], puts on the fire; absol. adhissayitv, Ja III 425,18* (kumbhim adhissayitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apassayitv, prob, wr; 425,21': pacanathlikam manussasisuddhanam ropetv). adhisevana, ., or - , / [from *adhi + sevati; cfS. abhisevana], practising, cultivating; Nidd-a I 121,33 (anne pana '-atthena eratthena... sivatthena silan ti vannayanti) = Patis-a 15,30. adhissara, m. [S. adhi^vara], supreme lord; Mhv 80:59 (catuvisatiy yodhasahassnam -o). adhihnpago in Ee at Sp 704,26 is wr for adhitthnpago (Be, Ce, Se so). adhita, mfn., pp o/adhiyati qv. adhina, mfn. [ts], depending on; subject to; Abh728; Ja V 350,16* (yam khaldha[m] mamdhinam vase vattati kincanam, so read with CPD ? Ce khalu dhammam -am vaso; Be, Ee, Se khalu dhammam dhinam vaso); Sv 212,26 (anattdhino tina attani -o, attano ruciy kinci kturn na labhati); ifc see att- (^v atta[n]), para-. adhiyati, adhiyyati (sometimes written adhiyati), adhite, ajjheti1, pr. 3 sg. [S. adhyeti, adhite, adhiyate; Ved. adhiyati], studies; reads; learns by heart; Vin IV 204,9 (yo cyam mantam vceti yo cdhammen' -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhiyyati); SI 202,29* (kasm tuvam dhammapadani bhikkhu ndhiyasi bhikkhhi samvasanto); Ja III 28,22* (yo ca mantam -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee dhammam); 218,26* (sabbam sutam -etna); VI458,19* (dibbam -ase myam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhiyase); 458,24* (-anti mahrja dibbamy' idha pmityBe, Ce, Ee so; Se adhiyanti) quoted Sadd 322,30 (adhiyanti); Ap 343,i (mante -ami); 369,14 (mante ajjhetukmo); Mil 164,2 (rjakumro purohitassa santike vijjam -ati); Sv 247,31 (padam tadavasesam ca vyakaranam -ati vedeti ca t i ) ^ Pj II 447,22 (ajjheti); Ps IV 69,io (tayo pi ved na sakk ekadivasen' eva -itum, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhiyitum); Dhp-aIII446,i (tassa santikam gantv -ass ti); Ap-a 430,14/0//. (ajjheti cinteti ti ajjhyi... sissnam savanadhrandivasena hitam ajjheti cinteti ajjhyam karoti ti ajjhyako); As 111,34 (tasmim hi -itum raddhe te pi -anti); Sadd 815,10 (kim nu khalu bho dhammam -eyyam udhu vinayan ti); 883,2 (vyakaranam adhite); adhiyati in Ee at Asl22,i6 is wr for adhiyati qv jvdahati); part.pr. (a)adhiyanta, mfn., Vin I 270,9 (satta ca me vassni -antassa na-y-imassa sippassa anto pannyati ti); (b) adhiyamna, mfn., A III 224,21 (brhmano... komrabrahmacariyam carati mante

96

~amno); Ja IV 496,10* (vijjdhar ghoram ~amn; 498,33': ghoram nma vijjam ~ant); As 111,32; adhiyamn in Ee at As 273,21 is prob, wr for attiyamn (Se so) or attiyamn (Be, Ce so); absol (a)adhicca 1 , [S. adhitya], Ja IV 301,4* (kittim hi pappoti adhicca vede); VI 213,19* (candlaputto pi adhicca vede bhseyya mante kusalo); (b) adhiyitv, D I 96,6 (mante ~itv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se adhiyitv); A III 224,23; JaIV 185,ir (svittim ca ~itv); (c)adhiyna(m), JaV 450,14* (brhmano ca ~na vedam akkhnapancamam bhiyyo pi sutam iccheyya, Be, Ce so; Ee adhiynam; Se adhiyno; 451,9': ~n ti sajjhyitv; cfW.B. Bollee, 1970, p. 113); pp adhita, mfn. [ts], having studied; learned; Ap 411,13 (~ vedag, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se adhit); caus. opt. 3 sg. (a) ajjhpaye, would teach, instruct; Abh411 (vedam ajjhpaye dvijo); (b) ajjhpeyya, Sadd 815,9 (ajjhitthe [sattami]: ajjhpeyya mnavakam kc di); fpp (a) adhiyitabba, mfn., Ja III 219,8' (sabbam adhiyitabbam); (b) ajjhetabba, mfn., Pj II 456,21 (vede sajjhyantehi pathamam ajjhetabbato svitti chandaso mukhan ti vutt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sajjhyitabbato); see also Sadd S62,\2foll. (ajjhayitabbam ajjheyyam bhavat ajjhayaniyam); see also ajjhpana, ajjhyati, ajjheti2, adhiyna. adhiyna, mfn. and m. [ts], reading, studying; a student; Ja V 450,14* (brhmano ca ~o vedam akkhnapancamam, reading suggested by W.B. Bollee, 1970, p. 113; Se adhiyno; Ee adhiynam; Be, Ce adhiyna); see also adhiyati. adhlrita, mfn. \pp o/*adhi + irati], uttered, pronounced; Sadd 619,io. adhisa, m. [S. adhi&a], lord; ruler; ifc see sura-. adhun, ind. [ts], just now, lately, quite recently; (perhaps with pp always to be taken as cpd); Abh 1140; Vin II 185,23 (upatthko ~ klankato); Ja III 181.8 (ye ~ imam rjnam gantv); Vism 37,28 (~ pabbajitena); Mp I 429,19 (~ pi kusalam karissm ti); II 343,2 (~ va suriyo pannyittha, so idn* eva atthamito); Ud-a379,i8(idniti ~); Dth2:94; bhisitta, mfn., recently inaugurated; DII 227,2 (rj khattiyo muddhvasitto ~o rajjena); '-gata, mfn., newly arrived (at); being a newcomer (to); Vin I 40,20 (aham kho vuso navo acirapabbajito ~o imam dhammavinayam); MI 457,32 (bhikkh nav acirapabbajit ~ imam dhammavinayam); Ja II105,12 (~o uyynaplo); '-utthita, mfn., just arisen; Mil 155,10 (~ena Mrena ppimat); 0, -papanna, mfn., recently reborn; D II 221.9 (dev ... ~ tvatimsaky, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhunuppann). adho, ind. [S. adhas], below, down; downwards (one of the ten dis); downstream; Abh 1156; Vin III 49,19 (uddham v ~o v tiriyam v... sankmeti); D I 96,15 (yadi -0 khurappam muncissati); MII 76,9 (uddham ~o tiriyam); Sn 1122 (dis catasso vidis catasso uddham ~o dasa disat imyo); Thi 33 (uddham pdatal amma ~o ce kesamatthak); Ja VI 224,24* (katham c' eke adhammatth patanti nirayam ~o); Nidd I 366,13 (uddham olokento ~o olokento disvidisam pekkhamno); Vibh 272,5 (mettsahagatena cetas ... uddham -0 tiriyam ... pharitv

viharati); Vism 394,23 (~o otaritukmassa); 0, -akkha, mfn. andn. [adho+ akkha1], (what is) below the collar-bone; VinV 87,2* (in uddna: ~-gmavassut, Be, Se, Sp 1306,24 so; Ce adhakkhaka-; Ee adhakkhakam); Kkh 37,27 (~am ubbhajnumandalam dissa, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be adhakkhakam); 0, -akkhaka, mfn. and n., (what is) below the collarbone; Vin III 129,36 (~am ubbhajnumandalam dissa vannam pi bhanati); Sp902,i6 (~e ubbhajnumandale kyappadese); Vin-vn 357; 1969 (~am sarirakam yad ubbhajnumandalam); Utt-vn 18; am, adv., below the collar-bone; Vin IV 213,35 (~am ubbhajnumandalam masanam); '-agga,m/h. [adho + agga1], with the point downwards; JaV 156,1* (uddhagg ca ~ ca... dant); -kata, mfn. \pp of *adho + karoti], turned down, upside down; Ja I 20,16* (kumbho ... ~o) = Bv2:119; -katv, -karitv, ind. [absol. of *adho + karoti], turning, bending downwards; putting down; Ja VI 298,5' (siram -katv hetthmukho va dhoveyya); Nidd-a II 99,23 (oropayitv ti -karitv); -kotika, mfn. [adho+ koti + ka2], with the point downwards; Pj I 44,15 (dant... ~); -kkhandha, mfn., with shoulders downwards, headfirst; Ja V 269,19* (te patanti ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhakkhandh; 275,14': adhosisak patanti); -gangam, ind., down the Ganges; Jail 329,19 (~am gantv); -gangya, ind., down-stream on the Ganges; Ja II283,13; -gata, mfn., gone down; gone by; passed; Ja VI 187,30* (supinam tta addakkhim ito msam ~am); Nidd-aII 99,24; -gama, mfn., going downwards; Abh 38 (vyubhed ime choddhangamo cdhogamo ...); MI 188,29 (uddhangam vt ~ vt); Sil 87,27 (mlni ~ni); T h l l 7 4 (~am jimhapatham kumaggam anudhvati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr acankamam); -gamaniya, mfn. [adho+ gamaniya2], tending to go downwards; JaV 273,12' (tena ~ena kammena adho nirayam eva gacchati); -galam, ind., down the throat; Pv-a 104,21 (udakam tassa petassa ppabalena ~am na otinnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr udho-); -gmi(n), mfn., going downwards, going downstream; Vin IV 64,32 (ekam nvam abhirheyya uddharngminimv ~inim v); S IV 313,29(y sakkhar ... s ~i assa); -cri(n), m. [cf S. adha^cara], a thief; Sadd 423,20 (ocarako ti ~I); -jnumandala, n., what is below the knee-cap; Vin III 130,5 (ubbhakkhakam ~am dissa); Sp 902,12; Vin-vn 360 (~e pi ayam nayo); ~am, adv., below the knee-cap; Vin IV 215,4; -nbhi, -nbhim, ind. andn., below the navel; what is below the navel; Vin IV 172,15 (yassa ~i ubbhajnumandalam kandu v pilak v); V216, is* (~im vivajjiya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i) ^ Utt-vn 679 (~im); 0 -patana, n., falling down; Dhtup455 (bhasa -); -pata, m., falling down; Dhtum 695 (bhasa ~e); -bhaga, m., the lower part; the lower part of the body, the anus; MI 423,9 (yena ca asitapitakhyitasyitam ~ nikkhamati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~am; ~am perhaps adv., downwards;! Ps III 139, I: yena hetth nikkhamati) * Vibh 84,34 (eds -am); AIV 132,12 (lohagulam ... antam pi antagunam pi dya ~ nikkhameyy ti,

97

Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -am); JaVI 110,13' (tarn... -ena nikkhamati); Sv 274,23 (nagarapkrassa -e); Ps IV 235,26 (~ena ekam lohaslam pavisitv); -bhgiya, mfn., connected with below; lower; Vism 683,3 (sakkyaditthi... patigho ti ime pafica adhonibbattanakakhandhdisamyojakatt samyojanni nma); -bhvangamaniya, mfn., tending to go downwards (to lower existences); M I 44,33 (ye keci akusal dhamma sabbe te -); -bhuvana, n., the lower world, the Nga world; Abh 649; -mukha, m/(~i)n., with the face downward; with head bent; facing downward; -am, adv., downwards; Vin II 78,24 (mankubht pattakkhandh - pajjhyant); Vv 16:1 (hay - aghasigam); Vism 254,24 (-am katv); Spkl 48,6 (upari thatv -am dinnapahro); Ps III 422, I (na may ... -ena pramiyo prit); Thi-a 97,35 (s ... no ce marissmi ti sayane -4 nipajji); anadhomukhat,/, abstr., not having the head bent; Pj I 34,8; -mukhikarana, n., making face downwards; Sadd 349,23 (kujja ~e); -vtam, -vate, ind., downwind; Vin II 218,36 (-e senasanam pappothetabbam); Ja III 85,2 (~e thatv); 233,3 (-am yhi ti); V 138,22 (isinam ~e nisinnam); -virecana, n., purging; a purgative; D I 12,7 (uddhavirecanam -am); -sira, mfn., with the head downward; headfirst; M III 166,29 (tarnenam ... nirayapl uddhampdam -am thapetv); Ja IV 194,2 (tarn uddhapdam -am katv); V 271,30' (uddhampd ~ patanti); am, adv., with bowed head; with head bent; Ja VI 298, i* (dhove pade -am); -sisa, -sisaka, mfn. [adho + sisa1 (+ ka2)], with the head downward; headfirst; Ja I 233,6 (-o patamno); JaV 275, w (-sisak patanti); Ap 41,23 (pannagam so gahetvna -am vihethayam); -sote, ind., down-stream; Sp 1047,25. an-, the negative prefix a3 before vowels. ana1- [cfAiGrll.l, 32b; AMg ana-, R. Pischel, 1900, 77], a doubled negative prefix; see anappameyya, anabhva, anamatagga, anavosita. ana2, n. [S. anas], a cart; Abh 373 (sakato py-am). anakkhika, mfh. [a3 + akkhi1 + ka2, S. anaksika], eyeless; blind; Dhp-al 11,3 (anamataggasmim hi samsravatte tava -klassa ganan n' atthi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhiknassa). anagamanena in Ee at It-a II 87,8 is wr for anugamanena {Be, Ce, Se so). anagriya1, mfn., see sv agrika. anagriya2 {and anagriya), n. [from anagra; cf BHS anagriya, angrik], the homeless state, homelessness; the life of a wandering ascetic; Vin I 9,18 (yass* atthya kulaputt samma-d-evaagrasm-am pabbajanti); D I 18,26 (agrasm -am pabbajati); MI 16,22 (saddh agrasm -am pabbajit; Ps I lll,i4/o//.: -an ti pabbajjam bhikkhubhvam ca, pabbajj pi hi n' atth' ettha agriyan ti anagriya, agrassa hitam kasigorakkhdikammam ettha n' atthi ti attho, bhikkhu pi n' atth' assa agran ti anagro, anagrassa bhvo -am); SI 196,15* (tassham dhammam sutvna pabbajim ~am); A I 49, n (agrasm -am pabbajitnam); Sn274 (pabbajito pi ce hoti agrasm -am); Pv 25:17 (s ca pabbajit sant agrasm -am); Ap 355,19 (nikkhamim -am); Mil 420, is.

anagriyatam inEe, Se at DIII 160,12* is prob, wr for anagratam qv sv agra. anaggapakkhika, m(fn). [a3 + agga1 + pakkhika], (one) who does not accept first portions or first fruits (a class of ascetics); Sv270,2i (atthavidh hi tpas saputtabhariy unchcariy - . . . , Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anaggipakkik; Sv-pt 1400, A foil: aggapakkhena jivanti ti aggapakkhM, na aggapakkhik -, unchcariy... khalaggam nma manussehi diyyamnam dhannam ganhanti, tarn ime na ganhanti ti - nma jt) ^ Pj II 295,9 {eds anaggipakkik); Sv270,30 (ye khalena khalam vicaritv vihim haritv kottetv paribhunjanam nma ayuttan ti gmanigamesu tandulabhikkham gahetv pacitv paribhunjanti te - nma, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anaggipakkik). anaggipakka, n. [a3 + aggi + pakka], food not cooked on afire; raw food; Ja IV 8,13 (dantamusaliko hutv -am eva khdanti). anaggipakkik, mifn). {from anaggipakka], {one) who eats food not cooked on afire, who eats raw food (or food not cooked by others 1) (a class of ascetics); Sv 270,21 (atthavidh hi tpas saputtabhariy unchcariy - ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anaggapakkhika; see Ee fn 4: mss anaggi-; cf Sv-pt 1400,4 foil: aggapakkhena jivanti ti aggapakkhik, na aggapakkhik anaggapakkhika, unchcariy ... khalaggam nma manussehi diyyamnam dhannam ganhanti, tarn ime na ganhanti ti anaggapakkhika nma jt) * Pj II 295,9 (295, is: - ti aggin apakkam pattaphaldim khditv ypent); Sv270,30 (ye khalena khalam vicaritv vihim haritv kottetv paribhunjanam nma ayuttan ti gmanigamesu tandulabhikkham gahetv pacitv paribhunjanti te - nma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anaggapakkhika). anagghaniya, mfn., neg.fpp o/agghati qv. anagghta, see sv ghta. anagghika, mfn. [a3 + aggha1 + ika {or for anagghiya^v svagghati); cf S. anarghya], priceless; Mhv 27:38 (psdachattapallankamandapsum -). anacchariya1, mfn., see sv acchariya. anacchariya2, mfn. [possibly old error for *ancariya, "not coming from a teacher", cf BHS anScarya, n. and CPDI p. 144; or anacchariya < *an-aksar-ik, "unarticulated", see O. von Hinber, 1970, pp. 5foil; cts explain as anu-acchariya); spontaneous, original; unarticulated (before); Vin I 5,6 (api ssu bhagavantam im ~ gthyo patibhamsu pubbe assutapubb; Sp 961,30: - ti anu-acchariya); MI 79,28 (mam ... ayam - gth patibhsi pubbe assutapubb); III 144,20 (rjakumrassa im catasso upam patibhsissanti ~ pubbe assutapubb); SI 136,19 (im - gthyo patibhamsu pubbe assutapubb, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr im acchariy). anacchdi(n), mfn. [from acchdeti], without a covering; ? Pj I 49,22 (anacchdikatakhajjrikakalirasanthnam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce apanitatacakhajjri-; Se acchditatacakhajjri-; * Vism 254,13: eds apanitatacasindikalirasanthnam). anajjhbhva, m, anajjhbhvan, / [from ajjhbhavati?], weakness; ineffectiveness;! Pet35,10 (nndhimutt keci kmesu keci dukkarakriyam ... keci

98

samsrena suddhim paccenti keci anajjhbhvan ti, Ee so; Be anajjbhvan; Ce anavajjabhvany ti); 40,19 (anajjhbhvo ca kammnam, eds so). anajjhvutthaka, mfn. [anajyhvuttha (neg. pp of ajjhvasati) + ka2], not used; not owned; Sp 349,18 (-am dni idan ti pamsuklasafinya ganhato; Sp-t[ite]II 148,19: apariggahitakam, assmikan ti attho); 562,33 (arannato harpentena ca sabbam -am harpetabbam); Vin-vn 387. anajjhottharaniya, mfn., neg.fpp o/ajjhottharati qv. anafifiatha, m/h., see sv annath. anatthika, mfn. [a3 + atthi + ka2; anasthika], boneless; without a stone or kernel; It-al 84,19 (~e ca khuddakattabhve); Sp 1102,io (-ehi kadaliphalehi katapnam) = Nidd-a I 396, is; see also atthika3. anana, (in Be, Se often written anana), mfn. [a3 + ina; S. anrna], free from debt; free from sin; independent; Vin I 6,3* (satthavha -a vicara loke) * SI 233,33* (pannabhra -a); 93,30 (pucchitabbo ... manusso si puriso si bhujisso si -0 si na si rjabhato anuiinto si mtpithi...); Mil 105,16* (-0 bhunjmi bhojanam; Ps III 343,i4/o//.: kilesa-inanam abhavam sandhya -o ti vuttam, anino ti pi ptho); Thi 364 (syam bhujiss ~ bhikkhuni; Thi-a228,32: kmacchanddi-inpagamena -); Ja VI 18,18* (~assa hi pabbajj); 36,1* (~o ntinam hoti devnam pituno ca); Spklll 43,\ foil, (pabbajj ca nam' es -ass' eva rhati, - pabbajj ca buddhdihi samvannit ti, Ee so; Be, Se ... sa-inassa na ruhati anan pabbajj ...; Ce sa-inassa na rhati -ass' eva rhati...); Mp III 378,28 (sabbesam -nam khinsavo uttamaanano); see also anina (sv ina), nanya. anata, n. [S. anrta]; a falsehood; -bhsana, n., speaking a falsehood; lying; Sadd542,i2 (kudi ~e: kundeti). anati, pr. 3 sg. [S. aniti, anati], breathes; lives; Dhtup 176 (ana pnane); Dhtum256; Sadd399,2i (ana pnane:... ~ati nam pnam); Pj I 124,23 (balanti -anti ti bl assasitapassasitamattena jivanti; Ee so; Be, Ce assasantT ti; Se na jnanti ti). anaticariy, / [cf aticarati], non-transgression; faithfulness; D i l i 190,6 (smikena... bhariy paccupatthtabb ... avimnanya ~ya ...); Vv-a 130,2 (upatthnena-ya ca,ite, Ce, Seso; Ee~). anattikat in Ee at Pet 171,20 is wrfor anatthikat (Be, Ce so). anatthaka, mfn. [a3 + attha2 + ka2; S. anarthaka], of no meaning or use; hurtful; Vin I 345,28 (aho me ~o, na hi nma me koci rocessati ti, Ce, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be anatthato; Sp 1150,2i/o//.: anatthato ti anattho ato, etasm me puris anattho ti vuttam hoti, atha v anatthato ti anatthado; ^ Sadd 639,i4/o//.); Sp 398,7 (kim me -ena anayavyasanena sutena, Be, Se so; Ee anatthikena, prob. wr) = Spk III 267,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anatthikena, prob, wr); Dhp-a II 209,2 (~ehi padehi samhit). anatthakaranya in Ee at Ja II101,16 is prob, wr; Be, Ce -karatya; Se -karanatya. anatthaneyya in Ee at Th 1073 is perhaps wr for anattaneyya qv sv attaniya. anadd,/, anaddyan, / , anaddyitatta, n., lack of

regard, lack of respect; Vibh 371,9 (andariyam andarat agravat appatissavat anadd anaddyan anaddyitattam asilyam acittikro, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se and andyan andyitattam; Vibh-a 499, nfoll.\ anadd ti andiyan anaddyan ti andiyankro anaddya ayitassa bhvo anaddyitattam, eds so). anaddhanikan ti in Ce, Ee at Nidd-a I 155,2 is wr for anaddhaniyan ti (Be, Se, Niddl 44,6 [anaddhaniyam jivitam] so). anaddhaneyya, mfn. [from addha(n)], not lasting; Ja V 507,28* (thale yath vri janinda vuttham -am aciratthitikam,5e, Se so; Ce, Ee vattam; 508,11': na addhnakkhamam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr addhnakkamam); see also addhaniya. anadhivasiyanta in Be, Ee at Pet 204,7 is prob, wrfor anativassiyanta qv sv ativassati. ananutpiya, mfn., neg.fppofzn\\ta$2X\ qv. ananuppavesana, n. [from caus. of anupavisati], not supplying; Pj II257,2 (aropane ~e ca samatthatya). ananubodhan, / ? [from anubuijhati], lack of understanding; Pet 21,22* (s pih ca abhinandan ca catunnam ~); see also anubujjhana, anubodhana. ananulometi, pr. 3 sg. [a3 + anulometi], does not conform, is not in accordance (with, gen.); Sp 219,28 (ananulomikam tesam [dhammnam] ~eti, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se na anulometi). ananuvejja, mfn. [neg. fpp of *anu + vindati; cfS. anuVvid], not to be found; MI 140,6 (ditthe vham ... dhamme tathgatam ~o ti vadmi, Ce, Ee so; Be ananuvijjo; Se ananuvajjo; PsII 117,14: -o ti asamvijjamno v avindeyyo v); see also anuvijjati. ananusandhika, mfn. [a3 + anusandhi + ka2], without a (logical) connection; not applicable; Sv 721,26; Pj II 142,30^0//. (~ va ayam kath hoti ti vuccate, na buddhnam - nma kath atthi... evam c' ettha anusandhi veditabb); As 135,15 (~ kath); see also snusandhika. anantaka1, mfn. [a3 + anta1 + ka2; ts], endless; Th493 (dukkham samsrasmim -am); Ap 46,24 (-0 ca kso); Bv 9:2 (samdhi pi -0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee samdhi pi -; Bv-a 178,n: samdhi pi appameyyo); Vism 123,7 (pathaviyam... santake no -e); PsII 413,14* (asambhtam -am); see also santaka. anantaka2, n. [= nantaka^v; BHSid.], a piece of cloth; a rag; Vv80:7 (khipim -am; Vv-a311,6foil: akro c' ettha niptamattam, see a6); Sv 204,20 (sankraktdito v pana -ni uccinitv tehi sanghtim katv, Se so; Ee pan' -ni; Be v nantakni; Ce v pana nantakni); Spk III 276,n: nantakni ti -ni, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee na antakni); Sadd 890,5 (-an ti nantakam pilotikam). anantarakni in Ee at Dhs 1028 and As 358,18 is wrfor nantarikni (Be, Ce, Se so). anantarika, mfn., see sv antarik. anantaryikini, (m)f(n). [from (an)antaryika or antarya1], not hindered; not prevented; Vin IV 280,18 (s pacch -I n* eva sibbeyya na sibbpanya ussukkam kareyya; 280,26: -i ti asati antarye); 332,19. ananvhataceta(s), mfn., whose mind is not injured or frustrated; Dhp 39 (anavassutacittassa -aso; Dhp-a I

99

309,14: dosena appatihatacittass ti attho) quoted Ja I

400,24*.

anapyi(n) (so Be, Ce, Ee; Se usually anupyi[n]), mfn. [S. anapyin], not going away; SI 72, i6* (kincassa anugam hoti chy va ~im); Dhp2 (tato nam sukham anveti chy va ~ini) quoted Pet 24,9*; Th 1041 (bhagavantam upatthahim ... chy va ~inl); Ja VI 473,4* (anuggat silavati chy va ~ini). anapekkhi(n), mfn. [S. anapeksin], free from longing (for); indifferent; SI 77,19* = Dhp 346 (paribbajanti ~ino kmasukham pahya); Sn 166 (siham v' ekacaram ngam kmesu -inam upasankamma); Niddl 246,21 (kmesu ~i vitakmo cattakmo). anappameyya, mfn. [ana1 + fpp of paminti], immeasurable; boundless; Th 1089 (Gotamo ~o; Th-alll 143, M: pamnakarakilesbhvato aparimnagunatya ca ~o); see also appameyya. anabihrakkhamam in Ee at Pet 150,15 is wr, prob, for anabhihrakkhamam (Be so) or anabhinihrakkhamam (Ce so); see Nnamoli, 1979, p. 204. anabbhakkhtukma, mfn. [a3 + inf. of abbhakkhti + kma], not wishing to slander; Vin I 234,20 (~ hi mayam bhante bhagavantam) * DI161,18 (Sv 350,1: ~ ti na abhtena vattukm). anabhva, m. [ana1 + bhva], non-existence, annihilation; D i l i 226,14 (kamavitakkam ... pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti ~am gameti) = M I 11,12 (Ps I 81,28: ~am gameti ti anu anu abhavam gameti) ^ A I 254,14; anabhvankata, anabhvangata, anabhvakata, mfn. (-kata for -gata under the influence of preceding tlvatthukata ?), eradicated, annihilated; Vin I 235,35 (ppak akusal dhamm pahin ucchinnaml tlvatthukata anabhvankata yatim anuppdadhamm, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anabhvakata) * III 2,i8 (Be, Se anabhvankata; Ee anabhvangata; Ce anabhvakata; Sp 133,10: anu-abhavam kat anabhvakata, anabhvangata ti pi ptho); DIII 270,30 (rgo me pahino ... anabhvankato, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anabhvangato) ^ A V 32,2 (Be, Ee anabhvankato; Se anabhvangato; Ce anabhvakato); M I 487,33 (rpam tathgatassa pahmam... anabhvankatam, Be so; Se anabhvangatam; Ce, Ee anabhvakatam); SII 63,12 (sabbnissa tni... anabhvankatam, Be so; Se anabhvarigatni; Ce, Ee anabhvakatni); A I 135,22 (tarn kammam pahmam ... anabhvankatam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anabhvakatam; Mp II 223,14: anu-abhavam katam, yathnuppajjati evam katan ti attho); Niddl 56,29 (s sann pahin... anabhvankata, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anabhvangata). anabhsitam in Be, Ee at Pet 102,3 is prob, wr; Ce abhsitam; and cf Nnamoli, 1979, p. 138. anabhineyya, ind., neg. absol. o/abhineti qv. anabhibhavaniya, mfn., neg. fpp o/abhibhavati qv. anabhiraddhi,/ [from abhirdheti], discontent; anger; lack of conciliation; Abh 164 (vypdo 'nabhiraddhi); Vin III 163,32 (tena ca dosena tya ca anattamanatya tya ca ~iy appatito hoti); D13,2 (na ghto na appaccayo na cetaso ~i karanly; Sv 52,4: n' eva attano na paresam hitam abhirdhayati ti ~i, kopass' etam adhivacanam); A I 79,3i (adhikarane ubhato ... cetaso ghto appaccayo ~i).

anabhiraman, anabhiraman, / [from abhiramati], discontent; disaffection; Niddl 412,19(y anabhirati y ~ y ukkanthit) ^ Vibh 3 52,5; see also abhiramana. anabhirdhana, n. [from abhirdheti; cf BHS abhirdhan], dissatisfaction; disaffection; lack of conciliation; Mp II152,14 (anabhiraddhl ti kopo yeva so hi -vasena anabhiraddhl ti vuccati). anabhilpana, n. [cf abhilpa], non-expression; ? Nnamoli: "direct-addressing"; Pet68,2 (yo amoho hetu yam dve dhamme upatthapeti aviparitadassanam pi ca -am, ayam nissando; cf Nnamoli, 1979, p. 86, who suggests reading apilpanam). anabhisankharaniya, mfn., neg. fpp of abhisankharoti qv. anabhissara, mfn. [prob, wr for *anabhisara; cf BHS anabhisarana], without a companion; without a helper; MII 68,22 (attno loko ~o ti kho; Ps III 306, is: ~o ti asarano abhisaritv abhigantv asssetum samatthena virahito) ^ Patis I 126,31 (Patis-a 408,12: asahyo ti v attho). anabhihimsamana, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of *abhi + himsati1], not hurting; not disturbing; A IV 419,29 (so dutiyam jhnam ~o; Mp IV 194,23: ~o ti apothento avihethento); see also abhihimsan. anamatagga, mfn. [ana1 + mala1 + agga? cf AMg anavadagga, anavayagga; BHS anavargra; for other explanations see R. Pischel, 1900, 251 n.l, Sadd 396 fn. 10], 1. without beginning (or end, generally of samsra,); SII 178,8 (-0 'yam ... samsro, pubb koti na pannyati; SpkII 156,5foil: ~o ti anu amataggo vassasatam vassasahassam nnena anugantv pi amataggo aviditaggo, nssa sakk ito v etto v aggam jnitum, aparicchinnapubbparakotiko ti attho); Thi495 (digho blnam samsro punappunam ca rodatam ~e pitu marane bhtu vadhe attano ca vadhe); 496 (samsram ~ato saratha); Ja III 243,7' (~e samsre); Vism 198,28 (samsracakkan ti -am samsravattam vuccati); Ps I 224,15 (samsrassa -t siddh hoti ti); 2. about beginninglessness (and endlessness); Mhv 12:31 (Rakkhitatthero ... nabhe thito samyuttam ~am kathesi); see also anamataggiya. anamataggiya, (mf)n. [from anamatagga], teaching or a sutta about beginninglessness (and endlessness); Sp 67,4* (Rakkhitatthero ... anamataggapariyyakathya Vanavsike pasdesi... antalikkhe thito tattha desesi ~am); 81,26 (thero ... ~ni kathesi); Ps III 221,6 (vihradassanattham hi ~am paccavekkhitv samuddapabbatadassanattham v pi gantum vattati); Vism 305,8 (athnena ~ni paccavekkhitabbni); Dip 8:6 (vehsam abbhuggantvna desesi ~am); Mhv 15:186 (thero... Nandanavane deses' -am). anamha, anamhi, m. or n. [? according to Sadd 460, fn c: < *anamma < S. *a + narman, "sport, amusement, pleasure", cf MhbhIII App. 125:102: na narmaklo 'yam], distress; absence of pleasure; -kla, m., not a time for amusement; a time of distress; Ja III 223,5* (~e sussoni kin nu jagghasi sobhane, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anamhikle; 223,IT: ~e ti rodanakle; Ee so; Be, Ce, Se rodanakle).

100

an ay a1, see sv aya1. anaya 2 , see sv naya. anala1, m. [ts], fire; Abh33; Sadd 334,7*; JaV 63,is* (jalamno caram kacche ~o kanhavattani; or anala2 qv; c/64,io': -otiatitto); -jlakkhandha, m., a mass of flaming fire; JaV 213,28' (acci ti~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anilajla-). anala2, mfn. [from a3 + alam?], insatiable; Jail 326,13* (~ mudusambhs duppr tnadisama; 326,18': purisehi v etsam na alan ti ~) = V451,i* (451,25': ~ ti tihi dhammehi alan ti vacanarahit). analliyati, pr. 3 sg. [a3 + alliyati], does not come close; is detached; Th-alll 78,37 (visum yeva nisidati ~afi ti vuttam hoti, eds so). anavakra, see sv avakrikaritv. anavakkanta, mfn., neg. pp o/avakkamati qv. anavaftatti, / [from avajnti], the not being despised or disregarded; Vibh350,n (pindaptikattam paticca ~ampaticcairiypatham paticca ... mado); It-all 69,15 (~i ti anavann); -kma, mfn., wishing not to be despised, not to be disregarded; AIV 1,15 (bhikkhu labhakmo ca hoti sakkrakmo ca ~o ca; Mp IV 1,6: ~o ti abhinntabhvakmo) = 156,12 (Mp IV 72,9 (~o ti... anavaj nanakmo). anavatthacrik, / , see sv avatth. anavatthdi in Ee at Saddh 217 is wrfor annavatthdi. anavadna in Ee at Ud-a 223,30 is wrfor anavatthna qv sv avatthna. anavamagga, m. [? c/ummagga 1 , ummagga3 ?], according to ftnamoli, 1964, p. 254: "does not come to lapse"; or wrfor anavamaga; Pet 187,7 (pitibhgiynam ca visesabhgiynam ca apilpanat sahagat hoti ~o ayam satisambojjhango). anavamata, mfn., neg. pp o/avamannati qv. anavaya, mfn. [perhaps < *anavaka, "not a novice"!], expert, experienced (in); without deficiency; Vinlll 41,27 (aham kho pana susikkhito ~o sake cariyake kumbhakrakamme pariyodtasippo; Sp 287, nfoll.: ~o ti anu-avayo sandhivasena ukralopo, anu anu avayo yam yam kumbhakrehi kattabbam nma atthi sabbattha anno paripunnasippo ti attho); D I 88,7 (lokyatamahpurisalakkhanesu ~o; Sv 248,9: ~o ti... anno pariprakari, avayo na hoti ti vuttam hoti); A III 152,31 (tattha sikkhito hoti ~o; Mp III 286,5: ~o ti samattho paripunno, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be samatto); Ja VI 64,2* (sabbo so bhakkho ~o ti vutto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anavajjo ti; 64,6': ~o ti anu avayo anu punappunam olokiyamno pi avayo paripunnaguno anavajjo, Be so; Ce anavajjo ti anu avajjo punappuna olokiyamno pi avajjo paripunnaguno ...; Ee anavajjo ti anu avayo punappuna olokiyamno pi ~o paripunnaguno ...; Se ~o ti anavajjo punappunam olokiyamno pi ~o ...); Sp 287,24 (-tte sati); Ap-a 508,26 (vedangesu ~o); see also avaya1, avaya2. anavaratam, ind. [ts], uninterruptedly, incessantly; Abh41 (santatam ~am); It-all 142,11 (anavaratappavattasaddhammamahdno ti). anavasificanaka, mfn. [from avasincati], not spilling, not overflowing; Ja I 400,6' (anavasekan ti ~am aparissvanakam katv) ^ Nidd-a 1444,17.

anavasumbhitv, ind. [neg. absol. o/*ava + sumbhati], not throwing down, not overturning, not upsetting; Ja VI 76,27 (viddho pi pniyaghatam yath v tath v ~itv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anusumbhitv, prob, wr, perhaps for *anosumbhitv) ^ Cp-a261,2o (Be so; Se anavasumbhetv; Ce, Ee amuncitv). anavasesaka in Be, Ce, Ee at Jal 400,1* is prob, wr (unmetrical) for anavaseka qv sv avaseka. anavasesetv, ind., neg. absol. ofcaus. o/avasissati qv. anavosita, mfn. [ana1 + vosita, or a blend of V + avasita and anosita], not settled; not determined; not finished; 0,-atta, mfn., whose mind has no firm convictions; Th 101 (~o mukhanarigali odariko kusito; Th-aI218,i2yb//.: ~o ti anurpam na vositatto... akatakaraniyo ti attho, atha v -o ti anu-avositasabhvo ... dasasu ariyavsesu avasitav ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avusitav ti); see also anosita sv osita. anavhta, mfn., neg. pp q/*avhayati qv. anassaka, mfn. [a3 + assa3 + ka2], without horses; Ja VI 515,9* (~o arathako digham addhnam gato; 515, w: -o ti assavirahito, Be so; Ce, Se - 0 ti ~o yeva; Ee ~o ti na assako ti yeva, prob. wr). anasssaka, mfn. [a3 + asssa + ka2], not getting one's breath; unable to breathe; Vin III 84,22 (bhikkh ... bhikkhum afigulipatodakena hsesum, so bhikkhu uttanto ~o klam aksi) = IV 110,33; D i l 334,20 (imam purisam... jiyya ~am mretv; Sv811,7: dhanujiyya givam vethetv ti attho). anasssim at S IV 43,nfoll. is prob. aor. 1 sg. of nassati qv. anassum, aor. 3 pi. of nassati qv. ankulaniya, mfn. [neg. fpp of *kulayati, denom. from kula^v], not to be confounded, disturbed; Pv-a 118,1 (rpasampadam nissya visabhgavatthun pi ~o hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ankaddhaniyo v ti). angacchana, n. [from gacchati], not returning; Mp III 78,18 (ngan ti chanddihi agacchanato pahinakilese puna angacchanato gum akaranato). angantna, neg. absol. of gacchati qv. angamitv in Ee at Ap-a 325,12 is prob, wr for ankaddhitv (Be, Ce, Se so). angava(t), mfn. [cf gu2 and S. anga, angas], free from fault, blameless; Mhv37:115 (evam ha mahngo mahngam ~). angmika, m. [angmi(n) + ka2], one who does not return, an angmi; It-al 39,32 (bhvakarassa pahnassa). angra, see sv agra. angriya, see sv anagriya. angri in Ee at Ap 424,31 is prob, wrfor anagri; see sv agri(n). ancara, m. [mc for ancra qv sv cra], misconduct, esp. sexual misconduct; Ap 552,23 (abhabbatthne vajjetv vrayanti ~am, Be so; Ce parivajjenti; Ee paripcento anvaram; Se paripcento ancram) ^ 586,15 (vrayitv ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pcayanti anvaram) * 593,25 (vrayimha ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pcayimha anvaram); Bv 25:32 (parivajjento -am; Bv-a 267,29: -an ti ancram akattabbam, akaraniyan ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce,

101

Ee wr ancran ti). ancariyaka, mfn. [a3 + cariya + ka2], 1. not having a teacher; not dependent on an instructor, VinI 60,23 (bhikkh upajjjhyesu pakkantesu... - anovadiyamn ananussiyamn); Ja IV 180,4 (pornakapandita ~); Mil 105,2 (paccekabuddh sayambhuno ~); Niddl 457,18 (bhagav sayambh ~o); Pj 1193,28 (anuttaro tattha tattha asadisatya attan v ~o hutv paresam cariyabhvena); 2. free from bad influences', SIV 136,6 foil. (anantevsikam idam ... brahmacariyam vussati ~am... anantevsiko ... bhikkhu ~o sukham phsum viharati; SpkII 403,3: -an ti caranakakilesavirahitam); 137, I3 (na samudcaranti nam ppak akusal dhamm ti tasm ~o ti vuccati). ancmiyamna, mfn., neg. pass, part.pr. o/camati qv. ancraka, m(fn). [ancra + ka2], (one) who is immoral, of ill-behaviour; Ap-a 120, B (ayam isi evarpo ~oti). ancri in Ee at A I 211,33 and Pp 57,28 is prob, wr for rcri qv sv r2; at Ja I 495,28 is wr for ancr qv sv cra. annam in Ee at Ps V 55,22 and 56,io is wr for atnam (Be, Ce,Seso). antidesa, see sv atidesa. anthamna, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of *nthati, cfS. Vnth "to beg; to be master"; or from antha qv sv ntha, and see K.R. Norman, 1966, pp. 118-19], not begging; not soliciting; or not being in control; or helpless, without a protector; or acting like an antha (a Jain or jivikal); JaV 16,i* (ya pitv cittasmi anesamno hindati go-r-iva bhakkhasdi ~oupagti naccati; cf 18,23". ~o ti niravassayo antho viya); see also ndhati. andayi in Ee at Pv-a208,i is prob, wrfor andiyi qv. andayitv in Ee at Pv-a 13,27 is wr for andiyitv #v sv diyati2. andari, n. [for andariya], disrespect, disregard; VinV 87,12* (in uddna: ehi ~i bhims; Sp 1307,\ifoil.: eh' vuso gmam v ti sikkhpadam ca andariyam ca bhikkhubhimspanakam ca). andariya, n. [from andara], disrespect; disregard; carelessness; Vin IV 113,9 (vuso Channa evarpam m aksi n' etam kappati ti, so ~am paticca karoti yeva); V 118,13 (dve ~ni puggalndariyam ca dhammndariyam ca); A V 146, n (~am appahya); Vibh 371,7 (~am andarat agravat ...; Vibh-a499,26: ovdassa andiyanavasena andrabhvo ~am); Mil 266,n (pattim pajjanti... ~ena v ajnanena v ti); Pp 20,14 (~am-t). andariyaka, mfn. [andariya + ka2], disrespectful; Pv-a5,29 (duccaritanirato ~o hutv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se andariko). andariyana, n. [from *dariyati < S. driyate ?], disrespect; Vibh-a499,26 ('-kro andarat, eds so, perhaps wrl * As 393,22: andiyankro). andniyankro in Ee at As 393,22 is wr for andiyankro (Be, Ce, Se so). andi-anidhanappavatta, mfn., proceeding or existing without beginning or end; Nett 112,13 (dvsatthi ditthigatni mohajlam ~am). andiyana1, see sv diyana1.

andiyana2, n., ~ , / [from diyati2, or from diyati1], lack of respect; not regarding with attention; or not accepting; Th-aIII 6,n (so therassa vacanam ndiyi, thero tassa ~ena...); As 393,21 (ovdam -vasena andarassa bhvo andariyam) * Vibh-a 499,25; As 393,22 ('-kro v andarat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr andniykro); Vibh-a 499,28 fall, (anadd ti ~ anaddyan ti 0,-kro); Pj II 516,29 (buddhdinam vacanam andiyanatya). andiyana, mfn., neg. part.pr. of diyati1 qv. andiyi, neg. aor. 3. sg. [of diyati2], took no notice (of); did not show respect (to); Pv-a208,i (eko upsako ... ovdamadsi, so tarn andiyi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee andayi, prob. wr). andiyitv, neg. absol. of diyati1 qv. annu- is the rhythmically (or metrically) lengthened form of an-(a3) + anu1- in annugiddha (see sv anugijjhati), annujna(t) (see sv anujnti), annutappa(t) (see sv anutapati), annupassi(n) (see sv anupassi[n]), annuputtha (see sv anupucchati), annuyyi(n) (see sv anuyyi[n]), annuruddha (see sv anurujjhati), annuloma (see sv anuloma), annuvaija (see sv anuvadati). anpajja, neg. absol. o/pajjati qv. anpattika, mfn. [a3 + patti + ka2], who has committed no offence; VinI 114,30 (bhikkhnam ~nam); V218,4 (krako ca sangho ~o siy); Sp 374,5 (sace bhagav ... cittuppdamattena pattim pannpeyya ko sakkuneyya ~am attnam ktum); see also spattika. anpara, mfn. [a3 + apara, with rhythmical or metrical lengthening], without another, matchless; Sn 1094 (akincanam andnam etam dipam -am nibbnam iti nam brumi; Pj II 597,23: ~an ti aparapatibhgadipavirahitam, setthan ti vuttam hoti). anpardhakammanta, mfn., see sv apardha. anpucch, neg. absol. o/pucchati qv. anmata, mfn. [cfS. anmrta], where no-one has died; unaffected by death; Ja II 56,2* (n' atthi loke -am; c/*Ja II 56,s'fall.', matatthnam hi upacravasenaamatan ti vuccati, tarn patisedhento -an ti aha, anamatan ti pi ptho, lokasmim hi anamatatthnam asusnatthnam nma n* atthi ti attho) quoted Dhp-all 99,4* and Sadd 809,24 (ettha na amatam -an ti amatasaddena matatthnabhtassa susnassa vacanatt). anmanta, anmant, neg. absol. o/manteti qv. anmik,/ [ts], the ring-finger; Abh266. anyasa, mfn., [a3 + yasa, or from a3 + ya], not made of iron; or without profit, without benefit;'? Vv 84 5 (ujjangalam tattam ivam kaplam -am paralokena tulyam; Vv-a 335,20 fall.: n' atthi ettha yo sukhan ti ~am ... atha v na yasan ti ~am. paralokena ti narakena tulyam, narakam ... samantato ayomayatt yasam ca, idam pana tadabhvato ~am ... anassayan ti ca keci pathanti). anrambha1, see sv rambha1. anrambha2, mfn. [a3 + rambha2; cfAs RE 111 G prnnam anrambho; K pnnam anlambh(e)], not involving killing or destruction; Vin III 149,14 (vatthum desetabbam ~am saparikkamanam; 151,23: -am nma na kipilliknam v sayo hoti na upaciknam v sayo

102

hoti...); Sp 569,8 (srambham -an ti sa-upaddavam anupaddavam); Utt-vn 714. anrdhika, see sv rdhaka. anriya, see sv ariya. anrocan, / , see sv rocana. anlapanat,/, abstr., see sv lapana. anlika in Ee at A III 352, l and 384,11 is wr for anlhiya {or anlhika) qv. anjhiya, anlhika, mfn. [S. andhya], not rich; poor, destitute; Vin V 149, I (kulam gantv appabhogam ~am); MI 450,34 (puriso daliddo assako ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anliyo; Ps III 167,2i: ~o ti na addho); A III 352, I (daliddo assako ~o inam diyati, Ce so; Be anlhiko; Ee anliko; Se anaddhiko); 384, n (puriso daliddo assako ~o, Ce so; Be anlhiko; Ee anliko; Se anaddhiyo); JaV 96,23* (api ca dalidd kapan~; 97,15': ~ tina lhik; Ee so; Be, Ce ti anlh; Se anliy ti anal); VI 360,28* (~o appadhano daliddo, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anlayo); see also addha2, lhika. anvakula, mfn. [apparently a3 + ava + kula (= kla ?) with rhythmical or metrical lengthening], not sloping; level; JaV 168,24* (apparaj ca bhmi... ~ veluriypanil catuddisam ambavanam surammam, so all eds, perhaps wr [metrically irregular] for ankul or *anokul? 169, r: ~ ti na avakul akhanim ukkulavikulabhvarahit v samasanthit... veluriyamay pasannasalil nilobhs ... pokkharani ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkulabhvarahit va). anvaftan, / , see sv anvvattan. anvatti(n), mfn. [see vattati], not turning to; not seduced, unaffected; MI 91,29 (so n' eva tva ~i kmesu hoti; Ps II 63,7: ~i hoti anvattano anbhogo na hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~i hoti ~ino anbhogo). anvatti, / [see vattati and cf S. anvrtti], not returning, not coming back; -dhamma, mfn. [cf BHS anvartikadhanna, anvrttikadharmin, anvrttidharman], not subject to return (to this world, see angmi[n],); not liable to turn back or change; D I 156,2i (opaptiko hoti tatthaparinibbyi ~o tasm lok) = AI 232,20 (MpII 349,21: yonigativasena angamanadhammo) = Pp 16,22; A IV 402,13 (~am me cittam kmabhavy ti); Ja IV 245,5 (angml ~o tasm lok); Ud-a317,9 (tesam cittam upatthambhetv ~e katv; * PsIV 109,12: anivattidhamme); Cp-a299,32 (bodhisatto bodhiy niyato ~o hoti ti); Pp-a 245,17 (tya). anvattika in eds at Pet 193,20 is prob, wr for anvatthika qv sv vatthika. anvayha, mfn., neg.fppofvahatiqv. anvara1, {mf)n. [a3 + avara with rhythmical or metrical lengthening, cf anpara; but perhaps wr], (what is) not inferior, excellent; the matchless; Ap 552,23 (abhabbatthne vajjetv paripcento -am, Ee so; Se ancram; Be vrayanti ancaram; Ce parivajjentl ancaram) ^ 586,15 (pcayanti ~am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se vrayitv ancaram) * 593,25 (pcayimha ~am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se vrayimha ancaram). anvara2, mfn. [a3 + vara], irresistible; without obstruction; It 76,8* (jetvna maccuno senam vimokkhena ~am; It-all 75,io: ahnehi varitum patisedhetum

asakkuneyyatt ca ~am... vimokkhena ariyamaggena jitv; or perhaps to anvara1). anvasra, mfn. [a3 + avasra with rhythmical or metrical lengthening], on which the sun has not set; recent; JaV 56,3* (~am cirarattasamsitam uccvacam caritam idam purnam; 56,2r: ~an ti na avasram anatthahgatasuriyan ti attho ... pubbanhe katam tarn divasam eva syanhe saranto viya). anivaha, mfn. [a3 + vaha], not bringing, not producing; Patis-a217,7 (avippatisrajya dubbalapitiy na vatthubhtni tass -tt). anvikatv, mfn., neg. absol. o/vikaroti qv. anviddha in Ee at Pv-a 135,15 is prob, wr for anapaviddha qv sv apaviddha. anvesaka, mfn. [a 2 + vesa + ka2], not taking possession; Ap-a279,34 (so bhtavejjo tassa yakkhagahitassa purisassa vesabhtam vihanne ... samlam ca mlena saha yatim ~am katv vinsaye, Ce so; Be, Se ansevakam; Ee ansavakam). ansaka1, mfn., see sv saka. ansaka2, mfn. [a3 + nsa + ka2], not destroying; JaV 118,2' (avinsake ti tava santaknam dhanadhanndinam ~e, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se avinsake). ansaka, / [cf S. anSaka, n.], fasting (as an ascetic practice); S IV 118,1* (~ thandilasyik ca pto sinnam ca tayo ca ved); Dhp 141 (na naggacariy na jat na pank nnsak thandilasyik v; Dhp-a III 77,2o: bhattapatikkhepo ti attho); JaV 241,28* (chadanam katv vancayanti manusse ~ thandilaseyyak ca rajojallam ukkutikappadhnam ...); see also ansaka'. ansavaka in Ee at Ap-a279,34 is prob, wr for anvesaka qv. ansdaniya, mfn., neg.fppofcaus. o/sidati qv. anharaniya, mfn., neg.fppofhzrati qv. anhraka, mfn. [a3 + hra + ka2], not taking food; Spk II 398,30 (ansaka ti ekhadvflidivasena ~). anhta, mfn., neg. pp o/avhayati qv. anikilitvi(n), anikkilitvi(n), mfn. [cfS. nikridayati], not having finished playing; taking enjoyment; SI 9,6 (daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito ... bhadrena yobbanena samanngato pathamena vayas ~i kmesu; Spk I 42,12: ~i kmes ti kmesu akatakilo abhuttvi akatakmakilo ti attho) * 117,25 (dahar ... ~ino). anigha, anigha, mfn. [BHS anigha; etymology uncertain; explained by cts as niddukkha, c/nigha 1 and nigha; or as?L3+ Igha, hence frequent spelling anigha which is, however, usually unmetrical; other possible connections are with agha1, or with (ni)hanti, cf nigha2], free from affliction, from misery; free from evil; MI 288,27 (im satt aver avypajjh ~ sukhi attnam pariharant ti); SI 12,12* (tarn chinnagantham ~am nirsam; Spk I 46^6: -an ti niddukkham); 54,27* (aghajtassa ve nandi nandijtassa ve agham anandi ~o bhikkhu); Dhp 294 (rattham snucaram hantv anigho yti brhmano); Sn 17 (~o tinnakathankatho visallo); 460 (santam vidhmam ~am nirsam); Th745 (panca pancahi hantvna anigho yti brhmano); 1234 (anigh khinapunabbhav isi, eds so; read ~ mc ?); Ja III 443,17* (~o tuvam vassasatni playa, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anigho; 443,27*. niddukkho

103

hutv); V 343,8* (jiva tvam - o ciram); see also anigh. aniccantikatya in Ce, Ee at Vism611,26 is wr for anaccantikatya {Be, Se so). anicchaka, mfn. [ts], not. wishing, not intending; Sp 205,2 (tena te maranena pi mayam akmak -) = Ps III 292,5 (Be, Se so; Ce anicchamnak; Ee wr anicchamtak). anicchamnak, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of icchati qv + ka2], not wishing; unwilling; Ja IV 44,i (ath' assa pit ~assa ekam kumrikam nesi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anicchamnass, eva); V 210,13 (kirn bhikkhave -am bhikkhum nayitth

*}.
anidja, mfn. and n. [BHS id.], 1. (mfn.) immobile; immovable; imperturbable; Vibh-al44,n (rpvacar kusal cetan - samn); 2. (n.) immovability, imperturbability; -ppatta, mfn., having attained immovability; imperturbable; Ud-a 185,30 (rpvacaracatutthajjhnam ... -am sayam aninjanatthena nenjan ti vuccati, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se nenjappattam); see also aneja (sv ej), nefija. anifthangata, mfn., see jvnitth. anina, see sv anana. aniddhrita, mfn. [neg. pp of *ni(s) + dhreti], not determined, not settled; -smatthiya, mfn., the fitness of which is not settled; Ud-a 93,19 (kim ~ena antarbhavena parikappitena payojanan ti, Be, Ce, Se so; ewanudhrita-). aniddhi(n), mfn. [from iddhi], without prosperity; poor; Ja VI 584, is* (unchcariyya jivitam -inam maharja damet, assam va srathi tyamh aniddhik dant asamiddhi dameti no; or aniddhi nam? 584,24/0//.: -inan ti maharja aniddhim asamiddhim daliddapurisam nma s va aniddhi cheko srathi assam viya dameti). aniddhika, mfn. [a3 + iddhi + ka2], poor; powerless; Ja VI 584,19* (ty amh ~ dant asamiddhi dameti no). anindilocana, anindalocana, mfn. [< S. anindya + locana ?], with faultless, beautiful eyes; Ja VI 265,23* (bhatt te hessmi ~e, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anindalocane; 265,26': -e ti aninditabbalocane). anindha, mfn. [a3 + *indha], without fuel; Ja IV 26,22* (-0 dhmaket va kodho yass' upasammati, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anedho; 21,w: anindhano aggi viya) quoted Cp-a 138,28* (eds so). anipphda, m. [from nipphajjati; cf S. anispatti], nonaccomplishment; incompletion; Ja VI 381,7* (-ya saheyya dhiro nippannattho yathsukham bhaneyya, so read? Ce, Ee anippdya; Be anipphannat; Se anipphannya; Ce, Ee, Se unmetrical; CPD sv anipphda suggests nipphd; 381,9': maharja yva attano icchitam na nipphajjissati tva pandito adhivseyya) = 388,19* (Ce, Ee -ya; Be anipphannat; Se anipphannya); see also nipphada. anibbacaniya, mfn. [neg. fpp of *ni(s) + vacati; S. anirvacaniya], not to be explained or analysed; Sadd 285,n (-tt vicchsaddanam). anibbatti(n), mfn. [from nibbattati ornibbatti], not being born again; Ja VI 573,2* (~I tato assam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anivatti; 573,10': tato Tusitabhavanato cavitv manussattam gato va punabbhave ~i assam, sabbanntam

ppuneyyan ti). anibbisa(t), mfn. and/or anibbisam, ind. [part.pr. and/or namul absol (for *anibbesam mc) of *ni(s) + visati (or of nivisati); cf K.R. Norman, 1969, pp. 141-42; 1971, pp. 92-3; 1997, p. 100], not settling, not resting; or not paying; without expiation; Dhp 153 (anekajtisamsram sandhvissam ~am gahakrakam gavesanto; cf Dhp -a III 128,11: tarn nnam avindanto alabhanto yeva sandhvissam) ^ Th78 (c/Th-al 182,19: -an ti tassa nivattakannam avindanto alabhanto); Thi 159(yathbhuccam ajnanti samsari 'ham ~am; c/Thi-a 137,nfoil.: samsrasamudde patittham avindanti alabhanti). animisa, mfn. and m. [S. animisa], 1. (mfn.) unwinking; open (of the eyes); Ja I 77,30 (satth... ~ehi akkhihi olokayamno sattham vitinmesi); V 34,13 (yakkhnam akkhini rattni honti ~ni); VI 336,39' (akkhinam -tya c' eva rattatya ca yakkhinim yakkhini ti natv pi); Dth 5:26; Thp 233,17 (~ena cakkhun); 2. (m.) a god; a fish; Abh 12 (nijjarnimis dibb); 1044 (devamacchesv ~o); Sadd 477,25* (sudhsi tidaso saggavsi ~o pi ca); see also nimisa. anila, m. (and n.) [S. anila, m.], air; wind; Abh 37; Th 1013 (pabbato ~o pi ca); Ja II 219,21* (giri-m-iva -ena duppasaho); Ap-a 427,11/0//. (n' atthi niliyanam gopanam etth ti ~am... -am ca tarn yanam c' eti anilyanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee etth ti alinam, prob, wr); '-afijasa, m.n., the wind's path, air, space; Ap 253,24 (padam n' atthi ambare -e); 381,7 (sambuddho gacchi -); Bvl:31 (sangitiyo pavattenti ambare ~e); Sadd442,14* (kso ambaram ... vyupatho apatho -am); 6ddhuta, mfn., shaken, agitated by the wind; Abh 600; -patha, m., the wind's path, air, space; Abh 46; Ja IV 119,4 (-en' eva uttarahimavantam gantv). anivatti(n), mfn. [S. anivartin], not turning back; not to be turned back; A I 147, is* (-1 bhavissmi brahmacariyaparyano; Mp II 243,3 foil: pabbajjato c'eva sabbannutannato ca na nivattissmi anivattako bhavissmi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anibbattako va); Ja III 5,23 (amhkam ranfio suhad -ino hutv yuijhath ti); Ps III 122,8 (buddhnam pi atekicch -ino). anivattika, mfn. [anivatti(n) + ka2], not turning back, persevering; continuing; Mp III 260,27 (pabbajjato -0 bhavissmi brahmacariyavsato -o); Pj I 153,10 (lokadhamm ti yva lokappavatti tva ~ dhamm ti). anisedhanat, / , abstr., see sv nisedhana. anissuka, mfn. [BHS anirsuka], not jealous, not envious; A IV 98,7* (vitalobh -, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anussuk; Mp IV 49,25: katthaci ussukkam anpann); see also issuki(n). anika, (m.)n. (occasionally written anika) [S. anika, m.n.], an army; troops; Abh 381 (-0); Vin I 185,16 (hirannam ohya... sattahatthikam ca -am; Sp 1083,20: ettha cha hatthiniyo eko ca hatthi ti idam ekam -am); IV 107,34 (-am nma hatthnikam assnlkam rathnikam pattnikam); Ja VI 499,26* (yassa pubbe -ni... yyantam anuyyanti); Kkh 118,19 foil.; Vin -vn 1580 (dassanatthy -am v, Be so; Ee anikam); ifc see pace -, bal-, vipacc-; 0, -agga, n., the front, van of an army;

104

Sn421 (jtim viya khattiyo sobhayanto ~am ngasanghapurakkhato); -ttha, m., a soldier, esp. a royal guard, bodyguard; Abh 342; D III 64,32 (ganakamahmatt ~ dovrik); JaV 100,9* (hatthroh ~ rathik); Ap360,i (dovrik ~); -dassana, n.t a troop inspection, review of soldiers; VinlV 107,8 (senavyham pi ~am pi gacchanti); D I 6, n; Nidd I 367, I (~am, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anikadassanam). anigha, see sv anigha. anigh, / [cfS. anih], inactivity; indifference; Ja IV 424,2i* (m ~ya hpesi; cf 424,27': ito gantv pattabbya niddukkhabhvya viriyam m hpesi; cf anigha) = V 359,29*. anitika, mfn. [a3 + Iti + ka2], free from calamity or distress; Abh 7; Sadd70,26* (nibbnam... saranam ca paryanam ~am); VinH 79,2 (dis abhay ~ anupaddav); S n l l 3 7 (yo me dhammam adesesi... tanhakkhayam ~am; Pj II 605,26: ~an ti kilesa-itivirahitam); Ap 387,19 (vannav yasav homi mahbhogo ~o); Mil 304,9 (so aggi vuccati ~o anupaddavo samaye nibbuto nm ti); see also sa-itika. anitiha, mfn. [from a3 + iti ha or itih with rhythmical or metrical lengthening], not received through tradition; not based on hearsay; AII 26,io* (samvarattham pahnattham brahmacariyam -am adesayi so bhagav; Mp III 42,9: -an ti itihaparivajjitam, aparapattiyan ti attho) = It28,14* (cf It-al lll,3oyb//.: itiyo vuccanti upaddav ... itiyo hanati vinseti pajahati ti itiham, anuitihan ti ~am... atha v Mhi anatthehi saddhim hananti gacchanti pavattanti ti itih tanhdikiles, n' atthi ettha itih ti ~am, itih ti v yathvutten' atthena titthiyasamay, tappatipakkhato idam ~am; anitihan tipi ptho); Sn 1053 (kittayissmi te dhammam... ditthe dhamme ~am); Th331 (anuppatto sacchikato sayam dhammo ~o); Ja I 450,28* (vymassa phalam passa bhutt amb ~am; 451,6': idam vymassa phalam, tarn ca kho pana ~am, iti ha sa iti ha s ti evam itihitihena gahetabbam na hoti, paccakkham eva tarn phalam pass ti). anilaka, anilaka, see sv anoiaka. anu1, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns, adjectives, adverbs; prefix to verbs; preposition; adverb; frequently inserted in iterative cpds; before vowels usually taking the form anv- (occasionally aim-,); sometimes, esp. in cpds, lengthened to nu-; sometimes repeated as preverb, prefix or preposition; Abh 1174; Sadd 883,H*yb//. 1. as prefix and preverb expresses: with, along; after, behind; subordinate to, inferior to; according to, in conformity with; severally, one after the other; repeatedly; 2. as separate preposition: (i) with ace, and in prepositional cpds, expresses: according to, in conformity with; severally, each by each; (ii) with loc. expresses: along, alongside; 3. as adverb: anu -d -eva (or = anvadeva^v): after, afterwards; next; Sp 158,32 (anussarml ti... jtipatiptim anugantv anugantv sarmi anudeva v sarmi; Sp-t[ite] I 389,23: anudev ti anu eva, dakaro padasandhivasena gato) ^ It-aII 135,8; Mp I 73,20 (anvadev ti anudeva sah'eva ekato yev ti attho); anu- may sometimes represent

ano- (< -anava-), see anusumbhitv, anussuta2. anu2 is a frequent spelling for anu qv. anu-anu-vatteti, pr. 3 sg.9 turns, directs repeatedly; Vibh-a 500,26 (~eti ti anvvattan). anu-anu-haritv, ind. [absol. of *anu-anu + harati], bringing repeatedly; Ud-a389,8 (samannharitv ti... samm ~itv). anu-anugijjhati, pr. 3 sg., eagerly desires again and again; Nidd-al 55,17 (anugijjhati ti ~ati punappunam pattheti). anu-anunayana, n., repeated conciliation; Nidd-al 38,4 (visaye sattnam ~ato anunayo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anu nayanato). anu-anupassati, pr. 3 sg., contemplates repeatedly; Vism642,i3 (anupassati ti ~ati, anekehi karehi punappunam passati" ti attho). anu-anupassana, ., contemplating repeatedly; Sp 435,7 (ubhayam pi pana purimapurimannnam ~ato anupassan ti vuccati) = Patis-a 504,25. anu-anuseti, pr. 3 sg., clings repeatedly; recurs again and again; Nidd-al 41,23 (thmagatthena ~etl ti anusayo). anu-andati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + andati], adheres to, follows; Sadd 377,24 (ettha ~ati anubandhati ti anvadi, anvadi eva anvadev ti). anu-aya, see sv anvaya. anu-avassa, seesv anvvassa. anu-gata, see sv anvgata. anu-gantv, see sv anvgantvna. anu-nayati, see sv anvnayati. anu-yoga, m., repeated exercise, persistent application; Nidd-al 354,1 (anuyogan ti... ~am punappunam karanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit). anu-vattati, see sv anvvattati. anu-vittha, see sv anvvisati. anu-iti, anu-eti, see sv anveti. anu-esati, see sv anvesati. anu-esi(n), mfn. [S. anvesin], searching for, seeking; ifc see kimkusal- (^v ka3), kusal-. anu-otthata, mfn. [pp o/*anu 1 + ottharati], covered all over; VinI 32,8 (yasmim padese bhagav viharati so padeso udakena ~o hoti, Ee so; Ce otthato; Se otthato; Be na otthato). anuka, see sv anuka. anukankhi(n), mfn. [S. anuknksin], longing for; ifc see piy-. anukaddhana, n. [cf S. anukarsana], (gr.t.t.) referring back (to a former rule); including (in a preceding rule); Sadd330,n (jakkha bhakkhane ca, hasannukaddhanattham cakro). anuka44hita. mfit. [pp of *anu' + kaddhati; cfS. anuVkrs], dragged along; Vism 104,30 (dosacarito pdaggehi khananto viya gacchati sahas pdam nikkhipati sahas uddharati ~am c' assa padam hoti); 105,4* (dutthassa hoti ~am padam mlhassa padam sahasnupilitam) = Pj II 544,2* (^ Mp I 436,17*: avakaddhitam; * Dhp-al 201,7*: dutthassa hoti sahasnupilitam mjhassa hoti avakaddhitam padam). anukantati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + kantati1], cuts; SI 49,14*

105

(kuso yath duggahito hattham evnukantati) = Dhp 311. anukantana, n. [from anukantati], cutting; MpIV 195,20 (anupavitthatthena ' -atthena ca sallato). anukampaka, m/(~ and-ik$)n. [ts], kind, caring, compassionate; DII 143,23 (nando ... rodamno atthsi... satthu ca me parinibbnam bhavissati yo mamam ~o ti; Sv584,2i: yo mam anukampati anussati); 111187,22 (cathi... thnehi ~o mitto suhado veditabbo); SI 197,8 (devat tassa bhikkhuno anukampik); Pv5:3 (evam dadanti ntinam ye honti ~; Pv-a25,2s: ~ ti atthakm hitesino); Thi210 (me mt... anukampik); JaIV 4,20* (~nam ntinam vacanam samma nkari); V 329, n* (~ patitth ca pubbe rasadadi ca no ... mt; 329,21" ~ ti muduhaday); Ap 148,20 (~o lokavid); 538,29 (aho 'nukampik amham sabbsam vira Gotami, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aho 'nukampit, prob, wr); Mill08,is (buddho kruniko ~o hitesi). anukampati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVkamp], takes pity on; cares for; commiserates, sympathises with (ace. or gen.); Vin II 128,30 (pacchimam janatam tathagato ~ati); D III 189,n (mtpitaro ... puttam -anti); S V 189,3 (ye bhikkhave ~eyytha); A III 263,27 (gihinam ~ati); IV 79,20 (tarn arahanto pathamam ~ant ~issanti); Pv 13:6 (-a mam dhira mahnubhva); 27:8 (~assu); Th 238 (yo ca mettena cittena sabbapnnukampati); Ja III 309,21* (atho mam ~asi); VI 281,28* (in fn: ~hi me amma, Be, Se so; Ee anukampaka patith, prob, wr; Ce omits); Ap 360,21 (~atu me buddho); part.pr. (a) anukampa(t), mfn., It 21,10* (sabbe ca pane manasnukampam; = AIV 151,3*: manasnukampi); (b) anukampanta, m/(~anti)w., A III 42,2i (te saddham yeva pathamam ~ant ~anti); Pv 32:4 (mam ~anto); Ap 325,15 (amhkam ~anto upagacchi vinyako); Ja III 243,23' (-antassa); Th-al 123,i (~antiy may); (c) anukampamna, mfn. Sn 37 (mitte suhajje ~amno hpeti attham patibaddhacitto); Ja V 83,2i* (mt va puttam ~amno); aor. 3 sg. (a) anukampi, S I 82,20 (ubhayena vata mam so bhagav atthena ~i); Th 334 (anussi mam ariyavat ~I anuggahi, or to anukampi[n] qv); Ja V 73,28'; (b) anukampittha, Mhv 37:109; absol. (a) anukampa, Ja III 442,8* (panemi dandam ~a yoniso); (b) anukampiya, Ap 504,28 (lokanyako ~iya Sakynam upesi Kapilavhayam); pp anukampita, mfn. [ts], favoured; pitied; treated with compassion; M I 23,37 (~-rp 'yam bhot Gotamena pacchim janat); Pv 27:30 (anukampit' amha bhadante bhatten' acchdanena); Ap421,i5 (~-tt tena devadevena tdin, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anukampitako); anukampita in Ee at Ap 538,29 (aho 'nukampit amham) is prob, wr for anukampik (Be, Ce, Se so); fpp (a) anukampiya, mfn., Vv 40:6 (yassa me anukampiyo, eds so, read yo me assa ~o koci with L. Alsdorf 1967, p. 3291 Vv-a 180,2i: yass tiyo assa ~o ti anukampitabbo); (b) anukampitabba, mfn., Sp 780,23 (na piletabbo anukampitabbo ti); Vv-a 180,21; Sadd 556,2; caus. part.pr. anukampenta, mfn., taking pity on, sympathising with; Thi-a247,32 (puttak ti smannavohrena dhltaram anukampento lapati). anukampana, n. [ts], compassion, taking pity; Abh 1193; Ps II 236,2 (pacchimam janatam ~ato); Mp II

160,15; anukampana in Ee at Pv-a88,6 is wr for anukampamna (Be, Ce, Se so). anukamp, / [ts], compassion, pity, mercy; kindness (to, gen. or he); Abh 160; Vin III 42,15 (na hi nma ... tassa moghapurisassa pnesu anudday ~ avihes bhavissati; Sp 288, is: ~ ti paradukkhena cittakampan); D1204,16(~am updy ti); MI 12,16 (atthi me tumhesu ~); SI 206,27* (na tena hon* samyutto snukamp anudday); Th 176 (yya no ~ya amhe pabbjayi muni); Ja III280,18 (tava -ya tarn maran mocetum gato 'mhi ti); Niddl 225,23 (na mayham imin attho api ca tumhkam yeva ~ya patigganhmi ti); Mil 129,18 (tassa kulassa ~ya); Vism 39,i (thero draknam ~ya mahgmam agamsi); (a)-t,/, abstr., compassion; kindness; Vin II 250,37 (krunnat hitesit~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anukampita); ifc see lok-. anukampi(n), mfn. [S. anukampin], compassionate; sympathising with; AIV 151,3* (sabbe va pane manasnukampi; * It 21,io*: manasnukampam; c/PDhp246: manasnukampi; Udna-v 31:43: anukampam); Th334 (anussi mam ariyavat ~i anuggahi, or aor. 3 sg.of anukampati qv); anukampi in Ee at Ap 35,13 is wr for anukampa (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see hit-. anukampik, / 0/anukampaka qv. anukampita, m^i.,/?po/anukampati qv. anukampitaka, mfn. [anukampita + ka2], favoured, treated with compassion; Ap421,i5 (~o tena devadevena tdin, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anukampitatt); anukarana, n. [ts], imitation; following an example; Ud-a 29,20 (-vasena); Th-all 60,2 (gajjantassa hi ~am etam); Sadd484,30 (anuvidh ~e); -nma, n., an imitative word or compound (constructed from a phrase); Sadd 880,6 foil. (~am nma yevpano... natumhkavaggo ti); -sadda, m., an imitative word; onomatopoeic word; Ud-a 66,23 (akkulapakkulikam aksi ti tayo vre akkulo pakkulo ti... evarupam saddam aksi, ~o hi ayam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anukarana-); Sadd 642,15. anukaroti, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWkr] (3 pi. anukaronti, anukubbanti), does after; imitates, emulates; equals (gen. of person); follows; A I 211,23 (imin pi angena arahatam ~omi uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati); S I 19,4*(asanto nnukubbanti) = Ja IV 65,8*; Sn221 (evam gihi nnukaroti bhikkhuno); JaV 434,2 (katam ~oti); Ps III 341,6 (tarn ca dhammam ~ontu prentu); part.pr. (a)anukara(t), mfn., Jail 150,14* (tassnukaram; 150,17': tassa ~onto); (b) anukaronta, mfn., Ja 1491,15 (na kho ... Devadatto idn* eva mama ~onto vinsam patto); (c) anukubba(t), mfn., Vin II 201,27* (mamnukubbam kapano marissati); (d)anukubbanta, mfn., Jail 205,19' (anukubbantass' eva); see also anukubba. anukassami, fut. 1 sg. [of *anu1 + kasati3 ? cfS. anukarsa ? or for *anugassmi, fut. of anugyati qv, cfS. gsyati ?], / will recite, I will quote; D i l 255,23* (silokam ~ami; Sv684,n: akkharapadaniyamitam vacanasanghtam pavattayissmi). anukma, mfn. [anu1 + kma], responding to love; loving in return; Jail 157,22* (ayam Assakarjena deso vicarito may anukmaynukmena piyena patin saha,

106

Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anukmaya kmena; read anukmynukmena ? 157,27': anti niptamattam, may tarn kmayamnya tena mam kmayamnen ti attho). anukra, m. [ts], imitation; resemblance; Dip 5:39 (pubbangam bhinnavd Mahsangitikrak tesam ca ~ena bhinnavd bah ah). anukranam, ind. (or -a, n.) [anu1 + krana1], in accordance with the argument or basis of opinion; (or: a basis of opinion in accordance with...); Sp 1097,9 (dhammassa ca anudhammam vykaronti ti bhagavato vuttakranassa -am kathenti) * Sv 349, is * Ps III 46,16 foil, (kranam nma tikotiparisuddhamacchamamsaparibhogo, -am nma mahjanassa tath vykaranam); anukrana- in Ee at Ud-a 66,23 is wr for anukrana- qv. anukri(n), mfn. [S. anukrin], imitating; resembling; Dth 5:32 (in long cpd). anukinna, mfn. \pp o/*anu1 + kirati; S. anukirna], strewn with; crowded with; Ud-a 350,24 (rgarajdlhi -am); ifc see bhamaragan-, raja-; see also anvakri. anukiriy, / [S. anukriy], imitation; Ja II 39,3 (na kho... Devadatta idn' eva -am karonto vinsam ppuni); Dhp-al 144,3 (Devadatta... buddhalilhya dhammam desessmi ti tumhkam -am kari ti). anukujjati, see sv anukjati. anukubba, mfn. [cf anukubbanti, anukubba(t) sv anukaroti], doing (in return); ifc see kicc(sv karoti). anukubba(t), anukubbanta, anukubbanti, see sv anukaroti. anukulam, anukulesu, ind. [anu1 + ace, loc. o/kula], in each family; according to family custom; SI 76,24* (ye ca yafin nirrambh yajanti -am sad, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuklam; Spkl \469\3 foil.: -esu yajanti, yam niccabhattdim pubbapurisehi patthapitam tarn aparparam anupacchindant manuss dadanti ti attho) = AII 43,4* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuklam); anukula-yailfia, mfn. or n. [cfBHS anuklayajiia] (being) an offering according to family custom; D I 144,9 (niccadnni -ni, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anukla-, prob, wr); AII 42,25 (evarpam kho aham... nirrambham yannam vannemi yadidam niccadnam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anukla-, prob, wr; Mp III 82,12: -an ti amhkam pithi pitmahehi dinnatt evam kulnukulavasena yajitabbam dtabban ti attho). anukjati, anukujjati,/?/-. 3 sg. [anu1 + kjati], calls in answer; Ja VI 519,8' (kjantam -anti, Be so; Ce, Ee anukujjanti; Se upakjanti). anukla, mfn. [ts], 1. following the bank; Ap 347,7 (jtassarassnukl, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -am); 368,25 (~ ca ketak, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce anukle; Se anukule); 2. faithful, devoted; Saddh312 (sahyo ... gunaddho -o ca, so read ? Ee wr anukulo); 3. favourable, suitable; in conformity; (gr.t.t.) agreeing with; Ja IV 77,5' (appatikklavdl ti... -ameva vadati); Vism 114,21 (rgacaritassa tva ettha dasa asubh kyagat sati ti ekdasa kammatthnni -ni, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anukulni); Ps I 168,25 (attano 0-kammatthnam gahetv); As 168,11 (sac* assa idam pathavikasinam -am

hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anukulam); Mhv 11:5 (duve dhit cnukl); Sadd266,i2*; ifc see cariy-; 0 -bhva, m., conformity; compliance; Dhp-aIII 162,21 (satth daharassa attano -am natv); Vv-a71,i8 (smikassa -en' eva vase vattanasil); Patis-a 526,29 (nibbidiinnam-ena anulomato); -yafifta in Ee at D1144,9 and AII 42,25 is wr for anukulayanna qv; ananukla, mfn., not suitable; not in conformity; Sadd 470,14 (virodhotit); 527,28. anuklam, ind. [anu1 + acc. o/kla], along the bank; Ap 347,7 (jtassarassnuklam ketak, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -nukl); anuklam in Ee at SI 76,24* and A II 43,4* is wrfor anukulam qv. anukle, anuklamhi, ind. [anu1 + loc. of kla; BHS anukle], on the bank; along the bank; Ap257,n (suvannavannam sambuddham ~e samhitam); Cp 2:7:3 (vicaranto -amhi). anuklaka, mfn. [anukla + ka2], conforming to; ifc see icch-. anukkama, m. [S. anukrama], I. order; succession; Abh429; Sp 1312,14 (yath pana attham vannayissma evam ettha - 0 veditabbo); Sv 461,34 (sabbam -am katv); Pj I 88,30 (idam hi suttam iminnukkamena bhagavat avuttam pi);frequently instr. -ena, gradually, in due course; JaI262,2o(rjnamupatthahanto-ena ranno abbhantare visssiko jto); Vism 125,30 (tass' evam karontassa -ena nivaranni vikkhambhanti); Ps I 90,2 (sampattim nibbattento -ena amatam nibbnam patilabhati ti); Pv-a5,30 (-ena sabbasampattiyo parihyitv); 2. an element in the training of horses; MI 446,17 (tarn enam assadamako uttarim kranamkreti -e mandale khurakye ...; Ps III 158,10: -e ti cattro pde ekappahren' eva ukkhipane ca nikkhipane ca); 3. an appurtenance; a toggle; Ps III 437,14 (-0 vuecati pse pavesanaganthi, ditthnusayass, etam nmam); ifc see sah'-. anukkamati (and anukkameti ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVkram], goes after, follows; treads upon; It 80,8* (ye satthavhena anuttarena sudesitam maggam -anti); Th 194 (hatthikkhandhvapatitam kunjaro ce ~e; l h - a l l 62,28: kufijaro -eyya ca); part.pr. (a) anukkama(t), mfn., A III 41,8* (satam dhammam -am; Mp III 249,25: mahpurisnam dhammam -anto); Vv 64:1 (uyynabhmim abhito -am); (b) anukkamanta, mfn., Patis-a 2,12* (suttam ca yuttim ca -anto) = Nidd-al 2,10* (eds -ento); (c) anukkamamna, mfn., A V 195,2 (anupariyyapatham -amno); inf. anukkamitave, SI 24,8* (na-y-idam bhsitamattena ekantasavanena v -itave sakk, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -itum ve); absol. anukkamma, JaV 269,11* (khuradhram anukkamma). anukkamitv, neg. absol. o/ukkamati qv. anukkhipati, anukhipati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + khipati], throws along; throws back, gives in return; part.pr. (a) anukkhipa(t), mfn., Cp 3:11:6 (drako vattam -am slvisam akopayi; Cp-a246,s: gendukam -anto); (b) anukkhipantax, mfn., Cp -a 246,5; aor. 3 sg. anukhipi, Th-alll 58,32 (anvaksi ti... attano vudham anukhipi chaddesi); fpp anukkhipitabba, mfn., Sp 1125,17 (anukkhepo nma yam kinci -itabbam).

107

anukkhipanta1, m/h., part.pr. o/anukkhipati qv. anukkhipanta2, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/ukkhipati qv. anukkhipitv, neg. absol. o/ukkhipati qv. anukkhepa, m. {from anukkhipati], throwing back, compensation; Vin I 285,30 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~e dinne atirekabhgam dtun ti; Sp \\25,\ifoll.: -o nma yam kind anukkhipitabbam anuppadtabbam kappiyabhandam yattakam tassa pativimse adhikam tattake agghanake yasmim kisminci kappiyabhande dinne ti attho). anukhanati, pr. 3 sg. [ami1 + khanati2; cf BHS anukhaneti], digs after or further, JaV 233,13* (vitasaddham na seveyya udapnam v' anodakam sace pi nam~e vri kaddamagandhikam; 234,4': sace pi... puriso udakam apassanto kalalam viyhitv -eyya). anukhuddaka, mfn. [prob. extracted from khuddnukhuddaka qv sv khudda1 ], minor, less important', Mil 144,3 (katamani tni khuddakni sikkhpadni katamni -ni sikkhpadni ti); Sp 876,17 (khuddnukhuddakehi ti khuddakehi ca -ehi ca); Mp II 348,i5/o//. (tatrpi sanghdisesam khuddakam thullaccayam -am nma). anukhepana in Ee at Ap 405,7 (sarirassnukhepan) is wrfor asukhepana qv sv asu1. anuga, mfn. [ts], going after, following, accompanying (+ gen.); SI 72,16* (kirn c' assa -am hoti chy va anapyini); A V 300,12 (sabbam tarn idha vedaniyam na tarn -am bhavissati ti); Ja IV 426,24* (hotu rj tavnugo); Ap 483,20 (siss sabbe mamnug); ifc see ej-, magg-, vasa-; see also anvaga. anugacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anugacchati], goes along; goes after, follows; goes or falls into (ace); M I 178,19 (so tarn ~ati); S II 105,36 (so tarn -eyya); ThI361 (tarn maggam -ami yena tinn mahesino); Ja VI 52,12' (nnugamissanti); 496,3*; (evam tarn -ami putte dya pacchato); Ps II 407,23 (mam gacchantam -issasi); anugacchati in Ee at Sv 395,26 is wrfor anugajjati qv; part.pr. (a)anugaccha(t), mfn., Paris I 164,4 (-ato); (b) anugacchanta, m/(~anti)., MI 178,20; Ap 525,H (addasam samanam aham vithiy -antam); Dhp-aIII 197,i (t -antiyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anapagacchantiyo); Thi-a 78,18 (kmargasampayuttacittassa vasam -anti); (c)anugacchamna, mfn., Patis-a472,2 (asssam v passsam v -amnam cittam); aor. 3 sg. (a) anugacchi, anuganchi, Mp I 182,12 (eds anuganchi) * Dhp-a II 137,15 (Be, Se ~i; Ce, Ee anuganchi) # Th-alll 134,30 (Be, Ce, Se ~i; Ee anuganchi); (b) anvagacchi, Pv 40:6 (puriso ca te pitthito anvagacchi); (c) anugamsi, VinI 16,15; 3 pl. (a) anvagamum, Ja VI 512,12*; (b) anugamamsu, JaV 508,21 (Ee so; Ce anugamimsu; Be, Se anugacchimsu); (c) anugacchimsu, Dhp-aII 178,7 (anne pi bah bhikkh theram ~imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pucchimsu); inf. (a) anugantum, Ja I 396,17 (na sakk tumhehi anugantum, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee gantum); (b) anugacchitum, Ps IV 164,8; absol. anugantv, Ja IV 419,17 (thokam anugantv); Vism 401,33 (tass' attho plim anugantv veditabbo); Mil 398,20; Ud-a275,i4; pass, part.pr. anugammamna, mfn., JaV 370,10 (panjalin mahjanena anugammamno); Ap-a58,s;

pp anugata, mfn. [ts], following; accompanied by; fallen or gone into; affected by; relating to; Abh 1174; D i l i 173,10* (paris 'ssa hoti 'nugat aeal); Ud 37,23* (~ manaso ubbilp; Be, Ee, Se so, but unmetrical; Ce anuggat; Ud-a237,2/o//.: ~ ti cittena anuvattit ... anuggat ti pi pli, anutthit ti attho); Ja IV 426,27' (esa hamsarj tava vasam -0 hotu tay saddhim ekatthne vasatu); Patis I 128,4 (jtiy ~o lokasannivso); Kv 338,3 (yath tilamhi telam -am anupavittham); Mil 204,27 (samsrasotam - samsrasotena vuyhant); Ps V 55,8 (tarn tt ... anudhammo ti vuttam); ifc see canda-; neg. ananugata, mfn., not following; not led (by others); Pj II 297,29; ananugatantara, mfn., with independent mind; MI 386,24* (jhyissa ananugatantarassa suddhassa; c/PsIII 98,16: kilese ananugatacittassa); fpp anugantabba, mfn. and n. impers., Ud-a 249,28 (na imesu divasesu bhagav ~o ti); Thi-a 171,19 (kalynamitte -an ti); see also anuVg, anvagata. anugacchanaka, mfn. [*anugacchana (anugacchan) + ka2], following, accompanying; Ps III 207,22 (kyam -kileso). anugacchan, / [from anugacchati], following; Paris I 164,13*. anugajjati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. amWgarj], shouts again, states again strongly; Sv 395,26 (pathamavacanena bhagav gajjati dutiyena ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr gacchati... anugacchati). anugajj in Ee at Ap 410,27 is wr; read vinadanti gaj matt with Be, Ce, Se. anuganhanta in Ee at D I 53,13 is wrfor anugganhanta, neg. part.pr. o/ugganhti qv. anuganhti, see sv anugganhti. anugata, w/h.,/?/?o/anugacchati qv. anugati,/ [ts], following; imitation; Sv 1020,7 (tassa nnassa ~iyam nnam; = Spk II 67,27: anugamane); Mp II 145,4 (cariyupajjhyehi katam anukaronto ditthassa tesam erassa -im pajjati nma); ifc see ditth-. anugatika, mfn. [anugati + ka2], following, imitating; adapted to; ifc see ky-, kusal-, citta-. anugantabba, anugantum, anugantv, see sv anugacchati. anugama, m. [ts], following, going after; duranugama, mfn., difficult to follow, difficult to be followed; Ja IV 65,15 (sappurisnam bodhisattnam dhammo anne hi -0); Cp-a 98,26. anugamana, n., - , / (sometimes spelt anuggamana1, under the influence of paccuggamana) [S. anugamana], following, accompanying; the following day; inference; Ps II 395,10 (gmam pindya pavitthe bhikkh disv paccuggamanam pattapatiggahanam sanapannpanam -an ti evamdikam mettam kyakammam nma); Spk I 307,10 (manuss atthami-uposathassa paccuggamanam ca anuggamanam ca karissmi ti sattamiy pi navamiy pi uposathangni samdiyanti); 1167,27 (tassa nnassa ~e nnam; = Sv 1020,7: anugatiyam); Vism 280,6 (satiy nirantaram asssapasssnam -am); 643,22 (rammanassa anvayena -ena); Patis-a495,i (anubandhan ti -); anugamandivasena in Ee at Spk III 42,24 is wr; Ce

108

anupagacchanatdi-; Be, Se anupagacchantdi-; duranugamana, mfn., hard to follow, Spkl 59,6 (durannayo ti ~o); ifc see paccuggaman-. anugammamna, mfn., pass, part.pr. o/anugacchati qv. anuVg, [S. amWg], to go after, follow; to act in conformity to; aor. 3 sg. (a) anvag, Mhv 7:10 (eko tarn vriyanto pi rjaputtena anvag); (b) anvagam', Ja V 172,18* (tejo nu te nnvagam dantamlam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anvagatam; or from anvaga^v; 174,20': udhu visam dantamlam na anvagatam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anvagatam; Se omits na); (c)anvag 1 , Sn586 (anutthunanto klakatam sokassa vasam anvag; or 3 pi. ? see K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 260; or from anvag4 qv; Pj II 461,2: anvag ti vasam gato); 1 sg. (a) anvagam2, Ja V 258,7* (mham kko va dummedho kmnam vasam anvagam, Be, Ce so; Ee annag; Se anvag) quoted Sadd 464,24 (anvagam); (b) annag, JaV 258,7* (mham... kmnam vasam annag, Ee so; Be, Ce anvagam; Se anvag); (c) anvag2, Ja IV 121,20* (mham kmehi sammatto jarya vasam anvag; or from anvag4 ? \2\,22'foil.: mham ... jarya vasagmi nma homi); 3pl. anvag3, SI 39,4* (nmassa ekadhammassa sabbe va vasam anvag); Th469 (ye ca ghosena anvag); see also anugacchati. anugmi(n), mfn. [S. anugmin], following; Pet 166,12 (yam manas padutthena bhsati v karoti v dukkham assnugmini, eds so); Pj II 453,23 (anuyutt ti ~ino sevak); Patis-a 562,17 (tadanvay honti ti tarn ~ini tarn anuvattini honti, Ee so; Ce ~ini; Be, Se ~im; ad Patis II 49,12 foil: bhvanya kat' indriyni tadanvayni honti). anugmika, anugmiya, mfn. [from anugmi(n)], following, accompanying; not leaving; Khp 8:8 (eso nidhi sunihito ajeyyo ~o; Pj I 223,11 foil.: anugacchati ti ~o, paralokam gacchantam pi... na vijahati ti attho ... eso hi -tt tarn na ppajahati ti); Ja IV 280,23' (tarn punnakammam pandit ~am nidhim nma kathenti); Mil \ 59,3\ foil, (na mahrja tathagato parisya ~o paris pana tathgatassa ~); Pj II 309,16 (-am attdhlnam rjdhinam asdhranan ti); Saddh 311 (mahnidhnam nihitam akkhayam anugmiyam). anugyati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. anuVgai], sings after; repeats in verse; recites (a text or hymn); praises; Vin I 245,19 (brhman pornam mantapadam gitam pavuttam samihitam tad ~anti) = D I 104,11; Sn 1131 (pryanam ~issam; Pj II 605,8: bhagavat gitam ~issam); Mil 120,13 (ye keci siddh saccam -anti mahmegho pavassat ti); Pet 87, is (bhagav yattakni padni nikkhipati tattakehi ~ati); pass. pr. 3 sg. anugiyati, Sn 940 (tattha sikkhnugiyanti; c/Sadd 923,22: tattha sikkh na griyanti ti; and O. von Hinber, 1983, p. 72; K.R. Norman, 1987, pp. 34-5); pp anuglta, mfn. and n., 1. {mfn.) recited; celebrated in song; Ja IV 234,3' (~o ti sabbabuddhehi vannito, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce, Se samanugito ti;2tesamanuggatoti; ad 233,14*: Ce, Ee, Se samanugito; Be samanuggato); 2. (n.) reciting, intoning; Mil 120,14 (tesam saha saccam ~ena mahmegho pavassati); see also anukassmi. anugyana, n. [from anugyati (or anuginti)], singing after; repeating; Sadd696,2i (tassa bhikkhuno jano

anuginti... patiginti... bhikkhu... -parigyanakiriyvasena sampadnam hoti ti). anughati,pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVgh], plunges into, enters; Saddh 611 (appamatto tu dhammnam sabhvam ~ati sabhvam ~anto mannniyam na passati). anugijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVgrdh], is greedy after, covets; Sn 769 (kme yo naro ~ati); 854 (rase ca nnugijjhati); Ja III 207,18* (ye ca tarn -anti te honti cakkadhrino); neg. part.pr. ananugijjhanta, mfn., Pj II 163,8 (annugiddho ti kanci dhammam tanhgedhena ananugijjhanto); pp anugiddha, mfn., greedy after, coveting; Th580 (rasesu ~assa jhne na ramati mano) quoted Mil 395,23*; neg. ananugiddha, annugiddha (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., free from greed; Sn 86 (nibbnbhirato annugiddho); 144 (kulesu annugiddho); 778 (phassam parinnya annugiddho); 952 (anitthuri annugiddho anejo). anuginti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anugrnti], answers; encourages by repeating or praising; Sadd 696,17 (bhikkhu janam dhammam sveti tassa bhikkhuno jano ~ti tassa bhikkhuno jano patiginti sdhukradndin tarn usshayati ti attho); see also anugyati, anugyana. anugita, mfn., pp of anugyati qv. anugiti, / [from anugyati; cf BHS anugita-], a summary or recapitulation in verse; Pet 87,17 (~iyam); Nett2,i (tassnugiti); 3,10* (yam pucchitam ca vissajjitam ca suttassa y ca ~i); Ps I 39,n (ayampan' ettha -i); Th-a III 37,9 (tass desanya -im kathento). anuguna, mfn. [ts], having similar qualities; suitable to; ifc see tad-. anugutta, mfn. [S. anugupta], protected; Vv 84:36 (maynugutt); JaV 399,23* (taynugutto Siri). anugganha, anuganha, m. [from anugganhti], favour; help; -sila, mfn., helpful, compassionate; Pv-a42,i (ye anukampak - honti; * Ud-a82,2i: anuggahasil); see also anuggaha'. anugganhaka, mfn. [anugganha + ka2], compassionate, helpful; Pv-a 69,14 (anukampak ti samparyikena atthena -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anugganhatak). anugganhataka in Ee at Pv-a 69,14 is wr for anugganhaka qv. anugganhana, anugganhana, n. [from anugganhti], favour; help; It-al 71,13; Th-a II 50,14 (anukampy ti -ena); As 403,27 (' -atthya); see also anuggahana1. anugganhanaka, anuganhanaka, mfn. [anugganhana + ka2], compassionate; helpful; Th-a II 274,2 (sabbasattnam ~o); Cp-a 161,25 (mahkarunya sabbalokam ~o). anugganhanta1, mf(~mtl)n., part.pr. of anugganhti qv. anugganhanta2, m/(~anti)., neg. part.pr. of ugganhti qv. anugganhti, anuganhti (and anuggaheti), pr. 3 sg. [S. anwJgrah], favours, treats with kindness; protects, helps; acknowledges, admits; Vin IV 324,29 foil. (Thullnand bhikkhuni sahajivinim vutthpetv dve vassni n' eva ~ti na ~peti... katham hi nma ... n' eva ~issati na -pessati ti... y ... n' eva -eyya na -peyya pcittiyan ti; 325,14: n' eva -eyy ti na sayam ~eyya uddesenaparipucchya ovdena anussaniy); MI 457,31

109

(evam bhagav etarahi ~tu bhikkhusahgham); S III 91,28 (yannnham ... -eyyam bhikkhusanghan ti); A I 125,26 (paripram v silakkhandham tattha tattha pannya anuggahessmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuggahissmi) = Pp 36,i {Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anuggahissmi); Vv-a242,i6 (anukampass ti ~hi); Pv-a 181,22 ('-a anuddayam karohi); part.pr. (a)anugganhanta1, /w/(~anti)w., Vin V 78,15 (dve vassni n' eva ~anti" nnuggahpenti); Ja V 245,19' (~anto); Thi-a 155, n (satth disv tarn ~anto); (b) anuggahenta, mfn., Pj II 440,10 (pindaptacariydihi lokam anuggahentassa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~antassa); aor. 3 sg. (a)anuggahi, Th330 (upajjhyo anuggahi; Th-all 140,26: mam ovdadnavasena anugganhi); (b) anugganhi, Th-all 140,26; (c) anuggahesi, VinV 67,20 (n'eva anuggahesi na anuggahpesi); Sv3,22; inf. anugganhitum, Ih-a 1225,23; Cp-a293,i6 (sabbasatte -itum samattho hoti); absol anuggahetv1, Sv46,i6 (mahjanam anuggahetv); pp anuggahita 1 , 1 anuggahita , mfn., made happy; satisfied; helped, furthered; M I 457,30 (bhagavat pubbe bhikkhusahgho ~o); S II 274, l (satthr ~o svako mahbhinnatam patto ti); Ja III 428, r (devindena Sakkena ~ hutv); neg. ananuggahita, mfn., not helped; Spkll 299,22; fpp (a) anuggahetabba, mfn., Vin I 50,28 (upajjhyena bhikkhave saddhivihriko sangahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchya); Mil 391,14 (sangahetabbam anuggahetabbam); (b) anugganhitabba, mfn., Ps III 154,24 (sangahitabb anuganhitabb, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be omits); (c)anuggahitabba, m/h., Pj II 271,7 (ajja koci satto anuggahitabbo atthi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anuggahetabbo); (d) anuggayha, anugayha, V ism 444,34 (tejdinam gunehi rpdihi anuggayhabhvato ti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anugayhabhvato ti); cans. (a)/?r. 3 sg. anugganhpeti, anuggahpeti, causes (someone) to help, to favour; Vin IV 324,30 foil. (~eti ... ~essati ti... ~eyya); part.pr. anuggahpenta,mfi-ent\)n., VinV 67,18 (n' eva anuganhantiy na anuggahpentiy pcittiyam); aor. 3sg. anuggahpesi, VinV 67,2I; caus. (b)pass. part.pr. anugghiyamna, mfn., being made to help; being made to admit;! Mp II 273, n (samanughiyamnni tikimkranet ditthiyo uppann ti evam samm anugghiyamnni). anugganhitv, ind., neg. absol. o/ugganhti qv. anuggata1, mfn. [ami1 + uggata, pp o/uggacchati qv, or for anugatamc], arisen along with; Ud 37,23* (~ manaso ubbilp, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anugat, unmetrical; Ud-a 237,4: anugat ti... ~ ti pi pli anutthit ti attho). anuggata 2 , mfn., neg. pp o/uggacchati qv. anuggamana1, see sv anugamana. anuggamana2, see sv uggamana. anuggaha1, m. [S. anugraha], 1. favour, kindness; help, assistance; Abh 925; S i l 11,23 (cattro... hr bhtnam v sattnam thitiy sambhavesmam v ~ya); A I 92,25 (dve 'me bhikkhave ~... misnuggaho ca dhammnuggaho ca); It 12,9* (samaggnam c' ~o); Jal 151,8 (~am alabhamn); IV 396,15* (karohi oksam ~ya); Vism 45,9* (klena laddh parato ~); ifc see brahmacariy-, vinay-; 2. (gr.t.t.) admission; concession; Sadd896,24 (kincpi iti 0,-atthe); Jal 135,23'

(kific ti garahatthe ca 0,-atthe ca nipto); II29,18' (api ce pi ti eko pisaddo ' -attho eko sambhvanattho). anuggaha 2 , mfh., see sv uggaha. anuggahaka in Ee at Ja II 123,22' is prob, wr for anugghaka qv. anuggahana1, anuggahana, n. [S. anugrahana], showing favour, kindness; Spklll 224,15 (dhammena -am); It-aII 91,12 (paresam '-attham); -paccupatthna, mfn., manifested by or as kindness, showing favour; As 117,18 (sukham ... -am). anuggahana2, see sv ugganhana. anuggahya, neg. absol. o/ugganhti qv. anuggahita1, mfn., pp o/anugganhti qv. anuggahita2, mfn., neg.pp q/'ugganhti qv. anuggahetv 1 , ind., absol. o/anugganhti qv. anuggahetv 2 , ind., neg. absol. o/ugganhti qv. anugghaka, m/(-ik). [S. anugrhaka], helping, furthering; Mill 248,23 (pandit bhikkh - brahmacrinam); SHI 5,32 (Sriputto... bhikkhnam ~o sabrahmacrinan ti; Spkll 256,21: misnuggahena ca dhammnuggahena ca ti dvihi pi anuggahehi ~o); Ja II 123,22' (samanabrhman pi silavantnam ~ na hi nna santi, Be, Ce so; Ee anugghaka, prob, wr; Se anuggahanak); It-aII 160,34 (attano puttnam anukampak ~); Thi-a 168,21 (yath pi anukampik ti yath ann pi anugghika). anugharam, ind. [anu1 + ace. o/ghara], in or to each house; house after house; Mil 43,1 (manuss ~am panca panca udakaghatakni thapenti limpanam vijjhpetum); Sv 191,15 (~am pavittho ca dtukmam v adtukmam v sallakhetum); Pj II 175,5 (sapadnan ti ~am). anugharakam, ind. [anugharam + ka2], to each house; from house to house; Vin 1249,23 (~am ~am hindatha). anughyitv, ind. [absol. of *anuJ + ghyati1, S. anuVghr], smelling; sniffing at; Mil 343,22 (bhamar va gandham ~itv). anucankama, n. [anu1 + cankama], a side path; ? {along the walkway;!); Ap-a9,2 (puthulato pana diyaddharatanam dvisu passesu ratanamattam ~am dighato satthihattham mudutalam samavippakinnavlukam cankamam vattati, eds so; read ratanamatta-m-anucankamam?) = Jal 7,27' {Be, Se ratanamatta-anucankamam; Ce, Ee anucankamanam). anucankamati, pr. 3 sg. [5//5anucankramati], walks up and down along; walks up and down with or after; Mil 121,7 (uyynena uyynam ~mi anuvicarmi); S IV 117,4 (parito parito kutikyam ~anti anuvicaranti); part.pr. (a)anucahkamanta, mfn., D I 235,15 (jarighvihram -antnam anuvicarantnam); Ja IV 7,2 (janghvihram ~anto); (b) anucahkamamna,mfn., MI 227,30 (janghvihram ~amno anuvicaramno); aor. 3 sg. anucankami, Sv400,3 (ekam cankamantam itaro ~i); 1 sg. (a) anucankamim, Th 1044 (buddhassa cankamantassa pitthito ~im); (b) anucankamissam, Th481 (~issam virajam sabbasattnam uttamam; Th-all 203,4: cankamantassa satthuno anu pacchato anugamanavasena aham cankamim); 3 pl. anucankamimsu, DIII 80,20 (bhagavantam cankamantam -imsu);

110

caus.pr. 3 sg. anucankampeti, MI 253,25 (Sakko ca... Vessavano ca... yasmantam Mahmoggallnam Vejayante psde -penti anuvicarpenti). anucankamana, n., a side path; (along the walkway; ?); Ja 17,27' (puthulato pana diyaddharatanam dvisu passesu ratanamattam -am dighato satthihattham mudutalam samavippakinnavlukam cankamam vattati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ratanamatta-anucankamam) = Ap-a9,2 (eds ratanamattam anucankamam). anucara, m. [ts], companion; follower; Abh380; Ap 458,20 (dsi ds - honti cittnuvattak); Dhp-alll 454,io (nandirgo -o nma); snucara, mfn., together with follower(s); Dhp294 (rattham -amhantv); Ja VI 172,18*. anucarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. aniWcar], walks after or along; walks with; follows; pursues; prosecutes; S IV 190,29 (kim mundo kaplam -asi); A III 352,10 (yam... daliddo... codiyamno na deti -anti pi nam); part.pr. anucaranta, mfn., Ap 257,9 (Sindhum -anto 'ham Siddhattham jinam addasam); aor. 3 sg. (a)nucri, Ja I 188,10* (Mahilmukho pothayam nucri); (b)anvacri, Ja I 188, \r (pothayam nucri ti pothayanto mrento anvacri, ayam eva v ptho); pass, part.pr. anucariyamna, mfn., A III 352,12 (anucariyamno na deti bandhanti pi nam); pp (a) anucinna, mfn. and n. [BHS anucirna], 1. (mfn.) (i) (pass.) followed, practised; pervaded; filled with; ThI206(teh' -am isibhi maggam... anubrhaya); JaIV 286,22* (pabbat ... vlamigehi -); VI 289,7' (kunjarehi ca jannahayehi ca -am paripunnam); Bv 2:116 (mahesii -am mahpatham); (ii) (act.) pursuing, practising; Vin II 203,io* (so pamdam ~o); 2. (n.) practising, seeking; Mil 243,16 (kam tattha dukkham -ena); ifc see brahmacariy-; (b) anucarita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) gone through; pursued; crowded with; Ps II 22,23 (ito c' ito ca anucarpetv vimamsya -am dhammam deseti); 2. (n.) going through; Mil 226,6 (brhmano nma sabbabhavbhavagatisu abhijtivattitam -am jnti); caus. absol anucarpetv, Ps II 22,23. anucariy,/ [from anucarati], I.following; attendance; D i l 264,8 (Sakkassa... -am upgami; Sv699,27: -am sahacariyam ekato gamanam upgami); 2. pursuit, prosecution; A III 352,10 (anucaranti pi nam, -a p i . . . dukkh lokasmim); snucariya in Ce, Ee at D III \\,6 foil, is prob, wr for snucrika qv sv anucrik. anucrik,/ [ts], a female attendant, serving-woman; wife; Sv 823,25 (~ vuccati bhariy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o); snucrika, mfn., with a female companion; Dili ll,6/o//. (so na cirass' eva parihito ~o vicaranto odanakiimmsam bhunjamno, Be so; Se snucariko; Ce, Ee snucariya; Sv 823,26: sahnucrikya ~o, tambrahmacrivatam pahya sahabhariyo ti attho). anucinna, mfh.,pp of anucarati qv. anucintana, n. [ts], thinking of, considering; ifc see hita-. anucintit in Ee at Ja IV 227,15' is prob, wr; read manasnuvicintit with Be, Ce, Se and 221,9*. anucinteti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVcint], thinks upon, considers; Ja VI 240,36* (inghnucintesi sayarn pi deva;

241,6': ~esl ti punappunam ~eyysi); part.pr. anucintayamna, mfh.y Ja IV 441,25' (tarn ekarattim -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. anucintesi; Th-aIII 18,27 (tarn suttam uggahetv tadattham ~esi); 3 pi. anucintayum, Ap 534,12 (dhir dhammatam -ayum). anuccangi, see sv uju. anucchava, anucchavi, mfn. [anu1 + chavi], suitable, proper; fit for; corresponding to; D i l i 157,13* (~i tassa yad nulomikam tarn vindati, so readl eds anucchavikassa); Vv 84:36 (~im ovadiyam ca me tarn); Cp2:l:2 (tavnucchavo mahrja gajo); Ap69,11 (idarn me sanam vira pannattam tav' anuc chavam). anucchavika, anucchaviya, mfn. [anucchavi + ka2], suitable (for); fit; proper; Abh715; Dili 157,13* (-assa yad nulomikam tarn vindati, eds so, but perhaps wrfor anucchavi tassa); Ja I 58,13 (tinnam utnam ~e tayo pasde kresi); IV 137,25 (nyam mangalahatthi bhavitum -0); Niddl 132,20 (etarn patirpam etam -am etam anulomam); Mil 252,9 (te arahattassa - honti); Vism 219,2 (-tt); Sp 859,25 (majjapanam nma na anucchaviyan ti); Dhp-a I 203,1 (mama dhit omakasattassa na -); Ud-a 309,4 (brahmacariyam carantnam -ni vatthni); Vv-a 68,12 (na tvam amhkam ayyya upari pakkasappim sincitum ~ ti); Pv-a286,9 (tay katassa ppakammassa -am ev' etam phalam); Nidd-a I 257,20 (-tya); ifc see chupan' -; ananucchavika, ananucchaviya, mfn., unsuitable; unbecoming; Vin HI 120,25 (vigarahi buddho bhagav -am moghapurisa ananulomikam appatirpam assmanakam akappiyam akaraniyam, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee ananucchaviyam); IV 110,7 (-am... Sgatassa ananulomikam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ananucchaviyam); Ja VI 264, is (dhitu -am pi katham kathesi); Mil 13,22 (-am kho Ngasena parivitakkam vitakkesi, Be so; Ce, Ee ananucchaviyam; Se ananucchaviyam ... parivitakkni); 266,22 (yam loke atthi samannam -am ananulomikam); Ps III 160,17 (--tt); Ud-a 384,26 (-am vata ariyasviknam evarpam maranan ti, Be, Se so; Ce acchariyam; Ee wr anucchaviyam); As 35,19 (-ena samudcrena); Vibh-a 492,14 (evam nma mam esa vattum -o ti). anuchamsam, ind. [anu1 + ace. o/chamsa], every six months; Dhp-a III 52,13 (anusamvaccharam v -am v bhikkh uposathatthya sannipatanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anucchamsam). anuja, mfn., m. and - , / [ts], \.(mfn.) like, equal; taking after (one's parents); Jail 99,1* (sace va f -o poso; 99,4': tassa -o anurpajto ti -o); VI 307,9* (tassnujam dhitaram kmaymi; 307,15': tassa anujtam dhitaram); 2. (m.fi) a younger brother or sister; Abh254; Mhv 48:20 (tassnujo rj Kassapo 'hosi khattiyo); Vin-vn 487 (anntak sace honti bhtuno -ya v); ifc see buddha-. anujagghati (and *anojagghati), pr. 3 sg. [anu1 (+ o2) + jagghati], laughs at; mocks; part.pr. anujagghanta, mfn., D I 91,18 (annadatthu mamam yeva manne -ant, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anojagghant, perhaps wr); aor. 3 pi. anujagghimsu, Sv258,1 (tarn disv Saky -ims ti). anujavati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anujavati], runs after;

111

pursues', Ja VI 452,14' (sace pana tvam tarn ~issasi); part.pr. (a)anujava(t), mfn., Ja VI 452,6* (hamsarjam yath dhanko -am patissasi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anuijavam; 452,i4'/o//.: sace pana tvam tarn ~issasi anubandhissasi atha yath suvannahamsarjam ~anto dhanko antar papatati evam papatissasi); (b) anujavanta, mfn., Ja VI 452,15'. anujta, mfn. [ts], like, resembling; taking after, following the example of (one's parents or teacher); It63,ifoil, (atijto ~o avajto ti... katham ca putto ~o hoti; It-a II43,I: ~o ti gunehi mtpitnam anurpo hutv jto, tehi samnaguno ti attho); Sn 557 (may pavattitam cakkam ... Sriputto 'nuvatteti ~o tathgatam) = Th 827; Ja VI 380,19* (~o pitaram anomapanno; 380,25': kulatantikulapavenirakkhako pana ~o nma); Ap 25, l (kidisam te mahvlra ~a mahyasa buddhassa ssanam dhammam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anujtamahyaso); -putta, m., a son (or pupil) resembling his father (or teacher); a worthy son; Ps III 404, I6 (tathgatassa pana eko ~o va hoti); Dhp-a 1129,15 (te pi sabbe va ~ nma ahesum); see also atijta, avajta. anujnana, n. [from anujnti; cf S. anujfina], permission, leave; approval; Sv 297,19 (yam tumhkam ~am); Ps I 96,6 (kincpi ti -pasamsanatthe nipto). anujnti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVjn], gives permission; grants, allows; grants leave; excuses; advises, prescribes; Vin I 102,31 (~mi bhikkhave ptimokkham uddisitun ti); III 13,i (~tha mam agrasm anagriyam pabbajjy ti); 171,25 (imni samano Gotamo nnujnissati); 248,34 (~mi bhikkhave rmikan ti); D II 46,22 (~tu bhante bhagav bhikkh caratha bhikkhave crikam); Mil 61,14 (iccham' aham bhante mtpitaro uddassetum sace mam bhagav ~fi ti); AIV 274,22 (na bhagav ~ti mtugmassa... agrasm anagriyam pabbajjan ti); Sn 982 (~hi me brahme n' atthi panca satni me); Thi458 (~tha pabbajissmi); Ja IV 482,30* (~a mam pabbajissmi deva); VI 505,30* (~hi mam amma pabbajj mama ruccati); Sv 583,35 (bhagav... klankatassa ranno thpakaranam ~ti); opt. 3 sg. (a) anujann, Sn 394 (na cnujann hanatam paresam); (b) anujneyya, Ud58,n (sace mam upajjhyo ~eyya); part.pr. (a) neg. annujna(t) (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., Sn 880 (parassa ce dhammam annujnam); (b) anujnanta, mfn., Ja VI 72,22 (tumhesu ~antesu); Vism594,n; neg. ananujnanta, mfn., Ja IV 116,4; annujnanta (with rhythmical lengthening), mfn., Niddl 287,20 (annujnan ti parassa... maggam annujnanto annupassanto); (c) anujnamna, mfn., Ps III 294,13 (mayham mtpitaro pabbajjam ~amn); aor. 3 sg. (a)anujni, Ja I 317,12 (satth sdh ti ~i); Ap 534,25; Vism 399,3i; (b) anunfisi, Vin I 310,18* (civaram ca gihidnam anunfisi tathagato); JaV 380,24* (Ksirj anunfisi hamsnam pavaruttamam; 380,27': gacchath ti anunfisi); Mhv 30:10; inf. (a)anujnitum, Niddl 192,6 (na sakkosi ekamsena ~itum na sakkosi ekamsena patikkhipitun ti); (b) anunntum, Sp 983,25 (natticatutthakammena garukam katv upasampadam anunntukmo); absol. anujnitv, Sp 82,20; Dhp-a I 55,9 (tesam tatth*

eva ekasimya uposathdini ~itv); neg. ananujnitv, As 423,16; pass, part.pr. (a) anujniyamna, mfn., Sp 603,9; (b) anunfiyamna, mfn., Sv 584,1 (puthujjanabhikkhnam hi thpe anunnyamne Tambapannidipe tva thpnam okso va na bhaveyya); pp anufifita1, mfn. [S. anujiita], permitted, allowed; prescribed; granted leave; Vin 1238,13 (yni tni may bhikkhnam ~ni); DIU 130,9 (yo vo may pindapto ~o); A I 121,i7/o//. (gilnabhattam -am gilnabhesajjam ~am gilnpatthko ~o); Ja II 353,2* (sace ntflii ~o); Vism 44,16 (bhagavat tt); Ap 530,2 (nibbutim gaccheyyam lokanthena ~); Nett 161,30 (~am patikkhittam); patinfita, mfn., acknowledged and selfprofessed; D I 88,7 (~-patifinto sake cariyake tevijjake pvacane); Sn594 (--patiiinttevijjmayam asm' ubho; Pj II 463,9 foll.\ tevijj tumhe ti evam mayam cariyehi ca ~ attan ca patijnimh ti attho); neg. ananunfita, mfn., not allowed, not given permission; Vin II 169,27 (kinnu kho bhagavat psdaparibhogo anunnto kirn ananunnto ti); III 12,29 (na... tathagata ananunfitam mtpithi puttam pabbjenti ti); Thi 129 (aycito tato gacchi ananunnto ito gato); Jal 156,13 (mtpithi ananunntatt); Kkh 114,28 (ananunntat);fpp (a) anufifleyya, mfn., worthy of approval; allowable; D III 47,25 (santam yeva pariyyam ~am anujnti); A l l 197,19 (~am c'eva anujneyysi); (b) anujnitabba, mfn., id.; Vin I 119,16; Sv 838,28; caus. pr. 3 sg (a) anujaneti, asks for or obtains permission or approval; asks leave; Vin II 301,3 (kappati bhante vaggena sanghena kammam ktum gate bhikkh ~essma); absol. anujnetv, Ap 569,7 (tad 'harn ~etv pabbajim anagriyam); caus. pr. 3 sg.(b) anujnpeti, id.; Ja V 441,10 (gaccha mtpitaro ~ehl ti); VI 270,31 (so Vessavanena ananunnto gantum avisahitv tarn ~etum et ettak glh kathesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee jnpetum); Sv 388,12 (~eyyan ti); Ps III 293,13 (mtpitaro ~em ti, Ee so; Be, Se -essmti); part.pr. anujnpenta, mfn., Ja VI 505,29 (mtu santikam gantv pabbajjam ~ento ha); aor. 3 sg. anujnpesi, Spkl 282,36 (parinibbnaklam ~esi); absol. anujnpetv, Ja II 65,18 (bodhisatto ... rjnam pabbajjam ~etv); Mil 11,31 (mtpitaro ~etv); Vv-a 158,7 (parinibbnam ~etv); neg. absol. ananujnpetv, Sp 943,26. anujlna, anujina, mfn. [anu1 + jina or jina2], deprived (or beaten) because of, It-a II \0\,ifoll. (pamdam ~o tipi pathanti... pamdam nissya ... jhnbhifinhi ~o parihinoti, Be, Seso; iseanujino; Ceanuhino; ad It 86,5*, pamdam anucinno). anujivati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVjiv], lives upon; lives by, because of; Ja IV 271,4* (alinacittassa tuvam vikkantam ~asi; 271,io': ~asi ti upajivasi); part.pr. anujivanta, m/(~anti)n., Sp 793,29 (bhikkh... thi [bhikkhunihi] tena hi ayy mayam pi tumhkam ovdam ~antiyo vasissm ti vutt). anujivi(n), mfn. and m. [S. anujivin], (mfn.) living upon; dependent; (m.) a follower, a dependent; Abh 342 (~I tu sevako); S I 93,5* (ds kammakar pess ye c' assa ~ino); A1152,31* (amacc ntisahgh ca ye c' assa ~ino);

112

Ja III 256,14* (tassa putt ca dr ca ye c' anfie ~ino); Ap 315,io (dsids ca bhariy ye c' anne ~ino). anujivita, n. [anu1 + jivita], living after, living according to; ifc see silavata-. anujettham, ind. [S. anujyestham], according to seniority; Sadd 747,29 (jetthnam anupubbo ~am). anujotana, n. [anu1 + jotana], further illuminating; PatisI 18,25 (ekatte '-attho abhinneyyo); II 122,27 (ekatte ' -attham bujjhati ti bojjhang). anujjangi,/, anujjugmi(n), m(fn)., seesvuju. *anujjalayati,/?r. 3 sg. [caus. of *anu + jalati2], lights (in succession); aor. 1 sg. anujjalayim, Ap 579,15 (gandhatelena pretv dip 'nujjalayim tahim, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be dipnujjalayi; Ce dipnujlayi; Se dipni ujjalayim; quoted Thi-a68,5*: Ee dipn' ujjalayim; Be, Ce, Se dipnujjalayi). anufiattiy in Ee, Se at Sp 1291,28 is prob, wr for anupannattiy (Be, Ce so). anuflfl, / [S. anujn], permission; Abhll33; Ps III 195,18 (ananunnya thatv -am pi patikkhipati); V 19,io; Vv-a 182,4 (yasm Vangiso bhagavato ~ya imhi gthhi pucchi); Mhv 9:8 (raMniinfiya); ananufi,/, lack of permission; Jail 363, iv (kulassa ~ya kulaghara ... pavitthatt); Ps III 195,18. anufifita1, mfn., pp o/anujnti qv. anufita2, mfn., see sv unnta. anuflfitaka, mfn. [anunnta1 + ka2], allowed; prescribed; Sp 1325,32 (sesam ~am kle c' evakappati junhe ca, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anunntam); 1333,2 (~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anunntam); Pet79,2o(-khamasuttam gahetabbam ananunntakakhamam na gahetabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce anunntakhamasuttam ... ananunfitakhamam). anuflfltum, inf. o/anujnti qv. anuflfisi, aor. 3 sg. o/anujnti qv. anuflfieyya, mfn.,fpp o/anujnti qv. anutfhaha, m. [from anutthahati], practice; performance; ? Th 1033 (kyamaccheragaruno hiyyamne -e sarirasukhagiddhassa kuto samanaphsut; cf lh-aIII 119,23/o//.: hiyyamne ti attano kye jivite ca khane khane parihiyyamne, ~e ti sildinam paripranavasena utthnaviriyam na kareyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee hiyyamno ti ... parihiyyamno; but cf K.R.Norman, 1969, pp. 266-67, for explanation as neg. part.pr. of anutitthati qv). anutthahati, see sv anutitthati. anutthaha(t), anutthahanta, anutthahna, neg. part.pr. o/utthahati qv sv uttitthati. anutthahitv, neg. absol. o/uttitthati qv. anutthna1, n. [S. anusthna], carrying out, undertaking, performance; Ja II 209,15' (tassa v vidhino vidhnam samvidahanam -am jnti); Cp -a 51,23 (pabbajjya ~am); ifc see yoga-; ananutthna, w., failure to carry out or undertake; Th-aHI 90,9 (kusalnam dhammnam -am); As 60,24 (tassa kusalassa -ena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anutthnena); see also anutitthana. anufthana2, n., seesv utthna. anutthya 1 ,^^/. o/anutitthati qv. anutthya2, neg. absol. o/uttitthati qv.

anutthita1, mfn. [anu1 + utthita], risen along with or after; Ud-a237,4 (anuggat tipi pli, ~ ti attho; Ee, Ce, Se so; Be anu-utthit). anutthita2, mfn., pp o/anutitthati qv. anutthita3, mfn., neg. pp o/uttitthati qv. anutthubha in Ee at Nidd-all 152,16* and Patis-a 704,9* is wrfor anutthubha qv. anutthubha,/ [S. anustubh], a class of metres (four x eight syllables; an archaic form o/vatta qv); Abh945; Th-al 8,6 (giyati ti gth, '-divasena isihi pavattitam catuppadam chappadam v vacanam); see also anutthubha. anutthubhitv, neg. absol. of nutthubhati qv sv nitthubhati. anu4asi, aor. 3 sg. [of *anu1 + dasati], (s)he bit; Ja VI 192,2* (kacci t' nudasi tta; Ee so, prob, wr; Be kacci tarn nu damsi; Ce nu dasi; Se kacci nu damsito). anu4ahati,/?r. 3 sg., see sv anudahati. anudahana, n., see sv anudahana. anutapati, see sv anutappati. anutappa, mfn.,fpp 0/anutappati qv. anutappati, anutapati,pr. 3 sg. 1. [cf S. anutapati], vexes; causes remorse (afterwards); SI 111,3* (rattindiv nnutapanti mmam); Ja V 24,24* (kirn kammajtam -a tarn); VI 266,28* (anmanta katam kammam tarn pacch-m -anutappati; 267,2': tarn kammam pacch anutpam vahati); 2. [cf S. anutapyate], suffers remorse; regrets, repents (afterwards); sorrows over; Dhp 67 (na tarn kammam katam sdhu yam katv ~ati); Vv 52:17 (yam katv sukhit honti na ca pacchnutappare); Th 225 (pacch ca-m-anutappati); Ja III 340,15* (yo ca datv nnutappe, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nnutape); IV 241,19* (datv nnutapeyy' aham); fut. 3 sg. (a) anutapessati, AIV 228,4* (vanijo va atitattho cirattam anutapessati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anutapissati); (b) anutapissati, Ja III 340,26* (ko datv anutapissati, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ~ati; quoting VI 552,31*: eds ~ati);MpIV 117,11 (ciram anutapissati socissati, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ~issati); 2 sg. anutapessasi, Ja I 113,16* (ciram tvam ~essasi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anutappesi; 113,2r: socanto paridevanto anutapessasi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~essasi; 113,22': atha v niraydisu uppanno ... dukkhni anubhavanto anutapessasi kilamissasi, Ee so; Be, Ce ~issasi; Se ~essasi; 113,28' : digharattam -issasi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~essasi); part.pr. (a) neg. annutappa(t) (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., Ja V 492,i* (annutappam paralokam gamissam; 492,26: annutappan ti ananutappamno); (b) anutappamna, mfn., Ja IV 439,26* (tarn ekarattim ~amn); As 383,14 (~amnassa); neg. ananutappamna, mfn., JaV 492,26'; aor. 3 .sg anutappi, Ja I 113,26' (tato parihino anutappi); fpp (a) anutappa, mfn., to be regretted; to be sorrowed over; D i l i 122,3 (evarpo... satth svaknam klakato -o hoti); A I 22,19 (ekapuggalassa ... klakiriy bahuno janassa - hoti); neg. ananutappa, mfn., DIU 122,21; annutappa (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., Ja IV 451,14* (sammpanidhi ca narassa atth annutappa te bhavanti pacch); (b) anutappitabba, anutapitabba, (mf)n.

113

impers., there should be regret; Ja III 341, ir (dnam nma datv n' eva anutappitabban ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anutapitabban ti); (c) anutappiya, mfn., A III 308,26* {in uddna: ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ananutappiyam); (d) neg. ananutpiya, mfn., A III 46,20* (katam ananutpiyam). anutappana, n. [c/'f/Sanutapyan], repenting; regret; Ja VI 552,25 (dnam datv ~am nma satam dhammo na hou" ti); Sv 910,12 (' -kradassanattham). anutpa, m. [ts], remorse, regret; Abh 169; Vv 40:5 (hoti ca me -o aparaddham dukkatam ca me); MpII 150,18 (cakkavattino klakiriy ekacakkavle devamanussnam ~am karoti); As 384,17 (na hi arahato dutthu may idam katan ti evam ~o atthi); ifc see paccha-. anutpi(n), mfit. [S. anutpin], repenting; regretting; ifc see pacch-. anutlana, n. [from anutleti], beating repeatedly; Ja II 280,9'. anutleti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + tleti], beats repeatedly; part.pr. anutlenta, m/w., Jail 280,8'; aor. 2sg. anutlayi, Ja II 280,4* (tvam ...mam gahetvna latthiy ~ayi). anutifthati, anutthahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. aniWsth], carries out, attends to; performs, practises; JaV 113,10* (utthahato appamajjato -anti devat; 115,14': ~anti anugacchanti dhammikarakkham samvidahanti); 121,12* (yo ... anutthahati klena kammaphalam tassa ijjhati; 122,26': anutthahati ti tasmim tasmim kle tarn tarn kiccam karoti); Ap 531,28 (tath tarn ~atha); Pv-a78,2i (yathpannattam imam dnavidhim aparihpenti sakkaccam ~hi ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupatitthhi ti); Thi-a 78,30 (care careyyam ~eyyam); Cp-a 191,4 (pannikavuttim ~asi ti); part.pr. anutitthanta, mfn., Ud-a310,6 (~anto); absol. anutthya1, 1h-aII 84,16 (aggiparicarandi anutthya); pp anufthita2, mfn. [S. anusthita], 1. (pass.) practised, effected, done; VinV 140,26 (mettya cetovimuttiy ... vatthukatya ~ya paricitya ... ekdasnisams ptikahkh; Sp 1345,31: ~y ti anuanupavattitya niccdhitthity ti attho) quoted Mil 198,3; DU 103,2 (iddhipd... vatthukat ~ paricit); S IV 200,30 (kyagat no sati... vatthukat - paricit); 2. {act.) following, caring for; Ja VI 563,2* (aham patim ca putte ca ceram iva mnavo ~ divrattim); fpp (a) anutthtabba, mfn., Cp-a 315,8 (pabbajj tva ~); (b) anufthitabba, m/w., Petl52,i9 (yni kalankajhyino padni tni ~ni patipakkhe, so read with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 208 ? Be, Ee anudhitni; Ce anumitni). anutitthana, n. [from anutitthati], carrying out; performance; Ud-a 351,12 (etesam ~am upatthnam); see also anutthna'. anutiram, ind. [anu1 + ace. of tira], along the bank, along the shore; Ja III 333,18 (siglo ... ~am eva agamsi); Sp 1072,i (sace pi nv ~am eva annattha gacchati). anutire, ind. [anu1 + loc. o/tira], alongside or near the bank (of a river); Sn 18 (~e Mahiy samnavso); 19 (~e Mahiy ekarattivso); Spklll 29,17 (anunaditire ti nadiy ~e); Dhp-a III 141,13 (yena pana vo ~e caritam);

see also anunaditire. anuttariya1, n., see sv nuttariya. anuttariya2, mfn. [from a 3 + uttara1 or uttari], incomparable, excellent; Mil 229,32 (y v pan' esam sannanam parisuddh param agg - akkhyati; PsIV 18,20: - akkhyati ti asadis kathiyyati); Sv 1003,30 (~an ti uttamam jetthakam). anutthunti1, anutthunti1, pr. 3 sg. [cf BHS anustanayati], wails; deplores; laments (for); Sn 827 (upaccag man ti ~ti); Ja V 479,10* (na vham attnam -mi); Sp 400,9 (dni mama hitasukhalbh nma n' atthi ti ~ti); part.pr. (a) anutthuna(t), mfn., Dhp 156 (senti cptikhln va purnni -am; sg. for pi, or possibly namul absol.; Dhp-a III 133,6: ~ant socant anusocant senti); Ja III 114,6* (asiho sihamnena ... seti bhumy ~am); (b) anutthunanta, anutthunanta1, mfn., Sn586 (~anto klakatam); Ja III 114,17'; aor. 3 pl. anutthunimsu, D III 86,22 (~imsu aho rasam aho rasan ti) = 88,6 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anutthunimsu). anutthunti2, anutthunti2 {and anutthavati), pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + thunti2], praises; speaks of repeatedly; Sn 901 (uddhamsar suddhim -anti; Niddl 315,15: ~anti vadanti kathenti bhananti); part.pr. anutthunanta2, mfn., JaV 346, is* (~anto sino bhattu ycittha jivitam; 347,26': -anto ti bhattu gune vannento tassa jivitam mam yci); Pj II 559,2 (tesam... suddhim ~antnam); aor. 3 sg. anutthuni, Ap 22,5 (yo mam pupphena pjesi nnam cpi -1, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anutthavi). anutthunana, n. [from anutthunti1], lamenting, mourning; -dukkha, n., misery (that consists) of mourning; Vism 506,2 (sokdivuddhiy janitavisdnam -amupyso) = Patis-a 150,21. anutthun, / [from anutthunti1], wailing, lamenting; Nidd I 167,12 (~ vuccati vcpalpo vippalpo llappo). anutthunimsu in Ee at D III 88,6 is wr for anutthunimsu {Be, Ce,Seso). anuthera, m., the second thera (after the sanghathera,); Sp 1224,4 (~am dim katv); Ps II 121, H (sarighatthero tatiyadivase arahattam patto ~o catutthadivase angmi ahosi); Dhp-a II211,17 (mahtherena bhatam pindaptam abhunjitv -ena bhatam bhunjissm ti); see also thernuthera. anudayat, anuddayat, / , abstr. [from anuday, anudday], compassion, kindness, favour; Vinlll 247,13 (tassa -ya); SV 169,19 (khantiy ahimsya mettatya -ya); AIII 184,20 (~am paticca katham kathessmi ti). anudayati, anuddayati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + dayati; -ddperhaps rhythmical lengthening], is compassionate; cares for; Nidd-a 1457,6 (~atl ti anudd, rakkhati ti attho, anuddaykro anuddayan) = As 362,7; part.pr. anudayamna, anuddayamna, mfn., Nidd II 120,15; (~amno); Ap-a 159,21 (anukampamno ti -amno); pp anudayita, anuddayita, mfn., compassionate; Nidd-a I 457,8 (~assa bhvo ttam); see also anudayita. anudayan, anuddayan, / [from anudayati, anuddayati], practising compassion; Nidd-a I 457,7 (anuddaykro ~); see also anudayan.

114

anuday, anudday, / [ami1 + day; -dd- perhaps rhythmical or metrical lengthening], compassion, pity; care; Abh 160 (karun ca -a); Vin III 42,15 (na hi nma bhikkhave tassa moghapurisassa pnesu ~ anukamp avihes bhavissati; Sp288,n: - ti anurakkhan); SI 206,27* (snukamp -); 11199,24 (krunnam paticca -am paticca anukampam updya paresam dhammam deseti); A l l 176,33 (pnnam yeva ~ya anukampya patipanno hoti); Ja VI 242,5 (bodhisatt ca nma attano mettbhvanya -ya ... klnuklam lokam olokenti); Pv-a 70,1 (anukamp man ti anugganha mam uddissa -am karohi ti). anudasham, ind. [anu1 + dasa1 + aha(n)], every ten days; Jail 371,19 (anvaddhamsam -am devo vassati); Pv-a 139,28 (anvaddhamsam -am anupancham). anudassati, fut. 3 sg. [o/*anu ! + dadti; S. anuVd], will give; will grant; will confer on; Mil 276,8 (dasa gune -ati); 375,22 (bijam appakam p i . . . subahni phalni -ati). anudassana, n. [S. anudarsana], consideration, regard; ifc see nibbid-. anudasseti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anudarsayati], shows; instructs; Vin II 73,27 (dasseti ~eti ayam dhammo ayam vinayo); pp anudassita, mfn., shown, demonstrated; Mil 119,5 (tathgatassa sadevake loke setthabhvo -o). anudahati, anugahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. aniWdah], burns; consumes; S IV 190,28 (kirn te ime ksv -anti; Spk III 55,2: sarire palivethitatt unhaparilham jnetv -anti, sanjtasede v sarire lagganti anusenti ti pi attho); Thi 488 (ukkopam -anti); Ja II 330,13* (jtavedo va santhnam khippam-anti nam); Sp 1225,19 (sitam ~afi ti); Sv994,2i (rgo uppajjamno satte -ati jhpeti tasm aggi ti vuccati); Dhp-aIII 28,7 (tarn visam -itum na sakkoti); p a s s , part.pr. anudayhamna, anugayhamna, mfn., being burnt; Ja VI 423,4 (kmaratiy -); Vibh-a450,i4 (jighacchya -o). anudahana, anuclahana, n. [from anudahati], burning up; consumption; Niddl 6, is (tinukkpam km '-atthen ti passanto); Sv 995,3 (-assa pana paccay honti); Ps II 287,22 (-vasena parilho); It-aII 117,24 (ayam tva rgassa -t). anudahahatya inEe at Sv994,29 is wr for anudahanatya (Be, Ce, Se so). anud, anudd, / [= anuday; influenced by preceding mett ?], compassion; care; Nidd I 488,10 (mett ti y sattesu metti mettyan mettyitattam - anudyan anudyitattam) * Dhs 1056. anudyan, anuddyan,/ [from anud; cf mettyan], practising compassion; Niddl 488,10 (mett ti y sattesu metti mettyan mettyitattam anud ~ anudyitattam) * Dhs 1056; see also anudyan. anudyita, anuddyita, mfn. [from (*anudyati from) anud; cf mettyita], compassionate; Niddl 488,10 (mett tiy sattesu metti mettyan mettyitattam anud anudyan -ttam) * Dhs 1056; As 362,8 (~assa bhvo -ttam); see also anudyita. anudiftha, see anuddittha' sv anuddisati. anuditthi, / [anu1 + ditthi], (dogmatical) view; speculation, (false) theory; Th754 (~inam appahnam); ifc see atta- (^vatta[n]), aparanta-

(sv apara1), pubbanta- (^vpubba2). anudisam, ind. [anu1 + ace. o/dis; S. anudisam], in all directions; D I 222,29 (gacchati -am); AIV 167,10 (Nando -am anuviloketi). anudis, / [abstracted from anudisam], an intermediate point of the compass; Abh 29 (vidis ~); AIV 167,9 (- anuviloketabb hoti); Patisl 112,20 (puratthimya pi -ya saddnam); Ja I 53,H (catasso dis ca catasso - ca hetth upari ti dasa pi dis anuviloketv); Vism 308,23 (tiriyan ti -su). anudipayitv, ind. [absol. of *anu1 + dipeti], making known, explaining; Mil 227,19 (dhammdhammam -itv). anudta, m. [anu1 + dta], a messenger sent with another; a companion; Vin II 19,29 (sangho Sudhammassa bhikkhuno -am detu); 295,13 (yasm Yaso Kkandakaputto -ena bhikkhun saddhim Veslim pavisitv); Dhp-all 76,6 (-am datv); Mhv4:15 (ycitv -am), anu-d-eva, see sv anu1. anudesi in Ee at Pv-a99,i2 (anvesi anudesi) is prob, wr; Be, Se anuesi; Ce anunesi. anuddayat, anuddayati, anuddyan, anudday, anudd, anuddyan, anuddyita, see anudayat, anudayati etc. anuddittha1, mfn., pp o/anuddisati qv. anuddittha2 mfn., neg. pp o/uddisati qv. anuddisati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + uddisati], points out; declares; assigns, dedicates (a gift); D H 354,19 (so dnam datv evam -ati imin dnena Pysirjannam eva imasmim loke samganchim na parasmin ti); pp anuddittha1, anudittha, mfn., assigned, dedicated; Pv 10:7 (samanantarnudditthe vipko upapajjatha); 20:11 (taynudittham atulam datv sanghe, Be, Se so, mc; Ce, Ee taynuddittham). anuddissa, anuddisitv, neg. absol. o/uddisati qv. anuddhamsati,/?r 3 sg. [neg. of uddhamsati qv], does not fly up; Bv-a 101,35 (-ati tina uggacchati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -a ti anuddham gacchati na bhavati na hoti, adBv 2:101: rajo n' uddhamsati). anuddhamsana, n., ~, / [from anuddhamseti; BHS anudhvamsana], (falsely) accusing; (false) accusation; defamation; VinV 144,28* (dve-); 224,35 (bhikkhum amlakena prjikena dhammena ~m ti); Sp 587,2 (tarn pana -am); 601,19 (tarn updya ~ hoti); Ud-a 113,15 (yath parassa roso hoti evam -vasena rosam uppdenti); Utt-vn 787 (dve -ni). anuddhamseti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of * aim1 + dhamsati2], 1. disturbs, contaminates, taints; Vin III 110,i7(yad te anabhirati uppajjati rgo cittam -eti); MI 26,11 (rgo cittarn -essati; Ps I 142,30: -essati ti himsissati adhibhavissati); Sil 231,20 (tassa mtugmam disv dunnivattham v dupprutam v rgo cittam -eti); 2. [BHS anudhvamsayati], accuses (falsely); defames; Vin III 163,36 (-eyy ti codeti v codpeti v); It 42,15 (yo ca paripunnam parisuddham brahmacariyam carantam amlakena abrahmacariyena -eti); part.pr. anuddhamsenta,mfn., VinV 6,14 (bhikkhum amlakena prjikena dhammena -entassa sarighdiseso);

115

aor. 3sg. anuddhamsesi, M i l 257,n (m te... rajosukam vanamukham -esi); Spkl 271,22; 3 pi. anuddhamsesum, VinV 6,n; inf. (a) anuddhamsitum, Th-aIII 188,33 (na-y-imam -itum yuttan ti); (b) anuddhamsetum, Sp 599,25; pp (a) anuddhamsita, mfn., 1. disturbed, contaminated; ifc see rg-; 2. (falsely) accused; defamed; Vin I 173, n (codako bhikkhu amlakena sanghdisesena -itam patijnati); III 164,3 (yasmim khane -ito hoti); pp (b) anuddhasta, mfn., disturbed, contaminated; ifc see rg-; fpp anuddhamsetabba, mfn., Vin II 22,24 (na pakatatto bhikkhu sllavipattiy -etabbo). anuddharate in Ee at Ap-a 289, I is wr for nuddharate (Be, Ce, Se and Ap 45,22 so). anuddhari(n), mfn. [from uddharati?], not proud; Pj II 569,2 (-1 ti anissuki, anitthuri ti pi keci pathanti, Ce, Ee so; Be anitthuri ti anissuki, aniddhuri ti pi keci pathanti; Se anutthuri ti anussuki, ~i ti pi keci pathanti; ad Sn 952, anitthuri). anudhamma, m. [Ztf/Sanudharma], 1. natural state or essential property; right method; method according to the dhamma, to the doctrine; MI 480,32 (saddhassa ... svakassa ... ayam -o hoti satth bhagav svako 'ham asmi, jnti bhagav nham jnmi ti; Ps III 194,n: ayam - o ti ayam sabhvo); 11130,8 (khinsavassa ... ayam ~o hoti veyykaranya); It 81,13 (dhammnudhammapatipannassa bhikkhuno ayam -o hoti veyykaranya); Niddl 481,31 (katame bodhiy ~); 2. a secondary part of the dhamma, of the doctrine; Ps III 39$, 11 foil, (imasmim sutte dhammo nma arahattamaggo, -o nma hetthim tayo magg tini ca smannaphalni); V 55,8 (ettha arupvacarajjhnam dhammo nma, tarn anugatatt rpvacarajjhnam -0 ti vuttam) see also akatnudhamma .sv kata3. anudhammam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of dhamma], 1. in accordance with the dhamma, with the doctrine; Sn 510 (panne me puttho anupubbam -am vykarohi me; Pj II424,20: -an ti atthnurpam plim ropento); 2. in accordance with; Vin I 234,19 (na ca bhagavantam abhtena abbhcikkhanti dhammassa ca -am vykaronti); MII 146,15 (paccapdi dhammassnudhammam); SII 33,18 (dhammassa -am vykareyyma); ifc see dhamma-, yatha-; (a)-cari(n), mfn., following the (right) doctrine; living in accordance with the doctrine; Sil 81,23 (tath patipanno ca hoti -i); Sn69 (dhammesu niccam -1); Th373 (dhammassa hoti -I); Vv 31:6 (-ini); (a)-ta,/, abstr., conformity to the doctrine; right method; Vin III 223, is (ayam tattha smici ti ayam tattha ~); A II 46,13* (yo ca tesam tattha tattha jnti-am). anudhammacakkappavattaka, m. [anu1 + dhammacakka + pavattaka], the next to turn the wheel of the dhamma; JaI218,8'(Sriputto mayham aggasvako -0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anudhammacakkam pavattako). anudhritasmatthiya in Ee at Ud-a 93,19 is wr for aniddhrita- qv. anudhrayum, aor. 3 pi. [of caus. of *anu1 + dharati], they held up (behind); Sv 61,26* (setam ca chattam anudhrayum mar) = Mp I 105,11*; see also

anudhriyamna. anudhriyamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of caus. of *anu' + dharati], being held up (behind); Kv 285,7 (setamhi chatte ~e); see also anudhrayum, anuhlramna. anudhvati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWdhv], runs after, follows; chases; runs along; MI 474,6 (te mayam kim sanditthikam hitv klikam -issma); Dhp 85 (athyam itarpaj ram evnudhvati); Th 1174 (kumaggam ~ati); Ja III 333,25* (sahya-m-anudhvamam); Mil 253,10 (das' ime... kynugat dhamm bhave bhave kyam -anti anuparivattanti); part.pr. anudhvanta, mfn., Th-aII 272,17 (manuss -ant); aor. 3 sg. anudhvi, Mhv 14:5 (rjnudhvi); 2 sg. anudhvi, SI 9,8 (m sanditthikam hitv klikam M ti); pp anudhvita, mfn., 1. [ts] pursued; Patis-a 412,22 (anusato ti -0); 2. pursuing; Th941 (lesakappe pariyye parikappe 'nudhvit; cf Th-aIII 79,29: mahicchatdihi ppadhammehi - vosit). anudhvanaka, mfn. [*anudhvana + ka2; cf anudhvati and S. anudhvana], pursuing, following; ifc see upadhi- sv upadhi1. anudhitni in Be, Ee at Pet 152,19 IJ prob, wr; read anutthitabbni with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 208 ? anunaditire, ind. [anu1 + loc. of nadltlra], along the bank of the river; SIV 177,28 (kummo kacchapo syanhasamayam ~e gocarapasuto ahosi); see also anutire. anunamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVnam], inclines; bends; Mil 372,17 (cpo ... samakam eva -ati na patitthambhati); 372,23*(cpovnuname dhiro quoting Ja VI 295,9*: Be, Ee cpo v' nudaro; Ce v' ndaro; Se va onato); fpp anunamitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 372,19 (yogin ... -am na patippharitabbam). anunaya, m. [S., BHS id.], affection, inclination towards; winning over, conciliation; MI 191,4(imesu pancas' updnakkhandhesu chando layo -0 ajjhosnam); Ja VI 141,10 (ath' assa '-attham kumro ha, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se anunayanattham); Dhs 1059 (rgo srgo -o anurodho) * Vibh 145,2; Nett 69,7 (y pitimanat ayam -0); Mil 44,33 (n' atthi... arahato -0 v patigho v). anunayana, n. [from anuneti], leading; conciliation; winning over; Ja VI 141,10 (ath' assa '-attham kumro ha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anunayattham); As 362,28 (visayesu sattnam -ato anunayo). anunda, m. [ts], an echo; SpkII 285,2 (ndassa -am sunti). anunsika, m., - , / (and mfn. ?) [cf S. anunsika, mfn.], (m.f) the nasal sound m; (mfn.) nasalized; Ja III 15,5 (nakrassa ~ kat ti paccetabb, Ee so; Ce -t; Se takrassa -; Be ntakrassa snunsikat; see below); Sp 730,14 (upavassan ti upavassa upavasitv ti vuttam hoti... ettha -0 datthabbo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upavassan ti upavassam vasitv ti vuttam hoti); 1400,9 (es natu ti vattabbe esam natu" ti v avivatena mukhena -am katv vacanam vimuttassa niggahitavacanam nma); Pj 1192,24 (gthbandhasukhattham ~o); Nidd-a II 134,22 (-assa lopo kato); -lopa, m, the dropping of the nasal m; Vv-a 114,12 (-am akatv);

116

snunsika, mfn., nasalized (of a vowel); Ja III 15,5' (nan ti pan' ettha nipto, vyanjanasilitthatvasena ntakrassa ~-t kat ti paccetabb, Be so; Ce nakrassa anunsikatti; enakrassa anunsik katti; Setakrassa anunsik paccetabb; explaining 14,17*, yasassinam pannavantam as voc); Sp 1399,31 (niggahitan ti yam ... avivatena mukhena -am katv vattabbam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anunsikam); Vv-a335,i; Sadd 606,23 (avivatena mukhena ~am katv iritan ti niggahitam). anunita, mfn., pp o/anuneti qv. anuneta(r), m. [front anuneti], one who leads or persuades or conciliates; Dili 192,17* (net vinet ~; Sv 958,23: punappuna neu" ti ~) * Patis II 194, is. anuneti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWnl], leads; conciliates; supplicates, persuades; Mp III 165,6 (imin kranena ~eti jnpeti); part.pr. (a) anunenta, /w/~enti)rt., Thi 514; (~enti Anikarattam kese va chamam chupi Sumedh); (b) anunayanta, mfn., Sp 1277,7 (~anto sveti); (c)anunayamna, mfn., SI 232,22 (Sakko devnam indo deve Tvatimse ~ayamno); Pj II 262,32 (rjnam ~ayamno); absol anunayitv, Pj II 76,31; pass, part.pr. anuniyamna, mfn.9 Thi-a210,27 (taya tarn tarn vatv anuniyamno pi); pp anunita, mfit. [ts], led, induced; attracted; Pj II 520,28 (tena ditthicchandena ~o); ifc see chanda- svchanda1; neg. ananunita, mfn., Pj II 497,19 (ananunito appatihato maijhatto hutv); fpp anunetabba, mfn., Niddll 188,37 (katham so netabbo vinetabbo ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhinetabbo; Nidd-a II 58,27: ~o ti punappunam cittena katham gamayitabbo). anupa, see sv anpa. anupakampati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupraVkamp], shakes; quivers; Ud41,i* (cittam thitam nnupakampati) = Thl91. anupakkuftha, mfn., neg. pp o/upakkosati qv. anupakkhanda, m. or mfn. [from anupakkhandati], encroaching on, going over to; ifc see km-. anupakkhandati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anupraskandati], pushes oneself forward, encroaches on; intrudes, works one's way in; goes over to; D I 122,7 (ekamsena bhavam Sonadando samanass' eva Gotamassa vdam -afi ti); part.pr. anupakkhandanta, mfn., It-all 166,13 (visamesu bhmippadesu savegam ~antena imiss tva nadiy mahoghena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anupakkhannena); absol. anupakhajja, anupakhajja [BHS anupraskandya, anupraskadya], Vin II 88,10 (Channo pi bhikkhu bhikkuninam anupakhajja bhikkhhi saddhim vivadati bhikkhuninam pakkham gheti; Sp 1194,is: bhikkhuninam anto pavisitv); IV42,30 (chabbaggiy bhikkh there bhikkh anupakhajja seyyam kappenti); MI \5\y\6foil, (migajt anupakhajjamucchit bhojanni bhunjissanti); SHI 113,3 (yannnham anupakhajja jivit voropeyyan ti); Ps III 183,17 (yo dvisu mahtheresu ubhato nisinnesu te anpucchitv va civarena v jnun v ghattento nisidati ayam anupakhajja nisidati nma); Vin-vn 1079; pp anupakkhanna, mfn., pushing forwards; working one's way in; ? Ps III 186,12 (imni hi dve bhojanni... nadim otinna-udakam viya ~ni); see also anupakhajjanta.

anupakkhipitv, ind. [absol. of *anu' + pakkhipati], placing in; AH 245,3 (antar satthinam nahguttham ~itv). anupakhajja, ind., absol. of anupakkhandati qv. anupakhajjana, n. [formed from anupakhajja], encroaching upon; Vin II 232,16 (in uddna: there ca ~<s; see 213,2 foil.). anupakhajjanta, mfn. [apparently neg. part.pr. of *upakhajjati, or perhaps haplography for ananupakhajjanta, neg. part.pr. formed from anupakhajja], not encroaching upon; VinV 163,5 (there bhikkh ~ena ... sane nisiditabbam). anupakhetta in eds at Ap 190,3 is prob, wr for anpakhetta qv sv anpa. anupagacchati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pa2 + gacchati], goes over to, passes (into); D I 55,22 (pathavi pathavikyam anupeti ~ati) = M I 515,11 = SHI 207,1; JaV 239,n* (yato ca rparn sambhoti tattiY eva ~ati); absol. anupagamma1, Ud-a301,i4 ([nadi] itar tisso nadiyo anupagamma). anupagacchana, n. [a3 + upagacchana], not approaching, not reaching; SpklH 42,24 (orimatirdinam -tdivasena, Ce so; Be, Se anupagacchant-; Ee wr anugamandi-). anupagacchanaka, mfn. [a3 + upagacchana + ka2], not approaching; not entering; 1h-al 116,4(psam -migo viya; = Ap-a 302,26: Be, Ce, Se anupagacchamnamigo; Ee anpagacchamna-). anupagata, mfn., neg. pp ofupagacchati qv. anupagantv, ind., neg. absol. o/upagacchati qv. anupagamaniya, mfn., neg. fpp o/upagacchati qv. anupagamma1, ind., absol. of anupagacchati qv. anupagamma2, ind., neg. absol. o/upagacchati qv. anupage, ind., see sv anuppage. anupacita, mfn., neg. pp o/upacinti qv. anupacinanta in Be, Ce, Ee at JaV 339,6* is prob, wr for anapavinanta qv sv apavinti. anupajagghati,^r. 3 sg. [anu1 + pa2 + jagghati], laughs at, derides; A I 198,20 (puggalo panham puttho samno ... ~ati khalitam ganhti; MpII 311,30: pnim paharitv mahhasitam hasati). *anupajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVpad], follows, accompanies; enters with; aor. 3 sg. anupajjatha, Ja IV 304,6* (nnrattehi vatthehi vimnam bhavati chditam na tesam chy vatthnam so rgo ~atha; 304,10' : so nnvidho rgo na hoti sabbachy ekavann va hoti); V407,2* (vijjumahmegha-r-ivnupaijatha; 407,25': mahmeghavijju viya tassa tarn assamam pvisi); absol. anupajjitv, Sp201,io (Ee so; Be anubandhitv; Ce, Se anuvajitv); pp anupanna, mfn., having entered; following; Ja VI 216,24' (kavypathnupann ti kavyakrabrhmannam vacanapatham ~ anugat). anupajjhyaka, mfn. [a3 + upajjhya + ka2], without a teacher, without a preceptor; Vin I 44,6 (bhikkh ~ anovadiyamn ananussiyamn); 89,24 (na bhikkhave ~o upasampdetabbo). anupancham, ind. [anu1 + panca + aha(n)], every five days; Sv 813,27 (anvaddhamsam anudasham -am) ^ Pv-a 139,28.

117

anupaftflatta, anuppaflfiatta, mfn. [anu + pp of panfipeti], additionally ordered or ruled; VinV 223,35 (Sp 1413,23: makkativatthu-divinitakath sikkhpadapannatte ~am); A199,2o. anupaftatti, anuppafifiatti, / [BHS anuprajnpti], an additional or supplementary rule; Vinll 286,28 (pannattim pi pucchi -im pi pucchi); V2,3 (ek pafinatti dve ~iyo; Sp 1302,16 (antamaso tiracchnagatya ri ti ca sikkham apaccakkhy ti ca makkatiVajjiputtakavatthnam vasena vutt im dve ~iyo); Ja I 162,12 (imam -im katv puna sikkhpadam pannpesi); Ps III 323,8 (~im thapesi). anupatipajjanaka, mfn. [anu1 + patipajjana + ka2], following the practice of siding with; S p o i l , 13 (anuvattak ti tassa ditthikhantirucigahanena -a). anupatipatti,/ [anu1 + patipatti], following the practice (of); Spk I 64,9 (ye tarn bhagavantam kyena v vcya v ~iy v namassanti). anupatipti,/ [anu1 + patipti], succession, order; ins tr. -iy, adv., in order, successively; gradually; Ja III 43,25' (cattro pi mahantena saddena -iy viravimsu); Vism244,i (-iy manasiktabbam, na ekantarikya); Sv 685,32 (anupubbaso ti-iy); Dhp-alll 340,12 (anupubben ti -iy); -kath,/, an exposition in order; a progressive instruction; Sv 277,25 (nupubbikathan ti -am). anupaftnita, mfn., neg. pp q/*upatitthati qv. anupatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWpat], follows, pursues; falls in; falls upon, attacks; D I 56,34 (sattannam yeva kynam antarena sattham vivaram -afi ti); AI 280,7 (tarn... makkhik nnupatissanti nnvassavissanti ti); Dhp221 (akincanam nnupatanti dukkh); Th41 (vivaram -anti vijjut); JaV 449,5* (sadhanam -anti nriyo); Vism81,i4 (sallekhat ca pavivekat ca dvisu dhammesu -anti); opt. 2 sg. anupatiysi, Ja VI 555,6* (sace anupatitukm si khippam -iysi no, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuppatteyya); part.pr. (a) anupatanta, mfn., Ja II 228,23' (tarn lokmisam -anto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuvattanto); (b) anupatamna, mfn., Ja VI 555,25'; absol. anupatitv, Vin III 105,16 (tarn enam gijjh pi kk pikulal pi -itv -itv... vitudenti); M II99,12 (aham hi pubbe hatthim pi dhvantam -itv ganhmi); pp anupatita, mfn. [ts], following, accompanying, involved; followed by, affected with (often ifc); SII 40,29 (imesu... dhammesu avijj -) = A l l 158,30 ^ Patis I 124,2; Dhp-a III 463,10 (dukkhena ~o); see also anupta, anupti(n). anupatana, n. [ts], following; pursuing; falling upon; Ja III 523,24' (khannupti ti pamdakkhane -silo); Mp II 257,33 (vdassa anupto -am pavatti ti attho). anupatpi(n), mfn. [from upatpa], not causing pain; Cp-a 331,22 (parato upatpasaho hoti paresam ~i). anupatita, mfn., pp o/anupatati qv. anupatiftna, mfn. [cf S. pratistha], standing firmly; Spk HI 258,2 (gambhlranemo ti... gambhirabhmibhgam ~o ti attho, Se so; Be, Ce anupavittho; Ee wr gambhirabhmiyam anupatitthite ti); Th-alll 198,31 (ovdnusitthiyam ~o). anupatifthita, mfn. [pp of *anu1 + patitthati], firmly

fixed; founded; Spk III 258,2 (gambhiranemo ti... gambhirabhmiyam ~o ti attho, so read for Ee mu~ patitthite ti ? Be, Ce gambhirabhmibhgam anupavittho ti; Se anupatittho ti). anupatta, mfn., see anuppatta ^v anuppunti. anupatti, anuppatti 1 ,/ [from anuppunti], attainment; accomplishment; SI 46,24* (kankhe ce hadayassnupattim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -nuppattim) = 52,26*; Bv7:15 (tarn evJ attham ~iy); Mil 112,9 (vydhitassa sotthibhvam ~iy). anupatthata, mfn. [pp o/*anu' + pattharati], overspread; Nidd-a 1427,26 (jarya anusat ti paripakkatya -). anupatham, ind. [S. anupatham], along the road, along the track; Vism 381,2 (idni amhkam ~am gacchant n' atthi ti); Ps I 277,27 (paltassa migassa -am gacchanto migaluddako, Be, Se so; Ce Ee anupadam); see also anupathe. anupathe, ind. [anu1 + loc. o/patha], along the road; by the roadside; JaV 302,24* (atthini amma ycitv -e dahtha nam; Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anupanthe); Cp-a 86,30 (anumagge patipathe ti ~e v patipathe v ti, vsaddassa lopo datthabbo, Ce, Ee so, perhaps, wr; Be, Se anumagge v); see also anupatham. anupada, n. [prob, extracted from anupadam qv], a following word; the following quarter-stanza; Vin IV 15,i (padam ~am anvakkharam anuvyanjanam; Sp 141,nfoil: padan tieko gthpdo adhippeto, -an ti dutiyapdo); Ap43,i3 (padam ~am cpi akkharam cpi vyanjanam); Mil 340,6 foil, (padena padam kathayissmi -ena ~am kathayissmi). anupadam, ind. [S. anupadam], 1. word by word; step by step; Vv 53:9 (tad ~am avacsi ingha puttho); As 15,36 (therassa hi -am uddesam dadamno anno datum na sakkoti); 2. close behind; in one's footsteps; in pursuit; Jail 230,4 (tass -am agamsi); Ap 140,6 (padennupadam yanto); Vism 664,26 (-am gantv); Ps I 277,27 (paltassa migassa -am gacchanto migaluddako, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se anupatham); Mhv 16:5 (ratham ruyha bhpati... therassnupadam ag); ifc see pada-; (a)-vannan,/, a word by word explanation; Sp202,5 (ito param... yebhuyyena uttnattham, tasm -am pahya yattha yattha vattabbam atthi tarn tad eva vannayissma); Pj I 124,4 (ayam gthya - ayam pana pindattho); As 168,24 (-am eva karissma); see also anupadato, anupadaso, anuvyanjanam, anvakkharam. anupadajjeyya, opt. 3 sg. o/anuppadeti qv. anupadati, pr. 3 sg. [from anupadam? cf S. amWpad], follows; repeats; Sv 868,33 (-antiti anugacchanti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anusaranti ti; Sv-ptIII 57,12: anupatanti ti pi ptho, so eva attho; ad D III 86,26, tad eva pornam aggannam akkharam anupatanti, Ee so; Be, Ce anusaranti; Se anussaranti). anupadato, ind., word by word; Pj I 249,6 (ayam -ato atthavannan); see also anupadam, anupadaso. anupadaso, ind., word by word; Ps I 87,26 (sabbam vuttnusrena -0 paccavekkhitabbam); see also anupadam, anupadato. anupadassati, fut. 3 sg. o/anuppadeti qv. anupadahan, / [from *anu1 -1- pa2 + dahati2 ?], con-

118

tinuous exertion; Sp 418,26 (anubandhan ti-, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anuvahan; * Vism278,n: eds anuvahan * Patis-a 495,1: eds anugaman). anupadeti, see sv anuppadeti. anupadesa, see sv anpa. anupaddava, mfn., see sv upaddava. anupadduta, mfn., see sv upadduta. anupadduttat in Ee at It-a I 70,8 is wr for anupaddutatt (Be, Ce, Se so). anupadhretv, neg. absol. o/upadhareti qv. anupadhika, anpadhika, mfn. [a3 + upadhi1 + ka2], free from attachment; free from acquisitions (which lead to rebirth); Vin I 36,26* (disv padam santam anpadhikam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anpadhikam); D III 112, IO (atthi bhante iddhi y ansav ~ ariy ti vuccati); Snl057 (sukittitam Gotam, anpadhikam; Pj II 591,22: ~an ti nibbnam); see also nirupadhika, sa-upadhika, sopadhika. anupanata in Ee at Vism386,i4 and Ud-a 186,4 (anupanatam cittam) is wrfor anapanata qv sv apanamati. anupanyhanasllo in Ee at Th-a II 211,34 is wr for anupanayhana- (Be, Ce, Se so). anupage, see sv page. anupanna, mfn., pp o/anupajjati qv. anupapila, mfn. [from a3 + *upapil; cf upapileti], free from oppression; free from distress; D I 135,26 (janapad akantak ~, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anuppfl); Pv-a 161,15 (rajjam akantakam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anupilam); see also anuppila. anupabandhan, see sv anuppabandhan. anupabbajati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pabbajati; cfS. anupraVvraj], adopts the wanderer's life after or in imitation (of another); Vin II 180,6 (Sakyakumr bhagavantam pabbajitam -anti); Ja I 56,32 (tarn purisam -issmi ti); part.pr. anupabbajanta, mfn., Mil 108,2 (cha-y -ime ... khattiyakumr ... bhagavantam -ant nikkhamimsu); aor. 3 sg. anupabbaji, Bv-a 82,32 (Dlpankarakumram pana pabbajantam ek purisakoti -i); 1 sg. anupabbajim, Ap 49,23 (nikkhantenanupabbajim padhnam sukatam may, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nikkhantennupabbajjam); 430,6; 3 pi. (a) anupabbajimsu, D i l 249,29 (satta ca rjno khattiy... Mahgovindam brhmanam agrasm anagriyam pabbajitam anupabbajimsu); (b) anupabbajum, Bv20:5 (sambuddham -um); absol. anupabbajitv, 1h-al 111,19; pp anupabbajita, mfn., who has adopted the wanderer's life after (another); Sp 55,22 (kumrassa pana -nam gananaparicchedo nJ atthi); It-a II 154, is; Mhv 5:168. anupabbajj, / [from anupabbajati], adopting the wanderer's life after or in imitation (of another); S V 67,2i (-am pham bhikkhave tesam bhikkhnam bahukram vadmi); Sv 457,23 (~ya); Dhp-al 105,17 (~am pabbajitv); It-a II 153,33/0//. (~an tiariyesu cittam pasdetv ghar nikkhamma tesam santike pabbajjam). anupabhmi in Ee at Ja IV 359, w is wr for anpabhmi qv sv anpa. anupama, mfh., seesv upam. anupamodamana, mfn. [part.pr. of *anu1 + pamodati],

rejoicing with, continually rejoicing; Pj II 378,22 (anumodamno ti ~o, nirantaram modamno ti attho). anuparikkamanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *anu1 + pari + kamati; cf S. anupariVkram], going round and round; Vv-a 323,3i (lhanam ~o rodati). anuparigacchati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pari + gacchati], goes round; goes round about (+ ace); Spklll 104,13 (anuparisakkeyy ti ~eyya); part.pr. anuparigacchanta, mX^anti)., Dhp -a I 416,14 (s ... psdam ~antl, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupariyyantl); inf. anuparigantum, Vin III 151,21 (aparikkamanam nma na sakk hoti yathyuttena sakatena anuparigantum); absol. (a)anuparigamma, Ud47,2i* (sabb dis anuparigamma cetas); (b) anuparigantv, Vin III 119,28 (gabbham anuparigantv); Ja IV 267,26 (tikkhattum gumbam anuparigantv); see also anupariyag. anuparicita, mfn. [anu1 + paricita2], practised after; practised in order; PatisI \73,\& foil, (digham asssavasena purim purim paricit pacchim pacchim ~). anuparidhvati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + paridhvati], runs round and round; surrounds; Mil 232,24 (te sakkyabhay sakkyaparijegucch sakkyam yeva -anti anuparivattanti); 11172,27 (ime tayo dhamm sammditthim ~anti anuparivattanti); S III 150,9 (tarn eva khilam v thambham v ~ati anuparivattati); part.pr. (a)anudhva(t), mfn., SHI 150,17 (rpam ~am anuparivattam); (b) anuparidhvanta, mfh., Thi-al65,i9 (sakkyaram eva ~ant). anuparidhvana, n. [from anuparidhvati], running round and round; PsIV 22,19 (thambhe v khile v upanibaddhasunakhassa ... ~am). anuparipphufa, mfn. [anu1 + paripphuta], pervaded throughout; Vism 144,25 (pharanapitiy pana uppannya sakalasariram ... -amhoti) = As 117,3. anupariyag, aor. 3 sg. and 3 pi [of anu' + pari + >/g; S. anuparWg], went around; went round about; 3 sg., Sn447 (medavannam va psnam vyaso anupariyag); 3pl, AIV 151,6* (rjisayo yajamnnupariyag, Be, Ce so; Ee wr -pariyay; Se -cariyag) = It 21,13* (It-al 93,16: anupariyag ti vicarimsu); see also anuparigacchati. anupariyti, anupariyyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anuparWy], goes round about; goes round after; travels about; DIU 200,16* (sabb dis -anti); SI 109,2* (yu ~ti macenam, Ce, Ee so; Be anupariyyati; Se anucariyati); AIV 254,26* (cando ca suriyo ca... -anti); Vv 18:1 (samant ~si); Ja VI 121,6* (najjo ca ~ti); Ps III 161,18 (etam rukkham -hi ti); Spkl 175,29 (cakkanemi kubbaram anupariyyati); Mil 38,30 (tarn yeva anupariyyeyyum); Mhv 17:40 (rattim ngo 'nupariyti tarn thnam); part.pr. (a) anupariyanta, mfn., Ja VI 278,18* (passa candam ca suriyam ca... Sinerum -ante, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupariyyante); Sv 613,7 (~antam yantam yojetv, Ce, Ee so; Be anupariyyantam; Se anupariyyanti); (b) anupariyyanta, mfn., Ja VI 279,5: Sinerum anupariyyante); Sp 1042,16 (anupariyyantehi); (c) anupariyyamna, Bv-a210,36 (kkakulalagijjhdihi anupariyyamno); aor. 1 sg. (a) anupariysi, Vin II 111,19 (nkldiattum Rjagaham -si, Ee so, perhaps wr;

119

Be, Ce, Se anupariyyi); Ap-a 268,22 (sabbarattim cetiyam -si, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se anupariyyi); (b) anupariyyi, Ps III 161,28; Dhp-alH 202, n (Rjagahanagarassa upari sattakkhattum anupariyyi); absol anupariyyitv, Pv-a 92,25 (lhanam anupariyyitv); Cp-a 81,19; see also anupariyeti. anupariyya, m. [from anupariyeti (or anupariyti)], going around; -patha, m., a path leading round, an encircling path; a path on a rampart; D II 83,12 (tassa nagarassa samant -am anukkamamno; Sv 880,34: -an ti anupariyyanmakam pkramaggam); AIV 107,2 (paccantime nagare ~o hoti; Mp IV 53,22: ~o ti antopkrassa pkrena saddhim gato mahpatho yattha thit bahipkre thitehi saddhim yujjhanti). anupariyyati, see sv anupariyti. anupariyeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuparyeti], goes round and round; goes round in order; S I 102,20* (samantnupariyeyyum; or poss. to anupariyti); 192,2* (cakkavatti yath rj ...samant ~eti sgarantam mahim imam); Th 125 (makkato... dvrena -eti ghattayanto muhum muhum); 1250 (cetas -eti; Th-aIII 197,15: anukkamena paricchindati); see also anupariyti. an upari vatta, m. [from anuparivattati], the moving round after; changing in conformity to; Spkll 262,18 (viparinmnuparivattaj ti viparinmassa -ato viparinmrammanacittato jt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuparivattito; * Ps V 29,21: eds anuparivattanato); ifc see rpaviparinm-. anuparivattati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anuparivartati, -ate], turns or moves round after or along with; keeps on moving; D I 240,8 (panjalik namassamn -anti ti); MII 232,24 (te sakkyabhay sakkyaparijegucch sakkyam yeva anuparidhvanti -anti); A l l 188,32 (attha lokadhamm lokam -anti loko c' attha lokadhamme -ati); Patis I 172,31 (yena yena cittam abhiniharati tena tena sati -ati); Mil 204,8 (Devadatto ca bodhisatto ca ekato -anti ti); Ud-a 75,23 (keci tasmim udake thatv candimasuriye -anti; Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -enti, prob, wr); part.pr. anuparivatta(t), mfn., SHI 150,17 (rpam anuparidhvam -am); pass. pr. 3 sg. anuparivattlyati, A II 140,15 (cattro 'me... kl samm bhviyamn samm -iyamn); Mp III 133,25 (te bhviyanti c' eva -lyanti ca); caus. pr. 3 sg. anuparivatteti, makes turn; makes move; repeats; Nidd-a I 298,7 (sattasantnam anusenti -enti ti anusay, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -anti ti; = II 55,32: eds anupavattanti ti); part.pr. anuparivattenta, mfn., Pv-a 97,26 (vedam -ent homam karont japanti). anuparivattana, n. [cf BHS anuparivartana, mfii.], the moving round after or along with, changing in conformity to; Ps V 29,2i (viparinmnuparivattaj ti viparinmassa -ato viparinmrammanacittato jt; * Spkll 262,18: viparinmnuparivattij ti viparinmassa anuparivattito, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuparivattato). anuparivatti, / [from anuparivattati], the moving round after or along with; changing in conformity to; Spkll 262,18 (viparinmnuparivattij ti viparinmassa -ito viparinmrammanacittato jt, Be, Se so; Ee anuparivattato; * Ps V 29,2i: anuparivattanato). anuparivatti(n), mfn. [BHS -anuparivartin], moving

round after or along with; changing in conformity to; Dhtuk50,8 (in uddna: visamsatthasamutthnasahabhhi -i); Pet 82,24 (imni cattri padni -ini); As 49,35 (anuparivattanti ti -ino); ifc see citta-, nn-, rpaviparinm-. anuparivreti, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anuparivrayati, -eti], surrounds; stands by, takes the side of; VinI 338, %foll. (ma kho tumhe yasmanto etam ukkhittakam bhikkhum anuvattittha -eth ti... te ... tarn ukkhittakam bhikkhum anuvattimsu -esum); MI 153,19/0//. (yam nna mayam imam nivpam nivuttam mahatihi dandavkarhi samant sappadesam -eyyma... te amum nivpam ... -esum); absol. anuparivretv, Ja III 487,6. anuparivenam, ind. [anu1 + ace. o/parivena], to every cell; cell by cell; Mp 167,12 (thero -am gantv). anupariveniyam, ind. [from anu1 + parivena], to every cell; cell by cell; Vin I 80,1 (gacch* nanda appuranam dya -am bhikkhnam rocehi); 106,36 (bhikkh -am ptimokkham uddisanti asanketena). anuparisamyyanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *anu' + pari + sarn + yti], going round about (after); Sv481,i3 (rann Mandhtucakkavattin cakkaratanam purakkhatv cattro dipe -ena, Ee, Se so; Be anusamyyantena; Ce anusamsarantena). anuparisakkati,/?r. 3 sg. [anu1 + pari + sakkati], moves round after; escorts; S IV 312, is (tarn enam mahjanakyo ... thomeyya panjaliko -eyya; Spk III 104,12: -eyy ti anuparigaccheyya). anuparisakkana, n. [from anuparisakkati], following, escorting; S IV 312,22 (-hetu). anupariharati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pariharati; cfS. anuparihram], surrounds, encircles; embraces; MI 306,28 (s tarn slam -eyya); 306,29 (s tarn slarn -itv). anupavattaka, anuppavattaka, mfn. [from caus. of anupavattati; cf BHS anupravartaka], following (another) in keeping moving; who maintains in succession; Mil 362,16 (thero Sriputto... Gotamassa bhagavato ssanavare dhammaeakkam -o jto); Pj II 454,18. anupavattati, anuppavattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupraVvrt], proceeds along (after); advances continually; Nidd-a II 55,32 (sattasantnam anusenti -anti ti anusay; = 1298,7: Be, Ce, Se anuparivattenti ti; Ee anuparivattanti ti); part.pr. anupavattanta, mfn., Ud-a 361,23 (nnassa paripkam gatatt desannusrena nane -ante); pp anupavatta, anuppavatta, mfn. [S. anupravrtta], following (after); Patis-a 139,25 (tadanudhammat ti -0 dhammo anudhammo); caus. pr. 3 sg. anupavatteti, anuppavatteti, -ayati, [BHS anupravartayati], keeps moving on after (another) or in succession; continues, maintains; MII 75,27 (yena me idarn kalynam vattam nihitam -eyysi, m kho me tvam antimapuriso ahosi); SI 191,13 (ranno cakkavattissa jetthaputto pitar pavattitam cakkam samma-d-eva -eti); Mil 362,23 (Sriputto ... tathgatena anuttaram dhammaeakkam pavattitam samma-d-eva -eti ti); Ps V 3,i6/o//. (nandim samanvneti ti tesu rpdisu tanham samanvneti

120

~eti... tanham ... nnuppavattayati); part.pr. anupavattenta, mfn., Dhp-al 110,10 (may pavattitam dhammacakkam -ento ... mama ssane aggasvako nma eso ti); aor. 3 sg. anuppavattesi, MII 82,24 (pacchim janata -esi); /?/? anuppavattita, mfn., maintained, continued', Ps IV 146,8 (anutthity ti-itya). anupavattana, anuppavattana, n. [from anupavattati; BHS anupravartana], proceeding along (with) or in conformity; Vism613,i8 (bojjhahgnam ca -tya); Ud-a 361, li (bqijhahgnam -ena). anupavattanaka, mfn. [from cans, of anupavattati], keeping moving on after (another); maintaining; Th-aIII 48,26 (dhammena pavattitassa cakkassa ~o senpati); 76,33 (atthacintvasnug ti... attano paresam ca hitacintanam eva -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuparivattanak). anupavatteta(r), m. [from caus. of anupavattati], one who keeps (something) moving on, who maintains; Mp 1153,9 (may pavattitam dhammacakkam -). anupavadana, anpavadana, and anupavdana, n. [from upavadati], lack of abusing; not blaming or criticising; Sv479, ii (anpavdo ti vcya kassaci -am, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anpavadanam) = Ud-a 253,26 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anpavadanam) * Dhp-aIII 238, I (anpavadanam c' eva anupavdpanam ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anpavadanam ca anupavdpanam ca); Ud-a 254,33 (etarn parassa anpavadanam anupaghtanam, Ce, Ee so; Be anpavadanam; Se anpavadanam); see also upavadan. anupavdpana, n. [from *upavdpeti, caus. of upavadati ^v], not inciting others to abuse; Dhp-aIII 238,1 (anpavdo ti anpavadanam c' eva -am ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anpavadanam ca anupavdpanam ca). anupaviftha1, mfn., pp 0/anupavisati qv. anupavittha2, mfn., neg. pp /upavisati qv. anupavisati, anuppavisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupraVviS], enters (after); goes into; resorts to; is present (in); Vin IV 220, is foil. (chabbaggiy bhikkhuniyo avassut ... channam pi ~anti... -issanti... y pana bhikkhuni... channam v -eyya); Ja I 474,13' (idam kasinadvayam pannya gdhati rammanam katv -ati); Sp 1070,n (visanti ti sariram -anti); As 145,4 (buddhdinam gune oghati bhinditv viya -ati" ti okappan); 147,14 (lbukathdini udake pilavanti na -anti); Vv-a 42,28 (dibbasaram jalavihrbhiratiy -asi); part.pr. (a) anupavisanta, mfn., It-aH 16,3 (yath sallam sariram -antam); (b) anupavisamna, mfn., Mp IV 6,13; absol. (a) anuppavissa, [S. anupraviSya], Ja IV 447,i* (ahimsako Renu-m -anuppavissa puttena te hethayito 'smi deva; 447,21'foil.: aham tava puttena mahparivrena anupavisitv ... vihethito smi ti; or for *anpavissa, absol. of *anu1 + upavisati, "approaching, coming near"; cf anupvisim); (b) anupavisitv, anuppavisitv, Vin IV 43,15 (anupakhajj ti-itv); JaIV 447,21'; Sp780,i2; Dhp-al 375,H (vanasandam -itv); pp anupavittha1, anuppavittha, mfn. 1. having entered, gone into; resorted to; present (in); MI 332,6 (Mro ppim yasmato Mahmoggallnassa kucchigato hoti kottham -0); Ja V 497,26* (puth nar lenam -); Kv 338,3 (tilamhi

telam anugatam -am); Mil 257,23 (sanghasamayam tya); 270,31 (jnm, aham ... vto atthi ti me hadaye -am na cham sakkomi vtam upadassayitun ti); 318,6 (padumassa ... eko guno nibbnam ~o); Mp II 139,8 (--tt); IV 195,20 (-' -atthena anukantanatthena ca sallato); 2. entered into, reached; Mil 317,31 (atthi... nibbnassa gunam annehi -am); SpkII 67,19 (dhammena ... pariyoghitena paniiya -ena); caus. pr. 3 sg. anupaveseti, anuppaveseti, makes enter; supplies; Mp II 210,19 (anuppaveccheyy ti ~eyya); V 75,7 (yam tassa mittdayo ito dadant -enti); Pj II 256,19 (tarn nnupaveseyya na samodhaneyya); Th-aIII 158,28 (mam jinassa bhagavato ssane pakkhandehi -ehi); pass. pr. 3 sg. anuppavesiyati, Pj II 256,23 (angat pi [kiles] cittasantatim nnuppavesiyanti uppattismatthiyavightena); see also anupvisim. anupavisana, n. [from anupavisati], entering; Jal 155,15 (kandam ' -atthena sallan ti vuccati); As 147,11 (-sankhtena oghanatthena apilpanabhvo). anupavecchati, anuppavecchati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pavecchati], gives, presents; supplies, confers upon; Vin 1221,29* (das' assa thnni ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuppavacchati); D I 74,25 (devo ca na klena klarn samm dhrarn -eyya; Sv218,17: na ~eyy ti na paveseyya); MIII 133,3 (tarn enam hatthidamako uttarim tinaghsodakam -ati); Sn208 (yo jtam ucchiija na ropayeyya jyantam assa nnuppavecche; Pj II 256,i%foll.\ assa nnuppavecche ... nnupaveseyya, na samodhaneyya); Ja V 394,9* (yass' icchasi tassam -asu); Th-al 27,27 (pavassa samm dhrarn ~a); part.pr. anupavecchanta, anuppavecchanta, mfn., A II 75,ii (deve na samm dharam -ante); JaV 107,27; (-antesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuppavacchantesu); aor. 3 sg. anupavecchi, Sp 87,7 (devo samm dhrarn -i). anupavesa, m. [S. anupraveSa], entrance into; Mp III 349,26 (ogdham -am patt). anupaveseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of anupavisati qv. anupasankamanta, anupasankamitv, see sv upasankamati. anupasanthapan, / [from *anu' + pa2 + santhapeti], setting up after; continuance; Pp 18,21 (thapan thapan santhapan - anupabandhan, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anusamsandan; = Vibh 357,n: eds anusamsandan). anupassaka, mfn. [from anupassati], looking at, regarding as; showing; Th 420 (vedannam vinnpano updnappamocano bhavam angralsum va nnena - 0 . . . ariyo attharigiko maggo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupassano; Th-aII 178,25: - o t i . . . anu-anupaccakkhato dasset); It-all 87,25 (kyasmim asubham asubhkram - hutv viharatha). anupassati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupaSyati], looks at, contemplates; Vin I 184,22 (vayam c' assnupassati); Sn 477 (yo attan attnam nnupassati); Patis I 57,32 foil. (~ati ti katham -ati, aniccato -ati no niccato); Ps I 39,28 (sakkyam -atha astato asubhato bhedato 'tha anattato); part.pr. (a) anupassa(t) mfn., Ps I 39,16* (subhato sukhato c'eva sakkyam -ato); (b) anupassanta, mfn., Patis I 58,3 (aniccato -anto niccasannam pajahati) ^

121

Vism 607,12; neg. annupassanta (with rhythmical lengthening), mfn., Niddl 287,20 (annujnan ti parassa... maggam annujnanto annupassanto); (c) anupassamna, mfn., Sv 461,22 (udayam ca vayam ca -amno); fpp anupassitabba, mfn., Sv 760,32 (katham ca vedan ~itabb ti) * Nidd-a I 50,4. anupassana, n., ~a, / [from anupassati; cf BHS anupaSyan], looking at, viewing; contemplation; realisation-, Patis I 58,28* (kusalo tisu ~su catsu ca vipassansu); 186,8 (sati ~ nnam); 186,25 (attha ~e nnni); Vibh 194,25 (katama -a); Vism 658,8 (katame pana te vimokkh yesam imani ~ni mukhni ti); Ps I 157,9 (sattavidhya ~ya yutto); Th-alll 206,39 (vimokkh ... tihi ~hi adhigantabb); As 221,26 (aniccam dukkham anatt ti tividham -am ropetv); ifc see anatt- (sv atta[n]), anicc- (^vnicca), ky-, citt(svcitta1), vedan-, sunnata-; ananupassana, n., not viewing', Sv 757,26 (kye ahan tiv maman ti v evam gahetabbassa yassa kassaci ~ato). anupassayamna, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of *upa (+ 2) + sayati2; cf S. upaSrayate, upsYayate], not having recourse to; not keeping close to, not associating with', Sv 30,6 (na ca sappurise ~assa savanam atthi ti) = Ps I 6,17 = Ud-a 16,13 (Ee so; Be, Se anupanissayamnassa; Ce sappurisam anupanissya) = It-al 27,2; see also upassaya, upassita. anupassi(n), mfn. [BHS anupaSyin], looking for; observing, considering-, Sn255 (bhedsanki randham evnupassi); Vibh 194,25 (~i ti tattha katam anupassan); ifc see anatta- (.sv atta[n]), anicca- (sv nicca), dinav-, ky-, khay- (svkhaya2), citt- (svcitta1), dhamm-, patinissagg-, vedan-; annupassi(n) (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., not looking upon, not considering', Ud 74,17* (ayam aham asm! ti ~I). anupahacca, neg. absol. o/upahanati qv. anupkram, anupkre, ind. [ami1 + ace, loc. of pkra], along the wall or rampart; on the rampart; Ja VI 390,2 (~am dvrattlake antarattlake ... tisso parikh kresi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anupkradvrattlake); 400,19 (yodh ... pivanti khdanti ~Q cankamanti); 406,10 (~e thatv); (a)-matthake, ind., along the top of the rampart; Ja VI 401,28 (~e kalalam datv vihim tattha roppesi). anupta, m. [ts], following, proceeding as a consequence; Spk II 258,7 (vdnupto ti... satthu vdassa ~o anupatanam anugamanan ti attho) ^ Mp II 257,33 (~o anupatanam pavatti ti attho); ifc see vd-. anuptivattana, n. [a3 + uptivattana], not going beyond; Ps IV 25,16 (tassa dassanassa ~ato). anupti(n), mfn. [from anupta], following; attacking; ifc see khan- (sv khana1), vidur-. anupdam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of pda], at the foot; Vism 182,32/0//. (nnupdam nnusisam thtabbam... -amv anusisamv thitassa sabbam asubham samam na pannyati); see also anusisam. anupd, ind., neg. absol. o/updiyati qv. anupdiyana, n. [a3 + updiyana], not grasping; Ps IV 27,3 (sabbattha -vasena aganhanavasena upakrapatipad

nma). anuppunti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupraVp; BHS anuprpunati], reaches, attains; falls to one 's lot; Vin I 22,28 (tumhe pi bhikkhave ... anuttaram vimuttim -tha); DI 73,6 (sotthin gmantam ~eyya); S II 229,25 (sekham appattamnasam lbhasakkrasiloko ~tu, Be, Ce, Seso; e~ti); Ja II 65,2* (loke samannam ~ti); Ap 7,15 (paccekabodhim ~anti); Cp-a312,i4 (tarn padam ~issmi ti); aor. 3 sg. anuppuni, As 33,18 (bhadrayobbanam ~i); 3pl. anuppunimsu, Ap 7,27; absol. (a) anuppunitv, D I 231,18 (tarn smannattham ~itv); (b)anuppatv, Ud-a 87,i6 (samatham ca anuppatv); (c) anuppatvna, Pv 21:25 (anuppatvna Dvrakam); p p anuppatta, anupatta, mfn. [S. anuprpta], l.(pass.) attained, reached; Vin I 22,26 (anuttar vimutti ~); D I 231,17 (smannattho -o); MII 105,24* (tisso vi]j~); Th 136 (so me attho ~o sabbasamyojanakkhayo); Vism 517,8 (tesam vannankkamo -0); neg. ananuppatta, mfn., D I 230,io; MI 104,29; 2. (act.) having attained, reached; arrived (at); Vin I 351,1 (satth no bhagav ~o); A I 180,20 (samano... Gotamo... Vengapuram ~o); Dhp386 (uttamattham -am tarn aham brmi brhmanam); Sn 635 (amatogadham ~am tarn aham brmi brhmanam); Ja IV 97,9* (amhi idhnupatto); Mil 334,8 (~e pana kayike); Sp 57,26 (ayam dni me so klo ~o ti); vayo anuppatta, having reached (old) age, old; Vin II 188,29 (vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo ~o) * MI 82,27; Thi-a60,2 (addhagat vayo ~); caus. pr. 3 sg. anuppeti, makes reach; takes to; Ja VI 88,26* (yva Smnuppaya; 88,29': yva Smo yattha tattha amhe ~aya); Mil276,21 (tarn enam... ynam ropetv patthitam desam ~eyya); aor. 1 sg. anuppayim, Cp 3:11:4 (tarn aham upatthahitvna rogyam ~ayim); pp anuppita, mfn., made to be reached; made to be understood; Mil 252,28 (~itam jinassanam). anupya, m. and mfn., see sv upya. anupysa, m. and mfn., see sv upysa. anupysi, aor. 3 sg. [o/anu 1 + payti; S. anupraVy], he followed; Mp I 330,14 (hatthipotako pitu pacchato pacchato ~i, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupatipajjati). anupyi(n), mfn. [from anupeti ? cf S. anupraVi], following; Pet 165,24* (tato nam sukham anveti chy va ~ini) = Nett 133,19* (quoting Dhp 2: anapyini). anuplaka, mfn. [from anupleti], preserving, sustaining; Vism 589,i7(~amjivitindriyam); Ps I 210,19 (hro ... kammajnam ~o hutv paccayo hoti); Mp II 122,5 (pdak ti vaddhak ~). anuplana, n., ~&,f [S. anuplana], preserving, sustaining; maintenance; As310,3o(/ long cpd); Dip 3:2 (jtim ca nmagottam ca yum ca ~am); Ps II 350,14 (jivitindriyena usmya ~am); Spk II 266,12 (thiti ti jivitindriyasankhtya ~ya nmam). anupleti, ~ayati, anuplati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuplayati], preserves; sustains; maintains; Jail 432,14* (sabbakmadadam kumbham ... laddhna ... yva so ~eti tva so sukham edhati); VI 317,25* (asampadosam ~aya vacas kamman ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ay, mcl); Pet 142,16 (vicro ~eti, Ce so; Be, Ee anuplati); Mil 160,11 (vuddhim deti santatim ~eti); Sp 225,22 (ye yvajivam

122

ekabhattam brahmacariyam vinayasamvaram ~enti ti); Nidd-all 124,30 (samanadhammam ~essmi ti); part.pr. (a)anuplaya(t), mfn., Mhv 21:21 (rj crittam ~ayam); (b) anuplayanta, mfn., Pet 155,7; aor. 1 sg. (a) anuplesim, Ap 218,13; (b) anuplayim, Ap 218,14; pass. pr. 3 sg. anupliyati, Cp-a 331,9 (devathi ~iyati); As 310,25 (yun -iyamnam); pp anuplita, mfn., preserved, sustained; maintained', Vism 365,8 (tejodhatuy ~); Mp II 122,6 (putt hi mtpithi vaddhit c' eva ~ ca). anupvisim, aor. 1 sg. [o/*anu ! + upavisati, or poss. of anupavisati qv], I approached (for instruction)', or I resorted to; JaVI 60,14* (na... kanci kudcanam samanam brhmanam vpi sakkatv ~im); see also anuppavissa sv anupavisati. anuphana, mfn., see .yv uphan. anuphra, m. [a3 + uphra], not bringing; non-supply; M HI 245,7 (telappadipo... telassa ca vattiy ca pariydn annassa ca ~ anhro nibbyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupahr) * SII 85,24 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anupahr). anupila in Ee at Pv-a 161,15 is wrfor anupapila qv. anupilita, mfn. [pp o/*anu' + pileti], strongly pressed; Vism 105,5* (dutthassa hoti anukaddhitam padam mlhassa padam sahasnupilitam) = Pj II 544,3* * Dhp-al 201,6* (dutthassa hoti sahasnupilitam mlhassa hoti avakaddhitam padam). anupucchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWprach], asks, questions; inquires after; Sn432 (kim jivam ~asi); Vv 17:5 (yam etam Sakka ~ase mamam); Ja IV 249,24* (kim ev' aham Tundilam nupuccheyyam, Ee so, for nupucche, numcl Be, Ce anupucchim; Se Tundilam apucchim); VI 78,16* (turo ty nupucchmi kim mam viddh niliyasi; 78,25". aham tarn-ami); part.pr. anupucchamna mfn., Sn 841 (ditthimca nissya ~amno ... pamoham g); aor. 3 sg. anupucchi, Ja VI 221,17* (tarn ~i Vedeho) ^ 227,30* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee annupucchi, prob, wr); pp anupuftna, mfn., asked; neg. annuputtha (with metrical lengthening), mfn., not questioned, not asked; Sn 782 (annuputtho ca paresa pv; Nidd I 68,8: annuputtho ti aputtho apucchito anycito anajjhesito); Ja IV 226,3* (yo attano dukkham annuputtho; c/226,i8': punappuna puttho). anupubba, mfn. and n. [S., BHS anuprva], 1. (mfn.) regular, gradual; tapering; JaV 155,22* (~ va ter); 2. (n.) regular order; As 135,13 (ettha ~am nma n' a.Uhi,Eeso; Be, Ce, Se apubbam); Th-alll 20,17 (~am anukkamo); ace. ~am, adv., in regular order, by turn; gradually; MI 338,12* (Brahma viyksi -am yathtatham); Sn510 (paiihe me puttho ~am anudhammam vyakarohi me); Th548 (ripnasati... ~am paricit); Ja III 282,22* (~am suvattitam); Mhv 5:73; ~aso, adv., in regular order; Sn 1000 (mahpurisalakkhan dvattims ca vykhyt samatt ~aso); Ap 541,22 (niyyanti ~aso); instr. ~ena, adv., gradually, successively; in due course; Vin I 83,16 (~ena carikam caramno yena Svatthi tad avasari); AII 140,15 (~ena savnam khayam ppenti); Dhp239 (~ena medhvi thokathokam khane khane ... niddhame malam attano);

Jail 2,5 (~ena vayappatto); IV 74,7 (~en' assa parivro mah ahosi); Mil 22,4 (crikam caramno ~ena Sgalanagaram anuppatto hoti); -katha,/, an exposition in a regular order; an account of previous events; Ja I 50,3 (ayam ~, Ee so; Ce nupubbi-; Be, Se anupubbi-); Vism 249,10 (tatryam sabbakotthsesu ~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupubbi-); Sv 258,10 (~a, Ce, Ee so; Se anupubbi-; Be anupubbi kath); Ps II 19,6 (tatryam ~, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se anupubbi-); see also nupubbikath .yv nupubbi; -krana, n. [anupubba + krana1], gradual training; MI 446,8 (abhinhakran ~); -kiriy,/, regular or gradual working; Vin II 238,29 (imasmim dhammavinaye anupubbasikkh ~ anupubbapatipad) ^ AIV 201,2; MI 479,36 (anupubbasikkh ~ anupubbapatipad annrdhan hoti); -nirodha, m., successive cessation; DIU 266,6 (nava -; Sv 1046,22: anupatiptiy nirodh); As 186,35; -patipad, / , regular or gradual progress; Vin II 238,30 (imasmim dhammavinaye anupubbasikkh anupubbakiriy ~) * AIV 201,2; MI 479,36 (anupubbasikkh anupubbakiriy ~ annrdhan hoti); -vihra, m., gradual or successive stage (in meditation); D III 265,19 (nava ~; Sv 1046,20: anupatiptiy sampajjitabbavihr); AIV 410,2 (nava-y-ime bhikkhave -); Vibh-a 423, is (~-t); -vihri(n), mfn., moving through successive stages; Ud78,3* (~I tattha so); -sikkh,/, regular or gradual training; Vin II 238,29 (imasmim dhammavinaye ~ anupubbakiriy anupubbapatipad) * AIV 201,2; M I 479,36 (~ anupubbakiriy anupubbapatipad annrdhan hoti; Ps III 193,4: ~ ti karanatthe paccattavacanam); see also nupubba, nupubbi, nupubbikathnupubbaka, padnupubbat, pubbnupubbaka. anupubbat in Ee at Vv-a 280,22 is prob, wr for anubbat (Be, Ce, Se, Vv 64:14 so). nupubbikath, see sv nupubbi. anupubbi, see sv nupubbi. anupurohita, m. [anu1 + purohita], a junior purohita; a deputy under the chief purohita; Sv663,i (satta ~e patthapesi); Pj II 280,28 (-brhmanassa). anupullana in Ee and anupullan in Be at Pet 109,3 are perhaps wrr; Ce anupubbena; and cf Nnamoli, 1979, p. 150. anupekkhana1, anupekkhana1, n. [from anupekkhati], concentrating; considering carefully; -t,/, abstr., concentration (of thought); close or continuous consideration; Dhs 8 (vicro anuvicro upavicro cittassa anusandhanat ~) * Vibh257,n; As 143,io/o//. (rammanam anupekkhamno viya titthati ti ~ [Ee wr anupekkhat], vicaranavasena v upekkhanat ti-). anupekkhana2, see sv upekkhan. anupekkhat in Ee at As 143,11 is wr for anupekkhanat qv. anupekkhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anupraViks], regards, considers carefully or continually; DIU 242,8 (dhammam cetas anuvitakketi anuvicreti manasnupekkhati); AIV 86,5 (manasnupekkheyysi); part.pr. (a) anupekkha(t), mfn., A III 382,7 (tassa ... manasnupekkhato); (b) anupekkhamna, mfn., Nidd II

123

87,23 (sahye ca anukampamno ~amno anuggayhamno); Asl43,io; absol anupekkhitv, Sp 1104,28 (plim ca atthakatham ca ~itv); pp anupekkhita, mfii., carefully or continually considered; Vin II 95,36 (manasnupekkhit) * M III 115,20; Th-a III 118,27 (tesu manas ~itesu dhammesu); caus. pr. 3 sg. anupekkheti, Vin II 73,27 (puggalam sannpeti nijjhpeti pekkheti ~eti dasseti). anupekkhana2, see sv upekkhan. anupekkh, / , see sv upekkh. anupekkhi(n), mfn. [from anupekkhati], watching, regarding carefully or continuously; ifc see atta(,yv atta[n]), para-. anupekkhita(r), m. [from anupekkhati], one who regards, considers carefully; Mp III 279,21 (attnam ~). anupeta, mfn., neg. pp ojupeti qv. anupeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupraVi or *anu1 + apyeti], follows; goes over to; passes into; D I 55,22 (catummahbhtiko ayam puriso yad klam karoti pathavi pathavikyam ~eti anupagacchati; Sv 165,28: -eti" ti anuyti) = MI 515,10 = SHI 207,1; see also anupyi(n). anupeseti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anupresayati], sends out after; Mil 36,28 (tato rj aMamannam [senarn] anusreyya -eyya). anuposathika, mfn., see sv uposathika. anuposathikam, ind. [from anu1 + (u)posatha], every uposatha day; Vin IV 145,2 (anvaddhamsan ti ~am) = 315,27; Mp IV 135,7. anuposiya, mfn. [fpp o/*anu' + poseti], to be nourished or fostered; Saddh 318 (sabbasampattibijam me ropitam nnuposiyam). anuppage, see sv page. anuppajjati in Ce, Ee at Dhp-a III 376,15 is prob, wr for n' uppajjati (Be, Se so). anuppafiftatta, mfn., see sv anupannatta. anuppafiatti, / , see sv anupannatti. anuppatta, mfn., pp o/anuppunti qv. anuppatti 1 ,/, see sv anupatti. anuppatti 2 ,/, see sv uppatti. anuppattika, mfn. [a3 + uppatti + ka2], not connected with birth, not leading to coming into being; Ps V 82,n (anupavajjan ti -am appatisandhikam) = Spkll 371,24 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se appavattikam). anuppatv, anuppatvna, absol. o/anuppunti qv. anuppadajjum, anuppadajjeyyum, opt. 3 pi. of anuppadeti qv. anuppadajjeyya, opt. 3 sg. of anuppadeti qv. anuppadassati, fut. 3 sg. of anuppadeti qv. anuppadta(r) (in Ee sometimes anuppdtajr]), m [from anuppadeti qv], one who gives in addition; one who encourages, supports, confirms; D I 4,20 (bhinnnam va sandhta sahitnam va ~; Sv 74,25foil.: dalhikammam kattti attho); MI 286,34 (samaggnam v bhett bhinnnam v ~; Ps II 331,3: bhinnnam puna asandhnya ~, upatthambhet kranam dasset ti attho). anuppadtum, inf. of anuppadeti qv. anuppadna (in Ee sometimes anuppdna), n. [from

anuppadeti qv; BHS anupradna], giving, providing, administering; D 112,io(mlabhesajjnam~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppdnam, prob, wr); Ja III 205,6* (~ena paveniy v; 205,18': ~en ti lancadnena); V 433,12 (sabbadhana-m-anuppadnena, Ce so; Be sabbadhanaanuppadnena; Ee, Se wr anuppdanena); As 243,27 (tesam khrnam --am viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuppdnam). anuppadeti, anupadeti (in Ee sometimes anuppadeti2), pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pa2 + (2 +) deti; BHS anupradadti], gives (in addition), hands over, provides; encourages, supports; D I 135,21 (tesam bhavam rj bijabhattam ~etu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppdetu, prob, wr); III 66,30 (tesam rj dhanam ~eti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -esiti); 187,8 (taddigunam bhogam ~eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppadeti, prob, wr); SI 162,8 (api nu tesam ~esi khdaniyam bhojaniyarn syaniyan ti); A I 117,7 (amhkam ca klena klam -ehi ti); Ja V 436,5' (yo pana sabbadhanam -eti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anuppadeti); Kv 527,17 (paro parassa sukham~eti ti); Mil 210,21 (tassa ca rj ... yathicchitam ~eti); fut. 3sg. anuppadassati, anupadassati, A III 43,25* (petnam dakkhinam ~assati); Sn 983 (sace me ycamnassa bhavam nnupadassati); 1 sg. anuppadassmi, D III 67,10 (tassa tassa dhanam ~assmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~mi); anuppadeti ti in Ee at Nidd-a II113,19 is wr for anuppadeti ti (Be, Ce, Se so); see sv anuppadeti1; opt. 3 sg. anupadajjeyya, Vin HI 259,13 (evam ca so bhikkhu vatv kincimattam anupadajjeyya antamaso pindaptamattam pi); 2 sg. (a)anuppadajjeyysi, anupadajjeyysi, DIU 61,10 (tesam ca dhanam anuppadajjeyysi); MI 416,23 (anupadajjeyysi tvam Rhula evarpam kyakammam; Ps III 128,26: anupadajjeyysi ti ~eyysi upatthambheyysi punappunam kareyysi); (b) anuppadeyysi, Ps III 128,26; 3 pi. (a) anuppadajjum, S III 131,9 (vattham sankilittham... smik rajakassa ~ajjum) quoted As 244,14 (anuppadajjeyyum); (b) anuppadajjeyyum, As 244,14; part.pr. (a) anuppadenta, mfn., Ja V 124,3' (alankram ~ento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppdento, prob, wr); (b) anuppadadamna, mfn., Mp II 194,28 (bhesajjam anuppadadamno, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anuppadajjamno); aor. 3sg. anuppadsi, D I 136,2(bijabhattam ~si; Be, Se so; Ce anuppadsi; Ee wr anuppdesi); Ja III 342,1 (mahantam c' assa yasam ~si); 3 pi. anuppadamsu, D III 93,io (te pan' assa slinam bhgam -amsu); inf. anuppadtum, A I 117,5 (patibalo puttadram ca posetum amhkam ca klena klam anuppadtun ti); absol. anuppadatv, Pj II 35,24 (digunam dhanam anuppadatv); pass, part.pr. anuppadiyamna, mfn., being given; D III 65,16 (adhannam dhane nnuppadiyamne, Se so; Be ananuppadiyamne; Ce ananuppadiyamne; Ee ananuppadiyamne, prob, wr; Sv 852,12: nnuppadiyamne ti ananuppadiyamne, ayam eva v ptho, Be so; Ce, Ee wr nnuppdeyyamne ti ananuppdeyyamne; Se ananuppadiyamne ti na anuppadiyamne) quoted It-al 69,20 (Be, Ce, Se ananuppadiyamne; Ee wr anuppadiyamne); pp anuppadinna, mfn., given; provided; Pv5:12 (balam ca bhikkhnam ~am); Ap 153,14 (~ buddhena

124

sabbesam bijasampad); fpp anuppadtabba, mfn., M II 178,20 (mlam ca -an ti); Sp 1125,is; see also anuppadata(r), anuppadna. anuppadinna, mfn., pp of anuppadeti qv. anuppanna, mfn., neg. pp o/uppajjati qv.. anuppabandha, m. [BHS anuprabandha], continuity, continuance; continuous flow; It-all 167,6 (tanhya sotasadisat veditabb anukkamaparivutthito ~ato osidpanato duruttaranato ca); As 115,2 (ghantnuravo viya ~o vicro); instr. ~ena, adv., continuously, uninterruptedly; Mp II 203,24 (jivitam pditam plitam ~ena pavattitam); It-all 167,I5 (nadisoto ... ~ena pavattati). anuppabandhati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anuprabadhnti], follows continually; flows continuously; keeps on, continues; As400,i8 (ete abhijjhdayo dhamm anvssaveyyum -eyyum ajjhotthareyyum); part.pr. (a) anuppabandhanta, mfn., Mil 132,16 (mahmegho aparparam ~anto abhivasseyya); (b) anuppabandhamna, mfn., As 233,I8 (maggo ... avicisantativasena tarn nnam ~amno); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) anuppabandheti, causes to flow continuously; makes continue; Cp-a 57,26 (pubbe attan pavattitam kalynavattam ~essmi ti); (b) anuppabandhpeti, ~payati, id., Mil 132,24 (-meghavassam aparparam ~peyyum abhivasspeyyum); Vism 625,24 (asokankuram ... sabhgarpasantatim ~payamnam). anuppabandhan, anupabandhan, / (and ~a, n. ?) [from anuppabandhati], continuance; continuity, continuous flow; Pp 18,2i = Vibh357,i3 (thapan santhapan anusamsandan ~; Vibh-a 492,8: ~ ti purimena saddhim pacchimassa ghatan); (a)-kara, mfn., producing continuity; Vism 449, n (rpassa santati... rpapadatthn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuppabandhakarpa-; * As 327,34: Be, Ce, Se anuppabandharpa-; Ee omits); (a)-t,/, abstr., continuance; Mil 132,19 (meghassa bhante ~ay ti); (a)-rasa, mfn., whose essential property or function is continuity; Vism 449,10 (pavattilakkhan rpassa santati ~) = As 327,33. anuppayoga, m. [S. anuprayoga], additional use; an additional word (of similar meaning); Sp728,2i (pathamapadassa -tt); Sv245,n (-tt); -vacana, n., a word (of similar meaning) used additionally; Sp728,i9. anupparikkhitv in Ee at Spk III 285,19 is wr, prob, for anupaparikkhitv qv sv upaparikkhati; Be, Ce, Se however anupadhretv. anuppavacchati in Ee at VinI 221,29* is wr for anuppavecchati qv sv anupavecchati; anuppavacchantesu in Ee at Ja V 107,27' is wr for anuppavecchantesu (Be, Ce, Se so). anuppavattaka, mfn.9 see sv anupavattaka. anuppavattati, see sv anupavattati. anuppavattana, see sv anupavattana. anuppavaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pavaddhati], continually grows, increases; Spk II 64,28 (sav nnussavanti nnuppavaddhanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nnuppabandhanti).

anuppavisati, see sv anupavisati. anuppavittha, mfn.,pp of anupavisati qv. anuppavissa, see sv anupavisati. anuppavecchati, see sv anupavecchati. anuppavesana, n. [from caus. of anupavisati], supplying; ifc see an-. anuppda, m., see sv wppMa2. anuppdana, n., see .yvuppdana; anuppdana in Ee, Se at Ja V 433,12 and in Ee at A I 123,32 and As 243,27 is prob, wrfor anuppadna qv. anuppdaniya, mfn., neg. fpp of caus. o/uppajjati qv. anuppdta(r), see sv anuppadta(r). anuppadna, see sv anuppadna. anuppdiyamne in Ee at It-a I 69,20 is wr; Be, Ce, Se ananuppadiyamne. anuppdeti 1 ,/^. 3 sg. [for *anpdeti, teanu1 + *updeti (= updiyati) ?], becomes attached to; Nidd II 93,35 (abhipattheti ~eti anubandhati; Nidd-all 113,19: ~etl ti rpasmim anuvyanjanam disv alliyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuppadeti ti). anuppdeti2, see sv anuppadeti. anuppdetv, neg. absol of caus. o/uppajjati qv. anuppdeyyamna in Ee at Sv 852,12 (nnuppdeyyamne ti ananuppdeyyamne) is wr for anuppadiyamna qv sv anuppadeti. anuppiya, (mf)n. or -am, ind. [anu1 + piya], (what is) pleasant, flattering; or pleasantly, flatteringly; D III 186,28* (~am ca yo aha); Ja V 107,15* (~am bhsasi khattiyassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr bhsati); (a)-bhni(n), mfii., flattering; saying (only) pleasant things; D i l i 185,22 (~i amitto mittapatirpako veditabbo); Ja V 360,7 (~i mitto ti mam sallakkheti, Be, Ce so; Ee ~i-mitto; Se anuppiyabhvamitto); Vibh 352,31 (~-ta). anuppilava, m. [from uppilavati; cfS. lex., BHS utplava], lack of exhilaration or excitement; Nidd-a I 172,7 (sukhe 0,-atthena pandito, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anuppilavanatthena); see also uppilva. anuppilavana, n. [from uppilavati; cfS. utplavana], the not being exhilarated or excited; Nidd-a I 172,7 (sukhe ' -atthena pandito, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anuppilavatthena). anuppila, mfn. [from uppileti; cf S. utpida], free from oppression; free from distress; D I 135,26 (janapad akantak -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupapil); Ja III 443,20* (sukhi ~a passa medinim;443,30': ~ampassa medinin ti, ayam eva v ptho); V 378,1* (kacci rattham ~am; 378,24': ~an ti kacci ratthavsino yante ucchum viya na piles! ti pucchati); Vv-a 351,23 (anbdham ~am); see also anupapila. anuppharana, anupharana, n. and mfn. [from anuppharati], 1. (n.) pervading; diffusion; Mp II 344,25 (~ena); III 362,21 (' -atthena mah nubhvo ass ti mahnubhvo); 2. (mfn.) diffusing through; pervading; Mil 148,23 (satayojannupharanacciveg ... mahniray). anuppharati, anupharati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + pharati], pervades, diffuses through; Ps III 381,4 (sabbam kyam ~ati); Mp IV 59,17 (ayam ~itum nubhvo); aor. 3 sg. anuphari, Dhp-al 134,20 (pvakhandam

125

mukhe thapitamattam sattarasaharanisahassni -i); absol anupharitv, JaV 272,20' (ettakam thnam -itv titthanti). anuphusiyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *anuI + phusati2], is sprinkled; is poured down; JaV 242,18* (yasm ca vassati devo himam cnuphusfyati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be cnuphusyati; Ce, Se cpi phusiyati). anubajjhanti in Ee at Pv-a56,3 is wr for anubandhanti (Be, Ce,Seso). anubaddha, mfn.,pp 0/anubandhati qv. anubandha, m. and mfn. [S. anubandha, m.], l.(m.) (i) binding, bondage; encumbrance; Mill 170,9 (uttarim pi -am nigaccheyya, Ce, Ee so; Be adhibandham; Se addhubandham; Ps IV 214,5: attan pi bandham nigaccheyya); Nett 38,7 (papanco nma vuccati -o); (ii) (gr.t.t) indicatory letter; Abh 980; Sadd 873,22 (ettha ca -na kiccam n' atthi); 2. (mfn.) who follows; who keeps close to; (but perhaps wr for anubaddha qv sv anubandhati); Vin II 111,36 (te ca bhante manuss ... yasmantam Pindolabhradvjam pitthito pitthito -, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anubaddha); D I 1,17 (bhagavantam pitthito pitthito - honti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anubaddha); M III 278,5 (devatsahassni bhagavantam -ni honti); SI 122,29 (Mro ppim sattavassni bhagavantam -0 hoti otrpekkho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anubaddho); II227,19 (atthi ca me idam suttakam pitthito pitthito ~an ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anubaddhan ti); IV 173,11 (pafica vadhak paccatthik pitthito pitthito -, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anubaddha); Thi 493 (-e jarmarane); It 91,15* (~o pi ce assa mahiccho va vightav, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anubaddho); Ap 308,25 (devaloke manusse v - ime gun, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anubaddha); Vism 306,26 (atitajtito patthya ~o pi kodho tarn khanam yeva vpasammati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anubaddho); ananubandha, m., freedom from bondage; lack of binding; Th-al 98,16 (cathi yogehi tt yogakkhemam). anubandhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWbandh], follows; keeps close to, attends closely; pursues; Vin IV 325,25 foil. (bhikkhuniyo vutthpitam pavattinim dve vassni nnubandhanti... nnubandhissanti... y pana bhikkhuni... nnubandheyya; 326,7: nnubandheyy tina sayam upatthaheyya); V 87,3* (nnubandhe pavattinim); Mil 135,22 (yannnham samanam Gotamam -eyyam); Ja II 362,5 (kinnu kho mam -asi ti); Nidd I 312,24 (satth ohino tarn v sattham -ati sakam v gharam paccgacchati); Mil 72,21 (-eyyum kho mahrja tni kammni); fut. 1 sg. (a) anubandhissmi; Vin IV 326,8; (b) anubandhissam, Ja VI 508,23* (smikam -issam); cond. 3 sg. anubandhiss, Ud-a 126,27 (sace tath satth ncikkhiss ... tass tarn dukkham -iss, Be, Ee so; Se -issa; Ce anubandhati); part.pr. (a) anubandhanta, m/(~anti)., VinI 220,29 (atitni kho me dve msni buddhapamukham bhikkhusangham -antassa, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anubaddhassa); V 78,17 (nnubandhanti); Ja IV 208,6 (~anto); Mhv 25:68 (~anto); (b) anubandhamna, mfn., Ja II 228,9* (lolo ca macche -amno); Vism 187,1 (matasariram ... ~amnam viya ca hutv upatthti); aor. 3 sg. (a) anubandhi, DU 102,10

(bhagavantam pitthito pitthito ~i); Mil 135,24 (bhagavantam ~i chy va anapyini); Ja II 362,3; (b) anubandhittho, Ja VI 475,7* (tarn ~ittho ekadukkhasukho tava; 475,13': tarn ~i chy va na vijahi); 2 sg. anubandhi, Ja IV 337, is* (yam sattavassni mam anubandhi, nu- mc; 337,26': mam ettakam klam tvam ~i); 3pl. (a) anubandhimsu, Vin III 60,29 (smik te corake -imsu); SV 348,30; Ja IV 264,12; (b) anubandhisum, Sn412 (rjadt pitthito ~isum); absol. (a) anubandhitv, Vin IV 132,24; Jal 254,24 (vegena -itv); (b) anubandhiya, Mhv 36:50 (tarn kanittho 'nubandhiya); pass, part.pr. anubandhiyamna, mfn., Vibh-a259,28; p p anubaddha, mfn. [ts], \.(act.) following, keeping close to; VinI 193,15 (kissa tyyam vuso gvi pitthito pitthito ~ ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anubandhi ti); D I l,n (ubho cariyantevsi... bhagavantam pitthito pitthito ~ honti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anubandha); SIV 173,11 (panca vadhak paccatthik pitthito pitthito ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anubandha); A I 229,12 (gadrabho goganam pitthito pitthito ~o hoti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anubandho); Spk I 48,26 (yva ca kmargo maggena na samugghtiyati tva ~o va hoti ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anubandho); 2. (pass.) followed, pursued; Ja IV 454,16 (yodhehi ~o); Vism 180,22 (te manussehi ~... bhandakam chaddetv pi palyanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anubandha, prob, wr); 326, is (puriso aranne sappena -o, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se anubandho, prob, wr); Ud-a 179,20 (janapadamanussehi ~ palyant); It-all 8,4 (anekehi dukkhadhammehitt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anubandhatt); Patis-a 698,3i (anekehi anatthehi ~-tya); fpp anubandhitabba, mfn.y MI 107,27 (so puggalo ~o); S III 95,14 (na bhagav tasmim samaye kenaci ~o hoti); caus. pr. 3 sg. anubandhpeti, makes pursue; Jail 142,24 (~eti); Sp 688,19; Spk II 395,8 (dlgharattam -enti). anubandhana, n. [ts], close attendance; following; pursuit; JaV 446,20' (yasmim patibaddhacitt honti tarn yeva ~ato); Sp 975,4 (idam pitthito pitthito -am); Ps II 186,28 (~ena mukhodakadantakatthadndin ca upatthahimsu); ifcsee kumm-; -dukkha, n., the misery of being pursued; Ja VI 526, r (mahajanena -am); anubandhana in Ee at Kv 137,4 is prob, wr for andubandhana qv sv andu; see also anubandhana. anubandhanaka, mfn. [anubandhana+ ka2], who follows closely; who pursues; Vism 187,9 (matasariram utthahitv -am nma n'atthi); Sp 485,3 (aho amhkam ayyo ti evam lapanake ~e sasnehe karoti). anubandhana, / [cf S. anubandhana], connection; unbroken succession; Vism 278,16 (- ti anuvahan) * Sp 418,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ ti anupadahan) * Patis-a 495,1 (- ti anugaman); Vism 280,4 (-ya manasiktabbam)= Sp 421,6. anubala, n. [ts], rear-guard; auxiliary army; reinforcements; support; Mil 125,12 (mamnubalam bhavissasi); Sp 1071,8 (et pana nissya et -am katv); -patta, mfn., with a reinforced army; Mhv 48:98; -ppadna, n., the giving of support; support; Vin II 88,34; It-al 101,31 (tassa uppdanena c'eva -ena ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anupalabbhamnena, prob, wr); -ppadyik,(w)/(A2)., giving support, giving

126

strength; Vv-a 53,7 (osadhlnam v ~ ti katv osadhi ti laddhanm traka) ^ Pv-a71,n (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ppadn) * It-al 90,n (-ppadayikatt, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -ppadyitatt); -ppadyitatta, n., abstr., the giving of support; It-a 190,13 (osadhlnam v ~ osadhi ti laddhanm trak, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce 0 -ppadayikatt). anubujjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVbudh], understands; is conscious of; recollects; Mil 171,29 (kittvat saccam ~ati); Ja III 133,28* (yo ca uppatitam attham na khippam ~ati); 387,19* (yo pubbe katakalyno katattho-m-~ati); Patis II 115, li (-anti ti bojjhang); aor. 3 sg anubujjhi, Niddl 457,3 (bujjhi ~i patibuijhi); 1 sg. (a) anubodhim, SI 126,16* (eko 'hamjhyam sukham anubodhim, Be so; Ce anvabodhim; Ee wr anubodham; Se nubodhyam; Spk I 187,8: sukham anubodhin ti arahattasukham ~im) = A V 46,25* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anubodhim, mc); (b) anubujjhim, Spk I 187,8; Mp V 21,7 (sukham ~im sacchiksim); inf. anubujjhitum, Vibh-a 140,13; pp anubuddha, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn.) (i) (pass.) realised, understood; Vin I 231,1 (ariyasaccam ~am patividdham); D i l 123,8* (~ ime dhamm Gotamena); SI 137,24* (sunantu dhammam vimalennubuddham) = Sn 384; (ii) (act.) understanding; enlightened; M I 330,25 (sace kho tvam mrisa evamjnsi sacetvam evam ~o); Vism 202,22 (sabbadhamme samm smam ca buddho ~o patibuddho); 2. (m.) one who has understood in succession; a disciple or successor of the Buddha; Ja I 408,17 (~ena dhammasenpatin); Sp 187,24 (ye tesam buddhnam ~ sammukhasvak); Dhp-aIII 237,22 (buddha ca paccekabuddh ~ c ti ime hi tayo buddha); ifc see buddha-; neg. ananubuddha, mfn., without followers who understand in succession; Th -a I 8,28 (paccekasambodhi, ananubuddho sayambhnnena saccbhisamayo); snubuddha, m/h., with followers who understand in succession; Th-al 8,31 (sammsambuddhnam hi... sayam eva pavattamno pi saccbhisamayo snubuddho appamnnam sattnam saccbhisamayassa hetubhvato); caus. part.pr., awakening; enlightening; (a) anubodhenta, m/(-enti)w., Patis II 115,15 (anubodhenti ti bojjhang); (b) anubodhayamna, mfn., Ja VI 139,18 (pitaram anubodhayamno). anubujjhana, n. [BHS anubudhyana], awakening; recognition; understanding; Patis I 18,n (ekatte 0,-attho abhinneyyo); Patis-a 100,15 (sakadgmimaggabojjhangnam -attho); ananubujjhana, n., lack of understanding; Sv 495,13 (ananubodh ti... ~) * SpkIII299,3(~ena). anubuddha, mfn. andm., pp of anubujjhati qv. anubuddhi, / [cf BHS anubuddhi], reasoning; inference; Sp231,12 (attanomati nma... anumnena attano ~iy nayagghena upatthitkrakathanam); Ps II 386,17 (anvay ti ~iyo); III352,17 (anumnam -i ti attho). anubodha, m. [from anubujjhati], understanding; Nidd-al 428,20 (anurpato dhamme bujjhati ti ~o); Vibh-a 140,11 (~o sambodho pativedho ti pi pann, s tarn kram anubujjhati sambujjhati pativijjhati); ananubodh, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) lack of understanding; Vin I 230,27 (catunnam ... ariyasaccnam -); D II

55,14 (etassa... dhammassa -); Pp21,i9 (annnam adassanam anabhisamayo ~o asambodho); 2. (mfn.) lacking understanding; Vv 82:5 (puthujjano ~o 'ham asmi, Be so; Ce, Ee anavabodho; Se anubodho; Vv-a 321,12: saccnam anubodhamattasspi abhvena -0, eds so); duranubodha, mfn. [BHS id.], hard to understand; Vin I 4,34 (adhigato kho myyam dhammo gambhlro duddaso ~o); D112,20 (atthi bhikkhave anne va dhamm gambhlr duddas ~); Mil 276,10 (~-t); anubodham in Ee at SI 126,16* is wr for anubodhim qv sv anubuijhati. anubodhana, n. [BHS id.], awakening; making understood; reminding; Patis I 18,19 (ekatte ' -attho abhinneyyo); II115,n ('-atthenabojjhang); see also ananubodhan. anubodhi, / [from anubujjhati], understanding; -pakkhiya, mfn., associated with understanding; Patis I 18,22 (ekatte 0>-attho abhinneyyo); II 115,19 (' -atthena bojjhang). anubbajati, see sv anuvajati. anubbata, mfn. [S. anuvrata], obedient, faithful, devoted; Vv 32:11 (patim ~); 64:14 (~ t tava mnase rata); Ja III 521,io* (~e cakkavke; 521, i4': ~e ti annamannam anugate sammodamne piyasamvse); VI 557,30* (Rmam Sita v' ~). anubrhana, n., ~, / [from anubrheti; cf BHS anubrmhanat, anubnnhan], increase; strengthening; Vism 64,18 (sammpatipattiy ~am); Ps II 175,25 (api ss ti0,-atthe nipto); It-a II 91,7 (upakradhamme -vasena); ifc see upekkh- sv upekkh. anubrheti, ~ayati, anubrhati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anubrmhayati], makes increase, fosters; devotes oneself to; practises; Mill 187,26* (tarn vidv^naye); 239,14 (cgam ~eyya); SI 178,5* (yena atthena gacchi tarn evam ~aye); Dhp 75 (vivekam ~aye); Thi 163 (tarn eva ~ehi ma cittassa vasam garni); 206 (maggam dassanapattiy ... ~aya); Cp-a296,25 (pannvirahitassa ca parehi upanit apakr khantiy patipakkham eva ~enti); fut. 1 sg. (a) anubrhissmi, Ja VI 256,30 (vivekam ~issml ti); (b) anubrhessmi, Ja III 31,14 (vivekam ~essmi ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~issml ti); part.pr. (a) anubrhanta, mfn., JaV 456,23 (vivekam -anto, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~ento); Ap 174,17 (vivekam -anto; Ap-a445,10: janavivekam cittavivekam ~anto vaddhento bahulikaronto); Bv4:15 (pitim ~anto); Ps V 2,10; (b)neg. ananubrhamna, mfn., Sv 1034,35 (appamdalakkhanam ananubrhamno appamde agravo nma, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se appamdalakkhanam ananubrhayamno); (c) anubrhenta, mfn., Bv -a 151,13 (~ento ti vaddhento, Ee so; Be, Se -anto ti); (d) anubrhaya(t), mfn., Th23 (vivekam -ayam); Jal 288,14* (t hitv pabbajissmi vivekam ~ayam); Mhv 5:233; (e) anubrhayanta, mfn., Th-al 90,26 (-ayanto); (f)anubrhayamna, mfn., Mill 116,11; Bv-a 232,15 (ekacariyam -ayamno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr anubruh-); neg. ananubrhayamna, mfn., Sv 1034,35 (appamdalakkhanam ananubrhayamno appamde agravo nma, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ananubrhamno); aor. 3 sg. anubrhesi, Cp -a 257,18 (mahsatto ...

127

pramiyo ~esi); 1 sg. anubrhayim, Bv6:15 (buddhadhammam saritv -ayim); absol anubrhetv, Pj II 496,21 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anubrhitv); /?/? anubrhita, mfn., increased; strengthened; ifc see upasam'-, upekkh- (^v upekkh); fpp anubrhetabba, mfn., Cp-a 297,14 (paMprami-etabb). anubhanan, / [from *anu1 + bhanati], assenting, approval, supporting; Vin II 88,33 (anuvadan anullapan ~; Sp 1194,23: anullapan ~ ti ubhayam anuvadanya vevacanamattam eva). anubhava, m. [ts], experience; Sadd69,2i (anubhavanam -o, kirn tarn, paribhunjanam). anubhavati, anubhoti, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. amWbh], experiences, enjoys, suffers; partakes of, has a share in; attains, is equal to; is able; suffices (for, dat.); Vin II 184,28* (tarn vigatabhayam sukhim asokam dev nnubhavanti dassanya) = Ud20,5*; D II 12,13 (candimasuriy ... bhya nnubhonti); A IV 151,9* (kalam pi te nnubhavanti solasim; Mp IV 7'1,5foil: solasim kalam ngghanti, solasamam bhgam na ppunanti ti attho); Th 1145 (nar ca nri ca anubhonti yam sukham); Ja VI 97,io (dibbasampattim anubhoma); Pv 10:11 (tassa kammassa kusalassa vipkam ... anubhomi); Ja VI 556, i (Maddi... mahantam dukkham -eyy ti); Ap410,23 (punnam anubhonti); 413,15 (imya manipjya anubhohi mahyasam); Mil 277,2 (evarpam sukham -ati); attham anubhavati, anubhoti, serves the interest (of); fulfils the purpose (of), benefits; Vin III 222,7 (na tarn tassa bhikkhuno kind attham anubhoti); Mill 243,22 (yass yass ca pilandhanavikatiy kankhati... tarn c' assaattham anubhoti); AI 61,7 (samatho ca ... bhvito kam attham anubhoti); Ja I 345,23 (tassa tarn vibhavajtam n' eva puttadrdlnam na samanabrhmannam attham anubhoti); fut. 3 sg. (a) anubhavissati, MI 197,3; (b) anubhossati, Ja I 500,19* (kattikam nnubhossati; 500,26': nnubhavissati); Ap53,6 (anubhossati sampattim); 2 sg. (a) anubhavissasi, Ja VI 335,32'; (b) anubhohisi, Thi510 (bahni ca cittadomanassni anubhohisi kmesu yutto); 1 sg. (a) anubhavissmi, Ja VI 230,6; (b) anubhavissam, Pv-a 255,29 (vedissan ti -issam); 3pl. anubhavissma, D I 129,18 (Ktadantassa brhmanassa mahyannam -issm ti); part.pr. (a) anubhava(t), m/h., Cp-a 125,24 (mahdukkham -ato pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -anto, prob. wr); (b) anubhavanta, m/(~anti)., Ja VI 122,24; Pv-a 43,18 (s mahdukkham -anti); neg. ananubhavanta, mfn., Ap-a 278,25; (c) anubhavamna, mfn., Ja V 9,23; Vism 424,26; Spk I 31,17; (d) anubhonta, m/(-onti) n., Pv 35:8 (mlvipkam anubhontiyo); JaV 9,21 (tarn petam dukkham anubhontam disv); aor. 3sg. (a)nubhi, DIU 147,10* (sukham ca khiddratiyo ca nubhi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Sadd30,6 anvabhi; Se annubhi); (b) anubhavi, Ja V 263,23 (mahantam yasam ~i); DIU 174,12* (vc sucinnaphalam anubhavi, mc); (c)anubhosi, Ja III 415,6' (attan va dukkham anubhosi ti); 3pl anubhavimsu, Jal 303,20; Mil 291,24; Mhv 10:104; absol. (a)anubhavitv, Ja IV 3,10 (dibbasampattim ~itv); neg. ananubhavitv, Ja III 299,19; (b) anubhaviyna, Pv20:5 (-iyna tarn pi);

(c)anubhutv, Pv42:2; JaV 171,5* (dibbarasnubhutva; 171,14". dibbakmagunarase ~itv); (d) anubhotv, Ap 458,29; (e) anubhotvna, Ap 580,7; pass, pr. 3 sg. (a) anubhaviyate, -iyyate, Sadd 6,34 (sampatti puggalena ~iyate paribhunjiyate); 21,30 (-iyyate); Pv-a 33,24 (attan ~iyamnam dukkham therassa pavedeti); (b) anubhyati, anubhuyyati, Sadd 21,30/0//. (anubhyate ... anubhuyyate); Vv-a74,is (punnaphalam anubhyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anubhuyyati); Pv-a 103,7 (imam attham pet eva kira jnanti paccakkhato anubhyamnatt); 159,16 (anubhtan ti anubhyamnam may ti attho); pp (a) anubhta, mfn. [ts], experienced, suffered, enjoyed; Pv 24:17 (vipkam ... satt* eva vassasatni ~am); Thi 220 (~am te dukham aparimnam); Jal 254,1 (kirn me dukkhena ~ena); IV 327,17 (lobham nissya may idam dukkham ~am); Mil 329,26 (pubbaknam khattiynam ~ni paribhogabhandni); neg. ananubhta, mfn., not experienced; not attained; MI 329,13 (ananubhtam; Ps II 412,23: pathaviy pathavisabhvena na anubhtam appattam, kirn pana tan ti, nibbnam); Ps II 318,36 (nakkhattassa ananubhtatt); Mp II 49,17; (b) anubhavita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) (i) experienced; suffered; Thi-a 173,1 (anappakam dukkham tay ~am); (ii) who has experienced, suffered; ? Mp I 36,22 (ettakam dukkharsim ~am sattam puna mahniraye pakkhipanti, Se so; Be, Ce, e~-sattam) ^ Ps IV 238,13 (Be, Ce, Se sattam; Ee anubhavitabbam); 2. (n.) experiencing; As 272,1 (paribhuttaklo viya javanassa rammanarasam klo); fpp anubhavitabba, mfn., JaV 272,33 (mahdukkhassa tt); Mil 374,2 (tatth'eva satipatthnam -am); Vism 57,4 (yena ciram ~o niraye jalita-ayopattasamphasso); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) anubhveti, Sadd 12,7*; (b) anubhvpeti, Sadd 6,2. anubhavana, n. [from anubhavati], experiencing, enjoying, suffering; Sadd 69,21 (~am anubhavo, kim tarn, paribhunjanam); Ja VI 562,24' (imassa me dukkhassa 0, -atthya); Spk II 134,13 (-am vedan); ifc see dukkh-. anubhavita(r), m. [from anubhavati], one who experiences; Mil 290,29 (yasam v sukham v ~). anubhga, m, an additional share; Vin II 167,21 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am pi datum; Sp 1223,s: -an ti puna aparam pi bhgam datum); Spk III 26,2i (~o atthi). anubhyissam in Ee, Se at Ja VI 302,12* (so 'ham kissnubhyissam) is prob, wr; read kissa nu bhyissam with Be, Ce. anubhava, see sv nubhva. anubhvi(n), mfn. [S. anubhvin], perceiving, knowing; ifc see sabb-. anubhsati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + bhsati1; cf S. anuVbhs], speaks after, repeats; continually speaks; Vin I 245,19 (pornam mantapadam... tad anugyanti tad -anti bhasitam -anti vcitam anuvcenti) ^ D I 104,12; Mil 345,ii (bhikkh navangam buddhavacanam ... vcenti anuvcenti bhsanti -anti); aor. 3 pl anubhsimsu, Sv 868,30 (anutthunimsu ti -imsu); pass, part.pr. anubhsiyamna, mfn., Mp II 273,13 (samanubhsiyamnni ti patinissajjath' etni ditthigatni ti

128

evam samm ~iyamnni). anubhinna, mfn. [pp of* anu1 + bhindati; cf S. amWbhid], broken; burst through, 1 Pet 220,12 (ye ca tanujt andaj pi andak ~). anubhiramna in Ee at Mill 123,20 is wr, prob, for anuhiramna qv. anubhuyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/anubhavati qv. anubhta, mfn., pp o/anubhavati qv. anubhyati,/?aw. pr. 3 sg. o/anubhavati qv. anubhoti, see sv anubhavati. anumaggam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of magga], along the road; Ja 1454,8 (~am gantv); Vism 21,6. anumagge, ind. [anu' + loc. o/magga], along the road; on the way; Ja V 201,2* (rjisayo ~e vasanti; 201,6': ~e mama assamamaggapasse vasanti); VI 513,13* (ye keci manuj enti~e patipathe) ^ Cp 1:9:32. anumaggena, ind. [anu1 + ins tr. o/magga], gradually; by and by; Ap 587,11 (~ena sambuddho yam dhammam abhinihari). anumajjati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anuVmrj, BHS anumrjati], rubs, wipes; beats; applies (continuous) pressureconsiders thoroughly; AIV 86,14 (pnin gattni -eyysi); As 115,15 (so hi rammanam ~afi ti); part.pr. (a)anumajjanta, m/(~anti)/i., SI 82,18 (rj... sallikhitagatto pnin gattni ~anto); Pj II 79,14 (rjadhitya ... -antiy); anumajjanta in Ee at Vism 143,4 is wr for anumajjana qv; (b) anumajjamna, mfn., Vism 147,7; aor. 3 sg. (a) anumajji, Sv276,n; (b) anumajjatha, Ja VI 548,8* (latya hatthe bandhitv latya ~atha); absol. anumajjitv, AIV 86,17 (udakena akkhini ~itv); pass, part.pr. anumajjiyanta, mfn., being beaten; Mil 275,9 (putte ... tena brhmanena latya ~ante disv); fpp anumajjitabba, mfn., Ps IV 48,4; see also anomajjati. anumajjana, n. and mfn.. [from anumajjati], 1. (n.) continuous pressure; sustained thought; Sv 122,1 (-vasena pavatto vicro); Patis-a20,i (samm masane ~e pekkhane nnam); 2. (mfn.) continuously pressing; Vism 143,4 (mandalam karontassa majjhe sannirumbhitv thitakantako viya abhiniropano vitakko bahi paribbhamanakantako viya ~o vicro, Be, Se so; Ee wr anumajjanto; Ce anumajjamno) = As 115,26. anumajjha, mfn. [BHS anumadhya], being a medium amount; Ja V 387,19* (appamh ... ~ato ... bahumh ...). anumajjham, ind. [anu' + ace. o/majjha], in the middle; taking a middle course; Ja IV 192,17* (etam ca ubhayam natv ~am samcare). anumaflflati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWman], assents to; approves; gives leave; Th 72 (~a mam pabbajito 'mhi dni); JaV 324,23* (~antu me vaco); 343,2* (api no ~asi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~si; 343,4': api no anujneyysi); Ap 534,io (tena nibbtum icchmi ~atha puttak); Pj II 582,11 (anujnhi ti ~hi saddahhi); anumanneyyam in Ee, Se at Mil 158,25,30 is wr for anuniieyyam^v sv anujnti; pp anumata, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) (i) approved, consented to; permitted; VinV 163,9 (sanghena ~ena puggalena anuvijjakena anuvijjitukmena na upajjhyo pucchitabbo); D I 99,12 (gth ... ~ may pi); Ja V 340,7* (gacch' evnumato may); Mil 185,20

(sabbesam mahrja tathagatanam ~am etam); neg. ananumata, mfn., Pv-a64,8 (nnunnto ti ananumato); (ii) approving; consenting to; Mil275,2 (bhariy ... ~ hoti); 2. (n.) consent, permission; Mil 275,1 (api nu kho bhante te tesam ~ena denti ti); caus. absol. anumnetv, having obtained permission (from); Ap612,n (setthim tato 'numnetv pabbajim anagriyam). anumata, mfn., pp o/anumannati qv. anumati, / [ts], approval; consent; permission; Mil 186,14 (na so tathagatanam ~iy ghtiyati); Sp 1195,5 (samaggassa sanghassa ~iy ... kattabbakammam); Ps II 335.4 (tarn kim mannatha bhikkhave rpam niccam v aniccam v ti, aniccam bhante ti evarp pana ~im gahetva... pucch -pucch nma); Pj I 92,18 (bhikkhnam ~iy uccinitena tena yasmat); Sadd815,i (~iyam parikappe... etesv atthesu sattami vibhatti hoti); 0 -kappa, m., the practice of carrying out a formal act without a quorum, intending to ratify it later; Vin II 294,6(kappati -0); 301,1; Dip 4:52; -pakkha, m., a consenting party; D 1137,12 (cattro ~; Sv 297,30: ~ ti anumatiy pakkh anumatidyak ti attho). anumatta, see anumatta .yv anu. anumarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWmr], follows in death; SpkII 266,3 (tarn anumiyati ti tarn anusayitam rpam marantena anusayena ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anusarati); 266.5 (yam anumiyati ti yam rpam yena anusayena ~ati). anumasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVmrg], touches; takes hold of (to examine); considers, examines; aor. 3 sg. anumasi, D I 106,12 (bhagav jivham ninnmetv ubho pi kannasotni ~i patimasi) = MII 135,17; absol. anumassa, anumssa, examining each point; point by point; MI 146,10(anumassa anumassa vannam bhsanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anumssa; Ps II 148,3 foil.: dasa kathvatthni anupavisitv anupavisitv); 150,14 (gambhir gambhir panh anumassa anumassa vykat, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anumssa). anumna, n. [ts], inference; drawing a conclusion; logical consideration; A b h l l 9 1 ; Mil 330,14 (imin -na ntabbam); Sp 637, is (yasm nando ~ena pi jnti); Ps III 352,17 (anvayo ~am anubuddhi ti attho); Saddh 74 (~ena vediyam); see also anuminti. anumnika, mfn. [from anumna], arising from inference or conjecture; It-al 141,20 (tarn ca nnam na ~am samsaybhvato). anumnetv, caus. absol. o/anumannati qv. anumssa, absol. of anumasati qv. anumitta, m. [anu1 + mitta], a (mere) acquaintance; JaV 77,18* (nnumitto garurn attharn guyham vedetum arahati; 78,20': anuvattanamattena yo mitto na hadayena). anuminti, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. amWm], measures after or in accordance with; draws an inference, concludes; part.pr. anuminanta, mfn., Pv-a227,21 (dhammam sutv tadanusrena nayam nento ~anto); pp anumita, mfn., inferred; Pet 152,19 (yni kalankajhyino padni tni ~ni patipakkhe, Ce so; Be, Ee anudhitni; Nnamoli, 1979, p. 208: anutthitabbni); fpp (a) anuminitabba, mfn., MI 97,18 (bhikkhun attan va attnam evam ~am; Ps II 67,2: evam ~an ti evam

129

attan va att anumetabbo tuletabbo tiretabbo); Pet 10,3 (gthhi gth ~); 61,3 (evam gthsu -am); (b) anumetabba, mfn.9 Ps II 67,3; (c) anumeyya, mfn.9 Sadd 709,16; pass. pr. 3 sg. anumiyati, S III 36,\9 foil, (yam kho bhikkhu anuseti tarn ~ati yarn -ati tena sankham gacchati); Pet 86,13 (-ati); see also anumna. anumetabba, mfn., fpp o/anuminati qv. anumeyya, mfn., fpp ofanuminti qv. anumodaka, mfn. [cfS. anumodaka], who gives thanks; who gives approval; VinV 172,8 (atthatam hoti kathinam atthrakassa ca -assa ca); Sp 1283,9; Mp I 222,i2(~assa bhikkhuno); ananumodaka, mfn., who does not give thanks; who does not give approval; Vin V 172,5 (anatthrakassa ca -assa ca). anumodati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWmud], rejoices in, approves; thanks; gives thanks (esp. with a benediction or discourse, see anumodana); Vin II 212,9 (bhikkh bhattagge na -anti); Mil 139,14 (so bhuttvi -ati); A I 186,12 (aham -issmi ti); Sn543 (mahvirassa bhsato sabbe dev -anti); Pv 5:4 (iitipet samgat pahte annapnamhi sakkaccam -are); Ja VI 567,13* (-hi me Maddi puttake dnam uttamam); 572,21* (pita mam -eyya ito pattam sakam gharam); Ap 94,4 (-issare dev sampatte kusale bhave); part.pr. (a) anumoda(t), mfn., Ap 194,18 (devnam -atam); Sp 1283,17 (tassa -ato); (b) ammiodanta, m/(~anti)n., MII 140,17 (addasma [Gotamam] bhuttvim -antam); Ja IV 420,5 (mtapitaro -ant); VI 568,1 (Maddi... dnam -anti); (c) anumodamna, mfn., Dhp 177 (dhlro ca dnam -amno); Sn 403 (pasannacitto -amno); JaV 151,8*; aor. 3 sg (a) anumodi, S II 54,16 (bhagav pathamam panham ~i); Th483; JaIV 21,10 (brhmano... tassa partim adsi so -i); (b) anumodittha, Ja VI 484,2* (Phusatiy varam datv -ittha Vsavo); Ap59,2o; 1 sg. anumodim, Vv 44:8 (tattha ppasann aham anumodim, mc); Ap 580,19; 3 pl. (a) anumodimsu, SI 223,6 (bhsitaya ... Vepacittin asurindena gthya asur -imsu dev tunhi ahesum); Ap 299,26; (b) anumodisum, Cp 3:6:12; absol (a) anumoditv, Vin I 222,1 (bhagav tarn brhmanam imhi gthhi -itv); D II 76,9 (bhagavato bhsitam abhinanditv-itv); Ap 160,15; JaV 412,6'; (b) anumodiyna, JaV 143,9* (subhsitam te ~iyna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -iynam; 143,16': tava subhsitam -itv); pp anumodita, mfn. [ts], 1. approved; appreciated; received gratefully; Spk II 62,35 (tena tarn vykaranam -an ti); Pv-a77,n (pniyam dinnam -am); 2 . pleased, grateful; Ap-a322,35 (-0 nisamsam kathesi ti); fpp anumoditabba, mfn. and n. impers., to be approved; thanks are to be given; approval is to be given; Vin II 212,17 (kena nu kho bhattagge -itabban ti); D III 129,25 (sdh ti bhsitam abhinanditabbam -am); A l l 35,30 (sace me... -am anumodatu me bhavam Gotamo); Sp 1109,21 (itarehi ca -itabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg(3.) anumodeti, approves, gives thanks; Kv 347,21 (peto attano atthya dnam dentam -enti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -anti); part.pr. anumodenta, mfn., Vism 93,14 (so tesam -ento dhammam desento); (b) anumodpeti, makes approve; seeks

approval; Vv-a 121,5 (-essmi ti visssena gahetv); aor. 3 sg. anumodpesi; Cp-a94,n (attano puttadnarn tarn -esi); absol. anumodpetv, Th-al 138,28 (kutiparibhogam -etv); fpp anumodpetabba, mfn., Sp 1109,2i; see also anumodaniya. anumodana, n., - i , / [S. anumodana; BHS anumodana], approval, assent; thanks, expression of appreciation (esp. in the form of a discourse by bhikkhuy after receiving a meal or gifts); VinV 177,30 (sahghassa -ya ganassa -ya... atthatam hoti kathinam); MII 139,13 (na ca -assa klam atinmeti); Ja I 316, is (tisso - ugganhitv); IV 401,13 (sabbaparikkhre datv -am yci); VI 127,6* (pavis' etenarjisi devnam -am; 127,12': yattha dev annamannam anumodant acchanti tarn thnam devnam -am pavisa); Ap 272,17 (satth ak me -am); Mil 16,6 (yasm Ngaseno tass mah-upsikya gambhirya abhidhammakathya ... -am aksi); Dhp-a III 188,2 (na me tumhehi dnnucchavik -a kat ti); Vv-a 40,20 (tass itthiy pniyadne -am vatv); Pv-a 27,8 (attano -ena); Sadd 898,7 (evam etam iti ' -atthe); see also anumodaniya. anumodaniya, anumodaniya, n. [fpp of anumodati, or from anumodana qv], thanks; expression of appreciation; A III 50,16 (bhagav... imin -ena anumodi); Ap 394,18 (pahinadaratho buddho -am ak). anumodita(r), m. [from anumodati], one who rejoices in, one who approves; D i l i 161,21*; Cp-a311,3o (upakre anussarit punnni -). anuygi(n), mfn. [from *anu' + yajati], offering after the example of another; D I 142,15 (rj... mahyannam yajati hand' assa mayam -ino hom ti). *anuyacati, pr. 3 sg. [ami1 + ycati], requests; aor. 1 sg. anuyc[im], Cp 3:1:2 (mtpitu ca vanditv pabbajjam anuyc' aham). anuyti, anuyyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWy], goes after, follows; goes along through; D III 200,4* (~anti disodisam); Ja VI 22,27* (sabb va -tha mam); 49,16* (kad ssu... yantam mam nnuyissanti; 52,12': ekakam eva gacchantam mam kad nu te nnugamissanti); 144, n* (maggam-anti); 397,4* (Panclam anuyyanti); Bv2:47 (ubho pi te panjalik -anti tathgatam); Mil 391,26 (cakkavatti divase divase ... mahpathavim anuyyati); part.pr. anuyanta, mfn. and m., following; a follower, a vassal; S III 156,18 (ye keci kuddarjno sabbe teranno cakkavattissa -ant bhavanti) = A V 22,9; A HI 149,29 (khattiyesu -antesu); Sn 553 (khattiy bhojarjno -ant bhavanti te, Be Se so; Ce, Ee anuyutt) = Th823; Sv 864,5 (-ant ti vasavattino, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anuyutt ti; Sv-ptIII 50,n: anuyanti ti -ant anuvattak ten* ha vasavattino, Ee so; Be anuyanti ti anuyant, anuyant eva nuyant anuvattak); aor. 3 pl. annuyyum [< *anvayyum ?], Ja VI 223, is* (tarn annuyyum bahavo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuyyimsu); absol. anuyyitv, DII 174,22 (rj... samuddapariyantam pathavim anuyyitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anusamsyitv); 175,6 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anusyitv); pp anuyta, mfn. [ts], followed; Sil 105,37 (passeyya purnam maggam purnaiijasam pubbakehi manussehi -am); It 29 1 * (esa maggo mahattehi -o mahesino); Mil217,12 (maggam...

130

pubbakehi sammsambuddhehi -am). anuyyana, n. [from anuyyati qv sv anuyti], going along through', Spklll 154,6 (purebhattam eva sgarapariyantam pathavim -samatthassa vehsahgamassa hatthiratanassa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupariyyana-; * Sv444,i7: Be, Ee anusamyyana-; Ce anusamsarana-; Se anupariyyana-). anuyyi(n), mfn. and m. [S. anuyyin], going after, following; subject (to); a follower; Ja VI 310,6* (kathan nu ytam ~i hoti); Mil 284, M (brhmanass' eva -ino hoth ti); ifc see yta-; annuyyi(n) (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., not following, remaining firm; not subject (to); Sn 1071 (titthe nu so tattha -I). anuyufljati, anuyunjiyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anuVyuj], I.practises, gives oneself up to; Vin I 194,33 (ingha tvam Sona tatth' eva agrikabhto buddhnam ssanam -a); V 158,15* (-assu); MII 105, n* (pamdam-anti bl); 111230,9 (na kmasukham -eyya); SI 232,28* (dhammadassanam ~etha medhvi); AII 40,28* (jgariyam ~ati); Dhp 247 (siirmerayapnam ca yo naro -ati); Th 884 (m pamdam-etna); Jail 96,7 (patisallnam -anti); Pet36,24 (visesabhgiyam patipadam anuyunjiyati); Mil25,2i (ko bhvanam -ati); Sp 467,27 (kammatthanam eva -issmi ti); Vibh-a 199,22* (~e sad sato); 2. questions, examines; calls to account; Vin I 86,28 (inghvuso Upli imam pabbajitam ~hi ti); III 163,i (tena hi bhikkhave Mettiyam bhikkhunim nasetha ime ca bhikkh -ath ti); Vv 48:5 (sassu ca pacch -ate mamam); part.pr. (a)anuyunja(t), m/n., SI 122,20* (ahorattam -am); Vism 285,5 (~ato); (b) anuyunjanta, m/(-anti)H., Vism 248,25 (kammatthanam -antena); Thi-al55,n (-antiy); neg. ananuyunjanta, mfn., Th-al 218,21; aor. 3 sg. anuyunji, Ja HI 513,14 (raja punappuna mnavam ~i); / sg. (a) anuyunjim, Th-aII 33,5; (b) anuyunjisam, Th 157 (mandanam -isam; Ih-aII 33,4: -isan ti ~im); 3 pi. anuyunjimsu, Vin HI 167,23 (te bhikkh Mettiyabhummajake bhikkh ~imsu); absol. anuyunjitv, Dhp-a III 472,17 (kammatthanam ~itv); Ap-a 506,2 (Mettiyabhmajake bhikkh ~itv); Mhv23:63; neg. ananuyunjitv, Jail 151,4 (asubhabhvanam ananuyunjitv rpapasamsak hutv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~itv, prob, wr); Ps III 312,1; p a s s , part.pr. anuyunjiyamna, mfn., being questioned; Vin I 86,29 (so ... yasmat Uplin~iyamno); 171,12 (avyatto na patibalo ~iyamno anuyogam dtun ti); Thi 404 (evam -iyamn, Be, Ce, Se so, but unmetrical; Ee wr anuyunjamn; read anuyujjamn with CPD1 Thi-a245,22: -iyamn ti pucchiyamn); Pv-a 192,2; pp anuyutta, mfn. and m. [BHS anuyukta], 1. (mfn.) applying oneself to, practising; intent upon; Vin III 23,is (bodhipakkhiknam dhammnam bhvannuyogam ~ vihareyyma); D I 167,5 (kesamassulocannuyogam -o); A l l 205,27 attaparitpannuyogam -o); Sn8!4 (methunam ~assa); Thi 403 (nekkhammam ~); Ja III 450,6 (kmesu ~assa mahjanassa dhammam desento); Ap80,i (vivekam ~o 'ham); Dhp-a III 324,9 (jgariyam tya); ifc see jnana-; neg. ananuyutta, mfn., MI 471,12 (jgariyam ananuyutto); S III 153,3; Ja 1428,15;

2. (mfn.) [S. anuyukta], questioned; JaV 462,3' (senpatin ~o mus vattum asakkonto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuyunjito); 3. (mfn. and m.) following, attending on; subject to; a vassal or subordinate king; D II 173,i3(patirjno teranno Mahsudassanassa ~ ahesum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anuyant); S I 58,20 (khattiy ~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anuyant); A I 109,33 (rj cakkavatti... dharnmikam rakkhvaranguttim samvidahati khattiyesu ~esu balakyasmim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuyantesu); Sn 553 (khattiy bhojarjno ~ bhavanti te, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuyant); JaV 317,19* (tato ekasatam khatte -e bhavam ak, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anuyante); Mil 202,17 (yvat Jambudipe padesarjno te sabbe -e aksi); fpp anuyunjitabba, mfn., Vism 285,4 (kammatthanam anuyunjitabbam); Sv 888,2 (anuyunjitabbato anuyogo). anuyujjana in Ee at Vv-a 346,17 is wrfor anuyunjana qv. anuyufijana, n. (and -, f.) [from anuyunjati], application; devotion (to); Vv-a 346,17 (dhammnuyogan ti dndikusaladhammassa ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuyujjanam); Nidd-al 188,28 (anuyogo ti -am); ananuyuftjana, n., lack of application; MpIV 31,8 (ananuyoge ti yogassa ~e); Th-al 231,2 (satthu ssanassa ~ato eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuyunjanato); Vibh-a 469,2 (-am); ifc see sadattha-m-. anuyoga, m. [BHS id.], 1. application; devotion (to); Abh 797; D I 13,12 (tappam anvya padhnam anvya -amanvya);MI 101,13(cittamna namati tappya -ya; PsII 68,19: ~y ti punappuna yogya); A V 136,25 (-0 paccavekkhan dhammnam hro); ifc see kmasukhallika-, jgariy-, bhvan-, mandan-, sukhallika-; 2. question, enquiry; examination; Abh 115; anuyogam dadti, answers the question (satisfactorily), passes an examination; Vin I 171,13 (avyatto na patibalo anuyunjiyamno -am dtun ti); V 127,38 (cath' arigehi samanngatassa bhikkhuno -o na dtabbo); Jail 260,11 (te... nitthitasipp sippe -am datv); III415,n (so cariyassa -am datv); Mil 348,21 (katamena te pariyyena -am dammi ti); -kkhama, mfn., which can stand scrutiny; who is fit to be questioned; MI 385,19 (niganthnam vdo ... no ~o no vimajjanakkhamo; Ps III 95,17: anuyogam vimamsam v na khamati); Spklll 209,9 (-0 'yan ti fiatv); neg. ananuyogakkhama, mfn., Vin I 176,19 (gilno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavat); Th-a III 46,4 (ananuyogakkhamatt); -bhaya, n., fear of interrogation; D I 26,30 (- anuyogaparijegucch n' ev* idam kusalan ti vykaroti); Ja III 359,16 (bhagavato bhito); -va(t), mfn., applying oneself to; devoted to; Pv-a207,13 (satatam sabbaklam -vanto); -vatta, ., procedure in examination; VinV 158,12* (-am nismaya kusalena buddhimat katam); Mp II228,12 (samanuyurljati ti -am ropento pucchati); ananuyoga, m., lack of application; the not devoting oneself (to); Mill 231,1; A I 14,11 (-0 kusalnam dhammnam); Vibh 350,27 (-0 pamdo). anuyogi(n), mfn. [BHS anuyogin], applying oneself to; devoted to; ifc see atta- (sv atta[n]), satata-. anuyojana, n., combining with; ifc .see sahajta-. anuyojetv in eds at Spkl 306,25 and in Ce, Ee at

131

Dhp-a IV 20,6 is wrfor anuyyojetv qv sv uyyunjati. anuyyutam, ind. [a3 + uyyuta or a3 + u(d) + yuta (or mc for anuyyutta)], idly, without diligence or perseverance; or not irrelevantly; to the point; VinI 359,8 (na cchambhati parisagato na vedhati attharn na hpeti -am bhanam; Sp 1153,8^0//.: -am bhanan ti anuyyuttam anupagatam bhananto, yasm hi so anuyyuttam bhanati usuyyya v agatigamanavasena v kran apagatam na bhanati, tasm attham na hpeti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anunnatam anapagatam bhananto). anurakkhaka, mfn. [from anurakkhati], guarding, preserving; ifc see vams-. anurakkhana, anurakkhana, n., - , / [S. anuraksana; BHS anuraksana], guarding, preservation, taking care of; AII 17,8* (samvaro ca pahnam ca bhvan -); Ja V 116,20* (aladdhassa ca yo lbho laddhassa -); 117,17' (uppannassa [lbhassa] pana -am eva bhro); Sp288,i7 (anudday ti-a); Mp III 104,23 (tesarn yeva '-atthya padhnam anurakkhanapadhnam); ifc see indriy-, sacca-, saddhamm-. anurakkhati,pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVraks], protects, guards; preserves; takes care of; D III 35,7 (yo ca te ayam mayi pasdo tarn eva tvam sdhukam - ti); 226,29 (uppannam bhaddakam samdhinimittam ~ati); Mil 171,9 (kittvat saccam ~ati); III 239,H (~eyya); AIV 93,2* (mt va puttam -ate patim); Dhp 327 (sacittam -atha); Sn 149 (mt yath... ekaputtam ~Q); JaV 117,so' (tava uppannam yasam ~hi ti); fut 3 sg. anurakkhissate, Ap 588,20 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anurakkhiyate); 1 sg- ( a ) anurakkhissam, Cp 2:4:11 (silnurakkhissam); (b) anurakkhissmi, D III 35,12; Mil 93,29 (yvham jivissmi tva guyham -issmi); part.pr. (a) anurakkha(t), mfn., MII 171,5 (saccam -at... vinnun purisena); (b) anurakkhanta, m/(~anti)n., VinV 3,24* (ssanam -anto); Ja I 46,22* (saccavcam -anto); VI 33,27 (-anti); Cp 2:6:11; (c) anurakkhamna, mfn., Vv 11:5 (mt va puttam -amn); Ja IV 251,4* (-amn); aor. 1 sg. (a) anurakkhim, Ja III 116,23; Cp 2:6:12 (-im mama silam nrakkhim mama jlvitam); (b) anurakkhisam, Cp/?. 23,5* (silni -isam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -issam, unmetrical; Q)-a 181,21: silni -im); absol. anurakkhitv, Cp-a275,io (saccavcam -itv); pp anurakkhita, mfn., guarded, protected; JaV 400,2' (taynugutto ti tay -o); Ps III 400,12 (evam assa saddh - bhavissati ti); fpp (a) anurakkhitabba, mfn., A III 6,19; Mil 91,i (kyikam vcasikam anurakkhitabbam); (b) anurakkhiya, mfn.; ifc see dur-. anurakkhamnaka, mfn. [part.pr. of anurakkhati + ka2], guarding; preserving; Vism 36,3* (tath' eva silam -) = Saddh621. anurakkh,/ [BHS anuraksa], guarding; preservation; S IV 323,22 (anudayam vanneti -am vanneti anukampam vanneti); ifc see atta- (sv atta[n]), kula-. anurakkhi(n), mfn. [from anurakkhati], guarding; preserving; Mil 93,28 (guyham -1 cham); ifc see atta- (JV atta[n]), citta-, vca-, sacca-. *anurafljati1,/?r. 3 sg. [ami + ranjati1; cfS. anuVranj], is attached or devoted to; glows, shines; part.pr. anuranjanta, mfn., Ap 495,27 (pabhhi -anto, Be,

Ee, Se so; Ce -ento; Ap-a530,is: so Padumuttaro bhagav nilapitdichabbannappabhahi ramsihi -anto jalanto sobhamno ti attho); part.perf act. anurattava(t), mfn., who has become devoted to; Thi-a 246,14 (anurattan ti -antim); ? pp anuratta, mfn. [S. anurakta], attached or devoted to; fond of; ThI 446 (bhariy silavati... - bhattram); Ja VI 297,29* (silav ca alolo ca -0 ca rjino, Ce, Ee so; Be anurakkho; Se anuvatto); Mil 146,23 (mahmatt ... - laddhayas visssik, Ce, Ee so; Be anurakkh; Se anuraddh); caus. pp anurafijita, mfn., brightened, beautified; Ja I 12,25 (dasabalassa... asitiy anuvyanjanehi -am... attabhvam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuvyanjitam) = Ap-a 14,29 * Bv-a 87,15 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuvyanjitam); Bv-a 45,30 (vymappabhnuranjitan ti vymappabhya -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee parirafijitam); ifc see kiles-, vymapabh-, sanjhtap -, sanjhapabh -. anurafijati2, pr. 3 sg. [?], asks for; aor. 3 sg. anuranjatha, Ap 505,n (candano devaputto mam upagantv 'nuranjatha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be upagantv 'nupucchatha; Ce upagantvna 'pucchatha; Se upagantv apucchatha). anuratta, mfn., pp 0/anuranjati' qv. anuratham, ind. [ts], behind the carriage; Sadd747,2i (rathassa pacch-am); 883,18 (anusaddo... pacchtthe -am). anurava, m. [from anuravati, or anu1 + rava], resounding; reverberation; Sp 144,22 (-0 viya anuppabandho vicro, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anurvo, perhaps wr); Cp-a 233,29 (dhama dhamti evam saddam karonto, -dassanam h* etam dvaggino). anuravati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + ravati; cf BHS anuravita], sounds after; resounds; Mil 63,1 (kamsathlam kotitam pacch -ati anusandahati); As 114,23 (bheri kotit atha pacch -ati anusaddyati). anuravan, / [from anuravati; cf BHS -anuravana], resounding; Mil 63,2 (yath - evam vicro datthabbo); As 114,24 (yath pacch - anusaddyan evam vicro datthabbo). anuraho, ind. [cf S. anurahasam], in secret, in private; MI 27,19 (-0 mam bhikkh codeyyum no sanghamajjhe). anurga, m. [ts], affection; Bv-a229,20 (anurga-mupagatahadayam ca parijanam tinanalam iva pariccajitv); -va(t), mfn. [S. anurgavat], affectionate towards, in love with; Thi-a 249,7 (anuratta bhattaran ti bhattram -vati, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anuvattik). anurja(n), m. [anu1 + rja(n)], a viceroy; Sadd 347,25* (muddhbhisitto - uparj ti bhsito). anurdh, / [ts], the name of a nakkhatta, the seventeenth lunar mansion; Abh 59; Sadd359,i9. anurva, m. [from anuravati], resounding; reverberation; Sp 144,22 (-0 viya anuppabandho vicro, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anuravo). anurujjhati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. anurudhyate], approves (of); is pleased or content (with, ace); Sadd 485,7 (~ati panltam panltam vatthum kmen" ti Anuruddho); A IV 158,23 (uppannam labham -ati albhe pativirujjhati); Dhp-a II 181,17 (sakkram ca asakkram ca karontesu n' eva-ati no virujjhati); As 362,28 (~ati ti anurodho);

132

pp anuruddha, mfn. [ts], compliant; pleased with, approving', pativiruddha, mfn., approving and rejecting', MI 65,7 (nitth patiruddhassa udhu ananuruddha-appatiruddhass ti; Ps II 10,13: rgena anuruddhassa kodhena pativiruddhassa); neg. ananuruddha, annuruddha (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., not pleased with; not complying with; MI 65,8 (ananuruddha-appatiruddhass ti); S IV 71,16* (annuruddho aviruddha kenaci; Spkll 382, I: kenaci saddhim n'eva anuruddho na viruddho bhaveyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kenaci saddhim aruddho, prob. wr). anuruddha, m/h.,p/7o/anurujjhati qv. anurpa, mfn. [ts], conforming, corresponding, suitable, fitting; adapted to, like; Ja I 91,26 (attano -am vadanto); Vism 76,5 (pasamsya -t); 89,29 (ananurpam vihram pahya -e vihre viharantena); Sp 162,13 (etassa me padhnnuyogassa -am eva phalam laddhan ti); Sv 918, n (atthuppattiy -tt); Dhp-a III 67,19 (Mahmoggallnena ... ~am eva maranam pattan ti); Nidd-a 1407,21 (na idam tuyham jtiy srabhvassa -an ti); Mhv 23:72 (ayam rohako mama-oti); -am, adv., conformably, according to; Sadd 747,22 (rpassa yoggam -am, rpayoggan ti attho); ifc see ajjhsay-, tad-, yatha-, vibhav-; ananurpa, mfn., unsuitable, not fitting; Ja VI 553,6' (dnam datv pacch anutpo nma tava -0 ti); Vism 89,29; Ps I 204,28 (imassa pana panhassa tt). anurpik, (m)f[n)., or anurpika, mfn. [anurpa + ka2, or + ika], conforming; suitable; ifc see tad-. anurodati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWrud], cries for; Pv 12:7 (yath pi drako candam gacchantam -ati) = Ja III 166,17* (166,27': candam me dehi ti punappuna rodati). anurodha, m. [ts], compliance, consideration, liking; Abh 345; S IV 210,17* (tassnurodh atha v virodh); Dhs 1059 (srgo anunayo -o nandi); As 362,29 (anuruijhati ti ~o); Sadd 485,8 (-0 ti anuklat); -virodha, m., compliance and opposition; liking and dislike; MI 266,27 (evam -am sampanno; Ps II 311,io: -an tirgam c'eva dosam ca); SI 111,21* (-ehi vippamutto tathagato); Nidd I 168,2; ananurodha in Ee at Ud-a 30,25,27 is prob, wr for anavarodho (Be, Ce, Se so). anulagga, mfn. [S. anulagna], attached to, followed; Ud-a 219,27 (anvsatt ti - vokinn). anulpa, m. [ts], repetition, tautology; Abh 123. anulrik, (m)f(n). [a3 + ulra + ka2 or ika], minor; lesser; Mhv 34:59 (pj ca -a). anulimpati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVlip], anoints, besmears; anoints oneself; anoints with; plasters', Mil 112,5 (bhesajjena -an); aor. I sg. anulimpim, Ap 323,10 (klnusrikam gayha -im tathgatam); 349,1 (phalam buddhassa datvna agalum anulimp' aham); absol. anulimpitv, Ap 424,17 (candanam -itv); Cp 3:6:14 (nhpetv -itv vethetv rjavethanam); Sv 376,9 (gandhehi -itv); Vism 354,26 (mamsam atthisanghtam -itv thitam); pp anulitta, mfn. [S. anulipta], anointed; smeared; plastered; smeared on to; JaV 323,9* (- candanena); Mil 333,9 (sila-

gandhena -); Pj I 41,1 foil, (na pi bhitti jnti aham thlamattikya - ti... na pi atthisatattayam jnti aham navapesisatappabhedena mamsena -an ti); 47,14* (navapesisat mams - kalebaram; * Pj II 247,12*: avalitt); fpp (a) anulimpitabba, mfn., Mil 394,25 (mettbhesajjena mnasam-am); (b) anulepaniya, mfn., Mil 169,12 (-am anulimpeti); caus. pr. 3 sg. anulimpeti, -ayati, anoints; causes to be anointed; Mil 169,12 (anulepaniyam -eti); 252,26 (bhikkh te sadevakam lokam silavaracandanagandhena -ayanti ti). anulimpana, n. [from anulimpati], smearing, anointing; ifc see bhesajj-. anulepa, m. [ts], anointing; plastering; Ap 251,20 (nitthite navakamme ca -am ads' aham; Ap-a 476,12 foil.: anu pacch sudhlepam adsim, sudhya leppesin ti attho); ifc see bhesajjapn-. anulepana, n. [ts], anointing; plastering; anulepana in Ce, Ee at Th-all 21S,32foll. is wr for anupalepa qv ^vupalepa; -gandha, m., a fragrant substance for anoin ting; Thp 184,28 (-am ... ngabhavanato ngarjno haranti; = Sp 42,19: anuvilepanagandham); -mattik,/, clay for plastering; plaster; Ps II 229,8 (mattikan ti -am). anulepaniya, mfn., fpp of anulimpati qv. anuloki(n), mfn. [from anu1 + Vlok], looking at; ifc see sisa-. anulokika, mfn. [from anu1 + Vlok], looking at; ifc seesisz-. anulokenti, (m)f(n). [part.pr. 0/anu 1 + Vlok], looking at; Sp 937,14 (pavisantinam bhikkhuninam sisam -enti pavisati). anuloma, w/(-i?)., n. and m., 1. (i) (mfn.) [ts], "with the hair", in a natural direction or order; suitable, fit; in accordance with; S IV 401,5 (ahamc* nanda ... atth' att ti vykareyyam api nu me tarn -am abhavissa nnassa uppdya sabbe dhamm anatt ti); Nidd I 132,20 (etam patirpam etam anucchavikam etam -am); Patis II 37,13 (katame ajjhattavutthnnam - cattro vimokkh); Sp 1104,ii (bhagavat cha civarni anunntni dhammasahghakattherehi tesam -ni... aparni cha anunntni); Pj II123,14 (tesam dhammnam -0 dhammo ti anudhammo); Cp-a299,27 (-iyarn khantiyam thito; ^ Ud-a 141,12: anulomikyakhantiyam); am, adv., in a natural order; forwards; D II 71,19 (ime attha vimokhe -am pi sampajjati patilomam pi sampajjati); Th 1172 (yo so attha vimokkhni... aphassayi -am patilomam); ()(., seil. [javana]citta), conformity consciousness or thought-moment (the stage before gotrabh^); Vism 138,3 (ito pubbe parikammnam upari appanya ca anulomanato -ni ti pi vuccanti); 670,2 (uppajjati tetiyam javanacittam yam -an ti vuccati); Sp 429,26/0//. (cattri panca v javanni javanti yesam pathamam parikammam dutiyam upaeram tatiyam -am catuttham gotrabh pancamam appancittam, pathamam v parikammam c'eva upaeram ca dutiyam -am...); Ud-a 33,25 (yad dve v -ni tad tatiyam gotrabh catuttham maggacittam); Pj II 9,9; As 233,9 (-am sankhrrammanam hoti gotrabh nibbnrammanam); 2. (n.m.) direct order, natural order; conformity, affirmation; VinV 158,11*

133

(sutte vinaye v ~e; Sp 1360,9: ~o nma parivro); Sp 953,13 (avijjpaccay sankhr ti din nayena vutto avijjdiko paccaykaro attano kattabbakiccakaranato ~o ti vuccati) = Ud-a38,i; Yam 365,5 (~am nitthitam); ifc .yeesacc-; -patiloma, mfn., in direct and reversed order, forwards and backwards', Sp 953,20 (~-t); ace. ~am, ins tr. ~ena, adv., Vin I 1,10 (paticcasamuppdam ~am manasksi); AIV 448,9 (im nava anupubbavihrasampattiyo na evam -am sampajjim); Ja IV 318,25 (chasu kmasaggesu ~ena mahantam devissariyam anubhavant); 475,6 (~amchasu devalokesu sampattim anubhavant); Mil 176,25 (~am); annuloma (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., unsuitable; Dil273,11*. anulomana, n. [ts], being in accordance with; conformity; Vism 138,3 (~ato anulomni ti pi vuccanti); Ud-a 38,2 (pavattiy v ~ato). anulomika, mfn. and n. [BHS id.], I. (mfn.) suitableagreeable; in accordance (with, gen.); AII 27,13* (dhamma akkht smanriassnulomik); III 441,23 (~ya khantiy samanngato); MI 477,15 (ime yasmanto ~ni sensanni patisevamn); Patisl 123,17 (~ khanti patiladdh hoti; Patis-a 397,17: lokuttaradhammnam anulomato ~ khanu" tinnam); Ud-a 141,12 (ayam ~ya khantiyam thito; * Cp-a299,27: anulomiyam); ifc see tad-; 2. (n.) conformity; that which accords; Vin V 158,n* (sutte vinaye anulome panfiatte ~e; Sp 1360,10: -am nma cattro mahpades); ananulomika, ananulomiya, mfn., improper; unsuitable; not in accordance (with); Vin I 322,1 (bhikkhu... gihisamsattho viharati ~ehi gihisamsaggehi); III 20,19 (~am appatirOpam assmanakam akappiyam akaraniyam); A I 106,6 (~e kyakamme samdapeti); 111258,6 (~ena gihisamsaggena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anulomikena; Mp III 330,15: -na ti ssanassa ananucchavikena); Mil 266,22 (yam loke atthi samannam ananucchavikam -am); Sp 219,29 (~-tt); Pj I 243,io (~-gihisamsaggavasena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ananulomiya-); see also anulomika. anulometi, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anulomayati], bends with; conforms to, is in accordance (with, ace. or gen.); sets right, puts in proper order; Vin I 221,25 (ygu pit... vtam ~eti); 250,35 (tarn ee akappiyam ~eti kappiyam patibhati); A I 69,29 (suggahitehi suttantehi vyanjanapatirpakehi attham ca dhammam ca -enti); Mil 372,6 (vamso yattha vto tattha ~eti); Sp 219,28 (ananulomikam tesam [dhammnam] na -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ananulometi, prob, wr); Sv 67,2 (bhagavato hi vcya kyo ~eti kyassa pi vc); Mp II 172,8 (ssanassa na ~etl ti ananulomikam); Patis-a 697,23 (vipassanannam eva lokuttaramaggam ~eti ti anulomikam); part.pr. (a) anulomenta, mfn., Vism 522,22 (suttam appatibhantena vinayam ~entena mahpadese olokentena dhammam dipentena); Nidd-all 152,8* (saddhammam -ent); (b) anulomaya(t), mfn., Mil 372,23* (vamso va ~am patilomam na vatteyya); absol. (a) anulometv, Mil 413,10 (tacchako klasuttam ~etv rukkham tacchati); MpIII 326,11; (b) anulometvna, Mil 372,12* (navangam buddhavacanam -etvna); (c) anulomayitv, Mil 372,8. anullapana, n., see sv ullapana.

anullapan, / [anu1 + ullapan, or for *anulapan], approbation, complimentary speech; Vin II 88,33 (anuvdo anuvadan ~ anubhanan anusampavankat; Sp 1194,23: ~ anubhanan ti ubhayam anuvadanya vevacanamattam eva). anuvamsa, m. [cf S. anuvamSa], a descendant; Pj II 582,28(apaccoti~o). anuvagga, mfii. [anu1 + vagga1; but cfBHSD sv anuvarga: "some part or accessory of a city gate ", and Mvu I 195,12], similar, symmetrical; Bvl:14 (tulsahghtnuvagg; Bv-a 36,5: tulsanght ti tulyugal ... ~tianurp). anuvankat, / , abstr. [cf S. anuvakra], inclination, partiality; Sp 1194,26 (anusampavankat tipunappunam kyacittavchi tatth' eva sampavankat, anuvankatabhvo ti attho, Ee, Se so; Be anuvadanabhvo ti; Ce avanatabhvo ti). anuvajati, anubbajati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuVvraj], goes along; follows; follows as a mark of respect; Ja IV 399,9* (na bhikkhuno maggam anubbajmi); 484,15* (sham katham nnuvaje pajnam); VI145,i* (pattik ~anti); Sv 668,10 (anupabbajissm ti -issm ti pi ptho, tassa anugacchissm ti attho). anuvajja, (/w/).,^?/7o/anuvadati^v. anuvajjanto in Ee at Mp I 423,3 is wr, prob, for anuvijjanto qv sv anuvijjati. anuvafta, mfn. [S. anuvrtta ?], rounded; -ghanajaghana, mfn., having round and thick buttocks; ? Bv -a 210,25 (~am ... arivranavranam). anuva44 ne sim, aor. 1 sg. [ofcaus. o/*anu l + vaddhati; cfS. anuVvrdh], / caused to increase further; Cp -a 183,25 (ekavram uppannam samvegam uppdanena -esim). anuvannan,/ [anu1 + vannan], a further explanation or exposition; Patis-a471,1 (vuttass* eva atthassa * -attham vuttesu gthbandhesu). anuvannayanta, mfn., [part.pr. of *anu1 + vanneti], explaining, expounding (further); Nidd-a I 2,9* (attham apubbam ~o) = Patis-a 2,11*. anuvattaka, m/(-ik)w. and anuvattaka, m., anuvattik,/ 1. [BHS anuvartaka], following, attending, faithful (to); agreeing with; a follower, partisan, adherent; Vin III 175,5 (katham hi nma bhikkh Devadattassa ... ~ bhavissanti; 175,31: ~ti yamditthiko hoti yamkhantiko yamruciko te pi tamditthik honti tamkhank tamrueik); Ja IV 77,25' (anubbat ti anuvattik); Ap503,i4 (loko tassnuvattako); Sp400,22 (ek bhummadevat ... mrapakkhik mrassa anuvattik); 2. who makes turn (after); keeping turning; Th-alll 105,9 (cakknuvattako ti satthr vattitassa dhammacakkassa -o); ifc see cakka-. anuvattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amWvrt], 1. follows, attends, sides with; conforms with, practises; imitates; Vin IV 218,5 foil. (Thullanand bhikkhuni... ukkhittam Arittham bhikkhum ... ~ati... ~issati... y pana bhikkhuni... ~eyya); SIV 199,12 (tassa te ~eyyum anuvidhiyeyyum vasam gaccheyyum); Ja I 300,15 (itthiyo nma aneram cinnadivase smikam ~anti dsi viya); V 322,20* (kass' es mahati sen pitthito ~ati); 378,6*

134

(adhammam -asi); VI 222,6* (nikkhittasatth paccatt nivtam -are); Ap 59,23 (mameva -anti sabbakmehi t sad); 2. (gr.t.t.) is supplied from a previous sentence', Ja IV 164,14'(idhpi na ve suganhan ti-ateva, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anuvattane va, prob. wr); Sadd 839,7 (lakkhane cnukaddhitavidhnam uttaratra nnuvattati); anuvattati in Ee at Spk HI 55,5 (evarpam ca cittam -ati) is prob, wr; Be, Se anvattanti; Ce na vattati); part.pr. (a)anuvattanta, w/(~anti)., JaV 436,4' (sabbakiccesu -antam); Ud-a316,i8 (mam -antehi bhikkhhi saddhim); Vv-a220,23 (s... bhattram -anti); neg. ananuvattanta, mfn., Ih-aIII 154,32 (tasm cittam ananuvattanto); (b) anuvattamna, mfn., Ja IV 34,16* (tarn kullavattam ~amno); Patis-a278,20 (tarn ditthim ~amnehi); aor. 3 sg. anuvatti, VinV 55,B; J sg anuvattisam, Pv34:6 (adhammam -isam); 3 pi. anuvattimsu, Ap317,29; absol (a)anuvattiya, SI 57,23* (evam dhammam apakkamma adhammam anuvattiya); (b) anuvattitv, Mp II 116,15 (sakavdam pahya samanam Gotamam -itv); Ih-aIII 154,24; neg. ananuvattitv, Spk II 69,24; caus. pr. 3 sg. anuvatteti, ~ayati, 1. causes to go on after, keeps in motion; maintains, continues; Sn 556 (ko te imam -eti dhammacakkam pavattitam) = Th826; Ap23,i6 (pavattitam dhammacakkam Sakyaputtena tdin -essati); Cp -a 190,28 (pavattehi-ehiti); 2 . follows; practises; Pv 42:12 (nivtam -aye); part.pr. anuvattenta, mfn., Cp 2:3:3 (tassa cittnuvattento homi cintitasannibho); Sv 588,33 (theram -ento dutiyam pi tatiyam pi ha, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce anuvattanto); Th-al 108,3 (ime bhikkh... janapadavitakkam -ent cittasamdhim virdhenti ti); aor. 3 pi. anuvattayimsu, Sv288,i8 (handa nam anuvattm ti ~ayimsu, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se anuvattimsu); pp anuvattita, mfn.y followed; Ud-a 237,2 (anugat ti cittena -it); Cp-a 299,16; fpp anuvattitabba, mfh. and n. impers., to be followed; to be conformed to; Vin I 132,20 (gantukehi vsiknam -itabbam); Ps II 309,16 (gar ti bhriko akm -itabbo). anuvattana, n. and mf(~i)n. 1. (n.) [S. anuvartana], following; compliance; conformity with; Abh 345 (anurodho 'nuvattanam); Ja I 367,10' (tividhassa sucaritadhammassa -am); III 320,8' (imesam dasannam rjadhammnam -ena); V 433,12 (sabbakiccesu -t); Ap-a237,i9 (idam -am desitassa anugantv pacch desanam); anuvattane va in Ee, Se at Ja IV 164, w is prob, wr for anuvattateva; 2. (mfh.) following; ifc see bahuvidh-; ananuvattana, n., not conforming to; non-compliance; Jail 449,22 (adhammikya katikya ~e); Sv 588,13 (jettho kanitthassa bhvam natv). anuvattpaka, mfn. [from *anuvattpeti, caus. of anuvattati], making conform to; requiring agreement; Sadd 115,15 (vccalingnam ~assa abhidheyyalihgabhtassa pasaddassa); see also anuvattpana. anuvattpana, n. [from *anuvattpeti, caus. of anuvattati], making conform to; ifc see attkr(.sv atta[n]); see also anuvattpaka. anuvatti, / [S. anuvrtti], acting in conformity with,

complying with; Abh 1174; ifc see dhamma-. anuvatti(n), mfn. [S. anuvartin], following; acting in conformity with; obedient (to); Patis-a562,i7 (tadanvay honti ti tarn anugmini tarn ~Ini honti, Ee so; Be, Se~ini; Ce-ini; ad?2X\s II 49,12foil: bhvanya kat' indriyni tadanvayni honti); ifc see karun(^vkarun), dhamm-, vasa-. anuvadati,/?r. 3 sg., 1. [S. anuVvad], repeats the words of; approves; agrees with; Vin II 88,31 (bhikkh bhikkhum -anti silavipattiy v cravipattiy v); 2. criticises, censures; Vin II 80,28 (suddho hoti bhikkh anpattiko -anti ca nam; Sp 1192,7: -anti ti codenti); Sp484,io (tasmim puggale aviijamnena antimavatthun ~ati codeti); anuvadmi in Ee at Ja III 483,15 is prob, wr for vadmi (Be, Ce, Se so); part.pr. (a) anuvadanta, mfn., Nidd-al 395,26 (ppakammino attnam -antassa); Sv 1041,1 (~antnam); (b)anuvadamna, mfn., VinV 111,22; pass, part.pr. anuvadiyamna, mfn., being criticised; Ps II 400,6 (cittena -iyamno); p p anuvadita, mfn., criticised, censured; Sp 1192,2 (ekam -assa dnam); fpp anuvajja, mfn. and n., to be censured; a fault; neg. ananuvajja, annuvajja (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., not to be censured; blameless; Vin I 359,1*; (annuvajjo pathamena silato); A I 294,9 (anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca vinnnam); Sn/?. 78,io (anavajj ca ananuvajja ca vinnunam; Pj II 396,8: ananuvajja ca ti anuvdavimutt); snuvajja, mfn., to be censured; at fault; VinV 168,6 (svajjo ca hoti snuvajjo vinnnam) * AII 3,10. anuvadan, / [from anuvadati], approval, support; Vin II 88,33 (anuvdo ~ anullapan anubhanan; but c/Sp 1194,22: - t i kranidassanam etam, upavadan ti attho). anuvasati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + vasati2; S. amWvas5], inhabits; dwells, stays; Vin I 176,7 (tarn klam ~eyyum); absol. anuvasitva, Vin IV 69,34 (tattiY eva -itv -itv vasathapindam bhunjanti); pp anuvuttha, mfn., living with; staying; who has lived with; Ja II 42,22' (anariyo cira ekato -o pi tarn ekatonivsam aganetv karoti ppam); ifc see cira-. anuvassa 1 , mfn. [anu1 + vassa], who has kept one vassaresidence; Th-al 85,11 (anuvassiko ti anugato upagato vassam -o). anuvassa 2 , n. [anu1 + vassa], a following vassaresidence; lh-a I 85,14 (atha v anugatam pacchgatam apagatam vassam -am, tarn assa atthi ti anuvassiko). anuvassaip, ind. [anu1 + ace. of vassa], every rainy season; annually; Vin III 227,21 (bhikkh -am santhatam krpenti); IV 336,22 (-an ti anusamvaccharam); Sv622,i6; Mhv7:73; 36:110 (-am ca sanghassa chacivaram adpayi). anuvassaka, mfn. [anuvassa(m) + ka2], yearly, annual; Mhv 10:86 (balim tesam annesam cnuvassakam dpesi). anuvassika, mfn. [from anu1 + vassa], who has kept one vassa-residence; who has passed one rainy season; Th24 (-0 pabbajito; Th-al 85,10/0//.: -0 ti anugato upagato vassam anuvasso, anuvasso va ~o ... atha v anugatam pacchgatam apagatam vassam anuvassam, tarn

135

assa atthi ti -o); see also anuvassa1, anuvassa2. anuvahan, / [from *anu' + vahati], carrying along; sequence; Vism278,i6 (anubandhan ti-a) * Sp 418,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupadahan; * Patis-a495,i: eds anugaman). anuvceti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. aniWvac], recites after or again; teaches what has been taught; Vin I 245,20 (bhsitam anubhsanti vcitam -enti) = D I 104,12; Mil 345,11 (vcenti -enti bhsanti anubhsanti). anuvta, m. [?], a facing or border (on a bhikkhu 's robe); Vin I 297,21 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am paribhandam ropetun ti; cfSp 1110,32: -karanamatten ti pitthi-anuvtropanamattena); II 177,8 (-0 databbo); Pv-a73,i6(-e appahonte). anuvtam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of vta], with the wind; downwind; SI 226,23 (Sakko ... te isayo silavante kalynadhamme -am panjaliko namassamno atthsi); A I 225,28 (yesam -am yeva gandho gacchati no pativtam); Ap 356,34 (-am pavyati); Mil 333,11 (-am pi pativtam pi vyanti); Vism 182,17 (pativtam vajjetv -am gantabbam); see also anuvte. anuvte, ind. [ts], with the wind; downwind; Ja II 382,28 (~e thatv); Vism 10,13* (yo samam -e ca pativte ca vyati); ati-anuvte, ind., too much downwind; Vism 182,31 (nti -anuvte thtabbam); see also anuvtam. anuvda, m. [from anuvadati], 1. [cfS. anuvda], repetition, further explanation; approval, support; factionforming; Vin II 88,33 (~o anuvadan anullapan anubhanan anusampavankat abbhussahanat anubalappadnam; butcfSp 1194,2i: -o tiyo tesu anuvadantesu upavdo); Niddl 169,21 (attano vdam akkhya cikkhitv -am akkhya cikkhitv); SpkII 258,6 (vdnuvdo ti bhagavat vuttavdassa -o); Vin-vn 2762; 2. criticism, blame, censure; Abh 120; Vin II 5,13 (na -0 patthapetabbo); ifc see atta- (.yv attafn]), par-; dhikarana, n., a legal question or case concerning support, or concerning a faction, or a legal question or case arising from censure or criticism; Vin II 88,30 (katamam -am); III 164,9; MII 247,4 (PsIV 43,4: silavipattiy v craditthijivavipattiy v anuvadantnam yo anuvdo upavadan c'eva codan ca idam -am nma); Vin-vn 2760; ananuvda, mfn., free from criticism; blameless; Vin 1173,9 (so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu anuyogena vinnnam sabrahmaerinam cittam na rdheti -o cudito bhikkh ti alam vacanya); Dhp-aIII 376,13; snuvda, mfn., open to criticism; at fault; Vin I 173,11; II 86,2 (asuci ca hoti alajji ca -o ca). anu-v-sati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anWs], sits after; is seated near; serves, attends; Ja VI 296,19* (samane brhmane cpi... sakkaccam -eyya; cf 296,25': ~eyya ti uposathavsam vasanto anuvatteyya). anuvsana, n. [ts], treating with an oily enema; Mil 353,13 (in long cpd.: -vamanavirecannuvsanakiriyam anusikkhitv). anuvsaram, ind. [anu1 + ace. of vsara], daily; Mhv 62:32. anuvseti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. amWvs], treats with an oily

enema; Mil 169,12 (anuvsaniyam ~eti); pp anuvsita, mfn., treated with an enema; Mil 214,30 (vantassa virittassa -assa turassa sappyakiriy icchitabb hoti); fpp anuvsaniya, mfn.y Mil 169,12. anuvikkhitta, mfn. [anu1 + vikkhitta], (further) dispersed, distracted; S V 277,27 (yo ... chando bahiddh paneakmagune rabbha -0 anuvisato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuvikhito); 279,14 (viriyam... -am anuvisatam); 280,3 (cittam ... -am anuvisatam). anuviganeti, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + vi + ganeti; cfS. viganayati], considers, regards; takes notice of, takes account of; Th 109 (na nnyam paramahitnukampino rahogato -eti ssanam). anuvicarati, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS anuviVcar], 1. wanders about or through; explores; Mil 121,7 (uyynena uyynam anucankammi -mi); S IV 117,4 (parito parito kutikyam anucankamanti -anti); A I 142,24 (catunnam mahrjnam amacc prisajj imam lokam -anti); Vv 22:9 (sayampabh -mi Nandanam); Ja IV 438,29* (sitodiy -ma najjo); part.pr. (a) anuvicaranta, mfii., D1235,15 (jahghvihram anucankamantnam -antnam); MI 279,15 (passeyya manusse ... anusancarante pi ~ante pi); Jal 320,30 (so puriso Brnasim gantv -anto dantakravithim patva); (b) anuvicaramna, mfn., MI 108,21 (Sakko jahghvihram anucankamamno -amno); Sp 55,4 (aranne -amno); aor. 3 sg. anuvicari, Ja V 188,7* (ayam assa psdo ... yamhi -m -anuvicari rj); Pj I 164,22; absol. anuvicaritv, Ja III 188,11 (sabbam thalajalapatham -itv); Mil 141,20 (mahim -itv); Mp II 232,26(manussalokam -itv); 2 . thinks of, ponders; MI 144,5 (bhikkhu div kammante rabbha rattim anuvitakketi -ati, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anuvicreti); AIII 23,3 (dhammam cetas anuvitakketi -ati manasnupekkhati, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anuvicreti); pp anuvicarita, mfn., gone through, explored; scrutinised; DIU 135,10 (yam... dittham sutam... pariyesitam -am manas) ^ SHI 203,13 ^ PatisI 133,12; Sv 106,25 (vimamsya -am); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) anuvicreti, -ayati [BHS anuvicrayati], thinks of, ponders; scrutinises; MI 115,22 (yam yad eva ... bhikkhu bahulam anuvitakketi -eti tath tath nati hoti cetaso); 116,9 (anuvitakkeyyam -eyyam); A III 178,16 (dhammam cetas anuvitakkenti -enti); part.pr. anuvicraya(t) mfn., A III 382,6 (dhammam cetas anuvitakkayato -ayato); Vism 212,24 (buddhagune anuvitakkayato -ayato); absol. anuvicretv, MI 144,6 (anuvitakketv -etv); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) anuvicarpeti, guides (someone) round; MI 253,25 (Sakko... Vessavano ca... yasmantam Mahmoggallnam Vejayante psde anucankampenti -enti). anuvicra, m. [anu1 + viera], (continued) pondering, consideration; Dhs 8 (cro vicro - 0 upavicro) = 85 * Vibh 257,io. anuvicinaka, m. [from *anuvicinti], one who examines; Mil 365,15 (-assa ekam angam gahetabbam). *anuvicinti, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + vicinti], investigates; examines; part.pr. anuvicinanta, /w/(-antI)n, Thi 472 (khandhadhtu-yatanam ... yoniso -anti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yoniso arucim bhananti; Thi-a 259,25: upyena -anti

136

cintayanti); Th-alll 28,4 (vimuttidhammam ~anto gavesanto); inf. anuvicinitum, Ja III 506,3 (rjanivesanato bahum ratanabhandam hatam, ~itum vattati ti, Be so; Ce, Ee anuvijjitum; Se anuvijjhitum); absol anuvicinitv, Mp 1278,10 (tassa gatatthnam ~itv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anuvijjitv); see also anuvicca. anuvicinteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anuvicintayati], thinks or ponders over; meditates upon; SI 203,15* (ayonim patinissajja yoniso ~aya); part.pr. (a) anuvicintenta, mfn., Th-a III 22,7 (anussaran ti assdavasena tarn tarn rasarn ~ento); (b) anuvicintaya(t), mfn., Dhp364 (dhammam -ayam); (c) anuvicintayanta, mfn., Ja III 396,i* (so 'ham tarn evnuvicintayanto); absol. anuvicintetv, DII 203,4 (eko raho ~etv); pp anuvicintita, mfn. considered; Ja IV 227,9* (puris te mahrja manasnuvicintit). anuvicca, ind. (sometimes in Ee written anuvijja) [absol. prob, of anveti (or of *anuvicinti with haplology; or of *anu1 + Vvic, cf vivicca), see K.R. Norman, 1987, pp. 35-7; AMg anuvii, anuviya], testing, examining; discerning, finding out; Vin V 132,7 (anuvicca pi vinnu garahanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuvijja); MII 114,13 (anuvicca pariyoghetv); Dhp 229 (yam ce vinn pasamsanti anuvicca suve suve); Sn 530 (anuvicca papanca nmarpam; Pj II431,13: anuvicca anuviditv); Ja I 459,11* (anuvicca kho tarn ganheyyum); 111426,5* (anuvicca Kaccani karohi kiccam; 426,9': anuvicca ti upaparikkhitv jnitv); -kra, m., considered action; action undertaken after scrutiny; Vin I 236,17 (~am kho Siha karohi, ~o tumhdisnam ntamanussnam sdhu hoti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuvijjakaram)= AIV 185,9* MI 379,3 (~am... karohi; Ps III 88,16: ~an ti anuviditv cintetv tulayitv ktabbam); ananuvicca, ind., without testing, without examining; MII 114,10 (bl avyatt ananuvicca apariyoghetv paresam vannam v avannam v bhsanti); A I 89,8 (ananuvicca apariyoghetv avannrahassa avannam bhasati). anuvijja, v/ or wr in Eefor anuvicca qv. anuvijjaka, m. [from anuvijjati], an examiner; an adjudicator; VinV 160,2 (~ena codako pucchitabbo); 163,9; Sp593,n (so codako ~ena kim te dittham kin ti ditthan ti din nayena anuvijjiyamno vimamsiyamno upaparikkhiyamno). anuvijjati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anuvindati ? or wr for anuvijjhati ?], searches out, investigates; examines, judges; Ja III 506,3 (~itum, Ce, Ee so; Se anuvijjhitum; Be anuvicinitum); Ps II 93,1 (yannnham ml mlam gantv -eyyan ti); part.pr. (a) anuvijjanta, mfn., Ja III 359,13 (mam esa ~anto anubandhati ti, Ce, Ee so; Be anuyunjanto; Se anuvattanto); Mpl 423,3 (tassa matabhvam -anto, Be, Ce so; Ee wr anuvajjanto; Se vajjento); (b) anuvijjamna, mfn., VinV 164, H (anuvijjako -amno); absol. anuvijjitv, Mp I 278,10 (tassa gatatthnam ~itv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anuvicinitv); pass, part.pr. anuvijjiyamna, mfn., Sp593,i4; fpp anuvijjitabba, mfn., Vin V 163,21 (klena -itabbam no aklena bhtena -itabbam no abhtena); caus. absol. anuvijjpetv, JaV 162,14 (putto pitaram datthukmo gatatthnam ajnanto -petv, Ee so; Be

anuvicrpetv; Ce, Se anuvicarpetv); see also anuvijjhati. anuvijjana, n. [from anuvijjati], examining, adjudicating; dhippya, m., an intention to examine or adjudicate; Sp597,io; 597,28 (anuvijjakasspi ... -na vadantassa). anuvijja,/ [from anuvijjati], examining; VinV 162,22* (in uddna: codan ~ ca, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -am). anuvijjhati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuvidhyati], strikes afterwards; pierces through; investigates, examines; Ja VI 439,9* (atitena nnuvijjhanti pandit; 439,13': atitadosam gahetv mukhasattihi na vijjhanti); absol. anuvijjhitv, Dhp-a III 380,15 (apardham pana ~itv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anuvijjitv); pp anuviddha, mfn. [ts], pierced; penetrated (by); set with; Pet 151,5 (olrikasukhumhi ca rpasannhi ~ni etni jhnni, Ce so; Be, Ee wr anuvidhni); Vv-a277,2o (manin ~am); see also anuvijjati. anuvijjhati2, pr. 3 sg. [?], goes round; Spkl 283,35 (tiyojanasahassam himavantam punappunam -imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vijjhimsu). anuvitakkana, n. [from anuvitakketi], pondering over; Patis-a 69,6 (yathsutassa dhammassa cetas -am). anuvitakketi, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anuvitarkayati], reflects upon, ponders over; MI 115,21 (yam yad eva... bhikkhu bahularn ~eti anuvicreti tath tatha nati hoti cetaso); 116,9 (-eyyam anuvicreyyam); A III 213,25 (anussareyya sambuddham dhammam cnuvitakkaye); S V 67,28 (tarn dhammam anussarati ~eti); part.pr. (a) anuvitakkenta, mfn., D I 119,2 (brhmano bahularn ~ento nisinno hoti); (b) anuvitakkaya(t), mfn., A III 382,6 (dhammam cetas ~ayato anuvicrayato); Vism 212,24 (buddhagune -ayato anuvicrayato); absol. anuvitakketv, MI 144,6 (~etv anuvicretv). anuvidita, mfn. [pp o/anu 1 + Vvid1; or possibly o/anu 1 + vi + Vi, cf K.R. Norman, 1987, p. 37; BHS id.}, thoroughly understanding; well-informed; Sn 528 (kimpattinam hu vedagum... ~am kena katham ca viriyav ti); 530 (~o tdi pavuccate tathatt; Pj II 431,10: ~o ti anubuddho); see also anuvijjati, anuviditv. anuviditv, ind. [absol. of anu1 + Vvid1], knowing thoroughly; finding out; Ps III 88,16: anuviccakran ti ~itv cintetv tulayitv ktabbam); Pj II 431,13 (anuvicca ~itv); see also anuvijjati, anuvidita. anuvideyyum in Ee at Spk III 69,15 is prob, wr; see sv anuvidhiyati. anuviddha, mfn., pp /anuvijjhati qv. anuvidhna, n. [ts], acting in conformity; obedience; Spk III 69,16 (~am pajjeyyun ti attho). anuvidhni in Be, Ee at Pet 151,5 is wr for anuviddhni (Ce so). anuvidhyaka, mfn. [from anuvidhiyati; cf S. vidhyaka], acting in conformity with; ifc see cariy- (sv cariy). anuvidhyi(n), mfn. [S. anuvidhyin], conforming to; Ud-a68,3 (vutta-adhippynudhyi ca saddappayogo ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vutta-adhippyam anuvidhya, perhaps wr). anuvidhiyati, anuvidhiyyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anuvidhiyate], 1. acts in conformity with; follows the rules of,

137

follows (ace. rei, gen. pers.); Mil 105,2 (sunantu dhammam klena tarn ca ~iyantu) = Th 875; SIV 199,12 (tassa te anuvatteyyum ~eyyum vasam gaccheyyum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anuvidhyeyyum; Spk III 69,15: ~eyyun ti anugaccheyyum, anuvideyyun ti pi ptho, Ee so; Be, Se anuvidhyeyyun ti... anuvidhiyeyyun ti pi ptho; Ce anuvidhyeyyun ti... anuvidhayesun ti pi ptho); Ja II 98,2i* (pornam pakatim hitv tass' eva ~iyati); Sadd 485,i (anuvidh anukarane... puriso afinassa purisassa kiriyam ~iyyate); part.pr. (a) anuvidhiya(t), mfn., Ja HI 357,8* (diso ve lahucitf assa posassa ~ato, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anuvidhiyyato; 357,2r: yo poso lahucittassa mittassa v fitino v ~ati anuvattati... so lahucitto diso hoti); (b) anuvidhiyanta, mfn.9 VinV 163,29 (attham ~antena); absol. anuvidhya, Ud-a 68,3 (vutta-adhippyam anuvidhya, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se vuttaadhippynuvidhyi); 2. is conformed with; is followed; ? Vism485,8(ethi ca [dhthi] kranabhthi samsradukkham sattehi ~ati); Sadd 591,9 (kamme kammam sattehi anuvidhiyyati). anuvidhiyan, / [from anuvidhiyati], acting in accordance with; acting conformably; MI 43,27 (cittuppdam ... kusalesu dhammesu bahukram vadmi, ko pana vdo kyena vcya ~su); Ps I 191,12 (ekantabahukr yeva hi t ~ ti dasseti). anuvibhavitv in Ee at Sv 594,28 is wr for anubhavitv {Be, Ce, Se so). anuvirodha, m. [anu1 + virodha], continuous hostility; Nidd I 239,23 (cittassa ghto patighto ~o kopo pakopo). anuvilitta, mfn. \pp of *anu1 + vilimpati], anointed; ifc see rnhzts.-. anuvilepana, n. [anu1 + vilepana], anointing; -gandha, m., a fragrant substance for anointing; Sp42,i9 (~am... ngabhavanato ngarjno haranti; = Thp 184,28: anulepana-). anuvilokana, n. and m or mfn. [BHS anuvilokana, n.], looking round, surveying; Niddl 216,8 (atthi kanci klam kodho pharusavcanicchrano hoti na ca tva disvidisam ~o hoti); Sv 439,6 (sabbadisnuvilokanam). anuviloketi, ~ayati, pr. 3sg. [BHS anuvilokayati], looks round at, surveys; SHI 84,24 (siho ... vijambhitv samant catuddis ~eti); AIV 86,is (dis ~eyysi); part.pr. (a ) anuvilokenta, mfn., Ap 191,18 (disam -entam); Sp 50,2 (rj Asokrme thito va catuddis -ento); (b) anuvilokaya(t), mfn., A IV 167,11 (evam me anudisam -ayato); (c) anuvilokayamna, mfh., Mil7,i6 (sadevakam lokam ~ayamn); aor. 3 sg. anuvilokesi, Vinll 158,26 (Anthapindiko gahapati... samant Svatthim ~esi); SI 167,24; absol anuviloketv, MI 339,10 (bhikkhusarigham -etv); Ja I 53,15 (dasa pi dis -etv); Mil 330,2o; fpp anuviloketabba, mfn., AIV 167,9 (anudis -etabb hoti). anuvivafta, n., a side-piece, part of a bhikkhu'5 robe; VinI 287,24 (Sp \\27,\sfoil.: -an ti tassa [vivattassa] ubhosu passesu dve khandni... atha v -an ti vivattassa ekapassato dvinnam ekapassato dvinnan ti catunnam pi khandnam etam nmam); Vin-vn 563. anuvisata, mfn. [anu1 + visata], dispersed, spread;

distracted; SV 277,27 (yo... chando bahiddh pancakmagune rabbha anuvikkhitto ~o); Ja IV 102,3* (sabb dis ~o 'ham asmi; 102,24': attano gunena patthato pannto); Vism 268,33 (imassa hi bhikkhuno digharattam rpdisu rammanesu -am cittam). anuvutti, / [cf S. anuvrtti], (gr.t.t.) an additional explanation; Sadd 655,io (ayam pandhippyavinnpik -i); 685,9. anuvuttha, mfn.,ppofanuv2Lsatiqv. anuvejja, see ananuvejja. anuvedha, m. [anu1 + vedha], a further or second stab; SIV 208,n (purisam sallena vijjheyyum tarn enam dutiyena sallena -am vijjheyyum, Ce, Se so; Ee omits anuvedham; Be vijjheyya; Spk III 16,nfoll: tass' eva vanamukhassa ... sannapadese anugatavedham, evam viddhassa hi s - vedan pathamavedanya balavatar hoti, so read with Be, Ce, Se). anuvyaftjana1, n. [BHS id.], a minor or secondary characteristic or mark; a detail; As 400,12 (-gghi ti ... -an ti laddhavohram hatthapdasitahasitakathitavilokitdibhedam kram ganhti); esp. the 80 minor marks of a mahpurisa or of a Buddha; Mil 75,2 (buddho... asitiy ca ~ehi pariranjito); Sv918,i6 (bhagavato asiti ~ni); Vv-a315,3i (tena jlihatthatam mahpurisalakkhanam tambanakhatam -am ca dasseti); anuvyanjanaso, ind. 1. as to detail; in detail; M III 126,17(mtugmassa ~aso nimittam gahet); SIV 168,16 (na tv eva cakkhuvinneyesu rpesu -aso nimittaggho); 2. as to the letter, the accurate text; ? Vin I 65,9 (na suvinicchitni suttato ~aso); IV 51,30 (ubhayni kho pan' assa ptimokkhni... suvinicchitni suttato ~aso; Sp 790, is: ~aso ti akkharapadapripriy ca suvinicchitni akhandni aviparitakkharni, etena atthakath dipit, atthakathto hi esa vinicchayo hoti) * A IV 140,25 (c/Mp IV 66,17: suttaso ti vibhangato, ~aso ti khandhakaparivrato); -ggha, m, the apprehension of details or parts; Spk III 4,16/0//. (~o ti vibhattigahanam ... ~o vibhajitv hatthapddisu tarn tarn kotthsam [ganhti]); -gghi(n), mfn., occupying oneself with details or minor characteristics; D I 70,9 (so cakkhun rupam disv na nimittagghi hoti nnuvyanjanagghi) = MI 180,28* A I 113,2i; Dhs 1345. anuvyaftjana2, n. [probably extracted from anuvyanjanam qv], (taken by cts to mean) a following expression (similar to the preceding expression); a further exposition; ? Mil 340,9 (vyanjanena vyanjanam kathayissmi -na ~am kathayissmi); Sp 741,14/0//. (~an ti purimavyanjanena sadisam pacch vyanjanam ... akkharasamuho ~am); Mp IV 66,17 (suttaso ti vibhangato, ~aso ti khandhakaparivrato). anuvyanjanam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of vyanjana], letter by letter; Vin IV 15,i (padam anupadam anvakkharam -am; but cf 15,A foil.: ~am nma rpam aniccan ti vuecamno vedan anicc ti Saddam nicchreti; Sp 742,3 foil.: therena rparn aniccan ti vuecamno smanero sighapannatya vedan anicc ti imam aniccapadam therassa rpam aniccan ti etena aniccapadena saddhim ekato bhananto vcam nicchreti); see also anupadam, anvakkharam. anuvykarana, n. [anu1 + vykarana], a further explan-

138

ation; Spk II 258,4 (bhagavat vuttavykaranassa -am). anusamyyati (also written anusaMyati), pr. 3 sg. [S. anusanWy], goes through, travels about; inspects, supervises; goes along with, escorts; part.pr. anusamyyamna, mfn., Vin III 43,13 (brhmano Magadhamahmatto Rjagahe kammante -amno); aor. 3 sg. anusamyyi, Ap 539,n (~i so dhiro mtuccham yva kotthakam, Ee so; Be, Ce viro; Se anusamsvayi dhiro); inf. anusanntum, A I 68,24 (paccantime v janapade anusafintum); absol anusamyyitv, M I 209,36 (bhagavantam -itv, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce and Ps II 243,27 Ce, Ee anusamsvetv); III 174,n (samuddapariyantarn pathavim -itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupariyyitv; * D II 174,22: Be, Ce, Se anuyyitv; Ee wr anusamsyitv); Ja IV 214,14 (sakalajambudipam antantena -itv). anusamyyana, n. [from anusamyyati], going through, travelling about; Sv444,n (purebhattam eva sgarapariyantam pathavim -samattham vehsangamam hatthiratanam,ite, Ee so; Ce samsarana-; Se anupariyayana-; * Spk III 154,6: Ce, Ee anuyyana-; Be, Se anupariyayana-). anusamvaccharam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of samvacchara], yearly; every year; Vin IV 336,22 (anuvassan ti-am); Ja V 99,4 (devat... -am ranfio santike sahassagghanakam balikammam labhati); Vism 38,24 (-am bhmiyam kesaraniptam disv v' assa [mahngarukkhassa] pupphitabhvam jnti); Dhp-al 388,16 (tasmim pana nagare -am vivatanakkhattam nma hoti). anusamsandan, / [anu1 + samsandan], making run along with or after; Vibh 357,13 (- anuppabandhan; Vibh-a492,6: - ti pathamuppannena kodhena saddhim antaram adassetv ekibhvakaranam) = Pp 18,2i (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupasanthapan). anusamsyitv in Ee at D II 174,22 is wr, prob, for anusamyyitv qv sv anusamyyati. anusamsvan, / [from anusamsveti], attending; escorting; Ap 247,20 (duggatim nbhijnmi -phalam). * anusamsveti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/anu 1 + sam + sunti ?], attends; escorts; aor. 1 sg. anusamsvayim, Ap212,i6 (vanditv satthuno pde -ayim pure); 247, is (~ayim buddham); absol. anusamsvetv, MI 209,36 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anusamyyitv; Ps II 243,27: ~etv ti anugantv, te kira bhagavato pattacivaram gahetv thokam agamamsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anusamyyitv ti). anusankita, (mf)n. [pp of *anu' + sankati] (or anusankita,/, abstr. [anu + sanki(n) + t]?) anxiety, fear; Th-aII257,i (tassa bhvato aranfiam pi gmantasadisam evti attho). anusangita, mfn. [pp o/*anu' + sahgyati], 1. rehearsed or chanted again; Sv 1,16* (atthakath ... sahgit - ca) ^ As 1,28*; 2. (one) who sings in chorus;! -nivsi(n), mfn., living with its fellow-singers; ? (so W. Pruitt, 1998, p. 265); Thi-a 201,22 (knane~ini kokil viya madhurlpam nikji 'ham). anusajjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + sajjhyati], recites again; repeats; A III 224,4 (bhsitam anubhsanti sajjhyitam -anti vcitam anuvcenti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se omit sajjhyitam -anti; Mp III 308,12: sajjhyitam -anti ti

tehi sajjhyitam -anti, eds so); Sv 273,23 (pubbe gitam anugyanti -anti). anusaflearana, n. [from anusancarati], going around; considering; Vism 245,32 (yogino cittassa dvattimsakotthsake kye rammanavasena -am); As 114,29 (vicaranamv vicro -an tivuttam); Vibh-a410,29 (yne asati -am nma dukkhan ti); -jana, m., people walking about; Sp 974,7 (vijanavtan ti -assa sariravtena virahitam; Sp-t[J?e] III 223,24: -ass ti antosancrinojanassa) = Vibh-a 368,4. anusadearati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anusanWcar], goes around, walks about (with); walks along, traverses; considers; S V 53,22 (kirn mundo kaplam -asi); Ja II 39,27 (nagaram -ati); Vism 144,9 (ye vihram gantv evarpe cetiyangane -itum... labhanti ti); part.pr. (a) anusancaranta, w/(~anti)., MI 279,14 (passeyya manusse... -ante pi anuvicarante pi); Ja III 502,22 (pubbantato aparantagamanamaggam -ante); IV 400,24 (ito c'ito ca -antiy); (b) anusancaramna, mfn., Ja I 202,21 (te... Sinerum -amn utthahimsu); pp anusaficarita, mfn., gone around; traversed; considered; Ja IV 465,9' (dibbagandhehi -am); Mil 387,24 (kso isitpasabhtadijagannusancarito); Sv 914,30 (cittena -am). anusaficeteti, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + sanceteti; cfS. anusamVcint], fixes the mind upon; is intent upon; Pp 12,19 (sace -eti na parihyati thi sampattihi). anusaflfiyati, see sv anusamyyati. anu sat a, m/w.,/?/?o/*anusarati qv. anusafthi, / , see sv anusatthi. anusattarpa, mfn. [cf S. anusakta ?], absolutely attached; dependent; ? Pv 36:66 (slvuto puriso luddakammo panitadando -o; Pv-a242,n: -0 ti rajini -sabhvo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupattarpo ti rjnam anupattapakatiko); 36:71. anusattha(r), m. [from anussati], teacher, instructor; JaIV 178,9* (cariyam -ram ... accamannissam); see also anussita(r). anusatthaip in Ee at Sv 830,24 is wr, prob, for anusatthim (Ce so) or anusitthim (Be, Se so). anusatthi, anusatthi, / [BHS anuSsti, nuSsti; AMg anusatthi], admonition, rule; instruction; Ja I 241,12 (-im na karoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anusitthim); VI 298,18 (rjasevaknam -i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anussani); Mil 98,22 (dhammam ca vinayam ca -im ca satthram thapayitv, Ce, Ee so; Be anusitthim; Se anusandhavam); Mp IV 156,n (ssanan ti -i, Ce, Ee so; Se anusatthi; Be anusitthi); see also anusitthi. anusaddyati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + saddyati], resounds after; reverberates; As 114,23(bherikotit atha pacch anuravati -yati, quoting Mil 63,1: anuravati anusandahati). anusaddyan, / [from anusaddyati], resounding; reverberation; As 114,25 (yath pacch anuravan - evam vicro datthabbo). anusantata, mfn. [pp of*anul + sam + tanoti], extended; continued; -vutti, mfn., continually practising; ifc see sallekh-, sikkh-. anusandati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + sandati], flows, flows

139

along; moves along, moves to; moves after; AIV 47,10 (sace... bhikkhuno asubhasannparicitena cetas bahulam viharato methunadhammasampattiy cittam ~ati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anusandahati; Mp IV 31,i: ~afi ti pavattati); Ap 343,28 (Garig... Hamsavatiy dvrena ~ati). anusandahati, anusandhati, anusandheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. anusamVdh], applies to, connects with, fixes on; aims at; conforms to; AIV 47,io (methunadhammasampattiy cittam ~ati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anusandati); Pet 126,8 (aniccasannya bhvitya... atthasu lokadhammesu cittam nnusandhati); Mil 63,l (kamsathlam kotitam pacch anuravati ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anusandhahati; quoted As 114,23: anusaddyati); part.pr. anusandhenta, mfn., Pj I 200,10 (tarn jtakam paccuppannena ~ento); absol. (a)anusandahitv, As 143,9 (saram viya jiyya ~itv); (b) anusandhetv, Nett-a218,i3 (tarn hi bhagavato vacanam anusandhetv pavattanato anusandhivacanan ti vuttan ti); pass, pr. 3 sg. anusandhiyati, is connected with, is in conformity to; Pj I 154,5 (tarn purimapdena nnusandhiyati); pp anusandhita, mfn. and n., connected with, conforming to; conformity; connexion; Sp 1360,3I (patinnnusandhitena kraye ti ettha ~an ti kathnusandhi vuccati, tasm patifinnusandhin kraye); ifc see patinn-, vutta-. anusandhanat, / , abstr. [from anusandahati; cfS. anusandhna], application; close inquiry; Dhs 8 (cro vicro cittassa ~ anupekkhanat, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anusandhanat) * Vibh257,io (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anusandhanat); As 143,10 (cittassa -a, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anusandhanat). anusandhi, / (and m.) [from anusandahati; BHS id.], sequence (of meaning), (logical) connection; application; Nett 14,20 (ayarn panho ~im pucchati); Sv 122,22 foil, (tayo hi ~I); Ps II 253,21 (pliy -im ca pubbparam ca amakkhento); Ud-a 4,27 foil. (~ito bodhisutte pucchnusandhivasena ek ~I); Bv-a58,io (tisso ~iyo); esp. anusandhim ghateti, gives the connection (eg between the atitavatthu and paccuppannavatthu of a Jtaka story); shows the application; Ja I 106,7' (~im ghatetv) = 308,20' et passim; Dhp-all 40,i (~im ghatetv); ifc see ajjhsay-, adhippy-, pucch-, pubbpara-, yatha-; see also ananusandhika, eknusandhika (sv eka), nnnusandhika, snusandhika. anusandheti, see sv anusandahati. anusampayta, mfn, [pp of anu1 + sampayti; S. anusampraVy], who has set forth after; Ps III 131,4 (bhagav cakkaratannubhvena gaganatalam sampaytacakkavattirj viya, Rhulabhaddo rjnam -parinyakaratanam viya). anusampavankat, / [anu1 + sampavankat], being inclined towards; intimacy; VinH 88,34 (anuvdo anuvadan anullapan anubhanan ~). anusaya, m. [BHS anuaya], (latent) disposition, tendency, propensity, inherence; Abh853; DIU 254,3 (satta~; Sv 1040,24: appahlnatthena anusenti ti~); S III 130,3i (asm! ti ~o); A144,16 (~ samugghtam gacchanti); Sn 14 (yassnusay na santi keci); 545 (tuvam ~e chetv

tinno); PatisI 130,5 (sattahi ~ehi anusato lokasannivso); Nett 18,30 (~ akusalamlni); Yam 268,3/0//. (satta ~); Dip 1:42 (caritam adhimuttim ca sayarn ca ansayam, mc); Vism205,i5 (sabbesam pi sattnam sayarn jnti -am jnti caritam jnti adhimuttim jnti); anusaya in Ee (and anusaya in Ce) at It-all 192,9 is prob, wr for anpaya (Be, Se so); ifc see avijj-, ditth- (sv ditthi), patigh-, bhavarg-, mna-, rg-, vicikiccha-; -pajahana, n., the letting go of the latent tendency; As 234,2 (maggassa hi ekam eva kiccam -am); ananusaya, m., lack of inherence, lack of propensity; A III 246,20 (kmanandiy pi ~... antam aksi dukkhassa). anusayaka, mfn. [anusaya + ka2], latent, inhering; Nidd-al 101,24 (appahlnatthena santne ~ ditthnusay); see also anusyika. anusayana, n. [from anuseti], inhering; persistence; Nidd-al 236,24 (ken* atthena anusayo, *-atthena, ko esa '-attho nm ti, appahinattho); Pet 90,5 (dhammdhitthnena v -ena v, eds so, perhaps wr; cfftnamoli, 1979, p. 119). anusayi(n), mfn. [from anusaya; cfS. anuSayin], latent; persistent; ifc see digharatta-. anusayita, mfn., pp of anuseti qv. anusarati, anussarati1, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + sarati2; S. amWsr], follows, pursues; conforms oneself to; D III 86,26 (tad eva pornam aggaftnam akkharam -anti, Be, Ce so; Se anussaranti; Ee anupatanti; Sv 868,33: anugacchanti); S IV 303,2i (dhammiko dhammikam phalam -issati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be anupassati; Ce balim anuppadassati; Se balam anuppadassati); Sn 885 (udhu te takkam anussaranti); Mp IV 4,20 (dhammam anussarati ti dhammnusri); part.pr. (a) anussara(t), mfn., Ja IV 172,20* (yva anussaram kme manasa t njjhag); (b) anussaranta, mfn., Ja IV 283, is (ekam khuddakanadim anussaranto); aor. 3 sg. anusari, Ja IV 271,3* (sarabham ... yam tvam ~i pure; 271,9': ~i ti anubandhi); pp anusata, mfn. [S. anusrta], 1. (pass.) followed by; beset with; covered with; PatisI 127,27 (tanhnusayena ~o lokasannivso, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anusahagato, perhaps wr; Patis-a412, M: ~O anugato thmagato); 130,6 (sattahi anusayehi ~o lokasannivso); Niddl 410,19 (jtiy anugat jarya ~); Vv-a36,5 (maggam... padumehi ~am vippakinnam); 2. (act.) following; pervading; Ps II 228,26 (angamangni ~... vt); caus. pr. 3 sg. anusreti, causes to go out after; sends after; Mil 36,28 (rj annamannam -eyya anupeseyya). anusarita(r), see sv anussarita(r). anusavati, anussavati,/?r. 3 sg. [anu1 + savati], flows in; flows upon; S i l 54,3 (yathsatam viharantam sav nnussavanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nnusavanti; Spk II 64,28: sav nnussavanti nnuppavaddhanti); IV 188,10 (yath carantam ... akusal dhammnnussavanti, Ce, Se so; Ee nnusavanti; Be nnusenti). anusahagata, mfh. [anu1 + sahagata], constantly followed by, accompanied with; Patis I 127,27 (tanhnusayena ~o lokasannivso, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anusato; Patis-a412,14: tanhnusayena ~o anugato thmagato)

140

quoted Ud-a 143,1 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anusato) and It-a I 143,34 (eds anusato); PatisI 128,5 (jarya ~o, Ee so, prob. wr; Be, Ce, Se anusato) quoted Ud-a 143,6 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anusato) and It-a I 144,6 (eds anusato); anusahagata is a frequent wr for anusahagata qv sv arm). anusyika, mfn. [from anuseti], inherent, persistent, chronic; Mil 70,4 (atthi te koci ~o bdho); Dhp-al 431,7 (ekassa ~assa rogassa); see also anusayaka. anusyitv in Ee at DII 175,6 is wr, prob, for anuyyitv qv sv anuyti. anusra1, m. [ts], following; consequence; conformity; instr. anusrena, adv., following, along, by way of; in conformity to, in consequence of, Pj I 131, l (etennusrena); Dhp-all 121,9 (rasminam -na satthram upasankamitv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee rasmi-anusrena); Patis-a 377,18 (imiss yeva pliy ~ena); usually ifc, see pjinay-; anusrato, adv., id.; ifc see pli-. anusra2, see sv anussra. anusri, n. [cfS. anusryaka], a fragrant substance; ifc see kl-. anusri(n), mfn. and m. [S. anusrin], 1. (mfn.) following, striving after; acting in accordance with; ifc see krna-, dhamm-, nimitta-, saddh-; 2. (m.) a follower, attendant; Ja VI 444,9* (panditassnusrino; 444, ir: ~ino ti veyyvaccakar). anusreti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/anusarati qv. anusvana, see sv anussvana. anusveti, see sv anussveti. anussa, m. [from anussati], instruction, admonition; SI 46,ii (bhikkhum bhagav paksesi no ca bhikkhuno ~anti; Spkl 103,10: ~an ti anusitthim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anussanin ti anusatthim, against mss). anussaka, m., anussik, / [S. anuSsaka, mfn.], who advises; an instructor, adviser; a preceptor; Vin I 94,36 (~ena pathamataram gantv sangho iipetabbo); A III 298,12 (Nakulamt gahapatani anukampik atthakm ovdik anussik); Ja III 203,22' (ppnussako ti ppakam ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ppakam anussanam ~o); Mil 186,21 (kirn pan' ettha ~o kanci dosarn pajjau" ti); Sp972,i9 (tpasnam ovdako ~o samno ti); Sv 666,26 (annam ~amjnhi, nham porohicce rame ti). anussati, pr. 3 sg. [S. amW&is], teaches, instructs; advises, exhorts; guides, leads (a group); governs, administers; Vin IV 226,32 (yattha rj ~ati rj apaloketabbo); D III 55,i7 (aham ~mi aham dhammam desemi); MI 319,13 (ye ca tattha ganam ~anti); A III 200,1 (ovada Sriputta sabrahmacri ~a Sriputta sabrahmacri); Dhp 159 (attnam ce tath kayir yauY annam ~ati); Sn 126 (yo attham pucchito santo anattham ~ati); Th 994 (ovadeyynusseyya); Ja IV 399,11* (mt ca pit ca puttam ~are kinti sukhi bhaveyya; 399,20': ~are ti -anti); 487,7* (~a rajjan ti; 487,8". dhammena rajjam karehi); VI288,12* (~emu putte); 288,24* (~atam puttadre bhav' ajja; 288,27". bhavam ajja patthya nliam ~atu); Mil 285,32 (catudiparn ~issasi ti); part.pr. (a) anussa(t), mfn., D III 178,16* (ranno ... mahatimahim -ato); JaIV 232,24* (dhammena pathavim ~am); (b) anussanta, mfh., Ja VI 229,12* (vohram -anto); Mil 382,24 (ovadantena pi

~antena pi); Sv246,5 (rjabhoggan ti sabbarn chejjabhejjam ~antena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ayantena, prob, wr); (c) anussamna, mfn., Ja VI 62,15'; Mil 237,5 (tathagata ... ~amn ca appamdapatipattiy ~anti); aor. 3 sg. (a) anussi, Vin I 12,28 (bhagav ... bhikkh dhammiykathya ovadi ~i); DU 231,14 (ye pi 'ssa pit atthe ~i); Ja VI 368,14 (ranno attham ca dhammam ca ~i); (b) anusse, Ja VI 291,13* (kim vo pit ~e puratth; 291,27" -e ti ~i); 3 pl. (a) anussimsu, Ja VI 518,7*; Sp 104,4*; (b) anussisum, Mhv2:ll (rajjarn kamato ~isum); absol. (a) anussitv, Vin I 179,23; JaV 383,io (putte ~itv); (b)anussitvna, JaV 321,12*; (c)anussiya1, Ap469,n; pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) anussiyati [cfS. ^syate], Mil 186,15 (sayamkatena so ghtiyati api ca dhammnusatthim ~iyati); Sv395,i2 (-iyati); part.pr. anussiyamna, mfn., Vin II 200,23 (tesam ... ovadiyamnnam ~iyamnnam); MIII 4,23; neg. ananussiyamna, mfn., Vin I 44,7; pass, pr. 3 sg. (b) anusissati [cf S. gisyate], Ja V 348,i4*yb//.(kacci nu bhoto kusalam... kacci rattham idam phitam dhammena-m-anusissati, kusalam c' eva me hamsa... atho rattham... dhammena-m-anusissati, Ce, Ee so; Be ~asi... anuss' aharn; Se ~asi... ~i 'harn; = IV 427,29*foil.: Be, Ce, Se~asi; Ee wr~ati) ^ 378,2* (Ce, Ee so; ite~asi... anuss' aham; Se ~asi... ~i 'harn; 378,27" kacci tay rattham dhammena samena -lyati, Ce, Ee so; Be kacci tava rattham ... ~asi; Se kacci tvam idam rattham... ~eyysi); anusissmi ti in Ee, Se at Sp 1274,14 is prob, wr for anussissmi ti (Be, Vin II 180.23 so; Ce omits); pp (a) anusiftha, mfn. [S. anugista], instructed, taught, advised; Vin I 95,1 (~o so may); Mil 96,19 (syam ~o pto visesam adhigamissati); Sn697 (tennusittho); Th335 (~o janettiy); Ja VI 212,7* (aksiy rjuhi vnusitth); Ap 470,20 (~o jinenham arahattam appunim); Mil 284,7 (~o mahrja Jlikumro pitar Vessantarena rann); neg. ananusittha, mfn., Vin I 93,33 (bhikkh ananusitthe upasampadpekkhe ... pucchanti); Pj II 382,5; Mhv 12:23; (b) anussita, mfn. [S. anu^sita], id.; Vin I 179.24 (tumhe khv attha bhane may ditthadhammike atthe ~); Vv 34:6 (kena v ~); Ja III 4,2'; Ap 583,2o; fpp (a) anussiya 2 , mfn., Vin I 59,26 (tvam ... annehi ovadiyo -0); (b) anussamya, mfn., D II 231,14 (ye pi 'ssa pit atthe anussi te pi Jotiplass' eva mnavassa - ti); Mil 186,12 (coro ~o); neg. ananussaniya, mfn., Vism54,5 (dussilo puggalo... ananussaniyo sabrahmacrinam); (c) anussitabba, mfn. and n. impers., D i l 154,22 (so bhikkhhi n' eva vattabbo na ovaditabbo na ~o); MI 460,15 (ime ... amhe ovaditabbam ~am mannanti ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. anusseti, -ayati, instructs, advises; governs; part.pr. (a) anussenta, mfn., Ja IV 477,17 (yathjjhsayam ~ento, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce anussanto); (b) anussayanta, mfn., Sv246,5 (sabbam chejjabhejjam ~ayantena, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se anussantena); aor. 1 sg. anussayim, Th 914 (dhammena ~ayim); absol. anussetv, Ja V 487, \i* (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anussitv); VI 102, is* (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se anussitv); see also anusikkhati2.

141

anussana, n. [S. anuSsana], instruction, admonition', Abh354; 992; Vin I 100,8* (in uddna: tatth'eva ~); DU 244,ii* (mani yath veluriyo... evam suddh carissma Gotamassnussane); Niddl 140,15 (desanam -am anusitthim sutv); Mil 356,6 (cariyo -ya); Nidd-a I 203,25 (etassa satthuno -ena); ifc see ovad-. anussani,/ [/?// anuSsani], instruction, admonition, advice', Vin I 50,29 (paripucchya ovadena ~iy); D II 94,30 (sato bhikkhave bhikkhu vihareyya sampajno ayam vo amhkam -I); MI 228,7 (samanassa Gotamassa svakesu ~i); SV 108,23 (kirn nnkaranam samanassa v Gotamassa amhkam v yadidam dhammadesanya va dhammadesanam -iy v -in ti); Th658 (sampdetiY appamdena es me ~I); Ja III 323,21*; Mp I Unfall. (punappunavacanam -1); -ptihriya, n., the miracle of teaching (one of the three marvels of the Buddha); D I 212,18 (iddhiptihriyam desanptihriyam -am); A1170,16. anussita(r), m. [S. anuSsitr], a teacher, instructor; Ja III 382,13* (~a me na bhaveyya paccha; 382,17': anussako ovdako na bhaveyya); see also anusattha(r). anusikkhati1, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anu&iksati], learns, practises, studies; esp. practises (something, ace.) in imitation of (somebody, gen.), follows someone's example in; follows, imitates (someone, usually gen., occasionally ace); MI 14,3 (kittavat nu kho ... satthu pavivittassa viharato svak vivekam nnusikkhanti kittavat... vivekam-anti); SI 52,13* (yunjam Gotamassane appamattnusikkhare; Spkl 110,3: -are ti sikkhanti); AIV 282,13 (saddhsampannnam saddhsampadam -ati); Sn 934 (tassa bhagavato ... ~e); Ja III 315,14* (tesham -ami); Ap 211,20 (mantam ca -ami); Mil 61,27 (ye pi tassa -anti te pi... nirayam uppajjanti); part.pr. (a)anusikkha(t),mfh., Mil 262,5(idha-mato); (b) anusikkhanta, mfn., Sn294 (tassa vattam -anta); Th 963 (~ant); Ja I 89,12 (me savak pi mamam yeva -ant pindacriyavattam pressanti ti); II98,13 (tassa -anto); Cp 3:5:5 (so pi mam -anto pabbajjam samarocayi); (c)anusikkhamna, mfn., Vin II 201,19 (mahngnam -amn tarunak bhinkacchp); Vism 19,2i (yassa v pana -amno saddhya vaddhati); Sp 603,23; absol. anusikkhitv, Mil 353,14 (-kiriyam -itv); fpp anusikkhitabba, mfn., Sp 3,12* (vannan pi sakkacca tasm -itabb); caus. absol. anusikkhpetv, teaching, having taught; Mil 352,28. anusikkhati2, 3 sg. [probably of fut. of anussati; cfmvtiksyti9BHSG 31:25], will teach; JaV 345,7* (ehi tarn -ami; 345,15': -ami ti anussmi) * 346,25* * VI 62,9* * 84,13* (84,19': -miti sikkhpemi anussmi). anusikkhi(n), mfh. [from anusikkhati1], studying, learning; following, imitating; Ud 71,29 (turassnusikkhino, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se, Ud-a 350,29 anusikkhato; quoted'Nett 173,28: aturassnusikkhato); i/eseeahoratta-. anusittha, mfn., pp of anussati qv. anusifthi, / [S. anu&sti], instruction, admonition; ordering; Abh 354; Dhtup 300 (ssa ~iyam); Dhtum456; Thi211 (tassham vacanam sutv -im

janettiy; * Th335: anusittho janettiy); Niddl 37,i (desanam-im n* diyanti ti); Mil 186,23 (tathagatanam ~i sammnusitthi hoti ti, Be, Se so; Ce anusatthi sammnusatthi; Ee anusatthi sam anusatthi); Sv 830,24 (ye ca -im karonti, Be, Se so; Ce anusatthim; Ee wr anusattham); It-aII 133,34 (sammsambuddhassa ssane ovde -iyam appamatt); ifc see atth- (,yv attha2). anusibbanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *anu' + sibbati], interweaving; intertwining; Sp 94,21 (itare [ml] pi gavakkhajlasadisam - nikkhant; cf Mhv 18:44: jlibhtni otrum). anusissa, m. [anu1 + sissa], a pupil's pupil; ifc see siss-. anusissati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of anussati qv. anusisam, ind. [anu1 + ace. of sisa1], at the head; Vism 182,34 (anupadam v -am v thitassa sabbam asubham samam na panfiyati). anusumbhitv in Ee, Se at Ja VI 76,27 is prob, wr; see sv anavasumbhitv. anusuyya(t), mfn., neg. part.pr. o/usuyyati qv. anusuyyati, see sv anusyati. anusuyyyamna, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/usuyyyati qv. anusyati, anusuyyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *anu' + sunti; S. anuSryate], is heard; is handed down by tradition; JaV 416,18 (evam akkhyati evam anusyati; cf beginning of Harsacarita: evam anusryate); Mil 1,13 (tamyathnusyate; cf beginning of Tantrkhyyik: tathnu^ryate); Ap 152,2o(vippanatth brahranne andh va anusuyyare, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anusyare); pp anussuta 1 , mfn. [S. anu&ruta], heard; handed down by tradition; Sv460,24 (ananussutes ti na -esu assutapubbesu); Patis-a611,32 (na -esu param anugantv assutesti); neg. ananussuta, mfn. 1. not heard; not handed down by tradition; Vin I 11,5 (me... pubbe ananussutes dhammesu cakkhum udapdi) ^ D II 33,6 (bodhisattassa ... pubbe ananussutes dhammesu); M11 211,17 (pubbe ananussutes dhammesu smam yeva dhammam abhinnaya) * Pp 14,12; A III 9,14 (pubbham ... ananussutes dhammesu abhinnvosnapramippatto); PatisI 174,4 (bhagav sayambh ancariyako pubbe ananussutes dhammesu smam saccni abhisambujjhati); Ap614,i4 (ananussutes dhammesu pubbe dukkhdikesu ca, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ananussutadhammesu); 2. not having heard; ? Nidd-a I 441,8 fall, (ananussutes ti cariyam ananussutes, Ceso; Be, Ee, e cariyato) = Patis-a 484,26 (eds cariyam); see also anussveti. anusetthi(n), m. [anu1 + setthi(n)], a lesser setthi, a vicepresident of a guild; JaV 384,2 (-im dya gamissmi ti); 384,9(-inomamageham gatakle, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee setthino, prob, wr); 384,12 (-imhi bhunjante); ifc see settha-. anuseti, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + seti1; S. anuSete], 1. clings to, is occupied with; Sil 65,16 (yam ca... ceteti yam ca pakappeti yam ca -eti rammanam etam hoti vinnnassa thitiy); 11135,9 (yam kho bhikkhu -eti tena sankham gacchati); 2. lies latent; inheres; recurs persistently; D II 64,17 (-eti ti); MI 433,1 (~eti tv ev' assa sakkyaditthnusayo); A I 283,18 (kodho digharattam

142

-eti); Sv 1040,24 (appahinatthena -enti ti anusay); Patis I 123,35 (yam loke piyarpam starpam ettha sattnam kmargnusayo ~eti); Yam 268,9 foil. (kattha kmargnusayo -eti); pp anusayita, mfn., inherent, peristent, latent; Sn649 (digharattam -am ditthigatam ajnatam); Vism688,i7 (--tt); Pj II 350,29 (tanh digharattam appahinatthena -); ifc see digharatta-. anusoka. m. [S. lex. anuSoka], sorrow, regret; Thl-a52,i2 (tvam anusocasi -am pajjasi ti). anusocaka, mfn. [S. anuSocaka], mourning, regretting; Ja III 96,5' (tassa -assa sattassa, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anusocanakassa). anusocati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. anuVSuc], mourns over, regrets, bewails; Dili 183,n (jino vittam ~ati); Sn851 (atitam nnusocati); Pv 12:7 (yo petam -ati); Thi 51 (tsam kam -asi); Ja III 95,i5* (tarn tarn ce ~eyya); part.pr. (a)anusoca(t), mfn., Sv 726,24 (~ato uppannam domanassam); (b) anusocanta, m/(-anti)/j., Ja I 108,15 (manuss ... -ant nipajjimsu); V 94,8 (tarn yeva -anti); Cp-a 251,3 (maranam -anto); neg. ananusocanta, mfn., Thi-a208,26; (c)anusocamna,mfn., Jail 47,3 (-amn parodi); aor. 2 sg. anusoci, Ja IV 62,7 (m mam ~i); 3 pi. anusocimsu, Ja IV 79,7 (pornakapandit... mataputtam nnusocims ti); absol. anusocitv, Cp-a 262,10; fpp (a)anusocitabba, mfn., Ja III 97,2'; MpIII 349,i; (b)neg. ananusociya, mfn., Ja III 95,20* (vitam ananusociyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ananusocitam; 97,i-. ananusociyam na anusocitabbam). anusocana, n. (and -, / ) [S. anuSocana], mourning; sorrow; SI 5,8* (angatappajappya atitassnusocan etenabl sussanti); JaV 367, ir (idam -am); Pv-a65,i9 (tassa tarn -am); Nidd-a 1379,19 (vatati * -atthe nipto). anusocanaka, mfn. [anusocana + ka2], mourning, regretting; Ja III 96,5' (tassa -assa sattassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anusocakassa). anusotam, ind. [anu1 + ace. o/sota 2 ], with the stream or current, downstream; Mill 185,29(-ampivuyhati patisotam pi vuyhati); Ja I 70,15 (-am gacchat ti); Ap 126,13 (Candabhgnaditife -am vajm' aham); Pet 229,21 (yo -am gacchati tanhvasena); (a)-gmi(n), mfn., following the stream; going with the current; AII 5,12 (-1 puggalo patisotagmi puggalo); Sn319 (so vuyhamno -1 kim so pare sakkhati trayetum); Pet228,i/o//.; Mil 113,2 (-im... Devadattam tathagato patisotam ppesi); 0(a)-patisotai|i, ind., up- and down-stream; M III 185,30 (~am pi vuyhati); see also anusotena. anusotena, ind. [anu1 + ins tr. 0/sota 2 ], with the stream or current, downstream; Jail 18,io (~ena nagaram gantv); see also anusotam. anus vir a, see sv anussra. anussati, anusati, / [S., BHS anusmrti], remembrance, recollection, calling to mind; Abh 158; SV 67,20 (~im ... tesam bhikkhnam bahukram vadmi) ^ It 107,9 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anussaranam); A III 329,12* (bhvayanti ~im); Dhs 93 (sati ~i patissati sati saranat dhranat) ^ Vibh 107,n; Vism 197,4/o//. (dasasu ~isu punappunam upajjanato sati yeva ~i); anussati in Ee at Dhs 1349 is wrfor asati (Be, Ce, Se so); anussati in

Ee at Ud-a 25,25 is prob, wr; Be anussutikam; Ce anussuti; Se anussaritam; ifc see upasama-, cg-, devata-, dhamm-, pubbenivs-, buddha-, maran-, sangha-, sil-; '-nuttariya, n., the supremacy of recollection; D i l i 250,10 (~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussutnuttariyam) * A III 284, w; -ttlina, n., a subject of recollection; Dili 250,11 (cha ~ni; Sv 1037,2o: anussatiyo va ~ni nma, so read with Be, Ce, Se); A III 323,9 (panca bhante ~ni; MpIII 355,5: ~m ti anussatikranni); -visesa, m., special, excellent recollection; Saddh231; ananussati, / , absence of recollection, failure to remember; Dhs 1349 (asati ~i appatissati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussati ~i) * Vibh 360,39. anussara, see sv anussra. anussarana, n. [S. anusmarana], remembrance, repeated recollection; It 107,9 (~am... tesam bhikkhnam bahpakram vadmi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anussatim; ^ SV 67,2o: anussatim); Vism 422,32; Ps I 159,32 (pasannena cittena ~am). anussaranaka, mfn. [anussarana + ka2], who remembers; ifc see kappa-. anussarati \ see sv anusarati. anussarati2, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + sarati3; iS". anuVsmr], remembers, recollects, calls to mind; reflects upon; Vin III 4,2i (anekavihitam pubbenivsam ~mi); D I 18,30/0//. (tarn pubbenivsam ~ati tato pararn nanussarati); II 8,6 (yatra hi nma tathagato atite buddhe... jtito -issati nmato -issati); Sil 183,12 (te divase divase kappasatasahassam ~eyyum); A III 213,25* (~eyya sambuddham); Sn326 (attham dhammam samyamam brahmacariyam ~e c' eva samcare ca); Th382 (buddham appameyyam -a); Ja II 148,8 (namakkram karont pi satta buddhe -ath ti); III 360,30* (tarn te purnam vatasilavantam suttappabuddho va -ami); Mil 80,3 (anekavihitam pubbenivsam ~ati); part.pr. (a)anussara(t), mfn., Mil 181,9 (mtpettikam kulavamsam ~ato); SI 219,34 (mamam hi vo bhikkhave -atam); Dhp364 (dhammam-am bhikkhu); JaV 320,24* (vane... posemi mtpitaro pubbekatam -am); (b) anussaranta, w/(~anti)/i., Sn691 (attano gamanam -anto); Ja V 44,8* (uddham ca sussmi -anti; 44,i2': tena vranena mayi katam veram-amn); Mil 139,12 (sukatagunam -ant); neg. ananussaranta, mfn. Sv 862,18 (lokuppattim ananussaranta ajnant, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ant); (c)anussaramna,mfn., SI 51,4 (bhagavantam -amno); Ud 18,29; aor. 3sg. anussari, JaV 231,3: Ap 352,9; 3pi. anussarum, Ap430,i9; 2pi anussarittha, JaV 191,i6*(m ssu pubbe ratikilitni hasitni -ittha m vo km hanimsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ittho); absol. (a)anussaritv, Ja III 330,20 (vuddhe pana mtpitaro -itv); Ap 152,2i; Mil 90,15 (sammsambuddhe -itv); Vism 297,23; neg. ananussaritv, Dhp-aIII 120,n; (b) anussaram (namul; or part.pr., nom. sg. for pi), DII 274,i* (duve viriyam rabhimsu -am Gotamassanni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussar; Sv 709,6: -am-itv ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ims ti attho); A III 43,28* (santo sappuris ... pubbe katam -am; Mp III 251,18: mtpithi pathamataram katagunam -ant);

143

pass, part.pr. anussariyamna, mfn., Vism299,i8; Ps III 429,4 (porne mtpettike kulavamse -iyamne); pp anussarita, mfn. and n.., recalled; recollection, reflection-, Spkll 158,11 (ekena kappasatasahasse -); Pv-a 165,29 (sayam -am anntam idam may); Ap-a 447,13 (bodhipjya ~-tt ten' eva pitisomanassena); neg. ananussarita, mfn., Sil 183,12 (te divase divase kappasatasahassam anussareyyum ananussarita va bhikkhave tehi kapp assu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussarita); fpp (a) anussaritabba, mfn., A V 247,2 (~am ca vo bhikkhave dhammam desissmi); Vism 230,27 (imehi atthah' krehi maranam ~am); Pj I 142,5 (evamdini c'ettha suttni ~ni); (b) anussaraniya, mfn., Sv 942,26 (kath nma ~ hon); Saddh 587 (tasmnussaraniyesu buddhdisu); caus. inf. anussarpetum, to cause someone to recall, Ja II 147,2. anussarita(r), m. [from anussarati], one who recollects or remembers; MI 356,19 (satim hoti... cirakatam pi cirabhsitam pi sarit ~) = SV 197,12 ^ A II 35,25 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anusarit). anussava, m. [BHS anurava], what has been heard or repeated; hearsay; tradition; Abhll99; Mil 170,24 (~ p' ettha brhman payirpsanti ti); A I 189,8 (m ~ena ma paramparya m itikirya); Ja IV 441,17* (~ vaddhato gam v); Sp 111,21 (khal ti 0,-atthe nipto, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anussavanatthe); Ud-a72,i9 (kir ti '-atthe nipto); 'palabbha, mfii., to be learnt or ascertained by report; Ud-a356,n (~-mattena); -ppasanna, mfn., who believes from hearsay or report; A I 26,26; -sacca, mfn., depending on tradition for one's truths; accepting tradition as true; M I 520,4 (ekacco satth anussaviko hoti ~o; Ps HI 233,24: ~o ti savanam saccato gahetv thito). anussavati, see sv anusavati. anussavana, n. [from *anu1 + sunti], hearsay; report; Spkll 403,19 (~am anussavo); Pv-a 103,5 (kirasaddo -e, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se aruciscane). anussavan in Ee at It-a I 68,29 is wrfor anussvan qv. anussavika, anussaviya, mfn. [anussava + ika], following the tradition, learning from hearsay; MI 520,3 (ekacco satth ~o hoti anussavasacco); II211,11 (eke samanabrhman ~ te anussavena ... dibrahmacariyam patijnanti); Kv 286,29 (anussaviyo ti); -pasda, m., belief inspired by hearsay or report; Mp I 458,8 (~am uppdetv). anussra, anusvra, anusra2, anussara, m. [S. anusvra], the nasal sound (m), niggahita; Sadd 162,26 (chandnurakkhanattham gamavasen' evnusro hoti); 606,27 (niggahitan ti ssane vohro saddasatthe pana tarn anusvro ti vadanti); Bv-a71,24 (amatantale ti... ~am pakkhipitv vuttam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anussaram); 71,27 (gamanampathe ti gamanapathe, chandvinsattham '-gamam katv vuttam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anussargamam); 164,5 (anussarena). anussvaka, m. [from anussveti], one who proclaims (the kammavc); one who presents for upasampad; Vin I 74,9 (~assa jivh uddharitabb). anussavana, anusvana, n., ~, / [BHS anuSrvana, anuSrvan], 1. causing to be heard, sounding;

proclamation (esp. of a kammavc,); Vin I 340,23 (~ ca pannatt); V 186,22 (nattiy -am na jnti); 220,5 (~ato); Sp 1195,13 (natticatutthhi tihi ~hi kattabbakammam); Sv 441,4 (mahatiy dhammabheriy -assa pubbanimittam); Vin-vn 2545; 2. canvassing, speaking repeatedly (in order to win support); Vin V 201,i3(~ena salkaghena); It-a I 68,29 (kammam uddeso vohro ~ salkaggho ti imesu pancasu sanghassa bhedakranesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussavana). anussvanaka, m(fn). [anussavana + ka2], (one) who proclaims (the kammavc^; Sp 1088,26 (vinayadharapancamen ti 0-cariyapancamena, Ee, Se so; Ce anusvana-; iteanussvancariya-). anussveti, anusveti, ~ayati,pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*anu' + sunti; BHS anugrvayati], causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavc); presents (someone) for upasampad; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support); Vin I 92,36 (yasmato Mahkassapassa upasampadpekkho hoti... gacchatu nando imam -essati ti); 317,30 (kammavcam -eti); 11203,27 (catuttho ~eti salkam gheti ayam dhammo ayam vinayo; Sp 1277,7: -eti ti anunayanto sveti); A I 228,16 (saddam ~eyya); Mil 248,32 (parisya evam -eyya); part.pr. anussventa, mfn., Sp 1033,7 (kammavcam ~entehi); aor. 3sg. anussvesi, DU 205,22 (yakkho saddam ~esi); Sp 252,28 (yo mam pabbjesi yo mam --esi); 3pl. (a) anussvesum, MI 210,21 (bhumm dev saddam ~esum); (b) anusvayimsu, Spk III 298,17; absol. anussvetv, anusvetv, Ap 534,s; Sp 1277,13 (salkam gheti ti evam ~etv); 1378,7; It-al 68,24; pass, part.pr. anussviyamna, mfn., being proclaimed, being announced; Vin I 103,7 (yvatatiyam ~iyamne); /?/? anussvita, mfn., proclaimed, announced; Vin I 103,6 (yvatatiyam ~itam hoti); fpp anussvetabba, mfn., Sp 1033,12 (ekena cariyenadve v tayo v ~etabb); see also anusyati. anussuki(n), [from ussuka ? or perhaps for anissuki(n) qv sv issuki(n)], not eager or desirous; not repining (for); Vv-a74,2 (anussukitdin attano sabhvasilena); 74,9 (Uttar upsik silcrasampann ~I amacchari akodhan ti). anussuta 1 , mfn., pp of anusyati qv. anussuta 2 , mfn. [neg. pp o/*ut + savati; or perhaps for *anossuta = anavassuta qv], free from lust or defilement; Dhp400 (silavantam -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anussadam; Dhp-alV 166,1: tanh-ussvbhvena ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tanh-ussadbhvena anussadam) * Sn 624 (eds anussadam) = M sutta 98 (not in Ee; Be, Ce anussadam; Se anussudam; Ps III 437,24: rgdi-ussadavirahitam anussadam. anussutan ti pi ptho, anavassutan ti attho, Be, Se, Ce so; Ee anussadan ti pi ptho anuvassutan ti attho). anussutnuttariya in Ee at D III 250,10 is wr for anussatnuttariya qv sv anussati. anussutika, m(fn). [anussuta1 + ika or ami1 + suti + ka2], (one) who bases his beliefs on tradition or a story or hearsay; Sv 106,28/o/Z. (catubbidho takki ~o jtissaro lbhi suddhatakkiko ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anussatiko). anussusuko in Ee at Ja IV 344,21' is wr for anussuko

144

(Be, Ce so; Se appossuko). anussyik in Ce, Ee at Vv 33:71 is wr for anusyik qv sv usyaka. anuham, ind. [ami1 + aha(n); cfS. anvaham], day by day, every day; Jinak 86,24*. anuhasati,/?r. 3 sg. [anu1 + hasati], laughs at, ridicules; Sv 256,3i (mam yeva -anti na annanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -ant). anuhlramna, mfn. [pass, partpr. of *anu1 + harati], being held over; D i l 15,9 (setamhi chatte ~e [a tutthubha pda], Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anudhriyamne) = Mill 123,20 (Ce, Se so; Be anudhriyamne; Ee anubhlramne); see also anudhriyamna. andaka, see sv udaka. anna,see.yvna. annaka, see sv naka. anpa, anupa (and anopa), mfn. andm. [S. anpa, npa], (mfn.) near the water, watery, moist; (m.) watery land, lowland; Abh 187; JaIV 381,12' (sassam... mandavutthikle ... ~e sampaijat' eva, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anpakhette); ifc see harita-; -khetta, n., a watery field; water-meadow; Ja IV 381,6* (thale ca ninne vapanti bijam ~e phalam sasn); 381,10' (ativutthikale ... sassam ... ~e nadim ca talakam ca nissya katam oghena vuyhati, Be, Se so; Ce npe; Ee wr tape); Ap 190,3 (nadik sampavattatha tass cnpakhettamhi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anupa-); Mil 129,31 (~e bijam ropeyya); -tittha, n.9 the watery bank (of a river); Ap 345,26 (~e jyanti padumuppalak bah); -desa, m., marshy country; Spklll 81,25 (jangaladesavsmam hi ~e vasantnam visabhgo utu uppajjati, so readl Be, Ee anupadese; Ce nuppadese; Se anuppadese); -bhmi,/, watery ground; Ja IV 359, ir (haritatinasanchann ~iyo, Be, Ce so; Ee anupa-; Se anup bhmiyo). anpakhajja, ind., absol o/anupakkhandati qv. anpaghta, see sv upaghta'. anpaddtan ti in Ee at It-al 61,26 is wr for anupaddutan ti (Be, Ce, Se so). anpadhika, see sv anupadhika. anpanhi(n), see sv upanhi(n). anpanita, see sv upaneti. anpaneyya, neg. absol. of upaneti qv. anpama, see sv upam. anpaya, see sv upaya. anpalitta, see sv upalimpati. anpavda, see sv upavda. anprambha, m. [anu1 + uprambha], criticism, faultfinding; Vibh373,2 (yo uprambho ~ o . . . randhagavesit). anprambhan, / [anu1 + uprambhan], criticism, fault-finding; Vibh 373,2 (yo uprambho anprambho uprambhan ~... randhagavesit). anprambhita, mfn. \pp of anu1 + uprambhati ?], criticising, finding fault; Vibh 373,3 (uprambhan anprambhan -ttam... randhagavesit). anposathikan ti in Ee at Sp 876,33 is wr for anuposathikan ti (Be, Ce, Se so). ansaya, see sv anusaya.

aneka, see sv eka. anekamsa, m., see sv ekamsa'. anekamsikata, mfn. [neg. pp o/*ekamsa 1 + karoti], not decided; not determined; not absolute; VinV 148,21* (aniyato na niyato ~am padam; Sp 1352,\foll: yasm idam sikkhpadam anekamsena katan ti attho). aneja, mfn.and n.y see sv ej. anejjankrita in Ee at Ap 25,22 is wr for nenjakrita qv sv nenja. anefija, see sv nenja. anedha, mfn. [cfS. edha], without fuel; Ja IV 26,22* (~o dhmaketu va; 27,io': anindhano aggi viya). anela1, seesveW. anela2, mfn. [abstracted from anelamga qv sv elamga], not foolish; wise; Pp 13,i6(puggal ... saddh chandik panfiavanto ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits); Pj II 124,10 (anelamgo t i . . . ~o ca amgo ca, pandito vyatto ti vuttam hoti). anelaka (and anilaka, anilaka, anelaka), mfn. [BHS anedaka, anelaka], (of honey) pure; Vin III 7,9 (seyyath pi khuddamadhum anilakam evamassdam; Sp 182,18: -an ti nimmakkhikam nimmakkhikandakam parisuddham); D III 85,17 (khuddamadhu ~am, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anelakam); MII 5,8 (puriso ... khuddam madhum anelakam pileyya; Ps III 237,21: niddosam apagatamacchikandakam); A III 369,9 (sdni phalni ahesum seyyath pi nma khuddam madhum ~am, Se so; Be, Ce anelakam; Ee anilakam); Ja VI 529,25* (madhum anelakam tattha sakam dya bhufijare); Ap87,20 (pitharam prayitvna madhukhuddam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anelakam); 193, is (madhukhudde anilake, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anilake). anejakasappa, m. [?], a kind of venomous snake; Spk III 7,22 (yassa pana visam sigham abhirhati na sigham otarati 0,-dinam visam viya; Spk-t[5e]II 325,12: ~o nma mah -siviso). anelagala, anelagala, anelagala, mfn. [derivation uncertain; cts explain with ela1 or el3 qqv; perhaps cfalso S. id, il], (prob.) faultless (of speech, of voice); Vin I 197,2 (kalyniy pi si vcya samanngato vissatthya -ya atthassa vinnpaniy) * D I 114,9 (Sv 282,27 fall: ~y ti elagalena virahitya, yassa kassaci hi kathentassa el galati ll paggharati khelaphusitni v nikkhamanti tassa vc elagal nma hoti) * SI 189,31 (Spkl 275,29: ~y ti anejya agalya niddosya c'eva agalitapadavyanjanya ca, therassa hi kathayato padam v vyanjanam v na parihyati) = II 280,7 (Spk II 239,1: ~y ti yath manuss mukhena khelam galantena vcam bhsanti na evarpya, atha kho niddosya visadavcya) = AII 51,16. anesamna, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of esati1 qv or of isati1 qv], not searching (for anything); or not being in control; JaV 15,26* (yam pitv cittasmi ~o hindati" go-r-iva bhakkhasri; 18,2r: ~o tianissaro); see also anthamna. ano- represents l.S. anava- (and occasionally anapa-); 2. S. an- (and occasionally anu-); 3. S. anvava-. anoka, mfn.and m. or n.9 see sv oka. anoksa, m. and mfn., see sv oksa.

145

anoja, m., or ~a, / [?], name of a flowering tree or shrub\ Ja VI 536,34* (korandak ~ ca); Ap 118,6 (carigotake thapetvna -am puppham uttamam). anojaka, m. or ~a, / [anoja + ka2], the anoja tree; Vv-a 161,27 (yodhik bandhujivak ~ rukkh ca santi ti attho). anojagghati, see sv anujagghati. anonami(n), anonami(n), mfn. [from onamati], not bowing, not bending; inflexible; (i)-dan4ajta, mfn., like an inflexible or stiff stick; Mil 238,3 (so dhto pinito paripunno nirantaro tandikato ~o, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce anonami-; Be anonamita-; Se anonamito dandajto) quoted Sv 901,32 (Ee anonami-; Be, Ce, Se anonamita-), Mp II 12,17 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anonamita-) and Vibh-a 435, n (eds anonamita-). anotaraniya, mfn., neg.fpp o/otarati qv. anottappsika, mfn. [from anottappa qv sv ottappa], connected with shamelessness, of the nature of shamelessness; Kv 339,4 (anottappena sahajt ti katv ~ ti). anottpi(n), mfn., see sv ottpi(n). anottharaniya, mfn., neg.fpp ofottharati qv. anodaka, mfn., see sv udaka. anodiso in Ee at Pet 38,20 is wrfor anodhiso (Be, Ce so). anonata, anonamanta, see sv onamati. anonamaka, mfn. [from onamati], not bending down, not stooping; who does not stoop; Dhp-all 136,16 (vasanageham c' assa nicam hoti ~ena pavisitum na sakk, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anonatena). anopa, see sv anpa. anopama, see sv upam. anoma, see sv oma. anomajjati,pr. 3 sg. [ami1 + o2 + majjati; cfS. avaVmrj], rubs down along; strokes (one's limbs) again and again; MI 80,31 (aham... tarn eva kyam asssento pnin gattni -ami); 509,11 (~ati); part.pr. (a)anomajja(t), mfn., MI 80,32 (tassa mayham... ~ato); (b)anomajjanta, mfn., SV 216,18 (~anto; Spklll 244,6: ~anto ti pitthiparikammakaranavasena anumajjanto); absol. anomajjitv, Th-all 112,23 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anumajjitv); see also anumajjati. anomasanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *anu1 + omasati; c/anumasati], continually considering, reflecting (on); Ap 421,28 (~o cariyam vasmi ekako aham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se ~o acari; Be, Ce anvesanto acariyam). anorapra, mfn., seesvoxz. anoramanta, anoramitv, see sv oramaXl anoropaka, mfn. [from oropeti, caus. of orohati], who does not lower or remove; Nidd-a I 406,16 (anikkhittadhuro ti viriyadhurassa ~o). anovatta, anovattha, mfn., neg. pp o/ovassate qv. anovassa, mfn.and n. [a3 + o2 + vassa], 1. (mfn.) not rained upon, sheltered from the rain; kept dry; Ja III 73,n (attano manpam ~am kulvakam katv, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anovassakam); Mil 223,22 (Ghatikrassa kumbhakrassa vesanam ~am ksacchadanam ahosi); 2. (n.) a place sheltered from the rain; Vin II 232,10* (in uddna: ~; cf 211,32); JaV 317,15* (devamhi vassamnamhi -am bhavam aka; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

anvvassam; 317,28': -an tiavassam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anvvassan ti anu-avassam); Vin-vn 1066 (~e ca no sati); see also ovassaka. anovassika, see sv ovassaka. anovadanam in Ee at Ps II 415,25 is wrfor anovadanam (Be, Ce,Seso). anosakkatya in Ee at Mp II 94,7 is wr for anosakkanaya (Be, Ce, Se so). anosita, mfn., see sv osita. anta1, m. [ts], 1. end, limit, conclusion; death, destruction; edge, boundary; extreme, opposing principle; (gr.t.t.) final letter or syllable (ifc); Abh404 (~o cavanam); Vin II 136,14 (kyabandhanassa ~o jirati); III 226,10 (thokam yeva odatam -e diyitv); DI 54,13 (dukkhass' ~am karissanti); Mill 230,12 (ete te ubho - anipagamma majjhim patipad tathgatena abhisambuddh); S I 62,27* (lokassa ~am samitvi natv); IV330,28 (dve 'me... ~ pabbajitena na sevitabb); Sn 582 (ubho ~e asampassam); Thi 447 (tassa pi ~o kato me, so Th App. II, p. 244); Ja III 47,9* (niraye paccamnnam kad -0 bhavissati); VI 23,15* (kacci - ca te phit; 23,3r: ~ ti paccantajanapada); instr. antena, adv.y at last, in the end; SI 32,3* (atha -na jahati sariram sapariggaham); loc. ante', I. at the end; Mhv 26:22 (ahu satasahassaggho parikkhro sa dito -e sahassagghanako); 37:248 (maccum accetum ~e no sakkhimsu); 2. near, within; Sv 36,3 (~e vasati ti antevsi); see also antevsi(n), antevsika, antevsik; ifc (sometimes pleonastic, or meaning "completion, summation of") see apar'-, kr'- (sv a1), ks'- (svksa2), ikr'- (sv'\), flcr'- (sv\), ukara'(sv u), ubh' - (sv ubho), kr' - (sv 1 ), ekar'- (sv e), ek'-, okar'- (svo 1 ), kammanta, khem'-, gm'- (svgma1), catu-r-anta (sv catu[r]), paccanta, panta, pariyanta, pavananta, pubb'- (sv pubba2), bhasm'-, (sv bhasmafn]) yug'-, van'- (sv vana1), ved'-, samanta, sim'-, sutf(svsutta2), suddh'-, supin'-, sopp'-; 2. inner part, inside; Ja 1146,29* (sace imassa kyassa ~o bhirato siy; or anto?); '-akkharnam in Ce, Ee at Dhp-alV 71,4 is perhaps wr; Be, Se akkharnam; nanta, m., finiteness or limitlessness; D I 22,14 (eke samanabrhman antnantika ~am lokassa pannpenti); 22,16 (kirn rabbha antnantika -am lokassa pannapenti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr lokam); nantika, mfn., believing in the finiteness or limitlessness (of the world); D I 22,13 (eke samanabrhman ~ antnantam lokassa pannpenti); PatisI 155,17 (... cattro ekaccasassatik cattro ~); '-antena, -m-antena, adv., from end to end; Ja I 64,15 (~ena caritv); Bv3:9 (samuddam antamantena isseram vattaym' aham); Ud-a65,i6 (~en'eva); antantena in Ee at Dhp-a III 202,16 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se pdantena; -kara, mfn. [anta+ kara1], putting an end (to, gen.); DII123,11* (dukkhass' - 0 satth); Sn 337 (dukkhass' -o bhava); SI 188,4* (vijjy' ~o; Spkl 271,14: viijya kilesnam -0, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr antarako) = Th 1222; Mil278,7 (agado... rognam ~o); -kamma, n., making an end; Sadd489,i3 (s ~ani: siyati); -kiriya,/ > putting an end to; destruction; Vin I 13,i (caratha brahmacariyam samm dukkhassa ~y ti); S IV

146

93,8 (dukkhassa -am vadmi ti); Sn454 (dukkhass' -ya); -ga, mfn. [anta + ga2], having reached the end, thoroughly conversant with, reaching perfection (in); extreme', VinV 140,1* (in uddna: micch samm ca -; c/138,12/0//.: dasavatthuk sammditthi dasa antagghik ditthi); Ap-a495,io (caranadhammnam -o pariyosnam patto); ifc see caran' -, bhav'-, maran'-; -gata in Ee at Ja V 208,25' is wr for antogata qv; -gamaka, mfn., bringing to an end; Pj II 566,29; -(g)ghik,(m)/(). [cf BHS antagrhadrsti], involving extreme standpoints; VinI 172,ii (micchditthi ~ ditthi ayam ditthivipatti ti); D III 45,17 (micchditthiko hoti -ya ditthiy samanngato); Patisl \ 5], 9 foil. (~ya ditthiy); neg. anantagghik, (m)f(n)., D III 48,2 (na micchditthiko anantagghikya ditthiy samanngato, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se na -ya); -gu, mfn., going to the end, having reached the end; Sn 458 (ya-d vedag); 539 (~ si prag dukkhassa); ifc see ved'-; -m-antena, adv., see above sv 0,-antena; -mukha in Ee at Ja IV 402,18 is wr for yantamukha qv; -lutti,/, (gr.t.t.) the dropping, elision of a final element; Sadd 857,9; -va(t), mfn., having an end, limited, finite; D I 22,2i (-v ayam loko parivatumo); Mil 233,19 (-v att ca loko ca); Patisl 77,34 (rope -vantato vavattheti; Patis-a 289,19/0//.: -vato ti anto assa atthiti -v, -v yeva -vanto); Dhs 1099 (-v loko ti v anantavloko ti v); Mil 145,i2(-v ca anantav ca loko ti); PsII 413,H* (-vantni bhtni); neg. anantav, mfn., D I 189,28 (anantav loko); Ud67,9; ananta, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) endless, infinite, boundless; D I 223,12* (vinfinam anidassanam -am); 1164,7 (rpi me -o att ti); A IV 428,24 (-ena fianena antavantam lokam jnarn); Vibh 262,5 (-0 kso ti); Mil 278,14; 2. (n.) the infinite, the unlimited; Abh 7 (nibbnam... -am akkharam); dassi(n),mfn., of unlimited sight, seeing everything; SI 143,16* (--dassi bhagav 'ham asmi); paiina, mfn., of infinite understanding, of endless wisdom; Sn468 (tathagato hoti ~-panno); ati-anta, mfn., very great; absolute; Nidd-a 1203,30 (accantasanri ti nissaranasanti, Be, Se so; Ce -; Ee -am); see also accanta, ekantilca, eka-m-antam, eka-m-antikam, eka-m-ante, etadantika, odakantika, nsanantika, nitthnantika, pakkamanantika, sannitthnantika, savanantika. anta2, mfn, [S. antya], last, ultimate; worst, mean, contemptible; Abh 714 (-0 pariyanto); 791; SHI 93,4 (-am idam... jiviknam yad idam pindolyam); Ja II 440,25* (mignam kotthuko -o; 440,27". -oti hino lmako); 'anta, -m-anta, mfn., the most remote; D III 38,13 (so antamantn' eva sevati); Ps IV 103,23 (pabbatagahandini nissya -e game paharanto) = Mp II 168,17 (antamante); -vanna, m., a man of the lowest class, a Sudra; Abh 503; ifc see puris'-. anta3, n. (sg. and pi.) [S. antra, antra], the bowels, intestines; VinI 276,16 (antaganthim vinivethetv -ni patipavesetv udaracchavim sibbetv); D II 293,15; S II 270,28 (-am pi khdi antagunam pi khdi); Ja I 367,32 (kimpakkaphalam... khditam pana -ni khandetv

jivitakkhayarn ppeti); Vism258,4/o//.; -ganthi, m., twisting of the gut, a twisted gut; Vin I 276,10; -'-bdha,/., the illness of twisting of the gut; VinI 275,23;-guna, n., the intestinal tract; D i l 293,15; Sil 270,28; Mil370,13*; Vism258,13/0//.; -vatti,/, the bowels, intestines; Ja III 160,2 (-Uli rukkham parikkhipitv); Vism 258,5 (ekavisatiy thnesu obhagg -i). antaka1, m(fn). [ts], "making an end", a designation of the god of death, identified with Mra; Abh 43 (-0 vasavatti... Mro); VinI 21,i6* (nihato rvam asi - ti; c/Sp 966,27: - ti lmaka hinasatta); SI 72,14* (antakendhipannassa jahato mnusam bhavam; Spkl 139,8: maranena ajjhotthatassa); Dhp48 (naram... -o kurute vasarn); Th 1207 (karato te ciyate pparn cirarattya -a); Ja IV 396,30* (antakendhipannassa k rati); Vism 233,14* (~assa vasam gat). antaka2, n. and mfn. [anta1 + ka2], 1. (n.) end, boundary; border; Ap 5,19 (dis dasavidh loke yyato n* atthi -am); 2. (mfn.) having an edge or border; Ps III 239,n (nantakni tina -ni antavirahitni vatthakhandni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit na -ni); Spk III 276,17 (nantakni tina -ni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anantakni); see also anantaka2. antaka3, n. [anta3 + ka2], entrails; ifc see sukar'-. antaggata, mfn. [S. antargata], included; Abh 742 (~e tu pariypannam); see also antogata sv anto. antajana, m. [= antojana], the inner household; servants; ifc see susangahit' - sv sanganhti. antataritv in Ee at Ja I 218,28 is prob, wr; Be avattharitv; Ce antaritv; Se uttaritv. antati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup antati, Wg 3:24], binds; Sadd 360,22 (ati bandhane: -an); 468,5; pass, pr. 3 sg. antiyati, Sadd 360,22 (-iyati bandhiyati antagunen ti antam); see also andati, Val2. antamaso, ind. [BHS antamaSas], even; even so much as; Vin III 259,36 (kincimattam anupadajjeyya ~o pindaptamattam pi ti); D I 168,25 (gahapatin v gahapatiputtena v -o kumbhadsiy pi); M III 126,18 (nbhijnmi mtugmassa dhammam desit - o catuppadam pi gtharn); A I 34,29 (appamattakam pi bhavam na vannemi -o accharsanghtamattam piti); Ja II 129,18 (bodhisatto -0 anjalim paggahetv thite sabbe pi ... janapadam netv); VI 593,6 (-0 bille updya Vessantaramahrj sabbasatte vissajjpesi); Mil 110,11 (na kinci bhante apunnam pajjeyya -0 gaddhanamattam pl ti); Vism 71,33 (gmo nma ... -0 atirekactumsanivittho yo koci sattho pi). antara, mfn. and n. [ts; iic represents also S. antar], 1. (mfn.) interior; inner, inward; MI 39,i (sinto ~ena sinnen ti); III 274,33 (anupahacca -am mamsakyam); ifc see abbhantara, nirantara; 2. (n.) (i) interior part, inside; heart, mind; place between; interval (of time or space); moment between (two events); distance; difference, disagreement; Abh 771 (abbhantaram -am); 802; Vin II 286,13 (etasmim ~e anupdya savehi cittam vimucci); S V 147,13 (tass' eva leddussa -am paccupdi); A1215,11* (etasmim yam vijjati ~e dhanarn); It 121,22 (yam ca... rattim tathagato anuttaram sammsambodhim abhisambujjhati yam ca

147

rattim anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy parinibbyati yarn etasmim -e bhsati... sabbam tarn tatheva hon' no annath); Pv 21:66 (mahdnam tay dinnarn Ankura digham -am); Ja III 34,24* (na tvarn assattha jnasi mama corassa c' -am); V 197, n* (kim te idam runam -asmim); Mil 292,26 (kim ... -am ko viseso); acc. -am, adv., between, among; in the midst; JaV 351,8* (ngarj-r-iv' -am pativattum na sakkomi; 351,14': selyabbhantaram pavittho ngarj viya... tumhkam dvinnam ~e na sakkomi); antaram karoti, 1. crosses over, steps over; JaV 298,6 (gabbhadvre ummram -am katv); VI 56,3 (rann katam lekham koci -am ktum nsakkhi); 2. is at a distance; Pv-a 139,3 (dasa dve yojanni -am katv); 3. concentrates on, keeps in mind; M III 14,4 (so kmargam yeva -am karitv); 38,2 (patipadam yeva -am karitv); ins tr. antarena, through, between (acc. or gen.); DU 134,11 (~ena yamakaslnam); MI 517,31 (sattannam tv eva kynam -ena sattharn vivaram anupatati); S V 170,9 foil, (telapatto -ena ca mahsamajjam -ena ca janapadakalynim parihtabbo); abl. antar, see sv; antarato, ind., from within, inwardly; AIV 96,2i* (bhayam -ato jtarn); Sn 6 (yass' -ato na santi kop); he. antare, between, amidst, among; within, inside; with regard to; (+ gen.); Ja I 52,15 (dvinnam pana nagarnam -e); III 67,16 (ayarn mam' ~e dusseyya, Ee so; Ce, Se mama ~e dubbheyya; Be mama antepure dubbheyya); 82,20 (imesam ettaknam manussnam -e); 423,27' (mtu ~e bhinditum); VI 143,27' (rajanivesanassa -e); Dhp-aIII 416,6 (tay kira mama ~e evam vuttan ti) Mhv 10:105 (Pandakbhayaranno ca Abhayassa ca -e); ifc (sometimes: a different..., another...) see atth'(sv attha2), adhikr'-, ananugat' - (.sv anugacchati), amis' -, ittrT- (.svitthi), ubhaya-m-antare, ubhaya-m-antarena, elaka-m-antaram (svelaka2), kacch'(^vkacch), klantare, klantarena (sv kla'), kop' -, citt' - (sv citta'), danda-m-antaram, digh'-, dos'- (^vdosa2), nagantare, parisantare (^v paris), puris,-, buddh'-, bhav'-, bhumm'-, musala^n-antaram, mon'-, vtapnantarena, vici-, hatth'-; 2. (ii) inner meaning, real state of the case; SI 201,24* (kim ~an ti; Spkl 295,9: kimkran); Jail 119,19 (manuss tarn ~am ajnant); IV81,4 (tarn ~am koci na jnti); (iii) weakness, weak point; Abh 802 (~am ... chidde); Ja VI 5,20 (vimamsanta ~am na passimsu); 467,9; (iv) the inner robe (of the three robes of the bhikkhu); Abh 802; Sp 651,2 (-an ti antaravsako vuccati); 0, -amsa, n. [antara + arnsa2; S. antarmsa], the area between the shoulders; Sv449,6; ifc see cit'- (sveinti), vihat'- (^vvihata2); ' -attlaka, m., intermediate watch-tower; Ja VI 390,2; '-atthaka (or anta-r-atthaka/rom anto), mfn., occurring between the atthak (qv) days; VinI 31,35 (sitsu hemantiksu rattisu -su himaptasamaye); M I 79,24 (y t rattiyo Sita hemantik ~e himaptasamaye) = Mil 396,4; AI 136,31 (sit ... hemantikratti ~ohimaptasamayo; Mp II 225,6: -o ti mghaphaggunnam antare atthadivasaparimno klo); Jal 390,21 (himaptasamaye ~e); '-antare, ind., X.from time to time; at intervals; Ja 1259,29 (-e tattha gantv); Dhp-aIV 59,19;

2. inside, in the middle (of); in between; Sp545,n (manussehi chadditam disv pi acletv va ~e sammaijitabbam); Mp II268,13 (aiiniss kathya -e katar kath uppajjl ti); Dhp-al 59,12 (vanasandassa -e vicarati); 01 -antarena, ind., from time to time; through, through the middle of; Ja II 5,16 (~ena satthu dhammam sunanto klam vitinmeti); Sv694,3 (~ena Mrasenarn pesetv); Dhp-al 63,6 (ngo bhikkhnam -ena gantv); tita in Ee at Ja II 243,17 is wr for anantartita qv; ' -vsa, m., an interregnum; Dip 5:80 (Tambapanni-antarvse); -kappa, m. (and n.) [BHS antarakalpa], 1. a subdivision or intermediate cycle of a mahkappa; D I 54,4 (Svl62,io: ekasmim kappe catusatthi - nma honti) = MI 517,35 = SHI 211,23; Ap-a 228,19 (~ni); 2. a short intermediate period (of destruction); Sv854,i2 (~o ca nam' esa dubbhikkhantarakappo rogantarakappo satthantarakappo ti tividho); Mp II 220,26; -karana, n. [antara + karana1], stepping over; Ps II 44,12; -kja, m., a load on a carrying pole suspended between two persons; Patis-a 667,13 (macchabandh tarn sakalam eva ~ena dya); see also antarkja sv antara1; -kjaka, m, id., Vin-vn2818; -khajjaka, n., a between-meaU a snack; Ja I 395,19 (~am khditv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se antare khajjakam); Ps III 390,7 (manpam -an ti); -gabbha in Ce, Ee at Dhp-a 1397,15 is prob, wrfor anantaragabbha qv; -gmam in Ee at Vin IV 101,5 is prob, wr for antarrmam (Be, Ce, Se, Sp 857, is so); -ghara, m., the inside of a house; ? Sp 633,15 (-ass* ev' eso vuso doso); -gharam, ind., between the houses, among the houses (ie in the village); within a house; Vin I 40,5 (~am pavittho pindya carati); IV 176,8 (bhikkhuniy -am pavitthya; 176, is: -am nma rathiy vyharn singhtakam ghararn); Mil 7,31 (te -am pavitth; Ps III 240,10: idha indakhilato patthya adhippetarn); 137,25 (so -am pavisanto na kyam unnmeti; Ps III 388,23 foil.: idha gharummrato patthya veditabbam); Niddl 228,9; Mil 11,24; Vin-vn 1830; -ghare, ind., within a house; VinI 341,1 (bhikkh bhattagge -e); SHI 121,13 (katham hi nma mdiso ~e klam kattabbam manneyy ti); Sp 978,28; -cakka, n., a branch of astrology or augury; Mil 178,22 (seakkam migacakkam -am); -dipa, m. [BHS antaradvlpa], an island in the middle (of a body of water); a small island; Sp 1137,5 (mahdip ca - ca); Pj II 27,4 (Mahmahi bhijjitv ... samgantv pavatt yam oksam -am aksi) -dipaka, m., id.; Ja 1240,11; III 133,n; MpII253,3i; -dvre, ind., within the gate; Ja I 308,27 (-e dasabalam disv); V 231,28; Ps II 15,24; -dhna, -dhpan, -dhyana, seesvv; -pura, n., the royal palace; Ja VI 143,25* (vilapanto -asmim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se antepurasmim; 143,27': rajanivesanassa antare); -bhira, mfn., (which is) inside and outside; Jal 125,26 (-am... rattham); Dhp-aIII 468,1*; -bhatta, n., a between-meal, a snack; snack-time (mid-morning); Jal 119,17 (ekasmim yev' assa ~e... arahattam adsi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se antarbhatte); Spk II 226,4 (dutiyo yva - javitv... sayarn pana yva

148

majjhantik javitv, Be, Se so; Ce Ee antarbhatt); Pj II 107,5 (sdo -ampacitv); 117,27; antarabhatte in Ee at Ja III 183,7 and Ps I 256,28 is prob, wr for antarabhatte qv sv antar1; -bhogika, w., a border chieftain (between two kingdoms); Vin III 47,l (rjno nma pathavy rj padesarj mandalik ~; Sp309,s: - nma dvinnam rjnam antar katipayagmasmik); Ps V 41,13 (-, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee antarabhogiy); -muttaka, mfn. [mcfor antarmuttaka qv!], released or vacant in the meantime; Vin -vn 2842 (purimiko pacchimiko tath' eva ~o tayo sensanaggh); -rattha in Ee at JaV 135,20 (antararatthdhipatino) is wr for anantara- (Be, Ce, Se so); -vatthu, n. [antara + vatthu2], a courtyard; Ja I 232,15 (~umhi); Mp I 451,10; -vassa, n. [BHS antarvars], the rainy season; Vin II 183,20 (ten' eva -ena tisso vijj sacchksi); Th 128 (tatiye -amhi); see also antovassa; -vsaka, m. [antara + vsaka2; cf S. antarvsas], an inner garment, esp. the innermost of the three robes of a bhikkhu; Abh 292; Vin I 94,8 (ayam sarighti ayam uttarsaiigo ayam ~o); Ap 303,23; Mil 124,23 (-am dhovissmi ti); Vin-vn 558; -vithim, ind., along the street; JaV 187,25 (-im patipajji); Nidd-al 390,5; -vithiyam, -vithisu, ind., in the street(s); JaV 65,26 (-iyam thatv); Vism 665,15 (-iyam drakasaddam sutv); Sv 587,10 (-vithisu vicaranti); -vithiya, ind., along the street; Ja 1466,23 (tava may saddhim -iy gamanam nma na yuttam); -satthimhi, -satthiyam, -satthisu, ind., between the thighs; Ja I 218,28 (imam nigrodhagaccham -satthisu katv gacchmi; cf Vin II 161,28: imam nigrodham antar satthinam karitv atikkammi); V 243,23' ([nanguttham] -satthimhi pakkhipitv; c / A I I 245,2: antar satthinam nanguttham anupakkhipitv); Ps II 272,14 (ngo ... sondya udakam gahetv... sakim -satthiyam khipanto kilittha); -s{aka, m., the middle robe (of the three robes of a bhikkhu); Vv-a 166,26 (antarasaddo ... ~ ti disu viya uttariye datthabbo); see also antar2; -hita, mfn., pp o/antaradhyati qv; anantara, mfn. [ts], 1. (what is) immediately following or preceding; next, adjoining; Ja III 464,27* (sukhassnantaram dukkham; 465, r: kmasukhassa -am nirayadukkham); IV 252,25 (-am gtham ha); Vism 110,13 (-assa mtikpadassa); 536,32 (--t); Sv 1056,30 (vipassanya v tt); Ps III 149,4 (atite -ya jtiy); SpkII 275,27 (dve -ni); ifc see atita- .yvacceti2; 2. not esoteric, not kept to oneself; not restricted; DU 100,2 (desito... may dhammo -am abhiram katv) = SV 153,17; Sv 547,35/o//.; am, adv., immediately after; Th 553 (-am hi jtassa jivit maranam dhuvarn); Ja V 265, w (tato tassa vacanato -am eva); Mil 79,28 (imassa akkharassa -am imam akkharam ktabban ti); ifc see samanantara; , adv., see sv antar1; tita, mfn., immediately preceding; Jail 243,17 (~u"te attabhve, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr antartite); Nidd-a I 150,28 (ye khandh -tit); gabbha, m., the adjoining room; Dhp-al 397,15 (Migrasetthi gabbhe nisinno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee antaragabbhe, prob, wr); dvre in Ee at JaV 231,23 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se dvrantare; rattha, n., the

neighbouring kingdom; JaV 135,20 (--ratthdhipatino, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr antararatth-); see also antarpana, anto, klantarena, clantaraduka. antaraka in Ee at Spkl 271,14 is wr for antakara qv sv anta l . antaradhna, n. [S. antardhna], disappearance, vanishing, passing away; Vin III 8,10 (tesam buddhnam bhagavantnam -ena); DIU 122,2 (nesam satthuno -am hoti); SII 224,10 (saddhammassa -am); Dhs 645 (yo rpassa khayo... -am); Mil 126,4 (angatamaddhne dvinnam pi tesam cakkhnam -am disv); 134,5 (tini -ni); Mp I 87,3 (panca -ni); ifc see ssan'-; anantaradhna, n., non-disappearance; non-decline; A I 17,37 (saddhammassa thitiy asammosya -ya); see also antaradhna sv antar1. antaradhpana, / [fromcaus. o/antaradhyati], causing to disappear; As 163,30; Cp-a 169,7 (attnam-'-attham); Sadd81,i2. antaradhpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/antaradhyati qv. antaradhayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS antaradhyati, antarahyate; S. antardhatte, antardhiyate], disappears, vanishes; Sadd 481,23 (antaradh adassane: ... -ati); Vin IV 113,24 (nasseyya v vinasseyy v -eyya v); DII 140,3 (atikhippam cakkhum loke -issati ti); M I 330,3 (tvam brahme -assu sace visahasi ti); III 157,26 (obhso na cirass' eva-ati); Ja VI 574,1 (-anti); Mil 134,3 (patipattiy antarahitya sikkhpadapannatti -ati); part.pr. (a) antaradhyanta, mfn., As 322,27 (itthilihgam pana -antam dubbala-akusalena -ati); Sadd 481,23; (b) antaradhyamna, mfn., MI 445,5 (evam h' etam ... hoti sattesu hyamnesu saddhamme -amne); Nidd I 428,H; neg. anantaradhyamna mfn., Nidd II 86,25; aor. 3 sg. (a) antaradhyi, Vin I 7,10 (brahm... padakkhinam katv tatth' eva ~i); SI 103,24 (Mro... tatth, ev' M ti); Ja IV 11-4, is (gihilingam -i); Mil 217,29; (b) antaradhyatha, Sn449 (tato so dummano yakkho tatth' ev' -atha) * Th 1208 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -ati); Ap 246,15 (buddho -atha); (c) antaradhyittha, Ud-a 433,6 (sabbam khanen' eva -itth ti); 3pi. (a) antaradhyimsu, SI 148,10; Ja III 457,2i; (b) antaradhyisum, Mhv 18:34 (skh -isum); inf. (a)antaradhyitum, MI 330,6; (b) antaradhtum, Nidd-a II 45,16; absol. (a) antaradhya, Ja VI 32,19 (Sakko antaradhya sakatthnam eva gato, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -itv); (b) antaradhyitv, JaV 21,26; pp antarahita, mfn. [BHS id.; S. antarhita], covered; disappeared, vanished; invisible; Vin I 230,19 (nadiy orimaure ~o primatire paccutthsi); D I 222,16 (brahmaloke ~o mama purato pturahosi); MI 330,12(na ca mam dakkhinti ti-o imam gtham abhsim); Ja III 466,22' (jhnam me -an ti); VI 84,9* (s devat ~ pabbbate Gandhamdane); Nidd I 267,10/0//. (cakkhusmim -e jnti att me ~o vigato me att ti); Mil 18,27 (Asokrme -0 ... arahantnam purato pturahosi); Sv 900,10 (dhtsu -su ssanam -am nma hoti); Ap-a 85,15 (pattassa tt); neg. anantarahita, mfn., uncovered, bare; not having disappeared; Vin I 47,2 (na ca anantarahitya bhmiy patto nikkhipitabbo; Sp 205,9/0//.: kenaci attharanena anatthatya); MII 57,25 (anantarahitya bhmiy nipajji);

149

Mil 133,26 (satthussanam ... patipattiy anantarahitaya titthati ti); Mp I 90,5 (ettvat pi lingam anantarahitam eva hoti); As 214,27 (anantarahitaya bhmiy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr antarahitya); caus. pr. 3 sg. antaradhpeti, ~ayati [cf BHS antarahpyati], makes disappear; destroys; Vin III 70,22 (uppannuppanne ca ppake akusale dhamme thnaso ~eti vpasameti); A I 18,25 (apufinam pasavanti te c' imam saddhammam ~enu* ti); III 394,16 (devo vassanto rajam ~eyya); Ja 1147,28' (y ca pana me dukkhena laddh m nam ~eth ti); II 394,24 (aham ambani ~essmi); Mhv 23:10 (~enti); aor. 3 sg. antaradhpesi, JaV 272,5' (tarn pi ~esi ti); 3 pl. antaradhpesum, Vin III 8,13 (te tarn brahmacariyam khippam yeva ~esum); 2pl antaradhpayittha, Ja I 453,19 (ma me yasam ~ayitth ti); absol antaradhpetv, Ja VI 170,22 (ahisariram -etv); Ap536,is; pp antaradhpita, mfn., made to disappear; destroyed; Vism 672, 1 7 (tamamhi ~tte); fpp antaradhpetabba, mfn., Ja II 64,28. antaradhyana, n. [from antaradhyati], disappearance; ifc see candbh- sv canda. antarahita, mfn., pp o/antaradhayati qv. antar1, adv. and prep, [ts; BHS also antart], I. (adv.) inside; on the way, in the meantime; beforehand, before (reaching something); Abhll50; Vin I 106,24 (~ pi parivasanti); II43,18 (so parivasanto ~ ekam pattim pajji); Mill 274,34; SV 50,23 (uppannam mahmegham tarn enam mahvto ~ yeva antaradhpeti); Sn694 (atiY ~ me bhavissati klakiriy); 1120 (mham nassam momuho ~ va, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se antarya, prob. wr; Nidd II 88,34: ~ yeva klarn kareyyan ti; Pj II 603,3: ~a eva avidv hutv); Dhp 237 (vso pi ca te n' atthi ~); Ja IV 429,4* (~ yeva sidati); Mil 251,21 (tni ankurm sankutitni ~ yeva paripatanti); 2. (prep.) between (gen. or acc); Vin II 161,28 (imam nigrodham ~ satthinam karitv); D I 1,4 (bhagav ~ ca Rajagaham ~ ca Nlandam addhnamaggapatipanno hoti); MI 149,22 (~ ca Svatthim ~ ca Saketam); Ja VI 295,8* (na tesam ~ gacche; 295,13': tesam lbhassa ~ na gacche antaryam na kareyya); '-antar, ind., 1. at intervals, from time to time; now ... now ...; Ja I 161,19; Ps II 324,13 (~ thitsu pi nisinnsu pi nipajjamnsu pi); Dhp-a II 86,6; Mhv 35:54; 2. in the middle; as an interruption; Vin I 46,2i (na upajjhyassa bhanamnassa ~ kath optetabb); Mil 10,9 (~ katharn opteyyun ti); 0> -patti,/, I. an offence treated in the sections supplementary to the sikkhpada rule; Sp 29,n; 236,16; 2. [BHS antarpatti], an offence committed in the meantime (ie before the expiration of a parivsa or mnattapenW); VinV 115,11; Spll83,i; Mp II 165,10; '-ubbhara, m., the removal (of the kathina,), ending (of the kathina period and its special allowances) before the usual time; VinV 178,33 (eko kathinuddhro sanghdhino ~o); Sp 638,19; Vin-vn 2724; -katha,/ [antar + kath1; BHS id.], mutual talk, conversation (between); Vin II 296,29 (ayam ~ udapdi); IV 66,25 (ayam carahi Thullanandya bhikkhuniy -a vippakat atha te ther bhikkh pavisimsu; cf Sp 808,29: ~ ti avasnam appatv rambhassa ca avasnassa ca vemajjha-

tthnampattakath); D12,25 (k ca pana vo ~ vippakat ti); Ud-a 103,8 foil; -kaja, m, a load on a carrying pole suspended between two persons; Vin II 137,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave ekatokjam ~am); see also antarakja, antarakjaka ^vantara; -dhna, n., covering; disappearance; Abh51; see also antaradhna; -parinibbyi(n), m. [BHS antarparinirvyin], one who realises nibbna beforehand (before passing the midpoint of his term of life in a heaven); Dili 237,21 (panca angmino, ~iupahaccaparinibbyi...; Sv 1029,35: yuno majjham anatikkamirv antar va kilesaparinibbnam arahattam patto M nma); S V 69,24; Pp 16,24foil, (katamo ca puggalo ~I, idh' ekacco puggalo ... opaptiko hoti, tattha parinibbyi anvattidhammotasm lok); Kv 366,13; Vism 710,8 (-1 ti yattha katthaci suddhvsabhave uppajjitv yuvemaijham appatv va parinibbyati); SpklH 236,7 (~issa); It-al 52,ii (tayo ~ino); -bhatte, ind., before finishing the meal; during the time of the meal; Jail 391,1; III 183,7 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee antarabhatte, prob, wr); Sv 188,5 (~e kammatthnam manasikatv) = Ps I 256,28 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee antarabhatte, prob, wr); Dhp-a II 174,14; -bhava, m. [BHSid.], an intermediate state of existence (between births); Kv 36\,ifoll. (atthi ~o ti); Ud-a 92,27 (~assa hi bhvo abhidhamme patikkhitto yeva); -maggato, ind., from on the road; A V 82,34 (rj kle senam uyyojetv ~o nivattpeti); -magge, ind., on the way; Vin III 39,13 (gacchanto - yasmantam Uplim passitv); A III 96,5 (appatv va rmarn ~e); Mil 16,26 (~e bhikkh dullabh); -marana, n., premature death; Ap 310,7 (~am n' atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -mranam); Ud-a 289,27; Pv-a 136,30; -muttaka, mfn., released or vacant in the meantime; Vin II 167,34/0//. (tayo 'me bhikkhave sensanagh purimako pacchimako ~o) * Vin-vn 2842 (antaramuttako, mc ?); Sp 1223,20/0//.; -vosna, n., giving up half-way; Vin II 203,3 (oramattakena visesdhigamena -am pdi) * D II 78,22 * It 85,13; -satthinam in Ee at A II 245,2 is wr, prob, for antar satthvnam (Ce so; Be, Se antarasatthimhi); anantar, ind., immediately after; next, then; next to (gen. or abl); D i l 206,3 (~... saddaptubhv); SHI 96,3 (katharn passato ~ savnam khayo hoti ti); Ja V 377,5* (Sumukho ajja pvekkhi Dhataratthass' ~); VI224,17* (rj tato pucchi ~); Ap61,2 (sahassakkhattum cakkavatti bhavissati ~); Vism 387,24 (pubbabhgacittnam -); payutta, m(fn)., one who abets a cardinal crime; Kv 478,is/o//. (~-payutto puggalo sammattaniymam okkameyy ti). antar2, / , ("a between [garment]" or "inner [cloak]"), the middle robe (of the three robes of the bhikkhu); Vv-a 166,28 (~ uttariyam uttarsango upasamvynan ti pariyyasadd ete); see also antarastaka. antar-ahosi, aor. 3 sg. [of *antar + bhavati], was interrupted; was drowned; Vin II 140,4 (tena saddena dhammakath ~i; Sp 1214,22: -4 ti antarit ahosi paticchann, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~i ti antarik). antarpana, m. [ts], a market, bazaar; M I 30,27 (~am

150

patipajjeyyum; PsI 150,1: ~an ti pannam antare mahjanasankinnaracchmukham); Ja VI 52,2i (~ato ksyavatthni c' eva mattikpattam ca har ti); Ap 78,2 (gacchantam ~e; Ap-a 347,3: ~e ti vessnam panapantinam antaravithiyam gacchamnam); 374,28 (ucchangam prayitvna gamam -am); Vism 622,25 (~e jalamnam padipam disv). antarya1, m. [ts], an obstacle, hindrance; danger, accident; (euphemism for) ruin, death; Abh765; VinI 150,13 (brahmacariyassa -0); D I 3,6 (tumharn yev' assa tena ~o); MI 130,8 (ye 'me antaryik dhamm vutt bhagavat te patisevato nlam ~y ti); Sn691 (no ce kumre bhavissati ~o); Ja IV 218,15* (~o na hessati; 218,19': jivitantaryo na bhavissati); VI 10,3 (imasmim kumre imasmim gehe vasante tayo ~ pannyanti jivitassa v chattassa v mahesiy v); Mil 156,17/0//. (cattro kho mahrja ~); Vism 712,5* (Visuddhimaggo eso va ~am vin idha nitthito); am karoti, hinders, prevents (+ gen. rei and personae or + acc. personae, loc. rei); Vin 115,18 (m Yasassa kulaputtassa koci -am aksi... pabbajjy ti); MII 39,28 (paris Sakuludyim paribbjakam -am aksi bhagavati brahmacariye); Ja VI 171,29 (uposathakammassa me -am pi kareyya); Mil 156,io (so bhagavato bhojanassa -am aksi); ifc see agyantarya, aditth' - (sv disati), brahmacariy, -, hat' (.svhanati); -kara, mf(~i)n. [antarya + kara1], causing obstacles; preventing; D I 227,24; A I 161,17 (tinnam -0 hoti tinnam paripanthiko); Ja IV 13,20* (bdh... ~; 13,2r: imassa tapokammassa antaryakrak); Nidd-a I 233,28 (sen... samanabrhmannam ghtini nippothini -I); anantarya, mfn. and m., \.(mfn.) without impediment; not being prevented; without the possibility of prevention; Vism 712,8* (- ijjhantu sigham sigham manorath); Sp929,i8 (dasasu antaryesu ekena pi antaryena -); Ps V 83,26 (etena pana vykaranena -am assa parinibbnam ahosi); Spk II 346,2i (uppanne magge phalassa tarn dipeti); 2. (m.) freedom from impediment; lack of obstacles; Mp I 222,25 (satth -am disv vykaritv pakkmi); instr. -ena, adv., without obstacle; without danger; without the possibility of prevention, inevitably; Ja I 27,8 (s [patthan] -ena samijjhatu); Spk I 117,19 (tarn vassasatam -na jivanto); Vv-a 351,24 (akkhatan ti anupaddutam, Ptaliputtam akkhatan ti v anbdham anuppilam, -na ti attho); As 358, is (nantarikam ti ~ena phaladyakni, mtughtakammdinam etarn adhivacanam); see also anantaryikini.. antarya2 in Ee, Se at Sn 1120 is prob, wr for antar va {Be, Ceso). antaryik, mfn. [from antarya; BHS id.], causing obstacles, forming an impediment; Vin I 93,27 (anujnmi bhikkhave upasampdentena tassa ~e dhamme pucchitum); V 115,7(- patti jnitabb; Sp 1319,2i: satta pi pattiyo saftcicca vitikkant saggantaryam c' eva mokkhantaryam ca karonti ti~); MI 130,7 (ye 'me ~a dhamm vutt bhagavat te patisevato nlam antarya ti); Sil 226,3 (lbhasakkrasiloko ... -0 anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamya); Thi492 (km akkht -); Vism 215,4 (ime dhamm ~ ime dhamm niyynik);

Mhv 35:39; anantaryika, mfn., not forming an impediment; not subject to hindrance or danger; VinV 115,7 (~ patti); Sp304,is (paro -0 hutv tarn avaharati) = Kkh27,40 (Be so; Ee wr antaryiko); Bv -a 299,7 (sabbabuddhnam ... buddharamsinam na sakk kenaci antaryam ktun ti ime cattro ~ dhamm nm ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee na antaryik). antarla, antarla, n. [S. antarla], space between; interval; Dth 1:52 (~e manicankame jino thitappadesassa ca sanassa ca ... aksi cankamam); antarlapathe, ind., on the way; Mhv 61:12; 66:114. antarika, mfn. [from antara?], separated; kept apart; having something interposed; ? Sp 731,8 (pabbatanadidihi pana -tt na sakk ujum gantum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se antaritatt; = Vism 72,28: antaritatt); Mp II 326, M (tassa musvdena -tt saccam saccenana ghatiyati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee antaritatt) = Nidd-a 1447,10 (Be so, Se -tya; Ce Ee antaritatya) = Sv73,i3 (antaritatt) = Ps II 206,25 (antaritatt); Sv 374,15 (anupubbbhisannnirodhasampajnasampattl ti ettha abhi ti upasaggamattam, sampajnapadam nirodhapadena -am katv vuttam, anupatiptiy sampajnasaniinirodhasampatti ti); Mp V 77,26 (cittantaro ti... citten' eva -0, ekass' eva hi cuticittassa anantar dutiye patisandhicitte devo nama hoti...). antarika, / [BHS id.], space between, interstice, interval; cleft, chink; Vin III 108,23 (Tapod dvinnam mahniraynam ~ya gacchati); Niddl 353,15 (sattannam pabbatnam ~su); Kv226,n (atthi dvinnam nibbnnam ... sim va bhedo v rji v ~ v ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee antarika); Vism 604,8* (purimam bhijjati cittam pacchimam jya" tato tesam - n' atthi); ifc see san' (.yvsana2), ur'- (jvura[s]), ek'-, pakhum'-, phsul'-, bhjan'- (sv bhjana1), lok'-, vijjantarik, sim'-, sutt'(svsutta2); anantarika, mfn. [or rather prob, wr for nantarika ^v], with no space intervening; immediately preceding or following; next; VinI 321,26 (antamaso ~asspi bhikkhuno, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nantarikasspi; Sp 1147,6: ~ass ti attano anantaram nisinnassa, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nantarikass ti); II 165,5 foil. (~am bhikkhum vutthpesi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce nantarikam); 212,35 (~am bhikkhum pucchitv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nantarikam); IV 234,10 (~ bhikkhuni, eds so). antarita, mfn. [ts], concealed, screened; separated; Mil 291,6 (anekehi... bhavasahassehi -am); Sp 731,8 (pabbatanadi-dihi pana -tt na sakk ujum gantum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee antarikatt) = Vism 72,28 (eds so); Sv 73,13 (tassa musvdena -tt saccam saccena na ghatiyati) = Ps II 206,25 = Mp II 326, u (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se antarikatt) = Nidd-a I 447,10 (Ce, Ee -tya; Be antarikatt; Se antarikatya); Ps III 334,26 (attha-usabhamattena thnena -a); Mp III 294,21 (so puggalo na upatthti kudddihi ~o viya hoti). antaripa, n. [ts], an island; Abh 664 (-arnca dipo); 999. antariya, n. [S. lex. id.], an inner or lower garment; Abh 292. antaruddhi, / [cf antavatti and S. antravrddhi, "inguinal hernia, rupture"], (probably) the intestines; ? Ja VI 8,9 (duggandhagandhen' assa ~inam nikkhamanaklo viya

151

hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be antarudhlnam; Se antarudarinam). antalikkha1, n. (and m.l) [S. antariksa, antariksa,.], intermediate space, the atmosphere, the air; the sky; Abh 45; Vin 12,26* (suriyo va obhsayam -am); DII 15,4 (dve udakassa dhr ~ ptubhavanti); A III 239,26* (diccam iv' ~e); Dhp 127 (na ~e na samuddamajjhe) quoted Mil 150,23*; Sn222 (bhtni... bhummni v yni va ~e); Ja III 292,13 (sdhukrasaddapunnam -am ahosi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~o); V 321,12* (vehse -asmim anussitvna khattiye); Patis II 208,32 (so iddhim cetovasippatto kase ~e cankamati pi titthati pi...); Bv23:4 (-amhi kse yamakam katv vikubbanam); Mil 343,4* (-arnhi caran dhammanagare vasanti te); 1h-all 1,10 (so -ena gacchanto); -ga, mfn. [antalikkha + ga2], going through the air; A1215,9*; -cara, mfn., travelling through the air; Vin I 21,17* (~o pso); D I 17,22 (sayampabh - subhatthyino; * A V 60,8: antalikkhecar); Ap 18,8 (~ dhir parivrenti mam sad) * 332,6 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee antalikkhecar); see also antalikkhecara; -tthaka, mfn., existing, being in intermediate space, in the atmosphere; Ps V 99,2 (kci bhmatthaka devat kci - kci ctumahrjik ... kci brahmaloke nibbatt, Ce so; Be, Se antalikkhak; Ee ~ rjik) * SpkII 392,22 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~su); -bhavana, ., a palace in the air; Ja III 218,24*. antalikkha2, mfn. [S. antariksa, antariksa], belonging to intermediate space, produced in the atmosphere; Vibh83,i6 (bhummni v udakni -ni v; Vibh-a69,7: -ni ti pathavim appattni vassodakni); ifc see bhumm'-. antalikkhak, mfn. [antalikkha + ka2], belonging to intermediate space, to the atmosphere; Ps V 99,2 (kci bhmatthaka devat kci - kci ctumahrjik ... kci brahmaloke nibbatt, Be, Se so; Ce antalikkhatthak; Ee antalikkhatthak rjik; * SpkII 392,22: Be, Ce, Se antalikkhatthak; Ee antalikkhatthaksu). antalikkhecara, mfn. [loc. of antalikkha + cara; sometimes written as separate words], travelling through the air; A V 60,8 (sayampabh ~); Ja III 460,1* (so rj isin satto -o pure, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se antalikkhacaro); IV 425,21* (apadena padam yti ~o dijo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be antalikkhacaro); see also antalikkhacara sv antalikkha1. antavaddhimamsalohitdihi in Ee at Ja I 260,17 is prob, wrfor antavatti- (Be, Ce, Se so), but c/antaruddhi. anti, ind. [ts], before, in the presence of; near (+ gen.); JaV 399,3* (tav' anti-m-gat; 399,13': tava santikam gat); VI 565,32* (samikass' anti rodati); see also upanti. antika1, mfn. and n. [ts], (mfn.) near, proximate; (n.) nearness, proximity; Pj I 217,32 (udakassa -bhavena odakantikam); ace. -am, adv., near, near to; in the presence of(+ gen.or ifc); Abh 706; Ja I 28,4* (tav* -am Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tav' ~e); IV 107,1* (tav' -am, Ce so; Be, Se tav' antike; Ee tamantikam); loc. -e, adv., near, close by; in the presence of (+ gen.); Th331 (vykaromi tav' -e); JaV 173,25* (samvaccharo me vusito tav' -e); VI266,1* (ehi gacchma pitu mam' -e; 266,8': mama pitu santikam gacchma); Ap 25,28 (ubho pi

pabbajissma Sakyaputta tav* ~e); ifc see upantika, santika1. antika2, (mf)n. [from anta1 ], final; (what is) the end;? Sp 221,n (udakakiccam -am avasnam ass ti odakantiko). antika3, mfn. [ts], reaching to; reaching to the end of; ifc see ussvan' -, odakantika. antima1, mfn. [ts], last, final; lowest, meanest; Abh 714; Vin I 11,30 (akupp me cetovimutti ayam - jti n' atthi dani punabbhavo ti); D i l 286,24* (~e vattamnamhi so nivso bhavissati; Sv 739,33: -e bhave vattamne); It 50,4* (dhreti -am deham); Sn 478 (sariram ca -am dhreti); 502 (ayam - n' atthi punabbhavo ti); Th 339 (-0 'yam samussayo); Ja III 359,20* (ayam- vedag brahmapatti); Mhv 20:44 (sakkram -am ak); 23:78 (Abhayass' -0 putto); ifc see paccantima; -gandhina, mj(~\)n., who is the last and who injures; Ja IV 34,17* (mharn kule ~o ahum, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be antimagandhano; 34,24 : aham attano kule sabbapacchimako c' eva kulapalpo ca ma assan ti); 35,19* (-1); -jivika, mfn., having the lowest, meanest livelihood; Mil 122,3 (ganik rppajivini -); -dehadhara, mfn., who has his last body; It 101,15 (-0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -dhro); Vv 35:12 (-am isim); Niddl 22,2 (-0 arah); Mil 215,11; -dehadhri(n), mfn., id.; SI 14,ii*(khinsavo-i)* Sn471; It 32, is* (tarn ve munim -im); -purisa, m., the last man, the meanest man; last of the line; M II 75,28 (ma kho me tvam -0 ahosi); Pj II 479,4 (purisanta -a); -bhava,m., the last birth; Niddl 22,1 (~e thito); Mil 287,4 (so 'yam -0 anuppatto); -bhavika, mfn., being in one's last birth; Ud-a90,4 (--tt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -bhvikatt); It-all 73,i (-am svakabodhisattam sandhya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -bhvi, prob, wr); Thi-a 77,28 (~-tya); -vatthu, n. [antima + vatthu1], an extreme offence; Vin I 121,1 (-urn ajjhpannako patijnti); 135,28; Vism425,i2; Vin-vn 416; -samussaya, m, the last accumulation, the last body; Niddl 22,i (-e thito); -srira, mfn., having his last body; SI 210,23* (buddho-0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nr-sariro); AII 37,20* (buddho -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr antimsariro); Dhp 352 (sa ve -o); Sn 624; - s e y y l , / , death-bed; Saddh278. antima2, mfn., closest, innermost; -man4ala, n., inner circle, innermost range (of the Buddha's journeying); Sp 196,35 (janapadaerikam carant ca mahmandalam majjhimamandalam -am); 197,2 (-am tiyojanasatikam); see also antomandala. antimaka, mfn. [antima1 + ka2], last, final; Mhv 8:1 (Vijayo so mahrj vasse ~e thito). ante1, ind. [ts], see sv anta1. ante2 = anto [S. antar] in antepura, antepurik qqv. antepura, n. [BHS id.; S. antahpura; AMg anteura], I. the royal palace, esp. the inner apartments, the harem; Abh 215; Vin I 75,19 (so ca ranno ~e likhito hoti yattha passitabbo tattha hantabbo ti); II 190,24 (~e upacrak mahmatt); DII 26,22 (ito va -am paccaniyyhi ti); Sn695 (-amh niragama brahmaeri); Ja IV 447,5* (ksviy yantu -am tarn); Ud-a 162,25 (-e ti itthgrassa sancaranatthnabhte rjagehassa abbhantare yattha rj

152

nhanabhojanasayandim kappeti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee samvaranatthnabhte); Mil29,20 (yannnham sve ~e sallapeyyan ti); 2. the women of the harem; Ja VI 104,ii (~am ca mahjanam ca mantetv); Pj II 71,3 (rj pi agamsi saddhim ~ena); see also antopura sv anto. antepuriki, / [S. antahpurik; AMg anteuriy], a woman of the harem; Ja IV 191,25 (so jasasahass ~); VI 465,27' (orodh ti Udumbardevim dim katv ~); As 403,7 (rppajiviniyo mtugm '-dayo ca sappiphnitam nma pivanti). antevsi(n), m, antevsini, / [S. antevsin], "dwelling near or in the house (of his master)", (who is) a (resident) pupil; an apprentice; Abh 408; Vin I 217,4 (gharam gantv ~im npesi); II261,19 (Uppalavannya bhikkhuniy ~ini bhikkhuni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee antevsibhikkhuni); IV 291,31 (~inim v anupasampannam v n' eva upattheti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~im); 293,23 (~inim v saddhivihrinim v); D I 1,9 (Suppiyo pi kho paribbjako ... saddhim ~in Brahmadattena mnavena; Sv 36,3/o//.: ante vasati ti ~i samipacro santikvacaro sisso ti attho); M III 1, is (mayam h i . . . ~i labhitv pathamam evarn ganpema); Th 334 (~i 'mhi sikkhito); Ja V 84,i* (tayo hi putt ... ~i dinnako atrajo ca; 84,4': ~i ti sippam v ugganhanto panham v sunanto santike vuttho); 293,7 (tava ~in... bhattam pacpetv); Mil 94,4 (cariyena ~imhi... rakkh upatthapetabb); (i)-kamyat,/, a desire to get pupils; D i l i 56,9; Mil 184,18. antevsika, mfn. [antevsi(n) + ka2; BHS id.], (being) a (resident) pupil; Vin I 60,27 (cariyo bhikkhave ~amhi puttacittam upatthpessati); IV 227,22 (Bhaddiy Kpilniy-bhikkhuni); SI 180,17 (bhradvjagottassa brhmanassa sambahul ~); Jal 166,19; Mil 269,8; Sp 976,29 ([addhateyyni paribbjakasatni] Sanjayni ti Sanjayassa ~ni); SpkII 397,7 (ye ca tattha mahallak te pi -tya mnavak tveva vutt); anantevsika, mfn., without resident pupils, ie without internal impurities; S IV 136,5 (~am idarn bhikkhave brahmacariyam vussati ancariyakam; SpkII 403,2: ~an ti antovasanakakilesavirahitam); 137,6 foil. (bhikkhu ~o ancariyako); santevsika, sntevsika, mfn., with resident pupils, ie with internal impurities; SIV 136,ifoll (-0... bhikkhu scariyako) quoted Niddl
14,19.

anto, adv. and prep, (and m. ?) [S. antar], \.(adv.) within, inside; Abhll50; Vin I 210,30 (~o vsetv -0 smam pacitv); SI 79,23* (~o asuddh bahi sobhamn); Ja VI 437,io* (kammrnam yath ukk -0 jhyati no bahim); Mil 56,6 (~o pavisitv); Mhv 9:4 (~o thapesum ekam ca dsim); anto katv, karitv, confining; including; reaching to; Ja II 96,3 (satthram nimantent pi te upsake -0 karitv va nimantenti); Ud-a 176,4 (ete dhamme etam ca oksam ~o karitv pavattanfi ti) ^ As 48,12; Nidd-a350,i9 (visitthesu attanam ~o katv); Mhv 15:183 (katv puram ~o simam bandhatha); 2. (prep.) (i) + loc. (sometimes written as cpd): within, inside, in the middle (of); Vin III 202,1 (~o vihre civaram nikkhipitv); Ud 19,23/0//. (~o pi antepure ... ~o pi nagare); Thi 297 (~o dipe); Ja I 385,8

(~o uyyne); II 323,24 (dve pi ~o nivesane posento); VI 161,28 (~okathe yeva nam pacitum vattati ti); Pv 10:1 (k nu ~o vimnasmim titthanti); Ap 87,11 (ye keci udake pn ~o jle bhavanti te); (ii) + ace. (sometimes written as cpd): within, inside; Vin I 155,1 (so tarn sattham ~o sannivattam karoti); Ja I 317,2 (~o temsam); VI 305, is (-0 pabbatam pavisitv); (iii) + instr. in adverbial cpd: through the inside of; Ja VI 305,26 (-pabbatena uggantv); Sp 747,4 (-psden' eva rohitv); (iv) + gen.: within, inside; Dhp-aIII 171,15 (satth ... tarn kumrikam attano nnajlassa ~o pavittham disv); Mhv 10:86 (~o narindavatthussa); 14:47 (~o va rajavatthussa); 3. (m.) inner part, inside; Jal 146,29* (sace imassa kyassa ~o bhirato siy; or anta1 ?); -aruna, n., the time before sunrise; Vin IV 245,8 (~am adhittheti); JaV 226,10' (~e yeva); Ps II 208,30 ([syamsabhattarn] majjhantikato uddham -ena [paricchinnam]); -rma, m., the inner part of an rma; Vin IV 163,26 (ajjhrmo nma parikkhittassa rmassa -o); -vasatha, m., the inner part of a dwelling; Vin IV 163,27 (ajjhvasatho nma parikkhittassa vasathassa ~o); -utthitasasana, n., breath arisen from within; Sadd 399,31 (~am assso); -karana, n. [anto + karana1], inclusion; As 48,13 (~'-attho hi ayam kro); -kasambu, mfn., rotten inside; SI 166,8* (~u sankilittho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anto kasambhu; Spkl 231,10: ~Q ti anto kilesaptisabhvenaptiko) ^ 166,33*; -kucchi,/, (the inside of) the belly; the womb; Abh 862; Jal 503,1 (~i andhakro ahosi); Dhp-al 192,19 ([yantajhatthino -iyam satthi puris aparparam cankamanti; or anto + loc, "inside the belly"); -kotthgrika, mfn., who has storerooms within, hoarding within; Vin III 251,2 (~ ime saman Sakyaputtiy seyyath pi rj Mgadho Seniyo Bimbisro ti; Sp 710,6: abbhantare samvihitakotthgr); Ja III 364,2; -gata, mfn., being within, turned inward; being contained within; AIV 87,3 (~ehi indriyehi); Sv 366,1 (nnajlassa ~am paribbjakam disv); Nidd-al 243,11 (~-tt); am, ind., inwardly; aside (of speech); JaV 208,25'(imam gtharn Mahsatto ~am evabhsati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anta-); see also antaggata; -gadha, mfn., contained in, included; Abh 742; M III 94,23; A I 43,M; Mil 125,29; Vism 183,25; PsII 218,32 (sacenam tt); ~-hetu-attha, mfn., having a causative sense included or implied; Pv-a 10,16 (obhsate ti v ~-hetu-attham idam padanti); see also ogadha2; -ghara, n., the interior of a house; Abh 862 (~e ... kottho); -jata, mfn., and/or -jat, / [from anto + jat], entangled within; inner entanglement; SI 13,18* (~ bahijat jatya jatit paj) quoted Vism l,n*; Pet ^6, n foil, (ye dhamm samathena ca vipassanaya ca pahiyanti te ime - bahijat ... ajjhattavatthuko rgo ~... sankhittena y kci ajjhattavatthuk tanhca ditthi ca ayam ~); -jana, m. [anto + Jana1], the inner household; the family; DIU 61,6 (dhammikarn rakkhvaranaguttim samvidahassu ~asmim); A I 152,23 (saddham kulapatim nissya ~o tii vaddhlhi vaddhati); Ja IV 183,2; see also antajana; -jta, mfn., (a slave) born in the house (of his

153

master); Abh 515; Vin IV 224,33 (dso nma - o dhanakkito karamarnito); Vv-a212,7 (aham - dsi ahosim); Vin-vn 216; -jtaka, mfti. [anto + jtaka2], id.; Niddl 11,8 (~o dso); Ps III 8,20; -jalagata, mfn., being in or caught in a net; Ap21,6; -jlikata, mfn., caught in a net; comprehended; D I 45,26 (sabbe te imeh' eva dvsatthiy vatthhi ~); -dha, m., an internal fire; J a l 138,11; Niddl 128,11; -tudaka, -todaka, mfn., pricking inside; Pj II 100,28 (-'-atthena ... sallam, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee -todakatthena; * Ap-a 179,i: antotudanatthena); -tudana, n., pricking inside; Vism 61 l,3i (tya ... sallato) = Nidd-a 1169,12; Ap-a 179,i (-'-atthena ... sallam); -dhaka, mfn., burning within; Q)-a 314,30 (kotaraggi viya ~); -devata,/, the deity of the house; Mp I 415,16; Dhp-al 404,14 (~ namassitabb); -nagara, n., the inner town; the inside of the town; Dhp-al 387,1 (-am sambdham); Cp-a47,7; -nijjhna, -nijjhyana, n., inner suffering, burning; Pv-a 18,i2(cittasantpo -an ti attho); lakkhana, mfn., characterised by inner suffering; J a l 168,19' (-nijjhyanalakkhanena sokena socati); Mp II 95,33 (-nijjhyanalakkhanehi sokehi); Nidd-a I 74,6 (soko ... lakkhano cittasantpo); -nimuggaposi(n), mfn., nourished while immersed within; D I 75,17 (uppalni... ~Ini) = MI 169,13; -paridha, m., inner burning; Niddl 128,11; -parisoka, m., inner grief; D II 306,2; Patis I 38,n; -ptarse, ind., before the morning meal; Ps IV 225,20; -pura, w., the inner apartments; Ja III 409,32 (~e jano, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se antepurajano); 505,24 (~e, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se antepure); VI 289,5* (pvekkhi -am ariyasettho, Ce, Ee so; [or: into the house; ?] Be, Se antepuram); see also antepura; -puti, mfn., rotten inside; SIV 179,17 (na ~i bhavissati); AIV 128,26 (~issa avassutassa) quoted Vism 55,6; Ud 52,16; Pet 56,12 (--bhvo, Be, Ce so; Ee wr antopri-); -ptika, mfn., rotten inside; Mil 301,20 (phalni... -nihutv patanti); -bhattika, mfn., who takes his meals indoors; Ja VI 344,22 (tta - 0 bhavissasi udhu bahibhattiko ti); -bhavika, mfn., being within, included; Mil 95,11 (samyutto lokena ~o lokasmim lokasdhrano, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se antogadhiko); -bhga, m., the interior; Abh 1166; -bhava, m., the being within; the internal; Abh 1163; 1182; -majjhantika, m., the fore-noon, the time before midday; Ps II 208,29 (ptarsabhattam -na paricchinnam); Ud-a 202,22; -man dal a, n., inner circle, innermost range (of the Buddha's journeying); Sv241,n (mahmandalam majjhimamandalam -am); 241,19 (-am tiyojanasatikam); Ps II 151,3; see also antimamandala; -mana(s), mfn., sad, melancholy; Vin III 19,19 (-0 linamano dukkhi); -vanka, mfn., curving inwards, concave; Pj II 437,23 (Sudassanaktam... -am kkamiikhasanthnam); -vankagata, mfn., hooked inside; Th749 (-0 sim maccho va; see K.R. Norman, 1969, p. 232); -vanna, mfn., with colour/class within; Th 140 (na brhmano bahivanno ~o hi brhmano); -vana, n., the interior of a forest; M I 124,33 (-am suvisodhitam

visodheyya); -valanja, m., the inner apartments; Jal 385,5 (idam pilandhanam -e nattham); -vaJafijaka, -valafljaka,m/(n)., (one) belonging to the inner apartments; Jail 2,20 (-nam antare, Be, Ce, Eeso; tS,e0-valanjanaknam); 3,4; -valajana, mfn., being indoors, belonging to the interior; manuss,m.pl, indoor people; J a l 383,4' (sabbe manuss, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se 0-valanjanakamanuss); -vaJafijanaka, mfin)., (one) belonging to the inner apartments; J a l 382,2r; 385,6; -vasanaka, mfn., living within; Spkll 403,2 (anantevsikan ti kilesavirahitam, Be so; Ce antovsaka-; Ee antovsana-, Se antovasanaka-, prob, wrr); -vassa, n., the rainy season; Ja IV 242,28 (ekasmim hi ~e); Vv-a 66,31 (idni kittakam -am avasitthan ti); am, adv., in the rainy season; Vin IV 296,29 (y pana bhikkhuni -am crikam careyya); see also antaravassa; -vihra, m., the interior of the vihra; Vibh-a474,24 (-0 kinno); -abhimukha,m/(-i)/i., turning towards the interior of the vihra; Dhp-al 50,i (-abhimukhi pakkhandi); -sankhepa, m, inner contracting, hanging back; SpklH 180,12 (antpino -o antaryakaro hoti); -samorodha, m., blocking up within; Dhsll57 (kyassa... pariyonho - o middham; As 378,5: abbhantare samorundhati ti ~o); -snito, ind., from within the curtain; Jal 58,2 (-0 bahi nikkhant); -8ra, mfn., with excellence within; with pith within; Ja IV 9,19* (-0 hi brhmano); Ps III 433,18 (- pana bahiphegg sabbe rukkh nma); -simam, -simya, ind., within the boundary; Vin I 132,8 (-am okkamanti); 340,12 (-ya uposatham karonti); -soka,m., inner grief, D i l 306,2; Patis I 38,n; ati-anto, ind., very far inside; Sp922,i (~o pavesetv). andati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup andati, Wg 3:25], binds; Dhtup 141 (anda bandhane); Dhtum 202-3 (adi adi ca bandhane); Sadd377,io (adi bandhane: -ati and); 468,5; see also anu-andati, antati, Val2. andu, and (and addu ?), / [ts], a fetter; a shackle (of wood 1); D I 245,10 (dalhya -uy pacchbham glhabandhanam baddho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se rajjuy); SI 76,33 (appekacce rajjhi appekacce -uhi appekacce sankhalikhi; Be, Ce, Eeso; Se addhi); Sadd 377,10 (adi bandhane: andati -); (u)-kahpana, m., a fee received at the freeing of one who has been fettered; PsH 349,18 (yottakahpano -0); (u)-ghara, n., a prison; J a l 21,18* (yath -e puriso ciravuttho) = Ap-a23,33*; (u)-bandhana, n., confining with an andu, shackling; Vin III 47,8 (rajjubandhanena v ~ena v sankhalikabandhanena v) * Nidd I 402,23 = II 168,29 (Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr andhu-); Kv 137,4 (-ena bandhitum, Ce so; Be, Se addu-; Ee anu-); 272,10 (-ena, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se addu-); Dhp-alV 56,3 (--sankhtam drujam [bandhanam]). anduka, m. [andu+ ka2; ts], an elephant's foot-shackle; Abh 364 (nigalo 'nduko). andukvidhna, n., a way of dressing the hair; Ud-a 171,4 (ullikhitan ti phanakdihi kesasanthpanam, -an ti pi vadanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se addhakra-; perhaps read anduka-?).

154

andoli, / [cfS. andolayati], a swinging seat; Mhv 88:88 ( -dhavalacchattacmardini). andha, mfn. [ts], 1. blind, blinded; mentally blind, foolish, unenlightened; Abh321; VinI 91,15 (~am pabbjentimgam pabbjenti); D I 191,11 (sabbe va kho ete... paribbjak ~ acakkhuk); MIII 298,17 (~o bhvitindriyo bhavissati); S III 140,2 (blam puthujjanam ~am acakkhukam ajnantam apassantam); Pv 36:48 (~assa dandam sayam diysi); Th 95 (-0 'harn hatanetto smi); 321 (~o va siy samavisamassa adassanato); Ja IV 192,ir (~o va visamam maggam na jnti); Ap 152,20 (vippanatth brahranne ~ va anusuyyare); 255,10 (aranfie ... ~' ^iindm' ahamtad; Ap-a476,25 foil.: vane maggamlhabhvena ~ona cakkhun ~o); 465,23 (~nam nayanpamo); Cp 1:8:9 (ubhopi nett nayan ~ upahat mama); Mil 367,11 (kukkuto sacakkhuko pi rattim ~o hoti); ifc see kam'-, jaccandha; 2. dark; blinding; Sn669 (~am va timisam yanti); JaV 339,24* (~ena tamas); see andhatama below; '-andham, ind., dimly; Mill 151,12 (so [telappadipo] ... ~am viya jhyati); '-kula, mfn., confused, bewildered; Vv 84:9 (aparaddhamagg ~ vippanatth aranfie; Vv-a337,n: ~ ti andh viya kul maggajnanasamatthassa panncakkhuno abhvena andh tato eva kul); -kapan, m.pl, the blind and poor; Dhp-al 187,5 (~'-dInam danam patthapesi, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se addhikakapandinam); -karana, mfn. [andha + karana1], making blind; confusing; It 82,10 (akusalavitakk ~ acakkhukaran); Ja III 500,22* (~Q kme, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -krake; 500,24': paraicakkhuvinsanato andhakare, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se andhabhvakare); Mil 113,29 (panho... ~o ca gambhiro ca); -kra, -kraka, see svv; -tama, -ntama {sometimes written as separate words, c / J a V 339,24* above), n. [cfS. andhatamasa], pitch darkness; Abh72 (andhantamam ghanatame); S V 442,25 (~am tad hoti andhakratimis, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee andhantamam); AIV 96,23* (~am tad hoti yam kodho sahate nararn, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce andhantamam; Mp IV 48,n: ~an ti andhabhvakaram tamam bahalatamam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee andhabhvakaraghanamahtamam) ^ It 84,3* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee andham tamam); Ja VI 247,4* (~am tattha na candasuriy, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee andham tamam); Vism 413,6 (tarn thnam hundarikam ~am iva hoti); -nakha (or addhanakha?), mfn., with dull, dirty nails; Ja VI 548,26* (balankapdo ~o, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se addha-) quoted Sadd 558,13 (~o); Sp 1030,18 (-0 v klavannehi ptinakhehi samanngato); -bla, mfn., mentally blind, stupid, foolish; Th575 (~ puthujjan); Ja VI 63,io (~-tya); 337,13' (~e pubbe pi ppakam katv yakkhini jt si);-bhta, mfn., blinded; mentally blind; VinI 8,26* (~asmi lokasmim hancham amatadundubhim); S IV 20,33 (sabbam bhikkhave -am, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, SpkII 363,27 addhabhtam qv sv addhabhavati); A II 72,6 (avijjnivut pos ~ acakkhuk); Dhp 59 (~e puthujjane); 174; Th215 (~o puthujjano); -makkhik,/, a gadfly; Vism 31,13 (dams ti damsanamakkhik, ~ti pi vuccanti) = Nidd-a 1461,34; see also andhaka; -veni,/, a line or series of

blind men; D I 239,25 (~i paramparsamsatt) = Mil 170,16; -vesa, m, the appearance, guise of a blind man; Ja III 418,2 (~amgahetv); anandha, mfn., not blind, seeing; MI 512,5; Ja VI 86,7*; Mil 367,13; Vin-vn 547; ~-karana, mfn., giving sight, enlightening; It82,22 (tayo... kusalavitakk karan cakkhukaran nnakaran); see also andhikata, andhikarana. andhaka, mfn. andm., 1. (mfn.) [ts], blind; Ja II 327,13* (cakkhum~ honti mtugmavasam gat, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee andhit); Mp II 330,20 (~am karoti ti andhakarano, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se andham); 2. (m.) a gadfly; Sn 20 (-makas na vijjare; Pj II 33,26: ~ ti knamakkhiknam adhivacanam, pihgalamakkhiknan ti pi eke, makas makas yeva); -kapan, m.pl, the blind and poor; Dhp-al lSS^^-dinam ... dnam deti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce andha-; Be, Se addhikakapandinam); -makkhik,/, a gadfly; Th-a 197,io (dams ti laddhanmehi ~hi); see also andhamakkhik sv andha. andhakra, m.n. and mfn. [S. andhakra, m.n.], 1. (m.n.) darkness; blackness; Abh 70 (~o); VinI 16,33 (~e v telapajjotam dhreyya cakkhumanto rpni dakkhinti ti); D II 269,29 (~o guhyam antaradhyi loko udapdi, so read with Be, Ce, Se); A l l 54,n* (~ena onaddh tanhds); SI 94,9foil, (puriso ~ v -am gaccheyya); Sn763 (~o apassatam); Vv 9:7 (~amhi timisikyam); Th 1034 (gate kalynamittamhi ~am va khyati); Jal 296,6 (suriyo pi atthangato -am jtam); Cp 2:6:7 (-amhi rattiy); Mil39,i4 (padipo -am vidhameti); Vism 417,28 (nesam sayampabh antaradhyati ~o hoti); As 388,22 (-tya maggo na pannyi); ifc see tarn'-, ratt'(.svratti), samandhakara; 2 . (mfn.) dark, obscuring; obscured; Vin I 79,31 (hundarik samannam Sakyaputtiynamdis ~); DU 12,11 (lokantarik ... ~ andhakratimis; or ~ is subst.; Sv 433,16: ~ ti tamabht; cfBHSD sv lokantarik) = MIII 120,10 = A II 130,26; S I 51,n*(yo~e tamasi pabhamkaro; or ~Q is subst.; Spkl 108,16: ~ e t i . . . andhabhvakarane); Jal 323,11 (mahmegho utthahi dis <- jt); Ps II 370,6 (upekkh pana - avibht); -guhyam in Ee at D II 269,29 is wr for andhakro guhyam (Be, Ce, Seso); - t i m i s , / (and ~a, mfn. ?) [cfBHS andhakratamisr], pitch darkness; (pitch-dark;) DU 12,n (lokantarik... andhakra -; Sv433,n: ~ t i . . . andhabhvakaranatimisena samanngat); III 85,5 (ekodakibhtam ... hoti andhakro~); S I 154,26* (~ya rattiy nisidi tattha bhikkhu vigatalomahamso); V 442,25 (andhantamam tad hoti ~); Ja V 11,20 (~ ahosi); -timiss, / , pitch darkness; Ja III 433,10* (~ya, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce 0-timisyam; 433,12': ~y ti andhabhvakrake tarne). andhakraka, mfn. or m. [andhakra + ka2], dark; or darkness; SV 454,n (lokantarik... ~ andhakratimis, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se andhakra; * D II 12,11 = M III 120,io= All 130,26: andhakra). andhakiya, mfn. [?], ? Sadd 789,14 (jtiyam niyutto jtikiyo, evam~ojaccandhakiyo). andhitv in Ee at Ja III 505,21 is wr for viijhitv qv sv vijjhati. andhita, mfn., pp o/andheti qv.

155

andhikata, andhikata, mfn. [pp of *andha + karoti; S. andhikrta], made blind, blinded; Ud 75,26 (mucchita ajjhopann -); Ja I 168,21' (mohena pana mlh avijjya -); Niddl 26,18 (avijjya -); Vism 544,24; Saddh 576 (yya -ojano); see also andhikarana. andhikarana, n. [from *andha + karoti], making blind, blinding; Cp-a 303,7 (lobhdinam -ato nnassa ca anandhikaranato lobhdipatipakkh panii); see also andhikata. andheti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [perhaps denom. from andha; cfS. andhayati, "makes blind"], makes blind; becomes blind; is blind; Sadd 548,16 foil. (andha ditthpasamhre: ... ~eti -ayati, cakkhni 'ndhayimsu andho... -eti" ti andho); p p andhita, mfn., blind; become blind, made blind; Ja II 327,13* (cakkhum - honti mtugmavasam gat, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se andhak; quoted Sadd 145,30: andhik). anna (ifc sometimes -anna), n. [ts], food (esp. boiled rice); Abh 465; 1103; Vin II148,1* (tesam -amca pnam ca vatthasensanni ca); D III 258,18 (dnam deti... -am pnam vattham ynam); MIII 169,32 (na lbhi -assa pnassa vatthassa ynassa...); Sn240 (slinam -am paribhunjamno); Thi 146 (-am pnam ca dya); Ja III 156,12* (na hi -na pnena mato gono samutthahe); 522,17* (aham pi mamsni phalni bhunje -ni ca loniyateliyni); IV 273,5* (-am migo brhmana khattiyassa); Niddl 372,2 (-nan ti odano kummso sattu maccho mamsam); Ap 581,17 (tad -am chaddayitvna); ifc see aparanna, tur'-, kad-, pubbanna, sudh-; -da, mfn., giving food; SI 32,n* (-0 balado hoti); Sn297; JaIII 234,3* (agrino annadapnavatthad; 234,18': - pnad vatthad, Be, Ce, Se so); -pnbhivassa, m., a shower of food and drink; Ap 372,26; -psanamangala, n. [cf S. annaprSana], the ceremony of feeding a child rice for the first time; Mhv 62:53 (kannavedhamaham c' eva -am); -bhacca, m(fn)., "to be supported with food", a dependant; a servant; Ja II 370,13* (- c' abhacc ca); -bhra, m, a foodcarrier; a grass-seller; ? nesd, m.pl, grasssellers and fowlers; A III 122,16 (tathagato dhammam deseti antamaso nesdnam pi; Mp III 277,8 foil: annam vuccati yavasam, tarn bhro etesan ti annabhr, yvasiknam etam nmam, nesd vuccanti skunik, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se annam vuccati yavabhattam ... ycaknam etam nmam). annag, aor. 1 sg. o/amWg qv. annaya = anvaya qv; ifc see dur-. anna,/, a mother; Sadd 652,25. annupucchi in Ee at Ja VI 227,30* is prob, wr for anupucchi qv sv anupucchati. anvakri, aor. 3 sg. [of *anu1 + kirati], he threw, cast, scattered; Mil 100,6* (coro asim vudham ca sobbhe papte narake anvakri, Ce, Ee so; Se anvakri; Be akin; Ps III 334,6: anvakri ti khipi chaddesi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akin ti) * Th 869 (eds anvaksi); see also anukinna, anvaksi. anvaksi, aor. 3 sg. [of *anu1 + kirati?], he threw, scattered; Th 869 (coro asim vudham ca sobbhe papte narake anvaksi; Th-aIII 58,31: anvaksi ti anu-aksi...

anukhipi chaddesi) * Mil 100,6 (Be akiri; Ce, Ee anvakri; Se anvakri); see also anvakri. anvakkharam, ind. [ami1 + ace. 0/akkhara], syllable by syllable; Vin IV 15,i (padam anupadam -am anuvyanjanam; Sp 741,30foil: rpam aniccan ti bhana smaner ti vuecamno rkramattam eva ekato vatv titthati); see also anupadam, anuvyanjanam. anvaga, mfn. [= anuga, influenced by aor. anvag etc], following; JaV 172,18* (tejo nu te nnvagam dantamlarn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anvagatam; or aor. 3 sg. of amWg; 174,20': udhuvisam dantamlam na anvgatam, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se anvagatam; Se omits na); see also anvagata, anvag4. anvagam1, anvagam2, aor. 3 sg., 1 sg., o/amWg qv. anvagacchi, aor. 3 sg. o/anugacchati qv. anvagata, mfn. [= anugata, pp of anugacchati qv, influenced by aor. anvag etc], following; having followed; JaV 172,17* (bhayan nu te -am mahantam); 174,19' foil, (bhayam mahantam -am udhu visam dantamlam na -am, Be, Ce so; Se omits na; Ee anvagatam); see also anvaga, anvag4. anvagamum, aor. 3 pi. of anugacchati qv. anvag, aor. 3 sg. o/amWg qv. anvag 1 , anvag2, anvag3, aor. 3 sg., 1 sg., 3 pi, of amWg qv. anvag 4 , mfn. [= anuga qv; influenced by aor. anvag etc], gone into, falling into; Sn 586 (anutthunanto klakatam sokassa vasam -; or anvag1 qv; Pj II 461,2: -tivasam gato); Ja IV 121,20*(mham kmehi sammatto jarya vasam -; or anvag2? \2\,22 foil: mham... jarya vasagmi nma homi); see also anvaga, anvagata. anvattan in Ee at Vibh 373,19 is wr for anvvattan (or anvattan) qqv. anvaddhamsam, anvaddhamsam, ind. [anu1 + acc. of addhamsa2; BHS anvardhamsam], every fortnight; VinIV 144,13 (-am uddesam gacchati ti); Mil 8,30 (te -am sanghamaijhe osaranti ptimokkhuddesya); AIV 276,29 (-am bhikkhuniy bhikkhusanghato uposathapucchakam ca ovdpasankamanam ca pariyesitabbam); Ja II371,19 (ratthe -am anudasham devo vassati); see also anvaddhamsika, anvaddhamse. anvattha, mfn. [S. anvartha], conformable to the meaning, answering to the matter; adequate, appropriate; Thi-a229,25 (tass kira sarirvayav sobhavannayutt ahesum, tasm Subh ti -am eva nmam jtam); Mhv 78:53 (-am... nmam); Sadd879,i (-am nma nibbacanatthaspekkhanmam vuccati); -crik in Ee, Se at Niddll 116,11 is prob, wr for anavatthitaerik qv sv avatitthati; -patipad,/, an appropriate way; Niddl 14,i (anulomapatipadya apaccanikapatipadya -ya; Nidd-al 65,17: -y ti attham anugatya patipadya); -saflii, / , (gr.t.t.) a term whose meaning conforms to the current acceptance of the word (ie not a technical term); an appropriate designation; Sadd 55,19*; Thi-a 6,6 (~-bhvato). anvatthitaerik in Ee, Se at Niddl 499,2, 499,31 and 500,14 is prob, wrfor anavatthitaerik qv sv avatitthati. anva-d-eva (and anu-d-eva?), ind. [S. anvak + eva;

156

c/samma-d-eva, S. samyag eva], behind, afterwards; Dil 172,25 (cakkaratanam puratthimam disam pavatti anvadeva rj Mahsudassano); A I 11,8 (mano tesam dhammnam pathamam uppajjati anvadeva akusal dhammti; Mp 173,20: anvadeva ti anudeva sah' eva ekato yev ti attho); V 214,11 (avijj bhikkhave pubbangam akusalnam dhammnam sampattiy anvadeva ahirikam anottappam;c/'Sadd 377,25: ettha anu-andati anubandha" ti anvadi, anvadi eva anvadeva ti) = SV 1,14 (Be, Ce, Se so; Eeanudeva); Sp 158,32 (anussarmi ti... jtipatiptim anugantv anugantv sarmi anudeva v sarmi; or from anu' + e v a ? ) * It-all 135,8. anvaddhamsam, see sv anvaddhamsam. anvaddhamsika, mfn. [from anvaddhamsam] fortnightly; Mp I 261,5 (dighyukabuddhnam ca nma na -o uposatho hoti). anvaddhamse, ind. [anu1 + loc. o/addhamsa2], every fortnight; Cp 1:9:15 (-e pannarase punnamse uposathe) quoted Sadd 243,28; see also anvaddhamsam. anvabhi, aor. 3 sg. q/"anubhavati qv. anvaya (and anu-aya), m and mfn. [ts], \.(m.) (i) lineage, succession; what follows, (logical) connection, inference, consequence; Abh 332 (gottam ~o); 1090; D III 226,33 (dhamme nanam ~e nanam); MI 319,8 (ke pan* yasmato kr ke - yen' yasm evam vadesi; Ps II 386, \i: -a ti anubuddhiyo); SII 58,16 (idam assa ~e nnam; SpkII 67,27: anu-aye nnam dhammannassa anugamane nanam); Vibh 329,27; Vism694,34 (paccakkhato c' eva -ato ca sankhrnam bhangam disv); Ps II 25,16 (anveti ti -o); abl. -a, as a consequence of Pv23:3 (tass* eva kammassa vipkam -; Pv-a 147,11: tass' eva suttadnapuMakammassa ~ paccay hetubhven' eva); (ii) successor, immediate follower; Sn 556 (ko nu senpati bhoto svako satthu-r-anvayo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee satthu-d-anvayo) = Th826 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce satthu -o); It 79,28* (satth hi loke pathamo mahesi tass' ~o svako bhvitatto; It-all 87,8: tass' eva satthu patipattiy dhammadesanya ca anugamanena tass' -0 anujto); 2. (mfn.) following on, linked to, dependent on; ifc see ky'-, citt' (svcitta1), sneh'-; anvayena in Be, Ee at Pet 195,10 is wr; see Nnamoli, J 979, p. 264; '-gata, mfn., inherited; Pj II 385,8 (tena -am pi bhogasampattim dipeti);ananvaya, mfn., without consequence; not followed up; Sn254 (-am piyam vcam yo mittesu pakubbati); see also durannaya. anvaham, ind. [anu1 + aha(n); ts], every day, daily; Mhv 41:29 (-am pjayi bodhim); Dth 4:8. anvkiri, aor. 3 sg. [of *anul + kirati], he scattered; Ja VI 210,25' (adhammenakimatuY akriti... adhammena kimkran lokam anvkiri samyojayi ti, so read with CPD sv anukirati ? Ee anvkiriyam yojayati ti; Be anatthakiriyyam samyqjesi ti; Ce anatthakiriyyam yojayati ti; Se anatthakri niratthasamyojayi ti). anvgacchi in Ee at Pv-a260,u is wr for anvagacchi (Be, Ce so) or anvaganchi. anvgata (anJanu-gata), mfn. [pp o/*anu l + gacchati; cfS. anvVgam], 1. (pass.) followed by; affected by; Th63 (sukhen* -am sukham; 1h-al \55,nfoil.: phala-

sampattisukhena anu-gatam accantasukham nibbnam); Ja IV 385,18* (~ puttasokena); 2. (act.) following; having followed, pursued; Ja IV 385,12* (yakkh have santi mahnubhv ~ isayo sdhurp; 385,27: ~ ti anugat, Be so; Ee anugat; Ce, Se omit); V 78,18' (ngam supanno ~o); see also anvgantvna, anvgameti. anvgantvna, anu-gantv, ind. [absol. of *anu' + gacchati; cf S. anvVgam], having returned (after); Ja 1454,16* (anvgantvna dseyya; 454,24': imam geham anu-gantv); see also anvgata, anvgameti. anvgameti, pr. 3 sg. [of caus. of *anu1 + gacchati; cfS. anvVgam], makes follow; makes return; M III 187,22* (atitam nnvgameyya nappatikankhe angatam; c/Ps V 1,14: ~eyy ti tanhditthihi nnugaccheyya) = Ap 506,i; M III 188,1 (katham ca bhikkhave atitam ~eti); see also anvgantvna, anvgata. anvcaya, m. [ts], (gr.t.t.) the connecting of a secondary action with the main action; Abh 1187 (~e ... ca); Sadd 768,7; 887, is. anvdika in Ee at Vin-vn 561 is wrfor anvdhika qv. anvdisati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. anvVdis, BHS anvdisati], dedicates, assigns (the merit of a gift); Pv 14:6 (dehi puttaka me dnam datv ~hi me, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se datvna uddishi; Pv -a 80,26 foil.: yath dinnam dakkhinam mayham upakappati tath uddisa pattidanam dehi, Be, Ce, Se so); 27:8 (datv ~hi no; Pv-a 181,22: ~hlti disa); 31:9 (dnam datv ca me mt dakkhinam anvdissatu, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; read anudissatu [-ssmc] with Ce ? Be anudicchatu); aor. 3 sg. anvdisi, Pv 27:20 (datv ~i thero mtu pitu ca bhtuno). anvdesa, m. [S. anvdeSa], a reference to what has been mentioned previously; Sadd 892,14 (atho iti ~e pi). anvdhika, (mf)n. [anu1 + adhika, with rhythmical lengthening], extra; an extra supply; Vin I 297,30 (ekam chinnakam na ppahoti, anujnmi bhikkhave ~am pi ropetum; Spll29,n: gantukapatam datum); Vin-vn 561 (sabbesu appahontesu deyyam~am pi v, Be so; Ee wr anvdikam). anvnayati (and anu-nayati), pr. 3 sg. [S. anvVni], leads or brings after oneself; incurs; Sn 895 (nindam -anti; Nidd I 306,4: nindam eva anventi; Pj II 557,22: -anti ti anu-nayanti punappuna haranti); see also samanvneti. anvmaddi, aor. 3 sg. [of *anu' + 2 + maddati], (s)he squeezed; wrung; Ja III 481,23* (galakam anvmaddi, Ee so, unmetrical; Be, Ce anvvamaddi; Se andhvamaddi). anvya, absol. of anveti qv. anvyika, mfn. and m [from *anu' (+ 2) + ^following; a follower; D III 169,16 (mah 'ssa jano -0 hoti); Ja V 148,11* (~ pannavato bhavanti; 149,6': pannavantam eva anugacchanti); Nidd I 17,2 (tarn puggalam dukkham anveti anugacchati -am hoti); Sp 192,10 (bhikkhusangho me -o vacanakaro ti). anvruhi, aor. 3 sg. [o/*anu' + ruhati], (s)he went up to; ascended (after or with); Ja IV 465,2*. anvvajjan,/[anu 1 + vajjan], turning (the mind) to repeatedly; Ps I 64,22 (cittassa vajjan - bhogo, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vattan anvvattan) = Mp I 32,25 (eds so) * Vibh 373,19 (Se vajjan anvajjan; Be anvattan; Ce

157

anvvattan; Ee wr anvattan; cf Vibh-a 500,24 foil.: cittassa vattana ti dii sabbni pi vajjanavasena vevacann' eva); see also anvvattan. anvvatta, mfn., pp o/anvvattati qv. anvvattati (and anu-vattati), pr. 3 sg. [S. anvVvrt], moves after, follows', Mill 116,2 (tassa tathvpakatthassa viharato -anti brhmanagahapatik; Ps IV 165,3: -anti ti anu-vattanti upasankamanti); pp anvvatta, mfn., following', Mill 116,3 (~esu brhmanagahapatikesu). anvvattan, anvattan,/ [anu1 + vattana], turning (the mind) in a particular direction repeatedly, Vibh 373,19 (cittassa vattana ~ bhogo, Ce so; Be anvattan; Ee wr anvattan; Se vajjan anvajjan; Vibh-a 500,27: anu-anu-vatteti ti-, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anvattan) = Ps I 64,22 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vajjan anvvajjan); see also anvvajjan. anvvasati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + vasati], lives with, dwells with; Niddl 14,24 (ty assa anto vasanti -anti ppak akusal dhamm ti tasm sntevsiko ti vuccati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be anvsavanti; Ce anvssa vasanti; Se anvssavanti; quoting S IV 136,14: anto vasanti antassa vasanti; c / S p k l l 403,4: ant' assa vasanti ti anto assa vasanti). anvvassa, n. [anu1 + a3 + vassa with rhythmical lengthening!], a place sheltered from the rain; JaV 317,15* (devamhi vassamnamhi -am bhavam ak, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anovassam; 317,28': -an ti anuavassam yath devo na vassati tath katan ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anovassan ti avassam). anvvisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. anvVviS], enters, occupies, possesses (said esp. of Mra); MI 334,6 (Mrassa etad ahosi ... yannnham brhmanagahapatike -eyyam); aor. 3 sg. anvvisi, Mil 156,30 (yam pana Mro ppim Pancaslake brhmanagahapatike -i...); absol. anvvisitv, S I 67,1 (Mro ... devaputtam ~itv); It-aII 170,2i (mtugmo p i . . . avirapurisam... palobhanavasena itthimyya -itv); pp anvviftha, (and anu-vittha), mfn., entered (by), possessed (by); M I 335,2 (~ ... brhmanagahapatik Dsin Mrena) ^ S I 114,7 (Spk I 178,29: ~ti anu-vitth, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ ti anupavitth); Cp-a 305,21. anvsatta, mfn. \pp o/*anu 1 + 2 + sajati1], ensnared, entwined (by); AIV 356, is (saddhya vat' amh agrasm anagriyam pabbajit atha ca pan* imehi tihi ppakehi akusalehi vitakkehi -a, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee amhi... pabbajito ...~o; Mp IV 166,3: ti anubaddh samparivrit, Be, Se so) ^ U d 35,24 (Be, Ce so; Ee amhi... anvsanno, prob, wr; Se amhi... anvsato; Ud-a 219,27///.: ~ ti anulagg vokinn, attani garumhi ca ekatte pi bahuvacanam dissati, - o ti pi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anusanto ti pi ptho); Mp 1293,21 (akusalavitakkehi ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee wr anvsanto; Se anvvasanto); Dhp-a I 287,8 (tii vitakkehi -tya). anvsanta in Ee at Mp I 293,21 and anvsanna in Ee at Ud 35,24 are prob, wrrfor anvsatta qv. anvssavati, anvsavati, pr. 3 sg. [anu1 + 2 + savati], flows after, flows upon, flows continually over; D I 70,i 1 (ppak akusal dhamm -eyyum, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce

anvassaveyyum) = MI 180,30 = Dhs 1347; A IV 167,4 (akusal dhamm -issanti); Niddl 14,24 (ty assa anto vasanti -anti ppak akusal dhamm ti tasm sntevsiko ti vuccati, Se so; Be anvsavanti; Ce anvssa vasanti; Ee anvvasanti; quoting S IV 136,14: anto vasanti antassa vasanti; Nidd-a I 68,3: -anti ti kilesasantnam anugantv bhusam savanti anubandhanti); Cp-a287,19 (na tassa ppak vitakk cittam -anti); fpp anvssavaniya, mfn., Vism 36,29 (abhijjhdihi -aniyam); neg. ananvssavaniya, mfn., Vism 36,23 (satiy adhitthitnam indriynam abhijjhdihi ananvssavaniyato). anvssavana, n. [from anvssavati], the flowing upon, flowing over; Pj II 177,28 (tarn evarpam puggalam etesam hinadhammnam vassanato sincanato ~ato vasalo ti jnhi). anvhata, mfn. [pp o/*anu ! + hanati], struck, injured; see ananvhataceta(s). anvhin4ati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS anvhindati], wanders about; wanders through; AIV 374,13 (vihrena vihram -anti, Ce, Ee so; Se hindanti; Be vihre hindanti); part.pr. anvhindanta, mfn., S IV 374,16 (kevalakappam Toranavatthum -anto, Ce so; Be, Se hindanto; Ee Toranavatthusmim hindanto); AI 277,3 (kevalakappam Kapilavatthum -anto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se hindanto); Pj II606,14 (-anto). anvicch,/ [anu1 + icch], continual wishing or desire; Sadd 447,2i (gilesu -yam, punappunam icch ~). anveti (and anu-iti, anu-eti), pr. 3 sg. [S. anu Vi], 1. follows; goes along with; Dhp 1 (tato nam dukkham -eti cakkam va vahato padam); Sn 1103 (yam yam hi lokasmim updiyanti ten' eva Mro -eti jantum); Th 781 (na miyyamnam dhanam -eti kinci); 834 (yo mam icchati ~etu); Vv 16:1 (-enti tarn srathicodit hay); Ja V 259,21* (yath rannakam ngam poto -eti pacchato); VI 239,7* (iti kammni -enti asankheyy pi jtiyo); Nidd-a I 69,28 (anveti ti anu-eti mtupacchato khirapako viya); Sadd 319,n foil, (anu-iti -eti, anugacchati ti attho, gar pana anu-eti -eti ti vadanti); part.pr. anventa, mfn., Th933 (ditthigatni -ent idam seyyo ti mannare); aor. 3 sg. anvesi1, Pv 18:20 (yassa etdis honti amacc paricrak subhsitena -esi Ghato jettham va bhataram, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -enti); Ja VI 510,31* (Maddi... Sivimaggena -esi); 2. goes into, enters; goes through; Dhp 124 (nbbanam [pnim] visam -eti); Sn 770 (nam dukkham -eti nvam bhinnam ivodakam); Ja III 138,13* (tassa s vasam -etu); absol. (a) anvya [c/deti: dya, nidheti: nidhya], following; after; in consequence of, Vin I 269,12 (Slavati ganik tassa gabbhassa paripkam -ya puttam vijyi); DI 13,i2 (tappam -ya padhnam -ya anuyogam -ya... tathrpam cetosamdhim phusati; Sv 104,21: -ya gamma paticc ti attho); 97,7 (tesam samvsam -ya puttojyetha); A l l 47,2i* (sneham -ya-m-ivosadh, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be snehnvayam); Jal 278,18 (vuddhim -ya); V 353,3* (uttamajavam -ya ntisangham upgamum, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uttamajavamattya); absol. (b) anuvicca qv; pp (a) anveta, mfn. [c/5. anvita], following; who has followed; Jal 389,8 (migamtukya santik sihassa bhayam -am upagatam

158

sampattan ti attho; Ce, Ee so; Be anveti; Se anventam); 389,9' (siham migamtuk ~ upagat ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anvetukm); (b)anvita, mfn., Sadd 315,22; 318,4*. anvesati (and *anu-esati), pr. 3 sg. [BHS anvesati], searches, looks for; part.pr. (a) anvesa(t), mfn., SI 112,29* (~am ... Mrasen pi njjhag; or namul absol; Spkl 178,10: ~an ti... pariyesamn); 122,is* (~am ndhigacchmi); Th219 (ayonisuddhim -am aggim paricarim vane); Ja VI 181,10* (~am bhakkham attano); (b)anvesanta, anu-esanta,mfn., D i l 287,8* (~anto tathgatam); Ja VI 181, ir (bhakkham-antena); Cp 3:11:7 (maggam -anto); Sv 590,3 (kim kusalan ti anu-esanto pariyesanto); (c) anvesamna, mfn., Ja VI 314,10* (~amno hadayam panditassa); aor. 3 sg. anvesi2, Mil 289,22 (bodhisatto catunnam yeva ariyasaccnam abhisamayam ~i tsu tsu jtisu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ati); absol. (a)(namul) anvesarn, MI 140,4 (evam vimuttacittam ... bhikkhum ... dev ... ~am ndhigacchanti; or part.pr. sg.forpl; Ps II 117,12: -anti -ant gavesant); SI 112,29* (~am... Mrasen pi njjhag; or part.pr.); (b) anvesitv, Pet 257,29; pass, pr. 3 sg. anvesiyati, Patis-a27,i2 (nibbnatthikehi v maggiyati -iyati); pp anvesita, mfn., sought; Abh753 (~am gavesitam); jfcp anvesitabba, mfn., Pet 257,28; see also samannesati. anvesana, n., ~ , / [S. anvesana, anvesana], searching; Abh428 (pariyesan ~); Dhtup21 (magga ~e); 540-541 (maga magga ~e); Sadd 524,9 (maga~e). anvesi 1 , aor. 3 sg. of anveti qv. anvesi 2 , aor. 3 sg. of anvesati qv. apa, ind. [ts; sometimes corresponds also to S. ava, cfPkt -v-< -p-], prefix to nouns; preverb to verbs; preposition; Abh 1184; Sadd 884,8*/o//.; I. as prefix and preverb expresses', away from, off, down; 2. as separate preposition with abl. expresses: away from; on the outside of; Sadd 702,is (~a slya yanti); Mhv91:6 (Kalyninmanagar ~a dakkhinasmim). apa-iti, see sv apeti. apamsu, aor. 3 pi. o/pivati qv. apakaftha, mfn.,pp 0/apakassati qv. apakaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + kaddhati; cfS. apakarsati], draws away; takes off, removes; extracts, picks out; Vin 1202,15 (civarni kye lagganti, tni bhikkh udakena temetv temetv ~anti); D I 180,14 (te imassa purisassa sannam upakaddhanti pi -anti pi); III 127,6 (iti h' etam passati idam ettha ~eyya); part.pr. apakaddhanta, mfn., Vin 1202,17; Dhp-a 1334,20 (chandargam ~anto); aor. 3 sg. apakaddhi, Vin I 272,11 (sisbdham eken' eva natthukammena ~i); absol apakaddhitv, Dhp-a II 86,21 (kambalato angulim -itv); pass, part.pr. apakaddhiyanta, mfn., Pet 74,15 (kiles -iyant); fpp apakaddhitabba, mfn., Pet 74,13; 76,n; caus. absol. apakaddhpetv, causing to be removed; having turned out; Ja I 342,24 (givya gahetv ~petv); Mil 34,3 (khnukantakam ~petv); see also apakassati, avakaddhati. apaka44 nana n- W $ apakarsana], taking away, removal; Ja VI 259,9' (chandargassa ~am pahnaparinn).

apakata, mfn. \pp of *apa + karoti; S. apakrta], done wrongly (to); injured; Vism24,2 (icchpakatass ti icchya ~assa, upaddutass ti attho) = Vibh-a 479,20; see also pakata. apakatafifiu, mfn., see appakatannu svpakaroti. apakatatta, mfn., see pakata sv pakaroti. apakantati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. apakrntati], cuts (off); ThI217 (galake -anti, Se so; Ee gale, perhaps wr; Be, Ce galake api kantanti). apakaritna in Ee at Thi 447 is wrfor apakiritna qv. apakassati, apaksati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + kassati1; S. apakarsati; cf BHS avakarsati], 1. draws away; removes; draws back; AIV 172,7* (krandavam niddhamatha kasambum -atha, Be, Ee so; Ce cpakassatha; Se apakassav) = Sn281 (Be, Ee so; Ce cpakassatha; Se avakassatha; Pj II 311,25: candlam viya ~atha,5e so; Ce, Ee, Se avakassatha) quoted Mil 414,1* (Be so; Ce, Ee cpakassatha; Se avakassatha); absol. (a)apakassa, Sil 197,29 (apakass' eva kyam apakassa cittam; Spkll 165,26: -itv apanetv ti attho) quoted Mil 389,10; (b) apakassitv, Spkll 165,26; 2. draws back, secedes; alienates oneself; Vin II 204,25 (~anti avapakassanti veni-uposatham karonti, Be so; Ce -anti vipakassanti; Se ~anti avapaksanti; Ee apaksanti avapaksanti; Sp 1280,9: -anti ti parisam kaddhanti vijatenti ekamantam ussdenti, avapaksanti ti ativiya paksanti yath visamsatth honti evam karonti) * A V 74,9 (Ce, Ee avakassanti vavakassanti; Be avakassanti apakassanti; Se avakassanti pavakassanti); pp apakaftha, apakkattha, mfn. [S. apakrsta; c/*accukkattha, accokkattha], drawn away, removed (from); loose; Mil 139,22 ([civaram] na ca kyasmim allinam na ca kyasm -am, Be, Ce so; Se apakkattham; Ee kyasmim apakkattham); see also apakaddhati, avakassati, avapakassati, vapakassati, vavakassati. apakra, m. [ts], offence, injury; Ap 582,4 (surp homi dnato buddhassa ~ena duggandh); Cp-a311,29 (paresam ~e khant). apakraka, mfn. [ts], injuring, offending; Dhp-a III 63,5 (evam-e mayi imassa kopamattam pi n' atthi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apardhakrake); Cp-a298,i5 (- asati katham mayham khantisampad sambhavati ti). apakri(n). mfn. [from apakra], hurtful; malevolent; Cp -a 270,14 (upakrisu ~isu ca sattesu); 279,23 (-ino apakrakhantim vatv). apaksati, see sv apakassati. apakiritna, ind. [absol. of *apa + kirati], throwing away, rejecting; Thi 447 (mam apakiritna gacchanti, Ce, Se so; Be apakiritna, mc; Ee wr apakaritna; Thi-a 249,11 foil.: mam tattha tattha patino apakiritv chaddetv anapekkh apagacchanti); see also avakirati. apakiritv, ind. [absol. of *apa + kirati], throwing away, rejecting; Thi-a 249,11;see also apakiritna. apakkattha, see apakattha sv apakassati. apakkanta, mfn., pp o/apakkamati qv. apakkama, m. [S. apakrama], going away; flight, retreat; Abh 402 (palyanam ~o). apakkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVkram], goes away, de-

159

parts, leaves; retires, turns aside; SI 124,7* (aladdh tattha assdam vyas' etto ~e; Spkl 186, is: tato psn apagaccheyya) * Sn448 (~i, eds so; Pj II 393,20: nibbijja pakkameyya); Ja III 457,5* (alikam bhsamnassa -anti devat); part.pr. apakkamanta, mfn., Pv-a 124,23 (dnaggato -anto); aor. 3sg. apakkami, Dili 6,2 (apakkam' eva imasma dhammavinay); JaV 161,3* (tamh thn -i); Mhv 6:14; 3 pi (a) apakkamimsu, MI 247, H (atha me te paiica bhikkh nibbijjpakkamimsu); (b) apakkamum, Ja VI 558,31* (vl panth -um); cond. 1 sg. apakkamissam, Mp II 298,26 (sace hi samanassa Gotamassa ssane koci sro abhavissa nham -issam); absol (a)apakkamma, VinI 353,7 (so hatthingo yth apakkamma); SI 124,10; Pv21:29 (ekamantam apakkamma); neg. anapakkamma, Pv-a 124,14; (b) apakkamitv, As 164,8 (viviccitv vin hutv -itv); Pv-a 43,25 (bhikkhu vivekakmatya thokam -itv); pp apakkanta, mfn. [S. apakrnta], gone away, departed; M i l 3,24; A I 185,12 (tasm dhammavinay ~o ti); Ja III 468,8* (ariyadhamm ~o, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se atikkanto); Pj II 259,8 (dram -esu migesu); caus. aor. 2 sg. apakkampesi, Cp-a91,30 (tvam drake dadmi ti vatv te apakkampesi); absol. apakkampetv, Sp 82,10. apakkamana, n. [S. apakramana], going away; Sv248,2i (-am pi garu hoti) = Ps III 363,20. apakkhara, m. (or n.) [S. apaskara, m.], a part of a carriage; Abh 375 (rathassang akkho 'pakkhara-dayo; or akkhopakkhara-dayo); see also upakkhara2. apagacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVgam], goes away, departs; moves aside; Ja II 148,3' (patikkamantu -antu); 329,7 (sace kujjhati... aham -issmi); 11127,6' (tamh puggal ~eyy ti); IV 64,2 (mama gehe ... bhattam n' atthi, ~ ti ha, Ce, Ee so; Be annattha gacch ti; Se annattha gacchhi ti); 268,6(thokam -anti); Niddll 249,4 (apesi -asi vin hosi); Mil 97,13 (api nu tassa mahrja uparatassa vtassa vto ti samann -all ti, Be so; Ce, Ee upagacchati ti, prob, wr; Se upachijjati ti); 152,14 (sabb itiyo -anti); part.pr. (a)apagacchanta, mfn., SpkII 124,9; It-aII 166,27; (b)apagacchamna, mfn., SpkII 124,io; Nidd-al 434,1; aor. 3 sg. apagacchi, apagafichi, Ja V 95,10 (kuttham ... tvad eva ~i, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se apagafichi); VI 7,14 (Ce, Ee, Se apagafichi; Be apagami); Ud-a379,26 (~i); As 180,31 (~i); 3 pl. (a) apagacchimsu, Ja VI 558,28 (utthya -imsu); As 180,28; (b)apgamum, JaV 86,1* (apgamum krambiyam acelarn, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se upgamum); (c) apagamimsu, Mhv 19:52; inf. apagantum, Ja VI 369,25; absol. (a) apagamma, Ps II 128,17 (uparivtato apagamma); (b) apagantv, Ja IV 376,7 (ekamantam apagantv); Dhp-al 401,3 (evam apagantv atthsi); neg. anapagantv, Dhp-a III 220,16; pp apagata, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) gone, gone away (from), departed; Abh 1184; Vin HI 44,25 (- ime smann); Th 9 (svgatam npagatam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce na durgatam; Th-al 55,6: npagatan ti na -am na durgatam hitbhivuddhito na apetarn); Ja VI 137,15 (assa mt... ~); Mil 163,22 (tenham lingena dram -0 ti); As 273,9 (sattame divase sayam eva -am); Sv426,25

(~-tt); MpH 175,19 (vigatso ti-so); 2 . (n.) error, transgression; SI 24,24* (accayo ce na vijjetha no cidhpagatam siy, Ee so; Be, Ce cidhpagatam; Se cidha apahatam; Spkl 66,14: yadiapardho nmana bhaveyya); 24,26* (kassa n' atthi -am, Ee so; Be, Ce apgatam, mc; Se aphatam); klaka, mfn., without speck or stain; without defect; Vin III 10,22 (bhikkhusarigho nirdlnavo klako suddho); D I 110,9 (suddham vattham klakam); Sp 195,25 (--klakatt yeva suddho); gabbh, (m)f(n)., without a foetus, having miscarried; Vin II 129,6 (itthi gabbh); -jimha, mfn., without a twist, without crookedness; MI 31,37 (nemi... jimh); phegguka, mfn., with the accessory wood gone; MI 448,31 (mah slarukkho ... skhpalso tacapapatiko phegguko suddho assa sre patitthito); vanka, mfn., without bend or crookedness; MI 31,36 (nemi vank); neg. anapagata,mfn., not gone away (from); All 26,22 (anapagat ca te... bhikkh imasm dhammavinay); Ps II 287,19 (avpakatth ti anapagat); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) apagamayati, Patis-a 688,4 (vigameti ti apagamayati); (b) apagacchpeti, SpkII 124,12 (sankhre apagacchpeti). apagata, mfn., pp o/apagacchati qv. apagabbha, mfn. [cf S. apagalbha], 1. (used by questioners as a term of abuse [see VS 30:17: vyrddhy apagalbham = TB 3:4:14, et: apagatadhrstyam lajjmkam; but cfct on VS 16:30: ekagarbhntarito 'pagalbho v], but interpreted by the Buddha as apa + gabbha, describing one who has destroyed the possibility of rebirth) timid, lacking boldness; ? of low birth; ? VinI 234,34 (-0 samano Gotamo -tya dhammam deseti) = A IV 182,26; Vin III 3,22 foil. (-0 bhavam Gotamo ti... yassa ... yatim gabbhaseyy punabbhavbhinibbatti pahin... tarn aham ~o ti vadmi; Sp 136, %foll.\ gabbhato apagato ti -o, abhabbo devalokpapattim ppunitun ti adhippyo, hino v gabbho ass ti ~o, devalokagabbhaparibhiratt yatim hinagabbhapatilbhabhgi ti hino vssa mtukucchismim gabbhavso ahosi ti adhippyo) = A IV 175,26foil; Sadd 884,io ([apasaddo] garahyam -o samano Gotamo); 2. (or = appagabbha qv sv pagabbha) modest, not arrogant; Ap 460,24 (sa jino -0 anlayo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se appagabbho). apagama, m. [ts], going away; departure; Ps I 277,24 (sukhadukkhnam -e); Ud-a 37,6 (accayen ti -ena); It-a I 162,8 (vattadukkhassa appavatti -0 nissaranam); Pj II 252,8 (tesam dhammnam-) ^ Th-a II 168,35; ifc see atth- (svattha2), in-; anapagama, m., the not going away; Pj II 252,4 (idam ... yusmvinnnnam - carati titthati)^lh-all 168,32. apagamana, n. [ts], going away; departure; Ja III 387,25' (vaddhiy -); Ps I 12,32 (pannya -am); As 128,25; anapagamana, n., the not going away; Pj II 508,24 (niccabhv ca -ena). apagamma, absol o/apagacchati qv. apanga, apnga, avanga, m. and n. [S. aphga, m.], 1. (m.) the outer corner of the eye; Abh 261 (apngo); 1116; ifc see bahi-; 2. (n.) a mark or circle drawn on

160

the forehead or at the outer corner of the eye\ Abh 1116 (cittake 'pngam); Vin II 267,6 (chabbaggiy bhikkhuniyo avangam karonti; Sp 1293,20foil: avangadese adhomukham lekham karonti); Vin-vn 2959 (avahgam na ca ktabbam); see also asitpangi sv asita3. apaca, mfn. [cfS. apaca], "not cooking", homeless; AIV 245,6* (angre pabbajite ~e brahmacarayo nivitthasaddho pjeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se appe; but c / M p I V 128,7: ~e brahmacarayo ti brahmacrino apacayati, nicavuttitam tesam pajjati, Be, Ee so; Ce omits brahmacrino; Se appe brahmacrino ti apacyati); apace paduse pi ca in Be, Ee, Se at Ap 581,19 = Thi-a 70,17* is prob, wr; read amejjhe payate pi ca with Ce ? apacaya1, m. [from apa + Vci1; ts], diminution, decrease; loss, decay; esp. diminution of kamma, decrease of the possibility of rebirth; Abh 763; 1082 (khaye... ~o); Vin II 258,33 (cayya samvattanti no ~ya); III 21,13 (~assa viriyrambhassa vannam bhsitv); Mill 288,30 (yatim pancpdnakkhandh -am gacchanti); S II 94,9 (kyassa cayo pi ~o pi); Ja III 342,23 (sekho ~ena na tappati); Vibh 315,35 (atthi pann cayya no ~ya); As 44,16 (nibbnam apetam cay ti~o); Pet 156,H (~ya padahati na upacayya); 0, -rma, mfn., finding delight in diminution; SI 235,24* (sekh ~; Spkl 353,8: ~ ti vattaviddhamsane rata); -gmi(n), mfn., leading to diminution; A V 243,18 (ayarn vuccati bhikkhave ~i dhammo); Dhs 277 (jhnam bhveti niyynikam ~im; As 214,15: tebhmakakusalena cit cutipatisandhiyo ... apacinantam viddhamsetum gacchati ti ~im); Vibh 304,1 (atthapatisambhid siy cayagmini siy ~inl); Kv 357,14 (lokuttaram kusalam savipkam 4 ti); Patis-a 385,33 (tt); see also apacinti. apacaya2, m. [from apa + Vci2], homage; worship; Abh 1082 (khaye 'ccane cpacayo); see also apaciti2. apacayati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + Vci2 ? cf S. apaVci2 and Affiapacayitva], honours; Mp IV 128,7: brahmacrino apacayati, nicavuttitam tesam pajjati, Be, Ce, Ee so, but prob, wr; Se apacayati). apacayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVcy, BHS apacayati], honours, respects; Vin II 162,11* (ye vaddham ~anti nar dhammassa kovid); D I 91,4 (na brhmane pjenti na brhmane ~anti); Ja VI 240,28* (smikam -eyya Indam va paricrik); Ap 314,4 (sabbe mam ~anti kitti abbhuggat mamam); Sv790,n (so dni tvam kusito viharanto na tarn pindam ~issasi, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ~issati, prob. wr) Ps I 293,31; part.pr. (a)apacyanta,m/(~anti)n., Mil206,27 (s... dhammam -anti); (b)apacyamna,mfii., DIU 61,4; JaIV 273,6* (pubbe katam ca ~amno); pp apacyita, mfn. [ts], honoured, respected; Abh 750 (~o ca mahito); Sadd 866,11; fpp apacyitabba, mfn., Th -a II 57,15 (apacyitabbehi mahesihi khinsavehi apacito) = Ap-a 567,35 (Be, Se so; Ee wr apachitabbehi; not in Ce). apacyana, n. (pr ~, / ) [BHS apacyan], honouring; reverence; Sv 256,16 (abhivdandihi nesam apacyanakammam nicavuttim na dassenti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apacitikammam); Vv-a 24,27 (anjalikam aksin ti... ~am aksin ti attho); Pv-a 104,11 (kule jetthaknam apacyanakar);

(/c^epindapta-. apacyi(n), mfn. [from apacyati], honouring, respecting; Spklll 303,19 (kule jetthnam ~ino, nicavuttino ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee jettham); ifc see jettha-, vaddh-^vvaddha 1 ), vuddh-. apacyika, mfn. [cf BHS -apacyaka], honouring, respecting; ifc see jettha-, vaddh- (^v vaddha'). apacra, m. [ts], fault, defect, offence; Ja VI 375, is (ranno ~am codento, Ce, Ee so; Be cittcram; Se dosam). apachitabba in Ee at Ap-a 567,35 is wr for apacyitabba qv sv apacyati. apacita1, (mf)n., pp o/'apacinti' qv. apacita2, mfn. [pp of apa + Vci2; ts], honoured, esteemed; Abh 750; Vin III 89,34 (mnito pjito ~o); D I 130,28 (mnito pjito -o); SI 175,6* (~o apaceyynam) = Thl86; Vv 5:10 (devnam ~ aham); Ja IV 75,22* (sabbabhtni... ~ni honti); V 339,27* (dhammo ~o); apacita in kantakpacit in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 249,16* is prob, wr; see sv kantaka1; for punnni 'pacitni in Ee at Ap 599,io read punnan' upacitni with Be, Ce, Se; anapacita, mfn., not honoured; Niddl 167,1 (amnito apjito ~o); see also apacinti2, apacineyya, apacetabba, apaceyya. a p a c i t i 1 , / [S. lex. id.], diminution, loss; Abh 1117 (apacity accane khaye). apaciti 2 ,/ [ts], honouring; respect; homage; Abh 425; 1117 (apacity accane); Th 589 (dhamme ~i); Ja II 435,19* (bhattu ~im kummi; 435,26': sakkrasammnam karomi); IV 308,12 (bodhisattam vanditv sesnam ~im dassetv); Mil 180,26 (~im na karoti); Vibh-a309,i (attano attano jetthakatya annamannassa ~im na karonti). apacina, apacinana, m.(?) [see apacinayamna], not collecting; or watching over; Vin I 264,17 (-navakam nitthitam, Ee so; Ce apacinayanavakam; Be, Se apavilyananavakam); 267,9* (in uddna: ~ nav' ettha, Ce so; Ee apacinana; Be apaviln; Se apavilyamne va); see also apacinti2. apacinti \ see sv apacinti1. apacinti2, see sv apacinti2. apacinana, see sv apacina. apacinayamna, mfn. [part.pr., perhaps neg. from pacinti qv; or for caus. from apacinti2 or apavinati qqv], not collecting; or having (someone) watch over; looking after; Vin I 263,13 (bhikkhu atthatakathino disangamiko pakkamati civarapativisam ~o, tarn enam disahgatam bhikkh pucchanti... kattha ca te civarapativiso ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apavilyamno; Sp-t [Be] III 338,3: apavilyamno ti kankhamno). apacinti1, apacinti1, pr. 3 sg. [apa + Vci1; cfS. apaciyate], diminishes, makes less; dismantles, does away with; SHI 90,11 (bhikkhu n' ev' cinti na ~ti apacinitv thito n' eva pajahati na updiyati) ^ Kv 93,10 (nanu arah n' ev* cinati na ~ati apacinitv thito ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ti); Ja IV 172,25* (~etiV eva kmni; 174,io': ~eth* ev ti viddhamseyyth' eva); Vibh-a 417,24 (lokuttaramaggapann pana yasm cutipatisandhim -at' eva tasm apacayya no cayya ti vutta); part.pr. (a) apacina(t), mfn., Th 807 (evam ~ato dukkham santike nibbna vuccati); (b) apacinanta, mfn., Kv614,n

161

(cinanto -anto); As 214,12 (tena citacitatthnam -anto viddhamsento gaccheyya); absol apacinitv, SIII 90,ii (-itv thito n' eva pajahati na updiyati); Kv93,io; pp apacita1, (m/)., diminution; dismantling; Vv-a 164,17 (~am v apacayo nibbnam); fpp apacinitabba, mfn., Sp 572,23 (kudd apacinitabb). apacinti2, apacinati2, pr. 3 sg. [apa + Vci2; S. apaVci2; cfcinyati; but perhaps wr; see apavinati], pays attention to; respects; MI 324,30 (gvi tarunavacch thambam ca lumpati vacchakam ca -ati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apavinati; Ps II 403,2: ~& ti vacchakam ca apaloketi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ati ti); see also apacita, apacinayamna, apacineyya, apacetabba, apaceyya. apacineyya, (and apaciniyya), mfn. [fpp of apa + Vci2; S. apaVci2], to be respected; deserving honour; SI 175,6* (apacito -nam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee apaceyynam) = Th 186 (Ee, Se so; Be 'paceyyanam; Ce 'pacaniynam; Th-aII 57,15: apacyitabbehi mahesflii khinsavehi apacito) quoted Ap-a567,30* (Be, Se 'paceyyanam; Ee apaciniyynam; not in Ce); Spkl 259,20 (tesam yeva apaciti kattabbti -, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apaceyya); see also apacita, apacinti2, apacetabba, apaceyya. apacetabba, mfn. [fpp of apa + Vci2; S. apaVci2], to be honoured; to be treated with respect; D I 117,5 (atithi... mnetabb pjetabb ~); see also apacita, apacinti2, apacineyya, apaceyya. apaceyya, mfn. [fpp of apa + Vci2; S. apaVci2], to be honoured; deserving respect; SI 175,6* (apacito -nam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apacineyynam) = Th 186 ('paceyyanam, Be so; Ce 'pacaniyanam; Ee, Se apacineyynam) quoted Ap-a567,30* (Be, Se 'paceyyanam; Ee apaciniyynam; not in Ce); Spk I 259,20 (tesam yeva apaciti kattabb ti -, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se apacineyya); see also apacita, apacinti2, apacineyya, apacetabba. apacca, n.m. [S. apatya, /!.], offspring, descendant; Abh240 (-am); Sn991 (~o Okkakarjassa Sakyaputto); Pj I 123,16 (Manuno ~ ti manuss); Bv-a68,i (akkharacintak pana brahmuno -am brhmano ti vadanti); Sadd 783,i 9 foil, (napaccayo hoti tassa ~am ice etasmim atthe, ettha ca -an ti kulam vuccati, Vasitthassa -am Vsittho, ssannurpavasena pana ikrassa ekratte kate Vsettho ti niccam bhavati); ifc see jta- (sv Vjan), bandhupda-; anapacca, mfn., without offspring; childless; SI 69,3i* (- adyd) * Ja V 267,21*. apaccakkosana, n. [from paccakkosati], the not reviling in return; Dhp-a IV 148,8 (akkosantam v -am). apaccattharanaka, mfn. [a3 + paccattharana + ka2], without a covering; Sp464,25 (yam suddham sanam eva hoti -am). apaccatha, apacci, pass. aor. 3 sg. o/pacati qv. apaccupekkhana, n. [from *pati + upekkhati; cfS. pratyupeksita], disregarding, neglecting; S III 262,1 (rpe ... ~... [evam imni anekavihitni ditthigatni loke uppajjanti], Be, Ce, Ee so; Se appaccavekkhan). apajaha, mfn. [from pajahati], not giving up; grasping, greedy; ? A III 76,12 (cand pharus -, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be apnubh; Se aptubh qv; Mp III 261,9:

avaddhinissit mnatthaddh). apajita, mfn. orn. [pp of*zpa + jayati], conquered, lost; or a loss, a defeat; Dhp 105 Quam -amkayir; Dhp-a II 229,12: yath dhandihi parjito pakkhantaro hutv itarena jitam puna jinanto -am kareyya; c/"228,s: na hi tarn jayam koci ajayam ktum sakkoti); see also avajiyati. apajjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. apaVdhyai], is intent, is absorbed (in thought); broods; MI 334,14 foil. (seyyath pi nma ulko rukkhaskhyam msikam magayamno jhyati pajjhyati nijjhyati -ati evam ev' ime mundak samanak... jhyanti pajjhyanti nijjhyanti ~anti); III 14,5 (jhyati pajjhyati nijjhyati -ati); part.pr. apajjhyanta, mfn., Spk I 185,18 (jhyasi ti jhyanto -anto nisinno si ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avajjhyanto); see also avajjhyati. apafleapli, / [a3 + panca+ pli], less than five bunches; Sadd 759,6. apafijasa, mfn. [apa+ anjasa], going off one's correct course; AII 15,ifoll. (visamam utusamvaccharesu parivattantesu visamam vt vyanti visam -, visamam vtesu vyantesu visamesu ~esu devat parikupit bhavanti; Mp III105,12: -ti maggato apagat, ummaggagmino hutv vyanti ti attho). apaftflaka, mfn. [apanna + ka2], lacking wisdom or knowledge; Dip 6:29 (ambam puttho labujam v vykarimsu -). apa{ippaharana, see sv appatipaharana. apatthapetv, ind. [caus. absol. o/*apa + titthati], leaving aside, not regarding, ignoring; Ja IV 308,i2(aham anne -etv attnam yeva sodhetum labhml ti); V 236,14 (tumhe mam -etv makkatacammam e va parimajjatha, kirn vo idam maybahpakrataran ti); Dhp-a 1260,21. apanata, see apanata sv apanamati. apanita1, see sv apaneti. apanita2, see sv panita. apaneti, see sv apaneti. apannaka, mfn. [? cf BHS prnya], 1. not doubtful, certain, sure; having a certain outcome; Abh 698 (aviruddho-0); MI 401,25 (ayam -o dhammo samdya vattitabbo; PsIII 116,21: ~o ti aviruddho advejjhagmi ekamsaghiko); III 146,3 (tarn yev' ettha patibhtu, -an te ito bhavissati ti; Ps IV 200,10: -an ti avirdhitam); S IV 351,20 (-tya mayham; Spk III 110,2: ayam patipad mayham -tya anapardhatya eva samvattati ti attho); Mil 74,ii* (-am smannam eva seyyo) = Th788 (Th-aIII 41,n: -an ti aviraddhanakam); Ja I 104,6* (~am thnam; 104,8': -an ti ekamsikam aviruddham niyynikam); Nidd-al 450,24 (tathgatena cikkhitamaggo -o Indavissatthavajiram viya avirajjhanako nibbananagaram yeva samosarati); As 291,12 (-am aviruddham maggnantaram eva vipkam patilabhanti); -am, adv., surely, certainly; MI 410,23 (-am me tatrpapatti bhavissati); A V 85,11 (so ca khv assa sakadgmi v angmi v -am v sotpanno); 2. (of a die 1) true; straight-sided, cubical; AI 270,12 (seyyath pi bhikkhave - 0 mani uddham khitto yena yen' eva patitthati suppatitthitam yeva patitthti; Mp II 371,1: -o mani ti chahi talehi samanngato psako); -(g)ghaghi(n), mfn., holding a sure or safe

162

conviction; Ja I 104,2 (takkagghaghino mahavinsam patt, ~ino pana ... sotthin ... sakatthnam eva paccgamims ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -ghino); see also sapannaka. apannakata, mfn. [apanna[ka] + kata? or apannakata, / ?], sure, safe, certain; having a certain outcome; AI 113,14 (tihi bhikkhave dhammehi samanngato bhikkhu ~am patipadam patipanno, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se apannakapatipadam; MpII 181,30: aviruddhapatipadam ekamsapatipadam niyynikapatipadam) quoted Ja I 104,20' (eds apannakapatipadam) and Vism 392,24 (eds apannakapatipadam) * A II 76,15 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apannakapatipadam). apannattika, see sv pannattika. apattaka, m(fn). [a3 + patta2 + ka2], (one) who has no bowl; Vin 190,13 (na bhikkhave ~o upasampdetabbo). apattacivaraka, m(fn). [a3 + patta2 + civara + ka2], (one) who has no bowl or (bhikkhu 's) robe; Vin I 90,20 foil. (bhikkh ~am upasampdenti, nagg hatthesu pindya caranti... na bhikkhave ~o upasampdetabbo). apattha1, mfn. [apa+ attha2; S. aprtha], useless; without meaning; Ap503,i (vyhatam punaruttam v ~am v niratthakam nddasam tassa munino). apattha2, mfn. \pp of *apa + assati; S. apsta], thrown away; Dhp 149 (yn' imni ~ni alpn' eva srade; Dhp -a III112,14: ~ni ti chadditni); see also avattha l . apattha3, aor. o/patati qv. apatthata, mfn. [pp of *apa + tharati], strewn (with), covered; Th 759 (in long cpd); see also apattharim, apattharitv, avattharati. apatthaddha, mfn. [cfS. avastabdha], relying on (loc); S V 147,1 (sake bale ~) * Ja II 59,n (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr atthaddh) * 59,20 (~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee thaddh); Ap 221,2 (sake sippe ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avatthaddho); see also avatthaddha. apatthayanta, apatthayamna, apatthayna, neg. part.pr. o/pattheti qv. apattharim, aor. 1 sg. [o/*apa + tharati; cfS. avastrnti], / strewed, I spread over; Ap 282,15 (panthe disvna sambuddham yavakalpam ~im, Ee, Se so; Be santharim; Ce avattharim); 323,9 (vkaciram gahetvna pdamle ~im, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce avattharim); 381,9 (ajinam ca ~im); see also apatthata, apattharitv, avattharati. apattharitv, ind. [absol. o/*apa + tharati], spreading over, covering; Ps III 307,11 (uppannam upaddavam odhya ~itv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se avattharitv); see also apatthata, apattharim, avattharati. apatthave, see sv pattheti. apatthita, mfn., neg. pp of pattheti qv. apatthiya, mfn., neg.fpp o/pattheti qv. apatv, neg. absol. o/ppunti qv. apadna1, n. [cf BHS avadna], 1. cutting; reaping; harvest; Abh 943 (khandane tv ~am); D III 90,14 (lnam pi na ppativirlham ~am pannyittha; Sv 869,33: chinnatthnam nam eva hutv pannyi); 2. a person 's "reaping", (the result of) one's actions; Abh 943 (~am ... kammani); MI 96,6 (bhikkhu cudito codakena ~e na sampyati; Ps II 66,28: ~e tiattanocariyya); A I 102,3 (~e sobhati pann, Ee, Se so; Ce apadnasobhini; Be,

MpII 165,5 apadanasobhani); Th47 (tuyhpadne viharam viharmi ansavo); Th-aIII 204,31 (yesam hi purimesu sammsambuddhesu ... punnakiriyavasena pavattitam svakapramitsafikhtam atthi ~am); ifc ^epandita-, bl-, saddh-, sugat-; 3. the story of a person's actions and their result; Abh943 (~am... itivutte); Ap 241,21 (~am sugatnam kittayissam mahesinam); 4. division; discrimination; Sp 1148,13 (~am vuccati paricchedo); -sobhana, m/(~i) n., made clear or manifest by actions or by its results; A I 102,3 (~i pann, Be so; Ce -sobhini; Ee, Se apadne sobhati; MpII 169,5: ~I pann ti y pann nma apadnena sobhati, bl ca pandit ca attano cariten, eva pkat honti tiattho); anapadna, mfn., 1. without discrimination; without discernment; Vin I 321,38 (blo hoti avyatto pattibahulo ~o gihisamsattho viharati; see Sp 1148,n: ~o ti apadnavirahito, pattiparicchedavirahito ti attho); 2. without absolutely excellent past actions; Th-aIII 204,32 (yesam pana tarn [apadnam] n' atthi te ~) * Thi-a 269,14 (t ~, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se npadn [?]) Ih-aIII 205,4 (yesam pana atiukkamsagatam apadnam n' atthi te idha ~ ti vutt); spadna, mfn., I. of absolutely excellent past actions; Th-aIII 204,31 (yesam hi purimesu sammsambuddhassa ... punnakiriyavasena pavattitam svakapramitsankhtam atthi apadnam te -, seyyath pi apadnapliyam gat ther) ^ Ihi-a269,i3; 2. containing stories of actions and their results; ? Ap-al,i6* (~assa Apadnass' asesato... dipissam... atmasamvannanam); see also avadna, buddhpadniya. apadna2, n. [apa+ dna2], absence of cutting or breaking; non-interruption; Vism60,20 (dnam vuccati avakhandanam, apetam dnato ti ~am anavakhandanan ti attho); see also spadna. apadisa, m. [from apadisati], designated person, witness; Dhp-a II 39,20 (sacyam puriso tumhdisam ~am na karissa na jivitam labhissa, eds so, but perhaps wr for apadesa qv). apadisati,pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVdiS], indicates, designates; refers to (as a witness); uses as a pretext; Vin I 119,15 (te ce... bl avyatt anne bale avyatte ~eyyum); III 159,28 (te sancicca dure ~anti, amhkam vuso Dabba Giijhakte sensanam pannpehi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr apadissanti); Ja IV 203,7 (sacham candlassa santike ti vakkhmi lajjitabbakam bhavissati... dispmokkhcariyam -mi ti); Mil 270,17 (tumhe natthidhammam nibbnam -atha); 304,6 (ihgha me tvam tattha kranam - ti); Sp 1078,20 (sace imin vatthun kanci puggalam parisankasi idn'eva nam ~hl ti); Dhp-all 39,12 (ayam... satthram sakkhim -ati); part.pr. (a) apadisa(t), mfn., Vism 305,4 (bhagavantam satthram ~ato); (b) apadisanta, mfn., Ja 1215,22 (tarn tarn kammam ~ant yeva temsam vitinmesum); aor. 3 sg. apadisi, Th-aIII 94,20 (ko te satth... ti pucchi, thero sammsambuddham ~i); absol. (a)apadisitv, Ja III 234,16' (paccaye ~itv); Spkl 180,2 (nibbnam ~itv pavattya); Dhp-all 190,9 (sarirakiccam ~itv thapetha tva ynakam, otaritv gamissmi ti); (b) apadissa,

163

Sp 670,5 (uddiss ti apadissa rabbha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avadissa); pass. pr. 3 sg. apadissati, Sp 599,26; fpp apadisitabba, mfn., Vin IV 139, I (ajjatagge te... na c'eva so bhagav satth apadisitabbo); see also avadisitabba, avadissa, avadissati, odissa'. apadesa, m. [S. apadeSa], 1. designation, pointing out; reference; witness, authority; Abh 860 (-o... kathane); Ps I 20,7 (idh ti despadese nipto); Dhp-a II 39,20 (sacyam puriso tumhdisam -am na karissa na jivitam labhissa, so read ? eds apadisam); 2. reason; pretext, pretence; Abh 860 (~o nimitte ca chale ca); Ja III 60,19 (-am katv); Dhp-a II 190,12 (ten' eva -na); anapadesa, mfn., without valid grounds, without authority; M I 287,3 (vcam bhasit aklena -am; Ps II 331,26: -an ti suttpadesavirahitam) = A II 22,22 (Mp III 27,n: -an ti apadesarahitam, spadesam sakranam katv na katheti); spadesa, mfn., with valid grounds; with authority; D I 5,1 (vcam bhsit klena -am; Sv 76,29: -an ti sa-upamam sakranan ti attho) = Nidd I 220,23. apadesaka, n. [apadesa + ka2], pretext, pretence; Ja VI 179,5 (vtbdho me bhante bdhati ti -am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apadesam). apadhrita, mfn. [for *apadrita? cf S. avadrita], split or rent open; Vism 178,22 (vicchiddam vuccati dvidh chindanena -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apavritam) = As 197,22 (Be so; Ce, Ee apavritam; Se avadhritam) = Patis-a 235,25 (eds so). apadhreti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *apa + dharati; cfS. avadhrayati], considers, thinks about; worries about; Sp 1360,30 (sahas vohram m padhresi ti yo etesam sahas vohro hoti sahas bhsitam tarn m -esi m ganhittha; ad Vin V 158,16*: Be, Ee, Se m padhresi; Ce m padhrehi). apanati, / [from apanamati], bending away; aversion; ifc see onati-unnati -. apanaddha, mfn. [pp of *apa + nayhati; cf S. apaVnah, "bind back"and "untie"], tied back; (or untied;) -kalpa, mfn., with quiver tied behind; (or "with the hair-knot untied", CPD sv so;) D II 343,13 (addasa purisam klam lohitakkhim -am kumudamlim allavattham allakesam ...; Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce sannaddha-; Se sannaddha-; Sv 812,3: -an tisannaddhadhanukalpam, Ee so; Be sannaddhakalpanti; Ce panaddhakalpan ti; Se asannaddhakalpan ti; cf Ja I 99,24foil: kantre adhivatthayakkho ... dhanukalpaphalakvudhahatthehi... amanussehi parivuto uppalakumudni pilandhitv allasiso allavattho). apanamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVnam], bends away, bends down; goes away; Sn 1101 (sutvana ngassa-issanti ito; Nidd II 89,5: vajissanti pakkamissanti; Pj II 599,4: bah jan pakkamissanti ti adhippyo); Sp 85,8 (chattam -atu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apanetu); aor. 3 sg. apanami, Sp 85,io (saha ranno cittuppdena chattam ~i); pp apanata (and apanata), mfn. [ts], bent away; disinclined, averse; MI 386,22* (satimato vipassissa anabhinatassa no -assa; Ps III 98,15: no -ass ti adutthassa); SI 28,32 (cittam... na cbhinatam na cpanatam; Spkl 80,24: dosnugatam -am); A IV 428,4

(samdhi na cbhinato na cpanato); neg. anapanata, mfn., PatisII 206,17 (apanatam cittam vypde na injati ti) quoted Vism 386,14 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr anupanatam) = Ud-a 186,4 (Be, Se so; Ee wr anupanatam; Ce anabhiratam); caus. pr. 3 sg. apanmeti, makes bend down, lowers; turns away (trans.); takes away, removes; Vin I 303,12 (asappyam upanmeti sappyam ~eti); D I 126,12 (hattham -eyyam); MI 96,4 (bahiddh katham ~eti; Ps II 66,28: katham bahiddh vikkhipati); A I 187,6 (-essati); Khp8:4 (ng v ~enti); part.pr. apanmenta, mfn., Sv 184,3 (pacchato ~ento patikkamati nma); aor. 3 sg. apanmesi, Sn/?. 48,7 (bhagav kyam -esi); absol. apanmetv, Vin II208,1 (chattam -etv sisam vivaritv); Sp 329,17; pp neg. anapanmita, mfn., not removed; Sp 829,17 (anuccritakatan ti... isakam pi anukkhittam v anapa-nmitam v katam, Be, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se anupanmitam). apanayati, see sv apaneti. apanayana, n. [ts], taking away, removal; destroying; denying, keeping silent; Dhtup43 (lunca ~e); Dhtum51; Sadd428,i (hara ~e, -am niharanam); 507,9 (hanu -, -am anlpakaranam nibbacanatkaranam); Sv 98,25 (osadhinam patimokkho ti... tesam -am); Ps I 244,19. apaniftjitv, ind. [absol of*apa + ninjati; cf S. avaVnij], having washed, having cleansed; Mp IV 41,13 (-itv ti parimadditv, Ee so; Ce apanijitv; Be, Se anumajjitv ti parimajjitv; ad AW 86,17: udakena akkhini anumajjitv, eds so, with vll apanijitv, paninjitv; quoted Sadd 348,14: paninjitv); see also onitta, onita (^v oniyati). apanidha, m. [from apanidheti], concealing; Vin IV 124,9* (~ena, in uddna). apanidhna, n. [from apanidheti], placing asideconcealing; Sp 1307,19 (apanidhe ca jivitan tipattdinam -sikkhpadam ca sancicca pnam jivit voropanam ca). apanidheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. apanWdh], places asidehides, conceals; Vin IV 122,34 foil (bhikkhnam pattam pi civaram pi -enti); 123,6foil (-essanti ti... tumhe ... -etna ti); part.pr. apanidhenta, mfn., Vin V 41,9 (-ento); Vin-vn 1651; aor. 3 sg. apanidhesum, Vin V 22,19 (civaram pi -esum); absol. apanidhya, Pv-a 215,2i (nivsanavattham kildhippyena -ya) pp (a) apanihita, mfn., removed; hidden, concealed; Pv-a216,3 (--tt); Vin-vn 1650; (b) apanidhita, mfn., id; VinV 41,10; caus. pr. 3 sg. apanidhpeti, Vin IV 123,14 (apanidheyya v -eyya v); 123,30 (-eti). apanihita, mfn., pp o/apanidheti qv. apanita, mfn., pp of apaneti qv. apanujja, absol. o/apanudati qv. apanuda, mfn. [from apanudati], who drives away, is a remover (of); Sv940,29 (malakhilakalikilesapanudehi ti... dosakalinam ca sabbakilesnam ca -ehi, Be, Ee so; Se-ebhi; Ce-kilesamapanudeti ti... apanudeti; ad D III 179,io*: Be sucihi parivuto bhavati malakhilakalikilesepanudehi; Se -panudebhi; Ce, Ee panudeti). apanudati (and apanudeti), pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVnud], drives away; removes; Mil 38,2 (ahite dhamme -eti hite dhamme

164

upaganhti) quoted As 122,9 (Be, Seso; Ce, Ee ~ati); aor. 3 sg. (a)apnudi, Ja III 157,10* (yo me sokaparetassa pitusokam apnudi) * Vv 83:9; (b) apanudi, D III 175,26* (ahitam pi ca ~i); Ja VI 20,5' (tarn ~i, Be, Ce so; Ee apaneti, possibly wr; Se anuvadati); absol. (a)apanujja, D i l 223,20; (b) apanuditv, Ja VI 583,8 (sokam ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be sokam tanukam katv; Se tanum panuditv); Dhp-al 172,10 (sunakham pdena ~itv). apanudana is wr or vi for apandana qv. apanudita(r), m. [from apanudati], one who removes; DIU 148,2 (bhayam~). apandana, mfn. (and n.) [cf S. apanodana], driving away, removing; Sv 925,17 (ubbegabhayassa ca uttsabhayassa ca ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apanudano); Ap-a231,i8 (sabbasamsradukkhassa -am, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se apanudanam); ifc see ubbega-uttsabhay-, sabbadukkh-. apaneti, apanayati (sometimes in Ee written apaneti), pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVni], leads away; removes; excepts, excludes; denies; Mil 257,1 (~eyya visadosam); A I 230,1 (udakam abhineti pi ~eti pi); Ja VI 20,5' (~eti, Ee so, possibly wr; Be, Ce apanudi; Se anuvadati); Ap 424,3 (samsayam ~ehi me); Mil 139,29 (bhayam ~eti); Dhp-a III 40,i (~essma nan ti); Bv-a211,2o* (padutthabhavam ~aya); Sadd 694,23 (hanute ti ~ayati, apalapati allpasallpam na karoti ti attho); apanetu in Ee at Sp 85,8 is wr for apanamatu; part.pr. apanenta, mfn., Ja II 363,5 (sarirato sedam -ento); Pj II 185,16 (hinajanam -entehi purisehi); neg. anapanenta, mfn., Spkl 132,15 (maggam adento prupanam anapanento); aor. 3 sg. (a) apanesi, JaV 265,16'; (b)apnayi, Jail 155,2* (dure putte apnayi); (c)apanayi, Ja VI 223,23* (na te ~ayi raj; 224,2': na ussranam kretv ~ayi); 3 pi. (a)apanesum, Dhp-a I 266,9; (b) apanayimsu, Sv 12,19; inf. (a)apanetum, JaV 184,2; Ap-a300,9; (b) apanayitum, Mil 188,17 (attano upaghtam ~ayitum); absol. (a)apanetv, D I 221,33 (tarn bhikkhum bhyam gahetv ekamantam ~etv); Mil 90,2o; Dhp-a III 204,2i; neg. anapanetv, Sp 318,2 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apanetva); Pj I 166,25; (b) apanetvna, Sv 1,19*; Saddh 63; (c)apaniya, Mhv 66:109; pass. pr. 3 sg. apanlyati, apaniyyati, SI 176,16* (asso va jinno nibbhogo khdan ~iyati); Ap 270,4 (sayam evpaniyare, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee evpaniyyare); Sv 1009,28 (angatabuddhehi pi na ~iyissanti); neg. part.pr. anapaniyamna, m/h., JaIII 104,21 (tumhkam sakatam apanetha apaneth ti gacchanto sakate anapaniyamne kujjhitv); pp apanita (sometimes in Ee written apanita1), mfn. [S. apanita], taken away, removed; dispelled; M I 486,11 (ditthigatan ti... ~ametam tathgatassa); II256,13 (~o avijjvisadoso); Ja III 503,15 (kena sil ~ ti); SpkII 170,10 (tya); Pv-a39,4 (soko ~o); Thi-a 238,25 (~o vinsito); neg. anapanita, mfn., Ja III 320,r (anapanitatt); Spkl 164,5; Dhp-a IV 215,8 (gabbhamalassa dhovitv anapanitatya); fpp (a) apaneyya, mfn., A IV 169,2 (apaneyyo so bhikkhave puggalo); Vism497,i2 (annatarassa apaneyybhvato, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anapaneyyabhvato; = Vibh-a 86,13: eds anapaneyyabhvato);

(b) apanetabba, mfn., Mil 189,5; Vism497,i3; Sv 12,14 (kim pan* ettha pathamaprjike kind apanetabbam v pakkhipitabbam v si nJ si ti); (c)apanayitabba, mfn., Mil 189,2 (acintiyena acintiyam apanayitabbam); (d) neg. anapaniya, mfn., Thi-a 59,12. apabodhati (also written appabodhati), pr. 3 sg. [for apa + bdhati, S. apaVbdh ? or from *aparodha, c/palibodha ? cfK.R. Norman, 1997, p. 96], wards off; keeps clear of, avoids; SI 7,23* (yo nindam ~ati asso bhadro kasm iva, Be so; Ce, Ee appabodhati; Se niddam apabodheti; Spkl 37,14foil.: yo garaham apaharanto bujjhati... yath bhadro assjniyo kasam apaharanto bujjhati, patodacchyam disv samvijjhanto viya kasya attani niptam na deti) = Dhp 143 (Ce so; Ee appabodhati; Be, Se niddam apabodheti). apabbahitv in Be, Ce, Ee at Ps II 302,19 is prob, wr for apabbhitv qv sv apabbhati. apabbhati, apabyhati, apaviyhati, apabyheti, pr. 3 sg. [apa + viyhati], pushes aside, removes; Vin-vn54 (apabyheti, Be, Ee so; vi in Ee apabyhati); part.pr. apabyhanta, mfn., Sp 316,24 (ito c'ito ca apabyhanto pi phandpeti); aor. 3 sg. apabbhi, Ja I 265,12 (pamsum ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be apabyhi; Se apabyhati); absol apabbhitv, apaviyhitv, A III 187,25 (ubhohi hatthehi iti c' iti ca sevlapanakarn apaviyhitv); Ps II 302,19 (kacavaram ubhato ~itv, so read? Be, Ce, Ee apabbahitv; Se pabyhetv); III 63,3 (apaviyhitv, Be, Ce so; Se apabyhitv; Ee wr appaviyhitv); pp apabblha, apabylha, mfn., pushed aside, removed; Sv 547,19 (~o sevlo, Ce, Ee so; Be apabylho; Se apabyulho) = Spk III 203,2 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apabylhasevlo); caus. aor. 3 sg. apabyhpesi, Ja IV 349,14 (tarunaskare pakkositv rukkhamlato pamsum apabyhpesi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce apahpesi). apabyhati, see sv apabbhati. apamra, apasmra, m. [S. apasmra], epilepsy; Abh 325 (~o apasmro); Vin I 71,34 (panca bdh... kuttham gando kilso soso ~o; Sp 996,16: ~o ti pittummdo v yakkhummdo v); Niddl 13,5 (Nidd-al 61,6: ~o ti amanussagho veriyakkhbdho); Ap 270,5; Mp II 191,9 (atekicchena vtpamrdin rogena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vtpasmrdin); apasmravt, m.pl, epileptic fits; Ja IV 84,28' (tassa hadayam - avattharanti ti). apamrika, apamriya, mfn. [from apamra; cfS. apasmrin], epileptic; Vin IV 8,33 (kilsikam sosikam ~am); Kv 31,33 (kilsiyo sosiyo apamriyo); Vin-vn 2484 (~am). apayti, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVy], goes away; retreats; ebbs; Ja II 35,23' (apeti" ti ~ti attham gacchati); Spk I 185,27 (apehi ti ~hi); part.pr. apayanta, mf(~znti)n., SII 119,3 (mahsamuddo ... -anto mahnadiyo apaypeti mahnadiyo ~antiyo kunnadiyo apaypenti); aor. 3 pi. (a) apyamsu, S I 224,21 (parjit ... dev apyamsv eva); (b) apayimsu, AIV 432,7 (parjit ... dev ~imsv eva, Be, Ee so; Ce apayamsv eva; Se apassimsv eva; Mp IV 201,2i: palyimsu yeva); caus. pr. 3 sg. apaypeti, makes go, makes retreat; dismisses; Sil 119,3 (~eti); jfepapaypetabba, mfn., D i l 177,6 (patibalo rjnam ... ~etabbam ~etum) ^ M III 176,2.

165

apayna, n. [ts], going away, retreat; D I 9,33 (abbhantarnam rannam upaynam bhavissati bhirnam rannam -am bhavissati). apara1, mfn. (with pronominal inflexion) [ts], another, a further, one more; following, subsequent; later; western; Vin I 35,9 (katam karaniyam nparam itthatty ti); DU 35,14 (~ena samayena); 111128,24 (-o p i . . . sabrahmacri); M i l 239,n (athparesam ekato pakkhiknam bhikkhnam); III 214,15 (tassa ditthe va dhamme vipkam patisamvedeti upapajja v ~e va pariyye, so read ? eds ~e v; see O. von Hinber, 1972, p. 247); A III 407, I (~e pi tayo puggal); Sn 1089 (vimokho tassa nparo); Th 537 (purato pacchato v pi ~o ce na vijjati); Ja IV 3,6 (-am pi dipam patv); Mil 239,3 (-ampimahrja uttarim kranam sunohi); aparam in Ee, Seat SI 103,19* is wrfor amaram (Be, Ce so); ifc see anpara, pubb-; ace. -am, adv., again, further, moreover; M III 242,10 (athparam); Sn 974 (athparam); 1092 (tvam ca me dipam akkhhi yatha-y-idam nparam siy); JaIV 172, io*; instr. -ena, I. after, beyond; later on, afterwards; Vin III 136, n (msam yeva sunisabhogena bhunjimsu tato -ena dsibhogena bhunjanti); Ja 149,9 (Kajangalam nma nigamo tassa -ena Mahsl; * Vin I 197,22: tassa parena); Bv3:l (Dipahkarassa -ena Kondanno nma nyako); 2. to the west; D III 201,2* (uttarena Kapivanto Janogham -ena ca); abl -ato, further on; later; Mil 105,9; 0, -attnama, mfh., eighth and last; Ap 321,22; '-anna, n., seesv; 0 , -anha, m., the afternoon; Pj I 105,14 (in cpd: -pubbanha-aparanha-, Ee so; Se -pubbanha-majjhanha-aparanha-; Be -pubbanhamajjhanhika-syanha-; Ce -pubbanha-majjhantikasyanha-); Mhv 29:26 (~e); '-anta, m, 1, the west; Ja I 98,ii/o//. (kadci pubbantato -am gacchati kadci -ato pubbantam); 2. the future; a future or final state; M II 31,33/0//. (so v mam -am rabbha panham puccheyya); S II 26,33 (-am v upadhvissati); Kv 165,36 (atthi arahato ... pubbante vimati ~e vimati); Vism 599, is; nuditthi, / , a (false) view concerning the future; SHI 46,i; Dhsl320; anuditthi(n),/n/n., holding (false) views concerning the future; D I 30,25; kappa, m., a theory about the future; Svll8,3o (--kappo v etesam atthi ti aparantakappik); kappika, mfn., who theorises about the future; D I 30,24; Sv 119,24 (dibbacakkhuk kappik ti); 0 para, mfn., one after another; various; following; SI 87,4* (ratiyo ... ulr ~); Mil 309,3 (~am nibbhanam sotukmo); ftparam, ind.9 to and fro; again and again; more and more; Th 121 (uppajjanti ca tekhandh cavanti -am); Ja VI 12,4 (-am cankamitv); Mil 132,16 (mahmegho-am anuppabandhanto abhivasseyya); 297,4 (tassa -am piti uppajjati); aparparam in Ee at DU 89,16 is wr; Be apr pram; Ce or pram; Se pr pram); pariya, ., a series (of rebirths); later rebirths; Pj 1143,15 (samparye duggatim - ummdam ppunti); kamma, n., action leading to a series of rebirths; Mil 108,28 (addasa Devadattam kammam yhitv ... viniptena viniptam gacchantam); Sp 508,16 (yhitassa kammassa); vedaniya, mfh., entail-

ing experiences or sufferings in subsequent rebirths; JaV 126,n (therassa pubbe katam vedaniyakammam oksam labhi); Kv 611,28 (vedaniyam kammam); Nett 37,14; Vism 601,2 (kammam ... vedaniyam); 601,12 (vedaniyakammam nma, tarn angate yad oksam labhati tad vipkam deti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aparpariyya-) = Mp II 211,24 (eds aparapariyya-); Ps V 19,2i (vedaniyam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee aparapariyya-); see also aparapariyyavedaniya below; vepakka, mfn., having consequences in subsequent rebirths; Kv 476,33; paruppattika, mfn., arising again and again; appearing subsequently; Spkl 53,16 (pathamuppattik v dubbal icch -o balav lobho); Dhp-alH 424,11; -kla, m. [apara + kla1], a later period; Vibh357,n (pubbaklam kodho -am upanho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pubbakle ... ~e) = Pp 18,19 quoted Spkl 53,8 (eds~e); -klika, mfn., connected with a later period; Th-alll 84,24 (purimakliko vypdo kodho ~o upanho); -cetan,/, subsequent thought, the third of the three thoughts associated with an action; Ja III 300,10 (-am paripunnam ktum nsakkhi); 340,21'; Pv-al33,i (-, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aparabhgacetan); As 159,9 (pubbacetanam muncanacetanam -an ti tisso pi cetan, Be, Se so; Ce - ti; Ee omits) * Vibh-a413,i; -dipana, n., - , / , the interpretation (of a word) by further terms or other words; Nidd-al 19,3 (-); As 137,5 (-); Vibh-a9,1 (-am siddham hoti); -paj,/, grandchildren; descendants; D III 190,23 (- c' assa patipjenti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -am ca pi 'ssa; Sv 956,11 foil.: puttadhitaro paj nma tesam pana puttadhitaro ca nattupanattak ca - nma); -pariyaya (and aparapariyya, prob, wr), m, a later course (of life), another existence; Pv-a 242,30 (tarn annatra --e vedayitabbaphalam hoti, Be, Ce, Seso; iseaparpariyyavedayitabbaphalam); Pet 29,18 (aparpariyyena v annesu khandhesu); vedaniya, m., entailing experience in another existence; Ps V 19,21 (yam aparpariyyavedaniyam tassa aparasmim pariyye vipkam patisamvedeti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se aparpariyavedaniyam); Mp II 210,6 (tarn kammam ditthadhammavedaniyam v hoti upapajjavedaniyam v vedaniyam v); Patis-a 575,32 (catubbidham hi kammam ditthadhammavedaniyam upapajjavedaniyam vedaniyam ahosikamman ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se aparapariya-); see also aparpariyavedaniya above; -pd, m.pl, the hind legs; Ja III 373,11*; -bhga, m., 1. the west; Sv 966,24 (etassa ~e Janogho nma anflam nagaram); 2. a later part; a later time; Pj II 9,1 (tass' eva -ena); Th-alll 118,18 (ekiss hi gthya ... -assa); loc. -e, -asmim, adv., at a later time; subsequently, afterwards; after (+ gen.); Ja I 262,7 (-e pitu accayena); Niddl 148,4; Mil 34,4 (tato -e); Vism 87,8 (pubbabhge ... - e . . . ) ; Dhp-al 84,2 (tassa satthuno ~e Kondanno); Vv-a66,is; As 15,15 (-asmim); -ratta, n., the latter part of the night; Sp229,i9 (rattiy aparam ~am); Vibh-a 345,4; -samudda, m., the western ocean; Ja III 75,8 (samipe, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se pacchimasamuddasamipe); -sela, m., the western mountain; Abh606.

166

apara2, mfh.9 see sv para. aparajju, ind. [S. aparedyus], on the following day; Vin II 275,17 (anujnmi bhikkhave ajjatan bhikkhunisangham pavretv ~u bhikkhusangham pavretun ti); IV 87,5 (sannidhikrakam nma ajja patiggahitam ~u khditam hoti); SI 186,11 (syam v nikkhamati ~u v kle); Utt-vn 588; Sadd 853,8 (aparasmim kle ~u anantaratikkantadivase); -gata, mfn., which occurred on the previous day; Vin I 137,28 (~ya slhiy purimika [vassupanyik] upagantabb; Sp 1067,H/O//.: ettha aparajju gatya ass ti ~, tass ~ya atikkantya aparasmim divase ti attho ... slhipunnamya anantare ptipadadivase); -divasa, m., the next day; Pj II 378,19 (pto ti pubbabhge, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~Q pubbabhge). aparajjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apardhyati], misses (one's aim), fails; wrongs or offends against (+ ace, gen./dat. or loc); Vin II 78,32 (ayynam ~mi); 190,33 (na bhikkh kind -anti); Ja VI 246,9' (paradresu ~asi); 311,24(sacepandite ~issmi); Mil 189,13 (puriso kismicid eva pakarane ~ati); Spkl 80,30 (satthari ~eyy ti); part.pr. aparajjhanta, mfn., JaV 245,31 (tumhesu ca deviy ca -anto); V 375,11* (nparajjhma Sumukha; 375,15': nparajjhma ti mrento ~ati nma mayarn na mrema, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avarajjhati, prob, wr); Ud-a 243,29; aor. 3 sg. aparajjhi, Ja IV 191,21 (mama putto hutv aggamahesiy ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ati); Thi-a 66,14; 1 sg. (a)aparajjhim, Ja VI 94,ir (tdise parisuddhasilagunasampanne ~im); (b) aparajjham, Thi418 (na pi 'ham ~am kind); 3 pi aparajjhimsu, Sv256,2i; inf. aparaddhum, D I 91,10 (kim pana te Ambattha Saky aparaddhun ti; c/*Sv256,2i: aparaddhun ti aparajjhimsu); absol. (a)aparajjhitv, JaV 68,19 (puriso mahsatte -itv); Ps III 331,15; (b) aparajjhitvna, JaV 104,2i*; pp aparaddha2, mfn. and n. [S. aparaddha], 1. (act.) having missed (the mark); having fallen short of (ace); having done wrong (to) or offended against (loc); MI 233,23 (ritto tuccho ~o); SI 103,16* (suddhimaggam ~o, metrically irregular); Sn891 (~ suddhim akevalino, metrically irregular); Mil 154,8 (tass putto ~o hoti veltivatto); Ps IV 236,3 (~-tt); ifc see anjasa-; 2. (pass.) (i) missed, misunderstood; done wrongly; a failing, mistake, offence; Vin V 149,10* (~am viraddham ca khalitam yam ca dukkatam); D I 103,19; 180,31 (ye te samanabrhman evam hamsu ... tesam -am); SI 149,16 (passa yvam ca te idam -an ti); Thi417 (kissa tay -am); Vv 40:5 (~am dukkatam ca me bhante); Niddl 312,8 (silam... viraddham may ~am may); ~-m-esi(n), mfn., searching for failings or offences; Niddl 165,is (randhamesl virandhamesi ~-m-esi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se aparandhamesi, prob, wr; Nidd-al 286, is: gunam apanerva dosam eva gavesi); caus. pr. 3 sg. apardheti, lets (something) go wrong or fail; neglects; All 67,2 (-lobhbhibhtena cetas... akiccam karoti kiccam ~eti); part.pr. aparadhenta, mfn., A l l 67,2 (kiccam ~ento); absol. apardhetv, Pj II 476,8 (tasspi vacanam agahetv annadatthu tarn eva ~etv); pp apardhita, mfn., missed; done wrongly; neglected;

ThI367 (kim te -itam may; Thi-a 234,20/0//.: kim tuyham vuso may aparaddham); Ja VI 251,2* (atitam addh-itam may; 251,10': ekamsena atitakammam -itam virdhitam kusalam atikkamitv akusalam eva katan ti); see also avarajjhati. aparajjhana, n. [from aparajjhati], failing; offence; Ja V 73,23' (mayi ~ena); Dhp-a III 375,16 (sakunesu -bhvena attabhvo kali nma). aparajjhanaka, mfn. [aparajjhana + ka2], offending against, trespassing on (+ loc); Ja VI 237,20'(paresam rakkhite gopite bhande ~, Ce so; Ee ~o, prob, wr; Be, Se aparajjhant; ad Ja VI 236,32*: paradrassa hethento carimha amar viya). aparanna, n. [apara1 + anna2; AMg avaranna], vegetables; Abh450 (muggdike -am); Vin III 50,15 (khettam nma yattha pubbannam v -am v jyati); Sv 78,25 (khettam nma yasmim pubbannam rhati vatthu nma yasmim ~amrhati); NiddH 175,31 (~am nma speyyam); see also pubbanna. aparaddha1, mfn. [pp of *apa + rajjhati1; cf AMg avaraddha; BHS apardhyati; see K.R.Norman, 1965, pp. 114-15], destroyed, disappeared; Th 78 (dukkhakkhandho ~o; Th-al 182,24: arahattamaggapattito patthya paribhattho cuto, na dni pavattissati). aparaddha2, mfn., pp of aparajjhati qv. aparaddhum, inf. of aparajjhati qv. aparandhamesi(n) in Ee, Se at Nidd I 165,18 is prob, wr for aparaddhamesi(n) qv sv aparajjhati. aparajaka, m/-ika)., being without a king; Dip 11:9 (samvaccharam tad si Tambapanni aparjik). aparjit, / [ts], name of a plant, Clitoria ternatea; Abh 584 (girikanny ~). apardha, m. [ts], fault, offence; mistake; Abh 355; Ja VI 384,23* (na hi deva ~o atthi mayham); Ap 176,9 (parakammyane yutto -am aks' aham); Mil 154,12 (attano bhante -ena); Pv-a87,io (attan katam ~am paksenti); anapardha, mfn. and m, 1. (mfn.) innocent; JaV 225,6' (adsiyan ti -am); Mill86,16 (purisam akrakam -am); Spklll 110,2 (--tya); 2. (n.) lack of failing or offence; Op -a 325,30 (bhaygatim na gacchati ~ato); anpardhakammanta (with rhythmical or metrical lengthening), mfn., whose actions are free of offence or failure; Ja VI 477,14* (477,15^0//.: kyikakammdisu apardharahitam). apardhaka, m(fn). [apardha + ka2], (one) who offends, who commits a crime; Ja IV 495,13* (~e dsake hethake ca rjno dandenti; 498,21': -e ti rjpardhakrake); see also apardhika. apardhi(n), mfn. [S. apardhin], offending; criminal; ifc see rj-. apardhika, mfn. [BHS id.], (one) who has offended or committed a fault, who has fallen short (of); AIV 228,5* (poso saddhammam ~o); Mp II 102,13 (aham evJ ettha ~o); Mil 189,16 (-t); ifc see raja-; see also apardhaka. apardheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of aparajjhati qv. aparigamanat, / , abstr. [from *pari + gacchati], the being free from going about (in samsra^; Nidd I 21,21 (~ya thito; Nidd-al 90,12: ~y ti samsre

167

agamanabhvena, pungamanbhven ti attho). aparigutti, / [a3 + pari + gutti], lack of protection; Vism 34,19 (~iy) = Nidd-a 1462,34. aparighamsanta, mfn. [neg. part.pr. o/*pari + ghamsati; cfS. parWghrs], not rubbing or scraping; Vin I 46,9 (bhjanam... ~ena dhovitv patismetabbam; Sp980,2o: bhmiyam ~ena); II209,16. aparicakkhita(r), m. [cfS. parWcaks], one who does not observe well; not circumspect, uncritical; JaV 77,n* (asamyatam -ram; 78,14': -ran ti ayam may kathitamantam rakkhitum sakkhissati na sakkhissati ti puggalam oloketum upaparikkhitum asakkontam). aparitassa, m. [for a3 + paritsa, influenced by verb paritassati], freedom from fear or worry; AIV 108,6 (abbhantarnam ~ya phsuvihrya; Mp IV 55,is: ~y ti tsam anpajjanatthya); 230,27. aparitassi(n), mfn. [from paritassati], not trembling; without fear; Mil 138,9(akampi avedhi ~I). aparisiftcaka, mfn. [from parisincati; cf S. parisecaka], not pouring over; Nidd-a I 444, n (anavasekan ti anavasincanakam ~am katv). aparissavanaka, mfn. [from *pari + savati; cfS. parisrava], not overflowing; Ja I 400,6' (anavasincanakam ~am katv, Ee so; Be, Se aparissvanakam; Ce aparissvanakam). aparissavanaka, m(fn). [a3 + parissvana + ka2], (one) who has no water-strainer; Vin II 119,5 (na ca bhikkhave ~ena addhnamaggo patipajjitabbo); Ja I 198,22. apalapati,/?r. 3sg. [cfS. apaVlap], denies; keeps silent; refuses to speak; ? Sadd 694,23 (hanute ti apanayati, ~ati allpasallpam na karoti ti attho). apalpi(n), mfn. [from palpa1 ?], faultless; JaV 5,i6' (apalyini ti... -i tipi ptho palparahite anavajjasarire ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be apalsini tipi ptho palsarahite ...; [Se apalmini ti pi ptho, malparahite]). apallana, n. [from apalleti], enticing, luring away; Vin I 99,27* (in uddna: -kantako, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -Kandako). apalleti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of*apa + lalati], entices, lures away; Vin I 85,n/o//. (chabbaggiy bhikkh thernam bhikkhnam smanere ~enti... yo ~eyya patti dukkatassa; Sp 1013,34/o//.: ~en~ ti tumhkam pattam dassmi civaram dassmi ti attano upatthnakaranattham sanganhanti); fpp apalletabba, mfn., Vin I 85,B; see also upalalati, upalpeti. apalikhati, apalekhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVlikh; cf also S. avaVlih], scrapes off; rubs off; Sv 354,19/0//. (hatthpalekhano ti... jivhya hattham ~ati, uccram v katv ... hatthena ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se hatthvalekhano ti... avalikhati... avalikhati) * Mp II 383,28 (apalekhati... apalekhati, Be so; Ee apalekhati... ~ati; Ce apalekkhati... ~ati; Se avalekhati... ~ati) * Ps II 43,30 (~mi... ~mi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avalikhmi... avalikhmi); see also avalikhati. apalekhati, see sv apalikhati. apalekhana, n. [from apalikhati], scraping off; ifc see hatth-; see also avalekhana. apalepa, m. [apa + lepa], lack of plaster;

-patita, mfn., falling down through the loss of plaster; ThI270(so 'palepapatitojargharo; Thi-a202,27: so ayam samussayo ~o abhisankhrlepaparikkhayena patito ptbhimukho ti attho, so pi alepapatito ti v padavibhgo, so ev' attho); see also avalepana. apalokana, n.t - , / [from apaloketi], I. a look; looking back, looking about; M I 337,4 (sahpalokanya ... Dsi Mro tamh ca thn cavi; Ps II 421, u: bhagavato ~ena saha); Sv 564,27 (pacchato apalokanakle); 2. looking for approval or permission; Vin V 102,36 (dvih* krehi kiccamjyatinattito v ~ato v); Sp 1098,7 (kammavcam avatv ~enpi vattati yeva); Sadd 520,12 (~an ti sangham apaloketv ti disu viya janpanam); (a)-kamma, ., 1. the action of looking; Sv 564,33 (na givam parivattetv ~amkatan ti); 2. a (formal) act (of the sangha,) giving permission or approval; Vin II 89,2 (~am; Sp 1195,3^0//.: ~am nma simatthakasahgham sodhetv chandrahnam chandam haritv samaggassa sahghassa anumatiy tikkhattum svetv kattabbakammam ... ~am apaloketv va ktabbam, nattikammdivasena na ktabbam); IV 152,9; V 167,26 (cattri ~ni jnitabbni); Sp 1402,28 (so ... vyattena bhikkhun ~am katv nissretabbo); Vin-vn 2984. apaloki(n), mfn. [from apaloketi], looking backlooking about; Mil 398,16 (yogin yogvacarena sabbakyena ~in bhavitabbam). apalokika, mfn. [a3 + paloka+ ika; or = apalokita2 qv], (of nibbna,) not liable to decay, not subject to destruction; Sadd 70,28* (nibbnam ... nipunam ~am). apalokita1, mfn., pp of apaloketi qv. apalokita2 (and apalokika?), mfn. [for apalokiya, neg. fpp o/palujjati ?], (b/nibbna^ not liable to decay, not subject to destruction; Abh 7 (~am nipunam); S IV 370,7 (~am ca vo bhikkhave desissmi -gmim ca maggam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apalokinam ... apalokinagmim; Spk III 112,10: apalujjanatya ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; e apalokinam); 373,22* (dhuvam ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apalokinam) quoted Nett 55,8* (Be, Ee so; Ce apalokiyam); see also apalokika, palokina. apalokina, appalokina, see sv palokina. apaloketi, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + Vlok], 1. looks towards; looks back; looks to, considers; Vin I 232, H (oloketha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam ~etha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam; Sp 1097,4: -etna ti punappunam passatha) = DII 96,29 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se avaloketha); MI 120,12 (so nimlleyya v anfiena v ~eyya); 1193,3 (pacchimam janatam Tathagato ~eG ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anukampati ti; * Vin II128,30: anukampati ti * Dhp-a III 136,12: oloketiti); Mil 398,14 (hatthi sabbakyen' eva~eti); part.pr. (a)apalokenta, m/(~enti)H., Ud6,i (purnadutiyik avidre gantv -enti); Sv 565,7 (-entass* etam); neg. anapalokenta, mfn., Vism 108,12 (anapalokent gacchanti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anavalokent); (b)apalokayanta, mf(~ayanii)n., JaV 214,20* (tath hi mayham ~ayanti ummattakam Ummadanti aksi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se avalokayanti); (c) apalokayamna, mfn. Sv 656,8 (dasabalam... ~ayamno, Be, Ce so; Se avalokayamno; Ee wr apalokiyamno); 2. [cf BHS avalokayati] looks to for approval, consults; asks

168

permission; asks or takes leave; Vin I 32,36 (tvam kho si Kassapa pancannam jatilasatnam nyako ... te pi tva ~ehi); III 10,29/o/Z. (brhmanam -essm ti... nimantit' amh tay brhmana vassam vutth ~ema tarn, icchma mayam janapadacrikam pakkamitunti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~m2i,prob. wr); SHI 5,31 (~etha bhikkhave Sriputtam; SpkII 256,12: -eth ti pucchatha); aor. 3 sg. apalokesi, Vin II 128,27 (bhagav yasmantarn nandam ~esi); MI 337,3 (bhagav... ngpalokitam ~esi); 3pl. apalokesum, Dhp-a III 408,11; absol. apaloketv, looking towards; considering; asking permission; taking leave; consulting', Vin IV 267,11 (smike pucchitv ~etv chaddeti); D i l 122,5 (bhagav ... ngpalokitam Veslim ~etv); Ud 22,16; Ja VI 298,25 (rjnam ~etv); Sadd520,n (sangham -etv); neg. anapaloketv, Vin III 10,28; A IV 181,21; Mpl 320,15 (gharam v kutumbam v anapaloketv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anavaloketv); Vism 27,25 (anuppiyabhnit ti saccnurpam dhammnurpam v anapaloketv punappunam piyabhananam eva, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anavaloketv) = Vibh-a 483,15 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anavaloketv); pp apalokita1, mfn. and n., l.(i) (mfn.) looked at; JaV 214,23' (may ~ sayarn mam apalokayanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se avalokit); Ps II 421,18 (bhagavat tt); (ii) (n.) a look; ifc see ng-; 2. (mfn.) asked for leave; consulted; Vin I 234,5 (Niganth ~ v anapalokit v) = A IV 181,20; S III 5,29 (~o pana vo bhikkhave Sriputto ti); neg. anapalokit, mfn., Vinl 234,5 = A IV 181,20; fpp apaloketabba, mfn., Vin IV 226,32 (yattha rj anussati rj -0); Dhp-aIV 202,14 (atthi pana te ~ ntak ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee oloketabb); see also avaloketi, oloketi. apavagga, m. [S. apavarga], 1. completion, end; final release; Abh 8; 896 (nibbnam... ~e); 910 (~o pariccgvasnesu vimuttiyam); Sadd 70,18* (nibbnam ... bhavakkhayo ~o); Jinl 56; ifc see sagg-; 2. (gr.t.t.) restriction (of a rule); Sadd 920,16 (ativypetv apanayanam ~o). apavajjana, n. [S. apavarjana], giving up; gift; Abh 420. apavattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVvrt], turns away or aside; Ja IV 347,26* (ek' ettha ~ati, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se apasakkati; 348,3': eko etesu osakkitv v ekapassena v visum gacchati). apavadati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apavVad], reviles; denies; rejects; D I 122,4 (~af eva bhavam Sonadando vannam ~ati mante ~ati jtim; Sv 290,1: ~ati ti patikkhipati); S IV 118,17 (brhmannam mante ekamsena ~ati patikkosati); Ja V 242,6* (herum ca -anti). apavahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVvah], carries off or away; Mil 139,24 (kyamh vto civaram ~ati); A IV 170,16 (yni... dhannni dubbalni palpni tni vto ekamantam ~ati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce apakassati); caus. pr. 3 sg. *apavheti, carries away, removes; inf. apavhitum, Ps IV 72,1 (Sinerum apavhitum samatthassa vtassa); absol. apavhetv, Mil 324,28 (vymena tarn ^alalakaddamam apavhetv); pp apavhita, mfn., Cp -a 291,24. apavda, m. [ts], blame; abuse; Abh 1089; Spkll 399,15

(brhmannam ~am nipphdetv, Ee so; Be mnam nimmadditv; Ce, Se madam nimmdetv); Th-a II 275,12 (andhabl evarpe~e samutthapenti); Cp-a 241,23 (imam ~am jigucchanto); Sadd 386,10. apavrana, n. [S. lex. id.], covering; a covering; lid; Abh 50 (so read? Be, Ce apadhranam); Dhtum819 (chadpavrane); Sadd 544,3 (chada ~e). apavrana, / , see sv pavran. apavrita1, mfn. [pp of *apa + vreti ?], burst, opened; Vism 178,22 (vicchiddam vuccati dvidh chindanena ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apadhritam) = As 197,22 (Ce, Ee so; Be apadhritam; Se avadhritam) = Patis-a235,25 (eds apadhritam). apavrita2, mfn., neg. pp o/pavreti qv. apavhaka, mfn. [from apavahati], who carries off; Cp -a 291,24 (mayham santakassa -sahyo). apavhana, n. [from apavahati; cfS. apavha, apavhana], carrying off removing; carrying away (water); Sp 1022,3i (nikkhantim kareyyan ti nikkhamanam niggamanam ~am kareyyan ti attho); Mp III 155,20 (apyamukhm ti -cchiddni, Be so; Ce apavhanaka-; Ee, Se apyavhanaka-); 156,5 foil, (cattri pi kandarni pidhya -cchiddni vivaritv... avasesam udakam -cchiddena parissavitv gatam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se apavhanaka-). apavittho in Ee at Pv-a208,i8* is wr for apaviddho (Be, Ce,Se, Pv 33:2 so). apaviddha1, mfn. [pp of *apa + vijjhati; ts], thrown away; rejected, abandoned (often of a dead body); D II 356,2 (-am dnam darv) * M III 22,20 (Ps IV 81,10: -an ti chaddetukmo hutv vammlke uragam pakkhipanto viya deti); SHI 143,5* (~o tad seti); Dhp 292 (yam hi kiccam <-am akiccam pana kayirati); Sn200 (so mato seti... ~o susnasmim); Th 315 (addasam itthim ujyhitam ~am susnasmim); Ja III 426,20* (aham pan' amhi - ekik); VI 499,6* (~o amaccehi; 499,12'; amaccehi chaddito hutv); anapaviddha, mfn., not thrown away; not rejected; D i l 356,8 (~am dnam datv); Pv-a 135,15 (~am anavanntam katv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anviddham, prob. wr). apaviddha2, mfn., neg. pp o/pavedhati qv. apaviyhati, see sv apabbhati. apavinati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vven and Vven, venati], observes attentively; watches; watches over; MI 324,30 (gvi tarunavacch thambam ca lumpati vacchakam ca ~ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apacinati; Ps II 403,2: apacinati ti vacchakam ca apaloketi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apacinati ti); neg. part.pr. anapavinanta, mfn., Ja V 339,6* (anapavinanta pakkamanti, so readl Be, Ce, Ee anupacinant; Se anuvicinant; 339,8': sinehena layavasena anolokent); see also apacinayamna, venati. apavyma, apabyma, mfn. [apa + vma, vy- wrongly "restored"], to the left; placed on the left; apavymam or apavymato karoti, goes round (something or someone) keeping one's left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect); SI 226,19 (Vepacitti asurindo ... te isayo silavante ... ~ato karitv atikkami; Spkl 346,4: vymato katv); Kv 472,23 (buddhathpe -ato kareyya); Dhp-a II 36,8 (tarn nitthubhitv ~am katv,

169

Ee, Se so; Be apasabyam; Ce apasdam); see also apasavya. apasakkati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + sakkati], goes away or aside; Vin IV 70,i (titthiy -anti; Sp 810,5: -anti ti apagacchanti); 177,23 (~a tva bhagini yva bhikkh bhunjanti ti); 183,22 (cor vattabb... ~ath ti); part.pr. apasakkanta, mfn., Sp 85,25 (so hatthingo ... pacchimadisbhimukho hutv ~anto); aor. 3 sg. apasakki, Ja III 79,22 (mahrja raho paccsimsmi ti, tarn sutv rjapuriso ~i, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se rj tarn sutv rjapurise ~i); Pv-a265,20 (apakkami ti ~anto ca ... ha); i absol apasakkitv, Dhp-al 443,21 (~itv thito); Vv-a 101,i (thero ekapadanikkhepamattam ~itv atthasi); pp apasakkita, mfn., gone away, gone apart; Nidd-al 100,25 (sannhi jhnacittam vivittam hoti vin hoti -am hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apasakkanam); 102,21 (kilesehi cittarn vivittam hoti ti... viyuttam ~am sunnarn hoti ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apasakkam); see also avasakkati, osakkati. apasakkana, n. [from apasakkati], going away, drawing aside; Nidd-a I 97,6 (kyaviveko ti kyena vivitti, vin ~am). apasammajjati, pr. 3 sg. [apa + sammaijati], sweeps away; winnows; AIV 170, is (smik sammajjanim gahetv bhiyyoso mattya ~anti; Mp IV 75,2: sradhannnam ekato dubbalnam dhannnam ekato karanattham punappunam ~anti, apasammaijanisafikhtena vtaghin suppena v vatthena v paharanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ... vatthena v niharanti). apasammajjani,/ [from apasammajjati], a winnowing fan; a brush; Mp IV 75,3 (-sankhtena vtaghin suppena). apasaranta, mfn. [part.pr. o/*apa + sarati2], streaming forth; Mhv 65:26 (tejaspasarantena). apasavya, apasabya, mfn., 1. [ts] not left, right; Abh 719 (~am tu dakkhinam); 2. to the left, placed on the left; apasavyam or apasavyato karoti [cfBHS apasavyi-karoti], goes round (something or someone) keeping one's left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect); Ud 50,is (nitthubhitv apasabyato karitv pakkmi, Be, Ce so; Se apabymato; Ee wr apasabymato; Ud-a292,4yb//.: apasabyato karitv ti... avinnutya paribhavena tarn apasabyam katv attano apasabyam apadakkhinam katv gato, apasabymato ti pi ptho, Be so; Se apabymato karitv t i . . . attano apasabyapakkhe katv gato, apavmato ti pi ptho; Ce apasavyam karitv ti... avinnutya paribhavam tassa savyarn katv, attano apasavy apakkhe katv gato, apabmato tipi ptho; Ee apasabyam karitv ti... avinnutya paribhavam sabyam katv attano apasabyapakkham datv gato, apabymato ti pi ptho); see also apavyma. apasdan, / [from apasdeti; cf BHS avasdan], reproach; disparagement; Mill 230,15 (ussdanam ca jann -am ca jann); 231,27 (katham ca bhikkhave ussdan ca hoti -a ca hoti no ca dhammadesan); Sp 612,30 (codakam apasdanat); Mpl 336,20 (satthu santik ~am labhitv). apasdeta(r), m. [from apasdeti], one who rebukes; one who disparages; VinV 184,7 (ussadet hoti ~ hoti);

D HI 46,35 (tapassi annataram samanam v brhmanam v na ~ hoti kirn panyam bahuljivo sabbam sambhakkheti). apasdeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *apa + sidati; cfBHS avasdayati], dismisses; rebukes, reproaches; disparages; Vin I 79,10 (te bhikkh passitv upadhvanti, bhikkh ~enti); MI 98,3 (codakam na ~essmi ti); III230,16 (n' eva ussdeyya na -eyya dhammam eva deseyya); Ja V 417,27 (evam ~eti nassatha tumhe vasaliyo); part.pr. (a) apasdenta, m/^enti)., Ja II 211,23 (~ento); Thi-a65,io (theri Mram ~enti); (b) apasdayanta, mfii., Sv 619,23 (sabbe pi -ayant); aor. 3sg. apasdesi, DU 138,27 (bhagav yasmantam Upavnam ~esi apehibhikkh); Mil 168,24 (bhagav ... mnavam ~esi); AIII 393,6 (m yasm Kotthito yasmantam Cittam Hatthisriputtam ~esi); Ja VI 545,22 (Jjako pi kumre adisv bodhisattam ~esi); 2 sg. (a) apasdesi, Mil 279,29 (kissa pana tvam mahrja ... Vessantaram ... atiblham ~esi ti); (b) apasdayittha, ? Ps II 406,1 (m'etam sado ti m etarn -ayittha); absol. apasdetv, S III 116,31 (yasmantam Anurdham navavdena ca blavdena ca -etv); Vism322,33; neg. anapasdetv, DIU 128,22 (anussdetv anapasdetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee na apasdetv); pass, part.pr. apasdiyamna, mfn., VinI 79,n (te bhikkhhi ~iyamn rodanti); pp apasdita, mfn., dismissed; rebuked; disparaged; Vin III 136,24 (s ganik tehi jivikasvakehi ~); Sil 219,io (ayyena kira Mahkassapena ayyo nando kumrakavdena -0 ti); A I 278,20; Ja V 421,28; neg. anapasdita, (mf)n., lack of rebuke; ? Vin IV 178,7; Kkh 144,9;fpp apasdetabba, mfn., Vin IV 177,23 (s bhikkhuni ~ apasakka tva bhagini yva bhikkh bhunjantl ti); D I 53,9 (katham hi nma mdiso samanam v brhmanam v vijite vasantam ~am maniieyy ti); Sp 1192,13 (tarn pajjati); see also avasidati. apasrana, n. [cf S. apasarana, apasrana], removing; taking (a ship) out from land; ? ifc see haran-. apasmra, m., see sv apamra. apassa(t), apassanta, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/passati qv. apassaya, m. (andn.) [S. apasraya, aptoya], a support; a recourse; a rest (esp. for the head or back); a bolster; Cp 3:10:4 (vicintayitv dhammattham saccarn addasapassayam; Cp-a 237,34: mayham ntinam ~am addasam); Vism 79,6 (sattahgo nma pitthi-apassayena ca ubhato passesu ~ehi ca saddhim kato); Sp 1216,24 (tisu dissu ~am katv katamanco); Sv 1008,23 (apassenni ti ~ni); Dhp-aIII 365,10 (candanamayo ~o); ifc see abbhantar-, kantak-; -pithaka, n., a chair with a head-rest; Ja HI 235,23 (~e nisiditva); slpassaya, mfn., with a support, with a head-rest; Ja IV 299,2o(pafinatte ~e sane nisidi); 465,4* (pithe -e); see also avassaya, kantakpassayika (^v kantaka). apassayati (aJapasseti),/?r. 3 sg. [S. apsrayati], leans against; has a support in; depends upon; Vin II 175,i5/o//. (bhittim apassenti... yo apasseyya patti dukkatassa); Vism 401,24 (apassenaphalakam katv ~ati); Pj II 481,6 (yam yam disam alliyati ~ati ti attho); part.pr. apassayanta, mfn., Sp459,1 (~antam);

170

inf. apassayitum, Sp 852,8 (phalarukkham pana -iturn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apassayitum); Vin-vn 1509; absol apassya, Vin III 38,26 (bhikkhu ... rukkham -ya nipanno hoti); Ja I 214,12* (saccabalam -ya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avassya; * Cp 3:9:9: avassya); Pv-al89,i6 (apassenam -ya); pp apassita, mfn. [S. apsrita], leaning against; depending on; Vv 20:1 (nan pargram ~, Be, Vv-a 101,26 so; Ce, Ee, Se avassit); Jail 69,4* (tlamlam -o); Ap 102,16 (sakakammam ~o); ^/?(a)apassetabba, mfn., VinII 175,16 (na... parikammakat bhitti apassetabb); (b) apassayaniya, mfn., Sp 458,29 (apassayaniyatthena apassenam nma, Be, Ce so; Se apassaniya-; Ee wr apassayaniya-); apassayi in Ee at Th 1172 and in Ee, Se at Th 1202 is wr for aphassayi {Be, Ce so); apassayim in Ee, Se at Ap 507,23 is wr for aphassayim {Be, Ce so); apassayitv in Ee at Ja III 425, is* is wr; read adhissayitv with Be, Ce, Se; see also avassayim, avassya, avassit. apassayana, n. [from apassayati; cf S. Srayana], depending upon, having recourse to; Sv 1058,29 (sappurisnam -am sevanam bhajanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avassayanam) = Mp III 63,21 {Ce, Ee so; Be avassayanam; Se upassayanam); Nidd-all 30,11 (upanissayan ti -am); Patis-a 544,20; see also apassena. apassayitum in Ee at Sp 852,8 is wr for apassayitum qv sv apassayati. apasseta(r), m. [from apasseti], one who leans against; M III 127,3 (nbhijnmi... apassenakam -, Ce, Ee so; Be apassayit; Se apasayit; perhaps better absol). apasseti, see sv apassayati. apassena, n. [from apasseti; cfS. srayana], something to lean on or rely on; rest, support; Vin III 76,34; D III 224,20 (cattari -ani); Ap302,n (-am c' anappakam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr appassenam); Vism79,2; Pv-a 189,16 (-am apassya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -a); ifc see caturpassena sv catu(r); -phalaka, n., a reclining board (to protect the wall); Vin II 175,18 (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti); Vism 401,24 (na kevalam candimasuriye parmasati... -am katv apassayati); see also apassayana. apassenaka, n. [apassena + ka2], a rest, support; M III 127,3 (nbhijnmi... -am apasset). apahata, mfn. [pp o/*apa + hanati; ts], destroyed; ifc see sok-. apahatta(r), m. [from apaharati; S. apahartr], one who takes away or removes; MI 447,25 (bahunnam vata no bhagav dukkhadhammnam -; PsIII 163,13: ~ ti apahrako) quoted Kv 528,12. apaharana, n. [ts], taking away, removing; stealing; Cp-a 141,25 (tassa ca '-attham); ifc see oj- {sv oj), kilesarajojall-; dhippya, mfn., with the intention of stealing; Pv-a 226,2 (~o, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se avaharan-); see also avaharana. apaharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVhr], takes away, removes; robs; wards off; refuses, objects to; Niddl 164,29 foil. (ye te panhavimamsak prisajj psanik te -anti, atthpagatambhanitan ti atthato -anti...; Nidd-a I 285,29:

-anti ti patibhanti); Dhp-aIII 86,12 (bhadro asso attani patamnam kasam -ati); Sadd 428,8 (-ati); part.pr. apaharanta1, mfn., Spkl 37,15 (garaham -anto); aor. 3 sg. (a) aphari {or of apa + 2 + harati), Ja V 5,r (tarn sabbadaratham aphari); (b) apahari, 1h-a I 56,30 (vihari ti visesato ahari -i apanesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -im); inf. (a) apahtum, A IV 92,19* (yam itthiy vindati smiko dhanam... appam pi tasm apahtum icchati); (b) apahattum, Pj II 74,1 (tesam sukham upahattukmo dukkham apahattukmo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apaharitukmo) = Nidd-a II 114,17 {Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apaharitu-) = Ap-a 159,22 {Be, Se apaharitukmo; Ce, Ee omit); (c) apaharitum, Pj II 74,i (tesam ... dukkham apaharitukmo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apahattukmo) = Nidd-a II 114,17 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apahattu-); absol. apaharitv1, Mil 413,16 (tacchako pheggum -itv sram diyati); Th-aII 163,15 (parissayam -itv); apaharitv in Ee at Sv 38,33 is wr for apariharitv qv sv pariharati; pp apaharita, mfn., warded off; objected to; Nidd-a I 285,14 (-e vde, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apasdite; = Pj II 541,16: Ce, Ee apasdite; Be, Se apahrite); apaharitam in Ee, Se at Sp 1124,18 is prob, wr for appaharitam {Ce so; Be appaharitakam); caus. aor. 1 sg. apahrayim, Ja III 315,3* (lomantam apahrayim, Ce, Ee so; Be lomam tarn ajja hrayim; Se lomam antam ahrayim); see also avaharati, oharati. apaharanta1, mfn., part.pr. of apaharati qv. apaharanta2, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/paharati qv. apaharitv1, absol. of apaharati qv. apaharitv2, neg. absol. /paharati qv. apahraka, m(fn). [ts], (one) who takes away, removes; Ps III 163,13 (apahatt ti -o). apahri(n), mfn. and m. [S. apahrin], taking away; stealing; a thief; ifc see parattha-, paradr-, vdidapp-. apgamum, aor. 3 pi o/apagacchati qv. apnga, see sv apanga. apci,/ [S. lex. apci, avci], the south; Abh 29. apcina, mfn. [cfS. avcina], being below; am, adv., below; downwards; S III 84,3* (uddham tiriyam -am) ^ AII 15,8* (Mp III 17,22: -an ti adho) = It 120,13*. aptali in Ee at Ap 119,3 is wrfor patali qv. aptuka, mfn. [= aptubha qv ?], unscrupulous; dishonest; ? Th 940 (nekatik vancanik ktasakkhi -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se avtuk; 1h-a III 79,24: - ti vmak asamyatavutri ti attho). aptubha, aptubha, mfn. [= aptuka qvl cf S. lex. aptava, "awkwardness, inelegance"!], unscrupulous; dishonest; uncivilised; ? A III 76,12 (cand pharus -, Se so; Be apnubh; Ce, Ee apajah; Mp III 261,9: avaddhinissit mnatthaddh); Ja IV 184,22* (sukkacchavi vedhaver thullabh -; Ee so; Be, Ce, Se aptubha; 185,21': ~ ti aptubhv dhanuppdavirahit ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce aptubhv; Se apkatabhv). apda in Ee at Ja IV 179,12' is wrfor pda qv. apdna, n. [ts], 1. taking away, esp. in marriage; JaIV 179,ir (-am pdo pariggaho); 2. {gr.t.t.) (the sense of) the ablative case; Sadd 60,10* (~e pancami); 10\,\6foll. (yato apeti yato v gacchati tad -am).

171

apna, n. [ts], the vital air which goes downwards; the out-breath; respiration', Abh 39 (-am passso); Patis I 172,7 (-an ti passso no assso); ifc see n-. appata(t), mfn. [part.pr. o/*apa (or api) + patati; or perhaps for *avpata(t)], falling or flying into; Ja VI 234,5* (kito va aggim jalitam -am; 234, ir: -an ti apa patam, patanto ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se api patam). appsi, aor. 3 sg. [of *apa + pivati], he drank from; Ja II 126,7* (tarn siglo appsi; 126, io': appsi ti apa iti upasaggo apsi ti attho). appuni, appunitv, see sv ppunti. appunitvna in Ee at Thi 494 is wr for appuritv qv sv appurati. appurana (and avpurana), n. [from appurati], a key; Abh 222 (tlo 'vpuranam); Vin I 79,35 (gacch' nanda -am dya anupariveniyam bhikkhnam rocehi); M III 127,24 (-am dya vihrena vihram upasamkamitv; PsIV 196,2o: kuncikam gahetv) * SHI 132,17 (Ce, Se so; Be avpuranam; Ee avpuranam); Sp 1330,3 (-am dtum anto thappetum ca vattati); Sadd430,i2 (avpuranti vivaranti dvram eten ti avpuranam yam kuncik ti .. .pi vuccati). appurati (and avpurati), pr. 3 sg. [for *apvurati < *apvarati with labialisation; cf S. apvrnoti], opens (a door); Vin I 5,31* (appur' etam amatassa dvram; Sp 962,17: vivara etam) = M I 168,27* = S I 137,23* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avpur') quoted Sadd 430,6 (avpur'); It 80,5* (-anti amatassa dvram, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee conjecture apvunanti); Sadd 430,11 (avpuranti vivaranti dvram eten ti avpuranam); part.pr. appuranta, mfn., Vv 64:27 (-antam amatassa dvram, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee avpurantam); Ja VI 373,14* (atthassa dvrni avpuranto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se appurento); inf. appuritum, Vin II 148,19 (bhikkh na sakkonti kavtam -itum); absol. appuritv, MI 30,3o; Thi494 (dvram -itv, so read with Th App II, p. 248; Be appuritvna; Ce avpuritv; Ee, Se wr appunitvna); Ja II 22,9 (-itv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee avpuritv); pass. pr. 3 sg. appuriyati, avpuriyati [cf BHS apvuriyati], Mill 184,10 (puratthimadvram -iyati); Ja I 63,6 (sace dvram na avpuriyati, Ce, Ee so; Be vivariyati; Se vivareyya); aor. 3 sg. avpuriyittha, Ja I 63,15 (sace dvram na avpuriyittha yathcintitam eva tisu janesu annataro sampdeyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se aprupayittha); pp apruta1, mfn. [S. apvrta], open, opened; D i l 217,15 (- amatassa dvr, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aprt) * M I 169,24* quoted Sadd 459,27; Vv 52:3; ghara, mfn., living with open doors; D I 135,28 (Sv297,8: ghar ti cornam abhvena dvrni asamvaritv vivatadvr ti attho); dvra, mfn., with open doors; Ja I 264,4 (--dvre nivesane); caus. absol. avpurpetv, Ja I 263,30 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vivarpetv). appessam, see sv ppunti. apbhata, mfn. [apa+ bhata or pp of * dpa, + 2 + bharati], taken away; brought away; Ja III 54,i* (dussa me khettaplassa rattim bhattam -am; 54,5': -an ti bhatam nitam) quoted Cp-a 105,29* (105,34: -an ti rattibhojanato apanitam) and Sadd 278,8.

apmagga, m. [S. apmrga], the plant Achyranthes Aspera; Abh 583 (-0 sekhariko). apya, m. [S., BHS id.], 1. going away, departure; loss, decline; moral deterioration; perdition; Dili 186,29* (~esu ca yo sakh); Vism 440,5 (-0 ti pana avuddhi); 2. misfortune; one of four unhappy destinies in samsra; Vin III 5,7 (param maran -am duggatim viniptam nirayam upapann) ^ D I 82,32 * A I 55,27 * Mil 61,26; S V 442,2 (mah kho ... -0); A II 212,1 (-am duggatim viniptam samsram ntivattati); Sn231 (cath' -ehi ca vippamutto; Pj I 189,12: cattro - nma nirayatiracchnapettivisaya-asuraky); Ja II 143,4 (cattro -e prenti); III 236,7* (vid parimutt -); 304,12 (matamat yebhuyyena -e nibbattimsu); V 475,17' (ito cutam hutv ~e niraye nibbattamnam); Vism 427,10 (-an ti evamdi sabbam nirayavevacanam eva); Vv-all8,12 (-e uppajjanrah); Saddh 95 (dussaho dubbaco ghoro duranto duratikkamo akkhamo atidukkho ti -0 bhyitabbako); -kusala, mfn., knowledgeable about loss or decline; A III 431,16; Nett 20,19; -kosalla, ., knowledge about loss or decline; D III 220,3 (yakosallam -am upyakosallam); Vism 439,33; -gamaniya, mfn., leading to perdition, to an unhappy state; liable to go to perdition; A HI 438,5 (-am rgam); Mil 99,8 (tesam titthiynam vacanam ... dukkhadyakam dukkhavipkam -an ti); Sadd 462,17 (apyam garnet! ti -an ti); neg. anapyagamaniya, mfn., Ja IV 499,20 (parisya anapyagamaniyat); -gmi(n), mfn., going to perdition, to an unhappy state; Mil 278,28 (yo tni dnni deti so -i hoti); Dhp-aIII 175,11; -paripuraka, m(fn)., (one) who fills hell; Pj II 115,27 (are aharn imam tanharn vaddhento -o bhavissmi); Ps I 91,21 (~-ttam); -praka, m(fn)., (one) who fills hell; Sv 583,5 (silavyasanam parva -o hoti); Ps II 419,4 (te manuss ... apunnam pasavitv - ahesum); -mukha,/i., 1. outlet (for water); A l l 166,16 (yni c'eva yamukhni tni pidaheyya yni ca -ni tni vivareyya); 2. cause, occasion of loss or moral deterioration; D I 101,i (vijjcaranasampadya cattri -ni bhavanti); AIV 283,14 (bhognam cattri -ni); anapya, mfn., not going away, without aversion; Mill 25,23 (tesu dhammesu anupyo -0 anissito; Ps IV 89,6: ~o ti patighavasena anapagato). apyamsu, aor. 3 pl. /apayti qv. apyati, see sv apeti. apyi(n), mfn. [S. apyin], going away; ifc see anapyi(n). apyi, aor. 3 sg. o/pivati qv. apyika in Ee at D III 6,3, Ja V 475,10* and Pv-a 60,14 is prob, wr for pyika qv. apra, n. and mfn., .yeesvpra. apraneyya, mfn. [from a3 + pra; or neg.fpp o/preti; S. apraniya], not to be brought to its goal; not having an attainable end; Ja VI 36,6* (-am yam kammam aphalam kilamathuddayam; 36,8': -an ti vymena matthakam appetabbam). apruta1, mfn., pp of appurati qv. apruta2, mfn., neg. pp o/prupati qv.

172

aprta in Ee at DU 217,15 is wr for apruta qv sv appurati. aplamba, m. [cfS. aplamba, "a kind of brake "], a restraining rail on a carriage', SI 33,11* (hin tassa ~o; Spkl 87,29: ~o ti yath rathe thitnarn yodhnam apatanatthya drumayam aplambanam hoti evam imassa maggarathassa ... hirottappam aplambanam, Be, Se so; Ce Ee drumayam lambanakam hoti); Ja VI 253,26' (bahusaccamaplambo ti atthasannissitabahussutabhvamayena ~ena samanngato). aplambana, n. [= aplamba], a restraining rail on a carriage; Spk I 87,32. apvunanti, see sv appurati. apsi, aor. 3 sg. o/pivati qv. aphata, mfn. \pp o/*apa + 2 + hanati (or of *apa + 2 + harati ?); cf S. apVhan, apVhr], rejected, refuted; Sn 826 (~asmim pana manku hoti; Nidd-a I 285, H: apasdite vde, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apaharite; = Pj II 541,16: Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apaharite); 827 (yam assa vdam parihinam hu ~am panhavimarnsakase; Nidd I 166,9 foil: ye te panhavimamsak... te apaharanti; Pj II 541,20foil: ~an ti atthavyanjandito -am parihinam vadanti). aphari, aor. 3 sg. [of *apa + 2 + harati, (or of apaharati qv)], it removed; Ja V 5,2' (tarn sabbadaratham api1, ind. [ts], (before vowels ap' or app [<apy]; enclitically usually pi1 qv); emphatic particle; Abhll83; Sadd 884,13/0//.; 904,17/0//.; I. even, also; even though, although; (i)prothetic (at the beginning of a sentence or clause): Dhp 187 (api dibbesu kamesu ratim so ndhigacchati); Thi 383 (api dragat saremhase); Ja VI 508,15* (api ntikule phite); api ce, even if; Sn 589 (api ce vassasatam jive); Th 129 (api ce hoti tevijjo); Ja II 29,15* (api ce pi dubbalo mitto; 29,18': eko pisaddo anuggahattho eko sambhvanattho); api hi, although; DII 99,22 (api hi me bhante madhurakajto viya kyo); api nna, even, rather; Ja IV 286,6 (api nnham marissam; 286,8': api nnhan ti api ekamsen' eva aham marissam); (within a sentence): Th499 (jivatevpi sappanno api vittaparikkhay); Mil 118,26 (yam kind mahiy dnam vijjati api asadisadnam paramam); (ii) enclitic: Dhp 106 (ekam ca bhvitattnam muhuttam api pjaye); Sn685 (kuhim kumro aham api datthukmo); Ja IV 416,26* (so no vadhissati ajja usun sattiy-m-api); Mil 59,7 (npi manovinnnam cakkhuvinnnam npeti); Mhv 5:197 (so ssanassa dydo hoti no dyako api); ifc see kincpi svka 3 ; 2. but, and (at the beginning of a clause); Vin I 274,35 (saccham cariya patisunim, ap' aham marissmi); api ca, and yet, nevertheless; but, however; moreover; Sadd30,2; MI 387,28 (ma mam etam pucchi ti api ca te aham vykarissmi); Sn p. 102,5 (api ca m'ettha puggalavemattat vidit ti); Ja IV 52,14 (putto te Dhammaplakumro pannav ... api ca kho pan' ekena aphsukena jivitakkhayam patto, Be so; Ce, Ee api kho pan'); 384,21* (api cpi so purimam disam aganchi; 384,24': api cpi so ti api ca kho pana); Mil25,u (Ngaseno ti mam mahrja sabrahmacn samudcaranti... api ca kho mahrja sankh samann pannatti

vohro nmamattam); 64,3 (api ca kho pana); Sadd 902,33; api ssu, and further, moreover; Vin I 5,6 (api ssu bhagavantam im anacchariy gthyo patibhamsu); api ssudam, DII202,11; S I 113,15 (api ssudam pathavi manne udriyati); 3. as interrogative particle (usually at the beginning of a sentence or clause); Vin I 16,23 (api bhante bhagav Yasam kulaputtam passeyyti); II11,8(api bhante pindo labbhati); SI 115,10 (api samana balivadde addas ti); T h l l 9 6 (api vuso jnsi tanhakkhayavimuttiyo); api nu, D I 3,9 (api nu tumhe paresam subhsitam dubbhsitam jneyyth ti); MI 128,28 (api nu so puriso amum bilrabhastam ... sarasaram kareyya); api nu kho, SI 162,4 (api nu kho tegacchanti mittmacc); Mil 286,16 (api nu kho .,. patinivatteyya bodhisatto); api nna, D III 2,27 (api nunham Sunakkhatta evam avacam); 4. as emphasis to optative: perhaps, maybe; please may...; if only; I wish that...; SI 209,30* (api muccema piscayoniy); Sn 447 (ap* ettha mudu vindema api assdan siy); Ja V 330,12* (api puttassa no siy); VI 562,15* (api sotthi ito siy); api nma, Jail 200,23 (api nam'ettha kind bhaveyy ti); III 495,19* (api nma nam passemu sapattam saphalam dumam); app eva, Abh 1158; Sn460 (app ev'idha abhivinde sumedham); Ja IV 381,8* (app eva rdhaye dakkhineyye); Sadd 895,n (app eva ... samsayatthe); app eva nam, Ja IV 384, u* (app eva nam puttam labhemu jivitam; 384,17': app eva nma puttassa jivitam labheyyma); app eva nma, Abh 1158; Vin III 17,18 (app eva nma putto Sudinno tuyham pi vacanam kareyy ti); D I 48,4 (app eva nma devassa Makkhaligoslam payirupsato cittarn pasideyy ti); Sadd 895,17 (app eva nma ... samsayatthe); api nu, Thi 398 (api nu sotthi siy); api no, Ja V 343,2* (api no anumannasi); 5. indeed, surely; yes (at the beginning of a sentence): Vin III 215,23 (saccam kira mam tvam vuso civarena acchdetukmo si ti, api me 'yya evam hoti ayyam Upanandam civarena acchdessmi ti); Mill 210,19 (apham puggalam addasam); (enclitic): Sn 211 (tarn vpi dhir munim vedayanti); appekacca (also written as two words), mfn., usually pi. [cf AMg app-egaiya], some; D I 75,15 (appekaccni uppalni v padumni v); 1138,24 (addas... appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassvino viharante); MI 277,20 (appekaccni uppalni); Thi 216 (appekacc sakim vijtyo); Sadd 625,4 (pyo payugam ... app ekacce app ekad); (repeated) some... others...; Vin I 36,1 (appekacce bhagavantam abhivdetv ekamantam nisidimsu appekacce bhagavat saddhim sammodimsu); M III 4,26 (appekacce kho ... mama svak ... nibbnam rdhenti appekacce nJ rdhenti ti); Ud90,3 (appekacce manuss nvam pariyesanti appekacce ulumpam pariyesanti appekacce kullam bandhanti); Vibh422,s/o//.; appekad, ind., sometimes; SI 162,6 (appekad me ... gacchanti mittmacc); A V 83,18 (appekad mayam bhante atthangasamanngatam uposatham upavasma appekad na upavasma ti); Ja I 67,14; Mil 273,1 sfoll. (kissa pana appekad suriyo kathinam tapati appekad mandarn tapati ti). api2 (andpi2), ind. [ts], prefix and preverb to verbs and

173

their derivatives, expressing: placing on or over; covering; nearness; Sadd392,i6 foil, (api ice upasaggassa akro). apiccho in Ee at JaV 75,15 is wr for appiccho (Be, Ce, Se so). apitika, mfn. [S. apitika], fatherless; JaV 251,29* (amtiko ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apitiko). apithiyati, see sv apidheti apidhna, n. [ts], a cover, a lid; Vin I 203,30 (anjani apruta honti... anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); II 122,23 (udakapno apruto hoti tinacunnehi pi pamsukehi pi okiriyati, anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); Sadd 838,6; see also pidhna. apidhya1, absol. of apidheti qv. apidhya2, neg. absol. o/pidahati qv. apidheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. apWdh; BHSapidheti], closes, stops; covers, conceals; Sadd 838,6 (dvram pidahati... apidhnam ~eti); Ja V 60,6* (Gangam me pidahissanti na nam sakkomi brhmana ~etum mahsindhum) quoted Sadd 393,i; absol. apidhya1, (or apidhya2 qv sv pidahati), Sp258,16 (sunantenpi kathentenpi vijanakena mukham ~ya dantavidamsakam hasamnena na nisiditabbam; Sp-t[ite]II 84,9 foil.: mukham apidahitv... vijakena mukham paticchdetv nisiditabban ti adhippyo ... atha v ... mukham pidahitv ti attho, vijakena mukham paticchdetv hasamnena na nisiditabban ti); pass. pr. 3 sg. apidhiyati, apithiyati, apithiyyati [cf BHS pithiyate], Ja II 157,23* (navena sukhadukkhena pornam apithiyati, Ce, Ee so; Se apithiyyati; Be apidhiyati; 158,3': pornam dukkham pithiyati paticchdiyati); pp apihita1, mfn. [ts], closed; covered; Ja IV 4,10* (sabbe ~ dvr; 4,15': ~ ti thakit); see also pidahati. apiratte, ind. [api2 + ratta2; cfS. apisarvaram], at the end of the night; early in the morning; ? Ja VI 560,30* (~e va me mano; cf 561,5': ~e va me ti api balavapaccse supinam passantiy viya me mano). apilandhana, apilandhana, n. [from *api2 + nayhati], an ornament; decoration; Vv 64:10 (rathassa ghoso ~na ca; Vv-a279,4foil.: ~na ca ti akro niptamattam, pilandhannam bharannam, -an ti ca bharanapariyyo vti vadanti); 64:18 (bhujesuml ~ni ca); Ja VI 472,20* (dahar viya alankram dhreti ~am; but cf 472,25': --an ti pilandhitum pi ayuttam); see also apilandh, apilayha, pilandhana. apilandh, apilandh, / [from *api2 + nayhati], an ornament; Vv 36:1 (~ va sobhasi; or perhaps better apiladdh, see pilandhati; cf Vv-a 167,3: analankat pi tvam alankrasadisi ti adhippyo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se alankatasadisl); see also apilandhana. apilapati, pr. 3 sg. [api2 + lapati; cf S. abhilapati; see K.R.Norman, 1988, pp. 49-52], recites; A l l 185,13 (so... annataram devanikyam uppajjati, tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadpilapanti, Ce, Se so; Ee dhammapadni pi lapanti; Be dhammapad plavanti; cf Mp III 170,15foil: dhammapadpilapanti ti... ye pi pubbe... vcparicitabuddhavacanadhamm te sabbe pasanne dse chy viya apilapanti upatthahanti pkat hutv pannyanti, Ce Ee so; Se pilapanti pkat hutv; Be

plavanti ti... plavanti pkat hutv); caus. pr. 3 sg. apilpeti, enumerates; reminds (of) by enumerating; Mil 31,\i foil, (yath... bhandgriko ... ettak deva te hatthi ettak ass ... tarn devo sarat ti rafino spateyyam ~eti, evam eva kho mahrja sati uppajjamn kusalkusalasvajjnavajjahinappanitakanhasiikkasappatibhgadhamme ~eti) ^ As 121,27 (sati kusale dhamme ~eti); see also pilavati. apilayha, ind. [absol. of *api2 + nayhati; S. apWnah], tying on; wearing; Ja V 400, H* (kusaggirattam apilayha manjarim; 400,23': pilandhitv ti vuttamhoti); see also apilandhana, pilandhati. apilpana1, n. [from apilapati qv], enumerating; reminding or remembering by reciting or enumerating; Niddl 10,io (sati anussati... dhranat -t) * Dhs 14 * Vibh 124,5; Mil 37,6 (-lakkhan mahrja sati); see also pilpana. apilpana2, see sv pilpana. apiha, mfn., .yeesvpiha. apihlu, mfn. [cf S. sprhaylu, S. lex. sprhlu], without desire; not envious; Sn 852 (~u amacchari); Th 1218 (akuhako nipako ~u). apihluka, mfn. [apihlu + ka2], without desire; not envious; Pj II112,8 (anapekkhanasilo ~o nittanho). apihita1, mfn., pp of apidheti qv. apihita2, mfn., neg. pp o/pidahati qv. apitika in Ee at Ja V 251,29* is wrfor apitika qv. apuccandat,/, abstr. [a3 + pti + anda + t], "the not being like a rotten egg", soundness; M I 357,4 (ayam vuccati... ariyasvako sekho ptipado ~ya sampanno; Ps III 32,4: ~y ti apti-andatya). apuccha, mfn. [negfpp o/pucchati] or apucch,/ [a3 + pucch], what is not to be ashed; or a wrong question, an unanswerable question; Mil 316,18 (~am mam... pucchasi n* es pucch kenaci pucchitabb); Mp V 64,12 (sattpaladdhiyam thatv ~am pucchati ti tunhi ahosi). apucchatha and apucchito in Ee at Spk II 256,12 are wrr for apucchatha and apucchito (Be, Ce, Se so). apucchasi, see sv pucchati qv. apucchissmi ti in Ee at Th-alll 12,16 is wr for pucchissmi ti (Be, Ce, Se so). aputtaka, m/(-ik). [S. aputraka], without a son; childless; without heirs; Vin 1 43,9 (-taya patipanno samano Gotamo vedhavyya patipanno samano Gotamo kulapacchedya patipanno samano Gotamo); III 18,6 (bijakam pi dehi ma no ~am spateyyam Licchaviyo atiharpesun ti); SI 89,33 (~am spateyyam rjantepuram atiharitv); Thi 122 (vidhav ca aputtik); Ja III 238,26 (purohito... ~e rajje sattadivasni phussaratham vissaijesi); V 429,8'(s pana aputtik); Mil 129,14 (kulam hoti -am); Sv 318,1 (-0 setthi); Mhv 6:32 (raniio -tt). apunappunam, ind., seesvpxmdi. apunarvattaka, mfn. [a3 + puna(r) + vatta1 + ka2], not liable to turn back or revert; Vism 673,3 (~am uppajjati gotrabhnnam). apunarvattana, n. [a3 + puna(r) + vattana], not turning back, not reverting; Patis-a 587,19 (vivattanatthen ti... ~ena nivattanatthena).

174

apunarvatti(n), mfn. [a3 + puna(r) + vatti(n); cfS. punarvartin], not turning back; not returning again; Mil 246,16 (yad ~i hoti tad so pabbjetabbo); 276,9 (bodhisattnam dasa gune anudassati... agedhat nirlayat cgo pahnam apunarvattit ...). appa, m. [to], a cake; Abh 463; Ja V 20,19* (khdassu ce tvam madhun ~e, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se madhumsapve); see also apva, ppa, pva. apva, m. [S. appa], a cake; Vv 29:8 (pindya caramnassa ~am te ads' aham); see also appa, ppa, pva. apekkhaka, mfn. [from apekkh], (gr.t.t.) requiring, needing, having reference to (an attribute); Sadd 74,32 (-padni); 230,4 (gahapatidhammnam -tta); see also apekkhika. apekkhana, apekkhana, n. [from apekkhati; S. lex. apeksana], looking for; longing; the having reference to; Sp492,2i (tarn visuddhim ~ato visuddhpekkho ti vuccati); Sadd 229, I3 (cittasatipatthnasadddinam gahapatidhammdinam -vasena niccam pullihgabhvassa icchitatt); anapekkhanasila, anapekkhanasila, mfn., not having the habit of desiring; habitually free from longing; Pj II 112,8 (~o apihluko nittanho) = Ap-a 188,2. apekkhati, apekhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apa>/iks], looks for, longs for, pays regard to (ace. or loc); has reference to; Sn 435 (kmesu npekhate cittam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kme npekkhate); As 365,3 (layakaranavasena ~afi ti apekkh); Sadd 566,22 (dasi dassane ca, cakro damsanam ~ati); apekkhi in Ce, Ee at Thi222 is wr for avekkhi(m) (Be, Seso); part.pr. (a) apekkhanta, mfn., Ja V 105,2* (~anto); Mhv 10:63; apekkhanti in Ee at Thi96 is wr for avekkhanti (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) apekkhana, mfn., JaV 340, I* (dhammam ~no); (c) apekkhamna, apekhamna, mfn., Sn773 (pacch pure v pi ~amn); Ja IV 285,13* (mayham... kimpurisarn ~amnya); neg. anapekkhamna, mfn., Sn 59 (analankaritv anapekkhamno); Ja IV 424,19* (anapekkhamna gacchanti); Ap-a 188, i; absol. (a) apekkhiya, Ja III 57,2l* (sukhadukkham manujesv ~iya); Sadd 53,35*; neg. anapekkhiya, Mhv 32:32; (b) apekkhitv, Spk I 232, n (dhammam ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avekkhitv); Pj I 106,25* (tarn tarn attham ~itv); Vv-a 13,2 (idam ~itv smivacanena vuttam pi); Mhv 36:83 (annamannam ~itv); Sadd 96, n (tsaddam apekkhitv orodhasaddassa itthilingattam icchatha); neg. anapekkhitv, Vism 210,4; Mhv 32:47 (jivitam anapekkhitv); pp apekkhita, mfn. [S. apeksita], looked for; considered; loved; Ja VI 142,22* (kumre ~e sabbalokassa) * 149, n* (149,19': ~e ti sabbalokena olokite dissamne); see also avekkhati. apekkh, apekh, / [S. apeks], regard, attention, longing for (loc); Abh 1183; DU 190,29 (jivite -am karohi); SV 409,4* (mtapitusu ~); Sn 38 (puttesu dresu ca y ~); Th 1113 (kye ~am jaha m virye); Ja IV 495,2i* (na maecurjassa apekha-m-atthi; 498,27': ekasmim pi satte ~ pemam sineho n'atthi); Dhs 1059 (santhavo sineho ~); Mil 160,7 (pathavitth c* ete satt, na ca mahpathaviy mayh' ete ti ~ hoti); Vism 35,27

'ivite pi ~am akarontena); Sadd332,n (apekkh... kakralope... apekh); ifc (-ape(k)kha) see ann(^vafifi), rdh-, sdan-, otr-, tibb-, muty(yvmutti), visibban-; (a)-va(t), mfn. [cf BHS aveksavant], full of longing or desire (for, loc); VinlV 214,H (avassut nma sratt -vati patibaddhacitt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -v); MI 32,20 (kulaputt ... smanne -vanto); III 227,36 (vightav ca -v ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upekhav); SHI 16,13 (-v); Th 558 (ssanasmim -v); Ja V 453, io* (nrinam vasagato -v); Ap 250,3 (tarn aham assamam gacchim phalahattho -v; Ap-a 476,8: -v aturito sanikam assamam ganchin ti attho?); neg. anapekkhava(t), anapekhava(t), mfn., MI 32,H (puggal assaddh ... smanne anapekhavanto) = A III 199,4; Th600; Ja I 141,25* (kmesu anapekkhav); Niddl 159,IO; anapekkha, anapekha, mfn., free from desire; paying no regard, indifferent; disinterested; Vinll 16,27 (gahapati ~o virattarpo may! ti); A III 6,13 (yato ... so kumro vuddho hoti ... ~ dni... dhti tasmim kumre hoti); Sn 200 (so mato seti... susnasmim ~ honti ntayo); Th 707 (n' atthi cetasikam dukkham ~assa); Ja V 179,21* (~o pabbajasi); Paris I 42,30 (kye ca jivite ca ~nam pariccattajivitnam); Bv2:8 (imam ptikyam... chaddayitvna gaccheyyam ~o anatthiko); Vism 613,19 (~-tam upatthapeti); Sadd 415,9 (~o chaddayi); nirapekkh, mfn., id.; Ja IV 286,16 (-0 hutv pakkmi); Sv 583,24 (kye ca jivite ca tya) * Pj II 503,32 (~-tfi); Spk II 239,24; spekkha, spekha, mfn., 1. having a longing (for); with longing; Vin I 265,11 (~o v pakkamati paccessan ti); DII 77,16 (yvakivam ca bhikkhave bhikkh rannakesu sensanesu ~ bhavissanti); 11143,28 (tarn ~o pajahati); A III 295,18^0//. (m kho tvam gahapati ~o klam aksi, dukkh... ~assa klakiriy); Nidd-a II 82,28 (kye tya); 2. (gr.t.t.) dependent; needing an attribute; Sadd744,i9(padassa); 763,27 (~-tte sati pi); see also uttaragthpekkhapada. apekkhi(n), apekhi(n), mfn. [S. apeksin], regardful of; looking for; ifc see anapekkhi(n), amis' -. apekkhika, mfn. [from apekkh], (gr.t.t.) requiring, needing (an attribute); Sadd 70,23*; see also apekkhaka. apeta1, mfn., pp o/apeti qv. apeta2, m., ^e^^vpeta. apeti, apyati, apa-iti, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaiti, apyati], goes away, departs; Vin IV 175,16 (~eh' ayye ti); D I 180,8 (upeti pi~etipi); S III 202,7 (na candimasriy udenti v -enti v); A II 78,26 (sasuram pi smikam pi evam ha ~etha kim pana tumhe jnth ti); Sn 90 (na h' apeti, so read with H. Lders, 1954, p. 113, note 3, and K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 167; eds na hpeti); 448 (nibbijjpema Gotamam); Ja III 261,2* (~ehi etto tvam kli); VI 183,16* (handa dni apymi; 183,18': apymi ti apagacchmi palymi ti); Vism 261,12 (~ehi duggandham vyasi ti); Sadd 319,10 (apa-iti ~eti); apeti in Ee at Pet 142,12 is wrfor appeti (Be, Ce so); absol. apecca, Sadd 315,26; 701,17; pp apeta1, mfn. [to], gone away, departed (from); rid of, deprived of; Dhp9 (~o damasaccena); Ja IV 362,1* (~ te brhmann); Pv-a 92,28

175

(tt); Sadd 315,22; -'-varana, m/h., without obstruction, ie unmarried] JaV 214, r (avvat ti 'varan apariggahit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apetbharan); citta, mfn. [apeta + citta1], without affection; Jail 205,14* (--cittena na sambhajeyya); ppaka, m/h., free from wrong-doing; Ja III 320,21* (ashasam visuddhakammantam ppakam); -manappik, (m)/(w)., free from mental wrong-doing; Ap 522,i (visuddhamanas ajja manappik, Be, Se so; Ce malappik; Ee ~a manappik) = 529,11 (eds so); lomahamsa, m/h., l.with excitement gone; Th6; 2. fearless, without scruples; JaV 117,9* (~ -lomahamsassa ranno kmnusrino; 119,22': attnuvddibhayehi nibbhayassa); vinfina, mfn., without consciousness; Dhp41 (chuddho viiinno); ThI468 (kyo vinnno); Pv-a63,i5 (--vinnnatt); neg. anapeta, mfn., not departed from, not deviating from; A III 41,5 (gihidhamm anapeto hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anapagato; Mp HI 249,22: akhandapancasflo hoti); Ud-a 106,23 (dhammi kath ti catusaccadhammato anapet kath); It-a II78,H (dhammato anapetatt). apeyya, mfn., neg.fpp o/pivati qv. apesi, / [?], a kind of gate or hurdle; Vin II 154,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave kotthakam -im yamakakavtam ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apesiyam akkavtam, prob, wr; Sp 1220,8: ~i ti dighadarumhi khnuke pavesetv kantakaskhhi vinandhitv katadvratthakanakam). apesiya in Ee at Vin II 154,14 is prob, wr; see sv apesi. apossukkatya in Ee at DU 36,20 is wr for appossukkatya {Be, Ce, Se so). apoha, m. [ts], pushing away; denying; Sadd 458,17; 459,5. apohati, pr. 3 sg. [S. apaVh], pushes away; denies; Sadd458,19/0//. (ha vitakke: vyhati -ati... ~afi ti chaddeti atha v viveceti); 459,5 (oha cage: sabbam anattham -ati apoho). appa, mfn. and n. [S. alpa], 1. (mfn.) small, little; trifling; few; rare; iic: very little, next to nothing (almost equivalent to a negative); Abh 704; S I 108,23* (-am yu manussnam); AII 26,32 (pamsuklam ... civarnam -am ca sulabham ca tarn ca anavajjam); Dhp 174 (andhabhto ayam loko ... sakunto jlamutto va ~o saggya gacchati); It59,n* (-asmim idha jivite); Sn 804 (appam vata jivitam idam); T h l l 6 5 (-ena thmas); Ja III 472,15* (- pi sant bahuke jinanti); IV 11,13* (~o hutv bahu hoti); As 99,5 (-tya); Sadd 634,8 (-ttam); ace.-am, adv., a little; rarely; Mil 205,16 (panca dhamme pabbajitesu bahulam samanupassmi -am gahatthesu); A III 156,6 (-am rattiy supanti bahum jagganti); Ja VI 532,16* (kacci dams ca makas ca -am eva sirimsap; 532,18': -am evti -a yeva); 2. (n.) a little, a small amount; a trifling thing; Vin 140,24 (-am v bahum v bhsassu attham yeva re brhi); M III 80,n (-am dinnam bahum hoti); SI 20,25* (~am pi ce saddahno dadti); Dhp 224 (dajj ~asmi ycito); Ja III 118,2* (evJ etam hoti kattabbam ~ena bahum icchat); IV 65,22* (~asm dakkhin dinn); V 387,19* (~amh appakam dajj); '-akkhara, mfn., with few

or fewer syllables; Sadd 150,16 (suttena -ena asandiddhena... bhavitabbam); 491,4 (nhyati -am bahubhve nahyati); 634,4(~nam bahuttam anfiathattam ca: sarati susarati); 768,1 (dvando nma dvinnam padnam ... pubbapadam ~am uttarapadam tulyam v bavhakkharam v); '-aggha, mfn. [appa + aggha1], of little value or price; Vin III 219,23 (mahaggham cet^tukmnam -am cetpeti); A I 246,28; 247,10 (~-taya); Ja VI 271,21 (~ena lakkhena jtam na kilissati); Vism 54,ii; Sp 378,u (taram v mahagghataram v); 0, -attha, mfn. [appa + attha1; cf BHS alprtha], concerned with few or small affairs; involving little exertion; having little to do; having few needs; M II 197,i9/o//. (brhman evam hamsu... -am idam appakiccam ... pabbajjkammatthnam appaphalam hoti) A III 120,n (bhikkhu -0 hoti appakicco; Mp III 276,20: -o ti appasamrambho); tara, mfn., less difficult, requiring less; D I 143,29 (yanno ... taro ca appasamrambhataro); A I 169,10 (katam patipad khamati tar ca appasamrambhatar ca); '-assda, mfn. [BHS alpsvda], of little enjoyment; affording little pleasure; Vin II 25,30 (- km vutt bhagavat bahudukkh); Dhp 186 (- dukh km); ThI358 (km ... - ranakar); Ja III 396,15' (kmnam tarn dasseti); 0, -tanka, m. and mfn. [BHS alptanka], 1. (m.) little or no illness, good health; D I 204,10 (samanam Anandam appbdham -am lahutthnam balam phsuvihram pucch ti)^ Mil 14,16; 2 . (mfn.) having little or no illness, in good health; A III 65,18 (appbdho hoti ~o); MI 124,11 (appbdhatam ca sanjnmi tarn ca; Ps II 97,12: tan ti niddukkhatam); 0, -tuma, mfn., having a small or limited or mean personality; A I 249,24 (puggalo... paritto -0 appadukkhavihri; Mp II 361,7: tum vuecati attabhvo, tasmim mahante pi gunaparittatya -o yeva); '-bdha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) little or no sickness, good health; D I 204,10 # Mil 14,16; 2. (mfn.) [BHS alpbdha], having little or no sickness, in good health; Vin II 119,29 (evam bhikkh ~ bhavissanti ti); MI 124,n (--tarn; Ps II 97,12: tan ti nirbdhatam); II 253,28 (subhikkhattam ca ttam ca puccheyya); A II 88,20 (~o 'ham asmi); Ja VI 224,11* (-0 v* asi kacci cakkhum na parihyati); Mil 65,13 (afine bavhbdh afine -); '-yuka, m/(~ior-). [appa + yu + ka2; BHS alpyuska], short-lived; D I 19,i (anicc addhuv - eavanadhamm); Ud48,5 (yvad - hi bhante bhagavato mt ahosi); Vv 41:6 (-1 klakat tato cut); M III 206,7 (--ttamupaneti); Mil 65,12 (anne - aniie dighyuk); neg. anappyuka, mfn., Vv-a 131,5 (anappyukatya); 0, -yutta, n., abstr. [appa + yu + tta], the being shortlived; Mhv 73:145 (-am ca sattnam); '-si(n), mfn., eating little; Ja VI 295,12*; 0, -hra, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) eating little, abstinence; Ja VI 260,20*; 2. (mfn.) eating little; M I 245,28 (ty' evatya); II 6,31 (-0 samano Gotamo tya ca vannavdi); Sn 165 (-am alolupam); '-iccha, mfn., having few wishes; desiring little; content; Vin III 44,28 (ye te bhikkh - santutth lajjino kukkuceak sikkhakam); D III 115,12 (tathgatassa t santutthit sallekhat); M I

176

19,26; SI 65,2i* (~o sorato danto); Sn707 (~'assa alolupo); Th 581 (~o c' eva santuttho); Ap 18,3 (~ nipak ete apphr alolup); Ja HI 313,23* (~assa hi posassa); Mil 244, IO (pabbajito mahrj ~o hoti santuttho); Vism 81,io (~-t santutthit); '-icch,/, the desiring little; contentment', Ja III 313,21* (~ appacintya avidragamanena ca; 313,26': ~ ti hre appicchatya nittanhatya); Pp 70,6 (-am yeva nissya santutthim yeva nissya); '-itthika, mfn. [appa + itthi + ka2], with few women; SII 264,7 (kulni ~ni bahupurisni); esakkha, mfn. [prob, appa + Isa1 + *akkh (= khy^v); cf CPD sv: < S. *alpa + yaSas + ka2; BHS alpesakhya], insignificant; petty; unrespected; D I 18,23 (satt... dubbannatar ca ~-tar ca); II248,18 (pabbajj ~ ca appalbh); M III 206,13 (~-ttam upaneti); S II 229,io (bhikkh appapunn ~); AII 203,3 (daliddo ca hoti appassako appabhogo ~o ca); Ja II 142,19 (kimkran ~o jto ti); Mil 65,14 (anne ~ afine mahesakkh); see also mahesakkha; odaka, mfn. and n. 1. (mfn.) having little or no water; Vin I 244,28 (magg kantr ~ appabhakkh); Vv 84:3 (kantre ~e; Vv-a 334,27: appasaddo h' ettha abhvattho); Sv385,i3 (sunakham ~am madhupysam bhojetv); Ja VI 551,5' (~ kunnadi viya); 2. (n.) a place having little or no water; Sn 777 (macche va ~e) * Th362 (maccho ~e yath); odavanna, mfn. [appa + uda3 + vanna], not appearing watery; thick; Ja IV 352,2* (~e kummse; 353,4': appodakapysasadise kummse); ossukka (and ossuka), mfn. [BHS alpotsuka], unconcerned, indifferent; free from care; not being active or exerting oneself; Vin I 5,12 (iti na bhagavato patisancikkhato tya cittam namati no dhammadesanya); DU 176,10 (~o tvam deva hohi, aham te dhanena dhanakaraniyam karissmi ti); MI 459,15 (Ps III 175,27:~o tiannesu kiccesu anussukko hutv); Dhp 330 (~o mtang' aranne va ngo); Sn43 (-0 paraputtesu hutv); Ja IV 344, is* (~o nirsanki); V 8,16* (ehi tarn ppayissmi kmam appossuko bhava); Mil 371,18 (kummo ... ~o tunhibhto titthati); -kasirena, ind. [cfBHS alpakisarena], with little difficulty; easily; D I 251,5; Th 16 (bhaddo janfio... gacchati ~ena); Niddl 20,3 (khippam lahum -en' eva); Vism 307,29; -kicca, mfn., with few duties or cares; involving few tasks or duties; Mil 197,19/0//. (brhman evam hamsu ... appattham idam -am... pabbajjkammatthnam appaphalam hoti); 205,20 (pabbajito ... appattho ~o); Sn 144; Ap 420,5 (~ alolupp, Be, Ce so; Se appats; Ee appabhs); Ud-a206,7 (~-tya); -gunaI, mfn., insignificant; Sv 69,28 (~e pane) = As 97,2i; -cinta,/, freedom from worry; Ja III 313,21*; -cinti(n), mfn., having few worries; Ja III 314,5'; -fltika, mfn., with few relatives; Mp I S2yu (kulam ... ~am appapakkham); -tara, mfn., compar., smaller; less numerous; shorter; Vin I 195,36 (~ena ganena upasampadam anujneyya); AI 170,9 (pubbassudam - c' eva bhikkh ahesum); Ja VI 26,9* (yum ~am siy); -tarik, (m)f(n)., smaller, shorter; Pet 87,29 (bahutarikapadam v nikkhepam -ya anugitiy anugyati, so read with Nnamoli, J 982,

p. 1161 Be, Ce ~ anugitiy bahutarik anugyati; Ee ~ anugiyati y bahutarik anugyati); -thmaka, mfn., having little strength; weak; S IV 206,25* (dubbalo -0); Niddl 12,14; -dassa, mfn., of little vision; of limited knowledge; S n l l 3 4 (Pj II 605,20: ~e ti... parittapanne); -nimittam in Ee at Dhs 530 is wr for animittam (Be, Ce, Se so); -purisa, mfn., with few men, with few males; Sil 264,2 (kulni bahutthikni ~ni); -purisaka, mfn., id.; Vin II 256,17 (kulni bahutthikni ~ni) = A IV 278,24; -buddhika, mfn., of little intelligence; Dhp-aIV213,i2 (mtugmo nma ~o); see also abuddhika, sabuddhika; -bhassa, mfn., talking little; A III 138,25; It-all 68,15; ""-bhsa1, mfn., talking little; Ap 420,5 (-, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce appakicc; Se appats); -bhikkhuka, mfn., with few bhikkhuy; Vin I 195,5 (Avantidakkhinpatho-o hoti); Vism 390,2 (ayam vihro -0); Sp 1179,4 (~o vihro, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr appabhikkhako); Dhp-alV 101, M (~-tt); -matta1, mfn., of small measure, little, insignificant; M III 166,11 (~o kho ayam ... psno); Sn 659 (~o ayam kali yo akkhesu dhanaparjayo); -mattaka, /w/(~ and -mattik1). and n., I. (mfn.) little, slight, insignificant; Dili 256,13 (~o bdho); MII 249,12 (evarpam appamattikam pattim); A III 116,23 (sekho bhikkhu -ena kammena divasam atinameti); Jail 256,18 (~ena pi kammena patiladdh sampattiyo); Mil 142,4 (~o pi gtho duggandho hoti); Vism 619,32 (~ pann uppajjati); Sv 834,12 (appamattik pann adhigat); Ud-a226,n (~-tt); 2. (n.) a trifle; a little thing; Vin I 74,15 (santi ...rjno assaddh appasannte~ena pi bhikkh vihetheyyum); Mil 240,10 (m yasmanto ~ehi vivdam pajjitth ti); -matt,/, a small matter; a trifle; D I 91,28 (imya ~ya abhisajjitun ti); -mattika!, mfn., little, slight; Sadd 698,5 (mattsukhapariccg ti... -assa sukhassa pariccgen ti attho); -mattika2, mfn., with little clay; Vin IV 33,14 (ajtnmapathavi... appapamsu ~); -raja, mfn., with little dust, free from dust; Ja V 168,22* (~ ca bhmi); -rajakkha, mfn. [BHS alparajaska], with little or no passion or impurity; Vin 16,26 (addasa kho bhagav ... satte ~e mahrajakkhe; Sp 963,5: yesam panncakkhumhi rgdirajam appam te ~ ) ^ DU 38,23* MI 169,8; PatisI 121,ifoll; Sp 185,22 (sattnamtya); -jtika, mfn., being by nature free from passion; DII 38,15 (santi satt jtika; cf Sv 467,15: jatik ti pafinmaye akkhimhi appam parittam rgadosamoharajam, etesam evamsabhvo ti); MI 169,35 (lro Klmo... digharattam ~-jtiko; Ps II 186,s: nikkilesajtiko visuddhasatto); -rajakkhaka, mfn. [apparajakkha + ka2], with little passion or impurity; Saddh 519; -lbha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) little gain; Ja III 230,5 (akkosappahre yeva bah labhati -am); 2. (mfn.) receiving little gain or profit; D i l 248,21 (pabbajj bho appesakkh ca ~ ca); Dhp 366 (~o pi ce bhikkhu salbham ntimannati); Ja III 99, r (lbhaggappatt hutv pi aparena samayena - appesakkh honti); Sp 1269,22 (~-tya); -visaya, mfn., applied to few objects, of small scope; Vism 570,22 (~ni itarni) = Vibh-a 182,23; Sadd 270,16 (katarasaddo hi -o katama-

177

saddo bahuvisayo); -sacca, n. [from appassuta; c/bhusacca], little learning; A V 158,28; 0 -sattha', mfn., with a small caravan; Dhp 123 (vnijo ... -o mahaddhano); -sadda, mfn., n. andm., I. (mfn.) (i)free from noise, quiet; Vin II 306,1 (Vlikrmo ramaniyo ~o appanigghoso); A V 15,27 (sensanam... -am appanigghosam); Sn925 (sayanesu -esu); Mil 369,16; Svl50,i5 (--tarn); (ii) making little or no noise, quiet; Vin I 248, l (~o upasankamitv ataramno); D HI 37,13 (~ bhonto hontu); Mil 4,36 (~o yasm hotu); Ja III 380, u* (nri yugam dhrayi -am); Ap 19,2i; 186,5 (~o va sambuddhe pancangulim ads' aham, Be, Ce so; Se appasaddho; Ee appasdo); 2. (n.) quiet; D1179,9 (-assa vannavdi); MI 514,8; 3. (m.) the word "appa "; Vv-a 334,27 (-o h' ettha abhvattho appiccho appanigghoso ti disu viya); -saddho in Ee at D I 213,13 is wr for appasanno (Be, Ce, Se so); -siddhika, -siddhiya, mfn., bringing little success, unprofitable; Ja IV 4,2i* (sgaram -am; 5,ir: -an ti mandasiddhim vinsabahulam); VI 34,12 (samuddo nma ~o bahu-antaryiko); Ap 476,18 (sgaram -am, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee appasiddhiyam); -suta, see -ssuta; -ssaka, mfn., having little property; A I 251,8 (daliddo hoti -o appabhogo); -ssuta, -suta, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) of little learning, uneducated; Vin I 59,37 (dissanti upajjhy -); D i l i 252,8; MI 43,n; Dhp 152 (appassutyam puriso balivaddo va jirati); Th 1026 (bahussuto -am yo sutentimannati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se appasutam); Dhp-aIII 126,2 (--tya); 2. (n.) little learning, ignorance; A l l 218,14 (attana ca appassuto hoti param ca ~e samdapeti); -harita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) with few or no green plants; Ud42,3 (tarn padesam -am ca karoti, Be, Ce so; Se apaharitam; Ee wr appahritam); Ps III 305,19 (cetiyanganam sammajjitv -am katv); 2. (n.) a place where no green plants grow; VinIV 47,24(-e thitena adhitthtabbam); MI 13,5 (-e v chaddessmi appnake v udake opilpessmi ti); SI 169,2 (tarn havyasesarn -e v chaddehi appnake v udake opilpehi ti); -haritaka, mfn. or n., (a place) with few or no green plants; Sp 1124,18 (khajjakam pacma -am karoma, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr apaharitam); Ud-a250,30 (bhaddaslassa pannaslya ca samantato -am katv); -hrita in Ee at Ud42,3 is wr for -harita qv; atyappa, mfn. [ati + appa], very small; Abh929 (kanittho kaniyo tisu ~Q "tiyuve); anappa, mfn., not a little, much; Mhv 34:94 (vibhavam -am... labhitv); Dth4:36 (kusalaphalam -am sancinissan ti); rpa, mfn., not at all small; great; excellent; Ja III 521,28* (vanno ca rpo); IV 260,1* (bhayam hi mam vindati 'napparpam; 260,5': rpan ti mahantam); IV 337,6* (manne dhanam lacchasi 'napparupam); 399,4* (km ca me santi rp; 399,14': aparittajtik bah aparimit). appaka, m/(- and -ika)n. and n. [S. alpaka], 1. (mfn.) little, small, insignificant; rare; (pi.) few; Abh 892; Vin III 8,6(-amca nesam ahosi suttam geyyam ...); D II 4,3 (mayham bhikkhave etarahi -am yuppamnam parittam); SI 73,29 (- te satt lokasmim ye ulre ulre bhoge labhitv na cJ eva majjanti); Thi 508 (m -assa het

kmasukhassa vipulam jahi sukham); Ja I 228, is* (na kir' atthi... pricariy buddhesu appik); V 36,20 (pdaparicrik nma smiknam hitajjhsay hi ~ ahitajjhsay va bahutar); Sp 185,17 (-ya v mahatiy parisyam); Vv-a24,i6 (tassa ca -tt anulratt ca sanakan ti ha); Sadd 131,20 (namo buddhass tivadant pana -tar); 902,30 (Isakam iti -e); 816,27 (pancami vibhatti pliyam myogatthne appik na bahutar); 652,2 (tni rpni -tamni); 2. (n.) a little; a small amount; Sn909 (bahum passatu -am v); JaV 387,19* (appamha -am dajj); VI26,i8* (-am hoti vetabbam); Nidd-al 460,18 (-e pi diyamne); ins tr. ~ena, adv., for a little, easily, cheaply; for little return; Ja III 328,12* (-ena tuvam yakkha thullam attham jahissasi); V 449,28' (-en* eva kujjhanasil); Sv 256,7 (-en'eva tussanti); anappaka, m/(- and-'\kd)n. andn., not a little, considerable, great; not a small amount, much; (pi.) many; Vin I 82,37 (bhagavati me bhante pabbajite -am dukkham ahosi tath Nande adhimattam Rhule); SV 350,3 (- no tasmim samaye anattamanat hoti); IV 46,29 (taggha me bhante -am kukkuccam ~o vippatisro ti); Dhp 144 (pahassatha dukkham idam -am); Thl55 (pahy' ~e bhoge); Ja IV 470,21* (khidd es anappik); V 15,20* (kumbhassa vajjni -ni); Ap 565,1 (janetv 'nappakam pitim); Vism646,i5 (sabbe -am dukkham anubhavissanti ti); Ps III 216,16 (--tar); Pv-a 25,13 (-e pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anappakeci); Nidd-al 460,21 (-e pi diyamne); Mhv 11:27 (tesam ~e bhoge datv). appakataflft, mfn., see sv pakaroti. appakampi(n), mfn. [S. aprakampin], not shaking, steady; Ja III 477,19* (dalho ca -1 ca, Ce, Ee so; Be avikampi; Se akampi). appakra, mfn., see sv pakrsi. appakinna, mfn. [neg. pp of pakirati], not crowded; Vin I 39,5 (div -am rattim appasaddam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee appkinnam,perhaps wr) * A V 15,26 (sensanam ... div -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be appkinnam) quoted Vism 122,io (Ce, Seso; Be appkinnam; Ee appokinnam, prob, wr) and Pj I 40,17 (Ce, Se so; Be appkinnam; Ee abbokinnam). appakkhat in Ee at Vin IV 242,1 is wr for apakkhat qv sv pakkha'. appagabbha, mfn., see sv pagabbha. appaguna1, mfn., see sv appa. appaguna2, mfn., see sv paguna. appaggharakam in Ee at Ja III 541,24* is prob, wr for apaggharanam (Be, Ce, Se so). appaccaya, m. and mfn., see sv paccaya. appaccosakkita, mfn., neg. pp o/paccosakkati qv. appajaha(t), mfn., neg.part.pr. o/pajahati qv. appajnanta, mfn., neg.part.pr. o/pajnti qv. appaflatta, mfn., neg.pp ofcaus. o/pajnti qv. appaflftatti, / , see sv paniiatti. appaMattika, mfn., see sv pannattika. appafifita, mfn., neg. pp o/pajnti qv. appaftfitaka, n. [appahnta+ ka2], lack of fame, lack of reputation; A III 133,i4(appanntoca hoti tena ca -ena no paritassati; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se appanntikena, prob, wr;

178

Mp III 279,24: ~en ti appanntabhvena apkatatya mandapunnatya). appafiflo in Ee at Ja III 223,15* is wr for appapanno {Be, Ce, Se so). appatikopayanta, mfn. [neg. part.pr. of *pati + kopeti], not disturbing; not violating; JaV 173,4* (uposatham ~o) quoted Vism 304,31*. appatikkha, appatikkha, mfn. [a3 + *patikkh, cfS. pratiks], without consideration or respect; 1. (according to ct) not worthy of consideration or respect; VinV 165,7* (... kanhakammo andaro sa ve tadisako bhikkhu ~o ti vuccati; Sp 1367',28foil: na patikkhitabbo na oloketabbo na sammannitv issariydhipaccajetthakatthne thapetabbo ti attho); 2. lacking consideration, disrespectful; A V 248,21 (agravo ... sagravo ... ~o ... sappatikkho, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce appatisso ... sappatisso ...); see also appatissa, sappatikkha. appatigandhika, appatigandhiya, mfn., not evilsmelling; sweet-scented; Pv 13:20 (pokkharanno ... sit appatigandhiya); JaV 405,30* (pokkharani... sdu ~; 406,26': appatikklagandhena sugandhena udakena samanngat); VI 518,29* (sdum appatigandhiyam); Ap 15,9 (nadik ... sdu ~). appaticca, neg. absol o/pacceti qv. appaticchavi in Ee at Pv-a72,3* and 72,22 is wr, perhaps for samputitacchavi qv. appatinda, m. [cf S. pratinda], a matchless roar, an unanswerable roar; Ps II 7,8 (sihandan ti setthandam abhitandam ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se appatihatandam) = Mp II 303,28; Ps II 7,13 (amhkam pi ssane ime saman atthi ti Prandisu ekassa pi utthahitv vattum asamatthatya ayam ndo ~o nma hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se appatihatando). appatipaharana, n. [from patipaharati], the not returning a blow; Dhp-alV 148,8 (akkosantam v apaccakkosanam paharantam v ~am). appatimamsa, mfn. [from patimasati], not to be seized or inquired into; faultless; Vin II 248,22 (parisuddhen' amhi kyasamcrena samanngato acchiddena ~ena; Sp 1289,22: patimsitum yattha katthaci gahetv kaddhitum asakkuneyyatya sappatimamso va hoti, viparito... ~o nma) = A V 79,16; see also sappatimamsa. appativattiya, appativattiya, mfn. [neg. fpp of pativattati; BHS aprativartiya], not to be turned or rolled back; not to be blocked; irresistible; Vin I 12,1 (dhammacakkam pavattitam ~am samanena v brhmanena v devena v Mrena v...); Mill 77,25 (dhammapariyyo pavattito ~o samanena v brhmanena v...); Sn554 (cakkam -am); JaII 245,5 (~am sihandam nadi); Mp 1138,24 (~ena ftnena so bhagav idam addasa). appativni {and appativni), / [BHS aprativni; cfS. Vvai, vyati, "becomes weary" ?], not giving up, not turning away (from); indefatigableness; SII 132,6 H karaniy); AII 93,16 (ussho ca ussolhi ca ~i ca; MpIII 116,16: M ti anivattan); (i)-t,/, abstr., the state of not turning away (from), of not giving up;

indefatigableness; D i l i 214,6 (asantutthit ca kusalesu dhammesu ~ ca padhnasmim) ^ A I 50,8 (Mp II 94,10: -a ti appatikkaman anosakkan); Dhs 1367 (- ca padhnasmin ti...); see also pativna. appativniya, mfn. [from appativni; BHS aprativniya], not to be given up; not causing weariness or satiety; SI 212,30* (tarn ca ~am asecanakam ojavam pivanti manne sappann; Spkl 316,8/0//.: imam hi dhammam pandit vassasatam pi sunant tittim na gacchanti) = Thl 55 = Ap 607,22. appativedanattho in Ee at Pet 109,21 is wr, prob, for appativedhanattho {Be so). appatisamviditv, ind. [neg. absol. of *pati + sam + Vvid], without experiencing; A V 292,3 (nham... kammnam katnam upacitnam ~itv vyantibhvam vadmi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be appatisamveditv; Mp V 76,12: ~itvtitesam kammnam vipkam avedayitv, Ce, Se so; ^^appatisamveditv ti)quoted Kv466,i2 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -veditv) and Kv 544,32 {eds -veditv); see also patisamvedeti. appatisamvedana, mfn. [from patisamvedeti], lacking feeling; not experiencing; DU 66,8(~ome attti). appatisandhika1, mfn., see svpatisandhika. appatisandhika2, mfn. [a3 + patisandhi + ka2; or more prob. = appatisandhiya qv], not to be put together again; Vin III 74,19 (puthusil dvedh bhinn - hoti) ^ Mil 255,4; JaII 230,16* (so 'yam ~o; 230,2r: so pana kmo idnim ~o na sakk patisandhetum). appatisandhiya, appatisandheya {and prob. appatisandhika2), mfn. [neg. fpp of patisandahati qv; cfS. pratisandheya], not to be put together again; Ja III 167,9* (udakumbho bhinno -o) = Pv 12:9; Vin-vn 1995 (appatisandheya dvedh bhinn sil viya). appatisandheya, mfn. seesv appatisandhiya. appatisambhre in Be, Ee at Pet 152,5 is wr, prob, for appatippassambhite {Ce so) or appassambhayam; see sw patippassambheti and passambheti. appatisettha, mfn. [a3 + pati + settha], having no superior, unsurpassed; Mil 357,5 (appatibhgam ~am uttaram settham). appatissa, appatissa, mfn. [from patissunti? or possibly from paticchati {S. Vis) or patikkhati; cf BHS aprati^a], not deferential; not obedient; Vin II 89,n (satthari pi agravo viharati ~o) * Dili 244,13 (Sv 1034,16: ~o ti appatissayo anicavutti); Vin IV 14,18 (upsak bhikkhsu agrav ~; Sp 741,5foil.: na sotukm andar ti attho, appatissay v anicavuttino ti attho); MI 469,n (sabrahmacrisu agravo hoti ~o); SI 139,3 (agravo viharati ~o; Spkl 203,21: ~o ti patissayarahito, kiiici jetthakatthne atthapetvti attho); A III 7,20 (bhikkhu agravo ~o cavati); V 248,21 (~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se appatikkho); Ja I 218,20 (te aMamannam agrav - asabhgavuttino ahesum); see also appatikkha, sappatissa. appanakajjhnan ti in Ee at Ps II 11,32 is wr for appnaka-. appan, / , see sv appan. appatik, {m)f{n). [a3 + pati + ka2], without a husband; Ja V 103,22* (~ kumrik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr appatit;

179

103,23': assmik). appatikkha, mfh., see sv appatikkha. appatiftha, mfn., see sv patitth. appatitthaha(t), appatifthahanta, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/patitthahati qv. appatifthita, mfn., neg. pp o/patitthahati qv. appatifthina, appatitthina, mfn. [neg. pp o/patitthiyati], not stiffened, not obdurate against; S V 74,9 (rpam disv amanpam na manku hoti -citto adinamnaso avypannacetaso, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se appatitthitacitto; Spklll 145,33: -citto ti kilesavasena atthinacitto, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se appatitthitacitto ti... atthitacitto) = Nidd I 242,2 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be appatitthita-; Nidd-al 347,4: kodhavasena thitamano na hoti). appativattiya, see sv appativattiya. appatissa, mfn., see sv appatissa. appatit in Ee at Ja V 103,22* is wr for appatik (Be, Ce, Se so). appatv, neg. absol. o/ppunti qv. appadhamsa, mfn. [neg. fpp of padhamseti qv; cfS. apradhrsya; BHS apradharsya], not to be destroyed; not to be attacked; Ja IV 344,29* (ko nti susamgate ~e padhamseti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se duppadhamse); see also appadhamsiya. appadhamsika, see sv appadhamsiya. appadhamsita, mfn., neg. pp of padhamseti qv. appadhamsita, / , abstr. [cfS. pradhvamsin], the state of being invincible or imperishable; Pj I 33,26 (acchambhit ~ parpakkamena amaranat, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se duppadhamsit; = It-aII 56,5: eds duppadhamsiyat). appadhamsiya (and appadhamsika), mfn. [neg. fpp of padhamseti; cf S. apradhrsya, BHS apradharsya], not to be destroyed; invincible; DIU 175,15 ([rj] ~o hoti kenaci manussabhtena paccatthikena paccmittena... [buddho] ~o hoti abbhantarehi v bhirehi v paccatthikehi, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se appadhamsiko; Sv 939,22: appadhamsiko hoti ti gunato v thnato v padhamsetum cvetum asakkuneyyo); JaIII 159,18 (nagaram ... parehi -am aksi); Sv 939,32 (appadhamsikat); Vv-a208,8 (idn' eva s kenaci ~ jtati); see also appadhamsa. appan (and appan), / [BHS arpan; cf S. arpana], determining, fixing; esp. the fixing of thought on an object, complete concentration; Abh 155; Mill 73,15 (takko vitakko sankappo ~ vyappan) * Dhs7 (As 142,36: ekaggam cittam rammane appeti" ti ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr appenti ti) * Vibh 86,8; Ja II 402,22' (mettya hi upac ram kmvacare patisandhim deti -' brahmaloke, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr pann); Visml52,n (dve vaddhanbhmiyo upacramv - v); 311,io(sabbe satt aver hont ti ayam ek ~); PsII 30,34 (imni [tathgatabalni] tnl ti -am karoti); As 55,5 (pucch samayaniddeso dhammuddeso - ti cattro paricched). appabodhati, see sv apabodhati. appabhava(t), mfn., neg. part.pr. o/pahoti qv. appabhsa1, mfn., seesv&ppa. appabhsa2, mfn., see sv pabhsa. appabhonta, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/pahoti qv. appamafifiati,/?/*. 3 sg. [appa + maiinati], thinks little of,

underrates, despises; Dhp 121 (mappamafinetha ppassa, Ee so; Be, Se mvamannetha; Ce mpamannetha; Dhp-a III 16,n: -etna tina avajneyya ppass tippam, Eeso; cf Dhp -a III 15,19: ppakammam nma appakan ti na avamannitabbam; cf PDhp 193: nppam ppassa mamfieyy and Udna-v 17:5: [nlpam] manyeta ppasya); see also avamaniiati, bahumannati. appamaflfi,/ (and appamanna, n. ?) [apparently abstr. from appamna; / by influence of mett etc ? cfBHS apramna,.], boundlessness, infinitude (as name for the brahmavihra.y qv); Abh 782; Dili 223,25 (catasso ~yo); Sn507 (sabb dis pharate -am); Th386 (phusissam catasso -; Ih-aII 165,22: appamnagocaratya ~ ti laddhavohre cattro brahmavihre phusissam); Ap 583,6 (bhvetv ~yo brahmalokam agamhase); Vibh 272,3; Vism202,i6; Sv632,28 (cattri jhnni cattri ca ~n' eva vuttni). appamatta1, mfh., see sv appa. appamatta2, mfn., neg. pp q/'pamajjati' qv. appamattik 1 ,/ q/"appamattaka qv sv appa. appamattik 2 ,/ q/'appamattika2 qv sv appa. appamanatar in Ee at Ps III 64,12 is wr for attamanatar (Be, Ce, Se so). appamrisa, m. [S. alpamrisa], the plant Amaranthus polygamus; Abh 594 (tanduleyyo 'ppamriso). appameyya, mfn. [neg. fpp of paminti; S. aprameya], immeasurable; infinite, boundless; MI 386,12* (nisabhassa ~assa gambhirassa monapattassa); SIV 376,18 (samuddo gambhiro ~o); Th 382 (buddham ~am anussara); Vv 35:11 (Upatissam nibbutam -am); JaV 366,25* (mahanto lokassa -o mahgani; 367,9': gunehi pametum asakkuneyyo); VI 35,26* (gambhire -asmim rarn yassa na dissati); Ap 319,27 (yassa nnam ~am); Mil 70,22 (mahsamuddo gambhiro ~o duppariyogho); Ps V 73,6 (mahpathaviy pamsuno -tya); see also anappameyya, duppameyya, suppameyya. appavi^tha, mfn., neg. pp o/pavisati qv. appaviyhitv in Ee at Ps III 63,3 is wr for apaviyhitv qv sv apabbhati. appavihata in Ee at Ud-a 136,6 is wr for appatihata qv sv patihanati. appasattha1, mfn., see sv appa. appasattha2, mfn., neg. pp o/pasamsati qv. appasadita in Ee at Nidd I 68,9 (anycito anajjhesito ~o) is wrfor appasadita qv. appasanna, mfn., neg. pp o/pasidati qv. appasayha, neg. absol. o/pasahati qv. appasadita, mfn., neg. pp ofcaus. o/pasidati qv. appassena in Ee at Ap 302,n is wrfor apassena qv. appahonta, mfn., neg. part.pr. o/pahoti qv. appkinna, mfn. [neg. pp of *pa2 + 2 -1- kirati], not crowded; Vin 139,5 (div ~am rattim appasaddam, Be, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce, Se appakinnam) * A V 15,26 (sensanam ... div ~am, Be so, perhaps wr; Ce, Ee, Se appakinnam). appnaka1, mfh., see sv appnaka. appnaka2, see sv pnaka. appnaka, appnaka1, mfh. [a3 + pna + ka2 or appa + na + ka2 ? cf BHS spharanaka, sphnaka], name of a

180

certain form of jhna qv (prob, involving holding one's breath); MI 243,5 (yannnham ~am jhnam jhyeyyan ti... mukhato ca nsato ca asssapassse uparundhim; Ps II 289,7: -an ti nirasssakam); Ja I 67,14 (~am jhnam jhyanto). appyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. pyyate], makes full; strengthens; Vism 364,25 (appoti piyati ~afi ti v po) * Patis-a 80,5; Mp III 287,20 (~itum vaddhetum); Vibh-a 9,13 (manam ~ati vaddheti ti manpam). appyana, n. [S. pyyana], making full; Sadd 559,8 (purl ~e: preti prayati). appiccha, appicch, see sv appa. appita, mfn., pp 0/appeti1 qv. appiya l , mfn., fpp of appeti* qv. appiya2, mfn., see sv piya. appiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of appeti1 qv. appikriy, / [from appa + karoti; cf S. lex. alpfVkr], making small; Dhtum 575 (thusa ~ya). appitika, mfn. [a3 + piti + ka2], not involving or accompanied by joy; Dhs 1577 (katame dhamm ~); Vibh 121,i4/o//. (nirodhasaccam ~am tini sacc siy sappitik siy ~); 233,36 foil, (pitisambojjhahgo -0 cha bojjharig siy sappitik siy ~); see also nippitika, sappitik. appibhva, m. [from appa + bhavati; cf S. alpfVbh], becoming small; Sadd 353,9 (cuta ~e); 489,24 (lisa~e). appiyati, pass.pr. 3 sg. of appeti1 qv. appuyya, absol. of appoti qv. appekacca, mfn., see sv api'. appekad, ind., see sv api'. appeti1, appyati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. arpayati, caus. of Vr], puts in, inserts; fixes on, fastens; directs, turns towards, esp. directs the mind (upon), concentrates, achieves a state of concentration; delivers up, gives; displays, exhibits; Vin I 347,4 (ayarn khv assa klo yo 'ham veram ~eyyan ti); II 136,37 (psakam pi clvare ~enti); Ja III 34,26* (coram ... ~enti nimbaslasmim); Mil 62,27 (vaddhaki suparikammakatam dmm sandhismim ~eti); Vism 138,10 (catuttham pancamam v appan cittam, catuttham eva hi pancamam v ~eti); Ps II 362,4 (samdhi... rammane ekaggabhvena -eturn na sakkoti); Pj II 231,2 (vahati, neti deti ~etl ti vuttam hoti); Pp-a 181,19 (sampattim -essmi ti nisidi); part.pr. appenta, /n/(~enti)n., Ps V 2,8; Vv-allO, 11 (~enti); aor. 3 sg. (a) appesi, Ja IV 210,23* (veram ~esi); Mhv 10:51 (so tesam rajjarn ~esi); (b)appayi, Mhv 1:79 (samdhim ~ayi ntho); 38:9 (ktum nagaram ~ayi); 3 pi. appesum, Ap-a 155,22; absol. appetv, Ja III 101,24 (jhnam ~etv); Nidd-al 86,13 (nibbnrammanam phalasampattim ~etv); Mhv 15:77 (~etv samdhim); 18:13 (~etv rjasandesam); pass, pr. 3 sg. appiyati, Patis-a 13,i (avatthpiyati -iyati ti, Be, Se so; Ee ~iyati ti); Vibh-a 9,13 (rammanam manasmim na ~iyati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~iyati); pp appita, mfn. and n. [S. arpita], \.{mfn.) (i)fixed into or on; directed towards; (of the mind) fixed on its object, concentrated; Ja VI 78,2i' (maranamukhe ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sampatto); Mil 415,3 (mnasam yoniso manasikre ~am); Ps I 174,15 (cittam samm dhiyati ~am viya acalam

titthati); Mp I 445,21 (Smvati pi ranno attano -am kandam... patibhi ti); Kkh69,io (dtena t); Mhv 30:68 (nnpadumakni ca ratanehi katn' eva vitne ~n' ahum); (ii)^rw, compact, thick (of cloth); Vin III 216,37 (~am v sanham v); 257,32 (civaram... yatamca karohi... ~am ca suvitam ca; Sp 727,28: ~an ti ghanam); (iii) stopped, put an end to, destroyed; Vibh 195,21 (attharigat abbhatthangat ~ vyappit; Vibh-a 263,5: ~ ti vinsit, appavattiyam thapit ti pi artho) ^ 258,4 quoted Vism 157, is; 2. (.) fixing; concentrating; Spkl 183,1 (appitappitakkhane paccanikadhammehi vimuccati); Patis-a 552,22 (--samaye eva vikkhambhanavimuttisambhvato samayavimokkho); appita in Ee at Ud-a417,2i is wr, prob, for dappita qv; fpp (a) appiya1, mfn., Kv26,20 (sariran ti v kyo ti v kyam appiyam karitv); (b) appetabba, mfn., Sp792,io (niyydetabbo ti appetabbo). appeti 2 , appyati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. apyeti], enters into; flows into; Sil 184,4 (Gang nadi... mahsamuddam ~eti); AIV 199,8 (y kci loke savantiyo mahsamuddam ~enti); Mil 70,23 (mahsamuddo ... yattiY im panca mahnadiyo satatam samitam -enti); Ap-a 228,26 (mahodadhim mah-udakakkhandham -ayanti ppunanti; but cf Ap23,2: mahsamuddam ~eti tappayanti mahodadhim). appeva, see sv api l . appokinna in Ee at Vism 122,10 is prob, wr for appakinna or appkinna qqv. appofhana, see sv apphotana. appotheti, see sv apphoteti. appoti, punti, poti, pr. 3 sg. [S. pnoti], reaches; attains; pervades; Dhtup511 (apa ppunane); 527; Dhtum 711; 739; Sadd 494,9 (pa vypane: punti po); 508,26(ap[p]a ppune: ~oti po, ettha poti -oti tarn tarn thnam visarati ti po); Vism 350,1 (tarn tarn thnam ~oti pappoti ti po); 364,25 (~oti piyati appyati ti v po) * Patis-a 80,5 {Ee poti; Ce apoti; Be, Se appeti); aor. 1 sg. punim, Bv 2:33 (abbhantaramhi satthe abhinnbalam punim, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce appunim; Be, Se abhinnbala ppunim); absol. appuyya, Vin II 156,28* (upasanto sukham seti santim appuyya cetaso, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se pappuyya; * AI 138,6*: eds pappuyya); caus. pr. 3 sg. peti, ~ayati, causes to reach or obtain; Sadd 553,22 (pu lambane [lambhane?]: ~eti ~ayati po); Ja VI 46,4* (ko tesam gatim -aye; 46,irfoll.: ko mam tesam paccekabuddhnam nivsanatthnam ppeyya, gahetv gaccheyy ti attho). appodaka, mfn. and n., see sv appa. appossukka, appossuka, mfn., see sv appa. apphuta, apphuta, mfn., neg.pp o/pharati qv. apphotana, appothana, n. [S. sphotana], (the noise of) slapping or clapping the arms; applause; Sp 95,10 (brahmnam ~ehi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothanehi); Sv 440,20 (-selanacelukkhepdihi mahkilam kilimsu); PsIV 188,18 ('-dihi kilanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothandihi); Ud-a67,2 (asurnam -ghosam); Sv-ptII 39,6 (-am vuccati bhujahatthasanghattanasaddo); ifc

181

see brahm' -. apphot, / [S. sphot], the name of a shrub, a kind of jasmine; Abh 575; Ja VI 536,32* (~ suriyavalli ca; 537, ir: ~ ti apphotavalli). apphotita, mfn., pp o/apphoteti qv. apphoteti {and, esp. in Ce and Ee, appotheti), apphotayati, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + photeti; cf S. sphotayati], makes a clapping noise by slapping one's arm or clapping one's hands (in pleasure or approbation)', Vin II 10,28 (usselenti pi ~enti pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee appothenti); III 182,29 (~essanti, Be, Se so; Ce appothessanti; Ee wr appothissanti); JaV 129,16 (mahjan vagganti nadanti ~enti, Be so; Ce, Se appothenti; Ee mahajano ... appotheti); VI399, n (naccantu selentu nadantu ~entu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothentu); Bv2:71 (~enti hasanti ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apphothenti; Bv-a98,i9: hatthehi bh abhihananti); Pj II 485,27 (photenti ~enti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pothenti appothenti); Dhp-aIII 210, is (brahmapphotanam nma ~essmi); part.pr. apphotenta, mfn., Ja IV 81,27 (cnuramutthik yuddhamandalam gantv vaggant gajjant ~ent vicarimsu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothent); VI 335,2' (~ento, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothento); aor. 3 sg. (a) apphotesi, Ja VI 486, n (Sakko devarj ~esi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothesi); Sv 614,34 (vmahattham bhujitv dakkhinahatthena ~esi); Mhv 27:8 (hattho udnetv ~esi mahipati); (b) apphotayi, Dhp-aIII 62,9 (Ee so; Be, Ce ~esi; Se appothesi); 1 sg. apphotesim, Ap 147,24 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se appothesim); 3pi (a)apphotesum, JaV 336,29 (unnadimsu appothesum, Ce, Ee so; Be apphotimsu; Se appothayimsu); Mil 13,n (brahmno ~esum); (b) apphotayimsu, Ja VI 409,9 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothayimsu); absol. apphotetv, Ja VI 282,12 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee appothetv); Ap 181,15 (Be so; Ee, Se appothetv; Ce apphothetv); Mil 20,32 (~etv ukkutthim katv); Dhp-aIII 240,16 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se appothetv); pp apphotita, (mf)n., slapping the arm; clapping; Ja II311,14 (vmahattham samminjetv dakkhinahatthena kle, Be, Se so; Ce appothita-; Ee apphothita-); Dhp-a III 62,8 (mah-apphotitam apphotayi). appho{heti, see sv apphoteti. aphassaka, mfn. [cf S. asparga], (one) who does not have the faculty of touch; Vibh 419,29 (asannasatt dev... ~ avedanak); Kv 414,24 (~assa vc avedanakassa vc). aphusa, see sv aphussa. aphussa, aphusa, mfn. [neg. fpp of phusati; S. asprgya], not to be touched; Mil 157,20 (~ni kiriyni, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee aphusni). ababa, n. and m(fn), 1. (n.) a certain high numeral (a koti'V; Abh475 (ahaham ~am c' evtatam); Sadd 801,27 (ahaham -am atatam); 802,24 (visati nirabbudni ekam -am visati ~ni ekam atatam); 2. (m.) the name of a hell, or place in Avici, where one suffers for an ababa of years; SI 152,8 (seyyathpi... visati nirabbud niray evam eko ~o nirayo) = A V 173,12= Snp. 126,15. abala1, abala, mfn. [? perhaps = abala2], foolish, feeble; babbling; ? Sp 622,17 (~o kira bondo vuccati, Be, Ce so;

Ee, Se abajo); abalabala, abalabala, mfn., very foolish, very feeble; babbling; ? Vin III 181,6 (kvyam ~o viya mandamando viya bhkutikabhkutiko viya; Sp 622,16: ~o ti... atisayatthe ca idam menditam, tasm atibondo viy ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abalabalo ti) quoted Sadd 40,31; Sp623,n (ye hi bhsanakusalatya amma tt ti pathamataram bhsanti na te ~ ti). abala2, mfh., see sv bala1. abuddhika, mfn. [a3 + buddhi + ka2], without intelligence; Mil 76,5 (kim pana ... brahm sabuddhiko M) ti); see also appabuddhika, sabuddhika. abudha, mfn. [ts], not wise, foolish; -janasevita, mfn., cultivated by foolish people (or not cultivated by wise people); Nett 113,15 (~ya blakantya ... bhavatanhya). Vabb1 , see abbati . Vabb2 [?], to collect, to group;! Dhtum294 (abba gumbane). abbajati, pr. 3 sg. [S. vrajati], comes to, returns to; A II 39,5* (yakkhattam yena gaccheyyam manussattam ca -e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhaje) quoted eg Ud-a 176,16* (Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr andaje), It-al 114,21* and Sadd 344,27; see also vajati. abbana, mfn., see sv vana. abbata, mfn. andn., seesv vata2. abbati1,/>r. 3 sg. [Vabb'; S. Dhtup arbati, Wg 11:21, and arvati, Wg 15:75], goes; hurts; Dhtum290 (abba... gamane); Sadd 405,16 (abba... [gatiyam] himsyam ca:... ~ati). abbati2, pr. 3 sg. [?], feeds upon, consumes; Sv-ptII 124,32 (gandham -anti paribhunjanti ti gandhabb). abbahati, abbuhati, abbhati (and abbhati ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. brhati, vrhati], tears up or off; pulls out, draws out; Mil 216,i4(sallam ~eyya, Ce so; Be abbuheyya; Se abbhnheyya; Ee wr abbyaheyya) ^ 257,1 (~eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be abbuheyya; Se abbheyya); Sn 592 (~e sallam attano, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbulhe) * Th 404 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbuhe); Pv 21:6 (samlam pi tarn abbuhe, Be so; Ce abbuheyya; Se abbuyha; Ee abhuyha [misprint!]; Pv-a 115,9: abbuhe ti... abbuheyya uddhareyy ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce abbuheyya ti... abbuheyya; Ee abbuyh ti... abbuheyya); JaII 95,5* (esikni ca ~a, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbaha); Vism406,23 (tarn munjamh isikam viya kosiy asim viya karandya ahim viya ca abbhati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhhati); aor. 3 sg. abbahi, abbuhi, abbhi, Mil 216,28 (sallam ~i, Ce so; Be abbuhi; Ee abbyahi; Se abbhnhi); A III 55,26 (~i savisam sokasallam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se abbuhi); Vv 83:9 (~i vata me sallam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abblham) * Pv 8:6 (Be ~I; Ce, Ee, Se abblham; Pv-a 41,24: ~I vat ti nihari vata, Be, Se so; Ee abbujha vat ti; Ce abblham vat ti niharitam) * Thi 52 (Be, Ce ~i; Ee, Se abbuhi) * Ja III 157,9* (~i, Ee so; Be ~i; Ce abblham; Se abblham); Th 1007 (~i ppake dhamme); Spklll 61,24 (khaggam abbhi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhhi); absol. (a) abbuyha, S III 26,16* (tanham abbuyha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhuyha); Sn939 (tarn eva sallam abbuyha); Th298 (samlam tanham abbuyha); (b) abbahitv, abbuhitv, abbhitv, Vin I 214,37 (sondya bhisam ca mullim ca abbhitv,

182

Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abbhetv) * II201,14 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se abbhitv); Ja III 449,13 (khaggam -itv); Nidd I 419,22 (abbuyha abbhitv uddharitv); (c) abbahitvna, Th 162 (abbahitvna jlinim); pp (a) abblha, abbujha, mfn. [cf S. brdha], drawn out, pulled out; removed; DII 283,27; Th 321; Pj II 518,6 (ragdisallnam tt); salla, mfn., with the dart or barb removed; Sn593 (--sallo, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se abbulha-); Pv8:7 (svhamsallo smi) * Ja III 157,11*; (b) abbjhita, abbahita, abbhita, mfn., removed; salla, mfn., with barb removed; Nidd I 59,10 (so vuccati abbjhasallo sallo pahatasallo, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be abbahitasallo; Ce, Se abbhitasallo); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. abbheti1, -ayati1 [cf S. -barhayati], tears up; pulls out, draws out; Ja IV 364,13* (khaggam paggayha brhman vessapathesu titthanti sattham ~ayanti pi; or rather from abbhayati2 ? cf366,2r: satthe cora-atavim atibhenti); aor. 3sgabbhesi, Jail 319,23 (asigho asim ~esi); 3 pi. abbhimsu, Sp 58,11 (kosito asim -imsu); absol abbhetv, abbhitv, Vin I 214,37 (sondya bhisam ca mullim ca -etv, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -itv) * II 201,14 (Be, Ee -itv; Ce, Se abbhitv; = S II 269,10: Be abbuhetva; Ce, Ee, Se abbhuggahetv; SpkII 231,1: -itv ti uddharitv, Ee so; Be abbuhetv ti; Ce abbhetv; Se abbhuggahetv ti); Jail 285,9' (-itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abbhitv); 330,3 (asim -etv, Ce, Ee so; Se -itv; Be gahetv); Dhp-all 249,1 (asim -etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbhetv); caus. (b) aor. 3 sg. abblhesi, (?) Ap-a483,H (bhagav tassnukampya ... dhammam desetv sokasallam abblhesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbutthesi); see also abbhita. abbahana, abbhana, abbuhana, abbhana n. [from abbahati; cfS. lex. barhana], pulling out, drawing out; M II 216,14 (sallassa pi -hetu, Ce so; Ee wr abbyahana-; Be abbuhana-; Se abbhnhana-); Nidd I 343,14 (tanhsallassa -am, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se abbhanam) = Nidd II 225,21 (Be so; Ee abbulhanam; Ce, Se abbhanam); Dhp-a III 404,4 (Be, Ce abbhanam; Ee, Se abbhanam). abbhati, see sv abbahati. abbheti1, -ayati 1 , caus. pr. 3 sg. of abbahati qv. abbheti2, -ayati 2 , caus. pr. 3 sg. o/vahati qv. abbutthesi in Ee at Ap-a483,i4 is wr; Be, Ce, Se abblhesi. abbuda, n. and m(fn). [S. arbuda], 1. (n.) a swelling; (i) the human embryo in the second week after conception; SI 206,11* (kalal hoti -am; Spkl 301,2: tasm kalal satthaccayena mamsadhovana-udakavannam -am nma hoti); Mil 40,11 (anna eva kalalassa mt ann -assa mt); (ii) (metaph.) a tumour, a cancer; Vin HI 18,35 (-am uppditam dinavo uppdito); SI 43,23* foil (kimsu lokasmim -am... cor lokasmim-; Spkl 100,23: -on ti vinsakranam); Sp 195,17 (- vuccanti cor ... cor ti ca imasmim atthe dussil adhippet); 2. (i) (n.) a certain high numeral (akoti 8 ); a great number (of years); Abh475 (-am ca nirabbudam); SI 149,29* (chattimsati panca ca -ni) = AV 171,24* = Sn660; Pj II 477,5 (satam satasahassaninnahutni ekam ~an ti); Sadd 802,23 (visati -ni ekam nirabbudam vuttam); (ii)(m.) the name of a hell, or

place in Avici, where one suffers for an abbuda of years; SI 152,6 (eko -o nirayo) = A V 173,9 = Sn/?. 126,12 (Pj II 476,28foil: -0 nma koci paccekanirayo n* atthi, avicimhi yeva -gananya paccanokso pana - 0 nirayo ti vutto); nirabbuda1, mfn., (metaph.) free from cancers, healthy; Vin III 18,34 (-0 vata bho bhikkhusahgho nirdinavo); D III 146,21 (imam pathavim ... khemam sivam -am ... ajjhvasati; Sv922,o: -n ti... corehi virahitan ti attho); Sp 195,20 (-0 niccoro niddussilo); see also nirabbuda2. abbuyha, absol. of abbahati qv. abbujhana, see sv abbahana. abbuhati, see sv abbahati. abbuhana, see sv abbahana. abblha, m/w.,/?/?q/*abbahati qv. abbjhita, mfn., pp of abbahati qv. abblhesi, caus. aor. 3 sg. of abbahati qv. abbhati, see sv abbahati. abbhana, see sv abbahana. abbhita, mfn. [pp of *2 + vyhati, or of abbhati qv sv abbahati], shifted; removed; Ja III 541,24* (-am pupphakam addharattam, Ee so; Ce, Se appahitam; Be abbhitam pubbakam; cf 542,14 foil: thapitam apaggharanam katarn, pupphakan ti lohitam... imin kira ... rjpardhiknam hatthapde chinditv ... vanamukhehi paggharantam lohitam... thapitan ti; but perhaps rather refers to removal of rubbish, cfpupphachaddaka). abbokra, m, see sv vokra. abbokinna, mfn., see sv vokinna. abbocchinna (sometimes misspelt abbhocchinna), mfn. [neg. pp of vocchijjati; S. avyavacchinna], uninterrupted; unbroken; D i l i 105,16 (purisassa ca virlnanasotam pajnti ubhayato -am); Mil 72,30 (-ya santatiy); Nidd-a II 73,31 (-assa sabbakle vijjamnassa); ace. -am, adv., uninterruptedly; Ap 89,20 (atthakappni devesu -am vasim aham, Ce so; Ee abbhocchinnam; Be abbokinnam; Se avokinnam); Vism391,i2 (tayo mse -am abhidhammakatham kathesi). abbohra, mfn., see .sv vohra. abbohrika, mfn., see sv vohrika. abbyahanahetu in Ee at Mil 216,n is wr, prob, for abbahana- qv. abbyahi in Ee at Mil 216,28 and abbyaheyya in Ee at Mil 216,14 are wrr for abbahi and abbaheyya qqv sv abbahati. abbh- = abhi- before a vowel other than i-; Sadd 619,5 foil (abhiss* abbho, abhisaddassa sare pare abbhdeso hoti, adhiss' ajjho ... te na v ivanne). abbha, m.n., - , / [5. abhra, m.n.], 1. the sky; Abh45; Ja VI 581,2i* (-am rajo acchdesi); 2. a cloud, thundercloud; Abh48 (-am tisv atha); Vin II 295,23 (-am... candimasuriynam upakkileso); Dhp 173 (- mutto va candim): Th598 (yath -ni verambo vto nudati pvuse); Dhs617 (loko andhakro - mahik dhmo rajo); Ja VI 231,35*; Mil 273,21 (-am ... suriyassa rogo); Patis-a 28,16* (-esu hatesu vyun); Sadd 407,15 (-0 ti megho ... ettha ca -saddo tilingiko datthabbo); -kta, m. orn. and mfn. [abbha + kta1], 1. (m. or n.)

183

the summit of a cloud, a cloud-cap; Vv 1:1 (obhsasi vijju-r-iv' -am; cf Vv-a 12,16: -an ti valhakasikhare, bhummatthe hietam upayogavacanam); 2. (mfn.) with its summit in the clouds; Ja VI 528,27*; -ghana, m., a mass of clouds; a thick cloud; It 64,14* (cando -a" mutto); Sn 348 (vto yath -am vihne); Ja VI 269,29*; -patala, n. (andm.), a covering of clouds, a thin layer of clouds; Nidd-al 377,31 (mahanto klamegho ~o ca, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee klabbhapatalo, prob, wr); As 239,2 (-am viya); Patis-a28,i4* (candam channam hi -ehi); -matta, abbhmatta, n. (or mfn.), (of) the size of a cloud; SI 205,4* (vlaggamattam ppassa abbhmattam va khyati) = Th 652 (Be, Ce, Se -am; Ee abbhmattam) = Ja III 309,ii* (eds abbhmattam; 309, IT: mahmeghapamnam hutv upatthti); -samvilpa in Ee at S IV 289,27 is wr for -sampilpa qv; -sama, mfn., like a cloud; high as the sky; SI 101,4 (addasam mahantam pabbatam -am; Spkl 167,25: -an ti ksasamam); Ap-a 104,25 (- valhakapatalasadis); -sampilpa, m, a massing together of clouds; S IV 289,27 (~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -samvilpo); atiabbha, n., a very large rain-cloud; Spkll 351, is (yam pana abbhe yeva -am sattasattham pi candasuriye chdetv ekandhakram karoti). abbhaka, n. [S. abhraka], talc; Abh492 (amalam tv-am). abbhakkhti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhyVkhy], accuses falsely; slanders; Ja VI 377,27* (-ti abhtena); aor. 3 sg. abbhakkhsi, Ap 299,20 (Cincamnavik mamam abbhakkhsi abhtena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abbhcikkhi; quoted Ud-a 264,12*: eds abbhcikkhi); inf. abbhakkhtum; see anabbhakkhtukma; absol. abbhakkhya, Ap 299,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhcikkhya); see also abbhcikkhati. abbhakkhna, n. [BHS abhykhyna], false accusation; slander; A b h l l 6 ; Vin IV 134,15 (ma bhagavantam abbhcikkhi na hi sdhu bhagavato -am) * D HI 248,5; Dhp 139 (-am va darunam); Ap 299,14 (-am mayladdham Sundarikya kran; cf Ap-a 120,7: -an ti abhi visesena akkosanam paribhsanam); see also abbhcikkhana. abbhaggi, ind. [abhi + aggi; S. abhyagni], towards the fire; Sadd778,io (aggim abhimukh salabh patanti -i paccaggi ice di). abbhanga, m. [S. abhyariga], unguent; Vism 29,24 (velupesikya viya -am parassa gunam nippeseti nipunchati) * Nidd-a 1397,21. abbhaccana, n. [S. abhyarcana], worship, reverence; ftraha, mfn., worthy of reverence; Mhv 88:54 (-am dehanikkhepatthnam). abbhafijati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhyVanj], smears, anoints; lubricates; S IV 177,2 (akkham-eyya); Spklll 121,24 (akkham -ati); aor. 3 sg. abbhanji, Dhp-a III 311,9; 3 pi. abbhanjimsu, Vin III 83,15 (tarn bhikkh telena -imsu); absol. abbhanjitv, MI 343,32 (kharjinam nivsetv sappitelena kyam -itv) = Pp 56,14; Vism 362,27 (telabbhanjite akkhe na akkho jnti mam telam -itv thitan ti); pp (a) abbhatta, mfn. [S. abhyakta], greased, lubricated; Ja VI 253,12' (mitabhojanamayena telena abbhatto, so read? Be, Ee

abbhanto; Ce -ito; Se -anto; ad 252,20*: kucchisamyamanabbhanto, eds so); (b) abbhanjita, mfn. [or of caus.], anointed; greased; Ja VI 253,12' (-ito, Ce so; Be, Ee abbhanto; Se abbhanjanto); ifc see teF-; caus. (a) anoints, smears; aor. 3 pi. abbhanjayimsu, Ja V 376,32; absol. abbhafijetv, Ja I 438,20 (telena gattni -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -itv); (b) causes to be anointed; absol. abbhanjpetv, Ja III 372,25 (parisuddhasariram sahassapkatelena -petv). abbhafijana, n. [S. abhyanjana], rubbing with oil, smearing, oiling, lubricating; unguent, oil; Vin I 205,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am adhitthtun ti); Ja II 294,6* (akkhass* -am)= Mil 367,8*; Ap 236,5 (-am may dinnarn); Sp200,3o (ekamekassa bhikkhuno 0,-atthya sahassagghanakam telam adsi). abbhaftsi, aor. 3 sg. o/abhijnti qv. abbhati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup abhrati, Wg 15:48], goes; Sadd 407,14 (abbha ... gatiyam: -ati). abbhatika, mfn. [abhi + atii + ka2; cf S. abhyadhika], superior; thought more highly of (by, gen.); Ja VI 291,15* (ko nidha ranno - 0 manusso). abbhatikkanta, mfn. [pp of *abhi + atikkamati; cfS. abhyatWkram], who has gone beyond, departed, died; Ja V 376,1* (ye vaddh - sampatt klapariyyam; 376,19': -ti imam manussalokam atikkant). abbhatireka, mfn. [abhi+ atireka], excessive; very great; Vin IV 76,4 (tassa daliddassa kammakrassa -am vetanam adsi, Ee so; Be, Ce abbhtirekam; Se atirekam). abbhatita, mfn. [pp of *abhi + acceti2; S. abhyatita], 1. (pass.) overstepped, transgressed; neglected; passed (by); Vin I 40,34* (padam asokam adittham -am bahukehi kappanahutehi; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhatitam) = Ap25,n; Ja III 541,23* (samyamo ~o; 542,14': silasamyamo atikkanto); 2. (act.) (i) having elapsed; passed away; SII 183,4 (kapp ~ atikkant); (ii) past; dead; D II 202,6 (te ~ klakat bhagavat avykat); MI 464,35 (svake ~e klakate); AII 21,19* (ye c' - sambuddh); Th 242. abbhatta, mfn., pp of abbhafijati qv. abbhattham, ind. [abhi + attha3; cf S. abhyastam], towards home, towards setting; am gacchati, -am yti, disappears, comes to an end; MI 115,6 (-am gacchati); A IV 32,25 (vedan ... vidit -am gacchanti); Ja I 478,io (anukkamena sabbam pi tarn kulam -am agamsi); Nett31,26 (akusal pi dhamm... -am gacchanti); Mil 305,4 (-am gaccheyya); Vism 293,23 (sabbe pi kmapips vinayam -am yti); am gameti, causes to disappear; brings to an end; Kv 576,5 (abbhatthangatam -am gameti ti); abbhatthangata (sometimes written abbhattham gata), mfn., disappeared; ended; gone; Dhs 1038; Kv 117,33 (atitam rupam niruddham vigatam viparinatam atthangatam -an ti); 576,5; Vibh-a 105,3 (ettak me fitayo khayam vayam abbhattham gat ti); abbhatthat, / , abstr., disappearance; death; Ja V 469,22* (sabbe -am gat). abbhanujnana, n. [cf S. abhyanujfina], approval; permission; Sadd 815,n (kmaeram -am atisaggo). abbhanujnti, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + anujnti; S. abhyanuVjfi], concedes; agrees with (gen.) about

184

(acc); DIU 114,16 (kasm pan' yasm Sariputto ekaccam -ti ekaccam nbbhanujnti ti); Mil 178,16 (kim ... sabbo loko brhmannam etad -ti) * A III 384,9. abbhanumodati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + anumodati; S. abhyanuVmud], accepts with thanks; approves, praises; assents to; D I 143,\\foil, (kasm pana bhavam Ktadanto samanassa Gotamassa subhsitam subhsitato nbbhanumodati ti... muddh pi tassa vipateyya yo... nbbhanumodeyya) * A I 221,34/0//. (kyham... nbbhanumodissmi); Jail 132,2' (na patinandati sdhu subhsitan ti nbbhanumodati); part.pr. (a)abbhanumodanta, mfn., Ps I 152,28 (-ant); (b) abbhanumodamna, mfn., Spl70,i3 (tarn bhagavato dhammadesanam -amno); aor. 3 sg. abbhanumodi, Vin I 196,37 (bhagav yasmato Sonassa sarabhannapariyosne ~i); MI 397,34 (santam yeva kho... pariyyam Paiicakango thapati Udyissa nbbhanumodi); Mil 29,u (sutthu mahrj ti thero ~i); 3pi. abbhanumodimsu, Ps I 87,23 (abhinandun ti... -imsti); absol. abbhanumoditv, Mil 211,1 (sdh ti -itv); PsI 113,9; pp abbhanumodita, mfn. [S. abhyanumodita], approved; Sadd 57,10 (sabbehi pi tehi pubbcariyehi - appatikkosit); fpp abbhanumoditabba, mfn., Cp -a 318,9 (sabbesam ca sattnam pufinam abbhanumoditabbam). abbhanumodana, n., - , / [from abbhanumodati; BHS abhyanumodanam, abhyanumodan], approval; giving thanks; Abh836 (~e); As 157,21 (-am); It-all 25,23 (sdhu sutth ti anumodanavasena -am veditabbam); Vv-a 52,27 (-e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhnumodane); Saddh218 (dinnass' -); Sadd557,2i (abhikkantasaddo ... abhikkantam bhante ti disu -e). abbhanumodita(r), m. [from abbhanumodati], one who approves; one who praises; D HI 161,4 (- ahosi); A I 103,24. abbhanta in Be, Ee at Ja VI 253,12' is prob, wr for abbhatta qv sv abbhanjati; abbhanta in Ee at Sp 1173,3 is wrfor abbhenta qv sv abbheti. abbhantara, mfn. and n. [S. abhyantara], I. (mfn.) interior, internal; being within, included in, among; belonging to one 's house, personal, intimate; Vin IV 159,26 (ranno antepure ~a guyhamant bahiddh sambhedam gacchanti); D I 9,32 (-nam rannam upaynam bhavissati; Sv95,i/o//.: antonagare amhkam rj pativiruddham bahirjnam upasankamissati); II 74,36 (Vajjicetiyni -ni c' eva bhirni ca); III 146,28 (-ehi v bhirakehi v paccatthikehi); A III 37,27 (~ kammant); Ja III 372,12 (Devadatta ... tesam ~o hoti); V 167,8* (~o pnadado sahyo; 168,12': ~o ti hadayamamsasadiso); Bv2:33 (~amhi satthe abhinnbalam appunim); Mhv 25:56 (~e kotthake tu sayam atthsi bhpati); acc. ~am, adv., internally; inside; within; Ja V 233,10*; Mil 303,7 (~am paridayhanto); Sadd 399,27 (~am pavisanto); 2. (.) (i) intermediate space, interval; the inside, interior; Abh 771; ThI471 (~am assa bhiram kayir); loc. ~e, inside, in one's heart; with, among (+ gen.); within; Ja I 58,20 (ntisanghassa ~e ayam kath udapdi); 11273,5 (sace santadhammo

nam' atthi imassa - tena bhavitabban ti); Mil 30,28 (~e vyo jivo); Vism 356,3 (atthiminjam tesam tesam atthinam -e thitam); Pv-a48,6 (vimnassa anto -e titthanti); (ii) a measure of length (= 28 hattha^); Abh 197 (~am); Vin III 201,2o; Vin-vn2557; (iii) (and mfn.) the name of a certain mango tree; belonging to that mango tree; Ja II 395,1* (~am nma dumo); 395,4* (~am phalam); see also abbhantaramba below; passaya, -passaya, mfn., resting inside, in the heart; Th757 (ko ... -am ... sallam me uddharissati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abbhantarapassayam; Th-aIII 30,9: abbhantarasankhtam hadayam nissya thitam); 0, -amba, m., the name of a certain mango tree; Jail 396,2 (dvinnam ambnam antare thito ambo ~o nma); 396,15 (~o nma devatnam paribhogo, Himavati Kancanaguhya anto atthi ti); see also antara. abbhantaraka, mfn. [abbhantara + ka2], being within, included in, among; Ps III 267,4 (ayam tesam annataroti ayam tesam ~o eko svako, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abbhantaro). abbhantarika, mfn. [cf S. bhyantarika], intimate; trusted; Vin I 346,20 (~e visssikatthne thapesi); Ja I 86,14 (~o ativisssiko... sahyo); Nidd I 232,25 (visssiko bhavissmi ~o bhavissmi). abbhantarita, mfn. [abhi + antarita], separated; Mp I 138,22 (cakkavlasahassabbhantaritam pi ca paccuppannam, Ce, Ee so; Be cakkavlasahassantaram; Se cakkavlasatasahassantaram). abbhantarima, mfn. [abbhantara + ima2; BHS abhyantarima], being far within; inner, innermost; very intimate; Vin III 149,30 (tiriyam sattantar ti ~ena mnena); DU 164,14 (dve va dussni dayhimsu yam ca sabbabbhantarimam yam ca bhiram); Ja V 82,11* (na ~ bahi nikkhamanti na bhir anto pavisanti); Vism 72,3 (~e indakhile thitassa); Ps II 407,34 (visssikam -am). abbh, see sv abbha. abbhkutika, mfn., see sv bhkutika. abbhgata, mfn. and m. [pp of *abhi + gacchati; S. abhygata], come; arrived (as a guest); an (uninvited) guest; A III 37,25 (~e ca sanodakena patipjessm ti); Vv 1:5 (~n* sanakam adsim; Vv-a 24,6 foil.: -nan ti abhi-gatnam sampattagantuknan ti attho, duvidh hi gantuk atithi -0 ti, tesu kataparicayo gantuko atithi akataparicayo -o ...); Ja IV 435,18' (sandakadyinan ti -nam sanam ca udakam ca dnasilnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhigatnam, prob, wr); Mil 157,3; abbhgato in Ee at JaVI 26,13* is wrfor abbhhato qv. abbhgamana, n. [S. abhygamana], coming, arrivalapproach; Vin IV 221,i (purisassa v -am sdiyeyya); AIV 64,26 (ko ... bhikkhusahghassa -am rocesi ti); Ja III 528, is* (cirassam -am hi vo idha). abbhghta, m. [cf S. ghta], place of execution or torture; Sp 570,2 (-an ti krangharam verigharam cornam mranatthya katan ti); -nissita, mfn., situated near a place of execution; Vin III 151,13. abbhcikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + cikkhati; if/ZiSabhyaciksati], accuses (falsely); slanders; misrepresents; Vin I 234,18 (na ca bhagavantam abhtena

185

-anti); DIU 131,15 (-eyyum vo te asat abhtena); M I 258,22 (amhe c'eva -asi); Ja VI 378,2 (aMamannam abhtena -anti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -anta); Kv 399,4 (ye keci arahantnam -anti); It-al 86,11 (ehi tvam bhagini samanam Gotamam abhtena -ass ti); Sadd95,26 (m tumhe... atthakathcariye -atha); part.pr. (a) abbhcikkha(t), mfii. Sp 578,23 (sammatam pana -ato); (b) abbhcikkhanta, mfn., Vin I 237,35 (~ant); Spkl 215,14 (~antena); neg. anabbhcikkhanta, mfn., Vism 522,20; aor. 3 sg. abbhcikkhi, Ud-a 263,20 (dhutto abrahmacri ayam samano ti -i); 2sg. abbhcikkhi, SHI 110,8 (ma bhagavantam ~i); 1 sg. abbhcikkhim, A IV 377, is (yasmantam Sariputtam ... abhtena -im); Ap 299,10; absol abbhcikkhitv, It-a I 86,13 (abhtena -itv); pp abbhcikkhita, mfn., slandered; falsely accused', Dhp-aIII 120,9 (ayam ca me abhtena -ito); fpp abbhcikkhitabba, mfn., Patis-a 691,27; s e e also abbhakkhti. abbhcikkhana, n. [from abbhcikkhati], slander; Kv 399,i (arahantnam -kammassa hetu); Ud-a 434,11 (Mettiyabhummajakehi katena abhtena -ena); Sadd 95,29 (na yuttam buddhdinam garnam -am); see also abbhakkhna. abbhcikkhanaka, abbhcikkhanaka, mfn. [abbhcikkhana + ka2], slandering; Dhp-all 180,10 (musvdena -assa bhikkhuno). abbhna, n. [from abbheti; S. hvna; cfBHS varhana], the act of rehabilitation of a bhikkhu who has been temporarily expelled; re-admittance (see E. Nolot, 1996, pp. 133-35); Vin II 39,33 (so 'ham cinnamnatto sangham -amycmi); V 142,7 (mnattadnassa -assa ... ko di); A199,12 (-am pannattam); Vin-vn 2603. abbhnumodana in Ee at Vv-a 52,27 is wr for abbhanumodana qv. abbhmatta, see sv abbha. abbhsa, m. [S. abhysa], 1. repetition; study; Sadd 397,20 (mana -e: manati); 2. (gr.t.t.) reduplication; the syllable produced by reduplication; Sadd 491,19 (-visaye); 826,7 (pubbo 'bbhso, dvebhtassa dhtussa yo pubbo so -sanno hoti); see also abhysa2. abbhhata, mfn. \pp of *abhi + hanati; S. abhyhata], struck; afflicted (with); impeded; SI 40,4* (kena ssu 'bbhhato loko); Sn 581 ( - o loko maccun ca jarya ca); Ja VI 26,ir (niccam - o loko); Nidd I 410,20 (sankhr ... maranena -); Vism 257,34 (-tt); anabbhhata, mfn., not struck, not afflicted; It-a II 117,8 (vtena -o). abbhharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhyVhr], brings near; produces; Ja V 80,9* (alabbham -ati naro idha, so read ? Be, Ce, Se abyharati; Ee avyharati; 80,3<r: visesam avyharati vahati tarn nipphdeti). abbhita, mfn., pp o/abbheti qv. abbhida, mfn. [from a3 + *bhid, cf S. bhid; -bbh- mc], not to be split; 1h-a II260,11 (-an ti ca pathanti, abhejjan ti attho; ad Th 614: abbhutam). abbhida, aor. 3 sg. o/bhindati qv. abbhihsi, aor. 3 sg. o/abhiharati qv.

abbhirita, mfn. [pp of *abhi + Vir], uttered; pronounced; Sadd619,11 (abhiss' abbho... na v ivanne ... v ti kasm -am). abbhu(m), abhu(m), ind. [cf S. abhva, bhuk?], an exclamation of horror or fright or aversion; Vin II 115,6(abbhum me pisco vata man ti; Sp 1205,4: utrsavacanametam) = MI 448,35 (Ps III 165,3: bh tivaddhi abh ti avaddhi, vinso mayhan ti attho); JaV 178,11* (abhum me kathan nu bhanasi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhumme; 178,15': abhun tiavaddhim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhumme ti)* VI 495,23* (abhumme katham bhanasi, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be abhu me; 496,5': abhumme ti abhtam vata me katheyysi tvam); V 295,14* (abbhu hi tassa bho hoti yo anicchantam icchati, Ee so; Ce abbh hi; Be abbhti tassa; Se abhti tassa; 295,16': abbh ti abhti avaddhi ti attho, Ce, Eeso; Be abbhti ti; Se abhti ti); Mp I 442,19 (abbhum me anto sappo ti); Sadd 84,19^//. (abh ti vaddhivirahit kath na bhtapubb ti v abh, abhtapubb kath, na bht ti v abh, abht kath); 207,1 (abh abh abhuyo abhum abh abhuyo abhuy ti din). abbhukkirana, abbhukkirana, n. [from abbhukkirati], sprinkling; throwing over;! Sp713,4 (yadi pana appam unhodakam hoti -mattam abbohrikam hoti); Nidd-al 322,30 (parassa '-attham danddi-atthya); Sadd 348,18 (saja visaggaparissaj[j]anabbhukkiranesu); ifc see dandasattha-. abbhukkirati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + ud + kirati], sprinkles; besprinkles; scatters up over; Mill 172,26 (vmena hatthena bhinkram gahetv dakkhinena hatthena cakkaratanam -ati); Ja VI 205,5' (samuddato udakam gahetv attano upari sajati -ati); part.pr. abbhukkiranta, mfn., Pj I 164,22 (sabbanagaram -anto anuvicari); aor. 3sg. abbhukkiri, D i l 172,22 (cakkaratanam -i); SpkH 189,3 (catasso dis -i); Ap-a 385,33 (nnpupphni ubhohi hatthehi gahetv buddhassa upari -i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abbhokiri); absol. abbhukkiritv, Ja V 390,1 (udakam gahetv pysam -itv); Pj 1176, is. abbhuggacchati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + uggacchati; BHS abhyudgacchati], goes forth, goes out; goes out to meet; rises; spreads abroad; Vin I 227,26 (dussilassa silavipannassa ppako kittisaddo -ati); A II 66,5 (yaso mam -atu saha ntihi); IV 80,24 (kassa... kalyno kittisaddo -eyya); 120,2 (yva brahmalok saddo-ati); fut. 3 sg. (a) abbhuggacchissati, S IV 323,13 (evam te kalyno kittisaddo -issati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -ati) * MI 392,17 {Be, Se so; Ce -ati; Ee abbhugganchiti); (b) abbhugganchiti, MI 392,17 {Ee so; Be, Se -issati; Ce -ati); (c) abbhuggacchati, ? D III 258,15 (idam me dnam dadato kalyno kittisaddo ~afi ti dnam deti); part.pr. (a) abbhuggacchanta, abhi-uggacchanta, mfn., Sp 58,8 (nadim otaritv -anto); Vv-a 280,27 (abbhuddayan ti abhi-uggacchanto); (b)abbhuggacchamna, mfn., Jail 74,16 (pubbe pi mahrjno senya -amnya... akle abbhuggamanam nma ngamims ti); aor. 3 sg. (a) abbhuggacchi, abbhugganchi, abhi-ugganchi, VinI 12,13 (yva brahmalok saddo -i, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abbhugganchi) * III 19,5 {Be so; Ce, Ee, Se abbhugganchi); * S V 424,4 {Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abbhugganchi); Ja I 60,io {Se -i; Be, Ce, Ee abbhugganchi) = Ap-a 65,5

186

(abbhugganchi); Ja I 93,6 (bhagavantam abbhugganchi); Sp 215,17 (abbhugganchi ti abhi-ugganchi); Mp III 368,24 (pcinalokadhtuto cando ~i, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abbhugganchi); (b) abbhuggami, Ap 46,28 (nabham abbhuggami tad) * 380, M; 3 pi. (a) abbhuggacchimsu, abbhugganchimsu, Ja I 60,12 (~imsu) = Ap-a 65,6 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhuggafichimsu); Sp 95,16 (~imsu); (b) abbhuggacchum, abbhugganchum, SI 24,20 (vehsam ~um, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abbhugganchum); absol (a)abbhuggantv, abhi-uggantv, VinI 32,19 (bhagav vehsam abbhuggantv); Ud30,8 (Ud-a200,n: pathavito vehsam abhi-uggantv); Jal 202,22 (Sakko asur kira utthit ti sutv samuddapitthe yeva abbhuggantv yujjhamno tehi parjito); Mhv 14:44; (b) abbhuggantvna, Ap 183,3 (abbhuggantvna vehsam); pp abbhuggata, mfn. [S. abhyudgata], gone forth; gone out to meet; risen; spread abroad (about, ace. or gen.), generally heard; Vin III 1,13 (Gotamam ... kalyno kittisaddo ~o) * D I 88,17; MI 125,io(mayhamkho ayyyaevam kalyno kittisaddo ~o); Ja VI 221,27' (candamandalam ~am); Ap 266,10 (vimnam uttamam mayham ~am manoramam); Bv 17:1 (suriyo ~o yath); Mil 124,15 (ma bhante syati ~ tesam jti); 275,30 (bodhisattassa kittisaddo... ~o); Spklll 152,17 (~ya vcya codento); As 143,26 (kyacittnam uggatatt tt). abbhuggamana, n. [from abbhuggacchati; cfS. lex., BHS abhyudgamana], going out, going forth; rising; Ja II 74,i7 (akle ~am nma); Bv-a 102,20 (suriyassa ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee utthnam). abbhuggamana in Ee at Pv-a65,i6 is wr for abbhussakkamna qv. abbhuggahetv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + ugganhti], pulling up; SII 269,10 (sondya bhisamullam ~etv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abbuhetv; * VinI 214,37: Be, Ee, Se abbhitv; Ce abbhetv; * II201,w: Be, Ee abbhitv; Ce, Se abbhitv; Spk II 231,1 ~etv ti uddharitv, Se so; Be abbuhetv ti; Ce abbuhetv ti; Ee abbhitv ti). abbhujjalana, n. [from *abhi + ujjalati], breathing out fire, spitting fire; D I 11,22 (Sv97,n: ~an ti mantena mukhato aggijlniharanam). abbhuftha, mfn. [from *abbhutthti; cf S. uttha], rising; Ud-a264,26* (~ phassayi pde mama psnasakkhar, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se anguttham; = Ap 300,6: eds anguttham). *abbhutthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhyuWsth], rises to go towards; starts for; aor. 3 sg. abbhutthsi, D I 105,22 (bhagav vihr nikkhamma cankamam ~si) * Ap 112,13; Sp 215,17 (abbhugganchi ti abhi-ugganchi ~si, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhutthsi); pp abbhutthita, abhivutthita, mfn. [S. abhyutthita], risen; appeared; risen to go; Ja IV 494,2* (~o va so yti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sayati; cf 496,23': yath nma valhakasankhto abbho utthito, and Sadd407,is: abbhasaddo tilingiko... ~o va sa yti sa gaccham na nivattati ti ettha pullingo) quoted Vism 231,11*; Nidd I 355,16 (mah ca klamegho ~o hoti; c/Nidd-al 377,31: mahanto klamegho abbhapatalo ca utthito hoti); Mp I 93,10* (suriye ~e yath); Th-a III 168,31 (abhivutthitassa ariyamaggassa vasena).

abbhunna in Ee at Sp 822,25 is wrfor abhunha qv. abbhunnata, mfn., pp o/*abbhunnamati qv. abbhunha, mfn. [abhi + unha], warm; still warm; Jail 435,22' (paccagghan ti -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee accunham); Sp 374,30 (~e allasarire); 822,25 (ambilaygu v uddhanato otritamatt ~ hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhunna); Dhp-all 87,19 (~ena atthe sati sitalam labhati); -sila, mfn. with moral conduct fresh or renewed; ? Sp 1387,7 (puggalo sappatikammam pattim... patikaritv ~o pkatiko hoti; Sp-t[5e]III 490,20: -0 ti abhinavasilo). abbhuta1, mfh.9 n., andm. [S., BHS adbhuta, from Vdabh, cfT. Burrow, 1955, p. 108], l.(i)(mfn.) astonishing, wonderful; out of the ordinary, strange; Abh 736; 1023; Vin II237,17 (atth' ime ... mahsamudde acchariy ~ dhamm); DU 145,3 (cattro 'me... acchariy ~ dhamm nande); Th 376 (sarnvego -o lomaharnsano); 614 (silam kavacam -am; cf Th-a, II260,11: abbhidan ti ca pathanti, abhejjan ti attho); Ja VI 276,16* (passa nagaram supkram ~am lomahamsanam); Pet 248,1; Mil 8,21 (tayo acchariy ~ dhamm pturahesum); Sadd 258,5 (~an ti padassa abhtapubbam bhtan ti pi attho bhavati); Mhv 1:40 (disv tarn cetiyam ~am); 17:55 (ahu mahbhmiclo ~o lomaharnsano); (ii) (n.) a wonderful thing, a marvel; SIV 371,14 (~am ca vo bhikkhave desissmi abbhutagmim ca); Sn681 (kim ~am datthu mar pamodit); Mhv 19:27 (paksetum tarn ~am); abbhutam is used often as an exclamation (frequently combined with acchariyam/' how wonderful! what an astonishing thing !; D I 60,9 (acchariyam vata bho -am vata bho punnnam gati punnnam vipko); A II 50,4 (acchariyam bhante ~am yva subhsitam c' idam bhante bhagavat); Vv 83:16 (acchariyam vata -am vata, Be so; Ce acchariyam vata ~am; Ee, Se wr abbhtam); Ja I 88,35 (aho acchariyam aho ~an ti); 2 . (n.) the name of one of the nine angas of the scriptures; Dip 4:15 (jtakabbhutavedallam); see also abbhutadhamma; 3. (m.) (i) (seil, raso) the marvellous, one of the nine dramatic sentiments; Abh 102; (ii) a marvel; 1 Ja IV 355,28* (~o vata lokasmim uppajji lomaharnsano; 356, r: -0 vat* esa amhkam rj ... uppajji, Be, Ce so; Se abbhto vata tesam amhkam rj; Ee vata tesam amhkam jto, prob, wr); Ap 109,24 (-0 si tvade, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr abbhto); 6rugunkara, m., a mine of wonderful great qualities; Saddh 345; -cittajta, mfn., astonished; SI 178,11 (s paris - ahosi); ifc see acchariy'-; -dhamma, m. and n., 1. (m.) a wonderful quality, a marvel; Mill 119,17 (tathgatassa acchariy ~); Ja III 455,22 (mahantena -ena samanngato vijjdharo); 2. (n.) the name of one of the nine categories (ahg&s) of the scriptures; Vin III 8,8 (appakam ca nesam ahosi suttam geyyarn veyykaranam gth udnam itivuttakam jtakam -am vedallam) ^ MI 133,24 * A IV 113,15 * Vibh 294,23 * Pet 5,16 * Mil 263,3; AIV 113,16 (bhikkhu dhammarn jnti suttam... jtakam ~am vedallam; Mp III 6,10: cattro 'me bhikkhave acchariy abbhut dhamm nande ti dinayappavatt sabbe pi acchariya-abbhutadhammapatisamyutt suttant ~an ti veditabbam); Nidd I 143,30

187

(suttam ... -am vedallam, idam pariyattissanam); Sp 28,6 (katham [buddhavacanam] angavasena navavidham, sabbam eva h' idam suttam... -am vedallan ti navappabhedam hoti); Sadd 321,24 (itivuttakamjtakam-an ti); see also acchariyabbhutajta. abbhuta2, m.n. [?], a bet; a wager; Abh 532 (~o); 1023 (~o); Ja VI 192,19* (hotu no -am tattha sahassehi pancahi; 192,22': panitako hotu); abbhutam karoti, makes a wager; lays a bet; Vin III 138,18 (karissati na karissati ti -am akamsu); Ja I 191,23 (sahassena -am karohi ti); V 428,2' (sahassena -am aksi); Pv-al51,i5 (tena sahassena -am karom ti). abbhutitam in Ee at Sp 976,3 and 976,5 is wr for abbhatitam (Be, Ce, Se, Vin I 40,34* so). abbhudhsi, aor. 3 sg. [of *abhi + udharati], (he) uttered, introduced (a subject of conversation); M i l 127,14 (ko nu... imam kathvatthum rjantepure abbhudhsi ti). abbhudita, mfn., pp o/abbhudeti qv. abbhudireti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhyudVir], raises (the voice); utters; part.pr. abbhudiraya(t), mfn., Saddh514 (udnam -ayam); aor. 3 sg. abbhudirayi, Sn690 (giram -ayi); 3 pi. abbhudlresum, Thi402 (ima gir -esum; Thl-a245,i3: -esun ti pucchvissajjanavasena kathayimsu). abbhudeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + udeti; S. abhyudVi], rises (as the sun); rises over; A l l 51,3* (yato ca verocano -eti) quoted Kv 345,i*; Ps II 3,26* (-eti pabhahkaro); part.pr. abbhuddaya(t), mfn. [-dd- mc ? or influenced by uddaya?], Vv 64:17 (abbhuddayam sradiko va bhnum; Vv-a 280,27: abbhuddayan ti abhiuggacchanto); pp abbhudita, mfn. [S. abhyudita], risen; fortunate, propitious; Mhv 64:49. abbhuddaya, m. [S. abhyudaya; cf uddaya, udraya], rise; increase, prosperity; Ud-a341,i2 (vuddhim -am nvabujjhanti). abbhuddaya(t), mfn., part.pr. of abbhudeti qv. abbhuddharana, n. [from *abhi + uddharati; cfS. abhyudVdhr and agnyuddharana], taking out (of the sacred fire from its usual place); Pj II 174,30 (aggi katabbhuddharano). abbhuddhunanta, abhi-uddhunanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + ud + dhunti], shaking upwards; tossing upwards; Vv 64:9 (- sukate pilandhane; Vv-a 279, I foil.: abhi-uddhunant adhikam uddhunant). abbhunnati, / [from *abbhunnamati; or abhi + unnati], haughtiness; Ps I 107,5 (-lakkhano amno) * Nidd-a I 63,32; Th-a II 161,20 (-lakkhanena mnena); see also accunnati. abbhunnadita, mfn. [pp of (caus. of) *abhi + unnadati], resounding; made to resound; Th 1065 (- sikhihi te sel). *abbhunnamati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + unnamati], rises; springs up; absol. abbhunnamitv, D i l 164,17 (udakam slato pi -itv bhagavato citakam nibbpesi); pp abbhunnata, abbhunnata, mfn. [S. abhyunnata], raised; uneven, bumpy; JaV 197,23'; Ap 410,29 (vithiy gacchato yassa ... - sam honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abbhunnata); Pj II 424,29 (udaggo ti kyena cittena ca ~o);

neg. anabbhunnata, anabbhunnata, mfn., not raised; not swollen (of breasts); JaV 156,23' (amiltatya v anabbhunnatya v na antopavitth ti appatit, Ce, Se so; Ee anabbhunnatya; Be alambanatya); caus. pr. 3 sg. abbhunnmeti, abbhunnameti, holds up, raises; makes erect; D I 126,10 (patodalatthim -eyyam; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abbhunnameyyam); absol. abbhunnmetv, A II 245,4 (purimam kyam -etv). *abbhuyyti, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + uyyti], marches out (against, ace); attacks; aor. 3 sg. abbhuyysi, Vin I 342,9 (Brahmadatto Ksirj ... Dighitim Kosalarjnam -si); SI 82,27 (rj Mgadho Ajtasattu... rjnam Pasenadikosalam -si yena Ksi); 1 sg. abbhuyysim, Pj II 227,4 (sakalarattim yuddhena -sin ti); pp abbhuyyta, abhi-uyyta, mfn., who has marched out (against, ace); Vin I 342,11 (mamam -o) ^ S I 82,3o; Mil 124,2 (senam -0); Sp 858,11 (-0 ti abhiuyyto, parasenam abhimukho gamissmi ti nagarato niggato ti attho). abbhuyyna, n. [from *abbhuyyti], marching out (against); Cp-a 264,22 (caturanginim senam sannayhitv -vasena mama raijam upagantv). abbhuyha in Ee at S HI 26,16* is wr for abbuyha qv sv abbahati. abbhusyaka, mfn. [cf S. abhyasyaka], indignant at, impatient of; ifc see hitavky'-. abbhussakkamna, abbhussukkamna, mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + ussakkati], rising towards; ascending to; M I 317,n (dieco nabham -o; Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abbhussukkamno) * SHI 156,26 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abbhussukkamno); Ps III 76,16 (vanantato -am candam bhinditv, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se abbhussukkamnam); Pv-a 65,16 (nabham abbhussukkamnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhuggamnam). abbhussaya(t), mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + ud + sayati2; cfS. abhyucchrita], rising; Vv-a 280,28 (abbhuddayan ti abhi-uggacchanto, -an ti pi ptho so yev' attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abbhuddasan ti pi); see also abbhussita. abbhussahana, n. [from *abhi + ussahati; cfS. abhyuWsah], effort, exertion; endeavour; encouragement; Vin II 88,34 (-t); Th-a I 12,30 (-am, idam viriyam). abbhusspan, / [cf usspana], raising; exalting; Nidd-a 1207,28 (y cittassa unnati ti y cittassa -a). abbhussha, m. [BHS abhyutsha], energy; Pj II 446,25 (-amjanento samuttejesi). abbhusshaka, mfn. [abbhussha + ka2], who encourages, inspires; Spklll 224,7 (samuttejako ti -0, Be, Ce, Seso; esa-usshako). *abbhussheti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*abhi + ussahati; BHS abhyutshayati], encourages, inspires; aor. 3 sg. abbhusshesi, Sv 473,29 (samuttejesi ti sutthu uttejesi -esi); pp abbhusshita, mfn. encouraged, inspired; Pj 1192,22 (mahkarunya -hadayo). abbhussita, mfn. [prob, pp of *abhi + ud + sayati2; cfS. abhyucchrita], raised, prominent, generally known; Sp608,i3 (paggayh tipaggahitam -am pkatam katv; Sp-t[ite]II 361,28: -an ti abbhuggatam); see also abbhussaya(t).

188

abbhussukkamna, see sv abbhussakkamna. abbhtthsi in Ee at Sp 215,17 is wrfor abbhtthsi (Be, Ce, Se so). abbhta in Ee, Se at Vv 83:16, Ap 109,24 and 110,23 is wrfor abbhuta' qv. abbheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. hvayati; cfBHS varhati, brhati], summons; recalls, rehabilitates a bhikkhu who has been temporarily expelled; Vin I 326,5 (mnattraham ~eti abbhnraham upasampdeti); 1139,23 (sahgho Udyim bhikkhum ~etu); 111112,27 (sangho va tass pattiy parivsam deti mlya patikassati mnattam deti ~eti); 186,19 (tarn bhikkhum ~eyya); Vin-vn 538 (tarn cinnamnattam sahgho visativaggiko ~eyya vidhin); part.pr. abbhenta, mfn., Vin II 7,21 (~ent); Sp 1173,3 (~entehi ca pathamam abbhnraho ktabbo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abbhantehi); pp abbhita, mfn., recalled, rehabilitated; Vin II 40,14 (~o sanghena Udyi bhikkhu); Sp 630,4 (na ~ona sampaticchito); Vin-vn 538; neg. anabbhita, mfn., 1. not called, not summoned; Pv 12:3 (anabbhito tato g, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anavhito; Pv-a64,6: anabbhito tianavhto) = Ja III 165,7* (Ce, Se so; Be anavhito; Ee anavhto; 165,16': ayam tta may paralokato anabbhito va aycito, Se so; Ce omits aycito; Be anavhito aycito; Ee anhuto aycito); 2. not rehabilitated; Vin III 186,14; IV 242,19 (ekya pi ce navisatigano bhikkhunisangho tarn bhikkhunim abbheyya s ca bhikkhuni anabbhita); fpp abbhetabba, mfn., Vin III 186,17 (Sp 630,2: ~o ti abhi-etabbo sampaticchitabbo abbhnakammavasena osretabbo ti vuttam hoti, avhtabbo ti v attho); see also abbhna, avheti. abbhoksa, m. [S., BHS abhyavakSa], an open space, the open; (a place in) the open air; D 163,3 (sambdho gharvso rajopatho, ~o pabbajj); MI 181,13 (vivittam sensanam bhajati arannam ... ~am pallapunjam; Ps II 215,35: ~wi ti acchannam); III 132,9 ([rannakam ngam] ranno ngo ~am niharati); A V 65,12 (bhikkhu ~e cankamanti); Ud 72,7 (bhagav rattandhakratimisyam -e nisinno hoti; Ud-a 354,9: ~e ti appaticchanne okse vihrahgane); Th385 (~e viharasi sit hemantik im rattiyo); Ja I 215,23 (temsam ~e dukkham vasanto); Ap 189,io (~amhi cankami, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ambhoksamhi); Mil 395,27 (migo div aranne carati rattim -); Vism 76,12* (sappanno -e rato siy); Pj II 101,7 (-tt padesassa); -saya, mfn. [abbhoksa + saya2], lying in the open air; Ja IV 400,9*; see also ajjhoksa, ajjhokse. abbhoksika, m(fn). [BHS bhyavak&ka; cfS. abhrvak^ika], (an ascetic or bhikkhu) living in the open, in the open air; Vin V 131,i6(panca sosnik panca ~ panca teclvarik); D I 167,10 (kantakpassayiko pi hoti... ekapassayiko pi hoti... ~o pi hoti); MI 282,1 (nham bhikkhave ~assa -mattena smafinam vadmi); A III 220,2 (panc, ime... ~); Ja IV 8,11; Mil 342,4 (rannik rukkhamlik - pallapunjak); Vism 75,io; '-anga, n. [abbhoksika + anga2], the practice or system of such ascetics or bhikkhus (one of the dhutahgasr); Mil 359,21; Vism 75,8 foil. (~am pi channam ca rukkhamlam ca patipakkhipmi, -am samdiymi ti

imesam aiinataravacanena samdinnam hoti); see also abbhoksi(n). abbhok8i(n), m(fn). [from abbhoksa; cfS. abhrvak&n], (an ascetic or bhikkhu) living in the open, in the open air; Th 853 (aranniko ... rukkhamliko ... ~i); see also abbhoksika. abbhokirana, n. [from *abhi + okirati], strewing, covering; Sv 84,22 (sobhanagarakan ti natanam -am; Sv-ptI 163,15: ~am rangabalikiranam y nandi ti vuccati) = Nidd-a 1392,2; see also abbhokiri. abbhokiri, aor. 3 sg. [o/*abhi + okirati; S. abhyavaVkf; c/'Z/iS'abhyavakirati, abhykirati], threw over, strewed; covered; Ap-a 385,33 (nnpupphni ubhohi hatthehi gahetv buddhassa upari abbhokiri, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abbhukkiri); 1 sg. (a) abbhokirim, abhi-okirim, Vv 35:11 (Upatissam nibbutam appameyyam muditaman kusumehi abbhokirim, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abbhukirim); Vv-a 38,2i (abbhokirissan ti abhi-okirim); (b) abbhokirissam, Vv 5:9 (abbhokirissam pattehi; Vv-a 38,2o: -issan ti abhi-okirim abhippakirim); see also abbhokirana. abbhokutika in Ee at Dhp-alV 8,13 is wr for abbhkutika qv sv bhkutika. abbhocchinna, see sv abbocchinna. abravim, abravi, abravum, aor. o/brti qv. abhayanaka in Ee at JaV 31,15 is prob, wr for abhyanaka qv. abhaya, / [ts], yellow myrobalan (Terminalia chebula); Abh 569 (~ tuharitaki). abhassara in Ee at Vism 414,14/0//. and Vibh424,3i is wrfor abhassara qv. abh in Ee at M III 102,25 is wrfor bh (Be, Ce, Se so). abhyanaka, mfn. [a3 + bhyana+ ka2], not fearing, not afraid; JaV 31,15 (maranassa -satto nma n' atthi; Ce, Se so; Be abhayanaka-; Ee abhayanaka-) * Dhp-a I 130,20 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhyanto); As 52,20 (anottappan ti yam na ottappati ottappitabben ti evarn vitthrito -kro). abhvaka, mfn. [a3 + bhva+ ka2], sexless; Sp 1016,9 (yo pana patisandhiyam yeva ~o uppanno, ayam napumsakapandako); -gabbhaseyyaka, mfn., a sexless embryo; Vism 559,1 (~nam andajnam ca patisandhikkhane) = Nidd-a 1227,4; see also sabhvaka. abhveti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from abhva], causes to disappear; Niddll 179,3 (tarn yeva vinfinam ~eti vibhveti antaradhpeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sambhveti abhveti; Nidd-a II 30,25: ~eti abhavam gameti) = Vibh 262,37 = Vism 334,25; Sadd5,28 (vibhveti ti -eti antaradhpeti). abhvetv1, ind. [a6 + caus. absol. o/bhavati qv], producing, developing; Pv-a 168,2 (abhvetv ti vaddhetv brhetv, -etv ti keci pathanti, tesam akro niptamattarn). abhvetv2, neg. absol. of caus. o/bhavati qv. abhsati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhya^noti, abhyasti ?], overpowers; PsV 20,6 (abhabbbhsan ti abhabbam -ati abhibhavati patibhati ti attho ... balavakammam dubbalakammassa vipkam patibhitv attano vipkassa oksam karoti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se abhsati). abhsitv, ind. [a6 + absol. of bhasati1 qv], uttering;

189

having spoken; SI 124,10 (im nibbejaniy gthyo ~; Spk I 186, is: ettha akro niptamattam, bhsitvti attho). abhsiya, see sv bhsati'. abhi, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns and adjectives; preverb to verbs (often in combination with other preverbs); preposition; before vowels (even including i-) generally taking the form abbh-; Abhll76; Sadd 619,5/o//.; 883,7*; Sp20,4 (abhisaddo vuddhisalakkhanapjitaparicchinndhikesu dissati); I. as prefix to nouns and adjectives expresses: superiority or intensity; 2. as preverb to verbs and their derivatives expresses: movement towards or against or over; intensity; or gives a transitive meaning to intransitive verbs; Patis-a 35,25 (sobhanatthena abhisaddena); Ap-a 120,7 (abbhakkhnan ti abhi visesena akkosanam paribhsanam); 390,11 (abhijto va kesari ti abhi visesena jto nibbatto); 3. as separate preposition with ace. expresses: towards; over; severally; in prepositional cpds: towards; concerning; abhi sometimes alternates with ati and adhi qqv. abhi-afifiamsu, see sv abhijnti. abhi-uggacchanta, abhi-ugganchi, abhi-uggantv, see sv abbhuggacchati. abhi-uddhunanta, mfn., see sv abbhuddhunanta. abhi-uyyta, mfn., see sv *abbhuyyti. abhi-etabba, mfn. [fpp of *abhi + eti1 or eti2], to be approached;? Sp 630,2 (abbhetabbo ti ~o sampaticchitabbo abbhnakammavasena osretabbo ti vuttam hoti, avhtabbo ti v attho); see also abbheti. abhi-okirim, see sv abbhokiri. abhikankhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiknksati], longs for, desires; waits for; D i l 268,3 (gandhabbaranno dhit, tarn -ami); Sn 1061 (vcbhikankhmi mahesi tuyham); Ja IV 241,2* (blassa dassanam nbhikankhasi); 434,10* (tato piva mahrja sace tvam -asi); Ap 520,3 (yvat -ami); Pet 182,23 (yam attham svako -ati); part.pr. (a) abhikankha(t), mfn., SI 140,15* (atthakmena mahattam -at saddhammo garuktabbo); Vv 64:32 (~at); (b)abhikankhanta, m/(~anti)n., SI 198,18 (nibbnam -antam kasm pabbajitam tape); Thi-a228,i8 (sltibhvbhikankhini ti... arahattam -anti); (c) abhikahkhamna, mfn., Sn510 (panhe pucchitum -amno; Pj II 424,16: ativa patthayamno); pp abhikankhita, mfn. [S. abhiknksita], 1. desired; Vv-a201,io (anabhijjhit ti na ~); Bv-a59,i2; 2. desiring; Nidd-a I 413,11 (gedhikat ti t); 413,12 (giddhabhvo bhvo); fpp abhikarikhitabba, mfn., Ud-a 351,29 (andhaputhujjanehi abhikankhitabbatthena). abhikankhana, n. [from abhikankhati], desire, wish; waiting for; Sv 242,25 (buddha bhagavanto erikam caranti janghvihravasena sanraphsukatthya atthuppattiklam ' -atthya ..., Be, Seso; Ce, Ee -tya) = Ps II 151,n; It-all 116,21 (rpdivisaynam -ena giddho). abhikankh, / [S. abhiknks], desire; Dhtup 423 (gidha -yam); Sadd 484,26 (gidhu -yam). abhikankhi(n), mfn. [S. abhiknksin], wishing for, desiring; Ap 557,25 (tarn thnam -im, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

abhikankhayim); ifc see bhatt-, sitibhv-. abhikma, mfn. [ts], desiring, full of desire; Pj II 544,21 (-am gatam mradhitaram disvna) = Nidd-a I 303,4; Patis-a 656,5 ( -tya natam abhinatan ti). abhikmi(n), mfn. [cfS. abhikma], very much desiring; ifc see rajja-. abhikra, m. [from *abhi + karoti; cf S. abhiVkr], service; meritorious act; Ps III 322,16 (may ca mah -0 kato, Ce, Ee so; Be abhinlhro; Se abhihro); 323,1 (-am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be abhinihram: Se abhihram; cf 322,6: adhikram katv); see also adhikra. abhikinna, mfn., pp o/abhikirati qv. abhikittayi, abhikittayim, aor. 3 sg., J sg. [of *abhi + kitteti], praised; Ap411,3 (buddham ~ayim); 489,7 (nyako ... svakam -ayi). abhikirati, abhikirati1 (mc), pr. 3 sg. [S. abhikirati], scatters; pours (itself) over; overwhelms; SI 54,21* (kacci tarn ekam sinam arati nbhikirati); Dhp25 (dipam ... yam ogho nbhikirati; Dhp-al 255,is: yam ... kilesogho -itum viddhamsetum na sakkoti); Ja III 57,23* (kim vo sokaganbhikirare; 58,8': kimkran tumhe sokarsi -anti ajjhottharanti); IV 121,3* (dipam... yam jar nbhikirati; 121,6': yarn jar nbhikirati na viddhamseti); VI 541,25* (nandiyo mbhiklrare; 541,28': mam somanassni abhikiranti abhikkamanti); Mil 181,6 ([rajo] yena v tena v ~ati); pass. pr. 3 sg. abhikirati2, is scattered, is dispersed; Th 598 (safin me abhikiranti vivekapatisamyut, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhikiranti; c/Th-a II 256,21: me cittam vivekapatisamyut sann abhikiranti vivekatthnam yeva kaddhanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhikiranti); pp abhikinna, mfn., strewn with, covered with; overwhelmed by; Mp II 126,27 (sakalavihro missakapupphehi ~o viya ahosi); Vv-a 38,15 (pupphbhikinnan ti pupphehi -am); ifc see dukkh-, pupph-. abhikijati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + kilati], plays, sports; Mil 359,15 (bahuvidhadhammakilam -ati). abhikjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWkj], utters inarticulate sounds; coos, warbles (as a bird); Ap 367,30 (kokil ... hams ca ... -anti); aor. J sg. abhikji(m), Ap 489,25 (manjun abbik^ aham, Ee, Se so; Be m a ^ i m b ^ m ^ ' aham; Ce manjundena kj* aham; Ap-a 520,9foil.: madhurena pemaniyena sarena abhinikjim); pp abhikjita, mfn., filled with sound, resounding; Th-aIII 155,8 (sikhihi srasehi ca vane ~e); ifc see cakkavk-. abhikkanta, mfn. and n., pp o/abhikkamati qv. abhikkama, m. [cf S. abhikrama], going forward, approach; advance; worsening; Abh 836; Mil 192,31 (patikkamo 'snam pannyati no -o ti) = A III 380,3; Pv 36:2 (-0 n' atthi patikkamo v); Vism 621,25 (-e pavattarpam patikkamam appatv tatuY eva nirujjhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atikkame); Sv 192,20 (andhaputhujjano '-disu att abhikkamati attan -0 nibbattito ti... sammuyhati). abhikkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWkram], goes forward, approaches; advances, progresses; gets worse (of pain or disease); Vinl 27,33 (Angamagadh... -issanti); 351,4 (-athyasmanto -athyasmanto); DII

190

147.15 (~atha Vsetth, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr abhikkhamatha); III 17,20 (abhikkam' vuso Patikaputta); MII 192,30 (kacci dukkh vedan patikkamanti no -anti); S IV 189,13 (so sato ca ~eyya sato ca patikkameyya); Mil 94,9 (m bhyi attho te -afi ti); part.pr. (a) abhikkama(t), mfn., Niddl 471,20 (vajato gacchato -ato); Sv 192,26(~ato); (b) abhikkamanta, mfn., MI 377,3 (~anto patikkamanto); Dhs 636 (-antassa); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhikkmi, DII 261,19* (mrasen abhikkmi); (b) abhikkamatha, Ja V 340,15* (-atha vegena dijasattu dijdhipe); 3 pi. abhikkmum, DU 256,16*; absol. abhikkamma, Ja V 340,16*; pp abhikkanta, mfn. and n. [cf S. abhikrnta], Abh 836; Sv 227,32 (--saddo khayasundarbhirpa-abbhanumodanesu dissati); 1. (mfn.) (i) arrived; having approached; D i l 256,3* (devaky ~ te); A III 263,19 (gihinam upasankamitv roceti mah kho vuso bhikkhusangho ~o); (ii) advanced, passed (of the night, in the second or third watch); Vin II 236,9 (- bhante ratti, nikkhanto pathamo ymo); D II 86,24 (~ kho gahapatayo ratti); M I 142.16 (-ya rattiy); Ud87,27 (~ kho gahapatayo ratti; Ud-a 420,12: ~ ti atikkant, dve ym gat); (iii) [BHS abhikrnta; cf Sadd556,23: kmen* kmayati... -am abhikkantavann], excellent, admirable; beautiful, surpassing, splendid; Mil 9,22(mamasvak ~e nnadassane sambhventi); Vv 9:1 (-ena vannena; Vv-a53,3: -en ti atikantena atimanpena, abhirpen ti attho); Ja II 255,ir (~ena vannena); Sp 170,27 (-an ti atikantam ati-ittham atimanpam atisundaran ti vuttam hoti); Thi-a 59,n (--tya); ace. -am, ind., (as exclamation of admiration, generally repeated:) excellent! wonderful!; Vin I 16,31 (-am bhante -am bhante) * D I 85,7; MI 24,i (-am bho Gotama -am bho Gotama) * Snp. 15,n; tara, mfn. (compar.) more or most excellent; more beautiful; D I 62,18 (smannaphalam ... imehi sanditthikehi samannaphalehi ~-taram ca panitataram ca ti); M II 34,3 (katamo vanno taro ca panitataro ca ti); SIV 225,24 (sukham taram); A l l 101,6 (puggalo ... ~-taro); dassvi(n), mfn., of excellent vision; Sn 1118; vanna, mfn., of wonderful beauty; Vin 126,3 (cattro mahrjno ... vann); D II 220,5; Ud23,29 (devat... vann); 2. (n.) advancing, approaching; going forwards; Vin II 156,6 (abhikkama gahapati, -am te seyyo no patikkantan ti); D I 70,26 (bhikkhu ~e patikkante sampajnakri hoti; Sv 183,28: ettha tva -am vuccati gamanam); A II 104,12 (ekaccassa puggalassa psdikam hoti -am patikkantam); Mil 378,u (~e patikkante); Vism 19,9 (psdikena ^na); fpp (a) abhikkamaniya, mfn., Vin II 158,28 (yam assa... atthiknam atthiknam manussnam abhikkamaniyam); (b) abhikkamitabba, (mf)n. impers., A l l 123,30 (evam te abhikkamitabbam evam te patikkamitabbam); Ja IV 242,10' (evam abhikkamitabban ti dikam cravinayam na jnti); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhikkampeti, As 82,35 (abhikkampeti patikkampeti). abhikkamana, n. [S. abhikramana], going forward; advance; D III 20,23 (~en' eva te jayam karissma); S I 211, is* (~ am te seyyo na patikkamanam); Ps I 261,4 (ko eko abhikkamati kassa v ekassa -am).

abhikkhana1, n. [from abhikkhanati], digging; MI 143,35 (kim sattham kim -am). abhikkhana2, n. [cf S. lex. bhiksna, bhiksnya], frequent repetition; Sadd 501,23 (isa-e: isnti). abhikkhanam (iic abhikkhana-), ind. [S. abhiksnam], repeatedly, again and again; constantly; Abh 1137 (punappunam -am); Vin IV 211,i8 (Sundarinand bhikkhuni Slhassa Migranattuno nivesanam -am gacchati); D II 356,12 (-am sufinam Serisakam vimnam divvihram gacchati); MI 129,25 (ovdam -am manasikareyytha); Pv 20:4 (dhit ca mayham lapate -am); Ja VI 297,n* (gant c* assa -am); Mil 389,23 (suriyo -am carati); ifc see accbhikkhanam; '-tanka, mfn., constantly ailing; S III 1,14 (jinno ... aturakyo -o); see also abhinham, abhinhaso. abhikkhanati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + khanati2; S. abhiVkhan], digs up; MI 142,21 (-a sumedha sattham dy ti); part.pr. abhikkhananta, mfn., MI 142,22(-anto). abhikkhamatha in Ce, Ee at DII 147,15 is wr for abhikkamatha (Be, Se so). *abhikkhipati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhiVksip], 1. rebukes; part.pr. abhikkhipanta, mfn., Pj II 141,30 (api cyam tikkhapanno brhmano na bhagavantam -anto bhanati, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se avakkhipanto); 2. throws down; absol. abhikkhipitv, Dth 3:60 (tahim dhtum -itv). abhikkhuka, mfn. [a3 + bhikkhu + ka2], without (resident) bhikkhuy; Vin II 32,23 (na bhikkhave privsikena bhikkhun sabhikkhuk vs -o vso gantabbo); IV 52,19 (na bhikkhuniy -e vse vassam vasitabbam; Sp793,i: sace bhikkhuni-upassayato addhayojanabbhantare ovdadyak bhikkh na vasanti ayam -o vso nma); see also sabhikkhuk. abhikhy, / [ts], a name; a ray of light, splendour; Abh 1052 (- nmaramsisu). abhigacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhigacchati], goes near to; approaches; Mil 359,8 (samanabrhmanapsandagan -anti); aor. J sg. abhigacchim, abhiganchim, Pj II 606,13 (satthrdito satthradim -im, Be so; Ce, Ee abhiganchim; Se adhigacchim) = Nidd-a II 93,26 (Ce, Ee -im; Be, Se adhigacchim); 3 pi. abhigamimsu, Cp-a246,4 (atithi-abhigamanam abhigamimsu); inf. abhigantum, Sp 974,4 (abhikkamaniyan ti abhigantum sakkuneyyam); absol. (a)abhigantv, Ps III 306^8 (abhisaritv abhigantv); (b) abhigantvna, Ja I 1,15*; Ap 49,25; Mhv 17:39; pp abhigata, mfn. [ts], I. having approached; Ap244,n (Vipassim lokapajjotam disv -am mamam); Vism 211,15 * Pj I 108,23; Spkl 324,4 (yakkho... sayam eva bhagavantam -o); 2. approached; Sp 1114,10 (abhisat ti -, kehi -a, atthikehi manussehi); abhigata in Ee at Bv-a 288,28* (vtbhigat) is wr for abhihata qv sv abhihanati; fpp (a)abhigantabba, mfn., Pj I 85,23 (ariyo ti nibbnatthikehi -0); Th-al 249,7 (sabbesam savnam khayante tya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee adhigantabbatya); (b) abhigamaniya, mfn., Pj I 81,15 (aranlyato -ato); Pv-a9,i(~o ca hoti visssaniyo); Vism 211,15 (gahatthapabbajitehi t)= Pj 1108,23. abhigajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWgarj], roars; thunders; cries out (in greeting); Thi 372 (pdap -anti va

191

mluterit); part.pr. (a) abhigajja(t), mfn. Sn831 (sro yath... -am eti patisram iccham); (b) abhigajjanta, mfn., Niddl 172,4 (~anto; Nidd-al 288,n: -anto ti sihandam karonto); aor. 3 pl. abhigajjimsu, Ap 341,7 (kesari sabbe -imsu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhikujjimsu); absol abhigajjiya, Cp 3:10:8 (Pajjunno -iya ... abhivassatha). abhigajji(n), mfn. [from abhigajjati], crying out (in greeting); Thll08 (vihangam mahindaghosatthanitbhigajjino); 1136 (vihangam sumanjughosatthanitbhigajj ino). abhiganhitv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + ganhti; cfS. abhigrhnti; BHS abhigrhnti], overpowering; surpassing; Ja V 245,22' (asure jetv -itv, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se abhibhavitv); see also adhiganhti. abhigata, m/w.,/?/?/abhigacchati qv. abhigantabba, mfn., jfcp o/abhigacchati qv. abhigantv, abhigantvna, absol. o/abhigacchati qv. abhigamana, n. [ts], approaching; going to; Sadd 334,20 (ghu ~e, -am adhigamanam); ifc see atithi-, samajj-. abhigamaniya, mfn., jfcp o/abhigacchati qv. abhigmi(n), mfn. [from abhigacchati], approaching; going to; i/c^e^klasutta-^vkla. abhigijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + gijjhati], 1. craves, is greedy (for, loc); Sn 1039 (kmesu nbhigijjheyya) quoted Pet85,21; Niddl 241,28 (cakkhun rpam disv manpam nbhigijjhati nbhihamsati na rgam janeti; * SV 74,6: nbhijjhati); part.pr. abhigijjhanta, mfn., Nett 18,12 (sekho -anto); Pv-a271,1 (hre giddh -ant, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhijighacchant, prob, wr); neg. anabhigijjhanta,mfn. Nett 18,14; 2. envies; SI 15,2i* (ratthavanto pi khattiy annamannbhigijjhanti; Spkl 52,2i: annamannam -anti patthenti pihenti); pp (a) abhigiddha, mfn., craving, greedy for; Ud-a332,io (kmesu bhvam eva pakseti); (b) abhigijjhita, mfn., craved, very much desired; Thi-a 134,30 (setthikumrehi pi -. paccsisit, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhijjhit); see also abhijjhati. abhigita, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + gyati; ts], 1. resounding; filled with song; JaV 200,10' ([assamam] kimpurisbhigitan ti sabbad parivretv madhurasaddena gyantehi kimpurisehi -am); VI272,13' (abhirudam -an ti attho); ifc see vc-; 2. sung over; sung for; Pj II 151,3i (gthhi -am gthyo bhsitv laddhan ti vuttam hoti); ifc see gth-. abhigutta, mfn. [S. abhigupta], guarded, protected; Ja V 84,14* (thaldake hohi maybhigutto). abhighta, m. [ts], striking; infliction of injury, damage; impact, contact; Thi-a 260,14 (0,-dihi bdhiyamnassa); ifc see kasa-, ghanta-, danda-, yugantavt-, lagul-; raha, mfn., deserving striking; MpIII 216,22 (garahitabbachrikputena matthake -am); -jasadda, m., a sound produced by an impact; Sadd 312,21. abhightaka, m{fn). [cf S. abhightaka], (one) who strikes, injures; Vism484,20 (bhirni [yatanni] gmaghtakacor viya ajjhattiknam -tt [datthabbni]) = Vibh-a 48,17.

abhighuttha, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + ghusati], 1. proclaimed; Bv5:12 (-e pavrane; Bv-a 158,1: lingavipallso datthabbo, -aya pavrany ti attho); 2. resounding with cries, filled with song; JaV 406,32' (madhurassarehi dijehi ~); VI272,12' (pakkhihi -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhisanghuttham ninnditam); ifc see dij-; abhighuttha in Ee at Ap 193,7 (buddharamsbhighuttho) is wrfor abhiphuttha qv. abhi car ana, n. [from *abhi + carati], visiting, frequenting; ifc see samajj-. abhicitta, n. [abhi + citta], a higher form of thought, superior thought; Ps III 31,15 (bhicetasiknan ti-am setthacittam sitnam nissitnam) ^ SpkII 236,5 (-am uttamacittam nissitnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -uttamacittanissitnam); see also adhicitta. abhicintaya(t), mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + cinteti; S. abhiVcint], reflecting upon; JaV 146,17* (gambhirapanham manasbhicintayam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se manas vicintayam); see also abhicintenta, abhicetayati. abhicintenta, mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + cinteti; cfS. abhWcint], reflecting upon; JaV 147,7 (manasbhicintayan ti manasbhicintento, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se manas vicintento); see also abhicintaya(t), abhicetayati. abhiceta(s), n. [abhi + ceta(s), but perhaps formed from abhicetasi (abhi + loc. of ceta[s])], higher consciousness; superior thought; Ps I 161,10/0//. (-0 ti abhikkantam visuddhacittam vuccati adhicittam v, -asi jtni bhicetasikni) = MpIII 29,9foil; see also adhiceta(s). abhicetayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + ceteti], reflects upon; intends, has in mind; Ja VI 310,17* (ppam manasbhicetaye, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce, Se manas pi cetaye; Be pi cintaye; ^ Pv 21:7: Be, Ce pi cintaye; Ee, Se pi cetaye). abhicetasika, see sv bhicetasika. *abhichanda, m. [abhi+ chanda1] strong will or desire; see kusalbhichandaka. abhicchanna, abhichanna, mfn. [pp of *abhi + chdeti; cfS. abhicchdayati], covered (with); Sn 772 (satto guhyam bahunbhichanno; Pj II 515,32: bahun rgdikilesajtena ~o); Ja II 371,6' (hemajlbhichannan ti suvannajlena ~am); ifc see hemajlbhichanna sv hema. abhicch,/ [abhi+ icch; cf S. abhicchati], wish, desire; Sadd 453,25 (icch ~). abhicchita, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + icchati1 ? cfS. abhicchati], wished, desired; Sadd 619,10 (-am). abhicchedo in Ee at Pet 108,21 is prob, wr; see Nnamoli, 1964, p. 149. abhijacca, n. [for *bhijacca from abhijta; S. bhijtya], noble birth; -bala, n., the power of noble birth; JaV 120,29* (-am c'eva; 121,31': khattiyakulavasena jtisampatti). abhijafift, opt. 3 sg. o/abhijnti qv. abhijana, m. [ts], family, race; place of birth; Abh332; 855 (kule tv -o ... uppattibhmiyam pi ca); Cp-a294,8 (in long cpd). abhijaneti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/abhijyati qv.

192

abhijappa, n. [from *abhi + japati; cf S. abhiVjap; cf also jappa1], muttering (of a prayer or spell); ifc see manta-; see also abhijappana. abhijappati, abhijappayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + jappati1 and jappati2; cfS. abhWjalp], mutters prayers to, supplicates; prays for, longs for, covets; SI 143,n* (asmbhijappanti jan anek) = Ja III 359,21* (359,27". ayam kho bhavam brahm mahbrahm ti dini vadant namassanti patthenti pihenti); Sn923 (bhavam ca nbhijappeyya); 1046 (simsanti thomayanti -anti juhanti); part.pr. (a) abhijappanta, mfn., Niddl 164,19 (icchanto sdiyanto patthayanto pihayanto -anto); (b) abhijappamna,mfn., Niddl 2,17 (kmam kmayamnassa ... patthayamnassa pihayamnassa -amnass ti); (c)abhijappayamna, mfn., Niddl 316,12 (patthayamnassa icchamnassa... -ayamnass ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -amnass ti). abhijappana, n. [from *abhi + japati or abhijappati], muttering spells over; bewitching; ifc see hatth-; see also abhijappa. abhijappa, / [from abhijappati], praying for; desire, longing; Mill 160,8 (- kho me udapdi; PsIV 208,20: tanh udapdi); Dhs 1059 (katamo lobho... japp pajapp~); (a)-padrana, n., the arrow of desire; Th752. abhijappi(n), mfn. [from abhijappati], praying for, desiring; ifc see kmalbh-, abhijalati, see sv abhijjalati. abhijavati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + javati], hurries towards; Sn 668 (nbhijavanti na tnam upenti). abhijta, mfn., pp o/abhijyati qv. abhijti,/ [ts] (pi. often bhijtiyo, cf R. Pischel, 1900, 77), 1. birth; Ud-al49,n (Viskhapunnamya paccsasamaye -im ppuni); Th-aIII 26,7 (satthu -ito puretaram eva); As 29,35 (buddhnam okkanti pkat - i pkat abhisambodhi pkat); 2. class of birth, nature; class of being (in the systems of nonBuddhist [jivika] teachers; six classes are defined by colours, cf A.L. Basham, 1951, pp. 243-46, and Utt 36:17,); D I 53,33 (chass' evbhijtisu sukhadukkham patisamvedeti); A III 383,18 (Pranena ... Kassapena chal bhijtiyo paniiatt); JaV 237,19' (channam -inam tarn tarn -im upagamanena); Nett 158,7 foil; ifc see kanh-, nfla-, paramasukk-, lohita-, sukk-, halidda-; -ma(t), -va(t), mfn., of good birth; Bv-a257,io (jtimantan ti -mantam uttambhijtam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -vantam); -vattita, mfn., (what has) happened or been brought about in each birth, in each existence; Mil 226,6 (sabbabhavbhavagatisu -am anucaritam jnti); see also kanhbhijtika, kalynbhijtika, ppbhijtika, sukkbhijtika. abhijtikatt inEe a t Ja VI 164,21' is wr for ahijtikatt (Be, Ce.Seso). abhijnana, n. [from abhijnti], knowledge, understanding; PatisII 124,io (0,-attham bujjhanti ti bojjhang); Spklll 297,20 (abhiniiy ti catunnam saccnam * -atthya); Ud-a 227,7 (abhiniiy ti sabbasspi abhinfieyyassa -ya). abhijnti, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS abhijnti], 1. recognises,

knows; understands; M I 251,24 (so sabbam dhammam ~ti; Ps II 298,23: aniccam dukkham anatt ti fitapariniiya ~ti); SII 58,n armaranam ~issanti); A I 198,28 (~ti ekam dhammam parijnti ekam dhammam); Jal 436,20* (nyam klam aklam v ~ti kukkuto); Mil 69,19 (yo samm patipanno abhinneyye dhamme -ti); PsIV 18,12 (tathagato ~ti... abhivisitthena nnena jnti); Mhv 37:156 (~hi); opt. 3 sg. (a)abhijanii, Sn917 (yam kinci dhammam abhijann); 1059 (yam brhmanam vedagum bhijanii, mc; possibly 2sg.; Nidd II 92,28*. abhijneyya jneyya vijneyya; Pj II 592,4foil.: yam tvam abhijnanto ... jann jneyysi); (b) abhijneyya, Nidd II 92,28 (~eyya jneyya); part.pr. (a)abhijna(t),mfn., DIU 102,19 (bhagavato asesam -ato); S IV 17,34 (sabbam ca ... ~am parijnam); Sn 788 (etbhijnam); neg. anabhijna(t), mfn., Vin III 90,32; SIV 17,9; (b)abhijnanta, m/(-anti)., A I 198,30 (~anto); Patisl 46,28 (abhiniieyyam -anto sikkhati); Vibh 332,2 (~antassa); Mil 78,1 (-anti pi mahrja sati uppajjati, Be, Ce so; Ee ~ant; Se ~ato); neg. anabhijnanta, mfn., SpkII 359,8 (anabhijnanto aparijnanto); (c)abhijnamna, mfn., Niddl 32,19* (-amno); aor. 3 sg. (a) abbhannsi, Vin I 183,17 (nparam itthatty ti abbhannsi) = SI 161,26; (b) abhinnsi, A V 47,5 (tad abhiiinsi bhagav); Nidd I 360,16* (sabbam abhinnsi yad atthi neyyam) = Patisl 133,16*; 3pl. (a) abbhannsum, S IV 11,29 (nissaranam ca nissaranato yathbhtam nbbhafinsum, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nbbhaiinamsu) = A I 260,12; (b)abbhaniiamsu, abhi-annamsu, DU 150,31^0//. (sabbe te sakya patinnya abbhannamsu sabbe va na abbhannamsu ekacce abbhannamsu ekacce na abbhannamsu ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abbhahnimsu) * MI 198,12/0//. (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abbhannimsu) quoted Sadd351,9 (abbhannamsu); Sil 58,7 (saman v brhman v jarmaranam abbhannamsu; SpkII 67,25: abhi-annamsu jnimsu); (c)abbhannimsu, Vibh329,12 (ye hi keci... dukkham abbhannimsu); (d) abhinnamsu, Th-al 47,16* (ete dhamme abhinnamsu, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhinnsum); 2. is aware of; acknowledges; remembers; (i) + ace, esp. ace. of pp: Vin I 10,3 (~tha me no tumhe bhikkhave ito pubbe evarupam bhsitam etan ti); D II 198,24 (chakkhattum ... -ami... sariram nikkhipitam); 284,25 (~si no tvam ... ito pubbe evarupam vedapatilbham); A IV 211, is (na... -mi tatonidnam cittassa unnatim); Pv 19:10 (nbhijnmi bhuttam v pitam v pana pniyam); Th 48 (nbhijnmi sankappam anariyam dosasamhitam); Thi 39 (nbhijnmi cittassa samam laddham kudcanam); Ja V 232,20* (nbhijnmi sonena pingalena abhinikjitam); VI 291,12* (kirn bhijntha pure purnam, mc); Ap 343,6 (nbhijne sappim vifinpitam may); Mil 71,24 (-si nu tvam ... silokcariyassa santike kanci silokam gahitan ti); 77,25 (~si nu tvam... kineid eva karaniyam katv pamutthan ti); (ii) + absol. (only in Ee, Se): D II 205,24 (~si no tvam... ito pubbe evarpam nmadheyyam sutv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se sutam); 333,14 (~si no tvam... supinakam passitv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce passit); A IV 307, is (~mi... khattiyaparisam upasankamitv, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce upasankamit); Mil 85,1

193

(~si nu tvam ... langhitv ti, Ee so; Be, Ce larighit); (iii)+ nom. of agent noun (Be, Ce consistently so; but possibly misunderstanding of earlier absol. in -tt; see O. von Hinber, 1982b, pp. 135-37): Vin III 162,36 (yato aham bhante jto nbhijnmi... methunam dhammam patisevit; cf Sp 5$2,\4 foil.: ye pana patisevitv ti pathanti tesam ujukam eva); D I 143,21 (~ati pana bhavam Gotamo ... saggam lokam uppajjit ti); MI 79,35 (na ... -ami tesu ppakam cittam uppdet) ^ S V 351,18 (na... abhijnma... ppakam cittam uppdet, eds so); M II 127,27 (yathkatham ... bhagav -ti vcam bhsit); S V 282,17 (~ti nu kho bhante bhagav... brahmalokam upasankamit); AIV 66,10 (nbhijnmi smikam manas pi aticarit, Be, Ce so; Ee aticaritt; Se aticaritum); Mil 82,25 (-si nu tvam... kincid eva karamyam karitv sarit); (iv) + aor. (wr for absol. in -tta 1): D I 51,2i (-si no tvam ... imam panham aiine samanabrhmane pucchittho ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se pucchit ti) * II284,1 {Ee pucchittho ti; Be, Ce pucchit ti; Se pucchito ti); JaIV 319,27* (nbhijnmi... Surucim atimannittha, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce atimannittho, wrrl 320,27': atimannittha ti... atimannin ti idam atikkamitv mannanam na jnmi na sarmi); absol. (a)abhinnya, D i l 123,9* (iti buddho abhinnya); MI 251,24 (sabbam dhammam abhinnya); Dhp75; Sn743 (jtikkhayam abhinnya); JaV 56,6* (sayam abhinnya abhsi buddho); Ap23,n; neg. anabhinnya, MII 9,25; Ud 72,2 (ete te ubho ante anabhinnya); (b) abhinn1, Vin III 1,18 (so imam lokam... sayam abhinn sacchikatv pavedeti; Sp 126,13: abhinn ti abhinnya adhikena nnena natv ti attho); D I 31,33 (ime kho te ... dhamm... ye tathagato sayam abhinn sacchikatv pavedeti); Sil 217,7 (cetovimuttim pannvimuttim ditthe va dhamme sayam abhinn sacchikatv upasampajja viharati ti); Sadd633,io; see also abhinnvosita svabhinn2; (c)abhijnitv, Sv 313,22 (abhinn ti -itv); Dhp-aIV 233,16 (abhinneyyam dhammam -itv); pp abhiftftta, mfn. [BHS abhijnta], 1. known, understood; Vin I 141,23 (-am v suttantam bhanati); MII 143,29* (abhinneyyam ~am) = Sn 558; Patis I 87,20 (ye ye dhamm - honti); 2. well-known, famous; distinguished; Abh 724; Vin II 159,12 (ayam kho Jeto kumro ~o ntamanusso); D I 89,25 (~assa ca brhmanassa ... antevsi); MI 20,28 (y t rattiyo ~ abhilakkhit); J a l 123,2' (attnam samutthpeti, -am pkatam karotiti); kolanna, mfn., of distinguished family; D I 89,25 (ayam kho Ambattho mnavo kolanno c* eva ~assa ca brhmanassa... antevsi); neg. anabhinnta, mfii., not known; not well-known; A I 46,18(amatamtesam ... anabhinntam yesam kyagatsati anabhinnta); Sp 1260,H (ganthadhutangdihi pana anabhinnto vasikabhikkhu); Sv885,8 (yam tumhehi anabhinntam); Ud-a 52,25 (nmagottavasena anabhinnto apkato eko); fpp (a) abhiftfieyya, m/h., S IV 29,2 (sabbam bhikkhave -am); Sn 558; Niddll 212,29 (~-tya); Patis I 4,s foil, (ime dhamm ~); Vibh426,i5 (pancannam khandhnam kati -); Vism 515,32 (~ -tta); (b) abhijnitabba, mfn., Sv 1055,14; Patis-a61,8. abhijyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhijyate], is born; is born for

or to; becomes; Dili 251,1 (ekacco kanhbhijtiko samno kanham dhammam ~ati; cf Sv 1038,3: -fi ti klakam dasadussilyadhammam pasavati karoti) ^ A III 384,23 (MpIII 394,B: ~afi ti kanhasabhvo hutv jyati nibbattati kanhbhijtiyam v jyati); Sn214 (yo ogahane thambho-r-ivbhijyati... tarn vpi dhir munim vedayanti); absol. abhijyitv, Sv 1038,4; pp abhijta, mfn. [ts], X.born; well-born, of noble birth; Abh 1074 (-okulaje); MI 414,31 (ngo ... ~o); S I 69,12* (khattiyam jtisampannam ~am yasassinam); Ja IV 233,20* (ng ~ mtito ca pitito ca); Ap 115,2 (~o va kesari; Ap-a390,n: abhi visesena jto nibbatto); Mil 236,6 (-am udiccam jtivantam ... brhmanam); 2. wise; Abh 1074 (budhe 'bhijto); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhijaneti, produces; Bv 2:128 (na tattha rgam -e); Mil 139,30 (viriyam -eti); absol. abhijanetv, Mil 384,19; fpp abhijanetabba, mfn., Mil 412,18. abhijyana, n. {from abhijyati], being born; As 308,31 (phassdmam ' -atthena khettam p' etam). abhijigisati (and abhijigimsati), desid. 3 sg. of abhijeti qv. abhijighacchanta, mfn. \part.pr. o/*abhi + jighacchati], being very hungry; Pv-a271,i (hre giddh ~, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se abhigijjhant). abhijivati,/7r. 3 sg. [abhi + jivati], lives upon, subsists by; Sp 1084,24 (yena sippena -anti jivitam kappenti). abhijivanika, mfn. [abhi + jwana + ika], providing a livelihood; Vin I 187,21 (~assa sippassa kran; Sp 1084,24: ~assa ti yena sippena abhijivanti jivitam kappenti tassa kran ti). abhijihan, / [from *abhi + jehati], striving after, exertion; Ja VI 373,16* (klam ca natv ~ya; 373,26': -y ti viriyakaranassa). abhijeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhijyati], wins; conquers; Ja VI 273,3* (ko nidha rannam varam abhijeti, mc; 273, ir: amhkam santakam settharatanam -eti aham jinmi ti vattum ussahati); 273,4* (kam bhijeyyma, mc; 273,12: kamv mayam jineyyma); desid. 3 sg. abhijigisati (and abhijigimsati) [S. abhijigisati], tries to win; wishes to overcome; Th 743 (uccvaceh' upyehi pare sarn ~ati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr abhijigisati; Th-alll 25,9: ~ati ti paresam santakam haritum icchati, pare v sabbath hpeti jinpeti); Ja VI 193,19* (lambno hi ngena mamam -ati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se abhijigimsati; 193,23': yuddhe jinitum icchati). abhijotayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + jotati; BHS abhidyotayati], makes clear; illumines; JaV 339,25* (kam attham -aye; 341,26': kam attham joteyysi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -eyysi ti). abhijjanaka, mfn. [a3 + bhijjana + ka2], not subject to breaking up, indestructible; incorruptible; Jail 170,8 (lbham labhitv -o nma n' atthi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lancam labhitv); Spk I 283,8 (uppann sankhr - nma n' atthi ti); see also abhejjanaka. abhijjamna, mfn.9 neg. part.pr. pass, o/bhindati qv. abhijjalati, abhijalati,/?r. 3 sg. [abhi+ jalati; S. abhWjval], blazes forth, shines fiercely; Vv-a 199,20 (ratanapadipo ettha etasmim psde abhijalati); part.pr. abhijjalanta, m/(-anti)., Pv -a 189,12 (daddalhamn ti

194

ativiya -anti, Be so; Ce, Se abhijalanti; Ee wr abhijalanti); Bv-a209,i6 (chabbannaramsijlena -antam nisinnam bhagavantam disv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhijalantam); Dth 3:43 (dvaggim -antam). abhijjlu in Ee at S III 93,14 is wrfor abhijjhlu qv. abhijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from abhijjh; or = abhijjhyati qv; cfS. dhyti], longs for, covets; S V 74,6 (cakkhun rpam disv manpam nbhijjhati nbhihamsati na rgam janeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nbhijjhyati; * Niddl 241,28: nbhigijjhati); Pj II 568,20 (njjheti ti nbhijjhati); pp abhijjhita, m/h., coveted; Ja VI 445,25* (te rjaputti ~); Nidd II 84,8 (anabhijjhitam etam vatthu blnam... ~am etam vatthu panditnam); Pet 159,3; neg. anabhijjhita, mfn., not coveted; VinI 287,27 (paccatthiknam ca anabhijjhitam); Sn40 (anabhijjhitam seritam pekkhamno; Pj II 85,7: sabbakpurisehi anabhijjhita anabhipatthit pabbajj); Vv 47:4 (kostaki nma lat' atthi bhante tittik anabhijjhita). abhijjhana, n. [from abhijjhati], longing for, covetousness; Ud-a 364,25 (abhikankhanasabhvena ~ena giddh, Be, Se so; Ce abhisankharanasabhvena; Ee abhisankharanasabhvena abhijjhya). abhijjh, / [S. abhidhy], longing for, covetousness; Abh 163; D I 71,2i (so -am loke pahya); III 230,18 (~ kyagantho); 269,3 (dasa akusalakammapath... ~ vypdo); MI 47,8 (~ akusalam); 282,8 (abhijjhlussa ~ pahiyetha); Th795 (~ ca vihes ca cittam ass' pahannati); Vibh 195,12 (katam ~); Petl58,n; Sadd 849,19 (sampatti-abhimukham jhyati ti ~); anabhijjh,/, lack of covetousness; DIU 229,3 (cattri dhammapadni ~... avypdo ... sammsati... sammsamdhi) * Pet 52,24; AII 30,4; Dhs 35 (katam ... ~ hoti); Pet 70,6 (tin* imni bhikkhave manosucaritni ~ avypdo sammditthi). abhijjhta(r), abhijjhita(r), m. [from abhijjhyati or abhijjhati; cfS. dhytr], one who covets; MI 287,8 (yam tarn parassa paravittpakaranam tarn ~ hoti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se abhijjhita; Ps II 332, s: abhijjhya oloket hoti) = III 49,33 (Be, Ce -; Ee, Se abhijjhita) = A V 265,16 (Be -; Ce, Ee, Se abhijjhita); anabhijjhta(r), anabhijjhita(r), m., one who does not covet; A V 285,14 (Be -a; Ce, Ee, Se anabhijjhita; * M I 288,25: Be, Ee nbhijjht; Ce, Se nbhijjhit); see also abhijjhyita(r). abhijjhana, n. [S. abhidhyna], coveting; Ps IV 58,8 (-lakkhan abhijjh); see also abhijjhyana. abhijjhpana in Ee at It-all 75,8 (lokattaybhijjhpanato) is wrfor abhivypana qv. abhijjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhidhyyati], longs for, covets; SV 74,6 (cakkhun rpam disv manpam nbhijjhyati nbhihamsati na rgam janeti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nbhijjhati; * Niddl 241,28: nbhigijjhati); Vism454,i4 (parasampattim v ~ati parabhandarn v harati); Sv 1049,5 (~afi ti abhijjh); Ps I 188,12 (-anti ti abhijjhlu); abhijjhyati ganthati in eds at Pet 245,3 is prob, wr; read abhijjhya ganthati with flnamoli, 1979, p. 331; part.pr. (a) neg. anabhijjhya(t), mfn., As 94,39 (anabhijjhyato); (b)abhijjhyanta,mfn.f DIU 69,20 (ye te satt dubbann te vannavante satte -ant);

aor. 3 pl. abhijjhyimsu, Sn301 (ulram mnusam bhogam -imsu brhman; Pj II 320, ufoll.: abhipatthayamn jhyimsu); absol. abhijjhya, Ja VI 174,31* (tarn vimnam abhijjhya; 175, r: abhijjhya ti tarn patthetv). abhijjhyana, n. [from abhijjhyati], coveting; Ps I 115,22 (abhijjhlu ti parabhandni -sil); Nidd-al 42,18 (0,-atthena abhijjh); 235,30 (-mattam eva v es ti abhijjh) = Patis-a 415,29; see also abhijjhana. abhijjhyita(r), m. [from abhijjhyati], one who covets; SpkII 302,io (abhijjhlu ti parabhandni ~) = It-aII 114,7; see also abhijjhta(r). abhijjhlu, mfn. [abhijjh + lu1; BHS abhidhylu], covetous; DI 139,1 (gamissanti... ~uno pi anabhijjhluno pi vypannacitta pi avypannacitt pi); III 82,10 (samphappalpi - u vypannacitto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~); M I 44,8 (-ussa purisapuggalassa anabhijjh hoti parikkamanya); Sil 168,5 (~uno ~hi saddhim samsandanti); III93,14 (so ca hoti ~u kmesu tibbasrgo, Be, Ce so; Se ~; Ee wr abhijjlu); AII 31,9 (ye ca hi ~ kmesu tibbasrg samanabrhman); 59,30 (bhariy p i . . . samphappalpini -uni vypannacitta); Kv 94,14; Mp II 25,14 (~uno vypannacittassa); Sadd 790,19 (abhijjh assa pakati abhijjhbahulo v ~u); anabhijjhlu, mfn.9 not greedy or covetous; D III 82,25; M I 18,2(tarn attani sampassamno); Sil 168,14; Pp 40,12. abhijjhita, mfn., pp o/abhijjhati qv. abhijjhita(r), see sv abhijjhta(r). abhiftfla1, mfn. [S. abhijna], knowing; having special knowledge; Abh 720 (pavinabhiiinasikkhit); abhinno inEe at Ps III211,i is wr for abhinno (Be, Ce, Se so); -tara, mfn., wiser, more knowledgeable; D II 82,5 (na c' etarahi vijjati anno samano v brhmano v bhagavat bhiyyo -o yadidam sambodhiyan ti; Sv878,19foil.: bhiyyataro abhinnto bhiyyatarbhinno v, uttaritaranno ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhiyyataro 'bhinno, prob. w ) = S V 159,9; anabhififia, mfn., ignorant; lacking knowledge (of); Sp 255,29 (bhsantare v tya buddhasamaye v akovidatya imam nma attham esa bhanati ti na pativijnti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anabhinntya); It-a I 69,29 (appasann ti ratanattayagunnam ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ratanattayagunnabhinii). abhiftfla2, ifcfor abhinn2 qv. abhifift1, absol. o/abhijnti qv. abhiftfi2, / (and ~a, m. ?), 1. higher or special knowledge; true understanding; VinI 10,16 (majjhim patipad... upasamya -ya sambodhya nibbnya samvattan) = S V 421,9 (Spk III 297,19: -y ti catunnam saccnam abhijnanatthya) ^ Ud36,i3 (y 'yam kath abhisallekhik ... -ya... samvattati; Ud-a 227,6: ~y ti sabbasspi abhinneyyassa abhijnanya); DU 251,13 (tarn... brahmacariyam na nibbidya... na ~ya na sambodhya na nibbnya samvattati yva-d-eva brahmalokpapattiy; Sv 670,27: na vattam abhijnanatthya); AI 100,7 (rgassa... ~ya dve dhamm bhvetabb); IV 143,23 (ime dhamm na... ~ya sambodhya nibbnya samvattanti ti; Mp IV 67,7: ~y ti tilakkhanam

195

ropetv abhijnanatthya); Nett 19,34/0//. (tarn finam pancavidhena veditabbam ~ parinn pahnam bhvan sacchikiriy... yam dhammnam salakkhane finam dhammapatisambhid ca atthapatisambhid ca ayam -); Vism 86,34 (upacrato pana patthya yva appan tva pavatt pann - ti vuccati); see also khippbhinna (.sv khippa2), dandhbhinna; 2. [5//S abhijn], a special or supernatural power or knowledge (five [or six]: iddhividh, dibbasota, paracittavijnana, pubbenivsnussati, dibbacakkhu, qqv, + savnam khaye finam); D III 281,13 (katam cha dhamm sacchiktabb, cha -); Sil 216,32 (navannam anupubbavihrasampattinam pancannam-nam); ThI71 (cha me 'bhiiin sacchikat); Ja I 30,11 (tini pitakni uggahetv attha sampattiyo pafica ca ~yo uppdetv aparihinajjhno brahmaloke nibbatti); 440,22 (isipabbajjam pabbajitv himavante vasanto ~ ca sampattiyo ca nibbattetv brahmalokaparyano ahosi); Niddl 143,17 (bhgi v bhagav ... channam -nam); Patis II 193,17 (gambhirsu ~su nnam pavattati" ti gambhirapann); 198,30 (sigham sigham -yo pativijjhati ti sighapann); Ap244,io (- pafica nibbatt); Vibh 324,26 (arahato -am uppdentassa sampattim uppdentassa); Pp 14,10 (chahi -hi samanngato puggalo chalabhinno); Pet 29,24 (yadi v ssanantarena accantam nibbnam ppunti yadi v eksane cha ~e); 149,23 (anabhinlhrakkamo ca -nam); Mil 214, is (catusu patisambhidsu atthasu sampattisu chasu ca -su vasibhvam ppunti); 223,12 (jinassane pabbajitv ~ ca sampattiyo ca nibbattetv); Vism 202,29 (vipassannnena manomayiddhiy ca saha cha ~ pariggahetv attha vijj vutt); Mp I 87,7 (adhigamo ti cattro magg cattri phalni catasso patisambhid tisso vijj cha - ti); Patis-a 136,14 (cha - ti cha adhikni nnni); see also chalabhinna; 3. idea, intention', see yathbhinnam; 4. name; mark; see kimabhinna ^vka 3 ; -vosita, mfn. [or perhaps rather abhinna1 + vosita], perfected through higher knowledge; Mil 144,19* (atho jtikkhayam patto -o muni; Ps III 397,2: arahattam abhijnitv vosito vosnappatto) = A I 165,30 (Mp II 265,20: ~o ti jnitv kiccavosnena vosito) = Dhp423 = Thi64 (Thi-a 14,4 foil.: abhinnaya abhivisitthena nnena abhinneyyam dhammam abhijnitv ... vosito nittham patto katakicco). abhififina, n. [S. abhijnna], remembrance, recollection; sign, token (as means of identifying or recognising); Abh 55; Ja VI 339,33' (purisasise kira sibbani ujukni honti itthisise vankni honti parivattetv gacchanti, so imin -ena idam sisam itthiy idam sisam purisass ti); It-a I 76,24 (~ena passitabbam passmi ti); Nidd-al 113, is foil, (vaddhakissa drumhi ~am katv puna tena -ena tarn paccbhijnanakle); ifc see kathasv kath1. abhiflflta, mfn., pp o/abhijnti qv. abhififitaka, m(fn). [abhiMta + ka2], (one) who is wellknown, distinguished; Sp 1261,2 (sanghatthero v ganthadhutangavasena ~o v bhikkhu-uddesako v). abhififieyya, mfn.,fppofabhijmtiqv. abhitthya, absoi o/abhititthati qv. abhithna, n. [from abhititthati, -ih- prob, mc], a deadly

crime (one of the six great crimes: mtughta, pitughta, arahantaghta, lohituppda, sanghabheda, afinasatthruddesaqqv; see also A I 27,13foil.); Khp6:10 (cha cbhithnni abhabbo ktum; Pj I 189,17: ~ni ti olrikatthnni) = Sn 231 quoted Kv 109,9*; see also nantarikakamma. abhinata, mfn., see sv abhinamati. abhinna in Ee at Sp 375,4 and 759,6 is wr for abhinna qv sv bhindati. abhinham (iic usually abhinha-), ind. [S. abhcsnam], repeatedly, again and again; constantly; Abh 1137; MII 65,18 (yassa tvam -am kittayamno ahosi); A III 68,1 (te afinamafinassa-am dassanakm ahesum); Sn 140 (te ca ppesu kammesu ~am upadissare); Th438 (~am paccavekkhanto); Jail 403,23 (mayam ~am parajjma); IV 438,2i* (mantayavho ~am); V 435,3* (uccrapassvam abhinha gacchati, Ee so, mc; Be, Ce, Se ~am); Pp 32,22 (ekacco puggalo ~am kuijhati); Mil 392,4 (pabbajitena -am paccavekkhitabban ti); Vism 644,31 (tass* evam sabbe sankhr bhijjanti bhijjanti ti -am passato); Sadd 900,16 (punappunam iti abhinhatthe); '-pattika, mfn., repeatedly committing an offence; Vin V 115,19 (-0 puggalo jnitabbo; Sp 1320,19: -o nma yo niccam pajjati); MI 442,27 (-0 hoti pattibahulo); Sp 1156,16 (--ttam); -krana, m. {or - , / ) [abhinham + krana1], continuous training; MI 446,7 (so - anupubbakran tasmim thne parinibbyati); abhinhadassana, abhinhamdassana, n., frequently seeing; Vin IV 211,21 (te -ena patibaddhacitt ahesum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhinhamdassanena); AIII 259,9 (mtugmassa ~am); Jal 190,5* (- ngo sineham aksi kukkure); abhinhatanko in Ce, Ee at Spk II 249,22 is wr for abhikkhantanko {Be, Se, SHI 1,14 so); abhinhasannipta, abhinhamsannipta, mfn., holding frequent assemblies; D II 73,29 (yvakivam ca ... Vajji - sanniptabahul bhavissanti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee abhinhamsannipta; Sv517,is: divasassa tikkhattum sannipatant pi antarantar sannipatant pi ~ nma) ^ AIV 16,12 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abhinhamsannipta); see also abhikkhanam, abhinhaso. abhinhaso, ind. [S. abhiksna^as], frequently; repeatedly, again and again; SI 194,19* (lbhi sukhavihrnam viveknam -0); Sn 559 (dullabham dassanam hoti sambuddhnam -o); Th25 (obhsajtam phalagam cittam yassa -0); 179 (sut dhamm -0; Th-aII 52,28: -0 ti bahuso, na klena klam); Ja V 6,4* (bahni phalajtni vahanti -o); see also abhikkhanam, abhinham. abhitakkayitv, ind. [absol. o/*abhi + takketi], trying to find, searching for; Dth 5:4 (yam dhammikam naravaram -itv). abhitatta, mfn., pp o/abhitapati qv. abhitapati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWtap], heats; distresses; Ja III 447,25' (purisam hi te -anti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se tapanti); pp abhitatta, mfn. [S. abhitapta], scorched; distressed, exhausted (by heat); ifc see unh-, gimha-, ghamm-. abhitappeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhitarpayati; c/tappati2], satisfies; refreshes; Ja IV 53,19* (samane ... annena pnen* -ayma; 54,19': -em ti attho);

196

part.pr. abhitappayanta, mfn.9 Mil 22,3 (mahata dhammmatameghena sakalalokam ~ayanto). abhitpa, m. [ts], extreme heat or pain; ifc see mdhi-, sisa-. abhitlita, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + tleti; S. abhitdita], struck; ifc see muggar-. abhititthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhitisthati], stands supreme over; overpowers; surpasses; D i l 261,14* (sahassabrahmaloknam Mahbrahm 'bhititthati; Sv 692,35: anne brahme abhibhavitv titthati); Ja IV 134,5* (kena Samvara vattena sanjte ~asi); V 85,I8* (yo niccayattena ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee niccayatto titthati); absol abhitthya, Ja VI 474,2* (bhatam pararajjehi abhitthya bahum dhanam; 474,6': abhitthya ti abhibhavitv). abhitunna, abhitunna, mfn. [pp of *abhi + tudati; BHS abhitunna, abhitrna], struck, harassed; Ja I 67,is (mahvedanhi ~o); Patis I 164,10 (asssenbhitunnassa passsapatilbhe mucchan samdhissa paripantho); Patis-a414,8 (dukkhbhitunno ti jtidukkhdihi anekehi dukkhehi ~o ativydhito atikampito, Be, Se so; Ce dukkhbhitunno ti... abhitunno; Ee dukkhbhitunno ti... abhitunno abhivydhito). abhito, ind. [S. abhitas], near, in the presence of (+ ace. or gen.); round about, on both sides (of, ace); Abhll95; MI 338,8* (yo brahmnam paripucchati Sudhammyam ~o sabham); Vv 64:1 (uyynabhmim ~o anukkamam; Vv-a275,io/o//.: ~o ti uyynabhmiy samipe, ~o ti hi padarn apekkhitv smi-atthe etam upayogavacanam, keci pana uyynabhmy ti pathanti, te saddanayam pi anupadhrent pathanti); JaV 363, \r (aham assa ~o rame santike rammi); VI 535,10* (rukkh Mucalindam ~osaram, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se ubhato; 535,25': Mucalindassa ubhayapassesu); Mhv 16:10 (Mahrittho mahmaeco ... rjnam ~o thito); Sadd 716,26 (~o gmam vasati); see also abhido. abhitosayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + tussati; S. abhWtus], gratifies; delights; part.pr. abhitosaya(t), mfn., Sn709 (jhyetha rukkhamlasmim attnam -ayam; Pj II 496,4: ativa tosento); aor. 3 sg. abhitosayi, Mhv 38:40. abhittarayamna, see sv abhittharati. abhitthanati, ~ayati,pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWstan], thunders; Ja I 332, l* (~aya Pajjunna nidhim kkassa nsaya; 332,6': tvam ~anto vijjut nicchrento vassapehi ti)= Cp 3:10:7; part.pr. abhitthananta, -ayanta, mfn., Ja I 330, is (ekam meghapatalam utthya ... ~antam); 332,6' (~anto) ^ Cp-a 238,32 (-ayanto); neg. anabhitthananta, anabhitthanayanta, mfn., Ja I 332,5' (devo nama anabhitthananto) ^ Cp-a238,3i (anabhitthanayanto); pp abhitthanita, mfn. [cf BHS abhistanita], thundering; resounding; Th-alll 140,7 (kunjarbhirud ti... hatthinam gocaresinam gajjitehi ~); Thi-a235,2o (abhigajjanti va ~ viya titthanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhitthunant). abhitthapita inEeat Ap-a30,n is wr for abhitthavita qv sv abhitthavati. abhittharati, pr. 3 sg. [an old error for *abhittarati; S. abhiVtvar], makes haste; Dhp 116 (~etha kalyne; Dhp-a III 4, n: -th ti turitaturitam sighasigham kareyy ti

attho; cf Udna-v 28:23: abhitvareta; PDhp 96: abhittaretha); caus. part.pr. abhittharayamna, abhittarayamna, mfn., urging on, inciting; Pj II 207,10 (bhagavato dassane tarn ~ayamno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhitthavayamno); 455,5 (brhmanam -ayamno) = Ps III 405,4 (Ce, Ee abhittarayamno; Be aticriyamno; Se abhitrayamno). abhitthava, m. [S. abhistava], praise; Dhtup 125 (thu -); 498; Sadd 496,24 (thu ~e). abhitthavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhistauti, abhistuvate; BHS abhistavati], praises; praises (someone in their presence); SI 194,io(yannnham yasmantam Annsikondanfiam bhagavato sammukh sarphi gthhi ~eyyan ti); Cp-a 162,3 I (devaputtarn ... ~anti panjalik namassamn titthanti); Sadd 3 63, I (thavati -ati); part.pr. (a) abhitthavanta, mfn., Ja VI 343,8' (-anto); Dhp-al 77,9 (satthu suvannavannam sariram ~anto); (b) abhitthavamna, mfn., Pj II 592,30; aor. 3 sg. abhitthavi, AIII 239,22 (sruppya gthya ~i) ^ Sn/?. 79,6; Ja III 531,24; 3 pl. abhitthavimsu, Ap-a 19,18 (= Jal 17,3: abhitthunimsu); absol. abhitthavitv, Jal 89,27 (atthahi narasihagthhi -itv); Ap255,n; Dth3:23; pass. pr. 3 sg. abhitthaviyati, Sadd 521,29 (~iyati); Pv-a22,9 (evamdihi gthhi ~iyamno Rjagaham pavisitv); pp (a) abhitthuta, mfn. [S. abhistuta], praised; Ja I 27,14 (bodhisatto pi devathi ~o) = Ap-a 30,ii (Ce so; Be, Se abhitthavito; Ee wr abhitthapito); Mhbvl,i6*; Sadd496,25 (thuto ~o); abhitthutaguna, mfn., whose qualities are praised; Dhp-a I 86,5 (ngarjena ~-guno) = As 34,29; (b) abhitthavita, mfn., praised; Ap-a 30,n (bodhisatto pi devathi ~o, Be, Se so; Ee wr abhitthapito; Ce abhitthuto); see also abhitthunti. abhitthavana, n., ~ , / [from abhitthavati], praise; Pj II 434,25 (abhitthavanagthsu); Thi-a73,i6 (in cpd: gunabhitthavanapubbakam); Sadd 363,1 (thavan ~). abhitthuta, w/h.,/?/?o/abhitthavati qv. abhitthuti,/ [from abhitthavati],praise; Sadd 363,2 (thuti ~i); 522,2. abhitthunti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhistauti; cf AMg abhitthunanti], praises; Sadd 496,24 (thu abhitthave: thunti ~ti); part.pr. abhitthunant, mfn., Pj II 207,13 (bhagavantam -anto); aor. 3 pl. abhitthunimsu, Ja I 17,3 (bodhisattam nnappakrehi thutihi ~imsu; = Ap-a 19,18: abhitthavimsu); see also abhitthavati. *abhithometi, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + thometi], praises; aor. 1 sg. abhithomayim, Ap 159,5 (buddham ~ayim); 423,13 (finam -ayim, Ce so; Be athavim aham; Ee, Se abhithom' aham). abhida, aor. 3 sg. o/bhindati qv. abhidakkhinam, ind. [S. abhidaksinam], to the right; Kv 478,4 (cetiyam ~am kareyy ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee padakkhinam). abhidantam, ind., or abhidanta, n. (?) [abhi + danta1], against the teeth; or the upper teeth; MI 120,36 (dante 'bhidantam dhya, Ce so; Be dantebhidantam; Se dantebhi dantam; Ee wr dantehi dantam; Ps II 93,26: dhy ti hetthdante uparidantam thapetv; Ps-t [Be] II 77,3: ~an ti abhibhavanadantam, uparidantan ti attho) *

197

242,24 (Ce so; Be dantebhidantam; Se dantebhi dantam; Ee wr dantehi dantam). abhidassana, n., or abhidassanam, ind. [cfS. abhidarSana], sight; appearance; or for the seeing; Ja VI 193,22* (tamtvam datthum mahrja ajja ... niyyhi -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ahidassanam; 193,25': tasm tvam mahrja ajja -am datthum niyyhi ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ahidassanam). abhidahara, mfn. [abhi + dahara], very young; Sadd 559,22 (kumro, so eva-tt kumrako). abhideyya, (mf)n. [fpp of *abhi + dadti; S. abhidadti], (what is) suitable to be given; what ought to be given; Pv-a 78,n (sabbbhideyyam patipanno hoti). abhido, ind. [prob. - abhito; cf S. abhitortram], near, towards; MII 34,29 foil. (-o addharattasamayam cando... -o majjhantikasamayam suriyo; Ps III 274,4: abhinne addharattasamaye); A III 407,19 (~o addharattam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr abhidose; Se abhidosa-addharattam; MpIII 406, s: abhi addharattam addharatte abhimukhibhute); 408,19 (-0 maijhantike bhattaklasamaye, Be, Ce so; Ee wr abhidose; Se abhidosa-). abhidosa 1 , m. [abstracted from abhidosam qv], nightfall; Abh 68 (~o padoso). abhidosa 2 , mfn. [abhi + dosa1], rotten, putrid; Sp 208,4 (ptibhvadosena abhibhto ti -0, -0 va bhidosiko) = Ps III 295,15. abhidosam (He abhidosa-), ind. [from abhi + dos; cfS. pradosam, pratidosam], in the evening, at dusk; yesterday evening; Ja VI 386, is (dosan ti -am, rattibhage ti attho); -klakata, -klakata, mfn., having died last evening; Vin 17,30 (-0 bhante Uddako Rmaputto ti; Sp 964,2: -oti hiyyo klakato) = MI 170,15 (Ps II 186,20: addharatte klakato); Ja 181,17 (Uddakam vajjesi, tasspi bhvam natv); -gata, mfn., who went yesterday evening; Ja VI 386,6* (386,10': ~o ti hiyyo pathamayme gato); see also bhidosika. abhidosika, see sv bhidosika. abhidose in Ee at A III 407,19 and 408,19 is wr for abhido qv. abhiddavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWdru], rushes on or against, attacks; part.pr. abhiddavanta, mfn., Dth 3:47 (-antam ... damesiyo lavakam pi yakkham); aor. 3 sg. abhiddavi, Mhv 6:5 (siho sattham -i). abhiddhamsiyati in Be, Ee at Pet 203,2 foil, is prob, wr, perhaps for ativassiyati qv sv ativassati. abhiddhamsit in Be, Ee at Pet 203,1 is prob, wr, perhaps for ativassanat qv. abhidhamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVdham], blows at or on (metal); Mill 243,16 (jtarpam gahetv ukkmukhe pakkhipeyya tarn enam klena klam -eyya) * A I 257,13 (klena klam -ati) quoted Vism 247,16. abhidhamma, m.n. [prob. abstracted from abhidhamme qv, but explained by cts as "higher, special dhamma"; BHS abhidharma], the name (of the analytic exposition) of the third pitaka of the Buddhist Canon; Vin I 98,35* (pamutthamhi ca suttante ~e ca tvade vinaye avinatthamhi puna titthati ssanam); IV 144,4 (ingha tvam suttante v gthyo v ~am v pariypunassu); V 86,12*; Ap44,n (suttantam ~am ca

vinayam cpi kevalam navarigam buddhavacanam); Mil 12,17 (kimhi nu kho 'ham Ngasenam pathamam vineyyam suttante v -e v ti); Vism 441,11 (ayam eva hi attho ~e); Sv \5,\i*foll. (dhammasanganivibharigam ca kathvatthum ca puggalam dhtuyamakapatthnam ~o ti vuccati); 1047,23 foil, (dhammo ti suttapitakam ~o ti satta pakaranni... atha v suttapitakam pi -pitakam pi dhammo eva, maggaphalni -0); Dhp-aIII 326,19 (Sriputtattherassa santikam agamimha so pi no atisanham bahum ~am eva kathesi); Pv-a 137,12 (~am desetum nisinno); As 2, n foil, (ken* atthena ~o, dhammtirekadhammavisesatthena); Sadd 82,25* (~asm imni gahitni); 453.23 (bahni vevacanapadni ~ato gahetabbni); 752,26 (atireko adhiko v dhammo ~o); 883,8 (abhi icc upasaggo... visitthe ~o); Mhv 37:221 (plim hbhidhammassa attham assana so 'dhig); 48:141 (~am kathpesi); 0 - k a t h \ / , a discourse on the Abhidhamma; Abhidhamma teaching; Ja IV 265,19 (devnam ~am katheti); Mil 16,5 (gambhlrya ~ya lokuttarya sunnatpatisamyuttya); Dhp-al 299,15 (tassa me cariyo ~am kathesi upajjhyo vinayakatham); see also abhivinaya. abhidhammakath1, see sv abhidhamma. abhidhammakath 2 ,/ [abhi + dhamma + kath], a discourse about the doctrine or about dhammas; MI 214.24 (dve bhikkh -am kathenti); A III 392,30 (bhikkhnam -am kathentam; cf MpIII 401,6: -an ti abhidhammamissakam katham); see also abhidhamme. abhidhammika, mifn)., see sv bhidhammika. abhidhamme, ind. [abhi + loc. (or ace. pi.) of dhamma; often taken by cts as loc. of abhidhamma qv], as regards the doctrine; as regards dhamma^; Vin I 64,28 (~e vinetum abhivinaye vinetum; Sp 990,3: -e ti nmarpaparicchede vinetum); MI 472,5 (-e abhivinaye yogo karaniyo; c/Ps III 185,3: abhidhammapitake c' eva vinayapitake ca); 11239,4 (siyamsu dve bhikkh -e nnvd; c/PsIV29,3: -e ti abhivisitthe dhamme, imesu sattatimsabodhapakkhiyadhammes ti attho); AI 288,20 (-e kho pana abhivinaye panham puttho samsdeti); see also abhivinaye. abhidhtabba, mfn. [fpp of *abhi + dahati1; S. abhidhtavya], to be expressed; to be signified; Sadd 648,tfoll. (~e nipphajjate ... aggimhi -e aggini ti nipphajjate gini ti ca); 845,13 (bhve -e dhthi napaccayo hoti: pacanam pko); see also abhidheyya. abhidhna, n. [ts], telling; name; expression; Abh 114 (-am nmam); Nidd-a I 4,17 (sakim vuttassa ca puna pi -am vivaranam); Sadd 65,3 (pariyyavacanan tica -an ti ca sankh ti dini ca ekatthni adhippetni); 347,17; 363,28 (atr' imni itthinam -ni). abhidhyi(n), mfn. [S. abhidhyin], speaking; expressing; ifc see hithita-. abhidhrayi, aor. 3 sg. [of caus. of *abhi + dharati; S. abhidhrayati], held up; maintained; Bv4:l (tamam loke nihantvna dhammokkam -i) = Ja I 34,15*. abhidhvati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhidhvati], runs towards; rushes against; hurries; SI 209, H* (-atha bhaddan te); Ja VI 559,17* (puttak... samant-m-abhidhvanti);

198

Ap 442,1 (buddharamsbhidhvare, Ee, Se so; Be buddharamsi 'bhidhvare; Ce buddharamsi vidhvare); Th-a 1245,6 (~ati na titthati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atidhvati); part.pr. abhidhvanta, m/(~anti)/i., Vv-a200,9 (nam tarunavacch gvi ~anti); aor. 3 sg. abhidhvi, Vin II 195,7 (Nlgiri hatthi... yena bhagav tena ~i); Ja VI 7, n; 3 pi. abhidhvimsu, Ja VI 586,9*. abhidhvi(n), mfn. [from abhidhvati], running up; hurrying; Ja VI 559,7* (te mig viya ukkann samant -m -abhidhvino). abhidheyya, mfn. and n. [fpp of *abhi + daha1; S. abhidheya], 1. (mfn.) to be expressed or named or signified; Thi-a23,9 (gharasaddo hi ekasmim pi ~e kadci bahsu... rlhivasena vohariyati); Sadd 849, I (sannyam ~yam); 2. (n.) meaning, signification; Sadd65,i6/o//. (yesam attho uttno, tesam pi padnam ~am na kathessma, nibbacanamattam eva nesam kathessma, yesam pana gambhiro attho, tesam ~am kathessma); -linga, n., (gr.t.t.) a substantive; Abh 833; Sadd 247,2 foil. (~ni ti padhnalingni gunipadasankhtni v lingni); -lingika, mfn., agreeing with a substantive, adjectival; Abh 841 (santo 'bhidheyyalingiko); see also abhidhtabba. abhinata, abhinata, mfn. \pp of *abhi + namati; S. abhinata], bent towards, inclined towards; S I 28,3I (cittam... na cbhinatam na cpanatam; Spk I 80,23: rgnugatam pana cittam ~am nma hoti); AIV 428,4 (samdhi na cbhinato na cpanato); PatisI 165, H (-am cittam rgnupatitam samdhissa paripantho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhinntam; Patis-a472,n: -an ti assdavatthsu bhusam natam allinam); 165, I9* (~am apanatam cittam na samdhiyati, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se abhinntam,proZ>. wr); anabhinata, anabhinata, mfn., not inclined towards, not bent upon; MI 386,22*; PatisII 206,16 (~am cittam rage na injati ti nenjam) quoted Vism 386,13. abhinadati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWnad], makes a noise, sounds; Th 22 (mora Kramviyam ~anti); part.pr. abhinadanta, mfn., Ja IV 188,24 (siho viya ~anto); VI 531,19' (samant ~ant vicaranti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhindent); Ap28,n (catuddis viloketv tikkhattum abhinadati, Be, Ce, Se so, mcl Ee abhindayi); aor. 3. sg. [cfS. anadit, andlt], (a)abhinadi, Mil 142,11 (evarpam buddhasihandam ~i ti); (b) abhindittha, Ap 421,6 (kso abhindittha asaniy phalantiy); 3 pi abhinadimsu, Bv-a211,i3 (suradundubhiyo ~imsu); absol. (a)abhinaditvna, Ja IV 233,26* (ngo konco va ~itvna, Be, Ce, Se, L. Alsdorf, 1967, p. 27 so; Ee naditv, prob, wr); (b) abhinditv, Bv9:ll (siho sim... tikkhattum abhinditv, eds so; Bv-a 181,4: tikkhattum sfliandam naditv); pp abhinadita, (mf)n., sound, noise; ifc see konc- (jvkonca1), cihacih-; caus. pr.3 sg. abhindeti, ~ayati, causes to sound; fills with noise; Jail 67,12* (ko nu saddena mahata ~eti Daddaram; 67,14': Daddarapabbatam ekandam karoti); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhindayi, Ja II 8,19* (siho ca siandena Daddaram ~ayi); (b) abhindayittha, JaV 409,4* (dasa dis im ~ayittha); pp abhinadita, mfn., made to make a sound; filled with noise; Ja VI 328,13' (tasmim rukkhe etehi naccdihi ~ite);

530,19* (bhamar pupphagandhena ... samant -mabhindit); Pv-a 157,6 (hamsehi ca koncehi ca ~it). abhinandati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWnand; cf BHS abhinandati], rejoices at, welcomes; approves of; is pleased at; Vin I 11,32 (bhikkh bhagavato bhsitam ~anti); MI 266,29 (so tarn vedanam -ati abhivadati ajjhosya titthati); 457,28 (~atu bhante bhagav bhikkhusangham abhivadatu bhante bhagav bhikkhusarigham); SI 32,16* (annam evbhinandanti ubhayo devamnus); IV 208,21 (so dukkhya vedanya phuttho samno kmasukham ~ati); Sn973 (cudito vacii satimbhinande); Dhp 75 (sakkram nbhinandeyya); Vv 17:7 (tarn tybhinandmase svgatam ca te; Vv-a91,n: tarn te duvidham pi sampattim ~ma anumodma); 52:1 (cirappavsim purisam... ntimitt suhajj ca ~anti gatam); Th 196 (nbhinandmi maranam nbhinandmi jivitam) quoted Mil 45,3* and Sadd330,n (nbhikankhmi maranam); JaV 467,22* (yassa me dassanena tvam nbhinandasi brhmana); Niddl 434,20 (nbhinandissasi); Mil 69,2 (sabbe blaputhujjan... ajjhattikabhire yatane ~anti abhivadanti); part.pr. (a) abhinanda(t), mfn., S IV 208,24 (~ato); Sn 1111; neg. anabhinanda(t), mfn., Mil 265,n; Mil 69,8; (b) abhinandanta, m/(~anti)., Mill 196,3 (~anto); JaV 261, is' (-antiyo); Vism 346,12* (~anto); Spk II 261,25 (vcam ~anto); neg. anabhinandanta, mfn., It-aII 65,5 (jivitam ca anabhinandanto); (c)abhinandamna, mfn., SHI 75,28 (~amno... baddho Mrassa anabhinandamno mutto ppimato); Ja III 335,16; neg. anabhinandamna, mfn., SHI 75,28; aor. 3sg. (a)abhinandi, D I 158,32 (bhagavato bhsitam ~i); Ja VI 117,19* (mt va puttam sakim bhinandi, mc); (b) abhinandittha, Ap581,i5 (nbhinandittha so dnam); 3pl. (a)abhinandum, D I 46,28 (te bhikkh bhagavato bhsitam ~un ti); (b) abhinandimsu, SIV 188,2; Ja IV 73,9; absol. abhinanditv, Vin I 181,27 (bhagavato bhsitam -itv anumoditv) * D II 76,9 * Ud 16,6; Ja I 145,s; neg. anabhinanditv, MII 24,14 ([bhsitam] anabhinanditv appatikkositv); Ja VI 414, is; pass, part.pr. abhinandiyamna, mfn., Vv-a229,28 (mtpitaro vanditv tehi ~iyamno); Bv-a94,37 (Dipankaro... devathi -iyamno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhivandiyamno); pp abhinandita, mfn. and n. [cf S. abhinandita], \.(mfn.) welcomed; liked; Th 394 (passa... samussayam ... blnam ~am, perhaps to 2.; Th-a II 168,20foil.: blehi andhaputhujjanehi ditthitanhmndii aham maman ti abhinivissa nanditam); Ja IV 274,25' (devalokena ~o hutv); neg. anabhinandita, mfn., not welcomed; undesirable; Mill 244,26 (so sukham ce vedanam vedeti s ... anabhinandita ti pajnti) = S II 82,23; Mill 245,3 (idh* eva sabbavedayitni anabhinanditni sitibhavissanti ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr abhinanditni) = SII 83,5; Nett 16,31 (vinnnam anhram anabhinanditam ... appatisandhikam tarn nirujjhati); 2. (n.) liking; delight; Thi 458 (kirn bhavagatena -na kyakalin asrena); fpp bhinanditabba, mfn., D II 124,7 (bhsitam n' eva ~am na patikkositabbam); MI 109,35 (ettha ce n' atthi ~am; Ps II 75,12: aham mam ti ~am) quoted As 5,3; Vism 642,22 (yam aniccam dukkham

199

anatt na tarn ~am yam ca anabhinanditabbam na tattha rajjitabbam); neg. anabhinanditabba, mfii., Vism 642,23. abhinandana, H., ~ , / [BHSabhinandana, abhinandan], welcome; pleasure, delight; D I 244,19 (abhinandanahetu); MI 411,21 (ayarn ditthi... samyogya santike ~ya santike ajjhosanya santike); SI 181,11* (y kci kankh ~ v; Spkl 265,21: ~ ti abhinandanavasena tanh va vutt); Ja IV 397,22' (k panca kmagune nissya ~, Ce so; Ee wr kmanca; Be abhinandi; Se abhinandi); Nidd I 428,4 (~am... pajaheyya); ifc see tatratatra-; anabhinandana, n. or ~ a , / , displeasure, disgust; MI 411,25 (ayam ditthi... asamyogya santike ~ya santike). abhinandi(n), mfn. [S. abhinandin], rejoicing at; finding pleasure in; Sv 800,2 (yatra yatra attabhvo tatra tatra ~ini); Ps II 406,28 (tanhditthivasena pathaviy ~ino); ifc see p-, tatratatra-, pathav- (sv pathavi). abhinaya, m. [ts], a (dramatic) gesture; dramatic representation; Abh 101; Spklll 103,5 (kmassdasamyutt kradassanak ~); Nidd-al 411,30 (ntakan ti ~am dassetv ugganhpanam); ifc see skh-. abhinava, mfn. [ts], quite new, fresh; recent; modern; Abh 713; Ja II 143,4 (Sakko ~e devaputte apassanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -devaputte); Sp 481,6 (nesam ~o sariravanno uppajji); Spklll 203,5 (~am vipassanam patthapento viya); Mp III 43,21 (~am pi muttam ptimuttam eva); Dhp-al 272,10 (~ devaputt nibbatt, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee -devaputt); Pv-a87,i (paccagghan ti~am mahaggham v); abhinavasanthnni in Ee at Pv-a 40,23 is wrfor abhinna- (Be, Ce, Se so). abhinikjati, *abhinikujjati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhinikjati], utters inarticulate sounds; coos, warbles (as a bird); aor. 1 sg. abhinikjim, Ap 489,25 (manjimbhinikj' aham, Be so; Ee, Se manjun abhikj' aham; Ce manjundena kj' aham; Ap-a 520,10: madhurena pemaniyena sarena ~im saddam nicchresim ahan ti attho); pp abhinikjita, abhinikujjita, mfii. and n., I. (mfn.) [BHS abhinikjita], resounding with; full of the noise of; Ja V 305,10' (Kusarjakule ... kokilhi ~e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhinikkujjite); ifc see kokil-; 2. (n.) noise, barking; Ja V 232,20* (nbhijnmi sonena pihgalena ~am, Ee so; Be pingalenbhikjitam; Ce, Se pingalenbhikujjitam; 232,23'foil.: etena tava sunakhena evam mahviravena viravitam na jnmi). abhinikkhama, m. [from abhinikkhamati], going out (from worldly life); Bv 1:70 (okkanti me samo n'atthi jtito ~e). abhinikkhamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhinisVkram; BHS abhiniskramati], goes out, comes out; esp. goes out from a worldly life, retires from the world; Thi478 (ajj' eva tta ~issam bhogehi kirn asrehi); Ja VI 144,9* (-assu deva, saggam gato tvam pamodissasi; 144, in ~a); As 91,4 (aho vatyam kucchigato gabbho na sotthin ~eyy ti); Pet 47,14 (yo gedham natv ~ati); part.pr. abhinikkhamanta, mfn., It-all 82,23 (agramajjhe vasanto -anto); aor. 3 sg. abhinikkhami, Vv 81:16 (so addharattyam bodhya-m-abhinikkhami); Mhv 35:33 (raja

yuddhya ~i); 1 sg. abhinikkhamim, Th 1110 (sabbam idam calam iti pekkhamno ~im amatam padam jigisam); absol. (a) abhinikkhamma, Th 195 (saddhya abhinikkhamma); Ap 64,23 (agra abhinikkhamma pabbajim anagriyam); (b) abhinikkhamitv, Sn 64 (ksyavattho ~itv); Ja I 56,25 (mahbhinikkhamanam ~itv); Ap 14,2; pp (a) abhinikkhanta, mfn. [S. abhiniskrnta], come out; gone out (from a worldly life); Ap 140,3 (sambuddham... pavar -antam); Mil 285,14 (Gotamo bodhisatto nekkhammam ~o); (b) abhinikkhamita,(m/)/2., going out; escaping from; '-sa, mfn., hoping to get out; wishing for escape; Nidd I 405,29* (~'-s te satt mokkhagavesino; Nidd-a 1426, is: ~* -s te ti niray nikkhamitum s etesan ti)= II 170,31*. abhinikkhamana, n. [BHS abhiniskramana], coming out; going out, leaving a worldly life; Dil 51,15 (Vipassissa ... bhagavato ... evam ~am ahosi); Ja VI 1,7 (mama pritapramissa rajjam chaddetv ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se mahbhinikkhamanam); 144, ir (idni te -klo); Bv-a 55,3i (mtukucchito ~e); ifc see maha-. abhinikkhipimsu, aor. 3 pi. [of *abhi + nikkhipati], (they) threw down (into); Dth3:12 (angraksum abhisankharimsu ... pajjalitya tya ... titthiy te tarn dantadhtum ~imsu). abhinigganhan, / [from abhinigganhti], taking hold of; restraining; Vin III 121,15 (kaddhan patikaddhan - abhinippilan gahanam chupanam; 121,21: ~ nma angarn gahetv nigganhan); Sp 535,26 (~ya hatthe v bhya v dalharn gahetv yojanam pi gacchato ek va patti). abhinigganhti, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhinigrhnati], takes hold of; holds fast, restrains; Vin III 121,29 (bhikkhu... itthiy kyena kyam masati... -ti abhinippfleti ganhti chupati); MI 121,7 (balav puriso dubbalataram purisam... ~eyya abhinippileyya abhisantpeyya); A V 230,13 (ekacco adhammikena vdena adhammikam vdam -ti abhinippfleti); part.pr. abhinigganha(t), mfn., MI 121,2 (cetas cittarn -ato abhinippilayato abhisantpayato); absol. abhinigganhitv, Spk I 36,14 (cetas cittam ~itv); fpp abhinigganhitabba, mfn., MI 120,37 (cetas cittam Mtabbam abhinippiletabbam abhisantpetabbam). abhinighta, m. [abhi + nighta], suppression; destruction; -paflfiatti,/, an expression for suppression or destruction; Nett 59,28 (~i ppaknam akusalnam dhammnam). abhinijjhpetabba, mfn. [fpp o/*abhi + nijjhpeti], to be led to observe or meditate; ? to be won over; ? Nidd II 188,37 (katharn neyyo tathvidho ti katham so netabbo vinetabbo ... ~o pekkhitabbo pasdetabbo katham assa uttarinnam uppdetabbam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce nijjhpetabbo). abhiniddisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiniWdiS], points out, indicates, characterizes; D i l i 168,21* (piyadassano ti -anti nam). abhinindriya in Ee is wrfor ahinindriya qv sv jahati. abhininnamana, n. [from abhininnmeti], bending; directing; Patis-a233,5(abhiniharane~e chekabhvo).

200

abhininnmeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*abhi + ni(s) + namati; BHS abhinirnmayati], bends; stretches out; directs (towards, dat./gen.); D I 81,12 (pubbenivsnussatinnya cittam abhiniarati ~eti); MI 183,3 (sattnam cutpaptannya cittam~eti); SI 123,25 (kakkatako alam ~eyya); IV 178,7 (kacchapo ... arigam -essati); A1254,33 (cittam ~eti abhinnsacchikiriyya); PatisI 111,22 (iddhividhnnya cittam abhiniharati ~eti; Patis-a 346,13: ~eti ti adhigantabba-iddhiponam iddhipabbhram karoti); part.pr. abhininnmenta, mfn., Vv-a244,8 (vipassanvasena cittam ~ento); aor. 3 sg. abhininnmesi, S IV 178,n ([kacchapo] arigam na ~esi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~i); 1 sg. abhininnmesim, Vin III 5,22 (savnam khayannya cittam -esim); absol abhininnmetv, Sp 159,3 (cittam ~etv va saranti); pp abhininnmita, mfn., bent; directed; It-all 135,8(citte ~ite). abhinipajjati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + nipajjati], lies down on, lies down beside or with (+ ace. or loc); Vin IV 273,6 foil, (smike anpucch sane abhinisidati pi ~ati pi... ~issati... ~eyya); A III 92,2 (bhikkhum ... mtugmo upasarikamitv abhinisidati ~ati ajjhottharati); IV 188,23 (assjniyo... jegucchi hoti ueeram v passvam v abhinisiditum v ~itum v); pass, part.pr. abhinipajjiyamna, mfn., A III 92,3 (so mtugmena abhinisidiyamno ~iyamno ajjhotthariyamno); fpp abhinipajjitabba, mfn., Vin II 271,2 (na bhikkhave bhikkhuniy onaddhamancam onaddhapitham abhinisiditabbam ~itabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhinipajjpeti, forces to lie down (on, ace); A IV 133,2 (tattam ayomancam ... abhinisidpeyya v ~peyya v) quoted Vism 56,12. abhinipajjana, n. [from abhinipajjati], lying down (on or beside); Sp 781,2 (abhinisidanamattena -matten' eva v pcittiyam). abhinipatati, pr. 3 sg. [cf BHS abhinipatati], falls upon; rushes at; Ja II 8,3 (vegen' eva tarn kammam kturn ~ati pakkhandati); Ps I 211,12 (patisandhivinnnam ca yasmim yasmim thne ~ati tasmim tasmim thne patisandhinmarpam gahetv va nibbattati). abhinipta, m. [cf S. abhinipta], falling on; touch, contact; Vibh 307,27 (pancahi vinfinehi na kanci dhammam pativijnti annatra -matt; Vibh-a405,i3: thapetv rpdinam -mattam); Ps I 210,29 (vinnne ~o eva bhayam). abhinipitana, n. [from caus. of abhinipatati; cfS. abhiniptayati], throwing down; striking; ifc see dandasattha-. abhinipti(n), mfn. [from abhinipatati or abhinipta], falling upon, rushing at; ifc see turit-. abhinipuna, mfn. [abhi + nipuna], very clever, very acute; Dili 163,20* (~ manuj vykarimsu; Sv 936,1 foil.: atinipun sukhumapann lakkhanapthak manuss). abhinippajjati, see sv abhinipphajjati. abhinippata, (mf)n. [from abhinipphajjati? wr for *abhinipphana, mc for abhinipphanna ?] or abhinippata(t), mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + ni(s) + patati, S. abhinisVpat ?], outcome, result; (or issuing;) Ja VI 36,7* (tattha ko vymen' attho maccu yassbhinippatam,

Be, Ce, Ee so; Se yassbhinipphatam; 36,8': yassa... maranam eva nipphatti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nipphannam). abhinippatt in Ee at Dhs 1035 and anabhinippatt in Ee at Dhs 1036 are wrrfor abhinibbatt and anabhinibbatt (Be, Ce,Seso). abhinippanna, see sv abhinipphajjati. abhinippilana, ., ~ , / [from abhinippileti], pressing; Vin III 121,15 (abhinigganhan - gahanam chupanam; 121,22: - nma kenaci saha nippilan); Vism 622,3 (pdassa pathaviy saddhim -am). abhinippileti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [prob, abhi + ni + pfleti, -pp- by analogy with uppileti qv; but cf BHS abhinispidayati], presses; crushes; oppresses, troubles; Vin III 121,29 (abhinigganhti ~eti ganhti chupati); D i l 115,16 (atha kincarahi tvam nanda tathgatam yvatatiyakam ~esi ti); MI 121,7 (balav puriso dubbalataram purisam ... abhinigganheyya -eyya abhisantpeyya); A V 230,13 (ekacco adhammikena vdena adhammikam vdam abhinigganhti ~en); part.pr. abhinippilaya(t), mfn., MI 121,2 (cetas cittam abhinigganhato ~ayato abhisantpayato); aor. 3 sg. abhinippilesi, Vism 399,38 (thero ... Nandopanandam ... Sinerun saddhim ~esi) = Th-alll 178,9; absol. abhinippiletv, Vism 400,7 (ayam mam Sinerun ~etv) = Ih-a III 178,H; fpp abhinipplletabba, mfn., M I 120,37 (cittam abhinigganhitabbam ~etabbam abhisantpetabbam). abhinipphajjati (also in Ee written abhinippajjati), pr. 3 sg. [S. abhinisVpad], arises, is produced; M I 86,2 (tassa ... kulaputtassa evam utthahato ghatato vyamato te bhog nbhinipphajjanti) = Nidd II 121,25 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nbhinippajjanti); Cp -a 310,6 (mahpurisassa ... manorath sigham -anti); pp abhinipphanna (also in Ee written abhinippanna), mfn., produced, accomplished; D II 223,24 (~o kho pana tassa bhagavato lbho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhinippanno); Mil 225,14 (svssa attho ~o hoti); Mil 8,23 (aggasassam ~am); Sp 124,15 (yam yam etena icchitam patthitam... tassa tassa tathevatt, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee abhinippannatt); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhinipphdeti, produces, effects; makes appear; obtains; Vin III 223,6 (tarn civaram ~eti); D I 78,14 (yam yad eva bhjanavikatim karikheyya tarn tad eva kareyya ~eyya); SV 256,2 (iddhipadesam -essanti); Mil 39,23 (ime dhamm nn sant ekam attham ~enti ti); part.pr. abhinipphdenta, mfn., Vin V 35,3i (civaram -ento dve pattiyo pajjati); aor. 3 sg. abhinipphdesi, Vin II 183,23 (Devadatto pothujjanikam iddhim ~esi); 3pi abhinipphdesum, SV 255,30; /?/? abhinipphdita, mfn., produced, obtained; Vin III 223,n (idam me bhante civaram atirekatikkhattum codanya ... ~itam nissaggiyam). abhinipphatti in Ee at D i l 283,22 is prob, wr for abhinibbatti qv. abhinipphanna, mfn., pp of abhinipphajjati qv. abhinipphdana, n. [from abhinipphdeti], producing, effecting; Sadd 691,26 (-lakkhanam kattukrakam). abhinipphdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of abhinipphajjati qv. abhinibbajjana, abhimbbijjana, n. [from abhinibbajjayati, abhinibbijjayati], shunning; Pj II 311,21 ( -matten' eva,

201

Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhinibbijjana-). abhinibbajjayati, abhinibbijjayati {with palatalisation of -a- before -jj-) [abhi + ni(s) + vajjeti; cf BHS abhinirvarjya], avoids, shuns; AIV 172,6* (sabbe samagg hutvna -aytha nam) = Sn281 (Ce, Ee so; Be abhinibbajjiytha; Se abhinibbijjiytha; Pj II 311,20: vivajjeyytha m bhajeyytha); see also abhinibbajjana. abhinibbatta, mfn., pp 0/abhinibbattati qv. abhinibbattaka, mfn. [from abhinibbatteti], producing, causing to come into being; ifc see khandh'-. abhinibbattati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhinin/vrt], results (from); is produced; becomes, is reborn; D II 63,8 (api nu kho nmarpam itthattya ~issath ti); S IV 215,23 (dvinnam katthnam sanghattanasamodhan usm jyati tejo ~ati); Nidd I 266,4 (jyati sanjyati nibbattati ~afi ti); Pp 51,14 (yassa puggalassa utthahato... jivo ~ati); pp abhinibbatta, mfn. [S. abhinirvrtta], resulting; produced; reborn; Mil 152,i2(aggi~o); Dhs 1035 (sanjt nibbatt ~ ptubht, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhinippatt); Niddl 4,16 (so kmacchandojtohoti sanjto nibbatto ~o ptubhto); ifc see pathama-; neg. anabhinibbatta, mfn., not produced; Dhs 1036 (anabhinibbatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anabhinippatt); Kv 117,4 (anibbattam anabhinibattam aptubhtam); see also lokiyalokuttarasukhbhinibbattaka; caus. pr. 3 sg. abhinibbatteti, ~ayati, produces; causes to come into being; D i l 216,15 (nnadassanam ~eti); MI 240,32 foil, (puriso gaccheyya uttarranim dya aggim -essmi tejo ptukarissmi ti... aggim ~eyya); II 152,4 (aggim ~entu); A III 411,24 (attabhvam ~eti); Vism583,n (vinnnam patisandhiyam anekappakaram nmarpam ~eti mykro viya myam); part.pr. (a) abhinibbattenta, mfn., S III 152,15 (evam eva kho bhikkhave assutav puthujjano rpam yeva ~ento eti); neg. anabhinibbattenta, mfn., Nidd-al 308,13; (b) abhinibbattaya(t), mfn., Mill 53,8 (attabhvapatilbham ~ayato); (c) abhinibbattayamna, mfn., Niddl 331,io (rgam... anibbattayamno nbhinibbattayamno ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anabhinibbattayamno); neg. anabhinibbattayamna, mfn., Niddl 51,24 (rgam khantim akubbamno ajanayamno asanjanayamno anibbattayamno anabhinibbattayamno) * 331,10 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se nbhinibbattayamno); aor. 3 pl. abhinibbattesum, A V 47,4; absol. abhinibbattetv, Niddl 295,7; p p abhinibbattita, mfn., produced; brought into being; Th-al 185,3 (yam may katam upacitam ~am vipkakammam, Be, Se so; Ce abhinibbattavipkakammam; Ee abhinibbattivipkakammam); dhammakkhana, m., the moment at which states are produced; As 341,23. abhinibbattana, n. [from abhinibbattati; BHS abhinirvartana], the being produced, production; the being reborn; Sv738,i6 (ej... purisam tattha tattha 0, -atthya kaddhati); Ps II 288,6 (manthanenpi aggino -am); Nidd-a II 16,29 ('-atthena abhinibbatti); anabhinibbattana, n., non-production; Ps II 287,30 (amanthanenpi aggino-am). abhinibbatti, / [S. abhinirvrtti], production; becom-

ing; birth, rebirth; D1229,7 (ye keci 'me dibb gabbh paripcenti dibbnam bhavnam ~iy); II 283,22 (ej imam purisam parikaddhati tassa tass' eva bhavassa ~iy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhinipphattiy, prob, wr); Mil 181,11 (khattiyakule ce attabhvassa -i hoti); A III 400,2 (tanh hinamsibbati tassa tass* eva bhavassa ~iy); V 121,7 (-i kho vuso dukkh anabhinibbatti sukh); Vibh 99,14 (jti sanjti okkanti ~i khandhnam ptubhvo yatannam patilbho ayam vuccati jti); Dhp-al 363,10 (smikassa santike ~im patthesi); As 341,14 (jyamnassa hi -mattam jyati ti); Sadd 485,25 (jti sanjti nibbatti ~i khandhnam ptubhvo ti pariyy); ifc see punabbhav-; anabhinibbatti, / , the not becoming; not coming into existence; A V 121,7. abhinibbti, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + nibbti], becomes quenched; realises nibbna; Saddh450 (~ti atandito ghatanto); see also abhinibbna, abhinibbuta. abhinibbna, n. [abhi + nibbna], quenching; extinction; -gata, mfn., who has realised nibbna; Pet 19,i (sayamkatena saccena tena attan ~o vitinnakankho vibhavam ca iiatv lokasmim tva khinapunabbhavo so bhikkhu); see also abhinibbti, abhinibbuta. abhinibbijja, ind. [absol of *abhi + ni(s) + vindati; cfS. nirvidya], or abhinibbijjha, ind. [absol. of *abhi + nibbijjhati; cf S. niWvyadh, nirvidhya], finding out; examining, analysing; or piercing through; Thi84 (tato sakya pannya abhinibbijja dakkhisam, Ee, Se so; Ce abhinibbhijja; Be abhinibbijjha; Thi-a85,i4: ghanavinibbhogakaranena abhinibbijja, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se abhinibbijjha) * Ap 576,8 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhinibbijjha). abhinibbijjana, see sv abhinibbajjana. abhinibbijjayati, see sv abhinibbajjayati. abhinibbijjitum in Ee at AIV 126,6 is wr for abhinibbhijjitum (Be, Ce so). abhinibbijjeyyum in Ee at SHI 153,19 is wr for abhinibbhijjeyyum (Be, Ce, Se so). abhinibbijJnana, see sv abhinibbhijjana. abhinibbijjheyya in Ee, Se at Vin III 3,35 is prob, wr for abhinibbhijjeyya (Be, Ce so). abhinibbidpaiifiatti in eds at Nett 61,8 is prob, wr for abhinibbhidapaniiatti. abhinibbidh in Ee, Se at Vin III 4,35, in Ee, Se at AIV 177,28, and in Be, Ee at Nett 98,32 is wr for abhinibbhid qv. abhinibbuta, mfn. [abhi + nibbuta], cooled; calmed; quenched; Nidd II 94,4; Mp III 354,11 (abbhantare kilesbhvena ditthadhamme yeva ~); Pj II 596,23 (rgdinibbnena ca ~); Saddh 35 (adadant ciram thtum lajjit vbhinibbut); ifc see ditthadhamm, -; 0, -atta, mfn. [abhinibbuta + atta(n)], with thoughts calmed; with self quenched; Sn 343 (nto yasassi ~o; Pj II 347,18: ~o ti guttacitto aparidayhamnacitto v); 456; Jail 383,8* (asankamn ~ hatthattam yanti mam' andaj pure, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhinibbutacitt; 383, n': mayi sankam akatv abhinibbutacitt va hutv); Nidd I 71,7 (rgassa nibbpitatt dosassa nibbpitatt mohassa nibbpitatt ~o). abhinibbhijja, ind. [absol. o/*abhi + ni(s) + bhindati;

202

Ztf/S abhinirbhidya; cf S. nirbhidya], splitting asunder; breaking through; MI 73,6(sattandakosam~a jyanti; Ps II 36,7 foil.: bhinditv nikkhamanavasena jyanti); see also abhinibbhijjati, abhinibbhid. abhinibbhijjati,/?r. 3 sg. [from *abhi + ni(s) + bhindati; cfS. nirbhidyate], bursts through; breaks out; Vin III 3,35 (andakosam padaletv sotthin ~eyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhinibbijjheyya, prob, wr) * M I 104,8 (~eyyum) = S III 153,19 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhinibbijjeyyum); MI 104,io (~itum) * A I V 126,6 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr abhinibbijjitum; Se abhinibbijjhitum); see also abhinibbhijja, abhinibbhid. abhinibbhijjana, n. [from abhinibbhijjati], bursting through, breaking out; Spl40,i6 (andakosam padaletv ... sotthin -klo, Ee so; Be, Ce abhinibbhidklo; Se abhinibbidklo; = Ps II 71,s: abhinibbhidklo); Nett-a232,34 (kilesbhisankhrnam ~ato abhinibbhidsankhtam ariyamaggam adhigantum na ca bhabbo, so read? Ee abhinibbijjhanato abhinibbidhsankhtam). abhinibbhid, / [from *abhi + ni(s) + bhindati; cf BHS abhinirbheda], bursting through; breaking out; Vin III 4,35 (ayam ... patham ~ ahosi kukkutacchpakasseva andakosamh, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr abhinibbidh) * M I 357,27; MI 104,i (bhabbo ~ya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be wr abhinibbidya; Ps II 69,3o: ~y ti finena kilesabhedya); Nett 98,32 (na ca bhabbo abhinibbhid gantun ti, so read ? Be, Ee abhinibbidh; Ce abhinibbid); Spl40,i6 (andakosam padaletv... sotthin -klo, Be, Ce so; Se abhinibbid-; Ee abhinibbhijjanaklo) = Ps II 71,8 = Spkll 329,31 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhinibbidklo) = Mp IV 62,M; see also abhinibbhijja, abhinibbhijjati. abhinimantana, n. [from abhinimanteti], an invitation; MI 331,32(brahmunoca -tya). abhinimanteti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiniVmantr], invites (someone, ace.) to (instr.); offers; D 161,2 (~eyyma pi nam ci varapindaptasensanagilnapaccayabhesajj aparikkhrehi)= Mil 89,8. abhinimmadana, n. [from *abhi + nimmadeti], subduing; controlling; Mill \32,i6foil, (rannakam ngam damayhi raMaknam c' eva silnam ~ya rannaknam c'eva sarasankappnam ~ya); 136,16 foil, (ariyasvakassa ime cattro satipatthn cetaso upanibandhan honti gehasitnam c' eva silnam ~ya gehasitnam c' eva sankappnam ~ya); AIV 189,4 (yni kho pan' assa stheyyni... tesam assa srathi ~ya vyamati). abhinimmita, mfn., pp o/abhinimminti qv. abhinimmina, m. [from abhinimminti], forming, creating (by magic); D I 77,8 (manomayam kyam ~ya cittam abhinlharati, Ee so, perhaps wr for abhinimminanya, Ce, Se so; Be abhinimmnya). abhinimminti, pr. 3 sg. [c/2?/f abhinirminoti, -minati, -mimite, -mimti], creates (by magic or supernatural power); produces, forms, shapes; Vin HI 7,13 (ekham bhante pnim-issmi seyyathpi mahpathavi); D I 77,10 (imamh ky anfiam kyam ~ti riipim manomayam); S II 102,2 (rajako v cittakro v ...bhittiy v dussapatte v itthirupam v purisarpam v ~eyya); A I 279,2 (olrikam ... attabhvam~hi ti); Ap29,26 (icchamno va

'harn ajja sahyam ~e); part.pr. abhinimminanta, mfn., A I 24,2 (~antnam); aor. 3 sg. abhinimmini, Vin I 31,38 (bhagav pancamattni mandmukhisatni ~i); Dhp-aIII 115,14 (ekam abhirpam itthim... iddhibalena ~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhinimmi) * Pj II 243,7; inf. abhinimminitum, Vism 394,27 (hatthi-assdinam ~itukmo); absol. (a) abhinimmitv, Thi 229 (iddhiy abhinimmitv caturassam ratham aham) = Ap556,n; (b) abhinimminitv, VinI 3,24 (Mucalindo ngarj... mnavakavannam ~itv); SI 104,6 (Mro ... hatthirjavannam -itv); Ja IV 21,16* (nvam sucittam ~itv); Vism 388,16 (iddhiy pilotikakhandam -itv); pp abhinimmita, mfn. [S. abhinirmita], produced, formed; created (by magic or supernatural power); Vv 16:1 (~ pancarathasat ca te); 64:4 (im ca nbhyo manasbhinimmit); Ap 162,23 (assamo ~o); Kv 560,is (kena [dhammo] desito ti -ena desito ti). abhiniropan, / , ~a, mfn. [from abhiniropeti; cf BHS abhinirpan], 1. (f.) applying, fixing (of thought); Mill 73,15 (takko vitakko sankappo appan vyappan cetaso ~) ^ Dhs 7; PatisI 21,19 ('-atthena sammsankappo abhinneyyo); 79,9 (rpesu ditthatt - vipkamanodhtu vinnnacariy); Sv 121,31 (vitakkitan ti abhiniropanavasena pavatto vitakko); As 143,2 (rammane cittam abhiniropeti patitthapeti ti cetaso ~); 2. (mfn.) applying, fixing (the thoughts); Vism 143,3 (mandalam karontassa majjhe sannirumbhitv thitakantako viya ~o vitakko bahi paribbhamanakantako viya anumaijano vicro) = As 115,25; see also abhiropana. abhiniropeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + ni + rhati1; cf BHS abhinirpayati], transplants (into); applies, fixes (one's thoughts on, loc); Patis II 135,9 (sabbe satt ... sukhino hontti samm~eti); Vism 146,19 (vitakko rammane cittam ~eti vicro anuppabandhati); Nett 33,4 (tath tath nam ~eti); part.pr. abhiniropayamna, mfn., Vism 147,6 (cittam -ayamno); pp abhiniropita, mfn., fixed into; PatisI 79,io (rpesutt). abhiniliyi, aor. 3 sg. [o/*abhi + niliyati], he lay hid; he concealed himself; Mhv 33:48 (palyitv Vessagirivane abhiniliyi so). abhinivajjeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + ni + vajjeti; cfS. nWvrj], avoids; renounces; throws down; D III 61,19 (yarn akusalam tarn ~eyysi); MI 119,16 (sukhumya niy olrikam nim abhinihaneyya abhinihareyya ~eyya, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se abhinivatteyya; Ps II 90,8foil: hatthena cletv nikkaddheyya); A I 265,11 (yatim vipkam viditv tad ~eti, Ce, Se so; Be abhinivatteti; Ee wr abhinivaddheti); Niddl 8,8 (sappasiram vajjeyya vivajjeyya parivajjeyya ^yya); absol. (a) abhinivajjetv, MI 364,25; SV 119,14 (appatiklam ca patikklam ca tad ubhayam ~etv); A I 102,14; (b)abhinivajjayitv, Pet 197,26 (tad ubhayam ~ayitv). abhinivatteti 1 , abhinivatteti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + nivattati], gives up, abandons; A I 265,11 (yatim vipkam viditv tad ~eti, Be so; Ce, Se abhinivajjeti; Ee wr abhinivaddheti; Mp II 368,12: tarn ~eti, Be so; Ce, Ee abhinivatteti; Se abhivajjeti); absol. abhinivattetv, A I

203

265,12 (Be so; Ce, Se abhinivajjetv; Ee wr abhinivaddhetv; Mp II 368, w. Be -etv ti; Ce, Ee abhinivattetv ti; Se abhivajjetv ti). abhini vatteti2,/?r. 3 sg. [caus. o/*abhi + ni(s) + vattati? cfS. nirvartayati], takes out; removes; MI 119,16 (sukhumya niy olrikam nim abhinihaneyya abhinihareyya -eyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhinivajjeyya; Ps II 90,8foil: hatthena cletv nikkaddheyya). abhinivaddheti in Ee at A I 265,Ii and abhinivaddhetv in Ee at A I 265,12 are wrr for abhinivatteti and abhinivattetv qqv sv abhinivattetil. abhinivasati in Ee at Niddll 111,26 is wr for abhinivisati (Be, Ce, Se so). abhinivittha, m/.,/?/?o/abhinivisati qv. abhinivisati, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS abhiniviSate], enters, settles in; devotes oneself to, is intent on, adheres to (ace. or loc); is convinced, insists (on what is not true); D II 282,27 (yam yad eva satt dhtum ~anti); M III 148,17 (yattha yatth' eva t makkhik -anti tattha tatth' eva tmakkhik abhiramanti); Cp 1:10:3 (ppni parivajjetha kalyne abhinivissatha, -ss- mc; Cp-a 103,5: imam kalynapatipattim patipajjath tiattho); Niddl 308,25 (na ganhti na parmasati nbhinivisati ti; Nidd-al 366,9: pavisitv na ppatitthti); 309,1 (kim rparn upeyya... ~eyya att me ti); Nett 97,30 (yarn yad eva dhtum satt adhimuccanti tarn tad eva adhitthahanti -anti); Vism 661,31 (idh' ekacco dito va ajjhattasankhresu ~ati); Pj II 249,25 (evam diya evam ~a evam mannhi ti); Th-a III 44,26 (etarn mama eso 'ham asmi eso me att ti tanhmnaditthivasena nbhinivisati); part.pr. (a) abhini visanta, mfn., Ud-a 321,21 (rpamukhena ~antassa); neg. anabhinivisanta, mfn., Niddl 51,16; 111,12 (aganhantam aparamasantam anabhinivisantan ti, Ce, Se, Nidd-a I 242,18 so; Be anabhinivesantan ti; Ee wr abhinivisantan ti); (b) abhinivisamna, mfn., Ps II 338,11; neg. anabhinivisamna, mfn., Niddl 108,2; absol. (a) abhinivissa, VinlV 134,31 (tarn ppakam ditthigatam thmas parms abhini vissa voharati); D II 282,28 (tarn tad eva thmas parmassa abhinivissa voharanti) quoted Pet 35,2o; M III 210,28 (yad eva tassa smam ntam ... tad eva tattha thmas parmassa abhinivissa voharati idam eva saccam mogham annan ti); S III 181,30 (kim updya kim abhinivissa); (b) abhinivisitv, Niddl 92,31; Vism 661,21^0//.; As 224,31 (yattha katthaci ~itv); neg. anabhinivisitv, Nidd I 190,22 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -itv); pp abhinivittha, mfn. [S. abhinivista], 1. (act.) settled in; intent on, adhering to (loc); JaV 61,6 (paradrakakamme ~o); Pet 40,10 (ayam vijj, s catubbidh rpe~); As 224,33 (aniccato ~o bhikkhu); 2. (pass.) clung to, grasped, insisted upon; Niddl 64,16(s ditthi... gahit parmatth ~); Pet227,11 (dvihi dhammehi att ~, eds so); fpp abhinivisitabba, mfn., Niddl 183,18; caus. pr. 3 sg. (or denom. from abhinivesa qv) abhiniveseti, adheres to, applies oneself to; Mill 234,30 (janapadaniruttim nbhiniveseyya); Thl-a258,33 (mama idan ti ~eyyam); absol abhinivesitv, Spk II 64,1 (ajjhattam hi ~itv bahiddh dhamm pi datthabb yeva). abhinivissatha, see sv abhinivisati.

abhinivuttha, abhinivuttha, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + nivasati; cfBHSabhinivasati], having lived in; -pubba, mfn., having previously lived in; Dili 111, 1 (yasmim 0 yasmim attabhve ~o hoti, Ce, Se so; Be abhinivuttha-; Ee ~am, prob. wr). abhinivesa, m. [S., BHS abhinivesa], 1. devotion, adherence to, intentness on (loc); inclination (esp. to something bad); insistence, conviction (esp. of what is not true); M III 234,33 (katham ca ... janapadaniruttiy ca ~o hoti); S IV 50,16 (dhamm nlarn ~y ti); A III 363,29 (khattiynam pi bhavam Gotamo jnti adhippyam ca upavicram ca adhitthnam ca -am ca pariyosnam ca); PatisI 47,17 (sunnatnupassanya -assa... pahnam); Dhs381 (gho patiggho -o parmso kummaggo); Pet 94,15 (~o ca parmso ca ditthsavassa lakkhanam); Vism 663,30 (vagguliy niliyanam viya yogino khandhapancake ~o); Ps I 301,20 foil; Spk III 95,14 (vyanjane -am akatv cariynam naye thatv attho upaparikkhitabbo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhinivesanam); 2. extension (in length or width); A III 369,4 (nigrodharjassa dvdasa yojanni ~o ahosi; Mp HI 385,22: -o ti pattharitv thitaskhnarn niveso); anabhinivesa, m., non-adherence (to, loc); Mill 235,8 (janapadaniruttiy ca ~o) ^ Vism 522, u. abhini vesana, n. [from abhinivisati; cf BHS anabhiniveSanat], inclination; conviction; Th-a I 227,17 (micch ~ato ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhinivisanato); Patis-a 133,19 (abhinivesan ti atthi att ti ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhinivesam). abhiniveseti, see sv abhinivisati. abhinisinna, mfn., pp o/abhinisidati qv. abhinisidati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhinWsad], sits down beside or on (ace or loc); Vin IV 273,5 foil (smike anpucch sane ~ati pi abhinipajjati pi ... issati ... -eyya); A HI 92,1 (bhikkhum... mtugmo upasankamitv ~ati abhinipajjati; Mp III 268,30: abhibhavitv santike v eksane v nisidati); part.pr. abhinisidanta, //(-anti)., VinV 38,23 (~anto); 61,5 (~antiy); aor. 3 sg. abhinisidi, Vin III 38,10; IV 46,3 (mancam sahas ~i); 3 pi abhinisidimsu, Vin V 61,n; inf. abhinisiditum, A IV 188,23 (assjniyo ... jegucchi hoti ueeram v passvam v ~itum v abhinipajyitum v); absol. abhinisiditv, Vin III 37,37; pass, part.pr. abhinisidiyamna, mfn., A III 92,2 (mtugmena ~iyamno abhinipajjiyamno); pp abhinisinna, mfn., \.(act.) sitting upon (ace); VinV 38,24 (~e patti pcittiyassa); Ps II 155,18 (ekam pandukambalasilam ~ dve Sakk viya); 2. (pass.) sat upon; Ja I 323,30 (rjakumrena ~am rukkhakkhandham parva); fpp abhinisiditabba, mfn., Vin II 271,1 (na bhikkhave bhikkhuniy onaddhamancam onaddhapitham abhinisiditabbam abhinipajjitabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhinisideti, forces to sit on; Vin III 30,8 (~enti); (b) abhinisidpeti, id.; AIV 133,2 (tattam ayomaficam ... ~eyya) quoted Vism 56,12. abhinisidana, n. [from abhinisidati], sitting upon; Sp 781,i (-mattena abhinipajjanamatten, eva v pcittiyam); As 347,29 (divasasantatto ayogulo

204

makkhiknam ~assa paccayo na hoti). abhinissaja, mfn. [pp of *abhi + nissarati; S. abhinihsrta], gone from, detached from; ifc see tibhav-. abhinissya, ind. [absol. o/*abhi + nissayati], leaning on; near; Sp 1087,9 (abhinisiditun ti abhinissya nisiditum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhi nissya). abhinihata, mfn., pp o/abhinihanati qv. abhinihanati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + ni + hanati; S. abhinWhan], strikes, hits; MI 119,16 (-eyya, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se abhinihaneyya; Ps II 90,6: -eyy ti muggarena kotento haneyya); part.pr. abhinihananta, mfn., Ps II 90,7 (~anto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhihananto); pp abhinihata, mfn., struck, hit; Ja IV 4,\r (cakkbhinihato ti cakkena ~o). abhinihrapaccupatthn in Ee at As 332, \i is wr for abhinihra-. abhinita, mfh., pp fabhineti qv. abhinila, mfn. [ts], very dark in colour; deep black; Vism259,ii(-vannam);Thi-a201,7(~hutv yat); -m-yata, mfn., very black and long; Thi257 (netthesum~); -netta, mfn., with very dark eyes; DII 18,27 (ayam hi deva kumro -o); MII 137,6 (~o kho pana so bhavam Gotamo). abhinihata, mfn., pp o/* abhiniharati qv. abhinihanati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + ni(s) + hanati], knocks out; MI 119,16 (sukhumya niy olarikam nim -eyya abhinihareyya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhinihaneyya; Ps II 90,6: abhinihaneyya ti muggarena kotento haneyya). abhiniharana, n. [from abhiniharati; cf BHS abhinirharana], drawing out; stretching out, moving (towards); Patis-a 99,22 (abhinihrattho ti gahitrammanato aMranTmanamanasikrattham cittassa '-attho); 233,5 (-e abhininnmane chekabhvo). abhiniharati, pr. 3 sg. [cfBHS abhinirharati], draws out; stretches out (towards); moves (thought) out towards, intends; effects; D I 76,15 (nnadassanya cittam ~ati abhininnmeti); MI 119,16 (sukhumya niy olarikam nim abhinihaneyya -eyya); Patisl 172,30 (yena yena cittam -ati tena tena sati anuparivattati); Mp I 121,4 (dhammacakkam -ati nma abhinihatam nma uppdeti nma uppditam nma pavatteti nma); part.pr. (a)abhiniharanta, mfh., Ps III 386,22 (gamanam -antnam); (b) abhiniharamna, mfn., Sv 651,8 (DIpankarapdamle... buddhattya -amno pi); aor. 3 sg. abhimhari, Ap587,n (sambuddho yam dhammam ~i); Sv 488,24 (pathaviyam thapessmi ti pdam ~i); Mhv 34:88 (attnam cvasese ca sanghato ~i); 1 sg. abhiniharim, Ap32,3i (yam kammam -im); inf. abhiniharitum, Mp I 329, I; absol. abhiniharitv, Jal 74,23 (clvaragabbhantarato dakkhinahattham -itv); MpV 39,io (uram -itv givam paggahetv... gamankappo hoti); pp abhinihata, mfn., stretched out, moved (towards); thought upon, intended; Ps III 374,15 (pde ~e); Mpl \2\,sfoll. (dhammacakkam... -am nma). abhinihra, m. [cf BHS abhinirhra], stretching out, moving (towards); intended action, firm intention; scheme; A l l 189,12 (yath kho imassa yasmato ummaggo yath ca -0); Jal 14,5 (buddhabhvya -am

katv);Bv 1:75 (kidisotemahvira ~o); Patisl 61,3\foll; Vism411,i7 (paccekabuddh dve asankheyyni satasahassam ca [anussaranti], ettako hi tesam -o); Sv 60,io (yena -na ete bhagavanto gat ten* eva amhkam pi bhagav gato); Pet 103,4 (sammditthi... -ato abhinn ti); Nett 26,36 (kallatparicitam cittam atha ca -am khamatT ti); PsI 251,13 (sakalakyassa purato -0 gamanan ti vuccati); Pj II 48,18 (~o ti mlapanidhnass' etam adhivacanam); ifc see kata- (^v karoti). abhinuda, mfh. [?], ?Th-aIII 16,29 (ukkanthmi sariren ti asrakena -ena dukkhena akatannun asuciduggandhajegucchapatikklasabhvena imin kyena ukkanthmi, eds so). abhineti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWni], leads near; brings to; summons; A1229,37 (udakam -eti pi apaneti pi) ^ 240,1; aor. 3 sg. abhinesi, Thi-a 135,34 (Suddhodanamahrj ... dve p i . . . sakam gharam -esi); 1 sg. abhinesim, Ap 160,u (nimantetv mahmunim... -esim sakam gharam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se atinesim) ^ 249,9 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atinesim); neg. absol. anabhineyya, Vin III 149,16; pp abhinita, mfn. [cfS. abhinita], 1. brought near, summoned; brought to (a parlous state), brought low; MI 286,27 (rjakulamajjhagato v -o sakkhiputtho) * A I 128,15; Spkll 301,25 (te hi ranno bandhanam tta rjbhinit nma); ifc see cor-, vtarog-; 2. highly finished, excellent; vsa, mfn., excellent in observance; Mil 362,2; fpp abhinetabba, mfn., Vin III 149,13 (bhikkh ~ vatthudesanya); Niddll 188,37. abhipatthan in Ee at It-al 9,13 is wr for abhipatthan qv. abhipaftnayanti, abhipatthayi, abhipatthniyabhvato and abhipattheti are wrr in Ee in It-a; see sv abhipattheti. abhipattika in Ee at SI 200,17* (devakannbhipattik) is wr, prob, for abhisattika qv. abhipattiyana, n. or - , / [from *abhi + pattiyyati], trust, belief; Nett 28,10 (abhipattiyanalakkhan saddh, Ce so; Be, Ee abhipatthiyana-, prob. wr). abhipatthan, / [from abhipattheti], wish; (strong) desire; Spk II 174,19 (- ti adhimattapatthan, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhibhavan ti, prob, wr); It-a I 9,13 (s c' assa ~ yathdhippetaphalvah ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhipatthan). abhipatthiyanalakkhan in Be, Ee at Nett 28,10 is prob, wrfor abhipattiyanalakkhan. abhipattheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWprrth], longs for, wishes; desires; Khp8:10 (yam yad evbhipatthenti); Th 776 (bhiyyo va kme -ayanti); Ja IV 61,22* (aham eva kandatam balyataro... petam klakatbhipatthaye; 61,24': aham pi petam klakatam ~ml t i ) ^ Vv 83:7 (klakatbhipatthayim); Ja VI 57,19* (so n' eva ditthe nditthe kmnam -aye; 57,2r: kmnam -emi); Pj II 385,14 (yadi hi aham kme -ayeyyam); part.pr. (a) abhipatthenta, w/(-enu>., Ih -a I 153,28 (-enta nma honti ti); Thi-a 36,26 (~enti); (b) abhipatthaya(t), mfn., Sn423 (pabbajito 'mhi rja na kme -am); (c) abhipatthayna, mfn., Sn 365 (nibbnapadbhipatthayno); Ja IV 466,14* (manussayonim -ayno); (d) abhipatthayamna, mfn., Pj II 320,14;

205

aor. 3 sg. abhipatthayi, It-a I 9,13 (vani ~ayi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhipatthayi); 1 sg. abhipatthayim, Vv 83:7 (aham eva kandatam blyataro... petam klakatbhipatthayim, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se klakatbhipatthayam; Vv-a327,9/o//.: klakatbhipatthayin ti kalakatam ~ayim, ~ayan ti pi ptho); Ap 464,n (pjetv lokasaranam tarn thnam ~ayim); abhipatthayim in Ee, Se at Ap 128,22 is prob, wr; Ce adhivattayim; Be adhivatthayim; pp abhipatthita, mfn., longed for, desired; DII 266,10* (palissaja mam kalyni etam me -am); MII 143,14* (katvaks pucchma yam kind ~am); Th514 (tato me panidhi si cetaso ~o); Ja VI 522,16* (dahar tvam rpavati purisnam ~); Mil 128,10 (yam kind manas ~am); Mhv 8:20 (dhit kanitthika ... surp ~); neg. anabhipatthita, mfn., Pj II 85,7; fpp (a) abhipatthaniya, mfn., It-a II 11,6 (vedan ... tanhya padatthnam abhipatthaniyabhvato, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr abhipatthniya-); Nidd-al 291,31 (sabbalokena abhipatthaniyatt); (b) abhipatthetabba, mfn., Ja III 531,19'; see also adhipatthita. abhipassati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhipaSyati], sees, looks for; regards, takes as; recognises; Sn 1070 (tanhakkhayam nattamahbhipassa); Ja VI 370,29* (kam tena-m-abhipassasi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~ati) = 376,15*; part.pr. (a) abhipassa(t), mfn., A I 147,16* (nibbnam ~ato); Sn 896 (khembhipassam avivdabhmim); (b) abhipassanta, mfn., Mp III 260,26 (-antassa). abhipteti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + patati; S. abhiptayati], throws; shoots; Jail 91,20' (pacchbhgena kandam pavesetv purebhgena ~eti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se atipteti). abhipruta, mfn. [pp of *abhi + prupati], dressed in, wearing; Mil 222,14 (Kassapam bhagavantam ... pavararuciraksikaksvam ~am disv, or cpd). abhipleti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiplayati], protects, watches over; Dili 197,3* (yam disam ~eti); Vv84:21 (imam padesam -aymi); JaV 223,6* (yam cap' ime candimasuriy ~ayanti); pp abhiplita, mfn., protected; JaV 393,3* (devavarbhiplit; 393,22'foil.: Sakkena rakkhit). abhipihayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi+ pihayati], desires; Niddll 218,27 (cakkhun rpam disv manpam nbhigijjhati nbhipihayati na rgam janeti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce nbhihamsati). abhipijayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVpid], presses; uses to press; oppresses; Mil 166,16 (manuss rasahetu yantena ucchum pilayanti... ye tattha yantamukhagat kimayo te piliyanti... tathagato paripakkamnase satte bodhento dhammayantam -ayati ye tattha micchpatipann te kimi viya maranti ti); pp abhipilita, mfn. [S. abhipidita], oppressed; ifc see jarrog-, mahhikka-. abhipucchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVprach], asks; Ja IV 18,26* (utthehi nam panjalik' bhipuccha; 19,r: pafijaliko hutv ~a); pp (a) abhiputtha, mfn. [S. abhiprsta], asked; ifc see panha-; (b) abhipucchita, mfn., asked; Ps II 244,12 (bhagavata pana panhbhiputthena panham ~ena sat vykatam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhipucchantena). abhiputtha, m/h.,/7/7o/abhipucchati qv.

abhipjana, n. [from abhipjeti], reverencing; paying honour; Th-aII 252,18 (dhamme apaciti yathbhtan ti ariyadhamme ythvato apacyanam darena -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ariyadhammassa). abhipjeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWpj], reverences, pays honour to (with, ace. or instr.); Ja I 494,29* (tarn vladhinbhipjayma); Ap 164,25 (tarn nanam -mi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~esim); Mhv 19:13 (evam evbhipjetu rj); aor. 3 sg. abhipjayi, Mil 221,28 (bodhisatto tiracchnagato samno ksvam ~ayi); 7 sg. abhipjayim, Ap 178,6 (yam puppham -ayim); absol. abhipjetv, Ap 433,27 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhipjitv); pp abhipjita, mfn. [ts] honoured; ? naradevayakkha, mfn., by whom men, gods and yakkhaj had been honoured;? Bv-a 254,21 (appatisandho Kakusandho bhagav ~-naradevayakkham Naradevayakkham ... samuttejetv). abhipranat, / , abstr. [cf S. abhiprana], filling; Nidd I 3,4 (piti pmuijam ... attamanat ~ cittassa, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abhipharanat; * Nidd II 208,22: Ee abhippasdanat; Se atippasdanat; Be, Ce attamanat cittassa). abhiprayitv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + prayati; cfS. abhiprayati], filling, making full; Mil 238,2 (puriso yvadattham bhojanam bhunjeyya chdentam yva kantham ~ayitv); Dth3:60 (pamshi samm -ayitv). abhippakinna, mfn., pp o/abhippakirati qv. abhippakirati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhiprakirati], scatters over, strews over, covers (completely); D II \37,22 foil. (te [yamakasl] tathgatassa sariram okiranti ajjhokiranti ~anti... tni [mandravapupphni] ... sariram ... ~anti; Sv 575,37: -anti ti abhinham punappuna pakiranti yeva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kiranti yeva); aor. I sg. abhippakirim, Vv-a 38,21 (abhi-okirim ~im, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); absol. abhippakiritv, Ps II 194,33 (pupphehi ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhikiritv); pp abhippakinna, mfn., [BHS abhiprakirna], completely strewn (with); Ap-a67,9 (pupphnam ammanamattena~e sayane); Vv-a 38,16 (kamaladalehi ~an ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhikinnan ti). abhippatisram in Ee at Pet29,i6 and abhippatisri in Ee at Pet 61,13 are wrr for avippatisram and avippatisri (Be, Ce so). abhippamoda, m. [abhi + pamoda; cf BHS abhipramodana], great joy; Patis I 190,23 foil, (katamo cittassa ~o; Patis-a 521,32: ~oti adhik tutthi); Vism 289,6 (dvuY krehi ~o hoti samdhivasena ca vipassanvasena ca). abhippamodati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + pamodati], rejoices (in); Dili 152,6* (tena so sucaritena kammun Nandane ciram ~ati); Ja III 530,10* (dutthmayi ahnam ~ati; 531,5': idni mayi mittadbhikammam katv dutth annam purisam -ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhippamodayati, pleases; makes glad; Th-aII 274,12 (mama mettam cittam modaymi -aymi); part.pr. abhippamodaya(t), mfn., Vin III 71,8 (~ayam cittam assasissmi ti sikkhati) = M III 83,7; Patis I 176,2 (~ayam cittam); Vism 289,4 (~ayam cittan ti cittam modento

206

pamodento hsento pahsento). abhippamodana, n. [from caus. of abhippamodati; c///Sabhipramodana], pleasing; making glad; Th -a II 260,3 (abhihsanan ti tosanam avippatisrahetutya cittassbhippamodanato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee cittassdhippamodanato, perhaps wr); Pet 129,26 ( -lakkhanam pmojjam). abhippalambati,/?r. 3 sg. [BHS abhipralambate], hangs down (over); Mill \64,24 foil, (blam... yni 'ssa pubbe ppakni kammni... tni 'ssa... olambanti ajjholambanti -anti... seyyath ... mahantnam pabbataktnam chy syanhasamayam pathaviy olambanti ajjholambanti -anti) * 171,17 foil. quoted Nett 178,33/o//. (Be, Ce so; Ee abhilambanti). abhippavafta, mfn., pp o/abhippavassati qv. abhippavassati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhipraVvrs], rains upon; pours down (rain); Mil 36,1 (mahmegho ~eyya); part.pr. (a) abhippavassa(t), mfn., Th -a I 131,33 (~ato mahmeghassa); (b) abhippavassanta, mfn., Pv-a 132,6 (aham ca -anto mahmegho viya); aor. 3 sg. abhippavassi, Mil 8,23 (mahmegho ~i); 3 pi. abhippavassimsu, Mil 13,12 (mandravapupphni -imsu); absol. abhippavassitv, Mil 304,15; pp (a) abhippavuftha, mfn., 1. (act.) having rained; D II 343,20 (kacci kho bho purato kantre mahmegho ~o ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhippavatto); Mil 117,2 (upari pabbate mahmegho ~o hoti); Th-a 1231,30; 2. (pass.) rained upon; SHI 155,8 (bandhanni... meghena -ni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhippavattni) = V 51,9 = A IV 127, is (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhippavattni); Th-a III 140,8 (mahmeghena -, Be, Se so; Ce atippavutth; Ee atippavatt); (b) abhippavatta, abhippavattha, mfn., 1. (act.) having rained; D II 343,20 (mahmegho ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhippavuttho); Ps I 98,14 (mahmegho abhippavattho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhivuttho); 2. (pass.) rained upon; MI 306,16 (meghena -am, Ee so; Be abhippavuttham; Ce abhippavattham; Se abhivuttham). abhippavuftha, mfn., pp of abhippavassati qv. abhippasanna, mfn., pp 0/abhippasldati qv. abhippasda, m. [from abhippasldati; cf BHS abhiprasda], faith, conviction, belief, Dhs 12 (saddh saddahan okappan -0 saddh saddhindriyam saddhbalam; As 145,6: buddhdinam gunesu etya satt ativiya pasidanti sayam v abhippasidanti ti -o) * Vibh 123,35; Pv-a 223,20 (tdiso hi mayham tayi -0); lh-a II 122,23 (so bhagav mayham satth ti bhagavati -am pavedeti); anabhippasda, m., lack of faith; Vibh 371,24. abhippasdanat, / , abstr. [from abhippasldati], the being pleased, the being well-disposed; Nidd II 208,22 (piti pmojjam ... attamanat - cittassa, Ee so; Se atippasdanat; Be, Ce attamanat cittassa; * Nidd I 3,4: Ee, Se abhipranat; Be, Ce abhipharanat). abhippasdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of abhippasldati qv. abhippasreti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*abhi + pa2 + sarati2; S. abhipraVsr], stretches out towards; Vin I 179,14 (ma tvam ... yena rj tena pde -eyysi). abhippasldati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhiprasidati], has faith or confidence (in, loc); is well-disposed (towards,

loc); D I 211,12 (bhiyyoso mattya bhagavati -issati); Pet 131,25 (ariyasvako buddhe na kankhati na vikicchati -ati); Th-a III 181,3 (tena tasmim mahjano -ati) * Ap-a 529,1 (-i); aor. 3 pi. abhippasidimsu, Vin III 67,14 (manuss... yasmante Pilindavacche -imsu); pp abhippasanna, mfn. [BHS abhiprasanna], welldisposed (towards); having faith or confidence (in, loc, sometimes gen.); Vin 1209,13 (attaman -); III 43,6 (rjp' imesam ~o); D 1211,9 (bhagavati -); S V 225,12 (yo... ariyasvako tathgate ekantagato -0 na so tathagate ... kankheyya v vicikiccheyya v); A II 180,12 (blo ayam rj Eleyyo yo samane Rmaputte -0); Ap 607,19 (-0 me yakkho); Ud-a 357,27 (mahmukham tararn katv, Be, Se so; Ce -'-kram; Ee adhippasannkram); Pv-a 54,26 (ssane -); neg. anabhippasanna, mfn., It-a II 99,15 (tarn sutv ssane anabhippasann manuss ... sankam uppdesum); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhippasdeti, makes well-disposed (towards); makes have confidence (in); Vv 21:2 (-ehi manam arahantamhi) = T h l l 7 3 ; aor. 3 sg. abhippasdesi, Th-a I 168,28 (thero bahumanusse ssane -esi); pp abhippasdita, mfn., well-disposed; caused to have faith; Pj II 157,17 (bhagavato iddhi-dihi abhippasdita-citto). abhippassann in Ee and abhippasanna in Be, Ce at Pet 131,7 are prob, wrr; perhaps read ditthinijjhyan passan with finamoli, 1979, p. 177. abhippahrani, see sv abhippahri(n). abhippahri(n), mfn. [from *abhi + paharati; cfS. prahrin], striking, attacking; Sn 439 (es Namuci te sen kanhassbhippahrini, Be, Se so; Ce -ppahrini; Ee -ppahrani, prob, wr; Pj II 390,17: -ini ti samanabrhmannam ghtani nippothani, antaryakari ti attho) quoted Nidd I 96,9* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -ppahrini). abhiphuttha, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + phusati1], irradiated; ifc see buddharams-. abhibulhi,/ [from *abhi + vahati? cf S. abhydhi ?], carrying; ? Ap-a 560,15 (brhmanassa sabbagunaganehi manditatt -tt brhmanamhi, Ee so; Be, Se abhivlhitatt; not in Ce). abhibyaftjaka, see sv abhivyanjaka. abhibyaftjeti, abhibyatta, see sv abhivyanjeti. abhibypeti, see sv abhivypeti. abhibhakkhayitv, ind. [caus. absol. of *abhi + bhakkhati], eating; having eaten; Vin II 201,27* (bhinko va pankam -itv). abhibhava, m. [ts], vanquishing; overcoming; defeat; Pv-a 120,21 (lobhassa ca -ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr cgaabhibhavena); Th-a I 15,12 (annatitthiyavd thernam vde na sahanti kuto -o, annadatthu theravd te abhibhavanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~e); Sadd 344,14 (ji -); ifc see catumra-; -safiil,/, the idea, the perception of overcoming; Ps HI 258,11 (- hi 'ssa antosampattiyam pi atthi). abhibhavati, abhibhoti (and abhihoti), abhibhuyyati', abhibhunti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVbh], overcomes, overpowers; surpasses; is lord over; Ja I 280,1 (puggalo paccmitte -ati); VI85,14 (mam gharvse arati -ati); VI 273,21* (abhibhosi no vannanibhya sabbe, Ce, Ee so;

207

Be, Se abhito si); Ap 34,10 (sabbe deve abhibhomi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atibhomi; Ap-a 267,10: deve abhibhomi -ami, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhihomi -ami); Nidd I 12,i6 (kiles tarn puggalam sahanti parisahanti -anti ajjhottharanti); 423,16 (niddam... -eyya); Patis I 66,4 foil. (uppdam abhibhuyyati ti gotrabh; Patis-a 275,3: abhibhuyyati ti -ati atikkamati) quo ted Vism 673,5; Patis II 196,20 foil. (rgam abhibhuyyati ti bhripann); Mil 338,22 (sesajane atikkamitv virocati... ~ati ajjhotharati); Vism 58,9* (sabbesam gandhajtnam sampattim abhibhuyyati); Ps I 51,i2 (tathagato ... sabbasatte ~ati silena pi samdhin pi pannaya pi vimuttiy pi); Pj II 525,21 (anno loko nbhibhoti); 572,17 (abhisambhave ti-eyya); Pv-a94,i3 (balavanto honti vaddhanti -anti); Th-all 175,22 (ma jintu m -atu m ajjhottharat ti attho); Ap-a 455,11 (vesse pancavidhamre abhibhunti ajjhottharati ti Vessabh); Sadd 5,3 (abhibhoti ~ati ti pararn ajjhottharati maddati); fut. 3 sg. (a) abhibhavissati, Sv 1027,7 (imam dhammam pariypunitv eso mam ~issatl ti); Ap 84,22 (samant yojanasatam bhybhibhavissati); (b) abhihessati1, Ja VI 27,25* (kim yobbanena cinnena yam jar abhihessati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se jarybhibhuyyati); part.pr. (a) abhibhava(t), mfn., Sadd 72,16 (-am); (b) abhibhavanta, m/(-anti)H., Ja I 212,24 (dvaggi -anto viya viravanto gacchati); Nidd I 491,2; Sv 40,13 (-anti iva); (c) abhibhavamna, mfn., Ps III 22,13 (dvattimsamahbrahmnam siriy sirim ~amnam viya virocittha); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhibhavi, Nidd II 86,2 (na bhikkhu rpe ~i); Spkl 355,30 (kodho tumhe m ~i tumhe va kodham -atha); (b) abhibhosi, Nidd I 400,8 (abhibhosi ne ppake akusale dhamme, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhibh hi; Nidd-a I 422,12: abhibhosi ne ti te kilese -i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee adhibhosi ne ti); Spk I 325,n (nbhibhosi); 1 sg. (a)abhibhavim, Jail 336,25' (ajjhabhavin ti... ~im); Ap 537,26; (b) abhibhosim, Ap 545,8; 3 pi. abhibhavimsu, Nidd II 86,1 (evamvihrim... bhikkhum rp -imsu); part, perf act. abhibhavitava(t), mfn., who has overcome; Patis-a 650,21 (abhibhavit ti s s phalapann tarn tarn rgam abhibhavitavati madditavati ti); inf. abhibhavitum, Ja II 74,4; Sp 1066,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhivavitum); absol (a) abhibhuyya, Vin I 294,15* (dadti dnam abhibhuyya maccheram); SI 193,12* (ummaggapatham Mrassa abhibhuyya); Dhp 328 (abhibhuyya sabbni parissayni); Ja VI 362,7* (tvarn no abhibhuyya issaro si); Mil 340,27 (sabbam tamam abhibhuyya); abhibhuyyacri(n), mfn., wandering victorious; Sn 72 (rj mignam abhibhuyyacri); 467 (yo kme hitv abhibhuyyacri); neg. anabhibhuyya, Vin II 202,23 = A IV 161,5; (b) abhibhavitv, Jal 56,ie; Ap 10,11; Mil 226,25; Vism 597,10; Sp 224,4 (na balakkrena -itv); (c) abhibhaviya, Mil 189,10; (d) abhibhotvna, Th 429 (iddhiy abhibhotvna pannagindam mahiddhikam); (e) abhibhuyyitv, Patis I 66,17/0//. (uppdam abhibhuyyitv anuppdam pakkhandati ti gotrabh); pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhibhuyyati2, abhibhyati, is overcome, is afflicted; Sv 555,4 (updinnakasariram nma khandiccdihi ~ati) = Ud-a 324,2 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr

abhibhuyyati); Th-all 13,4 (ime satt abhvanya rgena -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhibhyyanti); Cp-a 332,11 (tya parehi na abhibhyati); part.pr. abhibhuyyamna2, abhibhyamna, mfn., Ud-a 209,4 (etam lokassa yathvuttasantpaparijhehi ~amnatam sabbkrato viditv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhibhyyamnattam); Pv-a80,2 (nirantaram jighacchpipshi -amn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhibhyamna); Th-al 98,18 (jarya -amnatt); pass. pr. 3 sg. (b) abhibhavlyate, abhibhaviyyate, Sadd 6,22 (paribhaviyyate abhibhaviyyate); 6,32 (-ate ti sapatto puggalena -ate aijhotthariyate abhimaddiyate); pp (a) abhibhta, mfn. [ts], overcome; vanquished; VinII 202,7 (asaddhammehi -0 pariydinnacitto); Sil 228,12 (ekacco bhikkhu lbhasakkrasilokena -0); A I 202,6 (mohena ~o); Ud33,2i* (~o Mro vijitasangmo); Th932 (kilesehbhibht te); Ja II 343,5* (tenbhibhto kapanam rudmi); Patis I 128,6 (vydhihi ~o lokasannivso ti); neg. anabhibhta, mfn., D I 18,7 (aharn asmi brahm mahbrahm abhibh anabhibhto); AI 190,32 (lobhena anabhibhto apariydinnacitto); Sn934 (abhibh hi so anabhibhto); Vism 162,22 (anabhibhtatt); pp (b) abhibhavit, mfn., overcome, vanquished; Spk II 385,7 (etam buddhena bhagavat -am yatanan ti); fpp (a) abhibhavitabba, mfn., Ja II 357,15'; Niddl 485,30 ([parissayni] abhisambhotabbni -ni ajjhottharitabbni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhibhavitabbni) ^ 486,7 (parissay ... ~); Thi-a248,36 (bahhi inyikehi -e); (b) abhibhavaniya, mfn., Cp-a319,6 (~ato); neg. anabhibhavaniya, mfn., Jal 215,3 (aggin anabhibhavaniyatt); Vism 679,23 (assaddhiydihi ca anabhibhavaniyato); Pv-a 117,5 (attano kenaci anabhibhavaniyatam eva tva dassento); Bv-a 172,2 (candasuriyappabhhi anabhibhavaniya ca ahosi); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhibhveti, Sadd 12,6* (abhibhventi puris purise pnajtikam); (b) abhibhvpeti, Sadd 6,1 (puggalo puggalena sapattam abhibhvpeti ajjhotthrpeti); see also atibhoti, adhibhavati, abhibhosmi. abhibhavana, n. (and mfn. ?) [cfS. abhibhavana], 1. (.) overcoming; superiority; Ps I 51,10 (katham '-atthena tathagato, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se abhibhavatthena); Ud-a 321,28 (sabbesam sattnam -ato); It-a II 97,34 (lobhassa sahanam -am); 2 . (mfn.) overcome;! Sil 210,18 (upaddut brahmacri brahmacrpaddavena - brahmacri brahmacrbhibhavanen ti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be abhipatthan brahmacri brahmacri-abhipatthanen ti; Se abhivn ... brahmacrbhivnen ti; Spk II 174,19: ~ ti adhimattapatthan, brahmacrbhibhavanen ti brahmacarinam adhimattapatthansankhtena catupaccayabhvena, Ee so; Ce brahmacri-abhibhavanen ti; Be, Se abhipatthan ti... brahmacri-abhipatthanen ti); Sadd 86,14 (-an ti vidhamanam). abhibhavanaka, mfn. [abhibhavana + ka2], who overcomes, vanquishes; Th-all 158,22 (anavasesasankilesapakkhassa -pannbalasamangitya pandito). abhibhavita(r), m. [from abhibhavati], one who overcomes; a vanquisher; JaV 153,4' (Vatrabh ti Vatrassa nma asurassa -); Patis II 196,20/0//. (rgam abhibhuyyati ti bhripann - ti bhripann;

208

Patis-a 650,2i: - ti s s phalapann tarn tarn ragarn abhibhavitavati madditavati ti bhripann, abhibhavat ti v ptho); Ps I 160,12 (aratiy ratiy ca saho ~ ajjhottharit ca bhaveyyam); Pj II 565,12 (abhibh ti rpdinam -); Sadd 71,30 (abhibhavati ti ~); 138,29/0//. abhibhyatana, n., seesv abhibh. abhibhrayin ti in Ee at Ja IV 421,14' is prob, wr for abhihrayin ti (Be, Ce, Se so). abhibhsati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + bhsati1; S. abhWbhs], speaks to; Vv 18:12 (t mam klenapgantv -anti devat; Vv-a 96,25: -anti ti abhimukh abhirat v hutv bhsanti); Ja VI 83,1* (na kifici-m-abhibhsati); 561,20* (tvam ca mam nbhibhsasi). abhibhsana in Ee at Th 613 and Th-a II 260,2 is prob, wrfor abhihsana qv. abhibhunti, see sv abhibhavati. abhibhuyya, absol. of abhibhavati qv. abhibhuyyati1, see sv abhibhavati. abhibhuyyati2, pass. pr. 3 sg. of abhibhavati qv. abhibh, mifri). [ts], vanquishing, overcoming; one who surpasses; a master, a sovereign; D I 18,7 (aham asmi Brahma Mahbrahm ~ anabhibhto; Sv 111,22: ~ ti abhibhavitv thito jetthako 'ham asmi ti); A II 24,12 (loke... tathagato ~ anabhibhto); Sn 534 (-um akathankathim vimuttam); Sadd 76,20 foil.; '-yatana, n. [BHS abhibhvyatana], sphere of mastering; area of control (one of six or eight stages in overcoming reactions to objects of the senses); Dil 110,5/o//. (attha... imni... -ni, katamni attha; Sv561,io: -ni ti abhibhavanakranni); Mil 13,15/0//. (me svak attha ~ni bhventi); SIV 77,24 foil. (katamni... cha ~ni); Niddl 143,7 (bhgi v bhagav ... atthannam -nam; cf Nidd-a I 268,2: abhibhtni yatanni etesam jhnnan ti ~ni, jhnni); Dhs 247 (imni pi -ni solasakkhattukni); As 191,31 (iti kasinan ti v -an ti v vimokkho ti v rpvacarajjhnam eva); -yatana,n., id.; Pet 147,18 (--sahagat rpasannisu dutiye jhne jhnabhmi, so read ? Be, Ee abhibhmi-yatanasahagat; cfftnamoli, 1979, p. 199); see also abhibhosmi. abhibhta, mfn., pp o/abhibhavati qv. abhibhti, / [ts], superior power; overpowering; Mhv 57:58. abhibhmi-yatana- in Be, Eeat Pet 147,18 is wr, prob, for abhibh-yatana- qv sv abhibh. abhibhyati,/?fl[^. pr. 3 sg. of abhibhavati qv. abhibhoti, see sv abhibhavati. abhibhosmi, [abhibh + asmi or wrfor abhibhosim, aor. 1 sg. of abhibhavati], / have overcome; I am master over; A1147,15* (sabbe made abhibhosmi; Mp II 242,25: sabbe tayo pi made abhibhavim) = III 75,11*. abhimangala, mfn. [abhi + mangala], lucky; very auspicious; -gata, mfn., auspicious; Niddl 87,23 (-ni rpni passanti, vtasakunam passanti pussaveluvalatthim passanti...); -bhta, mfn., auspicious; Mhv 29:50 (amaccena ... sujtin -ena); -sammata, mfn., considered auspicious; VinUI 187,23 (Viskh Migramt bahuputt hoti bahunatt ... -); Ja VI 485,22 (-am sabbasetam hatthipotakam netv);

Pj 1119,1 (-0 saddo); see also avamahgala. abhimafiisam, aor. 1 sg. [of *abhi + mannati; cfS. abhimanyate], / was proud; I was arrogant towards; Thi-a 192,28* (bhusaccena tenham pesal -isam, Be, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se atimannisam; quoting Ap 611,22: eds atimannisam) see also abhimata. abhimandita, mfn. [pp of *abhi + mandeti], adorned, embellished; Mil 361,14 (in long cpd); ifc see buddhdicc-. abhimata, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + mannati; ts]9 wished for, highly thought of; considered; allowed; Vism 692,32* (dve bhvan ~); l h - a l 201,16 (matam -am sambhvitam); Sadd 433,27 (porniko porncariyehi ~o ptho yeva yasmantehi gahetabbo); anabhimata, mfn., unacceptable; Sadd 122,18 (anfini yeva ~ni rpni siyum); see also abhimannisam. abhimattagilno in Ee at Spkll 313,26 is wr for adhimatta- (Be, Ce, Se so). abhimatthati, abhimanthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVmanth], churns, rotates (to make fire); rubs, grinds; afflicts, hurts; MI 243,24 (puriso tinhena sikharena muddhnam -eyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhimantheyya); SI 127,14* (bl kumudanlehi pabbatam -atha, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhimanthatha); Dhp 161 (~ati dummedham, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhimanthati) quoted Sadd 365,15; part.pr. abhimattha(t), abhimantha(t), mfn., Ja VI 371,13* (svssa gomayacunnni ~am tinni ca, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhimantham); pass, part.pr. abhimatthiyamna, abhimanthiyamna, mfn., Ja IV 457,6(matthako sikharena ~iyamno viyajto, Be, Ee, Seso; Ce abhimanthiyamno) ^ Cp-a 127,26 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se abhimanthiyamno); caus. part.pr. abhimatthenta, abhimanthenta, mfn., churning; making rotate; M I 240,35 (uttarranim dya -ento aggim abhinibbatteyya, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abhimanthento); Ps III 137,22 (aggim ~ento viya, Be, Ee so; Ce abhimanthento; Se abhipatthento). abhimatthana, n. [from abhimatthati], rotating, rubbing together; ifc see aranisahit- sv arani. abhimaddati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + maddati; S. abhWmrd], crushes; oppresses; destroys; SI 102,23* (na kind parivajjeti sabbam evbhimaddati); 240,3* (atha ppajanam kodho pabbato vbhimaddati); A I 199,12* (nbhihare nbhimadde na vcam payutam bhane); Saddh288 (pacchnutpadukkham tarn accantam ~ati); part.pr. (a) abhimaddanta, mfn., Bv3:6 (titthiye ~anto); (b) abhimaddamna, mfn., Ps II 384,24 (migasahgham -amno dipi viya); aor. 3 sg. abhimaddatha, Ap 438,13 (evam vihramnam mam maccurj 'bhimaddatha); absol. abhimadditv, Sp 1389,24 foil. (tarn bhagavat rann sapattaganam ~itv rajjam viya kilesaganam -itv jitam); pp abhimaddita, mfn., crushed, oppressed; destroyed; SV 217,12* (manoramam bimbam jarya -am); Nidd-a II 21,21 (vydhidukkhena -am). abhimaddana, n. [S. abhimardana], crushing; Sadd 566,6 (purnsa -e). abhimana, mfn. [S. abhimanas], with one's mind directed towards (ace); T h l l 2 2 (nibbnam evbhimano

209

carissam); Ja IV 451,26* (pabbajjam evbhimano 'ham asmi); Nidd I 425,1* (te nibbutim ~ dadanti); see also adhimana. abhimanpa, mfn. [abhi + manpa], very pleasing-, Sp 972,i (abhikkantavann ti abhirpavann -vann); Vv-a 53,3 (abhikkanten ti ~ena, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se atikantena atimanpena; ^ Pv-a71,7: abhikkanten ti atimanpena abhirpen ti attho); -tara, mfn., (compar.) especially pleasing; Sv 171,3 (abhikkantataran ti -an ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atimanpataran ti attho). abhimanthati, see sv abhimatthati. abhimna, m. [ts], I. pride, arrogance, conceit; Abh 171 (gabbo 'bhimno 'hankro); 860 (dhandidappe pannyam ~o); Ps IV 27,5 (abhivadati ti ~-ena upavadati); ifc see uddipit-; 2. (erroneous) conception or assumption; ifc see savasavattita-; nirabhimna mfn., without conceit; It-al 50,31 (taya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se niratimnatya); see also atimna, adhimna. abhimni(n), mfn. [S. abhimnin], proud, selfconceited; Mhv 57:55; see also atimni(n). abhimra, m. [from caus. of *abhi + marati; cfS. abhWmr], an assassin; Jail 199,n (Devadatta ... sammsambuddhe ~& payojesi); Ap 300,io (vadhattham mam Devadatta ~e payojayi); Sv 152,6(~e pesetv). abhimukha, m/(~ and ~f)n. [ts], turned towards, facing (+ ace. or gen. or ifc); approaching; Jail 3,7 (te ubho pi ekasmim ninne sakatamagge ~ ahesum); 409, IO (devat... skarnam ~ hutv tatiyam gtham ha); IV 268, i (rjnam ~o agamsi); Kv 285,6 (bodhisatto ... uttarena ~o satta padavitihre gacchati); Ud-a 60,7 (ranno ~o gacchati); Vv-a 105,n (s candli... bhagavantam gacchantam disv ~I hutv atthsi); abhimukham karoti [cf S. abhimukhiVkr], addresses; Sadd 713,12 (yam vatthum lapati ~am karoti tarn mantanasannam hoti); ifc see uttarena-, krna-, puratth-, puratthim-; see also abhimukhlkarana, abhimukhibhva, abhimukhibhta, bhimukhya. abhimukham, ind. [ts], in one's direction; towards, in the direction of in front of (+ ace. or gen. or ifc); Ja I 263,13 (mattavrane ~am gacchante anivattanadhamm); 305,27 (attano -am kaddhi); V 4 4 3 , H (Pvriyaranrlo -am patt); Sp 217,6 (~am viya me titthati); Sv 157,6 (hatthi-disu pi -am gacchantesu); see also abhimukhe. abhimukhlkarana, n. [from abhimukha + karana; ts], turning towards; putting in front; addressing; It-a I 54,19 (sakkyasabbam sarpato paccayato ca nnassa -vasena abhijnanto hutv); II 1,6 (irnni ti ~am); Sadd 713,15 (mantanam ca nma pag eva laddhasarpassa ~am). abhimukhikara, m. [from abhimukha + kra1], turning towards, addressing; Sadd 60,23* (yad lapati tarn vatthum mantanam udiritam saddenbhimukhikro vijjamnassa v pana). abhimukhibhva, m. [from abhimukha + bhva], approaching; proximity; Sadd 880,23* (saddo 'bhimukhibhve); 883,4* (visitthe 'bhimukhfbhve ... abhi

ice upasaggo ti). abhimukhibhta, mfn. [pp of*abhimukha + bhavati; ts], turned towards, near, present; approaching; Spkl 101,n (issariye hi ~e... bhog gacchanti yeva); 117,3 (bhikkhave ti patissavena -nam puna lapanam); Mp III 406,6 (addharatte ~e, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhimukhe bhte); PjII256,i4(-tt). abhimukhe, ind. [ts], facing, in front (of gen.); Dhp-al 282, io (tassa bhikkhuno - nisinno viya); Nidd-a I 288,21 (patisattun ti sattu hutv -e thitam); see also abhimukham. abhiycati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWyc], asks, entreats; SnllOl (~e sumedham; NiddII 94,23foil.: -e ycmi -ami; Pj II 599,2: -ti ativiya ycmi); Ja IV 218,9* (evam tarn ~ma puna kayirsi pariyyam); Ap 46,17 (~ati tarn jano); pp abhiycita, mfn. [cf S. abhiycita], ashed, entreated; Bv 6:2 (so pi dhammam paksesi brahmun -0); As 1,18* (bhikkhun Buddhaghosena sakkaccam -0); Mhv 3:10 (Anandathero pi bhikkhhi ~o samanni ktum sangitim). abhiycan, / [cf S. abhiycana], entreaty, request; 1h-aII 250,28 (Anthapindikassa -ya Svatthim upaganchi); Thi-a3,23 (Kludyittherassa -ya Kapilavatthum gantv). abhiyti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWy], approaches; goes against, attacks; SI 216,12 (asur deve -anti); AIV 432,8 (-ant* eva kho asur); Dhp-al 280,4 (asur yuddhatthya Sakkam -anti, Ce, Ee so; Be yuddhatthya saggam abhiruhanti; Se Sakkam abhiyujjhitukm abhirhimsu); aor. 3pi (a)abhiyamsu, SI 216,10 (asur deve ~amsu); 224,22 (parjit... dev apyamsv eva uttarenamukh -amsv eva ne asur); (b) abhiyimsu, AIV 432,7 (parjit... dev apayimsv eva uttarenbhimukh ~imsu asur, Be, Ee so; Ce ~amsu; Se abhibhayimsu); inf. abhiytum, DII 72,5 (rj Mgadho Ajtasattu Vedehiputto Vajji abhiytukmo hoti; Sv 516,6: abhibhavanatthya ytukamo) = AIV 17,15; pp abhiyta, mfn., having approached; Pet 32,16 (devaputt ycanya ~ honti desetu sugato dhamman ti, Be, Ceso; iseatiyt, prob. wr). abhiyujjhitv, ind. [absol of *abhi + yuijhati; S. abhiVyudh], contending, fighting; Ja I 342,22 (khettavatthdini amhkam santakni etni ti ~itv, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce abhiyuhjitv). abhiyujaka, m(fn). [from abhiyunjati], a claimant; Sp338,24/0//. (yad pana smiko... dhuram nikkhipati -o prjikam pajjati). abhiyunjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWyuj], applies oneself to; lays (legal) claim to; claims something (ace.) from someone (ace), makes someone responsible (for, ace); VinHI 50,5 (rmarn ~ati; Sp 338,15 (parasantakam mama santako ayan ti mus bhanitv -ati; Sp-t[jffe]II 327,22: ~afi ti codeti, attam karoti ti attho); IV 304,9 (yarn kinci nattham sabbam amhe -issati ti); part.pr. abhiyunja(t), mfn., Sp 339,25 (vihram ... ~ato); absol. abhiyunjitv, Ja I 342,22 (khettavatthdini amhkam santakni etni ti ~itv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhiyujjhitv, prob, wr); Sp 339,29 (ganassa ekapuggalassa v santakam -itv); pp abhiyutta, mfn.

210

[S. abhiyukta], intent on; versed in, expert; Ud-a 339,22 (loko ti att, so hi ditthigatikehi lokiyan ti ettha punnam ppam tabbipk sayam v krakdibhvena -ehi lokiyati ti loko ti adhippeto); ifc see pariyatta- (sv pariyatti). abhiyutta, mfn., pp o/abhiyunjati qv. abhiyoga, m. [ts]9 application, exertion; practice; claim; charge, accusation; Sp 302,14 (-vasena vuttam; Sp-t[2te]H 127,22: attakaranavasena); 339,25 (-0 na ruhati); Spkll 229,22 foil, (upsanasmin ti sippnam ~e cariynam ca payirupsane... sippam uggahetv sajjhydihi -am katv); Pj I 89,3 (mangalatthikena etth' eva ~o ktabbo); Mhv 44:113 (gantv 'bhiyogam katvna sisacchedamhi rjino). abhiyogi(n), mfn. [S. abhiyogin], applying oneself to; practised in, expert; D III 168,18* (~ino ca nipun ca; Sv 937,25: -ino ti lakkhanasatthe yutt). abhiyobbana, n. [abhi+ yobbana], early youth; Thi258 (sanhaturigasadisi ca nsik sobhate su-abhiyobbanam pati; Thi-a 201,11: sundare abhinavayobbanakle). abhirakkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiraksati], guards, protects; Ja VI 589,3* (atho pi tarn mahrj Safijayo -atu). abhirakkh, / [S. abhiraks], guard, protection; Ja I 204,2* (antar dvinnam ayujjhapurnam pancavidh thapit -) quoted Spk I 339,4*. abhirata, mfn., pp 0/abhiramati qv. abhirati, / [ts], pleasure, delighting (in, loc. or ifc); contentment; Vin III 91,32 (sunngre ~i); S IV 260,22 (pabbajitena kho vuso ~i dukkar ti); A V 122,4 (anabhirati... imasmim dhammavinaye dukkh -i sukh); Dhp 88 (tatrbhiratim iccheyya); Sv 1016,32 (ramanam rmo, -i ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhiramati ti) = Mp III 56,2o; Vibh-a 357,20 (naccagitdisu ~i); anabhirati, / , discontent (+ loc); disaffection (esp. with the celibate or solitary life); Vin HI 110,16 (yad te ~i uppajjati rgo cittam anuddhamseti); D I 17,32 (~i paritassan uppajjati aho vata anne pi satt itthattam gaccheyyun ti); SI 185,10 (yasmato Vangisassa t itthiyo disv -i uppajji); A V 122,3; Th 594 (lokamhi ca -im); Ja IV 357,10 (devaloke va sakam punnam khinam ~i uppann); Mil 391,2 (Sakkassa -i na uppajjati); Sp 249,28 (~iy pilito). abhiratta, mfn. [pp of *abhi + ranjati1], 1. [cfS. abhirakta], excited, impassioned; Sn891 (sanditthirgena hite 'bhiratt); Thi-a230,4 (then nam ... akkhimhi ca -am disv); 2. [cfBHS abhiraktaka], red, reddened; Ja IV 466,18' (~ehi hatthapdatalehi); Vism 75,i* (~ni nilni pandni patitni ca passanto tarupannni niccasannam pandati); -locana, m/h., redeyed; Vv 64:12 (vislanett ~; Vv-a 280,6: ~ ti visesato rattarjihi upasobhitanayan). abhiraddha, mfn., pp o/abhirdheti qv. abhiraddhi,/ [from abhirdheti], satisfaction; content; ifc see anabhiraddhi. abhiranta, mfn., pp of abhiramati qv. abhirama, m. [from abhiramati], delight; pleasure; ifc see durabhirama. abhiramati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiramate], delights (in); finds pleasure (in); is content; has sexual intercourse

(with, saddhim + ins tr.); Vin II 158,12 (sunnagare ... tathagata -anti ti); MII 57,2 (kme paribhunjanto piinnni karonto -assu); SI 131,2* (pancangikena turiyena eh* ayye 'bhirammase); A III 97,is (~atu yasm brahmacariye); Sn 718 (eko ce ~issasi, Be, Pj II499,17 so; Se ve; Ce ve -issati; Ee ce -issati); Ud53,8 (asur mahsamudde -anti; Ud-a 299,23: -anti ti ratim vindanti anukkanthamn vasanG ti attho); Ja I 292, is (purohite bahi nikkhante ubho -anti); III 393,2 (ayam rj may saddhim nbhiramati, ekako va titthati nisidati seyyam kappeti); V 199,15* (kacci bhavam -asi aranne); Pet 179,15 (ye nbhiramissanti te ditthipahnya vyamissanti); Mil 153,7 (tya saddhim -ati); Vism 650,25 (suvannarjahamso... sattasu mahsaresu yeva -ati); Ps III 135,24 (-atha vuso m ukkanthittha); Dhp-a I 131,5 (devat... amhkam devaloke ~ ti saddam karonti); Mhv 23:102 (kusalapathe 'bhirameyya sabbad); part.pr. (a) abhiramanta, mfn., A HI 423,12 (eko paviveke -anto); Pv-a3,20 (tya saddhim -anto); neg. anabhiramanta, mfn., A III 422,30; Vism 651,15 (nibbindantassa ukkanthantassa anabhiramantassa); (b) abhiramamna, mfn., Ja III 188,7 (tya saddhim -amno); Pet200,2i (anunayapatighe na cbhiramamnassa, Be, Ce so; Ee wr cbhirammamnassa); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhirami, Vin III 67,38 (so bhikkhu -i ti); Ja V 95,is (annh* eva itthihi saddhim -i); (b) abhiramittha, DII 22,24 (kacci... kumro uyynabhmiy -ittha); 7 sg. abhiramim, Sn 1085 (nham tattha -im); 3 pi. abhiramimsu, Ja III 40,io; absol. (a) abhiramitv, Ja III 303,22; Sadd 857,is; (b) abhiramma, Sadd 857,15; PP (a) abhirata, mfn. [ts], finding delight (in); content (with, loc. or ifc); Vin III 104,14 (annataram bhikkhum fitak etad avocum abhiramasi bhante ti, -o aham vuso paramya abhiratiy ti); D I 60,23 (-0 paviveke); MI 463,4 (bhikkh - brahmacariye); A IV 57,25 (purisatte ... -o satto); Ja VI 96,25 (dne sile uposathakamme ca -0 ahosi); Pj II 309,26 (vihesyatt); ifc see nibbn-, paravambhan-, rpa, mfn., absolutely content; Mil 121,25 (udaggudagg rp); anabhirata, mfn., taking no delight (in), discontented, disaffected; Vin III 19,26 (kacci no tvam vuso Sudinna anabhirato brahmacariyam carasi; Sp 217,1: ukkanthito gihibhavam patthayamno); A IV 58,7 foil, (s tattha aratt tatra anabhirata); Ja I 61,17 (bodhisatto ... naccdisu anabhirato); 145,20 (s ... gehe anabhirata pabbajitukm hutv); V 429,20' (s tassa ditthaklato patthya tasmim patibaddhacitt hutv annattha anabhirata); pp (b) abhiranta, mfn.; ifc see yatha-; fpp abhiramitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Mil 412,17 (yogin yogvacarena rammane -am); 1h-a II 192,27 (andhablehi -ato katasisankhtam samsram); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhirameti, entertains; causes to find pleasure; Ja V 184,8 (imam kumram apanetv ... annattha nam -ehi); 261,17' (sace nam nbhiramessma); Pj II 124,3 (im visatisahassantakiyo ... mam yeva ekam -enti); part.pr. abhiramenta, m/[~enti)/i., Ja III 190,12';/?p abhiramita, mfn., gladdened, delighted; Ps III 213,17 (paricritapubbo ti -ita-pubbo); (b) abhirampeti, gladdens; causes to take pleasure

211

in, to have intercourse; Ja III 393,6 (may saddhim -eyyan ti); VI9,is (atha nam ta itthiyo... -etum vyamimsu); Nidd-a I 39,14 (piyasahyo viya -eti); Cp-a 220,28 (naccdflii kumram eth ti); part.pr. abhirampenta, m/(~enti)>z., Ja I 61,i6 (nam ... itthiyo ... -entiyo naccagitavditni payojayimsu); III 144,20 (mam -ento); absol abhirampetv, Mil 228,29 (dnakathya tattha cittam -etv). abhiramana, abhiramana, n. [S. abhiramana], delighting (in); pleasure; Ja VI 223,2' (etam tava kmehi -am); MpIII 249,i (icchiticchitam rparn mpetv ~ato nimmnarati ti... vuccanti); Vv-a 57,29 (devatya 0, -attham); Patis-a460,26 (bhavo rmo -tthnam etesan ti bhavrm, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhiramatthnam); see also anabhiraman. abhiramana, abhiramana,/ [from abhiramati], delight, content; ifc see anabhiraman. abhirampana, n. [from caus. of abhiramati], gladdening, entertaining; causing to find pleasure (in); producing contentedness; Mill 132,19 (rannakam ngam damayhi... gmante -ya) * 136,13; 1h-all 41,3 (ranfio ' -attham naccims ti). abhiravati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhirauri], shouts out; makes a loud sound; Bv2:89 (te p' ajj' ubho 'bhiravanti) = Ja I 18,io*; Mil 254,2 (so abhvitacitto tasati ravati bheravarvam-ati); pp abhiruta, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) filled with the noise (of), resounding (with); Sv967,3i ([rukkh] mayrakoncbhirud ti mayrehi ca koficasakunehi ca - upagit, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhirud); 2. (n.) a cry, sound; Th-al 130,4 (sippikabhirutehi ca ti... sippiknam ~ehi mahviravehi); ifc see mayrakonc-, sippik-; see also abhiruda. abhirjati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. abhirjate], shines (very much), is brilliant; Bv-a 128,24 (upasobhati ti -ati atirocati); pp abhirjita, mfn., illuminated, brilliant; ifc see vann-. abhirja(n), m. [abhi + rja(n)], a supreme king; ifc see raja-; see also atirja(n) (sv rja[n]), adhirja(n). abhirdhana, n. [from abhirdheti], satisfaction, contentment; ifc see anabhirdhana. abhirdhi(n), mfn. [from abhirdheti], pleasing, giving satisfaction; ifc see mitta-. abhirdheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhirdhayati], conciliates, wins over; satisfies, pleases; Ja I 322,11* (sabbarnce pathavim dajj n' eva nam -aye; 322,\6 foil.: koci paritosetum v pasdetum v na sakkuneyy ti attho); Sv 52,4 (n' eva attano na paresam hitam -ayau" ti anabhiraddhi); aor. 3 sg. abhirdhayi, Ja I 421,23* (rjnam -ayi); 1 sg. abhirdhayim, Vv 31:4 (pasannacitt patim abhirdhayim, mc); Ja III 386,8* (nbhirdhayim); absol. abhirdhetv, Ja I 421,27' (devam ~etv); pp (a) abhiraddha, mfn. and n. [S. abhirddha], 1. (mfn.) satisfied, pleased; conciliated; successful; Vin I 70,23 (buddhassa ... avanne bhannamne attamano hoti udaggo ~o); Mill 271,17 (mayam bhante ayyassa Nandakassa attaman ~ yam no ayyo Nandako pavreti ti); Ap-a 420,30 (attano kusalakammena ~o pasanno); ifc see sakakamm-; neg. anabhiraddha, mfn., dissatisfied, sulky; Vin HI 163,30 (kupito anattamano

anabhiraddho); As 143,27; 2. (n.) successful accomplishment, success; ifc see kamma-; pp (b) abhirdhita, mfn. 1. satisfied, conciliated; Pj II 436,13 (raddhacitt ti ~-citt); 2. successfully attained; Th259 (mnuso pi ca bhavo 'bhirdhito; 1h-aII 107,13: ~osdhito adhigato). abhirma, mfn. [ts], pleasing, delightful; Pj II 198,30 (na kadci ayam pabbato evam ~o bhtapubbo); 199,3 (aklakusumitehi rukkhehi ~o); ifc see kundadanta-, netta-, nandanavana-, punnakamm-. abhiruci,/ [ts], delight, pleasure (in); Pv-a 168,4 (itthibhve cittam ajjhsayam -im vidhametv); Cp-a 288,25; Sadd 440,3 (kanti -i). abhirucika, mfn. [= abhirucita ?], pleasing; liked; Ja III 54,7' (etam sabbam pi tavbhirucikena pkena pacitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se yathbhirucitena). abhirucita, m/w.,p/?o/abhirocati qv. abhiruta, mfn. and ., pp of abhiravati qv. abhiruda, mfn. [= abhiruta qv sv abhiravati; cfBSU 98], filled with the noise (of); resounding (with); Ja VI 199,20' (kokilbhirudan ti kokilhi -am); 272,13* (madhurassarena gyantehi viya nnvidhehi sakuntehi -am); ifc see kunjar-, kokil-, ramm-, vran-. abhiruyha1, absol. o/abhirhati qv. abhiruyha2, mfn.,fpp o/abhirhati qv. abhiruyhati, see sv abhirhati. abhiruhati, see sv abhirhati. abhiruhana, n., see sv abhirhana. abhirpa, mfn. [ts], handsome, beautiful; Vin I 268,11 (Ambaplik ganik - hoti dassaniy psdik); D II 177,17 (rj Mahsudassano -o ahosi dassaniyo); A l l 203,8 (mtugmo ~o hoti dassaniyo); Sn410 (-0 brah suci caranena c' eva sampanno); Ja IV 70,i9* (vannav -o si); Ap 24,20 (psdiko iriyati - 0 susamvuto); Pp 52,10 (so ca hoti -o dassaniyo psdiko); Mil 238,23 (annam pi tattha -am kranam sunohi); Dhp -a III113,11 ( -tya pana Rpanand ti paniiyi); 428,6 (kumudni -ni); -tara, mfn., (compar.) more beautiful; Mil 155,21 (~o c'eva hoti dassaniyataro ca); Ud22,29; JaV 90,24* (annam pariyesa... -am may); -va(t), mfn., very beautiful; JaV 447,22' (n* accantavann ti -vati); Mp III 268,19 (abhirpa ti -vati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhirpa ti atirp); anabhirpa, mfn., not beautiful; illfavoured; Vism 692,2 (Sundariy bhvo viya); Patis-a 379,15 (-e virpe ti attho). abhirpaka, mfn. [abhirpa + ka2; ts], handsome, beautiful; Sadd40,30 (~a - ti disu asammne... menditam datthabbam). abhirpi(n), mfn. [abhi + rpi(n)], very beautiful; Ap 548,ii (aho 'yam -ini, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se atirpini) quoted Thi-a 128,11 (eds so). abhirlha, mfn., pp fabhirhati qv. abhirhaka, mfn. [from abhirhati], climbing (over), ascending; Spklll 151,29 (aijhrhti -, Ee so; Be, Ce abhirhanak; Se abhiruhanak). abhirhati, abhiruhati {sometimes written, wrongly, abhiruyhati [cf absol.]), pr. 3 sg. [abhi + rhati1; S. abhiVruh], ascends, climbs; climbs on to or into; embarks (on); steps on; Vin I 191,3 (pitthim pi -anti);

212

IV 64,18 (chabbaggiy bhikkh bhikkhunihi saddhim samvidhya ekam nvam -anti... katham hi nma ... -issanti ti... saccam kira tumhe ... ekam nvam -ath ti); MI 149,5 (rathavinitam ~eyya); 1192,24 (~atu bhante bhagav dussni); S III 146,15 (eko yeva so asso hoti yam aham ... ~mi); Dhp321 (dantam rjbhirhati); ThI378 (-a sayanam mahraham); Mil 237,23 (so tarn nvam ~eyya); part.pr. (a)abhirhanta, m/(-antI)., Th271 (cankamam -anto); JaII 301,I3 (sahyik... tandulakotthakam -anti); VI 40,9 (nagaram pavisitv nivesanam -anto); (b) abhirhamna, mfn., Ja III 122,29; aor. 3 sg. (a)abhirhi (and abhiruhi), Vin I 346,27 (Ksirj ratham -i); Ja III 218, n; Ap 79,22; (b) bhirucchi (a- mc) [cf S. aruksat], Ja VI 272,5* (sa Punnako Vepullam bhirucchi siluccayam, Ce, Ee so; Be bhirhi; Se abhiruyha; 272, I6': Vepullapabbatam -i); 3 pl. abhirhimsu, abhirhimsu, Ja VI 435, I9 (upari psdam -imsu); absol (a) abhiruyha1, Vv 60:1; Ja III 189,n (nvam abhiruyha); VI 268,23; Mil 276,30; Dhp-al 220,17 (psdam abhiruyha); (b) abhirhiya, ThI27 (pabbatam ~iya); (c) abhirhitv (and abhiruhitv), Vin I 188,20 (katthapdukyo -itv); DU 41,2 (bhaddam ynam -itv); Mil 93,6 (psdam -itv); Ja VI 582,14* (pabbatam -itv); Ap 65,22; Mil 29,24; pp abhirlha, mfh.t \.(act.) having climbed on to; mounted (on); Vin IV 65,27 foil, (bhikkhuniy ~e bhikkhu abhirhati... bhikkhumhi ~e bhikkhuni abhirhati patti pcittiyassa); Vv 81:19; JaV 217,1 (psdam ~o ti); VI445,20* (Vedeho nvam ruhi -am ca tarn natv anussi Mahosadho); Mil 237,20; Spkll 84,8 (--tt); 2. (pass.) ascended, climbed by; Vin III 127,i (bhikkhu itthiy -am sankamam sratto sanclesi); fpp (a) abhirhitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 138,27 (na bhikkhave rukkho ~o); Mil 194,24 (uttarasetussa pubbe va thirthirabhvam jnitv -am hoti); Spklll 19,25 (udakannavam taritukrnena ... udakakilam kilantena viya na nv -, Be so; Se nvam; Ce nvam na -am; Ee nvam na atiharitabbam, prob, wr); (b) abhiruyha2, mfn., Vv-a 253,7 (puna - ti ettha anunsikalopo datthabbo, -am rohaniyan ti vuttarn hoti; ad Vv60:1: susukkakhandham abhiruyha ngam... abhiruyha gajavaram sukappitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhiruyha ... ruyha ...); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhiropeti, ~ayati, causes to rise; plants; puts on, fixes on, fastens (esp. on a thpa,)/ presents as an offering; Thi 377 (~ehi ca mlavannakam); Ap 72,22 (dhajam v pupphadmam v ~eti uttari); part.pr. abhiropayanta, m/h., Dth5:19 (thokam pi bijam athav -ayant); aor. 3 sg. abhiropesi, Ap 86,1 (yo puppham ~esi); 7 sg. (a) abhiropesim, Vv60:5 (muttapupphni... thpasmim -esim); Ap 84,12; (b) abhiropayim, Vv 36:7 (sovannajlam ... parinibbute Gotame ... pasannacitt aham abhiropayim, mc; Vv-a 169,13/0//. pjvasena sarire ropesim patimuncim); Ap 364,12 (suphullapadumam ... buddhassa ~ayim); abhiropayim in Ee a t Ap 466,4 is wr for abhirocayim (Be, Ce, Se so); 3 pl. (a) abhiropayum, Ap 70,26 (citakam katv sukatam sariram ~ayum); (b) abhiropayimsu, Ap-a 568,14; pp abhiropita, mfn., put on; offered; Ap 517,26 (kim me

imhi mlhi sirasropithi me vararn me buddhasetthassa nanamhi ~itam). abhirhana, abhiruhana, n. [BHS abhirha(na), abhirohana], climbing (on to); embarking; Th 766 (yad ca maggam addakkhim nvya ~am); Ja IV 292,5 (milcnam -am olokento); Mil 356,25 (smannatthaselasikharamuddhani -ya); Thi-a 49,20 (hatthrohakassa 01 -atthya pdam pasrentam hatthim disv). abhirocati, pr. 3 sg., 1. [cfS. abhWruc] is pleased with; approves; Ja VI 544,1* (na vsarn ~mi gamanam mayha ruccati); 2. [BHS abhirocate] shines very much; outshines; Vv 64:24 (devasangham ~ase bhusam; Vv-a 282,27: -ase ti abhibhavitv vijjotasi); pp abhirucita, mfn. [ts], pleasing, agreeable, approved; Dili 154,4* (~ni gunni); Ja I 402,21 (attano -am ekam mangalam nmam gahetv); Dhp-al 45,18 (attano -am kulam cikkhi); Cp-a202,is/o//. (yadi Mahkancanakumrassa nekkhammam -am yam tassa -am tad amhkam pi -am eva); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhiroceti, -ayati, is pleased with; likes; approves; Ja III 192,25* (na dnham tay saddhim samvsam -aye); V 222,17* (na vham etam -aymi); aor. 2 sg. (a) abhirocesi, Vv-a 282,24; (b) abhirocayi, Vv 64:23 (kam dhammacariyam vatam abhirocayi, mc; Vv-a 282,24: -ayi ti abhirocesi, ruccitv presi ti attho); 1 sg. abhirocayim, Ap 466,4 (tarn thnam -ayim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhiropayim; Ap-a 494, is: icchim patthesin ti attho); Bv 12:12; see also atirocati. abhiropana, n. (or - a , / ) [from abhiropeti], fixing the mind, attention; PatisII 82,13 ('-atthena sammsankappo micchsankappassa pahnya maggo c' eva hetu ca); Patis-a96,io ('-attho ti cittassa rammanropanattho); see also abhiniropan. abhiropeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of abhirhati qv. abhilakkhita, mfn. [S., BHS abhilaksita], marked out, indicated; characterised; appointed; distinguished; MI 20,28 (y t rattiyo abhinnt - ctuddasi pancadasi atthami ca pakkhassa; Ps I 119, A foil.\ - lakkhaniy icc eva attho, uposathasamdnadhammasavanapjsakkrdikaranattham lakkhetabb ...); JaIV l,is (ajja -o mah-uposathadivaso); Ps II 380,15 (abhinnto -0 v); Spkll 239,19 (-esu issarajanagehesu); Pj II 270,24 (so Pancaggadyako tv eva -0 ahosi); As 62,io (-tt); anabhilakkhita, mfn., not marked out; not appointed; Ps I 119,15 (bhagavati anuppanne... pancami ~ yeva). abhilanghati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhWlahgh], ascends; travels across (esp. of the moon); Sv619,15 (etam... punnacandamithunam pubbpariyena gaganatalam -ati ti); Ps IV 225, is (so hatthirj rjahamso viya ... gaganatalam -ati); part.pr. (a)abhilahghanta, mfn., Ja III 364,18 (gaganatalam -antam eva paripunnam candamandalam Rhu avatthari); Spkl 125,25; (b) abhilanghamna, mfn., Ja VI 221,7 (visuddhagaganatalam -amanam candamandalam disv); absol. abhilanghitv, Sv623,30. abhilapiyati, abhilpiyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *abhi + lapati; cf S. abhWlap], is pronounced; is expressed; Patis-a 306,20 (-ati etena attho ti abhilpo ti vuccati, Be, Se

213

so; Ce, Ee abhilpiyati); Sadd 543,3 (udiriyati ~afi ti). abhilambati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + lambati], hangs down (over); JaV 269,14* (ayomay simbaliyo solasangulakantak dubhato-m-abhilambanti duggam Vetaranim nadim); part.pr. abhilmbanta,mfn., JaV 70,6* (addakkhim ... paptam -antam); Ap 15,16 (dum ubhato ~ant, Be, Ce so; Ee ~anti; Se atilambanti; Ap-a 213,23: ~ant nadiy ubhato tire hetth onamant); pp abhi Iambi t a, mfn., hanging down (from); JaV 407,23' (niladumbhilambit ti nllesu dumesu ~ hutv); ifc see niladum-. abhilasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhilasati], wishes for; strives after; Sadd 449,20 (lasati ~ati vilasati); part.pr. abhilasanta, mfn., Mhv 81:64 (~anto). abhilpa, m. [ts], speaking; word, expression; name, designation; VinV 176,3 (nmam nmakammam nmadheyyam nirutti vyanjanam ~o); Dhs 1306 (nirutti vyanjanam ~o); Sp 108,16 (porn pana vannayanti tarn samayan ti v tasmim samaye ti v tena samayen ti v -mattabhedo esa, sabbattha bhummam eva attho ti) * Sadd 734,28; Sp 594,24 (yya pannattiy yena ~ena); Patis-a 306,20 (abhilpiyati etena attho ti ~o ti vuccati); As 51,34 (abhisankharonti ti kho bhikkhave tasm sankhr ti, evam niddhretv sahetukam katv vuccaman ~ nirutti nma); Mhv 38:100 (annamannbhilpena); ifc see vca-; abhilpyam in Ee, Se at It 89,11 is wr for abhispo 'yam (Be, Ce so); abhilpa in Ce, Ee at Mp II 130,8 is prob, wr for abhilsa qv. abhilpana, ifc see anabhilpana. abhilpiyati, see sv abhilpiyati. abhilbhi(n), mfn. [from *abhi + labhati; cfS. abhWlabh], obtaining; ifc see sakakamm-. abhilva, m. [ts], cutting, reaping; Abh770 (lavo 'bhilvo lavanam). abhilsa, m. [S. abhilsa], desire, wish; Abh 163 (icch 'bhilso); Vism 583,17 (tasito bhavesu ~am karoti pi); Mp II 130,8 (layo pi patthana pi ~o pi bahu hoti, Be so; Se ~; Ce, Ee abhilpo, prob, wr) = Vibh-a 495,6; Th-a II 187,14 (tanh ~o uppajjeyya). abhilsi(n), mfn. [S. abhilsin], wishing for, desiring; ifc see sakakamm-, sunngr-. abhilimpati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWlip], smears; limes; Nett 12,4 (tanh, s katham ~ati); pp abhilitta, mfn., smeared; limed; Nett 12,9 (tattha loko ~o nma bhavati); caus. aor. 1 sg. abhilepayim, / plastered, smeared with; Ap84,io (sihsanam krayitv suvannenbhilepayim). abhilekhayi, aor. 3 sg. [of caus. of *abhi + likhati; S. abhWlikh], caused to be inscribed; Dth 5:67 (cnttalekham abhilekhayi). abhilepana, n. [from abhilimpati], plaster; bird-lime; Sn 1032 (kissbhilepanam brsi; Niddll 94,3i: lepanam lagganam bandhanam upakkileso) = Nett 10,28* * Pet 83,2; Pj II 586,7 (tanh assa lokassa makkatalepo viya makkatassa -am). abhilepayim, caus. aor. 1 sg. of abhilimpati qv. abhilohita, mfn. [abhi + lohita], very red; beautifully red; -nakha, mfn., with very red nails; Vv-a315,30

(jlitambanakhehi ti jlavantehi ~ehi). abhivagga, m. [?], a sort of portcullis or large spiked defensive weapon; MI 87,2 (~ena pi omaddanti; Ps II 58,7///.: ~en ti satadantena, tarn atthadantkrena katv, nagaradvram bhinditv pavisissm ti gate uparidvre thit tassa bandhanayottni chinditv tena -ena omaddanti) = Nidd II 122,34. abhivajjetv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + vajjeti], avoiding; shunning; Nidd II 64,6 (paccekabuddho pi ganam vajjetv parivajjetva -etv). abhivaftcana, n. [from *abhi + vanceti; cf S. abhivancita], deceit, fraud; Dth 3:64. abhivat{a, abhivattha, mfn., pp o/abhivassati qv. abhivaddha, mfn., pp o/abhivaddhati qv. abhiva44^aka, mfn. [from caus. of abhivaddhati], causing to increase, strengthening; Ud-a351,3o (katasivaddhan ti... katasisankhtnam tanh -avijjnam -, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se abhivaddhan). abhivadtjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVvrdh], 1. increases, grows more and more; grows higher than, outgrows (+ ace); Vin 127,34 (mahsamanassa lbhasakkro ~issati mamalbhasakkro parihyissati); D I 113,20 (samanassa Gotamassayaso ~issati); MI 309,28 (aho vata ... manp dhamm ~eyyun ti); A I 225,9 (akusal dhamm -anti kusal dhamm parihyanti); Dhp 24 (appamattassa yaso 'bhivaddhati); Ja III 399,3* (aijhrh 'bhivaddhanti brahantam pi vanaspatim, Be so; Ce, Ee ajjhrlh; Se ajjhrh hi vaddhanti; 399,14'foil.: mahantam pi anfiam vanaspatim atikkamma vaddhanti ti dasseti); part.pr. (a)abhivaddhanta, mfn., JaV 210,22 (te ... ~ant solasavassik hutv); Mhv 22:87; (b) abhivaddhamna, mfn., Ap-a 564,9 (abhivaddhamnasaddho pabbajitv); aor. 3 sg. abhivaddhi; Vin II 196,9; Mil 175,26 (rogo bhiyyo ~i); 1 sg. abhivaddhisam, Mil 376,22* (evham ... abbhantare sunngre dhammato ~isam, Ce so; Be, Ee ~ayim; Se abhivaddhati); 2. makes increase, furthers; Pet 210,29 (kusale dhamme ~ati, eds so, perhaps wr); pp abhivaddha, abhivuddha, abhivuddha, mfn. [S. abhivrddha], increased, grown; prospering; Mil 361,11 (abhivuddha-, in cpd); Pv -a 150,9 (sukhena abhivuddha, phit ti attho); Cp-a 140,18 (pavaddhakyo ti... abhivaddhakyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ativaddhikyo, prob, wr); abhivaddha in Ee at Th 400 is wr for abhivatta or abhivattha qqv sv abhivassati; jj?/? abhivaddhitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 374,16 (yogin yogvacarena ... manas rammanam lambitv arahatte abhivaddhitabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhiva44heti, -ayati, 1. grows, increases; Mil 376,22* (evham ... abbhantare sunngre dhammato ~ayim, Be, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce abhivaddhisam; Se abhivaddhati); 2. increases, strengthens; causes to increase; Ud-a352,i2 (updnakkhandhe ~enti ti); Bv-a 19,23 (buddhim saddham ca lokassa ~etha); aor. 1 sg. abhivaddhesim, Bv-a 165,6 (anubrhayin ti ~esim); /?/? abhivaddhita, mfn., increased; wellgrown, grown high; Sp 1345,33 (citya citya bhvitya -ity ti); Ps III 127,17 (~ito rohasampanno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se urulhav). abhivaddhan, abhivaddhan, mf(~i)n. [from caus. of

214

abhivaddhati], causing to increase, strengthening; making prosper; Ja V 7, r (ratthbhivaddhan ti ratthassa ~a); Ud-a 351,30 (katasivaddhan ti... katasisankhtnam tanh-avijjnam ~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhivaddhak); ifc see ratth-, rgados-. abhiva4<Jhi, / [S. abhivrddhi], growth, increase; Mil 94,3i (jinassanaparihnim disv ~iy vyamati); 95,6 (~im icchasi); see also abhivuddhi. abhivanneti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + vanneti], praises; describes; aor. 3 sg. abhivannayi, Saddh588; /?/? abhivannita, mfit.9 praised, described; Dip 1:4 (varnsam pavakkhmi parampargatam thutippasattham bahimbhivannitam). abhivattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVvrt], takes place, happens; It-all 91,6 (sildipatipadam paripressml ti uparpari ussho ~issati, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se abhivaddhissati). abhivadati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWvad], 1. addresses (respectfully), salutes; welcomes; approves of, DII 269,19 (evam ca pana tathagata evarpe mahesakkhe -anti); MI 266,29 (so tarn vedanam abhinandati ~ati ajjhosyatitthati); 11263,8 (yad aniccam ... nlam ~itum); SHI 92,20 (abhinandatu bhante bhagav bhikkhusangham ~atu bhante bhagav bhikkhusangham); Ja VI 93,5* (manjunbhivadetha mam); Niddl 428,3 (nbhinandeyya nbhivadeyya na ajjhoseyya); 434,21 (nbhivadissasi); Mil 69,2 (sabbe blaputhujjan... ajjhattikabhire yatane abhinandanti -anti ajjhosya titthanti); part.pr. (a)abhivada(t), mfn., MI 266,31 (~ato); SHI 14,io; neg. anabhivada(t), mfn., SHI 14,3i; Mil 69,9; (b) abhivadanta, mfh., Nidd-al 18,i (atha v ~antassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee tassa); aor. 2 sg. abhivadi, Ja VI 325,26* (yam mnavo tybhivadi janinda; 326,5': yam tvam mnavo ti ~asi); 1 sg. abhivadim, MI 330,14* (bhavam nbhivadim kanci) quoted Vism 394,12*; 2. declares, asserts; speaks, names; Vin I 36,18* (rpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca kmitthiyo cbhivadanti yann); D I 13,i (pubbantam rabbha anekavihitni adhivuttipadni -anti); MI 213,4 (ye te dhamm ... brahmacariyam ~anti); Sn 891 (annam ito ybhivadanti dhammam); JaV 489,5* (dhammam c' im ~anti gth); Vibh 378,18 (sanni att hoti arogo param maran ti itth' eke ~anti); It-aII 141,10; pp abhivadita, mfn., saluted; DU 269,20 (~o Sakko devnam indo bhagavato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhivdito); fpp abhivaditabba, mfn., MI 109,36 (ettha ce n' atthi abhinanditabbam abhivaditabbam ajjhositabbam) quoted As 5,4; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhivdeti, -ayati, addresses reverently; greets; salutes respectfully; Vin III 212,6 (~enti); D i l 271,2 (mama vacanena bhagavantam ~ehi); MII 89,7 (~eyyma v bho Kaccna paccuttheyyma v); SIV 121,14 (ye mnavak... bhavantam Kaccnam -essanti paccupatthissanti); Vv 80:10 (kataftnutya -aymi tarn); Ja III 307,4* (nihacca mnam -ayissam); VI 315,2* (na vajjho-eyya vajjham v nbhivdaye); Mil 162,10 (upsako gihi sotpanno... bhikkhum v smaneram v puthujjanam -eti paccuttheti); Vv-a 105,2i (vand ti abhivdaya); part.pr. (a ) abhivdenta, mfn., Vin II 118,7 (bhikkhu

uphanyo kyabandhane bandhitv gmam pindya pvisi, annataro upsako bhikkhum ~ento uphanyo sisenaghattesi); neg. anabhivdenta, mfn., Spkl 264,4; (b) abhivdaya(t), mfn., Ap 462,7 (~ayam); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhivdesi, Vin IV 158,1; D II 271,5; (b) abhivdayi, Ja VI 584,3*; 1 sg. (a) abhivdesim, Th425 (na kanci ~esim mnatthaddho andaro); (b) abhivdayim, Ap l,io (siras -ayim); 3 pl. (a) abhivdesum, Vin I 353,37 (b) abhivdayum, Ap 156,21 (anjalim paggahetvna satthram -ayum); (c) abhivdayimsu, Ps III 406,18; I pl. abhivdimha, AIV 390,24 foil, (t mayam bhante paccutthimha no ca kho -imha, eds so, wr for ~ayimha?); absol. (a)abhivdetv, D I 125,13 (brhmano... utthy' san bhagavantam -tv padakkhinam katv pakkmi); SI l,n; Sn 1010; Ja III 110,17 (tarn -etv katapatisanthro ekamantam nisidi); Mil6,22 (Sakko... yasmantam Assaguttam ~etv); Nidd-al 308,29 (~etv ti pancapatitthitena vanditv); Mhv 28:25; Sadd 544,28 foil. (~etv ti vanditv thometv v, ayam asmkam ruci, gamatthakathyam pana -etv ti sukhi arogo hohl ti vadpetv... ti hetukattuvasena abhivdanasaddattho vutto); neg. anabhivdetv, Pj II 282,16 (tpaso bhagavantam ... anabhivdetv); (b) abhivdetvna, Jal 17,n*; Ap36,2i; (c) abhivdiya, Ap 283,23; Mhv 14:51 (there sakkaccam ~iya); (d) abhivdayitv, Thi433; /?p abhivdita, mfn., saluted; DII 269,20 (~ito, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhivdito);fpp abhivdetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 9,1 (so n' eva ~etabbo na paccutthtabbo); II 121,25/o//. (na bhikkhave naggo -etabbo na naggena ~etabbam); MIII 205,17 (~etabbam na abhivdeti; Ps V 15,i: ~etabban ti abhivdanraham buddham v paccekabuddham v ariyasvakam v); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) abhivdpeti, ~ayati, causes to salute; asks for greeting or good wishes; Vin II 121,21 (bhikkh nagg naggarn abhivdenti nagg naggam ~enti); Ja VI 315,3* (katham no abhivdeyya ~ayetha v yam naro hantum iccheyya); absol. abhivdpetv, PsI 181,21 (bhagavantam abhivdetv ti... sakkaccam vanditv, ~etv v, sukhi bhava Cund ti evam vacibhedam kretv); fpp abhivdpetabba, mfh. and n. impers., Vin II 121,26^0//. (na naggo ~etabbo na naggena ~etabbam); 208,19 (sace vsiko bhikkhu vuddho hoti abhivdetabbo, sace navako hoti -etabbo). abhivadana, n. [ts], welcome; approval; Niddl 428,4 (abhinandanam ~am ajjhosnam) ^ II 132,9. abhivaddhana, see sv abhivaddhana. abhivandati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVvand], salutes respectfully; SI 30,i*(Kokanadhamasmi ~e; Spkl 81,15: ~e ti bhagav tumhkam pde vandmi); Ja VI 548,19* (pitu pd* ~ati); Th-alH 51,34 (thero sapariso satthram ~atl ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i ti); Sadd 381,12 (vanda abhivdanathutisu: vandati -ati); aor. 1 sg. abhivandi(m), Ap 111,30 (sammukh viya sambuddham nimmitam -i 'harn); 366,2 (~im tathgatam); 3 pl. abhivandisum, Bv 2:175 = Ja I 27,2* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -iyum); absol. (a)abhivanditv, Ap 356,24; Sadd 856,28; abhivanditv in Ee at Nidd I 496,1 is wr, prob, for abhivinditv (Se so); (b) abhivandiya, Sadd 856,28;

215

pass, part.pr. abhivandiyamna, mfn., Bv-a 94,37 (atidipankaro Dipankaro ... devatahi -iyamno, Be, Se so] Ce, Ee abhinandiyamno); pp abhivandita, mfn., saluted; greeted with honour, Vv 84:18; T h l l 6 8 (brahmun ~o; Th-alll 169,12: thomito namassito ca); fpp abhivandaniya, mfn., Mil 227,5 (rj nma upagatasampattajannam bahunnam abhivandaniyo bhavati). abhivandan, / [S. abhivandana], saluting respectfully, Sadd 381,12. abhivavitum in Ee at Sp 1066,3 is wr for abhibhavitum (Be, Ce, Se so). abhivasana, n. [from *abhi + vasati1; S. abhWvas], clothing, clothes; -varatara, n., the very best of clothing, choice clothes; D III 160,9* (~am patilabhati vipulasukhumam suchavim ca, Ee so; Be, Se sahidha sattaratanam patilabhati; Ce sa hi va sattaratanam; see K.R. Norman, J984, pp. J77foil.). abhivassa, m. [S. abhivarsa], rain; a shower; ifc see annapn-, sar- (.sv sara1). abhivassaka, mfn. [from abhivassati; cf BHS -abhivarsika], raining, pouring out; ifc see pupph-. abhivassati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWvrs], rains, rains down (upon, ace); showers; D i l 260,25* (thanayam ga Pajjunno yodis ~ati); S I 100,22* (s puhnadhr vipul dtram ~ati); Th 1240 (mahmegho va hutvna svake ~asi); Ja VI 298,9* (Pajjunno-r-iva bhtni bhogehi-mabhivassati); Ap 110,4 (ksato pupphavutthi -issati tad); 372,26 (annapnbhivasso me ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ativassati); Cp 3:10:6 (etena saccavajjena Pajjunno ~atu); Mil 132,16 (mahmegho... ~eyya); Sadd883,9 (abhi icc ... adhikatthe~ati); part.pr. (a) abhivassa(t), mfn., SI 100,17* (~am vasundharam); (b) abhivassanta, mfn., Mil 160,10; Bv-a 100,38 (vicitrapupphni -antni); (c) abhivassamna, mfn., Mil 200,4; aor. 3 sg. (a) abhivassi, Bv 17:2 (~i dhammameghena); Mil 223,17 (Ghatikrassa kumbhakrassa vesanam sabbam temsam ksacchadanam atthsi na cbhivassi ti, Ce, Ee so, possibly pass. ? Be na devo 'tivassi ti; Se na cbhivassati ti;quoting M II 54,3: Ce, Ee, Sena ctivassi; Be na devo 'tivassi); (b) abhivassatha, Ap 540,16; Cp 3:10:8 (Pajjunno... khanena ~atha); 3pi. abhivassimsu, Bv-a 100,37; pp abhivuftha, abhivattha, abhivatta, mfn. [S. abhivrsta], 1. (act.) having rained down; having poured down; Mil 176,1 (~e mahmeghe, Be, Se so; Ce abhivatthe; Ee abhivatte); 197,17 (himavante pabbate ~am udakam, Be, Se so; Ce abhivattham; Ee abhivattam); Pv-a29,i4 (meghehi ~am udakam); 2. (pass.) rained upon; Dhp 335 (sok tassa pavaddhanti abhivattham va blranam, Be, Ce so; Ee abhivattam; Se wr abhivaddham) * Th 400 (Se ~am; Be, Ce abhivattham; Ee wr abhivaddham); Th 1065 (~ rammatal nag isibhi sevit); Vism 345,10 (aklameghena ~amhi... vte, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ativutthamhi, perhaps wr); neg. anabhivattha, mfn., not rained down;l Bv-a 101,9 (atha v anovatthe ti anabhivatthe pi, eds so); caus. (a) absol abhivassayitv, causing to rain down; Mil411,4 (yogin... gamapariyattiy dhammamegham -ayitv); (b) opt. 3 pi. abhivasspeyyum, Mil 132,25.

abhivassi(n), mfn. [S. abhivarsin], raining; It-all 58,12 (sabbatthbhivassi ti sabbasmim pathavipabbatasamudddike jagatippadese -i meghasamo); ifc see sabbatth-. abhivda, m. [ts], respectful greeting; salutation; Dhtum 193 (vandbhivdathomesu); Vv-a 24,25 (sukhini hohi arog hohl ti din ~am atthato vadpeti nma, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se sivdam). abhivdana, ., ~ , / [S. abhivdana; /ZSabhivdan], respectful greeting; salutation; Abh426; Dhtup 135 (vanda abhivdanatthutisu); 588; Vin I 339, is (yathvuddham ~am); D I 126,2 (siras me tarn bhavam Gotamo ~am dhretu); A l l 180,14 (evarpam paramam nipacckram karoti yadidam -am paecutthnam anjalikammam smiclkamman ti); Dhp 108 (~ ujjugatesu seyyo); Mil 171,22; Vv-a 24,22 (abhivdayin ti -am aksim, pancapatitthitena dakkhineyyapuggale vandin ti attho); Sadd 545,2 (~am hi vandanam yeva na vadpanam); -sila, mfn., habitually respectful; Dhp-a II 239,13 (~-tya); Saddh 549 (~assa niccam vaddhpacyino); -sili(n), mfn., habitually respectful; Dhp 109 (~issa niccam vaddhpacyino; Dhp-a II 239,4: ~iss ti vandanasilissa abhinham vandanakiccapasutass ti attho). abhivdiya, caus. absol. o/abhivadati qv. abhivdeti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/abhivadati qv. abhivyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWv], blows on; blows through; Mil 385,8 (vyu supupphitavanasandantaram -ati). abhivreti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhivrayati], keeps off, holds back; Ja V 325,7* (tarn mam punnbhivreti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pufin nivreti; 325,31': tamh punn ~eti nivreti). abhivhayi, aor. 3 sg. [of caus. of *abhi + vahati; cfBHS abhivhayati], he removed, drove away; Bv 10:5 (sabbakilesni asesam ~ayi; Bv-a 185,6: vinsam upanesi ti attho); see also abhibulhi, abhivlhita.. abhivijaya, m. [from abhivijinti], victory; Cp-a 37,36 (issariyam ~am ca kankhantena). abhivijinti, pr. 3 sg. {abhi + vi + jinti], overpowers; wins; is victorious; DU 172,23 (~tu bhavam cakkaratanan ti); Mil 39,29 (sahgme parasenam -anti); inf. (a)abhivijinitum, Mil 71,32 (sakk ca tvatakena balatthena ~itum, ~a mahrj ti); (b) abhivijetum, It-a II 73,16 (Mram abhivijetum sannayhati); absol. (a) abhivijinitv [BHS id.], DU 174,6 (pathavim -itv); A I 106,30 (sangmam -itv); (b)abhivijiya, DI 89,7 (imam pathaviy... dhammena abhivijiya ajjhvasati) * Sn/7. 106,18; Mil 72,i; It75,22. abhivififlpan, / [from abhivinnpeti], soliciting; inducing; Sp 213,28 (tikkhattum-am). *abhivififipeti, pr. 3 sg. [of caus. of *abhi + vijnti; cfS. abhivWjn and BHS vijnapayati], begs, entreats; solicits (from); induces (to do something); aor. 3 sg. abhivinnpesi, Vin III 18,32 (purnadutiyikya tikldiattum methunam dhammam -esi; cf Sp 213,26: purnadutiyikya ti bhummavacanam, -esi ti pavattesi, pavattan pi hi kyavinnatticopanato vinnpan ti vuccati). abhivitarati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + vitarati], goes through, finds out for certain; is sure; Vin I 134,5 (gantuk

216

bhikkh passanti vsike bhikkh nnsamvsake, te samnasamvsakaditthim patilabhanti... te pucchanti pucchitv nbhivitaranti anabhivitaritv ekato uposatham karonti, patti dukkatassa; cf Sp 1066,2: nbhivitaranti ti nnsamvsakabhvam madditum abhibhavitum na sakkonti, tarn ditthim na nissajjpenti ti attho); absol abhivitaritv, Vin III 73,19 (sancicc ti jnanto sanjnanto cecca ~itv vitikkamo; Sp437,9: ~itv ti upakkamavasena maddanto nirsankacittam pesetv; Sp-t [Be] II 251,13: -itvti sannitthnam katv) * II 91,28; neg. anabhivitaritv, VinI 134,6; II 91,3i. abhividhi, m. [ts], (gr.t.t.) complete comprehension or inclusion-, Cp-a 17,8 (avadhi ca panyam -vasena veditabbo na mariydvasena); Sadd 703,6 (mariydbhividhi -atthena ice upasaggena ... yoge tarn krakam apdnasannam hoti); 778,6 ( ice etassa mariydbhividhimhi); 880,28 (saddo... ~imhi kumram yaso Kaccayanassa). abhiVinaya, m. [prob, abstracted from abhivinaye], higher discipline; the discipline in detail or analysed', Vin V 1, n (ko tattha vinayo ko tattha ~o); 2,19 (pannatti vinayo vibhatti ~o); Sv 1047,23 foil (vinayo ti ubhato vibhahgo ~o ti khandhakaparivr, atha v... sakalam vinayapitakam vinayo kilesavpasamakranam ~o); see also abhidhamma. abhivinaye, ind. [abhi + loc. of vinaya], as to the Vinaya; as regards the discipline; Vin I 64,29 (abhidhamme vinetum ~e vinetum; Sp 990,4: ~e ti sakalavinayapitake vinetum); MI 472,5 (rannaken' vuso bhikkhun abhidhamme ~e yogo karaniyo); A V 24,17 (abhidhamme ~e ulrapmujjo) * Mil 344,25; Sv 18,n (abhisaddo ... patibalo vinetum abhidhamme ~e ti disu paricchinne [dissati]); see also abhidhamme. abhivindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVvid], finds, obtains; opt. 2 sg. abhivinde, Sn 460 (app ev' idha ~e sumedham; Pj II 405,22: ~e lacchasi adhigacchissasi); absol abhivinditv, Nidd I 496,1 (laddh labhitv -itv; Se so; Ee wr abhivanditv; Be, Ce adhigantv vinditv). abhivirjetv, ind. [caus. absol of *abhi + virajjati], being completely free from desire; A I 265,12 (cetas -etv pannya ativijjha passati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhinivijjhitv). abhivisajati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + vi + sajati2], pours forth; gives away, dispenses; aor. 3 sg. abhivisaji, D III 160,i* (vatthni ca sukhumni succhavmi purimatarabhave thito abhivisaji, so read with metre; Be, Ce abhivissaji; Ee abhivissajji; Se abhivisajji); caus. aor. 3 sg. abhivisajjesi, abhivissajjesi, Sv934,is ([abhivisaji ti] abhivissajjesi, Be so; Ce, Ee vissajjesi; Se abhivisajjesi). abhivisiftha, mfh. [abhi + visittha], most excellent; very distinguished; Sv 99,23 (ye dhamme tathagato ... ~ena nnena paccakkham katv pavedeti); Ps II 332,35 (~ya pannaya); IV 29,3 (abhidhamme ti ~e dhamme, imesu sattatimsabodhipakkhiyadhammes ti attho). abhivissajji, see sv *abhivisajati. abhivissattha, mfh. [pp of *abhi + vissasati; S. abhiviVSvas], (very) trusting; confident in; MII 52,22 (suladdham vata me yassa me Kassapo bhagav

araham sammsambuddho evam ~o ti; Ps III 285,24: ~o ti ativissattho). abhivihacca, ind. [absol. of *abhi + vihanati], dispersing, removing; having destroyed; MI 317,12 (dieco ... sabbam kasagatam tamagatam abhivihacca bhsati; Ps II 377,22: abhivihacca ti abhihantv) ^ S I 65,14; MI 317,15(parappavde abhivihacca); NiddII 34,31 (sabbam kasagatam tamagatam abhivihacca andhakram vidhamitv, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se omit tamagatam; Nidd-a II 45,12: tamagatan ti tamam eva ...abhivihacca ti nsetv); see also abhivihanitv. abhivihanitv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + vihanati], dispersing; having destroyed; Mp II 356,15 (abhivihacca ti -itv); see also abhivihacca. abhivuftna, mfn.9 pp o/abhivassati qv. abhivutthita, m/w.,/?/?o/*abbhutthti qv. abhivud4ha, abhivuddha, mfn., pp o/abhivaddhati qv. abhivu44^i, abhivuddhi, / [S. abhivrddhi], growth, increase; prosperity; Vv-a 39,25 (attano -im patthayamnena); Mhv 5:195 (ssanassbhivuddhim ca tamhetukam avekkhiya); 81:64; -kama, mfn., wishing for the growth or prosperity; Vism321,n (daharassa ~) = As 196,3; -krana, n. [abhivuddhi + krana1], a cause of growth or prosperity; Cp-a 35,18 (mangalam ~an ti abhisammatam); see also abhivaddhi. abhivjhita, mfn. [from abhi + vahati ?], carried; ? Ap-a560,i5 (brhmanassa sabbagunaganehi manditatt -tt brhmanamhi, Be, Seso; Ee abhibulhitt; not in Ce). abhivega, m. [ts], agitation; ifcseejaxi-. abhivedeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWvid], 1. knows; Ja VI 175,6* (tarn mam matam v jivam v nbhivedenti ntak; 175,9': na jnanti); 2. makes known, informs; aor. 3 sg. abhivedayittha, Dth 5:2 (Anurdhapurassa maggam jypatinam atho so -ayittha). abhivyafijaka (also written abhibyafijaka), mfn. [ts], revealing; showing; Ud-a 199,8 (mlarasnam c* eva sambhinnarasnam ca -0); It-a I 33,31 (ifc). abhivyftjeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhiVvyanj], reveals, makes distinct; Sadd 333,25 (anjati tattha thitam atisundaratya -eti ti hi anganam, vivato bhmippadeso); pp abhivyatta, abhibyatta, mfn. [S. abhivyakta], (more and more) evident; manifest; ~am, distinctly; Ps I 216,6(kltikkameyeva ~ya ... pakatiy, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tya) = As 328,19; Th-alll 46,19 (-rpnam dvattimsya mahpurisalakkhannam); Sadd 332,22 (cakkhati ti cakkhu samavisamam ~am vadantam viya hoti ti attho). abhivydhita in Ee at Patis-a 414,9 is prob, wr for ativydhita (Be, Ce, Se so). abhivypeti (also written abhibypeti), pr. 3 sg. [abhi + vypeti; cf S. abhivyVp], pervades, spreads over; Mil251,24(pupphni... gandhena disvidisam ~enti); absol abhivypetv, Ud-a 354,12 (bhagavato vymappabh pakatiy vymamattappadesam ~etv); 1h-a III 57,33 (sakalam lokam ~etv thitassa bhagavato kittisaddassa). abhi s amy Uta, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + sam+ Vyu], combined, united; Mhv 35:33 (Lambakann ca yuddhya ~).

217

abhisamyhitv (also written abhisaMhitv), ind. [absol of *abhi + sam + hati; cf S. abhisamhati], heaping up; summing up; Vibh l,n (yam kind rpam... tad ekajjham ~itv abhisankhipitv) quoted Vism 472,21; Vibh 216,25 (Vibh-a 304,15: tarn sabbam ekato rsim katv ti attho); Mil 46,3 (tad ekajjham ~itv abhisankhipitv atthasatam vedan honti ti). abhisamlikhati, see sv abhisallikhati. abhisamva44 fl amna, mfn. \part.pr. of *abhi + samvaddhati], increasing very much; Cp-a 184,17 ( -vegatt anosakkitamnaso). abhisamvisati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhisanWvis], attaches oneself to, clings to; ThI466 (kirn... bhaynakam kunapam -eyyam; Thi-a 258,33: mama idan ti abhiniveseyyam). *abhisamsati,pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWsams], abuses, insults; offends; aor. 3 sg. (a) abhisasi, Ja VI 187,22* (kaccin nu te nbhisasi; 187,25': kacci nu tarn koci na abhisasi akkosena v paribhsya v na vihimsi ti pucchati); (b) abhisamsittha, JaV 174,1* (kaccin nu te nbhisamsittha koci, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nbhisapittha; 175,23^0//.: kacci nu ... koci tarn na akkosi na patibhsi ti pucchati, nbhisajjeth ti pi ptho na kopesi ti attho); 1 sg. abhisasim, Ja VI 505,16* (so 'ham sake abhisasim yajamno sake pure; 505,23'foil.: aham attano nagaravsino yeva pilesim); 563,16* (samane brhmane nna ... aham loke abhisasim). *abhisamharati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + samharati], brings together, collects; gathers up, lays hold of; aor. 3 sg. abhisamhari, Vism 312,21 (so ... dhammikya vnijjya... ten* ev' antaramsena sahassam ~i); 1 sg. abhisamharim, Ap 122,28 (ucchahge ptalipuppham katv tarn -im, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhiropayim); absol. abhisamharitv, Vibh-a 6,23 (abhisamyhitv ti ~itv). abhisakkata, mfn. [abhi + sakkata], very honoured; Thi-a 187,14* (kulesu ~, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se abhisammat; quoting Ap 556,6: Be, Ee, Se atisakkat; Ce abhisammat). abhisankata in Ee at JaV 141,5 is wr for abhisahkhata qv sv abhisankharoti. abhisankhacca, absol. of abhisankharoti qv. abhisankhata, abhisankhata, mfn., pp of abhisankharoti qv. abhisankharana, n. [from abhisankharoti], forming, creating; preparing; Abh 832; Vism 26,25 (santhapan ti~am); Sp 862,28 (cunnamattiknam -klato patthya); Ud-a 364,25 (-sabhvena abhiijhanena giddh, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se abhikankhana-); ifc see bhavbhav-; Makkhana, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) characterised by forming or creating; of which the distinguishing mark is forming or creating; Mil 61,20 (cetan ~); Vism 452,18 (yam kind ~am sabbam tarn ekato katv sankhrakkhandho); Ps I 222,29 (~o sankhro); 2. (n.) the characteristic or specific attribute of forming or creating; Sv 63,4 (sankhrnam ~am). abhisankharanaka, mfn. [abhisankharana + ka2], forming; creating; Vism 527,8 (tebhmikakusalkusala-

cetanpana -sankhro ti vuccati) ^ Nidd-a 1222, u. abhisankharoti, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhisamskaroti], plans, prepares; creates, constructs, concocts; accumulates; produces a motive force (as a result of action); D1184,22 (yannnham na ceteyyam na -eyyan ti); M III 244,20 (so n'eva ~oti nbhisancetayati bhavya v vibhavya v); Sil 82,10 (avijjgato yam... purisapuggalo punnam ce sankhram ~oti); A I 201,23 (yad api luddho -oti kyena vcya manas tad api akusalam; Mp II 318,4: -oti ti yhati sampindeti rsim karoti); Pet 99,6 (ceteti ca -oti ca); Mp II 122,22 (-issmi ti); Sadd 75,16 (keci Sakyasiho ti abhidhnam paticca Sakyakesari Sakyamigdhipo ti di nnvividham abhidhnam -onti); part.pr. (a) neg. anabhisankharo(t), mfn., D I 184,23 (tassa acetayato anabhisankharoto t c' eva safin nirujjhanti); (b) abhisankharonta, mfn., Niddl 419,10; Sv 870,29 (tayo vede ~ont c' eva vcent ca); Dhp-a III 487,18 (cornam patibhanatthya tarn paccantanagaram ~ont); neg. anabhisankharonta, mfn., Mill 244,21; Sil 82,is; aor. 3sg. (a)abhisankhsi, D I 106,10 (bhagav tathrpam iddhbhisankhram abhisankhsi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhisankhresi) ^ S III 92,30 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr abhisankhyi; Se abhisankhresi); (b) abhisankhari, S IV 290,25 (iddhbhisankhram ~i, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce abhisankhsi); Ps V 10,14; inf. (a) abhisankhtum, Ps II 366,35 (vcam abhisankhtam na sakkonti ti); (b) abhisankharitum, Vin I 205,30 (anujnmi bhikkhave pajjam -itun ti); absol. (a) abhisankhacca, SI 100,18* (abhisankhacca bhojanam; Spk I 166,21: ~itv samodhnetv rsim katv); neg. anabhisankhacca, SIII 53,27 (tad aparitthitam vinnnam avirlham anabhisankhacca vimuttam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anabhisankhram ca); (b) abhisankharitv, VinI 25,3; MI 389,3i (savybajjham kyasankhram ~itv; Ps III 104,8: ~itvti sankaddhitv pindetv ti attho); Sn 984 (~itv kuhako bheravam so akittayi); Ja II 382,18 (prpatamamsam ~itv); IV 282,7* (annam ca pnam cJ ~itv, Be, Ce so; Se abhisamharitv; Ee wr ca bhisam karitv); Patis II 196,12 (panham ~itv); Mil 61,22 (puriso visam -itv attana ca piveyya); neg. anabhisankharitv, SV 450,19 (sankhre anabhisankharitv); pass, pr. 3 sg. abhisahkhariyati, abhisankhariyyati, Pet 108,14 (yam kind kammam cayagmi sabbam tarn avijjvasena -Tyati, Ce so; Be ~iyati; Ee abhisankhriyati); Cp-a47,2 (yam yam upyanam niyati yam ca attano atthya ~iyati sabbam tarn dnaslsu eva pesesi); Sadd 509,16 (~iyyati); pp abhisankhata (also written abhisankhata and abhisankhita), mfn. [BHS abhisamskrta], planned, prepared, arranged; concocted, constructed, produced artificially; accumulated; MI 350,13 (idarn pi kho pathamam jhnarn ~am abhisancetayitam); S IV 132,14 (cakkhum bhikkhave purnakammam ~am abhisancetayitam vedaniyam datthabbam; Spk II 402, is: -an ti paccayehi abhisamgantv katarn); AII 43,31* (~am nirrambham yannam); Ja I 117,17 (iddhiy ~am parisuddham pilotikam datv); V 141,5 (Sakko attano -am panham pucchi, Be, Ce Se so; Ee wr abhisankatam); Mil 156,19 (anodissa adassanena -am); Vism 612,29 (hetupaccayehi tya); Sp622,i2 (satisampajanfiehi

218

tta); As 1,30* (dipavsmam bhsya ~); Mhv 30:21 (mattikapindam dya attan ~am); Sadd 610,5* (yam cunniyeh' eva padehi-m-abhisankhatam); 829,24 (saddaracan ~); abhisankhatbhidhna, n.9 an artificially constructed term; Sadd 75,13foil.; neg. anabhisankhata, mfii., not constructed, not concocted; Spkl 15,3; anabhisankhatbhidhna, n.9 a term not constructed artificially; Sadd 75,29 (buddho bhagav ti abhidhnni pana anabhisankhatbhidhnni, vuttam h' etam dhammasenpatin...); svbhisankhata, mfn., well-prepared; well-produced; Pv-a7,12 (khettam tindidosarahitam svbhisankhatabijamhi vutte ... mahapphalam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee svbhisankhatam); Th-all 18,25 (ekam mattikapattam svbhisankhatam katv); fpp abhisankharamya, mfn., Sadd 75,12 (abhidhnnam abhisankharaniynabhisankharaniyavasena abhisankhatbhidhnni anabhisankhatbhidhnni ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhisankhreti, causes to be prepared, created; forms; Vin I 16,18 (yannnham tathrpam iddhbhisankhram ~eyyam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhisankhareyyam; = Ap-a 545,35: eds abhisankhareyyam); aor. 3 sg. abhisankhresi, Vin I 16,2i (iddhbhisankhram ~esi, Ee so; Ce abhisankhasi; Be, Se abhisankhresi) = Ap-a 545,38 (Ee so; Be, Se abhisankhresi; not in Ce) ^ SV 270,6 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce abhisankhasi) * Pv-a 172,5 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se abhisankhasi); pass. pr. 3 sg. abhisankhriyati, Pet 108,14 (yam kind kammam cayagmi sabbam tarn avijjvasena ~iyati, Ee so; Be abhisankhriyati; Ce abhisankhriyati). abhisankhra, m. [S., BHS abhisamskra], preparation; development; performance; accumulation of motive force (as a result of action), impetus; MI 297,2 (tayo ... paccay animittya cetovimuttiy thitiy, sabbanimittnam ca amanasikro animittya ca dhtuy manasikro pubbe ca ~o); A I 112,1 (tarn [cakkam] pavattitam samnam yvatik ~assa gati tvatikam gantv) quoted Sadd565,n; Patis II 197,3 (sabbe ~e... abhibhuyyati ti bhripann); Nidd I 82,1 (te ~ appahln ~nam appahinatt gatiy vdam upeti); Vism 555,7* (bijnam ~o); Pet 169,19 (kammassa ~o); SpkII 300,1 (vyatto sdo yad eva ... rasajtam ranno ruccati tarn ~ena sdutaram katv); abhisankhro ti in Ee at Pet 63,24, 99,4 and 99,8 is wrfor abhisankharoti (Be, Ce so); ifc seenenj-, iddh-(^viddhi), gamika-, gamiy-, puhn-; -vififina, n., consciousness that prepares or produces (new birth); Sv393,3i (vinnnan ticarimakavinnnam pi -am pi); Pj II 39,27; As 236,7 (sotpattimaggannena-assa nirodhena); anabhisankhran ca in Ee at S III 53,27 is wr for anabhisankhacca qv sv abhisankharoti. abhisankhraka, m/(-ik)/t. [abhisankhra + ka2], creating, forming; Vism477,16 (dasseti... sannvasena ~e sankhre); Patis-a 514,26 (sannavasena abhisankhrik cetan). abhisankhrik, mfn. [abhisankhra + ika], specially prepared; produced artificially; Vin III 160,18 (thernam bhikkhnam ~am pindaptam datum; Sp 580,7: ~an ti nnsambhrehi abhisankharitv katarn, sajjitam susampditan ti attho); Thi-a214,i9 (vatthbharandin ca

~ena rpena); sbhisankhrika, mfn., wellprepared; Saddh309 (sbhisankhrika tassa sulabh honti paccay). abhisankhasi, aor. 3 sg. of abhisankharoti qv. abhisankhipitv, ind. [absol. of *abhi + sankhipati; cfBHS abhisanksipya], heaping together, comprehending (under one heading); Vibh 1,12 (yarn kind rparn ... tad ekajjham abhisamyhitv ~itv; Vibh-a 6,23: -itv ti sankhepam katv) quoted Vism 472,21; Mil 46,3 (tad ekajjham abhisamyhitv -itv atthasatam vedan honti ti); see also abhisankhitta. abhisankhitta, mfn. [pp of *abhi + sankhipati; cfS. abhisanksipta], heaped together, collected; concentrated, condensed; DI 142,9 (pahtam spateyyam dhammikena balin ~am, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhisankhatam; = D i l 180,11: eds abhisankhatam); Ps III 200,16 (mlavasena c' ettha - desana, Se so; Be atisankhitt; Ce, Ee -desana); see also abhisankhipitv. abhisanga, m. [S. abhisariga], 1. inclination, attachment; sticking (to); JaV 6,8* (ma rocaya-mabhisarigam; 6,32': tanhbhisangam m rocaya); It-a 141,35 (lobho ... -rasotattakaplepakkhittamamsapesi viya); ifc see sukh-; 2. curse, imprecation; Abh 759 (akkosanam ~o, Be so; Ce abhissango); abhisarigam in Ce, Ee at^Nidd-a I 9,7 is prob, wrfor ati-aggam (Be, Se so); -hetuka, mfn., having attachment as its cause; As 129,12 (~assa dukkhassa); anabhisanga, m., freedom from attachment; Cp-a 325,29 (lobhgatim na gacchati -ato); see also abhissanga. abhisangi(n), mfn. [from abhisanga], I. sticking to, attached to; ifc see anatthatth- .yvattha2; 2. [c/"abhisajjati], taking offence, being hostile; MI 95,28 (bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhahetu ~I); Sp 612,28 (kodhahetu abhisangit). abhisajati,pr. 3 sg. [abhi+ sajati1; S. abhisajati], reviles, offends; Dhp 408 (giram saccam udiraye yya nbhisaje kanci) = Sn632 (cf Pj II 468,27: yya girya annarn kujjhpanavasena na laggpeyya); pass, pr. 3 sg. abhisajjati, \. sticks, is attached; is occupied; lingers; Sn929 (game ca nbhisajjeyya); 2. [BHS abhisajyate], is offended, takes offence; is hostile; D I 91,28 (imya appamattya ~itum); Mill 204,19 (appam pi vutto samno ~ati kuppati vypajyati patitthiyati); A l l 205,13 (nbhisajjissmi); Ja III 120,15* (n* evbhisajjmi na cpi kuppe); aor. 3 sg. abhisajji, Dili 159,8 (nbhisajji na kuppi); JaIV 22,s; caus. aor. 3 sg. (?) abhisajjetha, offended, angered; Ja V 175,24' (nbhisamsitth ti... nbhisajjeth ti ptho, na kopesi ti attho); see also abhisatta sv abhisapati. abhisajjati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of abhisajati qv. abhisajjan, / [from abhisajjati], offence; (or attachment;) Sn49 (evam dutiyena sah mam' assa vcbhilpo ~ v; Pj II 98,19: sinehavasena ~ ca jt). abhisajjani, (m)f(ri). [from abhisajjati], sticking in; offending; As 396,25 (parbhisajjani ti kutilakantakaskh viya mammesu vijjhitv paresam ~i gantukmnam pi gantum adatv lagganakri); ifc see para-. abhisaflcineyyam, abhisarlceyyam, opt. 1 sg. [o/abhi

219

+ sam + Vci1; cfS. abhisamVci], had I piled up; Vv 47:6 (tamcham abhisanceyyam; Vv-a202,i: abhisanceyyan ti tarn ce aham abhisancineyyam). abhisaficetayati, pr. 3 sg, [abhi + sancetayati], thinks out, plans; Mill 244,20 (so n' eva abhisankharoti nbhisancetayati bhavya v vibhavya v; Ps V 57,8: na kappeti); neg. part.pr. anabhisancetayanta, mfn., M III 244,2i; S II 82,i8; pp abhisaficetayita, mfn., thought out, planned', MI 350,14 (idam pi kho pathamam jhnarn abhisankhatam -am); Sil 65,2 (purnam idam bhikkhave kammam abhisankhatam ~am vedaniyam datthabbam). abhisaficeyyam, see sv abhisancineyyam. abhisafichanna, mfn. [pp of *abhi + sam + chdeti1], completely covered; //cseehemajl-. abhisafinirodha, m. [abhi + sanii + nirodha], cessation of perception, of awareness; D l 179,32 foil. (~e kath udapdi, kathan nu kho bho ~o hoti ti; Sv 369,11: ~eti ettha abhi ti upasaggamattam). abhisafifihitv, ind., see sv abhisamyhitv. abhisata, mfn., pp /abhisarati qv. abhisatta, mfn., pp o/abhisapati qv (or o/abhisajjati). abhisattha, mfn. [pp of *abhi + ssati], ordered, controlled; Th 118 (~o va nipatati vayo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhisatto; Th-al 245,3foil.: tvam sigham gaccha m titth ti devehi anusittho natto viya. abhisatto ti v pi ptho, tvam lahum gacch ti kenaci abhispakato viy ti attho, Ee so; Ce kenaci abhilspito viy ti; Be, Se abhisattho v ti pi ptho ... abhilspito viy ti). abhisaddahati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhisraddadhti], has faith, believes (in, gen. personae, ace. rei); S V 226,11 (samdahitv evam pajnitv pajnitv evam ~ati); Pv 36:13 (yam kineham cakkhun passissmi sabbam pi tham ~eyyam); 36:26 (disv ca sutv ~assu); Ja VI 208,9* (tad appapanfi -anti); 211,2* (ye cpi tesam -eyyum); part.pr. (a) abhisaddaha(t), mfn., Mill 257,8* (yo silav dussilesu dadti dnam ... -am kammaphalam ujram, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhisaddhaham) quoted Mil 258,16*; neg. anabhisaddaha(t), mfn., M III 257,12* (anabhisaddaham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anabhisaddhaham); (b) abhisaddahanta, mfn., Th785; It-a II 163,29; neg. anabhisaddahanta, mfn., Nett 11,28; abhisaddahitv in Ee at Th 151 is wr for abhisandahitv qv sv abhisandahati. abhisaddahana, n. [from abhisaddahati], faith; believing; Ps II 126,4 (~am) * Sadd551,is; Cp-a 10,2i (kappasaddo ... ~e [dissati]). abhisantpeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *abhi + sam + tapati], torments, afflicts; MI 121,7 (balav puriso dubbalataram purisam ... abhinigganheyya abhinippileyya -eyya); 242,27 (cetas cittam abhinigganhmi abhinippilemi -emi); part.pr. abhisantpaya(t), mfn., MI 121,3 (abhinigganhato abhinippilayato -ayato); fpp abhisantpetabba, mfn., MI 121,1 (cetas cittam abhinigganhitabbam abhinippiletabbam -etabbam). abhisanda, m. [S. abhisyanda], flood, outflow; increase; issue; result; Mp III 92,24 (punnbhisand ti punfiassa ~); ifc see kamm-, kusal-, puiin-. abhisandati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhisyandati], streams into,

overflows, floods; JaV 5,3i*(~anti pvuso); Sadd 108,16 (po tatthbhisandare ti vattum sakkuneyyatt); part.pr. abhisandanta, mfn., It66,15* (yath megho... pavassati thalam ninnam ca preti -anto ca vrin); pp abhisanna, abhissanna, mfn. [BHS abhisyanna], flooded, drenched; filled (with), overflowing; Vin II 119,21 (bhikkh panitni bhojanni bhunjitvky honti bahvbdh; Sp 1207,2o: semhdidosbhisannaky); D I 75,18 (tni [uppalni] yva c' agg yva ca ml sitena vrin ~ni parisannni pariprni pariphutthni); A III 202,i3(dev sukhena - parisann); Jal 17,2i* (pitiy ca abhissanno); Mil 134,i6(kye ~e Jivakena vireko krito); Patis-a 546,1 (sukhena tt); caus. pr. 3 sg. abhisandeti, ~ayati, makes overflow; floods, drenches; D I 74,7 (bhikkhu imam evakyam vivekajena pitisukhena ~eti parisandeti paripreti parippharati); MI 277,6 (sit vridhr ubbhijjitv tarn eva udakarahadam sitena vrin ~eyya parisandeyya ...); Pet 107,9 (s avijj te sankhre -eti parippharati, so read with ffnamoli, 1964, p. 147; eds abhisanneti); part.pr. abhisandayamna, mfn., Vism636,14 (sakalasarirarn -ayamnam atipanitam sukham uppajjati); Ps I 277,13 (sukham ... sakalasarirarn ... ~ayamn am); pp abhisandita, mfn., flooded, drenched; Vism 702,1* (sukhena ~itam). abhisandana, n. [BHS abhisyandana], streaming, overflowing; flood; PatisI 17,13 (sukhassa 0J-attho abhinneyyo); Pet 107,8 (katham 0,-krena avijj sarikhrnam paccayo). abhisandahati, pr. 3 sg. 1. [S. abhisanWdh], aims at, has in view; directs towards; Patis-a 606,28 (tarn hitopasamhram cetayati ~ati); As 111,8 (cetayati ti cetana, saddhim attan sampayuttadhamme rammane ~ati ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atisandahati ti) quoted Sadd 539,6; absol. (a)abhisandhya, Jail 386,4* (kam attham abhisandhya... imam dukkham titikkhasi); pass, pr. 3 sg. abhisandahiyati, Patis-a 608,21 (sakalya patipattiy dissati apadissati ~iyati ti dis); 2. [abhi + sandahati], puts or places together; arranges; absol. (b) abhisandahitv, Th 151 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhisaddahitv; Th-all 28,15: sandahitv sahitam katv, mamspanam pasrenti viya). abhisandahana, n. [from abhisandahati], aiming at; directing towards; Patis-a 48,34 (cetanbhvalakkhan -lakkhan v). abhisandhna, n. [ts], aim; Sadd 255,4 (atthasaddo ... abhidheyyadhanakranapayojananivatybhisandhndivacano). abhisandhi,/ [ts], meaning, intention, aim; Abh766; Pj II 490,20 (tassa dhammam desessmi ti imin ca -in); Vibh-a426,23 (elakam mremi ti -in pi hi elakatthne thitarn manusso manussabhtam mtaram pitaram v mrento); see also sbhisandhika. abhisanna, mfn., pp of abhisandati qv. abhisapati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. abhWSap], curses, puts a curse on; swears; Vin IV 276,22 foil, (katham hi nma ayy Candakli attnam pi pararn pi nirayena pi brahmacariyena pi ~issari ti... y ... ~eyyapcittiyan ti; Sp 928,r. ~eyy ti sapatham kareyya); MII 155,17 (handa nam -m ti);

220

part.pr. abhisapanta, m/(~anti)w., VinV 61,21 (~antiy pcittiyam); JaV 87,11 (~anto); aor. 3 sg. abhisapi, VinV 61,23 (Candakli bhikkhuni... ~i); JaIV 389,3 (tumhkam kulpakatpaso mam nirapardham ~i); 3 pi abhisapimsu, M II 155,19 (isim ~imsu bhasm vasali hohi ti); absol. abhisapitv, SI 227,31 (asurindam ~itv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~etv, prob. wr); Dhp-al 42,9; pp (a) abhisatta, mfn. [S. abhiSapta (or pp of abhisajjati, cf BHS abhisakta)], cursed, reviled; JaV 71,27*; Pj II 364,14 (dasahi akkosavatthhi ~o); rpa, mfn., terribly cursed; seemingly accursed; Vv 84:5 (bhmippadeso ~-rpo; Vv-a 336,1 foil.: pornehi isii sapitasadiso, dinnasapo viy ti attho); abhisattaklato in Ee at Cp-a 45,27 is wr for abhisittaklato (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) abhisapita, mfn., cursed; reviled; SI 228,2; Dhp-aI42,7; It-all 99,o (ahnatitthiy ca samanena Gotamena ~o Devadatto pathavim pavittho ti abbhcikkhimsu); Sadd403,30 (sapa akkose: ... abhisapatho ~o); caus. pr. 3 sg. *abhisapeti, ~ayati (and abhisappeti ?), curses; part.pr. f abhisappenti, Utt-vn214 (attnam vbhisappenti, eds so); aor. 1 sg. abhispayim, Ap 613,9 (kupita bhikkhunim ~ayim); pp abhisappita, mfn., Utt-vn214 (pcitti abhisappite, eds so). abhisapatha, m. [from abhisapati, or abhi + sapatha], a curse; Sadd403,30 (sapati sapatho ~o abhisapito sapanako). abhisapana, n. [cf S. abhiSapana], cursing, a curse; Sp 1308,2 (nirayena v brahmacariyena v -sikkhpadam); Pv-a 144,8 (-vasena katam ppakammam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhisampanna-). abhisappita, abhisappenti, see sv abhisapati. abhisamaggaratnam in Be, Ee at Pet 33,24 is prob, wr; Ce abhisamayaratnam; and see ffnamoli, 1964, p. 42. abhisamaya, m. [BHS id.], 1. penetration into; right understanding (of); D i l 31,8 (Vipassissa bodhisattassa yonisomanasikr ahu pannya ~o); A IV 384,20 (yam ... anntam ... anabhisametam, tassa nnya dassanya pattiy sacchikiriyya ~ya bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati ti); Th593 (saccnam ~o); Patis II 215,3/o//. (Patis-a 686,19: ~o ti saccnam abhimukhena samgamo, pativedho ti attho); Mil 289,22 (catunnam yeva ariyasaccnam ~am anvesi); Pet 125,14 (catsu ariyasaccesu yathbhtam nnadassanam ~o); 133,17 (cattro ~); Sadd 899,29 (annatra buddhuppd ~o n' atthi); ifc see dhamm-, mna-, sacca-; 2. convincement, conversion; Bv 15:3 (tasspi lokanthassa ahesum - tayo kotisatasahassnam pathambhisamayo ahu); Sv 549,33 (annesu ca thnesu anek -a dissanti); Bv-a 129,i/o//. (tato ~o na bhaveyya asati ~e niratthako buddhuppdo bhaveyya); anabhisamaya, m., lack of penetration; wrong understanding; SHI 260,23 (rpe... ~); Dhs 390 (annnam adassanam ~o ananubodho ... moho hoti) * Nett 75,26; Pet 119,18 (catsu ariyasaccesu ~o). abhisamgacchati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhisamgacchati]; comes to; comes together; understands; Spk II 40,27 (abhisameti ti iinena ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits) = Patis-a244,3i; absol. abhisamgantv, Niddll 270,20

(samecca abhisamecca samgantv abhisamgantv); Pj I 236,13 (abhisamecc ti abhisamgantv); Spk II 402,19 (abhisankhatan ti paccayehi abhisamgantv katam); neg. anabhisamgantv, Spk III 300,2 (iinena anabhisamgantv); p p abhisamgata, mfn., understood; Spk III 150,16 (dhammo ca me abhisameto ti vipassandhammo -0); fpp abhisamgantabba, mfn., Patis-a 331,27 (abhisamayatthen ti lokikena nnena abhisamgantabbatthena). abhisamcra, m. [abhi + samcra], good conduct; VinV 182,30 ('-alajji ca, in uddna); Vism 11,26 (~o ti uttamasamcro); see also abhisamcrik. abhisamcrika, see sv abhisamcrik. abhisamcita, mfn. [pp o/*abhi + sam+ cinti], heaped together; accumulated; ifc see cirakl-. abhisamhro in Ee at Pet 170,14 is wr for abhisamparyo (Ce so, and see ffnamoli, 1964, p. 232). abhisamikkha, absol. o/abhisamekkhati qv. abhisamita, mfn.,ppof abhisameti qv. abhisamekkhati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sam + ikkhati; -eprob. through influence of apekkhati, pekkhati], sees, watches; regards; considers; Ja IV 19,4* (yam tvam sukhenbhisamekkhase mam; 19,8': ~ase piyacakkhhi olokesi); V 394,8* (tvam no 'ttamevbhisamekkha Nrada; 394,12': uttamamahmuni tvam eva no upadhrehi ti); absol. (a) abhisamikkha, [cfS. abhisamiksya], JaV 340,12* (te sattum abhisamikkha, Ee so; Be, Ce abhisancikkha; Se abhisincikkha; 342,9'foil: ubho pi sattum yantam passitv); (b) abhisamekkha, Ja V 393, is* (tarn ycamnbhisamekkha Nrado; 394,3': abhisamekkha ti disv). abhisamecca, absol. 0/abhisameti qv. abhisameta(r), m. [from abhisameti], one who understands; Ps I 193,30 (honti yeva dhammam ~ro); Patis-a 686,23 (~a puggalo). abhisametvi(n), mfn. [abhisameta + (a)vi(n); cf BHS abhisamitavant, abhisamitvin], who has understood; understanding clearly; Vin III 189,9 (saddheyyavacas nma gataphal ~inl vinntassan; Sp 632,20: ~inl ti patividdhacatusacc); Sil 133,23 (ariyasvakassa ditthisampannassa puggalassa ~ino etad eva bahutaram dukkham); anabhisametvi(n), mfn., who has not understood; Yam I 181,25; Ud-a391,30 (ettvat ca anabhisametvmam bhikkhnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anabhisametam hi tarn). abhisameti, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sam + eti1 and abhi + sam + eti2; BHS abhisameti], attains; grasps, understands; AI 286,11 (tathagato abhisambujjhati -eti) * S III 139,22; SV 416,i (yathbhtam -essanti); PatisII 215,3/0//.; Mil214,16 (catusaccbhisamayam ~eti); Pet \33,\9foil; 243,22 (khippam ca ~enti); Vism 544,33* (saccni ~essati); Sp 185,25 (ekagtham pi sutv dhammam ~enti); part.pr. abhisamenta, mfn., Ap 432,31 (dhammam ~entassa); Ud-a 393,28; aor. 3pi (a) abhisamesum, SV 415,28; (b) abhisamimsu, Bv8:5 (kotisatni ~imsu pathame dhammadesane); Mil 349,21 (visati pnakotiyo ~imsu); absol. (a)abhisamecca, MI 252,11 (so yakkho bhagavato bhsitam abhisamecca); Sn 143 (yam

221

tarn santam padam abhisamecca); neg. anabhisamecca, S V 438,25; (b) abhisametv, SII 25,2i (abhisambujjhitv -etv) quoted Kv 321,9; Ja III 450, w; pp (a) abhisamita, mfn. [BHS id.], understood, grasped; Vin III 177,19 (ayyaputtena dhammo ~o; Sp 612,7: catusaccadhammo patividdho); Thi-a224,26 (saccnamca tt); (b) abhisameta, mfn. understood, grasped; SHI 135,23 (dhammo ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhisamito); neg. anabhisameta,mfn., SV 440,28; A IV 384,19 (anntam adittham appattam asacchikatam anabhisametam); Pet 66,23 (bhikkhu anabhisametassa dukkhassa ariyasaccassa abhisamayya chandam janeti); fpp abhisametabba, mfn., Vism494,i5 (ye dukkhdini abhisamentehi abhisametabba); Ud-a 20,27; s e e also abhisameta(r), abhisametvi(n). abhisampanna- in Ee at Pv-a 144,8 is wr for abhisapana- qv. abhisamparya, m. [abstracted from abhisamparyam; BHS id.], future fate, condition in one's next rebirth; Vin I 293,34 (itthannmo bhante bhikkhu klankato tassa k gati ko ~o); D II 204,29 (gatim tesam jnissmi -am); MI 387,21 (ko ~o ti; Ps III 101,s: -amhi kattha nibbatti); SV 369,21; Pet 172,9 (tassa sekkhassa bhaddika gati bhaddiko ~o); It-a I 101,30 (dukkham ditthe c'eva dhamme ~e ca); Pv-a 122,8 (Asayhasetthino -am pucchi). abhisamparyam, ind. [abhi + ace. of samparya], in a future state; in the next existence; D III 83,19 (ditthe c'eva dhamme -am ca; Sv $64,2foil.: idhattabhve ca parattabhve ca) quoted Mil 162,20; MI 515,31 (imin bhot satthr samasamagatiko bhavissmi -am); A I 48,25 (kyaduccaritassa kho ppako vipko-am); Vv 31:8 (kyassa bhed -am); Ja V 221,20* (ppam ca passa -am); Pp 38,io (ekaeco satth dittheva dhamme attnam saccato thetato pannpeti -am ca) quoted Kv 68,9. abhisambandha, mfn. [ts], connected (with), belonging (to); Vism 448,7 (tya ca pana calitehi cittajaropehi -nam utujdinam pi calanato); anabhisambandha, mfn., not connected (with); Vism 576,10 = Nidd-a 1229,16. abhisambandhitabba, mfn. [fpp o/*abhi + sambandhati; cf S. abhisambadhnti], to be connected (with); Pj II 385,19 (etam pabbajito 'mhl ti imin -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sambandhitabbam); see also abhisambandhitv. abhisambandhitv, ind. [absol. o/*abhi + sambandhati; cf S. abhisambadhnti], referring to, connecting with; Pj II 72,14 = Nidd-a II 113,15 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhisambujjhitv); see also abhisambandhitabba. abhisambujjhati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS abhisambudhyate], attains perfect or complete understanding (of); becomes a Buddha; D II 108,20 (yad tathagato anuttaram sammsambodhim -ati); SII 25,21 (tarn tathagato ~ati abhisameti); A II 24,3 (yam ca ... rattim tathagato -ati yam ca rattim parinibbyati); Ja I 15,28 (bodhimandam ruyha assattharukkhamle -issati ti); Cp-a284,8 (aho vatham anuttaram sammsambodhim -eyyam); part.pr. (a) abhisambujjhanta, mfn., Bv-a 83,34 (sammsambodhim -ante); (b) abhisambujjhamna, mfn., Mp V 30,i7 (-amno); see also abhisambudhna; aor. 3 sg. abhisambujjhi, Nidd I 457,19 (smam saccni ~i); 3pi. abhisambujjhimsu, D i l 83,23 (anuttaram

sammsambodhim -imsu); absol. abhisambujjhitv, SII 25,2i (tarn tathagato ... -itv abhisametv cikkhati deseti); Sp 16,24; p p abhisambuddha, mfn. and n. [BHS id.], I. (mfn.) (\)(act.) having understood; having attained complete understanding; become a Buddha; Vin I 11,28 (athham... anuttaram sammsambodhim - 0 ti paccaniisim); DU 4,7 (Vipassi... bhagav ... ptaliy mle ~o); MI 6,14 (tathagato sabbaso tanhnam khay ... anuttaram sammsambodhim -o); S V 433,22 (catunnam ariyasaccnam yathbhtam tt); Ja IV 233,15* (buddha - virocanti); Patis I 174,34 (attadamathattham yathattham tt); Pet 5,13 (yam ca rattim bhagav -0); Mill 08,1 (-e satthari); neg. anabhisambuddha, mfn., not having attained complete understanding; not (yet) a Buddha; MI 163,9 (pubbe va sambodh anabhisambuddho bodhisatto va samno); A III 240,17 (anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattass' eva sato); Patis II 109,16; Mil 235,24; Vism 302,6; (ii) (pass.) completely understood, realised; Vin 110,15 (majjhim patipad tathgatena ~); DIU 135,ii (sabbam tathgatena -am); Mil 237,29 (tathgatena anuttaram santivarapadam -am); III 111 ,6 (ayam... vihro tathgatena -o); AIII 241,32 (tathgatena... anuttar sammsambodhi ~); Kv287,io (bhagavat bodhiy mle tin' eva smannaphalni -ni ti); neg. anabhisambuddha, mfn., MI 71,36 (ime dhamm anabhisambuddha ti); It-al 126,33; Pet 33,s; 2. (n.) complete understanding; SV 417,6 (ye hi keci bhikkhave atitam addhnam saman v brhman v yathbhtam -am paksesum; Spklll 293,29foil: -o ahan ti evam attnam -am paksayimsu). abhisambujjhana, n. [from abhisambujjhati], attaining complete understanding; Sp 160,8 (bhagav bodhimande sammsambodhim 0,-atthya nisinno); -kla, m., the time of the attaining of complete understanding; Ja I 59,3 (Siddhatthakumrassa -0 sanno). abhisambujjhanaka, mfn. [abhisambujjhana + ka2], attaining to complete understanding; Ja II 272,1 (-sattam ayam kileso lojesi); SpkII 73,15 (sambodhiparyano ti... tarn sambodhim avassam -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhisambujjhanato). abhisambuddha, m/fl.,/?po/abhisambujjhati qv. abhisambudhna, mfn. [part. aor. of abhisambujjhati; or poss. part.pr. of *abhisambudhati; cf Geiger 192, BHSG 34:4, K.R. Norman, 1997, p. 73], understanding, realising; Dhp46 (phenpamam kyam imam viditv maricidhammam abhisambudhno; Dhp-al 337,6: bujjhanto jnanto ti attho); Sadd 395,H. abhisambodha, m. [BHS id.], perfect understanding; enlightenment; A III 241,33 foil, (tassa -ya ayam pathamo mahsupino pturahosi); Ps I 49,20 (' -attho hi ettha gatasaddo) = Nidd-a 1181,14. abhisambodhana, n. [BHS id.], perfect understanding; enlightenment; It-al 119,3 ('-attho hi ettha gatasaddo). abhisambodhi,/ [BHSid.], the perfect understanding (of a Buddha); complete enlightenment; D i l 51,16 (Vipassissa ... bhagavato ... evam pabbajj evam

222

padhnam evam -i evam dhammacakkapavattanam); Ja IV 181,4 (-im patv); Ap614,n (attano -im paksesi narsabho); Vism 214,5 (adhigantabbya ~iy); Pv-a 137,5 (-ito sattame samvacchare). abhisambhava, m. (and ~, / ?) [from abhisambhavati], attainment; capability; enduring; Pet 68,22 (kusalassa ca - jnan passan ayam amoho); durabhisambhava, mfn.9 difficult to do; hard to attain; difficult to endure; D II 131,6 (katamam nu kho dukkarataram v taram v); MI 16,30 (-ni hi bho Gotama aranne vanapatthni pantni sensanni); SI 129,15* (yam tarn isflii pattabbam thnam -am; Spkl 189,23: duppasaham) = Thi60; Sn429 (duggo maggo padhnya dukkaro -o; Pj II 387,23: ppunitum asakkuneyyato -0); 701 (moneyyam te upannissam ... dukkaram -am; Pj II 491,14foil.: ktum ca dukkham kayiramnam ca sambhavitum sahitum dukkhan ti vuttam hoti); Vibh251,30 (vanapatthan ti -nam etam sensannam adhivacanam); Ja VI 439,21* (atitam mnusam kammam dukkaram -am); Pj II 491,22 (dukkarabhvam tarn ca dassento). abhisambhavati, abhisambhoti, abhisambhunati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. abhisamVbh; BHS abhisambhunati, abhisambhvayati], reaches, attains; is able, capable (of); is adequate; masters; endures, bears; abhisambhavati: Sn960 (kati parissay loke gacchato amatam disam ye bhikkhu ~e pantamhi sayansane; Niddl 471,22: ye parissaye -eyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya); Ja V 150,7* (yath gatim te -ema; 150,9': -ema ppuneyyma); PatisII 193,30 (tassa atthe ca dhamme ca niruttiy ca patibhne ca na anno koci sakkoti -itum); part.pr. (a) neg. anabhisambhava(t), mfn., A I 234,27 (tarn... anabhisambhavam appativijjham); (b) abhisambhavanta, m/(-anti>i., Niddl 491,1 (~anto); Thi-a221,2 (-anti sdhenti ti attho); abhisambhoti: D II232,19 (ye pi 'ssa pita kammante -osi te pi kammante -oti); A IV 241,19 (bhvanmayam punnakiriyavatthum nbhisambhoti); Ja III 140,24* (tni ce nbhisambhoma hoti no klapariyyo; 140,26' foil.: yadi tni na ppunma); V 421,8 (khippam eva -onti ratatthaya); VI 507,3i* (patibhayni me sabbni -ossam; 508,32': sahissmi adhivsessmi); Pj II 491,17 (tarn ktum v -otum v sukham bhaveyya); part.pr. abhisambhonta, m/(-onti)., Th351 (lkham pi -onto); TW329 (~onti); Ja VI 292,30* (sabbni -onto; 293,6': sabbni rjakiccni karonto); abhisambhunti, abhisambhunati: Sp2,9* (na kinci attham -ti dipantare bhikkhujanassa); Ud-a 164,31 (nnubhavanti na -anti na sakkonti); Pet 33,22 (satta satta niruttiyo nbhisambhuneyy ti n'etam thnam vijjati, niruttipatisambhid); 171,9 (yath gambhire udapne udakam cakkhun passati na ca kyena abhisambhunati); Sadd 494,5 (na -ti ti na samppunti na sdheti" ti vuttam hoti); part.pr. (a)neg. anabhisambhunanta, mfh.9 Niddl 76,18; Vism 347,17; (b)neg. anabhisambhunamna, m/h., DI 101,3 (imam yeva anuttaram vijjcaranasampadam anabhisambhunamno); III94,17 (tarn jhnam anabhisambhunamna); aor. 3sg. (a)abhisambhosi, D i l 232,19 (ye pi 'ssa pita kammante abhisambhosi);

(b) abhisambhuni, Thi-a212,36 (na asakkhi na abhisambhuni ti); 1 sg. abhisambhosim, Ap 129,i (vsam abhisambhosim patvna assamam aham); absol (a)abhisambhavitv, Sn 52; (b) abhisambhutv, Th 1057; (c)abhisambhunitv, Sp604,n (yo... aranne vsam abhisambhunitv); pp abhisambhta, mfn., attained; Nidd-al 253,30; ifc see veyyvacc-; fpp (a)neg. anabhisambhavaniya,mfn. DU 210,7 (brahmuno pakativanno anabhisambhavaniyo; Sv640,i: appattabbo); (b) abhisambhotabba, mfn., Niddl 485,30 (abhisambhotabbni abhibhavitabbni). abhisambhavana, n. [from abhisambhavati], mastering; ifc see dur-. abhisambhunati, abhisambhunati, see sv abhisambhavati. abhisambh, mfn. [from abhisambhavati], mastering; enduring; ifc see lomahams-. abhisambhta, mfn., pp ^abhisambhavati qv. abhisambhoti, see sv abhisambhavati. abhisammata, mfn. [pp of *abhi + sammannati; ts], honoured; approved; Ap 182,4 (rafino antepure sim gopako -o); 182,17 (nlikeram ca pdsim khajjakam -am); 556,6 (-, Ceso; Be, Ee, Se atisakkat); It-aII 78,i (devnam ^sn tiha); Thi-a 241,32 (kulapadesasilcrdigunehi -assa vibhavasampannassa setthissa). abhisammanto in Ee at Ja VI 420,29* (kmbhisammanto) is wr; read km hi sammatto with Be, Ce, Se. abhisara, m. [ts], companion; retinue, guard; Ja V 373,22* (na te-am passe na rathe npi pattike, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhissaram); 374,3* (na me -en J attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhissaren'; 374,9': -en ti rakkhaparivrena); see also anabhissara. abhisarana (and abhissarana), n. [cf S. abhisarana], approaching, movement towards; meeting; ifc see tanha-; -t,/, abstr., the going to a rendezvous; Ja III 139,4' (tassa santikam -ya abhisriy nma hutv). abhisarati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sarati2; S. abhiVsr], approaches, goes towards; Ps III 430,21 (abhikkamantl ti -anti vaddhanti); absol. abhisaritv, Ps III 306,18 (anabhissaro ti asarano -itv abhigantv asssetum samatthena virahito, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhissaritv) ^ Patis-a408,n; pp abhi sat a, mfn. [S. abhisrta], 1. (pass.) visited; approached; Vin I 268,13 (ganik ... ~ atthiknam atthiknam manussnam; Sp 1114,9: - ti abhigat); Sp 585,2 (appatito ti nappatito pitisukha^hi vajjito na -o ti attho); 2. (act.) having approached, come near; Ja VI 56,23* (katuY eso -0 jano; 57,r foil: kimattham esa jano -0 sannipatito tarn parivretv gacchati ti). abhisallikhati (also written abhisamlikhati), pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sallikhati], scrapes away; restricts very much; attenuates; Mp IV 162,8 (-anti ti abhisallekhik, Se so; Ce, Ee abhisamlikhanti ti; Be abhisallekhanti ti). abhisallekha, m. [abhi + sallekha], extreme austerity, strict abstinence; - t a , / , abstr., a state of extreme austerity; Ud-a 221,20 (kalynamittat sllasamvaro - viriyrambho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhisallekhik, prob, wr); -vutti,/, the practice of extreme austerity; Cp-a 140,5 (atisayavati ca -i).

223

abhisallekhika (and bhisallekhika), mfn. [abhisallekha + ika], concerned with austerity, with strict abstinence', Mill 113,25 (kath ~ cetovivaranasappy... seyyathidam appicchakath santutthikath pavekakath ...) * A III 117,9 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce bhisallekhika; Mp III 275,17: bhisallekhika ti ativiya kilesasallekhik, eds so) * Ud36,i2 (Ud-a 226,28: ~ ti ativiya kilesnam sallekhani, tesam tanubhvya pahnya yuttarp); It-a II 91,2 (~ya kathya lbhi eva hi tarn bhseyya); bhisallekhika in Ee at Ud-a 221,20 is prob, wr Jor abhisallekhat qv sv abhisallekha. abhisava, m. [S. abhisava], pressing out; distillation; ablution; Dhtup 529 (su ~e); Sadd 494,22 (-0 nma pilanam manthanam sandhnam sin[h]nam v); see also abhisunoti, abhissavana. abhisavanti in Ee, Se at Ja VI 359,7* is wr for abhissavanti (Be, Ceso). abhisasi, abhisasim, aor, 3 sg., 1 sg. of *abhisamsati qv. abhisdheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sdheti], fulfils, practises; gains, attains; Ja VI 180,10* (sabbattham ~aye); Mil 264,9 (te imehi payogehi smannattham ~enti). abhispa, m. [S. abhiSpa], curse; term of abuse; S III 93,5 (~o 'yam lokasmim pindolo vicarasi pattapni ti, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee abhispyam) = It 89,11 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr abhilpyam; It-a II 112,24: ~o ti akkoso); Th 1118 (mundo virpo -am gato); Th-al 245,5 (kenaci -kato viya, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhilspito); It-a II 99,18 (na ... tathagatakassaci ~amdenti, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se abhisapam); Cp-a 157,26 (~am adsi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhisapam). abhispeti, caus.pr. 3 sg. o/abhisapati qv. abhisrik, abhisriy,/ [S. abhisrik], a woman who goes to meet her lover, one who goes to an assignation; Abh232 (abhisrik); Ja III 139,1* (digham gacchatu addhnam ekik abhisriy). abhisreti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*abhi + sarati3], upbraids, accuses; Ja VI 377,27* (abbhakkhti abhtena alikena-mabhisraye, Ce, Eeso; Be, Sealikenbhisraye; 378,2 fall. annamannam abhtena abbhcikkhanti alikena srenti codenti). abhisimsim, abhisisim, aor. 1 sg. [o/*abhi + simsati3], / neighed; Vv 81:18 (udaggacitto sumano ~im tad aham, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhisisim; c/Vv-a 316,11: ~inti simsim icchim sampaticchim, Ce so; Be, Se abhisisin ti sisim ...; Ee wr abhisisi ti icchi sampaticchi). abhisiftcati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWsic], 1. sprinkles; sprinkles (with water) to inaugurate as king or queen; consecrates; Vin I 37,19 (aho vata mam rajje -eyyum); D I 97,18 (api nu nam khattiy khattiybhisekena-eyyunti); A I 107,31 (mam pi khattiy khattiybhisekena -issanti ti); JaV 258,15* (tarn rajje -assu so no rj bhavissati); VI 579,14' (mahmegho viya vutthiy bhogehi ~a); 583,31' (rajje -itum upgami); Niddl 298,13 (sayam eva attnam cittena ~ati); part.pr. abhisiiicanta, m/(~anti)., Ja VI 198,6' (udakam ~antam); Thi-a 58,n (amatena -anti viya); aor. 3 sg. (a) abhisinci, Ja IV 288,10* (amatena ~i); Mil 336,1; Mhv 18:36 (~i mahbodhim mahrajjena bhpati);

(b) abhisincatha, Ja VI 566,30* (udakena abhisincatha) quoted Sadd 635,24; (c) abhisincittha, Dip 11:39; Sadd635,24; 3pi. abhisincimsu, D i l 234,3 (rjakattro Renum rjaputtam raije -imsu); absol. abhisincitv, Ja I 399,24 (bodhisattam ... ~itv Takkasilarjnam akamsu); Cp 3:6:14 (chattena ~itv); 2. [S. abhWsic, tm\ consecrates oneself; has oneself inaugurated; Mil 357,27 (yath mahrja koci ayutto appatto ananucchaviko anaraho appatirpo hino kujtiko khattiybhisekena ~ati); 359,3 (vimuttipandaravimalasetacchattena ~ati); pass, part.pr. abhisinciyamna, mfn., Cp -a 197,5 (setacchattassa hetth ... tihi sankhehi -iyamno ... rajjam krehi ti); pp (a) abhisitta, mfn. [S. abhisikta], sprinkled; inaugurated (as king or queen); Vin IV 160,21 (muddhvasitto nma khattiybhisekena ~o hoti); D II 152,36 (ye ettha satthr sammukh antevsbhisekena ti); 234,19 (~o bhavam Renu rajjena); SHI 2,u (amatena ~o); Sn889 (manasbhisitto); Ja V 496,22' (muddhani tt); Mil 79,5 (rajje v ~o hoti); Nidd-a I 451,26 (rjno ti ~ v hontu anabhisitt v ye rajjam anussanti); Qj-a 45,25 (~-tya); Mhv 2:28 (Bimibisro ... pitar ayam ~o); ifc see adhun-; neg. anabhisitt, mfn., not inaugurated; not yet made king; A I 108,2; Sp41,24 (anabhisitto va rajjam kretv); pp (b) abhisificita, rnfii., inaugurated; Ja II 300,9 (bodhisattasmim hi rajje ~e); jfe? abhisincitabba, mfn., Spklll 62,33 (arahatbhisekena abhisincitabbo); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a)*abhisificayati, sprinkles; inaugurates (as king); aor. 3 sg. abhisincayi, Ja III 496,19' (garigodakam gahetv ~ayl ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits); Dip 11:8 (Udayassa solase vasse Panduvsam -ayi); 3 pi. abhisincayum, Dip 6:24 (Piyadass' abhisincayum); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) abhisecayati, 1. inaugurates (as king); aor. 3 pi. abhisecayum, Ja VI 17,i* (ma mam rajj' abhisecayum); 517,12* (Cet rajje 'bhisecayum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hi secayum); 2. has oneself inaugurated; JaV 26,3* (ajy eva rajjam ~ayassu dhammam cara sesu paresu cpi); Mhv 7:46 (avocum rjatanayam smi rajje 'bhisecaya); caus. pr. 3 sg. (c) abhisiftcpeti, causes to be inaugurated; has made king or queen; aor. 3 sg. abhisincpesi, Ja IV 146,9; absol. abhisincpetv, Ja V 95,n; see also avasincati. abhisiftcana, n. [from abhisincati], sprinkling; Ap-a 222,32 (keci toybhisecanakar udakena attani -kar ti attho). abhisitta, w/h.,/?po/abhisiricati qv. abhisisim, abhisisi, see sv abhisimsim. abhisunoti, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWsru, or abhiVsu, abhisunoti], hears; or presses out; Sadd 830,6 (vikaranabhtassa ca nuno vuddhi hoti: ~oti samvunoti); see also abhisava, abhissavana. abhisupilita inEe, Seat Ap488,io (vcybhisupilito) is wr; Be, Ce vtarogehi pflito. abhiseka 1 , m. [S. abhiseka], 1. sprinkling; ablution; inauguration (as king or queen); Ja I 259,26 (tarn rukkham upasankamitv gandhapupphehi pjetv udakena -am katv); II104,16 (~am kretv... rj hutv); Mp 1349,2 (~am aksi); Mhv 7:47 (vin khattiya-

224

kannya -am mahesiy); Sadd 470,27; ifc see khattiy-; 2. the water etc used at a king's inauguration; Sp 76,12 (Asokaranno pesitena ~ena); Dip 11:38; ' - s , / [abhiseka + s1], hope or expectation of inauguration (as king); AI 108,12. abhiseka2 (and abhiseka), mfn. [cfS. abhisekya], worthy of inauguration (as king); A I 108,2 (rarlno... jettho putto hoti -0 anabhisitto, Ee so; Se -ena; Be, Ce bhiseko) = II 87,2 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce bhiseko; Mp III 113,27: bhiseko ti abhisekam ktum yutto, eds so). abhisekika, abhisekiya, see sv bhisekika. abhisecana, n. [S. abhisecana], sprinkling, ablution; inauguration; Jail 353,15* (na me ruccati bhaddam vo ulkassbhisecanam) quoted Sadd694,s; Th-al 213,6 (pathamam rajjbhisecanam updya idam pabbajjpagamanam mama dutiyam -an ti); Mhv 7:47 (rjaputto na icchi -am). abhisecayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/abhisincati qv. abhiseti, pr. 3 sg. [abhi + sen2; abhWsri], resorts to; Pj II 481,5 (adhiseti ti gacchati, ~e& ti pi ptho, tattha yam yam disam alliyati apassayati ti attho). abhisevana, n. [ts], pursuit of, indulgence in; ifc see ppakamm-. abhisobhita, mfn. [S. abhiSobhita], adorned; looking bright; ifc see ketuml- sv ketu. abhissanga, m. [S. abhisvanga], 1. attachment; Abh 873 (-e ruci); 2. a curse; Abh 759 (akkosanam ~o, Ce so; Be abhisango); see also abhisanga. abhissarana, see sv abhisarana. abhissavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWsru], flows towards, flows into; Ja VI 359,7* (y kci najjo Gangam-anti, Be, Ce so; Ee wr abhisavanti; Se abhisavanti Gangam). abhissavana, n. [S. abhisavana or S. lex. abhiSravana ?], pressing out; or learning, repeating; Dhtum 742 (su ~e); see also abhisava, abhisunoti. abhihamsati, abhihasati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. abhWhrs], is excited; rejoices in the prospect of; S V 74,6 (cakkhun rpam disv manpam nbhijjhati nbhihamsati na rgarn janeti) * Nidd I 241,28 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nbhihasati; Nidd-a 1346,33: na tussati). abhihacca, see sv abhihanati qv. abhihata, mfn., pp o/abhiharati qv. abhihatthum, absol. o/abhiharati qv. abhihata, mfn., pp o/abhihanati qv. abhihanati (and abhihanti), pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWhan], hits, strikes; repels; Ja IV 92,2 r (kavacam -issati bhindissati); 296,28' (yath nma patimukkam kavacam sare -ati nivreti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhihanti); Vism 259,2 (hadayamamsam -anti); Vv-a207,i (s nam leddudanddihimutthi-dihi ca abhinham -ati, Be, Ee so; Gehanti; Se abhidahati); Pv-a 258,5 (tarn ucch -anti so tena mucchito papati); part.pr. abhihananta, mfn., Spkl 176,7 (psn nirantaram araiamannam -ant patanti); Bv-al39,s; aor. 3sg. abhihani, Spkl 78,io; inf. abhihantum, Ja V 174,22' (mama visatejo annassa tejena abhihantum pi na sakk); absol. (a) abhihantv, Ja IV 296,9* (nivatthakojo va sare 'bhihantv); Ps II 377,22 (abhivihacc ti abhihantv); Bv-a 145,4 (candasuriynam pabham abhihantv); (b) abhihatv, It-aI90,i2

(abhihatv vidhamitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhihantv); (c) abhihacca, It-al 90,12 (abhihacca ti abhihatv, ise so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se abhivihacc ti; It 20,10: abhivihacc); (d) abhihanitv, Dhp-all 164,11 (papatik bhagavato pdam abhihanitv lohitam uppdesi); pass. pr. 3 sg. abhihannati, Vism 263,6 (yad ca nesam akkhini dhmarajapamsukdihi abhihannanti); pp abhihata, mfn. [ts], hit, struck; afflicted; Thi 257 (te jary' ~); Patisl 128,7 (maranena -0 lokasannivso); Sp 288,7 (-assa kamsabhjanassa saddo); Vism 261,24; Pj I 141,24 (tesam bhogaprijufinena v vydhiprijuiinena v -nam); ifc see kas-. abhiharana, n. [ts], bringing forward; fetching; offering; Sp 1160,12 (sanbhihran ti sanassa ~am sanam gahetv abhigamanam pannpanam eva); anabhiharana, n., the not bringing forward; lack of offering; Sp 826, s (dtassa ca anabhiharanato). abhiharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. abhWhr], {.fetches, brings; offers; brings forward, advances; brings near, fetches for oneself, partakes of, Vin IV 82,28 (asanam pannyati bhojanam pannyati hatthapse thito ~ati patikkhepo pannyati); D III 49,8 (so ~ati no hiny' vattati; Sv840,11: -afi ti so tarn silam -ati, upari upari vaddheti; Sv-pt III 26,is: ~ati ti abhivuddhim neti); 170,6* (patibhogiyni manujesu idha pubbe va tass' -anti tad); S II 87,28 (mlni... uddham ojam -anti); V 150,3 (imassa [speyyassa] v -ati; Spk III 201,17: gahanatthya hattham pasreti); Ja VI 222,8* (annam pnam ca khajjam ca khippam -antu te); Mil 155,21 (yath mahrja puriso ranno cakkavattissa ... upyanam ~eyya); It-all 61,22 (manuss ulrlre paccaye -anti); part.pr. abhiharanta, m/(~anti)., Ps I 253,6 (purato kyam -anto abhikkamati nma); Ja III 386,16' (-anti); aor. 3 sg. (a) abbhihsi [cfS. *abhyahrsit], Ja V 169,23* (acodit sanam abbhihsi; 170,16'foil.: abbhihsi ti -i); (b)abhihari, Jal 54,25; Nett 142,15* (tasmim manusso balim bhihri, mc); 1 sg. (a)abhihsim, JaV 397,3* (sudhbhihsim turito mahmuni); (b) abhiharim, Vv 47:4; Ja V 397,10' (idam sudhbhojanam tuyham -im); 3 pl. (a) abhiharimsu, Vin I 209,14 (panca bhesajjani -imsu); MI 236,21; (b) abhiharum, Mhv 14:24 (bhattbhihram syanhe raflno -um tad); 2. (counter-)attacks; A I 198,20 (puggalo panham puttho samno -ati abhimaddati anupajagghati; Mp II 311,22: -ati ti ito c'ito ca suttam haritv avattharati); 199,12* (nabhihare nbhimadde); inf. abhihantum, Ja IV 421,14' (so migarj na sakk kenaci tava pannkratthya-itun ti attho); absol. (a) abhihatthum [cf AMg abhihattu; Pli spelling influenced by datthu(m)], Vin III 214,20 (civarehi abhihatthum pavreyya; cfSp66S,iofoll.: abhi ti upasaggo haritun ti attho ganhitun ti vuttam hoti... atha v ... -itv pavreyya ti attho); MI 222,3 (abhihatthum pavrenti); SIV 190,27; Sp 1309,18; (b) abhiharitv, Ps II 264,7; neg. anabhiharitv, Sp 825,34; Pet 1,20 (yo yathdesite dhamme bahiddh rammanam anabhiharitv, Ee so; Be, Ce anabhiniharitv); pass. (a)/?r. 3 sg. abhihariyati, Vin II 185,18 (bhattbhihro -iyati); 188,8 (-iyissati); Ja VI 500,7* (kasm nbhihariyanti ksv ajinni v);

225

Sp 207,22 (ettha -iyati" ti abhihro); part.pr. abhihariyamna, mfn., Ps III 387,2; aor. 3 sg. abhihariyittha, D i l 188,n; (b)pr. 3 sg. abhihrati, Vv 37:10 (sad mlbhihrati; Vv-a 172,2: puppham mayham ~iyati); pp abhihata, mfn., brought; offered, presented; D I 166,3 (nbhihatam na uddissakatam na nimantanam sdiyati; Sv 354,25: -an ti puretaram gahetv hatabhikkham); Ja V 3 77,19* (disv ~am aggam Ksirjena pesitam; 378,21". tarn bahu aggapnabhojanam disv); Sp846,io (~-tt); Ps II 238,21 (amhehi ~ena udakena bhagav pde pakkhlesi); neg. anabhihata, mfit. Sp 857,4; fpp abhiharitabba, mfn., Ps II 283,5 (abhiharitabbam bhattam abhiharimsu); Spk II 212,6 (bhattbhihro ti abhiharitabbabhattam); ca us. pr. 3 sg. (a) abhihreti, ~ayati, I. makes offer; has brought; sends as a present] Ja IV 421,10* (na te so -itum, Be so; Ce, Se -ayum; Ee ~ayam; 421, ir foil.: so migarj na sakk kenaci tava pannkratthya abhiharitun ti attho, ~ayin ti pi ptho, so te aham tarn pannkratthya nbhihrayim, na harin ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhibhrayin ti pi); aor. 3 sg. abhihrayi, D II 134,17* (singivannayugam mattham Pukkuso ~ayi); 3 pi. (a) abhihrayum, Ja VI 328,32*; (b) abhihresum, JaV 377,7* (hamsnam ~esum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~eyyum, prob, wr; 377, ir: upanmesum);2. goes to, visits; takes oneself to; attains; Sn 708 (sa pindacrarn caritv vanantam ~aye); Th 637 (attan coday' attnam nibbnam -aye); part.pr. abhihrenta, mfn., Pj II 383, u; aor. 3 sg. abhihresi, Sn 408 (pindya ~esi); 1 sg. abhihrayim, Thi 146; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) * abhiharpeti, abhihrpeti, causes to be brought; has fetched; aor. 3 pi. abhiharpesum; Ja VI 465,28' (abhihrayun ti -esum pahinims ti attho, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abhiharpesum); absol. abhiharpetv, Vism 39,3 (theram ... antepuram ~etv). abhiharka in Ee at Sp 827,19 is wrfor abhihraka qv. abhihra, m. [BHS id.], bringing; offering, present; Abh 1128; S IV 345,16 (tassa rj attamano ~am adsi); Sn710 (avhnam nbhinandeyya ~am ca gmato); JaV 58,26* (~am imam dajj atthadhammnusatthiy; cf 58,3<r: atthadhammnusatthiy -am pjam karonto imam nikkhasahassam dadeyysi ti); Vism 68,21 (~ena anatthikat); ifc see bhatt-. abhihraka, m(fn). [abhihra + ka2], (one) who offers, presents; Sp 827,19 (~assa gamanam upacchinnam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr abhiharkassa); 831,24 (yassa abhihatam tasmim patigganhante ~assa dukkatam, Se so; Be, Ce ~assa bhikkhuno; Ee wr ~assa bhikkhun). abhihreti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/abhiharati qv. abhihsana, n. [from caus. of abhihamsati; cfS. abhWhrs, caus.], gladdening, delighting; Th613 (vel ca samvaram silam cittassa -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhibhsanam, prob, wr; Tb-all 260,3: tosanam avippatisrahetutya cittassbhippamodanato). abhihsim, aor. 1 sg. of abhihrati qv. abhihimsan, / [from *abhi + himsati2], neighing; Vv 64:10 (khurassa ndo ~ya ca; Vv-a 279,11: ~ya ca ti assnam adhikahimsanena ca, antarantar assehi pavattitahasanena ca ti attho).

abhihimsamna, mfn. [part.pr. of *abhi + himsati1], hurting; ifc see an-. abhihita, mfn. and n. [pp o/*abhi + dahati2; ts], said, expressed; indicated; an expression; Abh 755; Ud-a41,9 (vacanehi ~am); Nidd-al 3,7 (padena -am vyanjayati vyattam pkatam karoti ti vyanjanam vkyam eva); 8,17 (iti... ~o desako); Sadd718,i8 (khytbhihite kattaripatham vibhatti hoti); -katta(r), m., (gr.t.t.) the agent of the active verb (in the nom.); Sad d 691,24 (puriso maggarn gacchati ayam ~ khytena kathitatt); -kamma, n., (gr.t.t.) the patient of the passive verb (in the nom.); Sadd 693,3; anabhihita, mfn., unexpressed; not indicated; Sadd 718,19 (kitkhytehi ~e kattari tatiy vibhatti hoti); katta(r), m., (gr.t.t.) the agent of the passive verb (in the instr.); Sadd 691,25 (ahin dattho naro ayam katt khytena kitena v akathitatt); kamma, n., (gr.t.t.) the patient of the active verb (in the ace); Sadd 693,5; abhihita/ Ee at SI 51,23* (buddhagthbhihito) is wr for abhigita (Be, Ce, Se so). abhihita in Ee at SI 50,34* (buddhagthbhihito) is wrfor abhigita (Be, Ce, Se so). abhihesan, / [from *abhi + hesati; S. abhWhes], neighing; Vv-a 279,13 (abhihimsanya ca ti... ~ya ca ti keci pathanti). abhihessati 1 ,/^. 3 sg. o/abhibhavati qv. abhihessati 2 , fut. 3 sg. [of *abhi + dahan2, S. abhidadhti], will put on; Ja IV 92,10* (kavacam ~ati asambhito; cf 92,2\". pacemittnam kavacam abhihanissati bhindissati). abhihoti, see sv abhibhavati. abhu, abhum, abhumme, see sv abbhu(m). abhuyha in Ee at Pv 21:6 is wr; see sv abbahati. abhti, / [ts], wretchedness, calamity; Ja V 295,14* (~i tassa bho hoti yo anicchantam icchati, Se so; Be abbhti; Ce abbh hi; Ee abbhu hi; 295,16' :~i ti avuddhi ti attho, Se so; Be abbhti ti ~i; Ce, Ee abbh ti ~i). abhejja, mfn. [neg. fpp o/bhindati; S. abhedya], not to be broken or pierced; not to be alienated or severed; not to be set at variance; Dili 172,10 (~ 'ssa honti brhmanagahapatik); A I 124,24 (vajirassa n'atthi kind ~am mani v psno v); Sn 255 (sa ve mitto yo parehi ~o); Sp 555,27 (samsatth ~ hoth ti); Saddh312 (padsu sahyo me ~o); -kavacajlik,/, a coat of chainmail which cannot be pierced; Mil 199,10; -bharita in Ee at Ap 575,20 is wr for amejjhabharita qv sv mejjha. abhejjanaka, mfn. [a3 + *bhejjana (from caus. pass, of bhindati) + ka2, or = abhijjanaka qv], indestructible; Ja I 393, r (npi thitam -am nma atthi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhijjanakam); Cp-a 310,25 (saddhammesu ca -saddho). abhedi, aor. 3 sg. /bhindati qv. abhyvaharana, n. [S. abhyavaharana], eating; Sadd 471,6 (~am ajjhoharanam). abhysa 1 , mfn. [S. abhya], near; Abh 705. abhysa 2 , m. [ts], 1. repetition, multiplication; Dhtum 164 (gun* ~e); 2. repeated exercise, study; ifc see sar-; see also abbhsa. amamsaka, mfn. [a3 + mamsa + ka2; cf S. ammsaka],

226

without meat; Jail 193,24' (majjena vin vattitum nsakkhim -bhattam pi bhunjitum nsakkhim); V 458,21 (sace -bhattam upanmessmi). amacca1, m. [S. amtya], one who belongs to the same household; a companion, esp. a companion of a king, a chief minister, Abh 340 (sajivo sacivo 'macco); Vin I 348,9 (Brahmadatto Ksirj... ~e prisajje sanniptpetv); D I 96,11 (mnavak ~ prisajj); S V 364,24 (mitt v ~ v nti v slohit v); A I 142,24 (catunnam mahrjnam ~ prisajj imam lokam anuvicaranti); Ja VI 255,28 (Vidhurapandito nma ~o tassa atthadhammnussako ahosi); 444,2* (Vedeho sah' ~ehi ummaggena gamissati); Cp 1:2:6 (~o muddikmo ranno antepure jane); Mil 114,27 (ranno satam pi dvisatam pi ~ honti); Mhv 29:50 (~ena manditena sujtin); Sadd 899,2i (sabbakiccesu am vattatiti ~o). amacca2, mfn., seesvmacca. amajja1, n. (?), a bud;? JaV 416,24** (0-manjaridhara-... -pdapaganavitate, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be amajjava-; 418,19 foil.: makuladharehi c' eva manjaridharehi ca... pdapaganehi ca vitate). amajja2, n., see sv majja. amajjapa, mfn., seesv majja. amajjapyaka, mfn. [a3 + majja + pyaka], not drinking intoxicants; Ja II 192,13* (~o aharn; 192,15': majjarn me na pitapubbam). amatadna, see sv marati. amandan, / [a3 + *mandan; cf S. -mandan], lack of ornament; A V 136,6 (~ avibhsan vannassa paripantho); see also mandana. amata1, mfn., neg. pp o/mannati qv. amata2, mfn. and n., neg. pp of marati qv. amatamsuka, m. [cf S. amrtmsu, "the moon"; BHS amrtsmagarbha, "name of a gem"], a precious stone; Sadd 873,4 (sankho anjanamlo rjavatto ~o piyako brahmani ca ti)= Ud-a 103,28 (Ceso; Be, Se amatamsako; Ee amatabbko). amatabbka, m. [?], a precious stone (dark, kla, in colour); Ud-a 103,28 (~a piyako brahmani ca ti, Ee so, conjecture ? Be, Se amatamsako; Ce amatamsuko); Vv-a 111,26 ( -vimalayakdimaniratannam vasena kanhobhs, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se asmaka-upalakdi -). amat, / [S. amrt], a plant (perhaps Phyllanthus emblica); Abh 569 (amatmalaki). amati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup amati, Wg 13:22], goes; Dhtup 228 (ama gamane); Dhtum 323 (ama yte); 846; Sadd 412,14 (ama ... gatimhi: ~ati). amatta1, mfn., neg. pp o/madati qv. amatta2, n. [S. amatra], a drinking vessel; Abh 457 (~am patto ca bhjanam); Sp 702,19 (~ni vuccanti bhjanni). amanussaka, mfn. [a3 + manussa + ka2], empty of men, deserted; Cp 2:6:2 (padese ramaniye vivitte ~e). amanussika, mfn. [amanussa2 + ika], caused by a nonhuman, by a demon; '-bdha, m., an affliction caused by a demon; Vin 1202,32 (annatarassa bhikkhuno ~o hoti); 203,1 (anujnmi bhikkhave -e makamamsam makalohitan ti). amanthamna, see sv mathati. amama, mfn. [ts], without possessiveness, without

egotism; unselfish; Dili 199,28* (manuss tattha jyanti ~a apariggah); Ud21,i4* (bhikkhuno ... ~assa thitassa; Ud-a 167,6: rpdisu katthaci maman ti gahanbhvato ~assa mamankrarahitassa); Sn 220 (gihi draposi ~o ca subbato); Th 1092 (ksvavattho ~o nirsayo); Ja IV 303,2* (akhettabandh ~o nirso); 372,1* (~assa sakincano... datum arahmi bhojanam; 373,10: ~ass ti tanhditthimamattarahitassa); Sadd260,i4yb//.; see also mamankra, mamatta. amara, mfn. and m. [ts], 1. (mfn.) undying; not subject to death; MII 73,6* (aho vat no~ti c' hu); SI 103,19* (anatmasamhitam natv yarn kind ~am tapam, Be, Ce so, prob, split cpd; or perhaps mc for amaratapa qv below; Ee, Se aparam tapam, prob, wr); Sn 249 (ye v pi loke ~ bah tap; prob, split cpd, cf amaratapa below; Pj II 291,18: ~ ti amarabhvapatthanatya pavattakyakiles); Th276 (iriyanty - viy); ThJ512 (idam ajaram idam ~am); Ja V 80,6* (na c' atthi satto ~o pathavy); Bv2:7 (ajaram ~am khemam pariyesissmi nibbutim); Mil 333,1 (ajtim ajaram ~am sukham sitibhtam abhayam nagaruttamam nibbnanagaram pavisitv); Sv 115,12 (na marati ti ~, ka s ... ditthigatikassa ditthi c* eva vc va); 2. (m.)(i)a god, deity; an "immortal"; Abh 11; Ja V 223,1* (-ttarn pi patthaye; 226,34': -ttan ti devattam); VI 174,31* (tarn vimnam abhijjhya -narn sukhesinam; 175, r: ~nan ti dlghyuknam devnam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); Bv-a 136,12 (naramarnan ti narnam c' eva -narn ca); Sadd 477,24* (devo suro ca vibudho nijjaro ~o maru); (ii) a kind offish; Nidd-a I 418,19 (~o nma maccho udake gahetv mretum na sakk) = Vibh-a 491,6; see also amar1; -tapa, -ntapa, (sometimes written as separate words), n. or m., (extreme) penance undertaken to obtain immortality; SI 103,19* (anatthasamhitam natv yam kinci amarantapam, so read ? Be, Ce amaram tapam; Ee, Se aparam tapam, prob, wr; Spk I 169,18: ~an ti amaranatapam amarabhvatthya katarn); Th 219 (suddhimaggam ajnanto aksim amarantapam, so read ? Be, Ce, Ee amaram tapam; Se aparam tapam); Pj I 184,25 (nnappakram pi ~am karontnam); II291,13 (~ena sahgahitatt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee parattha tapena); 558,31 (jigucchitam -am, Ee so; Ce amaram tapam; Be, Se amarantapam); -vitakka (and amarvitakka, influenced by amarvikkhepa), mfn., thinking about immortality; equivocating thinking; Nidd I 386,29 (katame sukhum kiles, ntivitakko janapadavitakko -o ...; Nidd-a 1418, nfoll: amarattya vitakko amaro v vitakko ti ~ o . . . samparye att sukhi hoti amaro ti dukkarakrikam karontassa tya dukkarakrikya patisamyutto vitakko amarattya vitakko nma, ditthigatiko... vikkhepam pajjati, tassa so ditthigatapatisamyutto vitakko ... na marati ti amaro nma) quoted Ud-a 236,31 (eds amarvitakko); Vibh 356,26 (dukkarakrikpatisamyutto v ditthigatapatisamyutto v gehasito takko vitakko ... micchsankappo ayam vuccati -0). amar1, / , a kind of fish (which is very difficult to catch); Sv 115,16 (~ nma macchajti, s ummujjananimmujjandivasena udake sandhvamn gahetum na sakkoti) = Ps III 234,1; Sadd 500,10; see also amara. amar2, aor. 3 sg. of marati qv.

227

amarvikkhepa, m. [amara or amar1 + vikkhepa], (constant) equivocation, prevarication; shuffling to and fro; D I 24,28 (panham putth samn vcvikkhepam pajjanti ~am; Sv 115, nfoll: na marati ti amar, k s, evam pi me no ti din nayena pariyantarahit ditthigatikassa ditthi c' eva vc ca... amarya ditthiy vcya v vikkhepo ti ~o ... aparo nayo, amar nma macchajti... ayam pi vdo ito c' ito ca sandhvati gham na upagacchatiti~oti vuccati) * M I 521,1 (Ps III 233,3o: ~am apariyantavikkhepan ti attho); Ps III 197, n (n' eva hoti na na hoti ti ayam ~o ti veditabbo). amarvikkhepika, mfn. [amarvikkhepa + ika], (one) who equivocates; who gives evasive answers; who cannot be pinned down; D I 24,26 (eke samanabrhman ~); Patis I 155, n (cattaro ~); Sp 60,19. amarvitakka, see sv amara. amarisa, m. [S. amarsa], impatience, indignation; Sadd 921,2 (mattbhedo tva:... - 0 mariso). amala1, n. [S. lex. id.], talc; Abh492 (~am tv abbhakam). amala 2 , mfn., see sv mala. amassuka, mfn. [a3 + massu + ka2], beardless; Ja II 185,9* (eko tattha ~o). am, ind. [ts], at home; in the house of; with; Abh 1136 (saha saddhim samam ~); 1199 (~ saha samipe); It-a II 70,3 (sukhadukkhesu ~ saha bhav ti amacc); Cp-a266,i8 (tasmim tasmim rjakicce ranna ~ saha vattanti ti amacc); Vibh-a 108,5 (kiccakaraniyesu sahabhvatthena ~ hont! ti amacc); Sadd 899,18 (saha saddhim ~ ice ete samakiriyyam); see also ma3. amtpitarasamva^cjha and -samvaddha, mfn., not brought up by a mother and father; not taught; Ja I 436,19* (~o ancariyakule vasam, Be so; Se amtpitu-; Ce, Ee amtpitari samvaddho; 436,21': mtpitaro nissya tesam ovdam agahetv samvaddho) quoted Dhp-aIII 143,18* (Be so; Ce, Se amtpitu-; Ee amtpitari samvaddho) and Sadd 140,is (~o); Sadd 95,17 (-tt cariyakule ca anivutthatt). amtputtika, mfn. [from a3 + mta(r) + putta], which part mother and son; A I 178,2 (tin' imni bhikkhave ~ni bhayni ti; Mp II284,13: paritttum samatthabhvena n' atthi ettha mtputtan ti ~ni). amtika, mfn. [S. amtrka], without a mother; motherless; Ja V 251,29* (~o apitiko). amnussika, mifn). [cf S. amnusya, mnusyaka], (a) non-human; -mpita, mfn., constructed by nonhumans; Ap 426,3 (cankamo si ~o, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se amanussehi mpito). ampaya, imper. 2 sg. o/mpeti qv. ampetv, absol. o/mpeti qv. amya, mfn., see sv may*. amva8i, amvsi, / [S. lex. amvasi; cf S. amvsy, amvsym], the day or night of the new moon; Abh 73 (~I py amvsi); Ja I 391,22 (Kattikamsass, eva klapakkhe ~iyam, Be so; Ce amvsiyam; Se mvasiyam; Ee addhamsiyam, prob, wr); Ud-a 354,6 (ayam pana ~i ratti devo meghapatalasanchanno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); Sadd 899,20 (amvsi divaso amvsik ratti). amvsik, mfn., [from amvsi; cf S. amvsyaka], of

the new moon; Sadd 899,20 (amvsi divaso ~ ratti). amifijaka, mfn. [a3 + minj + ka2], without a bulb; Sp 920,17 (palandukassa ek minj hoti bhafijanakassa dve ... cpalasuno ~o, ankuramattam eva hi tassa hoti). amin, sg. instr. o/idam qv. amilta1, m. [cf S. amiltaka, amlna], the plant globeamaranth (Gomphrena globosa), or Barleria prionitis; Abh 578 (~o magsabh). amilta2, mfn., neg. pp o/milyati qv. amu, amum etc, see sv asu2. amuka, mfn. [amu+ ka2; ts], such and such a person or thing; Vin III 135,7 (~assa kulassa kumrik abhirp); DII 343,15 foil, (kuto bho gacchasi ti ~amh janapad ti kuhim gamissasi ti~am nma janapadan ti); MI 176,37 (Gotamo -am nma gmam ... osarissati ti); S IV 46,7 (~asmim bhante vihre annataro bhikkhu navo ... blhagilno; SpkII 370,3*. ~asmin ti asukasmim, ayam eva v ptho); Mil 129,19 (~assa kulassa); Vism29,30 (amutr ti ~amhi gehe); Sp 160,23 (~asmim nma bhave); Mhv 37:156 (kutthino ~assbhijnhi cittcran ti); Sadd 278,12; see also asuka. amuttaka, mfn. [a3 + mutta1 + ka2], not released; not freed; Ja II276,8' (na kannyatamutten ti yva dakkhinakannaclikam kaddhitv -ena); Sp985,12 (nissayamuttakasspi -asspi patti). amuttha, ind. [cf S. amutra], there; in such and such a place; Sadd 681,10 (tatra tattha amutra amuttha). amutra, ind. [ts], there; in such and such a place; in that; Abh 1148 (pecemutra bhavantare); Vin III 4,26foil, (amutrsim evamnmo evamgotto... so tato cuto amutra udapdim); D I 184,17 (so tato amutra tato amutraanupubbena sannaggam phusati); MI 286,32/0//. (ito sutv amutra akkht imesam bhedya amutra v sutv imesam akkht amsam bhedya); S IV 398,14 (asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti); Vibh 353,12 (ito laddham misam amutra harati amutra v laddham misam idha harati); Sp 160,30 (amutra uppdin ti); Sadd 681,10 (tatra tattha amutra amuttha). ameti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vam, mayati], is sick; Dhtum846 (ama rogagatdisu); Sadd 558,13 (ama roge: ~eti ~ayati andho). amodita in Ee at Ap 72,28 is wr for modita qv sv modati. amora in Ee, Se at Ap 447,3 is prob, wrfor moda qv. amba1, mfn. [S. amla], sour; -kaftjika, n., sour gruel; Vv 33:191 (Vv-a 147,23: ~an ti ambilakafijikam). amba2, m. and n. [S. mra], l.(m.) the mango tree (Mangifera indica); Abh 557 (-0 cuto); Vin I 30,27 (tass avidre ~o); Vv 46:6 (vihram... ~ehi parivritam); Ja VI 61,2* (yath ~o phali hato); Ap 15,17 (~ kolak tilak); Mil 334,6 (kassaci purisassa dhuvaphalo ~o bhaveyya); 2. (n. and m.) the mango fruit; Vin III 60,28 (ambacorak ~am ptetv); D I 46,14 (yni knici ~ni vantpanibandhanni, Ee so; Be, Se vantapatibandhni; Ce vantapatibaddhni); A l l 106,28 (cattr' imni bhikkhave ~ni); Th938 (- malakni ca... paribhunjare); Ja II 160,9* (alam etehi ~ehi jambhi panasehi ca); III 138,n* (y te ~e avhari); VI 499,3* (~ ca patit cham); ' -atthi, n., the stone of a mango-

228

fruit; Sp 101,19; Dhp-a III 207,9; '-atthika, n. [amba + atthika2], the stone of a mango-fruit; Mhv 15:42; -coraka, m, a mango-thief Vin III 60,28; Ja III 137,6; Sp 381,8(-'-divatthsu); -gopaka, m, a guardian of mango trees; Ja III 137,29; -pakka, w., a ripe mango; Ja III 198,23*; VI 529,28*; Sp42,n; Mhv 15:38; -plaka, m., a guardian of mango trees; Vin III 65,12; -pesik, / , mango rind; mango peel; a small piece of mango; Vin II 109, is (spe -yo pakkhitt honti); -potaka, m., a young mango plant; Ps II 347,1; Dhp-a III 206, is (tadahujtam pi -am upptetv); -ysa,., mango-juice; Jail 105,22 (mukhe pavittham -am nimbakasatam viya); -sificaka, m(fn)., (one) who waters mango trees; Vv 79:8; anamba, m., what is not a mango tree; Sp 77,15 (anfie ambe ca -e ca muncitv atthi pana anno rukkho ti). ambakamaddari, / [?], a kind of bird; A I 188,2 (-1 phussakaravitam ravissmi ti ambakamaddariravitam yeva ravati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ambukasancari purisakaravitam ... ambukasancariravitam yeva ...; Mp II 304, H: H[ ti khuddakakukkutik, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ambukasancari ti). ambak, / [from amb; BHS id.], a woman; a mere woman; Vin 1232,9 (jit* amh vata bho -ya; Sp 1097,3: ~y ti itthikya) = D II 96,23; A III 349,7 (-, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ammak) = V 139,14 (Ce so; Be ammak; Ee ambhak; Se andhak);(a)-pafift,(m)/(/i)., "with a (mere) woman's wisdom", silly; A III 349,7 (upsik bl avyatt ambak -, Ce so; Ee, Se ambakasann; Be ammak ammakapann) = 351, n (Ce, Ee so; Be ammaka-; Se ambakasann) = V 139,15 (Ce so; Be ammaka-; Ee ambhak ambhakapann; Se andhak andhakapann). ambagandhi, m. (?), a kind of tree; Ap 16,15 (nayit -i ca); 363,11 (nayit -I ca ketak tattha pupphit). ambafth1, / [S. ambasth], a plant, Clypea hernandifolia; Abh 582 (~ ca tath pth). ambatth 2 ,/, a particular magic spell; Sv 265,24 (tassa dhanu-agamaniyam -am nma vijjam adsi). ambana, n. [= ammana qv], a trough; a measure of capacity; Sp 1244,7 (-am rajanadoni udakapaticchako). ambati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ambate, Wg 10:16], sounds; Dhtup 202 (amba sadde); Dhtum 287 (amba sadde ca assde); Sadd 406,28 (abi... sadde: -ati amb ambu). ambara, n. (and m.l) [S. ambara, n.]. l.the sky, the atmosphere; Abh 45; 1061; Vv 64:9 (patanti c' -e); Ap 18,22 (chditam hoti ~am); Bv2:37 (gacchmi ~e tad); Sp 71,20* (hamsarj va -e); 2. cloth; a piece of clothing; Abh290; 1061; JaVI 230,29* (abhiharimsu... nnratte ca -e); Sadd353,7* (vattham celo vasanam -am); vacara, mfn., moving in the sky; Ap 363,26 (tapassino ... ~). amb,/ [ts]9 a mother; Abh 244 (ammmb janani mt); Sadd 198,18* (ammannamb ca tt ca); 406,28; see also amm. ambtaka, m and n. [S. mrtaka; cf also S. amlavtaka, mravtaka], 1. (m.) the hog-plum tree (Spondias mangifera); Abh 554 (-0 pitanako); Ap346,i6 (~

bah); Sp762,7 (-indasla...-...kanikrdini khandhabijni), 837, is (-pittham); Spklll 91,io (0J -rmassa); Vin-vn 1330 (kando ~assa ca); 2. (n.) the fruit of the hog-plum; Ap 394,3 (~am gahetvna sayambhussa ads' aham). ambila, mfn. and n. or m [S. amla], 1. (mfn.) sour, acid (one of the six tastes); pickled; Abh 148 (kasvo ... titto madhuro lavano... -o katuko); SHI 87,19 (-am pi vijnti tittakam pi vijnti); Dhs 629; Mil 56,io (-ttam v lavanattam v); Visml28,i (bhojanam pana kassaci madhuram kassaci -am sappyam hoti); 2. (#1. or m.) vinegar; Ja III 344,13 (~ena paharitv tambamalam viya); PsIV 186,16 (sabbarog -na dhotatambamal viya vigacchimsu); '-agga, mfn. [ambila + agga1], with sourness predominant; SV 149,29 (spehi... ~ehi); Sp 173,9; ati-ambila, mfn., too sour; Pj II 59,3 (kind aijhoharitum labhati... nti-ambilam ntilonam ntikatukam) = Ap-a 148,5; see also accambila; anambila, mfn., not sour; not pickled; Ja IV 12,io (~am takkam v kajikam v); Niddl 240,8 (te ambilam labhitv -am pariyesanti); Sp 181,13 (~am accambilam). ambilik, / [S. mlik], the tamarind tree; -phala, n., the fruit of the tamarind; Mp II 151,14. ambu, n. [ts], water; Abh 661; Th 1089 (mullipuppham vimalam va ~un); JaV 6,5* (phalam patati -uni); VI 278,2* (najjyo supatitthyo ... acch savanti ~ni macchagumbanisevit); Niddl 202,28 (~u vuccati udakam); Nidd-al 312,3 (~umhi jtam); Sadd 408,16* (jalam ptho ca ~u ca); -cri(n), m(fn)., "moving, living in the water", a fish; Sn62; -ja, m. and n. [ambu + ja 2 ], "water-born", \.(m.) a fish; Abh671; D i l 266,8* (vankaghasto va ~o); Th454 (baliseneva -am); Ja VI 234,8*; Sadd 500,9 (mino maccho -0); 2. (n.) a lotus; Ja III 320,17* (320,25': -an ti padumass' eva vevacanam); Niddl 202,29; ifc see el'- (svela2), pd'-, mulch'-; '-kara,/., a lotus pond; Abh678; -jini,/ [cfS. ambhojini], a lotus-pond; Abh 689; -da, m., "giving water", a cloud; Abh 47; Saddh275; Sadd 407,23*; -dhara, m., a cloud; Abh 47; Sadd 407,24; -dhi, m, the ocean; see acalambudhivsi(n) sv cala. ambha(s), n. [S. ambhas] (sg. nom. and iic ambho1), water; Sadd 408,13 (-0 vuccati udakam); -da, m, a cloud; Mhv 73:134 (in cpd); -dhara, m., a cloud; Mhv 85:18 (in cpd); -dhi,m., the ocean; Mhv 85:45 (in cpd); -rasi, m., the ocean; Dth4:54 (--majjhamhi). ambhak and ambhakapanna in Ee at AW 139,14 are wrr for ambak and ambakapanii qqv sv ambak. ambhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ambhate, Wg 10:23], sounds, makes a noise; Sadd408,12^0//. (abhi... sadde: ... -ati ambho ... udakam ... vissandamnam -ati saddam karoti ti ambho ti vuccati). ambho ! , see ambha(s). ambho 2 , ind. [cf BHS, AMg hambho], exclamatory particle used, often with following voc, to attract attention or to address vigorously; sometimes expressing reproach or anger or objection: ho ! hey ! look here ! I say!; Abh 1139 (are -0 hambho); Vin III

229

73,12 (~o purisa); D III 85,19 (~o kim ev' idam bhavissati ti; Sv 866,12: ~o ti acchariyajto ha); MI 30,28 (~o kim ev' idam hariyati jannajannam viy ti); S IV 172,24/0//. (ime te ~o purisa cattaro sivis ...); Ja II 3,9 (~o srathi); 163,13* (-0 ko nam* ayam rukkho); Mil 48,3 (kissa pana me tvam ~o purisa bhariyam nesi ti); Vism 622,26 (-0 kim nam' etam evam manpan ti); Sadd 894,31 (vuso ~o hambho hare are); see also hambho. ambhoksa in Ee at Ap 189,io is wrfor abbhoksa qv. amma, sg. voc. o/amm qv. ammana, n. [cf S. armana], I. a wooden vessel, a trough; a measure of capacity; Abh 484 (ekdasa don tu ~am); 668; 1032 (~am doniyam c' ekadasadonappamnake); Ja VI 381,25 (aham ca tesam rahassam ~assa hetth nipajjitv jnitum sakkuneyyan ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ambanassa); Mil 102,11 (vmisattammanni dve ca tumb, Ce, Ee so; Be -ambanni); Dhp-al 320,3 (~am harpetv unhodakam siiicitv, Ce, Ee so; Be ambanam; Se ambanakam); Patis-a 570,26 (kahpananam ca visati ~ni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ambanni); Vibh-a 519,6 (kahpananam ca panca ~ni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ambanni); Mhv30:9 (ekam pamsnam ~am); Sadd 410,23* (kumbhasaddo ghate hatthisiropinde dasammane); 2. a surface measure; Abh 197 (karisam caturammanam); see also ambana. ammanaka, n. [ammana + ka2], a trough; a boat; Jail 117,7 (coram... ekasmim ~e nipajjpetv Mahgangya pavhesum). amm, / [cf S. amb], a mother; Abh 244 (ammmb janani mt); Thi 424 (atha nam bhanati tto ~ sabbo ca me ntiganavaggo); Ja III 480,5* (sukham te ~ avaca); VI 548,21* (~ ca tta nikkhant); 551,16* (tni ~ya dajjsi); Sadd 198,18*; sg. voc. (a term of familiar address used to females, esp. to a mother) (a) amma, Vin III 12,34 (mtpitaro etad avoca ~a tta ...; Sp 204,16: ettha pana ~ ti mtaram lapati tat ti pitaram) * MII 56,23 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ammatt); D I 93,6 (dhopetha mam ~a); Th 44 (matam v ~a rodanti); Thi 51 (~a Jiv ti vanamhi rodasi); Ja I 291,13 (~a kaham vasasi ti); III284,i9 (~ ti dhitaram pakkositv); Cp 3:6:8 (atthakm si me ~a); Sp 92,2 (alam -a m agamsi ti); Mhv 18:17; (b)amme, JaV 183, is (mtaram upasankamitv ~Q kimkran rodath ti pucchitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se amma); pi. voc. (a) amm, Ja I 476,8 (s brhmani dhitaro mantesi ~...); PsII 268,23; (b)ammyo, Sadd 198,25 (bhotiyo ~ ~yo); see also amb. amha 1 ,/^. 1 pl. 0/atthi 1 qv. amha 2 -, base o/aham qv. amha(n), n. [S. a^man], a stone; Abh 605; Sn 443 (tarn te pannya bhecchmi mam pattam va ~an, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce asman; Pj II 392, s: -na ti psnena, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee asman ti); ifc see kc'- (svkca1); -maya, mfn., made of stone; Dhp 161 (vajiram v* ~am manim, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce asmamayam); see also asama', asma(n), assa1. amham, pl acc. and gen. o/aham qv; amham in Ee at Ud80,13 (tad amham) is wr; Se tarn aham; Be, Ce tatrpham.

amhase,/?r. 1 pl. o/atthi1 qv. amb 1 ,/-. 1 pl. o/atthi1 qv. amh 2 ,/ [cfS. hambh], the lowing of a cow; a cow; A I 229,12 (gadrabho goganam ... anubaddho hoti aham pi ~ aham pi ~ ti; Mp II 346,14: aham pi ~ ti ravam ravamn gvi aham pi gvi ti). amhkam, pl. gen. Idat. of aham qv. amhdisa, mfn. [amha2 + disa1], like us; like me; Ja IV 149,28 (matak nma ~ na honti ti); V 347,24' (esa ~ehi anariyehi sudukkaram aksi); Sp 483,29 (ko -e uggahpetum samattho ti cariyam anuddisitv); Spkl 44,io (~nam appesakkhnam mtugmajtiknam kuto oksoti); Mhv 5:128 (~e jte sakk bhojayitum iti). amhse,/?r. 1 pl. o/atthi1 qv. amhi, pr. 1 sg. o/atthi1 qv. amhe, amhesu, amhehi, pl. acc, loc. and ins tr. of aham qv. aya1, m. [cf S. aya], going; ease, good fortune; cause; Ap 588,20 (evam kusaladhammnam anurakkhissate -am); Vism 427,17 (n* atthi ettha assdasannito ~o ti nirayo); 495,3 (-saddo kranam dipeti); Sv 810,22 (-0 ti sukham); PsII 37,11 (vaddhisankht sukhasankht v ~ apetatt apyo); Pv-a 52,13 (n' atthi ettha ~o sukhan ti katv nirayan ti laddhanmam narakam); Saddh 177; Sadd 403,n (~ato vuddhito sukhato v apeto ti apyo); ayam in Ce, Ee at Spklll 33,9 is wrfor yam (Be, Se so); an aya, ., comfort and misfortune; success and failure; Ja III 382,28 (tesu [drakesu] ... attano jnanasamatthatam sampattesu, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ayanya-; Se aynassa); 383,12 (~assa jnanakle, Ce so; 2te~-jnanakle;isewrayanya jnanakle; Se aynassa); -potthakam in Ee at Jal 2,20 is wr for yapotthakam (Be, Ce, Se so); anaya1, m., evil course; misfortune, calamity; loss; Abh979; MI 173,29 (~am pann vyasanam pann); S IV 159,2 (maccho gilitabaliso blisikassa ~am panno vyasanam panno); A I 33,27 (khipam uddeyya bahunnam macchnam ahitya dukkhya ~ya vyasanya); V 156,6 (~am pajjati vyasanam paijati vyasanam pajjati); Ja III 6,26* (parjayo ~o Assaknam); IV 183,21* (manussnam ~o hutv; 183,24.* -o mahvinsakrako hutv); Mil277,27 (atimohena ~am pajjati); Sv516,n (na ayo ti ~o, avaddhiy etam nmam). aya2, iicfor aya(s) qv. aya(s), n. [S. ayas] (nom. ayo; acc. ayo, ayam; instr. ayas, ayena; abl. ayas, ayato [and ayasm, Sadd 663,8]; [loc. ayasi, ayasmim, Sadd 663,7;] iic ayaand ayo-); iron; metal; Abh493; DU 351,7 (disv... pahtam~amchadditam); Mill 167,16* (~as patikujjito); SI 127,15* (-0 dantehi khdatha); V 92,6 (~o bhikkhave jtarpassa upakkileso); A III 16,8 (-0 loham tipu sisam sajjham); Dhp 240 (~as va malam samutthitam; Dhp-a III 344,i: ~as ti ~ato samutthitam) quoted Sadd 118,9; Ja IV 102,10* (~o suvannam viya dassaneyyam); VI 580,10' (~ena sutthuparikkhitanemiyo); Sadd 418,2 (~o ti klaloham, ayati nnkammrakiccesu upayogam gaccha" ti~o); ^ayoj-'gga, m. [ayogga1, aya(s) + agga1], an iron-tipped pestle; Abh 455 (-0 musalo); (ayo)-katha, m., an iron pot or pan; M I

230

453,26; AIV 138,1; (ayo)-kanta, ayakanta, m. [aya(s) + kanta'], a lodestone; Sadd 118,12 (ayo kantati ti ~o); ayakantapsna,m., a magnetic stone; PsV 87,15 (ayakantapsnehi paricchinditv) = SpkII 376,9 (Be, Ce, Se so; isevwavakanta-); (aya)-kapalla, ., an iron pot; JaV 274,17'; (ayo)-kapla, ayakapla, n., an iron pot; AIV 70,19 (~e); JaV 272,19' (ayakaplena); Niddl 405,19* (~am); Dhp-al 148,7 (sisam... ayakaplam pvisi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayakapallam); (aya)-kara, m. [aya(s) + kra1], a worker in iron, a blacksmith; Mil 331,8; (ayo)-kta, ayakuta, n. [aya(s) + kta3], an iron hammer; D I 95,9 (~am dya); Ja I 108,27 (ayaktam gahetv); V 270,7* (~ehi hanfiati); VI 371,6 (imin tejalitena ayaktena sisam bhindissami ti); (aya)-khinuka, m., an iron stake or post; Ja IV 83,19; (ayo)-khila, m, an iron stake, an iron peg; Dili 133,7 (indakhilo v ~o v gambhiranemo sunikhto); M III 166,20 (nirayapl ... tattam ~am hatthe gamenti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ayokhilam) = AI 141,3 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ayokhilam) = Nidd I 404,3 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ayokhilam) quoted Pj II 479,22 (eds ayokhilam); Sv 968,38 (~ena kotenti); (ayo)-gula, ayagula, m (and n.) [aya(s) + gula1], an iron ball; S V 283,13 (~o divasam santatto); Dhp 308 (seyyo ~o bhutto tatto aggisikhpamo yam ce bhunjeyya dussilo ratthapindam asannato); Ja VI 105,28' (mukhe tattam ~am pakkhipanti); Mil 45,13 (-am nikkhipeyya); Vism 57,7* (ditt gilitabb ~ yena); Sp 1036,32 (ayagulam pi psnasankhyam eva gacchati); It-al 158,31 (dvisu ~esu); (ayo)ghana, m./i., an iron hammer; Abh 526 (ktam v ~o); Ud-a 435,7 (ayo hafinati eten ti ~am); Vv-a20,i5 (~ena satthake nipphdiyamne, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~e); (aya)-cumLa, w., iron filings; Sv79,8 (tulam susiram katv anto ~am pakkhipitv); PsII 325,14 (tarn ~am mamsena saddhim madditv); (ayo)-patta, ayapatta, m., I. an iron plate; JaV 131,4 (ekangulabahalam ayapattam... vinivijjhitv); Ps IV 213,5 (ayapattena chdito); Mp II 240,3 (~am kandena vinivijjhitum); 2. an iron strip or band; A IV 130,30 (puriso tattena ~ena... kyam sampalivetheyya); Sv 385,31 (bdho ti... cattro iriypathe ~ena bandhitv viya ganhti) ^ Sadd 322,6; Ja HI 89,20 (ayapattena baddhni viya ahesum); IV 132,15 ^apatten' eva, Ce so; Ee wr ayapatten' eva; Be yavattane ca; Se omits); (aya)-pattaka, m., an iron strip or band; JaV 338,9 (pso pdam ~ena bandhanto viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ayasatthakena) * 359,3; SpkHI 39,23; (ayo)-patta\ ayapatta1, n. [aya(s) + patta1 ?], an iron saw or blade; Sv450,n (dant... imassa pana ~-cchinnam sankhapatalam viya sam, Ce, Ee so; Be ayapattakena chinnasankhapatalam; Se ayapatakena) ^ Ps III 381,18 (Ce, Ee ayapattacchinnasankhapatalam; Be ayapatta-; Se pana samucchinnasankhapatalam); (ayo)-patta2, ayapatta2, m. [aya(s) + patta2], an iron bowl; Vin III 243,25 (dve patta ~o mattikpatto); Vism 108,7 (~o v garuko); Sp 708,22 (~e); 1240,19 (ayapatto ayathlakam); MpV 38,22 (ayapatte); (aya)-makacivla, m., thread of iron fibres; ? Ja V 274,16' ([ayomayehi] vlehi ti -ehi vethetv ayayantena pilenti); (ayo)-mala,., rust;

Sp863,i6 (~am lohamalam); (ayo)-mukha, mfn., having an iron beak; JaV 270,9* (kkol ca -a); (ayo)-mutthi, m., an iron hammer; Ud-a 435,7; (ayo)-mutthika, ayamutthika, m., an iron hammer; Ja IV 102,24' (lohen ^ ayamutthikena) = Cp -a 165,19 (~ena); (ayo)-valaya, ayavalaya, ayavalka, n., an iron band; Ps II 59,14 (ubhesu kapparesu ca jnsu ca ayavalayni datv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ayasalkni) * Mp II 89,22 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ayavalkni) = Nidd-al 278,30 (~ani); (aya)-satthaka inEeatJzV 338,9 is wr for ayapattaka qv; (ayo)-singhtaka, ayasihghtaka,., an iron hook; MI 393,8 (purisassa ~am kanthe vilaggam); Ja V 47,4 (ayasinghtakam yottena bandhitv); Dhp-a IV 104,12 (mahantni ayasinghtakni, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr ayasanghtakni); see also klyasa. ay am, m./, see sv idam. ayati, pr. 3 sg., see sv eti'. ayana, n.m. [S. ayana,.], going, motion; a path, road; Abh 191; 1101 (~am gamane pathe); Ja VI 558,16 (ekyano ti ekass' eva ~o ti ekapadimaggo); Sp 196,20 (sambodhi param ~am par gati ass ti sambodhiparyano); Sv 743,20/0//. (ayanti v eten ti ~o ... ekassa ~o ekyano ... ayati ti v ~o); 744,10 (ekam ~am assa ek gati pavatti ti); Pj II 604,13 (pryanan ti tassa prabhtassa nibbnassa ^m ti vuttam hoti); Nidd-a I 364,11 (sake ~e idam eva saccan ti dalham vadno); Dth 4:40 (~am upagate); Sadd 918,11 (eko ~o ekyano) ifc see anjasa-, uttara-, ud-, ek-, dakkhin-, vta-; saka-; see also yana, tiracchna, sotthna. ayanya in Ee at Ja III 382,28 and 383,12 is wr, prob, for aynaya qv sv aya1. ayasa1, mfn.9 see sv yasa. ayasa2, m., see sv yasa(s). ayguka, mfn. [a3 + ygu + ka2], without rice-gruel; Sp 823,1 (~e nimantane ygum dassm ti bhatte udakakanjikakhirdini kiritv ygum ganhath ti denn). ayira, m. [S. arya], master, lord; Ja IV 296,8* (mittam ca kayirtha suhadayam ca ~am ca kayirtha sukhgamya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~am ca kayirtha sukhehi ~o; 296,26 : smikasankhtam ~am ca, Be so; Ce, Ee smitthnikam; Se smikatthnam); VI38,14* (vandmi te ~e pasannacitto; 138,19': -e ti ayye); 257,18* (taduttarim na bhseyya dso ~assa santike, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ayyassa); VI 300,2* (~o hi dsassa janinda issaro; 300,8': ~o ti ~o smi); Sadd 632,16 foil, (ariy ~, ariyasaddena smi pi vattabbo, ariyo ~o smi ti attho); -kula, n., a noble family; a master's household; Vv 39:6 (dsi ~e ahum; Vv-a 178,12: ~e ti ayyakule, smikagehe ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ayyirakule ti); see also ayya. ayiraka, m. [ayira + ka2], master, lord; Dili 190,28 (pancahi... thnehi -na ... dsakammakar paccupatthtabb); Jail 313,26' (~o no rj Mandht ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyako); see also ayyaka. ayujjha, mfn., neg.fpp o/yujjhati qv. ayo-, see sv aya(s). ayogapallatthikya in Ee at Sp 896,1 is wr for yoga(Be, Ce, Se so). ayogga 1 , see sv aya(s). ayogga 2 , see sv yogga.

231

ayojita, m/h., neg. pp o/yunjati qv. ayojitaka, mfn. [ayojita + ka2], not mixed, unadulterated', Ja I 269,9 (sace ayam -a assa tumhe va piveyyth ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayojita). ayojjha, mfn., neg.fpp o/yujjhati qv. ayya, m and mfn. and ayy, / [S. arya, arya] (sg. voc. m. ayya, ayyo; / ayye; pi voc. m. ayy, ayyo; / ayy, ayyyo, ayye; cfSadd 105,iyb//.; 652,19); 1. (m.) a lord, master; a worthy person; the venerable sir, if.) a mistress; a noble lady; the venerable lady, Abh 725; Vin I 75,8 (myyo evam avacuttha); 11215,20 (kissa tvam ~o imam bhikkhum kotesi ti); III 66,13 (~a icchati tekatulaygum ptun ti); \62, u foil, (kyham * ~nam aparajjhmi, kissa mam ~ nlapanti ti); 193,14 (~o may dittho mtugmena saddhim eko ekya raho nisinno ti); IV 17,35 (tarn itthim etad avocum, sace te -e agaru vaseyyma ekarattam vasathgre ti); 222,9 (udditth kho ~yo attha parjik dhamm); 275,17 (Bhadd Kpilni bhikkhuniyo etad avoca, ayam mam ~e bhikkhuni sakkaccam upattheti); MI 125,10 (mayham kho ~ya evam kalyno kittisaddo abbhuggato); II 149,6 (YonaKambojesu ... dve va vann ~o c' eva dso ca); AIV 210,22 (itthannmassa mam ~a purisassa dehi ti); Thi 126 (amogho ~ya ovdo); 236 (~nam dandabhayabhit); Ja I 221,30 (amhkam kirn cintesi ayy ti); 403,8 (~o kirn karonto vicarasi tipucchi); II 128,9 (sdhu ~); III 167,2 (~o me smi ti); VI 292,12* (etiY ~o rjavasatim nisiditv sunotha me); 514,23* (sukhumli vata ~ pattik paridhvati); Dhp-al 13,3 (bhante amhkam ~o kuhin ti); It-al 109,14 (aho ~o silav vattasampanno); 2. (mfn.) well-born; worthy, venerable; Abh 333 (kulino sajjano sdhu sabhyo vyyo mahkulo); Vin II 290,28 (amhkam kira cariyo ~o nando); IV 18,1 (eso kho ~o samano pathamam upagato); A IV 264,4 (na khv ~o Anuruddho sdiyati ti); Thi 427 (atha ~ Jinadatt); -gandhabbo in Ee at Ja II 248,22 is wrfor aggagandhabbo (Be, Ce, Se so); -putta, m., a young master, the son of the house; a (young) lord; a husband; Vin 1232,7 (sace pi ~ Veslim shram dajjeyytha); II 158,34 (Anthapindiko gahapati... Jetam kumram etad avoca dehi me ~a uyynam rmam ktun ti); MII 62,14 (~o Ratthaplo anuppatto ti); 64,14 (bhaginivdena no ~o Ratthaplo samudcarati ti); Ja III 167,5; V91,8* (yam ce me -assa mano hessati afinath); Sp 1007,9 (Rhulamt pi devi ~o kira... pindya carati sobhati nu kho no v ti); -puttaka, m, a young lord, a husband; M II 64,io (kidis nma t ~a acchryo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyaputta); -vosatitaka,(m/)w., (food) offered to the ancestors; Vin IV 89,23 (susne pi rukkhamle pi ummre pi ~ni smam gahetv bhunjati; Sp 842,15: ~niti ettha ayy kho vuccanti klakat pitipitmah, vostitakni vuccanti tesam atthya susndisu chadditakni khdaniyabhojaniyni); see also ayira, ariya. ayyaka (and ayyika), m., 1. [S. aryaka] a grandfather; an ancestor; Abh 247 (~o tu pitmaho); Th536 (dhammena me Gotama~o si ti; Th-a II 226,34: pitmaho asi); Ja IV 231,24 (so vayappatto pitu c'eva -assa ca santike sabbasippe nipphattim ppuni); VI 578,2* (rj anke karitvna ~o paripucchatha); Mil 281,31 (dukkhite ca

me puttake vanamlaphalehi itonidnam ~o mocessati ti); MpII 316,22; Mhv 10:73 (so Pandukbhayo -assnurdhassa vasanatthnam gami); 27:2; 2. [ayya + ka2], a master; Vin I 76,2i (dso palyitv bhikkhsu pabbajito hoti, - passitv evam hamsu, Be so; Ee, Se ayyik; Ce ayirak); Ap 567,25 (tato me ~o tuttho akari sunisam sakam); Vv-a 46,27; Thi-a 44,27 (gharadsl hutv ... s ... attano ~nam veyyvaccam karontijivati). ayyak, ayyik, / [cf S. ryak, ryik], \.a grandmother; Abh 245 (mtmahi tu -); Vin II 169,30 (rafino Pasenadissa Kosalassa - klankat hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyik); SI 97,5 (~ kho pana me bhante piy ahosi manp, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyik); Thi 159 (mt putto pit bht ayyik ca pure ahum); Ja VI 577,26 (kumre ... ekam ayyako ekam ayyak ti dve pi ucchange upavesayum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ayyik ti); Vism 379,28 (drakam ayyikya adamsu); Dhp-a I 241,13 (anne drake clapitmahpit ti ayyako ~ti vadante sutv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyik ti); II 189,16 (~ viya ciram jiva ammti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayyik); Sadd 457,12 (mama ~ ti dhreti ti attho); 2. a mistress, a lady; Sp 1116,28 (idam me deva ayyiknam bharanam). ayyakni,/ [from ayyaka], the wife of a grandfather; Sadd 649,9 (mtuldinam anto no Ipaccaye: mtulni ~i Varunni Skiyni). a y y , / , seesv ayya. ayyika, m., see sv ayyaka. ayyik, see sv ayyak. ayyirakule in Ee at Vv-a 178,12 is wrfor ayira- qv. ara, m. [ts], the spoke of a wheel; AI 112,14 (nemi pi savank sados sakasv ~ pi savank sados sakasv); Ja VI 261,i* (etni patitthitni ~ va nabhy susamohitni); Mil 238,17 (~ pi tassa bhijjeyyum); Vism 198,28foil, (samsracakkan ti... tassa ca avijj nbhi mlatt jarmaranam nemi pariyosnatt ses dasadhamm - avijjamlakatt jarrnaranapariyantatt ca); Sp 114,3iyb//. (imassa samsracakkassa -e hani vihani... evam pi ~nam hatatt araharn); Sv618,7 (yehi pana tarn ~ehi sahassran ti vuttam te sattaratanamay suriyarasmiyo viya... honti); Ps II 254,32 (~ viya dip pkat honti); ifc see muddh-; arena in Ee at Ja III 282,16' is prob, wr; Se sarena; Be, Ce omit. araxn, ind. [cfS.zra,mfn.9 and aram], quickly; Abh 40; Sadd 902,31 (khippam ~am lahum). arafijara, m. [cf S. alinjara, S. lex. alanjara], a jar; Abh 456 (bhnako ca ~o); Sp 1237,18 (bhnakan ti -o vuccati). arafifia, n. [S. aranya], wilderness; forest, jungle; the wild; Abh 536 (~am knanam dyo); Vin I 92,23 (annataro bhikkhu -e viharati); III46,31 (thapetv grnarn ca gmupacram ca avasesam ~am nma); D I 71,i6 (vivittam sensanam bhajati -am rukkhamlam pabbatam...); MI 117,23 (~e pavane mahantam ninnarn pallalam); Dhp 98 (gme v yadi vranne); 99 (ramaniyni ~ni); Sn 39 (migo ~amhi yath abaddho); Th34 (gm ~am gamma); 244 (phuttho damsehi makasehi ~asmim brahvane); Jal 170,11 (pubbe kira so vanasando *-o ahosi, Be, Ce, Ee so, by attraction; Se ~am); IV 46,9* (eko ~amhi susnamajjhe); VI 506,21*

232

(dukkho vso ~asmim); Nidd I 92,10 (yath makkato ~e pavane caramno); Ap 329,7 (vicaranto ~amhi); Vibh 251,18 (nikkhamitv bahi-indakhil sabbam etam -am); Mil 369, n (dipiko ~e tinagahanam v vanagahanam v pabbatagahanam v nissya niliyitv mige ganhti); '-yatana, n., a place in the forest, a forest haunt; Vin II 201,n; D I 101,4 (~am ajjhoghati, Be, Ce so; Se arannavanam; Ee aranne vanam, prob. wr); II 339,25 (aggiko jatilo ~e pannakutiy vasati); Ja II 107,9; -gonaka, m. [aranna+ gonaka1], a wild animal (ox or deerl); Ja VI 538,21' (gonasir ti-, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -gon); -vasa, m. andmfn. [aranna + vsa2], 1. (m.) (i) (the ascetic) life in the wild; Ja I 106,24 (kim karissmi ~ena); Vism 73,32* (tasm ~amhi ratim kayirtha pandito); (ii) a dwelling in the wild; Ja I 426,23 (ekasmim ~e vassam vasitv); VI 70,2; 2. {mfn.) living (the ascetic life) in the wild; Mil 125,31 (ubho pi te ~a ahesum); -vsika, mfn., living (the ascetic life) in the wild; Ja I 298,3 (aham pubbe ~o eko tpaso jhnalbhi); VI 341,30' (~-tt); -vihra, m., (the ascetic) life in the wild; a dwelling in the wild; A III 343,ii (attamano homi ~ena) quoted Vism73,2o; Ja III 332,15 (ekassa -assa); Sp 1078,14 (~e pokkharanito macche gahetv); aranna in Ee at SI 124,19* and II 281,19* is wrfor ranna qv. araflfiaka, arafinika, see sv rannaka. arafiftni, / [S. aranyni], a large forest; Abh 536; Th-a I 97,14 (brahvane t i . . . mahvane -iyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aranne); Sadd 238,17^0//. (~i vuccati mah-arannam). arani, / [S. arani], one of the two pieces of wood (usually the lower) used for kindling fire; Abh 419; Ja IV 290,20 (~im manthetv aggim nibbattetv); Ap 303,2o; Mil 53,29 (~i na siy -potako na siy -yottakam na siy uttarrani na siy); SpkII 101,32 (dvinnam katthnan ti dvinnam -inam); ifc see adhara-, uttara-; (i)-dhanuka, n., a sort of bow used with the kindling stick; Sp 292,27; 883,28; (i)-nara, m., a man with kindling sticks; Ja VI 206,19* (nmatthamno~ena ... jyatijtavedo; 209,21': npi ~ena aranihatthena narena amanthiyamno nibbattati); (i)-potaka, m., a twirling stick; Mil 53,29; (i)-yottaka,., a cord for the twirling stick; Mil 53,3o; (i)-sahita, n., the fire implements; the kindling sticks; Vin II 217,1 (na aggim upatthpenti na ~am upatthpenti; Ja I 212,15 (~am niharitv aggim karonti); Sp 758,27 (~ena aggim nibbattetv); ~bhimatthana, w., twirling, rubbing together, the kindling sticks; Vism 583,14. aranika, m. or n. [arani + ka2], one of the tools for kindling fire; Vin IV 168,5 (Sp883,2s: ~e ti aranidhanuke); Kkh 141,35. araniya, mfn.,fpp o/arati1 qv. arati1, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vr], goes (towards); reaches; Dhtup 253 (ara gamane); Dhtum 365 (ara nse gate ca); Sadd 432,i (ara gatiyam: ~ati attham attho utu); 425,20 (dve kavt ~anti gacchanti pavattanti etth ti pi dvran ti); pass. pr. 3 sg. ariyati, Vism 440,32 (-ati adhigamiyati samppuniyati); Thi-a 208,6 (sattnam crasamcrasikkhpadena -anti ti ariy);

fpp araniya, mfn., to be approached; to be attained; Ps I 21,13 (ariy ... sadevakena ca lokena ~ato buddha ca paccekabuddh ca buddhasvak ca vuccanti); Pj II 432,3i/o//. (yasm pana hitakmena janena ~ato ariyo hoti abhigamanryato ti attho tasm yehi gunehi so ~o hoti te dassento ... dutiyapanham vyksi); Th-a III 198,21 (attahitakmehi -ni karaniyni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee araniyni); Vibh-a 386,25 (tarn hi hetuvasena -am gantabbam pattabbam tasm attho ti vuccati); neg. anaraniya, mfn., Th-a I 129,6 (ariyehi v anaraniyatya anariyehi araniyatya ca anariyam ppakam, Be, Se so; Ce akaraniyatya ... araniyatya ca; Ee na iriyatya ... iriyatya ca). arati2, see sv rati. aravinda, n. [ts], a kind of lotus; Abh 684 (~arn ca vrijam); Spk I 80,9 (sampati vikasitam viya ca -am assa mukham sobhati); Dth3:37 (samutthite sajju mahravinde); ifc see caran-, M-. aravindaka, n. [aravinda + ka2], a kind of lotus; -danda,m., an aravinda stalk; Sp 834,32 (uppalajtinam pannadandako padumajtlnam sabbo pi dandako -'-dayoca avases sabbakhandh yvajivik, Ce, Se so; Be kravindakdayo; Ee karavandakdayo). araha, mfn. [S. arha; BHS also araha], deserving, worthy (of); proper, fit (to); D III 163,21* (bahuvividha gihinarn rahni patilabhati, mc); Ja IV 101,28* (na -t vo 'ham dadeyya maggam, Be so, instr.labl. ? Ce, Ee, Se na arahati; cf 102,22". maggrahatya); VI 164, n* (na me dhitaram raho, mc; 164,21': ~ona hoti); 180,13* (na imam akusalo divyam manim dhretum raho, mc; 180,19: dhretum ~o); Mil 358,13 (puggalo yutto patto anucchaviko ~o patirpo); Pj II 441,27* (paccaydina craho); Sadd 815,25 (~e sattiyanca sattami vibhatti hoti); ifc see ajjan-, abbhaccan-, uppatti-, kamm-, chanda-, thna-, tadraha, paribhsan-, maha-, yathraham, sata-; -tta, ., abstr. [arahatta1], the being worthy of; Svl46,n (paccaydinam ~) = Pj II 441,io;-rpa, mfn., absolutely deserving, worthy, fit; Vism 259,13 (--tarn pajjitv); Pj II 576,28 (sace... datthum v sotum v ~am kinci acchariyam uppajjati); anaraha, mfn., not worthy, not fit; not deserving; Mil 357,10 (puggalo ... ananucchaviko ~o appatirpo); Sv 871,30 (so rajjassa v - 0 hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee araho); Thi-a 15,33 (aham pana ajja patthya... hre ca lolabhvam ktum~o); Vism 612,14 (~-tya); Mhv 18:19 (satthaghtam- mahbodhimahiruh); rpa, mfn., absolutely not fit; Pj I 58,2o(rpatam pajjitv). araha(t), m. {and f. ?). [part.pr. of arahati qv; S. arhan; BHS also arahan], (sg. nom. ~am, ~; acc. -antam; ins tr. ~at, ~antena; dat. Igen. ~ato, -antassa; loc. -ante, ~antamhi; pl. nom. ~anto, ~ant; (f. ~antiyo); acc. -ante; instr. ~antehi; dat.lgen. -atam, -antnam; loc. ~antesu; c/Sadd 173,8foil; ncaraha(t) andarahanta), "a worthy one", an arahat; (in Buddhism) one who has realised nibbna; one in whom the savas are destroyed and who is no longer liable to rebirth; Abh 10 (khinsavo tv asekkho ca vitargo tathrah); Vin I 5,16 (tathgatassa -ato sammsambuddhassa); 8,23* (aham hi ~ loke aham satth anuttaro); V 54,26 (k sikkhitasikkh ti ~antiyo

233

sikkhitasikkh, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -ant); D II 265,19* (Arigirasi piy me si dhammo -atm iva); III 83,15 (yo hoti bhikkhu -am khinsavo); MI 37,n (iti pi so bhagav -am sammsambuddho vijjcaranasampanno sugato ...); 510,7 (pubbakeh' es... ~antehi sammsambuddhehi gth bhsit); 111254,28 (tathgate -ante sammsambuddhe dnam deti); SI 16,16 (-antena, in uddna); AI 27,22 (yam ditthisampanno puggalo -antam jivit voropeyya n' etam thnam vijjati); 211,23 (imin pi angena -atam anukaromi); Sn 539 (- si sammsambuddho); Vv 21:2 (abhippasdehi manam arahantamhi tdini); Pv 1:1 (khettpam -anto dyak kassakpam); Th 296 (yam ca me sav khina yam ca n' atthi punabbhavo - dakkhineyyo 'mhi); Ja III 412,27* (~anto me manp va passitum; 412,30': -anto ti kilesehi rakatt arnam ca arinam ca hatatt paccaynam arahatt evam laddhanm paccekabuddh); Niddl 175,10 (tesu -antesu khinsavesu); Ap 6,14 (sambuddhe -ante ca vandamn); Bv 7:9 (tamhi dne samganchum -ant satakotiyo); Kv 69,25/0//. (parihyati - arahatt ti); Mil 265,7 (-antassa); Pet 42,9 (sabbesam ~antnam);201,ii (ye keci -ant indriyabhvanam kankhiyanti); 231,4 (sabbe -anto sabbe paccekabuddh); Dhp-aIII 455,17 (itaro pi titthiynam gune uddisitv namo -nan ti vatv khipati); Mhv 16:17 (ete dvsatthi -anto); Sadd 578,24/0//.; (araha)-ggata, mfii. [or araha + gata], directed towards arahats; {or directed towards the worthy;) A III 263,29 (-am yasmanto satim upatthpeth ti; cf Mp III 332,15: sabbasakkrnam arahe ratanattaye va gatam); (arahanta)-ghta, m., the killing of an arahat (one of the six abhithna^); Mp II 8,24; (arahanta)ghtaka, m, the killer of an arahat; Vin I 136,2; Kv94,n; Mil310,n; (araha)-tta, n., abstr. [arahatt2], the state or condition of an arahat; arahatship; Abh436 (anii tu -am ca); Vin III 19,12 (agrasm anagriyam pabbajitv -am sacchkamsu); D III 7,9 (kim pana bhante bhagav -assa maccharyati ti); S IV 252,17 (patipad etassa-assa sacchikiriyy ti); Ap59,6 (tattha cittam vimucci me -am appunim); Mil 18,18 (saha patisambhidhi -am ppuni); Pet 31,25; 185,21 (yam vimutti vuccati ayam avijjvirg pannvimutti -am ca); niktena, instr., adv., with arahat-ship as its culmination; Ja 1278,7 (satth niktena desanam nitthapetv); Sv 307,25; phala, ., the fruit, the fulfilment of arahat-ship (ie nibbna,); Vin I 293,36 (angmiphale v phalev); D III 227,25; A III 272,31 (--phalam sacchiktum); Mil 333,29; Vism287,is; magga, m., the path of arahat-ship, the progress towards arahat-ship; Vin I 39,36 (ye vata loke arahanto v maggam v sampann); D I 144,2o(maggam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr arahanta-); Niddl 7,23; (araha)-ddhaja, m., the emblem of the arahat (the yellow robe); Abh296; Th 961 (surattam -am jigucchissanti ksvam); Ja I 65,19 (bodhisatto -am nivsetv uttamapabbajjvesam ganhitv); V 49,22* (-0 sabbhi avajjharpo; perhaps mfn., "(one) wearing the yellow robe"); (arahanta)bhmi,/, the condition of arahat-ship; Mil 163,4; (arahanta)-magga in Ee at D I 144,20 is wr for arahatt- qv; (arahanta)-vda, m., the title of arahat;

Vin III 103,27; ati-araha(t), m., a super-axaYiat, one who surpasses even other arahaty; Mil 277,13 (arahantnam ~ bhaveyya); anaraha(t), m(/h)., (who is) not an arahat; Vin III 103,26 (mayam c' amh -anto ayam ca brhmano amhe arahantavdena samudcaranti); Sn 135 (- santo araham patijnti); Sp486,i6 (-antass' eva sato arahantabhvam dassetv); Sv 820,21 (arahante ca -anto ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr arahanto ti); Ud-a333,i5 (-antnam). arahataghatiyanta, n. [cf S. araghatta; BHS arhataghaticakra], a wheeled device for raising water from a well; Sp 1208,9 (cakkavattakan ti -am, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce araghattaghatiyantam; Sp-t[Zte]III 388,11: -am nma sakatacakkasanthnam are are ghatikni bandhitv ekena dvflii v paribbhamiyamnam yantam). arahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. arhati], is worthy of, deserves; is entitled to; is fit to; ought to; should, must (+ inf.); Dhtup 330 (araha ... pjyam); Dhtum 487; Sadd457,25 (araha ... pjyam: -ati); Vin I 278,10 (ayam kho vejjo malakam ca khdati... na -ati kind ppakam hotum); 11161,8 (yo... khattiyakul pabbajito -ati aggsanam); DU 165,25 (aham pi -ami bhagavato sarirnam bhgam); Mill 115,11 (kam atthavasam sampassamno -ati svako satthram anubandhitum); Dhp 10 (upeto damasaccena sa ve ksvam -ati); Sn 765 (ko nu annatra-m-ariyehi padam sambuddhum -ati); Th822 (raja -asi bhavitum); JaV 360,12* (na mam anariyasamyutte kamme yojetum -asi); Pet 87,19 (bhikkhu dteyyam ktum-ati); Vism 201,3 (civardipaccaye -ati pjvisesam ca); Mhv 11:18 (ratanni... imni me sahyo 'rahate nanno); 23:32 (tasmyam Damilsanne vsetum n' eva -ati); Sadd 790,4 (dassanam -ati ti dassaniyam rparn); part.pr. araha(t), mfin)., see sv; fpp arahaniya, mfn., Sadd457,28 (arahaniyo pjaniyo ti arah); caus. pr. 3 sg. araheti, -ayati, honours; Sadd 568,16 (araha pjyam: -eti, -ayati); pp arahita, mfn. [S. lex. arhita], honoured; Abh 750. arahatt 1 , ., see sv araha. arahatt 2 , n.y see sv araha(t). arahita, mfn., pp of caus. of arahati qv. arahanta-, iicfor araha(t) qv. a r a , / [ts], an awl; Sadd921,2 (mattbhedo tva... ar r). arjaka arjika, mfn. [S. arjaka], without a king; A I 109,19 (so pi na -am cakkam vatteti); Ja V 72,15' (arahne ti ~e suhne); VI 508, n* (naggam rattham arjikam); Spk II 187,33 (-am rajjam na titthati); Mhv 8:5 (ekam vassam ayam Lankdipo si arjiko). arti, m. [ts], an enemy; Abh 344 (sapattrti satv ari); -dappappamthi(n), mfn., subduing the pride of enemies; Dth 4:1. ari, m. [ts], an enemy; Abh 344; Ja I 472,13* (khemam yahim tattha -1 udirito); V453,8* (-i); PatisII 197,5 foil (rgo -i tarn -im maddati pahn ti bhripann); Ap 354,is (-im nigghayim tad); Bv2:15 (~ihi pariruddho); Vism 198,20* (rgdisankht sabbe pi -ayo hat); Sp 112,16 (te cnena kilesrayo maggena hat ti -inam hatatt pi araham); Sv 622,2* (~i ases damatham upenti); Sadd452,27*; ifc see vyas-; -n-dama, mfn.,

234

conquering the enemy, victorious', Pv 38:15 (pivatu devo pniyam pve khda ~a); Ja III 373,22' foil. (~ ti rjnam lapati, rj hi cordiham arinam damanato ~o ti vuccati); VI 97,16* (rj sabbavidehnam ad dnam ~o); Ap 550,5; Sadd 844,25 (arim dameu" ti ~o); -manthaka, m/h., who distresses or destroys enemies; Bv-a282,i (~am Kanthakam turangavaram disv); -saka, mfn., belonging to the enemy, in the power of the enemy; Ja IV 354,12* (lobhassa na vasam gacche haneyyrisakam manam, Be, Ee so; Se haneyya disakam manam; Ce disatam; 354,16' foil.: anto iippajjamnnam nnvidhnam lobhasattnam santakam manam); see also arinl, savriganakkhaya (sv sava2). ariftha, m.n. [S. arista], 1. (m.n.) a kind of decoction or liquor; Abh 822 (~o save); VinlV 110,25 (amajjam ~am pivati; Sp 860,10 foil.: yo ~o rnajjam na hoti tasmim anpatti, malakdinam yeva kira rasena ~am karonti so majjavannagandharaso c' evahoti na ca majjam); Sp 770,2 (na pan' esa sur bhesajjatthaya sampditam -an ti); Spk III 57,2i (khrodakam gahetva imin c' imin ca bhesajjena yojetv ~am katv piva); Vin-vn 1586; 2. (m.) (\)a crow; Abh 638; 822 (-0... kke); Sadd 325,30 (kko dhanko vyaso balibhoji ~o ti imani kkbhidhnni); (ii) the soap-berry tree; Abh 555 (~o phenilo); 822; (iii) the nimba tree; Abh 570 (nimbo ~o); 822; 3. (n.) (i) buttermilk, whey; Abh 822 (takke ... ~am); (ii) a sign of approaching death; an unfavourable sign; Abh 822 (maranalihge ~am ca); Mhv 62:50 (sandissamnam yam kind -am atthi n' atthi ti); ifc see dittha-; (iii) good or bad fortune; Abh 822 (~am asubhe subhe). arifthaka, m. andmfn. [arittha + ka2], 1. (m.) [S. aristaka], (the fruit of) the soap-berry tree; ifc see adda(svadda2); 2. (mfh.) (i) black (like the fruit of the soap-berry tree); SI 104,7(mah~omani; Spk I 170,25: ~o ti klako); (ii) concerning the (signs of the) approach of death; Sv 94,3 (idni ayam ettakam jivissati ayam ettakan ti evam pavattam ~am finan ti, Ee so; Ce arittham; Be, Se ditthannan ti). aritta1, n. [S. antra], a pole used as a punting pole or as a rudder; Abh 667 (~am keni pto); Sn321 (navarn dalham ruhitv piyen' ~ena samangibhto); Ja IV 479,3 (nvam... ~ena uppllento piyena kaddhanto cleti); Vism 194,17 (sighasotya nadiy 0-balen, evanv titthati vin -na na sakk thapetum); Mhv 19:70 (ekasmim mahgre thappayi... nvya kpayatthikam ekasmim piyam ekasmim -am). aritta2, mfh., see sv ritta. arini, / [from ari], a female enemy; Sadd 677,9 (Ikrantehi ca inipaccayo hoti: ... isim kapini ~i). arindama, mfn.y see sv ari. aribhsenti in Ee at Ja IV 285,8 is wr for paribhsanti (Be, Ce, Se so). ariya1, mfn., m. andn. [S. rya; BHSalso ariya], 1. (mfn.) belonging to the Ariya people; Vin I 229,9 (yvat ... -am yatanam yvat vanippatho); 2. (mfn. and m.) (i) of noble birth; high-caste, eminent; Abh 696; Ja VI 201,9* (ajjhenam ~ pathavim janind); (ii) noble,

sublime, fine; belonging to the noble ones (used esp. of the Buddha's teaching and followers, almost = "Buddhist"); a noble one (one who is not puthujjana^; Abh 435; 1002 (sotpanndike agge ~o); Vin I 197,9* (-0 na ramati ppe); 1115,6 (~nam upavdak micchditthik); D I 37,25 (yam tarn ~ cikkhanti upekhako satima sukhavihri ti tatiyajjhnam upasampajja viharati); 157,3 (ayam eva -0 atthangiko maggo); 11160,27 (ingha tvam tta ~e cakkavattivatte vatthi; Sv849,25: ~e tiniddose); MI 139,is (-0 pannaddhajo pannabhro visamyutto; Ps II 116,7: ~o ti nikkileso parisuddho); 161,32 (dhammi v kath-o v tunhibhvo); 11103,20 (yato aham... -ya jtiy jto nbhijnmi saficicca pnam jivit voropet) quoted Sadd 704,6; S II 271,13 (maranam hJ etam bhikkhave -assa vinaye yo sikkham paccakkhya hinyvattati); III 3,12 (assutav puthujjano -nam adassvi -dharnmassa akovido -dhamme avinito); Dhp 206 (sdhu dassanam -nam); Sn 177 (tarn passatha ... ~e pathe kamamnam mahesim); 762 (yam pare sukhato hu tad ~ hu dukkhato); Th 148 (pavivittehi ~ehi pahitattehi jhyihi); Ja III 266,6* (vinda mam --ena vedena; 266,10': sundarenapatilbhena); 354, is* (uddissa- titthanti es ~nam ycan); IV 222,21* (visam tad hu -se brahmacariyassa); V 410,5* (hin ca -amhi gune patitthit); Nidd I 20,24 (so vasippatto pramippatto -asmirn silasmim); Patisl 163,14/0//. (nekkhammam ~nam niyynam tena ca nekkhammena - niyyanti); Vibh 259,36 (~ vuccanti buddha ca buddhasvak ca); Mil 229,2i (ayam kyavinnatti svajj tya ca vinnpitam ~ na paribhunjanti); PsII 401,27 (tarn nnam yasm -nam hoti na puthujjannarn tasm -an ti vuttam); ifc .s^alam-; 3. (n.) Ariya speech; ? Ja V 362,27* (~am bruvno vakkango cajanto mnusim giram; c/^363,2': -an ti sundaram niddosam) * 372,19* (~am bruvno); see also ariyaka; vaksa, mfn.y of noble appearance, looking noble; JaV 87,i* (-0 si anariyo csi; 87,8': ~o si ti ariyapatirpako); 165,3*; '-cra,m. andmfn., 1. (m.) noble conduct; Ja II 280,21* (~e thito); 2. (mfn.) whose conduct is noble; Ja VI 52,7' (te kira tad ~ ahesurn); '-yatana, ., the region of the Ariyas; A III 441,6 (~e paccjti dullabh lokasmim indriynam avekallat dullabh lokasmim; MpIII 414, 5: ~e ti majjhimadese); '-pavdi(n), mfh., speaking ill of the noble ones, insulting the noble ones; SI 225,20* (~ino); A III 252,2 (bhikkhu akkosakaparibhsako ~i brahmacrinam); -kkhobham in Ee at\Jd-2i 371,i is wr for aparikkhobham (Be, Ce, Se so); -gana, m.9 a company of noble men; Ja VI 49,6* (52,6". ~e ti brhmanagane, tekira tad ariycr ahesurn); Nidd I 150,i6(evamsvkkhte dhammavinaye pabbajitv evarparn -am labhitv); -gabbha, m, progeny of the noble ones; Mp I 271,4 (~am vaddhemi ti ekam kulaputtam... upasampdesi) * Ap-a325,3i; -garahi(n), mfn., reproaching, censuring the noble ones; Sn660 (-lnirayam upeti); -ddasa, mfn. [ariya + dasa2], seeing what belongs to the noble ones, what is noble; It93,15* (~ vedaguno; It-all 119,22: ariyam nibbnam ariyam catusaccam eva v ditthavanto ti -); -(d)dhaja, m., the emblem of the noble ones (the

235

yellow robe); Sp211,6 (uttamam -am pabbajitalingam pahya); Th-alll 88,3 (ksvam disv ayam -ena paticchanno ... ti); 142,1 (tena pamsukulena ~ena na upasobhati ariyagunnam abhvato); -magga, m., a path of the noble ones; the noble path (often - the eightfold path); the noble course (of sotpatti etc); Vin V 148,30 (pteti kusalam dhammam -am aparajjhati); Thi 245 (kummaggam patipannam mam -am samnayi); Nidd I 20,22 (bhvanprag catunnam -nam; Nidd-a I 83,34: sotpattimaggdinam catunnam maggnam); Dhs 1031; Kv 563,22 (ekena -ena cattri smannaphalni sacchikaroti ti); Pet 215,9 (na sakk mocetum annatra -na imam ca bandhanam); ' -vara, mfn., obstructing the noble path; shutting off from the noble path; Ja V 325,7* (-'-varo naro, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -maggavaro; 325,31/0//.: ayam naro... ariyasankhtassa devalokassa maggvarano nma hoti ti); -ruda, n., noble, fine speech; JaV 375,27* (yo ca ~am bhse anariyadhammavassito; 376,13': mukhena ariyavacanam sundaravacanam bhsati); -vamsa, m.(n.), a tradition of the noble ones; a noble lineage or tradition; A l l 27,16 (cattro 'me bhikkhave - aggann rattann...); Patis I 84,20 (cattro -, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee cattri -ni); -vamsika, mfn., practising the traditions of the noble ones, belonging to the noble tradition; who recites the ariyavamsa-sutta (All 27,16foil.); Sp208,i8 (agga-ariyavamsiko yasm Ratthaplo); Mp IV 17,16 (~e pesetv ariyavamsam kathpenti); -vanni(n), mfn., of noble appearance; Ja III 305,5* (tvarn-i; 305,9': ~i ti sundararpo); -vatti,/ [ariya + vara2], noble conduct; Ja III 443,28' (~i nma dasarjadhammasankhtam pornakarjavattam); -vsa, m. [ariya + vsa2], a way of living of the noble ones; a sublime state; D III 269,10 (dasa~; Sv 1051,4: ariy eva vasimsu vasanti vasissanti etesti-); A V 29,9; -vihara, m., a mode of life of the noble ones; a sublime state; S V 326,14 (~o iti pi brahmavihro iti pi tathgatavihro iti pi); Pet 138,2i (dibbavihro cattri jhnni brahmavihro cattri appamnni ~o sattatimsa bodhipakkhiy dhamm); -vutti, mfn., noble in conduct; SI 100,11*(tarn-im medhvi hinajaccam pi pjaye); Vv 84:41 (so mtaram pitaram cpi jantu dhammena poseti ~i); JaV 340,10* (mantayantnam ariynam -inam); -vuttina, mfn., noble in conduct; Ja IV 42,13* (posamhi silavante ~ine); -vohra, m., 1. the way of speaking of the noble ones; a noble mode of speech; Vin V 125,11 foil * Dili 232,7foil (Sv 1025,io: ariynam sappurisnam vohr) * A II 246,9foil; Sp208,io (bhagini ti ~ena ntidsim lapati); 2. the speech of the Ariya people; Sp 255,27 (ariyakam nma ~o Mgadhabhs); -sacca, ., a truth of the noble ones; a sublime truth; Vin I 10,26 foil (idam kho pana bhikkhave dukkham -am); D i l i 277,9 (cattri ~ni); MI 62,19 (bhikkhu dhammesu dhammnupassi viharati catusu -esu); S V 435,18fall (cattri ~ni tathni avitathni anannathni tasm ~ni ti vuccanti... tathagato ariyo tasm ~ni ti vuccanti); Th492; Khp5:10 (~na dassanam); Pet 5,\foll; 118,22(catsu -esu yathbhtam annnam ayam avijj); Mil 39,io (pann ... ~ni pkatni

karoti); Vism 495, \i fall; 507,22 (paramatthato H dukkhanirodham -an ti nibbnam vuccati); -8ili(n), mfn.y having the (moral) nature of a noble one, of sublime moral practice; D I 115,24 (silav ~i kusalasili); anariya (sometimes written or scanned anriya), m/., not of the noble ones; not a noble one; ignoble, low; shameless, mean; Abh435 (-0 tu puthujjano); Vin I 10,13 (hino gammo pothujjaniko ~o anatthasamhito); MI 161,35 (ariy ca pariyesan - ca pariyesan); Sn664 (mukhadugga vibhta-m-anariya bhnahu ppaka dukkatakri); 815 (etam tasmim anriyam); Jail 223,15* (dukkulino -o); V375,26* (kim taram tato); Mil 186,2 (-0 niggahetabbo ariyo paggahetabbo); Pet 180,14 (samdhi hoti -o kpurisasevito); Mil 206,27 (-am garahanti); Spklll 297,12 (-0 ti na ariyo na visuddho na uttamo na ariynam santako); parisambhsa, mfh., of ignoble abuse; JaV 7,17* (8,4': asundarya paribhsya samanngate); rpa, mfh., absolutely mean, shameless; Ja IV 48,14* (y te s bhariy rp); V48,n* (48,25': ahirikabhvena rpo); vohra, m. the way of speaking of ignoble ones; an ignoble mode of speech; Vin IV 2,16 (Sp 736,19: vohr ti ~nam blaputhujjannam vohr); V 125,9/o//. * D III 232,5 fall * A II 246,4 fall ariyaka, n. and mfn. [ariya + ka2], \.(n.) the Ariya language; Vin III 21,is fall, (-ena milakkhassa santike sikkham paccakkhti so ca na patijnti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee milakkhukassa santike; Sp 255,27: ~am nma ariyavohro Mgadhabhs); Sp250,20 (-ena v vadati milakkhakena v); 2. (mfn.) who is an Ariya, who speaks the Ariya language; Vin III 27,37 (milakkhakena -assa santike sikkham paccakkhti so ca na pativijnti, Ce, Se so; Ee milakkhukena; Be ariyassa); anariyaka, mfn. (or m. ?), foreign, non-Ariya; (a non-Ariya language; ?) Sp 255,28 (milakkhakam nma yo koci -0 andhadamildi; Sp-t[2te]II 81,6: -o ti Mgadhavohrato anno). arisa, n. [S. aras], a particular ailment, hemorrhoids, piles; Abh327; Sp 884,27 (assvo ti -bhagandarapamehdinam v vasena asucipaggharanam); Nidd-a I 61,14 (amsti -rogo); see also ams. arisaka, mfn., see sv ari. ariyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. 0/arati1 qv. ariyato in Ee at Ud-a 136,32 is wr for araniyato (Be, Ce, Se so). arihatatt in Ee at A IV 145,1 (arihatatt ariyo hoti) is prob, wr, possibly for arinam hatatt; Be rakatt ariyo hoti; Ce arahatt ariyo hoti; Se omits; cf eg Vism 198, is fall: rakatt araharn ... arinam hatatt pi araharn ... arahatt pi araharn. aru, n. (andf. ?) [S. arus], a sore or wound; Abh 324 (-u vano); Sp 718,12 (kyo v kaye ~u v na makkhetabbarn); SpkHI 68,23 (tesam yeva -nam pakkatt); Sadd 537,9 (vano ti ~u, s hi sariram vanayati vicunneti); aruy in Ee, Se at Nidd II 99,8 is prob, wr; Be, Ce anduy; -kya, m., a mass of sores; Mil 64,25* (passa cittakatam bimbam -am samussitam; Ps III 302,1: navannam vanamukhnam vasena vanakyam) = Dhp 147 = Th 769; -gatta, mfn., with sores on all

236

one's limbs; MI 506,6 (kutthi puriso -o pakkagatto); S IV 198,4 (~opakkagatto); Mil 357,21 (--pakkagatto); 0 -pakkagatto /w ise art Ud-a 288,30 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ukkragatto; -pakkni in Ee at S IV 198,6 is wr for sarapattni (Be, Ce, Se so); -makkhana, -makkhana, n., ointment for a wound; anointing of a wound; Sp718,2i; Ps II 316,4 (gandaphlanam karoti -am deti). aruka, m. [aru + ka2], a sore; ifc see dutth-; ' -pamacitta, mfn., whose thoughts are like a (tender) sore; AI 124,I (-opuggalo; Mp II 194,31: ~o ti purnavanasadisacitto) * Pp 30,4. aruna, mfn., m and n. [ts]9 1. (mfn.) reddish brown, tawny; Abh 97 (~o kinciratto); 980; 2. (m.n.) the dawn; first light; Abh 65 (-0); 980; Vin I 288,12 (nikkhante pacchime yme uddhate -e); Ud27,9 (nikkhanto pacchimo ymo uddhato ~o); Ja I 103,22 (thitako va -am utthpesi); IV 270,14 (-am utthahi); V 403,30* (-asmi hate); Mil 90,14 (pabhtya rattiy uggate -e); Sp944,n (tasmim dhammakatham kathente yeva -o uggacchati); Ud-a 186,28 (-0 nma puratthimadisya suriyodayato puretaram eva vutthitobhso); ifc see anto-; ' -agga (more often written arunugga, by influence of arunuggamana ?), n. [aruna + agga1], the first break of day, dawn; VinV 210,6 (arunugge kati pattiyo); S V 29,29 (suriyassa ... udayato ... etarn pubbanimittam yad idam -am, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se arunuggam) = A V 236,22 (Ce, Ee so; Be arunuggam: Se arunuttam); Ja VI 448,10* (udentam arunuggamhi Upakrim upgami, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be arunuggasmim; 448,15': udentan ti udente); Sv 30,19 (-am viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se arunuggam) = Spk I 8,16 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se arunuggam; = Ud-a 17,8: Be, Ce, Se arunuggamanam; Ee wr arunuggamnam); 0, -bha, mfn., reddish; redcoloured; Mhv 11:29; ' -ugga = arunagga qv above; '-uggamana, ., dawn, sunrise; Vin III 196,22 (ekdase ~e nissaggiyam hoti); IV 2 72,19 (purebhattam nma -am updya yva majjhantik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arunuggam); Ja VI 92,32 (mahsattassa nirogat ... -am ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -a); 562,33 (yva ~ na kind kathesi); Cp-a 53,33 (-am dim katv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se arunuggam). arpima or arpima(t), mfn. [from rpa], deformed, ugly; Ja V 399,22* (passmi ... -am naram; 400,r: ~an ti viriipam). are, ind. [ts], an exclamation expressing astonishment, impatience, contempt or a threat; Abh 1139 (bho are ambho); Ja I 225,17 (are dsiputtacetaka kuto te imasmim dhanan ti kumram akkosati); II448,10* (karoh' are makkatiyni makkata); VI 338,3' (are dutthacora); Vism 209,5 (accharsahghaparivutam attnam disv are aharn pi nma idha nibbatto); Ps HI 336,15 (aham are Angulimlo ti); Pj II 91,2 (are ayarn pubbe sanchannapatto ... ahosi... so nam' ajja ... skhmattvaseso thito); Vv-a 68,11 (are dubbini kena tvam amhkam ayyya upari pakkasappim sincitum anucchavik ti santajjentiyo); Sadd 894,3i (hare are he); see also re, hare. arogpeti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from aroga], cures, makes well; Vin 1274,7 (sacham tarn gahapati -eyyam, Ce so;

Ee wr rogpeyyam; Se arogarn kareyyam; Be sace tvarn gahapati arogo bhaveyysi). arogya in Ee at A I 147,14* is wrfor rogya qv. arocaka, m. [ts]9 lack of appetite; indigestion; Sp 1089,26 (bhattacchdaken ti bhattassa -ena, Be so; Ee, Se anrocakena; not in Ce); Sv 610,26 (yakkhaghakakhipitaka-arocake karissmi, Be so; Ce -rocake; Ee wr -rocanake; Se different; Sv-ptII 245,15: -0 ti hrassa aruccanarogo, Be so; Ee rocanako ti). arosaneyya, mfn. [neg. fpp of roseti], not to be angered, not irritable; Sn216 (-0 so na roseti kanci). Val1, [?], ? Dhtum398 (kalile alakaladvayam); see also alati ? Val 2 , [cf S. Dhtup andati, Wg 3:25], binds; Dhtum 402 (ali bandhane); see also antati, andati. Val\ see alati. ala (and ala), m. [cfS. lex. ala, n.]t 1. the claw of a crab; MI 234,13 (kakkatako -am abhininnmeyya); Ja II 342,20 (kuliro ... -dvayena pde dalham ganhi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -vasena); 344,12 (tassa dve - sarirato bhijjitv ekamante patimsu); 111295,12 (kakkatako... kkam givya -ena dajham gahetv); Spk II 228,13 (eko -o patikkamitv pati); 2. a (scorpion 's) tail; see vicchiklik jvvicchika; -cchinna, mfn., 1. with claws removed; Ja I 505,8' (~o viya kakkatako); 2. with thumbs and/or big toes mutilated; Vin I 91,10 (bhikkh ... -am pabbbjenti; Sp 1026,27: - 0 ti yassa ... eko v bah v angutthak chinn honti); Kv31,3i; Vin-vn 2486. alam, ind. [S. aram, alam], 1. enough, sufficient; adequate, equal to; competent, able; suitable, fit for (+ gen./dat. personae; + dat. rei or inf.; or as predicate to subject in nom.); Abh 1190 (-am... pariyattiyam); Vin I 173,10 (-am vacanya); IV 82,19 (evam ca pana bhikkhave atirittam ktabbam -am etarn sabbam); DIU 123,15 (no ca kho assa ther bhikkh svak honti... -am samakkhtum saddhammassa); M I 487,5 (-am hi te Vaccha annnya -am sammohya); S II 28,23 (-am eva saddh pabbajitena kulaputtena viriyam rabhitum); Sn 896 (appam hi etarn na -am samya); Vv 44:15 (-am punnni ktave); Th771 (-am blassa mohya no ca pragavesino); 1066 (-am jhyitukmassa pahitattassa me sato); Ja III 169,16* (yass' att nlam); IV 172,15* (nlam ekassa); 227,10* (nlam dukkh pamocetum); V91,2* (-am tvam ptarsya manne bhakkh bhavissasi); VI 192,6* (n* eva mayham ayam ngo -am dukkhya kyaci); Sv 601,22 (-am kho pan' esa ppo ... ssanam osakkpetun ti); Sadd 434,23 (alamsaddo pariyattinivranatthavcako dissati); 696,30/0//. (alarnsaddassa attho arahapatikkhep, tattha arahatthe alam me buddho alam me rajjam); 2. enough of, no more of away with; there is no need of (+ instr. rei or inf.); Vin III 184,16 (pakkamaf yasm imamh vs -an te idha vsen ti); DII 23,12 (tena hi samma srathi -am dan' ajja uyynabhmiy); Ja III 226,10* (-am hi te jagghitye mamam disvna edisam); VI 15,21* (-am me tena rajjena ntakehi dhanena v; 15,23': -an ti patikkhepavacanam); 138,29* (-am pi me hotu puttayannena); Ap 540,5 (-am putt visdena); Sadd 696,iofoil, (alamsaddassa attho

237

arahapatikkhep, tattha ... patikkhepe alam te idha vsena alam me hirannasuvannena); 3. (absolutely): enough! stop! don't!; A b h l l 9 0 (nivrane clam); 1147; Vin II 198, io (~am Devadatta m te rucci sanghabhedo); D II 150,8 (~am vuso Subhadda m tathgatam vihethesi); Mil 126,7 (~am Kosiya m evam bhani ti); Sadd 889,4 (~am halam ice ete patisedhanatthe); (alam)-atta, mfii. [alam + atta(n)], competent; vl (or wr) for alamattha qv; (alam)-attha, mfii. [alam + attha2], able, competent; DIU 188,16* (evam bhoge samhatv ~o kule gihi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se alamatto; Sv 951,26foil.: yuttasabhvo samattho v pariyattarpo gharvsam santhapetum); M II 69,9 (bhubali ~o sahgmvacaro ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se alamatto; Ps III 307,9: samatthaattabhvo); Niddl 464,26 (tvam asi ~o may pucchitam kathetum, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se alamatto); tara, mfn., (compar.) more competent; Vin II 1,13 (panditatar ca vyattatar ca bahussutatar ca ~-tara ca; Sp 1155,12: ~-tar ca ti samatthatar); (alam)-atthadasa, mfn. [alam + attha2 + dasa2], competent to see the goal or what is beneficial; wise; Mp HI 165, n (atthe passitum samatth ~); 165,14 (tya); tara, mfii., (compar.) more competent to see what is beneficial; wiser; D II 231,13 (putto panditataro c' eva pitar ~-taro c' eva pitar); A II 180,23; (alam)-atthadassa, mfn., competent to see the goal or what is beneficial; Cp-a46,5 (so vuddhippatto aparabhge ~o); (alam)-atthavicintaka, mfn., able to discern the goal or what is beneficial; Th 252 (Th-aH 103,18: -an ti attano paresam ca attham hitam vicintetum samattham); (alam)-ariya, mfn., suitable for or worthy of the noble ones; truly noble; Vin III 90,33 (yo pana bhikkhu anabhijnam uttarimanussadhammam attpanyikam finadassanam samudcareyya iti jnmi iti passmi ti); D I 163,29 (dhamm kusal ... ~ sankht); A IV 363,16 (ye dhamm ~ ~-sankht); (alan)-kata, mfn., see sv alankaroti; (alan)-kammaniya, mfn., suitable, adequate for the action; Vin III 187,19 (eko ekya raho paticchanne sane ~e; 189,3: ~e ti sakk hoti methunam dhammam patisevitum); (alari)-karana, -kra, seesvv; (alam)-paMa, mfii., capable of reason, sensible; A III 6,12 (kumro vuddho hoti ~o); (alam)pateyy, (m)f(n)., suitable, fit for marriage; D i l i 71,17 (dasavassyukesu bhikkhave manussesu paneavassik kumrik ~ bhavissanti); AIV 138,13; -vacaniya, mfn., (formally) repudiated; separated, estranged; Vin III 144,14 (Sp 561,4: y hi yath yath yesu yesu janapadesu pariccatt va hoti bhariyabhavam atikkamati ayam ~ ti vuccati); Sp560,2o (sace hi 'ssa mtpitaro kujjhitv ~ honti; Sp-t[ite]II 329,29: desacrittavasena pannadndin pariccatt honti); Ps IV 12,24 (parisamajjhe -am katv m puna geham pvisi ti vissajjesi); Vin-vn 375 (nlamvacaniyat); 376 (ttam); -samakkhata(r), m., a competent teacher; It 107,3; -skaccha, mfn., fit to speak in a discussion; A III 81,3 (~o sabrahmaerinam); -sjiva, mfn., fit for the communal life; A III 81,17 (~o sabrahmaerinam); -staka, m, one of the five kinds of gluttons (who eats so much his cloak will not fit);

As 404,25 (~o nma accuddhumtakucchitya ... stakam nivsetum na sakkoti); Vism 33,3 (in cpd); analam, ind., not enough; not sufficient; MI 455,7 (idam kho aham Udyi ~an ti vadmi pajahath ti vadmi); II 257,13 (~am ca me antary ti); see also anala2. alaka, alaka, m. [S. alaka], a lock of hair, a curl; Th-a III 36,6 (kesaracan atthapadam nma yam -an ti pi vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -katan ti pi); ifc see muduk-. alakka, ajakka1, m. [S. alarka], the white swallow-wort, Calatropis gigantea alba; Abh581; Ap 328,27 (~ beluv tattha kadali mtulungak, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee lak); -mali(n), mfn., wearing a garland of white swallow-wort; Ja IV 310,21* (~i tipukannaviddho). alakka2, m. [S. alarka], a dog made furious, a mad dog; Abh519. alakkhra in Ee at Ps III 264,26 (in cpd) is wr for alankra (Be, Ce, Se so). alagadda, m. (and mfn.) [S. alagarda, m.], (m.) a watersnake; (mfn.) like (the getting hold of) a water-snake; Abh653;MI 133,35 foil, (so passeyya mahantam ~am); Ps II 107,14/0//. (tisso hi pariyattiyo -pariyatti nittharanapariyatti bhandgrikapariyatti ti... puthujanassa hi pariyatti nma ~ v hoti nittharan v). alanka, m. or n.l a kind of ornament; ? Sadd 434,19 (slanknanayoge pi slanknanavajjit ti imissam hi kavinam kabbaracanyam -saddo bhsanavisesam vadati). alankata, mfn., pp o/alankaroti qv. alankara, see sv alankra. alankarar^a, n. [ts], decorating, adorning; Dhtum 865 (bhslankarane); Ja I 60,2 (bodhisattassa -klam disv); Th-a II 33,4 (hatthpagdi-bharanehi c' eva mlgandhdii ca attabhvassa -am); analankarana, n., not finding satisfaction; Pj II 112,7 ([analahkaritv] anapekkhamno ti tena -na anapekkhanasilo apihluko nittanho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se alankaranena) = Nidd-a II 139,7 = Ap-a 188,i (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr alankatakaranena). alankaranaka, n. [alankarana + ka2], adornment, decoration; Dhp-al 410,n (evarpam mahaggham pasdhanam sise patimukkam yva pdapitthim ~arn alankaritv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se alankram). alankaroti, pr. 3 sg. [S. alanWkr], ornaments; adorns oneself; puts on; (neg.) finds no satisfaction in; Vin III 16,27 (tena alarikrena ~ ti); Mil 63,14 (tena alankrena -olh ti); Ja I 12,12 (maggam ~issmi ti); 57,2i (sakalanagaram devavimnam viya ~onti); VI 12,15 (Vissakammam pesesi gaccha Ksirjaputtam -ohi ti); part.pr. (a) alarikaronta,m/(~ontI)/i., Ja I 11,19 (dasabalassa gamanamaggam -ont); Dhp-al 226,21 (ek Brnasisetthino dhit... attnam ~onti nisidi); (b) alankurumna, mfii., Mp III 369,2 (-naditire lokarn alankurumno atthsi); aor. 3 sg. alankari, Ja VI 12,n (Sakkarn viya ~i); Spkl 206,6; 3 pl. alankarimsu, Ja II 48,12; inf. alankaritum, Ja I 12,9; absol. (a) alankaritv, Ja V 196,2; Ap 62,5; Vism 195,23; Dhp-a I 410,ii; Mhv 14:62; neg. analankaritv, thinking insufficient; not finding satisfaction in; MI 165,13 (c/PsII 172,30: alam imin alam imin ti punappunam

238

analankaritv); Sn 59 (kmasukham ca loke analankaritv anapekkhamno); Ja I 67,1 (tarn pi sampattibhvanam analankaritv); (b) alankatv, Mhv 37:194 (alankatv ca nagaram); (c)alankatvna, Ap 474,4 (nnrattehi vatthehi alankatvna mandapam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se alankaritvna); pass. part.pr. alankariyamna, mfn. Sv 518,2 (bhujamn pi ~iyamn pi vatthni nivsent pi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee alankurumn); pp alankata (and alankita ?), mfn. [S. alamkrta], adorned, decorated; wearing ornaments; Vin III 16,26 (alankrena ~); 249,24 (drik ~ mlkit kilanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee alankita, perhaps wr); M II 65,3* (ptikyo ~o); Dhp 142 (~o ce pi samam careyya); Ja IV 60,5* (~o mattakundali mlabhn haricandanussado); V 96,7* (~yo padumuttarattac ... passati hamsagaggar); Ap 265,21 (chattam -am gayha); patiyatta, mfn., adorned and decorated; fully adorned; VinIV 18,H(itthi... patiyatta gandhagandhini); Ja VI 592,26 (~-patiyattam nagaram); As 73,4 (~-patiyattam mahcetiyam); neg. analankata, mfn., not adorned; unsatisfied; SI 15,2i* (ratthavanto pi khattiy ailnamannbhigijjhanti kmesu analankata; Spk I 52,22: atitt apariyattajt); Vv-a 167,3 (tasm analankata pi tvam alankatasadisi ti adhippyo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr alankrasadisi ti); Th-a II 191,8 (kis dubbann analankata kilitthavatthanivasan); svlankata, mfn., very much adorned; PatisII 132,22 (imehi pancah' indriyehi mett cetovimutti svlankata hoti); caus. (a) inf. alankretum, Ap-a64,3i (bodhisattassa alankretukmatam natv); (b)pr. 3 sg. alankrpeti, Ja VI 44,15 (samma uyynapla uyynam passissmi ~ehi tan ti); Ps V 40,28 (maggam ~etha); aor. 3 sg. alankrpesi, Ja IV 92,26; 3 pl. alarikrpesum, Spk II 362,7; absol alankrpetv, Ja I 52,n; Ps V 41,2; pp alarikrpita, mfn., Ja VI 412,8. alankra, m. [ts], ornament, decoration; the act of decorating; improvement; Abh283; Vin I 208, is (kuto amhkam duggatnam mala kuto ~o ti); HI 16,25 (~ena alankata); AIV 265,8 (tsam devatnam ~nam saddo hoti vaggu); Ja VI 472,20* (dahar viya -am dhreti); Patisl 46,12 (silni... bahulikammya samvattanti ~ya samvattanti parikkhrya samvattanti; Patis-a 227,16: samdhissa saddhindriydi-alankrasdhanena ~ya samvattanti); Ap 5,8 (yam yam hattham pasremi ~ upenti me); 586,25 (arigagate -e); Bv 25:45 (keci nibbnam patthent passantu me alankaram, mc; Bv-a 269,25: alankaran ti rassam katvna vuttam); Mil 356,7 (~o sobhanya); Visml95,i (asubhalakkhanam pan' ettha gantukena ~ena paticchannatt na pannyati); Sadd 567,4 (bhsa ~e); ifc see citta(jvcitta1), sovatthik-. alati, pr. 3 sg. [Val3; S. Dhtup alati, Wg15;8], 1. adorns; Sadd 434,17 (ala bhsane: ~ati alankro); 2. is competent; Sadd 861,26 (ala pariyattiyam); see also^i?\\ alia2. alati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup adati, Wg 9:75: ada udyame], goes up; endeavours; Sadd460,i2 (ala uggame: ~ati vlo). alattaka, m. [S. alaktaka], red juice, lac; Abh 305; Sv 603,23 (-vannni bhagavato pdatalni); Ps III 302,20

(~ena ranjit); -kata, mfn., reddened (with lac); Mil 64,29* (~ pd) = Th771 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr pp; Th-a III 35,29: alattakena kataranjan lkhya samranjit); -patalavanna (or -ptalavanna), mfn., (coloured) like a layer of lac; (or with the red colour of lac;?) JalV 114,20 (~am uttarsangacivaram, Se so; Be, Ce, Se alattakaptala-). alattha, aor. 3 sg. o/labhati qv. alayanti in Ee, Se at Sp 961,20 is wr, perhaps for layanti; Be, Ce alliyanti. alavlaka, m. [S. lex. id.], a basin around the foot of a tree for retaining water; Abh 1011 (dhro... pattdhre 'lavlake); see also lavla. alasa, mfin). [ts], lazy, inactive; indolent, idle; Abh 516; S I 44,22* (vutthi ~am analasam ca mt puttam va posati); AIV 92,22* (akammakm ~); Dhp 280 (pannya maggam ~o na vindati); Sn 96 (anuttht ca yo naro ~o); Ja III 105,23* (-0 gihi kmabhogi na sdhu); Mil 92,19 (-0 -tya mantitam attham vypdeti); Sp 992,20 (~o ti utthnaviriyasampanno na hoti); -jtika, mfin)., lazy by nature; disposed to laziness; D III 89,16 (annatarassa sattassa ~assa etad ahosi ambho kirn evham vihannmi slim haranto); Vism 419,4; Sp 354,29 (eko ~o bhikkhu); analasa, mf(n)., diligent; active, energetic; Vin III 135,9 (pandit vyatt medhvini dakkh ~); ThI415 (utthyik ~); Ja VI 92,1 (~o hutv rattindivam mtpitaro bhari); Vv-a 229,21 (medhvitya tya); Sp 1103,13 (dakkh ti chek ~a v); see also lasiya, lasya, lassa. alasaka, m. [ts], flatulence; DIU 7,16 (so sattamadivasam ~ena klam karissati). alta, m.n. [S. alta, n.], a firebrand; fire; Abh 36; M II 225,17 (usukro tejanam dvisu ~esu tpeti); Ja I 485,5 (s ... ~ena elakam pahari, lomni aggim aganhimsu); Ps IV 14,17 (dve ~ viya kyikacetasikaviriyam); Spk II 284,9 (javato pan' assa sariram andhakre paribbhamantam -am viya khyati); Mp I 402,23 (Sakko ~ni samnento aggim jlesi); ifc see chav-; -cakka, ., a circle of fire (the illusion created by whirling a firebrand); Vism 633,4 (mymaricisupinanta -altacakkagandhabbanagaraphenakadali -dayo viya assr). alpu, n. [= albu^v], (the fruit of) the bottle-gourd; Dhp 149 (~n' eva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be albn' eva); see also lpu. albu (and alvu), mf. and n. [S. albu], \.(m.f) the bottle-gourd, Lagenaria vulgaris; Abh 596 (f); Ap 328,26 (phrusak ~ ca); Ps II 376,26 (tittako -u); Sadd 407,i (lbu~uv); Sp 1104,i (in long cpd, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se alvu); ifc see tittika-; 2. (n.) the fruit of the bottle-gourd; a vessel made from the bottlegourd; Dhp 149 (~n' eva, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se alpn' eva); Ja III 85,19' (visapram viya ~u); Ap389,n (~un' odakam gayha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se alvun'); -kataha, ., a vessel made from a gourd; Sp 1205,i; As 405,29 (udake ~am viya ... pilavau" ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se alvu-); -lomasa, mfn., hairy like a gourd; M II 7,17(civarni... lkhni ~ni); see also alpu, lbu, lbu.

239

albuka, n. [ts], (the fruit of) the bottle-gourd used as a vessel; Ap 389,12 (-am ads' aham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se alvukam); Sp 293,13. albhaka, m. (or n.) [a3 + labha + ka2], the not getting (something); the not receiving anything; Vin III 77,14 (manpikam rpam upasamharati imam passitv ~ena sussitv marissati ti); AIV 139,17 (uposathiko pi bhattam na bhunjati -ena pi bhattam na bhunjati); Pj II549,11 (tena tena -ena asantasanto). alra, mfn. [S. arla], curved; rounded; curled; Abh 709; '-akkhi, (m)f(n). [alra + akkhi1], with curling eyelashes;! with rounded eyes;l Ja I 306,9* (yato laddh ~i; cf 306, \r\ -I vislanett sobhanalocan); -pakhuma, mfn., with curling eyelashes; Ja VI 503,15* (~ hasul, so read for Ee -pamukh? Be lrapamh; Ce lrapakhum; Se lrappamukh); -pamha, mfn., with curling eyelashes; JaV 215,8* (216, ir: -ehi ti vislapakhumehi); Ap40,7 (~ hasul, Be so; Ce, Ee lra-; Se lramukh) = 73,15 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se lramukh) = 307,5 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se lramukh); see also lra. alritthaka- in Ee, Se at Niddl 355,8 and in Ee at Sp 1083,26 is prob, wrfor addritthaka-^v^vadda 2 . alvu, see sv albu. ali, ali, m. [S. ali], a (large black) bee; Abh 636 (madhupo bhamaro ~i); Sadd 922,23 (ali li... vannabhedo 'yam); see also alini, li, nayanlimli(n). alika, mfn. and n. [BHS id.; cf S. alika], untrue, false; a lie, a falsehood; Abh 127; 1070; SI 189,2 (saccarn yeva bhsati no -am); A V 159,22 (-am mam samma avaca tucchakam mam samma avaca); Dhp 264 (na mundakena samano abbato -am bhanam); Sn 239 (na kmakm -am bhananti); Ja VI 361,11* (na bhsati -am bhripanno); 377,27* (abbhakkhti abhtena -ena-m-abhisraye); Mil 99,6 (tarn tesam titthiynam vacanam micch abhtam vitatham -am); Vism 27,30 (puggalassa vacane kincid eva saccam hoti sesam -am); Sp 311,5 (sacce pi ~e pi dukkatam eva); Ps I 188,8 (tuccham -am vcam bhsitro); Sadd 902,32 (mus micch -am icc ete asacce). alikkamimsu in Ee at Mp I 246,3 is wr for atikkamimsu (Be, Ce, Se so). a l i n i , / [ts], a female bee; Sadd 244,21 (-1 ti bhamari ti vuttam); see also ali. alinda, m. [S. alinda], a terrace or verandah; Sadd 921,7 (mattbhedo 'yam ... alindo lindo); see also alinda. alimpessasi ti in Ee at Patis-a 682,3 is wr for limpessasi ti (Be, Ce so; Se loletv). alibaddha in Ee at Mill 96,28 is wr for alibaddha <?v sv li'. alilat in Ee at Ap 420,5 is wr; Be, Ce, Se alolupp. alubbhanaka, n. (or mfn.) [a3 + lubbhana + ka2], not coveting; As 149,33 (-vasena alobho). loletv in Ee at Sp 580,3 is wrfor loletv (Be, Ce, Se so). alia 1 , mfn. [S. rdra], wet, moist; fresh; Abh 753; Vin I 109,3 (clvarni 'ssa -ni); DU 332,26 (-ena cammena onandhitv); Mill 167,22 (-ni pi tinni); A I 32,27 (muddikbijam v -ya pathaviy nikkhittam); Th982 (-am sukkham ca bhunjanto); Ja VI 209,23' (sukkheyyum

-an' eva na siyum); Mil 151,20 (-ttam); 0 avalepana, mjh.9 with wet plaster, newly plastered; Niddll 86,14 (ktgrasl... bahalamattik -, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce adda-); -pika, n., afresh top-shoot; Ja III 389,17* (-am va chijjito, Ce, Ee so; Be allasingam va vacchito; Se allapitam va vicchito; 389,20': mluvalatya aggapavlam); -sarira, n., a newly-dead corpse; Sp 374,30 (abbhunhe -); Spkl 313,31; -singivera, m., (fresh) green ginger; Ja III 225,23; see also adda2. alia2, alya, mfn. ? [from alati ?], competent; ? Sadd 861,26 (alapariyattiyam kala sankhyne sala gatiyam: -am kallam sallam alyam kalyam salyam). allpa, m. [S. lpa], speaking to; conversation; -sallpa, m., conversation, talk; Ja I 189,4 (yva suriyass' atthahgaman-ena nisiditv); IV 240,30* (blen' -am na kare na ca rocaye); Mil 15,10 (na -am aksi, Ce, Ee so; Be lpasallpam); Sv 396,7 (-0 v hotu); anallpa, w., not speaking; no conversation; Mil 57,16 (-0 tesam annamannehi ti, Ee so; Be, Ce anlpo; Se asallpo); see also lpa. a l i i , / [?], name of a certain tree or plant; Vin-vn 2744 (pattesu-iy pattam); Sv-ptHI 137,17 (rajanan ti -diranjanavatthum, Be so; EejaMi-); -patta, ., the leaf of the alii plant; Sp 1126,14. allika, m. or - a , / [alii + ka2], the dye made from the leaves of the alii plant; ifc see kafijipitthakhali-. alliyati, see sv alliyati. alliyanyan in Ee at Pet 94,13 is prob, wr; Be, Ce alliyanya. alliypana, alliypanaka, see svv alliypana, alliypanaka. alliypetv, caus. absol. of alliyati qv. allina, mfn., /?/? o/alllyati qv. alliyati (also written alliyati), pr. 3 sg. [BHS alliyati; S. liyate], comes close to; settles down on; leans against; sticks to, is attached (to, ace. or loc); Vin I 137,i2(vassvsam-issanti); MI 260,33 (imam ce tumhe bhikkhave ditthim ... -etha kelyetha); S III 190,12 (tni pamsvgrakni -anti kelyanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se layanti); JaV 436,24' (kavtam v bhittim v -ati); Vism 612,14 (-iturn anarahatya allinnam pi ca lenakicckranya alenato); Pet 108,15 (tanhvasena ca -ati); Sp 599,28 (annam pi vatthum lissati silissati vohramatten* eva isakam -ali ti leso); 961,20 (layarm ti satt paneakmagunesu -anti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se layanti, prob, wr) = Sv 464,13 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se layanti) = Spk I 195,23; Spkl 37,30 (yath sakun divasam gocarapasut rattim kulvakam -anti); 195,23 (satt paneakmagunesu -anti); Mp II 319,6 (tayo ankur utthahitv tarn rukkham -anti); Pj II 173,29 (devalokam bhajati -ati, upagacchati ti vuttam hoti); Ap-a234,i5 (kumud... udakena kaddamakalalena ca upalimpati -anti, eds so); part.pr. (a) alliyanta, mfn., Ap-a 202,21; neg. analliyanta, mfn., Ja III 392,29 (kilesaratim analliyanto); Pj II 366,30; Q>)neg. analliyamna, mfn., Vism 463,22; Ps III 438,13; aor. 3 sg. alliyi, alliyi, Ja I 273,28 (khaggo lomesu yeva -i); Sv826,2i; 3pl alliyimsu, Jal 64,33 (kes... dakkhinato vattamn sisam -imsu); Dhp-al 371,11

240

(sabbe ekabaddh -imsu); absol. alliyitv, alliyitv, Ja IV 376,7 (mahsatto ... Ditthamangalikam disv ekamantam apagantv -itv atthsi); Mil 405,14 (jluk yattha -ati tatth' eva dalham -itv ruhiram pivati); neg. analliyitv, analliyitv, Ja IV 485,20 (jlam analliyitv); Spk II 36,19 (ubho ante anupagamma pahya analliyitv); see also ati-alliyitv; pp allina, mfn. [S. lina], sticking to, attached to; come close to; resorting to; D III 19,5 (pval su nma te pithakasmim -); MI 80,28 (me ... udaracchavi pitthikantakam - hoti ty' eva apphratya); A V 187,6 (tad eva so yasm -0 tad eva so yasm ajjhpagato); Ja I 312,13 (ekavram -am na sakk hoti khippam mocetum); III 252,26 (kathya -0 gantum asakkonto); Niddl 65,7 (sakya laddhiy nivittho patitthito -0 upgato; Nidd-al 193,30: ~o ti ekibhto); Vism612,i4; Sv 911,28 (katamni opyikatarni ti imassa atthassa katamni vyanjanni upapannatarni tarni); neg. anallina, mfn., Ja IV 218,i (anallinatt); Niddl 133,23; Patis-a567,2i (analhnatya); Ap-a423,i2 (gharvse anallino pabbajitv); fpp alliyitabba, alliyitabba, mfn., Vism 695,29 (tena kind -am na dissati ti); Mp II 196,19; cans. pr. 3 sg. alliypeti (and more often) alliypeti, brings near; attaches to; makes stick; makes lean against; Sv 545,27 (upasamharatha upanetha -etna); Ps IV 56,6 (kyam -essati); Ap-a 103,22 (sattanikye ... attano ca kye ranjenti -entiti rjno); part.pr. alliypenta, mfn., Spk II 224,22 (~ento patileneti nma); absol. alliypetv, alliypetv, Jail 325,16 (hatthim mahbhittiyam -etv); IV 392,16 (tundena tundam -etv); Vism 255,8; Sp 684,20; pp alliypita, mfn., Sv 570,22; fpp alliypetabba, mfn., Kv-a24,i3; see also analliyati, layati. alllyana, n. [from alliyati], contact; attachment; resorting to; Ja IV 12,32' (rammanesu -lakkhanena snehena); Pet 94,13 (~ya, Be, Ce so; Ee alliyanyan, prob, wr); Vism 217,8 (opanayiko, sacchikiriyvasena -am arahati ti attho); Ud-a72,5 (kmesu yeva -am icchanti); Ap-a293,2o(buddhnam rgo pi ranjanam -am na vijjati); analliyana, n., lack of attachment; Ap-a 129,26 (kranam); 129,31 (virattacitt man). alliyanaka, mfn. [alllyana + ka2], sticking to, settling down in, coming close to; Mp III 114,14 (manpen' ev ti manam -ena). alliypana, alliypana, n. [from caus. of alliyati], attaching; Sp 1110,32 (kurundiyam pana pakatipattabaddhacivaram dupattam ktum kucchicimilikaalliypanamatten ti vuttam); 1128,25 (-khandam aggalam). alliypanaka, alliypanaka, mfn. [alliypana + ka2], for attaching; Sp 1128,28 (-am vatthakhandam). alya, seesv?\W. ava, ind. [ts; sometimes corresponds also to S. apa, the confusion arising from a similarity of meaning and Pkt -v- < -p-], prefix to nouns; preverb to verbs; before consonants alternates with o2 qv; Abhll73; Sadd 882,i2*yb//.; expresses: away from, off; down; low; understanding; despising; a negative. avam, ind. [S. avk], downwards; Sn685 (-am sari so,

Ce, Ee so, but perhaps rather mc for avasari [Be, Se so]; Pj II 486,28: -am sari ti otari, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avasari ti); Nidd I 36,29 (-am gacchanti ti pi avadniy, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be avagacchanti ti; Nidd-al 111,4: apyam gacchanti); (avan)-gamana,., going down, descent; MpIII 138,1 (panca nivaranni -ato okkamanan ti vuccanti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se avagamanato); Pj II 516,28 (--tya, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se avagamanatya); -sira, mfn. [avam + sira(s)], with the head downwards; headlong, headfirst; SI 48,25* (anariy visame magge papatanti -); Sn 248 (patanti satt nirayam -); Vv 52:24 (khipimsu niraye ghore uddhapdam -am); Ja 1233,9* (patmi nirayam uddhapdo -o); Vibh-a4,20 (te vagguliyo viya pabbatapde dighaputhulehi nakhehi laggitv - olambanti); Sadd 102,30 (avanatam siro yassa so 'yam -o); see also avasira(s). avakamsa, m. [from *avakamsati, S. avakarsati], minimum; inferiority; deficiency; Nidd-al 227,17; instr. -ena, as a minimum; Vism 559,24; Patis-a 362,10; ato, at least, at the minimum; Vism 552,35* (atha v -atotimsa); 563,5*; Vibh-a 175,13; ifc see ukkams-. avakankhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVknks], desires, longs for; M III 264,10 (sattham ... harissmi nvakankhmi jivitanti); SI 121,24* (nvakankhantijivitam); JaV 340,3* (nvakankhmi jivitam). avakaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avakarsati], 1. removes; drags down; Thi-a249,2 (okaddhati ti -ati); 2. sinks, is dragged down; Ja IV 415, is* (hadayam me -ati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se avakassati; 415,24'foil.: galati sokena avakaddhiyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se galayati sokena v kaddhiyati); It-a II 165,32 (nadiyam patitv sotena -eyya); pass. pr. 3sg. avakaddhiyati, is dragged down; Ja IV 415,25' (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kaddhiyati); pp avakaddhita, mfn., dragged down, dragged along; Mp I 436,17* (dutthassa hoti -am padam) * Dhp-al 201,7* (mlhassa...; * Vism 105,4* and Pj II 544,2*: dutthassa... anukaddhitam); caus. absol. avakaddhayitv, extracting, picking out; Nett 4,13* (hetum avakaddhayitv); see also apakaddhati, avakassati, okaddhati. avakaddhana, n. [from avakaddhati], removing; ifc see chandarg-; see also apakaddhana. avakantati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVkrt], cuts off, cuts; Ja IV 155,27* (puthuso mam vikantetv khandaso -atha); Pv-a 213,21 (punappunam tava mukham -anti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tarn vanamukham); part.pr. avakantanta, mfn., Ja IV 156,7' (-ant);/?/? (a) avakanta, mfn., cut; Ja IV 251,25* (ten* evatass galakvakantam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se galakam vikant); avakanta- in Ee at Spk II 376,9 and 376,12 is wr for ayakanta- (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) avakantita, mfn., cut; Pv-a213,22(avakantitathne); see also okantati. avakandati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVkrand], cries out; Ja VI 555,19' (okandmasi ti -ma; Be, Ce so; Se avakkandma; Ee wr avankandma); see also okandati. avakappan,/[ava + kappan], bridling, harnessing; Ja VI 408,27 (rafino assam yath kaddhito sutthutaram palyati evam -ya kappetv); see also okappan. avakappayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS avakalpayati;

241

cfS. avakalpayati], gives credence to, trusts', part.pr. avakappayanta, mfn., Nidd-a I 191,1 (okappent ti gunavasena otretv ~ant). avakampana, n., compassion; concern; Sadd 553,15 (kapa ~e: kapeti kapayati kapano, kapano ti karunyitabbo); 555,29 (bh ~e:... bhveti tianukampati puttam v bhtaram v yam kinci). avakasitv in Ee at Sv 520,9 is prob, wr for avakassitv qv sv avakassati. avakassati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avakarsati], 1. removes; draws away; secedes; A V 74,9 (~anti vavakassanti venikammni karonti, Ce, Ee so; Be ~anti apakassanti; Se ~anti pavakassanti; Mp V 35,i: ~anti ti parisam kaddhanti vijatenti ekamantam ussdenti) * VinH 204,25 (Be apakassanti avapakassanti; Ce apakassanti vipakassanti; Ee apaksanti avapaksanti; Se apakassanti avapaksanti); Pj II 311,25 (candlam viya ~atha, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apakassatha); absol. avakassitv, Sv 520,9 (okkass ti ~itv kaddhitv; Be so; Se apakassitv; Ce, Ee avakasitv,prob, wr); 2 . (pass. ?) sinks, is dragged down; Ja IV 415, is* (hadayam me ~ati; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avakaddhati; 415,24.* galati sokena avakaddhiyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kaddhiyati); see also apakaddhati, apakassati, avakaddhati, avapakassati, okassa, okassayati, vapakassati, vavakassati. avakra1, m. [from *ava + karoti?], degradation; Sp 1097,23 (okro ti ~o lmakabhvo) = Sv 473,4; see also apakra, okra. * avakra2, m. [from avakirati], what is excluded, left out; what is singled out; ? see avakrikaritv. avakrakam, ind.9 absol of avakirati qv. avakrikaritv, avaknmkaritv, ind. [absol. of *avakrikaroti, avakra2 + karoti], excluding; singling out; specifying; ? Vibh 397,1 foil, (kafici dhammam ~itv rpam vedanam sannam sankhre vinnnarn, Be so; Ce, Se avakrim-; Ee wr anavakrim-; Vibh-a 515,32: vinibbhogam katv); anavakrikaritv, anavakrimkaritv, not excluding; not singling out; not specifying; Vibh 393,6 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anavakrimkaritv; Vibh-a 514,36^//.: rpavedandisu kafici ekadhammam pi avinibbhogam katv ekekato agahetv samhato va gahetv ti attho); Ps I 206,8 (kafici dhammam ~itv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anavakram karitv). avaksa, m. [S. avakra], appearance; occasion, opportunity; Pet 202,24 (samropanya ~o n' atthi); Sv 658,33 (thnam ~oti ubhayam etam krandhivacanam eva); Nidd-a I 456,12 (oksam na karoti ti ~am patittham na karoti); Sadd 882,n (~o okso); ifc see akkhudda(svkhudda1), ariy-, kata- (sv karoti), hata-; anavaksakri(n), mfh.9 not seeking an opportunity (to accuse); Mil383,22 (yogin... cariye cariyamattesu sabbattha anadhikaranena bhavitabbam anavaksakrin, Ce, Ee so; Be anavasesakrin; Se anavajjakrin); anavaksa, m., what is out of the question; an impossibility; Vin III 23,22 (atthnam etam Ananda ~o yam tathagato... svaknam prjikam sikkhpadam pannattam samhaneyy ti); D III 114,25 (atthnam etam ~o yam ekiss lokadhtuy dve arahanto sammsambuddh apubbam acarimam uppajjeyyum n'etam

thnam vijjati); M III 65,28 (atthnam etam ~o yam itthi rj assa cakkavatti); 129,21 (atthnatam ca tarn ca pavedetv, Be, Ce so; Se ttam ca; Ee wr ~am ca); AI 26,30 (atthnam etam bhikkhave -0 yam ditthisampanno puggalo kafici sankhram niccato upagaccheyya); Ud 53,4 (atthnam etam bhikkhave ~o yam tathagato aparisuddhya parisya uposatham kareyya); Vibh 335,37/o//.; Pj II 142,n (atthnam etam ~o yam evarpo mus bhaneyy ti); Sadd294,i3 (atthnatt tta); see also oksa. avakirati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avakirati], scatters around; bestrews; discards, throws away; takes away; Sv 575,35 (tathgatassa sariram -anti sarirassa upari pupphni vikirantiti attho); Bv-a 36,35 ([puppham] -anti); aor. 2 sg. avkiri, Vv 30:5 (kahan nu ucchum vadhuke avkiri; Vv-a 126,23: apanesi chaddesi vinsesi v); 1 sg. avakiri(m), Pv-a 86,25 (samokirin ti tava seyyarn aham kapikacchuphalapattehi samantato ~im, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); absol. (a) avakiriya, Ja II 75,n* (kalyamutiim ~iya kevalam); VI43,19*; (b) avakiritv, JaV 144, IT; Sp 893,27 (sitthvakrakan ti sitthni ~itv -itv); (c) (namul) avakrakam; ifc see sitth-; pass, pr. 3 sg. avakiriyati, Pv 26:10 (pahtam annapnam pi api ssu ~Iyati; Pv-a 174,23: -iyati chaddiyati); see also apakiritna, okirati. avakucchita, mfn. [pp of *ava + kuccheti; cfS. avakutsita], contemptible, vile; or ~am, in a contemptible or vile way; ? Ap-a 385,13 (knanam ~am nanam avahanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~am avasnam). avakujja, mfn. and n. [BHS avakubja], 1. (mfn.) with the face downward, prone; upset; D i l 336,13 (imam purisam ~am niptetha); M I 80,29 (tatth' eva ~o papatmi ty' eva apphratya); Pv45:8 (uttn patikirma - patmase); Jal 13,28* (kalale pattharitvna ~o nipajj' aham) quoted Sadd 349,25; Ja VI 40,3 (~o hutv); Vism 399,20 (~ena phanena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~e); Pv-a 178,13 (dakkhinapassena vmapassena uttno ~o ti); ifc ^eukkujja^n-, ukkujj-; 2. (n.) upsetting; fall; Spklll 150,13 (ukkuijam vuccati udayo, ~am vayo); -pafifia, mfn., whose intellect is upside down, not retentive (like an upturned jar); who cannot learn or remember; A I 130,9foil, (katamo... ~o puggalo) * Pp 31,14 foil; see also ukkujja, ni(k)kuija. avakujjati, avakujjeti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from avakujja], turns over; upsets; Mp II 345,1 (bhattabharitam ptim ~anto viya); Sadd 349,25 (~eti); see also ukkujjati, nikujjati. avakula, mfn. [ava + kula = kla ?], sloping down; uneven; JaV 169,r (anvakul tina ~ akhanim, eds so); see also anvakul. avakokila, mfn. [cf S. avakokila], where there are no cuckoos; Sadd882,16 (ava ice... viyoge omukkauphano ~am vanam). avakkanta, mfn., pp o/avakkamati qv. avakkanti,/ [S.y BHS avakrnti], coming down (into); entering (a womb), conception; appearance; MI 265,35 (tinnarn ... sannipt gabbhassvakkanti hoti; Ps II 310,7: gabbhass ti gabbhe nibbattanasattassa, ~i hoti ti nibbatti hoti); SII 66,12 (tasmim apatitthite vinnne

242

virlhe nmarpassa -i hoti); III 46,23 (asmi ti... adhigate atha pancannam indriynam -i hoti, Ee, Se so; Be Ce avigate); Pp 13,i (yesam dhammnam samanantar ariyadhammassa -i hoti tehi dhammehi samanngato puggalo ayam vuccati gotrabh); Mil 123,9 foil.; ifc see niyma-, sunnata-; see also okkanti. avakkama, m. [from avakkamati], coming down (into); appearance; Ja V 330,3* (gabbhass' ~o, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gabbhassa vokkamo). * avakkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVkram], comes down (into); treads upon; overcomes; aor. 1 sg. avakkamim, Ja III 480,20* (pacchato tuyha nahguttham katham kho 'ham -im); absol avakkamma, Ja III 480,12* (nanguttham me avakkamma; 480,14': akkamitv); pp avakkanta, mfn., entered; trodden upon; overcome; Ja II 215,12' (okkantasukkassa kusaladhammassa); ifc see dukkh-, sukh-; neg. anavakkanta, mfn., not entered; not trodden upon; not overcome by; Mill 115,9 (dhamm ekantakusalyatik ariy lokuttar anavakkanta ppimat); Sil 173,26 (pathavidhtu oe h' idam bhikkhave ekantadukkh abhavissa dukkhnupatit dukkhvakkant anavakkanta sukhena); anavakkantadehava(t), mfn., with a body which is not overcome;! Ap380,n (rpav gunasampanno anavakkantadehav, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupakkanta-); see also okkamati1. avakkamana, n. [BHS avakramana], coming down (into), entering; Mil 125,14 (tvam saddahasi gabbhassavakkamanan ti); see also okkamana1. avakkamaniya, mfn. [from avakkamana], connected with going down, descending; Spkll 204,25 (okkamaniy ti -, hetthgamaniy ti attho). avakkalita in Ee at Ps III 372,25 is wrfor avakkhalita qv. avakkra, m. [cf S. avakara, avaskara], left-overs or surplus from a meal; - p t i , / , a dish for the leftovers or surplus; Vin I 157,14 (-im dhovitv upatthpeyya); MI 207,14 (-im patismeti; Ps II 241,4: -in ti atirekapindaptam apanetv thapanatthya ekam samuggaptim); Ps II 241,16 (yadi atirekam hoti -iyam pakkhipitv ptim pidhya bhunjati); Dhp-al 305,16 (bhikkhnam -iyam bhuttvasesakam bhattam hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -iye). avakkhalita, avakhalita, (mf)n. [pp of *ava + khalati2; cfBHS avaskhalita], stumble; error, mistake; failing; Sv 66,23 (n' atthi tattha vlaggamattam pi -am); Ps III 372,25 (bhagavato kyadvrdisu anumattam pi -am na addasa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avakkalitam); Mp IV 95,8 (dhammassa vannam bhsant ekapade pi ekavyanjane pi avakhalitam nma n' atthi ti); Ud-a 398,3 (calanam kampanam ~am v hoti ti attho). avakkhitta, mfn., pp o/avakkhipati qv. avakkhitv in Ce, Ee at Mp III 252,7 is prob, wr; Be, Se avakkhipetv qv sv avakkhipati. avakkhipati, avakhipati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaksipati], puts down, throws down; strikes down; flings away; disparages; Sv 836,32 (param vambheti ti... param samsdeti ~ati); Ps V 30,16 (n1 eva ukkhipeyya na ~eyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr avikkhipeyya); Sadd 404,9 (khipa chaddane: khipati... avakhipati sankhipati); part.pr.

avakkhipanta, m/(-anti)., Ja IV 251,24* (-anti asim ajjhagacchi, Be so, perhaps wr; Ce, Ee, Se avekkhipanti; 251,2r: kilamn pacchimapde khipanti); Pj II 141,30 (na bhagavantam -anto bhanati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee abhikkhipanto); aor. 3 sg. avakkhipi, Sv 268,14 (no samano Gotamo mahvte thusam dhunanto viya dram eva -i); absol. avakkhipitv, Mp III 412,13 (ukkhipitv ~itv v lapanam); pp avakkhitta, mfn., cast down, thrown down; MI 296,10 (kyo ujjhito ~o seti); ifc see seda-; neg. anavakkhitta, m/., not discarded, not disparaged; Sv281,2i (akkhitto anavakkhitto); caus. absol. avakkhipetv, causing to fall; MpIII 252,7 ([bhogehi] sedvakkhittehi ti sedam -etv uppditehi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avakkhitv, prob, wr); see also okkhipati. avakkhipana, n. [from avakkhipati; cf S. avaksepana], throwing down; lowering; Ja I 163,24' (uddham ukkhipanena adho -na ti, Ce, Ee so; Be udaram uddham pakkhipanena adho ~en ti; Se udaram uddham ukkhipanena adho pakkhipanena ti); see also avakkhepana. avakkhipana, / [from avakkhipati; cf S. avaksepana], disparaging; Mp II 331,12 (paresam laddhiy ghattan vambhan ~). avakkhepa, m. [S. avaksepa], lowering; disparagement; Sadd 530,6 (kuccha -e: -o adho khipanam). avakkhepana, n. [S. avaksepana], putting down, lowering; Vism370,20 (pathavidhtuy pana anugat podhtu -assa [paccayo hoti], Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr avikkhepanassa); see also avakkhipana. avakhandana, n. [ts], breaking into pieces; cutting; Vism 60,19 (dnam vuccati -am); Dhtup403 (da -e); Dhtum651; Sadd 398,4 (dna -); 480,13 (da -e); anavakhandana, n. (or mfn.), absence of a break; (or what is without a break;) Vism 60,20 (apetam dnato ti apadnam -an ti attho). avakhalita, mfn., see sv avakkhalita. avakhipati, pr. 3 sg., see sv avakkhipati. avagacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avagacchati], goes down; understands; considers; Niddl 420,3 (na osidati na avasidati na gacchati na -fi ti); Mp II 265,15 (yo aveti -ati); Pv-a 87,24 (vilomato mam tvam -asi); Sadd 462,23 (-ati ti jnti); absol. avagantv, Nidd-a I 68,23; pp avagata, mfn. [ts], 1. (act.) who has understood; understanding, reaching; Sv 67,27 (sakalalokam tiranaparinnaya tathya gato ti ~o ti tathagato) = PsI 51,29; Pjl 15,n (loke avagant ti -oti vuccati); 2. (pass.) understood, learnt; Abh757; Ud-al53,i6 (yath bhagavat desito tath bhagavato svakehi gato -0 ti tathagato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee gato ti); Pv-a 222,14 (tattha aniito ti ~o); fpp (a ) avagantabba, mfn., Patis-a 401,18 (datthabb ti passitabb avagantabba); Sadd 48,33* (avagantabbam); (b) avagamaniya, mfn., Sadd 920,31 (buddhiy avagamaniyam); caus. pp avagamita, mfn., caused to be known; understood; Nidd-a I 341,23 (sayam abhiniitan ti sayam eva tena iinena -am); see also avgata, ogacchati. avaganita, mfn. [pp o/*ava + ganeti; ts], disregarded, dishonoured; Abh 756.

243

avagandakrakam, ind. [ava + ganda + krakam, namul absol of karoti], stuffing the cheeks full; so as to make the cheeks swell; Vin II 214,22 (na -am bhunjitabbam); IV 196, n (na -am bhunjissmi ti; 196,14: ekato v ubhato v gandam katv bhunjati; Sp 893,24: -an timakkato viya gande katv katv); Spkl 109,8 (kadci -am bhufijanto viya kapolantare thapeti). avagata, mfn., pp o/avagacchati qv. avaganta(r), m. [from avagacchati], one who understands; Pj I 15,io (loke - avagato ti vuccati) = Nidd-a I 441,22. avagama, m. [ts], understanding; Sadd465,i; ifc see paccayakhay-. avagamaka, mfn. [ts], making known, expressing; ifc see attha- (sv attha2). avagamana, n., 1. [S. lex. id.] understanding; Dhtup414(budha-e); Dhtum652; Sadd 481,25 (budha ~e: -am jnanam); 2. going down, descent; Ps I 101,26 (okkamanam vuccati '-atthena pafica nlvaranni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se adhogamanatthena); Mp III 138,1 (pafica nlvaranni -ato okkamanan ti vuccanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avangamanato); Pj II 516,28 (-tya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avangamanatya); see also ogamana. avagaha, m. [ts], plunging into; going deep into; ifc see duravagha, sukh-; see also ogha. avaghati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. avaghate], plunges into; enters; goes deep into; Vism 58,4* (attnuvddibhayam ... hadayarn nvaghati); 370,30 (bhikkhu sunnatam -ati); Nidd-a II 19,7 (duppariyoglho ti-itum otaritum dukkho); Saddh 37 (nirassdam lokam natv dukhadditam kevalam parasattattham ko samattho 'vaghitum); 370 (nvaghanti cittaggim); pp avaglha, mfn. [S. avagdha], plunged into, deep in; As 387,29 (te hi - caranti adhobhge carantiti avacara, Be, Se so; Ce~a va; jEe~ 'vacaranti ti); see also oghati. avaghana, n. [ts], immersion; penetration; Sadd569,n (pila -e); ifc see sukh-; see also oghana. avagunanta, mfn. [?], uncovered; ? Pet 205,26 (vivatam ntivassati -am ntivassati, eds so, perhaps wr). avagunfhana, n. [ts], concealing, covering; ifc see hita-; see also ogunthana. avaggaha, avaggha, m. [S. avagraha, avagrha], drought; Sv 95,17 (dubbutthik ti -0, vassavibandho ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avaggho). avaghaftana, n. [ts], pushing, hitting; ifc see mamm'-. avankandma in Ee at Ja VI 555,19' is wr for avakandma {Be, Ce so; Se avakkandma). avanga, n., see sv apahga. avaca1, mfn. [ts], low, inferior; Ja VI 304,3o(cetan ucc pi ~ pi uppajjanti); Sv 738, is foil, (brahmaloko ucco hoti devaloko -odevaloko ucco manussaloko -o); Spkl 125,6 (panitam uccam vuccati hinam-am); Pj II 497,28 (dukkh patipad dandhbhinn -); ifc see ucc-. avaca2, avacam, aor. o/vacati qv. avacara, m. and mfn. [BHS avacara, m.], 1. (m.) sphere of action or movement; scope; resort; ifc in bahuvrihi cpds: moving in the sphere of; conversant with; Ps I 143,13 (icchvacarnan ti icchya -nam); ifc see

atakka- (^vtakka1), ambara-, arp- (jvrpa), icch-, etth-, km-, tl-, paris-, yog-, rp-, sadand-, santika-; 2. (mfn.) who moves among, who has his sphere of action among; who moves in a low sphere; ? Spklll 145,11 (parisvacaro tiparisya ~o, Be Ce, Se so; Ee vacaro, perhaps wr); As 387,29 (te hi avaglha caranti adhobhge va carantiti -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee 'vacarantl ti) ^ Patis-a 297,19; see also ocara, kmvacaraka, kmvacarika sv kma, sadandvacaraka sv danda. avacaraka, m(fn). [cfBHS avacaraka], being active (in a secret or low way); a robber, a spy, a secret agent; Ps II 102,5 (ocarak ti - hetthcarak, nicakammakrak ti attho); see also ocaraka. avacarana, n. [from avacarati], the being active (within a definite sphere); the being conversant with; Jail 95,8' (sangmam madditv -ato sarigmvacaro); As 62,18 (sangme -ato sangmvacro ti laddhanmo ngo); avacarana in Ce, Ee at Sv 739,6 (dandvacarano) is prob, wrfor avacaraka (Be, Se so). avacarati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS avacarati], 1. is active (within a definite sphere); frequents; becomes conversant with; investigates; Nidd-a I 17,i (rpe -anti ti rpvacar); Sp 1363,16 (sakavdadipanatthya tattha -ati ajjhoghetv vinicchayam pavatteti); As 62,5 foil.; part.pr. avacaranta, mfn., Patis-a 297,21 (-antnam); 2. acts secretly, transgresses; aor. 3 sg. avcari, Ja V 444,5* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se acccari; 444,8': ancrarn can); absol. avacaritv, Spk I 150,18 (ocaritv ti -itv vimamsitv); fpp avacaritabba, mfn., Ja IV 360,6' (nikkhittadandasatthehi -itabbam ... atthangikamaggam); Sv 504,6(pannvacaranti pannya -itabbam jnitabbam); Spkl 195,19foil, (atakkvacaro ti takkena -itabbo oghitabbo na hoti nnen' eva -itabbo); caus. pr. 3 sg. avacreti, causes to act; causes to function; As 62,29 (kme patisandhim ~eti ti kmvacaram) * Vibh-a 144,4; see also ocarati. avac, avacsi, avacuttha, aor. o/vacati qv. avacchadana, n. [from *ava + chdeti1, S. avacchdayati], covering, concealing; Pet 119,2i (chadanam -am, Ce, Ee so; Be acchadanam). avacchanna, mfn. [pp of *ava + chdeti'; ts], covered over; //cseeptekkades-. avacchta, mfn. [ts], cut off; skinned; Sadd 479,1 (cho chedane ... avacchitam -am); see also avacchita. avacchadana, n. [from *ava + chdeti1], covering, concealing; Ps I 106,27 (paragunamakkhanalakkhano makkho tesam vinsanaraso tadavacchdanapaccupatthno); Vibh-a 492,29 (makkho... parena sukatnam kriynam -paccupatthno). avacchijja, ind. [absol. of *ava + chindati, S. avaVchid], separating, dividing into portions; Vin-vn 1536 (avacchijja padentassa); see also avacchinditv, avacchedakam, occhindati. avacchita, mfn. [S. lex. id.], cut off; skinned; Sadd 479,1 (cho chedane ... -am avacchtam); see also avacchta. avacchidda, mfn. [ava+ chidda], cut, torn asunder; full of holes; ifc see chidda-. avacchindana, n. [from *ava + chindati], dividing up;

244

plundering; Bv-a74,i (bhandassa -ena bhayam disv ti attho, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se acchindanena). avacchinditv, ind. [absol. of *ava + chindati], 1. cutting off; separating; dividing into portions; Sp 893,24 (kabalam -itv -itv); 2. stopping abruptly; Ps III 7,25 (-itv khandhagatam ptetukmassa); see also avacchijja, avacchedakam, occhindati. *avaccheda, m. [from *ava + chindati], cutting off; see svacchedika jvs 1 ; avaccheda in Ee at Pet 108,23 is prob, wr; see fjnamoli, 1964, p. 149. avacchedakam, ind. [namul absol. of *ava + chindati], separating; dividing; ifc see kabal-; see also avacchijja, avacchinditv, occhindati. avajaneyya in Ee at SI 69,18* and 69,23* is wr for avajneyya. avajaya, m. [cf S. avajaya], overcoming, defeat; ifc see sampatta-. avajta, mjh. [BHS id.]9 of low or base birth; of lower character than one's parents; an unworthy child; It 63,i foil, (katame tayo [putt], atijto anujto ~o ti; It-a II 43,3: -o ti gunehi mtpitnam adhamo hutv jto tehi hinaguno ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce avamo hutv; Ee asamo hutv); 64,8* (-am na icchanti yo hoti kulagandhano); Sn664 (purisanta kali ~a); Ja VI 380,24 (kulariguro kulapacchimako dhanavinsako -o nma); Mp I 429,17 (ayyaputta tvam pi ~o aham pi duggatakule nibbatt); see also atijta, anujta. avajnana, n., - , / [from avajnti], I. despising; underrating; Spkl 134,31 (-am ca paribhavam ca akatv); Vibh-a486,i9 (attavann ti attanam -); Sadd882,9 (pari...~e paribhavati); 2. denialrepudiation; Sp 735,26 (patijnanan ca -am ca); Kv-a 10,25 (na hevam vattabbe ti ~ paravdissa); anavajnana, n., lack of despising; Ja IV 77,i5' (tarn tassa -am); Mp IN 135,8 (parehi ~assa patilbhatthya). avajnti, pr. 3 sg. [S. avajnti], 1. despises; underrates; MI 319,15 (nyam yasm tarn tena -ati); Sn 132 (yo c' attnam samukkamse param ca-mavajnati, mc); 335 (kacci abhinhasamvs nvajnsi panditam); Ja IV 76,8* (yo nvajnti sahyamatte); V 433,13 (atthahi thnehi itthi smikam ~ti); VI 4,22' (klakanni ti -tu); Sadd 5,3 (paribhavati ti... hileti -ti); opt. 3 sg. (a) avajneyya, SI 69,13* (daharo ti nvajneyya); (b) avajniy, Sn713 (appam dnam na hileyya dtram nvajniy, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -iya, prob. wr); part.pr. (a)avajnanta, m/h., VinV 169,25; (b) avajnamna, mfn., Spk II 176,4 (~amn bhanati); aor. 2 sg. unnsi [for *o(n)nsi], Ja V 63,i* (m nam daharo ti unnsi apucchitvna Sambhavam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se mannsi); 3 pl. avajnimsu, Vibh 357,i (m mam pare ~ims ti); 2. denies, repudiates; VinlV l,n/o//. (~itv patijnti patijnitv ~ti... patijnitv -issati); A I 202,20 (~ti no patijnti); part.pr. avajnanta, mfn., Sp 736,2 (patijnitv -anto); aor. 3 sg. avajni, Vin V 13,20 (patijnitv ~i); absol. (a) avannya, Ja I 257,18 (divasam thapetv '-ya ngat; or from avann ?); Mp III 277,4 (sakkaccam yeva deti no asakkaccan tianavannya avirajjhitv va deti no avannya virajjhitv); Th-a II 117,28

(pakatisatte viya avannya); neg. anavannya, Mp III 277,3; (b) avajnitv, Vin IV 1,10; Patis-a 422,34 (andiyitv ti... ~itv andaro hutv ti attho); pass, pr. 3 sg. avajniyate, Sadd 6,32; pp avafiflta, avaflta, mfn. [S. avajnta], despised; underrated; Vin IV 6,16 (onntam -am hilitam paribhtam); Vibh 2,20 (tesam tesam sattnam unfitam ~am hilitam); Ja IV 193, ir (mudurj ratthavsiknam paribhto hoti -0 so); Mil 191,19 (onto ~o hilito); Sp 181,15 (slimamsodanam atimannissati ontam -am karissati); Vibh-a467,i6 (avases satt unnt - aham pana anavannto ti); neg. anavaniita, mfn., Vin IV 6,20 (anonfitam anavanntam ahilitam); Vibh 2,25 (anunntam anavanntam); Pj II 463,4 (kenaci anavannto); see also unnta, onta;j^?/7(a)avajnitabba,mfn., VinV 166,11 (bahussuto 'mhi ti appassuto nvajnitabbo); Ja II 53,2i (paccmitto nma na avajnitabbo sankitabbo yev ti); Dhp-aIII 20,2 (appakan ti na avajnitabbam); (b) avanneyya, mfn., Pv-a 175,27 (avann ti avanneyy avajnitabb ti vuttam hoti); (c) avann, mfn., Pv 26:13 (veni v avann honti); see also unfitabba, ontabba; caus. pr. 3 sg. avajnpeti, Sp 770,35 (tarn yasmantam tehi bhikkhhi -enti avannya olokpenti); Sadd 5,36 (~eti); aor. 3 sg. avajnpesi, Ps II 99,15 (ujjhpesi ti ~esi). avajiyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass. o/*ava + jayati; cfS. avaVji], is conquered; is lost; Dhp 179 (yassa jitam nvajiyati) quoted Sadd 496,i; Ja I 313,23* (na tarn jitam sdhu jitam yam jitam ~ati; 313,26': puna jitehi paccmittehi ~ati); see also ojinti. avajiyana, n. [from avajiyati], defeat; being lost; Ja I 313,27'(puna ~ato). avajja1, mfn. and n. [S. avadya], I. (mfn.) blameable; low, inferior; Abh 699; Pj I 140,11 (na ~ni anavajjni, aninditni agarahitni ti vuttam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce na ~ni anavaj'; Ee na ~ anavajj); 2. (n.) what is blameable; imperfection, fault; avajja in Ee, Se at Th 789 is wr for avanjha qv sv vanjha; anavajja, mfn., irreproachable, faultless; Vin I 82,36 (yam ca bhante kappati yam ca -an ti); MI 10,13 (ytr ca me bhavissati ~-t ca phsuvihro ca ti); A II 237,24 foil. (~ena kyakammena ~ena vacikammena ~ena manokammena ~aya ditthiy); Sn 263 (-ni kammni); It 103,7* (~ena tutthassa appena sulabhena ca); Th 698 (bhunjati ~ni svajjni na bhunjati); JaIV 223,19' (yam... kusalam -am pancaagocararahitam jneyysi tattha ghsesanam careyysi ti); V 252,23* (~o pindo bhottabbo); Ap 306,14 (kappiyam -am ca); Pp 4l,is/o//, (katamo ca puggalo -0); Kv 586,7 (nanu nibbnadhtu - ti); Mil 229,19 (atthi kyavinnatti svajj atthi ~); 372,13* (kappiye -asmim thatv); Pet 208,20 (ime dhamm svajj ime dhamm -); It-a I 173,23 (kusalesu -esu bojjhangadhammes ti); Pj II 164,17 (tt); As 404,8 (dhammena pana pariyesitv dhammena patiggahetv paccavekkhitv paribhunjanam -am nama); niravajja, mfn. (and n. ?), faultless; (faultlessness;l) Mil 252,28 (tena tena sadisena kranena -am anuppitam jinassanam setthabhvena paridipitam); It-a I 9,23 (sukhpasamhite, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wrsukhamasanhite); svajj, mfn., blameable; faulty; VinV

245

168,6 (-o ca hoti snuvajjo vinnnam); D I 163,10 (dhamm akusal akusalasankht - sankht; Sv 352,2i: -ti sados); 233,24 (s codan abht atacch adhammik -); MI 119,31 (iti p* ime vitakk akusal iti p' ime vitakk -); A l l 237,I8fall. (~ena kyakammena -ena vacikammena -ena manokammena -ya ditthiy); Jal 130,24' (-ampajahati anavajjam bhveti); Mil 293,n (tya); Ud-a 416,20 (dutiyo hitaro); As 404,6. avajja2, see sv vajja'. avajjhyati, avajhyati, pr. 3 sg., 1. [BHS avadhyati, avadhyti] broods, mourns; A V 323,18 (so kmargam yeva antaram karitv jhyati pajjhyati nijjhyati -ati); Niddl 149,28 (momho viya jhyati pajjhyati nijjhyati ~ati); Spkl 113,15 (akkhacchinno avajhyati balavacintanam cinteti); 2. [S. avaVdhyai], thinks ill of, disregards; Sp 296,10 (manuss ujjhyanti -anti, avajnant tarn jhyanti olokenti); Spkl 349,5 (~anti lmakato cintenti); see also apajjhyati, ujjhyati, ojjhyati. avata, mfn., pp o/avajnti qv. avaficana, mfn. [a3 + vancana], not able to go, not able (even) to totter; Ja I 214,16* (santi pakkh apatan santi pd -; 214,21" pd pi me atthi tehi pana vancitum pdavragamanena gantum na sakkti -) = Cp 3:9:10. avaflfla, mfn.,fpp o/avajnti qv. avaiifiatti, / [from avajnti], contempt; despising; ifc see anavannatti. avaflfi, / [S. avajn], contempt; want of regard; Abh 172; Jal 358,14 (so issariyamadamatto bodhisatte -am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avamanfiam); Sp 770,35 (tarn yasmantam tehi bhikkhhi avajnpenti -ya olokpenti lmakato v cintpenti ti); Vibh-a 500,13 (~ ti avajnan); anavafifi, / , lack of contempt; freedom from despising; It-a II69,15 (anavannatti ti -a). avaftta, mfn., pp of avajnti qv. avafifiya, absol. o/avajnti qv. avaflfieyya, mfn.,fpp o/avajnti qv. avata1, m. [ts], a hole; a pit; ifc see mahtel-. avata2, m. (and n. ?) [? perhaps wr for avanta qv], (m.) the name of a tree or plant; (n.) its fruit; Ap 294,22 (-am adadam phalam, Be so, split cpd ? Ce, Ee avantam; Se adsim -am phalam) = 445,17 * 409,5 (Be, Ee, Se adsim -am phalam; Ce avantam adadim phalam); 346,19 (~ pakkabharit). avatthna, avatthna, n. [S. avasthna], standing place, position; staying; stability; Jal 508,23 (muhuttam pi kampamnassa -am nma nhosi); Ps II 26,33 (catuhi pdehi pathavim uppiletv -am); Th-al 72,3 (matthake -ato); Sadd431,27 (dhara avatthne); 896,1 (eva iti '-atthe); avatthna in Ee at Pv-a286,n is wr for avanjhat qv .svvanjha; anavatthna, n., unsteadiness, instability,; Ud-a223,30 (-ena paribbhamanato gamanasilo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr anavadnena) = It-a II 127,2o; As 250,27 (uddhaccam ... rasam); Petl32,i2; Dhtup219 (bhama -); Dhtum314 (bhamu tu ~e); Sadd 426,3 (sambhamo -am). avatthsi, aor. 3 sg. o/avatitthati qv. avatthita, mfn., pp o/avatitthati qv. avafthiti (and avathiti), / [S. avasthiti], firm position; steadiness, stability; S V 228,12 (catunnam indriynam

~i); D h s l l (cittassa thiti santhiti -i; As 144,2: rammanam oghitv anupavisitv titthati ti -i) * Vibh 124,8 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avitthiti) * Pet \22,n; Sadd 354,6; anavatthiti, / lack of stability, unsteadiness; Abh 1172. avanta, mfn. (and m.n. ?) [a3 + vanta], (mfn.) without a stalk; stalkless; ([m.] the name of a plant or tree; [n.] its fruit;!) JaV 155,26* (duvidh jt uraj ~ sdhupaccud payodhar); Ap 294,22 (-am adadam phalam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avatam) = 409,5 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se adsim avatam phalam; * 445, \r. eds avatam); see also avata. avantaka, mfn. [a 3 + vanta + ka2], without a stalk; JaV 203,3* (akhilakni ca -ni); Sp 618,18 (-ni v vakulapupphdini). avannaniya, mfn., neg.fpp o/vanneti qv. avatamsa, m. [ts], a garland; a chaplet; Abh 870; Ap 579,23 (virocanti parikkhitt ~ sunimmit; Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avatamsa); see also uttamsa, vatamsa. avatata, mfn. [pp of *ava + tanoti; ts], covered, overspread; Vv-a276,14 (suvannajlvatato ti suvannajlakehi ~o chdito); 277,7 (-0 samkinno); see also otata. avatarana, n. [ts], descending, descent; Abh 981; see also otarana. avatarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avatarati], descends; goes into; fits; Nett22,7(yadicatsu ariyasaccesu ~ati kilesavinaye sandissati dhammatam ca na vilometi evam save na janeti); pp avatinna, mfn. [S. avatlrna], descended, come into; overcome by, entered by; Pet 201,25; Nidd-a 1438,14 (otinno ti ~o); Sadd 109,3 (asappatham -a tumhe na hi tumhe saddappavattim jntha); 136,13 (uppatham -0 bhavam na hi bhavam amhkam vacanattham jnti); ifc see icch-, iss-, sok-; caus. pr. 3 sg. avatreti, Cp-a297,9 (mahasatto ... satte niyynamagge ~eti); see also otarati. avatra, m. [ts], descent; landing-place; fissure, flaw; Abh 981; see also otra. avatarana, n. [ts], causing to go into, causing to penetrate; Cp-a 305,30 (ssane anotinnnam -am otinnnam paripcanam); 332,15 (ynattaye sattnam -assa paripcanassa ca kranabht ti); see also otrana. &V3til,pr. 3 sg. [S. avati], guards, protects; Dhtup283 (ava rakkhane); Dhtum413; Sadd 440,15 (ava plane: -ati, buddhomam -atam); pp avita, mfn., protected; Abh 754. avati 2 ,pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup Vu, avate, Wg 22:56], calls; proclaims; Sadd 322,33 (u sadde: -ati); 467,24 (-ati). avatitthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avatisthati], takes one's stand; remains standing; continues, lingers; falls down on or into; D I 251,8 (yam pamnakatam kammam na tarn tatrvasissati na tarn tatrvatitthati); SI 25,n* (no ce assaddhiyam -ati); Th 21 (yattha bhayam nvatitthati tena maggena vajanti bhikkhavo); part.pr. avatitthanta, mfn., Q>-a300,u (attahitamatte -antena pi); aor. 3 sg. avatthsi, avatthsi, Vin III 79,27 (musalo paripatitv annatarassa drakassa matthake avatthsi); Ud 40,11 (tatuY eva mahnirayam avatthsi, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se apatsi; Ud-a 246, n: avatthsi ti apati, Ce so; Ee

246

avatthsi ti; Be, Se apatsi ti); Ja IV 208,3 (eko sukkhadandako patitv khandhe avatthsi); neg. absol anavatthya, Ja IV 451,1* (anisamma katam kammam anavatthya cintitam;c/452,2': na avatthapetv na tuletv na tiretv cintitam) quotedCp-a 193,5*; pp avatthita, avatthita, mfn. [S. avasthita], standing firmly; placed; steady; continuing, lasting; Th 1140 (sudantena ~ena hayena); Ja I 470,20* (--ttbhayabhirutya ca, Ce, Ee so; Se tta bhayabhirutya ca; Be anivattitatt bhayabhirutya ca); V 160,19* (dhitim ca fiatv ~am); Ps III 79,16* (kirn ~o si, Ce, Ee so; Be Se kirn idha tthito si; = Ja IV 380,26*, eds idha tthito); Pj II 247,17 (patiptiy ~ni ptini duggandhni... atthisatni); avatthitpema, mfn., with steady affection; Vv 50:22 (sham avatthitpema dassane avikampini, mc ?, or ~ pem; Vv-a215,2o: dalhabhatti ratanattaye niccalapasdasineh); neg. anavatthita, mfn., unsteady; not lasting; A III 443,io (sabbasankhr ca me anavatthitato khyissanti, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be anavatthita; Mp III 414,21: anavatthitato ti avatthitato thnarahit, Se so; Ce anavatthitato ti thnarahit; Ee anavatthita ti thnarahit; Be anavatthita ti avatthitya rahit); Ap 534,14 (ittaram anavatthitam); Vism 579,4* (tivattam anavatthitam bhamati); Th-a II 55,29 (na niccni anavatthitni ittarni parittaklni); Thi-a240,26 (anavatthitatya); anavatthitacrik,/, wandering in an unsettled way (not staying long anywhere); Niddl 366,6 (dighacrikam anavatthitacrikam anuyutto, Be, Ce so; Ee anavatthita-; Se anvatthita-, prob, wr) - Nidd II 116,11 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anvattha-, prob, wr) * Niddl 499,2 (Be so; Ee, Se anvatthita-, prob, wr; Ce ativatta-); see also anavatthacrik .yv avattha; svvatthita, mfn., wellfixed, well established; lasting; Patis II 38,n (so tarn nimittam ... svvatthitam avatthpeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee svvatthikam, prob, wr) * Vibh 193,26; caus. pr. 3 sg. avatthpeti, avatthpeti, fixes, makes firm; establishes; Patis II 38,n (so tarn nimittam... svvatthitam ~eti) * Vibh 193,26 (Se avatthpeti; Be, Ce vavatthapeti; Ee vavatthpeti); absol. avatthapetv, avatthapetv, Ja IV 452,2' (anavatthya ti na ca ~etv, Ce so; Ee avatthapetv; Be anavatthapetv; Se avavatthapetv; * Cp-a 194,2, eds avavatthapetv); Patis II 38,19 (~etv) * Vibh 193,27 (Se avatthapetv; Be, Ce vavatthapetv; Ee vavatthpetv); pass. pr. 3 sg. avatthpiyati, Patis-a I 13,2 (avadhiyati -iyati appiyati ti). avatinna, mfn., pp o/avatarati qv. avattha1, mfn., [pp of *ava + assati], thrown down, thrown away; JaV 302,19* (chinnam vane khattiyehi ~am; 303, M': ~an ti chadditam); see also apattha2. avattha2, mfn. see sv vattha1. avatthata, avatthata, mfn., pp o/avattharati qv. avatthaddha, mfn. [S. avastabdha], relying upon; Ap 221,2 (sake sippe ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apatthaddho); see also apatthaddha. avatthpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. 0/avatitthati qv. avattharana, n. [cf S. avastarana], overwhelming; onslaught; Ja I 487,24 (kakantakassa pabbataktena -klo viya hoti); II 104,n (rano -bhvam fiatv); 336,4 (drunnam nma cornam vudhni gahetv -kle);

Sv274,3 (attano -bhvam fiatv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avattharana-); see also ottharana. avattharati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avaVstr], covers, spreads over; overwhelms; Ja I 62,29 (sace haseyya ... saddo sakalanagaram -eyya); 487,11 (godhapilliko ... kakantakam parissajissmi ti -ati); IV 432,12* (hantvna skhhi ~ma); Mp II 336,28 (sabb dis gandhena -fi ti attho); part.pr. (a) avattharanta, w^-anti)., Ja IV 191,9; Dhp-all 249,7 (smaneram... sinerun ~anto pi mretum samattho nma n'atthi); Dthl:38 (~antim); (b) avattharamna, mfn., Ja I 74,27 (mahpathavi... Mrabalam ~amn viya unnadi); aor. 3 sg. avatthari, Ja III 364,19 (paripunnam candamandalam Rhu ~i); 3 pi. avattharimsu, Ps III 62,24; inf. avattharitum, Ja I 212,27; absol. avattharitv, Ja IV 327,4; Sp 1193,27 (gtham v muttam v... tinehi ~itv); pp (a) avatthata, avatthata, mfn., covered; overwhelmed; Ja V 295,9 (bhattakcena ~o pati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se bhattakjena otthatam); VI28,19' (tassa mama antakena adhipannassa -assa, Ce so; Se avatthitassa; Be vadhitassa; Ee wr avatthavassa); Dhp-al 179,8 (sokena ~o hutv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avattharito); Vv-a89,i (avatthatam chditam); Thi-a 108,20 (mtpitaro bht ca gehena ~ mat); (b) avattharita, mfn., Sadd 316,17 (valhakvattharito punnacando viya); see also apatthata, apattharim, ottharati. avatthavassa in Ee at Ja VI 28,i9' is wr; Ce avatthatassa; Se avatthitassa; Be vadhitassa. avattha, / [S. avasth], stability; stage; state, condition; Abhll27; Ud-a 88,28 (tisu pi ~su); Patis-a 509,4 (tsu tsu ~su); Ap-a 334,4 (kmabhavdibhedesu sabbesu v bhavesu dahardibhedsu sabbsu ~su); Sadd 363,32 (tsam yeva ca nmni ~to imni pi gori ca drikkann ...); anavattha, mfn., unstable; not lasting; crik,/, wandering in an unsettled way (not staying long anywhere); A III 171,12 (dighacrikam crikam anuyutto viharati, Be, Ee so; Ce anavatthita-; Se avatthnacarikam); anavatthdi in Ee at Saddh217 is wr for annavatthdi; see also anavatthitacrik sv avatitthati. avatthna, ., see sv avatthna. avatthpana, n. [from caus. of avatitthati; cfS. avasthpana], fixing, determining; establishing; -vacana, n., a word expressing determining, establishing; Nidd I 3,1 (addh ti ekamsavacanam ... ~am) ^ Patis II 21,12 (Patis-a 544,22: -an ti nicchayavacanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avatthpanakavacanan ti). avatthpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of avatitthati qv. avatthraka, m. [from avattharati], covering; ifc see tin'-. avattharana- in Ee at Sv 274,3 is wrfor avattharana- qv. avatthsi, aor. 3 sg. o/avatitthati qv. avatthita, mfn., pp o/avatitthati qv. avatthuka, mfn. [a3 + vatthu1 + ka2], groundless; baseless; without a material base; Ja 1440,9 (andhablnam nma ~ena vacanena abandhitabbayuttak pandit pacchbham baddh); 111464,5 (~am bhavam kathesi alikam tucchakam kathesi ti); Vibh-a21,6 (manovinnnam hadayavatthukam pi ~am pi); see also savatthuka.

247

*avadarati, pr. 3 sg. [ava + darati3; S. avaVdf], breaks open, splits; pass. pr. 3 sg. avadiyati [S. avadiryate], is split, bursts; Ja VI 183,2* (paccati niraye ghore mahissam ~ati; 183,6': ~afi ti... pathavi bhijjitv vivaram deti); cans. pass. pr. 3 sg. avadriyati, is made to break open or split; Sadd 575,12 (teh' eva dukkhehi khannati ~ati ti pi khandho); see also avadrana, udriyati. avadta, mfn. [ts], clean; white; Ap476,i (etam passatha brhmanam... -tanuttacam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~am tanuttacam); Sp 74,14 (nilapitalohitvadtaklavannni pupphni, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -lohitodta-); ifc see kunda-; see also odta. avadtaka, mfn. orn. [avadta + ka2], white; or a white garment; Th965 (titthiynam dhajam keci dhressanty ~am; Th-aIII 87,24: titthiynam setavatthiknam dhajabhtam ~am setavattham dharessanti); see also odtaka. avadna, n. [BHS id.] the story or account of a person's actions; ifc see kamm-; see also apadna'. avadniya, mfn. [a3 + *vadniya, S. vadnya], illiberal, niggardly; Sn 774 (kmesu giddh... ~ te visame nivitth; c/Nidd I 36,29foil: ~ti avam gacchanti ti pi ~, maccharino pi vuccanti -, buddhnam buddhasvaknam vacanam vyappatham desanam anusitthim n' diyanti ti ~); see also vadannu. avadyissam, aor. 1 sg. [of *ava + dayati2], / felt compassion (for, gen.); Ja IV 178,2* (bhtnam nvadyissam, Ce, Ee so; Be apacyissam; Se avajnissam; 179,io.- khantimettnuddayavasena na nicavuttiko ahosim). avadrana, n. [ts], 1. breaking, splitting; digging; Dhtup 178-9 (kana khana ~e); Dhtum 258-9; Sadd 397,25 (khanu ~e); 2. a hoe or spade; Abh 447; see also *avadarati. avadriyati, caus. pass. pr. 3 sg. o/*avadarati qv. *avadisati,pr. 3 sg. [ava + disati; cf S. apaVdiS], points out, indicates; characterises; absol. avadissa, Sp 670,5 (uddiss ti avadissa rabbha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apadissa); pass. pr. 3 sg. avadissati, is pointed out, characterised; Ja I 401,20' ([nibbnam] hi khayam virganti dlhi dissati ~atitasm disti vuccati, Ee so; Be apadissati; Ce, Se omit); Mp III 287,24 (sabbasankhrasamathdivasena dissati ~afi ti nibbnam dis ti veditabbam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apadissati ti); fpp avadisitabba, mfn. Ps I 92,2 (~a visum ktabb vavatthapetabb); see also apadisati, odissa l . avadihati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Vdih], increases, accumulates; Sv-ptIII 324,7 (udaram ~ati upacinoti paripreti ti udarvadehakam); absol. (a) avadihitv, Mp III 307, I8 (udarvadehakan ti udaram ~itv upacinitv pretv); (b) (namul) avadehakam; ifc see udara-. avadiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/*avadarati qv. avadehakam, absol. of avadihati qv. avadehana, n. [from avadihati], increasing; accumulating; Sv 1031,15 (udarvadehakan ti udarapram, tarn hi udaram ~ato udarvadehakan ti vuccati) = Ps II 69,8. avadhna, n. [ts], application, attention; Ap-a 291,37

(yesam tumhkam sotvadhnam sotassa -am thapanam atthi vijjati); ifc see sota-. avadhrana, n. [ts], ascertainment; affirmation; emphasis; limitation, restriction; Abh 1117 (svappe 'vadhrane mattam); 1152; 1159; Vism638,i9 (sammmaggassa ~ena maggasaccassa vavatthnam katan ti); Sv27,19(evam ... ~e); Pj I 166,25 (ev ti~e); Pv-a251,n (atho ti niptamattam ' -atthe v); Sadd 653,6 (casaddaggahanam0>-attham); 882,Ii(ava ... nicchaye ~e); 889,I5 (no iti ~e pi); -blatt in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 12,24 is prob, wrfor -phalatt {Be, Se, It-a I 23,23 so). avadhreti, avadhrayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avadhrayati], ascertains; affirms; determines accurately; Pj II 182,23 (eso kho vasaldhamo ti ettha kho ti avadhranattho, tena eso yeva vasaldhamo vasalnam hino sabbapacchimako ti ~eti); absol. avadhretv, Pj II 320,28 (na sakk dhanarahitehi ayam sampatti ppunitun ti ca ~etv); pass. pr. 3 sg. avadhriyati, Patis-a 18,30 (cittena ~iyanti ti v yathyogam dhamm ti vuccanti, Be so; Se ~ayantl ti; Ce, Ee dhriyanti ti); pp avadhrita, mfn. [ts], ascertained; affirmed; certain; Abh 797; Patis-a 13,5 (sutam... sotadvrnusrena vinntam -am dhammajtam); Mhv47:4 (tasmim atthe Vadhrite); Sadd866,n; see also odhrita. avadhi1, m. [ts], term; limit; boundary; Abh 1082 (sim 'vadhithutisu ca); 1193; Vism 31,i (in cpd); Cp-a 17,7 (-i ca panyam abhividhivasena veditabbo na mariydvasena); Sadd 709,2 (calvadhi nma calam ca tarn ~i ca ti atthena); ifc see cal-; -paricchedanattha, m., the sense of definition and/or limitation; Dhp-all 73,8 (yvad ev ti ~e nipto); see also odhi. avadhi 2 , aor. 3 sg. o/vadhati qv. avadhiyati,/?r. 3 sg. [pass. o/*ava + dahati; S. ava^idh], is applied; is directed; Patis-a 13,2 (tena sotena hetubhtena karanabhtena v ~ati avatthpiyati appiyati ti sotvadhnam). avan a \ n. [ts], protection; Sadd 562,is (rakkhanam tnagopanam ~am planam). avana 2 , mfn., seesv vana2. avanata, mfn. [pp of *ava + namati; ts], bent down; Sadd 102,30 (~am siro yassa so 'yam avamsiro); -danta, mfn., with tusks bent downwards; Vv-a 104,7 (isdant ti ratha-issadisadant, thokam yeva ~ ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuvankadant ti attho); ifc see unnata- sv unnamati; see also avanamita. avanati, / [S. lex. id.], stooping, bending down; ifc see unnata- sv unnati. avanaddha, mfn. [pp of *ava + nayhati; ts], covered; ifc see camm-; see also onayhati. avanamita, mfn. [caus. pp of *ava + namati?], bent towards; aimed at; ? Nidd-al 286,30 (annam may avajjitan ti annam kranam may ~am); see also avanata, onamita (sv onamati). avanindati, pr. 3 sg. [ava + nindati], blames; censures; Ja VI 576,i* (dnam assa pasamsma nvanindma puttak, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce na ca nindma). avanl, / [ts], the earth; Abh 182 (bhtadhrvani); Sadd 81,2i* (ubbi ~i ku vasundhar); Mhv 37:153

248

(hatthen' haniyvanim); (i)-pla, m., king, ruler, Dth4:5; (i)-ruha, m., a tree; Bv-a207,i5 (ekakkhandho ti -o eko va adutiyo ti attho). avapakassati, avapaksati,/?r. 3 sg. [ava + pa2 + kassati; cfS. prakarsati], draws back, secedes; alienates oneself, Vin II 204,25 (apakassanti -anti veni-uposatham karonti, Be so; Ce apakassanti vipakassanti; Ee apaksanti avapaksanti; Se apakassanti avapaksanti; perhaps rather read vapakassanti or vapaksanti; Sp 1280,9: apakassanti ti parisam kaddhanti vijatenti ekamantam ussdenti, avapaksanti ti ativiya paksanti yath visamsatth honti evam karonti, Ee, Se so; Ce apaksanti ti... ativiya paksenti; Be ussrenti... ativiya paksenti) * A V 74,9 (Ce, Ee avakassanti vavakassanti venikammni karonti; Be avakassanti apakassanti; Se avakassanti pavakassanti); see also apakassati, avakassati, vapakassati, vavakassati. avapatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVpat],y7/es down; falls down; Ap-a280,i5 (garularj... ngam gahanatthya opatati -ati);pp avapatita, mfn. [ts], fallen, fallen down; Th 194 (hatthikkhandhvapatitam kunjaro ce anukkame; Th-aII 62,27: -an ti avamukham patitam, uddhampadam adhomukham patitam); see also opatati. avapatta, mfn. [ava + patta1], leafless; Ja III 496,7' (opattan ti -am nippattam patitapattam); see also opatta. avapyi(n), mfn. [from avapivati], drinking; ifc see addharatta- sv addha1. avapivati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. avapna], drinks; Jal 163, \r (addharatte ~afi ti addharattvapyi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se parn pivati ti addharattpapyi). avappaksa- in Ee, Se at A III 147,23* is prob, wr for vapaksa- qv. avabujjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avabudhyate], becomes aware of; perceives, knows; takes account of; AIV 96,2 I* (bhayam antarato jtam tarn jano nvabujjhati); Th 737 (khurarn va madhunlittam ullittam nvabujjhati); Ja III 256,16* (evam pi idha vaddhnam yo vkyam nvabujjhati; 256,24': vacanam na ganhti); 260,12* (ajja ssuve tipuriso sadattham nvabujjhati); IV 218,7* (evam ce ycamnnam anjalim nvabujjhasi); V464,8* (blo yadi yatim nvabujjhati); Sp 1198,28 (atha n' eva -ati tato m kassaci rocehi ti vattabbo); part.pr. (&)neg. anavabujjhanta, m/(-anti)w., Th-alll 23,io (idise sarire mahdukkham paccanubhuyyamnam anavabujjhanto loko); Thi-al37,i3 (pavattihetu-dim yathbhtam anavabujjhanti); (b) neg. anavabujjhamna, mfn. Vism 531,35 = Nidd-a 1224,2; aor. 3 sg. avabujjhatha, Ja III 401,27* (aj so nvabujjhatha; 402,14': na jni); inf. avabujjhitum, Ps II 174,24 = Spkl 195,17; pp avabuddha, mfn., 1. become aware of; who knows; Th -a II 117,27 (yath ... purimak buddhasvak ... ariyasaccni gat adhigat ~); 2. [ts] learnt; known; MpII 298,22 (annto ti nto ~o); fpp avabujjhitabba, mfn, PsII 174,24 (duranubodho dukkhena avabujjhitabbo, na sakk sukhena avabujjhitum) = Spk I 195,17; see also avabodhati. avabodha, m. [ts], awareness; full knowledge; Vism 632,9 (imasmim sati idam hoti ti ~ato); Sp23,n;

Ud-a 48,20 (avabodhnubhvadipakam udnam); Nidd-a I 370,12 (pativijjhi ti cittena -am ppuni); Sadd 1,22 (pliyatthvabodhena); ifc see sacca-; anavabodha, mfn., without knowledge; Vv 82:5 (putfnyjano ~o 'ham asmim, Ce, Ee so, prob, wr; Be ananubodho; Se anubodho; Vv-a321,n/o//.: saccnam anubodhamattasspi abhvena ananubodho). avabodhaka, mifn). [ts], (one) who makes aware, who informs; It-all 152,19 (vinnpak ti... dhammnam npak ~). avabodhati, pr. 3 sg. [ava+ bodhati], becomes aware of; knows; takes account of, Ja III 151,16* (ye vcarn sandhibhedassa nvabodhanti); V 215,27* (sakassa cittassa nvabodhmi kincanam; 216,3r: ummattako jto 'mhi ti vadati); caus. inf. (a) avabodhetum, Mp II 281,8 (pararn -etum); (b) avabodhayitum, Nidd-a I 7,17; JPP avabodhetabba, mfn. Sp 1198,25 (so evam -etabbo bhante tumhe mahallak vayo anuppatt tumhkam etam na yuttam); see also avabujjhati. avabodhana, n. [from avabodhati; cf S. avabodhana], knowing, awareness; informing, making aware; Nidd-a I 8,7 (-am); Dhtup358 (n -e); 497; Dhtum 584; 718; Sadd 350,26 (na ~e); ifc see sukh-. avabhsa, m. [ts], splendour; appearance; ifc see uttn-, gambhira-; see also obhsa2. avabhsaka, mfn. [ts], illuminating, shedding light on; ifc see siddhimagg-; see also obhsaka1, obhsaka2. avabhsati1, pr. 3 sg. [ava + bhsati1; cf S. avabhsita], speaks offensively; insults; Sp 547,10 (obhseyy ti -eyya nnappakrakam asaddhammavacanam vadeyya); see also obhsati1. avabhsati2, pr. 3 sg. [ava + bhsati2; S. avabhsate], shines forth, is brilliant; appears; Sv 485,26 (gambhirvabhso ti gambhiro va hutv -ati, dissati ti attho) = Spk II 87,i; pp avabhsita, mfn. [ts], illumined, resplendent; Saddh 590 (sabbaniiunnasataramsipajjotenvabhsit); see also obhsati2. avabhufljati, pr. 3 sg. [ava + bhunjati], eats (unlawfully); Ja III 273,r (ranrlo hi kiccam anipphdento tarn -ati nma, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se tarn avabhuttarn bhunjati); inf. avabhottum, Ja III 272,23* (tarn rjapindam avabhottum nham brhmana-m-ussahe, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se avabhuttum; 272,28': avabhottun ti dubbhuttam bhunjitum); pp avabhutta,(m/)., wrong food; inferior food; Ja III 273, r (tarn -am bhunjati nma, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee tarn avabhunjati nma); Pj II 180,20 (na v deti -am v deti ti adhippyo). avabhutta, (mf)n., pp o/avabhunjati qv. avabhta, mfn. [pp #/*ava + bhavati; cf S. apa>ibh?], low, ignoble; deficient; Mil 210,7 (- ca *yam Dhananjni brhmani parbht ca 'yam Dhananjni brhmani; Ps III 453,3: avaddhibht amarigalabht yeva). avabhottum, inf. o/avabhunjati qv. avamangala, mfn. and n. [ava + mahgala], unlucky; inauspicious; an unlucky thing; an ill-omen; Jal 372,6 (idam hi -am klakannisadisam); 402,17 (mayham nmam -am); VI 10,4 (-e rathe -e asse ca yojetv); 424,5

249

(kimkran marigaladivase -am kathesi ti); Pj II 175,12 (mahgalakiccesu samanadassanam ~wi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee amangalan ti); Pv-a 261,8 (idam ~am vpasammati ti); see also abhimangala. avamangalya, mfn. [from avamahgala; cf mahgalya], unlucky; inauspicious; Ja I 446,28 (imam ~am anumodanam kathesi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce avamarigalam; Se avamangalnumodanam). avamangalla, n. [from avamangala; cf mangalya], an inauspicious thing or event; Ja I 446,29 (mafigale avamarigalam vadanto ... ~esu anumodanam karonto, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se avamangalesu). avamafi&ati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVman], despises; treats contemptuously; Ja VI 4,21' (ocinyatu ti~atu niharath' etam klakannin ti avajntu, Se so; Ce, Ee omit ~atu; Be ocinyatu ti niharath' etam klakannin ti ~atu) quoted Sadd 401,13 (ocinyatu ti~atti); Ja VI 273,27 (sacham Punnako smi ti vakkhmi... ~issati); Sp 802,4 (~anti); Saddh271 (appapunnan ti nvamanneyya pandito); part.pr. (a) avamannanta, mfn., Dhp-aIII 15,n (~anto ha); (b) avamannamna, m/h., Ap-a 155,29; aor. 3 sg. (a) avamannatha, Sn314 (patim bhariy ~atha); (b) avamanni, Pj II 324,28 (patim ~atha paribhavi ~i na sakkaccam upatthsi); (c) avamannittha, Sv 716,32 (s pubbe sabbajetthik hutv t ittha); absol. avamannitv, Pj II244,14 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atimannitv); pp (a) avamata, mfn. [ts], despised; neg. anavamata, mfn.f not despised; honoured; D III 153,18* (anavamatena gunena yti saggam); pp (b) avamaflfiita, mfn., despised; Nidd-a I 465,18 (garahito ti ~o); see also omannitatta; fpp avamannitabba, mfn., Dhp-aIII 15,19 (ppakamam nma appakan ti na avamannitabbam); caus. absol. avamnetv, dishonouring; treating contemptuously; JaV 246,4 (avamnetv ratth pabbjesi); pp avamnita, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) [ts] despised; dishonoured; insulted; Abh 756; Pv-a 36,7 (bhariyya ~o); 2. (n.) insulting; contemptuous treatment; Cp 2:5:11 (sahanto ~am: Cp-al43,n: avamnam paribhavam sahanto khamanto; or to avamnita qv); see also appamannati. avamafifiana, ., ~, / [from avamannati; BHS avamanyana, avamanyan], contemptuous treatment; abuse; Ja III 248,4' (~ ca avamnavasena, Be, Ce so; Se avamnan; Ee omits); VI 509, r (et ~ ntikkamanti, Ce so; Be etni ~ni; Ee, Se avamann); Sadd 523,3 (attani parehi katam ~am makkho ti vuccati); see also omaniian. avamafifl, / [from avamannati], contemptuous treatment; Ja I 358,14 (so issariyamadamatto bodhisatte ~am katv, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee avannam); Sp 1316,16 (tesu ~am akatv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avannam). avamaddati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVmrd], crushes, breaks down; Jail 95,ir (omadd ti ~a adho ptaya); see also omaddati. avamaddana, n. [S. avamardana], crushing; breaking down; Dhtum 50 (kincvamaddane); 73 (bhanjvamaddane); see also omaddana. avamna, m. (and n.) [S. avamna, m.], disrespect;

contempt; Abh 172 (~am tirokkro); Jail 386,1 (kasm imassa dutthamakkatassa -am sahasi); V 384,28 (puttehi ~okato); Cp-a 143,11 (~am paribhavam sahanto); see also omna. avamnan, ., ~, / [ts]9 disrespect; contempt; Ja I 22,25 (sammnane pi ~e pi khamo) = Bv-a 109,7; Ja III 248,4' (~ ca avamnavasena, Se so; Be, Ce avamannan; Ee omits); anavamnan,/, absence of contempt; respect; Dili 190,6 (smikena... bhariy paccupatthtabb sammnanya ~ya anaticariyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se avimnanya). avamnita, mfn. and n.t caus. pp of avamannati qv. avamnita, / , abstr. [from *avamni(n); ts] insulting; contemptuous treatment; Cp 2:5:11 (sahanto ~am: Q>-a 143,n: avamnam paribhavam sahanto khamanto; or to avamnita qv sv avamanfiati). avamnetv, caus. absol. of avamannati qv. avamukka, mfn. [pp of *ava + muncati; S. avaVmuc], loosened; taken off; It-all 36,26 (omukk* ass ti ~o mocito apanito assa); see also omukka ^v omuncati. avamukha, mfn. [ava + mukha], with the face downwards; 1h-a II 62,27 (~am patitam uddham padam adhomukham patitam). avamocana, n. [S. lex. id.], loosening; Sadd 540,24 (sutta ^). avaya1, mfn. [? to explain anavaya qv], deficient, wanting; Sv248,io (anavayo ti imesu lokyatamahpurisalakkhanesu anno pariprakri, ~o na hoti ti vuttam hoti, ~o nma yo tni atthato ca ganthato ca sandhretum na sakkoti) = Ps III 363,10 * Pj II447,25/0//. avaya2, mfn. [perhaps = avaya3], without deficiency; not deficient; complete; Sp 287,17foil.: (~oti anu-avayo sandhivasena ukralopo, anu anu avayo yam yam kumbhakrehi kattabbam nma atthi sabbattha anno paripunnasippo tiattho; Sp-t[5e]II 117,10: ettha vayo ti hni... n' atthi etassa attano sippe vayo nat ti ~o ti); Sv 1051,34/o//. (samavayasatthesano ti ettha ~ ti ann satth ti vissatth samm ~ satth esan ass ti... samm vissatthasabba-esano ti attho) = Mp V 9,6 foil. = Nidd-a I 88,29foil.; MpII 262,4foil, (anavayo ti... anno pariprakri, avayo na hoti ti... atha v anavayo ti anu ~o sandhivasena ukralopo, anu ~o paripunnasippo ti attho, Be, Se so). avaya3, mfn., see sv vaya2. avayava, m. [ts], 1. limb, member; part; constituent; Abh 278; 1163; Pet 113,12; Vism 594,4 (rukkho ti vohramattam hoti, paramatthato ekekasmim ~e upaparikkhiyamne rukkho nma n* atthi); Sp522,2i (rlhisaddena pana -e samhavohrena v nikyo ti vutto); Ud-a 118,8 (sappitelasamudyassa hi ~o); Vv-a201,i2 (sariran ti sarirabhtam dhtum, -e cyam samudyavohro); Th-aII 28,14 (chinnabhinnvayavam matasariram ~e yathtthne yeva thapanena sandahitv sahitam katv); 2. a component part of a syllogism; Spk I 273,16 (patinnadihi ~ehi) = Pj II 397,2. avara, mfn. [ts], unimportant, of small value; posterior; western, being in the west; Ps II 21,7 (purassa ~e, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apare); ifc see parvara, parovara; -pure, loc, to the west of the city; MI 68,6 (bhagav

250

Vesliyam viharati bahinagare ~e vanasande, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se aparapure; Ps II 21,7: purassa avare, pacchimadisyan ti attho); -mattaka, mfn., of small value or importance, inferior; Sv529,i4 (oramattaken ti -ena appamattakena) = Mp IV 23,14; see also apara, ora. avarajjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVrdh], misses, neglects, fails (of); offends, commits a fault; Th 167 (karissam nvarajjhissam); Ja IV 428,14* (tesam tvam kiccam akkhhi nvarajjhanti te vaco, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se nvarujjhanti;428,27.' na te vacanam -issanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avarujjhanti); V 375,15' (nparajjhm ti mrento ~ati nma mayam na mrema, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se aparajjhati); see also aparajjhati. avarana in Ee at Patis-a 402,17 is wrfor varana qv. avaruddha, mfn., pp /avarundhati qv. avaruddhaka, mfn. [avaruddha + ka2], 1. expelled; Ja VI 575,15* (kathan nuputtake dajj aranne ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee~s; 575,2r: ratth pabbjito aranne vasanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pabbajite... vasante); 582,20* (mayam adsak aranne -a; 582,28': ~ ratth pabbjit); 2. excluded; hostile; (or a class of yakkhas; ?) Sv434,2i (mahrjno khaggahatth... ~e pamsupiscakdiyakkhagane patikkampetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avaruddhapamsu-) = Ps IV 179,10 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avaruddhapamsu-); Spk I 310,22 (dvrakotthake ~nam nivranatthya thita rakkhadevat); Dip 1:21 (niharitv yakkhagane pisce -e khemam katvna tarn dlpam). avarundhati, avaruddhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ava^rudh], encloses; secludes, confines; removes, expels; Ja VI 505,13 (avaruddhasi mam deva Vankam gacchmi pabbatam) ^ 516,9* (avaruddhati mam raja, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se avaruddhasi; 516,13': avaruddhati ti ratth pabbjeti, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se avaruddhasi ti... pabbjesi); Thi-a249,5 (orundhaf assa putto ti... avarundhati attano pariggahabhvena gehe karoti); pass. pr. 3 sg. avarundhiyati, Sadd 470,13 (s pana yathkmacram caritum appadnena orundhiyati avarundhiyati ti orodho); pp avaruddha, mfn. [ts], 1. expelled; enclosed, confined; Ja VI 557,29* (~ass* aham bhariy rjaputtassa; 558,2i*: -ass ti ratthato pabbjitassa); Thi-a257,2o (dukkhasamudayoruddh ti tanhnimittasamsre -); Saddh 592 (buddhadhammoruselehi - samantato); Sadd 470,19 (-0 ti pabbjito); 2. opposed (to), hostile; rebellious; Vin IV 181,31 (tena kho pana samayena Skiyadsak ~ honti; Sp 887,29: - honti ti pativiruddh honti); D HI 204,1 (te... amanuss mahrjnam - nma vuccanti; Sv969,io: - nm ti paccmitt verino); see also avaruddhaka; caus. pr. 3 sg. avarundheti, Sadd 470,7; see also orundhari. avarodha, m. [cf S. avarodha], enclosing; inclusion; Vism478,27(tepi sankhrakkhandhe pariypannatt etth' eva -am gacchanti) = Vibh-a 31,28; Ud-a 14,18 (chasu paMattisu ~o); anavarodha, m., absence of inclusion, non-inclusion; Ud-a 30,25 (katham atthuppattiy ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ananurodho) = It-a 136,15; Cp-a 18,3. avalakkhana, mfn. [cf BHS avalaksana, n.]9 without auspicious marks or with inauspicious marks; Ja I 455,10 (asim ~o ti garahati).

avalambati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avalambate], hangs down; rests upon; Pv 13:18 (tep* kse 'valambare; Pv-a77,6: kse yeva olambamn titthanti); 22:2 (kes c' ass atidigh yva bhmvalambare; Pv-a 142,23: yva bhumi tva olambanti); absol. (a) avalamba, Pv 28:5 (nvya ca tvam ~a titthasi; Pv-a 189,15: ~ ti olambitv apassenam apassya); (b) avalambitv, Ud-a 2,3* (tarn -itv) = It-al 2,3*; pp avalambita, mfn. [ts], clinging to; resting upon; Nidd-a 1110,16 (tesu kmesu ~ hutv ... vasanti ti tappabhr); see also olambati. avalambana, n. [cfS. avalambana], hanging down; what hangs down; Abh 525 (kjo sikk tatrvalambanam); Sadd 406,29 (labi avasamsane: avasamsanam ~am); see also olambana, olambanaka. avalikhati, avalekhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVlikh], scrapes off; Vin II 221,33 (pharusena pi katthena avalekhanti); MpHI 181,16 (avalekhanasatthakena avalikheyya); jj?/? avalekhitabba, mfn., Vin II 222,16 (na pharusena katthena avalekhitabbam); Sp 1286,14 (kantakena v susirena v ptin v na avalekhitabbam); see also apalikhati, olikhati. avalitta, mfn. [pp of*W2i + limpati; S. avalipta], smeared; plastered; smeared on to; Vin III 149,23 (kuti nma ullitt v hoti - v ullittvalitt v; Sp 567,5: ~ ti bahi litt); Pj II 247,2 (mamsena -tt); 247,12* (navapesisat mams - kalevare, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kalebaram; ^ Pj I 47,14*: anulitt); Ap-a 369,24 (sudhya ~am katv); ifc seeullitta-. avaliyhamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *ava + lihati; S. avaVlih], being licked; Q>-a314,i8 (satthadhrlaggamadhubindu viya ca ~ parittassd, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr aviliyhamn). avaliyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avaVil], sinks down, cowers; hangs back; It-a 1178,1 (oliyanti eke ti... -anti alliyanti sankocam pajjanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avaliyanti); see also oliyati. avalekhati, see sv avalikhati. avalekhana, n. [cfS. avalekhana], scraping (off); a tool or instrument for scraping or tearing (off); Cp-a 74,6 (~ena tlagulapatalam upptento viya sariramamsam upptetv); -kattha, n., a scraping stick; Vin II 141,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti); Sp 1286,is; Vin-vn 2941; -pithara, m., a receptacle for scrapers; Vin II 141,26 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -pidharan); 222,23 (sace ~o pro hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -pidharo); -sattha, ., a scraping knife or tool; Ja IV 402,17 (~ena lekhento viya, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se -satthakena); -satthaka, n.t a scraping tool; Vism255,15 (uparimam [hanukatthi] santhnam); MpIII 181,16 (~ena avalikheyya, Ce, Ee so; Be -matthakena; Se -mattakena); see also apalekhana. avalepa, m. [ts]9 1. anointing; Abh 1079 (lepagabbesv ^o); 2. pride; Abh 1079; Sadd 473,7 (~o ti ahamkro); 485,15 (mno ahamkro unnati ketu paggaho ~o ti pariyy). avalepana, n. [cfS. avalepana], smearing, plastering; plaster; ifc see adda- (^vadda2), alia- (.yvalla1), tacamams-, pita- (^vpita2).

251

avalokana, n. [ts], looking; a look (back); Sadd520,i3 (~m ti ngvalokitam ... avaloketv ti disu viya purimakyam parivattetv pekkhanam). avaloketi, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avalokayati], looks at, regards; looks back; DII 96,29 (oloketha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam ~etha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apaloketha; Sv 545,24: ~ ti punappuna passatha) = Vin 1232, M (eds apaloketha); M II 137,21 (so bhavam Gotamo sabbakyen' eva ~eti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apaloketi); Th 587 (-eyytha pvacanam); part.pr. (a) avalokenta, mfn., MII 137,21 (~ento, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be apalokento); Vism 161,31 (sappo nu kho no ti -entassa); neg. anavalokenta, mfn., Vism 186,28 (tarn disam anavalokentenpi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anapalokentenpi); (b) avalokaya(t), mfn. (f sg. nom. ~am and ~ayanti ?), Ja V 404,5* (k titthasi mandam ivvalokayam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se mandamigvalokayam); 214,20* (tath hi mayham -ayanti ummattakam Ummadanti aksi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apalokayanti); (c)avalokayamna, mfn., Mil 140,12 (pakkamanti ~ayamn yeva, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce apalokayamn; Ps III 395,1: ~ayamn ti sirasmim anjalim thapetv bhagavantam olokent va); aor. 3 sg. avalokesi, Sv41,6 (paribbajako attano parisam ~esi); absol avaloketv, Vism 259,22 (panncakkhun ~etv); Sadd 520,14 (ngvalokitam... ~etv ti disu, quoting DU 122,5: eds apaloketv); neg. anavaloketv, Jail 75,6 (bahum anavaloketv appam oloketv); Mp I 320,15 (gharam v kutumbam v anavaloketv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anapaloketv); Vism 27,25 (anuppiyabhnit ti saccnurpam dhammnurpam v anavaloketv punappunam piyabhananam eva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anapaloketv) = Vibh-a483,i5 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anapaloketv); pp avalokita, mfn. and n. [cfS. avalokita], looked at; a look; JaV 214,23' (may ~ sayam mam avalokayanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apalokit); ifc see ng-; see also apaloketi, oloketi. avasamsana, n. [S. avasramsana], falling; hanging down; Dhtup 198-9 (ramba lamba -); Dhtum 283-4 (rabi laby ~e); Sadd 406,29 (labi ~e: ~am avalambanam); 449,6(bhamsu~e). avasakkati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS avasakkati], goes back, retreats; Ja III 83,6* (dalhappahram abhikankhamno ~ofi dassati suppahram, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce apasakkati); aor. 3 sg. avasakki, Sp 1275,27 (pathamehi padehi ~i); J sg. avasakkim, Ap 121,23 (patikutiko ~im nijjhyanto mahmunim, Ee so; Be, Ce apasakkim; Se avasakkhi); pp avasakkita, mfn., gone back, withdrawn; Sv848,i6 (osakkitan ti isakam pi ~itam); see also apasakkati, osakkati. avasajjetv, avassajjetv, ind. [cans, absol. of *ava + sajati2; cfS. avaVsrj; orq/**ava + sajati1; cfS. avaVsanj], throwing down (on); putting into; (or hanging on, suspending;) SV 149,2 ([makkatam] luddo vijjhitv tasmim yeva katthakatangre avasajjetv yenakmam pakkamati, Ee so; Be avassajjetv; Ce, Se tasmim yeva makkatam uddharitv avissajjetv); see also avassaji. avasata, mfn., pp q/'avasarati qv. avasanna, mfn., pp o/avasidati qv. avasara, m. [ts], occasion, opportunity; Abh 770

(patthvo 'vasaro); Th-al 171,30 (so tass ~am adatv); II115,27 (sallekhavuttino ca vivdassa ~o eva n' atthi ti). *avasarati,/?r. 3 sg. [ava+ sarati2; cf BHS avasri], goes down (to); moves away (to); aor. 3 sg. avasari, Vin III 11,30 (yena Vesli tad ~i); MI 285,4; Sn 685 (tarn Saddam sutv turitam ~i so, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avamsari, perhaps mc); 1 sg. (a)avasarim, MI 166,37 (yena Uruvel sennigamo tad ~im); (b) avsarim, Vv 80:8 (so msakhettam turito avsarim; Vv-a 311,8: avsarin ti upagacchim pvisim v) quoted Sadd 426,4; 3 pi. avasarum, Vin I 312,11 (yena Vsabhagmo tad -urn); pp avasafa, mfn. [cf S. apaVsr], gone away; withdrawn; Vin IV 216,34 (cut v nsit v ~ v; 217, H: - nma titthyatanam sankant vuccati); D1249,1 (tarn enam Manaskatato tvad eva -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avassatam; Sv405,n: tarn khanam eva nikkhantan ti attho) * MII 206,25; fpp avasaritabba, mfn., Sv 243,33 (yena Icchnangalan ti yena disbhgena Icchnangalam avasaritabbam); caus. /?/? avasrita, mfn., moved down (to); Nidd-al 263,1 (tadadhimuttass ti tasmim avasritassa, Ee, Se so; Be adhiharitassa; Ce avasditassa); see also osarati1. avasdana, n. [ts], causing to sink; ending; disheartening; Dhtup 150 (sada visaranagatyavasdanesu); Dhtum 217 (sado visarandnagamane cvasdane); ifc see gatyavasdana sv gati. avasdiya, n. [from avasidati], sinking; exhaustion; Dhtum 330 (tama sntve 'vasdiye). avasna, n. and mfn. [S. avasna, n.], 1. (n.) stopping, cessation; end; iic also: last, final; Abh 791; 912; Sp 808,30 (antarkath ti ~am appatv rambhassa ca -assa ca vemajjhatthnam pattakath); Thi-a 19,7 (avasyo vuccati ~am nitthnam); Patis-a 325,12 (sisam koti -an ti attho); Sadd 384,ii (gamanassa ~am osnam abhvakaranam); ifc see ussran-; loc. ~e, at the end, finally; Ja IV 54,29; V 414,28 (evamimni panca jtakni kathetv -e attadandasuttam kathesi); Ap458,3o (-e ca nibbnam sivam patto anuttaram); Pet 65,5 (yo yeva dhammo dimhi nikkhitto so yeva majjhe c' eva -e ca); Vism 137,29 (cattri panca v javanni javanti tesu -e ekam rpvacaram); Svl95,n (vajjandisu uppajjitv niruddhesu ~e javanam uppajjati); 2. (mfn.) last; final; Nidd-aI91,2o(ayam samussayo attabhvo ~o); -gth,/, a final or closing verse; Sp 1362,22 (~su); Pj II 331,7 (imam ~am ha); see also osna. avasya, m. [S. lex. id.], end, termination; completion; Thi-a 19,6 (-0 vuccati avasnam nitthnam). avasyi(n), mfn. [S. avasyin], determined; reaching the end; Thi 12 (chandajt ~i, Be, Ce, Se so, m. for f ? Ee wr ~e; Thi-a 19,6: ~i ti avasyo vuccati avasnam nitthnam, tarn pi... samanakiccassa nitthnam veditabbam na yassa kassaci). avasificati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVsic], sprinkles; pours over; part.pr. avasincanta, mfn., Pv-a 41,22 (vrin viya osincan ti udakena ~anto viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee asincanto); aor. 1 sg. avasincim, Ap-a475,2o (padumarenum okirim ~in ti sambandho); pp avasitta, mfn. [S. avasikta], sprinkled; poured down; JaV 400,20' (osittavannan ti udakadhrvannam

252

dibbaduklam); Sp 880,29 (muddhvasittass ti muddhani -assa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se muddhbhisittass ti... abhisittassa); Spkl 166,32 (khattiybhisekena muddhani -nam); ifc see muddh-; neg. absol (namul) anavasekam, so it does not overflow; so as not to spill, (or anavaseka, mfn., qv sv avaseka), Ja I 400,1* (samatittikam anavasekam telapattam yath parihareyya, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anavasesakam, unmetrical; 400,6': anavasincanakam aparissvanakam katv) quoted Ja III 235, i (Be, Ce, Se anavasesakam; Ee anavasesam) and Niddl 471,18 (Ce anavasesakam; Be, Ee, Se anavasesam; Nidd-a 1444, \r. -an ti anavasincanakam aparisincanakam katv); see also abhisincati, osincati. avasificanaka, mfn. [from avasincati], overflowing; ifc see anavasincanaka. avasittha, mfn., pp /avasissati qv. avasifthaka, (mf)n. [avasittha + ka2; cf S. avasistaka], (what is) left over, remaining; Ja III 311,25* (vlnam cvasitthakam ucchitthen' eva ypent; 311,27': sesavjamignam ca -am ucchitthabhojanam). avasita, mfn. [pp of ava + Vso; ts], finished, ended, completed; known; Abh 963 (-am nte avasnagate); Ps I 93,33 (~ me bhojanakiriy ti attho); Nidd-a I 428,4 (jarya ositan ti paripkya jarya -am madditam); anavasita, mfn., not finished; not completed; Pj II 164,14 (maggasamangi pi maggakiccatt magge jivati); see also anavosita. avasitava(t), mfn., seesv vasati2. avasitta, mfn. pp q/^avasincati qv. avasira(s), mfn. [S. avasiras], (with the top) turned downwards; Sadd 39,15 (sabbbhibhum 'vasiras siras nammi); see also avamsira sv avam. avasiseyyum in Ee, Se at Sil 83,9 is wr for avasisseyyum (Be, Ce so). avasissati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ava&syate], is left over; is left as a remnant; remains; D I 251,8 (yam pamnakatam kammam na tarn tatrvasissati na tarn tatrvatitthati); M I 481,2 (kmam taco ca nahru ca atthi ca -atu sarire upasussatu mamsalohitam); Sil 83,6 (sabbavedayitni anabhinanditni sitibhavissanti sarirni -anti ti); 83,9 (kapallni -eyyum, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr avasiseyyum); Sn 808 (nmam evvasissati akkheyyam petassa jantuno); Ja II 62,17' (nvasissati na titthati); Sv 212,7 (yath tesam kakanikamatto pi... nvasissati); aor. 3 sg. avasissi, Sil 267,3 (nisanghto va -i); Jail 201,20; 3pi. avasissimsu, D i l 164,12 (sarirn' eva -imsu); pp avasittha, mfn. [S. ava&sta], left over, remaining; the rest (of); Vin III 256,5 (kate pi civare bahu suttarn -am hoti); DII127,21 (yam ahosi skaramaddavam -am); MI 275,11 (siy c' assa uttarim -am drbharanya); S II 135,22 (dve v tini v udakaphusitni -ni ti); Ja I 254,27 (yva dve jan - ahesumtva annamannam ghtayimsu); V 339,23* (kam v tvam passase attham mama tuyham ca pakkhima ntinam vvasitthnam ubhinnam jivitakkhaye); Pet 101,22 (-su abhsitsu); Vism 93,28 (tesam bhikkhnam bahum gahitam hoti appam -am); SpkII 135,25 (tya); caus. pr. 3 sg. *avaseseti, -ayati, *avasesati, leaves, leaves as a remnant; neg. part.pr. (a) anavasesenta, mfn., Ud-a432,32 (so

aggi... tattha kind anavasesento, Be, Se so; Ce anavasesanto; Ee wr anavasesato); Spk II 137, is; (b) anavasesanta, mfn., Ud-a 121,29 (lesamattam pi anavasesant ummlayanti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anavasesato); aor. 3 pi. avasesayimsu, Ps III 69,5 (nesam kukkur atthisankhalikarn eva -ayimsu); absol. avasesetv, Ja I 101,21 (mamsam khditv atthini -etv agamamsu); neg. anavasesetv, Ja III 370,17 (ekam phalam pi anavasesetv); Dhp-a I 362,11 (mahogho itthipurisagomahisakukkutdisu kinci anavasesetv). avasissana, n. [from avasissati], the being left; Abh 157 (tacassa ca nahruno -am). avasidati,pr 3 sg. [S. avasidati], sinks down; becomes exhausted; slackens; Ja VI 37,7* (dhammavymasampanno kamman nvasidasi); 234,27* (nv... atibhram samdya annave-ati); Nidd I 420,2 (avijjoghe na sidati na samsidati na osidati na -ati); absol. avasiditv, Sadd 384,19 (~itv osiditv); pp avasanna, mfn. [ts], sunk down; slack; sankappa, mfn., slack in purpose; Dhp-a III 409,10 (--sankappo hoti kusito); caus. pr. 3 sg. avasdeti, -ayati, makes sink down; disheartens, discourages; A I 199,io* (dubbhatthe nvasdaye, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se npasdaye; Mp II 313,21: dukkathitasmim na -eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apasdeyya); aor. 3 pl. avasdayum, Mhv 30:51 (pupphdhnattayam ... samam pathaviy katv iddhimanto 'vasdayum); see also apasdeti, osidati. avasidana, n. [from avasidati], sinking down; slackening; causing to sink down; Nidd-a I 81,7 (pancakmagunikargo '-atthena kmogho ti vuccati); anavasidana, n. not sinking down, not slackening; Nidd-a II 146,6 (akusitavutti ti etena thnsanacankamdisu kyassa -am [dasseti]); see also osidana. avasina, see sv vasina. avasucchati,/ul. 3 sg. o/*avasussati qv. avasura in Ee at Ja V 56,2r is wrfor avasra qv. *avasussati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaSusyati], becomes dry; fut. 3 sg. (a) avasucchati [cf S. Soksyati], Ja VI 80,14* (nadi va avasucchati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ati) = 550,20* (Be, Ce, Eeso; Se -ati; 551,5': appodak kunnadl viya -issati, Ce so; Be, Se -ati; Ee wr avasucchissati); (b) avasussissati, Ja VI 551,5' (Ce so; Be, Se -ati; Ee avasucchissati); avasussatu in Ee at SII 276,13, Ja I 71,24, 110,3, Nidd I 66,26, II 97,5 and Saddh 46 is wrfor avasissatu. avasra, mfn. [ava + sura2], on which the sun has set; JaV 56,2i' (anvasran ti na -am anatthangatasriyan ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avasuram); ifc see anvasram. avaseka, m. [cf S. avaseka, utseka], sprinkling; overflowing; overflow; Svl41,i (yam telam mnam gahetum na sakkoti vissanditv gacchati tarn -0 ti vuccati) = PsII 198,20 = Spkl 60,23 (eds avasesako) = Mp II 139,28 (eds avasesako) * Ud-a 2,14 quoted Sadd 382,24; anavaseka, mfn., not overflowing; (or anavasekam, ind., neg. namul absol. of avasifi cati qv), Ja I 400,1* (samatittikam -am telapattam yath parihareyya, Se so;

253

Be, Ce, Ee anavasesakam, unmetrical; 400,6". anavasincanakam aparissvanakam katv) quoted Ja III 235, i* (Be, Ce, Se anavasesakam; Ee anavasesam) and Niddl 471,18 (Ce anavasesakam; Be, Ee, Se anavasesam; Nidd-a 1444, \r. ~an ti anavasincanakam aparisincanakam katv). avasemna, mfn. \part.pr. o/*ava + seti], lying; Niddll 273,4 (semno~o parisemno, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce semno sayamno vasamno vasamno; Nidd-a as Be, Ce). avasesa, n. and mfn. [S. avaSesa, n.]. 1. (n.) the remainder, the rest; what is left; A l l 207,26 (yam catutthasmim thane khiram hoti tena aggim juhanti -ena vacchako ypeti); 111222,25 (brhman yvadattham udarvadehakam bhunjitv -am dya pakkamanti); Ja VI 409,2i (sabbesam pi rjnam santakam amhkam ranno detha... -am nagaravsino ganhant ti); Mil 135,32 (appam kammavipkajam bahutaram -am); MpV 16,9 (dasabalannam hi sakasakakiccam eva jnti sabbannutafinam tarn pi tato -am pi jnti); 2. (mfn.) remaining, left; other; the other..., the rest (of); Vin III 222, H (thapetv rjnam rajabhoggam brhmanam -o gahapatiko nma); D III 95, is (ye te satt - te luddcr ahesum); Ja I 111,12 (ek drik ayyakaya saddhim ~ ahosi); 151,24/0//. (dvihi abhaye laddhe -a kim karissanti narind ti, -nam pi abhavam dammi smi ti); Ap 268,15 (~ena kammena arahattam appunim); Dhs 1007 (katame dhamm bhvanya pahtabb, -0 lobho doso moho); Kv 548,7 (thapetv ariyamaggam ~ sankhr dukkh ti); Mil 10,4 (tayo ... ved sikkhni nma -ni sippni sipparn nm ti); 182,21 (~ni yni knici vividhni pupphajtni); Vism 85,30 (~esu dvisu jhnesu); 86,5 (-asmim); As 204,34 (~o pli-attho hetth vuttanayen' eva veditabbo); ifc see m- (.yvma2), ratt'- (.svratti); -dhutyudha, mfn., having the other dhutahga practices as his weapons; Vism 73,30* (pamsuklam ca eso va kavacam viya dhrayam aranfiasangmagato -o); anavasesa, mfn., without any remainder; all; complete; (of an offence) total, irremediable; Abh786; Vin I 354,31 (svasesam pattim - pat ti dipeti) * A I 20,30 (Mp I 94,i6: appatikammpatti nma anavasespatti yeva); VinV 115,4 (~ patti jnitabb; Sp 1319,16: ~ ti prjikpatti); Sn 14 (ye keci pnabht' atthi tas v thvar v ~); Jal 256,12' (sabbe te vyasanam ajjhag ti te pi ca ~... vyasanam adhigacchimsu); Patisl 94,22 (sotpattimaggena -o ditthsavo khiyati); acc. ~am, adv., completely; D I 163,12 (ko ime dhamme -am pahya vattati); Pet 135,12 (kmargavypdesu ~am pahinesu); Mil 389,16 (yogin... sabbe kiles -am parisosetabb); It-al 171,29 (sasenam ~arn catubbidham pi Mram abhibhavitv); anavasesam in Ee at Ja III 235,1* and Niddl 471,is is wr for anavasekam qv sv avaseka; anavasesato, completely; Cp 3:14:2 (dasakusalakammapathe vattmi ~ato); Sadd 489,n; anavasesato in Ee at Ud-a432,32 is wr, prob, for anavasesento (Be, Se so; Ce anavasesanto), and at Ud-a 121,29 is wr for anavasesant (Be, Ce, Seso); dohi(n), mfn., milking dry; MI 220,11 (goplako... dohi ca hoti; Ps II 260,33 foil: panditagoplakena yva vacchakassa mamsa-

lohitam santhti tva ekam dve thane thapetv svasesadohin bhavitabbam, ayam vacchakassa kinci asesetv duhati) = A V 347,22; niravasesa, mfn., without remainder; all; complete; ~am, -ato, completely; Ja II 221,22 (so mnavo bodhisattassa jnanasippam -am ganhitv); Bv2:32 (vpitam ropitam dhannam pajahim -ato); 4:7 (sabbe pi te - ahesum ehibhikkhuk); Nett 14,30 (bhvanya satta samyojanni pahiyyanti kmacchando ... uddhaccam avijj ca ~); Mil 91,2 (cha pi yatanni -ato anurakkhitabbni); Ps II 138,33 (attho pana -o); Ud-a 134,34 (-am buddhakiccam nitthpesi); svasesa, mfn., having something left; incomplete; (of an offence) remediable; Vin I 354,31 * A I 20,30 (Mp 194,15: sappatikammpatti nma svasespatti yeva); VinV 115,4(- patti jnitabb; Sp 1319,16: -ti thapetv prajikam ses); Mil 147,9 (n* etam bhante Ngasena vacanam -am, niravasesavacanam etam sabbe ti); Mp I 75,2 (appicchass ti anicchassa, ettha hi vyanjanam -am viya attho pana niravaseso); see also kappvasesam sv kappa. avasesaka, mfn. (and m.l) [avasesa + ka2], \.(mfn.) remaining; who is left; Sp 663,8: ohiyyako ti avahiyako -o vihravram parva eko va vihre thito ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avaseso); ifc see hata- (svhanati); 2. (m.) a remainder, a surplus, excess; Spk I 60,23 (yam telam mnam gahetum na sakkoti vissanditv gacchati tarn ~o ti vuccati, eds so, perhaps wr) = Mp II 139,28 = Sv 141,i (eds avaseko) * Ud-a 2,14 (eds avaseko); ifc see m- sv ma2. avassam, ind. [S. avayam], necessarily; inevitably; certainly; without one's will; Abhll50; Ja III 271,26 (sace jivati -am vatim langhitv amhkam dassanatthya gamissati); V I 09,14 (ittarapaccupatthnam -am pahtabbam); VI 359,30' (velam parva -am sabb miyo bhijjanti); Vism 98,5 (-am may maritabban ti cintento); Sp 520,7 (thn cutam hi -am dakasotam otarati); Sv263,33 (attan anicchantena pi vykaritabbo -am vissayetabbo ti attho); Ud-a 116,1 (-am katabbam kiccam, itaram karaniyam); Bv-a 69,27 (atthi ti -am upalabbhati); Vibh-a 305,29 (-am kho pana ranno paccanto kuppissati); Sadd 138,n (padassa pathambahuvacanattam -am icchitabbam); 479,8 (-am ktum yujjati); Saddh293; (am)-gmi(n), mfn., inevitably arriving, being certain to arrive; JaV 319,24' (agamsi, antarmagge vattamno pi tya evam vutto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avassagmitya); (am)-bhvi(n), (a)-bhvi(n), mfn., inevitably being or coming to be; certain to happen; Jal 19,16 (garugabbhya itthiy bhramocanam dhuvam -i); Ps I 140,29 (idam eva esa ppunissati no annan ti icchitabbam, -I ti vuttam hoti); Mp III 411,26 (ptikankh ti icchitabb avassabhvini); Ud-a 111,24 (tdisassa puggalassatya tarn sukham paccuppannam viya hoti ti dassanattham labhate ti vuttam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tarn); It-al 96,22 (catunnam apynam annatar gari icchitabb, -ini ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce avassabhvini ti; Ee wr avassam bhgini ti); (am)-bhaviya, mfn., (what is) inevitably coming to be; Sadd S\2,26foll (ekamsatthe -'-atthe aniyamatthe ca ice etesu atthesu anagate kle vattamn vibhatti hoti... - ' -atthe dhuvarn

254

buddho bhavm' aham). avassaka, mfn. [from avassam; cf S. vaSyaka], necessary; inevitable; Sadd 862,14 (adhaminesu ni ca: -a adhamina ice etesu atthesu nipaccayo hoti kicc ca); 862,18 (-ttam); ace. -am, adv., necessarily, certainly; without one's will; Sv 954,13 (sippuggahanakle pana -am eva gantabbam hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avassam); Dip 9:13 (kumrnam rulhanv gat dipam -am). avassaji, avassajim, aor. sg. [of *ava + sajati2; S. avaVsrj], let loose; gave up; dismissed; 3 sg. avassaji, D III 177,27* (micchjivam ca ~i samena vuttim; Sv940,n: ~i tipahsi); SV 263,2* (bhavasankharam -4 muni; SpkHI 254, is: avassaji ti vissajjesi); JaV 487,6* (jivam gahetvna -1 mam); 7 sg. avassajim, avassaji, Ja IV 425,9* (-im); VI 79,20* (usum te tarn -i, Be, Ce so; Ee wr avissaji; Se avissajim); see also avasajjetv, avassattha, ossajati. avassata in Ee at D I 249,1 is wr for avasata qv sv avasarati. avassaftha, mfn. [pp o/*ava + sajati2; S. avasrsta], let go; given up; Sv 558,7 (kilesbhven' eva kammam appatisandhikatt -am nma hoti ti) = Mp IV 154,17 = Ud-a 330,5; see also avassaji, ossattha (sv ossajati). avassana1, n. [a3 + vassana1], the not bleating; Ja IV 251,io (ajam thenetv... tass 0,-atthya mukham bandhitv). avassana 2 , n., see sv vassana2. avassandana, n. [cf S. avasyandana, spandana, and Wg 32:12], moving the body; Sadd 531,26 (nata ~e: -am gattavikkhepo). avassaya, m. [from avassayati; cf S. apsraya], resort, refuge; support; Ja I 277,2 (~o vata me satth jto ti); VI 285,i (loke saccasamo -o nma n' atthi); Mil 160,4 (updya pana -o hoti); Vism635,2i (attano puthujjanabhvam natv -0 me vuso Dhammadinna hohi ti vatv pdamle ukkutikam nisidi); Ps II 7,25 (assso ti -o patitth upatthambho); Ud-a 281,24 (~o patitth lambanam); Mhv 32:24 (~o dviyuddhe pi tuvam me si); see also apassaya. avassayati,pr. 3 sg. [ava+ 2 + sayati2; cf S. ap^rayati], depends on; has recourse to; stays in; Vibh-a 305,13/0//. (eko hi bhikkhu chandam ~ati... eko viriyam -ati eko cittam ~ati eko panfiam ~ati); aor. 3 sg. avassayi, Vibh-a305,27yb//. (upatthanam ~i); 1 sg. avassayim, Ja II 80,is* (panke -im; 80,23': nipajjim vsam kappesin ti attho) quoted Sadd 85,27; absol. avassya, Cp 3:9:9 (saccabalam avassya) = Ja I 214,12* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apassya); Vibh-a 306,4 (chandam avassya); pp avassita, mfn., resorting to; contained in; JaV 375,27*(anariyadhammam ~o, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anariyadhammavassito; 376,14': kammena anariyadhammam ~o); Svl27,io (mama desanjle sit nissit - va); Spk I 265,10 (vanavassito muni ti vanam ~o buddhamuni ti); see also apassayati. avassayana, n. [from avassayati; cf S. apsrayati], depending upon, having recourse to; Sv 1058,29 (sappurisnam ~am sevanam bhajanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apassayanam) = Mp III 63,21 (Be so; Ce, Ee

apassayanam; Se upassayanam); MpII 255,30 (patitthnatthena dipo 0,-atthena saranam); see also apassayana. avassava, m. [from *ava (+ 3) + savati], flowing; lust, sexual excitement; Sp 901,23 (ubhato avassute ti ubhato ~e); anavassava, m., the not flowing, no flow; stoppage; Vinll 89,22 (tass* eva ppakassa vivdamlassa yatim ~ya patipajjeyytha; Sp 1315,33: ~y ti appavattibhvya) = AIII 334,27; MI 93,7 (navnam kammnam akaran yatim ~o, yatim - kammakkhayo); see also avassuta. avassavana, n. [from *ava (+ 2) + savati], flowing, streaming; 1h-all 117,19 (akkhimh akkhigthako ti din vuttam asucino -tthnam dasseti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avassvanatthnam). avassya, absol. of avassayati qv. avassavana, n. [from caus. of *ava (+ 2) + savati; cfS. avaVsru, srava], what is poured off; the water in which rice has been boiled, gruel; ? -jhamakabhatta, n., rice-gruel and burnt rice (sticking to the pot); Jail 288,4 (~am vighsatinni datv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se athassemakabhattam; c/"289,i5*: bhutv emakundakam; 289,19': ettha cmo vuecati odanvassvanam, Ce so; Be, Ee odnvasesam; Se odanvasnam); avassvanatthnam in Ee at l h - a l l 117,19 is wr for avassvanatthnam (Be, Ce, Se so). avassvita, mfn. [caus. pp of *ava (+ 2) + savati], caused to boil over;? Sp703,6 (kundamakularsisadisam ' -odanam pacitv). avassita, mfn., pp of avassayati qv. avassuta, mfn. [pp of *ava (+ 2) + savati; BHS avasruta, avasruta], leaking; dripping, wet; foul, rotten; lustful, sexually excited; VinlV 213,34 (y pana bhikkhuni ~ ~assa purisapuggalassa adhakkhakam ubbhajnumandalam masanam... sdiyeyya; Sp901,s: ~ ti kyasamsaggargena ~, tint kilinn ti attho); SIV 184,25/0//. (katham vuso ~o hoti ... bhikkhu eakkhun rQpam disv piyarpe rpe adhimuccati); AI 261,32 (ktam pi -am hoti); IV 171,9 (rukkhni antoptini -ni kasambujtni); Ud52,i6 (addas kho yasm Mahmoggallno tarn puggalam dussilam ... abrahmaerim brahmaeripatinnam antoptim -am kasambujtam); Th279 (dhi-r-atthu pure duggandhe Mrapakkhe ~e); Thi68 (aladdh cetaso santim kmargen' ~); Niddl 139,n (rattnam srattnam -nam); Vin-vn 1970; Utt-vn 166; Sadd 492,2 foil, (- -ass a purisapuggalassa ti disu tintass ti attho); anavassuta, mfn., not leaking; not rotten; free from lust and defilement; Vin IV 234,1 (anpatti ubhato - honti); M III 221,11 (-0 ca viharati sato sampajno); A I 262,6 (kyakammam pi -am hoti); Th 154 (appalbho ~o sato bhikkhu paribbaje); Ja IV 20,22* (s hotu nv phalakpapann ~; 20,27: udakapavesanbhvena -); Nidd-a I 49,16 (t); see also avassava, avassavana. a v a s s u t i , / [from *ava (+ 2) + savati], lustful action; defiled conduct; Ja VI 264,21* (-im cari; 264, IT foil. : kilesvassutim bhattu pariyesanam carati ti attho). avahata, mfn., pp q/*avaharati qv.

255

avahanana, n. [from *ava + hanati1; cf S. avahanana], throwing down, pushing down; Spkl 17,34 (* -atthena ... ogho ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vahan' -) * Pj II 567,31 * Nidd-al 434,6 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vahan' -). avaharana, n. [from avaharati; cf S. apaharana, avaharana], taking away; stealing; Sp377,2i (paticchdetv pana -am paticchannvahro); Sadd 567,6 (-am corikya gahanam); dhippya, mfn., with the intention of stealing; Pv-a226,2(~o; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apaharandhippyo); -citta, mfn. (and n. ?), with the intention of stealing; (an intention to steal; ?) Vin III 46,34 (theyyacitto -o); Sp 302,4 (theno ti coro thenassa bhvo theyyam -ass' etam adhivacanam); ifc see staka-, sok-; see also apaharana. avaharati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. apaVhr, avaharate], takes down, puts down; takes away; steals; Vin III 46,35 (diyeyya hareyya -eyya); 52,n foil, (cikkhati itthannmam bhandam -a ti... so tarn bhandam -ati); 64,9 (bhandam -issm ti); Jail 141,9' (~ati hetth hararl ti ohrinam); 11187,24* (kyena yo nvahare vcya na mus bhane); Mil 46,17 (ambam -eyya); avahareyyum in Ee at Vin I 148,25 is prob, wr; Be, Ce vahpeyyum; Se avahpeyyum; part.pr. (a) avaharanta, mfn., Sp 301,21 (sassmikam bhandam -antassa prjikam ev ti); Vin-vn39; (b) avaharamna, mfn., Vin HI 47,16 (-amno); aor. 3 sg. (a)avahari, Vin III 64,9 (eko bhandam ~i); Mil 72,n; Spk I 288,14 (ayam kmargarajo m tarn ~i apyam m ptet ti attho); (b) avhari, S I 197,18* (m tarn kmarajo avhari); Ja III 138,13* (y te ambe avhari) quoted Sadd 695,6; (c)avahsi, Vin III 56,4*; 3pl. (a) avaharimsu, Vin 1298,6 (cor tarn civaram -imsu); (b)avharum, VinV 217,8; inf. avaharitum, Vin III 54,3; Sp 363, H (ye -itum sakk te dassento); absol. avaharitv, Vin III 45,23 (rajakabhandikam -itv); Sp 298,21; pass. pr. 3 sg. avahariyati, Sp 356,16 (sace tattha kinci -lyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ati); pp avahata, mfn. [cf S. apahrta, avahrta], 1. (pass.) taken away; stolen; Vin III 57,19 (vuso mayham civaram kena -an ti); JaV 135,9 (vassoghena sabbakunapesu -esu); Mil 46,19 (imin deva purisena mayham amb-ti); Sp 1101,13 (so kumbho bahi nikkhitto corehi ~o ti, Se so; Be avahato; Ce hato; Ee wr vahato); 2. (act.) taking away; having stolen; Vin III 64,10 (yo ~o so prjiko hoti); Sp 308,19; fpp avaharitabba, mfn. Sp 980,24 (ullok pathamam ohretabban ti ullokato pathamam ullokam dim katv avaharitabban ti attho); avaharpeyyun ti inEe, Se at Sp 1069,25 ad Vin I 148,25 is prob, wr; Be vahpeyyun ti; Ce avahpeyyun ti; Vin Be, Ce vahpeyyum, Ee avahareyyum, Se avahpeyyum; see also apaharati, oharati. avahavana, n. [cf S. havana], offering (in the fire); Sadd 866,20 (avahuti avahavanam, so read with Ee conjecture ? Be, Ce avahanam); see also ohvima. avahasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVhas], laughs (at), mocks, derides; challenges; JaV 111, 1 (amacca annamannam 0 -anti passatha ranno kiriyam); Mp III 268,25 (hasati ti ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohasati ti) quoted Sadd 443,8; part.pr. (a) avahasanta, mfn., Sp 10,22 (-antam iva deva-

vimnasirim siriy); Pv-al78,s; (b) avahasamna, mfn., Sv618,i2 (blasuriyarasmikalpasirim -amn viya) = Ps IV 216,i (Be, Seso; Ce, Ee avhamn, prob, wr); aor. 3pl. avahasimsu, JaV 354,19 (thokam -imsu); Sp 687,21 (uppandesun tikittakena bhante kitni ti dini vadant -imsu); pass, part.pr. avahasiyamna, mfn., Ja IV 270,17 (amaccehi -iyamno); Sadd 443,9 (hasiyamno ti -iyamno); see also hasati. avahpetv, ind. [caus. absol. of *ava + jahati; cfS. avaVh], neglecting; wanting in; Ja III 468,24' (lokapavattidhamme -etv chaddetv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce hpetv); see also avahya, avahiyati. avahya, ind. [absol. of *ava + jahati; ts], leaving; neglecting; JaV 61,n* (mamsakcam avahya godham anupatm' aham); VI 234,35* (ujumaggam avahya kummaggam anudhvati); see also avahpetv, avahiyati, ohya. avahra, m. [cfS. apahra,], taking away; theft; VinV 129,17 (pafica -); Sp375,is; Pj II 179,7 (yena kenaci -ena); As 98,11 (imesam -nam vasena); Vin-vn40; Sadd 882,19 (theyye -0); ifc see kus- (j-vkusa1], theyy-, paticchann-, parikapp-, pasayh-. avahraka, m(fn). [cf S. apahraka], (one) who takes away; a thief; Vin III 53,11 (-assa patti prjikassa); Sp 305,6 (-ena hi may idam nma avahatan ti vutte); see also ohraka. avahri(n), mfn. [from avaharati], taking down; carrying down; JaV 256,i6' (otarani Gang ti... ohrini tipi ptho s samuddbhimukhi -ini ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee avaharamna ti attho); see also ohri(n). avahita, mfn. [pp of *ava + dahati2; ts], attentive; -sota, mfn., with attentive ears; Ud-a389,i3 (ohitasot ti - sutthu thapitasot); see also ohita1 sv odahati. avahiyaka, avahiyyaka, m(fn). [from avahiyati], (one) left behind; Sp 663,8 (ohiyyako ti -0 avaseso vihravram parva eko va vihre thito ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce avahiyyako; Ee wr avahiyyako); see also ohiyaka. avahiyati, avahiyyati, pr. 3 sg. [ofpass, of *ava + jahati; S. avahiyate], is left behind; is found wanting; Th 115 (esvahiyyase pabbatena bahukutajasallakikena; Th-al 240,18: avahiyyase parihyasi); JaV 340,25* (ohya sakun yanti kim eko -asi); see also avahpetv, avahya, ohiyati. avahuti,/ [cfS. huti], offering (in the fire); Sadd 866,20 (-i avaha<va>nam); see also ohvima. avka, m., or - , / [cfS. avaka, avak], a marsh-plant; (a)-bhojana, mfn., feeding on the avka plant; Ja HI 522,6* (sevlabhakkh' amha -, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apnabhojan; cf 522,8' foil.'. vakkalarahita-udakabhojan, amhkam hi sevlo c* eva udakam ca bhojanan ti dasseti, Ce, Eeso; Se vikalarahita-; Be pnakarahita-). avkaroti, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. apVkr, apkarana, apkarman], removes; discharges (a debt); pays up (what has been promised); Ja III 339,25* (yo ca datv avkayir tarn dukkarataram tato; cf 339, IT foil/, avkayir ti tarn patinnatam attham dadanto tasmim lobham -eyya chindeyya, tarn bhandam dadeyyti); V 495,6* (tvam cpi datv na -eyya, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se datvna -eyya;

256

495,12' foil: vcya datv dehi me varan ti vuccamno na ~eyysi na dadeyysi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vuccamno -eyysi); 500,26* (datv vararn khippam ~ohi; 501,4': ~ohi ti idha khippam mayham dehi ti attho); VI 280,13* (jito ca no khippam ~ohi; 280,18': jito dhanam dadeyysi ti vuttam hoti); 577,14* (brhmanassa ~a); aor. 3 sg. avkari, Ja VI 577, is* (brhmanassa ~i). avkiri, aor. 3 sg. o/avakirati qv. avgata, mfn. [pp of *ava (= apa) + 2 + gacchati, or of avagacchati (= apagacchati) with rhythmical/metrical lengthening], gone away (from, abl); departed from; Ja V 82,23* (atth ca dhamm ca avgat' amh, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be apaggat 'mh; Ce apgat' amh; Se apagat' amh; 82,29': apagat parihm' amh). avtuka, see sv aptuka. avpurana, see sv appurana. avpurati, see sv appurati. avyima, mfn. [a3 + vya + ima2], not made by weaving; not woven; Vin III 224,28 (santhatam nma santharitv katam hoti -am); Sp 1208,22 (namatakan ti elakalomehi katam -'am cammakhandaparihrena paribhunjitabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vy' imam). avavafa, mfn. [cf S. vyprta (and vyvrta?)], not occupied; not married; (not chosen; not covered; 1) JaV 213,26* (~ yadi v atthi bhatt; 214, r: ~ ti apetvaran apariggah, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apetbharan apariggahit); Nidd-all 127,10 (avyvato hutv ti ~o hutv); see also vyvata. avsarim, aor. 1 sg. o/avasarati qv. avs ti in Ee at JaV 446,22' is wr for vs ti (Be, Ce, Se so). avhayi, aor. 2 sg. [perhaps for *avhadi, aor. of *ava + hadati], you defecated on, soiled with excrement; Jail 354,25* (kicch katam udapnam katham samma avhayi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se aphasi; 355,3'foil: kimatthaya samma sigla tvam avhayi muttakarisena ajjhotthari dsesi tarn v muttakarisam ettha avhayi ptesi ti; cf 355,8*: esa dhammo sigalnam yam pitv ohadmase); see also hadati, ohadati. avhari, avharum, aor. qfavaharati qv. avi, m. [ts], a ram; a sheep; Abh501; Sadd 345,1/0//. (ajo elako urabbho ~i mendo ti... -i tirattalomo elako); -loma, n., sheep's wool; Vism543,22 (golomvilomavisna-). avikampi(n), mfn. [from vikampati; cf S. vikampin], not shaking; intrepid, confident; Sn952 (tarn nisamsam pabrmi pucchito ~inam; Niddl 441,26: ~inan ti -inam puggalam puttho pucchito... ime cattro nisamse pabrmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se puggalnam; Pj II 569,5: tarn aham ~inam puggalam puttho samno); Vv 50:22 (dassane ~im). avikopi(n), mfn. [from vikopeti], not disturbing, not harming; or not to be disturbed, not to be harmed; Ja VI 226,10* (satt* ime sassat ky acchejj ~ino; 226,23': ~ino ti vikopetum na sakk; c/D I 56j.\foll\ satt' ime ... ky... na injanti na viparinamanti na aManiafinam vybdhenti). avikkhandita, mfn. [neg. pp of *vi + khandati or khandeti; cf S. vikhandita], undisturbed; uninter-

rupted; -sila, mfn., of constant, consistent morality; Saddh436 (~assa anavajjasukham); see also avikhandiya. avikkhipeyya in Ce, Ee at Ps V 30,i6 is wr for avakkhipeyya (Be, Se so). avikkhepana, n. [from vikkhipati; cf S. viksepana], the not being distracted; attention; Nett 54,12 ('-atthena samdhi, Ee so; Be, Ce avikkhepatthena) * Vism 681,33 (' -atthena sammsamdhi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce avikkhepatthena) = As 124,12* PatisI 69,33 (avikkhepatthena); avikkhepana in Ce, Ee, Se at Vism 370,20 is wr for avakkhepana qv. avikhandiya, ind. [neg. absol of *vi + khandati or khandeti], not disturbing; not interrupting; Saddh450 (jivitahetuto pi silam ~iya); see also avikkhandita. avighattita, mfn. [neg. pp of *vi + ghatteti; cfS. vighattita], not touched; not struck; Ja V 203,5* (~ niccam kilim karonti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se aghattit). avicaggi in Ee at Ap 158,21 is wr for avicaggi qv .svavici2. avicala, mfn. [ts], immovable; steady, firm; Vism 325,29 (~ya mettya). avicliya, mfn. [neg. fpp of *vi + cleti; S. aviclya], unshakeable; not to be moved from its place; Saddh 444 (patitth ~). avicinna is wrfor adhicinna qv. aviccam, ind. [cf S. Vvr1, vrtv, -vrtya?], openly; in public; JaV 434,2** (~am bhsati viviccam bhsati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se viccam; 436,31': ~an ti bahujanamaijhe apaticchanne, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se appaticchannam) = Dhp-alV 197,5 (Be, Ce so; Se viccam; Ee avihaccam, prob. wr). aviilchati in Ee at S IV 199,15 is wr for vinchati (or vinjati). avifiiinaka, mfn. [a3 + vinnna + ka2], without consciousness; inanimate; lifeless; Ja I 466,16 (sabbam attano santakam saviiinanakam -am majjhe bhinditv); Ps V 36,19 foil (ratanam nma savinnnakam -an ti duvidham, tattha ~am suvannarajatdi savinnanakam indriyabaddham); It-al 43,20 (uddhumtakdivasena ~e asubhe); Pj II 252,6 (susne sayitam ~am pi); Sadd 212,22 (-tt); 224,20 (savinnnakassa v ~assa v); 405,23 (-e pabbatakte); see also savinnnaka. avitthiti in Ee at Vibh 124,8 is wrfor avatthiti (Be, Ce, Se so). avita, mfn., pp o/avati ] qv. avid, aor. 3 sg. o/vindati qv. aviddhamsiyanti in Be, Ee at Pet 204,15 is wr, prob, for ativassiyanti; see sv ativassati. avidhibalam in Ee at Ap 482,11 is wrfor atavibalam (Be, Ce so; Se avanibalam). avipakkanta, avippakkanta, mfn. [neg. pp of *vi + pakkamati], not gone away, not dispersing; D II 209,9 (sakesu sanesu thit ~; Sv 639,27: -tiagat, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr gat) = 225,15. avippatipdana, n. [from vippatipajjati], the not causing perplexity or error, the prevention of perplexity or

257

error; Nett 27,26 (vattnu-avippatipdanalakkhano amoho). avibhattika, mfn. [a3 + vibhatti + ka2], 1. without subdivisions; not capable of subdivision; As 134,8 (atthrasa dhamm ~ honti dvdasa savibhattik); 262,18; 2. (gr.t.t.) without a case-suffix, without casesuffixes; Vv-a 314,25 (trakdhipa dissati tikeci pathanti, tesam trakdhipa ti ~o niddeso, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee -niddeso); Th-all 205, n (Kakusandh ti -o niddeso); Sadd 311,19 (sabbn' etni -am ti gahetabbni); 450, n (asa iti -am nmikapadam); 673,3 (sabbesam pi visatiy upasaggnam -ttam vuttam); 772,28 (savibhattike sadde ~e katv); see also savibhattik. aviyaggat, / , abstr. [cf S. avyagra], lack of disturbance; equilibrium; Ja VI 224,9* (kacci ypaniyam bhante vtnam -, Be so; Ce, Ee avisaggat, prob, wr; Seaviyattat; 224,30'foil.: kacci vo sarire dhtuyo samappavatt, vtnam vyaggat n' atthi, tattha tattha vaggavagg hutv vt na bdhayanti ti attho, Be so; Ce visaggat n' atthi; Se viyattat n' atthi; Ee sammappavatt, vtnam vissaggat n' atthi); see also avyagga, vagga2. avirajjhanaka, mfn. [a3 + virajjhana + ka2], not failing, not missing its goal; Nidd-al 450,24 (tathgatena cikkhitamaggo apannako indavissatthavajiram viya -o nibbnanagaram yeva samosarati)= Vibh-a 333,7. avirajjhanavedhit, / , abstr. [from a3 + virajjhana + vedhi(n)1], hitting (the mark) infallibly; Ja VI 448,23' (katahatthe ti -ya sampannahatthe, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se avirujjhana-, perhaps wr); see also avirdhitavedhi(n) .yv virajjhati. aviralita, mfn. [ts], not interrupted; dense; ace. -am, adv., uninterruptedly, densely; Dth4:24 (-am udentam). avirodhana, n. [cf S. virodhana], absence of strife or opposition; harmony; Ja III 274,2* (akkodham avihims ca khanti ca -am) * V 3 78,H*. avirodhit,/, abstr. [cf S. virodhit], absence of strife or opposition; harmony; -paccupatthna, mfn., manifested as absence of strife or opposition; Vism448,27 (rpassa mudut... sabbakiriysu -) = As 326,17. aviliyhamna in Ce, Ee at Cp-a314,i8 is wr for avaliyhamna qv. avivayha, mfin). [neg.fpp of*vi+ vahati; cfS. avivhya, vivhya], not marriageable; not suitable for marriage; D III 203,19 (api ssu nam mrisa amanuss anvayham pi nam kareyyum -am; Sv 968,30: -an ti na vivhayuttam). avisaggat in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 224,9* is prob, wr for aviyaggat qv. avisanka, mfn. [S. aviSanka], without doubt; not hesitating; Saddh 176 (adhimattni ppni - caranti ye). avisara in Ee at Ja V 117,5* and 119,r and avisaritv in Ee at JaV 119,2' are wrr for adhisara and adhisaritv qqv. avisahana, n. [from visahati], the not bearing; the not being able; Vism 381,29 (rafino saram muftcitum -bhvo Smvatiy upsikaya samdhivipphr iddhi ti);

Vibh-a 442,34 (kassaci kinci vatturn -klo); Sadd 21,23 (vattum -vasena). avisri(n), mfn. [cf S. visrin], not diffuse; DU 211,24 (brahmuno Sanankumrassa ... saro hoti... bindu ca ~i ca gambhlro ca ninndi ca; Sv 640,32: ~i ti suvisado avippakinno) * Mil 140,7 (ghoso ... bindu ca -1 ca gambhiro ca ninndi ca; Ps III 394, u: M ti avisato); Bv-a 228,2 (-in vypin madhurena brahmassarena). avissaji in Ee at Ja VI 79,20* is wr for avassaji (Be, Ce so). aviha, n. (orm.)and~&, m.pl. [BHSavrha], 1. (m.pl.) the name of one of the highest classes o/devas, the first class o/suddhvsaj qv; D III 237,19 (panca suddhvs - atapp sudass sudassi akanitth); Mill 103,1 (~ dev); Vibh 425,26 (~nam devnam kittakam yuppamnam, kappasahassam); Sv 480,2 (attano sampattiy na hyanti na vihyantiti ~); Pj I 182,26 (-esu panca); 2. (n.) the world of the aviha devaj; SI 35,6* (~am upapannse vimutt satta bhikkhavo); A I 279,29* (~am gato); Pp 17,2i (~a cuto atappam gacchati); Sv 1030,6 (yo hi ~ato patthya cattro devaloke sodhetv akanittham gantv parinibbyati ayam uddhamsoto akanitthagmi nma). avihaccam in Ee at Dhp-alV 197,5 is prob, wr for aviccam qv. avici 1 , mfn., see sv vici. avici 2 , mf [ts; cf avici1], one of the eight great hells; Abh657 (patpano -i); Ja I 366,8 (upari bhavaggena hetth ~in paricchinne lokasannivse); IV 189,6 (~ito jl utthahi); V 87,18 (so pathavim pavisitv -irnhi nibbatti); Bv7:3 (yva hetth -ito bhavagg cpi uddhato); Kv623,8 (bodhisatto... -im gacchati ti); Mil336,25 (hetthato -im uparito bhavaggam updya); Vism 390,30 (pathavim dvidh bhinditv yva -im); Sp 1378,4 (kirn mayham -i niluppalavanam iva sitalo); Spklll 103,11 (-iss' eva pana ekasmim kotthse, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -iyam yeva); Bv-a211,27* (-iyam dukkham asayhakappam pappoti pnam atiptayanto); Saddh 37 (-1 va nirassdam lokam natv); Sadd 706,11 (-ito upari bhavaggam antare); 0, -aggi, m> the fire of the avici hell; Ap 158,21 (-i na pajjali, Be, Ce so; Se aviciggi; Ee wr avicaggi). avicika, mfn. [a3 + vici + ka2], without a gap, continuous; Vism 669,30 (tato... -am cittasantatim anuppabandhamnam ... uppajjati pathamajavanacittam). aviraho in Ee at Ja VI 297,30* is wr for vi raho (Be, Ce, Se so). avuttika, mfn. [a3 + vutti + ka2], without commentary, without glosses; Sadd 604,15 (suttni savuttikni ca -ni ca); see also savuttika. avuddhika, mfn. [a3 + vuddhi + ka2], (gr.t.t.) with no vrddhi; Sadd 550,8 (tneti tnayati, idhyam savuddhik... tanoti tanute ti -); see also savuddhika. avulho in Ee at Pet 215,16 is wr for abbulho (Ce so); or read abbulhasallo; see ftnamoli, 1964, p. 289. avpaccheda, m. [from *vi + upacchindati] noninterruption; Nett 79,31 (yattha -0 tattha santati yattha santati tattha nibbatti); see also upaccheda.

258

avekkhati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. aveksate], looks down on; looks upon; considers; Vin I 6,1* (sokvatinnam janatam apetasoko -assu) = DII 39,14*; SHI 143,8* (evam khandhe ~eyya bhikkhu); AIV 290,16* (pajam jtijarpetam phandamnam ~ati); Dhp28 (pabbatattho va bhummatthe dhlro bale ~ati) quoted Mil 387,10*; Sn 1119 (sunnato lokam ~assu) quoted Pet45,i4*; Jail 51,25* (yam nu gijjho yojanasatam kunapni ~ati); III 399,19* (angatabhay dhiro ubho loke ~ati); V 148,22* (sa pannav kmagune ~ati aniccato, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apekkhati; 149,19': ~ati oloketi); VI 172,5* (rahadam bhesmam ~asi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se apekkhasi); Mhv 2:33 (yo bhayajananim aniccatam ~ate); part.pr. (a)avekkhanta, m/(~anu>., S n l l l 8 (-antam); ThI96 (yathbhtam ~anti khandhnam udayabbayam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apekkhanti); Ap 576,7 (evam etam '-anti); (b) avekkhamna, mfn., Sp 108,9 (sikkhpadapannattihetum ca ~amno, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce apekkhamano) = Sv 33,19 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apekkhamano); aor. 1 sg. (a) avekkhi(m), Thi 222 (dhammdsam ~im 'ham, Be so; Se avekkhi; Ce, Ee wr apekkhi; Thi App 239,11*: ~I 'ham); (b) avekkhissam, Vv 47:5 (nssa maggam ~issam; Vv-a 201,15: na olokayim); absol. (a) avekkhiya, Ja V 116,25* (vittam ~iya); Mhv 22:34; (b) avekkhiyna, Ja III 441,14* (bhus' amhi kuddho ti~iyna, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apekkhiyna); (c) avekkhitv, Ja V 118,10'; Ps II 208,14 (yuttaklam pana ~itv bhsati ti); neg. anavekkhitv, Ja IV 5,3i' (gamanamaggam anavekkhitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anapekkhitv); pp avekkhita, mfn., watched; ~'-cra, mfn., who watches his behaviour; Vin 1359,1* (-'-cro susamvutindriyo; Sp 1153,6: lokite vilokite sampajnakri ti din nayena upaparikkhitcro); see also apekkhati. avekkhita(r), m. [from avekkhati], one who looks upon, regards; Mp III 18,7 (samm ~ hoti) * It-a II 184,22. avekkhipanti in Ce, Ee, Se at Ja IV 251,24* (avekkhipanti asim ajjhaganchi) is prob, wr; Be avakkhipanti; 251,27': -anti ti kilamn pacchimapde khipanti; CPD suggests *avakkhiranti (cfS. avaVs-kf) "scraping with the feet". aveg hitv in Ee at Ja I 136,22' is wr for avegyitv qv sv vegyati. avecca, absol. o/aveti qv. aveti, pr. 3 sg. [S. aveti], understands, knows; A I 165,29* (pubbenivsam yo 'veti, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se yo vedi; Mp II 265,15: yo veti ti yo ~eti avagacchati, yo vedi ti pi ptho, yo avedi viditam pkatam katv tiiito ti attho) = It 100,n* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se yo vedi; It-a II 139,24: yo yathvuttam pubbenivsam ~eti avagacchati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee avedi adhigacchanti); Th497 (att ca nam yathveti, so read ? Ee yath veti; Be, Se yath vedi; Ce yath vetti); Spk I 260,7 (yo vedi ti yo avedi annsi... yo veG ti pi ptho, yo ~eti jnti ti attho; ad SI 175,23*, eds yo vedi); Sadd 315,20 (veti apeti ~eti); absol. avecca, understanding, having penetrated; (in cpds also connected by cts with veti2,); D i l i 158,21* (sukhumni atthni avecca dakkhati; Sv 933,23: natv passissati); Sn229 (yo ariyasaccni avecca passati); Pv 36:25; Vin-vn 1963; avecca(p)pasanna, mfn., having trust founded in knowledge; AI 26,13 (cf Mp I 396,20:

aveccappasannnan ti avigacchanasabhvena acalena pasdena samanngatnam); Patisl 161,15 (ye keci bhikkhave mayi aveccapasann, sabbe te sotpann; Patis-a466,7/o//.: ariyamaggavesena jnitv bujjhitv acalappasdena pasann); avecca(p)pasda, m. [BHS avetyaprasda], trust founded in knowledge, intelligent faith; DU 217,19foil, (buddhe aveccappasdena samanngat dhamme aveccappasdena samannagat sanghe aveccappasdena samanngat; Sv646,7: acalappasdena); MI 37,16 (so buddhe aveccappasdena samanngato hoti) S V 381,29 (tarn ca pana te buddhe aveccappasdam attani samanupassato); Kv 104,7; Pet 41,10; Nett 50,24 (tinnam ca aveccappasdnam). avedanaka, avedanika, mfn. [a3 + vedana + ka2 or ika], free from feeling or pain; Vibh 419,29 (asannasatt dev ... aphassak~ asafinak) quoted?] I 77,16 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se avedanika); Kv 517,22 (aphassakassa klakiriy ~assa klakiriy); see also savedanaka. avedi, aor. 3 sg. o/Vvid1 qv. avedhadhamma, mfn. [a3 + vedha1 + dhamma], not subject to trembling; unshakeable; Sn 322 (bahussuto hoti ~o; Pj II 330,29: ~o ti atthahi lokadhammehi akampaniyasabhvo). avedhi(n), mfn. [from vedhati; cf S. avyathi, avyathin], not trembling; Mil 138,9(akampi ~Iaparitassi]. avebhangi, avebhahgiya, avebhangika, see sv vebhangiya. averake in Ee at Pv-a231,i5 is wr for cerake (Be, Ce, Pv 36:38 so). avoca, aor. 3 sg. o/Vvac; see sv vatti. avyagga, mfn. [S. avyagra], not distracted or confused; steady; Ja III 7,22* (-t nikkamanam ca kle; c/8,3': sahynam viriyakaranakle t, yath Kalihgassa manuss vaggavagg hutv osakkimsu evam anosakkanam); Sadd 122,4 (~o mano yassa so 'yam avyaggamanaso); -manasa, -mnasa, mfn., with undistracted mind; with mind focussed; SI 96,n* (~o naro; Spkl 163,23: ekaggacitto) * A I 130,1* (Ce, Ee, Se so; 2te-mnaso)* 131,33* (Ce, Seso; Be, Ee -mnaso); Sadd 122,4 foil.; see also aviyaggat, vagga2. avyabhicarana, n. [cfS. vyabhicarana], the not failing, the not deviating; certainty; Pj I 18,n (etam buddhdiratanattayam saranagatnam bhayaharanattasankhte saranabhve -ato khemam uttamam ca saranan ti); Th-a I 235,5 (aniccassa dukkhnattatnam ~ato); see also vyabhicra. avyabhicri(n), mfn. [cf S. vyabhicrin], not deviating, regular; not anomalous; (i)-vohara, m., regular usage; a correct mode of expression; Vism441,3i (y sabhvanirutti ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr avybhicri-) = Nidd-a 1340,30 = Patis-a 5,5; see also vyabhicra. avyasaniya, mfn. [cf vyasani(n), and S. vyasaniya], not suffering misfortune or calamity; or not dissolute, not addicted to vice; Pj 1139,8 (ankul nma kammant klannutya patirpakritya analasatya... -tya ca kltikkama-appatirpakarana-akaranasithilakarandikulabhvarahit kasigorakkhavnijjdayo kammant). avydhika, mfn. [a3 + vydhi + ka2], not ill; healthy; Mil 249,2 (~ arog); see also savydhika. avybdhana, n. [from vybdheti], not injuring;

259

Ud-a 107,6 (anfiamannam ' -attham). avybhicrivohra in Ee, Se at Vism441,3i is wr for avyabhicri- qv sv avyabhicri(n). avymato in Ee at Spk I 346,4 is wrfor vymato (Be, Ce, Se so). avyyata, mfn. [cfS. vyyata], not strong; not intense; ? Ja I 496,12 (na tvam Rdha vijnsi addharatte angate ~amvilapasi, Ce,Ee, Se so; Be avyayatam; 496,is", tvam avyattavilpam vilapasi; cf 496,7foil.: tvam attano avyattatya blabhven' evam vadesi). avyyika, mfn. [from vyaya], imperishable; lasting; All 51,7* (~o hoti satam samgamo) = JaV 508,7* (508,13': ~o ti avigacchanako) quoted Kv 345,5*; see also veyyyika. avyharati in Ee at JaV 80,9* is wr, perhaps for abbhharati qv. avyuyha in Ee at Pj II 567,5 is wrfor abbuyha (Be, Ce, Se, Sn 939 so). avhamn in Ce, Ee at Ps IV 216, l is wr, prob, for avahasamn (Be, Se so), or avhayamn. avhaya, m. [S. hvaya], name; Abh 114; 1111; ifc see isivhaya (sv isi), sacc'-. avhayati, see sv avheti. avhayana, n. [S. hvayana], name; ahvayana in Ee at Sv 97,19 is wrfor avhayana qv; ifc see jighannanm'svjighanna. avh, / [S. hv], name; Abh 114; Sadd456,n (~ avhayana). avhta, mfn., pp of avheti qv. avhna, n. [S. hvana], summoning, invitation; in vocation; naming; Abh 1181; Sn 710 (~am nbhinandeyya abhihram ca gmato); Sv403,3 (brhmannam ~assa niratthakattam dassetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avhyanassa); Spk I 235,8 (Indam avhayma... Isnam avhayma ti idam pana ~am niratthakam); Mp I 250,23 (ehi ti -am pi laddhan ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be avhyanam)* Dhp-aIV 119,14; Pj II 605, n (saccavhayo tibuddhoti saccen' eva ~ena nmena yutto); Dhtup 311 (kusa akkose ~e ca); 329 (vhe ~e); Dhtum 427 (hvo ~e); Sadd 381,4 (kadi kaladi ~e rodane ca); 880,26 (saddo ...~e... pavattati); see also abbhna, avhayana. avhyati, see sv avheti. avhayana, n. (and mfn. ?), and ~a, / [from avheti], \.(m.f) summoning, invitation; invocation; name; D1244, is (-hetu v ycanahetu v); Ja III 234,19 (upari ~ato); Sv 97,i9 (sinvhyanan ti... siriy ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avhayanam); Sadd456,n (avha -a); 456,23 (srambhavasena ghattanam ~am nma); 558,19 (mantanam ~am pakkosanam); 2. (mfn.) having a name, named; Nidd-a II 89,30 foil, (sadisavhayo ti ekagunavannanmena ~o, saccasadisavhayo ti avitatha-ekagunavannanmena aviparitena ~o); see also avhna. avhyika, mfn. [from avheti; cf S. hvyaka], giving an invitation; invoking; Ja III 234,4* (agrino annadapnavatthad ~; 234,14': ~ ti ettha deyyadhammam patiganhath ti pakkosanak). avhita, mfn., pp of avheti qv. avheti, ~ayati, avhyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. hvayati], calls,

summons; invokes; challenges; calls back; D I 244,25 (Indam ~ayma Somam ~ayma); MI 17,15 (samanabrhman akusalam bhayabheravam -ayanti); Ja VI 18,8* (~ayassu mam bhaddan te pabbajj mama ruccati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be avhyassu; 18,9': ehi pabbaj ti pakkosassu); 192,12* (ko nu... parisam gam ~ayantu suyuddhena, Ce, Eeso; 5eavhyantu; Se avhayatu; 192,13': -ayant ti ~ayanto, ayam eva v ptho, Ce so; Be avhyanto; Ee avayhanto; Se avhayatu ti avhayanto); 273,30* (Kaccyano mnavako smi rja Annanmo iti m' -ayanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Se m' huyanti) quoted Sadd 456,is; Ja VI 289,27* (tattha naccanti gyanti ~ayanti vara varam) quoted Sadd 456,24 (avhyanti); Ja VI 563,10* (Sivi putt ti c' ~aya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se puttni; 563,29': putte pakkosa); Vv 33:1 (so mam rangamhi ~eti; Vv-a \39,25 foil.: srambhavasena attano visesam dassetum sanghattiyati, ehi sippam dassehi ti mam cikkhi); Ud-a 75,25 (keci Inda gacch ti din Vidojasam -ayanti, so read ? Ee Vidojasamavhayan ti; Be, Se vijjjapam avhyanti; Ce visamucchjapam avhyanti); Vibh-a 45,14 (jivitam avhyati ti jivh) * It-al 99,H; Sadd 456,14 (~eti avhyati avhsi); opt. 3 sg. (a) avheyya, D1244,16 (so orimatire thito primam tiram ~eyya... ehi pr 'pran ti; (b)avhayeyya, Spkl 235,7 (so tarn paramatthabrhmanam ~ayeyya); 2 sg. avhayesi, Ja VI 274,12* (te tvam daliddo katham ~ayesi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se huyesi; 274,16': katham jtena -ayesi); part.pr. (a) avhayanta, mfn., Ja II 10,25 (sisam ukkhipitv tarnyuddhatthya -ayanto); Spkl 235,9 (~ayanto ca klo bhante nitthitam bhattan ti); (b) avhayna, mfn., Ja IV 247,23* (bheko v' araniie ahim avhayno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avhyamno; 248,2': attano khdakam ahim avheti so tarn ~ayamno, Ce, Se so; Ee ahim ~ayamno; Be ahim avhyamno); (c) avhayamn, mfn., Ja IV 248,2 (~ayamno, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be avhyamno); aor. 3 sg. avhettha, Ja VI 273,2* (ekasatam samagge -ettha yakkho avikampamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se huyittha) quoted Sadd 456,22; absol. (a)hya [ts], Mhv45:8; Samantak343; (b)avhetv, Ps II 278, ie (yakkham -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vhetv); neg. anavhetv, Sv 547,1 (anmantetv ti anavhetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajnpetv); pp (a) hta, mfn. [ts], called, summoned; neg. anhta, mfn. uncalled, not summoned; Ja III 165,16' (may paralokato anhto aycito, so read? Ee anhuto; Be anavhito; Ce, Se anabbhito); (b) avhta, mfn., called, summoned; neg. anavhta, mfn., not called, not summoned; Ja III 165,7* (anavhto tato g, Ee so; Be anavhito; Ce, Se anabbhito; 165,16': may paralokato anhto aycito, so readl Ee anhuto; Be anavhito; Ce, Se anabbhito) * Pv 12:3 (Be, Ee, Se anabbhito; Ce anavhito; Pv-a64,6: anabbhito ti anavhto) quoted Sadd 456,17 (anavhito) * Ap 331,13 (Ee anavhta; Be, Ce anavhit; Se anavhat); Sp 630,5 (anabbhito ti na abbhito na sampaticchito ... anavhto ti v attho); (c) avhita, mfn., called, summoned; Sadd 456,16; neg. anavhit, mfn., not called; Sadd456,n; fpp avhatabba, mfn., Sp 630,3 (abbhetabbo ti abhi-etabbo sampaticchitabbo ... ~o ti v attho); Ps III 396,12; Th-alll 82,5 (Phussasavhayan ti

260

Phussasaddena -am); see also abbheti. Vas1, see asunti. Vas2, see asnti. Vas3, see asati2. Vas4, see atthi1. Vas5, see assati. asa1, asam, ind. [?], (according to cts) permanent, eternal, AII212,14 (asa smi ti hoti sata sml ti hoti; Mp III 207, u: atthi ti asam niccass' etam adhivacanam sidati ti satam aniccass' etam adhivacanam) * Vibh392,30 (Vibh-a 514,18: atthi ti asam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee asa; quoted Sadd450,is: atthi ti asa); Sadd450,i3 (asa iti avibhattikam nmikapadam, ettha ca asa smi ti hoti tipli nidassanam); 634,29 foil, (asa smi ti hoti ti ettha asa asmi ti chedo, nicco asm! ti attho). asa2, mfn. [a3 + sa5; or = asa(t)], not one's own, not belonging to any one person; or bad, wretched; Ja I 288,12* (- lokitthiyo nma vel tsam na vijjati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se s, prob, wr) - V448,3i* (449,29.* - ti asatiyo lmik; cf 445,29* foil: na ta ekassa na dvinnam pano va pasrito, yo t mayhan ti manneyya vtam jlena bdhaye. yath nadi ca pantho ca pngram sabh pap evam lokitthiyo nma ...; cf Thi-a 265,25/0//.: aha ti hi lmakapariyyo ahalokitthiyo nm ti disu viya) quoted Sadd 176,3\foll; Sadd 176,28foil (itthilirige vattabbe asati ~ ti rpni bhavanti: asati asati asatiyo - . . . - ti c' ettha asati ti ca samnatth asantajtik ti hi tesam attho); see also asakma. asamlitta, mfn., neg. pp o/samlimpati qv. asakma, mfn. [cfS. sakma], unwilling, unconsenting; discontented, unsatisfied; Thi 506 (kmesu hi ~ vadhabandhadukhni anubhonti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kmesu hi vadhabandho kmakm dukkhni; c/Thi-a 265,24: ~ti km nm' ete asanto hin lmak ti attho, ahakm ti v ptho, so ev' attho). asakkhi, aor. 3 sg. o/sakkoti qv. asakkhika, mfn. [a3 + sakkhi1 + ka2; cf S. asksika], without witnesses; As 31,10 (-am attam karonto viya). asankuppa, mfn., neg.fpp o/samkuppati qv. asankusakavatti, mfn. [cf S. asankasuka, sankasuka, sankusuka], whose behaviour is not refractory or irresolute; Ja VI 297,32* (-i 'ssa sa rajavasatim vase; 298,3': -i 'ssti appatilomavatti assa). asankha, mfn., neg.fpp o/sankhyati qv. asankhrna in Ee at SI 126,26* is wr for asankhrna qv sv sankharoti. asankhiya, asankheyya, asankhya, mfn., neg.fpp of sankhyati qv. asanganta(r), m. [from sangacchati], one who does not meet or visit frequently; JaV 208,8* (sveva mitto -u asamvsenajirati,ite, Ce, Seso; Eesz ca metti; 209,3': ~u asamgacchantassa purisassa). asangahaka, mfn. [a3 + sangaha + ka2], lacking kind treatment; not helpful, unsympathetic; AIV 365,8 (kissham jivikabhayassa bhyissmi, atthi me cattri balni pannbalam viriyabalam anavajjabalam sangahabalam ... ~o jivikabhayassa bhyeyya). asangina, mfn. [from sariga; cf S. asanga], moving without contact or obstacle; swift;? JaV 409,2*

(assarjaharayo ayojayum ... vejine saddagame ~ine, so read? eds asangite; 409,28': nissange sighajave). asanghatta, mfn. [cf S. asanghatta, m.], free from conflict; not offending; Ja VI 295,22* (akkodhano ~o; 295,28': ~o ti param asahghattento). asajjittho, aor. 2 sg. o/sajjati qv. asaftcrima, mfn. [a3 + saiicra + ima; cf BHS, AMg sancrima], not moveable; Sp439,24 (~ena upakaranena mretukmassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asamhrimena); Vin-vn 247 (0> -upyena mranattham). asati \pr. 3 sg., see sv asnti. asati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [Vas3; S. Dhtup asati, asati, Wg 21:21], shines; takes; goes; Sadd 449,14 (asa ditydnesu ca: cakro gatipekkhako ~ati). asati 3 , mfn. andf, seesv sati. asattha, n., see sv satthal. asatthika, mfn. [a3 + sattha4 + ika; BHS (ma Vin p. 267,12) asrthika], not travelling with a company or caravan; Vin IV 295,15 (bhikkhuniyo antoratthe ssankasammate sappatibhaye ~ crikam caranti; 295,29: - nma vin satthena); V 63,37 (~ya crikam carantiy pcittiyam); see also satthika. asaddhiya, see sv assaddhiya. asana1, n. [from asunti; S. agana1], reaching; pervading, filling;? Sv 855,23 (anasanan ti na ~am avipphrikabhvo kylasiyam, bhattam bhuttnam bhattasammadapaccay nipajjitukmatjanako kyadubbalabhvo ti attho). asana2, n. [from asnti; S. aana2], eating; food; Abh465; 1004 (bhakkhane khipane 'sanam); Vin IV 82,27 (~am pannyati bhojanam pannyati); Ap 610,11 (mattahnuni ca -e, Be, Ce so; Ee wr mattann nica-sane; Se nica-asane); Vin-vn 1241; Sadd 440,3 (~am bhattaparibhogo); ifc see amata- (jvmarati), ek-, kad-, ghata-, maha-, hut-; ati -asana, n., too much eating; Ja I 185,7 (~ena atibhutten ti attho); see also accsana; anasana, n., not eating, fasting; hunger; D III 75,7 (tayo bdh bhavissanti icch -am jar; cf Sv 855,23: ~an ti na asanam avipphrikabhvo kylasiyam); Sn311 (tayo rog pure sum icch -am jar); Svl39,i4 (upavasanti ti ca silena v -ena v upet hutv vasanti ti attho); Sadd 884,4 (~e upavso);. asana3, n. [from assati; ts], a shot; a missile, an arrow; Abh 389; 1004 (kande bhakkhane khipane 'sanam); M I 82,36 (dhanuggaho sikkhito... lahukena ~ena appakasiren' eva tiriyam tlacchyam atipteyya; Ps II 52,H: sallahukena kandena); SV 453,11 (-am atiptente); Sadd 523,17 (mokkha -e); 865,12 (iiyate nnam as<s>ate -am). asana4, m. [ts], the tree Terminalia tomentosa; Abh 563; 1004 (-0 piyake); Ja VI 530,4* (- c'ettha pupphit); Ap 110,21 (-0 nmadheyyena dharanirhapdapo); Sadd922,25 (-0 sano... vannabhedo yyzrn); -padara, m,9 a board of asana wood; Jail 91,17 (-am vinivijjhati); Mp II 380,5; see also sana1. asanavedan in Ee at Spk III 77,1 is wr; Be, Ce, Se anuvedh vedan. asanavedha in Ee at Spk III 76,26 is wrfor anuvedha qv. asanti, see sv asnti.

261

asani, / [S. aSani], a thunderbolt; a lightning flash; Abh 24 (~i); 871 (vijjuyam vajire c' evsani); DU 131, io (vijjutsu niccharantisu -iy phalantiy); A I 77,19 (dve 'me bhikkhave -iy phalantiy na santasanti) quoted Sadd 436,i 1; Ja II201, is (ath' assa ppapurisassa gehe ~i patitv bhariyam ca dve drake ca gehen' eva saddhim jhpesi); Ap 370,30 (migarj ... gajji so -i viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee medini); Mil 277,29 (ativtena -i patati); Sv 569,2i (navavidh hi -iyo); Mhv 25:37 (-1 viya gajjanto); Sadd436,io (-i phalati); (i)-cakka, n., a thunderbolt; Pj II 226,6 (-am viya kse bheravasaddam karontam dhmyantam pajjalantam); Spkll 208,3; (i)-vicakka, n., a ring of lightning or thunderbolts; D i l i 44,io (Sv 837,27: -an ti vicakkasanthn asani yeva; cf Sv 569,23: [asani] vicakk ekacakkam karoti); Sil 229,24; Vism585,33*; Ps II 28,i (cakkasaddo ... -an ti ettha asanimandale, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee asani viya cakkan ti, prob. wr). asaniya, mfn.,fpp o/asnti qv. asantasanaka, mfn. [a3 + *santasana (from santasati) + ka2], not frightened; Dhp-alV 70,16 (asantsl ti abbhantare rgasantsdinam abhvena ~o). asantuleyya, mfn. [neg. fpp of *sam + tuleti; cfS. santolayati], not to be weighed against; Ja VI 283,23* (-0 mama so dhanena; 283, ir foil:, na sattavidhena ratanadhanena saddhim tuletabbo). asantulyo inEeatJ&Vl 283,27' is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se, Ja VI 283,23* asantuleyyo. asandanaka, mfn. [a3 + sandana1 + ka2], not flowing; still; Sp 328,15 (pokkharani-dlsu ~e udake nikkhittam). asabbha, mfn. [S. asabhya], unbecoming, vulgar, low; uncivil; indecent, improper; SI 162,1 (bhagavantam -hi pharushi vchi akkosati paribhsati); Dhp 77 (ovdeyynusseyya - ca nivraye; Dhp-a II 110,3: akusaladhamm nivreyya) quoted Sadd 176,12; Ud 12,17 (-hi pharushi vchi; Ud-all3,io: -hi ti asabhyogghi sabhyam sdhujanasamhe vattum ayutthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr asabbhyogghi); Pv 30:8 (vcam abhsi pharusam -am); Ja II 6,25 (esa kho may ca saddhim -am ananucchavikam katheti, Ce, Ee so; Se katham kathesi; Be asabbhim ... katham katheti); III 527,6 (mtugmo nm' esa -o akatann); Mil 221,26 (~hi pharushi vchi akkosi); Dhp-al 256,10 (-am bhananti); Sadd 176,15 (yebhuyyena asabbhisu bhavam -am, kirn tarn, akusalam). asabbhi1, mfn. [= asabbha; but cf Sadd 175,ifoll.], unseemly; uncivil; improper; Ja 1494,28* (bahu p' etam ~i Jtaveda yam tarn vladhinbhipjayma; 495,3': ~i ti asappurisa asdhujtika) quoted Sadd664,n; Mil 280,1 (etam kho mahrja 0-kranam yam puttadram ycante attnam dadeyya); asabbhin ti in Ee at Pv-a200,i6 is wrfor asabbhan ti (Be, Ce, Seso; Pv 30:8 asabbham); -rpa, mfn., very indecent, improper, low; uncivil; Ja VI 386,30* (ppakammam aksi -am; 387,3': -an ti asdhujtikam lmakam akusalakammam aksi); 387,23* (bdho yam ~o; 387, ir foil: yena so bdhena phuttho ummattakasunakho viya viravati so... asabbhijtiko lmako); 414,14* (anariyarpo puriso ... thaddho -o; 414,16': ~o ti apanditajtiko).

asabbhi2, pl. instr./abl. o/asa(t) ^v^vsa(t). asabbhi3, m.y see sv sabbhi2. asabhnadhammo in Ee at MpIII 5,4 is wr; Ce asahna-; Be, Se aparihna-. asama1, m. [S. a&nan], a stone; -mutthika, m(fn).y (who has) a stone in his fist (a class of ascetics); Sv 270,21 foil, (atthavidh hi tpas saputtabhariy ... ~... ye ... mutthipsnena ambtakdinam rukkhnam tacam kottetv khdanti te ~ nma, Ee so; Be, Ce asma-; Se aya-; ^ Pj II 295,9: Be asma-, Ce, Ee, Se assa-); see also amha(n), asma(n), assa1. asama2, m/h., see sv sama. asamapekkhat in Ee, Se at Niddl 413,24 is wr for asamapekkhan qv sv samapekkhana. asamavekkhana, asamavekkhana, n., ~ , / [from samavekkhati], lack of proper consideration; Pp21,20 (~ apaccavekkhan, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se asamapekkhan; * Dhs 390: asamapekkhan); Mp III 335,9 (~ena, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee asamapekkhanena); see also samapekkhana. asamna1, rnfit., part.pr. o/asnti qv. asamna2, mfn., seesvsamm2. asamijjhanik, see sv samijjhanaka. asamodaka, see sv sammodaka. asampakampi(n), mfn. [from sampakampati; BHS asamprakampin], not shaking, not trembling; unshakeable; SV 270,12 (sunikhto acalo ~I); 444,18 (ayokhilo v indakhilo v gambhiranemo sunikhto acalo ~\,Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~i) quoted Pj I 186,8; see also asampavedhi(n) asampavedhi(n), mj(~\)n. [from sampavedhati; BHS asampravedhin], not trembling; unshakeable; DIII 133,7 (indakhilo ... gambhiranemo sunikhto acalo ~i) * AIV 106,15 (esik ... acal ~i); Sn 28 (khil nikht ~i); Mil 386,2 (pabbato acalo akampiyo -i); see also asampakampi(n). asampekkhane in Ee at Sv 1037,30 is wr for asamapekkhane (Be, Ce, Se so). asammuss ti in Ee at Ja III 54,5' is wr for amuss ti (Be, Ce,Ses). asammodiya, n. [from sammodati], lack of friendliness; absence of friendly talk; dissension; Ja VI 517,13* (~am pi vo assa accantam mama kran; 517,2r: -an ti asmaggiyam); see also sammodik. asammosana, n. [from *sam + mussati], not obscuring; not letting forget; -rasa, mfn., having prevention of forgetfulness as its essence; Nidd-a I 45,22 (sati... ~ ) * As 122,ii. asara, mfn., see sv sra. asahnadhammat, / , abstr. [a3 + sa3 + hna + dhammat], the not being liable to fail or be wanting; the having qualities which are not liable to fail;? Dili 165,25* (pappoti bodhim -am, Be, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce, Se sambodhim ahnadhammatam; Sv 936,24: -an ti asahnadhammam, Ee so; Ce asahanadhammam; Be -an ti aparihinadhammam; Se -an ti aparihnadhammam; Sv-ptlll 154,15foil.: saha hnadhammen ti sahnadhammo, na sahnadhammo ti asahnadhammo, tabbhvo -, tarn -am, aparihniya-

262

sabhvan ti attho); see also pahnadhamma sv pahna. ashiya, mfn. [neg. fpp o/sahati qv, S. asahya, ashya], unendurable, unbearable', (or with no help or assistance-, ?) Saddh 94 (yena yena pakrena yam yam ppam katam pur tassa tassnurpam va phalam hoti -am, Ee so; perhaps wrfor asdhiya qv sv sijjhati ?). asi 1 , pr. 2 sg. o/atthi1 qv. asi2, m. [ts], a sword; a (butcher's) knife; Abh391; Vinll 131,18(68* ayyo corogacchati ~i 'ssa vijjotalati ti); MI 86,32 (~in pi sisam chindanti); AIV 97,15* (~in hanti attnam); Th 1094 (tanhlatam... pafinamayam tikhinam ~im gahetv chetv); Ja I 455,7 (so kira kammrehi ranno ~inam hatakle ~im upasinghitv asilakkhanam udharati); III 151,5* (~i tikkho va mamsamhi pesunnam parivattati); IV118,i8* (~i yatha sunisito); Mil 83,26 (~i kosiy pakkhitto); Ps III 190,8 (ntitikhinena ~in kadalim chindantassa); Spkll 219, I3 (skare ~in vadhitv); Mhv 25:59 (chinditv ~in); Sadd 443,28 (sattham vuccati ~i); 611,7 (kosiy paticchanne ~imhi); -(g)gha, m. [asi + gha2], a swordbearer, swordsman; Ja II 319,23 (~o asim abbhesi); VI 38,25 (~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asigghakam); Sp 58,10 (~ therassa sisam ptessm ti kosito -im abbhimsu); Mhv 39:54; -gghaka, m., a swordbearer; Mhv 44:43 (thnamhi tassa puttam thapesi ca); -gilana, n., sword-swallowing; Ja III 339,9; -camma, n., sword and shield; Vin II 192,4 (eko puriso ~am gahetv dhanukalpam sannayhitv); A III 93,32; Ja VI 449,16* (~assa kovid); -tunda, n., the point of a sword; Ja III 180,23; 327,23; -pattavana, n., a forest of trees with swords or knives for leaves; Mill 185,21; Sn673; - p u t t i , / , a knife; Abh 392; -mlaka, m. "sword-garland", cutting in pieces;! Ja III 180,25 (so tassa kalevaram kse khipitv asitundena sampaticchitv ~am nma katv mahtale vippakiri, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asimlam); 181,17' (sisam chijjati ~o pi kato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~o si); -ml,/ (?), "sword garland", cutting in pieces; Ja III 180,25 (~am nma katv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se asimlakam); Dth3:35 (padutthe janake sakamhi krapayante asimlakammam); M a t t h i , / [cfS. asiyasti], a sword-blade; Ja IV 366,25' (asicamman ti -im cy eva kandavranam ca); Ps III 328,10 (sirisayane thapit ~i pi pajjali, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr asilitthi); -loma, mfn., with swords or knives for hair; Vin III 106,13 (addasam -am purisam) = Sil 257,3; -sn,/, a butcher's knife and chopping-block; M I 143,5; -slpama in Ee at ThI488 is wr for -snpama (Be, Ce, Se so); see also ukkhittsika sv ukkhipati. asi 3 , m. [?], the name of a plant or tree; Ja VI 536,31* (~i tl va titthanti; 537,9': -i ti evamnmik rukkh siniddhya bhmiyam thit tl viya titthanti). asika, m. [asi2 + ka2], a short sword; a knife; Ja IV 251,24* (asikJ ajjhaganchi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se asim). asikoftha, see purnsikottha ^v purna. asificati, see sv siftcati. asita 1 , mfn., pp o/asnti qv.

asita 2 , mfn., see sv sita2. asita 3 , mfn. (andm. ?) [ts], dark; black; the dark half of the lunar month; Abh 96; 1005 (kle ...-0); Ja V 302,5* (~e vellitagge kese; 303,5': ~e tiklake); VI 86,16* (digh' assa kes -); Ud-a 412,23 (moragivarjavann ~ ghanabuddharasmiyo, Be, Ce, Se so); tiga, mfn., overcoming the dark (fortnight!); D i l 261,11* (dakkhem* oghataram ngam candam va ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asittitam; cf Sv 692, is: klakabhvtitam candam va); pangi,(m)/()., with a black mark at the corner of the eye; Ja III 419,19* (tay mam h* ~i mihitni bhanitni ca; 419,21'foil.: tay mam hi asita-aparigi... bhadde akkhikotito anjanasalkya niharitv abhisankhata -asitpahgi). asita 4 , n. [cfAMg asiya; S. asida (p.Sr. 1:3:1)], scythesickle; Abh 448; 1005 (lavitte ~o); Th 43 (sumuttiko 'mhi tihi khujjakehi ~ su may nahgal su may khuddakuddl su may; c/"lh-al 119,26: ~su may ti lavittehi may muttan ti attho, nissakke c'etam bhummavacanam); Ja III 129,26 (eko tinahrako -am c* eva kjam ca ... chaddetv); Sp 340,7 (~ena lyitv) ^ Vin-vn 155; Mp IV 162,Hfall.; ifcsee timlyami-; -vybhahgi,/, sickle and carrying-pole or flail; Mil 180,26 (brhman suddassa sandhanam pannpenti ~im); AIII 5,24 (~im... kulaputto ohya agrasm anagnyam pabbajito hoti; Mp III224,1: ~in ti tinalyanaasitam c' eva tinavahanakjam ca); Vibh-a515,is (-vybhangitya suddo aham). asita 5 in Ee at As 362,6 is wrfor ayita qv sv eti'. asitabba, mfn., fpp o/asnti qv. asitv, absol. o/asnti qv. asiya, mfn., fpp o/asnti qv. a s i l e s , / [S. sles; AMg assiles, asses], the name of a nakkhatta, the ninth lunar mansion; Abh 58 (phusso csiles pi magna); see also assalisa. asissam, asissmi,/wr. 1 sg. 0/asnti qv. a s i t i , / , num. [S. aIti], eighty; Vin I 179,5 (rj Mgadho Seniyo Bimbisro ~iy gmasahassesu issardhipaccam rajjam kreti); 179,22 (tni ~i gmikasahassni... uyyojesi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~im); D III 197,11* (~i dasa eko ca Indanm mahabbal); Mill 125,6 (~i me vuso vassni pabbajitass ti); Th96 (~i vassakotiyo saggesu paricretv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~im); Ja II 433,18 (~iy kkasahassnam jetthako); PatisII 156,26 (~i ca dve ca nnasatni); Ap 35,2 (~i kotiyo hitv hirannassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~im); Mil 75,2 (buddho dvattimsamahpurisalakkhanehi samanngato -iy ca anuvyanjanehi pariranjito); Vism 98,26 (~iy mahsvakesu); Nidd-a I 209,n (~i pi vassni vassasatam pi kiles na samudcaranti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -im); Mhv 37:176 (-i putt tass' sum sr virangarpino ~iy svaknam nmak piyadassan); Sadd 297,33; ifc see ek'-, catursiti (,sv catu[r]), cull- (jvculla3), cl- (^vculla3). chal- (^vcha2), chalsiti (^vcha2); -kkhattum, ind., eighty times; Ap377,3o; -tama, mfn., eightieth; Mhv/?. 140,i (heading: ~o paricchedo); -ma, mfn., eightieth; Ps IV 193,5 (~e vasse gato); Mp I 309,22 (~e vasse sukhen' eva pabbajjam upagato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sitime); -vassika, mfn., of eighty years, eighty

263

years old; Nidd I 120,19 (~o pi navutivassiko pi cavati marati); -samvaccharika, mfn., of eighty years; Sv548,is (sitiko ti ~o) = Spklll 204,9; -hattha, mfn., measuring eighty hand-measures; Ja I 233.18 (~ya gambhirya arigraksuy, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~-gambhirya); VI401,17 (satthihatthadandakam ~am katv minimsu); Vism 383,7 (Jatilakassa ~o suvannapabbato nibbatti); Ps III 21,23 (suvannavann rasmi utthahitv -am thnam aggahesi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ~-tthnam). asitika, mfn. [cfS. aSitika], of eighty years; eighty years old; D II 100,13 (~o me vayo vattati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce sitiko; Sv 548, is: sitiko ti asltisamvacchariko) ^ S V 153,27 (Ee, Se so; Be sitiko; Ce sitiyo); A I 138,24 (itthim v purisam v ~am v navutikam v vassasatikam v, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce sitikam); Ap-a482,32 (so evam vaddhamno ~o hutv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se sitiko); see also asitiya, sitika'. asitiya, mfn. [from asiti], worth eighty (coins, etc); JaV 485,ii* (~ navutiy ca gth, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce asitiya nvutiy); see also asitika, sitika'. asiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/asnti qv. asilaka, mfn. [a3 + sila + ka2], immoral; doing wrong; Mhv 35:11 (rjpardhakammamhi yutte satthi tu bhikkhavo ... rj ... pakkhippesi Kaniravhe pabbhramhi asilake). asisaka, mfn. [a3 + sisa1 + ka2], without a head, headless; Vin III 107,18 (addasam -am kabandham vehsam gacchantam tassa ure akkhini c' eva honti mukham ca, Be, Ce so; Ee asisakavandham; Se asisakabandham) * SII 260.19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asisakabandham); Ja III 335,12* (~am ananguttham siglo harati rohitam); Sp 478,17 (~am kabandham dhvati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asisakabandham). asu 1 , m. [ts], breath, life; Abh407; 945; -khepana, mfn. [asu + khepana1], destroying the breath; exhausting life; Ap 405,7 (mahvt sarirasssukhepan, Be, Ce so; Ee wr -nukhepan; Se -yukhepan). asu 2 , m.f, adum, n. (stem form in oblique cases amu-), demonstrative pronoun [S. asau, m.f, adas, n.], (sg. nom. mf. asu [and amu], n. adum [and ad ?], ace. m.f amum, n. adum, amum; ins tr. m.n. amun; abl. m.n. amumh; dat.Igen. m.n. amussa, / amuss; loc. m.n. amusmim, amumhi; pi. nom. Iace. m.f. am, n. amni; instr. lab l. m.fn. amhi; dat. Igen. m.f.n. amsam; see also Sadd 277,29 foil); that (as opposed to zyamqv); such and such, a certain; Abh 1089 (amu); Vin I 94,9 (gaccha amumhi okse titthhi ti); D I 81,29 (aham kho sakamh gm amum gmam aganchim); M I 212,21 (am ... sappuris); 286,33 (ito sutv amutra akkht imesam bhedya amutra v sutv imesam akkht amsam bhedya); 509,32 (apassanto asu jaccandho puriso amum telamasikatam shulacivaram patiganheyya); II 206,29 (amu hi bho Gotama puriso, Be, Ee so; Ce asu; Se assa ... purisassa); 224,5 (aham kho amuss itthiy sratto); Sil 265,7foil. (bhabbo nu kho so puriso amum sattim tinhaphalam pnin ... patilenetum ... asu hi bhante satti tinhaphal na sukar pnin... patilenetum); IV 398,14 (so pi

svakam ... klankatam upapattisu vykaroti asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti); A IV 126,7 (amni... andni); 164,5 (amumh mahdhafinarsimh harm ti); Jal 500,18* (na idam dukkham adum dukkham); V 330,13* (evam putta adum putta iti mt vihannati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ad; 331,28': adum ca kammarn karohi ti); VI 354,23* (chdiyam harati ayam imassa mamsam harati ayam amussa); Niddl 114,25 foil, (amusmim n' atthi rgo amusmim n' atthi patigham); Vism 156,32 (adum hi pathamaijhnam... na suppasannam hoti); Sp 160,11^0//. (amutrsin ti amumhi samvattakappe aham amumhi bhave v); Ps III 220,8 (amusmin ti tasmim pubbe vutte); IV 31,20 (amhi kathitam); Ud-a422,26 (imin akathitam amussa amun akathitam imassa); Sadd 267,6 (etasaddo samipavacano imasaddo accantasamipavacano amusaddo dravacano); 661,8 (asu rj amuko rj, asu itthi amuk itthi). asuka, mfn. [asu2 + ka2], such and such; so and so; a certain; Vin III 87,24 (~o bhikkhu pathamassa jhnassa lbhi); MI 429,17 (~asmim gme v nigame v); JaII 119,24 (tvam Padumakumrassa bhariy asukaranno dhit ~ nma); Nidd I 388,17 (~assa kulupako ~ya kulupako ti); Mil 127,12 (~asmim nma divase tpasi utuni bhavissati); Vism 27,3 (mayi rj pasanno mayi ~o ca ~o ca rjamahmatto pasanno ti); 119,32 (-e ca -e ca thne); Ps III 180,13 (eko ranno apardham katv palyati, rj kuhim bho ~o ti); Mp II 326,25 (idam kena vuttam, -na nm ti); Dhp-a IV 216,10 (idam -assa mlam idam -ass ti); Pet 78,25 (~ena bhsitan ti); Sadd 278,12/0//.; see also amuka. asueika, n. or mfn. [mc for *asucika, a3 + suci + ka2], impurity or impure; -missita, mfn., mixed with or associated with impurity or the impure; Sn 243 (jan rasesu giddh ~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be asueibhavamissit; Pj II 286,24: nnappakramicchjivasankhta-asucibhvamissit). asunti, pr. 3 sg. [Vas'; S. asnute, a^noti], reaches; pervades; Sadd494,30 (asu vypane: -ti assu); asunti in Ee at Dhp-a 1260,20 is prob, wr for na sunti (Be, Ce,Seso). asura, m. [ts], one of a class of supernatural beings, opposed to the devas; a demon; Abh 14; Vin II 238,16 (~ ng gandhabb); D II 269,17 (sukhakm hi dev manuss ~ ng gandhabb); MI 253,4 (tasmim... sangme dev jinimsu ~ parjinimsu); SI 221,3 (Vepacitti asurindo~e mantesi); 227,11 (tesam isinam ... etad ahosi dhammik dev adhammik ~); Pv46:l (pet - athav pi manuss dev); Th 1128 (tav* eva het ~ bhavmase); Ja IV 273,12* (n' eso migo mahrja asur' eso disampati); 347,10* (eko va Indo ~e jinti); Niddl 73,30 (yakkhattya v -ttya v); Kv 360,12 fall, (nanu Klakanjak ~ petnam samnavann); Pet 59,11* (devnam ~na ca, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ~ni); Mil 117,2 (tasanti - garulng yakkh); Sv 718,1 (~e sanniptesi); Pj II 485,8 foil, (na dni mayam suram pivimha asurarn pivimha na dni 'mha sur~ dni jt* amh ti tatopabhuti ~ icc eva uppannasamann hutv); Paficag69; Sadd 429,20 fall, (devo viya na surati na isati na virocati ca ti~o, surnam v patipakkho mittapatipakkho amitto

264

viy ti~o); '-inda, m., a chief or lord of the asuras; Vin II 295,28 (Rhu bhikkhave ~o); SI 221,3; AII 17,is (etadaggam ... attabhvmam yadidam Rhu -o); Ja I 66,3 (~ena pavitthadevanagaram viya); -kaya, m., the asura world or sphere; a collective body of asuras; D III 7,17 (Klakanj nma asur sabbanihino ~o); Thi475; JaV 186,24* (tanhbandhanabaddh vaddhenti -am); Kv 3 61,1 (Kv-a 104,12 foil: -asmim hi Klakanjak asur petagatiy sahgahit Vepacittiparis devagatiy, -0 ti visum ek gati nma n' atthi). asuropa {and assuropa), m. [cfAs SepE Dh 1:10, J 1:5: sulopena], irascibility; abruptness, impatience; Dhs418 (doso... candikkam ~o anattamanat cittassa; As 258,16: na etena suropitam vacanam hoti, duruttam aparipunnam eva hoti ti ~o ... assujananatthena assum ropanato assuropo ti vadanti); Vibh 357,8 (kodho ... candikkam ~o) * Niddl 215,28 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se assuropo); II 175,6 (-0, Be, Ce so; Se assuropo; Ee wr assurodho); anasuropa, m, patience, tolerance; Dhs 1341 (khanti... acandikkam ~o; As 396,3: -o suruttavc ti attho). asecana1, mfn. [BHS id.], never causing surfeit; Abh697 (cittakkhipitijananam avysekam -am); Mil 405,23* (tena cittena ptabbam vimuttirasam -am); asecanakathya in Ee at Th-a III3,19 is wrfor asecanakatya (Be, Ce, Se so); see also asecanaka. asecana2, n., seesv secana. asecanaka, mfn. [BHS id.; cfJ.Brough, 1962, p. 193], never causing surfeit; (according to cts: not requiring anything added); Vin III 70,20 (npnasatisamdhi bhvito ... santo c' eva panito ca -o ca sukho ca vihro; c/Sp 403,28: nssa secanan ti -0 ansittako); MI 114,11 (so yato yato syeyya labhetha sdum rasarn -am); A I 32,29 (sabbam tarn madhurattya stattya -ttya samvattati); III 23 8,1 (puriso candanaghatikam adhigaccheyya ... so yato yato ghyetha ... adhigacchat' eva surabhigandham -am); Thi 55 (tarn ca appativniyam -amojavam; c/Thi-a59,i2: -am ansittakam pakatiy va mahrasam); Mil 405,19 (vimuttirasam -am ptabbam); Mp III 315,2 (-an ti madhurabhvakaranatthya annena rasena ansittakam); Th-alll 3,19 (-tya ca mahrasam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr asecanakathya); Nidd-al 334,19 (ajeguccho ti... ajegucchaniyo - 0 manpo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sevaniyo); see also asecana1. asensanika, asensanaka, mfn. [a3 + sensana + ika or + ka2], without lodgings; Vin I 152,26 foil, (bhikkh - vassam upagacchanti... na bhikkhave -ena vassam upagantabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asensanaka... asensanakena, perhaps wr; Sp 1072,is: -en ti yassa pancannarn chadannam annatarena channam yojitadvrabandham sensanam n' atthi, tena). asoka 1 , m. [S. aSoka], the name of a tree, Jonesia asoca; Abh573; Vv 35:4 (slakusumitapupphit -; Vv-a 161,30: sl kusumit pupphit - ti yojetabbam); Ja VI 536,33*; Ap 199,6 (-am pupphitam disv). asoka2, mfn., see sv soka. asnti (sometimes [wrongly] written asanti), asati1, pr. 3 sg. [Vas2; S. asnti], eats; enjoys; Dhtup292; 506 (asa bhojane); Dhtum430; 730; DU 147,11 (-tha

pivatha khdath ti dasamena saddena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asatha) quoted Sadd501,i9 (-tha khdath pivath ti); JaV 64,ir (yanne ahutivasena hutarn ghatam -li ti ghatsano, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asanti); 376,27* (pindam -tu bhattuno); VI 14,2i* (vuttnam phalam -ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asanti) quoted Sadd501,i7; Bv 20:16 (pysam asati jino, Ce, Ee so; Be ada so jino; Se adi so jino); Kv 166,35 (ye keci asanti pivanti khyanti); Kkh 105,5 (yam ca -ati); Sadd 585,25 (ramant tarn asanti bhakkhanti ti pi raso); 923,28 (asati -ti); opt. 1 sg. asmiye, asniye, Ja V 397,29* (tasm adatv udakam pi nsmiye, Ce, Ee, Seso; itensniye; 398,12': na paribhunjissmi ti imam vatam samdiyim); 405,4* (sudham pi asmiye, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be asniye); fut. 1 sg. (a) asissam, Th223 (nsissam na pivissmi); Sn 970 (kirn s asissmi kuvam v asissam; Nidd I 493,4: kattha bhunjissmi); (b) asissmi, Sn970 (Niddl 493,2: kirn bhunjissmi); part.pr. (a) anhamna, mfn. [cfAMg amhayamta], Sn 239 (dhammena laddham satam anhamna, Ee so; Be, Ce asnamn; Se assamn; Pj II 284,4: asamn ti bhunjamn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se assamn ti); (b)asamna1, mfn., JaV 59,14* (tarn addas... asamnam sake ghare; 59,16': asamnan ti bhunjamnam); absol. (a)asitv, Mil 167,5 (tarn amatam asitv); (b) neg. anasitvna, Ja IV 371,8*; pass. pr. 3 sg. asiyati, Sadd501,i8 (so hi asiyati bhunjiyati ti asanan ti vuccati); pp asita 1 , mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) (i) (pass.) [S. aita], eaten; (what is) eaten; Abh 757; 1005 (bhakkhite... -o); Vism350,is (yen* etam -am v odandi pltam v pnakdi... samm paripkarn gacchati); Spklll 8,11 (etehi -am hoti paribhuttam); Sadd 860,4 (-am sayitam pacitam bhavat); (ii) (act.) having eaten; satisfied; Ja II 247,10* (-0 ca gharam vaje; 247,12': -0 ti dhto suhito hutv); VI555,i6* (tadyam -o dhto na blham tarayeyya no, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sito; 555,29': -0 ti asitsano paribhuttaphalo); neg. anasita, mfn., Vin IV 178,29 (sabbam bhikkhnarn vissajjetv appekad anasit acchanti); 2. (n.) eating; D I 70,29 (-e pite khyite syite sampajnakri hoti; Sv200,7: -e ti pindaptabhojane) = MI 57,8 = Vibh 244,12 * Mil 378,13; fpp (a)siya, mfn.; ifc see mukh-; (b) asaniya, mfn., Spk III 64,23 (mlaphaldi khdaniyam v asaniyam v n' atthi); Sadd847,i5 (asitabbam asaniyam); (c) asitabba, mfn., Pj II 374,12 (pto asitabbo ti ptarso); As 330,12 (mukhena asitabbam bhunjitabban ti mukhsiyam); Sadd 860,3; caus. pp sita 1 , mfn. [S. ^ita], given to eat; fed, satiated; Ja II 446,9* (dumapakkni-m-sito); V 71,7* (-0 ca gamissmi; 73,ir: ~oti dhto suhito); Mil 302,13 (visam -0). asnn in Ee at Sp 825,1 is wrfor asanan (Be, Ce, Se so). asma1,/?/-. lpl /atthi1 qv. asma(n), asma2, m. [S. aSman] (sg. nom. asm; instr. asman, asmena; loc. asmani), a stone; Abh 605; Sn 443 (tarn te pannya bhecchmi mam pattam va -an, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se amhan; Pj II 392,8: -an ti psnena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se amhan ti); Ja III 29,17* (- kumbham ivbhid); 433,11* (m pdam khani-y-asmani; 433,16': yath te upakkhalitv pdo psnasmim na khannati); VI 549,4* (- nna te hadayam); Ap 18,24 (-ena kotthik

265

keci, Be, Ee so; Ce asamena; Se amban); see also amha(n), asama1, assa1. asmapuppha, n. [S. lex. asmapuspa], benzoin; Abh 591 (seleyyam -am ca). asmasu,/?/. loc. o/aham^v. asmase, opt. 3 sg. o/assasati qv. asm1, pr. 1 pi o/atthi1 qv. asm2, sg. abl. m.n. q/'idam qv. asmkam, pi. dat. Igen, o/aham qv. asmsu,/?/. loc. ofahamqv. asmhi, pi instr. o/aham qv. asmi,pr. 1 sg. o/atthi1 qv. asmim, sg. loc. m.n. o/idam qv. asmimna, m. [asmi + mna; BHS id.], the conviction '7 am", the conviction of individuality; egotism; VinI 3,30* (-assa yo vinayo etam ve paramam sukham; Sp 959,15: -assa vinayo ti imin pana arahattam kathitam); MI 139,36 (-0 pahino hoti; Ps II 116,13: -oti rpe asm! ti mno vedanya... viiinne asmi ti mno); SHI 155,18 (sabbam -am pariydiyati samhanti); Th428 (-0 samucchinno); Ja IV 431,15 (raja -ena tesam kelim asahanto); PatisI 26,18 (eko dhammo pahtabbo, -0); Ap 32,29 (-am na passmi mno mayham na vijjati); Vibh356,i/o//. (katamo -o); Dhp-aIII 454,5 (aham asukassa nma ranno v rjamahmattassa v putto ti pitaram nissya -assa uppajjanato). asmiye, opt. 1 sg. o/asnti qv. asme, pi ace. o/aham qv. assa 1 , m. [S. asman], a stone; -mutthika, mfh., with a stone in one's fist (a class of ascetics); PjII 295,9 foil (atthavidh tpas saputtabhariy ... anaggipakkhik ~... ~ ti mutthipsnam gahetv ... yad cht honti tad sampattarukkhato tacam gahetv ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; iteasma-; * Sv 270,ixfoll: Be, Ceasma-; Ee asama-; Se aya-); see also amha(n), asama', asma(n). assa 2 , m. [S. -asra], a corner; edge; Abh 394; 1102 (-0 kone); ifc see caturassa1 svcatu(r); see also amsa3, caturassaka (sv catu[r]). assa 3 , m. [S. asva], a horse; pi also: cavalry; Abh368; 1102 (-0 ... haye); Vin II 10,24 (hatthismim pi sikkhanti -asmim pi sikkhanti rathasmim pi sikkhanti); MII 99,12 (~am pi dhvantam anupatitv ganhmi); SI 176,16* (~o va jinno nibbhogo khdan apaniyati); AII116,37 (~am pi hanti); Dhp 94 (~ yath srathin sudant); Thi 114 (tato cittam samdhesim -am bhadram vJ ajniyam); Ja I 185,3* (-am pyehi srathi); V 304,22* (-0 ca simsati dvre); VI 436,16* (hatthi - rath patti sen titthati vammit); Nidd I 379,5 (hatthihi pi kilanti ~ehi pi kilanti); Mil 35,5 (hatthihi ca ~ehi ca rathehi ca pattihi ca); Sadd417,2i (hayoti ~o); ifc see kf- (sv kta2), khalunk' -, gav-, caturassa2 (sv catu[r]); '-atthara, n.9 (a bed covered with) a horse-blanket; VinI 192,9 (uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti seyyathidam sandim... hatthattharam -am rathattharam ...) * D I 7,10 (Sv 87,n: hatthi-assapitthisu attharana-attharak va) ^ AI 181,23; 0> -attharaka, m., a "horse-rug" (according to ct: with a pattern of horses); Ps III 18,n (in cpd: hatthattharaka -assattharakasihattharakavyagghattharaka -; P s - t [ ^ ] I I I 10,15: -sihattharakdayo pi assasiharpdi-

vicitt eva attharaka); 0, -cariya, m., master of horse; cavalry officer; Ja VI 504,25'; Spkl 34,7 (rj ~am mantetv); Th-alll 62,13 (~ asse kashi ca damenti); 0, -jniya, 0,-jneyya,m., a thoroughbred horse; MI 446,4 (bhadram -am labhitv); AI 77,24; Mil 141,15 (ranno -0 bhaveyya sighagati anilajavo, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee assjniyyo); Dhp-aIII 49,7 (assjneyyo); ' -roha, ' -rha, m. [S. asvroha], a horseman, a rider; a groom; D I 51,8 (hattharoh -; Sv 156,17: - ti sabbe pi asscariya-assaveija-assabhanddayo); SIV 310,5^0//. (-0); A l l 116,37(assampi hanti assrham pi hanti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce assrham); Ja I 179,1 (deva tumhehi... yuddhya na gantabbam, asukam nma -am pesetv yuddham kretha); Nidd I 262,29 (hatthrohnam -nam rathiknam); Mil 331,3 (-); -kanija, m., the horse-ear tree, Shorea robusta (so called from the shape of its leaves); Abh 562; Jail 161,22'; VI 529,11 (dhavassakann khadir ti dhav ca - ca khadir ca); -kya, m., a cavalry corps; a body of horse; S I 72,32; -khalunka, m., an unmanageable, inferior horse; a young untrained horse; A I 2$7,2& foil. (tayo... - desessmi... ekacco -0 javasampanno hoti...; Mp II 381,8: -o tiassapoto); IV190,n (attha... - desessmi attha ca assadose); V 166,24 (-assa kincpi evam icch uppajjeyya aho vata mam manuss jniyatthne thapeyyum ... hi 'ssa ... vinn manuss tni stheyyni kQteyyni... appahinni samanupassanti); Ja VI 452,9' (~ena sindhavo viya dugganho); Vism490,2 (duddamanato - o viya); -gandh, / , the name of a plant, Withania somnifera; Sp 837,22 (-dipitthni); Vin-vn 1364; -gopaka, m., a groom; Jail 306,14; IV476,5; Ps III 169,s; -damaka, m., a horsebreaker, a horse-tamer; MI 446,3; Ja I 505,16; Sp 509,24 (srathi ti -0); -dta, m., a mounted messenger; VinI 16,B; PV -a 112,30 (~ehi); -dhenu,/, a mare; Sadd 393,23 (godhenu -u migadhen ti dhenusaddo smannavasena sapotiksu tiracchnagatitthisu vattati); -paniya, n., horses for sale; AH 199,20 (-am poseyya; Mp III 180,s/o//.: panca-assapotasatni kinitv pacch vikkinissmi ti poseyya); -pittha, n.9 a horse's back; D I 103,30 (hatthigivya v nisinno ~e v nisinno); Ja VI 579,34* (khippam yantu sannaddh -ehi lankat, Be, Ce so; Ee -eh* alankat; Se ~ alankat); Sv73,i8 (~e thapitakumbhandam iva); -pitthi, / , a horse 's back; SI 94,27 (-im roheyya); Ja VI 273,7' (yakkho -ito oruyha); 405,16 (-iyam nisinno); -pota, m., a colt; Mp II 381,s; Sadd417,27*; -potaka, m., a colt; Ja II 288,1; -bandha, m., a groom; Jail 98,io; V449,3*; Kv 599,19 (hatthibandh-); -bhanda, w., a groom; VinI 85,35 (hatthibhande -e upasankamitv; Sp 1015,31: hatthigopake ca assagopake ca); Sv 156,17 (in cpd: asscariya-assavejja-assabhanddayo, Ee so; Be -assamenddayo; Ce, Se -assabandhdayo; = Mp IV 54,s: eds -assabandhdayo); -bhandaka, n., horsetrappings; Ja II 113,23 (~ena alankaritv assam adsi); -man(Jala, ., a training-ring, an exercise-ring; Jail 99,8'; Vism308,24 (-e assam iva... sreti); -mandalik,/, a horse-pen; an exercise-ring;

266

Vin III 6,22; Patis-a 555,2 (~ya assam iva ... sreti); -mraka, m., "horse-bane", the shrub Nerium odorum; Abh 577 (karaviro 'ssamrako); -mukhi, (/W)/(AZ)., horse-headed, horse-faced; Ja III 502,19 (~I yakkhinl, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr assu-); -medha, m., the horse-sacrifice; Abh413; A l l 42,29* (~am purisamedham sammpsam vcapeyyam ...) * Sn303; Spkl 145,20 (assam ettha medhanti vadhanti ti ~o); -yuja, m., 1. [cf S. asVayuj], the name of a nakkhatta, the first lunar mansion; Abh 58; Sadd359,i6 (~o bharani kattik); Sv425,i5 (~-nakkhattena devorohanan ti); 2. [S. aSvayuja], the name of a month (September-October; also named pathamakattika orpubbakattikaj; Abh 75; Sadd 583,is (bhaddo ~o kattiko); It-al 90,7 (--kattikms hi loke sarada-ut ti vuccanti); Mhv 18:61 (~-sukkapakkhe pannarasauposathe); -ratana, n., a precious horse, an excellent horse; esp. the "horse-treasure " (one of the seven ratanas of a cakkavatti(n) king); D II 174,26 (~am pturahosi, sabbaseto kkasiso munjakeso iddhim vehsangamo Valhako nma assarj); SI 97,8; V 99,5 (rafino bhikkhave cakkavattissa ptubhv ... ~assa ... ptubhvo hoti) quoted Kv 158,n; Ja VI 147,11* (idam assa ~am ekakhuro asso); -rpaka, n., the likeness of a horse; a representation of a horse; Dhp-all 69,22 (pannni chindanto ... ~am no dassehi ti gmadrakehi vuccamno); Manfla, w., horse-dung; Ja III 85,2r; -vata, -vatta,., the "horse-practice", behaviour as of a horse; Niddl 92,25 (vatni ti hatthivatam v ~am v..., Be, Ce so; Ee, Se assavattam); -vatika, -vattika, mfn, observing the "horse-practice", behaving as a horse; Nidd I 89,18 (hatthivatik v honti ~ v honti govatik v honti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se assavattik); II 173,33 (~nam); -sadassa, m., a good, noble horse; A I 289,16 (tayo ca bhikkhave ~e desessmi tayo ca purisasadasse; Mp II 381,15: ~e ti assesu sadasse); -sammadda, mfh., thronged with horses; Vin IV 160,6; anassa, m.y not a horse; Sadd 774,4 (na asso ~o); see also anassaka. assa4, sg. dat.lgen. m.n. o/idam qv. assa 5 , m. [cfS. sa], ashes, dust; -puta, n. and mfh., l.(/i.) a bag of ashes (used as a [symbolic] punishment); D I 98,11 (khuramundam karitv ~ena vadhitv ratth v nagar v pabbjeyyum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhassaputena; Sv267,2i: ~en ti bhasmaputena, sise chrikam okiritvti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhassaputena ti); AII 242,9 (kese pakiritv ~am khandhe ropetv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be bhasmaputam; Mp III216,20: ~an ti chrikabhandik; Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhasmaputan ti chrikbhandikarn); 2. (mfn.) deserving the ashes punishment; A l l 242,n (ppam kammam aksim grayham -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be bhasmaputam; Mp III 216,21: garahitabbam chrikputena matthake abhightraham). assa 6 , n. [S. sya], the mouth; Sadd 386,n* (mukham ~am ca nanam). assa 7 , assa 8 , opt. 3 sg., 2 sg. o/atthi1 qv. assa 9 in Ee at S III 189,27 is wr, prob, for accasar qv sv atisarati. assaka 1 , m. [assa3 + ka2; S. aSvaka], a small horse; a toy

horse; Sp204,23 (-rathakdihi blakilanakehi kilamno) = Ps III 291,22; assako in Ee at Ja VI 515, M' is prob, wr; Be assavirahito; Ce, Se anassako yeva. assaka 2 , mfn. [S. asvaka], without property, poor; owning nothing; MI 450,34 (puriso daliddo ~o anlhiyo); II 68,25 (~o loko sabbam pahya gamaniyan ti; Ps HI 306,20: ~o ti nissako sakabhandarahito) ^ PatisI 126,32; A III 352,1 (daliddo ~o anlhiyo inam diyati). assatara, m. [S. a^vatara], a mule; Abh 369; Mil 153,33; Dhp 322 (varam ~ dant; Dhp-a IV 4,7: ~ ti valavya gadrabhenajt); JaIV 464,4* (yojentu... kambojake ~e sudante); assataram in Ee at Ja VI 135,28* is wr for assaratanam {Be, Ce, Se so); see also assatari. assatari, / [S. aSvatari], a she-mule; Vin II 188,19 (~i attavadhya gabbham ganhti); SI 154,4* (sakkro kpurisam hanti gabbho ~im yath; Spkl 220,3: ~in ti gadrabhassa vajavya jtam); Mil 166,26 (kadali velu -i attajena haniiati); see also assatara. assati, pr. 3 sg. [Vas5; S. asyati], throws (at); drives away; Dhtup453 (asa kkhepane); Dhtum693 (asu khepane); Sadd490,1 (asu khepe: ... ~ati); 490,3 (usurp ~ati khipati ti issso); aor. 3 sg. assi, Sp 136,2 (tape ~i nirassi pahsi viddhamsesi ti tapassi); pass, pr. 3 sg. assate, ? Sadd 865,12 (iiyate nnarn as<s>ate asanam); see also apattha2, avattha! ,upsati'. assattha 1 , m and n., 1. (m.) [S. a^vattha], the holy figtree, Ficus religiosa; Abh 551 (~o bodhi); 1038 (~o ... bodhiddume); Vin IV 35,4 (khandhabijam nma ~o nigrodho pilakkho ...); D II4,17 (aharn bhikkhave etarahi araharn sammsambuddho ~assa mle abhisambuddho); S IV 160, is (khirarukkho ~o v nigrodho v); Th 217 (~e haritobhse samvirlhamhi pdape); Ja VI 526,19* (-am va pathe jtam sitacchyam manoramam... ko me Vessantaram vid); Bv 2:68 (bodhi tassa bhagavato ~o ti pavuccati); Sadd 557,2 (vande vande *ham -am yattha santajjito jito Kmo); 2. (n.) [cf S. ^vattha], the fruit of the assattha tree; a fig; Ja III 398,27* (pilakkhudumbarni ca ~ni ca bhakkhetv). assattha 2 , mfn., pp o/assasati qv. assatthaka, mfh. [assattha1 + ka2], made of assattha wood; Ap 311,15 (~e phalamaye ... labhmi thlake aham, Ce, Ee so; Be asatthake; Se assatthake). assaddhiya, asaddhiya, n. [BHS a^rddhya, ^raddhya], lack of faith; disbelief; S I 25,17* (no ce ~am avatitthati); A l l 218,12 (ekacco attan ca asaddho hoti param ca -e samdapeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asaddhya); III 5,6 (yato ca kho bhikkhave saddh antarahit hoti ~am pariyutthya titthatiatha akusalassa sampatti hoti); PatisII 8,21 (~assa anupatthnam saddhindriyassa assdo hoti); 206,24 (saddhya pariggahitam hi cittarn ~e na injati ti nenjam) quoted Vism377,is; Vibh 371,21/0//. (katamam -am); Nett40,5(nissitacitt -ena ca pamdena ca niddisitabb); Ps I 7,26 (imasmim dhamme ~am vinseti). assama, m. [S. ^rama], I. a hermitage; the forestdwelling of an ascetic; Abh 212; 928 (~o ca tapovane); Vin I 24,19 (Uruvelakassapassa jatilassa ~o); M I 160,26 (yena Rammakassa brhmanassa ~o ten' upasankamatha); Sn979 (mahyannam yajitvna puna pvisi ~am); Ja II 284,22* (atiycako si na cpi te ~am gamissam);

267

IV281,n*(bhuttam ca pitam ca lav' ~amhi; 281,15': tava nivesane); V196,io* (Isisingo pvisi bhito ~am pannachdanam); 205,14* (m te aham amarim ~amhi); VI530,13* (padumakinjakkharenuhi okinno hoti ~o); Ap 156,5 (brhmano mantaprag ~ abhinikkhamma); 397,16 (~o sukato mama); Bv 2:28; 2. a stage of life; Abh409; 928 (brahmacrigahatthdo ~o); -pada, n., a hermitage; Ja I 315,3 (~am mpehi ti); VI529,19 (~am vannento); Spkl 346, is; Ap-a 13,25 (Sumedhatpaso attano~ uggantv). assamiya, mfn. [cf S. Sramika], (ifc) living in the hermitage (of); Sn p. 105,9 (addas ... Keniyassamiye jatile appekacce uddhanni khanante, Ee so; Ce Keniyasmim jatile; Be, Se Keniyassa jatilassa assame; Pj II 448,4: Keniyassamiye ti Keniyassa assamanivsine, Ee so; Ce assamanivsino; not in Be, Se). assay a, m [S. Sraya], resting-place, support; vicinity; ifc see mahbodhipad' -; anassaya, mfn., without a support; Vv-a 335,28 (anyasanti... ~an tica keci pathanti, sukhassa appatitthnabhtan ti attho); see also saya. assayi(n), mfn. [S. rayin], resting on; depending on; ifc see man'-. assalisa, m. [cfS. sles, AMg assiles, asses], the name of a nakkhatta, the ninth lunar mansion; Sadd 359,17 (phusso ~o magno, Be, Ee so; Ce assiliso); see also asiles. assava 1 , mfn. [S. Srava], obedient; compliant; biddable; Abh730 (~o subbaco); 1036 (vidheyye ~o); D III 154,i* (bhavati parajanassavo vidheyyo; Sv929,i2: parijano ~o vacanakaro); A III 151,20 (caturanginiy senya samanngato ~ya ovdapatikarya); Sn 22 (gopi mama ~ alol); Ja IV 98,3* (yakkh va te ~ santi keci; 99,i4*: ~ ti vacanakrak icchiticchitadyak v te keci santi); 428,7* (kacci te sdisi bhariy ~ piyabhnini); Mil 254,7 (arahato mahrja cittam bhvitam hoti... sudantam ~am vacanakaram); anassava, mfn., disobedient; not biddable; SI 176,18* (dando va kira ms seyyoyamce putt ~) quoted Sadd636,2o; Dhp-al 7,7 (mahallakassa hi attano hatthapd pi ~ honti... kirn anga pana ntak); Nidd I 37,22 (~ avacanakar; Nidd-a I 114,32: ~ ti ovdam asunamn). assava 2 , m. [cf S. srava, srva], purulent matter, pus; Abh 324; 1036 (~o pubbamhi); see also assva, sava2. assavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. sravati], flows (towards); A II 196,26 (purisam dukkhavedaniy sav ~eyyum abhisamparyan ti); Ja II 276,1* (vedham ca na passmi yato ruhiram ~e) quoted Sadd 621,27; Sv 989,4 (cakkhuto rpe savati ~ati sandati pavattati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se savati); Dhp-a IV 48,17 (manpesu rpdisu ~ati pavattati ti manpassavan, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se savati); see also savati. assavanaka, mfn. [a3 + savana' + ka2], not hearing, not listening; Nidd-a II 127,6 (anassava ti vacanam ~). assasati {and asssati), pr. 3 sg. [S. Svasati, Svasiti], 1. breathes, breathes in; breathes on; breathes heavily; Vin III 70,34 (sato va ~ati sato va passasati); A III 305,16 (~itv v passasmi passasitv v ~mi);

Ja IV 495,8* (yakkh ... kupit te ~anti manusse; 498,i8': -anti ti asssavtena upahananti visanti ti v attho); Patisl 183,13 (katham sabbakyapatisamvedi -issmi ti sikkhati); part.pr. (a)assasa(t), mfn., Patisl 182,20 (~ato pi passasato pi chando uppajjati); (b) assasanta, m^-anti)., SV 311,15 (digham v ~anto digham -mi ti pajnti); Ja II 53,11 (~anto passasanto niddam upaganchi); VI 305,10 (mahantam sappavannam nimminitv ~anto gantv); Vism 274,27 (nsik na ppahoti mukhena -anto pi passasanto pi titthati); Spkl 307,26 (mt... ~anti passasanti rodati); neg. anassasanta, mfn., Pj II 457,28 (anassasanto pi hi na jivati); absol. assasitv, A III 305,15; Ja V 36,26; 2. recovers one 's breath, revives; takes courage; is comforted; S V 408,27 (assasaf yasm, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se asssat'; Spklll 291,28: ~atu yasm, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se asssatu); Ja VI 190,9* (amma asssa m soci); 265,22* (-a hessmi te pati, so read? eds asssa, unmetricat); 585,n* (putta m bhyi ~a) * Ap558,i; Sp 1353,24 (mignam ... aranfiam gati patisaranam hoti, tarn patv te -anti, Ce so; Be, Se assasanti; Ee asssenti, prob, wr); Dhp-a III 289,9 (~atha bhikkhave, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se asssatha); absol. (a) neg. anasssitv, Dhp-a II 185,5 {eds so); (b) assasitvna, Ja IV 93,28* (muhuttam ~itvna, Ee, Seso; Be asssayitv; Ce vissamitvna; 94,3: thokam vissamitva); 3.puts one's confidence in; JaIV 56,23* (nsmase katappamhi, eds so; 57,i<r: nsmase ti nssase, ayam eva v ptho, na vissase ti vuttam hoti); 57,2* (tdisam pi nsmase); pp (a) assattha2, mfn., revived, recovered; comforted; Abh 1038 (~o... asssappatto); Vin I 234,36 (-0 samano Gotamo asssya dhammam deseti); Ja VI 309,10*; Ap 460,22 (~o assset mahjanam); neg. anassattha, mfn., Patisl 131,1 (aham c' amhi -o loko ca anassattho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anasattho; Patis-a 428,10: ~o ti nibbnadassanena laddhassso); (b) assasita, (mf)n., breathing; Pj I 124,24 (~-passasitamattena jivanti); fpp assasitabba, mfn., Vism 274,11 (tassa purimanaye kevalam -am passasitabbam eva na ca annam kiflci katabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. assseti, -ayati, encourages; comforts (with); lets recover; Ja VI 442,31 (sace tarn na -essami hadayena phalitena marissati ti); 492,19* (~ayantu mam; 492,3r: mam devapd ~entu); Ap 76,23 (maccukle ca sampatte dev -ayanti mam); Sv7,23 (tumhe evam paridevamn katham anne -ayissath ti); Dhp-a IV 213,13 (~ehi nam); Ap-a 400,25 (sayam assattho ~eti sabbasatte); Q)-a282,8 (assattho -eyyam); part.pr. (a)asssenta, m/(~enti)., MI 81,28 (tarn eva kyam ~ento pnin gattni anomajjmi); Ja VI 582,32 (s... mahsattam ~enti); Mhv 1:59 (~ento bhayatte te); (b) asssayanta, mfn., Ap 168,23 (Atthadassi mahmuni -ayanto satte); (c) asssayamna, mfn., Ja IV 416,21; aor. 3 sg. (a)asssesi, Ja VI 304,17' (agamissati ti ~esi); Ap79,25 (lokanyako ~esi mamam tattha amatam ppunissasi); Mil 275,14 (so drake ... m bhyitth ti na ~esi); (b)asssayi, Ja VI 512,28* (-ayi assaratham brhmanassa; 512,30': ~ayi ti paritosento niyydesi); 3pl. (a) asssesum, Ja VI 190,14'; (b) asssayimsu, Ja VI 189,24; absol (a)asssetv, Mill 131,6

268

(sahyakam ... uparipabbatam ropetv muhuttam ~etv) Ja VI 518,14* (tattha nahtv pivitv ca ~etv saputtake); (b) asssayitv, Ja VI 61,24*; (c) asssayitvna, Cp 3:11:10; pass, part.pr. asssiyamna, mfn., Dhp-all 185,4 (thero smanerena ~iyamno pi anasssitv); pp asssita, mfn., comforted, encouraged', JaV 277,4 (may ~ito yev ti); fpp asssetabba, mfn., Vin V 164,10 (bhiru ~etabbo); S V 408,27(upsako bdhiko dukkhito ... catuhi asssaniyehi dhammehi ~etabbo); Mil 94,8. assasi, opt. 2 sg. o/atthi1 qv. a s s 1 , / [S. av], a mare; Abh 371 (valav 'ss). ass 2 , sg. gen./dat. f. o/idam qv. assda, m. [S. svda], tasting, tasting with relish, enjoying; taste, flavour; enjoyable taste; enjoyment; Dhtum287; 451 (rasa ~e); D I 17,3 (vedannam ... ~am ca dlnavam ca nissaranam ca yathabhtam viditv); M I 85,12 (ko pan' vuso kmnam ~o ko dmavo kirn nissaranam); SI 124,7* (aladdh tattha -am) = Sn448; AI 258,28 (yam kho loke paticca uppajjati sukham somanassam ayam loke ~o); JaV 4,9* (~am ndhigacchmi phalesv afinesu kesuci); 231,4 (sarirato sed muccimsu sayane ~am alabhanto aparparam parivatti); 414,12 (kalahasmim hi ~o nma n' atthi); Patis I 9,23 (dukkhassa ~o abhinneyyo); Cp 1:10:17 (sitodakam ... sameti darathaparilham -am deti pi ti ca); Pet 45,23/0//. (katamo -0); Mil 388,2 (yogin yogvacarena sabbabhavapatisandhisu mnasam ubbejayitabbam ~o na katabbo); Ud-a 120,30 (tesu piyarpesu ~ena giddh mucchit); Nidd-a I 81,12 (kmagune ~ato manasikaroto anuppanno kmogho uppajjati); Patis-a 440,14 (sukhasomanassasankhte ~e ditthi assdaditihi); ifc see app'-; anassda, m. (or mfn.), not an enjoyable taste; lack of enjoyment; (or without enjoyment;) Vism655,2i (rpam... anattato ~ato dinavato... passati); nirassda, mfn. and m., I. (mfn.) not bringing enjoyment; without relish; listless; Th710 (~ bhav ditth); Ja VI 234,16' (~am naggabhavam upapajjati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nirassdanam); Vism 135,5 (~am cittam); 525,23 (~am pi attano anatthvaham pi unhodakapnam viya) = Vibh-a 133,19; Sp486,30 (~am duggatim te upapajjanti); neg. anirassda, mfn., not listless; relishing; Vism 135,16 (alinam anuddhatam anirassadam ... cittam hoti) = Nidd-a I 470,11; 2. (m.) lack of enjoyment; lis ties sness; Niddl 508,17* (~-gatam cittam sampahamseyya tvade; Nidd-a I 470,25: assdavirahitatam gatam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se assdavirahitam gatam); Sv 1026,26 (nirayo ti ~o); Nidd-a I 272,11 (--sankhate niraye); sa-assda, mfn., bringing enjoyment; full of taste; Vism 525,29 (~am attano parissamavinodanam ca sitdakapnam viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee samassdam) = Vibh-a 133,25; Vism 525,31 (kilesasantpavirahato ~am ... sugatigmikammam) = Vibh-a 133,27; Patis-a 281, is (samatho ca nma siniddhabhto -o). assdati inEeat Vism 481,13 is wr for assdeti (Be, Ce, Se so). assdana, n., - , / [S. svdana], tasting, enjoying;

flavour, enjoyable taste; Abh 938 (~e tu rasanam); Dhtupl47 (sda -e); 325 (rasa ~e); Dhatum221; SI 124,6* (ap' ettha mudu vindema api ~ siy) = Sn447 (PjII 393,12: ~ti sdubhvo); Ps I 220, M (sukhya hi vedanya ~ena satt vedanam mamyant); It-all 26,31 (kim idam cakkhanam nma, -am); Sadd443,n(rasa -e); nirassdana, mfn., not bringing enjoyment; Ja VI 234,16' (~am naggabhavam upapajjati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nirassdam). assdi(n), mfn. [from assda], tasting, enjoying, relishing; ifc see phass'-. assdiyati, see sv assdeti. assdiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of assdeti qv. assdeti 1 , -ayati 1 , assdiyati,/?/*. 3 sg. [S. svdayati], tastes, tastes with relish; relishes, enjoys, takes pleasure in; Sil 227,29 (yo hi koci... bhikkhu uppannam lbhasakkrasilokam ~eti nikmeti); AII 126,20 ([pathamajjhnam] -eti); Kv483,20 (~eti); Tikap 154,34 (dnam datv silam samdiyitv uposathakammam katv tarn -eti abhinandati); Vism 73,23 (pavivekasukharasam -eti); Spkl 293,31 (thero amhakam dassanam -efi ti); Nidd-a I 26,16 (yam sdiyati ti yam rpdim assdiyati); 109,4 (tarn ~ayati assdam vindati sdiyati); Sadd543,16 (sada assdane: ... -ed -ayati ettha upasaggo rassavasena thito); part.pr. (a) assdenta, mj(~enti)n., Ps I 219,17 (rpam ~enti pavattamn kmatanh); Dhp-al 318,5; As 418,20 (-entassa abhinandantassa); (b) assdaya(t), mfn., Vism 637,15 (obhsam ~ayato tanhgho); Ud-a 219,8 (assa tarn sampattim -ayato kmavitakko udapdi); (c)assdayamna,mfn., Vism 554,20 (apararn ca... nissayam ~ayamnam v anassdayamnam v; cf'Vism-mht [Be] II 313, M: ~ayamnan ti ppunantam patilabhamnan ti attho; see sdeti sv sidati); Spk III 11,5 (tattakamattam pi sukham santato -ayamnam); neg. anassdayamna, mfn., Vism 5 54,20; PjII 390,5 (tesam ... vivekarasam anassdayamnnam viharatam); (d) assdiyamna, mfn., Nidd-a I 17,3i (sdiyamnass ti assdiyamnassa); absol. assdetv, Vism 568,12; Sp527,3o; As 333,7; pass. pr. 3 sg. assdiyati, Patis-a 441,15 (tarn hi sukham tanhvasena ~iyati upabhunjiyati ti assdo); Sadd 567,25 (rasiyate ~Iyate janehi ti raso); part.pr. assdiyamna, mfn., Th-a III 100,10 (sukhavedan hi paribhogakle -iyamn pi); fpp (a) assdetabba, mfn., Tikap-a 271,26 (~etabbatya abhvena assdeti tina vuttam); (b) assdaniya, mfn., to be enjoyed; palatable; delicious; Ps I 220,13 (~anfyato). assdeti 2 , ~ayati2, caus.pr. 3 sg. o/sidati qv. assva, m. [S. srva], purulent matter; discharge; Vin I 296,5 (anujnmi bhikkhave yassa kandu v pilak v ~o v thullakacch v bdho kandupaticchdin ti); Sp 884,27 (-0 ti arisabhagandarapamehdmam v vasena asucipaggharanam); see also assava2, sava2. assvi(n), mfn. [S. srvin], discharging (as a wound); emitting fluid (as an elephant in rut); Mil 257,5 (m te asappyni bhojanni bhunjato vano -i assa); anassvi(n), mfn., "not rutting"; without desire; Sn 853 (stiyesu ~i; Pj II 549,25: M ti stavatthsu kma-

269

gunesu tanhsanthavavirahito). assvita, mfn., neg. pp ofcaus. o/* sunti qv. assvetum, neg. inf. ofcaus. of sunti qv. assvesi, aor. 3 sg. ofcaus. of sunti qv. asssa, m. [S. svsa], 1. breathing; breath; Abh 39; M I 188,30 (~o passso; Ps II 228,27: ~o ti antopavisanansikavto); Patis I 172,7 foil, (nan ti ~o no passso, apnan ti passso no ~o); Vibh 84, n (ajjhattam paccattam vyo... ~o passso); Mil 165,20 (ahi vammikam paviseyya ... puriso ... vammikassa susiram pidaheyya atha tattiY eva so ~am alabhamno mareyya); Vism 272,1 (~o ti bahi nikkhamanavto passso ti anto pavisanavto ti vinayatthakathyam vuttam suttantatthakathsu pana uppatiptiy gatam); Spkl 152,28 (mahantehi ~ehi assasati);2, breathing freely; ease, relief; comfort, encouragement; self-confidence; VinI236,n (aham hi Siha assattho paramena ~ena ~ya ca dhammam desemi tena ca svake vinemi); M I 64,3 (ko pan' yasmantnam ~o kim balam yena tumhe yasmanto evam vadetha idh' eva samano; Ps II 7,25: ~o ti avassayo patitth upatthambho); SII 50,24 (tena h' yasm Sriputto imasmim dhammavinaye ~ampattoti, na khvham vuso kankhmi ti); A I 192,13 (cattro ~ adhigat honti); Ja VI 4,23 (so tass vacanena ~am patilabhitv); 586,21' (sace kira ettako ~o nbhavissa dve kumr sukkhahaday hutv anassimsu); -nattho in Ee at SpkII 369,20 is wr; see sv nassati; -(p)patta, mfn., full of confidence; encouraged; D III 39,14 (svak vinit ~); A III 297,16 (~ tinnavicikicch); -passsa, m., breathing in and out; breathing, breath; laboured breathing; DU 157,12* (nhu ~o thitacittassa tdino); MI 243,6 (aham... mukhato ca nsato ca ~e uparundhim); SI 106,24 (evam assa ~nam saddo hoti); AIV 409,12 (catuttham jhnam sampannassa - niruddh honti); Ja VI 554,23 (mukhena unhe ~e vissajjesi); PatisI 177,14 (digham ~am... assasati pi passasati pi); Kv 573,15; Mil 31,9 (n' eso jivo ~ nm' ete kyasankhr ti thero abhidhammakatham aksi); 85,20 (sakk ~e nirodhetun ti); Vism 272,7 (evam tva ~ veditabb); nirasssa, m/h., 1. not able to breathe, deprived of breath, not breathing; Jail 149,27 (~o anto udake, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nirussso); III 416,1 (pokkharanim otaranto patitv nimuggo ~o man, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se nirussso); Sp 475,6 (anasssako ti ~o); Bv-a 209,27; 2. despairing, lacking relief; breathless; Ja IV 121,27 (kim tumhe katheth ti ~ena mukhena, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nirusssena); see also anasssaka, usssa1, nirasssaka, mahasssi(n) (sv maha[t]). asssaka 1 , m.n. [cf S. saste; ass- prob, by influence of asssa, but cf BHS svsaka], wish; aspiration; VinI 37,17 (panca ~ ahesum, te me etarahi samiddh; Sp 973, n: ~ ti simsan patthan ti attho); Ja VI 150,3* (~ni karonti putt no jyantu, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisikni; 150,17': sam karonti, Ce, Ee so; Se s; Be sisam). asssaka 2 , asssika1, m(fn). [S. lex. sVsaka], (one) who comforts, encourages; Ap319,i8 (~o mahviro); Pj I 22,4 (~o viya buddho assso viya dhammo assatthajano viya sangho); Ja II 298,22* (nyam asssiko migo; 298,27".

ayam avassayo v hutv anussanim v datv annam asssetum asamatthatya na asssiko; or asssika2); see also asssika2. asssana, n. [S. sVsana], encouraging; Mp IV 98,3 0, (asssya dhammam desemi ti -atthya santhambhanatthya dhammam desemi). asssaniya, mfn. [from asssana], comforting; encouraging; SV 408,26 (upsako bdhiko dukkhito blhagilno catuhi ~ehi dhammehi asssetabbo; Spk III 291,27: asssakarehi dhammehi). asssika 1 , mfn., see sv asssaka2. asssika 2 , mfn. [asssa + ika], encouraging, inspiring confidence; reliable; Jail 298,22* (nyam ~o migo; 298,27': ayam avassayo v hutv anussanim v datv annam asssetum asamatthatya na ~o; or asssika1); anasssika, mfn. [BHS ansVsika], discouraging, comfortless; unreliable; MI 514,30 (cattri ca ~ni brahmacariyni akkhtni); Sil 191,15 (evam ~ bhikkhave sankhr); Ap 539,25 (sabbam sankhatam ev' etam ~am ittaram). assseta(r), m. [from assseti], one who comforts or encourages; a comforter; Ap 459,29 (~ yath cando); 460,22 (assattho ~ mahjanam). assseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of assasati qv. asssvatthsu in Ee at Patis-a472,n is wr for assdavatthsu (Be, Ce, Se so). assita, mfn. [S. sYita], having recourse to, resorting to; living in; depending on; SI 181,9* (kasm bhavam vijanam arannam ~o); Vv 50:11 (ko nu kho vanam ~o; Vv-a 212,25: imam vanam pavisanavasena ~o nu koci atthi); Th 149 (janam ev' assito jano; Th-all 26,is: ~o tanhya allino pariggayha thito); Niddl 75,6 (santim nissito ~o allino upgato, Be, Ce so; Ee sito; Se omits; Nidd-a 1204,11: ~oti sito visesena nissito, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sito ti); ifc see ghat'-, skh' -; see also sita2. assu 1 , assu 2 , assu 3 , opt. 3 sg., 2 sg., 3 pi. of atthi1 qv. assu 4 , n. [S. asru], a tear; tears; Abh 260; Vin I 87,34 (so ngo ... dukkhi dummano ~ni pavattayamno vissaram karitv pakkmi); DU 293,17 (... sedo medo ~u vas khelo ...); Mill 261,15 (gahapati parodi ~ni pavattesi); SII 179,29 (katamam nu kho bahutaram yam v vo ... rodantnam -u passannam paggharitam yam v catsu mahsamuddesu udakan ti, Be, Ce so; Ee assupasannam; Se ~u pasandam); Thi 220 (~ ca te pavattam, Be so, mc; Ce, Ee, Se ~u); Ja III 163,25 (kassaci ekabindu pi ~u nhosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~um, prob, wr); VI 187,2 (~nam apaggharanakavel nhosi); 554,23 (~ni lohitabindni hutv nettehi nikkhamimsu); Ap 541,3 (nando nirnando ~un punnalocano); Mil 76,18 (ubhinnam tesam rodantnam kassa ~u bhesajjam kassa na bhesajjan ti); Pj I 65,24 (evam ~um vanndito vavatthapeti); Thi-a 263,6 (~umhi thanne rudhiramhi); Mhv 19:14 (gacchamnam mahbodhim passam ~ni vattayi); Sadd494,30 (asu vypane: asunti ~u); -dhr,/ [assu + dhr1], a flood of tears, a shower of tears; JaIV 111,is; Dhp-a IV 15,4; -netta, mfn., with eyes full of tears; Ja VI 518,7* (~ rudammukh); Ap 566,3; -pacchijjana, ., the stopping, interruption of tears; Ja III 214,17' (tesam ~-divaso nma n' atthi, Be, Ce

270

so; Ee, Se assupacchijjadivaso, prob. wr); -parigganhaka, mfn.9 grasping, comprehending tears; Vism263,8(~ena ca yogin) * Pj I 65,12; -pta, m., the shedding of tears, weeping; PsH 369,11; -patana, ., the shedding of tears, weeping; Pj 1214,5 (rodan roditattam -am); -punna, mfh., filled with tears; Ja VI 548, is* (~ehi nettehi); Vism 303,26; -mukha, m/(~ and M)W. and n., \.(mfn.) (\)with tearful face, with a face wet with tears; Vin II 253,18 (Mahpajpati Gotami... -1 rudamn); D I 115,19 (samano ... Gotamo akmaknam mtpitunnam -nam rudantnam ... agrasm anagriyam pabbajito); MI 308,27 (sahpi dukkhena sahpi domanassena -o pi rudamno); AIII 370,9 (devat dukkhi dumman ~1 rudamn); Ja IV 281,28 (te - va hasamn utthahimsu, Ce, Se so; Ee bhsamn; Be rodamn); (ii) involving or causing tearful faces; S I 19,25* (s dakkhin ~ sadand; Spkl 60,io: - ti sammiss, param rodpetv dinnadanam hi dnan ti vuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sammissam) = Ja IV 67,7*; 2. (n.) a tearful face; Ja VI 304,11 (na cirass' ev' esa -nihsento gamissati, Ee, Se so; Ce sa-assni mukhni; Be sakalanagaravsinam -am); 311,26(Indapattavsmam -ni haspento, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sa-assni mukhni); Pp 62,20 (sahpi domanassena -ena pi rudamno, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~o; = All 5,2i: eds -o); assumukhi in Ee at Ja III 502,19 is wr for assamukhi (Be, Ce, Se so); -mocana, w., the shedding of tears; Pv-al8,n (ruditarn -am); -vimocana, n.9 the shedding of tears; Spklll 103,16 (evam sakammakavasen' ettha attho veditabbo na mattena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -'-atthena, prob, wr; * PslII 102,14: assumuncanamattena); Sadd 390,19 (ruda ~e); -sukkhana, n., the drying up of tears; Ja III 390,15 (tesam yeva rodantnam klo n' atthi); see also sa-assuka. assu 5 , assu 6 , aor. 2 sg., 1 sg. o/sunti qv. assu 7 , ind. \prob. abstracted from (s)su (su2 or su3 qqv) in sandhi], expletive particle; particle of emphasis or inquiry; A b h l l 5 0 (sudam kho -u yagghe ve); Vin III 230,7 (nssu 'dha koci bhagavantam upasankamati; Sp398,2o: nssudh ti ettha assudh ti padapranamatte avadhranatthe v nipto) = S V 320,17; AI 168,14 (mayam -u bho Gotama brhman nma yafinam yajma pi yajpema pi; MpII 266,13: - ti niptamattam); 111224,6 (tyassu 'me panca brhmane pannpenti); Sn291 (nssu gacchanti brhman; Pj II 317,26: n' eva gacchanti); Vv 32:4 (visitthakalynitar' -u rpato); Ja I 196,2* (tad' ~u kanham yunjanti svssu tarn vahate dhuram; 196,7': ~ ti niptamattam, tada kanham yunjanti ti attho); VI145,i* (y* assu pubbe hatthivaradhuragate pattik anuvajanti); Sadd890,30 (atho -u yagghe); 893,6 (-saddo niptatthe dittho); see also assudam, su3. assum 1 , opt. 3 pi. of atthi1 qv. assum 2 , aor. 1 sg. o/sunti qv. assuka, n. [assu4 + ka2; BHS asruka], a tear; tears; Vin II 289,12 (bhagavato sariram -na makkhitam); Sn691 (akalyarpo galayati -ni); Pv40:3 (rudato ca me - niggalanti).

assuttha, aor. 2 pi o/sunti qv. assudam, ind. [= sudam; cfassu 7 ], indeed; certainly; SI 195,18 (tyssudam bhagav atirocati vannena c'eva yasas ca; Spk I 284,26: tyssudan ti te -am, -an ti niptamattam); A l l 180,21 (ty assudam Todeyyo brhmano imin nayena neti; Mp III 165,4: ettha -an ti niptamattam); Ja IV 346,24* (im* assudam yanti disodisam pure; 347,4': imassudan ti ime sudam) = II407,12* (ime sudam). assumha, aor. 1 pi. o/sunti qv. assuropa, see sv asuropa. assurodha in Ee at Niddll 175,6 is wr for asuropa (or assuropa) qv. assosi, aor. 3 sg. o/sunti qv. aha(n), aha(r), n. (ifc alsom.) [S. ahar, -aha, -ahna] (sg. nom. aham1; ace. aho1, ahu1; loc. ahani, ahe1 [and in cts ahu2]; pi nomJacc. ahni; iic aho-; ifc -aha, -anna; see also Sadd 100,13: ahasaddassa pana bhummekavacanatthne -asi ~e -asmim -amhi -u -ani ti yojetabb; and 118,22: -as-aso -asi), a day; Abh 67 (-am dinarn); 1147 (div tv-e); Ja VI 313,11* (niccam -o ca rattim ca); Bv 2:61 (-u Kapilavhay ramm nikkhamitv; ? Bv-a 94,18: -ti -ani, ath ti attho, ayam eva v ptho) = Ja 116,i* (Be, Ce so; Ee -o; Se ah); Ap-a 276,11 (-0 ca rat ca ahorattam); Sp 699,23 (katihan ti kati -ani kati divasni ti vuttarn hoti); 728,14 (dasa -ni dasham); Sv 139,13 (tadah ti tasmim -u); Spkl 36,2i (kati -ni smannam careyya); Ud-a296,2 (tasmim -ani tasmim divase); Mhv 10:14 (tasmim -ani); ifc see ajjanho, atthha (^vattha2), atrhe (^vatra), anudasham, anupaneham, anvaham, aparanha (^vapara1), uttamhe (jvuttama), udanha, ekha, katiham (^vkati), katipha, catha (yv catu[r]), chha (^vcha2), tvatiham, dasha (yvdasa1), dviha (^vdvi), nattamaha (^vnatta), pancha, panhe, pubbanha (^vpubba2), yvatiham, sattha (sv satta4), syanha (^v syam), sha; tadahu, tadahe [cfS. tad ahar], that day, that very day; Vin I 107,34 (tadahuposathe mahbhikkhusangho sannipatito hoti); 138,27 (tadahu vassupanyikya); III 121,6 (antamaso tadahujt pi drik; Sp 533,12: tarn divasam jt jtamatt); V 176,23 (tena kathinatthrakena bhikkhun tadaheva dhovitv vimajjitv vicretv chinditv sibbetv rajitv kappam katv kathinam attharitabbam); D I 47,6 (tadahuposathe pannarase; Svl39,n: tadah ti tasmim ahu, tasmim divase ti attho); A I 143,3 (tadahu bhikkhave uposathe pannarase; Mp II233,20: tadah ti tarn divasam); 205, is (tadahuposathe; Mp II 320,10: tadahuposathe ti tasmim ahu uposathe tarn divasam uposathe pannarasikauposathadivase ti vuttam hoti); Ud51,2o (bhagav tadahuposathe bhikkhusanghaparivuto nisinno hoti; Ud-a 296,2 foil.: tadah ti tasmim ahani tasmim divase ... tadahuposathe ti tasmim uposathadivasabhte ahani ti attho); JaV 215,6* (dve punnamyo tadah amannam; 216,8': tad tasmim chanadivase); Ap 271,8 (tadahe yeva gantv); Mil 291,10 (tadaheva setthitthnam ajjhupagato); Vism 244,16 (tadaheva tiyojanamaggam gantukmassa purisassa); Sp 368,4 (tadaheva v sve); Pj II 58,29 (kusal itthiyo tadaheva gabbhasanthnam jnanti); Vv-a323,i (tadaheva cavanadhammam); Th-al 219,15 (tadaheva

271

arahattam ppuni); (aho)-ratta, m. [S. ahortra], a day and a night; Abh74 (~o); D i l 231,1 (~nam accayena Govindo brhmano klam aksi); Th 145 (accayanti ~); Ja IV 108,26* (~nam accaye); Mil 204, n (kadci karahaci bahunnam ~nam accayena); Sp 775,23 (sakalam ~am dhammasavanam hoti); MpII 36,6 (nv sattahi ~ehi gacchati); 328,8 (ekam -am upavutthauposathe); acc. ~am, adv., day and night, continually; SI 122,20* (~am anuyunjam); It8,9* (samsaranti -am; It-a I 58,3: ~an ti div c' eva rattim ca, sabbaklan ti vuttam hoti); Jail 347,n (es bhante kulasunh... ~am kalaham kurumn vicarati ti); Ap 506,7 (evamvihrim tpim ~am atanditam); ~anusikkhi(n), mfn., continually studying, learning; MI 98,33 (bhikkhun ... nusikkhin kusalesu dhammesu); Dhp226 (sad jgaramnnam -nusikkhinam); (aho)-ratti,/, a day and a night; S II 284,30* (sabbam -im buddho tapati tejas, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ahorattam) = Dhp 387; see also ekhika (sveka), katiphakam, dvihika (svdvi), panchika (sv panca), satthika (sv satta4). aham, pron. 1 pers. [S. aham] (sg. nom. aham [and ahakam]; acc. mam, mamam [and me]; ins tr. may, me [enclitic]; abl. may [and mamato, mama, me]; dat. Igen. mama, mamam, mayham, me [enclitic]; loc. mayi; pi nom. mayam, amhe [and no1]; acc. amhe, asme, no2 [enclitic] [and amham?]; instr. amhehi [and asmhi]; abl. amhehi; dat.Igen, amhkam, asmkam, amham, no3 [enclitic]; loc. amhesu, asmsu [and asmasu]; see also Sadd 289,3 foil.), (sg.) I, I myself; the ego; (pi.) we; Vin 122,32* (na me samana mokkhasi); D I 8, IO (na tvam imam dhammavinayam jnsi aham imam dhammavinayam jnmi); MI 185,33 (ahan ti v maman ti v asm! ti v); 463,3 (mamam uddissa); SI 58,8 (tassa mayham bhante catusu dvresu dnam diyittha); Sn 554 (rjham asmi); Thi 436 (so 'ham tato cavitva nirayamhi apaccisam ciram); Ja I 123, I7 (amhe na jnma ti); 11443,14* (tarn me tapati; 444,3': mam tapati); III359,2i* (asmbhijappanti jan anek; 359,26': amhe anne bah jan...); V343,i4* (hotu giddhi tavsmasu, mc ? 343,20': tava amhesu giddhi hotu); 349, n* (na cyam kinci-r-asmsu satt va samapajjatha; 349,23': kinci amhesu); VI509,30* (ty amham tattha ramessanti aranne jivasokinam; 509,3 r: ty amhan ti te draka amhkam); Ap 539,io (asmhi paricinno si); 574,is (itthim mpesi... mamato pi surpinim); 595,14 (evamkri ahumha no; or no5 ?); 598,15 (viharissma no sad; or no5 ?); Mil 88,7 (attnam ca rakkha mamam ca rakkhhi); Sv 719,8 (bhinnamvat' idam kulam mama ti; Sv-ptII 323,6: mama ti may, ayam eva v ptho); Sadd 2S9,ufolL (ahakam ca cittavasnug bhsissan ti es pli nidassanam, ettha hi ahakan tiaham ice ev' attho); ahamahankara, mfn., competing (to be first); Vv-a 351,6 (aham purimam aham puriman ti ~ ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ahamahankara ti); ahamahamik, / , assertion of superiority; wanting to be first; Abh 397; Sadd 867,io (aham pubbam gamissmi aham pubbam gamissmi ti... evam pavattyam kiriyyam gamyamnyam aham-ahan ti saddato ikapaccayo hoti ~); ahankra (and

ahinkra), m. [aham + kra1 ], 1. the (false) conception of one's individuality; pride, conceit; Abh 171 (gabbho 'bhimno 'hankro); A III 444,8 (~ ca me uparujjhissanti mamankr ca uparujjhissanti; Mp III 415,7: ~ ti ditthi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ahimkraditthi); Sv506,33 (api nu kho ... asmi ti evam -0 uppajjeyya ti); Ps III 198,5 (~o ditthi mamankro tanh mnnusay mno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ahihkro); Thi-a 76,19 (yobbananimittena ~ena upatthaddhacitt); Pet 122,i (attasann, tass ~o padatthnam); 179,6 (salyatanam -assa padatthnam); Sadd 473,8 (avalepo ti ~o); 485,14 (mno ~o unnati ketu...); 922,17 (~o mamamkaro); 2, the theory of self-creation; pasuta, mfn., devoted to the theory of self-creation; Ud 70,25* (--pasut ayam paj parankrpasamhit; Ud-a346,4/o//.: sayam kato att ca loko ca ti evam vuttasayankrasankhtam ~am tampavattaditthim pasut anuyutt ayam paj ti micchbhinivittho sattakyo); ahampubbik,/, the desire to be first; Mhv 89:29; ahammna, m., the conception of self; egotism; Th-al 8,11 (attabhvo hi hito ~o etth ti attti vuccati) ^ Sadd 360,17; see also amama, mamankr, mamatta. ahamsu, aor. 3 pi. o/harati qv. ahakam, see sv aham. ahaha1, n. and m(fn)., l.(n.) a certain high number (koti10;; Abh 475 (~am ababam c' evtatam); Sadd 801,27 (nirabbudam ~am ababam); 802,25 (visati atatni ekam -am visati ~ni ekam kumudam); 2. (m.) the name of a hell, or place in Avici, where one suffers for an ahaha of years; SI 152,11 (seyyath pi... visati atat niray evam eko ~o nirayo) * A V 173,13 (visati abab niray, evam eko ~o nirayo) = Sn/?. 126,16. ahaha2, ahaha, ind. [S. ahaha, S. lex. ahah], an exclamation of sorrow or distress: alas !; Abh 1201 (~a vimhaye); Ja HI 450,9* (~ blalapan; 450,10': ~ ti samvegadlpanam). ahlidda, mfn. [from halidd; cf S. hridra], "not dyed with turmeric", not changeable; Ja III 88,23* (yassa cittarn ~am; 88,25': cittam ~am haliddirgo viya khippam na virajjati thirapemam hoti, Ce, Se so; Be thiram eva; Ee na khippam bhijjati cirapemam hoti). ahsi, aor. 3 sg. o/harati qv. ahi, m. [ts], a snake; Abh 653; Vin I 87,15 (sabbo vihro ~inpunno vtapnehi bhog nikkhant honti); D I 77,18 (puriso ~im karand uddhareyya); MI 10,37 (~im [parivajjeti]); A l l 72,11 (annataro bhikkhu ~in dattho klakato hoti); Th229 (~i msikasobbham va sevetha sayansanam); Ja IV 247,23* (bheko v'aranne ~im avhayno); VI 164,17* (~i mahnubhvo pi na me dhitaram raho); Niddl 484,25 (sirimsap vuecanti -i ti); Kv 599,6 (atthi [devesu] ... makkhik ~i vicchik...); Mil 152,21 (kataparittam hi mahrja purisam dasitukmo ~i na dasati); Sp 1281,15 (~ino v amanussassa v maggam disv); Ps I 149,31 (~issa kunapam ahikunapam); Sadd 458,2 (nippdo pi samno amhati gacchati gantum sakkoti ti~i); -kaflcuka, m., the slough of a snake; Sv 222,13 foil, (karand ti idam pi ~assa nrnarn na vilivakarandakassa nmam, ~o hi ahin sadiso va hoti); -kundika, -gunthika, -gundika, see -tundika;

272

-ggha, m., a snake-catcher, Ja VI 192,7*; -cchattaka, m.n., a mushroom; D III 87,2 (seyyath pi nma ~o); Ja II 95, n (~ni viya luncitv); Sp 765,12 (~am yva makulam hoti tva dukkatavatthu pupphitaklato patthya abbohrikam); pinda, m., --pindik,/, ~-pindi,/, a mass or cluster of mushrooms; Vism 260,12 (matthalungan ti... vannato setam ~-pindavannam) * Pj I 60,8 (~-pindivannan ti) * Vibh-a243,i8 (~-pindikavannam); -jtika, mfn., being a snake by birth, being a snake; Ja VI 164,21' (eso tt mama dhltaram araho na hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhijtikatt); -tun4ika (also written -kundika, -gunthika, -gundika; etymology uncertain), m. [cf S. ahitundika, S. lex. ahitundika], a snake-catcher; a snake-trainer; Abh 656; Ja II 267,15 (annataro pi ~o, Be so; Ce, Ee -gunthiko; Se -gundiko); III 198,11 (eko ~o makkatam gahetv sikkhpetv ahim kilpento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -gundiko); 199,1* (~a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -gundika; 199,<r: Be ahikondik ti pi ptho; Ce, Se -gundik ti; Ee -gunthika ti); IV 308,7 (sappakilpanako eko vnaro ~assa hatthato muncitv, Be, Se so; Ce -gunthikassa; Ee -kundikassa); VI 192,9' (may hi sadiso ~o nma n' atthi ti, Be, Se so; Ce -gunthiko; Ee -gundiko); Cp2:3:2 (mam... ~o gahetvna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -gunthiko); Mil 305,22 (ahigunthiko agadam datv, Ce, Ee so; Be hitundiko; Se visam ghtako); Ps II 279,5 (cheko ~o); Sadd 346,30 (dve ahikunthikajana kalaham karims ti, Ee so; Be ahitundika-); 921,24 (ahikundiko hikundiko, Ee so; Be ~o); -bhiruka, mfn., afraid of snakes; Vism 326,18 (~o puriso); -mekhal,/, a girdle of snakes; Dhp-al 139,B; -mekhalik,/, a snake-girdle; Vin II 185,7 (Sp 1275,15: ~y ti ahim katiyambandhitva); -vatakaroga, m., a certain dangerous contagious disease; Vin I 78,33 (annataram kulam ~ena kalankatam hoti; Sp 1003,17: ~en ti mravydhin, yatra hi so rogo uppajjati tarn kulam sadvipadacatuppadam sabbam nassati); Ja IV 200,13 (purohitakulam ~ena vinassi); Dhp-al 187,18 (~o pati); III437,1 (tesam kunapagandhapatikklatya sattnam ~o uppajji); -vtaroga, m., id.; Spklll 282,30 (~ena ... klam akamsu); Thi-a 116,28 (tasmim gehe ~o uppajji); -vijja,/, serpent-lore; DI 9,8 (Sv 93,23: ~ ti sappadatthatikicchanavijj c'eva sappavhyanavijj ca). ahinkra, see ahankara ^v aham. ahirika, ahirika, mfn. and n. [a3 + hiri + ka2], 1. (mfn.) shameless; Vin I 63,21 (assaddho hoti ~o hoti anotappi hoti); III 128,i (itthiyo chinnik dhuttik ~yo; Sp 546,25: ~yo ti nillajj); MI 43,15 (pare ~a bhavissanti mayam ettha hiriman bhavissm ti); A l l 218,12 (attan ca ~o hoti param ca -tya samdapeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~ya); Dhp 244 (sujivam ~ena kkasrena dhamsin, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ahirikena); T h l l 2 3 (naham alakkhy ahirikatya v... nikkhamim); JaV 17,19* (hiriman pi ahirikabhvam ptunkaronti madanya matt); VI 475,21* (~am andaram sahyam); Mil 251,14 (asamvut - akiriy); Vism 468,18 (na hiriyati ti ~o, ~assa bhvo ~am); SpkII 142,io (~ bhinnamariyd alajjipuggal); 2. (n.) shamelessness; A195,20 (~am ca anottappam ca); Niddl 344,29 (tanhpapancassa... ~am mlam);

Dhs 393; Kv 80,10 (arahato ... -am pahlnam); Pet254,7; sa-ahirika, mfn., possessing shamelessness; without shame; Kv 132,30 (arahato atitam ahirikam atthi ti, mant, arah tena ahirikena -oti). ahiratha,/?^^. aor. 3 sg. o/harati qv. ahu1, ahu2, sg. acc, loc. o/aha(n) qv. ahu3, ahu4, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/bhavati qv. ahuti in Ee at Ja VI 527,24* and at Ap36,i9 is wr for huti qv. ahuvattha, aor. o/bhavati qv. ahuvanti, see sv bhavati. ahuvamha, ahuv, ahuvsim, aor. /bhavati qv. ahuhliya, see sv ahuhsiya. ahuhsiya, n. [cf hasati], a roar of laughter; Ja III 223,3* (kayam elagalgumbe karoti ~am, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ahuhliyam; 223,6': --an ti dantavidamsakam mahhasitam vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ahuhliyan ti) quoted Dhp-a IV 67,n* (Be so; Se mahahsiyam; Ce, Ee ahuhliyam). ahe1, sg. loc. o/aha(n) qv. ahe2, ind. [ts], an exclamation of address; Sv 703,24 (~e ti mantanam). ahetuka, mfn. andm. [a3 + hetu + ka2], 1. (mfn.) without a cause; AI 82,25 (sahetuk bhikkhave uppajjanti ppak akusal dhamm no ~); Ja IV 52,26 (draknam amaranena na sakk ~ena bhavitum); Dhs 584 (sabbam rpam na hetu ~am hetuvippayuttam sappaccayam ...); Vibh WS,\sfoil, (nirodhasaccam -am dukkhasaccam siy sahetukam siy ~am); 419,28 (asannasatt dev ~ anhr aphassak...); Kv446,n (anusay ~ ti); Mil 145,23 (n* atthi buddhnam bhagavantnam akranam ~am giramudiranan ti); Vism 454,33/0//. (kusalavipkam pi duvidham ~am sahetukam ca, tattha alobhdivipkahetuvirahitam ~am); Ps III 241,19 (sahetukam pana tarn desanam katv deseti no ^m ti); 2. (m.) one who asserts the absence of causality; Ja IV 339,12* (~ ye na vadanti kammam; 339,17': ~ ti visuddhiy v sankilesassa v hetubhtakammam n' atthi ti evamvd); Pet40,is; -vda, mfn., holding a theory of noncausality; MI 408,35 (dussilo purisapuggalo micchditthi ~o ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ahetuvdo); S III 73,4 (ye pi te bhikkhave ahesum Ukkal Vassabhann ~ akiriyavd natthikavd, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ahetuvd) quoted Kv 141,28 (eds ~); see also sahetuk. ahevana, n. [?], (according to et) a copse; JaV 64,12 (uttamhevanandaho ti ~am vuccati vanasando uttamavanasandam dahati ti attho, Ce, Se so; Be uttamam vanasandam; Ee uttamavanasandadaho ti attho); see also uttamhe sv uttama. ahesum, aor. 3pl. o/bhavati qv. aho 1 , acc. sg. qZ'aha(n) qv. aho 2 , ind. [ts], an exclamation oh!, expressing; \.a wish or a hope; oh that... !, would that ... !; Vin I 37,19 (aho vata mam rajje abhisinceyyun ti); D I 17,32 (aho vata anne pi satt itthattam gaccheyyun ti); MI 27,33 (aho vata mam eva satth patipucchitv patipucchitv bhikkhnam dhammam deseyya); III 49,33 (aho vata yam parassa tarn mama ass ti); A I 142,5 (aho vatham manussattam labheyyam); Pv 21:46 (aho vat re aham eva dajjam); Ja III 359,28' (aho vata mayam pi evarp

273

bhaveyym ti); V 199,24* (aho bhavam assamam mayham passe; 200,8': aho ti patthanatthe nipto); Ap 324,23 (aho nna sa bhagav ciram tittheyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee api nna); Vibh 101,3 (aho vata mayam na jtidhamm assma); Sp 202,32 (aho vatham pi tarn suneyyan ti); Nidd-al 119, I (aho vatyam ucchijjeyya vinasseyy ti); 2. astonishment or joy; admiration (sometimes ironic): oh! oh indeed!', Abh 1149 (aho hi vimhaye); Vin II 183,26 (udnam udneti aho sukham aho sukhan ti); Mil 31,14 (bhagavantam yeva rabbha piti udapdi, aho nna bhagav aho nna sugato); Ud30,9 (aho dnam; Ud-a 200, is: ettha aho ti acchariyatthe nipto); Th 201 (aho buddha aho dhamm aho no satthu sampad); 479 (aho dhammasudhammat); Ja I 88,34/0//. (aho acchariyam aho abbhutan ti); II 113,27 (aho assassa rpam aho asso sobhati ti); Ap23,i9 (aho me sukatam kammam; Ap-a229,29: aho ti vimhayatthe nipto); Mil 224,8 (aho vata me bhagav lokuttamo suvissattho ti); Vism24,9 (aho ayyo appiccho); Sp 483,27 (aho bhante pli ca atthakath ca suparisuddh); As 207,15 (aho vata re chek cariy Tdisni pi nma sippni karissanti ti); Sadd 897,18 (aho nma sdhu icc ete pasamsanatthe); 3. dismay, painful surprise; compassion, regret: oh! alas!; Vin I 345,27 (aho me anatthato); D i l i 86,23 (sannipatitv anutthunimsu aho rasam aho rasan ti); Pv 45:7 (aho no appapunnat); Ja 1201,8 (aho ayy ekam na sarimh ti); 238, is (aho may udarahetu ayuttam katan ti); 408,28 (aho mtputt mahantam dukkham anubhavimsu); VI 555,9* (aho vata re jatini); Vism49,5 (aho dukkh jivitasankhr ti); Ps I 277,21 (aho dukkham

aho dukkhan ti vippalapayamnam eva); Dhp-al 237,5 (aho hato 'mhi); Ap-a 171,14 (aho jarya upahato kovilro ti); 4. blame, reproach; D I 107,18 (aho vata re amhkam panditaka; Sv 276,19: aho vat ti garahavacanam etarn) quoted Sadd897,i3; Ja I 452,15 (aho paccantavsik nm ti ygu-dini garahati); III 476,5 (aho mtugmo nmappo nillajjo akatafift mittadbhl ti); V 71,15* (aho vata re purisa tva dukkarakraka); Ap 355,7 (aho rj adhammiko); Sp740,29 (aho nillajjo); Ap-a 173,3 (aho are citta na lajjasi); Sadd 897,13 (aho nma icc ete garahatthe); 5. a summons: hey!; SII 259,17 (aho bhonto yvadattham bhunjantu c' eva harantu ca ti). aho 3 , ind. [S. ho], an interjection of interrogation and of doubt; Abh 1138 (aho tu kirn kimdhu vikappe, Be, Ce so); see also udhu. ahopurisa, m. [aho2 + purisa?], a remarkable or arrogant person; ? Sadd 867,12 (~ato dappane niko: ahamkradappane ahosaddapubbasm purisasaddato nikapaccayo hoti hopurisik). ahoratta, ahoratti, see sv aha(n). ahosi, aor. 3 sg. o/bhavati qv. ahosikamma, n. [from ahosi kammam nhosi kammavipko, cf PatisII 78,3 foil, and Mp II 221,13/?//.], an action without result or consequence; a lapsed action; Vism 601,8 (ahosi kammam nhosi kammavipko na bhavissati kammavipko n* atthi kammavipko ti evam imassa tikassa vasena ~am nma hoti); Mp II 211,4 (tath asakkontam pana ~am nma hoti avipkam sampajjati); Cp-a 160,24 (avipkadhammatam pajji -bhvato).

\ the letter or sound 'a'; -kra\ m. [a1 + kra1, ts], the letter or particle 'a'; Sadd 857,31 (akro -0 icc evamdi); Sp 1399,25 (dighan ti dighena klena vattabbam ~'-di); Ps I 61,17 (antokaranattho hi ayarn -0) = Mp II 183,2; Ud-a 67,28 (di-attho ~o, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee di-atthe); 181,i2(akrassa -am katv); It-al 8,1 (bhagav ti vattabbe ~assa rassattam katv bhagav ti vutto); Patis-a 243,28 (mariydattho hi ettha ~o); krdi in Ee at Sp 1399,26 is wr for akradi (Be, Ce, Se so); ~' -anta, mfh., ending in the letter 'a'; Sadd572,i6 ([dhtavo] ekassar ~' -ant); lopa, m9 elision of 'a'; Ja I 190,8' (padtave ti pa-dtave, sandhivasena ~-lopo veditabbo). 2, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns and adjectives; preverb to verbs and their derivatives (often following other preverbs); preposition; before double consonants becoming a-; Abh 1180-81; Sadd 880,23/0//.; I. as prefix expresses: diminution or intensity or completeness; Ja VI 253,21' (nata-iso thokanata-iso ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anata-iso); Sp 1314,30 ( bhuso

v rati ti rati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se bhus v rati ti); Ap-a 240,29 ( samantato savanato pavattanato sav ti); 2. as preverb to nouns and their derivatives expresses: near, near to; towards; up to; intensity; Patis-a543,2o/?//. (ypenti ti... bhusam ypenti); 3. as separate preposition with ace. or abl. (or in prepositional cpds) expresses: as far as, until, up to; including; Ja IV 162,26* ( puttaputtehi pamodathavho; 163,2*/o//.: yva puttnam piputtehimodatha); VI192,19* (hotu no abbhutam tattha sahassehi pancahi; 192,21' foil.: yva pancahi sahassehi panitako hot ti); Vism 683,31 (a gotrabhto bhavaggato ca); Ud-a 94,28 ( bhavaggam gotrabhum, Be, Se so; Ce gotrabh; Ee wr gotrabhm); 176,3 ( gotrabhum bhavaggam v savanti ti sav); Sadd 703,8 ( pabbat khettam); 703,9 ( brahmalok saddo abbhuggacchati); 703,11 (ettha pabbat ti dayo payog saddasatthanayavasena vutt). 3, ind., (according to grammarians) an emphatic particle; Sadd 891,17/?//. (yad nam mannati blo bhay myyam titikkhati... yad nam mannati ti yam nam

274

mannatl ti padacchedo, ti niptamattam, yasm tarn mafinarl ti attho) quoting S I 221,33*. kankhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. knksati], wishes; desires, longs for; wants to, is willing (to); intends; Vin I 69,9 (yo ... imasmim dhammavinaye -ati pabbajjam); D I 51,6 (puccha mahrja yad -asi ti); MI 122,2 (yam vitakkam -issati); SI 46,24* (-e); A l l 62,I (-eyyum ce... annamannam passitum); Ja V 139,19* (oksam -ati pafiha pucchitum); Niddl 356,20 (yvat v pana -eyya tvatakam passeyya); PatisII 125,33 (yena yena bojjharigena -ami pubbanhasamayam viharitum); Ap 371,25 (puppham -ate c'ayam); part.pr. (a)kankha(t),/w)., Th 1030 (-am); Pet 73,15* (~ato); (b) kankhanta, mfn., MI 494,7 (~ant); JaV 286,1 (te ten' eva saddhim mittabhvam -ant); Ps I 158,22; (c) kankhamna, mfn., Vin II 4,17 (-amno sahgho tajjaniyakammam kareyya); D i l 103,3 (yassa kassaci... cattaro iddhipd bhvit... so -amno kappam v tittheyya kappvasesam v); Sn569 (punfiam -amnnam); Ja IV 64,9* (punfiam ~amnena); Mil 127,8 (-amno aham mrisa patthite kule uppajjeyyam); Q)-a 25,16 (Sakkassa angamanassa ca -amnat); aor. 2 sg. karikhi, Ja V 339,10' (tvam pi gaccha ma idha thnam -i); 7 sg. kankhim, A III 82,23; absol. kahkha, Dhp 343 (bhikkhu -a virgam attano, Ee so, from Ee Dhp-a IV 48,4*?; Be ~anta [omitting bhikkhu]; Ce kankhi; Se -am; Dhp-a IV 50,6 foil.: virgam rgdivigamam nibbnam patthento -amno); Ja VI 296,23* (sajja pafifie sevetha -a vuddhim attano, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -am); pp kankhita, mfn., wished for, desired; D I 120,1 (yam... icchitam yam -am yam adhippetam); fpp (a) kankhiya, mfn., S V 356,8 (imehi catuhi kankhiyehi thnehi); Pet 131,27 (imin dutiyena kankhiyena dhammena samanngato hoti; but cfftnamoli, 1964, p. 178); (b) kankhitabba, mfn., Nidd-aI306,i7. kankhan, / [from kankhati], desire, wish; PatisI 164,15* (ajjhattavikkhepkankhan bahiddhvikkhepanapatthan); Patis-a 481,3 (-ya vevacanavasena); (a)-patibaddha, (a)-ppatibandha, mfn., subject to one's wish; PatisI 172,22 (te dhamm vajjanapatibaddh ~, Ce, Se so; Be kankha-; Ee kankhanappatibandh, perhaps wr) * II 195,26 (Ce so; Be kankha-; Ee, Se kankh-) = Nidd I 179,15 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kankha-). kankh, / [S. knks], wish, desire; Abh 163; Sadd 880,30 (asaddo... icchyam ~); (a)-patibaddha, -patibaddha, mfn., subject to one's wish; Niddl 179,15 (sabbe dhamm... vajjanapatibaddh ~, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kankhan-; Nidd-a I 298,1: ruci-yatt) = PatisII 195,26 (Be so; Ee, Se kankh-; Ce kankhan-) * Patis I 172,22 (Be so; Ce, Se kankhan-; Ee kankhanappatibandh). kankhi(n), mfn. [S. knksin], wishing, hoping for; A IV 238,20* (tasm sampadam ~I). kankhiyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from kankh ?], wishes, desires; Pet 201,11 (ye keci arahant indriyabhvanam -anti). ka44hati, pr. 3 sg. [ 2 + kaddhati; cfS. karsati], drags, pulls; pulls near, draws (towards oneself), attracts;

supplies (an omitted, understood word); draws out, brings about; bends (a bow); draws (a line), scratches; Vin III 121,29 (bhikkhu ca nam itthiy kyena kyam masati... ~ati parikaddhati abhinigganhti...); IV 143,3 (-issanti); MI 228,30 (~eyya); S II 114,22 (tsam ce ... nalakalpinam ekam -eyya ek papateyya); Ja I 311,i (tay datthatthnato tvam yeva mukhena visam -hi); Mil 135,27 (sakam sakam vedanam -ati); As 315,8 (ksbhimukh hutv vtam -anti); Sadd 357,3 (kaddhati -ati nikkaddhati); 697,10 (patikasseyy ti -eyya, bhikkhum partimlam neyy ti attho); part.pr. (a) kaddhanta, mfn., Vin IV 172,3 (appamnikyo kandupaticchdiyo dhrenti, purato pi pacchato pi -ant hindanti); JaV 338,10 (-antassa); Sv973,3o (pathavojam -anto viya); Ud-a 118,26 (attano sariram ito c1 ito -anto); neg. ankaddhanta, mfn., Sv 888,33 (kammabhavam ankaddhantam paraloke appatitthitam nma); Spk III 70,30 (upasinghanakle vtam ankaddhanto n' eva tassa gandham jnti); (b) kaddhamna, mfn., Jal 78,28 (mahmagge solasa lekh -amno); Dhp-all 174,2; aor. 3 sg. kaddhi, Ja IV 415,3 (psam chindissmT ti tikkhattum -i); Dhp -a III 26,9 (dhanum -i); 3 pl. kaddhimsu, Sv 821,36; absol. (a)kaddhitv, Vin IV 219,13 (s bhikkhuni sanghamajjham -itv vattabb); Ja VI 527,10 (dhanum -itv); Mil 154,7; Vism 523,19; neg. ankaddhitv, Ap-a 325,12 (vle laggante bhindanabhayena ankaddhitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr angamitv); (b) kaddhitvna, Ap 67,27; pass, pr. 3 sg. kaddhiyati, Sp 152,20 (upekkhako na tattha sukhbhisangena -lyati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -iyati) = As 175,18 (Be, Ce -iyati; Se -iyati ti; Ee wr -ayati); Cp-a 133,9 (tena disvn ti padam -iyati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -iyati); part.pr. (a)kaddhiyanta, mfn., Mil 102,19 (vamsanjassa vitatassa... -iyantassa garukam hoti); (b) kaddhiyamna, mfn., Vin IV 225,13; Ja VI 409,1 (kappita-asso -iyamno pi rjnam gahetv palyi); Sp 475,9; neg. ankaddhiyamna, mfn., Ja II 305,6; pp kaddhita, mfn., dragged, pulled about; bent; Ja III 256,4' (vtavegena -); IV 451,22* (-0 shas tehi); VI 202,3' ([cpasatni panca] viksit ti -); fpp (a ) ka44hitabba, mfn., Ja VI 202,6' (bhusahassena -assa dhanuno); As 83,10 (sattahi yugehi ~e sakate); (b) kaddhaniya, mfn., 1h-al 141,26 (ayam samano siy amhehi hadayo daharo ti); neg. ankaddhaniya, mfn., Th-all 274,10 (sannapaccatlhikena rgena ankaddhaniyam); Pv-all8,i (visabhgavatthun pi ankaddhaniyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ankulaniyo); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) ka44heti, draws (to oneself); Jal 498,25' (mahsamudda-udakam -ema osrema, Ce, Ee so; Be kaddhma; Se kaddhamna); Thi-all4,i9 (vattim okassaymi ti... telbhimukham dipavattim-emi); part.pr. ka44henta, mfn., Ja II273,1 (lokassa vilocanni -ento, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ka44hanto); Bv-a 167,15 (jananayanni -ento viya); (b) ka44hpeti, causes to draw out; Jal 310,29/0//. (datthasappam vhetv datthatthnato ten' eva visam -emi ti... visam -ehi ti); absol. kaddhpetv, JaV 145,26' (jatsu gahitam -etv); see also kassati. ka4dhana, n., - , / [from ka44hati; cf S. karsana],

275

dragging to, drawing towards; pulling, pulling about; drawing out; bending (a bow); VinUI 121,15 (~ parikaddhan abhinigganhan); Ja VI 202,7' (bhusahassena kaddhitabbassa dhanuno ~en' eva); Pet 39,18 (~am parikaddhanam); Vism 684,1 (bhavasgare ' -atthena duruttaranatthena ca ogh ti); Sp 535,22 (~ya attano abhimukham kaddhanto yva na muncati ek va patti); Spklll 274,22 (srathino ... ayam atidhvati ti ~am v n' atthi); It-a II 52,6 (parasantakassa ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kappanam, prob, wr); As 363,14 (-vasena ej); Sadd 357,3 (kaddha -); -parikaddhan, n., dragging this way and that, pulling about; Mil 154,10; PsII 132,14 (tad aniggahito ~am ppeti); -vika44 nana > n., pulling about this way and that; Ja IV 27,7'; Sp 318,29 (~-yoggam); see also kassana, ksana. kaddhanaka, mfn. [kaddhana + ka2], dragging (to), pulling; Spk I 147,26 (ohrinan ti catusu apyesu ~am). ka44ban, / , see sv kaddhana. kanthappamnam, ind. [a2 + kanthappamna; cfS. kantham], up to (the limit of) the throat; Mp III 314,11 (~am bhunjitv). kappa, m. [cf S. kalpa], dress, appearance, guise; outward sign; deportment; (good) behaviour; Abh282 (~o veso); AIV 197,2 (~ena bhikkhave itthi purisam bandhati; Mp IV 106,4: ~en ti nivsanaprupandividhnena); V 88,1 (anno me ~o karaniyo ti pabbajitena abhinham paccavekkhitabbam); Ja VI 293,19* (~am sarakuttim v na rafino sadisam care) quoted Sadd 866,28; Mil 257,11 (bhinnasilo p i . . . parisagato -am upatthapeti); Sv 833,10 (dassanena pi ~ena pi kuttena pi crena pi); Mp I 126,27 (satth... manussalokam gamanatthya ~am dassesi); As 321,14 (-0 ti gamandikro); -sampanna, mfn., of good deportment or appearance; decorous; VinlV 102,11 (pabbajitena sunivatthena bhavitabbam suparutena -na ti); A III 78,21 (dullabho ... vuddhapabbajito nipuno dullabho ~o); Ja IV 342,7 (satthivassathero viya ~o); neg. ankappasampanna, mfn., Vin I 44,7 (dunnivatth dupprut ankappasampann pindya carati; Sp 977,5: samanasruppcravirahit ti attho); II213,i; Ja 1420,21 (bhariy pan' assa thlarigapaccarig uddhumtakanimittasadis ankappasampann ahosi); 421,3 (ek janapaditthi thlasarir ankappasampann). kappana in Ee at It-a II 52,6 is prob, wr for kaddhana qv. kampeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *2 + kampati; S. kampayate], causes to tremble, agitates; Tel 95 (nkampayanti sakal pi ca lokadhamm); pp kampita, mfn. [ts], shaken; trembling; Ja VI 587,5* (mahl - ahu); hadaya, mfn., with heart agitated, with shaking heart; Mil 154,6 (~-haday, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se different). kara, m. [ts], a mine; a rich source; a place of origin; Vv 50:31 (tathagata ... punnakkhettnam ~); Ja II 442,12' (ratannam -tt); VI 459,22' (panditnam ~assa); Ap 508,28 (gunnam ~o viro); Mil 356,12 (~o ratanuppdya); Vism 482,7 (suvannyatanam ratanyatanan ti disu ~o) = As 141,5 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

wr kro); Vism 612,6 (sabbabhaynam -tya); Sp 311,17 (-am gantv lohabijattham pathavim khananti); Mhv 37:105 (gunnam - 0 sabbaratannam va sgaro); ifc see ambuj'- (^v ambu), ratan'-; ankara, m., what is not a mine, not a source; Ja II414,14 (puflfiavantnam hi~esu ratanni uppajjanti yev ti); V 122,29' (anyatanam vuccati lbhayasasukhnam -o). kalana, n. [S. lex. id.], reckoning; examining; taking for; It-a II 12,11 (adukkhamasukhya vedanya pavattankalanam pavattiy ~am ankalanam jnanam ajnanam ca sukhadukkhabhvavavatthnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr akalanam). kalla (or akalla2), n. [cf S. kalya, S. lex. kalya], illhealth; illness; Abh 323 (gelannkallam bdho). kassa, m. [S. karsa], attraction; (object of) fascination; Nidd-al 433,29 (tanh hi rpdmam kassanato -o ti vuccati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ksanato kso ti; = Pj II 567,27: eds ksanato kso ti); see also ksa2. kassati, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + kassati1; S. karsati], draws towards (oneself); drags; Niddl 428,30 (yaya tanhya rpam ~ati samkassati ganhti parmasati abhinivisati; Nidd-a 1434,2: ksati ti -afi ti ca duvidho ptho); see also kaddhati, kasati. kassana, . [S. karsana], drawing near; attracting; Nidd-a 1433,29 (tanh hi rpdinam ~ato kasso ti vuccati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ksanato; = Pj II 567,27: eds ksanato); see also kaddhana, ksana. kcinam in Ee at Vv 60:1 is wrfor akcinam {Be, Ce, Se so). kra1, see sv1. kra2, m. [ts], 1. form, appearance; external characteristic, sign, gesture; expression; deceptive appearance, pretence (very frequently ifc); Abh 764 (~otvingitam ingo); 981 (-0 ... santhne ingite); Vin III 27,24 (tehi ~ehi tehi lingehi tehi nimittehi vadati vinnpeti); V 167,i (sangho ~ato janitabbo ti patibalo nu kho ayarn sahgho imam adhikaranam vpasametum dhammena vinayena satthussanena udhu no ti); D II 62,14 (yehi... ~ehi yehi lingehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nmakyassa pannatti hoti); MI 360,3 (te ... ~ te ling te nimitt); Ja II 131,24* (ete bhavanti ~ amittasmim patitthit yehi amittam jneyya; cf 132,5': ~ ti kran); Mil24,i2 (disvna ~en' eva annasi eso kho ettha Nagaseno ti); Sp47,9 (pattagahanatthya rafino ~am dassesi); 826,29 (bhamukya v ~am karoti); Vism 20,28 (hatthapdasitahasitakathita^lokitdibhedam ~am ganhti); 635, \8 (hatthissa bheravam ~am disv); As 83,31 (ayam hatthdinam ~o cakkhuvinneyyo hoti); Vibh-a 473,28 (dussildayo silavantdinam ~am dassenti); Mhv 31:51 (bhgineyyam ~ena nivedayi); ifc see unh' -, pann,-; 2. mode; sort; aspect; way, manner; D I 138,26 (dasah' -hi); A III 196,26 (pancah' ~ehi avippatisro upadahtabbo); Jail 382,26 (ayam dutthatpaso annenkarena nisinno); Niddl 255,10 (aparena ~ena); Patis I 52,33 (visatiy -hi tisandhim paticcasamuppdam jnti; Patis-a243,2i: visatiy kotthsehi); Pet 76,22 (yena yena v ~ena ariyadhamm desit); Nett 73,28 (visatiy -hi pathavidhtum vitthrena pariganhti); Mil 78,11

276

(katihi ~ehi sati uppajjati ti); Vism 125,6 (samena -ena cakkhni ummiletv); Spkl 244,20 (madhuren' -ena Saddam karonti); Ud-a 15,20 (vyanjannam hi pativijjhitabbo ~o ntigambhfro); ifc see uddhat'(.yvuddhata1), khin'- (svkhinoti); 3. cause, reason; Abh981 (-0 krane); VinI 59,n (dvihi -ehi buddha bhagavanto bhikkh patipucchanti, dhammam v desessma svaknam v sikkhpadam pannpessm ti); M III 292,35 (ke ... - ke anvay; Ps V 105,7: ke ~ti kni kranni); 4. (gr.t.t.) dividing up, detailing; definition; Sadd 907,3 (-0 nirutti niddeso); 907,19 (vyanjanavibhgo vibhgappakro -0 nma katame cattro ... tidi viya); MI 114,2 (imehi -ehi imehi padehi imehi vyanjanehi attho vibhatto ti); Pet 5,3 (... vyanjanni -ni niruttiyo...); Nett 9,12 (bhagav... -ehi vibhajati niruttihi uttnikaroti); Nidd-al 3,14 (vyanjanavibhgappakso -0); -dassanaka, mfn., exhibiting appearances or forms; Spklll 103,5 (aniie ca kmassdasamyutt - abhinay); -va(t), mfn., having a form; having a cause; grounded; MI 401,22 (atthi... satth yasmim vo -vati saddh patiladdh; Ps III 116,20: -vati tikranavati sahetuk); 1135,25 (atthi -vati patipad ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyy ti); see also attkrnuvattpana sv atta(n). kraka, m. [kra + ka2], appearance; reason; sign; Ja I 269,31* (~ena jnmi na cyam bhaddik sur; 270,5': imin kranena jnmi) * 272,2*. ksa1, m. (and n.) [S. karsa], attraction; (object of) fascination; Sn 944 (-am na sito siy; Pj II 567,26: tanham nissito na bhaveyya); Niddl 428,27 (-am vuccati tanh, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kassam); Pj II 567,27 (tanh hi rpdinam ksanato -o ti vuccati) = Nidd-a I 433,29 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kassanato kasso ti); see also kassa. ksa2, m.n. [S., BHS kSa], I. the ether; air, sky; space; open space; Abh46; VinI 180,26 (~e antalikkhe cankamati); D I 34,35 (ananto ~o ti); MI 127,36 (-0 arpi anidassano); S III 207,4 (-am indriyni sankamanti); A I 170,24 (-e pi pallankena kamati seyyath pi pakkhisakuno); Dhp 92 (-e va sakuntnam gati); Sn 1065 (-0 va avypajjamno); Th 1155 (-am hi haliddya yo mannetha rajetave); Ja IV 375,5 (-ena gantv); VI 126,28* (yath sarade ~o nflo va patidissati, Ce so; Ee nilo ca; Be, Se nilobhso padissati); Ap 110,4 (-ato pupphavutthi abhivassissati); Dhs 638; Kv 329,4 (-0 asankhato ti); Mil 287,20 (samvatteyya pi ce mahraja -0 kilanjam iva); 320,27 (katame -assa dasa gun nibbnam anupavitth ti); Vism 593,34 (katthdisu gehasambhresu ekenkrena -am parivretv thitesu gehan ti vohramattam hoti); Nidd-aI 165,20 (dhfro... -am iva nirupalitto accantavodnappatto hoti); Sadd 442,9 (~o ti nabham, tarn hi na kassati* ti ~o, kasitum vilekhitum na sakko ti attho); ifc see ajat'- (svjat), kasinugghatim'- (sv kasina), jala-d-; 2. a game, playing in the air; D I 6,24 (atthapadam dasapadam ~am; Sv85,i9: -an ti atthapadadasapadesu viya ~e yeva kilanam; c/Vinlll 180,22: atthapade pi kilanti dasapade pi kilanti ~e pi kilanti); ' -angaria, n. [ksa + angana1], open space; an open courtyard; Jail 176,is; Ps III 78,26; Ud-a 244,20 (yattha uparicchadanam parikkhepo v n* atthi tdise ~e); ' -anta, n. [ksa +

anta1], an open space, region; Ja VI 89,8* (brah v)amigkinnam -am padissati yattha Smo hato seti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se-amva dissati; 89,i6'/o//.: brah ti accuggatam, -an ti evam tarn vanam ksassa anto viya hutv padissati, atha v -an ti ksamnam paksamnan ti attho); '-nafica, ., infinity of space; Vism 331,20 (ksam anantam ksnantam, ksnantam eva ~am); As 205,10; '-naficyatana, Ai, the sphere or stage of the infinity of space, ie 1. the first of the arpa states of existence; and 2. the state of the consciousness of the infinity of space, the first arpajhna or one of the vimokkhas; D I 35,9 (~am samatikkamma); MI 293,32 (ananto kso ti ~am neyyam); SI 158,7 (catutthajhn vutthahitv ~am sampajji); IV 266,7 (katamam nu kho ~an ti); Ud80,n (atthi... tad yatanam yattha n'eva pathavi... na ~am); Kv 326,12 (~e satt jyanti jiyanti...); Vism 326,5/o//.; Ps I 36,2i (suddhvse atikkamitv -an ti dim ha); As 205,9; -kasina, ., concentration on space, meditation based on space; the meditation object space; D III 268,26 (~am eko sanjnati); AI 41,22 (~am bhveti); Vism 175,7 (-am ugganhanto ksasmim nimittam ganhti bhitticchidde v tlacchidde v vtapnantarikya v ti); -kuhara, ., the hollow or cavity of space; Mhv 72:316 (~am si chditam); -gata, -ngata, mfn. and ., I. (mfn.) in the air; belonging to the sky or space; Vin III 48,25 (bhandam -am); MI 317,11 (sabbam -am tamagatam abhivihacca) ^ SI 65,13 (-am tamam); Ps II 132,21 (uddhumyikya catusu pdesu -esu gamanam pacchijjati); 2. (n.) sky; space; Dhs 638 (kso -am agham aghagatam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ksarigatam; As 326,1: kso va -am ... -0 ti v gatanti~am); ^-cri(n), mfii., travelling through the air; Ja VI 485,22 (ek -ini kaneruk); Vv-a 188,28 (-im mahantam vimnam pturahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -i); -crika, mfn.9 able to go through the air; Ja II 103,10 (imassa manikkhandhassa nubhvena -o hutv); Spk II 351,5 (dev); -cetiya, ., a cetiya built on a hilltop or mountain-top; Mp II 230,25; -ttha, mfn., living in the sky; being in the sky; being in the air; Vin III 47,27; DU 107,24(vto-o hoti); Ap 1,12 (ratan... - ca bhmatth); Ja III 372,2 (ettakam rukkhe bajjhissati ettakam -am bhavissati ti); Mil 181,12; -tthaka, mfn., id; Spkl 283,35 (- dev); Nidd-a I 154,20; -tala, *., 1. the surface of the sky; the sky; Mp IV 39,13 (anupahacca talan ti -am anupahacca anatikkamitv); Ap-a222,i8 (ambaram -am chditam); 2. an area on the top of a building; a flat roof; Sp 282,23 (~e nipajjantenpi); Ps V 38,M; Dhp-a I 164,5 (bltapam tappamno -e nisidi); anksa, m., what is not space or air; Kv 329,6 (atthi keci -am kasam karonti ti); 329,30 (udapne khannamne -o kso hoti ti). ksaka, mfn. [ksa2 + ka2], being in the sky; -vimna, ., a palace or mansion in the sky; a heavenly mansion; Ja VI 124,24 (assa -ni dassetv, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ksatthakavimnni). *ksati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [a2 + ksati2], is visible; shines; part.pr. (a) ksanta, mfn., (b) ksamna, mfn., Ja VI 89,17' (ksantan ti evam tarn vanam ksassa anto viya hutv padissati, atha v -antan ti -amnam, paksamnan ti

277

attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~antan ti ksasamnam). ksati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. karsati], draws towards (oneself); drags; Nidd-a 1434,2 (-ati ti kassati ti ca duvidho ptho; ad Niddl 428,30: kassati); see also kaddhati, kassati. ksana, n. [S. karsana], drawing near; attracting; Pj II 567,27 (tanh hi rpdinam -ato kso ti vuccati) = Nidd-a I 433,29 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kassanato); see also kaddhana, kassana. kifica, n., {from a3 + kinci], nothingness; the state of nothingness; Ap 540,io (ksyatanam c'eva vifinnyatanam tath -am nevasannam ca sampajji yathkkamam, Be, Se so; Ce kincannam nevasannam; Ee kincafinevasafinam ca) = Thi-a 154,4 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce akincannam nevasannam); kincyatanpag in Ee at Mill 103,12 is prob, wr for kincannyatanpag (Be, Ce, Se so); see also kiiicanna, kincana. kiflcaflfta, w. and mfn. [S. kincanya], l.(/i.) (i) the state of having nothing; complete absence of possessions; Sn976 (-am patthayno; Pj II 580,32: -an ti akincanabhvam, pariggahpakaranavivekan ti vuttam hoti); Thi341 (-am hi patthaye); Mil 181,28 (khanti apphrat rativippahnam -am); (ii) the state of nothingness; Sn 1070 (-am pekkhamno satim... n'atthi ti nissya tarassu ogham); Vism 334,35 (akincanassa bhvo -am); 2. (mfn.) associated with nothingness or with having nothing; MI 297,9 (appamn cetovimutti... - cetovimutti... sunnat cetovimutti; PsII 353,22: rammanakincanassa abhvato -); A l l 177,17 (-am yeva patipadam patipanno); PsII 354,28 (maggaphalni kincannam maddanapalibujjhanakilesnam natthitya -ni, nibbnam pi -am); 0, -yatana, n. [BHS kimcanyyatana], the sphere or stage of (the awareness of) nothingness, ie 1. the third of the arpa states of existence; and 2. the state of awareness of nothingness, the third arpajhna or one of the vimokkhas; D III 263,29 (n* atthi kinci ti -'-pag, ayam atthamo sattvso, sant' vuso satt sabbaso -am samatikkamma nevasannnsannyatanpag); 266,13 (-am sampannassa viMnancyatanasann niruddh hoti); MI 164,15 (lro Klmo -am pavedesi); 293,33 (n' atthi kinci ti -am neyyam); Pet 151,20; Vism 333,9foil.; Sp 963,29 (klam katvso ~e nibbatto ti); sampattilo in Ee at Jal 406,24 is prob, wr for ~-sampattilbhi (Be, Ce, Se so); -sambhava in Be, and kincannsambhava in Ce, Ee, Se at S n l l l 5 are prob, wrr for kincanasambhava qv sv kincana; lancaMsannv ti in Ee at Mill 107,19 is wr for ^incannyatanasanny ti (Be, Ce, Se so); see also kifica, kincana. kificana, n. [from kincana], the state of having nothing; the state of nothingness; Ja VI 260,22* (~am Kurunam rjasettho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se akincanam; 260,25 foil.: Kururj nippalibodhabhvam vanneti ti); akincanassa in Ee, Se at Niddl 494,28* is wr for akincanassa (Be, Ce so); -bhava in Ee, Se at Nidd I 454,33 is wr for kincana- (Be, Ce so); -sambhava, m., the origin of the state of nothingness; S n l l l 5 (~am iiatv, so read? Be

kincannasambhavam, Ce, Ee, Se kincannsambhavam, unmetrical); see also kifica, kificanna. kinna, mfh., pp o/kirati qv. kirana, n. [from kirati], pouring in; heaping up; Sadd 534,i (vaddha ~e); Sp 319,25 (parassa sappim v telam v -bhvam iiatv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kinnabhvam); ankirana, n., the not pouring; the stopping of pouring; Sp 827,2 (-'-atthya). kirati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vkf], sprinkles, scatters over; pours (into, loc), heaps up (in); dispenses; Mil 62,7 (idhame patte -a); Dhp 313 (bhiyyo -ate rajam); Sn 665 (rajam ~asi); Mil 231,23 (devat dibbam ojam patte ~anti); 238,15 (ekasm sakatato ratanam gahetv ekasmim sakate -eyyum); 323,16 (yam te sikkhitam tarn sabbam etth* eva ~ahi); Sp 319,7 (rittakumbhiy idni telam -issanti ti); part.pr. kiranta, m^-anti)/!., VinlH 15,3i (ntidsi tarn bhidosikam kummsam yasmato Sudinnassa patte -anti); IV 191,34 (bhjane -anto); aor. 3 sg. kiri, Pv 16:9 (dnam vipulam ~i); Mhv 38:19 (sise ~i sankram); 3 pi. kirimsu, Pv30:4; Ap 599,26 (vluk ~imsu); absol. kiritv, Vin II 195,34; D I 74,2 (kamsathle nahniyacunnni ~itv); Jail 70,2i (pniyam ussincitv doniyam -itv adsi); Pj II 151,23 (vaddhetv ti... ~itv ti vuttam hoti); pass, part.pr. (a) kiranta, mfh., ? Mil 151,20 (matassa rukkhassa sukkhassa ... kumbhasahassena pi udake -ante allattam ... na bhaveyya, Be, Ee so; Ce udakena; Se udakam); (b) kiramna, mfn., Vin-vn 1442 (bhatte ~amne tu carukena); (c) kiriyamna, mfn., Sp 846,11 (carukena bhatte ~iyamne, Be, Ce so; Se kiriyamne; Ee kirayamne); pp (a) kinna, mfn. [S. kirna], poured (into), heaped up (in); overspread, filled, crowded; surrounded, being in a crowd; disordered, unrestrained, impure; Abh 720; Vin I 352,29 (aham... ~ona phsu vihsim); A I 279,13 (bhagav ... ~o viharati bhikkhhi...); S IV 37,12 (evamvihri ... bhikkhu kincpi gmante viharati -0 bhikkhhi bhikkhunihi... atha kho ekavihri ti vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~e); Ja V 266,16* (niray... ~ luddakammehi); Ap216,18 (vatamsakehi -am bodhipjam aks* aham); Pp 31,37 (purisassa ucchange nnkhajjakni -ni); Mil 342,10 (tehi arahantehi kulam samkulam -am samkinnam ... dhammanagaram ahosi); Sp 319,9 (tele -); 322,7 (tt); Ps V 30,22 (-am kilitthavcam na bhaneyya); Pj II 383,4 (vipulam pi hi -an ti vuccati); kammanta, mfn., rough in action, acting impurely; SI 204,34* (Spkl 298,12: kammanto tievam aparisuddhakammanto) = Ja III 309,4* (309,5.* kinnakammanto ti kakkhalakammanto drunakammanto); manussa, mfn., full of people, crowded with people; Vin I 268,5 (Vesli... bahujan manuss); Mil 71,28; Ja IV 170,io (phitni manussni sampannabalavhanni tini nagarni); 311,8' (manussatya); ludda, mfn., rough and fierce; very fierce; SI 205,1* (luddo puriso; Spk I 298,15: luddo ti bahuppo glhappo ti v) = Ja III 539,9* (539,13': luddo ti glhaluddo); loma, ., matted, thick hair; Vin III 130,29 (Sp 550,5: loman tijatitalomam); vihra,m., living in crowds; A III 104,13 (sanganikavihro hoti vihro); Dhp-a I 56,14 (so tya vihratya ukkanthito); vihri(n), mfn.,

278

living in crowds; Dhp-aHI 472,21 (na hi sakk ~-vihrin evam attnam dametun ti); neg. ankinna, mfn., not crowded; Th 1069 (ankinna gahatthehi); Ap 547,15 (appasaddam aiikinnam); Sp 974,5; pp (b) akirita, (mf)n., being poured into; pouring into, heaping up in; Mil 173,19 (tasmim sakate dhaniiassa pana tt); fpp kiritabba, mfn., Sp 855,15; 1266,18; caus. absol kirpetv, Ja II 289,12 (doniyam kundakaygum kirpetv dpesi); Dhp-aIV 121,15 (bhattam patte kirpetv); see also anvkiri, khina. kirita, mfn., pp o/kirati qv. kilyati, see sv gilyati. kucca, m. (or ~, / ) , an iguana; Ja VI 538,4* (~ pacalkca, pl, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kucch; 538,24': ~ ti godh). kumram, ind. (or kumra, mfn.) |a2 + kumra; S. kumram], (extending) even to children; Sadd 880,28 (saddo ... abhividhimhi ~amyaso Kaccyanassa); see also komram. kurati, pr. 3 sg. [poss. onomat.; cf kurati1 ], makes a hoarse sound; Mil 152,13 (parittni pi mahrja pavattayamnnam saddo syati jivh sukkhati hadayam vyvattati kantho ~ati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se turati). kula, mfn. [ts], confused, upset, agitated; entangled with; full of (often ifc); Ja I 123,16 (so lmakabhattassa pattadivase salkaggam ~am karoti); Mil 342,10 (tehi arahantehi -am samkulam... dhammanagaram ahosi); Sv296,8 (janapado corabhayen' eva ~o bhavissati): Dhp-al 425,16 (Suj thokarn ~ viya hutv); Sp303,i9 (imasmim ca thne sabbatthakath ~ lulit duvinneyyavinicchay); ifc see andh-, tanta-, vykula, samkula; '-kula, m/h., thoroughly confused; Mil 220,is; 0 -vykula, mfn., completely confused; very disordered; entangled; JaV 207, w; Vism 258,32; Mp III 205,9; -samkula, mfn., completely entangled; Ja VI 270,2i' (rukkh... ~); ankula, mfn., not confused; not crowded; not agitated; calm; Abh 1035; Sn 262 (~ ca kammant); Th 1144 (~e tattha nage ramissam); Sp 1415,io* (~ya saddhya pasanno ratanattaye); Dhp-all 153,5 (so rahado ~-tya vippasanno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akalusatya); It-a I 2,5* (suvisuddham -am); Mhv4:50; Sadd 1,13* (pavakkhmi saddanitim ~am); see also akkulo, ankulaniya. kulaka, mfn. [kula + ka2], entangled; Sv 495,27 (-jt honti ganthibaddh, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee gulakajt); ifc see tant' -. kull, / , the name of a tree or plant; Vism 260,22 (abaddhapittammilta-kulipupphavannam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -bakula-) * Pj I 60,28 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -bakula-) * Vibh-a 243,28 (eds -kulita-); Th-all 78,27 (-pupphehi pjesi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ankola-; c/Ap287,i9: ankolam pupphitam disv... sambuddham pjesim); see also kolaka. kulita, mfn. [ts], muddied; (or the name of a plant; ?) Vibh-a 243,28 (abaddhapittam milta-kulitapupphavannam) * Vism 260,22 (milta-kuli-, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se miltabakula-). kotana, n., ~ , / [BHSdkotsnd], beating; knocking; an

instrument for beating; Dhtup 557 (kuta ~e); Dhtum 783; Mil 63,1 (yath mahrja ~ evam vitakko datthabbo); 306,19 (tassa ~em saddo nibbattitv); Spk II 239,10 (pnin v muggarena v -ena kotitni); Pj II 285,25 (sattnam danddihi ~am vadho); (a)-kkhama, mfn., who or what cannot stand beating; not a fit object for beating; MI 385,16 (makkatacchpako rangakkhamo hi kho, no ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kottana-); see also kotani. kotani,/ [from koteti], an instrument for beating; a goad or whip; Ja VI 253,2* (pann ~I; 254,ivfoil: tava kyarathassa uppathapatipannassa rjarathassa sindhave kotetv nivranapatodalatthi viya pann -i hotu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotini, prob, wr); see also kotana. koteti, -ayati, (and occasionally, esp. in Se, kotteti), pr. 3 sg. [BHS kotayati], beats, strikes; knocks (at); pounds; hammers (in); Vin I 248,2 (aggalam ~ehi); D II 336,16 (pnin ~etha); MI 115,31 (dandena -eyya); Mil 306,19 (bhjanam ~eyya); Ps I 122,27 (therassa nikkhamanasannya eva bherim ~enti); part.pr. (a)kotenta,w/(~enti)w., Ja III 287,1 (ath* ek... mahallik... yatthiy bhmim -enti ganchi); Vism 515,26; Ps II 90,6 (muggarena ~ento); Vin-vn 2823; (b) kotayanta, mfn., Ja VI 548,10* (~ayanto te neti); (c) kotayamna, mfn., Sv 39,3 (sraphalake visarukkhanim -ayamno); aor. 3 sg. kotesi, Vin IV 34,9; Ja IV 270,24 (so nakhaggena dvram -esi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthesi); 3 pl kotesum, D II 338,1 (tarn sankham ... pnin ~esum); absol. (a) kotetv, Vin II 217,12; Ja I 239,27 (nv ... samuddamajjhe ~etv thapit viya atthsi); 11260,16; Mil 98,n (bherim -etv); Vism 515,19; Sp 1219,22 (khnuke ~etv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kottetv); neg. ankotetv, Sv 252,27; (b) kotetvna, Saddh 159; (c) kotayitvna, Vv 81:17; pass. part.pr. kotiyamna, mfn., Ja III 491,13; Pj II 479,20; pp kotita, mfn., beaten; knocked (at); pounded; hammered (in); Vin IV 63,36 (corehi manuss hat dissanti vilutt dissanti - dissanti); AIV 171,8 (rukkhni... kuthripsena ~ni kakkhalam patinadanti); Mil 62,3i (kamsathlam ~am pacch anuravati); Vism 437,h ([kahpanassa] ~assa Saddam sutv); Sp 327,5 (bhittiyam -0); 681,21 (bheriy ~ya); Spk II 239,io (kotanena -ni); pacckotita, mfn., beaten and pounded; pounded this way and that; MI 385,7; Sil 281,ii (yam tvam ~-pacckotitni civarni prupeyysi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ni pacckotitni); fpp kotetabba, mfn., Vin II 138,8; caus. pr. 3 sg. kotpeti, Vin III 207,4 (purnacivaram dhovpeti ~eti); Sp 565,4 (khile ~eti); part.pr. kotapenta, mfn., Ja III 361,34' (~ento); absol kotpetv, Ja III 160,8 (balibherim -etv). kotteti, see sv koteti. kodhesi in Ee at Mp IV 167,11 is wr for kotesi (Be, Ce, Se so). komram, ind. (or komra, mfn.) [a2 + komra; cfS. kumram], (extending) even to children; Sadd 749,5 ( komra yaso Kaccyanassa komram); see also kumram. kolaka, m. [- ankolaka qv ?], the name of a plant;

279

Ap 362,io (~ bimbijl, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ankolak); see also kuli. kkhyta, see sv khyti. khina, mfn. [S. *skirna; see K.R. Norman, 1979, pp. 324-28], scattered, unrestrained; rough; impure; M III 230,19 (sammukh nkhlnam bhane, so read ? Be, Ce, Ee na khinam; Se ntikhlnam; Ps V 30,22: kinnam kilitthavcam na bhaneyya); -vyappatha, mfn., of rough speech; Sn 158 (kacci nkhinavyappatho, so read? eds na khinavyappatho; Pj II 204,4foil: na khinavyappatho ti na pharusavco ti vuttam hoti, nkhinavyappatho ti pi ptho, na akhmavacano ti attho, pharusavacanam hi paresam hadaye akhlyamnam titthati); see also kinna (sv kirati), khina2. khu, m. [ts], a mouse, a rat; Abh618 (msiko tv khu unduro); Panca-g 10 (in cpd). khetaka, m. [ts], hunting; a hunter; Sadd352,n (khita uttsane: khetati ~o kheto); Pafica-g 34 (ye sadkhetake rata). khy,/ [ts], name; Abh 114; ifc see klkhya sv kla1; see also appesakkha, mahesakkha. khyti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vkhy], tells; announces; Sadd 326,23 (kiriyam -ti katheti ti khytam); pp khyta (sometimes written kkhyta), mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) spoken; declared, made known; called; Abh 373 (cakkarn ratharigam -am); 755; 2. (n.) (gr.t.t.) a (finite) verb; Kkh 20,26 (vasena klam anmasitv, Be, Ce so; Ee wr akhyta-); Ap-a220,2 (in cpd); Sadd 10,35* (yam tiklam tipurisam kriyvci tikrakam attilihgam dvivacanam tad -an ti vuccati); 521,2 ( -ttam nmikattam ca ppunant); 741,12 (~ena samso na hoti); 811,18 (kiriyam akkhyau" ti-am, kiriypadam); nfiu, mfn., knowledgeable about verbs; Sadd 25,4* (khytikan ti dhirehi niihi lakkhitam); pada, n., a (finite) verb; Sv 26,15 (hoti tipadanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kkhyta-); Ps I 3,4(harati tipadanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkhta-) = Mp 14,5; Th -a I 4,29 (sunth ti padam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kkhyta-); Sadd 450,10 (atthi tipadam); vibhatti,/, a verbal ending, an inflection of a verb; Sadd 56,1 (Ktantappakaranasmim hi sakkatabhsnurpena dasadh vibhattiyo thapit, Kaccyanappakarane Mgadhabhsnurpena atthadh thapit); svkhyta, mfn., well-proclaimed; SI 87,14 (-0 bhagavat dhammo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se svkkhto); IV 300,30 (dhammassa t, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se svkkhtat); Th-a II 177,26 (sudesito ti... -o ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce svkkhto; Ee wr svkkhto); Sadd 326,24 (keci pana svkhto ti ca svkkhto ti ca -o ti ca padam icchanti, tattha pacchimni sakkatabhsto nayam gahetv vuttni); see also akkhti. khytika, (mf)n. [cf S. khytika], (gr.t.t.) a verbal form, a (finite) verb; Sadd 20,23 (klakrakapurisaparidlpakam kiriylakkhanam -am); 25,4* (gacchatl ti dikam sutv kriyasandipanam padam -an ti dhirehi khytannhi lakkhitam); 181,16* (gaccham vidhamam icc dipadni munissane katthac, ~ honti katthaci pana nmik); -pada, n., a verbal expression, a verb; Sadd 12,12* (-am nma duvidham samudiritam sakammakam akammam ca); 351,13 (nti ti ssane -am

dittham). khyna, n. [ts], telling; announcing; Sadd 542,23 (-am kathanam); ifc see itthambht' -; see also akkhna. khyyik,/ [ts], a story, a tale; Abh 113; see also akkhyik. ga1, ga2, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/Vg qv. ga(s), n. [S. gas], offence, wrong-doing; ifc see akat'- sv karoti; see also gu2. gacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. gacchati], comes, comes near; comes back, returns; reaches, attains; is recorded, is handed down by tradition; Vin I 8,36 (ayam vuso samano Gotamo -ati); D I 90,19 (yy* eva kho pan' atthya -eyytha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -eyytho); II 321,24 (yvham tesam uddassetv-mi ti); SV 361,14 (yattha papateyysi tatth* evamaranam -eyysi, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se gameyysi); AII 82,7 (tato cuto itthattam -ati); Sn 730 (ngacchanti punabbhavam); Th978 (pur -ate etarn angatam mahabbhayam); Jail 90,12 (gacchatha tassa mama vacanena pde vanditv khampetv ganhitv -ath ti); V 25,17' (puna -assu); VI 425,11* (sace tvarn sattarattena ngacchasi mam' antike); 520,26 (ito patthya akle mama santikam m -hi ti); Ap 160,9 (obhsento dis sabb -ati narsabho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr gacchati); Mil 30,i (-atti); Vism 101,13 (sace so pto va -ti vadati pto va gantabbam); gacchant ti in Ce, Ee at Sv280,i4 is wr for m gacchant ti (Be, Se so); fut. 3 sg. (a) gamissati, D 1102,2 (yo imhi catuhi dishi gamissati); MI 74,18 (imam yeva arigraksurn gamissati ti); Dhp 121 (mppamannetha ppassa na man tarn gamissati); Ja V 7,19* (asiloko mayi pete gamissati); VI 187,3 (s idni gamissati idni gamissati ti tassgamanamaggam eva olokenti nisidi); Pet 193,13; gamissati is a not uncommon wr for gamessati; (b) gacchissati, Vin II 158,22 (imin maggena -issati); Jail 368,25 (kad rj dnaggam -issati ti); (c) gamicchati ? Dip 9:12 (ratthe janapade vsam m puna gamicchati); part.pr. (a) gaccha(t), mfn., Sp 651,20 (slgham -ato); Nidd-al 459,20 (bhikkhcragmam gacchato -ato ca); neg. angaccha(t), mfn., Sv 824,4 (angacchato parjayo ti); part.pr. (b) gacchanta, m/(-antI)rt., Vin I 8,35 (addasamsu ... bhagavantam drato va -antam); D i l 130,16 (pitthito pitthito -anto); Thi 147 (-anti sakam gharam); Ap 109,24 (-ante ca padume); neg. angacchanta, m/(-anti)., Ja VI 369,2; 425,14'; Vism38,27; gacchanta in Ee at Ja VI 214,25' is wr for ycant (Be, Ce, Se so); gacchanta in Ee at Ud-a 422,17 is wrfor gacchanta (Be, Ce, Se so); (c) gacchamna, mfn., Ja III 263,28 (uparpari -amn mi); Dhp-a II 266,9 (tarn -amnam addasa); aor. 3 sg(&) gam, Vin II 110,15* (m kinci ppam gam); Ja VI 556,16* (m h' eva no rjaputti syam unchto gam); (b)gamsi, Ja IV 329,26* (rgo mamam m punar gamsi); Sv 363,16 (bhagavato santikam gamsi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee agamsi); Pj II 359,20; (c) gami, Ja VI 583,27*; Mp 1293,13; (d) gacchi, ganchi, Sn 379 (-i te santike ngarj, Ee so; Be, Ce ganchi; Se agacchi); 979 (anno ganchi brhmano); Ja IV 373,2i* (atthya vata me ajja idhgacchi rathesabho, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce idhganchi); V48,n* (optam ~i

280

anariyarpo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ganchi); Ap45,2o (~i); 68,20 (~i, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ganchi); As 135,33 (tini sippni jnant ~ant ti vutte eko va ~i); 2 sg. (a)gam, gamo, Ja III 344,22* (kirn pana patthayno idhgama brahme tad ingha brhi) * IV 97,2 I* (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee idhgamo); (b) gamsi, Vin I 28,7; (c) gami, Sn 339 (m lokam punar gami); Thi 14; (d)gacchi, ganchi, SI 178,5* (yena atthena ~i, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ganchi); Ja IV 404,7* (~i, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ganchi); 1 sg. (a) gamam, Mil 105,12* (buddham saranam ~am); Sn510; (b) gamsim, AIV 89,6 (na-y-imam lokam pun* gamsim); (c)gamim, Sn957 (paiihena gamim, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se gamam); Ap 453,32; (d) agacchim, ganchim, MI 278,24 (aham kho sakamh gm amum gmam ~im, Se so; Ee ganchim; Be agacchim; Ce ganchim; ^ D I 81,29: Be, Ce agacchim; Se ganchim; Ee wr gancim); Ja VI 58,io (bhoto sakse -im, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ganchim); (e) gaccham, Ap 266,15 (-am tidasam puram, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ganchim; Se -im); 3pl (a)gamum, DU 259,15*; JaV 172,27* (athgamum solasa bhojaputt); (b) gamamsu, Vin III 39,1 (rmam gamamsu); D II 189,8 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se gamimsu); Ap56,i3; Vism 116,7; (c) gamimsu1, Jal 118,7 (assa tini pitakni gamimsu); Ap 296,22; Sp49,n (ekadivasam eva sabbanagarehi pannni gamimsu); As 135,32 (Ce, Ee so; Be gamamsu; Se -imsu); (d) gacchimsu, ganchimsu, VinI 129,3 (anfie vsik bhikkh -imsu); Ja II 31,14 (-imsu); Pj II 193,17 (-imsu); Bv-a 180,19 (-imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ganchimsu); (e) gacchum, ganchu(m), D II 261,9* (-um, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ganchum); Ja IV 447,16* (~um dovrik khaggabaddh, Be, Se so; Ce ganchum; Ee ganchu); Ap 411,21 (-um mama santikam); 541,13 (sigham ~u bhikkhavo, Be so; Ce, Ee ganchu; Se gaccha); 2pl. gamittha1, Jal 263,4 (kasm mama santikam na gamittha); Pj II 421,1 (m dni tumhe puna amhkam santikam gamittha ti); 1 pl. (a) gamamha, Ap 469,17 (sabbe manussattam gamamha tato cut, Ee so; Be agamimha; Ce gamimha; Se gatamha); (b)gamimh, Jal 470,21* (na rakkhasinam vasam gamimha, Ee, Se so; Be gamimhase; Ce gamimha); VI 224, r (gamimha); perf 3 pl. jagamum, SI 12,13* (pariyesamn na ca jagamum, perhaps so read ? Be, Ce, Se njjhagamum; Ee njjhgamum; see O. von Hinber, 1982, p. 31 foil; cond. 3 sg. gamissa, JaV 414,29' (sace satth ngamissa); inf. (a) gantum, D III 13,25; Ja I 452,27; Vism 118,16; neg. angantum, Sv 969,33; (b) gacchitum, Pj II 175,21; absol. (a) gamma, coming, having come; attained; owing to, with reference to, by means of; Vin III 185,9 (pubbe saddh hutva tarn gamma assaddh hoti); D I 13,2 (kirn gamma kirn rabbha); MI 3 8,14 (vattham sankilittham malaggahitam accham udakam gamma parisuddham hoti); Dhp 87 (ok anokam gamma); Th 34 (gm arannam gamma); Ja III 247,11* (imam gamma pabbatam); PatisII 175,3 (yam balam gamma tathagato sabhatthnam patijnti); Kv 226,31 (patisankhraniruddh sahkhr ariyamaggam gamma niruddh ti); Vism 507,22 (tarn gamma tanh virajjati); Sadd857,i4

(gamma gantv); neg. angamma, Vin II 93,26; Ja V 121,io*; (b) gantv, coming; having come, reached; returning; Vin I 30,4; D1156,15 (sakadgmi hoti, sakid eva imam lokam gantv dukkhass* antam karoti); Thi 129 (kuto pi nna gantv); Ja III 286,18 (satth gantv kya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathya sannisinn ti pucchitv); Mil 36,4; Vism 42,7; Mhv32:7; neg. angantv, SI 122,21*; JaIII 490,1; (c)gantvna, id., Khp7:l (gantvna sakam gharam); Ap95,6 (gantvna manussattam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee gantvna); Mhv 33:78; (d) neg. angantna; Nett 141,8 (angantna viniptam); pp gata, mfn. and n. [ts], \.(mfn.) come, arrived, come back; present; having reached, attained; come down, handed down, learnt; Vin I 30,7 (katamena tvam ... maggena ~o); MI 46,23 (~o imam saddhamman ti); D i l i 150,20* (caviya punar idhgato samno); Sn/?. 106,7 (~ni... asmkam mantesu dvattimsa mahpurisalakkhanni); Th3 (ye -narn vinayanti kankham); 1118 (abhispam -0); JaV 346,9* (tava hatthattham ~); VI 39,28 (setacchattena me -ena bhavitabban ti); 190,12* (orena dasarattassa bhtaram passa -am); Patisl 171,9 (~e v gate v kakacadante); Ap 343,3 (tava dassanakmo 'harn ~o *mhi mahmuni); Ps I 45,16 (katham bhagav tath ~o ti tathagato); Mp I 312,5 (tassa pabbajjvidhnam pliyam ~am eva); Sadd 373,22 (pasiddho pliyam tt); ifc see adhun'-, anvay'-, unchpatt'- (^vuncha), kl'- (^vkla1), des*-; 2. (n.) arrival; coming; Vin I 142,19 (icchmi bhikkhnam -an ti); 1h-a 155,4 (svgatan ti sundaram ~am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se gamanam); '-gata, mfn., whenever he (she, it) comes; whoever comes; Vin II 294,14 (~J -agate Vesalike upsake evam vadanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee gate); D II 179,22 (ye ~' -gatam janam nahpessant! ti); 348,20 (eko akkhadhutto ~* -gatam kalim gilati); Ja III 156,2 (-'-gat nam disv); '-gama, mfn., who has mastered the tradition; learned; VinIV 158,6 (eso... upsako bahussuto ~' -gamo kmesu vitargo ti); DII 125,6 (ther bhikkh ... bahussut ~' -gam dhammadhar vinayadhar); Ja VI 475,30* (kusalo sabbanimittnam rudann ~' -gamo); Mil 19,14 (thero tepitako bahussuto ~' -gamo); Mp II 189,20 (tesu gamesu yesam eko pi gamo gato paguno pavattati te~'-gam nma); visa, mfn., with quickly rising poison; A l l 110,32 (~o na ghoraviso; MpIII 120,3foil: yassa visamgacchati ghoram pana na hoti ciraklam na pfleti); Ja II 238,18' (sivisam mamam santan ti mam visam samnam); neg. angata, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) not come, not yet arrived; future; not learnt, not attained; not attested; VinI 120,17 (atthi bhante bhikkh gilno, so ~o ti); D i l 75,11 (~ ca arahanto); III 134,4 (-am addhnam rabbha); Sil 283,33 (yam ~am tarn patinissattham); Th 950 (~amhi klamhi); Ja VI 221,13* (purime yme ~e; 221, iv: -e ti pariyosnam appatte anatikkante tiattho); Dhs 1039 (katame dhamm ~); Mil 7,29 (atth1 vuso imasmim bhikkhusanghe koci bhikkh sanniptam ~o ti); 49,30 (atTto maharja addh ~o addh paccuppanno ~ati); Vism 375,21 (atthakathsu pana tt); Sadd 25,21* (~e bhavissanti klasmim sampavattati); 138,2 (Niruttipitake ca Kaccyane ca satthun ti padam -am pi gahetabbam eva); 336,21 (buddhavacane

281

atthakathtiksu satthesu ca tt); 829,10 (hamkhati patihamkhati ti dini pi pliyam -ni gahetabbni); angatam addhnam, angata-m-addhne, adv., in the future, D I 200,18 (bhavissasi tvam -am addhnam na tvam na bhavissasi); Mill 188,16 (evarpo siyam -am addhnan ti); Sil 268,4 (bhavissanti... -am addhnam Licchavi sukhuml); Pet 36,5 (evarpo vipko vipaccati etarahi vipaccissati v -am addhnan ti); Mil 126,3 (addasa angatamaddhne dvinnam pi tesam cakkhnam antaradhnam); 240,22 (-am addhnam sahgho mam' accayena cittikato bhavissati ti); 2. (n.) the future; A III 400,7 (atitam ... eko anto -am dutiyo anto); Sn 851 (nirsatti -e atitam nnusocati); Th951 (cikkhissmy -am); Ja VI 480,25 (bhante -e tumhdisassa buddhassa mi bhaveyyan ti); Mhv 27:3 (mahthupam ... kressati ~e); 35:106 ('ngatam disv); -'-amsa, m. [angata + amsa1], the future; DIU 275,2o; Dhs 1039; ~'-attha l , m. [angata + attha2], a future goal or purpose or benefit; the sense of the future; Ja IV 165,21* (-' -attham pativijjhiyamnam); Spk I 46,24 (-' -atthe atitavacanam); '-attha2, mfn. [angata + attha2], who has not attained the goal; Sn318; '-rammana, mfn., having the future as object; Dhs 1042; Vism430,i4; klika, mfn., belonging to or referring to future time; (belonging to) the future tense; Nidd-al 387,21 (klikam ajnitabbam nma kinci dhammajtam na bhavissati); Sadd 49,29 foil, (bhavissantivibhatti klika); patikankhana, mfn., with longings for the future or for what has not yet been achieved; Patis I 165,11 (--patikankhanam cittam); pucch,/, a question about the future; Niddl 340,19; vacana, n., (an expression of) the future tense; Ps II 284,35 (vimhayatthavasena pan* ettha bhavissati ti --vacanam katam); Bv-a 292,15 (vacane vattabbe sotapatitatt ah ti atitavacanam vuttam); Sadd 49,30 (bhavissantivibhatyantni padni vacanni); durgata, mfn. and n., not welcome; unwanted; ill-come; an ill coming; VinlV 130,7 (akkhamo hoti... duruttnam -nam vacanapathnam) * A l l 117,34 * Niddl 487,3; Pv-a251,i7 (te gamanam -am na hoti); Th-a I 55,11 (mam' gamanam ... tarn svgatam, tarn svgatatt yeva na -am); neg. adurgata, mfn., not unwelcome; welcome; adurgatam, welcome!; Thi 337 (tato te adurgatam); Ja IV 356,22* (svgatan te mahrja atho te adurgatam); svgata, sgata, mfn. and n. [su + gata], well come; welcome; well learnt; a good coming; Vin 1359,27* (ete vibharig ubhayassa -a, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se sgat; Sp 1154,n: sutthu gat); 1195,37 (ubhayni... ptimokkhni vitthrena -ni honti suvibhattni); SI 196, is* (-am vata me si mama buddhassa santike; Spk I 287,3: -an ti su-gamanam); Th287 (-am vata me si Gayyam Gayaphagguy yam addassim sambuddham); I h - a l 55,4 foil, (-an ti sundaram gamanam, idam mam ti sambandho, atha v -an ti sutthu gatam, may ti vibhatti parinmetabb); svgatam, sgatam, (+ gen.) welcome!; Vin I 214,32 (-am bhante ayyassa Mahmoggallnassa); DU 173,6 (ehi kho mahrja -am te mahrja, Be, Ce so; Se omits te; Ee sgatam mahrja; cf Sv622,11: -an ti su gatam... tava gamanam su-

gamanan ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sgatan ti); Thi 337 (tass te -am bhadde tato te adurgatam); Ja IV 356,22* (-an te mahrja atho te adurgatam); see also ehisvgatavdi(n); fpp (a) gamamya, mfn., Ps II 367,23 (-e kathite); Spk II 53,14 (khinsavassa -ampubbabhgapatipadam dassetum); neg. angamaniyam/., AIII 439,6; (b) gantabba, mfn. and n. impers., VinI 94,36 (na ekato -am); 111212,25 (tinena v pannena v paticchdetv -am, na tv eva naggena -am); Ja I 66,30 (buddhabhtena pana te pathamam mama vijitam -an ti); Pet 20,18 (vipallsato ditthi-); Ud-a392,i6 (na tya na gati); Pv-al41,is (tumhehi pi mama dnaggam -an ti); Bv-a 85,13 (tena -am maggan ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. gameti, -ayati, waits; waits for, expects; VinI 153,10 (~ehi vuso yva bhikkh vassam vasanti); II 182,26 (na ciram samma sattho, -essami ti); D I 113,1 (-entu kira bhavanto; SV280,M: -ent timuhuttam patimnentu, m gacchant ti vuttam hoti, Be, Se so; Ee wr patimnentum gacchant ti; Ce patimnentu gacchant ti); II 246,8 (bhavam Govindo satta vassni -etu); MI 449,18 (vadharn v bandham v maranam v -eti); 11179,22 (komudim ctumsinim -essati" ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -issati); S IV 211,2 (sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajno klam -eyya); Ja VI 88,28* (klam -aymase; 89,2': klakiriyam -essma); Cp 1:8:5 (muhuttam -eyytha yva jnmi tarn manam); Sadd 558,22 (to gamu isamadhivsane: -eti -ayati); part.pr. (a)gamenta, mfn., VinI 282,23; Spk III 188,35 (tadanurpam klam -ento); Sadd 462,19; (b)gamayamna,mfn., VinI 160,19; Mil 92,i8 (Bodhirjakumro bahidvrakotthake thito hoti bhagavantarp -ayamno); Ja II 54,24; Mil 288,12; Vism 68,15; Sadd 462,19; aor. 3 sg. gamesi, VinV 10,3; Spkl 140,22; 3pl. (a)gamesum, VinI 282,8 (ekacce bhikkh ngamesum); (b) gamayimsu, Sv 534,24 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -esum) = Ps II 398,8 (eds -imsu) = Mp III 342,15 (Ce, Ee, Seso; ite-esum); (c) gamimsu2, Ps II 398,8 (eds so, perhaps wr; = Mp III 342,15: Ce, Ee, Se -ayimsu; Be -esum); 2pl. gamittha2, VinI 282,13 (kissa tumhe ngamitth ti); absol. gametv, Vin II 208,28 (kavtam kotetv muhuttam -etv); Jal 8,22' (thokam -etv); fpp gametabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 50,24 (sace upajjhyo gilno hoti, yvajivam upatthtabbo, vutthnassa -etabban ti); Sp 1283,20 (mahtherena ca anumodanya ajjhittho va -etabbo ti); Mp IV 169,7 (rattim candavldiparipanthe sati arunuggamanam -etabbam); see also Vg. gacchana, n. [from gacchati], returning; ifc see angacchana. gaiicim in Ee at D I 81,29 and 81,31 is wr; Be, Ce agacchim; Se aganchim. gachi, aor. 3 sg. o/gacchati qv. gata, mfn. and n., pp /gacchati qv. gati,/ [ts], arrival, coming; return, rebirth; D I 162,15 (imesam tapassinam evam -im ca gatkn ca cutim ca upapattim ca yathbhtam pajnmi); MI 153,18 (na ca nesam [migajtnam] jnma -im v gatim v; Ps II 161,18: -im v ti imin nma thnena gacchanti amutra gacchanti ti idam nesarn na jnma); 328,34 (jnsi... sattnam -im gatim; Ps II 408,32: patisandhivasena

282

sattnam -im cutivasena gatim ca jnsi); SIII 53,17 (vinnnassa -im v gatim v upapattim v... pannpessmi ti); Pv 21:23 (nham jnmi... angirasassa gatim -im v; Pv-a 122,17: tassa asukam nma gatim ito gatoti v tato v pana asukasmim kle idha gamissati ti -im v nham jnmi); Ja IV 332,4* (so mam avedi gatim -im ca). gada, m. [from *2 + gadati], speech, word; Sv 66,32 (gadanam -0, vacanan ti attho) = Mpl 110,13 = It-al 120,2= Patis-a212,s; Sadd375,23 (tatho... -0 etass ti tathagato); gado in Ee at Ud-a 132,7 is wr for agado (Be, Ce, Se so); see also gada. gadana, n. [from *2 + gadati], speech, speaking; Sv 66,32 (-am gado, vacanan ti attho) = Mpl 110,13 = It-al 120,i = Patis-a212,8; Sadd375,22 (gada viyattiyam vcyam: gadati -am); see also gadana. ganta(r), m. [from gacchati], one who comes, who returns; (as periphrastic future) will come, will return; M II 130,16 (yadi v te bhante dev -ro itthattam yadi v angantro itthattan ti); A l l 159,36 (ekacce satt tamh ky cut gmino honti -ro itthattam); It4,is* (-ro punabbhavam); Ja II 420,3* (idni so idhgant atithi yuttasevako atha dakkhasi slkam sayantam musaluttaram, so read with CPD sv ganta(r)? eds gantv; 420,10': atithi hutv gato bhavissati); anganta(r), m., a non-returner, one who does not return; MII 130,17; AI64,7(so tatocutoangmi hoti ~ itthattam)* It95,11. gantabba, mfn. and n.,fpp o/gacchati qv. gantu, mfn. andm. [ts], I. (mfn.) arriving; incidental, adventitious; Ja VI 358,9* (-una sukhadukkhena phuttho; 358, w: - ti na ajjhattikena); 2. (m.) a newcomer, a stranger; a guest; Abh424; Ja III 402,5* (-urn kurute piyam); VI 529,2* (ramayanf eva -urn modayanti nivsinam; 529,16': -im ti gantukajanam). gantum, inf. o/gacchati qv. gantuka, mfn., m. and -, / [ts], 1. (mfn.) added, accessory; incidental adventitious, external; A I 10,12 (cittam... -ehi upakkilesehi upakkilittham); JaVI 358,15' (sattnam hi sukham pi dukkham pi -am eva na niccappavattam); Mil 304,20 (~ena ... meghena); Pet 104,15 (nevsiko hetu -0 paccayo); Visml95,i (asubhalakkhanam pan' ettha -ena alankrena paticchannatt na panfiyati); Sp 692,14 (-tt); Ps II 196,16 (campakapuppham... attano vannagandhasiriy va psdikam c' eva sugandham ca, na tassa -ehi vannagandhehi thomanakiccam atthi); Pj II 100,15 (eti ti iti, -nam akusalabhginam vyasanahetnam etam adhivacanam); Vibh-a 23,14 (-tya); 2. (mfn. and m.f) arriving, coming; a newcomer, a stranger; a traveller, esp. a visiting bhikkhu or bhikkhum; VinI 118,2 (- bhikkh ujjhyanti khiyanti vipcenti); MI 456,17 (- bhikkh); A III 41,H (-assa dnam deti); Ja II 15,25 (avelya gat - kattha vasanti ti); III 402,2r (-am piyam karoti); Sp 1185,30 (anniss pana -ya santike rocetv); Mp I 350,21 (-' amhi vasanatthnarn olokenti carmi ti); Vv-a 24,7 (duvidh hi -, atithi abbhgato ti); As 112,23 (nagaraguttiko ... ayam nevsiko ayam ~o ti gatgatam janam upadhreti vavatthapeti); Mhv 30:25

(ayam -o bhikkhu ayam nevsiko iti); Sadd 852,17 (gacchati ti -0). gantv, absol. o/gacchati qv. gama, m. and mfn. [ts], l.(m.) (i) coming, approach; access; income, return; Abh951; D I 52,29 (n'atthi tatonidnam ppam, n' atthi ppassa -0); SI 108,22* (n'atthi maccussa ~o); A I 161,27 (tatonidnam... pufinassa -am vadmi); Ja IV 106,18* (rakkhitam ... duppavesam idam puram, daharassa yuvino cpi -o ca na vijjati); VI 245,30* (na pandit tasmim inam dadanti na hi -0 hoti tathvidhamh); 377,3* (-am c' assa icchati); Mhv 18:10 (pekkhanti theriygamam); (ii) tradition, traditional learning; scriptures, canonical text; a nikya; Abh951 (dighdinikyasmi tv -o); Vin II 249,16 (ingha tva yasm -am pariypunass ti); Ja IV 441,17* (sace pi jntha vadetha yum anussav vaddhato ~ v; 442,25*. sace... mtpitunnam v vaddhnam mahallaknam santik - 0 atthi); Ap 311,9 (vijj mantapade c' eva vividhe -e bah sabbam sippam nismemi); Mil 215,29 (bhirnam -nam adhigamnam pariyattinam); Vism 442,30 (-0 nma antamaso opammavaggamattassa pi buddhavacanassa pariypunanam); Sp 1364,n (dighabhanako tvam majjhimabhnako ti evam -o na pucchitabbo); Spkl 2,18* (majjhe Visuddhimaggo esa catunnam pi -nam hi thatv); Mp II 189,17 (eko nikyo eko -o nma); ifc see gaf- sv gacchati; (iii) (gr.t.t.) insertion (of a letter or syllable); the inserted letter or syllable; Ps IV 58,14 (te va ariyasvakass ti te ariyasvakassa, vakro -sandhimattarn hoti); Nidd-a 1264,16 (nakkhattarj-r-iva traknan ti ettha rakrgamo viya avijjamnassa akkharassa ~o vanngamo nma); Sadd618,22 (sare pare yakro vakro... lakro hakro ime - honti v); 809,2 (kvaci lopo hoti kvaci -0 hoti); ifc see akr'- (sv a1), ivann, - (sv V), Ikr' - (sv 1); 2. (mfn.) coming, approaching, next; ? Vin I 138,34 (-e junhe vassam upagaccheyyun ti); 176,1 (~e kle pavreyym ti); gam(a) in Ee at Ja VI 500,28* (Surinam aganV imam puram) = 501,6* = 501,12* is wr for gamm(a) (Be, Ce, Se so); angama, w., the not coming; Sv 521,25 (punnassa - o hoti). gamana, n. [ts], coming, approach; return; progress; (iic also: approaching, future); D I 90,18 (atthikavato kho pana te Ambattha idh' -am ahosi); MI 252,26 (cirassam kho mrisa Moggallna imam pariyyam aksi yadidam idh' -ya); Sn 15 (orarn -ya paccayse; Pj II 24,18: -y ti uppattiy); Ja I 364,20 (cornam yeva -am sankamno aniddyanto va nisidi); IV 479,18 (yva etesam - idh* eva bhavissmi ti); V 149,29* (mahiddhiyam -am ahosi); Ap 587,20 (tassa -am maggarn sodhenti); Cp-a 226,33 (tesam -am sutv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se gamam); Mil 102,20 (garukam hoti -am dandham); Mhv33:64 (tassa - pur); ifc see pun'-, saran'-; -ditthika, mfn., with a belief in future consequences; Mill 24,13 (-0 deti) = A III 172,4 (Mp III 291,19: -o ti angatabhavassa paccayo bhavissati ti kammam ca vipakam ca saddahitv deti ti); neg. angamanaditthika, mfn., M III 22,2i; A III 171,31; -ratti, / , the coming night; Niddl 493,9 (kuv' ajja sessan ti... -im kattha sukham sayissmi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce gmirattim;

283

Nidd-a I 460,1: gmirattin ti gamanirattiyam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee gminirattin ti gminiyam rattiyam); Pj II 573,24 (ajja ~im kattha sayissam) = Nidd-a I 459,31; angamana, ., not coming; non-return; VinUI 146,15 (icchasi puna tvam bho tassa ngassa ~an ti); Ja I 203,29 (Sakko puna asurnam - ' -atthya ... rakkham thapesi); 496,20 (s pi yva brhmanassa ~ yathmciy vicari); 1129,7 (jnsi pana mayham sattham ~assa kranan ti); VI 151,4' (puna ~-tya); Sv521,i6 (evam angatnam arahantnam -am eva hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee angatam eva, prob, xvr) * 527,21; Ap-a 180,27 (puna itthattam ~ena). gamanaka, mfn. [gamana + ka2], future, coming; Ps III 241,25 (sve v punadivase v addhamse v mse v samvacchare v tassa tassa panhassa upari ~am vdapatham, Ce, Ee so; Be gamanavdapatham; Se gamavdapatham). gamaniya, gamaniya1, mfn., jfcp o/gacchati qv. gamaniya2, mfn. \from gamana], connected with coming to, with returning; ifc see ora-m-. gam, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/gacchati qv. gamsi, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/gacchati qv. gami, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/gacchati qv. gami(n), mfn. [from gama], 1. [cf S. gmin], coming, approaching; next; (i)-msa, m., the next month; Th-aH 123,27 (sigham tarn kiccam ananuyufijitv ~e pakkhesu v karissmi ti dandhayeyya, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se gamanamse); 2. [S. gamin], (a word) with an inserted letter or syllable; Sadd724,n ([chatthi] gamitthnito ca: puthass' gamo, o avass ti ca nidassanam). gamimsu 1 , aor. 3 pi o/gacchati qv. gamimsu 2 , aor. 3 pi. ofcaus. o/gacchati qv. gamika, m. [from gama], a student of the scriptures; Sadd 258,3i (~nam kosallajananattham); 696,12 (evam akkharacintaknam matavasena attho veditabbo, - pana ...). gamitum in Ee at T h l l 2 5 is wr for vamitum qv sv vamati. gamittha1, aor. 2 pi. o/gacchati qv. agamittha2, aor. 2 pi. ofcaus. o/gacchati qv. gameti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/gacchati qv. gamma, absol o/gacchati qv. Vg [S. Vg], comes to; returns; aor. 3 sg. g1, ga1 [S. gt], D II 257,6* (so p' ga samitim vanam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be p' g) quoted Sadd464,22; SI 12,io* (pahsi sankham na ca mnam g, so read with O. von Hinber, J982, p. 31 foil.; Be, Ce, Ee na vimnam ajjhag; Se na vimnam g; Spkl 46,21: navabhedam tividhamnam na upagato) = 23,5* (Ce na ca mnam ajjhag; Se na vimnam g; Be, Ee na vimnam ajjhag); Vv 80:6 (tato ca g samano mam' antike); Ja III 165,7* (anavhto tato g); IV 410,11* (yam mam so ycitum g); Sadd464,12 (s itthi gharam ga); Mhv 37:231 (dipam g); 2 sg. g2, ga2, Sn 841 (pamoham g); Sadd 464,14 (tvam gharam ga); 3pi. gu1, gum, g [S. guh], D i l 258,8* (myvino ds gu, Ee so; Be, Ce gum; Se g); 259,17* (gu dev yasassino, Ee so; Be, Ce gum; Se g) quoted

Sadd 464,23 (gu); Ja VI 568,4* (samant vijjut gum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se g); Ap331,i3 (anavht tato gum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se g); Sadd 464,13 (t gharam gu); 1 pl. (a)gamha, gamh, Sn570 (yam tarn saranam gamha, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se gamma; Pj II 457,2: yasm mayam ito atthame divase tarn saranam agamamha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee gamha) = Th 838 {Be so; Ce, Ee, Se gamma; Th-a III 51,16: tarn saranam agamimha); Sn 597 (bhavantam putthum gamh, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce gamma); (b) gumha, Sadd 464,n (mayam gharam gumha); see also gacchati. g1, g2, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/Vg qv. gmi(n), mfn. [S. gmin], approaching; coming, future; returning; being reborn; A I 63,31 (so tato cuto -igant itthattam) * It95,10 (It-all 123,13: M tibrahmaloke thito pi patisandhiggahanavasena imam manussalokam gamanasilo); Spl86,i6 (~iniy punnamsiy buddhadassanattham uposathakaranattham ca gantabbam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se gaminiy); Ud-a257,7 (~inam cakkavattirajjam pahya pabbajito ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aparimnam); Mhv 31:33 (nagaram sakalam c'eva idMgmimca anjasam alankrayi); 81:80 (~inopi ca tath pariplayantu Lankissar); ifc see sakad-; -kla, m., the future; Abh 875 (~e... yati); -ratti,/, the coming night; Niddl 493,9 (kuv' ajja sessanti... ~im kattha sukham sayissmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se gamanarattim; Nidd-a I 460,1: ~in ti gamanirattiyam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee gminirattin ti gminiyam rattiyam); angmi(n), m., and~ini, f. [BHS angmin], one who does not return (to this world; one who has reached the third stage, and will be reborn only in a Brahma world, and attain arahat-^//? there); Vin II 161,15 (sotpanno ... sakadgmi... ^i... arah); D III 237,21 (panca ~ino antarparinibbyi upahaccaparinibbyi asankhraparinibbyi sasankhraparinibbyi uddhamsoto akanitthagmi); Mill 254,33 (~issa dnam deti); SHI 168,21 (~in ... bhikkhun); A I 64,7 (so tato cuto ~I hoti angant itthattam); Ja I 82,28 (tesu sabbapacchimako sotpanno sabbuttamo ~i ahosi); Pp 16,20 (katamo ca puggalo ~I); Pet 135,16 (imesam pancannam orambhgiynam samyojannam pahnya ariyasvako hoti -I tatthaparinibbyi anvattidhammo tasm lok); 232,27; Mil 342,6 (sotpann sakadgmino ~ino arahanto); Vism 710,4 (tatiyamaggapannam bhvetv ~i nma hoti); Ps II 8,33 (~i ~ihi sahadhammam carati); Spkl 331,8 (angmimaggam -im ca pakseti); Dhp-al 222,1 (santi ~iniyo); Pj II 476,15 (Sahako nma bhikkhu ~i hutv suddhvsesu uppanno); t , / , abstr.y the state or condition of an angmi; SV 129,19 (sati v updisese ~-t); A V 300,13 (evam bhvit ... mettcetovimutti tya samvattati); phala, ., the fruit, the fulfilment of the state of an angmi; Vin I 293,35 (tarn bhagav vykarissati sotpattiphale v sakadgmiphale v ~-phale v arahattaphale v); D I 229,5 (--phalarn pi sacchikaronti); AIV 276,13 (bhabbo ... mtugmo ... phalam pi arahattaphalam pi sacchiktun ti); Kv 71,8 (parihyati -i phal ti); Pet 31,4; Mil 262,23; Vism36,n; ~-magga, m., the path of an angmi, progress towards the state of an angmi; Niddl 114,13 (~-maggena ye

284

kiles pahin); Patisl 20,35; Vibh335,2o (--magge pann phale pann); Vism 677,19; see also angmika. gmika, mfn. [BHS id.], coming, approaching; Abhll94. gmiya, mfn. [from gma], arriving; visiting; Mhv 44:148 (sabbgmiyabhikkhhi dhammam despayittha ca). gra, n., see sv agra. graka, see sv agraka. grika, griya, mfn. and m.. [from agra; BHS grika], (one) who has a house, a house-holder; a layman; see sv grika. glha, mfn. [cf BHS gdhatara], strong, severe; harsh, hard; VinV 122,9 (bhikkhuno kankhamno sahgho -ya ceteyya; Sp 1327,n: -ya dalhabhvya ceteyya, tajjaniyakammdikatassa vattarn na prayato icchamno sangho ukkhepaniyakammam kareyy ti attho); A I 283,32 (ekacco puggalo -ena pi vuccamno pharusena pi vuccamno) = Pp 32,34 {Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr aglhena); AI 295,2 (~ patipad nijjhm patipad majjhim patipad; Mp II 383, \9f0ll.: glh kakkhal lobhavasena thiraggahan). gilyati, kilyati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS glyati, gilyati], aches; is faint, feels tired; Vin II200,12* (pitthi me -ati) * MI 354,25 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se gilyati, prob, wr); Vism 263,32 (hadayam -ati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kilyati) = Pj I 66,18 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kilyati) = Vibh-a 247,6 (eds kilyati); part.pr. kilyanta, mfn., Patis-a83,2 (hram ... mukhe v thapentassa hadayam v -antassa). gilyana, n. [from gilyati], ache; weariness; Ps III 28,22 (cirarn nisajjya sanjtam appakam pi -am gahetv) = Spk III 52,23. gu1, gum, aor. 3 pi. o/Vg qv. gu2, n. [S. gas], offence, wrong-doing; Abh 84; 355; 1064 (~u pppardhesu); SI 123,3* (-urn nu gmasmim aksi kinci); Sn 522 (-urn na karoti kind loke ... ngo tadi pavuccate tathatt); Th 693 (ngam vo kittayissmi na hi -urn karoti so); Ja VI 84,n* (-urn kari mahrja; 84,15/0//.: tvam mahpardham mahppam kari); Niddl 201,23 (~u vuccanti ppak akusal dhamm sankilesik ponobbhavik sadar dukkhavipk yatim jtijarmaraniy); Ud-a 87,25 (kassaci pi -ussa sabbath pi akaranato); Pj II 428,1 (-narn akaranena ngo ti pavuccati); -cri(n), m(fn)., doing wrong; criminal; Dil 321,8 (coram -im gahetv) * Mill 163,28 * Mil 110,16; Niddl 402,18 (ayam deva coro -I); angu, mfn., blameless, sinless; SI 123,7* (-ujhaymi asocamno); see also angava(t), ga(s). gunthita, mfn. [ts], covered or enveloped in; ifc see jT-svjla1. gotrabhum, see sv 2. ghatana in Ee, Se at D I 31,i is prob, wr for ghtana qv. ghta, m., 1. [BHS id.], ill-will, hatred, resentment; Abh 164; Vin II 189,4 (ayam ... Devadattassa bhagavati pathamo -o ahosi); D I 3,1 (tatra tumhehi na -o na appaccayo na cetaso anabhiraddhi karaniy); MIII 245,30 (-0 hoti vypdo sampadoso); A IV 408,10 (anattharn me acari ti -am bandhati); Ja III 455,12 (bhtari -am

bandhitv); Dhs 1060 (cittassa -opatighto patigham ...); Pet 119,n; Mil 352,7 (-0 uparato hoti); Vism 300,11 (krunnam pi hi paticca -0 vpasammati); Sp 179,3 (so kira tarn samvaccharam ativiya -ena pariyutthitacitto ahosi); 2 . [ts], striking; blow; Sadd 569,7 (taja -e); ifc see khagg' -; -pativinaya, m., repression of illwill; Vin V 138,11 (dasa -); D III 289, u (nava -); A III 185,n (pane' ime -); -vatthu, ., occasion of illwill; reason for resentment; VinV 138,11 (dasa -ni); D III 262,25 (nava -ni); Vibh 349,n; Pet 89,2i (nava -ni vypdassa padatthnam); anghta, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn.) free from ill-will; not taking offence; Vin II 249,i (mettam nu kho me cittam paccupatthitam sabrahmaerisu -am; Sp 1289,24: -n ti ghtavirahitam, vikkhambhanavasena vigatghtan ti attho) = A V 80,3; 2. (m.) absence of ill-will, of resentment; Pet 125,i (sattesu v sankhresu v -o appatighto avypatti, Ce so; Ee anagghto; Be anaghto). ghtana, n. [ts; cf also S. ghta], 1. slaughterhouse; place of execution; Abh 521 (-am vadhatthnam); Vin III 86,1 (annataro bhikkhu -am gantv coraghtam etad avoca); DU 321,16 (-e sisarn chindath ti); A IV 138,5 (gvi vajjh -am niyyamn); Th711 (mutto - yath); Ja III 59,15 (sise itthakaeunnam okiritv catukke catukke kashi tlpento kharassarena panavena -am neti); VI 113,33* (gvo yath ~e vikant); Mil 110,21 (tarn bahinagaram niharitv -am nayeyyum); Sp 570,4 (-an ti dhammagandik vuecati); ifc see gav'-; 2. death; D I 31,i (uddham -a sannim attnam pannpenti, Ce so; Be~am; Ee, Se ghatana, prob, wr; Sv 119,3: -am vuecati maranam); -gandik, -ganthik,/, an executioner 's block; Sv 474,1 (-ya thapitasiso viya, Se so; Ce Ee -ganthikya; Be -bhandikya); Spk III 25,18 (tassa -yam thapetv sisam chindath ti, Se so; Ce, Ee -ganthikyam; Be -bhandikyam); see also uddhamghtanika sv uddham. ghtuka, mfn. [ghta + uka; cf S. ghtuka], who is inclined to strike; striking; Sadd 846,22 (hananasilo
~0).

ghteti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from ghta; BHS ghtayati], hardens (one's heart) against, cherishes hatred (for, loc); Sv 854,4 (kopo hi cittam -eti" ti ghto); part.pr. ghtenta, mfn., Nidd-al 321,31 (cittam -ento uppanno ti cittassa ghto); absol. ghtetv, SI 151,2 (Kokliko bhikkhu ... SriputtaMoggallnesu cittam -etv);pp ghtita, mfn., inspired with hatred or ill-will; Niddl 408,21 (annamannam satt viruddh pativiruddh hat pacehat - paccghtit; cf Nidd-a I 427,9: -ti ghattit); Patisl 130,14 (navahi ghtavatthhi -o lokasannivso ti). ghna, n. [S. ghrna], smelling; Sadd 334,24 (sighi ~e, -am ghnena gandhnubhavanam). ghyana, n. [cfS. ghrna], smelling; Dhtum40 (sighi -*\ cama, m. (?) sipping; rinsing; -kumbhi,/, a rinsing vessel (holding water); Vin II 233,34* (~i, in uddna^br camanakumbhi qv). camati, cameti, camayati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. emati], I. sucks up, absorbs; resorbs; Ja HI 297,15* (visam

285

-ami, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vammi; 297,19': aham assa visam kaddhmi nibbisam nam karomi); 298,7' (tvam imassa brhmanassa sarirato sigham visam ~hi ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vamhi ti); Mil262,3 (timi... mahudakadhr -anti dhamanti ca); Thi-a 16,2 (nham ayyaputta tay vantavamanam ~issmi); absol camitv, Ja III 298,9 (sappo visam ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vamitv); 2. sips (water, for purification); rinses (one's mouth or one's body); washes; Vin II 221,9foil, (vaccam katv na icchati ~etum ... tvam vuso ... na ~esi... na ~essati); 221,19 (yo na -eyya patti dukkatassa); Ps III 84,7 (Jtimantatpaso pto va Garigam oruyha udakam ~ati jata dhovati); Vin-vn 2938 (~eyya); Sadd556,i6 (pubbo camudhtu dhovane vattati, ~eti, ~ayati); part.pr. camanta, camenta, mfn., Ja IV 388,13 (tarn [dantakattham] tassa udakam ~antassajatsu laggi) = Cp-a 157,3 (~entassa); absol. (a) camitv, Ps III 346,1 (camanodakam dehi -itv hatthapde dhovitv mukham vikkhletv satthram namassitukmo evam ha); Vin-vn 2939; (b) camayitv, Pv 36:53 (tato hi so ca ~ayitva Licchavi therassa datvna yugni atth ti, mc; Pv-a 241,24: ~ayitv ti hatthapdadhovanapubbakam mukham vikkhletv) quoted Sadd 556,17 (~ayitv); (c)camayitvna, AIII 337,16 (sayam ~ayitvna datv; Mp III 365,24foil: attan va hatthapde dhovitv mukham vikkhletv); pass, part.pr. neg. (or of caus.) ancmiyamna, mfn., Ja III 297,20' (may ancmiyamnam visam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anvamiyamnam); fpp camitabba, cametabba, (mf)n. impers. Vin II 221,18 (na bhikkhave vaccam katv sati udake na ~etabbam); Vin-vn 2939 (sasaddam n' cametabbam); Sp 1286,4 (bhjanena udakam niharitv ~itabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) *camayati2, part.pr. camayamna, m/h., making suck, making resorb; Mil 152,17 (koci ahin dattho mantapadena visam ptiyamno visam cikkhassanto uddham adho camayamno ti); (b)cmeti, helps sip; helps wash; Mil 112,2 (ehi Mallike cmehl ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se camehi; Ps III 346,1: cmehl ti camanodakam dehi); (c) campeti, helps wash; washes (someone else); Ja VI 8,8 (tarn n' eva nahpenti na campenti); see also vamati. camana, n. [ts], rinsing; sipping (water, for purification); washing; Vin II 234,15* (~e, in uddna); DI 12,6 (...~am nahpanam juhanam vamanam virecanam...; Sv98,4: -an ti udakena mukhasuddhikaranam); -kumbhi,/, a rinsing vessel (holding water); Vin I 49,10 foil, (sace ~iy udakam na hoti ~iy udakam sincitabbam); II 142,H (anujnmi bhikkhave -in ti); PsII 242,6 (vaccaghatan ti ~im); Sadd556,i6; -pduk, / , fixed shoes for the feet when washing; Vin I 190,32 (bhikkhave... vaccapdukam passvapdukam -an ti); -sarvaka, m., a dish for holding water (for sipping or washing); Vin II 142,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); see also cma2. camayati1, see sv camati. camayati 2 , caus.pr. 3 sg. of camati qv. cam,/ [?], desire; Nidd I 429,7* (~am brmi jappanam, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce javam) quoting Sn945

(eds javam); Nidd I 429, is (- vuccati tanh, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce jav). cameti, see sv camati. caya, m. [from cinti; ts], piling up; collection, accumulation; growth; Vin II 258,33 (ime dhamm srgya samvattanti no virgya ... ~ya samvattanti no apacayya) * AIV 280,20 (Mp IV 137,22: ~y ti vattassa vaddhanatthya); SII 94,9 (dissati ... imassa catumahbhtikassa kyassa - 0 pi apacayo pi; Spk II 98,io: ~o ti vaddhi); Dhs 642 (yo yatannam ~o so rpassa upacayo; As 327,10: ~o tinibbatti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nibbattati); Pet 123,8 (passati... ~am ca apacayam ca); Vism449,i9 (naditire khatakpamhi udakuggamanaklo viya ~o nibbatti); Dhp-all 25,14* (anjannam khayam disv upaciknam ca ~am); -gmi(n), mfit.9 leading to accumulation or growth; A V 243,11 (~im... dhammam desissmi apacayagmim ca); Dhs 1013 (katame dhamm ~ino); Vibh 304,i (atthapatisambhid siy ~ini siy apacayagmim); Pet 108,14; As 44,13 (cayam gamenti ti pi ~ino). cara, m., mcfor cra qv; ifc see ancara. caranaka, mfn. [cf carati, cariya], instructing, influencing; Spk II 403,3 (ancariyakan ti -kilesavirahitam; Spk-t [ Be] II 316,25: samudcaranakilesarahitam; cf Spk II 403,4foil.: te nam samudcarantl ti te etam adhibhavanti ajjhottharanti sikkhpenti v). carati, pr. 3 sg. [S. carati], acts, does; behaves; behaves onself; practises, performs; uses, applies; Vin I 56,34 (annataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantar ancram ~ati); D III 154,8* (dhammnudhammam ~anti); A I 215,3* (na ca gandham ~e); Sn 327 (n'evcare dhammasandosavdam); ThI80 (varam me idha ubbandham yam ca hinam pun' ~e; Thi-a 78,3o: -e ti ~eyyam anutittheyyam); Vv 53:22 (kim idam kusalam -ema; Vv-a242,2: -eyyma); Ja III 412,25* (so 'ham tad eva punappunam vatumam ~issmi); V 435,4* (vilomam ~ati akiccakrini); Nidd I 42,5 (visamam na careyya na ~eyya); Ap 38,22 (kyham kammam ~mi punnakkhette anuttare); Mil 257,15 (karonto pi mahrja samanadussilo ppam paticchannam ~ati); Sadd 822,25 (sarigho pabbato iva attnam ~ati pabbatyati); cara in Ee at JaV 153,20* is wr for vara (Be, Ce, Se so); part.pr. (a) acara(t), mfn., Th35 (tad -am); Ja IV 399,13* (yam ~am pecca sukhi bhaveyyam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se yath ciram); (b) caranta, mfn., Mil 171,20; Th-al 104,29; (c) caramna, mfn., Sp247,i4 (dukkhitam viya attnam ~amno); aor. 3sg. cari, JaV 453,20*; Mhv6:8 (tya samvsam ~i); cari in Ee, Se at Dili 178,2* is unmetrical; raw/acri with K.R. Norman, 1984, p. 178; 3 pi. carimsu, Vin II 29,32* (ancram ca vividham ~imsu asannat); Ja VI 589,9* (nandiyam ~imsu); absol. caritv, Vin IV 35,27 (ancram ~itv); Vv-a 23,24; pp (a) carita, mfn. [ts], practised, performed; Vin IV 204,15* (ma tarn adhammo ~o asm kumbham ivbhida) = Ja III 29,n*; Q)-a 68,19 (carito ~o cinno); carit in Ee at Ud-a211,i5 is prob, wr; Be, Se ~itv; Ce -at; (b) cinna, mfn. and n. [S. cirna], 1. (mfn. and n.) (pass.) practised; made a habit of, customary; usual; practice, habit, usage; Vin I 59,7

286

(-am kho pan' etam buddhnam bhagavantnam gantukehi bhikkhhi saddhim patisammoditum); II 304,9 (me bhante gihibhtassa ~ mett); D I 8,14 (-am te viparvattam, ropito te vdo, Ce so; Be, Se adhicinnam; Ee avicinnam; Sv 91, ufoll: yam tuyham digharattcinnavasena suppagunam tarn mayham ekavacanen' eva viparvattam) = SHI 12,io (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se adhicinnam) = V 419,10 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be adhicinnam) = Niddl 173,10 (G?SO; Be, Ee, Se adhicinnam); MI 372,10 (na ... -am niganthassa Ntaputtassa kammam kamman ti pannpetum); Ja I 81,7 (buddhnam ~ o . . . vitakko udapdi); III 354,13 (ycan hi nm' es kmabhoginam gihinam - na pabbajitnam); Spkl 263,28 (mtpituposanam nma pornakapanditnam -am ev ti); Ps II 97,20 (imn' eva hi dve bhojanni vatte vasantnam -ni); Mp III 24,6 (sabbabuddhnam tt); kappa, m., customary practice; behaviour following what was previously done; Vin I 79,9 (te pornakena ~-kappena bhikkh passitv upadhvanti); II 294,7 (kappati ~-kappo); neg. ancinna, mfn. and ., not done, not practised; not the custom; Vin I 354,25 (ancinnam tathgatena); Sp 1279,18 (tass' eva akaranam ancinnam nma); Mp III 255,2 (idam amhkam paveniy cinnam idam ancinnan t i ) ; 2 . (mfn.) (act.)practising; having performed; Saddh 90 (kukkurdivatcinno kukkurdisahavyatam upapajjati); cinn in Ee at As 42,19 is wr for dinn (Be, Ce, Se so); cinnacetam in Ee at Sv275,5 is wr for cinnam c' etam (Be, Ce, Se so); fpp caritabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 142,25 (na bhikkhave vividham ancram -am); Vv-a 338,9 (vettlat bandhitv caritabbato vettcaram maggam); neg. ancaritabba, m/h., Sp 615,1 (ancaritabbam caranti aktabbam karonti); Mp III 151,2 (ancaritabbam maggam carati). carini,/, a female teacher; Vin IV 227,4 (ganam v -im v pattam v civaram va pariyesati) * 317,26. cariya, m. [S. crya; BHS also cariya], a teacher; an instructor (of religious texts); a teacher or a master in some skill; an authority; Abh410; Vin I 60,27 foil. (anujnmi bhikkhave -am; Sp985,s: crasamcrasikkhpanakam -am anujnmi); DIU 189,1 (dakkhin dis ~ veditabb); MI 165,7 (Jro Klmo -0 me samno antevsim mam samnam attano samasamam thapesi); Th721 (ko va ~o tava); Ja II 224,4' (yo... -amh vijjam ca sutam ca diyati); III 284,2* (- va sanjnanti kammam sukatadukkatam); IV 179,15' (cre sikkhpanato pit -0 ti adhippeto); V355,i8 (rj brhmane pakkospetv pucchi honti nu kho ~ suvannahams ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~a); Ap 98,2 (samsvimsu mahngam siss ~am yath); Mil 262,11 (chekam ~am kusalam sikkhitam manikram ppunitv); 373,24 (evarpam kalynamittam ~am upanissya viharitabbam); Vism99,9 (evarpo hi tantidharo vamsnurakkhako paveniplako -0 -matiko va hoti); 107,23 (~o cariyam natv kammatthnam kathessati); Sadd633,i (etthcariynam matam kathayma); 810,20 (etesam tinnam ~nam tayo vd annamannavirodham pajjanti); 821,1 (~ pana ... vadimsu, mayam tu ... vadma); ifc see ass'(svassa3), pcariya, pitthi-; -kula, ., a teacher's

house or family; a "school"; A l l 112,16 (ma me -assa avanno ahosi ti); JaV 457,21 (~am gantv cariyam abhivdetv attano jtim vikatv sippagahanya gatabhvam kathesum); Ps II 52,io (sikkhito ti dasadvdasavassni ~e uggahitas ippo); Kv-a2,2o (visum Mahsahghikcariyakulam nma akamsu); neg. ancariyakula, /1., Jal 436,19* (ancariyakule vasam; 436,22': -e pi avasamno); -dhana, ., a teacher's fee; MI 353,s; Ja IV 224,20 (pacch dhammena bhikkham caritv -am harissmi ti); Dhp-aIV 11,12 (mayam brhman nma cariyassa -am pariyesma); -parampar,/, the succession of teachers; VinV 130,33 (- kho pan' assa na suggahit hoti); Sp 3\,25foil. (Jambudipe tva Uplittheram dim katv -ya yva tatiyasangiti tva bhatam, tatryam -: Upli Dsako c'eva...); Kkh 16,20 (ayam ettha -'-bhato vinicchayo); -pcariya, m., teacher upon teacher; teacher and a teacher of teachers; D 1 90,5 (brhmanehi vuddhehi mahallakehi -ehi saddhim kathsallpo); MII 166,2 (bhavam hi Canki bahunnam -0 uni mnavakasatni mante vceti); -pjaka, m/h., honouring one's teacher(s), honouring teachers; Ja II252,14*; IV 207,12' (--dhamme thitam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -e dhamme); Mp I 159,28 (esa sad pi -o va); -bhariy,/, a teacher's wife; a female teacher; D III 72,9 (- ti v garnam dr ti v); S IV 122,8 (amhkam -ya Verahaccnigottya brhmaniy); Ja IV 184,18*; -bhga, m., the teacher's fee; JaV 457,7; Mil 10,6 (Sonuttaro brhmano cariyabrhmanassa -am sahassam datv); -matta, m(fri)., (one) having the status of a teacher; like a teacher; Vin I 187,24; Mil 383,21; Vism 297,2i; Sp 1085,5 (avassikassa chabbasso -0); -mahayuga, n., a generation of teachers' teachers; D I 238,13 (yva sattam -) * Mil 169,21; -mutthi, m., a teacher's close-flstedness, the keeping something back from pupils; D i l 100,4 (na... tathgatassa dhammesu ~i); Ja II 221,20 (bodhisatt nma sippam vcent -im na karonti); Mil 144,nfoll; Pj II 320,32 (tarn mayam -in na kassaci bhanimha, Ce, Ee so; Be tya; Se -mutthikya); -vda, m., \.a teacher's doctrine; the instruction of the teachers; Mil 148,9 (cariyavamso ti -0); Sp 231,9 (-0 nma dhammasanghakehi pancahi arahantasatehi thapit plivinimutt okkantikavinicchayappavatt atthakathtanti); Spklll 253,9 (sakam cariyakan ti attano -am); 2. a school, a sect; Kv-a3,3 (Theravdato bhijjitv dve - uppann Mahimssak ca Vajjiputtak ca); Mhv 5:4 (ppabhikkh ... akams' -amte Mahsanghikanmakam); ancariya, m/h., without a teacher; Spk II 200,28 (so anupajjhyo ~o nahpitamundako sayam gahitaksvo); see also ancariyaka, cera, scariyaka. cariyaka1, n. [cf S. cryaka], subject of learning, doctrine; craft, profession; teaching; Vin III 41,27 (aham kho pana susikkhito anavayo sake - kumbhakrakamme; Sp287,2o: ~e ti cariyakamme) quoted Sadd331,i8; D I 119,28 (brhmanam sake -e tevijjake panhampuccheyyanti); MI 514,25(sdhuvata bhavantam yeva nandam patibhtu sake - dhammi kath ti; Ps III 226,13: ~e ti cariyasamaye); Sp 193,19 (sake ca ~e viditnubhvo hutv); Pj II 575,4 (eko rukkhavaddhaki

287

sake ~e adutiyo); ifc see annattiY -, annatr' -; see also ceraka. cariyaka2, m. [cariya + ka2], a teacher, an instructor; Nidd I 150,11 (upajhyak v - v, Ee, Se so, but prob. wr; Be, Ce cariy); 151,17 (paravdehi codito ti upajjhyakehi v ~ehi v ... codito, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce cariyehi). cariy, / [S. cry], a female teacher; Sp 51,28 (Sarighamittya pi rjadhltya ~ yuplittheri nma... ahosi); Mhv 5:208. cpam in Ee at Ja VI 52,3' is prob, wr for cpam {Be, Ce, Se so). cma 1 , m. [ts], the water in which rice has been boiled, gruel; (ace. to cts) the burnt rice sticking to the pot; Abh466 (nissvo ca tathcmo); Vv 20:2 (y te adsi -am); Ja II 289,19' (ettha - 0 vuecati odanvasesam, Be, Ee so; Ce odanvassvanam; Se odanvasnam); Vism 361,33 (yath pakkhittatele ~e na -0 jnti mam telam ajjhottharitv thitan ti); Mp II 355,17 (~o ti bhattaukkhalikya laggo jhma-odano ... odanakanjiyan ti pi vadanti); -bhakkha, mfn., drinking the water in which rice has been boiled; whose food is rice-gruel; D I 166,22 = A1241,7; Nidd I 416,33. cma2, m. [S. lex. id.], sipping (water for purification); rinsing; -kumbhi,/, a rinsing vessel (holding water); Mhv 27:40 (-i sovann; vi cama-); see also camanakumbhi. era, m. [ts], behaviour, conduct, practice; good conduct, right way of behaving; rule of conduct; approaching; Abh 784; 1047; 1054; Vin IV 239,32 (ppakena -ena samanngat); SI 236,14* (-am isinam brhi); Ja III 368,26* (~amhi susikkhit); IV 221,28* (yasmimjanapade vasam -ambrahme sikkheyyam; 222,3': janapadaerittam sikkheyyam); 319,13 (tumhkam kirn silam ko ~o ti); Vibh 246,28 foil, (tattha katamo ~o); ifc see any'- (svariva1), avekkhit'- (,svavekkhati), evcra, mutt'- (sv muncati), vett'-, sankassar'-; -gunena tarn in Ee at Ja IV 195,24' is wr; Ce eragunasampanne tayi; Be, Se sllcragunasampanne tayi; -gocara, m., good behaviour and associations; Th 590 (-e yutto); Vism 18,12 (imin pi nayena - veditabb); -sikkhpadena in Ee at JaV 380,18' is wr for -sikkhpanena (Be, Ce, Se so); anera, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) misconduct, esp. sexual misconduct; Vin I 56,34 (-am carati); Jail 133,is; 111411,22' (ekavisatiy anesanehi jivikakappanam -0 nma); V 430,5' (Kurangadevi tena saddhim -am aksi); Ap430,io (niyojito -e); Vibh 246,19/0//. (tattha katamo ~o); 2. (mfn.) immoral, unchaste; A V 158,28 (appassuto kho pana ayam yasm ~o); Mil 300,13 (bhikkhum bhinnjivam -am ppamittam dussilam); Ja 1495,28 (bhariy -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -I); V 419,10 (itthinam akatannutam bahumyatam tarn dussilatam ca jnmi); Ap613,io (vesik va ~ jinassanadsik); Sp 1013,i7(~assa pana dubbacasmanerassa); see also ajjhcre, ancara, aneraka. cikkhaka, mfn. [from cikkhati], who tells, who gives information; Dhp-al 71,19 (sanapannattim -ena ekena bhikkhun, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se cikkhantena); Sadd 332,21. cikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [redupl. pr. of Vkhy; AMg ikkhai;

cf BHS eiksati, S. Vcaks], tells, gives information about (something, ace, to someone, gen./dat.); declares; makes known; describes; points out; assigns; Vin II 232,3* (~e, in uddna); III 6,7 (mlhassa v maggam ~eyya); 52,36 (-ati itthannmam bhandam avahar ti); DH 313,19 (yam tarn ariy -anti upekhako viharati sato ca sampajno ti); III 187,12 (guyham assa ~ati); Mill 187,30* (-ate); SI 143,19* (-a me tarn yam aham vijann, so read; Ee cikkham etam); A II 160,24 (tarn aham anekapariyyena -ami desemi paksemi pannpemi...); Sn 1097 (~a dhammam); Ja II 397,23 (sace tumhe na gacchatha mayharn thnam -ath ti); IV 256,25 (dhanakran mam rafino v rjamahmattassa v m -ti, Eeso; Be, Se~ahl ti; Ce -ath ti); Ap 83,11 (patham -ase tuvam); Niddl 258,10 (brhi ~hi desehi pannpehi ...); Mil 404,7 (satapatto ravitv paresam khemam v bhayam v ~ati); Sadd 451,23 (sadde ca atthe ca ssati -an* eten ti sattham); fut. 3 sg. cikkhissati, Ja IV 257,9; 1 sg. (a) cikkhissmi, Vin I 103,16; Th 951; (b) cikkhissam', Thi 434; Vism 39,28 (api ca te bhesajjam -issam); part.pr. (a) cikkha(t), mfn., S I 66,18* (dittham sutam ca -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ccikkham); Th-aIII 82,25 (-ato pana mama); (b)cikkhanta,w/(-anti)Ai., JaV 200,30 (s tassa gamanpyam-anti); Vism 243,20; It-aII 26,30 (cakkhni samam visamam -antni viya pavattanti ti); Pj II 180,8; neg. ancikkhanta, m/(-anti)n., Ja III 345,9' (ancikkhanti); Dhp-al 435,20 (ancikkhantena); (c) cikkhamna, mfn., Dhp-a II 98,4 (ayam itthannmo ti -amno); aor. 3 sg. cikkhi, Vin III 66,31 (yasm Ajjuko tarn oksam tassa drakassa -i); Ja VI 241,11* (mlhassa maggam -i); Mhv 22:49 (~i raflno jnapado naro); 3 pl. cikkhimsu, Vin I 58,26 (tassa bhikkh ... nissaye -imsu); JaV 508,19; Ap 563,10; cond. 3 sg. cikkhiss, Ud-a 126,26 (sace tath satth n' -iss, Be, Ee so; Ce, Ee n' -issa); 1 sg. cikkhissam2, Ja VI 567,15' (sace te aham dito va tarn attham -issam tava ... hadayam phaleyya); Dhp-a III 36,11 (sace ayam na marissa na aham maranto pi manim -issan ti); inf. cikkhitum, S IV 166,25 (sakk evam evam vinnnam p' idarn -itum desetum); neg. ancikkhitum, Thi-a 107,32 (ancikkhitum na desi); ab sol. (a) cikkhitv, Vin IV 104,2; Ja VI 301,23* (-itv ghare dhanam); neg. ancikkhitv, Ja VI 78,27 (yathbhtam ancikkhitv musvdam karonto ha); Spkl 209,7; (b) cikkhitvna, Vin II 282,27* (in uddna); Bv 27:20 (-itvna tarn maggam); pass. part.pr. cikkhiyamna, mfn., SHI 139,32; Thi-a 248,10; pp cikkhita, mfn., declared, made known; Vin IV 80,36; Ja I 464,17 (kena idam -an ti); Mil 98,31 (bhanitam ca -am ca); Sp 681,17 (kappiyakrakassa tt); neg. ancikkhita, mfn., Mil 113,18 (tasm ancikkhito bhagavat); fpp cikkhitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 58,30 (na bhikkhave patigacc' eva nissay -); IV 80,34 (tato nikkhamantena bhikkhum passitv -am); JaIV 225,20' (tarn... na annassa -n ti); Mil316,25; Sp 1034,i (pubbanho v syanho v ti evam divasabhgo -0); caus. absol. cikkhpetv, Dhp-a II27,14. cikkhana, n., ~,f [from cikkhati], telling, pointing out; Vin III 74,32 (...- anussani...); Mill 248,10

288

(catunnam ariyasaccnam ~ desana pannpan); Pv 36:12 (ncikkhan appasannassa hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se acikkhan); PatisII 86,13 (ariyassa atthangikassa maggassa ~ desana pannpan; Patis-a581,2o: ~ ti desetabbnam saccdlnam imni nmni ti nmavasena kathan); Mil 195,33 (sattnam khemapatham ~e); Pv-a 121,io (lbhassa upyam ~ena); Cp-a291,20 (attano guyham ~ato); ifc see odissa'-. cikkhita(r), m. [from cikkhati], one who tells, points out, gives information (about); Dhp-all 107,10 = Nidd-aI467,3. cikkhittatya in Ee at JaV 206,23' is wr for avikkhittatya (Be, Ce, Se so). cinna, mfn., pp o/carati qv. cita, mfn., pp of cinti qv. cinti, cinati, pr. 3 sg. [S. cinoti], accumulates; collects for oneself; heaps up; S III 89,23 (ayam vuccati bhikkhave ariyasvako apacinti no ~ti; Spkll 296,21: vattam vinseti n' eva cinti); Th 456 (-anti punabbhavam); Ja VI 234,31* (~ti etam ppam yena gacchati duggatim); Kv92,3i (arah ~a& ti); Sp571,i (itthakam ~ti); Ud-a 386,8 (bahum ca apuniiam ~ti); As 214,9 (cutipatisandhiyo ~ti vaddheti, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ~ati); part.pr. (a) acina(t), mfn., Dhp 121 (blo prati ppassa thokathokam pi ~am); S IV 73,23* (evam ~ato dukkham); (b)cinanta, mfn., Ja VI 235, ir; Kv614,n (~anto apacinanto); As 44,19 (~ant); aor. 3 sg. acini, Mhv 20:27 (nekni punnakammni ~i); absol cinitv, Th-al 86,7 (punnakammam ~itv); pass. pr. 3 sg. ciyati, ciyyati, ceyyati, is accumulated; grows, thrives; As 44,9 (kammakilesehi ciyyati ti cayo, Ee so; Be, Se ciyati ti; Ce ciyati ti); part.pr. (a)ciyanta,mfn., JaV 7,2' (ciyanto vaddhanto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ciyanto); (b)ceyyamna, mfn., JaV 6,10* (ceyyamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se cayamno; 7, v foil.: ceyyamno ti mamsalohitehi ciyanto vaddhanto, taruno va hutv ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be ciyanto; Se cayamno ti... ciyanto); pp cita, mfn. [ts], covered, filled, overspread (with); set with; accumulated; Abh701; Ja VI 249,19 (kantakehi ~); Ap 384,1 (tt); Sv 930,8 (mamsena ca lohitena ca -a); Vv-a 169,2 (muttcitan ti antarantar baddhhi muttvalihi ~am); As 214,13 (tebhmakakusalena ~ cutapatisandhiyo); ifc see kantak'-; cit in Ee at Ja VI 474,25* (maycit jnapad) is prob, wr; Ce mayocit; Be, Se yenocit. ciyati, ciyyati, ceyyati,pass. pr. 3 sg. o/cinti qv. cera, m. [= cariya^v], master, mentor; Ja IV 248,9* (~a); VI 563,i* (aham patim ca putte ca ~am iva mnavo anutthit) quoted Sadd 687,17; Sadd 687,16 (cariyass* -0, cariyasaddassa cerdeso hoti v); see also ceraka. ceraka, n. [- cariyaka <?v], teachings; profession; Vin I 359,13* (~amhi ca sake visrado; Sp 1153,24: -amhi ca sake ti attano cariyavde); Pv 36:38 (sakasmim -e appamatto); see also cera. ccikkham in Ee at SI 66,18* is wr for cikkhamqv sv cikkhati. jafifia, m. [BHS janya], a thoroughbred (esp. of horses, but also of other animals and of men); Th358 (srathi pavaro dameti ~am); Ja I 181,20* (-0 kunite

vegam; 181,25': jnanasabhvo ~o varasindhavo); Pv 36:54 (addas ... ~am rlham); Sadd 758,8 (~ena yutto ratho jannaratho ti); -ratha, m., a carriage drawn by thoroughbreds; MI 124,19; SI 224,30; Jail 254,11; see also jnlya. java, w., ~ , / [from *2 + javati; cf BHS javamjava], onrush, current; Sn 945 (~am brumi jappanam); Nidd I 429, is (~ vuccati tanh, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se cam, prob, wr; Nidd-a 1434,12: patisandhito javati dhvati ti ~am). javana, n. [ts]9 onrush; speeding; Pj II 567,32 (' -atthena javan ti) = Nidd-a 1434,7. jna, n. [from jnati], knowing, understanding; ifc see dur-. jnana, ., ~, / [from jnti], understanding, knowing; Vism 491,20 (~ato indriyatthasambhavato ca anfiindriyam); Pv-a 225,17 (annatthiko ti ~ena atthiko); As 292,3 (ann ti -). jnanaka, mfn. [jnana + ka2], knowing, understanding; Th-al 71,29 (janno ti jniyo jtim krankrannam -o); As 239,14 (annindriyan ti ~am indriyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr jnanaka -indriyam) * Patis-a 86,30. jnti, annati', pr. 3 sg. [S. jnti], understands; perceives; Vin I 5,5 (aham c'eva kho pana dhammam deseyyam pare ca me na ~eyyum); D I 8,10 (na tvam imam dhammavinayam~si); Mill 151,9 (ekacco vifin puriso bhsitassa attham -ati); S IV 72,16 (app eva nam' aham bhagavato bhsitassa attham ~eyyam); V 372,5 (tihi... dhammehi samanngatam sotpannam puggalam -ami aviniptadhammam); PatisI 122,31 (jnti passati annti pativijjhati) * Vism 200,29; Mil 45,18 (~hi niggaham); fut. 3sg. (a)jnissati, MI 169,33; Ja I 81,15; (b) annassati, Sn909 (disvna vnnassati tni-m-eva); part.pr. (a)jna(t),mfn., JaV 30,15* (sotthim ~am); (b) jnanta, mfn., MI 150,12; Nidd I 84,19; (c) jnamna, mfn., Sn 1064; aor. 3 sg. annsi1 (but all occurrences may belong to annsi2 qv sv jnti), Vin I 16,i (yad bhagav annasi Yasam kulaputtam kallacittam ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr annsi); S V 424,8 (annsi vata bho Kondanno); Jail 184,20 (manussaloke vattamnam kiriyam yebhuyyena annsi); Mil 24,12 (kren* eva annsi eso kho ettha Ngaseno ti); 3 pi. jnimsu, DII 250,24; Cp-a 51,i; inf. (a) afifitum, Vin IV 21,26; SHI 3,2; Sn 345; Sp 77,23; (b)jnitum, Vin III 128,32; Sp 750,28; absol. (a) annaya1, DII 36,23 (sammsambuddhassa cetas cetoparivitakkam aftnya); Thi316; Ja IV 127,18* (annya dhammam hadayam manam ca); Ap 53,i; Mil 223,11; Mhv 15:79 (tarn cittam annya); neg. anannya, Ja II234,14*; (b) jnitv, S II 200,2-, As 292,2; ppaftftta 1 ,m/h., known, understood; Vin II 158,12 (~am bhagav ~am sugat ti); A I 185,9 (~o may samannam Sakyaputtiynam dhammo annya ca panham ... tasm dhammavinay apakkanto ti; Mp II 298,22: ~o ti nto avabuddho); Sn 699 (~am etam vacanam Asitassa yathtatham; Pj II 490,30: viditam may etam); Pv36:ll (-0 eso purisassa attho; Pv-a 222, M: -0 ti avagato); Ja V 8, r (isiganena sutthu -e); Sp 83,16 (-am bhante thpapatitthnam tumhe kankhath ti); Spk I 280,2 (AnnKondaiino ti pathamam dhammassa

289

~-tt evam gahitanmo thero); neg. anannta, mfn. [S. anjiita], not understood; unknown; A III 175, H (ananftte anntamni hoti); Sn 574 (animittam ananntam maccnam idha jivitam); Ap43,io (ananiitam may n'atthi); Dhs296 (tesam dhammnam ananntnam aditthnam apattnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anntnam); Mil 267,3 (ananntam ... arahato itthipurisnam namam pi gottam pi); As56,u (adittham ananntam ajotitam atulitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits ananntam; = Mpl 102,25: eds adittham ajnitam atulitam...); anafintannassmitindriya, n., the faculty of resolving to know something unknown; D III 219,9 (Sv 1002,30foil.: ito pubbe na anntam aviditam dhammam jnissami ti... sotpattimaggannass' etam adhivacanam); It 53,3; PatisI \\5,2* foil.; Dhs 296; Pet 66,22/0//.; 221,u; Nett 15,2; fpp (a) anntabba, mfn. and n. impers., VinlV 141,23 (sikkhamnena bhikkhave bhikkhun aiintabbam paripucchitabbam; 142, n: anntabban ti jnitabbam) * Sp 1339,2?; (b) anneyya, mfn., A III 347,25 (katham katham nmyam ... bhagavat dhammo desito anneyyo); (c) jnitabba, mfn. and n., Mp III 374,4 (anneyyo ti jnitabbo); Pj 1196,2 (yath etehi jnitabbam); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. npeti, -ayati, [BHS npeti; Pkt navei; cfS. jnpayati and Pli n], commands, gives an order (to); orders; Dhtup 576 (na pesane); Dhtum805; Vin I 196,25 (mam bhagav ~eti); 273,1 (Jivakam vejjam ~ehi so mam tikicchissati ti); IV 280,28 (na anfiam ~eyya); Mil 29,6 (tassa dandam ~enti); Ps IV 80,13 (evam tarn ~essmi ti); Pj II 61,30 (~etu devo kim yujjhmi udhu nagaram demi ti); Sadd 865,22 (~ayati ti npako); part.pr. npenta, mfn., Ja VI 23,2r (~ento); As 79,15 (~entassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee acopentassa); aor. 3 sg. npesi, D III 67,15 (rj ... purise ~esi); Ja VI 387,10 (tassa bandhangram pavesanam ~esi); Ap 389,n; Vism 392,1 (devarj Vissakammam ~esi); Mhv 37:156; 3 pi. npesum, DU 159,14; Ja VI 556,12; absol. npetv, Vin II 155,5 (dse ca kammakare ca njqpetv); Ja IV 189,26; neg. annpetv, Spklll 202,18 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ajnpetv); Vv-a30,s; pp (a) natta, mfn. [BHS id.; cfS. jnapta], instructed; ordered; enjoined; Vin 1241,8 (aham ... rann ~o); Ja V 232,26' (rann te vadho -o); VI 384,26* (-0 me vadhya bhripanno); 400,30 (tena hi pathamam eva ~am yo yo kande pannam passati so so harat ti); Mil 87,24 (cattri patkni ~ni); Kkh 63,19 (evam ~ya ca bhikkhuniy); Mhv 13:1 (upajjhyena ~o); neg. annatta, mfn., Ja VI 104,24-; Sp 337,2 (smikehi annatto); 337,8 (annattatt); Dhp-al 340,io; (b) npita, mfn. [cf S. jnpita], id.; Vin II292,11 (sanghena te vuso Channa brahmadando ~o ti); Mil 147,26 (~-tt); neg. annpita, mfn., Nidd-al 198,15; jfop npetabba, mfn., Sp 1060,8 (evarpo npetabbo na blo); caus. (b) absol. ajnpetv, having made understand, having caused to perceive; Kv-all,i (niggaham ajnpetv); (c) inf. annpetum, Mp V 34,io (Ce, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Se, A V 71,24: saMpetum); see also annta(r), aniitvi(n). jnlya, jniya, jniyya, jneyya, mfn. and m [S. jneya; BHS also jniya], well-bred; thoroughbred, noble (of animals, esp. horses; also of people);

a thoroughbred; Abh369 (-0); MI 367,31 (anfiatitthiye paribbjake anjniye va samne - ti amafifiimha); SI 6,25 (sambuddho dvipadam settho ~o catuppadam; Spk I 34,3: hatthi v hotu assdisu v aniiataro yo kranam jnti ayam ~o va); Sn462 (muni dhim jniyo hoti hirinisedho); Th 174 (jniyam mam dhretha puttam buddhassa orasam); Thi 114 (tato cittam samdhesim assam bhadram v' ajaniyam, mc, Be, Ce so; Ee va jniyam; Se asso bhadro va jniyo; Thi-a 114, ifoll.\ yalh assam bhadram ajaniyam kusalo srathi sukhena sreti); Ja II 19,17 (~ pana hatthino pi ass pi puris pi); VI 47,27* (~e va jtiy sindhave, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee jniyye); 133,3* (yajitabbam ... jniyehi; 133,8': mangalassehi); 581,20* (~ hasissimsu, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se jniya); Ap 106,19 (sapattabhro bhagav, jneyyo na kappati); Vism 97,11 (cariyo no vuso uju ~o); 467,3 (~nam ajjhupekkhakasrathi viya) = As 133,22 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se jneyynam); Sp 891,i (yugayuttako hi danto ~o, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee jneyyo); ifc see ass*- (yvassa3), bhoj'-; -jjhyita,., the thoughts, preoccupations of a thoroughbred horse; "thoroughbred" meditation; A V 323,5 (-am... jhyatha m khalunkajjhyitam); Pet 152,18 (~-jhyi hi aparmasanto ~am jhyati, so read with Nnamoli, 1964, p. 208); -parimajjana, n., grooming fit for a thoroughbred; AV 166,26; anjniya, mfn., of inferior birth; ignoble; MI 367,30; see also janiia. jneyya, mfn., see sv jniya. jyati,/?r. 3sg. [S. jyate], is born; SI 35,i* (sace enti manussattam addhe ~are kule, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajyare). j i , / [ts], war, battle; Abh399 (ranamjltthi havo). jira, n. [= ajira], courtyard; ifc see kucchi-. jiva, m. [ts], livelihood, means of subsistence; way of living; Abh445; Vin II 186,36 (parisuddho me ~o pariyodto asankilittho ti); IV 104,20 (mayam -assa hetu puttadrassa kran senya gacchm ti); D III 57,1 (na pi ~ cvetukmo evam vadmi); A HI 302,1 (tena kammena tena ~ena); Sn407 (vaciduccaritam hitv ~am parisodhayi); Niddl 89,9 (na ppakam ~am jlvati); Mil 231,7 (m me -0 bhijji ti); Ps II 316, ifoll. (~asmim, yo bhikkhu -hetu... ekavisati-anesanvasena jivikam kappeti... tassa ~o aparisuddho nma); As 373,14 (kasivanijjdisu annatarena ~ena); ifc see ajjhajiva, alamsjiva (^valam), bhinn'- (^v bhindati), miccha-, samma-; see also ajjhjive, mantassjivi(n), lkhjivi(n), suddhjivi(n). jivaka, jivika, m. [S., BHS jivaka, jivika], a naked ascetic (belonging to the community founded by Makkhali Gosla, see A.L. Basham, 195J); Vin I 8,11 (addas kho Upako ~o bhagavantam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee jiviko); MI 483,14 (atthi... koci -0 kyassa bhed dukkhass' antakaro ti); Sn381 (- v yadi v niganth, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee jivika); Ja II 384,8* (~a; 384,12': ~ ti jivahetu pabbajita padutthatpasa); VI 225,14 (rj kifici ajnantam naggabhoggam nissirikam andhablam ~am pucchi, Be, Ce, Seso; isejivikam); Ap358,i9(~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se jivika); Pet40,2i (-); Dhp-all 55,n (naggo vicarati bhumiyam sayati attano sariravalanjam eva

290

khdati... nyam kulagharassa anucchaviko ~nam esa anucchaviko ti); Ud-a340,3 (etena ~nam viya rpi att ti ayam vdo dassito hoti); Mhv 10:102 (~nam geham ca brhmanavatthum eva ca... akresi); see also jivakini. jivakabhaya, see sv jivik. jivakini, / , [from jivaka], a female naked ascetic; A III 384,4 (Pranena Kassapena sukkbhijti paniiatt, jivak ~iyo, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ajivikiniyo); Sv 162,24 (jivak ~iyo ayam sukkbhijti ti vadanti, Be, Se so; Ce, eajiviniyo) = Spkll 343,6 (Ee so; Be, Ce ajiviniyo; Se jiviyo); see also jivaka, jivini. jivati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vjiv], makes a living; lives by; M II 24,9 (na ppakam jivam ~ati); 25,I (-issati); Patis-a 96,19 (samm ~ati samm v tena ~anti pasattho sundaro v jivo ti samm -jivo); part.pr. jivamna, mfn., As 220,6 (micchjivam ~amno). jivana, n. [ts], livelihood; Abh 1017. jivika, m., see sv jivaka. jivini, / [cfS. jivin], a female naked ascetic; Sv 162,24 (jivika ~iyo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se jivak jivakiniyo) = Spk II 343,6 (Be, Ce so; Ee jivakiniyo; Se jiviyo); see also jivakini. jivikabhaya, see sv jivik. jivik,/ [BHS id.], (the necessity of) means of subsistence, obtaining a living; Ps III 181,3 (~ya pakato abhibhto);-pakata, (a)-pakata, mfn., induced by (the necessity of) obtaining a living; MI 463,25 (na inatt... na bhayatt... na ~ agrasm anagriyam pabbajit) * S III 93,8 (na ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr jivik pakat) * It 89, is; Mil 279,20 (inatto v jivikapakato v); (a)-bhaya, -bhaya, n., danger to one's livelihood, fear concerning livelihood; AIV 364,28 (panca bhayni... ~am asilokabhayam ..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se jlvitabhayam) * Vibh 379,4 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ajlvakabhayam); Nidd I 371,11 (~am, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se jivakabhayarn); Mil 196,31; Pv-a274,6 (s pitu maranena -ena ca ... blham paridevi); Th-a III 157,4 (jivikbhayena); see also kasirajivika. jjava, see sv ajjava. jjhatt in Ee at Sv 312,27 is prob, wr; Ce ajjhatt; Be, Se ajjhattik. jhpana, n. [from *2 + jhpeti], burning up; ifc see Idles'-. ata, m., ~ , / [cfS. ti], a kind of bird (a spoon-bill ?); Abh 637 (-0 dabbimukhadvijo); Ja VI 539,13* (hams - parivadantik; 540,7': ~ ti dabblmukhasakun); (t)sakuntbhiruda, mfn., resounding with the (song of) t birds; Ja IV 466,2* (najjo ... ~, Be, Ce so; Ee adsakunta-; Sedsasakunta-). taka, n., a metal from the Pisca country; Vibh-a 63,29. jhapan, / [cf S. sthpana], placing, fixing; arranging; Nidd I 226,6 (iriypathassa ~ thapan santhapan ... ayam vuccati kuhan; Nidd-a I 336, is: ~ ti dithapan darena v thapan) = 463,3 * Vibh 352,24 (atthapan); Vibh 3 57,11 (yo evarpo upanho upanahan ... ~ thapan santhapan, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se atthapan) = Pp 18,21 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atthapan); see also atthapan.

thapeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *2 + titthati; cfS. sthpayati], places, fixes; places as surety; i/i/thapetum, Kv 351,5 (labbh pathavi ketum viketum ~etum ocinitum vicinitun ti); Sp 999,14; absol. thapetv, Sp999,n/o//.(yassa pitupitmahehi v inam gahitam hoti sayam v inam gahitam hoti yam v -etv mtpithi kinci gahitam hoti so tarn inam paresam dhreti ti inyiko; yam pana anne ntak ~etv kinci ganhanti, so na inyiko, na hi te tarn ~etum issar); pp thapita, mfn., placed as surety; Sp 361,7 (yo pi bhujisso mtar v pitar v -0 hoti; Sp-t[2te] II 153,27: ~o ti mtpithi inam ganhantehi yva inadn ayam tumhkam santike hot ti inadyaknam niyytito); Vin-vn217. dambara, m. [ts], a war-drum; Mhv 85:44 (in cpd); see also lambara. naftja, see sv nerija. nanya in Ee at A III 354,28* is wr for nanya qv. natta, mfn., caus. pp o/jnti qv. natti,/ [BHSid.; cfS. jnapti], order, command; (gr.t.t) (the sense of) the imperative mood; Vin I 62,17 (panca nissayapatippassaddhiyo upajjhyamh... ~i yeva pancami); Ja IV 113,24' (bhagavato -iy panyasmat nandena bhikkhusanghe sannipatite); 418,26 (kim nu kho esa luddo mam ganhanto attano kammena ganhi udhu aniiassa ~iy ti); Pet 43,20 (katam ~i); Ps III 163,18 (ihgh ti ~iyam nipto); Spk III 92,16 (tesam ~iyo evam ha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anujnanto); Kkh63,i9 (dhov ti dikya ~iy); Sadd 50,24* (atitangato paccuppanno -i-m-eva ca parikappo ca klassa atipatti ti chabbidho); 542, is (cuda sancodane ~iyam ca: codeti); -kalika, mfn., (belonging to) the imperative mood; Sadd 50,3 (pancamivibhatti ~); 56,35; -vacana, ., (an expression of) the imperative mood; Thi-a5,33 (suphi ti ~am); Sadd 50,3 (pancamivibhatyantni padni ~ni); annatti, / , not a command, lack of an order; Sp 352,22 (~iygahitatt); 968,31. nattika (and nattiya), mfn. [natti + ka2], involving a command; done by ordering (someone else); Sp 366,26 (eko msako shatthiko hoti... panca ~); 366,29 (shatthikam v -assa ~am v shatthikassa angam na hoti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se nattiyassa nattiyam); 439,18 (pntiptassa cha ppayog shatthiko ~o nissaggiyo ... ~o ti annam npentassa evam vijjhitv paharitv v mrpehi ti npanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nattiyo) * Kkh 30,40 (Be so; Ce, Ee nattiyo) * Sv 70,i * Pj I 29,9; As 161,21 foil, (punnam hi atthi sayamkram ... atthi ~am... npetv kritam -am nma); Vin-vn245 (bhikkhuno parass' npanam nma ayam ~o nayo); 254; annattika, mfn. [or a3 + natti + ka2, or from a3 + nattika], not involving a command, not done by ordering someone else; Kkh 25,8 (nattiya anpajjitabbato ~am); see also snattika. nattika,/ [BHSid.], an order; Mp I 259,13 (satthu ~ya annatarassa therassa santike pabbaji, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se nattiya). nattiya, mfn., see sv nattika. napana, n. [cf S. jnpana], ordering; command; the imperative mood; Sadd 51,4* (~am parikappo ca); see

291

also npana. axfi,f[BHS id.; cf S. jfi], order, command; authority) Abh 354; 992; Dhtum 799 (dadi -yam); Thi 464 (rajje -a); Ja I 398,19 (sace tumhe sakalarajje issariyam ca -am ca mayham dadeyytha); IV 105,20 (Udayabhaddya eva - pavatti); Mil 227,13 (rj nma -am vitikkamantam vigarahati); Vism707,8 (evam garuk hi sanghassa - nma); Sp541,30 (imam pana bhagavato -am anussarantena); Ap-a 530,4 (thero satthu -ya tarn pabbjetv); Mhv 5:55 (kse yojane - bhmiyam yojane tica); am karoti, executes authority; punishes; Ja I 267,io (pesunnakrakassa -am katva); III 351,14 (brhmaniy pi -am kretv); Dhp-all 3,5 (sace tasmim khane na gacchasi -am te karissami ti); Nidd-a I 424,12 (rj imesam catunnam dandnam issaro ti imesam catunnam -nam ktum rj samattho); ifc see rj-; -karana, n., exercising authority; punishing; Ja VI 473,9' (tava bhayena); Svl95,i5 (gantukapurisassa gehasmikesu tunhim sinesu -am na yuttarn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nakaranam) = Ps I 262,36; -patham in Ce, Ee /Ud-a426,3 is perhaps wrfor yapatham (Be, Se so); -pavattana, n.9 the functioning or exercise of authority; giving an order; Mil277,6 (yo koci rj... -ena dnarn dadeyya); Sp 440,25 (Asokassa hetth upari ca yojane ~'-disu); Spkl 100,17 (vaso ti -am); -pavatti,/, id.; Ja IV 145,4 (mayam Kosalaraftno tthne vasma); Sp 1137,4 (evam ekekassa ranno ~-tthnam); -sampanna, mfn., endowed with authority; Jail 352,7 (ekam abhirpam sobhaggappattam -am ... purisam gahetv rjnam karimsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se crasampannam). npaka, m. [BHSmpak2i;cfS. jnpaka], one who gives an order; one who passes on an order; Vin III 53,36 (-assa ca avahrakassa ca patti prjikassa); Mil 147,12 (gmasmiko -am npeyya); Sp 304,19 (-0 nattikkhane yeva prjiko hoti); Sadd 865,22 (npayati ti -o). npana, n. [cf S. jnpana], ordering; authority; Mil 285,29 (catusu mahdipesu ekamukhena -am vattissati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se n pavattissati); PsI 191,io (vcya ca karoth ti -am); Pj I 29,24 (adhitthahitv pana -am nattiko payogo); Vin -vn 245; Sadd 813,30 (natti ti -am); 865,15 (krite ca ... npayate -am); see also npana. npeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of jnti qv; also written for npeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. ofneti qv. ni, n i , / [S. ni], the pin of a wheel-axle, a linch-pin; a peg, a bolt; Abh 374 (akkhaggakfle -1); D III 192,24* (ete kho saftgah loke rathass' -i va yyato) = A II 32,23* (Mp III 65,8: yath rathassa gacchato -i sangaho nma hoti ynam sanganhti); MI 119,15 (sukhumya -iy olrikam -im abhinihaneyya); Th 744 (tacchanto -iy -im nihanti balav yath); Ja VI 432,5 (sabbni [dvrni] yantayuttn, eva ekya -iy akkantya pithiyanti); Sp 1092,7 (adhikamamsam -i viya utthahati); Sv715,i2 (vaddhaki... gopnasiyo pavesetv -im datv slkammam nitthpesi); Ud-a424,u (ulumpan ti prangamanatthya drni sahghtetv -iyo kottetv katam); ifc see pat-; -ganthikhata, mfn., disfigured with pins and joins; Vism 108,6 (mattikpatto v -o);

Sp 307,25 (-0, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr nigandikhato); -co)aka, /i., a plug of cloth; a menstruation cloth; Vin II 271,5 (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti); Sp 548,19; -dvra, n., a small gate or a bolted gate; Th355 (Th -a II151,8 foil.: -am nma pkrabaddhassa nagarassa khuddakadvram yam ghatikchidde nimhi pakkhitte yantena vin abbhantare thitehi pi vivaritum na sakk ... atha v -am nma palighadvram, tattha hi tiriyam paligham patthapetv rukkhascisankhtam nim palighasise vunanti); -rakkha, -rakkhaka, m(fh).t (one) who guards the axle-pin; Sp 858,17 (catupuriso ratho ti eko srathi eko yodho dve -rakkhak ti); Vin-vn 1571 (-rakkhduve jan); -sanghta, m.y a framework of pegs; S II 267,2 (-0 va avasissi). nisamsa in Ee at Sp548,2i (bahinikkhanta-nisams) is wrfor nimamsa (Be, Ce, Se so). any a, n. [from ana or ina], the state of being in debt; Sadd 807,14 (inassa bhvo -am); see also nanya. tag in Ee at Ps II 85,2i is wrfor gat (Be, Ce, Se so). tanka, m. [ts], disease, sickness; affliction of mind, disquietude; Abh 323 (-0 mayo vyadhi); 1045 (-0 rogatpesu); Ud-a \26,\ foil. (-0 ti kicchajivitakaro rogo, atha v ypetabbarogo - 0 itaro bdho, khuddako v rogo -0 balav bdho, keci pana ajjhattasamutthno bdho bahiddhsamutthno -o ti vadanti) = Sadd 322,7 foil.; Sadd 348,22; ifc see app'-, abhikkhan'(sv abhikkhanam), rog'-; -phassa, m., contact with disease; the touch, the sensation of sickness; Sn966 (-ena khudya phuttho); nirtanka, mfn.y free from disease; healthy; Mil251,30 (slinam pi... -nam lohitaknam antare). tankati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup Vtank, Wg5:3], lives in distress; Sadd322,3 (taki kicchajivane:... tankati ~ati tanko). tanki(n), mfn. [from tanka], sick, ill; Ja V 84,15* (-inarn yath kusalo bhisakko; 84,22': -inan ti gilnnam). tata, (mf)n. [pp of *2 + tanoti; cf S. tata], stretched over; a drum covered with leather on one side; Abh 139; 140; Ps II 300,is/o//. (paficangikam turiyam nma -am vitatam tatavitatam ghanam susiran ti... -am nma cammapariyonaddhesu bheri-disu ekatalaturiyam); Vv-a 37,2 (-am vitatam tatavitatam ghanam susiran ti); -vitata, /i., a drum completely covered with leather; Abh 141; Ps II 300,22 (-am nma tannibaddham panavdi); Vv-a 37,3. tatyi(n), m(fn). [S. tatyin], "one whose bow is drawn to take another's life"; a murderer; Abh 736 (-1 vadhudyato). tatta, mfn., pp o/tapati qv. tapa, m.n. [S. tapa, HI.], sunlight; heat of the sun; heat; light; Abh 37; MII 235,16 (yam chy jahati tarn -o pharati); Pv31:5 (chyarn upemi unhesu -o parivattati); Ja I 484,27 (vihim gehadvre -e pattharitv); II 3 59,17 (-am tappanto niddyati); III 447,16* (na tarn tapati -0); V 417,9 (ma nam Kunlam sakunam -o paritpi ti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se tpo); Ap 350,20 (tappamne ca ~e); Dhs 617; Mil 54,4 (mani na siy -o na siy gomayam na siy jyeyya so aggi ti); Vism 431,33 (- gantv gabbharn pavitthassa yva andhakrabhvo na vigacchati); Sp 342,30

292

(drni pi aranne vassena ca ~ena ca vinassanri); Mhv21:27 (ek mahallik vihim sosetum ~e khipi); Saddh 123 (chy -tam yanti); Sadd 404,26 (tapati tpo tpi ~am); 542,16 (~am chdeti ti chattam); tape in Ee at Ja IV 381,io is wr; Be, Se anpakhette; Ce npe; ifc see bT-, vt'-, sanjh'-, samtapa; -tpita, mfn., scorched by heat; Ap 583,is (tile jte disvn' ~e, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tapatpane); -tta, n. [S. tapatra], a sunshade, a parasol; Abh357 (~am tath chattam); Sadd 542,16 (chattan ti ~am); ifc see ek'-; -ttaka, n., a parasol; Khuddas 5:7; ifc see ek'-; -vrana,n., a parasol, a sun-shade; Dthl:28 (adhrayum - ' -dikam). tapati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. tapati], burns; consumes or destroys by heat; Ja III 447,25' (purisam hi te ~anti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be abhitapanti); Sv 758, I i (tisu bhavesu kilese ~ati ti tpo, Ce so; Be, Ee tpeti ti; Se tappati ti) = Ps I 243,17 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tpeti ti) = Spklll 180,3; pp tatta, mfn. [cfS. tapta], burnt; heated; Ja V 69,io* (chtorpo si, Be, Ce, Eeso; Seditta-; 69,25': ~-rpoti sukkhasariro); caus. pr. 3 sg. tpeti, heats; consumes by heat; tortures, inflicts pain on; MII 225,23 (usukro tejanam... ~eyya paritpeyya); SIV 337,28 (so attnam ~eti paritpeti); Mil 315,12 (kissa pana te... dukkhaseyyya visamabhojanena kyam ~enti ti); Sv 758,11 (tisu bhavesu kilese ~eti ti tpo, Be, Ee so; Ce tapati ti; Se tappati ti) = Ps I 243,17 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tapati ti; = Spk III 180,3: tapati ti) * Ud-a 174,9 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tapati); part.pr. tpenta, mfn., Spk HI 109,io (attnam ~ento); absol. tpetv, Mil 314,25; pp tpita, mfn., heated; MII 225,18. tpana, n. [cfS. tapana], burning; consuming by heat; Dhp-aHI 404,6 (kilesnam ~ena tappan ti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se tpanena); see also tpana. tappa, n. [from tapati], heat; zeal; ascetic energy; exertion; Abh 156; D I 13,12 (~am anvya padhnam anvya anuyogam anvya; Svl04,i9: viriyam... -an ti vuttam); Mill 187,27* (ajj* eva kiccam ~am); Dhp276 (tumhehi kiccam ~am); Sn 1062 (tena h' -am karohi); Ja III 447,23* (~ tapayanti mam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be tap; 447,25': ~ti vatthukmakilesakm, purisam hi te tapanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be tap ti); Vibh 194,32 (katamam ~am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be katamo tpo) quoted Sv 759,34 (eds tpam); tapp in cpd in Ee at Patis-a 234,9 is wr; read avihtappasudassa- with Be, Ce, Se; see also tpa. tabbana in Ee at Sp440,i and 440,6 is wr for thabbana qv. tpa, m. (and n. ?) [from tapati], burning; affliction, mortification; zeal, exertion; Abh 1135 (-0 viriye tape); Nidd I 378,12 (imin ~ena upeto); Ap 350,21 (na mam tpeti ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee tapati tapo; Se tapati tappo); Mil 313,9 (kyassa ca cittassa ca ~o paritpo); Sv 759,34 (katamam -am; quoting Vibh 194,32: Ce, Ee, Se tappam; Be katamo -0); Ps I 243,17 (kilese tpeti ti ~o, viriyass' etam nmam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tapati ti); Sadd 404,25; antpa, m., lack of exertion or zeal, laziness; It-a 1105,5 (~o kosajjam); see also tappa. tpana, n. [from tpeti], burning, consuming by heat;

mortification; Svl04,i8 (viriyam kilesnam -vasena tappan ti vuttam, Ce, Ee so; Be -bhvena; Se tappanabhvena); Dhp-a III 404,6 (kilesnam -ena tappan ti, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee tpanena); It-a II 174,1 (kilesnam ~assa); Vibh-a219,26 (kilesnam ~ato); tpanena in Ee at Spk I 49,9 is wr; Be, Ce, Se att pannena; -paritpannuyoga, m., the practice of selfmortification and torture; MI 78,20 = A I 296,7; Vism 501,2. tpi(n), mfn. [from tpa], energetic, zealous; exerting oneself; Vin I 352,1 (kacci pana vo ... appamatt ~ino pahitatt viharath ti); III 235,8 (bhikkhuniyo appamatt -iniyo pahitatt); D I 177,2 (appamatto -1 pahitatto); M I 207,28 (appamattnam -Inam pahitattnam); III 187,29* (evamvihrim -im ahorattam atanditam); SI 13,2i* (-1 nipako bhikkhu so imam vijataye jatam) quoted Mil 34,19* and Vism 1,6*; A III 38,13* (niccam ~i ussuko); Dhp 143 (~ino samvegino bhavtha); Ud 1,20* (yad have ptubhavanti dhamm -ino jhyato brhmanassa); Sn 926 (jgariyam bhajeyya ~i); Ap 20,1 (samdhimh vutthahitv -1 nipako aham); Vibh 194,36; antpi(n), mfn., without energy, without application; Sil 195,28; It 115,i6 (~i anotappi). tpiya, mfn. and n. [from tpa], zealous, exerting oneself; zeal; exertion; Ud 37,25* (ete ca vidv manaso vitakke ~o samvarati satim, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce tpi yo; Ud-a 237, is: ~o ti viriyav); 48,14* (-0 brahmacariyam careyya; Ud-a 278,34 foil.: -sankhtena viriyena samanngatatt ~o ... raddhaviriyo). tpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/tapati qv. titheyya, n. [from atithi; S. titheya], a gift of hospitality, a gift to a guest; A I 93,26 (dve 'mani bhikkhave ~ni... mistitheyyam ca dhammtitheyyam ca; Mp II 161,1: -nlti gantukadnni, - ti v ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atitheyyni ti pi); IV 63,25 (idam te hotu ~m ti; MpIV 36,20foil.: idam eva dhammabhananam tava atithipannkro hotu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee pannkro). tisra, mfn., connected with atisra;? Sadd788,i9 (vasdnam visayo deso vsdo, evam kumbho tisro). titamattho in Ee at Ja V 77,23* is wr for atitamattho (Be, Ce, Se so). tu, m. [1], father;! MI 449,1 (bhikkhussa ~u mri, bhikkhussa mtu mri; Ps III 165,6: ~ ti pit mt ti mt ... tuyham pana mtpitaro mat manne). tuma(n), tuma, m. [S. atman], the self; oneself; Sn 782 (yo ~nam sayam eva pv; Nidd I 69,12: ~ vuccati att); 888 (-narn kusaloti cha); 918 (ntumnam vikappayam titthe; Niddl 351,15: ~ vuccati att, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~no, prob, wr); Pv 25:11 (- itthibhtya; Pv-a 165,22: -e ti attani); Mp II 361,6 (- vuccati attabhvo, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~o); Sadd 860,20 (sukhadukkham adati ti ~); 153,9* (att~); 159,3foil.; ifc see app'-; see also atta(n), tuma. tura, mfn. [ts], sick, ill; suffering, afflicted; wretched; Abh 322; Vin II 283,10* (~ass, in uddna); DU 266,1* (~ass' eva bhesajjam); MI 88,17; SI 198,8* (~assa hi k nidd); Th 394 (~am asucim ptim passa... samussayam); JaV 433,11 (daliddat -t jinnakat); VI 318,8* (vineyya poso sukham ~o pi); Ap 3 81,12

293

(~nam tikicchako); Mil 139, is (puriso ~o dukkhito bjhagilno); Vism 489,26; Spkl 289,7 (jarturo rogturo kilesturo titayo ~); 0, -anna, n., "the food of the wretched", the food of the condemned; Ja I 197, is* (~ni bhunjati; 197,20': -am ti maranabhojanni) * II420,i*; ati-tura, mfn., very sick; Sp 1281,27 (sace n-turo gilno hoti); antura, mfn., not sickhealthy, well; S III 1,23 (turakyassa me sato cittam ~am bhavissati ti); Dhp 198 (turesu manussesu viharma ~); Th 276; Ja I 367, r; As 151,12 (~ -t niggilnat ti attho). turati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from tura], is pained; Mil 152,13 (parittni pi mahrja pavattayamnnam saddo syati jivh sukkhati hadayam vyvattati kantho ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kurati, perhaps wr); see also turiyati. turibhta, mfn. or n. [pp of tura + bhavati], afflicted; or affliction; Sv 789,26 (khuppipshi -kle, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr&turi-) = Ps I 293,12 = Spklll 158,26 = Mp II 58,9. turiyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from tura], becomes sick; is pained; Mill 234,23 (kantho pi ~ati; PsV 31,28: ~afi ti turo hoti); Pj I 146,11 (ativiya pittarogdihi ~ati); pp turita, mfn., afflicted (by); Ps II 129,24 (gelannena ~ni sayanti) = Nidd-a I 94,8; see also turati. tojja, n. [S. todya], a musical instrument; Abh 142. thabbana, thabbana, athabbana, athabbana, m. or n. [cfS. tharvana; BHS atharvana], (what belongs to) the Atharva-veda; a spell or a charm from the Atharva-veda; Sn927 (~am supinam lakkhanam no vidahe; Pj II 564,23: ~an ti thabbanikamantappayogam); Nidd I 381,6 (thabbanik ~am payojenti) = Sp 440,1 (Be so; Ce athabbanam; Se athabbanam; Ee wr tabbanam); Sp 936,29 (in long cpd, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -athabbana-) * Kkh 189,30 (Be so; Ce, Ee athabbana-); Sv 370,16 (thabbanik kira ~am payojetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee athabbanam); '-iddhi,/, magic power attained by means of Atharva-veda spells; As 92,5 (ettha hi na bhvanmayiddhi adhippet ~i pana adhippet, Be so; Ce, Ee athabbaniddhi; Se thabbaniddhi; * Cp-a 159,9: Ce, Ee thabbanik iddhi; Be, Se thabbanik iddhi); '-iddhika, mfn., possessing magic power by means of Atharva-veda spells; As 92,8 (~ hi sattham alonakam bhufijitv... mukhena vijjam parijapanti atha tesam kammam samijjhati, Be so; Ce, Ee athabbaniddhik; Se thabbaniddhik; * Nidd-a I 413,23: eds thabbanik); -veda, m. (and n.), the Atharva-veda; Mil 178,15 (brhmanamnavaknam irubbedam yajubbedam smavedam athabbanavedam ... sakunarutaravitam sikkh karanly); Sv247,27(~am catuttham katv, Be, Se so; Ce athabbana-; Ee athabbana-) = Ps III 362,15 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee athabbanna-) = Pj II 447,18 (eds athabbanavedam) = Nidd-a II15,3 (Be so; Ce, Ee athabbana-; Se thabbana-); Sadd 390,io (athabbanavedam pana panitajjhsay na sikkhanti parpaghtasahitatt). thabbanik, thabbanik, mfn. and m. [S. tharvanika], 1. (mfn.) relating to the Atharva-veda; Cp-a 159,9 (ettha na bhvanmay iddhi adhippet ~ iddhi pana adhippet, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se thabbanik; * As 92,5: Be thabbaniddhi; Ce, Ee athabbaniddhi; Se thabbaniddhi); 2(m.) one versed in the Atharva-veda; Nidd I 381,6

(~ athabbanam payojenti; Nidd-a I 413,22: ~ ti parpaghtamantajnanak) = Sp 440,1; Sv 370,15 (~ kira athabbanam payojetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee thabbanik). da, mfn. [from diyati1; ts ], taking; ifc see day'-. datte, dadti, see sv diyati'. danesan in Ee, Se at JaV 371,28* is wr for adanesan qv sv adana. dapeti, ~ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of diyati1 qv. dara, m. [ts], respect; consideration; care, concern; Ja IV 414,2 (supino ti vutte rj andaro bhavissati dohajo tivutte pana ~ena pariyesissati ti); Vism 711,22* (yogihi Visuddhimagge etasmim karaniyo va ~o); Sp 437,4 (vyanjane -am akatv attham eva dassetum); Spkl 8,30 (dhammam -ena asunanto); As 61,7 (etassa pativedhe mah-usshoca ~oca kattabbo ti); Saddh207 (kusale ~o niccarn kattabbo); -jta, mfh., full of respect or consideration; Ud-a204,8 (dev pi... tassa patipattiy ~ piyyanti); 1h-a III 194,22 (~ sunant); andara, m and mfn., \.(m.) lack of respect, disrespect; lack of concern, indifference; Abh 172; Sp 1297,8 (asatiy na pucchi na ~ena); Ud-a 382,19 (~e hi idam smivacanam); Pj II 302,11 (kilitthagatto va ... mahagghe bhummattharane -ena nipajjitv); Ap-a289,37 (~am katv); Sadd 725,8 (~amhi ca gamyamne); 2. (mfn.) disrespectful; regardless, unconcerned, indifferent; Vin IV 218,19 (eso... bhikkhu... ~o apatikro; 218,33: ~o nama sangham v ganam v puggalam v kammam va n' diyati); SI 96,4* (micchditthi ~o); Sn 247 (dussilaludd pharus -); Ja IV 414,2; Ap 504,30 (panamanti na sambuddham jtitthaddh ~); Dhs 1325 (andariyam t agravat); Mhv 23:74; sftdara, mfn., respectful; considerate; ~am, respectfully; Dhs 1327 (sagravat sdariyam ~-t, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit sdariyam ~-t); Pv-a 135,15 (sakkaccan ti ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr daram); Ap-a469,6 (buddhasetthassa ssane tya); 535,10* foil; Mhv 15:2 (pannpesum sanni thernam ~ nar); 28:25; Sadd 800,26*; see also andariya, sdariya. darati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. &ldr], respects, is careful about; Sadd 426,15 (dara darndaresu: ~ati andarati); see also diyati2. davam, adv. [2 + ace. o/dava ? dava1 or dava2 ?], until I was warm; ? until I was sportive; ? Vv-a 216,10/0//. ([ad Vv 50:23: pivmi madhu maddavam] madhum ~m ti pi pathanti, ~am yvadavam yvad eva davattham madhuram pivmi ti attho, Be, Ce so; Ee ~am yva devam yva davattam; Se -am yvadivam yvad eva davattham). dahati (and dhiyati1, dhiyati1, *dheti), pr. 3 sg. [S. dadhti, dhatte], places on; fixes, settles; establishes, kindles (esp. the sacred fire); accepts, receives; adds (fuel to fire); Vism 464,12 (rammane cittam samam dhiyati samm v dhiyati samdhnamattam eva v etam cittass ti samdhi); Ps II 83,13 (samdahmi ti samm ~mi); Nidd-a I 57,3 (sahajtni samm dhiyati patitthapeti ti samdhi); Patis-a 86,15 (rammane cittam samm dhiyati thapeti ti samdhi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dhiyati) = As 122,16 (Be, Se so; Ce dhiyati; Ee wr dhiyati) ^ Bv-a 44,32 (cittam samam ~ati rammane thapeti ti samdhi); part.pr.

294

(a)dhenta, m/h., A IV 42,15 (aggim... dhento ypam usspento); (b)dahanta, mfn., Vism289,i7 (rammane cittam samam -anto samam thapento); (c) dahana, mfn., Ja VI 203,9* (Vessnaram -no; 203,17': aggim -anto); aor. 3 sg. dahi, Ja VI 201,31* (-i jtavedam; 202,8" ~i patitthpetv paricari); inf. dhtum, A IV 42,8 (aggim dhtukmo); absol. (a)dhya, MI 120,36 (dante 'bhidantam dhya, Ce so; Be dantebhidantam; Se dantebhi dantam; Ee wr dantehi dantam; Ps II 93,26: dhyti hetthdante uparidantam thapetv) * 242,24 (Ce so; Be dantebhidantam; Se dantebhi dantam; Ee wr dantehi dantam) * Spk I 36,13 (Ce so; Ee wr dya; Be dante abhidantam dhya; Se dante abhidantam dya); see also accdhya, ati-dhya; (b)dahitv, Pj I 242,13 (pde pdam -itv, Ce, Ee so; Be odahitv; Se dahetv); Ud-a298,7; (c) dhyitv, Spk II 167,10 (pde pdam dhyitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee accdhyitv); pass, pr. 3 sg. dhiyati2, dhiyati2, is placed; is fixed; is directed; Ps I 174,15 (cittam samdhiyati ti cittam samm dhiyati appitam viya acalam titthati); Patis-a 303,5 (cittam samam dhiyati ekaggam hoti); 310,11 (samdhi ti ekrammane samam dhiyati tena cittan ti); pp (a) hita, mfn. [ts], fixed, established; kindled, provided with fuel; Sn 18 (~o gini; Pj II 28,25: ~o ti bhato jlito v); Ja II 198,25' (silesu susamhito ti maggasilesu c' eva phalasilesu ca samm -o netv thapito viya tesu patitthito); Sp 141,20 (cittam pi me samm -am sutthapitam appitam viya ahosi) * It-aII 183,27; gabbh, (m)f(n)., pregnant; Th-all 131,20; p p (b) dhatta, mfn., having taken; receiving; Samantak574 (ngakann... lalitakanakavallflilam dhattagatt); fpp (a) dbeyya, mfn., to be deposited or placed (in); being contained; to be assigned or entrusted; being the responsibility (of), being in the control (of); Vin I 116,8 (anujnmi bhikkhave yo tattha bhikkhu vyatto patibalo tass' -am ptimokkhan ti); Pp 34,37 (tassa tarn vacanam -am gacchati gandhakarandake va nam ksikavattham; Pp-a 217,9/<?//.: sirasmim hadaye ca dhtabbatamthapetabbatam pi gacchati) * A I 249,3 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se omit); Ap 304,5 (atthi cetasikam dukkham tavdheyyam arindama); Mil 360,19 (keval ca samanagun tass' - honti); Sp 1340,2 (tass' -o uposatho); Sadd 709,32 (~ena patthato hoti); dheyyamukha, mfn., seesvadiyamukha; (b) dhtabba, mfn., Ud-a 196,8 (ko panyam samdhnattho, samma-d-eva t, y hi es ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tya); 196,21 (samma-d-eva appavatti -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wrtt). dahana1, n. [from dahati], fixing; settling; Patis-a 17,7 (samam samm ca -am thapanan ti ca samdahanam). dahana2, see sv dhana. d, absol. o/diyati1 qv. dta(r), m. [from diyati1; cf S. dtr], one who takes, who receives; MI 286, is (adinnam theyyasankhtam - hoti)^ A V 264,16. dtabba, mfh., Jpp of Miyati* qv. dtum, inf. o/diyati1 qv. dna1, n. (and m.) [S. dna, n.], 1. (i) taking, grasping; holding on to; attachment; SII 94,9 (kyassa ... -am pi nikkhepanam pi; Spk II 98,10: ~m ti

nibbatti); Sn364 (~esu vineyya chandargam); Ja III 118,3* (sabbam sakassa -am andnam tinassa ca); Patis I 32,26 (~am pajahato); Mill61,20; Vism289,33 (patinissaggnupassanya ~ato cittam mocento); Mp IV 190,15 (dandassa -am); Nidd-al 115,30 (adinnassa ~am adinndnam, parassa haranam theyyam corik ti vuttam hoti); Sadd 428,6 (hara -e); ifc see att'- (^v attafn]), adinn' - (^v dadti), in' -, dancP-; (ii) (the grasping of) a view; Ud-a 347,17 (mayham ditthi sundar mayham -0 sundaro ti); cf dya2; 2. taking food, foraging; Ja V 371,26* (ajjame sattam ratti -ni upsato, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce adanni; 372, r [Be, Ce]: adanni ti -ni gocaragahanatthnni ti, ayam eva v ptho); dnam in eds at Mp IV 30,i foil, is prob, wr for dhnam; -parihananalakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is destroying what is taken up (so Nnamoli, 1964, p. 162); Pet 117,23 (-am updnam, eds so; perhaps wr for dnaparigahana-?); -satta, mfn. orm. [dna + satta1 or satta3], attached to grasping; or creature of attachment; S n l l 0 4 (na updiyetha bhikkhu sato kincanam sabbaloke ~e iti pekkhamno pajam imam maccudheyye visattam; Pj II 599,17foil: dtabbatthena dnesu rpdisu satte sabbaloke ... -e v dnbhinivitthe puggale); andna, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) lack of holding on to, of grasping; unattachment; Ja III 118,3*; IV 354,21' (vitatanho -ena andno); Thi-a 41,23; 2. (mfn.) not grasping; free from attachment; Dhp 352 (vitatanho -o; Dhp-alV 70,19: -o ti khandhdisu niggahano); Sn741 (vitatanho -0); Th491 (vitatanh ~ satta buddha khayogadh; Th-a II 205,20: ~ ti anupdn appatisandhik v); Mil 342, H*; Ud-a 202,10 (--tarn dasseti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ -attham); sdna, mfn., grasping, being attached; Dhp 406 (aviruddham viruddhesu ... -esu andnam; Dhp-a IV 180,9: aham maman ti gahitatt -esu) = Sn630; Ja IV 372,2* (anadnassa ~o datum arahmi bhojanam). dna2, n. [ts], binding; -vatti,/, a bandage; Sp 1094,7 (bhesajjamakkhit -i; Vjb [Be]482,i\: dnavatti ti nahavatti). dya1, absol. of diyati1 qv. dya2, m. [from diyati1], (the adopting of) a belief a view; Vin I 70,20 (tassa satthuno tassa ditthiy tassa khantiy tassa ruciy tassa -assa avanne bhannamne; Sp993,8: s yeva laddhi yasm... dalhaghena gahit tasm ... ~o ti vuccati); 355,26 (tesam ditthim ca khantim ca rucim ca -am ca rocehi); 359,19* (sakam ca -am ayam na rincati; Sp 1154,r. sakam -am attano cariyavdam na hpeti); Vibh 245,28 (idh ti imiss ditthiy imiss khantiy imiss ruciy imasmim -e imasmim dhamme imasmim vinaye). dya3, ind. [absol. of2 + Vd3; cf S. dyati], fastening to; having fixed (on); JaIV 272,22* (dya pattim... cpesaram; 272,28': saram cpe dya sannayhitv). dyaka, m/(-ik)/i. [from diyati1; cf S. dya, mfn.], taking; grasping; who is a grasper (of); Sv71,2i (taddyaka-upakkamasamutthpik theyyacetan adinndnam) = As98,i; MpIII 263,4 (vardyi ti uttamassa varassa -0); Pj II 599,10 (dnatanhan ti rpdinam dyikam gahanatanham) = Nidd-all 47,2o; Th-a I 75,12

295

(lokuttaradhammassa ... -o ganhanako); Nidd-al 234,17 (-tt); ifcseevmxV-. dyagamaniya, mfn. [from dya1 gacchati, "he goes with, he takes "], to be gone with; to be taken; going with; A V 300,9 (itthiy v ... purisassa v nyam kyo -o; MpV 77,23foil: imam kyam gahetv paralokam gantum nma na sakk ti attho); Ap 515,27 (-am hi kusalam n' atthi me katam); Spk II 90,29 (laddham pi c' etam sabbam pahyagamaniyam punnam eva ekam -am). dyi(n), mfn. [S. dyin], taking, receiving; Sv 956,34 (dinndyino ti corikya kind agahetv smikehi dinnass' eva -ino); ifc see dinn' - (sv dadti), sr' -. dsa, m. [S. darSa], a looking-glass, a mirror; Abh316; Vin II 107,13 (bhikkh ~Q pi udakapatte pi mukhanimittam olokenti); D I 80,16 (~e v parisuddhe pariyodte); MI 415,20 (kimatthiyo -o ti, paccavekkhanattho bhante ti); Th 169 (-am dya sariram paccavekkhisam); Ja VI 409,27 (-ena mukham olokento); Ap 60, is (sattabhmamhi psde -am santharim aham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adsim santharam; Ap-a324,\i foil.'. -talam nipphdetv... bhagavato... aham santharam adsim santharitv pjesin ti attho); Mil 54,12; Vism 591,8; Dhp -a 1226,20 (ek Brnasisetthino dhit ... -am gahetv attnam alankaronti nisidi); As 144, u (~e viya chy pannyati); ifc see dhamm,-. dsaka, m. [dsa + ka2; S. darSaka], a mirror; Thi411. dhana, dahana2, n. [S. dahana], burning; a place where something is burnt; Ap-a 474,9 (arahato -tthne citakam citakatthnam aham agamsin ti attho, Ee so; Be, Se dahana-; Ce -tthnam); 568,15 (sarirakiccam katv ti 0> -di -aggin dahanakiccam katv ti attho, Ee so; Be, Se dahana ti aggin; not in Ce); see also lhana. di1, m. (and mfn. ?) [ts], l.(m.) beginning, starting point, cause; Abh 978 (-i simpakresu samipe 'vayave mato); Vin I 103,12 (ptimokkhan ti-im etam mukham etam pamukham etam kusalnam dhammnam); S V 143,8 (tvam bhikkhu -im eva visodhehi kusalesu dhammesu); Dhp 375 (tatryam -i bhavati idha pannassa bhikkhuno); Sn 358 (addasa ... -im updnassa Kappiyo; Pj II 351,23: ~i ti kranam); Th 612 (-i silam patitth ca; Ih-a II 259,28: ~i ti mlam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit mLam); Patis I 167,26 (-issakati lakkhanni); Pet 13,3 (tattha ayam -i); Mil 10,23 (-imhi v maijhe v pariyosne v); Vism 524,29 (y majjhato patthya yva di pavatt); Sadd 644,4 (~im do dismim dimhi); im katv (and dikatv), beginning with, from ... on; Ja V 442,24(uparjam ~im katv sabbe ummattak viya ahesum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee dikatv); VI 368,9 (bodhisattassa ... dovrike -im katv sakalanagaravsino pannkre pahinimsu); Vism 607,11 (bhangnupassanam -im katv upari pahnaparinnya bhmi); Sp4,6 (dhammacakkapavattanam hi -im katv yva Subhaddaparibbjakavinayan); Mp III 229,9 (nmarpaparicchedannam -im katv tarunavipassan); Dhp-a I 393,10 (rjnam -im katv); IV 76,16 (ajja -im katv); loc.Mo [S. dau], adv., at first; Mhv 37:62 (Lohapsdam do v' aksi); Sadd605,n; dito, adv.y from the beginning; at first; at the beginning; as a beginning; Sil 20,28; Ja I 471,21 (-ito patthya);

IV 458,7; Niddl 207,11; Pet 64,3; Mil 325,9 (-ito pi majjhato pi pariyosnato pi so tattha na kinci gayhpagam passati); Vism 525,4 (kasm pan' ettha avijj -ito vutt); diso, adv., id.; D1180,31 (~iso va tesam aparaddham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se dito); M III 208,32 (~iso va, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se dim yeva); 2. (mfn.) prior, initial; Abh 715 (pubbam tv aggam pathamam -i so ?); 3. ifc and after phrases ending in ti (when the whole phrase plus di functions as a declinable cpd); beginning with, etcetera, and so on; Jail 415,2 (tni ratanni dassetum kukkut ti -im ha); 416,23' (passatha samannam Sakyaputtnam kamman ti -ini viravitv); 111473,26' (dakkhineyyavicinanam dassetum ye dakkhineyy ti vuttam); V 318,5' (hatthii ynan ti -ihi sarpato); Vism496,33 (saccasaddo ... dissati... saccam bhane na kujjheyy ti -isu vcsacce); Sv 121,30 (vivice* eva kmen! ti -inam attho Visuddhimagge vutto); Ps II 30,11 (rpi rpni passati ti -inam atthannam vimokkhnam); Pj II 30,2 (akkodhano ti ca -ini padni); Pv-a30,5 (adsi me ti-in nayena pubbe katam anussaram); As 190,21 (katame dhamm kusal ti ~i raddham); ifc see passim esp. in cts; ibc often: first, original; -katta(r), m., the first performer, the originator; Vin III 21,5 (akusalnam dhammnam ~ pubbahgamo); -kamma, w., a beginning (of an action); a first action; Abh 1162; 1180; Patis-a 302,32 (-'-atthe pakro datthabbo); Vism-mht[5e] II 4,22 (dibhtam yogakammam -am tarn etassa atthi ti dikammiko); Sadd 880,25*; -kammi(n), mfin)., who is the first to perform a particular action; Vin-vn36 (anpatti... jnantass* -ino); 938; -kammika, mfin). [BHS dikarmika], 1. who is the first to perform a particular action; Vin III 33,33 (anpatti... -ass ti; Sp270,n: -o nma yo tasmim tasmim kmme dibhto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr dhibhto); IV215,34 (anpatti... -y ti); Ap302,i3 (dnam dassmi... adinnapubbam dnavaram bhavissam ~o); Sp289,9 (Dhaniyattherassa tt anpatti); Vin-vn 3122 (- Thullananddayo satta) = Utt-vn 842; 2. who is a beginner; who is doing something for the first time; Mil 59,13 (muddganansankhlekhsippatthnesu -assa); Vism 375,23 (pubbe abhvitabhvano - o yogvacaro) = As 187,15 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr dikkamiko); Spk I 87,9 (-assa akataparikammassa); -kara, mfin)., who is the first to perform a particular action; Vin V 115,18 (-0 puggalo jnitabbo andikaro puggalo jnitabbo; Sp 1320,16: ~o ti Sudinnatherdi dikammiko); -digha, mfn., (gr.t.t.) with a long first vowel; Sadd 807,22; -pada, m., a title of royal princes in Sri Lanka; viceroy; Mhv48:31; -purisa, m.y l.the first man; Vism 419,26 (yam hi loke acchariyatthnam bodhisatto va tattha - o ti); 2. (gr.t.t.) the first person (he, she, it) of the verb; Sadd9,30*; see also pathamapurisa; -potthaki(n), m., the superintendent of the royal state-rooms; Mhv 72:160 (c* -im ... pesesi nayakovido); -brahmacariya, n., primary or fundamental morality; the higher holy life; -am, adv., as regards a pure and holy life; Abh 431; D II 224,9 (bhagav vigatakathamkatho pariyositasankappo ajjhsayam -am [poss.

296

ajjhsaya-m--am]; cf Sv 658,u foil: ajjhsayam ~an ti karanatthe paccattavacanam adhiksayena uttamanissayabhtena ~ena pornabrahmacariyabhtena ca ariyamaggena tinnavicikiccho ...); III39,14 (bhagavat svak vinit asssappatt patijnanti ajjhsayam -an ti; Sv 835, is: ~an ti purnabrahmacariyasankhtam ariyamaggam); M II 211,4 (eke samanabrhman ditthadhammbhinnvosnapramippatt -am patijnanti; Ps III 453,12/0//.: ~on ti brahmacariyassa dibht uppdak janak ti evam patijnanti ti); -brahmacariyaka, m/(- and -ik l)n. (and -brahmacariyika, mfn. ?), concerning (the fundamentals of) the pure and holy life; belonging to primary or fundamental morality; forming a cause or beginning of the holy life', Vin I 64,28 (abhisamcrikya sikkhya sikkhpetum -brahmacariyikya sikkhya vinetum; Sp 990,2: sekhapannattiyam vinetum); D III 284,20 (attha paccay -brahmacariyikya pannya appatiladdhya patilbhya ... samvattanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -ya); MII 125,2 (dhammacetiyni -ni); SI 50,i4 (atthasamhit bhikkhave Tyanagth -brahmacariyik ti); IV 91,11 (dhammapariyyo ~o) * A IV 166,13 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -brahmacariyiko); A I 231,31 (sikkhpadni ~ni brahmacariyasruppni, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -brahmacariyikni); 11243,22 (-brahmacariyik sikkh pannatt; Mp III 217,13: maggabrahmacariyassa dibhtnam catunnam mahsilnam etam adhivacanam); Vism 11,29 foil (maggabrahmacariyassa dibhvabhtan ti -am ... yni v sikkhpadni khuddnukhuddakni ti vuttni idam bhisamcrikam silam, sesam -am); ifc see bhisamcrika-; -ma(t),m/h. having a beginning; Vism 577,21/0//. (evam sati avijjpaccay sankhr ti idam dimattakathanam virujjhati ti ce, na-y-idam dimattakathanam, patthnadhammakathanam pan' etam; Vism-mht[Zte] II 336,2 foil: dimattakathanan ti avijjvasena disabbhvakathanam, di etassa atthi ti hi -mam, bhavacakkam, tassa bhvo dimattam ... visesanivatti-attho v mattasaddo, sati andibhve avijj dimhi majjhe pariyosne ca sabbattha siy ti dimattya vijjya kathanam virujjhati ti attho) = Vibh-a 190,4foil; neg. andima(t), m/h., It-aII 174,14 (andimati samsre); Th-al 185,2; -mukha, n., entrance-hall, vestibule; Mhv 35:119 (catudvre ca tatth' eva -am akrayi); -rassa, mfn., (gr.t.t.) with a short first vowel; Sadd 808,27; -visodhan,/, initial purification; PatisII 23,9 (Patis-a 545,24: dibhtassa silassa visodhan); -vuddhi,/, (gr.t.t.) vrddhi of the first vowel; Sadd 809,3 (~i tva bhidhammiko ice di); see also andi-anidhanappavatta. di2, m. or f. [from diyati ?], taking; ? Sadd 849,2 (diyati ti -i, evam updi). di(n), mfn. [S. din], eating, devouring; ifc see gth' -, vighs'-. dika, mfn. [di1 + ka2], 1.first, initial; Mhv 12:21 (phalarn ppuni -am); Vin -vn 310 (vutto anpattinayo pan* evam avattukmassa tathdikassa, for dikammikassa); instr. ~ena, adv., in the beginning; at once; MI 395,4 (sace aham bhante na sakkuneyyam ~n' eva hattum); Sil 224,27 (nv -en' eva opilavati; c/Spkll 204,13: ~en tidnena gahanena); Jail 340,8*

(sace pan' -en' eva santhavo nma jyati; 340,10". dito va pathamam yeva); Pj 1244,23; 2. ifc and after phrases ending in ti (when the whole phrase plus dika functions as a declinable cpd): beginning with, etcetera, and so on; Ja IV 242,10' (evam abhikkamitabban ti -am cravinayam na jnti); VI 537,28' (tlis t i - sabbagandhajtiyo); Vism 210,24 (vanngamo vannavipariyyo ti -am niruttilakkhanam gahetv); Sv 2,14 (brahmajlasspi evam me sutan ti -am yasmat nandena... vuttarn nidnam); 503,32 (dhanavaddhako ti-assa attham adisv); 997,5 (sabbe khattiy gacchant ti ~o jtisangaho); see also diya3. dicca, m. and mfn. [S. ditya, m.], 1. (m.) the sun; Abh 62; Vin 1246,35* (~o tapatam mukham); D III 196,20* (yato uggacchati suriyo -omandali mah; Sv 963,28: -o ti Aditiy putto, vevacanamattam v etam suriyasaddassa); SI 67,15* ([settho] dieco aghagminam) quoted Mil 242,10*; Dhp 387 (div tapati -o) quoted Sadd 404,22; Sn 1097; Ja II 73,5* (-am upatitthati); VI 123,17* (yath udayam -o hoti lohitako mah); Ap 245,7 (anuggatamhi -e); Sadd 692,n (-am namassati); 2. (mfn.) belonging to the dicca lineage; Sn 423 (- nma gottena Skiy nma jtiy, tamh kul pabbjito *mhi); -gotta, mfn., belonging to the dicca or sun lineage; Th-aII 177,31 (duvidho hi loke khattiyavamso diceavamso somavamso ti... Skiy - ti); Vibh-a 466,1 (khattiyo ... aham ~o ti mnam karoti); -patha, m., "the path of the sun", the sky; Abh 45; Dhp 175 (hamsdiccapathe yanti); Sadd 442,12* (devo kham -0 pi ca); -bandhu, m., kinsman of the sun; of the "sun" lineage; Abh 5; VinII296,17 (buddhen' -un); D i l 287,21* (aham vande mahviram buddham -unam); Sn 54 (-ussa vaco nisamma; c/'Pj II 104, \ofoll: -u nma paccekabuddho); 915 (pucchmi tarn -urn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -u); Th 26; Niddl 341,io (dieco vuccati suriyo, suriyo Gotamo gottena bhagav Gotamo gottena, bhagav suriyassa gottantako gottabandhu tasm buddho ~ ti); Spk I 278,23 (-um satthram dasabalam vandmi ti); Vin-vn 2550; Utt-vn312. dinna, mfn. [cf S. Vdf, dirna], split open, burst; Ap 300,17 (-am sakalam mama ... pde chavim pakopesi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce idni; Se so dni; ^ Ud-a 265,9*: so dni); dinnatta in Ee at Patis I 49,26 is wr for dinnatta qv sv diyati1; dinnadhuro and dinnabrahmacariyena in Ee, Se at Mil 396,29/0//. are wrr for dinna- (Be, Ce so); -sipatika, mfn., with split or burst seed pods; S IV 193,30 (ocirakajto ... kimsuko -o; cf Spk III 5%,22foil: phalitaklasmim kimsuko olambamnacirako viya adhomukham katv gahitasikoso viya ca). ditta, mfn., pp o/dippati qv. dinna, mfn., pp o/diyati1 qv. dipana in Ee at Cp-a 106,28 is prob, wrfor dipana qv. dippati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. dipyate, dlpayati], blazes, burns, shines; AIV 103,2 (ayam ca mahpathavi Sineru ca pabbatarj -anti pajjalanti ekajl bhavanti); pp ditta, mfn. [S. dipta], blazing, burning; red-hot; Abh 1075; Vin I 25,6 (agygram -am hoti); M III 167,3 (mahantam angrapabbatam -am); SIV 19,26 (sabbam

297

bhikkhave ~am); Sn591 (yath saranam ~am vrin parinibbaye); Th 712 (~ va ghar mutto); Ja III 471,20* (-asmim agrasmim); IV 486,6 (tayo bhav ~ viya upatthahimsu); Mil 84,20 (tattam ayogulam ~am sampajjalitam sajotibhtam eko ... ganheyya); Vism 217,4 (-am celam v sisam v ajjhupekkhitv pi); Sp 1028,16 (~ehi viya kesehi samanngato); Patis-a 407,11 (rgdlhi ~-tarn pana upari vakkhati); Mhvl:29 (cammakhandam pasresi ~am); caus. pr. 3 sg. *dipeti, sets on fire; Ja VI 209,12' (yattakam loke dru atthi tarn sabbam ... ~eyyum); pp dipita, mfn. [ts], set on fire, ablaze; SI 133,18* (sabbo ~o loko, Be so; Ce, Ee dipito; Se sabbo va ditto); Thi 507 (~ tinukk); Ja V 32,20* (~o dni mah 'yam aggi); Thi-a 165,23 (~-tya); fpp dipaniya, mfn., to be illuminated, to be explained; Mil 270,22 (opammehi dipaniyam); see also limpeti. diya 1 , absol o/diyati1 qv. diya2, m. [from diyati1 ], taking; accepting; using, use; A III 45,8 (pane* ime gahapati bhognam ~; Mp III 252,2: ~ ti bhognam dtabbakranni); 46,9 (tassa ce ... ariyasvakassa ime paiica bhognam ~e diyato bhog parikkhayam gacchanti). diya 3 , mfn. [S. dya], being at the beginning, first; Mhv 18:44 (~ thlamlni khuddakn' itarhi tu nikkhamitv); instr. ~ena, adv., at first; Ja VI 567,6* (567,14': ~en' evti dikena); see also dika. diyati 1 , deti (and datte, dadti), pr. 3 sg. [S. datte; BHS diyati], takes, accepts, receives; takes up, undertakes; appropriates; seizes, grasps; diyati x : Vin III 47,5 (adinnam theyyasankhtam ~ati); DII 346,13 (yni imasmim satthe mahsrni paniyni tni -ath ti); III 67,10 (-issati); MIII 133,7 (~a bho nikkhipa bho ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dissa, prob, wr); S V 354,8 (yo kho me adinnam theyyasankhtam ~eyya); A I 214,34* (na c' adinnam ~e); III 80,15* (so tdiso sappuriso vieakkhano diyati sram idh' eva attano, mc); 352,1 (daliddo ... inam ~ati); Sn230 (na te bhavam atthamam -anti); 785 (nirassati ~ati cca dhammam); Pv 36:48 (andhassa dandam sayam ~si); Th575 (-anti punabbhavam); Ja VI 304,28* (hantvn' imam hadayam ~issam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se nayissam; 305,2' [Ce, Ee]: ~issmi ti); Mil 413,16 (tacchako pheggum apaharitv sram ~ati); part.pr. (a)diya(t), mfn., D I 52,24 (adinnam ~ato sandhim chindato); (b)diyanta, m/(~anti)w., Vin III 54,H (-antassa); IV 262,16 (~anti); Mil 216,31 (dhutangam -ante pi andiyante pi); neg. andiyanta1, mfn., Vin V 116,15; Sn253 (sayhni kammni andiyantam) * Ja III 196,12*; (c) diyamna, mfn., Vin IV 262,24; MII 180,14 (akiccakri hoti gopo va adinnam ~amno); Ps III 133,6 (mahnv bhinnaphalakantarena udakam ~amn); (d) neg. andiyna, mfn., Sn 802 (tarn brhmanam ditthim -nam; Niddl 111, n foil.: ditthim andiyantam aganhantam aparmasantam anabhinivisantam); Th416; aor. 3 sg. diyi, Vin V 3,34 (Dhaniyo kumbhakraputto rafino drni adinnam -i); D i l 350,18 (snasuttabhram ~i); JaV 232,1; 3 pl. diyimsu, Thi-al61,i6; deti: SI 3,23* (rajam ~eti); Sn 121 (kineikkham ~eti); Ja III 103,19* (sabbe amitte~eti; 104,8': ~eti ganhti attano vase vatteti ti); Mil 336,9* (kammena tarn kinitvna amatam

~ethabhikkhavo); Mhv 35:127 (asrehi dhanehi sram ... ~enti); Sadd 367,23 (da dne, pubbo gahane:... sflam dadti ~eti); deti in Ee, Se at Th 984 is wr; read kappiyam tan ce chdeti with Be, Ce and Th-alll 96,n*; deyy ti in Ee, Se at Ja III 296,16' is wr for adeyy ti {Be, Ce so); datte: Sadd373,31 (Kaccyanamate datte ti attanopadam vuttam); dadti: Ap-a280,n (garum v ngam lti dad ti garulo); 429,20 (nagam rti dadti ganhti ti nagaram); Sadd 368,4 (dadti deti dadti deti); 373,30/0//.; inf. (a) dtum, Vin II 247,12; D III 133,16 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se diyitum) * MI 523,6; Jal 377,2'; Sadd 368,13; (b) diyitum, Vin II 301,23 (diyitukmo); Patis-a 673,29 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr diyitum); absol: taking, receiving; with; (a)dya 1 , Vin I 270,17 (khanittim dya); DU 129,28 (pattena pniyam dya); MI 31,29 (pattacivaram dya Rjagaham pindya pvisim); Dhp 49 (paleti rasam dya); Sn 120 (inam dya); Ja VI 175,20*; 211,23* (dya aggim mama dehi vittam, eds so; perhaps wr for dhya); Mil47,n; Sadd 368,13 (dya diya icc dini); see also dyagamaniya; neg. andya, SI 189,21* = Sn452; Jal 364,17 (tesam vacanam andya); dya in Ee at Spk I 36,13 is wrfor dhya qv sv dahati; (b) d, Ja VI 86,17* (ito d kamandalum nadim gato udahro, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dya); Bv2:63 (pysam d so jino... bodhimlam hi ehiti, so read ? Be ada; Ce, Ee ad; Se adi; Bv-a93,14*, Jal 16,5* dya); neg. and, VinIII 226,25; 232,H; (c) diya', JaV 393,5*; Mhv 14:52 (Mahmahindatherassa hatthato pattam diya); Sadd368,n; see also diyamukha; neg. andiya, SIII 26,15* (anfiam bhram andiya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ndiya); (d) diyitv, Vin III226,10; D II 346,17; Th 1095 (sattham islnam sahasdiyitv); JaV 326,10*; Niddl 92,30 (disavattam dya samdya diyitv samdiyitv); Sadd856,3o; neg. andiyitv1, Vin III 227,2; (e)diyitvna', Mhv 18:39; Vin-vn 535; pass. pr. 3 sg. diyati, Sp256,3i (udakam assa ante suddhattham diyati ti udakantam, Be so; Ce, Se diyati ti; Ee diyissati ti; * Nidd-al 261,23: eds diyati ti); Sadd 367,27 (silam diyati samdiyati); diyati in eds at A III 80,15* and 28* is mcfor diyati; diyanti" and diyitum in Ee at Patis-a 673,29 are wrrfor diyanti and diyitum (Be, Ce, Se so); pp (a) atta1, mfn. [S. tta], taken; assumed; grasped; Sn 787 (~am nirattam na hi tassa atthi); 800 (~am pahya anupdiyno); nuyogi(n), mfn., intent on what one has taken up; Dhp 209 (pihef ~anuyoginam; or to atta(n) qv; or perhaps wr for atthanuyoginam, c/Udna-v5:9: arthayogine; PDhp 173: atthnuyoginm; GDhp266: arthanupa^ino; Dhp-a III 275,15 foil.: ye attnuyogam anuyutt sildini sampdent... sakkram labhanti tesam piheti); attanjaha, mfn., abandoning what has been grasped; Sn790 (Niddl 90,24foil.: attanjaho ti attaditthijaho, attanjaho ti ghajaho, attanjaho ti tanhvasena ditthivasena gahitam parmattham... sabbam tarn cattam hoti); danda1, mfn., who has taken a stick in hand, who has embraced violence; SI 236,21* (aviruddh viruddhesu ~-dandesu nibbut) * Dhp 406; Sn 935 (dand bhayam jtam;perhaps to attadanda2); danda2, m., a raised

298

stick; violence; Sn935 (~-dand bhayam jtam, per/ia/w rather to attadanda1; Nidd I 402,21: ~-dandato jtam; Pj II 566,10: attano duccaritakran jtam); pp (b) dinna, mfn., 1. taken, grasped; taken up, undertaken; Vin II 248,14 (attdnam ~am); S IV 319,28 (atthi kho pana may adinnam ~am); Patis I 49,26 (samam tt samdhi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr dinnatt); Vism 349,30 (dalham -am gahitam); Sv 700,35; danda, mfn., who has taken a stick in hand; who administers justice; who has embraced violence; Vin I 349,6(rjnam --dandnam dinnasatthnam); Jail 233,2*; neg. andinna, mfn., Patis I 49,27 (~-tt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr andinna-); 2. used, employed (of the distinguishing mark on a robe); Vin IV 121,5 (~e andinnasanni; cf\20,n: dubbannnakaranam dtabbam); Vin-vn 1629; neg. andinna, mfn., not used; with no mark used or added; Vin IV 121,3 (andinne andinnasanni paribhunjati); Khuddas3:18 (achinnam ca andinnam na dhreyya ticivaram) * Vin-vn 562; fpp (a) deyya, mfn., to be taken; acceptable; welcome; Ja V 445,18* (~-rpam purisassa vittam; 446,26': ~-rpan ti gahetabbajtikam); It-all 162,30 (dhammadesan pi... ~ ca hoti); ~-vacana, mfn., whose speech is persuasive or influential; Ja VI 242,13 (manussnam pabbajit piy c' eva garuno ca vacan ca); Ap 310,23 (abhejjapariso homi ~-vacano sad); Mil 110,23; Sv 939,7(~-vacanat, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~-vcat); ~-vkyavacana, mfn., id.; DIU 174,17*; Ap 357,9; vca, mfn., id.; Vin II 158,17 (tena kho pana samayena Anthapindiko gahapati bahumitto hoti bahusahyo ~-vco); DIU 173,23 (~-vco hoti diyanti 'ssa vacanam brhmanagahapatik negamajnapad...); (b) dtabba, mfn., to be taken; to be undertaken; to be used; Vin I 50,20 (na ekacco pacchsamano ~o); II247,io (pancahgasamanngatam attdnam ~am); IV 120,22 (navam pana bhikkhun civaralbhena... dubbannakaranam -am; Sp$63,1$foil.: etam kappabindum sandhya vuttam); D II 173,9 (adinnam n' -am); (c) diyitabba, mfn., to be taken; to be appropriated; Kv 622,io (adinnam ~am); Mil 413,26 (accantam sunnatam diyitabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) dapeti, ~ayati, makes take; makes accept; Mil 104,30* (ye dhammam evdapayanti santo; Ps III 340,23: dhammam yeva ~enti samdapenti ganhpenti) = Th874 quoted Sadd 367,25; Sadd 367,24 (~eti); aor. 3 sg. (a) dapesi, Spk I 192,21 (na mam andhablo ~esi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ayi); (b)dapayi, SI 132,27* (ko nu tarn idam ~ayi); absol dapetv, Sv 300,12 (samdapesi ti tarn attham samm ~etv ghpetv ghpetv kathesi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tarn attham samdapetv samdapetv kathesi); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) diypeti, D III 49,1 (na adinnam diyati na adinnam ~eti). diyati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. driyate; but frequently interpreted by cts as diyati1 ], attends to, takes notice of; shows respect to (+ ace. or gen.); Vin IV 218,34 (sangham v ganam v puggalam v kammam v n'~ati; Sp 904,2: na ~ati na anuvattati na tattha daram janeti ti attho); Dili 203,25 (te n'eva mahrjnam ~anti; Sv 969,4foil.: vacanam na ganhanti nam na karonti);

AIV 91,n (s n' eva sassum ~ati na sasuram ~ati; Mp IV 46,13foil.: sass ti pi nam na ganeti... vacanam na ganhti, evam andaratya pi agahanena pi na ~ati nma); Th976 (ndiyissant* upajjhye); Mil 143,15 (ukkalisssanti nu kho mama svak... mam* accayena khuddnukhuddakni sikkhpadni udhu ~issanti ti); part.pr. neg. andiyanta2, mfn., Vin III 58,15 (m bhante mayham stakam aggahesi ti, so bhikkhu andiyanto agamsi; Sp 374,22: tassa vacanam aganhanto daram v akaronto); Ja III 458,26 (tassa vacanam andiyanto; or to diyati1); Tb-a III 102,17 (AssajiPunabbasukesu ovdarn andiyantesu; or to diyati^); aor. 3 sg. diyi, Vin III 188,4 (vuecamno n' ~i; Sp 631,23: na ~i ti tass vacanam na ganhi na v daram aksi ti pi attho); Dhp-aIII 300,5 (tass vacanam n' ~i; or to diyati1); see also andiyi; absol. (a.) neg. andiyitv2, taking no notice of, ignoring, disregarding; AIV 194,7 (andiyitv sangham; Mp IV 104,20: andiyitv ti amanasikatv aganitv); Ud40,6(tamyakkham andiyitv; Ud-a 245,23: daram akatv tassa tarn vacanam agahetv); Ja III 459,19; IV 352,26* (te ca tassa andiyitv ekassa vacanam bahu, Be, Eeso; Ce, Seanditv [cfS. drtya ?]; or to diyati1); Pv-a 13,27 (vuecamn pi mama vacanam andiyitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr andayitv); (b) diyirvna2, Ap 483,5 (ovdarn ndiyitvna, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ndayitvna; or to diyati1); see also darati. diyana1, n. [from diyati1], taking; Ps IV 91,21 (dhammadyassa ~ato dhammadydo); Mp IV 30,2 (navassa marigalaggino ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dnam; perhaps wrr for dhiyanam); Kkh 30,12 (ranno drni adinnam -vatthusmim); -paccay, adv., because of the taking; VinV 49,9 (adinnam ~ prjikam); -mukha, m., a mouth that takes, that accepts; Mp III 288,3 (~o gahanamukho ti); andiyana1, n., not taking; not holding; Ps IV 91,22; Nidd-a I 370,26 (vasenajahitv); see also andiyana2. diyana2, n., ~ , / {from diyati2], respect, regard; ifc see andiyana2. diyamukha, dheyyamukha, mfn. [diya1 + mukha?], credulous; quickly convinced; A HI 164,16 (~o hoti, Ee so; Be dheyya-; Ce diyya-; Se deyya-; Mp III 288,3: ~o ti diyanamukho, gahanamukho ti attho, Ee so; Ce diyyamukho ti; Be, Se deyyamukho ti); 165,4 (katham ca bhikkhave puggalo ~o hoti, Ee so; Be dheyya-; Ce diyya-; Se deyya-; Mp III 288, \ A foil.: saddahanatthena hi dnena esa ~o ti vutto, dhiyyamukho ti pliy pana thapitamukho ti attho, magge khata-vto viya gatgatam udakam vannam v avannam v saddahanavasena sampaticchitum thapitamukho ti vuttam hoti, Ee so; Ce diyyamukho ti vutto; Be diyanamukho ti vutto, dheyyamukho ti; Se diyanamukho ti vutto dhiyamukho ti) = Pp 65,io (eds dheyya-; Pp -a 248,25 foil.: dhtabbamukho, yam yam sunti tattha tattha thapitamukho ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr adhtabbamukho). disati, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS diyati], aims at; points out, indicates; relates, declares, foretells; dedicates; assigns (one's own punna to someone else); Vin I 229,37* (y tattha devat surn tsam dakkhinam -e); D III 151,2* (tihi purisavaraggalakkhanehi cirayapanya

299

kumram -anti); AIV 64,4 (bhikkhusangham parivisitv mamam dakkhinam -eyysi); Sn 1112 (yo atitam ~ati); Thi 308 (-issmi dakkhinam); Niddl 381, n (supinapthak supinam -anti; Nidd-a 1414,4: ~antlti vykaronti); Mil 294, IO (dnam datv pubbapetnam ~anti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddisanti); Ps II 270,26 (yam yam nakkhattacrena ~ati); part.pr. disanta, mfn., D I 213,30 (tarn bhikkhum parasattnam... cittam pi ~antam); Th751 (samanam brhmanam v kam -antam); aor. 3 sg (a)disi, Pv 14:8 (mtu dakkhinam ~i); Mhv 5:52 (hatthena ~i eso madhvpano bhante); (b) disittha, Pv 20:9; 3pi. (a) disum, Pv 10:6; (b) disimsu, Pv-a53,2i; absol: aiming at; indicating; specifying; with reference to; assigning; (a) dissa1 [S. diya], Vin HI 127,31 (Sp 546,23: adissa ti apadisitv); Sn 1018 (dissa jammanam brhi); Thi 213 (kalynamittat munin lokam dissa vannit); Pet37,3 (s piti... tatiyaijhnam dissa titthati); dissa in Ee, Se at MIII 133,7 is prob, wr for diya (Be, Ce so); (b) disitv, Sp 1144,26 (dissa deti ti ~itv paricchinditv deti); Sv 92,17 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -itum); (c) disitvna, Thi 311 (padakkhinam Cpya ~itvna); fpp dissa 2 , mfn., to be pointed at; to be criticised; M I 12,18 (tumhe pi tena ~ bhaveyytha; Ps I 92,2foil: avadisitabb visum ktabb vavatthapetabb vinnhi grayh bhaveyytha ti vuttam hon); caus. pp desita, mfn., shown; indicated; ifc see car' -. disana, n. [from disati], pointing out, indicating; Patis-a 694, u (iti evam ~am); see also dissana. diso, see jvdi 1 . dissa 1 , absol. of disati qv. dissa 2 , mfn., fpp of Misati qv. dissana, n. [from (pass, of?) disati], pointing out; declaring; ? being pointed out; ? Patis-a 692,16 ( -vasena desanam); see also disana. dina, n. [2 + dina], misery, wretchedness; Vism612,2i (atha v ~am vti gacchati pavattati ti dinavo) = Nidd-a I 170,5; Sadd 480,2i (~am dukkham vti adhigacchati eten ti dinavo: doso); dina- in Ee at D I 115,32, S V 74,9 and Spklll 146, l is prob, wr, perhaps for adia- qv sv dina. dinava, m. [BHS id.], wretchedness; evil consequence, disadvantage, danger (in, loc. or gen.); Abh 766 (doso ~o); Vin I 15,37 (kmnam -am okram sankilesam nekkhamme nisamsam paksesi); DII 85,13 (pane' ime... ~ dussilassa silavipattiy); MI 85,12 (ko pan' vuso kmnam assdo ko ~o kim nissaranam); SI 9,12 (klik hi vuso km vutt bhagavat bahudukkh bahupyas ~o ettha bhiyyo; Spkl 43,n: dukkham eva bahutaran tiattho); Sn 69 (~am... bhavesu); Th269 (~o pturh); Ja I 9,36 (pannaslparibhogasmim hi attha ~); II 53,7 (bodhisatto tesam kalahe -am ca mettbhvanya ca nisamsam kathetv); K V 4 0 0 , H (sankhre... ~ato... manasikaroto); Pet 46,5 foil (tattha katamo ~o); 149,23 (ime ~ pathame jhne); Vism612,20 (dukkhassa ca -tya); 647,31 (lomahatthajto samantato -am eva passati); Mhv 25:116; Sadd 480,22 (dinam dukkham vti adhigacchati eten ti ~o: doso);dinavam in Be, Ee, Se at Ja V 342,17' (adinavan ti ~am eva hutv mahsattam

olokentam disv) is perhaps wr for adinam (Ce so); dinavassa ayam in Ee at Pet 47,6* is prob, wr; Be, Ce dnassa bhayam; see ftnamoli, 1964, p. 61; nupassi(n), mfn., seeing the danger, realising the evil consequences; Mill 288,29 (~ino); A V 110,12 (imasmim kye ~i viharati); Pet 154,is; -dassa, mfn., seeing the danger; neg. andinavadassa, mfn., seeing no danger; not seeing the evil consequences; Vin III 18,3i; -dassvi(n), mfn., seeing the danger, realising the evil consequences; MI 369,28(tarnpindaptam agathito ... ~i nissaranapafino paribhunjati) * S II 194,8; Mil401,5; neg. andmavadassvi(n), mfn., D I 245,25 (panca kmagune ... andinavadassa vino anissaranapanii paribhunjanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -dassvi); Mill 219,11 (andinavadassvino assutavato puthujjanassa); Th730 (anivrayam andinavadassvi); Vism 541,33; -dassi(n), mfn., seeing the danger, realising the evil consequences; Pet 213,13 (~I); Pj I 142,18 (ppe ~ino); It-al 37,11 (kesam ajjhsayena, lobhe ~iham puggalnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee andinavadassinam); neg. andinavadassi(n), mfn., Saddh409 (andinavadassino); Ud-a345,30 (andinavadassitya); andlnava, mfn., free from danger or evil consequences; PatisII 240,14 (pancannam khandhnam nirodho~amnibbnan tipassanto); nirdinava, mfn., free from danger or evil consequences; Vin III 10,2i (nirabbudo hi Sriputta bhikkhusangho ~o apagataklako; Sp 195,2i: ~o ti nirupaddavo nirupasaggo dussildinavarahito yevti); 18,34 (nirabbudo vata bho bhikkhusangho ~o, Sudinnena ... dinavo uppdito ti); Vism 649,32 (abhavam pi atthi khemam -an ti); sdinava, mfn., attended with danger or evil consequences; Vism 670,14 (~e yeva vata dinavnupassanam dinavam addas ti); Sp 1151,6 (tarn na jnanti evam ~o ayan ti); Nidd-aII 108,16 (sabbe bhavdayo... appatisaran - hutv upatthahanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se dmav); 108,19 (sankhrnam tt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se drhavatt). dipana, n. [ts], setting on fire; making blaze; Cp-a 106,28 (na tva katthni dittni ti tesam -am udikkhanto thokam ekamantam nisidim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr dipanam). *dipeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/dippati qv. diy&,pass. pr. 3 sg. o/diyati1 qv. du, and adu (so usually in Be), d (so usually in Se), ind. [cfAMgadu; RV HI 54:7: uta ... d-u; cf also atha], 1. or; (i) introducing a second question or the second part of a disjunctive question: Sn 354 (nibbyi so du sa-updiseso); Vv 63:1 (khattiyo nu si rjanno du luddo vanecaro, Ce, Eeso; Be adu; Se d); Ja IV 134,3* (titthante no mahrje dudeve divamgate, Ce, Ee so; Be adu; Se d; 134,12': udhu amhkam pitari deve divarn gate); V 373,12* (atha kim nu dni Sumukha hanum samhacca titthasi du ... bhay bhito no bhsasi; Ce so; Be, Ee adu; Se d; 373,14': d ti kacci, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ad ti); Ap 423,28 (devat nu si gandhabbo du Sakko purindado, Ce so; Be adu; Se d; Ee uda, against mss); (ii) introducing the third part of a question, following udhu: Ja IV 287,27 (kim nu kho lokapl nman* atthi udhu vippavutth du mat, Ce, Ee so; Be

300

adu; Se d); V 384,27 (kirn nu te kci cint atthi udhu rj kupito du puttehi avamno kato, Ce, Ee so; Be adu; Se d); VI 382, H (kirn vo etam katam udhu dittham du sutan ti, Ce, Eeso; Se udhu; Be omits); 2. a particle of enquiry or emphasis: indeed, certainly, surely; rather; Ja VI 443,is* (du pann kimatthiy, Ce, Ee so; Be adu; Se d; 443,24': d ti nmatthe nipto, Ce, Se so; Be ad ti; Ee wr anmatthe); 552,28* (du cpam gahetvna ... naymi sake putte, Ce, Ee so; Be adu; Se

d).
deti, see sv diyati'. deyya, mfn., fpp of liyvtf qv. deva, m. [from devati], lamenting, deploring; DII 306.6 (~o paridevo devan paridevan devitattam paridevitattam) * Mill 249,33 * Niddl 128,16 quoted Sadd 440,20. devati, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + devati], mourns, laments, deplores; Sadd 440,20 (devu devane: devati ~ati paridevati); pp devita, mfn., devitatta, n., abstr., wailing, lamenting, deploring; DU 306,7 (--ttam paridevitattam) * Mill 250,I * Niddl 128,n quoted Sadd 440,2i; fpp devaneyya1, mfh.9 to be mourned; lamentable; Nidd I 493,16 (~e paridevaneyye ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se-a paridevaneyy ti, prob, wr; Nidd-al 460,3: ~e ti visesena devaniyye; perhaps rather to devaneyya2 qv). devan,/ [from devati], lamenting, deploring; D i l 306.7 (devo paridevo - paridevan) * M III 250, i ^ Nidd I 128,16 quoted Sadd 440,21. devaneyya 1 , mfh.,fpp of devati qv. devaneyya 2 , mfn. [from adevan], concerned with lamenting, with deploring; Niddl 493,16 (ete vitakke paridevaneyye ti... ~e paridevaneyye ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~a paridevaneyy ti, prob, wr; perhaps to devaneyya1 qv) desa, m. [S. deSa], I. command, instruction; Abhll65; Mhv72:201; 75:199; 2. (gr.t.t.) a substitute, a substituted form or letter; Mp III 395,19 (yam hi 'ss ti... yekrassa v esa yan ti ~o, ye ass ti attho); Sadd769,16 (tappurise ... mahantamahitasaddnam mah ice - o hoti); 832,12 (tato asadhtuto eyyum ice etya vibhattiy iyamsu ice -0 hoti: ... siyamsu); ifc see eg ikr' - (sv i'), ekr'- (sv e1), kh'- (sv kha1), rass'-. desan, / (and -a, n.) [BHS deSan], pointing out, indicating (another's thoughts or state of mind); Patis-a 692,16 (dissanavasena -am); Bv-a 34,28 (~ ti parassa cittcram fiatv kathanam); -ptihriya, n., the miracle or marvellous power of indicating (another's thoughts or state of mind); D I 212,is (iddhiptihriyam -am anussaniptihriyam); A I 292,1 (iddhiptihriyena -ena anussaniptihriyena, imehi... tihi dhammehi samanngato bhikkhu accantanittho hoti); PatisII 227,ii (katamam ca bhikkhave -am); Patis-a 694,12^0//. (iti-an ti paracittakusalena v annena v sammsambuddhena v buddhasvakehi v evam -an ti attho, atha v iti evam disanam -an ti); (a)-vidh, / , a form or variety of indicating (another's thoughts or state of mind); Dili 103,2 ifoll. (catasso im bhante

~).

desita, mfn., caus.pp ofdisati qv. do, see sv di. dhatta, mfn., pp q/"dahati qv. dhtabba, mfn., fpp /dahati qv. dhtum, inf. o/dahati qv. dhna, n. [ts], depositing, placing; a container, a receptacle; establishing, kindling (afire); A IV 41,20 (aggissa ~am ypassa usspanam); Vism 84,27 (samdhnam ... ekrammane cittacetasiknam samarn samm ca -am thapanan ti); ifc see agydhna, udak'-, kantak'-, gandik'-, pupph'-, mukh'-; -(g)ghi(n), mfn., grasping, sticking to what has been laid down; ? obstinate; Vin II 89,27 (sanditthiparmsi hoti ~i duppatinissaggi; c/Sp 1316,1: ti dalhaT ghi) * DIU 45,20 (cf Sv839,o: dhnam vuecati dalhasutthapitam, tath katv ganhati ti -I) ^ MI 96,n; Ja III 106,io' (dhnaghivasena dalhakopasankhtam kodhanam, Be, Ce so; Ee athnaghi-, prob, wr; Se addhnagghi-); Vism 107,3 (dhnagghit, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dnaghit); Ps I 190,28 (dhnam ganhanti ti ~I, dhnan ti dalhan vuecati, dalhaghi ti attho); neg. andhna(g)ghi(n), mfn., Vin V 197,35; D i l i 48,3; MI 97,14. dhya, absol. o/dahati qv. dhra, m. [ts], I. a support, prop; a holder, stand; that which contains, a vessel, a receptacle; the subject of discussion; AbhlOll (-0 cdhikarane pattdhre lavlake); Mill 95,13 (udakamaniko ritto tuccho - thito); S V 21,i (ko ca bhikkhave cittassa -0); Ja V 202,17* (-rpam ca pan' assa kanthe; 205,25': kanthe ca pan' assa amhkam bhikkhbhjanathapanapattdhrasadisam pilandhanam atthi ti); Ap 316,25 (buddho ... ~o sabbalokassa hunam patiggaho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se si so); Sp 599,8 (adhikaranan ti -o veditabbo, vatthu-adhitthnan ti vuttam hoti); Ps II 252,22 (sutadharo ti sutassa -bhto); Pj II 456,23 (nadinam ~ato patisaranato ca sgaro mukhan ti vutto); Ap-a 415,15 (ghatassa sanam -an ti ghatsanam, aggi); ifc see patt' - (sv patti), sut'-; 2. (gr.t.t.) comprehension, location (the sense of the locative case); Th-al 156,24 (~e c' etam bhummavacanam); Sadd709,\9f0ll. (yo ~o tarn oksam ... bhuso kiriyam dhreti ti -o); andhra, mfn., without support; without a stand or holder; Vin II 113,23 (sambahul patt ajjhokse ~ nikkhitt honti); S V 20,24foil, (kumbho -0 suppavattiyo hoti ... cittam ~am suppavattiyam hoti); sdhra, mfn., with a stand; SV 20,25foil, (kumbho... ~o duppavattiyo hoti... cittam ... -am duppavattiyam hoti). dhraka, m.n. [dhra + ka2], a support; a holder, a stand; Ja 133,i (sanni ca -ni ca); IV 299, is (manohare -e ramaniyam potthakam thapetv); Ap 207,2 (~am may dinnam); 302,26 (~e ca sukate krayim); Sp 1143,5 (patimya v cetiyassa v purato - pattam thapetv); Ps IV 81,5 (yattha v tattha v nisidpetv yam v tarn v -am thapetv dnam deti); Pj I 20,24 (tassa dhammassa ~ato tadsevanato ca... sangho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se dhranato); Dhp-aIII 120,15 (tathgatassa setacchattam nisidanapallanko - o pdapithan ti); Vin-vn 1277 (hatthe -e v pi pattam rsu v thitam); ifc see part* - (sv patta2),

301

vatt'-, saddhamm'-; andhraka, mfn., without a holder or stand; Pj II 71,i6 (~assa sanghanavakasmanerassa dantavalayam datv). dhrana, n. [ts], holding firm, supporting; Vism 447,28 (hadayavatthu tsam yeva dhtnam -rasam); Pj II 290,7 (sotnam sotukmatya -tya dalhikaranatthy ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se avadhranatya); As 405,28 (puggalo -ppatto nidhnakkhamo na hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be dhna-; Se dhra-); Sadd 711,4 (-lakkhanam oksakrakam). dhriyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *2 + dhreti; cfS. Vdhr], is supported; is contained; Patis-a 18,30 (cittena -anti" ti v yathyogam dhamm ti vuccanti, Ce, Ee so; Be cittena avadhriyanti ti; Se cittena avadhrayanti ti); pp dhrita, mfn. supported, held up; Mil 68,29 (udakam vtena -am). dhvati, pr. 3 sg. [S. dhvati], runs, runs towards, runs about; Vinll 12,24 (-issanti pi); III 180,33 (dhvanti pi -anti pi; Sp622,i: yattakam dhvanti tattakam eva abhimukhpuna gacchant -anti); MI 265,7 (aparantam v -eyytha); Ja I 158,13 (migo... antonivesanam gato -ati paridhvati); Sadd 440,26 (-ati paridhvati); part.pr. dhvanta, m/(~anti)., Ja VI 55,9 (purise tato tato -ante); Sv 577,20 (devat... ~antiyo); absol dhvitv, VinlV 161,13 (so brhmano... turito -itv); Ja 1127,19 (tassa -itv paridhvitv vicaranakle). dhvana, n. [from dhvati; BHSid.], running, running towards; Mil 135,19; -paridhvana, n., running about; Ja III 243,30'; -vidhvana, n., running to and fro; Mp I 368,26 (attano -na kilitum samatthaklato patthya). dhikya, n. [from adhika; ts], excess, abundance;

Abhll85.
dhipacca (and, prob, wrongly, adhipacca), n. [from adhipati; S. dhipatya], sovereignty, supremacy; power, control; A l l 249,23 (dussilam itthim v purisam v ~e thapenti); Pv 21:60 (-ena Ankuram Indako atirocati; Pv-a 137,3: ~en ti issariyena); JaV 57,14* (rajjam ca patipann' asm -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhipaccena); VI297,17* (dse ... dakkhe utthnasampanne -asmi thpaye); Vism 607,17 (sattannam anupassnam -am); Sp 817,4 (' -atthena pana Kirapatiko ti vuccati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se adhipaccatthena); 1162,i6(-thnabht, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se adhipacca-); Mhv 55:11 (-am pavattento); ifc see issar' - (sv issara2), issariy'-; see also dhipateyya. dhipati, m. [prob, mcfor adhipati qv], lord, sovereign; DII 257,8* (gandhabbnam -i mahrj yasassi so; c/Sadd808,i/o//.: gandhabbnam - i . . . ayam chandadighat nma); III 197,5* (gandhabbnam ~i). dhipateyya (and, prob, wrongly, dhipateyya), n. and mfn. [BHS dhipateya], 1. (n.) sovereignty, power; control, controlling influence; D i l i 220,7 (tin* ~ni, attdhipateyyam lokdhipateyyam dhammdhipateyyam); AI 115,9 (dibbena yasena dibben' dhipateyyena); 148,7 (so attnam yeva ~am karitv, Se so; Ee adhipateyyam; Be, Ce adhipatim); IV 76,22 (brahmena yasena brahmena ~ena); Ap 537,29; ifc see att'- (sv atta[n]), dhamm'-, lok'-; 2. (mfn.) powerful, controlling, sovereign; A II 17,16 (etad aggam bhikkhave ~nam yadidam Mro ppim; Mp III 21,3: ~nan ti adhipatitthnam jetthaka-

tthnam krentnam); Patis II 58,25 (katamo vimokkho -o hoti); MpIII 217,6 (sati ~ etlh ti satdhipateyyam); Patis-a 562,33 (pannindriyass, eva -tt); see also adhipacca. dhibhvato in Ee at Ud-a 222,25 is wr for dibhvato (Be, Ce, Se so). dhibhto in Ee at Sp 270,12 is wr for dibhto (Be, Ce, Se so). dhiyati l , see sv dahati. dhiyati 2 ,/?^. pr. 3 sg. of dahati qv. dhiyana, n. [from dhiyati1; cfS. dhna], establishing, kindling (the sacred fire); Mp IV 30,2 (aggiss* dhnan ti yafinam yajanatthya navassa marigalaggino ~am, so read ? Be, Se diyanam; Ce, Ee dnam). dhiyyamukha, see sv diyamukha. dhina, see sv adhina. dhiyati \ see sv dahati. dhiyati2, pass. pr. 3 sg. of dahati qv. dhuta, dhta, mfn. [pp of *2 + dhunti; S. dhuta, dhta], shaken, stirred, agitated; Abh 744 (dhto dhtacalit); Vv 39:4 (vteritam slavanam dhutam dijasevitam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce dhtam); see also dhyamna. dhyamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *2 + dhunti; cfS. Vdhu], being shaken, being stirred; Vv-a237,15 (anilapadhpit ti pi pathanti, vtena mandam ~-hemamayapupph ti attho, Ce so; Be, Se vuyhamn; Ee gandham vuyhamn-); Dth5:33 (--Malaycalaknananto); see also dhuta. *dheti, see sv dahati. dheyya, mfn.,fpp of dahati qv. na, n. [S. lex. id.], breathing in; breath inhaled; Abh 39 (assso ~am uccate); Patis I 172,7 (~an ti assso no passso); Patis-a 467,29 (-an ti abbhantaram pavisanavto); Sadd 399,22 (-an ti assso ... pnan ti passso); ifc see span*, udna, pna; pna (sometimes in Ee written npna), n.m. [BHS id.; cf S. prnpna], breathing in and out; It 81,5* (~e patissato); Ja I 58,4 (~e pariggahetv pathamajjhnam nibbattesi); Vism 197,26 (~e rabbha uppann sati npnasati); Sv 805,9 (-am dvattimskram nava sivathik ti ekdasa appankammatthnni honti); Ps IV 143,22 (lokiy ~ lokiyasatipatthnam pariprenti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee lokikam -am ... paripreti); (s)sati,/, intentness of mind on one's breathing in and out; Mill 82,n (sati bhikkhave bhvit bahulikat mahapphal hoti mahnisams); SV 315,9; Th 548; Patis I 173,27 (sabb pi solasavatthuk satiyo); Mil 332,20; Petl45,n; Vism 266,2\ foil.; see also appnaka. naftca, mfn. and n. [S. nantya], endless; endlessness, infinity; Vism 333,1 (nssa anto ti anantam, anantam eva -am, vinnnam -am); ifc see ks' -, vinnn'-. naja, see sv nenja. nanya, n. [S. nrnya], release or freedom from debt or obligation; D I 73,16 (seyyath... -am yath rogyam yath bandhan mokkham); A III 354,28* (etam -am uttamam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr nanyam; Se nany); Nidd I 160,8 (inyik -am patthenti); Sp5,12 (tassa me kim annam -am bhavissati); Sadd625,io.

302

nata, mfn. [pp of *2 + namati; ts], slightly bent; submissive; Ja VI 253,21' (atthaddhatnatisko ti... atthaddhatya -ISO, thokanata-iso ti attho, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anata-iso). nati, pr. 3 sg. [?], finds; obtains;? Ap-a399,3 (k kucchitkrena v bhaynakkrena v nadanti Saddam karonti, -anti vindanti ti v knanam, Be, Se so; Ee -anti knanam; Ce karonti ti knanam); nati ti in Ee at Ps III 443,12 is wr, prob, for neti ti {Be, Se so), or for anati" ti (Ce so). naditv, naditvna, ind. [absol. of *2 + nadati; cfS. Vnad], making a noise; trumpeting; Ja IV 233,26* (sampesito va rann ngo kofico va -itv, Ee so, prob. wr; Be, Ce, Se, L. Alsdorf J967, p. 27 abhinaditvna; 234,19': -itvn ti, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se abhinaditvna ti). nana1, n. [ts],face, mouth; Abh260; Jail 99,2* (-e tarn gahetvna; 99,7': tarn assam ~e gahetv); ifc see vikat'-, vikat'-. nana2, n. [?], ? Ap-a385,13 (knanam avakucchitam nanam avahanam, Be, Se so; Ce avakucchitam -am avhanam knanam; Ee avakucchitam avasnam). naniya, mfn., fpp of neti qv. nantarika1, nantariya1, mfn. andn. [from anantara; BHS nantarya], 1. (mfn.) immediately preceding or following, next; nearest; Vin I 321,26 (antamaso -asspi bhikkhuno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anantarikasspi; Sp 1147,6: -ass ti attano anantaram nisinnassa, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anantarikass ti); II 165,5 (-am bhikkhum vutthpesi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anantarikam); 212,35 (-am bhikkhum pucchitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anantarikam); Sadd 319,34 (dvinnam h' ettha suddhassarnam anantariknam ekato sannipto anupapatti); 2. (mfn.) immediate; bringing immediate results; (of an action) producing consequences in the immediately following existence; (of a person) suffering immediate retribution, suffering consequences in the immediately following existence; (n.) an action producing consequences in the immediately following existence; VinV 128,25 (panca kammni -ni); D III 273,7 (~o cetosamdhi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anantariko); Sn 226 (samdhim -am yam hu); Ja I 45,5* (mutt -ehi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nantarikehi); Dhs 1028 (panca kammni ~ni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anantarikni; As 358, is: ~nlti anantaryena phaladyakni, mtughtakammdinam etam adhivacanam); Pp 13,20 (panca puggal-); Kv365,i5 (-assa puggalassa n' atthi antarabhavo ti); 593,2 (asancicca mtaram jivit voropetv -0 hoti ti); Sp 452,28 (sace mtpitaro maranti nantariyam pi hoti); 1023,6 (tassa pabbajj na vrit na ca nantariyo hoti); Mp II 5,7 (mtaram v pitaram v ... jivit voropentassa kammam -iyam hoti); 211,20 (pancannam pi nantariynam katt); Vin-vn 295 (nantariyavatthusmim nantariyam eva ca); 322 (pane* -); Utt-vn 689 (tasmnantariyam n' atthi mritesu ubhosu pi); -kamma, n., an action bringing retribution in the immediately following existence; Vin II 193,37 (idam bhikkhave Devadattena pathamam -am upacitam); MpII 27,16foil, (panca hi nantariyakammni mahsvajjni nma); see also nantarika, nantariya2.

nantarika2, see sv nantariya2. nantariya l , see sv nantarika1. nantariya2, nantarika2, n. [S. nantarya], immediacy, immediate sequence or succession; the state bringing immediate results; A l l 149,28 (-am ppunti savnam khayya; Mp III 138,13: ~an ti anantaravipkadyakam maggasamdhim; c/Sn226: samdhim anantarikam yam hu) quoted Vism 675,19 (eds anantarikam); Patis-a 99,3 (nssa antaram atthi ti anantaram, anantarassa bhvo -am); Sadd 891,25 (atha iti ... ~e: atha nam ha); ifc see citt' ^v citta'. nantariyaka, mfn. [nantariya1 + ka2], immediate; bringing immediate results; (of an action) producing consequences in the immediately following existence; (of a person) suffering immediate retribution, suffering consequences in the immediately following existence; (n.) an action producing consequences in the immediately following existence; Pp-a 185,15 (ye ca puggalpanc' ~\ Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nantarika); Vin-vn 286 (nantariyavatthusmim -am vade); Utt-vn 740 (-am kammam pajjati). nanda, m. [ts],joy, pleasure, bliss; Abh 87; D I 3,20 (na -ona somanassam); Dhp 146 (konuhso kim -o niccam pajjalite sati); JaV 330,24* (-0 ca pamdo ca sad hasitakilitam); Ps III 225,23 (bhavante hi no gate -0 hoti gate sokoti); Patis-a 583,24 (so hi jyamno yeva ca kule -am bhusam tutthim aksi, tasm 'ssa Anando ti nmam katan ti); Mhv 22:59 (mahrjakule tasmim -o ca mah ahu); -kara, mfn. [nanda + kara1], causing joy, delightful; Mhv 3:23 (te ther therarn nandam -am abravum); -citto in Ee, Se at Ja VI 323, is* is prob, wr for nandi vitto (Be, Ce so); -janana, m/(~i)., producing joy; DII 265,17* (yena jt si kalyni -i mama); -jata, mfn., full of joy; Sn 679 (-e tidasagane patite; Pj II 483,20foil.: ~e ti samiddhijte vuddhippatte ... atha v -etipamudite); 687; Ja V 494,26'; nirnanda, mfn., joyless, sad; JaV 70,14* (tattha sesim ~o); Ap 541,3 (tadnando - 0 assun punnalocano). nandana, n. [ts], making happy; courteous treatment (of a friend or guest); Abh 760. nandi, aor. 3 sg. [o/* 2 + nandati; cf S. nandati], (she) rejoiced, was delighted; Ja VI 589,11* (-i vitt suman putte sangamma lakkhan, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nandacitt; 589,19': vitt suman hutv ativiya ~i nanditth ti, Ce, Ee so; Be ativiya nandi ti; Se citt ... ativiya nanditv ti); see also nandi(n), nandita, nandiya. nandi(n), mfn. [S. nandin], joyful, happy; D I 3,24 (tumhe assatha -ino suman); Vv 84:53 (-i vitt suman parit, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nandacitt; Vv-a 351,26: -I ti dihi cathi pi padehi somanassitabhvam eva vadati); Th 555 (-ino tassa dis bhavanti); Ja IV 226,5* (-ino tassa bhavant' amitt); V 494,24* (-i vitto sumano patito, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nandicitto; 494,26". -I ti nandajto) = VI 323, is* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nandacitto, prob, wr); see also nandi. nandita, mfn. [pp of *2 + nandati; ts], delighted, happy; Ja IV 420,6* (-0 hotu); Bvl:6 (~ vipulam akamsu ghosam); Mil 183,11 (~o sumano ubbillvito); Mp 1292,16 (sabbe va ntake -e pamudite karonto jto ti

303

nando tv eva nmam akamsu); see also nandi, nandiya. nandiya, (mf)n. [fpp of *2 + nandati; cf S. nandati], what is to be enjoyed, a celebration, a time of joy; Ja VI 589,9* (-am carimsu; 589, \r foil.: nandabherim carpetv nandachanam carimsu) quoted Sadd446,io; see also nandi, nandita. naman, / [from *2 + namati; cf S. namana, .], bending, bowing; PatisI 184,35 (y kyassa - vinaman...; Patis-a 516,22: - ti pacchato naman); Vibh 352,n (y kyassa jambhan vijambhan ~ vinaman; Vibh-a 479, I: ~ti purato naman). naya1, m. [ts], bringing, leading; ifc see su-v-naya. naya2, m. [S. nya], a fisherman's net; Abh521 (~o jlam uccate, eds so). nayati, see sv neti. nayana, n. [ts], bringing, leading near; Ja VI 415,8 (ruccati te... Clanirjassa dhitu-an ti); Spkl 335,23 (lavakakumrassa yakkhabhavanam -am); Dhp-al 143,5 (satth tesam bhikkhnam '-atthya dve aggasvake pesesi); Ud-a 310,22 (evam punappunam -ena). ndiya in Ee at S III 26,15* is wr for andiya (Be, Ce, Se so). npeti, npayati, caus.pr. 3 sg. o/neti qv. nmayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of*2 + namati; S. nmayati], causes to bend, subdues; Ja V 154,13* (tarn eva vannarpena vasam -ayissasi, Ee so; Be savasam nayissasi; Ce, Se vasam npayissasi; 154,16': tarn tpasam attano vasam nessasi) * 195,2* (eds vasam tarn nayissasi). niyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of neti qv. nisamsa, m. (and n.) [cf BHS nusamsa, nusams; cfalsoS. nrsamsa, nrSamsya, "absence of cruelty or harm "], profit, advantage; benefit, blessing (in, loc); Abh 767; Vin 1221,22 (das' ime ... ~ yguy); D I 110,3 (kmnam dinavam okrarn sankilesam nekkhamme -am paksesi); AIV 439,30 (nekkhamme -o anadhigato); Sn 784 (yad attani passati -am); Th 303 (es' ~o dhamme sucinne na duggatim gacchati dhammacri); Ja I 98,25 (mayi purato gacchante bah ~); V 490,27* (saccena kim passasi -am); Ap 387,is; Pet 28,15 (pane' ~ ptikankh); 66,5 (ekdas' - mettya cetovimuttiy); Mil 209,17 (evam te arahanto -am disv disvidisam pakkant ti); 212,22 (ayam tva pathamo -o vihradne); Vism 372,17 (ayam ditthadhammasukhavihrdi paneavidho samdhibhvanya -0); Sp 685,30 (evam bahni hi ettha ~nl ti); 1107,18 (sabbe pacchimik ganaprak honti ~am na labhanti ~o itaresam yeva hoti); Patis-a 478,17 (maggo hi samathavipassannam -tt viseso ti vutto); Cp-a 331,32 (ete pi mahpurisassa praminam ~ ti veditabb); Vin-vn 2711 (~am ath' dya); ifc see itivda(p)pamokkh' - sv iti; -dassvi(n), mfn., seeing the benefit; realising the advantage; Kv 400,2 (~issa samyqjannam pahnan ti); Vism 189,2 (evam ~in bhavitabbam); 194,25 (~ino pupphachaddakassa); It-al 170,19 (tisu sikkhsu ~ino hutv... viharath ti); Patis-a536,35 (saddhindriye ~ i . . . asaddhiyam pajahati); As 75,28 (-dassvit); snisamsa, mfn., with its benefits or advantages; Vism 710,28 (~ pannbhvan paridipithot!ti); Spkl 41,31 (klam nma katheti aklam

nmakatheti sahetukam katheti -^n ti); Pj II 214,23 (tisso sikkh sa-upakr~ ca vutt). nisada, n. [from *2 + nisidati; cf BHS ? nisada], the buttocks, the bottom; MI 80,14(seyyath pi nma otthapadam evam eva ssu me ~am hoti ty* eva apphratya); Ja III 435,20 (ubhohi hatthehi -am paharitv); Sp 1106,10 (udakacikkhallo utthahitv yva ~ paharati). nita, mfn.y pp of neti qv. nitaka, mfn. [nita + ka2], brought, brought back; Sp 1334,23 (gatapatiygatan ti susnam netv puna -am); ifc see karamar' -. niya, absol of neti qv. niyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of neti qv. nuklya, n. [ts], conformity; kindness; Abh 1147; Nmar-p 97 (Ee wr anu-). nucri, aor. 3 sg. o/anucarati qv. nutthubha, mfn. [S. nustubha], in the anutthubh metre; Nidd-all 152,i6*(~ena ass chandobandhena ganiyamn tu atirekadasasahassasankh gth, Be, Ce so; Ee wr anutthubhena; Se omits) * Patis-a 704,9* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anutthubhena); Utt-vn 968 (chandasnutthubhena tu). nuttariya, anuttariya1, n. [from anuttara; BHS anuttarya], incomparableness; pre-eminence; excellence; D III 102,io (aparam pana bhante etad -am yath bhagav dhammam deseti kusalesu dhammesu; Sv883,2o: anuttariyan ti anuttarabhvo); 219,17 (tin' ~ni dassannuttariyam patipadnuttariyam vimuttnuttariyarn, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tini anuttariyni); MI 235,27 (bhikkhu tih' ~ehi samanngato hoti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee tihi anuttariyehi); AIII 325,17 (cha-y-imni bhikkhave anuttariyni); 326,3 (etad -am bhikkhave dassannam); PatisI 5,9 (cha anuttariyni; c/Tatis-a 70,18/<?//.: n'atthi etesam uttaran ti anuttarni, anuttarni eva anuttariyni, jetthakni ti attho); ifc see anussaf- (.yv anussati), dassan'-, pricariy, -, lbh*-, savan'-, sikkh' -. nupucchmi, nupuccheyyam, see sv anupucchati. nupubba, n. [S. nuprva], order, regular order, succession; Th727 (kim -am puriso kim vatam kim sameram; lh-aIII 20,17: kim -an ti anupubbam anukkamo). nupubbi and, very often, anupubbi, / [S. nuprvl], regular order, succession; Abh 429 (anupubby apume); Nett 1,13* (tatryam ~i); Sadd 747,28 (anupubbiyam); (i)-kath,/, an exposition or narrative in a regular order; an account of previous events; a progressive or gradual sermon; instruction step by step; Vin I 15,36 (bhagav -am kathesi seyyathidam dnakatham silakatham saggakatham kmnam dinavam ... nekkhamme nisamsam paksesi, Ce so; Ee, Se anu-; Be anupubbim katharn) * D I 110,1 (Ce, Ee so; Se anu-; Be anupubbim katham) * AIV 186,12 (Ce so; Ee, Se anu-; Be anupubbim katham); Ja I 8,8 (-a, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anu-); 50,3 (tassvibhvattham ayam -, Ce so; Be, Se anu-; Ee anupubbakath); Mil 228,7 (kathento -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anu-); Vism 249,10 (tatryam sabbakotthsesu anupubbikath, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anupubbakath); Sv 258,10 (Se anupubbikath; Be anupubbi kath; Ce, Ee anupubbakath);

304

Ud-a 173,ii (anupubbikathyam); nupubbaka, m/h., following in order the progressive instruction', Vv-a208,6 (bhagav anupubbikathnupubbakam catusaccakatham kathesi); see also anupubbakath. nubhva (sometimes written anubhva), m. [BHS id.; cfS. anubhva], majesty, splendour; authority; power, efficacy; magic or supernatural power; instr. ~ena often expresses: by means of, owing to; Mil 111,24 (Ksikosalnam ... ~ena ksikacandanam paccanubhoma); SI 176,2i* (dandassa ~ena khalitv patititthati); A I 240,4 (tassa ... kassakassa gahapatissa n' atthi s iddhi v ~o v ajj' eva me dhanfini jyantu); IV 120,2 (ayam ~o khinsavassa bhikkhuno); Vv 51:3 (~am ca me passa; Vv-a219,12: ~an ti kmavannitdidibbnubhvam); Ja I 406,29 (mahanten' ~en' kse thatv); II103,10 (imassa manikkhandhassa -na ksacriko hutv); VI 203,11* (yassnubhvena ... gahg pavattatha dadhisannam samuddam); Ap 147,4 (buddhassa ~ena vasudh 'yam pakampatha); Kv 252,17 (mamsacakkhussa visayo ~o gocaro); Nett 140,3* (tdiso vanno ~o juti ca); Mil 148,30 (maranass' eso mahrja ~o yena tesam santso uppajjati ti); Vism 414,26 (yattha ... imesam parittnam ~o vattati); Sv712,35/o//. (mantass' esa ~oti... saccakiriyya no esa ~o ti); Ud-a 394,8 (amatamahnibbnassa ~am paksesi); Mhv 20:41 (dipam tu sakalam pana ~ena devnam tath' evlankatam ahu); Sadd69,2i (~o ti tejusshamantapabhsattiyo); ifc see yathnubhvam; -va(t), mfh., possessing splendour; Dhp-all 163,3 (jutimanto te -vanto); snubhva, mfn., possessing (supernatural) power; Sp 186,18 (~ bhikkh attano attano nubhvena gacchanti itare devatnubhvena). nubhvi(n), mfh. [from nubhva], possessing power, majesty; ifc see sabb' -. nubhi, aor. 3 sg. o/anubhavati qv. nulomika, mfn. [S. lex. id.], in regular order; conformable to, suitable; DIU 157,13* (anucchavikassa yad ~am tarn vindati khippam, Be, Ee so, perhaps mc for anulomikam; Ce anulomikam; Se nulomiyam; read anucchavi tassa yad ~am?); see also anulomika. nejja, n. [from aneja; found generally only in Ee], immovability; imperturbability; Mill 133,i7(tamenam hatthidamako uttarim ~am nma kranam karoti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nenjam); -krana, n., the feat of immovability (of a trained elephant); Mill 133,21 (~am kriyamno, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nenja-); -(p)patta, mfn., who or which has reached immovability or imperturbability; Vin I 184,22 (cittam hoti thitam ~am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nenja-); MI 22,io (samhitecitte ... thite ~e, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nenja-); see also nenja. nenja (and anenja), n. (and mfn. ?) [from ifijati ? the usual reading of Be, Ce and Se, while Ee have also nejja, nanja and nanja; cfBHS niiija, ninjya, anenja, anenjya], 1. (n.) immovability; imperturbability; Mil 262,15 (~am sampajjati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nanjam); PatisII 206,15 (anonatam cittam kosajje na ifijati -am); Kv615,2 (arah ~e thito parinibbyati ti); 2. (mfn., orn. in apposition ?) unmoved; not to be stirred;

imperturbable (often applied both to determinative actions leading to existence in arpvacara spheres, and to arpa jhna stages); Vin III 109,5 (~am samdhim sampanno, ite, Ce, Seso; isenanjam; Sp 513,10: anejam acalam kyavcvipphandavirahitam catutthajjhnasamdhim); M II 229,16 (vinnnakasinam eke abhivadanti appamnam ~am, Be, Ce so; Ee nanjam; Se anenjam); Sil 82,12 (~am ce sankhram abhisankharoti); Ud26,2i (bhagav ~ena samdhin nisinno hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nanjena); Pet 99,1 (ni ca sankhrni punnbhisankhr v apunfi v - v, Be so; Ce anenj; Ee nanja); Vism 330,11 (arpasampattinam -t); Mil 340,2 (... appanihitena appanihitam kathayissmi ~ena ~am kathayissmi, so read ? Se anenjena anenjam; Be, Ce, Ee anejena anejam); bhisankhra, m.n., an accumulation of motive force, impetus, for arpa states; D III 217,26 (-0; Sv 998,29/0//.: nenjam niccalam santam vipkabhtam arpam eva abhisankharoti ti ~o ... kusalacetan arpvacara ayam vuccati ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nanja-); S II 82,n (~am, Be, Ce so; Ee nej-; Se anej-); Vibh 135,15 (-0); Kv 542,12 (arah... -am abhisankharoti); Vism 544,27; 571,23 (-0 ti catasso cetan, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anenj-); Patis-a 327,35 (~ni); 633,32 (na injam anenjam, anenjam bhavam abhisankharoti ti ~o); -krana, n. [nenja + krana1], the feat of immovability (of a trained elephant); Mill 133,21 (-am kriyamno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nejja-); Ja I 415,13 (mangalahatthim ~am sikkhpetum hatthcariynarn adsi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se nanja-); IV 308,3 (~am kriyamno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nanja-); -krita, mfn., trained to be imperturbable; Ap 25,22 (~o viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anejjankrito; Ap-a 232,19: ~o viy ti tomardlhi krito nefijo hatthi viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -krino viy ti Devaputtamrdlhi...); 272,8 (sucrurpam disvna -am viya, Be so; Ce anejakritam; Ee anejam kritam; Se anenjam kritam); -(p)patta, mfn., who or which has reached immovability or imperturbability; Vin I 184,22 (cittam hoti thitam-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nejja-); MI 22,io (samhite citte... thite ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nejja-); A II 184,20 (katham ... bhikkhu ~o hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nejja-); Nett 87,23; see also anifija, aneja (svej), nejja. neta(r), m. [S. netr], one who leads towards, who brings; PatisI 129,20 (tassa n' attiV anno koci ariyapatham ~ annatra may ti; Patis-a 414,29: ariyarn atthahgikam maggam upanet patipdayit). neti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. nayati], leads towards or near; brings, fetches; brings home, brings home (as a wife); brings back; supplies, understands (a meaning or word); Vin 1150,11 (annam v te bhariyam ~emi); MI 384,i4(pan makkatacchpakam kinitv ~ehi); SI 221,7 (Sakkam devnam indam mama santike -eyytha asurapuranti); Sn 110 (atitayobbano poso ~eti timbarutthanim); Ja I 308,6* (tarn ca desam na passmi yato sodariyam ~aye; 308,15': bhtaram ~eyyam); II 242,4* (-eyya puna idha); IV 272,2* (gthpadnam ca subhsitnam attham tad ~enti janinda dhir); 278,19* (jivarn ca nam gahetvna ~ayethamam, antike, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se-ayehi); V 194,20* (tarn me brhmanam ~aya; 194,22': attano vasam -ehi);

305

VI 552,29* (-aymi sake putte); Nidd-al 429, n (purimakankh hi uttarakankham -ayati nma); Mhv 5:253 (theram garigya nvya ~eth ti); Sadd 395,29 (~eti ~ayati); fut. 3 sg. (a) nessati, Vin III 67, I 6 (corehi nite drake -essati); Ja VI 84,i; (b) nayissati, Ja VI 263,14* (ko Vidhuram idha-m-~ayissati); 1 sg. (a)nessmi, VinIV 79,18 (aham anfiam pajpatim ~essmi ti); MI 384,18fall, (pan... ~essmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr -issmi); (b) nayissmi, Pv 18:5; Ja VI 523,18*; (c) nayissam, Th 1139; Ja VI 25,2i* (te kann ~ayissam); part.pr. (a) nenta, mfn., Ja I 101,6 (udakam ~entehi); Sp 268,4; (b)nayanta, mfn., Mhv 19:33; aor. 3 sg. (a) nesi,Vin I 218,9; Ja VI 172, ie; (b)nayi, Pv7:7 (sapattim annam ~ayi); Ja III 432,23*; Mhv 1:30; 3 pl. (a)nesum, SI 221,n; JaV 258,20*; Sp 104,n (cariyaparampar imam vinayapitakam yva ajjatan ~esum); Mhv 33:100 (pitakattayaplim ca tass atthakatham pi ca mukhapthena ~esum pubbe bhikkh mahamati); (b)nayimsu, Ja VI 135,8; Sv654,2i; (c)nayum, Mhv 23:98; inf. (a)netum, D III 20,2; Ja IV 128, iV (paridevanto matam v ~etum ... na sakkoti); Mhv 5:248; (b) nayitum, Pv 18:10; absol. (a) netv, Vin I 120,28 (gilno bhikkhu mancena v pithena v sanghamajjhe -etv uposatho ktabbo); D i l 340,n (tarn drakam assamam ~etv); Ja II 287,16 (assavnij asse Brnasim -etv vikkinanti); Mil 298,19 (npi anno koci chyam -etv dsam ropeti); Bv-al30,io (nagardiparicchedo pliyam gato va sambahulavro pana n' gato, so -etv dipetabbo); neg. annetv, Sp 944,23; (b)nayitv, JaV 29,2r; Mhv 19:39; (c) nayitvna, Ja VI 424, n* (-ayitvna Vedeham); Mhv 20:38; (d)mya, Mhv 1:38; pass. pr. 3 sg niyati, niyyati, D II 245,21 (tato bhoto yvatikhi attho tvatik -lyatan ti, Be so; Ee -iyyatan ti; Ce -iyantan ti; Se -iyat ti); Cp-a47,i (yam yam upyanam-lyati); part.pr. niyamna, mfn., MI 371,7; JaV 461,20; pp nita, mfn. [ts], led near; brought, fetched; brought home; Abh 749; Vin I 23,8 (tass' atthya vesi ~ ahosi); Mil 185,is (y pi 'ssa bhariy saddh saddh kul ~); Th72 (bhariyy' ~ya); Ja IV 252,22' (~-tt); V 71,17* (-0 paralok va); Sp 226,26 (atireknayanattho hi ettha casaddo tenyam attho ~o hon* ti); 1304,4 (idam pathamaprjikam plivasena ca atthavasena ca yva ajjatanam klam kena -an ti); Sadd 925,12 (sappimhi ~e); ifcsee kaiamar'-; neg. annita, mfn., Th-al 172,15 (tasm annitya eva bhariyya); fpp (a) netabba, mfn., Ud-a 409,1 (amhehi bhagav gantv pi ~o siya); Pv-a31,2i (smi aham vanjh ann kann-); Bv-a2,35 (pli -anrlho pana sambahulavro p' ettha ~o); Sadd 795,26 (upayogavacanam ~am); (b)naniya, mfn., Samantak428; caus. pr. 3 sg. npeti, ~ayati {sometimes confused with, and written as, npeti), causes to be brought; has fetched; Vin III 43,28 (darugahe ganakam ~ehlti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee npehi ti); Ja I 132,28 (tarn eva ~emi ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be npeml ti); Pj II 370,27 (slim kammakar haritum na sakkonti, tarn tava parisya npehi ti, eds so); Dhp-all 16,io (rj tarn ~essati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be npessati); Mhv 8:2 (~eyyam rajjahetu Sumittam bhtaram mama); part.pr. npenta, mfn., Ja 1132,21 (~ento, Ce, Ee so; Be

npento; Se harpento); Sp268,s (sayam nent pi afinehi -entpi nenti yeva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be npenta); aor. 3 sg. npesi, Vin III 43,29 (brhmano ... darugahe ganakam baddham ~esi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee npesi); Ja V 135,7 (Kisavaccham mancasivikya ksena -esi, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be npesi); Dhp-all 16,n {Ce, Ee, Se so; Be npesi); absol. (a) npetv, Ja III 517,2 {Ce, Ee, Se so; Be netv); Sv 395, is (geham pana -etv passissmi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se npetv); Spk I 56,17 (gacchatha nam neth ti ~etv..., Ce, Ee so; Be, Se npetv); (b) npetvna, Mhv 21:20; (c) npayitv, Mhv 5:36 (~ayitv ... nnpsandike); (d) npayitvna, Mhv 36:80; (e) npiya, Mhv 22:63. pa, po, m., n. and fpl. [S. pas, f.pl. and n.] {iic paandpo-), water; the element water; Abh 661 (-0 payo jalam); D I 55,23 (ctummahbhtiko ayam puriso, yad klam karoti... ~o pokyam anupeti anupagacchati); MI 329,32(~assa pattena ananubhtam); SI 15,16* (yattha ~o ca patiiavi tejo vyo na gdhati); Ud 79,5* (kirn kayir udapnena - ce sabbada siyum); Sn307 (yath ~o ca pathavi); 392 (~e ca sarightirajpavhane); Ja IV 302,5* (~o sificam yajam usseti ypam, Be, Se so; Ce sicam; Ee sijam; 302,9' foil.: abhisecanakammam karonto... yajanto); VI207,10* (~am milakkh pana devam hu); Kv 137,12 (tena ~ena pakaraniyam karoti ti); Mil 363, is (~assa panca angni gahetabbni); Vism 170,7 (~asmim nimittam ganhitabbam); 350,2 (nnvidhesu ~esu gatan ti pogatam); 364,25 (appoti piyati appyati ti v ~o); Pj II 437,7(gangya pana y uttarena ~o, tsam ...); As 336,4 (omattampana ~o); Sadd \01,2\foll.; 494,9 (pa vypane: punti ~o); bhinandi(n), mfn., finding pleasure in (the element of) water; MI 327,11; (po)kasina, ., meditation based on water; the meditation-object water; M II 14,32 (~am eko sanjnti); A I 41,15 (~am bhveti); Vism 170,6 (evam ~am pi bhvetukmena); (a)-garahaka, mfn., who scorns or disparages (the element of) water; MI 327,4 (~ pajigucchak); (a)-jigucchaka, mfn., who spurns or despises (the element of) water; M I 327,4. paka, m. [pa + ka2 ?], a river, a stream; JaV 452,19* (osaranti... lonatoyavatiyam va ~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se pag; 454,23': ~tipag, ayam eva v ptho); VI 518,11* (atha dakkhasi ~am, Ce, Ee, Seso; itepagam; 519,r: ~an ti pagam udakavhikam nadim, Ce so; Se udakavhakam; Ee -an ti nadim pam; Be pagan ti udakavhanadivattam); 555,2* (supatitthe ca ~e; 555,iv foil.: sobhanatitthya nadiy); see also pag. p a g , / [ts], a river, a stream; Sn 319 (yath naro ~am otaritv); Vv 6:7 (tarn ~ anupariyanti sabbad); Mhv 86:41 (Slaggm' ~yam); see also paka. pajja, absol. /pajjati qv. pajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. padyate], comes to, reaches; enters upon, falls into, is reduced to (a state or condition), is changed into; gets into trouble; commits an offence (with patti or used absolutely), transgresses; happens, occurs; Vin I 359,25* (~ati yvatakesu vatthusu); II 199,20 (pur te bhikkh anayavyasanam ~anti); D III 228,9 (vuddhim virlhim vepullam ~ati); MI 16,25 (bhoto ca pana Gotamassa s janat

306

ditthnugatim ~afi ti); 151,18 (mucchit bhojanni bhufijamn madam -issanti); A I 266,5 (so kmesu ptavyatam -ati); Dhp 309 (cattri thnni naro pamatto -ati); JaV 268,25* (bhusam -ate dukkham); Pet 109,5 (sineham -eyya, Be so; Ee pajeyya; Ce gaccheyya); Mil 111,2 (so... kinci apuiinam -eyy ti); Vism508,2 (vanjhabhvo ~ati); Sp 1394,9 (kyasamsaggam -itum); As 129,28 (ko hi nma ... attasunnatam ca bujjhitv puna sammoham ~eyyti); Utt-vn 552 (gantuko tathvsiko pi -are ubho); Sadd643,i5 (gho rassattam -ate); 661,8 (amusaddassa anapumsakassa makro sakram -ati v simhi vibhattiyam asu rj amuko rj); 685,4 (avanno yapaccaye pare lopam -ati); part.pr. (a) pajja(t), mfn., Vibh 227,15 (-ato); (b) pajjanta, m/(-anti>*., Vin V 78,33 (-anti); Ud 72,12 (addas ... te sambahule ... anayam ~ante); Ja II 193,13' (bhuttabhatte gthabhvam -ante); Mp II 348,23 (~anto); neg, anpajjanta, mfn., Ja III 76,6 (mayi kho pana ussukkam anpajjjante); As401,is; (c) pajjamna, mfn., DIU 85,22 (tassa sattassa ditthnugatim -amn); Ja IV 496,3r; Vism 193,24; neg. anpajjamna, mfn.9 Vism 370,32; aor. 3 sg. (a) pajji, Vin II 54,4 (bhikkhu dve sahghdises pattiyo -i); JaV 349,7* (dukkham ~i vipulam); Mil286,5; (b)pdi, Vin II 203,3; MI 193,5 (tena ca vosnam pdi); SI 197,24 (samvegam pdi ti); Ja II 8,21* (bhito santsam pdi); 3 pl. (a) pajjimsu, D II 344,20 (sabbe va anayavyasanam -imsu);MI 151,24; JaI 73,n; (b)pdu, pdum, DU 273,20* (samvegam pdu); JaIII 256,15* (sabbe vyasanam pdum); cond. 3 sg. pajjissatha, DU 63,13 (api nu kho nmarpam vuddhim virulhim vepullam -issath ti); 2 sg. pajjissa, Dhp-a III 137,17 (sace hi tvam... appamdam -issa); absol. (a)pajja, M II 73,29* (samsram pajja paramparya); pajja in Ee at It 86,6* is wr for sajja {Be, Ce, Se so); neg. anpajja, A V 83,25 (puriso yena kenaci kammatthnena anpajja akusalam divasam addhakahpanam nibbiseyya); (b) pajjitv, Vin III 109,22; MI 305,28; Ja II 431,23; Mil 50,27 (vuddhim virulhim vepullam -itv); neg. anpajjitv, Ja IV 128,20'; Vism 297,26; Vv-a43,7 (utthnaviriyam katv lasiyam anpajjitv ti attho); (c) pajjitvna, Utt-vn 522; pass. part.pr. pajjiyamna, mfn., Sp 1350,is; pp panna, mfn. [ts], \.(act.) having entered upon, reached (a state or condition); in trouble; who has committed an offence; Abh743; Vin I 125,31 (annataro bhikkhu... pattim -0 hoti); D II 346,10 (anayavyasanam ~o); A I 53,34 (yasmim... adhikarane -0 ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu); Ja III 468,9* (-0 'smi padam imam); V 154,21* (~ mohasamsram); Mil 232,5; Vism 14,12 (pattim ~assa); ifc see day'-, sot'- (^vsota2); neg. anpanna, mfn., VinV 158,17* (codako aha - 0 ti cuditako ha anpanno ti); A l l 242,5 (anpanno v sarighdisesam dhammam na pajjissati); Sadd37,2i (visayattam anpanna sadd n' evJ atthabodhak); 2. (pass.) committed; Sp 528,24 (~ya pattiy); Th-all 188,6 (~am pattim anvikatv); neg. anpanna, mfn., Sp 609,25 (kirn - pattiyo patippassambhanti anpanna ti); satt,/ [S. pannasattv], pregnant; a pregnant woman; Abh 239; Vin IV 317,24 (gabbhini nma satt

vuccati); Ja I 19,30* (yath sattnam bhra-m-oropanam dhuvam); Ap 475,6 (~ -satt me mt, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~-gabbh); pann in Ee at Jail 402,22' is wr for appan (Be, Ce, Se so); fpp pajjitabba, mfn. and n. impers.t Vin II 5,10 (s patti na ~); MI 417,1 (yatim samvaram -am); Vism 94,7 (ussukkam -an ti); Sp271,30 (lobhacittena -ato); 516,2 (--tt); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) pdeti, ~ayati, causes to enter upon or reach (a state); brings to; brings up, nurtures; DII 72,8 (anayavyasanam ~essmi); 340,9 (imam drakam ... ~eyyam poseyyam vaddheyyam); MI 377,4 (pane sanghtam ~eti);part.pr. pdenta, mfn., Vin I 137,10 (pane sanghtam ~ent); It-all 97,12; aor. 3 sg. pdesi, SI 216,15 (pamdam ~esi; Spk I 340,23: pamdam aksi); Ps III 324,17 (tapasam silabhedam ~esi); 3 pl. pdayimsu, Nidd-all 85,19; absol pdetv, Pj II 466,22 (etam fiayam atthato ~etv); pass. pr. 3 sg. pdiyati, pdiyati, Patis-a471,3o (vikkhepiyati vikkhepam -lyati); part.pr. pdiyamna,m/n., Sp224,9 (ye mankutam ~iyamn); Patis-a471,io (-iyamnassa); pp pdita, mfn., brought to; brought up, nourished; Ja I 503,25 (samvegam ~o ti); Niddl 172,1 (puttho posito ~o patipdito); Ud-a47,8 (~-tt); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) pajjpeti, As 83,9 (vattabbatam ~eti). pajjana, n., ~, / [from pajjati; cf BHS padyana], happening; falling into; entering upon; committing (an offence); Sp 261,20 (patti ti-am hoti); Sv 1021,21 (vepullam ~ veditabb); Ps I 61,3 (yasm nando afine pi punnakme tesam ditthnugatim -e niyojeti); IV 55,20 (pattiy -am); Mp II 348,29 (pattim ~e); Nidd-a I 452,1 (-t); ifc see samvar'-; anpajjana, n., not committing (an offence); not entering upon; Sp 415,23; Pj I 135,19 (angriyavinayo ca sattpattikkhandhe -am); Nidd-a III 1,5 (t). pajjanaka, mfn. [pajjana + ka2], entering upon, falling into (a state), committing; Spk II 159,21 (pradrik ti paradracrittam -). pajjita(r), m. [from pajjati], one who enters upon; one who commits (an offence); Vin II 80,37 (pattiy codenti saraf yasm evarpim pattim - ti; Sp 1192,17/0//.: pajjitv ti v ptho); M I 286,22 (crittam - hoti). pana, m. (and n.) [S. pana, m.], a stall (of goods for sale); a market; a shop; Abh 213 (-0); Vin II267,18 (na -o pasretabbo); MI 25,20 (kamsapti bhat - v kammrakul v); Ja IV 114,25 (kutumbiko ~Q nisinno); V 445,29* (na t ekassa na dvinnam -o va pasrito); Mil 332,10 (satipatthnavithiyam evarp ~ pasrit honti); Ud-a273,n (ekadivasam -ato pvam gahetv); Ap-a 398,4 ( samantato hirannasuvanndikam bhandam panenti vikkinanti pattharanti etth ti -am); Mhv 34:76 (-ni pasriya); Sadd358,n (-am); ifc see antarpana, mattik'-, odanik'-, odaniy'-; '-ugghtana, n. [pana + ugghtana1], the opening up of a shop or stall; Sv626,6 (tato kassak kasikammam vnij -am... payojenti div ti mannamn); -mukhathalapathavnij in Ee at JaV 244,22' is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ynam mukh thalajalapathavnij; spana, mfn., containing shops or a market; Sadd 358,12 (~o gmo).

307

panika, mfn. andm., 1. (mfn.) [ts] belonging to a stall or market; Sp 1112,4 (~en ti panadvre patitapilotikam gahetv kathinatthya deti, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be ppaniken ti, Ce ppaniken ti; ad Vin I 255,10: eds ppaniken); 2. (m.) [S. lex. id.] a merchant, a shopkeeper; Abh 469; Vin III 64,19 (annataro bhikkhu ... ~assa tandulamutthim theyyacitto avahari); IV 248,19 (so upsako annatarassa ~assa ghar kahpanassa sappim haritv); Mil 341,15 (~assa pane); Sp 653,23 (~assa hatthe nikkhittam); Spk II 202,6; Mp II 186,29 (ppaniko ti ~o, panam ugghtetv bhandavikkyakassa vnijass' etam adhivacanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit ~o); Dhp-a II 89,i6 (panca kambalasatni pasretv nisinnam ekam ~am disv); see also krpanika sv kra1. patacchika,n., or ~, / [pa + *tacchika?], abrading with fluid;! Ja VI 17,22' (khrpatacchikan ti sattihi paharitv khram ~am karotha, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be khrhi patacchikam; Se khrapatacchakam). patati, pr. 3 sg. [S. patati], flies towards or against; rushes forward; attacks; Ja VI 451,8* (pahattharpo ~asi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se gamasi); Mil 209, n (ajja naravarapavare... hatthi ~issati); part.pr. (a)pata(t), mfn., Ja VI 234, w (appatan ti apa ~am, patanto ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se api ~am); (b) patanta, m/(~anti)w., JaV 361,16* (tarn ~antam disvna); Mil 371,21 (~antesu); Ud-a 95,25 (ek dhenu vegena ~anti); aor. 3 sg. pati, Ja V 361,15* (nesdo ~i, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee wrpadi); Mhv 67:2 (mahiso bhimo ... tassbhimukham ~i); absol. (a)patitv, Ud-a 355,22; Thi-a 88,25; (b) patitvna, Ja V 349,8* (349,21': ~itvn ti upadhvitv); (c)(namul) ptam, Ud-a 355,22; ptapariptam, ind., rushing at and into, flying towards and around and into; Ud72,9(adhiptak tesu telappadipesu ptapariptam anayam pajjanti; Ud-a 355,22 foil.: ptampariptam ~itv ~itv paripatitv paripatitv ... pthe pariptan ti keci pathanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits pthe ... pathanti); pp patita, mfn. [ts], flying towards; rushing against; Vv-a 110,8 (Gangmahogham attano upari ~am yasakyam ca nivattetv); patitacchavi in Ce, Ee at Pv 13:13 is wr, perhaps for samputitacchavi qv; see also appata(t). patana in Ee at Ap 331,16 is wr; read vassasspatanya. pattdhrat, pattdhikarana, see .yv patti. patti, / [S., BHS id.], the entering into a state or condition; a fault, transgression, esp. an offence committed by a bhikkhu,' committing (an offence); Vin 1103,2 (yassa siy ~i so vikareyya); II 93,4 (sotpatti sampatti ayam ~i no adhikaranam); 101,9 (bhikkhu bhikkhum sahghamajjhe garukya ~iy codeti); M i l 258,17 (maranamattam h' etam Sunakkhatta dukkham yo annataram sankilittham ~im pajjati); A III 270,5 (so tathrpam -im panno hoti yathrpya ~iy sangho ukkhipati); Mil 266,7 (pajjeyya ... arah ~in ti); Sp 261,19/0//. (~i prjikass ti ~i prjik assa ho ti attho. atha v ~i ti pajjanam hoti); As 394,21 (prjikam sanghdisesam pcittiyam ptidesaniyam dukkatan ti nn panca ~iyo); ifc see atth'- (^vattha2), antar'(sv antar1), thullaccay'-, dukkat'-, dutthull'-, dubbhasit' -, pcittiy' -, patidesaniy' -, prjik'-, lahuk'-, sanghdises'-,

sot'-; '-dhikarana, n., a legal case or dispute concerning an offence; Vin II 88,19; Mil 247,4; Ap-a 294,19*; ' -dhrat, / , a legal case or dispute concerning an offence; Vin-vn 2760 (~ c'eva kiccdhikaranam pi ca, Be so; Ee wr pattdrat); 2762 (~ nma satta pattiyo mat); -kusalat,/, abstr., skill in discerning what is an offence; D III 212,16 (~ ca pattivutthnakusalat ca); Dhs 1329 (katam ~); -kkhandha, m. (andn.), a group or category of offence; Vin I 103,24 (pancannam ~nam annatar patti sattannam v ~nam annatar patti); V2,n (sattannam ~nam katamo ~o ti, prjikpattikkhandho); 214,14* (~ni); Vism51,is; As 394,19 (panca pi ~); -gimi(n), mfn., guilty of an offence (not yet dealt with); Vin II 261,8 (bhikkhuniyo kammappattyo pi ~iniyo pi); -gmika, mfn., leading to an offence; Sp740,i6 (kalaho ti ~o kyavcvitikkamo); -desan,/, acknowledgement or confession of an offence; Sp 1297,6; Mp III 289,19 (~ya v pattivutthnena v); -bahula, mfn., frequently or habitually committing offences; Vin I 321,38 (bhikkhu balo hoti avyatto ~o); MI 442,27 (ekacco bhikkhu abhinhpattiko hoti ~o); Sp 617,28 (t); neg. anpattibahula, mfn., MI 443,23 (bhikkhu adhiccpattiko hoti anpattibahulo); Ud-a406,28; -bhiruka, mfn., fearful of (committing) an offence; Sp 606,17 = Ps III 49,7; -lesa, m., an indirect, misleading statement of an offence; Vin III 169,24; -vad<Jhanaka, mfn., relating to the increase of an offence; Sp 1190,9; -vutthana, n., removal of an offence, re-habilitation; Vin I 159,25 (~-t); MpII 146,10; anpatti,/, no offence, not a transgression; Vin I 354,29 (~im patti ti dipeti); A I 84,27 (yo ca ~iy pattisanni yo ca pattiy ~-sanni); Ja III 486,24 (ayam vinayadharo pubbe ~i ti vatva idni patti ti vadati); Vism67,n (~-t); Sv 12,11 (yasm Mahkassapo yasmantam Uplim pathamassa prjikass vatthum pi... pattim pi ~im pi pucchi); see also adhiccpattika (^vadhicca2), anpattika, abhinhpattika (sv abhinham), pathampattika, spattika. patha, m. |a2 + patha?], a way, a way of approach; Spk III 279,34 (rajpatho ti rgadosamoharajnam ~o gamanatthnan ti attho); ifc see raj V pada, m. or n. [cfS. pad], misfortune; distress; JaV 340,4* (yo mitto mittam -e na ccaje; 342,2': yo mitto apadasu mittam na caje); 363, n* (tarn ~e pariccattum n* ussahe); see also pada, p. pad (and padi), / [BHS, S. lex. pad; cf S. pad], misfortune, calamity; distress; Abh 385 (~); Vin IV 40,35 (anpatti.. .~su; Sp 777,2: ~s ti jivitabrahmacariyantaryesu); DIU 187,13 (~su na vijahati); SI 78,3i (~su ... thmo veditabbo); AII 68,3 (y t honti - aggito v udakato v rjato v corato v); III 56,20* (pandito ~su na vedhati); Th371 (yam ~... na kkhambhayante); JaV 349,10* (khemam si mahrja evam ~iy sati, Be so; Ce, Ee ~i samsati, prob, wr; Se pariysati); 368, H* (patibhati yarn sro ~am); Mil 94,18 (~su na vijahitabbam); Sadd849,n; 0,-atthya, '-atth, ind., (for use) in case of misfortune or accident; Vin III 43,1 (atthi bhante devagahadrni

308

nagarapatisankhrikni '-atthya nikkhittni); Ja IV 163,24* (s [nv] c' eva no hohiti '-atth); see also pada, p. padi in Ce, Ee at JaV 361,15* is wr for pati qv sv patati. panna, mfn.9 pp o/pajjati qv. payati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/appoti qv. pavana, n. [cf S. lex. pravana, Wg2:8], springing up, jumping up; Sadd 381,10 (khudi ~e: khundati). apassena, n. [= apassena ifc]9 rest, support; ifc see catur- .yv catu(r). p, / [S. pad; cf Pli paris < S. parisad; or poss. loc. psu < *passu < patsu], misfortune, calamity; distress; Jail 317,13* (~su me yuddhaparjitassa; 317,2r: -s ti padsu); III 12,2* (-su vyasanam patto); see also pada, pad, v pgam in Ee at Nidd II 136,9 is wrfor ptham (Be, Ce, Se so). ptali, (m)f(n). [cfS. ptala, ptala, ptali], of the Ptali tree, pale red, pink; Ap 119,3 (-im aham puppham ... thpamhi abhiropesim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aptalim; Ap-a 394,3: samantato darena v ptalipuppham gahetv). pnakotim, ind. [a2 + pna + koti], until the end of one's life; Dth3:93 (buddhdivatthuttayamevarj-im saranam upecca). pnakotikam, ind. [a2 + pna + koti + ka2], until the end of one's life, all one's life; VinV 2,23 (na evarpam karissmi ti yvajivam -am samdya sikkhati sikkhpadesu); MII 120,16 (bhikkh passmi yvajivam -am paripunnam parisuddham brahmacariyam carante, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr pna-); Ap 504,20 (-am dhammam prayitvna); Mil 397,2 (yva jivitapariydn -am brahmacariyam caritabbam); Vism 12,22 (klaparicchedam katv samdinnasilam klapariyantam, yvajivam samdiyitv tauY eva pavattitam -an ti); Spk I 352,20. pnakotiyam, ind. [= pnakotikam qv], to the end of one's life; Sadd 749,4 ( pnakotiy -am, kapaccayassa yakrdeso). pta, m. [S. lex. id.], throwing down; ifc see kus'sv kusa1; ptam anptam in Ee at Vism 393,2 is wr for ptham anptham (Be, Ce, Se so); pte in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 355,24 is prob, wrfor pthe (Be, Se so). ptam, absol o/patati qv. ptakajjhyi(n) in Ee at Vism 26,n is wr for pthaka-(7V. ptha, m. (orn., and mfn. ?) [from *+ Vp3; cfS. pathas and T. Burrow, 1973, p. 97; cf BHS bhsa], 1. (m. or n.) "area over which one moves", region, sphere, range; field of perception; Vin I 184,20 (bhus ce pi cakkhuvinfteyy rp cakkhussa ~am gacchanti); MI 190,2i (bhir ca rp na ~am gacchanti); Ja I 336,5 (n' atthi so neyyadhammo yo vo nanamukhe -am ngacchati); Nidd I 357,7 (sabbe dhamm... bhagavato nnamukhe ~am gacchanti); Kv 222,2 (lokuttaro dhammo sotavifiileyyo ... sotassa ~am gacchati ti); Mil 298,23 (yato kutoci nimittam gantv cittassa -am upagacchati); Vism 548,31 (ppakammam v kammanimittam v manodvre -am gacchati); Spk I 200,12 (ye te akatakalyn

satt te ... buddhacakkhussa -am ngacchanti); Ps IV 94,3 (tisu klesu -am gatam v angatam v sabbam pi tarn rpam eva); Pv-a 23,4 (sabbe pi rafino -am gat ahesum); 2. (mfn.) within the field of perception; perceivable; Vism 390,16 (paticchannam v vivatam anptham v -am karoti); Sp43,i6 (sammbuddhassa rpam imesam akkhinam -am karohi ti); -gata, mfn., come within range, perceivable; within the sphere of perception; MI 120,11 (cakkhum puriso -narn rpnam adassanakmo assa); Ja IV 164,4*; Vism 617,28 (asambhinnatt cakkhussa tt rpnam); neg. anpthagata, mfn., MI 174,11; Vism428,34; Ps II 229,31 (anpthagatatt); -dasa, mfn., seeing what is within range; A l l 67,2i; anptha, mfn., being outside the range (of); inaccessible (to); Vism 390,20 (idam -am ptham hot ti); Ps II 101,7 (anidassano ti dassanassa cakkhuvifinnassa ~o). pthaka, m. (orn.) [ptha + ka2], sphere, range, field of perception; -jjhayi(n), mfn., meditating within the view (of men), meditating in public; Nidd I 226,5 (samahito viya seyyam kappeti -1 va hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr pdaka-; Nidd-al 336,15foil.: sammukh gatnam manussnam jhnam sampajjanto viya) = 463,2 quoted Vism 26,17 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ptaka-); -nisdi(n), mfn., sitting within the view (of men), in public; D i l i 44,22 (tapassi -i hoti; Sv 838,3 foil.: manussnam pthe dassanatthne nisidati). pda, m. [from *apa + diyati1 ?], taking away, esp. in marriage; Ja IV 179,ir(apdnam - o pariggaho ti attho, Be, Ce so; Se pado; Ee wr apdo); anpd,(m)/(n)., unmarried; Ja IV 178,3* (bahsu vata santsu -su itthisu; 179,12': apdnam pdo, pariggaho ti attho, n' atthi ysam pdo t -, Be, Ce so; Se pado ... anpad; Ee wr apdo na anpad). pdaka, m/(-ik)/j. [from pdeti; cf BHS pyaka], bringing up, taking care of nurturing; (f.) a nurse, a foster-mother; Vin II 289,28 (aham kho bhante ayam Mahpajpati Gotami bhagavato mtucch pdik posik khirassa dyik) ^ Mill 253,21; A I 62,9 (mtpitaro puttnam ~ posak; Mp II 122,5: - ti vaddhak anuplak); Ap 538,14 (jinass' pdik ahum); pdakajjhyi(n) in Ee at Niddl 226,5 is wr for pthaka- qv. pdana, n. [ts], causing to attain, bringing to (a state); producing, effecting; Vism 64,19 (pacchimya janatya ditthnugatim -an ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ditthnugati-pdananti); Sv 736,20 (ditthnugatim ~ena); Ud-a 364,11 (anuppadadhammatam avipkadhammatam ca-ena). pdi, aor. 3 sg. o/pajjati qv. pdik, / , see sv pdaka. pdu, pdum, aor. 3 pi. o/pajjati qv. pdeta(r), m. [from pdeti], one who brings up, who nurtures; Mill 248,25 (seyyath jtassa - evam Moggallno; Ps V 64,16; -ti poset). pdeti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/pajjati qv. pna, n. [ts], drinking; a drinking party; a place for drinking; Abh534; Ja I 268,24 (-am sajjetv nisiditv); Dhp-aIII 357,19 (aho amhkam ntaknam geham

309

catuddishi gatgatnam bhikkhnam -bhtan ti dini vatv pasamsam pavatteti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se opnabhtan ti); -bhmi, / , a drinking-place, a drinking-booth; a tavern; Ja I 269,3; V292,i; Vism 399,6 (Nandopanandassa ~im sajjayimsu); Dhp-a I 213,20 (ranno ~im na pavismi ti); -man4ala, n., an enclosed place for drinking; Ja I 52,20 (sakalam Lumbinivanam ... ranno susajjita-pnamandalam viya ahosi) = Ap-a 57,s; Ja 1269,7; Ps II 372,22. pnaka, m(fn). [pna + ka2], (one) who drinks; (one) who provides or knows about drink;! Spkll 120,25 (pniyakamse sampattim ca dinavam ca rocento -manusso viya cariyupajjhydiko kalynamitto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -puriso); pnaka and pnakatta in Ee, Se atDl 167, li foil, and III 42,7 are wrr for pnaka and pnakatta qqv sv pnaka. pnakotikam in Ee at M II 120,16 and Spk I 36,is is wr for pnakotikam qv. pniya, mfn. [from *2 + pivati; cf S. pibati], fit for drinking; Ps II 376,31 (~assa madhurapnakassa); Spk II 120,12 (yasm pan* ettha pam pivati tasm ~o ti vuccati); -kamsa, m. [pniya + kamsa1], a metal drinkingbowl or cup full of drink; MI 316,10 (~o vannasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno; Ps II 376,31: ~o ti pniyassa madhurapnakassa bharitakamso) = S II 110,i (Spk II 120,B: pniyo ca so karnso ca ~o, surmandasarakass' etam nmam); Mil 260,29 (~am piveyya). ppeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *2 + pappoti], causes to reach or attain; Ap-a400,27 (ayam bhagav ... sabbasatte assseti santabhvam ~eti). pyika, mfn. \from apya; BHS id.], belonging to a state of misery; (one) who is born in or doomed to existence in a state of misery, in a hell; Vin II 202,8 (Devadatto ~o nerayiko; Sp 1276,22: apye nibbattissati ti ~o); D III 6,3 (~o nerayiko, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apyiko, prob, wr); MI 281,26 (imesarn... samanakasatnam ~nam thnnam duggativedaniynam appahn; Ps II 325,n: apye nibbattpanaknam krannam); SIV 317,28 (yo koci pnarn atimpeti sabbo so ~o nerayiko); JaV 475,io* (coram ca loke athitam vadanti -am nerayikam ito cutam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apyikam, prob, wr); Nidd I 1,20 (~ km mnusik km dibb km); Kv50,i5 (~am dukkham upalabbhati ti); Vism 499,33 (bhagavat pi upamvasena paksitam ~am dukkham); pyikehi in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 140,16 is wr (Be, Se omit). pita, mfn. [ts], yellowish; Samantak723 (-nflrunapallavavali). piyati, piyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *2 + pivati; S. piyate], is drunk; Vism 364,25 (appoti piyati appyau* ti v po) * Patis-a 80,5 (poti ~ati appyati ti). pucchaka, m(fn). [from pucchati], (one) who asks permission, who takes leave; Sp 1003,3 (sace keci bhikkh ... niddyanti ... ~ ca pariyesant pi adisv sabbe pucchit amhehi ti sannino honti). pucchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. prcchate], 1. asks; asks permission, asks leave (for); takes leave (of); bids farewell (to); Vin I 277,8 (yannnham patigacc' eva ~eyyan ti); Sp 883,3 (gmappavesanam ~mi ti); 927,15

(ydisena gelannena ~itum na sakkoti); Dhp-a I 6, is (tena hi tarn ~ ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~hi ti); Ud-a 431,22 (parinibbnya ca satthram ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~ ti); Th-a III 12,16 (upasampajjitukmo mtaram -issmi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apucchissmi ti); Mhv5:116 (tavpuccha gurum); 2. salutes (a visitor or guest), welcomes with, offers; Ja IV 396,9' (atithino dtabbayuttakasmim agghe bhavantam ~ma); part.pr. (a)apuccha(t), mfn., VinIV 42,19 (anpatti... ~am gacchati; or poss. namul absol ?); neg. anpuccha(t), mfn., Vin IV 39,28; Nidd I 230,7 (there bhikkh anpuccham v anajjhittho v dhammarn bhanati, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se anpucch) = 392, is (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anpucch); (b) pucchanta, mfn., Ja VI 175,4 (brhmano... ganturn ~anto); Sp827,n (mamsarasena ~antam); neg. anpucchanta, mfn., Sp 1282,25; aor. 3 sg. pucchi, Vin I 312,15 (paccuggantv pattacivaram patiggahesi pniyena ~i); Ja I 140,27 (cattro mse vasitv rjnam ~i); VI 542,4 (brhmanam paccuggantv parikkhragahanattham ~i); As 399,4 (therim disv bhattena -i); 1 sg. pucchim, Ap 101,3 (~im panham uttamam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be apucchim); 3 pl. pucchimsu, VinI 119,10 (bhikkh bl avyatt disangamik cariyupajjhye na ~imsu); Dhp-a I 316,1 (gattasambhanam ~imsu); absol. (a) pucch, Vin II 211,23 (gamikena bhikkhave bhikkhun... - pakkamitabbam); IV 100,7 (anujnmi bhikkhave santarn bhikkhurn - kulni payirupsitum); Thi414 (pucchham gamissmi); PsII 72,28 (tarn ~ pakkamitabbam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anpucch); neg. anpucch, VinIV 40,2o; MI 106,34 (so puggalo anpucch pakkamitabbo nnubandhitabbo); Mil 224,4 (tassa asammukh anpucch); (b) pucchitva, Vin II 212,36; S IV 300,5 (ime dasa sahadhammike panhe ~itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee apucchitv); Ja IV 120,15; neg. anpucchitv, Sp 1003,13 (bhandukammam anpucchitv pi); Vibh-a 334,35; (c) pucchitvna, Cp 3:11:4; (d) pucchitna, Thi426; pass, part.pr. pucchiyamna, mfn., Dhp-a I 38,2 (vatte -iyamne, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~iyamno); pp pucchit, mfn. and n. [cf S. prsta], 1. (mfn.) (pass.) asked for permission, taken leave of; welcomed (with), offered; Ja V 324,14' (yena mayam ~ tarn amhehi patiggahitam nma); Sp 828,6; Spk II 256,12 (apalokito ti -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr apucchito); neg. anpucchita, mfn., Mp IV 96,6; 2. (act.) (mfn.) having taken leave; having asked for permission; (n.) asking permission, taking leave; Vin IV 272,32 (~e anpucchitasaftn [pakkamati] patti dukkatassa); Ja I 317,19 (nanu tumhe bhikkhave sve gamissmti hiyyo --ati, Ce, Ee so; Be pucchitth ti; Se pucchath ti); Sp943,i6 (bhikkhunihi dvikkhattum pucchitabbam ... bhikkhnam pana sakim ~e pi vattati); neg. anpucchita, mfn. and n., Vin IV 272,29 (anpucchite anpucchitasanfi pakkamati patti pcittiyassa); fpp pucchitabba, mfn. and n. impers. Vin II 211,24 (sace bhikkhu na hoti smanero ~o); Vism 92,8 (gamanakale -am); Sp777,t7 (bhikkhu ~o); 943,15 (bhikkhunihi dvikkhattum ~am); caus.

310

pr. 3 sg. pucchpeti, Sp 1003,i (-etum); Spk II 256,13 (kasm theram -eti); absol pucchpetv, Sp 1012,21 (-etv). pucchana, n. [from pucchati; S. pracchana], asking permission; leave-taking; Abh760; Ja VI 462,15 (-kle); Sp 779,8 (-am pana vattam); 1003,35 (esa nayo sabbattha -esu); Mp IV 96,9 (aphalam etesam -an ti). pucch, absol. of pucchati qv. punti, see sv appoti. puttaputtehi, see sv 2. prati, pr. 3 sg. [S. pryate], becomes full; increases; VinV 169,io*(-atitassa yaso sukkapakkhe va candim) = DIU 182,19*; Ja III 154,6* (udeti ~ati veti cando); IV 99,9* (nakkhattarj-r-iva traknam -ati); aor. 3 sg. pratha, Ja IV 441,1* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee apuratha); caus. part.pr. prenta, mfn., filling; Mhv 72:300 (mahata jayaghosena -ento disdisam). peti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of appoti qv. poti, see sv appoti. phusim, aor. 1 sg. [of *2 + phusati; cf S. VsprS], I attained to, reached; Vv 16:9 (tatuY ev* aham samathasamdhim -im; Vv-a 84,27: -im adhigacchim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aphusim). bajjha, absol. o/bandhati qv. baddha, mfn., pp o/bandhati qv. bandhs, m. [ts], a tie, a bond; Niddl 99,i (bandhe vibandhe -e); bandha is a not rare wr (or vl) for baddha qv. bandhaka, mfh. [bandha+ ka2], tied to; Pv-a 169,7 (sise -uddlakakusumamlkalpo, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Sebandhita-). bandhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. badhnti], binds, ties; binds together; As 335,16 (podhtu pana pathavidhtum pi tejovyodhtuyo pi aphusitv va ~ati yadi phusitv -eyya...); part.pr. (a)bandhanta, m/(~anti)w., Spk III 39,23 (ayapattakena -anto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bandhanto); Ud-a 171,6 (-anti viya oloketv); (b)bandhamna, mfn., Vism354,35 (nahr... atthini -amn thit); absol. (a) bandhitv, Ja V 338,9 (pso pdam... -itv ganhi); Vism358,22; (b)bajjha, JaV 96,22* (bajjha tass maranam tato varam, Ee so; Be, Ce bajjha; Se avajjha; 97,i3': givya vallim v rajjurn v bandhitv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se valliy v rajjuy v); Mhv 23:6; pp(&) baddha, mfn. [ts], tied, bound, attached to; Ja VI 254,2' (kyaratho panditnam ovdavattitya ~o sukham yt ti); Niddl 30,28 (baddh vinibaddh- lagg laggit palibuddh ti); Vism 355,3 (na atthini jnanti mayam nahrhi -ni ti); Ps II 129,1 (vammlko upacikhi vantakhelasinehena tya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr bandhatya); Spk III 30,29 (vallihi tt); 41,18 (nandirgena -o puggalo); As 307,5 (so mamsapindo ... nahrusuttakena matthalunge -o) ifc see ek'-, bundik' -; kaccha, mfn. [from baddha + kacch], with the lower garment tied up; Mhv 72:220 (yuddhy' kaccho); --parikarana,/w/w. [cf BHS baddhaparikara], "with waistband tied", ready for action; Qp-a 317,30 (mahsattena ... sabbaklam yuttapayuttena bhavitabbam parikaranena); patibaddha, mfn., fast-bound, inseparable; Mp I 155,26

(dvepi kulni... patibaddhasabyakn' eva, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee patibaddhasahayan' eva) = Dhp-al 88,21 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~-paribaddha-) = Th-alll 93,23; pp (b) bandhita, mfn., Pv -a 169,7 (sise bandhitauddlakakusumamlkalpo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bandhaka-); jfcp bandhitabba, mfn., JaV 319,16' (hatthi-assarathesu bandhitabbni bhandakni ganhatha). bandhana, n. [ts], tying, binding, binding together; trappings; JaV 319,12* (~ni ganhatha; 319,16': ~nl ti hatthi-assarathesu bandhitabbni bhandakni ganhatha); Vism293,32 (~ato samsibbanato); 368,36 (podhtu... tinnam mahbhtnam -am hutv); Pj I 74,29 (y kese thaddhat s pathavidhtu y -t s podhtu). bdha, m. [ts], affliction, pain, distress; sickness, disease; Abh 323; VinI 13,20 (rpam ca h'idam bhikkhave att abhavissa na-y-idam rpam -ya samvatteyya); 71,33 (Mgadhesu panca - ussann honti kuttham gando kilso soso apamro); DU 127,35 (bhagavato ... kharo -o uppajji); A III 238,6 (tassa kusalo bhisakko thnaso -am nihareyya); V 110,2 (imasmim kye vividh - uppajjanti); Dhp 138 (garukam vpi -am cittakkhepam va ppune); Th30 (-e me samuppanne); Ja V 422,10 (bdhiko ... Punnamukho phussakokilo, app eva nma tamh - vutthaheyy ti); VI 387,23* (-0 'yam asabbhirpo); PatisII 238,35 (pancakkhandhe -ato passanto); Ap394,i5 (-ena); Mil 215,14 (bhagavato ca sarire bahukkhattum ~o uppanno dissati); Vism 34,20 (te yattha apariguttiy ca asappyarpadassandin ca -am na karonti); 380,24 (ath' assa tena pahrena na koci -0 ahosi); Ud-a 125,32 (-0 ti visabhgavedan vuccati y ekadese uppajjitv pi sakalasariram ayapattena bandhitv viya ganhti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr bandhitv) quoted Sadd 322,5; Mhv 22:27 (sad kilantakyassa tass' -0 mah ahu); bdha in Ee at Sp 946,14 is wr for sbdha qv below; ifc see anlagan^'- (svanta3), app'-, amanussik'-, gharadinnak,-, pdakhil'-, bavh(^vbahu), madhumeh,-; anbdha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) freedom from molestation or sickness or distress; PatisII 238,36 (pancannam khandhnam nirodho - o nibbnan ti passanto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -am); Pj II 29,14 (dlpeti... damsamakasdihi gunnam -am); 2. (mfn.) free from molestation or sickness or distress; PatisII 238,36 (pancannam khandhnam nirodho -am nibbnan ti passanto, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~o; Patis-a699,32: ~an ti bdhavirahitam bdhapatipakkhabhtam v); Vv-a 351,23 (akkhatan ti v -am anuppilam); nirbdha, mfn., free from sickness or distress; Ps II 97,12 (appbdhatan ti tarn); IV 195,22 (kena pana kranena thero -o ahosi); Pj II 38,15 (arog ti -); sbdha, mfn., suffering or involving pain or sickness or distress; Sp946,i4 (gilny ti antamaso maggagamana-parissamenpi -ya,5e, Ce, Se so; Ee wr bdhya); PsV 31,28 (turo hoti gelannam patto -o); Spk I 183,4 (tt); MpIII 212,17 (-am vipkavedanam vediyati); Cp -a 314,24 (chtajjhattabhojanam viya - [km]). bdhaka, mfn. [bdha -1- ka2], afflicting, distressing; Vism478,33(gelannupamo vedanpdnakkhandho -tt) = Vibh-a 32,3.

311

bdhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. bdhate], oppresses, molests; pains, distresses; MI 509,13 (aham h i . . . etarahi arogo sukhi na mam kind ~afi ti); Sv212,i3 (kakaceneva catu-iriypatham chindanto ^a& ti bdho) = Ps II 317,29 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~efi ti); Sadd394,i4 (bdha vilolane: ...~ati cittam viloleti ti bdho); pass, part.pr. bdhiyamna, mfn., Thi-a260,i5 (abhightdihi ~iyamnassa); Patis-a 150,19; pp bdhita, mfn., afflicted, troubled; Th 185 (vteh' ~o muni; * SI 175,3*: vteh' bdhiko); caus. pr. 3 sg. [or denom. from bdha], bdheti, ~ayati, oppresses, afflicts, is a trouble; S IV 329,7 (m h' eva Ciravsissa kumrassa kind ~ayitth ti, Be, Ce so; Ee ~ayessati ti; Se ~ayeth ti); Th-a 197,19 (damsdayo mam ~enti"ti). bdhana, n. [from bdhati], oppressing, distressing, troubling; Mp IV 194,12 (bdhy ti ~ya pilanya); Th-a I 95,3i (sarirassa ~ato bdho ti). bdhika, mfn. [bdha + ika; BHS id.], sick, ill; in distress; D I 72,5 (puriso ~o assa ... bhattam c' assa na cchdeyya); MI 88,23 (bhaginim passeyya ~am dukkhitam blhagilnam); SI 175,3* (vteh' -0 muni; ^ T h 185: vteh' bdhito); Vv 83:14 (-0 'ham dukkhito gilno); Ja V 426,29' (s ekadivasam ~ ahosi); VI 331,17 (amma imam osadham gahetv yena kenaci bdhena -nam deth ti); Niddl 160,9 (yath - rogyam patthenti); Ap 341,3 (~o ca so buddho); Mil 302,19 (sattihato mahrja ~o bhisakkam alabhamno); SpkII 316,20 (therassa -tt). bdhikini, (m)f(n). [from bdhika], sick, ill; in distress; AII 144,30 (bhikkhunl ~i dukkhit blhagiln). bdheti, see sv bdhati. bila, see sv vila. bhata, see sv bhata. bhattha, mfn., /?/? o/bhsati' qv. bhananatthya in Ee at JaV 423,11 is wr for bhananatthya (Be, Ce, Se so). bhandana, n. [S. lex. id.], defining; Sadd 556,5 (labha ~e: labheti labhayati). bhata (and bhata), mfn. [pp of *2 + bharati; S. bhrta], brought, carried; handed down, transmitted; Abh749 (hato bhatmt); Vin HI 221,20 (idam kho bhante yasmantam uddissa civaracetpanam ~am); 250,24 (nissamsayam corikya ~ ti); V 1,21 (kassa vacanam kenbhatan ti); MI 25,20 (kamsapti ~ pan); Vv 63:5 (idam pi pniyam sitam ~am girigabbhar); Ja VI 438, ;4' (may ayam upam ~ ti, Be so; Ce, Ee hat ti; Se bhata); 565,4* (na te udakam ~am); Cp 1:1:5 (pavan -ampannam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se bhatam); Vism404,4 (ekapattena ~ sabbesam pahosi); Sp 733,26 (tumhkam sappi-dini bhatni atthiti); Dhp-aIII 221,8 (attano ~am katacchubhikkham dpesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hram); Pj II 45,18 (Mren* ~ya upamya Mravdam bhindanto); Th-all 31,7 (unchcariyya -tt); Bv-a4,26 (ayambuddhavamso ... cariyaparamparya yv* ajjakl -0 ti); As 225,17 (pattavnijena pattam ~am disv); Mhv 15:72 (khajjabhojjehi tehi tehJ ~ehi); ifc see kT 5vkla'; '-bhata, (mf)n., whatever is brought, what is brought at various times; Ja III 19,t7 (tumhehi ~am tumhkam geham eva netha); see also apbhata,

bhatva. bhataka, (mf)n. [bhata + ka2], (what is) brought; Sv205,32 (tesam -na yena kenaci ypento, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhatena) = Ps II 142,36 = Mp I 79,32 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhatena). bhatva, ind. [absol. of*2 + bharati, - mc], bringing; having brought; Ja IV 371,26* (tni bhatva bhunjmi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be haritv; Ce hatva; Se hattha; cf373,9' foil.: tni haritv ti tni skdini haritv, Be, Ee so; Se hatth ti; Ce omits); see also apbhata, bhata. bhandanatthena in Ee at Sv 181,13 is wr for bandhana- (Be, Ce, Se so). bharana, n. [ts], decoration, ornament; Abh283; Vin II 182,31 (~am omuncitv); Th614 (silam -am settham); Ja VI 153,i8(sarirrlham -amdammi); 153,20* (bahuk tava dinn ~); Niddl 380,8 (katam griyassa vibhs, kes ca massu ca mala ca gandh ca vilepan ca - ca pilandhan ca ...); Mil 90,20 (~ni ca omuncitv); Spk I 92,13 (muttmanirattavatthdini -ni tarunakle yeva sobhanti); Sadd 567,11 (~am dhreti ti); ifc see omuttasabb* - (sv omuncati), vimatth'-; -vikati, / , a sort of ornament; Ja I 59,35 (nnappakr ~iyo mlgandhavilepanni ca dya). bhassara, m(fn). [from bhsati2 + vara; BHS bhsvara], shining, radiant; 1. (m.pl.) (the name of a class of gods inhabiting one of the rpabrahmalokay; D II 69,7 (sanf nanda satt ekattaky nnattasannino seyyath pi dev -; Sv 510,32: danda-ukkya acci viya etesarn sarirato bh chijjitv chijjitv patanti viya sarati visarati ti -); MI 329,3 (atthi... - nma kyo yato tvam cuto idhpapanno); A V 60,10 (samvattamne bhikkhave loke ~ dev aggam akkhyati); Dhp 200 (pitibhakkh bhavissma dev - yath); Ja I 474,6 (klam karonto ... candbham suriybhan ti vatv ~esu nibbatto); Kv 207,18 (~nam devnam); 2. (m.) the name of that brahmaloka; Ja I 473,9 (bodhisatto -ato gantv); Vism414,i5 (yad kappo tejena samvattati -ato hetth aggin dayhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhassarato); Ps II 409,15 (dutiyajjhnam bhavetv - attha kappe yum gahetv nibbatti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~esu) = Spk I 208,30. bh 1 ,/ [ts], splendour, radiance, light; resemblance, appearance; Abh 64; DII12,13 (yattha pi 'me candimasuriy evammahiddhik evammahnubhv -ya nnubhonti); 175,13 (maniratanassa -); MI 295,33 (telappadipassajhyato accim paticca~ pannyati); S I 15,12* (sambuddho tapatam settho es ~ anuttar); A II 139,15 (catasso im... - . . . candbh suriybh aggbh pannbh); Vv 53:5; Ja V 63,5* (cando ... sabbe trgane loke ~ya atirocati); Bvl:8 (- ulr vipul ajyatha); Mil 54,12 (yato... dso siy ~ siy mukham siy jyeyya att ti); Sv 649,16 (kovilrassa samant panfisayojanni ~ phut hoti); ifc see khajjot'-, cand'-, niskar,-; -kara, bhankara, m., a maker of radiance; the sun; Abh 63 (ramsimbhkaro bhnu); Nett54,26(bhankaro pabhankaro); see also arunbha sv aruna. bh2, m.f.pl, radiant, (the name of) a class of gods; MI 289,17 (aho vatham kyassa bhed parammaran ... ~nam devnam... sahavyatam upapajjeyyan ti);

312

Ill 102,25 (~ dev, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr abh); 148,25 (y t bhante devat ~ sabb t parittbh; Ps IV 202,15: - ti bhsampanna). bhti, abheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. bhti], shines; irradiates, illumines; Dhp 387 (rattim ti candim); Vv 8:2 (nives... daddallamn -anti samant caturo dis; Vv-a 50,io: -anti ti maniratanakanakdihi ramsijlehi obhsenti) = Pv 27:23 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -enti); Ja IV 459,12* (k nu vijju-r-iv' -si); V 204,11* (tapanti -anti virocare va); VI 118,8* (daddallamn -enti vimn; 118,26': -enti ti tarunasuriyo viya obhsanti, Be, Ce so; Ee obhsayanti; Se obhsenti). bhveti in Ee at Nidd II 179,3 is wrfor abhveti qv. bhvetv, ind. [absol. of caus. of *2 + bhavati; cfS. bhavati], having caused to be present, having developed; Pv 25:19 (mettacittam -etv; Pv-a 168,2: -etv ti vaddhetv brhetv, bhvetv ti keci pathanti, tesam akro niptamattam). bhsa, m. [ts], light, radiance; appearance; ifc see pandit' -, bhabb' -. bhsati1, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + bhsati1; S. bhsate], addresses; speaks; Sp 623,11 (amma tt ti pathamataram -anti); Ps I 14,3i (bhikkhavo ti bhagav ~ati bhadante ti te paccbhsanti); absol. abhsiya (a- mc), It 59,13* (micch manam panidhya micch vcam abhsiya, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ca bhasiya; It-aII 40,\foll.: micch musvddivasena vcam bhsitv); pp abhaftha, mfn., spoken; Sp 1352,32 (dutthu -am bhsitam lapitan ti durbhattham); neg. anbhattha, mfn., not spoken, not stated; As 71,2 (pliyam anbhatthatya); durbhattha, mfn., badly or wrongly spoken; VinV 149, u*. bhsati2, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + bhsati2; S. Vbhs], appears, looks like; Ps V 20,6 (abhabbam -ati abhibhavati patibhati ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhsati, prob, wr); 20,19 (abhabbato -ati upatthti ti abhabbbhsam); see also bhsati. bhsana1, n. [S. bhsana], speaking; -kusalat,/, abstr., skill in speaking; Sp623,io. bhsana2, n. [ts], illuminating, making apparent; Mp III 133,11 (-vasena cando va candbh). bhicetasika (often, esp. in Ee, written abhicetasika), mfn. [from abhiceta(s) or abhicetasi], mental, concerned with consciousness; or concerned with higher consciousness, superior thought; Vin V 135,14 (catunnam jhnnam -narn ditthadhammasukhavihrnam nikmalbhi hoti) * DIU 113,23 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhi-; Sv897,11: ~nan ti abhicetasiknam, kmvacaracittni atikkamitv thitnan ti attho) * MI 33,32 (PsI 161,10/0//.: abhicetoti abhikkantam visuddhacittam vuccati adhicittam v, abhicetasi jtni -ni abhiceto sannissitni v -ni) * S II 278,10 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-; SpkII 236,5: abhicittam uttamacittam nissitnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhicitta-uttamacittanissitnam) ^ A III 212,6 (Mp III 304,2: ~nan ti uttamacittanissitnam); AIII 212,12 (ayam assa pathamo -0 ditthadhammasukhavihro adhigato hoti). bhijafl, bhijntha, see sv abhijnti. bhijeti, bhijeyyma, seesv abhijeti.

bhidosika, abhidosika (and bhidosiya), mfn. [from abhidosam], of the previous evening, of last night; Vin III 15,27 (~am kummsam chaddetukm hoti; Sp 208,2///.: ~an ti privsikam ekaratttikkantam ptibhtam) = MII 62,5; A III 395,24 (purisam panitabhojanam bhuttvim ~am bhojanam na cchdeyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-; Mp III 402,3: -an ti abhinntadosam kudrsakabhojanam, Be so; Se abhi-; Ce, Ee bhidosiyan ti); Mil 291,18 (~am kummsapindam datv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhi-). bhidhammika, abhidhammika, m(f)., versed in or studying the Abhidhamma qv; Ja I 78,5 (~ pan' hu, Be, Ce, Seso; Eeabhi-); Nidd I 238,6 (ayam kho yasm ... ~o, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce omits); Mil 341,27 (suttantik venayik ~ dhammakathik); Sp 483,17 (suttantik v ~ v vinayadhar v bhikkh); Ps II 263,21 (ajnanto avisaye panham pucchati, ~am upasankamitv kappiykappiyam pucchati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhi-); Pj I 151,n (dve suttantik bhikkh annamanfiam suttantam skacchanti vinayadhar vinayam - abhidhammam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se abhi-); As 17,18 (sammsambuddho va pathamataram ~o); 29,6 (satth ~ nma mama ssane paribhirti avatv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhi-); Sadd 786,16 (suttantiko ~o veyykaraniko); 806,11 (abhidhammam adhite-o); -gana, m., the group of those versed in or studying the Abhidhamma; Vism 93,24 (gano ti suttantikagano v ~o v); Sp658,2o (idam suttantikaganassa dema idam ~ass ti evam ganassa denti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee abhi-). bhindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vbhid], splits, cleaves; S IV 160,21 (tarn enam puriso tinhya kuthriy yato yato ~eyya gaccheyya khiran ti; Spklll 4,5: -eyy ti pahareyya padleyya v). bhimukhya, n. [from abhimukha; ts], direction towards; presence; Abh 1176; 1178; 1180; Sadd 776,28 (abhi pati... ~e). bhirucchi, aor. 3 sg. ofabhirhati qv. bhisamcrika, abhisamcrika, mfn. and n. [from abhi + samcra], 1. (mfn.) belonging to good conduct (the minimum of decent behaviour), proper; relating to the basic discipline; belonging to the basic or minor discipline; Vin I 64,27 (~ya sikkhya sikkhpeturn, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se abhi-); M I 469,23 (~am pi dhammam na jnti, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-; Be different); All 243,15 (may svaknam ~ sikkh pannatt, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-; Mp III 217,9: ~ ti uttamasamcrik, vattavasena pannattasilass, etam adhivacanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhi-); III 14,25 (~am dhammam aparipretv sekham dhammam paripressatl ti nJ etam thnam vijjati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-); 2. (n.) good conduct; the basic or minor discipline; Abh 431 (khuddnukhuddakam -am uccate); Vism \\,nfoll (abhisamcro ti uttamasamcro, abhisamcro eva -am, abhisamcram v rabbha pannattam -am, jivatthamakato avasesasilass' etam adhivacanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhi-); 19,B (-esu sakkaccakri, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se abhi-) * Ud-a 225,28 (Be, Ce, Seso; Ee abhi-); Sp 992,is (civaradhovanarajandini khandhakapariypannni ca aggislavattdini -ni avacni nma,2te, Ceso; Ee, Eeabhi-); 1160,11 (smicikamman ti

313

thapetv abhivdandini annassa anucchavikassa vijanavtadndino -ass' etam adhivacanam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se abhi-); Pj I 199,13 (evan te nivsetabbam evam prupitabban ti din nayena -am sikkhpesum, Be, Ce so; Se abhi-; Ee wr abhisamcarikam) * Dhp-aIII 447,4 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhisamcrikavattam); Dhp-al 59,18 (eko makkato tarn hatthim ... tathgatassa -am karontam disv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhi-); Pj II 393,3 (Mro . ayarn buddho ahan ti patijnti, handa nam anubandhmi -am passitum). bhisallekhika, see sv abhisallekhika. bhiseka, see sv abhiseka2. bhisekika, bhisekiya (and abhisekika, abhisekiya), mfn. [cf S. bhiseka], belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king); VinV 129,16 (panca pamsuklni... thpacivaram -am gatapatiygatam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhisekikam) * Sp 1344,11 (dasa pamsuklni ti... thpacivaram bhisekiyam bhatapatiybhatan ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se abhisekiyam); Vism 63,17 (-an ti ranno abhisekatthne chadditacivaram) * Sp 1334,21 (-an ti nhnatthne v ranno abhisekatthne v chadditacivaram, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se abhisekikan ti); Sv 1010,n (pamsuklan ti... -am, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee bhisekiyam) = Mp III 47,2 (eds bhisekiyam); Utt-vn 663 (thpacivarakam c' eva tath' eva abhisekiyam). bhihri, aor. 3 sg. o/abhiharati qv. bhuja, m. [from bhujati1], bending in; Bv2:82 (y pubbe bodhisattnam pallankavaram ~e nimiuani padissanti; Bv-a 99,37: pallankbhujane) = Ja I 17,28*. bhujati1, (and bhunjati1), pr. 3 sg. [S. bhujati; BHS also bhunjati], 1. bends in, bends down (esp. in the pallanka [qv] posture); twists; Mil 253,31 (cittam parikupitam kyarn -ati nibbhujati); Sadd 348,24 (bhikkhu pallankam -ati); aor. 1 sg. bhujim, Bv 2:78 (pallankam-im tad) = Ja I 17,2i*; 3 pi. bhujum, Ap 3,3; 2. turns back, recedes (of the sea); Bv2:91 (mahsamuddo -ati; Bv-a 100,4o: ~afi tiosakkati) = Ja I 18,13* quoted Sadd 348,25 (mahsamuddo -ati, vattati ti attho, keci pana osakkati ti attham vadanti); absol. (a)bhujitv1, bhunjitv1, Vin I 24,34 (pallankam -itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhunjitv) * IV 109,3 (eds -itv); MI 56,13 (pallankam -itv); A I 182,13 (Be, Ce, Se -itv; Ee bhunjitv); Ja I 135,9 (bodhisatto kse pallankam -itv nisinno); III 343,14 (eko kanhasappo ... bhogam -itv, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se bhunjitv); IV 456,5 (bhoge -itv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjitv); Ap-a 452,13 (ubho hatthe -itv apphotesi namassi ca); (b) bhujitvna, Ap20,8 (pallankam -itvna); Vism 79,16* (-itvna pallankam); (c) bhujja, bhujya, Ap 539,27 (addhapallankam bhujja, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhujya); Samantak403 (bhujja); (d) bhunjiya, Jina-c80; p p bhujita1, mfn.y bent; Sp 953,3 (ekapallanken ti sakim pi anutthahitv yath -ena eken' eva pallankena) * Ud-a31,35 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr bhjitena); Nidd-a I 197,12 (pallankan ti samantato -am rubaddhsanam); caus. part.pr. bhujenta, mfh., turning back, bending back; Nidd-a I 255,21 (pativattent ti katasrakam viya bhujenta, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhujant). bhujati2, (and bhunjati2), pr. 3 sg. [= bhujati1, or

formed from bhoga2 ?], (bends towards 1) concentrates particularly on; considers separately, especially distinguishes; Sv201,i3 (vinnnadhtu tattha tattha sammpayogam anvya -ati ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjati ti); As 333,31 (kincpi tattha tejo pi atthi vyo pi atthi pathavidhtum eva pana -ati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjati); Vibh-a 500,27 (vajjanam hi bhavarigacittam ... -ati ti bhogo); Sadd 348,26 (vannadnan ti -ati, manasikarotl ti attho); absol bhujitv2, bhunjitv2, As 77,7 (vannavasena -itv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjitv); 79,30 (gandhavasena -itv); Cp-a 307,22 (-itv); pp bhujita2, bhunjita, (mf)n., particular concentrating; special consideration; As 75,10 (vasena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjita-); 333,26/o/Z. (--vasena v hi ussadavasena v rammanakaranam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bhunjita-). bhujana1, n. [from bhujati1], bending; ifc see paHari^ -. bhujana2, bhunjana, n. [from bhujati2], especial concentration; As 334,2 (vyodhtum eva pana bhujati, evam -vasena rammanam karoti nma, Se so; Ee bhunjana-; Be bhujita-; Ce bhunjita-); Vibh-a 405,4 (tass' eva [bhavangassa] -ato bhogo). bhuji, / , the name of a tree, the bhrja or bhojpatr; Abh 565 (bhujapatto tu -1); Ja V 195,19* (-parivrito ... assamo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -parivrano; 195,24': bhujapattavanaparikkhitto, Be so; Ee bhja-; Ce, Se bhujipatta-); 405,28* (~ino, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be bhjino; 406,22': -ino ti bhujapatt, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee bhjapatt). bhujjitv in Ee at Sp 1296,9 and 1296,io is wr for bhujitv1 (Be, Ce, Se so). bhunjati1, see sv bhujati1. bhunjati2, see sv bhujati2. bhunjana, see sv bhujana2. bhuso in Ee at Sp 1314,3o: read bhuso. bhujita in Ee at Ud-a31,35 is wr for bhujita1 qv sv bhujati1. bheti, see sv bhti. bhoga1, m. [from *2 + bhunjati2; S. lex. id.], enjoyment, satiety; fullness, completion; Abh 1083 (~o punnatvajjesu); D I 37,33 (yad eva tattha sukham iti cetaso -o etena etam olrikam akkhyati;perhaps rather bhoga2; cf Sv 122,7: jhn vutthya tasmim sukhe punappuna cittassa -o manasikro samannhro); anbhoga1, zw., absence of enjoyment; M III 26,33 (ye ca catutthajjhnedhamm upekh ... cetaso ~o; perhaps rather anbhoga2). bhoga2, m. and mfn. [cf bhujati2; perhaps from a misinterpretation of bhoga1 qv; BHS id.; S. lex., BHSD: "effort, earnest application"], \.(m.) particular concentration, consideration; attention, concern, involvement; specific intention or mention or instruction; Abh 1083 (-0 punnatvajjesu); JaV 100,25' (... kalynakammam karissmi ti -0 v patthan v pariyutthnam v n'atthi); Vibh 321,6 (pancannam vinnnnam n* atthi vajjan v -0 v samannhro v manasikro v); Kv380,n (vattan -o samannhro manasikro); Mil 97,10 (na ... uparatassa vtassa -0 v manasikro v puna nibbattpanya); Vism 336,21 (aham

314

etam apajjissami... paccavekkhissmi ti esa ~o samannhro manasikro na hoti); Sp282,i6 (dvrajagganam etassa bhro ti -am katv); Sv 122,7 (tasmim sukhe punappuna cittassa ~o manasikro samannhro); As 75,16 (yoniso ca ~o pavattan); ifc see citt' - sv citta1; 2. (jnfn.) considering, paying attention; Kv 343,27 (vattantassa ... -assa ... samannharantassa); anbhoga, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) lack of concern, lack of involvement; not a specific intention or mention', Vism 162,15 (jhnupekkh ... majjhattalakkhan rasa); Sp 912,26 (idh' eva bhavissmi ti bhogena v ~ena v); Cp-a301,i3 (parpakrdisu ~-vasen' eva); 2. (mfn.) not concerned with; not considering; lacking involvement', Vibh 321,5 (panca vinnn ~); Kv 343,23 (anvattantassa ... ~assa ... asamannharantassa); Ps II 63,8 (n' eva ... anavatti hoti, anvattano ~o na hoti); nirbhoga, mfn., without concern or involvement, Kv-a 97,23 (anbhogass ti ~assa); sbhoga, mfn., concerned with, involved; having a specific intention; sharing an intention', Kv 429,9 (panca vinnn ~ ti; Kv-a 125,3: panca vinnn ti ~ ti yesam laddhi seyyath pi Mahsanghiknam); PsII 63,8 (svattano ~o yeva hoti). ma1 [BHS id.; cf S. am] and mo [ma + u 2 ], ind., (particle of assent or approval or recollection, usually followed by voc. and/or affirming clause): yes, indeed, certainly; Abhll44 (ma sdhu); VinI 96,16 (kirn dni pabbajito si ti ma pabbajito 'mhi ti); D I 192,18 (evam putth m ti patijnanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee moti); II 162,n (ap* vuso amhkam satthram jnsi ti ma vuso jnmi); MII 33,18 (iti puttho m ti vadeyya); Ja 1357,22 (tvam pana na gamissasi ti ma na gamissmi); VI 418,18* (mo ti so patissutv); Ap 498,3 (m ti ms patinnte, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se mo ti); Mil 9,3 (api kinci labhitthti ma brhmana labhimh ti); Vism 381,26 (kirn mahrja kilamasi ti ma kilammi ti); Dhp-all 191,8 (ko esa Upatisso nm ti, ma bhante bhadant mama bhtaram Sriputto ti vadanti tasm Upatisso ti vutte na jnanti ti); Sadd896,i9 (ma mo icc ete sampaticchanatthe). ma2, mfn. [ts], raw, uncooked; unbaked; unripe, immature; undigested; A l l 106,29foil, ([ambam] ~am pakkavanni... [puggalo] ~o pakkavanni...); Sn 443 (tarn te pannya bhecchmi ~am pattam va amhan); Ja III 383, is* (~am pakkam ca jnanti atho lonam alonikam); Mil 301,14 (phalni patantni ~ni ca pakkni ca ti); Nidd-a 1396,13 (~ehi v pakkehi v ambehi katapnam); Pp-a 225,29^0//. (yath ambe apakkabhvo -thoti evam puggalesu pi puthujjanabhvo -t); vasesa, vasesaka, n., remnants of undigested food; VinI 221,25 (-ampceti) = A III 250, M (Mp III 326, n: sace mvasesakam hoti tarn pceti); '-saya, m, "the receptacle of undigested food", part of the stomach; Vism 260,4 (yam kinci ~e patitam pnabhojandikam); Nidd-a I 71,16 (ayam hi satto ... hetth ~assa upari pakksayassa udarapatalapitthikantaknam vemajjhe... nibbattati); see also pakksaya sv pacati; -gandha, m. [BHS id.], the smell of raw flesh, carrion; stench, foulness; (fig.) moral foulness,

corruption; DII242,15* foil, (ke ~ manujesu Brahme); A12$0,6foil, (attnam -e avassutam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~ena); Sn240/o//. (so bhunjati Kassapa -am); Dhs625 (pupphagandho phalagandho ~o; As 319,32: asiddhadussiddhnam dkdinam gandho ~o) ^ Kv 377,27; Sv 665,35 (paj nirmagandh na hoti ~ sakunapagandh ptigandh yev ti); nirmagandh, mfn., free from corruption, free from taint; A III 373,5* (cha satthro ... nirmagandh); Sn251 (nirmagandho asito durannayo); anirmagandha, mfn., not free from corruption, tainted; D II 243,5* (etesu yutt anirmagandha pyik); -giddha, mfn., greedy for raw flesh, for meat; Ja VI 416,13* (maccho balisam ... ~o na jnsi; 416,30'foil: masankhtemise giddhohutv). ma3, mfn. (or ind.) and m, / [a variant of am qv or derived from it], in or of the house; belonging to the same house; (f) a female house-slave; Ja VI 117,17* (~ya dsi ahu brhmanassa; or to mya^v? 117,25: gehadsiy kucchismim jtadsi); 285,4* (~ya ds pi bhavanti h' eke; or to mya qv ? 285,13': dsassa dsiy kucchimhi jtads sayam pi ds ti); Sadd261,i (ma aham tumhkam dsi ti evam dsibhvam patijn" ti - gehadsi); -jana, m., people living in the same house; Mp III 387,12 (-0 nma sakajano vuccati, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Sesamajano nma); -jta, mfn., born in the house; or born from a house-slave; Ja I 226,2* (dso ~o; cf226,r: ~oti ma aham vo dsi ti evam dsavyam upagatya madsisankhtya dsiy putto); -sabrahmacri(n), m., a fellow religious student belonging to the same house or community; A III 372,25 (na no ~isu cittni padutthni bhavissanti ti, Ce, Se so; Be sama-; Ee sabrahmacrisu; Mp III 387,12: ~is ti... sakesu samnabrahmacrisu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se samabrahmacris ti). maka, mfn. [ma2 + ka2; ts], raw, uncooked; unbaked; unripe; SI 97,24 (yni knici kumbhakrakabhjanni ~ni c' eva pakkni ca); Ja IV 67,2i (mayam -am na patiganhm ti); V 367,13' (~am ca pakkam ca); Ap-a222,23 (ekacce anaggi aggihi apacitv ~am eva khdanti); -chinna, mfn., cut while unripe; MI 80,22 (tittaklbu ~o); -matta, mfn. or n., unbaked, still unbaked; or an unbaked pot or vessel (for makmatta? cf amatta2,); Mill 118,4 (na... tath parakkamissmi yath kumbhakro make -e; Ps IV 166,11: ~eti make ntisukkhe bhjane); -susna, n., a cemetery-ground, esp. for carrion (unburnt and unburied bodies); Ja I 61,28 (tarn mahtalam vippaviddhannkunapabharitam ~am viya upatthsi); 111425,4 (~am gantv tihi manussasisehi uddhanam katv); V429,r; Vism665,2 (yakkhi... ~am gantv manussamamsam khdati); Dhp-a III106,18 (~e tarn yath kkdayo na khdanti tath nipajjpetv rakkhpeth ti). amajjan,/ [from *2 + majjati2; cf S. mrjati], rubbing, stroking; Sp 534,25 (masan ti - phutthoksam anatikkamitv pi tatth' eva sanghattan). mattha, mfn., pp o/masati qv. manda, m. and n. [& lex. manda, m, "castor-oil plant"], l.(m.) the castor-oil plant. Ricinus communis; Abh 566 (erando tu ca ~o); Bv 19:20 (bodhi

315

tassa bhagavato -o ti pavuccati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se malako ti; Bv-a235,9: ~o ti malakarukkho); Sadd 922,24 (-0 mando); 2. (n.) the fruit of the manda plant; M III 101,22 (puriso panca -ni hatthe karitv); Ap97,i2 (-am... adasim); Ps IV 147,8 (~an ti malakam); -sraka, m., a vessel made from an manda fruit; Sp 293,13 (telabhjanesu visne nliyam v albuke v ~e v; Sp-t [Be] II 122,i: ~ ti malakehi katabhjane); Vin-vn3072. mandalik, mandaliy, / {or mandalik, mandaliy, n.) [cf mandalik and S. mandalfVkr], a (rough) circle; a group; MI 225,n (gvo majjhe garigya nadiy sote -am karitv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee mandaliyam; Ps II 265,28: -am karitv ti mandalikam katv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee mandaliyam karitv ti mandalam katv). mata, mfii. [2 + mata], almost dead, near to death; D II 336,7 (yad so ~o hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se addhamato; Sv 811, is: ~o hoti ti addhamato maritum raddho hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee amato). mattika, m. [from amatta2], a seller of pots; Sp702,2o; 916, io(amattni vuccanti bhjanni, tni ye vikkinanti te vuccanti -); 0, -apana, m., a pot-seller's stall, a shop or stall for pots; Vin III 242,25 (pattavnijjam v saman Sakyaputtiy karissanti -am v pasressanti ti) * IV 243, IO. maddana, n. [cf S. marda], crushing; Vv-a311,i2 (bhanjanato -ato). manta, absol o/manteti qv. mantaka, m(fn). [from manteti], who invites, speaks to; Ja I 294,8' (asaddhammavasena hi -esu nimantakesu vijjamnesu mtugmo nma na sakk rakkhitun ti). mantana, mantana, ., and mantan, mantan, / [S. mantrana; S. lex. mantran], addressing, speaking to; invitation, inviting; Sn 40 (- hoti sahyamajjhe) = Ap 8,29; Sv 276,20 (re ti hilanavasena -am); Ud-a434, n (nssa ~G koci antaryo ahosi ti); Sadd 558,is (-am avhyanam pakkosanam); 642,20 (~e si gasanno ... bho purisa bhoti ayye); 713,12 (yam lapati tad -am); 815,2 (~e ... sattami vibhatti hoti); 895,1 (vuso ambho ... ice ete ... purisnam ~e); (a)-vacana, ., a word in the vocative case; the vocative case; Pj I 167,14; Thi-a5,34 (therike ti -am); Sadd 60,31 (-e atthami vibhatti bhavati); 798,i. mantanika, mantanika, mfin). [mantana + ika, or for mantaniya qv sv manteti], worthy to be invited; fit to be addressed, spoken to; Vv 18:8 (~ ranno 'mhi Sakkassa; Vv-a96,n: ~ allpasallpayogg kilanakle v tena mantetabb amhi); Ja IV 372,22' (~o ti mantetabbayuttako, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce and 371,10*: mantaniyo). mantaniya, m/h.,^?po/manteti qv. mant, ind., (interjection of affirmation) yes; certainly; Kv 1,5 (puggalo upalabbhati saccikatthaparamatthen ti -a; Kv-a9,4: - ti ayam patijnan) quoted As 4,9; and passim in Kv; see also ama1. mantpana, n. [from caus. of manteti], causing to summon, causing to invite; Sadd 536,31. manteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. mantrayate], summons; addresses, speaks to; informs, consults; takes leave

of Vin II 184,i (satth tarn... -efi ti); D I 136,20 (te bhavam rj -ayatam; Sv297,is: -ayatanti-etujnpetu); II 231,22 (rj Disampati bhavantam Jotiplam manavarn -ayati); MI 123,2 (mama vacanena Moliyaphaggunam bhikkhum-ehi); SI 158,1 (handadni bhikkhave -aymi vo appamdena sampdetha vayadhamm sankhr ti); Ja III 254,io* (pitaram -aym' aharn); VI 266,27* (yva -aye nti; 266,30': natake pi tva jnpemi); 290,9* (puttni -aya; 290,10'; -ay ti pakkosa); 544,7* (-ayassu te putte); Pj II 487,15 (avhayanti -enti lapanti ti vuttam hoti); part.pr. (a) mantenta, mfii., Ja II 443,9 (-ento); Pj II 385,23; (b) mantayamna, mfn., Sv 1053,6; Pj II 592,32; aor. 3sg. (a)mantesi, A I 1,7 (tatra kho bhagav bhikkh -esi bhikkkhavo ti); Ja I 254,3; Mil 4,10; (b) mantayi, D II256,10* (-ayi satth svake); Ud 84,21*; Sn997 (tato -ayi sisse brhmane); Ja IV 408,28*; (c) mantayittha, Ja VI 505,12*; 3 pl. (a) mantesum, SHI 127,2; (b) mantayimsu, Ja VI 78,12*; absol. (a)mantetv, VinI 157,24; Ja IV 101, s; Dhp-al 8,27 (thero... te bhikkh -etv pucchi); Mhv9:20; neg. anmantetv, Vin IV 160,25; DU 99,s; Th 34 (pakkmim anmantetv); (b) mantayitv, Ja VI 291,4* (-ayitv ca avoca vkyam); Cp 1:9:41; (c) mantayitvna, Ja VI 267,4*; (d)mantaya, Ja VI 271,9* (eds so; L.Alsdorf, 1971, p. 35, suggests mantiy; 271,17': -ay ti -etv); (e) manta, Ja III 315,23* (manta kho tarn gacchmi; 316, r: tarn -ayitv); neg. anmanta, anmant, without asking for permission; without consulting; VinI 265,32* (anmant, for anmantaera in uddna); Ja VI 266,28* (anmanta katam kammam tarn pacch-m-anutappati; 267, r: anmantetv katakammam); 475,20* (anmant pavisati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anmanto; 475,26': ajnpetv shas pavisati); anmantaera, m., going for alms without asking permission; VinI 254,9 (Sp 1106,33: anmantaero ti... anmantetv caranam); A III 259,1 (anmantaere pajjati); pass, part.pr. mantiyamna, mfn., Mil 2,31 (so dutiyam pi tatiyam pi -iyamno asunanto viya gacchat' eva); pp mantita, mfn. [S. mantrita], summoned; invited; addressed; D I 139,14 (rj ... mahyannam yajati no ca khv assa khattiy anuyutt); Pv 15:13; Ud-a434,23 (bhadante ti -nam bhikkhnam gravena satthu pativacanadnam); neg. anmantita, mfn. and n.y Sv297,24(anmantite pan' assa yannatthnam dassanya pi na gaccheyyum); 418,3 (sabbe anmantita va gat); Ps III 209,14; fpp (a) mantaniya, mfn., Ja IV 371,io* (garu ca ~o ca, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se mantaniko; 372,22': -0 ti mantetabbayuttako, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se mantaniko ti); (b) mantetabb, m/h., Vv-a96,n; caus. pr. 3 sg. mantpeti, Mil 149,16 (so tena rogena dukkhito ... bhisakkam sallakattam -eyya); aor. 3 sg. mantpesi, Sv456,5 (srathim -esi); absol. mantpetv, D I 134,30 (rj Mahvijito purohitam brhmanam -etv); Mil 75,17 (-etv); pass, pr. 3 sg. mantpiyati, Sadd 536,29. maya, m. [ts], sickness, disease; Abh 323; Saddh 397 (tassa tass* -ass' eva patisedhanamattakam... bhesajjam); Sadd322,n* (tanko -o rogo); anmaya, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) free from disease,

316

healthy, well; Vin I 294,19* (s punnakm sukhini ~; Sp 1129,i: ~ti arog); Vv 15:10 (sukhit c' amhi -); Ja III 260,15* (so mayham puriso kanto tasmim homi -; 260,28: aham etehi gunehi samanngate puggale niddukkh nissok homi, tarn labhitv annattha anlay hutv vasmi ti); 2. (n.) health, well-being; Abh 331; Ja V 323,16* (kacci bhoto -am); nirmaya, mfn., free from disease, well; Abh 331; Pj I 21,28 (osadhpabhogena -0 viya jano sahgho); Pv-a 164,7 (- -kyacittamahmuni). marisa, m. [= amarisa; S. lex. marsa], impatience, indignation; Sadd 921,2 (mattbhedo tva... amariso ~o). malaka, m. and n. [ts], 1. (m.) the plant Phyllanthus emblica; Ja VI 529,21* (haritaki ~ assatth); Apl7,i5 (haritak ~ amb); 2. (n.) the fruit of the malaka; Vin I 201,29 (anujnmi bhikkhave phalni bhesajjni vilangam ... -am gothaphalam ...); Th 938 (-ni); Mp II 140,29 (hatthe thapitam -am viya passantena); Pj I 146,22 (bhikkhu bhesajjam labhati haritakam v -am v); ifc see agad'-; -kakka, m. (or n.), a paste of ground malaka (used as a shampoo); Mp II 315,27 (-ena sisam makkhetv); -tumba, n., a vessel made from an malaka plant; Sp 1245,6; Kkhl38,i9; -patta, -patta',m., a covering with an malaka pattern; Sv 87,i (patalik ti ghanapupphako unnmayattharano yo -patto tipi vuccati, Be so; Ee milkapatto; Ce amiltapatto; Se lamakapatto) * Mp II 293,1 (-0); -patta2,w., an malaka leaf; S V 438,30; -palibodha, m., the obstacle, hindrance of malaka (shampoo); Mil 11,10; -pinda, n., a lump o/malaka paste (used as a shampoo); Mp II 315,26; -mutt, / , a kind of pearl from Sri Lanka; Sp 75,3; -vattamuttaratana, n., a kind of pearl (round as an malaka fruit ?); JaV 380,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee mala-, prob, wr); -vantika, -vattika, -vantaka, mfn., the name or description of a kind of chair; Vin II 149,31 (-am pitham, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -vattikam; Sp 1217,i: pitham nma malakkrena yojitam bahupdapitham, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -vattikapitham); Sp 1243,28 (Be -vattakapitham; Ee, Se -vantakapitham; Ce mandakavantikapitham); Vin-vn 2884 (-vattikam); see also malaki. malaki, / [ts], the plant Phyllanthus emblica; Abh 569; Vin I 30,27 (tass avidre -i); JaV 12,6 (tarn parivretv haritaki ~i maricagaccho ca ahesum, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ahosi); see also malaka. malavattamuttaratana in Ce, Ee at Ja V 380,6 is prob, wrfor malaka- qv. masati, pr. 3 sg. [S. mrSati], touches, lays hold on; touches on, refers to; considers; Vin III 121,28 (kyena kyam ~ati parmasati); 132,16 (ko imam vasalam duggandham -issati ti); A V 263,16 (vutthahanto va sayanamh pathavim -eyysi); Ja IV 67,19 (na mayam vihim -m ti); PatisII 209,4 (so iddhim... candimasuriye pnin ati parmasati parimajjati; Patis-a661,is: ~4& ti isakam phusati); Mil 306,27 (nibbatte sadde adragate koci ~eyya); Nidd-al 163,6 (niccdivasena parato ~afi ti parmso); part.pr. (a)masa(t), mfn.,

Sp 535,9 (sakim ~ato); (b) masanta, m/(-anti)/2., Sp 902,33 (-antiy); Ps I 196, H (tarn bahunnam vacanam updya dvikkhattum -anto); neg. anmasanta, mfn., Ja III 319,16* (anmasanto); Pj II 400,19 (uttnatthni padni anmasanta); Nidd-al 2,4* (anmasanto samayam paramca); aor. 3 sg. (a) masi, Vin HI 56,20 (dussam passitv theyyacitto -i); Ap 185,4 (vattham hatthena ~i); (b) masittha, Mil 379,9 (ma koci yantam -itih ti); absol. masitv, Vin III 140,4; As317,i4 (ime dve vatthum ~itv dassitni); neg. anmasitv, Ja II 330,15 (udakam anmasitv); Ps I 232,30 (kanci dhammam anmasitv); Dhp-a 198,2 (mama kotthsam anmasitv); Sadd 50,27* (duve vibhattiyo ... nattiparikappik klam anmasitv pi niruttannhi bhsit); pass, pr. 3 sg. masiyati, Sadd 583,24 (masiyati -iyati ganhiyati ti); pp (a) mattha, mfn. and ., touched; touched upon; considered; touching; Vin III 121,17 (masan nma matt); Sv 107,30 (nirsankacittatya punappuna ~ parmatth); Dhp-a I 412, is (mama pasdhanam hatthena ~am); Nidd-al 219,30 (parato ~am ca); neg. anmattha, mfn., Ja I 98,25 (gon anmatthatinam khdissanti); Mhv 33:49 (anmattham pindadnam vivajjiya); Saddh333; (b) masita, mfn., id.; neg. anmasitakhettavisesa, mfn., with the particular "field" (recipient of dna,) not specified; Vv-all3,30 (anmasitakhettavisesam attano dnamayam punnam); fpp (a) msa1, mfn., to be touched; acceptable; Kkh 136,21 (sensanaparibhoge pana -am pi anmsam pi sabbam vattati); Sp543,30 (sesam -am ca bhandamlattham ca sampaticchitum vattati); neg. anmsa, mfn., Jail 360,12* (anmsni masim); Sp 542,ii (na kevalam ca mtugmassa sariram eva anmsam); 543,15 (mutt dhot pi adhot pi anms); (b) masitabba, mfn., Ud-a 121,26 (maranena -ato misam); Sp542,10; neg. anmasitabba, mfn., Ja II 360,16' (anmasitabbni thnni masim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anmsetabbni). masana, n., -, / [cf S. lex. marSana], touching; touch; considering; Abh 1164; Vin III 121,14 (- parmasan); IV213,35 (-am v parmasanam v... sdiyeyya); Cp 3:11:8 (tassa - kuddho sappo); Mil 306,28 (sah* -ena saddo ninyjheyya); Sp227,28 (manussitthiy pi hi dassanam pi gahanam pi -am pi phusanam pi ghattanam pi dutthullam eva); Patis-a20,i (samm -e anumajjane pekkhane nnam); Ap-a227,2o (parmsena sabhvato parato -lakkhanya ditthiy mohit); Sadd 453,19 (masa -e). m, / , see sv ma3. mya, mfn. [from am qv ?], in or of the house; -dsa, m., -dsi,/, a slave born in the house, a slave by birth; Ja VI 117,17* (-1 ahu brhmanassa; or mya dsi to m ? 117,25*: M ti gehadsiy kucchismim jtadsT); 285,4* (- pi bhavanti h' eke; or mya ds to m? 285,13': dsassa dsiy kucchimhi jtads sayam pi ds ti) quoted Niddl 11,11* (Nidd-al 55,2: antojtads) and Sadd 261,2 (mya ds pi bhavanti loke ti); see also ma2. msa 1 , mfn., fpp o/masati qv. msa2, m. [from masati; cf S. lex. marSa], touching;

317

considering; Nidd-al 234,30 (sllabbataparmso ti... silena suddhi vatena suddhi ti parato -o). milkapatta in Ee at Sv87,i is prob, wr for malaka-</v. misa, n. [S., BHS misa], 1. flesh; food; bait, lure, reward; Abh 280; 1104 (anndo -am mamse); Vinll 269,2i (yam ca patte -am hoti); III 21,30 (makkatim -ena upalpetv); SI 67,n* (-am va macchnam vadhya khitt); Th 749 (maccho va ghasam -am); JaV 366,28* (deti ... blo makapakkam ca lolo andho va -am; 367, is': samakkhikam pi nimmakkhikam pi -am diyati); VI 388,24* (yo c' -ena samhiro); Ap 65,25 (yam me atthi sake gehe -am paccupatthitam); Dhp-al 122,24 (yasm Nando satthr devacchar -am katv vinito ti); 2. object of enjoyment; material goods, worldly possessions; MI 480,27 (satth -garu -dydo -ehi samsattho viharati); AIV 244,7* (na ca vipatisri 'ssa cajitv -am bahum); Pv20:2 (adt gedhitamano -asmim); Th 940 (-am paribhunjare); ifc see lok'-; ' -antara, mfn., wishing for material gain; VinI 303,13 (-0 gilnam upatthti no mettacitto; Sp 1133,8: misam assa antaran ti -o, antaran ti kranam vuccati); A HI 184,21 (na -0 katham kathessmi ti); '-apekkhi(n), mfn., looking for meat; Ja VI 518,22* (siho v'-i va); -kicikkha, n., some material gain; MI 286,30 (attahetu v parahetu v hetu v sampajnamus bhsit hoti) = A I 128,9 (Mp II 199,M: ettha misan ti lanco adhippeto, kincikkhan ti yam v tarn v appamattakam); Sil 234,8 (--hetu; Spkll 2\0,sfoll.: kassaci-d-eva misassa hetu antamaso kundakamutthino pi); Spkll 399,13 (-assa vaddhanatthya katan ti); -kiftcihetu, ind., for some material gain; Pv20:3 (Pv-a 107, \9f0lL: kind misam patthento ti attho); -khara, n., lye, an alkaline fluid (allowed as a treatment for constipation); VinI 206,22 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am pyetun ti; Sp 1092,is: ~an ti sukkhodanam jhpetv tya chrikya paggharitakhrodakam); -cakkhu, mfn., with an eye to material gain; JaV 91,5*; -cakkhuka, mfn., with an eye to material gain, intent on worldly gain; Niddl 388,i (icchpakatassa -assa lokadhammagarukassa); Mil 93,8*; -patisanthra, m., hospitable giving of material goods; A I 93,8 (-0 ca dhammapatisanthro ca); Dhs 1344; Mil 409,29; -sanganhana, n., the collecting of material goods; Ud-a 202,i; -santhra, m., the laying out, distribution, of material goods; A I 93,4 (~o ca dhammasanthro ca); -hetuka, mfn., motivated by material gain; Mp III 282,11 (-0 civardini paccsimsamno); anmisa, mfn., not soiled with food; Vin-vn 1928 (-ena hatthena gahanam); nirmisa, mfn., 1. not worldly; not physical or material; pure; D II 298,17 (-am v sukham vedanam vediyamno); S IV 235,21 (atthi bhikkhave smis piti atthi -a piti, atthi - nirmisatar piti); Th 85; Patis II 35,27 (smiso vimokkho -0 vimokkho - nirmisataro vimokkho); Nett 77,6 (smiso samdhi ~o samdhi); Mil270,20 (visuddhena mnasena panitena... -ena); Sv 1060,3 (kmmisavattmisalokmisnam abhv -o);

Spk III 85,5 (vimokkho ... arpapatisamyutto rpmisbhvena -o nm ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se arpmisbhvena ); 2. not mixed with meat; not mixed with other food; Sp 710, is (sattham -am paribhunjitabbam); Vin-vn 779; smisa, mfn., 1. of the flesh; physical, material; D i l 298,15 (-am v sukham vedanam vediyamno); S IV 235,21 (- piti); Patis II 41,3 (katamo -0 vimokkho); Spk III 85,4 (vimokkho attano rammanabhtena rpmisen, eva -0 nma); 2. containing meat; mixed with other food; soiled with food; VinI 210,4 (akappiyo gulo -0); 11214,26 (na -ena hatthena pniyathlako patiggahetabbo); Sp710,i6 (sappi tva purebhattam patiggahitam tadahupurebhattam -am pi nirmisam pi paribhunjitum vattati); Vin-vn 778; 1377 (-ena mukhena). amukham, ind., or mukha, mfn. [cfS. mukham, BHS amukha], before one's face; at hand; Mhv 70:319 (sattusenam -am gatam). muftcitv in Ee at As 305,34 is wr for amuncitv (Be, Ce, Se so). mutta, mfn. [pp of *2 + muncati; S. mukta], 1. dressed, accoutred; Vv-a 182,27 (hatthlankrehi cittam-am); 2 . put on, fastened on; Abh 378 (-0 patimukko); Sp565,30 (kanthe pilandhitam ~m ti); -manikun4ala, mfn., with jewelled ear-rings put on, wearing jewelled ear-rings; Vin II 156,4*= SI 211,15*; AIV 393,27; Ja IV 352,7*; -mlbharana, mfn., wearing garlands and ornaments; D I 104,27; Ap 215,28; -yafiflasutta, mfn., wearing the sacrificial cord; Mp III 77,io (brhmano ... ~o); -hatthbharana, mfn., wearing bracelets (or rings); Vv 72:1; Ja VI 492,10* (-0 suvattho candanabhsito). mendita, medita, n. [S. mredita], (gr.t.t.) a repeated utterance; reiteration; Abh 106; Ja IV 183,14' (Kanho kanho ti bhayavasena dalhakammavasena v -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be meditam); Sp 622, is (atisayatthe ca idam -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se meditam); Sv 228,12* (bhaye kodhe ... soke pasde ca kare -am budho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be meditam) quoted Sadd40,28* (meditam); Ps II 127,33 (turitlapanavasena bhikkhu bhikkh ti -am veditabbam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se meditam); Ud-a 58,2 (pasdavasena etam -am, pasamsavasen ti pi vattum yuttam, Ce so; Be, Se meditam; Ee wr -pasamsavasen ti pi); -vacana, n., a repetitive way of expression, repetition; Th-al 120,5 (turitavasena c'etam -am, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se medita-); Patis-a403,3i (-ena, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be medita-). mo, ind., see sv ma'. moda, m. [ts], 1. delight, joy; Abh 87; 1108; 2. fragrance, perfume; Abh 145; 1108; Mhv 73:67 (pupphadhpanam -am); 3. a plant, perhaps Asparagus racemosus; Ap 447,3 (-am adadim phalam, Be so, prob, split cpd; Ce amodam; Ee, Se amoram) quoted Th-a 1248,18* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -phalam ads' aham); -luddhamadhupvalikjita, mfn., filled with the humming of groups of bees greedy for the fragrance; Dth5:51 (kusumagghikni -ni). modati, pr. 3 sg. |a2 + modati], is pleased, rejoices;

318

MpII 206,2 (dibbasampattihi ~ati pamodati ti); part.pr. modamna, mfn., SI 100,20* (~amno); JaV 45,9* (~amno gacchati san niketam) quoted Sadd361,i; aor. 1 sg. modim, Ap 280,22 (~im kmakm' aham, Be, Ce so; Se kmakmi 'ham; Ee wr modikam akmi 'ham) = 454,29; caus. pr. 3 sg. modeti, -ayati [cfBHS modayitv], gladdens, cheers; Th 649 (cittam -aym' aham); Vism 289,9 (cittam -eti pamodeti); part.pr. modaya(t), mfn., JaV 34,6* (-ayam pitaram mtaramca); pp modita, mfn., gladdened; pleased, glad; Ja I 13,18* (- naramar sdhukram pavattayum); Ap 72,28 (-am janam disv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr amoditam); Ps III 213,10 (rpena cakkhum -am sammoditan ti); Dip 16:21 (~ ngakann ngarj pamodit). modan, / [from modati; cf S. lex. modana], rejoicing; pleasure; Nidd I 3,2 (pmujjam ~ pamodan hso) * Dhs 86. modikam in Ee at Ap 280,22 is wr; read modim kmakm' aham with Be, Ce (or kmakmi 'ham with Se). ya, m. (and n.) [S. ya, m.]9 1. coming in, arrival, source; inlet, entrance; income, revenue; profit; Abh 356 (~o dhangamo); SI 59,20 (yo bhiresu janapadesu ~o sanjyati); AIV 282,19 (-am ca bhognam viditv vayam ca); Sn 978 (tato jtena -ena mahyannam akappayi); Ja V 116,27* (sayam -am vayam janfi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee yavayam); 244,22' (ye kayavikkaye yutt -nam mukh thalajalapathavnij, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee panamukhathalapathavnij); VI 485,1 (ranno -assa pamnam nma nhosi); Vism 427,12 (punnasammat ay apetatt sukhnam v ~assa abhv apyo) = Nidd-al 381,u * Ud-a 418,6 (Ee sukhnam va -assa gamanassa v abhv apyo; Be, Ce, Sev ayassa); Vism 439,32 (-0 nma vuddhi); Ps I 241,22 foil, (kucchitnam hi paramajegucchnam so -o ti pi kyo, -o ti uppattideso ... yanti tato ti ~o); Ud-a 422,21 (tni sabhvni ~nl ti dasseti); Sadd 845,12 (ayati ti -o); 2. a throw in dicing; Ja VI 281,n (psakesu - nma); 282,23' (catuvisatiy -esu vicinanto kalim parjayagham aggahesi); -kammika, m., an administrator of revenues, treasurer; Dhp-al 184,14 (-am pakkospetv mama gehe kittakam dhanan ti pucchitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se yuttakam); -kusala, mfn., knowledgeable about income or gain; A HI 431,16; -kosalla, n., knowledge about, proficiency in, gain; D III 220,3 (tini kosallni -am apyakosallam upyakosallam); Vibh 325,32 (katamam -am); -potthaka, ro., an account book, a ledger; Ja I 2,20 (assa rsivaddhako amacco -am haritv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ayapotthakam) = Ap-a2,28; -mukha, n., a way of entrance; an inlet (for water); a source (of gain or revenue); DI 74,21 (udakass' -am); AIV 283,16 (mahato talkassa cattri c' eva ~ni); Ja V 244, \r (sabbni -ni pacchijjanti); Nidd I 267,4 (cha bhognam ~ni sevati); Sp 1095,18 (Vajjirjakulnam -nam pacchindanatthya); Ps III 407,n (tena sangho puniiassa ~an ti dasseti); -sampanna, mfn., provided with an inlet; AIV 237,io; -sdhaka, mfn., who collects revenue; Dhp-a III 454,1 (snucaran ti ~ena yuttakena sahitam);

see also anyasa, natthyika (sv nassati). ya(t), /w/(~atT)w., part.pr. o/eti 2 qv. yajitabba, mfn. [fpp of*3? + yajati; cf S. yajati], to be offered to; Pj II412,24 (ygo ti -0). yata, mfn., pp o/yamati qv. yataka, mfn. [yata + ka2], long, prolonged; drawn-out (of sound); Vin II 108,6 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ena gitassarena dhammam gyanti); A III 251,2 (pane' ime... dinav ~ena gitassarena dhammam bhanantassa); Ja I 362,21' (mukham vivaritv -ena sarena gyimha); Sp 1202,io (-0 nma tantam vattam bhinditv akkharni vinsetv pavatto); ins tr. -ena, adv. [cf S. yatay], suddenly, abruptly; of a sudden; Vin II 237,20 (mahsamuddo ... anupubbapabbhro na -en' eva papto; Sp 1287,12foil: na pathamameva gambhiro anupubbena gambhiro ti attho); AIV 201,2 (na -en' eva anfipativedho). yatagga, mfn. orn. [yata + agga1 oryati + agga1 or ya + agga1], extensive and best; or best for the future, the most excellent thing for the future; or best of sources; It 15,25* (punnam eva so sikkheyya -am sukhudrayam; It-al 78,26foil.: vipulaphalatya ulraphalatya -am, piyamanpaphalatya v yatim uttaman ti -am, yena v yonisomanasikrdipaccayena ulratamena aggan ti -am, takro padasandhikaro). yatati,pr. 3 sg. [S. Vyat], \. strives, makes efforts; Vism481,25 (cittacetasik dhamm... kiccena -anti utthahanti ghatanti vyamanti ti) ^ It-aII 168,23; Ap-a 152,35 (evam patipannassa kusal dhamm -anti ti yatanacariyya carati, Be, Se so; Ee yatanan ti; not in Ce)= Cp-a 17,33; Sadd 361,8 (-anti utthahanti ghatanti vyamanti); 2. stretches out, extends; It-all 168,24 (yabhte dhamme etni [yatanni] -anti vitthrenti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se tanonti; = Patis-a83,2i: tanonti); pp yatta, mfn. and n. [ts], l.(mfn.) (i) depending on, being at the disposition of; being under the control of; Ja I 341,31 (gehe dsakammakardayo pi gomahisdayo pi hirannasuvannam pi sabbam tsam yeva -am bhavissati); III 147,12 (ito patthya tava rakkh mam' - ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rakkhma m bhyitth ti); Sp 474,17 (vihre dhammik rakkh amhkam - hotu); Mp I 273,20 (bhikkhcrakiccam mam' -am hotu); Mhv 5:40 (katv puram sakyattam); neg. anyatta, mfn., Patis-a 621,29 (avisay ti anyatta); (n) striving, active; mana,m/., of eager mind; JaV 395,2* (t disv man; 395,6': -ti ussukkaman vyvatacitt); 2 . (n.) ownership; property, possession; control, disposition; Abh 870; 898; Sp 994,26 (sahghena me pattacivaram dinnam, kim mayham tumhesu -n ti vatv ovdnussanim na kareyyum, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yatan ti); Nidd-a I 77,13 (parassa annassa -am issariyadukkham anveti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee yattatam anissariyadukkham). yatana, n. (and m.) [S., 5//^yatana, n.], Nidd-a I 23,2 (nivsatthnatthena karatthena samosaranatthnatthena sanjtidesatthena karanatthena ca -am veditabbam); 1. resting-place, abode; source; region, sphere, field, area; Abh 207 (cetiyyatanni); 801; Vin I 229,9 (yvat... ariyam -am yvat vanippatho idam agga-

319

nagaram bhavissati); DIU 182,30 (rognam -am); A III 43,6* (manorame ~e); Sn406 (gharvso rajass' -am); JaV 346,12* (yam yad -am manne dijnam panarodhanam); Mp II 272,22/0//. (assnam Kambojo -am gunnam Dakkhinpatho -on ti); Dhp-aIII 77,3 (yakkhassa ramaniye thne -am krpetv); Thi-a 38,23 (imam kucchitnam -tya kyam); Nidd-al 22,26 (manassa -tt); ifc see agyyatana, abhibh'(.sv abhibh), abhibh-, arafin'-, any'-, kasin'-, titth'-, pug'-, raj'-, sipp'-; 2. transcendental sphere, plane of experience; transcendental state of mind in meditation', D II 68,26 (satta kho im ... vinnnatthitiyo dve ca -ni); MI 303,34 (tad -am upasampajja viharissmi yad ariy etarahi -am upasampajja viharanti ti); A IV 451,30 (yath yath ca tad -am tatha tath nam kyena phassitv viharati); Ud 80,10 (atthi bhikkhave tad -am yattha n' eva pathavi na po ...); Dhs 552 (lokuttaram -am bhveti); ifc see ksnanc'(svksa2), kincann'-, nevasaMnsanfi'-, vinnnanc'-; 3. sphere of perception, the sense-organs (including mind) and their objects] see S. Hamilton, 1996, pp. 17foil; MI 50,7 (jti... khandhnam ptubhvo -nam patilbho); S I 134,28* (evam khandh ca dhtuyo cha ca - ime); IV 175,6; AIII 400, is foil. (cha kho vuso ajjhattikni -ni eko anto cha bhirni -nidutiyo anto); Th 1255 (khandhe -ni ca dhtuyo ca viditvna); PatisII \%\,nfoll. (cha ajjhattikni -ni sabhgni c'eva sunnni ca); Vibh70,3 (dvdasyatanni); Nett 57,7 (dvdasannam -nam); Mil 69,2 (sabbe blaputhujjan ... ajjhattikabhire ~e abhinandanti abhivadanti); Vism 481,5/0//.; 481,23 (ynam tananato yatassa ca nayanato -an ti veditabbam) = Sadd 576,19; It-al 82,9 (aniccam dukkham anatt khandh dhtu ~ satipatthn ti evarp paramatthadesan); Sadd 361,6 (yatanato -am cakkhurpdini); ifc see ky' -, gandh' -, ghn'-, cakkh'-, jivh' -, dhamm'-, phass'-, photthabb'-, man'-, ras'-, rp , -, sadd'-, sal-; see also chaphassyatanika, phassyatanika; yatanaso, ind., Las to the fields of perception; SHI 65,H (bhikkhu dhtuso upaparikkhati ~aso upaparikkhati); 2. in the right sphere; suitably; A II 67,37 (-aso paribhuttam); -sevi(n), mfn., keeping to or resorting to the right place, practising or resorting to what is suitable; JaV 121,15* (123,r: -ino ti tath' eva silavante puggale sevamnassa); anyatana, n., not the right place; an unexpected place; a hostile or unsuitable place; Ja I 178,16 (pandit -e pi viriyam akamsu); 11413,27* (uppajjanti bah bhog app ~esu pi); anyatanaso, ind., in the wrong sphere or place; unsuitably; AII 68,26 (bhog... -aso paribhutt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr yatanaso); sila, mfn., of unsuitable character, of wrong habits; JaV 121,13* (122,28': silass ti -am vuccati lbhayasasukhnam ankaro dussilyakammam tamsilassa tena dussilyakammena samanngatassa); sevi(n), mfit., keeping to or resorting to what is unsuitable; JaV 121,13* (--sevino; 122,30': bhtam dussilapuggalam sevantassa). yati1, / and mfn. [S. yati,/], \.(f.) future time;

length; majesty, dignity; Abh 86; 875; Mhv 1:84 (~im pekkhamno); ace. -im, adv. [BHSid.\ in the future, for the future; VinIII2,i9 (pahin... anabhvam gat -im anuppdadhamm); D I 85,19 (tassa me bhante bhagav accayam accayato patiganhtu -im samvary ti); Mil 214,io (navnam kammnam akaran -im anavassavo); SII 101,15 (yattha atthi sankhrnam vuddhi atthi tattha -im punabbhavbhinibbatti); Sn49 (etam bhayam -im pekkhamno); Ja V 464,8* (blo yadi -im nvabujjhati; 464,17': yadi angate uppajjanadukkham na jnti); Mil368,27 (-im patisandhim uppattim... disv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee yatipatisandhim); Vism 579,18* (idni hetavo panca -im phalapancakam); Mp III 112,25 (idni ueco -im nico bhavissati); Vibh-a421,i9 (ayam samdhi paecuppannasukho c' eva -im ca sukhavipko ti); Sadd 361,27 (-im hitam tena loko na yatati na ihati ti lokyatam); 922,27 (ayati yati... vannabhedo 'yam); 2. {mfn.) future, next; Vin II 181,3 (-im pi vassam evam eva ktabbam); Mhv 100:169 (-imhi bhave); -jtijarmaraniya, mfn., leading to birth, old age and death in the future; SIV 187,24 (ppake akusale dhamme ... dukkhavipke ~e, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se yatim jti-); see also yatagga, ekantakusalyatika (.yv eka), kusalyatika, sukhamyatika. yati2, m. (?) [cf yatana?], abode, source;! Ap468,n (gunnam -bhto ratannam va sgaro). yatika, mfn. [yati + ka2], next; future; AIV 232,10 (-am pi vassvsam idh' eva ... vihareyysl ti); Sn 235 (virattacitt -e bhavasmim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se virattacittyatike). yatta, mfn., pp o/yatati qv. yattaka, mfn. [yatta + ka2], depending on, belonging to; Jinl 189 (tassa ~e mangalacakkavle). yana, ., - , / [from eti2], coming; producing; a path or way; Nidd II 104,16 (-am vuccati maggo, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ayanam); Vism26,30 (kuhassa - kuhyan); Pj II 368,13 (paryanan ti gatito param -am gativippamokkham, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ayanam); Ap-a 427,13 ( samantato yanti gacchanti anena iddhimanto ti -am, anilam ca tarn -am c' eti anilyanam); 447,20 (parkammyane yutto ti... parakammnam -e karane vhane dhrane yutto); As 259,24 (kankhya - ti kankhyan, purimakankh hi uttarakankham neti nma); see also ayana, yita (^v eti2). yamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. yacchati and (Ved.) yamati], stretches, stretches out (trans, and intrans.); expands; Vin II 200,12 (pitthi me gilyati tarn aham -issmi ti); Ja III 489,3' (yva mukham -itum icchanti); Mil 176,6 (kucchi... -eyya); absol. yamitv, Ps II 132,7;ppa.ya.t2L, mfn. [ts], stretched, stretched out; extended, long; long-drawn-out; Abh 707 (-am digham); Vin III 257,31 ([civaram] -am ca karohi vitlhatam ca); D II 234,22 (imam mahpathavim uttarena -am dakkhinena sakatamukham); Vv 63:27 (mahratho samantato yojanasatta-m-yato); Ja VI 218,11* (akkhini -ni); Mil 311,26 (ayam mahpathavi digh - puthul vitthat); Vism 481,28 (ativa -am samsradukkham); Sadd 91,9 (-ena ca sarena majjhimyatena sarena accyatena ca sarena vedam pathanti); ifc see accyata, abhinila^n-, punn'-; '-amsa, mfn. [yata + amsa3],

320

with long edges, with extended sides; Vv 84:15 (veluriyatthambh satam ussitse silpavlassa ca -'-ams; Vv-a339,3i: - ' -ams ti dighams, atha v yat hutv atthasolasadvammsdi-amsavanto); yatapanhi(n), mfn., having projecting heels (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa^; DU 17,19 (ayam hi deva kumro panhi); III 150,i; Mil 136,n (--panhi kho pana so bhavam Gotamo); panhika,mfn., id.; Ap 533,23 (dighanguli tambanakhe subhe panhike) quoted Sadd400,19; pamha, mfn., having long eyelashes; ThI383; bhamu, m/., having long eyebrows; JaV 216, I 8' (puthunalt bham vislakkhi); yata- in Ee, Se at Sp 994,26 foil is prob, wrfor yatta- (Be, Ce so); ati-yata, mfn., very much stretched or extended; over-strung; Sp 1081,21 (accyat ti - kharamucchit); see also yatagga, isakyatagiva (sv Isakam). yava, n. [from yu], liveliness, energy; PatisI 107,24 (appattassa pattiy atthi -am, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce savam; Patis-a 338,2: atthi -an ti atthi viriyam, yvan ti pi ptho) * S V 13,6 (Be, Ee ymam; Ce vymo; Se vymam). yavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vyu], mingles; comes; Sadd4\6,2sfoil. (~ati yu ... -anti missibhavanti... atha v -anti gacchanti); pp yuta, mfn. [ts; cf also S. yuta], I. fastened to, bound to; connected with; filled with, crowded with; Ap57,i5 (kmesu gedha-mo; Ap-a316,i9: vatthukmesu gedhasankhtya tanhya -o yojito ti attho); Ja V 5,14' (nadi... macchehi -); VI 519,3 (kimpurisyutan ti kimpurisehi -am parikinnam); 537,8' (harityuto ti haritena -o); ifc see karanjakakudh'-, dum'-, pannaras'-, puthulom'-; 2. seized, taken possession of; duryuta, mfn., hard to seize; Ja VI 271,29* (Angassa ranno nagaram -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se dursadam; 272,10': -an ti paccatthikehi dursadam, Ce, Ee so; Be -an ti... duryuttam; Se dursadan ti... dursadam). yavana, n. [from yavati], coming; ? Sadd 416,28 (atthasliniyam vuttam '-atthena yu, tasmim hi sati arpadhamm yavanti gacchanti pavattanti tasm y ti vuccatiti; quoting As 149,%foil: eds ypanatthena yu tasmim hi sati arpadhamm ayanti gacchanti pavattanti...). yasa, ayasa1, mfn. [S. yasa], made of iron; DU 142,2 (ranno cakkavattissa sariram vethetv -ya teladoniy pakkhipitv, Be, Ceso; Ee, Seayasya; Sv 583,33: -ay ti sovannya, suvannam hi idha -an ti adhippetam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ayasy ti... ayasan ti) * A III 58,1 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ayasya); MI 231,30 (yakkho ~am vajiram dya dittam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ayasam); Sil 182,16 (~am nagaram; Spkll 158,7: ~ena pkrena parikhittam nagaram); Dhp345 (bandhanam ... ~am); Ja IV 416,6 (kte baddho 'smi -); V 453,28* (upeti nirayam patpanam sattisimbalivanam ca-m-yasam); ifc see kl' -; see also anyasa. yasakya, yasakka, n. [from *a3 + yasa + ka2 ?], disgrace, ill-repute, dishonour; AIV 96,18* (kodhasammadasammatto -am nigacchati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se yasakkham; Mp IV 48,u: -an ti ayasabhvam); Th292 (-am ca pappoti, Be, Ee, Seso; Ce yasasyam); Ja II 33,11

(uttamayasasamangino pi -am ppunanti); V 17,24* (dubbanniyam -am c' upenti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee yasakkam; 19,19': -an ti garaham); Vv-a 110,8 (attano upari patitam -am ca nivattetv, Ee so; Be, Se yassam; Ce sankam). yasma(t), mfn. and m. [S. yusmat], long-lived, venerable; a venerable person (an honorific and respectful title of a bhikkhu); Vin I 103,13 (-anto ti piyavacanam etam garuvacanam etam); 124,15 (sunantu me -ant, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -anto) quoted Sadd92,24foil (nanu ca bho sunantu me -ant... ti pliyam dve sandhya -ant ti vuttam ... saccam, vuttam, tarn pana vinayavohravasena vuttan ti); Vin I 351,3/0//. (-antarn ca Nandiyam -antam ca Kimbilam etad avoca abhikkamath' -anto abbhikkamath' -anto); D i l 154,14 (navakatarena bhikkhun therataro bhikkhu bhante ti v - ti v samudcaritabbo); 206,13 (acchariyam idam -ato Janavasabbhassa yakkhassa); 11122,25 (sace -antnam Licchavinam evam assa); MI 94,3 (rj Mgadho Seniyo Bimbisro sukhavihritaro -at Gotamena); II 121,i6(kim nukho tumhe-anto kis lkh dubbann, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ante); SII 15,3 (te -anto); Ud26,3 (satth -ante manteti satth -antnam dassanakmo ti); JaV 335,4 (-antam nandam mantetv); Ap 590,30 (- Yasodhar bhikkhuni); Mil 6,6 (- Assagutto); 88,20 (acirapakkante ca-ante Ngasene); Sp 1172,4 foil (dvinnam rocentena -ant dhrent ti vattabbam, tinnam rocentena -anto dhrent ti vattabbam); Sadd 794,15 (yu assa atthi ti -, dighyuko ti attho, piyasamudcro esa); see also vuso. yga, m. [ts], offering, gift; sacrificial fee; the recipient of an offering; Sn 486 (buddho ... -o sabbalokassa; Pj II 412,24^0//.: -o ti yajitabbo, tato tato gamma v yajitabbam etth ti pi -0, deyyadhammnam adhitthnabhto ti); Th566 (-0 sabbalokassa hutinam patiggaho); Ap89,19 (-am krapes' aham); -vatthu, n., a worthy recipient of offerings or sacrificial fees; Ja VI 205,10* (205,15': -ni ti punnakkhettabht aggadakkhineyy). ycaka, m(fn). [from ycati], (one) who begs, prays, requests; a petitioner; Mil 129,29 (Smo... kumro katapunno mtpitaro silavanto kalynadhamm -o samattho tinnam cetopanidhiy Smo kumro nibbatto, Ee so; Be, Ce - o sakko; Se ycanako samattho). ycati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vyc], 1. prays; begs, implores; requests, asks (someone, ace. or gen., for something, ace. or dat.); Vin III 127,32 (ycati pi -ati pi pucchati pi); D I 240,8 (-anti thomayanti); S II 236,10 (evam samm -amn -eyya); A III 48,3 (-itum); Th 624 (pabbajjam aham -im sabbasattnam uttamam); Ja VI 211,4* (n' eva mig na ppasu no pi gvo -anti attavadhya keci, eds so; L.Alsdorf, 1977, p. 44, suggests -are mc); Mil 234,25 (so brahm sabbesam tathagatanam -ati dhammadesanya); Sadd 338,24 (devattam -ati); part.pr. (a)ycanta, m/(-anti)., Vin III 137,28 (itthinam -antinam); Jail 269,19 (pitaram -anto); VI 214,25 (no mretha mayam saggam gamissm ti -ant keci n' atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr gacchant); Mp II 157,16 (evam -anto pihento patthento); neg. anycanta, mfn., Spk II

321

215,14; (b)ycamna,mfn., Sil 236,10; JaI 48,is; aor. 3 sg. yci, Ja IV 427,23 (dhammakatham ~i); Cp 1:9:46 (~i puttake mayham); 3 pi. (a)ycum, Cp 1:9:16 (-urn mam hatthingam); Mhvl:25; (b) ycimsu, Mp 1218,3; Mhv 5:98; 2. makes a vow, promises (while requesting something); aor. 1 sg. ycim, Ja I 260, I 8 (balikammam karissmi ti -im) * 11117,23; absol (a) ycitv, Ja I 169,6; Ap 544,3; Mil 129,24; (b) ycitvna, Ap 150,n {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr rdhitvna); pass. pr. 3 sg. yciyati, Ap-a412,2i (bhikkhiyati -iyati ti bhikkh, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhikkhati -ati ti); Bv-a273,3 (mahsatto devathi evam -iyamno); pp ycita, mfn. [ts], asked, entreated, requested; promised; Ap 563,23 (~o tad aha ehi Bhadde ti nyako, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ycim so); Mil 129,27 (Smo... kumro Sakkena... ~o Prikya tpasiy kucchim okkanto); Dhp-all 247,8 (amhehi atavidevatya -am atthi); Bv-all,2 (satth dhammadesanatthya brahmun ~o ti); neg. anycita, mfn., Niddl 68,9 (apucchito anycito anajjhesito); caus. aor. 3 sg. ycesi, he requested; Dip 2:44; ycayitv in Ee at Cp-a 85,n is wrfor svayitv qv. ycana, n., ~, f. [BHS ycam], prayer, entreaty; vow; Abh 790 (~e ... sdhu); D I 244, is (avhyanahetu v -hetu v patthanahetu v); Th473 (bahhi vatacariyhi laddho -hi ca); Ja I 169,13 (bah pane vadhitv -ato muccissml ti); 261,6 (-ena rajjassa patiladdhatt); IV 96,4' (cattro patikkhepe catasso ca ~ ti attha vre yci); V 472,23 (pancamadhuramamsena balikammam karissmi ti -am aksi); Mil 127,30 (sattnam gabbhvakkanti hoti ... ycanavasena); Sp 183,8 (bhagav -am patikkhipanto alam Moggalln ti dim ha); 671,10 (sdh ti~e nipto); Dhp-aIII 437,13 (balikammena -ya mangalakiriyy ti). yti, pr. 3 sg. [S. yti; cf eti2]; comes, comes near, approaches; goes to; reaches (a state or condition); Vin III 10,29 (~ma nanda Veranjam brhmanam apalokessm ti); DIU 19,6 (-ami vuso -mi vuso); M II 70,n (~antu me bhonto mittmacc ntislohit); S III 207,4 (ksam indriyni sankamanti -anti); Sn 669 (andham v timisam -anti); Pv24:ll (tuvam... -si mama santikam); Ja II 383,9* (hatthattam -anti); IV 322,17* (sucikammya nriy dev dassanam -anti); VI 542,2* (atthiko viya -ti); Vism 66,28 (ym' vuso dhammasavany ti); Mhv 15:112 (-tu Kantaknand bhikkhuni); Sadd462,2i (gacchati ti -ti); part.pr. yanta, m/(~anti)rt., Pv35:8 (im ca passa -antiyo); Th300 (tarn ca disvna -antim sakaputtassa mtaram); 1176 (imam ca passa -am Sriputtam); Ja VI 584,i*; neg. anyanta, mfn., JaV 330,15*; Mhv 7:16 (anyantesu sabbesu); aor. 3 sg. ysi, Mhv 25:83; pp yta, mfn. [ts], come; reached, undertaken; Sadd 92,7 (kuto nu bho idam -am dratthasslapanam iti, saddasatthato); Saddh 407 (na bhuviriyytam); caus. pr. 3 sg. ypeti, keeps going, continues; Paris II 20,6 (kusal dhamm -enti ti yatanacariyya carati) = 226,1 (Patis-a 543,21 foil.: bhusam ypenti pavattanu" ti attho). ypeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/yti qv. yma, m.n. [S. yma, m.], 1. (w.) stretching; opening

wide; extension, length; Abh 295 (-0 dighat); Sadd 342,6 (achi ~Q: anchati); ifc see mukh'-; ins tr. -ena, in length; Vin I 297,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave -ena attharigulam sugatahgulena... pacchimam civaram vikappetun ti); DII 146,27 (puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvdasa yojanni -ena); MII 116,30; Mil 17,3o; Ps IV 234,24 (~ena ca vitthrena ca yojanasatam hoti); abl. -ato, in length; Vin III 151,33 (-ato v vitthrato v); Ja I 49,16 (-ato tini yojanasatni); Ap34,n; Vism 205,20; As 210,12 (-ato ca vitthrato ca samappamn); 2. (n.) exertion, energy; ? SV 13,6 (appattassa pattiy atthi -am, Be, Ee so; Ce vymo; Se vymam; Spklll 130,25: atthi-an ti atthi viriyam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vyman ti; * Patis I 107,24: Bey Ee, Se yavam; Ce savam); see also givymakam. ysa, m. [ts], exertion; trouble; weariness, distress; D II 306,19 (annatarena dukkhadhammena phutthassa -o upyso ysitattam upysitattam; Sv 799,24: -0 ti samsidanavisidankrappatto cittakilamatho) = MIII 250,n* Paris I 38,33 * Vibh 100,27; Ud-a276,22 (Mahpajpati Gotami bhagavantam mahata -ena pabbajjam ycitv pi patikkhitt); Pet 118,11 (ye -); Sadd 335,2 (-0 kilamanam); anysa, mfn., free from troublewithout distress; AIV 98,7* (vitakodh -); Th 1008 (upasanto -0); Bv-a7,6 (pysam -am paramamadhuram sampatipdesi). ysan, / [cf ysa], trouble; distress; Paris I 38,34 (annatarena dukkhadhammena phutthassa yso upyso - upysan ysitattam upysitattam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se omit ~ upysan); It-aII 170,5 (cittassa kyassa ca abhippamaddanapavedhanuppdanena dalham '-atthena upyso). ysita, mfn. [cfS. ysayati, caus. of Vyas], troubled; distressed; DU 306,20 (yso upyso -ttam upysitattam) = Mill 250,11 * ParisI 38,34 * Vibh 100,27 (Vibh-a 106,4: -bhvo -ttam). yita, mfn., see sv eti2. yu, n. (and m.) [S. yus, n.] (sg. nom./acc. -u, -um (and -usam ifc); instr. -un, -us; dat./gen. -uno, -ussa; loc. -usmim, -umhi; cf Sadd 234,ifoll.), life; vital power; duration of life, life-time; long life; Abh 155; Vin 1221,23 (ygum dento -urn deti vannam deti sukham deti); D i l 285,27* (punar -u ca me laddho) quoted Sadd234,15; D i l 286,3* (-um hitv amnusam); MI 49,22 (~uno samhni indriynam paripko); SI 81,33* (sanikam jirati -u playam); 108,23* (appam ~u manussnam); AII 64,2 (-um ... datv -ussa bhgi hoti dibbassa v mnusassa v); Dhp 135 (evamjarca maccu ca -um pcenti pninam); Sn 149 (mt... -us ekaputtam anurakkhe); Pv 21:60 (-un yasas c' eva vannena ca... Ankuram Indako atirocati); Th 145 (-u khiyati macenam); Jal 49,29 (ayam ca me mt bhavissau" ti kittakam pan' ass - ti dasannam msnam upari satta divasni passi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -un ti); IV 357,15* (-um nu khino maranam nu santike, Be, Ce, Eeso; iSekhinam); 357,21* (na c' yukhmam, Ce, Ee so; Bet' yu; Set' yu khino); 442,23' (tumhkam kittako - ti pucchati); VI 26,9* (-um appataram siy); Cp 1:9:5 (ettakam yeva te -u cavanaklo bhavissati); Dhs 19

322

(tesam arpinam dhammnam ~u thiti yapan ypan ... jivitam jlvitindriyam); Kv 456,4 (iddhimayiko so ~u iddhimayik s gati iddhimayiko so attabhvapatilbho ti); Mil 302,6 (vijjamne pi uttarim ~usmim akale maranti); Spkl 117,18 (vassasatvasitthe ~umhi); Sadd 234,13/0//. (yusaddo punnapumsakalingo datthabbo tath hi pliyam atthakathsu ca tassa dvilihgat dissati); ifc see addh'(sv addha[n]), gat' (yv gacchati); -kappa, m., lifetime, lifespan', Ja I 119,3i; Mil 141, u; -da, mfn., giving life; A III 42,13*; -dada, mfn., giving life; Mil 153,28 (~am... bhojanam); -dyi(n), mfn., giving life; A l l 64,12*; -dubbala, n., weakness of life, of vital power; Vism 230,25; -dhrana, mfn., maintaining, sustaining life; Mil 320,4 (bhojanam sabbasattnam -am); -patilbhi(n), mfn., obtaining long life; Mp III 96,o; -parimna, n., the limit of one's life-time; Jail 313,9; Ps I 210,9; Spkll 26,15 (ayam kayo... yva ~ titthati); -plaka, mfn., preserving life; Mil 265,16 (bhojanam sabbasattnam ~am); -bbeda, m., the Ayurveda; Mhv 73:42; -va(t), mfn., long-lived, old; Th234; Ap 3ll,2i; -vossajjana, n., the giving up of life; Mhv 30:84; -sankhara, m., constituent of life, impetus for life, vital principle; D U 114,33 (tathgatena satena sampajnena - 0 ossattho); MI 295,36; Sil 266,19 (tato sighataram ~ khiyanti); Mil 175,26 (pakatidubbale sarire khine ~e); khepana, n. [khepana1], making an end of the life-constituent; Vv-a311,20 (~-khepanasankhtassa klassa katatt klakato 'mhi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~assa khepanasankhtassa); see also appyuka (sv appa), appyutta (sv appa), kappyuka (sv kappa), khinyuka (sv khinoti), dighyuka (sv digha), yvatyuka (sv yvat). yuta, mfn., pp 0/yavati qv. yutta, mfn. and m. [pp of*2 + yunjati; cfS. lex. yukta], 1. (mfn.) engaged in, intent upon, devoted to (+ loc. or dat.); SI 67,3 (tapojigucchya ~); Niddl 142,21 (methunadhamme yuttassa payuttassa ~assa; Nidd-al 262,29: ~ass ti visesena yuttassa); 500,29; Ap-a346,3 (paresam kammakarane ~o yojito, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kammakaranena hre yutto, perhaps wr); 2. (m.) an official, an agent, someone entrusted (with something); Mhv 10:5 (drakam ca sahassam ca ~assa adraho); 10:19. yuttaka, m. [yutta + ka2; S. yuktaka], an official, an agent; an overseer; Ja V 118,25' (~ laficam gahetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ayuttaklam ca gahetv); SpkHI 61,2 (amhkam deva nagare ~o n' atthi, dehi no kind ~an ti); Dhp-al 103,i (tesam ~o Bimbisro ahosi); Patis-a684,is (~am gmakiccam karontam eva passi); -vesa, m., the guise of an official; Ja I 230,3; Dhp-aIII 12,19 (setthino ~am gahetv). yudha, n. [ts; the usual Pali form is vudha qv], a weapon; Abh 385; Sadd 623,8 (vo yassa: vudham ~am v); Mhv 7:36 (~amme 'nubhvena tesam kye patissati; vi vudham); 72:106; Jinl 137; Samantak300 (dhretha vividhyudhe); yudha in Ce, Ee at Sp858,i8, 895, %foll. and 898,27 is prob, wr for vudha (Be, Se so); ifc see avasesadhut' -, ind'-, kusum'-, caran, -;

-jivi(n), mfn., living by one's weapons; Mhv 66:67; -lakkhana, n., signs of omen on weapons; DI 9,17 (Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se vudha-). yudhiya, m. [ts], a warrior, a soldier; Mhv 61:69. yussa, mfn. [S. yusya], giving long life; A III 145,8 (pane' ime bhikkhave dhamm ~); anyussa, mfn., not giving long life; A III 145,4 (dhamm -; Mp III 282,12: ~ ti yupacchedan na yuvaddhan). yuhati, see sv yhati. yuhana, ayuhan, seesv yhana. yuhapariyosne in Ee at Vv-a 319,28 is prob, wr for yupariyosne (Be, Ce, Se so). yha, m. [BHS id.], thrusting; striving; exertion; anyha, mfn., without thrusting, without struggling; SI 1,22* (passmi ... brhmanam parinibbutam appatittham ~am tinnam); yuhapariyosne in Ee at Pv-a 136,8 and 162,8 is prob, wr for yupariyosne (Be, Ce, Se so). yhaka, mfn. [yha + ka2], active, keen; Mil 207,15 (viriyav ~o). yhati (and yuhati), pr. 3 sg. [2 + hati1; BHS yhati], thrusts forward, pushes forward (intrans.); struggles, strains, exerts oneself (esp. in water); pursues, works at; SI 48,1* (nadisu ~ati sabbagattehi jantu); Sn210 (n' yhati pragato hi hoti; c/Pj II 258,8: n' yhati ti tassa tassa nivesanassa nibbattakam kusalarn akusalam v na karoti); Ja VI 35,13* (ko 'yam majjhe samuddasmim apassan ram yuhe; 35,15". tiram apassanto ~ati viriyam karoti); Pet 142,14 (yath pakkhi pubbam ~ati pacch n' yhati, Be, Ce so; Ee yuhati); Mil 109,3 (ayam moghapuriso kappatthiyam evakammam -issati ti); Vism 695,1 (yesam hi atthya -eyya te evam vayadhamm ti); Sadd 458,17 (~ati ti vyamati); part.pr. (a) ayha(t), mfn., Ja VI 283,2* (jayo mahrja parjayo ca ~atam annatarassa hoti; 283,5': -atan ti dvinnam vyamnnam); Spk II 85,16 (kammam ~ato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee yhanato); neg. anyha(t), mfn., S I 1,15 (appatittham... anyham ogham atarin ti; Spkl 18,13: anyhan ti anyhanto avyamanto ti attho); (b)yhanta, mfn., Spk II 327,29 (ime vattakatittirdayo evam citt bhavissm ti -ant nma n' atthi); Pet 152,3 (bhindanto jhyati... ~anto jhyati, Be, Ce so; Ee yuhanto); neg. anyhanta, mfn., Spkl 18,13; (c) yhamna, mfn., Spk II 26,11 (manosancetan -aman va); neg. anyhamna, mfn., Spkl 20,23; aor. 3 sg. yhi, Mil 214,13; absol. yhitv, Mil 108,29 (aparpariyakammam ~itv); Sv 984,2; pass. part.pr. yhiyamna, mfn., Spk II 113,1 (kammam hi ~iyamnam eva patisandhim kaddhati nma); pp yhita, mfn., I. (pass.) pursued, worked at; Vism 691,32 (~am sankhatam rsikatam); Ps V 55,19; Vibh-a 25,27 (atite... ~am kammam etarahi paccayo hoti); 455,15 (~-tt); 2. (act.) thrusting, active, exerting oneself; Mill81,i; fpp yhitabba, mfn., Mp II 332,10 (navnam kammnan ti idni yhitabbakammnam); caus. pr. 3 sg. yhpeti, Nidd-a I 39,12 (tassa tassa patilbhatthya satte ~efi ti yhani) = As 364,11. yhana, n., ~, / (and yuhana, yuhan) [from

323

yhati], thrusting towards; exertion, straining after; pursuance, working at; PatisI 10,34 (--a abhinneyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yuhan); 47,14 (vaynupassanya -assa ... pahanam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yuhanassa); II218,21/0//. (~ hetu - paccayo kilesnam nibbattiy, -e dmavam disv anyhane cittam pakkhandati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yuh-); Pet 142,15 (yath ~ evam vitakko, Be, Ce so; Ee yuhan); Vism649,i3 (-ti yatim patisandhihetubhtam kammam); Ps I 210,29 (manosancetanya -am eva... bhayan ti); anyhana, n., - , / , lack of striving; lack of working at; Patis I 11,12 (- abhinneyy, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anyuhan); II 218,22 (-e cittam pakkhandati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anyhane); Sv 801,6 (-am); Mp II 332,11 (akaran ti -ena). yhani, / [from yhati], thrusting forward, straining after, pursuance; Niddl 8,17 (tanh... visat -i) * Dhs 1059 (lobho... visat -1; As 364,12: tassa tassa patilbhatthya satte yhpeti ti -I). yoga, m. [cfBHSid.], 1. binding; a bandage; Vinll 135,28 (bhikkhu gilno hoti, tassa vin -ena na phsu hoti); IV 170,9 (anpatti ~e kyabandhane); Ap 303,8; Vin-vn859; 1818; 2. occupation, exercise, exertion; practice; MI 124,27 (kusalesu dhammesu -am karotha); Th591 (adhicitte ca ~o); Sadd 698,23 (kappati samannam -o); ifc see aniiatr'-; 3. a loan; -gahana, n.y taking a loan; Pj II179,13 (-ena v inam gahetv); -patta, m., a bandage, binding strap; a strip of cloth; Vv 33:223; Vism 79,2 (ukkatthassa [nesajjikassa] n' eva apassenam na dussapallatthik na -o vattati); -pallatthik, / , a certain sitting-posture; Sp 89l,3i; 896,1 (-ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ayoga-). yodhana, n. [ts], war, battle; Abh 399; Mhv 76:267. ra in Ce, Ee at Ud-a370,n (ro) is wr for ara {Be, Se so); in Ee at Patis-a 57,10 (rni ti) is wrfor ora qv. raka, mfn. [prob, extracted from rak qv], distant, far from; D I 102,14 (-0 'ham... anuttarya vijjcaranasampadya, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se rakham); AIV 145,3/o//. (sakkyaditthi ~ hoti vicikicch ~ hoti... mno -o hoti). rakat, rakatta, see sv rak. rak, ind. [S. rakt], far off, at a distance; far from, away from (+ instr., abl, gen.); Abh 1157; Vinll 239,11 (so ~ va sanghamh sangho ca tena); D III 186,32* (~ parivajjeyya maggam patibhayam yath); S IV 43,15 (- so imasm dhammavinay ti); It 91,5 (so ~ va mayham aham ca tassa); Vv 15:8 (theyy ca aticr ca majjapn ca -); Th 1153 (- parivajjeyya); Ja III 534,2* (etdis sakhrasm - parivajjaye); VI 576, is* (kirn nu titthatha-); Mil 243,24 (so - va smann); Vism 198,13 (- hi so sabbakilesehi suvidravidre thito); Ps I 298,37 (vikkhittacittnam puggalnam ~ parivajjanam); Ud-a234,n (ariyy ti... kilesehi - dre thitya niddosya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rakya, prob, wr); Mhv 6:6 (disv tarn ~); Sadd 426,17 ( -saddo drsannavcako); 705,15 (-saddayoge dutiy tatiy ca chatthi ca); (a)-ta,/, abstr., the being distant from, far from; Dhp-aIII 272,12 (kilesehi ~ya ariyam); (a)-tta, n., abstr., id.; A IV 145,2 (~ arahhoti); Ja III

412,31' (arahanto kilesehi '-); Vism 198,15 (~ araham); Sv 1060,2 (kilesehi ~ ariyo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr rahatt) = Mp III 231,19; see also am2. rakantaka, n.9 see sv r'. rakta, m.n. [ts], a kind of brass, an alloy; Abh 492 (riritthl -0); Sp544,i2 (-loham pi jtarpagatikam eva anmsan ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee hraktaloham; Sp-t [Be] II 321,14: pakatirasatambe missetv katam ~am); Spkll 202,3 (jtarpapatirpakan ti suvannarasaviddham -mayam suvannavannam bharanajtam); Vibh-a 63,28 (kamsaloham vattaloham -fin ti tmi kittimalohni nma). rakkasrathi in Ee at SV 6,10* is wrfor rakkha- qv. rakkha, m., ~, / [S. raksa, raks], 1. (mf.) guard, protection; preservation, keeping fast; Vin III 17,14 (~o); D i l 59,i (macchariyam paticca ~o); Mill 120,22 (cattro nam devaputt catuddisam -ya upagacchanti, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se catuddisrakkhya); S IV 176,22 (bhikkhu imesam channam indriynam ~ya sikkhati); Ja I 167,20 (te ~am gahetv); III 33,12 (kutiparivenam pavisitv idha mayham ~o bhavissati ti); VI 517,26 (sabbe -am katv parivrayimsu); Ap 214,28 (~o ca may dinno sugatassa mahesino); Dhs 1347 (channam indriynam gutti gopan ~o samvaro); Mil 94,4 (cariyena antevsimhi satatam samitam ^ upatthapetabb); 392,7 (abbhantarnam bhirnam kilesnam ~ya satidovriko thapetabbo); Vism 126,34 (~amhi asantamhi); Spklll 121,23 (rathassa ~o srathi nma hoti); Dip 1:28 (-am sugato kari); Mhv 4:44 (datv ca tesam -am); Sadd 704,21 (nnrogato v nn-upaddavato v -am ganhantu); ifc see samvihit'-; 2. (m.) a guard, a protector; Ap 309,19 (bhatake -e bah, Ee so; Be, Se ntake; Ce rakkhake); Ap-a287,n (dhammrakkho tav ti tava tuyham dhammassa... ~o rakkhako plako dhammabhandgriko ti attho); ifc see kitth' -, kos' - (sv kosa'); dhikaranam, ind., as a consequence of guarding or holding fast; D i l 59,i; MI 86,8 (tesam bhognam -am dukkham); '-itthi,/, a woman on guard; Ja I 292,11; (a)-gocara, m., a source of sustenance which is a protection; Vism 19,23foil. (katamo -o, idha bhikkhu antaragharam pavittho vithim patipanno okkhittacakkhu yugamattadassvi susamvuto gacchati...)^ Ud-a226, 3 /o//. = It-all 129,33foil.; (a)-tthna, n., a place to be guarded, a protected place; JaV 212,29; Sp 343,4; (a)-devat,/, a tutelary deity, a guardian spirit; Ja VI 281,17; Pj II 476,1; Sadd928,3*; (a)-sati(n), mfn., mindful of guarding; A III 138,22 (indriyesu guttadvr viharatha -ino); (a)-srathi, m., a guarding charioteer; S V 6,10* (sati ~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr rakka-); anrakkha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) lack of guarding; not keeping watch; Dhs 1345 (agutti agopan -o asamvaro); 2. (mfn.) (i) not watchful, not guarding; AI 174,12 (mutthasatmam -nam viharatam; Mp II 276,24: -nam viharatanti chasu dvresu nirrakkhnam viharantnam); (ii) without a guard, without protection; Ja VI 556,27'; Sp 1008,24 (s pubbe - pabbatapde vicaramn); Sv 946,23 (-e gehe cor yam icchanti tarn karonti); Patis-a408,10; nirrakkha, mfn., I. not watchful; Mp II 276,24; 2. not guarded; without

324

protection; Ja HI 536,12' (-am bhandakam vinassissati); Cp 3:3:4 (~ sake gehe vaddhanti sakantibhi); Mp IV 39,24 (-am arannam); Thi-al81,i3 (y evamvidhassa ranno mahesi samn evarpe thne - vasi ti); srakkha, mfn., guarded; with a protector; VinUI 139,23/o//. (dasa itthiyo mturakkhit... dhammarakkhit - saparidand ... -- nma gabbhe pi pariggahit hoti mayhames ti); Ja I 177,ir (te ime sassmik - na vajjh); Mp IV 39,25 (dyan ti -am abhayatthya dinnam arannam). rakkhaka, rakkhika, mfn. and m. [S. raksaka, raksika], 1. (mfn.) protecting; who guards, watches; Mhv 94:8 (~e jane); Sadd 928,2* (sririke paribhoge cetye uddissake pi ca sabbe - dev sukham yantu); 2. (m.) a guard, a watchman; Ja IV 29,15 (- paticchann hutv tassa santikam gacchante olokenti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se rakkhika); 149,3 (senpati... ~e khaggena paharanto palpetv, Be, Se so; Ee rakkhike, Ce rakkhe); Sv 960,9 (catsu dissu -e thapetv, Be so; Se rakkhike; Ee disrakkhike; Ce disrakkhake); Dhp-al 193,14 (~e pucchi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rakkhike); Thi-a 190,29 (tava sahyabhto -0 koci pi n'atthi); Ap-a 180,13 (~e ca hatthibande ca upatthpesi); Mhv 42:61 (-nam); ifc .yeeatavi-. rakkhana, rakkhana, n. [from rakkhati], protecting, guarding; Ja IV 431,25 (cor pi ranno 0,-atthya arannam eva pavisimsu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rakkhatthya); VI 126,\4' (tsarn ca pana Indapatimnam '-atthya); Nett 41,30 (uppannnam bhognam -am ca karoti); Sp 211,25 (rakkho ti anto ca bahi ca rattim ca div ca -am); I h - a l 94,11 (kosajjaptato -ena onehi uddhaccaptato -ena apanehi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce rakkhanena onatim... rakkhanena apanatim; Be, Se arakkhanena onatam ... arakkhanena apanatam). rakkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. raksati], guards, keeps watch over, preserves; Th-aHI 119,5(dhammakosam dhammaratanam ~afi ti kosrakkho); Mhv 24:2 (-itum janapadam); Jinak 78,24 (idam -hi ti mam nperv); part.pr. rakkha(t), mfn., MI 86,11 (tassa evam -ato gopayato te bhoge rjno v haranti); Niddl 415,22 (-ato gopayato); aor. 1 sg. rakkhim, Cp 2:6:12 (n'-im mama jivitam); pp rakkhita, mfn. [S. raksita], guarded, protected; Cp-a 310,21 (--kyavacisamcro); Mhv 29:23 (~o amaccehi). rakkhika, m., see sv rakkhaka. rakkhikyatthim in Ee at Ja II 415,6' is prob, wr for rakkhayatthim (Be, Ce, Se so). rakkheyya in Ee at D III 217,8 is wr for arakkheyya qv sv rakkhati. ragga, seesvr[. racayracay, / [from imperat. of *2 + racati? cfS. Vrac and Ai.Gr. Ill 124b], arranging again and again; pulling this way and that; Sn 673 (jivham balisena gahetv <- vihananti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce rajayrajay; Pj II 482,2: rajayrajay vihananti ti... - ti pi ptho, vinjitv vinjitv ti attho). rajayrajay,/ [from imperat. of *rajayati, caus. of ranjati qv ? cf Ai.Gr. II. J 124b], scoring again and again; Sn 673 (jivham balisena gahetv- vihananti, Be,

Ce so; Ee, Se racayracay; Pj II 48\,26foil.: yath manuss allacammam bhmiyam pattharitv khilehi kotenti, evam kotetv pharashi phletv ekamekam kotim chinditv vihananti, chinnachinnakoti punappuna samutthti. racayracay ti pi ptho). rafljati,/?r. 3 sg. [ 2 + ranjati2], pierces, scores, marks; Sadd 349,5 (ngo dantehi bhmim ranjati -ati); pp rafljita, mfn. and n., slashed or scored; a mark, a furrow; MI 178,28 (ucc ca dantehi -ni; Ps II 199,2foil.: vatarukkhdinam khandhapadese pharasun pahatatthnam viya dthhi chinnatthnam); Ps II 217,22 (tathgatranjitan ti tathgatassa nnadthya tthnam) ^ Nett-a 214,9 (-nnadantehi -am) quoted Sadd 349,9; ifc see tathgat'-; see also rajayrajay. rahjana, n. [from ranjati], piercing; scoring; Nett-a214,9(tebhmakadhammnam -tthnan ti) quoted Sadd 349,9; . rafifia, mfn. [S. ranya], being in a forest, in the wild; forest-born, wild; SI 124,19* (-am iva kunjaram bandhitv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se arannam) II281,19* (kadham Nandam passeyyam -am pamsuklikam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arannam); Ja IV 470,26* (bandhi nam anupubbena -am iva kunjaram, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se arannam); arannam in Ee at Pp 59,12 is wr for arannam (Be, Ce, Se so). raflfiaka, rannika (sometimes written arannaka, arannika), mfn. and m. [S. ranyaka], 1. (mfn.) belonging to the forest or the wild; living in the wild; wild; who has undertaken the dhutahga (qv) of living in the wild; Vin I 92,29 (~ena bhikkhun, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ranfiikena); MI 79,6 (~o migo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arannako); A I 24,10 (etad aggam bhikkhave mama svaknam bhikkhnam... -nam yadidam Revato Khadiravaniyo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ranniknam); III 391,17 (-0 ce p i . . . bhikkhu hoti uddhato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ranniko); Th592 (-ni sensanni pantni appasaddni); 851 (ranniko statiko); Ja II 354,24* (-assa isino, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be rannikassa); VI 496,1* (yath -am ngam dantim anveti hatthini) quoted Sadd 447,26; Mil 348,i* (passat* rannake bhikkhu); Vism72,i5 (-am nma sensanam pancadhanusatikam pacchiman ti idam lakkhanam, Be, Se so; Ce rannikam; Ee arannakam); 73,17 (ranniko bhikkhu arannasannam manasikaronto); Dhp-al 14,25(imam gmam nissya koci -0 vihro atthi ti); Ap-a 165,26 (migo ti... sabbesam ranniknam catuppadnam etam adhivacanam); 2. (m.) one who lives in the forest; a bhikkhu living in the wild, who has undertaken the dhutanga (qv) of living in the wild; Vin II 197,22 (yo icchati -ohotu,e, Se so; Be, Ce ranniko); III 15,3 (ranniko hoti pindaptiko pamsukliko sapadnacriko); MI 30,19 (kincpi so hoti -0 pantasensano, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ranniko); III 40,25 (so tena -ttena attn' ukkamseti param vambheti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce rannikattena); SII 202,16 (aharn kho bhante digharattam - 0 c' eva -ttassa ca vannavdi, Ce so; Be, Se ranniko c' eva rannikattassa; Ee arannako c' eva arannakattassa); Ja IV 8,10 (isipabbajam pabbajitv ... gmantasensanam pahya -o ahosi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ranniko); Mil 342,15* (- dhutadhar jhyino lkha-

325

civar, Ce, Ee so; Be raflnik; Se rak thit vimutt); Vism 61,io (aranne nivso silarn ass ti ranniko); Sp 1106,5 (dhutangasamdnavasena ~ na arannavsamattena); Mp II 40,2 (na sakk ~ena lbham na labhitun ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be rannikena); '-anga, rannikanga, n. [rannaka + ahga2], the practice of living in the wild (one of the dhutangas); Vin II 32,n (privsikena bhikkhun ... na ~am samditabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se arannikarigam); 111231,38 (~am pindaptikangam pamsuklikangam samdiyimsu, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ranfiikangam); Nidd I 66,21 (attha dhutangni ranfiikangam pindaptikangam ...); Mil 359,20 (~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ranfiikangam); Vism 71,21 foil. (rannikangam). rata, mfn., pp o/ramati qv. rati, / [S. lex. id.], keeping away from, abstinence; aversion; Abh 160; VinV 91,20 (pancahi pattikkhandhehi ~i virati pativirati veramanl akiriy akaranam; Sp 1314,3o: rak etehi ramati ti i); M III 74,9 (caulhi pi vaciduccaritehi ~i virati...); Sn 264 (~i virati pp); Vv 63:9 (~i samacariy ca); Vibh 289,27 (pntipt ~i virati...); Sadd706,21 (gmadhamm vasaladhamm asaddhamm ~i virati pativirati). radanta in Ee at Panca-g 32 is prob, wr for rudanta qv. raddha1, mfn., pp o/rabhati' qv. raddha2, mfn. [pp of *2 + rajjhati; cf S. rddha], accomplished, achieved; pleased, satisfied; Vin I 223,27 (sagg te ~); D III 181,23 (ayam c' eva loko ~o hoti paro ca loko; Sv943,27: ~o hoti paritosito c'eva nipphdito ca); M III 79,15 (~o 'smi... imya patipadya; Ps IV 137,2o: -0 ti tuttho); S IV 175,28 (yoni c' assa ~ hoti savnam khayya; or raddhal ? Spk III 22,20 foil.: kranamc' assaparipunnamyeva hoti) * A I 113,15 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o; Mp II 182,27: -- ti paggahit paripunn) * It 30,2 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yoniso ~o hoti; It-al 113,28: ~ ti patthapit pagganhit paripunn sampdit v); A I 46,1 foil, (amatam tesam -am yesam kyagatsati ~ ti); Ap 100,24 (~o ca ayam panho); see also rdheti. raddha, absol o/rabhati 1 qv. raddhum, inf. o/rabhati l qv. ranla, ranla, n. [S. ranla], sour gruel; Abh 460 (ranlam); Sv-pt II451,19 (bilarigam vuccati ranlam). rapatha, see sv r'. rabbha, absol. o/rabhati 1 qv; rabbha in Ee, Se at Dili 256,24 foil, and A IV 334,1 foil, (rabbhavatthu) and in Ee at A III 166,15 (rabbhaja) is prob, wr for rambha- (Be, Ceso); and rabbha in Ee at Sp 1415,24* is prob, wrfor rambh (Be, Ce, Se so). arabbhati1, see sv rabhati1. rabbhati2, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/rabhati x qv rabhati1 (and rambhati, rabbhati1), pr. 3 sg. [S. rabhate; cfalso S. rambhati], takes hold of; begins, undertakes, embarks upon; starts, initiates; DII 246,5* (~avho dalh hotha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rambhavho; Sv668,31: viriyam ~atha); Mill 79,18 (viriyam -atha appattassa pattiy); SI 156,34* (~atha nikkhamatha yunjatha buddhassane, Ce so; Be rambhatha; Ee, Se

rabbhatha) = Th 256 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be rambhatha); AI 39,io (vyamati viriyam ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rambhati); III 165,24 (ekacco puggalo ~ati ca vippatisri ca hoti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce rambhati; Mp III 289,1: pattivitikkamavasena ~ati) = Pp 8,17 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se rambhati) quoted Nidd-al 408,20 (eds rambhati) and Sadd 409,18; Pet 42,1 (asmimnassa pahnam -ate); 189,8 (akusalam ~ati); Vism 531,15 (sankhre ~ati); Sadd 409,6 foil. (pubbo rabha himsakaranavyamanesu... rabhati ~ati samrabhati rabbhati); fut. 3 sg. rabhissati, MI 25,18 (na viriyam -issati); 1 sg. (a)rabhissam, Nidd-al 2,11* (~issam samsena Mahniddesavannanam); (b) rabhissmi, Vism 523,4* (vannanam -issmi); ~ part.pr. (a)rabha(t), mfh., D h p l l 2 (viriyam ~ato dalham); As 120,13 (uposathakammam karoto bhvanam -ato); (b) rabhanta, mfn., Ja IV 66,5 (dhammakatham -anto); Vism 223,4 (~antena); Mp II365,13 (~antassa); (c) rabhamna, mfn., S V 76,25 (satisambojjhangam ... bhikkhu ~amno, Ce so; Ee rambhamno; Be, Se rabbhamno); Vism 630,3; aor. 3 sg. rabhi, Ja I 68,22 (aggim katv pacitum ~i); IV 209,26 (vaddhaki pi rukkham chinditum ~i); Pv-a 35,22 (~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rabbhi); Mhv35:110; 3 pi. rabhimsu, DII274,1* (viriyam -imsu); Ja V 316,1; inf. (a)rabhitum, Sil 28,24 (viriyam ~itum); Sadd 409,12; (b) raddhum, Mhv72:114 (pabhte yuddham raddhukmatt); absol. (a) rabhitv, Ja I 401,2'; Sv 188,io; Vism 228,3 (vipassanam -itv); Mp V 34,2 (evam kath ~itv anitthpit hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se rabhit); Mhv 5:152 (~itv vipassanam); Sadd 409,12; neg. anrabhitv, Sp 600,14; (b) rabhitvna, Pj I 33,3*; Mhv 99:132; (c) raddha, Sadd857,i9 (rabbha raddha rabhitv); (d) rabbha [S., BHS rabhya], undertaking; making a starting point of; taking as subject-matter; with reference to; concerning (+ ace. or gen.); D I 12,30 (pubbantam rabbha); MI 144,5; SI 159,4* (anejo santim rabbha); Sn 972 (upekham rabbha samhitatto); T h l l 6 5 (na-y-idam sithilam rabbha... nibbnam adhigantabbam); Ja I 185,27 (idam satth... Devadattam rabbha kathesi); II 16,13 (pitaram rabbha pathamam gtham ha); VI 550,6 (kumro mtpitunnam rabbha paridevanto ha); Mil 177,26 (tarn ca pana na sabbesam jinaputtnam yeva rabbha bhanitam); As 106,9; Sadd 409,12; pass. pr. 3 sg. rabbhati2, rabbhate, Pj I 165,14 (atthavannan rabbhate, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se rabhiyate); Vism 436,22 (tarn sabbam bhvayitum rabbhamnam vissajjanam); Sadd 409,9 (rabbhati); pp (a) raddha1, mfn. [S. rabdha], 1. (act.) beginning; who has begun (often used as finite verb); Ja I 167,26 (pannni khditum ~o); 418,26 (tasmim kathetum -e anne oksam eva na labhanti); 496,3 (tassa gatadivasato patthya brhmani aticaritum ~); Sp 54,8 (asin sisni ptetum ~o); 2. (pass.) taken hold of undertaken; begun, initiated; Vin HI 4,3 (~am... viriyam ahosi); SIV 175,28 (yoni c' assa ~ hoti savnam khayya; or raddha2? SpkIII 22,20/0//.: kranam c' assa paripunnam yeva hoti) * A I 113,15 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o; Mp II 182,27: ~ ti paggahit paripunn) * It 30,2 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yoniso ~o hoti;

326

It-al 113,28: - ti patthapit pagganhita paripunn sampdit v); Ja III 123,10 (bhattaptiyam bhatte ~e yeva); Vism 440,14 (- vipassanpann); Sp 141, n (~-tt yeva); vipassaka, mfn.9 who has begun (to win) insight, embarking upon (the search for) insight; Sv589,3i; Vism 606,9; neg. anraddha, mfn., Sp 1287,27 (suntu me ti anraddhe va); Mp IV 126,27; see also accraddha; pp (b) rabhita, mfn., 1. begun, undertaken; Ud-a311,6 (bhagavat attan saddhim ekagandhakutiyam vso -o ti, Ce, Ee so; perhaps wr; Be, Senatto); 2. beginning, embarked upon; initiating; Th-a I 83,14 (vipassanam -o, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se rabhi; Ce rabhitv); fpp rabhitabba, mfn., Vism 609,29; Sp 1232,20 (viriyam rabhitabbam); caus. aor. 3 sg. rabhapayi, Mhv 5:80 (rjhi vihre-ayi); absol rabhpetv, Mhv 16:12. rabhati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. labhate], kills, slaughters; sacrifices; MI 368,24 (samanam Gotamam uddissa pnam -anti) quoted As 146,3 (rambhasaddo ... pnam -anti ti ettha himsyam); Ja VI 211,6* (yannesu pane pasum -anti, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee haranti; 214,27': pane ca pasum ca... jivikatthya mrenti); pass, part.pr. rabhiyamna, mfn., MI 371,n (so pno rabhiyamno). rabhana, rambhana, n. [from rabhati1; S. rambhana], beginning, undertaking; MpIII 366,7 (-vasena pavattaviriyam); IV 163,6 (vipassanya kammam -klo); Ud-a 233,i (kusalnam dhammnam upasampadya rambhanam vmyrambho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); Nidd-al 408,28 (viriyan ti rambhanavasena rambho ti vuccati) * As 146,8 (Se rambhana-; Be, Ce rambhanaka-; ferabhanaka-). rabhanaka, rambhanaka, n. [rabhana + ka2], undertaking, beginning; As 146,8 (viriyam hi -vasena rambho ti vuccati, Ee so; Be, Ce rambhanaka-; Se rambhana-) = Patis-a45,4 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rambhanaka-). ramana, ramana, n., 1. [S. lex. ramana], cessation, keeping away from; Pj I 142, n (rati ti -am); 2. [S. ramana], delighting in, enjoyment; Sv 1016,32 (-am rmo abhirati ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr abhiramate ti) = Mp III 56,20. ramati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ramati], \. ceases, stops; leaves off; keeps away (from); A III 213,23* (sehi drehi santuttho paradram ca -e, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se nrame); IV 137,20 (n' atthi so khano ... yam s [nadi pabbateyy] -ati, atha kho s gacchat' eva vattat' eva, Ee so; Be vattati; Ce tharati; Se dharati); Niddl 376, u (kukkucc -eyya virameyya pativirameyya); 2. delights in, takes pleasure; Mp III 128,5 (-anti ettha ti rmo); Pj I 112,1/0//. (-anti ettha pnino visesena v pabbajit -anti ti rmo); pp rata, mfn. [ts], keeping away, abstaining (from, abl); Ja IV 372,8* (mam akincanam natvsabbappehi -am); Niddl 71,24 (katthan -o virato pativirato; Nidd-al 201,7: ~o ti drato rato ... piscam viya disv palto -o); anratam, adv. [ts], continually, without stopping; Abh41; fpp (a) ramitabba, mfn., to be enjoyed, delighted in; It-a 1147,14 (-ato rmo etass ti avypajjhrmo, Be, Ce,

Se so; Ee wr rmitabbato); II72,12; (b) ramaniya, mfn., to be enjoyed, delightful; Pet 162,18 (rajjaniyam -am assdiyam, so read? Be, Ee rammanlyam; Ce rammanam); caus. pr. 3 sg. rameti, makes delight in; ? Nidd-a 154,23 (ettha -enti cittam tosenti ti rmo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rmenti); 351,30 (apatikkhipitabbatthena attano phalam -efi ti rammanam). ramana, see sv ramana. rambha1, m. [ts], l.(i) beginning; undertaking; initial effort, exertion; Abh 852 (-0 viriye kamme dikamme vikopane); Mil 244,21 (n'etdiso araiatra -o ahosi nikkamo); Sp808,30 (-assa ca avasnassa ca vemajjhatthnam pattakath); 1415,24* (sabbassa lokassa nittham dhammupasamhit sigham gacchantu - sabbe pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rabbh); Ps I 101,29 (tadadhigamya -am pi akurumn ti); Dhp-al 112,12 (nyarn -0 appamattakatthnatthya); Nidd-a I 436,33 (~ ti kammnam pathamrambh); ifc see ace'-, viriy* -; (ii) wrongly-directed exertion or action; A III 166,15 (yasmato kho -j sav samviijanti, Be, Ce so; Ee rabbhaj, Se rabhaj, prob, wrr; Mp III 289,15: pattivitikkamasambhav) = Pp64,6; Sn744 (yam kind dukkham sambhoti sabbam -paccay -nam nirodhena n' atthi dukkhassa sambhavo) quoted Nidd-a I 408,i %foll (ettha hi kammam -0 ti gatam); 2. starting-point (for initiating activity); subjectmatter; Pet 157,16; 230,27 (yen* -ena idam suttam desitam); Nett 70,34 (bhagav padam sodheti no ca -am); rambha in Ee at Th-a II 219,32 is wr for rabbha (Be, Ce, Se so); an rambha1, m., absence of undertaking; non-exertion; Sn 745 (sabbrambham patinissajja ~e vimuttino; Pj II 507,13: ~e vimuttino ti -e nibbne vimuttassa); Cp-a296,22; durrambha, m., wrongly-directed exertion; Cp -a 296,20^0//. (viriyam ca pannavirahitam yathicchitam attham na sdheti -bhvato, varam eva hi anrambho -ato). rambha2, m [BHS id.; S. lambha], killing, slaughter; ifc see anrambha2, nirrambha, mahrambha (jvmaha[t]), srambha. rambhati, seesv rabhati1. rambhana, see sv rabhana. rammana, n. (and mfn.) [cf S. rambhana, BHS rambana; cfalsoS., BHS lambana] (pl. nom. -ni, -; acc. -ni and perhaps -e), l.(n.) basis, startingpoint (for producing or initiating activity), footing; basis of meditation; object, object of consideration, sense-object; Abh 94; 1132 (-am hetugocare); VinUI 222,10 (bhikkhuss' atthya bhikkhum -am karitv); D III 58,2i (na lacchati Mro otram na lacchati Mro -am); Sil 65,16 (yam ca... ceteti yam ca pakappeti yam ca anuseti -am etam hoti vinnnassa thitiy; SpkII 71,i: paccayo hi idha -an ti adhipppeto); IV 185,19 (labhetha aggi ~am); A III 312, is (idam pi kho ... -am karitv evam idh' ekacce satt visujjhanti); Sn 474 (~ yassa na santi keci); Th 1141 (-e tarn balas nibandhisam); Ja III 365,26 (Rhugahitam candamandalam -am katv mahrajjam chaddetv pabbbajito ti); Nidd I 256,7 (kuto paht kalah vivd ti... -am pucchati paccayam pucchati); Patis I 180,15 (yam tassa -am tarn tassa gocaram); Ap 7,14

327

(dhir... ~enpi parittakena paccekabodhim anuppunanti); Dhs 687 (katamam tarn rpam cakkhusamphassassa ~am); Vibh 319,25 (pancannam vinnnnam vatth ajjhattik ~ bhir); Pet 2,21 (esa hetu etam -am eso upyo svakassa niyynassa); Mil 332,27 (so tesu annataram -am ganhti); 374,22* (buddhaputtena arahattaphalakrnin ~am lambitv vaddhitabbam asekhaphale, Be, Ce, Eeso; e~e); 412,21* (~e labhitvna pahitattena bhikkhun bhiyyo hso janetabbo); Vism 334,13 (dutiyassa ruppaijhnassa -tt); 548,6 (kirn patisandhiy -an ti); SpkII 293,27 (pann nildivasena ~am pi jnti aniccdivasena lakkhanapativedham pi ppeti); Nidd-al 40,8 (pati-ekke pati-ekke ~e bandhati ti patibandhu) = As 365,8; Nidd-a 1131,8 (vitakko ~e cittam abhiniropeti) * As 114, \i (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o); Patis-a 69,7 (kasinsubhdisu anuklam -an ti); ifc see angat'- (sv gacchati), olubbh'- (sv olubbhati); 2. (mfn.) being a basis or object; ? Nidd-a I 168,13 (sukhavedanya ~o sukhavedaniyo dukkhavedanya ~o dukkhavedaniyo, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ~e; ad Niddl 52,32 foil.: ayam sukhavedaniyo phasso ayam dukkhavedaniyo phasso); '-panijjhna,n., meditation on an object; Vism 150,1; Spl46,i; '-okkantika, n., the omission of an object; Ps II 256,14; -pa{ivijnana, mfn., cognising the object; Vism 592,16 (~am vinnnam); anrammana, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) without a basis; without an object; Ud80,i5 (appatittham appavattam -am eva); Kv 405,34/o//. (anusay ~a ti); As 347,15 (~-tt); 2. (mfn. and n.) not (being) an object; not (being) the basis; not (being) the starting-point; PatisI 170,32* (nimittam asssapasss anrarmnan-m-ekacittassa; Patis-a 477,34^0//.: ~ ekacittassa, makro pan* ettha padasandhikaro, -am ekacittassa ti pi ptho, ekassa cittassa rammanamna bhavanti tiattho) = Vism 281,18* (~am ekacittassa); Vism 433,23 (pubbenivsannassa pana atit khandh khandhapatibaddham ca kind -am nma n'atthi); 438,28 (savnam rammanabht ssav [pann] tesam ~ ansav); srammana, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) with a basis, with an object; Kv404,24 (rpam -an ti; Kv-a 116,3: rupam sappaccayatthena ~am nma hoti na aiinam rammanam karoti ti rammanapaccayavasena); Mp I 46,18 (asubhanimittan ti dasasu asubhesu uppannam ~am pathamaijhnam); As 49,24 (saha rammanen ti -); 2. (n.) a co-object; Vism 181,3 (psnam v... latam v sanimittam karoti ~am karoti; 183,29: ayam psno idam asubhanimittam idam asubhanimittam ayam psno ti evam dve dve samsetv samsetv vavatthapento ~am karoti nma); see also lambana, lakkhanrammanika. raha,jee^varaha. rahatt in Ee at Sv 1060,2 is wr for rakatt (Be, Ce, Se so). r1, / [ts], an awl; a bodkin; a needle; Abh 528; Sadd921,2 (ar r); '-agga, n. [r + agga1], the point of an awl; Dhp407 (ptito ssapo-r-iva -); Sn 625 (~e-r-iva ssapo yo na lippati kmesu); As 384,10 (kukkuccam -am iva kamsapattam manam vilikhamnam); Sp291,i4 (patte v thlake v -na

lekham karonti); (a)-kanta, m., a pointed instrument (for preparing manuscripts); Sp 459,2 (vsipharasusatti-rakantdinam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -rakantakdinam); (a)-kantaka, n. [r + kantaka1], a small knife or pointed instrument (for preparing manuscripts); Sp 292,22; Sv 632,2; Vin-vn 3067; -patha, rapatha, m., a stitch; Vin IV 62,i (sayarn sibbeti -e - patti pcittiyam; Sp 805,3: - ~eti scim pavesetv pavesetv niharane, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ra-); Kkh 99,n (--e ~Q pcittiyam, Be so; Ce, Ee ra-); see also ar. r2, ind. [S. rt], far off, at a distance; far from (+abl.); Abh 1157; MI 116,13 (hate citte ~ cittam samdhimh ti); SI 204,31* (~ singhmi vrijam); Dhp253 (sav tassa vaddhanti - so savakkhay); Sn 156 (kacci -a pamdamh); Th795 (- nibbna vuccati); Ja IV 5 8,19* (tarn tdisam... adhammikam ... r vivajjeyya); V 78,8* (~ ~ samyame tdisamh, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ ar, mc); -cri(n), mfn. living remote, living far from (evil); D I 4,10 (brahmacri samano Gotamo ~i virato methun gmadhamm; Sv72,io: -i tiabrahmacariyato dracri) ^ MI 179,28 * A I 211,35 (arahanto... ~i virat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ancri,prob, wr) * IV 389,2 (arahanto ... ~i virat, Ce so; Se ~ino; Ee wr rcravirat; Be omits passage). rdha, m. and mfn. [S. rdha, m.]9 \.(m.) homagewinning the favour of; 2. (mfn.) paying homage, propitiating; Sadd 696,2 (~o 'ham ranno, ~o 'ham rjnam); ipekha, mfn., looking for favour, wishing to gratify; Vin I 346,12 (~o manjun srena gyi). rdhaka, w/(~ik). [cf S. lex. rdhaka], who conciliates, wins approval; accomplishing, fulfilling; successful; Vin 170,2 (evam kho bhikkhave annatitthiyapubbo ~o hoti evam anrdhako); MI 491,36 (sace... imam dhammam bhavam yeva Gotamo ~o abhavissa; Ps III 201,15: ~o ti sampdako pariprako); II 181,34 (~o hoti nyam dhammam kusalam); A V 335,25 (saddho kho Nandiyo-0 hoti no asaddho) quoted Pet 71,5 (so read; eds saddh ve nandik rdhiko); JaV 118,20 (abhinnassa v parabalassa bhett bhinnassa v sakabalassa ~o); Mil 227,8 (rj nma yassa kassaci -assa pasiditv varitam varam datv kmena tappayati); Sp275,i8 (rdhik ca honti sahghik lajjiniyo t kopetv annattha na gantabbam); 994,1 (imesam atthannam titthiyavattnam paripranena -o paritosako bhikkhnam annatitthiyapubbo); anrdhaka (and anrdhika ?), mfn., not winning approval, not pleasing; unsuccessful; Vin I 70,3; Sv570,i2 (~o marine Anando); Ps V 31,16 (ayam puggalo appatipannako ~o ti); Spkll 203,22 (Kapilo nma ~-bhikkhu, Be so; Ce, Ee anrdhikabhikkhu; Se ancro bhikkhu); ati-rdhaka, mfn., very successful; very much approved; Sp 1000,14 (inasmiko ce sdh ti vissajjeti, ice etam kusalam, sace pana upaddhupaddham deth ti vadati dtabbam, aparena samayena -o hoti sabbam deth ti vutte pi dtabbam eva). rdhana, n., - a , / [S. rdhana; cf S. lex. rdhan], conciliating, winning over; accomplishment,

328

success; D i l 287,11* (katham ~ hoti katham hoti virdhan; Sv740,i4: ~ ti sampdan); Mil 199,5 (brhman... panca dhamme pannpenti punnassa kiriyya kusalassa ~y ti); A V 212,8 (sammattam bhikkhave gamma ~ hoti no virdhan); Ja IV 427,19 (mayam tdisam luddam pi mudukam karimh, ranno ~e amhkam ko bhro, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit ko); Sp 629,30 (bhikkhnam mnanabhvya ' -atthy ti vuttam hoti); anrdhana, mfn., not winning favour; unpleasing; Ja V 26,15' (~ena kammena, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anrdhakammena). rdhanlya, mfn.,fpp o/rdheti qv. rdhika in eds at Pet 71,5 is prob, wr for rdhaka qv. rdhik, see sv rdhaka. rdheti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *2 + rajjhati; S. rdhayati; cf BHS rgayati], wins the favour or approval of, conciliates, propitiates; honours, satisfies; accomplishes, fulfils, carries to a successful end; achieves, gains; Vin I 173,9 (so ce ... codako bhikkhu anuyogena vifinnam sabrahmacrinam cittarn na ~eti); III 102,18 (na vuso dukkaram -eturn); D I 120,6 (addh vat' assham cittarn -essmi panhassa veyykaranena); MI 193,I6 (silasampadam ~eti); 1114,24 (sabbe va accantanittham nibbnam ~enti); A III 192, I i (noce ditthe va dhamme annam ~eyya); Dhp281 (~aye maggam isippaveditam); Itlll,2i* (~ayanti saddhammam; It-all 163,10: -ayanti ti sdhenti sampdenti); Thi 6 (~ayhi nibbnam; Thi-a 12,29: nibbnam ~ehi); Ja I 223,27* (~eti nikatippanno bako kakkatak-m-iva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee~e; 224, r: -eti ti patilabhati); 452,29 (smikassa pi patham gantv dsakammam katv tarn eva -essmi ti); 11372,6 (na me so kurudhammo cittarn ~eti); VI298, n* (~ayati rjnam) quoted Sadd 660,22 (asamse pi catutthichatthivasena rjnam iti neyyam, ~ayati rjnan ti plidassanato); Ap 298,6 (-ayeyyam sambuddham); Mil210,13 (itthi... smikam ~eti toseti pasdeti); Vism239,i9 (sace ditthe va dhamme amatam nrdheti kyassa bhed sugatiparayano hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ndhigameti); part.pr. (a)rdhenta, m/(~enti)., Ja III 116,14 (rafino cittarn ~ento); Ap-a507,io (s smikam -enti); (b)rdhaya(t), m/n., Mhv 57:34 (-ayarn); (c) rdhayanta, mfn., Vism 73,26* (-ayanto nthassa vanavasena mnasam); (d) rdhayamna, mfn., Vism 101,7; aor. 3 sg. (a) rdhesi, S II 107,19; Ja VI 178,27 (tpasam vattasampadya ~esi); Mil 25,5; (b) rdhayi, A III 294,8* (~ayi so nibbnam yogakkhemam anuttaram); 3 pi. (a) rdhesum, Mil 210,10; (b) rdhayimsu, MI 124,7; Sp213,n; cond. 2sg. rdhayissa, JaV 305,3' (sace tvam... kumram -ayissa); absol. (a)rdhetv, Th511 (satthram ~etv); Ja VI 69,9 (so cariyupajjhye -tv laddhupasampado); Mil 90,18 (cariyam ~etv); Mhv 1:10; (b) rdhetvna, Mhv 90:85; (c)rdhayitv, T h l l 0 6 (nidhim -ayitv); Ap23,n; Mil 352,29; (d) rdhayitvna, Ap 371,8; (e) rdhitvna, Ap 150,n (~itvna sambuddham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ycitvna); pp rdhita, mfn. [ts; cf BHS rgita], 1. (pass.) conciliated, satisfied; honoured; achieved, gained; JaIV 76,29* (~... bahussut isayo); Ap298,i8

(~o me sambuddho); Pj I 75,28 (ann ~); Ud-a 182,30 (bhagav attamano assa sammpatipattipjya -0 bhaveyy ti); Vv-a 341,21 (tay ~ehi devehi); Ap-a 541,19 (~ena bhagavat, Be, Se so; Ee bhagavato; Ce ~o bhagavat); 2. (act.) having conciliated, having honoured; Ap 351,5 (~o 'mhi sugatam Gotamarn Sakyapungavam); fpp (a) rdhetabba, mfn., to be conciliated, to be honoured; Ja VI 298,17 (rj yeva hi namassitabbo ca -octi); Dhp-al 9,6 (kalynajjhsayena hy ete ~); (b) rdhaniya, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) to be fulfilled, to be achieved; Vin III 102,32 (~o kho vuso dhammo raddhaviriyen ti; Sp 504,1: sakk rdhetum sampdetum nibbattetun ti attho); 2. (n.) what is to be accomplished; success, approval; Vin I 71,19 (idam... sarightanikam annatitthiyapubbassa ~asmim); Cp 1:6:4 (yath pi sevako... ~am esati; Cp-a 54,32: yath so rdhito hoti evam ~am rdhanam eva esati); neg. anrdhaniya, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) (i) not successful; not to be approved; Ps II 381,13 (tathgatassa kyavacidvre anrdhaniyam kind passissmi ti); (ii) not to be won over, satisfied; Ps IV 31,22 (cittassa anrdhaniyabhvo kathito); 2. (n.) failure, lack of approval; Vin I 70,29 (annatitthiyapubbassa anrdhaniyasmim); durrdhanlya, mfn., hard to achieve; Ja II 233, w; see also raddha2. rma, m. [ts], 1. pleasure, delight; Mp III 56,21 (bhvanya ~o ass ti bhvanrmo); IV 156,25 (pancavidhe samsagge -t); Pj II 333,30 (~o rati ti eko va attho); ifcsee&pwzy'-y kamm'-, garf-, dhamm'-, vagg'-; 2. a pleasure-grove, a garden, a park, esp. one given for the benefit o/bhikkhay (and containing shelters or dwellings); Abh 537; Vin I 39,18 (patiggahesi bhagav ~am); IV 298,24 (~o nma yattha katthaci manussnam kilitum ramitum kato hoti); D I 178,3 (bhagav Svatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anthapindikassa --) MI 84,4 (amatitthiynam paribbjaknam ~o); S V 73,n (-ena ~am uyynena uyynam anucankammi anuvicarmi); Pv 19:8 (pokkharannodapnni ~ni ca ropite papyo ca vinsesim); Ja VI 550,27* (ime titthanti -); Ap 251,2 (Siddhatthassa bhagavato ~o ropito mama); Vism 389,n (ksvehi ekapajjotam -am disv); Mhv 36:14; ifc see ajjhrma, ajjhrme, anto-; -kara, mfn. [rma + kara1], giving pleasure, bringing delight; JaV 435,22* (narnam ~su nrisu); -cetiya, -cetya, n., a shrine in a park; a park; M I 20,29 (-cetiyni vanacetiyni...; Ps I 119,22: pupphrmaphalrmdayo rm eva -cetiyni); SI 233,i* (-cety vanacety); -nisdi(n), mfn., living near a park; S V 73,9 (aham asmi ... ~I parisvacaro, Ce, Ee so; Be -nissayi; Se -niydi; Spklll 145,11: rmam nissya vasanabhvena ~I, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -nissayi); -pla, m., a keeper or guardian of a park; Vin II 109,5; Vv-a 288, n; -pesaka, m., a superintendent of the park-servants; Vin II 177,19 (sanghassa ~o na hoti, rmik apesiyamn kammam na karonti); A III 275,16; -mariyadaka, mfn. (or m.\ on the boundary of a park; (or the boundary of a park;) Mhv 48:36 (pd Nagaragallam ca -am); -rakkhaka, m., a keeper or guardian of a park;

329

Sp 388,4 (yam gihinam ~ bhikkhnam denti etam vattati); -rakkhanaka, m(fn)., who looks after a park; Ja I 251,9' (rme niyutto ~o makkato); -rmaneyyaka, n., the loveliness of parks; a beautiful park; MI 365,30; A I 35,6; JaIV 492,2g; -ropa, m., a planter of gardens or parks; SI 33,18* quoted Kv 345,18*; -ropaka, m., id; Kv-a98,i8 (~' -diam); -ropana, n., the planting of a park; Ja VI 121,25' (etni ~'-dini punnni katv); Pv-a 151,3 (in cpd); -vatthu, n., the site or ground for a park; VinI 140,2; 11150,26 (vatthu nma ~u vihravatthu); Sp 341,24 (pupphrmdinam atthya thapito bhmibhgo ~u nma); 1237,7 (~u nma tesam yeva ramnam atthya paricchinditv thapitokso tesu v rmesu vinatthesu tesam pornabhmibhgo); see also ekrmat. rmika, m(fn). andm. [rma + ika; BHS id.], 1. (mfn.) in charge of a park; living in a park; Ja I 251,2* (kapi ~o yath; 251,8'foil.: yath rame niyutto rmarakkhanako makkato); Mhv 52:19 (~nam bhikkhnam); 2. (m.) an attendant, servant (to the bhikkhuy) in a park; Vin I 207,5 (attho bhante ayyassa ~en ti); A III 343,2; Ap 205,7; Mil 6,26 (aham sanghassa -0); Vism 120,33/0//. (~ kulnam gvo rundhanti... manuss ... passatha tumhkam ~nam kamman ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -kulnam); Vin-vn653; see also rmikini. rmikinl, / [from rma], a female servant in an rma, or the wife of an rmika; Vin I 208, \ofolL; see also rmika. rva, m. [ts], a cry, a sound; Abh 128; Dth4:3 (in cpd). risya, n. [cfS. rsa, rseya], the state or condition of a seer; Sadd 807,14 (isino bhvo ~am). rugya, n. [cf AMg smgga], health; Sadd636,s; 790,23 (arogassa bhvo rogyam, okrassa pana ukrakaranavasena ~an ti sijjhati); see also rogya. runna, n. \pp of *2 + rudati], crying, weeping; Mil 357,23 (-runnakrunnaravam paridevamno); see also rudanta. rudanta, mfn. \part.pr. of *2 + rudati], crying, weeping; Panca-g 32 (~e pi khdanti sgijjholkavyas, so read; Ee radante); see also runna. ruppa, n.m. and mfn. [from arpa; BHS rpya], 1. (n.m.) formless, immaterial state or existence (esp. referring to the arpajhnas); DIU 275,15 (rpnam etam nissaranam yadidam -am) = It 61,5 (It-a II41,15: ~an ti arpvacarajhnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arpan ti); Ja I 406,18 (bodhisatt arpasampattilbhino hutv pi abhabbatthnatt ~e na nibbattanti); Dhs 1588 (cattro ~ kusalato ca vipkato ca kiriyato ca ime dhamm arpvacar); As 202,18 (~am sampanno); Vism 111,4 (ksnancyatanam vinnnancyatanam kincannyatanam nevasannnsannyatanan ti ime cattro ~); 547,3i (panca rpvacarni cattri ~ni); Sv224,i4 (**e pana dibbacakkhussa gocaro n' atthi ti); 2. (mfn.) formless, immaterial; M I 33,35 (ye te sant vimokh atikamma rpe ~ te kyena phusitv vihareyyan ti; Ps I 162,8: ~ ti rammanato ca vipkato ca rpavirahit) * SII

127,19; -tthyi(n), mfn., being or living in a formless or immaterial existence; SI 131,13* (ye ca rppag satt ye ca ~ino, Ce so; Be arupa-; Ee wr ariippa-; Se arpabhgino) = It 62,5* (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se arpatthyino; = Sn754: Be, Se arpatthyino; Ce, Ee -vsino); -vsi(n), m/n., id.; Sn754 (~ino, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se arpatthyino). ruyha, absol. o/rohati qv. ruyhatix see sv rohati. ruyhati 2 ,/?a^. pr. 3 sg. of rohati qv. ruyhana, ., see sv rohma. rulha, mfn.9 pp of rohati qv. ruha, m. [ts], climbing, ascent; ifc see durruha. ruhana, ruhana, n., ^ee^vrohana. ruhati, see sv rohati. rgya, n., see sv rogya. rppa- in Ee at SI 131,13* is wr, prob, for ruppa qv. rjha, mfn., pp o/rohati qv. rlhaka, mfn. [rulha + ka2], mounted; ridden; see ekapurisrlhakahatthi(n) ^v eka. rjhitvna, absol. o/rohati qv. ruha, m., see sv roha. rhati, see sv rohati. ruhana, n., see sv rohana roga is an occasional wr in Eefor aroga qv sv roga. rogpeyyam in Ee at VinI 274,7 is wr for arogpeyyam (Ce so). rogiya, n., see sv rogya. rogya, rogiya (and rgya?), n. (and mfn.) [S. rogya, n.], 1. (n.) freedom from disease; health, well-being; Abh 331; D I 73,17 (yath ~am yath bandhan mokkham); MI 451,5 (sukham vata bho smannam ~am vata bho smannam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rgyam,prob, wr); 509,11 (idam tarn ... ~am idam tarn nibbnam); SI 87,3* (yum rogiyam vannam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be arogiyam; ^ Mil 341,22*: Be, Ce arogat; Ee rogat; Se rogitam) quoted Sadd791,i (roggiyam); S HI 1,21 (yohi... imam kyam pariharanto muhuttam pi ~am patijneyya kim annatra bly); A I 147,14* (-e yobbanasmim ca jivitasmim ca y mad, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arogye); ThI324 (~am brhmanim avoca); Ja I 366,24* (-am icche; 366,30': ~am nma sarirassa ca cittassa ca arogabhvo anturat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rogyabhvo, prob, wr); II 341,16 (antarmagge pana -na gat' atth ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr rogena); VI 551,14* (ammam ~am vajjsi); Niddl 411,15 (sabbam ~am vydhin ositam); Ap 574,4 (rogantam api c' rogyam); Vism 232,12 (sabbam ~am vydhipariyosnam); Sp40,i6 (mama vacanena ~am puccha); As 128,37 (alobho c' ettha ~assa paccayo hoti); 2. (mfn.) [S. lex. id.] well, healthy; Ja III 541,8' (aham ajja daddaram sukhim -am na mafinmi, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce arogarn); -vinsaka, mfn., destroying health; Sp 229,6 (~o rogo); -8l,/, a sick-room, an infirmary; Mp I 306,15 (~am kresi); anrogya, n., ill-health, lack of well-being; Ja I 367,3' (etasmim ~e sati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se roge); Patis-a576,37 (~'-atthena akusalam); see also rugya. rocaka, m/(-ik)n. [BHS id.], announcing; ifc see

330

uposatiY-; anrocakaw Ee, Se at Sp 1089,26 is prob, wrfor arocaka qv. rocana, n. (and -a, / ) [BHS id.], announcement, declaration; Sp 907,22 (pathame ~e bhikkhuniy dukkatam); Sv 815,4 (tarn ca pana therassa ~am sutv); Ps III 296,27 (yagghe ti Q,-atthe nipto); Mp II 102,25 (anattamanassa sato paresam ~ena pi doso); anrocana, ., ~ , / , a failure to announce; the omission of announcement; VinII 34,i (tayo... privsikassa bhikkhuno ratticched sahavso vippavso ~; Sp 1169,24: gantukdinam ~); Sp 1167,4 (tesam ~e pi ratticchedo n'atthi); Mp I 390,7 (mayham pana lavakassa ~am nma ayuttan ti). rocanaka, n. [rocana + ka2], announcement, declaration; ifc see bht'-; rocanaka in Ee at Sv 610,26 and Sv-pt II245, is is wrfor arocaka qv. rocayita(r), m. [from roceti], one who announces, tells; Sp398,n (bhagav patisallnam anuyutto imam pavattim na jnti koci 'ssa ~ pi n' atthi) = Spk III 268,4; see also roceta(r). rocpana, n. [from rocpeti], causing to announce, making inform; Dhp-a II 167,10 (idni addhamsaccayena crikam pakkamissmi ti bhikkhnam ~am). rocpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. /roceti qv. rocita, mfn., pp o/roceti qv. rocitaka, mfn. [rocita + ka2], announcing; ifc see uposath' -. roceta(r), m. [from roceti], one who announces, tells; Bv-a 23,23 (ekapuriso pi gantv ssanamattam pi ~ n' atthi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rocento); see also rocayita(r). roceti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHSrocayati, rarely roceti], announces; informs; tells (something, ace, to someone, dat./gen., occasionally ace); Vin I 39,28 (tehi katik kat hoti yo pathamam amatam adhigacchati so itarassa ~etuti); 121,19 (sutto na ~eti pamatto na ~eti); III92,i (~eyya itthiy v purisassa v); IV 34,14 (yannnham bhagavato etam attham ~eyyan ti); D I 226,ii (samanassa Gotamassa klam ~ehi); II 207,14 (idam ca bhagavato ~essml ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~eyymi ti, prob, wr); MI 271,28 (~aymi vo bhikkhave pativedaymi vo bhikkhave); SI 101,20 (~emi kho te mahrja pativedemi kho te mahrja); AIV 97,8* (tni ~ayissmi); Jail 394,25 (ranno uyyne ambnam abhavam -essanti); VI 95,25 (yad me samma kappaka sirasmim palitni passeyysi tad me ~eyysi ti); Ap 551,14 (-mi mahvira apardham khamassu tarn) * 585,2 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aroce va); Mil 19,n (tena hi bhane bhadantassa ~eth ti); 27,2 (ratharn me ~ehi, kin nu kho mahrja is ratho ti); Sp 1175,6 (yo sakkoti bhikkhuno santikam gantum c* eva -etum ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~itum, prob, wr); Dip 15:6 (Asokam dhammarjnam evam ca ~ayhi tvam); Sadd 47$,n foil. (pubbo ce cikkhane vattati -eti ~ayati ti); part.pr. (a) rocenta, m/(~enti)/j., Vin V 37,34 (~ento); Ja VI 54,io (s ... Mithilya dittabhvam -enti); Dhp-aIII 204,6 (te nagaravithisu -ent vicarimsu); neg. anrocenta, mfn., Sp 1165,4; 1187,19 (anrocentiy); (b) rocaya(t), mfn., Kkh 86,12 (-ayato); (c) rocayamna, mfn., Sp 218,32;

Sv 10,29 (mukhavarena attano arahattappattim -ayamno viya); aor. 3 sg. (a) rocesi, Vin III 7,1; S I 86,s; Ja II 190,1; Mil 127,12; Vism 39,26; (b) rocayi, Pv 20:9 (~ayl pakatim tathgatassa, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ayi; Be ~esi); Dip 6:79 (~ayi bhikkhusangham mam' attham anukampatu); 1 sg. (a) rocesim, A I 54,22 (paresam -esim); (b)rocayim, Ap 547,6; 3 pl. (a)rocesum, Vin I 58,34; D I 96,27; Ja IV 389, is; VI 369,21 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rocimsu, prob, wr); Ap419,i9; (b) rocayimsu, JaV 180,17 (sattasatnam bhariynam -ayimsu); Spk II 193,6; (c)rocayum, Mhv 10:11; 1 pl. (a) rocayimha, Dhp-al 328,15; Nidd-al 400,4; (b) rocimha, MI 210,3 (eds so); Ja II 22,2 (n rocimha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se nrocayimha); absol. (a)rocetv, Vin IV 163,5; Ja II 20,5 (ranno tarn pavattim ~etv); Vism 391,35; Dhp-a II 36,4; neg. anrocetv, Ja II 190,17; Sp 354,23; (b) rocetvna, Mhv 23:62 (sanjtasamvego ~etvna rjino); Vin-vn536; (c) neg. anrociya, Mhv 67:23; pass, part.pr. rociyamna, mfn., Sp 751,29 (attano gune ~iyamne, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr ~ayamne); 907,22; Mp IV 136,8 (attha garudhamme ... -iyamne sutv); pp rocita, mfn. and n. [BHS id.], \.(mfn.) (i) announced, declared, told; Vin II 213,14 (klo ~o hoti); Ja IV 131,11; Ap 39,17 (~amhi klamhi); Sp 1075,19 (pavranya ~ya); Mhv 1:73; neg. anrocita, mfn., Sp 1062,17 (anrocitatt); 1190,11 (anrocitya pattiy); (ii) informed; Mp IV 171,17 (dvihi mahtherehi ~o bhikkhusangho); Pj II 3,27 (bhikkhhi ~o bhagav, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~e); 2. (n.) telling; announcing; Pj II 473,22 (kirn -na); fpp rocetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 129,28 (tesam santike prisuddhi ~); II99,10 (tena salkaghpakena bhikkhun ekamekassa bhikkhuno upakannake ~am ayam evamvdissa salk); 190,36 (ranno ~am); Ja VI 230,7 (na me annni kiccni ~ni); Vism 286,2 (tena bhikkhun cariyassa santikam gantv ~am); Dhp-a II 253,4 (na te imasmim thne amhkam atthibhvo kassaci ~o ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. rocpeti, ~ayati, Sv 310,22 (yannnham... bhagavato mahparisya sannipatitabhvam ~eyyan ti); Spk III 34,12 (rmikehi attano upakrabhvam sahghassa ~eti); Dhp-a II 81,12 (patismanatthnam me -eth ti); part.pr. rocpenta, mfn., Kkh 39,22 (aniiena -entassa); aor. 3 sg. rocpesi, Vin I 38,7 (bhagavato klam ~esi klo bhante nitthitam bhattan ti); JaV 315,1; Sp 11,9 (bhikkhusanghassa ~esi nitthitam bhante mama kiccan ti); 3pl. rocpesum, D II 88,15 (klam ~esum); JaV 41,9; absol. (a) rocpetv, Vin III 107,5; Ja VI 353,3 (thitabhvam ~etv); Sp 46,4; (b) neg. anrocpayitvna, Mhv 61:2; fpp rocpetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 32,22 (privsikena bhikkhave bhikkhun ... pavranya rocetabbam, sace gilno hoti dtena -etabbam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee rocetabbam; Sp 1166,27: bhikkhum pesetv -etabbam); V 224,14 (ubhinnam pi vatthu -etabbam). rodana, n., ~B.,f [BHS^rodana], weeping; lamenting; A III 268,29 (pane* ime bhikkhave dinav sivathikya ... asuci duggandh ... bahuno janassa ~; Mp III 333,10: ~ ti rodanatthnam); 269,30 (s bhikkhave sivathik bahuno janassa ~); Sv 559,32 (atthasu pathavikampesu ...

331

atthamo ~ena); Dhp-a 1184,26 (~am dassesi). ropaniya, mfn., caus.fpp 0/rohati qv. ropan, / , (and ~a, n. ?). [cf S. ropana], raising, putting on or into; impaling (on a stake); stringing (of a bow); ascribing, indictment; VinlV 145,17 (bhikkhuno mohassa ~); JaV 273,2' (bhusahassena ropetabbam dhanum -samatthatya sahassabhu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -samatthabhu); Cp 3:11:3 (sla-m-~am labhi); Sp 219,2 (na kalissanam ropanatthya); Spklll 48,16 (ekam nvam ropanaklo viya); As 148,11 (uppathapatipanne sindhave vlthim 0,-attham patodo viya); ifc see sl' -. ropamnaka, mfn. [part.pr. tm. (orpass.) o/ropeti + ka2], raising, erecting; (or being impaled upon;) Th213 (nandamngatam cittam slam -am; I h - a l l 7'9,10foil.: dukkhuppattitthnatya slasadisatya slam tarn tarn bhavam kammakilesehi... ropiyamnam). ropeti, ~ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/rohati qv. roha, rha, m. [S. roha], 1. one who mounts, a rider; a groom; Bv-a 210,20; Mhv 70:233 (~e ca niptayum); Vin-vnl571; ifc see ass'- (svassa 3 ), rath'-, hatth'(sv hatthi[n]); 2. a mount; Vv-a 35,8 (ruyhati ti ~o rohaniyo ti attho); ifc see var'-; 3. climbing, ascent; A b h l l 0 9 (ucce 'dhirohe ~o); Ap 187,16 (0,-atthya psdam nisseni krit may); ifc see sukh'-; 4. height; length; Abh295 (ymo dighatroho); Pp 53,23 (~am v passitv parinham v passitv); Vibh 350,13 (~am paticca parinham paticca); Sadd 352,18 (ussayo ~o ubbedho); ifc see vann'-; 5. haughtiness, pride; JaV 299,9* (m nam rpena pmesi ~ena; but cf"299,26': m tvam etam Kusanarindam attano rpena rohaparinhena pamini); 6. (a woman 's) hips; ifc see var'-; -kambu, mfn., with a high neck; ? tall and broad; ? Vv 64:7 (ime ca vli... ~ sujav; Vv-a 278,2: ~ ti ucc c' eva tadanurpaparinh ca, rohaparinhasampann ti attho); svroha, mfn., easy to mount, climb on to; Mhv 18:38 (pithe ... -e); see also ruha. rohaka, m. [ts], a rider; Niddl 145,22 (hatthiynam... adantam... visamam khnum pi pasnam pi abhiruhati ynam pi ~am pi bhaftjati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be rohanakam) * Nidd-a 1271,11 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rohanakam) = Pj II 536,20; Sp858,i5 (tipuriso asso ti eko -0 dve pdarakkhak ti); Mhv 23:71; ifc see hatth'- sv hatthi(n). rohana, rohana, ruhana, rhana, n. (and mfn. ?) [S. rohana], l.(/i.) (i) climbing, ascending, mounting; D1194,19 (nissenim kareyya psdassa ~ya); Ja VI 38,i* (- mahnidhi atho orohane nidhi; 42,i: ~e ti mahgalahatthim rohanakle suvannanisseniy attharanatthnato nidhim niharpesi); Vism664,2 (tass ujukya skhya upari -am viya); Mil 356,8 (nisseni ~ya); Vv-a 351,9 (vimnassa ruhane ussukkajt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rhane); Pj II 421,5 (pabbatam ruhanadivasato, Be, Se so; Ce rulha-; Ee rlha-); Mhv 22:26 (sukhen' 0> -atthya); (ii) stairs; a ladder; Abh216 (sopno c' rohanam ca); (iii) [cf S. rohana] growing over, healing; Niddl 368,25 (yath vanam limpeyya yvad eva ruhanatthya; = Nidd I 241,1: eds ropanatthya); 2. (mfn.) climbing, ascending; see iic below;

-kanda, n.9 an ascending arrow, an arrow going up; Ja II 88,27 (kirn ... etam ambapindim uddham ~ena ptemi udahuadho orohanakanden ti); -sajja, mfn., ready to be mounted; Ja VI 39,i9(ratho ... -o hutv atthsi) = Mpl 171,25 (Be, Ce so; Se rhana-; Ee ruyhana-) = Ap-a 257,32 (eds ruhana-); Ja VI 103,28 (ratham... ~am katva * -atthya rjnam nimantesi). rohaniya, mfn.,fpp o/"rohati qv. rohati, ruhati, rhati (and ruyhati1, under the influence of absol. ruyha), pr. 3 sg. [S. rohati], mounts, climbs, goes up; gets on to or into, steps on to; climbs on or into; MI 448,29 (kantakavattam pi ~anti); SI 94,27 (puriso pathaviy v pallankam -eyya); Ja 1143,29 (imasmim kle mig pabbatam ~anti imasmim kle orohantl ti); 1189,4 (idam kandam dram ~issati); V 90,25* (eh* imam girim ruyha; 9\,wfoll.\ ehi imam girim ruha, Be so; Ce, Se abhiruha; Ee abhiruyha); 182,12* (~a ca psdam); VI 104,4* (eh' imam ratham ruyha rjasettha); 249,20* (tarn ruhanti nriyo); 294,6* (na ngam ratham sammato 'mhi ti rhe, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se rujhe; 294,18': na rheyya, Ee so; Be, Ce na ruheyya; Se na ~eyya); Ap 72,20 (na te thpam ruhanti); Mil 287,10 (~eyya pi ce mahrja garigya udakam patisotam); Vism 63,12 (nvam ~ant dhajam bandhitv ruhanti, Be so; Ee rhant; Ce ruhant ... ruhanti; Se abhiruyhant ... ruyhanti); Sp 331,10 (maccho gayhamno vtato khuddakamtikam ruhati); SpkII 193,24 (sayanarn ruhissm ti); 11151,24 (pakinnakadhammadesan pana sangaham nrohati); Ap-a 402,3 (ruhati patiruhati uddhamuddham ~ati ti rukkho); As 114,19 (koci rjavallabham ntim v mittam v nissya rjageham ~ati); Mhv 5:253 (thero... nrohissati ynakam); 23:71 (-itum); 23:72 (assam ruh ti); Sadd 890,16 (niratthakam ekam akkharam pi mukham nrohati); part.pr. (a)ruha(t), mfn., Th 1058 (eke vihannanti ~anto siluccayam, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ~ant); (b)rohanta, ruhant, rhant, mfn., Vinll 117,18 (~ant); SV 128,is (yo pi me... pabbatam ~antassa kyakilamatho); Ja VI 249,24* (ruhantam); 397,21' (hatthi ca asse ca ~ant vmapassena -anti ti); Vism657,2 (~ant); Spklll 301,3 (yath ne so puriso hatthi-assdisu rhante... passati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ruhante); neg. anrhanta, mfn., Vism 522,21 (sakasamayam avokkamantena parasamayam anrhantena, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anyhantena) = Vibh-a 130,6 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anyhantena); (c) rohamna, mfn., Ja II 89,7; aor. 3 sg. ruhi, ruyhi, SI 234,33* (pamukho ratham ruhi); ThI49 (puriso ngam ruhi); Ja VI 445,19* (Vedeho nvam ruhi); 591,6* (s Maddi ngam ruhi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ruyhi; quoted Sadd 161,20: rukkhi); Bv-a 282,20 (Kanthakassa pitthim ruhi, Ce so; Ee ruyhi; Be, Se abhiruhi); Mhv 6:46 (nvam punruhi); 3pl. (a)ruhimsu, Ap538,2i; (b)ruhum, Sn 1014 (pabbatam ruhum); Mhv 11:8; absol. (a) ruyha [S. ruhya], VinI 5,35*; D I 89,H; SI 57,22*; Dhp 28 (pannpsdam ruyha); Sn 139; Th459; Ja III 477,22* (nissenim ruyha); Mil 4,24 (rathavaram ruyha); Sadd 857,n (ruyha ruhitv); neg. anruyha, Ps V 46,19; (b)rohitv, VinI 15,16 (suvannapdukyo ~itv);

332

MI 366,22; (c)rohitvna, Ap350,is; (d) ruhitv, rhitv, Sn321 (nvam dalham ruhitv); Ja IV 101,19* (adhammaynam dalham ruhitv); Vism 99,22 (uphan rhitv); It-a II 66,38 (kullarn ruhitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee haritv); Mhv 23:73; (e) rlhitvna, Mhv 70:262; pass. pr. 3 sg. ruyhati2, Ja VI 23,19' (suvannapduk ca ratharn ruyhantu, Ce, Ee so; Be ropentu; Se ruyha); Vv-a35,8 (ruyhati ti roho rohaniyo ti attho); pp&TlhdL, rulha, mfit. [S. rdha], l.(act.) who has climbed, mounted; gone on to, gone into; brought to; Vin II 195,17 (chadanesu pi -); MI 366,34 (puriso pathamam rukkham -o); Ja I 334,15'; VI452,10' (khalunkam rulhena); Ap 483,4 (maggam -o); Vism 340,31 * (-0 dighanissenim); Sp 271,33 (sabbaatthakathsu desana -); Sv 238,4 (pliyam pana na -am); Spklll 51,23 (imtva gthva sangaham -a, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee rulh); Mp II 197,30 (ahin purisassa sariram -ena); As 136,13 (plim -ni chapannsa padni); Mhv 28:22; neg. anrlha, mfn., Vism 135,23 (nekkhammapatipadam anrlhapubbnam); Sp 732,26 (hattham anrlho); 1352,26 (anrlhatt); Sv 636,4 (idam pliyam rlham ca anrlham ca sabbarn bhagav avoca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rulham ca anrlham ca); Spk II 201,24 (tisso pana sangitiyo anrlham... idam abuddhavacanam); 2. (pass.) mounted; JaV 258,28* (suvannakacch mtahg... ~ gmaniyehi); Ap 353,9; fpp (a) ruhitabba, mfn., to be climbed; Ps III 203,16; (b) rohaniya, rohaniya, mfn., fit to be mounted; D I 49,26 (rafifio ca -am ngam); Ja VI 363,23' (-am ngam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee rohaniyam); Mp I 301,14 (rohaniyahatthi) = Ap-a 532,i (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rohaniya-); Vv-a 35,8 (-0 ti attho, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee rohaniyo ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) ropeti, ~ayati, I. makes climb, makes go on to or into; puts on to or into, raises; draws (water); impales (on a stake); strings (a bow); plants; Vin II 139,8 (handa mayam bhante buddhavacanam chandaso ~em ti); DH 142,11 (tathgatassa thpo ktabbo, tattha ye mlam ... -essanti); Mill 167,4 (tarn enam... nirayapl... angrapabbatam... -enti pi oropenti pi); JaIV 122,10* (imam ynam -entu; 122,13': imam mama mtaram... sovannasivikynam -entu); Kv 478,3 (cetiye mlam ~eyya); Mil 298,19 (npi anno koci chyam netv dsam -eti); Dhp-al 49,4 (yakkhiniyo vrena Anotattadahato sisaparamparya udakarn -enti, Ee so; Be, Ce haranti; Se harantiyo); Thi-a236,n (~aya); Bv-a278,29 (tarn dhanum purisasahassam -eti); Panca-g 30 (~ayanti tarn simbalim pradrikam); part.pr. ropenta, mfn., Niddl 424,14; Mil291,29 (purise passmi... slesu -ente); Vibh-a 388,8 (sammsambuddho pi tepitakam buddhavacanam tantim -ento Mgadhabhsya eva ~esi); 2. lays bare; refutes; imputes; ascribes, attributes; Vin IV 145,15 (sangho itthannmassa bhikkhuno moham -eti); MI 375,8 (samanassa Gotamassa imasmim kathvatthusmim vdam ~ehi); Vism 618,28 (sankhresu tilakkhanam -eti); part.pr. (a)ropenta, mfn., JaV 225,10' (dosam v pana ~ento garahissati); (b) ropaya(t), mfn., Vism 624,32 (tass* evam cittasamutthnam rpam pariggahetv tattha

tilakkhanam~ayato); (c) ropayamna, mfn., Spk II 179,9 (aMatitmiyapubbattam -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. (a) ropesi, Ja IV 80,i3 (tarn psdam -esi); Vism 596,24 (jaccandho pithasappim amsaktam ~esi); Sp510,i2 (paresam asayham bhram -esi); (b) ropayi, Mhv 52:73 (nvam ~ayi balam); J sg. (a)ropesim, Ap 244,26; (b)ropayim, Ap98,i4; 3pi. (a)ropesum, DU 162,5 (Kosinrak Mall ... bhagavato sariram citakam -esurn); Sp 15,3 (KhandhakaParivre pi -esum); (b) ropayimsu, Ja IV 29,4 (tarn susnam netv khadiraslam ~ayimsu); Sv 15,26 (abhidhammapitakasmim yeva sangaham ~ims ti dighabhnak vadanti); absol. (a)ropetv, VinI 60,3 (upajjhyassa vdam ~etv); D I 108,7 (panitam khdaniyam bhojaniyarn patiydpetv ynesu ~etv); MI 135,13 (imam kullam sise v ~etv khandhe v uccretv); Mil 42,26 (padipam ~etv); Vism 618,15; Sp 14,12 (sangaham ~etv); 341,22 (bijam v uparopake v -etv); Mhv 37:192 (tarn rpam ~etv mahratham); Sadd 252,18 (rukkhe ropetv); neg. anropetv, Vin II 3,13 (pattim anropetv katarn hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ropetv); Vism 320,24; Sp 305,7 (pattim anropetv); (b) ropetvna, Mhv 47:50; (c) ropayitv, Vv 84:7 (~ayitv paniyam puthuttam te ymase Sindhusovirabhmim, Be, Ce so; Ee ropayissam; Se ropiyamha); As 2,2* (-ayitv niddosam bhsarn); Mhv 19:12 (nvam -ayitv tarn mahtherim); (d) ropayitvna, Pv 21:2 (imam yakkham gahetvna ... ynam ~ayitvna); Ap348,3o; (e)ropiya, Mhv 6:8; pass, part.pr. ropiyamna, mfn., being ascribed or charged; being impaled; Sp 1198,2; It-a II 101,29 (tasmim tathgate parena ropiyamno doso na rhati); Th-aH 79,ii; pp ropita, mfn. [ts], made to climb; raised; put on or into; refuted, laid bare; Vin I 227,9 (telapadipo ~o); D I 66,34 (~o te vdo niggahito si); MI 392,19; SII 133,15 (nakhasikhyam pamsu ~o); Ja I 445,4 (hatthimhi Vepullapabbatamatthakam ~e); Ap 292,27 (-amhi citake); Mil 80,25 (vhasatam pi psnnam nvya ~am); Vism 72,16 (~ena cariyadhanun); Pv-a257,i2 (Revatipetavatthun ti pliyam pi sarigaham <^n ti datthabbam); Ap-a 161,35 (slam -); Sadd 16,18 (so ayam attanopadavohro esam ~o dhuvam); neg. anropita, mfn., Vin IV 145,20 (anropite mohe); Sp 770,14 (kammavcya anropite annavdake); fpp (a) ropetabba, mfn., Vin II 139, M (na bhikkhave buddhavacanam chandaso ~am); IV 145,8 (moho ~o); JaV 273,2' (pancahi dhanuggahasatehi bhusahassena -am dhanum); Sp 851,18 (bhjanam uddhanam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o); Ps V 73,30 (patk ~ ti); (b) aropaniya, mfn., Vin-vn 1726 (tass* -o moho); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) roppeti, causes to be made to climb; Sp347,n (ropeti aiinena v roppeti); see also ropamnaka. la in Ee at Pet 137,16 is prob, wr; see sv lancan. laka1, laka, m. (or n.) [?]. I. a tethering-post; an animal-pen; Bv25:2 (usabho va -arnbhetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee lakam; Bv-a264,is: -an ti gottham); Cp2:l:9 (pakkhipantam mamlake, Be so; Se mamlhake; Ee pakkhipante mamjake; Ce pakkhipante mamlhake; Cp -a 112,28: lnatthambhe pakkhipantam, disv pi ti

333

vacanaseso); 2. an arrow-straightener; Mil418,20 (issattho ~am pariharati vankajimhakutilanarcassa ujukaranya); 3. the name of a tree or shrub; Ap 16,9 (~a isimugga ca kadali mtulungiyo) * 328,27(~ beluv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se alakk) * 346, is (~ isimugg ca tato modaphal bah, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee lak); 346,25 (lak tlak c' eva); see also lhaka2. laka2, m. [= alaka], a lock of hair, a curl; Vv-a349,n (koccham nma '-csanthpanattham kesdiam ullikhanasdhanam). lakamanda, lakamanda, mfn. [ ? c / D I I 147,i/o//.: seyyath pi... devnam lakamanda nma rjadhni iddh c' eva phit ca bahujan ca kinnayakkh ca], open, unenclosed; or crowded (like lakamanda^; Vinll 152,13 (vihr ~ honti, bhikkh hiriyanti nipajjitum ... anujnmi bhikkhave tirokaranin ti; Sp 1219,17: ~ ti ekangan manussbhikinn). lagga, mfn. [pp of *2 + laggati; cf S. lagna], 1. clinging to, attached; Ja III 244,12' (satt ti satt visatt ~ laggitti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee lagg); 2. clung to; Ja V 498,23'(idam nma me piyan ti piyavatthh, ~o attnam nirankatv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se piyavatthulobhena tattha; Ce piyavatthumhi laggo); see also laggita. laggita, mfn. [pp of (caus. of) *2 + laggati], attached to; hanging on; Pj II 261,22 (mahallakabhikkhu uphanam pamussitv patinivatto khadirarukkhe ~am disv); see also lagga. laggetv, laggetvna, ind. [absol. of caus. of *2 + laggati; cf S. lagayati], fastening, hanging (on, loc); Vin II 110,33 (pattam likhpetv sikkya pakkhipitv velagge ~etv); III 63,28 (rukkhe stakam ~etv); Ap 73,2 (velagge ~etvna); Pj II 52,30 (pattam amse ~etv). lankata, mfn. [= lankata qv sv alankaroti], adorned; Sadd 922,31 (alankat lankata nri ... vannabhedo 'yam). lafican, / [corruption of *lajjan ?], guilt, shame, remorse; Pet 137,16 (katamam kukkuccam, yo cetaso vilekho ~ vilancan hadayalekho vippatisro, so read with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 184 ? Be, Ce alancan vilancan; Ee lam ca nvilam ca na). lapati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vlap], addresses, speaks to; names, refers to; Vin II 156,21 (nmena mam bhagav ~ati ti hattho); SI Ml, 21 foil, (sace mam samano Gotamo -issati aham pi tarn ~issmi); Pv 36:59 (tarn npi ca -issam); JaV 297,is* (sace mam... ~eyya Pabhvati); 452,7* (eko ekapamadam hi nlape); Vism2,3 (Gotam ti bhagavantam gottena ~ati); Sadd 713,12 (yam vatthum -ati abhimukham karoti tarn mantanasannam hoti); part.pr. (a)lapa(t), mfn., Sv 154,13 (~ato); Mhv 36:115 (ranfio nmenlapato); (b)lapanta, /w/(~anti)., D i l 141,16 (~antena pana bhante); Ja VI 555,27' (~anti ha); Spk I 45,2i (yakkh ti devatam ~anto ha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr alapanto); neg. anlapanta, mfn., Vin V 216,33; Ud-a257,29; Ap-a 161,35 (smike anlapante, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anlapente, prob, wr); (c) lapamna, mfn., Pj II 606,24; aor. 3 sg. lapi, Vin IV 18,28 (tarn itthim n' eva olokesi na pi ~i); JaV 258,21*; 2sg. lapittha, Pv40:6 (tassa tuvamna kinci -ittha); 3 pi. lapimsu, Vin II 78,28 (Mettiyabhummajak bhikkh nlapimsu); JaV 167,23';

absol. lapitv, Vv 50:17; Ja III 452, is (rjnam kulanmena ~itv patisanthram karoti); neg. anlapitv, Ja IV 117,24 (itthiyo anlapitv anloketv); It-al 38,i4 (pathamam anlapitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anlapetv, prob, wr); pp lapita, mfn. and n., {mfn.) addressed; named, referred to; (n.) addressing; Vin I 296,26 (Sp 1129,5: ~o timama santakam yam iccheyysi tarn ganheyysi ti evam vutto); Pet 96,16 (km ~); Ps I 100,io (buddhehi ca ~o bhikkhusangho bhadante ti pativacanam deti, svakehi vuso ti)= Spk II 233,8 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~e) = Patis-a584,is (eds ~e); It-al 38,16 (pathamam anlapitv dhamme desiyamne... sallakhetum na sakkonti, -e pana satim upatthapetv sallakhetum sakkonti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ena, prob, wr); Pj II 96,6 (tehi pi mahrjavadena ~o); fpp lapitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Sp 1061,4; Sv 583,14 (tasm avassam ~am hoti); 969,35 (name kathite nmen' eva -o). lapana, n., - , / [S. lapana], address, addressing, speaking to; (the sense of) the vocative case; Vin III 73,33 (ambho puris ti lapandhivacanam etam); Ja III 278,14' (pass ti ~am, passath ti attho); 521,29' (kin ti pucchvasena ~am kim bho cakkavka ti vuttam hoti); VI 555,27' (mtaram pamukham viya -ena lapanti ha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se parammukhlapanena; Ce parammukham piya-lapanena); Nidd I 388,1 (y paresam - lapan sallapan) quoted Vism 23,n (26,32foil: ~ ti vihram gate manusse disv kimatthya bhonto gat ... ti evam dito va lapan ... atha v attnam upanetv aham tisso mayi... rjamahmatto pasanno ti evam attpanyik lapan ~); Nidd II 275,10 (yehi saha ... ~am phsu sallapanam phsu; Nidd-all 99,26: -an ti dito lapanam); Mp 174,2 (ettha bhikkhave ti ~am); Pv-a 131,27 (re ti ~am); Ap-a 361,5 (bhadante ti satthu ~am eva); Sadd 90,10 (keci pana adratthasslapane bho purisa iti rassavasena lapanekavacanam icchanti); anlapanat,/, abstr., the ceasing to speak; the silencing; ? MI 331,31 (Mrassa ca ~ya brahmuno ca abhinimantanatya; Ps II 415,30: ~y ti anullapanatya; Ps-t[2te]H 319,25foil: yath Mro upari kinci uttaram lapitum na sakkoti evam tath uttarassanena). lampanirodha in Ee at Pet 148,19 is wr for lambanirodha (Be, Ce so). lamba, m. [ts], 1. something to hold on to; support, prop; 2. object of sense or thought; basis of meditation; Abh 94 (gocaro ~o visayo); Saddh 464 (~a caturo mat); -dan4a, m., a walking-stick; Ap 456,29; anlamba, mfn., without support, without anything to hold on to; Sn 173 (appatitthe ~e kogambhirena sidati; Pj II 214,9: hetth patitthbhvena upari lambanbhvena ca gambhiro); JaV 70,12* (appatitthe ~ giriduggasmim); VI 305,27 (~e kse vissajjesi); Ap 469,29 (nadim disv ... appatittham -am duttaram); Mil 343,15 (bhikkh iddhimanto ... gaganacar dursad duppasah car); nirlamba, mfn., without support, without a prop; Mil 295,17 (kissa kso ~o); see also lambana. lambaka, m. [lamba + ka2], a support; ? or one who clings to a support; ? Th-aII 219,33 (~e labbhamna-

334

visesakam lambitabbe ropetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee alabbhato labbhamnam visesam alabbhitabbe). lambati, pr. 3 sg. [S. lambate], holds on to, clings to; rests upon, leans upon; ascends; Vv 84:48 (sabbe va te ~antu vimnam; Vv-a 350,4: ~ant ti rohantu); Patis-a 558,37 (tejussadam lokuttaram dhammam sav nlambanti ti); Samantak 9 (-ate); Sadd 406,30 (lambati... ~ati lambanam); part.pr. lambamna, mfn., Samantak 178; aor. 3 sg. lambi, Mp I 361,15 (ayam me hattholambakam dentiy pi hattham na -i); 3pi la^ibimsu, Vv 84:49; absol (a) lambitv, Vin I 28,35 (kimhi nukho aham-itv uttareyyan ti); D II 143,21 (kapisisam -itv); Ja III 396, i6'; Mil 374,13 (lpulat tine v katthe v... ~itv tasspari vaddhati); Vism339,32 (tarn mandapam hatthehi -itv); 533,32 (dubbalo puriso dandam v rajjum v ~itv va utthahati c' eva titthati ca); Spkll 190,18 (lambanaphalakam -itv thitako va); Mhv 5:65 (-itv kararn ranno); neg. anlambitv, Mp I 361,ii (hattham anlambitv); (b)lamb, Samantak 72; pass.pr. 3 sg. lambiyati, Patis-a 586,30 (patitth pi hi ~Iyati" ti rarnmanam nma hoti); Yam-a (Be) 289,19 (attano phalena -iyati ti lambanam); Sadd 765,1 Hyati); pp lambita, mfn. [ts], held on to; leant upon; Ja V 72,22' (anlambe ti lambitatthnarahite, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se lambitabba-); Patis-a 559,2 (tanhya -o panihito anlambito appanihito); neg. anlambita, mfn., Patis-a 559, 1; fpp lambitabba, mfn., Th-all 219,33 (lambake labbhamnavisesakam -e ropetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee alabbhato labbhamnam visesam alabbhitabbe); caus. absol. lambetv, hanging up, fixing; Vv-a 32,28 (olambakadmni -etv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be olambity; Ce, Se olambetv); see also lubbha. lambana, lambana, n. and mj(~i)n. [S., BHS lambana, n.]t l.(i)(n.) something to hold on to or lean on, support; a staff; a support on a carriage; Vin II 178,20* (in uddna); Ap 283,22; PsH 98,5 (-am nissya tiriyato thapitapatodo) = MpIII 236,5; Ud-a281,24 (patitth -am tnam); Niddll 104,27 (rammanam -am nissayam upanissayam brhi); Pj II 214,9 (hetth patitthbhvena upari lambanbhvena ca gambhiro); (ii) (mfn.) supporting; who or what supports or is leant on; Ja III 396,5* (rajju v'-1 c' es y gehe vasato rati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -am; 396,ir foil.: rajju v' -i c' es ti cakro niptamatto, lambanarajju viya esti attho); Mil 126,6 (so tumhkam upatthko bhavissati ~o ca ti); 2. (n.) sense-object; basis of meditation; Abh94; Saddh369; -danda, m., a walking-stick; Abh443; - -phalaka, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) a board for leaning against; Jail 41,23 (-am luncitv); Sp458,29; Spkll 190,is (-am lambitv thitako va); 2. (mfn.) having a board for leaning against; Ja IV 489,11 (cankamo ... ~o); -manta in Ee at Ja IV 457,1 is wr for lambyana- (Ce so); -bh,/, a rail, a banister; Vin II117,2i; Pj II 105,1; anlambana, n., not a support; lack of support; Ud-a 392,25 (kassaci pi rammanassa ~ato); see also rammana, lamba. lambanaka, n. [lambana + ka2; BHS id.], a support or rail; Spkl 87,29 (aplambo ti yath... rathe thitnam yodhnam apatanatthya drumayam ~am hoti evam

imassa maggarathassa ... hirottapparn aplambanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se drumayam aplambanam hoti). lambara, jambara, m. [S. dambara], \.a drum; Abh 144; 854; Vin I 15,n (anniss kanthe mutingam aiiniss kacche -am); Ja VI 120,3* (~ muting ca); 2. noisy behaviour, noise; Abh 854 (-0 tu sarnrambhe bheribhede ca dissati); see also dambara. laya, m.n. [S, BHS id.], 1. settling-place, abode; nest, lair; house, hall, shelter; repository; Abh 205 (-0); 1097 (gharpekkhsu -0); S V 400,21* (mahsaram ... ratanagannam -am); Th 307 (yad balk ... palehiti ~am layesini); Thi270 (ayam samussayo jajjaro bahudukkhnam ~o); JaV 92,2i* (gatasihgam va -am; 93,6'foil.: yath v gatasingan ti nikkhantavacchakam -am suiinam vacchakaslam vacchagiddhini dhenu gaccheyya); VI 580,7' (yakkhagannam ~o); Ap28,8 (devatnam ca -0); Spkl 274,11* (kiminam ~am etam nnkunapena pritam); Dhp-all 162,10 (okam vuccati -0); ifc see uposatiY -, git'-, jan' -, jal'-, dip'-, dev* -, bhus'-; layenisidati in Ce, Ee at Th-all 131,11 is wr for layesini ti(2te, Se so); 2. the wish or intention to have or keep or to settle; clinging; longing, desire, attachment; intention; Abh 163 (-0); 1097; MI 191,4 (intesu pancas' updnakkhandhesu chando -0 anunayo); Sn 535 (chetv savni -ni); Dhp411 (yass' ~ na vijjanti; Dhp-a IV 186,6: - ti tanh); Ja II 336,21* (na hi jivite -am kubbamno); Pet 134,2 (pancakkhandhesu ~o nikanti); Mil 213,2 (na tattha buddhaputtena -0 karaniyo nikete ti); Vism 645,24 (kanitthamhi -am vissajji); Sp 390,21 (puna vasissm ti~am acchinditv vutthitesu janapadesu); 107'1,16 foil, (slsankhepena thitasakatassa hetth upagantabbbam, tarn pi alabhantena -o ktabbo ... -o nma idha vassam vasissmi ti cittuppdamattam); 1236,8 (eko idha vasissmi ti sensanam v gahetv ~am v katv); Dhp-a I 121,15 (n* atthi me vuso gihibhvya - 0 ti); 3. refuge; concealment, pretence, ruse; Ja VI 20,18* (rajjassa kira so bhito akari ~e bah; 20,29': ~e bah ti tumhkam vancanni bahni aksi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vacanam); ifc see gabbhini-, giln'-, buddh' -, rnaf -; 0, -esi(n), mfn., seeking shelter; seeking the nest; Th307; anlaya, mfn. and m.n., 1. (mfn.) free from clinging or attachment; free from longing; empty of desire; A l l 131,32 (tathgatena ~e dhamme desiyamne; MpIII 128,8: layapatipakkhe vivattpanissite ariyadhamme); Ja III 260,29' (annattha - hutv vasmi ti); VI 360,28* (-0 appadhano daliddo, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce anlhiyo); Ap 460,24 (appagabbho -0); Dhp-a I 317,18; 2. (m.n.) freedom from clinging or attachment, independence; Abh 6 (mokkho nirodho nibbnam.. .-am); Vin I 10,35 (yo tass yeva tanhya asesavirganirodho cgo patinissaggo mutti -0) * MI 299,25; Sadd 70,25*; nirlaya, mfn. [BHS id.], without desires, without attachment; independent; not wanting to keep or have; without interest; Ja III 66,10' (ppakiriyya hi appossukkassa -assa bhadrassa); V 360,4'(tava natayo anolokent - hutv); Cp 2:4:3 (~ chinnabandh); Mil 244,11 (-0 aniketo); 276,9 (~-t); Sp 331,30 (yad pana te alam amhkan ti - pakkamanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr mirlaya); 988,4 (sace pi cariyo

335

slayo antevsiko -o na dni imam nissya vasissmi ti dhuram nikkhipati); Dhp-aIV 31,4 (eso appossukko -o); Pj II 195,2 (kule v gane v ~ena); slaya, m/h., with a clinging or attachment; wanting to have or keep; having an interest or intention', Ja I 427,7 (nivsanatthne ca ~ spekh); Sp 331,29 (yva puna pi gacchissm ti ~ honti tva te sassmikamacch va); 381,14 (cor -a puna ganhissm ti); Ps V 30,2 (apekkhav ti -o sapiho); Dhp-a II 211, I (jivite ~a nivattantu nirlay imam pabbatam abhiruhant ti). layati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. liyate], settles down on; is attached to; clings, has longings\ SHI 190,12 (tni pamsvgrikni ~anti kelyanti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce alliyanti); Sv464,i5 (atthasatatanhvicaritni -anti tasm lay ti vuccanti; Sv-ptII 75,I6: -anti abhiramanavasena sevanti ti)= Ps II 174,32; Cp-a 133,23 (-anti satt eten ti layo tanh); Pet 109,8 (te hi -anti sammasanti na ca tanhya tanhpahnam gacchanti); for layanti at Pet 96,14 read layan ti; see also allfyati. layana, n. [BHS id.], settling down; a home, a nest; Th-all 131,n (alayesini ti tattha -am niliyanam eva icchanti, Be, Se so; Ee layam; Ce laye). lalinga, m. (or n.) [?], a kind of drum; Ja I 364,22 (tvam sankham dhama tvam -am vdehi ti, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be mudingam; Ce lingam); see also linga1. lavla, m. [ts], a trench for retaining water around the foot of a tree; Mhv 41:94 (-am dumindassa katv); 51:78; see also alavlaka. lasyan, lasyita, see sw lasyyan, lasyyita. lasiya 1 , lasya, lassa, n. [S. lasya], idleness, sloth; want of energy; S I 43,19* (lassam ca pamdo ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lasyam; Spk I 100,5: lassan ti -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lasyan ti); A V 136,6 (lassam anutthnam bhognam paripantho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be lasyam); Dhp 280 (yuv ball -am upeto); Nidd I 378, n (lasyam lasyyan lasyyitattam ayam vuccati tandi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -am) * Vibh 352,8 (eds lasyam) quoted Spk I 35,25 (Be, Ee, Se lasyam; Ce lassam) and Mpl 34,5 (Be, Ce, Ee lassam; Se lasyam); Mil 289,12 (thiinamiddham tandi lasyam); Sp 185,9 (na hi buddhnam -am v osannaviriyat v atthi); Dhp-a II 227,15* (ussraseyyam lasyam); It-all 177,10 (cittassa akammanfiat thinam, -ass' etam adhivacanam); Vv-a43,7 (utthnaviriyam katv -am anpajjitv ti attho); Th-alll 154,13 (nihme ~e niyojesi ti); Sad dh 567 (lokassa... lassenbhibhtassa); Sadd 790,2\ foil, (alasassa bhvo lasyam niyapaccayavasena pana -*an ti sijjhati); anlasya, anlassa, n., energy; A V 136,20 (anlassam utthnam bhognam hro, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anlasyam). lasiya 2 , lasika, mfn. [from alasa; cf S. lex. lasya], idle, slothful; lacking in energy; Ja III 140,3 (na bhikkhave idn' eva pubbe pi so - o yev ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se lasiko yev ti); 140,9 (ekam gajakumbham -am passi, tathrp kira ~ sakaladivasam gacchant pi ekanguladvangulamattam eva gacchanti); IV 219,9 (-0 sariramandannuyutto vihsi); Spk III 86,9 (kusito ~o). lasya, see sv lasiya1. lasyyan, lassyan, lasyan, / [from *lasyyati, *lassyati, denom. from lasya, lassa qqv sv lasiya1 ],

being slothful, being indolent; Nidd I 378,17 (lasyam ~ lasyyitattam ayam vuccati tandi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se lasyan) * Vibh 352,8 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se lasyan) quoted Spk I 35,26 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce lassyan) and Mp I 34,5 (eds lassyan). lasyyita, lassyita, lasyita, mfn. [pp of *lasyyati, *lassyati, denom. from lasya, lassa qqv sv lasiya1 ], sloth, indolence; Nidd I 378,17 (lasyam lasyyan -ttam ayam vuccati tandi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se lasyitattam; Nidd-a 1409,26foil.: -assa bhvo -ttam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee lassyitassa bhvo lassyitattam) * Vibh 352,9 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se lasyam lasyan lasyitattam) quoted Spk I 35,26 (Be, Ee, Seso; Ce lassyitattam) and Mp 134,5 (eds lassyitattam). lassa, n., see sv lasiya1. lassyan, lassyita, see sw lasyyan, lasyyita. ldvraka in Ee at Ja V 82,10' is wrfor advraka qv. lna, lna, n. [S. lna], a tethering-post (usually for elephants); Abh364; Ja I 415,14 (tarn [mangalahatthim] ~e niccalam bandhitv); IV 308,4 (-am bhinditv palyitv... eko vrano); Dhp-al 126,5 (yam yam [skaram] mretukmo hoti tarn tarn lne niccalam bandhitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se lhane). lpa, m. (and n. ?) [S. lpa, m.], speaking to, addressing; the singing of birds; Abh 123; Sp 1073,21 (~o nma pathamavacanam sallpo nma pacchimavacanam); Sv 583,3 (mtugmena pana -e sati, Ee so; Ce allpe; Be lpasallpe; Se allpasallpe); Spk II 233,4 (vuso ti svaknam -o); Mp II 127,20 (bhikkhave ti vacanam buddhlpo nma hoti, ayam pan' yasm dasabalena samnam -am na karissmi ti... vuso bhikkhave ti ha, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be lapanam); Thi-a 201,24 (kokil viya madhurlpam nikji 'ham, tan ti tarn nikjitam -am, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce lapanam); Sadd 550,22; anlpa, m., not speaking, not addressing; Dil 141,15 (dassane bhagav sati katham [mtugme] patipajjitabban ti -0 nand ti); Mil 57,16 (-0 tesam annamannehi ti, Be, Ce so; Ee anallpo; Se asallpo); see also allpa. lpi(n), mfn. [S. lpin], speaking; ifc see madhur'-. lbu, mf [cf S. albu], the bottle-gourd; Sadd 921,10 (mattbhedo tva ... albu lbu); see also albu, lbu. )ra, lra, mfn. [cf S. rla], curved; rounded; curled; Ap-a 277,32 (-ni mahantni akkhini manigulasadisni ysam itthinam t lrapamh bhamarnam iva mandalocan ti attho); -pakhuma, mfn., with curling eyelashes; Ja VI 503,15 (- hasul, Ce so; Be lrapamh; Ee alrapamukh; Se lrappamukh; cf 504,29': vislakkhigand); -pamha, mfn., with curling eyelashes; Vv 64:11 (- hasit piyamvad); Pv28:5; Ap 40,7 (- hasul, Ce so; Ee jrpamh; Be lrapamh; Se lramukh; = 73,15: Be, Ce, Ee lrapamh; Se lramukh; = 307,5: Be, Ce, Ee lrapamh; Se lramukh); see also alra. jraka in Ee at Ja V 81,29* is wrfor advraka qv. lrika, lriya, m. [S. rlika], a cook; Abh 464; D I 51,10 (- kappak nahpak sd); JaV 296,4* (nlriko tad homi rj homi tad Kuso; 296,9': - 0 ti bhattakrako); 307,12 (-ttamkarontassa); VI 276,27* (-e ca sde ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee lriye); Mil 331,6 (- sd kappak

336

nahpak). lriya, see sv lrika. lhana, lahana, n. [cf S. dahana], a place of cremation; the funeral pyre; Abh 405; M I 515,14 (yV - padni pannyanti); II 106,6 (-am gantv gantv kandati); Thi51 (etamh, ~Q daddh); Ja III 155,20 (-ato atthini haritv); 505,7 (citakam katv jhpetv -am nibbpetv); Vv 83:12 (puttam ~e sayam dahitv); Ap-a 421,25 (lahanatthnam gantv, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce lahanatthnam); see also dahana. li1, l i 1 , / [S. lex. li], an embankment; a dyke; Abh 189 (setu -iyam); 1083; Vinll 256,29 (mahato talkassa patigacc* eva -im bandheyya yvad eva udakassa anatikkamanya; Sp 1291,10: yath mahato talkassa -iy abaddhya pikinci udakam tittheyya, Be so; ifepliy; Ce, Se pliy); MIII 96,30 (tarn enam balav puriso yato yato -im munceyya gaccheyya udakan ti); Jal 336,30 (purisesu kuddlapitakahatthesu -im bandhanatthya nikkhantesu); Sp 615,12 (-iy bandhanam); -baddha, mfn., constructed with an embankment, enclosed by an embankment; Mill 96,28 (caturass pokkharani -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr alibaddh) * A III 28,7. li2, all, ji2, / [S. li], a woman's female friend; Abh 238 (sakhi tv all); 1083; Ja III 534,1* (na kho me ruccati li Ptimamsassa pekkhan; 534,3': li ti lapanam, sakhi sahyike ti attho); 536,10* (rogyam lino vajjam; ? 536,12': te lino sahyakassa rogyam vajjam vadissmi). li 3 , m. [S. li], a scorpion; Abh 621 (vicchiko tv li). li 4 , m. [S. di], a species of fish; JaV 405,33* ( -gaggarakkinn). li5, / [ts]t a row, a line; ifc see gah\ jaladhar'-, rambh' -. li1, seesvaM1. li2, seesvaM2. aji\ m. [S. lex. li] a bee; Sadd922,23 (ali li... vannabhedo 'yam); see also ali. likhati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. likhati], scratches; marks, draws; paints; Ja I 71,22 (sukusalo pi cittakro v potthakro v -itum pi samattho n' atthi); absol likhitv, Ja III 55,25 (candamandale sasalakkhanam -itv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se likhitv) = Cp-al07,3i; Mil 51,10 (pathaviy cakkam -itv); pp likhita, mfn. [ts], drawn; painted; Thi-a 240,4 (-am cittikam itthirpam addasa). linga1, m. [S. lex. linga, lingya], a kind of drum; Abh 143; ifc see suvann' -; see also lalinga. linga 2 , m. [from lingati], an embrace; Sadd 443,4 (~o upaghanam). lingati (and lingeti), pr. 3 sg. [S. lingati, lingayati], embraces; encircles; D I 230,22 (parammukhim v -eyya); Sv 702,27 (saj ti -a); Mpl 372,4 (purato ca pacchato ca -itum deth ti); Sadd 880,29 (-ati); part.pr. (a) linga(t), mfn., Sp 528,10 (angamangni parmasato cJ eva -ato ca); (b) linganta, m/(-anti)w., Ja I 281,15 (~anto); Mpl 372,6 (s... pacchato -anti viya hutv pabbatapapte ptesi); (c) lingamna, mfn., Spk III 31,17 (-amno viya); aor. 3sg. lingi, JaV 158,25'; 3 pi. lihgimsu, Pj II 71,6 (te annamannam parmasitv -imsu); absol. (a)lingitv, lingetv1, AIV 128,13

(amum mahantam aggikkhandham dittam... -itv upanisideyya); Ja IV 21,8; Mil 7,6; Spk I 224,5 (njanam -itv viya); Thi-a241,8 (aggim pajjalitam va lingiy ti pajjalitam aggim -etv viya, eds so); (b) lihgiy, Ja IV 441,9* (lihgiy annamannam mayam ubho sakim pi rodma sakim hasma; or fpp ?); pass, part.pr. lingiyamna, mfn., Ud-a 417,27 (aggijlya -iyamno viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se aggijlbhightena jhyamno); pp lingita, mfn. and n. [ts], (mfn.) embraced; (n.) embracing; Ja IV 439,8* (-0 csi piyo piyya); Sv 1001,13 (hasitamattena olokitamattena mattena ca tesam kmakiccam ijjhati ti); fpp lingiya, mfn., Ja IV 439,20' (lingito csi piyo piyy ti... -o csi ti pi ptho, ayam ev* attho); 441, 9* (- annamannam mayam ubho sakim pi rodma sakim hasma; or absol. ?); Sadd 87,16*; caus. absol. lingetv2, Spk II 91,2 (pitaram vanditv pitara lingetv, Be, Se so; Ce lingitv; Ee pitaram lingitv). lingana, n. [ts], embracing; an embrace; Abh 774 (-am parissaggo); JaV 511,4 (vandanlingandini katv); Sadd 346,16 (parissaggo -am); 882,5 (pari ... -e). litta, mfn., pp o/'limpati qv. linda, linda, m. [cf S. alinda, S. lex. linda], I. a terrace or verandah (esp. in front of the door of a house or dwelling); a surrounding platform or ledge; Abh 218; VinI 248,2 (-am pavisitv ukksitv aggalam kotehi) * D I 89,34; Vin II 153,3 (anujnmi bhikkhave-am; Sp 1219,27: -o nma pamukham vuccati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -am); S IV 290,19 (-e uttarsarigam pannpetv); Dhp-al 26,4 (puttam niharitv bahi -e nipajjapesi); Ap-a 487,13 (uttamabodhirukkhassa samantato -am aham krayin ti attho); Sadd 921,7 (mattbhedo 'yam ... alindo ~o); 2. a terrace (of Mount Sineru); Jal 204,12' (Sinerussa pathamlinde); Spk I 340.14 (ng osakkitv dutiye -e supannehi saddhim ekato va hutv yujjhanti); slinda, mfn., with a terrace or verandah or surrounding platform; with its terraces; Vin II 169,25 (-am psdam krpetukm hoti); Sv485,8 (-am sinerum ukkhipanto viya); Dip 21:20; see also alinda. lindaka, m. [linda + ka2; cf S. lex. alindaka], a terrace or verandah; Ja III 283,8 (geh nikkhamma bahi ~e thatv); -mi4haka, ?, a platform in the corner of a verandah; Sp 1203,26 (midhante ti - ' -dinam ante, Ee, Se so; Be lindakamiddhikdinam; Ce lindakamidhakdinam); anlindaka, mfn. [or a3 + linda + ka2], without a verandah; Vin II 153,1 (vihr ~ honti apatissaran); Sp 1220,4 (-e vihre). limpati, pr. 3 sg. [S. limpati], besmears, anoints; applies; Vin II 107,23 (chabbaggiy bhikkh mukham -anti); 107,34 (anujnmi bhikkhave bdhapaccay mukham -itun ti); IV316,34 (- ti npeti); Mil 257,7 (klena klam vanamukham -eyysi); Mil 383,4* (ekam cJ evham gandhena -eyya pamodit); Pj II 96,2 foil. (candanahatth devi upasankamitv -ami mahrj ti ha, apehi m -hi ti ha); part.pr. (a) limpa(t), mfn., M II 257,8 (vanamukham -ato); (b) limpanta, mfn., Vin III 117,7 (bhesajjena -antassa); absol. limpitv, JaV 333.15 (bhesajjam -itv nlrogam aksi); Pj I 47,5 (tini

337

atthisatni ~itv thitan ti, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce anulimpitv); pass. pr. 3 sg. limpiyati, Mil 74,1 (so vano lepena ca -iyati telena ca makkhiyati); pp litta, mfn. [S. lipta], smeared, anointed; Th 737 (khuram va madhunlittam ullittam); ^?/7 limpitabba, mfn., Vin II 107,28 (na bhikkhave mukham limpitabbam); caus. (a) aor. 1 sg. lepesim, / anointed; Ap 100,7 (Ce, Ee so; Be ropayim; Se ropesim); (b)/?r. 3 sg. limppeti, causes to anoint; Vin IV 316,19 (dhovpeyya v limppeyya v). limpana, n. [from limpeti; cfS. dipana], fire; setting fire to; Mil 43,2 (udakaghatakani thapenti -am vijjhpetum); ifc see day'- sv dya2. limpita, mfn., pp o/limpeti qv. limpeti (and lepeti ?), pr. 3 sg. [cf S. dipayati], kindles; sets fire to; Vin II 138,i6(chabbaggiy bhikkh dyam ~enti, Be, Ce, Eeso; elepenti; Sp 1214,3: dyam -enti ti tinavandisu aggim denti, Be so; Ee, Se lepenti" ti; Ce omits); D II 163,8 (bhagavato citakam ~essm ti na sakkonti ~etum); M III 243,14 (ukkmukham ~eyya; Ps V 5A,ufoil.: aggim datv nlikya dhamento aggim jleyya); A1257, n (ukkmukham ~eti); Mp II 89,io (jotimlikan ti sakalasariram telapilotikya vethetv ~enti) = Ps II 59,3 (Ceso; Be, Ee, Se limpanti); limpenti ti in Ee, Se at Sp 1201,15 is wrfor limpanti ti (Be, Ce so); part.pr. limpenta, mfn., Sp477,2o; Ud-a385,is; aor. 3 sg. limpesi, Mp 1425,13 (vpam ~esi); Pv-a 62,4; 3 pi. limpesum, Vin III 85,37 (bhikkh dyam ~esum); Spklll 221,3; absol. limpetv, Mill 243,15 (ukkmukham ~etv); Vism 171,18; pp limpita, mfn. [cfS. dipita, dipta], kindled, set on fire; A IV 102,18 (kumbhakrapko ~o pathamam dhpeti); fpp limpetabba, mfn., Vin II 138,is (na bhikkhave dyo limpetabbo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se lepetabbo); see also dippati. all, seesvdXx1. lu1, [ts; cfAi.Gr. IL 2 180; R. Pischel, 1900, 595], a suffix forming adjectives in meaning; subject to, affected by; see abhijjhlu, hadaylu; see also luka1. lu2, n. [S. lex. id.], an edible root; Ja IV 371,23* (khananf -kalambni) = VI578, n* (578,27': khananti" ~ni kalambni ca) = Ap 145,4. luka1, [lu1 + ka2], a suffix forming adjectives in meaning: subject to, susceptible to; see tanhluka, dayluka, sitluka. luka2, n. [ts], an edible root; Ja IV 46,11' (lupni ti -kand, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce luvakand); see also lupa, luva. lupa, n. [<luva <*lu'a <luka?], an edible root; Ja IV 46,7* (na takkal santi na ~ni, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be luvni; 46,ir: ~ni ti lukakand, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce luvakand); see also luka2, luva. luppa, lumpa, m. [from lumpati], a morsel, a bit; -kram, ind. [luppa + namul absol. o/karoti; cf BHS lopakram], making it into lumps; taking bits; Dhp-all 55,22 (ubhohi hatthehi ~am gtham khdati, Ce so; Ee lumpkragtham khdi; Be lopam lopam katv; Se lopakrakam); -krakam, ind. [cf BHS lopa-

krakam and BHSG 35:5], making it into lumps; tearing off bits; D III 85,26 (satt rasapathavim hatthehi ~am upakkamimsu paribhiinjitum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee lumpakrakam; Sv 866,20/0//. lopam katv pindapinde chinditv); Vism 417,27 (te aggannasutte vuttanayena tarn rasapathavim syitv tanhbhibht ~am paribhiinjitum upakkamanti); see also lopa. lubbha, ind. [absol. of *2 + labhati? cf S. labhya; or of *2 + lubbhati ?], supporting oneself on; hanging on to; Ps II 74,28 (dandam olubbh ti dandam uppiletv, dandam lubbh ti pi ptho, gahetv pakkmi ti attho); see also olubbha sv olubbhati. lumpati, pr. 3 sg. [S. lumpati], tears out; pulls out; MI 324,30 (gvi tarunavacch thambam ca ~ati vacchakam ca apavinati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se luppati; Ps II 403,1: ~afi ti tinam ca ~amn khdati); absol. lumpitv, Ps III 50,6 (sabbam ~itv ekappahren' eva gilitukmo viya); Bv -a 210,37 (angni -itv); see also lopati. lula, mfn. [from lulati], agitated, disturbed; turbid; Ja VI 431,2i (ptitaptitam pamsum hatthi maddanti Gang ~ sandati); Spkl 237,21 (Sundarik nadi... ~ hon). lula in Ee at Ap 17,17 is wrfor luva qv. lulati, lulati (and, esp. in Be, lulati), pr. 3 sg. |a2 + lulati; cf S. lodati, lolati], is agitated; is disturbed; is unclear; Sv 745,11 foil, (evarpasspi nma bhikkhuno ayam panho ~ati, angate mama bhtik imam panham ~issanti ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se luleti... lulessanti ti) = Ps I 231,14 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se luleti... lulessanti ti); Spkl 236,io (yam pana gambhlram mah-udakam hoti... na ~ati); As 375,3 (ayam puggalo paveni-gatam tantim sanhasukhumam dhammantaram bhinditv -issati ti) = Nidd-a 1112,is (lulessatiti); part.pr. lujamna, mfn., Dhp-aIV47,3 (gativasena ~amn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr llamn); pass. pr. 3 sg. luliyati, is made disturbed, is made turbid; Ps II 260,25 (udakam pi ~Iyati); Ap-a 547,15; pp lulita (lulita, lulita), mfn. [S. lulita], disturbed, agitated; made turbid, made unclear; confused; mixed; Ja VI 431,26 (es ~ sandati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be lul); 541,9 (tava dussayanadubbhojanehi cittam ~am bhavissati); Ps I 216,12 (cakkhdini indriyni jaram pattassa paripkni ~ni); Spklll 94,12 (ime sankhr annamannam miss ~); Dhp-al 310,ii (kulaputto kilesehi ~o); Ud-a250,2o (pivantehi ~-tta vilni kaddamamissni pniyni); neg. anlulita, anlulita, mfn., Ap-a 223,34; caus. (*)pr. 3 sg. lu)eti (luleti, juleti), stirs up, agitates; confuses, confounds; Ja II 33,8 (mtugmo nma tumhdisnam yeva kasm cittam nlulessati); part.pr. lulenta, mfn., Ja I 25,22 (cakkavlamahsamuddam ~ento); II 9,21 (sacham ... Sriputtam ~ento panham pucchissmi); Sp846,7 (~entnam); Sv 631,34 (mige... mahcankame sanTmatthatthnam ~ente disv); absol. luletv, Spk II 397,28 (vlikam -etv); caus. (b) absol lulpetv, having had mixed, stirred up; Ps III 83,12 (sesakam udakactiyam lulpetv); caus. (c)pr. 3 sg. loleti, -ayati (loleti, loleti) [S. lodayati], stirs up, disturbs; mixes, confuses,

338

confounds-, AIV 435,12 (hatthi... sondya udakam -enti); Ja II 272,2' (bodhitale nisiditv abhisambujjhanakasattam ayam kileso ~esi, tdisam kirn na ~essati ti); IV 333,2 (ayam nandirgo tdisam kirn nma nlolessati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nlolissati); As 29,I6 (abhidhammik dhammantaram na ~enti); Sp 851,34 (dabbim v ulunkam v gahetv anukkhipanto loleti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se luleti); Dhp-all 256,20 ([sappam] ito cito ca -ti); Ap-a290,36 (buddho akhobhiyo khobhetum ~etum asakkuneyyo ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee luletum); part.pr. (a)lolenta, mfn., Jal 427,23 (udakam ~ento); (b) lolayamna, mfn., Vism 105,28; aor. 3 sg. lolesi, Ja II 272,2'; absol loletv (loletv), SI 175,12 (unhodakena phnitam ~etv); Ja VI 331,28 ([osadham] udakena ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se luletv); 365,13 (ghatam ~etv); Sp 1261,26; Pj II 189,27; pp lolita, lolita, mfn. [S. lodita], disturbed; stirred up; Abh 1022; Thi-a 235,26 (lolitapadesam). lulika, julika, mfn. [lula + ika or = lulita?], disturbed, turbid; Sv 631,32 (udakam ~am karonte disv). luva, n. [< *lu'a <luka?], an edible root; Ja IV 46,7* (~ni, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se lupni); Ap 17,17 (~ ca kalamb ca, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr lul; Ap-a 218,7: ete luvdayo mlaphal khudd madhuras) * 346,24; 237,23 (~amtassa pdsim); Sp 762,2 (in long cpd); 834,1 (-kando); see also luka2, lupa. llamna in Ee at Dhp-a IV 47,3 is wr for llamna qv sv lulati. lekha, m. or lekh, / [from likhati; cf S. lekhana, lekhya], a drawing, a painting; Mhv 27:10 (dibbavimnam pesetv tadlekham dadtha me); 27:18 (tadlekham lekhayitv). leti, pr. 3 sg. [prob. = deti; cf lna < dna], takes; Ud-a51,15 (na japanti ti ajap... ajap ~enti diyanti nivsam etth ti ajaplo ti, Ee so; Be, Se lanti; Ce ~enti ariyanti). lepa, m. [ts], anointing; ointment; VinI 273,10 (bhagandalbdham eken' eva ~ena apakaddhi); 274,30; Mil 74,i (so vano ~ena ca limpiyati telena ca makkhiyati); Dhtum 442 (rusa ~e); ifc see gandh' -. lepana, n. [ts], anointing; Sp 192,27 (-bandhanadhovano^hi tarn padesam sacchavim katv); ifc see mukh'-, sis'-; -rhana, n., healing by anointing; Vism 45,12* (vanassa ~e yath). lepesim, caus. aor. 1 sg. o/limpati qv. lepeti, see sv limpati. loka, m. and mfn. [S. loka, m.], 1. (m.) (i) seeing, vision; Abh 1043 (ditthobhsesu ~o); Sadd 520,9 (cakkhuvinnnam v ti ~o); (ii) light, daylight; lustre, brightness; Abh 37; 1043; VinUI 159,21 (tejodhtum sampajjitv ten* eva~ena sensanam pannpeti); D II269,29 (andhakro guhyam antaradhyi ~o udapdi, so read with Be, Ce, Se); A I 228,15 (yad te satt lam ~am sanjneyyum); II 139,25 (cattaro 'me bhikkhave ~... candloko suriyloko aggloko pannloko); S IV 128,1* (satam ca vivatam hoti ~o passatm iva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr passatm idha) = Sn 763; Ja I 394,12' (attano sarirobhsen' eva dvdasahatthe thne ~am karoti);

VI 447,8' (dicco udento tamam vidhamitv ~am dasseti); Ap 414,25 (divasam c'eva rattim ca ~o hoti me sad); Kv 126,22; Pet 210,19 (~am vaddheti); Mil 299,24 (yath -0 evam cittam datthabbam); Vism 174,2\foll. (~asmim nimittam ganhti); 424,25 (bhikkhu hetth niraybhimukham -am vaddhetv nerayike satte passati mahdukkham anubhavamne); Mhv 1:59 (-am pavidhamsayi); Sadd 520,8 (-0 ti rasmi lokenti etena bhuso passanti jan); ifc see agyloka; (iii) insight, vision; the light of knowledge, enlightenment; VinI 11,3 (vijj udapdi ~o udapdi); 1114,33 (tamo vihato ~o uppanno; Sp 162,2: s yeva vijj obhsakaranatthena ~o ti vuccati); 2. (mfn.) bright; Vibh 254,15 (ayam sann ~ hoti vivat); -m-ujjotakara, mfn., producing light and radiance; Jal 183,28* (-0 pabhankaro, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lokapajjotakaro); -kara, mfn. [loka + kara1], spreading light; a light-giver; It 108,6 (bhikkh ... ~ ti pi vuccanti); Ja II 34,3'; Ap 256,20 (tayo hi ~ loke); -karana, mfn. and ., I. (mfn.) light-giving, illuminating; Itl08,n*(~ dhir); Jail 313,24' (~-tya); Ap 413,21 (mani... ~o); 2. (n.) the producing of light; illumination; Vism 176,21 (dibbena cakkhun rpadassanattham ~an ti); Ud-a 358,8 (~ena pabhankaro ti laddhanmo suriyo); -kasina, n., meditation based on light; the meditation-object light; Vism 110,27; 174,2i/o//.; Spkll 134,3o; Patis-a377,2o; -da, mfn., giving light; Th3 (~ cakkhudad bhavanti; Th-aI36,32: nanamaya-lokam dentiti~); -dada, mfn., id.; Th-a I 37,13 (aggi... ~o hoti); -pharana, m., pervasion or pervading with light or insight; D i l i 278,1 (~-t) = Vibh334,2; Nett89,21; Spkll 354,is (dibbacakkhu nma -ena uppannam nnam); -pharanaka, mfn., diffusing light; Ps IV 147,17 (~-brahm, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lokapharanabrahm); -sandhi, m., a window; shutters; Abh 217; Vin III 65,36 (~im... theyyacitto avahari); Ja IV 310,15* (~im divas karotu; 311,26': ekadivasen' eva ekam eva vtapnam karotu); Sp 784,17 (~i ti vtapnakavtak vuccati); Pv-a24,n; anloka, mfn., without vision or insight; without light, without a light; VinIV 268,32 (appadipe ti-); Mil296,11 (nham andho ~o, sutv vedissmi); sloke, ind., in the light; Vin II 267,7 (chabbaggiy bhikkhuniyo ... sloke titthanti; Sp 1293,23foil.: dvram vivaritv upaddhakyam dassentiyo titthanti). lokana, n., ~a, / [S. lokana], I. looking at; investigating; looking forwards; seeing; Abh 775; Pet 246,26 (pathamya disya ~am); 258,16 (atthrasannam mlapadnam ~); Vism 621,27 (~e pavattarpam vilokanam ... appatv tatth' eva nirujjhati); Sp 623,8 (ye hi cakkhni ummiletv -ena uttnamukh honti); As 148,17 (0,-atthena pann va loko pann-loko; or meaning 2. ?); Sadd 520,11 (~an ti purato pekkhanam); 2. being bright; light; ? Mp III 133,14 (-vasena cando va candloko). loketa(r), m. [from loketi], one who looks at or forwards; Sv 194,i2(abbhantare attnma~ v viloket v n' atthi) = Ps I 262,2 = Vibh-a 356,11. loketi, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. lokayati], looks at; looks forward; SI 198,32* (sunoti na vijnti ~eti na passati);

339

A IV 167,3 (puratthimam disam -eti); Nidd II 53,9 (yath cakkhun puriso ~eyya); Vibh250,i3 (sato sampajno -eti sato sampajno viloketi); Kv 417,7 (na -etukmo -eti); Pet 259,14* (~ayati); Sv 193,22 (-essmi ticitte uppanne); Sadd 518,25 (-eti -ayati); part.pr. (a) lokenta, mfn., Dhs 718 (-entassa v vilokentassa v; As 324,9: ~entass ti ujukam pekkhantassa); (b) lokaya(t), mfn., A IV 167,3 (evam me puratthimam disam -ayato); (c) lokayamna, mfn., Sv 619, I I (puratthimadisam -ayamnnam tesam manussnam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee olokayamnnam); aor. 3 sg. lokesi, Ps III 131,23 (pdatalato yva upari kesant tathgatam -esi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokesi); absoL (a) neg. anloketv, Ps I 261,20 (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anoloketv); (b) loketvna, Pet 258,18* (-etvna jnti, Be, Ce so; Ee wr loketva na); pp lokita, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) [ts] looked at, watched; Ap 128,25 (aham ~o ca virena, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce~e); 2. (n.) looking at, looking forwards; VinI 39,30 (psdikena abhikkantena patikkantena -ena vilokitena); D I 70,27 (~e vilokite sampajnakri hoti; Sv 193,n: -am nma purato pekkhanam); AH 104,12 (psdikam hoti... -am vilokitam); Mil 378,12 (-e vilokite); Sp 856,5 (passatha bho imassa thnam nisajjam -am vilokitam); fpp (a) loketabba, lokitabba, mfn. and n. impers., MI 460,10 (evam te -am evam te viloketabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se lokitabbam) * Ja III 483,7 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee lokitabbam); AIV 167,1 (puratthim dis - hoti); (b) lokiya, mfn., Patis-a453,8 (tarn kasinarpam rammanam c'eva lokiyatthena loko ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee lokiyatthena); caus. inf. lokpetum, As 83,6. locana, n. [ts], seeing, looking at, considering; Sadd 558,5 (sama -e, -am pekkhanam); ifc see dis' -. loceti, pr. 3 sg. [S. locayati], looks; views; Sv 702,29 (itthiyo na tikhinam nijjhyanti mandam ~enti olokenti, tasm mandalocan ti vuccann). lopa, m. 1. [S. lex., BHS id.] a portion, a bit; a mouthful; Abh466; Vinll 214,18 (parimandalo ~o ktabbo); Mil 138,23 (dvattikkhattum ... so bhavam Gotamo mukhe ~am samparivattetv ajjhoharati); A III 304,3i (cattaro panca -e sankhditv ajjhoharmi); Pv 13:7 (bhikkhnam -am datv; Pv-a70,i9: -an ti kabalam, eklopamattam bhojanan ti attho); Th983 (cattaro panca ~e abhutv udakam pive); JaV 211,11 (ekacce -am gahetv bhunjm ti sannya); Mil 231,26 (sabbaklam... tathgate bhufijamne devat dibbam ojam gahetv upatitthitv uddhatuddhate -e kiranti); Vism 43,22 (civaram paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbam pindapto - ~e); Nidd-al 345,24 (phsuvihro nma cathi pancahi -ehi ndarata); ifc .yee pindiy'-; 2.plunder, pillage; D I 5,24 (in long cpd.; Sv 80,25: ~o vuccati gmanigamdinam vilopakaranam); Ja IV 435,10* (435,15*: -ti div gmaghat); see also eklopika (^veka), dvlopika (^vdvi), sattlopika (jvsatta4). lopati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vlup; or denom. from lopa], robs, plunders; 1h 743 (~ati shas yo pare sam); see also lumpati. lola, m. [from lulati; cf S. lola], agitation,

disturbance; Dhp-al 38,n (esa gantv kinci -am kareyy ti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se lulikam). l o j i , / [from lulati], a mixture; ifc see sit*-. loleti, caus. pr. 3 sg. qflulati qv. lha in Ee at A III 52,1 ifoll. (udaklha-) is wr for lhaka1 (Be, Ce, Se so). lhaka1, m.n. [S. dhaka], a fluid and dry measure; Abh 482 (-0 caturo patth); 484 (-0 nitthiyam tumbho); Vin III 62,3 (-am sappim tulam gujam donam tandulam harpetv); Ja III 541,22* (mitam -ena; 542, ir: dhahnampakam pi kira tena katam); Ap20,3o (sakk samudde udakam pametum -ena v); Sp 858,1 (patthena njiy ~en ti); Spkl 218,28 (cattro patth -am, cattri -ni donam); -thlik,/, a cooking-pot holding an lhaka of rice; Vin 1240,10; A III 369,7. lhaka2, n., a tethering-post; Abh 364 (lnam -0 thambho); Mhv 19:73; 35:24 (ngo bhetvna ~am); see also laka1. lhika, mfn. [cfS. dhya], rich; JaV 97,15' (anlhiy tina -, Ee so; Be, Ce ti anjh; Se anliy ti anal); see also addha2, anlhiy, sublhika. lhiya, mfn. [cfS. dhya], rich; ifc see anlhiy. vacara, mfn. [from avacara], moving among, having one's sphere of action among; Spk III 145,11 (parisvacaro ti parisya -0, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se avacaro). vajati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. vrajati], comes near; returns; Ja III 434,2* (na gabbhaseyyam punar -issam); IV49,2i* (s ppadhamm punar -tu, mc; 49,23': -t ti puna imam geham gacchat ti); V25,i6* (saccnurakkhl punar -assu); 479,30* (amittahattham punar ~eyya); aor. 2 sg. vajittha, Ja IV 107,10* (gacch' eva tvam yakkha mahnubhva, m ca ssu gantv punar -ittha); sahvajam in Ee at Spkl 58,25 is prob, wr; Ce, Se sahabbajam; Be saha vajam; ad SI 18,25*: Be, Ce sahabbajam; Ee sahvajjam; Se sahvajam); see also abbajati. vajja, m.(?) [from vajjati], reflection, consideration; Abh 1083 (bhogo punnatvajjesu). vajjati, vajjeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vvrj] (sometimes confounded with vatteti qv), 1. tilts, tips up (to pour out); tips over; VinI 286,13 (kumbhim -anti kumbhi bhijjati, Ee so; Be vinchanti; Ce vinjanti; Se vattanti); M III 96,22 (yato yato -eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be viiicheyya; Se pajjeyya); Jail 102,18 (sace tumhe icchamn imam [dadhighatam] -essatha, Ce, Ee so; Be siiiceyytha; Se vateyytha); Sp 849,9 (kutassa givarn pattassa mukhavattiyam thapetv -eti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vatteti); 2. turns (one's mind) to, gives one's attention to; ponders over, thinks about; Th 445 (-a kakacpamam; Th-all 187,13: kakacpamam ovdam -eyysi); Ja VI 83,24 (puttasinehena bodhisattam niccam -ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -eti); Patisl 100,3 (pathamajjhnam yathicchakam yadicchakam yvaticchakam -ati); II 208,13 (pathavim -ati -itv nnena adhitthti udakam hot ti udakam hoti); Vism 598,12 (kassa nu kho ayam puttako ti tassa mtpitaro -ati); Ps I 142,29 (tarn nimittam -issati); II405,19 (satthram -eti ajja samano Gotamo katarasmim gme v nigame v vasati ti); Spkl 55,8

340

(annam tumhkam patisaranam n' atthi, silam eva ~eth ti); 342,3 (dhajaggaparittam vuso ~hl ti, Be, Ce, Se *o; Ee ~ehi ti); Dhp-a IV 94,16 (tumhehi desitam dhammam -ami cintemi anussarmi ti); part.pr. (a) vajja(t), mfn., PatisI 164,22 (nimittam ~ato); Ps III 267,i (~ato manasikaroto cittam vinivaranam hoti); (b) vajjanta, mfn., Ja III 52,20 (attano silam ~anto nipajji); V 152,24 (Sakko -anto); PatisII 93,33; Sp 1337,M; neg. anvajjanta, mfn., Spklll 55,4 (citte anvajjante puggalassa vajjanam nma n' atthi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anvattante... vattanam); Dhp-a II 277,14; (c) vajjamna, mfn., Ja III 146,9 (so -amno tarn kranam natv); PatisI 165,1*; Spkl 341,28 (idam -amno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vajjento); (d) vajjenta, m/(~enti)/j., Ja I 81,19 (kaham nu kho te etarahi viharanti ti ~ento); Nidd I 270,24 (im tisso sikkh -ento sikkheyya, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ~anto) * Patis I 46,23 (~anto); Mil 2,27 (buddhagune ~ent); Ap-a 163,28 (rjadhitya pancasilni ~entiy); neg. anvajjenta, mfn., Vism 327,25; (e) vajjaya(t), mfn., Vism 154,19 (vitakkam ~ayato); Ps I 67,15 (manasikaroto ti ~ayato); aor. 3 sg. (a)vajji, Ja VI 83,25 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vajjeti); Pj II 104,13; (b) vajjesi, Vin II 286,12 (nipajjissmi ti kyam ~esi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vattesi); Ja I 81,17 (Uddakam ~esi); IV 408,21 (attano dnam ~esi); 1 sg. vajjim, Ap 176,16 (~im bodhim uttamam); inf. (a) vajjitum, vajjetum, Bv-a35,io (sigham -tum samatthat); Vibh-a 500,33 (dukkhdini saccni ythvato ~itum na sakkoti); neg. anvajjitum, Vism 707,32 = Patis-a 321,26; absol (a)vajjitv, Jal 214,11* (~itv dhammabalam); PatisII 207,21; Mil 106,17 (~itv yadicchakam jnti); Vism 707,8; neg. anvajjitv, Vism413,2i; Ps IV 151,13; (b)vajjetv, Jail 35,n (buddhagune -etv); Vism 351,34 (sakalam pi attano rpakyam ~etv); Sp 1272,22 (kumbham pana -etv thlake thokam sappim katv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se vattetv); Spk I 341,26; neg. anvajjetv, Ud-a 379,11 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anvajjitv); Pv-al81,i6 (amanasikaritv anvajjetv); pp vajjita, mfn. 1. attended to, pondered over; Nidd I 166,21 (annam may ~am annam cintitam); Ap438,n (saha -e thpe gravam hoti ms tad); Mil 297,10; Vism 413,20 (pubbe ~am anvajjitv); 2. [cfS. varjita], inclined; turned; attending to; Pj II 123,26 (tassa sarirasobhya haday satt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vattita-) = Ap-a 197,9 (eds so); tta, n., abstr., attentiveness; turning one's mind to; PatisII 27,25 (~-tt); Spk III 144,25 (uppdam anvajjitatt anuppdam tta); neg. anvajjitatt,n., PatisII 127,19 (uppdam anvajjitatt satisambojharigo titthati); Sv 598,27 (anvajjitatt pan* esa ajnanto pucchi ti eke); fpp vajjitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vism 352,5 (~am manasiktabbam paccavekkhitabbam); 706,34 (evam~am); PsI 67,6 (- samannharitabbe dhamme na ppajnti); Spk III 65,4 (sanghassa suppatipatti ca ~); see also vinjati2. vajjana1, n., ~ , / [from vajjati], turning one's mind to, giving one's attention to; attending, attention (thought moment 4 of a 17-moment act of perception); Patis I 100,3 (~ya dandhyitattam n' atthi ti

vajjanvasi); Vibh 321,6 (pancannam vinnnnam ny atthi ~ v bhogo v, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vattan); Ps I 64,22 (saccapatikklena v cittassa - anvvajjan bhogo samannhro manasikaro, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vattan anvvattan) = Mp I 32,25 (eds so) * Vibh 373,19 (Se ~ anvajjan; Be vattan anvattan; Ce vattan anvvattan; Ee vattan anvattan; Vibh-a 500,25: sabbni pi -vasena vevacann' eva); Kv 349,27 (~ bhogo samannhro manasikaro cetan, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vattan); Mil 106,24 (lahutaram bhagavato sabbannutnnam lahutaram -am); Vism 432,28 (~am khanapaccuppannam rammanam katv ten' eva saha nirujjhati); PsII 77,3i (manovinnnan ti ~am v javanam v); As 272,10 (tvam bhavahgam nma hohi tvam ~am nma); 278,29 (vin hi ~ena cittam uppajjati rammanena pana vin n' uppajjati ti); Vibh-a 406,27 (sotadvrikdini -ni bhavangam na vattenti, manodvrikam eva vatteti); 500,25 (~am hi bhavangacittam vatteti ti cittassa vattan) anvajjan, ., inattention; lack of particular attention; Vism 674,21 (tarn hi ~am pi samnam vajjanatthne thatv evam nibbatthi ti maggassa sannam datv viya nirujjhati); Ud-a 247,16 (tasmim kle -ena tesam adassanam); Spkl 179,8 (~-tya); Vibh-a292,18 (thero -ena tassa gamanam ajnanto); svajjana, mfn., with attention; with turning towards; It-al 101,10 (~am bhavahgam); see also anvvajjana, vattan, sahvajjanaka, svajjanaka. vajjana2, n. [cf S. varjana], overcoming, victory; -manta, m. a spell for overcoming, for humbling; Ja II243,11 (pathavijayamanto ti ~o vuccati). vajjayimsu, vajjisum, aor. 3 pi. [of caus. pass, of *2 + vadati ?], were played; Ja IV 464,11* (bherimutihg panav ca sankh vajjisum Uggasenassa ranno, Ce so; Ee, Se vajjayimsu, perhaps wr; Be vajjayimsu); see also vadi. vata, mfn., pp /varati qv. vatta1, vatta1, m.(n.) [S. varta, m.], 1. turning, turning round; turning back; whirlpool, eddy; Abh 660; SI 238,20* (na spahatacitto 'mhi n'-ena su-v-nayo; Spkl 354,24foil.: na kodhvattenasu-nayo, kodhavase vattetum na sukaro 'mhi ti vadati); Ja I 70,18 (ekasmim -e nimujjitv); VI 161,30 (imam Yamunya -e pakkhipitum vattati); Ps II 266,16 (maijhe Gangya -am utthpesi); It-all 166,24 (thi v ummihi ajjhotthato tesu v -esu nipatito); 2. circumference; ~ato, -ena, adv., in circumference, in extent; JaV 337,23 (~ato dvdasayojano ... padumasaro); Dhp-a I 273, is (-ena tigvuta-addhayojanappamne); III 211,22 (-ato chattimsayojanya parisya parivuto); 3. turning, conversion (the seventh of the 16 haras of Pet and Nett); Pet 3,8 (... catuvyho ~o vibhatti...) = Nett 1,19; Pet 95,11 (ayam vuccate -0 hro); Nett 40,22 (katamo -o hro); -(g)gha, m. (or mfn.), seizure, possession by a whirlpool; (or: seized by a whirlpool;) S IV 179,16 (sace ... drukkhandho na orimam ram upagacchati... na -0 bhavissati, Ce, Ee so; Be gahessati; Se ghiyati); 179,25 (sace tumhe pi na orimam tiram upagacchatha ... na - 0 hessati, so read ? Be gahessati; Ce ~ hessatha; Ee wr ~o hessatha; Se ghiyati); 180,27 (-0 ti... pancann*

341

etam kmagunnam adhivacanam); 181,9 (na mam manussaghogahissati... na -o gahissati, Ce, Ee so; Be gahessati; Seghiyati); -parivatta, m., turning here and there, changing this way and that; Ps I 65,n (~am karoti); -sisa, mfn., with a head covered with curls; Sp 1028,17 (~o v gunnam sarire vattasadisehi uddhaggehi kesvattehi samanngato); svatta, mfn., with whirlpoools or eddies; SIV 157,9 (cakkhusamuddam sa-Qmim ~am sagham sarakkhasam tinno; Spklll 3,2: kilesvattehi -am); It 114,4/o//. (rahado sa-ummi ~ o . . . ~o ti kho bhikkhave pancann' etam kmagunnam adhivacanam, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be vattan ti); see also apunarvattaka, dakkhinavattaka, padakkhinvattaka. vatta2, mfn., pp ofvattati qv. vattati, vattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. vartate], l.(intrans.) turns, turns to; turns round, rolls; turns back, returns (esp. to a layman's life); winds, curls; Vinll 284,15 (appekacce bh paggayha kandanti chinnapaptam papatanti ~anti vivattanti) * D II 140,i; Mill 116,5 (~ati bhullya); SIV 191,24 (hiny' ~issati ti); Ud 14,n (so dukkhhi... katukhi vedanhi phuttho ~ati parivattati ca); Ja VI 143, n* (~ati ca parivattati ca); Mil 246, is (pabbajitv patinivattitv hiny* ~ati); Pet 93,22 (~ati patipakkhe) = Nett 3,22*; part.pr. (a) vattanta, vattanta, m/(~anti)/j., Ja VI 301, n' (patit ~ant sayanti); Sp 391,24; Sv 581,4 (-antiyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vattantiyo); vattantassa in Ce, Ee at Kv 343,27 and anvattantassa at Kv 343,23 are prob, wrr for vajjantassa and anvajjantassa (Se so; Be vattentassa, anvattentassa); (b) vattamna, vattamna, m/n., Ud 14,15; Jal 64,32 (kes... dakkhinato ~amn); Mil 252,29; 2. is enticed, is seduced; MI 383,33 (piy me bhante ntislohit imya vattaniy ~eyyum); 505,22 (mnusakehi v kmehi ~eyya; Ps III 216,13: vatto bhaveyya); absol. vattitv, vattitv, VinI 17,7 (abhabbo kho Yaso kulaputto huiy' ~itv kme paribhunjitum); 11113,24 (vtamandalikya ~itv patt bhijjimsu); Sn/?. 92,14 (yannnham hiy' -itv kme paribhunjeyyan ti); Ja IV 233,6; Sv451,30 ([unn] vissatth dakkhinvattavasena ~itv); Mhv 37:210; pass. pr. 3 sg. vattiyati, Th-a 171,33 (nahgalam v ~iyati etth ti nangalvattam, Ee so; Be, Ce vattayati; Se vattissati); pp vatta2, vatta2, mfn. [S. vrtta], 1. turned, converted; enticed, seduced; MI 383,30 (~o si... samanena Gotamenavattaniy myyti); Dhp-a II 153,20 (Mrvattanena ~o); 2. (i) having returned; turned back (esp. to a layman's life); VinI 9,1 (padhnavibbhanto ~o bhullya) * MI 247,16; SII 50,20 (bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhya hiy* ~o ti); Mil 247,7; (ii) turned, winding round; curling, crooked; Ja IV 233,16* (padakkhinato ~ tinalata); V 425,20*; ifc see kundal1- (^vkundala1) vivek'-; cans. pr. 3 sg. vatteti, vatteti, ~ayati, [c/i/.S'varjayati], (trans.) turns, turns back; diverts, directs; converts; seduces; M I 375,14 (samano ... Gotamo myvi vattanim myam jnti yya annatitthiynam svake ~eti); Th357 (yath kunjaram adantam navaggaham ... balav ~eti akmam, evam ^ayissam tarn); Thi 303 (na ... punar -ayissasi);

Sp 179,6 (kirn pana Mro vnijake -etum na sakkoti ti); Th-a III 181,7 (myya tarn ~essati ti); As 269,13 (bhavangam -eti); Vibh-a 406,27/0//. (sotadvrikdini vajjanni bhavangam na ~enti, manodvrikam eva ~eti); part.pr. vattayamna, mfn., As 294,7 (bhavangam ~ayamnam uppajjati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vattiyamnam); aor. 3 sg. vattesi, Sp 179,8; absol. vattetv, vattetv, Vism 669,29 (bhavangam ~etv); Sp 178,25 (Mro ~etv mohetv); 1272,22 (kumbham pana -etv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce vajjetv); Th-a I 71,32 (ito c' ito ca -etv); pp vattita, mfn. and n. [S. vartita], (mfn.) turned; diverted; converted; seduced; (n.) turning; direction; Ps III 416,18 (vattaniy myya -0); Dhp-a I 196,12 (Mrenatt); As 269,14 (bhavange ~e); 271,28 (patanasaddena pabuddhaklo viya manodhtuy bhavarigassa klo); neg. anvattita, mfn., As 269,9. vattana, vattana, n., vattan, / [cf S. vartana], 1. turning back; returning, reversion (esp. to a layman's life); Mil251,28(tesam hiny* ~ena); Sp276,23 (hiny ~ena); Ps IV 55,19 (sikkham paccakkhya hiny' -am); Vin-vn 565; 2. turning, directing; converting, conversion; seducing; Ja II 330,17' (kmvattena ~ato); Vibh 373,19 (saccavipatiklena v cittassa ~ anvvattan bhogo samannhro manasikro, Ce so; Ee ~ anvattan; Be - anvattan; Se vajjan anvvajjan; Vibh-a500,24foil.: cittassa ~ ti dini sabbni pi avajjanavasena vevacann* eva. vajjanam hi bhavangacittam vatteti ti cittassa ~) * Ps I 64,22 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vajjan anvvajjan) = Mp I 32,25 (eds vajjan anvvajjan); Kv 349,27 (~ bhogo samannhro manasikro cetan, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vajjan); Pet 193,7 (vatto ti n* atthi ~assa bhmi); Nett 113,16 (bhavatanhya 0, -attham); l h - a l 71,32 (narigalvattani ti nangalassa phlassa ~ato nangalam ito cJ ito ca vattetv khette kasanato ti attho, Ce, Eeso; Be vattanako ... kasanako ti; Se vattanako... kasako ti; ad Th 16: janno nangalvattani sikhi); Vibh-a 405,4 ([vajjanam] hi bhavangassa -ato ~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vajjanato vajjan); anvattan, mfn., not turning to, not concerned with; Ps II 63,8 (~o anbhogo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anvattino); svattana, mfn., turning to; Ps II 63,8 (~o sbhogo, Ce, Ee so; Be vattino; Se svattino); see also anvvattan, apunarvattana, vajjan, vattani, punarvattanaka. vattani, (m)f(n). and f. [from vatteti; cf S. vartani], turning, seducing; a seductress; a seductive sorcery; MI 381,27 (samano ... Gotamo myvi ~im myam jnti yya annatitthiynam svake vatteti) * A II 193,34; MI 383,33 (piy me bhante ntislohit imya ~iy vatteyyum); Ja II 330,10* (~i mahmy brahmacariyavikopan sidanti; 330,17': itthiyo nm' et kmvattena vattanato ~I) = V 451,3* (451,28': yath ~I mahjanassa hadayam mohetv attano vase vatteti evam et pi ti attho, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~i my janassa). vatti(n), mfn. [from vattati], turning (to); ifc see anvatti(n). vatta l ,m., see sv vatta'. vatta2, mfn., pp o/vattati qv. vattati, see sv vattati.

342

vattana, n., see sv vattana. vattani(n), mfn. [from vattati], turning, revolving; ifc see nangaF-. vattam,/ [S. lex. vartani], a crucible; Abh 526. vatti(n), mfn. [S. vartin], turning, returning; ifc see apunar-. vatthika, mfn. [from avatth; cfS. vasthika], connected with a stage (of life); belonging to a state or to circumstances; Vism 209,28/0//. (catubbidham v nmam -am lingikam... vaccho dammo balivaddo ti evamdi -am) = Sp 122,19/0//. = Pj I 107,4foil. * Sadd 879,22/o//.;~ anvatthika, mfn., not belonging to the state or the circumstances; Pet 193,20 (sukham pannassa -am, so read with ftnamoli, 1964, p. 262 ? Be, Ce, Ee anavattikam). vadi, aor. 3 sg. [of *2 + vadati; cf S. vadati], spoke; reproached; Mhv 51:23 (kasm evan ti-y-vadi); see also vajjayimsu. vapati, vapeti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. vapati], throws into; offers (as a pledge); Mil 279,20 (labhati pit puttam... -itum v vikkinitum v); Sp 1103,16 (vpako ca nma yattha laddham laddham -anti patikkhipanti ti vuttam hoti); aor. 3 sg. vapesi, Mil 279,26 (Vessantaro ... puttadram -esi ca vikkini ca); see also opati. vapana, n. [cfS. vapana], offering, pledge; Ja I 321,17 (sabbanntannassa -am katv dantayugalam adsi, Ee so; Be rodhanam; Ce vajjanam; Se panidhnam). vamati, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + vamati], swallows back; swallows what one has vomited or ejected; Th 1125 (vante aham -itum na ussahe; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr gamitum; Th-alll 157,26foil: te evam chaddite puna paccvamitum aham na sakkomi); Thi341 (y jtaruparajatam chaddetv punar -e, so read with K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 1321 eds game); Ja III 297,15* (utthtu poso visam -ami, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee cammi); 298,7' (tvam imassa brhmanassa sarirato sigham visam -hi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee camhi ti); absol. vamitv, Ja III 298,9 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee camitv); see also camati. vayha, mfn.,fpp o/vahati qv. vara, m. [from varati], obstruction; ifc see anvara2, ariyamagg, - (sv ariya). varana, n. (and m.) [S. varana, n.], covering, enclosing; shutting off; an obstruction, hindrance, prohibition; barricade, wall, dam; -am karoti, obstructs; prohibits; Abh 1167; VinI 84,n/o//. (anujnmi bhikkhave -am ktun ti... bhikkh smanernam sabbam sanghrmam -am karonti... na bhikkhave sabbo sanghrmo -am ktabbo; Sp 1013,9: -am ktun tim-y-idha pavis ti nivaranam ktum); D I 246,15 (pafica nivaran ariyassa vinaye - ti pi vuccanti); S V 94,19 (kmacchando bhikkhave - 0 nivarano cetaso upakkileso parlnaya dubbalikarano); Sn 66 (pahya pane' -ni cetaso); Th739 (itthisotni sabbni sandanti... tesam -am ktum yo sakkoti); Ja IV 232,28 (kse -am nma n* atthi); V 412,17 (Rohinim nma nadim eken' eva -na bandhpetv); Ap 520,3 (yvat abhikankhmi datthum sugataduggate tattha -am n'atthi rukkhesu pabbatesu v); Bv 11:28 (na tass' -am atthi samanta dvdasayojane); Pet 159,n (avijj ca tanh ca atthi, idam

pariyutthnam -am nivaranam chadanam upakkileso ca atthi); Mil 255,10 (kukkucce sati -am hoti); Sv850,io (rakkh ca -am ca gutti ca rakkhvaranagutti); Mp III 256,20 (majjhe nadiy... -e kate); Nidd-al 177,1 (kyasankhranirodho ti asssapasssnam nirodho -0); Patis-a 402,17 (imni dve saggamaggnam -ato -ni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avaranni); Mhv 70:159 (magge ~e bah chedpento); Sadd 470,4 (-am nma pidahanam v parirundhanam v palibuddhanam v haritum v appadnam); ifc see apet'- (sv apeti), kmm* -, dant'-, pandar'-, mulch'-, rakkh'-, vipk'-, samant'-; anvarana, mfn., m and n., I. (mfn.) (i) uncovered; free from obstruction; PatisII 158,12 (-e iine); Nett99,30 (nnam -am); Nidd-al 376,4 (vivatehi -ehi paficahi cakkhhi samanngato); dassvi(n), mfn., seeing without obstruction; with unobstructed sight; Sn 1005 (--dassvi yadi buddho bhavissati); Th472; Th-all 11,29; dassi(n), mfn., id., Ap21,2i (tava suddhena nnena dassin); (ii) (orm.) not (being) an obstruction; SV 93,6 (satt* ime... bojjhang ~ anivaran cetaso anupakkiles; Spklll 151,7: kusaladhamme na varanti ti -); 2. (n.) lack of obstruction; Pet 125,15 (-am sekhnam kusalnam dhammnam); durvarana, mfn., hard to obstruct, hard to oppose; Mil 21,20 (-0 dunnivrayo); nirvarana, mfn., free from obstruction; Mil 320,28^0//. (kso ... -o ananto ... nibbnam ... -am anantam); Patis-a 647,33 (appatihatan titarn dasseti). varaniya1, mfn. [from varana; BHS id.], belonging to or causing obstruction; obstructive; Mill 3,3 (-ehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti) ^ S IV 104,31. varaniya3, mfn.,fpp o/varati qv. varati, vunti, vunoti, pr. 3 sg. [S. vrnoti], covers; shuts; obstructs; MI 380, is (-mi dvram niganthnam); Sn 922 (gmakathya -e sotam, so read for eds -aye; Niddl 368,5: -eyya nivreyya); JaV 153,20* (tassa maggni -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr cara); Spkl 110,14 (tathgatassa sabbannutafinam pesentassa rukkho v pabbato v -itum samattho nma n' atthi); Pj II 119,2 (ceto -anti tasm avaranni cetaso ti vuttam); Sadd 825,2 (vunoti vunti); absol. varitv, Ja II 431,20(vithim -itv mandapam kretv); Nidd-al 113,30; /?/?(a)vata,vuta, vuta1, mfn. [S. vrta], covered, encompassed; obstructed; shut; shut off; Abh 745 (vutam); Vin I 5,11* (tamokhandhena -a, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se vut) = MI 168,8* (Ce, Ee so; Be vut; Se vut) = SI 136,24* (Be vut; Ce, Ee, Se vut); Vin III 104,11 (- me ... km ti; Sp 505,1: -ti vrit nivrit patikkhitt ti attho); D I 246,22 (paneahi nivaranehi tevijj brhman vut nivut, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee - nivut); MI 380,22 (-am dvram niganthnam); It 8,10* (mohena vut, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vut); Sn 276 (mohadhammena -o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vuto); PatisII 207,32 (kenaci -am hoti paticchannam pihitam patikujjitam); Mil 161,4 (ayam jano - 0 nivuto ovuto pihito, Be, Ee so; Ce vuto; Se vuto); neg. anvata, anvuta, mfn., not obstructed; not shut off; D197,16 (api nu 'ssa itthisu vatam v assa anvatam v ti); II 179,16 (sabbajanassa anvatan ti, Be, Ce so; Ee aneran ti; Se wr anvattan ti); SI 52,33* (anvatam

343

bhagavato nnadassanam); Pv31:4 (anvatesu titthesu); Ja 1109,2i (manussnam sancaranatthne anvate bhmibhgeti attho); Sp 274,31 (anvato dhammo avrito saggamaggo ti); Patis-a660,37 (tad eva anvatatt vivatam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr vatatt); Saddh391 (vitthinno jambudipo 'yam magg neke anvut); pp (b) varita, mfn., covered, obstructed; shut; Ps III 93,8 (anvatan ti na -am vivatam ugghtitam); Mp II 334,24 (avijjya -narn); Nidd-al 95,13 (vuto ti ~o); pp (c) vunita1, vunita, mfn., id.; Nidd I 249,3 (puthu sabbagatihi - ti puthujjan, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce avutthit; = 146,20: Be, Ce, Nidd-al 272,29 avutthit; Ee, Se vut); Nidd-a I 273,4 (vut ti -, Ce, Ee, Se so; evarit); fpp varaniya2, mfn., to be obstructed; neg. anvaramya, mfn., Mil 157, n (cattro 'me mahrja tathgatassa kenaci anvaraniy gun); caus. pr. 3 sg. vreti, -ayati, obstructs; shuts off; Nett 99,6 (pur maggam -ayati); Sv579,3o (ovrento ti -ento, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se avadhrento); pp vrita, m/h., Sp 505,1 (vatti -it nivrit patikkhitt ti attho); Mp III 102,17 (samantato ~ito); jfcp vretabba, mfn., S IV 298,24 (sakamutthin v so Gangya sotam -etabbam maiineyya); see also ovarati. avail, / [ts], a row, range; series; Abh 539; ifc see ek'-, pupph'-, mutt'-, vattan'-; see also modaluddhamadhupvalikjita, pupphvalikam. vasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. vasati], lives in, lives on; inhabits; dwells; D i l i 160,7* (geham -ati naro); Sn 1134(dijo ... bahupphalam knanam -eyya); Vv 15:7 (vimnam -am' aham); Th 148 (panditehi sah' -e) = Mil 409,19*; ThI376 (agram -a); Ja III 427,6* (sammodamn gharam ~ema); 427,11* (gharam -tha); IV 309,12* (vayam apassam gharam -tu, mc; 310,29': samiddhagharam eva ~at ti); VI 317,8* (tasm hi dhammam cara appamatto yath vimnam puna-m-~esi; 317, w: -esi ti yath puna pi imam ngabhavanam ajhvasasi); 371,20* (jagatim jagatipl -anti vasundharam); Ap32,8 (vasudham -issati); Thi-a210,i5 (na bhante kinci sippam ajnantena sakk gharam -itun ti); part.pr. (a)vasa(t), mfii., A l l 68,33* (gharam -am); (b)vasanta, m/(-anti)n., M i l 72,31* (mahim -anto); Vv 15:5 (mayham gharam -antiy); Ja IV 110,18*; Mhv4:28; (c) vasamna, mfn., Ja VI 287,5*; Nidd II 273,4 (semno sayamno vasamno -amno, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se avasemno; Nidd-a II 93,31: -amno ti vasamno); aor. 3 sg. vasittha, Ja III 427,26* (s Ktiyni... gharam -ittha); / sg. vasim, Th 365; 3 pl. (a) vasimsu, A V 29,9 (ariyavs ye ariy -imsu v -anti va -issanti v); (b)vasum, JaV 311,27*; Mhv2:6; absol. vasitv, JaV 453,29* (-itv tiracchnayoniyam, Be, Ceso; Ee -itvfna]; Se -itvna; read vasitv mcl); Vv 32:10 (pabbatam -itv); pp (a) vuttha, mfn., lived in, inhabited; SI 33,24* (Jetavanam isisanghanivesitam -am dhammarjena); neg. anvuttha, mfn., DII 50,7 (sattvso... may anvutthapubbo); (b) vasita, mfn., 1. lived in, inhabited; Ps I 226,24 (PubbaVidehato gatamanussehi ppadeso); Sp390,i8 (puna -esu ca vihresu); 2. living in or on; D III 154,2* (mahimam -o susangahito, Be, Se so; Ee vasiKo;

Ce mahim imam ~e); caus. absol. vaspetv, vspetv, having made inhabited; Ja IV 150,24 (tarn padesam vaspetv) * Dhp-al 354,5; Sp 996,22 (corabhayena vutthite gme vspetv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se vaspetv). vasatha, m. [ts], house, dwelling; lodging; public rest-house; hostel; Abh 206; Vin IV 70,18 (yena annataro-o ten' upasankami); Mil 124,3 (afmatarasmim sambdhe ~e vsam upagacchim); SI 229,12 (Sakko ... pubbe manussabhto samno -am adsi); A III 402,13 (bhikkh Dandakappakam pavisimsu -am pariyesitum); Sn287; Ja VI 298,8* (yo deti sayanam ... -am gharam); 425,3* (laddho ca me -o; 425,4': -o ti vasanatthnam); Mil 279,13 (keci -am [denn]); Sadd 860,27 (vasanti tasmin ti -o); ifc see ajjhvasatha, ajjhvasathe, anto-; gra, n., dwelling; rest-house; Vin I 226,33; IV 17,30 (tasmim gme annatariss itthiy -am pannattam hoti; Sp 750,7: -an ti gantuknam vasangram); S IV 348,n; -civara, n., a household robe (allowed to menstruating bhikkhunls); Vin IV 303,8; 0 -pin4a, m., a meal at a public rest-house; Vin IV 69,25; As 384,14; Vin-vn 1198 (ekovasatho pindo, split cpd, mc ?); Utt-vn 97. vasana, n. [from vasati], living in; stay; Th-alll 72,2 (devakyasmim devasamhe upapajjanavasena puna vso -am idni mayham n' atthi ti attho). vasika, mfn. [from vasati; or mc for vsika qv ?], living in or on; D III 154,2* (mahimam -o susangahito, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se vasito; Ce mahim imam vasite). vaha, mfn. [ts], bringing; producing; ifc see anvaha, upakr'-, sukh'-. vahata in Ee at Sp 1101,13 is wr for avahata qv sv avaharati. vahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. vahati], 1. carries towards, carries along; brings; produces; SHI 140,26 (ayarn Gang nadi mahantam phenapindam -eyya); Sn 893 (medhakam -eyya); Th303 (dhammo sucinno sukham -ti, mc); Ja III 92,8* (-mi vahmi v); 169,17* (sabb pi pathavi tassa na sukham -issati); V 480,15* (sace pi vto girim -eyya); Vism299,i9 (yo yo dhammo... anussariyamno pasdam -ati); Ps III 54,2i (ek pana jhnacetan catursitikappasahassni saggasampattim -ati); part.pr. (a) vahanta, m/(-anti)/z., Sv873,2o (devamanussnam pasdam -anto); Th-alll 98,35 (-antiy); (b) vahamna, mfn., Mp II 169,12; aor. 3 sg. vahi, Ja IV 210,24* (dukkham -i); 2. brings home (a bride); Ja IV 363,20* (vivhanf -anti ca; 366,17': [kumriyo] attano puttnam atthya ganhamn -anti); absol. vahetv, Thi-a 37,15 (mantabalena Kumbhiram nma yakkham -etv); pass, part.pr. vuyhamna, mfn, Vv-a 237,15 (anilapadhpit ti pi pathanti, vtena mandam vuyhamna hemamayapupph ti attho, Be, Se so; Ee gandham vuyhamnahemamayapupph; perhaps wrr for Ce dhyamnahemamayapupph); pp odha, oddha, (mf)n. [S. odha], what is carried; goods; loot; ifc see sah'-; see also odda; fpp neg. anvayha, mfn. not to be taken in marriage (as a wife); D III 203,19 (amanuss

344

anvayham pi nam kareyyum avivayham; Sv 968,29: anvayhan ti na vhayuttam); caus. (a) absol vhetv, having had brought; invoking', Ja I 310,29 (datthasappam -etv datthatthnato ten'eva visam kaddhpemi ti); II 117,13 (evarpam nma kontham garigya -etv patijagganto vicarati ti); Sp 475,14 (bhtavijjpthak yakkhagahitakam mocetukm yakkham ~etv mufic ti vadanti); caus. (b)pr. 3 sg. abbheti, -ayati, brings through; leads through; Ja IV 364,13* (asicammam gahetvna khaggam paggayha brhman vessapathesu titthanti sattham -ayanti pi; or perhaps from abbheti1; 366,27': satthe cora-atavim atibhenti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sattham cor atavim vahanti); caus. (c) opt. 3 pi. vahpeyyum, VinI 148,25 (sace bhaddanta tarn bhandam vahpeyyum, Be, Ce so; Ee avahareyyum; Se vahpeyyum). vahana, n. and mfl~l)n. [from vahati; S. vahana.], 1. (n.) the bringing, bringing near; causing; Vism 612,5 (anatthnam -ato); Pj I 230,19 (mahato atthassa -ena); Patis-a 228,14 (avippatisrdinam -ato na vikkhepam gacchati); Ap-a 304,28 (nibbnassa adhivacanam -am); 2. (mfn.) bringing, bringing near; causing; Th519 (dukkhass' - i m . . . tanham); Spkll 381,18 (dukkhdhivh ti nerayikdibhedam adhikadukkham - honti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se vahanak); 381,20 (sukhvah ti... adhikasukham ~ honti adhivhanak honti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se vahanak); ifc see pasams'-; vahanatthena in Ee at Spkl 17,34 and Nidd-al 434,6 is wr for avahanana-^v; vahanasankhtam in Ee at Nidd-al 282,14 is prob, wr; iteavasna-; Ce, fevattana-. vahanak, mfn. [vahana + ka2], bringing, producing; Spkll 381,18 (dukkhdhivh ti nerayikdibhedam adhikadukkham - honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vahana, perhaps wr); Vv-a 114,17 (sukhvaham sukhassa -am); Thi-a 227,16 (roga-m-vahan ti... dukkhassa -am). v, / [<pqv], misfortune, distress; Ja IV 428,30* (kicce -su sidati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee psu); V 445,11* (-su kiccesu ca nam jahanti; 446,22': -s ti padsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr avs ti) = 448,7*. vta, m. [cfS. avata], a hole in the ground; a pit; a well; Abh650; 931; 1125; Ja III 85,w (gthapro viya ~o); 286,26(ekasmim ~e nipajji); V 48,29 (-am khanitv); Vism 345,11 (-e patitni); Sp 615,10 (-assa khananam); Spk II 79,28 (-esu yeva udakarn santhaheyya); ifc see yann'-. vjaka, m. [vta + ka2], a hole; a pit; Vism 256,22 (anto c' assa [hadayassa] punngatthipatitthnamatto -o hoti); Kkh6,i5 (pathaviyam khanite -); Sp862,3o (vlikam ukkiritv kata-vtakesu pi nhyitum vattati); PsII 6,32 (suvannahamso na gmadvre ' -disu pativasati). vpa, m. [cfS. vpa], a potter's kiln; a furnace; Mp I 424,17 (aham ayya asukadivasam nma -am limpessmi); Dhp-a 1177,25 (kad -am limpessasi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vsam) = Patis-a 682,3; Dhp-a I 178,5 (~e pacceyysi) ^ Patis-a 682,9. vpaka, m. [cfS. vpa], a vessel, a container; VinI 249,22 (nliy' ~ena; Sp 1103,15: njiy ca ~ena ca, -0 ca nma yattha laddham laddham vapanti, pakkhipanti ti

vuttam hoti). vy' imam in Ee at Sp 1208,22 is wr for avyimam {Be, Ce, Se so). vra, m. [ts], shelter, defence, protection; ifc see khandh'-, yantayutta-, sakat'-. vsa, m. {and n.) [S. vsa,m.], living, sojourn; dwelling-place, inhabited place; residence, esp. a residence or dwelling for bhikkhuy; Abh 206; Vin I 328,31 (so tamh ~ annam -am gacchati); D II 124,21 (amukasmim nma -e sangho viharati satthero); S I 5,27* (ye na passanti Nandanam -am naradevnam); A III 268,29 (vlnam amanussnam -0); IV 208,2 (ayam dhammavinayo mahatam bhtnam ~o); Dhp 73 (iccheyya ... -esu ca issariyam); Vv 84:5 (luddnam -am idam purnam); Pv 15:33; JaV 208,1* (isinam ~e); VI 511,29* (-0 Sivisetthassa); Niddl 428,20 (kulasmim ganasmim -asmim); Bv 2:3 (devanagaram va -am punfiakamminam; Bv-a67,s: -0 ti vattabbe -^n ti lingabhedam katv vuttan ti veditabbam); Mil 319,25 (mahsamuddo mahantnam bhtnam -o); Vism 90,5 (-0 ti eko pi ovarako vuccati ekam pi parivenam sakalo pi sanghrmo); Vv-a 113,29 (sucaritakammam ... sukhavihrassa -o ti vuccati); Th-aIII 72,2 (devakyasmim devasamhe upapajjanavasena puna -o vasanam idni mayham n' atthi ti attho); vsa in Ee at Dhp -a I 177,25 is wr for vpa qv; ifc see antar'-, ghar' -, pun' -, vass'-, vivittak'-, suddh'-; -kappa, m., residencepractice (the practice of several residences holding separate uposatha^ within the same boundary); Vin II 294,6 (kappati -o); 300,36/o//.; Sp 33,16; -jagganaka, m(fn.)., a caretaker of a residence (for bhikkhus); Ja IV 311,24' (vsiko ti ~o); -parampara,/, a succession of residences or dwellings; -am, adv., to all the dwellings in succession; Vin II 22,4 (-am ca bhikkhave samsatha); -paligedhi(n), mfn., greedy, selfish about dwellings; A 111265,7; -macchari(n), mfn., selfish about dwellings; A III 139,8 (Mp III 281,19: -ini ti vsam maccharyati tattha annesam vsam na sahati); -macchariya, n., selfishness, meanness about dwellings; D i l i 234,10; A III 272,2; Dhsll22; Vism 683,17; Sv 1026,28; anvsa, m. and mfn., \.{m.) (i) not a residence, an uninhabited place; a place not fit for staying in; VinI 134,26 (na... sabhikkhuk vs abhikkhuko ~o gantabbo; Sp 1066,n: -0 ti navakammasldiko yo koci padeso); Jail 77,9 (gmo vso -otipucchi); Dhp-a II 109,8 (tarn vsam pesalnam bhikkhnam -am akamsu); (ii) not staying, not residing; Vin I 84,12 (bhikkhnam anatthyaparisakkati bhikkhnam -ya parisakkati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee avsya; Sp 1013,6: kin ti imasmim vse na vaseyyun ti parakkamati) = A IV 345,2 {Ee, Se so; Be, Ce avsya) * Ja II 394,16 (imesam tpasnam ~ya parisakkissmi, Se so; Be, Ce avsya; Ee wr avsya); 2. (mfn.) without a house; Dhp-a HI 300,4 (na sakkhissmi puttakam dya - vicaritun ti); Pv-a 80,22 (anagr ti ~); durvsa, mfn., hard to live in; Dhp 302 (- ghar dukh); Th-a I 233,20 (pabbajj nma dukkar ghar pi -).

345

vsi(n), m(fn). [S. vsin], (a bhikkhu) who is resident; Utt-vn 554 (vsivattam ~i akaronto va dosav); see also vsika. vsika, mfn. andm. [BHS id.], 1. (mfn.) (i) resident; in (regular or permanent) residence (usually of a bhikkhu); Vin I 132,7 (sambahul ~ bhikkh sannipatanti); II 210,22 foil. (-nam bhikkhnam vattam pannpessmi yath -ehi bhikkhhi vattitabbam); V 203,30 (-o bhikkhu); A III 261,16 (pancahi bhikkhave dhammehi samanngato -o bhikkhu abhvanlyo hoti); Sp 1281,4 (katarasmim thne uphan pufichanacolakan ti -e bhikkh pucchitv); Sv 709,29 (hine kye eko eva ~o jto); (ii) inhabited; Ja II 77,3 (-o so gmo udhu no ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vasito); 2. (m.) a resident bhikkhu (usually staying permanently in the vira and/or acting as a caretaker); MI 473,21; A I 236,24 (Kassapagotto nma bhikkhu Pankadhyam -0 hoti; Mp II 352,30: -o ti bhrahro nave vse samutthpeti purne patijaggati); Pv43:4; Ja IV 310,13* (-0 hotu mahvihre; 311,24': -o ti vsajagganako); see also vsi(n). vha, m. (and n.) [BHSvha, m.], bringing home (a bride); marriage (of a son); Vin II 155,2 (imassa gahapatissa -o v bhavissati vivho v bhavissati); III 135,20 (-ni pi krpeti vivhni pi krpeti vreyni pi vattpeti; Sp552,3i: 0,-dIsu -o ti drakassa parakulato drikya haranam); D I 99,22 (yattha... ~o v hoti vivho v hoti -vivho v hoti); Sri p. 105,13 (kinnu bhoto Keniyassa -o v bhavissati vivho v bhavissati; Pj II 448,5: ~o ti kanngahanam); Ja VI 363,27 (-am assa ktum vattati ti); Dhp-aIII 281,8 (so vayappatto mtpithi tta -am te karissm ti vutto); -vivahaka, m(fh)., one who has a son or daughter to give in marriage; D III 183,19 (-nam apatthito hoti); see also vivha. vhaka, m(fn). [vha + ka2], one who has a son to give in marriage; Sv 947,8 (~ nma ye tassa gharato drikam gahetukm); see also vivhaka. vhana, n. [from vahati], arranging a marriage; D I 11,17 (-am vivhanam; Sv96,2: -am nma imassa drakassa asukakulato asukanakkhattena drikam neth ti vhakaranam); see also vivhana. vi, vi (and occasionally vim), ind. [S. vis], before the eyes; openly, manifestly; in public; Abh 1149 (-i); 1157; Vin I 351,26 (mettarn kyakammam paccupatthitam ~ic' evarahoca,Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -I) = MI 206,22 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~i); * D II 80,io (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -i); S I 209,4* (m ksi ppakam kammam ~i v yadi v raho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -im) = Thi 247 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~I) * Pv 19:17 (Be, Ce so; Ee -i; Se -im); Ja III 262,28* (-1 raho sahgaham eva vatte); 278,12* (blo rahokammam -i kubbam na bujjhati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -I; or vikubbam, part.pr. of vikaroti qv); IV 319,28* (Surucim atimannittha ~i v yadi v raho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~im); Sadd 894,2i (~i); -katta(r), m, one who makes manifest, who reveals, discloses; Vin I 302,32 (yathbhtam bdham n* ~ hoti); D III 237,12 (asatho hoti amyvi yathbhtam attnam - satthari) = MII 95,23 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vikatv); AIV 189,3 (tni yath-

bhtam srathissa - hoti); -kamma, n., disclosing, disclosure; revealing; Ja VI 381,6* (na hi guyhassa pasattham -am); Sp247,5 (dubbalyassa -am); 1374,26 (ditthvikamm ti ditthinam -ni laddhipaksanni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -nam); ifc see ditth' - jvditthi; neg. anvikamma, n., Niddl 79,26 = Vibh 358,5 = Pp 19,3i; -karana, ., making evident, manifestation; disclosing; JaV 245,10' (deviy tehi mritabhvassa ~' -attham); Sv 316,10 (tassa laddhiy - ' -attham); Ps III 129,15 (~-yuttam viktabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vikranayuttam); Sadd 735,22/0//. (sankhvikaranattham lmgvikaranattham ca vibhattinam uppatti hoti); ifc see dhutagun'-; neg. anvikarana, ., Pj I 239,24; -karoti,/?r. 3 sg, see sv; -kiriy,/, disclosing, revealing; Pp-a247,8 (viktabbayuttakassa -ya); -bhavati,/?r. 3 sg., see sv; -bhavana, n., manifestation; becoming evident; Sadd 71,21 (-am vibhvo); -bhva, m, the becoming visible; being made clear, evident; manifestation; D178,2 (so anekavihitam iddhividham paccanubhoti eko pi hutv bahudh hoti... -am tirobhvam ...) = MI 34,13 = PatisI 111,24 (II 207,3o: -an ti kenaci anvatam hoti appaticchannam vivatam pkatam); Ja I 2,28 (imassa pan* atthassa -'-attham); Ap 535,29 (-am tirobhvam); Vism390,io (-am tirobhvan ti ettha -am karoti tirobhvam karoti ti ayarn attho); Sv 223,30; Ps III 262,14 (--tt); vibhvan ti in Ce, Ee at Ps III 262,13 is prob, wr; Be, Se vibhtam; -bhvana, n. ( o r - , / ) , making evident or clear; manifestation; Ja VI 344,7' (tassa panhassa --attham); Sv 186,3(tass* --attham). vi(n), vi(n), [cf S. -vin; BHS-win, -vin]; possessive suffix to nouns; added to pp to form adjective with sense of part.perfact. (see BHSG 22:51; W. Geiger, 1994, 198,3); ifc see aghvi(n), anntvi(n), anikilitvi(n), abhisametvi(n), katvi(n), kilitvi(n). vikatta(r), vikamma, vikarana, seesvzvi. vikaroti, pr. 3 sg. [vi + karoti; S. visVkr], makes manifest; reveals, discloses; displays; Vin II 302,18 (na tva ditthim -omi); Sn 84 (te te -omi sakkhiputtho); Thl269 (parisya no -ohi Kappam); Ja VI 257,23* (kuddho pi so n' -oti kopam); 379,19* (-eyya guyham attham); Pet 203,17 (yathbhtam attnam -oti); Vism 629,27 (tesam vibhgam parato -issma); part.pr. (a) vikaronta, m/(-i)w., Ja VI 579,2 (dosarn -onto); Vv-a 79,25 (devat attnam -onti); neg. anvikaronta, mfn., As 92,30 (evam pattim anvikaronto); (b) vikubba(t), mfn., Ja III 278,12* (blo rahokammam vikubbam na bujjhati; or vi kubbam); aor. 3sg. (a)vi-aksi, SHI 134,22 (api nma tarn yasm Channo vi-aksi khilam pabhindi); (b)viksi, Sp 1391,34 (viktabbam na viksi, Ce, Se so; Be vikaroti; Ee wr vikhi); Pj II 368, is; 3 pl. vikarimsu, Sp 584,14 (attano apardham -imsu); inf. viktum, VinI 115,7; Nidd-al 365,6; absol. (a) vikatv, Vin III 23,30 (dubbalyam vikatv); A III 90,n; Ja IV 449,12; Vism 24,n; Mhv 33:73; vikatv in Ee at MII 95,23 is wr for vikatt (Be, Ce, Se so); neg. anvikatv, Vin HI 23,s; A III 95,n; Th-aII 188,6; (b) vikaritv, JaV 444,21'; pp vikata, mfn.

346

[S. viskrta], revealed, disclosed; made manifest; Vin I 103,ii (visuddhpekkhena santi patti viktabb, ~ hi 'ssa phsu hoti ti); D i l i 121,25 (paripram brahmacariyam ~am); Ud-a8,27 (evamsaddena ~am); neg. anvikata, mfn., Bv-a25,9 (may iddhibale ca buddhabale ca anvikate na jnanti); fpp viktabb, mfn., Vin I 103,11 (santi patti ~); Sp 1176,7 ([patti] suddhassa antike ~); Ps III 129,15 (vikaranayuttam -am); caus. absol. vikrpetv, Sp 1183,io (atekiccho nma vikrpetv vissajjetabbo ti). vikiriy, see sv vi. vichitv in Ee at Sp 865,10 is wr, prob, for vijjhitv qv sv vijjhati. vijati, see sv vinjati2. vijja in Ee at Vism 683,34 (in cpd kmargabhavargamicchditthi-vijjnam) is wrfor avijja (Be, Ce, Se so). vijjhati (and vinchati1, vinjati1 ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. vidhyati], 1. swings, whirls round; makes revolve; stirs; Mill 141,i9(puriso nonitatthiko ... udakam kalase sincitv manthena ~eyya, so read ? Be vincheyya; Ce, Ee, Se vinjeyya); Ps II 59,28 (nam pde gahetv -anti) = MpII 90,io (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vinchanti); aor. 3 sg. vijjhi, Ja V 291,2 (ekam mattikpindam cakke thapetv cakkam ~i); 2. goes round; Sp 570,9 (~itum na sakk hoti); part.pr. (a) vijjhanta, mfn., Ja IV 59,24 (chrikapunjam -ante paridevati); Sp 532,8 (yath sakk hoti anto yeva -antehi vicaritum, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vinjantehi); (b) vijjhamna, mfn., Dhp-all 277,6 (ekam thambham hatthena gahetv -amn va samanadhammam karoti, so read ? Se vijjamn; Be, Ee vinchamn; Ce vinjamn); aor. 3 sg. vijjhi, Sp 89,14 (tikkhattum dipam ~i; Sp-t[ite]I 176,19: ~i ti samantato vicari); 3 pi. vijjhimsu, Spkl 283,35 (tiyojanasahassam himavantam punappunam ~imsu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuvijjhimsu); 3. pierces; see below; absol. vijjhitv, whirling round, making go round; going round; round about, around; Ja I 153,7 (khettam pana ~itv pannasannam bandhant ti); 170,25 (bodhisatto pokkharanim ~itv padam paricchindanto); 313,8 (kuddlakam... sisassa uparibhge tikkhattum ~itv); III 505,21 (rjanivesane tikkhattum ~itv, Be, Se so; Ce hinditv; Ee wr andhitv); Vism 674,31 (cakkayantam ~itv) = As 233,24 (Ce, Se so; Be vinchitv; Ee wr vijjhitv); Sp512,2i (Rjagahanagaram kira ~itv mahpetaloko, Se so; Be, Ce vinjitv; Ee vinjhitv); 865,10 (tdisena udakena smisam pattam ~itv dhovane, Se so; Be vifichitv; Ce vinjitv; Ee wr vichitv) * Vin-vn 1660 (vifijitvna); Sv 245,23 (etam nagaram bahi ~itv jtena ... ghsatinena c' eva gehachadanatinena ca sampannam); pp (a) viddha, mfn. (and n. ?) [ts], 1. whirled round; set spinning; revolving; Ja IV 6,11* (cakkam te sirasi-mam; 6,17': idam cakkam sirasi ~am kumbhakracakkam iva bhamati); V 291,3; Ps III 162,1 (balavat purisena viddha-altaggisikh viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vinchana-); 2. thrown, cast; Abh 744; 3. [cf BHS viddha], placed all round; ~-pakkhapsaka, mfn., with pakkhapsakas placed all round; Sp 1208,16 (nillekhajantgharam nma pakkhapsakam vuccati, gopnasinam upari mandale pakkha-

psake thapetv kataktacchadanass' etam nmam); A.pierced, split;! piercing;! Sp 1208,28 (chiddam viddham pi ~am pi vattati yeva; Vmv [Be] II 234, w. ^ n ti samantato chiddam); ifc see kann,-; for ev' viddhakannako in Ee at Vin-vn 2496 read evviddha- with Be (cf Sp 1029,i: aviddhakanno); anviddha in Ee at Pv-a 135,15 is prob, wr for anapaviddha qv sv apaviddha1; (b) vijjhita, mfn., surrounded; Spkl 302,22 ([Scilomassa] sakalasariram kathinascihi ~am viya jtam, Ce, Ee so; Be gavicchivijjhitam; Se gavaccitam); vijjhati is an occasional vl for vinjati2 qv. viftchati1, see sv vijjhati. viftchati2, see sv vinjati2. viflchana, see sv vinjana. vifichanaka, see sv vinjanaka. viftjatil, see sv vijjhati. vifijati2, vinchati2 (and vijati?), pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Vvrj ?], (Ce always viiij-; Be almost always vinch-; Ee and Se are not consistent), pulls; draws to oneself; attracts; Vin I 286,13 (kumbhim ~anti kumbhi bhijjati, Ce so; Be vinchanti; Ee vajjanti; Se vattanti); D III 21,22 (mayarn acelam Ptikaputtam varatthi bandhitv goyugehi -eyym ti, Ce, Se so; Be vincheyym ti; Ee vijjheyym ti; Sv 826,33: kaddheyyma); Mill 141,5 (puriso khiratthiko... gvim tarunavaccham visnato ~eyya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vincheyya); S IV 199,5 (te... chappnak ... sakam sakam gocaravisayam ~eyyum, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se vincheyyum; Spklll 69,4: kaddheyyum); 199,15 (tarn cakkhu ~ati manpiyesu rpesu, Ce so; Be, Se vinchati; Ee wr vinchati); 200,22 (tarn cakkhu n' ati...) quoted Nett 13,27; A IV 86,13 (ubho kannasotni ~eyysi, Ce so; Be vincheyysi; Ee, Se vijeyysi); Sp 320,1 (theyyacittena mukhavattiyam gahetv kumbhim ati telam gajetukmo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinchati); Vibh-a 255,13 (udakapram kumbham yato yato -anti tato tato va udakam nikkhamati, Ee so; Be vinchanti; Ce vijjhanti; Se vattenti); part.pr. vinjanta, vinchanta, mfn., Sp546,n (rajjum ~anto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vinchanto); Pj II 75,17 (-anto na sakkuneyya uddharitum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vifichanto) = Ap-a 160,29 (Ce so; Be, Se vinchanto; Ee ~itv); aor. 3 sg. vinji, vinchi, Vin III 127,10 (bhikkhu itthiy gahitam rajjum sratto ~i, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinchi); absol. vinjitv, vinchitv, Pj II 482,2(~itv, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se vinchitv); Sp 343,30 (tarn bhjanam ~itv v chiddam katv v, Ce, Ee so; Be vinchitv; Se vijjhitv); Vin-vn 60 (~itv pi v kumbhim); caus. absol. vinjetv, vinchetv, inclining; tilting; Sp318,26 (sappi v telam v... kumbhim ~etv attano bhjane paveseti, Ee so; Be vinchetv; Ce, Se avattetv); see also vajjati, vijjhati. viftjana, vinchana, n., -, / [from vinjati; cfS. varjana], (Ce almost always viiij-; Be always vinch-; Ee and Se are not consistent), 1. pulling; drawing towards; attracting; Vin III 121,21 (kaddhan nma ~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinchana); Vism 444,9 (cakkhu rpesu -rasam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se

347

vinchana-) = As 312,5 {Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vinchana-); Cp-a 125,21 (nangutthe gahetv -am kaddhanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vinchanam); 2. the pulling-rope (for pulling a door closed); Sv614,2o (rj -e baddhakuncikamuddikam ganhi, Ceso; ebandha-; Se bandham kuiicikamuddikam; Be vinchane bandham kuncikamuddikam); Dhp-a III 98,n (Sakko pi -tthne rakkham vissajjesi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinchana-); 99,6 (Sakko ~e rakkham ganhi, Ee so; Ce, Se vinjanake; Be vinchanake); (a)-cchidda, n., the pulling-hole (for pulling a door closed with one's finger or a rope); Vin II 120, is {Ce so; Be, Ee, Se vinchana-; Vmv [Be] II 237,8foil: yattha angulim v rajjusankhalikdim v pavesetv kavtam kaddhant dvrabham phuspenti * Sp-t[e] III 394,26 foil); (a)-rajju,/, the pullingrope, the rope for pulling the door or door-bolt closed; Vin II 120, I8 {Ce so; Be, Ee, Se vinchana-; Sp-t[2te] III 394,27 foil: kavte yeva chiddam katv tattha pavesetv yena rajjukena kaddhant dvram phuspenti); Ja V 298,26 (dvram pidhya -umhi olambanti atthsi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce vinchana-); Sv 612,32 (so tambalohadvram pidahitv -uyam kuncikamuddiyam bandhitv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinchana-); see also vinjanaka. vinjanaka, vinchanaka, n. [vinjana + ka2], the pullingrope for pulling the door closed; Dhp-aII 146,4 (Sakko devarj ~e rakkham vissajjesi, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee vinchanake); III 99,6 (Sakko -e rakkham ganhi, Ce, Se so; Ee vinjane; Be vinchanake). vittha, mfn., pp o/visati qv. viddha, mfn., pp o/vijjhati qv. vipatitv in Ee at Spkll 360,27 is prob, wr; Be, Se avippakiritv; Ce vippakiritv. vibhavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. viWbh], becomes manifest; becomes evident; appears; is made clear, is revealed; Ja I 315,5 (vitthro pana Hatthiplajtake -issati); Pet 220,i (tassa anusay -anti); Vism 691,33 (so sankhatattho -ati); Sp270,2o (tni parivre -issanti); Sv 698,2 (yesam ca devaputtnam marananimittni -anti); Ps IV 17,24 (tadubhayam parato -issati); Dhp-a II 51,18 (imiss attho brhmanavagge yeva -issati); Th-al 15,24 (asdhranato pana tattha tattha gthsu yeva ~issati); Sadd 746,6 (tesam sarpavitthro padavibhge -issati); pp vibhta, mfn. and n. [S. virbhta], (mfn.) manifest; evident; clearly seen; (n.) manifestation; becoming evident, being revealed; Ja VI 97,13 (tarn attham -am katv); Vism 588,23 (imasmim dvattimskre ~e); Sv 223,12 (tesam saddnam klo viya); Ps III 262,8 (manino klo); 262,13^0//. (kim pan' etam nnassa -am puggalass ti, nnassa, tassa pana vibhvatt puggalassa - va honti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kim pan' ete nnassa vibhvan ti nnassa pana vibhvatt ...); IV 98,2 (tato therassa puthujjanabhvo -o); Ud-a267,i8 (ratanattayagunesu -esu). vibhavana, vibhva, vibhvana, seesvvi. vibhta, mfn., pp o/vibhavati qv. vila, mfn. [ts], turbid, not clear; disturbed; polluted; Abh 669; Vin I 353,4 (-ni ca pniyni pivmi); D II 128,27 (udakam parittam lulitam -am sandati); A I 9,12 (bhikkhu ~ena cittena attattham v nassati); Sn 967 (yad

-ttam manaso vijann); Ja II 100,2i*/o//. (yathodake -e appasanne na passati sippikasambukam ... evam -amhi citte na passati attadattham; 101,3': -e ti kaddamlulite, appasanne titya eva -tya avippasanne); Niddl 488,27 (kyaduccaritena cittam -am hoti lulitam); Mil 35,6 (tarn udakam hatthihi... khubhitam bhaveyya -am lulitam kalalibhtam); vila in Ee at Pet 137,16 is prob, wr; read yo cetaso vilekho lancan vilancan hadayalekho vippatisro with Nnamoli, 1979, p. 1841 Be, Ce lancan vilancan); anvila, mfn., clear; pure; undisturbed; D I 76,22 (mani veluriyo ... vippasanno -o); SI 169,29* (dhammo rahado... silatittho -0); AI 9,26 (- -tt ... cittassa); Dhp 413 (candam va vimalam ... -am ... tarn aham brmi brhmanam); Sn 483 (cittam yassa -am); 1039 (kmesu nbhigijjheyya manasnvilo siy) quoted Pet 85,21; Ud42,i4 (~ni ca pniyni); Thi 369; Ja III157,11* (so 'harn abblhasallo smi vitasoko -o); IV 351,28* (pagghari accham vrim -am); Ap491,n (viram upasantam -am); Pet 164,7 (--t); Mil 35,n (tasmim [udakappasdake] udake pakkhittamatte ... accham bhaveyya udakam vippasannam -am); Sp 437,28* (tilatelassa yath bindu sappimando -o). vilati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from vila], becomes turbid; is disturbed; Mil 260,3 ([udakam] aggigatam calati khubbhati lulati -ati). avisati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. viSati], approaches; enters; takes possession of; Vin I 149,4 (bhikkh piscehi ubbjh honti, -anti pi ojam pi haranti; Sp 1070,n: -anti ti sariram anupavisanti); IV 334,11 (sokam -ati); D III 204,18 (ayam yakkho ganhti ayam yakkho -ati ayam yakkho hetheti); Th931 (kiles... -anti bahum janam); JaIV 498,20 (maccum ... upahanitum -itum v na sakkoti); V 185,18* (arati mam Somadatta -ati); Mil 168,24 (kancid eva purisam bhto -eyya); aor. 3 sg. visi, Sn 936 (mam bhayam -i); Ja IV 410,13*; Mhv 30:11; absol visitv, Vism42,i (devat... jetthaputtassa sariram -itv pilam janesi); Th-alll 77,35 (kelisil rakkhas bhisakkarahite ummatte-itv); pp vittha, mfn. [S. vista], entered; possessed by; ifc see yakkh'-; caus. absol. vispetv, Th-aIII 181,2 (tarn tarn janam vispetv attano gatim kathpeti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se te te jane vhetv). vuta, mfn., pp o/"varati qv. vunati, vunati,/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. Vve, vayati], strings; threads; inserts; impales; S V 441,20 (ye mahsamudde mahantak pn te mahantakesu slesu -eyya); 441,26 (slesu -itum); Ja III 3 5,r foil (rjno coram nimbasle -anti... -issanti); VI 17,22' (-atha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -etha); Sp618,i9 (-anti); part.pr. vunanta, mfn., Ps III 78,13 (muttam -anto); aor. 3 sg. vuni, Dhp-a II 174,8 (satth scipsake -i); 1 sg. vunim, Ap 396,18 (bijabijam gahetvna latya -im aham); absol vunitv, vunitv, Ja III 52,14; VI 346,12 (addhamsakam vijjhitv suttakena -itv); Cp 3:12:2; Vv-a 176,15; pp (a) vuta 2 , mfn. [cfS. ota], 1. woven; Spklll 134,17 (tantvutnan ti tante -nam, tantam ropetv vyitnan ti attho); ifc see tant' -, nav' -; 2. threaded through; inserted; DII 13,20 (mani veluriyo... tatr' assa suttarn -am) = Mil 17,io;

348

Cp-a 179,3; 3. strung on; impaled; Ja I 431,2* (catutthe langhayitvna pancamy' asi ~o; 431,8': paficamya sattiy ~o si ti) quoted Sadd527,2o; Pv-a217,i3 (aham sle -0 vajjho maranbhimukho); ifc see sT-; pp (b) vunita2, mfn., strung on, impaled; Ap-a278,24 (sle vuto vunito); caus. fut. 1 sg. vunpessmi, Ja III 218,16' (sle yeva vunpessmi ti). vunati, see sv avarati. vunita1, m/.,/?/? o/varati qv. vunita2, mfn., pp o/vunati qv. vunoti, see sv varati. vuta1, mfn., pp o/varati qv. vuta2, mfn., pp o/vunati qv. vuttha, mfn., pp o/vasati qv. vuddha in Ee at Ps III 328,9 is wrfor vudha qv. vudha, n.m. [S. yudha; cf W. Geiger, 1994, 46], weapon; weaponry; VinlV 201,8 (~am nma cpo kodando); MII 100,5* (coro asim ~am ca sobbhe papte narake anvakri; Ps III 334,1: -an ti pancvudham); S V 6,13* (viveko yassa ~am); A IV 107,7 (ranno paccantime nagare bahum ~am sannicitam hoti); Th614 (silam ~am uttamam); Ja I 72,4 (avasesya pi Mraparisya dve jan ekasadisakam ~am na ganhimsu); V 127,28 (jtakkhane ~narn pajjalitatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~ni); VI 105,12' (nirayapl jalitni asisaratomarabhindivlamuggardini ~ni gahetv); Nidd I 8,4 (dth tassa ~o ti dthvudho); Mil 356,9 (~am tajjaniyapatibhanya); Sp446,n (~an ti asi v usu v satti v ti evamdi); Ps III 328,9 (sakalanagare ~ni pajjalimsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr vuddhni); Sadd 484,7 (yudha sampahre ... yakrassa vakrabhve ~an ti rparn); 623,8 (vo yassa: ~am yudham v); ifc see dth'-, naddhapanc'-, pane'-; -bhan4a, n., a stock or store of weapons; weapons generally; Mil 8,22 (~ni pajjalimsu); Sp544,2i (sabbam ~am anmsam); Mp III 303,16 (satthavanijj ti -am kretv tassa vikkayo); -lakkhana, n., signs of omen on weapons; D I 9,17 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee yudha-); Ja I 374,13'; see also yudha. vunati, see sv vunati. vunita, mfn., pp o/varati qv. vuyhamna, mfn., pass, part.pr. o/vahati qv. vuso, m. sg. and pi. voc. [< *vusso < *yusvas ? cfAMg uso, BHS vusa, yusmam], a polite form of address: friend! sir I Sadd 679,6 (~o ti padam viya ekavacanantam puthuvacanantarn ca avyayam datthabbam); used 1. by and to non-Buddhists; Vin I 8,13 (Upako jiviko... bhagavantam etad avoca, vippasannni kho te ~o indriyni); DU 130,21 (na kho aham -0 addasan ti, by lra Kalama to layman); MI 372,10 (~o Gotama, by a nigantha); Th 1196 (Sakkarn so paripucchati api ~o jnsi...); Jail 448,22* (makkato dutiyarn gtham ha... jhnnuyutt viharma ~o); 111230,14 (bodhisatto tarn nvikam upasankamitv ~o paratiram mam nehi ti); 2. by bhikkhus (and bhikkhunLy) (i) to lay-followers; Vin I 84,29 (smaner evarn vadanti n ' - 0 labbh); MI 299,9 (~o Viskha); Ja III191,16; IV 244,16 (nam upsak pucchimsu nivattit te bhante ther ti nivattetum nsakkhim ~o ti); (ii) to

each other (but not used by or to the Buddha, and later used only by a senior bhikkhu to a junior; see vusovda below, and R.O. Franke, 1908, pp. 18-44); Vin 1124,20 (therena bhikkhun ... te bhikkh evam assu vacaniy parisuddho aham -0); 159,31 (sangham -0 pavremi ditthena v sutena v parisankya v); D II 156,18 (parinibbuto bhante Anuruddha bhagav ti, na -0 nanda bhagav parinibbuto ... ti); 162,29 (alarn ~o ma socittha); MI 95,io (yasm Mahmoggallno bhikkh mantesi ~o bhikkhave ti, - o ti kho te bhikkh yasmato Mahmoggallnassa paccassosum); SHI 133,22 (yasm Channo yasmantam nandam etad voca, ekam idham ~o nanda samayam...); A V 225,4; JaIII 486,15 (~o tay udakam thapitan ti ma ~o ti); Kkh2,28 (yo ptimokkham uddisati tena sace sarighatthero hoti ~o ti vattabbam sace navakataro hoti pliyam gatanayena bhante ti vattabbam); MpII 127,is/o//. (Sriputtatthero... bhikkh mantesi ~o bhikkhave ti); As 28,2i foil, (kimpana te ~o vinayapitakam uggahitan ti na uggahitam ~o ti); and passim; -vda, vusavda, m., the addressing as vuso, the title vuso; Vin I 9,13 (m bhikkhave tathgatam nmena ca ~ena ca samudcaratha); DU 154,10 (yath... etarahi bhikkh aMamannam ~ena samudcaranti, na vo mam' accayena evam samudcaritabbam); Ud-a311,24 (~o yeva hi annamannam bhikkhnam bhagavato dharamnakle cinno); Utt-vn 478 (vusavdena); Sadd 746,10 (vusavdo -o); see also yasma(t). vethana, n. [cf S. vestana], wrapping around, enveloping, twisting around (one of the elements of a disputation); Mil 28,32 (panditnam ... sallpe ~am pi kayirati nibbethanam pi kayirati); see also vethik, nibbethana, vinivethana. vethik, vethiy, / [from *2 + vetheti], wrapping round, enveloping, entangling, twisting round (one of the elements of a disputation); Jail 9,25 (dehi me vinicchayam ~y' eva nibbethiky' eva, Ce so; Be vedhikya v; Ee vedhikye v; Se vedhitya v); Nidd I 164,24 (katham vethiyam karissmi, katham nibbethiyam karissmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se vedhiyam, prob, wr; Nidd-a I 285,24: vethiyam karissmi ti parivethanam karissmi); 173,24 (vethiyya vethiyam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se vedhiyya vedhiyam, prob, wr; Nidd-a I 289,8: vethiyya vethiyan ti vethetv nivattanena nivattanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vethiyya vethitan ti... nivattam); see also vethana, nibbethik. vethita, mfn. [pp of *2 + vetheti; S. vestita], twisted round; Ja IV 383,25* (~am pitthito uttamarigam, Ce, Ee so; Be vellitam; Se velitam; 384, r: parivattitam) = Ps III 81,6* (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vedhitam); vethitan ti in Ce, Ee at Nidd-a I 289,8 is wrfor vethiyan ti (Be, Se so); see also vethetv. vefhiy, / , see sv vethik. vethetv, ind. [absol. of *2 + vetheti], having surrounded, enveloped; having twisted; Nidd-a I 289,8; see also vethita. veni, veni, venim, adv. or mfn. [from a3 + veni] (in Ee only iic), separately, apart; or not united, separate; Vin II 204,25 foil. (~im uposatham karonti ~im

349

pavranam karonti -im sanghakammam karonti, Be, Ce so; Se venikam; Ee -uposatham ... -pavranam ... -sanghakammam ...; Sp 1280,12: inti visum, Be so; Ce ~iti;Ee, &?venikan t i ) * VinV 201,38/o//. (Be, Ce so; Se ~i; Ee -uposatham ... -pavranam ... -sanghakammam...); A V 74,io (~i kammni karonti -i ptimokkham uddisanti, Be, Ce so; Ee -kammni... -ptimokkham; Se venikakammni... venikaptimokkham; Mp V 35,5: visum sanghakammni karonti); Ja I 490,29 (-sanghakammni aksi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se venikam sanghakammam); -bhva, m., separateness, distinction; schism; VinV 201,37 (tatth' eva antosimya -am karitv; Sp 1378,32: -am karitv ti visum vavatthnam karitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee venikabhvam); see also venika. venika, venika, veniya, veniya, mfn. [from a3 + veni; BHS venika, veniya], not united, not mingled together (as is a plait of hair or the confluence of rivers); separate; specific, particular; Vin I 71,30 (ntinam -am parihram dammi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee veniyam); SIV 239,10 (pane' imni... mtugmassa -ni dukkhni yni mtugmo paccanubhoti anfiatr' eva purisehi; Spklll 86, I r. -ni ti ptipuggalikni purisehi asdhranni); Ja IV 358,5* (sayam katni punnni tarn me -am dhanam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se veniyam) * VI 128,2* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se veniyam; 128,9': tad eva mama parehi asdhranam); Ap71,9 (dhtu - n' atthi sariram ekapinditam); Vism 268,4 (abbokinno patiyekko -o); 686,6 (nyam - codan; Vism-mht[2te] II 499,6: - ti asdhran, sayam eva uppdit pli anrulh ti adhippyo); Sp 1147,13 (-ena lakkhanena); 1378,14 (-am kammarn v uddesam v karoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se venikammam) = Ps IV 109, is; Ud-a 191,i6(--tt); Patis-a56,9 (svakehi asdhranni tathagatanam yeva -ni nnni); Cp-a 197,i9(idam pana imasmim loke asadisam mayham eva -am); Sadd 254,27 (vyanjanasaddo... -e asiti anuvyanjanni ti napumsakaniddeso); -uposatha, m., a separate uposatha; Ud-a 316,19 (-am sanghakammni ca karissmi ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se venikam uposatham); -thitik, / , a special order of distribution (of food); Sp 1258,io (evarpnam panitabhojannam ~ ktabb); -buddhadhamma, m., one of the eighteen special and distinguishing characteristics of a Buddha; Ud-a 87,7 (in long cpd); -bhva, m., separateness; distinction; Vv-all2,io (rukkhnam dassanam); see also veni. vedha, m. [from vijjhati; cf S. avidhyati, "pierces, wounds"], wound, injury; Jail 276,l* (-am ca na passmi yato ruhiram assave; 276,13': viddhatthne vanam ca na passmi). vedhik in Be, Ee at Jail 9,25 is prob, wr for vethik qv. vedhiy inEe, Se at Niddl 164,24 and 173,24 is prob, wrfor vethik (or vethiy) qv. veni, see sv veni. venika, mfn., seesv venika. vej (and vel), / (and vela, m. ?) [cf S. pida, Pkt mela, veda, and F.B.J. Kuiper, 1948, pp. 22 foil.], a garland worn on the head or ears, a chaplet;

Abh308 (-); Vin III 180, n (-am haranti; Sp617,io: ~a ti kannik, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -o, perhaps wr); Ap 97,26 (panca uppalahatthni 0,-attham ahamsu me); 536,12 (candasrasahassni-amiva dhrayi); Bv25:48 (-am... datv); 0 > -vel,/pl. (or ~*,mfn.), (like) garland upon garland; Ja I 95,16 (- yamakayamak hutv niccharantiyo ghanabuddharasmiyo ca olokayamn); 444,6 (- yamakayamakabht ghanabuddharasmiyo, Ce so; Be bht; Ee, Se wr -ya); 501,29 (- yamakayamak chabbannabuddharasmiyo). veji(n), mfn. [from vel], wearing garlands, wearing a chaplet; JaV 409,2* (409,26': -ine ti velasankhtehi kannlankrehi yutte); Vv 30:2 (pucchmi tarn uppalamladhrini -ini; Vv-al25,n: -ini ti ratanamayapupphvelavati); 64:15 (-iniyo padumuppalacchad). vellita, mfn. [a2 + vellita], bent round; bent towards; Ja IV 383,25* (-am pitthito uttamahgam, Be so; Ce, Ee vethitam; Se wr velitam); -singika, mfn., having horns bent round; with curved horns; Ja VI 354,3* (-0 ti mendo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr velita-). vesa, m. [S. vea], taking possession of; possession; -bhta, m., a possessing spirit, a demon taking possession; Ap-a279,33 (so bhtavejjo tassa yakkhagahitassa purisassa -am vihaniie); see also anvesaka. vesana, .,1. [S. vesana], a workshop; Abh212 (-am sippasl); 906 (-am siy vese sippaslgharesu ca); M II 53,19 (n* atthi kho bhante Ghatikrassa kumbhakrassa nivesane tinam, atthi ca khvssa -am tinacchadanan ti); 54,2 (tarn... -am sabbam temsam ksacchadanarn atthsi na ctivassi) * Mil 223,16; M III 237,26 (viharm' -e ekarattin ti); Pv 21:15 (-am ca me si); 2. a disguise; Abh906; 3. making enter, putting in; -vitthaka, n., a small bowl for keeping sewing utensils in; Vin 11 117,7 (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti; Sp 1206,27: -am nma yam kinci pticangotakdi). vesika, m. [S. vesika], a guest; Abh 424. SLS2il,perf 3 sg. of atthi1 qv. sa 2 , m. [S. 2&2\,food; eating; ifc see pacch-, ptar-, syam-; see also ansak, saka, unchsaka (^vuncha), kka-m-saka. sa 3 , mfn. [from assati], throwing; shooting; ifc see iss-. sa 4 , n. [cf S. s, sya], mouth, face; see kuncitsat sv kuncati. sa 5 , = amsa1 ? ifc see kotthsa. sam, pl. gen. o/idam qv. samsa, mfn., part.pr. o/simsati qv. samsati, see sv simsati. sams, / [S. ^ams], hope; expectation; wish; Ja IV 92,ii (n* atuY ettha samsayo ti -vasen* evam ha, Ee so; Be, Ce asamsaya-; Se simsa-); Pj II 321,11 (-yam hi angate pi vattamnavacanam icchanti saddakovid); Patis-a 563,26 (ettha vimuccamno pi -ya bhtavacanavasena vimutto ti vutto); see also sims. samsuka, mfn. [cf S. Samsu], full of expectation; hoping; Thi 273 (- sdukm; Thi-a 207,4: - ti tato eva ghsacchdandinam simsanak, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se sisanak). saka, mfn. [S. saka], eating; Sadd 865,21 (asati ti ~o

350

upsati tiupsako); ifc see krie]'-; ansaka1, mfn., not eating; fasting; Sn249 (na macchamamsam nnsakattam ... sodhenti maccam avitinnakankham); JaV 17,23* (ekathp sayanti - thandiladukkhaseyy); 243,28' (mayam - na kinci harema); see also ansak. sankati, pr. 3 sg. [S. sankate], suspects; fears; distrusts (+ gen. or ace); Ud 44,14 (kattha pana tumhe -ath ti); Ja III 208,26 (sankitabbayuttam nma -itum vattati); 254,5' (attano jivitavinsam -ami); VI 386,7* (kim sutv kim -ate mano te, Ce, Ee so; Be kim sankate; Se kim sankite); Sp 882,7 (manuss tarn eva bhikkhum -anti); part.pr. (a) sankanta, mfn., Jail 203,23 (rj... attano puttam -anto nfliari); Thi-a 221,26 (-antnam); (b)sankamna, mfn., Mill 7,n (ranno Pajjotassa -amno); Ja 1364,20 (cornam yeva gamanam -amno); neg. ansankamna, mfn., Ja III 527,29; aor. 2 sg. (a) sanki, Ja I 163,1 (ma tvam puttassa kinci ppakam -i); (b) (or 2pi.) sankittha, Ja I 151,20 (m annam kind -ittha mahrj ti); 3 pi. sankimsu, Ja III 33,23; Dhp-a IV 90,3 (attano silabhedam -imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sankam karimsu); absol sankitv, Ja III 215,19; pp sankita, mfn. [S. sankita], 1. (act.) having feared; suspecting, apprehensive; Ja VI 372,21 (rj kira ... rajjam ganhissati ti-o); Sp 1071,4 (yo pana bhijjissati ti ~o); 2. (pass.) suspected; Sp 311,16; Vv-a 110,4 (sassu-dihi aticrini ti-, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -e); fpp (a) sankitabba, mfn., Jail 53,21 (pacemitto nma na avajnitabbbo -o yev ti); III 208,9 (pornakapandit pi -am sankimsu yev ti); (b) asankaniya, mfn., Sv 53,14 (yadi hi... tunhibhto adhivseti -o hoti); Ud-a297,7 (paresam tya); (p)padesa, m., doubt, uncertainty; Sv 190,9 (gvi nu pabbajito n ti padese thatv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~e padese) = Ps I 258,23; neg. ansankaniya, mfn., Ud-a 334,23 (ansankaniyatya); Cp-a 310,13. sank, / [S. sank], fear, apprehension; doubt, uncertainty; distrust, suspicion; Ja I 460,29 (sigle -am thapetv); II416,14 (kaham vo~ti); III 250,4 (kin nu kho etasmim padume ti-am katva); Sp 921,21 (anrocite pi et mayi -am karissanti ti maniiamn); Svl50,i6 (ayam pana appasaddatam nissya Jivake ~ya bhito); Ps II 7,11 (bhayam v ~ v n' atthi ti); Vv-a 110,11 (tarn ~am nirankatv); ifc see ajinn'-; ansanka, mfn., not causing apprehension; appatibhaya, mfn., not provoking apprehension and fear; safe; Sp732,i; nirsanka, mfn., l.not causing fear or apprehension, safe; Vism 180,2o(susnamnmatthnan ti maniiamn ... cor); 2. free from apprehension; free from doubt or suspicion; Ja III 193,12' (mtu hadaye putto viya ~o nibbhayo sen); VI337,IT (~-tya); Sp 459,4; Ps II 85,2i; ~am, adv., certainly;? Vism 233,2 (idam maranam nma mahyasnam ... upari ~ameva patitam); ssanka, mfn., I. provoking fear or apprehension, dangerous; Vin III 263,32 ([sensanam] ~am nma rme rmpacre cornam nivitthokso dissati); MI 134,35 (orimam tiram -am sappatibhayam) ^ SIV 175,14; Thi 343 (~am bahuysam); Ja 1154,12 (gmanto ca nma ~o sappatibhayo);

2. suspicious, fearful; Sp 348,27 (coro bhandahrakassa hatthe vudham disv ~o hutv); hadaya, mfn., suspicious in heart; Pv-a 13,13 (evampi siytihadayo hutv). sanki(n), mfn. [S. sankin], fearing; suspecting; apprehensive; Mhv 16:8 (tumhkam gamansanki gato 'mhi ti bhsite); ifc see nirsanki(n), bhed'-; (i)-hadaya, mfn., suspicious in heart; Mhv 65:14. sanga, m. [ts], clinging to; attachment; Sv207,2i (mama vihro parivenam upatthk ti -0 v bandho v na hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sahgo); Cp-a316,32 (ajjhattikadhamme bhirakadhamme ca nibbisesam parijnanto tattha ~am pajahanto); ifc see uttar'-; -karana, mfn., causing attachment; Ja IV 11,26 (sangi ti ~o); see also anangsarigavaddhana (sv anga2). sangi(n), mfn. [S. sahgin], taking hold of; causing attachment; Ja IV 11,14* (~i bahupyso tasm kodharn na rocaye; 11,26': -i ti sangakarano). sajja, caus. absol. o/sidati qv. sajjana, n. [from *2 + sajati1; cf S. sanjana], attachment; adherence; Ih-aIII 36,25 (mtpithi '-atthya niyydite bhoge bhunjitv). sajjanam, ^ee^vsidati. sajjamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *2 + sajati1; cfS. sajati], being attached to; Ud-a 345,17 (ditthigatesu ditthinissayesu ~ ditthigatik); Th-a III 36,26 (tattha tattha ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se asajjamn); see also satta. sati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ste], sits; dwells; remains; Dhtup299 (sa upavesane); Dhtum469; Sadd451,3i (sa upavesane: ... ~ati acchati); Ja V 222,16* (sukham manuss -etha; 226,24': -th ti ~eyyum nisideyyum); Vism 34,5 (yattha yattha -ati nisidati tarn sanam); Sv629,3o(tunhi -itum na patirpan ti); Ps II 214,33 (seti c' eva~ati ca etth ti sensanam); Th-a I 40,33 (samseth ti samam -etha saha vaseyya); Nidd-al 256,5 (-anti nisidanti etth ti sanam); part.pr. sina 1 , mfn. [ts], seated, sitting; remaining, continuing; DU 212,21* (ekasmim tunhim -e); SI 195,8* (nagassa passe -am munim); Dhp227 (nindanti tunhim -am nindanti bahubhninam); Ja III 95,n* (na h' eva thitam n' -am); VI297,15* (colam ca nesam pindam ca -nam va dpaye; 297,26': -nan ti gantv nisinnnam); Ap 168,2; ifc see aggi-m-, psna-m-; aor. 3pi. sittha, JaV 340,13* (tunhim -ittha ubhayo); pp sina 2 , mfn. ?, sat on; ? Ja I 363, it foil, (so ca tena ~o abhinivittho ajjhotthato, tasm psnena tt psnsino ti); see also si4. satta, mfn. [pp of *2 + sajati1; S. sakta], fixed or fastened to; attached to; intent on (+ loc); Abh 726 (-0 tu ca tapparo); Vin HI 68,19 (manussakunapena v kanthe -ena) = MI 120,1; Ja III 244,12' (satt ti ~ visatt); Nidd I 23,15 (yath bhittikhile v ngadante v bhandam sattam visattam -am laggam); Spkll 21,13 (bodhiyam satto - o ti pi bodhisatto); Th-all 171,16 (rpdisu visattatya -tya ca); ansatta, mfn., 1. unattached (to); citta, mfn., with mind or thoughts not attached (to); Thi-a240,34 (katthaci pi rammane citta); 2. [cf S., BHS abhisakta], not possessed by; not afflicted by;

351

JaV 446,17' (na adevasatto devena asatto ~o ayakkhagahitako); see also anvsatta, sajjamna. a s a t t i , / [S. sakti], I. attachment; clinging to; Vinll 156,27* (sabb -iyo chetv; Sp 1220, is foil: rpdisu v visayesu sabbabhavesu v patthanyo chinditv); M i l 232,15 (-im yeva abhivadanti); Sn777 (bhavesu -im akubbamno; Niddl 51,20: ~i vuccati tanh); Pet 94,8 (upapattisu ~i bhavsavo); Sp464,17 (vihrdisu -im akatv); Thi-a214,i (attani tassa -im uppdetukm); ifc see uddhamsar- sv uddham; 2. diligence, application; ? Vism 469,18 (thinanat thlnammiddhanat middham anusshasamhananat -vighto ca tiattho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be asatti-; = As 255,17: Ce, Ee, Se satti-; Be asatti-); nirsatti, mfn.9 free from attachment; Sn 851 (-i angate atitam nnusocati). sada 1 , m. [ts], approach; attack, attacking; Vinll 195,28* (dukkham hi kunjara nga-m-sado; Sp 1275,24 foil.: buddhangam sdanam vadhakacittena upagamanam nmadukkham) ^ JaV 336,20* (dukkho hi kunjara nga-m-sado); dur sada, mfn.9 hard or dangerous to approach; difficult to attack; difficult to be met with, unparalleled; VinV 148,1* (atth' eva prjikye ~ tlavatthusampam; Sp \3 50,n foil: ~ ti imin tesarn sappatibhayatam dasseti, kanhasappdayo viyahiete- durpagaman); AII 46,15*; Sn/?. 107,5 (~ hi te bhagavanto sfli va ekacar); Vv 50:16 (bhayabheravo ~o siho va); Ja I 30,2* (Kondanno nma nyako ... appameyyo ~o); IV 432,29* (~ hi rjno aggi pajjalito yath); VI272,10' ([nagaram] paccatthikehi -am); Ap 18,10 (asarnsatth ca te dhlrmama siss ~); Mil 21,19 (yasm Ngaseno... -0 duppasaho duruttaro durvarano dunnivrayo); Ps IV 38,3 (tya). sada2, m. [?], a hook (for gathering fruit);! Ja VI 528,24* (dhrento brhmanam vannam -am camasam jatam) = 529,4* (529,9'foil: kaddhitv phalnam gahanattham ankusam ca aggijuhanakatacchum ca jatmandalam ca dhrento, Be so; Ce ankusakam ca aggijuhanakatacchusankhtam masam ca jatam ca; Ee ankusam ca aggidahanam ca jatam ca; Se ankusam ca aggijuhanam ca masam ca jatam ca). sada, sado, aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/sidati qv. sana1, m. [S. lex. Sana], the tree Terminalia tomentosa; Sadd922,25 (asano sano... vannabhedo 'yam); see also asana4. sana2, n. (pL acc. -ni and -e) [ts], 1. sitting; a place for sitting; a seat; Abh 311; 765 (upavesanam -am); 1099; VinI 51,4 (-am pannpetabbam); IV 204,25 (na nice ~e nisiditv ucce ~e nisinnassa agilnassa dhammo desetabbo); D I 91,19 (na mam koci ~ena pi nimantesi); MI 512,5 (tath dhammam desetum yath 'ham imamh - anandho vutthaheyyan ti); AIV 186,22 (Sihassa senpatissa tasmim yeva -e virajam vitamalam dhammacakkhum udapdi); SI 199,14* (bahuke disvna vivitte ~e); Sn/>. 104,25(appekacce udakamanikam patitthapenti appekacce ~ni pannpenti); Thi 155 (nisinn ~e tasmim phusayim tatiyam phalam); Ja VI 243,10* (atiY ~amh oruyharj); 323,24* (sa Punnako Kurunam kattusettham nisidayl purato ~asmim); Ap 107,17 (tamh' ~amhi sino); Mil 17,13 (Ptaliputtako setthi... afinataram nicam -am

gahetv ekamantam nisidi); Ap-a415,i5 (ghatassa -am dhran ti ghatsanam); Mhv 5:241 (tassa sanne -amhi nisidi so); Sadd 452,i (sati nisidati etth ti -am yam kinci nisidanayoggam mancapithdi); sanhi in Ee at Th-a III 93,8 is wrfor sanni (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see agg' - (sv agga1), ek'-, (11131111^-, sih' -, sen'-; 2. a seat on which offerings are placed; an altar; He see below; 3. the withers of an elephant; Abh 363; Bv -a 210,25 (sundarakkhandhsanam ... arivranavranam); 0 , -antarik,/, an interval of a seat; VinI 341,18 (~ya nisiditabban ti; Sp 1150,B: ekekam sanam antaram katv nisiditabbam); Ja III 487,10 (bhattaggdisu bhandanajtnam -ya nisiditabban ti); Dhp-al 55,io; -ghara, ., a building containing or fronted by altars for offerings (see W. Rahula, 1956, p. 120); Sp 1229,18 (cetiyagharam bodhigharam ~am); Ps IV 111,16 (yasmim pana ~e dhtu nihit hoti); -paflflpaka, m., one who assigns or prepares seats; Vinll 305,36; -pariyanta, m., the last seat; Vinll 32,13 (yo hoti sahghassa ~o; Sp 1163,24: ~o ti bhattaggdisu sanghanavaksanapariyanto nma); IV 30,31; Ja VI 351,14 (Senako aggsane nisinno pandito -e); Dhp-all 86,4 (~e nisinno ucchitthapysam paribhunji); -pariyantika, mifri)., one who stops with the session or with sitting; Vism 69,20 (-0 v yva na vutthti tva bhunjanato); -pj,/, offering on an altar; Vism 173,23; Sv 969,29; -bandha, m., the act of sitting down; ifc see acal' - sv cala; -sl,/, a hall with seats, an assembly-hall; Jail 210,13; Vism 69,4; Sv 187,3i; Dhp-a IV 46,16; ansana, n., an unsuitable seat, an unsuitable place for sitting; M I ll,2(yathrpe ~e nisinnam) = A III 389,23; see also aggsanika (svagga1), eksani(n), eksanika, samnsanika. sanaka, n. [sana + ka2; BHS id.], a seat; a small seat; Vv 1:5 (~am adsim; Vv-a24,n: idha pana pitham adhippetam, tassa ca appakatt anulratt ca -an ti aha) = 2:5. sandl, / [S. sandi], a large or long chair (generally made of basket-work); Abh 311; Vin IV 299,21 (~i nma atikkantappamn vuccati); D I 7,8 (evarpam uccsayanamahsayanam anuyutt viharanti seyyathidam -im pallankam gonakam...); Th 55 (-im kutikam katv; Th-al 137,i: -i nma dighapdakam caturassam pitham ... yattha nisiditum eva sakk na nipajjitum ... apare -kutikan ti ptham vatv, -ppamnam kutikam katv ti attham vadanti; or sandim is poss. aor. 1 sg. of sidati, cf K.R. Norman, 1969, p. 135); Jal 108,5 (niymako purimasakate -im santharpetv kse trak olokento... nipajji); Ap 3 52,17 (anne pitthe ca pallanke -isu nisldare); Sp 1086,3 (-1 ti pamntikkantsanam); Mp II 293,31 (~iy pade chinditv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -iyo); Vin-vn 2285 (pde -iy chetv); 2658; Utt-vn 234; -paficama, mfh., "with a chair as the fifth", four carrying a chair (as a bier); D I 55,25 (- puris matam dya gacchanti) = MI 515,13 (Ps III 227,8foil', mafico c' eva cattro mancapde gahetv thit cattro puris ca ti attho). sandika, m. [cf S. sandik], a chair; a bench; Vinll

352

149,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti uccako ~o uppanno hoti; Sp 1216,20: ~oti caturassapitham vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sandhiko); Sp 1243,27 (~o sattango, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sandhiko); Vin-vn2827 (-0 atikkantapamno pica vattati); 2883. sandhika in Ee at Sp 1216,20 and 1243,27 is wr for sandika qv. sanna, mfn.y pp o/sidati qv. sannake, adv. [sanna + ka2], near; near death, when death is near; Ap 391,13 (~e katam kammam devalokam appayi). sappati, pr. 3 sg. [a2 + sappati], creeps, crawls; moves cautiously; Mp V 75,33 (samsappati ti tarn kammam karonto ~ati parisappati vipphandati). sappan, / [from sappati], indecisiveness; hesitation; Niddl 414,23 (kankh... ~ parisappan) = Dhs425 (As 260,3: nicchetum asakkonti rammanato osakkati ti ~) * Vibh 365,4 quoted Sadd 330,7; Sv69,i3 (buddhnam ekadhamme pi ~ parisappan n' atthi). sabha, mj(~i)n. and m. [&, BHS rsabha], 1. (mfn.) coming from or produced from a bull; bull-like; belonging to a leader; lordly; D i l i 100,18 (kim carahi te ayam Sriputta ulr ~i vc bhsit; Sv 878,35: ~i ti usabhassa vcsadisi acal asampavedhi); MI 69,32 (tathagato -am thnam patijnti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se sabhanthnam; Ps II 26,25 foil: ~am thnan ti setthatthnam uttamatthnam, ~ v pubbabuddh, tesam thnan tiattho); III123,21 (~im ca vcam bhasati); Ja VI 453,9* (~am cammam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usabhacammam); Sp 131,16 (~im vcam nicchresim aggo 'harn asmi lokassa); Ps II 26,32 (usabhassa idan ti ~am) * Sadd 807,15; 2. (m.) [extracted from narsabha < S. nararsabha], bull; leader, lord; Ps II 26,26 (~ v pubbabuddh); Ap-a 225,6 (gavasatajetthako usabho gavasahassajetthako nisabho gavasatasahassajetthako ~o narnam ~o narsabho); 239,is/o//. (-sadisatt ~o, narnam ~o narsabho). samna, see sv simsati. saya, m. [S. Saya; cf also S. sYaya], 1. resting-place; home, lair, nest; receptacle; the stomach; Abh936; Vin III 151,6 (kipilliknam v ~o hoti upaciknam v ~o hoti); SI 38,23* (kavi gthnam ~o; Spkl 95,2: ~o ti patitth); A III 121,21 (siho... syanhasamayam - nikkhamati); Ja 1460,11 (musiknam ~assa avidre); 488,6 (aham anekasatnam godhnam ~am jnmi); Bv 2:96 (te p' ajja ~ chuddh); Ap 48,9 (vinayo ~o mayham vinayo thnacankamam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~am); Vism 152,3 (avisodhitam -am pavitthabhamaro viya); Ud-a 118,20 (so hi adhikam pitam sayam eva mukhato niggamissati ti pivitv -assa arittatya aniggate...); ifc see am' (svma2), kotth'-, jaF-, dak'-, pakk'-; 2. heart; thought, intention; disposition (of mind), way of thinking; Abh 766; 936; Ja I 224,21 (thero tassa ~am na jnti); Vibh 340,12 (katamo ca sattnam ~o); Vism 205, H (sabbesam pi sattnam ~am jnti anusayam jnti); Ud-a 9,25 (-0 va ajjhsayo); Vibh-a458,i5 (~an ti yattha satt sayanti nivasanti, tarn tesam nivsatthnam ditthigatam v yathbhtannam v); Mhv86:8 (pressati mam' ~am); ifc see takk'-; 3. secretion;

Vism 344,21 foil.; ifc see gabbh* -; nirsaya, mfn., without a resting place or resort; without desires; without (wrong) intentions or dispositions; Dhp410 (s yassa na vijjanti... ~am visamyuttam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nirssam; Dhp-aIV 185,15: s ti tanh ~an ti nittanham, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se nirssan ti) = Sn 634 (Ee, Se so; Be nirssam; Ce nirssam); Sn 56 (~o sabbaloke bhavitv; Pj II 108, is: ~o ti nittanho); 1090 (~o so uda sasno, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nirsaso); Th 1092 (muni ksvavattho amamo -0, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce nirso; lh-aIII 151,\ifoil.', katthaci pi rammane simsanya abhvena nirso); see also ajjhsaya, assaya. sayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vsl and ^rayate], lies or rests on or in; Nidd-a I 65,8 (tasmim satire akusal dhamm ~anti vasanti uppajjanti ti); Vibh-a 458,15 (sayan ti yattha satt ~anti nivasanti). sayna in Ee at Ja IV 291,22* is prob, wr, perhaps for sasna qv sv simsati (but Be, Ce esamn; Se esanya). sarati, assarati, pr. 3 sg. [ 2 + sarati2; S. sarati], hurries towards, runs to; Nidd-a I 410,4 (katv ppam puna paticchdanato aticca ~ati etya satto ti accasar, Ee so; Ce sarati; Be, Se ati assarati; = 207,12: Be, Se assarati; Ee sarati; Ce aticca ayati... accay) * Vibh-a493,17 (aticca ~anti etya satt ti accasar). sava1, m. [ts], decoction; distilled spirit, liquor; Abh 533; 822; 968; Ja IV 222,19* (~o tta lokasmim sur nma pavuccati); Vism 445,7 (pdhikassa ~assa gandhato); Kkhll8,3i (pupphdihi kato ~o merayam); Ps I 61,18 (ciraparivsikatthena madirdayo - viy ti pi ~); Spklll 303,io (merayam nma pupphsavo phalsavo ti evamvutto yo koci ~o); ifc see gul'-, pupph' -, phal'-, madhv-. sava2, m. (andn.) 1. [BHSsrava, srava], "inflowing", influence (the concerns, attitudes, predispositions, listed as kma, bhava, avijj and, sometimes, ditthi, which form an obstacle to the realisation of the truth of things, and so, in themselves and through the actions they motivate, bring about further existence; their ending or destruction is in fact zraha.t-ship); Abh 968; Vin 117,3 (~ehi cittarn vimucci); MI 7,4 (jnato aham bhikkhave passato ~nam khayam vadmi no ajnato no apassato); 55,4 (ariyasvako ~am ca pajnti -samudayam ca pajnti -nirodham ca pajnti); 250,6 (~ sankilesik ponobhavik); AII 196,26 (purisam dukkhavedaniy ~ assaveyyum abhisamparyan ti); III414,8/o//. H bhikkhave veditabb); IV 224,3 fall. (yehi balehi samanngato khinsavo bhikkhu ~nam khayam patijnti khin me ~ ti; Mp IV 115,22: ~nam khayam patijnti ti arahattam patijnti); Dhp226 (nibbnam adhimuttnam attham gacchanti ~); Sn 535 (chetv -ni layni); 546 (~ te padlit); Th 98 (tassa vaddhanti ~ bhavamlopagmino); Thi 209 (sabbe me - khin appamattassa jhyato); Dhs 1096 (katame dhamm ~); Mil 181,24 (~nam khay samano hoti ti); Vism 683,31 (~ ti rammanavasena gotrabhto bhavaggato ca savan ... kmargabhavargamicchditthi -avijjnam etarn adhivacanam); Ps I 6\,nfoll. (savanri ti~); ifc see khin'- (5vkhinoti), pubb'-; 2. [cf S. srava],

353

affliction, pain (so ct); Vin III 21, \9f0ll. (sikkhpadam pannpessmi... ditthadhammiknam ~nam samvarya samparyiknam ~nam patightya; Sp 225,2 foil.: ditthadharnmik ~ nma... tasmim yeva attabhve pattabb ... dukkh avises ... samparyik ~ nma ... narakdisu pattabb dukkhavises); A I 98,16 (ditthadhammiknam ~nam vernam vajjnam bhaynam akusalnam dhammnam samvarya; MpII 163,28: imasmim yeva attabhve vitikkamapaccay patiladdhabbnam vadhabandhanagarahdinam dukkhadhammasankhtnam ~nam); Ps I 61,26 (na kevalam ca kammakiles yeva ~ api ca kho nnappakrak upaddav pi); 3. [cfS. srva], discharge (from a wound); A I 124,8 (dutthruko ... ghattito bhiyyosomattya -am deti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce assandati; Mp II 195,13: aparparam savati); see also assava2, assva; riganakkhaya, m., the destruction of the group of enemies, the savas; Bv23:7 (tad si samgamo dantabhmim anuppattnam ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se savdigana-); -kkhaya, m. [sava + khaya2], ending, destruction of the savas, arahat-s//?; Vin I 8,28* (mdis ve jin honti ye patt ~am); A III 69,12* (ye patt ~am); Dhp 253 (r so ~); Th 116 (patto me ~o); Pet 145,22 (yo pathamam jhnam nissya ~am ppunti); Mil 264,24 (so pi vin savanena nsakkhi ~am ppunitum); Ps I 63,24 (maggaphalanibbnni pi~o ti vuccanti); -khma, mfn., with savas destroyed; free from the savas; Sn 370 (~o pahinamno; Pj II 365,1: khinacatursavo; for order of cpd cf ngahata, and see also BSU 179); -tthn!ya, mfn., being a basis or cause of afflictions; being a basis or cause of the savas; Vin III 9,29 (na tva... satth svaknam sikkhpadam pannpeti uddisati ptimokkham yva na idh' ekacce ~ dhamm sanghe ptubhavanti; Sp 191,30 foil.: sav titthanti etes ti ~); Mill 111, 1 (vivekaninnen' eva 4 cittena ... vyantibhtena sabbaso ~ehi dhammehi) * AIV 224,24 (Mp IV 116,8: ~ehi ti sampayogavasena savnam kranabhtehi, kilesadhammehi ti attho); -vinsana, n., destruction of the savas; Sp 167,31 (arahattamaggo hi ~ato savnam khayo ti vuccati); ansava, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) free from the savas; Vin II 148,4* (parinibbti ~o); DIU 112,9 (atthi bhante iddhi y ~ anupadhik ariy ti vuccati); SII 214,19 (~am cetovimuttim pannvimuttim ditthe va dhamme sayam abhinn sacchikatv; SpkII 175,5: ~an ti savnam apaccayabhtam); A1273,14* (kyasucim vcsucim cetosucim -am); Dhp 94 (pahinamnassa ~assa); Sn 178 (addasma sambuddham oghatinnam ~am); Pv 18:15 (bhvitatt arahanto katakicc -); Th 100 (parinibbissaty -o); Ja III 411,8* (caturo samane addasam crasilasampanne sitibhte ~e); Ap 592,14 (~am padam santam); Dhs 1101 (katame dhamm ~); Pet 38,20/0//. (cetovimutti dvihi savehi ~ kmsavena ca bhavsavena ca, pannvimutti dvihi savehi - ditthsavena ca avijjsavena ca); Mil 342,13* (vitarg vitados vitamoh ~); Vism 478,5 (vedandayo pana ~ va khandhesu vutt ssav updnakkhandhesu); Sp 12,3 (tvam nanda padhnam anuyunja, khippam hohisi ~o ti); Mhv4:39 (gam bhagini Nandatheri tu ksena ~); 2. (.)

what is free from the sava^; freedom from the savas; Abh7 (nirodho nibbnam... saccam -am); Sadd70,27*; nirsava, mfn., free from the savas; Ap534,n (Nando Rhulabhaddo ca vitasok -); 540,13 (tato vutthya nibbyi dipacci va ~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nirsan, prob, wr); ssava, mfn., connected with the savas, not free of the savas; D III 112,8 (atthi bhante iddhi y ~ sa-upadhik no ariy ti vuccati); A I 81,i (~am ca sukham ansavam ca sukham); S V 232,7 (bhikkhu cittam rakkhati savesu ca ~esu ca dhammesu); PatisII 240,31 (pancakkhandhe ~ato passanto; Patis-a 699,13: savapadatthnatya-ato); Dhs 990; 1103 (katame dhamm ~); Vism 13,9 (sabbam pi ~am silam lokiyam ansavam lokuttaram); 438,28 (savnam rammanabht - tesam anramman ansav); 516,14 (tt). savati, pr. 3 sg. [S. sravati], flows towards; flows from, flows down; Pet 245,9 (kiles -anti) * Nett 116,17; Sv 989,4 (cakkhuto rpe savati ~ati sandati pavattati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee assavati); Ps I 61,13 (~anti ti sav) = As 48,9; Dhp-a IV 48,17 (manpesu rupdisu ~ati pavattati ti manpassavan, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee assavati); Nidd II 274,25 (~anti sandanti pavattanti; Nidd-all 2,30: -anti ti adhogmino hutv savanti); see also assavati. savana, n. [from savati], flowing; Sv 988,34 (ciraparivsiyatthena v '-atthenav sav, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce assavanatthena). sasa, see sv nirsasa. sasna, mfn.y part.pr. or aor. o/simsati qv. s 1 , / [S. ^], wish, hope, expectation; Abh 162; Vin I 259,13 (tarn civarsam payirupsati ansya labhati ~ya na labhati); DII 206,12 (~ ca pana me santitthati sakadgmity ti); MI 338,29* (Mra nibbinda buddhamh ~amm ksi bhikkhusu); A I 86,28 (dve 'm bhikkhave ~ duppajah ... lbhs ca jivits ca); Sn 474 (~am anissya vivekadassi); Th 530 (yya ~ya titthmi s me ~ samijjhatu); Ja III 101,19* (~am nirsam katvna; 101,2ryb//.: nirsam katv ansam katv chinditv pajahitv ti attho); Dhs 1059 (lobho... ~ simsan simsitattam rps...); ifc see abhisek'(sv abhiseka1), vant*- (^v vamati); vacchedika, mfn., depending on the disappointment of expectation; Vin I 255,22 (atth' im bhikkhave mtik kathinassaubbhrya ... ~); 259,25 (tassa bhikkhuno -0 kathinuddhro); Vin-vn2717; 2722; -chinna, mfn., disappointed; Ja VI 452,21* (~; 452,27': na idam mamsan ti chinns hutv); -bhanga, n., disappointment; Saddh78; -vati,/, a kind of (divine) creeper; Ja III 251,7* (~I nma lata jt Cittalatvane; 25\,wfoil.: yasm tass phale s uppajjati tasm etam nmam labhi) = Ap41,29; Sadd 701,6; ansa, mfn., without desire; without hope or expectation; Mp II 175,17 (nirso ti ~o appatthano); a n s , / , lack of expectation; lack of desire; Vin I 259,13; Mill 138,14 (~am ce pi karitv brahmacariyam carati); Ja III 101,21'; nirsa, mfn., without desire; without hope or expectation; A I 107,20 (tayo 'me... puggal... -0 samso vigatso); Ud75,5* (vyag -am; Ud-a363,27foil.: s vuccati tanh, n' atthiettha s ~am, nibbnam, tarn ~am visesena ag adhigato ti vyag);

354

Sn 1048 (anigho ~o); Ja III 101, is* (sukham ~a supati); Vism 286,6; nirs,/, not a desire; lack of desirelack of expectation; Ja III 101,19* (sam ~am katvna; 101,2r: ~am katv ansam katv chinditv pajahitv ti attho); see also abhinikkhamitsa sv abhinikkhamati. s 2 , / [S. si 2 ], region, direction; Dth5:13; ifc see pacchim'-. stan,/ [from *2 + steti], destroying; removal; -paflflatti,/, designation as removal, description in terms of removal; Nett 59,27 (~i stiknam, Ce so; Be, Ee hatan-; Nett-a 224,16: hatanpannatti ti niharanapanfiatti; cfstikastan). stik,/ [BHS sltik], the egg of a fly or other insect; a nit; vermin; Abh 645; M I 220,9 (na ~am stet hoti na vanam paticchdet hoti); Ja III 177, I (makkhik ~am ptesi); Nett59,27 (Nett-a224, \i foil.: gunnam vanesu nilamakkhikhi thapita-andak ~ nma ... yassa uppann tassa sattassa anayavyasanahetutya ~ viy ti ~ kiles); PsII 259,5 (nilamakkhik andni thapenti tesam ~ ti nmam); (a)-stan,/, the removal or destruction of a fly's eggs; Pet 16,2(~ vanapatichdanam, Ee so; Ce ~am; Be stakaharanam). sdana, n., ~, / [BHS sdan; AMg syan], 1. insult, offensiveness; D III 24,24 (ke ca chave Ptikaputte k ca tathagatanam arahantnam sammsambuddhnam ~ ti); Ap-a 289,8 (stam tattha na vindmi ti tasmim ~e stam na vindmi sadananimittam madhuram sukham na labhmi ti attho); 2. causing to sit down; Sv 1044,16 (gatam disv tarn muhuttam yeva nisidpetv ... dnam deti iti ettha -am dnakranam nma hoti); ftpekkha, mfn. [cfBHS sdanapreksin], looking to insult, aiming to be offensive; VinI 222,35; IV 84,16; Vin-vn 1314. sdum, caus. inf. o/sidati qv. sdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/sidati qv. sra, m. [ts], a heavy shower; Abh 50. sjha, sdha, m. [S. sdha], the name of a month (June/July); Abh 75 (~o dvisu ca); Sp 1068,2 (svanamsam akatv puna sdham eva kattukmo, Ee, Se so; Be sjhimsam eva; not in Ce); Sv 868,3 (~e Sinerusamipena caranti); Sadd583,i8 (...jettho ~o svano...); -punnam, -punnami,/, the full-moon day of sjha; Sp 965, n (~yam, Se so; Be slhi-; Ce slhi-; Ee wr slhapunnanyam); 1032,32 (yva -punnami, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce slhipunnam); see also slh, slhi. slh, / [S. sdha], the name of a nakkhatta, the 21st and 22nd lunar mansions; Abh 59 (jetth mlsalh); see also uttarslha (jvuttara), pubbslha (jvpubba2). slhi, / [S. sdhi], the full-moon day in the month sjha; (iic) the month sjha; VinI 137,29 (aparajjugatya ~iy purimik upagantabbb); Dip 14:49; Bv-a 18,28 (~iyam pabhtya rattiyam); Sadd 766,3; -punnam, -punnami,/, thefull-moon day of sjha; Ja 163,27 (~ya uttarsjhanakkhatte vattamne, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sjha-) * Bv-a 283,7 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sjha-); Sp720,i5 (yva ~); 1067,18 (-punnamito); Sv431,i (~ya, Ce, Ee so; Be ~yam; Se sjhapunnamiyam); SpkII 287,2 (sve ~ bhavissati ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

sjhapunnam); Bv-a 79,8 (-punnamiy uttarsjhanakkhattena); Vibh-a 353,2 (te kira -ya katikavattam akamsu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sjha-); see also sjha. svayitv, ind. [caus. absol. of *2 + sunti; cfS. Srvayati], causing to be heard; making sound; Cp 1:9:24 (~itv kannabherim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se svayitv; Cp-a85,n: ~itv ti ghospetv, Ce so; Be, Se svayitv ti; Ee wr ycayitv ti); see also sunamna. s i 1 , / , seesvsl1. s i 2 , / , seesvsi2. si 3 , si 4 , aor. 3 sg., 2 sg., o/atthi1 qv. si 5 , pr. 2 sg. [poss. of Vs, cf sati, S. sse; or of atthi1, mcfor asi 1 ],you sit; or you are; SI 130,9* (kim nu tvam hataputt va eka-m-si rudammukhi; Spkl 191,13: ekamsi ti ek si). si(n), mfn. [S. sin], eating, consuming; ifc see app'-, ek'-, tina-m-, palsa-m-. siipsaka, mfn. [from simsati], hoping for, desiring; Ap 26,20 (-a uttamattham, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisak); Mil 342,26* (~ uttamattham dhammanagare vasanti te, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisak). simsati, sisati, samsati (Ce usually sims-; Be usually sis-; Ee and Se are not consistent), pr. 3 sg. [S. samsati; cfalso S. ste], hopes for; desires; D III 49,4 (na bhvitam ~ati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisati); S I 34,18* (parato ~are bl, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisare); 47,3i* (na ten' ~ate bhavam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisate); Sn 779 (n' -ati lokam imam param ca, Ce, Se so; Ee n' ~ati; Be n' sisati; Nidd I 60,26 foil.: na icchati na sdiyati na pattheti na piheti) quoted Pet 215,22 (Ce n' -ate; Be, Ee n* sisate); Ja I 267,19* (~euY eva puriso, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be siseth' eva; 267,22': sam karotiV eva) quoted Vism 302,21*; Ja III 251,10* (sims* eva tuvam rja, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be sis'; 251,18': ~hi yeva patthehi yeva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sishi); 387,15* (yvat* ~ati poso tvad eva pavinati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisati); Th-al 140,6 (patthayase patthayasi ~asi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se patthesi sisasi); Pp -a 208,20 (so hi arahattam samsati pattheti ti samso); Sadd 448,29 (pubbo sisi icchyam vattati, ~ati); part.pr. (a)samsa, mfn. [cf W.Geiger, 1994, 97:2; BSU 226 foil], A I 107,20 (tayo ^me... puggal ... nirso samso vigatso; Mp II 175, is: samso ti samsamno patthayamno); 107,33 (katamo ca puggalo samso) = Pp 27,16 (Pp-a 208,21: so hi arahattam samsati pattheti ti samso); (b) simsa(t), mfn., DIII 49,4 (na bhvitam ~ato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisato); Patis-a697,3i (~ato, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se sisato); Mhv 30:100 (janahitam ~at); (c) simsanta, mfn., JaV 391, ir (~ant, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisant); Ud-al27,i3 (bhagav... tass arogabhvam -anto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisanto); Sadd 448,30; neg. ansimsanta, mfn., Mp III 293,23 (na misahetuko attano catuppaccayalbham ansimsanto ti attho); (d) simsamna, mfn., VinV 144,3* (~amna-rpo va kissa tvam idha-m-gato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisamna-); Sn 1044 (-amn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisamna); Mp II 175,18 (~amno, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee samsamno); Sadd 449,i; (f) (or aor.) sasna (sometimes written samna, either a wr or normalisation), mfn., Sn 1090 (nirsayo so uda sasno); Vv 84:6 (kim samn, eds

355

so; Vv-a 336,4: kirn paccsimsant); Pv 36:24 (sugatim samn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sisamn; Pv-a226,i2: samn ti ~amn patthayamn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be samn ti sisamn); Th528 (phalam sasn; Th-aII 224,6: -anto ghitukm, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sisanto gahitukm); Ja IV 18,25* (poso sukham sasno, Ee so; Be, Gesisno; Se~amno; 18,29': sukham ~anto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisanto); 381,6* (phalam sasn, Ce, Eeso; Be samn; Se-amn; 381,9': sassaphalam ~amn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisamn); Mhv 55:34; Sadd449,i (samno); neg. ansasna, mfn.9 Sn 369 (nirsayo ansasno); aor. 3 sg. (a) simsi, Ja III 252,22' (~i yeva patthesi yeva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be asisati yeva pattheti yeva); (b) simsatha, Ja III 251, n* (~ath' eva so pakkhi, Ce, Se so; itesisaf eva; Ee ~euY eva; 252,22': ~i yeva patthesi yeva); pp simsita, mfn. [S. Samsita], 1. hoping; desiring; Nidd I 8,19 (yo rgo ... s simsan ~-ttam ... lobho akusalamlam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisitattam) * Dhs 1059 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisitattam; As 365,13: ~-bhvo ttam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisitassa bhvo sisitattam) = Vibh 361,26 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisitattam); 2. desired; hoped for; As 45,11 (hitasukhvah me bhavissanti ti evam ~ p i . . . micchatt, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisit)= Patis-a 118,19 (Ce, Ee simsato; Be, Se sisit); fpp (a) simsaniya, mfii., Mil 2,9 (simsaniyabah uratanaparipritam, Ee so; Ce simsaniyya-; Be sisaniya-); (b) neg. ansimsitabba, mfn., Ja V 435,29' (anatthacrinl ti ansimsitabba-atth, akiccakrini ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Se ansimsitabba-atth acaritabbni atthni akiccakrini ti; Be anatthacarni ti acaritabbni atthni, akiccakrni ti attho; ad 433,7: cha imni... yni kicce jte anatthacarni bhavanti); caus. pr. 3 sg. simspeti, D III 49,4 (na bhvitam simsati na bhvitam simspeti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sispeti); see also sittha. simsan, sisana, n., ~, / [from simsati; cf S. Samsana], wishing; desire; Abh 872 (itthasssimsanya pi); Dhtum 185; Niddl 8,19 (yo rgo... s ~ simsitattam ... lobho akusalamlam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisan) * Dhs 1059 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisan) = Vibh 361,26 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisan); Pet 215,25 (atthakavaggiyesu n' ~am, Ce so; Be, Ee n' sisanam); Nett 53,11 (~, Ce so; Be, Ee sisan); Sp973,n (~ patthan ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sisan); Sadd 814,5 (~am sittham icchitabbassa atthajtassa patthan); ansimsana, ansisana, n., absence of wishing or desire; Ud-a 195,5 (angatnam pi bhavdlnam ~ato nirso, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anasisanato). simsanaka, sisanaka, mfn. [simsan + ka2], desiring, hoping; Thi-a207,5 (samsuk ti tato eva ghsacchdandinam ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sisanaka). simsavacana, n. [cf sims and S. slrvacana], blessing, benediction; Sadd 344,8 (jaypesun ti jayatu bhavan ti ~am vadims ti attho); see also sisavaca. sims, / [cf S. Sams, is], wish; blessing, benediction; Dhtupl29; JaV 28,20 (-am, Ce, Eeso; Be sisavdam; Se omits); Sp 1277,3 (avicinirayam patto ti idam pana --yam atitavacanam); Sadd 697,12 (*-atthe ca yasmato dighyu hotu); 813,18 (saddasatthavid pana pancamivisaye ~yam jayantu santo ti vattabbatthne

jayanti santo ti vattamnavacanam icchanti, tarn na gahetabbam); see also sams, simsavacana, sisavaca. simsu, aor. 3 pl o/atthi1 qv. sika, mfn. [from asati1], eating; ifc see khel'-, vant'-. sikkhit in Ee at Pv-a 67,25 and6$a is wr for asikkhit (Ce so; Be, Se alakkhik). sificati, pr. 3 sg.f 1. [S. sincati], (trans.) pours on or into; showers over; besprinkles, wets; VinI 204,21 (natthum visamam -anti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~Iyati); M HI 186,15 (tarn enam... nirayapl... tattam tambaloham mukhe ~anti); Sil 86,11 (telam -eyya vattim upasamhareyya); Ja IV 378,11 (nahnodakam pana te amatosadham bhavissati ye nam sise -issanti te sabbad rogehi muccissanti); Vism 137,8 (acheko telachaddanabhay -itum pi na visahati); Sp 1228,5 (bodhirukkhe udakam -at ti); Sv 79,22 (sanikam -- ti vatv); part.pr. (a) sincanta, m/(~anti)., Ja IV 446,6 (skavatthusmim udakam ~antam disv); Ps I 277,19 (dukkham uppajjati... vilinatambalohena ~antam viya) = It-all 5,22 (vilinatambaloham); Pj II 316,28 (brhmanassa hatthe udakam -anto imam te brhmana bhariyam posvanatthya damml ti vatv deti); Vv-a 68,20 (imiss upari pakkasappim -antiy); Pv-a 41,22 (vrin viya osiiican ti udakena ~anto viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avasincanto); (b) sincamna', mfn., Ja VI 588,23 (sise pan* ass abhiseka-udakam ~amn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhisificamn); PsIV 131,7; aor. 3sg. sinci, VinI 302,6 (bhagav udakam ~i); Ja IV 142,22' (punnaptiy udakam nvya dhure ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abhisinci); 292,8 (udakam haritv ukkya upari ~i s nibbyi); Vism381,13; 3pl. sincimsu, Jail 345,25; Pv-a 104,20 (pnlyam gahetv tarn saypetv mukhe ~imsu); 2. (intrans.) pours on or into; drips; part.pr. (a) sincanta, mfit., SpkII 110,26 (unhe sappimhi tattha -ante patapat ti saddo utthahati); absol. sincitv, Mill 141,18 (udakam kalase ~itv); Pv-a 213,23 (avakantitatthne khrodakena ~itv); As 144,13 (ghatehi udakam ~itv); pass, part.pr. (a)siccamna, sincamna2, mfh., being poured; Pv-a 104,24 (ettakehi janehi ettakam velam siccamnam udakam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ~amnam); Dhp-alll 215,9 (ghatehi siccamnam vilinam suvannam viya, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ~amnam); (b) sinciyamna, mfn., being showered; Ud-a 413,5 (sabbe disbhg... suvannarasadhrhi -iyamn viya; = Spk III 47,35: Be, Ee, Se sincamn; Ce siccamn); pp (a) sitta1, mfn. 1. [S. sikta], poured on or into; sprinkled; VinI 272,8 (sappi... padlpakarane v -am); A1130,19 (kumbho nikkujjo tatra udakam ~am vivattati); Ja IV 350,6 (abhiseka-udakam ~am); Pv-a 104,20 (~am udakam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sittham); Mhv 25:100 (kahpanehi kandam tarn -eh' uparpari chdpetvna); 2. sprinkled with; with something poured in, mixed; Spk I 316,12 (asambhinnapysdini pi sappimadhusakkharhi -ni yojitn' eva); II 181,31 (jalamnadipo telena ~o viya) = Mp I 164,15 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee jalamnadlpe tele ~e); Mhv 17:45 (jaladhrhi csakim ... - sabb Lankmahi ahu); pandaka, m., a fellator (one of the five kinds of pandaka,); Sp 1015,32; 1016,3;

356

Kkh 17,33; visa, mfn., who is dripping poison; who is full of poison; Spklll 8,7 (visa tipi sivis ... visa ti sakalakye sincitv viya thapitavis parassa ca sarire sincanavis ti attho); neg. ansitta, mfn., Mp III 198,18 (avysekasukhan ti kilesehi ansittasukham); pp (b) sincita, mfn., poured on; Vv-a68,8 (matthake -am pi sappi); fpp sincitabba, mfn., Vin II 208,13 (pde dhovantena ekena hatthena udakam -am); Sp 478,6; caus. (2i)part.pr. sincayamna, mfn., pouring on; Vibh-a 14,28 (sukham hi uppajjamnam sakalasariram ... sitodakaghatena sincayamnam viya uppajjati); caus. (b) aor. 3 sg. sincpesi, caused to be poured or sprinkled; Ja IV 388,3. sicana, n. [from sincati], pouring on (trans, and intrans.); sprinkling; Mp V 68,1 (udakam sondya gahetv dvisu kannesu -am); -visa, mfn., with poison pouring on to; Spklll 8,10 (sittavis ti sakalakye sincitv viya thapitavis parassa ca sarire ~ ti attho). sittha,(w/)/i., [pp of *2 + ssati; cf S. Sste; or of simsati qv], hope, wish; A b h l l 6 0 (suvatthi - ' -atthamhi); Sadd 25,14* (-' -napanatthesu ... pancami); 814,6 (~e sukham te hotu ... ice di); 877,21 (simsanam -am); sittha in Ee at Pv-a 104,20 is wr for sitta #v sv sincati. sita1, mfn. caus. pp o/asnti qv. sita2, mfn. [S. srita], 1. having recourse to, attaching oneself to; Nidd I 75,6 (santim nissito -0 allino upgato, Eeso; Be, Ce assito; Se omits; Nidd-al 204,11: ~o ti~o visesena nissito, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se assito ti) * II (Be) 49,1 (~ allin upagat, Be, Ce, Se so; cf Ee II 188,2: asita allina upagata); 2. resorted to, followed; Nidd II 111,16 (may bhagav -0 upsito payirupsito; Nidd-all 89,32: ~o ti upasankamito); see also assita. sitavdana inEe at Vv-a276,2i is wr for sivdana qv sv si1. sitta1, mfn., pp o/sincati qv. sitta2, mfn., [pp of*2 + sapati; see K.R. Norman, 1989, pp. 219-20], cursed; -satta, m. [sitta2 + satta3; or sitta1 + satta2], a cursed creature; 1 or sprinkled and cursed; ? Ja V 87,23* (-0 nihato pathavy; but cf 87,26': ~o ti sittavisena satto). sittaka, mfn. [sitta + ka2], with something poured in or on; filled; besprinkled, wetted; '-padhna, n., a basin or saucer filled (with hot liquid); Vin II 123,33 (chabbaggiy bhikkh - bhunjanti; Sp 1208,23*. -am nma tambalohena v rajatena v katya pelya etarn adhivacanam); Dhp-aIII 88,7; -sadisa, mfn., like someone besprinkled; Sp 1001,14 (takkam sise - va honti); ansittaka, mfn., not besprinkled; not mixed; with nothing poured in; Vism 268,4 (asecanako -o abbokinno ptiyekko veniko); Spkl 316,10 (asecanakam ojavan ti-am ojavantam); Mp III 315,3 (asecanakan ti madhurabhvakaranatthya annena rasena -am). simha, aor. 1 pi. 0/atthi1 qv. sisamnarpo in Ee at Sp 1347,29 is wr for simsamnarpo (Ce, Se, Vin V 144,3* so) or sisamna(Be so). si1, s i 1 , / [S. is], 1. wish; benediction; Abh872;

2. (gr.t.t.) the precative mood; Sadd 56,14 (svtani ~I bhavissanti ca ti im tisso ekantena angataklik); (i)-vda, m., benediction, blessing; Vv-a 24,25 (sukhini hohi arog hohl ti din ~am atthato vadpeti nma,e, Ce, Se so; Ee abhivdam); (i)-vdana, n., benediction, blessing; Vv-a 276,21 (--vasena, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr sita-). si 2 , s i 2 , / [S. is], a snake's fang; Abh 655; 872; (i)-visa, m. [S. slvisa, S. lex. slrvisa], a poisonous snake; Abh 653; Vin I 25,2i* (~o; cf Sp220,n: su sigham etassa visarn gacchati ti ~o; and Sadd 636,M: uss' 1 vyanjane: ~o); MI 236,8 (siy ... -am ghoravisam asajja purisassa sotthibhvo); S IV 172,21 (cattro - uggatej ghoravis; Spklll 6,17/0//.: katthamukho ptimukho aggimukho satthamukho ti ime cattro); A III 69,2* (~am pi aside yena dattho na jivati); Thi 398 (ganhissam -am viya); Ja II 238,16*; V 267,3* (~arn va kupitam tejasim duratikkamam na sdhurpe aside); Cp 3:11:9 (saha dattho -ena drako papati bhmiyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ativisena); Mil 256,21 (ajnantam ~o dasitv jivitam harati ti); Vism 381,20 (tass vinya -am pakkhippetv); Dhp-a II 256,2i (nyam - o gharasappo ti). si 3 , aor. 3sg. o/atthi1 qv. sitika 1 , mfn. [from asiti; cf S. a^itika], of eighty years; eighty years old; D II 100,13 (-ome vayo vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se asitiko; Sv 548, is: -o ti asitisamvacchariko) * S V 153,27 (Be so; Ee, Se asitiko; Ce sitiyo); M II 124, is (bhagav pi -0 aham pi -o); Ja III 395,6* (passmi ...nrim -am nvutikam va jacc); Pj II 172,20 (yobbanam aticca -0 v nvutiko v hutv); see also asitika. sitika 2 , m. (?). [c/iJi/Sasltakl, a^itaka], the name of a creeper; -pabba, n., a knot or joint of the sitika creeper; MI 80,11 (seyyath pi nma -ni... evam eva ssu me arigapaccangni bhavanti); -valli,/, the sitika creeper; Ps II 49,32 (yath -iy ... sandhitthnesu milyitv majjhe unnatunnatni honti). sitima in Ee at Mp I 309,22 is prob, wr for asitima qv sv asiti. sidati, pr. 3 sg. [S. sidati], approaches; meets with, encounters; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults; A III 69,2* (sivisam pi -e); 373,17* (na sdhurpam ~e; Mp III 387,25: sdhusabhvam na ghatteyya); Ja IV 56,28* (nside; 57,24': evarpe na upagaccheyya); V 267,4* (na sdhurpe ~e; 272,31". sdhurpe isayo nside na pharusavacanehi kyakammena v ghattento upagaccheyya); 452,6* (uggatejam uragarn pi aside, eds so, mc); aor. 3 sg. sad, MII 65,5* (n' sad vkuram migo) = Th 774 (Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wrtf sd); Ja II 163,24* (auY sad khadiram jtasram; 164,4': sad samppuni); 2 sg. sado, Vin II 195,28* (m kunjara ngam sado); MI 326,36 (bhikkhu bhikkhu metam sado metam sado; Ps II 406,1: m etam apasdayittha); Ja 1414,6* (atriccham cakkam sado; 414,12': idam uraeakkam patto si); 1 pi. (or of caus.) sdimhase, DIU 10,11 (arahantam samanam sdimhase, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sdiyimhase; Sv 823,16: -iyimhase ti -iyimha ghattayimha, Ee so; Se -ayimha ghattayimha; Be, Ce -imhase ti);

357

absol. siditv, D I 248,14 (Sv 404,15: ~itv ti amaggam eva maggo ti upagantv); pp sanna, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) (i) near, near at hand; close together; ~am, adv., near; Abh 705; A I 148,23 (samanabrhman iddhimanto dibbacakkhuk ... drato pi passanti ~ pi na dissanti); Ja I 59,3 (Siddhatthakumrassa abhisambujjhanaklo -0); VI 507,3* (te manussam migam vpi api-m-asannam gatam parikkhipitva bhogehi, or noun ?); Sv 573,9 (eko tarunaslo sisabhgassa ~o hoti); 607,11 (Pveyyak sabbehi tara); 705, is (yassa vimnam tararn); Ps II 198,36 (viral honti na ~); Th-a III 80,35 (attano parinibbnaklassa tta); Nidd-a I 53,20 (upeto ti -am gato samupeto ti tatotararn gato); Mhv 5:241 (tassa ~e sanamhi nisidi so); Sadd880,31 (saddo... samipe -an ti); ifc see accsanna; (ii) near, near death; (of kamma peformed or called to mind when one is dying, cf Mp II 214,26 foil, and sannakle below); Vism 601,2i (yadsannam nma maranakle anussaritakammam); Abhidh-s 23,19; 2. (n.) (i) nearness, vicinity; loc. ~e, adv., near, nearby; in the vicinity (of); Vin 1253,10 (~e va no bhagav viharati); D I 248,22 (~e ito Manaskatam na-y-ito dure Manaskatan ti); Vibh 3,3 (~e upakkatthe avidre santike); Mil 393,13 (bilro ~e yeva gocaram pariyesati); Vism 72,27 (sace pi ~e gmo hoti); Ps I 80,18 (candassa hatthissa ~e na thtabbam); (ii) end, death; loc. ~e, near death, when death is near; Ap 280,n (tattha klakato aham, ~e me katam kammam buddhasetthe ansave); 379,1 (~e me katam kammam phalena tosayi mamam); Ps V 20,10 (akusalam pana yhitv ~e kusalam katam hoti); kale, adv., when death is near; when the time is near; Spkl 55,9 (--kale gahitasilam nissya); III 143,22 (atha maranakle ti atha maranassa kale); cutika, mfn., being near to falling from one state of existence (to another); Vism424,8 = Sp 164,8 = It-all 138,16; marana, mfn., whose death is near; Ja III 202,3' (tur maran); Vism 601,22 (yadsannam nma maranakle anussaritakammam, yam hi marano anussaritum sakkoti, ten* eva upapajjati) * Patis-a 576,14 (anussaritakammam v katakammam v yam hi marano anussaritum sakkoti ktum v...); Dhp-alll 239,1; Ap-a 474,25; Mhv 22:35; marane, adv., when death is near; Mp II 214,26 (yarn pana kusalkusalesu marane anussaritum sakkoti tarn yadsannam nma); neg. anasanna, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) not having approached; not near; ansannavara, mfn., best when not near; Th 34 (ansannavara et niccam eva vijnat; Th-a I 102,28: etitthiyo na sann anupagat dure eva v thit hutv vara purisassa setth hitvah); 2. (n.) distance; loc. ansanne, adv., not nearby; at a distance; Niddl 28,4 (dure ... ansanne); Vibh2,33; caus. 3 sg. sdeti, ~ayati (cwc/assdeti2, assdayati2 ?) [BHS sdayati], meets, encounters, reaches; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults; Vin II 24,15 (pakatattam bhikkhum ~eti); M I 371,14 (tathgatam ... akappiyena ~eti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se assdeti); l h - a l l 76,6 (na ghattaye na ~eyya); part.pr. (a)sdenta, mfn., Th-aIII 168,17 (~ento); neg. ansdenta, mfn., Pj II

116,26 (puppham ansdenta pattam pi ganhimsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anassdent) = Ap-a 191,24 (Ce so; Be, Se pupphehi anassdent; Ee pupphehi anassdento); Pj II 538,7 (pativdam ansdento); (b) sdayamna, assdayamna, mfn., Vism 554,20 (assdayamnam v anassdayamnam v; cf Vism-mht[2te] II 313,14: assdayamnan ti ppunantam patilabhamnan ti attho) = Vibh-a 163,23 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ayamnam v ansdayamnam v); aor. 3 sg. asdesi, Jal 481,22; III 206,19 (khuracakkam -esi, Ce, Ee so; Se ~eti; Be assdesi); 2 sg. (a)sdi, T h l l 5 6 (m ppacitte ~i aggikkhandham va pakkhim, Be, Se so; Ee ahm; Ce ahani; Th-a III168,16: m ~ehi); (b) sdesi, Ud 39,30 (m samanam ~esi); Th280; 1 sg. (a) sdesim, Ap300,i2; (b)sdayim, Ap45,2i; JaV 197,29* (~ayim accham; 198,r: ~ayin ti ghattesim); inf. (a)sdum, JaV 154,19* (vihemi c* etam ~um uggatejo hi brhmano; 154,22': ~un ti Mtum); (b)sditum, JaV 154,22; (c) sdetum, Nidd-a I 425,17; absol. (a) sajja (and sajjanam, prob, sajja nam, but poss. < *sajjna(m), seeK.R. Norman, 1969, pp. 287-88) [S. sdya], Vin II 203,io* (sajja nam tathgatam; Sp 1277,i: sajja nan ti ppakena cittena patv vihethetv ti v attho) = It 86,6* (Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr pajja); D I 107,23 (tarn bhavantam Gotamam evam sajja sajja avacsi); M I 338,23* (blo ca jalitam aggim sajja nam padayhati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se sajjana) = Th 1204 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce sajjana); S I 69,20* (urago ... sajja darnse blam); AIV 374,3 (yasma mam bhante Sriputto sajja appatinissajja crikam pakkanto ti) ^ Pet 25,4; Sn418 (pattiko upasankamma sajja nam upvisi; Pj II 384,9: sajja ti patv, samipam assa gantv ti attho); Ja II 51,26* (kasm jlam ca psam ca sajjpi na bujjhasi; 52,2': sajjpi ti sdetv pi samppunitv pi ti attho); 220,13* (sajja si gajam iva ekacrinam;? 220,21': sajjasi ti upagacchasi); IV 47,13* (sajja mam tvam vadase kumra; 47,16': sajja ti ghattetv); V 208,20* (sajja nam nassati brahmacri; 209,io': sajja nam patv); Mil 154,17; (b)sdiy, ThI398 (~iya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se haniya, unmetrical); JaV 154,20* (aneke nirayam patt isim ~iy jan); (c) sdetv, JaV 154,24'; 368,27' (attano pnehi pi tsam pnam ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se assadetv); Pv-a 266,8; (d) sdayitv, Ap46,io; Mil 100,30 (Nandako nma yakkho Sriputtam ~ayitv); pp sdita, mfn. and n. [ts], attacked, offended; attacking, offence; Ap46,5 (~o may buddho); JaV 272,32' (tapassinarn tt); fpp (a) sdetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 22,33 (na pakatatto bhikkhu ~o); D III 24,22 (tathgate arahante sammsambuddhe ~am mannasi); SI 24,15 (y mayam bhagavantam -am amannimh, Be, Ce so; Se apasdetabbam; Ee wr asdetabbam amannimh); neg. ansdetabba, mfn., Th-a II 117,29 (ansdetabbatya); (b)neg. ansdaniya, mfn., Mil 205,5 (Devadatto imasmim bhave buddham ansdaniyam sdayitv); Vv-a 213,26 (kenaci pi ansdaniyato ca dursado). sidana, n. [cfS. sadana], sitting down; ? Th-a II 190,14 (smasayanassa v ti sinassa sayanassa v ... -an ti pi pathanti, tattha smi-atthe upayogavacanam datthabbam). sina 1 , mfn., part.pr. o/sati qv.

358

sina2, mfn., pp o/sati qv. siyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Srayate], rests in; depends on; Mil 75,18 ([padumam] kaddame jyati udake ~ati* ti). sisati, see sv simsati. sisan, see sv simsana. sisavaca, n. [cf sims and S. slrvacana], blessing, benediction; Ap 535,6 (tada 'ham ~am avocam anukampik ciram jiva mahvira, Ee so; Be, Se sisavcam; Ce simsavacam); see also simsavacana. su1, sum1, ind. [5. iu], quickly; Abh40 (~u); Sp 220,13 (~u sigham etassa visam gacchafi ti); Dip 1:63 (yakkhsu patisaranam gavesayum); Mhv 5:174; Sadd 902,3i (khippam aram lahum ~um); sungati, / , going swiftly; Sadd 437,I (~i sighagamanam). su2, sum2, aor. 3pi o/atthi 1 qv. su3, ind. [= assu7 qv], (according to ct) expletive particle; particle of emphasis; JaV 241,22* (vaksu pubbe asankito ajaytham upeti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vakassu; 243, iv: vako su pubbe, s ti niptamattam, Ee so; Be ass ti; Ce, Se as ti). sunamna, mfn. [part.pr. of* + sunti; cf S. Srnoti], listening to; Spk I 34,16 (assavo ti ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr asunamno); see also svayitv. sumbhati {and sumhati), pr. 3 sg. [2 + sumbhati], lets fall, drops; throws down; Vin III 233,18 (kissa tvam vuso imni elakalomni thitako va ~asi ti); IV 265, I4 (katham hi nma gthakatham matthake -issanti); aor. 3 sg. sumbhi, Vin III 233,16 (tni elakalomni thitako va ~i; Sp 687,24: ptesi ti attho); Ja III 435,21 (ekam mahantam itthakam matthake ~i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sumhi); 3pi. sumbhimsu, Vin IV 265,20; absol. (a) sumbhitv, Vin IV 263, is; (b) sumbhitvna, Vv 50:11 (dalham psam karitvna ~itvna pdape). sumhati, see sv sumbhati. secana, n. [ts], sprinkling; Sadd 360,21 (cuta ~e). sevati, pr. 3 sg. [S. sevati], attends to, practises, cultivates; indulges in; A I 10,20 (bhikkhu mettacittam ~ati); II 157,6 (tarn maggam ~ati bhveti bahulikaroti); IV440,5 (-eyyam); Jail 223,25' (tarn tarn sippam ~ati); Pet 182,7 (~ati); Vism 332,4 (so tarn nimittam punappunam ~ati bhveti bahulikaroti); Pj II 128,20 (~itum); part.pr. (a)seva(t), mfn., A l l 157,7 (tassa tarn maggam ~ato); Cp -a 316,8 (dhamme ~ato); (b)sevanta, mfn., MI 323,26 (ditthim ~anto bhvento bahulikaronto); Vism 645,9; (c) sevamna, mfn., Sn73; aor. 1 sg. sevim, AIV 440,10; sevi in Ee at Thi 435 is wr for asevi qv sv sevati; absol. sevitv, Vibh 193,26 (~itv bhvetv bahulikaritv); Pj II128,17; pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) seviyati, PatisII 132,16 (mettcetovimutti ~iyati); Ja III 207,19' (tanh nam* es -iyamn); (b) seviyate, Sadd 6,26 (bhviyate ~iyate bahulikariyate); pp sevita, mfn. [ts], practised, cultivated; Vin V 140,25; AIV 247,8 (pntipto ... ~o bhvito bahulikato nirayasamvattaniko); JaV 222,12* (dhammam te desayissmi satam ~am aham; 226,20': satan ti buddhdihi sappurisehi ~am); Mil359,23 (imehi... terasahi dhutagunehi pubbe ~ehi nisevitehi cinnehi); Mp I 75,5 (punappuna ~assa alobhass' eva bhvena); Nidd-al 367,26 (tanh ~ tanham vaddhayat' eva); Saddh93;

neg. ansevita, mfn., AI 46,9 foil, (amatam tesam ... ansevitam yesam kyagatsati ansevita); fpp sevitabba, mfn., D II 119,26 (te ... ~ bhvetabb bahuliktabb); M I 454,24 (~am bhvetabbam bahuliktabbam); Vism 317,16; caus. absol. sevayitv, practising, cultivating; Apl3,io. sevan,/, ~a, n. [S. sevana; BHS sevan], assiduous practice; habitual cultivation; MI 301,15 (tesam yeva dhammnam ~ bhvan bahulikammam); S V 169,16 (~ya bhvanya bahulikammena); PatisII 70,26 (pathamassa jhnassa ~SL bhvan bahulikammam); Dhs 1354 (y kusalnam dhammnam ~ bhvan bahulikammam); Tikap84,i2 (~e tini); Pet 143,11 (-ya); Vism 238,30 (punappunam manasikravasena cittam ~am labhati); Pv-a45,i6 (tya ca punappunam sevanatya thaddhamaccharini, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr asevanya); ansevan,/, ~a, n., lack of practice or cultivation; Mp I 45,22 (ansevanatya); Pj I 143,22 (~ abhvan abahulikammam). ha1, hu1, perf. 3 sg. [of defective verb Vah; S. ha; c/Sadd 827,26: brbhnam parokkhyam habhv: ha hu babhva babhvu] (perf expressing present, past and indefinite time) says, speaks; tells; said, spoke; speaks about; calls, regards as; (to introduce objections) someone might say, it is said; 3 sg. ha1 (andzkm]), Vin I 40,28* (ye dhamm hetupabhav tesam hetumtathagato ha); MI 93,2 (so evamha); S IV 350,14 (ko ... saccam aha ko musa ti); Dhp 306 (yo vpi katv na karomi c' ha); Sn 839 (na ditthiy ... silabbatenpi na suddhim ha; c f N i d d l 188,3: nJ ha na kathesi na bhanasi; Pj II 545,24: purisavyattayam katv ditthiy suddhim nham kathemi ti evam attho veditabbo); 840 (no ce kira ditthiy ... visuddhim ha; cf?j II 546,9: no ce kir' ha no ce kira kathesi ti evam attho datthabbo); Th 625 (ehi bhikkh ti mam ha); Ja VI 332, is (te drake ha); 336,17* (alikam bhsati 'yam dhutti saccam hu mahallik; 336,18': hu ti ha katheti, ayam eva v ptho); Mil 193,7 (yadi so bhante ha); Vism 28,24 (nimittam addasan ti ha); 555,1 (etuY ha...); Sp 736,1 (ko ha kirn ha kismim h ti); Mhv 32:17; 2 sg. ha2, Mil 77,30 (kasm tvam mahrja evam evam ha); 3 pl. (a) hu2 [S. huh], D III 152,9* (hu vyanjananimittakovid); A II 15,ii* (satatam pahitatto ti hu bhikkhum tathvidham); Dhp 345 (na tarn dalham bandhanam hu dhir); Vv 53:3 (yattha ca dinnamahapphalam hu); Ja III 73,22* (y' hu setth manussesu s me pann na vijjati; 73,24': yam manussesu setth ti kathenti); IV 403,27* foil, (yam hu devesu Sujampati ti Maghav ti nam hu manussaloke); Ap 604,3 (adaliddo ti tarn hu); Cp 3:4:7 (mt pit evam hu); Vism 442,23 (apare hu); (b)hamsu, [see W. Geiger, 1994, 171; R. Pischel, 1900, 518], Vin I 76,33 (bhikkh ajnam yeva hamsu na jnm ti); D I 161,12 (evam hamsu); A III 353,8; Ja III 278,11* (saccam kir' evam hamsu); Ap530,i4; Mil 121,30 (amacc hamsu dukkaram dev ti); Vism 38,19 (bhikkh... manoramam bhante cittakamman ti hamsu); Mhv 37:56. ha2, seesvdha!. hacca1, absol. o/hanati qv. hacca 2 ,jJ?/?o/harati qv.

359

haccapada, haccaptha, see sv hanati. haccapda, haccapdaka, see sv harati. haccapli, haccabhsita, haccavacana, see sv hanati. haficham, fut. 1 sg. of hanati qv. haflflati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of hanati qv. hafifiim, hafihi,//. 1 sg. of hanati qv. hata, m/h., pp o/harati qv. hatanpafiftatti in Be, Ee at Nett 59,27 is prob, wr for stan- qv. hata1, mfn., pp of hanati qv. hata2, mfn., pp o/harati qv. hataka, m. [cfBHS hrtik], a servant; VinlV 224,34 (kammakro ti bhatako -o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se hatako). hatta(r), m. [from harati; S. hartr], one who brings; M II 123,29 (aham nesarn jivitam data yasassa -). hattum, inf. o/harati qv. hatv, absol o/harati qv. hanati (and hanti ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. hanti], hits, strikes; beats; comes into contact with, reaches; JaV 489,18* (yo chane purisam attahetu, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce yo v hane; Se yo v haneyya); Sp783,3i (kavtam... bhittam -ati, Be, Se so; Ce hanti; Ee wr -anti); Sv 52,I (~ati cittan ti ghto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee hanti); Ps III 252,8 (srikhirarukkham kuthariy -eyyum); Sadd 399,3 (tato tato ca ~anti gacchanti eten ti uphanam); fut. 1 sg. (a) hancham [<*-han-t-syam], VinI 8,26* (andhabhtasmi lokasmim hancham amatadudrabhim, Be, Ce so; Ee hanhi; Se ahannim; Sp 964,24: amatabherim paharissmi ti) = MI 171,12* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se hannim) quoted Th-a II 67,2 (Be, Se so; Ee hannim; Ce hananto); (b)hanhi, hannim[?], VinI 8,26* (hanhi amatadudrabhim, Ee so; Be, Ce hancham; Se ahannim) quoted Th-a II 67,2 (Ee hannim; Be, Se hancham; Ce hananto); D i l 72,6 (hanhi 'me Vajji evammahiddhike evammahnubhve ucchecchmi Vajji, Ee so; Be, Se aham h' ime; Ce aham hi ime); part.pr. hananta, mfn., Ap 410,18 (narsabham ... -antam dhammabherim ... disv, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se-itv); Mil 21,32 (-anto dhammabherim); Ps III 390,16 (ekacco pattamukhavattiy udararn -anto viya pattam unnmeti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udakadnarn haranto viya); aor. 3 sg. hani, Ap 49,26 (amatabherim -i); Mhv 30:12; 1 sg. hanim, Ap 5,25 (amatam bherim -im, Be, Ce so; Ee -e, Se hare, prob, wrr); - absol. (a)hacca 1 [S. hatya], DU 262,5* (pnin talam hacca); SI 102,19* (nabham hacca pabbat) quoted Sadd 897,8; Sn716 (jivhya tlum hacca); Ja II 132,3' (cakkhun cakkhum hacca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee haritv); VI 200,5* (girim hacca Ymunam); Vism 272,7 (bhiravto ... abbhantaram pavisanto tlum hacca nibbyati); Sp 363,5 (sappo sisena karandaputam hacca oksamkatvpalyati); 1h-all 103,31 (rgasallena hadayam hacca viddho); Mhv 6:29 (saro naltam hacca); esp. hacca titthati, reaches; touches, strikes; Vin I 83,4 (atthim chetv atthiminjam hacca titthati); Mill 139,11 (muddhnam manne hacca titthati ti); Sil 43,22 (amatadvram hacca titthati); Jal 330,22 (dhurasopnam hacca udakam atthsi); IV 267,27 (manusse bhya bham dhanun dhanum hacca

nirantare thite disv); VI 12,4 (mahpathavi uggantv rathassa pacchimantam hacca atthsi); haccapada, n. [cfS. hatyavacana, hatyavda], an authoritative, canonical statement (spoken by the Buddha himself); Mil 148,8 (haccapadan ti suttam adhippetam) = Sp230,29; haccaptha, m., a canonical reading (as against atthakathptha); Sadd 147,25 (iti vidv samam care ti di haccaptho); 829,19; haccapli,/, the canonical text; Sadd209,i9; haccabhsita, mfn., (what was) spoken specifically (by the Buddha); Ud-a 3, is (yni pana sammsambuddhena smam haccabhsitni jinavacanabhtni); As 9,20 (ayam haccabhsita jinavacanabht sabbafinubuddhadesit ... mtik); Sadd 8,17* (dhajaggasuttante muninhaccabhsite); 256,33; 700,13; 757,26; haccavacana,. [S. hatyavacana], an authoritative, canonical Statement (by the Buddha); Nett21,16 (Nett-a218,io: haccavacanan ti bhagavato thnakaranni hacca abhihantv pavattavacanam sammsambuddhena smam desitasuttan ti attho); PsII 371,10; neg. anhacca, Sp 1045,26; absol. (b) hanitv, Bv-al56,n (dhammabherim ~itv); (c) hanitvna, Mhv 28:33; pass, pr. 3 sg. haftftati, Ja IV 395,18* (-arum bherimudihgasankhe, Ee so; read -sankh ? Se hannantu bho; Be, Ce -antu, unmetrical; 395,22': ~arun ti -antu, Ee so; Se hannant ti~antu; Be, Ce ~ant ti hanantu); VI 465,12* (~antu sabbavin); Mp III 267,27 (~ati ti vihannati vightam pajjati, Ce, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Se, A III 89,30 hannati); pp hata1, mfn. [ts]> struck, beaten; stamped; smitten, affected; fixed; Abh 903 (~e hemarajaterpiyam); Jail 351,r (tilakehi ~am); VI298,2* (-0 pi na kuppeyya); Bv 11:6 (~e amatabherimhi); Sp 999,4 (tattena lohena lakkhanam -am hoti); Nidd-al 190,14 (patighena -am cittam etesan ti hataman); Saddh 187; hatavattha in Ee at Spkl 227,31 is wr for ahata-^v ^vhanati; ifc see akkh'- (^vakkha1), lakkhan'-; neg. anhata, mfn., Sadd 921,8 (mattbhedo tva ... ahatam anhatam); caus. absol. hanpetv, Thp 222,9; haniya in Ee, Se at Thi 398 is prob, wr; Be, Ce sdiya. hanana, n. [ts], striking; touching; Sp 783,31 (tena ~ena bhitti kampati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr hananena); Sadd 846,22 (-silo ghtuko); -pariyhanana, ., striking and beating around; Vism 142,2 (vitakko ... raso); Ps II 363,1 (~-rasena vitakkena). hanta(r), m. [from hanati], one who strikes; Bv-a44,3 (ayam no dukkhopatpassa - samet ti). hanti, pr. 3 sg., see sv hanati. hara, mfn. [ts], bringing; taking; ifc see dhan'-, var'-. haraka, m(fn). [hara + ka2], taking, seizing; a conqueror; JaV 118,21' (aladdhassa v rajjassa -o, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce hrako). harana, n. and mfn. [ts], 1. (n.) bringing, fetching; taking away, robbing; relating, quoting; Ja VI 342,1 (' -atthya); Sp 553,1 (parakulato drikya -am); Spk II 26,8 (-ato); Saddll4,2o (harissmi suttam, na no suttharane bhro atthi ti); ifc see acorharana, sutt' -; 2. (mfn.) being taken away, stolen; Pj I 224,20 (na

360

corehi ~o acorharano corehi dtabbo na hon" ti attho); 3. (.) [BHS id.], bringing (a ship) in to land; ? towing; ? fipasrana, n., bringing (a ship) in and taking it out; ? Pj II 330,24 (tass nvya ~'-di-upyajnanena maggapatipdanena upyann, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se haranapatiharandi-; cf Jm 88:10: haranpasaranaku^alatvt). haranaka, m. andmfn. [harana + ka2], 1. (m.) one who brings or conveys or carries; Jail 199,23 (madhurni phalphalni labhitv mtu pesenti -a. tass na denti); III 328,24' (hariyo ti ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se haraniko); V 451,13' (sabbakmarashar ti sabbesam kmarasnam -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se harak); Sv 675,4 (ssanapatissanam pi no ~o na bhavissati) = Spkl 70,19; 2. (mfn.) brought; carried; Mp I 447, io (mam' atthya -am hram). harati, hareti, pr. 3 sg. [S. harati], 1. brings, fetches, conveys; takes, collects; uses; sattham -ati, ~ti, takes the knife, kills oneself; VinI 13,5 (yam... pindya caritv -anti); III 73,3I (sattham v -a visam v khda); IV 90,2 (yo pana bhikkhu adinnam mukhadvram hram -eyya); DI 8,24 (idam hara amutra idam - ti); SI 121,10 (yannnham sattham -eyyan ti); IV 197,5 (gacchatha me bho tarn vinam -ath ti); Ud 13,24 (telam -a); Th430 (udakarrr Anotatt mahsar -ami); Ja I 104,27' (hram -eti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se hreti); V 243,28' (mayam ansak na kind <-em ti, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se hrema); VI 267,22* (sace tuvam hadayam panditassa ... -esi, opt. 2 sg.! cf L. Alsdorf, 1971, p. 31, fit. 24); 523, 10* (nham tamhi kule jt yam tvam udakam -e); Ps I 209,16 (ko pan' ettha hro kirn -ati ti); Mhv5:49 (-anti madhum duve); fut. 3 sg. harissati, A III 38,5 (yam bhatt -issati dhanam v dhannam v); Ja II 395,4*; 1 sg. (a) harissmi, M I 429,5 (imam sallam -issmi); III 264,9 (sattham ... -issmi nvakankhmi jivitan ti); Bv6:15 (-issmi tarn dhammam); (b) harissa(m), Ja IV 204,2* (auY hariss' ambaphalam; 204,3': ambaphalam ~issmi); (c)hissam (cfO. von Hinber, 1986, 470), Ja VI 523,7* (aham udakam hissam; 523,8*. aham udakam ~issml ti); part.pr. haranta, m/(~anti)/*., VinV 39,35 (adinnam mukhadvram hram -anto); Ja III 380, M* (dijam kunapam -antam); VI 578,21* (amm va no kis pandu -anti dumapphalam); Ap459,n; Ps IV 5,21 (bhariyam bhattam -antim disv); 2. speaks; declares, relates; quotes; Sadd 114,20 (~issmi suttam); part.pr. haranta, m/(~anti)., Ja IV 484,11 (s atitam udharanam -anti); Sv258,3 (attano ca Ambatthassa ca kulavamsam -anto); aor. 3 sg. (a) hsi, D HI 89,2o; (b)hari, DU 133,9; JaI 175,4 (atitam ~i); IV85,9* (ko nu te sasam -i); Mil 367,10* (akkhassabbhanjanam yath evam ~i hram) = Vism 45,14* (Ce, Se so; Be hre; Ee -e) = Ja II2 94,7* (Be, Ce, e so; Se hri); Mhv 20:11; hari in Ee at Th 1156 and 1173 is prob, wr; Be, Se sdi; Ce ahani; (c)haresi, Mill 266,15 (yasm Channo ... sattham ~esi); S IV 57,8 (ma yasm Channo sattham ~esi); 3pi. harimsu, AIV 381,27 (ma... pamdam -imsu); Ja 1475,20 (pajpatim -imsu); Ap 163,3 (padumam -imsume); Mhv 5:29; harim eva in Ee at

Sp 1247,18 is wr for harimena (Be, Ce, Se so); inf. (a)hattum, MI 395,5 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -itum); (b)haritum, Vin IV 102,21 (manuss vajam gat sappim -itum); Ja IV 221,5; Mil 63,23; Vism 663,16 (im ca upam ... -itum vatteyyum); neg. anharitum, Mp I 414,15; absol. [cf S. hrtya] (a) hatv, Th 578; Ja IV 94,2* (sondya udakam hatv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se hitv); VI 578, is* (s no hatv posati, Be, Ee so, mc; Ce, Se hacca); Ap 145,5 (Be, Se so; Ce hitv; Ee wr hatv); (b) hitv, Ap 464,12 (himavantam gamitvna hitv pupphasancayam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee hatv); Ap 567,5, (sankrakt hitv, Be so; Ce, Ee hatv; Se haritv) quoted Thi-a 176,19* (eds so); Ap 577,21 (udakam hitv okiritvna kumbhiy, Be, Ce so; Ee hatv; Se netv) quoted Thi-a 95,9* (eds so); (c) haritv, Vin I 28,17 (pindaptam -itv); DU 347,16; Ja I 2,20 (assa rsivaddhako amacco yapotthakam -itv); 126,9 (satth imam dhammadesanam-itv dassetv); IV 159,16 (nvarn bandhitv nadim otretv -itv gmato gvutaddhayojanamatte thne thapetv; bringing in to land; ? propelling;! towing;! cf harana); Vism 136,30; Pv-a 38,12 (imassa atitakranam -itv); Sadd 117,n (tass' atthassa sdhakni payogni ssanato ca lokato ca yathraham -itv dassessma); neg. anharitv, Ja III 163,13; V466,2' (aniiam hram anharitv mato); Sp 1193,23 (kassaci chandam anharitv); (d) haritvna, Mhv 30:16; Sadd 6,10* (padni ca -itvna); (e)hariya2, hariy, JaIII 399,2* (anne rukkhse... imin sakunajtena bijam -iy hat, so read ? Be, Ee -it; Ce, Se -itv, unmetrical; 399,12': bijam -it ti bijam -itv); Samantak 605 (-iya); hariya in Ee at Thi 460 is wr; see hrisam below; pass. pr. 3 sg. hariyati, -iyyati, 1. is brought or taken; is offered; is related; Vin I 216,36 (kobhante gilno kassa kirn -iyyat ti, Ee so; Be, Se -iyat ti; Ce -iyat ti); IV 183,21/0//. (-iyati, Se so; Be, Ee -iyyati; Ce Iyati); D II 245,7 (yvatakena attho tvatakam -lyatan ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -eyyatan ti); S II 242,25 (bhattbhihro -iyissati); Cp 3:2:8 (kirn v te -lyatu); Ps II 159,20 (upam hi ajnantnam -iyati ti); Sadd 428,n (-iyyati); part.pr. hariyamna, mfn., Vism 663,17; Sp 846,22 (n* eva -iyamnarn na diyyamnam jnti); Mp I 245,13 (sakkro -iyamno); aor. 3 sg. hariyittha, Vin I 218,25; JaV 2,7; 2. [or rather - harayati ? cfhareti], takes for oneself uses; eats; D i l 223,27 (bhagav hram hreti... hram -iyamnarn... satthram n'eva ... samanupassma, Ee so; Be -ayamnam; Ce hrayamnam; Se hriyamnam); Thi 460 (na tva hram -iymi, Ce so; Be harissarn, Ee hariya, both unmetrical; Se different; read hrisam? Thi-a258,10/0//.: na tva hram -issam gahatth ti n' eva ... hram -issmi, Be, Ee, Seso; Ce-iymi... ti... -issmi); Ja I 68,1 (olrikam hram -iyamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ayamno); pp (a) hata (and hata2), mfn. [S. hrta], brought; conveyed; related, cited; Abh 749; Vin I 121,15 (- hoti prisuddhi); DII 180,9 (idam deva pahtam spateyyam ... hatam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se bhatam); III 89,23 (alam bho satta - o me sali sakid eva syaptarsy ti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee hato); Ja IV 144,13

361

(pannkram ~am); V 76,7 (may ... ntisanghassa maranam ~am hoti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhatam); VI 438,14' (may ayam upam ~ ti, Ce, Ee so; Be bhat; Se bhat); Sp242,3o (chandrahnam chandassa tt); Ps II 288,13 (ayam upam bhagavat ... ~); Mhv 29:9; ifc see dhaj'-; neg. anhata, mfn., Vin I 121, n (anhat hoti prisuddhi); (b) harita, mfn., brought, taken, used; Mill 266,19 (Channena sattham -am); Ja III 373,17* (sukham ~am; 374,13': may etesam maranadukkham haritv jivitasukham hatam); Th-aIII 59,25 (~ -tt); harit in Be, Ee at Ja III 399,2* is prob, wr for hariy qv above; neg. anharita, mfn., Sp 893, is (anhate ti anharite, mukhadvram asamppite ti attho); fpp (a) haritabba, mfn., to be brought; to be cited; JaVI 236,24' (ettha... udharanni ~ni); Mil64,i8 (lonam eva haritabban ti); Vism663,i8 (idh' eva ~ ti); Sp 1041,3 (angacchantnam chando ~o ti); (b) neg. anharaniya, mfh.t not to be taken away; Dhp-alV 206,13; (c)hacca 2 [cf S. lex. hrya], removable; accessory; pda,m., a couch with removable or insertable legs; Abh310; Utt-vn390; pdaka, m(fh). [cfBHS hryapdaka], (a couch) with removable or insertable legs; Vin IV 40,6 (cattro manc masrako ... ~-pdako; Sp 11r4,3foil.: ayam pana ~-pdako nma manco ahge vijjjhitv kato hoti ti... ataniyo vijjhitv tattha pdasikham pavesetv upari nim datv katamanco ~-pdako ti veditabbo); 46,n (yo... ~-pdakam mancam v pith am v abhinisideyya); Kkh 94,29; Vin-vn 1100; Utt-vn448; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) hreti, -ayati [or denom. from hra], eats; D II 223,27 (hram ~eti); MI 245,is (hram ~eyyam); Jal 67,29 (olrikam hram ~etum); Dhs 1346 (ayoniso hram ~eti davya manya mandanya vibhsanya; As 401,25: ~-eti ti paribhunjati ajjhoharati); Vism 45,14* (akkhassabbhanjanam yath evam ~e hram, Be so; Ee hare; Ce, Se hari; = Mil 367, io*: eds hari; = Ja II 294,7*: Be, Ce, Ee hari; Se hri); fut. 1 sg. hrisam, ThI460 (na tva hram hrisam, so read with conjecture in Bel Be harissam, unmetrical; Ce hariymi; Ee hariya, unmetrical; Se different; Ee ThAppII harismi); part.pr. (a)hrenta, m/w., As 401,27 (anupyena hi -ento); (b) hraya(t), mfn., M I 81,7 (hram -ayato); Vism 418,29 (tesarn tarn olrikam hram ~ayatam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se harayatam); Spk I 258,19; (c)hrayamna, mfn., D i l 223,27 (hram -ayamnam, Ce so; Be harayamnam; Ee hariyamnam; Se hariyamnam); Pj II 284,22; aor. 1 sg. hresim, MI 245,2i; absol. hretv, MI 247,n; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) harpeti, ~ayati, causes to be taken or fetched; sends for; demands; Vin IV 249,32 (tato yam iccheyysi tarn ~eyysl ti); Ja III 351,6 (~essmi tarn kahpanan ti); VI 308,27 (attano jivitam ~eyyan ti); 474, \r (tena hi ~emi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ehi); Nidd I 403,10 (tarn enam rj tassa dhanam ~eti); Mil 280,5 (koci puriso pniyam ~eyya); Ps II 72,31 (dandam -eti); Sp 564,8 (~etum); 565,9 (kin nu -essanti ti); Mhv 30:15 (itthak ~essam apilento katham nare); part.pr. (a)harpenta,mfn., Jal 251,29; Sp564,9 (-entassa); (b)harpaya(t),m/h., Sp723,20 (-ayato);

aor. 3 sg. (a) harpesi, Ja I 475,5; Ps IV 8,3; (b) harpayi, Mhv 22:64; 3 pi. harpesum, Ja III 287,22; absol. harpetv, Vin I 213,2i; Ja VI 474,17'; Mil 56,n; PsIV 6,10; Mhv 29:3; neg. anharpetv, Ja II 388,6 (pit te ekassa sahassam datv anharpetv va mato); pass, imperat. 3 sg. harplyatu, Sv 668,24 (tvatakam ~iyatu, Be so; Ce ~iyatu; Ee, Se ~eyyatu); pp harpita, mfn., Sp564,n; Dhp-all 175,7 (kim pana tumhe bhikkhave idam Anuruddhena -itan ti mafifiath ti); fpp harpetabba, mfn., Sp 562,33 (sabbarn anajjhvutthakam -tabbam); 998,23 (itthannmo yattha dissati... ettakam nma dandam ~etabbo ti va likhpeti). harahattha, m. or mfn. [hara (imperat 2 sg. of harati) + hattha; cfS. cpds with hara], (giving a) hold for the hands; Vin I 29,26 (svyam ~o kakudho; Sp 972,7: bhante hara hatthan ti evam vadanto viya onato ti ~o). harahatthaka, mifn). [hara (imperat. 2 sg. of harati) + hattha + ka2], needing one's hand taken (in order to get up), having to be helped up; Nidd-al 345,13 foil. (~o... bhuttavamitako ti imesam pancannam brhmannam bhojanam na phsuvihro nma... -o nma bahum bhufijitva attano dhammatya utthtum asakkonto hara hatthan ti vadati) = As 404,20 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr hrahatthako ... hrahatthan ti). harpana, n. [from harpeti], making fetch; having brought; Sp 1013,22 (udakadruvlikdinam ~am); Mp I 417,23. harpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/harati qv. harita(r), m. (from harati], one who takes, uses; who eats; MI 81,3 (abhijnmi... ekam yeva tandulam hram ~a; perhaps better absol.). harima, mfn. [hara + ima2 ? cf hacca2], 1. added, accessory; Vin IV 299,22 (pallanko nma ~ehi vlehi kato hoti); Sp 1247,18 (~ena upakaranena... puggalikam vihram kreti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr harim eva); Vv-a 77,23 (rparn ... ~ehi alankrehi vicittakatam); 2. which has been added to; dependent on accessories; (cfS. hryaSobh, "adventitious beauty, not natural"); Thi299 (~ena rpena; Thi-a214,\9f0ll.: abhisankhrikena rpena vannena kittimena cturiyena c ti attho); Vv-a 14,32 (ass alankate ti din ~am sobhvisesam dasseti); anharima, mfn., not added to; natural; Vv-a 15,i. hariya1, mfn. [for *harika; cf S. hraka], bringing, conveying; Ja III 328,16* (bhikkham ca te -o naro idha sudullabho hohiti; 328,23*. ~o ti haranako); see also haraka. hariya2, hariy, absol. of harati qv. hareti, see sv harati. hava, m. [ts], battle, war; Abh399; Ud-a44,n (yad have ptubhavanti ti... keci pana have ti -e yuddhe ti attham vadanti... kilesamrena yujjhanasamaye ti tesam adhippyo); Mhv 44:152. havana, n. [ts], oblation; offering; Vism 219,32 (Sakkdinam pi v ~am arahati ti havaniyo) * It-all 108,15; see also huna. havaniya, mfn. andm. [fpp ofH2 + juhati; S., BHSid.], I. (mfn.) fit for offerings; worthy of offerings; Vism 219,33 (Sakkdinam pi v havanam arahati ti ~o yo

362

cyam brahmannam ~o nma aggi yattha hutam mahapphalan ti)* It-a II108,ufoll; 2. (m., seil, aggi) the fire for offerings (one of the three fires of brahminical ritual); Abh419 (ghapacchavaniyo dakkhinaggi tayo 'ggayo); see also hunitabba, huneyya, hniya. hra, m. (and n.) [ts], taking; food, nutriment, sustenance; fuel; support; Abh465; 856; VinI 84,26 (bhikkh smanernam mukhadvrakam -am varanam karonti; Sp 1013,i3/o//.: ajjam khdatha m bhunjath ti evam nivrenti); IV 90, I i (udakadantaponam thapetv yam kinci ajjhoharaniyam eso ~o nma); MI 261,5foil. (cattro ... ~... kabalinkro ~o ... phasso ... manosancetan... vinnnam); SV 102,27/0//. (ko... -0 anuppannassa v kmacchandassa uppdya); AIV 108,2/o//.; Dhp93; Sn78 (-e udare yato); Th 1057 (uttitthapindo -o); Ja 1238,26 (tena udarapro -o nma na laddhapubbo); IV 26,27' ([kodho] dummedhagocaro ti nippannnam -bhto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dhrabhto); Dhs 70; Pet 97,3; Mil 245,9 (bodhisatto ... -am uparundhi); 406,25 (yogino ... dullabham udaraparipram -am); Vism 341,5^0//. (-e patiklasannya bhvanniddeso anuppatto); 600,2 (rpassa pana kammam cittam utu -0 ti ayam kammdiko catubbidho paccayo); Sp 1118,9 (bhagavato hi -e sad devat dibbojam pakkhipanti); Ps I 207,8 (-an ti paccayam, paccayo ti harati attano phalam); Pv-a25,5 (etena asitapitakhyitasyitavasena catubbidham pi -am dasseti); Dhp-a III221,8 (attano -am katacchubhikkham dpesi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se bhatam); Vibh-a 353,30 (-e patikklasannam upatthapetv akkhabbhanjanavanlepanaputtamamspamavasena paceavekkhanto); hrattam in Ee at Vin I 199,20 is wr for hrattham (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see app'-, kosak'-, phass'-, manosancetan'-, missak'-, vinnn'-; '-paccheda, m., cutting off food; abstinence from food; MI 245,9 (m kho tvam mrisa sabbaso -ya patipajji); Sp467,n; Sv 136,7 (-ena nam mrehi ti); Dhp-a I 152,1; '-panibandha, mfn., having a dependence on food; Vism235,29 (sattnam jivitam ... -am, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se hrpanibaddham); '-pasimsaka, mfn., hoping for food; Mil393,3o; '-pahra, m., taking and giving; dealings; Vin III 136,22 (n'atth' amhkamtay saddhim-0; Sp553,i4: -0 ti hro ca upahro ca, gahanam ca dnam ca); -gedhi(n), mfn.t longing for food; Pv45:7; -tthitika, mfn., dependent upon food or sustenance; D III 211,22 (sabbe satt ~); SV 64,12 (ayam kyo -0 hram paticca titthati anhro no titthati); Th 123 (~o samussayo); Pj 176,27 (--ttam); anhra, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) not food; not sustenance; S V 102,24 (sattannam ca bojjhangnam hram ca -am ca desissmi); 105,\efoll; 2. (mfn.) taking no food; without support; without fuel; MI 188,20 (tejodhtu... -a nibbyati); Sn 985 (ussussati -o); Th702 (mahgini pajjalito -o 'pasammati); Ja IV 239,10 (tayo divase tya); Pet 110,24 (apatitthitam vinnanam -am); nirhra, mfn.9 1. taking no food; Ja IV 90,4 (--tya); 239,13 (ayam brhmano tayo divase -o hutv evam

dubbalo); VI 83,31 (mtpitaro - pniyam pi alabhitv); Pj II496,10 (-ena samanadhammam ktum na sakk); 2. lacking food, lacking sustenance; Ja IV 350,24 (nirdake ~e aranne vicarant); Sahara, mfn., 1. having a support; nourished; S III 54,28 (vinnnam -am; Spk II 272,26: -an ti sappaccayam kanimavinnnam); A V 113,5 (avijjam... -am vadmi no anhram); 2. with its supplies; with its supporting territory; Vin I 232,7 (sace pi ayyaputt Veslim -am dajjeyytha) ^ DII 96,20 (Sv 545,20: -an ti sajanapadam). hreti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of harati qv. hva, m. [ts], a trough near a well; Abh 680. hsi, aor. 3 sg. of harati qv. hikundika, m. [c/'ahitundika ^v ahi and S. hitundika], a snake-catcher; a snake-trainer; Sadd 921,24 (mattbhedo tva ... ahikundiko -o). hindati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS hindati, hindate], goes about; wanders; VinI 249,23 (tumhe... anugharakam anugharakam -atha); II130,28 foil, (chabbaggiy bhikkh chattam paggahetv -anti ... katham hi nma bhaddant chattapaggahit-issanti ti); Ja II416,21 (tena hi gacchatha nagaram -atha ti); V 15,27* (-ati go-r-iva); Ap255,io (aranne -am' aham); Vism 284,25 (atavim -ati); Sp 1097,18 (nagare ghosant -eyyurn); Spk II 150,5 (khettam -hi ti); Nidd-al 311,29 (cara -a); part.pr. (a) hindanta, //(-anti)., Vin II 123,19; D i l 141,9 (cetiyaerikam -ant); S IV 374,16 (-anto, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anvhindanto); Jail 431,25; Vism265,21; Pv -a 143,7 (pniyatthya -antiy me); Mhv 37:216 (Jambudipamhi -anto); neg. anhindanta, mfn., Ja III 467,17'; (b) hindamna, mfn., Pv 27:28; Mil 357,25; aor. 3 sg. hindi, Spk II 316,14 (dviyojanam addhnam -i); 2 sg. hindittha, Sv 5 56,30 (tvam ... viravanto -ittha); 3 pi. hindimsu, Ja I 480,29; inf. hinditum, Vin II 131,29 (na sakkoti vin dandena -itum); JaV 469,28 ([hams] -itum asakkont, Ce so; Be, Se uppatitum; Ee -etum, prob, wr); absol. hinditv, Ja I 501,26 (parivenena parivenam -itv); III 505,21 (rjanivesane tikkhattum -itv, Ce so; Be, Se vijjhitv; Ee wr andhitv); Spk I 191,3 (gaccha Svatthim -itv yasmim gehe matapubbo n' atthi tato siddhatthakarn hara); Thi-a 22,23 (bhikkhya -itv); neg. anhinditv, Sv 582,10 (vasanto ito c' ito ca anhinditv); caus. aor. 3 sg. hindpesi, Ps III 74,1. hin4ana, n. [from hindati], wandering; going about; Dhtup 108(hinda ~e); Dhtum 153; Spkl 190,25 (putto padas -kle klam aksi); Thi-a220,34 (gharapatiptiy -am). hita, mfn., pp o/dahati qv. hissam,//. 1 sg. o/harati qv. hu 1 , hu 2 , see sv ha1. hu 3 , aor. 3 sg. o/bhavati qv. *hu 4 , ind. [S. ho], an interjection of asking and of doubt; see udhu; see also aho 3 . hunapinda in Ce, Ee at Spk I 207,14 is wr for huna- qv. huneyya in Ce, Ee at D III 5,23 and Spk I 207,14 is wr for huneyya qv. huta1, mfn. [pp of* + juhati; ts], offered; sacrificed; JaV 64,ir (hutivasena -am ghatam asnti ti ghatsano,

363

Be, Ee so; Ce, Se omit -am); 0, -aggi, mfn. [cfS. hitgni], one who maintains and offers in the sacred fire; Ja VI 199,27 (ycayogo -i ca brhmano); 518,4* (rjisi yattha sammanti ~I samhit). huta2, mfn. [S. bhta ?], produced; coming from; AIV 45,6 (yassa te honti mala ti v pit ti v ayam vuccati brhmana huneyyaggi. tarn kissa hetu. ato 'yam brhmana -o sambhto; Mp IV 30,n: ~o ti gato; but perhaps to huta1, cfO. von Hinber, 1980, p. 14). huti, / [ts], offering; sacrifice; D I 55,27 (bhassant ~iyo); SI 141,H* (~im pagganhsi); Sn/?. 21,7 (aggi pajjalito hoti -I paggahit; Pj II 175,4: yam hi kind aggimhi juhitabbam tarn sabbam ~i ti vuccati); Th566 (-inarn patiggaho); JaVI 527,24* (tuyham mamsena... -im paggahessmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ahutim); Ap 36,19 (Padumuttaro lokavid -inam patiggaho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ahutinam); 318, is; Ap-a442,2o (-ino vuccanti pjsakkr); Sadd 454,M; -pin4a, m., riceballs as an offering; Sp 1154,7 (hunam -am samugganhanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se hti pindam); Spk I 205,3i. huna, n. [from *2 + juhati; cf S. havana], offering; honouring; Vin I 359,22* (dteyyakammesu alam samuggaho sanghassa kiccesu ca -am yath, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be hu nam, perhaps better; butcfSp 1154,7: yath nma -am hutipindam samugganhanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se hti pindam); Vism 219,27 (netv hunitabban ti -am, drato pi netv silavantesu dtabban ti attho); MpIV 2%,22foil (~arn vuccati sakkro, -am arahanti ti huneyy); It-a II 159,n; -pin4a, m., rice-balls as an offering; Spk I 207, H (-am patiggahetum, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr huna-); see also havana.

hunitabba, mfn. [fpp of*&2 + juhati; cf S. juhoti], to be offered; It-a II108,14 (sabbam spateyyam pi ettha -am); see also havaniya, huneyy, hniya. huneyy, mfn. \fpp of*2 + juhati; cf S. juhoti], to be offered to or in; worthy of offerings; Dili 5,23 (esa bhagavato svakasangho - o pahuneyyo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wrhuneyyo); S I 141,21* (-0 vedag bhvitatto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se huniyo); A I 244,17 (tihi dhammehi samanngato bhikkhu -0 hoti pahuneyyo); Vv 64:33; JaV 331,5* (- ca puttnam; 332, ir: - ti hunapatigghak yassa kassaci sakkrassa anucchavik); Vism 219,30 (hunam patiggahetum yutto tassa mahapphalakaranato ti -0) ^ It-a II 108,13; '-aggi, m [cfS. havaniya], the oblation fire; Dili 217,20 (-i gahapataggi dakkhineyyaggi); AIV 41,3; see also havaniya, hunitabba, hniya. hundarika, mfn. [?], dark, obscure, impenetrable; ? Vin I 79,30 (- samannam sakyaputtiynam dis andhakr); IV 297,12 (~ bhikkhunmam dis andhakr na imsam dis pakkhyanti ti; Sp933,3o: - ti sambdh); Vism 413,6 (tarn thnam -am andhatamam iva hoti) = Patis-a 366,17. hta, mfn., pp ofavhe qv. hniya, mfn. [fpp of* + juhati; cf S. juhoti], worthy of offerings; JaV 221,29* (-ome si hitnukampi, Ee so, conjecture mc ? Be, Ce, Se huneyyo); see also havaniya, hunitabba, huneyy. hya, absol. o/avheti qv. hopurisik, / [S. hopurusik], boasting; Sadd867,i3 (ahamkradappane ahosaddapubbasm purisasaddato nikapaccayo hoti -, idam itthilingam).

i1, the letter or sound T; Kv 455,30 (idam dukkhan ti vcam bhsati... i iti ca dam iti ca du iti ca kham iti ca nnam pavattatiti, Ce so; ite i ti ca dan ti ca ...; Ee, Se i ti ca dan ti ca ...); -kra, m. [ts], the letter or sound T; Ap-a 128,15; Sadd43,11 (~assa lopo); 858,s; ~'-anta, mfn., ending in the letter T; Sadd 572,17 ([dhtavo] ekassar -'-ant); -'-desa, m., substitution with *i'; Sadd 858,19 (yaja iceetyadhtuy sarassa -'-deso hoti tthepare); lopa, m., elision of 'i'; Sp 189,18 (su idan ti sudam, sandhivasena lopo veditabbo); Pj II 12,2i; Vv-a 94,14 (Sakko va devindo ti... ivasaddo lopam katv vutto upamyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -am lopam); -vanna, m., the vowel 'i' or T; Sadd 606,28; 617,31; '-gama,w., the insertion of'V or T; Sadd 824,8 (tasmim yapaccaye pare sabbehi dhthi - ' -gamo hoti v). i2, mfn. [S. it], going; ifesee atthami. ika, [ts], a suffix added to nouns or adjectives (often

with vrddhi of the first vowel), usually forming adjectives expressing: relating to, connected with; see also ka2. ikka, m. [cf S. rksa], a bear; Abh612 (accho -0); 1025; Ja VI 538,1* (538,2r: - ti acch); see also accha2. ikksa, m. or n. [?], a sticky substance used to bind pigment; Vin II 151,17 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am pitthamaddan ti; Sp 1219,4: -an ti rukkhaniyysam v silesam v); 151,34 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am kasvan ti). ikkhaka, m. [S. iksaka], one who looks, a spectator; Nidd-a I 346,29 (upekkhako hoti ti upapattito ~o hoti). ikkhana, ikkhana, ., ~ , / [S. iksana], seeing; looking at; Abh775 (-am dassanam); Th-al 80,31 (bhikkh samsre bhayassa -ato ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ikkhanak ti); II 30,10 (samsre bhayassa -ato ... bhikkhu); 250,12 (samsre bhayassa -na bhikkhuno, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ikkhato); Nidd-al 466,4 (ajjhupekkhan ti adhik hutv ~); Vism 16,2i (bhikkh ti samsre bhayam

364

-tya); Sadd 584,6 (samsre bhayam -silo ti bhikkhu). ikkhanaka, m. [ikkhana + ka2], one who looks, who sees; Th-al 80,3i (bhikkh samsre bhayassa ~ ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ikkhanato ti). ikkhanik, / [S. iksanik], a fortune-teller; Abh 236; Vin III 107,13 (Rajagahe ~a ahosi); Ja I 457,2o; VI 586, n' (yakkhvitth ~ viya pavedhamn). ikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S.flcsate],sees; looks at; Dhtup 15 (ikkha... dassane); Dhtum 19; Sadd332,i6 (ikkha dassanankesu: ~ati); Ja V 153,27* (devarja kim eva tvam mam eva tuvam s-ikkhasi; \54,rfoll.: imasmim sakaladevaloke mam eva tuvam ~asi annam na passasi ti... sakro pan' ettha vyanjanasandhikaro); Ap 532,26 (na tarn -am' aham puna, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dakkhm, aham) = Thi-a 142,6*; Vism 3,28 (samsre bhayam ~ati ti bhikkhu); Nidd-al 375, B (punappunam na ~eyya); As 172,4 (upapattito ~ati ti upekkh); part.pr. ikkhanta, mfn., Th-aIII 167,29 (bhikkh ti samsre bhayam ~anto); pp ikkhita, mfn. [S. iksita], seen; Abh 1078; caus. inf. ikkhpayitum, Nidd-al 370,9 (duppekkhiyo ti ~payitum dukkho). ikkhana, see sv ikkhana. ikkh, / [S. iks], sight; viewing; Nidd-al 108,20 (kena pakrena -am olokanam karoti). ikkhinikkammam in Ee at Sp 511,1 is wr for ikkhanik- {Be, Ce, Se so). inkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup inkhati, inkhati, Wg 5:27, 28], goes; moves; Sadd329,22 (ikhi rikhi gatyatth: ... ~ati rinkhati). inga, m. [S. lex. id.], sign; indication of sentiment by gesture; Abh 764; see also ingita sv ingati. ingati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ingati], goes; moves; Dhtup 26 (ahga inga... gamanatth); Dhtum33; Sadd333,15 (igi... gamane:... ~atiingitam); pp ingita, (mf)n. [ts], hint, sign, gesture (to indicate feeling); Abh 764; 981; Jail 408,12 (vaddhakiskaro tesam ~am disv kim nu kho tumhe na tussath ti); Mp I 371,17 (s ~en* eva tassa adhippyam annsi); Mhv 31:52; Sadd333,is; see also inga, injati. ingla, m. [= ahgra qv; c/Pfaingra, ingla], charcoal; burning coal; -khu,/ [ingla + khu2], a pit of burning coal; Thi 386 (~uy va ujjhito, so read with K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 142 ? Be, Ce inglakuy [CPD: < *iriglakuv (-- mc) < S. angra + kpa]; Ee, Se ihghlakhuy, prob, wr; Thi-a 238,22: inglakuy ti arigraksuy). ingita, mfn., pp o/ingati qv. ingudi, / [ts], the tree Terminalia catappa; Abh 565 (~i tpasataru). ingha, ind. [S. im + gha ? for meaning cf S. anga], a particle of request or exhortation (usually followed by voc. and/or imperat): come on; go on; please; Abh 1157 (codane ingha); Vin IV 21,23 (ingh' ayy dhammam deseth ti); D II 141,21 (ingha tumhe nanda sadatthe ghatatha); III 38,17 (ingha gahapati, samano Gotamo imam parisam gaccheyya); SI 215,6* (ingha anne pi pucchassu puth samanabrhmane); A V 209,15 (ingha tvam Upli sahghe viharhi); Sn 83 (kati loke saman tad ingha brhi); Vv 53:9 (tad anupadam avacsi

ingha puttho); Ja II236,20' (~ ti ycanatthe codanatthe v nipto); VI 240,36* (inghnucintesi); 307,22* (ingha sunoma sabbam); 455,11* (ingha passa mahrja sunnarn antepuram tava); Mil 122,24 (katam pana s hoti saccakiriy ingha mam svehi); Sadd 898,3 (ingha handa icc ete codanatthe); see also taggha, yagghe. inghlakhuy in Ee, Se at Thi 386 is wr, prob, for inglakhuy qv sv ingla. icc, sandhi form o/iti 1 qv. icca, absol. 0/eti 1 qv. iccha, mfn. [cfS. icchu, ipsu], wishing for (+ dat.); A IV 293,24 (bhikkhu -0 viharati lbhya) = 325,25; Ud-a 227,14 (appiccho ti na ~o); see also anicchaka. icchati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. icchati], 1. wishes, wishes for; desires, longs for; strives to obtain; is willing, intends; Dhtup 295 (isa ... icchyam); Dhtum 434; Sadd 453,24 (isu icchyam: ~ati); Vin II 290,16 (yam ~eyya tarn vadeyya); III 171,34 (yo ~ati rannako hotu); D1193,5 (y ... janapadakalyni tarn -ami tarn kmemi); Mill 186,2 (kim ~asi); 270,20 (na ~ati bhikkhuniyo ovaditum); SI 169,19* (yo bhirena parisuddhim -e); A III 43,16* (mtpitaro puttam ~anti kule jyamnam); Dhp73 (asatam bhvanam -eyya); Ud 17,32 (-eyysi tvam Suppavse annam pi evarpam puttan ti); Pv 36:11 (annam pi ~mase pucchitum); Thi 384 (Merum lahghetum ~asi); Ja II 435,16* (tassa dohalini bhariy ... maccham ~ati); IV 42,26* (nssa ~mi jivitam); 106,19* (kena nu vannena sangamam -asemay); V 26,14* (rajjarn pi n* ~eyyam tay vin aham); 349,19* (eso api bahurn vittam labhatam yvat' ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~i); Cp 1:6:5 (~mi bodhim uttamam); Vibh351,io (ekacco assaddho samno saddho ti mam jano jnt ti ~ati); Pet 222,io (ye punabbhavam na -anti na cetayissanti); part.pr. (a) iccha(t), w/w., D i l 305,4 (yam p'~am na labhati tarn pi dukkham); Th 399 (phalam ~am va vanasmi vnaro); Ja V 349,17* (dhanam ~at); Vism 58,16* (na s sampannasilassa ~ato hoti dullabh); Sadd 453,25 (~am icchamno); neg. aniccha(t),mfn., Nidd-al 111,21 (anicchato); (b)icchanta, m/[~antl>i., Ja I 300, is (tsu -antisu pi anicchantisu pi); Niddl 164, is; Mil 201,4; Th -a II 171,9; neg. anicchanta, w/(-anti) n., Vin IV 212,29; Ja V 295,14* (yo anicchantam ~ati); Dhp-aIII 181,23 (mam anicchantim); (c)icchamna, mfn., Vin III 204,8; Ja 114,7*; Ap 29,26 (~amno va 'ham ajja sahyam abhinimmine); neg. anicchamna mfn., Ja IV 131,10 (kim bhikkhave anicchamnam bhikkhum nayitth ti); Sp 1009,2 (tarn anicchamnam yeva bhagav pabbjesi); 2. (gr.t.t.) approves, allows; prescribes; Pj II 16,25 (atitakliknam pi hi chandasi vattamnavacanam akkharacintak ~anti); Sadd 101,30^0//. (yadi tumhe... manosaddassa napumsakalingattam -atha); 514,7 (majjhimapurisavacanam ~anti); 691,23 (kattnam paficavidhattam api ~anti garu); 692,8 (sattavidham api keci -anti); part.pr. neg. anicchamna, mfn., Sadd842,2i (keci gthpdesu adhikakkharabhvam anicchamna); aor. 3 sg. icchi, Vin II 302,26 (na ~i patiggahetum); Ja VI 72,9; Mhv 36:96 (na ~i so tath ktum); 1 sg. (a)icchisam, SI 176,12* (yesam ca bhavam -isam; Spk I 261,17: vaddhim patthayim); Ja VI 567,6* (dukkham

365

n' akkhtum -isam, Be so; Se -issam; Ce, Ee na ktum -isam); (b)icchim, Ja I 267,20* (yath -im tath ahu); 3 pi. icchimsu, D I 141,33 (yam -imsu tarn akamsu); Ja IV 351,29*; absol icchitv, Ja I 256,17 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se icchanto); neg. anicchitv, Dhp-al 206,3; pass. 3 sg icchiyati, Sadd 457,5 (panhiyati ntum -lyati so ti panho); pp (a) ittha1, mfn. [S. ista], wished, desired; desirable; liked, agreeable; (gr.t.t.) allowed; prescribed; Abh 697; 810 (varo ... ~e); D I 245,17 (rp ~ kant manp); M III 66,10 (-0 kanto manpo vipko); Sn 759; Ja IV 312,19* (-am ca kantam ca); PatisII 212,23 (-asmim vatthusmim); Vism 195,33; Sadd869,n* (na -0 tdiso vidhi); ace. -am, adv., voluntarily; Abh 469 (kmam tv -am); neg. anittha, m/h., not wished for; unpleasant; undesirable; Vinl 185,7* (- dhamm anitth ca); M III 66,17 (anittho akanto amanpo vipko); Sn 154 (~e anitthe ca); Vibh 100,3o; PatisII 212,2o; ati-ittha, mfn., very desirable, very agreeable; Ps I 130,i (-am atimanapam) = Ud-a286,n; pp (b) icchita, mfn. [perhaps rather pp of desid. of appoti, S. ipsita], (what is) desired, wished; loved; (gr.t.t.) allowed; prescribed; D I 120,1 (yam vata no ahosi -am yam kankhitam yam adhippetam); Ja III 14,25'; Vism 211,25 (yam yam etena -am patthitam); Ps III 322,7 (manas -am labhanti ti); It-al 44,11 (na cyam nayo -0 ti); 141,3i (yam kind bhagavat ntum -am); Cp-a 12,32 (--tt); Sadd 107,27 (itthilingat bahuvacanat ca cariyehi -); ifc see yath'-; ' -icchitadyi(n), mfn., giving whatever is desired; Pv-a 121,17; pati, m., beloved husband; Ja IV 285,10** 288,9*; neg. anicchita, mfn., (what is) not desired, not wished for; Sv 520,33 (yath anicchitam ngacchati); Dhp-aIII 482,19 (anicchitam... seyyam labhati); fpp icchitabba, mfn., to be desired; to be required; to be expected; JaV 287,9 (ranno pacchsane rakkh nma - ti); Niddl 188,21 (nnam pi-am); Mil 91,12 (na tatthaanno koci tatiyo ~o); 223,2i (tathgatassa nma so nubhvo -o); Vism 128,18 (dasah' krehi appankosallam -am); Sp 234,3 (tini hi vinayadharassa lakkhanni -ni); Ps IV 162,20 (sattasappyni -ni); Mp II 379,25 (tt); Sadd253,2i* (etassa itthilihgattam eva tu -taram); 603,21 (sandhikiccam nma ... sabbattha -am hoti); neg. anicchitabba, mfn., Sadd 701,5 (dvinnam sminam ettha anicchitabbatt); 758,14 (dvikammikassa payogassa anicchitabbatt); caus. pr. 3 sg. icchpeti, Sp 668,21 (pavreyy ti -eyya iccham rucim uppdeyya vadeyya nimanteyy ti attho); Spk I 277,1 (~emi vo vattun ti); Sadd 363,26 (~eti); see also anicchamnaka, esati1, esati2. icchati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. rcchati], goes, moves; reaches, obtains; MI 189,6 (ossavane pi tinni na ~anti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se injanti); Panca-g 112 (yo viratto punnam ~ati); see also aticchatha. icchana, n., ~a, / [from icchati' or cf S. lex. ipsana], wish, desire; JaVI 244,ir (yena... gantum ~am tena gato smi ti); Vism 29,31 (etthi ti ~); Sv 799,32 (tarn alabbhaneyyavatthumhi ~am dukkham); anicchanat , / , abstr., lack of desire; the not wishing; Pj II 494,24 (dhutahgadharass* eva sato dhutav ti mam pare jnant ti ~ dhutangappicchat); anicchana-

bhva, m., lack of willingness, reluctance; Ja IV 32,io'. icchanaka, mfn. (and n. ?) [icchana + ka2], wishing, desiring; Thi-a 207,6 (sdukm ti sdum madhuram eva hram ~); Nidd-al 217,24 (silasuddhik ti silena visuddhim ~a); Vibh-a 470,11 (-vasena icch). i c c h , / [ts], wish, desire; Abh 163; Vin II 171,8 (~nam vasam gat); DU 307,3 (evam ~ uppajjati aho vata mayam na jtidhamm assma); SI 44,13* (~ naram parikassati); A V 40,19foil, (ppik ... ~ n* eva kyena pahtabb no vcya, pafinya disv disv pahtabb); Dhp 74 (~ mno ca vaddhati); Sn 311 (tayo rog pure sum ~ anasanam jar); ThI486 (atitto klakato na c'assa pariprit ~); Jal 306,9* (~ ~am vijyatha); 11258,21* (~ hi anantagocar); III 207,17* (uparivisl duppr ~ visatagmini, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -visatagminim); Dhs 1059 (~ mucch ajjhosnam gedho... ayam vuccati lobho); Pj II 108,1 (ptum ~ pips); Pet 118,24; ifc see app'-; nuklaka, mfn., conforming to one 's wishes; Saddh 242 (eko va rukkho phalati sabbam ~am, so read; Ee wr nukulakam); vacara, m., a sphere of desire, domain of wishes; MI 27,9; Vism377,25; vatinna, mfn., affected by desire, by wants; Sn 306; -karana, mfn., acting as one wishes; Mil 360,14 (khattiyo muddhvasitto ... issaro hoti vasavatti smiko ~o); -gata, n., desire, wish; VinII 185,19 (evarpam -am uppajji); SI 62,7 (SpkI 117,12: ~an ti icch eva); Vibh 351,1 (icch ~am aticchat rgo); -dhmyita, -dhpyita, mfn., obscured, darkened by desire; pained by desire; SI 40,7* (loko... -dhpyito sad; Spk I 95,25: ~o ti icchya ditto, Ee, Ce, Se so; Be -dhpyito ti) = Th448 (eds -dhpyito; Th-all 189,\6foll.: icchya santpito ... tya eva anudahanalakkhanya icchya santatto parilhappatto hoti) = Nett 22,29* (eds -dhpyito) = Nidd 1411,6* (Be, Ce ~o; Ee, Se icchdhumyiko); -nattho in Ee at Spk II 369,20 is wr; Be, Se nattho nm' amhi icc eva attho; Ce nattho nma sin ti attho; -pakata, mfn., full of desires; desirous by nature; Vin III 92,13 (ppiccho ~o; cf Sp492,9: ~o ti... icchya apakato adhibhto parjito hutv); A III 119,10; Mil 357,8 (puggalo ppiccho ~o); Ud-a231,io (--ttassa); -mattopasdhiya, mfn., to be mastered or attained merely by one's wish; Saddh 320 (y gati s me ~); -visatagminim in Ee at Ja III 207,17* and IV 4,25* is wr; read icch visatagmini with Be, Ce, Se; aniccha, mfn., having no wish, without desire; SI 61,io* (~ pindam esan); Sn 707 (~o hoti nibbuto); Ps III 438,14 (appicchan ti -am); Pj II 495,4 (--tt); anicch,/, I.freedom from desire; SV 6,12* (ratho silaparikkhro... - parivranam); Pet 124,is; 2. unwillingness, reluctance; Ja VI 425,27 (rj mama -ypi gamissati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anicchamnass' eva); Sp 1120,7 (na -ya datum, yadi pana icchanti dtabbo); Dhp-a IV 222,15 (mama -ya geham ganhitum rjasahassam pi na sakkoti); Ud-al69,i2 (kumro nivattitukmo -ya gacchanto); aticcha, mfn., excessively greedy; Ja IV 5,17' (laddham laddham atikkamanalobhasankhtya aticchya samanngatatt -0

366

ppapuggalo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atricchya ... atriccho ...); t,/ abstr., too great desire; excessive greed; Vibh 350,36/o/Z. (katam t; Vibh-a 470,13: attano lbham aticca icchanabhvo t); aticch,/, excessive desire; Ja IV 5,n' (-ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atricchya); see also atriccha1, atricch, anicchaka, appiccha, abhicch, ppiccha, mahiccha, yathicchakam, yadicchakam, yamicchakam, yvadicchakam, yenicchakam, vigaticcha, viticcha, sukhicchaka. icchitabba, mfn., fpp 0/icchati qv. icchitabbaka, mfn. [icchitabba + ka2], desirable; to be expected; VinI 333,35* (-e, in uddna); Bv2:10 (bhave vijjamne vibhavo c' -o) * Ud-a 390,20. ijana in Ee at Sadd 862,31 is prob, wr for ifijana (or *ijjana). ijjati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/yajati qv. ijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. rdhyati, rdhyate], prospers, succeeds; (impers., gen. personae, ins tr. rei) there is success, there is prosperity; Dhtup418 (idha... samsiddhiyam); Dhtum249; 657; Sadd 484,23 (idha vuddhiyam: -ati); D III 259,1 (-at' vuso silavato cetopanidhi); MII 84,18 (khattiyassa ce pi -eyya dhanena v dhafifiena v); SI 175,22* (katham -ati dakkhin); A V 40,6 (-ati gahapatissa ... dhanena); Sn 459 (addh hi tassa hutam ~e); 461 (yattha hutam -ate); Thi 329 (so te ~atu sankappo); JaV 354,26 (evam me manoratho -issati ti); VI 36,16* (payojayanti kammni tni -anti v na v); Pv 21:13 (kena te brahmacariyena pufinam pnimhi -ati); Vism 378,5 (yam hi nipphajjati patilabbhati ca tarn -afi ti vuccati); Saddh 84 (yam yam nijjhti sdhetum na tarn tasseha -ati, msso; Ee yam yam -ati); ijjhati in Ee at Patis II 206,15 foil, (na -ati ti anenjam) is wrfor ifijati qv; part.pr. ijjhamna, mfh.f Vism 266,7 (pathamajjhnavasena -amnam pi c' etam kammatthnam); Spk III 256,4 (sampayuttadhammesu hi ekasmim -amne ses pi -anti yeva); aor. 3 sg. ijjhittha, Vv 20:6 (-ittha vata dakkhin); 3 pi. ijjhimsu, Th 60 (te me -imsu sankapp); pp iddha, mfn. [S. rddha], successful, prosperous, thriving; abundant; VinI 268,5 (Vesli ~ c* eva hoti phit ca); 11212,28 (kacci... bhattam -am ahosi ti; Sp 1283,3foil.: sampannam ahosi); D i l i 75,9 (ayam Jambudipo -o c' eva bhavissati phito ca); Sil 107,3 (brahmacariyam -am c' eva phitam ca); Ja V 214,8* (-0 ca phito ca... amacco); VI227,11* (jto -e senpatikule); Ap 565,30 (setthikule ... duggate adhane n* iddhe, Ee so; Be, Ce duggate natthe; Se duggate nice); Bv 2:202 (-am phitam ah tad ... ssanam); Mil 130,5 (~o phito mahjanapado). ijjhana, ., -, / [from ijjhati], success; carrying out successfully; accomplishment; Patis I 17,8 (iddhipdnam ' attho abhififteyyo); Vibh217,i6 (iddhi samiddhi - samijjhan); Pet 46,23 (adhippyassa -); Vism 383,29 (tassa tassa kammassa -am); Sv 558,23 (-assa mahantatya mahiddhiko); Sadd 484,23 (iddhi -am). ijjhanaka, mfn. [ijjhana + ka2], succeeding; accomplishing; carrying out successfully; Vism 383,4 (paripkam gate punnasambhre -viseso punnavato iddhi); Vibh-a304,26(0,-atthenaiddhi); 330,21 (silan ti...

saha kammavcpariyosnena -assa ptimokkhassa vevacanam). iflja, mfn. [abstracted from aninja or anenja qqvl], moving; being disturbed;! moveable;! Patis-a633,32 (na -am anenjam, anenjam bhavam abhisankharoti ti nenjbhisankhro); see also ej. ifijati, pr. 3 sg. [BHSifijati, injate], (intrans.) moves, stirs; is moved, is disturbed; Dhtum 78 (ifija kampane); D I 56,22 (na -anti na viparinamanti; Sv 167,14: esikatthambho viya thitatt na calanti); MII 137,21 (adharakyo va -ati); SI 132,9* (lomam na -ami na santasmi; lomam adv. ace. ?) ?* Thi 231 (lomam na ~e na pi sampavedhe; Thi-a 191,21: lomamattam pi na -eyya) = Ap 556,19 (Be, Se na ~e na pi sampavedhe; Ce Ee na -ami na santasmi); Nidd I 353,31 (so lbhe pi na -ati albhe pi na -ati); Patis II 206,14^0//. (anonatam cittam kosajje na ~4& ti nefijam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr na ijjhati ti); Vism 377,16 (saddhpariggahitam hi cittam assaddhiyena na -ati); Spk III 73,20 (imehi kilesehi satt -anti c' eva phandanti);part.pr. neg. aninjamna, mfn., MI 94,23; SI 181,i*; pp iftjita, mfn. andn. [BHSid.], 1. (mfn.) moved, perturbed; Patis I 165,26 (- ca phandit ca); S V 316,4 (n* eva kyassa ttam va hoti); 2. (n.) movement; disturbance; MI 454,28 (idam... -asmim vadmi); Dhp255 (n'atthi buddhnam -am); Sn 1040 (kassa no santi -); Vibh 349,18 (nava -ni); neg. aninjita, mfn. and n.9 I. (mfn.) not perturbed; Th 386; 2. (n.) lack of disturbance, quiet; M I 455,4; caus. opt. 3 sg. inj aye, SI 107,1* (lomam pi na tattha ifijaye); aor. 3 pi. ifijayum, D II 262,12* (na sam lomam pi ifijayum). ifljana, ., - , / [BHS id.], movement, disturbance; Sn 193 (es kyassa -); Patis I 184,36 (- phandan calan kampan); Vism 280,11 (vikkhepagatam cittam sraddhya c* eva hoti -ya ca); Sp 565,10 (ubbegam -am calanam patilabhanti); Ps III 171,22 (ifijitasmim vadmi ti -am calanam phandanan ti vadmi); anifijana, n., mfn., and - , / , 1. (n.f) lack of movement; Patis I 49,22 (-'-atthenasamdhi); 185,4(y kyassa ... -a aphandan aealan); 2. (mfn.) not moving; undisturbed; Ps III 171,27 (anifijitasmim vadmi ti idam catutthajjhnam -am acalanam nipphandanan ti vadmi); Vibh-a 144,12; sa-ifijana, mfn., having movement; Vibh-a 144,12 (rpvacar kusal cetan anifij samn pi... -am pi anifijanam pi rprpam janeti ti nenjbhisankhro nma hoti). ittha1, mfn., pp o/icchati1 qv. iftha 2 , mfn., pp o/esati' qv. ittha3, seesvittb. itthak (and itthik),/ (and -a, n. ?) [S. istak], a brick; a tile; Abh220; VinUI 81,12 (afinataro bhikkhu hetth hutv -am ueeresi); DII 178,26 (pokkharaniyo catunnam vannnam -hi cit ahesum); Ja III 435,21 (ekam mahantam -am matthake sumbhi); VI 212,23* (yathappakrni hi -ni city kat yafifiakarehi-m-hu; 215,32: yadisni -ni gahetv yafinakarehi city kat ti vadanti); Ap 582,6 (sovannam -am varam adsim); Mhv 25:29 (bhinditvna sil sudh ~<a c' eva); 30:15; ifc see cayan'-; (a)-ku4dik,(m)/(/i)., (a hut) with a brick

367

wall; Sp 571,5; 571,28 (-ya itthakhi yeva vtapne ca dhmanettni ca karoti, Ce, Se so; Be -kuttikya; Ee -kutikya); (a)-cayana, n. a raised platform of bricks; Nidd-al 337,15 (- -sampanne vedikparikkhitte ucce cankame); (a)-cchadana, -chadana, mfn. andn., \.(mfn.) having a tiled roof; Spklll 107,21 (tinacchadane v ~e v gehe); Mhv 100:87 (Ee itthikchadane tasmim sanghrme); 2. (n.) a tiled roof; Pj II 302,i (--sadisam kharasamphassam cammam); -vaddhaki, (a)-vaddhaki, m., a bricklayer, a mason; Ja VI 333, \e; As44,i9; Mhv 30:5; 30:30 (~issa); 3 5:109 (-(i) -game); Sadd 143,18 (pkracinanako puggalo, -I ti attho); see also itth. i t t h , / (or ittha3, m. or n.) [cf BHS ist, AMg itt], a brick; (a)-va44^ a ki, m., a bricklayer, a mason; Mhv 35:102; see also itthak. itthi 1 , / [S. rsti; cf Pkt ritthi], a spear; a sword; -khaggadhara, mfh.9 carrying spears and swords; Ja VI 223,18* (-, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be indi-; Ce, Se inda-). iflhi2 in Ee at A l l 249,22 (itthim) and JaIV 317,12 (itthighatam) is prob, wr for itthi (Be, Ce, Se so); cf however BHS isti. ina, n. [S. rna], debt; loan; obligation; Abh471; D i l i 185,5* (udakam iva -am vighati); A III 352,1 (-am diyati); Sn 120 (yohave -am dya cujjamno palyati); Ja IV 280,2* (-am muncm' -am dammi); VI 193,12* (pettikam v -am hoti yam v hoti sayamkatam); Sv 215,9/o//. (puriso -am dya kammante payojetv samiddhakammanto idam -am nma palibodhamlan ti cintetv savaddhikam -am niyydetv pannam phalpeyya); Spkl 240,3 (pacch ca pubbe ca gahitassa -assa vaddhi matthakam patt); Pv-a276,n (-am sodhetv); Sadd 507,5 (inoti -am); ifc see adham'-; '-atta, mfn. [ina + atta3], oppressed, stricken by debt; MI 463,24; S III 93,8 (na - na bhayatt, Be, Ce so; Ee, &?inatth ... bhayatth; SpkII 301,32: - nma inapilit ti attho, inatth ti pi ptho, ine thit ti attho); Thll06; Mil 279,2o; pagama, n., the ending of a debt; Thi-a228,32 (kmacchanddi-inpagamena anan); '-dna, n., raising a loan, taking on a debt; A III 352,i; -ghaka, m. a borrower; Mil364,3i; -ghta, m., one who does not pay his debts; Sn246 (--scak; Pj II 289,2: inam gahetvtassa appadnena -); Pj II289,13 (t); -ttha, mfn., being in debt (vl for inatta qv); Spk II 302,1 (inatt nma inapilit ti attho, - ti pi ptho, ine thit ti attho); -dna, n., 1. giving a loan; imposing an obligation; Ja IV 280,8*; 422,8*; 2. a loan; Ja VI 301,24* (cikkhitv ghare dhanam nidhim ca -am ca); -panna, n., a promissory note; Ja I 230,6; IV 256,4; -mla, n., a loan; a debt; borrowed capital; D I 71,33; Pj I 156,11 (mtpitu-upatthnena pornam -am visodhayamn); -sdhaka, m., a debt-collector; Mil 365,14; -smika, m., a creditor; Sv 215,13; Ps HI 180,25; anina, mfn., free from debt; Ps III 343,15 (kilesa-innam abhavam sandhya anano ti vuttam, ~o ti pi ptho); sa-ina, mfn., in debt; with obligations; Spk II 199,1 (sno ti sakileso - o hutv); III 43,1 (pabbajj ca nam* es

-assa na rhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits -assa na rhati); Mhv 36:39 (inato ~e bhikkh mocesi); see also ajjhinamutta, adhamanna (5vadhama), anana, uttamanna (sv uttama), sna. inagg in Ee at Ja I 307,11 is wr for nagg (Be, Ce, Se so). inati, inoti,pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup rnoti, Wg 30:5], goes; Dhtum 165 (inaphenadvayam gate); Sadd 507,5 (inu gatiyam: -oti inam); Ap-a440,2o (nissya tarn -anti gacchanti rohanti upari ti nisseni). inyika, m. [cf Pkt aniya], l.one who is in debt; a debtor; Abh 470; Vin I 76,8 foil, (annataro puriso -o palyitv bhikkhsu pabbajito hoti); Niddl 160,8 (yath - nanyam patthenti); Sp 999,10 (-0 nma yassa pitupitmahehi v inam gahitam hoti sayam v inam gahitam hoti); 2. a creditor; SI 170,31* (- detha deth ti codenti); Ja IV 256,2 (inam dya tarn datum asakkonto -ehi codiyamno); Pj II 179,14 (tena -ena dehi me inan ti codiyamno); Pv-a 3,27. inoti, see.sv inati. ita, mfn., pp o/eti 1 qv; ita in Ee at Ps V 25,24 is wr for na (Be, Ce, Se so). itara, mfn., pron. [ts] (sg. f instr. -ya; dat./gen. -iss, -ya [Sadd 269,24]; /oc.-iss, -issam, -ya, -yam [Sadd 269,28]; pl. m. nom. also ~; gen. also -esnam [Sadd 16,9*]), 1. the other (of two); another, other; the second; next; (pl.) the rest, the other ...; Abh 717; Vin II 53,17 (-iss pi pattiy); III 53,30 (so -assa roceti patti dukkatassa); S III 86,6* (sihassev* ~e mig); Vv 32:10 (siho ... hantv ~e catuppade); Jail 326,2 (s -asm pi hatth bharanni omuficitv); IV 434,20* (bhaddako vat* ayam pakkhi dijo paramadhammiko ath' eso-o pakkhi suvo luddni bhsati); V43,i2' (-ehi chahi pabbatehi uccataro); 268,21* (dukhino pan' Itare, mc); Ap 553,21 (addasham imam iddhim sumitam -ya pi, Ee so; itesumanam; Ce sumany'; Se iddhi sumit); 559,12; Vism369,26/o//. (kammasamutthn pathavidhtu kammasamutthnam-sam [dhtnam] ... patitthvasena ca paccayo hoti ... -esam tisantatimahbhtnam ... paccayo hoti); Sp 73,24 (mamam yeva rj passatu m -e ti adhitthahitv); 447, i6 (imya dhrya mrehi ti vutto -ya v dhrya); Sv 400,2 foil, (ekam cankamantam ~o anucankamipuna -am-oti, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee omit ~am); Ps I 28,io (tad ditthimannan eva yujjati, -yo pi pana icchanti); Dhp-aIII 22,14 (-asmim magge); Dip 6:26 (- brhman ti); 2. other, common, ordinary, low (esp. with paj); Abh 1069; AII 75,36* (so ce adhammam carati pag eva ~ paj); Dhp 85 (athyam - paj tiram evnudhvati); 222 (tarn aham srathim brmi rasmiggho -o jano); Pv 38:33 Qino sabbam pajnati sammlh - paj); Ja II 346,11* (kirn eva ~ paj; 346,13': y - etesu lmik paj); y-itara, ' -itara, mfn., 1. [S. itaretara], one with another, one after another; one another, mutual; Vv 84:1 (yath katham -ena cpi subhsitam tarn ca suntha sabbe; Vv-a333,30foil.: yath v pi tehi annamannam subhsitam sulapitam katham pavattitam); Ja VI 448,29* (panunn dhanuvegena sampatantu -, Be, Se so; Ce, ise~am; 449,21': evarp sar - [Ce, Ee -am] sampatantu samgacchantu, ghanameghavassam viya

368

saravassam vassath tinpeti); Vism622,3i (tatiyabhge tatiyabhge jl ~am padesam appatv va nirujjhissati ti); 2. [BHS itaretara], one or another, whatsoever, any sort of; Abh 1187; Vin I 280,37 (~ena pham bhikkhave santutthim vannemi ti); D i l i 224,24 (bhikkhu santuttho hoti ~ena civarena); S IV 71,n* (papancasann ~ nar; SpkII 382,4: ~ nar ti lmakasatt); Dhp331 (tutthi sukh y ~ena); Sn 42 (santussamno ~ena; Pj II 88,14: ~en ti uccvacena paccayena); Th 230 (~ena tusseyya); 922; 8tara, mfn. [ts], one with another, mutual; yoga, m., (gr.t.t.) mutual connection or relation (of the members of a dvandva cpd); Sadd 768,7; 887,22. itaratra, ind. [ts], elsewhere; Sadd704,i6 (esa nayo itaratrpi); 756,10; 781,25. itarath, ind. [ts], in another way; otherwise; Ja IV 376,29; VI 430,2 (addhrann natt bhavissanti ~ evam ktum na sakkhissanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee natto bhavissati); Vism 132,24 (patipattiy ca pjiyamno pjito hoti na ~ ti); Sp 266,8 (~ hi dukkatam siy); Mp I 39,28 (eko me vydhi uppanno aham etam tikicchitum sakkonto gamissmi ~ ngamissmi); Bv-a30,7 (~ na pubbena v paramparena v pubbam yujjati); Sadd 805,15. iti 1 , ind. [ts] (before vowels except i usually taking the form ice or, occasionally, itv), in this way; so; thus (often following a clause ending with ti); Abh 1158; 1188; Sadd 317,i3/o//.; Vin III 9\,\9 foil, (iti jnrni iti passmi ti); D I 58,24 (atthi paro loko ti iti ce mam pucchasi); II292,1 (iti ajjhattam v kye kynupassi viharati); MI 515,33 (abrahmacariyavso ayan ti iti viditv); All 176,29 (sabbe pn avajjh ti iti vadam brhmano saccam ha no mus); Sn 253 (n' eso maman ti iti nam vijann); 241 (na magandho mama kappau* ti icc eva tvam bhsasi); Ja II 12,23 (iti te ubho pi sotpann hutv); III 522,15* (icc eva me vimati ettha jt; 522,28 foil.: eten' eva me kranena ettha... vimati jt); IV 211,2* (icc eva); Niddl 33,19 (iti me cakkhu ahosi atitam addhnam); Vibh87,6 (iti imni tini chakkni tadekajjham abhisamyhitv); Mill27,18 (iti te tayo sannipt ahesum); Vism 64,2 (iti imam pamsuklabhedam natv); It-a II 75,14 (iti ti vuttappakrena); Pj II 28,2 (~I ti evam hti attho); iti c' iti ca, iti c' iti ca, in this way and that, thus and thus; MI 507,9 (so puriso iti c' iti c' eva kyam sannmeyy ti); A III 187,25 (iti c' iti ca sevlapanakam apaviyhitv); Ja III 124,4* (yam c' etam iti c' Iti ca etam pi viditam may); iti ha, itiha, thus indeed; so it seems; according to tradition; Vin I 5,12 (iti na bhagavato patisancikkhato appossukkatya cittamnamati no dhammadesanya); 12,17 (aniisi vata bho Kondaiino ti iti h' idam yasmato Kondannassa Anntakondanno tv eva nmam ahosi); D I 91,8 (iti na Ambattho mnavo idam pathamam Sakkesu ibbhavdam niptesi); PatisII 149,30 (iti ha tena khanena... yva brahmalok saddo abbhuggacchi); Mil 89,15 (iti ha te mahnga annamafinassa subhsitam samanumodims ti); Nidd-a I 18,19 (iti h' s ti dvelhakapatikkhepavacanam); iti is used especially to mark 1. a quotation of words or thoughts (i) before the quotation, with a verb of saying, thinking, etc; Vin I 35,25 (tarn kho pana bhagavantam Gotamam evam

kalyno kittisaddo abbhuggato iti pi so bhagav araharn sammsambuddho...); D I 63,2 (iti patisancikkhati: sambdho gharvso rajopatho); MI 520,8 (iti patisancikkhati...); It 1,9 (etam attham bhagav avoca, tatth' etam iti vuccati...); Mhv8:l (iti cintayi vuddho 'ham ...); (ii) after (usually immediately after) the quotation, with or without a verb of saying, thinking, etc (serving the purpose of inverted commas; the usual Pali form is tiqv); MI 23,23 (vimuttasmim vimuttam iti nnam ahosi); 11100,5* (so 'ham... dhammayuttam itv eva coro ...; Ps HI 333,23: itv ev ti evam vatv yeva) = Th 869 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se icc eva) quoted Sadd 617,15 (itv eva); Dhp 62 (dhanam m' atthi iti blo vihannati); Sn 33 (nandati puttehi puttim iti Mro ppim); 596 (jtiy brhmano hoti Bhradvjo iti bhsati); Pv 21:38 (ko chatt' icchati gandham ca ko mlam ko uphanam iti ssu tattha ghosenti); Th 825 (iti Selo brhmano); 1110 (sabbam idam calam iti pekkhamno); Ja II 80,15* (janittam me bhavittam me iti panke avassayim); 136,4* (na dassam iti bhsati); IV 18,15* (bhunjassu bhattam iti mam vadeti); 172,15* (iti vidv samam care); 177,20* (icc ha rj Janasandho); 338,io* (na santi dev icc hu eke); Vism 196,6* (marnsamkkho may laddho iti gantvna vegas); Mhv 5:271 (kimvdi sugato iti); 25:97 (iti vatv); 2. a single word or name or expression; a list; SI 135,20* (angasambhr hoti saddo ratho iti); Sn 1109 (tanhya vippahnena nibbnam iti vuccati); Ja II 95,3* sangmvacaro sro balav iti vissuto); VI 273,30* (Annanmo iti m' avhayanti); 560,6' (paceuggantv icc eva attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee paceuggantvn' eva attho); Pet 123,3 (es vipassan iti vuccati); Vism 201,21* (rahbhvena ten' esaaraham iti vissuto); 683,27 (icc eva vutt); Sp 482,8 (ettha su iti nipto); Vv-a 1,18* (Vimnavatthu icc eva nmena); Mhv 36:28 (Vohrikatisso rj iti nmam tato ahu); iti in Ee at Pet 156,25 is wr for Iti^v; -kattabba, ., duty, obligation; Mp III 274,ii; Jail 179,2o(~-tya); -kra, m. [iti + kra1], the word 'iti'; Ps I 55,15 (~o kranattho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr itikaro); -kir,/ \from iti + kira], hearsay, tradition; AI 189,8(m anussavena mparamparyam ~ya; Mp II 305, is: evam kira etan ti m ganhittha) quoted Sadd 738,3i; Nidd I 360,21 (na itihitiham na ~ya na paramparya); -vda, m., discussion, debate; criticism; SpkHI 145,19 (evam pucch hoti evam vissajjanam evam gahanam evam nibbethanan ti imin nayena ~o hoti); (p)pamokkhnisamsa, m. and mfn., l.(m.) the benefit of combating criticism; All 26,6 (na ppamokkhnisamsattham); 2. (mfn.) possessing or seeking the benefit of combating criticism; MI 133,29 (te... dhammam pariypunanti itivdappamokkhnisams; Ps II 107',2foil.: parehi sakavde dose ropite, tarn dosarn evam ca evam ca mocessm ti imin kranena pariypunanti ti attho); SV 73,13 (passmi eke samanabrhmane ~am c' eva katham kathente); -vutta, n. [cfS. ityukta, itivrtta], report; tradition; event; Abh 943 (apadnam ca -e); -vuttaka, n. [cf BHS itivrttaka, ityuktaka], the name of one of the nine categories (angs) of the scriptures; one of the

369

collections making up the Khuddakanikya of the Pali Canon; Vin III 8,7 (suttam geyyam veyykaranam gth udnam-amjtakam abbhutadhammam vedallam) * M I 133,24** AIV 113,15 * . Vibh294,23 * Pet5,i6 * Mil 263,2; Ja III 409,2r (satth ~e suttantam kathento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~esu); Sp 28,2i (vuttam h' etam bhagavat ti dinayappavatt dvdasuttarasatasuttant -an ti veditabbam); Pj I 12,7 (khuddakaptho dhammapadam udnam ~am suttanipto... khuddakanikyo); Sadd 321,24 (~am jtakam abbhutadhamman ti disu); ~' -atthakath, / , the commentary on the Itivuttaka; It-a I 117,5; Th-al 36,2o; -ha, ., -ha,/ {from iti+ ha qv above], tradition, traditional instruction; hearsay; (according to cts) doubt, uncertainty; Abh412 (~a); Mp III 42,9 (anitihan ti itihaparivajjitam); It-a I 112, A foil. (anitihan ti pi ptho, tass' attho itihyan ti dhammesu anekamsaghabhvato ti vicikicch ~am nma, sammsambuddhapaveditatt yathnusittham patipajjantnam nikankhabhvasdhanato n' atthi ettha ~an ti anitiham aparapaccayan ti attho); Th-aII 140,32 (iti ha iti kir ti pavattiy itihasankhtam samsayam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr itiha-); anitiha, mfn., not received through tradition, not based on hearsay; It-a 1112,4 (anitihan ti... anitihan ti pi ptho); see also anitiha; -hasa, m. [ts; from iti + na + sa1], tradition; traditional accounts; history; Abh 111; Sn 1020(lakkhane ~e ca sanighandusaketubhe); Ap 325,9 (vcem' aham sisse ~am salakkhanam); Bv2:5; Mill 78,16 (... lakkhanam ~am purnam ...); Dip 5:62 (-arnca paficamam); Sv247,29 (iti ha sa iti ha s ti Idisavacanapatisamyutto purnakathsankhto ~o) * Mp II 261,25 (purnakathsankhto khattavijjsankhto v ~o) * Sadd 831,29; ~-pancama, mfn., (the ved&s) with itihsa as the fifth; D I 88,6 (Sv 247,29: athabbanavedam catuttham katv ... ~o paficamo etesan ti~-pancam); MII 133,16; A I 163,13; JaV 451,io' (~-pancamam vedacatukkam); -hitiha, n. [from iti ha + iti ha], report; hearsay; S I 154,28* (idam hijtume dittham na-y-idam ~am) quoted Sadd 895,26; Sn 1084 (ice si iti bhavissati sabbam tarn -am); Nidd I 360,21 (sakkhidhamman ti na ~am; Nidd-a I 388,3: evam kira si evam kira si ti na hoti). iti2, pr. 3 sg., see sv eti'. itihi in Ee at Patis-a 578,11 is wrfor Itihi (Be, Ce, Se so). ito, ind. [S. itas], 1. (used like abl. of idam) from this; than this; from here, hence; from this world; Vin II 195,29* (na hi ngahatassa ... sugati hoti ito param yato) = JaV 336,22* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr itoparyano); D U 151,30* (ito bahiddh samano pi n' atthi); M I 286,32 (ito sutv amutra akkht); SI 19,5* (satam ca asatam ca nana hoti ito gati); 133,33* (ito bahiddh psand); Sn271 (ito samutthya); Pv 7:2 (petalokam ito gat); Th 14 (upajjhyo mam avaesi ito gacchmi Sivaka); Thi 129 (ananunnato ito gato); Ja III 189,15* (dure ito hi Sussondi; 189,19': ito hi ti imamh nagar); 207,9* (ito bahutar bhog); IV 480,10* (na hi mokkh* ito me); Mil 10,n (atthi nu kho tta imasmim brhmanakule ito uttarim pi sikkhitabbni); Th-al 186,28 (ito annsu jtisu); Mhv 30:49 (devalokam ito gat); Sadd 676,22; 2. here; to here, hither; Vin III 82,12 (vuso ito otarhl

ti); Ja I 269,23 (ito etna sml ti); 3. from this time, from now; (preferring to the past: Vin I 10,4 (abhijntha me no tumhe bhikkhave ito pubbe evarpam bhsitam etan ti); D i l 2,15 (ito so ... ekanavuto kappo yam Vipassi bhagav ... loke udapdi); Sn 570 (ito atthami); Th218 (ekatimse ito kappe); (ii) referring to the future: S V 262,19 (ito tinnam msnam accayena tathagato parinibbyissatl ti); Ja III 416,14 (ito dni tatiyadivase); Mhv 12:22 (m dni kodham janayittha ito uddham yath pure); ito param, from now on; after this; Vin II 240,27 (na dan' aham bhikkhave ito param uposatham karissmi); Ja III 130,20* (ito param ce na dadeyya dnam); Pj II 160,11 (ito param pana ettakam pi avatv); Sadd 13,27* (ito param pavakkhmi...); 4. (used as pronominal adj., = imasm, imya^ from this ...; Ja IV 256,22 (tarn ito arann niharitv); Pv-a46,3 (etiss ito dukkhato mutti bhavissati ti); Sadd701,i8 (ito vatthuto); ito... ito..., from here... from there, here... there...; Th915 (ito satta ito satta samsrni catuddasa, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ito ... tato ...); ito c' ito C2L,from here and there; here and there; Vin III 121,17 (ito c'ito ca sancopan); Ja I 240,25 (ito c* ito ca gantv); -nidna, mfn., originating from this; ~am, adv., as a consequence of this; Vin III 20,37 (~am ca ... nirayam upapajjeyya); S I 207,30* (rgo ca doso ca ~; Spk I 304,10: ayam attabhvo nidnam etesan ti -a; quoted Sadd 686,25) = Sn271; Sn 865 (s ca nitth ca ~); Ja I 337, IT (~am pi te bhayam n'atthi); Spk II 82,14 (api nu te atthi ~am kci vaddhi ti); -parayano in Ee at JaV 336,22* is wr for ito param yato (Be, Ce, Se so); -samutthna, mfn., arising from this; MII 25,21 (~ akusalasfl). ittara (sometimes wrongly written itara), mfn. [cfS., BHS itvara], fleeting; brief, temporary, limited; changeable, unreliable; inferior; Abh 699; Vin I 80,10 (~o ca vso bhavissati); Sn 757 (mosadhammam hi ~am); Pv 11:11 (~am hi dhanam dhannam -am idha jivitam ~arn ~ato natv dlpam kayirtha pandito; Pv-a 60,is: -an ti na ciraklatthyi aniccam viparinmadhammam); JaV 172,1* (~amjlvitam samviditv); VI 248,25* (na tahim sukham labbhati~am pi); Ap 534,14 (dhi-r-atthu sankhatam lolam asram... ~am); Mil93,3 (itthi -tya mantitam guyham vivarati); Vism272,20 (~am addhnam nikkhamant); Spk II 323,19 (-taram); Sadd 366,5 (anthasaddo pana janesu nirlho); ace. ~am, adv., for a short time, briefly; SI 78,26 (samvsena ... silam veditabbam tarn ca kho dighena addhun na ~am, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr itaram; Spk I 149, is: dighena klena veditabbam na ~ena); Vv 84:35 (ye cpi kho ~am upapann); -jacca, mfn., of inferior birth; M i l 47,29 (Ps III 281,19: -0 ti anfiajtiko may saddhim asamnajtiko lmakajtiko ti attho; perhaps wrfor itara- ?); -paftfta, mfn., of inferior wisdom; Mil 114,1; -satta, m., an inferior being; Ja IV 368,8 (na kho pan' esa ~o, buddhankuro esa); Ps III 282,n; ati-ittara, mfn., very brief; Vv-a 106,7 (parittam ~am); anittara, mfn., not transitory; not inferior; Ja VI 200,26* (201, r: ~ na lmak mahnubhv). ittham (before vowels itth'), ind. [ts], thus; in this way;

370

Abh 1158; D1213,27 (evam pi te mano -ampi te mano iti pi te cittan ti); MII 228,16 (itth' eke abhivadanti; Ps IV 16,i9: itth' eke ti-am eke, evam eke ti attho); S II 24,2 (itth' etam dvayam); A l l 212,n (itth* asmi ti hoti); Sn/?. 59,9 (-am sudam bhagav yasmantam Rhulam imhi gthhi abhinham ovadati ti); Sadd 805,26 (ayam pakro-am); 896, n (evam -am iti icc ete nidassanatthe); (n)-nma, mfn. and m./, (one) having such and such a name; called so-and-so; so and so; such and such; VinUI 75,I (bhikkhu bhikkhum npeti -amjivit voropehi ti); D III 69,9 (-o deva puriso paresam adinnam theyyasankhtam diyi ti); MI 466,10 (- bhikkhuni klakat); AI 108,3 (~o kira khattiyo); Ja I 297,4 (bodhisatto ~ kahan ti pucchi); Vibh 387,27 (tuvam pi kho si -am pattim panno); Mil 115,24 (-assa dne diyamne); Bv-a 38,23 (ayam dhajo ~ass ti); Sadd 765,25; (m)-bhva, m.y this sort of existence; Spkl 205,20 (nparam itthatty ti idni puna -ya ... n ' atthi ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se itthabhvya) * Ud-a 175, ie (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se itthabhvya); Pj II 589,15 (itthabhvan ti -am ca patthayamn manussdibhvam icchanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se itthattan ti itthabhvam ca patthayamn); (m)-bhta, mfn., being thus; so characterised; Abh 1174; Sp 707,32 (-assa lakkhane karanavacanam); Nidd-a I 236,M; Ap-a 103,23 (~ buddha); 212,29 (s - nadik); Sadd 805,27 (imam pakram bhto patto panno ti -0); - ' -(k)khyna, -'-a(k)khna, n., (gr.tt.) specification of state, a statement of characteristic circumstances; Sp622,n (-' -khynatthe karanavacanam); PsII 327,34 (tarn kho pan ti '-'-khynatthe upayogavacanam, tassa kho pana bhoto Gotamass ti attho) = Pj II 441,2; Sadd 715,26/o//.; lakkhana, n., (gr.t.t.) a mark or attribute indicating a particular state or condition; Ud-a 171,1; Thi-a8,23 (vippamuttena citten ti... lakkhane c' etam karanavacanam); Sadd l\9,\ifoll; see also itthatta1, itthabhva. itthat in Ee at Pet 67,12 is wrfor itthatta qv. itthatta1, n. [ittham and/or *ittha (= ettha) + tta; BHS itthatva], the state of being thus; existence in this form; existence here; Vin III 5,35 (khln jti vusitam brahmacariyam katam karaniyam nparam -y ti abbhannsim) * SI 140,29 * A I 165,20 * Pet 67,12 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr itthaty ti); D117,33 (aho vata anne pi satt -am gaccheyyun ti); MII 130,16 foil, (yadi v te bhante dev gantaro -am yadi v angantro -an ti); A III 33,10 (sace pana te bhante tato cut -am gacchanti); Ud-a 391,19 (yvyam -am ditthadhammo idhaloko ti ca laddhavohro khandhaloko). itthatta2, n. [itthi + tta; cf S. stritva], the state of being a woman; femaleness; AIV 57,15 (itthi -am ntivattati); Dhs 633 (yam itthiy ... -am itthibhvo idam tarn rpam itthindriyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se itthittam) * Vibh 122,24 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se itthittam); see also itthitta sv itthi. itthantara, mfh., see sv itthi. itthabhva, m. [ittham and/or *ittha (= ettha) + bhva], this sort of existence; existence in this form; existence here; Sn 1044(^imsamnPunnaka -am, Ce, Ee so; Be itthattam; Se itthatam; Pj II 589,15/0//.: manussdibhvam icchant ti vuttam hoti); Sv 865,26

(itthattam gacchanti ti -am manussattam gacchanti); '-afifiathbhva, m., this and another sort of existence; existence in this form or in that; M I 328,34* (PsII 408,29: -an ti itthabhvo ti idam cakkavlam, aniiathbhvo ti ito sesam eknasahassam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Seitthambhvoti); A l l 10,n* (-am samsram ntivattati; Mp III 13,r. -an ti ettha itthabhvo nma ayam attabhvo, annathbhvo nma angatattabhvo; evarpo v anno pi attabhvo itthabhvo nma, na evarpo annathbhvo nma); Th917 (Ih-aIII 13,\2foll.: itthabhvammanussabhvam annathbhvam tato annath tiracchndibhvam ca). itthgra, n., see sv itthi. itthi, itthi, / [S. stri; BHSisti, istri], \.a female; a woman; a wife; Abh 230; Vin III 28,23 (tisso -iyo manussitthi amanussitthi tiracchnagatitthi); D I 80,is (-1 v puriso v); M III 65,24 (atthnam etam anavakso yam -i araham assa sammsambuddho); SI 38,11* (~i malam brahmacariyassa); AIV 196,21 (atthahi... krehi -i purisam bandhati); Thi 60 (na tarn dvangulipannya sakk pappotum ~iy); JaV 97,25* (sudullabh* -i purisassa y hit); VI 348,29* (-1 siy rpavatT s ca silavati siy); Mil 261,7 (-iy v bhante purisassa v tajjena vymen ti); Vism 195,26 (puris -Isu -iyo ca purisesu ratim karonti); As 321,5 (-iy hi hatthapdagiv-urdinam santhnam na purisassa viya hoti); Sadd 201,29/0//.; ifc see adhitthi, rakkh'-, kam'-, kul'-, ngarak'-, ntak'-; 2. (gr.t.t.) the feminine gender; Sadd 677,1 foil; 740,7 (gthsu -iyam mhikro); 849,13; '-agra, n., the women of the household; esp. the harem, a king's wives and concubines; Abh 215 (itthgram); Vin I 72,r, DII 249,26 (anekni ca gahapatisahassni anekehi ca -ehi itthikyo ... Mahgovindam brhmanam ... pabbajitam anupabbajimsu, Ce so; Be itthiyo; Ee anek ca -ehi itthikyo; Se anek ca ~ itthiyo); SI 58,11 (mam bhante -am upasankamitv etad avoca); A III 369,10 (nigrodharajassa ekam khandham rj paribhunjati saddhim -ena); JaV 188,8* (psdo... parikinno itthagrehi, so read mc; eds itthgrehi; 190,9': -ehi ti dsiyo updya itthiyo ~ nma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -0 nma); VI 25,17* (-am pi te dammi); Mil 285,19 (bodhisatto ... viparitam -am disv); Spk I 325,17 (gharasmiko viya -assa majjhe nisinno si); Dhp-al 100,6 (Yasassa -e susnasann uppajji); '-antara, mfn., with a woman inside; ? with a woman driver; ? Vin I 191,19 (ynena yyanti itthiyuttena purisantarena purisayuttena pi -ena; Sp 1085,23: -en ti itthisrathin); 0, -indriya, ., the feminine faculty or principle of femininity; SV 204,14 (-am purisindriyam jivitindriyam); AIV 57,5 (itthi... ajjhattam -am manasikaroti); Dhs 633 (yam itthiy itthilingam itthinimittam itthikuttam itthkappo itthattam itthibhvo idam tarn rpam -am) * Vibh 122,24; Yam II 62,3; Pet 162,4; Vism 491,7; As 321,24 (itthibhvasankhte ~e sati itthilingdini honti); -kutta, n.f female contriving, feminine wiles; a woman's ways; A IV 57,6 (Mp IV 32,19: -an ti itthikiriyam); Dhs 633 * Vibh 122,23; Ja I 296,2i (-am itthililam dassetv); 11329,26 (-ena palobhetv); -ghat,/, a crowd of women; Ja IV

371

316,22 (~ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr itthi-); -ghtaka, m., a killer of women; JaV 398,8'; (i)-tta, n.y abstr., I. the state of being a woman; femaleness; Dhs 633 (yarn itthiy... itthkappo -am itthibhvo, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee itthattam) * Vibh 122,24 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce itthattam); Sv 706, is foil. (-am nma alam, na hi ~e thatv cakkavattisirim ... adhigantum sakk ti, Be, Se so; Ee itthattam nma, alam itthattena, na hi itthatte ...; Ce ittattham nma ... ittatthena ... ittatthe); 2. the being in the feminine gender; Sadd770,2i; see also itthatta2; -dhutta, m., a womaniser; AIV 283,14; Sn 106 (~o surdhutto akkhadhutto); Ja IV 248,22; -nimitta, ., a female characteristic, esp. the female sexual organ; a feminine attribute; Dhs 633 * Vibh 122,23; Sp257,n; -pariggaha, m, women; wives; Mil 71,3i (bahu tattha -o); Niddl 11,17 (thiyo ti ~o vuccati); Sv404,6; -puma, m.pl., male and female; men and women; D III 85,8 (na - pannyanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se itthipuris); Ja IV 76,5* (-narn); Ap 599,25 (~, Ee so; Be, Se itthi pum; Ce itthi puris); -bhava, m., the state of being a woman; femininity; birth, existence, as a woman; SI 129,24* (-okim kayir); Thi 216 (dukkho ~o akkhto); Ja I 45,3*; V 200,26 (ayam tva aranne vaddhitabhvena mama -am na jnti); Dhs 633 * Vibh 122,24; SpkHI 237, H; Pj II 77,32 (aham -am anupagamma puriso bhaveyyan ti); Pv-a 168,4; Th-a II 193,32 (passa tva mama-an ti vatv); -yutta, mfn., yoked with a female animal; ? VinI 191,19 (ynena... ~ena; Sp 1085,22: -na ti dhenuyuttena); -ratana, n., l.the "woman-treasure", (one of the seven ratanay of a cakkavatti(n) king); D I 89,3; Mill 174,3i (ranno cakkavattissa -am ptubhavati abhirp dassaniy ...); Thi520; Ap512,n (-am aham bhavim); Pj I 173,7; 2. a gem of a woman; an excellent woman; JaV 211,4 (deva mama gehe -am uppannam ranno va anucchavikam); VI 349,9 (evarpam -am na labhissam); Pj I 178, I; -rpaka, n., the likeness of a woman; the image of a woman; Vinll 151,36 (chabbaggiy bhikkh vihre patibhnacittam krpenti -am purisarpakam); JaV 282,24 (so kammrajetthakam pakkospetv bahum suvannam datv ekam -amkarohi ti uyyojetv); -liAga, n. and mfh., 1. (n.) (i) femininity; feminine characteristics; the female sexual character istic(s); Vin III 35,12 (annatarassa bhikkhuno -am ptubhtam hoti); D III 88,24 (itthiy ca -am pturahosi); Dhs 633 * Vibh 122,23; Mil 267,13 (dissati purisassa -am ptubhtam); Bv-a 91,28 (-e thitassa manussajtikassa pi patthan na samijjhati); (ii) (gr.t.t.) the feminine gender; Ja IV 248,4' (Takkriy ti -am nma); Sadd211,io; 641,14; 2. (mfn.) (i) having female (sexual) characteristics; Vism 184,4; (ii) being feminine in gender; Sadd2,i3* (dhtusaddo jinamate ttane mato satthe pulliftgabhvasmim); 95,7 (orodhasaddassa t); 96,11 (orodhasaddassa ttam icchatha); anitthilinga, mfn., not being feminine in gender; Sadd 112,2 (pasaddo anitthilingo ti); -safifiita, -sannika, mfn. [cf S. sanjnik], called women, meaning women; Pj II 513,12 (-sannik thiyo) ^ Nidd-a I 54,14 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -);

Th-a II118,1 (tasmim -e Mrakkhittasmim bandhane); -son4i, / , a woman addicted to drink; Sn 112 (-im vikiranim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se itthim sondim perhaps better, but less regular metrically; read itthi mc ?); anitthi,/, I. not a woman; Vin III 144,10; Jail 126,25; 2. (gr.t.t.) not the feminine gender; Abh791; duritthi,/, a poor woman; a low-born woman; Ja VI 228,io* (jto -iy; 228,24': -iy daliddya kapanya kumbhadsiy kucchimhi jto); see also appitthika (sv appa), itthatta2, thi, bahutthika (^vbahu). itthik, itthiy,/ [itthi + k2; BHS istik, istiy, istrik], a woman; a mere woman; Vin III 16,35 (idam te ... mtumattikam -ya itthidhanam annarn pettikam; Sp210,2i: -ya itthidhanan ti hilento ha); DU 14,6 (anfi -... vijyanti); Vv 18:8 (yath' idam ppun* -; Vv-a96,s: - dvangulabahalabuddhik pi samn ppunim); Ja IV 322,14* (itthiy jlvalokasmim y hoti samacrini, Eeso; Be itthiyo... y hoti; Ce, Se itthiyo ... y honti; 322,25: itthiy ti itthi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se itthiyo ti itthi); V 116,15 (- nma kim kathessau" ti); 445,15* (calcalam hadayam itthiynam); Ap 533,3 (-narn ca pabbajjam yam 'ham ycim punappunam); Mhv 21:28; Sadd 803,18 (hilanatthe mundako samanako - icc di). itthindriya, ., seesv itthi. itthiy, see sv itthik. itv, itvna, absol. 0/eti 1 qv. itveva is a (falsely reconstructed) sandhi form of iti qv + eva; see also tveva. idam, ., demonstr. pronoun [S. ayam, iyam, idam], (sg. nom. mf. ayam, n. idam [and imam]; ace. m.f imam, n. idam, imam; ins tr. m.n. anena, imin, amin, / imya; abl m.n. asm2, imasm, imamh; / imya; dat./gen. m.n. assa4, imassa,/ ass2, imiss [an d assay a, imassya, imya, Sadd 277,11]; loc. m.n. asmim, imasrnim, imamhi [and amhi, Sadd 277,7], / imiss, assam, imissam, imya, imyam; pl. nom. m. ime, / im, imyo, n. imni; acc. m. ime, / im, n. imni; ins tr. m.n. imehi (and ehi, Sadd 660,29), / imhi; dat./gen. m.n. esam, imesam, sam, esnam [and imesnam, Sadd 277,7], /sam, imsam; loc. m.n. imesu (and esu, Sadd 660,29), / imsu); eidam-; 1. this (referring to what is immediately present fin space or in thought]; or referring to what immediately precedes or follows); VinI 10,20 (ayam eva ariyo atthangiko maggo); 1117,8 (imiss bhante mahpathaviy hetthimatalam sampannam); D I 85,3 (imamh mahrja sanditthikehi smannaphalehi annarn sanditthikam smannaphalam uttaritaram v panitataram v n* atthi ti); MI 518,7 (imin 'ham silena v vatena v); II 154,2 (amutra pan' esnam na kind nnkaranam passmi ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se pana snarn); SI 88,is (tad amin p'etarn... pariyyena veditabbam); 100,3 (imehi pancangehi samanngato hoti); A I 111,28 (imesam kim nnkaranam n' esham kinci nnkaranam passmi ti, Be, Ce so; Se n' esam; Ee nesarn nharn; Mp II 181,9: n' esan ti na esam); II26, is (apagat ca te bhikkhave bhikkh imasm dhammavinay); It 12, is (-amhi cyam samaye); Sn 137 (tad amin pi jntha); 634 (asmim loke paramhi ca); Vv 52:2 (asm lok param gatarn); Ja II 418,2 foil, (imassa manino vippasannatt

372

ayam chy pafinyati); V107,i8* (sace imam brahme surajjakam siy phitarn rattham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se idam); 374,20* (imyo dasadh dis); Nidd I 226,29 (imsam evarpnam santnam vihrasampatnnam lbhi); Patisl \16,1 foil, (imiss ruciy imasmim dye); Ap 114,i (imhi cathi gthhi); Mil 46,7 (kirn imam yeva nmarpam patisandahati ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se idam); Vism 638,18 (imissam maggmaggannadassanavisuddhiyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr imissa); It-a I 72,19 (imyam v paccayasmaggiyam); Sadd 267,6 (etasaddo samipavacano imasaddo accantasamipavacano amusaddo dravacano); 654,25 (imam cittam titthati idam cittam titthati); 662, \ifoll. (sam itthinam tsam v sam purisnam sam cittnam tesam v); 2. such, like that (often implying contempt); (repeated) such and such; MI 258,26 (api nyam Sti bhikkhu kevattaputto usmikato pi imasmim dhammavinaye ti); Ja II 3,23 (ayam ca ayam ca amhkam ranno silcro ti); 160,4 (imesam sattnam hadayam nma rukkhagge hot! ti); Kkh 44,12 (yo idam ca idam ca karoti ayam assamano ti); Mp III 382,13 (idam c' idam ca pucchissami ti); 3. (with rel. pronoun) whoever, whatever; VinI 10,i2(yocyam kmesukmasukhalliknuyogo... yo cyam attakilamathnuyogo); Dhp 56 (appamatto ayam gandho yyam tagaracandani); 4. (as personal pronoun) of him, of her; his, etc; Sn 1100 (sav 'ssa na vijjanti); Thi58 (khandh 'sam adhikuttan; Thi-a 63,23: asan ti tesam); Ja 1290,22 (imassa ghare ekapurisikya ekya itthiy bhavitabban ti); 302,4* (evam lokitthiyo nma n' sam kujijhanti pandit; 302,i4'/o//.: etsam itthinam); 333,2 (imassa niddam okkantakle, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee imissa, prob, wr); II 416,15 (tatr' ass pavattim na jnm ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr assa); VI 544,5* (msam addakkhi mtaram; 544,16: m sam mtaram addakkhi, Ee so; Be, Se etesam, Ce esam); Sv278,7 (tinn vicikicch anena ti tinnavicikiccho); n. idam {sometimes ida), adv., here; now, thus; there; Vin II 295,18 (ekam idam vuso samayam bhagav Svatthiyam viharati); D I 238, is (yesam idam etarahi tevijj brhman); III 69, \s foil, (ek' idam satt vannavanto honti ek' idam satt dubbann); M II 52,4 (ekam idham ... samayam); III 119,i (ayam ca h' idam tesam bhikkhnam antarkath vippakat hoti); SI 107,20* (kim idam soppasi); AIV 20,18 (ekam idaham ... samayam); Ja VI 560,1* (kim idam appasaddo va assamo patibhti mam); Sv 256,22 (ekam idhan ti ettha idan ti niptamattam, ekam ahan ti attho); ifc see ta-y-, na-y-, yatha-y-, yad-; idam-atthika, -atthika1, mfn., needing (only) this; requiring the minimum; Mp I 162,17 (appicchat santutthit sallekhat pavivekat ~-t, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se idamatthit) ^ Bv-a 49,32 ^ Vism 81,11 (eds idamatthit); idam-aflhita, -atthit, / , abstr., the needing (only) this, requiring the minimum; Vin V 131,13 (pavivekam yeva nissya -am yeva nissya rannako hoti; Sp 1339,6: imya kalynya patipattiy attho etass ti idamatthi, idamatthino bhvo ~a) = A III 219,9^ Pp 69,n (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee idamatthikam, prob, wr); Vism 81,M (appicchat santutthit sallekhat pavivekat ~) * Mp I 162,17 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee idamatthikat); As 401,29; idam-atthika1, see sv idam-

atthika above; idam-atthika2, mfn., being for this purpose; Th 984 (kappiyam tarn ce chdeti civaram -am); ida-ppaccaya, m. [from idappaccay? cfBHS idampratyaya], this as cause; a specific cause; a cause of this; Vism 518,29 (imesam paccay -, ~ eva idappaccayat, -nam v samho idappaccayat) = Sadd 277,19; Sv 496,30 (imassa jarmaranassa paccayo ~o); ida-ppaccayat,/, abstr. [cf BHS idampratyayat], the being specific causes; causal relationship; VinI 5,i (duddasam idam thnam yad idam idappaccayat paticcasamuppdo; perhaps cpd paticcasamuppdo); Sil 25,20 (thit va s dhtu dhammatthitat dhammaniymat ~); Pet 222,24; Vism 518,29 = Sadd 277,19 (idapaccaynam v samho ~ ti); As 355,22 (-ya ca paticcasamuppannesu ca dhammesu kankhati ti); ida-ppaccay, because of this cause; from a specific cause; D I 185,27 (~ kira me nnam udapdi ti); II 55, is (atthi - jarmaranan ti... atthi ti 'ssa vacaniyam, kimpaccay jarmaranan ti...); S V 71,17 (sa ce pi me cavati - me cavati ti pajnmi). idni (before vowels often idan* or idnim), ind. [S. idnim], now, at this moment; just now; Vin I 43,11 (idni anena jatilasahassam pabbjitam); 174,23 (idn' eva nam vadehi ti); D II 128,26 (idni bhante pancamattni sakatasatni atikkantni); MI 295,26 (idn* eva... bhsitam evam jnma); SIII 2,10 (idnham bhante bhagavat dhammiy kathya amatena abhisitto ti); A IV 374,i4 (idn' yasm Sriputto bhagavato sammukh slhandam nadissati ti); Vv 30:4 (idni bhante imam eva gmam pindya amhka ghararn upgami; Vv-al26,i7: idni ti anantartitadivasatt ha, adhun ti attho); Th 1122 (na te karissam vacanam idni 'harn); Thi 290 (brahmabandhu pure sim so idni 'mhi brhmano); Ja I 358,24 (idn' esa hatthipitth patitv marissati ti); II 186,17 (na bhikkhave idn' eva pubbe pi Devadatto mayham vadhya parisakkat* eva); III 254,5' (handa idnham gacchmi ti); V363,7 (idnim assa... mama gunam dassessmi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se idni 'ssa); VI 285,30; Ap 475,5 (idni 'harn Rjagahe jto setthikule ahum); Bv26:ll (idni ye etarahi jahanti mnusam bhavam appattamnas sekh; Bv-a293,17foil.: idn' etarahi ti ubho pi ekatth ... atha v idni ti mayi uppanne, etarahi ti mayi dhammam desente); Mil 4,11 (bahu tva divasvaseso, kim karissma idn' eva nagaram pavisitv); 27,24 (idni kho tvam mahrja sakkonto bhsass ti); Vism 10,22 (idni yam vuttarn katividham c'etam silan ti tatr' idam vissajjanam); Sv 848,37/0//. (idni may na ciram jivitabbam bhavissati... na me idni kme paribhurljanaklo); Ps IV 217,20 (nanu idnim eva divkaro atthangato); Dhp-a III 212,21 (anacchariyam ev' etam yam idni mama dhuram vahitum samattho na bhaveyya); Ap-a88,i8 (bhagav nham idni yeva Uruvelakassapam damemi atite pi esa may damito yev ti); Mhv3:17 (idni dhammasangitim karissma); Sadd 894,27 (etarahi adhun idni); see also dni. iddha, mfn., pp o/ijjhati qv. iddhi, / [S. rddhi], 1. prosperity, success; splendour; splendid attribute, accomplishment; DU 177,16foil (rj Mahsudassano cathi ~Ihi samanngato ahosi); A I

373

145,25 (evarpya -iy samanngatassa evarpena ca accantasukhumlena); Ja IV 42,io* (tay' amh labbhit -i, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se labhit); VI 315,21* (~i juti" balaviriypapatti); Vv 51:1 (-iy yasas jalam); Pv 30:7 (tarn tdisam paccanubhossat' -im); Vism 378,4 (jhanatthena -i nipphatti-atthena patilbhatthena ca ti); Sadd 484,24/?//. (iijhanam -i ijjhanti v satta etya iddh vuddh ukkamsagat honti ti ~i); 2. esp. supernatural accomplishment, magic power (possessed by devas, etc, and attained by some ascetics and bhikkhuy); Vin II 183,23 (Devadatta pothujjanikam -im abhinipphdesi); D III 112,7/o//. (dve 'm bhante ~iyo); S V 282,17 (abhijnti nu kho bhante bhagav -iy manomayena kayena brahmalokam upasankamit ti); A I 240,4 (s -i v nubhvo v); Dhp 175 (kse yanti -iy); T h l l 8 3 (vasibhto 'mhi -iy); ThI229 (~iy abhinimmitv caturassam ratharn); Ja IV 471,10* (cuto so brahmacariyamh ~iy parihyatha); V 14,26* (-1 nu te vatthukat subhvit); Ap560,i (-isu ca vasi homi); Patis II 207,i/o//. (katam adhitthn ~i); Mill88,17 (kirn na samattho -iy attano upaghtam apanayitum); Mp II 344,24 (ettha ca bhagavato andhakrlokasaddasavanasankhtnam -inam mahantatya); Mhv 5:165 (tarn -im uparj so disv); 32:15 (-iy nabhasgamma); Sadd 710,30 (koci -iy antaradhyati); ifc see adhitthn'-, adhitthn-, thabban'-, manomay'-, vikubban'-; '-bhisaftkhra, m., exercise of supernatural power (s); VinI 16,is; MI 253,36 (tathrpam -am abhisankhsi); S III 92,3o; -karana, ., exercise of supernatural power(s); Ja IV 263,19; Vism 384,21; Patis-a 345,13 (kle); -pahut,/, mastery of or possession of supernatural power(s); D i l 213,5 (~ya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -bahulikatya); -ptihira, n., a marvel performed by supernatural power; Pet 79,12 (~ena; Be, Ce so; Ee iddhiptihirena); -ptihriya, n.f a marvel performed by supernatural power, a miracle; the miracle of supernatural power (one of the three marvels of the Buddha; see also anussani-, desan-); Vin I 28,12 (sace mahsamano ... -am karissati); II 185,15 (Devadattassa imin -ena); D I 212,17; AI 170,16; JaV 320,8 (-amnesam dassessmi ti); -pada, m. (and nj, a basis of supernatural power(s); Vin III 93,7 (cattro ~); DIU 77,22 (bhikkhu... -am bhveti); SV 286,7 (katamo... ~o); Th595 (bhveyya...-ni); Pet248,7; Mil343,1* (~esu kusal); Vism 385,4; Spklll 256,6 (~-t); Patis-a 101,28 (~-tt); -ma(t), m/(/i)., of splendid power; (one) who possesses supernatural power(s); Vin III 67,17 (anpatti... -mantassa); D II 174,14 (-m vehsangamo Uposatho nma ngarj); A I 148,22 (santi samanabrhman -manto dibbacakkhuk paracittaviduno); IV 90,16* (-m yasav homi); Th379 (-m paracittann); JaV 393,26' (thapetv deve ca -mante ca); VI 219,13* (ng -manto yasassino); Niddl 386,20 (devat pi kho santi -mantiniyo) * As 126,17 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -mantiyo); Ap 557,4 (setth -manam); Patis II 207,23 (so -m cetovasippatto); Mil 188,10 (mama svaknam bhikkhnam -mantnam); Mp IV 109,1 (-mant ca isayo); 1h-a III 162,30 (-mantatya);

As 421,4 (-massa ca parassa ca); Saddh472 (Moggallno va -m); Mhv 30:51 (-manto 'vasdayum); Sadd677,i4 (itthiyam vattamn iddhimantusaddato ca inipaccayo hoti -mantini -mantiniyo); aniddhima(t), mflji)., 1. powerless; not prosperous; Ja VI 361,21* (sabb va t upabhog bhavanti iddhassa posassa aniddhimanto); 2. not possessed of supernatural power(s); Patis II 208,7; Mil 263,25 (yo pana tattha aniddhim); -maya, mfn.y arising from (the exercise of) supernatural power(s); Vism 63,18 (-an ti ehibhikkhucivaram); Mp I 160,22 (~am pattacivaram); Sp439,i9 (pntiptassa chappayog shatthiko ... -o ti);-mayika, mfn., id; Kv 456,4 (-oso yu); Sp 1104,12; -vasit,/, abstr.y mastery of supernatural power(s); Vism 384,33 (~ya); -vikubbana, ., ~ a , / , a transformation effected by supernatural power(s); a display of magic; D II 213,6 (cattro iddhipd iddhipahutya iddhivisavitya tya); Patis II 205,17 (~ya) quoted Vism 384,32 (~-tya); Bv 1:65 (kirn etam acchariyam loke yam me -am); Vism 373,24 (-am ktukmena); Ps I 164,19 (angmimagge thitassa sukhena - ijjhati); -vidh,/ (and -a, .), a kind or variety of supernatural power; D I 77,30 foil, (so ... -ya cittam abhinlharati... anekavihitam -am paccanubhoti eko pi hutv bahudh hoti... yva brahmalok pi kyena va samvatteti) ^ Patis I 111,20/0//.; D III 112,7 (bhagav dhammam deseti -su); Vibh 334,22 (~e nnam); Mil 359,15 (-am ... ppunti); Patis-a 50,22 (sabbappakrassa -assa yathyogam kranam vuttam); -visavit, / , abstr. [= *-visayit? cf As REXIII Kvi&wdiySh, Mvisava = S. visaya; cf also S. visayWkr], mastery of, possession of, supernatural power(s); DII213,6 (-ya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -visevitya); Patis II 205,17 (cf Patis-a 655,21: -y tivividham visesam savati janeti pavatteti ti visavi vividham savanam v assa atthi ti visavi tassa bhvo visavit) quoted Vism 384,33; aniddhi, mfn. andf, 1. (mfn.)poor; Ja VI 584,24 (-im asamiddhim daliddapurisam nma s va aniddhi... dameti); 2 . (f) poverty; Ja VI 584,25' (s va -i); see also aniddhi(n), aniddhika, thabbaniddhika (sv thabbana), mahiddhika. idha, ind. [S. iha], here, in this place; hither; in this world; in this existence; in this case, in this connection (introducing an example or hypothesis); in this teaching, in this system; Abhll61; Vin III 24,24 (idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ukkanthito ...; cf Sp 247,6: idh ti imasmim ssane); AII 69,3* (idh' eva nam pasamsanti pecca sagge ca modati); V 119,25/0//. (tesam ditthisampannnam paiicannam idha nitth pancannam idha vihya nitth; Mp V 44,2 foil: idha nitth ti imasmim yeva loke parinibbnam, idha vihy ti imam lokam vijahitv brahmalokam); Dhp 5 (na hi verena verni sammant' idha kudacana); Sn 151 (brahmam etam vihram idha-m-hu; cf Pj I 250,27: idha ariyassa dhammavinaye); 775 (tasm hi sikkhetha idh' eva jantu; Nidd I 40,22: idh ti imiss ditthiy imiss khantiy ... imasmim dhamme imasmim vinaye ... imasmim satthussane imasmim attabhve imasmim manussaloke); Ja II 242,4 (ito gato himseyya maccurjam so himsito neyya

374

puna idha); IV 103, i6* (idh* eva nikkhippa sariradeham); 344,17* (idh' evham vasissmi); As 348, H foil, (idh ti despadese nipto); Mhv 1:30; Sadd 682,3 (idato hadh: iha idha imasmim v); -loka, m., this world, this existence', D III 105,21 (~e appatitthitam ca paraloke appatitthitam ca); M III 261,5 (na -am updiyissmi); A V 7, is (na ~e sanni assa na paraloke paralokasanni assa); Ja III 101,24 (~e ca paraloke ca jhnasukhato uttaritaram sukham n'atthi ti); Pet 215,6; Mil 206,23 (~e garahabhay); Ud-a391,2o (itthattam ditthadhammo -o ti ca laddhavohro khandhaloko); see also iha. idham in Ee at Ja IV 258,27% 259,9 and 259,u* is wr for idam {Be, Ce, Se so). idhuma, n. [S. idhma], fuel, firewood; Abh 36; Ud-a 75,i6 (vedi sajjetv -rambhapjdike upakarane upanetv, Ce so; Ee -dabbapjdike; Be dhmadabbhi-; Se dhmadabbi-); cf JPTS, 1884, p. 53,31 (telakatham uddhanam ropetv ~am adho katv). inda, m. [S. indra], 1. Npr. of the king of the gods; the god of the sky and atmosphere (more usually called Sakkaqrv); Abh 20; D I 244,25 (-am avhayma somam avhayma varunam avhayma); III 160,6* (suravarataro-r-iva -0); Sn 310 (dev pitaro - o asurarakkhasa); Th 628 (-0 brahm ca gantv mam namassimsu panjali); Thi 121 (-am va dev tidas sahgme aparjitam purakkhitv); Ja IV 347,10* (eko va -o asure jinti); VI 568,8* (-0 ca brahm ca pajpati ca); Niddl 73,30 (-ttya v brahmattya v devattya v); 340,12 (mahrjno pucchanti - pucchanti brahmno pucchanti); Ap 344,i (tidasehi yath -0 manujehi purakkhato); Pet 34,10 (Mro v -0 v brahm v); Vibh-a 333,6 (tathgatena cikkhitamaggo apannako ~ena vissattham vajiram viya avirajjhanako); Sadd 378,1 (api ca ~o ti Sakko); 2. a chief, lord, king; Abh 1132; Vin I 26,22 (Sakko devnam ~o); MI 251,17 (Sakko devnam -o); Vv 63:30 (devnam -o va sahassavhano); Ja III 146,30* (devnam -0 maghav sujampati); 305, is* (Sakko 'ham asmi tidasnam -o); V 87,24* (-assa vkyena; 87,26': -ass ti ngindassa); Mil 6,20 (Sakko devnam -0); Vism 491,28 (bhagav hi sammsambuddho paramissariyabhvato -0); Sadd 377,29 (~o ti adhipatibhto yo koci); ifc see asur'-, jan'-, dum'-, pannag'-, bhujag'-, mah'-, mig'-; '-aggi, m., lightning; Vibh 83,37 (Vibh-a 70,9: M ti asani-aggi); Mp II 169,9; 0, -yudha, n., the rainbow; Abh 49; Mhbv24,2(mayam iva tapam); -khila m. [BHS indrakila], a post or stone set in the ground at the door of a house or palace or at the city gates against which the door or gate was closed; a threshold; Abh 204; 220; 1006 (ummre esikthambhe -0); Vin III 46,28 (gmupacro nma parikkhittassa gmassa -e thitassa majjhimassa purisassa leddupto); IV 160,26 (-0 nma sayanigharassa ummro vuccati); DIU 133,6 (seyyath pi vuso -o v ayokhilo v gambhiranemo sunikhto acalo asampavedhi); SI 27,4*; Sn229 (yath' -o pathavim sito siy; Pj I 185,21: -o ti nagaradvravinivranattham ummrabbhantare attha v dasa v hatthe pathavim khanitv kotitassa sradrumayatthambhass' etam adhivacanam); Th 663 (thit te -0 va); Ja I 89,7; Patis I 176,14 (nikkhamitv bahi - sabbam

etam arannam; Patis-a 507,16: -o ti c' ettha gmassa v nagarassa v ummro); -khilaka, m. [BHS indrakilaka], id.; Vin-vn 1884; -gajjita, ., thunder; Mil 22,1 (gajjanto -am); -gu, m.y a man; Nidd I 3,15 (puggalo jivo jag jantu ~ manujo; Nidd-al 26,12/0//.: indriyena gacchati" ti -, atha v indabhtena kammun gacchati t i - , hindag ti pi pli = Sadd466,n); 4,18 (jantussa -ussa manujass ti); -gopaka, m., the scarlet rain-mite (see S. Lienhard, 1978, pp. 177-88); Vin III 42,3 (s ahosi kutik abhirp ... lohitik seyyath pi-o); Dhp-a I20,i; sanchanna, mfn., covered with indagopaka insects; (according to cts) covered with a red grass; Th 13 (Th-al 62,nfoll.: sanchanna ti nmakehi pavlavannehi rattakimihi sanchdit ,.. keci pana nmni rattatinni ti vadanti, apare kanikrarukkh ti); Ja IV 258,5* (amb sl ca pupphit sanchanna; cf258,6'foil.: etassa vanasandassa bhmi vannya rattya... tinajtiy sanchanna); VI 497,23* (yad hemantike mse haritam dakkhisi medinim sanchannam); -cpa, m., the rainbow; Samantak222; 240; -jla, n., illusion, sorcery; Sv 85,4; -jlika, m., a magician; a juggler; Abh 512; Mil 331,14 (... lahghak - vetlik ...); -juttha, mfn.y practised by the lord; Vism 491,26 (-'-attho indriyattho); Patis-a 87,12 (-'-atthena); -ttana, ., abstr., the state of being Inda; Saddh234 (rajjam -am bhogo); -dhanu, ., the rainbow; Abh 49; Ap-a 266,24; Bv -a 254,11 (parivutadivasakaram viya); -nila, m.n., sapphire, a sapphire; Ja IV 21,5 (--maytayo kpak); Ap71,n; Mil 118,20; Ud-a 103,25 quoted Sadd873,i; Mhv 11:16; -'-addikta, n. [indanila + addi + kta1], the top of a sapphire mountain; Dth2:13; mani, m., sapphire, a sapphire; Ja I 80,24 (--manimaye patte); Sv 625,24; -phali(n), m., a kind of fish; Sadd500,n; -mani,/w., sapphire; Samantak622; -yava, m., "Inda 's grain", the seed of the tree Wrightia antidysenterica; Abh 574; -latthi,/, the rainbow or lightning; Ap33,2i (Ap-a 266,24: ~i va indadhanu iva); 34,16 (Ap-a267,25: ~i va uggatam... viijullat iva uggatam); -vala, w., a kind offish; Sadd 500,n; -varunikarukkha, m., a kind of tree, "gourd tree"; Ja IV 8,8 (ekam -am gocaragmam katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se indavrunirukkham); - v a r u m , / , a sort of gourd or cucumber; Abh 597; -sagotta, mfn., who has the same gotra as Inda; Th416 (mram -a niddhunhi; Th-aII 176,25: kosiyagottatya -a indasamnagotta); Ja VI 500,24* (-assa ulkassa pavassato sutvna, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr indassa gottassa; 501,30': kosiyagottassa); -sala,m., a kind of tree; Abh 568; Ja IV 92,12 (sallaki ca kutaj ca tirukkh kutajarukkh ca); Sp 762,7 (in long cpd); -sittha, mfn., produced by the lord; Vism 491,26 (-'-attho indriyattho); Patis-a 87,7 (-'-atthena); -heti, w., Inda 's thunderbolt; Abh 866; see also sa-indaka, sahindaka. indake inEe at Ja V 276,24' is wr for sa-indake (Be so) or sahindake (Ce, Se so). indati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup indati, Wg 3:26], is powerful; rules; Dhtup 142 (inda paramissariye);

375

Dhtum 201 (idi tu paramissariye); Sadd 377,30 (so hi ~ati paresu issariyam ppunti ti indo ti vuccati); 439, is (nare ~afi ti narindo ti); 786,2 (api ca ~anti ti indriyni). indana, n. [from indati], ruling; Sadd 377,29 (idi paramissariye: indati ~am indo); indana in Ee, Se at Vism 505,24, and in Ee at It-al 86,16, Bv-a 166, n and 294,30 is wrfor indhana qv. indiya, n. [from inda qv; cfS. indriya], the state of being Inda; Sadd 786,3 (indassa bhvo ~an ti viggahe ~an ti padam Sakkattam yeva vadati). indivara, n. [ts], the blue water-lily, Nymphaea stellata; the tree Cassia fistula; Abh 552; 1003 (~am matam niluppale uddlapdape); Vv 45:5 (~nam hatthakam aham adasim; cf Vv-a 197,10foil: uddlakapupphahattham vtaghtapupphakalpam); Ja VI 536,8* (saram ... ~ehi sanchannam); Ap 20,10 (~am va jalitam). indivari, / [cf S. indivari], the blue water-lily; -sma, mfn., dark as the blue water-lily; JaV 92,29* (vande ~am rattim). indu, n. [S. indu, m.], the moon; Abh 51; Sadd 380,25*; Jina-c326 (purakkhato ~u va trakhi); see also kittindupda sv kitti. indriya, n. [ts], power, faculty; controlling principle; Vism491,5foil.; I. the five (or six, including mind) sense-faculties; (the serenity of the senses is perceptible to others); Abh 149; Vin I 8,13 (vippasannni kho te vuso ~ni parisuddho chavivanno pariyodto); IV 18,27 (Anuruddho ~ni okkhipitv tarn itthim n' eva olokesi na pi lapi); D I 55,25 (ctummahbhtiko ayam puriso yad klam karoti... ksam ~ni sankamanti; Sv 166, I: manacchatthni ~ni ksam pakkhandanti); III 239,io (pane* ~ni cakkhundriyam sotindriyam ghnindriyam jivhindriyam kyindriyam); MI 266,17 (kumro vuddhim anvya ~nam paripkam anvya); 355,6 (ariyasvako ~esu guttadvro hoti); S V 205,8 (cha-y-imni bhikkhave ~ni); 216,22 (dissati ca ~nam annathattam); AIII 380,25 (maranakle ~ni vippasidimsu); Dhp 94 (yass' ~ni samatham gatni); Sn 516 (yass' ~ni bhvitni); Th728 (~ni manussnam hitya ahitya ca); Ja I 303,4 (itthim disv subhavasena ~ni bhinditv olokesi); III 464,16* (yo ~nam kmena vasam... gacchati); VI187,i3* (mamam disvna yantam... ~ni ahatthni smam jtam mukham tava); Vibh 99,19 (yuno samhni ~nam paripko ayam vuccati jar); Mil 373,3 (yogin ... samvutehi ~ehi caritabbam); Pv-a 77,23 (llmi ti -ni parieremi); As 328,25 (cakkhdini ~ni jaram pattassa paripakkni lulitni avisadni olrikam pi attano visayam gahetum asamatthni honti); Sadd 785,20/0//.; ifcseeek'-, kat'- (^v karoti), ky'-, ghattit'-, ghn'-, cakkh'-, cakkhundriya, jivh'-, tikkh'-, parimrit' -, pkat' -, pinit' -, pin'-, man'-, mud' -, vissatth'-, sot'-; 2.five mental faculties or energies; Vin I 183,2 (~nam ca samatam pativijjha); D III 239,15 (aparni pi pane' ~ani saddhindriyam viriyindriyam satindriyam samdhindriyam pannindriyam); S V 193,6foil.; Th352 (bhvento satipatthne -nibalnica);PatisII Ufoll.; Pet41,10; Nett 18,33/0//.; Mil 330,10 (pane* ~ni panca balni); Vism 149,17 (saddhdini ~ni); ifc see kat'- (^v karoti), pann,-,

viriy'-, saf-, sati-, saddh'-, samdh'-; 3. three controlling principles; SV 204, H (tin' imni bhikkhave ~ni... itthindriyam purisindriyam jivitindriyam); ifc see itth'-, ek'-, jivit' -, puns'-, vatt' -; A.five faculties of sensation or feeling; Dili 239,12 (aparni pi pane' ~ni sukhindriyam dukkhindriyam somanassindriyam domanassindriyam upekhindriyam); S V 207',13 foil; Pet 144,7; Nett 88,4; ifc see upekkh'-, dukkh'-, domanass'-, sukh'-, somanass'-; 5. three faculties of knowledge; D III 219,9 (tin' ~ni anaMtannassmitindriyam annindriyam anntvindriyam) = SV 204, is; Patis I 115,2s foil.; Pet 51,16; ifc see aftn' - (sv anii), anntv'-, ananntannassmit'- (.yvjnti), nan'-; nurakkhana, ., guarding of the senses; Saddh 449; -ggayba, mfn., perceptible; Abh 716; -paropariya, n. [prob, from paropara, hyperpalism for parovara qv; or for *parpariya; cf S. parpara, parvara, parovara], the higher or lower state of development of the faculties; nana, n. [cf S. parparajna; BHS parparajnat], knowledge of the state of development of the faculties; Ja I 78,22 (~-nnassa pativedhya upanissayabht dasa pramiyo); Mp III 374,18 (purisapuggalnam tikkhamuduvasena ~-nnam); ~-tta, n.y abstr. [cfS. parparatva], the state of different degrees of development of the faculties; MI 70,14 (tathagato parasattnam parapuggalnam ~-ttam yathbhtam pajnti; Ps II 30,i: ~-ttan ti saddhdinam indriynam parabhvam ca aparabhvam ca, vuddhim ca hnim ca ti attho) 9* SV 305,6 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr indriyaparopariyattim) ^ A V 34,14; Patis I 133,3 (tte nnarn); Vibh 340,6 (katamam ... ~-ttam yathbhtam nnam); Kv 229,8; Sp 963,2 (buddhacakkhun ti ttafinena ca saynusayannena ca, Be so; Ee, Se indriyaparopariyattinnena; not in Ce); -paropariyatti, / [apparently paro + pariyatti, but prob, from misinterpretation of -paropariyatta (or haplology ?)], knowledge of the degree of development of the faculties; Kv 315,26 (atthi svakassa phalaparopariyatti ~i puggalaparopariyatti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -paropariyattam); at indriya, mfn. [S. atindriya], beyond the reach of the senses, imperceptible; Abh 716 (apaccakkham ~am); anindriya, n. and mfn.,. l.(n.) not a faculty; Vism450,23 (sabbam pi... indriyam ~am); 451,3; 2. (mfn.) without (sense)-faculties; ifc see sa-indriya below; nirindriya, mfn., without (sense)facuities; Ja VI 207,13* (~am santam asannakyam vessnaram, Ce, Ee so; Se anindriyam; Be anindriyabaddham asannakyam); sa-indriya, mfn., with (sense)-faculties; anindriya, mfn., with or without faculties; Sp 477,23 (yam kinci allasukkham ^anindriyam dayhat ti). Vindh, [S. Vindh], to kindle; to blaze; Dhtup 173 (indha dittiyam); Dhtum 252. * indha, m. [from ^\ndh],fuel; ifc see anindha. indhana, n. [ts], fuel; kindling; Abh 36; Ja V 447,10 (yath aggi ~ena tappati); Vism 505,24 (~am, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr indanam) = Patis-a 150,9; It-al 86,16 (s... pathaviy vivare dinne avicijlnam ~am hutv va avici-

376

niraye nibbatti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr indanam); ThI-a 238,23 (dahaniy ~am viy ti attho); Mhv76:6; Sadd 394,7 (edho ~am updnam); -kkhaya, m [indhana + khaya2], the using up of the fuel; Nett 184,21* (nibbanti tejoti-r-iv' ~); Bv-a 166,11 (updnasankhay ti ~a, Be, Se so; Ce -sankhay; Ee wr indanasankhay); 294,30 (~ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr indana-); anindhana, mfn.9 without fuel; Ja IV 27,io' (~o aggi viya) = Cp-a 139,17; nirindhana, mfn.9 without fuel; Ap 534,20 (aggi viya -0). ibbha, m(fn). [cf Ved. ibha, ibhya; S. ibhya; cf L. Renou, 1939, pp. 337-38; K.R.Norman, 1966, pp. 113foil; C. Caillat, 1974, pp. 41-49], a member of a king's entourage; a vassal; dependent; wealthy; Abh 725 (~o tv addho tath dhani); D I 90,15 (mundak samanak ~ kinh bandhupdpacc; Sv 254,23: ~ ti gahapatik) * MI 334,16; D I 91,2 (~ sant ~ samn na brhmane sakkaronti); Ja VI 214,13* (yath pi ~ dhanadhannahetu kammni krenti). ibha, m. [ts]9 an elephant; Abh 360; Sadd 345,33*; Sv-pt I 388,11; ifc see mattebha .svmadati; -pipphali,/ [cfS. ibhakan, hastipippali], a sort of long pepper; Abh 583. ima\ the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun idam qv. ima2, [see C Caillat, 1968, pp. 187-204; 1965, pp. 289-308], a suffix used 1. [cf Ai.Gr. 11.2 226a and BHSG 22:13-16] in forming adjectives of superlative force and some ordinal numerals; 2. [cf Ai.Gr. 11.2 226b]9 in forming adjectives from nouns; see avyima, ukkhepima, ohvima, kthima, krima, kuttima, khanima, pkima. ima3, [S. -iman], a suffix used in forming nouns from adjectives; Sadd 866,27 (kuttito v imo: atha v kuttisaddato imapaccayo hoti). ima(t), [perhaps extracted from forms such as satima(t), or the result of a conflation of -i(n) and -ma(t); c/Sadd Index sv puttima(t); K.R.Norman, 1992b, pp. 227-28], (according to Sadd,) a suffix forming possessive adjectives from nouns; Sadd 148,3iyb//. (ppim puttim candim ti imni ppasadddito tad ass' atthi ice etasmim atthe pavattassa imantupaccayassa vasena siddhim upgatni ti gahetabbni). imbara, m.9 a kind of tree; Mhv 23:52 (rukkhe -sannite). iya, [ts]9 = ya2 qv. ira, a suffix added to a noun, with vrddhi of the first vowel, expressing: wishing to be; desiring to obtain; Sadd 784,27^0//. (asaddhammasevandhippyena vidhavadihi atthike jane abhidhtabbe vidhavdito nerapaccayo hoti vidhavya atthiko vedhavero evam kannero vesiyero); see kannera, vedhavera, vesiyera, smanera. irana, see sv irina. irina (also written irana, irina, irina), n. [S. irina, irina; S. lex. irana], desert, inhospitable region; barren or salt soil (also metaph.); Abh 886 (irinam); A V 156,6 (samanubhsiyamno ~am pajjati vijinam pajjati, Ee so; Be, Ce irinam; Se iranam; Mp V 55,8: -an ti tucchabhvam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee irinan ti); Ja V 70,2* (arahne irine vivane, Ce, Se so; Be irine; Ee irine vane; 72,i5':

sukkhakantre) * VI 560,35* (Be, Ce ~e vivane; Ee, Se irine; 561,6': niroje) * Ap 255,io (Be irine vane; Ce irine vane;e, Se ~e vivane); Vv-a 334,25 (kantre tinirudake -e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee irine); Sv404,28 (tevijj-irinanti tevijj-arannam -fm ti hi agmakam rnah-arannam vuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tevijj-irinan ti... iranan ti); Sadd 921,12 (~am irinam); ifc see tevijj-. iritvija, m. [S. rtvij], an officiating priest; Abh 414. iriya, n.9 ^ee^viriy. iriyati (and iriyati), pr. 3 sg. [S. Vir, irte; BHS iryati], moves, moves about; behaves, conducts oneself, lives (in a certain way); Dhtum 556 (iriya vattane); D III 155,16* (jambudipam abhibhuyya ~ati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee iriyati, unmetrical); MI 74,6 (tath ca ~ati); SI 141,24* (ghsesanam ~ati sitibhto); Th 276 (~anty amar viy); Ja III 498,27* (kacci suddho iriyasi); IV 354,22' (bhikkhu paribbaje ~etha vattetha); Niddl 51,16 (careyya vihareyya ~eyya); 434,29 (~issasi); Spkll 382,9 (dabbajtiko bhikkhu nekkhammasitam iriyena iriyati); Pj II 173,25 (anaye na ~afi ti ariyo); part.pr. (a) iriya(t), mfn.9 D III 188,12* (bhamarasseva ~ato); (b) iriyanta, mfh.9 Niddl 59,15 (caranto viharanto ~anto); Pet 208,8; (c) iriyamna, mfn.9 Sn 1063; Th 689; Ap 389,s; (d) iriyna, mfn.9 Sn 947 (samm so loke ~no); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) ireti, ~ayati, causes to move; sends; calls; proclaims; Dhtup 607 (ira khepe); Sadd 560,7 (irakhepane:-eti ~ayati);ppIrita, mfn. [ts]9 I. caused to move, stirred; sent, thrown; Abh 744; Vv-a 177,28 (vtena ~itam calitam); 2. called; spoken; proclaimed; Abh 433; Sadd 341,33* (so ssane ~ito na hi); Dth5:12; fpp irayitabba, mfn.9 Mp II 53,2i (vidhin -ayitabbato ca viriyam); Ud-a232,3i (vidhin -ayitabbam pavattetabban ti v viriyam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) ereti, ~ayati, makes move, stirs; makes sound; raises one's voice; D III 174,11* (vc so ~ayati kannasukh); MI 21,i (vto v pannasatam ~eti); Dhp 134 (sace n' -esi artnam kamso upahato yath); Sn350 (girarn ~aya); Th209 (na -aye); Ja IV 478,24* (nvam puriso dakamhi ~eti); part.pr. eraya(t) mfn.9 D III 155,2* (giram ~ayam); pp (a) erita, mfn.9 moved, stirred; Th 104 (tlam iva ~itam mlutena); JaV 43,8*; Ap 253,26; Mil 375,11 (padumam appamattakena pi anilena ~itam calati); Vism 172,11; ifc see bhaya-m-, vf-, haday'-; neg. anerita,mfn.9 Niddl 353,12 (anerito aghattito acalito); pp (b) erayita, mfn.9 spoken, uttered; Sn325 (dhammim katham -ayitam khanann suneyya sakkacca subhsitni; Pj II 333,2: -ayitan ti vuttam); see also irati. iriyana, iriyana, n.9 ~a, / [from iriyati], going along; living; Niddl 42,8 (yapan ypan - vattan plan jivitam ...) = Dhs 19 (As 149,I: etya iriyanti ti ~) = Vibh 123,8; Spl47,i (attabhvassa -am vuttim planam ... abhinipphdesin ti, Se so; Ce, Ee iriyanam; Be iriyarn) ^ As 167,28 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce iriyanam); Sp 174,29 (~am pavattanam jivitan ti dini pi padni ekatthni,Be, Seso; Ce, Ee iriyanam); Spkll 2519i6foil. (ariyti... anaye na ~ato aye ~ato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee iriyanato) = As 349,24 (Be, Se so; Ce iriyanto; Ee iriyanato); aniriyana, aniriyana, ., not going

377

along, not living; Pj II 433, n (ppakehi rakatt ariyo hoti anayena ca -, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anaye ca aniriyana). i r i y , / (and -a, n.) [BHSiry, iry], conduct; deportment; life, way of life; movement; MI 81,31 (tya... ~ya tya patipadya); SII 47,24* (tesarn me nipako -am puttho me brhi; SpkII 60,13: -an ti vuttim crarn gocaram vihram patipattim) = Sn 1038; Th921 (annath... -am si bhikkhnam); Ap273,23 (-assa vikopanam); 329,9 (-am cpi disvna, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se iriypatham ca); Vism 145,29 (attabhvassa -am vuttim... abhinipphdeti) * Sp 147,1 (Be so; Ce, Ee iriyanam; Se iriyanam); SpkII 382,9 (dabbajtiko bhikkhu nekkhammasitam -ena iriyati); 1h-al 129,6 (ariyehi v anaraniyatya anariyehi iriyatya ca anariyam ppakam, Be, Se so; Ce akaraniyatya ... araniyatya ca; Ee ariyehi v na iriyatya anariyehi iriyatya ca); Mhv 5:48 (santya -ya 'smim pasidi sa mahipati); -patha, m. [BHS liypatha], movement; mode of behaviour, deportment; Vin III 46,35 (-am vikopeyya thn cveyya); MII 135,22 (yannnham samanam Gotamam anubandheyyam -am assa passeyyan ti); SI 44,n*; Sn385 (-am pabbajitnulomikam sevetha); Th 927 (siniddh teladhr va ahosi -o); Jail 273,3 (rj... bodhisattam disv -asmim yeva pasiditv); Mil 17,10 (yasmato Ngasenassa ~e pasiditv); Sp 891,22 (ujukena kyeiia samena -na gantabbam c' eva nisiditabbam ca); esp. the four bodily attitudes (walking, standing, sitting, lying); S V 78,3 (ye keci pn cattro -e kappenti klena gamanam klena thnam klena nisajjam klena seyyam); Niddl 226,6 (-assa thapan); Vism 396,24 (yam yam -am icchati tarn tarn karoti); Dhp-a I 9,1 (imam temsam katihi ~ehi vitinmessath ti); As 404,33 (ettakam hi bhunjitv pniyam pivitv cattro - sukhena pavattanti); ifc see chinn' -, chinna- sv chindati; kappana, n., the practising of a bodily attitude; Vism 176,24; Spkl 15,5; kopana, n., the disturbance or changing of an attitude; Spkl 183,33; samparivattanat,/, abstr., the changing of a bodily attitude, alteration of posture; Sv 780,25 = Ps I 284,10 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee samparivattan) = Mp I 50,8 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se samavattanat); -pathika, mfh., connected with a bodily attitude, practising an attitude; Nidd-all 50,2i (cittam) = As 377,24; -pathiya, mfn., based on (good) conduct; Th591 (crittam atha vrittam ~am pasdaniyam). irina,see.svirina. iriyati, see sv iriyati. iriyana, see sv iriyana. iru, / [extracted from irubbeda; cfS. re], a sacred verse; the Rg-veda; Abh 108 (-u nri yajus smam iti ved tayo); -bbeda, m.n. [< *irweda < *irgveda <rgveda? or by analogy with yajubbeda?], the Rg-veda; Mil 178,15 (-am yajubbedam smavedam athabbanavedam); Sv247,i9 (tinnam vednan ti yajubbedasmavednam) = Mp II 261,15 = Bv-a68,i6; Thi-a 197,35 (-'-dinam ajjhendimattena tevijjo vedasampanno); Sadd 390,9 (--yajubbedasmavedavasen); -veda, m.y the Rg-veda; Dip 5:62. ila, ilia, [Pkt id; cfS -ra, -la andAiGr. II.2, 230foil],

a suffix forming adjectives, sometimes (according to grammarians) with possessive force (= -va[t], -ma[t]/ ilati1,/?/*. 3 sg.y trembles; Sadd 438,30 (ila kampane: -ati); see also elayati. ilati 2 ,pr. 3 sg. [cfS ilati, Wg 28:65; 32:118], goes; Sadd 439,20 (ila gatiyam: -ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. ileti, -ayati, sends; Sadd 564,19 (ila perane: -eti -ayati). ilisa, m. [S. lex. iliSa, illi^a, illisa], a kind offish, Clupea alosa; Sadd873,i2. ilia, .see .yv ila. i l l i y , / [cfS. lex. ill, fli, ill], a cudgel or short sword; -cpadhri(n), mjh., holding a cudgel or short sword and a bow; equipped with cudgel(s) or short sword(s) and bow(s); Ja V 259,4* (gmaniyehi -ihi, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se indiy-) = VI503,7* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se indiya-) = Ap 366,20 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se indiy-); see also illi. illi, / [cfS. lex. ill, Hi, ill], a cudgel (or short sword); Abh 392; Ja VI 52,3' (illiycpadhrihi ti -i ca cparn ca dhrentehi, Ce so; Ee wr epam ca; Be illiyam ca; Se indiyam ca); 504,25' (-iyo ca cpe ca dhrentehi, Ce, Ee so; Se indiye; Be illiyam ca cpam ca); see also illiy. iva (occasionally lengthened to iv or ivarn mc\ ind. [ts], like, as; as if, as it were; Sn 687 (disv kumram sikhim iva pajjalantam); Vv 84:5 (tattam ivam kaplam; Vv-a 335,19foil: gthsukhattham c* ettha snunsikam katv vuttam tattam iva ice eva datthabbam); Th 104 (tulam iva eritam mlutena); Thi 2 (cando rhuggah iva); JaV 18,4* (yarn manuss vivajjenti sappam ghoravisam iva); 400,16* (virdhit mandam iv udikkhasi, so read mc ? eds iva); Pj II 51,19 (aggasvak pana khattiyabrhmanakulesv eva [uppajjanti] buddha iva); iva is (a) sometimes combined with a preceding vowel: AIV 177,29 (ayam kho me... patham abhinibbhid ahosi kukkutacchpakasseva); It 83,8* (sameti vutthiva rajarn samhatam); Th454 (baliseneva ambujam); (b) sometimes separated from a preceding vowel by a sandhi consonant, in which case a preceding long vowel is sometimes shortened: D II 205,9 (bhti-r-iva bhagavato mukhavanno); Dhp 401 (ragge-r-iva ssapo); Sn214 (yo ogahane thambho-r-ivbhijyati); 1134 (mahodadhim hamsa-r-iv, ajjhapatto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be hamso-r-iva); Ja I 223,27* (kakkatak-m-iva); 11219,21* (giri-m-iva anilena duppasaho); VI248, J8* (arigra-m-iv* accimanto; 248,20': jalitangr viya); Ap 19,14 (dursad vyaggha-r-iva, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se vyaggh-r-iva); before iva (c) a preceding -am sometimes becomes -am or -amm: DII265,19* (dhammo arahatm iva, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se arahatam); Dhp 143 (yo nindam appabodhati asso bhadro kasm iva); Sn 763 (loko passatm iva); Ja III 334,3* (uragamm iva, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uragm iva); VI 529,34* (trcitm iva); or (d) is shortened to -a: JaV 322,2* (tarn ca disvna yantam jalanta-r-iva tejas, Ce, Ee, Seso; itejalantam-r-iva; 322,26': jalantam viya) * VI 181,6* (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be jalantam iva); iva (e) occasionally perhaps represents eva [cfS. yathaiva, tathaiva; BHSG 4:61]: D I 90,n (tehi pi me saddhim evam kathsallpo hoti yatha-r-iva bhot Gotamen ti); II 224,22 (cattro sammsambuddh loke

378

uppajjeyyum dhammam ca deseyyum yalha-r-iva bhagav; Sv 658,24: yath bhagav eva); Dhtuk65,3* (tayopaticcatatha-r-iva phassapancam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ttariva); Sadd 618,10/0//. (saramh parassa evasaddassa ekrassa rikro hoti pubbo ca saro rasso hoti na v yatha-r-iva vasudhtalam ca sabbam tatha-r-iva gunav supjanlyo); 636,15; and(f) is sometimes written as eva, see eva2; see also atiriva, ativa, va2, viya. ivam, iva,see.sviva. isa, m. [cfS. r$a], a kind of wild animal, prob, a kind of antelope; Abh 612 (isso tu klasiho ~o py atha); see also issa, isa. isati, pr. 3 sg.[cf S. Dhtup isyati, Wg 26:19], goes; Sadd453,5 (isi gatiyam: ~ati); isanti in eds at Ud-a 299,17 is prob, wr for isanti. is in Ee at SI 172,32* is wrfor Isa qv. isi, m. [S. rsi] (sg. voc. isi, ise; pi. nom. isi, isayo; ace. isi, isayo, ise), an inspired poet or sage of the past, esp. the authors of the Vedic hymns; a legendary seer; an ascetic or anchorite (often possessing magical powers); a sage, a seer (used usually of nonbuddhists, but sometimes applied to the Buddha himself or to bhikkhuy); Abh 433; Vin 1245,17 (pubbak ~ayo mantnam kattro); D I 104,16 (~i v -ttya v patipanno); III 145,19 (imni... dvattimsa mahpurisalakkhanni bhirak pi ~ayo dhrenti); Mil 143,12* (kankham Vinaya no ~e); 157,12 (satta brhmanisayo Asitena Devalena ~in sake jtivde samanuyunjiyamn); III 68,30 (ayam pabbato ime -I gilati ti Isigili); SI 61,33 (Rohitasso nma ~i ahosim bhojaputto iddhim vehsangamo); 226,26* (gandho ~Inam ciradikkhitnam); II 280,31* (dhammo hi ~inam dhajo); AIV 61,16 (pubbaknam ~Inam tni mahyannni ahesum); Sn284 (~ayo pubbak sum sannatatt tapassino); 1126 (buddham upganchum ... ~im); Th 724 (sutvna cor ~inosubhsitam);951 (~i Pandarasavhaya); 1234 (khlnapunabbhav ~I); Thi 206 (tehnucinnam ~Ibhi maggam); Ja III 29,io* (dhammam -ibhi sevitam); IV 320,1* (etena saccavajjena putto uppajjatam ~e; 320,28': eti tarn lapati) quoted Sadd 652,16; Ja IV 371,13* (~issa bhojanam ad); 373,24* (~I mlaphale giddh); V 6,12* (ye cpi ~ayo loke; 7,7: dibbacakkhuk ~ayo); 92,24* (samane brhmane vande sampannacarane ~e); 243,13* (~ayo himsam sannate brahmaerayo); 273,10' (~Isu aparajjhitv); VI 18,18* (etam ~ihi vannitam); 532,2* (~i pi Accuto tattha pankadanto rajassiro dhrento brhmanam vannam sadam camasam jatam cammavsi cham seti jtavedam namassati); Ap 136,19 (Siddhattham -inam settham); 588,5 (bhiyyo cittam pasdesim -e uggatamnase); Mil 130,4 (~inam manopadosena iddho phito mahjanapado sajano samucchinno); Mp III 90,22 (~ayo ti buddhdayo ariy); Vv-a 83,16 (sildinam dhanmiakkhandhnam esanatthena -i ti); Sadd 442,5 (esati -i); 0 -'vhaya,(m/)/i., [isi + avhaya], (what is) named after isis; Sn 684 (vattessati cakkam -e vane); Ap 501,27 (-am gamitvna) quoted Sadd 466,n; -ddhaja, m.n., the emblem of an isi (the yellow robe); Ap48,4 (panthe disvna ksvam ... siras anjalim katv vanditabbam -am); Ap-a 293,36 (etam ~am namassitabban ti); Bv-a 19,26*; -nma, mfn.,

named after the isis; Ap 49,26 (~e migranne, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr imin me); -nmaka, mfn., called isi; Niddll 108,12 (- ye keci isipabbajjam pabbajit jivik niganth jatil tpas); Nidd-a II 12,5 (isayo ti ~a jatil); -palobhik, / , 1. a seducer of ascetics; JaV 161,13* (na ~ gacche, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -palobhiyam); 2. (abstr.) seduction of ascetics; JaV 161,14' (puna ~ya na gaccheyyam); -palobhiya, n.y seduction of an ascetic; JaV 161,13* (na ~am gacche, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -palobhik); -ppayta, mfn., trodden by the isis; T h l l 0 2 (-amhi pathe); -mugga, m. and n., 1. (m.) the plant "ascetics' bean"; Ap 16,9; 346, is; 2. (.) its fruit; Ap 193,18 (~ni pisitv, Be, Ce so; Ee ~ nisandhetv; Se -am nimantetv); -vtapativta (and, in Ee, -vtaparivta), mfri., blown through or perfumed by the breeze of isis; Ja III 142,1 (Anthapindikassa ... geham ... kasavappajjotam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -parivtam); Niddl 474,24 (kulni ... ksvapajjotni ~ni) ^ Vibh 247,17 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -parivtni; Vibh-a342,7yb//.: ~ni ti geham pavisantnam nikkhamantnam ca bhikkhubhikkhunisankhtnam isinam civaravtena c' eva samminjanapasrandijanitasariravtena ca pativtni pavyitni, viniddhtakibbisni v); Mil 19,5 (~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -parivtam); Sp 66,11 (Kasmlragandhr yva ajjatan ksvapajjot ~ eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -parivt) -sattama, m(fn).t best ofseers; or seventh of the isis; MI 386,18*; SI 192,34* (Nganmo si bhagav isinam ~o) = Thl240 (Th-aIII 195,25foil: ~o ti svakapaccekabuddha-isinam uttamo isi, Vipassisammsambuddhato patthya isinam v sattamako isi); Sn 356; Ap 498,n; atisigana, m., a great crowd of isis; Sadd 619,13. isik, see sv isik. i s i n i , / [from isi], a female isi, a female ascetic; Ja VI 68,15 (devi... sayam -pabbajjam pabbajitv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee isipabbajjam); 520, is (Maddi... -vesam ganhi, Se so; Be isivesam; Ce, Ee tpasavesam); Sadd 677,8. isik (and isik, Isik 1 ),/ [S. isik, Isik], the inner part of a reed or stalk (used as an arrow); a stalk of grass; D I 77,12 (puriso munjamh ~am pabbheyya, Ee so; Be Isikam; Ce, Se isikam) = MII 17,27 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se Isikam) quoted Vism 406,26 (eds Isikam); Ja VI 67,24* (munj v' isik pavlh, Ce, Ee so; Be vesik; Se Isak); (a)-tthyitthita, mfn.9 established like the inner part in a reed; Sv 105,12 (esikatthyitthito ti... keci pana ~o plim vatv munje isik viya thito ti vadanti, Ee so; Be, Se Isika-... Isik; Ce isika-... isik). *isu, m [S. isu], an arrow; see issattha1, issattha2, issatthaka, isssa, issasi(n), usu. isnti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup isnti; Wg 31:53], repeats, does frequently; Sadd 501,23 (isa abhikkhane: ~ti). issa, m. [cfS. r^ya, rsya], 1. a kind of wild animal, prob, a kind of antelope; Abh 612 (-0 tu klasiho iso py atha); Ja IV 209,3* (-0 vanni carasi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se Iso; 209,5': tvam pi eko klasiho); 210,21* (~assa upakhandhamh, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se imassa); 211,2* (ice eva phandano ~am ~o ca pana phandanam... annamannam aghtayum, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se Isam iso); 2. a kind of bear; ? Sadd 129,20 (~o ti vutte pana accha-

379

migo ti vinnyati); -phandan, m.pl., the issa and rAephandana tree; Ja IV 211,5* (yath te ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se isaphandan); Dhp-aI 50,n (~nam viya ... veram, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se acchaphandannam); -miga, m., an issa; Ja V 416,22* (in cpd; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee issammiga-, prob, wr; 418,15': ~ ti klasi); 431,32' (~assa singam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee issmigassa, prob, wr); -singa, n., the horn of an issa; Ja V 425,14 (~am iva parivattayo, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee iss-, prob, wr); 425,20* (-am iv' vatt); see also isa, isa2. issati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. irsyati], envies, resents, is jealous (of, dat./gen.); Dhtup312 (issa issyam); Dhtum460; Sadd441,20 (issa issyam: ~ati); Mill 204,34 (~ati upadussati issam bandhati); A II 205,18 (na ~issmi na upadussissmi na issam bandhissmi); Ja III 7,20* (dev na ~anti purisaparakkamassa) quoted Sadd 320,3; Ps I 189,24 (-anti ti issuki, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se issayanti ti); aor. J sg. issim, A II 205,7 (na ~im na upadussim); pp issita, mfn. [cf S. irsita, irsyita], envious, resentful; Ja V 44,7*; see also issayati. issati 2 ,//. 3 sg. o/eti 1 qv. issatta in Be, Ee at SI 100,8* is wrfor issattha2 qv. issattha 1 , m. [S. *isu + astr?], an archer; Mil250,3i (acchek asikkhit asippino ...~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be isss); 305,32 (~o saram pteyya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be issso); 418,3 (~assa cattri angni, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be isssassa). issattha 2 , n. (and m.) [*isu + attha4 ? AMg isattha; cfS. isvastra], archery; MI 85,33 (yadi vanijjya yadi gorakkhena yadi ~ena); S I 100,8* (~am, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee wr issattam; Spk I 166,6: ~an ti ususippam); Sn 617 (~am upajlvati); Ja VI 77,25* (~e c' asmi kusalo) quoted Sadd 163,35; Ps II 56,23 (~o vuccati vudham gahetv upatthnakammam); III 436,2 (~an ti vudhajivikam, usum ca sattham ca ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sattim cti). issatthaka, m. [issattha1 + ka2], an archer; Mil 419,11* (yath ~o nma syaptam upsati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce isssako). issamnaka in Ee at Dhp-a III 389,21 is wr for issmanaka qv sv iss. issamnik inEe at A l l 203,20 is wrfor issmanik #v sv iss. issayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. irsyati or denom. from iss], envies; feels resentment (of, dat./gen.); Sadd 695,21 (titthiy ~anti samannam); pp issayita, mfn., envious, resentful; tta, n., abstr., resentfulness; Nidd I 440,27 (iss issyan ttam, Ee so, probably wr for issyitatta qv sv issyita); see also issati. issara 1 , mfn. and m. [S. iSvara], 1. (mfn.) in authority, empowered; in charge; powerful, rich; Vin III 65,13 (gopetum ime [ambaplak] ~, na-y-ime datum); Ja I 338,19 (mahkulni duggatni bhavissanti lmakakulni ~ni); 11410,8 (Anthapindiko duggato hutv puna ~o jto); Sp 356,16 (bhandgrikassa -tya bhandgrikass' eva giv); 999,14 (na hi te tarn thapetum ~); Ps III 417,20 (addho ti ~o); 2. (m.) (i) one in authority, with power; a lord, a king; a chief; a master; Abh725; 1094 (~o tu Sivasmisu); Sn 552 (Jambusandassa ~o); Pv 35:4 (~o dhanadhannassa); Th 1139 (tath tu kassmi

yath pi ~o); Ja IV 192,7* (~o panaye dandam; 192,22: pathavissaro rj); V 219,19* (yo ~o 'mhi ti karoti ppam); VI 516,26* (rj tattha na ~o); 572,20* (Sakka sabbabhtnam ~a); Ap 50,24 (ctuddlpamhi ~o); Mil 253,8 (sakuno pi... yasmim kulvake pativasati tattha so -0 smi vasavat ti); Sv280,6 (so rj Magadhnam -tt Mgadho); Mhv 23:19; Sadd 451,28 (vacane ~o ti ca Vahgiso iti); 787,1 (AngaMagadhehi gato tattha v ~o ti AngaMgadhiko); (ii) the Lord; the supreme deity; a creator god; Abh 16 (Sivo sull -0); 1094; DI 18,7 (aham asmi brahm mahbrahm ... vasavatti ~o katt nimmt) = III29,15; Mil 222,9 (addh bhikkhave niganth ppakena -ena nimmit); Sadd 638,23 (kasaddena brahm vutto asaddena vinhu isasaddena ~o vutto); -kutta, n., the work of a god; creation by a god; D III 28,12 (eke samanabrhman ~am brahmakuttam cariyakam aggannam panfipenti; Sv 830,9foil.: issarakatam brahmakatam issaranimmitam brahmanimmitan ti attho); -kuttika, m(fn)., (one) who believes in creation by a god; JaV 241,10* (ahetuvdo puriso yoca ~o); -nimmna, ., creation by a god; Mil 222,7 (sace... satt -hetu sukhadukkham patisamvedenti); A I 174,27 (~am kho pana... srato paccgacchatam na hoti chando v ..., Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr~nam); Ps I 69,9 (^-dim nissya); -vat,/ [or to issara2; cf O. von Hinber, 1979c, pp. 275-77], (a sense of) supremacy, being master, owner; being empowered; (arrogated) power of disposal; Sp 382,1 (~ya thullaccayam theyyacittena prjikam); As \\0,%foll. (yathpana rj~ya visavitya smi hutv yadicchakam bhunjati evam vedan pi ~ya visavitya smibhvena rammanarasam anubhavati); Vibh-a 333,34 (sace pana tarn ~ya deti); Vin-vn 441; ati-issara, mfn., very powerful; very rich; Spk I 151,10 (na ~nam MahsammataMahsudassanaDhammsokdinam vasena); ati-issarabhesajja,., very powerful (or expensive) medicine; JaV 441,22 (~-bhesajjam, Ce, Ee so; Be atirasa-; Se ati-issarassa bhesajjam); atissara, mfn., very powerful, masterful; Ja IV 476,16 (ete abhisittaklato patthya ~ bhavissanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atisr); see also adhissara; anissara, mfn., 1. not being an owner or master; not empowered, powerless; Vin I 176,4 (~ kho tumhe vuso amhkam pavranya); II 268,4 (~o tattha bhikkhusahgho bhikkhunisahghass' eva tarn); Ja HI 57,20* (asmim sarire ~); Mil 180,3o(tya); Sv 170,24(dso attanopi -0); 2. without an owner or ruler; without a creator; Th713 (sabbam ~am etam); Sp 561, is (assmikyo ti ~yo); Dhp-a III 407,8 ([dhamm] anatt sunn assmik ^). issara 2 , n. [S. aiSvara, or perhaps wr for issera qv], supremacy; kingship; royal power; Th 939 (ganik va vibhsyam ~e khattiy yath); Vv 20:10 (~am yo 'dha kraye; Vv-a 104,16: catunnam mahdipnam issariyam); JaV 347,17' (~am idha-m-ajjhagat ti pi ptho etesam issariyam tvam katham ajjhag ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee isseram); 350,19* (~am vissajmi vo, Ee so; Be, Se issariyam; Ce isseram) = 380,3* (Be, Ee so; Ce isseram; Se issariyam); Ap 50,25 (krayissati -am mahiy, Ee, Se

380

so; Be, Ce issariyam); 329,30 (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee isseram); '-dhipacca, mfn., consisting of authority and supremacy; of supreme authority; Vin I 179,5 (-am rajjam kreti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se issariy'-); A I 62,6 (~Q rajje); 212,36 (-am rajjam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se issariy'-); see also issariydhipacca .sv issariya; -mada, m., the arrogance of power; Pv 41:7 (etarn dinavam rlatv sambhavam pahya -am; Pv -a 263,4: issariyamadassa vasena sambhtam); see also issariya, issera. issar,/ [cfS. levari], a mistress; Vin III 83,32 (sabbassa kutumbassa - bhavissati); Vv 29:3 (tuvarn si - tesarn sabbakmasamiddhim); Ja III 426,19* (s dni sabbassa kulassa -). issariya, n. and mfn. [S. aiSvarya; BHS ISvariya], 1. (n.) power, control, authority; royal power, kingship; pomp; Abhll62; Vin III 139,27 (mt... -am kreti vasam vatteti); D I 85,17 (so 'ham pitaram dhammikam dhammarjnam -assa kran jivit voropesim); SI 43,22* (kim su -am loke); A IV 263,2 (tisu thnesu '-am krema vasam vattema); Dhp 73 (iccheyya ... vsesu ca ~am); S n l l 2 (-asmim thpeti); Ja IV 473,21 (amhkam -am mahantam); V 479,15* (ratthe sake ~e thitena); Ap213,i5 (pnesu ca -am vattemi vasudhya ca); Pet214,2i; Mil 288,1 (-am ... loke bandhanam); Vism 211,20 (paramam c'assa sakacitte -am); Sp 789,8 (ettvat hi ayarn bahussuto hoti ctuddiso yattha katthaci attano -na vasitum labhati); Dhp-a IV 51,4 (mahantena -na); Mhv 32:46; Sadd451,25 (-am issarabhvo); 2 . (mfn.) of authority; powerful; Mil 146,24 (thapita mahati ~e thne); '-dhipacca, mfn., consisting of authority and supremacy; of supreme authority; Mil 130,32 (yattha ca rj Pasenadi Kosalo -am rajjam kreti); S I 217,15; S V 342,7 (rj cakkavatti catunnam dipnam -am rajjam kretv); see also issardhipacca .sv issara2; -kmakrik,/, power and autonomy; control and doing what one wishes; Kv 623,2 foil, (bodhisatto hetu viniptam gacchau" ti); -pariyosana, mfn., whose ideal or aim is power or kingship; A III 363,4 (khattiy... -); -mada, m., the arrogance of power; Ja VI 395,24 (rj pana khattiyamnena -ena ca matto hutv); Cp-a 125,12 (ngalokissariye thito pi -am akatv); see also issaramada .sv issara2; anissariya, mfn., without power, without control; Niddll 279,31 (lokam... -ato... avekkhati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce omit; Nidd-a II 74,16: -ato ti attano issariye avasavattanato, Ee, Se so) quoted Vism 655,7 (eds so); see also issara2, issera. i s s , / [S. irsy], envy, jealousy (of gen.); spite, resentment; Abh 168; M I 281,21 (issukissa ~ appahin hoti); All 203,22 (issati upadussati -am bandhati); SnllO (tass ~ na supati); Pv 15:7 (tato me ~ vipul); Ja IV 320,9* (tsu ~ v kodho v nhu mayham kudcanam); Niddl 440,27 (- issyan issyitattam) ^ D h s l l 2 1 (As 373,24: parasampattikhiyyanalakkhan- ti veditabb) = Vibh 357,23; Pet 69,10; Mil 289,10; Vism 470,22; Mhv 23:36 (-am karimsu); Sadd 441,2i (- issyan); vatinna, mfn., affected by jealousy; JaV 98,8*; -pakata, mfn., full of envy; jealous by nature; Vin III

107,16; Mil 155,29; Vism381,i3; Spkl 109,2; -manaka, w/(-ik)., envious, jealous; Mill 204,32 (ekacco itthi v puriso v - o hoti); AII203,20 (s na data hoti... issmanikkho pana hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee wr issamnik; Se so ... -0); Dhp-a III 389,21 (paralbhdisu -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr issamnako); Pj II 329,17 (~-tya); As 373,20 (angriyo pi eko ~o); Saddh 89 (~o, so read; Ee wr issamnako); neg. anissmanaka, w/(-ik)., Mill 205,i; A l l 203,30 (s ... anissmanik, Be, Ce so; Ee wr anissmanik; Se so... anissmanako); aniss,/, lack of envy, freedom from jealousy; M I 44,2o; A195,23 (- ca amacchariyam ca). issmiga in Ee at JaV 431,32' is prob, wr for issamiga qv sv issa. issyan, / [from *issyati, denom. from iss], envy, jealousy; Nidd I 440,27 (iss - issyitattam) = Dhs 1121 = Vibh 357,23; Vism 470,22 (- iss); anissyan, /\ or -a, 72., absence of envy; Vism 318,16 (mudit anissyanaras) * As 193,14. issyita, mfn., [pp of *issyati, denom. from iss], envious, resentful; Niddl 440,27 (iss issyan -ttam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee issyitattam, prob, wr) * Dhs 1121 (As 373,11: -bhvo -ttam) = Vibh 357,23. issluka, mfn. [BHS lrsyluka; cf S. Irsylu], jealous, envious; Saddh 97 (ye... - maccharino te petespajyare). isssa, m. (and n.) [S. isvsa], \.a bow; Abh 388 (-0 dhanu); 922 (cpe tv-am); 2. an archer, a bowman; Abh 922; Vin IV 124,15 (yasm Udyi - 0 hoti); A IV 423,io; Vism674,28foil.; As233,2i; Sadd490,2; ifc see mh'-; -sippa, n., archery; Ja II 87,9; Ud-a 205,6 (dhanusippan ti -am). isssaphalam in Ee at Ja V 304,11 is prob, wr; Be ldisarn phalam; Ce issphalam; Se issariyaphalam. isssi(n), m. [from isssa], a bowman, an archer; Ja IV 494,20* (-ino katahatth pi; 497,28': -ino ti isssa dhanuggah). isssinga in Ee at JaV 425,14 is prob, wr for issasinga qv sv issa. issita, mfn.,pp of \ss3ti] qv. issuki(n), mfl~\ or -ini)/i. [cf S. Trsu, irsyu], jealous, envious; Vin V 197,30 (-1 hoti issbhibhto); D III 45,15 (-1 hoti macchari); MI 44,20 (-issa purisapuggalassa); 283,4 (ekaccam passmi abhijjhlum... -im maccharim ...); S IV 241,17 (-1 ca hoti duppafino ca hoti); A III 140,n (bhikkhuni... -ini ca hoti); Dhp 262 (-1 macchari satho); Pv 15:4 (candi ca pharus c'sim ~i macchari sathi); Th952; Ja III 259,23*; As 373,5 (-1 ti puggalo parassa tarn lbharn khiyyati); Mp III 110,27 (-tya parasampattim na sahati); anissuki(n), mfn., not jealous; free from envy; D i l i 47,31; MI 43,4 (mayam ettha -1 bhavissm ti); A III 140,19 (-ini); Pj I 34,21 (t); see also anissuka, anussuki(n). issera, n. [= issariya qv], power, supremacy; royal power, kingship; Abh 844; Dhtum 185 (in cpd); JaV 347,17* (-am idha-m-ajjhagat tipi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se issaram); 380,3* (-am, Ce so; Be, Ee issaram; Se issariyam); Bv 3:9 (-am vattaym* aham, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se issariyam); Ap 329,30 (-am krayissati, Ee so; Be, Ce,

381

Se issaram); Mhv 38:12 (oragangya ~am Damil eva kappayum); see also issara2, issariya. iha, ind. [ts; the usual Pali form is idha qv], here; in this case; Abh 691; 1161; Ap 345,8 (ihpi manujass' eva hatthiynam bhavissati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vehsam); Mil 92,7 (bhavatiha, introducing a quotation); Pj II

405,16 (tasm pana iha tvam brhmana upasankamma pucch ti; ad Sn460: tasm ti ha tvam brhmana...); Sadd 676,22; 682,3 (idato hadh: iha idhaimasmim v); -loka, m., this world; Pj II 377, is (paraloke ummdanam ~e mohanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se idhaloke). ihati, see jvihati.

i, the letter or sound T ; -kara, m. [ts], the letter or sound T; Sadd 804,18 (nlkragatassa ~assa rassattam); 834, l (saro ~-ttam pajjati); ' -anta, mfn. [ikra + anta1], ending in the letter T; Sadd572,i8 ([dhtavo] ekassar ~'-ant); '-gama,m., the addition or insertion o / T ; Sadd 875,3 (~'-gamo yath sammukhibhto); ~'-desa, m., substitution with T; Sadd 421,13 (dhtvantassa sarassa ~'-deso); Iopa, m., elision of'V; Sadd 612,7. Igha, m. or n. [abstracted by ct from anigha qv sv anigha], evil, evil influence; Pj II 25,13 (kilesadukkhasankhtassa ~assa abhvena anigho ahosi); 432,28 (rgdihi ~ehi anigho); 590,8 (anigho ti rgdi-ighavirahito). Ijati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ijati, Wg 6:24], goes; Sadd 346,7 (Ija gatiyam: ~ati). iti, iti,/ [S. iti], calamity, affliction; Abh 401; Sn51 (~i ca gando ca upaddavo ca; Pj II 100, is: eti ti ~i, gantuknam akusalabhgiynam vyasanahetnam etam adhivacanam); NiddI 381,8 (thabbanik ... paccatthikesu paccmittesu -im uppdenti); PatisII 239,8 (pancakkhandhe ~ito passanto); Bv 2:179 (sabb' ~iyo vivajjantu); Pet 156,25 (gando ~i upaddavo, Be, Ce so; Ee wr iti); Mil 152,H (sabb ~iyo apagacchanti); It-al 111,30/0//. (~iyo vuccanti upaddav ditthadhammik ca samparyik ca); Patis-a 578,11 (cathi yogehi ~ihi khemam nibbnam appatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr itlhi); Sadd 317,8 (anatthya eti gacchati ti ~i upaddavo); (i)-nipata, m., occurrence of a calamity; Ja V 401, io*; aniti,/ and mfh., 1. (f) freedom from calamity; health, safety; AIV 238,16* (~i sampada hoti virlhi bhavati sampad; Mp IV 125,2: ldtakimi-dipnaka-itiy abhvo ek sampad hoti); Mil 323,25 (nibbnam ... ~ito nirupaddavato ... datthabbam); 2. (mfn.) not touched by calamity; safe and sound; Ap 125,15 (~i anupaddavo); see also anitika, sa-itika. itiha, mfn. and m. [extracted by ct from anitiha qv], 1. (mfn.) destroying affliction; It-al lll,32(itiyo hanati vinseti pajahati ti -am, anu-itihan ti anitiham); 2. (m.) defilement; It-al 112,I (itlhi anatthehi saddhim hananti gacchanti pavattanti ti~ tanhdi-upakkiles); 3. (m.) tradition, speculation; It-al 112,2 (~ tiv ... titthiyasamay); ltihasankhtam in Ee at Th-a II 140,32 is wr for itiha- (Be, Ce, Se so).

idi(n) or ldi, mfn. [S. idr&], of such a kind, such; Sadd 866,3 (~I ydi tdi...); see also edi(n). idikkha, mfn. [S. Idrksa], of such a kind, such; Sadd 866,2 (~o ydikkho tdikkho ...); Mhv App.A: 11 (pun* ldikkhasamgamo na sakk laddhum); see also edikkha. idisa, m/(~, ~?)n. [S. IdrSa], of such a kind, such; such and such; like this; Vin II 107,19 (~o te vuso vano ti); MI 337,2i* (satam si ayosank sabbe paccattavedan -o nirayo si); SI 35,23* (kassa tvam dhammam annya vcam bhsasi ~am); Ud 58, io (api ca suto yeva me so bhagav ~o ~o ca ti); Pv 36:22 (tass* -am kammavipkam hu); Ja 160,33* (nibbut nna s nri yassyam ~o pati); Niddl 477,n (~ya silabbataprisuddhiy samanngato); Vism 182,15 (~am nma kunapatthnam gato 'mhi ti); Sp 1025,25 (--ena hi pattena... upasampdentass* eva pattihoti); Pj II 68,23 (gacchatha ~im drikam gavesath ti); 465,i 9 foil, (na hi brhmannam - kes honti khattiynam -ti niyamo atthi); Pv-a 34,24 (sace tarn may katam -I bhaveyyan ti); 120,31 (akkharacintak hi ~esu thnesu kammadvayam icchanti); Dip 5:2 (pathavy n' atthi ~o); Mhv 5:93 (etena nimmitam rpam -am, kidisam nu kho tathgatassa rpam); Sadd 865,32 (imam iva nam passati ti ~o); see also irisa, edisa. idisaka, mfn. [S. IdrSaka], of such a kind; like this; D III 171,20* (upavattati" ~am bahujjano, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee edisakam); Bv 1:4 (buddho ayam ~o naruttamo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Seedisako); Mhv 14:13 (santi ~ anne Jambudipe yati iti); Dip 13:37 (n* atthi ~am pure); see also edisaka. ideti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [connected with indhati?], kindles; Sadd 544,5 (ldi sandipane: ~eti -ayati, ikrantavasena nidditthatt saniggahitgamni rpni na bhavanti). irana, n. [ts], moving; uttering; agitating; Th-a II 44,7 (vidhin ~ato viriyam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee karanato); Dhtum 157 (sadi gumbattha-m-irane). irati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vir, irte], moves; utters; agitates; Dhtum 848 (Ira vcpakampane); Sadd 428,22 (Ira vacane gatikampanesu ca: ~ati iritam eritarn samirano); Th-a II 183,23 (smannanti attho, tadattham ~ati pavattati ti smanero, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee iriyati); see also iriyati. Irina, see sv irin*; iriyana, see sv iriyana. irisa, mfn. [S. idra], of such a kind, such; Sadd 866, I (~o

382

yriso triso ...); see also Idisa, erisa. Ireti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of"iriyati qv. ilati, pr. 3 sg. [S Vid, Itte], praises; Sadd 460,27 (IIa thutiyam: -ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. Ileti [S. Idayati], praises; Sadd 569,9 (IIa thavane: eti -ayati). Isa1, m. [S. i$a], ruler, lord; the lord; Abh 725 (patisdhipati); Ja VI 218,20* (ko so parisam ogayha ~o khaggam va muficati, Ce, Ee so; Be Isam khaggam pamuncati; Se amse khaggam pamuncati); Ap-a 530,27 (vgiso vdisdano ti vdlnam panditajannam -o padhno); Sadd 638,23 (-saddena Issaro vutto); ifc see osadh'- (.svosadhi), lokesa (svloka); see also appesakkha (sv appa), mahesakkha (sv maha[t]). Isa2, m. [alternative form of, or wr for, issa qv], a sort of wild animal, prob, an antelope; Ja IV 209,3* (-0 vanni carasi, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce isso; 209,5': tvam pi eko klaslho); 211,2* (ice eva phandano -am -o ca pana phandanam... annamanftam aghtayum, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce issam isso); Sadd 446,16 (isati -o); see also isa. Isam (iic also isa-), ind. [S. Isat], 1. easily; Sadd 850,20 (-am kariyati ti Isakkaram kammam); 2. a little, slightly; Abh 96; 1148 (-am kind manam); 1173 (Isadatthe ... ava); Isam-adhivsana, n., waiting or staying a little; Sadd 558,22 (to gamu ~e: gameti); isa-kkara, mfn. [S. Isatkara], easily done; Sadd 850,2o; isam-kSAsm, adv., for a little while; Mhv 96:24 (-am vasant);Isa-hasana, isam-hasana, n., laughing slightly, smiling; Dhtup 328 (miha Isahasane); Sadd 454,3 (mhi Isamhasane: mhayate); see also isakam. isakam (iic usually Isaka-), ind. [Isam + ka2], a little, slightly, partially; MI 450,10 (-am yeva kyam sannmetv); Ja I 77,26 (pallankato -am pclnanissite uttaradisbhge thatv); Vism 106,19 (-am pi manoramam riipam disv); Spl04,is (manighate pakkhittatelam iva -am pi na paggharati); 281,20 (dvrabham phassetv pihitamatte pi vattati ~am aphassite pi vattati); Bv-a 285,16 (-am hasitv); Cp-a 167,12 (-am pi pamdam anpajjitv); Mhv 23:78 (-am pana khanjatt); Sadd 38,10 (ettha het ti -am vicchinditv hetusampayuttaknan ti uccaretabbam); 902,30 (-am iti appake); (Isak^-aggapavellita, mfn., [isakam + agga1 + pavellita], curling slightly at the ends; Ja VI 456,26* (dighass kes asit ~; 457,12': - ti Isakam aggesu onat - v rathlsya aggam viya vinata, so read ? Ce, Ee rathiyy; Be nettimsya; Se potthaniy); (Isak'J-yatagiva, mfn., with one's neck slightly extended; Ja II 152,3* (cf 152,5': -o ti rathis viya yatagivo); (Isaka)-pona, mfn., slanting slightly, at a slight angle; Mill 300,1 (~e paduminipatte udakaphusitni pavattanti; cf Ps V 107,23: -e ti rathis viya utthahitv thite); Vism 656,26; (lsakam)phu^tha, mfn., with slight or partial contact; with incomplete occlusion; Sadd 607,30 (saddasatthaviduno ... yaralavnam ttam vadanti). isati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vls\ iste], is powerful; rules; predominates; Dhtup 449 (isa issariye); Sadd 365,27 (sabbasatte v gunehi -ati abhibhavati ti paramissaro bhagav ntho ti vuccati ti); 429,20 (asuro ti devo viya na

surati na -ati na virocati ca ti asuro) * Ud-a 299,17 (na -anti na virocanti ti asur, so read? eds isanti); Sadd 451,25 (isa issariye:... -ati); see also anesamna. isati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Vis, Isate], hurts; goes; looks; Sadd 446,16 (isa himsgatidassanesu: -ati iso). is, / [S. Isa], the pole of a carriage or of a plough; Abh 449; Vin 1231,36 (-ya -am yugena yugam cakkena cakkam akkhena akkham pativattesi); SI 172,32* (hiri -a mano yottam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr is; Spk I 252,10: - ti yuganangalasandhrik rukkhalatthi) = Sn 77 * S V 6,10*; Mil 27,2 (kin nu kho mahrja - ratho ti); ifc see mangal'-, rath'-; -danta, mfn., having tusks like carriage-poles; Vin I 353,21* (-assa hatthino); MI 414,30 (ranno ngo -o); Ja VI 488,5*; -mukha, n., the top of the carriage-pole; SI 224,26* (-ena parivajjayassu) = Ja 1203,9*; see also atthaddhatnatiska sv thaddha. isik 1 , see sv isik. i s i k 2 , / [= esik^v], a post; Sadd 921,24 (mattbhedo tva ... esik -). ihata in Ee at Sp 174,28 is wrfor lhita qv sv Ihati. ihati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. mate], exerts oneself; is active; aims at; Dhtup 347 (Ina ghatane); Dhtum 502; Sadd 457,30 (iha cetyam: -ati ih); Ja VI 518,31* (unchacariyya -atha; 519,13': -atha raddhaviriy hutv vihareyyth ti) quoted Sadd 342,H; Nidd II 269,9 (na -mi na samihmi; Nidd-a II 29,4: payogam na karomi); Vism 484,15 (-anti); Sv 139,u (vedena -ati ghatati vyamati ti vedehi); Ap-a409,30 (magayamno -ati pavatta ti migo, so read ? eds ihati); part.pr. neg. anihamna, mfn., Ja II 233,i*; p p lhita,(mf)n. [ts], exertion, endeavour, activity; Sp 174,25 (-amnma iriy, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr ihitikam); 174,28 (-am fli iriyanam pavattanam jivitan ti dini hi padni ekatthni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ihatam); 174,30 (dukkhena -am ettha pavattafi ti dvihitik ti);see also ihiti, evampavatta-ihitika, dvidhpavatta-ihitika. ihana, n. [from ihati], endeavour, exertion; Dhtum 122 (ghat' -e). i h , / [ts], exertion, endeavour, activity; Abh 156; 886; Sp 174,28 (iitam - iriyanam pavattanam jivitan ti dini hi padni ekatthni); Sadd457,3o (- vuccati viriyam); Dhtup 98 (ghata -yam); niriha, mfn., without activity; Ps III 57,28 (kyadando -o avypro tath vacidando); It-aII 50,28 (--tt ca sankhrnam); nijjiva, mfn., without activity or life; Mil 413,25 (sankhrnam sabhvam paramasunnatam nijjivatam ... diyitabbam); see also nirihaka, sa-fliaka. ihi in Ee at Spk III 64,22 is wrfor Ihiti qv. ihita, mfn.,pp q/"Ihati qv. ihiti, / [from ihati], endeavour; activity; Spk III 64,22 (ettha ~f ti iriyan, dukkh -i etth ti duhitiko, Be, Ce so; Eewr Mti; Se ihiti ti... ihiti); 106,16 (dukkh -i ettha na sakk koci payogo sukhena ktun ti duhitik, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dukkham ihati) quoted Sp-t[Be] 1426,15 (dukkham v iitam ettha, cf O. von Hinber, 1981, p. 77). ihitika in Ee at Sp 174,25 is wrfor Ihita qv sv Ihati.

383

u
u1, the letter or sound 'u'; -kra, m. [ts], the letter or sound 'u'; '-anta, mfn., ending in the letter 'u'; Sadd 572,18 ([dhtavo] ekassar ~'-ant); lopa, m., elision of V ; Sp 287,18 (anavayoti anu avayo sandhivasena ~-lopo); -vanna, m., the vowel 'u' or ''; Sadd 606,28. u2, ind. [ts], an enclitic emphatic particle, used after certain other particles', see atho, mo, kimu (sv ka 3 ), no2; see also o 4 . 3 u [= ud#v], the preverb and prefix ud; Abhll68; Sadd880,20 ( u ati pati...); Vism495,2 (u iti ayam [saddo] uppannam uditan ti disu uppattim [dipeti]); Patis-a 469,15 (imasmim pthe u du ti dve dve upasagg honti); -sadda, m, the preverb and prefix ud; Sadd 881,2*. uka, [ts], a suffix making derivatives with the meaning of a present participle; see ghtuka. uksitasaddam in Ee, Se at Sp 1165,27 is wr for ukksita- {Be, Ce so). ukka1, m., see sv ukk. ukka2, m.n. [= oka1 qv], a house; -pindaka, m. [ukka + pinda + ka2; cf okapinde, AsPEV; and see K.R. Norman, 1967 pp. 30-31], "finding food in a house ", perhaps a house-lizard, or vermin generally; Vin I 211,32 (manuss... khdaniyam pi ramam haranti, tni bhikkh bahi vsenti ~ pi khdanti cor pi haranti; Sp 1093,n: bilramsikgodhamangus khdanti) * 239,36. ukka3, m. [see ukkotana], re-opening (of a [legal] question already settled); Vin IV 140,34* (sanciccavadhasappnam ~o dutthullachdanam, in uddna). ukkamsa, m. [S. utkarsa], 1. excellence, superiority; the highest degree, the maximum; excess; Abh 761 (-0 tv atisayo); 771; Vism 559,24 (esa ~o, avakamsena pana ...); Pv-a228,10 (ye -vasena sukhavedaniyam vipkam patilabhanti); Th-alll 198,36 (channam pi abhinnnam pramim -am adhigato); Thi-a 268,4 (tarn eva manussattabhve -tam mahiddhikatam dassenti); ins tr. ~ena, adv., at the most; in excess; to a greater extent; Sv 110,16 (ciram digham addhnan ti -era attha kappe); Vv-a335,i6 (jangalato pi ~ena jangalan ti ha ujjarigalam); ato, adv., at the most; as a maximum; in the highest measure; Vism 560,11; Sv 82,21 (~ato dve uphanasanght ca vattanti); It-all 141,27; 2. boasting, conceit; vakamsa, m, excess and deficiency; superiority and inferiority; maximum and minimum; D I 54,18 (n' atthi hyanavaddhane n' atthi ~e, sg. nom.; Sv 165,3: ~e ti~a hyanavaddhannam ev' etam vevacanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ ti ~ni) ^ MI 518,12 = S III 212,10 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ukkhamsvakamse); Kv 226,ii (atthi dvinnam nibbnnam uccanicat hmapanitat ~o); Vism 563,10 (tassa vasena ~o veditabbbo); -gata, mfn., 1. best; attained to the highest measure; supreme; prosperous; Vism 378,16 (iddh vuddh ~); Th-al 40,3i (--tta); Q)-al81,i6 (-ya silaparamatthapramiy); Sadd 331,29; 2. boastful, conceited; JaV 19,3' (ukkattho ti aham mahyodho ko may sadiso atthi ti evam -0 hutv); ati-ukkamsagata, mfn., very superior; absolutely supreme; Th-alll 205,4 (yesam pana ati-ukkamsagatam apadnam n' atthi te idha anapadan ti vutt); -prami,/, supreme perfection; absolute excellence; Ud-al78,n (indriyasamvare ~im agamsi) = Ap-a 315,30. ukkamsaka, m/(-ik)n. [from ukkamsati; cf S. utkarsaka], raising up; extolling; praising; Sv277,30 (smukkamsik ti smam ukkamsik attan yeva uddharitv gahit) = Ps III 92,9 = Ud-a 283,13 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr yasmim ~); Ap-a 224,9 (anattukkamsak attnam na ~ amnino); ifc see att'- (sv atta[n]). ukkamsati,pr. 3 sg. [cf S. utkarsati], draws up, raises; extols, praises; Vin II 189,2 (bhagav... SriputtaMoggallne va ~afi ti); MI 272,3 (n* eva attn' -issma na param vambhissm ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~essama... vambhessm ti); 498,21 (~ati me bhavam Gotamo ditthigatam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~eti; Ps III 207,1 foil.: mayham dassanam samvanneti pasamsati); Ja IV 108,7* (dhanena ~afi yattha karoti chandam); part.pr. ukkamsanta, mfn., Sp 1275,22 (rjantakasabhvena attnam -anto ha); absol. ukkamsitv, Sp 1330,3i; Ps II 236,4 (aham ime kulaputte pagganhitv ~itv patisanthram katv dhammam desessmi ti); pp ukkattha, mfn. and n. [S. utkrsta], I. {mfn.) (i) raised, exalted; highest, superior; big, bigger, biggest; Abh 699; Vin III 243,26 (~o patto majjhimo patto omako patto ... tato ~o apatto); IV 6,9 (hin ca jti ~ ca jti); 7,7 (sabbe pi bdh hin api ca madhumeho bdho ~o; Sp 739,5: madhumehbdho vedanya abhvato ~o ti vutto); 200,28 (catuhattho dando tato ~o adando); Th632 (dhammesu ~o); Ja III 248,8 (hine ca majjhime ca ~e ca); Vism 65,7; Kkh 74,8 (-ato upaddhappamno majjhimo); Sp 704,4 (~ato tt); SpkII 350,4 (tar); Pj II 160,27 (dvipad hi sabbasattnam ~); Vv-a 105,26 (uttamo tamo); ifc see accukkattha, omak* -, maunim' -; (ii) self-praising, boastful; Ja V 16,16* (yam pitv ~o; 19,2': - 0 ti aham mahyodho ko may sadiso atthi ti evam ukkamsagato hutv); 2. {n.) a most important situation or crisis; Ja I 387,3* (~e sram icchanti; 387,5". ~e ti upakatthe ubhatovlhe sangme sampahre vattamne ti attho); ~'-ukkattha, mfn., 1. largest of the large size; larger than the largest (allowable); Sp 703, \9f0ll. (ayam ~ -ukkattho nma patto ... ~' -ukkattho ti ettha ~ato -tt tato ~o apatto ti vutto); Kkh 74,io; 2. the most exalted, the highest in each group; Sp 126,7 (~' -ukkatthnam sacchikatabhvam paksetv); Cp-a311,i3; ' -ukkatthaka, mfn., largest of the large size; larger than the largest (allowable); Vin-vn 741 (~'-ukkatthako tesu apatto); '-omaka, mfn., smallest of the large size; Sp 703, is (ayam ~' -omako nma patto) = Kkh74,6; desana,/, instruction specifying the

384

highest or most important (but implying a wider reference)', Mp III 365,17 (--desana c'es, na kevalam pana khinsavnam); niddesa, m., special mention of the highest or most prominent (example) or of the maximum (but implying a wider reference)', Vism 704,23 (ettha ca solasahi nanacariyhi ti niddeso esa); Vv-a231,n ([pavaro] manujes ti niddeso... bhagav pana devamanussnam pi brahmnam pi sabbesam pi sattnam pavaro yeva); pariccheda, m., a definition or description of the maximum or of the highest or most extreme form or example (but often implying a wider reference)', Vism 676,24; Spl21,H (--paricchedavasena); 643,5 (tassa pamnam paricchedena sugataclvarato nakam vattati); 1200,26; Pj II 170,5; 376,30; ati-ukkattha, mfn., highest of all; most strict; Sp 1111,12 (kathinam nma ati-ukkattham vattati, mtaram pi vinnpetum na vattati, ksato otinnasadisam eva vattati); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) ukkamseti, -ayati, [BHSutkarsayati], extols, praises; D i l i 224,29 (n' ev' attn' -eti na param vambheti); MI 524,2 (attnam c' eva ~enti); Ja II 390, I* (ye ca kho nam pasamsanti bhay -ayanti ca); Ap 426,25 (n' ev' -enti attnam); Ps I 116,20 (ye attnam -enti ukkhipanti ucce thne thapenti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -anti); IV 73,18 (evam therena paiisamajjhe attano ukkamsitabhvam natv aham pi theram -essmi ti evam aha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -issmi ti); Pj II 522,5 (attnam v -eyya pare v vambheyya); part.pr. ukkamsenta, mfn., Sp 692,34 (attnam v -ento); Th-al 97,32; absol. ukkamsetv, Ps II 282,27 (attnam ~etv); Th-alH 100,16 (dukkhnupassanam yeva -etv vadati); pp ukkamsita, mfn., Ps IV 73,18 (evam therena parisamajjhe attano ukkamsitabhvam natv); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) ukkamspeti, raises, increases; perfects; inf. ukkamspetum, Ps IV 73,4 (attnam -etukmo pucchati); absol. ukkamspetv, Ud-a 134,7; see also ukkaddhati. ukkamsana, n., - , / [BHS utkarsana, utkarsan], exalting; praise; Sp 611,32 (aham kho nm ti -vacanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ukkamsavacanam); Ps II 282, is (ayam pana nigantho im tisso upam na bhagavato ' -attham hari attukkamsanattham eva hari); ifc see att'- (yv attafn]), sadhamm'-, sadhammo-; anukkamsana, n., not exalting; Th-al 33,16 (jti-divasena attano ~ato na uddhato ti); ifc see atf(^v atta[n]). ukkamsik, see sv ukkamsaka. ukkacca, ind. [absol. of *ud + kantati1; S. utkrtya], cutting out or off; tearing; cutting up; Pv 34:3 (pitthimamsni attano smam ukkacca khdasi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ukkaddha; Pv-a 211, is: ukkacc ti ukkantitv chinditv ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce ukkaddh ti; Ee ukkantv ti); Ja IV 210,2i* (issassa upakhandhamh ukkacca caturangulim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee okkacca); V 10,n* (yo pitthimamsiyo hoti evam ukkacca khdati; 10,2r: ukkacc ti ukkantitv); see also ukkantitv, okacca (sv okantati). ukkaftha, mfn., pp o/ukkamsati qv. ukkafthanti in Ee at Mp I 246, l is wr for ukkaddhanti (Be, Ce, Se so) orfor ukkanthanti. ukkatthi- in Ee at Sp 383,21 is wr for ukkutthi- (Be, Ce,

Se so); ukkatthim in Ee, Se at Sp 1124,20 is wr for ukkutthim (Be, Ce so). ukkafthita, mfn. [for *ukkathita, pp of ud + kathati2; cfS. utkvathati and see O. von Hinber, 1979a, pp. 22-24], boiling, seething; S V 122,12 (udapatto aggin santatto ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be pakkuthito; Se ukkutthito; Spklll 174,33: -o ti kuthito) = A III 231,16 (Ce, Eeso; Be ukkudhito; Se ukkutthito); Ja IV 118,22* (telam ~am yath, Ce, Ee so; Be pakkuthitam; Se pakkutthitam); anukkafthita, mfn., not boiling; A III 234,15 (~o, Ce, Ee so; Be anukkudhito; Se anukkutthito). ukkaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utkarsati], I.puts off postpones (the beginning of the rainy season residence); Vin I 138,33 (vassam ~itukmo); Sp 868,3 (rjno tatiye tatiye vasse vassam -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upakaddhanti); 2. [cf avakaddhati, okaddhati], draws away, removes; Mp I 246,1 (yassa kassaci dent nam yva na -anti na tva bhattam khiyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ukkatthanti) * Th-al 146,30 (Be, Se so; Ee ukkanthanti; Ce sakkonti) * Ap-a 522,25 (Be, Se so; Ce vutthahati; Ee utthahati); absol. ukkaddhitv, Sp 721,30 (vassnassa pathamamsam -itv); pass, pr. 3 sg. ukkaddhiyyati, ~iyati, Vin HI 254,7 (vassam ~iyyati); Kkh77,3i Hyati); pp ukkaddhita, mfn., postponed; Sp 729,19 (vasse ~e); see also ukkamsati. ukka44hana, n. [from ukkaddhati], postponement; ifc see vass' -. ukkantaka or ukkandaka or ukkannaka, m.(?). [cfS. utkandaka, "a kind of disease " ?], a disease (of animals); Sil 230,18 (jarasinglo ~ena nma rogajtena phuttho, Ce so; Be ukkandakena; Ee, Se ukkannakena; Spkll 208,13: ~ena nm ti, evamnmakena rogena, so kira sitakle uppajjati tasmim uppanne sakalasarirato lomni patanti sakalasariram nillomam hutv samantato phutati vtabbhhat van rujanti yath ummattakasunakhena dattho puriso anavatthito va bhamati evam tasmim uppanne bhamitabbo hoti, eds so) = 271,28. ukkanfha, mfn. [S. utkantha], longing, aspiring; Nett 88,9 (catutthaijhne olrik sann santhahanti - ca patighasann). ukkanfhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utkanthate, BHS utkanthati], yearns (for); sorrows over; frets; loses heart; is discontented (with, instr. or loc), is unhappy (esp. of a bhikkhu, longing to return to a secular life); Th718 (-ami sarirena); Ja I 450,30' (pandito attano vattaprandike kammamhi vyameth> eva na ~eyya); VI 173,21 (kirn brhmana -asiti); Ap 467,5 (sugatena vin bhto -ami muhuttakam); Sp 986,9 (dahar m -antu); Ps I 295,14 (abhiramati... buddhassane na -fi ti); Spk II 98,8 (nibbindeyy ti~eyya); Pv-a 162,1 (m -asi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr m khundali); As 194,23 (paccantasensanesu ca adhikusaladhammesu ca -issati ti atthnam etam, so read with Be, Ce, Se); part.pr. (a) ukkanthanta, mfn., Vism 651,15 (imassa kulaputtassa nibbindantassa -antassa anabhiramantassa); neg. anukkanthanta, mfn., JaV 10,27; VI289,21 (anukkanthanto idha vashi , Be, Ce so; Ee anukkanthacitto; Se m ukkanthito); (b) ukkanthamna, mfn.,

385

As 407,32; neg. anukkanthamna, mfn., Ja I 141,8; Sp 1060,33; aor. 3 sg. ukkanthi, Ja I 367,26 (ekam alankata-itthim disv ~i); 3 pi. ukkanthimsu, Spkl 70,31; absol. ukkanthitv, Ja HI 143,17 (Kesavo Kappena vin vasanto ~itv); Vism 705,6; Dhp-al 118,5 (yasm Nando ~itv); neg. anukkanthitv, Spk I 286,15; pp ukkanthita, mfn. and n. [S. utkanthita], fretting; discontented; discontent, unhappiness; VinI253,io (te ~-rp vassam vasimsu); Th 105 (-0 pi na vase); Ja VI 27,5 (gharvse ~o pabbajitukmo hutv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ukkhanthito); Cp 3:3:8 (~o 'mhi kyena rajjenamhi anatthiko); Mil 286,3 (so pakatiy va ~o tass devatya vacanena... ubbiji); Sp217,i (~o gihibhvam patthayamno); 247,6 (~o ti anabhiratiy imasmim ssane kicchajivikam patto); Ps I 283,24 (arati nma t); III 332,2 (dubbhojanena ca dukkhaseyyya ca ~o hoti); Dhp-a IV 225,19 (arannavase ~-ttam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkanthim); Mhv 66:56 (tass' velyam); neg. anukkanthita, mfn., not fretting; content; Ja III 58,5; Pv-a 13,29; caus. pr. 3 sg. ukkanthpeti, -ayati, makes discontented, unsettles; Jail 115,20 (ko pana tarn ~eti ti); aor. 3 sg. ukkanthpesi, Ja I 303,13; 3 pi. ukkanthpayimsu, Ja VI 148,23' (mama putte na rampayimsu ~ayimsu); pp ukkanthapita, mfh., made discontented; Ja III 248,21 (kena ~ito si ti); Sp566,i9; Dhp-aII259,i2(~ita-tta). ukkanthana, ., ~a, / [from ukkanthati], fretting; discontent; D II 239,23 (ahu-d-eva ~ ahu paritassan); Patis II 201,24 (-bahulo hoti aratibahulo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkanthnabahulo); Th-aIII 189,33 (aratin ti adhikusalesu dhammesu pantasensanesu ca ~am); Ud-a 162,io (so tarn sukham etarahi -vasena anussaranto); Vism 27,6 (sallapan ti gahapatiknam ~e bhitassa oksam datv datv sutthu lapan); anukkanthana, n., ~ , / , content; lack of fretting; Ja VI 4,26(puttassa '-atthya); Spk III 89,12 (abhirati ti pabbajjya ~-t); Mp III 352,23 (~). ukkanthaniya, mfn. [from ukkanthana], connected with discontent; expressing discontent; Spkl 186,9 (nibbejaniy ti ukkanthaniya). ukkanth, / [&, BHS utkanth], fretting, discontent, unhappiness; Ja III 143,28 (~a patippassambhi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkanthik patippassaddh); Ps I 160,14 (arati ti adhikusalesu dhammesu pantasensanesu ~); Spk II 267,21 (nibbidabahulo ti -bahulo hutv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ukkanthana-; Ce ukkantha-); Pv-a 60,31 (smanero sanjtasamvego ~am pativinodetv); 152,28 (tsam purisehi vin dibbasampattim anubhavantinam - ahesum). ukkanthi,/, discontent, unhappiness; Dhp-a IV 225,19 (aratin ti arannavse ~im, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ukkanthitattam); Thi-a 224,28 (aratim ~im adhigacchim). ukkanthik,/, seesvukkanthita. ukkanthita, mfn., pp of ukkanthati qv. ukkanthita, ukkanthik {and ukkanthiy), / [from ukkanthati; *ukkanthi(n) + t or abstr. in -ik], fretting; discontent; unhappiness; JaV 397,14' (hanti... ~am, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ukkanthikam); VI 57,27' (arati ti -a, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ukkanthik); Niddl 412,19 (y

anabhiraman y ~, Be so; Ce ukkanthitat; Ee, Se ukkanthiy); 492,12 (y arati aratik anabhirati anabhiraman ~ paritassit, Be so; Ce ~ paritassik; Ee, Se ukkanthik parittasik) = Vibh 352,6 (eds ~ paritassit) quoted Mpl 34,2 (Be, Se ukkanthita paritassit; Ce, Ee ukkanthik paritassik); Sv 111,5 (y pana patighasampayutt ~ s brahmaloke n' atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkanthik); Ps III 140,28 (adhikusalesu dhammesu ca ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ukkanthitat); Spk I 112,31 (~ nbhibhavati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ukkanthik); Dhp-a IV 115,16 (ukkanthitv ~am vinodetum asakkonto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se omits); It-all 180,13 (arati nma ukkanthik, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ukkanthitat); anukkanthita,/, lack of fretting; content; Niddll 235,24 (rat! ti anukkanthitdhivacanam etam). ukkanthiy,/, see sv ukkanthita. ukkandaka, see sv ukkantaka. ukkanna, mfn. [S. utkarna], having the ears pricked up; Ja VI 559,7* (te mig viya -a; 560,7': ~ ti yath migapotak mtaram disv kanne ukkhipitv givam pasretv). ukkannaka, see sv ukkantaka. ukkat in Ce, Ee, Se at Vv 50:9 is prob, wrfor uggat qv 5-vugga1. ukkanta, mfn., pp o/ukkamati qv. ukkantana, n. [cfS. utkartana], cutting; cutting up; ifc see kakacokkantana sv kakaca; see also okantana. ukkantika, n. [cfS. utkrnti], omission, missing out; ifc see ramman-, kasin' -, jhn'-, jhn. ukkantitv, ind. [absol. of *ud + kantati1; cfS. utkrntati], cutting out or off; cutting up; butchering; VinI 217,14 (potthanikam gahetv rumamsam -itv); Ja I 164,16 (nam ~itv mamsam dya gamissmi ti); see also ukkacca, 0 kantati. ukkantv in Ee at Pv-a 210,15* and 211,18 is prob, wr for ukkacca qv. ukkapindaka, w., see sv ukka2. ukkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utkramati, utkrmati], goes out of, goes away (from); goes over, omits, neglects; Mil 143,13 (~issanti nu kho mama svak... khuddnukhuddakni sikkhpadni udhu diyissanti, perhaps so read with Ee vi; Be ukkalessanti; Ce ukkaddhissanti; Ee ukkalissanti; Se ussakkissanti); Sp 565,11 (ahim viya disv sahas tasitv ~anti, Be, Ce, Se so; ife wr uggamanti); Patis-a 302,22 (bhvan yeva ~ati); part.pr. ukkamanta, mfn., Sp 628,22 (magg ~antassa, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se okkamantassa); absol. (a) ukkamma, AIII 301,20 (magg ukkamma, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okkamma); Ja III107,11 (magg ukkamma, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee okkamma); Vism 182,30 (Isakam ukkamma, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkamma); (b) ukkamitv, Ja III 531,7' (s dhammam okkamma ti s es dhammam ~itv atikkamitv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be okkamitv); IV 101,8 (magg ~itv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce okkamitv); neg. anukkamitv2, Vism 374,28 (evam kasinam anukkamitv); Ps II 336,13 (ito v etto v anukkamitv); pp ukkanta, mfn. [S. utkrnta], l.gone out; ~-satta, mfn., with life gone; Ja VI 561,22* (sattam mam pto dakkhisi no matam, Ee so; Be, Ce okkanta-; Se

386

okkantasantam; 561,29': apagatajivitam); 2. left, abandoned; neglected', Vism 634,7 (aphalam phalan ti ganhato vipassanvithi -nmahoti) = Patis-a 588,33; fpp (a) ukkamitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mp II193,21 (tesam hi hinatarnam mahesakkhatar devat disv san vutthtabbam hoti magg ukkamitabbam); (b)neg. anukkamaniya, mfn., Ps II 38,3 (maggena anukkamaniyena ubhosu passesu nirantarakantakarukkhagahanena, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anugamaniyena; Ps-t [Be] II 32,5: ukkamitum apakkamitum asakkuneyyena); caus. (a) absol ukkmetv, Ja IV 101,10 (tava ratham ukkmetv mayham maggam dehi ti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee okkmetv); VI 11,24 (ratham ukkmetv maggapasse thapetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se magg okkampetv); caus. (b) imperat. 2 sg. ukkampehi, Ja II 3,9 (tava ratham ukkampehi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkampehi); part.pr. ukkampenta, mfn., Sv499,5 (kesesu gahetv viravantam maggato ukkampento viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se okkamento); absol. ukkampetv, Ja II 3,12 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkampetv); see also okkamati2. ukkamana, n. [cf S. utkramana], 1. going away, going aside; Ja II 3,7 (rathassa -tthnam n' atthi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkamana-); 2. omission, missing out; Vism 374,28 (jhnass' eva ekantarikabhvena ~am jhnukkantikam nma); see also ukkantika, okkamana. ukkamma, ind.9 absol. o/ukkamati qv. ukkampana, n. [from caus. of ukkamati], causing to go aside, turning away from; Cp-a 223,26 (ratham maggato -vasena). ukkara, m. [prob, mc for ukkra; but cfS. utkara], cesspit; excrement; Ja I 146,31* (kunapo ukkarpamo) = Vism 196,17* (Vism -mht [ Be] I 217,7: uccrapassvatthnasamo vaccakpasamo v); see also ukkura. ukkalati, ukkaleti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. utkalayati, utkalita], unbinds, loosens; Mil 143,13 (~issanti nu kho mama svak may vissajjpiyamn mam' accayena khuddnukhuddakni sikkhpadni udhu diyissanti ti, Ee so; Be ~essanti; Ce ukkaddhissanti; Se ussakkissanti; perhaps read ukkamissanti with Ee vi). ukkal, okkal, m.pl. [S. utkals], the inhabitants of the country Ukkala (Orissa); Mill 78,13 (ye pi te... paribbjak ahesum ~ vassabhann ahetuvd akiriyavd natthikavd, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee okkal) = S III 73,3 = All 31,2i (Mp III 62,i 1: ~ ti ukkalajanapadavsino) quoted Kv 141,28 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkalavassabhann). ukkalpa, see sv uklpa. ukk, / {and ukka1, m.) [S. ulk], 1. a firebrand, a torch; Abh795; Vin I 188,18 (anujnmi bhikkhave ajjhrme uphanam dhretum ~am padipam kattaradandan ti); D I 49,31 (~su dhriyamnsu) quoted Sadd478,2o; Ja 1214,31 (jtavedo ... udake pana opilpit -a viya tatth' eva nibbyi); VI 436,17* (~ paditt jhyanti); Ap 404,3 (tayo ~e adhrayim, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~); Mil 87,23 (majjhimo ymo vattati ~ padipiyanti); Vism 428,23 (suriye utthite ~ya kammam n'atthi ti); Sv 748,10 (kattaradande ca ~yo ca gahetv); Sadd 478,20 (~ ti dipikdayo vuccanti); ifc see tin'-, yamaka-;

2. a meteor; Ap 472,21 (~ patimsu nabhas dhmaketu ca dissati); Sv 95,9 (ukkpto ti ksato ~nam patanam); Bv-a 288,24* (~ samant nipatimsu ghor); 3. a furnace; a crucible; Abh 795; Mill 243,13 (~am bandheyya; Ps V 54,10: angrakapallam sajjeyyya) quoted Sadd 478,21; Ja VI 189,13* (kammrnam yath ~ anto jhyati no bahi) quoted Sadd 478,23; Pet 12,10*; Ps I 175,16 (suvannakrnam msa ~ ti vuccati); -dhra, w(/w)., holding up the torch; a torch-bearer; It 108,8; Sn 335 (~o manussnam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okk-); Mil 1,5*; -pata, m., the fall of a meteor; D I \0,nfoil. (~o bhavissati... evamvipko ~o bhavissati; Sv95,9: ~o ti ksato ~nam patanam; cf Ps I 175,12: evamvipko ~o bhavissati ti gatatthne vtavego ukk vuccati; quoted Sadd 478,25); Ja I 374,10'; Mil 178,20; -mukha, ., the mouth, opening of a crucible; M I 38,15; Sn 686; Ja V 322,8*; Bv 24:25; see also okk. ukkbhri(n), m. [see O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 20-21], "a torch-bearer", a kind of tree or plant;! Thi-a214,4 (takkrim pupphitam girimuddhani ti... ~in tikeci pathanti, aggilatthim viy ti attho, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ukkgrin ti... angatthilatthim viy ti). ukkcan, / [from ukkceti], exaltation; boasting; Nidd I 388,3 (y paresam lapan ... ~ samukkcan, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ukkpan samukkpan) = Vibh 352,30 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkpan); Vism 27,21 (etam kulam mam yeva jnti, sace ettha deyyadhammo uppajjati, mayham eva deti ti evam ukkhipitv kcan -, uddipan ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kpan ukkpan) = Nidd-al 420,3 = Vibh-a483,5 {Be, Ce so; Ee kcan ukkhipan ti vuttam hoti; Se kcan ~ ukkhipan ti). ukkceti, pr. 3 sg. [probably denom. from ud + kca3], raises; exalts (oneself); boasts; Vibh-a 483,12 (ayam pi mt viyaghaten' eva deti ti~eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~esi); absol. ukkcetv, Ja II 70,19 (pniyam ~etv pivitv, Ce, Ee so; Be uttretv; Se ussincitv); pp ukkcita, {mf)n., boasting; empty talk; ~-vinita, mfn., trained in empty talk; A I 72,22 (~-vinit paris no patipucchvinit) * 285,33 (Mp II 380, M: ~-vinit ti apatipucchitv vinit dubbinitaparis); see also ukkcan, okkcita. ukkpan in Ee, Se at Niddl 388,3 is wr for ukkcan qv. ukkmetv, caus. absol. of ukkamati qv. ukkra, m. [cf S. utkara, utkra (utVkf); BHS utkritv], 1. excrement; Abh 275 (uccro milham ~o); Ja IV 485,13 (jahitam ~am... harpesi); 2. (according to et) a cesspit; 1h-a II 243,28 (mah-ukkrasambhavo ti ~o vuccati vaceakpam ... mtu kucchi idha mah-ukkro ti adhippeto); -gatta, mfn., with limbs discharging; ? Ud-a288,30 (kuttharogbhibhavena chinnahatthapda-anguli ~o samantato vissandamnsavo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee arupakkagatto); -tthna, n., place for excrement, dunghill; latrine; Jail 40,2r; Ud-a314,n; -bhmi,/, id.; Ja I 5,12 (naranriyo -iyarn ueerapassvam katv); II 11,10; Dhp-aIII 208,4 (titthiynam mandapam vtehi upptetv -iyarn khiphi ti); see also ukkara, ueera, mah-ukkrasambhava. ukksati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utksate], coughs; clears one's

387

throat; Vin IV 151,1 (no ce -eyya v na vijnpeyya v); aor. 3 sg. ukksi, Vin II 160,32; MII 4,3s; Ja I 161,27; Sadd 625,18; absol. ukksitv, Vin I 248,2 (lindam pavisitv -itv aggalam ktehi) = D I 89,3o; Sv875,25 (lokiyamahjano -itv pi khipitv pi namo buddhnan ti); Spkl 39,19; pp ukksita, (mf)n., cough, coughing; Bv 1:52 (-am ca khipitam ajjhupekkhiya); sadda, m., the sound of coughing; Vin I 133,24; D I 50,7 (n' eva khipitasaddo bhavissati na ukksitasaddo); fpp ukksitabba, (mf)n. impers., Vin II 222,8 (yo vaccakutim gacchati bahi thitena -am). ukksana, n. [S. utksana], coughing; clearing the throat; Sp 368, is (in long cpd). ukksik,/(?) [cfS. kasati, "rubs, scratches"], a pad of cloth (for rubbing the body); Vin II 106,25 (annataro bhikkhu jardubbalo nahyamno na sakkoti attano kyam ugghamsetum... anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti; Sp 1200,9: -an ti vatthavattim, tasm nahyantassa yassa kassaci nahnastakavattiy pitthim ghamsitum vattati). ukkinna, mfn., pp ofukkirati qv. ukkirati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utkirati], digs out, excavates; carves, engraves; Sp 290,23 (kakkatakkhini -anti); absol. (a)ukkiritv, Sp290,i6 (tasmim bandhanatthne valayam iva -itv lekharn thapenti); 862,30 (sukkhya nadiy vlikam -itv kata-vtakesu pi nhyitum vattati); (b) ukkiritvna, Vin -vn 1623 (vlikam -itvna); pp ukkinna, mfn. [S. utkirna], dug out, excavated; Ja IV 106,22' (tt, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okinnatta); - ' -antaraparikha, mfn., with ditches dug at intervals; JaIV 106,16* (-'-antaraparikham ... idam puram, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okinn'-; 106,22': antarantar udakaparikhnam kaddamaparikhnam sukkhaparikhnam ca ukkinnatt - ' -antaraparikham, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okinnatta okinn'-); parikha, mfn., with a ditch dug (round); D I 105,13; see also okinna2. *ukkiledeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + kilijjati; cfS. kledayati], moistens; softens; treats with an emollient; aor. 3 sg. ukkiledesi, Ud-al72,2o (evam... bhagav ussannargam yasmantam Nandam devaccharyo dassetv -esi ariyamaggabhesajjena anavasesato niharitukmo); absol. ukkiledetv, Sv 255,29 (yath nma kusalo bhisakko dosam -etv niharati, Ce, Eeso; Be, 5Wuggiletv; Sv-ptI 389, is: -etv ti sinehapnena kilinne ubbane katv, Ee so; Be kilinnam ubbamanam katv); Pj II274,20foil, (bhagav ... turassa dose ~etv niharitukmo vejjo ... viya Nandassa rgam ~etv niharitukmo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uggiletv); Ud-a 172,18 (yath hi kusalo vqjo ussannadosam puggalam tikicchanto sinehapndin pathamam dose ~etv pacch vamanavirecanehi samma-d-eva niharpeti); Th-all 33,18 (sinehapnena sariram ~etv, Ee so; Be, Se kiledetv; Ce khiram datv). ukkujja, mfn. and n. [ud + kujja1], I. (mfn.) "with the (hollow side of the) curve upward, concave"; set upright, being the right way up; A I 131,13 (kumbho -o; MpII 202,27: ~o ti uparimukho thapito) = Pp32,9; 2. (n.) setting up; rise; Spklll 150,13 (~am vuccati udayo avakujjam vayo); vakujja, ., the setting up and upsetting; the rise and fall; S V 89,25

(pancupdnakkhandhnam ~am samparivattento); -m-avakujjakam, ind., as to the setting up and upsetting; as to the rise and fall; upwards and downwards; Bv 10:4 (vicini sankhre ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkujjamavakujjatam; Bv-a 184,33: -an ti sankhrnam udayavyayam vicini ti attho); see also avakujja, nikkujja. ukkujjati (and ukkujjeti), pr. 3 sg. [denom.from ukkujja; cfBHSutkubjpayati], holds or sets upright; holds or sets the right way up; esp. turns (the bowl) the right way up (to accept food again from a layman whose alms had been refused); Vin II 126,21/0//. (sangho Vaddhassa Licchavissa pattam ~atu... anujnmi bhikkhave imehi atthah' angehi samanngatassa upsakassa pattam ~itum); D I 85,9 (nikkujjitam v -eyya; Sv228,3o: ~eyy ti uparimukham kareyya); absol. ukkujjitv, Vin II 269,20 (~itv pattam dassetum); MI 414,25 (tarn udakdhnam -itv); Sp333,5 (thale ussdetv ~itv thapitanvya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~etv); pp ukkujjita, mfn., set upright; the right way up; Vin II127,10 (~o sahghena Vaddhassa Licchavissa patto); Mhv 45:34 (dy' ~am pattam caranto bhikkhu); fpp ukkujjitabba, mfn., Vin II 126,24; Sp 1209,n; see also avakujjati, ni(k)kujjati. ukkujjan,/ [from ukkujjati], setting upright; turning the right way up; Vin II 127,9 (pattassa ~); Sp 1209,9 (ukkujjanakle pana yvatatiyam ycpetv); ifc see patt'-; (a)-kammavc,/, the formal act of turning the bowl the right way up; Mp IV 160,3 (~ya ukkujjeyya); see also nikkujjana. ukkuti(n), mfn., or ukkutim, ind. [from *ud + kutati], squatting; in a squatting position; Ap 129,18 (paggayha anjalim vandim siras ~i aham, Be, Ce so; Ee ~im; Se ukkutiko). ukkutika, mfn. and m. [S. utkutaka; BHS utkutuka; AMg ukkudua], 1. (i) (mfn.) squatting on one's heels; Ja VI 337,32' (thokam gantv ~o nisiditv pakkmi, Be, Ce, Ee so; ^ ~ a m ) ; Sp $28,3\ foil, (yo ~o nisiditv pavreti tena ~enJ eva bhunjitabbam); Sv730,n (purato ~o nisiditv pde dhovissmi bhante ti ha); Ps IV 181,24 (~... makkat viyanisidanti); more usually ~am, adv., in a squatting position; Vin 1160,4 (theresu bhikkhsu -am nisinnesu pavrayamnesu); Mil 248,24 (-am nisiditv anjalim paggahetv); JaV 102,5 (pde kantakena viddho -am nisiditv kantakam niharanto); Vism62,io (-am nisiditv); Mhv25:22 (hatthim... -am nisidayi); (ii) (m.) one who squats; who practises the ascetic exercise of squatting; D I 167,6 (-0 pi hoti -ppadhnam anuyutto) = A I 296,3 = Nidd I 417,10; 2. (mfn.) arched (of a foot); Vism 104,28 (rgacarito ... sanikam pdam nikkhipati samam nikkhipati samam uddharati -am c' assa padam hoti; Vism-mht [Be] I 127,4: -an ti asamphutthamajjham; cfukkutik); 105,3* (rattassa hi -am padam bhave) = Dhp-al 201,5*; -ppadhna, n., the squatting exercise; exertion in (the ascetic practice of) squatting; DI 167,6 (ukkutiko pi hoti -am anuyutto; Sv357,8foil: gacchanto pi ukkutiko va hutv uppatitv uppatitv gacchati); MI 515,27 (mundiyam -am kesamassulocanam); Dhp 141

388

(rajo va jallam -am); Ja III 235,21 (~am anuyunjatha); V 241,29* (rajojallam -am); -pda, mfn., having feet with high arches; Sv 925,33 (antovankapd v bahivankapd v - v; Sv-ptIII 139,26: pdatalassa majjhe unnatya t, Be so; Ee natya); see also ukkuti(n), ukkutik. ukkutik, / [cf AMg ukkuduy, and O. von Hinber, 1980, p.21; cf also BHSD sv ujjankik], prob, the squatting position, but according to ct the practice of walking on tiptoe or on one's heels; VinlV 189,17 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ya antaraghare gacchanti; Sp 891,27: ~ vuccati panhiyo ukkhipitv aggapdehi v aggapde v ukkhipitv panhihi yeva v bhmim phusantassa gamanam); V 44,34 (andariyam paticca -ya antaraghare gacchanto). ukkuttha, n. [S. utkrusta], a shout, a cry; Vibh-a260,5 (pariyantakotiyam thatv-e orimakoti-gamanaklo viya). ukkufthi, / [cf S. utkrusta], crying out, shout; outcry; Vin II 269,25 (manuss-im akarnsu); Ja II 367,23 (sakalaratthavsino ... rjadvre -im akarnsu); Ap 124,16 (-im sampavattayum); Bvl:35 (-im sampasdanam ... vattenti, Ce, Ee so; Be -i sampahamsanam; perhaps cpd; Se -sampandanam; cf Bv-a40,3i: ~i ti -saddo ca unndasaddo ca ti attho); Mil 21,i (apphotetv -im katv); Vism245,34 (luddena... -iy katya); Spll24,20 (-im karonti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ukkatthim); Spk III 120,12 (-iyo c' eva celukkhep ca vattanti); Nidd-a I 288,16 (uggajjanto ti ~im karonto); Mhv 10:69 (~im mahatim ak); Sadd 710,8 (katthaci tamthnavasena: manc -im karonti); 0, -ukkutthitthna, n., each place there is a shout; Vism 245,24 (~e yeva utthahitv) = Vibh-a 228, is (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkutthukkutthatthne). ukkura, m. [= ukkara ?], excrement; ifc see msik' -. ukkulabhvarahita in Ee at Ja V 169, r is prob, wr for ukklaviklabhvarahita qv sv ukkla. ukkusa, m. [cf S. utkroa], an osprey; Abh 640; Ja IV 397,6*; VI 539,13* (~ kurar hams, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr kukkus; 540,6': - ti klakurar kurar ti setakurar, Be, Ce so; Se kukkus ti; Ee wr kukkus ti klakabar); Ap 232,H (-0 s' aharn tad mahantam maccham paggayha siddhatthamunino adam); 347,15 (kalandak ~ ca). ukkla, mfn. [S., BHS utkla], rising; high; uphill; Mp II 35,21 (-am unnatatthnam); Pj II 42,5 (thalan ti -am); -vikla, mfn. [cf BHS utklanikla], rising and descending; high and low; uneven; Mill 105,10 (yam imiss pathaviy -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkulavikulam; Ps IV 153,15: -an ti uccanicam thalatthnam ninnatthnam); A I 35,8; bhvarahita,mfit., free from unevenness; JaV 169,r (bhvarahita va samasanthit, so read ? Be, Ce, Se ukkulavikula-; Ee ukkla-). ukkoca, m. [S. utkoca], a bribe; Abh 356; Sp339,i2 (vinicchayiknam -am datv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkotam, perhaps wr). ukkota, m. [from ukkoteti?], 1. disturbance, re-opening (of a [legal] question already settled); Vin V 150,4 (imesam catunnam adhikarannam kati -a); Sp 1354,2/o//.; 2. [cf AMg ukkod], a bribe; Sp 339,12 (vinicchayiknam -am datv, Ee so, perhaps

wr; Be, Ce, Se ukkocam); see also ukkotana. ukkotaka, n. (?) [cf S. Dhtup kotayate, "breaks into pieces, tears asunder"], pieces of meat, cut-up meat; ? entrails; ? Ap 372,16 (skariko ahos' aham -am randhayitv madhumamsamhi okirim; Ap-a486,2i: pihakapapphsamamsam pacitv). ukkotana, n. [BHS utkotana], 1. disturbance, re-opening (of a [legal] question already settled); VinV 150,15 (katih' krehi -am pasavati); Sp 866,5 (vitthro pana imesam catunnam adhikarannam kati - ti din nayena parivre vuttarn); 1307,22; 2. corruption; taking bribes; Sv 79,30 (-an ti assmike smike ktum lancaggahanam); -vaflcananikatisciyoga, m., the crooked practice of corruption, deception and fraud; D I 5,22 (- pativirato samano Gotamo) * S V 473,20 * AII209,31; see also ukkota. ukkotanaka, mfn. and n. [ukkotana + ka2], I. (mfn.) consisting in re-opening (a matter already settled); Vin I 175,3 (-am pcittiyam); 1194,7; Sp 1357,2; 2. (.) re-opening (a matter already settled); Sp 1288,io (tena -ena pcittiyam pajjati). ukkoteti, pr. 3 sg. [BHS utkotayati], disturbs, re-opens (a [legal] question already settled); Vin IV 126,4 foil, (chabbaggiy bhikkh jnam yathdhammam nihatdhikaranam punakammya -enti... katham hi nma ... -essanti ti... yo pana bhikkh ... -eyya pcittiyan ti; Sp 865,27: -enti ti tassa tassa bhikkhuno santikam gantv akatam kamman ti dini vadant ucclenti yathpatitthitabhvena patitthtum na denti); Ja II 387,14 (te dhammena nihitam adhikaranam -enti); Sv 5,24 (idam amhkam thvarakammam koci visabhgapuggalo sahghamajjham pavisitv -eyya); part.pr. ukkotenta,mfn., VinV 150,9 (vivddhikaranam -ento kati samathe -eti); Sp 1355,25; Utt-vn 129; aor. Spl. ukkotesum, VinV 22,35; absol. ukkotetv, Sp 1354,3; pp ukkotita, m/h., re-opened; Vin V 41,23; Utt-vn 129. ukkhamsvakamse in Ee at SHI 212,10 is wr for ukkams- (Be, Ce, Se so). ukkhanthito in Ee at Ja VI 27,5 is wr for ukkanthito (Be, Ce, Se so). ukkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. uksati], sprinkles; wets; Sadd 330,15 (ukkha secane: -ati); pp ukkhita, mfn. [S. uksita], sprinkled, wet (with); ifc see candanokkhita (sv candana), ruhir'-, lohit* -; ukkhitasmim in Ee at Spk II 247,27 is wr for ukkhittasmim (Be, Ce, Se so); ukkhitarajena in Ee at Spk III 95,20 is prob, wrfor utthitarajena (Be, Ce, Se so); see also okkhita. ukkhali, - 1 , / [cfS. ukha, ukh; Pkt ukkhali], a cookingpot; Abh 456 (-i); Sadd 353,18* (-1); Ja V 471,9 (uddhane -im ropehi ti); Ap-a 74,2 (devat ... ojam ... sambodhippattadivase ca parinibbnadivase ca -iyam yeva pakkhipimsu); As 376,10 (samatittikapunnya hi -iy bhattam ganhanto); -dhovana, ., the water used for washing the cooking-pot; Ja I 235,9 (-assa chadditatthne); -paripunchana, n., a dish-cloth, cleaning rag; Mp 1216,13 (sadisam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -punjana-); II 359,5; -parimajjana, n., a dish-

389

cloth, a cleaning rag; A I 246,31 (j"?1?31?1 potthakam ~am v karonti sankrakte v nam chaddenti, Be so; Ce upakkhali-; Ee, Se wr -parimaddanam; Mp II 359,5*. -an ti ukkhaliparipunchanam) = Pp33,9; -masi,/, the soot on a cooking-pot; Ja I 483,15 (akkhim ~iy anjetv). ukkhalik, / [ukkhali + k2; Pkt ukkhaliy], a cookingpot; ThI23 (~ me deddubham vti; Thi-a28,i8: mama bhattapacanabhjanam); (a)-kla, m., the time for (cooking in) the pot; Dhp-alV 98,7 (~e kumbhaggam nmadeti); (a)-masi,/, the soot on a cooking-pot; Mp I 451,13 (~-makkhit, Be, Ce so; Se ukkhali-; Ee wr ~-makkhik). ukkh,/ [= ukh, -kkh- under influence of ukkhali?], a cooking-pot; -sata, n., a hundred cooking-pots; SII 264,20 (yo... ~am dnam dadeyya... yo v... antamaso goddhanamattam pi mettacittam bhveyya, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se okkh-; SpkII 224,5: -an ti mahmukha-ukkhalinam satam... ukksatan ti pi ptho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okkhsatan ti); see also okkh. ukkhita, mfn., pp o/ukkhati qv. ukkhitta, mfn., pp o/ukkhipati qv. ukkhittaka, mfn. [ukkhitta + ka2], 1. who has been suspended (from the sangha,); Vin I 97,20 (bhikkhu pattiy adassane - 0 vibbhami); 338,7 (ma kho tumhe yasmanto etam ~am bhikkhum anuvattittha); 357,5 (tarn ~am bhikkhum osretv); Sp 1387,23 (~ tayo vutt ti pattiy adassane appatikamme ppikya ca ditthiy appatinissagge ti); 2. (~,/, sc. sarighti or stik ?), raised, lifted up (robe); Vin II 213,21 (na ~ya antaraghare gantabbam) = IV 187,6 (Sp 891,8: ~y ti ukkhepena, itthambhtalakkhane karanavacanam, ekato v ubhato v ukkhittacivaro hutv ti attho); anukkhittaka, mfn., who has not been suspended; Vin IV 138,11; V 115,23 (-0 puggalo jnitabbo); Sp 1320,29 (ukkhepaniyakammakato ukkhittako nma, avasesacatubbidhatajjaniydikammakato ~o nma). ukkhipati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utksipati], 1. throws up; raises; lifts up, picks up, holds up; raises up, extols; Vin III 53,13 (bhamukam v ~issmi); IV 116,22 (patiltam ~ati); Ja 1209,27 (idn' eva te jlam no ~issanti); 337,31 (n* eva tamyasam -itum sakkhissanti); VI165,1 (attano dhitaram jtimadena -an" ti); Sv 368,3 (attano upatthknam santike attnam~anti uccethne thapenti); Mp II 347,25 (pannsa karale -hi ti); Th-alll 167,39 (tattha nimuggo sisam na -afi ti adhippyo); part.pr. (a) ukkhipa(t), mfn., Sp 328,n (uddham kesaggamattam -ato prjikam); (b) ukkhipanta, m/(~anti)n., JaV 436,22' (-anti); VI 541,2i (sattamse nikkhittadnadhuram -anto viya); Mil 199,3 (ghatam ~anto); Thi-a264,io (knakacchapassa sisam tassa ca... givam -antassa sisassa yugacchidde pavesanam ca sara); neg. anukkhipanta, mfn., Sp 132,24; aor. 3 sg. ukkhipi, JaV 443,19 (atha nam rj hatthe gahetv -i); Ps II 159,9; 3 pi. ukkhipimsu, Vin IV 345,2 (vtamandalik sanghtiyo -irnsu); Ja IV 319,11; 2. throws away; rejects, dismisses; esp. suspends (a bhikkhu from the sangha,); Vin I 313,5 (duttho dn' ayam vuso avsiko bhikkhu handa may am vuso vsikam bhikkhum -m ti); 315,6 (yo ~eyya);

MI 144,13 (~a langim pajaha avijjam); Ud 55,14 (na tena sangho samvasati atha kho nam khippam eva sannipatitv ~ati); Th 209 (na - no ca parikkhipe pare; but cf 1h-a II 75,32: na ~e ti attnam na ~eyya... attukkamsanam na kareyya); Niddl 161,22 (sabbe paravde khipanti -anti parikkhipanti; Nidd-al 284,9: -anti ti drato khipanti); Mhv 4:16 (tarn ~itum gat); Sadd 404,9 (khipa chaddane: khipati ~ati); part.pr. ukkhipanta, mfn., Cp 3:4:5 (te mam tada ~antam pucchimsu patthitam mama; Cp -a 202,3 foil.: uddham uddham khipantam chaddentam patikkhipantam); neg. anukkhipanta, mfn., VinV 158,18* (ubho anukkhipanto); aor. 3 sg. ukkhipi, Vin IV 231,i (bhikkhunim pattiy adassanena ~i); 3 pi. ukkhipimsu, Vin IV 231,14; absol (a) ukkhipitv, Vin II152,15 (tirokaranim ~itv olokenti); JaV 240,9; Mil293,12 (yo mallo khippam patimallam -itv); Vism 27,2i; Mpl 419,18 (puttam -itv gacchant kantram nittharitum na sakkhissm ti); Pj II 308,13 (nvam -itv); Mhv 7:21 (~itv asim); neg. anukkhipitv,JaI219,i; Sp891,i2; Th-aII25,i; ukkhipitv in Be, Ce, Ee at Ud-a 72,25 is prob, wr for okkhipitv (Se so); (b) ukkhipitvna, Ap276,2o; (c) ukkhipiya, Nett 4,24*; (d) (namul) ukkhepakam; ifc see pincP -; pass. pr. 3 sg. ukkhipiyati, ukkhipiyyati (and ukkhippati?), Lis raised; is thrown up or about; Vin II 114,26 (chattam ~iyati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~iyati); Sadd 563,26 (~iyyati); part.pr. ukkhipiyamna, mfn., Vin III 188,35; Ja III 167,17' (udakakumbho ~iyamno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkhippamno); Niddl 50,19 (macch ... kkehi... pariptiyamn ~iyamn); aor. 3 pl. ukkhipiyimsu, Vin II 136,25 (vtamandalikya sanghtiyo -iyimsu); 2. is suspended; Vin II 61,6 (ppikya ditthiy appatinissagge ~iyati); pp (a) ukkhitta, mfn. [S. utksipta], 1. lifted, picked up, raised; thrown up; tossed about, blown away; Vin III 58,2 (vtamandalikya -am stakam passitv); SHI 155,7 (nvya... thalam ~ya); Mil 181,15; SpkII 247,27 (~asmim yeva hatthe sahassam thapesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ukkhitasmim); Pj II 467,15 (avijjpalighassa tt); Dip 9:27; sika,m>. [ukkhitta + asi2 + ka2], (one) with drawn sword; with sword raised; MI 377,21; SIV 173,18 (vadhako -siko); Ja I 393,27; Vism 232,2; Th-aIH 13,4 (jivit voropetukmehi ~sikehi santajjito); ~-paligha, mfn. [cf BHS utksiptaparikha], "with cross-bar raised", with obstacles removed; A III 84,14 (bhikkhu ~-paligho iti pi; Mp III 264,2: palighoti avijjpaligham ukkhipitv apanetv thito); Sn622 (--paligham buddham); Kv 107,21; Thi-a 268,34 (palighatya sankinnaparikkhatya abblhesikatya niraggalatya); neg. anukkhitta, mfn., not raised; not picked up; Sp 334,16 (pitake anukkhitte pi); 2. dismissed, suspended; Vin IV 218,5 (samaggena sanghena ~am Arittham bhikkhum); AIII 270,7; Ja III 487,4 (dhammiken' eva kammenyam ~o ti); neg. anukkhitta, mfn., not suspended; VinI 313,16; 3. [cf ukkhittak], lifted up (robe); jjagghik,/ [= ukkhittak + ujjagghik], raised (robe) and loud laughter; Vin II 232,20* (in uddna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ojjhaggik); citt in Ee at Vin II 232,22* (uddna)

390

is prob. wr; Be okkhittukkhitta-ujjagghi; Ce okkhittacitt; Se okkhittukkhitt); citt in Ee, Se at Nidd I 279,31 is prob, wr for khittacitt (Be, Ce so); pp (b) ukkhipita, mfn., raised; extolled; Ja VI 143,9* (yanno kira me ~o; 143, io': ~o ti ukkhitto); fpp ukkhipitabba, mfn., Vin I 315,6 (na bhikkhave suddho bhikkhu anpattiko avatthusmim akrane ~o); Vism343,i7 (ekena [hatthena] civaram -am); Sp 1052,30 (katham pana udakam ~am); caus. (a) pr. 3 sg. ukkhippeti, ~ayati, causes to throw up; causes to take up, to lift up; causes to remove; Ja II 38,4 (tarn ... ~ehi); V 436,27' (ukkhipati v ~eti v); part.pr. ukkhippenta, mfn., Sv525,i8 (tarn gantham ~ent); aor. 3 sg. (a)ukkhippesi, SpkII 362, I (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utthappesi); (b) ukkhippayi, Ap 166,9 (pupphni brhmano... sabbe sisse samnetv kse ~ayi); absol. ukkhippetv, Ja I 52, H (devim sovannasivikya nisidpetv amaccasahassena ~etv); Sp 1226,19; caus. (b)part.pr. ukkhepenta, m/h., causing to reject or remove; Spkll 53,23 (kilese virajjento khepento ukkhepento uppanno, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se khepento uppanno). ukkhipana, n. [from ukkhipati], I. raising, lifting up; (sarcastically) extolling; Ja I 163,23' (uddham ~ena adho avakkhipanen ti); Vism29,n (adentam disv aho dnapati ti evam ~am ukkhepan); 621,33 (pdassa bhmito ~am); 2. rejecting; Vism 29,8 (ukkhepan ti ma etam ettha katheth ti vcya ~am). ukkhipana in Ee, Se at Vibh-a483,5 is prob, wr for uddipan qv. ukkhetita, mfn. \pp of *ud + khetati; cf S. khetita], frightened away; Vin III 95,3 (rgo me ~o); IV 29,4 (moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahino patinissattho ~o samukkhetito; Sp 500, is: ~o ti idam ariyamaggena uttsitatt puna analliyanabhvadassanavasena [vuttam]); Sadd 352,ii (khita uttasane: khetati... ~o). ukkhepa, m.n. [S. utksepa, m.], \.(m.) throwing up; lifting up, raising; a throw; Abhll23; Dhtum861 (dula ~e); Vin II 232,30* (~o chedana (for [pind]ukkhepakam, in uddna); Sp 891,8 (ukkhittaky ti ~ena); Sadd 563,25 (~o uddham khipanam); ifc see udak'-, eel' -, bhamuk' -; 2. (n.) \for ukkhepan1 mc ?], suspension (from the sangha,); Vin II 30,5* (ditthiappatinissagge~amjinabhsitam, in uddna). ukkhepaka, mifn). andm. [S. utksepaka], 1. (mfn.) (one) who suspends (from the sangha,); Vin I 337,26 (~ bhikkh); 357,5; Ja III 487,8 (~nam ukkhepane... dinavam vatv); Sp 1149,19 (bhagav ~e... vadeyya); 2. (m.) throwing up; raising; ifc see hatth'-; -vata, m., a wind which throws things up, a violent wind; Sv 558,13 (mahvt vyant - nma utthahanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upakkhepaka-) = Mp IV 154,23 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upakkhepaka-); see also udakukkhepaka sv udaka. ukkhepakam, namul absol. of ukkhipati qv. ukkhepan1, n. [S. utksepana], I. throwing up; Dhtup616 (dula ~e); 2. suspension (from the sangha,); Ja III 487,8; Vin-vn 1992; see also ukkhepan.

ukkhepan2, mfn. [for ukkhepaniyamc?], concerning suspension (from the sangha,), leading to suspension; Vin II 30,14* (tayo ~ kamm, in uddna). ukkhepan, / [cfS. utksepana], rejection; suspension; Vibh 353,6 (y paresam akkosan vambhan garahan ~); Vism 29,8 (~ ti m etam ettha katheth ti vcya ukkhipanam); Sp 870,36 (pattiy adassandisu - samvsansan nma); 2. (sarcastically) extolling; Vism 29,ii (atha v adentam disv aho dnapati ti evam ukkhipanam ~). ukkhepaniya, mfn. [from ukkhepan1], concerning suspension; (a formal act of the sangha,) leading to suspension; Vin I 49,30 (sace sangho upajjhyassa kammam kattukmo hoti tajjaniyam v... -am v); Sp 981,12 (~am akatv tajjaniyam v niyyasam v kareyy ti); Ps II 382, is ( 0 ' -disu annataram kammam karonti); -kamma, ., a (formal) act of suspension; Vin I 326,3; A199,s; Ja III 486,27; kata, mfn., dealt with by a (formal) act of suspension, suspended; Vin II 27,n; Sp 1320,28 (~-kato ukkhittako nma); see also ukkhepan2. ukkhepima, mfn. [ukkhepa + ima2], to be raised up, to be drawn up; Sp 1040,4 (gambhiresu vtdisu -am udakam nimittam na ktabban ti). uklpa (andukkalpa), m. and mfn. [?], 1. (m.) rubbish; dust; Abh224 (kacavaroklpo sankro); Sp9, \i (mahvihr ... chadditapatita-uklp ahesum) = Sv8, io; 2. (mfn.) full of rubbish; dirty, dusty; Vin I 46,n (sace so deso ~o hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo; Sp 978, is: ~o ti kenaci kacavarena sankinno, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ukkalpo ti); Ja II275,12 (~am assamapadam disv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ukkalpam); Sp 791,23 ([parivenam] tinapanndii -am, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ukkalpam); Ps III 210,4 (chriktinakacavardihi ~e agygre); Vism 128,36 (sensanam v -am). ukhati, pr. 3 sg [S Dhtup Vukh, okhati, Wg 5:14,15], goes; Sadd 329,21 (ukha nakha ... gatyatth: ~ati). ukh, / [ts], a cooking-pot; Abh456; Ap581,i6 (~ niya, Be so; Ce kh; Ee buddhnniya; Se buddhnniya) = Thi-a70,i4* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se buddhnniya); see also ukkh, okkh. ugga 1 , mfn. [S. ugra], powerful, intense; terrible, fierce, severe; Abh711; 982 (~o tikkhamhi); Vv 50:9 (akkosnam vadhnam ca tajjanya ca -t, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr ukkat; Vv-a212,i6: -t ti -tya); Ja VI 194,11* ([ngam] punnam ~assa tejaso, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se tejas) ^ 195,4* (punn ~assa tejaso, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se tejas; 195,5': ~cm visena punn); Bv7:15 (~am dhitim aks' aham; Bv-a 170,9: -an ti tibbam ghoram, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr uggatan ti); 10:17 (adhitthahim vatam -am dasapramipriy); Ps II 34,16 (evam ~ khattiyaparis); -tapa, mfn., practising severe austerities; Ja III 518,5* (~am santam isim); Ap46,5 (~o jino); -tap ana, n. and mfn., l.(.) severe austerity; Cp -a 152,15 (tapasankhtam ~am etass ti -o); 2. (mfn.) practising severe austerities; Cp 2:7:1 (jatilo -o); Ap 19,i (jatil ~); -teja, mfn., of terrible fiery power; of fierce heat; of powerful energy; SI 51,12* (verocano mandali ~o); Th 1095 (pannmayam -am

391

sattham); Ja III 348,4* (urago ~o); VI54,19* (~o hi brhmano); Ps IV 38,2 (~-tya); -vadi(n), mfn., speaking powerfully, debating fiercely; Vinll 202,3* (patv parisam ~inim) = A IV 196,16* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr uggahavdinam) * Pet 87,21 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr ~ini). ugga2, m. [S. ugra], a member of a mixed caste, of high status; Abh 503 (-0 suddya khattajo); 982; D I 51,9 (~ rjaputt; cf Svl57,i: - rjaputt ti uggatuggat sahgmvacar rjaputt); 103,31 (rj... ~ehi v rjannehi v kincid eva mantanam manteyya; Sv273,3: ~ehi v ti uggatuggatehi v amaccehi, rjannehi ti anabhisittakumrehi); Ja VI 490,3* (~ ca rjaputt ca vesiyn ca brhman; 490,15': ~ ti uggat pannt); -putta, m., a member of the ugga caste; SI 185,24* (~ mahisss sikkhit; Spkl 268,23: ~ ti uggatnam putt mahesakkh rjannabht) = Th 1210 (c/Th-alll 189,4: asuddhajivino parivrayutt manuss uggakiccatya ugg ti vuccanti, tesarn putt ~). uggacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udgacchati], goes up, rises, ascends; goes out, issues (from); is vomited; Vinl 199,13 (bhikkhnam sradikena bdhena phutthnam ygu pi pit ~ati); DIU 196,19* (yato ~ati suriyo); SI 125,38 (unham lohitam v mukhato ~eyya); Vism 230,33 (ahicchattakamakulam ... ~ati); Sv 604,28 (jl ~anti, Be, Ce, Seso; ejle -ante); Sadd462,n (~ati); fut. 3 sg. (a)uggamissati, MI 237,29 (unham pi lohitam mukhato uggamissati); Sp 956,14 (idni aruno uggamissati ti sabbannutam ppuni, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~issati ti) * Ud-a 50,23; (b) uggacchissati, Ps IV 117,14 (tejodhtu utthahitv yva brahmalok ~issati); part.pr. (a)uggacchanta, ro/(~anti)/j., Sil 103,15 (suriye -ante); Ap 371,5 (~antam v suriyam); Patis-a 613,32 (uddham -anti); neg. anugacchanta, mfn., Dhp-a I 41,18 (ngar arune anuggacchante rjadvram gantv... kandimsu); (b)uggacchamna, mfn., DIU 196,21*; Mp III 318,11; aor. 3 sg. (a) uggacchi, ugganchi, Vin I 42,29 (unham lohitam mukhato ~i) * MI 387,6 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ugganchi ti); Ja VI 510,22 (vibhtya rattiy suriyo ~i, Se so; Be, Ce, e ugganchi); Sp 956,16 (aruno ~i, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ugganchi) = Ud-a 50,25; (b) uggami, uggami, Ap 98,30 (vehsam uggami jino); 185,5 (nabham uggami); Mhv 25:62; 3pl. uggacchimsu, Dhp-a IV 132,20 (udakavattiyo ~imsu); inf. uggantum, Ja II 26,16; absol. (a) uggamma, Dhp-a III 81,5; Nidd-a I 317,22; Mhv 4:17; see also accuggamma; (b) uggantv, MI 333,1 (Mro ... Mahmoggallnassa mukhato uggantv); A III 242,3; Pv43:l (gthakpato uggantv); JaV 12,3; Sp 846,8; As 14,25; Mhv 25:59; neg. anuggantv, Jal 337,5 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr anugantv); (c)ugganchitvna, Mil 376,20* (so dumo ugganchitvna ekham satahattho pi vaddhati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbhijjitvna); pp uggata, mfn. [S. udgata], 1. having ascended; risen; issued (from); vomited; high, tall; exalted, eminent; Vinl 169,21 (mah ca megho ~o hoti); S V 50,6 (~am rajojallam ... mah aklamegho... vpasameti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uhatam); Ud 73,10* (virocanamhi ~e); Vv 81:20 (~asmim divkare); Ja II 84,2* (yam bhuttam tarn pi ~am); V 223,9* (net pit ~o ratthaplo; 227,5': sakalaJambudipe ntatt ~o);

VI 528,27* (dum ~); Cp 1:8:8 (kitti ~); Mil 164,21 (unhalohitam mukhato ~an ti); As 143,26 (kyacittnam tt); Sadd 430,17 (te garanti uggacchanti ~ pkat honti ti gar ti vuccanti); uggatarpo in Ee at Pv-a 188,21 is wr for uttattarpo (Be, Ce, Se so); 2. [for oggata qv sv ogacchati ?], learnt, understood; ? ifc see vc'-; ati-uggata, mfn., highly raised, raised high; insolent; Jal 432,14 ([vc] accuggat ti ati-uggat); VI 133,24* ([saddo] accuggato ti ati-uggato ahosi); Ap-a 227,5 (tath ati-uggato neru); see also accuggata; neg. anuggata2, mfn., 1. not risen; not high; D II 38,28 (udake jtni udake samvaddhni udaknuggatni); Ja IV 472,4' (uccvacan ti uggatam anuggatarn ca); Ap 245,7 (anuggatamhi dicce); Ud-a 237,20 (anuggate ti dullabhavasena anuppanne; see anuggata1); 2. not arrogant; Ja VI 473,4* (anuggata silavati chy va anapyini, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anubbat; perhaps anuggata1; cf413,r: daharaklato patthya anugat). uggacchana, mfn. [from uggacchati], rising, welling up; -udaka, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) with water welling up; Sv 218,13 (na hetth ubbhijjitv ~o, anto yeva pana uppajjana-udako ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uggacchanaka-; adD I 74,2o: udakarahado ubbhidodako) = Ps II 322,13 = Mp III 233, u; 2. (n.) water welling up; rising water; Sv218,2o(~am hi uggantv uggantv, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se uggacchanaka-) = Ps II 322,20 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uggacchantam udakam) = Mp HI 234,1. uggacchantakathutighosasahkhto in Ce, Ee at It-a I 109,27 is prob, wr; Be, Se uggata-. ugganchi, aor. 3 sg. of uggacchati qv. uggafichitvna, absol. of uggacchati qv. uggajjana, n. [from *ud + gajjati; cfS. udgarjati], a shout; Ap 79,22 (mama ~am sutv). uggajjanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *ud + gajjati; cfS. udgarjati], shouting loudly; Niddl 172,3 (gajjanto ~o abhigajjanto eti; Nidd-a I 288,16: ~o ti ukkutthim karonto). ugganhati, see sv ugganhti. ugganhana, uggahana, n. [from ugganhti; S. udgrahana], taking up; grasping; taking hold of (mentally); learning; Vism 277,30 (kammatthnassa -am); Sp41,9 (buddhavacanam 0,-atthya); Patis-a 686,11 (tinnam pitaknam uggahanam); uggahanarajjuka, m., a lifting or carrying rope; Ja III 52,24; Cp-a 104,9; anuggahana2, n., not taking up, not accepting; Sp 889,32. ugganhanaka, m(fn). [ugganhana + ka2], (one) who learns; ifc see sipp'ugganhti (and ugganhati, uggahanati, uggahyati [cfVed. udgrbhya], *uggaheti), pr. 3 sg. [BHS udgrhnti; cf S. udgrhnti], picks up, takes; picks up (improperly), takes (what has not been formally offered, cf patigganhti^; takes up, accepts; grasps; takes hold of mentally, grasps, comprehends; learns; Vin III 237,36 (yo pana bhikkhu jtarparajatam -eyya); D i l i 195,20 (~tu bhante bhagav tntiyam rakkham); Mill 200,26 (~hi tvam... uddesam ca vibhangam ca); S V 150,2 (sdo sakassa bhattu nimittam na -ti, Be, Ce so; Se bhattanimittam; Ee wr bhattassa ... -ati); Sn791

392

(te uggahyanti nirassajanti); 911 (uggahanantam anne, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se uggahananti-m-anne; Ce ugganhanti-m-anne; Niddl 328,24: uggahananti-m-anne ti anne tanhavasena ditthivasena ganhanti parmasanti abhinivisanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ugganhanti-m-afine ti; Pj II 561,11 foil: uggahananti -m -aniie ti uggahananti anne, anne t sammutiyo ~anti ti vuttam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce ugganhantamanne ti; Ee uggahanantamanne ti); Ja II 24,12 (dhammam -anti v sunanti v); IV 177,4 (daharakle yeva sippni -atha); 391, n (dve kira candl jtim paticchdetv sippam -anti ti); Mil 10,9 (~hi mantani ti); Sp 40,16 (ehi tvam smanera therassa santikam gantv buddhavacanam ~a); Ps II 52,n (sippam eva ~ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ati); Mhv 10:23 (sippam -a tt ti); fut. 3 sg. uggahessati, VinlV 161,21 (katham hi nama bhikkhu ratanam uggahessati ti); 1 sg. (a) ugganhissmi, Sp40,3 (mantam ~issml ti); (b) uggahessmi, Ja VI 36,28' (idam uggahessmi ti); 3 pi. (a) ugganhissanti, Sp272,4 (tni vatthni... vinayadhar ~issanu" ti); (b) uggahessanti, Ps I 100,29 (dhressanti ti uggahessanti); part.pr. ugganhanta, mfn., VinV 43,1 (ratanam ~anto); Ja IV 255,27 (sippam ~anto); Vism 180,33; Sp 881,is (jtarparajatam attano atthya ~antassa); As 190,9 (nflakasinam ~anto); neg. anugganhanta2, mfn., D I 53,13 (tarn eva vcam anugganhanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anuganhanto; Sv 160,20: srato agganhanto); aor. 3 sg. (a) ugganhi, Jal 435,2i; Sp235,12; Dhp-aIII 334,w; Mhv5:118 (~i pitakattayam); (b)uggahesi, VinV 26,2 (annataro bhikkhu ratanam uggahesi); Sp 1116,i (JTvako... yam anne solasahi vassehi ~anti tarn sabbam sattahi vassehi uggahesi); 3 pi. (a)ugganhimsu, Ja III 158,15; Ps III 275,9 (tatiyajjhnam ekantasukho loko ti ~imsu); (b) uggahesum, Pv 30:4 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee aggahesum); Pj II 580,?; inf. (a) ugganhitum, Ja II 250,4; Sp 695,24; Sadd 503,5; (b) uggahetum, Vin 1117,11; A1131,23*; Pj I 198,23; absol. (a)uggayha [S. udgrhya], Sn832 (ditthim uggayha); 845; Ap74,n; (b) uggahetv, Vin II 255,28 (attha dhamme uggahetv); D i l 105,2 (sakam cariyakam -etv); MII 108,12; Ja IV 96,19; Vism 117,12; Sp 711,32; neg. anuggahetv2, VinV 130,8; JaV 282,4; (c) uggahetvna, A I 131,27*; JaV 47,21*; (d) ugganhitv, Ja VI 458,22 (dibbamyam ~itv); Vism 352,26; Sp 698,10 (rpiyam -itv); Ps III 248,11; neg. anugganhitv, Jal 159,26; (e)neg. anuggahya, Sn837 (passam ca ditthisu anuggahya; Niddl 183,\5foil.: ditthisu dinavam passanto ditthiyo na ganhmi; Pj II 545,9: kanci ditthim aggahetv); 839 (ete ca nissajja anuggahya); pass. pr. 3 sg. (a)ugganhiyati, Niddl 420,16 Hyanti) quoted Sadd503,i2 Hyanti); (b) uggayhati, Nidd-al 432,19 (sikkh kathiyanti uggayhanti v); part.pr. neg. anuggayhamna, mfn., SpkII 229,16 (yasm tathgatabhsit suttant anuggayhamna antaradhyanti tasm); pp uggahita, uggahita, mfn. [S. udgrhita], picked up, taken (improperly); taken up, grasped; comprehended; learnt; Vin I 212,26 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am patiggahitun ti); Sn 795 (tass' idha n' atthi param uggahitam); 1098 (uggahitam nirattam v, Be, Ce, Ee so;

Se ~am; Pj II 598,17: tanhditthivasena gahitam); Ja II 248,11 (tlni pitakni -ni); Mil 3,30 (bahni c' assa satthni -ni honti); Sp61,2 (--tt); Mp II 309,21 (manpo tay panho pucchito kaham teesa ~oti); As 28,2i (kim pana te vuso vinayapitakam -an ti); Pet 222,6 (pakappitam -am); patiggahitaka, mfn., received formally after being picked up or taken (by oneself); Vin I 238,15 (cfl 212,26: anujnmi bhikkhave ~am patiggahitun ti); neg. anuggahita2, anuggahita2, mfn., Vin IV 143,27 (anuddittham idam varam anuggahitam idam varam); A III 50,2i* (cattam ca muttam ca anuggahitam, Be, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Ce anaggahitam; Mp III 253,27: na ~an ti anuggahitam, Be so; Ce na aggahitan ti anaggahitam; Ee na aggahitan ti anaggahitam; Se na aggahitan ti anaggitam); Vism96,20 (cariyamukhato pana anuggahitatta evam cariy vadanti ti santhtum nsakkhi); anuggahitacitta, mfn., not grasping in one's thoughts; A III 172,10 (Be, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Ce anaggahita-; MpIII 291,23: anaggahitacitto ti aggahitacitto muttacgo hutv, eds so); anuggahitasippa,mfn., who has not learnt the art or skill; JaV 430,3 (anuggahitasippo ayan ti); Ps II 197, s; fpp (a) ugganhitabba, mfn., Jal 420,5 (sippam nama loke panditehi -am); Nidd-al 10,22; (b) uggahetabba, m/Tz., Vin II 217,33 (nakkhattapadni -ni); S II 267,9 (na ca te dhamme ~am pariypunitabbam mannissanti; Spkll 229,8: ~e ca pariypunitabbe ca); Pet 75,4; Vism 248,22; Sp 789,21 (jtakabhnakena stthakatham jtakam -am); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) uggheti [S. udgrhayati], makes learn, teaches; Ps III 265,23 (kind kind pana uggahitum ~etum samatthatya Ugghamno ti nam sanjnanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee pana uggahetum samatthatya; Ps-pt [Be] HI 127,12: uggahitun ti sikkhitum ~etun ti sikkhpetum); (b) ugganhpeti, uggahpeti, causes to pick up; makes take or accept; makes learn, teaches; Vin III 237,37 (jtarparajatam ugganheyya v ~eyya v); Jal 159,23 (etam migamyam ~ehi ti); III 537,14 (dispmokkhcariyo kira... sippam -efi ti); Sp483,29 (ko amhdise -etum samattho ti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee uggahpetum); Ps I 228,16 (annataram satipatthnam ~enti); Ud-a 326,24 (attan uggahitaniymenapare ~essanti); Mhv 5:103 (eko tarn pabbjetu kumrakam eko sambuddhavacanam ~etu sdhukam); part.pr. ugganhpenta, mfn., JaV 124,1; Sp 881,16; aor. 3 sg. ugganhpesi, uggahpesi, JaV 228,23 (~esi); Pj I 198,24 (cariyo oksam katv ~esi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uggahpesi); Dhp-a III 125,1 (gtham ~esi); 3 pi. ugganhpesum, Ja IV 379,6 (te tarn tayo vede -esum); Mp III 390,2 (gandhabbasippam eva ~esum); absol. ugganhpetv, uggahpetv, Vin III 239,7 (uggahetv v uggahpetv v); JaV 217,25; Sv906,3i; Dhp-a I 163,18 (tisso tantiyo dassetv tayo mante -etv); /?/?ugganhpita, mfn., taught; Jal 159,28 (kim te bhtika bhgineyyo migamyam ~ito ti); Ps III 277,6 (may so sdhukam ~ito, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uggahpito). ugganhpana, n. [from caus. o/ugganhti qv], making grasp; teaching; ?Nidd-aI411,3o(ntakanti abhinayam dassetv ~am). uggata, mfn., pp o/uggacchati qv.

393

uggattakanakasannibho in Ee at Pv-a 10,H is wr for uttatta- (Be, Ce, Se so). uggatthana, n. [cfS. gostana, "a cow's dug", S. lex. id. "a pearl necklace " ?], a kind of ornament; a piece of jewellery-, Abh289 (Abh-sci: gvinam thankratt gatthanam ossattam, tarn eva uttamatt ~am); Ja VI 590, n* (590,26': -am gingamakan ti etni pi dve bharanni). ugganitaka in Ce, Ee at Kkhll3,i5 is wr for uggahitaka qv. uggantum, inf. o/uggacchati qv. uggantv, absol. o/uggacchati qv. uggama, m [S. udgama], going up, rising; Abh 886; Sadd 334,14 (gu -e: -o uggamanam pkatat); 459,6 (braha -e); ifc see dhaj'-, suriy'-, sr'-. uggamana, n. [S. udgamana], 1. rising; coming up; Abh 960; D I 10,20 (candimasuriyanakkhattnam -am ogamanam); Ja VI 568,30* (tato raty vivasane suriyass' -am pati); Sp 656,27 (saha arunassa -); ifc see arun' -, suriy'-; 2 . vomiting; Spkll 51,21 (bhesaijamandam pi vejjassa asammukh pivantnam pamnam v -am v niggamanam v na jnm ti sank hoti; Spk-t [Be] II 62,27: ~an ti bhesajjassa vamanam virecanam tassa v vasena dosadhtnam vamanam virecanam); uggamano in Ee at Ud-a 50,25 is wr (not in Be, Ce, Se); anuggamana2, n., the not rising; the failure to rise; Cp-a 159,18 (manuss suriyassa -ena ubblh); du-uggamana, n.y an ill rising; Ap-a424,i2 (suriyassa uggamanam mayham -an ti attho). uggami, aor. 3 sg. o/uggacchati qv. uggamissati, fut. 3 sg. o/uggacchati qv. uggamma, absol. o/uggacchati qv. uggayha, absol. o/ugganhti qv. uggayhati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/ugganhti qv. *uggalati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + galati], falls down; is loose; aor. 2 sg. uggali, Ap-a210,5 (mtu kumrikkle tass mtpithi vuttam m -i m ~i ti vacanam updya Muggali tinmam tass Muggaliy putto ti Moggallno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uggili); pp uggalita, mfn., fallen down; loosened; Sp457,io (so -am v psam santhapeti); caus. absol. uggalpetv, causing to fall, loosening; Sp457,14 (sace vippatisre uppanne psam uggalpetv gacchati). uggaha, m [from ugganhti; cf BHS udgraha], taking hold of (mentally), grasping; grasp; learning, what is learnt; Vin IV 114,4(evam amhkam cariynam -o); Vism 277,30 (~o nma kammatthnassa ugganhanam); Sv778,n (asubhanimittassa ~o); Dhp-aIII 419,4 (imassa -am nissya mno atthi yev ti); Nidd-al 370,23 (so hi nssa -0 ti anuggaho); Mhv 5:150 (therassantikam -am ktum suttbhidhammnam); Vibh-a387,2i (tarn pana tena attano -e thatv pavritam na patisambhidyam thitena); -nimitta, n., the (mental) image appearing at the stage of first taking hold of (the meditation subject); Vism 125,19 (yad nimmiletv vajjantassa ummilitakle viya ptham gacchati, tad -amjtam nma hoti); 265,27; It-aII28,i3; -vdinam in Ee, Se at AIV 196,16* is wr for uggavdinim qv svugga 1 ; anuggaha 2 , mfn., not taking up; Sn912 (upekkhako so -o uggahananti-m-anne; Pj II 561,13/0//.:

-o ti uggahanavirahito, so pi nssa uggaho ti ~o, na v ugganhti ti ~o). uggahana, see sv ugganhana. uggahanati, see sv ugganhti. uggahpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/ugganhti qv. uggahyati, see sv ugganhti. uggahita, mfh.,pp o/ugganhti qv. uggahitaka, mfn. [uggahita + ka2], 1. picked up, taken (improperly); Sp 710,29 (-ena kate pubbe vuttasuddhasappmayen' eva vinicchayo veditabbo); 848,14; Kkh 113,15 (-am nma hoti, Be so; Ce, Ee wr ugganitakam); 2 . who has learnt; Sp 861,32 (suttam suttnulomam ca -nam yeva cariynam uggaho pamnam); Nidd-a I 55,13. uggahita, mfn.,pp o/ugganhti qv. uggaheta(r), m [from ugganhti], one who grasps, comprehends; Vin II201,31 (sota ca hoti svet ca - ca dhret ca) = AIV 196,5; Ap 611,20 (- ca dhammnam). uggahetabba, fpp o/ugganhti qv. uggahetum, inf. o/ugganhti qv. uggahetv, uggahetvna, absol. o/ugganhti qv. uggahesi, aor. 3 sg. o/ugganhti qv. uggahessati,/i/r. 3 sg. o/ugganhti qv. uggpayitabba, mfn. [fpp o/*ud + gyati? or wr for uggahpayitabba ?], to be (caused to be) recited; ? to be taught; ? Pet 60,16 (yo yo dhammo mlanikkhitto so yev' ettha dhammo uggpayitabbo, Ee so; Be uggvahitabbo; Ce ugghayitabbo; ffnamoli, 1979, p. 79: "whatever the idea presented as the Root, that idea alone should be taken up here"; fn.: "PTS reading seems preferable"); see also uggyimsu. uggyimsu, aor. 3 pi. [o/*ud + gyati; cf S. udgyati], (they) sang; Bv-a 167,17 (ntakitthiyo ca pancahgikassa turiyassa madhurena sarena -imsu ca vilapimsu ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upagyimsu); see also uggpayitabba. uggra, m. [S. udgra], spitting out, spittle; vomiting; Abh 468 (udreko c'eva -0); Splll7,i4 (-am dassati); 1210,18; Pj I 61,3i (tato uggatena ca gandhena -o pi mukham pi duggandham ptikunapasadisam hoti; ^ Vism261,i: uddeko pi); ifc see visa-, vis'-; -hikk, -hikkr, m.pl, vomiting and hiccups; Vism 350,22 (uddhangam vt ti - ' -dipavattak uddham rohanavt, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se - ' -dipavatt) = Ps II 228,2i (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uggrahikkrdi-) = Vibh-a 70,20 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uggrahikkrdi-). uggha, m. [S. udgraha], taking up; grasping; Pet 126,5 (y sann safijnan vavatthapan ~o ayam aniccasann). ugghaka, m [from ugganhti], 1. [cf BHS ogrhaka], one who takes hold of (mentally); one who learns; Ja V 148,19* (~o v paripucchako siy; 149,1 v foil.: yo ... plim ugganhti punappuna attham pucchati; cf Mvu HI 373,3*: ogrhako ca pariprcchamno); Sadd 503,7; 2. [cfS. grha, "a rapacious aquatic animal"], ("one who takes hold"?) an aquatic animal; Ap347,io (- ajagar tattha jtassare bah); see also oguha. uggheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/ugganhti qv. uggira, m. or n. [for uggirana2 mc ?], raising; Vin V 87,i* (pahre ~e c' eva, in uddna; or opt. 3 sg of uggirati2 ? Sp \306,2\ foil.: pahradnasikkhpadam ca

394

talasattika -uggiranasikkhpadam). uggirana1, n. [S. udgirana], spitting out, vomiting; rejecting; Dhatup221 (vama -e); Dhtum315; Sadd413,22 (vamu -e); Ap-a292,i9 (vamanam uddham -am); Cp-a 152,17 (-ato bahicchaddpanato). uggirana2, n. [from uggirati2; cf S. udgorana], lifting, raising (a weapon); Vin-vn 1741 (hoti pcittiypatti tass' -paccay); see also talasattika -uggiranasikkhpada. uggirati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. udgirati], spits out, vomits; rejects; utters (a sound); Ps II 318,26 (uttakam tittakan ti -ati yeva); part.pr. (a) uggira(t), mfn., Mhv 73:67 (modam... -at); 74:185 (iccdigiram -am); neg. anuggira(t), mfn., Utt-vn 722 (anuggiram giram); (b) uggiranta, mfn., Ja VI 554,4 (kapputthnaggi viya -anto); Sv 41,22 (usy visuggram -anto) * Ud-a 113,4 (~ant); (c) uggiramna, mfn., Ja I 31,16 Oohitadhram -amnam); aor. 3 sg. uggiri, Ud-a 24,28 (bhagasankhtam issariyam yasarn ca vami -i khelapindam viya anapekkho chaddayi ti bhagav, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -1) * It-al 11,3 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uggiri) quoted Sadd414,3o; It-al 12,is; absol. (a)uggiritv1, Th-al 242,25 (sabbam v kilesadosam ... -itv); (b) uggiritvna, Ud 14,6 (telassa yvadattham pivitv ghararn agantv -itvna dadeyyam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ucchadditvna; Ud-a 118,10: -itv ti vamitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ucchadditvna ti); see also uggilati. uggirati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. udgurate], lifts; raises (a weapon); Vin IV 147, \foll (talasattikam -anti... katham hi nma ... issanti... yo ... talasattikam -eyya pcittiyan ti); V 87,1* (pahre ~e c* eva, in uddna; or to uggira qv); Ps II 315,9 (leddum v dandam v -ati); part.pr. (a)uggira(t), mfn., Utt-vn 141 (-am talasattikam); (b) uggiranta, m/h., VinV 24,25 (-antassa); Sp878,i6; aor. 3 sg. uggiri, Ja VI 472,4' (khaggam ~i); 3pi uggirimsu, VinV 24,27; Dhp-aIII 50,3; absol. uggiritv2, Ja I 150,10 (vudhni -itv); Sp 878,9; ppuggirita, mfn., raised; VinV 42,15. uggilati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udgirati], spits out, vomits; gets rid of; MI 393,7 (n' eva sakkhiti -iturn nJ eva sakkhiti ogilitum; Ps III 108,11 foil.: ~itun ti... ~itum bahi niharitum na sakkhiti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr oggilitun ti... oggilitum)* SIV 323,32* Mil 5,2; Pv-a283,n Oajjya -itum asakkonto); Patis-a621,3o (vamanti ti -anti); uggilitun ti and uggi litum in Ee at Ps HI 108,13^0//. are wrr for ogilitun ti and ogilitum {Be, Ce, Se so); aor. 3 sg. uggili, Ja III 529,28* (so dnavo tatflia samuggam -i); It-al 11,28 (vami -i, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uggiri); 2 sg. uggili, Ap-a 210,5 (mtu kumrikkle tass mtpithi vuttarn m -i ma 4 ti vacanam updya Muggali ti nmam tass Muggaliy putto ti Moggallno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uggali); absol. uggilitv, Ja III 527,26; caus. absol. uggiletv, Sv 255,29 (yath nama kusalo bhisakko dosam -etv niharati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ukkiledetv); Pj II 274,20/0//. (bhagav ... turassa dose -etv niharitukmo vejjo ... viya Nandassa rgam -etv niharitukmo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ukkiledetv); see also uggirati1. uggiva, n. [cf S. udgriva, mfh.]9 a band for holding a

basket; Ja VI 557,3 (amsato -am ca patati); 562,13* (562,24': -an ti amsakte pacchilagganakam). uggunthiti in Ee at Pv-a 86,7 is prob, wr for ogunthit {Be, Ce, Se so), but cfBHS udgunthik. ugghamseti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. udgharsati], rubs; scratches; Vin II 105,6 foil, (chabaggiy bhikkh nahyamn rukkhe kyarn -enti rum p i . . . -essanti... yo -eyya); 106,24 (na sakkoti attano kyarn -eturn); pp ugghatta, ugghattha, mfn. [S. udghrsta], rubbed; scratched; pda, mfn., with rubbed feet, footsore; Sn980 (--pdo tasito pankadanto rajassiro; Pj II 582,6: pdo ti maggakkamanena ghattapdatalo, panhikya v panhikam gopphakena v gopphakam jannukenav jannukam hacca pi ghattapdo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee gantv pi ghattapdo, wr for *hantv ?); Ja IV 20,n* (--pdam tasitam kilantam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ugghattha-; 20,15': unhavlukya ghattitapdam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ghatthapdam); V 69,9* (pdo tasito kiso, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ugghattha-; 69,25': rajokinnapdo); fpp ugghamsetabba, mfn., Vin II105,21 (na bhikkhave nahyamnena bhikkhun rukkhe kyo -o). ugghatak, / [from ugghateti; cf S. udghtaka], (that) which unlocks, reveals; ? {cf Nnamoli, 1964, p. 151, reading ugghatako: "[which] condenses"); Pet 110,4 (namaniddeso -a vatthumddeso vevacanam vatthubhto vitthro, Ee so; Be upaghatak; Ce upaghatako); see also ugghatan. ugghafan,/ [from ugghateti; cf S. udghtana], unlocking, unveiling;! {cf ftnamoli: "condensation"); Pet 110,6 (yo bhikkhave anatt pahtabbo ayam -, so read with ftnamoli, 1964, p. 152! Be, Ce, Ee upaghatan); Nett 9,17 (- di vipancan majjhe vitthran pariyosnam); see also ugghatak, ugghtana1, upaghatan. ugghatita, mfn., pp o/ugghateti qv sv ugghateti'. ugghateti, see sv ugghatetil. ugghatta, ugghattha, mfn., pp of ugghamseti qv. ugghatitatt in Ee at Spkl 272,3 is wr for ugghtitatt {Be, Ce,Seso). ugghara(t) or uggharanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *ud + gharati], dripping; oozing; DII 347, is (-antarn paggharantam ... gthabhram dya); A IV 377,8 (puriso medakathlikam parihareyya chiddvachiddam -antam paggharantam); Th394 (samussayam -antarn paggharantam); Niddl 181,16 (idam sariram... -antam paggharantam, Be, Ce so; Ee uggharim maggharim, Se uggharim paggharim, prob, wrr; Nidd-al 304,4*. -antan ti akkhimukhdlhi -antam, Be, Se so; Ce -an ti; Ee uggharin ti); see also uggharita. uggharita, mfn. {or n.) [pp of *ud + gharati], dripping, oozing; -paggharita, mfn. {or n.), dripping and oozing; Spkl 191,29 (suvannavanno pi kyo niccarn - ' -atthena ptikyo va); see also ugghara(t). ugghta, see sv ugghta. ugghtana1, n. [from ugghateti1; S. udghtana], opening; ifc see pan' -; -kitika, m . o r - , / , a screen that can be opened; a shutter; Vin II 153,5 (lind pkat honti, bhikkh hiriyanti nipajjitum, anujnmi bhikkhave samsaranakitikam-am; Sp-t[5e] III 396,4: -anti dandehi

395

ukkhipitv thapanakapadarakitikam); Sp 281,8 (panesu viya katam -dvram); see also ugghatan. ugghtana2, n. [from ugghateti2], removal; elimination; Ps IV 200,23 (nimittam na vaddhati -am na jyati); Th-a III 192,32 (niccanimittdinam -ena visesato aniccnupassan animittam nma); ifc see kasin'-, ditthi-, mna-. ugghtana 3 , n. [S. lex. udghtana, udghtana], a bucket for drawing up water; Abh 524. ugghtima, n. [from ugghateti2], removal; ifc see kasin' -. ugghateti1 (and ugghateti), pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + ghatati; S. udghtayati], opens, unlocks; unveils, reveals; Vin IV 37,2 (tarn na kathetukmo tarn na ugghtetukmo); Nett 9,i4 (bhagav akkharehi ca padehi ca -eti, Ceso; Be, Ee ugghateti); Sp 330,25 (niddhamanatumbam -enti); Ps III 330,18 (dvram -eti); It-all 87,n (appuranti ti -enti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ugghtenti); Pj II 155,32 (vivareyy ti -eyya); absol (a) ugghtetv1, Vin II 208,29 (ghatikam -etv kavtam panmetv); Ja I 124,17 (sfliapanjaram -etv rjanganam olokento); Sp 84,28 (manithpam -etv); Mp II 186,29 (panam -etv); Mhv 35:25; Sadd 909,33 (akkharehi atthadvram -etv); neg. anugghtetv, Mil 371,22 (chasu dvresu samvarakavtam anugghtetv mnasam samodahitv); (b) ugghtayitv, Nidd-al 5,23 (akkharehi -ayitv padehi paksento vinayati ugghatitannum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ugghtayitv); pass, part.pr. ugghatiyanta, mfn., Nett 9,i9 (so 'yam dhammavinayo ugghatiyanto); pp (a) ugghatita, mfn. [S. udghatita], unlocked, unveiled; revealed; Pet 110,i (-arnhi tamhi, Be, Ce so; Ee -am hi); nnu, mfn. [BHS udghatitajna; cfS. udghatitajna], understanding what is revealed; understanding what is (merely) unveiled, taught briefly; of very swift understanding; A l l 135,n (~-nfi vipancitann neyyo padaparamo; Mp III 131, is: yassa puggalassa saha udhatavelya dhammbhisamayo hoti, ayam vuccati puggalo fin; = Pp 41,25) ^ Pp 6,4; Pet 30,3 (dhammnusri ~-fin); 178,14 (--nn tikkhindriyo ca); Sv 291,23 (nnutya); Pj II 163,25 (--nnnam sankhepadesanya cikkhati); Cp-a 329,20; Nett-a211,20 (ugghatitam ghatitamattam udditthamattam yassa niddesapatiniddes na kat, tarn jnti ti ~-nn); Sadd 909,33 (akkharehi atthadvram ugghtetv padehi paksento vinayati ~-nnum); (b) ugghatita1, mfn. [S. udghatita], opened; revealed; Mil 55,28 (jlavtapnesu ~esu); Ps III 93,8 (na varitam vivatam -am); neg. anugghtita, mfn., Mp II 297,30; caus. absol. ugghtpetv, Ja V 381,4. ugghateti 2 (and ugghateti), pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/hanati 1 or denom. from ugghtagv, -t- probably under the influence of ugghateti1; cf S. uddhanti and BHS samudghtayati], lifts up; takes away, removes; abolishes, makes an end of; (hurts 1); elevates, elates; Mil 140,3 (bhavapatisandhim ~eti); Vism 327,22 (manasikaronto ~eti kasinam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ugghateti); Ps II 355,9 (vipassan niccanimittam sukhanimittam attanimittam ~etl ti animitt nma); part.pr. ugghtenta, mfn., Vism 327,22 (~ento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

wr ugghatento); aor. 1 sg. ugghtayim, Ap41,2o (bhavam -ayim sabbam; Ap-a 280, s: ~ayim vinsesin ti attho); absol. ugghtetv2, Bv23:2 (~etv sabbabhavam; Bv-a 255,3: -etv ti samhanitv); Vism 374,26; SpklH 173,9; pass. pr. 3 sg. ugghtiyati (and ugghtiyati), Ps II 83,5 (ohanneyy ti -iyeyya, uddhaccya samvatteyy ti attho, Se so; Be ugghtiyeyya; Ce, Ee hanneyy ti ugghtiyettha); part.pr. ugghtiyamna, mfh., Vism 327,28 (kasinam pi -iyamnam); As 186,31; aor. 3 sg. ugghtiyittha, Ps II 83,14 (ma mayharn cittam ugghtiyittha, Ee so; Be, Ce ugghtiyittha; Se ugghtayittha); pp ugghatita2 (and ugghatita), mfn. [cf S. uddhata], 1. removed, made an end of; Ap29,2i (bhav ~ may); Niddl 96,23 (chadanni vivatni honti viddhamsitni -ni samugghtitni, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upaghtitni, prob, wr; Nidd-al 234,10: ~ni ti upptitni; cf ugghatita1); Vism 627,25 (sattasann- hoti); Spk I 272,3 (niccdinam nimittnam--tt vipassan animitt nma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ugghatitatt); 2. elated; stirred up, overexcited; puffed-up, swollen; ? A III 68,26 (itthi... rodanti pi ~ pi mat pi purisassa cittam pariydya titthati, Se so; Be, Ee ugghatita; Ce ugghnit; Mp III 258,20: ugghatita ti uddhumt) ^ Vism 184,29 (Vism-mht [Be] I 206,6: ~ pi ti uddhumtabhvappatt pi, sabbaso kuthitasarir pi ti v attho); Nidd I 168,3 (jayena cittam ugghatitam hoti). ugghta (and ugghta), m. [S. udghta], 1. inflicting a hurt; jolting; uneven progress; Niddl 170,19 (s tassa vightabhmi -bhmi pilanabhmi ghattanabhmi); ifc see yn'-; 2. elation; Pj II 541,28 (cittassa -am nightam ca ppunanto); -ni(g)ghta (and -ni(g)ghta), m., elation and depression; Nettll0,20 (-am paccanubhonto); Vism 370,33 (-am ppunti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ugghtanigghtam); anugghta, m.y not inflicting a hurt; lack of jolting; evenness of progress; Ja VI 253,23'. ugghti, / [from ugghateti], elation; Sadd625,2o; -nighti,/, elation and depression; Sn 828 (etesu -i hoti; Nidd I 167,29: -i hoti ti jayaparjayo hoti lbhlbho ti...; cf Pj II 541,29: cittassa ugghtam nightam ca ppunanto ugghti nighti" ca hoti). ugghti(n), mfn. [from ugghta], 1. inflicting a hurt; jolting; Vv-a 36,n (anugghti ti na -i, attano upari nisinnnam isakam pi khobham akaronto ti attho); 2. being elated; Pj II 541,29 (cittassa ugghtam nightam ca ppunanto -i nighti ca hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ugghtinightim va, prob, wr) * Nidd-a I 287,4 (-i ca nighti ca); anugghti(n), mfn., not inflicting a hurt; not jolting; Vv 5:3 (-i mitam gacchati vrano). ugghateti, see sv ugghateti2; ugghtenti in Ee, Se at It-a II 87,13 is wrfor ugghtenti (Be, Ce so). ugghosati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udghosati], cries out; proclaims; Vv-a 222,25 (gacchatha bhane Brnasinagare -atha...); Ap-a 120,33 (akrak ti -ath ti); aor. 3 pi. ugghosimsu, JaV 424,3 (dev tarn attham -imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -esum); absol. ugghositv, Ud-a261,i2 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ugghosetv); pp ughusita, mfn. [cf S. udghusta], filled with sound, resounding; Ja VI 483,5* (citraggale-r-ughusite; 483,21':

396

sattaratanacittehi dvrakavtehi ugghosite); cans, pr. 3 sg. (a) ugghoseti, -ayati, makes to sound; proclaims, announces; Ps III 75,22 (sakalanagare ~ehi ti); Spk I 131,2 (cakkavattirj uppajjissati ti devat -enti); Ap-a 117, IO (titthiy bhante iddhiptihriyam karissm ti -entiti); part.pr. (a) ugghosenta, m/(enti)w., Ja I 48,io (devat yeva... ~entiyo hindanti); Dhp-aHI 81,17 (sakkram karoth ti ~ento carmi); Ap-a 120,25 (bhagavato bhikkhusanghassa ca sakalanagare avannam -ent vicarimsu); (b) ugghosayanta, mfn., PsIV 217,8 (-ayantam viya); (c) ugghosayamna, mfn., Ps III 75,n (mahbrahm mayham smiko ti -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. ugghosesi, Ja IV 264,24'; Spk I 322,14 (aham lavako ti -esi); As 203,32; 3 pi. (a) ugghosesum, Ap-a 524,14 (paccekabuddh -esum); (b) ugghosayum, Ja I 75,7* (-ayum bodhimande pamodit) quoted Sadd568,n; (c) ugghosayimsu, Ap-a 116,28 (amhe rakkhath ti -ayimsu); absol ugghosetv, Dhp-aHI 82,s; Pj II 540,2i; pp ugghosita, mfn., made to sound; resounding; announced, proclaimed; Ja VI 483,2r; 578,9'; Sv752, io; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) ugghospeti, makes proclaim; has announced; Ja IV 264, is (etam kranam nagare -emi bhante ti, -ehi mahrj ti); aor. 3 sg. ugghospesi, Spk I 322,22 = Pj II 223,24. ugghosana, n., - , / [S. udghosana, udghosan], proclamation; announcement; Sv 310,7 (~ya mahatim Licchavirjaparisam sanniptetv); Pj II 302,8 (-am sutv); Sadd566,30 (visaddanam -am); As 204,6 (vnijassa ... -am viya bhagavato ... vacanam). ughusita, mfn., pp o/ugghosati qv. ucana, n. [from uccati], liking, attachment; ? Sadd 865,I (uca viyattiyam vcyam: -am oko). ucita, mfn., pp of uccati qv. ucca, mfn. [ts], high, lofty, tall; of high rank, elevated, noble; loud; Abh 708; Vin II 33,18 (~e sane); D1115,3i (samano... Gotamo - kul pabbajito asambhinnakhattiyakul; or cpd: ucckul); Mil 213,6 (-ena sammatam kho etam ... lokasmim yad idam atthi dev ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -e; Ps III 454,9: -ena saddena sammatam pkatam lokasmim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -ena saddena samm pkatam matam); S III 85,2i (dev dighyuk ... ~esu vimnesu ciratthitik); Vv 54:1 (-am idam manithnam vimnam); Thi 151 (~e kule aham jt); Ja 1279,6 (ayam psno idni -taro khyati); VI 249,16* (~... dum); 444,20 (-0 ummaggo atthrasahatthubbedho); Vism 183,5 (ayam psno ~o v nico v); Spk I 74,16 (brahmalokassa evam -ttam veditabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce uccattanam; Se uccataram); Pj II 423,24 (gahatthabhvo h i . . . hino ti vuccati - pabbajj); Pv-a265,n (-taram katv pattam ukkhipitv); ace. ~am, adv., high; upwards; in height; loudly; Abh 1152; Ja II 334,4*; III 255,12 (~am uppati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ati-uccam); V434,2 (-am bhsati; 436,30': mahsaddavasena v thomanavasena v ~am); Pv 42:4 (~am paggayha); Mhv27:3 (mahth^pam ... hatthasatam ~am kressati); ato, adv., upwards; in height; Ap 99,13 (~ato pancaratanam cahkamam); Mhv 27:24 (~ato tattako yeva psdo); ~, adv., see sv; ~e, adv.

[cfS. uccaih], on high; upwards; Ja II 107,18* (~e vitabhim ruyha); 443,10* (~e sakuna demna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omna) quoted Sadd 355,26; cala, m., a high mountain; Saddh430 (-'-pam... cetiydayo); vaca, mfn., high and low; great and small; mixed, various; Abh 720 (~am bahubhedam); Vin I 281,31 (~ni civarni uppajjanti); MI 324,26 (~ni kimkaraniyni); SI 64,31 (devaputtaparis ... ~ vannanibh upadamseti; Spkl 125,6: annesu thnesu panitam uccam vuccati hinam avacam, idhapana ~ ti nnvidh); Sn 714 (~ hi patipad samanena paksit); Dhp 83 (na -am pandit dassayanti); Th743; Ja VI 473,16* (bahum -am dhanam); am, adv., up and down; in various ways; in a changing manner; Sn 792 (-am gacchati); Ja IV 470,19* (ko v so bhanati -am bahum); -kuli(n), mfn., belonging to a family of high rank; Pet 212,24 (ye satt -ino, eds so); see also ucckuli(n), ucckulina ^vucc; -(t)thniya, m(fn)., (one) of high rank; Vin IV 159,38 (rj -am nicatthne thapeti) ^ A V 82,24; -ttana, n., abstr., height; -ena, in height; DII 181,15 (tiporisam -ena vatthum citam ahosi ... itthakhi, Ee so; Be, Se uccatarena; Ce uccattena); Bv 5:29; e, in height; Bv 18:24 (satthiratano ah - e jino; Bv-a 231,13: -e ti uccabhvena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uddhabhvena); -nica, mfn., high and low; various; Ap 597,10 (--mayam kammam, Be, Ce so; Se uccnicam may; Ee wr uccnicam ayam); Kv 226,10 (atthi dvinnamnibbnnam--thinapanitat); Ps II 402,22 (uccvacni ti -ni); Spk I 116,1 (kulesu); As 65,32 (--t hinapanitat sugataduggatat); -vatthuka, mfn., having a raised site, a raised foundation or platform; Vin II 117,16 (kathinasl nicavatthuk hoti udakena otthariyati... anujnmi bhikkhave ktum -am; Sp 1206,28: pamsum kiritv -am ktum anujnmi ti attho); Ap-a 373,17 (-am... cankamam krpetv); Mhv 33:87 (cetiyam -am); -sadda, mfn. and m., \.{mfn.) making a loud noise, noisy; Mil l,is ([parisya] unndiniy -ya mahsaddya, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se uccsaddamahsaddya); 2. {m.) a loud noise; Sadd 335,11 (kocati, -am karoti ti attho); see also uccsadda sv ucc; ati-ucca, mfn., very tall; very exalted; too high; Vism 108,22 (sensanam nti-uccam ntinicam); Ps III 56,23 (-e kule jto); Mp II 246,22 (thero ca nti-ucco ntirasso pamnayutto va); -am, adv., too high; Ja III 255,14 (tvam kira tta -am gacchasi); Pj I 176,2; atuccam, adv. [ati + uccam], too high; Ja III 255,18* (-am tta patasi); anucca, mfn., not high; low; Ud-a242,29(nican ti-am). anuccangi, see anujjangi sv uju. uccaka, mfn. [ucca + ka2], high, tall; Vin II 149,24 (-0 sandiko); Th-al 240,13 (-am pabbatasikharam abhirhitv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uccam). uccati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ucyati, Wg 26:114], fits together, suits; takes pleasure in; Dhtum519 (uca sadde samavye); Sadd 478,17 (uca samavye: -ati oko k ukk); 845,11 (-ati ti oko); p p ucita, mfn. [ts], customary, usual; proper, fit, suitable; ifc see kulo-; see also rajjadnocitat; see also vuccati. uccate, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/Vvac qv.

397

uccaya, m [ts], accumulating; collection; heap; D h p l l 7 (dukkho ppassa ~o); 118; Niddl 76,7 (kotthsaggho -ggho samuccayaggho; Nidd-a I 205,13: rsivasena gho); -^ ifc see ratan'-, sir-, uccalitv in Ce, Ee at Mp II 186,4 is prob, wr for ukkhipitv (Be, Se so). ucc, ind. [cfS. ucc, uccais], on high; above; upwards; MI 178,27/0//. (~a ca nisevitam~ ca dantehi rafijitni); Ja III 484,17* (jnam ~ paptinam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uccam; 485,13: ucce papti ayan ti jnanto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uccam); -kaneruk,/, a type of female elephant (with defective tusks?); MI 178,30 (Ps II 199,4foil.: ucc ca yatthisadisapd hutv kaneruk ca dantnam kanerutya, t kira makuladth honti); -k|rik,/, a type of female elephant (with projecting or wide-spreading tusks); MI 178,24 (Ps II 198, is foil', klrik ca dantnam kalratya, tsam kira eko danto unnato hoti, eko onato, ubho pi ca viral honti na sann); -kula, n. and mfn. [cfS. uccaihkula], 1. (n.) a family of high rank, a noble family; Mill 177,26 (yni tni ~ni); Pv26:16 (~esu jyanti sabhogesu); Niddl 68,15 (~ pabbajito ti v mahkul pabbajito ti v); 2. (mfn.) belonging to a noble family; Ps HI 248,6 (tvam amhe ~ ti sallakkhesi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uccakul); -kuli(n), mfn., belonging to a family of high rank; Ap96,22 (~I bhavissati); see also uccakuli(n) svucca; -kulika, mfn., id., A I 23,22; Ap 526,14; Mp I 193,3 (kirn tato tar n' atthi ti); Ap-a 172,13; -kuliya, mfn., leading to (birth in) a family of high rank; Ps V 15,7 (~am kammam ucckule [nibbatteti]); -kulina, mfn., born in a family of high rank; Mill 205,25; 206,is(~-ttam); SI 87,3*(tarn) * Mil 341,22* (~-t); Pj II 406,19 (nicakulmo pi ~o pi khinsavamuni... jniyo hoti); -nica- in Ee, Se a t Ap 597,10 and 599,21 is wr for uccanica- qv sv ucca; -sadda, mfn. and m [cf S. uccaihSabdam], I. (mfn.) making a loud noise, noisy; Vin 144,13 (bhattagge pi ~ mahsadd viharanti); A V 230,15; Spkll 298,16; 2. (m.) a loud noise; Vin II 111,33 (kim nu kho so ... ~o mahsaddo ti); Ja II 15,6 (~am mahsaddam akamsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~); Vism 119,12; Sv972,n (~am ma karittha); see also uccasadda sv ucca; -son4,/, an elevated trunk, a trunk raised high (fig.); AIV 87,14 (na ~am paggahetv kulni upasankamissmi ti, perhaps ucc sondam; Mp IV 42,3: sondan ti mnasondam). uccra, m [ts], I. faeces, excrement; Abh275; Vin III 63,28 (goplako rukkhe stakam laggetv ~am agamsi); IV 205,14 (chabbaggiy bhikkh thit ~am pi passvam pi karonti); 266,2 (~o nma gtho vuccati); A V 88,24 (~o passvo); Ja II 19,18 (jniy pana hatthino pi ass pi puris pi udake -am v passvam v na karonti); Mil253,11; PsII 13,16; 2. a latrine;? Bv-a73,2i (uccratthnamhi ti uccrenti vaccam karonti etth ti ~o, ~o ca so thnam ceti uccratthnam); -ussagga, m.9 the excreting of faeces; Dhtum535 (hada ~e); -ttbna, n., a place for defecating; a latrine; Bv2:21 = Ja I 5,28*; Dhp-a II 56,20 (~am, Eeso, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -karanatthnam); -passva, m., faeces and

urine; AII 143,20 (sankhya ~am sandhreti); Ja I 164,7; Kv 167,19 (arahato ~o); Vism 235,6; ~-kamma,/i., defecating and passing urine; D I 70,3o; SI 62,n; Vibh 244,13; see also ukkra. uccrana, n., ~ , / , 1. lifting up, raising; Vin III 121,19 (ummasan nma uddham ~); ifc see majjhim' -; 2. [S. uccrana] uttering; pronouncing; Dhtup 99 (patha-); 627 (disa ~e); Dhtum869; Nidd-a I 302,16 (apucchitapanhnam ~ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddharanena) * Patis-a 650,4; Sadd 38,28 (vicchinditv pana ~e); 568,13 (disi -); anuccrana, n., not uttering, not pronouncing; Kkh 19,13 (fiattiy ~am); duruccrana, ., wrong pronunciation; faulty utterance; Kkh 19,23 (akkharassa v padassa v anuccranarn v ~am v). uccreti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + carati; S. uccrayati], 1. lifts up, raises; Vin III 48,12 (kotiyam gahetv ~eti); DU 160,8 (mayam bhagavato sariram ~essm ti, na sakkonti ~etum); part.pr. uccrenta, mfn., Sp 332,22 (uddham v ~entassa); aor. 3 sg. uccresi, Vin III 8l,i; Mhv 10:60 (~esi asim); 2. utters, pronounces; Pv-a 281,6 (tehi paccekam ~etum raddhagthyo); Sadd 607,io (tarn hi karonti -enti ettha akkharni karanan ti vuccati); part.pr. uccrenta, mfn., Sp 744,3 (suttam ~entam); 3. defecates; Bv-a73,2i (<-enti vaccam karonti etth tiuccro); absol. uccretv, VinI 302, s; MI 135,13 (kullarn ... khandhe v ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se paccropetv); Pj II 384,24 (bharn -etv); pass, pr. 3 sg. uccriyati, is pronounced; Sadd 606,22; pp uccrita, mfn. [cf S. uccrita], 1. (act.) having lifted, having picked up; Ap29,20 (bharito bhavabhrena girim ~o yath, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se neru uddharito; Ap-a 236, \4f0ll.: girim uddharito yath mahmerupabbatam uddharitv ukkhipitv sise thapito, eds so); 2. (pass.) (i) raised; lifted up; Ap259,n (dumagge pamsuklikam laggam disvna satthuno anjalim paggahetvna bhiyyo ~am may?); Patis-a 394,6 (paharitum khagge paccmitte); kata, mfn., made (formally) lifted up; Vin IV 82,34 (atirittam nma... ~-katam hoti); V 188,6; neg. anuccritakata, mfn., Vin IV 82,30 (Sp 829, is foil.: anuccritakatan ti kappiyam krpetum gatena bhikkhun isakam pi anukkhittam v anupanmitam v katam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anapanmitam v katam); V 188,3; Utt-vn 641; (ii) uttered, pronounced; Pv-a 280,11 (akkharni mahata kanthena ~ni viya); Sadd 126,4 (niggahitgamavasena ~e); neg. anuccrita, mfn., not uttered, not pronounced; Sv958,i8 (anuccritam pi tassa vcam fiatv, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee anicchritam); fpp uccretabba, mfn., Sadd 38,6 (samnasutikam ekaccam padam vicchinditv uccretabbam). ucclinga, m. [interpreted as ucc + linga? cfS. uccitinga, "a small venomous animal living in water"], a kind of hairy caterpillar or centipede; Abh623 (~o lomasapnako); -pnaka, m., id.; Vin III 52,3i (bahuppadam nma vicchik satapadi ~); Jail 146,6' (in long cpd; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ucclingapnika-); Sp 523,23 (~ nma lomasapnak honti, tesam lomehi phuttham angajtam kandum gahetv

398

thaddham hoti); Spkll 111,22 (rukkhanissita t i - -dayo, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ucclingapndayo); dattha, n., the bite of an uccalinga; Vinlll 38,2 (--datthena; Sp 523,27: datthen ti vuttam, atthato pana lomavedhanen ti vuttam hoti). uccleti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + calati; cf S. uccalati], makes move; disturbs; Sp 865,28 (akatam kamman ti dini vadant -enti); Vin-vn 1668 (tarn kammam ^tum na vattati); absol uccletv, Sp 757,16 (psnam v rukkham v dandakehi -etv); Sv 711,7. uccittha is a not uncommon wr for ucchittha qv. uccifthaka in Ce, Ee at Sp 473,7 is wrfor ucchitthaka qv. uccita, mfn., pp o/uccinati qv. uccinti, -ati, pr. 3 sg. [S. uccinoti], gathers, collects; picks out, selects; sorts out, sets in order; Vin I 73,24 (paccantam ~ath ti; Sp996,2o: -ath ti paccantam vaddhetha, core palpetv corabhayena vutthite game vaspetv rakkham datv kasikammdini pavattpeth ti vuttam hoti); II 285,9 (tena hi bhante thero bhikkh ~tti, Se so; Be, Ce, e-at ti); Ja IV 306,5 (phalam v pattam v... -anti); Dhp-all 131,21 (pannam -ti); part.pr. uccinanta, m/[~anti)., Ja IV 9,5 (isim rukkhaphalni -antam disv); Vism 120,5 (-antiyo); aor. 3 sg. uccini, Vin II 285,10 (atha kho yasm MahKassapo ekennapanca-arahantasatni -i); Mhv4:62 (satni satta bhikkhnam arahantnam ~i); absol. (a) uccinitv, Vin I 285,19 (Sp 1123,23: -itv ti idam thlam idam sanham... idam dighato ettakam idam puthulato ettakan ti evam vatthni vicinitv); III 61,1; MII 7,i5 (sahkrakt v ppanik v nantakni -itv); Jal 235,10 (ekekarn sittham -itv khdati); IV 201,5; Dhp-al 198,20 (manuss kahpane -itv puna pakkhandimsu); As 37,i; (b) uccinitvna, Pv27:14 (sankraktamh -itvna nantake); Dip 5:3 (arahantnam pancasatam -itvna Kassapo); pp (a) uccita, mfn. [ts], gathered, piled up; Vv-a321,i6 (manikanakdiratanehi ~am ussitaratanacetiyam); (b) uccinita, mfn., selected; Sp7,i (atha kasm [nando] na ~o ti); ^?/? uccinitabba, mfn., Sp 6,23 (sekho pi samno dhammasahgitiy bahpakratt therena uccinitabbo assa). ucciya, mfn [from ucca; cf S. auccya, n.]9 high; Ap 104,7 (~am selam ruyha, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ubbiddham; Ap-a378,i3: tattha ^m ti uccam selamayam pabbatam ruyha, eds so). ucchanga, m. [S. utsanga], the lap; Abh 276; Vin I 225, u (pitakni pi ~e pi presum); A I 130,31 (purisassa - nnkhajjakni kinnni); IV 163,26 (dhannam hareyya kjehi pi pitakehi pi -ehi pi anjalflii pi); Ja II 412,8 (kukkutam... mretv ~e katv); VI 17,3* (- mam nisidetv pita) quoted Sadd836,i4; Ap 259,7; Sp419,23 (sakkharyo -na gahetv); -pafifia, mfn., "lapbrained", scatter-brained, who does not retain what he has heard; A I 130,7. uccha44&na> n. [from ucchaddeti], vomiting; -kara, mf{~\)n. [ucchaddana + kara1], causing vomiting; Saddh 137 (cint p' ~i). uccha44eti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + chaddeti], vomits, ejects; Pv-a 256,20 (ppikam ditthim ~aymi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddaymi chaddaymi); 283,14 (pnakam

pivitv ~ehi). ucchati, pr. 3 sg. [?], is thirsty; Sadd342,i5 (ucha pipsyam: ~ati). ucchanna, mfn. [for *occhanna, S. avacchanna ?], covered over; overspread; Niddl 24,12 (channo ~o vuto nivuto; Nidd-a I 95,12: punappunam uppattivasena uparpari channo ti ~o). ucchda in Ee at A I 132,16* is wrfor ucchdana qv. ucchdana, n. [cf S., BHS ucchdana, S. utsdana], cleaning or rubbing (the body with oil or perfumes); rubbing away; D I 7,19 (~am parimaddanam nahpanam sambhanam); A I 132,16* (~ena nhpanena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ucchdena; Mp II 205,22: ~en ti duggandham pativinodetv sugandhakaranucchdanena) = It 111,3*; Ja V 78,io* (manpitthiyo mlam ~am ca ohya, Be, Ee so; Ce mlacchdanam ca; Se mlucchdanam ca; 79,io: mlam ca dibbam catujtiyagandham ca -am ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee mala ca dibbam catujtigandha-ucchdanam ca); see also aniccucchdanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhamsanadhamma ^v nicca. ucchdeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. ucchdayati, utsdayati; BHS ucchdita], 1. cleans or rubs (the body with oil or perfumes); Ja VI 298,1* (-aye ca nahpaye, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se acchdane); Mil 241,5 (mtpitaro puttnam -enti parimaddanti); Nidd-a I 412,13 (tesam sariragandhaharanatthya gandhacunndflii -enti); 2. uses to clean or rub (the body); rubs into; Kv 563,16 (bhagavato uccrapassvam nahyanti vilimpenti -enti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uccrenti, prob. wr). ucchya, m. [S. ucchrya], rising upwards; height; cleansing; ? Sadd 338,5 foil, (maci dhranucchyapjanesu, dhranam -0 pjanan ti tayo atth, tattha -o malaharanam). ucchijja, absol. qfucchindati qv. ucchijjati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/ucchindati qv. ucchittha, mfn. and n. [S. ucchista], \.{mfn.) left-over (offood), touched; spat out; used, cast-off; polluted, impure; Ja II 83,6 (putakabhattam -am akatv va attano ypanamattam annasmim panne pakkhipitv); 84,i*; Ps III 84,3 (m... udakam -am aksi ti); Pj II 175,20 (mundakatt va -o esa); Mhv 22:78 (bhikkh bhojetv tesam -am odanam); 2. (.) what is left over, leavings; what is spat out; Ja III 311,26* (-en' eva ypent); VI 508,7* (api 'ss hoti appatto -am api bhunjitum); Pv-a 80,4 (chadditan ti -am vantan ti attho, Ee so; Be, Se ucchitthakam; Ce ucchadditam); Dhp-aIII 131,8 (bhikkhya caritv janassa -am bhunjitum rabhi, Ee so; Be, Ce ucchitthakam; Se -bhattam); odaka, n., water which has been spat out; Vin II 115,14 (bhikkh ... -am pi pattena niharanti; Sp 1205,8: -an ti mukhavikkhlanodakam); Ps III 87,4 (sabbe ete mayam -am khditv abrhman jt ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ucchitthakam); -geha, n., a house which is not new; a house already lived in; Ps III 77,16; -mukha, mfn., with a mouth containing remnants of food, with an unwashed mouth; (or m., an unwashed mouth;) Spkll 244,4 (na pana sakk -ehi [ssanam] kathetun ti); 244,29 (-ehi pana vattum na sakk ti); -hattha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) an unwashed hand;

399

Sp 1205,12 (anucchittham visuddhapattam -era ganhitum na vattati); 2. (mfn.) with hands unwashed (after eating); Ps V 14,24 (-o nisiditv udakadyakam pi na labbhati); anucchittha, mfn., not left over; not touched; not used; not second-hand; Ja III 257, n (-am aparibhuttam datum vattati ti); Dhp-a II 3, is (-am katv thokam bhattam apanetv); see also uttittha. ucchitthaka, n. [ucchittha + ka2], leavings; Ja III 362,10 (ime -am mama upari khipanti ti); IV 386,16' (uttitthapindan ti -am); Sp 473, i (-am denti ti kujjhanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr uccitthakam); Ps III 83,16 (te candlassa -am khdpitamh abrhman dnimhjt). ucchita, mfn. [S. ucchrita], high, tall; Abh 708 (ucco tu -o). ucchindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ucchinatti], cuts off, cuts out; extirpates, destroys; Dhp 285 (-a sineham attano); Pj II 16,23 (-ati bhanjati vinseti); fut. J sg. (a) ucchecchmi, D II 72,7 (ime Vajji evammahiddhike evammahnubhve ucchecchmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ucchejjmi, prob, wr; Sv516,is: ucchecchmi ti-issmi, Be so; Se ucchejjmi ti -issmi; Ce, Ee ucchejjmi ti upacchindissmi) * AIV 17,n (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ucchejjissmi, prob, wr); (b) ucchindissmi, Sv516,is (-issmi, Be, Se so; Ee, Ce upacchindissmi) = Mp IV 15,7; part.pr. ucchindanta, mfh., Pj II 18,25 (asesam udabbadhi anavasesappahnavasena -anto vadheti ti vuttam hoti); neg. anucchindanta, mfn., Thi-a 166,26; aor. 3 sg. udacchid, Sn 2 (yo rgam udacchid asesam; Pj II 16,23foil.: udacchid ti ucchindati bhanjati vinseti, atitakliknam pi hi chandasi vattamnavacanam akkharacintak icchanti); 2 pi. ucchindittha, JaV 383,10 (imam mama danavamsam m -itth ti putte anussitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upacchindath ti); absol. (a) ucchijja, Sn 208; Ja VI 327,19* (ucchijja senam puriso ahsi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ucchijja-m-enam; 328, w: tarn rukkham ucchinditv parivretv thitam senam palpetv ahsi); (b) ucchinditv, Ja VI 328,14'; Ps II 217, u>; (c)ucchetv, Niddll 145,6 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ucchinditv); pass, pr. 3 sg. ucchijjati, D I 34,9 (ayam att rpi... kyassa bhed -ati vinassati na hoti param maran); MI 137,i (-issmi); S IV 309,6 (ime satt hannantu v ... -antu v vinassantu v); Ja V 242, \r (-eyya ayam loko vinasseyya ayam paj); Mil 192,20 (ekena musvdena -ati); Ps III 312,19 (na kho panham mayham paveniy -itum dassmi ti);part.pr. (a) ucchijjanta, mfh., SpkII 68,33 (sarire -ante jivitam-ati ti ganhti); (b) ucchijjamna, mfn., Ja V 239,20*; Patis-a441,n; aor. 3 sg. ucchijji, Jal 478,10 (vamso -i, Se so; Be, Ce upacchijji; Ee wr evam so -i); PsIV 22,9; absol. ucchijjitv, JaV 114,9' (saha ratthena -itv); pp ucchinna, mfn. [ts], cut off, destroyed; Vin I 231,9* (-am mlam dukkhassa n' atthi dni punabbhavo); Th 439 (sav sabbe ases -); Ja II 172,19*; V 470,10' (tad dhataratthakulam -an ti); Niddl 217,4 (kodhahetussatt akkodhanoti, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce upacchinnatt) * II 248,8 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upacchinnatt); Kv 59,26 (buddhassa bhagavato parinibbute -o puggalo n' atthi puggalo ti); Mil 225,19 (- khin khayam patt); su-ucchinna, mfh., well, completely destroyed, at an end; Vism 574,27 = Vibh-a 187,2;

caus. pass. pr. 3 sg. ucchejjati, D II 72,7 (ime Vajji... ucchejjmi, ife, Seso, but prob, wr; Be, Ce ucchecchmi; Sv516,i5: ucchejjmi ti upacchindissmi, Ce, Ee so; Se ucchejjmi ti ucchindissmi; Be ucchecchmi ti ucchindissmi) * AIV 17,17 (Ee, Se ucchejjissmi, prob, wr; Be, Ce ucchecchmi). ucchijjana, n. [from ucchijjati], cutting off destruction; Nidd-all 25,6 (samsravattassa upacchedan ti khandhdipatiptisamsrapavattassa hetun nayena -am). ucchinna, mfn., pp o/ucchindati qv. ucchinnaka, mfn. [ucchinna + ka2], (one) who cuts off who destroys; Th-aIII 30,20 (mayham rgdikilesassa pavhako -0); Nidd-a I 323,29 (kodhahetussa upacchinnatt ti kodhassajanakahetuno ... -bhvena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ucchinnabhvena). ucchu, m. [BHSid; S. iksu], sugar-cane; the stem of the sugar-cane; Abh 599; Vin III 59,7 (sanghassa -umhi bhjiyamne); 251,24 (phnitam nma -umh nibbattam); A III 76,13; Vv 30:4 (-ussa adsi khandikam); Pv 40:6; Ja VI 539,28* (-u tattha anappako); Ap 88,20 (-un mandapam katv); Kv 338,3 (-umhi raso anugato anupavittho); Mil 46,31; Vism 543,6 (na hi nimbabijato -u uppajjati ti); Sp 767,29 (- ca drni ca ekato baddh honti, Ce, Ee so; Be baddhni; Se -ni... baddhni); As 275,5 (-nam slam prpetv); Sadd704,i9 (~hi gaje rakkhanti); -(k)khan4ik, / , a piece of sugarcane; Vv 33:103 (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kkandakam); Ap 393,ii (-am dya, Be, Se so; Ce -khandakam; Ee wr -kandikam); Mp I 77,io; -ganthik, / , a stalk of sugar-cane; Jal 339,29 (ucchuyante - viya manusse pilent); - g h a t i k , / , a stalk of sugar-cane; Ja IV 497,15'; VI 114,23' (dve pabbat samutthya -am viya pijenti); -tacchana, n., the cutting of sugar-cane; Sp 1241,H; -puta, m.n., a packet or basket of sugar-cane; Ja IV 363,9*; -yatthi,/, a stick or stem of sugar-cane; Dhp-a III 315,12; Patis-a 677,19 (catasso suvannamay-iyo nibbattimsu); -yanta, n., a sugar-cane press; Ja II240,12 (rj ... -e ucchum viya janam pilesi); Bv2:167; Mhv 61:53; M a t t h i , / , a stick of sugar-cane; Pv-a 257,27; -vappa, n., a plantation of sugar-cane; Sv966,3o; -y%^,m., enclosed ground for sugar-cane; As 274,32. ucchukataco in Ee at Sp 835,1 is prob, wr for ucchutaco (Be, Ce.Sesd). ucchecchmi, fut. 1 sg. of ucchindati qv. ucchejjmi in Ee, Se at D II 72,7 and in Ce, Ee, Se at Sv 516,15, and ucchejjissmi in Ee, Se at AIV 17,n and in Se at Mp IV 15,7 are prob, wrr for ucchecchmi qv sv ucchindati. ucchetv, absol. of ucchindati qv. uccheda, m. (and mfn. ?), 1. (m.) [ts] cutting off or out; destruction, putting an end to; annihilation; Vin I 234,28 (-ya dhammam deseti); D I 34,2 (sattassa -am vinsam vibhavam pannpenti); 55,33 (smannaphalam puttho samno -am vyksi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ucchedavdam); S IV 323,28 (-ya bhagav kulnam patipanno); Niddl 324,4 (na samsravattassa -o atthi ti); Pet 131,9; Vism 594,14 (vinsam anujnanto ~e patati); 2. (mfn.) connected with annihilation; Kv34,9* (so ce bhijjati

400

puggalo ~ bhavati ditthi y buddhena vivajjit; Kv-a 27,14: ucchedaditthi te pajjati); -gahana, n., acceptance of annihilation; Nidd-al 244,12 (-' -krappavatt ditthi) = As 371,2 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ucchedaganhanakra-, prob. wr); Nidd-al 244,26 = As 371,16; -ditthi,/, the theory of annihilation (of a self or person); SHI 99,6; PatisI 139,3; Dhs 1316; Kv 587,H; Pet 177,io; Vism 423,29 (yo hi cutimattam eva passati na upaptam so -im ganhti); Spk II 69,1 (s ditthi satto ucchijjati ti gahitatt ~i nma hoti); -dittJiika, mfh., holding the theory of annihilation; Ps III 197,9; It-al 129,3; Patis-a 452,2 (tt); -laddhika, mfh., id.; Ps III 206,1; -vda, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the doctrine of annihilation (of a self or person); Ja IV 338,19' (-am ganhapesum); Vibh400,2i (satta -); Sp 134,26; 2. (mfn.) professing the doctrine of annihilation; Vin I 234,27 (-0 samano Gotamo); D I 34,i; JaVI 227,3; Niddl 282,28 (eke samanabrhman - bhavatajjit vibhavam abhinandanti); -vdi(n), mfn., holding or professing the doctrine of annihilation; Vv 84:25 (ppadhammo ~I ca); Ja V 228,26 (-1 ito paralokagat nma n' atthi, ayam loko ucchijjati ti ganhpesi); Pet242,n; Nett 111,26; Ps II 11,3 (-ii saddhim); Mp II 309,7 (~imhi); Nidd-al 359,1 (te -ino puggalassa samam appavattim vadanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuppattim vadanti). ucchedani, / or (m)f(n). [cfS. ucchedana], destruction; destroyer; or destroying; JaV 16,27* (-1 vittavatam kulnam, o/sur). ucchedi(n), mfn. [from uccheda], holding or professing the doctrine of annihilation; JaV 241,11* (pubbekati ca -I). ucchepaka, mfn. [*ucchepa (cf S. utksepa) + ka2], connected with throwing away; involving what is thrown away; ? MII 7,31 (-e vate rata, Ee so, perhaps wr, Be unchsake; Ce unchepake; Se uccpake; Ps III 240,5: ~e... unchcariyasankhte bhikkhnam pakativate rata, uccanicagharadvratthyino hutv kacavaramissakam sangharitv paribhunjanti ti attho, Ee so; Ce unchepake...; Be, Se unchsake... kabaramissakam bhattam samharitv). uju, ujju, mfn. [S. rju; BHS ujju, rjju; AMg ujju], going in a straight direction; straight, direct; upright; honest, right; straightforward; Abh 708; Vin III 70,33 (-um kyam panidhya); MI 233, is (passeyya mahantam kadalikkhandharn -urn navam); A V 290, is foil (tassa -um kyakammam hoti -urn vacikammam -urn manokammam -u gati ujupapatti); Dhp 33 (cittarn... MBTI karoti medhvi usukro va tejanam); Sn 550 (sumukho brah -u); Th35 (anjasam -um bhveti maggarn); 1140 (hayena yoggcariyo va ujjun; Th-aIII 160,31: ~un avankagatin assjniyena); Ja III 12,18' (ye tdis puggal hontiariy -); Dhs 50 (-t ujukat ajimhat avankat); Mil418,10 (issattho ... nimittam -um karoti); Vism 97,n (cariyo no ... -u jniyo); Sp 201,14 (-un va maggen); um, adv., in a straight line, straight on; straight; in the right manner; Sn422; JaV 222,26* (gavam ce tararnnnam -um gacchati pungavo); VI 532,1* (ayam ekapadi eti -urn gacchati assamam); Dhp-a III 264,18

(-urn nipajjitum asakkonto ekamantam nisidi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ujukam); -jtam in Ee at S IV 196,23 is prob, wr; see sv udjita; -paccatthika, mfn., directly opposed; in open revolt; Mhv 59:4; 63:29; -vamsa, mfn., with a straight trunk; JaV 251,7* (- mahsl; 251,15': - ti ujukhandh) quoted Sadd 331,9; Bv 13:27 (rukkho ... - o brah hoti; cf^Bv-a207,12foil.: -u ti avanko akutilo, vamso ti velu); -vipaccanika, mfn., (who is) directly opposed; Sp 132,3 (--bhvam); Ps II 89,31 (udakam pana aggissa -am); It-a II 96,io (-ato paccatthik); Patis-a 560,28 (~ -tta); vda, mfh., speaking in direct opposition; professing directly opposed views; D I 1,16 (ubho cariyantevsi annamannassa vd); MI 405,1 (tesam ... samanabrhmannam eke samanabrhman vd); anuju, anujju,w^i., not straight, crooked; crafty; Abh 737; Pv-a 123,25 (kun ti... bht); Sadd 323,22*; anujjarigi, (m)f(n). [from anujju + ahga; cf S. natngi], with curved, rounded limbs or body; Ja V 40,13* (kin nu socasi anuijangi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anuccahgi; cf 40,15': ~i ti kancanasannibhasarire); VI 500,14* (s kath' ajja anuijahgi patham gacchati pattik, so read? Be anujjhangi; Ce, Ee, Se anuccahgi; 501,26: anindita-agarahita-angi); anujjugmi(n), mifn)., "(one) going crookedly", a snake; JaIV 330,3* (anujjugmi uraga ddujivha); see also ajjava, ujjukaroti, brahmujjugatta. ujuka, ujjuka, mfh. [uju + ka2; BHS rjuka, uijuka], straight, direct; straightforward; upright, honest, right; right-minded; MI 124,34 (slalatthiyo - sujt); 427,22 (ajnato kho pana apassato etad eva -am hoti yadidam na jnmi na passmi ti); SI 26,29* (cittam attano -am akamsu, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -am akamsu; ujjukam better mc); 33,9* (-0 nma so maggo); Ja III 7,6' (kyena vc manas ca -); V 80,28' (yesam pana pannvidhnam pi na ninditabban ti pi ptho tesam -am eva); Ap313,i (sati me ~ hoti); Dhs 50 (ujut -t); Mil 270,20 (visuddhena mnasena panitena -ena); Ps II 73,30 (na -ehi akkhihi oloketi); Dhp-al 57,n; As 159,15 (ditthim -am karissmi ti); am, adv., straight, directly; Ja I 508,29 (na kho pana sakk may -am eva vattum ...); II 408,1 (vegena -am khata-vte pati); Mil 398,14 (hatthi... -am yeva pekkhati na disvidis viloketi); Vism 100,2 (-am tatth' eva gantabbam); Dhp-a III 164,8 (kirn nu kho atit buddha ... -am eva ntikulam pavisimsu udhu patiptiy pindya carims ti); Mhv 25:99; ati-ujuka, mfn., absolutely straight; too straight; Sp458,i8 (-am v isakam ponam karoti); anujuka, anujjuka, mfn., not straight, crooked, curved; crafty; SIV 299,13 (idam bhavanto passantu yva - 0 cyam Citto gahapati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anujjuko); Ja III 318,11* (anujjuk... gopnasiyo). ujja, n. [S. udya], speaking; talk; ifc see kathojja sv kath1. ujjaka, n. [?], a type of jasmine; Mhv 34:40 (roppetv ... sumann' -ni ca). ujjagghati (and ujjaggheti and [wrongly] ujjhagg(h)ati, ujjhaggeti), pr. 3 sg. [ud + jagghati; cf BHS uccagghati, uccagghayati], laughs at; laughs loudly; Vin III 128,2

401

(hasanti pi ullapanti pi -anti pi uppandenti pi, Be so; Ce ujjhagghanti; Ee, Se ujjhagganti; Sp 546,27: -anti ti mahhasitam hasanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ujjagghenti ti); A III 91,17 (bhikkhum... mtugmo... hasati ullapati ~ati uppandeti, Be, Se so; Ce ujjhagghati; Ee ujjhaggeti; Mp III 268,27: pnim paharitv mahhasitam hasati); part.pr. f. ujjagghanti, Thi74 (akasim vividham myam -anti bahum janam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ujjhagghanti); pass, part.pr. ujjagghiyamna, mfn., A III 91,18 (matugmena hasiyamno... -iyamno, Be, Se so; Ce ujjhagghiyamno; Ee ujjhaggiyamno). ujjagghi,/ [for ujjagghikmc], loud laughter; Vinll 232,22* (in uddna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ujjhaggi). ujjagghik (also [wrongly] ujjhaggik), / [from ujjagghati; cfBHSD sv ujjankik], loud laughter; Vin II 213,2i (na -ya antaraghre gantabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ujjhaggikya); IV187,i6 (-ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ujjhaggikya; Sp 8 91,13: -y ti mahhasitam hasanto); see also ukkhittojjagghik .yv ukkhipati. ujjangala, mfn. [BHS id.], arid, barren, waste; Vv 84:5 (-am tattam ivam kaplam; Vv-a 335, \r. tarn pana thanam jangalato pi ukkamsena jangalan ti aha -an ti); Pv 21:69 (-e yathkhette; Pv-a 139,16: -e ti ativiya thaddhabhmibhge, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ujjhangale ti); Vism 107,32 (sensanam ... -am sasankam asucim); Ps II 250,15 (vanam pana sace pi -am hoti nirudakam viralacchyam kantakasamkinnam); Spkl 78,16 (ayam vihro ~o visamo); -nagaraka, n., a little waste-land town, a little rough-country town; DII 146,13 (ma bhante bhagav imasmim kuddanagarake -e skhanagare parinibbyatu; Sv 586,22: - e ti visamanagarake). ujjana, n. [cf S. rj, rjas; S. Dhtup Wg 19:52: chadirrjane], strength; being strong; Sadd 384,8 (chadi -e: chandati, so read ? Ee ujjhane). ujjala, mfn. and n. [S. ujjvala], I. (mfn.) blazing up; shining; splendid; Ja I 220,22 (clvaram... -am manunnam katv); Ap 323,2 (diparukkham va -am, Be, Ceso; Ee, Sejotitam);Th-aIII 36,11 (anjani... matth - dassaniy); Mhv 30:96 (- vijjulat); 2. (n.) burning, shining; fire; ifc see dipasahass'-. ujjalati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ujjvalati], blazes up, flames; Vv-a 161,i (bhti ti jotati -an); Patis-a622,i (na sandhpenti tina -anti); part.pr. ujjala(t), mfn., Spk II 99,17 (padipass' -ato jl, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se padipassa jalato); aor. 3 sg. ujjali, Ap 373,26 (yva udeti suriyo dipam me tva -i, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se pajjali); 3 pi. ujjalimsu, Vin I 31,21 (sakid eva panca aggisatni -imsu) = Ap-a 555,2 (Ee so; Be, Se ujjaliyimsu; not in Ce); ujjalanto and anujjalanto in Ee at Vv-a 53,is are wrr for ujjlento and anujjlento (Be, Ce, Se so); caus. (&)pr. 3 sg. ujjaleti, -ayati, ujjleti, ujjlayati [S. ujjvalayati], causes to blaze up; kindles; lights; Vin I 31,16 (na sakkonti aggi -etum) ^ Ap-a 554,35 (Be, Se so; Eewr -itum; not in Ce); SI 169,21* (ajjhattam ev' -aymi jotim, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se eva jalaymi); V 113,2 (bhabbo nu kho so puriso parittam aggim ujjletun ti); Bv 10:28 (na... padipe -enti); Cp2:9:10 (~ehi mahaggim papatissmi rukkhato, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ujjlehi); part.pr. (a)ujjlenta, mfn., Sv524,n (gehe dipa-

sahassam ujjlento viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ujjlayanto); neg. anujjlenta, mfn., Vv-a 53,is (padipam ujjlento v anujjlento v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ujjalanto v anujjalanto v); (b) ujjlaya(t), mfn., Vism 428,22; aor. 3 sg. (a)ujjlesi, Vism 428,20; (b)ujjalayl, ujjlayi, Ap 339,H (aggim ujjlayi jino); 579,15 (dipn* -ayi, Be so; Ce ujlayi; Se dipni -ayim; Ee dip 'nujjalayim) quoted Thi-a68,5* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ayim); 1 sg. (a) ujjalesim, ujjlesim, Ap 339,6 (-esim, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ujjlesim); (b) ujjalayim, ujjlayim, Ap 373,25 (dipam ujjlayim); absol. (a)ujjlitv, Ps III 271,14 (Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be ujjalpetv; Se ujjlpetv); (b) ujjletv, Mil 259,28; Vv-a 51,9; (c) ujjletvna, Dip 17:34; (d) ujjlayitvna, Ja VI 495,28* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nijjlayitvna); pass. pr. 3 sg. ujjaliyati, is kindled, is lit; Vin I 31,20 (-iyantu Kassapa aggi ti) = Ap-a 555,i (Be, Seso; Ee -iyantu; not in Ce); Vin I 31,23 (aggi pi -iyissanti) = Ap-a 555,4 (Be, Se so; Ee ujjalissati; not in Ce); pp ujjalita, ujjlita, mfn. [S. ujjvalita], lighted, flaming; Ps II 412,15 (dipasahasse -ite, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ujjlite); Sp 235,9 (-ita-padipo); j^7/7 ujjaletabba, mfn., A IV 45,23 (katthaggi... ujjaletabbo); caus. (b) absol ujjalpetv, causing to be lit; Pj II 27,25 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ujjlpetv). ujjalana, n. [S. ujjvlana], lighting; ifc see dip'-. ujjava, m. [from *ud + javati], moving up (of the yarn ? a spinning term); '-ujjava, m., each moving up; Vin IV 300,16 (- patti pcittiyassa; Sp 935,6: - ti yattakam hatthena anchitam hoti, tattakamhi vethite ek patti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee tasmim takkamhi vethite; cfVin-vn2286: yattakam anchitam hatth tasmim takkamhi vethite); '-ujjavana, n., id., Utt-vn235; see also ujjavana, ujjavimsu. ujjavana, m/(-I)n. and n. [from *ud + javati], 1. (mfn.) going up, going upstream; Vin-vnll84 (ekam -im nvam ... abhirheyya); 2. (n.) moving up; ifc see uijav'-; see also ujjava, ujjavanik, ujjavi. ujjavanik, (m)f(n). and f [from *ud + javati; cfS. javanik, "a sail" 1], 1. (mfn.) going upstream; VinII 290,24 (yasm nando ... nvya -ya Kosambim ujjavi nvya paccorohitv ... annatarasmim rukkhamle nisidi, Be so; Ce nvya Kosambim ujjavi nvya paccorohitv...; Ee nvya -ya Kosambiy paccorohitv...; Se nvya gantv Kosambim -ya nvya paccorohitv ...; Sp -t [Be] III 451,5: -y ti patisotagminiy); 2. (f.) the going upstream; Vin IV 65,3i ([nvam] uddhagminin ti -ya; Sp808,3yb//.: yasm pana yo... -ya nvya kilati so uddhagminim abhiruhati ti vuccati, ten' assa padabhjane attham eva dassetum -y ti vuttam); see also ujjava, ujjavana, ujjavi, ojavanik. ujjavi, ujjavimsu, aor. 3 sg., 3 pi. [of *ud + javati], went upstream; 3 sg. ujjavi, Vin II 290,24 (yasm nando ... nvya ujjavanikya Kosambim -i nvya paccorohitv ..., Be so; Ce nvya Kosambim ~i nvya paccorohitv...; Ee nvya ujjavanikya Kosambiy paccorohitv...; Se nvya gantv Kosambim ujjavanikya nvya paccorohitv...); 3pl. ujjavimsu, Vin II 301,37 (nvya Sahajtim -imsu; Sp-t[2te]III

402

453,2i: -imsti nvam ruyha patisotena gacchimsu); see also ujjava, ujjavana, ujjavanik. ujjahati,/?r. 3sg. [ud+ jahati], abandons, gives up; SI 188,23* (mnnusayam -a) = Sn 342 = Th 1226 = Thi 20; part.pr. ujjaha(t), mfn.9 Th60 (mnnusayam -am; butcfTh-zl 150,9: -am pajahim samucchmdim). ujjla, m. orn. [from ujjalati], lighting; ifcsee dip'-.
ujju, see JVUJU.

ujjuka, see sv ujuka. ujjukaroti, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. rjVkr], sets right, corrects; Ja VI 208,14* (kasm Brahma n* -oti lokam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se n' ujum karoti). ujjota, m. [S. uddyota], light, lustre, brilliance; Abh 37; '-atthakara, mfn., producing the benefit of light; useful for illumination; Mil 321,14 (maniratanam -am, evam... nibbnam -am); -kara, m., producer of light, of brilliance; Niddll 195,22 (obhsakaro dipankaro -o pajjotakaro ti); see also loka-m-ujjotakara. ujjotati, pr. 3 sg. [S. uddyotate], shines; Ja VI 218,25' (varamukham -ati ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pajjotati* ti); Ap-a 109,29 (-ant ti); part.pr. ujjotamna, mfn., Ap34,9 (tesam -amnnam obhso); caus. pr. 3 sg. ujjoteti, makes bright; illuminates; Ap 84,26 (samant attharatanam ~essati khattiyo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -issati); 333,27 (-enti divrattim bhavanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr-mti); pp ujjotita, mfn. [S. uddyotita], lighted up, bright; Dth 5:53 (~e rathavare ratanappabhhi). ujjotana, n., - , / [S. uddyotana, it.], enlightening; illumination; making bright; PatisI 18,25 (0,-attho); Kv 628,3 (~); Mhv 1:20 (ssanujjotanatthnam Lanka nt jinena hi). ujjhagg(h)ati, wrfor ujjagghati qv. ujjhaggi, wrfor ujjagghi qv. ujjhaggik, wrfor ujjagghik qv. ujjhaggeti, see sv ujjagghati. ujjhangala in Ee at Pv-al38,n* and 139,16 is wr for ujjangala (Be, Ce, Se so). ujjhati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. ujjhati], abandons, leaves off; lets go, discharges; casts out, removes; Dhtup83 (ujjha ussagge); DhtumlOl; Sadd350,24 (ujjha ussagge: ... ~ati); Th 500 (na ca dittham sutam dhiro sabbam -itum arahati); Ja VI 138,14* (hatthichakanni -ema); Sp689,is (riiicanti ti -anti); aor. 3pi. ujjhimsu, Mhv 15:136 (yuddham -imsu); absol. (a)ujjhitv, VinI 283,35; 111231,38; Th298; Mhv 34:40 (balim -itv); (b)ujjhiya, Mhv 52:76 (jetum asakkunitvna yujjham ~iya nikkhami); Saddh 494 (rpagarubhram -iya); pp ujjhita, mfn. [ts], left, abandoned; cast out; Vin III 232,3 (santhatni taham taham -ni); MI 296,10 (kyo ~o avakkhitto seti); Dhp 58 (sankradhnasmim ~asmim mahpathe); Th 315 (addasam itthim ~am apaviddham susnasmim); Ja VI 51,6* (pamsuklnam -nam mahpathe); Bv-a264,io (chadditam -am pariccattam); Sadd 350,24; fpp ujjhitabba, mfn., Ih-a II210,20. ujjhati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [for ujjhyati qv], Vin II 231,14* (-anti pesal, in uddna); 251,16* (-anti, in uddna). ujjhatti, / [from ujjhpeti], complaining; indignation; -bala, mfn., whose strength is his indignation; AIV 223,19 (issariyabal rjno ~ bl nijjhattibal

pandit; Mp IV 115, M: - ti ujjhnabal). ujjhana, n. [ts], removing, getting rid of; ifc see kacavar'-; ujjhana in Ee at Sadd 384,8 is prob, wr for ujjana qv. ujjhna, n. [from ujjhyati; cf S., BHS avadhyna], complaining, fault-finding; indignation; Mp IV 115,16 (-am eva balam); Ud-al62,i4 (tassa anuggahandhippyena bhagavantam etad avocum na -vasena); -kamma, n., a (formal) act of complaint; Ja IV 287,26 (tvad eva -am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dev'am); ifc see dev'-; -saflfii(n), mfn., whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation; Vin IV 194,2 (chabbaggiy bhikkh -lparesam pattam olokenti); Dhp 253 (paravajjnupassissa niccam -ino; Dhp-a III 311,2foil.: paresam randhagavesitya ujjhnabahulassa puggalassa; cf Udna-v 27:2: avadhyanasamjiiinah); Th958 (-ino bl); Dhp-a III 376,13 (taya); -saflika, mfn., id., SI 23,24 (- devatyo). ujjhpana, n. [from ujjhpeti], complaining; making indignant or contemptuous; causing indignation or ill-will; VinV 144,29*; Sp 1308,i (-sikkhpadam); Th-all 76,2 (pare -vasena na okkhipe, hetthato katv pare na olokpeyya na ujjhpeyy ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ojjhpanavasena); Sv-ptHI 208,17 (tarn pana -am tesam nicakiriyya jnpanam hoti); Sadd 722,28 (chatthi... -diyoge); ifc see devat' -. ujjhpanaka, n. [ujjhpana + ka2], complaint; causing indignation or ill-will; Vin IV 38,n (-e pcittiyan ti; Sp 771,5: yena vacanena ujjhpenti tarn-am); 38,24. ujjhpeti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of ujjhyati qv. ujjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [inform ud + jhyati1, but probably for ojjhyati; cf S. avaVdhyai; BHS (BhiVin 180) ojjhyati; possibly however ud + jhyati2], complains (about, ace. or gen.); is indignant (at or against, ace. or gen.); Vin III 44,19 (manuss -anti khiyanti vipcenti alajjino ime saman Sakyaputtiy dussil musvdino; Sp296,io: -anti avajjhyanti, avajnant tarn jhyanti olokenti lmakato v cintenu" ti attho); DU 139,20 (devat ... -anti); S I 232,3 (dev tvatims -anti khiyanti vipcenti); JaV 312,17 (m bhikkhave imam bhikkhum -atha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -ittha); Ap 498,8 (-anti ha bhikkhavo); Sp514,io (na bhikkh -eyyum); Sv 158,20 (-issanti); Dhp-a III 174,20 (-ath> eva); Sadd 350,3 (jhe cintyam: jhyati nijjhyati upanijjhyati -ati); part.pr. (a)ujjhyanta, mfi~i)n., S I 24,19 (t devatyo... -antiyo); Mil272,23 (-antesu manussesu); Spkl 175,n (~anto hindasi ti); (b) ujjhyamna, mfn., Spkl 64,19; aor. 3 sg. ujjhyi, Ja I 475,5; Dhp-al 73,13; 3 pl. ujjhyimsu, Ja III 364,3; Dhp -a I 156,14 (satthram-imsu); 2pl. ujjhyittha, Ud28,3o (m kho tumhe bhikkhave Vacchassa bhikkhuno -ittha); inf. (a)ujjhtum, Ja II 355,8* (na nam ujjhtum arahasi); (b) ujjhyitum, Sv 158,22 (-itum na sakkhissanti); Mp I 36,3; absol. ujjhyitv, Ja I 475,8; Dhp-a III 68,10; neg. anujjhyitv, Sv 957,1; pp ujjhyita, (mf)n., complaining, complaint; Pj II 3,27 (katham hi nma ... ti evam manussnam -am sutv bhikkhhi rocite); fpp neg. anujjhyitabba, mfn., Ud-a 193,30 (idni 'ssa

403

anuijhyitabbakranamdassento); Ih-aHI 86,4 (anujjhyitabbatthne pi v ujjhnasil); caus. pr. 3 sg. ujjhpeti, ~ayati, makes a complaint (to, gen. or ace); makes someone (ace.) contemptuous or indignant (against, ace); creates ill-will (against, ace); VinlV 38,3///. (te yasmantam Dabbam Mallaputtam bhikkh ~enti...; Sp770,34foil.: tarn yasmantam tehi bhikkhhi avajnpenti avannya olokpenti lmakato v cintpenti ti attho ... ojjhpenti tipi ptho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ujjhpentl ti pi); 275,29 (katham hi nma bhikkhuni duggahitena dpadhritena param ~essati ti... y pana bhikkhuni... param ~eyya); SI 209,14* (kassa ~aymase; Spkl 308,12: kassa mayam ~ayma nijjhpayma rocaym ti); Ja III423,19 (~essmi ti); Th-a II 76,2 (pare ujjhpanavasena na okkhipe, hetthato katv pare na olokpeyya na ~eyyti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ojjhpeyy ti); part.pr. ujjhpenta, m/(~enti)w., VinV 61,15 (~entiy pcittiyam); Pj II 261,28; Utt-vn78 (~ento); aor. 3 sg. ujjhpesi, Vin IV 275,19; MI 126,6 (pativissaknam ~esi) quoted Sadd719,2o; JaV 286,18 (devim ~esi); Pv-a 266,27; 3 pl. ujjhpesum, Ud44,i9 (manusse ~esum passath' ayy Sakyaputtiynam kammam); absol (a)ujjhpetv, Ja VI 183,20 (devat ~etv); (b) ujjhpetvna, Ja VI 183,27* (pitaram... ~etvna bhtni); pp ujjhpita, (mf)n.9 complaining; VinV 38,7; Utt-vn78 (~ite pcittiyam siy); fpp ujjhpetabba, (mj)n. impers., D III204,16 (imesam ... mahsenpatinam ~etabbam vikkanditabbam viravitabbam) quoted Sadd 722,28; see also avajjhyati, ojjhyati. ujjhyana, n. [from ujjhyati], complaining; indignation; Sp296,22 (ayam ' -attho); Mp II 97,4 (manussnam ~e); Ud-a 193,29; Sadd 350,4 (jhe cintyam ... jhnam nijjhnam upanijjhnam -am). ujjhita, mfn., pp o/ujjhati1 qv. ujjhiya, absol. of ujjjhati' qv. uflcha, w., ~, / [S. uficha], gleaning; gathering food from the wild; gathering food by begging; {also possibly: gleaned or begged food;) Vin III 6,19 (~ena paggahena ypetum); A I 36,27 (annaggarasaggnam na lbhino -na kaplbhatena v ypenti; Mp II 38,25: uneherena vanamlaphalphalena v ...); Sn 977 (~ena ca phalena ca; Pj II 581, ufoll.: unchcariyya ca vanamlaphalena ca); Pv42:3 (isim ... ~e pattagate ratarn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pattagate; Pv-a265,13foil.: unchena bhikkhcrena laddhe pattagate... hre ratarn; see unchpattgata below); Thi 329 (uttitthapindo ~o ca; Thi-a235,1: ~ o t i . . . gharapatiptiy hindanam uddissa thnarn ca); Ja IV 23,9 (pabbajitv -ya phalphalehi ypent, Ce, Se so; Be unchcariyya; Ee unchphalphalehi); 66, ir (gme v mapakkabhikkhcariyam aranne v phalphalaharanasankhtam -am yo careyya); V 96,16* (sace aharn ... patim tam~ya pun vane bhare); VI 543,15* (syam -to ehiti); 555,11* (ativelam nu ammya - laddho anappako, Be so; Ce, Ee unchladdho; Se unchladdham anappakam; CPD sv anappaka suggests ~o laddho; 555,27' foil: ativelan ti pamntikkantam katv - ti unchcariyya laddham vanamlaphalam, Se so; Be unchcariyya, phalan ti vanamla-

phalphalam; Ce, Ee unchcariyya laddham vanamlaphalphalam, omitting ~ ti); Ap 420,6 (~ya caramn); Sadd 342,13 (~o pariyesanam); ifc see vana-m-; 0, -saka, mfii. [uncha+ sa2 + ka2], involving eating by means of gleaning or begging; Mil 7,31 (~e vate rata, Be so; Ce ufichepake; Ee ucchepake; Se ueepake; Ps III 240,5: ~e ... unchcariyasankhte bhikkhnam pakativate rata, Be, Se so; Ce ufichepake ...; Ee ucchepake ...); ()-cariya, m(fn)., (one) who subsists by gleaning (a class of ascetics); Sv 270,21 (atthavidh hi tpas saputtabhariy ~...) * Pj II 295,8 (unchcrik); Sv270,26 (ye... lyanamaddanatthnesu viimuggamsatildini sankaddhitv pacitv paribhunjanti te - nma);see also unchcrik; ()-cariy,/, (the practice of) gleaning, gathering food; Ja IV 28,13 (assamapadam katv pabbajitv ~ya vanamlaphalphalena ypent); VI 518,31 (~ya Ihatha) quoted Sadd 342,13; Ja VI 584,17* (~ya jivitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ufichcariyena); Niddl 225,1 (~ya pindiylopena jivikam kappeyya; Nidd-al 335, n: ~y ti bhikkhcaranena); -crika, m(fn).y subsisting by gleaning or begging food (a class of ascetics); Pj II 295,8 (atthavidh tpas saputtabhariy ~...) * Sv270,2i (unchcariy); Pj II295,13 (~ ti... sippdmi sikkhpetv hiraMasuvannam patikkhipitv tilatanduldikappiyabhandapatigghak); -pattgata, (mf)n. (or perhaps unch [instr. or abl.] pattgata), whatever has come into the bowl by gathering or begging, whatever comes into the alms bowl; Th 155 (~e rata; Th-a II 31,7: ~e rata ti unchcariyya bhatatt unchpatte [or better unch parte ?] gatatt pattagate pattapariypanne rata, Ee so; Ce unchcariyya bhatatt unchpattena gatatt pattagate ...; Be, Se unche pattagate rata ti unchcariyya bhatatt unche parte gatatt pattagate ...) ^ 843 (Th-a III 53,35: ~e rato ti unchcariyya parte gate) * Pv42:3 (unche pattagate ratarn, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se pattagate); see also samunchaka. uchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. unchati], gleans; gathers food from the wild or by begging; Dhtup 52 (uncha unche); Dhtum66; Sadd 342,13 (unchi unche:... ~ati); Vism60,15 (tarn pindaptam ~ati) = Nidd-al 195,10; absol. unchitv, Ja V 90,14' (vanarn ~itv cariyam caritv, Ee so; Be unchetv unchcariyam; Ce, Se uccinitv unchcariyam). ufichana, n. [ts], gleaning; gathering food; Dhtum66 (uncha ~e); Sv-pt 1400,3. ufich, see sv uncha. ufifl, / [for *o(ii)n, S. avajn], contempt; disrespect; Vin IV 241,2 (tumhe yeva sangho -ya paribhavena akkhantiy... evam ha); 241,36 (~y ti avannya); Vibh 373,3 (<- avanfi paribhavo randhagavesit; Vibh-a 500,13: ~ ti hetth katv jnan); see also avanfi, unnta, unntabba, unnsi. ufifita, mfn. [for o(n)nta qv], despised; treated with disrespect; Vibh 2,20 (~am avanntam hilitam); Sp738,3o (ontan ti avantam, -an ti pi pathanti); Vibh-a 467,16 (avases satt ~ avannt aham pana anunnto anavaniito ti); Sadd609,3o; 810,5 (ettha ca ~m ti pathamam avasaddassa okrdeso pacch okrassa

404

ukrdeso datthabbo); anufifita2, not despised; Vibh 2,25; see also unfi, uiintabba, uiinsi. ufifitabba, mfn. [for ontabba qv], to be treated with contempt or disrespect; SI 69,1 (cattaro kho 'me... dahar ti na - dahar ti na paribhotabb); Sn/?. 93,7 (samano kho daharo ti na -0; Pj II 424,3: na - 0 ti na avajnitabbo) quoted Sadd 810,4; see also avajnitabba, uiin, uniita, uiinsi. uflflsi, aor. 2 sg. o/avajnti qv. utanda, uttan4a, see sv uddanda. uttitv in Be, Ee at VinH 131,17 is wr for udditv or uddetv qqv sv oddeti. uttepetun in Ee at Vin I 79,16 is wr, prob, for uddpetun qv sv uddeti1. uftha, mfn., pp o/vasati2 qv. utthapana, see sv utthpana. utthapeti, caus.pr. 3 sg. o/uttitthati qv. utthavacitta, m., a kind of bird; Sv 967,34 (otthavacittak ti utthehi citte utthehi citte ti evam vassamn -sakun pi tattha vicaranti, Ee so; Ce utthavacittak ti; Be, Se utthehi citta utthehi citt ti). utthahangehi in Ee at Sp 795,24 is wr for atthah' ahgehi {Be, Ce, Se so). utthahati,/?r. 3 sg., see sv uttitthati. utthahana, n. and mfn. [from utthahati], rising, getting up; Dhp-al 17,9 (nisidanutthahanaklesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nisidanutthna-); Sv-ptI 342,26 (uggacchana-udako ti dhrvasena -udako). utthta(r), m. [S. utthtr], one who rouses himself, is energetic; SI 214,35* (- vindate dhanam; Spkl 332,20: - t i . . . utthnasampanno asithilaparakkamo) = Sn 187; AIV 285,7* (~ kammadheyyesu); Ja IV 429,5* (- dhitim naro); anutthta(r), m, one who does not exert himself; S I 217,5*; Sn 96. utthti, pr. 3 sg., see sv uttitthati. utthna, n. [S. utthna], 1. rising, getting up; arising, appearance; erection; exertion, effort; Abh 886; D III 189,19 (antevsin... cariy paccupatthtabb -ena upatthnena susssya ...; Sv 954,7: ~en tisan -ena); MI 86,4 (mogham vata me -am); A V 136,20 (anlassam -am bhognam hro); Dhp 25 (~en' appamdena); Ja I 19,15 (suriyass' -am); V 113,7* (Sakko pi hi bhtapati ~e na ppamaijati); Sv 386,2 (gilnass' evaca -am nma garu hoti); Mp II 382,23 (sayanato -am); ifc see kapp'-, gabbh'-, Iah'- (svlahu); 2.produce, yield; revenue; Bv 13:14 (janapade -am patipindiya; Bv-a205,28: ~*m ti ratthuppdam, yan ti attho); 3. evacuation of the bowels; Ps III 355,3 (tassa rattibhge -ni pavattimsu katipayavre bahi nikkhami, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vutthnni); Dhp-a II 190,13 (addh imassa -ni vattanti ti); -pannkrain in Ee at Dhp-al 184,1 is prob, wr for utthanaka- qv; -va(t), mfn., full of energy, exerting oneself; Dhp 24 (-vato); Spkll 274,25 (-vata nma mdisena bhavitabbam); Th-al 16,16 (-vanto); -sampanna, mfn., 1. abounding in energy, zealous; A V 84,i (dakkho puriso -o); Ja VI 297,17*; 2. very productive, of great yield; Mil 416,21 (khettam -am hoti kassakassa hsajanakam); Mp I 143,14 (sassam atirekam -amahosi); anutthna2, n., not getting up; lack of

exertion; laziness; SI 43,19*; A V 136,6 (lassam-am bhognam paripantho); Vism246,7; seyy,/, a bed from which one will not rise; a death-bed; Ja I 391,25; VI 34,16; Sv 575,13; see also vutthna. utthnaka, mfn. [utthna + ka2], 1. energetic; zealous; Dili 192,ii* (-0 analaso); JaVI 246,2* (dakkham ca posam... viditv -am); 2. being produced (at, usually loc); being the revenue (from); Sv 755,2 (pcinadisya -am bhandam gahetv); Dhp-al 184,1 (gmasatato -am pannkram daya, Se so; Be vutthnakapannkram; Ce gmasate -pannkram; Ee gmasate utthnapannkram, prob, wr); Ap-a 341,6 (Svatthiyam -am bhandam gahetv); 3. yielding; having a revenue of; ifc see satasahass' -; -bhan4a, n., goods produced (in, loc); property being the revenue (from, loc); Ja I 377,16 (paccante -assa panca sakatasatni pretv); Ps I 240,7 (pcinadisya -am gahetv); -bhanclaka, A., id., Spkl 311,32 (yad Rjagahe -am mahaggham hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be utthna-; Se vutthnaka-); see also vutthnaka. utthpaka, mfn. [cfS. utthapaka], who raises, rouses; ifc see vetla-. utthpana (and utthapana), n. [S. utthpana], causing to rise; causing to come forth; letting rise; Ja IV 431,10 (mignam '-atthya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utthapan'-); Sp 1067,25 (annattha arunam -ena); ifc see matasarir'-; -manta, n., a spell for raising (the dead); Ja I 510,n (-am eva gahetv); ifc see matak'-; anutthpana, n., not causing to rise or come forth; lh-aIII 22,3 (satisampajannassa -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anutthapanam). utthapeti, -ayati, caus.pr. 3sg. o/uttitthati qv. ufthya, absol. o/uttitthati qv. utthyaka, w/(- and -ik)/i. (and utthyika, mfn. ?) [from utthti], rising (early); exerting oneself, active; AIV 92,24* (pharus ca candi ca duruttavdini -nam abhibhuyya vattati y evarp purisassa bhariy...; Mp IV 47,15: -nan ti bahuvacanavasena viriyutthnasampanno smiko vutto, tassa tarn utthnasampattim abhibhavitv hetth katv vattati) = Ja II 348,6* (Be, Ce -nam; Ee upatthyiknam; Se utthyiknam); Thi413 (utthyikam analasam silavatim dussate bhatt); Th-aII 215,22 (yo vibhavatthiko puriso -o hutv tava santike vasissmi ti, so read ? Ee utthyako; Ce utthyiko; Be, Se upatthyiko). utthyi(n), mfn. [S. utthyin], rising (from one 's bed); rousing oneself; ifc see kF- (^vkla1), pubb'(svpubba2). utthyika, utthyika, see sv utthyaka. utthhaka, m/(-ik)n. [from utthahati], rising (early); exerting oneself, active; A III 38,n* (utthhik analas, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se utthyika); Ja V 448,5* (-am ce pi alinavuttim ... jahanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se utthyakam); Ps II 99,2 (analas ti utthhik). utthhita in Ee at Ap 264,13 is prob, wr for akkosita qv sv akkosati. utthita, mfn.,pp o/uttitthati qv. utthitum, inf. o/uttitthati qv. utthitetabb in Ee at Sp 1364,24 is wr for utthite sabb

405

(Be, Ce so). ufthimsu, aor. 3 pi. o/uttitthati qv. utthujtarohitavanno in Ee at Ja IV 70,24 is wr for svtihxx-(Be, Ce, Seso). uftheti, pr. 3 sg., see sv uttitthati. u4ayhate in Ee at Ja III 22,3 is wr for uddayhate qv sv uddayhati. uddana, n. [from uddeti2], tying; stringing up; Sadd 355,27 (di khipanuddanesu: deti uddeti). uddayhati, ~ate, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *ud + dahati], is burnt up; is scorched; is tormented or grieved; Ja I 48,i (ayamca mahpathavi Sineru ca pabbatarj -issanti vinassissanti); III 22,3* (-ate na ramati, Be, Ce so; Ee wr udayhate; Se udayhate); V194,i (tini samvaccharani devassa avassantassa sakalarattham -ati); 194,19* (-ate janapado); Pp 13,3i (n' eva tva kappo -eyya yvyam puggalo na sotpattiphalam sacchikaroti) = Pj 1181,15 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr n' eva tva kappo uddaheyya); aor. 3 sg. uddayhittha, Mhv33:6 (dipena Lohapsdo -ittha). u 4 4 a y n a n a > n. [from uddayhati], burning up; conflagration; -vela,/, the time of conflagration, the time for the burning up; Pp 13,30 (kappassa ca ~) = Pj I 181,14 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddahana-). u4dahanavel in Ee at Pj I 181,14 is wr for uddayhana- qv. u44 a heyya in Ee, Se at Pj I 181,15 is wr for u44ayheyya (Be, Ceso). u4dita, mfn., pp of uddeti2 qvsv oddeti. u44eti l , -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. u44ayate], flies up; M I 364,29 (gijjho ... mamsapesim dya -ayeyya); Ja V 368,17* (mutto pi na icchi -etum); 417,4 (dve dijakannyo ... ~enti); Sp 324,5 (atavimukho -eti v gacchati v); uddaymi in Ee at Pv-a 256,20 is wr for uccha44aymi (Be, Ce, Se so); absol. u44etv', Ja V 256,15 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se uppatitv); Sp 323,21; caus. pr. 3 sg. u44peti, xidd&pe\\, makes fly up; scares; Vin I 79,16 (ussahanti pana te nanda drak kke -petun ti, Be, Ce so; Se -epetun ti; Ee wr uttepetun ti); absol. u44petv, Sp 1003,23. u44eti 2 , see sv o44eu44epaka, mfn. [from caus. 0/uddeti 1 ], making fly up; scaring; ifc see kk' -. uddha \ ifc see a4dhu44ha ^v a44ha*. u44^a 2 , mfn., pp o/usati qv. u44hamasassa in Ee atSV 320,26 is wr for a44ha- (Be, Ce, Se so). undi, m. [ts], (gr.t.t.) a class of suffixes (beginning with un^; undyanta, mfn., ending with the undi suffixes; Sadd 777,24 (~am adhite); sondi, mfn., including the undi suffixes; Sadd 777,23 (~im adhite). unna-, iicfor unn qv. unnaja, mfn. [wr for *unnava, cfS. rnvat?], having a circle of hair between the eyebrows;? Ja VI 218,12* (kass* etam ~am mukham; cf 219,4': -an ti kancandso viya paripunnam). unnata1, n. [?], an ornament; Abh289 (~am); Ja VI 590,10* (590,24': -an ti ekam pasdhanam). unnata2, mfn., pp o/unnamati qv.

unnati, / , see sv unnati. unnama, m, see sv unnama. unnamati, see sv unnamati. unnamana, see sv unnamana. unnalnam in Ee at Pet 93,23 and 95,6 is wr for unnalnam (Be so). unn {iic sometimes unna-), / 1. [S. rn, ma-], wool; woollen thread; Abh 876; Vin II 150,28 (addassum kho bhikkh samajjatthne bahum ~am pi colam pi... pannam pi cha44itani); A HI 37,28 (abbhantar kammant - ti v kapps ti v); Sp 1085,18 (kambalapduk ti -hi katapduk); ifc see jti1-; 2. [BHS rn], a circle of hair between the eyebrows; Abh 876; D i l 18,29 (~ bhamukantare jt odt mudutlasannibh) ^ MII 137,7; Sn 1022; (a)-nbha, m. [S. manbha], a spider; Sadd 922,3 (~o unnanbhi... mattbhedo 'yam); -nbhi, (a)-nbhi, m.f [S. rnanbhi, manbhi], a spider; Abh 621; Vin II 110,17* (~i sarab msik) = AII 73,8*; Ja II 147,14' (M ti makkatako, tassa hi nbhito unnsadisam suttam nikkhamati); Sadd 922,3; (a)-p5vra, m., a woollen cloak; (or a sheepskin covering?); Sp 1202,21 (unnalomni bahi katv -am prupanti); (a)-pvraka, m., id., Sp 1080,30 (attano sassirikam ~am paccekabuddhassa ... pdapunchanikam katvthapesi, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be -pvranam); -bhisi, (a)-bhisi,/, a cushion or bolster stuffed with wool; Vin IV 40,9; Ap 303,14 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr unn-); -loma, (a)-loma, it., 1. the nap of woollen cloth (or the fleece 1); Sp 1202,21 (~ani bahi katv unnapvram prupanti); 2. the hair of the hair-circle; the haircircle relic; the representation of the hair-circle (on a Buddha image); JaV 11,22 (~ato ramsim vissajjesi); Bv28:9 (~am ca Kosale); Mhv 38:63 (aksi... -am); Thp233,i (tass patimya... -am pana rajatamayam ahosi). unndino in Ee at Jail 216,24 is wr for unndino (Be, Ce, Se so). unnma, see sv unnama. unnmaninnmi(n), see sv unnmaninnmi(n). unnika, mfn. [cf S. aurnika], woollen; Ap314,i9 (-e... bimbohane upadhemi uttamangam). unnigan4a, m, a kind of boil; Sp 996,4 (- nma honti, gothanik viya angulik viya ca tattha tattha lambanti). u n n i , / [cf S. aurna, mfl-i)n.], a woollen robe or cloak; (or a sheepskin covering 1); Vin II 108,27 (chabbaggiy bhikkh bhiralomim -im dhrenti; Sp 1202,2i: -in ti unnalomni bahi katv unnapvram prupanti). unha, mfn. and n. (and m.) [S. usna], \.(mfn.) hot; warm; Vin II 148,24 (vihr tinacchdan honti sitakle sit - kle -); MI 387,6 (-am lohitam); JaIV 330,21* (-0 ca vto); Sp846,i8 (-tt); Sv 370,5 (tassa silatejena Sakkavimnam -am ahosi); Vibh-a261,3i (kese kakkhalat pathavidhtu bandhanat podhtu -t tejodhtu ...); acc. -am, adv., hotly; Ja VI 576,5* (-am pi passasi); ifc see aceunha, abbhunha; 2. (n.m.) heat, warmth; hot weather, the hot season; what is hot, a hot object; Abh 80 (-0 nidgho gimhe); Vin I 3,19 (ma bhagavantam sitam ma bhagavantam -am m bhagavantam damsamakasavttapasirimsapasamphasso

406

ti); II 113,19 (bhikkh ~e pattern nidahanti); D i l i 130,7 (civaram anunntam... sitassa patightya -assa patightya); A1286,29 (kesakambalo bhikkhave site site ~e -o); Sn 52; Th 232 (yo ca sitam ca -am ca tin bhiyyo na mannati); Jail 7,27* (-am v'ajjhohitam mukhe); Pv31:5 (chayam upemi -esu; Pv-a203,i: -es ti unhaklesu); Ap 405,8; Cp 3:10:1 (-e suriyasantpe sare udakam khiyatha; Cp-a 237,4: ~e ti unhakle gimhasamaye); Mil 410,16 (megho pathaviy -am nibbpeti); Vism 666,3 (sitasamphuttho puriso -am pattheti); Sadd 503,24 (dho -am, usati dahati ti -am); bhitatta, mfn., scorched or distressed by heat; Vin II 220,s; Mil 97,is; '-kra, m. (and mfn. ?), the appearance of heat; a sign of being hot; (what appears hot; whose form is hot;) Ja I 330, n; VI593,io (Sakkassa sanam -am dassesi); MpIII 367,5 (tasmim thaddhkr pathavidhtu atthi... - tejodhtu); Dhp-al 17,ii (-am dassesi); ddaka, n. and mfn. [unha + udaka], l.(n.) hot water; warm water; Vin III 116,31 (bhikkhuno -ena nhyantassa); Th 185 (sace -am atthi); Ja VI 90,3r; 109,5* (-asmim pakiledayitv); Vism 591, M; 2. (mfn.) having hot water; Spk I 38,24 (nadi sandati kuthit ~); -kallavassam in Ee at Ja IV 389,25 is wr; read unham kukkulavassam with Be, Ce, Se; -kla, m., the hot season; a time of heat; Vin I 49,2; Vism 624,4; -gu, m, the sun; Sadd 242,2o/o//. (~ti ettha pana gosaddo rasmiyam vattati, unh gvo rasmiyo etassati-u, suriyo); -ramsi, m., 1. the sun; Abh62; 2. a hot ray; Dip 2:25; -viriya, mfn., having the power to warm; Ps III 214,14 (-ni kambaldini vattanti); ati-unha, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) too hot; very hot; Dili 184,4 (~an tikammam na karoti); Th231 (atisitam -amatisyam idam ah); Ja VI 3,6 (atikliy sariram atisitalam hoti accodtya -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khiram -am hoti); 2. (n.) excessive heat; very great heat; Vism 236,3 (atisitena pana ~ena v abhibhtassa vipajjati); see also accunha. unhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Vus, cf Ved. part.pr. usnat], heats, burns; Sadd 505,22 (~ati ti unhan ti nibbacanam ktabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. unhpeti [cf S. usnayati], heats, causes to heat; has something heated; Sp 698,17 (vsiphalam tpetv udakam v khiram v ~eti) = Sadd 825,iI; Spk I 345,19 (~etv); see also usati, osati. unhisa, m.n.y 1. [S. usnisa], a turban, esp. the turban of a king or prince, one of the five kakudhas qv; Abh 284 (sirovethanam -am); 358 (-am); 862 (~o); D I 7,22 (mandanavibhsanatthnnuyogam anuyutt ... chattam citruphanam -am manim ...); MII 119,27 (rj Pasenadi Kosalo tatth' eva khaggam ca -am ca Dighassa Kryanassa pdsi; Ps III 351,\ofoil.: desanmattam etam... paftca pi kakudhabhandni adsi); SV 4,25 (setam chattam setam -am setani vatthni); Ja II 88,23 (-am sise patimuncitv); V 264,24* (nikkhippa panca kakudhni... -am khaggam ...); Mil 330,1; Mhv 11:28; 2. [BHS usnisa], a protuberance on the head of a mahpurisa (a meaning prob, arising from a misinterpretation of unhisasisa qv below); Sp 1007,15 (~ato patthya yva pdatal); Sv604,io (catasso dth

dve akkhak -an ti, im satte dhtuyo na vippakirimsu); Bv-a243,9 (-assa sikh viya uggatatt); 3. the coping of a railing; a handrail (of a balustrade); Abh 862 (sopnangamhi-o); D i l 178,32foil, (sopnassa sovannamay thambh ahesum rpimay sciyo ca -am ca... vedikya ... rpimay sciyo ca -am ca); -sisa, mfn., whose head is like a turban in appearance (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa^; D III 145,1 (mahpuriso -ohoti); 170,2* (--ttam idh' ajyhagam, eds so; read tarn met); M i l 137,9 (-0 kho pana so bhavam Gotamo); Sv 452,11 foil, (unhisavethitasiso viy ti ~o ... unhisam viya sabbattha parimandalasiso ti -o) = Ps III 386,4/0//. Uta, ind. [ts], a particle of emphasis: and, also, even; Jail 163,22* (aer' utyam vitudam vanni, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be,Se2iCri vatyam; Ce acrityam; 164,1: aer* uyanti aeri vata ayarn, Ee so; Se aeri vatyan ti; Be aeri vatyan ti acari vata ayam; Ce acrityan ti acari vata ayam); see also uda2. utanda in Ee at Nidd II 97,23 is prob, wr; see sv uddanda. utu, m. (andf. and n.) [S. rtu, m.], 1. time; proper time, special time; period, season; time of the year; season of the year (three or six); weather; Abh 78 (~uyo); SIV 231,17* (-ni); Th529 (sukh - addhaniy); 930 (kilesnam ca yo -u); Thi371 (pathamavasanto sukho -u); JaV 331,i4'/o//. (channam -nam katarasmim -umhi jto); VI221,19* (ctumassakomud* ajja... ky' ajjaratiy rattim viharemuimam -um); Vism 128,3 (-u pi kassaci sitokassaci unho sappyo hoti); 620,31 (vassnahemantagimhesu tisu -su); Sp 1035,14 (ekassa -uno); Sv 868,21 (cattro ms -u, tayo ~ samvaccharo); Sadd873,13 (arato tu tamhi arass' u ... tarn tarn pattakiccam arati vatteG ti -u); uto, adv., at the proper time; in due season; Mil 410,25 (megho -uto samutthahitv); Pj I 172,9 ([cakkaratanam] kammapaccayena -uto samutthti); 2. (i) temperature, warmth (producing physical change); Vism 369,11 (dhtnam hi kammam cittern hro -ti cattro paccayo); 616,33 (-u nma catusamutthn tejodhtu, unha-utu sita-ut ti evam pan' esa duvidho hoti); Ps II 323,12 (sunahtassa purisassa ... nisinnassa sarirato -u sabbam eva vattham pharati); As 340,24 (saddo -uto ca citteto ca samutthti ti); (ii) a balanced temperature; a comfortable temperature; Ja I 53,7 (dve udakadhr ... bodhisattassa ca mtu cJ assa sarire -um ghpesum); HI 527,28 (nahpetv vilimpetv alankaritv thokam tava sariram -um ganhpehi ti); Sv 47,13 (udakena gattni -um ghpeti); 3. menstruation, or the subsequent fertile period; Abh 238; - , kkhna, n. [utu + akkhna], announcement of the time of year, or of the stage of the season; Sp 1063,6 (chandaprisuddhi -am bhikkhuganan ca ovdo uposathassa etni pubbakiccan ti vuccati); MpH 155,12; Kkh 12,i (-an ti hemantdinam tinnam utnam ettakam atikkantam ettakam avasitthan ti evam utu-cikkhanarn); * -uddhafa, * -uddhate, mfn. [utu+ uddhata1 or + uddhata2 ? cfahata], worn thin or worn away through time; Vin I 290,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave ahatnam dussnam ahatakappnam digunam sanghtim ... -nam dussnam catugunam sanghtim, Be,

407

Ce, Ee so; Se utuddhatnam; Sp 1128,19: -nan ti ututo dighaklato uddhatnam hatavatthaknam, pilotiknan ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se utuddhatnan ti... gatavatthuknam); Vin-vn 560 (-nam pana civarnam); -kla, m. [utu + kla1] 1. the seasons other than the rainy season; the fit time; Vin I 299,9 (anfiataro bhikkhu -am eko vasi; Sp 1130,23: ~an ti vassnato annam klam); II 167,31 (anujnmi bhikkhave vassnam temsam patibhitum -am na patibhitun ti); Ja VI 519,7' (utusampupphite dume tisamaye pupphite dume, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -samaye); see also utuvassa; 2. the time of menstruation; Sp213,i (pupphan ti ~e uppannalohitassa nmam); Vin-vn 2968; -gahana, -ganhana, n., achieving a comfortable temperature; cooling (or warming); refreshing; Sv 447,25 (-' -atthya); Ps II 166,6 (-' -attham pana bhagav kevalam udakam otarati); Pj II 370,12 (-' -atthya); -pabba, ., a seasonal festival or holiday; (or seasonal festival and moon-phase festival;!); JaVI 524,7* (nakkhatte -esu, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -pubbesu; 524,12'foil'. nakkhattayogavasena v channam utnam tassa tassa pabbavasena v pavattesu chanesu, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se pubbavasena); -parinma, m.,\. [BHS rtuparinma], change of season; change or extreme of weather or climate or temperature; S IV 230,30 (~-jni pi kho ... ekaccni vedayitni uppajjanti; Spklll 81,24: visabhgaututo jtni); Niddl 17,24 (--ja bdh; Nidd-al 61,22: -ena accunhtisitena uppajjanakarog, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee parinmena); Mil 302,24 (-ena); Vism31,4 (bahiddh vasena v uppannassa ... sitassa); 2. development, maturing through time;! Ja VI 316,3' (idam vimnam ... akranena laddham udhu - -jam te idam); -parinmi(n), m/h., developing in due season; A I 240,7; -pubba in Be, Ee, Se at Ja VI 524,7* is prob, wr for -pabba#v; -pharana, ., diffusion of warmth; Ps II 323,7 (kilitthavatthena hi -am na hoti... sarirato utu sabbam eva vattham pharati); 111287,3 (vttap pi na bdham akamsu pakatiy -am eva ahosi); -vatta, n., the cold and rainy seasons; (or the cycle of the seasons;) Bv-a 110,31/0//. (utuvasse ti hemantagimhesu, samaye ~e ti pi ptho, tassa samaye ti gimhe, ~ ti hemante ca vassne ca ti attho); -vassa, m.n., the seasons other than the rainy season; Bv 2:148 (samaye ~e v; Bv-a 110,31: samaye ti vassasamaye, ~e ti hemantagimhesu) = Ja I 23,21 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr utupasse); Sp 1061,19 (so ca kho ~e yeva, vassne pana ...); Mp II 97,6 (vasse pi ~e pi); see also utukla, utuvatta; -verama$i, / , the end of the menstruation period; Sn291 (-im pati); -samaya, m, I. the fit season, the fit time; Ja VI 519,7' (utusampupphite dume ti~c pupphite dume, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -klasamaye); 2. the fertile period; Spkll 30,18 (kacchap pana attano ~e mahsamuddato nikkhamitv...); Pj II 317,2o; -sampatti,/, a favourable climate; a comfortable temperature; l h - a l l 224,8 (n* evtisitan ti din -im dasseti); -sampanna, mfh.t of a favourable climate; of a comfortable temperature; Sv 440,19 (suriyo na unho na sitalo nimmalo ~o ahosi; Sv-pt II 39,5: ~o ti anunhsitat-

sankhtena utun sampanno); Dip 1:18 (Lankdipam ... sudesam ~am); 13:27 (vivittam ~am... sensanam); -sint,(m)/(/j). [S. rtusnt], (a woman) who has bathed after menstruation; Ja V 330,3* (tass ~ya hoti gabbhass* avakkamo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be utumhi nhtya; 331,17': pupphe uppanne utumhi nahtya); -sukha, n. (and mfn. ?), a pleasant temperature, a comfortable temperature; (of a comfortable temperature;!) Sv441,26 (~-tya); 814,34 (tattha kir' assa -am hoti); Ps II 53,32 (vijayamno ti... bhagavato ~am samutthpayamno); III 215,16 (udakakijam kilanto sitalam ~am anubhoti); Spk I 28,14 (~e tebhmakdibhede ca psde ... labhantnam); see also sabbotuka. utuni, (m)f(ri). [cf S. rtumati], menstruating; liable to menstruate; in the (subsequent) fertile period, fertile; Abh238; Vin II 271,15 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~iy katisuttakan ti); III 18,12 (vadhu yad ~i ahosi puppham te uppannam hoti); Dili 81,29 (brhmaniyo -iyopi gabbhiniyo pi; Sv 862,24: sanjtapupph ti attho); SIV 239,n; Ja IV 378,5 (tad Ditthamarigalik ~i hoti, atiY ass angutthakena nbhim parmasi kucchiyam gabbho patitthsi); Mil 123,11 (mt ca ~i hoti); Ps II 310,19 (mt ca ~i hoG ti idam utusamayam sandhya vuttam); Vin-vn 2968; anutuni,(w)/()., not menstruating; not in the fertile period; A III 221,21 (pubbe ... brhman brhmanim utunim yeva gacchanti no -im). utulhiml in Ee at Ap 398,21 is prob, wr for uttaliml qv sv uttali. ut)hi in Ee at Ap 16,15 is prob, wrfor uttali qv. utta, mfn., pp of ^1 vac qv. uttamsa, m. [ts], a chaplet; an ear- or head-ornament; Abh 308; 870 (-0 tv a vatamso ca kannapre ca sekhare). uttandula, mfn. [ud + tandula], grainy; under-cooked, not boiled enough; Ja I 340,4; 111383,4 (ajja bhattam -am ajja atikilinnam); Ud-a405,9(~amv atikilinnam v); anuttandula, m/h., not under-cooked; Sp 703,5 (-am akilinnam). uttatta, mfn. and n. [pp of *ud + tapati'; S. uttapta], I. (mfn.) heated; refined; Pv28:2 (vanno ca te kanakassa sannibho -rpo); Ja VI 574,13* (hemam v' -am aggin); ifc see jambonad'-; 2. (n.) dried flesh; Abh 280 (vallram -am); see also uttpeturn, otappati. uttanta, mfn. [cf S. uttmyati, tnta], breathing with difficulty, fainting; Vin III 84,22 (bhikkhum arigulipatodakena hsesum, so bhikkhu ~o anasssako klam aksi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se uttasanto; Sp475,s: -o ti kilamanto, Be so; Ce uttasanto ti; Ee uttasanto ti kilanto; Se uttasanto ti kilanto) = IV 110,32 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se uttasanto; Sp860,2i: uttasanto tiatihsena kilamanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kilanto). uttapati, -ate, pr. 3 sg. [ud + tapati2], is ashamed; is distressed; Sadd404,23 (tapa ubbege: ... tapati -ati); JaV 219,20* (yo issaro 'mhi tikaroti ppam katv ca so n'-ateparesam; 224,21 foil: na uttasati, na ottapati); see also ottapati. uttama, mfn. [ts], uppermost; highest; best; principalmost excellent; most important; utmost; last; Abh 234

408

(~); 694 (~o pavaro settho); Vin I 278,29 (~am va pavaram ca); DIU 154,22 (~o ca pavaro ca sabbasattnam); MI 383,2(sanam aggam ca setthamca ~amca pamtamca); SI 189,25* (s ve vacanam ~); Dhp 56 (yo ca silavatam gandho vti devesu ~o); 189 (n' etam saranam ~am); Sn450 (subhsitam -am hu santo); Th 1111 (dvipadnam ~o); Ja III 120,26* (~am viya ntakam); V 158,6* (tam~asu venisu ajjhpatto parmasi); Ap21,7 (patto si kevalam bodhim -am); Mil 146,30 (thapit te... ranfi ~e thne); Sp51,9 (oparajjato pi pabbajj va ~ ti); Sv 169, n (-tya); 171,4 (panitataran ti -taram); Ud-a254,30 (-tt); Dip 7:44 (puna bhedo ajyatha theravdnam ~o); ifc see bhisag-, sangma-j-; 0, -anga, n. [uttama + anga2], excellent attribute; best part; Vv-a 130,21 (atthangavarehi atthahi ~ehi); esp. the highest or chief part of the body: 1. the head; Abh 256; M I 32,29 (- sirasmim); Ja II 163,25*; Cp 3:11:7 (sivisassa hatthena ~am paramasi); Mil 171,25 (~am pi 'ssa chindanti); pasobhanat,/, abstr., adornment of the head; Nett 56,10; ~-ruha, mfn. and m., (i) (mfn.) growing on the head; Ja V 156,6* (ruh tuyham kes); (ii) (m.) hair of the head; Abh 256; Ja I 138,23*; 2. the eye; Ja IV 403,22*; 3. the penis; JaV 197,20*; 0, -anna,/w. [S. uttamarna], a creditor; Abh 470; ' -attha, '-attha, m. [uttama + attha2], 1. an important matter or possession; Ja III 279,15* (~am labhitvna); VI 417,14* (ye ~ni tayi lapimha); 2. the supreme goal; the highest good; Dhp 386 (~am anuppattam); Sn 324 (~am ca ppune); Thi 171 (~assa pattiy); Ja I 443,12* (kareyyum te vyasane -am); VI 567,20'; Cp 2:3:5 (silena parihmassa -0 na sijjhati; Cp-a 131,1: -0 buddhabhvo) quoted Vism 304,16*; Sv 583,21 (~e arahatte ghatatha); gavesaka, mfn., seeking the supreme goal; Ap68,i9 (~-ga vesakam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se uttamattham gavesakam); Mil 125,32; 3. the meaning "best"; Spkl 237,24 (~ena); Dhp-a IV 231,22 ('-atthena pavaram); 0he, ind. [uttama + loc. of aha(n)], at noon; ? (so CPD); at the end of the day; ? Ja V 63,19* (ghatsano dhmaketu~e vanandaho, so readl cf 64,12': uttamhevanandaho ti ahevanam vuccati vanasando uttamavanasandam dahati ti attho, Ce, Se so; Be uttamam vanasandam; Ee uttamavanasandadaho ti attho); see also ahevana; '-ekavaca(s), n., (gr.t.t.) the first (lit. last) person singular; Sadd48,32*; -kulina, mfn., of excellent, most noble family; Thi 406 (varako gacchi ~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce varak gacchum ~); -(p)pavatti, mfn., giving an excellent performance; Ja I 394,21' (nacce ca gite ca ~i setthakiriy) = Spk III 228,8; -purisa, m., \. a most excellent man; the best of men; SHI 116,13 (tathagato ~o paramapuriso); Ja III 220,11; Mil 156,7; Thi-a 162,8 (almakapurisehi ~ehi ariyehi buddhdihi); Pp-a 221,30 (~ena ~-taro); 2. (gr.t.t.) (the form or ending of) the first (lit. last) person; Bv-a69,i9 (evam antes' aham tada ti bhagav ~-vasen' aha); Sadd22,i9; 811,24 (mi ma iti -a); -porisa, m. [= -purisa mc] (and mfn. ? cfS. paurusa, and M. Hara, 1992, pp. 186-87), (m.) a most excellent man; ([mfn.] of extreme audacity); S II

278,20* (ayam~o, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee -puriso) = Th 1166; Dhp 97 (sa ve ~o) quoted Sadd 128,20; -bhripatta, mfn., attained to supreme wisdom; Ja VI 415,27* (ye pandit ~, Be, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se -bhnpann; see L. Alsdorf, 1977, p. 28 fn 13); -mucchana,/, sharp tuning; Jail 249,2 (Msilavinvadako pi vinam ~ya mucchetv vdesi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se pathamamucchanya); -sattava(t), mfn. [cfS. sattvavat], or m. [S. sattva], of utmost vigour; o r most excellent being; JaV 351,10* (tvam ca -sattavo; 351,17': -sattavo ti uttamasatto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttamo sattavo ti); -samcrika, mfn., of excellent conduct; MpIII 217,9 (bhisamcrik ti ~); ati-uttama, mfn., by far the best; Vv-a 80,27; anuttama, mfn., 1. unsurpassed; excellent; Ja I 214,io* (khmi saccakiriyam -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuttaram; * Cp 3:9:8: eds uttamam); Bv6:ll (panngunam ~am thomayitv, Be, Ce so; Se anuttaram; Ee paniigunavaruttamam; Bv-a 164,29: -an ti settham); Sadd921,8 (mattbhedo tva... ~o uttamo); 2. not the best; Ja III 243,24' (yam ... aseyyam ~am pi samnam tarn idam eva seyyo ti mannamno); Dhp-a III 246,14 (idam akhemam ~am ca saranam dassetv khemam uttamam saranam dassanattham raddham); see also ajinuttamavattha. uttara1, mfn. andn. [ts], (sg. loc. f. ~ya, ~yam, ~iyam, -assam; pi. nom. m. ~, -e), 1. (i) (mfn.) upper, higher, superior; greater; Abh 695; 830; Mil 234,17 (panntassa ~assa accuggatassa); Sadd 792,6 (sabbe ime ~ adhik); ifc see ek'-, lok'-; (ii) (n.) upper part; surface; ifc see kanh'-; (iii) (n.) an upper garment; Abh 830; Sp 651,3 (~an ti uttarsango); ifc see santar'-; see also ajinuttaranivsana, ajinuttaravsana; (iv) (n.) upper jaw; ? ifc see musala-; 2. (i) (n. and ~a, / [seil, dis]) the north; Ap 541,5 (pubbadakkhinapacchsu -yam vasanti ye); Mhv 15:86 (tato pi ~am gantv); ifc see dakkhin'-, pacchim'-, pubb'-; instr. uttarena, adv., in a northern direction; to the north (of, ace, gen., abl); D I 235,6 (~ena Manaskatassa); Mil 164,5 (~ena Opasdam devavane slavane); Ja VI 100,3* (~ena nadi Sid); Vism 127,20 (gocaragmo pana yo sensanato ~ena v dakkhinena v ntidre... hoti); Ud-a301,i (candimasuriy dakkhinena v ~ena v gacchant); uttarenbhimukha, uttarenamukha, mfn., facing the north; going northwards; D II 15,8 (sampatijto bodhisatto ... uttarenbhimukho sattapadavitihrena gacchati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee uttarbhimukho); 317,13 (uttarenamukha gacchanti) ^ M II 164, n (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uttarena mukhe); A IV 432,7 (uttarenbhimukha abhiyimsu, Be, Ee so; Se uttarbhimukh; Ce uttarenamukha); uttarato, in a northern direction; to the north (of); S IV 189,11 (tassa... ~ato pi kantako dakkhinato pi kantako); Ap 585,17 (sisam ~ato kuru); Mhv 15:30 (Rjageh ~ato); 33:87 (mahthpass, ~ato cetiyam ... krayi); 36:91 (~ato nagaram samupgami); (ii) (mfn.) northern; Abh 830; Vin 148,37 (sace ~ saraj vt vyanti, ~ vtapn thaketabb); DU 173,18 (cakkaratanam ... ~am disam pavatti); SI 148,6* (obhsayam -assam disyam)

409

quotedNiddl 4ll,2*(Ceso; Be, Ee, Se -iyam); Ud 39,24 (sahyak -ya disya dakkhinam disam gacchanti); Ja V 42,2i* (ito ujum -iyam disyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -yam; 43,ir: ~iyan ti-yam) * 199,21* (eds -yam); Mil 326,16 (~ya v disya); Vism408,i2 (puratthimya disya... pacchimya -ya dakkhinya hetthimya uparimya disya); Patis-a 263,32 (-e Pancl); 3. (i) (mfn.) later, following', Abh 830; (ii) (n.) latter part; last part or syllable', iic see below, (iii)(n.) an answer; a rejoinder; Abh 114; 830; Sv 905,22 (vdapamokkhatthya -am pariyesamno, Ce, Ee so; Be uttari; Se uttarim) = Ps IV 33,H (Ce, Ee so; Be uttari; Se uttarim; * Spkll 261,10: Be uttari; Ce, Ee, Se uttarim); Ps II 280,22 (appatibhno ti-am apassanto); ifc see kran'- Csvkrana1); 4. (n.) chief result or characteristic; what is left; excess; ifc see kim(.svka3), dvsit'-, pann'-, vipassan'-; yana, n.f (the period of) the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); Abh 81; rani,/, the upper of the two pieces of wood used for kindling fire; MI 240,35; Mil 53,30 (~i na siy); Vism489,2i (adharrani viya cakkhudhtu -1 viya rpadhtu); '-sanga, m, an upper or outer garment; Abh 292; Vin I 94,8 (ayam sarighti ayam ~o ayam antaravsako); MI 177,33 (ekamsam -am karitv); SI 81,i8 (te panca rjno Candanangalikam upsakam pancahi -ehi acchdesum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sarigehi); A I 145,14 (ksiko ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uttarasango); Ja I 254,10 (cor lam dhanam sankaddhitv -esu bhandikam katv pyimsu); Vism65,8; -sjha, n., the name of a nakkhatta, the twenty-first lunar mansion; Sadd 359,19 (...pubbslham -am svanam...); nakkhatta,., id.; Ja I 50,23 (evam nakkhattena patisandhim ganhi); Patis-a 610,26; Mhv 31:109; '-ummra, ro., the lintel (of a door); Ja III 13,19 (-e hetthsisakam olambpesi); 0, -ottha, m, the upper lip; Ja III 26,10; Vism284,i; -kaficuka, mfn., with a further or excellent covering; Ap 71,25 (thpam akar' -am, Ce, Ee so; Be akarum te ca kancukam; Se akarum tva kancukam); -kala, m. [uttara + kla1], the future; a later time; Abh 86; It-a II 30,4 (arahattaphalappattito - e . . . paccavekkhanannam uppajjati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttarim kale, prob, wr); -gthpekkhapada, n., a quarter verse requiring the following stanza (to complete its meaning); Pj II 499, is; -cchada, m., an awning or canopy; Sp 1086,24 (saha -na uparibaddhena rattavitnena saddhin ti attho); Thi-a236,22; sa-uttaracchada, (mf)n., (a bed) with an awning; Vin I 192,io; D I 7,12; A I 181,24; -digha, mfn., with a long final (vowel); Sadd807,2s; -pada, n., 1. the last member of a compound; Ps I 93,32 (-lopo); Patis-a 234,11 (--lopam katv); Sadd 800,4 (-'-dissa cakrassa cuco-des honti kvaci: cathi adhika dasa cuddasa); ifc see upamn,-; 2. the following word; the second word; Sp 142,16; Nidd-a 1306,2 (evam ~esu pi); Bv-a 76,4; -pasaka, m., an upper loop or fastening (for hanging a door); Vin II 148,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave pitthasanghtam udukkhalikam -an ti); Sp 281,3 (kavtam katv hetth udukkhale upari ~Q ca

pavesetv katam parivattakadvram eva); -pubbena, adv., north-eastwards; to the north-east; Ja VI 518,19* (tassa ~ena Mucalindo nmaso saro); -phagguni,/ (and Si, n. ?), the name of a nakkhatta, the twelfth lunar mansion; Sadd 359,18 (... pubbaphagguni ~I hattho ...); Ps I 179,3 (phaggunamse kira -phaggunidivase yo nahyati); --nakkhatta, n., id.; 1h-aII 121,23 (phaggunamsassa -phaggunmakkhatte, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -phaggunanakkhatte) ^ 146,5 (Be, Se -phagguninakkhatte; Ce, Ee -phaggunanakkhatte) -bhaddapada, n., the name of a nakkhatta, the twenty-sixth lunar mansion; Sadd 359,20 (... pubbabhaddapadam ~am revati ti); -rassa, mfn., with a short final (vowel); Sadd 808,28; -viparita, mfn., 1. failing to answer; Abh 952 (~e ca setthe cnuttaram); 2. with a changed final (vowel); Sadd 810,7; -sisaka, mfn. [uttara + sisa1 + ka2], with its head to the north; D i l 137,13 (~am maflcakam pannpehi); Ja I 391,25 (yamakaslnam antare ~e mancake anutthnaseyyya nipajji); -suve, -sve, -8se, ind., the day after tomorrow; A I 240,5 (ajj' eva ... sve va ... uttarasve ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttarasse; Mp II 354,10: uttarasve ti tatiyadivase); Sadd 894,24 (sve suve uttarasuve); anuttara, mfn., 1. having no superior; supreme, best; Abh 694; 952; Vin III 1,15 (so bhagav araham sammsambuddho ... ~o purisadammasrathi); DII 108,24 (tathagato ~am dhammacakkam pavatteti); MI 40,4 (tad -am brahmacariyapariyosnarn); Dhp 23 (phusanti dhir nibbnam yogakkhemam -am); Snl79 (tvam no satth -o); Th830; Ja VI 318,13*; Ap 81,25; Mil 70,17 (bhante Ngasena, buddho -0 ti, ma mahrja, bhagav -oti); Dhs 1293 (katame dhamm -); Vism510,i8(-ya satiy); 2 . not having an answer; unable to reply; Abh 952; niruttara, mfn., 1. having no superior; best; Ja VI 102,2' (etehi gunehi -am, Ee so; Be, Se nirantaram; Ce anuttaram); Mp I 120,n (anuttaran ti-am); 2 . not having an answer; unable to reply; Spklll 88,19; Pv-a 117,2 (so brhmano -o tunhi ahosi); sa-uttara, mfn., having a superior; inferior; DI 80,9 (-am v cittam -am cittan ti pajnti) = MI 59,34 (Ps I 280,11: -an ti kmvacaram anuttaran ti rprpvacaram); Dhs 1292 (katame dhamm ~); Vism410,i6; see also uttaratra, uttara, ekuttarika (sv eka). uttara2, m. and n. [from uttarati], 1. crossing over; climbing out; escaping from; iic and ifc see below; 2. a ship; Sadd426,i* (nv... taranam -am... nvnmni honti); 525,26 (-an tiayam hi nvpariyyo); -setu, m, a bridge or causeway for crossing over; MI 134,37 (na cssa nv santrani -u v apr prarn gamanya; PsII 109,8: - ti udakannavassa upari baddho setu) ^ S IV 174,8 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttrasetu, prob, wr; Spklll 11,22: rukkhasetujanghasetusakatasetnam annataro -u); Niddll 222,21; Mil 194,23; duttara, mfn. hard to cross over; hard to climb out of or escape from; SI 53,19* (ogham tarati -am) quoted Vism3,8*; It57,21 (samuddam... -am accatri; It-aII 38,14: -an ti duratikkamam); Ja IV 480,6*; Niddl 29,4 (km hi loke duppahy... ~ duppatar);

410

suduttara, m/n., very hard to cross over or climb out of; SI 35,8* (ke ca te atarurn pankam maccudheyyam suduttaram); Dhp 86 (te jan pram essanti, maccudheyyam suduttaram); Ja IV 441,2 (syam nadi si may suduttar); duruttara, mfn., hard to cross over; hard to climb out of; Ap 204,23 (samatitti kkapeyy gang si ~); Mil 283,7 (mahsamuddo ... gambhiro appameyyo ~o); Utt-vin271; suduruttara, mfn., very hard to cross over; very hard to climb out of Ja IV 195,3* (narake gambhire suduruttare, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ca suduttare). uttarana, mfn. and n. [ts], l.(mfn.) coming out of; crossing over; Th418 (niyyaniko ~o tanhmlavisosano ... ariyo atthangiko maggo); 2. (n.) coming out of, emerging (esp. from water); boiling up, overflowing; Ja V 13,24 (te paccitv kle ctikucchisu paggharantam suram pivitv); Sp 912,8 (nadim titthena v atitthena v otaritv -kale); MpIII 317,23 (bhavangato -am); Utt-vn882 (nadi-ye kle, split cpd); -tittha, n., a landing-place; a place for coming ashore; Ps II 266,8; Spk II 246,3; duruttarana, mfn., hard to climb out of; hard to cross over; Vism 684, I (bhavasgare kaddhanatthena -'-atthena ca ogh ti); Spk III 19,4 (-' -attho oghattho); Th-a 1198, n (~ato). uttarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. uttarati], climbs out, emerges (esp. from water); escapes (from); comes out; boils up, overflows; crosses, passes over (to); Vin I 28,35 (kimhi nu kho aham lambitv ~eyyan ti); IV 65,3 foil, (nadi taritabb hoti... tumhe v pathamam ~atha mayam v -issm ti, ayy bhante aggapuris ayy va pathamam ~antti); MI 135,6(sotthinpram~eyyanti); JaII342,\i (tumhe kuliradaham otaritv yvadattham gocaram ganhitv pathamam -atha); Niddll 159,9 (tarassu ~assu patarassu, Be, Ce, Se so); PatisII 166,9 (lok -anti ti lokuttar); Bv2:73 (~anti mahnadim); Mil 260, I ([udakam] ~ati patarati); Vism 480,3 (kmogham ~ati); Ud-a 302,22 ([mahsamuddassa] udakam n' eva hetth otarati na uddham ~ati); Nidd-al 337,32 (~ati ti udakatitthato tiram uggacchati); Sadd425,3o (taranam vuccati nv... taranti -anti v nadim eten ti); part.pr. (a)uttaranta, m/(~anti)w., Vin IV 230, n (yattha katthaci -antiy bhikkhuniy); Ja II 342,19 (~antam); Ap 612,9 (-antassa); Spkl 100,7 (tele pi -ante); (b) uttaramna, mfn., Vism 346,22; Mp I 323,10; aor. 3sg. (a)udatri1, DU 135,7* (nahatv pitv c'udatri satth); Sn471 (yo udatri ogham); (b)uttari, Ja IV 440,5*; Nidd I 247,20; inf. uttaritum, Vin 1285,26 (bhikkhu sakena bhgena -itukmo hoti; Sp 1124,26: nadim v kantram v -itukmo sattham labhitv dispakkamitukmo ti attho); Ja IV 480,16'; Sv 523,4 (m 'ssa gangam ~itum adatth ti); 523,35 (gangam ~itum na dassm ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee otaritum); absol. (a) uttaritv, Vin I 31,38; Ja I 108,25; Mil269,3i (mahsamuddam nvya ~itv primatiram gantun ti); As 11/, 28 (atavim ~itv jtassaravanasando atthi); Pj II 602,18 (attnuditthim hacc ti sakkyaditthim ~itv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se uddharitv); Mhv 38:27; (b) uttaritvna, Ap 428,28; (c) uttariyna, Ja IV 441,8* (nadim ~iyna); V 204,9* (mam ~iyna; 207, r: -iyn ti

-itv avattharitv); pass. ? pr. 3 sg. uttariyati, boils over; overflows; Vin 1286,8 (rajanam ~iyati); Mil 132,13 (talko bhaveyya navasalilasampunno samukham -iyamno); pp (a) uttinna, mfn. [S. uttirna], 1. (pass.) climbed out of; crossed; escaped from; Th 89 (~ pank palip; Th-a I 198,5: ~ ti uttarit atikkant); Pet 216,17 (yassa dasavatthuk kiles ~ vant, Be, Ceso; Eevant); 2. (act.) having climbed out of; having come out; who has crossed; who has escaped; Vin IV 228,12; A IV 435,15 (ngassa ogham otinnassa... ogh ~assa, Be so; Se ogh pi c' assa ~assa; Ce, Ee ogham otinnassa ... ogham otinnassa; MpIV 203,io: ogh -ass ti udakatitthato -assa) * Ud41,23 (ogh c' assa -assa); Ja II 317,26' (tamh kp ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr utinno); Vibh 256,5 (imam vicikiccham tinno hoti -o nittinno); Pet 229,12 (-0 prangato); Thi-a 50,2o; ifc see ogha-m-; uttinna in Be, Ee Se at Ja II 72,16 is prob, wr for uttina qv; neg. anuttinna, mfn., who has not crossed; not come out; Vin IV 228,13; Ja 1171,17* (disv padam anuttinnam disvn' otaritam padam); (b)uttarita, mfn., climbed out of, escaped from; Th-a I 198,5; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) uttreti, ~ayati, helps climb out of; lifts or pulls out of; rescues; leads or takes across; Ja I 194,19 (gon sakatni -etumna sakkonti); VI 397,33' (yo sakkoti so mam ~et ti); Nidd I 446,12 (satthavho satthe ... nirudakakantram treti -eti nittreti) = Vism 208, is; Spkl 278,21 (veneyyasattham vheti ti samsrakantram - ti); uttretum in Ee at Ud-a 312,27 (sakk plidhammam -etum) is prob, wr; Ce uccretum; Be, Se sakk plim samm ussretum; part.pr. uttrenta, m/(~enti)n., Vin IV 230,12 (pathamam pdam -entiy [bhikkhuniy] patti thullaccayassa, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee uttarantiy; Sp 9\2,% foll.\ uttaranakle pathamam pdam uddharitv tire thapentiy thullaccayam); Jal 326,21 (imam mahoghato -ento); aor. 3 sg. (a) udatrayi, JaV 408,24* (udatrayi ratham; 409,16: udatrayi ti -esi, ukkhipitv gamanasajjam aksi); (b)uttresi, VinIV 228,12; Jal 195,7; 2sg. (a)udatri2, Ja IV 486,n* (mam tvam udatri bhoti; 486,15': kmapankato -ayi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttrasi); (b) uttrayi, Ja IV 486,15' (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttrasi, prob, wr); 1 sg. (a) uttresim, Ja VI 398, r; (b) uttrayim, Ap 204,24 (-ayim bhikkhusangham); 3 pl. uttresum, Vin III 63,is; absol. uttretv, Jal 298,4; MpIII 369,10; Thp 150,30; /?/?uttrita, mfh., Jal 194,27 (sakatesu -itesu); 195,19 (~ita-tt); IV 259,21' (udake patanto pi ~ito); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) uttarpeti, makes overflow; Sp 321,5 (velarn v -essati ti); 321,13 (udakam v vlikam v kiritv -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uttrapeti); absol. uttarpetv, Ja IV 161,15 (devat ... samuddam -etv dipadhovanam karissm ti mantetv). uttaratra, ind. [ts], in what follows, further on; below (in a book); Patis-a526,8 (esa nayo uttaratrpi); Sadd4,33; 22,9. uttaramnaka, m(fn). [part.pr. of uttarati + ka2], (one) who is climbing out (of water); Khuddas 19:1 (otarantnam maggam -o). uttar, ind. [ts], north; northward; -mukha, mfn.,

411

facing north; going towards the north; Sn 1010 (pakkmum -); Ja VI 518,8* (ito gaccha mahrja ujju yen' ~o); Ap 165,20. uttarlumpa, uttarlumpa^ uttarluva, m. or n. [?], a contrivance to prevent a pot of dye from boiling over\ VinI 286,8 (rajanam uttariyati, anujnmi bhikkhave -am bandhitun ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttarluvam; Spll26,i9: -an ti vattdhrakam, rajanakumbhiy majjhe thapetv tarn dhrakam parikkhipitv rajanam pakkhipitum anujnmi ti attho. evam hi kate rajanam na uttarati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uttarluvan ti). uttari, uttarim {both forms in all eds; readings below follow Ee; iic uttari-), ind., and uttari, mfn. [BHS id.], 1. (ind.) further, beyond (+ abl); more; in addition; most, exceedingly; Vin III 186,15 (parivutthaparivsena bhikkhun -im chrattam bhikkhumnattya patipajjitabbam); 263,25 (tato ce -im vippavaseyya); D I 71,34 (siy c' assa -im avasittham drbharanya); 211,io (yo ~i manussadhamm iddhiptihriyam karissati; Sv 388,18/o//.: uttarimanussnam dhammato dasakusalasankhtato v manussadhammato ~im); MI 326, I I (ito ca pan' annam -im nissaranam n'atthi); 446, n (-im kranam kreti); SIII 7, i (assu yeva -im panham pucchitrokhattiyapandit pi); 168,35 (n' atthi... arahato -ikaraniyam, or cpd); IV 105, n (yannnham Rhulam -im savnam khaye vineyyam); A I 9,24 (-im v manussadhamm alamariyannadassanavisesam sacchikarissati ti); IV 150,16 (-im appativijjhanto brahmalokpago hoti; c/Vism 314,6: -im appativijjhanto ti mettsampattito -im arahattam adhigantum asakkonto); V 300,14 (bhikkhuno -im vimuttim appativijjhato; c/MpV 78,12: -im vimuttin ti arahattam); It 85,12 (sati kho pana -i karaniye, or cpd); Sn 796 (yad -im kurute jantu loke; Pj II 529,24: yam attano satthrdim settham karoti); Th 15 (panca c' -i bhvaye); 902 (tato -i desayi); Ja II 23,20 (-im pi saccni paksetv); VI 529,19 (-im pi assamapadam vannento ha); Bv8:16 (-im vatam adhitthsim dasapramipriy; Bv-a \76,3 foil.: bhiyo pi dalhataram parakkamam aksin ti attho); Pet 76,20 (tattha pi -i upaparikkhitabbam); Mil 98,10 (-im kranam sunohi paravdnam niggahya); 244,26 (na kho panham... adhigacchmi -im manussadhamm alamariyannadassanavisesam); Sp 1177,15 (sace pana dve tisso v ~i v pattiyo honti); Ud-a 363,10 (pamnato -im); Vv-a 320,18 (kena pana samat ca uttarit ca ti, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se uttaritarat); Th-alll 143,7 (sadiso me na vijjati ti kuto pana -in ti adhippyo); Ap-a 265,10 (kirn idni -im kattabban ti); Mhv 33:61 (cuddasa vassni satta ms ca -im); 2. (mfn.) better, superior; A I 126,4* (attano -im bhajetha; Mp II 197,22: attano -im uttaritaram visitthataram bhajetha) = Ja III 324,14*; Apll4,20 (sukhham nbhijnmi samarn tena kut' -im; possibly adv.; c / T h - a l l l 143,7 above and Gv 172,21 [BHSD sv uttari]: y tasy rpena sam kutah punar uttari; Ap-a 389,23: tato -im tato pararn tato adhikam sukham kuto ti attho); '-uttarim, ind., more and more; to a greater and greater extent; D i l i 102,2 (tassa me bhante bhagav dhammam desesi -im pamtapanitam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uttaruttaram) * MI 319,34; A III 218,20

(-im panitapanitam vyamamn); Mil 388,22 (cando sukkapakkhe udayanto -im vaddhati); Ps III 307, is; -karamya, n. (also [better 1] written as separate words), something further to be done, a further task; Mil 195,20 (sati -e); SHI 168,35 (n' atthi... arahato -am); A l l 14,20 (kirn assa -am); V 164,11 (mutthassati kho panyam yasm -); It 85,12 (sati kho pana ~e); Pet 79,10 (sati -e); Vism 492,35 (n' atthi kind -an ti); 0 -bhanga, m.n., additional food; accompaniment to a meal, condiment; Vin II 77,2; Ja I 197,1 (-0); 349,31 (ptimacchakena -ena); IV 353,5' (singin ti singiverdikam -am); Sp 1263,28 (bhattam eva labhati na -am); PsI 150,28(vyanjananti -am); -manussa, m., a superior man, an exceptional man; Sp 489,1 (uttarimanussadhamman ti -nam jhyinam c' eva ariynam ca dhammam); Sv388,is; -manussadhamm, m. (and mfn. ?), an extraordinary or superhuman quality or attainment; (beyond the human norm; extraordinary;) Vin 19,23 (tvam ... n' eva ajjhag -am alamariyannadassanavisesam, Ee, Se so; adj. or in apposition ? or read uttari manussadhamm with Be, Cel); 11187,23 (mayam vuso gihinam annamannassa -assa vannam bhsissma; Sp 480,10: -assa ti manusse uttinnadhammassa, manusse atikkamitv brahmattam v nibbnam v ppanakadhammass ti attho); 90,2\foll (ayam aggo mahcoro yo asantam abhtam -am ullapati... yo pana bhikkhu anabhijnam -am attpanyikam alamariyannadassanam samudcareyya; 92,30: -onmajhnam vimokkhamsamdhi... sunngre abhirati); MI 472,25 (-e yogo karaniyo); S IV 290,18 (ayyo Mahako -am iddhiptihriyam dasset ti, Be, Ee, Se so; adj. or in apposition ? or read uttari manussadhamm with Ce ?); A V 88,15 (atthi nu kho me -o alamariyannadassanaviseso adhigato, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se uttari manussadhamm; Mp V 40,1 r. -o ti uttarimanussnam ukkatthamanussabhtnam jhyinam c' eva ariynam ca jhndidhammo, Be, Se so; Ce ~ ti... jhndidhamm; Ee omits); Ja I 390,2 (mayham hi... cha abhinn nma atthi, ayam pi me -0 va); Vism 212,9 (ahne ca lokiyalokuttare ~e bhaji sevi); Th-aII 259,31 (silam hi sabbesam -nam patitth); Pet2,25; -staka, n., an outer garment; an (additional) cloak; Ja I 426,2 (tena hi brhmana -am patthar ti); V 310,30'; SpkII 93,28; Pv-a 48,24; see also ekuttarika ^v eka. uttarika, uttariya1, mfn. (and n. ?) [from uttara or uttari; cfBHS uttarika], superior; unparalleled, unsurpassed; (a unique thing;?); Cp 3:3:5 (idam loke uttariyam sampile mama posanam; Cp -a 197, \%foll.: idam pana imasmim loke asadisam mayham eva venikam); Nett 50,10 (bhvanbhmi -iknam phalnam pattiy padatthnam); see also anuttariya2. uttaritara, mfn. [uttari + tara; cf S. uttaratara], higher, superior; further, more (+ instr. or abl.; once + gen.); very superior; D 122,3 (tarn ca tathagato pajnti tato ca -am pajnti); 156,2 (anne ca dhamm~ ca panitatar ca); M II 32,32 (yasm ... vann anno vanno -o v panitataro v n' atthi so paramo vanno ti); Vv 40,8 (vannena -); Ja I 364,34 (tassa -am paribbayam datv); 371,1 (silam yeva imasmim loke uttamam, n' atthi tato -an ti);

412

Ap 422,12 (n' atth' anno tarako loke tav'-o); Sv 878,27 (tena ~o bhagavat n' atthi); Dhp-a II 60,6 (kim pana tvam cathi mahrjehi ~o ti); It-al 105,15 (tarn hi -assa abhvato anuttaram); Vv-a320,i8 (kena pana samat ca -t ca ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttarit); Sadd 792,7 (ime uttar adhik ayam imesam visesena uttaro adhiko uggatataro ca ti -0, akrassa ikrattam veditabbam); ace. -am, adv., more; Mp I 326,2 (ngo... dhpayi, thero -am dhpyi); It-a 130,26 (rj -am pasanno). uttariya1, see sv uttarika. uttariya2, n., an answer, a rejoinder; ifc see kran'sv krana'. uttariya3, see sv uttariya. uttariya, uttariya3, n. [S. uttariya], an upper or outer garment; Abh293; Pv 10:3; Ap272,n (-am ads' aham); Spkl 353,2 (ekamsam -am duklam katv); Vv-a 166,28 (antar -am uttarsango); Thi-a236,i6 (nivsehi c'eva-am ca karohi); Mhv 23:74; see also uttareyya. uttareyya, n. [= uttariya qv], an upper or outer garment; Ap 273,10 (-ass' idam phalam); -pata, m., an outer garment, cloak; Ap73,i. uttali,/, the name of a certain shrub or bush; Ap 16,15 (-1, Be so; Ce uttl; Ee utlhi; Se uttar; Ap-a 215,26: ~i nma gacch, eds so); (i)-ml,/, a garland of uttali; Ap 398,21 (-am... abhiropayim, Be, Ce so; Ee utulhimlam; Se ummmlam). uttasati, utrasati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + tasati2; S. uWtras], trembles; is fearful (of ace. and fin ctsj abl); VinI 74,27 (ubbijjanti pi -anti pi palyanti pi); Ja III 289,21' (maranabhayena ~asi); VI 79,9* (kena nu vannena utrase so migo mamam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se utrsanti mig; 79,15': mama migo utraseyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se mamam disv mig utrseyyum); 500,22* (y ssusivya sutvna muhum -ate pure, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se utrasate) * 507,13* (y tvam... -ase pure, Ce so; Se -ate; Be, Ee uttasayi); Niddl 371,16 (na taseyya na -eyya na parittaseyya na bhyeyya ...); Ap28,15 (sabbe mig -anti migarjassa gajjato); Cp 3:13:3 (na mam koci -ati na pi 'harn bhymi kassaci) quoted Sadd 723,24; part.pr. (a) uttasa(t), mfn., Th863 (rakkhito khaggahatthehi -am viharimpure); (b) uttasanta, mfh., Pv27:3 (-ant, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ottappant); Cp-a309,n (ppato -anto); aor. 3pl. uttasimsu, Ja II 282,20 (manuss ... ubbijjimsu pi -imsu pi palyimsu pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se utrsimsu); absol uttasitv, Vin III 77,n (imam passitv -itv marissati ti); Mp III 326,24 (patibujjhanto pi -itv salomahamso patibujjhati); pp (a) utrasta, mfn. [S. uttrasta], trembling; fearful; frightened; Vin I 347,16 (ubbiggo ussankl ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr utrasso); Ud 19,29 (bhito ubbiggo ussankl ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se utrsi; c/Ud-a 163,9: utrsi ti... ~o ti pi pathanti); Sn986 (-am dukkhitam disv); Ja IV 71,n*; Mil 23,29 (bhito ubbiggo ~o); Vism 39,20* (blo viya ca ~o); Sp 383,20; neg. anutrasta, mfh., SI 54,2* (niccam -am idam cittam... sace atthi anutrastam tarn me akkhhi pucchito) quoted Sv 750,18 and Ps I 235,27* {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anutrsam); Ud 19,31 (anubbiggo anussanki anutrasto, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anutrsi); (b)uttasta, mfn.,

fearful; frightened; Ja I 414,23 (ekam uttastabhikkhurn rabbha, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uttasita-); (c)uttasita, mfn., frightened; uttasitubbigga, mfn., frightened and perturbed; Ja I 155,14' (dhiratth ti garahanatthe nipto ... uttasitubbiggo hi honto bodhisatto evam ha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uttasitubbigga); caus. pr. 3 sg. uttseti 1 , utrseti, [S. uttrsayati], causes fear (to), frightens; Jail 117,24 (s mam idni ~eti); III 99,17 (bhyayate kumre ti rjakumre utrseti); Sp 344,13 (~eti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee utrseti); 730,7 (~enti palpenti); absol. uttsetv1, utrsetv, Ja IV 182,6 (manusse -etv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se utrsetv); Sp 540,29 (~etv palpeti); pp uttasita1, utrsita, mfh., frightened; Sp 500,19 (uttsitatt); Thi-a267,i7 (nnuttaravasena utrsita); j^?/7 uttsetabba, mfn., Sp 491,33 (so bhikkhu tehi tehi upyehi ~etabbo). uttna, mfn. [S., BHS id.], on one's back, supine; with the mouth or opening uppermost; spread out; clear; plain, easily understood; shallow; Abh 669; Vin III 132,14 (mancake ~ nipajji); D II 337,23 (te tarn sankham ~amniptesum); III 8,23 (~opapati); MI 141,20 (dhammo ~o vivato paksito); AII 105,16 ([udakarahado] -0 gambhirobhso); 105,23 (puggalo ~o hoti gambhirobhso); Pv42:8 (-0 pi ca paccittha); Ja I 489,24 (matako viya ~o va nipajji); II 124^ (pparjnam ... dhammagandikya ~am nipajjpetv); VI 337,25' (samma ayam nadi gambhir ~ ti); Mil 36,4 (nadiy -tam v gambhiratam v ajnanto); Sp 456,14 (gambhirataram v -taram v); Spk II 86,27 (ayam paccaykro ... ~o viya vibhto pkato hutv upatthti); Pj II 41,4 (sesam ettha padatthato -am eva); 177,13 (~ena nayena bhsissmi ti); As 424,8 (sesam ... ~am eva); Mhv 37:114 (~am udare rogarn dassetum gandasannitam nipannam); Sadd 65,17 (yesam attho ~o); vabhsa, mfn., appearing shallow; Spk II 87,5 (ekam gambhiram -am hoti; '-obhsa, mfn. [uttna + obhsa2], appearing shallow; appearing plain; A l l 105,16 (gambhiro ~o); Th-a1139,3i (imam -am gambhirattham ... gtham ha); -kla, mfn., with shallow, flat banks; Ap 15,7 (~ nadik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -kul) = 367,25; -tala, mfn., with a shallow bed; Ja III 221,11 (ekam kunnadim -am); -mukha, mfn., open, welcoming, ready to speak; Vin II 11,4 (ehisvgatavdino abbhkutik - pubbabhsino) ^ D I 116,10 (-0 pubbabhsi; Sv 287,16: samano pana Gotamo sulabhakatho) * Vism299,28; -vhi(n), w/(-ini)., with shallow stream; Ja VI 337,22' (-inim nadim addasa); -saya, mflji)., (one who) lies on his or her back, an infant; Abh 252; -sayana, mflji)., (one who) lies on his or her back, an infant, Ap 466,28; Sp 137,12 (no ca kho jnti attnam... ajja maritv puna sve va drakabhvagamaniyam); -seyyaka, mf{n)., lying on one's back; (one who) lies on his or her back, an infant; Abh 252; M I 324,13 (daharo kumro mando -o); Th935 (udarvadehakam bhutv sayant' -); Mil 40,4; Vism 302,28; anuttna, mfn., not clear, obscure; Ja VI 247,23 (~ni padni vannetabbni); Spk I 20,32 (yam yam -am tarn tad eva vannayissma). uttnaka, mfn. [uttna + ka2; BHS id.], on one's back,

413

supine; clear, easily understood', MI 340,25 (gahanam h' etam bhante yadidam manuss -am h' etam bhante yadidam pasavo); Ja I 508,21 (dittya lohapathaviy -am nipajjpetv); Mil 293,13 (mallo khippam patimallam ukkhipitv -am pteti); Sv492,30 (gambhiro pi paticcasamuppdo ~o viya hutv upatthsi); Spk II 86,28 (~o viya upatthti); 0,-uttnaka, mfn., very clear; DU 55,n; Spk II 86,23. uttnikamma, uttnikarana, see svv uttnikamma and uttnikarana. uttnikaroti, see sv uttnikaroti. uttnim, see sv uttnikaroti. uttnim aksi, aor. 3 sg. of uttnikaroti qv. uttnikamma, uttnikamma, n. [from uttnikaroti; BHS uttnikarman], making clear; explanation; Mill 248,11 (catunnam ariyasaccnam cikkhan... vivaran vibhajan-am; Ps V 64,12: -an ti pkatabhvakaranam) = S V 443,9 = Patis II 86,14 (Patis-a 582,2: -an ti vivatassa vitthrataravacanena vibhattassa ca nidassanavacanena uttnlkaranarn); Pet 5,5 (-tya); anuttnikamma, n., not making clear; Niddl 79,25; Vibh-a 493,27; see also uttnikarana, uttnikiriy. uttnikarana, uttnikarana, n. [from uttnikaroti], making clear; explanation; Sp 127,14 (in cpd); 1h-all 93,5 (gambhirakaranam -am); Nidd-al 5,7 (upamkathanam ca -am nma); Sadd 907,5 (sanksan paksan vivaranam vibhajanam -am pannatti" ti cha atthapadni); see also uttnikamma, uttnikiriy. uttnikaroti, uttnikaroti (sometimes also uttnim karoti), pr. 3 sg. [uttna + karoti; BHS uttnikaroti; cfS. uttnWkr], makes clear; explains; Vin I 103,17 (vivarissmi vibhajissmi -issmi paksessmi); 103,26 (-eyya); D III 285,8 (anuttnikatam ca -onti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttnim karonti) * A I 117,32 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttnim karonti); MI 324,11 (deseti vivarati -oti); Sil 25,23 (vivarati vibhajati -oti); Niddl 140,10 (vivara vibhaja -ohi paksehi); Sadd 909,29 (niruttihi -oti); part.pr. uttnikaronta, mfn., Ap-a229,2i (vivaranto vibhajanto -onto); aor. 3 sg. uttni -aksi, uttnim aksi, Nidd I 354,21 (vibhaji uttnim aksi paksesi ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce uttanikatam paksitan ti) * 365,17 (uttniaksi); inf. uttniktum, M III 248,29; A II 189,19; absol. uttnikatv, MI 324,12 (desetv vivaritv uttnikatv); Nidd-a I 5,20 (niruttihi uttnikatv); pass, part.pr. uttnikayiramna, mfn., SHI 140,12 (tathgatena ... vivariyamne vibhajiyamne ~e, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -kariyamne); pp uttnikata, uttnikata, mfn., made clear; D III 121,26 (vikatam hoti -am); S III 132,7 (vivatam vibhattam -an ti); Nidd I 265,16 (vivat vibhatt ~ paksit ti); Mil 308,28 (-am pkatam katam); neg. anuttnikata, mfn., MI 221,25; A I 117,32; fpp uttniktabba,mfn., MI 416,36(evarpam te ... kyakammam satthari... desetabbam vivaritabbam uttnlktabbam); see also uttnikamma, uttnikarana, uttnikiriy. uttnikiriy, uttnikriy, / [from uttnikaroti], making clear; Pet 1,16 (catunnam saccnam ... vivaran vibhajan - paksan, Be, Ce so; Ee uttnikriy); see also uttnikamma, uttnikarana.

uttpetum, ind. [caus. inf. of *ud + tapati1; cfS. uttpayati], to heat; to torment; Ja VI 161,28 ([kacchapam] angresu uttpetum); see also uttatta, otpeti. uttra, m. [ts], transporting over; -setu, m., a bridge or causeway for transporting over; S IV 174,8 (Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se uttarasetu qvsv uttara2). uttrana, n. [ts], pulling out (of); rescuing; Jail 317,24 (nissenim bandhitv kpam otretv dukkhagatassa mayham ' -atthya ... hattham pasresi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttaranatthya); Sp477,13 (sobbhdisu patitasspi nissenim bandhitv ~e); It-all 45,11 (bhavakantrato -ena). uttrapeti in Ee at Sp321,i3 is wr for uttarpeti qv sv uttarati. uttreti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of uttarati qv. uttsa, utrsa, m. [S. lex. uttrsa], trembling; fear; dread; Abhl66; Dhaturn 121 (cif -); Dili 148,1 (ubbegam -am bhayam apanudit); S V 386,2 (assutavato puthujjanassa hoti -o hoti chambitattam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se utrso); Ja II 418,2 (skar sihacchyam disv bhit utrs appamamsalohit ahesum, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce utrast); Nidd I 371,7 (cetaso ubbego utrso); Vibh 367,16 (lomahamso cetaso utrso); Vism464,35 ('-krena ottappam); Pv-a 180,25 (uttasant ti... ottappena -am pajjant, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se otrsam); Sadd 404,23 (ubbego utrso bhirut); -va(t), mfn., fearful, afraid; Mill 227,35 (cetaso pariydn -v ca hoti vightav ca apekhav ca; Ps V 29,27: -v ti bhayatsena pi sa-uttso tanhtsena pi sa-uttso) = S III 16,n; anuttsa, anutrsa, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) freedom from fear or dread; Vism468,2i (anottappam... lakkhanam) = As 248,27 (Ce, Eeso; Be, Se anuttsanalakkhanam); 2 . (mfn.) free from fear; unafraid; Ps I 235,27* (niccam utrastam idam cittam... sace atthi anutrsam tarn me akkhhi pucchito, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anutrastam; quoting S I 54,2*: eds anutrastam); Q)-a 312,9 (anubbiggo anutrso); sa-uttsa, mfn., fearful; Ps V 29,27; Spk II 262,21. uttsana1, utrsana, n. [from uttseti1], frightening; being frightened, being in dread; Vism 464,34 (ppato jigucchanalakkhan hiri -lakkhanam ottappam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se uttsa-); Pj II 181,17 (nssa ppajigucchanalakkhan hiri, na tato -ato ubbegalakkhanam ottappan ti ahiriko anottpi); Sadd 352,11 (khita -e); ifc see cittutrsana ^vcitta1; anuttsana, n., the not being frightened; As248,27 (anottappam ... lakkhanam, Be, Se so; Ce, e anuttsa-; = Vism 468,21: eds anuttsa-). uttsana2, n. [from uttseti2], impaling; Jail 444,r (^ -atthya); Pj II 61,6 (yva sle -am tva sabbakammakranni niddisimsu). uttsi(n), utrsi(n), mfn. [from uttsa], fearful; very afraid; SI 99,i (bhlr chambhi utrsi); Ud 19,29 (ubbiggo ussanki utrsi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utrasto; Ud-a 163,6: utrsi ti... utrasto ti pi pathanti); Nidd I 217,5 (tsi hoti -I parittsl; Nidd-a I 323,30: -I ti atibhyanasilo); anuttsi(n), anutrsi(n), mfn., not fearful, not afraid; S I 99,11 (abhir acchambhi -I); Th 864 (anutrsi pahinabhayabheravo); Niddl 217,14 (bhikkhu asantsi

414

hoti ~I aparittsi); Ap 323,4 (asambhitam -im migarjam va, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anutrsim); Mil 339,13 (anutrsi); Sp 492,4 (anutrsi). uttseti1, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/uttasati qv. uttseti2, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. uttamsayati ?], ("makes serve as a crest"?), impales (on a stake); MI 87,19 (jivantam pi sle ~enti); Ja III 34,7 foil, (core gahetv nimbasle ~enti... etarn ~essanti); Cp-a 243,12 (sle ~eth ti); part.pr. uttsenta, mfn.y A148,10 (jivantam pi sle ~ente; Mp II 90,19: sle ~ente pi sle ropente); aor. 3 sg. uttsesi, Spk I 167,16; 1 sg. uttsayim, Ap 355,6; 3pi. uttsesum, Jail 443,6 (purisam jivasle ~esum); absol. uttsetv2, Cp-a243,24 (tarn sle ~etv); pp uttsita2, mfn. [cf S. uttamsita], impaled; Pv 36:6 (~am pucimandassa sle); Ja 1499,14. utti,/ [AMg id., S. ukti], speech; word; Abh 105; ifc see dvir-, punar-, virodhotti, sandesotti; see also uttila, vutti. uttittha, n. [S. ucchista; cf W. Geiger, 1994, 63:3; connected by cts with uttitthati qv], what is left over, leavings; Dhp-aIII 165,3 (panitabhojanni pariyesanto ~e pamajjati nma); -patta, n., a bowl for left-overs or containing left-overs; VinI 44,9 (te manussnarn bhunjamnnam upari bhojane pi ~am upanmenti; Sp977,6foil.: ~an tipindaya caranakapattam, tasmim hi manuss ucchitthasannino, tasm ~an ti vuttam. atha v utthahitv pattarn upanmenti ti; Sp-t [Be] III 231, is: -an ti ettha ucchitthasaddasamnattho uttitthasaddo); -pinda, m.n., left-over food; food consisting of leavings; Th 1057 (~o hro ptimuttam ca osadham; Th-a III 139, is: ~oti uttitthitv paresam gharadvre thatv gahetabbapindo); Thi 329 (~o uncho ca); Ja IV 380,15* (-am labhatam sapko); 386,12* (idam ca mayham -am; 386,16': ~an ti ucchitthakam, ucchitthapindan ti pi ptho); see also ucchittha. uttitthati, ufthahati, utthti, uttheti,/?r. 3 sg. [S. uttisthati; cf BHS utthahitv, utthihate, utthti, utthehi, BHSG pp. 236-37], stands up, gets up; springs up, arises; comes forth, appears; rouses oneself, is alert; escapes, moves away; recovers (from sickness); uttitthati: Dhp 168 (~e na ppamajjeyya dhammam sucaritam care; cf PDhp27: utthey; Udna-v4:35: uttisthen; cfDhp-a III 165,1 foil.: ~e ti uttitthitv paresam gharadvre thatv gahetabbapinde na ppamajjeyy ti pinckcrikavattam hi hpetv panitabhojanni pariyesanto uttitthe pamajjati nma, sapadnam pindya caranto na ppamajjati; see uttittha); Ap 501,7 (putta -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vuttittha); Mil 213,6* (~e na ppamajjeyya udare samyato siy); ufthahati: M III 133,i4(~a bho nisida bho ti); SI 217,18 (~eyytha ghateyytha vyameyytha); AII 143,25 (na -issma); Sn 331 (~atha nisidatha ko attho supitena vo); Ja I 32,27 (sattaratanamayo mandapo -at ti cintetv olokesi, tva-d-eva pathavim bhinditv mandapo ~i); Mil 117,26 (ghor bubbul -anti); Vism 73,14 (arunam ~ati); PsII 240,14 (patte malam -ati); Dhp-a I 381,1 (n'eva ~issmi); part.pr. (a)utthaha(t), mfn., MI 86,2 (kulaputtassa evam ~ato ghatato vyamato); JaV 113,10* (~ato appamajjato); neg. anutthaha(t), mfn., S I 217,3* (anutthaham avyamam); A IV 294,13; Th 1033

(kyamaccheragaruno hiyyamne anutthahe sarirasukhagiddhassa kuto samanaphsut; so K.R. Norman, 1969, pp. 266-67; cf Th-a III 119,23 foil.: hiyyamne ti attano kye jivite ca khane khane parihiyyamne, anutthahe ti sildinam paripranavasena utthnaviriyam na kareyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee hiyyamno ti... parihiyyamno; see also anutthaha); (b) utthahanta, m/(~anti)., Ja I 476,17 (~antni pattni); 111498,9 (deviy... vegena -antiy); Pet 29, s; Vism 264,23; neg. anutthahanta, mfn., Dhp-a 1380,24; (c) utthahamna, mfn., Ja 1472,9 (udakato jlam ~amnam); neg. anutthahamna, mfn., Ja III 179,18'; (d)neg. anutthahna, mfn., Dhp 280 (utthnaklamhi anutthahno); aor. 3 sg. utthahi, Ja III 216,1 (pde vano -i); Vism 383,6 (manipsdo ~i); Sp 57,26; Mhv 31:68; utthahi in Ee at Ja VI 34,24 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se abhiruhi; 3 pi. utthahimsu, Ja IV 265,6; Spk II 189,1 (attha kapparukkh ~imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utthayimsu, prob, wr); Ud-a412,3i; ufthti: Ja I 216,5 (dhmo -ti); III297,i5* (~tu poso); Sv627,8 (pathamam eva ~ti ti pubbutthyini, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~afi ti); Ps II 241,12 (~ti); III 73,7 (~hi smi gacchm ti... bodhisattonipannako va hanham utthaho nm ti, Eeso; reaJutthaha smi? Ce nham upatthaho nm ti; Be, Se nham utthahmi ti); Dhp-a IV 126,12 (bhattam nma kaham ~fi ti); aor. 3 sg. (a)utthsi, Vinll 155,34; MI 125,17 (dsi div-si); Jail 10,5; As 100,13; (b) udatthsi, Ja V 303,29*; 3pi. utthimsu, Mhv 28:14; uttheti (and utthayati?): VinI 6,3* (~ehi); II 166,16 (-eth' vuso); Vv 52:3 (~ehi); Ja IV 84,22* (~ehi Kanha kim sesi); VI 165,4* (kambalassatar ~entu); Vism 416,7 (eko suriyo -eti eko attharn gacchati); Sp 883,20 (megho v ~eti); Ps I 154,17 (sabbattha sassam na ~eti); part.pr. utthenta, mfn., Pj I 172,13 (suriyam viya ca --entam passati); aor. 3 pi. utthayimsu, Spk II 189,1 (attha kapparukkh utthayimsu, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se utthahimsu); inf. (a) utthtum, Ja VI 404,25; As 404,24; utthtum in Ee, Se at Ja III 133,24* is prob, wrfor uddhtum qv sv uddharati; (b) utthahiturn, Ja II 22,n; (c)utthitum, Ap-a 401,28 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utthahiturn); absol. (a) utthya [S. utthya], Vin I 46,4 (klass* eva utthya); D II 84,22 (utthy' san); Vv 6:5 (utthya ptum udakam adsim; Vv-a43,6: utthya ti utthnaviriyam katv, lasiyam anpajjitv ti attho); Thi 121; Jal 498,15; IV434,12*; Ap 63,26 (utthya abhinikkhamma); Mil 15,3i; Vism 635, is; Mp I 334,4 (utthya samutthya); neg. anutthya2, Sv271,n (nisinnatthnato anutthya); (b) utthahitv, Vin IV 20,4 (utthahitv punappunam nipajjanti); Mill 183,30; JaIV 244,27; Mil304,3o; Vism 40,4; Ud-a412,i9; neg. anutthahitv, Sp 953,3; (c ) utthahitvna, Dip 2:15 (utthahitvna san); (d) uttitthitv, Dhp-a III 165,1 (Ee so; Be, Se utthahitv; Ce uttittha) * Th-a III 139,18 (eds so); pp utthita, mfn. [S. utthita], raised; stood up; risen; arisen; sprung up, grown, appeared; roused; Ja 199,5 (puna ~ni madhuratinni); 202,22 (Sakko asur kira ~ ti sutv); V 498, r (~-tt); Ap 27,13 (gambhire ~ mi); Dhs 1035 (uppann samuppann - samutthit); Vism 73,ii (arune ~e); Sp 1364,24 (vinayadhare -e sabb paris utthahati, Be, Ce so; Se vutthite; Ee wr

415

utthitetabb); Ps II 240,16 (patte malam -am); Spk III 33,9 (amhkam payogato -am yam); ifc see adhun'(sv adhun), kT- (svkla1); see also anto-utthitasasana sv anto; neg. anutthita3, mfn., Dhs 1036; Sp 478,4; Spkl 184, I (ito anutthito va arahattam ppunissmi ti); 1h-al 169,3 (arune anutthite yeva); fpp (a) utthahitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 390,30 (evam eva kho ... yogin ... utthahitabbam ghatitabbam vyamitabbam); (b) utthtabba, (mf)n., Dhp -a I 380,21 (utthtabbam nu kho no ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. utthpeti, utthapeti, ~ayati, makes get up, rouses; makes rise, lifts, erects; makes appear, produces; lets rise, appear; arunam ~eti, also: lets the dawn arise, appear (while doing something); (carries on doing something) until dawn; Vin III 81,11 (vihrassa kuddam -enti); Ja I 510,20 (imam matavyaggham ~essmi ti); Vibh 208,29 (janeti sanjaneti ~eti samutthpeti); Vism 73,15 (gmantasensane arunam ~enti dhutangam bhijjati ti); 420,33 (so pathamam thlarajam ~eti); Ps III 73,12 (bhya mam gahetv ~ehi ti); Dhp-a I 41,20 (aruno na utthahati arunam no ~ehi ti kandimsu); Vibh-a 442,26 (manuss gantv ... viravasahassam ~eyyum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upatthpeyyum); part.pr. (a)utthpenta, utthapenta, m/(~enti)., Ja IV 9,28 (kse candam ~ento viya); Sp299, u (kke ~ento); 1185,32 (arunam ~entiy); neg. anutthpenta, anutthpenta, mfn., Spkl 39,25; Dhp-a I 339,5; (b) utthpaya(t), mfn., Sp865,i4 (vicim ~ayato); (c) utthpayamna, mfn., Sp 1333,12 (bhikkhuni arunam ~ayamn); Spk I 40,10; aor. 3 sg. utthpesi, utthapesi, Vin II 159,34; Ja III 43,26 (nisinnako va arunam ~esi); Ps II 266,17 (majjhe gangya vattam ~esi); 3 pi. (a) utthpesum, utthpesum, Vin III 83,17 (annataro bhikkhu gilno hoti tarn bhikkh ~esum); Mp I 354,2 (arunam ~esum); utthpesum in Ee at Ja VI 445,16 is wr for upatthpesum (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) utthpayimsu, Sp 1070,23 (yadi satthavrena arunam ~ayimsu); absol. (a) utthapetv, utthapetv, Ja I 318,16 (te pto va ygupcanatthya dsim ~etv); VI 32,6 (pathavim ~etv); Ps III 446,13 (migam ~etv); utthapetv in Ee at Spk III 279,10 is prob, wr for pannapetv (Be, Ce, Se so); neg. anutthpetv, Sp 1073,8; Ud-a 85,28; (b) utthpetvna, Mhv 34:45 (~etvna yantehi jalam Abhayavpito); pass, part.pr. utthpiyamna, mfii., Sp 1225,2 (~iyamn sabbe pi bhikkh ubbhandik bhavissanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vutthpiyamn); pp utthpita, utthapita, mfn. [S. utthpita], raised, elevated; produced; erected; Ja HI 105,11 (nalte gando ~ito ti); 325,10 (manussehi ... unnadantehi ~itesu migesu); Mp II 343,27 (yena suriyo attham cJ eva gamito ~ito ca); fpp (a)utthpetabba, mfn., Vism 71,30 (tena pana rannikena gmantasensanam pahya aranne arunam -etabbam); 78,6 (na anno ~etabbo); (b) utthpaniya, mfn., Jal 10,3 (-aniyabhvo); neg. anutthpaniya, mfn., Sp 780,16 (anutthpaniyo gilno gilnatya); see also vutthahati. uttina, mfn. [ud + tina; Pkt id.], with the straw off, deprived of straw; thatchless; Mil 53,2i (Ghatikrassa kumbhakrassa vesanam ~am karoth ti); Jail 72,16 (pannasl - karoti, Ce so; Be uttinn; Ee, Se wr panna-

slya uttinnni); Mhv 72:211. uttinna, mfn., pp /uttarati qv. uttila, m. [utti + la2], statement (so 'Nnamoli, 1964, p. 96); Pet 75,5 (yath pathamo ~o). uttunga, mfn. [ts], high; raised; -kanna, mfn., with ears raised; Bv-a 24 (mig ca nn ... ~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); -tarangabhahga, mfn., with its high waves subsided; Bv-a 284,37 (~am asangam garigarn nadim otaritv). uttejaka, m(fn). [S. lex. id.], (one) who stimulates, incites; a stimulator; It-all 152,25 (samuttejak ti... cittassa samm ~). uttejeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + tejati; S. uttejayati], stimulates, incites; Ud-a 361,14 (evam indriynam visadabhvakaranena vipassancittam samm -eti); part.pr. uttejenta, mf(~en)n., 1h-a II 142,2 (mt ... tena me viriyam ~enti); aor. 3 sg. uttejesi, Sv 473,29 (sutthu ~esi abbhusshesi); Ud-a 242,9 (samuttejesi samm ~esi); absol. uttejetv, Sp 1365,9. utthyaka, see sv utthyaka. utrasati, see sv uttasati. utrasta, mfn., pp of uttasati qv. utrassa in Ee at Vin I 347,16 is wr for utrasta qv sv uttasati. utrsa, m., see sv uttsa. utrsi(n), mfn., see sv uttsi(n). utrseti, see sv uttasati. ud, u3, ind. [S. ud], prefix to nouns; preverb to verbs; variously assimilated to consonants other than d, dh; Abh 1168 (u); Sadd 880,20foil, ( u ati pati... uggate uddhakamme ca padhne sambhave pi ca sarpakathane c* eva attalbhe ca sattiyam viyogdisu atthesu usaddo sampavattati); expresses: 1. up, upwards; up on to; upon; intensity; Vism 495,2 (u iti ayam [saddo] uppannam uditan ti disu uppattim [dipeti]); Patis-a 469,15 (imasmim pthe u du ti dve dve upasagg honti); 2. out, out of; from, away from, off; divergence; see also uttama, uttara, uda'. uda1 [= ud^v], the prefix and preverb ud; Jal 109,20 (udangane ti ettha uda iti nipto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ud ti). uda2, ind. [S. uta], and, and also; or; Abh 1138, 1199; SI 93,8* (yam ca karoti kyena vcya uda cetas); Sn 955 (na me dittho ito pubbe ... na ssuto uda kassaci); Pv24:15 (kyena uda cetas); Thi 15 (kyena ... vcya uda cetas; Thi-a 21,3: ud ti atha); Ja IV 18,27* (devi nu si tvam udamnusi nu); uda v, or, or else; A II 14,4* (cararn v yadi v tittham nisinno uda v say am); Sn 232 (kyena vc uda cetas v); 842 (samo vises! uda v nihino); Vv 84:20 (devo nu si uda v si yakkho udhu devindo manussabhto); Ja III 305,7* (seyyo nu te so uda v sarikkho); see also uta, udhu. uda3, n. [S. uda-, udan] (usually only ifc and iic), water; Ja V 6,1* (athobah vanatod nilavrivahindhar, eds so, perhaps for toy? 6,20': bah vanatod tamh tamh vanamh udakni pi mam bahni pavisanti, eds so); udasmim in Ee at Ja I 296,4 is wr for udakasmim (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see niloda; -kumbha, m. [uda + kumbha2], a water-jar; Dhp 121 (udabinduniptena ~o piprati) quoted Sadd237,n; Pv 12:9 (yath pi brahme

416

~o bhinno appatisandhiyo; * Ja III 167,8*: eds yath pi udaka-); -kumbhaka, m. [uda + kumbhaka2], a water-jar; Th431 (-am daya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be udaka-); -ghi(n), mfn., taking in water; holding water; Ja I 5,32* (yath pi jajjaram nvam pal uggam -inim smi chaddetv gacchanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee udaka-) = Bv 2:23 {Be so; Ce, Ee, Se udaka-); -dhi, m., "what holds water, water-receptacle", river; sea, ocean; Abh 659; Vin II 203,15* (bhesm hi -I mah) = It 86,16*; SI 67,16* (samuddo -inam settho); Vv 34:25 (appameyyo ~I va sgaro); Ja IV 462,20* (~i pi ssse); V 4,12* (-ism); Ap 192,n; Sadd 849,3 (udakam dadhti -i); udadhim in Ee at Ja V 326,29* is wr for udayam {Be, Ce, Se so); -patta, m.{n.) [S. udaptra, .], a bowl of water; MI 100,15 (acche v -e sakam mukhanimittam paccavekkhamno, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se udaka-); S V 121,27 (~o); -pafia inEe at SII 118,4 is wr for udapna qv; -pna, m.., a well; Abh 677; 931; VinII 122,9; MI 39,25*; S II 118,4 (kantramagge ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr udapano); Ud79,5* (kirn kayir -ena p ce sabbad siyum); Pv21:26; JaV 233,12* (-am v' anodakam); Ap 188,14 (~o kato may); Pet 171,s; Mil 66,7; Vism 244,32; Vv-a46,5 (itarni -ni tindflii pretv); dsaka, mfn., fouling a well; Jail 354,7 (ekam dsakam siglam rabbha); panli, panli, / , a channel or gutter for a well; AIV 171,4; -bindu, n. {and m.), a drop of water; MI 78,34 (~umhi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udaka-); Sn 812 (-u yath pi pokkhare); Th401 (~u va pokkhar); JaV 72,i* (~ni); Mil 296,16 (ekam -u); Dhp-all 51,9 (padumapatte patito -u, Ee so; Ce udaka-; Be, Se patitam udaka-); nipta, m., the falling of a drop of water; Dhp 121; -bhara in Ee at Ap 521,7 and 521,11 is wr for udahra^fv; -bhri in Ee at Ap 612,i is wr for udakahri qv; -sadda, m.y the worc/uda; Sadd237,i8 (-en' eva udakattho vutto); 237,20 (pliyam kevalo -o na ditthapubbo, atthi ce sutthu manasiktabbo); -hara, mfl~\). and m., \.{mf) (one) who fetches or carries water; Ja VI 79,30* (-0 nadim gaccha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udaka-); Ap 317,n (~ katthahr); 612,1 (~I, Be, Ceso; Se udaka-; Ee wr udabhri; = Thi 236: eds udakahri); 2. {m.) the fetching or carrying of water; Ap 521,7 (~ena jivmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr udabhrena); -hraka, m(fn)., conducting water; fetching or carrying water; Abh 510 (nettiko ~o); Ja VI 77,5* (ko nu mam usun vijjhi pamattam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udakahrikam; quoted Sadd 648,22: udahriyam) = Cp-a 261,26* {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee udaka-); Ja VI 80,4* (tesham ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be udakhro; Se udakahro; quoted Sadd 648,23: udakahro); -hriy, {m)f{n)., fetching or carrying water; Vv 50:9 (ganchim -, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se udaka-; Vv-a212,i6: - ti udakahrik, udakam haran* viya hutv ti adhippyo, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce udakahriy ti); see also acchodi {sv accha1), appodavanna (^v appa). udaka, n. [ts], water; Abh 661; Vin I 46,8 (ygum pitassa ~am datv); D I 78,5 (~e pi abhijyamno gacchati); 11107,23 (ayam... mahpathavi -e patitthit); III 85,11 (rasapathavi -asmim samatni); MI 459,30 (cattr' imni bhikkhave bhayni udak' orohante patikankhitabbni;

Ps III 176,B: udakam orohante puggale) * A II 123,14 (udak* orohantassa); Mill 123,12 (dve -assa dhr antalikkh ptubhavanti ek sitassa ek unhassa); A II 55,20 (mahsamudde na sukaram ~assa pamnam gahetum); Dhp 80 (~am hi nayanti nettik); Sn 1014; Vv 45:19 (-asmim sare jtam); Th 88 (attnam uddhtum ~ thalam); Jal 483,30* (~amhi thalamhi ca); III 120,24* (sanam -ampajjam; 121,2': -an ti pdadhovana-udakam); 297,2' (dakya ne ti yo mam... ~ya neti attano vasanakasobbham ppeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ya neti ti); VI 570,4 (kamandalun -am haritv -am hatthe ptetv bhariyam brhmanassa adsi); Cp 2:3:4 (thalam kareyyam -am -am pi thalam kare); Mil 87,12 (jneyya nu kho mahraja so puriso idam gahgya -am idam yamunya -am); Vism 175,25 (kse v -e v pathavim nimminitv); Sadd 237,13 (-am -ni -, -am -ni -e); ifc see acch(5vaccha'), appo-, uggacchana-, ucchitth-, unho-, uppaijana-, ubbhid-, ubbhinna- (sv ubbhindati), ek-, kaddam-, kusumbho-(^vkusumbha2), khr'--, khro-, khiro-, gandh-, gulo-, thus-, dakkhin-, nibbahana-, pasanna-, pasanno-, pinjar-, piyang'--, phnito-, bhango-, mukhavikkhlano-, ras-, vapp-, vl-, vypannaras'--; '-dhna, n., a container for water; Vin II 120,31 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am udakasarvakan ti, Ce so; Be, Ee -tthnam; Se -nidhnam); MI 414,n (-e; Ps HI 125,1: -e ti udakabhjane, udakatthne ti pi ptho, Be, Ce so; Ee -dhne ti; Se -dne ti... -e ti pi ptho); ' -yatik in Ee at Vin II 123,9 is wr for udakamtik qv below; *-ukkhepa, w., (the area defined by) a throw of water (or sand, to determine a sim^; Vin I 111,5 (sabb ... nadi asim ... nadiy ... yam majjhimassa purisassa samant -, ayam tattha [sim] samnasamvs ekuposath; Sp 1052,28foil.: yam thnam majjhimassa purisassa samantato ~ena paricchinnam ... yath akkhadhutt drugulam khipanti evam udakam v vlikam v hatthena gahetv thmamajjhimena purisena sabbathmena khipitabbam, yattha evam khittam udakam v vlikam v patati, ayam eko - o . . . parisapariyantato -o yeva pamnam; Vmv[ite]II 162,28: udakam ukkhipitv khipiyati etth ti -o); Kkh8,7 (dvinnam -nam antare); Vin-vn 2555; Jinak 97,28 (mahther Binganadiy simya upasampadakammam akamsu); '-ukkhepaka, mfn., determined by a throw of water;! Vin-vn 2557 ([ayam sim] gulukkhepanayen' eva - mat);passatth, pasatth, (m)/(n)., let go, handed over (in marriage) with (the pouring of) water; A III 226,4 (brhmanim yeva -am; Mp III 309,15: ~an ti udakena upassattham pariccattam ... drikam netv tassa hatthe udakam ptetv denti); Pj II 544,16 (patiganha 0 pasattham drikan ti, Ce, Ee so; Se ' -upasattham; Be omits); -ubbhanatul,/, a balance pole for raising water; Sp 1208,7; '-ummajjana, n., wiping away, cleaning, with water; Ja VI 508,5* (aggissa paricariyya -ena ca); ' -ummi, ' -ummik, 0, -mik, 6 m i k a , / , a wave; y -ummijtam, y-ummikjtam, adv., like a wave; Niddl 18,26 (sad ti 0> -ummikjtam, Se so; Ee ' -ummikjtam; Be y -mikajtam; Ce 6mikjtam) = 347,2 {Ee, Se ' -ummikjtam;

417

Be '-migajtam; Ce mikjtam) = 11264,29 (Be ' -mikajtam; Ce 6mikjtam; Ee, Se ' -ummijtam); '-ummujjana,n., emerging from water, Ud-a 16,\s foil, (udakena ti -'-din, ~'-di hi idha uttarapadalopena udakan ti vuttam, so read with Be, Ce, Se); '-orohaka, m., (one) who goes down into the water (for a ritual bathe); MI 281,35; SIV 312,6 (brhman... ~ aggiparicrik; SpkIII 104,8: ~ti syam ptam udakam orohanak); Ap 18,25 (~ keci, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce udakorohan); Thi-a 196,21 (udakena ~assa punnapavhanam na hoti); '-orohana, '-orohana, n. and mfh.9 1. (n.) going down into the water; a ritual bathe; MI 281,36 (naham bhikkhave udakorohakassamattena smanfiam vadmi, Be so; Ce, Ee udakorohaka-; Se udakoroha-); Ja IV 299,16 (ekacce kammam karontu); Ud-a 428,4; Th-all 146,6; Thi-a 195,27 (~ena); nuyoga, m., the practice of ritual bathing; D I 167,12 * MI 308, M * AII 206,36; 2. (mfn.) going down into the water (for a ritual bathe); Ap 18,25 (~ keci syam pto sucirat, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udakorohaka; Ap-a222,3i: ~ udakappavesak ti attho); -katha, n., a water-jar; Vinll 122,25; -kandara, n., a ravine filled with water; Vism 708,9; -kicca, n., an obligatory or ritual ablution; D i l 15,6 (bodhisattassa -am karonti mtu cca) * M III 123,14; JaV 155,12'; PsI 259,30 (bhuttvi ca ~am katv); Bv -a 270,20 (telena -am karonto); -kfl, / , sporting or play in water; Ja VI 160,3i; Spk II 227,10; Pv-a 189,15; -kilika,/, sporting in water; Sp 861,1; Mpl 351,2 (Garigya -am ktum); -kotthaka, m. [udaka + kotthaka1], a tub of water; a basin for water (round the root of a tree); a bathroom, a room containing water; VinI 205,23 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); Ja III 486,13; Ps II 347,1 (ambapotakassa samant -am thiram katv bandhati); Spk I 276,22 (~e gattni parisificitv); Dhp-al 53,19; -kkhandha, m., a mass, a great quantity of water; S V 400,12; A1250,14; Ps II 410,13; -gan4sa, m, a mouthful of water; Sp 1205,14 (~am, Be, Ce so; Se -gandusam; Ee wr -gandasm); PsI 258,24; -gahi(n), mfn., taking in water; holding water; Ja I 5,32* (yath pi jajjaram nvam paluggam ~inim sami chaddetv gacchanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uda-) = Bv2:23 {Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uda-); -cara, mfin)., (one) who moves or lives in water; an aquatic creature; Vin IV 88,32 (maccho nma ~o vuccati); Mil 370,17 (kummo ~o udake yeva vsam kappeti); Spk II 204,15 (~ nv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udakagat); see also udakecara; -cikkhalla, m., watery mud; water and mud; VinI 253,14 (-e; Sp 1106,io: akkantakkantatthne ~o utthahitv yva nisad paharati, idise cikkhalle); Mil 311,29 (~am); Vism 708,10; Pv-a 102,26 (~nam vasena duggamanatthne); -cumbatakalaha, n. the quarrel about water and the head-coil (see JaV 4\2,\sfoll.); Ps V 95,26 (pancasatarjakumr ~e satthu dhammadesanam sutvpabbajit); -cchikkhala in Ee at Pv-a 189,3 is prob, wr; see udakapicchila below; -ccheve in Ee atizV 137,15 is (prob.) wr for udakatheve (Be, Ce, Se so); -tumba, m.9 a gourd used as a water-vessel; a

water-vessel; a water-pipe; Ja III 430,19'; Spll04,2i; Dhp-all 193,18; -(t)thevaka, m., a drop of water; Ps II 46,io (~e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ttheve); Nidd-a I 258,10 (udakathevo ti udakassa thevo, ~o ti pi ptho); -donik,/, a water-bucket, water-trough; Vin II 220,28; -niddhamana, n., a drain, conduit; outlet; Vin II 120,37; Ja VI 390,7 (~ni sodhetv); Dhp-a II 37,io (cor ~en' eva nagaram pavisitv); -nisseka, w., a sprinkling of water; VinI 133,30; 0-pa{icchaka, m., "a water-receiver", a water-trough; 1 Sp 1244,7 (ambanam rajanadoni ~o); -pariyantika, m(fn)., who stops with the (taking of) water; Vism 69,19 (so hi ~o v hoti, yva pattadhovanam na ganhti, tva bhunjanato); -ppasdaka, mfn., making water clear; Mil 35,8 (~o mani); As 119,10; -pata, m., the falling of water; pouring of water; Sp 81,2o(saha~ena pathavT kampi); 299,22 (~-tthne); -ptana, n.y the letting waterfall, spilling water; bhaya, ., the fear of spilling water; Spk I 34,n; --tthnabbhantare in Ce, Ee at Ps III 287,1 is wrfor udakapta- (Be, Se so) or udakapatana-; -picchila, -picchilla, m., slimy water, slime; Pv-a 189,3 (kaddamo v -ov na vijjati, Ce so; Be, Se -picchillo; Ee -cchikkhalo); -pufichana, m.n.9 ~ i , / , an instrument for wiping off water; Vin II 122,36 (~im; Sp 1208,12: ~i tidantamay pi visnamay pi drumay pi vattati); Ap 303,4 (uphan pdukyo atho -e ... krayim); It-a 149,28 (so -am iva... paresam gune makkheti punchati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr 0 -punjani viya... punjati); Th-aIII 84,26 (~iya viya udakassa makkho,^, Ceso; Ee, Se wr 0-punjaniy); -positasammattha, mfn., sprinkled with water and swept; Vv-a 173,6 (-e padese, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se sittasammatthe); -binduka, m., a little drop of water; Mil311,28; -bharita, mfii., filled with water; JalV 489,B; Sp 1096,15 (~ni ninnatthnni) = Ud-a 424,23 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr -haritni); -bhrik in Ee at Ap 521,6 and 524,25 is wr for udakahrik qv; -bhriya in Ee at Ap 611,25 is wrfor udakahriya qv; -bhiruka, mfn., afraid of water; Ja VI 161,29; -manim in Ee at D II 84,25 is wr for udakamanikam (Be, Ce, Se so); -mattasitta in eds at Ja III 142,26 and in Be, Ee, Se at Ja IV 236,27 is prob, wrfor udakamattasinna; -mtik,/, water-channel, feed-pipe; Vin II 123,9 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am udakaniddhamanan ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr udakyatikam; Sp 1208,H: -an ti udakassa gamanamtikam); Mp IV 124,18 (khuddakamahantihi ~hi sampannam); -missa, mfn., mixed with water; Thi-a 6,15; -missaka, mfn., mixed with water; Sp 1201,3 (~ena telena); -muftjam in Ee at Sp 1245,13 is wr for udakapunchani (Be, Ce, Se so); -ruha, mfn., growing in water; Vv 35:6; -vaha, m, a flow or current of water; Ja VI 162,6; -vhaka, m, a flow of water; a water-course, a water-channel; VinI 32,7 (mah ~o); A I 178,13 (mahmeghe... vutthite mah udakavhako sanjyati); Mil 176,2 (mahogho -o); Sp 330,2i (kunnadisadisam -am khananti); -vhanarajju,/, a rope used when drawing water; Vin II 122,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~un ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

418

udapnarajjun ti); -sakunika, m, - , / , a waterbird; Ud-a380,i; Dhp-aIII 209,15 (mahpathavim udakam katv - viya nimmujjitv); -saficrika, mfn., moving around in water; Sp 1022,5; -santhnakapadesa, m., a place where water stays; Sp865,i6; - s t i , / , a bathing-cloth; VinI 310,34* (in uddna, for udakastik); Jinak 37,27* (Campyam-i unnalomam ca Kosale); udakastim in Ee at Ja I 330,9 is prob, wrfor udakastikam (Be, Ce so; Se udakastakam); -slato in Be, EeatDll 164,16 and in Be at Sv 604,17, and -slake in Ee at Sv 604,17 are wrrfor udakam slato (Ce, Se so); -sificana, n., 1. sprinkling with water; pouring water; Sp 982,23 (dantakatthadnam dim katv camanakumbhiy pariyosnam vattam); Ps II 347,10 (klena klam -am); Ap-a 383,31 (-' -dikammena rakkhitv); 2. a bucket for drawing water; lh-a III 95,6 (na sakkomi cti hutv -am hotun ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee udancanam) = Ap-a 211,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee udaksincanam); -sitta in Be, Ce, Eeat Ja III 144,21, in Be, Ee at Ja IV 238,17 and 238,22, and in Be, Ee, Se at Cp-a22,20 is prob, wr for -sinna^v; -sinna, mfn., boiled in water; Ja IV 238,17 (pattni ~ni khdati, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee -sittni, prob, wr; c/238,25: krapattni sedetv otretv sitalabhtni khdissmi t i ) * Cp-a22,20 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -sittni); -suddhika\ mfn., believing in or seeking purification through water; VinI 196,2 (nahnagaruk manuss -); SI 182,29; Thi-a 192,16 (-am brhmanam dametv); -suddhik,/ (and -suddhika2, n. !), a douche; Vin IV 262,15 (bhagavat - anunnt ti); 262,24 foil. (-am pana bhikkhuniy diyamnya dvangulapabbaparamam dtabbam ... -am nma muttakaranassa dhovan vuccati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ nma); -secanaka, n., a sprinkling of water; pouring of water; Ja VI 69,19 (hatthe -am pi alabhitv, Ee so; Ce udaksecanakam; Be, Se -sincanam); -sondik,/, a natural tank of water; Pj I 65,33; -harita in Ce, Ee at Ud-a424,23 is wr for udakabharita^v; -hara, mfl~\)., (one) who fetches or carries water; fetching water; Thi 236 (~i aham site) = Ap 612,i (Se so; Be, Ce uda-; Ee udabhri); Ja VI 80,4* (tesham ~o, Se so; Be udakhro; Ce, Ee udahrako) quoted Sadd 648,23* (-0); -hraka, m/(-ik)., (one) who fetches or carries water; fetching water; Ja VI 523,4' (tava -hrik hutv); Ap 521,6 (sim -hrik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -bhrik); 567,21 (-hrik); Cp-a 261,26* (pamattam -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uda-; quoting Ja VI 77,5*: Be, Ce, Ee uda-; Se -hrikam); -hri(n), mfn., conducting water; fetching or carrying water; Vv-a46,i4 (sambahul -iniyo); Th-alll 62,i (udakam nenti nettik -ino); -hariya, n., the fetching of water; Ap 611,25 (gat -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr 0-bhriyam; possibly better -); -hariy, (m)f. [= udakahrik], (one) who fetches or carries water; fetching water; Ja VI 523,1* (na te brhmana gacchmi nadim-; 523,4': tava -hrik hutv, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee -harik); Vv 50:9 (gacchim -, Ce, Ee so; Se gacchim; Be aganchim udahriy); ati-udaka, ., too much water; Dhp-al 52,is; see

also accodaka; anudaka (and andaka, anodaka, with metrical or rhythmical lengthening), mfn. and n. [S. anudaka, andaka], 1. (mfn.) without water; S I 38,8* (kirn sinnam anodakam); Thi 265 ('nodak); Ja 199,7 (-e thne, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nirudakatthne); 307,13* (nagg nadi andaka, Be so; Ce, Ee anodik; Se anodak) = VI508,17* (Be, Ce -; Se andaka; Ee anodak); V 234,3' (sace pi -am udapnam patto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee andakam); VI 189,11* (pallalasmim andake, Ce, Ee, Se so; iteanodake); Sp 1055,33 (jtassaro sukkho anodako); Vv-a335,i5 (-0 bhmippadeso); Saddh443 (sinnam 'nodakam cpi); 2. (n.) lack of water, drought; Dhp-a I 52,20 (n* eva accodakena na -ena, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anodakena); nirudaka (and nirdaka, nirodaka), mfn., without water; dry; Ja IV 350,24 (maggamjh -e nirhre aranne vicarant, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nirdake); Sp 1285,13 (patto dhovitv nirodakam katv thavikya pakkhipitabbo, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce vodako katv); Sv213,5 (kantraddhnamaggan ti... -am dighamaggan ti attho); Ps II 167,28 (gattni pubbpayamno ti... -ni kurumno, sukkhpayamno ti attho); Ud-a378,27; sa-udaka, mfn., wet; VinI 46,is (dhovitv patto -o dtabbo); sodaka, mfn., wet; where there is water; Ps II 167,29 (-e gatte); Mhv 30:38 (sitya chyya -ya); see also accodaka, acchodika (^vaccha1), odaka2, ka7, vodaka. udakecara, mfln). [loc. o/udaka+ cara; ts], (one) who moves or lives in water; an aquatic creature; Thi 241 (ng ca sumsumr ca ye c' anne -); see also udakacara sv udaka. udagga, mfn. [S. udagra], I. high, lofty; vast; Abh708; 2. pointing upwards, aiming upwards; Th-aII 165,i (ubbegapitiy -o, kyam -am katv ksam langhitum samattho ca bhaveyysi; cf Vism 143,21: ubbeg piti balavati hoti, kyam uddhaggam katv kse langhpanappamnappatt); 3. excited, exultant; joyful; VinI 16,27 (hattho -o); Sn994 (sambuddho ti vaco sutv -o Bvari ah); Vv 84:10 (patit suman -); Th382 (pasanno pitiy phutasariro hohisi satatam -0); Ja IV 282,6* (attamano -o); Mil 91,8 (cittena hatthena -na vippasannena); Saddh298 (udaggat); '-udagga, mfn., very joyful; Mil 121,20 (bhikkh passmi hatthapahatthe -); Vism 346,1; -megha, m., a lofty or vast cloud; Th 110 (nag ... -ena navena sitta; Th-al 232,16: pathamuppannena ulrena mahata pvusameghena abhippavutth); anudagga, mfn. [anu + udagga?], high; exultant;? Sadd921,9 (tatra mattbhedo tva: agram gram ... udaggo -o); see also odagya. udaggihuttam, ind. [ud + aggihutta], with the fireoblation raised;! after the fire-oblation;! JaV 396,20* (-am upatitthato hi me pabhankaram lokatamonuduttamam; cf 396,28': -an ti uda-aggihuttam paricaritv uda-aggislato nikkhamma pannasladvre thatv pabhankaram lokatamonudam uttamam diccam upatitthato mama, Ce, Ee so; Be -an ti udaka-aggihuttam paricaritv aggislato nikkhamma; Se aggihuttam paricaritv aggislato nikkhamma). udangana, n. [cf angaria1 ?], a place where people walk;

419

open space;! Ja I 109,15* (akilsuno vannupathe khanant ~e tatthapapam avindum; 109,20". ~e tiettha uda iti nipto, angane ti manussnam sancaranatthne anvate bhmibhge ti attho). udacchid, aor. 3 sg. o/ucchindati qv. udajjita, see sv udjita. udaiicana, n. [ts], a bucket for drawing water (from a well or tank); Dhp-al 94,11 (aham mahjanassa cariyo hutv vicarim, tassa me antevsibhvo ctiy -bhvappatti viyahoti, Be, Ce, Ee (conjecture 1) so; Ee2 [I 78,10] udancani-; Se udakacalanabhvuppattisadiso) * 113,8 (e, Ce, Ee -bhvappattisadiso; Ee2 [I 95,14] udancani-; Se udakacalana-); 1h-aIII 95,6 (na sakkomi cti hutv -am hotun ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se udakasincanam; = Ap-a211,26: Be, Ce, Se udakasincanam; Ee udakasincanam); Ap-a224,24 (-kamandalu-dikam tpasaparikkhrabhram). udaficanika, m. [from udaiicana], a (small) pot or bucket for drawing water; a ladle; MII 39,24 (seyyathpi nma udakamaniko hutv -o assa, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uddekaniko assa, prob, wr; Ps III 275,27: -o ti udakavrako, Be so; Ce, Ee uddekanikato ti; Se udakamaniko ti). udaficani,/ [cfS. udaiicana], (according to ct) a bucket for drawing or ladling out water (used as a term of abuse !); Ja I 417,10* (pacamn -i cori jyappavdena; 417,14: udakam ancanti ety ti -I ctito v kpato v udaka-ussincanaghatiky' etam nmam, s pana -I viya). udanjala, m. or n. [?], a game in the water; ? watery mud;! Vin HI 118,29 (bhikkhuno -am kilantassa asuci mucci, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~e; Sp 531,23: -an ti udakacikkhallo vuccati; cf Vin IV 112,31 foil.: bhjanagatam udakam v ... cikkhallam v kilati). udaflflava(t), mfn. [cf S. udanya], abounding in water; JaV 405,15* (assamam -antam phalam ariyapjitam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udakavantam; 406,12': tesu tesu thnesu udakasampannam). udafthasi, aor. 3 sg. o/uttitthati qv. udanha, m. [ud + aha(n)], dawn, sunrise; -samaya, m., the time of sunrise, dawn; JaV 155,3* (pto va ptarsamhi -am pati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udaya-; 155,io': -am pati ti suriyuggamanavelayam eva). udatrayi, caus. aor. 3 sg. o/uttarati qv. udatri1, aor. 3 sg. o/uttarati qv. udatri2, caus. aor. 2 sg. o/uttarati qv. udati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup rdate, Wg2:19], is cheerful, joyful; plays; Sadd 382,20 (uda mode kilyam ca: -ati udnam udaggo). udatta, mfn. [S. udtta], high; sharp, acute; Nett7,n (tanhcarito -0); 118,18 (ime ditthicaritassa mandassa upakkiles ... ime ditthicaritassa -assa upakkiles). udaddhari, aor. 3 sg. o/uddharati qv. udanta, m. [ts]ffull report; news; -kkama, m.9 the full course of the news, an uninterrupted narrative; Mhv 89:7 (atha dtamukh rj -am tad sutv). udapajjatha, aor. 3 sg. o/uppajjati qv. udapajjisum, aor. 3 pi. o/uppajjati qv. udapatto si in Be, Ee at Ja III 484,22* is prob, wr for udapattsi qv sv uppatati. udapdi, aor. 3 sg. o/uppajjati qv.

udappatto in eds at JaV 71,n* is prob, wr for udapatt qv sv uppatati. udabbadhi, aor. 3 sg. [of *ud (+ 2) + vadhati; cfS. udVvadh], tore to pieces, destroyed; Sn 4 (yo mnam udabbadhi asesam nalasetum va sudubbalam mahogho; Pj II 18,25foil: ucchindanto vadhetT ti vuttam hoti; but possibly wr for udabbahi [= udabbahi1]; cfGDhp 83: yo mana udavahi a^esa). *udabbahati\ pr. 3 sg. [ud + vahati, cf ubbahati1], brings, procures; picks out; Sn 583 (paridevayamno ce kaficid attham -e sammjho himsam attnam kayira c'enam vicakkhano; Pj II 460,22: - ti ubbaheyya dhreyya, attani sanjaneyy ti attho; but perhaps to *udabbahati2 qv); Ja II 223,12* (kit purisass' uphan sukhassa atiya dukham ~e; 223, \9". -e ti -eyya, Be, Ee so; Ce ubbaheyya; Se vaheyya); see also udabbahi1. *udabbahati2, pr. 3 sg. [ud + abbahati], plucks out; draws out; Ja VI 587,26* (yena kenaci vannena pitu dukkham -e; 587,28': -e ti hareyya); see also udabbahi1. udabbahi1, udabbahim, aor. 3 sg., 1 sg. [of *udabbahati2 or of ubbahati2 qv], plucked out, rooted up; 3 sg.: MI 330,22 (samlam bhavam udabbahi ti; Ps II 415,8: uddhari upptesi ti attho); / sg.: Th 158 (bhave cittam udabbahim; or to ubbahati1; c/Th-all 33,25/0//.: bhave samsrapanke nimuggam ca me cittam ariyamaggena hatthena uttrim, nibbnathale patitthpesin ti attho). udabbahi2, aor. 3 sg. 0/ubbahati1 qv. udaya, m. (andn.) [S. udaya, m.], 1. rising, rise; height; production, origin; Ja III 318,1* (diyaddhakukku ~ena kannik; 318,5': -en ti uccattena); PatisI 54,24foil. (jtam ripam paccuppannam tassa nibbattilakkhanam -0 viparinmalakkhanam vayo anupassanannam ... pancannam khandhnam -am passanto); Vism287,i5 (-am pahya); Sv30,i9 (suriyassa -ato); Dhp-all 270,6 (-am ca vyayam ca apassanto); Bv-a 45,28 (suriyassa tarunabhvo pana -am paticca vuccati, na hi candassa viya hnivuddhiyo atthi); 2. profit, advantage; result; Vin III 233,14 (kittakena te bhante kitni kittako -o bhavissati ti); A I 116,29 (ettakam mlam bhavissati, ettako -o ti); Niddl 386,5 (-am v patthayanto); Pj II 179,io (yam ito -am bhavissati tarn mayham mlam tav' eva bhavissati ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddayam); Th-all 128,26 (eso dhamme sucinne nisamso, -o ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udrayo ti); Mhv 66:118 (-0 esa mahato punfiakammuno); 3. the eastern mountain; Abh 606; cala, m, the eastern mountain (behind which the sun rises); Mhv 72:326 (udentam bhnumantam va dhrento -o); ' -atthagmi(n), mfn. [udaya + attha3 + gmi(n)], directed to rise and fall; relating to arising and passing away; MI 356,19 (-iniy pannya; Ps III 30,25: -iniy ti pancannam khandhnam udayavayagminiy udayam ca vayam ca pativijjhitum samatthya); A III 143,13; Patis-a 392,2i (-ini paM); -bbaya (and -vaya, -vyaya), m., rise and fall; arising and passing away; SI 46,25* (lokassa natv -am ca); A II 15,9* (samavekkhit ca dhammnam khandhnam -am); Dhp374 (sammasati khandhnam -am); Ud38,9*;

420

Pet 127,26 (~o); Vism 631,35 (evam paccayato c'eva khanato ca dvedh -am passato); Th-all 111,10 (kyassa ... tarn pabhanguratam ca manasikaroto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -am); dhammakatta,., abstr., the being subject to rise and fall; the being characterized by arising and passing away; Vism 578,9 (ettha avijj ~-dhammakatt dhuvabhvena... sunn); pativijjhana,n., comprehension of arising and passing away; It-al 154,29 (--pativijjhanena, Be, Ce so; Se udayavaya-; Ee wr udayabhaya-); va(t), mfn., subject to arising and passing away; Vism 632,13 (vanto hi sahkhata); 670,10 (vantanam); sa-udayabbaya, mfn.9 subject to arising and passing away; Ap 564,i (toyam ... natvsa-udayabbayam, Be, Se so; Cesa-udayamvayam; esa-udayamvyayam) quoted Thi-a 104,7*; sa-udaya, mfn., having a result; with a profit; Pj II 251,7 (-am mlam ganhanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sa-udrayam); Thi-a 113,27 (paccattapurisakro nma saphalo ~o); see also uddaya, udraya. udaya(t), mfn., part.pr. o/udeti qv. udayana, n. [ts], rise, rising (of the sun); Sv 95,13 (uggamanan ti -am); Bv-a 103,25 (suriyassa -am). udayanta, mfn., part.pr. o/udeti qv. udara, n. [ts], 1. belly, stomach; the interior, inside; womb; Abh271; Vin I 57,37 (~assa kran pabbajito); Dil 331,20 (s brhmani sattham gahetv... --am optesi); Sn716 (-e samyato siy); Ja I 308, is' (samne ~e jtatt); II 159,22 (sace hi amhkam -e hadayam bhaveyya); 111113,3 (-ena nipajji, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se urena); VI468,20 (-ni pretabbni); Mil 214,6 (-e asamyato mahrja pnam pi hanti adinnam pi diyati); Dhp-aIV 158,n (brhmaniy mtu santake -asmim sambhtam); As 404,14 (asukassa -am uddhumtan ti); Mhv 35:36 (sayimsu -ena); 37:114 (-e rogam dassetum); z/c.seeubbhsit-, n'-, n'--, n-, pd'--, pis-, bhuvan-; 2. a dome; Thp248,3 (cetiyam krento -ena saddhim caturassakotthakam nitthpesi); '-aggi, m., "the stomach fire", the digestive faculty; Vism259,24; Pv-a 33,19; vadehakam, ind., so as to make the belly big, so as to over-fill the stomach; D III 238,23 (yvadattham -am bhunjitv; Sv 1031,15: -an ti udarapram) * MI 102,3 * A III 222,25 (Mp III 307, is: -an ti udaram avadihitv upacinitv pretv); Th 935 (~am bhutv sayant' uttnaseyyak); -pra, mfn. and m.9 1. (mfn.) (i)filling the belly; Ja I 238,26 (~o hro); (ii) full of stomach; Sn 195 (kyo ... antapro ~o; Pj II 247,26: udarassa pro -o, udaran ti udariyass? etam adhivacanam); 2. (m.) filling the belly; Ja I 236,16 (yvadattham ~am katv paribhufiji); -pram, ind.9 so as to fill the belly; Sv 1031,is; Th-alll 78,26 (~am bhunjitv); ati -udara, n., too much of a belly; Ja IV 279,24 (tava udaram pana ~am); anudara, mfn., with a flat stomach; slim; Bv-a 207,9; (acchiddo ti appacchiddo, ~ kann ti disu viya datthabbam); Sadd 889,28 (~ kann); see also accodara, sa-udariya, sodariya. udariya, (mj)n. [S. udarya], what is in the stomach; the contents of the stomach; D i l 293,16 (... antagunam -am karisam ...) = MI 57,is = S IV 111,20 = Vibh 82,12

* Mil26,io; PatisI 7,i (-am abhinneyyam); Vism 258,23 (-an ti udare bhavam asitapitakhyitasyitam). udassaye, opt. 2 sg. [of *ud + 2 + sayati2; cfS. ucchrayati], you would raise, would elevate; Ja V 26,13* (yam ajja raijamhi ~e tuvam; 26,16': tvam -e usspesi, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ussaypesi, prob. wr). udgacchati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + gacchati], comes up towards; arises; Sv 288,2 (samudgacchati ti samantato -ati abhivaddhati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upagacchati). udjita, mfn. \pp o/*udjati or *udjeti (ud + 2 + ajati); cfS. udajati; see O. von Hinber, 1979b, pp. 819-22], driven out; scared (away); disciplined, trained; S IV 196.23 (yato bhikkhuno chasu phassyatanesu cittam -am hoti sdjitam, so read ? Be udujitam ... sudujitam; Ce, Se uduijitam ... sudujjitam; Ee ujujtam ... sammujujatam; Spk III 66,s: udujitan ti tajjitam, sudujitan ti sutajyitam, sujitan ti pi attho, udu sud ti idam pana niptamattam eva, Be, Se so; Ce udujjitan ti tajjitam, sudujjitan ti sutajjitam jtam, sujjitan ti pi attho ...; Ee udajjitan ti tajjitam sudajjitan ti sutajjitam samuttajjitam jtam sikkhitan ti pi attho, udas ti niptamattam); Patis I 162.24 (imni attha paripanthe iinni attha ca upakre finni, imehi solasehi krehi -am cittam samudjitam cittam ekatte santitthati nivaranehi visujjhati, so read ? Be, Ce uducitam cittam samuducitam; Ee uddhatam cittam samuducittam; Se udupitacittam samudupitacittam; Patis-a469,8yb//.: uducitam cittam samuducitan ti upacrabhmiyam cittam uddham citam samm uddham citam uparpari kataparicayam samm uparpari kataparicayan ti attho, udujitam cittam samudujitan ti pi ptho, uparibhvya jitam uparibhvakarehi v nnehi jitarn udujitam... imasmim pthe u du iti dve dve upasagg honti, -am cittam samudjitan ti pi ptho, etthpi jitattho yeva, ud ti idam pana niptamattam ev ti vadanti, vinopamatthakathya [ie Spk III 66 above] tajjitam sutajjitan ti ca attho vutto, so idha na yujjati, Ce so; Ee udutam cittam samuducittan ti...; Be, Se ...cittam uddham ucitam samm uddham ucitam ... urjitam cittam sammrujitan ti pi ptho ... ur ar ti idam pana niptamattam eva...). udna, m.n. [BHS id.] 1. (m.n.) a joyful or inspired utterance (often in verse); Vin I 2,2 (bhagav ... imam -am udnesi: yad have ptubhavanti dhamm tpino jhyato brhmanassa...); IV 54,15 (imam -am punappunam abhsi); D III 218,23 (te kadci karahaci -am udnenti aho sukham aho sukhan ti); MI 177,34 (tikkhattum -am udnesi; Ps II 198,23: yam pitimayavacanam hadayam gahetum na sakkoti adhikam hutv anto asanthahitv bahi nikkhamati tarn -an ti vuccati, evarpam pitimayavacanam nicchresi ti attho); Ud9,9 (ayam pi -0 vutto bhagavat, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se omits); Ja I 60,29 (Kisgotami... bodhisattassa rpasirim disv pitisomanassajt imam -am udnesi: nibbut nna s mt...); 61,30 (upaddutam vata bho upassattham vata bho ti-am pavatti); IV 118,5 (ranno kme garahantassa -am sutv); Ud-a2,24 (yebhuyyena hi -am gthbandhavasena bhsitam pitisomanassasamutthpitam ca); 31,i6 (yni -ni bhagavat bhikkhnam sammukh bhsitni); Saddh514 (aho dnan ti bahuso -am abbhudirayam);

421

Sadd921,8 (mattbhedo tva... anudno -o udaggo anudaggo ...); 2. (joyfully) uttering, I Sv 441,29 (devatnam ... apphotandihi kilanam buddhabhvam patv -am -assa pubbanimittam) = PsIV 188,19 * Bv-a 81,36 (udnudnassa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee udnuddnassa); 3. (n.) the narrte of one of the nine categories (ahgpis) of the scriptures; one of the collections making up the Khuddakanikya of the Pali Canon; Vin III 8,7 (suttam geyyam veyyakaranam gth -am itivuttakam jtakam abbhutadhammam vedallam) * MI 133,24 * AIV 113,15 (MpIII 6,4: somanassannamayikagthpatisamyutt dve-aslti suttant ~on ti veditabbam) * Vibh 294,23 * Pet 5,is * Mil 263,2; Nidd I 143,29 (suttam... -am itivuttakam... vedallam idam pariyattisasanam); Pj I 12,7 (khuddakaptho dhammapadam -am itivuttakam suttanipto ... khuddakanikyo); Ud-a4,io (etam - a m . . . tisu pitakesu suttantapitakapariypannam ... pancasu nikyesu khuddakanikyapariypannam ... navasu ssanangesu udnasangaham); Vism 380,25 (vatthu pana -e gatam eva); udna in Ee at Vin V 116,3*, in Ee, Se at Ja VI 37,26, 38,6, 41,n, in Ee at Vism 663,12, and in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 181,12 is prob, wr for uddana qv; 0, -atthakath,/, the commentary on the Udna; Th-al 36,19 (vitthro pana paramatthadipaniy -ya itivuttakatthakathya ca vuttanayen' eva veditabbo). udnana, n. [from udneti], joyfully uttering; Ud-a 2,11 (ken* atthena udnam, 0,-atthena, kim idam -am nma pitivegasamutthpito udhro, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udnatthena kim idam udnam nma) = Sadd 3 82,2 \foll; Ud-a 389,28 (-am nma... dhammapatigghakanirapekkho udhro, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udnam nma). udneti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from udna; BHS udnayati], utters an udna; makes a joyful utterance; Vin II 183,26 (abhikkhanam udnam -eti); A III 202,14 (te kadci karahaci udnam -enti aho sukham aho sukhan ti); Ap-a 502,3i (udnam -ento vicarati, attano rajjasukham rabbha -eti marine ti); part.pr. (a)udnenta, m/(-enti)n., Ud 18,26 (udnam -entassa); Ja IV 270,H; Thi-a7,3 (then -enti tarn eva gtham abhsi); (b) udnaya(t), mfn., Mhv 19:29 (-ayam); aor. 3 sg. udnesi, D II 89,25 (imam udnam -esi); M I 508,29; SI 20,8; Ud 1,19 (bhagav etam attham viditv tyam velyam imam udnam -esi; Ud-a44,8foil.: attamanavcam nicchresl ti vuttam hoti); Ja VI 45,28 (tihi gthhi udnam -esi); Vism 42,24; absol. udnetv, Ja 1267,30; Spkll 89,33; Mhv 27:8; udnetv in Ee at Cp-a 108,27 is wr for uddnetv #v; pp udnita, mfn., uttered; Dhp-alV 55,16; Ud-a 314,17 (bhagavata udne -e). udpatv, see sv uppatati. udyatthiko in Ee at MpIII \S0>ifoll. is wr for udayatthiko (Be, Ce, Se so). udyati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/udeti qv. udra, mfn. [ts], noble, generous; great; proper; eloquent; Bv-a 120,13* (pitim -am vindati data, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ulram); Dth4:15 (vacanam -am); -purisa, m., a generous, liberal man; Ud-a 363,16 (appam yacito bahum dadamno -o viya, Ce, Ee so; Be,

Se ulra-; * Pj 1131,27: eds ulra-); see also ulra. udvatta, udvattam, udvattitv, ind. [absol. of *ud + vattati], turning round; turning back; JaV 158,7* (tarn udvatta kalyni palissaji susobhan, Be, Ce, Se so; ise udvattam; 158,24: tarn isim udvattitv nivattitv ... palissaji ti lingi). udsi(n), mfn. [S. udsin], indifferent; disregarding; It-al 91,13 (vippakre -ino honti, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se udsin). udsina, udsina, mfn. and m. [S. udsina], indifferent, disregarding; a neutral; Vism 656,6 (bhayam ca nandim ca vippahya sankhresu ~o hoti majjhatto, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udsino); Ps I 300,9 (tesu dvisu pi vatthsu majjhatto -o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udsino) = Vibh-a 286,5; 1h -a 1101,8 (mitto - 0 paccatthiko, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce mitto udhu no paccatthiko) = Ap-a 334,5 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udsino); As 129,14 (sakapakkhesu ... parapakkhesu ... -pakkhesu); Vibh-a 378,30 (manpatya -t na santhti); Mhv 65:35 (~o bhave yadi). udhata, mfn., pp o/udharati qv. udharana, n. [ts], example, instance; illustration; A b h l l 5 ; Ja VI 236,24' (Sriputtattherdihi ca sugatim nitnam vasena -ni haritabbni); 452,17 (-am haranto); Mil 345,10 (bhikkh navangam buddhavacanam ... hetuto ca -ato ca vcenti); Th-a III 39,16 (bhiyyo kmapatthanya -am dassento); Sadd 312,23 (purimni yeva -ni yuttni); ifc see kim- .yv ka3. udharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udharati], utters; declares, announces; recites, quotes, cites; Vin I 174,19 (bhikkhu tadahu pavranya sanghamajjhe -eyya); D II 99,27 (na tva bhagav parinibbyissati na yva bhagav bhikkhusangham rabbha kincid eva -ati); 100,11 (-issati); AII189,15 (ayam yasm na c' eva gambhiram atthapadam -ati); Sn 389 (dhammam panitam tarn -eyya); Jal 455,8 (asim upasinghitv asilakkhanam -ati); Vism 596,17 (imam upamam -anti); As 30,n (na hi sakk... paravdin sahadhammikam udhram -itum); Sadd 627,4 (cariy pana ... pindya caritun ti -anti); part.pr. udharanta, mfn., Ja III289,13 (pathamam padarn -antassa); Th-a III 104,37 (satthram attnam ca -anto); aor. 3 sg. (a) udhari, Ap 64,14 (aniccattam -i); Spk I 60,2i (udnam udnesi ti udhram -i); Mhv 23:97; (b) udhsi, Ja II 325,1; 3 pl. udharimsu, Ja II 418,9; absol. udharitv, Ja II 66,17; Dhp-aIII 265,23; pass. 3 sg. udhariyati, Vism 481,15 (sappati tisaddo, -iyati ti attho) = Vibh-a 45,12; It-a 123,6; pp (a) udhata, mfn. [S. udhrta], uttered; declared; quoted, cited; Pp 41,24 (yassa puggalassa sahavelya dhammbhisamayo hoti); MpIII 299,8 (bhagavata ca evam etad eva kranam rabbha -e); Sadd 67,23* (n* attano matiy etam nibbacanam -am); 336,19; (b) udharita, mfn., id.; Sadd 462,3 (udharitapadass' atthabhvato); fpp udharitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 170,20 (sanghamajjhe-am, suntu me bhante sangho ...); Th-a II 107,14 (knakacchappamasuttam ettha -am). udhra, m. [cf S. lex. udhra], utterance; Sv 140,28 (udnam udnesi ti -am udhari); Ud-a 2,19 (patigghakanirapekkho -viseso udnan ti vuccati) = Sadd 383,1; Ud-a389,28 (udnanam nma... dhammapatigghaka-

422

nirapekkho ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udnam nma); As 30,14 (na hi sakk evam vutte paravdin sahadhammikam ~am udharitum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udharanam); Pp-a 223,2 (saha udhatavely ti ~e udhatamatte yeva). udhraka, m. [udhra + ka2], a speaker; a reciter; Ja I 355,22 (gthya -panditamanusso, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udharanaka-). udhsi, aor. 3 sg. o/udaharati qv. udhu, ind. [uda2 + *hu4; cf aho3, and S. utho], (an interrogative particle, introducing the second part of a double question or the third part of a triple question): or; Abhll38; Vinll 123,3I (namatakam adhitthtabbam nu kho udhu vikappetabban ti); 247, I 3 (klo nu kho imam attdnam dtum udhu no ti); D I 157,16 (kin nu kho... tarn jivam tarn sariram udhu annam jivam annam sariran ti); MI 64,26 (kim pan' vuso eknitth udhu puth nitth ti); SI 110,22* (mandiy nu sesi udhu kveyyamatto); Sn 599 (jy brhmano hoti udhu bhavati kamman); 1075 (attharigato so uda v so n' atthi udhu ve sassatiy arogo); Vv 84:20 (devo nu si udav si yakkho udahu devindo manussabhto); Ja I 20, I (kim uddham udhu adho); 395,16 (lacchmi nu kho aham ... rajjarn udhu no ti); VI 549, I* (manusso udhu yakkho); Mil 194, is (ye me mtpitaro te khattiy udhu brhman ti); Vism 313,2 (ayam nu kho maggo udhu ayan ti); Ps II 369,19 (kim tuyham silena hiatthnam atthi udhu viriyena udhu pannya); Mp V 85,12 (kim pan' idam suttam nitattham udhu neyyatthan ti). udi [artificial form used to explain ekodi qv], raising; Vism 156,25 (sampayuttadhamme udyati tiudi, utthpeti ti attho, setthatthena eko ca so udi ca ti ekodi) = Sp 148,3 = As 169,26; Sadd 315,21 (udi ekodi). udikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udiksate], looks at, sees; looks on; looks to; looks for, watches for; Th 1213 (tath maccu karissmi na me maggam ~asi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce pi dakkhasi; = SI 186,4*: Be, Ee Se pi dakkhasi; Ce pi dakkhisi); ThI380 (yam disv vimano ~asi); JaV 71,12* (rodanto mam ~ati); 330,9* (mamam katv ~au* drakam appajnantam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits ~ati); VI296,6* (bhattram yev' ~eyya); 299,5* (putte ca me ~esi, opt.2sg.l 299, lr: tvam eva olokeyysi); 549,3* (niyamne piscena kinnu tta ~asi; 549,28': ~asi ti ajjhupekkhasi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee majjhattam pekkhasi); Mil 338,27* (manimldharam gehajano smim ~ati); Sp 91,24 (mayham gamanam ~ati); Ps IV 137,26 (gamessmi ti ~issmi); 3 pi. Atm. udiccare, Vin I 25,28* (ubhinnam sajotibhtnam agygram udiccare jatil, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be {better ?) udicchare) quoted Ap-a 549,26* {Ee so; Be, Se udicchare; Ce omits); part.pr. (a)udikkha(t), mfn., Ja IV 383,8* (antalikkhasmim pakkmi brhmannam ~atam); (b) udikkhanta, m/(~anti>i., Ja VI 551,18* (tni amm ~anti" sokam pativinessati); Spkl 296,11 (cariyam -anto titthati); Th-a III 94, H (panham pucchitum oksam -anto, Ce so; Ee wr ~ento; Be, Se yasmantam -anto) = Ap-a 210,36 {eds yasmantam ~anto); Cp-a 106,28; (c)udikkhamna,mfit., JaV 182,23*; Vism303,26 (assupunnehi nettehi tarn purisam -amno); 312,18 (samuddatire nvam ~amno ekamsam vasi); Mp I

326,11; aor. 1 sg. udikkhisam, Th268 (pindikya pavittho 'ham gacchanto nam -isam); Vv 81:21 (gacchantam ca mahvlram rudamno ~isam; Vv-a316,2o: ~isan ti ullokesim, Ee so; Ce, Be, Se olokesim); 3pi. udikkhimsu, JaV 309,30*; absol. (a)udikkhitv, Mhv 35:63; (b) udikkhiya, Dth 2:109. udikkhana, n. [S. lex. udiksana], looking for; waiting; Vism 706,30 (sanghassa patimnanam ~am) * Patis-a320,22. udikkhita(r), m. [from udikkhati], one who looks at, who watches; DIU 167,io(piyacakkhunbahujanam ~). udicca 1 , mfn. [cf S. udicya], (northern; of northern descent, ie) of noble birth, high-born; Th 889 (brahmajacco pure sim ~o ubhato ahum; Th-a III 64,3: ~o ubhato ti mtito ca pitito ca ubhato udito samsuddhagahaniko); Mil 236,6 (abhijtam -am jtivantam ... brhmanam); Th-a II 180,29 (aham -e brhmanakule nibbatto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uditodite); -brahmana, m., a high-born brahman; Jail 83,i; Th-a 1187,17. udicca 2 , absol o/udeti qv. udiccare, Atm. pr. 3 pi. of udikkhati qv. udita1, mfn., pp o/udeti qv. udita2, mfn., pp o/vadati qv. udiyati, pr. 3 sg. [= udeti ? or cf S. udiyarti ?], rises; ? Ap-a 547,14 (sam sutthu udiyati khobhiyati pasodhiyati ghosanam karonto luliyati ti samuddo). udiyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/udireti qv. udissa in Ee at Ud-a85,i9 and 105,10 is wr for uddissa {Be, Ce,Seso). udissatha in Ce, Ee at Pv 26:4 is prob, wr; read petassa dissatha with Be, Se. udici, / [ts], the north; Abh 29. udiyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/udireti qv. udiyi, see sv udriyati. udirana, n., ~, / [S. udirana], speaking; utterance; Abh 106 (~am); Ja V 237,12* (~ ce sarigaty bhvya-manuvattati; 237,19': ~ ti kath); Dhs 637 (vc gir vyappatho ~am ghoso ...); Vism 441,31 (tadabhilpe tassa bhsane ~e); Sadd 362,1 (bhsanam ~am); Ap-a 114,2 (es kath ... ~); ifc see gira-m- sv gir. udireti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + iriyati; S. udirayati], causes to appear; rouses; raises one's voice; utters, speaks; Dhp408 (vinnpanim giram saccam ~aye) = Sn 632; Vv 34:25 (dhammam ~ayanti); JaV 367,3* (addhumatto -esi); 394,15* (ko kalaham -aye; 394,20': -eyya vaddheyya); VI21,21* (~ayantu sankhapanav; 22,r: ndam muncantu); As 324,33 (~ayati ti udiranam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udiriyati ti); part.pr. (a) udiraya(t), m/h., Ap249,2o (vcsabhim ~ayam); (b) udirayanta, mfn., It 80,4* (dhammam -ayant); aor. 3sg. (a)udiresi, JaV 394,4'; (katham ~esi); Ap 466,12 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~ayi); (b) udirayi, S I 190,17* (patibhnam-ayi; Spkl 27'6,12foil.: samuddato miyo viyaanantam patibhnam utthahati)= Th 1232 {Ce ~ayi; Be, Se udiyyati; Ee udiyyati); JaV 393,19*; Mhv 5:141; 3pi. udirayum, Cp 1:9:33 (te tattha amhe passitv karunam giram ~ayum); absol. (a)udiriya, Mhv 18:35; (b) udirayitv, Mhbv 29,17 {so read with vl;

423

Ee wr udiriyitv); pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) udiyyati, Th 1232 (patibhnam udiyyati, Be, Se so; Ee udiyyati; Ce ~ayi; * SI 190,n*, eds ~ayi; 1h-aIII 194,is: udiyyati ti kathetukamyatya sati samuddato viciyo viya uparupari anantam patibhnam utthahati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -ayi ti); (b) udiriyati, As 324,33 (-iyatl ti udiranam, Be so; Se -iyati ti; Ce, Ee -ayati ti); Sadd 543,3 (-iyati abhilapiyati ti attho); pp udirita, mfn. [ts], stirred up, excited; arisen; uttered, spoken; Abh 755; It 32,13* (khemo vitakko pathamo -o); Ja I 472, 13* (khemam yahim tattha ari -o; 472,18': sapatto utthito); V 394,26* (t Naradena paramappakopit -); Vism 441,32 (tarn bhsitam lapitam -am sutv); Sadd 60,22* (yad lapati tarn vatthum mantanam -am). udukannam in Ee at Bv-a 210,24: read suvipulamudukannam. udukkalik in Ee at Ap-a222,25 is wr for udukkhalik (Be, Ce,Seso). udukkhala, m.n. [S. udkhala, ulkhala, n.] a mortar; a cavity, a socket (for a door-post or pillar); VinUI 6,26 (patthapatthapulakam... ~Q kottetv kottetv paribhunjanti); Ud 69,5 (yehi... jaccandhehi hatthissa ... pitthi ditth te evam hamsu ediso deva hatthi seyyath pi -o ti); Thi 11 (~ena musalena); Ja VI 335,27' (piyangupattni... ~e kottpetv); Ap 552,7 (bhumim -am katv ... Sinerum musalam katv); Vism 354,10 (na ~a jnanti amhesu thambh thit ti) = Vibh-a58,6 (-ni); Sp 282,1 (dvrassa -am v uttarapsako v bhinno hoti); 1043,2 (-am v khanitv); Mhv30:9 (~e kottayitv); Sadd 876,13 (uddham mukham ass ti -am); see also dantodukkhalika. udukkhalaka, n. [udukkhala + ka2; cf S. ulkhalaka], a socket (for a post); ifc see psna-. udukkhalik, m. [udukkhala + ika], who eats food ground in a mortar (a class of ascetics); Ap-a222,25 (ekacce ~a udukkhalehi kottetv khdanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr udukkalik); see also dantodukkhalika. udukkhalik,/ [udukkhala + ika], a socket; Vin II120,16 (anujnmi bhikkhave ... pitthasanghtam -am uttarapsakam . . . ) * 148,H. udughoraphalakam in Ee at Bv-a 279,3 is wr for udumbaraphalakam (Be, Ce, Se so). udujita, see sv udajita. uduta, see sv udjita. udumano in Ee at D i l i 167,9 and 168,12* is wr for ujjumano (Be, Ce, Se ujumano, unmetrical). udumbara, m.n. [S. udumbara, udumbara], l.(m.) the (glomerate) fig-tree, Ficus glomerata; Abh 551; Vin IV 35,4 (... pilakkho - o kacchako ... etam khandhabijam nma); D U 4,13 (Kongamano ... bhagav... -assa mle abhisambuddho); Sn 5 (vicinam puppham iva -esu); Ja II 160,10* (varam mayham ~o); Niddl 409,24 (yath ~o asro nissro); Pj II 19,2i (-puppham nma brhmana loke n' atthi); Sadd 756,30 (sasavisnam 0 -puppham vanjhputto); 2. (m.n.) the fruit of the (glomerate) fig-tree; a fig; Ja VI 347,27 (~ni khdi); 529,23* (pakk c'-); MpIV 138, ig (~ni khditukmena); -khdik, / , the eating of figs; ~am, in the way of eating figs; A IV 283,3 (~am vyam

kulaputto bhoge khdati ti, Ce, Ee so; Be Se -khdi; MpIV 138,20foil: [udumbarni] khditabbayuttakni khditv itarni bahutarni pahya gacchati) * 324,7 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -khdi); see also odumbaia, odumbaraka. udumbaraka, m. [udumbara + ka2], the (glomerate) figtree; Ap 346,2i (~ bahavo). udumbarika, mfn.y see sv odumbaraka. udeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + eti1; S. udeti], goes up, rises; increases; arises; SHI 202,7 (na candimasriy -enti v apenti v); A I 126,3* (settham upanamam -eti khippam); Ja III 154,6* (~eti prati veti cando); Ap 519,22 (yva -eti suriyo); Vism 631,21 (evam pi rpam -eti evam pi rupam veti ti); Sadd 321,4/0//.; part.pr. (a) udenta, mfn., JaV 396,18' (-entam suriyam namassamnassa thitassa); VI448,10* (-entam arunuggamhi Upakrim upgami; 448,15': -entan ti-ente); Ap 470,7 (-entam va pabhankaram); (b) udaya(t), mfn., S V 29,28 (-ayato); Ja VI 123,17* (yath -ayam dicco hoti lohitako mah); (c) udayanta, mfn., Vv 78:7 (-ayanto va bhnum); Ap 260,7; absol udicca2, Ja IV 32,2i* (yo tarn adatthi patar udicca, Ee so; Be, Ce bilar; Se bilr uddhacca; 32,26': udicc ti uddham thatv, vammikabilato utthy ti attho, Ce so; Be udicc ti utthahitv; Se uddhacc ti uddharitv; Ee udicc ti uddham natv... utthito ti attho) quoted Cp -a 247,27* (patar udicca, eds so; 248,9: udicc ti uddham gantv, vammikabilato utthahitv ti attho); udicc ti in Ee at As 169,27 is wr for udi ca ti; pp udita1, mfn. [ts], risen; high, elevated; Abh 1075 (vutte -am uggate); Ap 468,8; Dip 15:52 (suriyo -0 yath); Bv-a 36,20 (uggato ti -0); -odita, mfn., very high; very elevated; Mil 222,13 (lokanyakam -ditam); Bv-a257,7 (-ditam bhagavato pitukulam); neg. anudita, mfn., Saddh 14 (buddhdicce anudite); caus. pr. 3 sg. udyati, Vism 156,25 (sampayuttadhamme -afi ti udi, utthpetiti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Seudayati ti)= Sp 148,3 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udayati ti) = As 169,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee udayati ti); Sadd315,i8 (kante -afi ti); udyissati in Ee at Sv 266,15 is wr for udriyissati qv sv udriyati. udda1, m. [S. udra], a fish-eating animal; an otter; Ja III 51,26 (tayo sahy ahesurn makkato siglo - o ti); 335,28* (jin - vivdena); Dhp-aIII 141,3 (dve - mahantam rohitamaccham labhitv); -pota, m, a young otter; Cp 1:10:2 (makkato ca siglo ca -o c' aham tad, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se suttapoto; Cp-a 102,28: -0 ca ti-o ca, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se suttapoto ca ti -o ca); Cp -a 103,30 (-0 pto va gocaram pariyesissmi ti naditiram gato). udda2, n. [cf S. anudra, udrin], water; D II 14,25 (yad bodhisatto mtu kucchism nikkhamati visado va nikkhamati amakkhito -ena amakkhito semhena...; Sv438,i: -en ti udakena; Sv-ptH 36,2o: gabbhsayagatena udakena) = M III 122,34. udda-ekantalomi, mfn. [for uddalomi + ekantalomi qqv], with uddalomi and ekantalomi coverings; Ap 526,4 (-1 ca pallank me susanthit, Be, Ce so; Se uddham ekantalomi ca; Ee uddham ekantalomi ca pallanko me susanthato) quoted Thi-a 53,12* (Ce so; Be, Ee uddhaekantalomi; Se uddham ekantalomi).

424

uddaggamanaso in Ee at Ap 388,9 is wr for udaggamanaso (Be, Ce, Se so). uddantfa, (uttanda, utanda), m. [? see O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 24-25], a kind of dwelling or hut; Niddl 67,16 (~ nikkhamissmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddhanh; Nidd-al 197,28: ~o nma eko patissayaviseso, tichadanageho ti pi eke); 226,25 (~e vasati) quoted Vism 25,32 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttande; Vism-mht[2te] I 53,8foil: ~o agabbhik ekadvr dighasl ti vadanti apare pana vadanti... ~o eko patissayaviseso yo bhandasl udositan ti pi vuccati; Se uttando... uddositan ti pi) and Vibh-a481,i2 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttande); Niddl 374,M (~ato ~am gacchati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utandato utandam); Nidd II 97,23 (~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utand); see also uddosita. uddaya, m.n. [originally mc for udaya? see O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 25-26], result; advantage, profit; Vv 84:7 (dhanatthik ~am patthayn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udayam; Vv-a 337,6: ~an ti nisamsam atirekalbham) * 84:37; Mp II 188,23 (ettako ~o bhavissati, ettikvaddhitiattho, Ce, Ee so; Be, A I 116,29 udayo; Se udrayo); Pj II179,10 (yam ito ~am bhavissati tarn mayham mlam tav' eva bhavissati ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se udayam); 251,6 (ettakena gahite ettako ~o bhavissati ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se udayo); ifc see kamath'-; see also udaya, udraya. uddalomi(n) or uddalomi, (or uddhalomi(n) or ~i), / (or m.\ (a bed with) a kind of rug or covering; Abh313 (dvedasek dasny uddalomi-ekantalomino); VinI 192,7 (uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti seyyath' idam sandim ... tlikam vikatikam uddhalomim ekantalomim ...,edsso; Sp 1086,io: uddhalomi tiekato uggatalomam unnmayattharanam, uddhamlomi ti pi ptho, Ee, Se so; Be uddalomi ti... uddhalomi ti pi; Ce uddalomi ti... uddaloman ti pi) * D17,9 (~im ekantalomim, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se uddhalomim; Sv87,s: ~i ti ubhatodasam unnmayattharanam, keci ekato uggatapupphan ti vadanti, ekantalomi ti ekatodasam ... ubhato uggatapupphan ti pi vadanti,Be, Ee, Se so; Ce M ti... ubhato uggatapupphan ti... ekantalomi ti... ekato uggatapupphan ti) * A1181,22 (~i, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddhalomi). uddalomik, / , ~a, n. (or uddhalomik, ~a) [= uddalomi(n) qv], (a bed with) a kind of rug or covering; Vin-vn2659 (ekantalomim vikatim tlikam -am... akappiyam idam sabbam); uddalomikaekanta, mfn., with uddalomi and ekantalomi coverings; ? Ap 442,16 (mahraham ca sayanam tlikvikatiyutam uddalomika-ekantam bimbohanasamyutam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se uddhalomika-). uddasseti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + dasseti; cfS. ud^drS], shows oneself (to), goes to see; Mil 61,14 (1001131^ aham bhante matapitaro -etum); aor. 3 sg. (a) uddassesi, A IV 66,4 (so me ten' eva purimena attabhvena ~esi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~eti); (b) uddassayi, Pv 27:13 (tato ~ayi bht vannav balav sukhi, Be so; Ce uddisayi; Ee, Se uddissati; Pv-a 184,22: attnam dassesi); absol. uddassetv, D II 321,24 (yvham tesam -tv gacchmiti, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se uddisitv; Sv 809,22 foil.: tesam attnam ca patismitabhandakam ca dassetv,

sampaticchpetv ti attho); fpp uddassetabba, mfn., MII 60,12 (pabbajitena ca pana mtpitaro ~etabb; Ps III 293,19foil.: yath tarn klena klam passanti evam gantv attnam dassetabb); see also uddissati2. uddna, n. [cf S., BHS uddna], fastening together, stringing together; a collection strung together, a bundle; Abh 354 (~am tu ca bandhanam); Dhp-a II 132,9 (ime macche gahetv pdagghanakni addhagghanakni kahpanagghanakni ~ni karohi ti); ifc see macch' -; esp. a summary, a list of names or titles (in verse); a list of subjects (given at the end of a vagga); Vin I 136,36* (ete vibhatt ~ vatthuvibhtakran); III 186,24 (terasakam nitthitam, tass* ~am); AII 12,25 (vaggo pathamo, tatr' ~am bhavati); Sn/?. 38,13 (uragavaggo pathamo, tass" ~am); Ja VI 37,26 (tesam no nidhinam ~arn kathethti, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se udnam, prob, wr); Patis II 91,13 (tassa vaggassa ~am bhavati, Ce, Seso; Ee udnam; Be tass* ~am); Nett 2,28; Mil 374,7; Vism 663,12 (tsarn idam ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee udnam, prob, wr); Cp -a 181,12 (Hatthingo Bhridatto ti din -vasena sarigahetv dassit nava cariy, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee udna-); ato, as to main headings; in brief; A I 300,2; Nidd I 1,10 (~ato dve km vatthukm ca kilesakm ca) = As 62,i. uddnetv, ind. [absol. of denom. from uddna], summarising in an uddna; Cp-a 108,27 (idni Akittibrhmano ti din yathvutte dasa pi cariyvisese uddnetv nigameti, so read ? eds udnetv). uddpa, m. [cfS. udvpa, udvapati], the foundation of a wall; the mound (on which a surrounding wall is raised); Abh 203 (~o upakrik); Mp V 64,18 (majjhimadese nagarassa '-dini thirni v honti, Ce, Ee so; Be uddhpdini; Se uddlapkrdini); Th-aII 275,16 (paccantanagaram ... -parikhdini thirni karontehi) ^ Dhp-a III 488,16 (attla-uddpaparikhdini, so read for Ce, Ee -uddma- ? Be, Se attlakaparikhdini); ifc see dalh'-; -va(t), mfn., having a (surrounding) mound; Sil 106,2 (passeyya purnam nagaram... pokkharanisampannam -vantam, Ee, Se so; Be uddhpa-; Ce uddapam; Spk II 116, lofoll.: pato uggatt uddpan ti laddhavohrena pkravatthun samanngatam, Ce, Ee so; Be uddhpan ti; Se udpagatan ti); Ja VI 536,3* ( -vantam ullulitam, Ce so; Be uddpavattam; Ee, Se uddhpavattam; 536,18' foil.: tarn udakam tiramariydabandhanam vthatam ullulitam hutv titthati); -sampanna, mfn., provided with a mound; Ja VI 276,1* (purarn ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be uddhpa-; Se attla-; 276,5: pkravatthun sampannam). uddma, mfn. [ts], unbound; unrestrained; violent, fiery, proud; Dhp-a III 47,6 (mangalasso ~o hutv tarn tarn bhittim pahari); Mhv 67:2 (~o mahiso bhimo); 70:251 (~ te nardham); uddma in cpd in Ce, Ee at Dhp-a III 488,16 is wr, possibly for uddpa qv; -bhukan4tippasama, m., abatement of violent itching in the arms; Mhv 67:14. uddra, see sv uddrak. uddrak, / [?], a certain animal; JaV 416,20* (in cpd: -dipi-acchataraccha-uddrakkadalimiga-, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -uddra-; 418, lr: uddr ti uddamiga, Ce so; Be, Se

425

uddr ti udd; Ee uddr ti upadramig, prob, wr; c/Ap-a 536,13*: dipi acch taracch ca tudar varuna ?). uddla, m. [ts], a kind of tree, prob. Cassia fistula, the pudding-pipe tree; Abh 552 (-0); 1003; JaIV 298,8 (ayam vtaghtarukkho ~o nma, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddlako). uddlaka, m. [ts], a kind of tree, prob. Cassia fistula, the pudding-pipe tree; its flower; Vv 6:7 (~ ptaliyo ca phull; Vv-a 43,16: ~ti vtaghtak ye rjarukkh ti pi vuccanti) * Ja IV 466,7*; Ja VI 530,3* (~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr uddhlak; 531,6': uddhlak ti pitapupphavann rjarukkh nma, Se so; Be ~ ti uddlarukkh; Ce, Ee omit); Ap 16,7 (~ ca kutaj); 225,17 (~am gahetv; Ap-a468,29: uddlakapuppham ocinitv). uddlanaka, mfn. [from caus. of *ud + dalati; cfS. uddlana], (of [the expiation of] an offence): entailing tearing off; entailing tearing apart; Vin IV 169,30 (yo pana bhikkhu maficam v pitham v tlonaddham krpeyya, ~am pcittiyam; 170,4: ~etv pcittiyam desetabbam); V 146,25 (ekarn bhedanakam ekam~am); Sp 1349,i; Kkh 142,14. uddlayitv, ind. [caus. absol. of *ud + dalati; cfS. udVdal], tearing apart, splitting; Samantak 569; see also uddlita, uddletv. uddlita, mfn. [caus. pp of *ud + dalati; cf S. udVdal], torn off; -camma, mfn., with skin torn off; Spkll 111,15 (niccamm ti khurato patthya yva singaml sakalasarirato ~); see also uddlayitv, uddletv. uddlitv, see sv uddletv. uddletv, uddlitv, ind. [caus. absol. o/*ud + dalati; cfS. ud^J'dal], tearing off; tearing apart; Vin IV 170,4 (patilbhena ~etv pcittiyam desetabbam); S IV 178,8 (yadyam kummo ... angam abhininnmessati tattheva nam gahetv ~itv khdissmi ti, eds so); Ps I 212,33 (givato yva khur tva cammam ~etv); Kkh 142,18 (~etv); see also uddlayitv, uddlita. uddiftha, mfn., pp o/uddisati qv. uddiyati, see sv udriyati. uddiy in Ee at Ja IV 353,10' is wr for uddiyn (Ce so; Be uddiyni). uddiyn, mfn. [cf S. Udyna], belonging to, coming from Swat; Ja IV 352,15* (s [skh] ca chinn pagghari ... ksikni ca vatthni ~e ca kambale, Ce, Ee so; Be~ cakambal; Seuttiynevakambal; 353,10: -anma kambal atthi, Ce so; Be ~ni; Ee wr uddiy; Se uttiynan nma). uddisati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. uddisati], 1. points to; points out, designates; specifies; assigns (to, gen.); looks to, refers to (as a teacher); Vin II 75,1 (sanghassa sensanam ca pannpeyyam bhattni ca ~eyyan ti); MI 265,23 (api nu tumhe... annam satthram ~eyyth ti); Dhp 353 (sayam abhinnya kam ~eyyam; Dhp-a IV 72,22: ayam me upajjhyo v cariyo v ti kam nma ~eyyan ti); Pv 14:6 (datvna ~hi me); Ap 242,16 (ime mam ~issanti buddha lokagganyak, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddisiyanti); Mil 94,33 (jivitahetu pi na annam satthram ~ati); Pv-a21,io (manuss... dnam datv ~anti idam no fitinam hot ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissanti); 21,18 (buddhassa dnam datv tumhkam ~issati tad

labhissath ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissati); 2. declares, recites; expounds; expounds briefly or in general terms; Vin I 104,22 (bhikkh... devasikam ptimokkkham -anti... yo ~eyya ...); D II 49,2i (Vipassi bhagav ... evam ptimokkham ~ati); Ud 52,30 (-atu bhante bhagav bhikkhnam ptimokkhan ti); Mil 263,1 (kissa pana ime bhikkh -anti paripucchanti suttam geyyam ...); Sv 960,21 (~atubhante bhagav bhikkhnam ptimokkhan ti, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr uddissatu); Dhp-a I 382,12 (geham gantv tsam dhammam -ath ti); part.pr. uddisanta, mfn., Vin II 169,1 (navakena bhikkhun ~antena); Mil 367,27(-antenapi'-pentena pi); Vism 75,15; neg. anuddisanta, mfn., Ud-a298,16; aor. 3 sg. uddisi, Vism 96,5 (dhtukatham ~i); Pv-a 22,M (na tarn dnam kassaci ~i); Bv-a 136,25; 3 pi. uddisimsu, Vin I 129,2; inf. uddisitum, Vin I 104,26 (anujnmi bhikkhave uposathe ptimokkham ~itun ti); Sil 219,22 (nbhijnmi annam satthram -itum annatra tena bhagavat, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddisit; Spkll 179,15: thapetv bhagavantam annam mayham satth ti evam ~itum na jnmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddisitam); absol. (a) uddissa [S. uddisya], indicating, signifying (silently); looking to (as a teacher); designating; with reference to, for the sake of, in the name of; in the direction of; Vin I 40,2 (kam si tvam vuso uddissa pabbajito ko v te satth); III 221,15 (bhikkhum pan' eva uddissa rj... civaracetpanam pahineyya; 222,9: uddiss ti bhikkhuss' atthya); 221,37 (tunhibhtena uddissa thtabbam); D I 142,7 (spateyyam devam yeva uddissa bhatam); III 2,24 (na dnham bhante bhagavantam uddissa viharissmi ti; Sv 817,21: uddiss ti bhagav me satth bhagavato aham ovdam patikaroml ti evam apadisitv); MI 368,24 (samanam Gotamam uddissa pnam rabhanti) quoted Sadd409,2i; Thi 183 (kam nu uddissa mund si); Ja 1166,8 (manuss ... klakate natake uddissa matakabhattam nma denti); III 354,18* (uddissa ariy titthanti, es ariynam ycan; 354,24'foil: ariy pana vcam abhinditv yen' atthik honti uddissa kevalam bhikkhcravattena titthanti); Mil 294,19 (dnam vissotam hoti aphalam yesam uddissa katam yadi te na patilabhanti ti); Ud-a 85,19 (Supprakapattanato Svatthim uddissa pakkanto, Be, Se so; Ce omits; Ee wr udissa); 184,9 (bhagavantam uddissa kate rme); Pv-a70,1 (mam uddissaanuddayam karohi ti); uddissakata, mfn., made for a particular person; specially prepared; Vin I 237,26 (tarn samano Gotamo jnam uddissakatam mamsam paribhunjati); D I 166,3 (na uddissakatam na nimantanam sdiyati) = A I 295,11 (Mp II 384, \ofoli: tumhe uddissa katan ti evam rocitabhikkham); Mil 157,6 (tassa bhagavato uddissakatam upakkhatam paribhogam); uddissacetiya, n., a symbolic monument; Dhp-a III 251,i5(sariracetiyam uddissacetiyam paribhogacetiyan ti); see also uddissika; neg. anuddissa, Sp 445,24 (uddissa v anuddissa v npeti); see also odissa1; absol. (b) uddisitv, declaring, reciting; designating; having expounded (briefly); with reference to; Vin I 112,13 (cattri prjikni ~itv); SIV 93,13 (sankhittena uddesam ~itv); Vism 692,35; Sp454,3 (kaiici manussam ~itv... vtam khanati); 1251,7

426

(sanghato -itv dasa bhikkh pahinath ti); Dhp-aIII 455,17 (titthiynam gune ~itv); Ud-a 299,4 (ovdaptimokkham ~itv); neg. anuddisitv, Sp 810,12 (ekam psandam anuddisitv sabbesam pannatto hoti); (c) uddisitvna, assigning, dedicating; Pv 36:36; Ap 386,21; (d) uddisiya, with reference to; indicating; Ih-all 209,12 (upanidhya uddisiya krakam katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddissa kranam); pass, pr. 3 sg. (a) uddissati 1 , MIII 256,3 (ettak me bhikkh sanghato ~ath ti dnam deti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ettake; prob, wrr; c/Ps-t [Be] III 411,18: ettak yeva bhikkh, uddisath ti, and O. von Hinber, 1980, p. 27); Sp 1065,26 (-anti); part.pr. uddissamna, mfn.9 VinI 129,2 (tehi ~amne ptimokkhe); IV143,i6 (~amne); Sp 876,n (cariyena antevsikassa ~amne); (b) uddisiyati, uddisiyati (and uddisiyyati), Vin II 259,13 (bhikkhunlnam ptimokkham na ~ati); Sp 161,11 (nmagottena hi satto Tisso Gotamo ti ~ati); 876,32 (uposathadivase ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -iyyati); Ud-a 298,26 (ayam anvaddhamsam ~ati); Pv-a46,2 (imiss ~ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissiyati); part.pr. uddisiyamna, mfn., Sp 877,1 (uddissamne ti -amne); pp (a) uddijtha, mfn. [S. uddista], indicated, designated, specified; assigned (to, gen.); recited; expounded briefly or in general terms; Vin II 77,27 (kassa bhante amhkam ghare svtanya bhattam -an ti); M III 10,10 (ptimokkham ~am); S IV 93,18 (uddesassa ~assa); Pet 122,3 (etehi navahi padehi ~ehi); Mil 150,27 (bhagavat paritt ca ~); Vism 491,5 (dhtnam anantaram ~ni pana indriym ti); Sp 600,12 (pathamam tt); neg. anuddittha2, mfn., Vin III 8,9 (appannattam svaknam sikkhpadam anuddittham ptimokkham); IV 143,27; JaV 393,14*; su-uddittha, suddittha, mfn., well, properly recited; VinI 129,19 (~am su-uddittham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee suddittham); Kkh 16,17 (evam hi nidnam su-uddittham hoti); du-uddittha, mfn., not properly recited; Kkh 16,17; pp (b) uddisita, mfn., assigned; looked to, referred to; Spkll 179,15 (thapetv bhagavantam annam mayham satth ti evam ~am na jnmi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se uddisitum); Pv-a 22,24 (tt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissasi te); fpp uddisitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin 1102,32; Sp 260,14 (tt); 506,7 (sabbeh' eva na -am na paripucchitabbam na pabbjetabbam); Nidd-al 10,21 (ayam mahniddeso pthato atthato ca uddisantena niddisantena ca sakkaccam ~o niddisitabbo ca); caus. pr. 3 sg. uddispeti, makes expound, receives instruction; makes assign; makes designate; Vin II 168,35 (ther pi bhikkh thitak ~enti dhammagravena); Sp 1072,34 (ubho pi mayam idha vasissma ekato ~essm ti); Pv-a35,i6 (tarn dakkhinam mayham ~eyytha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddisspeyytha); part.pr. uddispenta, mfn., Mil 367,27; Vism 75,16; Sp 876,13 (yasm cariye attano ruciy uddisante v tarn cariyam ycitv antevasike ~ente v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~ento); aor. 3 pl. uddispesum, Pv-a 35,23 (tarn dnam tass petiy ~esum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddisspesum); absol uddispetv, Vism 278,6 (thokam ~etv bahuklam sajjhyitv); Mp I 275,22

(sensanam ~etv); Pv-a263,9 (satth... tehi manussehi katam dnam tesam petnam -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddisspetv); uddispetv in Ce, Ee at Dhp-aIV 176,13 is prob, wr for uddisitv (Be, Se so); fpp uddispetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 47,29 (sace -etukmo hoti, ~etabbo); Sp 1231,28 (vattam karontehi ca na uddisitabbam na -etabbam). uddisana, n. [from uddisati], 1. reciting, expounding; (brief) exposition; Ps III 30,14 (-uddispanadhammosranadhammadesan-); It-al 18,26 (sankhepakathuddisanam sandhy' ha); 2. assigning to; Pv-a 27,6 (~ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissanena); 27,9 (dyaknam -ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissanena); 80,28 (tava ~ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddissanena). uddispana, n. [from caus. of uddisati], making expound; receiving instruction; Ps III 30,14 (uddisanauddispanadhammosrana-); Kkh 184,14 (uddesauddispanasajjhyanam v karontiy). uddisita(r), m. [from uddisati], one who looks to, refers to; Sil 219,22 (nbhijnmi annam satthram ~ annatra tena bhagavat, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uddisitum; perhaps better absol.). uddisiya, absol. of uddisati qv. uddisiyati, uddisiyyati, uddisiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of uddisati qv. uddissa, absol. of uddisati qv. uddissaka, mfn. [from uddisati; cf S. uddeaka], signifying, symbolic; illustrative; Sadd928,i* (sririke paribhoge cetye ~e pi ca); -cetiya, n., a symbolic monument; Pj I 222,2 (bodhirukkho paribhogacetiyam buddhapatim -am); see also uddissacetiya (.sv uddisati), uddesika. uddissakata, mfn., see sv uddisati. uddissacetiya, n., see sv uddisati. uddissati 1 , pass. pr. 3 sg. of uddisati qv. uddissati2 in Ee at Pv-a 21,is is wr for uddisissati (Be, Ce, Se so); uddissatu in Ee, Se at Sv 960,21 is wr for uddisatu (Be, Ce so); uddissasi te in Ee at Pv-a 22,24 is wrfor uddisitatt (Be, Ce, Se so); uddissmi in Ee at Sp 598,26 is wrfor uddismi (Be, Ce, Se so); in Ee at Spk II 203,22 and Ud-a. 298,22 is wr for uddisissmi (Be, Ce, Se so); uddissati 3 , pr. 3 sg. [o/ud+ VdrS; S. uddryate], is seen; Pv 27:13 (tato ~ati bht vannav balav sukhi, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be uddassayi; Ce uddisayi; Pv-a 184,22: attnam dassesi); see also uddasseti. uddissana in Ee at Pv-a 27,6, 27,9 and 80,28 is wr for uddisana qv. uddisspetv in Ee at Pv-a 263,9 is wrfor uddispetv (Be, Ce, Se so); uddisspeyytha in Ee at Pv-a 35,16 is wr for uddispeyytha (Be, Ce, Se so); uddisspesum in Ee at Pv-a 35,23 is wr for uddispesum (Be, Ce,Seso). uddissiyati in Ee at Pv-a 46,2 is wr for uddisiyati (Be, Ce, Se so). uddipan, / [cf S. uddipana], being excited; being animated; ? inciting; stimulating; ? Vism 27,21 (evam ukkhipitv kcan ukkcan ~ ti vuttam hoti) = Nidd-a I 420,3 = Vibh-a 483,5 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ukkhipan ti).

427

uddipita, mfn. [cf S. lex. uddipta], inflamed; excited; bhimna, mfn., with pride inflamed; furiously angry; Mhv 60:29. uddiyana, see sv udriyana. , uddeka, m. [cfS. udreka, "excess"], vomiting; belching; Vin 1277,7 (imassa kho rafino sappi pitam parinmentam -am dassati; Sp 1117,n: -am dassati ti uggram dassati); Vism 261,n (~o pi mukham pi duggandham ptikunapasadisam hoti; * Pj I 61,3i: uggro pi); see also udreka. uddekanika, m. [?] a small pot or ladle for drawing water; MII 39,24 (seyyathpi nma udakamaniko hutv -o assa, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce udancaniko; Ps III 275,27: uddekanikato ti udakavrako, Ce, Ee so; Be udancaniko ti; Se udakamaniko ti). uddesa, m. [S., BHS uddea], 1. recitation, instruction; indication; brief indication, brief statement; summary exposition; Vin I 50,28 (upajjhyena bhikkhave saddhivihriko sangahetabbo anuggahetabbo -ena paripucchya ovdena anussaniy; Sp 982, H: - O ti plivacanam); II 169,5 (bhikkh ... thitak -am patimnent kilamanti); D III 56, I3 (~ no cvetukmo samano Gotamo evamhti); Mill 187, I 8 (-am ca vibhangam ca desissmi); SIV 93,I3 (sankhittena -am uddisitv vitthrena attham avibhajitv); V 110,6 (h'idam -am gacchati); A I 230,19 (idam ... diyaddhasikkhpadasatam anvaddhamsam -am gacchati); IV 114,22 (ayam klo -assa; Mp IV 57,18: ayam buddhavacanam ugganhanakalo); Ja III 38,26' (-am ganha atthakatham suna bhvanam anuyunja); Mil 162,30 (-o paripucch); Vism 423,8 (nmagottam -o); Sp993,i (-e ti plipariypunane); Ps IV 109, is (venikam kammam v -am v karonti); V21,i9 (ayam -o ti idam mtikthapanam); Kkh2,4 (bhikkhuptimokkhe panca ~a nma); Sadd 920,13 (samsavacanam -o, vitthravacanam niddeso); ifc see ek'-; 2. instructing, specifying; inviting; food for a specific person; Th284 (-am ca na sdiyim; Th-a II 120,3: -an ti nimantanam, uddissakatan ti keci); Sp 1249,30 (dasa v bhikkh sahghato uddisitv deth ti evam -ena laddhabhikkhnam bhattam); 3. [cf S. uddeSya], that to which one refers, point of authority; Sp 567,16 (att -o ass ti attuddes); Sv548,i3 (aham uddisitabbatthena -o ass ti mamuddesiko); ifc see aniiasatthr' - (yvanna2), att'(.yv atta[n]), saman'-; -bhatta, ., food specially prepared for a specific number of persons; Vin I 58,i3; Kv 552,9; Vism66,n; Sp 1249,28; Dhp-alV 176,10 (ek kira brhmani catunnam bhikkhnam -am sajjetv); anuddesa, m., lack of instruction; lack of recitation; Ud-a296,24; 299, n (ptimokkhassa -o); sa-uddesa, mfn., with a specification; with a brief description; Vin III 4,30 (iti skram -am anekavihitam pubbenivsam anussarmi; Sp 161,10: nmagottavasena -am vanndivasena skram) ^ MI 35,16 * It99,12 * Patis I 114,26 * Mil 80,4; Vism 423,5. uddesaka, m. [from uddisati; BHS-uddeSaka], I, one who recites; Vin 1129,12 (tehi bhikkhave bhikkhhi puna ptimokkham uddisitabbam -nam anpatti); ifc see ptimokkh' -; 2. one who assigns; who points to, designates; Sp 1250,19 (-ena pindaptiknam pi na

atikkametabbam); 1253,5; Mp III 22,2i (bhattuddesako ti salkabhattdinam -o); ifcseebhrtt'-; uddesaka in Ee at Sp 444,2 is wrfor uddesika' qv. uddesana, n. [cfS. uddeSana], pointing to; assigning; ifc see bhatt'-. uddesika 1 , mfn. and/or m. [uddesa + ika; BHS -uddeSika; cfuddissa], (what) looks to, is concerned with, a specific person; a named or specific person; Pj I 29,12 (shatthiko payogo, so uddissnuddissabhedato duvidho hoti, tattha ~ yam uddissa paharati tass* eva maranena kamman bajjhati, Ee so; Be uddissake; Ce uddisike; Se uddisake) * Sp 444,2 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr uddesake; Se uddisike); Vv-a81,io (-vasena cikkha me tvam yadi buddhasvik ti pucchati); ifc see att'- (sv atta[n]), mam-; anuddesika, mfn., (what is) not concerned with a specific person; not a named or specific person; Pj I 29,H (-e, Ee so; Be anuddissake; Ce anuddisike; Se anuddisake) * Sp 444,4 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuddisike); Vv-a81,9 (--vasena tass laddhim pucchitv). uddesika 2 , mfn. [cf S. uddeSaka], symbolic, illustrative; Ja IV 228,16/<>//. ([tini cetiyni] sririkam pribhogikam -am ... -am avatthukam mamyanamattam eva hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be uddissakam; Se uddisikam); see also uddissaka. uddesika 3 , mfn. [cfpadesika and S. deSiya], being in the region of, being about; ifc see dasavass'-, pannarasavass'-, solasavass' -. uddehakam, ind. [namul absol. of *ud + dehati; cfS. Vdih], so as to heap up; ifc see phen'-. uddosita (and, in Be, udosita), m. [cf S. udavasita ? see O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 24-25], a shed, a store; Abh 213; Vin I 140,28 (-0 krpito hoti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be udosito); 111200,6 (-0, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be udosito; Sp 654,10: ~o ti yndinam bhandnam sl, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be udosito ti); Nidd I 374,14 (uddandato uddandam gacchati -ato -am gacchati, Ce so; Ee, Se uddhositato uddhositam; Be omits -ato -am gacchati); Vibh-a481,i2 ([quoting Nidd I 226,25] -e uddande, Ce so; Be, Se udosite; not in Ee or Nidd); see also uddanda. uddham (iic also uddha-), ind. [S. rdhvam], upwards; in height; upstream; above; further (to, abl); beyond (either into the past or into the future); after (+ abl.); Abh 1156 (-am ca upari); Vin III 49,18 ([nvam] -am v adho v tiriyam v... sankmeti); D I 251,2 (-am adho tiriyam); Mil 137,22 (na -am ulloketi na adho oloketi); III 185,15 (simbalivanam -am yojanam uggatam); S V 278,7(bhikkhu imam evakyam -ampdatal adho kesamatthak ... paccavekkhati); A I 270,12 (apannako mani -amkhitto); II 198,33 (kyassa bhed -am); Sn 894 (-am so lokasmim vivdameti; Pj II 557,9: so bhiyyo vivdarn eu" ti); Pv 10:12 (-am cathi msehi); Ja I 48,26 (vassasatasahassato -am vaddhita-yuklo); III 370,20 (-am ca adho ca jlam bandhpetv udakakilam kilantassa); 447,17* (-am tapati dicco adho tapati vluk); V 276,16* (santo ca -am gacchanti; 276,21': -an ti devalokam); Nidd I 303,io (-am vuccati angatam); Bv 2:165 (tat* -am); Pet 177,i (yam ito -am bhavissati angmi idam -am); Mil 13 6,14 (tat* -am n* atth' anfi vedan);

428

Vism 427,9 (parammaran ti cuticittato ~am); Ps III 417,10 (tato ~am sabbe pi pubbapuris pitmahagahanen' eva gahit); As 32,16 (ayam hi Sriputtatthero ... Revato ti evam dlhi yva sahgitikl bhato tato ~am tesam yeva sissnusissehi); Mhv 5:233 (~am gangya... pabbate vihsi); 12:22 (ito ~am yath pure); (uddh')-agga (uddhagga1), mfn. [uddham + agga1; see BHSD sv rdhvgra], 1. with the point or end upwards', D II 18,5 (~ni lomni); JaV 156,I* (~ ca adhagg ca... dant; 156,30': ~ ti hetthimadant); Spklll 127, \i (skam nma ~am katv thapitam hattham v pdam v chindati); Dhp-al 387,18 (kes... ~); loma, mfn. and m., (i) {mfn.) having hair with its ends turning upwards (esp. as one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa,); DU 18,4 (ayam... kumro ~- lomo; Sv447,29: ~-lomo ti vattapariyosne ~ni hutv mukhasobham ullokayamnni viya thitni lomni ass ti); III 154,16(ussankhapdo ca hoti ~-lomo ca); Mil 136,22 (~-lomo kho pana so bhavam Gotamo); Ps V 42,4 (navanavutilomakpasahassni ~-lomni ahesum); (ii) (m.) hair with its ends turning upwards; Nidd-al 69,12 (lomahamso ti kantakasadiso hutv lomo); 2. [or uddhagga2] pointing upwards; aiming upwards (to a heavenly world); A II 68,31* (~ dakkhin dinn); (uddh')-aggika, mfn. [uddham + agga1 + ika], aiming upwards; D I 51,n (~am dakkhinam patitthpenti sovaggikam) * A II 68,17 (Mp III 100,13: ~an ti disu uparparibhmisu phaladnavasena uddham aggam ass ti ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddhaggam ass ti); (uddh')-acchika, mfn. [uddham + acchi1 + ka2], with openings above; Dhp-al 211,14 (rj... chiddni pidahpetv sabbagabbhesu ~-vtapnni kresi, Ce so; Be, Ee uddhacchiddaka-; Se khuddacchiddaka-) ^ Patis-a 674,17 {Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddhacchiddaka-); (uddham)-ghtanika, mfn., with a belief in existence after death; D I 30,31 (eke samanabrhman ~ sannivd, uddham ghtan sannim attnam pannpenti); (uddham) -ekantalomi, (uddha) -ekantalomi, see svudda-ekantalomi; (uddha)-kaddamam in Ee at Ja VI 431,25 15 prob, wr; Se udakam kaddamam; Ce udakakaddamam; Be kaddamam; (uddha)-kamma, ., motion or action tending upwards; Abhll76; Sadd 880,23* (saddo... -); (uddha) -gga (uddhagga2), mfn. [uddham + ga2; S. rdhvaga], going upwards, ascending; Vism 143,21 (ubbeg piti balavati hoti, kyam ~am katv kse langhpanappamnappatt; or uddhagga1 qv; c/"lh-all 165,1: ubbegapitiy udaggo, kyam udaggam katv ksam langhitum samattho ca bhaveyysi)= As 116,2; (uddha) -gangam, (uddham)gangam, ind., up the Ganges; Ja VI 427,23 (~am gantv); (uddha)-gangya, ind., upstream on the Ganges; Ja II 283,13 {Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uparigahgya); (uddha)-gati,/, going upwards; Abh960; (uddhari)-gama, mfn., going upwards; Abh 38; 1168; MI 188,29 (~ vt); Vism350,22 (~ vt ti uggrahikkdipavattak uddham rohanavt); (uddhan)gamaniya, mfn., connected with going upwards; Sv 929,26 (~ atthupasamhit vc); (uddhan)gmi(n), (uddha)-gmi(n), mfn., going upwards;

going upstream; Vin IV 64,32 (ekam nvam abhirheyya ~inim); SV 370,21 (cittam... ~i hoti visesagmi); (uddha)-cchiddaka, mfn., with openings above; Mp I 441,6 (--jlavtapnni kresi, Be, Ee so; Ce uddhacchikajla-; Sechiddakajla-)* Dhp-al 211,H {Be, Ee vtapnni; Ce uddhacchika-; Se khuddacchiddaka-) * Patis-a 674,17 {Be, Se vtapnni; Ce, Ee uddhacchika-); (uddha)-dehika, mfn. and n., funereal; funeral obsequies; Abh 423; (uddham)pda, (uddha)-pda, mfn., with the feet upward; M III 166,29 (tarn enam ... nirayapl ~am adhosiram thapetv); Pv42:8; Ja IV 103,7* (avamsiro patito ~o); 196,14 (rj tarn ~am ghpetv corapapte khippetv); Sv 438,7 (bodhisattam hi kammajavt ~am adhosiram ktum na sakkonti); Ud-al23,i6 (gabbho hi... parivattito -0 adhosiro hutv yonimukhe hoti); ~am, adv. Vism 504,5 (vivattanti -am papatanti); (uddham)bhgiya, mfn., connected with the upper worlds; upper; D i l i 234,19 (pane' ~ni samyojanni, rpargo arpargo mno uddhaccam avijj) ^ SV 61,15; Vibh 377,9 (Vibh-a 495,16: uddham vuecati rprpadhtu, tattha uppattinipphdanato tarn uddham bhajanti ti ~ni ti); Pet 135,22; 161,1 (~o mno); Vism 682,35 (--samyojanni); (uddham) -mukha, (uddha)mukha, mfn., having the face or opening upwards; facing upwards; upstream; Mil 295, is (kissa garig ~ na sandati); Sp 189,30 (lomni hamsanti -ni scisadisni); Ap-a 105,9 (~ padum); Sadd 876,H (~o hutv nisidi); am, adv., upwards; with upward looks; Spkl 48,7 (~am dinno [pahro]); Ud-a 163,6 (ussanki ti... ~am sankamno); (uddha)-lomi(n), see sv uddalomi(n); (uddha)-virecana, n., "purging upwards", emetic treatment; D I 12,7 (~am adhovirecanam); MI 511,16; (uddham)-sara, mfn. [from uddhamsar qv], holding the doctrine of purity through samsra; Pj II 558,33 (akiriyaditthiy v - hutv) = Nidd-al 367,16; (uddham)-sar,/, further or upward movement; samsra; satti,/, attachment to, devotion to moving on;? Mil 232,15 (~-sattim yeva abhivadanti iti pecca bhavissma ..., Ce, Ee so; 2te~am sattim; Se uddham parmasan ti sattim); suddhi, / , purity by means of continuing further; purity through samsra; Sn901 (~-suddhim anutthunanti; Niddl 315, nfoll: te samsrena suddhim ... vadanti); (uddha)-sudha, mfn., or ~ , / , with a covering of plaster; or covering plaster; Vin II 152,26 (vihrassa kuddo ovassati, anujnmi bhikkhave parittnakitikam ^m ti, Ee so; Be, Ce udda-; Se uddh-; Sp 1219,25: uddhsudhan ti vacchagomayena ca chrikya ca saddhim madditamattikam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce uddasudhan ti); (uddham)-sota, mfin). [cf S., BHS rdhvasrotas], whose stream flows upwards (to the Akanittha heaven); D III 237,23 (panca angmino antarparinibbyi... ~o akanitthagmi); Dhp218 (kmesu ca appatibaddhacitto ~o ti vuecati) * Thi 12 (Thi-a 19,14: uddham eva maggasoto samsrasoto ca etiss ti -); PatisI 161,13; Vism 710,13 (-0 akanitthagmi ti yatth' uppanno tato uddham yva akanitthabhav ruyha tattha parinibbyati); It-al 51,26 (avihdisu uddhamvhita-

429

bhvena uddham assa tanhsotam vattasotam maggasotam eva ca ti ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddhamgahitabhvena) * Patis-a 465,24 (uddhamvhibhvena); Pet 31,9; (uddham)-sotam, (uddha)-sotam, ind., upstream; Ja III 371,5 (-am agamsi); IV 388,15; Cp-a 157,5; see also ussotam; see also uddhato, ubbham. uddhamsati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + dhamsati1, cf S. udVdhrs; (or perhaps ud + dhamsati2)], rises, flies up; scatters upwards (intrans.); Vv 78:4 (na tatth' -ati rajo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ate; Vv-a304,io: na tasmim vimane rajo uggacchati) * Ja VI 534,5* (-ate); Ja I 18,33* (rajo n' -ati uddham) = Bv 2:101 quoted Sadd 449,7; uddhasta1, mfn., risen; flaring up; Vinll 236, n (nikkhante pacchime yme ~e arune, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddhate) = AIV 205,9 (Mp IV 112, n: -e arune ti uggate arunasise)= Ud27,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uddhate) = 52,2 (Be, Se so; Ce uddhate; Ee uddhate); * Vin I 288,12 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uddhate); Sp 1176,3 (-e arune) Sadd 685,16 (~e arune). see also anuddhamsati, uddhata, hata3. uddhamsita, (mf)n. [caus. pp of *ud + dhamsati2; cfS. uddhvamsayati], (false) accusation; Utt-vn 142 (bhikkhu sanghdisesena amlen' eva codayam dve phuse dukkatam yoge pcitt' -e siy); see also anuddhamseti. uddhaka, m. [S. rdhvaka], a sort of drum; Abh 143; -saddaka, n., the sound of uddhakas; Ap 355,i (sankhasaddam bherisaddam atho -am, so readl Be utuja-; Ce uddhama-; Ee uddhava-; Se uddata-). uddhacca, n. [from uddhata1; cf S., BHS auddhatya], over-excitement; agitation, flurry, distraction; Abh 169; Vin I 182,38 (accraddhaviriyam -ya samvattati atillnaviriyam kosajjya samvattati); D III 234,20 (pane' uddhambhgiyni samyojanni, rpargo arpargo mno -am avijj); MI 470,13 (idam nun' imass' yasmato ... -am cpalyam bahulikatam); A III 449,12 (~assa pahnya samatho bhvetabbo); Th 74 (-am vieikicch ca sabbaso va na vijjati); Niddl 46,9 (vikkhepagatam -ena phandamnam); Patisl 101,30 (avikkhepena -am nirodheti); Dhs429 (cittassa -am avpasamo cetaso vikkhepo bhantattam cittassa); Kv 132,24 (arahato atitam -am atthi ti); Pet 137,13; 158,11; Vism469,s/o//.; PsI U6,i2(-enahi ekrammane cittam vipphandati); Spklll 157,20 (viriyam samdhin samyojitam ~e patitum na labhati); Pj II 492,14 (rann pi vandito samno mam vandati ti -am npajjeyya); As 260,26 (-am hi ekrammane vipphandati vieikicch nnrammane); Sadd 864,1 (uddhatassa bhvo -am); -kukkucca, ., over-excitement and anxious agitation; flurry and worry (the fourth of the nlvaranas qv); D I 71,26 (-ampahya anuddhato viharati); MI 463,36; A HI 63,18 (-am bhikkhave varanam nivaranam cetaso); Vibh256,40 (kmacchando vypdo thinamiddham -am vieikicch ime vuecanti akusal dhamm); Pet 138,26 (kmacchando vypdo -am ca samatham nivrayati); Vism 146,5; Sv 781,34 (imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahine -e uddhaccassa arahattamaggena kukkuccassa angmimaggena yatim anuppdo hoti ti pajnti); anuddhacca,., absence of overexcitement; MI 44,17 (uddhatassa puggalassa -am hoti

parikkamanya); ni-uddhacca, mfn., free from agitation; Patisl 80,5 (- carati* ti vinfinacariy); sa-uddhacca, mfn., agitated, flurried; Patisl 81,31 (- carati ti anfinacariy); Kv 132,26 (arah tena uddhaccena -oti, Be, Se so; Ee sa-uddhaccako ti). uddhata1, see sv uddhata1. uddhata2, mfn., pp o/uddharati qv. uddhanha in Ee at Nidd I 67,16 is prob, wr; see sv uddanda. uddhata1 (and uddhata1), mfn. andn. \pp of ud+ hanati; S. uddhata], \.(mfn.) (i) raised; puffed-up; overstimulated; agitated, over-excited; flurried; MI 470,n (-0 hoti capalo); SI 61,4 (- unnal capal mukhar ...); Th 973 (-0 unnalo blo); Thi 77 (ahosim ~ pubbe citte avasavattini); JaV 452,17* (- aniyat asanfiat); Nidd I 508,8 (-e citte samathassa klo samhite citte vipassanya klo); Patisl 127,8 (-0 loko avpasanto); Mil 185,25 (-am mahrja cittam niggahetabbam); (ii) [or uddhata2 qv sv uddharati], risen; elevated, high; Vin II236, n (nikkhante pacchime yme -e arune, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uddhaste; = A IV 205,9: eds uddhaste) = Ud 27,6 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddhaste) = 52,2 (Eeso; Be, Se uddhaste; Ce uddhate) * Vin I 288,12 (Ee, Seso; Be, Ce uddhaste); Ap 189,n (~ pde); 192,17 (appameyyam va udadhim -am dharanim yath... upagacchim naruttamam, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce vitthatam); (iii) [cf ahata], damaged; worn thin; ifc see ut'- .sv utu; 2. (n.) over-excitement; agitation; Abh 169 (uddhaccam uddhatam); uddhata in Ee at Patisl 162,24 is prob, wr; see .svudjita; 0, -kra,m. [uddhata + kra2], a sort of agitation; Mpl 34,23 (uddhaccam nma cittassa -o); As 260,22 (uddhaccan ti -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -e); -rahita, mfn., free from agitation; Vv-a278,i9 (anuddhat ti - khobham akaront ti attho); anuddhata1 (and anuddhata1), mfn., not puffed-up; not over-excited, not flurried; calm; MI 32,17 (~ anunnal); A l l 211,3 (uddhaccakukkuccam pahya -0 viharati); Dhp363 (mantabhni -0); It 30,14* (santavutti -0); Vv64:8 (muduk - . . . turagnam uttam); Th682 (~o acapalo); Thi 113; Ja III 263,25' (yasena -0 nieavutti); Vism 135,16 (ahnam -am); Sp622,i9 (abhikkantdinam tya atimando); 1h-al 33,16 (jti-divasena attano anukkamsanato na uddhato ti -o); see also uddhacca, hata2. uddhata2, mfn., pp of uddharati qv. uddhata(r), m. [from uddharati; S. uddhartr], one who removes; one who pulls out; Patisl 127,11 (n* atuY anno koci sallnam ~ annatra may, Be so; Ce uddht; Ee, Se wr uddhato); 128,23 (papt -, Be, Ee so; Ce uddht; Se uddhatt); see also uddharita(r). uddhato, ind. [S. rdhvatas], upwards; Bv7:3 (yva hetth avicito bhavagg cpi uddhato, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se yva uddham avicito bhavagg cpi hetthato); see also uddham. uddhattum, inf. of uddharati qv. uddhatv, absol. of uddharati qv. uddhana, n. [cf. S. lex. uddhmna], a fire-place, hearth; oven; a furnace, a crucible; Abh 455; 1119; Dil 333,1

430

([kumbhim] -am ropetv aggim deth ti); Snp. 104,23 (app ekacce -ni khananti); Ja III 425,5 (tflii manussasisehi -am katv); V 322,30' (kammrnam ~e); Mil 259,25 (udakam ... bhjanagatam ... ~e atthapitam); Vism 172,22 (-ato otritamattassa pysassa); Sv384,27 (sunakho ... vippatisri hutv ' -antare chrikya nipanno); Ps IV 148,7 (ukkmukhe ti ~e); Thi-a6,i6 (udakamisse dkavyanjane -am ropetv paccamne); Nidd-al 171,9 (~e udakam sincitv nibbpita-angram viya vpasanto). uddhamma, mfn. and m. [cf S. uddharma], contrary to the doctrine; unlawful; what is not the doctrine', Vin II 306,20 (idam vatthum -am ubbinayam apagatasatthussanam); Sp 195,9 (-am ubbinayam satthussanam dipenti); 1378,3 (nanu tumhe jntha mayham ucckul pabbajitabhvam bahussutabhvam ca, mdiso nma -am ubbinayam satthussanam gheyyti) = Ps IV 109,7 * Ud-a 317,5 (-am ubbinayam gheyy ti); Mp II 149,16 (adhammakammni ti -ni kammni); Dip 5:19 (-am ubbinayam ca apagatam satthussane); see also ubbinaya. uddhara1, m. [from uddharati], pulling out, extracting; removal; see duruddharasalla. uddhara2, m. [?], a kind of bird; Ap 347,15 (senak - bah). uddharana, n. [ts], drawing out, pulling out; picking out; selection; removal; raising; Vin III 29,18 (pavesanam sdiyati... -am sdiyati); V 222,31 (osranam nissranam... -am desanam kammalakkhanam yeva sattamam, nattidutiyakammam imni satta thnni gacchati; cf Sp 1411,31: kathinuddhravasena uddhro veditabbo); Mil 149,18 (tassa rogassa -ya); Vism 621,33 (-am nma pdassa bhmito ukkhipanam); PsII 344,35 (idam tilatelarn idam ssapatelan tiekekassa ptiyekkam -am nma dukkaram); Sadd 562,H (samnasaddavacaniynam atthnam -am atthuddhro). uddharati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + harati; S. uddharati], draws out, pulls out, extracts; rescues; picks out, separates, selects; cites; removes, puts away; digs up; pulls up, elevates, raises; Vin I 277,11 (mlni -ma); IV 287,28 (yadi sanghassa pattakallam sahgho kathinam ~eyya); D I 77,19(puriso ahim karand -eyya); 135,11 (bhavam ce... rj evarn sakantake janapade sa-upapile balim -eyya); II 324,7 (tarn purisam tamh gthakp -ath ti); MII 137,14 (ntidre pdam -ati nccsanne pdam nikkhipati); SI 152,4 (ekam ekam tilam -eyya); Dhp 3 27 (dugg -ath' attnam panke sanno va kunjaro); Th756 (yo me lam sallam ~e); Ja III 24,29* (tass' esa mlasmim nidhi nikhto adydo gaccha tarn -hi); V 70,26* (aham tarn -issmi giriduggato); VI 308,29* (khippam mamam -a); 546,19* (jtiparam tarissmi -issarn sadevakam); Ap 45,22 (so ngo n' -ate padam); 332,2 (sabbe satte -asi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~esi, prob, wr); Mil 293,10 (bhisakko khippam sallam -ati); Pet 115,19 (dosasallam -ati); Vism 327,23 (na kaplato pvam viya -ati); part.pr. (a)uddhara(t), m/h., Ja III 319,18* (tanuvattam -am); Sp 329,14 (~ato); (b) uddharanta, m/(~anti)., Ja VI 362,26; Ap 390,20 (-anto mahdugg); Sp351,i8 (-ante); Dhp-al 15,H (drni -antiy ekiss itthiy); (c) uddharamna, mfn., Jal 134,13 (drni -amnam

ekam itthim disv); As 142,5 (pannattim -amnena bhagavat); neg. anuddharamna, mfn., Sp 934,19; aor. 3 sg. (a)uddhari, Ja III 190,5* (ankena -i); Ap 500,28 (-1); Ps II 415,8 (udabbahi -i, upptesi ti attho); (b) udaddhari, Jal 193,9* (garurn bhrarn udaddhari; = Vin IV 5,37*: udabbahi); 3 pl. uddharimsu, Vin IV 39,n; Jal 317,3o; inf. (a)uddharitum, Vin I 297,19 (anujnmi bhikkhave vikannam -itum; Sp 1129,12: dighakonam chinditum); AIII 403,24 (tamh gthakp -itukmo); Niddll 196,30 (-itum samuddharitum, Be, Ce so; Se -itum uddharpetum; Ee uddhretum samuddhretum); Mil 311,16 (sakkuneyya sinerupabbatarjnam -itun ti); (b) uddhtum, Th 88 (asakkhim vata attnam uddhtum udakthalam) = Ja III 133,24* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr utthtum; 134,3': uddhtun ti uddharitum); (c) uddhattum, Mhv28:4 (balim uda^attum); absol. (a) uddharitv, D I 234, s; Ja II 135,3 (sassni -itv viim dassm ti); Mil 53,15 (kumbhakro pathaviy mattikam -itv); Pv-al39,n; As 409,25 (tipitakassa buddhavacanassa attham -itv); neg. anuddharitv, Vin V 15,16 (sanghikam mancam ... ajjhokse santharitv anuddharitv anpucch pakkamantassa pcittiyarn); Ja I 193,14'; Sp775,i9; (b) uddharitvna, JaV 70,3i*; Ap83,n (vipath -itvna); (c)uddhatv, uddhatva, Ja IV 406,23* (uddhatva cakkhni mamam jigimsato, Ce so; Be -itv, unmetrical; Se uddhara tvam; Ee wr laddhatvan; 406,27: me akkhini -itv); 408,7* (ranno cakkhni uddhatva, Ce, Eeso; e-itv; 5ecakkhn , -itv); see also hacca1; pass. pr. 3 sg. uddhariyati, uddhariyyati, Vin V 179,1 (kati kathinuddhr antosimya -iyyanti, Be, Ee so; Ce -lyanti; 5^-iyanti); Ps III 387,7 (vmapdo ... -Tyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -iyati); Kkh 183,13 (yam kathinam ... antar -lyati); part.pr. uddhariyamna, mfn., Sv 976,16 (-iyamne pi); It-aII 16,4; pp (a) uddhata2 (and uddhata2), mfn. [S. uddhrta], 1. pulled out; dug out; removed; collected; selected; cited; Thi 391 (tamh' -e tantikhilake); Ja II 26,21 (aham tarn uddhareyyam, -0 pana mam khdeyysi ti bhaymiti); 135, is (kotthe vihi n* atthi, ~e sasse dassmi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uddharante); V 71,i6* (papt -0 may); 202, r ([katthni] bhinnni ti araniiato -ni); Nidd II 270, is (hat samhat - samuddhat upptit); Pj 1200,15 (may ... cetiyahgane tinni -ni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddharitni); Dhp-al 232,8 (ekena duggatena nidhi ~o ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddharito ti); Bv-a 177,8 (imesam pana thernam vatthu c'ettha kathetabbam, may ganthavitthrabhayena na -an ti); datha, mfn., with fangs removed; Ja I 505,8; Mil 420,5; bija, mfh., with seed removed, castrated; Ja VI 237,33'; bhatta, n., a portion of food; a share, a ration; Ja III 413,23* (414,6': bhattan ti attano pattakotthsavasena uddharitv laddhabhgabhattam); salla, mfn., with dart removed; Thi 389; Nidd I 59,io; 2. [or uddhata1 qv], raised; elevated; Vin II 236,17 (nikkhante pacchime yme ~ arune, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uddhaste) = Ud 27,6 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddhaste) * Vin I 288,12 (Ee, Seso; Be, Ce uddhaste); Ap 189,n (-e pde); neg. anuddhata2, anuddhata2, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) not removed; Th-all 87,3 (tanhsalle mama... anhate anuddhateti); Nidd-al 197,11; 2. (n.) failure to pull

431

out, to dig up; Ja HI 210,8' (tarunakle yeva etassa anuddhatatt); pp (b) uddhita, mfn., drawn out; removed; collected; -pphala, mfn., with seed removed, castrated; Ja VI 237,12* (chakalo pphalo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddhatapphalo; 237,33': pphalo ti uddhatabijo); bhatta, mfn., with a ration of food; Jail 360,i* (ko nu ~-bhatto va, Be, Ee so; Ce uddita-; Se vaddhita-; 360,3". koesa vaddhitabhatto viya ekam bhattavaddhitikam bhattapraptim hatthehi gahetv viya...); (c) uddharita, mfn., I.pulled out; rescued; cited; Ja IV 270,20 (sarabharjena ... rj -o bhavissati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uddhato); Vism 303,19 (pabbatapaptato -ena purisena, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se uddhatena); Vibh-a 16,15 (kukkuccyati sammsambuddhena pana lokuttare pi olrikasukhumat ~ ti); 2. having raised; who has lifted; ? Ap29,2o (bharito bhavabhrena neru uddharito yath, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee girim uccnto; Ap-a 236, ufoll: girim ~o yath mahmerupabbatam uddharitv ukkhipitv sise thapito, eds so); see also ubbhata, hata1; fpp (a) uddharitabba, mfn., Vin I 46,io (upajjhyamhi vutthite sanam -am); 74,9 (upajjhyassa deva sisam chedetabbam anussvakassa jivh -); IV 287,25 (evam ca pana bhikkhave kathinam -am); Mil 399,10 (satena sampajnena pdam -am); Sp 1274,18 (tinni -ni); (b) neg. anuddharaniya, mfn., Sv 688,20 (supannehi pi anuddharaniy mahesakkh ng); Ps III 331,15 (mtari aparajjhitv anuddharamyo bhavissati); It-aII 143,16 (annehi anuddharaniynam rgdisallnam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) uddhreti, raises; takes; Sp 317,6 (~eti, Ce, Ee, Seso; Beuccre); (b) uddharpeti, Vin IV 39,19 foil, (katham hinma bhikkh ajjhokse sensanam pafinpetv tarn pakkamant n' eva uddharissanti na -essanti... n'eva uddhareyya na -eyya); A I 242,3 (pallani -eyya); Sp 774,21 (n* eva uddharati na -eti); aor. 3pl. uddharpesum, Vin IV 39,n (sensanam ... na -esum); absol. uddharpetv, Vin IV 40,33; A I 242,4; Ja II 106,13 (mlni -etv); Mil 277,5 (rj janapadato dhammikam balim -etv); Pj I 241,25 (-telaguladim mahjanena... -etv, Ee so; Be ubbahpetv; Ce, Se uccrpetv); neg. anuddharpetva, Sp 775,19; fpp uddharpetabba, mfn., Vin II 180,29 (pallani -etabbni). uddharita(r), m. [from uddharati; S. uddhartr], one who removes; one who pulls out; Patis-a409,23 (tesarn sallnam sattasantnato - puggalo); 413,16; see also uddhata(r). uddhalomi(n), see sv uddalomi(n). uddhavasaddaka in Ee at Ap 355,i is prob, wr; see sv uddhaka. uddhaseta in Ee at A I 202,33 is wrfor uddhasta2 qv. uddhasta1, mfn., pp ofuddhamsati qv. uddhasta2, mfn. \pp o/*ud + dhamsati2; cf S. dhvasta], covered (with); smothered; A I 202,33 (slo ... mluvlathi -o pariyonaddho, Be, Ce so; Ee uddhaset, Se uddhaseto, prob, wrr; Mp II 318,29: ~o ti upari dhamsito); II211,32 (ayam loko - 0 pariyonaddho). uddhasnti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup udhrasnti, Wg 31:52], gleans; Sadd 501,22 (uddhasa unche: ... ~ti).

uddhtum, inf. of uddharati qv. uddhra, m. [ts], 1. raising; picking up; selecting; extracting; separating; removing; Vin IV 287,30 (yass" yasmato khamati kathinassa - o so tunn' assa, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ubbhro); Sp 349,13 (theyyacittena ganhato - prjikam); 436,24 (sancicc ti ayam sancicca manussaviggahan ti mtikya vuttassa sanciccapadassa ~o); 1411,3i (kathinuddhravasena -o veditabb); Vin-vn 2706; ifc see atth'- (yvattha2), kathin'(^vkathina2), salT-; 2 . a debt; a loan; Abh471 (~otu inam vuttam); 1123; Ja II 341,5 (~am sdhetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sodhetv); IV 45,28 (-am sodhessm ti); Sv 96,n (tumhehi -am v inam v dinnam dhanarn ajja sankaddhatha); -sodhpana, n., recovering a debt; Ud-a 115,13 (-'-din kenacid eva kattabbena, Be, Se so; Ee~e,prob. wr; Ce uddhrahetvndin). uddhrana, uddhrana, n. [S. uddhrana], raising; picking out, selecting; extracting; Sp 843,28 (thmamajyhimassa purisassa -mattam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uccranamattam); ifc see attiY - sv attha2. uddhranaka, m. [from uddhra], a debtor; Ja IV 45,is (tta asukagme tumhkam - o atthi, mayi gate na deti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee dhranako). uddhretum in Ee at Nidd II 196,30 is wrfor uddharitum (Be, Ce.Seso). uddhlaka in Ee, Se at Ja VI 530,3* is wr for uddlaka qv. uddhi, m. [AMgid.; cfS. uddhi "seat of a carriage"], a projection below a carriage (attached to the axle 1); Sp335,i9 (cakkni apanetv... bhmiy [ynassa] thapitassa dhrena ca catuhi ca akkhuddhihi patitthitavasena pancathnni, tarn dhre gahetv kaddhato -inam pacchimantehi purimante atikkante prjikam); 335,20 (-isu gahetv kaddhato); uddhim in Ee at Sp 408,6 is wrfor vuddhim (Be, Ce, Se so). uddhita, mfn., pp of uddharati qv. uddhuta, mfn. [pp of *ud + dhunti; S. uddhta], shaken; agitated; ifc see anil-6-; uddhuta in Ee at Sp 391,22 is wr for upadduta (Be, Ce, Se and Vin III 67,io so); see also uddhunanta, uddhunitv, uddh. uddhunana, n. [cf S. uddhnana], shaking up; Sadd 864,2i. uddhunanta, mfn. [part.pr. of *ud + dhunti; cfS. uddhnoti], shaking; lifting up; Vv-a 279,2 (abhiuddhunant adhikam -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee adhikauddhunant); see also uddhuta, uddhunitv, uddh. uddhunitv, ind. [absol. of *ud + dhunti; cfS. uddhnoti], shaking; lifting up; Tb-a III 200,32 (suvannahamso ... givam paggayha pakkhe uddhunitv); see also uddhuta, uddhunanta, uddh. uddhumta, mfn., pp o/*uddhumyati qv. uddhumtaka, mfn. and n. [uddhumta + ka2; cfBHS vydhmtaka], 1. (mfn. and n.) swollen; bloated, esp. of a corpse; the bloated (corpse, as asubha kammatthna^; D II 295,8 (sariram ... -am vinilakam); AII40,15 (purisarn ... dvihamatam v tihamatam v -am vinilakam); Ja 1164,9 (vtaggahanena udaram -am katv); Vism 178,9 foil (uddhumtam eva -am, patiklatt v kucchitam uddhumtan ti -am, tathrpassa chavasarirass'

432

etam adhivacanam) = As 197,u foil; Vism 180,32 (-am asubhanimittam ugganhanto); Sp 265,8 (sariram -am hoti kuthitam); Pj II 250,4 (vtabharitabhastr viya~o); Th-a II 167,n ('-dini tni tni asubhni disv); 2. (n.) the state of being swollen;! Sv 436,6 (yath ann itthiyo gabbhabhrena kilamanti hatthapd uddhumtakdini papunanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uddhumtatdini) = Ps IV 181,9. uddhumyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *ud + dhamati; cfS. uddhamati], is inflated; is swollen, swells up; aor. 3 sg. uddhumyi, Ja III 26,2 (atthi gale laggi, galo ~i); Vv-a 76,17 (catutthe divase sariram ~i); absol uddhumyitv, Jail 18,16; Dhp-al 126,6; pp (a) uddhumta, mfn. and n., inflated; swollen, bloated; the bloated (corpse, as an asubha kammatthna^); Sn 200 (so mato seti ~o vinilako); Ap 575,8 (kunapam... -am vinilam ca); Ja I 347,26; Vism 178,9 (bhastam viya vyun uddham jlvitapariydn yathnukkamam samuggatena sunabhvena tt -am) = As 197,10; Sv 114, H (pitiy ~o viya); Mp IV 133,23 (ubho pd... -); Pj II 171,32 (mnam janetv tena thaddho vatapritabhastr viya ~o hutv); see also accuddhumta; (b) uddhumyita, mfn., thickened; as if swollen; ? Nidd-a II 143,16 (bahalamattik ti punappunam dnavasena ~ bahalamattik, addvalepan ti asukkhamattikdn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddhamyik; a^Niddll [Be] 289, nfoll.: ktgr v ktgrasl v bahalamattik addvalepan); uddhumyita in Ee at Vv-a 218,30 (uddhumyitdikassa) is wr for uddhumyik qv. uddhumyana, n. [from *uddhumyati], swelling; becoming swollen; Ja IV 37,23 (hatthapdnam -kle); MpII195,22(-bhvo). uddhumyik, / [from *uddhumyati], a kind of small frog; M I 142,25 (addasa -am, ~ bhadante ti; Ps II 128,9: -an timandukam); 144,I5 (- ti... kodhupysass' etam adhivacanam; Ps II 132,3 foil.: ettha uddhumyikamandko nma no mahanto nakhapitthippamno hoti... ghattito yamitv mahanto parimandalo beluvapakkapamno hutv ...); Ps II 132,22 (~ amittavasam gantv kkdibhattam hoti); Vv-a 218,30 (' -dikassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uddhumyitdikassa). uddhumyita, pp o/*uddhumyati qv. uddh, m. [from *ud + dhunti; cfS. uddhnoti], one who shakes; Sadd 864,24 (sayambh abhibh sandh ~); see also uddhuta, uddhunanta, uddhunitv. uddheyya, mfn. [fpp of *ud + dahati; cfS. udVdh], to be raised; to be assigned; As 391,7* (gunena nmam -am). uddhehi in Ee at Ja IV 154, is* is wr for suddhehi (Be, Ce, Se so). uddhosita in Ee, Se at Nidd I 374,14 is prob, wr; see sv uddosita. udphampam in Ee at It-a II 167,25 is wr for ulumpa (Be, Ce, Se so). udrabhati, udrahati, pr. 3 sg. [wr for *udhati < *udanhati (ud + asnti), reflecting scribal confusion of dr/d and bh/h? so O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 28-29], eats; Dhtup212 (udrabha adane); Dhtum311; MI 306,12 (etam mluvabijam ... vana-

kammik v uddhareyyum upacik v -eyyum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se utthaheyyum; Ps II 372,17: -un ti khdeyyum, Ce, Ee so; Be uddhareyyun ti; Se utthaheyyun ti)= 307,2 (Ce so; Ee udraheyyum; Be, Se utthaheyyum). udraya, m.n. [perhaps wrong reconstruction of uddaya qv; see O. von Hinber, J980, pp. 25-26; or cfS. ud>/r, or Vri], result, consequence; outcome; profit; Pj II 564,28 (vancanvasena v -patthanvasena v, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce udaya-); 1h-a II 128,26 (eso dhamme sucinne nisamso, -oti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee udayo ti); ifc see katuk'-, dukkh'-, dukh'-, sukh'-; sa-udraya, mfn., having a profit; with the profit; Pj II 251,7 (-am mlam ganhanto, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se sa-udayam); see also udaya, uddaya. udriyati, udriyati (and undriyati, uddiyati), pr. 3 sg. [cfS. udVdf, dlryate; see O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 26-27] 1. is split, breaks open; falls apart, decays; Vin I 148,22 (sanghassa vihro -ati, Ee, Se so; Ce udriyati; Be undriyati; Sp 1069,23: -all tipalujjati, Ee, Se so; Ce udriyati ti; Be undriyati ti); IV 254,8 (parivenam -ati, Ee so; Se udriyati; Be undriyati; Ce uddriyati; Sp 918,25: udriyati ti parivenam vinassati paripatati, Ce so; Ee uddiyati ti; Be undriyati ti; Se uddriyati ti); D I 96,17 (yvat rafino vijitamettvat pathavi udriyissati ti, Ce, Ee so (Ee wr pathavim); Be undriyissati; Se udiyissati ti; Sv266,i5: udriyissati ti bhijjissati, bhusamutthi viya vippakiriyissati ti, Ce so; Be, Se undriyissati ti; Ee udayissati" ti); SI 113,17 (es pathavi manne udriyati ti, Ee, Se so; Be undriyati ti; Ce udirayati ti); aor. 3 sg. udriyi, undiyi, Ps IV 22,8 (kiki kho mahrja uttn seti m abbh udriyi ti, Ce, Se so; Be undiyi; Ee udiyi ti); 2. [or cf S. udVr, udiyarti ?], breaks (of dawn); VinV 172,19 (nissaggiyam nma kayiramne arunam -ati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be utthahati) quoted Sp 1111,20 (~ati ti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce utthahati ti). udriyana, udriyana (and undriyana, uddiyana), n. [from udriyati], splitting; breaking open; Ja I 72,1 (pathaviy -saddo viya syati, Se so; Be pathavi -undriyanasaddo; Ce pathavi -udriyana -; Ee pathavi -udriyana -); Ud-a 67,16 (mahpathaviy -klo viya mahati vibhimsik ahosi, Ce so; Ee -kle; Be, Se undriyanaklo); Th-a I 125,25 (pathaviy udriyanaklo viya ahosi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se undriyana-). udreka, m. [cf S. udreka], vomiting; belching; Abh468 (-0 c* eva uggro); see also uddeka. udhogalam in Ee at Pv-a 104,21 is wrfor adhogalam (Be, Ce, Se so). unda, m. [cfundati and S. undana], wetting; Sadd 395,13 (sadhu madhu -e). undati, pr. 3 sg. [S. undati], flows out; wets; Dhtup 145 (unda kiledane); Dhtum 200; Sadd 472,23 (udi pasavanakiledanesu: ... -ati unduro samuddo); pp unna, mfn. [ts], wet, moistened; moved, affected; Abh 753; Mhv 19:29 (pitivegen' - o udnayam). undura, undra, m. [S. undura], a rat or mouse; Abh 618 (msiko tv khu -o); Vin I 109,24 (tni civarni ... -ehi pi khajjanti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce undrehi); Ja III 123,12* (viditam thusam -nam viditam pana tandulam); Mil 23,24 (majjrasamgato viya ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se undro);

433

Sadd 472,23 (undati ~o samuddo); 873,7 (uro viddito: vedro... mayro ~o khajjro kurro, Ee so); -(k)khyita, m/h., gnawed by mice or rats; VinV 129,14 (panca pamsuklni sosnikam ppanikam -am ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be undra-); Sv 92,26 (msikacchinnan ti -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se undra-); Vism 62,25 (eds undra-). unna, mfn., pp of undati qv. unnaka, m. ? [?], a kind of plant; Ja VI 537,21* (~ bhaddamutt ca, Ce, Ee so; Be kutandaj; Se kuddaj). unnangala, mfn. [ud + nangala], "with plough raised", not ploughing; on holiday; Ja III 129,6 (tassa jambudipam -am katv dnarn dadato); VI328,1* (- msam imam karontu; 328,iv foil: kasananangalni usspetv ekamante thapetv... sabbe manuss mahchanam karontu); Ps III 312,12 (sakalajambudipatalam -am ahosi, Ce, Ee so; Be sakalajambudlpatale; Se sakalajambudipatale unnahganam); Dhp-aIII 10,2i (sakalajambudipam -am katv); Pv-a 133,7 (sabbarajjni -ni katv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr dunnarigalni). unnata, mfn., pp o/unnamati qv. unnati, unnati, / [from unnamati; cfS. unnati], elation; raising oneself; pride; Abh 168; AIV 211,19 (na... abhijnmi tatonidnam cittassa -im); Sn 830 (y -i s 'ssa vightabhmi); Niddl 168,io(-iycittam ugghtitam hoti); II 226,13 (ekavidhena mno: yo cittassa -i); Dhs 1233 (-i unnamo dhajo ... ayam vuccati mno) * Vibh350,3; Sadd485,14 (mno ahankro -iketu...); '-vanati,/, rising and sinking; elation and depression; Mil 387,12 (yogin yogvacarena -i na karaniy); see also accunnati, abbhunnati. unnadati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + nadati; S. unnadati], cries out; roars; Jail 90,1 (mahjano... pasamsati -ati apphoteti anguliyo vidhnati); part.pr. unnadanta, m/(~anti)n., Ja II 28,14* (migi -anti vijnhi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -anti; cf2S,\9'foll: migiti siham lapati... unnadanti tipi tarn eva lapati, so hi... unnat dant assa atthi ti unnadanti... aparo nayo: tava migi sihi -anti mama puttadram tajjeti; see also unnadanti[n]); 96,6 (naditire -ant mallayuddham yujjhanti); VI 396,8 (manuss -ant apphotent, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se unndent); SpkII 200,13 (mahpathavi... -anti kampittha); Dhp-aIII 203,14; aor. 3 sg. unnadi, Mil 13,10 (pathavi -i); Spkll 196,15 (cakkavlapabbato -i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ati) * Th-alll 133,33; 3pi. unnadimsu, Jail 110,8; absol. unnaditv, Ja III 271,15; pp(or of caus.) unnadita, m/., resounding; (made to resound;) Ja V 477,18 (khubhitamahsamuddo viya balakyo ahosi, Ce so; Be, Se unndento balakyo; Ee uttinnabalakyo, prob, wr); Th-alll 140,ii (abbhunnadit sikhihi ti madhurassarena -); caus. pr. 3 sg. *unndeti, -ayati, part.pr. (a) unndent, mfn., making roar; making resound; Ja VI 569,32 (girim -ento); Spk III 219,17 (mahpathavim -ento... parinibbyi); (b) unndayanta, m/h., id., Vism 39,i7 (sakalam pabbatam -ayanto arahattam ppuni); (c) unndayamna, mfn., id., Ja I 223,24 (devat sdhukram dadamn vanam -ayamn); absol. unndetv, Ja1408,24(pathavim -etv); Dhp-aIII 426,12; Bv-a 283,4*.

unnadanti(n), mfn., (according to et) having prominent or projecting teeth; Ja II 28,14* (migi -i vijnhi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~i; 28,w foil: migj ti siham lapati... -i ti pi tarn eva lapati, so hi... unnat dant assa atthi ti -I, unnatadanti ti pi ptho yeva; but perhaps part.pr. of unnadati qv, cf 28,25': aparo nayo: tava migi sflii unnadanti mama puttadram tajjeti). unnanbhi in Ee at Ja IV 484,20' is wrfor unnanbhi (Be, Ce, Se so). unnama, unnama, m. [from unnamati], 1. elevation; high ground; Khp 7:8 (-e udakarn vuttham yath ninnam pavattati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se unnate) = Pv 5:7 (Pv-a 29,14: yath -e thale unnatapadese); Ps III 220,28 (s ~e udakamuttatthne ahosi); 2. [cf S. unnmo] pride; elation; Niddl 158,16 (unnatim na kareyya -am na kareyya manam na kareyya); Dhs 1233 (unnati ~o dhajo ... ayam vuccati mno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se unnmo) * Vibh 350,3 (unnati -o, Ee so; Be, Ce unnmo; Se unnmo); Pj II 18,13 (mno ti jti-divatthuko cetaso -0, Ce, Ee so; Be unnmo; Se unnamno). unnamati, unnamati (no ed being consistent), pr. 3 sg. [S. unnamati; for -nn- cf onamati; perhaps influenced by panamati; cf also AMg unnaya], 1. bends upwards; rises; Ud73,9* (obhsati tva so kimi yva na -ti pabhankaro, Ee so; Be -ate; Ce uggamati; Se unnati; Ud-a 358,9: suriyo yva na -ati na udeti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uggamati); Ja VI 293, r (tul na onamati na -ati); Mil 117,18 (mahvt... onamanti -anti vinamanti); Spk III 49,5* (ninnam thnam -ati gacchante lokanyake); Bv-a56,29 (mahpathavi... puratthimato -ati pacchimato onamati); 2. raises oneself; exalts oneself; is elated; Sn 206 (yo manne -etave pararn v avajneyya; Pj II 253,26: yo -itum manfieyya); 829 (so hassati -ati cca tena, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -ati ca; Pj II 542,3: mnena ca -ati); 928 (na -eyya ppasamsito bhikkhu); Ja VI 346,20* (nyam pure -ati toranagge kakantako Mahosadha); part.pr. (a) unnamanta, unnamanta, mfn., Th-al 179,17 (-antesu sattesu); (b) unnama(t), unnama(t), mfn., Pj II 542,4 (evam -ato) = Nidd-al 287,28;? 3. raises; elevates; Mil 179,8 (bhagavato gacchantassa ayam acetan mahpathavi ninnam -ati unnatam onamati ti); pp unnata, unnata2, mfn. (and n.l), I. (mfn.) [S. unnata] high, lofty; risen; raised; Abh 708 (unnato); AIV 282,25 (tuldhro ... tularn paggahetv jnti ettakena v onatam ettakena v -an ti); Vv 45:5 (-asmim nagaravare); Ja III 24,13' (-e same bhmippadese thito); Spk I 244,12 (- bhmippades onamanti onat unnamanti); As 317,24 (thalan ti -am); ifc see onat'- sv onamati; neg. anunnata, anunnata, mfn., not high; not raised; not prominent or protuberant; Ja VI 482,30* (kucchi anunnato assa); Mil 387,11 (pabbato anunnato anonato); 2. (i) (mfn.) elated; haughty; Th662 ( ^ sukhadhammena); Patis I 130,8 (sattahi mnehi -0 lokasannivso ti); Mil 387,16* (lbhena unnato loko alabhena ca onato); neg. anunnata, anunnata, mfn., Sn702 (santo anunnato care); Patis II 206,15 (anunnatam cittam uddhacce na injati ti) quoted Vism 386,12; (ii) (n.) pride; ? Ja VI 58,13* (pasraya sannatam ca -am ca pasraya, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se unnattam;

434

58,2i/o//.: pasray ti m ukkhipa... pajah ti attho, sannatam ca -am ca ti kimjtiko nam' ahan ti din nayena pavattam omnam ca aham asmi jtisampanno ti dinayappavattam atimnam ca; or for natam, nattam ?); ~vanata, m/h., raised and depressed; prominent and low; elated and cast down; MI 80,15 (seyyathpi nma vattanvali evam eva ssu me pitthikantako -vanato hoti); Mil 146,15 (sukhadukkhesu -vanat); unnatunnata, unnatunnata, mfn., 1. high (in birth) and high (in moral behaviour), who begins high and stays high; AII 86,23 (cattaro ... puggal ... unnatonato unnatunnato, Ceso; Be, Ee, Se unnatunnato; Mp III 113,1: idni ucco yatim pi ucco bhavissati ti); 2. very raised, prominent; each one prominent; Ps II 49,33 (klapabbni v ti yath... klavalliy v sandhitthnesu milyitv majjhe unnatunnatni honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee umatunnatani); '-onata, mfn., high (in birth) and low (in moral behaviour); who begins high and ends low; All 86,23 (Mp III 112,25: idni ucco yatim nico bhavissati); Pv41:6(smino idhahutvna honti assmino tahim caranti khuppipsya manuss -'-onat; Pv-a262,33foil.: manussakle smino hutv klakat kammavasena onat caranti); onata, mfn., elated and cast down; Th663 (na te onat); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) unnameti, Th -a I 94,6 (tarn [cittam]... samm-ehi, anonatam anapanatan tikarohi ti, Be, Se so; Ee anonatam anapanatan ti; Ce anonatam anamantan ti); part.pr. unnamenta, mfn., 1h-al 93,33 (samunnamayan ti samm -ento); (b) unnameti, unnameti, makes bend upwards; raises; Mil 137,18 (so gacchanto na satthim ~eti; Ps III 387,17: gambhira-udake gacchanto viya rum na -eti); Nidd-al 211,32 (tarn puggalam -eti ukkhipitv thapeu" ti unnamo) = As 372,25; absol. unnmetv, unnmetv, Ja IV 234,21'; As 5,24 (givam-etv). unnamana, unnamana, n. [cf S. unnamana], rising; pride; It-al 50,15 (mnan ti jti-divatthukam cetaso -am); Th-all 269,8 (mno hi ' -kravuttiy tucchabhvena nalo viy ti); see also onamanunnamanapakatika sv onamana. unnala, unnala, mfn. [according to cts ud + nala; cfJ. Brough, J962, pp. 279-80, and BHS unnada], boisterous, insolent; uncontrolled; MI 32,9 (puggal... uddhat - capal mukhar); A I 266,20 (puggalo uddhato hoti -0 capalo mukharo; Mp II 369,15: -0 ti uggatanalo tucchamnam ukkhipitv thito ti attho); II 26,25* (kuh thaddh lap singi - asamhit); Dhp 292 (-nam pamattnam tesam vaddhanti sav) = Th635; Ud38,2 (uddhate -e capale mukhare; Ud-a 238,21/0//.: tucchabhvena mno najo viy ti nalo, mnasankhto uggato najo etesan ti ~); Th -a III 6,8 (ekam bhikkhum ... hlnaviriyam uddhatam -am viharantam disv); anunnala, anunnala, mfn., not boisterous; controlled; MI 32,is; A I 70,12 (bhikkh anuddhat honti ~ acapal amukhar); Cp-a 312,18. unnahan, / [from *ud + nayhati; cf S. unnahyati], entangling, inveigling; constraining; Niddl 388,2 (ullapan samullapan - samunnahan) = Vibh352,3o; Vism 27,10 foil. unnda, m. (and mfn. ?) [S. unnda, m.], crying out;

clamour; (resounding; clamorous;) Ja I 71,33 (yass unnadantiy -saddo... pathavi-udriyanasaddo viya syati); VI 405,5 (paris *ssa ekappahren' eva '-dIni aksi); Bv-a282,7 (so ndo sakalakapilapuram -am kareyya). unndana, n. [from unnadati], making cry out; Dhp-a IV 61,26 (' -atthya mahjanassa angulisannam datv). unndi(n), mfn. [from unnadati], crying out; clamouring; making a noise; D I 95,27 (mnavak -ino uccsadd mahsadd ahesum); MI 513,23 (mahatiy paribbjakaparisya saddhim ... -iniy uccsaddya mahsaddya; Ps III 221,8: -iniy ti uccarn nadamnya); Ja II 216,24 (manuss -ino hutv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr unndino); Sp 94,25 (sakalarjasen -ini ahosi); Sv 834,6 (asallapanto katham -i bhavissati ti). unnbhisi in Ee at Ap 303,14 is wr for unnbhisi qv jvunn. unnma, see sv unnama. unnmaninnmi(n), unnmininnmi(n), mfn. [from unnamati and ninnamati], rising and sinking; uneven; AIV 237,8 (khettam ~i ca hoti, Be so; Ce -i; Ee unnmininnmi; Se unnamininnmi; Mp IV 124,7: -i ti ninnathalavasena visamatalam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee unnmaninnmi ti; anunnmaninnmi, anunnmininnmi, mfn., level, even; A IV 237,27 (khettam -i ca hoti, Ce so; Be anunnmaninnmi; Ee anunnmininnmi; Se anunnmininnmi). unnameti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of unnamati qv. unnitaka, mfn. [unnlta (pp of *ud + neti) + ka2; cfS. unnlta], led off, led away; Patis I 129,7 (-0 lokasannivso hannati; Patis-a 413,29: -o ti uggahetv uggahetv nito jtiy uggahetv jardi-upaddavya nito ti attho, kakro pan' ettha anukampya datthabbo) quoted Ud-a 143,17. upa, ind. [ts], prefix to nouns and adjectives; preverb to verbs; preposition; following an-, nir- or a vowel in a cpd very often becomes -pa-; Abhll85; Sadd 883,24* foil, (upasaddo samipatthe ...); I. as prefix to nouns and adjectives and in indeclinable cpds expresses: direction towards; nearness; resemblance; subordination, inferiority; (according to cts) firmness, intensity; Vism 569,6 (updnan ti dalhaggahanam, dalhattho h* ettha -saddo) = Spkll 14,n; 2. as preverb to verbs and their derivatives expresses: towards; near to; by the side of; Ap-a420,3 (samupavylho ti sam sutthu upa samipe rsibhto ti attho); 3. as separate preposition with loc. expresses: above, superior to; Sadd 729,33 (upa khriyam dono, khriy dono 'dhiko ti attho). -upaka, mf(-ika)n. [BHSid.], going to; belonging to; fit for; ifc see kul'--, khlr'--, gayh'--, tad--; upakam in Ee at Ja VI 536, nis wr for udakam (Be, Ce, Se so); see also upaga, upiya. upakaccha, n. (orm.) [cfS. upakaksa, mfn.], (the region of) the armpit; (the area) under the arm; JaV 46,9 (0,-antare thapetv); 211,12 (ekacce lopam gahetv bhunjm ti sannya ... ' -antare khipimsu); Vin-vn 2137 (-esu). upakacchaka, m.n. [upakaccha + ka2], (the region of) the

435

armpit; Vin III 39,23 (~e ghattehi); IV 260,15 (ubho -); Ja I 158,9 (tinakalpam ~e thapetv); V437,r (kacchan ti -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakaccham); Mil 293,7 (yodho ... patisattum ~e gahetv kaddhitv); Sp 1213,18 (ubhinnam -nam antarena); Spkl 147,6 (manim -e thapetv). upakaftha, mfn., pp 0/upakaddhati qv. upakaddhaka, mfn. [from upakaddhati], who draws or drags towards; Ps I 213,5 (~ dve puris, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakaddhant). upakaddhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. upakarsati], draws towards; drags away to, drags near; D I 180,14 (santi... samanabrhman mahiddhik mahnubhv te imassa purisassa sannam -anti pi apakaddhanti pi); MII 188,13 (tarn enam... nirayam nirayapl -eyyum); Sil 99,3i (tarn enam dve balavanto puris... tarn angraksum -eyyum); Dhp 311 (smannam dupparamattham nirayy' -ati); upakaddhanti in Ee at Sp 868,3 is wr for ukkaddhanti (Be, Ce, Se so); pp upakaftha, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) drawn near, near; drawing near (esp. of time); Abh 705; Vin I 152,5 (~ya vassupanyikya; Sp 1071,n: ~y ti sannya); IV 93,2 (re kle, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakkatthe); Ja IV 265,21 (~ya pavranya); Dhp-a I 197,17 (bhante vel ~ ti); Ap-a299,32 (~e parinibbne); 2. (n.) nearness; vicinity; Niddl 158,21 (nibbnassa santike smant sanne avidre -e ti); Vibh 3,3 (sanne -e avidre santike, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upakkatthe); neg. anupakattha, n., Vibh 2,33 (ansanne anupakatthe dure asantike, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anupakkatthe); see also upakantha, nikattha. upakaddhana, n. [from upakaddhati; cf S. upakarsana], drawing or dragging towards; Ps I 213,5 (yath nnbhasu gahetv tattha upakaddhak dve puris evam bhavesu '-atthena manosancetan); SpkII 112,32 (tarn purisam ... angraksum -klo viya). upakantha, n. [ts], nearness; vicinity; Dth5:41 (Anurdhapuropakanthe); see also upakattha .yv upakaddhati. upakan4akim in Ee at Pv-a72,3* and 72,2i is wr for uppandukim qv sv uppanduka. upakannakam, ind. [upa + kanna + ka2; cfS. upakarnam], close to the ear; in the ear; VinV 161,36* (~am jappati jimham pekkhati; Sp 1363,1 foil', evam kathehi m evam kathayitth ti kannamle manteti); (a)-jappi(n), mfn., whispering in the ear; VinV 163,24 (na ~in bhavitabbam); A III 136,15; see also upakannakamhi. upakaQ9akamhi, upakannake, ind. [upa + loc. o/kanna + ka2; cf S. upakarnam], close to the ear; in the ear; VinIV 271,14 (purisassa ~e roceti); SI 86,8 (ranno Pasenadikosalassa ~e rocesi); Th200 (m tarn -amhi tlessam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upakannamhi; Th-a II 67,14: ~amhi kannasamipe, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upakannamhi); see also upakannakam. upakappati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upakalpate], is fit for, is ready at hand; serves, is a benefit (to, gen./dat.); SI 85,26* (vilumpateva puriso yv' assa ~ati); A V 269,8 (idam dnarn petnam ntislohitnam ~atu); Khp 7:8 (evam eva ito dinnam petnam -afi ti)= Pv 5:7 quoted Sadd 552,12;

Ja V 350,18* (yam c* annam ~ati); Spk II 272,14 (bhinnaklato patthya bijam bijatthya na ~ati); Saddh 501 (peta dnam pariggayha tesam tarn ~ati); part.pr. upakappanta, m/(~anti and -ant)., Pj I 214,21 ([dakkhin] -an ca thnaso ~ati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ~ati ti ca thnaso ~ati); 214,24 (tarn khanam yeva -ant thnaso ~afi ti vutt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~antam ... vuttam); neg. anupakappanta, mfn., Pj I 220,28; aor. 3 sg. upakappatha, Pv 26:5 (petassa dakkhin ~atha); fppneg. anupakappaniya, mfn., Pv-a49,6 (tath pi diyamnassa attano anupakappaniyatam... dassenti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupakappanam); caus. pr. 3 sg. upakappeti, prepares, makes ready; brings near, fetches; DII 64,15 (atatham va pana santam tathattya -essmi ti); PsIV 222,2 (ettakam nma me anuvassam balim - e M ti); absol. upakappetv, Mp III 84,4 (hunitabbam deyyadhammam -etv); pp upakappita, mfn., prepared; procured; Mp III 84,10. upakappana, n. and mfn. [from upakappati; cfS. upakalpana, n.], suitability; benefit; (iic) suitable to, fit for; Cp-a54,8 (-vasena); -oj,/, strengthgiving essence that is fitting (for), that serves; Ja I 68,28 (devnam ca manussnam ca ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se opakappanaka-) * Ap-a73,3i; -bhojana, n., food that is fitting (for); food which will be a benefit; Dhp-a II 143,17 (tassa ~am asukakule nma sakk laddhun ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upakappanakam bhojanam); anupakappana, n., lack of suitability (for); the not being beneficial; Pj 1220,17 (~-kranni); Pv-a49,6 (tath pi diyamnassa attano ~am... dassenti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anupakappaniyatam). upakappanaka, mfn. [upakappana + ka2], fitting (for), suitable; beneficial; Ja I 398,11 (yakkhini attano ~am hram haritv); Dhp-a II 133,14 (attano ~am ygubhattam); III 323,16 (devamanussnam ~am ojam). upakarana, n. [ts], a useful object; means, instrument, implement; requisite; D i l 340,2 (app eva nam' ettha kind ~am adhigaccheyyan ti); Ja VI 427,12 (vsipharasukuddlakhanitti-dmi bahni ~ni ghpetv); Mil 149,18 (tassa rogassa uddharanya ~am); Sp 756,24 (gopnasidikam ~am); Pj I 196,5 (so devamanussehi pupphagandhdin bahi nibbattena ~ena ... pjito); Vibh-a 415,28 (atthe uppanne sabbesam ~nam gahitatt na cinteti); ifc see vitf--, sukh'--; -sanfi,/, (gr.t.t.) additional or subsidiary term; Sadd 609,16 (~-vidhnam); sa-upakarana, mfn., with requisites, with the means of subsistence; ? Ps I 28,12 (-assa attano v parassa v ... pathavito uppattim ... mannamno) ^ Nidd-a259,24 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sa-upakranassa). upakaroti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upakaroti], assists, helps; serves; fosters, takes care of; Sadd 509,11 (kara karane:... pakaroti ~oti); aor. 1 sg. upaksim, Thi 89 (nhpanacchdanehi ca upaksim imam kyam); pp upakkhata, mfn. [S. upaskrta], prepared; arranged; Vin III 216,12 (gahapatissa ... civaracetpanam -am hoti); D I 127,ii (mah yaniio -o hoti); Pv20:4 (-am parivisayanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthitam); Ja VI 139,7* (atha no -assa yannassa kasm karosi vikkhepam);

436

154,27* (sabbasmim -asmim; 155,4'fall: sabbasmim yannasambhre sajjite patiyatte); Mil 156,25 (yam kind -am hoti); Sp 670, io (yam hi bhikkhum uddissa -am); ^?p upakattabba, mfn., Cp-al86,3o (abhikkhanam upakattabbabhvena). upakra, m.n. and mfn. [S. upakra, m.], 1. (m.n.) help; service; benefit; Ja I 8,15' (yam yam pabbajitnam -ya samvattati); 340,14' (sabbattha kasikammassa v vappakammassa v -o hutv na vassissati); II 51,3 (Brnasisetthin amhkam -o kato katupakrassa nma paccupakram katurn vattati" ti); PatisI 162,14 (vypdo samdhissa paripantho avypdo samdhissa ~am); Ap 595,24 (-am ca niddisi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ' -attham); Vism6,20 (evam... desito pi pan' esa visuddhimaggo atisankhepadesito yeva hoti tasm nlam sabbesam -y ti vitthram assa dassetum...); Sp 1123,7 (-taya); Sv 247,24 (ketubhan ti... kavinam -ya sattham, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se '-vaham) = Ps III 362,12 (* Ap-a219,3i: upakrako gantho); Pj I 168,25 (-am pi dassento); Vv-a68,3 (mama sahyikya mayham ~o kato); Cp-a311,29 (paresam apakre khant ~e anussarit); Saddh 546 (pubbopakrissa -ni pandito kareyya); Mhv 10:80 (mtuy -tt attano ca mahipatim aghtetv va); 2. {mfn.) who is a help; helping; useful; beneficial; Dili 187,2 (~o mitto suhado veditabbo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakrako); 188,1* (~o ca yo mitto); A III 34,io (devabhtassa pi ~ni punnni); Ja 1111,21 (ayam no pti atthi no ca amhkam ~); Ap 595,25 (- ca y nri); nupakra, mfn., helpful and unhelpful; Ps II 348,21; Cp-a 34,25 (sabbapraminam ~e dhamme jnitv); 0, -vaha, mfn., bringing help; producing benefit; Pv-a 86,20 (attano -am bhesajjam hari); Cp-a 273,35; -va(t), mfn., giving help or service; being of benefit; It-all \62,\6fall (evam misadnena ... gahatth bhikkhnam -vanto ti dassetva idni dhammadnena ... bhikkhnam pi tesarn -vantatam dassetum...); anupakra, mfn., unhelpful; not beneficial; of no use; Ja V 254,12' (cornam -am ... mattikapattam); Mil 38,i (ime dhamm upakra ime dhamm -); Patis-a512,n (vedansannnam vipassanya tt); Ap-a 185,15 (m imni dhannni -ni vinassant ti); As 122,4; nirupakra, nirpakra, mfn., not helpful; of no use; Ja II 103,3 (-0 esa amhkan ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nirpakro); V 339,12' (may -ena); Dhp-a I 320,13 (ayam tava kyo apetavinnno -o hutv); sa-upakra, mfn., with what is of help or service; Spkl 249,16 (samlam -am sasambhram saphalam kasim pannpetum); Pj II 214,23 (tisso sikkh - snisams ca vutt). upakraka, m/(-ik)n. (and m.n. ?) and upakrik,/, 1. (mfn.) [ts] doing a service; helping, benefitting; a helper; Ja III 437,9 (aham... evam hi tava upakrik); V 99,8 (-0 cpi me anusamvaccharam sahassabalin pjesi); Vism533,i (yo hi dhammo yassa dhammassa thitiy v uppattiy v ~o hoti so tassa paccayo ti vuccati); Ps I 84,15 (sabbesam sesabojjharignam -tt satisambojjhango pathamam vutto); Pj II 143,31 (bijassa ca upakrik vutthi); Vibh-a 116,8 (vc kyakammassa upakrik ti); Mhv 32:57 (sanghassa ~o aham eva);

Sadd92,9 (saddasattham nma na sabbaso buddhavacanassopakrakam ekadesena pana hoti); 2. (m.n.) help; a service; Mp II 156,23 (pubbakri ti pathamam -assa krako, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se upakrassa); 3. (f.) a subsidiary fortification added to a rampart; a low bastion; Abh 203 (uddpo upakrik); Sv274,2i (upakrik ti paresam rohananivranattham samant nagarapkrassa adhobhge katasudhkammam vuccati); ifc see nagar' --; see also upakri; anupakraka, m/(-ik)., not doing a service; not helping; not beneficial; Ja III 459,26 (mtpitunnam ~); Ps II 187,24 (kirn upakraknam yeva esa dhammam deseti -nam na deseti ti); Mp III 354,25 (~e dhamme vajjetv); Patis-a 512,2 (vedan... vipassanya anupakrik). upakri(n), mfn. [S. upakrin] (sg. gen. -ino, -issa), helping; doing a service; a benefactor; Ja III 11,22 (evam mama ~ino kasm sampattim na dassmi ti); Sp 124,6 (misadnadhammadnehi -t); Spklll 185,28 (idis nma amhkam ~ino n' atthi ti); Cp-a270,i4 (~Isu apakrisu ca sattesu); Saddh 540 (buddhdisu gunaddhesu -isu vpi ca); 546 (pubbokrissa). upakrim in Ee at Ap 137,15 is wr for upakram (Se so) or upahram (Be, Ceso). upakrik, / , see sv upakraka. u p a k r i , / [of upakra ?], a subsidiary fortification added to a rampart; a low bastion; M I 86,37 (dhanukalpam sannayhitv addvalepan ~iyo pakkhandanti; Ps II 58,i: ~iyo ti ettha manuss pkrapdam assakhurasanthnena itthakhi cinitv upari sudhya lepenti, evamkat pkrapd -iyo ti vuccanti) = Nidd II 122,31; see also upakrik sv upakraka. upaksim, aor. 1 sg. o/upakaroti qv. upakinna, mfn. [pp o/*upa + kirati; S. upakirna], strewed with; ifc see rucak* -; see also upakiritum. upakiritum, ind. [inf. o/*upa+ kirati; cf S. upakirati], to bestrew; to scatter (upon); Vin II 153,38 (parivenam cikkhallam hoti ... anujnmi bhikkhave marumbam -un ti); see also upakinna. upakiriy, / [cf S. upakry, S. lex. upakri], a royal tent, a royal pavilion; ? a caravanserai; ? Ja V 408,25* (udatrayi ratham daddallamnam upakiriyasdisam, Ce, Ee so; Be upakriya-; Se upakriya-; cf409,16'fall: upakaranabhandehi sadisam, yath tassa aggisikhya samnavannni upakaranni jalanti tath' eva jalitan ti attho, Be, Se so; Ee yath tassa aggisikhsamnavannni jalanti...; Ceupakaranabaddhehi sadisam ...). upakitaka, m, see sv upakkitaka. upakujjati, see sv upakjati. upakumbham, ind. [S. upakumbham], near the waterjar; Sadd 777,2 (kumbhassa samipam upakumbham). upakjati, upakujjati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. upaVkj], calls to; sings in answer; Ja IV 296,12* (kjantam -anti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kujjantam upakujyanti); VI 518,25* (bah dij kjantam -anti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kujjantam upakujjanti) = 581,27* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kujjantam upakujjanti); part.pr. upakjanta, mfn., MpII 237,7 (bhamaragan -ant vicaranti); pp upakjita, mfn. [cf S. upakjita], called to, answered; resounding, echoing; JaV 9,12

437

(hamsaganehi ~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakujjit); ifc see cakkavk'-- svcakka; upakjito in Ce, Ee at Jail 134,8' is prob. wr; see sv upaksita. upakji(n), mfn. [from upakjati], calling out; ifc see ubhokT -- sv ubho. upaklaja, mfii. [upa + kla + ja2; cfS. upakla], growing on the bank, growing near the bank; Ja VI 26,21* (yath vrivaho pro vahe rukkh' paklaje Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rukkhe 'paklaje; 27,3': ~e rukkhe vaheyya) quoted Sadd 435,21 (rukkhe 'paklaje). upaklita, upaklita, mfh. [cfS. kdayati, klita], burnt, scorched; shrivelled; Thi 258 ([nsik] jarya - viya; Thi-a 20\,nfoll.: s nsik idni jarya nivritasobhatya parisedit viya varatt viya ca jt; but cfK.R. Norman, 1971, p. 114, suggesting derivation < S. upakuly "piper longum "); Ja 1405,16* (atipanditena puttena man' amhi ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakutfhito; 405,wfoll.\ thoken' amhi jhmo) quoted Sadd 79,28; see also upaksita. upaksita, mfn. [?], burnt; roasted; Jail 134,2* (sayetha Potthapdo va mummure ~o, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upakthito; \34,rfoll.: yath Potthapdo kukkule jhamo sayati evam sayeyy ti, upakjito ti pi ptho, ayam eva attho, Ce, Ee so, prob, wr; Be upakdhito ti pi ptho; Se upakutthito ti pi); see also upaklita. upakka- in Be, Ee at Ja VI 37,16 and in Ee at Sp 1029,20 is wrfor uppakka qv sv uppaccati. upakkaftha, see upakattha sv upakaddhati. upakkanta, mfh., pp o/upakkamati qv. upakkama, m. [S., BHS upakrama], approach, beginning; setting about, undertaking, enterprise; act, action; act of violence, assault; means, expedient; treatment; Abh 773 (pakkamo tu ~o); MII 220,12 (tarn ~ena v padhnena v samparyavedaniyam hot ti labbharn etan ti; Ps IV 4, is: -en ti payogena); S I 152,5 (tilavho imin ~ena parikkhayam pariydnam gaccheyya); A I 207, I (upakkilitthassa ... cittassa ~ena pariyodapan hoti); Sn 575 (na hi so ~o atthi yena jta na miyyare); Ja VI 115,24* (vividh -" nirayesu dissanti; 116,5': ~ ti kranpayog); Mil 152, u (tena tesam -na rogo patinivattati); Vism 383,8 (mranatthya ~e kate); 500,16 (ahitundikahatthagato sappapotako viya kaddhanapahkaddhana -odhnananiddhnandin ~ena adhimattam dukkham anubhavati); Sv 69,32 (pntipto:... tassa panca sambhr honti, pno pnasannit vadhakacittam ~o tena maranan ti); anupakkama, m., not the action (of another); not an act of violence; Vin II 194,20 (~ena bhikkhave tathagata parinibbyanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se na parupakkamena) quoted Ps IV 179, is (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tathagato parinibbyati). upakkamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upakrmati; BHS upakramati], goes near, approaches (for a purpose); sets about, begins; applies oneself, exerts oneself (esp. sexually), masturbates; sets upon, assaults; Vin III 113,30 (ajjhattarpe ceteti ~ati muccati; Sp524,2o: ~afi ti tadanurpam vymam karoti); M I 86,24 (aMamannam pnihipi~anti leddhi pi ~anti); SI 125,37 (samanam ... imin upakkamena -eyyma); SpkII 141,16 (Devadatto

satthari padutthacitto anattham pi ktum ~eyy ti); part.pr. (a)upakkama(t),mfn., Dili 90,25 (tesam no rasapathavim hatthehi lumpakrakam -atam paribhunjitum); Sp265,n (tdise sarire yattha katthaci ~ato dukkatam eva); neg. anupakkama(t), mfn., Vin-vn332; (b) upakkamanta, mfn., Sp264,32; Th-all 257,34 (tarn... rj... nnvidhehi upyehi ~anto mretum nsakkhi); Vin-vn 327 (sancicc' -antassa); aor. 3 sg. upakkami, Vin IV 316,6 (so puriso tarn bhikkhunim dsetum -i); Ja IV 470,29* (purise hantum ~i); 3pi. (a)upakkamimsu, Dili 85,26 (satt rasapathavim... ~imsu paribhunjitum); JaIV 330,12*; (b) upakkamum, Ja IV 352,27* (nisithi kuthrihi mlato tarn ~um; 353,16': chinditum rabhimsu); absol upakkamitv, Vin III 110,17 (hatthena ~itv); Sp 528,3 (methunargena ratto... mocanatthya nimitte ~itv moceti); Ud-a342,i2; upakkamitv in Ee, Se at SI 160,io is wr for upakkhalitv qv sv upakkhalati; pp upakkanta, mfn. and n., \.{mfn.) [S. upakrnta], attacked, affected; treated; Mil 112,2 (in long cpd); anupakkantadehava(t), mfn., with a body which is not attacked; ? or which does not need treatment; ? Ap 380,n (rpav gunasampanno anupakkantadehav, Ee so; Be, Ce, iSeanavakkanta-); 2 . (n.) attack; Sv 140,14 (ayam hi rj pitari divasato patthya); caus. absol. upakkampetv, Vin-vn 326 (paren* upakkampetv angajtam pan* attano). upakkamana, n. [BHS upakramana], attack; violent action; Ja IV 12,6'(-vasena). upakkita, mfn. [pp of *upa + kinti2; cf S. upakriya], bought, purchased; Ud-a 174,3 (tena vikkayena bhagavat ~o viya hoti ti vuttam upakkitako ti); Th-all 33,20 (-vdena kakutapdinisu pi cittam virjetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee conjecture upakkitaka-). upakkitaka, upakitaka, upakkitaka, m. [upakkita + ka2; cfS. kritaka], 1. one who is bought; a purchased (slave); Ud23,n (bhatako kir' yasm Nando ~o kir* yasm Nando accharnam hetu brahmacariyam carati; Ud-a 174,3: atha v ... tena vikkayena bhagavat upakkito viya hoti ti vuttam ~o ti) = Mp I 317,15 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upakitako) = Dhp-al 119,24 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakkitako); 2. a buyer; Ud-a 173,28 (yo kahpandlhi kinci kinci kinti so ~o ti vuccati, ayam pi yasm... attano brahmacariyam kinti). upakkilittha, m//i.,/?po/upakkilissati qv. upakkilissati (and upakilissati), pr. 3 sg. 1. [cfS. kliSyati], stains; defiles; Spklll 211,19 (panca nivaran cittam -anti kilittham karonti, eds so, perhaps wr; * Sv 880,38: Be, Ce, Se upakkilesenti; Ee wr upakkilesan ti); 2. [BHS upakliSyate], is stained, is defiled; Vism 377,3 (anganena hi tarn cittam ~ati) = Sp 157,17 = Nidd-al 357,17; pp upakkiliftha (and upakilittha), mfh. [BHS upaklista], stained, soiled; defiled, spoiled; Vin II 295,22 (yehi upakkilesehi -a candimasuriy na tapanti); A I 10,6 (pabhassaram idam bhikkhave cittam tarn ca kho gantukehi upakkilesehi -an ti; Mp I 60,19: upakkilesehi ti rgdlhi tt ~am nm ti vuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upakkilesehi ti rgdlhi -an ti ~am nm ti); 207,1 (~assa... cittassa upakkamena

438

pariyodapan hoti); Ja III 364,22; Vism 13,29 (attukkamsanaparavambhandihi ~am v hinam anupakkilittham lokiyam silam majjhimam lokuttaram panltam); Spk I 237,2 (~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upakilittho); neg. anupakkilittha, anupakkilittha, mfh., Vism 13,29; Pj I 37,19 (sikkhpadni... anupakkilitthni); It-all 138,7 (ekdasahi upakkilesehi anupakkilitthatt visuddham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anpa-); caus. pr. 3 sg. upakkileseti, stains; defiles; Sv 880,38 (panca nivaranni cittam ~enti kilittham karonti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upakkilesan ti) * Spk III 211,19 (eds upakkilissanti, perhaps wr). upakkilissana, n. [from upakkilissati], staining; a stain; Sadd405,9 (~am upakkileso). upakkilesa, upaklesa, m. [BHS upakle$a, upakileSa], stain, soiling; blot, blemish, defilement; impurity; Vinll 295,2i (cattro 'me bhikkhave candimasuriynam ~); MI 36,28 (katame ca bhikkhave cittassa ~); A III 16,4 (pane' ime ... jtarpassa ~); Sn 66 (~e vyapanujja sabbe anissito); Ja III 364,23 (ayam cando gantukaupakkilesena upakkilittho nippabho jto, mayham p' esa rajaparivro ~o); Patis I 72,30 (sotpattimaggena sakkyaditthi vieikicch silabbataparmso ditthnusayo vieikicchnusayo attano cittassa ~a samm samucchinn honti; Patis-a 285, is: kilesenti upatpenti vibdhenti ti kiles, thmagatatthena bhus kiles ti ~); Dhs 1059 (bandhanam ~o anusayo); Petl59,i3 (varanam nivaranam chadanam ~o); Nett 86,12 (dve cittassa ~ tanh ca avijj ca); Vism 633,18 (katame pana te dasa ~ ti); Ps I 169,n (so pan' esa abhijjhvisamalobho uppajjitv cittam dseti obhsitum na deti tasm cittassa ~o ti vuecati); upaklesavinimmutta, mfh., free from defilements; Saddh225; anupakkilesa, m., not a stain; nondefilement; D III 45,23 (yadi 'me tapojigucch upakkilesa v ~ v ti); S V 93,7 (satt' ime ... bcjjhang anvaran anivaran cetaso ~). upakkileseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. 0/upakkilissati qv. upakkuftha, mfn., pp o/upakkosati qv. upakkosa, m. [S. upakro^a], reproach, complaint; Abhl20; Ja IV 81,15 (manussehi -e kate); VI 489,23 (ngar ... kuddh rjadvre sannipatitv mahantam ~am akamsu); Pj II 519,7 (~am akamsu). upakko8ati,pr. 3 sg. [S. upakroSati], blames, criticises; reproaches; complains; DI 161,11 (samano Gotamo ... sabbam tapassim lkhjivim ekamsena ~ati upavadati); Ja III 523,17* (~ati nam sabhvo; 523, ir\ att va tarn puggalam garahati); V 279,5 (adhammakaro nma n' atthi kasm ~ath ti); Pj II 268,21 (~eyyum); part.pr. upakkosanta, mfn., Ja VI 131,17 (eko attaparjito puriso vinicchayatthne -anto nikkhamitv; ^ Cp-a 58,22: ~ento); Cp-a90,is; aor. 3 sg. upakkosi, Ja IV 262,12; 3 pi. upakkosimsu, Ja V 193,20 (dubbhikkhapilit manuss sannipatitv rjangane ~imsu); absol. upakkositv, Ja IV 317,9; pp upakkuttha, upakuttha, mfn. [S. upakrusta], blamed; reproached; Ja III 523, is; Sv 281,21 (na ~o, na akkosam v nindam v pattapubbo) = Ps III 417, I; neg. anupakkuttha, anupakuttha, m/w., VinlV 160,20 (khattiyo nma ubhato sujto hoti... yva sattam pitmahyug akkhitto anupakuttho jtivdena, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anupakkuttho)

^ Mil 165,2i * Jal 2,16; Pj II 192,5 (anupakutthe ca brhmanakule, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anupakkutthe); caus. part.pr. upakkosenta, mfn., Cp-a 58,22 (attaparjito eko puriso vinicchayatthne upakkosento nikkhamitv; * Ja VI 131,n: upakkosanto). upakkhata, mfn., pp o/upakaroti qv. upakkhara1, m. [S. upaskara], implement; ingredient; Sadd 859,22; ifc see yanna-. upakkhara2, n. [cfS. apaskara, m, upaskara, m.], part of a carriage; Abh 375 (rathassang akkhopakkhara-dayo; or akkho 'pakkhara-dayo); Spk II 325,17 (rajatamayo akkho indanilamanimayam ~am, eds so, perhaps wr for apakkhara qv). upakkhalati,pr. 3 sg. [upa + khalati2], trips; stumbles; DII250,5 (ye ... manuss khipanti v ~anti v, te evarn hamsu nam' atthu Mahgovindassa brhmanassa); absol. upakkhalitv, Mil 209,24 (brhmani -itv tikkhattum udnamudnesi, namo tassa bhagavato ...) ^ SI 160,io {Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr upakkamitv); A III 306,28(~itv v papateyyam) quoted Vism 235,21; Ja III 433,16' (yath te -itv pdo psnasmim na khafinati); As 367,14; p p upakkhalita, mfn., stumbling; who has stumbled; Vism 582,30 (~assa patanam viya); Bv-a 125,32 (pathaviyam - pathavim yeva nissya utthahanti). upakkhalana, n. [from upakkhalati], stumbling, tripping; Vism 582,29 (andhassa ~am viya) = Vibh-a 195,32; Cp-a 136,2i (kim idam silamatte pi -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upalakkhanam). upakkhittaka, mfn. [*upakkhitta (pp of *upa + khipati) + ka2 ? cf S. upaksipati; or cf S. upaksit, upaksetr ?], 1. beaten, won over; converted; a convert; Nidd I 180,9 (vissajjit ca te panh bhagavat honti nidditthakran, 4 ca te bhagavato sampajjanti; Nidd-a302,2iyb//.: te khattiyapanditdayo bhagavato vissajjen' eva bhagavato samipe khittak pakkhittak sampajjanti, svak v sampajjanti upsak v ti attho) = Patis II 196,14 (Patis-a 650,8 foil.: te ... bhagavato samipe khittak pdakkhittak sampajyanti); 2. rejected; insulted; MpII 305,2 (opapakkhim karonti ti ~am karonti, ukkhipitv chaddenti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ukkhittakam). upakkhepa, m. [cf S. upaksepa], 1. striking, attack; Spk I 44,30 (yogam yanti maceuno ti maceuno yogam payogam pakkhepam -am upakkamam abbhantaram gacchanti, maranavasam gacchanti ti attho; or meaning 2.1); 2. placing in, inclusion; Spk I 155,22 (samodhnan ti samavadhnam ~am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pakkhepam); III 134,2 (samodhnam gacchantiti odhnarn ~am gacchanti; = Mp III 384,19: Be, Se upanikkhepam; Ce, Ee pakkhepam) * PsII 218,6 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee pakkhepam). upakkhepaka, mfn. [upakkhepa + ka2], striking; throwing (at); -vata, m., a wind which throws things, which strikes; a violent wind; Sv 558,13 (mahvta vyant ~ nma utthahanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ukkhepaka-) = Mp IV 154,23 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ukkhepaka-). upaklesa, see sv upakkilesa.

439

upakhandha, upakkhandha, m.(?) [upa + khandha], the area near the shoulder; Ja IV 210,21* (-amh okkacca caturarigulam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upakkhandhamh ukkacca; 210,25': -amh ti khandhato; cf 210,7foil.: galacammam upptetv caturangulamatte thne). -upaga, mfn. [ts], going to, reaching; undergoing; being in or on; belonging to, pertaining to; fit for; furnished with; ifc see kaf-- (yvkati), ky' --, gayh'--, jtijar'--, punn'--, yathkamm'--, sagg'--; see also upaka, upiya. upagacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upagacchati], approaches, reaches, arrives at; enters any state, enters upon; participates in, undergoes; makes choice of, holds to; admits, regards (as); Vin I 138,34 (yadi pan' ayy game junhe vassam -eyyun ti); IV34,20 (amukasmim okse rukkho vivitto tasmim -a ti); MI 375,16 (Upli gahapati samanassa Gotamassa svakattam ~eyya); SI 186,3* (evam ce mam viharantam ppima -asi); A I 26,30 (kanci sankhram niccato -eyya; Mp II 2,i: nicco ti ganheyya); Ja IV 479,8 (tumhehi saddhim kathayantam eva hi mam vydhijarmaranni -anti); VI201,14' (tumhe ajjhenam eva ~atha, m annam kind karittha); Niddl 172,4 (eti upeti -ati); Ap 161,8 (duggatim n' upagacchati); Cp 1:2:1 (mahsamuddam taritukmo -ami pattanam); Mil 249,1 (m kho bhonto keci savydhik mama santike -atha); Vism271,is (kammatthnam na paripatati vuddhim phtim -ati); Sv 115,19 (ayam pi vdo ito c' ito ca sandhvati gham na -all ti); Spk III 267,27 (handham bhikkhnam adassanam -ami ti); Pv-al28,i (niddam -ati); upagacchati ti in Ce, Ee at Mil 97,13 is prob, wr for apagacchati ti (Be so); fut 3 sg. (a) upagamissati, Ja VI 417,6'; Ud-a 248,3; (b) upagacchissati, Vin I 292,31 (yattha v vsam gantukamo bhavissati tattha vikle -issati); part.pr. (a) upagacchanta, //(-anti)., Ja VI 201,18' (-ant); Mil 373,17 (makkato vsam ~anto); Sp 793,n (-antihi); Mhv5:46 (dassanyopagacchanto); neg. anupagacchanta, w/(-anti)., Vism 203,26 (ime ca ante anupagacchanto); Sp 1325,27 (vassam anupagacchanto); Ud-a 89,5 (anupagacchantiy); (b) upagacchamna, mfn., Vism 149,1 (purimacittam ... -amnam); neg. anupagacchamna, mfn., Ap-a 302,26 (psam anupagacchamnamigo viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anpa-; = Th-al 116,4: anupagacchanakamigo); aor. (forms in up- may be to *upa + gacchati) 3 sg. (a) upgamsi, Ja VI 302,28* (klgirim khippam upgamsi; 303,9': klapabbatamatthakam upgato, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upagato); (b)upgami, D II 135,10* (upgami ambavanam mahesi); Sn 426; Ja V 69,14* (idam dukkham upgami); Bv 9:9 (Bv-a 180,8: upgami ti upgato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upgato ti upgami); Cp 1:9:46; Mil 90,2*; Mhv 1:19; 15:6 (sigham rj upgami, upgamma bravi therarn); (c) upgacchi, upganchi, Ja VI 22,31* (khippam eva upgacchi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upganchi; 23,2i*. upgato); Ap 428,19 (upgacchi tathagato, Be, Ee so; Ce ~i; Se upganchi); Cp 1:10:10 (sayam me upganchi, Ce, Ee so; Be upgacchi; Se ~i); Mhv 1:53 (upganchi); (d) upgacchi, upganchi, Vin III 41,6 (vassam ~i,2te, Ce, Se so; Ee upganchi); D I 1,19 (ekarattivsam ~i, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upganchi); II 173,22 (vsam ~i, Be, Ee, Se so;

Ce upganchi) S V 152,21 (vassam ~i, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upganchi); Ja V 292,27 (antevsikabhvam ~i, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upganchi); Ap 397,5 (mam' assamam ~i, Ee so; Be upgacchi; Ce, Se upganchi); Cp 1:1:7 (~i, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upganchi); Mil 1,4* (Milindo nma so rj... upganchi Ngasenam); Ud-a 173,8 (upganchi); Pv-a 12,13 (Ee vasanatthnam ~i; Be, Ce, Se upganchi); (e) upagacchittha, Pv 36:41; 1 sg. (a) upgamam, MII 105,22* (yam settham tad upgamam; Ps III 343,23: tad eva aham upgamam upgato, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upagato) = Th 885; (b) upgamam, Ps III 343,23; (c) upgamim, Th 9 (yam settham tad upgamim); Vv 50:10; Ja III 373,12*; Ap 370,23; (d) upgamim, Thi-a36,is; (e)upgacchim, upganchim, Thi43 (upgacchim, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upaganchim); Ap 147,8 (saranam ca upgacchim, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upganchim) * Ap 246,27 (Be, Ce, Ee upgacchim; Se upganchim); (f) upgacchim, upaganchim, MIII 31,24(pathavidhtum ... anattato -im); ThI31 (uposatham -im, Ee, Se so; Be upgacchim; Ce upganchim); Ap 131,13 (~im, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaganchim); Ja VI 60,27* (mlam ambass' upaganchim, Ee so; Be upgacchim; Ce, Se upganchim); Cp 2:6:2 (upaganchim); Vv-a311,9 (-im, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upaganchim); 3pl (a)upgamum, DU 259,12*; Sn302; JaV 353,3*; Cp 1:9:38; (b)upgamimsu, Niddll 111,4; Pj II 323,i; (c) upgamimsu, AIII 67,i9; Ja I 80,29; (d) upganchum, Snll26; Ja VI 22,n* (rjadvram upganchum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upganchum); (e) upagacchu(m), upaganchu(m), SIV 348,22 (vasam -um, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se -imsu); V 152,20 (-um, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upganchum); Ja III 401,26* (-um, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upganchum); VI 230,13* (m m' upganchum, Ee so; Be, Ce ~um; Se upganchum); Ap 148,26 (saranam ca upganchum, Ee so; Be, Ce upgacchum; Se upganchum); Bv 2:188 (-um, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upganchum); Cp 1:3:2 (brhman -u mam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upaganchu) = 1:9:16 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upaganchu) quoted Sadd 464,25 (-u); Cp 2:10:4 (-um, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upganchum); (f) upagacchimsu, Vin I 92,io (vsam -imsu); Ud25,i9; Ja III 332, is; Sp 286,24 (-imsu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaganchimsu); inf upagantum, VinI 137,22; A IV 10,3; Ja IV 233,23*; Mil 269,25; Vism 259,12; absol. (a) upgamma, SI 131,27*; Thi24; JaV 396,13*; Sp418,is; Mhv 36:45; neg. anupagamma2, Vin I 10,15 (ubho ante anupagamma maijhim patipad tathgatena abhisambuddh); III 11,24 (anupagamma Soreyyam Sankassam Kannakuam yena Paygapatitthnam ten' upasankami; or anupagamma1 ? Sp201,i5: bhikkhusarigham ujun va maggena gahetv gantukmo Soreyydini anupagamma); Sn 152 (ditthim ca so anupagamma); Ja III 85,4; Vism 573,20; Sp 130,27; see also upgamma; (b) upagantv, VinI 138,16; JaV 290,29; Niddl 123,i; Ap364,n; Cp3:12:4; Mil90,22; Vism 179,32; neg. anupagantv, A IV 10,io; Ja III 403,29 (niddam anupagantv); As 33,7; see also upagantv; (c) upagantvna, Ap 328,8; Cp 2:5:3; Mil 411,10* (khanena upagantvna); pp upagata, mfn. [cf S. upagata], having approached, having arrived, having reached; having gone to, entered upon;

440

undergoing; holding to; Vin I 272,1; D I 128, n (divseyyam -o hoti); MI 439, I (bhikkh Svatthiyam vassam -); S IV 301,5 (upsakattam -ass ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr upayatass ti); JaV 323,13' (isinam santikam -); Ap 64, li (buddham -am disv); Mil 91,16; 163,21 (~o so samanalingam); Sp 1369,13 (taram katv); Pj I 183,27 (tta); Pv-a 79,29 (patisandhivasena petalokam ~); upagato in Ce, Ee at Ja V 453,6* and 453,24* is prob, wr for upahato (Be, Se so); ifc see khuppips' --, vs'-; neg. anupagata, mfn., MI 485,27 (ditthigatni anupagato); Ja III 195,12'; Niddl 133,23 (anallino anupagato); Sp 1067,30 (purimikam anupagatena pacchimik upagantabb); see also upgata; fpp (a) upagantabb, mfn., Vin I 137,24 (kad nu kho vassam -an ti); AIV 276,27 (na bhikkhuniy abhikkhuke vse vassam -am); Ja III234,17' (~-tt); Mil 397,25 (citte -vibbhantasantatte sitalmatapanitamettbhvanam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upagacchitabbam); Sp 286,15 (vassam upagacchantena ... -am); (b) neg. anupagamaniya, mfn., Vv-a 213,26 (payogsayavippannehi anupagamaniyato ... dursado); caus. pr. 3 sg. upagameti, Th-al 216,1 (evam vuttam samsravattakranam hutva -enti ti samsra-m-upagmino); pp upagamita, mfn., Sp 361,15 (paradesato haritv netv dsavyam -ito); Thi-a 50,28; see also upa Vg. upagacchana, n. [from upagacchati], approaching; entering; ifc see anupagacchana; see also anupagacchanaka. upaganhana, upagganhana, n. [from upaganhti], seizing, drawing to oneself; becoming master of; -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is drawing to oneself; Mil 37,6 (sati -, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upagganha-) * As 121, w. upaganhti, upagganhti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upagrhnti], seizes; draws to oneself; becomes master of; conciliates, wins over; Pet 106,23 (yam viparitasann -ti ayam sanfivipallso); Mil 38,3 (ahite dhamme apanudeti hite dhamme -ti) * As 122,2; fpp upaganhitabba, mfn., Sv 850,26 (abhisittakhattiy ... upaganhitabb, Ce, Ee so; Be upasanganhitabb; Se upasangahitabb) = Mp II 179,16. upagata, m/h.,/?po/upagacchati qv. upaganta(r), m. [from upagacchati], one who approaches; one who enters upon; Mill 127,4 (nbhijnmi gmantasensane vassam -; perhaps better absol); Spk II 40,5 (kypago hoti ti anfiam patisandhikyam ~ hoti); 170,2 (kulpago ti kulagharnam -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kulpako ti); It-a I 55,28 (gantro punabbhavan ti... gantro ~ro ti). upagantabb, mfn., fpp o/upagacchati qv. upagantuin, inf. o/upagacchati qv. upagantv, upagantvna, absol. of upagacchati qv. upagama, m. [ts], approach; entering upon; Abh 1151 (usyopagame 'tthu ca); Saddh406 (aggiva paccay neyy annyopagamo viya); Sadd 883,24* (upasaddo samipatthe tath -); anupagama, m., lack of approach; the not entering upon; Pj II 41,18 (na upessan ti ettha - o ) . upagamana, n. [ts], approach, arrival; allowing,

consenting to; entering upon; holding to; Vin II 97,34 (kammassa kiriy karanam -am ajjhupagamanam adhivsan apatikkosan); JaV 419,22' (Kunladaham -ena); Patis I 52,20 (nikanti tanh -am updnam cetan bhavo) quoted Vism 579,25 (580,8: -am gahanam parmasanam idam updnam nma); Pet 134,2 (yo pancakkhandhesu layo nikanti -am ajjhosan); Sp 1275,25 (vadhakacittena -am nma); Ud-a 105,13 (mayham -am gamayamn); It-a II 46,3 (sissabhvassa -am); 1h-al 143,15 (bhagavato Veslim -); anupagamana, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) the not reaching, not entering upon; Vin II 245,27 (dhammikya samaggiy -am); Ps II 193,31 (samanabrhmannam mravasam-am); 413,11 (cakkhuvinfinassa patham -ato anidassanam nma); As 49,29 (--tya); 2. (mfn.) not approaching; not holding to; Ps IV 89,5 (anupyo ti rgavasena - o hutv); Spk I 265,29 (anupayo ti -o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anpagamano). upagamanaka, mfn. [upagamana + ka2], approaching; reaching; Pv-a 168,6 (brahmalokpag ti patisandhigahanavasena brahmalokam - ahosi). upagamma, absol. of upagacchati qv. upagalita, upagalita, mfn. [pp of *upa + galati], dripping; trickling; -kheJa, mfn., with spittle dripping, with saliva trickling; JaV 471,27 (khditukmatya-o ahosi, Ce, Ee so; perhaps wr for pagalita-; Be, Sepaggharita-). upaVg (or upVg), [S. upaVg, upVg], approach; arrive at; aor. 3 sg. upag, upg, Th 6 (yo Sitavanam upg bhikkhu, Ee, Se so; Be upag; Ce upga; Th-al 48,25foil.: nivsanavasena upagacchi); 1 sg. upg, JaV 500,io* (500,M': upg ti upagato 'mhi); 3 pi upgu, Ja VI 201, u* (vess kasim pricariyam ca sudd upgu paccekam yath padesam; 201,13': upg ti upagat, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upgat). upagti, upagayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upagyati], sings, sings to, joins in singing; fills with song; JaV 16,i* (anthamno -yati naccati ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ti; 18,24': -yati ti annam gyantam disv upagantv gyati); part.pr. upagyamna, mfn., Ps II 248,32 (bhamaramadhukaragan ... -yamn viya ... vicaranti); aor. 3pl. upagyimsu, Bv-al67,n (ntakitthiyo ca pancangikassa turiyassa madhurena sarena -imsu ca vilapimsu ca, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uggyimsu); pass, part.pr. upagiyamna, mfn., Bv-a 179,25 (kokilavadhhi upagiyamne paramaramanlye pavane vijane); pp upagita, mfn. [cf S. upagita], sung to; filled with song; Ja VI 172,11* (mayrehi ca koncehi ca abhirudam -am, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se upakjitam); Sv 967,31 (mayrehi ca koncasakunehi ca abhirut -). upagmi(n), mfn. [S. upagmin], approaching; entering upon; undergoing; leading to; ifc see jtijar'--, samsra-m-. upagyati, see sv upagti. upagita, mfn., pp o/upagti qv. upaghati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaghati], clasps; embraces; Ja III 437,25* (ehi tarn -issam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaguyhissam) ^ V157, is* (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upaguyhissam) ^ Ap 562,21 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

441

upaguyhissam); Ja III 437,28 (ehi ~assu manti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaguyhassu); VI 150,26* (mam ~a, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaguyha; 151,3: -a ti linga parissaja, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaguyh ti lingitv palissajitv); Pj II 373,3I (parissajanti ~anti alliyanti); absol (a) upaguyha, Ja VI 300,24*; (b) upaghitv, Ja I 346,6 (mancakam ~itv nipaiji); 111437,29 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaguyhitv); Mp IV 65,5. upaghana, n. [ts], embrace; Abh 774; Sadd 443,4 (lingo -am). upagga, n. [S. upgra], the part near the end or tip; ifc see jivho-. upagghyitum, upaghtum, ind. [inf. of *upa + ghyati1; cf S. upajighrati], to kiss; JaV 328, I5 (aham etam brahmacrinam bhhi upaghitv sise upagghyitum labheyyan ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upasinghyitum); 328, is* (upaghtum labhe Nandam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upaghyitum); see also upaghta2. upaghatan, / , [from *upa + ghatati], connection; ? Pet 110,6 (nmaniddeso upaghatak... y bhikkhnam vattato pahtabbo ayam ~a, Be, Ce so; Ee nmaniddeso ugghatak... y bhikkhu nivattato... ~; prob, wrr; read yo bhikkhave anatt pahtabbo ayam ugghatan with ffnamoli, 1964, p. 152 ?). upaghaftita in Ee at Ja 126,I8* is wrfor paghattita qv. upaghtayanti in Ee at Niddll 254,3 is wr for upaghtiyanti qv sv upaghateti. upaghta1, m. [ts], hurt; injury, damage; Mil 241,13 (mayharn kho avihes bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa ~o); S IV 323,30 (~ya bhagav kulnam patipanno ti); A III 173,4 (na c' assa kutoci bhognam ~o gacchati aggito v udakato v rjato v corato v); Th 583 (-am vivajjaye); Mill88,17 (kim na samattho iddhiy attano -am apanayitum); Vism502,i2* (balassa ~ato); Sadd 856,5 (upahananam ~o); anupaghta, anpaghta, m. and mfn., 1. (w.) non-injury; the not hurting; DII 49,28* (anupavdo ~o ptimokkhe ca samvaro, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anupavdo anpaghto) = Dhp 185 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anpa-) = Ud 43,7 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anpa-); M i l 241,7; PatisII 131,33 (sabbesam sattnam pilanam vajjetv apflanya upaghtam vajjetv ~ena); 2. (mfn.) free from harm; not involving injury; M III 231,2 (adukkho eso dhammo ~o anupyso, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anpaghto); nirupaghta, nirpaghta, mfn., free from harm; free from injury; Mil 130,i (~am bhante bijam khippam samvirheyy ti); 307,3i (kim pana mahrja gantukena upaghtena sassam vinassati, -am sassam sassuddharanasamayam ppunti ti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se nirpaghtam); sa-upaghta, mfn., involving harm or injury; ~am, adv., subject to harm; Mill 230,29 (sadukkho eso dhammo ~o sa-upyaso); PsIII 197,n; MpIII 411,22 ([dukkham viharati] savightan ti ~am sopaddavam); see also kulpaghtam sv kula. upaghta2, mfn. [pp of *upa + ghyati1; S. upaghrta], kissed; Ja VI 543,17* (tass nahte -, Ce, Eeso; itenhte -e; Se nahate upasinghte; 543,25*: ~e ti sisamhi upasinghite, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sise upasinghte); see also upagghyitum.

upaghtam, ind., absol. o/upahanati qv. upaghataka, mfn. [ts], hurtful; injuring, damaging; Vism 601,26 foil, (kammam janakam upatthambhakam upapilakam -an ti... -am pana sayam kusalam pi akusalam pi samnam ahnam dubbalakammam ghtetv tassa vipkam patibhitv attano vipkassa oksam karoti) ^ Mp II218,14 (~am pana ... upacchedakan ti pi etass' eva nmam); Ps V 12,24 (idam upacchedakakammam nma, -an ti pi etass' eva nmam); It-a II 76,24 (na sitam na unham ~am). upaghtana, n. [from upahanati or upaghateti], hurting; injury; It-a II114,11 (paresam -vasena dutthacitto, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upaghta-); anupaghtana, anpaghtana, n., non-injuring; Sv479,2i (parassa anupavadanam ~am, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se anpa-); Dhp-a III 238,2 (anpaghto ti anupahananam c' eva ~am ca, Ee so; Be, Se anpaghtanam c' eva anpaghtpanam ca; Ce anupahananam c' eva anpaghtpanam ca). upaghti, / , [for upaghtik qv], hurting; damage; VinV 119,28* (~i codan ca, in uddna); 182,31* (in uddna). upaghti(n), mfn. [ts], hurting; injuring, damaging; ifc see par'--. upaghtik, n., ~, / [from upahanati or upaghateti], hurting; injury, damage; Vinll 13,3i (kyikena -ena samanngato hoti; Sp 1157,29: kyikam ~am nma kyadvre pannattasikkhpadassa asikkhbhvena upahananam vuccati) * V 182,7; V I 17,31 (dve ~ sikkhupaghtik ca bhogupaghtik ca; Sp 1323,22: ~ nma upaghto). upaghtum, see sv upagghyitum. upaghateti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from upaghta1], hurts, injures; Niddl 397,9 (ghteyyum ~eyyum upaghtam kareyyum); Sp 1327,31 (yo hi tarn na sikkhati so nam ~eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr so na ~eti); Sv 478,19 (param ~eti bdheti vihimsati); part.pr. upaghtenta, mfn., SpkII 178,2i (kulni ~ento viya hananto viya); absol. neg. anupaghtetv, MpIII 291,24 (anupahacc ti anupaghtetv); pass. pr. 3 sg. upaghtiyati, ~iyati, Nidd II 254,3 (upahannanti ~iyanti, Be so; Ce -iyanti; Ee wr upaghtayanti; Se upaghtayanti; Nidd-all 83,7: ~iyanti ti maranam labhanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~Iyanti ti); pp upaghtita, mfn., damaged; Niddl 96,23 (tni chadanni vivatni honti viddhamsitni ~ni samugghtitni..., Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce ugghtitni samugghtitni; Nidd-a I 234,10: ugghtitni ti upptitni); see also upahanati. upacaya, m. [ts], accumulation, quantity, heap; growth, increase; Mill 287,29 (yatim pancupdnakkhandh ~am gacchanti); Dhs 732 (katamam tarn rpam rpassa ~o); Vibh 147,5 (cakkhyatanassa ~o sotyatanassa -0...)' Kv92,19/0//. (arahato arahatt parihyamnassa kim ~am gacchati ti, rgo ~am gacchati" ti); Vism 449,7 (cayalakkhano rpassa ~o); As 327,12 (yo yatannam cayo punappuna nibbattamnnam so rpassa -0 nma hoti, vaddhi ti attho); Pet 156,15 (apacayya padahati na ~ya); Sadd 459,1 (diha~e); ifc see odanakumms,- sv odana. upacarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upacarati], approaches; serves,

442

attends; treats carefully, honours; uses figuratively, VinlV 183,22 (cor vattabb manuss idh' -anti apasakkath ti); inf. upacaritum, Ja VI 180,15' (yo imam selam sutthu -itum accitum ... jnti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upadhritum); pp (a) upacarita, mfn. [ts], 1. approached, attended upon; performed; followed; Abh 751 (~o tu upsito); Mil 360,2 (imehi terasahi dhutagunehi... cinnehi paricinnehi caritehi -ehi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upadhritehi); It-all 5,29 (yath pubbparam sapamsuke padese maggavasena pitthipsne migena gatamaggo evam itthnitthrammanesu sukhadukkhnubhavanena pi majjhattrammannubhavanabhvena viiinayati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upariharita-); 2. used figuratively; Sadd 389,32 (-vasena ti datthabbam); (b) upacinna, mfn. [S. upacirna], treated; attended upon; durpacinna, durpacinna, mfh., wrongly treated; wrongly attended to; Sp 312,24 (yam kadalinlikera-dinam tattha jtakaphalni masantassa dukkatam vuttam idam diirupacinnadukkatam nma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee durpacinna-); 851,32foil.; spacinna, supacinna, mfn., well or properly treated, honoured; Ja VI 180,9* (spacinno ayarn selo accito mahito sad sudhrito sunikkhitto sabbattham abhisdhaye, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se supacinno); fpp upacaritabba, mfn., Sp 1365,17 (yo bhikkhu uju silav kyavahkdirahito so maddaven' eva -0); Vibh-a367,3o (kasanavapanavasena manussehi -am vanantam atikkamitv); neg. anupacaritabba, mfn., Nidd-al 446,15 (manussehi anupacaritabbe sensane); caus. pp upacarita, mfn., expressed figuratively, expressed by an extension of meaning; Th-all 219,35 (nimittam h'ettha kattubhvena -am yath ariyabhvakarni saccni ariyasaccani ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uparacitam yath ariyabhvakarni ti ariyni ti); Sadd 736,6 (nissayavasenopacritanissite). upacra, m., n. and (mf)n. [S., BHS upacra, m.], 1. approach, way or means of approach; access; vicinity, neighbourhood; (i)(m.) access; surrounding space; precincts; environs; Abh 1001; Vinll 120,23 (bhikkh khuddake jantghare majjhe aggitthnam karonti -0 na hoti); IV 42,3 (aparikkhittassa rmassa -am atikkamantassa patti pcittiyassa); 163,26 (ajhrmo nma ... rmassa ... aparikkhittassa ~o; Sp 881,12: ettha -0 nma rmassa dve leddupt); Pj II 179,2 (gmo saddhim -ena); ifc see ghar'-; (ii) (m.n., = -samdhi <?v) "access or approach concentration", the preliminary stage of concentration preceding appan #v; Vism 126,17 (-e angni na thmajtni honti); 148,19 (patipadvisuddhi nma sasambhriko -o, upekkhnubrhan nmaappan); 152,17 (~am v appan v); Ja II402,22' (mettya hi -am kmvacare patisandhim deti appan brahmaloke); Spklll 166,3 (mett ti vutte appan pi ~o pi vattati); (iii) ([mf]n., seil, cittam or javanam) access or approach [consciousness], (preceding appan,); Vism 138,2 (appanya sannatt samipaeratt v -niti pi); 669,34 (sankhre rammanam katv uppajjati dutiyajavanacittam yam -an ti vuecati); 2. (m.) serving upon, attendance; use, treatment; act of civility, respects; act of remuneration; Abh 1001; Jail 204,7 (sakkarasammnam ass kressml ti tarn

upasankamitv ~am katv); III 280,21 (sippassa -0); Mil 154,4 (mt puttam kucchigatam poseti hitena -ena janeti); Ps III 330,4 (evam te sippassa -0 kato bhavissati ti); Mhv 34:92 (~e pasiditv); 3. (m.) (gr.t.t.) extended application, non-literal application, figurative use; secondary meaning; Ja II 56,5' (matatthnarn hi -vasena amatan ti vuecati); Pj I 78,1 (ayam -0 siddho ti); Vism 508,27 (yassa upanissayo hoti tad -vasena khayo ti vuttam); Sadd 76,29; 691,2 (mukhyavasena v -vasena v); 01 -okkama, m., entering the precincts; Vin-vn2315; Utt-vn 879 (annassa gmassa ^); -okkamana, n., entering the precincts; Sp 806,27 (anantaragmassa ~e); 1381,26; -vipanna, mfn., failing in service or respect; Ja VI 180,n*; -samdhi, m., access or approach concentration, the preliminary stage of concentration (preceding appansamdhi); Vism 85,23 (y ca appansamdhinam pubbabhge ekaggat ayam -i); Ps I 108,23; As 117,9 (tividham samdhim paripreti khanikasamdhim -am appansamdhin ti); anupaera, anpacra, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) non-vicinity; no approach; Niddl 471,27 (manussnam ~e sensane ti pantamhi sayansane, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anpacre; c/'Nidd-a I 446,14 foil.: kasanavapanavasena manussehi anupacaritabbe sensane); Sv 210,7 (manussnam tthnam); Spk I 220,10 (pantni ti... manussnam ~e thitni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anpacre); 2. (mfn.) without access or surrounding space; Sp 569,9 (saparikkamanam aparikkamanantisa-upaeram-am); sa-upaera, mfn., 1. with access, with surrounding space; Sp 569,9; 2. with access or approach concentration; Vism 587,9 (cittavisuddhi nma ~ attha sampattiyo); Sv 642,5 (-am pathamajjhnam). upaeraka, mfn. [upacra + ka2], attending upon, serving; Vin II 190,24 (antepure ~ mahmatt, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se antepuraplak). upaeranti ti in Ee at Sp 888,6 is wrfor upacaranti ti (Be, Ce,Se, Win W 183,22 so). upacik, / [cfS. upajihvik, upadik; Pli form perhaps by association with upacinti], the white ant, termite; Vin I 284,17 (undurehi pi -hi pi khajjanti); M I 306,12 (etam mluvabljam ... - v udrabheyyum); Ja IV 331,18 (kipilliknl ti-yo); Mil 392,18 (- uparicchadanam katv attnam pidahitv gocarya carati); Sp 778,12 (seyy pi sensanam pi -hi palujjati vammikarsi yeva hoti); Sv 951,22 (anupubbena -hi sarnvaddhamno vammiko viya, ten* ha vammiko upaciyati ti); Ps IV 156,4 (ekasmim vammike -nam pamnam v paricchedo v n' atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upasiknam); Dhp-a II 25,14 (anjannam khayam disv-nam ca cayam); Sadd 413,27 (-hi vantako ti vammiko). upacinna, mfn., pp o/upacarati qv. upacita, /n^i.,/?/7o/upacinti qv. upacinti, upacinti, upacinoti, pr. 3 sg. [upa + Vci1; S. upacinoti], heaps up, collects, accumulates; increases, strengthens; VinV 130,1 (pancnisams sammajjaniy sakacittam pasidati... psdikasamvattanikam kammam -ati); MI 238,35 (yam kho te ... purimam pahya pacch -anti evam imassa kyassa

443

caypacayo hoti; Ps II 285,28: santappenti vaddhenti); It-al 78,26 (kusalam eva sikkheyya niveseyya -eyya pasaveyy ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee niveseyya upaseveyy ti); Pj II 477,20 (vicinti ti ~ti); Pv-a282,9 (punnakammam karissmi -issmi ti); Cp-a 331,35 (bahum ca kusalam ~oti);part.pr. upacinanta, m/(~anti)w., Thi-a8,5 (ayam pi... vivattpanissayam kusalam -anti); Ap-a431,32 (punnni -anto); anupacinant in Be, Ce, Ee at Ja V 339,6* is prob, wr for anapavinant qv sv apavinati; aor. 3 sg. (a)upacini, Vv-a 19,22; Th-al 61,H; (b) upcini, Mhv 37:50 (evam punnam apunnam ca subahum so upcini); inf. upacetum, Th-a II 67,4; absol. upacinitv, MI 333,29; It-aI45,i; Th-al 63,12; pass. pr. 3 sg. upaciyati, -ate, upaciyyati, DIU 188, M* (vammiko v' -ati); Th 807 (khiyyati nopaciyyati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce nopaciyati); Ud-a406,25 (dnamayam punnam ~ati); Mhv 68:54 (-ate); pp upacita, mfn. [ts], heaped up, accumulated; strengthened, increased; Vin II 193,37(idam ... Devadattena pathamam nantarikakammam -am); D III 146, I (tassa kammassa katatt tt ussannatt) * Dhs 431; A V 294,27 (kammnam katnam -nam); Ja VI 215,33' (pabbat hi acal titth na ~ ekaghan silmay ca, itthakni calni na ekaghanni na silmayni, Be so; Se anupacit; Ce, Ee titth ~ ekaghan); Ap 552,22 (punnam -am may); Mil 232,3 (tena tathgatassa kyo -o ahosi); Vism424,2o (yam yam kammam -am); Sv 220,20 (odanena c' eva kummsena ca -o vaddhito); neg. anupacit, mfn., SI 92,29 (purnam ca punnam parikkhinam navam ca punnam anupacitam); Pv-a 150,4; fpp upacinitabba, mfn., Ap-a 344,21 (upacinitabbnam itthaknam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upari cinitabbnam). upaciyyati, upaciyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/upacinti qv. upacetum, inf. o^upacinti qv. upaccak, / [S. upatyak], land at the foot of a mountain or hill; a valley; Abh610; Ud-a 244,14 (s ~ kapotakandar ti vuccati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se s pabbatakandar); Mhv 58:32. upaccagam, upaccag, upaccagu, upaccagum, see svuptWg. upaccaya, m. [S. uptyaya], transgression; Abh 776. upaccimsu in Be, Ee at Ja VI 187,3 is prob, wr for uppaccimsu (Ce so). upacchandayati, see sv upacchdeti. upacchanditv in Ee at Cp-a 321,19 is wr for upacchinditv qv sv upacchindati. upacchdeti, upacchandayati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + chdeti2; S. upacchandayati], conciliates; gratifies; seduces; Thi-a 238,3i (kmehi palobhaya upacchandaya, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se upagaccha); 246,4 (chdemi ti -emi, ~etv upanaymi). upacchijjati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of upacchindati qv. upacchindati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + chindati; BHS upacchinatti], cuts off; interrupts; destroys; stops; Vin III 48,29 (gamanam -ati); 73,24 (jivitindriyam ~ati uparodheti); Sn972 (takksayam kukkucciypacchinde; Niddl 502,29: -eyya samucchindeyya pajaheyya...); Ja V 383,10 (imam mama dnavamsam m -ath ti putte anussitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ucchinditth ti); Mil 313,27

(hanatha upahanatha chindatha -atha); Sp 192, is (parassa ... atimadhuram jivitam -issati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upacchijjissati); part.pr. upacchindanta, mfn., Sp 438,8 (jivitindriyassa pavenighatanam -anto uparodhento ca); neg. anupacchindanta, mfn., Spkl 146,14 (tarn aparparam anupacchindanta manuss dadanti ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupacchinnatt); Ja IV 16,i (tva me dnam anupacchindanta pavatteyyth ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anupacchinditv) = Cp-a29,is; aor. 3 sg. upacchindi, JalV 63,2i (tarn vamsam M ti); Sp 811,24; Vv-a222,io (anthabhattam -i); 2 sg. (a) upacchindittha, Sp 1097,21 (dtabbam manneyysi ti m imesam deyyadhammam -ittha) ?* MpIV 99,2 (~i); (b) upacchindi, Ja IV 63,3 (idam dnavattam m M ti puttassa ovdam datv); Mp IV 99,2; absol. upacchinditv, Ja I 353,28 (me vamsam -itv); Vism 89,34; Sp 323,6; Cp-a 321,19 (vatthusu layam -itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upacchanditv); neg. anupacchinditv, Sv 891,33 (bhassasamcre thito kathmaggam anupacchinditv kathento pi); pass, pr. 3 sg. upacchijjati, Vin I 260,2 (tassa s civars -ati); Ja V 467,11 (amhkam kulavamso ca -issati dhanam ca nassissati ti); Vism 93,23 (evam so palibodho -ati ti); part.pr. upacchijjamna, mfn., amna-santna, mfn., whose continuity is being interrupted; Vism 229,26 (upakkamehi -amna-santnnam maranam hoti); neg. anupacchijjamna, mfn., Mp HI 268,14 (brahmacariyavsam anupacchijjamnam gopetum na sakkoti); aor. 3sg. upacchijji, JaIV 127,25' (jivitam ... m -I ti); Sp 53,22 (Asokrme satta vassni uposatho ~i); pp upacchinna, mfn., cut off; interrupted; destroyed; Vin HI 181,25 (yni pi tni sanghassa pubbe dnapathni tni pi etarahi -ni); V 178,23 (civarsya -ya civarapalibodho chijjati); Ja V 386,13 (mama tena vamso -o, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ucchinno); Niddl 217,4 (kodhahetussa tt akkodhano ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ucchinnatt; Nidd-al 323,29: tt ti kodhassa janakahetuno... ucchinnakabhvena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ucchinnabhvena) * II 248,8 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ucchinnatt); Ap 375,15 (gati tesam -a); Mil 306,12 (gantukena ... gahanena tassa sarassa gamanam -am); neg. anupacchinna, mfn., Abh 1174; Vin I 265,14 (civaram akatam v hoti vippakatam v civars v anupacchinna); Ja III 428,29 (tasmim sadde anupacchinne yeva); Vism 94,29 (yva nissaya-uddes anupacchinna); Sv 128,19 (bhavanettivantassa anupacchinnatt); Sadd 883,14* (anusaddo anugate anupacchinne ca vattati); fpp upacchinditabba, mfn., Vism 122,26; Sp 828,26 (gamanam na -am). upacchinna, mfn., pp o/upacchindati qv. upacchubhati, upacchumbhati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + Vchubh], throws (something, ace.) to (ace); MI 364,15 (kukkuro ... goghtakasnam paccupatthito assa, tarn enam ... dakkho goghtako ... atthikankalam ... -eyya, Ce, Ee so; Se upacchbheyya; Be upasumbheyya; Ps III 42,23: tarn enam kukkuram upacchumbheyya, tassa samipe khipeyy ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upasumbheyya) quoted Nidd-al 31,15 (Be, Se upasumbheyya; Ce, Ee paccupattheyya). upaccheda, m. [from upacchindati; BHS id.], cutting off;

444

interruption; destruction; Niddl 343, is (mahato samsravattassa -am... esi gavesi pariyesi ti mahesi); Vibh 137,27 (jivitindriyassa -o); Pet 13,19 (bhavatanhya -0); Ud-a 39,27 (vattassa -o panfiyissati ti); Cp-a 11,36 (jlya udakassa v vtassa v ~o); ifc see hr'--, paven'--, pan*-; anupaccheda, m, the not cutting off; non-interruption; Ps V 59,4 (dipasikhya -0 hoti); Spkll 33,4 (paccaynam -na paccayuppannassa -am passato, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anucchedena... anucchedam ...); Cp-a43,32 (maranenpi ~o eva); see also avpaccheda. upacchedaka, mfn. [upaccheda + ka2], cutting offinterrupting; Ps V 11,23 (cattri hi kammni upapilakam -am janakam upatthambhanan ti); Mp II 218,18 (upaghtakam pana... annam dubbalakammam ghtetv ... attano vipkassa oksam karoti... -an ti pi etass' evanmam); Ud-a289,4(-ena punnakammena); ifc see vacan'--. upacchedana, n. [from upacchindati; BHS id.], cutting off; destruction; Vism 79,13 (cetaso vinibandhassa -am); Spk II 84,25 (mlnam -am viya). upajnti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upajmte], finds out (for oneself), ascertains; invents; knows by personal experience (+ ace. or gen.); (first) teaches; Vin I 272,6 (mayam... agrik nma -am' etassa samyamassa); II 181,io (tvam yeva gharvsatthena -a, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -hi; Sp 1274,22: -hi ti tvam yeva gharvsattham pajnhi); fut. 3 sg. upannissati, JaV 215, n* (kad ssu mam... nan upannissati sisato subh); 1 sg. upannassam, upanfiissam, Sn 701 (moneyyam te upannissan ti; Pj II 491,13: upannpeyyam vivareyyam, pannpeyyan tiattho; cf K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 282) = 716 (Pj II 498,n: upannissan ti upanfipeyyam, kathayissan ti vuttam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upannassan ti upafinayissam...); aor. 1 sg. upanfisim, A I 50,7 (dvinnham bhikkhave dhammnam upanfisim; Mp II 93,27foil: upagantv gunam annsim jnim pativijjhin ti attho); pp upafifita, mfn. [S. upajiita], found out (for oneself); invented; known; instituted, (first) taught; Vin I 40,6 (atthikehi -am maggam); A I 61,22 (asabbhi h' etam -am yadidam akatannut; Mp II 121,6: -an tivannitam thomitam pasattham); JaV 368,4* (yam vuddhehi -am ko tarn ninditum arahati); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) upanfipeti, makes known, teaches; Pj II 491,13 (upannpeyyam vivareyyam); (b) upannayati, (?) Pj II 498,17 (upaiinassan ti upafinayissam, kathayissan ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upannissan ti upannpeyyam); p/? upaniiatta, mfn., (first) taught, made known; instituted; A I 151,27* (sabbhi danam upannattam); ifc see datf -. upajpa, m. [ts]9 rousing to rebellion; (sowing) disunion; Abh 349 (-0 tubhedo ca). upajyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upajyate], is produced (in addition); appears; is (re-)born; Vin I 221,31* (patibhnam assa -ate tato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upajayati); A l l 59,12* (phsukam -ati, Be, Se so; Ce phsattham; Ee vsattham); Saddh97 (maccharino te petespajyare). upajivati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upajivati], lives upon, supports

oneself by, makes a living from (+ ace; occasionally + instr.); is dependent on, serves; makes use of; Vin I 269,35 (imni kho rjakulni na sukarni asippena -itum); D III 66,22 (imin ... dhanena attan ca -hi mtapitaro ca posehi); SI 205,7* (n' eva tarn -ami na pi te bhatak' amhase, Be, Se so; Ce -ma; Ee upjivmi, prob, wr) = Ja III 309,27*; Sn 612 (yo hi koci manussesu gorakkham -ati);Pv21:51 (Ankuram -anti); JaV 572,26* (mam eva -eyyum); Ap 16,22 (kokil... -anti tarn saram); Mp II 379,21 (yuddham -ati ti yodhjivo); part.pr. (a) upajivanta, w/(-anti)Ai., Ja IV 253,16' (ayam pana manussapaj paiicagorasena -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ant); V100,10* (tarn evam -ant; 101,19': -ant ti upanissya jivant); Sp357,3i (tarn gahetv -antena); neg. anupajivanta, mfn., Sp 358,3 (anupajivanto na ghpetabbo); (b) upajivamna, mfn., SI 217,15 (Sakko devnam indo sakam punnaphalam -amno); aor. 3 sg. upajivi, Mil 231,8 (tarn bhesajjam pajahina -i); fPP upajivitabba, mfn., Ja V 115,1 r (tathvidhass a kusalbhiratassa raniio te sajiv honti samnajivik -itabb); Cp-a 307,4 (sabbalokena ca -itabbo me kayo bhaveyy ti). upajivana, n. [ts], living upon; subsisting upon; subsistence; Mp III 132,3 (punnaphalass' eva -ato); Thi-a 207,4 (paradattupajivino ti parehi dinnen* eva -sil); Mhv 37:147 (ad visaddhakhettni vejjnam -am). upajivika, mfn. or - , / [cf S. upajivaka; S. lex. upajivik], living upon; dependent upon; subsistence; ifc see paradatf --. upajlvi(n), mfn. and m. [S. upajivin], living upon, dependent on; a dependant; Niddl 11,15 (tayo puris: bhatak kammakar -ino ti); Mp III 262,6 (ye c' assa -ino ti ye ca upanissya jivanti, Ce, Se so; Ee upjivino ti; Be anujivino ti; ad AI 152,31*: anujivino); ifc see paradatt' - -, rp' - -, vutth' - -, vohr' - -. upajta, n. [upa + jta], a stake in gambling; Ja VI 192,25* (ko nu te ptibhog' atthi -am ca kirn siy; 192,28: -am ca ti imasmim v jte upanikkhepabhtam kirn nma tava dhanam siy). upajotiya, m. [i4A/guvajoiya], one who guards or tends the fire; {or Npr. ?); Ja IV 382,13* (kv ettha gat -o ca upajjhyo athav bhandakucchi, Ce, Se so; Be gandakucchi; Ee wr katth' evabhatth -o ca; 382,17': imesu tisu dvresu thapit -0 ca upajjhyo ca bhandakucchi ca ti tayo dovrik kva gat ti attho; cf Urt 12:18: ke ettha khatt uvajoiy v ajjhvay v saha khandiehim; Utt et: upajyotisah, agnisamipavartino mahnasik rtvijo v). upajjetabba, mfn. [fpp of *upa + ajjeti; cf S. uprjayati], to be acquired; Pj 1223,6 (ajeyyo t i . . . ajjeyyo ti pi ptho tassa ajjitabbo ajjanraho hitasukhatthikena -0 ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upacitabbo ti). upajjhag in Ee at Pet 28,1 is wr for upaccag {Be, Ce so). upajjh1, / , 1. the state of having a preceptor; pupillage; being under instruction; Vin I 94,6 foil. (pathamam -am ghpetabbo -am ghpetv pattacivaram cikkhitabbam; cf Sp 1033,22: ettha vajjvajjam upanijjhyati ti -, tarn -am upajjhyo me bhante hohi ti evam vadpetv ghpetabbo); III 35,14 (anujnmi

445

bhikkhave tarn yeva ~am tarn eva upasampadam; Sp 273,27: puna ~ na gahetabb, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~am na gahetabbam); Sp 724,6 (amhkam santike -am ganhissati); Spkl 118,17 (attano upatthkadrake pabbjetv therassa santike ~am ganhpeti upasampdeti); Vibh-a451,i3 (-am ghetv upasampanno hutv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppajjham); 2. the state of being a preceptor; preceptorship; Sadd 849,20 (vajjvajjassa upanijjhyanam ~, upajjhyassa bhvo); upajjh in Ee at Pet 223,21 is wrfor upaccag (Be, Ce so). upajjh 2 , m. [contracted form of upajjhya qv ?], a preceptor; Abh410 (upajjhyo upajjhthcariyo); Ap 480,20 (Moggallno cariyo ~ Srisambhavo, Be, Se so; Ce upajjho; Ee upajjhyo); 494,25 (~ Sriputto me, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upajjhyo); Sp 1033,22 (ettha vajjvajjam upanijjhyati ti ~, tarn ~am upajjhyo me bhante hohl ti evam vadpetv ghpetabbo; Sp-t[/te] III 267, IO fall: imin upaijhyasaddasamnattho -saddo pi ti dasseti); upajjh in Ee at VinlV 326,4 is prob, wr for upajjhya (Be, Ce, Se so); upajjhcariydisu in Ee in cpd at Pj I 156,20 is prob, wrfor -upajjhycariydisu (Be, Ce, Se so). upajjhya, m. [cf S. updhyya], \.a companion, adviser; teacher; A II 66,6 (yaso mam abbhugacchatu saha natihi saha ~ehi ti); Ja IV 382,13* (kv ettha gata upajotiyo ca ~o athav bhandakucchi, Ce so; Be ~o athav gandakucchi; Se upavajjho athav bhandakucchi; Ee wr katth' eva bhatth upajotiyo ca ~o; but perhaps N.pr.; 382,n: imesu tisu dvresu thapit upajotiyo ca ~o ca bhandakucchi ca ti tayo dovrik kva gata ti attho; c/Utt 12:18: ke ettha khatt uvajoiy v ajjhvayv saha khandiehim); 2. the preceptor (of a bhikklui); an instructor; the sponsor for a bhikkhu's upasampad; Abh410; Vin I 45,26 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am, ~o saddhivihrikamhi puttacittam upatthpessati); 56,13 (sangho itthannmam upasampdeyya itthannmena ~ena); 62,16 (pane' im bhikkhave nissayapatippassadhiyo -amh); SI 185,5 (yasm Vahgiso laviyam viharati... yasmat Nigrodhakappena ~ena saddhim); Ud58,11 (sace mam ~o anujneyya gaccheyy' aham bhagavantam dassanya); Sn/>. 59,16 (yasmato Vangisassa ~o); Th 14(~omam avacsi); 175 (gacchma -assa santikam); Ja IV 200,5 (Devadatto pi aham buddho bhavissmi, mayham samano Gotamo n' ev' cariyo na ~o ti); VI 69,n (~assa santike kammatthnam gahetv); Ap 211,19 (kustakam gahetvna ~ass' aham pure); Vibh 351,35 (cariyesu v -e v buddhe v svakesu v annatarannataresu garutthniyesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppajjhye); Mil 13,18 (tuccho vata me ~o blo vata me ~o thapetv avasesam buddhavacanam pathamam mam abhidhamme vines! ti); Vism 45,22* (~assa vaco sutv); Sp 47,26 (ko ayam tta ~o nm ti, vajjvajjam disv codet sret mahrj ti); Pv-a 55,5 (so ukkanthito hutv -am upasankamitv ha uppabbajissm' aham bhante anujntha manti); Mhv 5:69; Vin-vn 2477 (~assa vattni tath saddhivihrike); Utt-vn675; -matta, m(/h)., (one) having the status of a preceptor; like a preceptor; Vin I 187,25 (upajjhyesu ~esu sagrav; Sp 1085,io: upajjhyassa sanditthasambhatt pana

sahyak bhikkh ye v pana keci dasahi vassehi mahantatar te sabbe pi -a nma); Vism 297,21; -mlaka, mfn., deriving from the preceptor; Vin I 71,23 (sace bhikkhave anfiatitthiyapubbo naggo gacchati ~amcivaram pariyesitabbam; Sp 994,20fall: upajjhyam issaram katv tassa civaram pariyesitabbam); Sp 969,4 (ksvam ... adinnam na vattati sace pi tass' eva santakam hoti, ko pana vdo ~e); 1010,9 (~ pabbajj ca upasampad ca, upajjhyo va tattha issaro na cariyo); anupajjhya, mfn.9 without a preceptor; having no sponsor; SpkH 200,28 (so ~o ancariyo nahpitamundako sayam gahitaksvo); see also anupajjhyaka, nirupajjhyaka, buddhpajjhyaka, samnupajjhyaka. upajjhyaka, m. [upajjhya + ka2], a preceptor; a sponsor; Niddl 150,11 (~ v cariyak v, Ee, Se so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce upajjhya); 151,16 (paravdehi codito ti ~ehi v cariyakehi v ... codito, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce upajjhyehi); Vin-vn 2544 (ek' ~o hoti honti cariy tayo). upajjhya, / [cf S. updhy], the preceptress (of a bhikkhuni); an instructor; Vin IV 227,7 (~ya patti sanghdisesassa ganassa ca cariniy ca patti dukkatassa); 326,4 (pavattini nma ~a vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upajjh, prob, wr); Sp 51,28 (Sanghamittya pi rjadhitya cariy yuplittheri nma ~ pana Dhammaplittheri nma ahosi). upafiftatta, mfn., caus.pp o/upajnti qv. upaflflassam, fut. 1 sg. o/upajnti qv. upaftfita, mfn.y pp o/upajnti qv. upaflflpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/upajnti qv. upaMsa, m. [S. upanysa], speaking of mention; exordium; Abh 118; upannsena in Ee at AI 52,1* in uddna is prob, wr for upanntena (Be, Ce so; Se omits). upaftfisim, aor. J sg. o/upajnti qv. upaftfiissati, fut. 3 sg. o/upajnti qv. upattita, mfn. [upa + attita], oppressed; distressed; afflicted; Ja VI 82,18 (visavegena ~ bhavahgacittasantati, Ee so; Be maddit; Ce patthat; Se pattharato). upatthaka, m. [prob, mc for upatthka <?v; cf also S. lex. upastha, mfn.], servant, attendant; Bv3:16 (Citto ca Hatthlavako agg hessant'~); 25:12 (Kassapassa bhagavato Ghatikro nam' -o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce upatthko; Bv-a267,i2: - 0 ti upatthyako, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upatthko ti); ifc see agg' - (sv agga'); upatthakain Ee at Mp 1286,21/?//. and 304,25 and at Ap-a 345,14 is prob, wr for upatthaka- (Be, Ce, Se so); see also upatthik. upattjiapana, see sv upatthpana. upatthapeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/upatitthati qv. upatthahati, see sv upatitthati. upatthahana, n. [from upatthahati], standing near; serving; Sadd 694,27 (upatthnam nma upagamanam saddatthavasena, sanketatthavasena pana ~an ti attho); an upatthahana, n.t not attending, not serving; not being present; Sp425,8 (kammatthnassa ~-bhvam natv); Dhp-a IV 34,15 (mtpitaro hi puttnam bhvam natv attano santakam bhmiyam v nidahanti paresam v

446

vissajjenti); Patis-a324,2o (evam dhammavasena anupatthnabhvo niddittho, Be, Ce so; Ee wr anupatthana-; Se anupatitthamna-). upatthka, m/(-i)w. and m.f [BHS upasthka, upasthyaka], \.(mfn.) serving, attending, supporting; Vin III 187, H (tarn pi kho kulam yasmato Udyissa -am hoti); MII 51,5 (atthi... anno koci may -taro); Ja III 13,H (Brnasiranno -o amacco); Mil 134,17 (vtbdhe uppanne ~ena therena unhodakam pariyitthan ti); Mpl 286,21 (anfie pi ther bahussut satimant gatimant dhitimant - ca atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upatthak); 2. (m.f.) one who serves or supports; a personal attendant; a nurse; D I 206,2 (bhavam hi nando tassa bhoto Gotamassa dlgharattam ~o santikvacaro samipacri); M III 264,18 (sace yasmato Channassa n' atthi patirpo -0, aham yasmantam Channam upatthahissmi); S III 95,2 (anmantetv ~e anapaloketv bhikkhusangham eko adutiyo crikam pakkmi); A III 31,2 (yasm Ngito bhagavato -o hoti); Ja II 206,26 (deva eko me -o sabbakiccakrako); III 123,5 (rajjam gahetukmo attano -nam kathesi); Ap 545,25 (-0 mahesissa tad si narissaro); Mil 126,6 (so tumhkam -o bhavissati); Spklll 213,4 (-0 hoti ti mukhodakadantakatthadnena c' eva parivenasammajjanapitthiparikammakaranapattacivaragahanena ca upatthnakaro hoti); Mp II 142,2i (bahukehi -ehi ca ~Ihi ca samanngat); Mhv 23:60 (-0 Mahsummatherasssi pita); ifc see agg'- (svagga1), giln'-, culT-(svculla1); anupaftnka, m^ one who does not serve or support; Pv-a 243,20 (asaddho kakkhalo bhikkhnam akkosakrako sanghassa ca - o ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupatthnako, prob, wr); dpaftnka, dupatthka, mfh.9 difficult to attend or nurse; Vin I 302,3o(pancahibhikkhave ahgehi samanngato gilno -o hoti, Se so; Ee dupatthako; Be, Ce dpattho hoti) * A III 143,22 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dupatthko); spafthka, supatthka, mfn., easy to attend or nurse; Vin I 303,1 (gilno ~o hoti, Se so; Ee supatthko; Be, Ce spattho hoti) * A III 144,4 (Be, Ceso; Ee, Se supatthko); see also upatthak, upatthyaka, upatthyik. upatthti, see sv upatitthati. upatthna, n. [S. upasthna], 1. going near, keeping close to; presence, appearance; serving, waiting on, attendance; worshipping; Vin II 185,17 (Ajtasattukumro Devadattassa ... syamptam -am gacchati); D II 188,13 (raniio... syaptam '-am gacchanti); 271,27 (amhkam -am gacchanti amhkam pricariyam; c/Sv706,28: -n ti -slam); A I 279,22 (sanghassham bhante ~assa atitto); Sn 138 (ganchum tass* -amkhattiy brhman bah); Jal 242,21 (tumhe annagocar mayam annagocar tumhehi amhkam -am dukkaran ti); V 327,29* (Nando... ~ya ycati; 328, r: tumhe upatthtum mam ycati); VI 172,27 (anvaddhamsam mtpitunnam -amgantv); Patisl 177,32 (kyo -am sati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppatthnam; Patis-a 510,4: tarn rammanam upecca titthati ti sati -am nma); Pet 95,14 (sati ~ ca vipalls ca); Mil 214,22 (Sakkam devnam indam -am upanesi); Vism 96,13 (upajjhyo pi nam attano -am gatam pucchi...); 277,29/0//. (uggaho paripucch

-am appan lakkhanan ti... -am nma kammatthnassa -am); Sp 925,27 (cetiyassa -am karom ti); Spkl 90,7 (patibal mayam ayynam ygubhattdihi -am ktun ti); III 260,13 (yehi nimittehi ti yehi -ehi); Ud-a 188, is (satin ti '-attho); Pj II 571,3 (tesam cariyassa bdho uppajji -ni vattanti); As 101,22 (yath tarn ganhti tathbhvena tassupatthnan ti); Sadd 694,25 (-am nma upagamanam); 2. audience hall; reception room; assembly hall; Ja III 257,18 (attano ~e yeva); VI 230,10* (-amhi... amacce sanniptetv;230,i8': -<amhiti attano -tthne); -sl,/, audience hall, assembly hall; Vin III 70,io (sabbe -yam sanniptehi ti); AIV 358,24 (yasm Nandako -yam bhikkh dhammiy kathya sandasseti; MpIV 166,9: -yan ti bhojanaslyam); Ud 11,1 (bhikkhnam... -yam sannisinnnam; Ud-a 102,19: -yan ti dhammasabhmandape); Jal 160,27 (dahar upsakehi saddhim -ya sayanti); Niddl 67,16 (na... ~ya nikkhamissmi; Nidd-al 197,29: ~ ti sanniptasl bhojanasl v); anupaftnna, n^ the not being present, non-appearance; the not serving, lack of attendance; Patisl 101,13 (nirodheca t); 116,36; Pj II 170,20 (mtpitunnam abharanam aposanam -am). upatthnaka, mfn. [upatthna + ka2], who serves, attends; Ja IV 445,io(Mahrakkhitassa-tpaso gato ti, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se upatthka-); anupafthnaka, m(/n)., (one) who does not serve or support; Pv-a 243,20 (asaddho kakkhalo bhikkhnam akkosakrako sanghassa ca - 0 ahosi, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se anupatthko). upafthpaka, m. [from caus. of upatitthati; cfS. upasthpaka], one who brings about; one who makes serve; one who makes remember; ifc see pans'-. upaftnpana, upatthapana, n. [from caus. of upatitthati], producing, bringing about; arranging attendance; having (someone) served or cared for; Vin IV 291,14 (dukkhitam sahjivinim n' eva upattheti na -ya ussukkam karoti; cf 291,28foil.: na sayam upattheyya ... na annam npeyya); Th-all 20,18 (chasu dvresu sati-rakkhya -ena satim vaseyya); Ap-a 271,26 (-pann, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upatthna-); Cp-a 133,32 (migapakkhinam -ato, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se utthpanato). upatthpeta(r), m. [from caus. of upatitthati], one who causes (someone) to serve, to attend; Mill 126,28 (nbhijnmi smaneram -; perhaps better absol). upaftnpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/upatitthati qv. upafthya, absol. /upatitthati qv. upatthyaka, m/(upatthyik)/i. and mf (and upatthyik, mfn. ?) [BHS upasthyaka, upasthyik], who serves, attends, supports; a servant, an attendant; a maidservant; a male or female supporter; Sp 50,25 (paccayadyako ti v -o ti v, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upatthko ti); 471,13 (saddham kulam hoti cathi paccayehi -am bhikkhusanghassa mtpitutthniyam); PsV 84,2 (evam upatthkesu ca upatthyiksu ca vijjamnsu); Spklll 168,32 (upatthyaka-upatthyikhi parivut, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upatthka -upatthyikhi); 220,4 (ek therassa upatthyik); Mpl 349,12 (t itthiyo tass upatthyikya lancam datv); Ud-a 383,10 (im pi

447

tassa upatthyik); Th-a II 215,22 (yo vibhavatthiko puriso upatthyiko hutv tava santike vasissmi ti, Be, Se so; Ce utthyiko; Ee utthyako); Jail 337,16 (upatthyik ca sahyik ca); 348,6* (upatthyiknam abhibhuyya vattati, Ee so; Be, Ce utthyaknam; Se utthyiknam); ifc see aggupatthyik jvagga 1 ; see also upatthaka, upatthaka, upatthik. upatthhitum in Ee at JaV 315,6 is wr; Ce, Se upatthtum; Be upatthhitum. upatthik, / [of upatthaka?], a female attendant; Bv 2:214 (sirim Son - Dipankarassa satthuno); 3:16 (Uttar Nandamt ca agg hessant' ~) * 25:25; ifc see agg'- (svagga1); see also upatthyik sv upatthyaka. upafthita, mfn., pp o/upatitthati qv. upatthitv, upatthiya, absol o/upatitthati qv. upattheti, see sv upatitthati. upadayhati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *upa + dahati; cfS. upadahati], is burnt; Mil 277,26 (atitpena -ati). upaddam in Ee at Sp 829,33 and Spkl 156, is is wr for upaddham {Be, Ce, Se so). upaddha, mfn. and m.n. [BHS uprdha], 1. (mfn.) half; the half of; Vin I 301,26 (amutra ~o civarapativimso dtabbo); D I 192,22foil (-am v rattim -am v divasam); Ja 1406,13 (-am isiganam dya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upaddham); VI6 5,28 (satth -am gtham ha); Sp 1080,15 (tarunasamathavipassanlbhino pana sabbe v hontu - v ekapuggalo v); SpkII 155,10 (yassa -a kiles pahin - appahm, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kiles pahin); 2. (m.n.) a half; Abh 53 (-0); Vin I 309,32 (-am dtabbam); SI 59,21 (tato -am antepuram pavesetha -am tatth' eva dnam detha); 87,27 (-am idam bhante brahmacariyassa yad idam kalynamittat); JaV 317,25* (-am v pi rajjassa mayam bhoto dadmase); Sp239,20 (purimagghato -am pi na agghati); Mhv 22:75 (tehi <-e bhuttamhi); -anga, '-anga, n., "the half body", a kind of dance; Ja IV 324,26 (so [devanatako] ... kse thatv -am nma dassesi, eko va hattho eko va pdo ekam akkhi ek dth pi naccati calati phandati sesam niccalam ahosi, Be so; Se 0,-arigam; Ce, Ee upaddhararigam [upaddha-r-angam ?); '-ullikhita, mfn., halfcombed, half dressed; Ud22,i6 (-ehi kesehi; Ud-a 171,2: vippakatullikhitehi kesehi upalakkhit ti attho). upatapaniya, mfn. [from *upatapana, *upa + tapati], causing distress; associated with distress; Nidd-al 347,13 (kilesaniye na kilissau" ti -asmim vatthusmim na upatappati); see also upatappati, upatpeti. upatapeti, see sv upatpeti. upatappati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *upa + tapati1; S. upatapyate], is heated; is afflicted with pain, is distressed; JaV 90,18' (tassa manne ajja hram alabhamnassa sariram tape pakkhittapadumam viya ndhati ti -ati milyati); Nidd-a I 347,13 (kilesaniye na kilissau" ti upatapaniyasmim vatthusmim na -ati); see also upatapaniya, upatpeti. upatpa, m. [ts], pain; trouble; distress; Dhtup 445-46 (kilisa klisa -); Dhtum 686-87; Ja IV 13,10' (evam pritapraminam mahsattnam p* ete -am karonti yeva,

Ce, Ee so; Be mahsattnam pemam -am karoti; Se pemam upatpanam karoti); MpII 171,29 (puggalo gatagatatthne -am c* eva labhati); Nidd-a I 417,31 (olrikehi v kilesehi ti kyaduccaritdikehi v -ehi); Sadd 365,20 (nthadhtu ycane -e issariye simsane ca ti); nirupatpa, mfh., without pain, without trouble; Thi512 (idam ajaram... abhayam -am); Spkll 258,16 (anupyso ti -o). upatpana, n. and mfn. [ts], 1. (.) causing pain; tormenting, distressing; Ja IV 13,6' (tesam pana bhusam-e); Thi-a227,3i (sankilesy ti vibdhanya -ya v); Nidd-a I 11,24 (0,-atthena vibdhanatthena ca kilesakm); 1145,23 (-sankhte kilesakme ... pajahitv); 2. (mfn.) causing pain; tormenting; distressing; Ja VI 23,12* (kacci te vydhayo n' atthi sarirass' -, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatpiy; 23,3r: sarirassa -, Ce, Ee so; Be upatpakar; Se upatpiy) * 224,16* (Ce, Ee upatpik; Be, Se upatpiy). upatpi(n), mfn. [S. upatpin], causing pain, tormenting; ifc see anupatpi(n). upatpik, upatpiy, mfn. [cf upatpi(n) and S. upatpaka], causing pain; tormenting; distressing; Ja VI 224,16* (kacci te vydhayo n' atthi sarirass' -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upatpiy; * VI23,12*: Be, Ce, Ee upatpana; Se upatpiy). upatpeti, -ayati (and upatapeti), pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *upa + tapati1; S. upatpayati], heats; causes pain, torments; distresses; Jail 178,20* (so mam dahati rgaggi cittam c' upatapeti mam; 179,3': mam ca ~eti kilameti vihetheti); IV 11,21* (te bhusam -enti); 126,28* (kissa vinn medhvi attnam -aye); As 42,30 (sankileseti ti sankileso, vibdhati -eti ca ti attho); Sadd 365,23 (kilesavyasanam -eti); absol. upatpetv, SpkII 237,17 (sariram -etv uyynapokkharaniyam nahtv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se ubbattpetv); pass, pr. 3 sg. upatpiyati, Patis-a 425,18 (kilissati ti -iyati vibdhiyati); pp upatpita, mfn., pained; ifc see uphan' -; see also upatappati. upatitthati, upatthahati (and upatthaheti), upatthti, upattheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upatisthati; cf BHS upasthihati], stands near, stands by; places oneself by; presents oneself; is present, appears; stands near in order to serve, serves, attends (+ ace, occasionally + dat./gen.); tends; worships; upatitthati: Vin I 244,17 (ekamekassa bhikkhuno -atha); D III 204,14 (thitam v -eyya nisinnam v upanisideyya); Pv26:18 (dhtiyo -anti); Ja 1453,4 (pniyam pi vijanim pi gahetv '-m ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upanitthm ti); 1173,5* (diccam -ati; 73,8': ~afi ti suriyam namassamno titthati); III 120,26* (sakkaccam -ma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sakkacca tarn upatthahma, unmetrical); V 173,30* (putt ca dr c' anujivino ca niccnusitth -ate tarn, eds so; H. Smith conjectures -are); 329,4* (mam Nando -atu); Ap 378,6 (sayanam -ati); part.pr. (a) upatittha(t), mfn., JaV 396,20* (udaggihuttam -ato hi me pabhankaram); (b) upatitthanta, m/(-anti)., VinV 59,33 (-antiya); aor. 3 sg. upatitthi, Vin V 59,35 (annatar bhikkhuni bhikkhussa bhunjantassa pniyena ca vidhpanena ca -i); upatthahati, - e t i : Vin 1273,15 (tena hi bhane Jivaka

448

mam -a itthgram ca); 302,19/0//. (yo bhikkhave mam -eyya so gilnam -eyya); 303,32 (handa mayam vuso imam bhikkhum -em ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upatthem ti); M III 25,20 (dhamm vidit* uppajjanti vidit -anti vidit abbhattham gacchanti); A III 94,19 (tarn enam ntak -anti paricaranti); Sn 82 (annena pnena -assu); Ja IV 47,28* (yo mtaram ... annena pnena -ti, mc); V 90,9* (ek ekam -am, Be, Ee so, pr. 1 sg. ? or upatthah' aham ? Ce, Se -im; 90,13': -an ti upatthmi patijaggmi, upatthit ti pi ptho; cf O. von Hinber, 1980, pp. 29 foil.); 128, H (amlikam-atti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se amhe); Patis II 48,2i (aniccato manasikaroto khayato sankhr -anti); Ap 437,22 (upsamno yam aham garucittam -e so me cariyo n' atthi); Pet 128,14 (anattasann na ~ati); Mil 64,4 (sakena sakena lakkhanena -anti* ti); 122,27 (tesam samakam yeva -ami); Vism 415,27 (mtaram -atha pitaram -atha kule jetthpacyino hoth ti); Sv420,i9 (evham bhagavantam -issmi ti); Spkl 141,22 (rj tarn purisam pakkospetv mam -ti ha); Th-all 138,32 (idh' eva bhante vasatha, aham cathi paccayehi -issmi ti); Dip 1:37 (mayam tarn niccabhattena sad -mase); Sadd 354,i (~ati); part.pr. (a)upatthaha(t), mfn., Ap 391,ii (tato sankham gahetvna bodhirukkham -am... avandim); Sv420,25 (ko evam ~ato bhro ti); (b) upatthahanta, m/(-anti)w., Thi421 (-antim); Ja I 262,20 (rjnam -anto); Pj I 71,25 (tesu dhammesu asubhdinam afinataravasena -antesu); 1165,3 (-anto satiy carati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthapanto; perhaps wrr; * Patis II 20,2: upatthpento); upatthahanto in Ee, Se at Nidd I 40,15 is wrfor upatthpento (Be, Ce so); neg. anupatthahanta, mfn., Ja IV 203,14 (mante anupatthahante); Sp 425,2; (c) upatthahamna, mfn., Ja I 67,8; Sv 188,7; aor. 3 sg. upatthahi, Pv 36:85; JaV 167,5* (-imam pitaram va putto); VI 11,23 (vanaghato ... makasusnam viya~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vanaghatam ... upatthsi); Dhp-all 322,2 (issarajanam ~i); Mhv 22:24; J sg. (a)upatthahim, Th 1054; Ja IV 321,4'; Ap 102,25; 269,15 (disvan* aham buddhathpam garucittam ~im); (b) upatthahesim, Ap 149,14 (~esim sambuddham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthapesim); 3pi. (a) upatthahimsu, VinI 303,32; Ja III 427,27*; Ps IV 149,25; (b) upatthahum, Ja V 170,6*; VI557,10* (vl panthe ~um; 558,4". ~un ti upatthya thita); Ap 411,12; Mhv 22:28; upatthti: MI 104,27 (anupatthit c'eva sati na ~ti); JaII 222,3 (mahrja mama antevsiko tumhe ~tum icchati ti, sdhu -tti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthahat ti); III 505,n (tena hi mam ~hi ti); IV 271,23 (tay kathitagthnam pana mayham attho -^fi ti); Patis I 101,36 (nekkhammam patiladdhassa kmacchando na ~ti); Ap391,i6 (-anti); Spk I 291,26 (khyatl ti pannyati ~); Sadd 917,20 (atthi padam Mgadhiknam manussnam atthavantam hutv -ti no akkharacintaknam); fut. 3 sg. upatthissati, Ap 429,28 (nando nma nmena ~issat* imam jinam); 2 sg. upathassasi, Ps II 407,24 (mam gacchantam anugacchissasi thitam upathassasi nisinnam upanisidissasi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upatitthissasi); 1 jg. (a) upatthissam, Ja VI 523,19* (bhotim upatthissam); (b) upatthissmi, Ap 340,6; aor. 3 sg. upatthsi, AII 25,7 (tarn aham abbhannsim tarn tathgatassa viditam tarn

tathagato na ~si; Mp III 38,26: tanhya v ditthiy v na ~si na upaganchi); Pv30:9(tathgatam ... yguy ~si); Jail 94,n; Mil 15,14; Vism391,17; Ud-a425,9 (yasm nando chy va ~si); Mhv 23:8; 7 sg. (a) upatthsim, DU 272,18*; JaIV 320,6*; Ap497,s; (b)upatthim, Ap 191,3 (upatthim sangham uttamam); 242,17 (te ^am upatthim, Be, Ce so; Se upatthi; Ee upatthahim, but cfEefn7'. "all mss read upatthi"); upattheti: Vin I 302,i (kissa tarn bhikkh na enti ti); III 102,12 (yam tvam vuso -esi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthsi); IV275,i6 (antevsibhikkhuni Bhaddam Kpilnim sakkaccam ~eti); 291,i 6 foil, (dukkhitam sahjivinim n'eva ~essati... n' eva -eyya); Ap 172,5 (~enti dhtugehe varuttame); part.pr. upatthenta, w/(~enti)/j., Vin V 63,20 (dukkhitam sahjivinim n' eva -entiy, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthpentiy); 76,13 (dukkhitam sahjivinim n' eva -enti na upatthpanya karonti, Be, Se so; Ee wr -enti; Ce upatthahanti); aor. 3 sg. upatthesi, Pj II 196,21 (amhe ~esi paritosesi ti); inf. (a) upatthahitum, Dhp-aIII 269,20; Sadd 354,4; (b) upatthtum, VinI 303,11 (pancahi... arigehi samanngato gilnupatthko nlam gilnam ~tum); JaV 315,6 (rjnam upatthtum gato 'mhi ti, Ce, Se so; Be upatthahitum; Ee wr upatthhitum); VI 390,2i; Dhp-all 60,s; Sadd354,4; absol. (a) upatitthitv, Vin II 77,12 (so bhattagge saputtadro upatitthitvparivisati); Ja IV 380,18'; Mil 231,26 (tathgate bhunjamne devat dibbam ojam gahetv upatitthitv uddhatuddhate lope kiranti); (b) upatthahitv, Ap 149,2o; Ja IV 436,24; Vism 94,23; Pv -a 76,s; Sadd 354,5; (c)upatthahitvna, Ap 243,8; (d) upatthya, Ja VI 558,4'; upatthya in Ee at Ap 241,12 is wr for utthya (Be, Ce, Se so); (e) upatthitv, Ap 102,27 (bhtaram me upatthitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatitthitv); 194,9 (syam ptam upatthitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee utthahitv); 537,24; (f) upatthitvna, Ap351,s; 391,23 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upatthahitv); (g) upatthiya, Ap 538,7 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upatthahum); (h) upatthetv, Ap519,n (garucittam upatthetv, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upatthapetv); pass, part.pr. (a) upatthahiyamna, mfn., Vin I 303,33 (te tarn upatthahimsu, so tehi upatthahiyamno klam aksi, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se upatthiyamno) * 304,37 (Be, Ee, Se upatthahiyamno; Ce upatthiyamno); AIII 94,19; (b) upatthiyamna, mfn., Ja IV 131,1 (pasannehi manussehi... upatthiyamno); Spk III 37,9; Dhp-a I 60,12 (tathgatassa tattha hatthingena upatthiyamnassa vasanabhvo sakalajambudipe pkato ahosi); neg. anupatthiyamna, mfn., Mp II 191,26; pp upafthita, mfn. [S. upasthita], 1. (act.) come near, approached; arrived, present, at hand; serving, attending; dedicated; Vin III 4,4 (~a sati asammutth); D I 166,8 (yattha s ~o hoti); A l l 65,n* (gihi smicipatipadam patipajjanti pandit... silavante civarena -; Mp III 97,18: ~ ti upatthyako, eds so); Dhp 235 (Yamapuris pi ca tarn ~); Sn 295 (-asmim yannasmim); 898 (vatam samdya -se); Th 1079 (yesam ca hiri-ottappam sad samm -am); ThI479 (- kle); Pv 21:54 (Ankurassa mahdne dabbigh -); Ap239,n (bhikkhya mam -0); Mil 274,12 (upari mahmegho ~o hoti); Vism 112,11 (sabbadissu -am nimittam passanto);

449

Sp 141,13 (tt); Mhv4:27 (bhattakle -e); 32:21 (~e devaloke); neg. anupatthita,mfn., MI 104,27 (anupatthita c'eva sati); SH 231, n; supatthita, supatthita, mfii.9 properly at hand; very much present; Vin III 119,18 (pniyam paribhojaniyam spatthitam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se supatthitam); AII 150,37 (maranasaM kho pan* assa ajjhattam supatthita hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se supatthita); Vism 636,22 (supatthita supatitthit... sati); Sv427,n (satim spatthitam katv, Be, Ce so; Se supatthitam; Ee suppatthitam); 2. (pass.) served, attended; A l l 68,32* (- silavanto); Ja III 530, n* (diva ca ratto ca may -); V 173,26* (annena pnena -o 'smi); Mhv 34:26 (Niliyabrhmano ... niccam tya -o); fpp upafthtabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 50,24 (sace upajjhyo gilno hoti yvajivam -o); A1121,19; Ja I 435,22 (may ... imasmim kle -am); Vism 92,10; Spk III 77,2o; caus. pr. 3 sg. upafthapeti, upafthpeti, ~ayati, [S. upasthpayati], brings near, provides; procures, fetches; makes serve or attend, employs; causes to appear, brings about; Vin I 60,28 (cariyo bhikkhave antevsikamhi puttacittam -essati); 11249,4 (sabrahmacarisu mettacittam -ehi ti); 267,10 (dsam -enti; Sp 1293,28: -enti ti dsam gahetv tena attano veyyvaccam krenti); D U 325,5 (paftca kmagunni -eyyum); A V 72,2i (patibalo hoti gilnam upatthtum v -etum v); Ud 42,5 (pniyam paribhojaniyam -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr patthapeti); Ja VI 136,6* (sabbam -etiia yannarn); 230,20' (kme samvidahantu -entu, Ce, Be, Se so; Ee upatthahantu, prob, wr); Pet 68,1 (dve dhamme -eti); Mil 397, is* (tibbam chandam ca pemam ca tasmim disv -e); Vism 613,19 (kye ca jivite ca anapekkhatam ~eti); part.pr. (a) upatthpenta, m/(-enti)/i., Patis II 20,2 (-ento satiy carati); 32,22 (-ento saddahati); Nidd I 40,15 (satim upatthapento sikkheyya, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr upatthahanto) = 149,10; upatthapento in Ee at Spk I 25,6 is wr for utthapento (Be, Ce, Se so); neg. anupatthpenta,m/(-enti)rt., JaV 275,26' (tesu hirottappam anupatthapenti); (b) upatthpaya(t), mfn., MIII 218,30 (piham -ayato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppatthpayato); Patis I 187,15 (satim ~ayato); (c) upatthpayamna, mfn., Spkl 253,3 (~ayamn); aor. 3sg. upatthapesi, D i l 19,24 (kumrassa dhtiyo ~esi); Pv 36:69 (tikicchaknam ca ~esi); Ja III 525,5; 3pl. upatthpesum, VinI 10,9 (annacittam ~esum); MI 171,30 (pdodakam -esum); JaV 309,24 (kappake -esum); Th-all 266,34 (tayo psde kretv ntakni -esum); 2pl. upatthapittha, Vin IV 307,4 (kissa tumhe ... na pniyam paribhojaniyam ~itth ti); absol. (a)upatthpetv, VinI 24,35 (satim -etv); JaIV 2,14 (nvam ~etv); Vibh 244,22; Mil 23,32; Vism 76,24; neg. anupatthpetv, J a l 337,16'; Ps III 177,1; Spk II 209,8; (b) upatthapetvna, Th946; Thi 177; pp upatthpita, mfn., provided, procured; employed; Patis II 32,34 foil (saddahitatt ~itam ~ita-tta saddahitam); Spkl 242,23 (tini balivaddasahassni ~itni honti); Dhp-aHI 8,11 (tay... pniyam paribhojaniyam -itan ti); neg. anupatthpita, mfn., Vism 119,5 (anupatthpitam pniyam paribhojaniyam); Dhp-al 365,7 (pniyam anupatthpitam disv); fpp upatthpetabba, mfn., Vin I

49,9 (sace pniyam na hoti pniyam ~etabbam); 83,23 (na ekena dve smaner ~etabb ti); D i l 141,17 (sati... ~etabb); MIII 176,2 (patibalo rjnam cakkavattim -etabbam ~etum); AIII 271,16 (smanero ~etabbo); Mil 418,17 (sati ~etabb); upatthpetabbo in Ee at Sp 1068,14 is wrfor utthpetabbo (Be so; Ce, Se omit). upatitthana, n. {from upatitthati], serving, attending; Sp 922,24 ('-attham smanerim npeti, Be, Ce so; Ee smanerdim; Se upatitthpanattham). upatittha, n. [upa + tittha], a place for descent into a river; a ford; ifc see supatittha, spatittha. upatta1, mfn. [pp o/*upa + anjati1; S. upkta], smeared; anointed; ifc see harit* -. upatta2, mfn., pp o/updiyati qv. upattha, m. [S. upastha], inner part; driving box; ifc see rath' --; see also upatthara. upatthaddha, mfn. \pp of *upa + thambhati; S. upastabdha], 1. supported, sustained; MI 337,35* (iddhibalen*~o); JaV 121,2*; Ap 19,6; Nett 117,5 (imhi cathi vinnnatthitihi ~am viiinnam); Ps I 210,8 (ayam kyo kabalinkrhrena -o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upatthambhito) = Spk II 26,14; Ud-a 247,3 (sampattibalena sarire -e, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upatthambhite); 2. stiff; proud, haughty; Thi 72 (yobbanena c' ~); Ja V 301,5* (ete ng -; 301,8': ~ ti atitthaddh dappit); Ap45,i4 (jtimaden' -o); ifc see vf-; anupatthaddha, mfn., not supported, not sustained; Vism 560,24 (~amna sakkoti santhtum) = Vibh-a 171,24; see also upatthambheti. upatthambha, m. [S. upastambha], 1. prop; support; sustenance; Jal 466,13 (~o me hohl ti); Mil417,17 (bhojanam sabbasattnam ~o); Vism 595,11 (dvisu nalakalpisu annamannam nissya thapitsu ek ekiss ~o hoti ekiss patamnya itar pi patati); Ps II 7,25 (assso ti avassayo patitth ~o); Spk II 26,17 (~ena upatthambhitam geham); Ap-a355,n (thero rjnam ~am labhitv); Mhv 5:251 (hohi bhante ~o ktum ssanapaggaham); 10:50; 2. stiffness; Sp 523,19 (rgena v angajtassa ~e thaddhabhve sanjte ti vuttam hoti). upatthambhaka, mfn. and m. [S. upastambhaka], supporting; strengthening; a support; Vism 601,26 foil (catubbidham kammam janakam -am upapilanam upaghtakan t i . . . ~am pana vipkam janetum na sakkoti, annena kammena dinnya patisandhiy janite vipke uppajjanasukhadukkham upatthambheti); Sp 1288,30 (attanopakkhassa~ bhikkh); Mp II 216,\9f0ll; Th-al 87,28 (tattha tattha hi bhave upacitam punfiam tassa -am ahosi); Patis-a 601,28 (-tt); Cp-a208,25 (kirn -am katv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatthambham); As 153,16 (0,-atthena v ime tayo hr ti vutt). upatthambhana, n. [S. upastambhana], support; strengthening; Ja I 447,19 (mnavo ekam pdam upatthambhetv ekassa -am alabhanto); Patis II 82,6 (sammditthi... sahajtnam dhammnam -ya maggo c*eva hetu ca); Pet 115,4 ('-attho balattho); Mil 36,24 (-lakkhanam viriyam); Spk III 87,15 (imni panca '-atthena balni nma vuccanti); -khepandikiriy,/, the work of confirming and erasing; ? Thi-a 240,5 (y sampattiy mnusik nu kho ayam bhitti

450

apassya thit ti sanfi). upatthambham, upatthambhini,/, prop, support (for a cart); Sp 335,5 ([ynam] dvihi ~ihi upatthambhetv thapitam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upatthambhinihi); 335, g (sace dhure ~i hetthbhge kappakat hoti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upatthambhini); Vin-vn 137 (ynakassa dhuren' ~iy thitassa); Sadd 408,23 (upatthambhini); ifc see ynaka-. upatthambhanik, / (?) [upatthambham + k2], prop, support (for a cart); ifc see ynaka-. upatthambhita, m/.,/?po/upatthambheti qv. upatthambheta(r), m. [from upatthambheti], one who supports, confirms; Ps II 331,4 (bhinnnam puna asandhnya anuppadt, ~ kranam dasset ti attho). upatthambheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upastambhayati], props, supports; sustains; strengthens, confirms; Vibh 209,n (imam cittam pagganhti sampagganhti -eti paccupatthambheti); Mil 36,23 (puriso gehe patante annena drun ~eyya); Vism 582,3 (nmarpam pi annamannam ca ~eti); 616, is (ekadivasam paribhutthro sattham pi ~eti); Pj II 491,27 (viriypatthambhena attnam ~aya); part.pr. (a)upatthambhenta, mfn., Ja VI 227,20' (tassa vdam ~ento); Spkll 26,9 (kabalinkrhro ~ento); (b) upatthambhayamna, mfn., Ja I 127,8 (nam satth ~ayamno); Sv518,15; aor. 3 sg. upatthambhesi, Vin III 65,20 (kuddam ~esi); absol. upatthambhetv, Ja I 447, is (mancapde ~etv); Mp II 4,14 (tesam cittam ~etv); neg. anupatthambhetv, Sp 335,9; p a s s , part.pr. upatthambhiyamna, mfn., Vism 445,32 (utucitthrehi ~iyamnam); pp upatthambhita, mfn., 1. supported; strengthened; Ja I 107,12 (bhikkhu ettakena ~o ahosi); Mil 36,23 (~am santam evam tarn geham na pateyya); Mp III 318,5 (afinehi kusalkusalehi ~o vipkam deti); Pv-a 148,2 (dibbehi utu-hrehi ~ -attabhv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr '-atthabhv); neg. anupatthambhita, mfn., Sv 124,20 (thnya anupatthambhitam); spatthambhita, mfn., Sp226,6 (catubbidho pi vinayo anuggahito hoti upatthambhito spatthambhito) = Mp V 33,25; 2. stiff; proud; Ap-a 288,2i (bhogamadena ca upatthaddho -o unnato ti attho); see also upatthaddha. upatthara, m. [from *upa+ tharati; cfS. upastara], what is spread out below; a carpet or rug; a plain; a platform; JaVI 534,32* (padum... jannutaggh ~; 535,4': ~ ti jannupamne udake ~ phull honti santhat viya khyanti); ifc see pabbat'--, rath'--; see also upattha. upatheyya, n. [for *upadheyya; cf S. upadheya, mfn.], cushion; cover; ifc see sa-; see also upadhi2, updhi2. upadamsita(r), upadamseta(r), m. [from upadamseti], one who shows, exhibits; AIV 189,8 (thmav hoti yva jivitamaranapariydn thmam upadamset, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se wr upadhamset); Pp6,2i (appasdaniye thne pasdam upadamsit hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upadhamsit) * 49,7 * 49,31 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upadhamsit). upadamseti, -ayati (and upadasseti, upadassayati), pr. 3 sg. [caus. of upa + Vdis2; S. upadar&iyati], shows,

exhibits; makes appear; presents; Vin I 341,2 foil. (araiamannam ananulomikam kyakammam vacikammam ~enti... -essanti); A I 89,30 (appasdaniye thne pasdam -ti); Mil276,17 (kranam upadassehi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se dassehi ti); Mp III 385,8 (bhayam ~eti); aor. 3 sg. upadamsayi, Th 335 (me mt patodam ~ayi); inf. (a)upadamsetum, M i l 124,22 (bhagavati paramanipacckram kattum mittupahram ~etum); (b) upadassayitum, Mil 316,1 (sakk pana tassa nibbnassa rpam ... hetun v nayena v upadassayitun ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upadassetun ti) ^ 317,1 (eds upadassayitum); absol. upadamsetv, upadassetv, Ap 256,22 (~etv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upadassetv); Mil 209,26 (upadassetv); pp upadassita, mfn. [S. upadar&ta], shown; Mil 204,12 (bhagavat knakacchapopamam ~am); see also upadissati. upadamseta(r), m., see sv upadamsita(r). upadattha(r), m. [cf S. upadrastr], a supervisor; a judge; Abh 341 (akkhadassopadatthari). upadasseti, ~ayati, see sv upadamseti. upadahati (and upadheti), pr. 3 sg. [S. upadadhti], places upon; lays down, imposes; gives in addition, hands over; places under oneself, lies down upon; Vin IV 148,28///. (chabbaggiy bhikkh sattarasavaggiynam bhikkhnam sancicca kukkuccam ~anti... ~issanti ti... kukkuccam ~itum); D i l 135,20 (Cundassa ... koci vippatisram~eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uppdeyya) = Ud 84,29 (Be, Ce so; Ee updaheyya; Se uppdaheyya; Ud-a405,5: ~eyy ti uppdeyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee updaheyya ti); Ap 314,20 (bimbohane upadhemi uttamahgam, Ce so; Be updhemi; Ee wr uppdemi; Se uptemi); Mil 109,7 (so pathamam dukkham datv pacch sukham ~ati); part.pr. upadahanta, mfn., Vin V 24,33 (bhikkhussa sancicca kukkuccam ~antassa); aor. 3 pi upadahimsu, Vin V 24,36 (bhikkh ... kukkuccam ~imsu); absol. (a)upadhya, MI 79,32 (susne seyyam kappemi chavatthikni upadhya) ^ Cp 3:15:1 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se upanidhya) quoted Ja I 47,7*; (b) upadahitv, Ps III 18,20 (upadhnam -itv); Spkll 229,29(khadiraghatiksusise capde ca ~itv); pass. pr. 3 sg. upadhiyati, Pj II 44,28 (km hi... sukhassa adhitthnabhvato upadhiyati ettha sukhan ti... upadhi ti vuccanti); It-a II 64,13; pp upadahita, mfn. [cfS. upahita], 1. laid upon; handed over, supplied; Vin V 42,20 (bhikkhussa sancicca kukkuccam upadahanto dve pattiyo pajjati... -e patti pcittiyassa); Mil 164,23 (tathgatena... hitam apanetv ahitam ~am); 2. having (something) placed upon it; added to, supplied (with); Mil 286,6 (aggikkhandho jalamno annena katthena -o); fpp upadahtabba, upadahitabba, mfn., Vin II 250,1 (katih' krehi vippatisro upadahtabbo ti); A III 196,27 (avippatisro upadahtabbo, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upadahitabbo). upadahana, n. [from upadahati], laying upon, imposing; ifc see kukkucca-. upad,/ [ts], a present; Abh 355 (~ tu ca pbhatam). up ad an a- in Ee at Sp758,i8 is wr for updna- (Be, Ce, Se so); in Ce (parassa dukkhpadnena) and Ee (paradukkhpadn) at Dhp-aIII 451,2 is prob, wr; Be

451

parassa dukkhuppdanena; Se paradukkhuppdanena. upadyaka, mfn. [from *upa + dadti], giving; ifc see patthitatth-o-. upadha, m. [from *upa + dahati; cf S. upadahati], burning; Sadd443,i (usu-e). upadiftha, mfn., pp q/*upadisati qv. upadisa, m., (ace. to et) a water-plant; Ap29,3 (-sadiseh' eva vsudh prit bhave, Ee so; Se upadissadiseh' eva; Be, Ce upatissasadiseh* eva; Ap-a 235,18^//.: -sadiseh' ev ti ettha udakassa upari dissanti pkat honti ti - sevl, -ehi sadis ti -sadis manuss, yath hi - sevl udakam adissamnam katv tasspari pattharitv thit honti tath vasudh pathavi tehi -sadisehi eva manussehi nirantaram pattharitv thitehi prit bhaveyya, eds so). upadisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upadiSati], points out (to); indicates; explains, teaches; Mill 5,7 (tassa me Rjagahassa maggam ~ ti); Mil 168,15 (ingha me tvam tattha kranam -a); Vism270,2 (vatthuvijjcariyo... ettha nagaram mpeth ti -ati); Ud-a 286,28 (maggam -eyya); part.pr. upadisanta, mfn., Ja V 457,26 (sippam -anto); Mil 21,28 (-anto dhammamaggam); Spkl 207,8 (theram -anto, Be, Ee so; Ce uddisanto; Se upadassento); aor. 3 sg. (a) upadisi, Th-aII 54,10 (vipassankammatthnam -i); (b) updisi, Mhv 21:31 (kle vassam updisi); absol. upadisitv, Vism271,2; It-all 88,9; pass. pr. 3 sg. upadisiyati, Pet 75,17 (yo yo ca dhammo -iyati); part.pr. upadisiyamna, mfn., Ud-a 8,9; pp upadittha, mfn. [S. upadista], pointed out; taught; Pet 128,4 foil, (imesu navasu padesu -esu sabbo kusalapakkho -0 bhavati; cf 122,3foil.: etehi navahi padehi udditthehi sabbo akusalapakkho niddittho bhavati); Mil 144,9 (bhagavat eso paiiho ~o); Spk II 76,5 (mahantam gambhiran ti -am, Ee so; Be upadhritabbam; Ce upatthitam; Se upatittham); fpp upadisitabba, mfn., Pj II 434,29 (tehi upadisitabbavasena); caus. part.pr. upadesenta, mfn., instructing; Vv-a 345,6 (tesam ca upadesento, Ce, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Se upadesam dento). upadisana, n. [from upadisati], explaining, teaching; Ud-a 89,18 (yam mam assa digharattam hitya sukhy ti yam dhammassa -amciraklam mama ..., Be, Se so; Ce, Ee yam mama assa pana upari ciraklam mama .. .) upadissati,/?r. 3 sg. [pass, o/upa + Vdis2; S. upadrgyate], is seen, appears; Sn 140 (te ca ppesu kammesu abhinham -are; Pj II 192,10: ppakammesu punappuna -anti); part.pr. upadissamna, mfn., Pj II 192,11 (evam -amn); see also upadamseti. upadussati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. upadusyati], bears ill-will, is resentful; M III 204,34 (issati ~ati issam bandhati); A II 205, is (na ississmi na ~issmi na issam bandhissmi); aor. 1 sg. upadussim, A l l 205,8 (na issim na ~im na issam bandhim). upadesa, m. [S. upade^a], pointing out; teaching, instruction; Abh412; Ja I 470,23' (kusalpadese ti kusalnam -e paccekabuddhnam ovde ti attho); Sv 26,22 (evamsaddo ... evam patikkamitabban ti disu -e) = Sadd905,i; Ps HI 433,27 (attano patiniiam paresam v -am vin); It-all 132,19 (paresam ~o dhamma-

samvibhgo); Vv-a 345,6 (tesam ca ~am dento, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upadesento, prob, wr); Th-aIII 93,5 (Sirivaddho tassa -e thatv); Nidd-al 441,5 (sayambh ti -am vin sayam evabhto); Mhv 29:56 (therassa -ena); ifc see

gur'--.
upadesaka, m. [S. lex. upadesaka], teacher; instructor; Cp -a 291,22. upadohini, (m)f(n). or f [cf S. dohin; (or cf S. upadoha, upadohana, "milk-pail"!)], giving milk; (or having a milk-pail; ?) ifc see kundopadohini sv kunda'. upaddava, m. [S. upadrava], a sudden or grievous accident, calamity, misfortune; violence, oppression; Abh401; Mill 61,11 (ye keci - uppajjanti sabbe te blato uppajjanti no panditato); Sn 51 (iti ca gando ca -o ca); Ja I 298,10 (s mayham kataram nma -am na kareyya); V 367,5* (soko rogo c*-o); Niddl 140,9 (upaghtam pilanam ghattanam -am upasaggam brhi; Nidd-al 263,6: -an tihimsanam); ParisII 239,11 (pancakkhandhe -ato passanto); Mil 149,15 (so tena rogena dukkhito - parimuccitukmo); Vism 235,15 (tesam pi -nam niptena); Spkl 150,10 (uppannesu -esu); Mhv 14:37 (~o nu atthi ti); ifc see cor'-; anupaddava, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) free from misfortune or accident; safe; undamaged; Vin III 162,20 (dis abhay anitik -); M III 61,22 (sa-upaddavo blo -0 pandito); Dhp 338 (mle ~e dalhe); Ap 308,2 (-0 aniti ca homi apacito sad); Mil 304,9 (so aggi vuecati anitiko ~o samaye nibbuto nm ti); 2. (n.) freedom from misfortune; safety; Nidd I 443,11 (khemam passati sabbadhi ti... sabbattha -am passati sabbattha anupasaggam passati...); Sp 1059,22 (-' -atthya); Dhp-a III 293,10 (-ena dratthnato gatam); Ud-a 156,31 (bhognam jivitassa ca -am passitv); nirupaddava, mfn., free from misfortune; safe; Ja IV 139,2 (nv satta divasni -a agamsi); Mil 323,25 (anitito -ato abhayato); 330,19 (-am anavajjam ramaniyam bhmibhgam anuviloketv); Sp 1154,27* foil, (yath ca vannan es samatt - evam sabbe jan santim pappontu -am); Spk I 275,15 (kheman ti abhavam -am, Be, Ce so; Ee wr niruppadavam; Se nirpaddavam); Pj 1179,13 (sotthi hotu ... arogat t ti); sa-upaddava, mfn., subject to calamity; unsafe, dangerous; Vin II 79,3 (dis sabhay sa-itik -); M III 61,22 (-0 blo); Sp 569,8 (srambham anrambhan ti-arn anupaddavam); Th-al 207,26 (maggo ca -o); sopaddava, mfn., unsafe; -am, adv., in danger; not safely; Mp III 411,22 ([dukkham viharati] savightan ti sa-upaghtam ~am); Ap-a513,20 (kucchitapathe magge); see also akutoci-upaddava. upaddavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upadravati], oppresses; assails; Sp 730,6 (pariptentl ti -anti tattha tattha dhvitv uttsenti palpenti); Pj II 100,20 (-ati ti upaddavo, anattham janento abhibhavati ajjhottharati ti attho) = Ap-a 178,27; pp upadduta (sometimes written upaddta), mfn. [S. upadruta], oppressed; tyrannized over; assailed; visited by calamities; Vin I 15,14 (Yaso kulaputto udnam udnesi: -am vata bho upasattham vata bho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaddtam); DU 162,30 (- ca homa idam vo kappati idam vo na kappau" ti, Be, Ce so; Se upaddta; Ee wr uppadut); M III

452

116,6 (ayam vuccat' nanda ~o cariyo cariypaddavena, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upaddavo); SII 210,17 (- brahmacri brahmacrpaddavena); Pv 22:8 (maccherena -); Th 1093 (kyam imam maccujaray' -am); Ja II282,19 (manuss ~ ycanya); V 105,26* (tarn dni ajja dohma khirakmeh' -); Vism24,2 (icchpakatass ti icchya apakatassa -ass ti attho, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upaddtass ti); Sp 1227,21 (kadci hi manuss denti kadci dubbhikkhdihi ~ na denti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upaddt); Pj I 158,1 (dubbhikkhdihi upaddavehi -ya Vesliy); Ud-a 235,6 (kmavitakkdihi tt); ati-upadduta, m/h., very oppressed; Mp IV 11,4; anupadduta, m/h., not assailed; free from distress or calamity; Vin I 15,30 (idam kho Yasa anupaddutam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupaddutam); Vv-a 95,25 (sankilesadhammehi anupaddutatt); Pv-al95,i6 (kenaci anupadduto mtu anke viya sukham supi); It-al 61,26 (cathi yogehi khemam anupaddutan ti yogakkhemarn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anpaddtan ti); see also upaddaveti. upaddaveti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from upaddava], is a trouble; is oppressive; Sv 213,23 (ativiya me tumhe -eth ti)= Ps II 318,28; Dhp-a II 70,io (mayham purohito atimukharo ... bahum bhananto mam ~eti); see also upaddavati. upadduta, upaddt, mfn., pp o/upaddavati qv. upaddha, see sv upaddha. upadramiga in Ee at JaV 418,ir is wr, prob, for uddamiga {Ce so). upadha, n., -, / [S. upadh], {gr.t.t.) a penultimate phoneme or syllable; Sadd 861,6 (antakkharato pubbakkharam ~a); 861,8 (gahass' -ass' ettam asamse niccam ... tarn tarn vatthum ganhti ti geham). upadhamsit in Ee at Pp6,2i and 49,3i is wr for upadamsit {Be, Ce, Se so). upadhna, n. [S., BHS id.], placing upon; that on which something rests; basis; cushion, pillow; saucer, stand; Abh 311 (bimbohanam copadhnam); Ja IV 201,2i (mancapdnam me -am dehi ti); Ps III 19,5 (hamsalomdipritni -ni thappesum); Ud-a 409,33 (mahraham buddhsanam pannpetv... ubhato lohitakam manunnadassanam -am upadahitv); Vin-vn 2829 (santharitv gilnassa -ni tattha ca); ifc see sittak'--, ubhatolohitak'--; -ghatik,/, a wooden block (used by an executioner); Ja III 179,2 (parasum amse thapetv -am dya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -am hatthapdathapanadandakam ca dya). upadhnetv in Ee at Dhp-a I 239,1 is wr for upadhretv qv sv upadhreti. upadhya, absol. o/upadahati qv. upadhrana, n., - , / [S. upadhrana], 1. the act of considering, reflecting on, comprehending; consideration, keeping in mind; Pj I 102,5 (sutan ti... upadhritan ti v -an ti v ti attho); Vv-a 7,23 (dhammatsiddh -); Sadd 885,17 (~e nismanam); 2. upholding; supporting; Vism8,s(kim idam silanam nma, samdhnam v ... -am v kusalnam dhammnam patitthvasena dhrabhvo ti attho); Sadd 564,25 (-am bhusam dhranam); 3. a milking-pail; ? ifc see kams'- .yvkamsa1; A. part of a vin, perhaps the

head or finger-holds (cf A.K. Coomaraswamy, 1950b, p. 252; and BHS upadhni;; S IV 197, M (donim ca paticca ... cammam ... dandam ... -e ca paticca ..., Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upavenam [prob, for upavinam]; Spk III 66,24: -e ti vethake). upadhreti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upadhrayati], considers, reflects on; holds in the mind, pays attention to; holds, considers as; looks for, investigates, finds out; Vin I 270,5 (sutthum ca -en); Th951 (sakkaccam -ehi); Ja IV 153,21 (mama uyyne ekam rukkham -th ti); 388,15 (kuto ayam klakanni gat-essmi nan ti); VI 582,23' (nismehi ti sakasen v parasen v ti -ehi); Niddl 382,14 (na ganheyya na ugganheyyana dhreyya na -eyya); Patis II 38,17 (so tarn nimittam suggahitam karoti spadhritam -eti); Spkl 200,i (avekkhassu -aya upaparikkha); Ud-a 288,19 (upsakam kappiyakrakam mam bhagav -etu jnt ti attho); It-a 1151,5 (-ayati upaparikkhati); Cp-a 85,26 (sace bhadde pacchato ycak gacchanti -eyysi ti); Sadd 558,1 (nismeti ti vitakketi -eti); part.pr. (a) upadhrenta, m/(-enti)., Ja III 65,1 (tathrpam panditam -ento carati); IV 247,1 (sakalanagare -ent pi na passimsu); Mil 126,3 (-ento addasa); Cp-a 93,14 (s puttake -enti tahim tahim upadhvitv gavesanti); neg. anupadhrenta, m/h., Vv-a 275,13 (keci pana uyynabhmy ti pi pathanti, te saddanayam pi anupadhrenta pathanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr anupadhrento pathanti); (b)upadhraya(t), m/h., Jal 20,21 (uttarim pi -ayato); (c) upadhrayanta, mfn., Sv 682,18 (atha nesam sappyam dhammadesanam -ayanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sappyadharnmam desetum); (d)upadhrayamna,mfn., Jal 338,32; Dhp-a II 72,3; aor. 3 sg. (a) upadhresi, Ja VI 82,22 (kinnu kho ti 'ssa asssapassse -esi); 557,2 (Maddi... mlaphalni -esi); Dhp -a II 96,s; (b) upadhrayi, Cp 2:1:6; Sv 933,20; inf. upadhretum, Ja III 215,27 (ekam upamam -etum rabhi); Ps II 52,20 (padasahassam pi uggahetum -etum sajjhyitum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -itum); absol. (a) upadhretv, Ja III 511,19; VI 467,8 (ekam dosam -etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upacretv); Patis II 38,23 (spadhritam -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -itv); Vism 292,23 (attano yusankhre -etv); Ud-a 389,12; Dhp-al 239,1 (nismerv -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upadhnetv); neg. anupadhretv, Ja IV 452,r; Sp737,is; Vv-a200,s; (b)upadhrayirv, Niddl 140,16; pass. pr. 3 sg. upadhriyati, Nidd I 420,17 (-iyanti); Sadd 564,28 (-lyati); p p upadhrita, mfn., 1. supported, held (in); ifc see lohitakacch,-; 2. considered; kept in mind; understood; Vin IV 275,32 (dpadhriten ti annath -ena); Ja IV 406,30 (-am may);NiddI 166,21 (annam cintitam annam -am annam upalakkhitam); Mp HI 231,3 (sutthu manasikatam sutthu -am); Pj 1102,5 (sutan ti... -an ti v upadhranan ti v ti attho); Ud-a 312,27 (atthe sutthu -e sakk plim samm ussretum, Be, Se so; Ce plidhammam uccretum; Ee plidhammam uttretum); Pet 102,11 (im gthyo- yad bhavanti); dpadhrita, mfn., wrongly considered, wrongly understood; Vin IV 275,19 (s bhikkhuni duggahitena dpadhriten param ujjhpesi); spadhrita, mfn., well considered, well kept in mind;

453

Vin 1197, i (suggahitni kho te bhikkhu atthakavaggikani sumanasikatni -ni); Mill 104,12 (sumanasikatam spadhritan ti); Patis I 185,23 (spadhritatt); II38,17 (so tarn nimittam suggahitam karoti spadhritam upadhareti); Mil 10,n (tayo ved hadayangat vcuggat spadhrit); fpp upadhretabba, mfn., Vism 185,33 (nimittam ... sdhukam -am); Th-a II190,11 (jivitakkhayo -oti). upadhvati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upadhvati], runs up to, rushes up; hurries towards (for help); runs after, Vin I 79,10 (te [drak]... bhikkh passitv ~anti); Sil 26,33 (aparantam v -issati bhavissmi nu khvham angatam addhnam...); Th 1209 (nikkhantam vata mam santam agrasm anagriyam vitakk -anti); Thi 394 (~asi andha rittakam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce upagacchasi); Pv32:9 (kukkur -anti samant khditum); Cp 3:9:7 (yesham -eyyarn bhito); Pv-a 168,24 (marnsam me dehi ti hatthe pasretv -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -imsu); part.pr. (a) upadhvanta, mfn., Vv-a 308,23 (nam... vegena -antam pdena phuttho siviso damsi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -anto); (b) upadhvamna, mfn., Dhp-a III 147,9 (tarn ganhitum -amn); aor. 3 sg. upadhvi, Sv432,n; 3 pi. upadhvimsu, Ja VI 189,27*; absol. upadhvitv, Vin I 87,19; IV 260,25 (bhikkhuniyo tena saddena -itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upadhvit); Ja VI 33,2; Mil 209,6 (ekam arahantam ~itv tseyyum). upadhi1, m. [BHS id.], worldly possessions or belongings, acquisitions (according to cts including the body); attachment to such possessions (forming a basis for rebirth); Abh968 (deho... caturopadhisu); Vin I 36,20* (etam malan ti -Isu natv); MI 162,8 (jtidhamm h' ete -ayo; Ps II 170, s: etepanca kamagun -ayo nma honti te sabbe pi jtidhamm ti dasseti); 11260,24 (-ismim v kyam upasamharissati); SI 107,6* (-Isu tanarn na karonti buddha; Spkl 174,7: -Is ti khandhpadhisu); II 108,19 (tanhya sati -i hoti; Spkll 119,26: khandhapancakam h'ettha -I ti adhippetam); It 69,7 (sabbe ~i anicc dukkh viparinmadhamm); Sn 33 (~i hi narassa nandan; Pj II 44,24foil: ~i ti cattaro ~ayo kmpadhi khandhpadhi kilespadhi abhisankhrpadhi ti, Be, Se so; Ce cattro ~I; Ee wr ~iyo); 546 (~i te samatikkant sav te padlit); 1051 (~im na kayir); Th 1216 (MSU jan gadhitse ditthasute patighe ca mute ca); Ja IV 478,6' (dukkhaml h'ete ~ayo); Niddll 110,5yb//.; Spkl 181,21 (tass* eva ~issa vinayya sikkheyya); Sv 464,34 (sabbe ~ayo patinissatth honti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~iyo); It-aII 81,3 (upadhiyati etlha sukhadukkhan ti ~i, attabhvo kamagun ca); -anudhvanaka, mfn., following attachment; Ps III 169,27; -vipatti,/, the having physical defects, ugliness; Vibh 338,26 (Vibh-a439,33: ~I ti hinaattabhvat); Mp II220,10 (evarpassa ppakammam ~im gamma vipaccati); -sampatti,/, physical excellence; bodily perfection; Vibh 338,38 (Vibh-a 439,33: -i ti attabhvasamiddhi); Mp II 221,6; -sampad, / , physical excellence; beauty; Mp I 430,24; -sampanna, mfh.y of physical excellence, beautiful; Ja I 356,26 (abhirpo -0); Mp II 176,6 (~o hoti attabhvasamiddhiyam thito); 219,17; anupadhi, mfn., free from belongings and attachment; Spklll 3,22

(nirpadhi ti tihi upadhlhi -i); nirupadhi, nirpadhi, mfn., free from belongings; free from attachment; Vin II 156,26* (yo na lippati kmesu sitibhto nirupadhi); MI 454,3 (upadhi dukkhassa mlan ti iti viditv ~i hoti); Dhp418 (sitibhtam nirpadhim); Sn 33 (na hi so nandati yo nirpadhi); Th 1250 (cittam ... vippamuttam nirpadhim); Pv 36:34 (nirpadhi sabbapapancakhino); Niddl 27,32 (upadhiviveko ca ~inarn puggalnam visankhragatnam); Mil 346,10 (sitibhtam nirpadhim); sopadhi, mfn., having belongings; having attachment; Ud-a 386,23 (tato eva c' assa ~issa passato sassato viya nicco sabbaklabhvi viya khyati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tato evam passato upadhi sassati viya ...); see also anupadhika, opadhika, nirupadhika, sa-upadhika, sopadhika. upadhi2, m. [cfS. upadhi], part of a carriage, perhaps a wheel; Abh968 (rathange); see also upatheyya, upadhna, updhi2. upadhiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/upadahati qv. upadheti, see sv upadahati. upanagaram, ind. [ts], near the city; Sadd746,is; 883,29 (upasaddo ... samipatthe ~am). upanaccanti, (m)f[n). [part.pr. of *upa + naccati; cfS. upanrtyati], dancing, dancing before; D i l 268,22 (suto yeva me so bhagav devnam tvatimsnam sudhammyam sabhyam ~iy; Sv 704,22: ~iy ti naccamnya). upanajanaras in Ee at As 329,6 is wr for upanayanaras (Be, Ce, Se so). upanata, mfn., pp o/upanamati qv. upanadati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. upaVnad], calls; makes a sound; Pv28:4 (hams... vaggpanadanti sabbe; Pv-a 189,8: ~anti ti vikjanti). upanaddha, m/h.,/?/?o/upanayhati qv. upanando in Ee at Sp 831,14 is wr for upanaddho (Be, Ce, Se so). upanandha, see sv upanayhati. upanandhati, see sv upanayhati. upanandhana, n. [from upanandhati qv sv upanayhati], nursing a grudge, resentment; -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is resentment; Ps I 106,23 (~o upanho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanaddhana-) = Mp II 162,27 * Patis-a 326,10 * Vibh-a 492,11 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upanaddhana-); -sila, mfn., prone to resentment; habitually nursing a grudge; Patis-a 462,24 (upanhi ti tarn eva kodham vaddhetv -0); see also upanayhana, upanhana. upanamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upanamati], tends towards, approaches; attends upon; part.pr. (a)upanama(t), mfn., A I 126,3* (settham ~am udeti khippam; Mp II 197,19: settham puggalam onamanto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -anto) = Ja III 324,13* (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upagamam; 324,17': sildii uttaritaram yeva upagacchanto) quoted Sadd 441,3 (upagamam); (b) upanamanta, mfn., Mp II 197,21 (yasm settham -anto udeti khippam); pp upanata, mfn. [ts], bent towards, inclined; Pv-a 190,16 (idha natan ti idh' -am, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se idha nihitan ti idhpanitam; ad Pv 28:7: idha nihitam); anupanata in Ee, Se at

454

Vism 386,14 and in Ee at Ud-a 186,4 is wr for anapanata qv sv apanamati; caus. pr. 3 sg. upanmeti, ~ayati, makes bend towards, makes touch; brings near, hands (to); holds out, offers, presents', VinI 44,9/o//. (uttitthapattam ~enti... ~essanti); 222, H (yannnham ... ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekam mamsaptim ~eyyan ti); A HI 144,29 (asappyam apanmeti sappyam ~eti); Th937 (udaksanabhojanam gihinam ~enti); Jail 193,29' (amamsabhojanam ~etum na sakkomi); V 215,24* (mukham mukhena ~ayissati); 355,6 (bhana devi yam icchasi sigham te ~essami ti); Mil 373,13* (sace me ~enti yathladdham); Vism 515,1 (itaro amsaktam -eyya); Dhp-alV 200,8 (pattam -etna ti); part.pr. (a)upanmenta, m/(~enti)w., Mil 210,27 (pindaptam gahetv upajjhyassa ~ento); Sp 1228,27; Dhp-aIII 175,18 (~entiy); (b) upanmaya(t), mfn., Sp 208,23 (pattam ~ayato); aor. 3 sg. (a) upanmesi, DII 133,28 (nando ... tarn singivannam yugam ... bhagavato kyam ~esi); Sn p. 48,6 (yakkho ... bhagavato kyam ~esi, atha kho bhagav kyam apanmesi); Ja I 296,15; Ap 542,24; Mhv 15:27; (b) upanmayi, Th 1055; Ja IV 408,7* (ranno cakkhni uddhatv brhmanass' ~ayi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~aye, perhaps wr); V 170,4* (~ayl, mc); Mhv25:62; 3pi (a) upanmesum, VinI 4,is (cattro mahrjno ... cattro selamaye patte bhagavato ~esum); Ja I 62,32; Sv629,3i; (b) upanmayum, Th474; absol upanmetv, Jail 102,12 (Sakko tassa ekam bherim -etv); Vism 190,30; Sp 1020,26; Ud-a 381,7; pp upanmita, mfn., brought near, handed (to); made to touch; D i l 133,29 (tarn bhagavato kyam ~am; Sv 570,2i: ~m ti nivsanaprpanavasena alliypitam); Ja VI 455,13* (orodh ca kumr... Vedehass' ~a); neg. anupanmita, mfn., Sp 829,17 (bhikkhun isakam pi anukkhittam v anupanmitam v katam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee anapanmitam); fpp upanmetabba, mfn., VinI 46,7 (ygu ~); Vism 190,30; Sp 1228,28. upanaya, m. [ts], 1. bringing near; bringing near (to death); application (the fourth part of a five-part syllogism); Pet 117,5 (indriynam paribhedo ~o paripko ayam jar, so read ? cf upanayana; Be, Ce, Ee upanho); 118,3 ( -paripkalakkhan jar); Vism 217,4 (upanayanam ~o); Spk I 43,20 (attano citte -am arahati ti opanayiko, Be so; Ce, Ee upanayanam; Se upaneyyam) = Nidd-a II 92,28 * Vism 217,5 (eds upanayanam); MpII 333,17 (opanayik ti ~e yutt alliyitabbayutta, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -yutt); Sadd 919,30 (ditthassa sadhammassa sadhammiyadhamme upanayanam ~o: dhmo cy atra); 2. initiation; Dhtum24. upanayati, see sv upaneti. upanayana, n. [ts], 1. bringing near, leading to; bringing near (to death); citing; putting to use, application; using up; JaV 186,26' (afinesu suttesu upasamharanattho 0,-attho idha pana pariydnattho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upaniyyanattho); Mil 154,11 (smino -am ktun ti, Be, Ee so; Ce upanayatam; Se upagamanam); Vism 217,4/o//. (~am upanayo ... attano citte ~am arahati ti opanayiko) * Spk I 43,20 (~am arahati ti, Ce, Ee so; Be upanayam; Se upaneyyam); Vism 449,29 (jarat -ras); Th-a II 174,2 (kanthe khurassa ~ato pacch vane jte, Ce,

Ee, Se so; Be upanayato); Sadd919,30 (ditthassa sadhammassa sadhammiyadhamme ~am upanayo); 2. initiation; Th-a I 173,19 (brhmanamahslassa gehe nibbattitv ... sattame samvacchare * -attham uyynam nito); II 14,25 (brhmanakule nibbattitv... sattavassikakle ~am katv); Mhv 64:13 (putto me dni vayasi tthito 'panayanraho); Sadd332,1 (dikkhadhtu mundiye ~e... ca pavattati). upanayhati, upanandhati,/?r. 3 sg. [-nandhati prob, from -naddha as bandhatM)addha], 1. [S. upanahyati] ties up, binds together; wraps, makes into a bundle; It 68,10* (ptimaccham kusaggena yo naro ~ati; It-all 62,35: yo puriso ~ati putabandhavasena bandhati) = Ja IV 435,28*; Sadd 490,28 (nana bandhane: nayhati ~ati); 2. nurses a grudge; feels resentment (against, loc); VinI 349,31* (ajinimam ahsime ye tarn -anti) = M III 154,7* = Dhp3 (Dhp-al 44,7: ye tarn... kodham... ptimacchdini viya kusdihi punappunam vethent -anti); Pj II 364,14 (na ~etha na kuppeyya); part.pr. upanayhanta, mfn., Ps I 107,15 (kuddho -anto); neg. anupanayhanta,mfn., Dhp-al 43,14 (evam pana anupanayhantassa); aor. 3 sg. upanandhi, Vin II 118,22 (so tasmim upanandhi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upanaddhi) = IV 83,27 (Sp 831,12: upanandhi ti upanham janento tasmim puggale attano kodham bandhi punappunam ghtam janesi ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanaddhi ti); Mhv 36:117; 3 pi. upanandhimsu, Vin IV 102,12; pp (a) upanaddha, mfn. [cf S. upanaddha], nursing a grudge, resentful; Vin II 118,23 (~am bhikkhum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upanandham, prob, wr); IV 83,30 (~o bhikkhu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upanandho, prob, wr; Sp S31, u foil.: so janita-upanho bhikkhu); (b) upanayhita, mfn., id., Vibh 357,12 (upanho upanayhan ~-ttam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr upanahitattam; Se upanhitattam; Vibh-a492,i: -assa bhvottam, eds so) * Pp 18,20 (Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upanahan upanhitattam). upanayhan, n. (or mfn.) and ~a, / [from upanayhati], tying up, binding; nursing a grudge, resenting; Ja IV 436,ir (blpasevano ptimaccham ~am kusaggam viya hoti, Ee so; Be, Se -kusaggam; Ce upanayha); Vibh 357,12 (upanho ~ upanayhitattam, Be, Ce so; Ee upanahan upanahitattam, prob, wr; Se upanahan upanhitattam) * Pp 18,20 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanahan upanhitattam); -sila, mfn., prone to resentment; habitually nursing a grudge; Th-a III 84,22 (upanhi ti... ~); anupanayhana, n., not tying up; not nursing a grudge; Dhp-aI44,i6(imin ~ena nirindhano viyajtavedo upasammati ti); Th-a II 211,34 (anupanhi ti... kodhassa silo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupanayhana-); see also upanandhana, upanahan. upanahan in Ee, Se at Vibh 357,12 is prob, wr for upanayhan qv sv upanayhan. upanahitatta in Ee at Vibh 357,12 is prob, wr for upanayhitatta qv sv upanayhati. upanama, m. [from upanamati], offering; Ud-a 80,15 (ehi bhante imam vattham patiganhhi ti -vasena civarasspi lbhi ti vutto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanmana-). upanmana, n. [from upanamati], offering; Vism24,i4 (api sakatabhrehi -hetubhtam vimhpanam).

455

upanmeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/upanamati qv. upanyika, mfn. [BHS id.], referring to; citing, adducing; ifc see att'-- sv atta(n). upanyika,/ [BHS id.], leading into, introduction to; ifc see vass* --. upanha, m. [BHS id.], nursing a grudge, resentment; Abh 165 (baddhaveram ~o); M I 15,35 (kodho ca ppako ~o ca ppako); Ja I 374, n'; Niddl 115,n (kodh ~ makkh... cittam muttam); Vibh357,io (katamo ~o); Pp 18,20 (pubbaklam kodho aparaklam ~o); Mil 289,10 (~o makkho pajso...); Vism 107, i (kodho ~o makkho...); Ps I 107, I 5 (tassa sakim uppanno kodho kodho yeva tat' uttarim ~o); Vibh-a492,i2 (ayam upanandhanalakkhano veram appatinissajjanaraso ~o ti vuccati); upanaho in Be, Ce, Ee at Pet 117,5 is prob, wr, perhaps for upanayo; anupanha, m., freedom from resentment; goodwill; MI 44,19 (upanhissa purisapuggalassa ~o hoti parikkamanya); A I 95,2i (akkodho ca ~o ca). upanhaka, mfn. [upanha + ka2], prone to nurse a grudge; resentful; Th -a II 211,32 (anupanhi ti na ~o). upanhana, n. [from upanayhati; cf S. upanhana], nursing a grudge, resentment; -sila, mfn., prone to nurse a grudge; habitually resentful; Ps I 189,22 (upanhi ti ~); see also upanandhana, upanayhana. upanhi(n), mfn. [BHS up&nhin], prone to nurse a grudge, of resentful nature; Vin II 89,io (bhikkhu kodhano hoti ~i); MI 281,19 (~issa upanho appahino hoti); 282,24 (ekaccarn passmi... kodhanam ~im makkhim); Th 952 (kodhan ~i ca makkhi... bhavissanti angate; 1h-aIII 84,23: ghtavatthsu ghtassa upanayhanasil upanhasambhavato v ~i); Ja III 260,10* (kodhano ~i ca; 260, \r\ ~i ti parassa apardham hadaye thapetv sucirena pi tassa anatthakrako); Sp 612,28 (kodhanat kodhahetu upanhit); anupanhi(n), anpanhi(n), mfn., not resentful; without rancour; MI 42,37 (pare upanhi bhavissanti mayam ettha ~i bhavissmti); S IV 244,7; Th 502 (akkodhano ~I); Ja IV 463,20* (akkodhano hohi anpanahi). upanikkhamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaniskrmati], goes out, comes out; Vin II 146,8 (te klass' eva tato tato ~anti aranna rukkhaml...); Pv 10:1 (~assu bhadde tvam passma tarn mahiddhikam); Ja III 244,19* (semhena litt -anti); part.pr. upanikkhamanta, mfn., Vin II 146,15 (addas... setthi te bhikkh... tato tato ~ante); aor. 3 sg. upanikkhami, Pv 10:1 (k nu antovimnasmim titthanti n' ~i); 1 sg. upanikkhamim, Th 271 (vihr ~im). upanikkhitta, mfn., pp o/upanikkhipati. upanikkhittaka, mfn. [upanikkhitta + ka2], deposited; positioned, placed (secretly, as a spy); Sp 1070,27 (yam pana vihre ~am m vinassi ti); Mhv 70:236 (vightesum car dvram - pure); -purisa, m., a man planted as a spy; Ja VI 393,14. upanikkhipati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaniksipati], places, puts down (near, gen.); places beside (for comparison); adds to; deposits; Vin I 245,3 (te kappiyakaraknam hatthe hirannam ~anti); II210,13 (vsik bhikkh gantuke bhikkh disv ... na pdodakam pdapitham

pdakathalikam ~anti); S V 457,19 (Sinerussa pabbatarjassa... psnasakkhar ^eyya); Khuddas 1:6 (~e); part.pr. upanikkhipanta, mfn., Sp461,9 (-antassa); aor. 3 sg. upanikkhipi, Vin I 312,14; Ap-a 552,22; absol. upanikkhipitv, Vin IV 303,3 (~itv deti); Sv 125,17 (yatanni pana phasse -itv dassitni, Be, Ce so; Ee phasso; Se phasse upanikkhipetv); Mp III 293,10; pp upanikkhitta, mfn. andn., 1. {mfn.)positioned, placed; deposited; Vin 129,10 (na-y-im sil pubbe ~); Sil 136,4; Mil 80,9 (~am bhandam disv sarati); ~-purisa, m., a man placed as a spy; Ja VI 390,25 (tassa santike ~-puriso panditassa ssanam pesesi); 2. (.) adding; paiinatti,/, a description in terms of adding; Pp-al74,n (y purimassa purimassa upanikkhipitv dve uni cattri ti dik pannpan ayam panfiatti nma); fpp upanikkhipitabba, mfn., VinI 46,25 (pdakathalikam ~am); Nett 21,33 (tni padavyanjanni sutte otrayitabbni vinaye sandassayitabbni dhammatyam ~ni). upanikkhipana, n. [from upanikkhipati], placing near; Vin III 77,i (~am nma asim v... rajjum v upanikkhipati imin marissati ti; Sp460,is: -am nma samipe nikkhipanam). upanikkhepa, m. 1. [S. upaniksepa], deposit; pledge; gambling stake; Ja VI 192,29' (imasmim v jte -bhtam kirn nma tava dhanam siy); Mil 80,10 (upanikkhittam bhandam disv sarati evarn ~ato sati uppajjati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanikkhepanato); Sp 692,20; 1406,H; 2 . [c/upanikkhepana], putting down (near); placing beside (for comparison); Ps III 55,19 (upanidhy ti upanikkhipitv ... chavo manodando kirn sobhati kuto sobhissati na sobhati -mattam pi na ppahoti ti> upanikkhepaka, m. [from upanikkhipati], one who places near; Sp 460,24 (~assa thullaccayam). upanikkhepana, n. [BHS upaniksepana], putting down (near); placing beside (for comparison); Sil 276,21 (seyyath pi vuso Himavato pabbatarjassa paritt psnasakkhar yva -d -eva -mattya); Ps IV 211,25 (upanidhim piti -mattam pi na upeti). upanighamsanta, m/(~anti). [part.pr. of *upa + nighamsati], rubbing against, pressing up near to; Vin I 352,38 (otinnassa hatthiniyo kyam ~iyo gacchanti) = AIV 435,15 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaghamsantiyo) * Ud 41,23 (Ud-a 250,22: ~iyo ti ghattentiyo); Vism 279,11 (dukkham vutthagogano nikkhamanto nikkhamanto annamannam ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee dukkhappattagogano; Se upanighamsento) = Sp420,1 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanighamsento) = Patis-a 495,30 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upanighamsento). upanighamsiyamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *upa + nighamsati], being rubbed against; Ud-a 250,22 (~iyamno pi attano ulrabhvena na kujjhati). upanighamsenta, mfn. [caus. pp o/*upa + nighamsati], rubbing against; Vism 279,11 (dukkham vutthagogano nikkhamanto nikkhamanto annamannam ~o, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upanighamsanto) = Sp420,1 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upanighamsanto) = Patis-a 495,30 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanighamsanto).

456

upanijjhna, n. [BHS upanidhyna], close observation; lustful attention; reflection upon; meditation on; Spkll 111,2 (brhrnanaTissabhaye kira dvdasa vassni jyampatiknam -cittam nma nhosi); Mp II 41,9 (vipassan hi aniccdivasena sankhralakkhanassa -ato lakkhanpanijjhnam nma, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upanijjhyanato) * As 167,14 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upanijjhyanato) = Nidd-a I 130,15; Sadd 350,4 (jhnam nijjhnam -am); ifc see ramman'--, lakkhan' --; see also upanijjhyana. upanijjhyaka, mfn. {from upanijjhyati], thinking of, reflecting on; Sp 977,3 (anupajjhyak ti vaijvajjam -ena garun virahita). upanijjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS upanidhyyati], observes closely; looks at or thinks of lustfully; thinks of, reflects on; Vin II 269,29 foil, (katham hi nma bhikkhuniyo purisavyanjanam -issanti ti... y -eyya); D III 88,25 (itthi ca sudam ativelam purisam -ati); AIV 55,8 (api ca kho mtugmassa cakkhun cakkhum ~ati pekkhati); Sp 145,31 (tarn jhyati -ati ti jhnam); 1033,22 (ettha vajjvajjam ~ati ti upajjh); Sadd 350,3 (jhyati nijjhyati -ati); part.pr. (a)upanijjhya(t), mfn., D III 88,26 (annamannam -atam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -antnam); Ps I 185,13 (therassa tarn -ato); (b) upanijjhyanta, mfn., DI 20,n; Mil 124,2i; aor. 3 sg. upanijjhyi, Vin III 205,32; 3pi upanijjhyimsu, Vin II 269,24; absol. (a) upanijjhya, Ja VI 590,13*; (b) upanijjhyitv, Sp 531,19; pp upanijjhyita, mfn., observed, thought of; Sn/?. 147,9(yam... sadevakassa lokassa... idam saccan ti -am; Pj II 508,16: -am dittham lokitam); fPP upanijjhyitabba, mfn., Vin II 269,32; Sp 1387,is; MpIII 98,14 (sukhadukkhesu upanijjhyitabbatt upajjhyasankhtehi sanditthasambhattehi saddhim). upanijjhyana, n. [from upanijjhyati], observing closely; looking at lustfully; reflecting upon; meditating upon; Mil 127,21 (ullapanam pi sannipto -am pi sannipto); Vism 418,34 (tesam ativelam -paccay kmaparilho uppajjati); Spk I 67,14 (kasinrammanassa -ato); Mp II 41,9 (vipassan hi aniccdivasena sankhralakkhanassa ~ato lakkhanpanijjhnam nma, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanijjhnato) * As 167,14 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upanijjhnato); Sadd 849,19 (vajjvajjassa -am upajjh); ifc see lakkhan'--; -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is reflecting upon; Sp 145,32 (jhnam ... -an ti vuccati, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be upanijjhna-); see also upanijjhna. upanitthm ti in Ee at Ja I 453,4 is wrfor upatitthm ti (Be, Ce, Se so). upanidh, / [from *upa + nidahati; cf BHS upanisad, upanis], setting beside; comparison; similarity; M III 166,14 (sankham pi na upeti kalabhgam pi na upeti -am pi na upeti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upanidhim) * S V 457,26 (sankham pi na upenti -am pi na upenti kalabhgam pi na -enti Sinerupabbatarjnam upanidhya sattamuggamattiyo psnasakkhar upanikkhitt ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upanidhim); Ap 168,6 (nne ~ yassa na vijjati); Niddll 110,24 (upam n' atthi ~ n' atthi); see also upanidhi. upanidhya, ind. [absol. o/*upa + nidahati; ts], placing

near to, setting beside (for comparison); in comparison with (ace. or dat./gen.); in reference to; MI 374,n (kim hi sobhati chavo manodando imassa evam olrikassa kyadandassa upanidhya; Ps III 55,i6: upanidhya ti upanikkhipitv); 111177,23 (yam rj... sukham... patisarnvedeti tarn dibbassa sukhassa upanidhya sankham pi na upeti); SV 457,27 (Sinerupabbatarjnam upanidhya sattamuggamattiyo psnasakkhar upanikkhitt); A III 181,3 (puggalam puggalam upanidhya; MpIII 293,9foil.: tarn tarn puggalam upanikkhipitv sakkhim katv ti attho); Ud 23,1 (janapadakalyni imesam pancannam accharsatnam upanidhya sankham pi na upeti; Ud-a \72,26foil.: accharsatnan ti upayoge smivacanam... avayavasambandhe v etam smivacanam... upanidhya ti ca samlpe thapetv updy ti attho); Th496 (na parass' upanidhya kammam maccassa ppakam; Th-aII 209,12: upanidhya uddisiya); Ja II 93,9 (janapadakalynim upanidhya s palutthamakkati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se janapadakalyniy); Vibh 393,18 (parapuggalam upanidhya yath so khattiyo tath 'harn khattiyo 'smi ti); As 317,18 fall, (rassam upanidhya tato uccataram digham tarn upanidhya tato mcataram rassam); Sadd 607,3 (anne sare upanidhya); anupanidhya, ind., not comparing; without comparing; Mp HI 206,22 = Vibh-a 514,2. upanidhi, m., 1. [ts] deposit; property deposited; Abh 472; Vin III 51,36 (~i nma upanikkhittam bhandam); Sp350,n; 2. [cf BHS upanisad, upanis] setting beside; comparison, similarity; Mill 166,14 (sankham pi na upeti kalabhgam pi na upeti -im pi na upeti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanidharn) * S II 263,19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanidham); * Ud23,2(-im pi na upeti; Ud-a 173,1: in ti imya ayam sdisi ti upambhvena gahetv samlpe thapanam pi); Ap 343,16 (~im na h' essati, Be, Ce so; Se upanidham; Ee wr upaniyam); see also upanidh. upanipajjati,/?/-. 3 sg. [S. upanWpad], lies down beside or near (+ ace); Dili 203,13 (thitam v upatittheyya nisinnam v upanisideyya nipannam v -eyya); S III 151,n (tarn eva khilam v thambham v -ati); Vism 269,13 (tarn cittam ... tarn ev' rammanam ... upanisidati cJ eva -ati ca); Ps II 407,25 (nipannam -issasi); aor. 3 sg. upanipajji, Ja V 231,5 (nam aggamahesi ~i); pp upanipanna, mfn., lying down beside or near; Vin III 189,6; IV 69,6 (bhikkhuniy nisinnya bhikkhu upanisinno v hoti -o v). upanibajjhati,/?a^.pr. 3 sg. o/upanibandhati qv. upanibaddha, mfn., pp o/upanibandhati qv. upanibandha, m. [BHS id.], connection, fastening, dependence; Pet 133,28 (yo - 0 ayam samatho); ifc see hr'--, mahbhf--; -gth,/, a connecting verse; It-al 44,25 (annesu hi tdisesu thnesu sangitikrehi - honti, Be, Se so; Ee upanibandh gth; Ce upanibaddha); -gocara, m., a source of sustenance which is a fastening; Vism 19,29 (katamo -o, cattro satipatthn yattha cittam upanibandhati) ^ Ud-a 226,9 = It-all 130,4; sa-upanibandha, mfn., with its connections; Ud-a 27,28 (desaklakattuhetunimittehi -0 viya vohravinicchayo, Ce, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Se upanibaddho; = It-a I 33,15: Be, Ce, Se upanibaddho; Ee

457

upanibandho); upanibandho in Ee at It-al 33,15 is prob, wr for upanibaddho (Be, Ce, Se so), and upanibandham in eds at Spkll 395,11 and 395,20 is prob, wrfor upanibaddham. upanibandhaka, upanibandhika, mfii. [upanibandha + ka2 or + ika], connected with, attached to; Niddl 17,13 (jtass' -am dukkham, Ce so; Be jtass' panibandhakam; Ee upanibandhikam; Se jtass* panibandhikadukkham); 46,23 (jtass* -ena dukkhena, Ce so; Be jtass' panibandhakena; Ee upanibandhikena; Se jtass* panibaddhikena); 465, u (jtass* ~ena dukkhena, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se jtass' panibandhakena). upanibandhati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS upanibadhnti; cfS. upanWbandh], ties, fastens, attaches; connects (+ loc. or instr.); M III 132,3foil (rannakam ngam... raniio ngassagivya -hiti... givya -ati); S IV 200,n (makkatam... dalhe khile v thambhe v ~eyya); Mil 254,9 (samdhitthambhe cittam -ati); Vism 188,33 (tasmim rammane cittam -ati ti); absol upanibandhitv, Vinll 176,9 (anujnmi bhikkhave salkya v pattikya v -itv opunjitv uddisitunti; cf Sp 1261,24: asukassa nma salkabhattan ti evam akkharni -itv); Vism 117,24 (tarn tarn kram -itvti); Spkl 167, I 5 (annamannam cakkhun cakkhum -itv olokenti); pass. pr. 3 sg. upanibajjhati, -ate, Sn 218 (yo yobbane na -ate kvaci; Pj II 273,10: methunargena na -ati); pp upanibaddha, mfn., fastened, tied to; connected to; M i l 232,25 (dalhe thambhe v khile v ~o); Mil253,27 (gono... latya v ~o); Vism 356, is (na thlanahru jnti may vakkam -an ti); Ud-a 27,28 (desaklakattuhetunimittehi -o viya vohravinicchayo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sa-upanibandho) = It-al 33,i5 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upanibandho); fpp upanibandhitabba, m/h., Mil 412,9 (rammanesu yeva cittam upanibandhitabbam); Vism 189,18; caus. (a) absol upanibandhetv, Pet 133,26 (rammane cittam upanibandhetv pancakkhandhe dukkhato passati, eds so); caus. (b) pr. 3 sg. upanibandhpeti, Pp-a252,8 (salkabhattam v vassvsikam v upanibandhpeti); absol. upanibandhpetv, Spkll 185,3 (salkabhattni upanibandhpetv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanmetv) = Mp I 167,28 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanibandhitv). upanibandhana, n., - , / [from upanibandhati; cfS. upanibandhana], tying, fastening; what ties or connects; M III 136, I5 (ime cattro satipatthn cetaso ~ honti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upanibandh); Patis I 18,3 (ekatte ' -attho abhinneyyo, Ce, Ee so; Se upanibandhattho; Be omits); Mil 253,29 (so gono ... saha -ena pakkamati); MpIII 385,i (vantpanibandhanni ti vante -ni); Nidd-al 77, n (jtassa '-am nahpanalepanakhdanapivandijagganadukkham anveti); Patis-a479,i (upanibandhati etya rammane cittan ti - nma sati); ifc see vant'--. upanibbatta, mfn. [pp of *upa + nibbattati; cfS. upaniWvrt], come into being, originated; D III 93,12 foil (mahsammato tv eva pathamam akkharam -am; Sv 870, u: -an ti sankh samann pannatti vohro uppanno). upanibha, mfn. [ts], (ifc) similar to, like; see tl'--,

tl*--, sankhavann'--. upanimantan, / [cf S. upanimantrana], invitation; Cp-a 25,13 (Sakkassa ... - . . . paksit); 313,21 (na dhammikam -am patikkhipati). upanimanteti, pr. 3sg. [S. upanWmantr], invites; offers; Sp 130,17 (idha bhonto nisidant ti evam sanena v -e ti). upaniya in Ee at Vv-a 30,8 is wrfor upaniya (Be, Ce, Se so). upaniyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. /upaneti qv. upaniyyana, n. [from upaniyyati], the being brought near; the being used up; JaV 186,26' (upaniyatidarn manne ti... afinesu suttesu upasamharanattho ' -attho idha pana pariydnattho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upanayanattho). upanivattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upanivartate], comes back again, returns (to); Sn712 (ubhayen' eva so tdi rukkham va ~ati); Ja VI 26,19* (yath vrivaho pro gaccham n* upanivattati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se na parivattati; 27,3': tasmim tasmim khane gatam gatam eva hoti na ~ati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se na upari vattati); aor. 3 sg. (a) upanivattatha, Ja IV 417,8* (marany' panivattatha; 417,9': maranatthya -i); (b) upanivatti, Ja IV 417,9'. upanisa, mfn. [from upanis?], based on, living near; DU 259,23* (candasspanis dev candam gu purakkhatv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se purakkhit; prob, for candpanis mc, cf BHS candropanisad; Sv 690,12/0//.: candanissitak dev candam purato katv gat). upanisajja, absol. ofupanislda qv. upanisajj, / sitting near;? Thi-al08,n (ukkutikam upanisajjya nisidi). upanis, / [S. upanisad, BHS also upanis], 1. sitting near (a teacher) to listen, attention; secret knowledge; Abhll25 (~ krane rahe); VinV 164,33 (etadatth kath etadatth mantan etadatth ~ etadattham sotvadhnam) ^ A I 198,34 quoted Vism 13,is; 2. cause, basis; condition, prerequisite; Abhll25; SII 30,3 (ka ca bhikkhave khaye nnassa ~ vimutti ti *ssa vacaniyam); AIV 351,12 (sambodhapakkhiknam vuso dhammnam k - bhvany ti; Mp IV 162,7: k ~ ti ko upanissayapaccayo); Sn/?. 140,5 (k ~ savany ti); Pet 146,7 (tassa samudgamassa ayam ~, Be, Ce so; Ee wr upaniss); Sadd385,n (upanisidati phalam etlh ti - kranam); 3. likeness; Ja VI 470,22* (ahnam -am katv vadh tarn parimocayi; 470,28': annam tava patirpakam katv); anupanisa, mfn., 1. lacking attention, inattentive; A I 198,27 (anohitasoto ... -o hoti); 2. without a cause, without a prerequisite; SII 30,2 (yam ... khaye nanam tarn sa-upanisam vadmi no -am); sa-upanisa, mfn., 1. attentive; AI 198,27 (ohitasoto ~o hoti); 2. having a cause, with a prerequisite; Mill 71,13 (ariyam vo bhikkhave sammasamdhim desissmi -am saparikkhram); Sil 30,2 (yam ... khaye nanam tarn -am vadmi no anupanisam; Spk II 53,19: -an ti sakranam sappaccayam); see also upanisa, upanissaya. upanistabba in Ce, Ee at PsII 89,io is wr for upanissitabba qv sv upanissayati. upanisdi(n), mfn. [S. upanisdin], sitting near (to

458

listen); Bv20:6 (sabbkrena bhsato sutv ~ino te pi dhammavaram gantv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se thatv upaniss jino; c/Bv-a239,i: ~ino ti gantv upanidhya dhammadnam dadato ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se gantv upanissya). upanisinna, mfii., pp o/upanisidati qv. upanisinnaka, mfn. [upanisinna + ka2; BHS upanisannaka], sitting near (to listen); seated beside; -kath,/, a discourse addressed to those sitting near; Spkll 124,26; As 78,25 (~am anumodanakatham karoti); -parikath,/, id., Ps III 30,15 (in long cpd, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -upanisinnakath-). upanisidati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. upanWsad], sits close to, sits beside (+ ace); D III 203,13 (nisinnam v ~eyya nipannam v upanipajjeyya) quoted Sadd 884,1; S III 151,io (khilam v thambham v ~ati); AIV 10,3 (kulam... nlam ~itum); 387,21 (na ~anti dhammasavanya); Vism269,i3 (tarn cittam... tarn ev' rammanam... ~ati c'eva upanipajjati ca); PsII 407,24 (nisinnam ~issasi); part.pr. upanisidanta, mfn., Patis-a 536,23 (payirupsato ti sakkaccam ~antassa); aor. 3 sg. upanisidi, Ja II 347,12 (mahsetthi dhammam sunanto bhagavantam ~i); Bv 10:3; 3 pi. upanisidimsu, Spkl 291,2; Bv-a 119,3i; absol. (a) upanisajja, Pv 36:63; (b) upanisiditv, VinI 240,10; Ja HI 37,25; (c) upanisidiya, Cp 3:10:2 (macche ~iya); Mhv 14:55; pp upanisinna, mfn. [BHS upanisanna], seated near, seated beside; Vinlll 189,5 (mtugme nisinne bhikkhu ~o v hoti upanipanno v); -kath,/, a discourse addressed to those sitting near; Sp 1283,18; Dhp-alV 76,n; see also upanisinnaka; caus. absol. upanisidpetv, Vin IV 22,5 (te avinnum purisaviggaham upanisidpetv mtugmassa ... dhammam desenti). upanisevati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upanWsev], frequents; keeps close to, clings to; MI 306,18 (s [mluvlat] tarn slarn ~eyya); pp upanisevita, mfn., 1. frequented, kept close to; clung to; JaV 302,29' (kakkpanisevitan ti... imehi pancahi kakkuhi ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kakkehi); ifc see kakk'--; 2. frequenting, keeping close to; Ja VI 507,i* (apare passa santpe nadln' panisevite; cf 507, is': nadinam ~e sannatthne nadikle vasante ti attho; or read nadinupanisevino with L. Alsdorf, 1957, p. 32). upanisevi(n), mfn. [from upanisevati; BHS upanisevin], keeping close to; serving; Ja VI 507,1* (apare passa santpe nadln' panisevino, so read with L. Alsdorf 1957, p. 32 ? eds nadinpanisevite); ifc see appasatt'--. upanissajati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + nissajati], lets go, hands over, gives; JaV 325,1* (mam* etam ~a; 325,21". ~ ti idam mayham nissaja vissajehi dehi). upanissaya, m. [cf BHS upaniSraya], 1. support, basis; foundation, condition, prerequisite; Ja I 508,15 (attano sotpattimaggassa ~am chinditv); Niddll 104,27 (rammanam lambanam nissayam -am); Petl8,i6 (ekrasa ~); Nett 29,28 (yo koci ~o yo koci paccayo sabbo so padatthnam); Vism 5,10 (silena tevijjatya -o paksito hoti); 536,3 (~o, balavakranass' etam adhivacanam); Sp230,i3 (so sati ~e na cirass' eva

uttamattham ppunissati ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ena cirass' eva); Sv 147,25 foil, (imassa ranno imasmim attabhve maggaphalnam -0 n' atthi, buddha ca ~am disv va dhammam kathenti); Spk I 238,15 (tassa brhmanassa arahattassa -am disv); III 172,32 (tassa tassa -tt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -t) * Vism 324, ie; Mhv 5:194 (rjaputtassa Mahindassopanissayam ... pekkhiya); Saddh320; 2. vicinity, nearness; Vism 143,29 (Girikandakavihrassa ~e Vattaklakagme ek kuladhit; Vism-mht[^]I 168,16: -tisamipe, tassa v vihrassa nissayabhte gocaratthnabhte ti attho) = As 116,11; -gOcara, m., a source of sustenance which is a support or foundation; Vism \9,\7 foil, (katamo ~o, dasakathvatthugunasamanngato kalynamitto yarn nissya assutam sunti...) ^ Ud-a225,32/0//. = It-all 129,27 foil.; anupanissaya, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) not a foundation or basis; Nidd-al 453,1 (rjdiko jhnnuyogassa ~ato ... agocaro); 2. (mfn.) without a prerequisite; not having the basis (for progress); PsII 105,4(na khopana buddha sa-upanissaynam yeva dhammam desenti, ~anam pi desenti); Th-all 128,23; nirupanissaya, nirpanissaya, mfn., without a prerequisite; not having the basis (for progress); Spk III 239,i (upari tayo magg ~ uppann ti, Ee so; Be, Se anupanissaya; Ce upanissaya) = Pp-a 196,34 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nirpanissaya); sa-upanissaya, mfn., having a condition; having the basis (for progress); Ps II 105,3; Mp II 312,4 (sa-upaniso ti ~o sappaccayo); see also upanis. upanissayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaniSrayati, upaniSrayate], goes near to; clings to, depends upon; Mil 240,14 (yasm... tathagato attnam na pattfyati na ~ati); part.pr. neg. anupanissayamna, mfn., Spkl 8,3 (na hi vikkhitto sotum sakkoti na ca sappurise anupanissayamnassa savanam atthi ti)= Ud-a 16,n (Be, Se so; Ee anupassayamnassa; Ce sappurisam anupanissaya; = Sv30,6: eds anupassayamnassa); absol. upanissaya [BHS upanissaya], going near to; depending on; near (+ ace. or gen.); Vin III 145,38 (isayo gangam nadim upanissaya viharimsu); MII 45,15 (Vebhalingam ... gmanigamam Kassapo bhagav ... upanissya vihsi); SI 89,5 (rj kho appamatto viharati appamdam upanissya); 146,28 (dvrabham upanissya atthamsu); AIV 354,4 (cattro dhamm upanissya vihtabb); Sn 867 (tarn upanissya [mc] pahoti chando); 978 (tass' eva upanissya gmo ca vipulo ah; Pj II 581,i8yb//.: tass ti... upayogatthe c'etam smivacanam, tarn upanissya ti attho); Ja I 252,8 (bodhisatto Brnasiyam setthi ahosi, tarn upanissya eko vrunivnijo jivati); III143,13 (bhante tumhe mahallak amhe tva upanissya vasatha); IV 238,11 (mahantam krarukkham upanissya pannaslam mpetv); Ap 439,2 (tarn kammam upanissya samsram samatikkamim); Mil 373,25 (evarpam kalynamittam cariyam upanissya viharitabbam); Vism 75,25 ([abbhoksikassa] ukkatthassa rukkham v pabbatam v geham v upanissya vasitum na vattati); neg. anupanissaya, Ja II 370,21' (attnam upanissya ca anupanissaya ca jivamnavasena sabbe pi satt dve kotthse katv dassit honti);

459

pp upanissita, mfn. [BHS upanisYita], clinging to, dependent (upon); VinV 112,11 (katamam adhikaranam -am); SI 166,8* (kuhanam ~o); Thi 184 (psand ditthiyo -a); Mil 207,17 (vijjsampanno hitesi -nam); fpp upanissitabba, mfn., Ps II 89,io (ime panca dhamm upanissitabb, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr upanistabb). upaniss inEeat?Qt 146,7, 148,25foil, and 189,n is wr for upanis (Be, Ce so). upanissya, absol. o/upanissayati qv. upanissita, mfn., pp o/upanissayati qv. upanita, mfn., pp /*upaneti qv. upaniya, absol. o/upaneti qv. upaniyam in Ee at Ap 343,16 is wrfor upanidhim (Be, Ce so) or upanidham (Se so). upaniyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/upaneti qv. upanila, mfn., looking dark, dark-bluish; JaV 169,2' (veluriypanil ti veluriyena -a ... veluriyamay pasannasalil nilobhs ... pokkharanl ti). upanihantun ti in Ce, Ee at Mp V 19,24 is wr for upanitun ti (Be, Se so). upanihtum, ind. [inf. o/*upa+ niharati], to take out, to produce; A V 43,12 (kismincid eva dhanakaraniye samuppanne na sakkuneyya ~um dhanam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upanihantum; Mp V 19,24: ~un ti niharitv datum, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upanihantun ti). upaneta(r), m. [from upaneti], one who leads to, brings near to; Patis-a 414,29 (ariyamattha-ahgikam maggam - patipdayit). upaneti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upanayati], leads to, brings near to (+ ace); adds; proffers, offers; brings to (an end), leads to (death); make use of, puts to use; uses up; initiates, takes as disciple; adduces, cites, alludes to; Vin II 292,1 (sabbe va ime samana Sakyaputtiyyoniso -enti); III 9\,33 foil, (te v kusale dhamme attani ~eti attnam v tesu kusalesu dhammesu -eti); IV 73,15 ([nvam] tiram -etha); M I 301,36 (atha khvssa pubbe va tath cittam bhvitam hoti yam tarn tathattya ~efi ti); S V 90,6 (tathattya -essati); Thi 409 (-aymi ca demi ca yam yassa patirpam); Ja V 8,17 (-ami sitasmim, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upnaymi); VI 222,2* (vasam -aymase); Nidd I 107,7 (sadiso 'ham asm! ti attnam na -eyya); Ap 495,2 (dev ng manuss ca paccaye -enti me); Mil 154,7 (mt puttam ... smino -eti); 396,8 (na kyam -eti); Sp 548,11 (evam dehi evam -ehi); Spkl 203,n (sabbojan saddhbhjanam -em pressmi nesam sankappan ti); Mp I 304,25 (idam bhesajjam satthu ~eth ti); Th-aHI 80,2 (mahjano mayham lbhasakkre -ayissati ti icchcre thatv); part.pr. (a)upanenta,m/(~entl)., MI 331,20 (~ento ... tathagato svake); Vism24,i2; Ud-al97,n (paricrik... dibbabhojanam ~entiyo); neg. anupanenta, mfn., MI 331,2i; (b) upanayamna, mfn., Sp 548,12 (dadamn -amn); aor. 3 sg. (a) upanesi, MI 327,27; JaV 54,24*; Mil 152,30; (b) upanayi, Cp 3:12:2 (yannatthe ~ayi mamam); (c) upnayi, upnayi, Ja VI 313,25* (kattram ... upanayi bhavanam ngaraniio); Ap49,n (yo me bhikkham upnayi); Mhv 15:54 (upnayi); 2 sg. upanesi, MI 330,26(m svake~esi m pabbajite; c/Ps II 415,17: pabbajitasvake... tarn dhammam m ~aya);

3 pi. (a)upanesum, MI 330,29 (svake ~esum); Ja I 200,n (nesam maddanatthya hatthim ~esum); Mhv 5:83; (b)upanayimsu, JaV 466,20; absol. (a)upanetv, Vin III 258,5 (so tantavyo ... suttam tante -etv); Ja III 503,6; Mil 236,7; Vism 506,23; Sadd 856,29; neg. anupanetv, Pj I 88,4; (b) upaneyya1, D I 107,24 (so bhavamGotamo amhe ... ~eyya ~eyya avaca, Be, Ce so; iseupaniyya; Se upaneyyam; Sv 276,27foil: ~etv -etv paticchannakranam vikaritv suddadsdibhvam ropetv avaca); neg. anpaneyya, Sn 799 (samo ti attnam anpaneyya); (c) upaniya, MI 240,7 (ayam ... sajja ~iya vc bhsit) = A I 172,20; Vv-a 30,8 (attano hatthehi ~iya pitham pannpetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upaniya); Sadd 856,29; pass. pr. 3 sg. upaniyati, ~iyyati, SI 2,22* (~iyati jivitam appam yu; Spkl 22,2: ~Iyau" ti parikkhiyati nirujjhati upagacchati v anupubbena maranam upeti ti attho) = Ja IV 398,6* (398,22': idam jivitam maranam upagacchati); A I 155,18 (~Iyati kho ayam ... loko jarya vydhin maranena); III 359,28* (na ussesu na omesu samatte nopaniyare); Sp 52,26 (tarn ... catupaccayatthya ~Iyati); Mp II 255, \9 foil. (~iyatl ti upasamhariyati, ayamhijtiyjaram -iyati, Be, Se so; Ee ~iyyati ti... ~iyyati; Ce iyyati ti... iyyati); part.pr. upaniyamna, mfn., AI 155,19; Ja I 200,11 (so ~iyamno pi na upagacchati); pp upanita, mfn. [ts], led, drawn towards; brought to, offered; used; used up; initiated; alluded to, cited; MI 250,24 (Gotamassa evam sajja sajja vuecamnassa ~ehi vacanapathehi samudcariyamnassa; Ps II 293, is: ~ehl ti upanetv upanetv kathitehi); 11154,4 (eko ajjhyako ~o); A III 302,10 (macche vajjhe vadhy' ~e); Sn 677 (ye padume niraye ~); Thi 499 (Thi-a 263,24: upambhvena -am); Ja IV 337,27' (mam psavasam -am); V 375,23* (~asmi[m] jivite; 376,5': -asmin ti maranasantikam -e); Ap 124,8 (pupphehi rafino ~ehi); Cp-a 296,25 (parehi upanit apakr); Mhv 34:91; '-atta, mfn., brought, handed over (for death); Ja VI 143,8* (disvna bhtaro ~'-atte; 143,io': ~-sabhve); manasankappa, mfn., unconscious; JaVI 93,2i* (api jivam... purisam... ~-manasankappam jivantam mannate matam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~-manasakappam; 93,24'foil: bhavangam otinnacittcram); vaya, mfn., with one's youth gone, advanced in age; Dhp237 (~-vayo ca dni si; Dhp-aIII 331,9foil.: up tiniptamattam, nitavayo gatavayo atikkantavayo); neg. anupanlta, anpanita, mfn., Vin 1185,10 (attho ca vutto att ca anupanito); M II 154,5 (dve mnavak ... eko ajjhyako upanito eko anajjhyako anupanito, kam ettha brhman pathamam bhojeyyum); Sn846 (anupanito so nivesanesu); Nidd-al 271,28 (adantan ti dantabhvam anupanitam); fpp (a) upanetabba, mfn., Vin III 252,5; Mil 396,10 (na cittam-am); Vism 367, is (--tt); 654,5; Ud-a94,7; (b) upaneyya2, mfn., Vism 217,11 (sacchiktabbatam upanetabbo phalanibbnadhammo ~o) quoted Sadd 788,1; neg. anpaneyya, mfn., Mp III 117,3 (ktagopnasithambhasopndinam atthya anupaneyyatya na game katthattham sdheti). upaneyya 1 , absol. of upaneti qv. upaneyya 2 , mfn., fpp of upaneti qv.

460

upaneyya3, mfn. {from upaneti], leading to, bringing to; Vism 217,10 (nibbnam upaneti ti ariyamaggo -o) quoted Sadd 787,30. upanti, ind. [upa + anti; or extracted from upantika qv; c / upnta], near to, towards (+ gen.); Ja IV 337,5* (raniio va mam samma upanti nehi, Ce, Ee, Se so; perhaps tmesis for raniio ... anti upanehi; Be upantikam; 337\r foil: upantikam nehi); see also upnta. upantika, n. [S. upntika], vicinity, neighbourhood; ace. -am, adv., near to, towards, to the neighbourhood (of); Abh706; JaV 58,24* (gaccha Vidhurassa -am); VI 425,3* (laddho ca me vasatho slikya -am); abl. -, adv., from, from the neighbourhood (of); Ja VI 418,12* (tato ca so apakkamma Vedehassa -); loc. ~Q,adv., near, in the neighbourhood (of); Pv21:15 (vesanam came si Asayhassa ~); Ap 146,25 (eullsitisahassni yakkh mayham -e upatthahanti sakkaccam); see also upnta. upapacciyamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *upa + pacati], being heated; Ja IV 327,9 (siglo antokucchiyam ~o, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr for uppacciyamno; Be, Se nipajjamno). upapajja, upapajjam, absol. o/upapajjati qv. upapajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upapadyate] (often, esp. in Ee, confused with uppajjati qv), 1. enters upon, enters (a state); appears; comes into existence (in); is reborn (in); VinUI 72,9 (param maran... saggam lokam -issasi); D I 14,3 (te ca satt sandhvanti samsaranti cavanti -anti); 107,22 (puriso ... nirayam -eyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjeyya); II 32,3I (cavetha v -etha v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjetha); MI 73,32 (param maran manussesu -ati); A l l 126,22 (devnam sahavyatam -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjati); Dhp 307 (nirayam te -are); Ja IV 410,3* (etena saccavajjena cakkhum me -atha; 410,8': ekam cakkhum -eth-atti attho, Ee so; Be ~atha -at ti; Ce, Se -atha uppajjat ti; * Qp-a71,9: -atha uppajjat ti, eds so); V 66,18* (kyassa bhed sappaiino saggam so -ati); Pet 50,2 (devesu -ati); 219,10 (viparinmannathbhv -anti, Ee so; Be, Ce uppajjanti); part.pr. (a) upapajja(t), mfn., A V 292,4 (-am, Ee so, or prob, absol; Be, Ce, Se upapajje); Ap 182,19 (modm' aham kmakri -am yamicchakam, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ~im); (b) upapajjanta, mfn., Ja III 474,3' (tena brahmaloke -anto visujjhati nma, Se so; Be, Ce uppajjanto; Ee uppanno); Ap411,n (sambuddhe -ante); Sv 507,25 (tato tato cavitv tattha tattha -anto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppajjanto); Pj I 203,22 (nirayam -antnam, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee uppajjantnam) = Pv-a21,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppajjantnam); (c) upapajjamna, mfn., VinUI 5,2 (satte passmi cavamne -amne, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjamne) * D I 82,26; Vism 424,10 (ye ca gahitapatisandhika sampati nibbatt v te ~amn ti); aor. 3 sg. (a)upapajji, Vin IV 259,3 (hamsayonim -i); D III 160,4* (ito cuto divam -1, so read mc; Be, Se dibbam -i; Ce divam upapajja; Ee dibbam upapajja); Ja II 450,25* (~i uposatham); (b) upapajjatha, Vv 24:12 (chando me ~atha,e, Seso; Be, Ceudapajjatha); Pv 10:7 (vipko -atha, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce udapajjatha; Pv-a 50,H/O//.: idam phalam uppajji); Th30 (sati me

-atha, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce udapajjatha; Th-al 96,4: sati ... mayham udapdi); Ja VI 593,22* (saggam so -atha); Ap 504,25 (tato cavitv tidasam Candano -atha); Bv 18:10 (piti me -atha; Bv-a 230, is: -ath ti uppajjittha) ^ Ap 33,11 (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee udapajjatha); Cp 1:9:47 (hso ms -atha); Mhv 28:20 (ambatthakolalenamhi rajatam -atha); 34:14 (lokantarikanirayam ppo so -atha); 1 sg. (a) upapajji(m), Ap 59,21 (vimnam upapajj' aham; Ap-a 323,i: dibbavimnam -im upagato asmi ti attho); (b)upapdim, D I 13,23 (tato cuto amutra upapdim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se udapdim; cf 13,25: tato cuto idh' papanno); 3 pl (a) upapajjimsu, Vin II 162, s; D II 250,25; Pjl 128,24; (b) upapajjisum, Pv 27:16 (vatthni -isum, Ee so, Se -imsu, perhaps wrr; Be, Ce udapajjisum); Ja V 368,5* (lokasmim upapajjisum, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce udapajjisum); 2. is fit for, is suitable; M III 282,14 (cakkhum att ti yo vadeyya tarn na ~ati,ite, Ce, Seso; Ee uppajjati; Ps V 100,12: na yujjati); JaV 387,20* (adnam na -ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se npapajjati); Sadd 719,7 (pathamy* attho n'upapajj ati); absol. (a) upapajja, upapajjam (see 0. von Hinber, 1972, pp. 241-49), being reborn; being in a new existence; M III 214,15 (tassa ditthe va dhamme vipkam patisamvedeti upapajja v apare v pariyye, Be so; Ce, Se upapajje; Ee uppajjam; read apare va? Ps V 19,2i: yarn upapajjavedaniyam tassa upapajjitv... vipkam patisamvedeti) * A I 134,23 (Be so; Ce, Se upapajje; Ee uppajje) * V292,4 (Ee upapajjam, or perhaps part.pr.; Be, Ce, Se upapajje); A III 415,19 (imham bhikkhave kammnam vipkam vadmi, ditthe va dhamme upapajja v apare va pariyye, so read ? eds upapajje ... apare v ...); Ja V 144,5* (kalbuvicim upapajja paccati; 145,29': nirayam -itv); Vv 33:87 (sugatim upapajja modmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajja); upapajjavedaniya, mfn., to be suffered for in the next existence, producing an effect in the next existence; Kv 611,28 (upapajjavedaniyam kammam); Nett 37,14 (ditthadhammavedaniy v upapajjavedaniy v aparpariyavedaniy v); Vism 601,2 (catubbidham kammam ditthadhammavedaniyam upapajjavedaniyam ...); Ja VI 240,17' (upapajjavedaniyam anantarabhave vipkam deti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppattivedaniyam); Mp V 76,17 (vipkam ... upapajjavedaniyam anantare attabhve); absol. (b) upapajjitv, Ps V 19,2i; It-al 177,8; neg. anupapajjitv, It-al 76,36; pp upapanna, mfn. [ts], {.entered; come into existence, reborn (in); Vin HI 5,8 (nirayam -); D I 13,25 (tato cuto idh' papanno); SI 35,6* (aviham -se; Spkl 91,18: nibbattivasena upagat, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nipphattivasena); Th 1220 (nirayam -); Vv 29:12 (devnam tvatimsanam - sahavyatam); Pet 214,3; Vism 427,26 (- ti upagat tattha abhinibbatt ti adhippyo); ifc see adhun'-- (.yvadhun); neg. anupapanna, mfn., S IV 400,6 (satto ca annataram kyam anupapanno hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuppanno); A V 270,23 (tarn thnam anupapanno hoti); 2. possessed of, furnished with; fit, suitable; A II 6,26 (sutena -o, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee uppanno); Sn 1077 (jiviten' papannam); Ja IV 164,9' (sabbehi piyrittdlhi yantehi -am); Niddl 10,13 (upeto hoti... -o samupapanno

461

samanngato); Sv 911,28 (imassa atthassa katamni vyanjanni ~-tarni allinataini, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppannatarni); ifc see jtimant'--; neg. anupapanna, mfn., D I 97,22 (mtito hi bho Gotama anupapanno ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppanno; Sv 267, \s\ anupapanno ti khattiyabhvam appatto, aparisuddho ti attho); A l l 6,25 (sutena anupapanno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppanno); caus. aor, 3 sg. upapdayi, (he) effected, accomplished, performed; JaV 346,4* (tassa tarn vacanam sutv kamman upapdayi; 347, r foil: yam so avaca tarn karonto kyakammena sampdesi); pp upapdita, mfn. [ts]9 accomplished, performed; furnished with; Jail 236,28* (khantiy upapditam; 237,5': adhivsanakhantiy upetam). upapajjana, n. [from upapajjati], coming into existence, being reborn; Ps IV 19,23 (-vasena upapattim); Pv-a9,9 (devalokam kamati -vasena upagacchati, Be, Se so; Ce uppajjati; Ee uppajjanavasena uppajjati); 33,7 (manussalokato petalokam -vasena gat, upapann ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjanavasena ... uppann ti); Th-aIII 72,1 (devasamhe -vasena puna vso); Thi-a 164,25 (tasmim tvatimsdike devanikye tava cittam thapehi ~ya nikantim karohi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se uppajjanya); Patis-a 570,16 (upapatti ti -am, nibbatti ti attho). upapajjanaka, mfn. [upapajjana + ka2], coming into existence, being reborn; Sv 165,24 (cavitv ~ satt nma n' atthi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppajjanakasatt); Spk I 208,i4(kocijyanako v ... cavanako v ~o v n' atthi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppajjanako) * Ps II 405,10 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce uppajjanako); Dhp-al 258,21 (cavanake - satte dibbena cakkhun olokento nisidi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppajjanake). upapajjita(r), m. [from upapajjati], one who comes into existence (in), is reborn (in); D I 143,26 (abhijnm' aham ... evarpam yannam yajitv ... saggam lokam ~ ti, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr uppajjit; perhaps better absol). upapajje in eds at A III 415,19, Pet 36,8 and Nett 37,16 is prob, wrfor upapajja qv sv upapajjati. upapati, m. [ts], a lover; Abh 240 (~i jro). upapatti, / [BHS id.] (often, esp. in Ee (and Ce), confused with uppatti <?v), coming into existence, rebirth; Abh 1185; D H 200,5 (paricrake ... klakate ~isu vykaroti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppattisu); S III 53,17 (vinnnassa gatim v gatim v cutim v ~im v... pannpessmi ti); Dhp419 (cutim yo vedi sattanam ~im ca); Th997 (cutiy ~iy); Niddl 98,29 (gatim ~im patisandhim bhavam samsravattam diyanti); Ja VI 315,30' (ngabhavane ~i); Patisl 10,35 (~i abhinneyy; Patis-a 92,33: ti sampannassa v upapannassa v ti eva I vutt vipkappavatti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppatti ti); 59,7 (nibbatti bhayan ti -i bhayan ti jti bhayan ti) quoted Vism 648,4 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppatti); PatisII 72,4 (katinam hetnam paccay -i hoti); Bv 2:106 (cuti ca ~i ca khane tasmim na vijjati; Bv-a 102,10: ~I ti patisandhi jti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se patisandhiggahanam); Kv 102,29 (arah ... samsrena samsram gacchati ~iy -im gacchati ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppattiy uppattim); 268,25 (saha ~iy arah ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppattiy); Pet 94,8 (~isu satti bhavsavo); Cp-a 331,33 (yusampad nma tassam

tassam-iyam dighyukat ciratthitikat); As 162,30 (yena maggena rpabhave ~i hoti nibbatti jti sanjti tarn maggambhaveti ti); ifc see km'-u '-esiya, mfn., desiring rebirth; Kv 502,5foil; (-0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppattesiyo); -deva, m.9a god by rebirth; Ja III 305,22' (~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppatti-); Niddll 173,2 (tayo dev sammutidev ~ visuddhidev) = Vibh 422,i (Be, Seso; Ce, Ee uppatti-) = Pj I 123,12 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppatti-); PsII 388,29 (devena v ti -na v); Sadd 475,3i/o//.; -patilbhiya (and -patilbhika ?) mfn.9 leading to the obtaining of rebirth, of a new existence; AII 133,31 (~ni samyojanni, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uppattipatilbhikni; MpIII 130,18: ~ni tiyehi anantar upapattim patilabhati, Be, Se so; Ce uppattim; Ee uppattipatilbhiyni ti... uppattim); anupapatti,/, not coming into existence; not being suitable; Patisl 11,5 (anibbatti abhinneyy ~i abhifineyy); Vism 509,3 (hetulakkhanassa ~ito); Sadd 319,35; 473,26 (t idha ~ito na vutt); see also uparpapattika (^vupari), uparparpapattika (^vupari), jimhupapattika (^vjimha), tatriipapattika, petupapattika, hetthpapattikaupapattika (^v hetth). upapattika, mfn. [upapatti + ka2], connected with rebirth; ? Pet 176,22 (gati bhavissati bhaddik -0 abhisamparyo, Be, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce uppattiko; cf172,9: bhaddik gati bhaddiko abhisamparyo). upapada, n. [ts]t (gr.t.t.) a subordinate or qualifying word or expression (limiting the general idea conveyed by the principal word), esp. forming the first member of a tatpurusa compound; a qualifying epithet; Sp 209,29 (atthisadde ~e paribhunjissasf ti angatavacanam katam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee atthinmasadde ~e) = Ps III 298,1; Patis-a 632,24 (sunnasahkhtam sunnam na aniiena ~ena visesitan ti sunfiasunnam); Sadd 302,32; 869,31 (kammani - napaccayo hoti bhavissatikle: nagaram karissati ti nagarakrako vajati); ifc see paramopapada; -samsa, m., a compound containing an upapada; Sadd755,n; 783,1; anupapada, mfn., without an upapada; Sadd 106,26 (jaraggavo ti ekavacanarpam dissati, tath hi annattha tta gavo ti bahuvacanapadam yeva dissati ti); 491,30; sopapada, mfn., with a qualifying word or a qualifying epithet; Mhv 9:5 (tato Ummdacitta ti nmam ~am labhi); Sadd 106,27 (idha pana tt samsapadabhvam gamma). upapann, mfn., pp o/upapajjati qv. upapabbjesi in Ee at Sp61,4 is wrfor uppabbjesi qv sv uppabbajati. upaparikkhaka, m(fn). [BHS upapariksaka], (one) who examines, investigates; MpIII 117,23 (atthpaparikkhi ti attham ~o). upaparikkhaka,/ [from upaparikkhati], investigation; Sadd 82,22*. upaparikkhana, upaparikkhana, n. [BHS upapariksana], examining, investigating; Spk HI 93,13 (ayam imassa attho ayam imassa attho ti 0>-attham); MpIII 393,23 (atthpaparikkhy ti atthnattham krankranam ~e); Vv-a232,i2 (savanavelyam

462

-velyam); Patis-a 102,2 ('-attho vimamsattho); Sadd 421,26 (api ca nnena ~am pi nismanam ev ti gahetabbam). upaparikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS upapariksate], examines; inquires into, investigates; MI 443,2 (imassa bhikkhuno tath tath -atha yath 'ss' idam adhikaranam ... vpasameyya); It 93,19 (tath tath ... bhikkhu ~eyya); Th 1028 (attharn copaparikkhati); Ja V 78,16' (~itum asakkontam); Nidd I 194,7 (passasi dakkhasi olokesi nijjhyasi ~asi ti); Pet 142,io (uttari ~anti); Vism 637,29 (tarn pannya paricchindati ~ati); Spk I 200,2 (avekkhassu upadhraya ~a); Mp III 357,13 (vuso nham badhiro sunmi bhagavato vacanam panham pana ~mi ti); Dhp-al 334,14 (vicinissati ~issa pativiyhissati); Sadd 842,3 (tarn yasmanto ~antu); part.pr. (a)upaparikkha(t), mfii., MI 120,5 (bhikkhuno tesam pi vitakknam dlnavam ~ato); Sp 63,22 (ath' assa ~ato etad ahosi); neg. anupaparikkha(t), mfn., MI 133,27; (b)upaparikkhanta, mfn., Ja V 152,27 (Sakko ... sakaladevalokam -anto); Nidd I 308,6; It-all 10,16 (ime pancakkhandh kimhetuk ti~anto); As 168,10 (kammatthnam -antena); neg. anupaparikkhanta, mfn., Ps II 106,31; (c) upaparikkhamna, mfn., Vism 496,11; Spk II 76,23; aor. 3sg. upaparikkhi, Sil 216,13 (m te sangho uttari ~i); absol. upaparikkhitv, Jail 371,11; Vism 637,35; Sp 44,15; Pv-a60,2i; Sadd 104,27 (panncakkhun -itv); neg. anupaparikkhitv, JaV 235,22; Dhp-al 439,4 (deva ~itva dandam ganhatha m anupaparikkhitv ti ha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee parikkhitv dandam ganhissatha aparikkhitv ti); Cp-a243,i2; pass. pr. 3 sg. upaparikhiyati, Pet 74,5 (sdhukam ~ati); part.pr. upaparikkhiyamna, mfn., Ja HI 75,3 (tarn h i . . . -amnam); Pet 75,8; Vism 593,32 (paramatthato ekekasmim ange ~amne ratho nma n' atthi); Sp 593,15; Sadd 131,23 (plinaye pornatthakathnaye ca ~amne); pp upaparikkhita, mfn., (being) watched, examined; Ja IV 424,7 (tena tattha sakunnam ~-bhvo); Sp 1153,6 (avekkhitcro ti... ~'-cro); Patis-a305,10 (tirit honti ti tiranaparinnvasena aniccdito ~); fpp upaparikkhitabba, mfn. and n. impers., S HI 42,12 (yoni yeva ~o); Pet 64,9; Mil 91,17 (upamya pi so attho ~o); Sp 307,29 (tasm evam -am); Spk III 95,is; Patis-a 67,24 (tt); Sadd 144,22 (sadissadisat ~). upaparikkh, / [S. upapariks], examination, investigation; Nidd I 45,3 (pahn pajnan ... cint - bhri...) * Patisl 119,7 * Dhs55 * Vibh 250,27; Pet64,20 (y asubhya ~); Nett 8,5 (vimams usshan tulan -); anupaparikkh,/, lack of investigation; As249,30 (atthato ~ va hoti ditthi v). upaparikkhi(n), mfn. [from upaparikkhati], examining, investigating; ifc see atth' -- (.yv attha2), tividh'--. upaparicchedamajjhe in Ee at Sp 336,25 is wr for urapariccheda- (Be, Ce, Se so). upapta, m. [for *upapda, perhaps under influence of upapatti; AMg uvava, uvavya; BHS upapda], coming into existence, birth; Vism 423,28 (yo hi cutimattam eva passati na ~am so ucchedaditthim ganhti); Sp 162,23 (cutiyca -e ca finya); Spk II 372,27 (cavanavasena cuti upapajjanavasena ~o, Be, Ce, Seso; ^euppajjana-); ifc

see cut' -Q- (sv cuti). upaptana, n. [for *upapdana? cf upapta and S. upapdana], coming into existence, appearing; (causing to appear; ?) Sadd 879,21 (opaptikanmam nma sayam eva -silam nman ti attho). upaptika, mfn. [upapta + ika; cfAMg uvavia, uvaviya; BHS upapduka; but perhaps cf also S. upapta], connected with spontaneous rebirth; (one) being reborn without parents; Jinak81,i8 (eko satto... ekasmim badaramle -vesena jto); ifc see samsedaj^-; see also opaptika. upapdayi, caus. aor. 3 sg. o/upapajjati qv. upapdim, aor. 1 sg. o/upapajjati qv. upapdita, mfn., caus. pp /'upapajjati qv. upaprami, / [upa + prami], (expected meaning: a minor perfection, but apparently) a further perfection; Bv 1:77 (katham ~ipunn; Bv-a 59,26: dnapramiyam tva bhirabhandapariccgo prami nma angapariccgo ~i nma jivitapariccgo paramatthaprami nm ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee angapariccgo prami nma bhirabhandapariccgo ~i nma); Sv 60,15 (im dasa pramiyo dasa ~iyo dasa paramatthapramiyo ti samatimsa pramiyopretv); Ps III 22,is(dasahi ii); Dhp-al 84,9 (dasa ~iyo); Cp-a 320,28/0//. (kanhadhammavokinn sukkadhamm pramiyo eva tehi avokinn sukkadhamm ~iyo akanh asukk paramatthapramiyo ti keci... ). upapisana, upapimsana, n. (and ~I,/), [from *upa + pimsati2; cf S. pesana], grinding; something ground, powder; Vin I 251,30* (in uddna: anjanam upapisanam, Ee so; Be upapisani; Ce upapimsani; Se upapimsanam); ifc see aftjan' - sv anjana2. upapilaka, mfn. [from upapileti], oppressing; checking; Vism 601,26 foil, (catubbidham kammam janakam upatthambhakam ~am upaghtakan ti... ~am afinena kammena dinnya patisandhiy janite vipke uppaijanakasukhadukkham pileti bdhati addhnam pavattitum na deti); Ps V 11,23/0//.; Mp II 217,4 (kusalakamme vipaccamne akusalakammam ~am hutv tassa \dpacciturn na deti). upapilana, n. [S. upapldana], oppressing, tormenting; Ps V 14,13 (~ena). *upapil, / [from upapileti; cf S. pid], oppression; distress; ifc see anupapila. * upapileti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upapidayati], oppresses; checks, obstructs; distresses; aor. 3 sg. upapilesi, Mp II 217,13 (sunakkhattassa akusalakammam kusalam ~esi); pp upapilita, mfn. [S. upapidita], oppressed; checked, obstructed; Ja III 136,6' (abhibhtassa -assa puggalassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppilitassa); Mp II 217,11 (kusalam vipaccamnam akusalena ~am ... vipaccitum na sakkoti); neg. anupapilita, mfn., I h - a l 134,24/0//. (tena saddato ananupilitam ha ... tena vutthavassena ananupijitam ha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuppilitam). upapurohita, m. [upa + purohita], an assistant purohita; Ja IV 304,19 (Uddlakam uppabbjetv -am karotha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se purohitam). upapphusi, aor. 3 sg. [of *upa + phusati; S. upasprSati], (let) touch; JaV 417,11** (m nam Kunlam sakunam sitam v unham v ... vto v ussvo v ~I ti; 418,26 : iti

463

upagantv phusi) ^ 420,23**. upaplavim, upallavim, aor. 1 sg. [of *upa + plavati; S. upaplavate; or upallavim perhaps for uppalavim mc\ I swam, I floated', Sn 1145, (dip dipam ~im, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upallavim; Pj II 606,12: ~in ti satthrdito satthrdim abhiganchim, Ce, Ee so; Be abhigacchim; Se upallavin ti... adhigacchim; Niddll 110,29: plavim uplavim ~im samupaplavin ti, Ce so; Be pallavim upallavim sampallavin ti; Ee upallavim sampallavim; Se upallavim samupallavin ti;Nidd-aII 93,32foil: plavin ti uggamim uplavin ti uttarim -in ti uram ppunim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pallavin ti uggamim upallavin ti uttarim); see also uppilavati. upabbajati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaVvraj], goes towards, approaches; visits; becomes involved with; Th 1052 (na kulni ~e muni); Ja IV 270,2* (bah hi phass ... avitakkit maccum ~anti) quoted Sadd 520,25; JaV 495,8* (imam vivdam ko pandito jnam ~eyya; 495,13': ~eyy ti ko imam kalaham pandito upagaccheyya); fpp upavajja1, mfn., kula, n., a family which can be approached; M III 266,24 (mittakulni suhajjakulni kulni; Ps V 84,1: ~-kulnI ti upasankamitabbakulni). upabrhana, upabrhana, n. [S. upavrmhana], invigorating; supporting, promoting; Vism 146,22 (cetaso ... piti pinanam sukham ca ~am karoti) = Nidd-a I 131,io; -rasa, mfn., of which the essential property (or function) is invigorating; Vism 145,3 (sukham ... sampayuttnam ~am) * As 117, is. upabrheti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upavrmhayati], makes strong; promotes; Vism 259,26 (sonitamamsdini ~ayati); Spkl 330,3 (mlarasdayo hi sariram ~enti); part.pr. upabrhayamna, mfn., Mp I 129,1 (pabbajjam -ayamno); Ud-a 251,24 (kinnavihram jigucchitv vivekam ~ayamno); pp upabrhita, mfn. [S. upavrmhita], made strong; supported; ifc see upasam-; nana, m/h., whose knowledge has been made strong; Vism 574,10 (aparo pana saddhammasavandflii nno). upabhuftjaka, mifn). [from upabhunjati], (one) who enjoys or experiences; Vism 555,4 (~e ca asati kassa tarn phalam siy); 555,27 (na ettha afinena ~ena nma koci attho atthi ti). upabhunjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upabhunkte, upabhunjate], enjoys, experiences; makes use of; Vism 555,26 (sukhadukkhaphalassa uppden' eva devo manusso v ~afi ti... vuccati);part.pr. upabhunjanta, mfn., Vv-all,2; aor. 1 pi upabhunjimha, Ja III 495,9* (phal' assa ~imha nekavassagane); inf. upabhottum, Ja V 350,18* (dnattham upabhottum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upabhotthum); absol (a)upabhufijitv, Nidd-a II 152,26* = Patis-a 704,14*; (b) upabhunjiya, Mhv 15:163; pass, pr. 3 sg. upabhufijiyati, Patis-a 441,15 (tarn hi sukham tanhvasena assdiyati ~iyati ti assdo); pp upabhutta, mfn. [S. upabhukta], used, enjoyed; ifc see hamsagano-; fpp (a) upabhogiya, mfn. [S. upabhogya], to be enjoyed, to be experienced; ifc see sabbo-; (b) upabhojiya, mfn. [S. upabhojya], serving for food, causing enjoyment; ifc see tidasindo-; see also opabhogga.

upabhufijanaka, mfiji). [from upabhunjati], (one) who enjoys, makes use of, possesses; -vatthusampad, / , the excellence of that which is the user or possessor; Vv-a 15,4. upabhutta, mfn., pp o/upabhunjati qv. upabhoga, m. [cf S. upabhoga, upabhogya, bhoga], enjoyment, experience; use; object of enjoyment, possession; Ja VI 361,20* (hatthi gavass ... nariyo ca... sabb va t ~ bhavanti iddhassa posassa aniddhimanto); Ap 553,6; Mil201,3 (yad Devadatto rj ahosi... tad bodhisatto tasspabhogo ahosi hatthingo); Vism 555,25 (-sankhtassasukhadukkhaphalassa); Ps V 36,25 (hatthiassdi, tarn pi manussnam 0,-attham eva nibbattati); 37,4 (cakkavattiranno uppannam itthiratanam pi purisass' eva -am); -paribhoga, m.n., various objects of enjoyment, goods and possessions; Vin IV 163,22 (yam manussnam ~am etam ratanasammatam nma); JaV 491,2'; Pet 176,23; Spkl 260,26 (sabbam -am cattro kotthse katv niyydesi); Mp II 379,23 (ranno ~o); -yoyam in Ee at Pv-a49,i5 is wr for -yoggam {Be, Ce, Se so). upabhogi(n), mfn. [S. upabhogin], enjoying, experiencing; ifc see vipk' --. upabhogiya, upabhojiya,^?/? of upabhunjati qv. upabhottum, inf. /upabhunjati qv. upabhotthum in Ee at Ja V 350, is* is wr for upabhottum {Be, Ce, Se so). upamanikam, ind. [upa + manik1], near the waterpot; Sadd 749,8 (manikya samipam -am). upam, / [ts], comparison, similarity, likeness; object of comparison; simile; exemplification; parable; Abh530; D i l 324,3 (~am te karissmi, ~ya... vifin puris bhsitassa attham jnanti. seyyath pi...); MI 242,21 (imkho mam... tisso ~ patibhamsu anacchariy pubbe assutapubb, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~yo); A I 10,3 (~ pi na sukar yva lahuparivattam cittan ti); Dhp 129 (attnam -am katv na haneyya); It 114,9 (~... kat atthassa vinnpanaya); Sn 1137 (yassa n* atthi ~ kvaci; Niddll 110,23: ~ n'atthi upanidh n'atthi sadisam n* atthi patibhgo n* atthi); Ja V 222,20* (~ im mayham tuvam sunohi); Pet 51,7 (paiicakkhandh paiicahi ~hi nidditth); Mil209,27/0//. (kin nu kho ... annt t ~ tathgatassa yhi tathagato ~hi orato); Vism 663,11 (imiss vutthnagminiy vipassanya vibhvattham dvdasa - veditabb); Ps II 167,23 (attham ca ~yo ca kranni ca haritv); SpkII 332,20 (imin upyena sabbsu ~su samsandanam veditabbam); Saddh 259 (k ettha ~ siy); Sadd913,6foil; ifc see kakac--, kakac-, druyanf--; -vacana, ., an expression of comparison; Pj I 185,21 (yath ti ~am); Th-al 36,23 (yath aggi ti~am); -samsandana, n.f the application of the simile; Vism 691,8 (evam-am veditabbam); Nidd-a I 262,28; anupama {and anpama, anopama with rhythmical/metrical lengthening), mfn. [cf BHS anopama; AMg anovama], incomparable, peerless; excellent, best; MI 386,8* (anopamassa virajassa bhagavato); Thi 374 (sobhasi vasanehi 'npame); Ja I 89,22 (anopamya buddhasiriy); Ap78,4 (appameyyam anopamam); 315,27 (~am atuliyam pive muttirasam aham,

464

Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anpamam); 319,27 (silam yassa anpamam); 482,4 (~o asadiso, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anpamo); Mil 156,15 (asamassa -assa appatisamassa); Ud-a 105,23 (-ya buddhalilya); nirupama, nirpama, mfn., incomparable; Ap 431,2 (tava passmi -am viggaham, Be, Se so; Ee nirpamam; Ce nirpamam aviggaham); Ud-a 257,10; Pj 11455,8 (atitulo titulam atito upamam atito -0 ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se nirpamo ti); see also uppalasikharopama, kakacpama, kakacopama, kumbhpama, bijpama, tarunpama, dharanpama, nagarpama, ycitakpama, sattislpama. upamta(r), / [S. lex. upamtr], wet-nurse, fostermother; Abh 244. upamna, n. [ts], the object of comparison; (a particle of) comparison; Abh 530; JaV 341,19' (na ti ettha nakro ~e); Ud-a 367,5 (pacchimam vatthudvayam purimassa -bhvena gahetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee purimya upambhvena); Sadd 128, is (nakro ~e vattati); 508,3\foll; ifc see upameyy'--; '-uttarapada, mfn., of which the final member is an object of comparison; Sadd 751,23 ([samso kammadhrayasanno] navavidho... ~o); 751,32foil; -pubbapada, mfn., of which the first member is an object of comparison; Sadd759,30 ([samso bahubbihi] navavidho ... ~o); 762,9 foil.; -ppasdo in Ee at Spklll 41,i is prob, wr for upahata- (Be, Ce, Se so). upamnussati in Ee at As 75,32 is wr for upasamnussati (Be, Ce, Se so). upamita, mfn., pp o/*upameti qv. upamitabba, mfn., jfcp o/*upameti qv. upameti, pr. 3 sg. [upa + mintil; cf S. upaVm], compares; Th-al 21,13 foil, (tt \m ssapena saddhim ... sinerum -etum icchatha, sabbannubuddhena saddhim ma mam -itth ti) = Ap-a338,21 foil; part.pr. upamenta, mfn., Sv 1055,38 (hatthipaddii opammehi ~ento); Mp II 339,28; absol upametv, Ja VI 252,14 (attabhve rathena -etv vanniyamne); Vism 314,29 (ppakri puggalo vajjhena -etv karunyitabbo); Mp I 266,22; neg. anupametv, Ps IV 69,2o; pp upamita, mfn. [ts], compared; illustrated by comparison (with); Ps II 326, is (mahsihandasutte pokkharaniy maggo -o); Mp IV 116,i (angraksuy - ime km); It-a II1 l,i (niccammagvi-upamya -o); uposatha, m., an uposatha observance illustrated by comparison (with); MpII 320,19 (goplakuposatho ti goplakehi saddhim uposatho); fpp (a) upamitabba, mfn., Bv-a 207,33 (opammehi ti -ehi); (b) upametabba, mfn., Ps I 193,9 (kusalam ca kusalena -am); Ud-a 303,9 (atth' eva te -dhamme vibhajitv); Sadd 509,3 (-tta); (c) upameyya, mfn. [S. upameya], (what is) to be compared; (what is) the subject of comparison; Th-al 36,24 (pajjalito ti -ena sambandhadassanam); It-a II 167,4 (-^ttho); Sadd 509,3 (sio viya bhagav ti ettha hi slho upam bhagav ~o); ~'-pamna, n., the subject and object of comparison; Vv-a 13,6 (idam duvidhnam pi ~' -pamnnam sambandhadassanam); neg. anupameyya, anpameyya, mfn., Ap-a 413,9 (anupameyyo hi bhagav, Be, Se so; Ce anupameyyo; Ee wr anpameyy); see also

opameyya. upameyya, w/.,^?po/*upameti qv. upaya, m. and mfn. [from upa + Vi (or upayti); all eds show uncertainty between upaya and upya qv], 1. (m.) going near to, involvement; Sn 897 (anpayo so ~am kirn eyya; Pj II 558,4: so upagantabbatthena -am rpdisu ekam pi dhammam kim upeyya, kena v karanena upeyya); Niddl 80,31 (dve ~ tanhpayo ca ditthpayo ca) * Spkll 33,io (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dve upy tanhupyo ca ditthupyo ca); 2. (mfn.) going to; being involved; S III 53,9 (~o ... avimutto anupayo vimutto, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upyo ... anupyo ...; Spk II 271,22: ~o ti tanhmnaditthivasena pancakkhandhe upagato); Sn 787 (-0 hi dhammesu upeti vdam; Pj II 523,2: ~o ti tanhditthinissito); -updna, '-pdna, n., and ~, m.pl, involvement and holding on to; M III 30,31 (ye rpe ~ cetaso adhitthanbhinivesnusay, Ce so; Be, Ee upy'-; Se updy' -) ^ A V 111,5 (loke ~, Ce so; Ee, Se upy'-; Be updn); S II 17,15 (tarn cyam -am cetaso adhitthnam abhinivesnusayam na upeti na updiyati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upy'-); III 10,9 (rpadhtuy ... y tanh ye ~ cetaso adhitthanbhinivesnusay, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upy'-) = Niddll 115,32 (Beso; Ce, Ee, Se upy'-); -flftu, see sv upya; anupaya, anpaya, mfn., not going near (to); free from involvement; M III 25,23 (tesu dhammesu ~o anapyo anissito, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anupyo; Ps IV 89,5: rgavasena anupagamano hutv) * 30,9 (ditthe ~o, Ceso; Be, Ee, Se anupyo) = Nidd II 219,10 (Ce, Se so; Be anpayo; Ee anupyo); SI 181,15* (so 'harn akankho apiho anpayo, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~o; Spkl 265,29: anupagamano); III 53,9 (-0 vimutto, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anupyo); AII 24,15* (sabbalokavisamyutto sabbaloke anpayo, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se anussayo; Mp III 33,15: tanhditthi-upayehi virahito) = It 122,n* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anpamo); Sn 786 (sa kena gaccheyya anpayo so). upayama, m. [ts], marrying, marriage; Abh 318. upaycati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaVyc], begs, prays (to); makes a vow, promises (while requesting something); Ja VI 150,i* (divyam deva -anti puttatthik); pp upaycita, mfn., vowed, promised;? Ja I 260,29* (yannome -0; 261,5': maydevatam upasankamitv evam yajissmi ti yaniio ycito). upaycitaka, n. [upaycita (pp of upaycati) + ka2; S. lex. id.; cfS. upaycita], a prayer; a vow; Ja VI 150,5* (~ena puttam labhanti, eds so; upaycitena better metrically; see L. Alsdorf, 1968, p. 289; 150,19': -en ti devatnam ycanena). upayti,pr. 3 sg. [S. upayti], comes near, approaches, reaches; enters (a state or condition); performs (a sacrifice); flows; flows into; flows at the full; S I 76,23* (na tarn... yannam -anti mahesino); A l l 56,1* (najjo ... puth savanti -anti sgaram); Pv 36:15 (-si slvutakassa santike); Ja VI 163,21* (sabbni te -antu, Be, Se so; Ce upyantu; Ee upyanti; 163,22': sabbni ratanni tava nivesanam -antu upagacchant ti, Se so; Be omits -antu; Ce, Ee upyantu); 285,6* (sayam pi h' eke -anti ds; 285,14': sayam dsabhvam upagat ds nma); Mhv 32:84 (so saggam sagharam ivopayti);

465

Sadd 416,14 (-anti); partpr. upayanta, m/(~anti)n. [cfS. upayat], S II 118,23 (mahsamuddo ... ~anto; Spkll 124,2: -anto ti udakavaddhanasamaye upari gacchanto); Ja VI 563,12* (Kanhjinypi... assamam -antiy, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upagacchantiy); aor. 3 sg. upaysi, Thi479; pp upayta, mfn. [to], who has approached, arrived; Thi-a 164,2o(dibbam sukhamyt - sampann ti Ym); Mhv 76:29; caus. pr. 3 sg. upaypeti, DU 111,5foil, (patibalo rjnam Mahsudassanam -etabbam -etum); Sil 118,23/0//. (mahsamuddo ... upayanto mahnadiyo -eti, mahnadiyo upayantiyo kunnadiyo -enti; Spkll 124,4: ~dl ti upari ypeti, vaddheti preti ti attho); As 121,34 (ahite apaypeti hite ~eti); fpp upaypetabba, mfn., D II 177,5. upayna, n., 1. [to] approach, arrival; D I 9,32 (abbhantarnam raiinam -am bhavissati bhirnam apaynam bhavissati); 2. [cf upyana], a present; Ja V 347,5* (-am hi te deva nnnam passmi edisam, Se so; Be, Ce, ise upyanam; 347,3r: pannkram); VI 15,32* (~ni me dajjum, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upyanni) quoted Sadd 416,16 (-ni); Mil 241,16 (koci-d-eva puriso raniio -am dadeyya, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee upyanam hareyya); Sadd 416,15 (upayanti etena issarassa v piyamanpassa v santikam gacchanti ti -am pannkram); 922,8 (-am upyanam ... vannabhedo *yarri); see also upyana. upaynaka, m. [?], a crab; Ja VI 530,15* (bahu c* ettha-m-upaynaka; 531,16': -ti kakkatak). upayujjamna, mfn. [pass, part.pr. of *upa + yunjati; cfS. upayujyate], being used; being consumed; Vv-a245,24 (-am gandhapnam sudhbhojanam ca sandhya vadati); neg. anupayujjamna, mfn., It-all 115,14 (kassaci anupayujjamno eva nassati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupayujjamno); see also upayutta, upayojeti. upayutta, mfn. [pp of *upa + yunjati; S. upayukta], used, consumed; serving (as an object); Vism555,i6 (vijjsipposadhdihi cpi blasarire -ehi klantare vuddhasarirdisu phaladehi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee phalam den* ti) = Vibh-a 164,27; Sadd 61,4 (upayogavacanam nma yo yam karoti tadupayuttaparidipanattho); see also upayujjamna, upayojeti. upayoga, m.n., 1. [S. upayoga] (i) employment, use, application; Ja VI 432,29 (tni so nagare -am netv); Ps II 296,23(tasmim pilandhane catasso vajiranliyo -am agamamsu); Mp 1304,26 (saha bhesajjassa -ena udaravto patippassambhi); Dhp-a III 3,5 (na ime mama sarire -am arahanti); (ii) acquisition of knowledge; Sadd 730,27 (~oti... vijjgahanam); 2. (gr.t.t.) the direct object; (the sense of) the accusative; Ja V 498,5' (nissakkatthe v -am); Sv 33,28* (bhummena karanena ca annatra samayo vutto -ena so idha); Ud-a 172,27 (-e smivacanam); Sadd 60,32*; 734,26*; *-attha, m., the meaning of direct object; the sense of the accusative; JaV 6,26' (sabbni hi etni ~e paccattavacanni); Vism 332,32; MpIII 389,7 (~e paccattam); Pj II 266,11 (yogavibhgena pi hi -e karanavacanam saddasatthe sijjhati); Bv-a 116,22 (tesam tad ti te jane tad, 0,-atthe smivacanam); va(t), mfn., having the sense of the accusative; Sadd 36,18 (idam ~-vam bahuvacanakam nmapadan ti); -patti,/, the force or scope of the

accusative; Pj II 310,10 (~iyam hi idam smivacanam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se upayogappavattiyam); -vacana, ., the expression of the direct object; the accusative case; Ja II 214,19' (paccatte ~am); Sp 107,23 (suttante ekam samayan ti -na niddeso kato); Spk I 254,1 (karanavacanatthe c'etam ~am veditabbam); Ud-a 432,9 (abhisaddayogena hi idam ~am, attho pana bhummavasena veditabbo); Pj II 317,25 (sampadnavacanappattiy kir' etam '-am); Bv-a 66,16 (karanatthe ~am datthabbam); Sadd 60,27 (~e dutiy vibhatti bhavati). upayogi(n), mfn. [S. upayogin], suitable, useful; ifc see yuddho-. *upayojeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *upa + yunjati; S. upayojayati], employs; makes use of; aor. 3 pi. upayojesum, It-al 86,10 (paribbjikam ~esum, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se uyyojesum); see also upayujjamna, upayutta. uparacita, mfn. [pp of *upa + racati; to], formed; composed; Dhp-a IV 234,22 (ntisankhepavitthravasena ~ dvsattatibhnavrappamn dhammapadassa atthavannan nitthit); Th-a II 219,35 (nimittam hJ ettha kattubhvena ~am yath ariyabhvakarni ti ariyni ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upacritam yath ariyabhvakarni saccni ariyasaccni ti); Thi-a 239,12 (drudanddihi -rpakni); Saddh 616 (Saddhammopyanam idam ... -am). uparajja, n. [from uparja], the state of being an uparja, viceroyalty; A HI 154,19 (ranno... jettho putto -am pattheti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce oparajjam); Ja III 123,2 (~e patitthya pitu accayena rajje patitthsi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be oparajje); IV 176,21 (assa vayappattassa ... rj... ~am adsi); Sv 134,30 (rj pi... puttassa -am adsi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se oparajjam); Cp-a52,2 (catursitivassasahassni -am kretv); Mhv9:12 (Abhayam -amhi... samabhisecayi); see also oparajja. uparata, mfn., pp o/uparamati qv. uparati, / [to], cessation, stopping; death; Abhll66; Mil 274,14 (etesam -iy visad honti suriyaramsiyo); Nidd-al 344,21 (tass -iy) = As 403,25 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vparatiy); Mhv 63:1 (jetthassoparatim); Sadd 413,19 (pativirati -i veramam viramanam); ifc see vihims'--. uparama, m. [to], cessation, stopping; Mil 41,15 (tassa paccayassa-); Vism 32,23 (tass 0,-attham); Sadd 412,8 (yamu -e, -o viramanam); Dhtup226 (yama -e); Dhtum 322 (yamu ~e); anuparama, m., noncessation; Mil 44,26 (tassa paccayassa-); Vism 682,33. uparamana, uparamana, n. [S. uparamana], ceasing; giving up; Th-al 33,18 (tinnam manoduccaritnam -ena pajahanena uparato). uparamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. uparamati], ceases from motion or action, stops; is quiet; gives up, abstains (from, abl); Mil 152,24* (kupito pi hatthingo samgantv -ati); Sp 997,27 (bhayena -anti ti); Dhp-a I 65,15 (yammase -ma nassma... maccusantikam gacchm ti) * Sadd 412,io (yammase ti -ma nassma marm ti attho); Sadd413,18 (-ati); uparamanti in Ce, Ee at JaV 452,20* is prob, wr; Be upalapenti; Se upenti; see W. B. Bollee, 1970, p. 114, suggesting upanamanti; uparata, mfn. [ts], ceased, stopped; quiet; dead; having given up, abstaining (from); Sn914 (na

466

kappiyo n' parato); Th2 (upasanto ~o); Ja III 382, r; Mil 97,23 (mahatimahvto vyitv ~o); 307, I (so saddo ~oti); Sv 77,16 (rattibhojanam ratti, tato ~o ti rattiiparato); Mhv 33:17 (Saddhtisse ~e); ifc see bhay'--, ratt'--. uparamana, see sv uparamana. uparambha in Ee at A I 199, n* and Spkl 248,21 is wr for uparambha qv. uparava, m. [from uparavati; cf S. uparava], clamour, outcry; Ja 1468,20 (rjanganam gantv ~am aksi); II 2,n (rjangane -0 pacchijji); Sadd 422,1 (ravo -0). uparavati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + ravati], cries out, raises an outcry; Ja VI 142,3* (na -anti rjnamm ghtayi orasarn puttam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upavadanti; 142,10*: na upakkosanti na vadanti); aor. 3 sg. uparavi, Dhp-a IV 170,25 (kirn idan ti ~i, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se viravi). uparja, uparja(n), m [S. uparaja], a viceroy; Ja I 504,12 (tattak yeva ~no tattak senpatino tattak bhandgrik); 11367,8* (rj mt mahesi ca ~); 374,9 (hatthipitthe nisinnam ~nam disv); IV 230,12 (jetthaputto pitu accayena rj ahosi kanittho ~); 289,13 (rann pahitam pannkram ~assa ~ena pahitam senpatiss ti); V 442,24 (~am dikatv sabbe ummattak viya ahesum); Sp 51,16 (~ena Tissakumrena saddhim pabbajito); Mhv 22:2; 99:85 (~e dve); Jinak 90,io (Tipannarj mahbrahmuno ~ino ... pannkram adsi); Sadd 347,25* (muddhbhisitto anurj ~ ti bhsito); see also uparajjam, oparajja. upari, ind. [ts], 1. (adv.) up, above, upwards; upstream; further, in addition; afterwards, later (in a text); Abh 1156; VinlV 46,2 (dve bhikkh... uparivehsakutiy eko hetth viharati eko ~i); Sil 184,29 (dando ~i vehsam khitto); Ja I 53,14 (catasso dis ca catasso anudisca hetth ~I ti dasa pi dis); 174,3 (atthi nu kho ~i luddako ti); Cp 2:7:2 (gangkle vasm' ubho, ahamvasmi~i hetth vasati brhmano); Mil 103,12 (tisu thnesu parisuddhatt ~i kilesnam appahinatt); 374,20* (lpulat ... tato vaddhati uppari, mc); Vism 257,19 (hetth mamsena ~i cammena tiriyam kilomakabhgena paricchinnam); 335,12 (evam kincannyatane dinavam ~i nisamsam ca disv); Sp 57,20 (~i gangya); 506,20 (~i pliyam gatam); Ps III 444,26 (brahmaloko nma bho kahan ti ~i ti); Ud-a 15,3i (~i vakkhamnnam); 2. (prep, or postp.) (i) over, above; upon, on (+ gen. or loc; occasionally + abh; often written as cpd.); Vin I 3, is (~i muddhani mahantam phanam karitv); D III 85,12 (payaso tattassa nibbyamnassa ~i santnakam hoti); MI 231,32 (yakkho... Niganthaputtassa -i vehsam thito hoti); Ja IV 209,27 (may etassa ~i na kifici ptitam); VI 557,22* (hams va ~i pallale); Ap 431,25 (buddhassa upari aham, mc); Mil 179,27 (Devadatto ... psnam bhagavato ~i ptessmi ti munci); Sp 137,24 (kukkutiy ... tesam ~i sayantiy); Mhv 29:8 (tassopari kharasudham); (ii) after (+ gen. or abh); Sp 35,io (ito vassasatassa ~i attharasame vasse); Pv-a52,9 (catunnam msnam ~i pancame mse); Mhv 5:100 (atthrasdhik vassasat ~i hessati upaddavo ssanassa); (iii) with reference to, towards (+ gen.); Ja IV 151,11 (ranno pi~i manopadosam m karitth ti); Ps I 152,31 (rasse sati Sriputtassa ~i dighe sati sabrahmacrinam); Pj II 175,29

(brhmanassa -i anukampsitalena cittena); Vv-a68,6 (sace mama etiss ~i kodho atthi); As 366,34 (tesam ~i Mro vasarn vattetiti); '-papattika, mfn., taking a higher or further rebirth; Mp III 149,2 (n' eva tatrpapattik na ~ hontiti); 0> -pari, ind., more and more; higher and higher; over, on top of; right above; A III 241,20 (milhapabbatassa ~i cankamati); Ja IV 471,7* (isi-m-ganchi samuddam -i); V 417,8** (dijakaniiyo ~i denti); Vism 283,14 (kammatthnni ~i vibhtni honti); Ud-a 227,18 (lbhena atitto -i lbham icchanto); Sadd605,i (~i dissanti); ' -papattika, mfn., taking more and more or higher and higher rebirths; Mil 7,9 (devaloke ~* -papattiko hutv parinibbyissmi, Be so; Ce, Ee uparparuppattiko; Se uparupari uppattiko); -gangam, ind.y up the Ganges, upstream; Ja IV 231,10 (~am gantv); -gange in Ee at Ja IV 230,28 is prob, wr for uparibhge (Be, Ce, Se so); -cara, mfn., moving above or in the air; Ja III 454,21 (~ohoti ksagmi); -tala, n.t the upper floor, the top storey; Dhp-a I 180,25 (tarn... sattabhmakassa psdassa -e sirigabbhe vaspenti); As 12,2 (nvya ~e nisinno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upari tire, prob, wr); -tta, n., abstr., the being above, the being higher; Abh 1177; 1185; -psda, m., the upper terrace, the flat roof of a mansion; D I 112,4 (brhmano ~e divseyyam upagato hoti); Ja VI 425,20; Vism 665,14; Sp 1044,13 (~am pi abhirhati); Th-alll 54,18 (~-tya v ucce); -bhaddaka, m., a kind of tree; Ja VI 269, H* (~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -bhandak; 270,17': ~ ti uddlakajtik yeva rukkh, Be, Ce Ee so; Se prichattakadum); -bhga, w., the upper part, the upper side; Ja IV 232,20 (mahbodhimandassa -ena gantum ngo nsakkhi); Vism 673, is (paratirassa ~am patto); Sp 257,23 (-ena);loc. uparibhge, above; upstream; Ja I 313,8 (sisassa ~e); IV 230,28 (assamato -e assamam katv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uparigange, prob, wr); Vism 124,11; -bhvangamaniya, mfn., tending to go up, leading upwards; MI 44,33 (seyyath p i . . . ye keci kusal dhamm sabbe te -a, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uparibhgarigamaniy); -man4alam in Ee at Spk I 39,30 is wr for suparimandalam (Be, Ce, Se so); -vtam, -vte, adv., upwind; Ja III 233,4 (tassa ~am agamsi); 233,5 (tassa -e atthsi); Sp 129,16 (atidram accsannam ~am ...); 129,19 (~e nisinno sariragandhena bdhati); Spkl 346,6(~ titth ti); -vehsakuti,/, a hut with its top storey open to the air; ? Vin IV 46,1 (dve bhikkh... ~iy eko hetth viharati eko upari; 46,21: vehsakuti nma majjhimassa purisassa asisaghatt; Sp7$2,2ifoil.: y pamnamaijhimassa purisassa sabbahetthimhi tulhi sisam na ghatteti, etena idha adhippet vehsakuti dassit hoti. na vehsakutilakkhanam, y hi kci upari acchannatal dvibhmik kuti tibhmikdikuti v vehsakuti ti vuccati); V 16,3; -saya, mfn., lying above or over; Spkl 251,23foil, (yugam isya ~am hoti... pann hiripamukhnam dhammnam ~ hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanissayam ... upanissay ...) = Pj II 146,1 foil. (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanissayam... upanissay...); -sotam, -sote, adv., upstream; Ja II 18,7 (te nvya ~am gantv); Spk II 228, is (~e jlam

467

pasretv); Cp-a 156,31 (tass' sanne ~e vsam kappesi); ati-upari, adv., too high up; Sv252,26(dvram kira -iamanuss atihetth dighajtik kotenti) = Ps III 351,5; see also uparito, hetthupariya. uparitthima, mfn. [BHS uparistima], upper; highest; Dhs 1017 (-am arahattaphalam); Vibh 326,32 (~e arahattaphale); Pp 16,29 (-nam samyojannam pahnya). uparito, ind. [S. uparitas], 1. (adv.) upwards, above, over, on top; from above; Vin II 175,19 (apassenaphalakam hetthato bhmim vilikhati - 0 bhittim hanti); M III 184,4 (~o acci utthahitv hetth patihannati); Ja III 318,4* (kuhim thit -o na dhamsati); Vibh 86,11 (hetthato ... -o ...); Pj I 44,8; 2. {prep, or postp.) over, above (+ gen. or abl); Vin II 152,17 (addhakuddak ~o olokenti); 221,1 (na thernam bhikkhnam purato nahyitabbam na -o nahyitabbam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uparisote); Mil 256,27 (nsakkhi bodhimandassa ~o gantum); Mhv 17:41 (vatthussa tassoparito thpam.,. cinpetv). uparima, mfn. [BHS id.], being above, upper, higher; later, following; Vin III 81,2 (-ena bhikkhun); DIU 189,3 (~ dis samanabrhman veditabb); SI 156,16 (adissamnena ~ena upaddhakyena dhammam desesi); IV 185,22(hetthimato ce pi nam [puriso upasankameyya] ~ato ce pi nam...); V 452,13 (aham ktgrassa hetthimam gharam akaritv -am gharam ropessmi ti n' etam thnam vijjati); Ja II168,16* (anno -o vanno anno vanno ca hetthimo); Nidd I 410,26 (-ya disya); Nett 88,7 (-am sampattim santato manasikaroti); Sadd 789,2 (antimo ~o hetthimo); -kya, m., the upper part of the body; Patis I 125,4 (~ato aggikkhandho pavattati); Sp 1027,12; -sutta, n., l.the upper thread; Sv 848,22; 2. a following rule; Sadd688,is (hetthimasuttesu ca -esu ca). uparucchanti, fut. 3 pi o/uparodati qv. uparujjhati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/uparundhati qv. uparujjhana, n. [from uparujjhati], stopping; being injured; -vacana, n.9 an expression of stopping; an injurious expression; Ud-a254,5 (anupavdo ti kassaci ~assa avadanam). uparuddha, mfn., pp o/uparundhati qv. uparuddhati, see sv uparundhati. uparundhati, uparodhati (and uparuddhati ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. uparundhati and (once) uparodhati], stops, obstructs; besieges; molests, troubles; Sn916 (sabbam ~e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uparuddhe; Nidd I 346,16: sabbarn rundheyya ~eyya nirodheyya, Be, Ce so; Ee uparuddheyya uparuddheyya nirodheyya; Se ruddheyya uparuddheyya); Th 143 (manusse -anti pharuspakkam jan; 1h-aII22,3: -anti ti vibdhenti); JaV 252,23* (na ca koc' uparodhati; 253,22': na uparodhati na pfleti); Ap 47,19 (halahalam -ati jivitam); Mil 313,28 (chindatha upacchindatha rundhatha -atha); Dhp-all 199,16 (nagaram ~at ti); aor. 3 sg. uparundhi, Mil 245,9 (hrarn ~i, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upacchindi); Ud-a 124,7 (nagaram ~i); Pv-a 271,28 (nvya gamanam ~i); 1 sg. uparundhim, MI 243,6 (mukhato ca nsato ca asssapassse -im); absol. (a)uparundhiya, Sn751; Th525; (b) uparundhitv, Ja I 358, n (Brnasim -itv);

Mil 314,26 (middham -itva, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upacchinditv); Pj II 356,22; pass. pr. 3 sg. uparujjhati, D I 223,10* (kattha nmam ca rparn ca asesam ~ati); A III 444,9 (ahamkr ca me -issanti); Sn 724 (dukkham asesam ~ati); Th 145 (jivitam ~ati); part.pr. (a) uparuijhanta, mfn., Saddh280 (indriye -ante); (b) uparujjhamna, mfn., Saddh280 (tatoparujjhamnesu indriyesu); pp uparuddha, mfn. [ts], stopped; obstructed; besieged; MI 243,8 (asssapasssesu ~esu); Spk I 322,23 (rjhi nagare -e); caus. pr. 3 sg. uparodheti, obstructs, injures, destroys; Vin III 73,24 (jivitindriyam upacchindati ~eti); A IV 97,1* (yam kuddho ~eti sukaram viya dukkaram); part.pr. uparodhenta, mfn., Sp 438,8 (upacchindanto ~ento ca). uparundhana, n. [from uparundhati], besieging; ifc see nagar' --. uparlha, mfn. [pp o/*upa+ rhati; S. upardha], healed over; Ja IV 408,27* (~esu cakkhusu). uparocati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + rocati],pleases (+ dat.); Ja VI 64,28* (tassa te saggakmassa ekattam -atam; 65,6': ~atan ti ekibhvo te ruccatu) quoted Sadd 3 38,14 (ekattam uparocitam) = 66,26*. uparodati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + rodati], wails; makes a noise; Ja V 304,22* (asso ca simsati dvre kumro c' -ati; 305,7: kumro ti susikkhito gandhabbakumro, -afi ti nnturiyni gahetv upahram karoti); VI 513,23* (tesam phalnam hethi -anti drak); fut. 3 pl. (a) uparucchanti, Ja VI 551,28* (uparucchanti drak; 552,9*fall.: satthiyojanamaggam gantv -issanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upagantv rodissanti); (b) uparodissanti, Ja VI 552,10' (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se rodissanti). uparodha, m. [ts], obstruction; constriction; injury; cessation, stopping; besieging; Pv 36:5 (ajja suve jivitass' parodho); Ja III 210,14* (tass' Qparodham parisankamno; 210,21" -am vinsam parisankamno); VI 508,4* (udarass* -ena; 508,34': upavsena); Pet 124,n; Mil 313,n (middhassa ca -0); Cp-a43,25; ifc see nagar'-, pan1-; anuparodha, m., lack of obstruction; Pj II 399,22 (attharn -am karoti ti). uparodhaka, mfn. [uparodha + ka2; cf BHS uparodhaka], obstructing; destroying; ifc see parapn' -. uparodhati, see sv uparundhati. uparodhana, n. [ts], stopping; obstructing; Sn732 (sannya -); 761 (sakkyass* -am). uparodheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/uparundhati qv. uparopa, m. [from upa + ruhati], a plant; Vin II 154,10 (ajak pi pasuk pi - e vihethenti). uparopaka, m. [uparopa + ka2], a young plant, a sapling; Jail 345,23 (-esu udakam sincath ti); 345,27 (~e upptetv); Sp 341,21 (bijam v -e v ropetv). upala, m. [ts], a rock, a stone; Abh 605; ifc see ghan-; nikaso-. upalakkhana, n., - , / [S. upalaksana], 1. implying; a selection (implying more); Vv-a240,2i (ekadesena sakalassa klassa -am); Mhv 46:33 (kathitam hetnam -am); 2. observation; attention; marking; Nidd I 45,i (pann pajnan vicayo... sallakkhan - paccupalakkhan) ^ Dhs 16 = Vibh 250,26 * Kv595,is; Patis-a 390,10 (~e ti atthadinam bhusam dassane); ifc

468

see dhamm'-, nimitt'-; upalakkhanam in Ce, Ee at Q)-a 136,21 is prob, wrfor upakkhalanam (Be, Se so); anupalakkhana, n., lack of observation, lack of attention; SHI 261,21 (rpe... -); 263,17* (-ena, in uddna). upalakkheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upalaksayati], looks at, observes; pays attention to; distinguishes; marks; Nidd I 382,14 (na ganheyya ... na upadhreyya na ~eyya); 508,24* (cittassa nimittam -aye, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -iye); II178,15 (dhrehi -ehi); Vism 172,12 (ucchaggam v eritam sameritam -eti); aor. 1 sg. upalakkhesi(m), Ap 329,9 (~es' aham); absol (a)upalakkhetv, Vism 192,4; Sp298,i3 (tarn sabbam sdhukam -etv); (b) upalakkhayitv, Nidd I 140,16 (sutv sunitv uggahitv upadharayitv -ayitv ti)= 397,11 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upalakkhitv, prob, wr); pass. pr. 3 sg. upalakkhiyati, Niddl 420,17 (ganhiyanti... upadhriyanti -iyanti); pp upalakkhita, mfn. [S. upalaksita], observed, remarked; characterized, marked; Niddl 166,22 (annam upadhritam aiinam -am); Ud-a 171,2 (vippakatullikhitehi kesehi - ti); Th-aHI 199,17 (yatha attana -am tath vadati); Ap-a466,9 (dvravatim ca padhnam katv nagarassa tta); Sadd 719,26 (tidandakena -am paribbjakam addakkhi ti); fpp (a)upalakkhaniya, mfn., Sadd 773,23 (idam pi upalakkhaniyam); (b) upalakkhitabba, mfn., Sadd 271,3; (c) upalakkhetabba, mfn., Vism 183,3 (samantnimittni upalakkhetabbni); Sp 1399,22 (ayam sutthu upalakkhetabbo); Sadd 34,27. upaladdha, mfn., pp o/upalabhati qv. upaladdh, absol. o/upalabhati qv. upaladdhi, / [cfS. upalabdhi and BHS upalambha], the being found, existence; observation, perception, understanding; Abh 1053 (nane lbhe ~i); Patis-a 517,11 (~i ti vinnnam); ifc see vt'-, satt'--; anupaladdhi, / , the not being found; non-existence; Kv-a23,7 (puggalassa -im anicchanto); Sadd 230,17 (-ito). upalabbha1, mfn., fpp o/upalabhati qv upalabbha2, m. [cf S., BHS upalambha], perceiving, understanding; recognition; Ps II 331,28 (suttam v jtakam v nikkhipitv tassa -am v upamam v vatthum v haritv bhirakatham yeva katheti; or upalabbha2 ? Ps-t[ite]II 250,2: -an ti anuyogam); Patis-a 643,10 (upalabbhanam -o, gahanan ti attho); Sp-t[lte]I 212,1 \foll. (assosi ti ettha savanam -o ti aha assosi ti suni upalabhi ti, annsi ti attho. so cyam -o savanavasen' ev ti imam attham dassento ha); anupalabbha2, m., the not perceiving, non-recognition; Patis-a 643,11 fall. (na upalabbho ~o); see also sunnatamanupalabbha. upalabbhati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/upalabhati qv. upalabbhana1, n. [from upalabbhati], the being found, existence; Sadd 230,15 (pathamekavacanantabhvass' -ato); anupalabbhana, n., the not being found, non-existence; Ud-a 275,19 (kassaci attana piyatarassa vasena); Vibh-a 205,25. upalabbhana2, n> [cf S. upalambhana], perceiving; recognising; Patis-a 643,10 (-am upalabbho, gahanan ti attho).

upalabhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upalabhate], obtains, finds; perceives, understands; Mil 124,29 (balavam tattha mayam kranam -ma yena mayam kranena saddahma); Vism 507,33 (na hi yam blaputhujjan na -anti tarn n' atthi ti vattabbam); Thi-a 239,22 (na vindeyya na ^yy) aor- $ SS- upalabhi, Sp 111,5 (assosi ti suni -i); 3 pi. upalabhimsu, Ps II 327,17 (assosun ti sunimsu -imsu); absol. (a) upaladdh, Sadd 857,19 (upaladdh -itv); (b) upalabhitv, l h - a l l 143,36 (sutv sotadvrnusrena -itv); Sadd 857,2o; pass. pr. 3 sg. upalabbhati (and upala(b)bhiyati) [BHS upalabhyate], is found, exists; is perceived; is ascertained; DII 151,ioyb//. (yasmim... dhammavinaye ariyo atthangiko maggo na -ati samano pi tattha na -ati); MI 400,21 (yattha yattha sukham -ati); Pv23:l (tassa vipko vipulaphalpalabbhati); Th278 (yassa sabrahmacrisu gravo npalabbhati); Ja I 214,18' (mayham pakkh nma atthi -anti); Nidd I 72,14 (na santi na samvijjanti n' -anti); Kv 1,4 (puggalo -ati saccikatthaparamatthen ti; Kv-a 9,19: 4& ti pannya upagantv labbhati, nyati ti attho); Pet 93,14 (-itum); MiI25,n (nmamattam yad idam Ngaseno ti na h' ettha puggalo -ati ti); Mp II 276,19 (karaniykaramyam saccato thetato -eyya); Pv-a87,5 (yam gehe dhanam -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upalabhati); part.pr. (a) upalabbhamna, mfn., It-aII 42,27 (samviijamn lokasmin ti imasmim loke -amn); Patis-a517,12; neg. anupalabbhamna, mfn., MI 138,6 (attani... saccato thetato anupalabbhamne); Ud-a 14,24 (paramatthasabhvo ... anupalabbhamno); It-aII 8,30 (anupalabbhamnatt); (b) upalabbhiyamna, upalabhiyamna, mfn., Niddl 122,27 (sante samvijyamne -iyamne, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upalabhiyamne) * 269,27 (-iyamne); neg. anupalabbhiyamna, mfn., S III 112,6 (saccato thetato tathagato anupalabbhiyamno); A I 174,3o; Nidd I 253,8; aor. 3 pl. upalabbhimsu, 1h-a II 142,16 (pubbe vijjimsu -imsu); pp upaladdha, mfn. [S. upalabdha], \.(pass.) found; perceived, understood; Sp 310,27 (evarpo nidhi -o; Sp-t [Be] II 132,4: -o ti nto); Sv29,2i (sotena -am); Ud-a 13,5; 2. (act.) having obtained; having perceived; Saddh 4 (khanam paramadullabham -ena); upaladdhabl in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 211,21* is wr, prob, for paluddhabl (Be, Se so); fPP> perceivable; existent; to be understood, to be learnt; (a) upalabbha1, mfn. [S. upalabhya], Kv-a 22,2i (yasm puggalassa upalabbhatam icchati); ifc see anussav' -; neg. anupalabbha', mfn., Vism 496,13 (titthiynam att va anupalabbhasabhvo na ca hoti); Pj I 85,27 (pancangikam viya ca turiyam angavinibbhogena anupalabbhasabhvato angamattam ev ti veditabbo); (b) upalabbhanlya, mfn., Vism 507,30 (upalabbhaniyato); Kv-a 199,io (rpassa ... upalabbhamyatam dassetv); neg. anupalabbhaniya, mfn., Vism 507,29 (n' atth' eva nibbnam sasavisnam viya anupalabbhaniyato ti ce, na, upyena upalabbhaniyato); Sadd 650,4 (mhmhisaddnam anupalabbhaniyatam pi dasseti ti); (c) neg. anupalabbhaneyya, mfn., Pp-a 172,8. upalambhati in Ee at Cp-a 19,2i is wr for upalabbhati (Be, Ce, Se so). upalalati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + lalati], sports, plays; Sp 205,14

469

(lala ~a rama kilass ti) = Ps III 292, is; caus. pr. 3 sg. upalleti, upalleti, ~ayati [S. upallayati; BHS upaldayati], makes play; fondles; treats tenderly, cherishes; coaxes, cajoles; Vism 300,25* (kodham nam' ~esi); Sadd 569,13 (~eti ~ayati); part.pr. (a) upallenta, m/(~enti)n., Jail 151,5 (rupam ~enta vicarimsu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upalpent); 267,28 (~ento, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upalpento); Spkl 326,14; Pv-a276,i9 (s ... ekam puttam labhitv tarn ~enti", Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uplpenti); (b) upallayamna, mfn., Sv 454,10 (tassa tarn anke katv -ayamnass' eva); absoi (a) upalletv, Spkl 326,12 (drakam... ~etv); Mhv41:59 (kumre -etv nivpena yathrucim); (b) upalliya, Saddh375; pp upalalita, mfn. [S. upallita], caressed; well treated; Saddh 301 (sakena punnakammena accantarn ~o); see also apalleti, upalpeti. upalpaka, m. [from upalpeti], one who persuades, coaxes, wins over; Mp III42,18 (lap ti~); It-all 164,23 (~ micchjivavasena kulasanghak). upalpana, n., ~ , / [from upalpeti; cf BHS upa&pma], persuading (to friendship), winning over (with gifts); D i l 76,4 (annatra ~ya; Sv522,4: ~ nma alam vivdena, idni samagg hom tihattr-assarathahirannasuvanndmi pesetv sangahakaranam) * A IV 21,i {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~); Ja IV 469,24' (ko nu kho etam upavasitv upalpanakranam jnti" ti); Mil 117,4 (na upalpanahetu deti); Sadd 529,4 (palambhanam ~am). upalpeti, pr. 3 sg. [prob. caus. /*upa + lapati; cf BHS upaldayati, upalpayati], treats with kindness, makes friendly overtures; wins over; persuades to friendship; Vin 1119,27 (sanganheyyum anuganheyyum ~eyyum upatthpeyyum); IV139,6 foil, (nsitam... samanuddesam ~enti pi upatthpenti pi sambhunjanti pi... katharn hi nma ... samanuddesam ~essanti pi...); 140,13 (tassa pattam v civaram v uddesam v paripucchamv dassmi ti~eti); SI 102,9 (pahoma agate paccatthike dhanena -etum); Jail 266,26 (thero gantv ~eti); Ps II 407,30 (imin esa bhagavantam ~eti v apasdeti v); part.pr. upalpent, mfn., VinV 23,36 (jnam tath nsitam samanuddesam ~entassa pcittiyam); aor. 3pl upalpesum, VinV 24,1 (samanuddesam ~esum); absol upalpetv, Vin III 21,30 (makkatim misena ~etv) quoted Sadd 217,28; Ja I 417, \r (ek cori mam madhuravacanena ~etv);fpp upalpetabba, mfn., Vin I 119,25 (so bhikkhu sangahetabbo ... ~etabbo); Sp 1061,3 (piyavacanena ~etabbo); see also apalleti, upalalati. upallan, upallan,/ [S. upallan; BHS upaldana], kind treatment, tenderness; Spklll 10,11 (~ya pana sakk [gahetum]); Mhv 64:27 (mahantam copallanam ... na mannanto tinya pi). upallita, mfn., caus.ppofupaldAati qv. upalliya, caus. absol. of upalalati qv. upalleti, upalleti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of upalalati qv. upalsitv, upalsetv, ind. [caus. absol. of *upa + lasati], making sound, playing; D II 337,12 (sankham upalsitv, Ee so; Se upalsetv; Be, Ce upalpetv; Sv 811,22: upalsitv ti dhamitv, Ce, Ee so; Se upalsetv ti; Be upalpetv ti); see also uppalsenta.

upalikkhati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + likhati; cf S. upaVlikh], scratches, cuts, wounds; A III 94,9 (tasmim sangme... tarn enam ... pare -anti; Mp III 269,10: ~anti"tivijjhanti). upalingeti, pr. 3 sg. [upa + lingeti], characterizes, is the mark of; shows; Sadd 785,23 (kammasanjnitni cakkhdini idam kusalkusalakammam ~enti; ^ Vism 492,i: ullingenti). upalitta, mfn., pp o/upalimpati' qv. upalippati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/upalimpati' qv. upalimpati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. upalimpati], anoints; smears; defiles; It 68,6* (saro diddho kalpam va alittam ~ati) = Ja IV 435,26*; Ja HI 65,18* (avyvatassa bhadrassa na ppam ~ati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upalippati; 65,22': na alliyati ti); Mil 154,6 (asucimalasinghnikam apanetv uttamavarasugandham ~ati); absol upalimpitva, Dhp-al 377,24 (tarn geham allagomayena -itv); Vv-a220,i2 (nisidanatthnam haritena gomayena ~itva, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~etv); pass. pr. 3 sg. upalippati (and upalimpati2 [wr?]), 1. is smeared, is defiled (by, instr.); AII 39,8* (na ~mi lokena); Th 700 (pundarikam ... nopalippati toyena); Ja II 262,28* (so ppena ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upalimpati); Ap27,20 (kumud ... upalimpanti toyena kaddamakalalena ca); 2. is attached to, sticks, adheres (to, loc); Dil 18,i (rajojallam kye na ~ati, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee upalimpati) = M II 136,20 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upalimpati); Sn 547 (pundarikam yath vaggu toye na ~ati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upalimpati); Th 1089 (bhojane n'~ati Gotamo); Niddl 59,1 (pariggahesu na limpati... na upalimpati); Ap 327,24 (yath padumapattamhi toyam na ~ati tathJ ev' imassa nnamhi kiles nopalippare, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upalimpati... nopalimpare); Mil250,10 (van pokkharapatte ... n'upalippati); Dhp-alV 166,21 (ragge ssapo na -ati na santhti); pp upalitta, mfn. 1. [S. upalipta], besmeared, anointed; defiled; smeared with cow-dung; Thi-a 258,4 (mamsapesihi sonitehi ca ~am); As 144,14 (~e dse); ifc see mamsasonit'-, hanV-, harit'--; neg. anupalitta, anpalitta, mfn., Vin I 6,35 (anupalittni udakena); MI 319,15 (misena anupalitt); Sn845 (jalena pankena c' anpalittam); Ja IV 332,2* (anpalitto mama assamamhi paccekabuddho); Ap 508,24 (anupalitto lokena toyena padumam yath); Mil 318,15/0//. (yath... padumam anupalittam udakena evam eva kho ... nibbnam sabbakilesehi anupalittam); Pet 140,8 (anupalittattho sunnattho, Ce so; Be anupalitto; Ee wr anupalitto); Ps I 13,3 (lokena ~-tam); 2. used to besmear, smeared on; Ud-a 370,17 (akkhasisesu nbhiyam ca ~nam sappiteldinam); 3. attached to, sticking to; Sn 779 (pariggahesu muni nopalitto; quoted Pet215,is: nopalimpati); neg. anupalitta, anpalitta, mfn., Vin I 8,17* (sabbbhibh sabbavid 'ham asmi sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto); Th 10 (sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupalitto); Ud-a 248,15 (sabbattha ca anupalittatt); Cp-a270,i6 (lokadhammesu anupalittat); caus. absol upalimppetv, Sp 210,9; Sv 624,9. upalimpati 2 , see sv upalimpati1. upalina, mfn. [pp of *upa + liyati; cf S. upaliyate], sticking to, clinging to; Ud-a 339,10 (nissayam nissit allina ~ upagat, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit ~).

470

upalepa, m. [ts], besmearing, defilement; attachment; Sadd 404,13 (lipi ~e); -bhaya, m., fear of defilement; It 68,7* (~ dhiro n' eva ppasakh siy) = Ja IV 435,27*; anupalepa, mfn. andm., 1. (mfn.) free from defilement or attachment; Ud-a371,i (iti... tanhpalepbhvena -am ... ratham); 2. (m.) freedom from defilement or attachment; Th-all 278,32 (arahato -am dassetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr anulepanam); 280,15 (khinsavnam -am kranato dassento); III 143,10 (civardisu tanhya - 0 dhutangaphalam); Cp-a 271,20 (samutthpito lokadhammehi -0); nirupalepa, nirpalepa, m., freedom from defilement; Nidd-al 442,3 (tanhlepaditthilepbhvena sankhtena savsannam sabbakilesnam pahinatt) = Patis-a485,2i (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nirpalepa-); Cp-a 319,29 (sabbadhammesu ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nirpalepo). upalepana, n. [ts], besmearing (esp. with cow-dung); what one smears, ointment; defilement; attachment; Spkl 233,12 (in cpd); Sadd 558,17 (goma -e: gometi gomayati); ifc see glh'--; nirupalepana, n., lack of attachment, lack of obsession; Sp 110,3 (parahitasukhakarane -am) = Ps I 12,34 (Be, Ce so; Ee tarn; Se nirpalepanatam)= Pj I 113, is (Ce, Ee tarn; Be, Se nirupalepatam) * Patis-a 534,16 (Ce, Ee tarn; Be, Se nirupalepatam). upalobhetv, ind. [caus. absol. of *upa + lubbhati2; cfS. upalobhayati], exciting the desire of enticing; JaII 127,i5foil (itthiyo nam' et... purise -etv... yakkhiniyo ... vnijake -etv attano vase katv, Se so; Ee palobhetv ... -etv ...; Be palobhetv ... palobhetv ...; Ce upalletv ... upalletv ...). upalohitaka, mfn. [upa + lohita + ka2], reddish; Ja III 21,23* (andak ... - vagg; 21,25': -ti rattavann). upallavim, see sv upaplavim. upavajja 1 , mfn.,fpp o/upabbajati qv. upavajja2, mfn.,fpp 0/upavadati qv. upavajjamna, mfn., pass, part.pr. 0/upavadati qv. upavannayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upavarnayati], describes fully or minutely; Saddh 487 (tsam phalamahattam ko padesannpavannaye). upavatta, mfn., pp o/upavattati qv. upavattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upavartate], comes near, falls to; is found, is; D III 170,23 (rj samno kirn labhati, mah 'ssa jano -ati; Sv 938,6: ~ti ti ajjhsayam anuvattati); Ja VI 58,n* (tassa te sabbo nando vihro -atu; 58,18': -atti pavattatu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~at ti nibbattatu); pp upavatta, mfn. [S. upavrtta], come near, present; Ap 251,3 (sandacchyesu rukkhesu -esu pakkhisu, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se upsantesu; Ce upasantesu). upavattaka, mfn. or n. [upavatta + ka2 ?], near; or the neighbourhood, the vicinity; Thp 192,28 (Rjagahanagara-upavattake Dakkhinagirijanapade crikam caramno). upavadati, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS upavadati], speaks ill of, abuses, criticises; Vin I 359,3 (paccatthik na ~anti dhammato); D I 161,11 (samano Gotamo... sabbam tapassim lkhjivim ekamsena upakkosati -ati; Sv 349,16: ~afi ti hfleti vambheti); SI 7,20* (parinibbuto na ~eyya kanci); Sn 145 (yena vinn pare ~eyyum); Th 583 (na so

~e kanci); Niddl 62,16 (vadanti ~anti; Nidd-al 190,26: ~antl ti garaham uppdenti); Mil 224,21 (ptihiram dassetv vuttim pariyesanti ti m anne -eyyun ti); Vism 425,17 (gunaparividhamsanavasena -^fi ti); Spk III 267,32 (pare kira bhagavantam ~issanti); Pv-a 13,2 (eso bhante tumhkam sahyakathero sammukh mitto viya attnam dassetv parammukh sapatto viya ~afi ti); part.pr. (a) upavadanta, mfn., Sp 183,28 (ariye garahant ~ant apypag); (b) upavadamna, mfn., D I 90,26; aor. 1 sg. upavadim, Ap 472,5 (dutthacitto -im svakam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); absol. upavaditv, Ja II 196,2 (tvam ... panditam ~itv); Pp-a252,3 (Kokliko dveaggasvake ~itv padumaniraye nibbatto); pass, part.pr. (a)upavadiyamna, mfn., Niddl 63,4 (vuccamno ~iyamno); (b)upavajjamna, mfn., Nidd-al 191,17; pp upavadita, mfn., criticised; MI 440,27; Nidd I 498,8 (vambhito ghattito garahito ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upavdito); Vism 425,32 (khinsavo tay ~o ti); neg. anupavadita, mfn., MI 441,8 (so satthr pi anupavadito); fpp (a) upavajja2, mfn., to be criticised, blameworthy; All 181,36(grayho hoti ~o; Mp III 166,18: ~o ti upavaditabbo ca hoti, vajjena v upeto hoti); 242,29 (ppam kammam aksim grayham -am; Mp III 216,25: -an ti upavdraham); neg. anupavajja, anpavajja,mfn., Mill 264,26 (anupavajjam Channo bhikkhu sattham harissati; c/Ps V 82,n: anupavajjan ti anuppattikam appatisandhikam) = SIV 57,26; M III 266,22 (anupavajjat); A1177,34 (dhammo ... asankilittho anupavajjo appatikuttho; Mp II 277,23: anupavajjo ti upavdavinimmutto); Nidd-al 212,23 (evam anupavajjo, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se anupavajjo); sa-upavajja, mfn., open to criticism, blameworthy; Mill 266,28 (nham... ettvat sa-upavajjo ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upavajjo); fpp (b) upavaditabba, mfn., Mp III 166, is. upavadan, / [from upavadati], criticism, blame; Sp 1194,23; Ps IV 43,5 (anuvdo ~ c' eva codan ca); see also anupavadana. upavana, n. [ts], a small forest or wood, a grove; Abh537; Ja IV 431,7 (supupphitaphalitaramaniyam -am gantv); Vism 689,19 (therassa kusumitarukkhe ~ pupphni uccinantassa); Dhp-aIII 96,25 (vihrassa -e dussaddake sakune palpeth ti); Vv-a 170,27 (imam cittalatvananmakam -am). upavasati,/?r. 3 sg. [upa + vasati2; S. upavasati], 1. lives, dwells with or at; Jail 113,r (samseth ti ekato vaseyya, -eyyti attho, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee -eyya vaseyy ti attho); Sadd 717,10 (gmam -ati); part.pr. upavasanta, mfn., Ja III 308,12 (bodhisatto ... ekam padumasaram nissya -anto); 2. lives in a state of abstinence, observes (a fast or [the duties of] an uposatha day); Vin I 87,31 (uposatham -a); A I 142,26 (uposatham -anti); V 86,13 (ete mayam bhante ajja-t-agge atthangasamanngatam uposatham -issm ti); Ja III 444,22 (tassa puttadro pi parijano pi antamaso tasmim ghare vacchakaplak pi sabbe msassa cha divase uposatham -anti); V 4,13* (yasm -nV aham; 5,12': -miti khuppipshi upagato vasmi); Cp 1:10:5 (datv dnam dakkhineyye upavassath' uposatham, eds so; Q)-a 103,25: upavasath ti uposathakammam karotha, Ee

All

so; Be, Ce, Se upavassath ti); Sv 139,14 (~anti etth ti uposatho, -anti ti ca silena v anasanena v upet hutv vasanti ti attho); Patis-a 265,16 (annena vajjito vasanto ~afi ti vuccati); Cp-a 116,34 (idh' eva uposatham -hi); part.pr. (a) upavasa(t), mfn., Vism227,20 (ariyasvakass, eva uposatham -ato); (b) upavasanta, mfn., Ja VI 174,32* (uposatham ~anto); MpII 328,22; aor. 3 sg. upavasi, Ja VI 118,24* (uposatham ca -i); Mhv 60:21; 2 sg. (a) upvasi, Vv 64:23 (uposatham kam v tuvam upvasi); (b) upavasi, Vv-a282,22 (-1 ti pucchati); 1 sg. (a) upavasissam, Vv 15:7 (uposatham -issam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -im; Vv-a 72,4foil.: ~issan ti -im, atitatthe hi idam angatavacanam, keci pana -im ice eva pathanti) quoted Sadd 819,8; Vv 52:23; (b)upvasim, Vv 31:6; Ja VI 237,5*; (c)upavasim, Ap 523,2 (-im uposatham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upapajjim); Vv-a 72,4; 3 pi. (a)upavasimsu, JaV 161,23 (uposatham -imsu); (b)upavasum, Ja VI 120,21*; absol. (a) upavasitv, A1214,29; Ja IV 469,25' (ko nu kho etam -itv upalpanakranam jnati" ti); (b)upavassa, upavassam, Vin III 263,19 (upavassam kho pana kattikapunnamam; 263,28: upavassam kho pana ti vutthavassnam; Sp 730,13: ettha upavassan ti upavassa -itv ti vuttam hoti, upasampajjan ti disu viya hi ettha anunsiko datthabbo, vassam upagantv vasitv ca ti attho); A I 215,19* (atthangupetam upavass' uposatham; MpII 329,25: -itv uposatham) * Sn402; pass, pr. 3 sg. upavasiyati, Vv-a 282,21 (uposatho -iyati); pp (a) upavuttha, mfn., \.(act.) having fasted; having observed; DII 244,3* (upavutthassa me); Cp 2:3:2 (mam ... -am uposatham) quoted Vism 304,9* (Se upavuttham; Be, Ce uposatham; Ee wr upavuttam); Pv-a 209,2i (-0 'mhi dev ti); 2. (pass.) observed, kept; A I 211,30 (uposatho ca me -o bhavissati); MpII 323,i2(--tt); Pv -a 209,\z foil, (kirn tumhehi uposatho -0 udhuna -0 ti); Sadd 450,2; ~ -uposatha', mfn., who has observed the uposatha day; Sn403; uposatha2, m., an uposatha day which is observed; MpII 324,27; 328,8 (ekam ahorattam uposathe punnam); pp (b) upavasita, mfn., observed, kept; uposatha, m/n., who has observed the uposatha day; Pj II 378,20 (upavutthuposatho ti uposatho); Cp-a 130,3 (upavuttham uposathanti... uposatham, Be, Se so; Ce uposathakammam; Ee wr -am uposathakammam); fpp upavasitabba, mfn., Pj II 199,i6(-ato uposatho); 579, is (uposatho -o). upavassa, upavassam, absol. q/'upavasati qv. upavda, m. [ts], criticism, blame; abuse; Abh 120; Sn 929 (-am bhikkhu na kareyya kuhinci); JaV 220,27* (aham sahissam -am etam); Nidd I 62,20 (ghoso akkoso -o); 505,1 (janassa vdya -ya nindya garahya ... na cetayeyya); Mil 155,13 (tasmim vatthusmim dvisu thnesu -0 gacchati); Sp 192,8 (-am ca uprambham ca garaham ca pavatteyyum); Vin-vn 1698; anupavda, anpavda, m., lack of abuse; not blaming or criticising; D II 49,28* (-0 anupaghto, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anpavdo; Sv479,n: vcya kassaci anupavadanam) = Dhp 185 (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se anpavdo) = Ud43,7* (-0, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce anpavdo).

upavdaka, m. [upavda + ka2], one who criticises or abuses; Vin III 5,6 (ariynam -) = MI 22,35 = A I 256,13 = Pp60,23; Vism425,10/0//. (ariynam - ti... antimavatthun v gunaparidhamsanena v ~ akkosak garahak ti vutta hoti); anupavdaka, m., one who does not criticise or abuse; Vin III 5,10 = MI 23,2 = A1256, is = P p 60,28. upavdana, n. [from upavadati], criticism, blame; abuse; ifc see an- sv anupavadana. upavdpana, n. [from *upavdpeti, caus. of upavadati], inciting to abuse; ifc see anupavdpana. upavdi(n), mfn. [S. upavdin], criticising, blaming; Ps III 38,28; ifc see any' --; anupavdi(n), mfn., not criticising; MI 360,9(anovdi-i). upavdita in Ee at Niddl 498,8 is wr for upavadita^v sv upavadati. upavyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upavti; BHS upavyati], blows, blows upon; D1148,5 (sito ca nesam vto -atan ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, &?-atti)= A IV 46,7 (Be so; Ce vyatu; Ee, Se -at ti; Mp IV 30,2o: -atan ti -atu); M I 424,14 (vyo sucim pi -ati asucim pi -ati); Pv 31:6 (aggivanno ca me vto dahanto -ati); Ap 315,23 (uppalagandho mukhato -ati me sad); part.pr. (a) upavyanta, mfn., Th 544 (mlute -ante site); Ap362,n (gandhena -anta); Spkll 317,ii (khinsavassa silagandhdihi dasa dis -antassa yathkmacro); (b) upavyamna mfn., Bv -a 253,24 (sirisabodhim ... dibbagandham -amnam upagantv); aor. 3 sg. upavyi, Mil 97,23; 3 pi. upavyimsu, Ap 509,28; absol upavyitv, Mil 97,25. upavyana, n. [from upavyati], blowing, blowing upon; ifc see sitavt' --. upavsa 1 , m. [ts], a fast; fasting; observance; Abh 432; 780; Ja VI 508,34' (udarass' uparodhen ti -ena); Pj II 199,24 (uposathasaddo vattati... -e); Thi-a36,is (uposatham upagacchin ti -am upagamim, upavasin ti attho); Mhv 21:29 (-am nipajji so); Sadd 884,4 (anasane -o); ifc see uposauY --. upavsa 2 , m. [from upavasati], tenant; dependant; A V 40,8 (dsassa v -assa v, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce opavsassa; MpV 19,15: -ass tinissya upasankamitv vasantassa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee opavsassa ti). upavasita, mfn. [pp o/*upa + vseti; BHS id.], perfumed; Pv-a 164,2 (nngandhasameritan ti nnvidhehi gandhehi samantato eritam -am). upavhana, n. [S. upabarhana ?] a cushion, a pillow; ifc see sopavhana. upavicarati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS upavicarati], ranges over (mentally), considers, occupies oneself with; D III 244,23(somanassatthniyamrpam -ati; Sv 1035,3: <^fi ti vitakkena vitakketv vierena paricchindati) ^ A l 176,17 (Mp II 280,12: tattha manam crento -ati) = Vibh 381,14; Spklll 82,26 (chasu itthrammanesu somanassena saha -anti ti somanassupavicr). upavicra, m. [BHS id.], ranging over (mentally); preoccupation; A III 363,29 (khattiynam pi bhavam Gotamo jnti adhippyam ca -am ca adhitthnam ca ...); PatisI 17,12 (vierassa -attho abhinneyyo; Patis-a 98,5: ' -attho ti anumajjanattho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upavieranattho ti); Dhs 8 (cro vicro anuvicro -0

472

cittassa anusandhanat; As 143,8: upagantv vicranakavasena -o ti, Ee so; Be vicranavasena; Ce, Se vicaranavasena) quoted Sadd423,i4; Pet250,n (tayo - somanassopavicro domanassopavicro upekkhopavicro); Ps V 21,11 (manassa ~ ti manopavicr). upavicranaftho in Ee at Patis-a 98,5 is prob, wr for upavicrattho (Be, Ce, Se so). upavijafifi, / [cfS. vijany], close to giving birth, in an advanced stage of pregnancy; D i l 330,28 (ek gabbhini ~); Ud 13,22 (pajpati hoti gabbhini -; Ud-a 117,16: -a ti ajja suve ti paccupatthitavijyanakl hoti ti); Thi218; Mhv9:24 (anfiam -am s sallakkhpesi dsiy); Sadd 485,27 (~ itthi). upavittha, mfn., pp o/upavisati qv. upavisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaviSati], 1. approaches; enters; aor. 3 sg. upvisi, Mhv 47:36 (Lankdlpam upvisi); 1 sg. upvisim, Th 34 (geham upvisim); 2. sits down; Ap-a 445,29 (rubaddhsanam katv yattha -anti nisidanti so pallanko ti vuccati); aor. 3 sg. upvisi, Sn418 (sajja nam upvisi; Pj II 384,10: upvisi tinisidi); Ja IV 409,3* (pokkharaniy tire pallankena upvisi); V377,3* (pitham ca... dhatarattho upvisi); Ap 165,16 (sanghtim pattharitvna pallankena upvisi); Mhv 14:57 (ekamantam upvisi); 7 sg. upvisim, Thi 115 (mancakamhi upvisim); Ap 176,H; 3pi. upvisum, Sn415; Thill9; absol. upavissa, Bv-a39,3i (nisiditvn ti upavissa); pp upavittha, mfn. [S. upavista], seated; D II 274,10* (sabbe sudhammya sabhy' -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uvitth; Sv709,2o: - ti sabhyam ~ nisinn ti attho); Ap 147,23 (bhavane -o 'ham); Ap-a 421,27; caus. aor. 3 pi. upavesayum, made sit; Ja VI 577,30* (drake... ucchange upavesayum); see also anupvisim. upavina, m. [upa + vin ?], 1. the head or neck of a vin (see A.K. Coomaraswamy, 1950b, p. 252); Abh 138; S IV 197,14 (donim ca paticca ... cammam ... dandam ... -am... tantiyo ca paticca, so read ? Ce, Ee upavenam; Be, Se upadhrane; Spk III 66,24: upadhrane ti vethake); Mil 53,20 (vinya pattam na siy ... cammam ... doni... dando ... -o ... tantiyo ... kono na siy, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upadhno, cf BHS upadhni); 2. a plectrum; ? Vism 630,22 (vinam ca -am ca purisassa ca tajjam vymam paticca; Vism-mht[5e] II 420,24: upavineti eten ti -am vinavdanam) = Patis-a 253,25. upavineti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. upavmayati], plays the vin; plays an accompaniment on the vin; Vism-mht[Zte]II 420,24 (~eti eten ti upavinam vinavdanam); Jinl 72 (ndena ndam atiricc' -ayanti); Sadd 587,20 (vinya upagyati ~ayati). upavita1, n. [ts]y the sacred cord; see yannopavitakantha. upavita 2 , mfn., pp o/upaviyati qv. upaviyati, pr. 3 sg. [of pass, of *upa + vinti; cfS. upaVve], is woven; Ja VI 26,17* (yath pi tante vitate yam yad ev' upaviyati, Be, Ce so; Ee wr yam yam dev' upaviyati; Se yam yam devo pavuyhati; possibly all corrupt; c/Udna-vI 13: yad yad utam samupyate; GDhp 149: ya yedeva odu opadi, and JBrough, 1962,

p. 223); pp upavita2, mfn., woven; Vv-a8,29 (bhaddapithan ti ettha vettalatdihi ~am sanam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be upari vitam; Ce, Se uparicitam). upavuttha, mfn., pp o/upavasati qv. upavena in Ce, Ee at SIV 197, M is prob, wr for upavina qv. upavesana, n. [S. upaveSana], the act of sitting down; Abh 765; Dhtup 299 (sa -e); Dhtum 469; Sadd 451,30 (sa <-, -am nisidanam). upavhayati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. upahvayate], calls (to); invites; SI 168,15* (tarn -etna; Spk I 235,11: tarn -eyya); part.pr. upavhayanta, mfn., D i l 259,5* (sanhhi vchi ~ant ng supann saranam agamsu buddham; Sv 689, r. ~ant ti mitt viya bandhav viya ca samullapant). upasamyti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upasanWy], comes in a body towards; A l l 44,1* (yaniiam... tdisam -anti samyat brahmacrayo; Mp III 83,23*. -anti ti upagacchanti). upasamvasati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + samvasati], lives with, associates with; Ja 1152,17* (Nigrodham evaseveyya na Skham ~e; \52,ivfoil.: upagamma na samvaseyya etam nissya jivikam na kappeyya) = Ap 474,29. upasamvyna, n. [cf S. upasamvyna, "undergarment"], an over-garment; the middle (or outer) robe; Abh 292; Vv-a 166,28 (antar uttariyam uttarsarigo -an ti pariyyasadd, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upasavynan); Pv-a49,i (uttariyan ti -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uparivasanam). upasamharana, n. [cfS., BHS upasamharana], bringing, providing; bringing together for comparison, comparing; focusing on; Vism 230,24; 232,26 (parehi saddhim attano -ato); Mp III 140,8 (ditthnam dasannam asubhnam -vasena asubhnupassi viharati). upasamharati, pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS upasamharati], draws together, collects; puts together with, puts in; brings, brings near to, provides; brings about; brings into contact with; brings to bear on, focuses on; brings together (for comparison), sees as similar; Vin I 232,15 (-atha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam Tvatimsaparisan ti; Sp 1097,7: Tvatimsassa samakam katvpassathti attho); IV 12,5 (bhikkh bhikkhnam ... vivdapannnam pesuniiam -anti); MI 36,17 (vattham ... rajako ... rarigajte -eyya); 436,1 (amatya dhtuy cittam -ati); II 169,4 (yad me samano Gotamo cakkhun cakkhum -issati); III 243,26 (imam ce aham upekham ... ksnancyatanam -eyyam); SV 410,18 (sakkyanirodhe cittam -hi ti); Ja II 19,2 (vsi-dini -ati); Nidd I 257,n(dvihi kranehi pesunnam -ati); Mil 132,31 (mahaggikkhandhe jalamne aparparam sukkhatinakatthagomayni -eyyum); Vism 265,20 (sace pana bahiddh pi manasikram -ati); Sv 301,35 (hand* assa dhanam -m ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upaharm ti); Thi-a98,7 (sacham jivitam labhmi tuyham balikammam -issmi ti patthanam ycim); part.pr. (a) upasamhara(t), mfn., Vism 298,3 (verimhi cittam -ato); As 309,29 (rpe cakkhum -ato); (b)upasamharanta, m/(-anti)Aj., VinV 37,20 (pesunnam -anto); SI 160,10 (brhmanl... bhattam -anti); Sp 869,32 (ssapena saddhim Sinerum -anto viya); (c) upasamharamna, mfn., Ja I 67,11; Spk I 32,2 (pitisomanassam -amn); aor. 3 sg. (a) upasamhsi, D II

473

212,26 (brahm Sanankumro ekattena attnam upasamhsi; Ce so; Ee ekante; Be, Se ~ati); MII 169,7 (yena ... mnavo tena cakkhni upasamhsi); (b) upasamhari, Ps II 407,13 (mam brahmim, parisam upanesi -i); 3pl upasamharimsu, Vin V 13,33; Mil 232,2 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaharimsu); absol upasamharitv, DII 212,26; Ja II 400,10; Vism 234,29; Sp 1013,8 (pesunnam -itv bhedeti); pass. pr. 3 sg. upasamhariyati, -iyyati, Mp II 255,19 (upaniyati ti -lyati, Be, Se so; Ce -iyyati; Ee -iyyati); Nidd-a I 27,4 (-iyati ti samhariyati); part.pr. upasamhariyamna, mfn., Spkl 257,6 (tassa bhojanam -iyamnam disv); pp upasamhata, mfn. [S. upasamhrta], brought; pesunna, n., slander which is brought or concocted; Sp740,2i (bhikkhupesunne ti... bhikkhun bhikkhussa ~-pesunne); fpp upasamharitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vism 297,3i; Sp 542,I; Ps II 88,n (asubhato -am). upasamhra, m. [S., BHS id.], 1. bringing; bringing about; bringing near; focusing on; Sp 461,21 (tassa 0 -matte dukkatam); Ps V 107,25 (patikkle mettpharanena v dhtuto -ena v appatikklasanni); ifc see devaf--, devat-, hit'--; 2. taking away; Sadd 548,17 (cakkhusannitya ditthiy -o, apanayanam vinso v). upasamhita, mfn. [pp of *upa + sandahati; ts], connected with; accompanied by; possessing; Sv 403,23 (kmpasamhit ti rammanam katv uppajjamnena kmena ~) = Ps II 56,13 = Spk II 366,16; Ud-a 346,8; ifc see atth'-- (.svattha2), attho- (svattha2), km'--, kusal'--, dhamm'-, nekkhamm'--, vann'--. upasagga (and upassagga), m. [S. upasarga], 1. misfortune; trouble; Abh401; 1033; Vin I 33,16 (m h' eva me bhtuno ~o ahosi ti); MIII 61,13 (ye keci ~ uppajjanti sabbe te blato uppajjanti no panditato); Dhp 139 (rjato va -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upassaggam); Thi353; Niddl 53,8 (upaddavato bhayato ~ato); PatisII 239,17 (pancakkhandhe -ato passanto); Mil 418,30; 2. (gr.t.t.) a prefix, preverb; a preposition; Abh 1033; Sadd 2,7 (visatiy ~esu); 880,i6/o//.; Ja III 121,3 (nipadmase ti nikrapakr -, dmase ti attho); Pet 123,io (atha v vi iti -o, passan ti attho tasm vipassan ti vuccate, Be, Ce so; Ee wr pi iti ~o vipassan ti); Sp 436,25 (san ti ~o); Spk II 293,20 (sanjnti vijnti pajnti ti... tattha -mattam eva viseso); Ud-a 12,i (~o kiriyam viseseti); Nidd-a I 40,23 (dve padni -ena vaddhitni); Patis-a487,27 (vippamutto ti... dvii ~ehi visesetv vuttam); Ap-a204,23* (~ nipt ca paccay ca ime tayo neke nekatthavisay iti); As 163,19 (-vasena sambhvan paribhvan vibhvan ti evam annath pi attho hoti); 3.pouring upon; letting go;? JaIII 248,8' (hand ti 0,-atthe nipto, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vavassaggatthe) = VI 188,18' (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee vavassaggatthe) = Pv-a88,i6 (Ee so; Be, Se codanatthe; Ce uyyogatthe); Patis-a 473,28 (dnavatthusankhtassa dnassa ~o vossajjanam dnpasaggo, dnavatthupariccgacetan); see also vavasagga; anupasagga, anupassagga, mfn. and m., I. (mfn.) (i) not causing trouble or misfortune; Mill 61,23 (sa-upasaggoblo ~o pandito) = A I 101,19; (ii)free

from trouble; PatisII 239,19 (pancannam khandhnam nirodho ~am nibbnan ti passanto; Patis-a 699,35: upassaggato ti ca anupassaggan ti ca keci samyogam katv pathanti, Be, Ce so; Ee upasaggato ti ca -an ti ca; Se upasaggato ti ca anupassaggan ti ca); Nett 55,16* (visokam ~am... nibbnam); (iii) not having a preverb or prefix; Ps I 4,24 (ayam sutasaddo sa-upasaggo ~o ca); It-a 14,7; 2. (m.) freedom from trouble; Nidd I 443,11 (khemam passati sabbadhi ti... sabbattha -am passati); nirupasagga, nirupassagga, mfn., free from trouble; Sp 195,21 (nirdinavo ti nirupaddavo -o, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nirupassaggo); nopasagga, mfn., not having a preverb or prefix; Sadd 11,27* (~ akamm ca); sa-upasagga, mfn., 1. causing trouble or misfortune; M III 61,22 (~o blo) = A I 101,19; 2. having a preverb or prefix; Ps I 4,24 (ayam sutasaddo -0 anupasaggo ca); It-a I 4,7; sopasagga, mfn., having a preverb (or prefix); Sadd \\,21* foil (~ akammik ~ sakamm ca iti bh ti vibhvit). upasankanta, mfn., pp o/upasahkamati qv. upasankama, m. [from upasankamati; cf BHS upasankrama], approach, visit; ifc see durupasankama. upasankamati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. upasahkrmati, BHS upasankramati], approaches; goes to, goes to see, visits; Vin 1228,7 (yam yad eva parisam ~ati); D I 144,19 (na... evarpam yannam -anti arahanto); MI 161,15 (yena ... assamo ten' ~atu); II 176,15 (no ce tarn ~eyya na-y-idam payirpseyya); S II 198,6 (candupam kulni -atha); A III 345,1 (ym' nanda yena pubbrmo Migramtu psdo ten' -issma divvihary ti); IV 180,8 (yannnham tarn bhagavantam dassanya -eyyam); Th485 (dassanyopasankama); Ja II 384,13 (tarn uttasma bhayma na -ma); III 336,13' (yasmim thne vivdo jyati tattha te manuss dhammattham patidhvanti vinicchayasmikam -anti); IV 223,3* (bhattakle yam yam geham -); Mil 169,11 (bhisakko... bhesajjena turam -ati); 353,15 (ture -ati tikicchya); Sp 795,21 (itthannmo bhikkhu bhikkhun' ovdako sammato tarn bhikkhunisangho -at ti); Sv 148,18 (tassa hi asukadivasam rj tathgatam -issati ti); part.pr. (a)upasankama(t), mfn., Sil 198,26(Kassapassa bhikkhave kulni -ato); It-a II 154,34 (sevato ti vattapativattakaranavasena klena klam -ato); (b)upasankamanta, m/(~anti)., D i l 129,21 (yasmante nande -ante); M I 480,3 (~anto); A III 244,12 (pabbajite kulam -ante... disv); Ja I 469,21 (sammsambuddho Mradhitaro ... palobhanatthya -antiyo ... na olokesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ant); Vism 60,15 (tarn pindaptam unchati tarn tarn kulam -anto gavesati ti pindaptiko); neg. anupasankamanta, mfn., Ja III 399,22' (ppamitte veripuggale ca anupasankamanto pi angatabhayam rakkhati nma); Dhp-a II 30,is; aor. 3 sg. upasankami, MI 16,17 (brhmano yena bhagav ten' -i); A IV 235,21* (manomayena kyena iddhiy -i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppasankami); Vv 81:27; Ja VI 372,26 (tasmim khane so amacco tarn -i); Mil 22,15*; 3 pi (a) upasahkamimsu, D i l i 17,4 (yena... rmo ten' -imsu); JaV 163,is; Vism 403,30 (theram -imsu); (b) upasankamum, Ap 22,8

474

(sambuddham -um); inf. upasankamitum, SI 9,25 (na... sukaro so bhagav amhehi -itum); 211,2 (aklo kho ajja bhagavantam dassanya -itum); absol (a) upasankamma, Sn 166; Th480; Ja IV 469,30*; Ap 516,3 (rjnam upasankamma); Sp204,5 (bhagavantam upasankamma pabbajjam yci); Mhv28:17; (b) upasankamitv, D i l i 61,14 (te klena klam -itv paripuccheyysi); SI 9,22; A III 263,29 (gilnake -itv); Ja VI 185,2; Mil 4,25 (Milindo rj... yena Prano Kassapo ten' -i -itv Pranena Kassapena saddhira sammodi); Vism 1,9; eg.anupasankamitv, MpII 198,19 ([pallaggim] anupasankamitv appatikkamitv pana); Pv-al79,is; pass. pr. 3 sg. upasankamiyati, Patis-a416,23 (sukatadukkatakranehi gammati -Ivan" ti gati); pp (a) upasankanta, mfn. [cfS. upasankrnta], who has approached, gone to, visited; having approached, gone to; Vin I 180,2 (imni bhante asm' gmikasahassni idh' -ni bhagavantam dassanya); D III 17,16 (yena Tindukkhnuparibbjrmo ten* -0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upasankamanto); MII 30,33 (yad ca kho aham bhante imam parisam -0 homi); Ud 14,28 (kim nu kho tumhe upsak ... idh' upasankanta divdivass ti, Ce so; Be, Ee wr upasankamant; Se upasankamitv) * 91,20 (tvam Viskhe... idh' -a); JaV 154,14' (purisam - samn); Ap 235,4 (satthram -am vanditv); Sp 686,11; Sv 484,20 (kena kranena ayam ayasm bhagavantam ~o ti); neg. anupasankanta, mfn., MII 30,31 (imam parisam anupasankanto homi); (b) upasankamita, mfn., gone to; approached; Nidd-a II 89,32 (sito ti -0); Vibh-a 339,12 (mittasanthavavasena tthnan ti); fpp (a) upasankamitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 32,16 (kulni -ni); DII 48,16 (rjadhni - ptimokkhuddesy ti); Mil 194,23 (bhisakkassa pubbe va yum oloketv turo -o hoti); Vism 101,17 (tya velya -am); Sp794,i8 (uposathadivase ovdatthya -am); (b) upasankamaniya, mfn., Cp-a 332,4. upasankamana, n. [BHS upasankramana], going to see, visiting; approaching; D I 205,22 (oksam aksi svtanya pi -y ti); Mil 176,17 (payirupsanya -am bahukran ti); SV 67,18 (-am ... bhikkhnam bahukram vadmi; Spklll 142, is: dnam dassmi panham v pucchissmi dhammam v sossmi sakkram v karissmi ti evarpena cittena ariynam -am); Niddl 464,24 (panham sotukmnam gamanam abhikkamanam -am payirupsan siy ti); Mil 171,31 (savanena p i . . . tathgatassa sadevako loko ottapati hiriyati, bhiyyo dassanena tat' uttarim -ena payirupsanen ti). upasankamita(r), m. [from upasankamati], one who approaches, goes to; one who goes to see, visits; D II 109,n (abhijnmi... khattiyaparisam -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upasankamitv) * MI 72,24 * A IV 307,19 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se upasankamitv); Mill 111,9 (tatra ce... tathgatam ... bhavanti -ro); S V 282,18 (abhijnti nu kho bhante bhagav iddhiy manomayena kyena brahmalokam - ti; perhaps better absol.); A IV 337,15 (saddho ca ... bhikkhu hoti no ca -); Sv 299,13 (-ro na honti). upasankamma, absol. of upasankamati qv.

upasankhtabba, mfn. [fpp of *upa + sankhti], to be reckoned (as); Pj II 549,5 (ratto ti din nayena na -o) = Nidd-a I 320,1; see also upasankheyya. upasankheyya, mfn. [fpp of *upa + sankhti; cfS. upasankhyeya], to be reckoned (as); Sn 849 (vemajjhe n* pasankheyyo tassa n* atthi purekkhatam; Pj II 549,4foil: paccuppanne pi addhani ratto ti din nayena na upasankhtabbo; Nidd-a I 321,2: ratto ti gananam na upanetabbo); see also upasankhtabba. upasaftkhyna, n. [ts]9 adding; reckoning; Sadd 877,7. upasangamma in Ee, Se at Thi 365 is wr for upasankamma (Be, Ce so). upasangayha, ind. [absol of *upa + sariganhti; S. upasangrhya], taking hold of, clasping; D i l 272,28 (pd* pasangayha; Sv708,2i: pde upasangayha pdadhovanapdamakkhandippadnena pjetv c' eva vanditv ca). upasajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upasajjate], is attached to;? Pet 72,12* (tdisam bhikkhum sajjam tattha so -ati, Ee so; Be, Ce upahannati, cf A III 373,21*: tdisam bhikkhum sajja pubbe va upahannati). up as ajJana, n. [S. upasarjana], a word or sense become subordinate (in a cpd or a derived form); upasajjanibhta, mfn., become subordinate; Sadd 109,7 (Anguttarpes ti ettha hi pasankhto attho
-0).

upasajjanaka, n. (or mfn.) [upasajjana + ka2], a subordinate word or sense; subordinate, secondary; Sadd 109,io (gatasamano sanghrmo ti ettha samanasankhtam attham -am katv). upasattha, see sv upassattha. upasanta, mfn., pp o/upasammati qv. upasanti, / [S. upa&inti], calmness; cessation; Niddl 352,10 (santim -im vpasantim nibbutim patipassaddhim na eseyya) ^ II266,12. upasama, m. [S. upa^ama], the becoming quiet, alleviation, stopping; calmness, peace, tranquillity; Vin I 10,16 (majjhim patipad... -ya abhifinya sambodhya nibbnya samvattati); D I 50,is foil (imin me -na Udyibhaddo kumro samanngato hotu yen' etarahi -ena bhikkhusangho samanngato ti); MIII 246,4foil (eso... paramo ariyo -0 yadidam rgadosamohnam -o); SI 34,5* (silena -na ca); Dhp 205 (pitv rasam -assa) = Ja III 196,22* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -essa); Thi67 (cittass* upasam* ajjhagam); JaV 228,5 (tassa - pasiditv); VI 58,12* (khantiy -ena ca); Nidd I 282,29 (eke samanabrhman ucchedavd bhavatajjit vibhavam abhinandanti te sattassa samam -am vpasamam nirodham patipassaddham vadanti); Mil 9,23 (therassa -am disv); Vism 294,2 (nibbnasankhto -o anussaritabbo); ftdhitthna, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) fixing the mind on tranquillity; resolution for calmness; D i l i 229,19; Q)-a322,29; 2 . (mfn.)fixing the mind on tranquillity; resolving for calmness; M III 240,11; nubrhita, mfn., made strong by calmness; It-al 14,8 (sabb hi pramiyo... -); pabrhita, mfn., made strong by calmness; Cp -a 323,38 (pramiyo ... -); -garuka, mfn., attaching importance to tranquillity; Vism 294,20;

475

anupasama, m., non-cessation; lack of peace; Mp III 128,18. upasamati, see sv upasammati. upasamana, n. [S. upasamana], calming, alleviating, extinguishing] Sp 831,5 (tena tena upasametabbake bdhe sati tassa 0,-attham paribhunjato); It-all 94,36 (sabbesam micchvitakknam ~ato); Th-al 33,8 (manacchatthnam indriynam ~ena... upasanto); Bv-a70,n (rgdi-aggissa nibbpanam ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upasamam); Mhv 5:232; ifc see dukkh' -Q-, vis* --. upasamayana, n. [from upasameti], calming; Ud-a 20,24 (samayanam ~am apagamo ti). upasamana in Ee in cpd at Ud-a 321,5 is wr for upasamana (Be, Ce, Se so). upasamika, mfn. [upasama + ika; BHS upa&mika], bringing calm, leading to tranquillity; Sadd787,n (kilespasamam vahati ti ~o); see also opasamika. upasametabbaka, mfn. \fpp of upasameti + ka2], to be calmed, to be allayed; Sp 831,5 (tena tena ~e bdhe sati tassa upasamanattham paribhunjato anpatti). upasameti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of upasammati qv. upasampajja, absol. o/upasampajjati qv. upasampajjati,pr. 3sg. [cfS. upasampadyate], obtains; is ordained, is received into the sangha; obtains the upasampad ordination; Vin I 93,4 (aham pathamam ~issmi); 1160,25 (bhikkhu parivasanto vibbhamati... so ce puna ~ati); 201,2 (sdhu bhante bhedaknuvattak bhikkh puna ~eyyun ti); Thi-a 105,27 (bhikkhuninam santike pabbaja ~ass ti); aor. 3 sg. upasampajji, Mhv 5:111 (pabbajitvna klena ~i mnavo); inf. upasampajjitum, Vin I 146,8 (sikkhamn ~itukm hoti); absol. (a) upasampajja, I. reaching, attaining; having entered upon; Vin III 4,8 (pathamam jhnam ~a vihsim); MI 36,i (cetovimuttim... sayam abhinnya sacchikatv -a); SV 407,n (ye te suttant tathgatabhsit gambhir... te klena klam -a viharissm ti); Thi 362 (anejam ~a rukkhamlamhi jhyati); Dhs 160 (pathamam jhnam ~a viharati; As 167,22: ~ ti upagantv ppunitv ti vuttam hoti upasampdayitv v nipphdetv ti vuttam hoti); Kv 104,5; Pet 139,24; Mil 289,30; 2. being ordained; after ordination; Thi 100 (bhikkhuni -a pubbajtim anussarim); absol. (b) upasampajjitv, being ordained, after ordination; Ud-a311,u; Thi-a5,7; pp upasampanna, mfn. [S., BHS id.], possessed of; ordained; who is a member of the sangha; Vin II 63,2 (so puna ~o); III 24,6 (tihi saranagamanehi ~oti bhikkhu); IV 52,3 (bhikkhuniyo nma ubhatosanghe ~); Ja I 116,4 (paripunnavasso upasampadam labhi, ~o ... arahattam ppuni); Vibh 246,5 (samaggena sanghena natticatutthena kammena akuppena thnrahena ~o ti bhikkhu; Vibh-a330,4foil.: ~o nma uparibhvam sampanno patto ti attho, bhikkhubhvo hi uparibhvo, tarn c' esa yathvuttena kammena sampannatt ~o ti vuccati); Ap 563,24; Mil 76,n (~o... bhagav bodhirukkhamle saha sabbannutannena n' atthi bhagavato upasampad annehi dinn); Vism 46,24; Dhp-alV 136, i6; ifc see ekato-; neg. anupasampanna, mfn., Vin IV 14,s; Patis I 42,22; Ja I 162,10; Sp753,i2 (bhikkhum thapetv avaseso

anupasampanno ti vuccati); Ud-a 311,10; fpp upasampajjitabba, (mf)n., Sp 868,17; caus. pr. 3 sg. upasampdeti, -ayati, [BHS upasampdayati], 1. ordains, receives into the sangha (with the upasampad ordination); Vin I 21,26 (bhagav ne pabbjessati ~essati ti); 56,4 (kathham bhante tarn brhmanam pabbjemi -emi); 56,13 (sahgho itthannmam -eyya itthannmena upajjhyena); D I 176,19 (raddhacitt bhikkh pabbjenti ~enti bhikkhubhvya); part.pr. upasampdenta, m/(~enti)/i., Vin I 58,11 (~entena); II271,2i (~entiy); As 28,26 (pabbjento v ~ento v); aor. 3 sg. (a) upasampdesi, Vin I 59,4; Ud58,7; Ja III 183,n; (b) upasampdayi, Ap77,i2; 274,22; 3 pi upasampdesum, Vin I 72,14; Mil 13,14; 2 pi. upasampdittha, Vin I 56,37 (kissa mam tumhe aycit ~itth ti); absol. (a) upasampdetv, Vin I 96,14; Ap-a302,3o; (b) upasampdayitv, Mhv 5:151 (~ayitv tarn kle); 2. produces, accomplishes; absol. upasampdayitv, Vism 145,24 (~ayitv v nipphdetv ti vuttam hoti) = As 167,23; pp upasampdita, mfn. andn. [BHS id.], 1. (mfn.) given ordination, ordained (with the upasampad ordination); Vin IV 326,4 (vutthpitan ti ~itam); Vism 94,26 (in cpd: ~ita-pabbjita-); Sp 1147,25 (~o); 2. (n.) ordaining; Vin IV 331,29 (alam tva te ayye ~itena); fpp upasampdetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin I 64,5 (pancah* arigehi samanngatena bhikkhun ~etabbam)^ A V 72,9; Vin I 78,31 (na... navisativasso puggalo ~etabbo); V 129,12 (panca puggal na ~etabb); neg. anupasampdetabba, mfn., Sp 230,15. upasampatti, / [cf S. upasampatti], (full) ordination, admission into the sangha; ifc see pabbajj-; see also upasampad. upasampad, / [BHS upasampad, upasampad], 1. attainment; D i l 49,26* (sabbappassa akaranam kusalassa ~; Sv479,s: ~ tipatilbho) = Dhp 183; MI 356,16 (kusalnam dhammnam ~ya); Patis II 189,35 (sattasattatinam nnnam lbho... sacchikiriy -; Patis-a 642,29: ~ ti nipphdan); 2. full ordination, admission into the sangha; Vin I 12,26 (ehi bhikkh ti bhagav avoca ... s va tassa yasmato~ ahosi); III 15,2 (alattha... bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha ~am); AIV 276,22 (sace... Gotami attha garudhamme patiganhti s v' ass hotu -); Th311 (laddhna ~am); Ja IV 180,18 (tihi ovdehi ~am adsi); Ap 107,i (ye labhant' ~am); Mil 76,8 (bhante Ngasena ~ sundar ti); Vism 155,i (so h' yasm ~ya atthavassiko hutv); Sp 241,9 (ayam hi ~ nma atthavidh); Thi-a 269,22 (itar ubhato-upasampann ubhatosanghe upasampadatt); Mhv 16:16; ifc see ehi-, ehibhikkhu-, ovdapatiggahana-, garudhamma-, patiggahana-, natticatutthakamma-, dtena-, panhavykarana-, saranagamana-; (a)-man4ala, n., the area for the ordination ceremony; Mhv 5:207; Jinak47,i6. upasampanna, mfn., pp o/upasampajjati qv. upasampadana, n., ~, / [BHS upasampdana], ordaining; Sp 943,26 (ananujnpetv ~ato); Utt-vn634 (chahi angehi yuttena ~ pana ktabb). upasampdeta(r), m. [from upasampdeti], one who

476

ordains; Mill 126,27 (nbhijnmi -; perhaps better absol). upasampdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. qfupasampajjati qv. upasamphusati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + samphusati], touches; Ja V 297,22* (sace mam ngansr pnflii ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upasamphase). upasammati (and upasamati), pr. 3 sg. [S. upaSmyati], becomes calm or quiet; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished; SI 162,32* (param sankupitam iiatv yo sato ~ati); A III 347,10 (mahgini pajjalito anhr' upasammati); Dhp4 (veram tes' upasammati; Dhp-al 44,17: nirindhano viyajtavedo ~afi ti); Sn919 (ajjhattam ev' upasame, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se eva upasame; cf Pj II 563,7: attani eva rgdisabbakilese upasameyya; Niddl 351,27: ajjhattam rgam sameyya upasameyya); Th 50 (-anti vitakk); JaV 143,2* (khantibalass' pasamanti vera); Bv2:98 (rogtad' pasammanti); Mil 170,5 (mno upasamissati); Sp 879,9 (upasamissmi vpasamam gamissmi); aor. 3 sg. upasami, Mil 170,7 (mano upasami);pp upasanta, mfn. [S. upaSnta], calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished; MI 125,6 (~ Vedehik gahapatni); Dhp 201 (~o sukham seti hitv jayaparjayam); Sn 848; Th2 (~o uparato); Ja IV 179,20' (kydihi dvrehi ~o silav); Ap 51,5; Vism299,2i (ekaccassa hi kyasamcro va ~o hoti); Spk II 90,2i (so core vpasametv ~o deva janapado ti ranno pesesi); Dhp-a IV 114,19 (rgdinam tya ~o ti vuccati); (p)padissa, mfn., of calm appearance, looking at peace; D i l 205,8 (padisso bhante bhagav bhti-r-iva bhagavato mukhavanno pasannatt indriynam, Be, Ce so; Ee upasantappadisso; Se upasantapatisso; Sv 637,29: upasantadassano); neg. anupasanta, mfn., MI 126,13 (~ Vedehik gahapatni); Nidd I 330,14; Ps III 4,19; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) upasame ti, -ayati, calms; extinguishes; Niddl 344,7(sameti -ti vpasameti nibbpeti); 352,3 (sameyya ~eyya vpasameyya); Sp404,io (vupasameti ti sutthu ~eti); Sadd 487,27 (kilese sameti -ed ti samano); part.pr. (a) upasamenta, mfn., Ud-a 402,1 (vikram ... -ento); (b) upasamayamna, mfn., Ps III 255,1 (~ayamnam gacchati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upasamamnam); absol. upasametv, Ps I 47,n; pp upasamita, mfn., calmed; extinguished; Nidd II 110,32 (rgassa ~ita-tt nibbpitatta upasanto); Ud-a 271,6 (ime me kiles sotpattimaggena ~it); fpp upasametabba, mfn., Thi-a 6,1; neg. anupasametabba, mfn., Ud-a 271,29 (puna kilesnam anupasametabbatya); see also upasametabbaka; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) upasmayati, calms, makes settle; Th675 (rajam... yath megho 'pasmaye, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce 'pasammaye; Th-aIII 4,M: mahmegho vassanto upasammaye vpasameyya). upasaradam, ind. [upa + sarada; S. upaSaradam], in or near the autumn; Sadd 774,21. upasavyna in Ee at Vv-a 166,28 is wr for upasamvyana qv. upasadhiya, mfn. [fpp of *upa + sdheti; cf S. upasdhayati], to be mastered or attained; ifc see icchmatt- .sv icch. upasmayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of upasammati qv.

upasimsaka, mfn. [from *upa + simsati1], hoping for, desiring; ifc see hr'--. upasikanam in Ee at Ps IV 156,4 is wr for upaciknam (Be, Ce, Se so). upasingha, m. [from upasinghati], smelling, sniffing; PsIV 196,6 (-matten' eva rogo vpasami, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se upasinghana-). upasinghati (and upasinghyati), pr. 3 sg. [S. upasinghati], smells, sniffs; kisses; Vin I 279,17 (uppalahattham ~atu); SI 204,23 (padumam ~ati); Sadd 334,25 (sighi ghne... singhati -ati); part.pr. (a) upasihgha(t), mfn., Spk I 298,2 (svayarn ajja ~am sve pi punadivase pi ~issati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ajja ~itv); (b) upasinghanta, mfn., Jail 408,11 (tesam mukhni -ant); (c)upasinghamna, mfn., Jail 339,17; (d) upasinghyanta, mfn., Pj 1136,26 (matthakam -yant paricumbant ca); aor. 3 sg. upasinghi, Ja III 308,1 (pupphitapadumam disv adhovte thatv ~i); Ap 289,12; inf. upasinghyitum, Ja V 328,15 (bhhi upaghitv sise upasinghyitum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upagghyitum); absol. upasinghitv, Jal 455,7 (asim ~itv asilakkhanam udharati); VI 336, w; As 271,23; Sadd 334,25; pass, part.pr. upasihghiyamna, mfn., Mp II 34,io; pp upasinghita, mfn. and n., kissed; smelt; smelling; Ja VI 543,26' (upaghte ti sisamhi ~e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upasinghte); As 271,32 (--klo); caus. aor. 3 sg. upasinghpesi, made touch, touched (with); Ja IV 407,4 (bhesajjacunnena niluppale paribhvetv dakkhina-akkhim upasinghpesi, akkhi parivatti) = Cp-a69,g. upasinghana, n. [from upasinghati; cf S. upasinghana], smelling, sniffing; Spk III 70,30 (arigullhi gandhapindam gahetv pi ca -kle vtam ankaddhanto n* eva tassa gandham jnti); Mp IV 187,2 (dvih* angulihi gandhapindam gahetv -mattam). upasinghyati, see sv upasinghati. upasitta, mfn. [pp of *upa + sincati; S. upasikta], sprinkled (with); made wet; Sv 1021,14 (nandiy -am hutv); Spk I 316,14 (ayam hi attano dhammatya madhuro c' eva ojav ca na afinena -0); Th-a III 53,26 (sucin mamsena -tya sucimamspasecano bhutto); 159,31 (meghodakena-e vane). upasilesa, m. [S. upaSlesa], close contact; Sadd 710,3. upasumbhati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + sumbhati], throws to; MI 364,15 (kukkuro ... paccupatthito assa, tarn enam dakkho goghtako... atthikarikalam ... -eyya, Be so; Ce, Ee upacchubheyya; Se upacchbheyya; Ps III 42,23: ~eyya, tassa samipe khipeyy ti attho, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se upacchumbheyya) quoted Nidd-a I 31,15 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee paccupattheyya). upasuyyati inEe at Niddl 440,25 is wr for usuyyati or usyati (Be, Ce so). upasussati, pr. 3sg. [S. upaSusyati], dries up; MI 481,2 (kmam taco ca nahru ca atthi ca avasissatu sarire -atu mamsalohitam) ^ Jal 71,24 * Niddl 66,27; part.pr. upasussamna, mfn., Vism 554,8 (~amne sarire niruddhesu cakkhdisu indriyesu); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) upasussayati, Sn 433 (vto ... lohitam npasussaye); (b) upasoseti, Pj II 388,25 (lohitam na upasoseyya).

477

upasecana, n. [ts], what is poured over, a sauce; Sadd 254,22 (vyanjanasaddo upasecanalinga-... -vcako); ifc see nand'--, mams'--. upaseniy, (m)f. [for *upasenaka, m/(-ik) ? c/sayanaka, and S. upasyin], lying by the side of, keeping near to (her mother); Ja VI 64,18* (kumrike -e niccam nigalamandite; 64,20': ~e ti mtaram upagantv sayanike); see also opasyika. upasevati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upasevate], frequents, stays at; associates with, consorts with; makes use of (frequently); It 67,22* (ydisam kurute mittam ydisam c' -ati); Th 456 (ye et -anti); Ja II 272,16 (lonambilam -issmi); 402,6* (yo seyyam -ati); IV 436,4* (asante n' paseveyya); Mil 355,23 (bhojanam -anti); It-al 78,26 (kusalam eva sikkheyya niveseyya -eyyti, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se niveseyya upacineyya pasaveyy ti); part.pr. (a) upaseva(t)m/w., ifc see accpaseva(t); (b) upasevanta, mfn., Jail 402,16' (mettbhvanam -anto); Dhp-aIII 482,17 (parassa dram -anto); (c)upasevamna, mfn., Sn318 (blam -amno); absol upasevitv, Mil 13 9,19 (bhisakkam -itv); pass, part.pr. upaseviyamna, mfn., JaV 432,3'; pp upasevita 1 , mfn., frequented, stayed at; consorted with, attended; used (frequently); Vism 537,7 (-0 v utubhojandi); Pv-a 147,3 (narehi nrihi ca ~am); Thi-a 235,24; ifc see adhamajan' -Q-. upasevan,/ {from upasevati; cfS. upasevana], practice, performance; devotion (to); association (with); use; Sn249 (nggihuttass' -); ifc see kalynamitt'--, dhir'--, pp'--, bl'--, yanna-m-ut'--; see also akatpasevana sv karoti. upasev,/ [ts], courting, consorting with; Dhtup639 (lala -yam); Dhtum884; Sadd 567,18 (vsa ~yam); 569,13 (lala -yam). upasevi(n), mfn. [S. upasevin], associating with, consorting with; attending; making use of; ifc see adhamajan'--, paradr'--, mor'--, rj'--, vyatt'--. upasevita 1 , mfn., pp of upasevati qv. upasevita 2 , mfn. [pp of (caus. of) *upa + Vsiv; c/sibbati and S. sevayati], sewn, stitched; sewn together; Ja V 407,29' (ajinpasevitan tiupari atthatena ajinena -'am); ifc seeaym' --. upasobhati,/?r. 3sg. [S. upasobhate], looks beautiful or splendid; shines, is brilliant; Vin I 268,15 (tya ca Vesli bhiyyosomattya -ati); Th 1080 (kapi va sihacammenana so ten' -ati); Ja VI 219,3' (kass' ete evarp kes naltantam ~anti); 313,17* (~atl vattha-pilandhanena, mc); Bv 2:205 (khinsavehi vimalehi ~ati); part.pr. upasobhamna, mfn., Vv-a331,2i; aor. 3 sg. (a) upasobhatha, Bv 16:22 (majjhantike va suriyo evam so ~atha); (b) upasobhittha, Bv-a 222,26 (evam so bhagav ~itth ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. upasobheti, ~ayati, makes beautiful, adorns; Vv52:6 (nngan... vimnam -ayanti); Vibh-a365,i2 (sakala-arannavasam ~eti);part.pr. (a) upasobhayanta, mfn., Ud-a244,27; (b) upasobhayamna, mfn., D i l 174,9 (cakkaratanam ... antepuram -ayamnam); JaV 132,17 (pabbajjsiriy vanam -ayamano); Spk II 329,13; pp upasobhita, mfn. [S. upasobhita], made beautiful, adorned; beautiful;

Vin I 268,20 (Veslim... -itam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upasobhantim); JaVI 536,8*; Pv-a 153,2; Cp-a 144,28 (~-tt);Saddh593. upasobhana, n. [S. upasobhana], adorning; see uttamangopasobhanat sv uttama. upasobh, / [S. upasobh], brilliance, splendour; ifc see vijjulatoupasoseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/upasussati qv. upassagga, see sv upasagga. upassattha, upasattha, mfn. and n. [pp o/*upa + sajati2; S. upasrsta], 1. (mfn. and n.) troubled, afflicted, visited by troubles; trouble, affliction; Vin I 15,15 (Yaso kulaputto udnam udnesi upaddutam vata bho -am vata bho) * Ja 161,29; S IV 29,14 (sabbam bhikkhave -am); Ps IV 102,23 (upasaggo ti upasatthkro); Ud-a209,i4; 2 . (mfn.) let go, handed over; Mp III 309,15 (udakpassatthan ti udakena -am pariccattam); ifc see udak'--; anupassaftha, anupasattha, mfn., free from trouble or affliction; Vin I 15,30 (idam kho Yasa anupaddutam idam -am); Pj I 155,9 (anupaddut anupasatth khemino appatibhay gacchanti ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anupasagg). upassaya, m. (and n.) [S. upsraya], support; shelter, refuge; dwelling, place to stay; recourse, resorting to; Vin IV 265,14 (imsarn -am jhpessmi); 292,29 (-0 nma kavtabaddho vuccati); SI 33,19* (ye dadanti -am; Spk I 88,30: -an ti vsgram, upsayan ti pi ptho); Vv 68:4 (-am arahato adamha); Ja I 147,24; Ap 535,15 (-amgantv); Mil 160,8 (tathagato sabbasattnam patitth hoti -am); ifc see bhikkhun'--, bhikkhuni-, sappuris'--. upassita, mfn. [pp o/*upa + (a2 +) sayati2; cf S. upasrita, upsrita], leaning against; taking oneself to; Mhv 30:47 (mahsattapannarukkham -o); see also anupassayamna, upassaya. upassuti, / [S. upasruti], listening, hearing; range of hearing; Ap400,io (ye labhanti -im); im, -i, adv., within earshot; so as to listen or overhear; Vin IV 150,20 (yo ... bhikkhu bhikkhnam ... -im tittheyya yam ime bhanissanti tarn sossmi ti; Sp 879,4: -in ti sutisamipam, yattha thatv sakk hoti tesam vacanam sotum tati ti attho); Sil 15,nfoll. (annataro bhikkhu bhagavato -im thito hoti, addas kho bhagav tarn bhikkhum -im thitam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -i) = IV 91,1 foil. (Ceso; Be~\;Ee, Se -i thito ... -im thitam); JaV 100,15* (-im mahrja ratthe janapade cara; 101,26: janapadacrittasavanya crikam ... cara); Mil 92,4 (-im titthanti); Vin-vn 1753 (bhikkhu yotittheyy' -im sotum); Utt-vn 144. upassutika, m(fn). [upassuti + ka2; BHS upasrutika], within earshot; overhearing, eavesdropping; an eavesdropper; JaV 81,24* (~ hi sunanti mantam) = VI 389,i* (389,14': - ti mantatthnam upagantv tirokudddisu thatv sotaro bhavanti) quoted Sadd 539,20. upahacca, absol. o/upahanati qv. upahafifiati,/?<m. pr. 3 sg. o/upahanati qv. upahafa, mfn., pp o/upaharati qv. upahanana in Ee at Spk III 273,15 is wr for upahanana qv.

478

upahananti in Ee at Spkll 342,3 is wr for upahananti {Be, Ce, Se so). upahata, mfn., pp 0/upahanati qv. upahatta(r), m [from upaharati; S. upahartr], one who brings, who presents; MI 447,26 (bahunnam vata no bhagav sukhadhammnam -; Ps III 163, H: ~ ti upahrako) quoted Kv 528,13. upahanati {and upahanti), pr. 3 sg. [S. upahanti], hits, comes into contact with, reaches; hurts, damages, impairs; S IV 56,19 (adhimatt vt muddhnam -anti, Ce, Ee so; Se muddhani; Be muddhani hananti); V 325,3 (sakatam v ratho v -at' eva tarn pamsupunjam); Th 555 (cakkhum sariram upahanti ronnam); Ja 1454,25' (dseyya -eyya); Mil 313,27 (hanatha -atha); Nidd-a I 7,19 (dussilo hi attnam -ati); Sadd 399,3 (-anti upagacchanti); part.pr. upahananta, mfn., Dhp-aIII 237,24 (pni-dihi param -anto vihethento); inf. upahanitum, Ja IV 498,20'; a b s o l (a)upahacca, coming into contact with, reaching; harming; making impure or illdisposed; A IV 72,7 (papatik ... uppatitv upahacca talam nibbyeyya); Ja IV 389,27* (upahacca manam Mejjho Mtangasmim yasassine, Be, Ce so; Ee wr upahannamne Mejjh; Se upahaccamno Mejjh) = V 267,9 (273,4-: attano cittam padsetv); Pp 17,3 (upahacca v klakiriyam); Sadd 857,6; upahaccaparinibbyi(n), mfn., who realises nibbna in the latter half of his existence in one of the suddhvsay; D III 237,2i (panca angmino antarparinibbyi upahaccaparinibbyi...; Sv 1029,36: majjhamupahacca atikkamitv patto upahaccaparinibbyi nma); AIV 72,5 (so paficannam orambhgiynam samyojannam parikkhay upahaccaparinibbyi hoti; Mp IV 39,16 foil, yuvemajjham atikkamitv pacchimakotim agantv parinibbuto hoti); Pp 16,3i///.; Kv 106,7; Pet 31,16 (ugghatitanfi mudindriyo upahaccaparinibbyi hoti); Vism710,io; neg. anupahacca, Vin I 24,37; Mill 274,33; A IV 71,27; absol. (b) upahantv, Mil 332,31 (sabbakilese upahantv); Nidd-a I 41,22 (cittam upahantv kilisssati sankilittham karoti ti upakkileso, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upagantv); neg. anupahantv, Mp III 293,26; (c) upahantvna, AIII 373,22* {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upahatvna); (d) upahanitv, Mp IV 39,19 (pathavitalam v -itv); neg. anupahanitv, Ps V 96,16 (anupahacca ti anupahanitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anupahantv); (e)upaghtam [ts], ifc see kuF--; pass, pr. 3 sg. upahaftflati, is harmed, is damaged; suffers; A III 373,2i* (tdisam bhikkhum sajja pubbe va -ati); S IV 73,22 (cittam ass1 pahannati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr assu pahannati) = Th 795; Sn 584 (sariram -an); Ja IV 14,3* (na mano v sariram v... kassaci kadci ~etha; 14,6: ~eth ti upaghtam pajjeyya aparisuddham assa) quoted Mil 384,6*; Mil 26,30 (kyo kilamati cittam ~ati); part.pr. upahannamna, mfn., Pj II 603,10; upahannamne in Ee at Ja IV 389,27* is wr for upahacca manam {Be, Ce so); pp upahata, mfn. [ts], harmed, injured, impaired; upset, spoiled; made impure or illdisposed; VinV 168,6 (chandgatim gacchanto khatam -am attnam pariharati svajjo ca hoti); D I 86,2 (khat* yam bhikkhave rj, upahatyam bhikkhave rj);

Dhp 134 (kamso ~o yath); Ja V 453,6* (Rhun -0 va candim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upagato, prob, wr); VI 512,26* (na c' ass' - 0 mano); 515,25* (pit c' ~o mano, eds so; perhaps read pitu; 515,29': upahatacitto kuddho va hutv); Mil 146, is (arahato... patisandhi ~); Ps II 351,31 (indriyni kilamanti ~ni makkhitni viya honti); Vism342,i9 (--tt); neg. anupahata, anpahata, mfn., Sil 227,17 (akkhato anupahato); A l 294,8 (akkhatam anupahatam attnam pariharati); Mil 274,6 (gimhe mahrja anupahatam hoti rajojallam, Be, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se ohatam; cf Vin HI 70,23: gimhnam pacchime mse hatam rajojallam; Sp404,is: uddham hatam hatam kse samutthitam); Vism 53,25 (silni... ppadhammehi anupahatni); 222,10 (anupahatatt); Q)-a 277,1 (tanhmnaditthihi anupahat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anupahat); see also upaghteti, uhanati2. upahanana, n. [from upahanati], harming, injuring, damaging; Spll57,3i (kyikam upaghtikam nma... ~am vuccati, nsanam vinsanan ti attho); Spk III 273,15 (sakatena v rathena v pamsupunjassa -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upahananam); anupahanana, ., not harming, non-injury; Dhp-aIII 238,2 (anpaghto ti -am c' eva anupaghtanam ca, Ee so; Ce -am c' eva anupaghtpanam ca; Be, Se anupaghtanam c' eva anpaghtpanam ca). upahanti, see sv upahanati. upahantv, upahantvna, absol. o/upahanati qv. upaharana, n. [cf S. lex. id.], taking, seizing;? Ja VI 198,13' (paccatthiknam -samatthatya [Brnasim] pari samantato pakiri, Ce, Ee so; Se dukkha-upaharana-; Be duppaharana-); upaharana in Ee at Ja I 231,27 (sukhpaharanehi) is wrfor upakarana {Be, Ce, Se so). upaharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upaharati], brings, brings near; offers, presents; DU 324,24foil, (tassa purisassa... vatthni -atha ti... vatthni -eyyum); A I 65,28 (santarn yeva upahram -issma); Cp 3:15:3 (ye me dukkham -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upadahanti; Cp -a 270,3: -anti ti... upanenti, upadahanti ti pi ptho, uppdenti ti attho); Sv 301,35 (hand* assa dhanam -m ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upasamharm ti); Vv-a 224,15 (yajanti tattha balim -anti ti yakkh); part.pr. upaharanta, mfn., Ja III 538,6 (suvannatattake madhuljdmi -ant, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upasamharant); PsI 145,4 (manusse ... lbhasakkram ca -ante); aor. 3 pi. upaharimsu, JaV 477,22 (ath' assa gandhamllankre -imsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upanayimsu) = Cp -a 250,21; Spk II 188,23; absol. upaharitv, Spk I 244,12 (vt pupphni -itv magge okiranti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upari haritv) = Mp I 64,16 {Ee so; Ce upaharitv; Be, Se upasamharitv) = Pj II 132,8 {Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upasamharitv); pp upahata, mfn. [S. upahrta], brought, presented; Sp 553,16 (na amhehi kifici hatam na -am, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee uphatam); Spk I 235,24 (bhojane matte va); caus. pr. 3 sg. upahreti, -ayati, brings near; places before, offers; Thi-a 162,9 (gth therim kmesu upahretukmena Mrena vutt); part.pr. upahrayamna, mfn., Bv-a286,26 (devat lomakpehi ojam -ayamn patikkhipi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pakkhipimsu).

479

upahasati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. upahasati], laughs at, ridicules; Cp-a 269, l (-anti); see also uhasati. upahasana, n. [from upahasati; cfS. upahasita, upahsa], laughing; ifc see otthubhana-. upahra, m. [S., BHS id.], bringing; offering, present, presentation; service; Abh425; 897; 1128; A I 65,28 (santam yeva -am upaharissma sabrahmacrisu); Ja IV 455,17 (sabb nnturiyahatth gantv tassa -am karimsu); Sp 925,26 (cetiyassa -am detha upsak ti); SpklH 129,35 (pnam vadhitv devatnam -am upaharanti); Cp-a 307,30 (yad saddadnam dassmi ti bherimudihgdisu aiinatarena turiyena tinnam ratannam -am karoti kreti ca); Mhv 5:181 (turiyehi ca sabbehi -am); ifc see hr'--, gandh'--, dhamm'--, photthabb'--, mitt'--, mett'--, ras'--, rp'--, sadd'--; anuphr, m., not bringing; nonsupply; MI 487,29 (tassa ca pariydn annassa ca ~) * 111245,7 (telappadipo ... telassa ca vattiy ca pariydn annassa ca ~ anhro nibbyati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuphr) * S II 85,24 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anuphr). upahraka, m. [from upaharati], one who brings, who offers; Ps III 163,14 (upahattti ~o). upahimsati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upahimsati], hurts, injures; Vin II 203,16* (tathgatam yo vden' -ati; * It 86,is*: yo vdena vihimsati); Ja IV 156,26* (te pi 'ham -eyyam; 157,7: vinseyyan ti attho). upgacchi, upgachi, aor. 3 sg. o/upagacchati qv. upgafichum, aor. 3 pi. o/upagacchati qv. upgata, mfn. [pp o/*upa + gacchati; ts], I. who has approached; arrived at; entered into (a state or condition); Sn 1016 (addasa sambuddham... candam yath pannarase priprim -am); Ja VI 280,10* (-am rja upehi lakkham; 280, H' mahrja jtaslya kammam upagatam nitthitam); Niddl 176, I i (gato si -o si sampatto si, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upagato); Ap 187,3 (-am ca sambuddham devadevam narsabham); Vism709,16 (nibbnam iti sankham -am); Pj II 386,28 (bhsamno upgami ti idam uttnam eva, kasm pana -o ti); Pv-a 117,23 (aham yakkhattam - o asmi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upagato); Mhv2:33 (tathagato... aniccatvasam avaso -o); Saddh280 (andhakre -o); 2. possessed of, furnished with; Bv2:31 (upgamim rukkhamlam gune dasah' -am); Vibh 194,28 (imya anupassanya upeto hoti samupeto-o samupagato)* Niddl 10,13 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upagato samupagato; cf Nidd-a I 53,22: upagato ti upagantv thito ... -o samupagato ti pi pli); Bv-a 76,36 (dvdasaguna-m-upgatan ti dvdasahi nisamsehi -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upetam); upgat in Ee at Ap 598,12 is wr for uphat (Be, Se so) or upahat (Ce so); anupgata, mfn., not furnished with; Mp III 5,n (anupapanno ti -o); see also upagata (sv upagacchati), upaVg, upagantv, upgamma. upagantv, ind. [absol. of *upa + gacchati; cf S. upgacchati; perhaps mc for upagantv], approaching; having come near; Vv 50:27 (t mam klen' upagantv); Ap 27, is (tav' antikam upagantv); 68,2 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upagantv); Cp 3:14:3 (Dabbaseno upagantv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upagantv); see also upagantv (,yv upagacchati), upaVg, upgata, upgamma.

upgamam, aor. 1 sg. of upagacchati qv. upgamsi, aor. 3 sg. o/upagacchati qv. upgami, aor. 3 sg. o/upagacchati qv. upgamum, aor. 3 pl. o/upagacchati qv. upgamma, ind. [absol. of *upa + gacchati; S. upgamya], approaching; having entered upon; being subject to; SI 14,22* (mnam nu kho so upgamma bhikkhu, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce upgamma); Ja V 86,12* (sayam ev' upgamma idam avoca); Ap46,2 (pitu santik' upgamma); 302, is (nalakre upgamma chattam kresim tvade); Mhv 15:7 (upgamma bravi theram); see also upgamma (sv upagacchati), upaVg, upgata, upagantv. upg, upgu, see sv upaVg. upjayati in Ee at VinI 221,31* is wr for upajyateqrv sv upajyati. upjivmi in Ee at SI 205,7* is prob, wr for upajivmi (Be, Se, Spk I 298,27 so; Ce upajivma). upjivino ti in Ee at Mp III 262,6 is prob, wr; Ce, Se upajivinoti; Be anujivino ti; ad A I 152,31*: anujivino); uptWg [upa + atWg], go past, pass by; go beyond, escape from; overcome; aor. 3 sg. upaccag, A IV 228,i* (khano ve m upaccag); Ud33,2i* (upaccag sabbabhavni tdi) quoted Pet 27,9*; Dhp412 (ubho sangam upaccag); Sn 827 (upaccag man ti anutthunti); Ja V 40,18* (dohalo me mahrja supinanten' upaccag); 1 sg. upaccagam, Th 181 (kmadhtum upaccagam); 3pl upaccagum, upaccagu, M HI 187,10* (te khemapatt sukhino ... sabbadukkham upaccagum); Thi 4 (ma tarn yoga upaccagum); Ja III 201,13* (sarigam loke upaccagum) Sadd816,i3 (bahuvacanicchyam atth m upaccag ti vattabbam). upta in Ee at Th675 is wr, prob, for hata2 qv sv hanatil. uptidhvati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS uptidhvati], runs beyond, rushes over; Ud72,i6* (-anti na sram enti; Ud-a356,3foil.: tarn upent viya hutv pi ditthivipallsena atidhvanti atikkamitv gacchanti).

uptipanna, mfn. [pp o/*upa+ ati+ pajjati; c/adhipanna],

fallen into the power of, a prey to (+ loc); Sn 495 (na tanhsu-; Pj II 415,28: ~ ti kmatanhdisu na nipann, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ndhimutt). uptivattati, pr. 3 sg. [upa + ativattati], goes beyond; escapes from; transgresses; oversteps; MI 331,15 (yesam samano Gotamo dhammam desissati te me visayam -issanti); Nett 49,28 (na so tarn dhammam -ati); part.pr. uptivatta(t), mfn., Mil 229,15 (ekesam -atam); aor. 2 sg. uptivattittho, MI 327, is (m tvam brahmuno vacanam-ittho); pp uptivatta, mfn. [BHS uptivrtta], gone beyond; free from; SI 143,17* (sokam -o); A l l 15,30* (sabbam Namucibalam - te sukhit); Sn370 (sabbam rgapatham -0); Ja III 7,11* (dev musvdam -). uptivattana, n. [from uptivattati], going beyond; ifc see anuptivattana. upteyya, see updeyya^v updiyati. updahati, updheti, pr. 3 sg. [S. updadhti], places upon; lays upon, imposes; Ud 84,29 (Cundassa ... koci vippatisram -eyya, Ee so; Be, Ce upadaheyya; Se

480

uppdaheyya; = D II 135,20: Ce, Ee upadaheyya; Be, Se uppdeyya); Ap314,20 (bimbohane updhemi uttamangam, Be so; Ce updhemi; Ee wr uppdemi; Se uptemi). upd1, absol 0/updiyati qv. upd2, / [from upd1 qv], grasping; ? Sadd 849,n (patipajjati ety ti patipad... updiyati ti -). updtabba, mfn., fpp of upMiyati qv. updna, n. [S., BHS id.], 1. taking as one's own, laying hold of, grasping; 2. material support or cause, fuel; (it is often difficult to determine which meaning is intended; both reinforce each other: previous grasping produces fuel, which is itself then grasped); Abh 36; Vin I 1,14 (tanhpaccay -am -paccayo bhavo) = D I 45,15 = SII 1,20; D i l i 230,21 (cattri ~ni kmpdnam ditthpdnam silabbatpdnam attavdpdnam); MI 266,32 (y vedansu nandi tad -am; Ps II 311,is: s va tanh gahanatthena -am eva); 300,3 (yo... pancas* -kkhandhesu chandargo tarn tattha -am); 411,22 (ajjhosanya santike -ya santike, dat. for gen. ?); S I 69,24* (laddh hi so -am mah hutvna pvako); IV399,26foil (yasmim... samaye acci vtena khitt drarn pi gacchati... vto hi 'ssa ... tasrnim samaye -am hoti... yasmim ... samaye imam ca kyam nikkhipati... tanh hi * ssa ... -am hoti); Sn358 (addasa bhagav dim -assa); Vv 84:4 (-am n' atthi kuto 'dha bhakkho); Ja III 342,19 (aggi -na na tappati); Dhs 1059 (katamo lobho, yo rgo... gantho -am varanam...); Pet 15,6 (avijj sankhr tanh -am ayam samudayo iti); 94,18 (ime cattro sav cattri -ni); Nett 124,7 (cattri -ni tesam patipakkho cattri jhnni); Mil 175,27 (jalamno aggi annasmim ~e dinne bhiyyo pajjalati); Ps I 2\S, 10 fall.; Pj II 212,3 (updtabbatthena -am dukkhasaccass' etam adhivacanam); As 385,5 (-an ti dalhagahanam); Sadd 394,7 (indhanam -am); 502,27 (gaha -e: -am gahanam); ifc see attavd'-- (sv atta[n]), upy'-, km'--, ditth'--, silabbat'--; -kkhandha, m, one of the five groups of the elements of existence connected with grasping (as cause or object) (and being material support or fuel); MI 48,34 (sankhittena pane' ~ dukkh); 299,10 (panea kho ime ... - sakkyo vutto bhagavat; Ps II 359,4: - ti updnnam paccayabht khandhti); 299,35foil, (na ... tarn yeva updnam te pane* - na pi annatra panceh' -ehi updnam, yo kho ... pancas' -esu chandargo tarn tattha updnam); S III 58,3i foil, (pane* ime bhikkhave -, katame pafica); Vibh 195,io (sv eva kyo loko panca pi - loko); Nett 15,i9 (ye pane' ~ idam nmarpam); Mil 393,15 (yogin... imesu yeva pancas' -esu udayabbaynupassin viharitabbam); Vism477,22 (khandh tva avisesato vutt, - ssava-updniyabhvena visesetv); 478,6 (vedandayo pana ansavva khandhesu vutt ssav -esu); Pj I 82,io (updnena janit updnajanak v khandh -); Patis-a 110, \ofoll. (- ti updnagocar khandh ... updnasambht v khandh ... updnavidheyy v khandh... updnappabhav v khandh -); anupdna, mfn. and n., l.(mfn.) (i) without taking as one's own, without holding on

to; without (material) support, without fuel; MII 237,13 (nibbuto 'ham asmi ~o 'ham asmi ti); S IV 399,19 (sa-updnassa ... upapattim pannpemi no -assa); Sn753 (anissito-0); Th840 (siho va -o); JaV 251,9* (jhyati anupdano updnesu lokesu dayhamnesu nibbuto, Be, Ce, Se so, mc; Ee -o; 251,19': kmpdnarahito); Ap 101,8 (nibbyi - 0 dipo va telasankhay); Mil 32,18 (sace -0 bhavissmi na patisandahissmi ti); 96,27 (nibbute aggikkhandhe -e); Vism 689,3 (nirindhano viya jtavedo - 0 parinibbyati); (ii) not being a material support, not being fuel; Sp 758,17 (itthakdinam... tt, na hi tni aggissa updnasankhyam gacchanti); 2. (n.) not holding on to; absence of support or fuel; Vin III 19,36 (-ya dhammo desito); M I 411,25 (-ya santike, dat. for gen. ?); Mp II 159,20 (ettha -am nma dutiyo dhammo hoti); nirupdna, nirpdna, mfn., without holding on to; without support or fuel; Ps IV 102,13 (appatisandhik -0 viya jtavedo parinibbyanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anupdano); Dhp-all 163,9 (parinibbut nma, -0 viya padipo apannattikabhvam gat, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anupdano); Nidd-al 173,7 (-0 va jtavedo); Bv -a 2 94,30 foil, (yath aggi -0 nibbyati evam aham pi -o parinibbyissmi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nirpdno); sa-updna, savupdna, sopdna, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) holding on to; marked by grasping; having (material) support, supplied with fuel; M I 65,26 (te satanh te -); 148,26 (-am yeva samnam anupdparinibbnam pannpessa; Ps II 156,26foil: sagahanadhammam eva niggahanadhammam... pannpeyy ti); S IV 399,20 (aggi-ojalati no anupdano); AII 163,26 (-0 va samno antakaro abhavissa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee savupdno); Mil 32,17 (sace... ~o bhavissmi patisandahissmi); Pet 155,15 (tehi cathi updnehi yo sopdno); 2. (n.) (a state of) holding on to; the having support; Vin III 19,36 (anupdnya dhammo desito no -ya). updnakakkhandh in Ee at Spkll 307, is is wr for updnakkhandh (Be, Ce, Se, S III 100,29 so). updniya, mfn. [from updna], likely to be taken as one's own, tending to produce grasping; serving as a support or fuel; S III 47,27 (yam kind ... rpam ... ssavam -am ayam vuecati rpupdnakkhandho; Spk II 270,22 foil.: -an ti... updnnam paccayabhtam ... updtabban ti -am); 167,10 (rpam ... -o dhammo yo tattha chandargo tarn tattha updnam); Patisl 22,19 (phasso ssavo -0); Dhs 1219 (katame dhamm -); Vibh 79,32 (dasyatan -); Vism 475,3 (~ato); 582,9 (updnam pi ~e dhamme updiyati paccayo ca hoti bhavassa); As 42,22 (updnnam hit ti -a, updnassa rammanapaccayabhtnam etam adhivacanam); Sadd 789,30 (updnasamvaddhanena updnam hitam tesam v rammanan ti-am); anupdniya, mfn., not producing grasping; not serving as a support; Dhs 1220 (apariypann magg ca maggaphalni ca asankhat ca dhtu ime dhamm -); 1539; Vibh 67,30 (rpakkhandho updniyo cattro khandh siy updniya siy -). updya, absol. of updiyati qv.

481

updyitabban ti in Ee at As 332,7 is wr; read no upd. phusitabban ti photthabbam with Be, Ce, Se. updi, m. or f [from updiyati? cf BHS updi, upadhi], (according to cts) material support (the result of previous kamma,); taking as one's own, grasping; PsIV 55,7 (updtabbam ganhitabbam hi idha ~I ti vuttam); Ud-a 151,12 (khandhasankhtnam ~inam lesamattassapi abhvato anupdises tipavuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee updinnnam, prob, wr) = It-a 1135,9 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upddinam); It-a I 165,4 (tanhdihi phalabhvena updiyati" ti ~i khandhapancakam); Ih-aII 271,16 (~im v bhayato anupdim ca khemato dassanena ..., Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upddim); Patis-a323,20 (updiyati aham mama ti bhusam ganhlyatl ti ~i khandhapancakass' etam adhivacanam); Sadd 849,2 (diyati ti di evam ~i); -sesa, m., a remnant of material support or fuel; a residue of grasping; MI 62,36 (ditthe va dhamme anha sati v ~e angmit; Ps I 301,33 foil.: updnasese v sati aparikkhine) * Snp. 140,15 (Pj II 504,3: -an ti punabbhavavasena updtabbakkhandhasesam vuccati); Vism 509,8; anupdises, mfn. [cf BHS anupadhiSesa], 1. (b/nibbna, at death) without any remnant of material support (the result of previous kamma^ absolute; D i l 108,33 (yad tathagato anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy parinibbyati tad 'yam pathavi kampati); It 38,20 (tassa idh' eva bhikkhave sabbavedayitni anabhinanditni sitibhavissanti ayam vuccati bhikkhave anupdises nibbnadhtu); 39,1* (anupdises pana samparyik yamhi nirujjhanti bhavni sabbaso); Jal 236,17 (Losakatissatthero ... anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy parinibbyi); Pet 6,15 (apatisandhibhvanirodhalakkhan anupdises nibbnadhtu); 136,2 (yo imassa dukkhassa nirodho vpasamo annassa ca aptubhvo ayam anupdises nibbnadhtu); Nett 12,21 (loko anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy muccati); 38,6 (bhed kyassa ayam anupdises nibbnadhtu); Mil 95,22 (bodhimle yeva tathgatassa sdiyan pahin kirn pana anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy parinibbutassa); Vism 509,13 (n' atthi ettha updiseso ti anupdisesam); Dhp-aH 163,8 (kilesavattassa khepitatt sa-updisesena carimacittanirodhena khandhavattassa khepitatt anupdisesena ca ti dvihi pi parinibbnehi parinibbut nma); 2. (of arhats) without any remnant of material support; AIV 75,6 (bhikkhuniyo anupdises suvimutt; Mp IV 40,4: anupdises ti updnasesam agahetv pancahi vimuttihi anavaseshi vimutt); 3. without any trace or infection remaining; without leaving any trace or infection; MII 257,1 (apaneyya visadosam sa-updisesam anupdiseso ti mannamno); 257,13 (apanito visadoso anupdiseso); sa-updisesa, mfn. 1. fo/nibbna, during life) accompanied by a residue of material support; It 38,14 (tassa yo rgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayam vuccati bhikkhave sa-updises nibbnadhtu); 38,26* (ek hi dhtu idha ditthadhammik sa-updises bhavanettisankhay); Nett 38,6 (y nittanhat ayam sa-updises nibbnadhtu); Vism 509,9; Dhp-all 163,7; 2 . with a residue of material support, with some holding on to; AIV 75,23; Sn354 (nibbyi so du sa-updiseso; cf Pj II

350,23: kirn anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy yath asekh udhusa-updisesya yath sekh tipucchati); Nett 92,23 (svako... sa-updiseso anupdisesam nibbnadhtum anuppunissatl ti n' etam thnam vijjati); Mp IV 40,6 (sa-updisese v sa-updiseso ti sa-updnasese puggale sa-updnaseso ayan ti); 3. with a trace or infection remaining, leaving some infection; Mil 257,1 (PsIV 55,6: -an ti sagahanasesam, updtabbam ganhitabbam hi idha updi ti vuttam); 257,23 (visadoso apanito ~o); sopdisesa, mfn., accompanied by a residue of material support; Pet 235,23 (dve nibbnadhtuyo desit sopdisesa ca anupdises ca); Vism 508,8 (sopdisesanibbnadhtupattiy); Ap-a 201,26 (sopdisesam nibbnadhtum attano dassetv gthpariyosne anupdisesya nibbnadhtuy parinibbyi ti); anupdi, m. or / , absence of material support, absence of grasping; Th-a II271, i6 (updim v bhayato ~im ca khemato dassanena .. .) updika, m. or ~, / [updi + ka2], grasping; attachment; Ap 516,15 (sabbabandhanamutt 'hamapetme ~). updinna, mfn., pp of updiyati qv. updinnaka, see sv updinnaka. updinna, mfn., pp o/updiyati qv. updinnaka, updinnaka, mfn. [updinna + ka2], (what is) derived, evolved, produced (as a result of previous kamma); animate; Vism 398,19 (kim ~am vaddhati anupdinnakan ti); Sp 537,24 (~ena hi kammajarpena); Spkl 21,24 (~nam paficannam khandhnam); Mp IV 149,15 (~am sariram nma khandiccdihi abhibhuyyati); As 82,11 (catubbidho kyo -0 hrasamutthno utusamutthno cittasamutthno ti); anupdinnaka, anupdinnaka, mfn., not derived; not produced by previous kamma; inanimate; Spk I 21,19 (~nam catunnam arpakkhandhnam); Pj II 464,9 (pnnarn jtivibharige kathetabbe tinarukkhe pi jnth ti ~nam tva kathetum raddho); Dhp-a III 427,20 (kin nu kho imam padumam jarya pahatam pannyati, -e pi evam jarya abhibhuyyamne updinnake kath va n' atthi); As 378,26. updiyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. updatte; BHS updiyati], appropriates to oneself, takes as one's own, adopts; lays hold of, grasps; uses; takes as material source, derives, evolves (from); D II 68,8 (na kind loke ~ati); MI 137,24 (tarn bhikkhave attavdupdnam ~etha yam ssa attavdupdnam ~ato na uppajjeyyum sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupys); 498,4 (tarn c' eva ditthim na ppajahanti annam ca ditthim ~anti); III 259,13 (na cakkhum ~issmi); SHI 89,23 (pajahati na ~ati); Sn 1103 foil, (yam yam hi lokasmim ~anti ten' eva Mro anveti jantum, tasm pajnam na -etna bhikkhu sato kincanam sabbaloke); Niddl 21,13 (n' eva pajahati na ~ati); Kv 93,15 (nanu arah n' eva pajahati na -ati pajahitv thito ti); Pet 244,25 (pathame vipallse thito kme ~ati); 245,1 (khandhe attato -ati idam attavdupdnam); Vism 569,3 foil, (vatthusankhtam kmam ~afi ti kmpdnam) = As 385,3 foil. (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr updiyati ti); Svl09,i2 (kind -eyya); As 332,5 (updrpam ~at' eva); upadiyanti ti in Ce, Ee, Se at As 50,9 is wrfor upadiyanti ti (Be so); and updiyati in

482

Ee, Se at As 332,6 is wr for updiyati {Be, Ce so); part.pr. (a)updiya(t), mfii., MI 137,25 (~ato); neg. anupdiya(t), mfn., DII 68,8 (anupdiyam na paritassati); (b) updiyanta, mfn., Kv 614, i I (pajahanto -anto); Pj I 189,14; neg. anupdiyanta, mfn., Spkll 78,19 (anupdiyanto aganhanto); (c) updiyamna, mfn., MI 511,3i; SHI 73,26 (~amno kho bhikkhu baddho Mrassa anupdiyamno mutto ppimato ti); neg. anupdiyamna, mfn., SHI 73,26; Niddl 108,1; (d) neg. anupdiyna, mfn., Dhp 20 (anupdiyno idha v hurarn v); Sn915 (anupdiyno lokasmim kind); aor. I sg. updiyim, MI 330,14* (nandim ca na -im); 3 pi. updiyimsu, Sp599,2i (kind desam lesamattam -imsu); absol. (a)updiyitv, Mil 138,7 (na ca panin hanukam ~itv nisidati, Ce, Ee so; Be upadahitv; Se upadahetv); As 307,30 (cattri mahbhtni ~itv pavattapasdo ti attho); Ps I 222,7 (updy ti ~itv, gahetv ti attho); neg. anupdiyitv, Sp 1366,33; Sv 109,13 (kind dhammam anupdiyitv); Dhp-a IV 194,n; (b)updya [ts], 1. taking for oneself taking as one's own, adopting; making use of, having as material support or cause; being evolved or deriving (from, gen.); Vin III 167,26 (kind desam lesamattam updya); MI 185,11 (cattri ca mahbhtni catunnam ca mahbhtnam updya rpam); S III 16,14 (updya ca paritassati); 105,12 (updya ... asm! ti hoti no anupdya); A I 176,31 (channam... dhtnam updya gabbhassvakkanti hoti); IV 164,9; Sn 168 foil. (kissa loko updya ... channam eva updya); As 307,28 (catunnam mahbhtnam updya pasdo ti idha pi upayogatthe yeva smivacanam, cattri mahbhtni updiyitv pavattapasdo ti attho); 2. (postp., + acc. or gen.), with, out of because of; with reference to, in respect of; relative to, in comparison with; Vin III 73,35 (addhnam jivitam updya daliddnam jivitam ppakam); 216, is (kalynakamyatam updya); D I 204,16 (anukampam updy ti); MI 83,3 (te mam catunnam satipatthnnam updy' updya panham puccheyyum); SI 112,3 (pancannam updnakkhandhnam updya ... dhammiy kathya); IV 85,20 (kim updya uppajjati ajjhattam sukham dukkhan ti); Ja III 223,25' (mam updya satagunena sahassagunena kapanatar va hutv); Mil 182,19 (ye keci kilespasamya patipann te sabbe updy' updya samano khinsavo aggam akkhyati); Vism 492,21 (so pana attabhvo yam dhammam updya itthi ti v puriso ti v sankham gacchati); Sp 34,25* (pubbe katam updya dutiy ti ca vuccati); Ps II 199,30 (idh ti... lokam updya vuccati); Spkll 308,11 (updy ti gamma rabbha sandhya paticca); 3. including; beginning from; Vin HI 121,9 (hattho nma kapparam updya yva agganakh); IV 272,19 (arunaggam updya yva majjhantik); Ja I 422,21 (rjarjamahmattdayo antamaso dovrike updya sabbe va sannipatitv); PatisII 213,15 (rj cakkavatti vehsam gacchati saddhim caturanginiy senya antamaso assabandhagopake purise updya); Vism 97,30 (mett bhvetabb ... manusse updya sabbasattesu); Vv-a 65,6 (pamsucunnam updya sabbam rattasuvannam hutv); updyakosalla in Be, Ce, Ee at Pet 153,1 is prob, wr for upyakosalla;

updyarpa, n., evolved or derived material form; Sadd 743,6 (mahbhtni updya pavattam rpam updyarpam updrpam v yakralopavasena); Spk I 296,2i (tato sesam updyarpam bhtarpam nmarpanti); neg. absol. anupdya, not taking as one 's own, not holding on to, not grasping; without support, without dependence; Vin III 8,30 (anupdya savehi cittni vimuccimsu; Sp 189,\foll.\ agahetv vimuccimsu, tesam hi cittni yehi savehi vimuccimsu, na te tni gahetv vimuccimsu) * Ud8,i3; SHI 17,18 (anupdya ca na paritassati); Sn 363 (anupdya anissito kuhinci; Pj II 363,21: catuhi updnehi kanci dhammam agahetv); Thi 105 (anupdya nibbut; Thi-a97,io: rpdisu kind pi aggahetv); absol. (c) upd {short form of updya), having a support or cause; being evolved, derived, secondary (esp. o/rpa, as evolved from the mahbhtni); Dhs 585 (atthi rpam upd atthi rpam no upd); 596 (katamam tarn rpam upd, cakkhyatanam...; As 305,34: updiyati ti upd, mahbhtni gahetv amuncitv tni nissya pavattati ti attho); Vibh67,26/o//. (cattro khandh no upd, rpakkhandho siy upd siy no upd); 119,27 (tini sacc no upd, dukkhasaccam siy upd siy no upd); updrpa, n., evolved or derived material form; Vism 444,i (updrpam catuvisatividham, cakkhu sotam..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se updyarpam); Ps I 73,4 (cattri bhtni tadanusrena updrpni ca pariggahetv ayam rpakkhandho ti vavatthapeti); II 350,n (mahbhtni updrpnam ... paccay honti ti, Be, Se so; Ee updya rpnam; Ce upadyarpnam); Mp II 173,12 (kabalinkrhro updrpam, ekasmim ca updrpe ditthe tevisati updrpni pkatni honti ti); As 297,23 (rpam annam pi atthi ti updrpam sampindeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se updyarpam); 300,33 (idam cattri mahbhtni padapatiptiy nidditthni tevisati updrpni ti sattavisatipabhedam sabbam rpam nma); neg. absol. anupd, not taking as one's own, not holding on to; without (material) support, without dependence; VinV 164,324 (etadatth kath etadatth mantan... yad idam anupd cittassa vimokkho ti) quoted Vism 13,19; D I 17,4 (anupd vimutto... tathagato; Svl09,n: anupdiyitv va vimutto); Mill 187,8 (anupd vimuccanti); Ud33,20* (tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno anupd punabbhavo na hoti; Ud-a216,7/o//.: updnbhvato kilesbhisankhramrnam v agahanato); Mil 31,31 (anupd parinibbnam kho pana amhkam paramattho, perhaps cpd); pass. pr. 3 sg. updiyati, is taken hold of, is grasped; is used as the basis for derivation; It-al 165,4 (tanhdihi phalabhvena ~a& tiupdi khandhapancakam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr updiyati ti); Patis-a 323,19 (~fyate aham mama ti bhusam ganhiyati ti updi); As 50,9 (updiyanf eva bhtni, na bht viya ~anti ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr updiyanti ti); 332,6 (updrpam updiyaf eva na aniiena ~ati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr updiyati); updiyati in Ce, Ee at As 385,3 foil, is wr for updiyati {Be, Se so); pp (a) updinna, updinna, mfn., 1. taken hold of, taken for one's own; grasped; used; Vin III 168,6 (koci deso lesamatto -0); SHI 114,28 (so rpam upeti

483

updiyati adhitthti att me ti... tass' ime pancupdnakkhandh upet - digharattam ahitya dukkhya samvattanti); Vism 349,29 (-an ti dalham dinnam, aham maman tievam dalham dinnam gahitam parmatthan ti attho); Sv 109,12 (--tt ca baddho bhaveyya); neg. anupdinna, anupdinna, m/h., SHI 115,24 (ime pane' updnakkhandh anupet anupdinna); 2. evolved, derived, esp. evolved by the influence of previous kamma (usually explained by cts as meaning \.); animate; MI 185,16 (katam... ajjhattik pathavidhtu, yam ajjhattam... kakkhalam kharigatam -am; Ps II 222,28foil.: -an ti na kammasamutthnam eva avisesena pana sariratthakass' etam gahanam. sariratthakam hi -am v hotu anupdinnam v dinnagahitaparmatthavasena sabbam -am eva nma); Dhs 1211 (ssav kusalkusalnam dhammnam vipk kmvacar rpvacar arpvacar vedankkhandho ... vinnnakkhandho yam ca rpam kammassa katatt ime dhamm -); Vibh 67,27 (rpakkhandho ... siy -0 siy anupdinno); 119,29 (dukkhasaccam siy -am siy anupdinnam); Vism451,4 (kammajan ti... kammena tt '-am); As 42,20 (tanhditthihi upetena kammun dinn phalabhvena gahit ti -); santna, n., an evolved or derived "continuity-series " (ie an animate being); Vism 366,25 (--santne pi macchakacchapadevadnavdisariravasena mahantn' eva ptubhtni [mahbhtni]) = As 299,7; neg. anupdinna, anupdinna, mfn., not evolved or derived, primary; not evolved by the influence o/'kamma; inanimate; Vin III 113,8(bahiddhrpeti bahiddh updinne v anupdinne v); Dhs 1212 (ssav kusalkusal dhamm kmvacar... ye ca dhamm kiriy n' eva kusal nkusal na ca kammavipk yam ca rpam na kammassa katatt... ime dhamm anupdinna); Vibh67,27; 119,29 (uni sacc anupdinna); Pj II 91,9 (anupdinnam pi tva jarya hanfiati, kirn anga pana updinnan ti); 464,11 (anupdinnesu hi jtibhede gahite updinnesu so pkatataro hoti); anupdinnasantna, n., a "continuityseries" which is not evolved or derived (ie an inanimate being); Vism 366,20; 3. evolved from, being the basis for derivation; ? Vism 367,21 ([mahbhtni] anupdinnni pi ~ni pi mahvikrni honti) * As 300,6; eg. anupdinna, anupdinna, mfn., not evolved from, not being the basis for derivation; ? Vism 367,21 * As 300,6; 4 . not holding on to, not grasping; A I 199,8* (anupdinnena manas apalso ashaso, Ce, Ee so; Be anunnatena; Se anuttinnena; Mp II 313,16: anuddhatena cetas); pp (b) upatta2, mfn. [S. uptta], visaya, mfh. (gr.t.t.) having its sphere of action implied; Sadd 709,13 ([apdnam] visayam); fpp (a) updtabba, mfh., to be taken hold of, to be taken as one's own; to be grasped; SpkH 270,24 (-an ti updniyam); Ps V 29,12 (~o sankhro nma n' atthi); (b) updeyya, mfn. [S. updeya] to be included, to be implied; Sadd 709,14 (-0 ettha kiriyviseso, Ee so; Be upteyyo; Ce uptteyyo); 756,16 (-0 kiriyviseso, so read ? Be, Ee upteyyo; Ce uptteyyo). updiyana, n. [from updiyati], grasping; ifc see anupdiyana.

updisi, aor. 3 sg. o/upadisati qv. updiyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of updiyati qv. updhi1, / [? possibly wr for pnadhi^v], a (royal) slipper; Ja VI 22,29* (vlavijanim unhisam khaggam chattam ca pandaram -1 ratham ruyha suvannehi alankat, Be so; Ee ~i; Ce updi; Se updl; Ce, Ee suvannena alankato; 23,19': suvannapduk ca ratham ropentu... panca rjakakudhabhandni ganhath ti npento rj ha, Be so; Ce, Ee ratham ruyhantu; Se ratham ruyha). updhi2, m. [c/upadhi2], part of a carriage (perhaps a cushion); Ja VI 253,28' ([kyo te rathasannto] thitacitta-m-updhiyo ti... sutthu thita-ekaggabhvappattacittasankhtena ~in uttarattharanena v rjsanena samanngato, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se rjsanena v; Ce upadhin); see also upatheya, thitacitta-m-updhiya. updheti, see sv updahati. upnayi, aor. 3 sg. o/upaneti qv. upniya, mfn. [fpp of *upa + neti], to be inferred; Sadd 920,31 (yad aniddittham buddhiy avagamaniyam tad -an ti). upnetv, ind. [absol. o/*upa + neti; cf S. upnayati], bringing near; Ap 314,28 (nnam ~etv, Eeso, perhaps wr; Be, Se uppdetv; Ce upnetv). upnta, mfn. [ts], near, adjoining; -bh,/, the adjoining ground; Abh 190 (~ parisaro); see also upanti, upantika. upya, m. (and mfn.) [S. upya, m.], 1. (m.) way, means; expedient; appropriate way, successful means; strategy, stratagem; Abh 348; Th 743 (uccvaceh* ~ehi pare sam abhijigisati); Ja I 367,15' (cha dvr - adhigamamukhni ti); III 123,7 (yena kenaci ~ena rjnam mretv); IV 181,19 (kin nukarissmi ti cintento atth' eko ~o ti); V 315,io (pabbajit nma pandit, kanci ~am jnissan" ti); Ap 550,5 (~o te cintito yym\); Pet 44,10 (tattha katamo ~o); Vism 305,20 (tehi tehi ~ehi dhanam samharitv); 652,28 (muncanassa-am karonto); Sp 606,31 (laddho dni me sanghabhedassa ~o ti); Sv 1005,7 (yo ti vaddhi apyo ti avaddhi tassa tassa kranam ~o); Spk I 154,28 (sace rj imam ca imam ca -am katv gaccheyya puna jineyy ti); Mhv 38:91 (mretum amhe ppassa tass* -o ti cintiya); Saddh 389 (rajjalbhass' pyo yyam); tena upyena, etena upyena, imin upyena, in this way, thus; by this means; Vin II 287,8 (eten* eva -ena ubhatovinaye pucchi); DII 148,26 (yasm nando etena -ena pathamen' eva ymena... Malle bhagavantam vandpesi); Ja VI 368,11; Ap 395,14; Pet 177,24 (imin dvrena imin payogena imin -ena); Vism 13,6 (eten* eva -ena itarni pi vitthretabbni); Dhp-aIV 230,7 (upsako ten* eva -ena sesamaggesu pi panham pucchitv); Vibh-a7,2 (imin -ena sabbapucchsu attho veditabbo); kena upyena, in which way ? how ?; Vin I 157,7 (kena nu kho mayam -ena samagg... phsukam vassam vaseyyma); Ap 76,16 (kena nu kho -ena visamyutto bhave aham); Cp 3:10:3 (kena nu kho -ena nti dukkh pamocaye); ins tr. upyena, adv., skilfully; in the right way; by a stratagem; Th941 (-ena sahkaddhanti bahum dhanam); Ja III 536,7 (alam imiss tattha gamanena, -en' ass angamanam eva

484

karissmi ti); IV 139,22 (-ena yottam gahetv); V 193, n (-en' assa silam bhindissmi ti); Ap 549,22 (tay samm ~ena vinit); Vism 230,19 (yoniso pavatteti, ~ena pavatteti ti attho); Thi-a 85,is (yoniso ~ena); upyaso, adv., skilfully; in the right way; as a means; Ja III 443,23* (dhammena iiayena-aso; 444,2.* ~aso ti upyakosallena); V 401,9* (karonti 'pyaso); Ap41,2 (agadam so gaveseyya visaghty' -aso, Ee so; Be, Se upyanam; Ce uplanam); Sadd 804,6 (-na -aso); ifc see tatr'--, nipphajjan'-; 2. {perhaps wr for upaya^v] (i)(m.) approach; involvement; Spk II 33,n (dve -a, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upay; = Niddl 80,3i: eds upay); Ps IV 92,2i (tanhditthiyo hi tebhmakadhamme upenti ti -a); (ii) (mfn.) going to, being involved; S III 53,9 (~o bhikkhave avimutto anupayo vimutto, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce upayo); ifc see rp'--, vedan'--, sahkhr'--, sann'--; 0> -updna, -pdna, n., and~% m.pl9 involvement and holding on to; M III 30,31 (ye rpe ~ cetaso adhitthnbhinivesnusay, Be, Ee so; Ce upayupdn; Se updyupdn; Ps IV 92,2o: - ti tanhditthinam etam adhivacanam, tanhditthiyo hi tebhmakadhamme upenti ti upay updiyanti ti updn) * A V 111,5 (loke -, Ee, Se so; Be updn; Ce upayupdn); SII 17,15 (-am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upayupdanam); 11110,9 (rpadhtuy... y tanh ye ~ cetaso adhitthnbhinivesnusay, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upayupdn; Spk II 259,12: ~ ti tanhpyaditthpyavasena dve upy kmpdndini cattri updnni ca) = Niddll 115,32 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upayupdn); -kosalla, n., knowledge about the appropriate way or means; D III 220,4 (yakosallam apyakosallam -am); Ja III 297,24 (mayham -am na jnti); Vibh 326,11 (sabb pi tatrupy panfi -am); Vism 440,11; Pv-a99,6; Cp-a 186,21 (sankhtena ca sundarena patibhnena samanngato); -ftfiu, mfn., knowing the means, knowing the way; Sn321 (tatr' payann kusalo mutima, mc; Pj II 330,25: ~); Sp 552,25; neg. anupyannu, mfn., Th-aII 210,7 (anupyannutya); -manasikra, m., paying attention in the right way; Sv 888,5 (anicce aniccan ti divasena pavattam -am); Ps I 64,15 (yonisomanasikro nma -o); anupya, m and mfn. \.(m.) the wrong way, the wrong means; Ja I 256,6* (-ena yo attham icchati so vihaniiati); VI402,12 (cariya dhannakkhayena p' etam gahetum na sakk ayam pi -o ti); Ud-a 352,27 (~ena viriyrambham karont); As 401,24 (ayoniso ti -ena); manasikra, m., paying attention in the wrong way; Ps I 64,19; Spk I 297,16; 2. (mfn.) not going near; free from involvement; M III 25,23 (tesu dhammesu ~o anapyo anissito, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce anupayo; Ps IV 89,5: rgavasena anupagamano hutv) * Nidd II 219,io (ditthe -o anissito, Ee so; Be anpayo; Ce, Se anupayo); S III 53,9 (~o vimutto, Ee, Se so; Ce, Be anupayo); nirupya, mfn. [ts], without expedients, helpless; Ja V 316,5 (kandnam khayena dve pi sen - atthamsu, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se nirussh); sa-upaya, mfn., with the means; with the way (to it); Vism 497,23 (pavattim cikkhanto bhagav sahetukam cikkhi nivattim ca -am); Pj II 517,20 (~am nissaranam ... dassetum).

upyana, n. [ts]f I. approach, means; Ap41,2 (agadam so gaveseyya visaghty' ~am, Be, Se so; Ce uplanam; ise upyaso; Ap-a279,s: tassa visassa vightya vinsya -am upyabhtam agadam osadham); 2. present, gift; Abh 356; Ja V 347,5* (~am hi te deva nnnam passmi edisam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaynam; 347,31*: -an ti pannkram); VI 15,32* (~ni me dajjum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaynni; 16,2': -ni ti pannkre) quoted Sadd 416,16 (upaynni); Cp 3:15:2 (-any upanenti); Mil 241,16 (koci-d-eva puriso ranno -am hareyya, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upaynam dadeyya); 294,25 (yadi te ntak tarn -am na sampaticcheyyum); Mhv28:ll (-am idam tassa); Sadd 922,9 (upaynam -am ... vannabhedo 'yam); see also upayna. upyti,/?/*. 3 sg. [S. upyti], comes to, comes near to; Ja IV 417,17' (upsare ti -anti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se upsanti); VI 163,21* (sabbni te -antu, Ce so; Ee wr -anti; Be, Se upayantu; 163,22': sabbni ratanni tava nivesanam -antu upagacchant ti, Ce, Ee so; Se upayantu; Be nivesanam upagacchant ti). upysa, m. [upa + ysa; BHS id.], trouble, unrest; annoyance, irritation; Vin I 34,23 (dukkhehi domanassehi -ehi dittan ti); D i l 306,20 (dukkhadhammena phutthassa yso -o ysitattam upysitattam) = Mill 250,12= Vibh 100,28; Sil 109,u (na parimuccimsu jtiy jarya ... dukkhehi domanassehi -ehi) 9* Mil 69,5; Sn 542 (~ ca te sabbe viddhast); Ja IV 11,29' (bahupyso ti bahun kyikacetasikadukkhasankhtena -ena kilamathena samanngato); Patisl 129,5 (ditto lokasannivso rgaggin ... domanassehi -ehi); Pet 6,6 (kilesaparidahanalakkhano -o); 8,13/0//. (tattha katamo -o ... tayo aggi ayam -o); Vism 504,12 (-0 nma iitivyasandihi phutthassa adhimattacetodukkhappabhvito doso yeva); Sv 121,29 (visdalakkhano -o); Ud-a42,n (bhuso yso -o); -bahula, mfn., irritable, easily annoyed; M III 204,19 (kodhano hoti -oappam pi vutto samno abhisajjati kuppati...) ^ A II 203,15; Ja II 277,12 (-0 uddhane pakkhittalonam viya tatatatyanto vicarati); neg. anupysabahula, mfn., Mill 204,26; A l l 204,4; anupysa, m. and mfn., \.(m.) absence of trouble or irritation; Patisl 12,4 (-0 sukhan ti abhinneyyam); 2. (mfn.) (i) troublefree; not bringing annoyance; Mill 231,2 (adukkho eso dhammo anupaghto -o aparilho sammpatipad); (ii) not irritated, at peace; free from trouble or annoyance; SI 198,16* (asokam -am kasm pabbajitam tape); Ud92,n (asok te viraj - ti); As 430,4* (ppunantu ... asokam -am nibbnasukham uttamam); acc.~am,adv., Sil 153,16 (sukham viharati avightam -am aparilham) = A1204,21; nirpysa, mfn., free from irritation, peaceable; Kv 606,14 (nippalso -o nikkileso) = 613,n; sa-upysa, mfn., 1. bringing trouble, involving annoyance or irritation; MI 485,30 (ditthigatam... sadukkham savightam -am saparilham); 111230,29 (sadukkho eso dhammo sa-upaghto -0 saparilho micchpatipad); Thi-a265,7 (savightatt tt); 2. suffering trouble or irritation; Mill 231,30 (ye kmapatisandhisukhino ... sabbe te sadukkh sa-upaght - saparilh micch-

485

patipann ti); ace. -am, adv., Sil 152,10 (dukkham viharati savightam -am saparilham) = A I 203,6; 3. irritable, showing annoyance; Kv606,n (sapalso - o sakileso); see also kodhupysi(n). upysan, / [upa + ysan], trouble, unrest; annoyance; PatisI 38,34 (dukkhadhammena phutthassa yso upyso ysan ~ ysitattam upysitattam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se omit ysan ~). upysita, mfn. [upa + ysita], troubled, irritated; D II 306,20 (dukkhadhammena phutthassa yso upyso ysitattam -ttam) = Mill 250,12 * PatisI 38,34 * Vibh 100,28 (Vibh-a 106,5: -bhvo -ttam). uprata, mfn., pp o/upramati qv. upraddha, mfn., pp tffuprambhati qv. upramati, pr. 3 sg. [S. upramati], ceases; gives up, abstains (from, abl); JaV 391,28* (esham ajj' eva -ami, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uparammi; 392,9': maccharibhvato -ami, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uparammi); 498,12* (so 'ham katham etto -eyyam); pp uprata, mfn. [ts], having given up, abstaining (from); Ja VI 45,29* (vadhabandh -). uprambha, m. [cf S. uplambha; BHS uprambha; BSV 30], reproof, criticism, fault-finding; argumentative challenge; Abh 121; MI 432,30 (annatitthiy paribbjak imin tarunpamena -na uprambhissanti); A1199,11* (-am na sikkheyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uparambham); Vibh 373,2 (yo - o anprambho ... paribhavo randhagavesit); Sp 192,8 (upavdam ca -am ca garaham ca pavatteyyum); Spk I 248,2i (-am ropento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uparambham); Pj II 402,30 (pucchitabbpucchitabbam na jnsi ti brhmanassa -am ropento ha: sarightivsi...); '-nisamsa, mfn., useful for argumentative challenge, thinking it useful for argumentative challenge; MI 133,28 (te - c'eva dhammam pariypunanti itivdappamokkhnisams ca); SV 73,14 (katham kathente -am); -citta, mfn., critical, finding fault, captious; AIV 25,14 (-0 dhammam sunti randhagavesi); Th360 (-0 dummedho sunti jinassanam; Th-all 153,16: -0 ti srambhacitto, dosropandhippyo ti attho); Vibh 373,4 (--t); neg. anuprambhacitta, mfn., A IV 26,12* (anuprambhacitto ca saddhammam sotum icchati); an uprambha, mfn., free from (grounds for) criticism; Sv 390,24 (anussaniptihriyam -am niddosam addhnam titthati); 895,12 ([iddhi] ansav anupadhik ti niddos -); niruprambha, mfn., id.; Spk II 73,3 (ariyo [nyo] ti niddoso -0); sa-uprambha, mfn., open to criticism; Sv 390,22 (iddhiptihriya-desanptihriyni -ni sadosni); 895,10 ([iddhi] ssav sa-upadhik ti sados -); see also anprambha, oprambha. uprambhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. uplabhate, BHS uprabhyate; BSU 30], criticises, finds fault; challenges, confutes; MI 432,30 (annatitthiy paribbjak imin tarunpamena uprambhena -issanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -issati); Spl93,i (upavadeyya c* eva -eyya ca garaheyya ca); pp upraddha, mfn. [cfS. uplabdha], criticised; challenged, confuted;

A V 230,4 (yehi annatitthiy ~ va jnanti -'amh ti; MpV 12,\%foll: viraddh niggahit ti evam jnanti, viraddh mayam niggahit mayam ropito doso ti); see also anprambhita. uprambhan, / [cf S. uplambhana], criticism, faultfinding; Vibh 373,2 (yo uprambho anprambho ~ anprambhan anprambhitattam); see also anprambhan. uplpenti in Ee at Pv-a276,i9 is prob, wr for upallenti qv sv upalajati. upvatta, mfn. [cf S. upvrtta, upvartayati], come back from; refraining from; Abh 432 (ppehi -o). upvasi, aor. 3 sg. o/upavasati qv. upvisati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. upviSati], sits down; Vv 63:5 (rjaputta tato pitv santhatasmim -a, eds so; perhaps mc for upavisa; Vv-a 262,10: tinasantharake nisid ti). upvisi, aor. 3 sg. of upvisati qv. upsaka, m. [S, BHS id.], a lay-follower, a lay-disciple (of the Buddha); Abh 415; Sadd865,2i (upsati ti ~o); Vin I 4,26 (te va loke pathamam ~ ahesum dvevcik); 16,37 (-am mam bhagav dhretu ajjatagge pnupetam saranam gatan ti); IV 15,26 (- rmam gacchanti dhammasavanya); D III 264,15 (gati bhikkhnam bhikkhunmam -nam upsiknam); MI 491,3 (- gihi odtavasan brahmacrino); SI 234,28* (ye gahatth punnakar silavanto -); Sn 376 (yo v agr anagram eti agrino v pan' -se); 384 (sabbe c* ime bhikkhavo sannisinn - cpi tath' eva sotum); Vv 84:27 (-ttam pativedayissam); Ja IV 325,20 (uposathik' attha ~ ti pucchitv); VI 120,14* (silavanto -); Mil 164,5 (arahati -o sotpanno bhikkhum puthujjanam abhivdetum); Sp 1330,36 (~o silav ti panca v dasa v sflni gopayamno); Sv 234,25 foil, (ko - o kasm -0 ti vuccati); Ud-all5,io (tihi saranagamanehi bhagavato santike -bhvassa paveditatt -o pancasikkhpadiko buddhammako dhammammako sanghammako); Pj II 302,6 (-0 hutv msassa attha divase vihram gantv dhammam sunti); Mhv 11:34 (-ttam vedesim Sakyaputtassa ssane); an upsaka, m., one who is not a laydisciple; Sp 598,1 (assamano -oti); see also upsik. upsati1, upseti, pr. 3 sg. [upa + Vas5, S. upsyati], shoots at (loc); practises (archery); Mil 418,25 (issattho lakkhe -eti, eds so); 419,6 (issattho syaptam -ati); fpp upsitabba1, (mf)n. impers., Mil 418,26 (yogin ... imasmim kye -am); 419,7 (yogin ... syaptam rammane -am). upsati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. upste], sits near, stays near; waits upon, serves, is devoted to; approaches; approaches respectfully; A I 162,25* (na hi sante -are; Mp II259,16: -are ti... uttamapurise na upasankamanti); 162,26* (ye ca sante -anti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr -enti) = 111214,16*; Thl027 (bahussutam -eyya); Ja IV 417,15* (mutt baddham -are); 426,9* (tvarn yev' eko -asi; 426,12: -asi ti payirupsasi); VI 222,14* (samanam brhmanam v pi -emu bahussutam); Ap 169,10 (yannnham -eyyam devadevam narsabham); Sv 234,33 (so hi buddham-ati ti upsako); part.pr. (a)upsa(t),mfn., JaV 371,26* (dnni -ato, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce adanni; 372,2': -ato ti upagacchantassa); (b) upsamna, mfn., DII 273,9*

486

(tumhe pana settham -amn); Ap 437,22; (c)upsina, mfn., JaV 346,14* (347,22': upagantv nisinno); It-all 91,16 (upekkhako ti tathpatipattiyam -o, Se so, Ee upsino, perhaps wrr; Be, Ce udasino); aor. 3 pi. upsimsu, Mhv 15:211; inf. upsitum, D II 287, IO* (gacchmi te -itum); absol. (a) upsitv, Ja V 339, is* (sukhitam tarn -itv dukkhitam tarn katham jahe); (b) upsitvna, Ap 246,26; pp upsita, mfn. [ts], 1. served, honoured; Abh 751; Sn 1133 (buddho ... -o me); Th 179 (- sappuris); neg. anupsita, mfn., Thi 387 (satth v anupsito siy, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr anussito); 2. who sits near; who serves or attends; JaIV 371,4* (sukhumlarpam disvna... ktgravarpetam mahsayanam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upocitam, prob, wr; 372,16': tatuY eva supafinattam sirisayanam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upocitam); Sadd 860, n (garum -o Devadatta); fpp (a) upsitabba2, mfh., Spk I 104,9 (samanehi -am samanupsanam nma); Mp II 196,20 (payirupsitabbo ti santike nisidanavasena punappuna -o); Pj II 499,n; (b) upsaniya, mfn., Nidd-al 7,25 (sabbath pi -o sevitabbo ca vinnhi); Mhv51:124; neg. anupsaniya,mfh., Nidd-al 7,23 (sabbath pi anupsamyo bhavati gthagatam iva chavltam). upsana1, n. [ts], shooting (arrows); practice (of archery); practising (a skill); Abh 390; 881; S II 268, I (Licchavi viharanti appamatt tpino -asmim; cf Spk II 229,22: ~asmin ti sippnam abhiyoge cariynam ca payirupsane); V 453, io (santhgre -am karonte; Spk III 301,19: kandakkhipanasikkhanam karonte); Ja VI 448,22* (~amhi katahatthe; 448,23': -amhi ti dhanusippe); Mil419,i2*(issatthako ... -am na rincanto labhate bhattavetanam); ifc see kat' - sv karoti. upsana2, n. [ts], attendance, service, devotion to; Abh 428; 881; Spk I 104,12 (bahussutnam v bhikkhnam -am pi samanupsanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upasankamanam); Ud-a288,i8 (ratanattayassa -ato upsakam). upsik, / , 1. [S., BHS id.], a female lay-follower, a female lay-disciple (of the Buddha); Abh 415; VinI 18,25 (~yo no bhagav dhretu ajjatagge pnupet saranam galti); D III 264,15 (upsaknam -nam); S IV 250,27* (s tdisi silavati -); AIV 66,16 (yadham bhante - patidesit nbhijnmi kfci sikkhpadam sancicca vitikkamit ti); Pv38:42 (~ Sakyamunino); JaV 1,4 (satth bah upsake ca ~yo ca... pucchitv); Mil 387,14; Vism 91,23 (therabhgini pi ~ sad theram tassa pavattim pucchati); 2. a female servant; ? As 273,3 ([klakannisalk] nvikass' eva -y' eva hatthe pati; c/Dhp-a III 38,2i: nvikassa bhariy ... salk tass ppuni); anupsik,/, one who is not a female laydisciple; Vin 1147,26 (ayam ca me mt giln s ca ~); see also upsaka. upsita(r), m. [from upsati2; S. upsitr], one who serves, who honours; Dili 158,16* (pabbajitam -a; Sv 933,\sfoll.: upasankamitv payirupsit). upsino in Ee at It-a II 91,16 is prob, wr for udasino (Be, Ce so). upsina, mfn., part.pr. of upsati2 qv.

upseti, see sv upsati1. uphata, mfn. [p/?o/*upa+ harati; S. uphrta], brought, given; Sp 553,16 (na amhehi kinci hatam na -am, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upahatam). uphata, mfn. [pp o/*upa + hanati], harmed, impaired; destroyed; Ja I 414,13' (icchhatassa tanhya hatassa ~assa, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upahatassa); Ap 598,12 (- bhav sabbe mlatanh samhat, Be, Se so; Ce upahat; Ee wr upgat). uphan,/, - a , m. [cfS. upnah,/, BHSupznahz, AMg uvnaha], a sandal; a pair of sandals; slippers; Abh525 (-0); VinI 185,19 (ekapalsiksu ~su satto); 185,29 (sabbanilik ~yo dhrenti); 194,14 (bhikkhu gilno hoti, na sakkoti ~ena vin gmam pavisitum); M II 155,7 (~ rohitv); Pv21:38 (ko chatt' icchati... ko ~am); JaIV 20,12* (ghamme pathe... ekabhikkhum ugghattapdam... patipdayi Sankha ~hi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ni); 52,6 (so cariyassa hatthato chattam ganhi -am ganhi); VI 525,2* (patimunci -am); Ap 228,3 (eko 'phano may dinno); 311,24 (-e jine datv); Sv 482,26 (parinyakaratanam suvannapatte Mandhtu -am likhpetv idam Mandhtu rajjan ti rajjam anussi) = Ps I 226, is (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr mandhtupanham); Spk III 119,19 (- nma maggrujhassa v honti atavim v pavisantassa); As 209,2 (- omuiicath ti); Mhv 30:39 (-hi); Vin-vn 2654; Sadd 3 99,2 foil.; ifc see ekatalika-, ganangan'-; '-upatpita, mfh., pained by sandals; Ja II 224,10' (-assa uphanya khditapdass' etam nmam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr uphanpnpi tassa; Se different); -omuftcana, (a)-omuncana, n., taking off one's own or another's sandals; Sp 1280,27 (-'-di; Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uphana-); Pj II 328,26; (a)-dan4aka, (a)-danda, m, a sandal-stick (for carrying them?); Sp 1242,27 (kattarayatthi -o chattadando, Be, Ce so; Se uphanadando; Ee wr uphandando); 1281,i (uphan-omuncandi sabbam ktabbam, gahetv ti -ena gahetv, Be so; Ce uphanadandena; Ee, Se uphan kattaradandena gahetv); Kkhl38,i8 (kattarayatthi -o); Sv924,io (uphanatthavikam -am makkhanatelakam... adsi); Khuddas40:9 (-0); (a)-pappothanasadda, m., the sound of the knocking of sandals; VinI 133,36 (cf Vin II 201,29 foil.: uphan omuncitv nicam katv pappothetv); -puflchana, (a)-punchana,n., wiping one's sandals; Sp 1282,8 (-am... ktabbam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se uphana-); (a)-sanghta, m., a set of sandals, a pair of sandals; Ja IV 15,9 (dasabalassa dinno -o); Sv 82,2i (ekabhikkhussa hi eko arannatthya eko dhotapdatthy ti ukkamsato dve - ca vattanti); anuphana, mfn., without sandals; barefoot; VinI 187,7 (bhagav ajjhokse-o cankamati); Th946 (yath kantakatthnamhi careyya -0); Ja VI 586,3* (pattik -); Vism 18,1 s; sa-uphana, mfn., wearing sandals; shod; VinI 194,9 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ gmam pavisanti); Vism 18,19 (thernam bhikkhnam anuphannam cankamantnam -o cankamati); Sv 137,19 (rj kira pubbe cetiyangane ~o agamsi). uphra, m [from *upa + harati; cf S. upharati], bringing; ifc see anuphra.

487

-upik, see sv upaka. -upiya, mfii. [ = upaka, upik ?], going to; belonging to; fit for, appropriate for; ifc see tad--, seiT-ii-. upekkha (and, esp. in Ee, upekha), mfn. {from upekkhati], disinterested, unaffected; SIV 71,15* (phassadvayam sukhadukkhe upekho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upekkhe; Spkll 381,30: idam phassadvayam upekkhako uppdeyy ti phassadvayam sukhadukkhan ti v ptho, phassahetukam sukhadukkham ~o sukhe anurodham dukkhe virodham anuppdento upekkhako bhaveyy ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upekkhe upekkhm ev' ettha uppdeyy ti... sukhadukkham ~o ti v ptho ...). upekkhaka (and, esp. in Ee, upekhaka), mfn. [cfS. upeksaka], disinterested, unaffected, uninvolved; Vin HI 4,13 (yam tarn ariy cikkhanti ~o satim sukhavihri ti tatiyajjhnam upasampajja viharati) = DI 183,7= Mill 26,15= Dhs 163; SV 212,16 (so - o v a samno ~o 'smi ti pajnti); AIV 66,27 (pitiy ca virg ~ ca viharmi sat sampajn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upekkhik); Sn 855 (~o sad sato na loke marinate samam na visesi na niceyyo; Niddl 241,23: chajangupekkhya samanngato cakkhun rpam disv n' eva sumano hon* na dummano ~o viharati); Ap 506,24 (mettacitto kruniko sad pamuditnano ~o mahviro); Pet 143,24; Vism 160,9 (tya visadya vipulya thmagatya samanngatatt tatiyajjhnasamangi ~o ti vuccati); Sv 704,2 (chajangupekkhya ~o bhagav etdisesu thnesu kevalam itthnitthni jnti na tattha rajjati); Mp III 290,14 (-0 vihareyy ti maijhattabhve thito vihareyya); Dhp-aIII 50,16 (khinsavo pana jivite v marane v ~o va hoti); As 172,14 (~o viharati sato sampajno ti); anupekkhaka, mfn., not disinterested; involved; Cp-a 301,i. upekkhan, see sv upekkhan. upekkhati (and, esp. in Ee, upekhati), pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS upeksate], looks on (without involvement or reaction or action); is disinterested, unaffected; S IV 71,15* (phassadvayam sukhadukkhe ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upekho; Spkll 381,29: ~e upekkhmev' ettha uppdeyy ti... sukhadukkham upekkho ti v ptho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upekkhako uppdeyy ti); Sn911 (natv ca so sammutiyo puthuij ~ati); Ja VI 294,28* (tunhlbhto ~eyya na bhane chekappakam); Bv 2:163 (pathavi... nikkhittam asucim sucim ~ati); Vism 319,36 (~issati ca nma rajjissati ca patihannissati ca ti atthnam etam) = As 194,32; Sadd 332,16 (ikkhati ~ati); part.pr. upekkha(t), mfn., Mhv 66:96 (~atam amhkam); absol. (a) upekkhitv, Bv-a 48,is; (b) upekkhiya, Mhv 66:22; pp upekkhita, mfn., Vism 670,19 (upekkhitabbam yeva vata sankhrupekkhya ~an ti); fpp upekkhitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vism 319,36 (nibbhayena ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upekkh bhvetabb) = As 194,31; Vibh-a 317,18 (upekkhitabbayutte ... dhamme); caus. pr. 3 sg. upekkhpeti, Vibh-a 317,20 (puggalam upekkhpeti ti upekkhan). upekkhan, upekkhan (and, esp. in Ee, upekhan),/, ~a, n. [cf S. upeksana], disinterestedness, unaffectedness; disregard; neglecting; Niddl 501,12 (y catutthe jhne upekkh - ajjhupekkhan

cittasamat); Vibh232,i6 (upekh -; Vibh-a 317,20: puggalam upekkhpeti ~); Patis-a272,2i (sankhrpekkhs ti... sankhrnam ~su); As 143,12 (~-at); Mhv 63:22 (~am pan" amhkam n" ev' anucchavikam vata); anupekkhana2, 2 anupekkhana , n., lack of disinterestedness; involvement; Vism694,11 (upekkhya -assa... pahnam); qp-a 301,9. upekkh (and, esp. in Ee, upekh), / [S., BHS upeks], disinterestedness, unaffectedness (one of the brahmavihray qv); lack of involvement or reaction; Abh 159; D i l 279,3 (~am... duvidhena vadmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi ti); III 249,15 (nissaranam h" etam vuso rgassa yadidam ~ cetovimutti); MI 424,32 foil. (~am Rhula bhvanam bhvehi ~am hi te Rhula bhvanam bhvayato yo patigho so pahlyissati); III219,9/o//. (katam cha gehasit ~); S IV 237,4 foil (katam ... smis ~); A HI 185,20 (yasmim ... puggale ghto jyetha ~& tasmim puggale bhvetabb); Sn 73 (mettam ~am karunam vimurtim sevamno muditam ca); JaV 209,15 (mettam bhvehi karunam muditam ~an ti brahmavihrabhvanam cikkhi); Vibh261,io (~ upekkhan ajjhupekkhan majjhattat cittassa); Kv 280,6 (arah chahi ~hi samanngato ti); Pet 143,24 (somanassacittam updnan ti ca so tarn vicinanto ~am eva manasikaroti); Nett 44,6 (lobho -ya pahiyyati); Mil45,30 (cha gehanissit ~ cha nekkhammanissit -^ ti); Vism 111,1 (mett karun mudit ~ ti ime cattro brahmavihr); 461,2 (s [vedan]... pancavidh hoti sukham dukkham somanassam domanassam ~ ti); Sp 150,22/0//. (~a pana dasavidh hoti); Vibh-a 317,19 (upekkhitabbayutte samappavatte dhamme ikkhati na code" ti ~); upekkh in Ee at Pet 120,19 is prob, wr for pekkhana (see ftnamoli, 1964, p. 165); ifc see uppajjana-; nubrhan,/, the increase, strengthening of disinterestedness; PatisI 170,7 (arahattamaggassa -a majjhe); Vism 148,1 (pathamassa jhnassa ~ maijhe); nubrhita, mfn., increased, strengthened by disinterestedness; PatisI 167,20 (cittam... ~am); Vism 148,23; 0, -indriya, ., the faculty of disinterestedness, of lack of reaction; Dili 239,14; S V 213,4 (upekhvedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paticca uppajjati -am); Dhs 154; Pet 101,6; Vism 491,9; (a)-va(t), mfn., not concerned, neglectful; JaV 403,3* (bhariysu poso sadisis' upekhav... karoti saddham pana kumbhadsiy, so read ? eds sadisisu pekhav; 403,19': pekhav ti pekh vuccati tanh, satanho ti attho); upekhava(t) in Ee at Mill 221,id foil, is wr for apekkhava(t) qv sv apekkh; -sahagata, mfn., associated with disinterestedness, accompanied by disinterestedness; D II 186,34 (~ena cetas ekam disam pharitv vihsi); SV 120,20 (bhikkhu ~am satisambojjhangam bhveti); Vibh 275,36 (katham ca bhikkhu ~ena cetas ekam disam pharitv viharati); Pet 148,2; Vism 86,5 (~o samdhi); Patis-a 124,26 ( -tte); As 278,12 (~asmim javane javite); anupekkh, anupekh,/, lack of disinterestedness; involvement, concern; Ud-a32,18 (vimuccanam ... upekkhnnena ~ya) ^ Pj II 9,8.

488

upekkhyan, upekhyana, / [from *upekkhyati, denom. from upekkh], the being disinterested, unaffected', Vibh276,i (y sattesu upekkh ~ upekkhyitattam upekkhcetovimutti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upekhyana). upekkhyita, upekhyita, mfn. [pp of "upekkhyati, denom. from upekkh], being disinterested, unaffected; Vibh 276,i (y sattesu upekkh upekkhyan -ttam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee upekhyitattam). upekha, upekhaka, upekhati, upekhan, upekh, upekhyana, upekhyita, seesvv upekkh, upekkhaka etc. upecca, absol. o/upeti qv. upeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. upeti], approaches, comes or goes to, arrives at, reaches; enters into (a state), undergoes; accepts, acknowledges; is fit for, is fitting, applies; Vin II 290,5 (therehi... dhammo ca vinayo ca sangito, ~ehi tarn sangitin ti); D I 180,8 (sanna hi bho purisassa att s ca kho ~eti pi apeti pi); 1198,28 (etha tumhe ... vassam ~etha); 174, I6 (bhaddakam vata bho hatthiynam sace damatham ~eyya); III 147,21* (pabbajjam ~eti); M I 486,22 (upapajjati ti... na ~eti; Ps III 198,9: na ~efi tina yujjati); III 166,13 (sankham pi na ~eti kalabhgam pi na ~eti); SI 149,30* (ariyagarahl nirayam ~eti); A I 254,7 (samm ~eti kammya); Sn 787 (upayo hi dhammesu ~eti vdam); Pv 36:76 (ajj' evabuddham saranam ~ehi); 45:5 (nadim ~ema tasit); Th 452 (~eti carim ratti); 778 (bah manuss avitatanh maranam ~enti); Ja IV 241,24* (na mam puna ~eyysi); V 16,12* (bandham vadham bhogajnim c' ~enti); Niddl 308,32 (anupayo puggalo kirn rparn ~eyya upagaccheyya ganheyya ... att me ti); Ap4,9 (sabbe dev -entu te); Mil 220,22 (mattarn pi hatthim ~eti); Mhv 32:13 (disv manne parjayam idni so mam nopeti thero); fut. 3 sg. (a)upehiti, Ja I 16,4*; (b)upessati, Dhp-alH 217,4 (Pandukambalasilyam manne satth imam vassvsam ~essati); 2 sg. upehisi, Dhp 348 (jtijaram ~ehisi); JaV 479,31* (Koravyasettha na hi mam ~ehisi, so read ? Be, Ce ~esi; Ee ~ehi; Se ~eti; 480, r: na hi mam upagamissasi); 1 sg. upessam, Sn29 (nham puna ~essam gabbhaseyyam); 3pl. upessanti, Ap 345,6; part.pr. upenta, mfn., Vin II 245,29 (dhammikam smaggim na ~entam); Ja III 243,27' (mtukucchim ~ento); Mil 251,11; Mhv 4:23 (syam syam -ent); aor. 3sg. upesi, Ap263,8 (rj... ~esi bodhim uttamam); 3pl. upesum, Ap 539,29; upenti in Ee, Se at JaV 252,20* and 253,10' is wr for openti (Be, Ce so); absol. (a)upecca [S. upetya], DIU 166,24* (so sugatim upecca modati); Vv 33:7 (dibbam s labhate upecca thnam); Ap481,is; Mhv 4:25; Sadd 315,26; upecca in eds at Ud51,n*, Thi248 and Nett 131,20*, and in Ee at Pet 44,21* is prob, wr for uppacca qv sv uppatati; (b) upetv, Ap 540,26 (-etv isisattamam); Sadd 315,27; (c)upetvna, Sadd 315,27; (d)upetna, Sadd 315,27; pp upeta, mfn. [ts], \.(act.) who has approached, reached; having accepted; Dhp 280 (lasiyam~o; c/Dhp-aHI 410,1: alasabhvena ~o); JaV 56,17* (anagriyam -am); Ap 246,4; Cp2:l:8 (yadi 'ham tesam pakupeyyam ~nam gahanya mam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~am; Cp-a 112,19: upagatnam tesam aham yadi

kujjheyyam); 2. (pass.) (i) reached, accepted; S III 114,28 (pancupdnakkhandh ~ updinn digharattam ahitya dukkhya samvattanti); neg. anupeta, mfn., SHI 115,24 (updnakkhandh anupet anupdinn); (ii) accompanied by, furnished with, possessed of; Sn463 (damas ~o); 722 (bahu bhsati -am atthasamhitam, prob, abbreviated cpd; Pj II 500,13: atthpetam dhammpetam ca hitena ca samhitam); Th 911 (~o naccagitehi); Ja IV 204,9* (ambaphalam ... vannena gandhena rasen* ~am); V 399, is* (sippena vijjcaranena buddhiy nar ~); Vibh 195,5 (imya satiy ~o hoti samupeto); Ps I 105,4 (atthahi angehi tt atthahgiko); As 42,19 (tanhditthihi ~ena kammun dinn); ifc see atth'-- (svattha2), pn'-; neg. anupeta, mfn., Ja III 194,27* (silena anupetassa suten' attho na vijjati; 195,11: anupetass ti anupagatassa); durupeta, durpeta, mfn., in an evil state; ill-endowed; Sil 186,16 (yam bhikkhave passeyytha duggatam durupetam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee durupetam; SpkII 159,7: dussanthnehi hatthapdehi upetam); Vibh 273,35 (puggalam duggatam durupetam disv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be durupetam; Vibh-a379,3oyb//.: durupetan ti kyaduccaritdlhi upetam ... tamaparyanabhve thito durupeto ti) quoted Vism 314,20 (durupetam); Ja I 364,13 (duggato durupeto); Vism 316,17 (atite sukhito ahosi sampati pana duggato durupeto); fpp upetabba, mfn., Vin V 183,24 (upetabb smaggi). upogghta, m. [S. upodghta], an example or opposite argument; Abh 115. upocita, mfn. {pp of *upa + ava + cinti ?], furnished with, possessing plentifully;? Ja IV 371,4* (sukhumlarpam disvna... ktgravarpetam mahsayana-m-upocitam, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se upsitam; 372,16': mahsayana-m-upocitan ti tatth' eva supannattam sirisayanam upocitam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upsitam); ifc see mahsayana-m-. uposatha, m. [cfS. upavasatha; BHS uposadha, posadha, posatha; AMg posaha], 1. (for non-buddhists) a fastday, a day of purification; (for buddhists) a day on which lay-followers undertake to observe eight abstinences and on which they listen to teaching on the dhamma (usually the day preceding the nights of the new moon and the full moon, and the night midway between the two, i.e. the eighth, fourteenth and/or fifteenth days of the lunar fortnight; sometimes also the fifth day); the observance of this day; the abstinences undertaken on this day; Abh 780; Vin I 87,30 (gaccha tvam nga tatuY eva ctuddase pannarase atthamiy ca pakkhassa -am upavasa); M I 39,19* (suddhass* ~o sad); II 74,27 (~am ca upavasati ctuddasim pancaddasim atthamim ca pakkhassa); AIV 248,24 (atthangasamanngato ... ~o upavuttho); Sn401 (etam hi attharigikam h' ~am); Vv 37:11 (~e c' aham gantv); Thi 31 (~am upagacchim); Ja IV 1,18 (ajja ~am samdiyitv); V 173,4* (~am appatikopayanto); 194,3 (rj silam samdiyitv ~am upavasanto vasspetum nsakkhi); VI 232,33* (~e vasam niccam annapnam na bhunjasi); Cp 1:10:4 (~amhi divase candam disvna pritam); Vism 227,20^0//. (evam

489

ariyasvakass' eva -am upavasato cittavisodhanakammatthnavasena -assa mahapphalabhvadassanattham kathit); MpIII 129,20 (msassa attha -e karotha); Mhv 1:46 (Cittamsassa klapakkhe -e); Sadd 449,28 foil, (upavasanti etth ti -0); 2. the day on which the sangha assembles to confess any faults and to recite the ptimokkha qv (usually the fourteenth or fifteenth day of the lunar fortnight); the ceremony or (formal) act on this day; Abh 780; VinI 104,25 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~e ptimokkham uddisitun ti); 105,11 (gaccheyyam vham -am na v gaccheyyam); 111,25 (dve 'me bhikkhave - ctuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca); 120,15 (sannipatatha bhikkhave, sahgho -am karissati); Sn 153 (ajja pannaraso ~o); Ja I 425,5 (sangham bhinditv ekasimya dve - kat ti); Sp 54,6 foil, (karotha dni bhante ~m ti, bhikkh na mayam titthiyehi saddhim -am karom ti hamsu); 797,24 (yo ctuddasikapannarasikesu v -esu ptipde v gantukmo); Mhv 5:273 (sangho visodhito yasm tasm sahgho -am karotu); Vin-vn2577; Utt-vn809; Sadd 449,28 foil.; ifc see venika-, upamita(sv *upameti), upavasita- (sv upavasati), upavuttiY (sv upavasati), upavuttha- (sv upavasati), devat'--, niganth'--, punnam'-, brahm'--, vagg'-, vissattha-, smaggi-; gra,n., a hall for the uposatha ceremony (of the sangha,); VinI 107',5foil.; Vism75,n; Sp 1299,2i; Sv 994,24; 0 , -agga, n. [uposatha + agga2], a hall for the uposatha ceremony (of the sangha,); VinI 188,15; Sp 346,24; Mp I 263,3; Mhv4:13; '-anga, n. [uposatha + anga2], one of the eight abstinences (observed by lay-followers on an uposatha day); Vin V 137,1 (attha ~ni); Ja III 445,19; Vism 303,31 (~ni adhitthya); Sp 1342,2/o//.; Pj II 377,32; Mhv 5:182; '-rocaka, m/(-ik)w., announcing the uposatha; Sp 186,14 ('-rocik devat, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ' -rocitak); '-rocitaka, mfn., announcing the uposatha; Sp 186,14 (~ devat, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be '-rocik); '-laya, m.n., a hall for the uposatha ceremony (of the sangha,); Mhv 36:16 (kresi 'posathlayam); 0, -pavsa, m. [uposatha + upavsa1], observance of the duties of the uposatha day; Dili 145,26; Mhv35:76 (~o ca ktabbo 'posathe); -kamma, . , 1 . the (formal) act (of the sangha,) on an uposatha day; VinI 102,24; 111,29; V142,20; Kkh8,i7; 2. the observances (of lay-followers) on an uposatha day; the keeping of an uposatha day; Vv 83:13; Ja VI 169,7 (aham -am karissmi ti); Vibh 422,5 (-am katv kattha uppajjanti); Mil 204,6; Mp II 235,7 (sakkoti hi evarpena -na Sakkasampattim ppunitun ti); ifc see patijgara-; -tthapana, n., suspension of the uposatha ceremony; Mp II 164,27 (ptimokkhatthapanan ti -am); -dina, m. or n., an uposatha day; Abh 780; Mhv 51:83 (msassa catusu -esu); -(p)pamukha, n. [<//?// posadhmukha], an area in front of the uposatha hall (from where the uposatha ceremony can be heard); Vin I 108,6 (sangho yvamahantam -am kankhati tvamahantam -am sammannatu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uposathamukham; Sp-t[2te]III 273,ii: -am nma uposathgrassa

sammukhatthnam); Sp 1049,6; -pucchaka, n., questioning about the (day of the) uposatha ceremony; Vin IV 52,22; AIV 276,30; -vhaya, mfn.f called "uposatha"; Mhv 34:39 ('posathavhayam; vl 'posathvhayam); anuposatha, m., not an uposatha day; VinI 136,7 (na ca bhikkhave ~e uposatho ktabbo; Sp 1066,31: ~eti ctuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca ti ime dve uposathe thapetv annasmim divase); V 220,21; see also posatha. uposathi(n), mfh. [from uposatha; cf BHS posadhin], observing the uposatha abstinences; keeping the uposatha day; Mhv 17:6; 45:25 (dhammam suni -1); ifc see atthang, - ^v attha2. uposathika, mfn. [uposatha + ika; cf BHS uposadhika, posadhika], 1. (a meal) connected with the uposatha day; Vin I 58,14 (atirekalbho sanghabhattam uddesabhattam nimantanam... pakkhikam -am ptipadikam); Kkh 145,i; Vism66,12; MpIII 53,10 (pindaptakhettan ti... -am); 2.fasting; observing the uposatha abstinences; keeping the uposatha day; DII 172,9 (tadahuposathe pannarase sisam nahtassa -assa); AIV 139,16 (-0 pi bhattam na bhunjati); Ja III 445,7 (klass' evabhunjitv - bhavissanti ti); IV 18,2i* (-tt); Sv 995,5 (ajja -o hutv vihre sabbarattim dhammasavanam suna); Ps II 391,28 (setthissa hi gehe uposathadivase antamaso dsakammakre updya sabbo jano -o hoti); Dhp-al 205,8 (sace idni ~ena bhavitum vattati aham pi bhaveyyan ti); Cp-a 31,24 (nham bhunjmi -0 'mhi ti); Mhv 29:16 (mahajano *posathiko gandhamldi ganhiya); anuposathika, mfn., not observing the uposatha abstinences; Ps III 313,2; see also posathika. uppakuppaka in Ce, Ee at Dhp-aHI 297,13 is wr for uppakkuppakka qv sv *uppaccati. uppakka, m/h.,/?po/'*uppaccati qv. uppacca, absol. o/uppatati qv. *uppaccati, *upaccati, *uppacciyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *ud + pacati; cf S. utpcayati], is very much heated or tormented; becomes inflamed; part.pr. uppacciyamna, mfn., Ja IV 327,9 (siglo antokucchiyam -iyamno appamamsalohito pandusariro hutva, so read with CPD ? Ce, Ee upapacciyamno; Be, Se nipajjamno); aor. 3 sg. uppaccimsu, Ja VI 187,3 (hadayam sussi akkhini -imsu, Ce so; Be, Ee upaccimsu; Se upakkitni); pp uppakka, upakka, mfn., (as if) boiled or inflamed; (red and) swollen; Vin III 107,H (addasam itthim -am okilinim okirinim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upakkam) = S II 260,12 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakkam; Spk II 221,21: s kira angracitake nipann ... paccati, tasm - c' eva hoti unhena aggin pakkasarir); Ja VI 10,22 (niddam alabhitv rodamnya me akkhini -ni, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be upakkni); 1h-a III 139,8 (pakken ti atthigatakuttharogatya-ena kuthitena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upakkena); -'-uppakka, mfn., completely (red and) inflamed; Dhp-a III297,13 (tass sariram ~* -uppakkam gandgandajtam ahosi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr uppakuppakam); vipakka, n. or mfn., (what is) inflamed and shrivelled up; Spk I 180,16 (yam loke... vipakkam antamaso knacakkhum, Ee so; Be upakka-; Ce opakka-; Se upakkam vipakkam); ~-sarira,/fi/fr., with an

490

inflamed body; Ja VI 37,16 (sattham lonodakena upakkasariro, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upakilittha-). uppajja, absol 0/uppajjati qv. uppajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utpadyate] (often, esp. in Ee, confused with upapajjati qv), arises, comes into being; appears, is produced; becomes available; Vin III 203,33 (bhikkhuno pan' eva aklacivaram ~eyya); MI 9,27 (-eyyum sav); 40,2i (y im ... anekavihit ditthiyo loke -anti); 259,15 (cakkhum ca paticca rpe ca ~ati vinnnam); SIV 230,16 (pittasamutthnni... vedayitani -anti); Ud l,u (imass' uppd idam ~ati); It67,7 (bhog me-antu); Sn584 (bhiyy' ass' -ate dukkham); Pv23:l (bah ca me -are vatthakotiyo); Th 121 (-anti ca te khandh cavanti aparparam); Ja IV 225,23* (sace te dukkham ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i; 226, I5': sace tava -eyya); 320, l* (etena saccavajjena putto -atam); VI2,n (tass kucchiyam - ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -hi ti); Bv 1:67 (kalo deva mahvira -a mtukucchiyam); Pet 65,9 (anuppanno ca kmargo na -ati uppanno ca pahiyati); Mil73,i/o//. (yo -ati jnti so -issmi ti); 237,8 (dve tathagata ekakkhane na -anti); Vism 543,6 (na hi nimbabijato ucchu-ati ti); Dhp-a III 376, is (tassa jhndisu eko pi viseso n' uppajjati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuppajjati, prob, wr); Sadd 604,2 (koci hi saddo urasi koci kanthe koci sirasl titisu thnesu -ati); uppajje in Ee at A I 134,23 is wr, prob, for upapajja qvsv upapajjati; uppajjati in Ee at M III 282,14 is wr for upapajjati qv; part.pr. (a) uppajjanta, m/(~anti)/j., Ap411,i8 (-antamhi nyake); Mpl 98,n (-anto); Thi-a 164,28 (devesu -anti); neg. anuppajjanta, mjh., Ja V 113,19'; Mil 216,3I (vydhimhi -ante pi anuppajjante pi); Vism 627,31 (tanhya anuppajjantiy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anupajjantiy); (b)uppajjamna,mfn., A I 22,2 (ekapuggalo ... loke -amno -ati bahujanahitya); Ja IV 415,8 (idam bhayam -amnam); Vism 552,21; As 74,37; neg. anuppajjamna,mfn., Sil 196,24 (anuppann me kusal dhamm anuppajjamna anatthya samvatteyyun ti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nuppajjamn); Vism 271,13 (tsu anuppajjamnsu cittam ekaggam hoti); Nidd-al 256,30; uppajjam in Ee at Mill 214,15 is prob, wr for upapajja (or upapajjam) qqv sv upapajjati; aor. 3 sg. (a) udapdi, Vin I 3,15 (mah-aklamegho udapdi); D i l 33,6foil, (cakkhum udapdi iinam... pann ... vijj ... loko udapdi); SI 136,8 (cetaso parivitakko udapdi); Ja IV 469,8* (brahmalok cavitvna devaputto ... ranno putto udapdi); (b) udapajjatha, Vin II 203,6* (m jtu ... ppiccho udapajjatha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upapajjatha); SI 196,13* (saddh no udapajjatha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upapajjatha); Th269 (tato me manasikro yoniso udapajjatha); Ja IV 116,20* (chando me udapajjatha, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upapajjatha); VI 97,n* (sankappo udapajjatha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upapajjatha); Ap 52,24 (vitti me udapajjatha); 546,16 (Khem tinmam me gunikam udapajjatha, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se gunato upapajjatha); (c) uppajji, DII 99,4 (bdho -i); Mil 245,4; JaIV 25,16*; Ap606,4; Bv2:34 (Jino -i); (d) uppajjatha, Ap 356,14 (na -atha tso me, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se na hi vijjati); (e) uppajjittha, Ap 606,8 (Vessabhu nma nyako -ittha); YamI 182,i;

Sv 633,6 (tarn tesam m -itth ti, Be, Ee so; Ce upacchijjath ti; Se upachijjat ti); Bv-a230,i8 (upapajjatha ti -ittha); 3pl. (a) udapajjisum, Ja VI 578,34* (Be, Ce so; Se udapajjimsu; Ee wr udapajjissum; 579,1: udapajjisun ti -anti, Ce, Ee so; Se udapajjimsu ti; Be udapajjisun ti-imsu); (b) uppajjimsu, Ja II 367,20 (tini bhayni -imsu); Spkl 183,25; Thp220,n; cond. 3 sg. (a) uppajjissa, uppajjiss, Ja II 195,14' (sace me sineho nbhavissa soko na -issa); Dhp-a III 137,19 (-issa); (b)uppajjissatha, Sv568,25(bhuttassa udapdi... yadi hi abhuttassa -issatha atikharo abhavissa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -issati) = Ud-a 401,25 (Ee wr -issattha; Be, Se -issa; Ce -issa); absol. (a)uppajja, Ap 520,9 (devalok cavitvna uppajja mtukucchiyam); Kv 319,4; Sadd 857,18; uppajja in Ee at Vv 33:87 is prob, wr for upapajja (Be, Ce, Se so); (b)uppajjitv, DU 157,9* (sankhr... -itv nirujjhanti); Ja VI 2,21; Vibh 1,15; Mil 252,2 (slijti -itv); Vism 21,22; Sadd857,is; neg. anuppajjitv, Ps I 66,1; Vibh-a 429,30; pass, pr. 3 sg. uppajjiyati, is brought into being, is produced; is made available; Vin I 50,32 (kin ti nu kho saddhivihrikassa patto -iyeth ti) * 61,24; PP uppanna, mfn. [S. utpanna], arisen, come into being; appeared; produced, available; Vin I 254,15 (idam sanghassa kathinadussam -am); III 4,33 (avijj vihat vijj ~); DIU 221,14 (-nam ppaknam akusalnam dhammnampahnya); MI 130,5 (evarpam ppakam ditthigatam -am hoti); 333,10 (araham sammsambuddho loke - o hoti); Vv 83:2 (-0 rathapanjaro mama); Th64 (dumavhayya ~o; Th-al 156,25: tassa kucchiyam -o); Ja I 52,30 (mahesakkho te putto ~o ti); 502,16 (siglo ... tarn sariram disv mah me gocaro -oti); Pet 89, n; Mil 6,34 (Milindo rj ito cuto manussesu -o); Vism 618,31 (- sankhr thitim ppunanti); uppanna in Ee at A II 6,26 foil, and It-all 87,1, and in Ee, Se at Sp 787,29 is wr for upapanna (Be, Ce so); uppannatarni in Ee at Sv 911,28 is prob, wr for upapannatarni (Be, Ce, Seso); neg. anuppanna, mfn., D i l i 221,17 (anuppannnam kusalnam dhammnam uppdya chandam janeti); Mill 8,11 (bhagav anuppannassa maggassa uppdet); Dhp-a I 88,15 (anuppanne yeva hi buddhe); Vibh-a 298,17 (anuppannat); anuppanno in Ee at D I 97,22 and A II 6,25 is prob, wr for anupapanno (Be, Ce, Se so); anuppannapannatti, / , a rule concerning a case not yet occurred; VinV 1,8; 54,14; jj?/? uppajjitabba, mfn., Vism 165,5; Sp 191,1; caus. pr. 3 sg. uppdeti, -ayati, causes to issue forth or appear; produces, generates, brings into being; Vin HI 50,6 (vimatim ~eti); A l l 181,36 (parprambham vattento sabbaso na -eti; MpIII 166,13: kusaladhammam na -eti); Th599 (-ayatJ eva me satim); Ja III 468,27' (bhoge -eyyam); IV 177,5 (daharakle yeva sippni ugganhatha dhanam -etna); Pp25,9 (navam ca vedanam na -essmi); Pet 201,12 (te pathavisamatam -ayissantl ti); Mil 214,11 (tathgatassa lohitam pi -eti); Vism 15,4* (kammatthnnuyogamhi na -eti mnasam); Sp 1101,30 (sdhu bhikkhave... Gotamassa svak paccayabhullik ti vdam na -ayittha); Sv633,2i (pemam -ehi); Mp II 54,9

491

(bhveti ti brheti vaddheti ~eti ti attho); Ud-a 244,4 (diso v veri v... dukkham v ~eyya); uppdemi uttamangam in Ee at Ap 314,20 is wr; Be updhemi; Ce upadhemi; Se uptemi; part.pr. (a) uppdenta, m/(~enti)rt., Vibh 324,26 (abhinnam ~entassa); Ja II 422,9'; V7, io' (tapasassa samvegam ~enti); Vism44,6 (dhammena samena paccaye -entassa); Ud-a 113, M (~enta); neg. anuppdenta, mfn., A l l 181,36; Pj II 118,8; (b)uppdaya(t), mfn., A I 136,18* (vijjam ~ayam bhikkhu); Ps I 65,27 (ayoniso manasikram ~ayato); neg. anuppdaya(t) mfn., Nidd-al 259,20 (mnam ca anuppdayato); (c ) uppdayamna, mfn., Vism 285,7; Ud-a 149,28; aor. 3 sg. uppdesi, Vin II 193,32 (tato papatik... bhagavato pde ruhiram ~esi); JaIV 2,13; Vism 304,8 (ngarj ... ahitundikena vihethiyamno manopadosamattam pi na ~esi); 3 pl. (a) uppdesum, Ja I 455,14 (maricacunnni nsam pavisitv khipitukmatam -esum); Sp752,is; (b) uppdayimsu, J a l 262,3; 501,7; Ap-a 124,27; absol (a)uppdetv, DIU 218,19; SI 185,20; Ja I 81,16; Ap 314,28 (nnam -etv, Be, Se so; Ce upanetv; Ee upnetv); Mil 323,9; Vism 316,24 (muditam ~etv); Sadd858,12; neg. anuppdetv, Mill 285,17; Ja II 90,2i; Pv-a3,2i; (b) uppdetvna, Saddh539; (c) uppdayitv, Vibh-a515,is; uppdayitv in Ee, Se at Nidd I 419,23 and 490,10 is wrfor upptayitv {Be, Ce so); (d) uppdayitvna, Ap 115,n; 314,26 (Ee so; Be, Se uppdetv; Se upadahitvna); pass, part.pr. uppdiyamna, mfn., Ud-a401,32; As 109,11 (~iyamno); pp uppdita, mfn. [S. utpdita], produced, generated; Vin III 18,35 (abbudam -itam dinavo ~ito); Thi 300 (me puttaphalam Kala -itam tay); Ja III 15,9' (tay ~itena nirayamhi khipanadukkhena); Ap 482,21 (dhammen, ~itni no, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppditdino); Vibh 378,14 (dutthena cittena tathgatassa lohitam ~itam hoti); Pet 79,10; Mil 144,7 (pubbakehi pi mahrja mahttherehi ettha vimati ~it); Vism 267,24 (bhvito ti ~ito vaddhito v); Spk III 35,io (may vicikicch ~it ti, Ee so; itemahvicikiccham uppdesi ti; Ce, Se mahvicikiccham uppdeti ti); 300,28 (kena satta -it, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upapdit); Mp I 231,21 (kukkuccassa ~ita-tt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~itatya); uppditacchavi- in Ee, Se at Ja I 502,7 and in eds at Ps III 95,1 is wrfor upptita- qv sv uppteti; neg. anuppdita,mfn., 1h-all 89,7 (anuppditatt); fpp (a)uppdetabba,mfn., DIU 272,14 (eko dhammo -etabbo); MI 97,29 (cittam -etabbam); JaII 82,n; Vism 508,34 (pattabbam eva h' etam maggena na ~etabbam); Ud-a 235,16; neg. anuppdetabba, mfn., As 266,14 (anuppdetabbato); (b) uppdaniya, mfn., Mil 270,13 (nibbnam na uppannam na anuppannam na ~aniyam); neg. anuppdaniya, mfn., Mil 269,17 (anuppdaniyam mahrja nibbnam); Vism 508,33 (maggena anuppdaniyato); As 289,14 (anuppdaniyatt). uppajjana, n. and mfn. [from uppajjati; cf BHS utpadyana], 1. (n.) arising, coming into being; JaV 410,8 (tarn tarn p'ettha vatthum pahya annasmim annasmim ~ato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppajjamnato); VI 97,25 (yam tesam -am tarn accheram vata lokasmin ti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee uppannam); Vism 1,15 (punappunam ~ato); MpIV 163,2 (pamdam rabbha rgassa ~am);

Dhp-aIII 454,5 (asmimnassa ~ato); Ud-a 45,8 (bodhipakkhiyadhammnam '-atthena ptubhvo veditabbo); It-all 118,12 (punappunam ~ena vaddhayanti cinanti); Pv-a 119,29 (idhgatan ti... idha imasmim nigrodharukkhe -vasena gatam ettha nibbattan ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upapajjana-); As 295,25 (-tya); Cp -a 75,26 (katthaci mama -am icchati" ti); uppajjanavasena in Ee at Pv-a9,9 and 33,7 is prob, wrfor upapajjana- (Be, Ce, Se so); 2. (mfn.) arising, coming into being; -udaka, mfn., with water arising, with water being produced; Sv218,14 (ubbhidodako ti... anto yeva pana ~o ti, Ce, Ee so; Se uppajjanaka-; Be ubbhijjanaka-) = Ps II 322,14 (Ce, Eeso; Be ubbhijjanaka-; Se ubbhijjana-) = MpIH 233,15 (eds so); -upe(k)kha,/, disinterestedness which arises, which comes into being; Sv 731,29 (pathamadutiyatatiyacatutthajjhnavasena ~ sevitabb nma, Ee so; Be, Ce uppajjanaka-; Se upapajjana-); -dukkha, n., misery which arises or which will arise; Ja V 464, \r (angate ~am na jnti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se uppajjanaka-); Spk III 68,29; anuppajjana, n., not arising, not coming into being; Spk II 73,9 (yatim tattha tya khino nirayo mayhan ti); Sp 1412,25 (~' -atthya); As 81,36 (~ato). uppajjanaka, mfn. [uppajjana + ka2], arising, being produced; who or which will come into being; Ja V 118,13' (tato -am); Sp 1369,16 (pacch ~assa paccayabhvam pucchati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppajjamnakassa); Spk III 15,26(slvise nissya -nam hi dosupaddavnam pamnam n'atthi); Mp I 154,1 (angate ~assa Gotamabuddhassa ssane); Ud-a315,21 (~ kankh); Nidd-al 60,35 (daho tisarire -0 unho); uppajjanaka in Ee at Spk I 208,14 and in Ce, Ee at Dhp-a 1258,21 is prob, wr for upapajjanaka qv; -dukkha, n., misery which arises; JaV 149,21' (kme nissya ~nam anto n' atthi); Ud-a294,29; -buddha, m., a buddha who will come into being; Mp I 153,3 (angate ~assa ssane); As 74,21 (idisam rpam yatim ~asspi bhavissati ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppajjamnaka-). uppajjamnaka, mfn. [uppajjamna (part.pr. o/uppajjati) + ka2], which arises, which will come into being; -dosa, m., ill-will which arises; Sp 134,22 (~assa ca angmimaggena ucchedam vadati); -buddha, m., a buddha who will come into being; As 74,21 (idisam rpam yatim ~assapi bhavissati ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uppajjanaka-). uppajjita(r) in Ee at D I 143,26 is wrfor upapajjita(r) qv. uppajjham in Ee at Vibh-a 451,13 is wrfor upajjham (Be, Ce, Se so). uppajjhye inEeat Vibh 351,35 is wrfor upajjhye (Be, Ce, Se so). uppatipa{i,/ [ud+ patipti; cfPkt upparivdi], irregular order; the opposite order; Ps II 375,21 (purimasutte -krena mtik thapit, idha pana yathdhamma^asen, eva satth mtikam thapesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee patipti-); Patis-a 583,5 (-vasena maggangabojjhangabala-indriyni dassesi); uppatiptiy, adv., in an irregular order, not successively; in an inverted order, the other way round; Jal 89,8 (kirn ~iy issarajannam gharni agamamsu udhu sapadnacrikam carims ti); Vism 96,7

492

(ekapanho pi -iy gato n' ahosi); Sp 408,26 (suttantatthakathsupana -iy gatam); 498,3 (patiptiy v ~iy v); Pj I 70,15 (puriso ... nissenim -iy rohanto); As 135,15 (ananusandhik kath -iy corehi bhatabhandasadis, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppatiptik). uppatip^ika, mfn. [uppatipti + ka2], in an irregular order, in a different order; As 135,15 (ananusandhik kath -, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se uppatiptiy); -sutta, n., "different order sutta " (title); SV 213,9 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr uppatika; Se omits); Spklll 241,28 (sesasuttni viya adesitatt -am nm ti veditabbam). uppatehi ti in Ee at Sp766,i8 is wr for upptehi ti (Be, Ce, Se so). uppafthnam in Ee at Patis I 177,32 is wr for upatthnam (Be, Ce, Se so). uppatthpayato in Ee at Mill 218,30 is wr for upatthpayato (Be, Ce, Se so). uppan4ana, n., - , / [from uppandeti], mockery, derision; Dhtum 144 (padi -e); Mil 357,13 (garahanam -am... patilabhati); Vism29,i3 (-); -jtika, mfn., characterized by mockery; Ud-a318,18 (-am vacanam sandhya vuttam). uppan4u, mfn. [ud + pandu], very yellowish; very pale; '-uppan4ukajta, mfn. [cf BHS utpndtpndu, utpndtpnduka], extremely yellow, extremely pale; Vin III 19,24 (kiso lkho dubbanno -0 dhamanisanthatagatto; Sp216,15: pandupalsapatibhgo) * Mil 121,8; Jail 92,13 (ukkanthito anabhirato -0 dhamanisanthatagatto); V 209,26 (kiso dhamanisanthatagatto ~o); Pj I 234,1 (dubbann ca ahesum -). uppanduka, mj(~\)n. [uppandu + ka2], very yellowish, very pale; Pv 13:13 (-im kisamchtam;Pv-a72,2i: -in ti uppandukajtam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upakandakin ti upakandakajtam); Ja VI 451,16' (m te sariram -am ahosi, Be,Ce, Ee so; Se upaddutam). uppan4eti, pr. 3 sg. [ud + pandeti], mocks, derides; Vin I 272,30 (deviyo disv -enti utuni dni devo); III 128,2 (t yasmat Udyin saddhim hasanti... -enti pi; Sp 546,28: -enti tipandako ayam nyam puriso ti din nayena parihsam karonti); A III 91,17 (hasati ullapati ujjagghati -eti); JaV 300,27 (passauY assa ancram -eti no); Spkl 179,20 (atha nam gmadrak ... -essanti ti); As 273,2i (manuss nikkhanto amhkam sunakhaluddako ti -enti); part.pr. uppandenta, mfn., Ud-a318,i9 (-ent); Pj II 19,8; aor. 3sg. uppandesi, JaV 288,9; PsII 190,19; Mhv 25:88; 3pi. uppandesum, Vin III 233,13 (Sp687,2o: -esun ti... avahasimsu); J pi uppandimh, Pv-a 175,9; absol. uppandetv, Dhp-al 276,6 (mam -etv); pass, part.pr. uppandiyamna, mfn., Vin III 233,14; A III 91,is; Ud-a 177,28; pp uppan4i*a, mfn., mocked, derided; Vin III 233,19; Ps II 414,19 (so brahmaganena -o manku ahosi). uppatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utpatati; cf also BHS utpattitv], flies upwards; jumps up, leaps up; rises; Mill 160,3 (puriso vattakarn sithilam ganheyya so tassa hatthato -eyya); Th76 (-antesu nipate nipatantesu -e); Ja III 222,17 (kse -a); IV 347,25* (kumbhilak sakunak... -anti dayanti ca); V 360,4' (-hi yeva); VI 76,12 (devo ce

kse -issati); Mil 150,9 (pateyya -eyya); Sp330,16 (maccho... ksam -ati tire patati); PsII 188,19 (isayo ettha nipatanti -anti ca ti tarn thnam Isipatanan ti sankham gatam); part.pr. (a) uppata(t), mfn., SI 42,i3*/o//. (kimsu -atam settham... bijam -atarn settham); (b) uppatanta, mfn., Th76 (-antesu nipate); Vism 153,3 (hamsapotak ... parittam parittam padesam -ant, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upagantv); Ap-a 566,5; Mhv 5:54 (punnam ca -antam ca patitam ca mahitale disv madhum); (c)uppatamna, mfn., Dhp-aIII 134,6 (kse -amnam viya ... psdam); aor. 3 sg. (a) uppati, Ja III 222,24; 255,12; Sv 718,9; (b)udapatt [S. udapaptat, see O. von Hinber, 1974, pp. 65-72], JaV 71,n* (so ca vegen' udapatt, so read; eds udappatto, -pp- mcl 73,15': udappatto ti utthito); 255,17* (udapatt vihangamo, so read ? Be udapatv; Ce, Se uppatitv; Ee udpatv; 256,19'foil: so kko ... uppati, evam uppatitv ti attho); (c)udapattsi, Ja HI 484,22* (udapattsi vegena, so read; Be, Ee udapatto si; Ce, Se uddhampatto si; 485,19: uppatito); see also ajjha(p)patt sv adhipatati; aor. 3 pi. uppatimsu, Spkll 378,29 (panca pi ktgrasatni kse -imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppattimsu); absol. (a)uppacca [see O. von Hinber, 1978, pp. 51 foil], SI 209,6* (uppaccpi palyato; Spkl 307,22: uppaccpi ti uppatitv pi) * Ud51,i7* (eds upeccpi; Ud-a 295,15: upecca sancicca) ^ Pv 19:18 * Thi 248 (eds upeccpi; Thi-a 197,22: uppacc ti v ptho, uppatitv ti attho) * Pet 44,21* (Be, Ce upaccpi; Ee upeccpi)* Nett 131,20* (eds upeccpi); (b)uppatitv, Vin III 106,14 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppattitv); A IV 71,17 (papatik... -itv nibbyeyya); Ja III 240,1; Cp 1:10:16; Mil 181,11; Vism663,27; Dhp-al 357,16; Mhv 5:163; (c) uppatitvna, Ap 535,26; pp uppatita, mfn. [S. utpatita; cf BHS utpattita], springing up; sprung into being, arisen; SI 54,1* (anuppannesu kiccesu atho -esu ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr uppattitesu); Dhp 222 (yo ve -am kodham ... dhraye); Th371 (pad -); Ja HI 133,28* (yo ca -am attham na khippam anubujjhati); Dip 12:40 (~o thero hamsarj va ambare); Cp-a 230,2 (mahsatto ... dipakato -o); caus. absol upptetv, making (people) run away; Sp474,4 (coro... khandhvram bandhitv samant tiyojanam -etv vasati, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr for upptetv? Be, Se ubbsetv); see also accupati. uppatana, n. (and~&,f) [S. utpatana], flying up, rising; birth; Abhll26; Jail 383,20' (givam vankam katv -ato); IV 472,31' (0,-kram karonto patitv mahannave sidati); Vism 664,4 (kse -am viya maggannam); ifc .yeepathavi-. uppatika in Ee at SV 213,9 is wrfor uppatiptik qv. uppatti, / [S. utpatti] (often, esp. in Ee, wr for upapatti<?v), I. arising, coming into being, birth; Abh 90; SII 154,5 (hin tassa -Iti vadmi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upapatti ti; Spk II 139,5: dve -iyo, patilbho ca nibbatti ca, Ce so; Ee wr -iy; Be, Se upapattiyo); JaV 455,31 (suddhvsaloke -i, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce upapatti); 456,20 (tassa -i ca pabbajj ca); Pet 116,27 (-i jti sanjti); Mil368,28(patisandhim-im gabbhaseyyam ... disv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upapattim); Patis-a 92,24 (uppdo ti purima-

493

kammapaccay idha ~i); Sadd 603,24 (saddass' -im); ifc see adhicc'- (svadhicca2), thn'-; 2. giving rise to, production; genesis, origin; Ja IV 74,30 (tarn ditthamangaldinam ~im dito patthya kathetv); Sv262,i9 (ayam SakyaKoliynam ~i); Pj II 46,i6 (sabbasuttnam catubbidh ~i attajjhasayato parajjjhsayato atthuppattito pucchvasito ca ti); It-al 71,21 (dasamassa [suttassa] k ~i); ifc see atth' - .sv attha'; uppattisu in Ee at D II 200,5 is prob, wr for upapattisu {Be, Ce, Se so); uppatti ti in Ee at Ja III 255,13 is wrfor uppatati ti {Be, Ce so); -deva in Ce, Ee at Ja III 305,22', Vibh422,i andP) I 123,12 is prob, wrfor upapattideva {Be, Se so); -'raha, ' -raha, mfn. [uppatti + araha], capable of coming into being, fit to arise; Vism687,25 (tesu khandhesu ~am kilesajtam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppattraham); Pj II 428,12 (~ni sabbappakni); As288,15 (~o... dvdasakamaggo); anuppatti 2 ,/, non-arising, non-genesis; Sp 193,23 (savatthnlynam dhammnam ~im); Spk III 53,21 (kilesaparijhassa ~i); see also atthuppattika {sv attha1), adhiccuppattika (svadhicca2), anuppattika, aparparuppattika (.yvapara1), kadcuppattika {sv kad), pathamuppattika, pubbuppattika (.svpubba2), sa-uppattika. uppattika, mfn. [uppatti + ka2], arising, coming into being; Ap-a 488,10 (adhiccuppattika buddha ti adhiccena akranena ~ sayambht). uppattita, mfn. [a conflation of uppatita and uppatti? cfBHS utpattita], arisen, come into being; ? possessed of; ? Ja III 218,12' (pathamuppattito ti pathamena vayena ~o upeto pathame vaye thito ti attho, Ce, Se so; Be pathamuppattiko ti; Ee ~o uggato); VI25,:9' (pathamuppattito ti pathamavayena ~o samuggato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pathamuppattiko ti); Pj II 384,13 (pathamuppattito pathamen' eva yobbanavegena utthito, Ee so; Se yobbanavesena; Be pathamuppattiko ti... yobbanavesena...; Ce pathamuppatito ti... yobbanavegena ...); uppattita in Ee, Se at SI 54,1* is wrfor uppatita qv sv uppatati. uppattitv in Ee at Vin III 106,14 is wrfor uppatitv qv sv uppatati. uppatha, m. {and n.) [S. utpatha, m.], what is not the path; a path away from the right road; the wrong road, the wrong way; Abh 193 (~am); Vin IV 205,10 (na ~ena gacchanto pathena gacchantassa... dhammam desessmi ti); SI 38,10* (rgo ~o akkhto); JaV 265,29* (-na vajantassa yo maggam anussati); 266,8* (dhammo patho ... adhammo pana ~o); Sp 405,17 (ktagonayuttaratho viya ~am eva dhvati); As 148,12 (~e dhvanakam ktacittam); Sadd 136,13 (~am avatinno bhavam, na hi bhavam amhkam vacanattham jnti); -magga, m.9 a way off the main road; a by-path; the wrong road; Vism77,2 (susnam gacchantena mahpath ukkamma -na gantabbam); Nidd-a I 450, is (vmam munca dakkhinam ganh ti pathamam muncitabbam sabhayamaggam -am cikkhati). uppadut in Ee at D II 162,30 is wrfor upadduta {Be, Ce so). uppanna, mfn., pp o/uppajjati qv. uppabbajati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + pabbajati], leaves the sangha,

ceases to be a bhikkhu or an ascetic; Pj II 272,29 (samayo vuso ~itun ti); Pv-a55,5 (so ukkanthito hutv ... ha ~issm> aham bhante anujntha man ti); part.pr. uppabbajanta, mfn., Dhp-all 258,23 (~anto ime parikkhre tuyham dtukamo ahosin ti); aor. 3 sg. uppabbaji, Ja I 313,1 (kunthakuddlakam nissya ~i); Ap-a 177,27; absol. uppabbajitv, Ja I 312,18; Spk I 308,6(~itva puna jivanto pi so matako va); pp uppabbajita, mfn. and n., having left the sangha; leaving the sangha; Ja I 312,9 (chakkhattum ~o); Ps II 46,3i (niratthakabhvam pana natv pi na uppabbajito); Dhp-all 259,2 (mayharn imin pabbajitena v -ena v ko attho); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) uppabbajeti, induces to leave the sangha; expels from the sangha; induces to give up the ascetic life; Ja 1147,21 (~etum); Ps III 300,9 (aham imam -essmi ti); Dhp-alV 195,24 (sacJ ham tarn ~eyyam); part.pr. uppabbjenta, mfn., Ps HI 360,15 (silavinsam ppento balakkrena v ~ento); aor. 3 sg. uppabbjesi, Sp 61,4 (rj ... tesam setakni vatthni datv ~esi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr upapabbjesi); 3 pl. uppabbjesum, Spk II 177,32 {Be, Se so; Ce uppabbajjpesum; Ee wr uppabbjesum); Pj II 535,23; absol. uppabbjetv, Ja II 232,n; IV 304,19 (Uddalakam ~etv upapurohitam karotha sese~etv ... sevakekarothti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppabbajpetv... ~etv); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b)*uppabbajpeti, ~ayati, has (someone) expelled from the sangha; has (someone) made to give up the ascetic life; aor. 3 sg. uppabbajpayi, Mhv 5:270 (te micchditthike sabbe rj ~ayi sabbe ... surn ~it); absol. uppabbajpetv, Ja IV 304,19 (Uddalakam -etv upapurohitam karotha, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uppabbjetv); /?/? uppabbajpita, mfn., expelled from the sangha; Mhv 5:270. uppabbajana, uppabbajjana, n. [from uppabbajati], leaving the sangha; ceasing to be a bhikkhu; Th-al 122,14 (~am ariyassa vinaye maranan ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uppabbajjanam). uppari, see sv upari. uppala, n. and m., 1. {n.) [S. utpala], the blue lotus (Nymphaea caerulea); any lotus; Abh 688; Vin I 6,30 (uppaliniyam v paduminiyam v... ~ni v padumni v... udake jtni); SHI 130,13 (~assa... gandho); ThI 379 (-am ca udakato ubbhatam); Ja II235,12* (~am va yathodake); V 419,27' (-an ti niluppalam); Ap 517,23 (~ devagandhik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppali); Pet 107,io; Sv 219,3 (ettha ca setarattanilesu yamkinci -am~am eva); ifc see kancT-; 2. {n.) [BHSutpala], (i) a certain numeral; Abh 475; Sadd 802,26 (visati sogandhikni ekam-am); (ii) the name of a hell or place in Avici (where one suffers for an uppala of years); SI 152,14 (seyyath pi... visati sogandhik niray evarn eko ~o nirayo seyyath pi... visati - niray evam eko pundariko nirayo, Ce so; Be eko uppalanirayo; Ee uppalanirayo ... uppalak niray; Se uppalako nirayo ... uppalak niray) = A V 173,18 {Se so; Be, Ce, Ee uppalako... uppalak...); see also uppalak; 3. (m.) [cf S. utpala, "name of a nga" ?], one of the four treasures or treasure-jars of a bodhisattva;

494

Sv284,7/o//. (tathgatassa pana jtadivase yeva sankho elo ~o pundariko ti cattro nidhayo upagat... ~o tigvutiko); 4. a sapphire; He see below; 5.(m.) [from *ud + patati ?], a kind of weapon; ? lie see below; see also uppalaka; -kuruvind, m.pl, sapphires and rubies; Mhv 28:19 (~ehi missake te ca gmik dya); -gandhapaccatthika, m, an enemy who is an "uppalagandh " robber; ? Vin III 33,19 (dhuttapaccatthik ~; Sp 268, ifoll.: gandhan ti hadayam vuecati tarn upptenti ti uppalagandh ... balikammattham manussnam hadayam upptenti; cf uppalakavta .yv uppalaka); It-all 57,14 (chedanattho hi idha gandhasaddo ~ ti disu viya); -gandhathena, m., an "uppalagandh" thief; ? Sadd 548,2 (gandhasaddo ca -0 ti ettha chedane vattati ti datthabbo); -dala, n., a lotus-leaf; Vism 136,7*; ~* -aggasanthna, mfn., having the shape of the tip of a lotus-leaf; Vism 446,14 (~' -aggasanthne padese) * As 311,4; -sannha, m., uppala weapon and armour; ? uppala armour; ? Ja II443,16* (esa ~o; 444,5': ~o ti uppalo ca sannho ca uppalasannho, uppalasadiso kanayo ca sannhako ca ti, Be so; Se ~o ti uppalo ca sannho ca uppalasadiso kanayo ca sannhappatto ca ti; Ce, Ee uppalo va sannho uppalasadiso kato, so ca sannhasajjo ca ti attho); -sikharopama, mfn., like the bud of a (blue) lotus; Thi 382 (~ni te vimale htakasannibhe mukhe tava ... nayanni; cf Thi-a237,3i: ~ni te ti rattuppalaggasadisni pamhni tava). uppalaka, m. {and n. ?), [uppala + ka2], 1. (m. or n.) a blue lotus; ifc see padum'-; 2. (m.) (i) a certain numeral; Dip 3:12 (sogandhikam ~o); {n) the name of a hell or place in Avici (where one suffers for an uppala(ka) of years); SI 152,14 (seyyath pi... visati sogandhik niray evam eko ~o nirayo seyyath p i . . . visati ~ niray evam eko pundariko nirayo, Se so; Ee eko uppalanirayo; Be uppalanirayo... uppal niray; Ce uppalo... uppal...) = A V 173,is {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppalo ... uppal...) = Sn/>. 126,2i; 3. (m. ?) [from *ud + patati ?], a kind of weapon; ? -vata, m., the uppalaka wind (one of the winds of the body); Vibh84,io (satthakavt khurakavt ~; Vibh-a 70,32: hadayamamsam eva upptanakavt; cf Siks 248, nfoll.: Sastrakh ksurakh scakh pippalakh ...) quoted Ps I 30,32 {Be so; Ce, Ee, Se uppalak vt). uppalavati, see sv uppilavati. uppalsenta, mfn. [caus. part.pr. o/*ud + (p)pa + lasati], making sound, playing; Mil 21,31 (~o dhammasankham, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dhamento); see also upalsitv. uppali(n), mfn,. and ~ini, / [S. utpalin, utpalini], I. {mfn.) rich in lotuses; Vv 32:2 (sitodakam ~inim sivam nadim); 2. if.) (i) a multitude or clump of lotuses; a lotus-pond; Vin I 6,29 (~iniyam v paduminiyam v pundarikiniyam v appekaccni uppalni v padumni v pundarikni v) = MI 277,20 (Ps II 322,30: uppalni ettha sann" ti~ini); Ja I 281,25 (saro atthi, tattha dve kumudiniyo tisso -iniyo ... pupphanti); {\\)a lotus; (uppalim)-patta, ., a lotus-leaf; Ja III 485,15' (~am viya udake uppalavamnam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee uppalapattam); Sv 412,9 (udakapitthe -am viya pathavi

santhti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uppalinipannam); Spk II 209,1 (cattro dipmatthutv pannyanti). uppali in Ee at Ap 517,23 is wr for uppal {Be, Ce, Se so). uppasankami in Ee at AIV 235,21* is wr for upasankami {Be, Ce, Se so). *uppta, m. [S. lex. utpta], uprooting, destroying; -vta, m., a wind which uproots or destroys; Mhv72:268 (senangam... pesesi sanksam sattutlavidhnane, so read ? Ee uppta-; cf upptanakavt). upptaka, m. [from uppteti], 1. [cf BHS utptaka] one who pulls up, roots up; Spk I 254,11 (tvam dsam... tinnam chedakam lavakam -am karosi) = Pj II 148,26; 2. [cf BHS utptaka, S. utpdik] an insect; SI 170,26* (santhro sattamsiko ~ehi sanchanno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppdakehi; Spk I 239,15: upptakapnakehi sanchanno). upptana, n. [S. utptana], tearing off or out; pulling up by the roots; destroying; Spk I 253,31 (niddnan ti chedanam lunanam ~am) = Pj II 148,14; Jail 283,5 (psnato mamsam -klo viya); Thi-a241,i3 (~ato); ifcseekes'-, cakkh'-, camm'-, bij'-. upptanaka, mfn. [upptana + ka2], tearing out, uprooting, destroying; -vata, m., a wind which tears (out), which uproots or destroys; Vibh-a 70,32 (uppalakavta ti hadayamamsam eva ~); Ja I 303,20 (Sineru-upptanakavto); see also upptavta. uppjika in Ee at Spk II 377,16 is wrfor upptika qv. uppteti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + patati; S. utptayati], tears off or out; pulls up by the roots; removes; eradicates, destroys; Ja I 281,1 (dantehi dasitv tesam bijni ~eti); IV 162,20* (na jt' ayam sgaravrivego ~aye dipam imam ulram, Ce, Ee so; Be uplavissam; Se upavasarp); Sp 766, is (mlam v ~ehi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppatehi ti); Cp-a 68,33 (cakkhni ~emi ti); part.pr. upptenta, mfn., Ja IV 205,21 (velupesihi pitthicammam ~ent, Ce, Ee so; Be upptetv; Se upptpetv) ^ 382,24 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppdetv); 483,io' (Sinerum -ento viya); Sp329,3o; aor. 3sg. upptesi, Mil 110,1 (so puriso tarn itthim dvidh chetv attnam ~esi, Ee so; Be, Se upphlesi; Ce opdesi; Ps III 345,1 foil.: ten* eva asin attano udaram phlesi); Ja VI 238,9; absol. (a) upptetv, Vin II 150,27(chavim ~etv, Be, Ce, Seso; iseoptetv) ^ 151,3; Ja I 33,n; Spk I 184,22 (tanham arahattamaggena -etv); Nidd-a I 278,4 (sisakaplam ~etv); neg. anupptetv, Ja II 346,2<r; Sp 329,27; (b) upptiya, Thi 396; (c) upptayitv, Niddl 419,23 (kathamkathsallam abbuyha abbuhitv uddharitv samuddharitv -ayitv samupptayitv pajahitv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr uppdayitv samuppdayitv) ^ 490,10 {Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr uppdayitv) * Niddll 112,29; pass, part.pr. upptiyamna, mfn., Ja VI 166,21' (rjanivesane ca ~iyamne viya); pp uppfita, mfn. [S. utptita], torn out or off; destroyed; uprooted; Jail 305,21 (akkhisu ~esu); Mil 86,27foil.; Sp763,n; ~-cchavi, mfn., with skin torn off; Ps III 95,1 {so read; eds wr uppdita-); cchavilomagandanibha, mfn., like the swelling or inflammation resulting when the hair and skin are pulled off; Ja I 502,7 (kileso nma...

495

cchavilomagandanibho, Ce so; Be cchavigandasadiso; Ee uppditacchavikandunibho; Se uppditacchavikandusadiso); phala, mfn., castrated; Ja VI 238,15'(nilicchitaphalo yev ti ... phalo yeva ahosin ti); ^ upptetabba, mfn., Spkl 254,13 (chinditabbam lunitabbam upptetabbam); caus. aor. 3 sg. upptpesi, Ja III 158,5; absol upptpetv, Ja III 158,10; /?/? upptpita, mfn., Dhp-aIII 208,1 (ambapotak upptpit); see also upphletv. uppta, uppda1, m. [S. utpta; BHS utpda], an unusual or startling event, taken as a portent; the interpretation of portents; Abh401 (uppdo); 1027 (uppdo); D19,4 (nimittam -am supinam lakkhanam, Be, Ce so; Se upptam; Ee uppdam; Sv92,i9: asaniptdlnam mahantnam -am tarn hi disv idam bhavissati evam bhavissati ti disanti, Se so; Ce, Ee uppdam; Be uppatitam) quoted Vism30,n; Sn360 (~ supin ca lakkhan ca, Be, Se so; Ce upptasupin; Ee uppd; Pj II 362, is: ukkptadisdhdayo evamvipk honti ti evam pavatt upptbhinives, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppdbhinives); Ja VI 475,31* (~e supine yutto, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se uppde; 476,5': ~e ti candagghasuriyagghaukkptadisdhdike -e, Be so; Ce uppde ti... ~e; Ee, Se uppde ti... uppde); Apl8,i (-esu nimittesu lakkhanesu ca kovid, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppdesu); 351,25 (pattho bhmantalikkhamhi -amhi ca kovido, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uppdamhi); 472,23 (~e drune disv, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se uppde); Mil 178,17 (-am supinam nimittam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uppdam); -pthaka, m., an interpreter of portents; Sp 79,28 (~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uppda-); -vta, m., a calamitous wind; Mhv72:268 (senangam... pesesi sahksam sattutlavidhnane; or read upptavta, cfupptanakavta ?). upptika, uppdika, n. [cf AMg uppiya, S. autptika; cfalso S. utptaka], an unusual or calamitous event; an event presaging disaster; a disastrous storm; Ps V 88,19 foil, (tesam nvam ruyha muhuttam gatakle yeva uppdikam utthpetv ... amanuss ... uppdikam sannisidi) = SpkII 377,8foil. (Be, Ce, Se -am... -am...; Ee -am... upptikam); Spkl 54,18 (samuddamajjhe mahantam -am ptubhtam, Ee, Se so; Be upptitam; Ce ugghtikam); see also upptita. upptita, n. or mfn. [cf AMg uppiya], an unusual or calamitous event; an event presaging disaster; o r calamitous, presaging disaster; Ja IV 139,3 (aklavtam -am uppajji, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce omits); see also upptika. upptetv in Ee at Spk III 5,14 is wr for upptetv (Be, Ce, Se so). uppda 1 , see sv uppta. uppda2, m. [S. utpda], coming into being, appearance; production; Abh 1027; Vin I 309,22 (atth' im... mtik civarassa ~ya); DIU 221,18 (anuppannnam kusalnam dhammnam -ya chandam janeti); MIII 282,15 (cakkhussa - o pi vayo pi pannyati); SHI 23,13 (paccayo rpassa -ya); Ud l,n (imass' - idam uppajjati); Dhp 194 (sukho buddhnam -o); Patis II 218,H (~o hetu -o paccayo kilesnam nibbattiy); Pet 250,17 (tini sankhatalakkhanni ti -o thiti vayo);

Mil 120,12 (saccam yeva tattha vatthu bhavati dibbacakkhussa -ya); Vism649,io (-0 ti purimakammapaccay idha uppatti); Spkl 184,M (dvinnam cittnam ekato -0 n' atthi); ifc see ganduppda; anuppda, m., non-appearance; non-production; DIU 221,13 (anuppannnam ppaknam akusalnam dhammnam -ya); MI 60,17 (pahinassa kmacchandassa yatim -o hoti); SII 25,19 (jtipaccay bhikkhave jarmaranam uppd v tathagatanam - v tathagatanam thit va s dhtu ... idappaccayat); Patis I 59,25 (uppdo dukkham -0 sukhan ti santipade nnam); II 218,15 (uppde dinavam disv - cittam pakkhandati); Sp 954,8 (nirodho hoti ti -0 hoti); As 409,18 (tarn tarn maggaphalannam pana tesam tesam kilesnam khinante niruddhante ... anuppdante appavattante uppannan ti -e nnam nmajtan ti, Be, Se so; Ce~e appavatte uppannan tijje-e appavatte uppannatt ~e appavatte uppannannam nma..., prob. wr). uppdaka, w/(-ik). [S. utpdaka], making appear; (one) who produces, who generates; Ps III 453,13 (brahmacariyassa ... ~ jnak); Spkl 107,10 (tittham nma dvsatthi ditthiyo, titthakaro nma tsam ~o satth); Ud-a405,s (vippatisrassa -o koci v puriso siy); Nidd-al 153,17 (pabhavik ti padhnam hutv uppdika tanh); 154,1 (yo pi imesam ~o dhammo so idni n' atthi); ifc see ganduppdaka, lohit' -; anuppdaka, m(fn)., (one) who does not produce; Th-a II21 l,3i (kopassa -0). uppdana, ., - , / [S. utpdana], producing, generating; Ja III 74,5' (pannya 0,-attham); VI17,17 (anuppannassa hi lbhassa -am); Vism 132,3 (rambhadhtu-dinam -vasena pavattamanasikro); 697,11 (lokiynam silasamdhipannnam -am); Dhp-a III 237,16 (kusalassa -am c* eva uppditassa ca bhvan); It-a II 28,12 (dibbacakkhunnassa -am); Patis-a 517,13 (viiinnassa pabhvan - na hoti); anuppdana, n.y not producing; Sp 1323,31; Ps IV 194,19 (kirn pana cittassa -am bhriyam uppannassa pahnan ti); Ud-a 304,28 (anuppannuppannnam akusalnam pahnavasena); It-al 155,9 (uppdetabbassa -am eva); anuppdana in Ee, Se at Ja V 433,12 and in Ee at A I 123,32 and As 243,27 is prob, wr for anuppdana qv. uppdanaka, m(fn). [uppdana + ka2], (one) who brings into being, generates; Ja III 497,12 (dhanam eva pannyati dhanassa - na pannyanti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se uppdaka). uppdaniya1, mfn., caus.fpp o/uppajjati qv. uppdaniya2, mfn. [from uppdana], connected with producing, liable to produce; Nidd-a I 17,7 (madaniyatthen ti kulamaddimadam '-atthena, Be, Se so; Ce, J?ekulamaddimada-uppdaniyatthena). uppdi(n), mfn. [from uppda; cf S. utpdin], coming into being, bound to appear or arise; Dhs 1037 (katame dhamm -ino, kusalkusalnam dhammnam vipk...); Vibh92,i7 (saddadhtu siy uppann siy anuppann na vattabb -ini ti); Dhtuk 106,5 (~ihi dhammehi); As 45,30 (avassam uppajjissanti ti -ino); anuppdi(n), mfn., not coming into being; not bound to arise; Kv 153,37 (angat -ino dhamm).

496

uppditdino in Ee at Ap 482,21 is wr for uppditni no {Be, Ce,Seso). uppdeta(r), m. [S. utpdayitr], one who brings into being, who produces; D III 47,11 (issmacchariyam kulesu na ~ hoti); MI 79,35 (na... abhijnmi tesu ppakam cittam ~, perhaps better absoi) * S V 351, I8 (na... abhijnma ... ppakam cittam ~, eds so); M III 8,12 (bhagav anuppannassa maggassa ~) * Mil 217,10; Ja IV 42,17' (jivikya ~); PsII 7,22 (tsam ditthinam - titthakaro nma); Sadd 139,15*. uppdeti, ~ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/uppajjati qv. uppasujikata, see sv upphsulikata. uppitam in Ee at Sp 760,12* is wr for uppatitam {Be, Ce, Se, Dhp 222 so). uppilavati {and uppalavati, upplavati, uplavati), pr. 3 sg. [S. utplavate], 1. swims (up); floats, floats around; leaps up, jumps; is frisky, excited; S IV 312,2$ foil. (ummujja bho puthusile uplava bho puthusile thalam uplava bho puthusile; Spklll 104, M: thalam uplav ti thalam abhiruha); 313,4 (uplaveyya); A V 203,5 (samsidissati v -issati v, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uplavissati); Ja II 97,3 (nissadd sannisinn na -anti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uppalapanti); Mil 80,23 (khuddako pi psno vin nvya udake -eyy ti); Sp 846,1 (sace rajam upari ~ati, Be, Ce so; Ee uplavati; Se uppalavati); Sv 256,8 (udakapitthe lbukatham viya appakena pi -anti, Ce, Ee so; Be uplavanti; Se uppalavanti); Spkl 150,14 (udake gendu viya upplavati, Ee so; Be uppalavati; Ce uplavati; Se upalavati) * Ud-a333,n {Ee upplavati; Be uplavati; Se uppalavati; Ce leddu viya n' upplavati); Dhp-a IV 44,4 (so tanhvasiko puggalo bhave bhave uppalavati dhvati, Ee so; Be, Ce uplavati; Se pariplavati); part.pr. (a) uppilavanta, mfn., Mil 370,24 (kummo udake ~anto); (b) uppilavamna, mfn., Ja III 485,15' (uppalapattam viya udake upplavamnam, Ee so; Be, Ce uplavamnam; Se uppalavamnam); Sp 620,25 (pitiy -amn viya) quoted Sadd 567,2; As 273,5 (etam udake -amnam passitun ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se plavamnam); aor. J sg. uplavim, uppallavim, Niddll 110,29 (plavim uplavim upaplavim samupaplavin ti, Ce so; Be pallavim upallavim sampallavin ti; Ee upallavim sampallavim; Se upallavim samupallavin ti; Nidd-a II 93,n foil.: plavin ti uggamim uplavin ti [tiram] uttarim upaplavin ti uram ppunim, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pallavin ti uggamim upallavin ti uttarim); absol. uppalavitv, uplavitv, Ja II 344,16 (dve pi te al uppalavitv Garigya vuyhimsu, Se so; Be uplavitv; Ce, Ee uppatitv); Spklll 30,9 (udake uplavitv); 31,23 (ubhosu tiresu velunalakaranjakakudhdayo uppalavitv, Se so; Be, Ce uplavitv; Ee semvaddhikranfiakakatth sote vipalvit); Ud-a379,26 (sabbam tinam bhusam ca uplavitv sayam eva apagacchi, Be so; Ce upplavitv; Ee uppalavitv; Se upalavitv) * Vv-a 47,25 {Ce, Ee so; Be, Se upalavitv); caus. (a) part.pr. uplpaya(t), mfn. (for *uplvaya(t), prob, by influence of causatives in -peti), immersing, submerging; Ja IV 162,5* (vego mah hohiti sgarassa uplpayam dipam imam ulram, Ee so; euplavissam; Ce upalpayam; Se upvasam; 162,7': imam dipam upalavento ajjhottharanto abhibhavissati, Ce so; Be uplavanto; Ee omits; Se upvasanto ullolento

bhavissati); absol. uplpetv, MI 135,21 (thale v ussdetv udake v uplpetv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se opilpetv); caus. Q))pp uppilvita {and wrr or vll ubbilvita, ubbillvita, ubbillpita, by the influence of ubbilla #v ?), mfn. and n.9 1. {mfn.) excited, elated; D I 3,24 (nandino suman -, Be so; Ce ubbilvita; Ee ubbillvita; Se ubbilvitatt); Ja II 10,8 (esa mahallako -0 hutv attano balam ajnitv, Be so; Ce ubbilvito; Ee ubbillpito; Se ubbillvito); Mil 183,12 (sumano - 0 , Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbillvito); Ps V 27,22 (gehasitadomanassavasena ~o ti, Be so; Ce ubbillvito; Ee ubbilvito; Se uppilvino); 2. {n.) elation, exhilaration; Vibh 379,34 (pitigatam cetaso -am, Be so; Ce ubbillvitattam; Ee ubbillvitam; Se ubbilvitam; Vibh-a 506,35: cittassa uppilabhvakaranam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se cittassa ubbilabhvakaranam) quoted Visml58,30 {Be so; Ce ubbillvitam; Ee, Se ubbilvitam) * D I 37,22 {Be ttam; Ce, Ee ubbillvitattam; Se ubbilvitattam); Ud-a 332,2 (puttadresu ~ena, Be so; Ce ubbillvitena; Ee ubbilvitena; Se ubbillcittena); uppilvitatta,., abstr., elation, exhilaration; D I 3,21 (na somanassam na cetaso ttam, Be so; Ce, Se ubbilvitattam; Ee ubbillvitattam); MI 140,20 (cetaso --ttam, Be so; Ce, Se ubbilvitattam; Ee ubbillvitattam); Mil 183,9 (cetaso ttam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbillvitattam); see also anuppilava, anuppilavana. uppilpana {and wrr or vll ubbilpana, ubbillpana, by influence qfubbilla qv ?), mfn. and n. [for *uppilvana from caus. of uppilavati ? cf uplpaya(t), uplpetv and BHS utplvana], exhilarating, causing elation; exhilaration; Ud-a 237,22 (manovitakke cittassa -hetutya manaso uppilve vidv, so read ? Ce, Ee ubbilpana-; Be uppilvita-; Se ubbilvita-); -piti,/, exhilarating joy; Sv 53,26 (uppilvitattam ... ~iy etam adhivacanam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbillvitattam... ubbillpanapitiy); PsII 118,28 (~i, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbilpanapiti); Sv-ptI 230,23 (yya ubbilpanapitiy uppannya cittam ubbilvitan ti vuccati s piti ubbilvitattam, Be so; Ee ... ubbilpitan ti...). uppilva {and wr or vi ubbilpa), m. [from uppilavati; </2?//5'utplva], elation, exhilaration; Ud 37,23* (manaso ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ubbilpa; Ud-a 237,5: cetaso uppilvitattakar, Be so; Ce, Ee ubbillvitattakar; Se ubbilvitattakar); see also anuppilava. uppilvi(n) {and wrr or vll ubbilv(n), ubbillvi(n), by the influence o/ubbilla qv ?), mfn. [from uppilva], full of elation, joyful; Sv 53,25 (~ino bhvo uppilvitattam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbillvino bhvo ubbillvitattam); Ps V 27,22 (gehasitadomanassavasena ~ino ti, Se so; Be uppilvito ti; Ce ubbillvito; Ee ubbilvito); As 266,33 (dibbesu pi rammanesu -ino na honti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ubbilvino). uppilvita, mfn., see sv uppilavati. uppiletv in Ee at Ps II 73,17 is wr for uppiletv qv sv uppileti. uppilana, n. {and mfn.) [S. utpidana], pressing, pressing against; Dhtum547 (rumbha 0, -disu); Vism370,i8 (pathavidhtu abhikkamapatikkamdikle -assa paccayo hoti); -hattha, m., the hand which presses;

497

Vism 142,3i (kumbhakrassa ... bhjanam karontassa -o viya vitakko) = Nidd-a 1128,22. uppijeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utpidayati], presses on or against, squeezes; Spk I 169,25 (piyrittam gahetv kaddheyya c'eva -eyya ca); As 180,27 (ko me hatthapde -eti); part.pr. (a) uppilenta, mfn., Ja IV 479,3'; PsIV 74,6 (may pucchitapanham pana yatthikotiy -ento viya); neg. anuppilenta, mfn., Spk III 71,14 (na sakk anisldantena v anuppilentena v... jnitun ti, Be, Ee so; Ce anupapilentena; Se anupilentena); (b) uppilayamna, mfn., Ja I 483, n (hatthena akkhini -ayamno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppiliyamno); aor. 3 sg. uppilesi, Mp I 278,4; absol (a)uppiletv, Ja V 293,2i; Ps II 73,I i (pitthipnim hanukena -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppiletv); Vv-a83,io (cathi pdehi pathavim -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uppilitv) * Spk II 45,33; (b) uppilitv, Mp IV 104,9 (khandhatthito yugam -itv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ubbattitv); pass, part.pr. uppiliy amna, mfn., Bv -a 113,33 (-iyamnam ucchuyantam viya); pp uppilita, mfn. [S. utpidita], pressed; Ja VI 3,7 (lambathanya khlram pivant nsagg honti, Ce so; Ee pivantnam; Be thannam pivanto drako nippilitansiko hoti; Se thanam pivato drakassa upapilitansiko hoti); Mil 117,2o(gaganam -am vt vyanti sahas dhamadhamyanti, Ce, Ee so; Be ~; Se gaganak nipilit sampilit vt vyanti); Mp I 55,26 (akkantan ti... hatthena -am); neg. anuppilita,mfn., Th-al 134,25 (tena saddato anuppilitam ha... tena vutthavassena anuppilitam ha, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ananupilitam); see also anuppila. uppofhetv, ind. [absol. of *ud -f potheti], beating, striking; Pv-a4,16 (hatthapde muggardlhi -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pothetv). upplavati, see sv uppilavati. upplavana, uplavana, mfn.(?) [from upplavati; cfS. utplavana], floating, wavering; Dhp-al 309,7 (-ullopanasaddhatya v pariplavapasdassa, Ee so; Be uplavasaddhatya; Ce uplavanasaddhatya; Se ullavanasaddhatya). upphletv, ind [caus. absol. of *ud + phalati; cfS. utphlayati], splitting, opening up; Vin I 274,18 (sisacchavim -etv, Ee so; Be, Se upptetv; Ce phletv; Sp 1117,7: upptetv ti sisacammam apanetv); 276,10 (udaracchavim -etv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se upptetv); see also uppteti. upphsulika, mfn. [ud + phsuli + ka2], with protruding ribs; Pv 13:1 (~e kisike k nu tvam idha titthasi ti; Pv-a 68,14: ~e ti uggataphsuke, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uggataphsulike)* 19:1 (-0kisiko)5* 45:1 (~ kisikke nu ...). upphsulikata (and uppsulikata), mfn. [ud + phsuli + kata], with protruding ribs; Ap 548,17 (natangi dandadutiy- kis, Be so; Ee uppsulikata; Ce uppanduppanduk; Se upandupanduk) quoted Thi-a 129,1* (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce upphsulika kisik). uplavati, see sv uppilavati. uplpaya(t), caus. part.pr. of uppilavati qv. uplpetv, caus. absol. of uppilavati qv. Vubb l [?], to bear; Dhtum 296 (ubba dhrane). Vubb2, see ubbati.

ubbafuma, mfn. [ud + vatuma; cf S. udvartman], off the road; AIV 191,i6(assakhalunko ... ummaggam ganhti ~amrathamkaroti; Mp IV 104,18 fall.: thalam v kantakadhnam v ratham ropeti) quoted Sadd 403,8. ubbattati, ubbattati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udvartate], rises, swells; Vism 327,28 (kasinam pi ugghtiyamnam n'eva ~ati na nivattati); part.pr. ubbattamna, mfn., Vv-a 113,12 (~amna-mahoghanivattanena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uppattamna-); aor. 3 sg. ubbatti, Ja VI 486,16 (vijjullat niccharimsu sgaro ~i, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sankhubhi); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. ubbafteti, ~ayati, [BHS udvartayati], massages, rubs (with unguents); DU 324,i3/o//. (tassa purisassa kyam pandumattikya tikkhattum subbattitam -eth ti... -eyyum); part.pr. ubbattenta, mfn., Ps II 166,3; aor. 3 sg. ubbattesi, Sv 629,4 (nahpesun tianno sariram ~esi anno cunnni yojesi, Be, Ce so; Ee ubbattesi; Se ubbatteti); absol. (a) ubbattetv, JaV 444,15; Sp 1118,27 (gandhehi pattam -etv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ubbattitv); Spk II 185,27; Nidd-a 1219,14 (sanhamattikya sariram ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbattetv); (b) ubbattetvna, Mhv 49:52; pp ubbattita, mfn., rubbed; ubbattitasarira, mfn., whose body has been rubbed (with unguents); JaV 477,19= Cp-a250, is; subbattita, mfn., well-rubbed; D II 324,14 (kyarn ... subbattitam ubbatteth ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubatitam); caus. (b) absol. ubbattetv, ubbattayitv (and ubbattitv ?), 1. causing to swell up; making rise or overflow; Ja III 361,23' (gangsotam ~etv satthbhimukham aksi); IV 161, is (samuddam -etv); Ap 552,3 (-ayitv puthavim); Spk III 285,13 (~etv); MpIV 104,9 (khandhatthito yugam ubbattitv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se khandhatthikena... uppilitv); 2. [cf S. udvartayati], splitting, bursting; tearing out; Ja I 33,14 (anjita-akkhini upptetv hadayamamsam v ~etv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbattetv) * Dhp-al 5,i4 (Ce, Se so; Be upptetv; Ee wr ubbattev); Ja I 199,23 (musalena psne ~etv); 1127,7 (ekam mahisam vadhitv... mamsam ~etv); Mp I 371,22 (yakanam -etv); 11208,3 (dasavidham pi samyojanam samlakam -etv chaddesi); pass, part.pr. ubbattiyanta,mfn., Mil 101,i (-iyante pi... sadevake loke, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se pavattamne); caus. (c)pr. 3 sg. ubbattpeti, causes to rub; Sp946,io (-eti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummaddpeti; ad Vin IV 342,20: eds ummaddpeti); Kkh 205,4 (ummaddpeyy ti-eyya); absol. ubbattpetv, Spk II 237,17 (sariram -etv uyynapokkharaniyam nhatv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upatpetv, perhaps wr). ubbattana, n. [S. udvartana], massaging, rubbing (the body with unguents); Abh 299; Sp946,u (- ek va patti, Ce so; Ee wr ubbttane; Be ummaddane; Se ummajjane) * Kkh 205,5 (eds so); Sadd 338,3 (kakkanam satire -am); -parimaddanni, n.pl, massaging and rubbing; Sp 948,5 (bhikkhuni-dihi -ni ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummaddana-); see also ubbattana. ubbati, pr. 3 sg. [Vubb2; S. Dhtup rvati, Wg 15:60], hurts; Sadd 406,3 (ubbi tubbi... himsatth: ~ati tubbati...). ubbattati, see sv ubbattati.

498

ubbattana, n. [S. udvartana], causing to burst, splitting; Ja VI 8,15 (hadayam -samatthassa gthanirayassa duggandham vajjitv, Ce, Eeso; Se hadayubbattana-; Be hadayuppatana-); see also ubbattana. ubbaddha1, mfn., pp o/ubbandhati qv. ubbaddha2, mfn. [pp of *ud + vaddhati, S. udvrddha ? cfPkt uwaddha; cf also S. udbaddha, udvrtta], grown, come forth, appearing; -pindika, mfn., with swellings on the calves; Sp 1030,12 (-0 v, so duvidho hetth orlhhi v upari rjhhi v mahatihi jarighapindikhi samanngato); Vin-vn2509 (-o, Be so; Ee ubbadha-); see also ovaddha. ubbandha, n. [cf S. udbandha, m.], hanging (oneself); Thi 80 (varam me idha -am yam ca hinam pun' care). ubbandhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udVbandh], ties up; hangs oneself; Ja I 504,32 (visam khdanti rajjuy -anti); Vv-a207,25 (psam katv -itukm); Ap-a 194,34 (-ma visam khdm ti); part.pr. ubbandhanta, mfn., Vism 501,3 (kodhavasena abhunjantassa -antassa ca dukkham uppajjati); absol. ubbandhitv, Vin I 276,9 (thambhe -itv, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se upanibandhitv); D II 330,14 (sattham v hareyyum -itv v klam kareyyum); Ja III 345,20 (visam khditv pi -itv pi papte patitv pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbattitv); Sv432,8 (-itv maritukm); pp ubbaddha1, mfn. [S. udbaddha], having hanged oneself; Tikap-a280,15 (itthi... rajjupse givam patimuncitv - klam aksi, Ee so; Be ubbandha). ubbandhana, n. [S. udbandhana] what serves for hanging, a rope; Thi-a 78,3I (-am bandhitv maranam me varam setthan ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ubbandham). ubbari, / [S urvari; cf T. Burrow, 1984, pp. 209-16], "chosen one", a wife, a favourite wife; Ja VI 473,6* (-im kena dosena dajjsi dakarakkhino; 473, lr: -in ti orodham);475,i9*(-iypime ayye mantaymi rahogato); Sadd 769,9 (sabbsam -mamjetthikabhvenamahati" ca s devi ca ti mahdevi). ubbasati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udvasati], lives away; leaves (a place); Jail 76,22 (eko paccantagmako kadci vasati kadci -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ubbisati); pp ubbasita, mfn., living away, having left; Jail 76,24 (kle, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ubbisitakle); caus. pr. 3 sg. * ubbseti, drives (people) away; causes (a place) to be abandoned; absol. ubbsetv, Sp 474,4 (coro... khandhvram bandhitv samant tiyojanam -etv vasati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee upptetv; Sp-pt [Be] II 276,19: -etvti samantato tiyojanam vilumpanto manusse palpetv annesam avsam katv); pass, pr. 3 sg. ubbsiyati, Mhv 6:22 (-lyati so so ca yam yam gmam upeti so); pp ubbsita, mfn., driven away; caused to be abandoned; Th-alll 56,i2(tena so padeso -ito ahosi); Mhv 44:11 (-itejane sabbe). ubbaha, m. [from ubbahati2], pulling out, extracting; ifc see durubbaha. ubbahati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. udvahati], I. lifts up, carries; gathers; picks out; Pj II 460,22 (udabbahe ti -eyya dhreyya attani sanjaneyy ti attho; or perhaps from ubbahati2); Th-all 48,23 (gono... bhram -ati); ubbahati in Ee at Ps II 416,31 is wr for ubbahati qv; aor. 3sg. udabbahi2, Vin IV 5,37* (garurn bhram

udabbahi; = Ja I 193,9*: udaddhari); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a)*ubbaheti 1 , lifts up; picks out; absol. ubbhetv, ubbhitv, DII 347, \i (bhandikam bandhitv sise -etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uccoropetv); MpV 34,5 (sanghato -itv uddharitv, eds so); (b) ubbahpeti, ubbhpeti, causes to carry; has (the harvest) gathered; A I 241,34foil. (-eyya... -etv... punjam krpetv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbhpeyya ... ubbhpetv; Mp II 356,3: -eyy ti khalatthnam harpeyya); absol. ubbhpetv, ubbhpetv, Vin II 180,27 (lavpetv -etabbam -etv punjam krpetabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ubbhpetabbam ubbhpetv); A I 242,i (-etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Se ubbhpetv); fpp ubbahpetabba, ubbhpetabba, mfn., Vin II 180,27 (-etabbam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ubbhpetabbam); see also *udabbahati'. ubbahati2, pr. 3 sg. [ud + bahati1; S. udvrhati], pulls up; plucks out; Ja II 95,5* (esikni ca -a, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee abbaha); IV 462,22* (siluccayo Mem samlam -e, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uppate; cf 462,26': mahsinerupabbato samlo utthya ... kse pakkhandeyya); absol. ubbayha, Mhv 22:56 (ubbayhsim); see also *udabbahati2, udabbahi1 ubbahana, n. [S. udvahana], lifting, carrying; -paccupatthna, mfn., manifested as carrying; Vism447,28 (hadayavatthu tsam yeva dhtnam ... -am, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ubbahana-). ubbttane in Ee at Sp946,11 is wr, prob, for ubbattane {Ce so). ubbdhaka, m/(-ik). [from ubbdhati; cf S. bdhaka], harassing, troubling, paining; DIU 174,7* (akkosabhandanavihesakarim ubbdhikam ... giram, Be so; Ce -am; Se ubbdhakaram; Ee ubbyikam; Sv 939, s: akkosayuttatt bdhakarim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee bdhakaram). ubbdhati, ubbhati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + bdhati], harasses, troubles, vexes; pains; DU 325,21 (yojanasatam ... manussagandho deve ubbdhati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ubbhati; Sv8\0,sfolL: gandho ... kanthe sattakunapam viya bdhati) quoted Ps II 416,31 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr ubbahati); Spk HI 14,26 (sariragandho drato va ubbhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uttarati); pp ubblha, mfn., harassed, troubled, vexed; pained; Vin II 119,17 (bhikkh makasehi - honti); III 147,33 (so bhikkhu tassa sakunasanghassa saddena -o; Sp566,i9: -o ti pilito ukkanthpito hutv ti attho); Ja I 300,8 (-0 kulacitto); Ap 599,14 (- nadiy bhikkh gamanam na labhanti te, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddlanadiy); Vism 182,28 (kunapagandhena -assa); Pj II 80,21 (bhojanena -0 ukkanthito hutv); Th-alll 89,7 (yath te -a pakkamissanti tath bdhessanti ti attho); caus. pr. 3 sg. ubbdheti, ubbheti2, harasses, troubles; JaV 417,5** (ma nam Kunlam... kilamatho ubbhetth ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbdhetth ti; 418,25': bdhayittha) * 420, is**. ubbdhan, / [from ubbdhati], oppression, harassment; paining; DIU \66,22* (-ya paritajjanya v na hethayi janatam; Sv937,i: -y ti bandhangrappavesanena). ubbmeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + vamati; cfS. udvamati], makes suck back; Ps II 279,6 (cheko

499

ahitundiko sappassa datthavisam ten" eva sappena puna daspetv -eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be ubbheyya; Se ubbteyya). ubbyikam in Ee at D III 174,7* is wr for ubbdhikam (Be so). ubbajha, mfn., pp o/ubbdhati qv. *ubbseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/ubbasati qv. ubbhati, see sv ubbdhati. ubbhana, n. [S. lex. udvhana], raising, lifting up; picking out; Sadd 724,24 (-am nma ... rasito uddharitv niaranam); -samattha, mfn., capable of lifting; Ja VI 488,6' (urlhavan ti -am); see also udakaubbhanatul. ubbhik, / [from caus. of ubbahati1 ], the reference (of a dispute) to a committee of selected bhikkhus; Vin II 95,28 (anujnmi bhikkhave evarpam adhikaranam -ya vpasametum; Sp 1197,23foil.: evam sammatehi pana bhikkhhi visum nisiditv v tass yeva v parisya afinehi na kind kathetabban ti svetv tain adhikaranam vinicchitabbam); A V 71,10 (katihi... dhammehi samannagato bhikkhu -ya samannitabbo ti; Mp V 34,4: -y ti sampatta -adhikaranam vpasametum sanghato ubbhitv uddharitv gahanatthya); Sv 1041,13 (sanghe vpasametum asakkonte tatth' eva -ya sammatapuggalehi v vinicchitam sammati); Mhv 4:46 (-ya tarn vatthurn sametum nicchayam ak). ubbheti 1 , see sv ubbahati1. ubbheti2, caus. pr. 3 sg. of ubbhati qv sv ubbdhati. ubbigga, mfn., pp o/ubbijjati qv. ubbijjati (and ubbijati, ubbijjeti),/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. udvijate], is agitated, shudders with alarm; is afraid of (usually + gen.); shrinks from, shies away from; Vin III 144,33 (manuss ... -anti pi uttasanti pi palyanti pi); Nett 12,15 (sabbe satt dukkhassa -anti); Mil 149,5 (etthyam jano tasati ca -ati ca); Cp -a 260,25 (koci satto mam na uttasati na -eti, eds so); aor. 3 sg. ubbijji, ubbiji, SI 228,3 (~i, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~ati); Mil286,4 (bhiyyosomattya -i samvijji, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ubbiji samviji); Ja VI 78,30* (migo ... tarn disv ~i Sma tena kodho mam visi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbiji); 3pi. ubbijjimsu, Jail 282,20; Ap411,20 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vimhayimsu); absol. ubbijjitv, Vism 58,2i (silavipattito ~itv); pp ubbigga, mfn. [S. udvigna], agitated, shuddering; anxious; alarmed; shying away from; Vin II 184,19 (bhito -o ussankl utrasto); Thi408; Ja HI 197,14 (mahsatto ppamittasamsaggato ~o); VI 513,24* (rodante drake disv - vipul dum, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be ubbiddh) = Cp 1:9:35 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ubbiddh) quoted Sadd 405,27 (~); Mil 23,29 (bhito ~o utrasto); neg. anubbigga, mfn., Vin II 184,21; Mil 340,2i*; caus. pr. 3 sg. ubbejeti, ~ayati, frightens, intimidates; MpIV 103,17 (anile asse na -eti na paharati); absol. ubbejetv, Pj II 87,3 (rjnam ... ~etv); pp ubbejita, mfn., frightened, alarmed; Niddl 406,20 (samvejito -ito samvegam pdito); fpp ubbejayitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 388,2 (yogin ... sabbabhavapatisandhisu mnasam ~ayitabbam); see also ubbejaniya. ubbijjanaka, mfn. [from ubbijjati], frightening,

alarming; -bhayubbega, m., agitation caused by an alarming fear or danger; Ud-a 163,2 (sakalarajje pi pakatito -na ubbiggo calito, Ce so, Ee parikinno ~ena, prob, wrr; Be, Se sakarajje pi pakatito uppajanakabhayubbegena). ubbijjan, / [from ubbijjati], agitation, shuddering; Sv 111,7 (paritassan ti ~ phandan). ubbiddh, mfn. [S. udviddha], high, elevated; Ja VI 513,24* (~ vipul dum, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ubbigg) = Cp 1:9:35 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbigg; Cp-a87,2: ~ ti uddham uggat ucc, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ubbhidh ti); Ap 1,14 (psdam... -am nabham uggatam); 34,2 (-am bhavanam mayham); 358,1 (tato psdam ruyha ubbiddh gehalanchak tattha naccehi gitehi parivrem, aham tad, ? Ee so; Ce tayo psdam; Be, Se ruyha mahbhoge valanjako); 579,11 (sattayojanikam thpam -am ratanmayam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbedham); Sp 959,2 (viddhan ti -am meghavigamena dribhtan ti attho; ad VinI 3,22: viddham vigatavalhakam devam viditv). ubbinaya, mfn. and n. [ud + vinaya], \.(mfn. and n.) contrary to the Vinaya; what is not the Vinaya; Vin II 306,20 (idam vatthurn uddhammam -am apagatasatthussanam); Sp 195,9 (uddhammam -am satthussanam dipenti); Mp II 149,17 (avinayakammni ti -ni kammni, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee kammni); Ud-a 317,5 (mdiso nma uddhammam -am gheyy ti); Dip 5:19 (Veslivajjiputtak... uddhammam -am ca apagatam satthussane attham ca dhammam ca bhinditv vilomni dipayimsu te); 2. (mfn.) undisciplined, behaving badly; Mhv 48:44 (dipe -am sabbarn maggarn ppesi cakkhum); see also uddhamma. ubbila, mfn. and n. [prob, extracted from ubbilla; cf however S. udvela], exhilarated, joyful; exhilaration; Sv-ptI 1$,is foil, (ubbilayati ti -am, bhijjati purimvatthya visesam pajjari ti, -am eva ubbillvitam, tassa bhvo ubbillvitattam, Ee so; Be ubbilvitam... ubbilvitattam); -bhva, m., the state of exhilaration; Sv-ptI 230,25 (cittassa -o); karana, n., the producing of a state of exhilaration; Sv 122,5 (cetaso ubbillvitan ti cittassa karanam, Be so; Ce ubbillabhvakaranam; Ee ubbillbhvakaranam; Se ubbillvikaranam)^ Vibh-a 506,35 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce uppilvitan ti... uppilabhvakaranam). ubbilayati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from ubbila, or extracted from ubbilpita < uppilvita], is exhilarated, is joyful; Sv-pt I 78,18 (-ati ti ubbilam, Be so; Ee ubbilayati ti); caus. pp ubbilpita, mfn., made joyful, exhilarated; Sv-pt I 230,23 (cittam -an ti vuccati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be ubbilvitan ti). ubbilpa, see sv uppilva. ubbilpana is possibly from caus. of ubbilayati, but more prob, is wr for uppilpana qv. ubbilpita, mfn., caus. pp o/ubbilayati qv. ubbilvita is prob, wr for uppilvita qvsv uppilavati. ubbilla, n. [cfBHS udbilya, udvilya, audbilya; Pkt uwilla], exhilaration, excitement; M III 159,4 (~am kho me udapdi, Ce, Eeso; Be uppilam; Se ubbilam; Ps IV 208,6: -an ti... cintayato ubbillvitattam udapdi, Ce, Ee so; Be

500

uppilan ti... uppilvitattam; Se ubbilan ti... ubbilvitattam); Sp 163,23 (chambhitattam cittassa -am cittassa dutthullam cittassa, Ee, Se so; Be uppilam; Ce ubbillvitam); It-all 138,4 (thinamiddham chambhitattam -am dutthullam, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbilam; Be uppillam). ubbillpana is prob, wr (or vl) for uppilpana qv. ubbillpita is prob, wr (or vl) for uppilvita qv sv uppilavati. ubbillvi(n) is prob, wr (or vl) for uppilvi(n) qv. ubbillvita and ubbillvitatta are prob, wrr (or vll) for uppilvita and uppilvitatta qqv sv uppilavati. ubbisati in Ee at Ja II 76,22 and ubbisita- at Ja II 76,24 are wrr for ubbasati and ubbasita qqv. u b b i , / [S. urvi], the earth; Abh 181; Dip 4:18 (vl for bhmi of text); Sadd 81,21 *. ubblhava(t), mfn. [prob, part.perfact. o/ubbahati 1 , ud + *vlha, cf S. ududha; or of *ud + vyhati, cf Pkt uwdha; or poss. of *ud + bahati2, cf S. -brdha, udbrmhana]; see sv urlhava(t). ubbega, m. and mfn. [S. udvega], l.(m.) agitation; alarm; anxiety; shrinking from, shying away from; Dili 148,i (-am uttasam bhayam apanudit; Sv923,2o: vilumpanabandhandinissayam bhayam ~o nma); JaV 81,2i* (tvanto tassa -); Nidd I 371,13 (lomahamso cetaso -o utrso; c/Nidd-a 1395,21: ~o ti bhiruko, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce turito utrso); Vism464,32 (ottappam, ppato -ass' etam adhivacanam); Sp 565,9 (ubbijjanti ti kinnu harpessanti ti -am injanam calanam patilabhanti); Sadd 404,23 (-0 utrso bhirut); ifc see ubbijjanakabhay'-; 2. (mfn.) shaking; springing upwards, uplifting; Vism 143,21 (-a piti balavati hoti, kyam uddhaggam katv kse langhpanappamnappatt); Patis-a589,34 (- piti); -uttsabhaypandana, mfn., driving away alarm and fear; DIU 148,26*; -va(t), mfn., anxious, full of alarm; Ja III 313, is'. ubbegi(n), mfn. [from ubbega; S. lex. udvegin], anxious, alarmed; Ja HI 313,10* (niccam -ino kak, Be, Ee so; Ce ubbedhino; Se ubbiggino; 313,15': -ino ti ubbegavanto). ubbejana, n. [S. udvejana], agitation, alarm; Nidd-al 426,28 (utrsan ti -am asannitthnam). ubbejaniya, mfn. [from ubbejana or ubbejeti qv sv ubbijjati; S. udvejaniya], inspiring alarm; to be feared; Ja I 323,8 (khditum gatapisco viya ca amanpo ahosi -0); Vism 474,27 (dukkh vedan nirassdato ... -ato abhibhavanato ca... olrik); Dhp-al 164,19 (manussasaddo nma tiracchnagatnam ~o). ubbejita(r), ubbejeta(r), m. [from caus. of ubbijjati; S. udvejayitr], one who frightens or intimidates; A II 109,n (ekacco puggalo sakaparisam ubbejet no paraparisam)= Pp47,n (ubbejit); A IV 189,1 (assjniyo ... sorato hoti sukhasamvso na anne asse ubbejet; Mp IV 103,n: anne asse na ubbejeti na paharati). ubbejeti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of ubbijjati qv. ubbedha, m. [BHSudvedha; AMguweha], height; depth; Bv8:29 (tattiY eva tassa jinathpo ~o pancavisati); Sadd 553,8 (roho -o); instr. -ena, 1. in height; D II 171,2 (ekekasmim dvre satta satta esik nikht ahesum... dvdasaporis -ena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

catuporis); Sil 181,26 (pabbato yojanam ymena yojanam vitthrena yojanam -ena); Ja IV 323,21 (~ena pancavisatiyojanam ratanapsdam mpehi ti); Spk I 321,6 (vimnam ... tiyojanam ~ena); 2. in depth; S II 134,11 (pokkharani... pannsayojanni ^ena); Nidd I 353,7 (samuddo catursitiyojanasahassni ~ena gambhiro); ~ato, in height; JaV 38,n (tato sattamo Suvannapassapabbato nma so ~ato sattayojaniko); Sp 1037,28 (antamaso -ato atthangulo); Spk II 90,4 (satth pana -ato atthapannsahattho ahosi); ifc see tiyojan'-, puris'-. ubbedhati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + vedhati], is disturbed, trembles, quivers; Ja VI 437,8* (~ati me hadayam mukham ca parisussati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -ate; 437,12': -ati ti... hadayam me mahvteritam viya pallavam kampati) = 442,17* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -ate). ubbha, n. [from ubbhati], filling; Sadd410,i6 (ubbhati ubbheti pureti ti -am, pranan ti attho); ifc see accubbha. ubbham (iic ubbha-), ind. [S. rdhvam], upwards; in height; above; D i l i 155,9* (-am uppatitalomavsa so; Sv 930,4: so esa uddham uggatalomav hoti); Th 163 (ypo ... tiriyam solasapabbedho -am hu sahassadh, Be, Ee so; Ce uddham; Se uccam); Ap 523,5 (vyamham -am yojanam uggatam, Ee so; Be ubbhayojanam; Ce, Se uddham); ubbh'-akkhaka, (mf)n.y what is above the collar-bone; Vin III 130,5 (-am adhojnumandalam dissa vannam); Kkh 37,29 (-am adhojnumandalam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ubbhakkham); Vin-vn 358; am, adv., above the collar-bone; Vin IV 215,4 (-am adhojnumandalam kyena kyam masati); (a)-jnumandala, mfn. and ., above the knee-cap; what is above the knee-cap; Vin HI 129,36 (-am dissa vannam); Sp902,i6 (adhakkhake ~e kyappadese); Vin-vn 1969; am, adv., above the knee-cap; Vin IV 213,35 (-am masanam v parmasanam v); (a)-jnuman4alik,(m)/(n)., allowing contact above the knee-cap; Vin IV 213,38 (ayam pi prjik hoti asamvs -); (a)-tthaka, mfn., standing upright (as an ascetic practice); D I 167,5 (-0 pi hoti sanapatikkhitto); MI 92,28 (sambahul niganth... - honti sanapatikkhitt); (a)-mukha, mfn., facing upwards; turned upwards, upstream; SHI 238,31 (-0 bhunjasiti); Mil 122,11 (tass saccakiriyya mahgahg~ sandati); see also uddham. ubbhajati, see sv ubbhujati. ubbhanda, mfn. [ud+ bhanda], carrying a load; loaded, burdened; Sp 1127,30 (civarehi ^e kate yath ukkhittabhand honti evam kate, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ubbhandikate). ubbhandika, mfn. [ud + bhandik?], carrying a load; burdened; Sp 1225,3 (sabbe pi bhikkh - bhavissanti; Sp-pt[5e]III 401,4/o//.: ukkhittabhand bhavissanti, attano attano parikkhare gahetv tattha tattha vicarissanti ti attho). ubbhan4ikata, mfn. [p/?o/*ubbhanda+ karoti], made to be load-carrying; made burdened; Sp 1127,30 (civarehi ~e yath ukkhittabhand honti evam kate, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ubbhande kate). ubbhandita, mfn. [pp of denom. from ubbhanda or = ubbhandika qv ?], loaded, burdened; Vin I 287,33

501

(addasa... bhikkh civarehi ~e sise pi civarabhisim karitv khandhe pi civarabhisim karitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubbhandikate; Sp 1127,30: civarehi -e ti civarehi ubbhande kate yath ukkhittabhand honti evam kate, ukkhittabhandikabhvam pdite ti attho, Ce so; Be civarehi ubbhandike ti; Ee, Se civarehi ubbhandikate ti civarehi ubbhandikate.. .). ubbhata, mfn. [pp o/*ud + bharati; cfS. udbharati], lifted up; taken out; removed; Vin I 255,19 (katham ca bhikkhave -am hoti kathinam); III 196,9 (nitthitacivarasmim bhikkhun -asmim kathine dashaparamam atirekacivaram dhretabbam); IV 287,31 (sangho kathinam uddharati, yass' yasmato khamati kathinassa uddhro so tunh' assa ... -am sanghena kathinam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddhatam); D I 77,20 (puriso ahim karand uddhareyya, tassa evam assa ... karand tv eva ahi -o ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddharito ti); MII 257,3 (-am kho te sallam apanito visadoso anupdiseso); SI 209,12* (kukkul -o tta kukkulam patitum icchasi); II 134,14 (kusaggena udakam -am); Dhp 34 (vrijo va thale khitto okamokata -o; Dhp-a I 289,7: -o ti uddhato); Ja I 268,12* (udak thalam -am; 268, w: udakato thalam uttinnam); III 53,16* (satta me rohit macch udak thalam -; 53,ir foil.: udakato thale thapit kevattena v uddhat, Be so; Ce, Ee kenpi v uddhat; Se blisikenpi uddhat); ubbhatatthne in Ee at Pv-a 163,20 is wr; read ubbariy thitatthne with Be, Ce, Se; see also uddharati, ubbhra. ubbhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ubhati, umbhati, Wg 28:321 fills; Sadd 410,9 (ubha ubbha umbha prane: ubhati -ati umbhati); caus. pr. 3 sg. ubbheti, Sadd 410,ii (kante obheti -eti umbheti ti); see also ubhati, umbhati. ubbhan, / [from ubbhati], filling; Sadd410,io (ubbhati... prane:... ubbhati... -); see also ubhan, umbhan. ubbhanta, mfn. [S. udbhrnta], agitated, bewildered; -citta, mfn., bewildered in mind; with agitated thoughts; PsI 117,35 (vibbhantacitt ti ~) = Spklll 257,25. ubbhava, m. [S. udbhava], arising; birth; origin; Abh 90; ifc see phal'-. ubbhavati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udbhavati], springs up, arises, comes into existence; Sadd 4,20 (-ati ti uppajjati sarpam labhati); aor. 3 sg. ubbhavi, Mhv 84:13 (magge padumam -i iti); pp ubbhta, mfn. [S. udbhta], sprung up, arisen; Abh 984; Mhv 74:42. ubbhra, m. [from *ud + bharati], removal, taking away (of the kathina); ending (of the kathina period and its special allowances); Vin I 255,20 (atth' im bhikkhave mtik kathinassa -ya); 299,5 (tuyh' eva bhikkhu tni civarni yva kathinassa -y ti); V 175,14 (-am na jnti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se uddhram); Kkh 53,22 (yam sahghassa kathinam atthatam tasmim ca ubbhate, tatr' etam sankhepato kathinatthro ca -0 ca veditabbo); Sp 1112,11 (-am dassetum katham ca bhikkhave ubbhatam hoti kathinan ti dim ha); Vin-vn 2724 (~ pi duve vutt kathinassa mahesin); ifc see antar'- (^vantar), kaolin' - (^v kathina2); see also uddhra, ubbhata. ubbhsa, m. [S. udbhsa], radiance, brightness;

Mhv 80:22 (in cpd: sovannarajatubbhsabhittitthambhehi bhsuram). ubbhsita, mfn. [S. udbhsita], lighted up, illuminated; 6dara, mfn. [ubbhsita + udara], with its interior illuminated; Mhv 73:76 (gandhatelappadipehi niccam -am ... dhammgram). ubbhijja, absol. o/ubbhindati qv. ubbhijjate, pass.pr. 3 sg. o/ubbhindati qv. ubbhitodaka in Ce, Ee, Se at Ps II 322,12 and Sp 692,16 is wrfor ubbhidodaka (Be so). ubbhida1, mfn. [S. udbhid, udbhida], springing up, welling up; 6daka1, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) with water welling up; D I 74,20 (udakarahado ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se wr ubbhitodako; Sv 218,12: ~o ti ubbhinna-udako, na hetth ubbhijjitv uggacchana-udako, anto yeva pana uppajjana-udako ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se wr ubbhitodako ti) = MI 276,37 = A III 25,28 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se wr ubbhitodako); 2. (n.) the water welling up; Sp692,i6 (-am ptum, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr ubbhitodakam). ubbhida2, n. [S. lex. udbhida], a kind of salt; Abh 461; Vin I 202,6 (anujnmi bhikkhave lonni bhesajjni smuddam klalonam sindhavam -am bilam; Sp 1090,12: ~4& ti bhmito ankuram utthahati); 6daka2, mfn.. with salt water; ? Mp IV 124,11 (saran ti -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbhinnalonam). ubbhidh in Ee at Cp-a 87,2 is wrfor ubbiddh (Be, Ce, Se so). *ubbhindati, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. udbhinatti, Pkt ubbhindai], breaks through (trans.); breaks through, bursts through (intrans.); springs up; absol. (a) ubbhijja, Dhp 340 (lata ubbhijja titthati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be uppajja) = Th761; (b)ubbhinditv, D i l 333,7 (nam kumbhim oropetv -itv mukham vivaritv; Sv 810,33: -itv ti mattiklepam bhinditv); pass. pr. 3 sg. ubbhijjate, bursts forth, shoots up; wells up; Bv2:94 (tarn p' ajj' -ate mahiy) = Ja 118,20*; aor. 3 sg. ubbhijji, Bv 2:94 = Ja I 18,19*; Cp -a 80,4 (vijjullat niccharimsu mahsamuddo -i); absol. ubbhijjitv, D I 74,26 (tamh udakarahad sit vridhr -itv) = MI 277,6 = A III 26,4; Jal 51,17 (pathavito pi udakam -itv vissandi); Ud-a 408,2 (dve tayo ptalankur pathavito -itv nikkhamimsu); pp ubbhinna, mfn. [S. udbhinna], sprung up, welling up; Abh 543; udaka, mfn., with water sprung up; Sv218,i2 (ubbhidodako ti udako) = Ps II 322,13 = Mp III 233,13. ubbhinna, mfn., pp o/**ubbhindati qv. ubbhujati, ubbhajati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + bhujati], pulls up (one's clothes); Khuddas 16:2 (ukksitv-v-ubbhajeyya pduksv eva santhito); Vin-vn 2937 (pduksu thito yeva -eyya); absol. (a)ubbhujitv, Vin II 221,29 (vaccakutim ... -itv pi pavisanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbhajitv); III 40,17 (s -itv arigajte abhinisidi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbhajitv); Khuddas 16:2 (ubbhajitv); Vin-vn 2933 (-itv); (b) ubbhujitvna, Vin II 234,10* (in udna: Ce so; Ee ubbhajjitvna; Be ubbhaji thite; Se ubbhuji thite); (c) ubbhujji, Vin II 234,7* foil, (mc in udna: ubbhujji... ubbhujji... ubbhujji, Ce so; Be ubbhaji; Se ubbhuji; Ee uppajji... ubbhajjhi... ubbhajji);

502

 fPP ubbhujitabba, (mf)n. impers., Vin II 222,12 (vaccakuti... na -itv pavisitabb, vaccapdukya thitena -itabbam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbhaj itabbam). ubha, m. [sg. form of ubhoqv], the word ubho; Sadd 646,26 (-asm nam innam: ubhinnam); -sadda, m., the word ubho; Sadd 286,20. ubhafthaka in EeatAl 296,3 is wr for ubbhatthaka (Be, Ce, Se so). ubhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ubhati, Wg 28:32], fills; Sadd 410,9 (ubha ubbha umbha prane: -ati ubbhati umbhati); caus. pr. 3 sg. obheti, Sadd 410,11 (kante -eti ubbheti umbheti" ti); see also ubbhati, umbhati. ubhan, / [from ubhati], filling; Sadd410,io (ubha... prane: ubhati... -); see also ubbhan, umbhan. ubhato, ind. [from ubho; cf S. ubhayatas], in both ways, in both respects; on both sides (of ace); Vin I 286,27 (rajanam ~ato galati); D I 113,25 (~ato sujto mtito ca pitito ca); Vv 52:6 (nrigan... -ato vimnam upasobhayanti; Vv-a225,i8: -ato anto e'eva bahi ca); Th309; Ja I 25,18 (majjhe gahetv -ato ospeti); 387,5' (~ato vylhe sangme); 483,27 (tuyham udake pi kammanto paduttho thale pi -ato bhattho jto ti); VI 536,7* (-ato sararn Mucalindam pupph titthanti); Ap 67,23 (-ato muttako ajja); Mil 36,3 (s [nadi] ~ato klni samvissandanti gaccheyya); Vism 105,25 (-ato vlikam ussdento); Mp I 414,7 (~ato pativissakagehnam); ubhato in Ee at Ja VI 475,6* is prob, wr for ubho (Be, Ce, Seso); -kaja, m, a carrying-pole with a load at each end; Vin II 137,2o; Vin-vn2818; -kotika, mfn., double-edged, two-pronged; MI 393,io (imam -am panham puttho); Mil 119,20 (ayam pi -opafiho); -dan4aka, mfn., with a handle at both ends; MI 129,15 (~ena... kakacena) quoted Vism 298,11; -dhara, mfn., double-edged, twoedged; Vin IV 201,i (sattham nma ekatodhram -am paharani); MI 281,29 (matajam nma vudhajtam -am pitanisitam); Ja I 73,12 (in cpd); Nidd-al 314,9 (~ehi satthehi); -pakkhani, adv., in both ways, in two ways; MI 239,22; -pakkhika, -pakkhiya, mfn.t keeping in with both sides; being on both sides; Sv 288,26= Ps II 273,2i; Ps HI 452,i (~o esa samanassa Gotamassa sahyo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ubhato pakkhito); It-al 70,32 (-pakkhiynam dvelhakajtnam bhikkhnam); -passa, m.n., both sides; Mill 158,29 (tassa '-e vadhak uppateyyum); JaV 417,9 (pancasat dijakannayo -ena denti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~e); Mil 193,13 (~e yva sattamam kulam samugghtpeyym ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se, Mil-t 33,13 ubhatopakkhe); Spk II 169, is (~esu pnim safieresi); Mhv 34:76 (vithiy -e panni pasnya); -bhgavimattha, mfn., smooth on both sides; DII110,27 (vattham Brnaseyyakam -am) = MII 13,3i (Be so; Ce -vimattam; Ee -vimaddham; Se -vimattham) = A V 61,23; MI 385,s; -bhge, adv., on both sides, in both respects; T h l l 7 6 (vimuttam ~e); -mukha, mfn., with an opening or spout on both sides; with a mouth or face on both sides; facing two ways; DII293, is (~ mutoli); Ja 1338,5 (~am assam addasam); Ps II 59,20 (~ehi balisehi paharitva); -lohitakpadhna, mfn., having a red cushion at

each end; Vin I 192,10; D I 7,12; MI 76,9 (pallanko... ~o); -vantikaml, / , a garland with a stalk on both sides; Vin III 180,3;-vyafijana, n. and mf(n)., 1. (n.) the sexual characteristics of both sexes; Sp 1024,19 (~am assa atthi ti ubhatovyanjanako); 2. (mf) having the sexual characteristics of both sexes, hermaphrodite; Vin III 129,26; Sp 548,23 (~a ti... ubhohi vyanjanehi samanngat, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ubhatohi vyanjanehi; Se ubhatovyanjanak ti... ubhatovyanjanakehi...); Vin-vn 321; Utt-vn707; -vyanjanaka, mfin)., having the sexual characteristics of both sexes, hermaphrodite; Vin I 89,19 (~o bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampdetabbo upasampanno nsetabbo ti); Mil 310,15; Kkh9,is; As 322,3o;-saftgha, m., both sanghas; Vin I 309,24 (-assa deti); A IV 277,10 (~e upasampad); Mhv 32:34; Utt-vn 249. ubhatohi in Eeat Sp 548,23 is wr for ubhohi (Be, Ce, Se so). ubhaya, mfn. and n. [cf S. ubhaya] (pi. nom./voc. mf. ubhayo [< *ubhayau ?] [and ubhaye]; n. ubhayni [and ubhayo]; dat./gen. ubhayesam), I. (mfn.) pi.: both; sg.: of both kinds; two-fold; Vin I 65,7 (~ani... ptimokkhni); SI 32,16* (annam evbhinandanti -0 devamnus, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~e); 82,20 (~ena vata mam so bhagav atthena anukampi); Vv 80:7 (-am ca kriyam); Pv 15:10 (-0 vanantam agamimhase; Pv-a 86,18: -o tiduve, tvam ca aham ca ti attho); 36:26 (kalynappe -e asante); Th 237 (asm lok paramh ca ~ dhamsate naro); Thi 449 (-0 nismetha; Thi-a 257,8: tumhe dve pi); Ja IV 106,8* (ekarattim -o vasema); V 311,26* (-0 ca jayampati); Vv-a326,i9 (ubhayettha dissare ti ubho pi ettha candasriy kse dissanti yakaro padasandhikaro, - e etth ti v padavibhgo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee - etth ti v); Pv-a21,5 (tesam ~esam pi jannam); Th-al 151,31 (~e pi yathsabhvato passmi ti); Sadd 640,4 (~asmim loke kaliggho ~esam v atthnam kaliggho); 655,27 (~o devamnus -o itthiyo -o cittni); 2. (n.) both (things); the pair; two things; D II 285,io(y c' eva ... dibb oj y va asura-oj -am etam dev paribhunjissanti ti); MI 27,16 (yo... kopo yo ca appaccayo -am etam anganam); A l l 7,30* (~ena nam garahanti silato ca sutena ca); 46,16* (atthe anatthe ca -assa hoti kovido); Ja I 473,13* (ye sannino... ye pi asannino ... etam -am vivajjaya); V 376,14' (devalok ca manussalok ca ti-amha); Vism 332,19 (etam jhnam ca rammanam ca ti -am pi); Sp 185,2 (hetu paccayo ti -am etam krandhivacanam); ace. -am, adv., also, as well (usually following ca,); A III 311,17* (sango panko ca -am); Dhp404 (asamsattham gahatthehi angrehi cbhayam) = Sn628; Pv6:9 (tassa kammavipkena musvdassa cbhayam); Ja VI 119,11* (upetam annapnehi naccagitehi cbhayam); Ap 19,25 (isinam silagandhena pupphagandhena cbhayam); ins tr. -ena, adv., on both sides; in both ways; Th 1004 (-ena-m-idam maranam; Th-aIII 103,38: -en ti -esu, ubhesu kles ti attho); Ja VI 104,27* (-en* eva mam nehi... yena v ppakammant punnakamm ca ye nar, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se punnakamm ca yena v); abl. -ato,

503

adv., as to both; on both sides; Abh 1195; D HI 105,16 (purisassa ca vinnnasotam pajnti ~ato abbocchinnam); JaV 345,io* (kje ~ato thite); Niddl 355, s; MpIV 60,7 (desanya nma uparito v hetthato v ~ato v paricchedo hoti); ubhayatobhsa, mfn., occurring in both (act. and pass.) voices; Sadd 338,32; see also ubhato; '-amsa, m., both parts, both sides; MI 404,19 (apannako dhammo... ~am pharitv titthati; Ps III \\%,\foll.: ubhayantam ubhayakotthsam sakavdam paravdam ca pharitv adhimuccitv titthati); ~-bhvita, mfn., developed in both parts; practised for both aspects or objects; D I 154,36 (bhvito samdhi hoti); Nett 77,8; ' -akkhikna, mfh. [ubhaya + akkhi' + kna1], blind in both eyes; Ps IV 213,21 (kno ti ekakkhikno v ~o v) = Spk I 163,1 = Mp II 176,13 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ubhayacchikno) quoted Sadd 536,6; Thi-a264,5 (~am kacchapam anussara); 0, -acchikna, mfn. [ubhaya + acchi1 + kna1], blind in both eyes; Mp II176,13 (knoti ekacchikno v ~o v, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ubhayakkhikno) = III 112,4 (eds so); '-antarena, ind., between the two; Th986 (yosukham dukkhato adda dukkham addakkhi sallato ~em nhosi; lh-aIII 100,18: ~en ti ubhayesam antare, sukhadukkhavedannam majjhabhte adukkha-m-asukhe ti attho); -m-antare, -m-antarena, ind., between the two; within the two; M III 266,9 (cutpapte asati n' ev' idha na huram na ~ena es' ev' anto dukkhass ti) = S IV 59,14 (Spk II 372,28 foil.: na idhaloke na paraloke na ubhayattha hoti... ye pana na ~en ti vacanam gahetv antarbhavam icchanti tesam vacanam niratthakam) = Ud 81,9 (Be so; Ce,Ee,Se~e); Ud8,n (tato tvam Bhiya n' ev' idha na huram na ~ena, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~e; c/Ud-a 92,20foil.); see also ubhato, ubhayattha, ubhayatra, ubhayath, ubho. ubhayattha, ind. [cf S. ubhayatra], in both places; in both respects; Vin I 107,19 (dve uposathgrni sammatni honti, bhikkh ubhayattha sannipatanti); A I 129,26* (ubhayattha kaliggaho); Dhp 15 (idha socati pecca socati ppakri ubhayattha socati); Th462 (ubhayattha kataggaho); Ja VI 357,5* (ubhayattha blo kalim aggahesi); Vism 267,29 (santo c'eva panito c'eva, ubhayattha evasaddena niyamo veditabbo); Spk I 351,3; Mhv 35:4; see also ubhayatra. ubhayatra, ind. [ts], in both places; in both respects; Sp617,n; 1099,n; Pj II 546,7 (kanhapakkhiyni yeva pana sandhya ubhayatrpi ha) = Nidd-al 306,27 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ubhayatthpi); see also ubhayattha. ubhayath, ind. [ts], in both ways; in both cases; Ja VI 99,4-; Vism 425, is (so ca jnam v upavadeyya ajnam v ubhayath pi ariypavdo va hoti); Sp 697,9; Sv744,i2 (attho pana ubhayath pi na yujjati); Patis-a240,23 (ekekasspi avijjdikassa paccayassa ubhayath sambhavato); Sadd 805,15. ubho, mfn. pl. [S. m. ubhau, fn. ubhe] (nom./acc. m.f.n. ubho; instr./abl. ubhohi [and ubhobhi, Sadd 286,2i]; dat./gen. ubhinnam; loc. ubhosu; see also Sadd 286,29: cariy pana ~ehi ~ebhi ~es ti icchanti), both; Vin I 10,15 (ete ... ~o ante anupagamma majjhim patipad tathgatena abhisambuddh); II 181,37 (ehi

samma~o ... pabbajissmti); D I 79,io (~o sadde sunti dibbe ca mnuse ca); MI 32,29 (~ohi hatthehi patiggahetv); SIII 137, is (~osu tiresu); Dhp 306 (~o pi te pecca sam bhavanti); Sn 778 (~osu antesu vineyya chandam); Pv7:6 (duve putt ~o sampattayobban); Th 443 (-innam attham carati attano ca parassa ca); Ja IV 102,i* (yuddham ca no hotu ~innam ajja); V 375,28* (~o so dhamsate lok idha c' eva parattha ca, split cpd ? 376,14': ~oti devalok ca manussalok ca ti ubhayamh); Ap 31,22 (~innam Saddam sutvna, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ubhinnam); Mil 131,15 (dram vivajjit te ~o annamannam); 418,6 (issattho sare ptayanto ~o pde pathaviyam dalham patitthpeti); Vism 48,26* (~o pdni bhinditv); 595,16* (yamakam nmarpam ca ~o annonnanissit); Mhv 25:69 (-0 yujjhimsu bhmip); 0, -anta, m., both ends, both extremes; Sn 1040(ko~am abhinnya majjhe mant na lippati; Pj II 588,20: ~o ante abhijnitv) ^ A III 399,23* (yo ~e viditvna, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubho 'nte viditvna); -klpakji(n), -klupakji(n), mfn., calling out at both times; Ja VI 539,16* (540,8': ~ino ti syam pto ... nikjanti); -klni, n.pl.y both banks; Apl5,i5 (~esu nadiy; Ap-a 213,22: ~es ti tass nadiy ubhosu passesu); -sanga, m, both attachments, attachment to both; Dhp 412 (yo 'dha punnam ca ppam ca -am upaccag; c/"Dhp-aIV 187,7: ubho ti dve pi punnni ppni ca chaddetv ti attho sahgan ti rgdibhedam sangam) = Sn636; -sandhi, m, both births, rebirth in both; Ja V 374,26* (~im atikkamma astam upapajjati; 375,4': ~in ti ubhayam devaloke ca manussaloke ca patisandhim); -hatth, m.pl.y both hands; JaV 365,29* (~ehi sangayha); Bv 18:11; Ap 58, s; see also ubha, ubhato, ubhaya. umbhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup umbhati, Wg 28:32], fills; Sadd 410,9 (ubha ubbha umbha prane: ubhati ubbhati ~ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. umbheti, Sadd 410,11 (krite obheti ubbheti ~eti); fpp umbhetabba, mfn., Sadd 410,21 (kam vuccati udakam, tena -etabbo ti kumbho); see also ubbhati, ubhati. umbhan,/ [from umbhati], fiHing; Sadd410,io (ubhan ubbhan ~); see also ubbhan, ubhan. ummagga1, m. [S. unmrga], a deviating way, a different way; a wrong way; Vin I 8,31 (Upako jiviko hupeyya vuso ti vatv ... ~am gahetv pakkmi); S IV 195,19 (sabhayo c' eso maggo ... ~o ca kummaggo ca); AIV 191,15 (ekacco assakhalunko ... -am ganhti ubbatumam ratharn karoti) quoted Sadd 403,7; Vism 544,30* (jaccandho naro aparinyako ekad yti maggena ~enpi ekad, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kummaggenpi) = Nidd-a 1225,12*; Spk I 236,14 (~am ruyha). ummagga2, ummanga1 (so usually Se), umanga (so usually Be), m., \.a tunnel; Ja VI 445,19* (~ nikkhamitvna, Ce, Ee so; Be umang; Se ummarig); 459,2 (kidiso nu kho ~o ti rj-am datthukmo ahosi, Ce, Ee so; Be umango ... umangam ...; Se ummarigo ... ummangam ...); Sp 356,12 (~ena v pavisitv, Ce, Ee so; iteumangena; Se ummangena); Mp I 455,28 (navamattni corasatni... ~am khanitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummangam); Dhp-all 37,11 (ekasmim addhakule ~am

504

bhinditv, Ce, Ee so; Be, umarigam; Se ummarigam); Sadd 333,15 (magi... gamane:... mahgati mango ummahgo); 2. a subterranean water-course; Ps III 37,8 (~ena satthiyojanni gatatthne ummaggagang ti vuccati, Ce, Ee so; Be umarigena ... umarigagarig ...; Se ummarigena ... ummahgagahg ...) = Ud-a302,6 (~ena satthiyojanni gatatthne ummaggagang ti vuccati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se umarigena ... umarigagarig ...); Dip 22:11 (~ena pavesayi udakam); Mhv 35:98; -cora, m., a thief who tunnels (to steal); Dhp-aIII 157,5 (~, Ce, Ee so; ite umariga-; Se ummariga-); lh-all 1,30 (annataro ~o rakkhapurisehi anubaddho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se umariga-); -nadi,/, an underground river; Sp 1045,18 (simyo hetth ~i hoti, Ce so; Ee, Se ummariga-; Be umariga-). ummagga3, ummariga2, m. [cf AMg ummagga, BHS unminja; cfalso ummuijati, and wrimujjati2], emergence on the surface; (emergence of) an idea, conception; initial thought; VinV 144,6* (bhaddako te ~o yoniso paripucchasi, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ummarigo; Sp 1348,6^0//.: bhaddik te panri, pariri hi avijjandhakrato ummujjitv thitatt ~o ti vuccati, Ce so; Se ummarigo ti; Be, Ee bhaddak te parih, paiih h i . . . ummarigo ti vuccati); M III 208,30 (passa ... imassa Udyissa moghapurisassa ~am ... ummujjamno ayoniso ummujjissati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ummarigam; Ps V 16,25: ~an ti pann-ummaggam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummarigan ti panh-ummarigam); SV 16,2 (bhaddako te... ~o bhaddakam patibhnam kalyni paripucch, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummarigo; Spklll 131,19: ~o ti panh-ummaggo panhvimamsanam panhgavesanan ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummarigo ti pann-ummarigo ... ) * A l l 177,29 {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummarigo; Mp III 163,24: ~o ti ummujjanam panngamanan ti attho, panri eva v ummuijanatthena ~o ti vuccati, eds so); A II 189,11/0//. (yath kho imassa yasmato ~o yath ca abhinihro ... yath kho imassa macchassa ~o yath ca mighto ..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummarigo); Pj II 50,12 (y c' im ussho ca ~o ca avatthnam ca hitacariy ca ti catasso buddhabhmiyo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ummarigo); 50,15* (~o panfia pavuccati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ummarigo); Cp-a 290,14 (~o nma bodhisambhresu upyakosallabht parin, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ummarigo); Sadd 82,26* (nanam pannnam ~o). ummariga!, see sv ummagga2. ummanga2, see sv ummagga3. ummajjana, n. [S. unmrjana], wiping away; cleaning; Abh 299; ifc see udak'-. ummattha, mfn. (and n.) \pp of *ud + masati1 or of ummasati?], struck, struck upwards; made with an upward stroke; (a hole or cut) made with an upward stroke or facing upwards; Sp 320,3 foil (theyyacitten' eva chiddam karoti omattham v ~am v vemattham v ... -am nma uddhamukhacchiddam); Spkl 48,A foil (cattro hi pahr omattho ~o mattho vimattho ... hetth thatv uddhamukham dinno ~o nma) * Th-a I 111,28; see also omattha sv omasati1. ummatika in Ee at A I 261,3 is prob, wr for ummattaka qv. ummatta1, mfn. \pp of *ud + majjati1; S. unmatta],

distracted; insane; Abh 322; Vin III 29,34; D i l 347,21 (kacci no tvam bhane ~o kacci veceto); S V 447,6 (~o smi nmham viceto smi nmham yam loke n' atthi tarn may ditthan ti); Th931 (kilanti... ~ehi va rakkhas); Ja III 534,16* (~o dummedho avicakkhano); Mhv 23:84; anummatta, mfn., not distracted; sane; Jail 421,21*; Mil 122,16 (ko v te vacanam diyati anummatto); see also ummdayati. ummatta2, m. [S. unmatta], the thorn-apple; Abh 577. ummattaka, m/(-ik). [S. unmattaka], distracted; insane; Vin I 123,4 foil (bhikkhu ~o); 11133,32 (anpatti... ~assa khittacittassa vedanattassa); M II 108,30 (s tass klakiriyya ummattik khittacitt); 109,22 (so tass klakiriyya ~o khittacitto, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ummattiko); A I 261,3 (~am idam bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yadidam naccam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ummatikam; Mp II 366,24: -an ti ummattakakiriy); T h l l 2 9 (~en* eva may palobhasi); Ja III 242,30' (imasmim kira loke attha - nma); V 214,21* (~am UmmadantI aksi); Niddl 279,31 (visarinasannino vuccanti ~ ye ca khittacitt); Mil 221,3 (koci ~o vajjham pajjeyya); Vism 187,3 (vikkhittacitto -o viya hoti); Sp 254,34 (~o ti yakkhummattako v pittummattako v yo koci viparitasarino); Ps IV 44,27 (~ena me vuso etam katam, nham tarn sarmi ti); Dhp-all 266,5/0//. (manuss tarn disv ummattik ummattik ti kacavaram gahetv pamsum gahetv matthake okirant leddhi paharanti); anummattaka, m/(-ik)., not distracted; sane; Vin II 82,24 (~o); Pj I 34,19 (~-t). ummaddana, n. [S. unmardana], rubbing; an unguent used for massaging; Sp 1201,16 (nn-ummaddanehi ummaddenti); -parimaddanni, n.pl, massaging and rubbing; Sp 948,5 (bhikkhuni-dihi ~ni ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ubbattana-). ummaddeti, pr. 3 sg. [S. unmardayati], massages, rubs (with unguents); Vin II 107,24 (chabbaggiy bhikkh mukham limpanti mukham ~enti) ^ 266,35; p/7ummaddita, mfn., VinV 79,22 (~peti payoge dukkatam ~ite patti pcittiyassa); fpp ummadditabba, ummaddetabba, mfn., Vin II 107,28 (na mukham ~itabbam) ^ 267,2 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~etabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. ummaddpeti, causes (someone) to massage or rub (with unguents); Vin IV 342,4 foil (bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniy ~enti... katham hi nma ... ~essanti); 342,20 (~eyya v ti~eti patti pcittiyassa); part.pr. ummaddpenta, mf(~enti)n., VinV 69,34 (bhikkhuniy ~entiy); aor. 3 pi ummaddpesum, Vin V 69,37. ummasati,pr. 3 sg. [ud+ masati2; S. unmrSati], touches; strokes in an upward direction; lifts; Vin III 121,28 (kyena kyam masati parmasati omasati ~ati); part.pr. ummasanta, mfn., Sp535,i8 (pdato patthya yva sisam ~antassa); see also ummattha. ummasan, / [from ummasati], stroking upwards; lifting; Vin HI 121, ufoll (masan parmasan omasan ~... ~ nma uddham uccran); Sp535,n (~ya pi pdato patthya yva sisam ummasantassa). umm, / [S. um], flax; Abh 452; Sp835,n; -puppha (in Be usually, in Se sometimes, um-), m.,

505

1. the flax-flower; D U 110,25 (~am nflam nilavannam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be um-); Th 1068 (~ena samn gagan v'abbhachdit ... te sel, Ce, Se so; Be um-; Ee ~-vasamn; K.R. Norman, 1969, p. 271 suggests reading ~ va samn); Ap 258,14; Mhv 28:40 (uttam man! nibh); 2. a kind of jewel; Mil 118,20 (bahuvidh manayo vijjanti seyyathidam ... veluriyo -0 sirisapuppho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummrapuppho). ummda, m. [S. unmda], distraction of mind, madness, insanity; Abh 172 (~o cittavibbhamo); Vin V 131,10 (~ cittakkhep rannako hoti); Mil 248,14 (~am ppunim cetaso vipariysam); A II 80,15 (cattr* imni bhikkhave acinteyyni... yni cintento ~assa vightassa bhgi assa); III 119,io ( cittakkhep anfiam vykaroti); Vism469,27 (~o viya datthabbo); Ud-a 127,2 (sokena -am patv); Sadd 481,16 (~o nma muyhanam v sativippavso v cittavikkhepo v). ummdana, mfn. and n. [S. unmdana], causing madness, causing intoxication; Sn 399 (etam apunnyatanam vivajjaye ~am mohanam); ThI357 (~ ullapan km); '-anta, mfn., ending in causing intoxication, with intoxication as its end; Sn398 (Pj II 377,8: -an ti tarn ummdapariyosnam). ummdeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + majjati1; S. unmdayati], excites, maddens; intoxicates; Ja V 214,15' (ayam hi yo nam passati tarn ~eti satim assa paccupatthpetum na deti tasm Ummadanti ti vuccati); aor. 3 sg. ummdayi, Mhv 9:5 (rpen' ~ayi nare ditthamatt va s); pp ummdita, mfn., excited; intoxicated; Thi-a238,4 (cakkhusampattiy ~assa viya); see also ummatta. ummdeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *ud + majjati1; S. unmdayati], excites, maddens; intoxicates; Ja V 214,15' (ayam hi yo nam passati tarn ~eti satim assa paccupatthpetum na deti tasm Ummadanti ti vuccati); aor. 3 sg. ummdayi, Mhv 9:5 (rpen' ~ayi nare ditthamatt va s); pp ummdita, mfn., excited; intoxicated; Thi-a 238,4 (cakkhusampattiy-assa viya); see also ummatta. ummna, n. [S. unmna], measure; Dhtup 612 (tula ~e); Dhtum853; Sadd 563,24 (tula ~e: toleti). ummra, m., the threshold (of a house-door or towngate); window-sill; Abh 219; 1006; Vin IV 160,26 (indakhilo nma sayanigharassa ~o vuccati); ThI410 (- dhotahatthapd panjalik, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr ummra-; Thi-a246,6: ~e ti dvre); Ja I 347,19 (thero ~e atthsi); III 101,9 (tassgamanam olokenti ~e nisiditv); VI 11,19 (rathacakkam ~e patihafini); Patis-a 507,17 (indakhilo ti c' ettha gmassa v nagarassa v ~o); Mhv 25:38; ifc see uttar'- wuttara 1 ; ummrapuppha- in Ee, Se at Niddl 355,2, 449,6 and Sp 1083,24 is wr for ummpuppha- (Ce so; or for umpuppha-, Be so). ummi, ummi, see sv mi. ummik, see sv mik. ummilati, see sv ummilati. ummisati, pr. 3 sg. [S. unmisati], opens one's eyes; Ja III 96,15' (yva vytiti yva ~ati,Be so; Ce yva pti nimisati ti; Ee pan" ti ~ati; Se yvuppatti nimissati ti) quoted Sadd 416,22; Ja III 96,16' (~ati ca nimisati ca, Be, Ce, Ee

so; Se ummissati); ummisitv in Ee at Ap 273,24 is prob, wr; Be, Ce ummuijitv; Se ummilitv. ummisana, n. [from ummisati], opening one's eyes; Sadd 416,19 (vy ~e). ummihati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + mihati1], urinates (upon); Vin I 78,12 (sensanam hadanti pi -anti pi); III 227,28 (yesam no drak hadanti pi ~anti pi; Sp685,2foil.: santhatnam upari vaccam pi passvam pi karonti ti vuttamhoti) quoted Sadd 382,n. ummihana, n. [from ummihati], urinating (upon); ifc see otthubhana-upahasana-. ummilati (also written, esp. in Se, ummilati), pr. 3 sg. [S. unmilati], opens (as an eye); opens (the eyes); absol. ummilitv, Sp 1316,31 (mettsinehasiniddhni pana nayanni ~itv pasannena mukhena olokanam, Be so; Ce ummiletv; Ee ummilitv; Se ummiletv); Vv-a 205,21 (akkhini -itv, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se ummiletv); caus. pr. 3 sg. ummileti, ~ayati, causes (the eyes) to open; opens (the eyes) wide; Mill 299,16 (puriso ~etv v nimileyya nimiletv v ~eyya); Mil 106,21 (nimfletv v ~eyya); Spklll 260,15 (klena nimfleti klena -eti); part.pr. ummilaya(t), mfn., Vism 125,4 (atimandam ~ayato mandalam avibhtam hoti cittam ca linam hoti); aor. 3 sg. ummilesi, Ja VI 185,6 (akkhini vivaritv pi na ~esi); Cp-a 120,21; absol. ummiletv, Ja VI 476,11* (~etv udikkhati, Be, Ee so; Ce milayitv; Se ummilitv; 476,14': akkhini ~etv kuddho viya udikkhati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummilitv); 485,13 (mahsatto mtu kucchito nikkhamanto visado hutv akkhini ~etv nikkhami, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummilitv); Mil 106,20; Vism 185,35 (cakkhum ~etv); Sv 798,21 (cakkhum -etv, Ce so; Be ummiletv; Ee, Se ummilitv); Spklll 223,27 (~etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ummilitv); Dhp-all 28,15 (nimiletv paralokam ~etv idhalokam passantasspi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummiletv); Cp-a 217,26 (thokam niddyitv patibuddho akkhini ~etv); pp ummilita, mfn. [S. unmilita], opened; being opened; Ja IV 267,28 (~esu akkhisu, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ummilitesu); Vism 125,18 (yad nimiletv vajjantassa ~-kle viya [nimittam] ptham gacchati); 185,i5(akkhinam pi nimflitabhvo v ~-bhvo v); nimilitanettanayana, mfn., with eyes opened and closed, with eyes (ever) opening and shutting; Mil 357,20 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummilita-); ~-paiincakkhuka, mfn., with the eye of knowledge opened; Cp-a 296,8; see also ati-ummilaya(t). ummilana, n. [from ummilati], opening (one's eyes); Sadd 563,29 (milanam ~am nimilanam); -ganana,/, counting the times the eyes are opened; Kkh 187,5 (givam parivattanapayogagananya pattiyo na ~ya); -nimilana, n., opening and closing one's eyes; Sp 531, is (vasena, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be ummilana-); Ps V 107,21 (-am). ummihanti in Ee at Sp 685,2 is wr for ummihanti (Be, Ce, Se so). ummuka (sometimes written ummukka1), n. [S. ulmuka], a firebrand; a piece of burning charcoal to kindle a fire; Abh 36; Vin IV 265,15 (upassayam jhpessmi ti ~am gahetv); Jail 78,25 (ekam ~am gahetv uparivte thatv gmam padipesi); 404,2 (ummukkni pothetv

506

aggim jletv, eds so); III 356,15 (eko elako -ena pahram labhitv dittasariro, Ee so; Be, Se ummukkena; Ce omukkena). ummukka1, see sv ummuka. ummukka2, mfn. [pp of *ud + muiicati; S. unmukta], loosened; taken off; S IV 92,7 (ummukk' assa Mrapso mutto so Mrabandhanena; * It 56,20: eds omukk'). ummukha, mfn. [S. unmukha], with face raised, looking up; waiting for; near to; Abh 1017 (pakkam phalamhi tarn nsummukhe parinate); Pv-a40,i2 (tvam pannv pi samano anno ummattapuggalo viya -o hutv vippalapasi ti, Ce, Se so; Ee dummati puggalo viya dummati hutv; Be omits sentence). ummugga, mfn., pp 0/ummujjati1 qv. ummujja, n. [from ummujjati1; cf AMg ummajja], emerging on the surface; Vism 395,16 (-an ti utthnam vuccati nimmujjan ti samsidanam); -nimujja, n., immersing oneself and emerging; diving in and emerging; Vin I 31,36 (te jatil... najj Neranjaryam nimujjanti pi ummujjanti pi -am karonti); D I 78,5 (pathaviy pi -am karonti seyyath pi udake); Ja IV 139,5. ummujjati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. unmajjati], emerges (from); emerges on the surface (esp. of water); raises one's head (out of); Vin 131,36 (te jatil ... najj Neranjaryam nimujjanti pi -anti pi); S IV 312,28 (~a bho puthusile uplava bho puthusile...); V455,26 (kno kacchapo yo vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakim sakim -eyya); Ja IV 139,8* (-anti nimujjanti manuss khuransik); Mil 118,9 (tandulam santattam -ati nimujjati); part.pr. (a)ummujjanta,mfn., SV 455,30 (api nu so kno kacchapo vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakim sakim -anto amusmim ekacchiggale yuge givam paveseyy ti); Ud6,is; Jail 284,8 (udak -antam); (b) ummujjamna, mfn., D I 45,27; AII 189,22 (puriso ... passeyya parittam maccham -amnam); aor. 3 sg. ummujji, Ps II 139,32; Pj II 515,23 (thero ... pathaviyam nimujjitv bhagavato gandhakutiyam -i); ab sol. ummujjitv, Vin I 180,7; A IV 11,9; Vism 391,23; Spkl 39,28; pp ummugga, mfn., emerged; Sadd 349,29 (nimujjati nimuggo -o). ummujjati2, pr. 3 sg. [prob. = ummujjati1, or possibly < unmrjayati, cfCDIAL2\21], has an idea, conceives (a thought); considers; Mill 208,31 (Udyi moghapuriso -amno ayoniso -issati; Ps V 16,26: -amano ti sisam niharamno); part.pr. (a) ummujjanta, mfn., Sp 870,34 (ayoniso -antassa uppannam ditthigatam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummajjantassa); Pv-a 113,12 (ayoniso -anto evam cintesi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se manasikaronto); (b) ummujjamna, mfn., Sp 195,9 (ayoniso -amn puggal... uddhammam ubbinayam satthussanam dipenti)= Ps III 156,23 (Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ummajjamn); absol. ummujjitv, Ja III 423,2; Sv 37,27; see also ummagga3. ummujjana1, n. [from ummujjati1; S. unmajjana], emerging; emergence on the surface; Ud-a 74,26; 75,3 (punappunam ~ni katv); ifc see udak'-; -nimujjana, n., immersing oneself and emerging; diving in and emerging; Vism 175,28 (pathaviyam ~am); Ud-a 75,5 (~ni karonti).

ummujjana2, n. [from ummujjati2], (emergence of) an idea, conception; Mp III 163,24 foil, (ummaggo ti ~am panngamanan ti attho, pann eva v '-atthena ummaggo ti vuccati); Ud-a 239,26 (pannya abhvato ayoniso -na niccan ti din vipariysaghino). ummujjamnaka, m(m). [ummujjamna (part.pr. of ummujjati1) + ka2], (one) who emerges, is raising his head, popping his head up; A l l 182,4foil, (seyyath pi... ~am yeva mahata psena bandheyya evam eva ... aham ... ~o yeva bhagavat mahata vdapsena baddho; Mp III 166,22: ~am yev ti udakato sisam ukkhipantam yeva). ummujjpana, n. [from *ummujjpeti, caus. of ummujjati1], causing to emerge; -rasa, mfn., of which the essential property is causing emergence; Vism 449,8 (rpassa upacayo pubbantato rpnam -0) = As 327,30. ummla, mfn. [S. unmla], pulled up by the roots; with roots upward; ~am karoti, uproots; makes with its roots upward; A III 370,7 (nigrodharjam pavattesi ~am aksi); Ja I 249,30 (rukkhapotake ~am katv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddhamlam); see also kilesummlakrana sv kilesa. ummlaka, mfn. [ummla + ka2], uprooting; -vta, m., a wind which uproots; Ja I 303,21 (mahjambu -ummlakavto). ummlana, n. [S. unmlana], uprooting; eradicating; Mhv 58:48 (~ya Colnam pur tamh 'bhinikkhami). ummleti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. unmlayati], pulls up by the roots; eradicates; Ud-a 121,29 (lesamattam pi anavasesant-ayanti ti); Mhv 61:34 (ripavo... ~essm' aham); part.pr. ummlenta, mfn., Cp-a75,30 (mluto viya mkkham ~ento); absol. ummletv, Ja I 328,9 (mahrukkham ... ~etv bhmiyam ptesi); Pj II224,5; pp ummlita, mfn. [S. unmlita], pulled up by the roots; eradicated; Mhv 75:61 (mtang viya paccatthiytham ~am karum). umhayati (and umhyati), pr. 3 sg. [S. utsmayati; or S. smayate, cfW. Geiger, 1994, 29], smiles, smiles at; laughs; Jail 131,22* (na nam-ate disv; 131,27: na -ate hasitam na karoti); V 297,19* (sace mam ... umhyeyya Pabhvati, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee umhpeyya; 291,21". mandahasitavasena parihseyya) quoted Sadd 454,7 (eds umhpeyya); Sadd 454,4 (-ate ti pahatthkram dasseti); part.pr. (a)umhayamna, mfn., JaV 296,3* (yad -amn mam rjaputti udikkhasi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se umhyamn) quoted Sadd 454,7; (b) umhyanta, mfn., Ja III 44,14 (brhman ativiya umhyanta vicaranti ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se usshayant); caus. pr. 3 sg. umhpeti [cfS. smyayate], smiles at; laughs at; Ja V 297,19* (mam ... -eyya Pabhvati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se umhyeyya) quoted Sadd 454,7 (eds so). uyyamati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udVyam, udyacchati], raises; exerts oneself; Th494 (na ~e; Th-all 208,9: na vyameyya)= 1072; Sv709,i (handa -ma vyyamma); pp uyyuta, mfn. [for *uyyata with assimilation (or under influence of uyyutta and yuta); S. udyata], 1. persevering, active, intent on; Abh 727; Sn247 (vihesam -a; perhaps cpd: vihesa-m -uyyut);

507

2. raised, uplifted', ' -vudha, mfn. [cf S. udyatyudha], with weapon raised; JaV 95,24*; see also anuyyutam. uyyti, pr. 3 sg. [S. udyti], goes out or away; goes up, rises; Jail 3,28* (magg -hi srathi) = 4,18* (4,24': maggato apagaccha); IV 101,26* (-hi... magg); Dhp-aIII 197,17 (noyti ti na -ti); Sadd462,2i (uggacchati ti-ti uddham gacchati); caus. pr. 3 sg. uyypeti, makes rise, lifts, raises; SIV 312,7 (te matam klakatam -enti nma; Spk III 104,9: ~enu~ ti upari ypenti) = Nett 45, is quoted Sadd 554,io. uyyna, n. [S. udyna], 1. going out; A b h l l 2 6 (-am gamane vane); 2. a park, a garden, esp. a royal park; Abh 538; 1126; Vin I 39,n (yannnham Veluvanam -am buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusahghassa dadeyyan ti); IV 298,25 (-am nma yattha katthaci manussnam kilitum ramitum katam hoti); Mil 121,6 (rmena rmam -na -am anucankammi); Thi 146 (gehato nikkhamitvna -am abhihrayim); Ja I 361,31 (isayo gantv ~e vasanti); III 356,25 (~e bah makkat); Sv 318,ii (te tayo setthi attano attano -esu pannakutiyo katv upatthnam karonti); Spk II 227,9 (ksatthavimnesu hi ~ni pi honti pokkharaniyo pi); Ud-a60,3 (rj tarn -am kilanattham pavittho); Mhv 35:97; ' -ovaraka, m., a room or hut in a park; Ja HI 23,7 ([Anandatthero] -e kapisisam lambitv parodi); -kiJik,/, sporting in a park; Ja IV 23,14 (-am kilissma uyynam sodhehi ti); Pj II 438,13; -dsaka, m., one who spoils a park; Ja I 249,2i; -pala, m., a park-guardian, a park-keeper; Vin IV 157,19; Ja IV 358,n; Ap 199,3; -plaka, m., id., Bv-a20,4; Mhv 15:39; -bhmi,}:, a park, a pleasure-ground; D II 22,15 (alam dn* ajja -iy); S I 234,10 (-im gacchma subhmim dassany ti); Ud 50,15; Vv64:1 (-im abhito anukkamam); JaV 251,6*; -rakkhanaka, mfn., protecting, guarding a park; Ja II 190,9 (-am ... uyynaplam). uyyma, m. [cf S. udyama, BHS udyma], exertion, perseverance; Abh 156; Niddl 378,9 (...-o vymo ussho ...; Nidd-a 1408,31 foil.: uggantv yamanavasena -o ... aparo nayo ... - o p' eso oghassa nittharanya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ynavasena) * Dhs 13 = 571 (As 146,11: uggantv yamanavasena -0, Be, Se so; Ce ynavasena; Ee ypanavasena) = Vibh 123,38. uyyujesum in Ee at lt-a 11 66,8 is wr for uyyojesum {Be, Ce, Se so). uyyuftjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. udVyuj], goes away; makes efforts, is active; Dhp91 (-anti satimanto na nikete ramanti te; Dhp-all 170,4: yunjanti ghatayanti); PP uyyutta, mfn. [S. udyukta], set out (on a journey or march); exerting oneself, zealously active; in action; Vin IV 104,12 (chabbaggiy bhikkh -am senam dassany agamamsu; 105,15: - nma sen gmato nikkhamitv nivitth v hoti payt v); Jal 232,24 (ajja mayham dnantaryam ktukmo Vasavatti Mro -o bhavissati); VI 581,16* (s sen mahati si - Sivivhini; 581,30': - t i payt); Patisl 126,23 (-0 lokasannivso); Ap 390,15 (-0 parakiccesu); Dhp-a III 452,3 (tumhe anfiena kiccena gantv annasmim yeva kicce - ti);

neg. anuyyutta, mfn., Vin IV 105,29; caus. pr. 3 sg. uyyojeti, -ayati, stimulates, rouses to action; makes go; sends out, sends away, dismisses; Vin III 138,25 (sdhu bhante ayyo tarn vesim -etu); IV 93,16 (-eyya gacchvuso); S IV 329,5 (purisam -emi); A V 82,29 (rj akle senam -eti); Jal 347,25 (bhadde ekarn khuddakapvam pacitv samanassa datv -ehi nan ti); 11213,18 (paribbayam assa dpetv -eth ti); III 265,23 (-essmi nan ti cintetv); Ps III 154,5 (divasabhge pi rattibhge pi gatam -enti yeva); part.pr. uyyojenta, m/(-enti)., Vin V 19,29 (-entassa); Ja IV 452,20 (s pabbajjyam eva -enti); Dhp-al 15,9 (manuss ... theram -ent upaddhapatham gantv); aor. 3 sg. uyyojesi, Vin II 193,16 (aniiena maggena ~esi); M I 524,8 (Sandako paribbjako sakam purisam -esi bhagavati brahmacariye); Ja I 388,23; Vism 91,32; Mhv 51:107; 3 pi. (a) uyyojesum, Vin IV 50,6 (-esurn gacchatha bhaginiyo ti); Ja VI 72,23; It-al 86,10 (paribbjikam -esum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee upayojesum, perhaps wr); (b) uyyojayimsu, Ja IV 318,20 (Ce, Ee, Se so; ite-esum); absol. (a) uyyojetv, Vin I 16,13 (catuddis assadte -etv); A III 75,26 (kukkurasangham ekamantam -etv); Ja VI 494,9 (amacce -etv ekeko va); Ap 427,is; Vism 389,17; neg. anuyyojetv, Spk I 306,25 (so read; eds anuyojetv) * Dhp-a IV 20,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anuyojetv); (b) uyyojetvna, Ap 265,6 (-etvna parisam); Dip 12:62; pass, part.pr. uyyojiyamna, mfn., Vin IV 94,32 (so may -iyamno na icchati gantum); JaV 468,27'; pp uyyojita, mfn. [S. udyojita], 1. (of people:) roused to action; instigated, incited; Vin II 158,23 (te manuss Anthapindikena gahapatin -it rme akamsu); Ap96,3 (~it may c'ete nimantesum tathgatam); Sp 582,28 (aniiehi -it); Pv-a 105,24 (rj Ajtasattu Devadattena -ito pitaram jivit voropetv); 2. (of actions:) inspired, prompted, given rise to; Mil 228,10 (tassa tarn -itam dnam svak paribhunjanti); 3. sent away; dismissed; Ja IV 207,15; Sp 855,24; fpp uyyojetabba, mfn., Vin IV 64,1; Sp 590,26; It-a II9,10. uyyuta, mfn., pp o/uyyamati qv. uyyutta, mfn., pp o/uyyunjati qv. uyyoga, m. [cfS. udyoga], preparation; setting out (on a journey or expedition); departure; Sp 858,12 (uyyuttan ti kata-uyyogam, gmato nikkhantan ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kata-uyytam); Ps HI 16,12 (-kldisu) = Spk III 43,13 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce uyyodha-); -mukha, m., the threshold of departure, the point of setting-out; Dhp 235 (- ca titthasi ptheyyam pi ca te na vijjati; (/Dhp-aIII 335,25: ~e tiparihnimukhe avaddhimukhe). uyyojana, n. [from uyyojeti], I. stimulating, incitement; VinV 82,28 (-paccay sanghdiseso); Sp 211,16 (tena hi ti '-atthe vibhattipatirpako nipto); 1395,3 (udakadantaponaggahane -am sandhya); Th-all 139,25; 2. sending away; Dhp-a III 466,17 (tass -divase). uyyojanika (and uyyojaniya ?), mfn. [from uyyojana], rousing to action; connected with dismissing; Ps IV 160,19 (~ena vacanena) * Mp IV 122,1; -patisamyutta, mfn., connected with rousing to action; coupled with a dismissal; Mill 111, 1 5

508

(annadatthu -am yeva katham katt hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uyyojaniya-, perhaps wr; Ps IV 160, is: ~an tigacchatha tumhe ti evam uyyojanikena vacanena patisamyuttam) * AIV 233,35. uyyojik, (m)f(n). [from uyyojeti], (one) who incites; Sp 914,13 fall, (sanghdisesapariyosn pattiyo kass honti ti, -ya, vuttam c' etam parivre pi na deti na patiganhti patiggaho tena na vijjati... ti, ayam hi gth imam -am sandhya vutt); 1394,29 (na deti na patigganhti ti npi - deti na uyyojit tass hatthato ganhti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee npi uyyojit deti, prob, wr); 1394,3I (~ya hatthato uyyojitya patiggaho na vijjati, Be so; Se uyyojitya hatthato -ya...; Ce, Ee uyyojitya hatthato uyyojitya...); 1395,i (tass hi bhojanapariyosne ~ya sahghdiseso hoti ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uyyojitya). uyyojeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/uyyunjati qv. uyyodhi, [for uyyodhik qvmc]; Vin V 88,26* (in uddna: uyyuttamsenam ~i; Sp 1312,4: uyyodhikam ... gaccheyy ti). u y y o d h i k , / [from *ud + yuijhati; cf BHS udyuthik], a battle; a military exercise; (or a battlefield; ?) Vin IV 107,8* (-am pi balaggam pi senvyham pi anikadassanam pi gacchanti; 107,3i: -am nma yattha sampahro dissati; Sp 859,9: uggantv uggantv ettha yujjhanti ti -am, sampahratthnass' etam adhivacanam) * D16, n; Vin IV 107,10 (annataro pi chabbaggiyo bhikkhu -am gantv kandena patividdho hoti, manuss tarn bhikkhum uppandesum kacci bhante suyuddham ahosi kati te lakkhni laddhni ti); A V 65,8 (rj ... -ya nivatto hoti vijitasahgmo laddhdhippyo; Mp V 27,26: yuddhato nivatto hoti). ura(s) (IIC ura- and uro-), n. (andm.) [S. uras] (nom. uro; ace. warn; instr. uras, urena; gen. uraso, urassa; loc. urasi, ure, urasmim, uramhi), I. the chest, the breast; Abh270; Vin II 105,6 (ugghamsenti rum pi bham pi -am pi pitthim pi); IV 129,5 (sace kho Upli gananam sikkhissati ur' assa dukkho bhavissati); D I 135,27(modamn-e putte naccent); Mill 166,23 (ayokhilammajjhe -asmim gamenti); S II 258,2 (t sciyo ... mukhe pavisitv -ato nikkhamanti ~e pavisitv udarato nikkhamanti); Sn 255 (seti urasiva putto); Th 27 (munjapabbajam -as panudahissmi); Ja I 367,25 (buddhassane -am datv pabbajito); III 90,4 (~ena nipajjpesum); 386,9* (nudanti -asi sallam, Ce, Se so; Ee -asim; Be dharanti -asi; 386,15': -asmim baddham kandam v asim v sattim v... abhiharanti); V 158,13* (tarn enam tattha dhresi ~e katvna sobhan); 205,27' (~& sujt ti ~amhi sujt); Mil 405,26 (sappo ~ena gacchati); Vism 185,20 (yam sarire unnatatthnamjannukam v ~ov naltam v); Sp 1027,6 (~assa); 1213,7 (ekacce paribbjak ~am vivaritv dvisu amsaktesu prupanam thapenti); Sv 254,29 (brhman brahmuno mukhato nikkhant khattiy ~ato vess nbhito sudd jnuto saman pitthipdato ti); Dhp-al 170,12 (~am paharitv paridevi); Saddll8,2o (~aso ~asi jyati); 2. the base of a carriage pole; Vv 63:28 (ur* assa mutthi manihi cittito; Vv-a268,26: ur' ass ti ~o assa rathassa ~oti ca ismlam vadati); 0,-antarika in Ee at Vin III 39,2i and 39,33 is prob, wr for rantarik or runtarik qqv sv ru; (a)-ga, m. [ura(s) + ga2], a

snake; Abh 654; 1094; SI 69,4 (~o... daharo ti na unntabbo); Sn 1 (jahti... ~o jinnam iva tacam purnam); Vv 80:8 (kanho ~o mahviso); Ja III 103,19* (sabbe amitte deti supanno ~am iva, Ee so; Be ~m iva; Ce, Se ~am-m-iva); 458,21* (jivh tassa duvidh hoti ~asseva); Nidd I 8,1 (urena gacchati ti -0); Mil 394,20; (a)-gi, / , a female snake; Sadd 466,27 (sappini ti ~i); (a)-cakka, ., a wheel or discus as an instrument of torture (at some [parallel] passages khuracakka qv ^vkhura1^; Abh 781; Ja I 363,16' (~am nma psnamayam v manimayam v, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khura-); 414,i (~am ukkhipitv niraye paccamno, eds so; * IV 3,16, eds khura-); Ps II 27,35 (cakkam bhamati matthake ti ettha ~e, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khura-) = Mp III 9,25 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ra-); (a)-cchada, m [S. uraschada], a breastplate; a breast ornament; Abh 377; Vin III 180,6 (velam karonti pi ... -am karonti pi...; Sp617,11: ~otihrasadisam ure thapanakapupphadmam); Ja VI 271,13*; 480,28 (tathgatassa suvannavannam sariram suvannamlya katena ~ena pjetv); (a)-ja, m. [ura(s) + ja 2 ], a breast; JaV 155,26*; (a)-ttlim (and sometimes urattli), ind. [ura(s) + namul absol. o/tjeti], beating the breast; MI 86,u (socati kilamati paridevati -im kandati sammoham pajjati; Ps II 57,15: -intiuramtletv) * S IV 206, u (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se urattli) * Nidd I 38,15 ^ Mil 11,13 (... paridevanti ~im kandanti...); (a)-majjhe, (o)-majjhe, ind., in the middle of the chest; Mp IV 65,n (~e); Sadd 118,20 (uromajjhe vijjhi); (a)-loma, ., the chest-hair; Ja III 518,25; see also urasija, urasiloma, uregand, orasa, orasaka, orasika. uratthi in Ee at Vism 355,15 is wr for ratthi or rutthi qqv sv ru. urana, m. [ts], a ram; Abh 501 (~o avi elako). u r a m , / [see urana], a ewe; Abh 502 (~i tu aji aj); Ja V 241,24* (hantv -im ajikam ajam ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee urnim, mc). uranik,/ [cf S. uranaka], a ewe; JaV 243,24' (-am ca ajikam ca ajam ca hantv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee urnikam). uratthalam in Ee at A l l 174,5fall, is wr for urattlim (Be, Ce so; Se urattli). urabbha, m. [S. urabhra], a ram; Abh 501; MI 344,8 (ettak - hannantu yannatthya); S II 188,15; A I 252,1; Sv 294,12 (- ti tarunamendak vuecanti); Sadd 345,2 (-0 ti elako yo ajo ti pi vuecati); see also orabbhika. urasija, mfn. [loc. of^ura(s) + ja 2 ], produced in the chest; Sadd 609,2 (yaralavalapancamehi yutto hakro -o). urasiloma, mfn. [loc. of ura(s) + loma; S. urasiloman], having hair on the chest; Sadd 118,20 (-0). urni, see sv urani. urnik in Ee at Ja V 243,24' is wrfor uranik qv. uru1, mfn. [ts], wide, spacious; great; Abh 701; Mil 354,26 (in long cpd: -uruvisatavitthata-); see also abbhutorugunkara (sv abbhuta1), ubbi. u n i 2 , / [?], sand; Abh 663; Sp 952,13 (- ti vlik vuecati) = PsII 173,5. uru3 inEe, Se at Sil 258,3fall, (urhi... ursu), and in Ee at Ja V 303,21' (ursu) and Ja VI 566,23 (ursu) is wr for ru (Be, Ce so).

509

uruttaco in Ee at Vism 251,28 is wr for ruttaco (Be, Ce, Se so). urunda, mfn. [?], spacious; D II 269,28 (Indaslaguh ... sambdh santi ~ samapdi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uruddh; Sv 705,5: ~ samapdi ti mahant vivat ahosi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uruddh); Mill 238,8 (-am vuso kumbhakrvesanam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se rundam; Ps V 47,6: -an ti vivittarn asambdham, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce rundan ti). urlhava(t), urjhava, ubblhava(t), mfn. [prob, part.perf act. o/ubbahati 1 , cfS. uddha; or possibly of *ud + ruhati, cfS. rdha], who has carried a weight or burden; fit to carry a burden; large, strong; MI 414,30 (rafino ngo Isdanto -, Be so; Se urulhav; Ce, Ee ubblhav; Ps III 127, n: abhivaddhito rohasampanno); Vv 20:9 (satam hemavat ng isdant -; Vv-a 104,8: ~ ti thmajavaparakkamehi vyhanto, mahantam yuddhakiccam vahitum samatth ti attho); Ja VI 488,5* (dadhi pavaram ngam Isdantam -am; 488,6': -an ti ubbhanasamattham) ^ 490,9*; Ap53,20 (ng... isdant -); 63,3 (varango ... isdanto -, Be, Ce so; Ee -o; Se urulhavo; Ap-a 332,5: ~ bhravaho rjraho v, Be, Se so; Ce ~ vohravaho; Ee -o ti sravaho); 395,7 (hatthirj ... Isdanto -, Ce so; Be urulhav; Ee -o; Se urulhavo). uregand, (m)f(n). [loc. o/ura(s) + ganda], (one) with swellings on her chest (ie with breasts); JaV 159,30* (~yo bujjhesi tyo bujjhesi mnava; 160,8': -yo ti uramhi dvihi gandehi samanngatyo). uromajjhe, see sv ura(s). ulati, pr. 3 sg. [?], goes; searches; Vism60,4 (pamsu viya kucchitabhvam ~afi ti pamsuklam, kucchitabhvam gacchati ti vuttam hoti); Ud-a 68,9 (akkhetum khepetum vinsetum ~ati pavattau" ti akkhulo); 252,17 (pindatthya -ati ti pindolo); Sadd 65, I* (yo so janghya ~ati so satto janghalo); Abh-sci ad Abh638 (ula gavesane... ~ati gavesati ti ulko); part.pr. ulamna, mfn., Spk II 393,9 (pindam -amno pariyesamno pabbajito ti pindolo). ulra (and ulra), mfn. [S. udra], lofty, great; excellent, best; noble, illustrious; eminent; Abh 844 (-o tisu vipule setthe ca madhure); Vin III 119,32 (~ ime saman Sakyaputtiy); 147, i* (annapnam vipulam ~am; Sp 565,33: ~on ti panitam); D i l 12,9 (appamno ~o obhso ptubhavati; Sv433,4foil.: madhuram -an ti vuttam ... settham ~an ti vuttam, idha pana vipulam adhippetam); III 194,2 I (~ yakkh... majjhim... nic ...); M I 165,9 (~ya ca mam pjya pjesi); 521,36 (evarpam ~am visesam adhigacchati); SV 159, n (~ ... sabhi vc bhsit); Sn 53 (ngo ... sanjtakhandho padumi ~o); 58 (mittam -am patibhnavantam); Vv 31:1 (sayane ~e); Th371 (yam pad uppatit - na kkhambhayante); Ja II 336,18* (vedam alattham vipulam ~am; 336,24': -an ti uttamam); IV 162,5* (dipam imam -am); V 42,23* (giri -o; 43,12': mah itarehi chahi pabbatehi uccataro); Ap 65,28 (aho buddhass' -t); Pet 155,4; Mil 415,7 (~o so bhagav sammsambuddho); Sp 932,23 (-kul pabbajitatt gunehi ca -tt - ti); Dhp-al 420,2 foil. (~ya ca pana saddhya -esu ca bhogesu sati sakkoti [bahni kusalni ktum] tathrp ca

Viskh upsik); compar. ulratara, mfn., Ja III 524,23* (ye ca gme titikkhanti te -tar tay); Ps IV 137,18; superl. ulratama, mfn., Thi-al34,2i; Q)-a 327,9 (-tam sabbasetth); 0 , -attat,/, abstr. [ulra + atta(n) + t], the being of noble character; excellence, nobility; Vin III 120, I (kuto tassa -a; Sp 532,20: ulro att ass ti ulratt, ulrattano bhvo ~); ati-ulra, mfn., very great; really excellent; Spk II 234,2 (idam -am pi sattam v sankhram v sandhya vuttam); Pv-a 214,27; anulra, mfn., not excellent; lesser; smaller; Vism 457,6 (arahatam -esu vatthsu hasituppdanaras; Vism-mht[5e] II 130,7: -es ti atthikasankhalikapetarpdisu annesu v appanitesu vatthsu); Ps V 14,15 (katassa kusalassa tya); Vv-a 24,n (tassa ca appakatt--tt ca sanakan ti ha); slra, mfn., very great, absolutely excellent; Vism 479, is (-am pi ajjhattikam ruparn asubhan ti datthabbam); Mhv28:l (krpesi mahbodhipjam -am uttamam); see also anulrik, udra, olra. ulrikam in Ee at Ja III 15,6' is wr; Be, Ce, Se read ulran ti mahantam. ull in Ee at Sp 202,18 is wrfor ulr (Be, Ce, Se so). uju (and ulu), / (?) [S udu, / , n.], a star; Abh 57; Bv3:35 (yath gaganam -hi evam so upasobhatha); Sadd 359,30 (-u tr trak ti imni pana sabbsam pi traknam sdhrananmni); -ggahayuddha, n., the occultation of stars and planets; Mil 178,19; -raja, m., the moon; Abh 52; Ap 26,32 (- va sobhasi); Bv 15:22 (- va prito); Ps HI 24,7* (- va sobhanto, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se usabharj) = Spk III 49,17* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee usabharj; = Ud-a 414,25*: eds usabharj). uluka is an occasional spelling for ulka qv. ulunka (and ulunka), m. [cfS. lex. udanka; BHS olanka], a ladle; a spoon; Ja III 71,23 (-0 tucchabhajanassa tale patihato tat ti saddam aksi); Sp 845,16 (dighadandakena -ena deti); Ps III 68,19 (mahtpasassa -ena gtham upanmesi); Dhp-all 20,7 (bhjane -am otretv); Mhv 27:40. ulupini, / [cf S. lex. ulpin, "guinea-pig"], a female porpoise (or owll); Sadd922,12 (ulki - 1 . . . vannabhedo 'yam); see also ulpi(n). ulumpa, m. [S. udupa], a raft or float (of wood fastened with bolts or cloth); Abh 665; Vin III 63,16 (manuss -am bandhitv ... bandhane chinne katthni vippakinnni agamamsu); D i l 89,15 (nvam pariyesanti... -am pariyesanti... kullam bandhanti); Ja IV 2,26 (so pi ~e nipajjitv ekam dipam ppuni); Spk II 245,16 (ye no nvam v -am v katv dadeyyum); Ud-a 424,10 (-an ti prangamanatthya drni sanghtetv niyo kottetv katam); see also olumpika. ulka, m. [ts], an owl; Abh 638; 1045; MI 334,19 (-0 rukkhaskhyam msikam magayamno jhyati); Ja II 352,4 (kad patthaya pana bhante kknam ca -nam ca aMamannam veram uppannan ti); 353,15* (na me ruccati bhaddam vo ulkassbhisecanam) quoted Sadd 694,5; Ja VI 211,29* (kk -am va raho labhitv); 500,24* (Indasagottasa -assa) quoted Sadd 780,25; Mil 403, \sfoli; -pakkha, -pakkhika, m. or n. [cf S. ulkapaksa, BHS ulkapaksika], a garment made of owls' wing-

510

feathers', Vin I 305,33 (~am nivsetv... ajinakhipam nivsetv) * III 34,30 (Ce, Se so; Be -pakkhikam; Ee -pakkhakam, prob, wr; Sp272,2o: ulkasakunassa pakkhehi katanivsanam); D I 167,4 (-am pi dhreti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -pakkhikam; Sv 357,6: ulkapakkhapattni ganthitv katanivsanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ulkapakkhni ganthetv) * III 41,25 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ulukapakkhikam) * M I 78,15 * A I 241,1 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee -pakkhikam). u l k i , / , a female porpoise (or owll); Sadd922,i2 (~i ulupini... vannabhedo 'yam). ulpi(n), m. [cf S. lex. ulupin, "guinea-pig"], a porpoise; Abh 1003 (susuko ... ~ini); see also ulupini. ullaggheti in Ee at Dhp-alV 197,3 is wr for ullangheti qv sv ullanghati. uilati ti in Ee at It-a II112,22 is wr for ulati ti (Be, Ce, Se so). ullangan, see sv ullanghan. ullanghati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + laftghati], jumps up; leaps over; oversteps, disregards; Sadd219,3 (dhammasahghakattherehi vuttaplim pi ~asi atthakathvacanam pi ~asi); part.pr. (a)ullanghanta,mfn., Dhp-alV 223,1; It-a I 90,n (ksam ~anto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ento); (b) ullanghamna, mfn., Sv 683,16 (~amnam) = Nidd-a I 317,1; absol. (a)ullanghitv, Ja III 222,14 (udakato ~itv); Vism673,n; Spkl 73,6 (punnacandamandalam ~itv anilapatham patipajjittha); (b) ullanghitvna, Patis-a 27,28*; Vin-vn 2050 (nadiy primam nrarn ito orimatirato ~itvna); Mhv 53:19 (~itvna pkram); caus. pr. 3 sg. ullangheti, ~ayati, 1. makes jump up; raises; Vin III 121,29 (kyena kyam masati parmasati... olangheti ~eti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olahghati ullanghati) * 124,34; JaV 433,30** (darakam ~eti olangheti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ullanghati ullanghpeti) = Dhp-alV 197,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ullaggheti olaggheti); part.pr. ullahghenta, mfn., Sv 1016,27 (candam utthpento viya suriyam ~ento viya); absol. (a) ullanghetv, Mhv 81:21 (~etv ... mahannavam); (b) ullanghayitv, Ja HI 373,10* (~ayitv attnam vissatthadhanuno satam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sa lahghayitv; 373,24': anaropitadhanusatappamnam thnam attnam kse ~ayitv vissajjetv); 2. [S. ullanghayati] oversteps; violates, disregards; Mhv 83:2 (~etum na sakkhimsu tass* nam); pp ullanghita, mfn. [cfS. ullanghita], made to jump up, raised; Spk I 96,2 (tanhya uddito ti tanhya -ito). ullanghana, n. [ts], leaping over, passing over; Ja IV 5,10' (langhin ti nvam -samattham). ullanghan, / [from ullangheti], making jump up, raising; Vin III 121,20 (~ nma uddham uccran); Sp 535,21 (~ya pi kesesu v hatthesu v gahetv vutthpayato es'eva nayo); Ap-all6,i7 (aham velusamipam gantv kse ' -kram karomi, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ullangankram). ullanghika, mfn. [from ullanghati], leaping up; Sadd 334,29 (~ piti; c/ubbega). ullanghita(r), m. [from ullanghati], one who leaps up; Sadd 334,29 (~). ullapa, m. [from ullapati], speaking out; declaring;

see satullapakyika. ullapati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + lapati; cf S. ullpayati; BHS ullapati, ullpayati], speaks out, utters aloud; talks up, speaks in exaggerated or deceptive terms; flatters, coaxes; boasts; Vin III 90,21 (yo asantam abhtam uttarimanussadhammam ~ati); 128,2 (hasanti pi -anti pi ujjagghanti pi uppandenti pi; Sp 546,26: -anti ti aho ayyo ti din nayena ucckaranim nnvidham palobhanakatham kathenti); A III 91,17 (mtugmo upasankamitv hasati -ati ujjagghati uppandeti); Sp451,i9 (idisni vacanni ~ati, ayam araho rahosafini ~ati nma); part.pr. (a)ullapa(t),m/n., Sp 498,4 (-ato); (b) ullapanta, m//i., Vin V 33,3i; Sp 496,26 (~anto); neg. anullapanta, mfn., Ps IV 38,16; absol ullapitv, Vin III 92,M; Ud-a 70,io (ayam pi gth arahattam eva ~itv kathit, Be, Se so; Ce ayam pi kath... thit; Ee yath arahattam eva ullapit thito, prob, wr); pass, part.pr. ullapiyamna, mfn., A III 91,18 (hasiyamno ~iyamno ujjagghiyamno uppandiyamno); fpp ullapitabba, mfn., Vin I 97,9 (upasampannena bhikkhun uttarimanussadhammo na -itabbo); caus. (a) absol. ullapetv, speaking aloud; making speak; Spkl 54,14 (satullapakyika ti satam dhammam samdnavasena ~etv sagge nibbatt ti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ullapitv); caus. (b)pr. 3 sg. ullappeti, makes speak out or aloud; Pj II 308,30 (~pemi nam). ullapana, n., mfn., and ~ a , / [from ullapati; cfS., BHS ullpana], 1. (n.f) speaking out, uttering aloud; speaking in exaggerated or deceptive terms; flattering, coaxing; boasting; Niddl 388,2 (sallapan ~ samullapan) = Vibh 352,29; Mil 127,21 (hasanam pi sannipto -am pi sannipto); Vism27,7 (~ ti mahkutumbiko mahnviko mahdnapati ti evam uddham katv lapan); 2. (mfn.) flattering; deceptive; ThI357 (ummdan ~ km cittapamthino; cfThi-a 227,24: ~ ti aho sukham aho sukhan ti uddham uddham lappanak); anullapana, n., not speaking; Ps II 415,30 (anlapanaty ti anullapanatya); see also anullapana. ullapita(r), m. [from ullapati], one who speaks out, asserts (in exaggerated terms); Ud-a 70,10 (ayam pi yath arahattam eva ~ thito, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Se ayam pi gth arahattam eva ullapitv kathit; Ce ayam pi kath ... ullapitv thit). ullikhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ullikhati], scratches, marks by scratching; combs; polishes; Sp 1110,17 (padesassa sanjnanattham nakhdihi v tarn paricchedam dassento ~ati); part.pr. ullikhamna, mfn., Saddh428 (in cpd: vihr... gaganullikhamnaggacetiyaddhajamandit); pp ullikhita, mfn. and n. [ts], \.(mfn.) combed; polished; Vv-a 197,25 (~-hatthidantasadisavannni); ifc see upaddh'-; 2. (n.) marking, scoring; combing; Vin I 254,27 (na mattena atthatam hoti kathinam; Sp 1110,15: dighato ca puthulato ca pamnagahanamattena); Ud-a 171,3 (~an ti phandii kesasanthpanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ullikhanan ti); caus. pr. 3 sg. ullikhpeti, has one's hair combed; M II 61,3i (Ps III 295,6: ~efi ti kappakena kese paccdhpeti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se paharpeti); see also olikhati. ullikhana, n. [from ullikhati], combing; Ud-a 171,3(-anti

511

phanakdihi kesasanthpanam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ullikhitan ti); -koccha, n., a comb; a brush; Thi-a246,8 (kocchan timassnam kesnam ca -am); -sdhana, n., an instrument for combing; Vv-a349,13 (koccham nma ... kesdinam -am). ullikhi [for ullikhitam mc], marking, scoring; Vin I 265,35* (~i dhovan c'eva vicranam ca chedanam;
c/254,27).

ullinga, n. [ud + linga], what makes manifest, what explains; -pada,n., an explanatory word or expression; lemma; Sadd 615,26 (ettha ~e pi ni<s>sannogapadam eva gatam). ullingati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + lingati], goes; ? makes manifest; ? Sadd 333,16 (ligi... gamane ca:... lingati... -ati). ullingana, n. [from ullingati or ullingeti], making clear; a paraphrase; Sadd 87,14* (~ena vividhena nayena vuttam bhdhtusaddamayalingatikam yad etam); 333,16 (ullingati -am). ullingeti, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from ullinga; cf S. ullihgita], I. makes manifest, shows by its characteristics; Vism 492,i (kammasanjanitni tva indriyni kusalkusalakammam -enti * Sadd 785,23: upalingenti); part.pr. ullihgenta, mfn., Th-all 142,22 (mtu attano ca arahattdhigamena satthu orasaputtabhvam -ento mtaram bhagini ti aha, Ee so; Ce ullimbhento; Be, Se ullapento); 2. makes clear; paraphrases; absol. ullingitv, ullingetv, Sadd 107,25 (tikyam pana tarn -itv); 515,22 (atthakathayam labheth ti -etv labheyyan ti purisavipallsavasena vivaranam katam). ullitta, mfn. [pp o/*ud + limpati; BHS ullipta], anointed, smeared (upwards); plastered (inside); Vin III 149,23 (kutim nma - v hoti avalitt v ullittvalitt v; Sp 567,5: - ti anto litt); Th737 (khuram va madhunlittam -am nvabujjhati); Vv-a280,24 ([accharyo] dibbacandanena - vicchurit); ftvalitta, mfn., twice plastered; plastered inside and out; Vin II 117,23; MI 76,6 (ktgram -am nivtam; Ps II 39,n: -an ti anto c' evabahi ca littam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anto c' eva ullittam bahi ca avalittam); A I 101,12; valittaka, mfn., id.; Vin II 143,27* (in udna: -am, Ce, Ee so; Be ullitta-avalittakam; Se ullittam cvalittakam) * 144,3* (in udna: Ce, Ee so; Be ullitta-avalittakam; Se ullittam cvalittakam). ullujjati ti in Ce, Ee at SpkII 178,22 is prob, wr (or vi ?) for olujjati qv. ullumpati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS ullumpati; cf S. ullupta], draws out or up; rescues, saves; Vin I 57,7 (sangham bhante upasampadam ycmi, -atu mam bhante sangho anukampam updya; Sp984,io: -atu man ti uddharatu mam, akusal vutthpetv kusale patitthpetu smanerabhv v uddharitv bhikkhubhve patitthpetu ti); D I 249,20 (-atu bhavam Gotamo brhmanim pajam). ullumpana, n. [from ullumpati], drawing out, rescuing, saving; -sabhva, m., an inherent disposition to rescue; Sv 177,n (--santhitena cittena deseti); Dhp-all 107,15 (vajjam olokanena santhito, Be, Ce so; Ee -ena santhito; Se ullumpanavasena sabhvasanthito); Cp-a312,2(-avatthito). ullulita, mfn. [pp of *ud + lulati], stirred up, agitated;

Ja VI 536,3* (uddpavantam -am; 536,19': tarn udakam ... vthatam -am hutv titthati); see also ullolenta. ullehakam, ind. [namul absol. of *ud + lihati], tearing up, grinding; ifc see dant'-; see also ullehitv. ullehitv, ind. [absol. of *ud + lihati], tearing up, grinding; Ps IV 213,13 (dantullehakan ti dantehi ullehitv luncitv ti vuttam hoti); see also ullehakam. ulloka, m [cf S. lex. ulloca; AMg ulloca, ulloya; see O. von Hinber, 1967], \.an awning; a ceiling of cloth; Vin I 48,7 (sace vihre santnakam hoti ~ pathamam ohretabbam); Ja VI 432,7 (matthake padaracchannam kretv -am mattikya limppetv setakammam kresi, Be so; Ce lepetv; Se limpetv; Ee ullokamattikya lepetv, perhaps wr); 2. a cloth stretched over a bedstead (below the mattress); Vin II 150,38 (-am akaritv santharanti, hetthato nipphatanti; Sp 1218,32: hetth cimilikam adatv); -paduma, n., a lotus (patterned) on a ceiling-cloth; a lotus forming an awning; Ja VI 432,24 (upari -ni dassesum); Sv 575,27 (vallisu vallipadumni ksesu -ni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ksapadumni); see also ulloca, olokamaya. ullokaka, see sv ullokika. ullokana, n. [from ulloketi], looking up; looking to, watching; Vism 664,3 (sisam niharitv uddham -am viya gotrabhunnam); Sadd 520,10 (-an ti uddham pekkhanam). ullokika (and ullokaka ?), mfn. [from ulloketi], looking up to; watching; ifc see acandamullokika, mukh'-. ulloketi, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS ullokayati], 1. looks up, looks up at; looks to; mukham ~eti, watches, looks to (as a superior, for instruction or approval); Mil 137,23 (so na uddham -eti na adho oloketi); SI 219,2 (mam* eva ... dhajaggam-eyytha); V443,25 (te annassa samanassa v brhmanassa v mukham -enti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se olokenti); Vism 392,11 (tattha n'eva manuss uddham -enti na dev adho olokenti); Ap-a 160,21 (mahjano atitto rjadassanena rjnam -eti); Sadd 518,24 (-eti -ayati); part.pr. (a) ullokenta, m/(-enti)n., M II 30,34 (ayam paris mamam yeva mukham -enti nisinn hoti,j5^ Ce, Ee so; Se olokenti); Ja II 267,26 (-ento, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokento); neg. anullokenta, mfn., Spklll 226,12 (sabbaklam ca vamsaggam anullokento, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se anavalokento); (b) ullokaya(t), mfn., S I 219,3 (mamam hi vo dhajaggam -ayatam); (c) ullokayamna, mfn., Sv 153,3; aor. 3 sg. ullokesi, Vin I 17,14 (Yaso kulaputto bhagavantam -esi); Sp 93,23 (mahbodhimle thatv mahbodhim -esi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Seolokesi); Vism 674,2 (candam passitum uddham -esi) = As 232,19 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee olokesi); absol. ulloketv, S IV 298,19 (Nigantho Ntaputto sakam parisam-etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se apaloketv); Ja I 232,29 (ksam -etv, Be, Ee so; Ce ullokento; Se olokento); Vism 663,26; Spkl 141,2 (nyam panho ranno mukham -etv kathetabbo ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se oloketv) * Ud-a274,io (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se oloketv); 2. looks for, waits for; part.pr. ullokayamna, mfn., Ja II 434,ii (ranno bhattaharanaklam -ayamno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se olokayamno); pp ullokita, mfn., looked at, looked up (at); Ja I 253,7 (kse ~e, Be, Ce so; Ee wr

512

ulloki; Se olokite); Vism38,23 (therena... lenam na pubbarn); 38,24 (mahngarukkho... therena uddharn na pubbo); fpp ulloketabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 216,B (na ca bhikkhdyikya mukham -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oloketabbam); A IV 167,8 (pacchim dis loketabb hoti... uddharn -am hoti); Mil398,Ii (yogin ... na uddharn -am); see also oloketi. ulloca, m.n. [S. lex., AMg id.], an awning, a canopy; Abh299 (punnapumsakam -am vitnam); 974; see also ulloka. ullopaka, m. orn. [cfS. lopik, "a kind of sweetmeat"], a cake; a sweetmeat; ifc see tel'-. ullopana, mfn. [cf S. lupyate, "is confounded or bewildered"], perplexed, confused; Dhp-a I 309,7 (upplavana-ullopanasaddhatya v pariplavapasdassa, Ee so, prob, wr; Be uplavasaddhatya; Ce uplavanasaddhatya; Se ullavanasaddhatya). ullola, ullo)a, m. and mfn. [cf S. ullola], \.(m.) agitation; bustle, commotion; agitation of water, swell, billow; Abh 662; Ja III 228,13 (hetthnvam netv -am katv tassa civaram temetv); IV 306,25 (nikkhamitv -am akatv gravaparihrena gantv); VI 394,29 (devanagaram pavitth asur viya -am utthpetv); 2. (mfn.) agitated, in tumult; Ja IV 476, I8 (etesarn pabbajitakle janapado -o bhavissati). ullolana, mfn. [from caus. of *ud + lulati; cfS. lex. lodana], agitating, disturbing; Thi-a227,25 (ullapana ti... - ti pi ptho). ullolenta, mfn. [caus. part.pr. of *ud + lulati; cfS. lodayati, lolayati], shaking, wagging; Thi-a 227,26 (nanguttham - o sunakho viya); see also ullulita. uviftha, mfn. [for upavittha mc (or for vittha, pp of visati, with epenthetic u-)], seated; (or having entered;) D II 274, IO (sabbe sudhammya sabhy* -, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se upavittha; Sv709,2o: sabhy' upavitth ti sabhyam upavitth nisinn ti attho). usakrena in Ee at Ja VI 67,8* is wr for usukrena (Be, Ce, Se so). usati, pr. 3 sg. [S. osati], burns; Dhtum 445 (usu dhe); Sadd 503,24 (usa dhe:... -ati dahati ti unham); pp u44ha 2 , mfn. [S. lex. usta], burnt; Sadd 871,2 (usuranjato ddhatth: - o rattho); see also unhati, osati. usana, n. [from usati; cf S. usana, "black pepper"], burning; black pepper; Sadd 861,5 (-am dahanam usm); 921,5 (mattbhedo tava... -am sanam). usabha, m.n. [S. rsabha], 1. (m.) (i) a bull; a leader, the best or most excellent (of a group); Abh 495; 996 (osadhagosetthesu); A I 188,6 (-o sunnya goslya gambhiram naditabbam mannati); Dhp 422 (-am pavaram viram mahesim; Dhp-a IV 231,22: acchambhitatthena -sadisatya -am); Sn26 (-o pi gavampatidha atthi); Ja IV 330,7* (~o ah balav gmikassa calakkak vannabalpapanno); 422,6* (dammi... -am ca gavam satam); V 223,8* (majjhe Sivinam - o *mhi jto; 221,r foil.: aham Sivinam majjhe jetthakarj hutv jto); Ap 323,15 (-o jitasangmo); Bv25:2 (-o va lakam bhetv); Mil 365,3 (~assa ekamahgam gahetabbam); Sadd 613,29 (-o viy ti -o, rathinam -o rathesabho); ifc see pungav'--, puris'-; (ii) a kind of medicinal plant; Abh 590;

996; see also usabhaka; (iii) the second of the seven musical notes of the gamut; Abh 132; 2. (n.) a measure of length (= 20 yatthi^; Abh 196; 996; Ps II 52,15 (dve-ni gacchati); Spkll 284,28 (cattri pi attha pi -ni uppatati); Mp III 277,16 (cattlisa -ni, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -); Vibh-a343,30 (visati yatthiyo -am, asiti -ni gvutam); see also osabbha, nava-usabhika. usabhaka, m. [S. rsabhaka], a kind of medicinal plant; Sp 834,7 (in long cpd: khirakkolijivika-usabhakalasundisu kand). usayehi in Ce, Ee at It-all 192,io is wr, prob, for upayehi (Be, Se so). usara, (mf)n. [S. sara], saline (soil); Sadd 921,5 (mattbhedo tva ... -am saram); see also sara. us, / [perhaps for *os < S. avasa, or for usm qv], food; or heat, bodily heat; Ja VI 80,7* (atthi nesam usmattam atha shassa jivitam; 80,2rfoil: usmattan ti bhojanamattam -ti kira bhojanassa nmam ... atha v ~ ti usm... tesam sarire usmmattam atthi) quoted Sadd 639,24. usira- in Ee at Nett 163,23 and in Ee, Se at Sp 1217,5 is wrfor usira- (Be, Ce so). usira, n. [S. usira], the grass Andropogon muricatus, esp. its root; Abh 601; Vin I 201,2 (anujnmi bhikkhave mlni bhesajjni... -am); Th 27 (-am munjapabbajam uras panudissmi) ^ Ja VI 508, i*; JaV 407,27 (~ena c' eva annena ca sugandhatinena missakatt sugandham); Ap 303,2; I h - a l l 171,32 (biranparanmam -am nma tinam khanati); Vin-vn 1327; -nala, n., -nJi,/, an usira stalk or fibre; Sil 88,8 (mlni uddhareyya antamaso mattni pi) ^ A1204,27. usu, m.f [S. isu], an arrow; Abh 389; Vin III 106,22 (tassa te - uppatitv uppatitv tass' eva kye nipatanti) = S II 257,n; MI 86,30 (-su pi khippamnesu sattisu pi khippamnesu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -usu); Th26 (paccavydhim hi nipunam vlaggam -un yath); Ja III 274,12* (dhanum adejjham katvna -um sandhya); VI 77,5* (ko nu mam -un vijjhi); Mil 339,16 (sace amitt dure bhavissanti -un ptayissmi); Sp 445,22 (-u ayathdhippyam gantv pitaram mreti); Dhp-all 146, I i (usukre -um ujum karonte); Sadd 490,3 (-um assati khipati ti issso); -kra, m. [usu + kra1], an arrowmaker, afletcher; Abh 510; M i l 225,16; Dhp 80; Ja VI 66,4; Ap 317,7; Mil 331,io; -kraka, m., an arrowmaker; Ps III 342,3; -pta, m., the shot of an arrow; the shooting of arrows; Patis-a 28,27 (~e phalakasatam apekkhamno yath vijjhe); -ptana, n., the shooting of arrows, the range of arrows; Ja VI 77,26* (ngo pi me na mucceyya gato -am); 78,29*; -loma, mfn., with arrows for hair; Vin III 106,2i = Sil 257,17; -va44haki(n), m., an arrow-maker; Abh 510 (~i). usukkam in Ee at Spkl 167,3 is wr for ussukkam (Be, Ce, Se so). usuma, n., - , / [S. usman, sman, m.], heat, glow; hot vapour, steam; Dhs 964 (tejo tejogatam usm usmgatam-am usumagatam; As 338,27: -an tibalava-usm) * Vibh83,26; Jail 433,25 (sdo... thokam bhjanni vivaritv -am palpento atthsi); III71,18 (-am

513

utthahantam disv); Sp 758,25 (daddhapathaviy ca yattakam thnam -ya anugatam); Svl86,is (-am ghpento); 606,12 (-am muiici); (a)-gata, n., heat, the being hot; Dhs 964 (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee usumgatam; As 338,2: usumam eva usumabhvam gatan ti-am) * Vibh 83,26; (a)-vatti,/, a swirl of steam; Vism 172,23 (pysassa sadisam); PsII 286,26 (matthakato --utthnam viya hoti); see also usm. usuyyaka, usuyyati, usuyyan, usuyy, see sv usyaka etc. usyaka, usuyyaka (and, esp. in Se, ussuyyaka), m/(-ik)rt. [S. asyaka], discontented, envious; Vinll 190,io (- ime saman Sakyaputtiy, Devadattassa lbhasakkram usuyyanti ti); Sn 318 (blam upasevamno angatattham ca -am ca); Ja V 113,1* (-e duhadaye purise kammadussake, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ussuyyake); Sp 1043,io; anusyaka, anusuyyaka (and anussuyyaka), m/(-ik)., not envious, free from jealousy; Sn325 (vaddhpacyi -o siy); Vv 33:71 (anusyik, Be so; Ce, Ee anussyik; Se anussuyyik); Ja II 192,13* (~o aham deva); Mil 94,34 (~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuyunjanako). usyati, usuyyati (and, esp. in Se, ussuyyati), pr. 3 sg. [S. asyati], is discontented, resentful (at the merits or achievements of another); is jealous, is envious (of usually gen./dat.); Dhtum342 (usya dosvikarane); Vinll 190,11 (Devadattassa lbhasakkram -anti); Pv 15:20 (mam -asi; Pv-a87,2s: mayham ~asi mayham issam karosi); Ja IV 134,19* (na ... ~mi samannam mahesinam); V 114,23' (na ca paresam sampattim disv -an); Nidd I 440,25 (issati -ati, Be, Ce so; Se ussuyati; Ee wr upasuyyati); Ps IV 74,2 (brhmano ... brhmanam -ati) quoted Sadd 695,25; part.pr. (a) usya(t), usuyya(t), mfn., Sv 784,28 (-ato, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ussuyyato) = Ps I 288,14 (-ato, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usuyyato); neg. anusuyya(t), mfn.9 Ja III 27,2* (anusuyyam anakkosam); (b) usyanta, mfn., Ud-a 256,13 (na sahamn -ant ti attho); Patis-a 350, is; (c) usyamna, mfn., Mp IV 171,7; pp usyita, usuyyita, mfn., discontented, envious; tta, n., abstr., discontent, envy; Nidd I 440,27 (usy usyan ttam, Be so; Ce usyyitattam; Ee, Se ussuyitattam) * Dhs 1121 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr usuyitattam) * Vibh 357,23; see also usyyati. usyan, usuyyan, / {from usyati], discontent, envying, being jealous; Nidd I 440,27 (usy ~ usuyitattam, ite, Ceso; Ee, Se wr ussuyan) = Dhs 1121 = Vibh 357,23; (a)-lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is envying; Vism 470,22 (issyan iss s parasampattinam ~; Be, Ce so, Ee wr ussuyana-; Se ussyana-) * Nidd-a 1436,24. usy, usuyy (and, esp. in Se, ussuyy), / [S. asy], discontent (at the merits or achievements of another); envy, jealousy; Abh 168; Vin I 43,28* (k ~ vijnatam) quoted Sadd 695,24; D H 243,2* (kadariyat atimno ~); Sn 245 (~; Pj II 288,14: ~ ti paralbhasakkrdisu iss); Ja III 99,3 (makkate -am apanetum asakkonto); Niddl 440,27 (- usyan usyitattam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ussuy) = Dhs 1121 = Vibh 357,23;

Mil 402,12; Ps II 86,17 (okacare -am katv); 1h-a III 30,30 (parasampatti-asahanalakkhan -); -pan4aka, m., one of the five kinds o/pandaka; Sp 1016,4 (yassa pana paresam ajjhcram passato usuyyya uppannya parilho vpasammati ayam -0). usyyati, *usuyyyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from usy, usuyy], is envious, is discontented; part.pr. usyyamna, usuyyyamna, mfn., Ps III 61,i (-amno, Ce, Ee so; Be ussyamno; Se ussuyyamno); Mp II 313,20 (anusuyyyamno ti na -amno, Ce, Ee so; iteanusyyamno tina usyamno; Se anussuyyamno ti na usyamno); neg. anusyyamna, anusuyyyamna,mfn., A I 199,9* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anusuyyamno); fpp usyyitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 402,14 (yogin ... kilese uppanne -itabbam). usma(n), m, u s m , / [S. usman, sman, m.], heat, glow; ardour; MI 295,24(yu-ampaticcatitthati ti); SII 97,io (dvinnam katthnam sanghattasamodn ~ jyati tejo abhinibbattati); IV 294,17 (yu parikkhino - vpasant); Dhs 964 (tejo tejogatam ~ usmgatam usumam usumgatam) * Vibh 83,26; Vism 500,10 (mtukucchisambhavena -an... paccamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usmn) = Nidd-a I 71,22; Ps V 78,15 (~ya pana pariydinnya); '-udaka, n., hot water, steaming water; S V 122,13 (udapatto aggin santatto ukkatthito jto, Be, Ee so; Ce ussadaka-; Se usmdaka-; Spk III 174,33: jto ti usumajto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussadakajto ti) * AIII 231,16 (eds ussadakajto); ()-gata, n., heat, the being hot; JaV 208,16* (-am khippam imam pahassasi; 209,7': -an ti samanatejam); Dhs 964 (As 338,26: ~an ti usmbhvam gatam, usmkrass* ev'etam nmam) ^ Vibh 83,26; see also usuma, usmikata. usmikata, mfn. [pp of *usm + karoti], made hot; possessing warmth or ardour; MI 132,26 (api nyam Arittho bhikkhu... -o pi imasmim dhammavinaye ti; Ps II 104,26^?//.: kin nukho evam imassa appamattik pi nnusm atthi yam nissya vyamanto maggaphalni nibbatteyy ti); Sp 137,26 (seditni -ni ti). ussa, mfn. [S. rsva], high; superior; A III 359,28* (na -esu na omesu samatte nopaniyare; Mp III 381,6: - ti ussit seyyapuggal); Sn954 (na samesu na omesu na -esu vadate muni); Sadd 784,3 (mano -o ussanno etass ti). ussakkati, ussukkati (prob, by influence o/ussukka qv, but possibly denom. from ussukka), pr. 3 sg. [ud + sakkati], moves up, rises; moves forward, advances, progresses; D I 230,21 (osakkantiy v -eyya parammukhim v lingeyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ussukkeyya; Sv397,i6: patikkamantiy upagaccheyya anicchantiy iccheyya); Mil260,25 (udakam... gagane ~a ti); Vism 705,12 (yo hi samathavasen' eva -ati); 1h-a I 179,23 (uppate ti... ussukkeyya, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ukkamseyya); Vibh-a 419,29 (-itum paccayo na hoti); part.pr. (a) ussakkanta, ussukkanta, mfn., Sv 397,24 (-anto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussukkanto); Ud-a 398,11 (tarn ussukkantassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ussukkpentassa); (b) ussukkamna, mfn., Vism 153,15 (so appagune jhne ussukkamno); absol. ussakkitv, A III 241,7

514

(kimi... pdehi -itv yva jnumandal paticchdesum); Mil260,22 (mahsamudde udakam... ~itv velya paharati); Vism 437,5 (~itv pana maggaptubhvam ppetum na sakkoti); Vv-a 214,12 (dnakatham dim katv ~itv nekkhamme nisamsavibhvanavasena pavattitam); caus. (&)pp ussakkita, ussukkita, m/h., advanced, furthered; Sv 725,7 (ussukkit me vipassan ti) = Spk III 83,n (Be, Se so; Ce -; Ee wr ussukit); caus. (b)/?r. 3sg. ussakkpeti and, more usually, ussukkpeti (prob, by influence of ussukka qv, but possibly denom. from ussukka), causes to move forward, to progress; furthers; Sv 725,7 (vipassanam patthapetv ussukkpetum sakkontassa ussukkit me vipassan ti somanassajtassa); It-al 116,23 (nibbindati virajjati vipassanam ussukkpeti); part.pr. ussukkpenta,/w/(~enti>j., It-al 174,17; Vv-a98,n; aor. 1 sg. ussakkpesim, ussukkpesim, Vv-a 95,12 (vipassanam ~esin ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ussukkpesin ti); lb-a II 270,36 (ussukkpesim); absol. ussukkpetv, Spk II 175,ii (t ussukkpetv kammatthnam kathpessmi ti ycati); Ud-al21,2i (catusaccakammatthnabhvanam ussukkpetv); Vv-a 95,13 (vipassanam ussukkpetv); Thi-a5,23 (vipassanam vaddhetv anukkamena ussukkpetv); pp ussukkpita, mfn., furthered; Th-a III 161,15 (vipassan ussukkpit); fpp ussukkpetabba, (mf)n. impers., Patis-a 19,21 (yva ariyamaggo tva ussukkpetabban ti). ussagga, m. [S. utsarga], abandoning, throwing away; excretion; Dhtup 83 (ujjha ~e); DhtumlOl; Sadd 350,24 (ujjha ~e: ~o chaddanam); ifc see uccra-; see also ossagga, ossajana. ussanki(n), mfn. [from *ud + sankati; cf sanki(n)], fearful, apprehensive; distrustful; Vin I 347,16 (bhito ubbiggo ~I utrasto); II 190,26 (addassum ... mahmatt Ajtasattukumram divdivassa bhitam ubbiggam -im utrastam); Ud 19,29 (gopito santo bhito ubbiggo ~i utrasto vihsim); Sv 135,16; anussanki(n), mfn., without apprehension; not fearful; Vin II 184,21 (abhito anubbiggo ~i anutrasto... viharmi) * Ud 19,31; Mhv 10:40. ussankita, mfn. [pp of *ud + sankati], I. distrusted, doubted, suspected; Mp III 278,12 (~o ca parisankito ca); Dhp-aIII 485,5 (attano sankhi saritam -am parisankitam); 2. distrustful, fearful, alarmed; Th-alll 52,35 (bhito ubbiggo ~o vihsim); -parisankita, mfn., 1. doubted and distrusted; Vin V 128,36 (pancah' ahgehi samanngato bhikkhu ~o) * A III 128,3; 2. fearful and apprehensive; Sv 223,6; Ps II 319,22 (sakunasaddena pi cor gat ti ~o hoti); Nidd-al 233,14 (tesam ~nam); neg. anussankitparisankita, mfn., not fearful or apprehensive; Ps I 111,35 (anussankitparisankite hatthapahatthe udaggudagge); anussankita, mfn., not fearful; Th-a III 52,36 (idni pana pabbajito abhito anubbiggo -0 viharmi ti). ussankha, m. (and mfn.) [cf S. ucchlankha, ucchvanka; K. Hoffmann, 1960, pp. 111-18; BHS ucchankha-, ucchanga-, utsanga-], \.(m.) the (high) arch of the foot; 2 . (mfn.) having ankles above;? Sv446,28

(uddham patitthitagopphakatt ~ pd ass ti ussankhapdo) = Ps III 376,24 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussankhapd ass ti; Ps-pt [Be] III 173,7: sankh vuccati gopphak, uddham sankh etesan ti~); -pda, m(fn)., having feet with high arches (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa,); D II 17,24 (ayam hi deva kumro ~o; c/Sv 446,29: uddham patitthitagopphakatt ussankh pd ass ti -0); III 154,16 (imni dve mahpurisalakkhanni patilabhati~oca hoti uddhaggalomo ca); Mil 136,14 (~o kho pana so bhavam Gotamo). ussajati, ussajjati,/?/*. 3 sg. [ud + sajati2, S. utsrjati; cfBHS utsrjyate], lets go, lets loose; quits, abandons; JaV 174,10* (tarn manim ~assu, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ossajassu; 175,29': ossajeyysi ti); aor. 3 sg. ussaji, ussajji, Sv 556,38 (tarn sandhya vuttam ossaji ti ussajji ti pi ptho) = Spk III 253,32 (~i ti pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ussajji ti pi) = Mp IV 152,16 (Be ussajjl ti pi; Ce ossajji ti pi; Ee osajji ti pi; Se avassajji ti pi) * Ud-a 327,23 (Ce, Ee ussajji ti pi; Be vossajji ti pi; Se vossaji ti pi); absol. ussajitv, ussajjitv, AIV 191,11 (assakhaluhko ... rathisya satthim ussajjitv rathisam yeva ajjhomaddati; cfMpIV 104,14: sisam nmetv yugam bhmiyam ptetv satthin rathisam paharitv); Niddl 388,28(tumhemam ussajjitv anne sakkarotha, Ee, Se so; Be, Geujjhitv); neg. anussajitv, JaV 175,29' (Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se anossajitv); see also ossajati. ussafa, mfn., pp o/ussarati qv. ussada, m. and mfn. [from ussidati; BHS utsada], 1. (i) (m.) obtruding, raising oneself; mound (of flesh), thickness; swelling; abundance, prevalence, preponderance; over-abundance, excess; Vin I 3,9* (yass' ~ n* atthi kuhinci loke; Sp 958,16: rgussado dosussado mohussado mnussado ditthussado ti ime pafica - n* atthi ti) * Sn783; D i l i 151,15/0//. (satt' ~ honti ubhosu hatthesu ~ honti... ubhosu pdesu ~ ... ubhosu amsakutesu - a . . . khandhe ~o hoti); 152,7*; Sn515 (~ yassa na santi sorato so); 920 (evam thito anej' assa ~am bhikkhu na kareyya kuhinci); Ja IV 188,13 (hatthapdapitthiyo gohanukena kottpetv ~e dassetv); As 333,27 (bhujitavasena v hi -vasena v rammanakaranam hoti); ifc see cat'- sv catu(r); (ii) (mfn.) thick, filled out; abounding in, full of; Sv245,2o(sattussadan ti sattehi ~am ussannam); Vv-a 2 37,2 (agarugandhena piyahgumlhi candanagandhehi ca ~hi, ussannadibbgarugandhdikhi ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ussannadibbagandhdikhi ti); As 403,15 (evam no mamsam ~am bhavissati pahrasahanatthy ti); ifc see candan'-, tej'-, satt'-; 2 . (m.) a supplementary niraya (of which there are either 16, or 16 attached to each mahniraya,); MI 337,14 (bahni vassasahassni tasmim mahniraye apaccim, dasa vassasahassni tass' eva mahnirayassa -e apaccim); Ja III 473,12' (attha mahniraye solasa ca - atikkamitv ti); Ps II 422,10 (mahnirayato -e vipkavutthnavedan dukkaratar ti); Nidd-a I 425,14; -crik,/, a journey through the supplementary niraya ft); JaV 125,25 (devacrikam ca ~am ca gacchati); -niraya, nu, a supplementary niraya; Ja I 168,17 (atthasu mahnirayesu solasasu ~esu); V 272,10' (etesam

515

niraynam ekekassa catsu dvresu ekekasmim cattro cattro katv solasa solasa ~ ti sabbe pi satam atthavisati ~); Vv-a223,7 (tarn Yamapuris ~e khipimsu); 1h-all 106,33 (sanjivdikam atthavidham mahnirayam kukkuldikam solasavidham ~am ca patisandhivasena upaganchim); anussada, mfn., without excesses, without obtrusiveness; Dhp400 (silavantam ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anussutam; Dhp-alV 166, I: tanhussadbhvena ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee tanhussvbhvena anussutam) = Sn 624 (Pj II 467,25: tanhussadbhvena -am) = M sutta 98 ([not in Ee] Ps III 437,24: -an ti rgdi -ussadavirahitam, anussutan ti pi ptho, anavassutan ti attho); It 97,14* (hu bhikkhum -am). ussadaka, mfn. [ussada + ka2], bubbling up; overflowing; ? S V 122,13 (udapatto aggin santatto ukkatthito -jto, Ce so, perhaps wr for *ussudaka ? Be, Ee usmudaka-; Se usmdaka-; Spklll 174,33: -jto ti usumajto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se usmudakajto ti) * A III 231,16 (eds so, perhaps wr; cf Mp III 311,12: -jto ti usumajto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be usumakajto); anussadaka, mfn., not overflowing; A III 234,16 (~-jato). ussanesu in Ee at Vism 421,29 is wr for ussannesu {Be, Ce, Se so). ussanna, mfn., pp o/ussidati qv. ussaya, m. [S. ucchraya; Pkt ussaya; cf also S. lex. utsava], height; growth, accumulation; intensity; Sadd 352,18 (-0 roho ubbedho); ifc see kodh'-, pann'-, punn'-, vant'-; -vada, mfn. [cf BHS utsavavda, utsadavda, BhiVin 140], 1. consisting in violent or contentious speech; arising from litigation; Kkh 167,6foil, (aham ayye ekam pattim pajjim ~am... ekissa pattiy ~ya pakkhamnattam ycmi ti); 2. violent or contentious in speech; argumentative, seeking litigation; Vin-vn2011 (y pana bhikkhuni ~ attakn mukhari vihareyya); -vdik,(m), contentious or violent in speech; argumentative, seeking litigation; Vin IV 224,25 (y pana bhikkhuni ~ vihareyya gahapatin v gahapatiputtena v ..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usuyya-; 224,30: -a ti attakrik,Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usuyya-; Sp 906,20foil.: ~ ti mnussayavasena kodhussayavasena vivadamn, yasm pana s atthato attakrik hoti tasm ~ nma attakrik vuccati ti padabhjane vuttarn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usuya-); V 55,25 (~ya bhikkhuniy attam karontiy sanghdiseso); Utt-vn 180 (~ attam karonti);. ussaypesi in Ee at JaV 26,16' is wr for usspesi (Be, Ce, Se so). ussarati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + sarati2; S. utsarati], hastens away, gets out of the way; comes from; Ja I 434,4 (~atha ~atha smi); V 347,10' (~atha ~ath ti janam ussrento); Pj II 185,15/0//. (~atha ath ti); Sadd 423,9 (~ati); pp ussata, mfn. [cf S. utsrta, vl for ucchrita; BHS utsrta, "hyper-Skt. for Pali ussita"], moving away, slipping away; come from, emerged; possibly also: great, high; M II 65,28 ([rj Koravyo] pattiko va ~ya ~ya parisya ... upasankami; cf Ps III 305,3: ~y ti ussitya ussitya mahmattamahratthikdinam vasena

uggatggatam eva parisam gahetv); Pet 163,19 (manosetth ti manas ime dhamm ~ manena v nimmit); caus. (a) pr. 3 sg. ussreti 1 , -ayati, [S. utsrayati], 1. expels; sends away, dismisses; Vin II 237,30 (mahsamuddo ... kunapam ... khippam yeva tiram vheti thalam ~eti, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se ussdeti) = AIV 198,20 (Be so; Ce,Ee, Se ussdeti; Mp IV 107,i6/o//.: vicipahren' eva thalam khipati) = Ud53,2i (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdeti) * Mil 187,22 (~eti, Be so; Ce, Ee ussdeti; Se omits) * 250,21 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ussdeti); part.pr. ussrenta, mfn., JaV 347,10'; absol. ussretv, Vin I 32,io (samant udakam ~etv majjhe renuhatya bhmiy cankameyyan ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdetv); 276,8 (janam ~etv); Ja IV 349,16 (tumhe apeth ti ~etv); 2. (perhaps wr for ussdeti qv) raises, lifts; moves; Vin III 177,2i (mahvto vyanto nnakatthapannakasatam ekato -eyya, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdeyya; Sp 612,14: rsim kareyya); Ja V 319,12* (~aya ddhaje, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ayam; 319,17': dhaje -ayantu usspentu); Sp 1372,n (ekaccam -eti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ussdeti); part.pr. ussrenta, mfn., Vism 105,25 (ubhato vlikam -ento, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdento); Sp 861,11 (nvam pjento v nre -ento v, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ussdento); absol. ussretv, Vin 146,30 (caturafigulam kannam -etv civaram samharitabbam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdetv; Sp979,\\foll.\ kannam caturangulappamnam atirekam katv); Vin-vn 125 (Be, Ee so; vi ussdetv); pass, pr. 3 sg. ussriyati [cf S. sryate], is expelled, is discharged; Bv-a 73,22 (uccrathnamhi tiuccrenti vaccam karonti etth ti uccro ... atha v ~iyati ti ussro, vaccass' etam nmam tassa thnam ussratthnam, tasmim ussratthnamhi, so read ? eds usssiyati ti ussso ... usssatthnam ... usssatthnamhi); pp ussrita, mfn., raised, lifted; moved; Vin III 177,23 (ekato ~it, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussdit; Sp612,i9: ekatthne kenpi sampindit rsikat ti); Vism 63,24 (smuddiyan ti samuddavicihi thale -itam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ussditam); caus. (b) absol. ussrpetv, having had sent away; having (people) got out of the way; Jail 290,18 (bodhisatto ... manusse ussrpetv rjahgane assam vhesi). ussava 1 , m. [S. utsava], celebration, festival, holiday; Abh 178; Vin III 187,23 (manuss yannesu chanesu ~esu Viskham Migramtaram pathamam bhojenti; Sp 631, is: --es ti slhipavrananakkhattdisu mahussavesu); Ja II 13,io (Brnasiyam -e ghosite mahsamajjam ahosi); 241,5 (tutthapahatth -am kilant vicaranti); VI 222,7* (uttamo ~o ajja na yuddham mama ruccati); Mhv 7:34 (vhamangale tattha sattham ~o mah vattate). ussava 2 , m. [for ussva1 mc], hoar-frost; dew; Bv 18:27 (suriyena viya ~ o . . . nibbuto so, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ussvo; Bv-a 231,2o: ~o tihimabindu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussvo ti). ussahati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utsahate], endures, bears; is able; is fit, is adequate; dares; acts with energy or courage; Vin 147,15 (sace ~ati jantgharam pavisitabbam; Sp980,i5: sace pahoti na kenaci gelannena abhibhto hoti); II 181,29 (so na ~ati agrasm anagriyam pabbajitun ti); D I 135,20 (ye... ~anti kasigorakkhe;

516

Sv296,24: -antiti ussham karonti); MI 437,26 (na ~mi eksanabhojanam bhunjitxim); II 174,24 (no ce tarn ~eyya); A III 94,2 (tasmim sarigme ~ati vyamati tarn enam -antam vyamantam pare hananti); 99,7 (-issmi vuso vyamissmi vuso); Th 1125 (vante aham vamirum na -e); Ja IV 399,22* (no ce tuvam -ase janinda kme ime mnusake pahtum); V 326,10* (diyitv garum bhrarn nviko viya ~e); Nidd II 269,9 (na -ami, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr usshmi); Mil 21,4 (n'atthi koci samano v brhmano v yo may saddhim sallapiturn -ati); 242,18* (~ate trayitum); Vism 116,8 (sataporise papte patitum -eyyan ti); Spk I 152,31 (buddhagravena pana nipajjitum na ~ati ti); part.pr. ussahanta, m/h., S IV 308,22 (enam -antam); Sp 777,27 (-antena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr usshantena); aor. 3 sg. ussahi, Ja II 19,25 (eko pi hatthi nadim otaritum na -i); 3 pl. ussahimsu, D I 135,30; JaV 442,18 (jigucchitv phusitum na -imsu); absol ussahitv, Mil 173,23 (chandajto ~ati -itv tuleti); Th 1029; caus. pr. 3 sg. ussheti, ~ayati, moves to action; instigates; encourages; Ja III 242,4' (rjnam pabbajjya -eti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ussham janeti); IV 453,2* (bhiyyo va ~ayase kumram); Ud-a 388,22 (nibbndhigamya -eti); Sadd696,i8 (sdhukradndin tarn -ayati ti); part.pr. (a)usshenta,m/7j., Ja IV 347,23 (~ento); Pj II 321,3 (rjnam ~ent); (b) usshayanta, mfn., Ja III 44,14 (kinnu kho mahrja brhman ativiya ~ayant vicaranti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee umhyant); aor. 3 sg. usshesi, Ja IV 348,10; absol. usshetv, It-a I 70,28; Pj II 339,7; pp usshita, mfn., moved to action; encouraged; instigated; Vin III 163,6 (amhehi s ~it); Ja IV 348,13* (~ito jatilena); Ap 260,3 (yanno -ito may, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se usspito); Vism 453,15 (ntihi -it); As 258,25; neg. anusshita, mfn., Vism 454,11 (sabhvatikkhen' eva anusshitena cittena); Spk II 58,9; ati-usshita, mfn., very, too much moved to action; Patis-a472,10 (atipaggahitan ti accraddhaviriyatdihi ati-usshitam); fpp usshetabba, mfn., Sv420,11 (na bhikkhave Anando annena -etabbo). ussahana, n. [from ussahati; cfBHS utsahanat, utsahan], exertion; energetic action; Nidd-a I 188,17 (-vasena ussho; = As 146,12: usshana-); -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is exertion; Vism 464,3 (viriyam ... -am, Be so; Ce, Ee usshana-; Se ussha-; 5* Patis-a 44,16: eds ussha-); ussahana in Ce, Ee at Th-3i III 154,11 is prob, wr for usshana qv. ussda, m. {and mfn. ?) [from ussidati; cf S. utsda], \.(m.) raising oneself; rising up (on to); running aground; S IV 180,6 (ko majjhe samsido ko thale ~o); 180,15 (thale -0 ti... asmimnass' etam adhivacanam); 2. (mfn.) rising; elevated; ? Pj I 212,29 (yath unname thale -e bhmibhge meghehi abhivattham udakam ninnam pavattati, Ee, Se so; Ce ussade; Be unnate thale ~e); ussdo in Ee at Pet 40,8 is prob, wr for ussado (Be, Ce so); see also ussidana. ussdan, / , - a , n. [from ussdeti; cf S. utsdana], 1. raising, exalting; praise; Mill 230,15 (-am ca janna apasdanam ca janna); 231,26 (katham ca bhikkhave - ca hoti); Ps II 387,7 (evam assa gehasitavasena - pi

n'atthi); V31,io (-e pi es* eva nayo); 2. noise, tumult; A III 89,23 (ekacco yodhjivo sahati rajaggam sahati dhajaggam api ca kho -am yeva sutv samsidati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ussranam; Mp III 267,24: hatthi-assarathnam c' eva balakyassa ca uccsaddamahsaddam) = Pp 65,33. ussdeta(r), m. [from ussdeti], one who exalts, who praises; VinV 184,6 (~ hoti apasdet hoti; Sp 1372,15foil.: amhkam cariyo mahtipitako paramadhammakathiko ti din nayena ekaccarn ussdeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ussreti). ussdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of ussidati qv. usspana, n. [from usspeti], raising; erecting; AIV 41,20 (aggissa dhnam ypassa -am mahapphalam hoti); Nidd I 343,20 (dhammadhajassa -am); Pj II 570,2 (pattassa kse -am). usspeti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/usseti qv. *ussra, m. [from (caus. of) ussarati], discharge; excrement; Bv-a 73,22 (ussriyati ti -0 vaccass' etam nmam, so read ? eds usssiyati ti ussso). ussraka, m. [from ussreti2], one who intones; one who recites in a high tone; Sp 775,21 (dhammsane pannatte yva -o v dhammakathiko v n' gacchati tva pannpaknam palibodho; Vmv [Be] II 15,M: -o ti sarabhnako, so hi uddharn uddham pliptham sreti pavatteti ti). ussrana, n. [from ussreti2], reciting in a high tone; intoning; Th-all 155,1 (solasa-atthavaggiynam ~ena sdhukram datv); ifc see sutt'-; vasna, n., the end of the recitation; Ud-a 312,19 (sarabhannapariyosne ti ~e); see also osrana2. ussrana,/ [from ussreti1; S. utsran], driving out of the way (esp. out of the way of a king's progress); expelling; Ja VI 224,2' (na -am krerv apanayi); Sp 911,25 (hatthi v muccati - v hoti); Dhp-all 1,9 (rj ... nagaram padakkhinam karoti, -ya vattamnya leddudanddihi pothiyamno mahjano palyanto ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ossranya); Cp-a 153,11 (ussaratha ussarath ti-am karontehi); Sadd 423,9 (sara gatiyam: sarati... ussarati -). ussreti 1 , caus. pr. 3 sg. of ussarati qv. ussreti 2 , pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/*ud + sarati4; cfS. svarayati], recites in a high tone, intones; Pj I 251,28 (imam ca suttam msassa atthasu dhammasavanadivasesu gandim kotetv -etha dhammakatham karotha ...); see also ussraka, ussrana. ussva 1 , m. [cf S. avasyya; BHS avasya, osa; AMg uss, os; Pkt avasya, avassa, osya, osa], dew; hoar-frost; Abh 56; DII 19,28 (m nam sitam v unham v tinarn v rajo v -0 v bdhayitth ti) ^ AI 145,17; Ja IV 122,2* (-0 va tinaggamhi suriyass' uggamanam pati evam yu manussnam); Cp-a218,i8(m nam kumram rajo v -0 v ti); -bindu, m., a drop of dew, a dew-drop; AIV 137,3 (tinagge -u); Pv 36:5; Jail 11,12 (sariram -hi temetv); Cp 3:1:1 (-um suriytape patitam disvna samvijim); Vism 633,2 (suriyuggamane -u viya... parittatthyino); see also ussava2. ussva 2 , m. [from *ud + savati], flow, discharge; impurity; ifc see tanh-.

517

ussvana, n. [from *ud + sunti], proclaiming, declaring aloud; '-antik,(m)/(/i)., (a place for storage, kappiyabhmi [or kappiyakutip authorised by a declaration (while it is being built), whose erection is coterminous with a declaration; Vin I 239,33 (tisso kappiyabhmiyo -am gonisdikam gahapatin ti; Sp 1098,n/o//.: y o . . . vihro kayirati... kappiyakutim karom ti vcam nicchrentehi... thambho v bhittipdo v patitthpetabbo... thambhapatitthnam ca vacanapariyosnam ca samaklam vattati); Vin-vn 2670. usssa 1 , m. [S. ucchvsa], breath, breathing out; breathing freely, relief; Mhv 72:226 (tattha no n' atthi -0, dukkham eva); nirusssa, mfn., 1. not able to breathe, not breathing; Ja III 416,1 (pokkharanim otaranto patitv nimuggo ~o mari, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be nirassso); 2. despairing, lacking reliefbreathless; Ja IV 121,27 (kirn tumhe katheth ti ~ena mukhena, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce nirasssena); 3. deprived of air;? Patis-a 370,22 (pihitadvre dhammakarake thita-udakam eva ~am katv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Bedhamakarane ... -am; = Vism417,19: Ce, Ee nirussham; Se nirasssam; Be dhamakarane ... nirasssam); see also asssa. usssa 2 , m. [= usssa1 ?], discharge; excrement; ? Bv-a 73,22 (usssiyati ti ~o, vaccass' etam nmam, eds so, perhaps wr for *ussra). usssiyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. ucchvsayati, ucchvsita], is discharged, is released; ? Bv-a 73,22 (-an" ti ussso, eds so, perhaps wr for ussriyati qv sv ussarati). ussha, m. [S. utsha], perseverance, continuous exertion; fortitude; resolution; Abh 156; Vin I 58,19 (tattha te yvajivam ~o karamyo); S V 440,8 (chando ca vymo ca ~o ca ussolhi ca); Ja I 10,2i (manuss mahantena -ena bhikkham adamsu); VI 71,23 (satth tassa -am janetukmo hutv sdhu sdh ti tikkhattum sdhukram datv); Ap 438,30 (~ena viriyena tareyya udadhim naro); Dhs 13 (cetasiko viriyrambho .. vymo-oussolhi thmo dhiti...); Pet 195,24 (balena ca -ena ca); Mil 329,7 (dhitim ca -am ca satim ca sampajannam ca upatthapetv); Spkl 181,4 (-am assa janessmi ti); Sadd 325,23 (saddusshesu ... -o vymo); -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is exertion; Vism 464,3 (viriyam ... -am, Se so; Be ussahana-; Ce, Ee usshana-) * Patis-a 44,16; anussha, m., want of exertion or determination; M I 438,5 (yasm Bhaddli ... bhikkhusanghe sikkham samdiyamne -am pavedesi); Ja IV 221,24 (arannavse -am pavedento); Patis-a 117,27 (cittassa - o thinam); lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is want of exertion; Vism 469,19 (thinam lakkhanam) = As 255,18 (Be, Ce, Ee so, Se anusshana-); samhanana, mfn. and n., rigid with want of exertion; obstinate in want of exertion; rigidity with want of exertion;? Vism469,17 (thinanat thinam middhanat middham --samhananat sattivighto ti) = As 255,17 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se anusshanat); Th-a I 176,3 (thinam cittassa akalyat samhananat, middham kyassa akalyat sattivighto, Ee so; Ce anusayamnat; Be, Se samhananam ... sattivighto); nirussha, m. and

mfn., \.(m.) lack of effort; effortlessness; Ap-a 371,n (khuragge arahattaphalasampattiyam viya -en' eva... nibbne sutthu thitatt); 2. (mfn.) (i) without exertion; irresolute; not resolved (on); JaV 316,5 (dve pi sen - atthamsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nirupy); Sp 350,5 (sace pi so dne -o); Sv466,22 (me -am viya Mrabalam vidhamantassa); (ii) ineffective, passive; Vism 417,19 (pihitadvre dhammakarake thita-udakam eva -am katv, Ce, Ee so; Se nirasssam; Be dhamakarane ... nirasssam; = Patis-a 370,22: Ce, Ee, Se nirusssam; Be dhamakarane... nirusssam); 456,1 (dsataldisu mukhanimittam viya -am vipkam; Vism-mht[Zte] II 127,i5/o//.: -an ti ettha ussho nma anupacchinnvijjtanhmnasantne vipkuppdanasamatthatsankhto vypro, so vipkesu n' atthi ti tarn -am); Vibh-a 14,18 (avykat -'-atthena avipkatthena ca sukhum); sa-ussha, mfn., 1. energetic, resolute; with the resolve, resolved (to); Ja II 257,7 (manuss - punnni ktum mannimsu); Sp 199,27 (nam samuttejetv -am katv tya tya annehi ca vijjamnagunehi sampahamsetv); 518,12 (div supantena ... tva supitv vutthahissmi ti -ena supitabbam); 657,12 (dhammasavanatthya- gacchanti); 1269,11 (tt); Sv 638,26 (ajj' evaajj* eva pativijjhissmi ti evam -o viharmi ti dasseti); 2. having effect; active; Vism 456,2 (mukham viya -am kusalan ti); Sv 882,25 (kanham desento pi -am savipkam desesi); see also sa-usshaka. usshana, n., , f. 1. [iS., BHS utshana], moving to action; instigating; Vism 463,34 (cetan... sampayuttnam (a)-bhvena pavattamn, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ussahana-)^ As 112,11 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ussahana-) Th-alll 154,n (mam tay tath -ena pabbajitarn samnam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussahanena, prob, wr); 2.[cf BHS utsahan], exertion, resolution; Nett 8,5 (vimams ~ tulan upaparikkh; cfM I 480,3 foil.); (a)-lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is moving to action or exertion; Vism 464,3 (viriyam ... -am, Ce, Ee so; Be ussahana-; Se ussha-; * Patis-a44,16: ussha-); anusshana, n., not moving to action; lack of exertion; As 255,17 (thinanat thinam middhanat middham--t sattivighto ca ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anusshasamhananat sattivighto; Vism 469, n: eds anusshasamhananat). usshantena in Ee at Sp 777,27 and usshmi in Ee at Nidd II 269,9 are wrrfor ussahantena and usshmi (Be, Ce, Se so). ussheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/ussahati qv. ussinghanta, mfn. [part.pr. o/*ud + singhati], sniffing, smelling; Saddh 166 (udikkhant gatadisam -ant disodisam). ussiftcati,/?r. 3 sg. [BHS utsicati; cf S. utsincati], draws, draws up (water); bales out; Ja III 435,18 (ekam kpam netv ito me pniyam - ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osinc ti); IV 16,27 (nv vivaram adsi udakam -itum nsakkhimsu); Sp 755,27 (yo kutehi -itum sakk hoti tanukakaddamo); part.pr. ussincanta, mfn., Dhp-aIII 423,2 (mukhatundakehi mahsamuddam -ant kilarnims ti); absol. ussincitv, Ja I 450,11 (donim katv pniyam -itv donim pretv); 498,13 (udakam -itv

518

samuddam tuccham katv sahyikam niharissm ti); II70,i2 (dlgharajjuvrakena udakam ~itv); Mil 261,26 (sondya ~itv); see also osincati2. ussiftcana, n. [front ussincati; Pkt ussimcan], drawing, drawing up (water); Jail 315,9 (udakam 0,-atthya rajjughatam adisv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be udakaussincanatthya); -ghtik,/, a small vessel for drawing (water); Ja 1417, is' (udancani... udakam -ay' etam nmam, Ee so; Se osincana-; Be, Ce udakaussincanaghtiky', prob, better). ussita, mfn., pp o/usseti qv. ussineti, see sv usseneti. ussisaka in Ee at Ps II 40,I8 is wr for ussisaka qv. ussidati, pr. 3 sg. [S. utsidati], raises oneself; rises up (on to); runs aground; S IV 179,15 (drukkhandho ... na majjhe samsidissati na thale ~issati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ussdissati; Spk III 32,7: ~issati ti thalam nbhirhissati); 179,23 (tumhe pi... na thale ~issatha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ussdissatha); pp ussanna, mfn. [cfS., BHS utsanna], 1. having risen, thickened; raised, elevated; piled up, accumulated; plentiful, abundant, prevalent; overplentiful, abundant to excess; predominant; obtruding; Vin I 71,34 (tena... samayena Magadhesu pafica bdh~ honti; Sp 995,n: ~ vuddhippatt phtippatt honti); 215,22 (bahum phalakhdaniyam ~am hoti kappiyakrako ca na hoti, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce uppannam); 285,7 (sanghassa bhandgre civaram -am hoti; Sp 1123,8^0//.: bahum rsikatam hoti, bhandgram na ganhti); ThI444 (~ya vipulya vaddhiy; Thi-a 249,i: ~y ti upacitya); Jal 336,25' (kusale ossanne akusale ~e); IV 140,3 (tasmim pana samudde suvannam -am ahosi); Vism 421,29 (akusalamlesu hi ~esu evam loko vinassati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ussanesu); Sv 921,9 (pindikatam rsikatam kammam ~an ti vuccati); Ps III l,n (tesu tesu thnesu Campakarukkh v ~ ahesum); Spk II 160,7 (dvinnam buddhnam antare yojanam pathavi ~); Pv-a221,i6(~amuparpari nicitan ti attho); As 334,15 (yasmim yasmim pana thne kyappasdo ~o hoti); ifc see accussanna; 2. abounding in, full of; Jal 246,21 (so ca gamako yebhuyyena andhablamanussehi yeva ~o); Ud-a 300,26 (Gandhamdanaktam... dasahi gandhehi ~am); Pv-a221,n (sattussadan ti ppakrihi sattehi ~am); tara, mfn., super7., most plentiful, especially predominant; Jal 451,4' (tesu sampannatarnam ~-tarnam v vasena amb ti vuttam); Vism 421,30 (rage tare); ~-t,/, ~-tta, n., abstr.y accumulation, piling up; predominance, greater amount; D i l i 146,1 (tassa kammassa katatt upacitatt tt vipulatt); Vism 103,4 (dvinnam pana dhtnam tt puggalo mohacarito hoti); Ud-a 140,16 (manaso tya manuss); Nidd-al 201,15 (kammnam ussado t); caus. pr. 3 sg. ussdeti, 1. raises, lifts (on to); washes ashore; collects, piles up (into a mound); Vin II 237,30 (mahsamuddo ... kunapam ... khippam yeva tiram vheti thalam ~eti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussreti) = A IV 198,20 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ussreti; Mp IV 107,16 foil.: hatthena gahetv viya vicipahren' eva thalam khipati) = Ud53,2i (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussreti) * Mil 187,22 (~eti, Ce, Ee so; Be ussreti;

Se omits) * 250,21 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ussreti); Vin III 177,21 (mahvto vyanto tinakatthapannasatam ekato ~eyya, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussreyya; Sp612, M: rsim kareyya); part.pr. ussdenta, mfn., Vism 105,25 (ubhato vlikam ~ento, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussrento); Sp 861,n (nvarn pjento v tire ~ento v, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ussrento); absol. ussdetv, Vin I 32,10 (samant udakam ~etv maijhe renuhatya bhmiy cankameyyam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussretv); 46,30 (caturangulam kannam ~etv civaram samharitabbam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussretv; Sp 979,11 foil.: kannam caturahgulappamnam atirekam katv); MI 135,21 (thale v -etv); 2. removes; Bv-a 195,21 (niharanti, ~enti tesam nivsam na denti ti attho); 3. raises, exalts; praises; M III 230,16 (n* ev' -eyya na apasdeyya dhammam eva deseyya); Sp 1372,17 (ekaccam -eti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ussreti); Spk II 382, is (theram apasdeti pi -eti pi); part.pr. ussdenta, mfn., Sv486, is (idam vacanam hi bhagav yasmantam nandam ~ento pi bhanati apasdento pi); absol. neg. anussdetv, D III 128,21; pass. pr. 3 sg. ussdiyati, 1. is too plentiful, is surplus; is left over; aor. 3 pi. ussdiyimsu, Vin II 167,i8(seyyaggena ghentseyy ~iyimsu, Ee, Se so; Be ussrayimsu; Ce -ayimsu; Sp 1223,7: mancatthnni atirekni ahesum); 2. is removed; part.pr. ussdiyamana mfn., Bv-a 195,25 (tehi ratthavsihi manussehi -iyamn); aor. 3 sg. ussdiyittha, Vin IV 99,9 (khdaniyam -iyittha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ussriyittha; Sp 857,9: ~iyitth ti patihariyittha, gharam yeva nam gahetv agamams ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be ussriyittha ti; Se ussdayitth ti; or "was left over" 1); pp ussdita, mfn. [S. lex. utsdita], lifted (on to); beached; piled up; Vin III 177,23 (tumhe nnnm... pabbajit ekato ~it, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussrit; Sp 612,19: ekatthne kenpi sampindit rsikat ti); Vism 63,24 (smuddiyan ti samuddavicihi thale -itarn, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ussritam); Sp 1047,i (udake ogate thalam ~it, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ussrit); fpp ussdetabba, mfn., to be praised; D III 128,21 (so n' eva ~etabbo na apasdetabbo). ussidana, n. [from ussidati], rising up (on to); running aground; Pet 56,11 (thale v na ca ~am majjhe ca na samsidanam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ussiram); see also ussda. ussira in Ee at Pet 56,11 is wrfor ussidana qv. ussisa, n. [ud + sisa; cf AMg ussisa], what supports one's head; (the place) where one's head lies; a pillow; Jal 161,9 (-karanatthya civaram denti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ussisaka-) * Sp 744,24; Ap31,6 (yassam disyam vasati ~amhi karom' aham; Ap-a 238,10: yasmim disbhge vasati aham tarn disbhgam ~amhi sisparibhge karomi ti sambandho); see also ussisaka. ussisaka, n. [ud + sisa + ka2; cf S. ucchirsaka], what is under one 's head; (the place) where one's head lies; the head of a bed (apparently where valuable objects were stored); a pillow; Jal 266,9 (coraranno ~e nikkhittam mangalakhaggam); VI 37,24 (yo ... caturassapallankassa ~am jnti); 81,25* (ayam ekapadi raja yo 'yam~e mama; 81,28': ~e ti yoesa mama matthakatthne);

519

Bv2:59 (Dipankaro ... ~e mam thatvna; Bv-a94,i4: mama sisasamipe thatv); Spkl 227,6 (~e thapitam mandalaggakhaggam gahetv); e katv, -am katv, placing at one 's head; with one's head on or beside', Jail 411,19 (drukalpam ~e katv nipajji); VI 56,4 (mahjano lekham ~e katv) * Ps V 44,9 (~am); Sp 660,23 (~am v katv nipanno hoti etam pi purnacivaram eva); Ps II 40,18 (tandulatthavikam ~e katv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ussisake); Mhv 22:42 (madhugandam katv ~e); -passe, adv., beside the head of the bed, beside where the head lies; Ja IV 154,12 (~e rodamno atthsi); Dhp-al 184,7 (tvam attano pitu pdapasse tittheyysi aham ~e thassmi ti); see also ussisa. ussuka (often [wrongly] written ussukka), mfn. [S. utsuka], busy, zealously active; striving, eager (for); repining (for); Abh 727; Dili 148,27* (guttisu rakkhvaranesu ~o); Mill 131,26 (kmapariyesanya ~o, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ussukko); A III 38,13* (niccam tpi ~o); Dhp 199 (susukham vata jlvma ~esu anussuk); Sn298 (kicckiccesu ~); Th494 (so ~o rasnugiddho attham rincati); Ja II 383,10* (kirn attham ~; 383, iv: --a ti ukkanthitarp hutv); VI 475,8* (ussukko te divrattim sabbakiccesu vyvato, eds so); Ap 574,14 (na cham tatra ~); Vism 160,1 (tadadhigamya ussukknam usshajanakam, eds so); Ud-a 116,4 (vyvato ti ussukko, eds so); anussuk, mfn., not busy; quiet, unconcerned; S I 15,23* (ke lokasmim ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anussukk); A IV 98,7* (vitalobh ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anissuk, prob, wr); Ja II 232,18* (yattha bhutv ca pitv ca sayeyytha ~o); VI 46,2* (ye ussukamhi lokamhi viharanti ~, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ussukkamhi ... ~); Pj II 449,24 (janapado ... ~o sakammanirato acalo ...). ussuki(n), mfn. [from ussuka?], eager (for), desirous; repining (for); ifc see anussuki(n). ussukita in Ee at Spk III 83,11 is wr for ussukkita (Be, Se so; Ce ussakkit). ussukka 1 , n. [S. autsukya], zealous activity, exertion, effort; concern; eagerness; Vin I 312,15 (nahne ~am aksi); II 289,26 (tvam mtugmassa ... pabbajjam ~am aksi); IV 280,6 (n 'eva sibbeti na sibbpanya ~am karoti); D i l 263,7 (~am udapdi bhagavantam dassanya); MI 324,27 (tattha -am panno hoti); AV 195,9 (na tathgatassa evam ~am hoti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -tam); Ud4,n (pancamattni devatsatni ~am pannni honti yasmato Mahkassapassa pindaptapatilbhya); Ja II 429,10 (ito patthya amhkam kattabbakiccesu ~am pajj ti); Mil 116,30 (brahmacariyesany' eva ~am panno); Vism 90,8 (yo pan' ettha navakammdisu -am v pajjati); ifc see app-; anussukk, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) free from exertion or concern; Ps III 166,27 (appossukk ti ~); Ud-a 202,2 (anne ... posetum ~-tya anannaposino); 2. (n.) lack of exertion, unconcern;! Cp-a45,i5 (vipassanya pi ~am sabbattha anissangat ti evamdayo gunnubhv Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anussukkanam); nirussukka, mfn., free from exertion or concern; not making an effort; quiet, calm; Ja IV 336,26 (baddhabhvam me natv ~o acchissati, Ce so; Ee na ~o; Se anussukko; Be nirsanko gacchissati); V 354,24; Spkl 296,25 (appossukko ti ...

-0); Ud-a 327,13; ussukka is often (wrongly) written for ussuka qv. ussukka 2 , n. [= ussukka1, or from ussukkati qv sv ussakkati], (gr.t.t.) striving for, looking towards; moving forward (to another word, ie the characteristic of an absolutive); Sp 436,25 (san ti upasaggo tena saddhim -vacanam etam sancicc ti; Sp-t[ite] II 250,12: -vacanan ti pubbaklakiriyvacanam, ayam hi samnakattukesu pubbparaklakiriyvacanesu pubbaklakiriyvacanassa niruttivohro); Patis-a 240,31 (avijj paticc ti... avijj patimukham etabb gantabb paticc ti... avijj paticc ti -vasena v ptho ... avijj attano paccaye paticc pavatt ti); Tikap-a232,5 (icc ti gamanussukkavacanam etam); see also ussukkana. ussukkati is possibly denom. from ussukka: "exerts oneself", but is prob, vi for ussakkati (qv) under influence of ussukka. ussukkana, n. [from ussukkati], (gr.t.t.) striving for, looking towards; moving forward; '-attha, m and mfn., (gr.t.t.) \.(m.) the meaning of looking forward or moving forward (of an absolutive); Sadd 311,18 (~e pavattni tvdiyantapadni); 903,3 foil. (tnatvnatvpaccayant ~e, ~o nma ussho attho, yo hi attho eken' eva padena aparisamatto padantarattham apekkhati so ~o); 2. (mfn.) having the meaning of looking towards or moving forward (of an absolutive); Sadd310,n (imni akammakni ~ni tvdiyantapadni); 0, -atthaka, mfn., (gr.t.t.) having the meaning of looking towards or moving forward (of an absolutive); Sadd 313,22* (sadd ~); see also ussukka2. ussukkana, / [from ussukkati], progress, moving forward; Vism 153,14 (tni... upari ~ya paccayatam npajjanti; Vism-mht [Be] I 178,8: ~y ti bhvanya upari rohanya). ussukkpeti is possibly denom. from ussukka1, but is prob. caus. of ussakkati (qv) under influence of ussukka. ussuta, mfn., see anussuta. ussuyana- in Ee at Vism 470,22 and ussuyan in Ee, Se at Niddl 440,27 and Pp 19,6 are wrr for usyana- (or usuyyana-) and usyan (or usuyyan) qqv sv usyan. ussuy in Ee, Se at Nidd I 440,27 and Pp 19,6 is wr for usy (or usuyy) qqv. ussuyitatta in Ee, Se at Nidd I 440,27 and Pp 19,7 is wr for usyitatta (or usuyyitatta) qqv sv usyati. ussuyy, ussuyyaka, see svv usy, usyaka. ussussati, pr. 3 sg. [ud + sussati; S. ucchusyati], dries up; shrivels up; SI 126,2 (seyyath ... nalo harito luto ~ati visussati milyati evam eva ~eyya ...); Sn 985 (~ati anhro sokasallasamappito); Ja VI 195,20* (tinalatni osadhyo -eyyum); Vism 415,23 (ayam loko vinassissati mahsamuddo pi -issati). ussy in Ee at Sp 977,1 is wr for usy (Be, Se so; Ce omits). ussra, m. [ud + sra2; cf S. lex. utsra], the time when the sun is high; the afternoon; Vin IV 77,15 (tassa bhikkhuno pindapto ~e hariyittha; Sp 817,9: atidiv hariyittha); Ps IV 6,2 (annam pacitv harantiy me ~o

520

jto); Pj II 77,8 (~am disv manusse pesesi); Vv-a 65,4 (~e laddhabhattatya kilantakyo); -taram, compar., adv., even later in the day; Ps II 99,12 (divtaram utthsi ti punadivase ~am utthsi); -bhatta, mfn., whose meal is late in the day; A III 260,2 (pane' ime bhikkhave dinav ~e kule; Mp III 330,26: atidivpacanabhatte); - s e y y , / , lying late in bed, lying in bed when the sun is up; D III 184, is*; Dhp-all 227, 15* (~am lasyam... sevassu); ati-ussre, ind., too late in the day; Dhp-aIII 305,19 (ati-ussre bhuttabhattataya) * Vv-a 65,io. usseti, pr. 3 sg. [ud + sayati2; S. ucchrayati], raises, erects; JaIV 302,5* (yajam ~eti ypam; 302,io/o//.: suvannaypam usspeti); aor. 3 sg. ussesi, Ja VI 203,9* (yo ... ypam ... ~esi; 203, w. usspesi); pp ussita, mfn. [S. ucchrita], raised; erected; grown; high, mighty; Abh 892; Vin III 79,25 (musale ~e); S V 228,17 (yva... ktgrassa ktam na ~am hoti); Vv 84:15 (veluriyathambh satam ~se; Vv-a 339,29: sataratanubbedh); JaV 243,12* (sarigme katanissame ~e himsayam; 244,28': ~e ti uggate pannte mahmatte); Ap 542,i (patk ~); Ps II 116,26 (nagarasobhatthya ~e dhaje ptetv); Nidd-a I 93,13 foil, (upacikhi... ukkhittapamsucunnena katippamno pi... ~o ti vammiko ... evam ayam kayo ... tii atthisatehi ~o); anussita, mfn., not exalted, humble; A I 199,7* (dhiro aviruddho anussito); see also ussata sv ussarati; caus. pr. 3 sg. usspeti, ~ayati [S., #//Succhrpayati], raises; erects; lifts up; AIV 42,16 (tini satthni ~eti); Ja IV 125, is (Bharatakumro mama bhtaram Rmapanditam arann netv chattam ~essmi ti); 132,23 (tassa chattam ~eyytha); 302,11' (suvannaypam ~eti); V 319,17' (rathe thapitadhaje ussrayantu -entu); Ap4,8 (~emi dhajam); Mil 226,28 (rj... ~eti pandaravimalasetacchattam); Ps III 352,io (chattam samma ~ehi ti); As 83,38 (surpnadvare dhajam ~enti); part.pr. (a) usspenta, mfn., A IV 42,15 (aggim... dhento ypam ~ento); Mil 21,31 (~ento dhammaketum); (b) ussapayanta, mfn., Samantak499 (~ayant mama dhammaketum); aor. 3 sg. (a) usspesi, A III 371,4 (nigrodharjam ~esi); Ja VI 474, ir; (b)usspayi, Mhv 35:15; 3 pl. (a) ussapesum, Ja IV 133,1; Vv-a 31,29; (b) usspayimsu, Ja IV 132,25; cond. 3 sg. usspayissa, Dhp-al 167,8 (sace tattha abhavissa setacchattam ~ayissa, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se bhavissati... ~ayissati); absol. usspetv, Vin II 117,33 (kudde pi thambhe pi kathinam ~etva); SV 168,20 (candlavamsiko candlavamsam ~etv); Ja III 407,6 (vlikam ~etv cattri sanni pannpetv); Mil 394,11 (vicchiko narigulvudho nangulam -etv carati); Vism448,i5; Ap-a 459,22 (nissenim katv ~etv thapesi); neg. anusspetv, Vism 320,23; pp usspita, mfn. [BHS ucchrpita], raised; erected; Ja II 219,24' (~itam dhajam); Mil 328, H (~ito dhammaddhajo); Ps II 116,23 (~iteesiktthambhe); Spkl 236,33 (~ito mno); Dhp-aIII 443,14 (yva brahmalok chatttichattni ~itni ahesum); Dth5:48 (-itni... toranni); fpp usspetabba, mfn., Ja V 125,10 (rj tumhkam chattam ~etabbam aks iti).

ussedetv, ind. [caus. absol. of *ud + sijjati], heating; Sp 176,14 (pulakam nma nitthusam katv -etv gahitayavatandul vuecanti). usseneti, ussineti, pr. 3 sg. [prob, denom. from ud + seni; perhaps associated with sinoti qv], forms an association (with); is involved; S III 89,23 (pajahati na updiyati viseneti no usseneti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ussineti; cf Spkll 296,23: vikirati na sampindeti); A l l 214,32 (bhikkhu n' ev' usseneti na ppatisseneti; c/Mp HI 209,3: ditthivasena na ukkhipati); Nidd 121,14 (n' eva visineti na ussineti visinetv thito, Ee, Se so; Ce n' eva sineti na ussineti; Be n' eva samsibbati na ussineti; Nidd-a I 89,25: mnavasena na ukkamsati); PatisII 167,21 (lokam na ussinenti ti lokuttar, Be so; Ce, Ee na ussinenti ti; Se nayanti" ti; Patis-a 621,35: na ussinenti ti na vikiranti... na ussinenti ti rassam katv ptho sundaro); part.pr. ussinenta, mfn., Kv 614,12 (arah... visinento ussinento); see also viseneti. usselana, n. [from usseleti], (prob.) whistling; Pj II 485,25 (selenti ti mukhena -saddam muncanti). usseleti, pr. 3 sg. [ud + seleti], (prob.) whistles; Vin III 180,33 (dhvanti pi dhvanti pi -enti pi apphotenti pi nibbujjhanti pi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ussejhenti); 182,29 (~essanti, Be so; Ce ~issanti; Ee usselhissanti; Se usselhessanti). ussejhenti, usselhissanti, see sv usseleti. ussotam, ind. (or ussota, mfn.) [ud+ sota; cf S. utsrotas]; upstream; (or flowing upstream); (a)-patisotamukha, mfn., turning or heading upstream against the current; Mil 117,27 (~ sandanti saliladhr, Ce, Ee so; iteuddhamsota-; 5^osota-); see also uddhamsota sv uddham. ussojhi, m.f [from ussahati; BHS utsodfoi; cf S. sodha, pp of sahati], persevering exertion; great energy; Abh 158 (f.); MI 103,36Hyeva pancami); S II 132,4 (~i karaniyo; Spkll 128,9: -i ti sabbasahana-adhimattaviriyam); AII 93,16 (chando ca vymo ca ussho ca ~i ca); Nidd I 59,22 (vymo ca ussho ca ~i ca; Nidd-a I 188,n: ussahanavasena ussho ca adhimattussahanavasena~ica); Dhs 13 (cetasiko viriyrambho ... vymo ussho ~i thmo dhiti...); Ps II 69,29 (~iy saddhim pannarasahi angehi samanngato); Sadd731,n (ssanatthya hi mahati ~i idha kat ti). u s s o l h i k , / [ussolhi + k2], great energy; SI 170,24* (tucchakotthasmi msik ~ya naccanti; Spk I 239,9: ~y ti usshena kannanangutthdini ukkhipitv viravant uppatanti). uha, n. [= ha^v], reasoning, deliberation; inference; Sadd 921,9 (mattbhedo tva ... ~am ham). uhana, n. [= hana^rv], reasoning, deliberating; Sadd 921,10 (mattbhedo tva ... ~am hanam); uhanain Ee at Vin II 234,13 (in uddna) is wr, prob, for hata'-^v (Be uhatas Ce hana-; Se han; but see Vin II 222,22: sace vaccakuti hat hoti). uhasana in Ee at Mil 127,21 is wrfor hasana qv. uhunkra, m. [onomat.], an owl; Abh 638; Ja VI 538,13* (~ ca kukkuh; 539,2': ~ti ulk).

521

u
\ the letter or sound ''; -kara, m. [ts]9 the letter or sound ''; Sadd 461,26 (~assa ca ekrdeso kato ti); 633,27 (cariy rattanno rattann iti okrassa ~-ttam icchanti); '-anta, mfn., ending in the letter ''; Sadd 572,19 ([dhtavo] ekassar - ' -ant); 634, i (klann ti - ' -antatam icchma); ' -desa, m., substitution with ''; Sadd 810,7 (hato ti ettha okrassa -'-deso); lopa, m., elision of ''; Sadd 612,12 (akrdisu paresu ~-lopo). 2-, preverb, developed from (a) ud- or upa-, see H. Lders, 1966, p. 45, BSV 110, and R.L. Turner, 1975, p. 426; or from (b)o-<ava-, see Sadd 609,29foil, (uvanno ca viparitasanno hoti, avasaddena sambhtassa okrassa viparitatt unntam hato rajo); 810,6 foil, (hato ti ettha okrassa krdeso). k, / [S. yk; Pkt ], 1. a louse; a bug; Ja I 453,29 (ehi amma sise me ~ vicinti); V 298, io (aho imiss sise ~ bah ti); Mp II 204, io (uttnaseyyako -hi v mankunehi v dattho); Dhp-aHI 342,I5 (so... klam katv tasmim yeva civare - hutv nibbatti); Vv-a 86,26 (mtu sisato - ganhanti); Thi-a 189,30 (mt dhitu kesavattim mocetv ~am olokenti); Sadd 478,19 (~ ti sise nibbattakimiviseso); 2. a measure of length; Abh 195; Vibh-a 343,26 (satta likkh ek - satta ~a eko dhanfiamso); kdinam inEe at As 319,32 is wr for dkdinam (Be, Ce, Se so). nehi ti in Ee at Sp 370,29 is wr for unehi ti (Be, Ce, Se so). Uta, mfn., pp o/yati qv. tagitam in Ee at Ja I 290,1 is misprint; read imam jtagitam with Be, Se. una, mfn. and n. [ts], wanting, deficient; lacking (something), incomplete, not full; fewer, less (by, instr.); less (than, abl. or iic); what is deficient; something lacking; a lack; Vin II 238,3 (na tena mahsamuddassa -ttam v prattam v pannyati); 111203,36 (~assa pripriy); DU 243,21* (sace te -am kmehi aham paripraymi te); MII 68,29 (~o loko atitto tanhdso); III276,13 (~o nu kho cando punno nu kho candoti); A III 41,23* (na tesam dakkhin ~); Th 778 (~ va hutvna jahanti deham); Ja VI 58,12* (yad ~am tarn pariprehi khantiy upasamena ca); Ap 70,14 (bhoge me -t n'atthi); Sp297,30 (imn' eva cattri prjikni ito -am v atirittam v n'atthi); 317,15 (kumbhiy... paripunnya v ~ya v); 370,29 (pancah* krehi prjikam hoti na tato-ehlti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nehi ti); Sv 133,24 (addhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi ti addhasatena -ehi terasahi bhikkhusatehi); Ps II 290,20 (ekena -am atthasatam yojenti); Dhp-aIII 395,16 (tulam gahetv thito... -am ce hoti pakkhipati); Th-aHI 126,8 (ek itthikpanti... ghatanitthikya ~ hoti); Mhv 3:9 (bhikkh pancasatn, eva mahkhinsave vare sammanni eken' -e tu nandattherakran); ace. ~am, adv., less; JaV 330,5* (samvaccharam v -am v pariharitv vijyati); ifcseeek'-; 0, -akkhara, mfn. [na + akkhara1], with (metrically) too few syllables; Sadd 842,23; ftdhika, mfn., less or more; Sp 137,20 (-ni pi andni honti); 1272,28 (~esu pi bhikkhsu, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ondhikesu, prob, wr); nivranarasa, ndhikatnivranarasa, mfh., of which the function is to prevent too little and too much, to prevent deficiency and excess; Vism 466,38 (tatramajjhattat ... --tanivranaras, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ondhikat-) = As 133,19 (Be, Ce ~-nivrana-; Ee--nlvarana-; Se ondhikanivrana-) * Ps I 84,9 (upekh ... nivranarasa, Ce, Se so; Ee nadhika-; Betnivrana-) = Mp II 54,5 (Be, Ce, Se nivrana-; Ee -nivrana-); neg. anndhika, mfn., neither less nor more; exactly so; Vism 476,26* (anndhikato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anndikato); 478,10 (-ato ti, kasm pana bhagavat pane' eva khandh vutt ann anadhik ti); Sv 638,4 (n* eva dasa na visati na satarn na sahassam anndhikni catuvisatisatasahassni addasan ti ha); Mp I 99,4 (anndhike dasa mse gabbhavsam vasanto); 0,-udara, dara, odara, mfn., with unfilled belly; whose stomach is not (completely) full; Sn 707 (ndaro mitahro, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se onodaro); Ja VI 258,6* (ndaro yo sahate jighaccham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se onodaro); 295,9* (cpo v' ndaro dhiro varnso v pi pakampaye, Be, Ee so, Ce v' ndaro, prob, wrr; Se cpo va onato; read with Mil 372,23*: cpo vnuname dhiro ?); 295, n* (cpo v* ndaro assa, Be, Ee so; Ce v' ndaro; Se v' nodaro; 295,15': yath cpo mahodaro na hoti); Mil406,20 (ajagaro ... bah pi divase ndaro dinataro kucchipram hram na labhati); Dhp-al 170,23 (digharattam nodaro si); Nidd-al 345,25 (phsuvihro nma cathi paneahi lopehi ndarat, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce unudarat) = As 404,32 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ondarat); -tara, mfn. and n., compar., less; a smaller amount; Sp 726,6 (phalake phalake pcittiyam -e dukkatam); 1227,27 (yam pubbe dema tato -am dassm ti); -timsa, -timsam, num., 29; a little less than 30; Ja III 138,20* (visam v paneavisam v -am va jtiy, Be, Ce, Eeso; Seonatimse; 138,24': ekena dvflii natya -am v vassni parva); Ap 181,is (-e kappasate); -dasavassa, mfn., (one) of less than ten years' standing; Vin I 59,3i (na bhikkhave ~ena upasampdetabbo); Ps III 157,11; -visatima in Ee at Vin V 111,13 is prob, wr for eknavisatima qv; anna, mfn., not less; not deficient; complete; full; VinII 292,31 (imya... vinayasangitiy panca bhikkhusatni -ni anadhikni ahesum); DIU 126,13 (-am anadhikam... brahmacariyam); JaV 70,14* (tattha sesim nirnando ~ dasa rattiyo, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se antho); Ap 500,5 (satni pane* ^ni); 531,17 (buddho tassa ca saddhammo ~o yva titthati); Cp 3:6:11 (tarn me passitv; Cp-a221,i9: hatthdihi avikalatam); Pet 21,12 (- anadhik); Mil 163,3 (tesam dhammnam tt paripunnatt); Sv 248,9 (anavayo ti imesu lokyatamahpurisalakkhanesu -0 pariprakri); Mhv 35:45 (chabbassni -ni rajjam kresi).

522

naka, mfn. [na + ka2; ts], not full; smaller, less (than, abl or iic); less (by, ins tr.); Vin IV 173,32 (anpatti [civaram] ~am karoti); Sn 721 (yad ~am tarn sanati yam prarn santam eva tarn); Kkh 54,39 (sugatacivarato -am vattati); Sp 646,23 (sugatacivarappamnato ~-ttam ukkatthappamnam eva); 1053,19 (tato adhikam vattati yeva, ~ampana na vattati ti); 1126,6 (yo civarabhgo ~o); Ps V 45,9 (atthahi ~ni dveyojanasatni gato); ace. ~am, adv., less (by); Ja IV 441, n* (tih' ~am satta satni; 442, lr: -an ti tihi nni sattavassasatni); -tara, mfn., compar., less; Sp 726,15; -tikkhatturri, ind., less than three times; Vin III 223,24; -dvattikkhattum, -dvittikkhattum, ind., less than two or three times; Vin IV 145,28 (Ee, Se -dvitti-; Be, Ce -dvatti-); Kkh 129,33 (-dvatti-); -sattavassika, mfn., less than seven years old; Mil 310,16; annaka, mfn., not deficient, complete; having no lack (of instr.); Abh 702; Vin I 335,14* (in uddna: dvattims' ete ~); Ap 306,25 (~am dnavaram); Mil 420,19* (sati yattha ~); Mhv 25:81 (hatthassarathayodhehi pattihi ca ~o). neti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from na; S. nayati], lessens; Dhtum831 (na parihne); Sadd 549,27 (na parihniyam: ~eti ~ayati). mi, mi, umml,/ [S. rmi] a wave, a billow; a ripple; Abh 662 (~i); A III 397,1 (vtavutthi ... tasmim udakarahade ~im janeyya); Sn 920 (maijhe yath samuddassa ~i no jyati); Th681 (samsidati mahoghasmim ~iy patikujjito, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ummiy); Ja I 498,11 (sahyik vo velante nahyamn ~iy hat ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummiy); 11442,4* (~isu ca vihannati); V 322,21* (sen... apariyant sgarass' eva ~iyo); Ap23,n (mahsamudde ~iyo gananto asankhiy); 323,16 (mahsamudde ~i va, Ee so; Be, Ce ~iyo; Se ummi); 495,23 (yath pi sgare ~i gagane viya trak, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummi); Bv 4:28 (yath pi sgare ~i na sakk t ganetuye, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ummi; Bv-a 152,17: ~iti viciyo tarang); Mil 346,2* (yath 'yam dissate ~i, Be so; Ce, Ee ummi; Se ummi); ifc see udak'-; -ghta, m., the creation of ripples, beating up a wave; A l l 189,23 (yath kho imassa macchassa ummaggo yath ca ~o yath vegyitattam); -jta, mfn., covered in ripples, disturbed; SV 123,17 (udapatto vterito... ~o); Mil 259,3i; -ppabhedasamuggatajalacunnaparikinna, mfn., scattered or strewn with drops of foamy water thrown up by the breaking of the waves; As 12,4 (-0 pana pasritarajatapattasumanapupphasantharasadiso mahsamuddo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se mivegappabheda-); sa-mi,m/n., with waves; turbulent; SIV 157,8 (samuddam -im svattam sagham sarakkhasam tinno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sa-ummim) ^ It 57,12; It 114,4 (rahado ~i svatto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sa-ummi); see also vigata-mika. mik, ummik,/ [S. rmik], a wave; ifc see udak'-. yati, pr. 3 sg. [S. yate; cf S. Vve], weaves; Sadd 421,7 (yl tantasantne: ~ati to tav); pp Uta, mfn. [ts], woven; Sadd421,7; part.perfact. tava(t), mfn., who has woven; ? Sadd 421,7; see also vyati1. raeakka in Ee at Mp III 9,25 is wr for uracakka qv

sv ura(s). ru, m.,f [S. ru, m.], the thigh; Abh 276; Vin II 105,6 (ugghamsenti ~um pi bham pi); 111106,28 (sciyo... -hi nikkhamanti) = S II 258,3 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr urhi); Thi 267 (ngabhogasadisopam ubho ... ~); Ja I 63,8 (Kanthakam -hi nippiletv ... pkram uppatitv atikkamissmi ti); III 82,8 (tarn -umhi paharitv ptesi); IV 286, is (sisam assa attano ~su katv, Be so; Ce, Ee ~usu; Se wr ursu); V 155,22* (anupubb va te ~); 197,17* (kin te idam -nam antarasmim, Be, Ce so; Ee ~unam, mcl Se tava ~nam antaram); VI 383,6 (mama ~uy kuttham atthi); 566,23 (tass sisam ukkhipitv ~su thapetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ursu); Nidd II 272,15 (~ v sobhan, Be so; Ce~u; Ee, Se wr uru); Sp 359,4 (~un saddhim); Ud-a 127,7 (~uyam katena mahvanena); Thi-a 202,15 (~uyo); Cp -a 169,22 (ubhinnam -nam thaddhabhvo); ifc see ngans' -, lakkhan' -, samyat' -, sampindit'-, suvattitaghana-; '-atthi, -'tthi, n., the thigh-bone; Ja III 83,12* (~i bhaggam, Ce so; Be rutthi; ^rutthi bhagg; Ee satthi bhagg); Vism 253,34 (ekam ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rutthi); 355,15 (~i janghatthike patitthitam, Ce so; Be, Se rutthi; Ee wr uratthi); Sv 747,19 (dve ~ini bhinditv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rutthini); Dhp-aIII408,i4H bhijji, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se rutthi); ratthi in Ce, Ee at Ps III 42,25 is prob, wr for uratthim (Be, Se so); 0 , -atthika, 0-'tthika, n. [ru + atthika2], the thigh-bone; DU 296,18 (~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rutthikam) = MI 58,30 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rutthikam); Ja III 83,16' (~am bhaggam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se rutthikam); Vism 355,15 (katatthi ~e patitthitam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rutthike); Pj I 49,26 (~assa, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se rutthikassa); 0, -antarik, -'ntarik,/, the area between the thighs; Vin III 39,33 (ehi bhante ~ya ghattehi, Ce so; Be, Se runtarikya; Ee urantarikya, prob, wr); -kkhambha, (and -tthambha), m., paralysis of the thighs (through fear); MI 237,27 (~o pi nma bhavissati); Ja V 23,is (rj yakkham disv bhito -am patv palyitum nsakkhi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se rutthambham); Cp 2:9:4 (~o ahu tassa disvna porisdakam, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se wr uru-); -ghattpana, n., making rub on the thighs; Sp 531,5 (~-vatthsu; ad Vin III 118,4: rhi angajtam pilentassa); -tthambha, see svrukkhambha above; -tthambhaka, mfn., suffering paralysis of the thighs; Ud-a 66,11 (chambhitattan ti ~-sarirassa chambitabhvam); -pabba, n., the knee; Abh 276; -bali(n), mfn., strong in the thighs, with strong thighs; Mil 69,9; Mp II 229,8; see also karabho-, mah-ruka. runda in Ce, Ee, Se at Mill 238,8 is prob, wr for urunda qv. re in Ee at Cp-a 169,4 is wrfor ure (Be, Ce, Se so). sa, m. (and n.) [S. sa, m.], saline soil; a saline substance; Abh 182 (~o); SHI 131,10 ([vattham] rajako ~e v khre vi gomaye v sammadditv; Spk II 316,29: -e ti chrikkhre, khre ti sakhre); A I 209,1 (~am ca khram ca paticca gomayam ca paticca, Ee so; Se ~am ca paticca; Be usmam ca paticca; Ce usumam ca paticca; Mp II 323, is: usumam ca paticca ti dve tayo vre ghpitam usumam paticca, ~am ca ti pi ptho, ayam

523

ev' attho, Ce, Ee so; Be usmam ca paticc ti... usam ca ti pi; Se -am ca paticc ti... ussam ca ti pi); Ps I 154,22 (bhmim... kasanto atigambhiram karoti tato -am uppajjati); -va(t), mfn., having saline soil; Abhl82. sati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup sati, Wg 17:32], is sick, is ill; Sadd 442,4 (sa rujyam: -ati). sana, n. [cf S. sana], black pepper; burning; Sadd921,5 (mattbhedo tva... usanam -am); see also usana. sara, mfn. and n. [S. sara], saline; having saline soil; saline soil; Abh 182; S IV 315,5 (ekam khettam hinam jarigalam -am ppabhmikam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se osaram; Spk III 104,19: -an ti sanjtalonam, Be, Ee so; Ce osaran ti; Se Isaran ti); AIV 237,9 (khettam... psnasakkharillam ca hoti -am ca hoti; Mp IV 124, n: -an ti ubbhidodakam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ubbhinnalonam); Spk III 288, is (dubbhmin ti -bhmim lonpahatam, Be so; Se isarabhumim; Ce asrabhmim; Ee visamabhmim uparibhmim, prob, wr); Pv-a 139,16 (ujjangale ti... ~e ti keci vadanti); Sadd 921,5 (mattbhedo tva... usaram -am); ansara, mfn., not having saline soil; A IV 237,28 (khettam ... -am ca hoti); see also usara. ha, n., - a , / [S. una, m., S. lex. h] reasoning, deliberation; inference; Abh 155 (takko vitakko sahkappo 'ppanoh); Sadd921,9 (mattbhedo tva... uham -am). hacca1, ind. [absol. prob. of uddharati qv; cfS. uddhrtya] extracting; rooting out; D II 254, is* (indakhilam hacca-m -anej, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohacca; perhaps hacca2 qv; c/Sv 681,5: hacca samhanitv) = SI 27,4* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ohacca); S n l l l 9 (attnuditthim hacca; Pj II 602, \r. hacca ti sakkyaditthim uddharitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee uttaritv, prob, wr; Niddll 112,29: hacca samhacca uddharitv) quoted Kv 64,9* and Pet 45, \s*\ see also hata l . hacca2, absol. o/hanati 1 qv. hacca3, absol. o/hanati 2 qv. hacca4 in Ce, Ee at Jail 71,16* is prob, wr; see *haccham sv hadati. haiifiati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/hanati 2 qv. haflft ate, pass, pr. 3 sg. o/hanati 1 qv. hata1, mfn. [ppprob. of uddharati qv; S. uddhrta, cf BHS hata], extracted, eradicated; Nidd II 270,18 (- samhat uddhat samuddhat); anhata, mfn., not removed; not extracted, not rooted out; Dhp 338 (tanhnusaye -e; Dhp-aIV48,n: arahattamaggannena ~e asamucchinne); Th223 (tanhsalle -e; Th-aII 87,3: -e anuddhate); see also hacca1. hata2, mfn., pp o/hadati qv. hata3, mfn., pp o/hanati' qv. hata4, mfn., pp o/hanati 2 qv. hati, pr. 3 sg. [S. hati], attends to; reasons; deliberates on; Dhtup 348 (ha vitakke); Dhtum497; Sadd 458,16 (ha vitakke: -ati); Ud-a 220,6 (vitakketi -ati rammane cittam abhiniropeti ti vitakko); fpp haniya, mfn. [ts], to be reasoned out or deliberated upon; pada, n., a (confusing or ambiguous) word which has to be deliberated upon;

Sadd 590,26; rpagana, m., the series or class of (confusing or ambiguous) forms whose character has to be reasoned out or deliberated upon; Sadd 590,5. hadana, n. [cfS. upahadana], defecating upon; soiling; ifcseekakz-. hadati (and, esp. in Be, uhadati), pr. 3 sg. [upa + hadati (or ud + hadati); cf S. upahadana and BSU 110], defecates (upon); soils (with excrement); Vin I 78,12 (sensanam -anti pi ummihanti pi, Ce, Se so; Be uhadanti; Ee wr hananti); III 227,27 (santhatni... yesam no drak -anti pi ummihanti pi, Ce, Se so; Be uhadanti; Ee wr hananti; Sp 6S5,2 foil.: santhatnam upari vaccam pi passvam pi karonti ti) quoted Sadd 382,n; Vin IV 40,2 (yattha kk v kulal v na -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr hananti); Jail 355,10' (-ma pi omuttema pi); Dhp-a II 181,io (indakhilam drakdayo omuttenti pi -anti pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ayanti, prob, wr); fut. 1 sg. *haccham, Jail 71,16* (idni kho tarn haccham, es amhka dhammat, so read with BSU 110 ? Be ohaccham; Ce, Ee hacca; Se ohaccam; 71,19': vaccan te sise katvpakkamissmi); pp (a) hata2, mfn., soiled (with excrement); Vin II 222,22 (sace vaccakuti - hoti, dhovitabb; Sp 1286,21: - ti hadit, bahi vaccamakkhit ti attho, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se - ti ohanit); ifc see kka-; (b) hadita, mfn., soiled; Sp 1286,21 (hatti -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se hat ti ohanit); (c)*hanna, mfn. [cfS. lex. hanna], soiled (with excrement); defecated on; Jail 73,13* (aggihuttan ca -am tena bhinn kamandal, so read with BSU 110 ? Be uhannam; Ce hantam; Ee hanti; Se hanam); see also ohadati. hana, n. [ts], paying attention (to), considering; reasoning, deliberating; Vism 142,1 (vitakkanam vitakko, -an ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohanan ti) = Sp 144,13 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohanan ti) * As 114,16; Nidd-al 164,31 (vitakkena -am akaronto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Seohanam); 384,32 (vitakkanavasena -vasena rammane caranam); Sadd458,16 (ha vitakke: hati... -am); 520,20 (takkanam takko -an ti vuttam hoti); 921,11 (mattbhedo tva... uhanam -am, so read with vl ? Ee hnam, prob, wr); ifc see gandh'-; -lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is paying attention, deliberating on; Mil 32,29 (-0... manasikro, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ussahana-). hanati1,/?^ 3 sg. [ud+ hanati; S. uddhanti; T/^hanati], pushes upwards or out; throws up, throws away; removes; raises; MI 117,34 (~eyya okacaram nseyya okacrikam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohaneyya); Sv296,22 (samhanissmi ti samm hetun nayena kranena -issmi); absol. hacca2, D i l 254,18* (indakhilam hacca-m-anej, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohacca; perhaps hacca1 qv; Sv 681,5: hacca samhanitv) = SI 27,4* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ohacca); SI 127,16* (selam va siras' hacca ptle gdham esatha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohacca; Spkl 188,8foil: mahantam ... selam sise thapetv ptle patittham gavesanam viya); pass. pr. 3 sg. hafiftate, is raised; is thrown up; JaV 187,12* (-ate rajaggarn; 187,16': -atetiutthahati); pp hata3, mfn. [S. uddhata; cf S. uddhrta, BHS hata], removed; raised; elevated,

524

high; Vin III 70,23 (gimhnam pacchime mse -am rajojallam; Sp404,is: uddham hatam -am kse samutthitam); MI 118,20 (~o okacaro, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohato); Th 675 (rajam -am vtena yath megho pasmaye, Ce so; Be, Se uhatam; Ee wr uptam); JaV 403,30* (arunasmi ~e,\ 404,7': ~e ti arune uggate; see uddhata, uddhasta); Sadd 609,30 (avasaddena sambhtassa okrassa viparitatt ... ~o rajo). hanati2, pr. 3 sg. [2 + hanati, prob, upa + hanati; cfS. upahanti], hits at, strikes; hurts, damages, afflicts, spoils; MI 243,23 (asssapasssesu uparuddhesu adhimatt vt muddhnam ~anti, Ee so; Be muddhani; Ce muddhni; Se muddhnam ohananti) ^ S IV 56,19 {Be muddhani -anti; Ce, Ee muddhnam upahananti; Se muddhani upahananti) = A III 380,1 {Be muddhani -anti; Ce, Ee muddhnam hananti; Se muddhani ohananti); absol hacca3, Ja III 206,22* (me sirasmim hacca cakkam bhamati matthake, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ohacca); pass. pr. 3 sg. Qhafiiiati, MI 116,13(kye kilante cittam ~eyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohanneyya; Ps II 83,5: ugghtiyettha uddhaccya samvatteyy ti attho; cf Mil26,3o: kayo kilamati cittam upahannati); aor. 3 sg. hanni, Vin I 48,13(m vihro rajena~i ti); MI 116,16(ma me cittam ~I ti, Be, Ce so; Ee wr hani ti; Se ugghti ti); pp hata4, mfn. [S. upahata; see also S. uddhata], hit; afflicted; distressed; MI 116,13 (~e citte r cittam

samdhimh ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohate); see also upahanati. hananti in Ee at Vin I 78,12, III 227,27 and IV 40,2 is wr for hadanti {Ce, Se so). haniya, mfh.,fppofha qv. hanti in Ee at Ja II 73,13* is wr, prob, for *hannam qv sv hadati. *hanna, mfn., pp o/hadati qv. hasati, pr. 3 sg. [2 (ud or upa or 0) + hasati; BHS hasati; cf S. upahasati, avaVhas], laughs; smiles at (flirtatiously); Vin III 128,2 (itthiyo... yasmat Udyin saddhim ~anti pi ullapanti pi; Sp 546,25: sitam katv mandahasitam hasanti); A III 91,16 (bhikkhum... mtugmo upasankamitv ~ati ullapati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohasati; Mp III 268,25: ~a ti avahasati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohasati ti); Ja V 452,30* (~anti pahasanti nriyo, Ce, Ee so; Be uhasanti; Se ohasanti; 454,33': mahhasitam hasanti); pass, part.pr. haslyamna, mfn., A III 91,17 (mtugmena ^iyamno ullapiyamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohasiyamno); Sadd 443,6 (~iyamno); see also avahasati, upahasati. hasana, n. [from hasati], laughing; smiling (at); Mil 127,21 (~am pi sannipto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr uhasanam). h, / , see sv ha. hna in Ee at Sadd 921,11 is prob, wr for hana qv.

e
e 1 , the letter or sound 'e'; -kra, m. [cf S. ekra, aikra], the letter or sound 'e'; Pj II 76,2 (vakaro avadhranattho, evakro v ayam, sandhivasen' ettha ~o nattho, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se evakro datthabbo) = Ap-a 161,7 {Be, Ce, Se so; Eelopo datthabbo); Sadd 633,20 (cariy soyyathidam seyyathidan ti okrassa ~-ttam icchanti); 635,26; '-anta, mfn., ending in the letter 'e'; Th-aII 223,21 (paccattavacanam c'etam ~'-antam); Sadd 572,20 ([dhtavo] ekassar ~'-ant); ~'-desa, m., substitution with 'e'; Sadd 651,2 (siyovacannam ~'-deso hoti v); lopa, m., elision of 'e'; Ap-a 161,7 (sandhivasen' ettha ~-lopo datthabbo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~o nattho). e2-, et-, demonstrative pronoun stems extracted from eta(d) qv; seeettaka, etva(t), ettavat, etto, ettha. eka, num. and mfn. [ts], {sg. nom. m. eko [and eke, eastern and/or heretical dialect], f ek, n. ekam; ace. m.f.n. ekam; ins tr. m.n. ekena,/ ekiss, ekya; ab l. m.n. ekasm, ekamh; dat./gen. m.n. ekassa, / ekiss; loc. m.n. ekasmim, ekamhi,/ ekiss, ekissam, ekya; pi. nom. m. eke {and ek? see Sadd 284,3 foil, and 912,33/o//. sv ekbhavati), / e k , n. ekni; dat./gen. m. ekesam; loc. m.n. ekesu; see also Sadd 283,19/o/Z.), one; Abh 850; Ud-a 18,21/0//. * Sadd 261,% foil; 1. (i) one; only one; a single; one of two or many; Vin I 92,10 (dve bhikkh... vsam upagacchimsu ... ~o bhikkhu gilno hoti); 240,13 (ekam yeva sahassatthavikam gahetv); 317,29 (~ya nattiy kammam karoti); D I 166,12 (~iss pi dattiy ypeti dvihi pi dattihi ypeti...); II48,21 (~amhi vasse nikkhante); M I 64,26 (~ nitth udhu puth nitth ti); S I 86,21 (atthi nu kho bhante ~o dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha titthati); II 100,29 (~iss pi bhante sattiy hannamno, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekiss); A I 28,2 (yam -iss lokadhtuy ~o araham sammsambuddho uppajjeyya thnam etam vijjati); It 99,1 (anussarati... ~am pi jtim dve pi jtiyo ...); Pv 36:36 (~am yugam duve v); Th 780 (~ena vatthena pahya bhoge); Ja VI 66,25* (vivdamatto dutiyo ken' ~o vivadissati); 536,15* (tini kakkarujtni... kumbhamattni c' ~ni murajamattni t ubho); Dhs 58 (~o phasso hoti ~ vedan hoti); Mil 192,26 (~assa santike); Vism 279,9 (~am dve ti sakkharam khipitv khipitv ganeti)= Sp 419,25 (~o dve ti); Vism 566,5 (npi -amh yatan sabbe phass); Spkl 221,7/0//. (-asmim brahmacariyasmin ti ~ya dhammadesanya); Mp I 94,20 (~o ti dutiydipatikkhepatthe gananaparicchedo); Mhv 8:5

525

(~am vassam ayam Lankdipo si arjiko); ekam katv, combining, making one; Sp 817,22 (dve tini nimantanni ekapatte pakkhipitv missetv --am katv bhunjati ti); Ps IV 94,24; Mhv 9:27 (mtmahassa nmam ca jetthassa mtulassa ca -am katv); one... another...; one... the other...: (a)eka... eka...: Abh717; Vin I 9,7 fall. (~o bhagavato pattacivaram patiggahesi ~o sanam pannpesi ~o pdodakam... upanikkhipi); 15,3 (tayo psd honti ~o hemantiko ~o gimhiko ~o vassiko); 46,37 foil. (~ena hatthena pattam gahetv ~ena hatthena ... parmasitv); DU 330,nfall. (~iss putto ahosi... ~ gabbhini); MI 25,n (dvinnam puggalnam... ~o hmapuriso akkhyati ~o setthapuriso...); Ja VI 66,n* (yad ~am cakkhum niggayha jimham ~ena pekkhasi); Vism 200, is fall, (sankhravinnnam c' ettha antar ~o sandhi vedantanhnam antar ~o bhavajtinam antar ~o ti); (b) eka ... dutiya ...: Vin I 274,io (~ena passena satta mse nipajjitun ti ... dutiyena passena satta mse nipajjitun ti); Jail 165,27* (tesu ~o mato deva dutiyam dehi khattiya); (c)eka... apara ...: SI 17,I fall (~ devat ... apar devat ...); (d)eka... anna...: Pv26:6 (shunnavasan ~e anne kesanivsan); Ja IV 254, I* (yen' eva ~o labhate pasamsam ten' eva anno labhate ninditram); (ii) one only, one and the same; Vin I 21,4 (ma ~ena dve agamittha); Sn 883 (kasm na ~am saman vadanti); Ja I 165,12 (siho ca vyaggho ca... ~iss yeva guhyam vasanti); Mil 237,6 fall, (sabbesam pi tathagatanam ~ desana ~ kath ~ sikkh ...); Mp I 71,13 (ovdo ti v anussani ti v ese ~e ekatthe same ...) * Spk II 254,29 = As353,io; Sadd275,i (ese se ~e ekatthe ti plippadese paccattekavacanaknam etatasaddnam ekrantaniddeso pi dissati ti); (iii) (indefinite:) one, a certain; a, an; Abh717; Vin I 23,I4 (api bhante bhagav ~am itthim passeyy ti); MI 1,4 (~am samayam bhagav Ukkatthyam viharati; Ps I 7,31: ~am samayan ti aniymitaparidipanam); A l l 169,38 (amukasmim nma vse ~o thero bhikkhu viharati); Ja I 114,17 (tesam ~asmim thne vasantnam); 306,27 (~asmim hi samaye); III 171,19 (~asm gm manuss gantv); 507,11 (~asmim divase); IV 252,4 (~en' upyena ... dve kinnare gahetv); Dhp-a I 46,7 (~am kulam gantv); III 346,6 (so palyanto ~issam vaccakutiyam pati); 2. alone; solitary; Abh718; Vin I 353,6 (yannnham ~o va ganasm vpakattho vihareyyan ti); D II 203,4 (~o raho anuvicintetv); SI 130,10* (vanam ajjhogat ~ purisam nu gavesasi); A III 69,3* (na tv eva ~o ~ya mtugmena sallape); Dhp 330 (~assa caritam seyyo n' atthi ble sahyat); Sn 35 (na puttam iccheyya kuto sahyam ~o care khaggavisnakappo; Pj II 64,2fall.: ~o ti pabbajjsankhtena ~o adutiyatthena ~o tanhppahnena ~o ekantavigatakileso ti ~o ~o paccekasambodhim abhisambuddho ti ~o); Th 538 (handa ~o gamissmi arafinam); Ja IV 347,10* (~o va Indo asure jinti); V 363,12* (m ~o vyasanam ag; 363,15': mdise sevake vijjamne m ekako vyasanam ag); Ud-a 163,11 (~o ti asahyo); 3. one and only, unique; pre-eminent; Abh 696; Vin I 8,24* (aharn satth anuttaro ~o 'mhi sammsambuddho); Vism 156,23 (settho pi hi loke ~o ti vuccati); Ps I 229,27

(~ass ti setthassa); 4. all one; nothing but; D III 117,16 (vadho yev' ~o manne Niganthesu Ntaputtiyesu vattati, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Ee yeva kho) = M II 244,3 (Ee, Seso, perhaps wr; Be, Ce yeva kho); see also iic; 5. (pi) some; some people; some authorities; Vin II 196,3* (danden* ~e damayanti); D I 165,32 (~esam samanabrhmannam); 181,1 (sikkh ~ sann uppajjanti); Dhp 126 (gabbham -e upapajjanti); Sn43 (dussangah pabbajit pi ~e); Ja IV 338,10* (na santi dev icc hu ~e; 338,17': ~e ti ekacce samanabrhman); VI 285,4* (myads pi bhavanti h' ~e); Sp 13,2 (ksena gantv nisidi ti pi ~e); Ps I 227,3 (katarasmim jtake, Sutasomajtake ti ~e, ime pana ther Jayaddisajtake ti vadanti); Vv-a 246,19 (~esu divasesu ayy ngamims ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee etesu); iic: one..., a...; a single...; sole..., chief...; nothing but..., complete ...; the same ..., one and the same...; ' -amsa1, m. (and mfn. ?) [eka + amsa1 ], 1. [S. ekmSa], one part; MI 403,14 (ayam apannako dhammo dussamatto samdinno ~am pharitv titthati, rincati kusalam thnam; Ps III Ml, \% fall: ekamantam ekakotthsam sakavdam eva pharitv adhimuccitv titthati); Sn 427 (sahassabhgo maranassa ~o tava jivitam; Pj II 387,10: eko amso ~o); bhvita, mfn., developed in one part; practised for one aspect; D I 153,1 (--bhvito samdhi hoti; Sv 312,9: ~ya ekakotthsya bhvito dibbnam v rpnam dassanatthya dibbnam v saddnam savanatthya bhvito ti attho); Nett 77,7 (--bhvito samdhi ubhayamsabhvito samdhi); 2. [BHS ekma], certainty; absolute assurance; Abh 995; D II 82,8 (-0 gahito sihando nadito) = S V 160,n (Spk III 208,28: paccakkhato finena pativijjhitv viya ~o gahito sannitthnakath v kathit ti attho); Ja II 40,3' (nn ti parivitakke nipto -e pi vattati yeva); Mil 95,18 (bhind' etam ditthijlam ~e thapaya); Mp II 40,i (rannakabhvo nma lbhnam ~o avassabhvit na sakk rannakena lbharn na labhitun ti); instr. ~ena, adv., with certainty, with assurance; certainly, absolutely, definitely; Vin II 259,1 (~ena ... dhreyysi n' eso dhammo n'eso vinayo); DI 161,10 (sabbam tapassim lkhjivim ~ena upakkosati); MII 169,13 (brhman ~ena nittham gacchanti idam eva saccarn mogham annan ti); III 208,24 (vibhajjavykaraniyo panho -ena vykato); A I 57,21 (~enham nanda akaraniyam vadmi kyaduccaritam); Ja 1150,23 (~ena maritabbe sati); It-aII 100,13 (jt ti ~ena); neg. anekamsena, Sp 1352,i; (g)gha, m., certainty, assuranceresolution; Ja I 97,26; As 260,1 fall. (~am gahetum asamatthatya na gho ti anekamsagho); neg. anekamsagha, m., Dhs425; ghava(t), mfn., certain, assured; Vv-a 85,13 (ekamsik ti ... ~-ghavati ratanattaye nibbieikicch); ~-ghika, mfn., certain, absolute; Ps III 116,21 (apannako ti ... advejjhagmi ghiko); vacana, n., an expression of certainty or affirmation; A l l 46,11 (--vacanam ekam vibhajjavacanam param); Sv 170,13 (addh ti vacanam etam); Pj II 414,17 (taggh ti vacane nipto); vci(n), mfn., expressing certainty; Jail 125,r (vci ettha nukro); vda, mfn., speaking with absolute certainty;

526

having absolute views; Mil 197,n (vibhajjavdo kho aham ettha mnava, nham ettha vdo); vykaraniya, mfn., answerable; to be answered with certainty, or with an absolute affirmation; D i l i 229,20 (cattro panhavykaran vykaraniyo panho vibhajjavykaraniyo panho ...) * A II 46,6 * Mil 144,26; AI 197,2i (--vykaraniyam panharn na -ena vykaroti; Mp II 308,24foil.: cakkhum aniccan ti putthena ma aniccan ti -en' eva vyktabbam); anekamsa, m., doubt, uncertainty; Mil 225,21 (samsayam anekamsam vimatipatham vitivatto); see also anekamsikata; '-amsa 2 , m. and mfn. [eka + amsa2; cfBHS ekmsam], \.{m.) one shoulder; 2. {mfn.) (i) {or ekamsam, ind.) on one shoulder, covering one shoulder (the left); VinI 5,21 (Brahma Sahampati -am uttarsahgam karitv); V 144,2* (-am civaram katv pagganhitvna anjalim; Sp \341,26foll.: ekasmim amsakte civaram katv); DU 163,30 (panca bhikkhusatni -am civaram katv anjalim panmetv); Sn 1027 (-am ajinam katv); Ap 2 5 5,12 (-am anj alim katv; Ap-a 476,29: -am uttarsahgam katv sirasi anjalim thapetv ti attho); Pj II 347,io (-an ti ca vmamsam prupirv thitass' etarn adhivacanam yato yath vmamsam prupitv thitarn hoti tath civaram katv ti); (ii) with one shoulder covered; Ja VI 583,26* (hatthikkhandhato oruyha -o panjalikato; 583,31". -o ti ekamsakata-uttarsango); gata, mfn., on one shoulder; JaV 132,14 (ajinacammam gatam aksi, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se -am) * Ps III 68,9; '-amsika, mfn., determined; certain; assured; D I 189,26 (na... mayam kind samanassa Gotamassa-am dhammam desitam jnma sassato loko tiv assassato ti v ...); 192,1 (idam dukkhan ti... may -o dhammo desito panfiatto); Vv 16:10 (- abhisamaye visesiya); Ja IV 128,8' (-am yeva maranato bhayarn); neg. anekamsika, mfn., D I 191,16 (sassato loko ti v ... may anekamsiko dhammo desito); Mil 93,5 (pandako anekamsikatya mantitam guyham vivarati); '-akkhara, n. and mfn., l.(/i.) a single syllable; Sp 969,13 (sace hi ekapadam pi -am pi uppatiptiy deti); Sv 695,13 (bhagavat kathitato -am pi ahpetv); 2. {mfn. and n.) monosyllabic; a monosyllabic word; Nidd-a I 3,2 (-am v padam akkharam iti eke); Sadd 239,6 (kovisdisu pi -esu); 245,2(--tt); '-akkhi(n), mfn., (who is) one-eyed; Dhp-al 135,3 (-ino akkhi viya... atipiyo); '-akkhikna, mfn. [eka + akkhi1 + kna1], blind in one eye; Ja III 431,2; Sp 1030,22 (Mahpaccariyam pana -0 kno ti vutto dve-akkhikno andhena sahgahito); Ps IV 213,21 (kno ti -o v ubhayakkhikno v) = Spk I 163,1 = Mp II 176,13 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekacchikno) quoted Sadd 536,6; see also ekacchikna below; ' -akkhibheri, / , a kind of drum; Ja VI 22,2' (ekapokkhar ti -iyo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekamukhabheriyo); grika\ m. and n. [from eka + agra], 1. (m.) a thief; Abh 522; 2. (.) attacking and robbing isolated houses; D I 52,25 (-am karoto; Sv 159,26: ekam eva ghararn parivretv vilumpanam); A I 153,24; Kv 173,31 (-am kareyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekagrikam); 622,13 (-am ktabbam); Ps II 58,n (-an ti pannsamatt pi satthimatt pi parivretv jivagham

gahetv dhanam harpenti); grika 2 , m(fn). [from eka + agra], taking alms from only one house; D I 166,n (so -ova hoti eklopiko) * MI 77,37 (Ps II 44,33: ~o ti yo ekasmim yeva gehe bhikkham labhitv nivattati) * A I 295,n; '-agga, mfn. and m., 1. {mfn.) [eka + agga1; S. ekgra], having one point, (with attention) fixed on one point or object; closely attentive, intent; esp. concentrated in samdhi; Vin III 4,6 (samhitam cittarn -am; Sp 141,21: samhitatt eva ca -am acalam nipphandanan ti); D i l 210,2 (dev Tvatims - samapajjimsu); Sn341 (cittam bhvehi -am susamhitam); Th920 (-assa nisinnassa pavivittassa jhyino); Ap 43,10 (-0 satthu ssane); Patis II 176,30 (tena cittam -an ti samathabalam); Mil 139,32 (cittam -am karoti); 1h-al 189,6 (cittam nnrammanesu vidhvati -am na hoti); 2. (m.) [cf S. aikgrya, n.], concentration on one object, intentness; calm; Abh 1035 (samdhismim pumekaggo); Th406 (aladdh cittass' -am; Th-aII 173,9: aladdh cittass' tarn); Nidd I 373,3i (jhnarato -am anuyutto, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ekattam); ifc see citt'- svcitta1; citta, mfn., with mind intent, with thoughts concentrated on one object; MI 32,22 (samhit cirt); A l l 29,21* (sato citt' assa ajjhattam susamhito; Mp III 61,n: rammane citto assa); Ja I 88,31 (sabbe citt hutv nisidimsu); VI 352,7* (citt va ekamek, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se omit va); t , / , abstr., concentration on one object, intentness; calm; Abh 155; D i l 217,2 (y... imehi satta ahgehi cittass' t parikkhat ayarn vuccati... ariyo sammsamdhi); Mill 128,19 (bhikkhu appamatto tpi pahitatto viharanto phuseyya cittassa tan ti); Patis I 48,17 (eko samdhi cittassa t; Patis-a230,5yb//.: nnrammanavikkhepbhvato ekam rammanam aggam uttamam assti -0, -assa bhvo--t, s pana t cittassa na sattassti); Dhs 11; Vibh 261,19 (jhnan ti upekh sati cittassa t); Spk III 69,28 (ahi ... nipannakle abhiramati tarn pajjati); lakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is intentness; Nett 28,14 (--lakkhano samdhi); neg. anekagga, mfn., not closely attentive or intent; Sp 224,28; 247,9 (vikkhitto anekaggo); '-anga, n. [eka + ahga2], one part; one characteristic; one factor; SI 204,30* (-am etarn theyynam; Spk I 298,7: thenitabbnam rprammandinam pancakotthsnam idarn -am ekakotthso ti attho) = Ja III 308,17*; It 9,13 (na annam -am pi samanupassmi; It-a I 62,15: annam ekakranam pi na samanupassmi ti); dassi(n), mfn., seeing only one part, one aspect; Ud69,15*; Th 106; hina, mfn., deficient in one respect; lacking one attribute; A III 351,26; '-angaria, n. and mfn. [eka + angaria1], a completely clear space; (being) just open space, open to view; Ja I 53,12 (anekni cakkavlasahassni -ni ahesum); II 357,3 (sabbam vanam chindirv -am katv khettni karissanti); Vism 392,26 (yva Avicito -am ahosi); Sp 1219,17 ([vihr] lakamand ti- manussbhikinn); Spk II 61,6 (tire thitapurisassa vivato -o mahsamuddo viya); Dhp-aIII 225,1 foil, (satth... uddham olokesi nav' eva brahmalok - ahesum, adho lokesi yva avicito -am ahosi, disvidis olokesi anekni cakkavlasahassni

527

~ni ahesum, Ce, Ee so; Be yva brahmalok -; Se yva brahmalok -ni); Bv-a 57,28 (akanitthabhavanato patthya yva avici tva - ahosi, tiriyato ca dasacakkavlasahassni ~ni ahesum); ekanganan ti in Ee at Ud-a 67,27 is prob. wr; Be, Se ekakan ti; Ce ekankanan ti; '-anganika, rnfn., open to view, completely clear; ? Spk II 66,22 (panhassa bhvena pkatibhtatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee evam ganthibhvena); ' -angika, rnfn., having one factor or attribute; Kkh 22,32 (imni ekangikadvangikativangikni cha samutthnni); ' -acchara(k)khana, '-acchar(k)khana, m. [eka + acchar1 + khana], a finger-snap's moment; Mil 102,11 (-e pavattacittassa) quoted Spk II 100,2; Vibh-a 33,32 (~e); '-acchikna, rnfn. [eka + acchi1 + kna1], blind in one eye; one-eyed; Mp II 176,13 (kno ti ~o v ubhayacchikno v, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekakkhikno) = 111112,4; see also ekakkhikna above; '-attha (ekattha1), '-attha (ekattha2), rnfn. and m. [eka + attha2], 1. {rnfn.) having one meaning; having the same sense; MI 297,12 (ime dhamm nnatth c' eva nnavyanjan ca udhu - vyanjanam eva nnanti; Ps II 355,16: rammanavasena ~) = S IV 296,8 = Mil 86,19; S II 61,4 (ubhayam etam -am vyanjanam eva nnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekattam); Vism409,10; Sp 174,29 (padni -ni); Patis-a 567,7 (tya); Bv-a85,i8 (tena samayena ca tad ca ti imesam dvinnam padnam t); Sadd 65,4; see also anekattha below; 2. (m.) the meaning "one", the sense of the singular; Cp-a 74,29 (~e hi etam bahuvacanam); '-atthibhva, m., the conveying of only one idea; Sadd 768,19; -d-atthu, ind. [cf annadatthu], only, exclusively; absolutely; Ja III 105,20* (pubb' ev' akkhyino raja ~u na saddahe, Ce, Ee so; Be annadatthu; Se etadatthum; 106,6': ekamsena vacanam na saddaheyya); dhippya, m. and rnfn. [eka + adhippya1], a single interpretation; a single wish or intention; what is meant or intended for one; having a single wish or intention; having a single interpretation, conveying only one sense; Vin I 301,23 (detha bhikkhave moghapurisassa -am; Sp 1132,3: -an ti ekam adhippyam, ekapuggalapativimsam eva deth ti attho); Kv 622,8 (-ena methuno dhammo patisevitabbo ti); Pet 91,26 (~ena kusalo); Nidd-all 8,20 (eko adhippyo ruci etesan ti -); Sadd 639,9 (~o pi samhitapadacchedo bhavati); dhippyika, rnfn., having only one interpretation, conveying only one sense; Sadd 918,1 (atthi padam -am); anusandhika, rnfn. [eka + anusandhi + ka2], having one application or connection; having a single subject or sequence of meaning; Vism 213,23 (-am suttam nidnena dikalynam...); As 27,5 (-am suttam eko dhammakkhandho); see also aneknusandhika below; '-anta, m. and rnfn. [eka + anta1], 1. (m.) (i) one part; Ja IV 225,25* (yo tassa dukkhajtassa -am api bhsato vippamoceyya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ekarigam api bhgaso); (ii) one and the same aim or end, the only aim or end; invariability; absoluteness, exclusiveness; devotion to one object; Mp III 361,2 (ekantagato ti -amgato acalappatto ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekantigato ti ... acala-

saddho ti); Sadd 920,21 (sabbattha yam tath so -o yo pana katthaci annath so anekanto); ace. -am, adv., solely; exclusively; absolutely; wholly; invariably; M III 165,16 (-am anittham -am akantam -am amanpan ti nirayam eva); A I 256,34 (bhikkhu -am samdhinimittam yeva manasikareyya); Dhp 228 (-am nindito poso -am v pasamsito); Cp 2:2:2 (deve -am sukhasamappite); Vism 554,34 (yadi... -am ekat bhaveyya); Nidd-a I 415,2 (supinam passantena pana kate vitikkame -am anpatti eva); ins tr. -ena, adv., id.; Ja IV 321,3' (kmas ti -en' eva); V 282,22 (mtpithi saddhim -ena patipakkhabhvo na yutto); Vism 687,20 (-ena uppajjanato); Ps II 40,9 (devalokasukham hi rgaparilhdinam atthitya na -en' eva ekantasukham); Ud-a 203,12 (kusalavipko hi -ena ittho); Mhv66:13; -ato, adv., id.; Ja I 393,6' (tad ev' etam -ato sukham afinam sukham nma n' atthi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekam ekam tato); Vism 457,s; As 13,23; Sp 1196,13 (-ato akusalam eva); Sadd 114,11 (-ato h' atthi); 2. (rnfn.) (i) devoted to one object; on one side; Ja IV 193,21* (sabbo ca loko -o itthi ca ayam ekik, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekato; 193,23': sabbo loko - o kumrass' eva pakkho hutv thito, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekato); (ii) absolute; invariable; Abh41; ekante in Ee at D i l 212,25 is prob, wr for ekattena (Be, Ce, Se so); kusalyatika, rnfn., (according to ct) coming from what is absolutely good, resulting from what is good; or perhaps: producing what is absolutely good in the future; M HI 115,9 (ime kho te ... dhamm kusalyatika ariy lokuttar ..., Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be dhamm ekantakusal kusalyatika...; Ps IV 163,\9f0lL: kusalyatika ti kusalato gat... pathamajjhnam kusalam dutiyajjhnam kusalam c' eva kusalyatikam ca); gata, rnfn., l.with utter devotion or certainty; taking one side; following one alternative; D II 206,22 (bhagavati gato abhippasanno, Ee so; Be, Ce ekantikato; Se ekantato); A III 326,3 (nivitthasaddho nivitthapemo gato abhippasanno; Mp III 361,2: gato ti -am gato acalappatto ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekantigato ti ... acalasaddho ti); Vv 17:6 (--gat asamsay); Patis-a 439,20 (dvinnam antnam gatatt pi ditthigatam); 2. absolutely settled or certain; Mil271,21 (ramaniyo... panho suvinicchito nissamsayo gato); mayo in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 310,26 is wr for piyo (Be, Se so); lomi(n) or lomi,/ (or m.), (a bed with) a kind of rug or covering; Abh313; Vin I 192,8 (uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti seyyath' idam sandim ... tlikam vikatikam uddhalomim lomim...; Sp 1086,12: lomi ti ubhato uggatalomam unnmayattharanam) ^ D I 7,9 (uddalomim lomim; Sv 87,7: lomi ti ekatodasam unnmayattharanam, keci ubhatouggatapupphanti vadanti) * A I 181,22 (uddalomi lomi); hara, rnfn., carrying off, destroying absolutely, invariably; carrying off everything; Ja V 432,io' (yath Yamo haro na kind pariharati); anekanta, m., lack of absoluteness; partial validity; Sadd 920,2i; -m-antam (or ekam antam), adv. [cfS. eknte; 5//5ekamante], to one side; 1. to one side (showing respect); at a respectful distance; Vin III

528

1,22 foil, (brhmano yena bhagav ten* upasankami... sammodaniyam katham sraniyam vitisretva --am nisidi, -am nisinno ... etad avoca...; Sp 129, ifoll: -an ti bhvanapumsakaniddeso... bhummatthe v etam upayogavacanam ... katham nisinno pana -am nisinno hoti ti cha nisajjadose vajjetv...); D I 50,2i (rj Mgadho Ajtasattu... -am atthsi); SII 92,5 (nando ... bhagavantam abhivdetv -am nisidi; Spk II S6,\folL: cha nisajjadose vivajjento dakkhinajnumandalassa abhimukhatthne chabbannnam buddharasmlnam anto pavisitv); Sn 1017 (-am thito); Thi 154 (tassa pdni vanditv -am upvisim); Ja VI 231,37* (Vedeham vanditv... -am upvisi); Mil91,9 (therassa pde siras vanditv -am thito idam avoca); Vism 635,5 (-am nisidi); Mhv 12:26 (theram evbhivdetv -am nisidisum); 2. on one side, aside; out of the way; a little apart; Vin I 47,14 (civaram... -am nikkhipitabbam; Sp 980,10: ekasmim niddhume thne va thapetabbam); IV 117, I (yv' ayy nhyanti ti -am patimnesi); A III 75,26 (kukkurasangham -am uyyojetv); Pv 21:29 (-am apakkama); Sp 82,10 (deviyo -am apakkampetv sayam thernam samipam upasankamanto); 3. to one side, apart; at a distance; in private, on one's own; Vin I 94,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am anussitv sanghamajjhe antaryike dhamme pucchitum); 11122,3 (-am niliyimsu; Sp227,22foil.: ekasmim okse paticchann acchimsu); Th317 (satim sampajno 'ham -am upvisim); Ja V 179,16 (s roditv sayam eva -am ahosi); Ud-a307,i8 (janasambdhabhayena -am apakkamma niddam upaganchi); 4. in one place; in a single place; Vin II 140,36 (bhikkh rme taham taham passvam karonti... anujnmi bhikkhave-am passvam ktum); A IV 170,14/0//. (yni tni dhannni dalhni sravantni tni -am punjo hoti, yni pana tni dhannni dubbalni palpni, tni vto -am apavahati); '-antarika, mfn. [from eka + antarik], with one in between; alternate; Ja IV 195,17 (imsu pancasu gthsu ~ tisso gth bodhisattassa dve ranno); Sp 725,25 (-ena v suttena); 945,7 (~e ekasmim samvacchare); -antarik,/, an interval of one; -am, -ya, with something between; with an interval of one (year); alternately; Vin IV 336,24 (y pana bhikkhuni anuvassam vutthpeyya pcittiyan ti ... anpatti -am vutthpeti); Vism 244,1 (anupatiptiy manasiktabbam na -ya); Sp905,20 (anulomato v patilomato v -ya v); Sv 477,27 (punadivase ngar dnam adamsu punadivase rj ti evam -ya dnam datum rabhimsu); Ps III 391,13 (satth -am vyanjanam ganhti); '-antika,H. and mfn., invariability; certainty; invariable; certain; D i l 348,23(tvam kho samma-ena jinsi); Ja VI 495,20' (samsayo ti na -am sukhumlassa mama vane vasato kutojivitam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anekapaccatthike ekakassa sukhumlassa...); Th-all 100,23 (pothujjanik saddh anicc - na hoti); Thi-a 235,36 (-am vattamnam viya katv vadati); Ap-a207,n (imesam sattnam maranam nma -am); neg. anekantika, n. and mfn., 1h-all 235,27 (yo... lokavoharo s o . . . anekantiko); Patis-a301,i5 (anekantikatt); Sadd49,3* (akrgamanam tattha anekantikam iritam);

-m-antikam, adv., to one side; Mhv 14:29; -m-ante, adv. [cfS. eknte, BHS ekamante], 1. to one side, at a respectful distance; Ja I 215,25 (vanditv ~e nisidi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekamantam); VI428,10 (rjnam vanditv -e atthsi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekamantam nisidi); Spk II 298,8 (~e nisidimsu); 2. on one side, aside; out of the way; a little apart; Ja IV 432,23' (rjnam mretv... nam pde gahetv kaddhitv ~e skhhi paticchdema); V 89,6 (phalphalni haritv -e thapetv); 162,16 (-e khandhvram nivesetv... assamapadbhimukho pysi); 283,18 (gatgatnam kathsavanattham - titthanti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ekamantam); Vism 42,19 (pattam... ~Q nikujjesi); Sp 79,5 (sarathi ratham -e thapetv); Dhp-al 40,5 (mahati sl, pavisitv ~e vas ti); 64,12 (tesam bhagav - vivittam krpetv sensanam dpesi); 3. apart, at a distance; in private, on one's own; in a solitary place; Thi 13 (khippam pdni dhovitv -e nisidatha; Thi-a 20,1: pde dhovitv raho nisinn ...) * 118 (Thi-a 115,21: ~e vivitte okse nisidatha); JaV 212,16 (~e paticchannatthne thatv); VI 3 51,30 (na sakk mahjanamajjhe kathetum -e cintetv pacch tumhkam yeva kathessma); 469,18 (-e nam panham pucchissmi ti); Vism 100,12 (vihrasspi v ~e nisiditv pd dhovitabb); '-andhakra, mfn. and w., 1. (mfn.) completely obscured; all dark; Ja I 34,12 (dasa cakkavlasahassni -ni ahesum); VI 165,31' (Ksipuram ... phanena chdetv -am katv); 2. (m.) complete darkness; SpkII 351,19 (yam ... atiabbham ... candasuriye chdetv -am karoti); Pj II 349,2 (loko tamo va hoti ~o); ftyana, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) a path wide enough for only one person; the only path; Ja IV 349,22* (vyaggho -e hato; 349,24': ekagamanasmim yeva hato); 2. (mfn.) narrow, passable by only one person; being the only way; (for other interpretations by cts, see below); D 11290,8 (~o ayam bhikkhave maggo sattnam visuddhiy; Sv743,ioyb//.: -o tiekamaggo ... tasm ... ekamaggo ayam bhikkhave maggo na dvedhpathabhto t i . . . atha v ekena ayitabbo ti -o ... ekassa ayano -o, ekass ti setthassa ... ekasmim ayano ti -0 ... api ca ekam ayati ti - 0 ... ekam nibbnam eva gacchati ti); MI 74,14 (puriso gaccheyya ... -ena maggena; Ps II 3$,2foil.: ekamaggen' eva maggena anukkamaniyena ubhosu passesu nirantarakantakarukkhagahanena); SV 168,12* (-am... maggam pajnti; c/Spk III 226,1 foil.: ~m ti ekamaggam ... sankhtam ekamaggabhtam maggam pajnti); Ja VI 557,25* (~o ekapatho sar sobbh ca passato; 558,16': - 0 ti ekass' eva ayano ti ekapadimaggo, ekapatho ti so ca eko va dutiyo n' atthi); Mhv 37:223 (-0 ayam maggo); sana, n. [eksana1, eka + asana2], 1. eating alone; JaV 397,22* (na cpi -am ariyapjitam; 398,6': ekakassa asanam, Be, Se so; Ce ekassa; Ee wr sanam); 2. a single meal (a day); eating only once (a day); Mil 342,20* (rata ~e vinii); bhojana, n., eating only a single meal (a day); food at only a single meal; (or possibly eksana2-: food at a single sitting;) MI 124,9(aham ... bhojanam bhunjmi; Ps II 97,n: ekam purebhattabhojanam, suriyuggamanato hi yva majjhantik sattakkhattum bhuttabhojanam pi idha bhojanam tv eva

529

adhippetam) * 437,19 (Ps III \4$,\ofoil.: ekasmim purebhatte asanabhojanam); see also eksana2, eksani(n) below; siti,/, num., 81; Vism589,i (~i lokiyacittani); 590,25 (~iy lokiyacittehi saddhim); Mp II 279,8 (~i vedan vedankkhandho); ha, m.n. [eka + aha(n)], one day; Sv 771,15 (~am matassa ass ti ekhamatam); ace. ~am, adv., for one day, during one day; Dhp 110 (yo ce vassasatam jive dussilo asamhito ~am jivitam seyyo silavantassa jhyino); Ja I 413, \r (~am dviharn pi dukkham eva vasati ti); Ap64,20 (~am bhvayitvna); Mil 376,20* (~am satahattho pi vaddhati); Ps IV 37,i (div navavre rattim navavre ti -am atthrasavre); Mhv 30:7; instr. ~ena, adv., in one day, in a single day; during that same day; Vin II 147,4 (setthi ~en' eva satthim vihre patitthpesi); S V 320,24; Ja VI 366,n; Sp 98,n (~en' eva Jambukolapattanam gantv); Mhv 25:10; mata, mfn., who has been dead for one day, being a day-old corpse; M I 58,io (passeyya sariram sivathikya chadditam ~-matam v dvihamatam v... ); A I 140,15 (itthim v purisam v matam); hika, mfn. [from ekha], I. coming every other day, missing a day; intermittent; D I 166,13 (~am pi hram hreti dvihikam pi hram hreti; Sv 356,4: ~an ti ekadivasantarikam; Sv-ptI 463,4foil.'. abhunjanavasena eko aho etassa atthi ti ~o hro ... so pana atthato ekadivasalarighako ti ha ekadivasantarikan ti ... ekham abhunjitv ekham bhunjanam ekhavro, ~am eva atthato) * MI 78,3 * A I 295,21; Vism350,7 (~-jardibhvenausumajtohoti; or quotidian ? cfAMg eghia) = Ps II 227,33; '-atapatta, mfn., under one parasol (of sovereignty); Thp 214,4* (Lahkam ~am so katvna); '-tapattaka, mfn., under one parasol (of sovereignty); Mhv 25:71 (Lankam ~am katvna); '-baddha, mfn., bound together, fastened together; closely attached, closely connected; continuous; uninterrupted; being close together, touching one another, stuck together; Ja I 347,31 (tass pacchito ekam pvam ganhantiy sabbe ~ allfyimsu); V 131,4 (~am phalakasatam vinivijjhitv); Sp 318,27 (~-t n' atthi ti); 319,2 (bhirena saddhim tt rakkhati); 767,26 (rukkhasahassam v chinditv ~am katv); 792,18 (~ya pliy bhikkhcram pavisante disv); 823,25 (tarn allatt ~am hoti); 1141,20 (yojanam pharitv paris thit honti -, Be, Ce so, Ee, Se ekabaddh); Ps V 87,22 (rattim ca div ca saddo ~o va hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee ekbandho; Se ekabaddho) * SpkII 376,16; Spkl 295,24 (idam hi nakkhattam yva ctummahrjikehi ~am hoti); III 121,17 (yottamgone ~e karoti ekasahgahite); Ud-a 184,6 (mahvanam Himavantena saha -am aparicchedam hutv); As 316,4 (dhajnam... chy ~ viya hoti); Mhv 23:73 (mandale sakale asso ~o adassi so); Sadd 41,31 (~am yeva katv ueeretabbam); -bandha in Ee at Ps V 87,22 is prob, wrfor ekbaddha qv; ' -rmat, / , abstr., delight in solitude; DU 223,20 (te bhagav apanujja -amanuyutto viharati); 0, -lopika, m(fn). [from eka + lopa], living on only one portion of alms; D I 166,11 (so ekgriko va hoti ~ o ) ^ M I 77,37 (Ps II 44,34: ~oti yo eken' eva lopena ypeti) ^ A I 295, is; ' -avail, / , a single string of pearls (part of a king's regalia);

Mhv 44:127 (~im gahetv ca ekki so va nikkhami); 46:17 (~am gahetvna akkhamlam ak kira); '-sana, n. [eksana2, eka + sana], {.sitting alone; being alone, being separate; SI 46,14* (sikkhetha ... ~assa ca raho) = Th 239; Dhp 305 (~am ekaseyyam eko caramatandito;Dhp-a III 472,8: bhikkhusahassamajjhe pi hi mlakammatthnam avijahitv ten' eva manasikrena nisinnassa sanam ~am nma); Sn718 (~assa sikkhetha; Pj II 499,7: ~ass ti vivittsanassa sanamukhena c* ettha sabba-iriypath vutt; 499,14: ~ena kyaviveko ... veditabbo); 2. one seat, a single seat; the same seat; Vin II 33,18 (na pakatattena bhikkhun saddhim -e nisiditabbam); Ja IV 357,5' (~e nisldpesi ti); Ap 382,6 (~ass' idam phalam); Sp 633,4 (thero upsikya saddhim ~Q nisinno); 3. one sitting; one period of sitting; Ap77,io (~e nisiditv arahattam appunim); Pet 29,24 (yadi v ~e cha abhinne [ppunti]); Vism 60,25 (~e bhojanam -am); Sp 751,11; see also eksana1 above; ' -sani(n), mfn.[from eksana2 (or eksana1)], eating only at one sitting each day; (or possibly: sitting alone;) Th 848 (Th-aIII 54,5 foil.: nnsanabhojanam patikkhipitv eksanikangasamdnena eksaniko); 0 , -sanika, m(fn). [prob, from eksana2, but including the sense of eksana'; BHS eksanika, aiksanika], one who eats each day only once, only at one sitting; Vin V 131,17 (panca ~); Mill 42,1 foil. (aham kho 'mhi ~o ... so tena ttena attn' ukkamseti param vambheti); Ja IV 8,15 (ekadivase ekavram eva khdati, ~o ahosi); Mil216,6foil, (santi... bhagavato svak~ tejivitahetu pi dutiyam bhojanam na bhunjanti, bhagav pana mahrja dutiyam pi yva tatiyam pi bhojanam bhunjati, ye te ... bhikkh - te tena arigena atirek); Vism 60,26 (eksane bhojanam eksanam, tarn silam ass ti~o); 69,4foil; '-ahga, n. [eksanika + anga2], the practice of eating only at one sitting each day (one of the IS dhutangas); Mil 359,19; Vism 60,26; 69,2foil.; 0 , -si(n), mfn., eating alone; (one) who eats alone; JaV 387,23* (n'~I labhate sukham); '-indriya, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) one controlling principle; Vibh 419,27 (~am ptubhavati rpajivitindriyam); 2. (mfn.) having only one sensefaculty; Vin I 137,9 (tinni sammaddant ~am jivam vihethent); III 156,1 (cetiyarukkham chedpessanti... ~am... jivam vihethentl ti); IV 32,26 (pathavim khanissanti... -am ... jivam vihethentl ti; Sp 575,7: -an ti kyindriyam sandhya vadanti); Mil 259,7; Ps III 120,7 (sabbe pn ti ~o pno dvindriyo pno ti divasena vadanti); '-uttara, mfn. [eka + uttara'], greater by one, increasing by one; Ps III 200,1 (nikye); Th-al 3,i (theragth tva niptato ekanipto vasena yva cuddasanipto ti cuddasa nipt); sata, n., 101; Mp IV 186,4; '-uttarika, n., ~ , / (and 0,-uttariy) [from ekuttara or eka + uttari], 1. a section of sets increasing by one; Vin V 141,4 (~am nitthitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ekuttarakam); 141,8* (~ vimal mahvirena desit); 2. [BHS ekottarik], the collection of sets increasing by one, the Anguttaranikya; Pet 6,24 (~e suttam); As 9,27 (ekuttariyam pana ekaniptadukaniptasangitidasuttarasuttantehi samodhnetv, Be,

530

Ce so; Ee omits dukanipta; Se ekaniptdisangiti-); -uddesa, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a single or the same instruction; a single or the same recitation, a shared recitation (of the ptimokkha); Vin III 28,20 (samvso nma ekakammam ~o samasikkhat; Sp260,is: pancavidho pi ptimokkhuddeso ekato uddisitabbatt -0 nma) * PatisII 21,3; Sv 901,5 (sabbesam pi tathagatanam -o ekakath ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ek desana ek kath; ^ Mil231,6foil.: ek desana ek kath); 2. (mfn.) having a single recitation, coming together in one recitation (of the ptimokkha); Vin III 172,37 (samaggo hi sangho sammodamno avivadamno -o phsu viharati; Sp 608,29: eko uddeso ass ti ~o ekato pavattaptimokkhuddeso na visun ti attho) * A III 67,8; It-a 171,9 (ekakammat t ca); 0, -na, mfn., see sv; '-naka, mfn., less by one, minus one; Mhv 5:20 (bhtaro so hantv -am satam); ' -eka,pron. and mfn. [S. ekaika], Sadd 2$5,4 foil.; l.(i) each (one); each separate one; one by one; Ja I 222,1 (aham vo -am mukhatundakena gahetv); II 331,19 (tassa... tayo psd ahesum -asmim cattro mse vasati); Vism 253,32 (-asmim pde dve dve gopphakatthmi); 567,25* (- tividh tattha); Spk I 243,6 (-iss ahguliy dve dve ti visati angulimuddikyo); 284,5 (- devat ... candanaghatikam hari); (ii) one each; one... each; singly; Vin II 177,4 (bhikkhun ~ sci dtabb, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ek); D II 18,3 (ayam ... kumro ekekalomo -ni lomni lomakpesu jtni); Ja V 311,9* (dadhi tesam -am); Bv28:7 (dev harimsu -am); Sp741,i4 (anvakkharan ti -am akkharam); 1268,18 (sabbesam -am ghetabbam); esp. repeated: each (one) ... one ... each ...; Ja V 13,22 foil. (~ya ctiy santike -am bijlam bandhimsu); 311,16 (-assa lanno -am adsi); Sp 751,14 (tumhkam -iss -am gtham desessmi); Ud-a 342,6^0//. (yath-o jaccandho sisdikam -amyeva hatthino angam phusitv); Pv-a 42,27 (itaresam -o -am bhikkhum upatthahi); 2. any one (of several), one or the other; just one, a single one; Ja I 476,4 (aham vo -am pattam dassmi ... ekam pattam datv agamsi); Sp 1209,5 (-ena pi ahgena samanngatassa); Sv305,2o (yo -am ganhti); nicchita, mfn., individually fixed on, each one tested; Ja VI 449,4* (sabbe v' nicchit, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se niccit; 450,2': -am vicinitv gahit) quoted Sadd 307,20 (--niccit); -m-eka, pron. and mfn. [BHS id.; cf S. ekaika], l.each (one), each separate (one); one by one; (repeated:) each... one each...; Vin 1222,13/0//. (yannnham ... -assa bhikkhuno -am mamsaptim upanmeyyan ti); M I 249,24 (api ssu mam -0 evam maniiati mam ev' rabbha samano Gotamo dhammam desesi ti); 253,9 (-iss accharya satta satta paricrikyo); S n l l 2 9 (-assa panhassa); Ja I 57,14 (asitiy ntikulasahassesu ekeko -am puttam patijni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~o); V 311, is* (-assa ekekam ad); 450,19* (-ya itthiy atthattha patino); VI 352,7* (ekaggacitt -); Mil 31,16 (-am bhikkhum ~<ena dussayugena acchdetv); Vism 127,12 (-asmim tini tini divasni vasitv); 207,5 (-0 c' ettha mahdipo); 311,22 (-iss disya visati visati katv dve satni); Pj I 163, \foll (bhagavato dve setacchattni -assa bhikkhussa -am ukkhippetv); ace. -am, adv.,
0,

one by one, singly; D i l 148,15 (sace kho aham Kosinrake Malle -am bhagavantam vandpessmi ti); Ud 5,i (devo ca -am phusyati; Ud-a 66,6: devo ti megho -am phusitakam udakabindum pteti); 2. any one (of several), one or the other; just one; a single one; Vin IV 108,7 (-am dassanya gacchati); D III 115,14 (-am ce pi ito bhante dhammam annatitthiy paribbjak attani samanupasseyyum); SV 127,25 (-ena pi... nivaranena abhibhto ... kopana vdo pancahi nivaranehi); Vv 84:33 (siptik phalati -); Mil 308,29 (manujo -ena pi tva opammena nittham gaccheyya); ttha, ind. in each case; Nidd-all 77,29* (duvidho vinayo nma ttha pancadh, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekamekettha); see also ekeka above; 6daka, mfn. and n., all water; covered in water; nothing but water; S V 456, is (ayam mahpathavi ~ assa, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ekodik); Ja I 100,24 (tato patthya sakalam arannam -am); Spk I 33,21 (vutthiy pana pavattamnya yva bhassarabhavan pi -am hoti); dakibhta, mfn. and n., being all water; covered in water; (a world) consisting of or covered in water, nothing but water; D III 85,4 (-am... tena samayena hoti; Sv865,33foil.: sabbam cakkavlam ekodakam eva bhtam); Ja I 14,34' (sakalacakkavlagabbham-am); Sp 1106,9 (thale ca ninne ca - ti);odi,odikaroti, odibhva, odihoti, .y^^vv; -kacchayuta, mfn., fastened under one armpit; ? Mhv 22:68 (-am dhammakarakam niharantu ca, so read ? Ee -cchattayutam; Mhv-t 442,29: kacchato niharantu ca); -kattuka, mfn. [from eka + katta(r)1], (gr.t.t.) having the same agent; Sadd 311,30 (-nam kiriynam); 851,9 (pubbakl' -anam tnatvnatv pyena); -kamma, n. and mfn., \.{n.) a single or the same official act (of the sangha,); Vin III 28,20 (samvso nma -am ekuddeso samasikkhat; Sp 260, n: catubbidham pi sahghakammam simparicchinnehi pakatattehi bhikkhhi ekato kattabbatt -am nma) ^ PatisII 21,3; It-a I 71,9 (sarighassa samaggabhvo bhedbhvo t ekuddesat ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekadhammat); ekakammam in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 317,11 is prob, wr; Be, Se, Sp 1378,9, Mp II 4,I: kammam); 2. (mfn.) (gr.t.t.) having one patient, one object; Sadd 589,26* (akammak ~ dvikamm v); -kasitamatta, mfn., having the extent of one furrow; Vism 383,10 (- padese, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ekakarisa-; Vism-mht[2te] II 15,4: ekasitmatte ti ettha sit nma kasanavasena nahgalassa gatamaggo; Se -e ti ettha kasitam nma...); -kutika, mfn. [from eka + kutl], consisting of a single house; Vin III 46,23 (~o pi gmo dvikutiko pi gmo; Sp 298,25: yasmim game ek eva kuti ekamgeham ... ayam-o gmo nma); Vism 71,32 (gmo nma yo koci ~o v anekakutiko v); -kutik, / , a kind of hut; (a hut for one; ?) Ap-a 97,12 (ekakutikadvikutika-...-mandapdivasena sensanni) = Ja I 92,24: (Se so; Ce, Ee ekakuddaka- Be ekaktgra-); -kuddaka, mfn. [from eka + kudda], having a single enclosing wall; (a hut) with a single enclosing wall; Ja I 92,24 (ekakuddakadvikuddaka-...-mandapdivasena sensanni, Ce, Eeso; Be ekaktgra-; Se ekakutika-; = Ap-a 97,12: eds ekakutika-); Sp282,io (~e gehe, Ce, Ee,

531

Se so; Be ekakuttake); -kotika, mfn., having a single top edge; Vism 251, n ([danto] ekamlako ~o); Pj I 44,ii (cattro dthdant ~ ekamlik); -kkhanika, mfn., simultaneous; Ps V 104,25; -kkhattum, ind., once; Pj II 498,4; Sadd 868,9; see also anekakkhattum below; -ganika, mfn., belonging to a single or the same group; Sadd 591,2 (dh dhrane: bhuvdiganikavasenyam - sakammik dhtu); 593,io; -gunam, ind., once; Sn714 quoted Kv89,36; -ghana, m/h., being a single mass; quite solid; Vin I 185,5* (selo yath -0 vtena na samirati) = Dhp81 = Th643 quoted Mil386,i2*; A III 378,8 (selo pabbato acchiddo asusiro -0); Ja I 442,27 (-am mahrukkham garahitv); Sv 511,6 (Subhakinn ti... subhena sarirappabhvannena ~ ti); Ps II 122,9 (appyukabuddhnam hi sariradhtu na - hoti); 160,11 (ekam kira nivpatinam... meghaml viya ca -am hoti); -cakkhuka, mfn., one-eyed; Ja I 501,12 (~o puriso cakkhum viya... rakkhati); 11118,7; -cattlisa,/, num., 41; Sp 240,22 (-' -uttarni tini bhikkhusatni); Pj II 131,7 (- -gthparimnam khaggavisnasuttam); Sadd 604,18 (akrappabhuti -a sadd); see also ekatlisa below; -cattlisama, mfn., 41st; Ap 365,n (Metteyyavaggo ~o, Be, Se so; Ce -cattlisatimo; Ee -cattriso); Ap-a484,3 (~e vagge, Be, Seso; Ee ~-vagge; Ce -cattlisatimavagge); -cara, mfn., going about or living alone; solitary; Dhp 37 (drangamam -am asariram ... cittarn); Ud 32,16* (anokasri amamo nirso hatv Mrarn -o sa bhikkhu; Ud-a 206,28: sabbiriypathesu -0); Sn 166 (siham v'-am; cf Pj II 208,9foil.: yya tanhya tanhdutiyo puriso ti vuccati tass abhvena -am, ekiss lokadhtuy dvinnam buddhnam anuppattito pi -am); Ja I 278,19; Ap 464,3 (~o ... tpaso Himavlayo); -cariy,/, going about or living alone, solitariness; a solitary life; Dhp 61 (-am dalham kayir; Dhp-a II 24,\\ foil.: ekibhvam eva thiram katv sabba-iriypathesu eko va vihareyya) = Sn821; Ja III 73,2 (~ va seyyo); (a)-vsa, m., living a solitary life; Spkll 304,15 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekacra-); -cara, m., going about or living alone; a solitary life; Ud-a 249,26 (-am caritum bhagavato ajjhsayo); -crak in Ee at Ap 320,19 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ekacrino); -cri(n), mfn., going about or living alone; solitary; A III 129,n (mahcoro -i hoti); Jail 220,13* (gajam iva -inam); III 175,12* (vandmi tarn kunjara -im); Ap 571,5 (paribbjikini sim tad 'ham -ini); Mil 105,3 (paccekabuddh ... ~ino khaggavisnakapp); Dhp-a IV 31,8 (tumhehi pi patirpam sahyam alabhantehi -Uli yeva bhavitabban ti); -crika, mfn. and n. or~,f, 1. (mfn.) going about or living alone, solitary; Ja VI 102,4' (~c ekibhvam gate); Sp 1132,28 (gantuko hoti -0); Th-a III 55,13 (kirn ekacri coro udhu ganajetthako ti brhmano -0 deva kim nam mrem ti); bhatta, n., separate food; Sp 580,5 (Sp-t [Be] II 345,9: bhattan ti atimanpatt visum thitikya ppetabbam bhattam); 1263,25 (--bhattassa, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ekavriya-); 2. (n. orf.) a solitary life; (a)-vatta, n., the practice of a solitary life; Dhp-a I 56,20 (--vattam kathetv); ~(a)-vsa, m., living a solitary life;

Ud-a 249,3 (yannnham vsam vaseyyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekacraka-); -criya,., going about or living alone; a solitary life; vatta, n., the practice of a solitary life; Sp 1232,22 (--vattam prayimsu, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se wr ~am vattam); -citta(k)khanika, mfn., belonging to a single conscious moment; lasting only for one thought-moment; Kv 620,6 (~ sabbe dhamm ti); Vism238,n (~am sattnam jivitam); Ps III 202,7 (~-tta); Nidd-al 150,8 (~-tya); Patis-a 585,6 (-assa maggassa); As 214,3 (jhnam bhveti ti -am appanjhnam bhveti janeti vaddheti); -cittasamyutta, mfn., joined in one consciousness moment; Nidd I 42,17* (~) = Vism 238,23*; -cinti(n), mfn., thinking only of one thing; Mil 92,20 (~i ekacintitya mantitarn attharn vypdeti); 92,24*; -cchatta, mfn., under one umbrella (of sovereignty), having one ruler; Mhv 54:8 (~am ak Lankam); Thp 214,10; yutam in Ee at Mhv 22:68 is prob, wr; read ekakacchayutarn ? -cchiggala, -cchiggala, mfn., having one hole; Mill 169,9 (puriso... ~am yugam samudde pakkhipeyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekacchigalam) ^ SV 455,24; - j a , mfn., I. born once; S n l l 7 (~am v dijam v pi yo 'dha pnni himsati; Pj II 178,16: ~o ti thapetv andajam avasesayonijo, so hi ekad eva jyati); 2. born from one thing; Vism 451,35 (kammajam eva cittajam eva ca -am nma); -jtika, mfn., from the same class or caste; of the same origin; of the same kind; Ja IV 12,13' (so akusalamlattena ~o pi samno kodho doso tinn vuccati); Sp 188,1 (ekanm ekagott ~ ekakul pabbajit); Ps IV 209,1 (ittham v anittharn v -am eva rpam manasikarissmi ti); -jla, m. and mfn. (and~&,f ?) [eka + jla2], a single mass of flames; being a single mass of flames; AIV 103,3 (mahpathavi Sineru ca pabbatarj dippanti pajjalanti - bhavanti); Ja I 212,12 (so ... aggi ekadhmo -o hutv); V273,22'(gattniti ... sabbni -an' eva honti); VI496,7 (tasmim bhte drucitake); Sv 900,8 (dhtsu tejodhtu utthahitv ... uggacchissati, ssapamattya pi dhtuy sati - bhavissati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -0); Bv-a 209,19 (sakalam tarn pabbatam -am aksi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee mlam); -jlikata, mfn., made into a single mass of flames; Saddh202 (niraye tikhinaggin -narn); -jIibhta, mfn., become a single mass of flames; Thi-a 165,23 (nirantaram tya pajjalito); -ttha (ekattha2), mfn., I. standing alone; Ja I 329,6* (vto vahati -am brahantam pi vanaspatim; 329,12': -am ekakam eva thitam); 2. remaining the same, unaffected; Mil 387,17* (lbhlbhena -); 3. standing together, conjoined; ifcseeted-, pahn'-; -tthnika, mfn., belonging to or connected with one state or stage; It-all 29,14 (pathamapacchimni pathamamaggacatutthaphalavasena -ni); -talika, mfn., with a singlelayered sole; Ps V 44,15 (antamaso -am pi uphanam nrulhi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ekapatalikam); uphan,/, a sandal with a single-layered sole; Jail 277,24 (uphn ca pannacchattam ca ... datv, Ee, Se so; Be ekapatalika-; Ce ekathalika-); III 79,13 (mayham maggam gacchantassa uphan c' eva pannacchattakam ca

532

laddhum vattati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ekapatalik uphan); Ps V 46,19 (--uphanam pi anruyha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekapatalikam uphanam); -t,/, abstr., the being one, singleness; identity; Vism 554,27* (santnabandhato n' atthi ~ npi nnat); Pj I 27,4 foil, (vajjhavadhakappayogacetandinam -ya); -tlisa, -tlisa, -tlisam, num. and mfn., I. (num.) 41; Ap 230,7 (gthyo ganit c' ettha -am eva); Sadd 604,\1 (appabhuf ~a sadd vann); 2. (mfn.) 41st; Ap 157,16 (ekatlis' ito kappe); -(t)timsa, -(t)timsa, num. and mfn., \.(num.) 31; Vin V 146, I* (~ ye garuk); Ap 187,19 (-arnhi kappnam sahassamhi); 374,6 (~(a)-kkhattum); Sp 1279,7 (-a nissaggiy); 2. (mfn.) 31st; Vin III 204,38 (~e arunuggamane); DU %\i (ito... -o kappo); Th218 (~e ito kappe); Ja I 41,27; -timsatima, mfn., 31st; Ap 252,28 (padumakesariyavaggo -o); Ap-a475,n; -tilaka, m., a single sesame seed; Sv 454, l (tilavhe pakkhittam -am pi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ekatilam); -to, see sv; -tta\ n., abstr. [S. ekatva], the being one; (i) oneness, unity; identity; integration; a collective idea; a single concept; (gr.t.t.) the single number, the singular; SI 49,9* (na ppahya muni kme n' -am upapajjati; Spk I 107,21: -an ti jhnam); PatisI 103,2 (kmacchando nnattam nekkhammam -am); Ja I 80,29 (cattro [patt] ... -am upagamimsu); Spk III 179,13 (catasso... satiyo maggatthena -am gacchanti); Ud-a 219,27 (attani garumhi ca -e pi bahuvacanam dissati); Patis-a474,3i (tini -ni); Sadd205,18 (Ksi icc dini... bahuvacann' eva bhavanti atthass' -e pi); 750,13 (digussa samsassa -am hoti); (ii) singleness, being alone, solitariness; MI 16,32 (dukkaram pavivekam durabhiramam ~e; Ps I 112,32: ~e ti ekibhve); Sn718 (-am monam akkhtam; Pj II 499,16: kyacittavivekavasena -am); Ja VI 64,28* (tassa te saggakmassa -am uparocatam; 65,6': ekibhvo te ruccatu); Niddl 500,25 (bruhet sunngram jhyi jhnarato ~am anuyutto); t , / , abstr., a single concept; (the use of) a general term; Pet 103,12 (rpan ti t, pathavidhtu potejovyodht ti vemattat); Nett 4,9* (tya dhamm ye pi ca vemattatya nidditth); 72,11 (dukkhan ti t); ~-nirata, mfn. (or n.), devoted to (or devotion to) solitariness or unity; Th49 (na me phandati cittam niratam hi me; Th-al 130,12foil.: mama cittam... ~e ekibhve ... v... ~e ekaggatya -e v ekasabhve va nibbne niratam atiratam); lakkhana, n., reference to or designation of a collective concept; Sadd 18,9 (evamdayo ~-lakkhanena bavhatthnam ekavacanappayog); 736,6 (--lakkhane ca ekavacanam hoti); ~-vsa, m., living together; A III 349,12 (abhinandanti sabrahmaeri ~-vsena; Mp III 375,1: tena saddhim ekatovsena); sanni(n)1, mfn., having a notion of unity or identity; (or possibly ekattasanni(n)2 qv below); D I 31,11 (~-sanni att hoti... nnattasanni...; Sv 119,15: sampannakavasena sanni); -tta2, mfn. [S. ektman], only, being the only one; unique; of one nature, of a single kind, uniform; MI 364,26 (y 'yam upekh ~ ekattasit; Ps III 43,14: s hi... ekasmim rammane uppajjanato ekasabhv); III 104,19 (atthi c' ev* idam asunnatam yadidam bhikkhusangham paticca -am;

Ps IV 151,11: ~an tiekabhvam ekam asunnatam atthi ti attho, eko asunnabhvo atthi ti vuttam hoti); A III 343,10 (aramasannam yeva manasikarissati -an ti; Mp HI 367,20: -an ti ekasabhvam, ekaggatbhtam arannasannam yeva citte karissati ti attho); kya, mfn., having bodies of the same nature, having uniform bodies; DII 69,6 (sattky nnattasannino seyyath pi dev bhassar); sanni(n)2, mfn., having perceptions or notions of the same nature; D II 69,3 (satt nnattaky sannino seyyath pi dev brahmakyik pathambhinibbatt) = AIV 40,i (Mp IV 26,22foil: te kyassa nnatt pathamajjhnavasena sannya ekatt nnattaky sannino ti veditabb); -ttha1, ind. [S. ekatra], see sv; -tthambhaka, mfn., supported on a single pillar; Ja I 441,24 (rj ekasmim ~Q psde vasati); -thnaka, -thnika, mfn., supported on a single pillar; Ja IV 79,18 (-thnakam psdam kretv); Mhv 9:3 (vsesum gehe tarn -thnike); -thpa, mfn., in a heap, higgledy-piggledy; JaV 17,22* (yam ce pitv ~ sayanti; 19,n*: - ti skarapotak viya hinajaccehi saddhim ekarsi hutv);-d, see sv; -desa, m. (and n. ?) and mfn. 1. (m.) one place; one part; Vin III 232,23 (-e v santharitabbam); MI 437,29 foil, (-am bhufijitv -am niaritv); Ja II 49,24 (vedesu v hatthisuttesu v -am p i . . . kathetum samattho); Mil 252,18 (lohitacandanassa -amptikam hoti appagandham); Sp91,7 (nagarassa -e); Sv385,3o ([vedan] ~e uppajjitv); Pj I 11,23 (Khuddakanikyo nma pancanikynam ~o); acc. -am, instr. -ena, adv., in part, partly, partially; Ja IV 235,27' (mayam pana gamapuris attano sippabalen' eva jnma, tarn -am eva, buddha pana sabbam pajnanti); Kv 104,3 (-am sotpanno -am na sotpanno); Sp 47,19 (jnmi mahrja -en ti); Mp I 255,5 (sariram pi 'ssa -ena buddhnam sarirasadisam pannyati); Sadd 110,2 (na sabbath ... -ena pana); 2. (mfn.) one part of, some of; in part; Vin II 217,33 (nakkhattapadni uggahetabbni sakalni v -ni v); Kv 104,2 (kilese ~ jahati); Mhv 5:260 ([mahiy] -ya kampanam dukkaram); Dip 5:36 (chaddetv -am ca suttam); -desaka, m. and mfn., one part; a part of, Ap 77,16 (kappakotim pi kittento kittaye -am); Khuddas22:6 (nildivannam sakalam muncitv v' -am); -dvitimifijaka, mfn., consisting of a single bulb or of a bulb with two or three cloves; Sp 920,8 (tarn pi bhandikalasunam eva, na -am); -dvihika,/, one day, two days etc; after one or two days; D III 8,7 (Sunakkhatto -ya satta rattindivni ganesi; Sv 821,12: ~y ti ekam dve ti vatv ganesi); S III 92,33 (te bhikkh -ya srajjyamnarup yena bhagav ten' upasankamimsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekavihakya; cf Spk II 300,n: ~y ti ekeko c'eva dvedve ca hutv; Spk-t [Be] II 240,4: ekekassa c' eva dvinnam dvinnam ca ihik gati upasankaman -); -dve, num., one, two etc; one or two; Bv 2:201 (-innam abhisamayo gananto asankhiyo; Bv-a 127,5: -innan ti ekassa cJ eva dvinnam ca tinnam catunnam dasannan ti din nayena asankheyy ti attho) quoted Sadd 304,11 (-innan ti sisamattakathanam); Ja 1162,10 (-e va divase ... tatiyadivase ..., Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekam dve); V 463,5 (-e macche khdissmi, Ee so; Be,

533

Ce, Se ekam dve); Vism591,i8 (~e vre); Sv601,3i (Vinaye ~e sikkhpadni nassissanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ekam dve); divasika, mfn., lasting for one or two days; Pj II 339,17 (ghare divasiko rajo); -dhammat in Ee at It-al 71,9 is wr for ekakammat (Be, Ce, Se so); -dha, see sv; -dhatuka, mfn., belonging to the same root; Sadd 213,9 (gogvisadd... - gamudhtuvasen ti); 213,11 (--ttam); -dhitik,/, an only daughter; Vinlll 135,27 (ayam ca me -); Ja 1145,23 (tvarn ca amhkam -, Ce so; Be, Se ekadhit; Ee ekadhitak, prob, wr); Mpl 432,20 (-am sapattivse datum na sakkom ti); -navuta, m/h., 91st; DU 2,15 (ito so... -0 kappo yam Vipassi bhagav... loke udapdi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ekanavutikappe); MI 483,18 (ito kho so ... ~o kappo yam aham anussarmi); Bv27:16 (~e ito kappe Vipassi nma nyako); Ap81,i (-e ito kappe yam khomam adadim tad); Sv411,i4 (ito ~e kappe Vipassi bhagav uppanno, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ekanavutikappe); -navuti, / , num., 91; Ap 301,25 (gthyo ~i); Mil 84,10 (~i kappni viniptam na gacchissati); Sv 964,7 (asitim dasa eko ca ti -i jan); Mpl 306,4 (~i kappe devamanussesu samsaranto); Sadd 305,2i (ekanavute kappe ti ~iy kappnam matthake); -navutikappa, m., the 91st aeon; S IV 324,18 (ito so ... ~o yam aham anussarmi, Ee so; Be ~e; Ce, Se ekanavuto kappo); J a l 41,14 (ito ~e buddho bhavissasi ti); Dhp-al 97,13 (ito -e Vipassi bhagav loke udapdi); -nmaka, m/(-ik)n., having the same name; having a single name; Ap 94,10 (Yasodharasanm te sabbe pi -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee Yasodhar samn); Ps II 353, H (anfie cattro dhamm - atthi eko dhammo catunmako atthi); Spk II 157,20 (mtuthanfian ti ekanmikya manussamtu khiram); Patis-a 552,3 (--tt); -nlika, mfn., of one nli; chtaka, m. or n., the famine when people had only one nli (of food); 1 Mhv 36:20; ^nalik 1 ,/, a single measure, one and the same measure; Patis-a 212,i (sabbam tarn ekamuddikya lanchitam viya -ya mitam viya); -nlik2, (m)/(w)., "of one cylinder"! "one-stalked"!, based on or dealing with one thing; Ps II 258, A foil, (tisso kath~ caturass nisinnavattik ti ... plim vatv ekekapadassa atthakathanam - nma) = MpV Sl,sfoll. (Mp-t[5e]HI 363,11: ekekampadam nlammlam etiss ti evamsannit -, ekekam v padam nlam atthaniggamanamaggo etiss ti);-nikyika, mfn., belonging to the same group or class; Sp 820, is (attano sanditthasambhattnam v -nam v dassmi); -paflflsa, -pannsa,/, num., and mfn. 1. (num.) 51; Ap 248,5 (-am eva ca); 252,27 (gthyo ~a kittit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee eknapannsa); MpIV 133,i7(-pannsayojanikam maggam); Ud-a31,i3 (sesnam ~ya suttnam); Ap-al01,i5 (~a vagg); ~-kkhattum, ind., 51 times; Ap274,io (kkhattum ca devarajjam akrayim); 2. (mfn.) 51st; Ap99,3 (-panns' ito kappe); 448,19 (kanikravaggo ~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -pafinsamo); -paftfisama, mfn., 51st; Ap-a490,io (~-vagge); -patalika, mfn., with a single-layered sole; Ja III 79,13 (mayham maggam gacchantassa - uphan ... laddhum vattati, Be, Ce, Se

so; Ee ekatalika-uphan); Sp 1088,4 (gokantake - uphan rakkhitum na sakkonti); Ps V 46,19 (~am uphanam pi anruyha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekatalikauphanam); ' -uphan, / , a sandal with a singlelayered sole; Vism 125,23; -patta, mfn., of a single thickness; Vism 109,5 (-khomdinam yam yam panitam tena tena -amv dupattam v ... vattati); Sp 1128,14 (dvigunam sanghtin ti dupattam sarightim ekacciyan ti ~am); Mp III 49,15; -patha, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a narrow path (wide enough only for one person); the only path; Pv27:4 (naggo ~' ekako; Pv-a 181, s: - e d ekapadike magge); Ja VI 557,25* (ekyano ~o; 558,16': ~o ti so ca eko va dutiyo n' atthi, okkamitv pi gantum na sakk); 2. (mfn.) narrow; being the only path; Ps II 38,2 (ekyanena maggen ti -en* eva maggena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekamaggen' eva); -pada\ n., one word, a single word; a single expression; S IV 316,6 (app eva nma -am pi jneyyum); Ja II 236, is* (ingha -am tta anekatthapadanissitam... brhi); 257,20 (-en' eva vo bhante paribbjako niggahito ti); Vism 278,11 (cariyuggahato -am pi asammuyhantena); Sp969,i3 (-am pi ekakkharam pi); Sadd745,i4 (tesam pana samsnam dve payojanani ttam ekavibhattita ca ti); -pada2, n., one step; one trace, a single trace; a single track; Ja VI 81,28' (--maggo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekapadika-); Sp 1156,5 (imamh vs -am pi ma patikkami); Dhp-alH 197,21 (yassa hi rgapaddisu -am pi atthi); -padika 1 , mfn., relating to a single word or expression; Sv922,36 (-0 atthuddhro); Mp II 44,13 (ayam tva catunnam sammappadhnnam ~o atthuddhro); -padika2, (and -padiya), mfn., narrow, with a single track; JaV 321,8' (ayam -o janghamaggo); Vism 244,24 (-am paptamaggarn patipannassa purisassa); Sp 546,5 (sankamo v hotu sakatamaggasankamo v, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ekapadiya-); PsII 336,13 (-am dandakasetum rlho); Pv-a 181,8 (~e magge); - p a d i , / , a narrow footpath; Abh 192 (ekapadyekapadike); Ja VI 81,25* (ayam -i; 81,28': ~i ti ekapadamaggo); -pariyakata, mfn., wound around once; Vin II 266,7 (anujnmi bhikkhave bhikkhuniy -am kyabandhanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekapariyyakatam); -palsika, mfn., with a single-layered sole; Vin I 185,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am uphanam, na bhikkhave digun uphan dhretabb; Sp 1083,17: ^ n ti ekapatalam); -passayika, mfn. \prob. from eka + passa, either for *ekapassika (influenced by kantakpassayika in same passage) or for ekapassasayika; cfAMg ekapsiya], sleeping on one side only; D I 167,9 (-0 pi hoti rajojalladharo, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ekapassasayiko; Sv 357,15: -o ti ekapassen' eva sayati) = Niddl 417,13 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ekpassayiko); -ppahara, m., a single blow; Ja II409,1 (-am eva katv udumbararukkham ptesi); ace. -am, instr. -ena, adv., with a single blow; at a single stroke; all at once; simultaneously; Ja II 163,14* (~ena uttamarigam vistitam); VI7,19 (-en* eva sankhe dhampenti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ekappakren' eva, prob, wr); Mil 160,23 (Devadattena -am panca bhikkhusatni bhinnni ti); 272,29 (~am); Vism 418,13 (-en* eva bubbulakni

534

utthahanti); Ud-a261,3i (Sundarim -ena mretv); -pitara, mfn., having the same father; Ja VI 446,2' (niyako ti ajjhattiko ~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ekapitar jto) quoted Sadd 141,21 (eds so); -pitika, mfn., having the same father; Sv661,i2 (te kira Renussa - kanitthabhtaro); -puta, m., one nostril; Sp 1026,21 (-e v... nschinn hoti,Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ekapte, prob, wr);-puttika, (m)/()., with only one son; Ja I 501,11 (- itthi attano puttam viya ... rakkhati); Pj I 237,27 (~ nri); -purisrJhakahatthi(n), m., an elephant ridden by one man; Sp 858,24 (antamaso -im pi); -purisik,(m)/()., faithful to one man; Ja I 290,20 (imassa ghare -ya ekya itthiy bhavitabban ti); -peccham in Ee at Ap 455,12 is wr for ekamancam (Be, Ce so; Se ekam veccam); -baddha in Ee at Sp 1141,20 and Spkll 31,27 is wr for ekbaddha qv above (Be, Ce, Seso); -bhvasena in Ee, Se and -bhavasena in Ce at Sp 1262,24 are prob, wrr for -gehavasena (Be so); -bijaka, m(fn)., "having one seed", the most advanced type of sotpanna qv; Pet 178,17 (~o bhavati ayam pathamo sotpanno); -biji(n), m(fn). [cf BHS ekavicika], "having one seed", the most advanced type of sotpanna qv, who will become an arahat in his next life as a man; S V 205,3 (pancannam indriynam samatt paripratt araham hoti, tato mudutarehi antarnibbyi hoti... sakadgmi... - 1 . . . kolankolo ... sattakkhattuparamo hoti; Spk III 238,10: yo sotpanno hutv ekam eva attabhvam janetv arahattam ppunti, ayam -I nma); A I 233,17 (tinnam samyojannam parikkhay ~i hoti ekam yeva mnusakam bhavam nibbattetv dukkhassa antamkaroti; Mp II 349,33: ~i tiekass' evabhavassa bijam etassa atthi ti); PatisI 161,8 (sattakkhattuparamassa kolankolassa -issa sakadgmissa yo ca ditth' eva dhamme arah imesam pancannam idha nitth); Pet 30,17 (~i hoti pathamo sotpanno); Vism 709,35; Mp II 351,6 (attha -ino); Pp-a 198,6 (imassa pana sakadgmino -in saddhim kirn nnkaranan ti); -bhattika, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) eating only one meal a day; eating only before noon; D I 5,5 (-0 samano Gotamo rattparato viklabhojan pativirato; Sv 77,14: antomaijhantike dasakkhattum bhunjamno pi -0 hoti) * M I 180,s; A I 212,15 (aham p' ajja imam ca rattirn imam ca divasam ~o); Ja I 91,2 (tumhkam bhavam sutv - va jt); 2. (n.) the eating only one meal a day; Dhp-al 380,14 (maggen' eva tesam brahmacariyam ca -am ca gatam); -bhattikini,/, faithful to one husband; Ja III 63,3* (-1 Sm tarn eva-m-abhikahkhati, Be so; Ee ekabhattakini; Ce, Se ekabhatt kira); -bhikkhuka, mfn., containing only one bhikkhu; Sp 1140,18 (~e vihre sanghassa civaresu uppannesu); -bhmaka, -bhmika, mfn., of one storey; Ja II 18,8 (ekabhmikadvibhmikdibhede gehe sajjetv); Sp 749,10 (sensanam ... -am v anekabhmakam v, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekabhmikam); Pj II 575,10 (~am ... psdam yojetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekabhmikam); -mamsakhala, m.n., a single mash or mass of flesh; D I 52,28 (khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imiss pathaviy pane ~am ekamamsapunjam kareyya; Sv 160,2: -an tiekamamsarsim); MI 377,23 (puriso...

ukkhittsiko ... evam vadeyya aham yvatik ... pn te ekena khanena ekena muhuttena ~am ekamamsapunjam karissmi ti); Ja VI 226,30' (imam pathavim -am katv); -matta, mfn., having a duration of one mtra; Sadd 605,17 (saresu ditatiyapancam - sar rass nma bhavanti, seyyathidam ai u); -mana, mfn. [from eka + mana(s)], 1.fixing the mind upon one thing, attentive; ThI434 (tarn ~ nismehi; Thi-a248,11: ~a ti ekaggaman); 2. of one mind; in agreement; Ja IV 226,8*(medhvinam~am viditv; 226,20". panditapurisam attan saddhim ~am viditv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr panditapurisassa); Cp 3:6:12 (sabbe ~a hutv; Cp-a 221,24: -a samnacitt); Mil 118,16 (ime tayo -a viya ahesum); -m-antam, -m-antikam, -m-ante, see above; -mtika, mfn., having the same mother; Sp 41,22 (attan saddhim ~am tissakumram thapetv); 54,10 (rafino -obht); -mtuka, mfn., having the same mother; JaIV 417,19* (bhtaro... sa-udariy ~); VI445,23* (niyako bht sa-udariyo ~o; 446, r: ~o ti ekamtuy jto); -mnasa, mfn., of one mind; unanimous; Bv 5:9 (dev manuss ca samagg -); Mhv6:33; -mbhisitto in Ee at Sp 76,13 is wr for ekamsbhisitto (Be, Ce, Se so); -msika, mfn., onemonth-old; Ja VI 3,20 (nam ~am alankaritv); Mil 289,26 (bodhisatto ~o samno); -muhuttika, mfn., lasting for one moment; a moment old; Sv 1039,36 (ekadivasiko pi ~o pi, Se so; Ce -muhuttako; Ee ekmuhuttako; Be ekomuhutto); Patis-a73,2i; -mlaka, -mlika, mfn., 1. (what is) based on one item; (a statement or exposition) concerned with one item; Vin III 97,7 (dasamlakam pi yath ~am vitthritam evam eva vitthretabbam); Sp 525,18 (~ni dasa cakkni honti); 2. having one root, a single root; Vism 251,11 ([danto] ~o ekakotiko); Pj I 44,11 (cattro dthdant ekakotik ekamlik); 3. having the same root; Yam I 1,25 (ye keci kusal dhamm sabbe te kusalamlena ~); -m-eka, see above; -rajjuka, mfn., consisting of a single cord or string; Sp 1211,27 (~am pana muddikakyabandhanam ca skarantakam anulometi); -rukkhika, mfn., made from one tree; SI 106,18 (mahati ~ nv); -laddhika, mfn., holding the same theory; having the same beliefs; Sp 60,15 foil. (~e ~e bhikkh ekato ekato kretv); 608,24 (yasm sanghena saddhim sametu ... ~o hotu ti); Sv906,3i (dve pi jane <-e akatv); -vacana, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) (i) a single word or utterance; Ja III 21,4 (satth ~en' eva ubho samagge aksi ti); Sp723,2i (~en* eva sambahul pattiyo); As 180,28 (te ~en' eva apagacchimsu); (ii) (gr.t.t.) the singular; Ps I 238,26 (maggo ti kasm ~am); Spk I 348,12 (bahuvacane -am); Sadd 248,16 (tass* t); 735,25 (ekamhi atthe vattabbe -am hoti itthi puriso cittam); see also anekavacana below; 2. (mfn.) saying the same thing, agreeing; Sv 608,26 (kyena ca vcya ca ekasannipt - samagg hotha); 974,30 (samaggehi gyitabbam -ehi aviruddhavacanehi bhanitabbam); see also anekavacana below; -vacanaka, mfn., (gr.t.t.) in the singular; Sadd98,2i (--ttam); 98,24 (drasaddo yebhuyyena bahuvacanako bhavati -o appo); -vacanika, mfn., (gr.t.t.) in the

535

singular; Sadd 8,22*; -vaca(s), ., (gr.t.t.) the singular; Sadd 171,28* (dhammlapanamhi ~o va labbhate); ifc see uttam'-; -vatthuka, mfn., having the same basis or ground; relating to the same matter; Vin V 213,13*; Niddl 3,9 (ayam mano imya pitiy ... ekuppdo ekanirodho ~o ekrammano); Kv 337,io (keci dhamma kehici dhammehi sahagat ... ekuppd ekanirodh ~ ekramman ti); Sp 1388,17 (im pana pattiyo ... - sanghabhedavatthuk eva); Nidd-a I 26,i (ta); -varaka, m., the one and only husband; Thi 408 (tarn -am pi disv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ekavrakam, prob, wr; Thi-a246,1: -am pi ti ekavallabham pi); -vavatthana, mfn. [mc for -vavatthana], having the same definition; Patis I 58,24* (ubho -a) quoted Vism643,2i; -vassa, mfn., of one year's standing, having been ordained for one year; Vin I 59,1 (bhikkh - pi duvass pi saddhivihrikam upasampdenti); Ud 59,28 (~o aham bhagav ti); Sp 1085,6; Mp I 271,ii (ayam pana bhikkhu kativasso ti -o bhagav ti); -vassam, ind.,for one year; in one year; Vin IV 337,6 (y pana bhikkhuni -am dve vutthpeyya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ekam vassam; 337,9: -an ti ekam samvaccharam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ekam vassan ti); Sv 649,3 (-am upatthnam gacchanti); Mhv 36:57 (rajjam -am akarayi); -vassika, mfn., 1. one-year-old; Ja VI 483,9' (yath migi ti - hi migapotik nimmalanilanetta hoti); 2. of one year's standing, having been ordained for one year; Ja II 449,17 (Upaseno duvassiko -ena saddhivihrikena saddhim); Mpl 271,4; -vacika, n., - a , / , a single utterance; a single proclamation; Vin I 168,22 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am pavretum); 170,36 (~ya ce... pavranya bhsitya); A II 239,22 (yasm Anuruddho na -am pi bhanitabbam mannati ti; Mp III 215,20foil.: ma vuso sanghena saddhim evam avac ti ekavacanam pi vattabam na mannati); Ja II 353,2* (bhaneyy' ham -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ekavciyam; 353,5': ettha vattabbam -am kind bhaneyyan ti); Sp 1077,14 (-e -am pavreyy ti); 1384,4 (tinnam - ti ... tinnam jannam ekupajjhyena nncariyena eknusvan vattati); -vra, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) one turn; one time; Dhp-al 10,7 (-en* eva vpasamanasamattham telam pahitam); Ps IV 115,16 (-e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ettavre); ace. -am, adv., once; at one time; Ja I 226,26 (pto va -am gacchati kataptarso -amsyanhe -am); III 150,2i/o//. (siglo ... -am sihassa mamsam khdati -am usabhassa); Vism 387,8 (-am dvevrarn sampajjitum vattati ti); Sp 1111,31 (-am v dvikkhattum v dhotena); Ps III 32,23 (kukkutacchpako pana -am mtukucchito -am andakosato ti dve vre jyati); see also anekavra below; 2. {mfn.) occurring once; Sv-pt I 464,1 (etani -ni); -vrakam, ind., once; Thi 408 (-am pi disv, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ekavrakam; Thi-a246,i: ekavrakam pi ti ekavallabham pi); -vrikabhattni in Ee, Se at Sp 1255,9, ekavriyabhattassa in Ce, Ee, Se at Sp 1263,25 and ekavriyabhattni in Ce, Ee, Se at Sp 1263,31 are prob, wrr for ekacrika- (Be so); -vidha, mfn., of one kind, single; of the same kind; Vism 515,32 (sabbn' eva saccni -ni avitathatt

abhinneyyatt v); Sv 15,3i (sabbam pi buddhavacanam rasavasena -am); Mpl 210,2 (-am eva kammam kummne); instr. -ena, adv., in one way; singly; by ones; Ja III 291,2'; Dhs 584 (evam -ena rpasangaho; As 305,28: ekakotthsena rpaganan ti ayam hJ ettha attho) ^ Vibh 12,34 (-ena rpakkhandho); Mil 125,11; see also anekavidha below; -vibhattika, mfn., (gr.t.t.) having the same case-ending; Sadd 767,26 (nnnmnam -nam samuccayo dvando ... padnam atthasu vibhattisu ekya vibhattiy yuttnam yo samuccayo...); -vihrik,/, living alone; a solitary life; JaV 256,5' (ekodibhvam -am adhigat, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ekavihrikatam); Dhp-aIII 473,2 (tato patthya -am eva patthesi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekavihram); -vihri(n), mfn., living alone; solitary; S II 282,27 (bhikkhu ... -i c' eva hoti ekavihrassa ca vannavdi, so eko gmam pindya pavisati eko patikkamati...); IV 37,i6 (tanh hi 'ssa dutiy s 'ssa pahin tasm -I ti vuccati ti); Th538 (-issa pahitattassa bhikkhuno); Ja IV 13,19* (aranne me viharato niccam -ino); Ps IV 206,20 (-im bhikkhum); Dhp-al 60,22 (temsam -ino tathgatassa); Pj II 273,4 (ekavihritya); -vihikya in Ee at S III 92,33 is wrfor ekadvihikya (Be, Ce, Se so); -visa1, -visam, num., 21; Vin III 204,29 (~e uppanne mlacivare,ybr 21 days ?); V 144,19 (-a Rjagahe kat, Be, Ce so; Ee -am; Se -); Vibh 423,32 (-am ca vassakotiyo); Mhv 36:101 (-a dinni); Sadd 297,26 (-a); -visa 2 , mfn., 21st; Sp 1415,20 (samavisatime ... jayasamvacchare ayam raddha -amhi sampatte parinitthit); -visati,/, num., 21; Ja II 84,2r (adhammen ti-iy anesanasankhtena micchjivena); Patis I 195,30 (katamni -i vimuttisukhe nnni); Sp 1044,15 (talam hoti -iy bhikkhnam oksraham); As 151,32 (-iy anesansu); --kkhattum, ind., 21 times; Ap 385,s; -visatikappa, m., the 21st aeon; Ap 56,22 (-amhi Udeno nma khattiyo); -vIsatima, mfn., 21st; Kv612,i6 (vaggo -0); Vism 671,32; Sv 6,10 (-e divase); Dhp-a III 473,5; -samvaccharika, mfn., one-year-old; skaramamsa,., the flesh of a one-year-old pig; Mp III 253,8; -sagitika, m(fn)., (one) who knows one collection, one nikya; Vism 62,8 (ekapitakassa ... -assa... ekgamassa ... atthakathcariyassa ..., Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit ekgamassa); -satthi, / , num., and mfn., 1. (num.) 61; Vin 120,34 (tena ... samayena -i loke arahanto honti); Ja I 82,24 (loke -iy arahantesu jtesu); As 133,35 (kadci -i bhavanti kadci samasatthi); 2. (mfn.) 61st; Ap 257,1 (-imhi 'to kappe); -sata, n. [cfS eka&ta, 101], 101 or 100; Vin I 100,11* (vatthu -am dvsattati); SI 124,31/0//. (-am -am kumrivannasatarn abhmimmineyym ti; Spkl 187,2: -am-an ti ekek satam satam katv); JaV 322,16* (-am khaty anuyutt); VI 432,13 (-nam khattiynam); Cp 3:12:2 (khattiynam -am vunitvkaratale); Dhp-a I 34,4 (na kho brhmana -am na dvesatam, Be so; Ce na dve satni; Ee, Se na dve); Thp 184,7 (Bindusrassa kira -am putt ahesum; c/Mhv 5:19: Bindusrasut sum satam eko ca vissut); see also anekasata below; -sattati,/, num., 71; Thp. 115,8* (gthyo -i); Ap 390,5 (ekam gthsatam c' ettha -im eva ca); As 37,3o;

536

 -sattatikkhattum, ind., 71 times', Ap274,n; -sattatima, mfn., 71st\ Ap391,n (~e kappe); -sadisa, mfn., identical, the same; as one; Ja I 136,13 (vatthum hi tasmim ca imasmim ca ~am eva gth pana nana); VI 275,3 (na hi sabbe ass ~); Vism 186,6 (yad ummiletv olokentassa nimmiletv vajjentassa ca -am hutv ptham gacchati); Sp 185,15 (siho ... khuddake v mahante v pane ~ena vegena patati); Sv 509,14 (yamakabhtaro vannena v santhnena v ~ honti); Ps II 315,13 (na ca chiddav ti sad ~o); Spk II 289,6 (tdino ti lbhlbhdihi ~assa); It-al 123, M (~-tya); -sadisaka, mfn., identical; the same; Ja I 72,4 (dve jan ~amvudham na ganhimsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekasadisam); -sapha, mfn., whole-hoofed, not clovenhoofed; Sv-ptIII 204,n; -sayana, n., 1. one bed; the same bed; JaV 281,16; VI435,21 (attan saddhim ~e saypesi); 2. lying together; Dhtum 788 (tuvatta ~e); -8ahas8a, n., num., 1000; Sv692,3i (ekahguliy cakkavle dasahi arigullhi dasasahassacakkavle ...,Be, Ce, Seso; Ee ~am cakkavlam); see also anekasahassa below; -sririk, (m)f(n)., relating to one body, connected with one body; A I 169,4 (~ v pufinapatipad hoti anekasririk v yadidam pabbajjdhikaranam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekasrik); see also anekasririk below; -slaka, mfn., containing one hall; D I 178,5 (~e Mallikya rme) = Mil 22,29; -sisa, mfn.9 with heads turned in the same direction; Ap 258,15 (sabbe pupph ~ uddhavant adhomukh); -seyya, n., ~ , / , lying or sleeping alone; being alone; a solitary lodging; a single lodging; Vin I 194,32 (dukkaram ... yvajivam -am ekabhattam brahmacariyam; Sp 1087,is: ~an ti ekakassa seyyam) * Ud57,20 (Ud-a309,i7: -an ti adutiyaseyyam... catsu iriypathesu kyavivekam dipeti na ekkin hutv sayanamattam); Dhp 305 (eksanam -am eko caram atandito; Dhp-a III 472,13: bhikkhusahassamajjhe pi... mlakammatthnamanasikrena nipannassa bhikkhussa seyy ~ nma, evarpam ... ~am ca bhajeth tiattho); Ja VI 25,3* (eko rja nipajjmi... tya me ~ya rja vanno pasidati); Sp 746,2 (satagabbham v catusslam v ~ icc eva sankhyam gacchati); -sesa, m., (gr.t.t.) the remaining of one (the process by which, of two or more terms with the same termination, only one remains); Vism 566,2 (~e kate); Th-al 5,i5 (vasena v si ca sihiyo ca sfli); Patis-a487,i2 (~am katv); Sadd 779,2 (bahubbihimhi ca dvande ca sarpnam padnam ~o hoti ... suvannavanno viya vanno yassa bhagavato so 'yam suvannavanno); 796,24 (bavhatthanpanicchyam sarpnam ~o, puriso ca puriso ca puris); 797,11 (garnam matantare virpnam padnam ~o hoti Sriputto ca Moggallno ca Sriputt); aneka, mfn. [ts] (usually pi.; pi. nom. m. ~e, ~; dat./gen. ~esam, -nam), not one, ie many, various; of various kinds; countless, numberless; Vin HI 4,25 (anussarmi... ~e pi samvattakappe ~e pi vivattakappe); D II 59,19 (~esam ppaknam akusalnam dhammnam); MI 402,36 (ime -e ppak akusal dhamm); 111280,9 (tsam ca ~nam devatsahassnam); S I 42,20* (kimsdha bhit janat ~); 143,11* (abhijappanti jan -); AIII

371,18 (~ni svakasatni); Th795 (tassa vaddhanti vedan ~ rpasambhav); JaV 154,20* (- nirayam patt... jan); VI9,22 (~hi ca khuddakavimamshi); Ap 535,27 (iddhi ~ dassesi); 556,8 (setthiputtehi ~ehi satehi pi); Mil 67,io (satt te ~ni pi vassasahassni niraye paccamn); Vism 9,31 (piyamanpatdayo savakkhayapariyosn - silnisams, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~-silnisams); 542,11 (ekato hi kranato na idha kinci ekam phalam atthi na -am); Spk III 276,21 (so panyam pasdo eko ~o ti); Ud-a 9,26 (attajjhsaydiko eva v ~o ajjhsayo anekajjhsayo, so read with Be, Se) = It-a I 20,23; It-al 57,8 (~su jtisu); anekaso, ind., several times; Ja III 224,23 (lolavatthum ~aso vitthritam eva); Sv 131,2i* (akampittha ~aso medini); ' -attha, mfn. and m., l.(mfn.) having more than one meaning; Vism 498,26 (ayam hi jtisaddo -'-attho); Bv-a40,7 (ambarassa -'-atthato, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~'-atthatt); Sadd 471,28 (~'-atth hidhtavo); 2. (m.) the sense of more than one; Sadd 801,5 (~'-atthe dvdito ko, satassa dvikam dvisatam); see also ekattha2 above; atthatara, mfn., having even more meanings; Sadd471,28 (dhtavo... upasaggasahye labhitv pi -'-atthatara va honti); ~'-atthavcaka, mfn., expressing several meanings; Sadd 35,17; -nusandhika, mfn., having several applications; having several subjects or sequences of meaning; Mp II 201,24; As 27,6; see also eknusandhika above; kldiattum, ind., several times; many times; Sp 174,n; 264,6; Pj II 478,19; see also ekakkhattum above; citta',m/h. [aneka + citta1], with thoughts on many things; flighty; JaV 435,23* (nrisu ~-cittsu aniggahsu ca); VI 352,5* (vikkhittaman citt); citta2, mfn. [aneka + citta2], with many decorations or pictures; Vv 11:1 (idam vimnam ~-cittam) * Pv23:2; JaV 169,13*; pariyyena, adv., in many ways; in a manifold way; with several parallel expressions; Vin III 6,9 (bhot Gotamena pariyyena dhammo paksito); D I 174,15 (te pariyyena silassa vannam bhsanti); Sil 277,1; bhga, mfn., multiplied, manifold; D i l 266,12* (~-bhgo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se bhvo; Sv 703,3: bhgo sampdi ti anekavidho jto, bhvo ti v ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhvo... bhgo ti v ptho); Pv 36:9 (bhgena gunena seyyo); bhgaso, ind., in many ways; Mil 415,16* (na pavedhati bhagaso); rpa, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) various, of various kinds, of many forms; Sn 728 (upadhinidn pabhavanti dukkh ye keci lokasmim rp); JaV 491,27* (kat me kalyn rp); Bv-a 288,21 (--rpni anitthni dunnimittni); 2. (n.) manifold form; various ways; Sn918 (puttho rpehi); 1079 (--rpena vadanti suddhim); vacana, n., (gr.t.t.) the plural; the plural form of a word; Sadd 17,10; 92,n (bahuvacanan ti v puthuvacanan ti v vacanan ti v atthato ekam); see also ekavacana above; vassaganika, mfn., in existence for many years; A l l 166,15 (jambli vassaganika); IV386,i6 (gando vassaganiko; Mp IV 176,22: tini cattri vassni vassagan, aneke vassagan uppann ass ti vassaganiko); see also nekavassagana, nekavassaganika;

537

vara, m., more than one turn; more than one time; Th-a I 58,i (sattasatakkhattum cakkavattirj ahosi vre padesarj); vram, ind., several times; repeatedly; JaV 199,2'; Dhp-alV 105,7 (tvarn vram mama santikam gat); Ud-a289,2i; It-all 170,6; vidha, mfn., of several kinds, manifold, various; M II 26,15 (cittam p i . . . vidharn nnappakrakam); SII 81,io (--vidham nnappakrakam dukkham); Niddl 351,13 (phuttho anekarupehi tividhehi krehi phuttho); Mil 216,10; Vism 446,33 (saddo... ~-vidho); vidhena, adv., in several ways, in various ways; Nidd-a I 5,8; vihita, mfn., variously ordered; of several kinds, various; Vin I 188,22 (--vihitam tiracchnakatham kathent); D I 13,14 (--vihitam pubbenivsam anussarati); 78, I (-am iddhividham paccanubhoti); AIV 174,23 (vihitnam ppaknam akusalnam dhammnam); Th 1243 (oghassa hi nittharanattham vihitam maggam akkhsi); Sp 158,28 (--vihitan ti vidham, ~ehi v pakrehi pavattitam samvannitan ti attho); sata, n. and mfn. 1. (n. and mfn.) several hundred; several hundreds of; Ja III 532,22 (--sat elak); Mil268,22 (~-satehi... kranehi); Vism 235,n (--satnam rognam); Sp6,10 (-bhikkh sate sahasse ca vajjetv); Q)-a 122,21 (jtinam satam pisatsupijtisu); 2. (mfn.) consisting of many hundreds; Dil 109,10 (abhijnmi... satam khattiyaparisam upasankamitv) * MI 72,24; MI 249,23 (--satya parisya); D III 76,20 (seyyath pi 'harn etarahi satam bhikkhusarigham pariharmi ti) quoted Mil 159,12; satakkhattum, ind., several hundred times; It 15,12; Ap413,i9; sataso, adv., several hundred times; Ap 507,8 (vasim aranfiamhi sataso aharn); sahassa, n. and mfn., 1. (n. and mfn.) many thousand; many thousands of, Ja III 468,27' (tehi sahassehi bhogehi); Ps II 38,22 (sahassnam sattnam); Dhp-al 81,19; Thi-a 271,34 (atha kho satni sahassni veditabbni); 2. (mfn.) consisting of many thousands; D III 17,5 (paris hoti sat sahass); 76,i9 (--sahassam bhikkhusangham pariharissati) quoted Mil 159,10; Ps II 265,16 (sahasso gogano, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se satasahass gogan); sririk, (m)f(n)., relating to more than one body, connected with many bodies; A I 168,16 (sabbe te sririkam punnapatipadam patipann honti); 169,4. ekaka, m/(-ik). and m. [eka + ka2], 1. (mfn.) (i) alone; by oneself; only...; a single; the only...; Abh718; Vin IV 92,33 (-assa me kath v nisajj v phsu hoti ti); 229,24 (ekik ohiyitv pacch agamsi); D I 227,22 (brhmano ~o paribhunjeyya); AIV 355,21 (gamehi tva Meghiya - ' amh tva yva anno pi koci bhikkhu dissat ti); Th62 (- mayam arafine viharma); Ja I 307,21 (tarn ekikarn nissya tayo jan dukkhato mutt); IV 193,21* (sabboca lokoekanto itthi ca ayam ekik); 345,4* (sabbe samagg hutvna vasam khma -am); V 314,10 (~o va mtpitaro patijaggissmi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ekato); 385,16 (~ass' eva te pacmi smi ti); Ap 535,28 (ekik bahudh c' si bahudh c' ekik tath); 580,2 (haritlena prayim ekam manosily' ekam anjanena ca ekikarn); Mil 386,27* (-0 tarn damem' aham, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be,

Ap 67,12: ekaggo); Vism 36,2* (nayanam va -am); see also ekika; (ii) having one; having a single (verse); Thip. 125,15 (ekik theriyo samatt, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce ekakanipto nitthito); 2. (m.) (\) a group of one; a set consisting of a single item; M III 1,19 (ganpema ekam ~am dve duk tini tik ...); Vin V 141,5* (~a ca duk c' eva tika ...); Sadd 283,26/<?//.; (ii) (or perhaps n.) a section dealing with groups of one; Vin V 116,3* (uddanam ~e idam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekato). ekaceyya, mfn. [for *ekatiya under influence of ekacca ?], a certain; some; Ja IV 494,12* (hatthihi assehi rathehi pattihi parivrit muccare ~, Ce, Ee so; Be ekacceyy; Se ekaccay; wrr ? 497,22': parivrit ekacce); see also ekacca, ekacciya2, ekatiya. ekacca, pron. and mfn. [BHS ekatya; cf S. lex. ekatiya], (pi nom. m. ekacce), 1. (i) a, a certain; someone, something; anyone; (pi.) some, certain; some people; Abh 718; Vin 145,18 (pasannnam ca ~nam annathatty ti); 50,12 (na upajjhyam anpucch -assa patto dtabbo); 183,29 (siy... idh' -assa yasmato evam assa ...); D I 14,2i (~o samano v brhmano v...); 180,2 (tatr* -e evam hamsu); 11189,3 (tad etarahi pi manuss -esu janapadesu); MI 136,19 (~assa evam hoti); SI 168,4 (mund pi hi idh' ~e brhman bhavanti); A I 138,9 (~o kayena duccaritam carati); 213,13 (idh* ~o itthi v puriso v); Thi 216 (app ~ sakim vijtyo); Ja II 235,4* (ko nu kho bhagav hetu~e idha puggale ativa hadayam nibbti; 235,6': k o . . . hetu yena ~e puggale ditthamatte yeva hadayam ativiya nibbyati); VI 234,25* (upamya pi -e attham jnanti pandit); Sp 1120,20 (~asmim pemam dassetv); It-al 72,5 (~an ti ekam annataran ti attho); Sadd 285,19 foil.; (ii) a part of; some of it; some ..., some of...; some of them; Vin I 130,9 (~ya vutthitya parisya...); MI 73,13foil, (dev nerayik ~e ca manuss ~e ca viniptik); 499,1 foil, (sabbam me na khamati ti ... ~am me khamati -am me na khamati ti); Kv 151,io (atitam atthi ti ~am atthi ~am n'atthi ti); Mil 309,5 (sabbesam parinibbutnam cetiye ptihiram hoti udhu ~nam yeva hoti ti); Sp 1099,12 (sensanni sabbni v ~ni v parikkhittni); 2. (repeated) one... another...; someone... someone...; (pi, often preceded by app, see svapi[) some ... others ...; Vin I 89,9 (cor... ~ bhikkhuniyo acchindimsu - bhikkhuniyo dsesum); 321,1 fall (-assa ... patikkosan rhati -assa na rhati); D I 162,22 (tehi pi me saddhim -esu thnesu sameti -esu thnesu na sameti); MII 160,16 fall (- paris srattaratt ... - paris asrattaratt...); It65,4 (-0 puggalo -narn data hoti -nam na data hoti); JaV 11,17 (itarsu - . . . naccimsu - gyimsu); Ap47,i3 (-nam ca vamanam -nam virecanam); Mil 153,2o(-e mahrja [parittam] rakkhati ~e na rakkhati ti); Vism 112, ufoll; ekaccam in Ee, Se at Ap 515,25 and 601,14 is prob, wr for ekajjham (Be, Ce so); -asassatika, mfn., believing in the noneternality of some things; D I 17,12; -vasana, mfn., wearing a single garment; partially (or lightly) clothed; JaV 215,13* (- nri migi bhant v' udikkhati; 216,16': ~ ti ekaccikavasan ekavatthanivatth ti attho, Be,

538

Ce, Se so; Ee ekapattanivatth ti attho); -sassatika, mfn., believing in the eternality of some things; professing a partial eternalism; D I 17,n (eke samanabrhmana ~ ekacca-asassatik, ekaccam sassatam ekaccam asassatam attnam ca lokam ca pannapenti); Vibh 400,18 (cattro ~); Sp60,i9; Patis-a 454,8 (hoti ca na ca hoti ti ~nam ditthi); see also ekaceyya, ekacciya2, ekatiya. ekaccika, see sv ekacciya1. ekacciya1, ekaccika, mfn. [cf S. lex. ekatiya ?], single, of a single thickness; Vin I 289, \foll (anujnmi bhikkhave ticivaram digunam sanghtim ~am uttarsangam -amantaravsakan ti; Sp 1128,I3foil.: ~mti ekapattam... dvigunam sanghtim anujnti ekaccike itare); 290,3 (samantato dupattam bhavissati majjhe -an ti); JaV 216,17' (ekaccavasan ti ekaccikavasan ekapattanivatth ti attho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ekavatthanivatth ti attho). ekacciya 2 , mfn, [c/ekacca], a certain, a certain sort of; some; SI 86,13* (itthi pi hi ~ seyy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ekacciya seyyo; Spkl 155,15: dandhapannasm elamgaputtato ekacc itthi yeva seyy); 199,20* (~ pana Vajjabhmiy mag viya asangacrino aniket viharanti bhikkhavo, eds so; read ekatiy mc?); Ja I 326,1* foil. (saccam kir' evam hamsu nar ~ idha kattham viplvitam seyyo na tv ev' ~o naro; 326, w foil.: nar ~ idh ti idh' ekacce panditapuris... ekacco pana mittadbhi akatann ppapuriso) = IV 259,18*foil, quoted Sadd 285,29*; Pj I 184,11 (tato -narn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ekaccnam); II 156,16 (atha v ~ena matena); see also ekaceyya, ekacca, ekatiya. ekajjham, ind. [S. aikadhyam; BHS ekadhyam], at one time; in one place; together, altogether; Vin II 75,34 (ye te bhikkh vinayadhar tesam ~am sensanam pannpeti); MI 316,36 (sappim ca phnitam ca ~am samsattham); III 10,12 (te sabbe ~am sannipatma); Ja IV 347,25* (~am uppatanti); Vibh l,n (tad -am abhisamyhitv abhisankhipitva); Mil 144,8 (pubbakehi pi... mahttherehi ettha vimati uppdit tehi pi ~am na kato); Vism334,20 (ubhayam p'etam -am katv); It-all 55,29 (~am ptiyekkarn v); Pj II 38,u (dhitaro ca putt ca te sabbe putt tv eva ~am vuccanti); Mhv 22:71 (nmam puttassa krayi... pitu nmam ca attano ubho katvna ~amGnianI-abhayo iti); Sadd 803,26 (ekadh karoti -am ekato karoti ti attho). ekatiya, mfn. [BHS ekatya; cf S. lex. ekatiya], a certain; some; SI 199,20* (~ pana Vajjibhmiy, so read mc ? eds ekacciya); Th 1009 (na vissase ~esu evam agrisu pabbajitesu cpi) quoted Sadd 285,25; see also ekaceyya, ekacca, ekacciya2. ekato, ind. [S. ekatas], X.from one; Vism 542,11 (ekato hi kranato na idha kiiici ekam phalam atthi); Sadd 802,5 (ekato patthya ganiyamn); 2. on one side, on one part; on each side; to one side, separately; Vin IV 215,n (ubhato avassute... ekato avassute); D i l 343,6 (imam sattham dvidh vibhajeyyma ekato panca sakatasatni); Ja 1234,25 (dve vagg hom ti panca panca kulasatni ekato ahesum); VI 76,7 (migaganaparivuto dve mige ekato katv); 286,28* (na bhunje sdum ekato, Ce, Ee

so; Be, Se ekako; 287,15': annesam adatv ekako va na bhunjeyya); Mil 10,7 (ekasmim gabbhe ekato mancakam pannpetv); Sp 891,9 (ekato v ubhato v ukkhittacivaro); Ps I 151,28 (vankam nma ekato kutilam); ekato ... ekato ..., on one side ...on the other ...; Vin II 203,27 (ekato ... eko hoti ekato dve catuttho anussveti; Sp 1277,4: ekato ... eko ti dhammavdipakkhe eko, ekato dve tiadhammavdipakkhe dve); S V 374,2 (ekato assa bhagav ekato bhikkhusarigho); Ja III 51,24 (tassa pana arannassa ekato pabbatapdo ekato nadi ekato paccantagmako); 3. all on one side, in one body; together; Vin I 94,36 (ekato gacchanti, na ekato agantabbam anussakena pathamataram gantv sahgho npetabbo); 204,32 (ekato ghamsiyanti); III 177,23 (nnnm nngott... pabbajif ekato ussrita; Sp 612,19: ekatthne kenpi sampindit rsikat ti); IV 17,i (sah ti saddhim ekato); Vv 64:21 (yad ca gitni ca vditni ca ... samenti ekato); Ja III 391,24 (tena saddhim ekato va vaddhesi); IV 390,8 (pindya carant pi ekato va gacchanti ekato va gacchanti vinbhavitum na sakkonti); Ap71,7 (dev ... ekato mantayum tad); Dhs 1432 (yattha dve tayo het ekato uppajjanti); Sp978,i8 (dve civarni ekato katv); Sv 659,4 (ekiss lokadhtuy dve buddha ekato uppajjeyyum tarn kranam n' atthi ti); ekato in Ee at JaV 314,io is wr for ekako (Be, Ce, Se so); -upasampanna, mfn., ordained in (only) one sangha; Vin III 207,23 (~ya dhovpeti; Sp662,s: ~y ti bhikkhuninam santike upasampannya); Thi-a 269, is; -kja, /w., a carrying-pole with a load at one end; VinII 137,24 (na... ubhatokjam haritabbam... anujnmi bhikkhave ~am antarkjam...); -dhra, mfn., with a single cutting edge; Vin IV 201,1 (sattham nma ~am ubhatodhram paharani); Spk I 323, \i (~ ubhatodhr asisattikkhurappdayo dhmyant); -pakkhika, mfn., supporting one side, belonging to one party; Vin II 87,13 (~nam bhikkhnam vyattena bhikkhun... sako pakkho npetabbo); Mil 239,12 (-nam bhikkhnam); -vantikaml, / , a garland with stalk(s) on one side; Vin II 9,33 (~am karonti pi... ubhatovantikamlam karonti pi); Spkl 111, is (~J-divasena ganthenti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ekatoganthikmldi-). ekattha1, ind. [S. ekatra], in one place; in one and the same place; in only one place; Vin I 107,23 (anujnmi bhikkhave ekam samhanitv ekattha uposatham ktum); A1145, \ofoll. (ekattha sudam uppalam pupphati ekattha padumam ekattha pundarikam); Sp 1057,9 (cattro ekattha vasant); Ps I 44,5 (ekattha vuttam sabbattha vuttam eva hoti ti); Patis-a 178,23 (yato v ekattha pahinam sesesu pi pahinam hoti); Mhv 74:130 (ekattha dalhamlo so na bhave yva ...). ekattha2, see ekattha' sv eka. ekad, ind. [ts], once, at one time; at some time; sometimes; MI 91,11 (me ekad lobhadhamma pi cittam pariydya titthanti); S III 256,4 (ko paccayo yen' ekad sltam hoti); IV 71,10* (atho pi bhotvna asdum ekad); T h l l 2 7 (vess ca sudd ca bhavma ekad); Ja IV 216,23* (matto va ekad vajj hamsarjam pacantu me; 216,25': tvam pana kadci surmadamatto ...); 402,7 (so

539

ekad punnamadivase pto va ... dinnadnam vajjento); Ap 507,2 (kadci misam deti dhammam deseti c' ekad); Ud-a 307,16 (ekad ... Ujjenim gacchanto); ekad ... ekad ..., sometimes ... sometimes ...; at one time ...at another ...; Ja V 415,4 (ekad Kapilapure ekad Koliyanagare); Vism 544,30* (jaccandho naro... ekad yti maggena ummaggenpi ekad); Ud-a 217,16 foil (bhagavato... upatthk anibaddh ahesum, ekad Ngasamlo ekad Ngitoekad Upavno ...); ifc see app - sv api'. ekadh, ind. [ts], singly; in one way; at once; together; Vism 541, I 8* (avijj... ekadh paccayo mat); Ps I 3$,10 foil, (evam sabbam sakkyam dvidh dassetv idni tarn eva ekadh sampindetv dassento... sabbam sakkyam ekadh dassetv); As 427,19 (ekadh va ekato uppajjati); Sadd 803,22 (ekena vibhgena ekadh); anekadh, zW., in various ways; often; Ap 505,5 (andhakram paksam ca dassayitv anekadh); Vism 541,37 (anekadh paccayo hoti); Nidd-al 10, n (evam anekadh vavatthpitassa imassa mahniddesassa); Mhv 5:181; Sadd 168,33*; see also nekadh. ekki(n), mfn. [S. ekkin], alone; solitary; Abh718; Thi 426 (aham pi ~ini vicintemi); Ap 573,28 (Jettho bht tilokaggomajjhimo arahtath ~inl gahatth 'harn); Ps III 135, li (yad hi dve aggasvak ~ino vasanti); Ud-a 309,20 (ekaseyyan t i . . . na ~in hutv sayanamattam); Th-alll 69,5 (eko ti apacchsamano); Cp-a22,io (may ~in 1 viharitum vattati ti); Mhv 44:127 (~i so va nikkhami); Sadd 286,9/0//.; see also ekkiya, eknika. ekkiya (and ekkika), mfn. [from ekki(n); cf Pkt ekakiya], alone; solitary; Th 541 (~o adutiyo ramaniye mahvane; Th-all 229,11: ~o ti ekki asahyo); Ap67,6 (~o adutiyo vasmi, Be, Ce so; Ee ekkiko; Se ekyiko); Cp 1:9:28 (~o adutiyo Maddidevim idam abravim,ite, Ce, Ee so; Se ekkiko; Cp-a 86,24: ~o ti amaccasevakdisahybhvena ekako); Mil 398,6* (vicinitv vipassako ~o adutiyo seti rammanantare, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ekkiko); Sadd 2S6,\o foil.; see also ekki(n), eknika. ekdasa, num., n. and mfl~ and ~I)H. [S. ekdaSa, ekdaSan], 1. (num.) eleven; Vin I 19,37 (tena kho pana samayena ~a loke arahanto honti); MI 220,6 (~ahi... ahgehi samanngato); A V 317,21 (~annam vyasannam); Ja II 367,io* (te ~a Kurudhamme patitthit); Vibh 95,29 (~a dhtuyo); Mil 198,4 (~' nisams ptikahkh); Vism 114,21 (~a kammatthnni anuklni); Mp IV 57,14 (imasmim sutte ~asu thnesu); Dip 10:2; 2. (n.) an eleven; a group of eleven; VinV 141,6* (in uddna: chasattatthanavak ca dasa-ekdasni ca); 3. (mfn.) eleventh; Vin III 196,22 (~e arunuggamane nissaggiyam hoti); JaVI 396,32* (das' ettha pandit hu... mt ~I); Ap 179,6 (ito ~e kappe eko si Dharanlruho); Pj II 488,12 (~yam [gthyam]); Sadd 795,14 (ekdasannam prani ~i); '-angika, mfn. [ekdasa + anga2 + ika], having eleven constituents, being made up of eleven (intrinsic) parts; Vibh-a 203,15 (salyatanam chaddetv ~o paticcasamuppdo vutto); 204,33 (ttam); -kkhattum, ind., eleven times; Ap82,s; -parikkhrika, mfn., who has eleven requisites;

Sv 207,3 (~assa kattarayatthi v telanlik v vattati) = Ps II 212,29; see also ekrasa. ekdasaka, mfn. and n. [S. ekdaSaka], l. (mfn.) forming a group of eleven; (a robe) made of eleven pieces; Sp 1110,21 (civaravicranamatten ti pancakam v sattakam v navakam v ~am v hot ti evam vicranamattena); 2. (n.) a section dealing with a group or groups of eleven; VinV 140,35 (~am nitthitam); Dhsp. 133,B; Sp 1344,26. ekdasama, m/(~ and ~T)n. [S. ekda^ama], the eleventh; Vin II 292,33 (pancasatikakkhandakam nitthitam ~am); Mill 255,9 (ayam ~i ptipuggalik dakkhin); S n l l 3 (~o so parbhavo); Ja I 78,23 (~am lekham kaddhi); Cp p. 33,27 (kanhdipyanacariyam ~am); Pj II 183,8 (pathamagthya ... dutiyagthya ... dasamya ... ~ya...). eknika, ekniya, mfn. [perhaps from eka + ayana, c/Mil 428,40 and Sadd Index sv; or perhaps wr], alone; solitary; Mil 402,20 (yogin... eknikena pavivekam sevitabbam, Ee so; Be ekakena; Ce ekkin; Se ekaniketam); Mp III 35,2i* (ekniy addutiy tdis saman mama, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ekakiy); see also ekki(n), ekkiya. ekbhavati, pr. 3 sg. [eka + bhavati; cf ekibhavati], becomes one; is combined; Ja VI 412,15* (Pancl ca Videh ca ubho -antu te; 412,20': ~ant ti gangodakam viya yamunodakena saddhim samsandant ekasadis va hont ti; but perhaps read ek bhavantu; see Sadd 284,3^0//.: yad pana [ekasaddo] misslbhtavacano tad ek eke ... eknan ti purisanaye bahuvacanavasena vattabbam ... ek bhavantu ti ekibhavantu missibhavantu; and 9\2,zifoll.: ekasadis ti atthe vattabbe ek ti vattabbam). ekrasa, num. [ = ekdasa qv; AMgid.], eleven; Ap 166,14 ('-e kappasate pancatims* sum khattiy, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ekdase); 589,16 (~am kotisat, Ee so; Be, Se ekdasakotisat buddha; Ce omits); Sadd 796,3 (ekdlhi v dasassa dassa ro sankhyne: ~a ekdasa). ekika, m(fn). [from eka; formed from ekik^v?], alone; solitary; Ja VI 99,19* (ye adutiy na ramanti ~); Pv-a 181,8 (ekako ti ~o adutiyo); see also ekaka. e k i k , / qfekaka qv. ekikata, mfn. [pp of *eka + karoti; cf S. ekiVkr], made one; combined; Sadd 16,27 (~ass' atthassa ekassa viya vacanam pi ekavacanam); see also ekikatv. ekikatv, ind. [absol. of *eka + karoti; cf S. ekiVkr], making one; having united; Mhv 82:1 (Tisihalagatam sabbam ekikatv mahjanam); see also ekikata. ekikarana, n. [eka + karana; ts], making one; combination; Sadd 609,23 (sarena vyanjanena v ~am paranayanam). ekibhavati, pr. 3 sg. [eka + bhavati], 1. [S. ekWbh] comes together, becomes one; is blended or combined; Sp 1038,13 (sace dve magg nikkhamitv pacch sakatadhuram iva -anti); Spk III 290,10 (et mahnadiyo -anti, nirantar bhavanti ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce honti ti attho; Ee savant! ti attho); Nidd-a 1419,10 (tehi tehi rammanehi saddhim bajjhati ~ati); Sadd 284,8 (ek bhavantu ti ~antu missibhavantu); 2. becomes one; is

540

alone; Ap-a 368,28 (patisallitum -itum gacchate ti); pp ekibhta, mfn., 1. come together; united, combined; Nidd-a I 109,32 (laggit ti kmaparilhena -); 253, is (samgatan ti samipam gatam samhitan ti -am); Ap-a 490,2 (tay saddhim puna pi samgato -o, saha vasmi ti attho); 2. [BHS ekibhta] become one; alone, solitary; Sv 665,6 (ekodibhto ti~o eko titthanto eko nisidanto); Spkl 139,6 (patisallinass ti nilinassa -assa); Dip 15:68 (-o va); see also ekbhavati. ekibhva, m. [c/S. ekibhva], 1. becoming one; uniting, union; oneness; D III 245,13 (sangahya avivdya smaggiy -ya samvattati) * MI 322,7 * A III 289,is; Vism 161,27 (etasam atthato ~o); Sp 611,24 (samgacchatu -am yt ti); Sv 253,8 (sitodakam viya unhodakena sammoditam -am agamamsu); Nidd-a I 200,24 (padasamsaggo ti padnam ~o); Ap-a 237,33 (cetosamathnuyutto ti cittassa -am anuyutto); 2. being alone; solitude; Ja VI 65,6' (ekattam uparocatan ti -o te ruccatu); Sv 309,23 (nilino -am upagamma ekattrammane jhnaratim anubhavati ti); Spk II 300,10 (patisalln ti -); Mpl 69,25 (addhamsam -ena vitinmetv patisalln vutthito); Dhp-a II 103,6 (kyaviveko ti kyassa-o). ekna, mfn. [eka + una], less by one, minus one; Ap 135,21 (cattrisamhi ~e kappe); Mpl 216,22 (-ehi pancahi bhikkhusatehi saddhim); Thi-a 181,35 (-ni pancaputtasatni); -cattlisa, -cattlisa,/ and mfn., l.(f.) num., 39; Vism 559,13 (-a dhamm); As 429,22* (-ya pliy); Jinak93,5 (-a mahther); 2. (mfn.) 39th; Ap 301,26 (avantaphalavaggo -0, Se so; Be -cattlisamo; Ce -cattlisatimo; Ee -cattrimso); Mimsa 1 , -timsam, num., 29; Vin III 204,33 (dvihuppanne mlacivare ... ~e uppanne mlacivare, for 29 days ?); Ap 144,6 (-(a)-sahasse, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ^ sahasse); Bv 26:14 (-a vassni); As257,i8 (-a padni); Vibh-a 144,26 (-am eva dassesi); -timsa 2 , m/n., 29th; 29 (years old); DU 151,25* (-0 vayas... yam pabbajim; Sv 590,1 foil.: vayena vasso hutv); Ap 151,14 (-e kappamhi ito, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kappamhi); 243,19 (pannadyakavaggo -o, Se so; Ee -timsamo; Be, Ce -timsatimo); Mhv2:26 (~o vayas bodhisatto 'bhinikkhami); 37:178 (vasse -amhi); -timsakkhattum, ind., 29 times; Vin I 279,3o; -timsatima, -timsama, mfn., 29th; Sp 1176,29 (yva -0 divaso, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -timsamo) = Kkh49,i9 (-0); Spk II 286,n (-e samvacchare, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -timse); Ap-a 472,16 (-e vagge); - n a v u t i 1 , / , num., 89; Vism 566,34*; 567,1 (-iy cittehi sampayuttatta); As 6,20; -navuti 2 , mfn., 89th; ? Ap 159,9 (-imn' ito); -paflsa\ -paflfisam, pannsa,/, num., 49; D I 54,5 (-a jivakasate); Thp. 28,H* (ther -am); Jal 70,u (-a divasni); III 220,20 foil (dhanuggaho -a jane -ya kandehi vijjhitv ptesi); Mpl 403,18 (-pannsa pinde karonto); -paflfisa2, mfn., 49th; Ap433,2i (pamsuklavaggo -0, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se -pannsamo); -paflfisatima, mfn., 49th; Jal 80,io (-e divase, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -panfisamadivase) = Ap-a 85,3; 0 -pafiftsama, mfn., 49th; Ap-a 488,8 ( -paiinsamavagge); -visati 1 , -visa, -visam,/, num., 19; Vin III 204,27 (-vise uppanne mlacivare, for 19

days?); Mil4,1 (-i); Vism 114,3 (imni ~i); 458,1 (-iy vipkavinnnnam); Sv430,27 (-iy patisandhicittesu); As 325,9 (-visa); Dhp-a I 4,i4 (-i) Sadd 291,\4 foil. (~i -visam ... -i bhikkh visam bhikkh ... visya bhikkhhi...); -visati 2 , mfn., 19th; Ja VI 345,28 (panho nitthito, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be eknavisatimapafiho; C^-ipanh nitthit); -visati in Ee at As 325,22 is wr for eknavis ti (Be, Ce, Se so); 0 -visatima, mfn., 19th; Vin V 111,13 (samathdhikaranavro nitthito -o, Be, Ce so; Se nitthitam -am; Ee nitthitam navisatimam, prob, wr); Ap 197,8 (kutajapupphiyavaggo -o); Kv 592,6; Vism 620,21 (-e vassapancake, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr eknavisatim ev' assa); Sp 867,2s; - s a t t h i \ / , num., 59; Jal 108,2 (~i yojanni gantv); Ps V 109,17* (--matto Visuddhimaggo pi bhnavrehi); Bv-a243,3 (tato param -iy kappesu buddha loke na uppajjimsu); -satthi 2 , mfn., 59th; Ap 185,24 (kappamhi eko si jandhipo); -satthika, mfn., amounting to 59; Ap 294,16 (gth -, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -satthiyo); -sata, n., num., 99; Ja IV 134,8' (ime-e kumre); 136,2'(-narn ntinam); -sattati,/, num., 69; Spk II 58,4 (tisu dvresu -i cetan honti). ekodi, mfn. and m. [perhaps < eka + *ti, "web", cf BHS ekoti-], \.(mfn.) "woven into one", integrated, unified; withdrawn, apart; D II 267,5* (Sakyaputto va jhnena -i nipako sato; Sv 703,12: -I ti ekibhvam gato); SI 52,6* (-1 nipak sat, Ce so; Be, Ee -i; Se -nipaka; Spkl 109,20foil.: ekaggacitt c'eva pannnepakkena ca samanngat); Sn 962 (~i nipako sato; Nidd I 478,13: ~I ti ekaggacitto avikkhittacitto avishatamnaso ti; 478,20: ~i ti adhicittasikkham pucchati); 2. (m.) [prob, extracted from ekodibhva qv], integration, unification; (according to cts: rising as best or alone; best raiser;) Vism 156, ixfoli (eko udeti t i - i vitakkavicrehi anajjhrlhatt aggo settho hutv udeti ti attho ... vitakkavicravirahito v eko asahyo hutv... atha v sampayuttadhamme udyati ti udi utthapeti ti attho, setthatthena eko ca so udi ca ti -i samdhiss' etam adhivacanam, iti imam -im bhveti vaddheti ti idam dutiyajjhnam ekodibhvam) = Sp \47,22 foil. = As 169,23foil.; It-al 175,5 (eko settho hutv udeti ti -i, samdhi); Sadd315,2i (idi udi -i). ekodikaroti, pr. 3 sg. [ekodi (or *ekoda) + karoti], integrates, unifies; MI 249,30 (ajjhattam eva cittam santhapemi sannisdemi -omi samdahmi) ^ III 111,21 (bhikkhu ... cittam ... -oti); S II 273,27 (ariye tunhlbhve cittam -ohi, Be so; Ce, Ee ekodim karohi; Se ekodibhvam karohi; Spk II 233,23: ekaggam karohi); Pet 41,9 (cittam-oti); fpp ekodiktabba, ekodikattabba, mfn., Mill 111,19 (cittam santhapetabbam sannisdetabbam ekodiktabbam samdahtabbam); AII 94,22 (katham cittam ekodikattabbam). ekodibhva, m. [from ekodihoti; cf BHS ekotibhva], integration, unification; apartness, withdrawal; Vin III 4,10 (ajjhattam sampasdanam cetaso -am avitakkarn avicrain samdhijam pitisukharn dutiyajjhnam upasampajja; Sp 148,6: ekodi samdhiss' etam adhivacanam iti imam ekodim bhveti vaddhayati ti idam

541

dutiyajjhnam -am) = D I 37,n = MI 21,37 = Vibh 105,31 * Dhs 161; JaV 256,5' (dhigat ti -am ekavihrikam adhigat); Vibh 258,10 (cetaso -an tiy cittassa thiti...); Pet 143,18 (-ena piti pripurim gacchati); Ud-a 320,32 (cittam rammane ' -upagamanena thitam nma hoti). ekodihoti, pr. 3 sg. [ekodi (or *ekoda) + hoti], is or becomes integrated, unified; is apart; M I 119,13 (ajjhattam eva cittam santitthati sannisidati -oti samdhiyati) * A I 254,30 (Mp II 363,17: -oti ti ekaggam hoti) * SIV 196,24 (Spklll 66,12: tatiyaijhnavasena -oti); pp ekodibhta, mfn. [BHS ekotibhta], integrated, unified; withdrawn, apart; D i l 241,13* (~o karundhimutto; Sv665,6foil.: ~o ti ekibhto eko titthanto eko nisidanto ti, vacanattho pan' ettha eko udeti pavattati ti ekodi, tdiso bhto ti ~o); 242,1 (~o ti cham bhoto jnmi, idh' ekacco vivittam sensanam bhajati...); S V 144,21 (tpino sampajn- vippasannacitt samhit ekaggacitt; Spklll 200,4: - ti khanikasamdhin ekaggabht samhit); It 42,4* (~o vihane tamam so; It-al 175, sfoli: -o ti eko settho hutv udeti ti ekodi samdhi so ... jto uppanno etass ti ~o ... ekodim v bhto pattoti - o ) * Sn 975 (Pj II 574,25: ekaggacitto); caus. pp ekodibhvita, mfn., made unified, brought to integration; Th916 (pancangike samdhimhi sante -e; c/Th-alll 73,3: -e ti ekodibhvagate sucinne vasibhvappatte ti attho). ekomsikya in Ee at Spkl 332,23 is wr for ekamsikya (Be, Ce, Se so). eja, m. or n. [from ejati], disturbance, emotion; S IV 69,3i* (in uddna: -ena ca duve vutt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~en' eva ca dve vutt); see also ej. ejati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. ejati], moves, trembles, shakes; Dhtup 82 (eja kampane); Dhtum 75; Sadd 345,15 (eja kampane: ~ati ej); Sn 859 (tasm vdesu n' ~ati; Nidd I 250,12: n'-ati na ~ati na calati na vedhati ..., Ee, Se so; Be, Ceti -ati na injati...; Pj II 550,19: tamkran nindvacanesu na kampati); anejanto in Ee at S III 83,20* is wrfor anejam te (Be, Ce, Se so). ejati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ejate, Wg 6:20], shines; Sadd 346,io (eja bheja bhaja dittiyam: ... -ati). ej, / [from ejati1], motion, disturbance, agitation; emotion; Abh 162 (tanh tasin ~); DU 283,21 (~ bhante rogo ~ gando - sallam - imam purisam parikaddhati tassa tass' eva bhavassa abhinibbattiy; Sv 738,12: calanatthena tanh ~ ti vuccati) ^ S IV 64,33; Sn751 (etam dinavam natv dukkham injitapaccay tasm hi -am vossajja ... anejo anupdno sato bhikkhu paribbaje, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits hi; Pj II 508,3: ~am ossajj ti tanham cajitv); Dhs 1059 (katamo lobho: yo rgo ... ~ my janik ...); As 363,15 (kaddhanavasena ~); Sadd 345,16 (lbhdim paticca ejati kampati ti ~ balavatanhay' etam nmam); nuga, mfn., following, under the influence of, emotion; Sn 791 (~ te na taranti sangam; Pj II 527, is: ejsankhtya tanhya anugat abhibht); It 91,17* (~o anejassa); aneja, mfn. and n. [cf BHS aneya, aninjya], I. (mfn.) unmoved, imperturbable; without emotion; DII 254, is* (indakhilamhacca-m-anej); SIV 64,34(~oviharati vitasallo); AII 15,29* (Mp III 19,i: tanhsankhtya ejya ~ niccal

nma); Ud 27,18* (pabbato viya so thito ~o); Sn 87 (tarn kankhacchidam munim ~am); Th 372 (yo ve samuddo va thito ~o); Ap 118,4 (Sikhim tilokasaranam -am aparjitam); Ud-a 188,3 (~-tt); 2. (n.) imperturbability; unmoveable state; freedom from emotion; S III 83,20* (~am te anuppatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anejanto; SpkII 282,3: -an ti ejsankhtya tanhya pahnabhtam arahattam); Thi 362 (~am upasampajja); Mil 340,2 (... appanihitena appanihitam kathayissmi -ena ~am kathayissmi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anenjena anenjam; perhaps better anenjena nenjam); see also anifija, nejja, nenja, eja. etati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup etati, Wg9:31], goes; Sadd 353,3 (ita kita kata gatiyam:... ~ati ketati katati). etthi,/ [S. esti; cfalso S. isti], seeking, endeavouring to obtain; wish, desire; Vibh 3 53,13 (y evarp... -i gavetthi pariyetthi esan gavesan pariyesan ayam vuccati lbhena lbham jigimsanat) quoted Vism 23,27 (29,3\ foil.: ~i ti icchan ... esan ti dini -dinam eva vevacanni, tasm ~i ti esan ...). ethati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ethate, Wg 8:14], molests, hurts; Sadd 355,21 (etha hetha vibdhyam: ~ati hethati). ena, m. [ts], a kind of deer, the black antelope; Abh 1050 (srango ctake ~e); see also eni. enl, m.f [cf S. ena, m., em,/], a kind of deer, the black antelope; Sadd 762,23 (~issa viya assa jarigh ti enijahgho); Vin-vn2650 (cammam... rohitenikuruhgnam); -jangha, mfn., with legs like the black antelope 's (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa); DU 17,25 (ayam... kumro ~o; Sv 447,4/o//.: ~o ti enimigasadisajangho mamsussadena paripunnajangho na ekato baddhapindikamamso samantato samam santhitena mamsena parikkhitthi suvattithi sligabbhayavagabbhasadishi jahghhi samanngato); Sn 165 (~am kisam... Gotamam; Pj II 207,16: buddhnam hi enimigasseva anupubbavattjangh honti); -miga, m. [BHS enimrga], the black antelope; Abh 618 (eneyyo -o); Ja IV 431,11; Ap 368,1 (~ ca sarabh); Sp 1088,32; Spkl 317,9 (~ ca tiyojanaveg eva honti); see also ena. eneyya, m. [BHS eneya, S. aineya], the black antelope; Abh 618 (~o enimigo); JaV 406,7* (~ varh c' eva) ^ Sadd 458,7; Ja VI 537,31* (~ pasad c'eva rohiccasarabh mig); Th-alll 159,27 (varhehi c'eva ~ehi ca); -jaftgha, mfn., with legs like the black antelope's; D i l i 157,7* (jangh manunn labhate susanthit vatt sujt anupubbam uggat uddhaggalom sukhumattacotthat ~o ti tarn hu puggalam). eneyyaka, mfn., m. and n. [eneyya + ka2; cf S. aineya], 1. (mfn.) belonging to the black antelope; JaV 155,28* (digh kambutalbhs giv ~ yath; 156,26': enimigassa hi digh ca vatt ca giv sobhati); 2. (m.) the black antelope; JaV 408,30* (~); 3. (n.) a form of torture; MI 87,15 (cirakavsikam pi karonti -am pi karonti balisamamsikam pi karonti) = Niddl 154,13 (Nidd-al 278,29: -an ti eneyyakakammakranam, tarn karont ubhosu kapparesu ca jannukesu ca ayovalayni datv ayaslni kottenti so cathi ayaslehi bhmiyam patitthahati, atha nam parivretv aggim karonti. -o joti-

542

pariggaho yath ti gatatthne pi idam eva vuttam, tarn sandhisandhito slni apanetv cathi atthikotii yeva thapenti, evarp kran nma n' atthi) * A I 48,2; Mil 197,9 (~am pi dukkham). et-, see sv e2. eta(d), demonstr. pronoun, [S. esas, es, etat], (sg. nom. m. eso, esa1, / es', n. etam, etad; acc. m.f etam, n. etam, etad; instr. m.n. etena, / etya; abl. m.n. etasm, etamh; dat./gen. m.n. etassa, / etiss; loc. m.n. etasmim, etamhi; pl. nom./acc. m. ete, / et, n. etni; instr. m.n. etehi, /ethi; abl. f. ethi; dat./gen. m.n. etesam, / etasam; loc. m.n. etesu,/ etsu; see also Sadd 276,24foil.; He eta-, etam-, etad-), this (referring to what is nearest in space or in thought; or to what immediately precedes or follows); often pointing out someone or something: here is ..., there is ...; Vin I 14,9 (kallam nu tarn samanupassitum etam mama eso 'ham asmi eso me att ti); 110,5 (etiss simya); 349, io (bhagav te bhikkh etad avoca); III 6,\o (esham bhagavantam Gotamam saranam gacchmi); D I 85,25 (vuddhi h' es ... ariyassa vinaye yo ...); 89,24 (tesam bhikkhnam etad ahosi); 89,29 (eso Ambattha vihro samvutadvro); 226,30 (sdhu bhante bhagav Lohiccam brhmanam etasm ppak ditthigat vivecet ti); MI 40,23 (et ditthiyo); 46,8 (etni Cunda rukkhamlni etni sunngrni); 361,8 (etad eva kho pana samyojanam etam nivaranam yadidam pntipto); 398,27 (atth' nanda etamh sukh annam sukham); 445,31 (es' evahetu esa paccayo); S I 11,8 (etam attham puccha); 167,3* (ethi tii vijjhi tevijjo hoti brhmano); A I 8,4 (n' etam thnam vijjati); II 24,4 (yam etasmim antare bhsati); Dhp 5 (esa dhammo sanantano); Ud 5,29 (eso te samana putto, posa nan ti); 78,15 (etamh udapn pniyam har ti); Sn 224 (etena saccena suvatthi hotu); Vv 44:24 (eso hi sahgho vipulo mahaggato); Pv 36:7 (slohito esa ahosi mayham); ThI51 (etamh' lhane daddh); 83 (yath idam tath etam yath etam tath idam); Ja II 67,13* (ko nm' eso migdhibh); III 207,io* (iti etya sannya); IV 53,23* (etsu ve jyare suggavsu); VI 518,5* (esa selo mahrja pabbato; 518,33': dakkhinahattham ukkhipitv imin pabbatapdena gacchath ti cikkhant vadanti); Ap 23,17 (sabbarn etam abhinnya); 44,1 (eteh' angehi sampanno); Vibh 173,7 (evam etesam dhammnam samudayo hoti); Dhp-al 389,15 (aham ethi balavatar); (etad)-agga, see sv; (etad)-atthiya, mfn., having this purpose; useful for this; S IV 341,17 (~ ... lambaclak bhat ti,Be, Ee, Se so; Ce etadatthya); (etad)-antika, mfn., having this as an end, having an end here; ending thus; SI 130,20* (accantam hataputt 'mhi puris ~); Thi 138 (sabbe sok samucchinn pahin ~); (etad)-ohi, ind. [for etad + odhi ? cfS. etadavadhi], this as limit; to this limit, as far as this; Mil 47,32 foil, (yv' ~i pi samma Ghatikr ti, yv' ~i pi samma Jotipla ...; Ce, Ee, Se so; Be yvatdohi pi; Ps III 281,25: yv' ~i pi ti ettha dokrahikrapikr nipt, yv' etaparaman ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Se yvataparaman ti attho; Be yvatdohi pi ti ... yvatupariman ti attho); (eta)-gedha, mfn., having longings for this, desiring this; Mill 132,10 (~ h i . . . rannako ngo yadidam ngavanam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se

etthagedh ... rannak ng; Ps IV 198,21: etasmim pavattagedh, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee pavatte, prob, wr); 134,5 (~a h i . . . devamanuss yadidam panca kmagun, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se etthagedh); (eta)-parama, mfn. and n.y 1. (mfn.) having this (which usually follows) as their highest limit, ie only as good as this, no better than this; only as great as this, no more than this; D II 144,23 (tesam pi bhagavantnam ~ yeva upatthk ahesum seyyath pi mayham nando); 255,10 (tesam pi bhagavantnam ~ yeva devat sannipatit ahesum seyyath pi mayham etarahi; Sv 681,25: etam paramam pamnam etesan ti ~); MI 80,8 (tad pi -o yeva kolo ahosi seyyath pi etarahi); 398,25 (~am satt sukham somanassam patisamvedenti ti idam assa nnujnmi... atth' nanda etamh sukh annam sukham abhikkantataram); Vism478,i8 (~am c'etam attattaniyaghavatthu yadidam rpdayo panca); acc. ~am, adv., as well as, only as well as, only as much as; MI 339,15 (te pi bhagavanto ~am yeva samm bhikkhusangham patipdesum seyyath pi etarahi bhot Gotamena samm bhikkhusangho patipdito); 2. (n.) this highest point, this limit; Ps III 281,25 (yv' etadohi pi ti ... yv' -an ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Se yvataparaman ti attho; Be yvatdohi pi ti... yvatupariman ti attho). etadagga, n. [from etad aggam, see agga1], the state of being accounted best of one's class or type; Ja IV 96,7 (so pancasu thnesu ~e thapanam patv); Ap 40,22 (Gotamo... ~e thapessati); 481,17 (mahpurisasvakam thapentam ~amhi); Ps II 247,20 (api c'assa abhinikkhamanena pi -ena pi mahantabhvo veditabbo); Spkl 337,15 (bhagav ca nam ~e niddisi etad aggam bhikkhave mama svaknam upsaknam ... parisam sanganhantnam yadidam Hatthako lavakoti); Pj I 91,16 (bhagavat -am ropite). etadisik in Ee at S I 202,6* is wrfor etdisik qv. etarahi, ind. [BHS id.; S. etarhi], now; at this time; nowadays, at the present time; Abhll40; Vin I 37,20 (ayam kho me bhante pathamo asssako ahosi so me etarahi samiddho); 247,36 (kaham ... etarahi so bhagav viharati); D12,24 (kya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathya sannisinn); A I 147,17* (nharn bhabbo etarahi kmni patisevitum); Ja V 407,13* (handham etarahi pjit tay); Bv 26:21 (appam vassasatam yu idn' etarahi vijjati); Sp 77,2 (etarahi Jambudipo ksvapajjoto isivtaparivto); Sadd 676,26 (idamsaddassa sabbass' eva etdeso hoti rahimhi paccaye pare: etarahi); esp. (a) in relation to the past and/or the future: Vin II 190,17 (pubbe manussdighyuketarahi appyuk); DU 101,1 (etarahi v mamam v accayena); M I 80,9 (tad pi etaparamo yeva kolo ahosi seyyath pi etarahi); 275,22 (aham kho pubbe bdhiko ahosim ... so 'mhi etarahi tamh bdh mutto); SI 140,12* (ye ca atit sambuddh ye va buddha angat yo c'etarahi sambuddho); Dhp 228 (na chu na ca bhavissati na c' etarahi vijjati...); Sn/?. 50,20 (sandissanti nu kho bho Gotama etarahi brhman pornnam brhmannam brhmanadhamme); Ja VI 364,22 (atitngate v etarahi v); Vibh 367,25 (etarahi v paecuppannam addhnam rabbha); Mil 245,6 (tad pi mahrja etarahi pi s yeva patipad); Vism200,2i (ime

543

pancadhamm atite kammavattam vinnndayo panca etarahi vipkavattam); (b) parallel (in direct speech) to tena kho pana samayena (+ historic present): VinI 27,3i (tena kho pana samayena Uruvelakassapassa jatilassa mahyaniio paccupatthito hoti... Uruvelakassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi etarahi kho me mahyanno paccupatthito); II 170,7 (tena kho pana samayena ... vsik bhikkh upaddut honti... tesam bhikkhnam etad ahosi etarahi kho mayam vuso upaddut); III 7,6 (tena kho pana samayena Veranj dubbhikkh hoti ... yasm Mahmoggallno bhagavantam etad avoca etarahi bhante Verafij dubbhikkh). etase, etave, inf. o/eti 1 qv. etdisa, m/(~ and ~\)n. [etad + disa1; S. etdrS, etdrsa], such (a), of such a kind; such as (with or without correlative); Vin V 149,19* (sikkh ~i n'atthi); D i l 157,4* (yath ~o satth loke appatipuggalo); 267,13* (yasss' ~ipaj); A II 5,6* (bahum ca so pasavati piinnam ~o naro); Sn 206 (~ena kyena yo marine unnametave); Vv 34:7 (yasarn -am patt); Pv 18:20 (yassa ~ honti amacc); 36:87 (~ sappurisna sevan); Th 1035 (n' atthi -am mittam yath kyagat sati); Ja III 120, I 8* (~o nna kulassa dhammo); 534,2* (~ sakhrasm rak parivajjaye); V203,i6* (n'~o ydiso mayha kyo); 268,22* (-asmim niraye vasanti); 376,27* (~o kho arahati pindam asntu); Nidd I 448, I 9 (~o ca tdiso ca tato ca bhiyyo, Ee, Se so', Be, Ce ediso); Ap 125,5 (~e vyamhavare); Sp 898, n (Mahpaccariyam pana vuttam ~e kle ... vattati ti); Sv 704,3 (upekhako bhagav ~esu thnesu). etdisik, (m)f(n). [etdisa + (i)ka; cf BHS etdrSaka], such (a), of such a kind; S I 202,6* (~ya rattiy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr etadisikya) quoted Dhp-a III460,16*. etdisiy, etdisiya, (m)f[n). [from etdisa; = etdisik?], such (a), of such a kind; Ja VI 318,14* (~su hi padsu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee etadisiysu, mc ? 318, ir foil evarpsu padsu edise bhaye upatthite) = 321,23* {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee etadisiysu). etva(t), mfn. [S. etvat], so great, of such extent; (a)-parama, mfn. [cf BHS ettvatpram], having such as its highest limit, ie only as good as such, only so great; SI 34,6* (evam tattha visujjhati Sriputto va pannya silena upasamena ca yo pi pragato bhikkhu ~o siy; Spk I 89,32: yo koci nibbnam patto bhikkhu so ~o siy na therena uttaritaro nma atthi ti vadati) * Th 1182 (Th-aIII 171,22: so Sriputto... ~o siy etaparamo eva n' atthi tato uttari ti); ace. ~am, adv., only to such an extent, only as greatly; MI 246,22 (ye... keci... saman v brhman v... vedan vedayimsu ~am na-y-ito bhiyyo; cf Ps II 290,10: -an ti tsam pi vedannam etam yeva paramam uttamam pamnam); see also ettvat. eti 1 , ayati (and iti2), pr. 3 sg. [S. Vi, eti] (Sadd 320,\e foil), goes; goes towards; reaches, obtains; reaches (a state); is involved (in); Dhtup231 (aya vaya... gamanatth); 354 (i ajjhenagatikantisu); Dhtum331 (ayo ... gatimhi); 580 (i ajjhne gatimhi ca); Sadd 315,18 (i gatiyam:... iti eti); 417,29 (aya... gatiyam: ayati); 845,12 (ayati ti yo); S I 34, I6* (sace enti manussattam);

201,io* (m ... antakassa vasam esi, Ce, Se so; Be upesi; Ee eyya); IV 158,24* (atthangato so na pamnam eti); A II 51,4* (verocano ... attham eti); Dhp 54 (na pupphagandho pativtam eti); Sn 152 (na hi jtu gabbhaseyyam punar eti); 364 (na so upadhisu sram eti); 877 (vimutto na vivdam eti); 897 (anpayo so upayam kim eyya); Th 585 (na ca appatv dukkhantam visssam eyya pandito); Ja III 237,12* (santim pun* eti caranena danto, Ee so; Ce, Se puneti; Be puneti; 237,18': nibbnam nma tarn eti ppunti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se nibbnanmakam ekam ppunti) = IV 301,5* (Eeso; Be, Ce punoti; Se ppunti; 301,9': nibbnam ppunti); VI 75,5 (tena hi imam gahetv ethti); Ap 378,3 (emi ce mnusam bhavam); Sv 537,36 (ym ti ehi yma, aym ti pi ptho, gacchm ti attho); 743,26 (ayati ti v ayano, gacchati pavattati ti attho); Ud-a 221,30 (kalynapuggaleh, eva ... saha ayati... ti kalynasahyo); 368, i (maranam enti ppunanti); Sadd 317,32 (ityarn kodharpen ti [A IV 98,3*] ettha pana khytavasena gamane itisaddo dissati); fut. 3 sg. (a)essati', Dhp 369 (sinca bhikkhu imam nvarn sitt te lahum essati); Ja VI 414,27* (ko parahatthamessati);(b)issati2, Sadd319,26; (c)ehiti1, Bv2:63 (bodhimlam hi ehiti; Bv-a 94,22: ehiti ti essati gamissati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit gamissati); 2 sg. ehisi', Dhp 236; 369 (nibbnam ehisi); 1 sg. essmi1, issmi, DU 286,4* (amjho gabbham essmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee issmi); 3 pl essanti, issanti, A V 232,26* (te jan pram essanti maccudheyyam suduttaram; Mp V 73,6: nibbnam ppunissanti) = Dhp 86 * Sadd 32,16 (issanti); part.pr. enta1, mfn., Ja III 37,12 (suriye attham ente, Ce, Eeso; Be, Seatthangate); 433,4(suriyam attham entam na sallakkhesum, Ce, Ee so; Be attharigatam; Se attharigamentam); Ap 472, I 3 (sasisse nibbute nthe attham entamhi ssane); Sadd 317,6* (attham entamhi suriye; * Ja VI 557,io*: Ce, Ee attham itamhi; Be, Se atthahgatamhi); inf. (a) etase or etave, ThI291 (nsakkhim pram etase, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce etave; Thi-a212,35yb//.: pram etave ti ... nibbnam etum gantum na asakkhi); (b)etum, Thi-a 212,36; absol icca, itv, itvna, Tikap-a232,5 (icc ti gamanussukkavacanam etam); Sadd 3\5,25 foil; pp (a)ita, mfn. [ts], gone; Ja VI 557,10* (attham ~amhi suriyamhi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se atthahgatamhi); Nidd-a I 242,6 (ati ~am atitam, atikkantan ti vuttam hoti); Sadd 315,2i; ita in Ee at Ps V 25,24 is wr for na (Be, Ce, Se so); durita, n., a bad course, evil; duritamalahara, mfn., taking away the stain of evil; Dthl:61; pp (b) ayita, mfn., gone; Nidd-a I 113,11 (maccharena ~assa maccherasamangino bhvo maccharyitattam, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee yitassa) = As 375,29 (Be, Ce so; Se yitassa; Ee maccharyitassa); Nidd-a I 457,6 (mettya ~assa mettsamahgino cittassa bhvo mettyitattam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit mettya ~assa) = As 362,6 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr asitassa) * Vibh-a75,is; Nidd-a I 429,12 (kankhsamangicittam kankhya tt kankhyitam nma tassa bhvo kankhyitattam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se yitatt) = As 259,26 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se yitatt); fpp ( a ) etabba, mfn., Ud-a 20,27 (abhimukham nnena samam etabbo abhisametabbo ti abhisamayo) *

544

Sadd 419,18; Patis-a 240,26 (sankhrehi avijj patimukham etabb gantabb ti paticc); (b) ayitabba, mfn., Sv743,i8/o//. (ekena ayitabbo ti ekyano, eken ti ... pavivittacittena ayitabbo patipajjitabbo) = Ps I 229,23 foil. = Nidd-a I Slat foil eti2, pr. 3 sg. [S. \i], comes, comes to; approaches; comes back, returns; Vin I 12,23 (labheyyham bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjam labheyyam upasampadan ti ehi bhikkh ti bhagav avoca); 156,15* (in uddna: gaccheyya na eyya v; see 155,4foil.: gaccheyya v ... na v gaccheyya); IV 132,21* (aham ayyena saddhim gamissmi ti eyysi ti bhagini ti); D I 179,16 (etu kho bhante bhagav, sgatam bhante bhagavato); III 55,16 (etu vinn puriso... aham anussmi); SI 142,23 (ehi kho mrisa svgatam te mrisa ...); Pv 20:5 (eyysi khippam); Th 625 (ehi bhikkh ti mam ha, s me s' upasampad); Ja I 269,24 (ito etha smi ti); II416,13 (gacchatha Sundarim maretv ... eth ti vadimsu); IV 270,26 (ito eh' cariy ti); 416,25* (ayam so luddako eti); V 137,6* (pucchityemha panhe; 137,10': panhe pucchitum emha); VI 365,2 (yattha sakim gat na enti ti); 367,10 (bhadde ehi ti ha s ekavacanen' eva gat); 386,6* (abhidosagato idni esi); 426,31* (yad te pahineyymi tad eyysi khattiya; 427, r: eyysi ti gaccheyysi); 513,13* (yadi keci manuj enti anumagge patipathe); Ap 89,25 (dev pi me vasam enti); Cp 1:10:9 (yadi eti dakkhineyyo bhikkhya mama santike); 3:7:3 (so mam asamsi ehi ti aham emi ti tarn vadim); Spkll 377,15 (ayyo Punnatthero eti ti); Dhp-al 49,i8 foil, (smi smi vegen' ehi vegen' ehi); 95,15 (etha bhikkhavo ti bhagav avoca); 183,14 (gatapuriso na tva eti ti); Mhv 14:7 (tarn thero ehi Tiss ti abravi); 15:147 (Sudhamm bhikkhuni etu); Sadd 3\6y\5 foil, (eti ti imassa pana gacchati ti attho eti ti ettha hi -upasaggo sandhikiccena paticchannatt na pkato); imperat. ehi and etha are used especially as introductory particles of exhortation, encouragement or summons (followed usually by an imperat. or fut.): come! come on ! D II 98,26 (etha tumhe bhikkhave... vassam upetha); 143,31 (bhagav afinataram bhikkhum mantesi ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena nandam mantehi); Mill 2,7 (ehi tvam bhikkhu silav hohi); AII 144,27 (ehi tvam ambho purisa yen' ayyo nando ten' upasankama); Dhp 171 (etha passath' imam lokam...); Sn 165 (ehi passma Gotamam); Thi 139 (ehi Kheme rammase); Jail 159,15 (tena hi ehi pitthim me abhirh ti); 358,7* (etha vyaggh nivattavho); V 157, is* (ehi tarn upaghissam); Bvl:48 (etha sabbe samgantv pucchissma mayam jinam); Cp 1:8:13 (ehi Sivaka utthehi); see also ehi-upasampad, ehipassika, ehibhadantika, ehibhikkhu, ehibhikkhu-upasampad, ehibhikkhuka, ehibhikkhupabbajj, ehibhikkhubhva, ehisgatavdi(n); fut. Ssg. (a)essati 2 , Ja VI 365,4; (b)ehiti2, Ja II 153, w (aham tath karissmi yath n' ehiti luddako); VI 580,18* (yena maggena ehiti); Mhv 5:251 (iti vutte mahrja thero ehiti so); 2 sg. (a) essasi, Ja VI 365,6 (udake ente na essasi anente essasi ti); (b)ehisi 2 , Thi 166 (na-y-idam punar ehisi); Ja V 480,4* (kuto tuvam ehisi me sakasam); Cp 3:12:3; 1 sg. (a) essam, Ja III 535,19* (mahata

parivrena essam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee esam; 535,20': gamissmi); (b)essmi2, Ja VI 365,5; 3 pl. ehinti, Jal 209,16* (yad te vivadissanti tad ehinti me vasam); part.pr. (a) enta2, m/h., Ja VI 365,6 (udake ente); Mhv 6:28 (siham disv va rak entam); 22:56 (entassa pitthito); neg. anenta, mfn., Ja VI 365,6; (b)ya(t), m/(yati)n., Ja V 322,13* (kassa ... hatthikkhandhena ~ato); Ap 587,22 (maggam ca patiydesi ~ato sabbadassino); neg. anya(t), m/(anyati)., Ja VI 557,14* (mamam disv anyatim; 558,8': angacchantim mam natv); pp yita, mfn., come near, approached; ? Nidd-a I 113,11 (maccharena ~assa maccherasamahgino bhvo maccharyitattam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ayitassa) = As 375,29 (Se so; Be, Ce ayitassa; Ee maccharyitassa); Nidd-a I 429,12 (kankhsamangicittam kankhya tt kankhyitam nma tassa bhvo kankhyitattam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ayitatt) = As 259,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ayitatt); see also ayita sv eti'. etihya, n. [S. aitihya], traditional instruction, tradition; Abh412. etta, mfn. [c/ettaka], so much, just so much; SI 185,26* (sace pi ~ato bhiyyo gamissanti itthiyo, Ce, Ee so; Be etato; Se ettak; Spkl 269,1: ettaka bhiyyo ti etasm sahass atirekatar, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be etato) * Th 1211 (eds ettak); Dhp 196 (na sakk puiinam sankhtum im' ~am api kena ci; Dhp-a III 252,12 foil:, imam ettakam imam ettakan ti attho) = Ap 133,5; etta in Ee at Pj I 212,13 is wrfor ettha (Be, Ce, Se so); ettavre in Ee a t Ps IV 115,16 is prob, wrfor ekavre (Be, Cet Se so). ettaka, w/(~ and ettik). [BHS id.; AMg ettia, ettiya; cfS. iyattika and W.Geiger, 1994, 27:7; prob, understood as e2/et + taka, see Sadd 283,7^//.], such; so much, so great; so many; this much (expressing a total); just so much, only so much (and no more); Vin IV 31,29 (~hi pathi); MI 93,21 (~amhi v dukkhe nijjinne); 344,5 (~ usabh haniiantu yannatthya); S I 59,26 (pariyantam ndhigacchmi ~am punnan ti ~o puniiavipko ti v...); 151,31 (na sukaram sankhtum ~ni vassni iti v ~ni vassasatni iti v...); III 144,12 (bhagav parittam gomayapindam pnin gahetv ... etad avoca ~o pi... attabhvapatilbho); 148,1 (ettik pi kho ... vedan); AIV 114,3 (bhikkhu attnam jnti ~o 'mhi saddhya silena...); Vv 53:18 (~am idam anussarmi kusalam tatoparamna me viijati annam); Ja IV 155,3' (-0 klo gato ti); VI 586,21 (sace kira ~o assso nbhavissa dve kumr sukkhahaday hutv anassimsu); Ap 5,23 (~e lokadhtumhi); Cp 1:9:5 (~am yeva te yu); Pet 68, \bfoll. (~o kmesu assdo ~o dinavo); Mil 10,\% (atthi nu kho ... ito uttarim pi sikkhitabbni udhu ~n' ev ti); Sp 1123,21 foil. (~ni vatthni bhjitni ~ni abhjitni ti); Dhp-al 90,16 (cariya tumhkam jnanasamayo ~o va udhu uttarim pi atthi ti); 93,4 (m uparidhammadesanam vaddhayittha ~am eva hotu); 398,19 (~e ko posessati); 1181,8 (~am klam... dnam adsim); 89,9 (~nam bhikkhnam kuto kambalam labhissmi ti); Sadd 283,12 (~o -am ettik); ace. ~am, adv., so much; so long; Vin I 275,13 (~am pi tvam na nipajjeyysi); Vism 292,13 (so ~am dni me yusankhr pavattissanti na ito paran ti natv); Sp 1123,26 fall, (idam ~am agghati idam ^m ti);

545

 instr. ~ena, adv., by so much; to such an extent; M III 277,3 (~ena pi mayam bhante ayyassa Nandakassa attaman abhiraddh yam...); A IV 282,24 foil, (tulam paggahetv jnti ~ena v onatarn ~ena v unnatan ti); see also kittaka, tattaka, yattaka. ettvat, ind. [cfS. etvat, BHS ettvat-, AMg eyvamti], by just so much, with this much; to such an extent; so far, to that extent; thus; A b h l l 4 1 ; Vin II 204,34 (ettvat... sangho samaggo hoti ti); D I 34,9 (ettvat kho bho ayam att samm samucchinno hoti ti); 96,16 (yvat ranno vijitam ettvat pathavim udriyissati ti); M I 178,9 (na... ettvat hatthipadopamo vitthrena paripro hoti); 274,25 (alam ettvat katam ettvat anupatto no smannattho); S IV 290, i (alam ettvat bhante Ther ti); Sn478 (ettvat yakkhassa suddhi); Sn/?. 115,15 (yato ... ubhato sujto hoti... ettvat kho brahmano hoti ti); Ja IV 233,23* (ettvat padeso sakk ngena-m-upagantum); VI 333, is (na ettvat sl sobhati pokkharanim pana kretum vattati ti); Mil 14,i (na kho tyham Ngasena ettvat khammi); Vism51,9 (ettvat kirn silam... katividham c' etam silan ti imesam panhnam vissajjanam nitthitam); Ps V 96,5 (ayam yasm Nandako ettvat bhikkhuniyo ti evam etam vatthum veditabbam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se etva t); Pv -a 243,7 (sakid eva puiinam katv alam ettvat ti); Nidd-al 161,9 (ettvat ti paricchedatthe pi niptaniyamanam); see also etva(t), kittvat. ettv in Ee at It-a I 166,32 is wr for ettvat {Be, Ce, Se so). etto, ind. [prob. e2/et + to; BHS id.], from here, from there; than this; that way; SI 124,7 (vyas' etto apakkame); Sn875 (udhu annam pi vadanti etto); Vv 63:4 (etto udakam dya pde pakkhlayassu te); Thi 296 (etto c' eva catubbhgam); Ja I 223,7 (ayam saro etto tvam pana ito nesi ti); III 255,20* (ma ssu etto param garni); IV 380,26* (apehi etto, Be, Ce so; Se eto; Ee wr ettho; 381,vfoil: imamh thn apagaccha); V386,27 (Brnasimaggam pi na jnsi, kirn ito esi, etto yhi ti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se eto); Pv-a 103,31 (ito v etto v palyante). ettha, ind. [prob. e2/et + tha; BHS id., cf S. atra], here; there; (functioning as loc. of eta[d]> in this, in these; in regard to this or these; in this respect; in this case, in that case; in these circumstances; Vin III 11,5 (tarn kut' ettha labbh); D I 123,23 (ettha dni bho kirn vanno karissati); M I 42,4 (pare vihimsak bhavissanti mayam ettha avihimsak bhavissm ti); 92,3 (appassd km ... dinavo ettha bhiyyo); 118,1 (ayam c' ev' ettha attho); 230,36 (tarn yev' ettha patipucchissmi); 380,25 (etuY eva tittha etth' eva te harissanti); SI 13,25* (yattha... ettha...); 15,9* (cattro loke pajjot pancam' ettha na vijjati); 16,12* (panca kmagun loke... ettha chandam virjetv); 76,25* (ye ca yahn nirrambh... ajejakca gvo ca vividh n' ettha hannare); 175,25* (ettha dinnam mahapphalam); Dhp337 (tarn vo vadmi bhaddam vo yvant' ettha samgat); Sn 424 (padhnya gamissmi ettha me ranjati mano); Ja I 164,16 (etth' eva dni nam ukkantitv); 111415,24 (ko etth ti ha); IV 258,27* (etth' eso titthati migo); Ap43,4 (ettha me vimati n'atthi); Cp 1:9:25 (auY ettha vattati saddo); Mil 25,13 (Ngaseno tikho aham mahrja nymi... na

h' ettha puggalo upalabbhati ti); Vism 7,10 (samvaro sflan ti ettha pancavidhena samvaro veditabbo); Sv208,3i (seti c'eva sati ca etth ti sensanam); Nidd-al 107,22 (etthyam attho ...); etth' antare, in this interval (of time or space); in the time between these; in the area between these; in the meantime; Vin III 73,23 (yam mtukucchismim pathamam cittam uppannam... yva maranakl, etuY antare eso manussaviggaho nma); Ja I 80,7 (etth' antare n* eva mukhadhovanam ... na hrakiccam ahosi); Ap 23,6 (Himavantam updya sgaram ca mahodadhim etth' antare yam puiinam gananto asankhiyam); Bv 7:3 (yva hetth avicito bhavagg cpi uddhato etth' antare ekaparis ahosi dhammadesane); Cp 1:1:1 (kappe ca satasahasse caturoca asankheyye etth' antare yam caritam sabbam tarn bodhipcanam); Mil 3,3 (yvham nibbnam ppunmi etth' antare...); Vism 312,36* (yvat upasampanno yvat idha gato etth' antare khalitam nJ atthi); Sp 1077,10 (ptipadato patthya yva karakactimimsipunnam etth* antare ktabb, tato pacch v pure v na vattati); vacara, mfn., having their sphere of action there; Dhs 1280 (hetthato avicinirayam pariyantam karitv uparito parinimmitavasavattideve anto karitv yam etasmim antare ~ etthapariypann... ime dhamm kmvacar) * Patis I 83,32; see also attha1, atra. etthake in Ee at Ja IV 110,28' and 339,16' is wr for ettake {Be, Ce,Seso). ettho in Ee at Ja IV 380,26* and 381, r is wr for etto {Be, Ce so; Se eto). edi(n) {or edi), mfn. [from e2 by analogy with tdi(n) ? cfS. Idr], of this kind, such a...; Sadd 866,4 (...tdi madi kidi M ...); see also idi(n). edikkha, mfn. [prob. e 2 + dikkha; cf S. idrksa], like this, of this kind, such a...; Sadd866,3 (...kidikkho ~o sdikkho); see also idikkha. edisa, m/(~ and ~i). and n. [prob, e2 + disa1; BHS edra; cfS. idr^a], like this, like so; such a ...; of such a kind; such a thing, something like this; Vin I 195,11 (suto yeva kho me so bhagav ~o ca -0 ca ti na ca may sammukh dittho); SI 205,6 (yad passasi -am); Ud 67,24 (vivdpann ... viharanti ~o dhammo n'~o dhammo); Vv 37:3 (rpam tav' ~am); Thi 316 (vcam bhsasi -am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~im); Ja II 207,10* (amhkam c* atthi puriso ~o); 346,ii* (tassyam ~i panii); III 226,10* (mamam disvna ~am; 226,13': mam ~am evam dukkhapattam disv); V 460,17* (~ni... kammni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se idisni); VI 262,23* (vannarpam na tav' -am pure); Ap 154,7 (~ pjan n'atthi ydis jtipjan); 391,10 (yassyam ~ bodhi); Mil 118,17 (n* atth* ~o mahrja annassa dnnubhvo yath Vessantarassa ranno mahdnnubhvo); Vism 337,21 (na kevalam c' ettha sann va ~i); Sv430,4 (ayam ca Bandhumati nma devi edis, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se idis); Spk I 38,24 (kasm pan* es ~); Mp III 76,16 (~esu ca thnesu akkharacintak ... ekam eva antarsaddam payunjanti); Vv-a 116,2 (tvatimsabhavane nandanavanam nma ~am ca ~am ca ti tattha nnvidham dibbasampattim sutv); Mhv 5:56 (~assa madhum adam); see also idisa. edisaka {and edisika), mfn. and n. [edisa + ka2; BHS

546

edrSaka; cfS. IdrSaka], like this, like so; of such a kind; such a thing; D III 171,20* (upavattati ~am bahujjano, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se idisakam); Sn313 (yattha ~am passati); Thi 231 (satam sahassnam pi dhuttaknam samgat - bhaveyyum); 465 (m ~ni, Ee so; Be, Se edisikni; Ce idisikni; ThI-a258,itfoll.: evarpni rajje ndini im bhavantu); Ja IV 450,16* (puna pi ce ~am bhaveyya); see also idisaka. edha1, m. [ts], fuel; Abh36; Sadd 394,7 (edhati vaddhati etena pvako ti ~o indhanam updnam); anedha, mfn., without fuel, lacking fuel; Ja IV 26,22* (~o dhmaket va kodho yass' upasammati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anindho; 27,io': anindhano aggi viya) quoted Cp-a 138,28* (eds anindho). edha2, mfn. [from edhati], growing, prospering; Vin III 137,23/o//. (evam sukhito hotu ayyo Udyi... evam sukham ~o hotu ayyo Udyi yath mayam sukhit ... sukham ~, Be, Ee so; perhaps better cpd: sukha-medho... sukha-m-edh; Ce, Se sukham edhatu... sukham edhma). edhati (and edheti ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. edhate], 1. prospers, grows strong; becomes happy; Dhtup 165 (edha... vuddhiyam); Dhtum 240; Sadd 394,5 (edha vuddhiyam lbhe ca: ~ati edho sukhedhito); Vin III 137,23 foil, (evam sukhito hotu ayyo Udyi ... evam sukham ~atu ayyo Udyi yath mayam sukhit ... sukham ~ma, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee sukhamedho hotu... sukhamedh); DU 233,27 Quo... anno mama vijite sukham ~eyytha annatra bhavantehi); S I 208,13* (satim sukham ~ati; cf Spk I 305,10: sukham patilabhati); Dhp 193 (yattha so jyati dhiro tarn kulam sukham ~ati); Th 746 (so naro sukham ~ati; c/Th-alll 25,37: nibbnam sukham ca ~ati brheti vaddheti ti); Ja I 223,26* (nccantam nikatippanno nikaty sukham ~ati; 224,v foil.', niccakle sukhasmim yeva patitthtum na sakkoti); III 151,13* (te jan sukham -anti; cf 151,28': sukham vindanti labhanti); Vism 712,4* (tassa tejena sabbe pi sukham ~antu pnino, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~entu); part.pr. edhamna, mfn., Ja VI 357,20* (sukham ~amnam); aor. 3 sg. edhittha, Sn 298 (sukham ~ittha ayam paj; Pj II 319,22foil.: sukham ~ittha ppuni sukham v ~ittha sukham vuddhim agamsi); 2.finds; obtains; SI 176,20* (dando... gambhire gdham ~ati; Spk I 262,1 foil.: udakarn otaranakle gambhire udake patittham labhati); Th-all 93,27 foil. (sukham ~atl ti ... nibbnasukham phalasampattisukham ca ~ati ppunti anubhavati ti attho); Sadd 394,5 (edha vuddhiyam lbhe ca: ~ati); pp edhita, mfn. [ts]9 grown; prospering; Sp 204,21 (sukhedhito ti sukhena ~o sukhasamvaddhito ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se edhiko) = Ps III 291,19 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sukham ~o); edhito in Ee at Ud-a 117, is (thmappattarpam ~o) is prob, wr; Ce -rpe thito; Be, Se vdapatthassame thito); ifc see sukh'-. ena, mfn., pron. [ts], ace. sg. enam, l.him, her, it (referring to someone or something already mentioned); this, that; this one; D I 70,io (~am cakkhundriyam asamvutam viharantam... akusal dhamm anvssaveyyum); Dhp 118 (punnam ce puriso kayir kayirth' -am punappunam); Sn583 (kayira

c'~am vicakkhano); 1114 (titthantam -am jnti; Pj II 601,14: etam puggalam jnti); Ja III 204,28* (socantam ~am dukhitam viditv); 2. adv. [cf nam and S. ena, en], here; thus; then; Sadd 890,31 (tatra padapranam bahuvidham ... kho ve kaham ~am...); tarn enam [cfBHS id.] (usually probably tarn, adv., + enam, object of the verb; but sometimes possibly two accusatives [cf S. tad etat]: that very...; or two adverbs/particles); Vin I 127,32 (tarn ~am annataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu ten' upasankami); D I 193,6 (puriso evam vadeyya ... tarn ~am evam vadeyyum); 11194,7 (te... jhyanti, tarn ~am manuss disv evam hamsu); Mil 172,6 (tarn ~am samannesamno evam jnti); III 96,21 (udakamaniko pro udakassa... dhre thapito tarn ~am balav puriso yato yato vajjeyya); 132,12 (tarn ~am ngavaniko ranno ... roceti...); Sn981 (tarn ~am Bvari disv sanena nimantayi); Thi 366 (Subham dhuttako samnivresi tarn ~am abravi Subh); Ja III 395,5* (tarn -a passmi parena nrim, eds so, mc); IV 62,24 (tarn ~am dnaninnam cittam... na vijahati ti); PatisII 218,io (seyyathpi tamno rukkho ajtaphalo tarn enam puriso mlam chindeyya; Patis-a 688,26: tarn enan ti tarn rukkham, enan ti niptamattam, tarn etan ti v attho, Be, Se so; Ee en ti niptamattam; Ce tarn enti ... en ti niptamattam); Mil 110,21 (tarn ... ghtanam nayeyyum tarn ~am passeyya kocid eva puriso); Vism 635,19 (thero ... palyitum raddho tarn enam khinsavatthero ... bhante khlnsavassa srajjam nmahoti ti ha); As 180, u (tarn enam sankrakte nipajjitv niddyantam eko angavijjpthako disv). enta1, mfn., part.pr. o/eti 1 qv. enta2, mfn., part.pr. o/eti 2 qv. em, ind. [= evam qv; AMg, BHS id.], so; in this way; Sn 1146 (em evatvam pi pamuncassu saddham, so read mc ? Ce, Ee, Se evam eva; Be evam evam); Ja II 40,1* (em eva nna rjnam, so read mc ? eds evam eva; 40,3': evam ev ti evam eva) quoted Sadd 632,27 (evam eva); Ja II223,15* (em eva yo dukkulino anariyo, so read mc ? eds evam eva); V 326,28* (em eva no bhavam dhammam, so read mc ? eds evam eva). era, n. [= eraka2 qv], a kind of grass; -tina, n., era grass; Sp 1217,11 (potakitlan ti dinam yesam kesanci tinajtiknam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce potakitindinam); -patta, n., an era leaf; Saddh349 (~ena yam laddham). eraka1, mfn. [from ereti], moving, driving; Ja IV 20,27' (~ena samm gahetv gacchantena vtena yutt, ad 20,22*: nv ... erakavtayutt). eraka2, n. [cf S. erak, eraki], a kind of grass (growing by water); (also a kind of plant; ?) Ja IV 88,4 (s [chrik] nadiy vuyhamn ... laggi tato ~am nibbatti); -gumba, m., an eraka thicket; Dhp-a III 231,1 (Gangya nvam abhiruyha gacchanto ekasmim -e erakapattam gahetv ...); -tina, n., eraka grass; Sp 1088,7 (erag ti ~am tarn olrikam); Sv356,2i (-'-dini v ganthetv katanivsanni); -dussa, n., cloth made from eraka grass or from the eraka plant; Sv 1010,8 (latdussam ~am kadalidussam veludussan ti evam dini akappiyacivarni; Sv-ptIII 293,2: erakavkehi katam

547

-am); -vana, n., a clump of eraka grass; (or of eraka plants;) Ja III 91,7 (ekasmim sare -e nipajjitv); IV 88,9 (~ato ekam erakapattam ganhi). erakavattika, n. [?] a kind of torture; MI 87,15 (hatthapajjotikam pi karonti -am pi karonti; Ps II 59,5: -an ti erakavattakammakranam, tarn karont hetth givto patthya cammavatte kantitv gopphake ptenti, atha nam yottehi bandhitv kaddhanti, so attano va cammavatte akkamitv akkamitv patati) = Niddl 154,12 * A I 47,26 (-am pi karonte); Mil 197,8 (-am pi dukkham). eragu, n. [ = eraka2 qv], a kind of grass; Vin I 196,6 (maj^himesu janapadesu -u moragu majjhru jantu...; Sp 1088,7: - ti erakatinam). Verad, to hurt; Dhtum 149 (radi eradi himsyam). eran4a, m. [ts], the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis; Abh 566 (~o tu ca mando); Jail 440,26* (-0 anto rukkhnam);IV205,8*(~ pucimand v); Niddl 409,23 (yath ~o asro nissro); -tela, n., castor-oil; Vin III 251,23 (telam nma tilatelam ssapatelam madhukatelam -am vastelam); see also elanda. eran4aka, m. [S. lex. id.], the castor-oil plant; Kkh76,9 (telam nma lassapamadhuka-erandakavasdihi nibbattitam); Sp 713,11 ('-atthini ca bhajjitv evam telam karonti); Spk I 344,22 (-vanamajjhena, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se erandavanamajjhena); -tela, n., castor-oil; VinV 129,4 (panca telni tilatelam ssapatelam madhukatelam -am vastelam) * Ps II 344,32; see also ssapamadhuka-erandakatthi. erisa, mfn. [= edisa^v; Pkt id.], like this; such a ...; Sadd 866,2 (... klriso - o sriso ...); see also irisa. ereti, -ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/iriyati qv. ela1, ela1, n. {and el', el', / ?), [prob, abstracted from anela(gala) qv; possibly < S. enas, see W. Geiger, 1994, 43:2 and BSU 44], a fault, a defect; an impurity; or a "humour" of the body, ie phlegm (see el3); Abh 1010 (doselam lritam); Mp II 199,20 (-am vuccati doso nss --an ti nel, niddos ti attho) = As 397,3 (Be, Se so; Ce ~... ~ ti; Ee wr etam vuccati); Ud-a313,i (anelagaly ti ~ vuccati doso tarn na paggharati ti anelagal, tya niddosy ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~am); Sadd 438,30 (~am vuccati doso); anela1, mfn. [cfBHS aneda, anela], faultless; without impurity; free from phlegm; Spk I 275,30 (anelagaly ti ~ya agalya niddosy c' eva agalitapadavyanjanya ca); ^ Ud-a 313,3; see also nela. ela2, n. [?], (according to cts) water; Niddl 202,28 (~am vuccati udakam) = Sadd 439,2; ' -ambuja, mfn., born in the water; Sn 845 (-am kantakam vrijam yath; Pj II 547,12: ~an ti elasannake ambumhi jtam). ela3, m. [cf BHS elapatra], one of the four treasures or treasure-jars of a tathagata; Sv 284,7 foil, (tathgatassa pana jtadivase yeva sankho -0 uppalo pundariko ti cattro nidhayo upagat... -0 addhayojaniko) = Ps III 420,i2/o//. ela1, see sv ela1. ela2, mfn. [prob, extracted from elamga qv], stupid; Pp 13,io (puggal ... duppann jal - abhabb niymam okkamitum kusalesu dhammesu sammattam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se omit -); anela 2 , mfn., not stupid; Pp 13,16

(pannavanto -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits -); Pj II 124,10 (anejamgo ti allmukho, atha v -o ca amgo ca, pandito vyatto ti vuttamhoti) = Ap-a 197,24. elaka 1 , m. [S. edaka], a ram; a he-goat, a billy-goat; Abh 501; 1123 (-0 aje); MI 228,29 (puriso dighalomikam -am lomesu gahetv kaddheyya); Ja I 342, u (pubbe dipino -e khdanti); VI 350,26 (sunakho mamsam khdati -o tinam khdati); Mil 267,21 (aj - mig skar...); Vism500,i4 (surdhuttahatthagato ~o viya); Th-aIII 85,36 (ajejakan ti - nma aj yeva te thapetv avases pasujti aj nma); Sadd 345,1/0//.; ifc see aj'-; -camma, n., a sheep-skin; a goat-skin; Vin I 196,5 (-am ajacammam migacammam); Ja III 372,25 (sayanapitthe -am santharpetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr telacammam); -massuka, mfn., like the beard of a goat; Sp 1211,4 (golomikan tihanukamhi digham katv thapitam -am vuccati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce elakamassum); -loma, n., sheep's wool; goat's hair; Vin III 225,16 (suddhakjaknam -nam santhatam krpenti); 227,22 (-ni detha -ehi attho ti); Mp III 247,14 (unn ti -am); -samvsa, m., living like sheep; a sheep's life; Vin I 159,13 (-am yeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapuris vutth samn); -samna, mfn., like sheep or goats; Sn309 (gvo - sorat); see also elakapda, elakapdaka. elaica2, m. [BHS eluka; AMg eluya], threshold; Abh 220 (-0 indakhilo); 1123 (ummre -o); -m-antaram, ind., within the threshold; across the threshold; D I 166,5 (patiganhti na -am na danda-mantaram; Sv 355,5 foil: ummram antaram katv diyamnam na ganhti) ^ MI 77,32 ^ A I 295,12; see also elakapda, elakapdaka. elakapda, mfn. [= elakapdaka qv], supported on a block; or with feet shaped like those of a ram; Sp 1243,28 (-pitham, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce elakapdaka-); Vin-vn 2884 (pitham -am). e}akapdaka, mfn. [elaka1 or elaka2 ?], supported on a block (like a threshold stone); or with feet shaped like those of a ram; Vin II 149,30 (-am pitham uppannam hoti; Sp 1216,27: pitham nma druvattikya upari pde thapetv bhojanaphalakam viya katapitham vuccati, Ce so; Be drupattikya; Ee, Se drupatikya; Vmv [Be] II 237,24 foil: elakassa pacchimapdadvayam viya vahkkrena thitatt pan' etam elakapdapithan ti vuccati). elak, elaki,/ [S. edak], a ewe; a she-goat, a nannygoat; Sil 228,7 (dighalomik - kantakagahanam paviseyya); Thi438 (~iy kucchim okkamim); see also elik. elagala1, m. (and -, / ?), [cf S. edagaja], a plant, perhaps Cassia tora or alata; Abh 594 (papunnto -o); ()-gumba, m. [--perhaps originally mc], an elagala thicket; SHI 6,4 (yasm Sriputto... annatarasmim-e nisinno hoti); Ja III 223,3* (k 'yam -e karoti ahuhsiyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se elaganigumbe; 223,6': -e ti kambojigumbe, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se elaganigumbe ti gumbopagumbe); Spk II 257,22 (so kira -0 dhuvasalilatthne jto). elagala 2 , see sv el3.

548

elanda, m. [prob. = eranda qv], the castor-oil plant; (or perhaps: a kind of creeper;) MI 124,30 (mahantam slavanam, tarn c' assa~ehi sanchannam; Ps II 98,22foil.: ~ehi ti ~ kira sladsan honti... visodheyy ti ~e ca anna ca valliyo chinditv bahi niharanena sodheyya) quoted Sadd 331,6. elandiya, mfn. [from elanda], belonging to the castoroil plant; Kv 224,6 (labbh ~ya latthiy dhannapunjo pi suvannapunjo pi cikkhitun ti;Kv-a61,s: ~y ti elandamayya). elamukha, elamka, see sv elamga. elamga, ejamga (and elamukha, elamka), mfn., 1. [prob. < S. eda+ mrkha, see M.A. Mehendale, 1955, pp. 58-66; usually explained by cts as el3 + mukha; cfBHS edamka, AMg elamyatta], unintelligent, stupid (as a sheep); (perhaps with association with impaired speech); Abh 734; D i l i 265,9 (so ca hoti duppanno jalo ~o na patibalo subhsitadubbhsitnam attham anntum); MI 20,I9 (duppann -; Ps I 118,ifoil.: elamug ti elamukh, khakrassa gakro kato, llmukh ti vuttam hoti duppannnam hi kathentnam ll mukhato galati... ~ ti pi ptho, elamka ti pi keci pathanti, apare elamukh ti pi, sabbattha elamukha ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be ~ ti elamukh .. .elamukh ti pi.. .elamug ti pi... elamuk ti pi; Se ~ ti elamukh ... elamukh ti pi ... elamuk ti pi... elamukh ti pi); SV 99,3i (sattannam ... bojjhangnam abhvitatt abahulikatatt duppanno ~oti vuccati); Ja I 247,28* (makasam vadhissan tihi ~o putto pitu abbhid uttamangam; 248,2': ~o ti llmukho blo); VI 357,20* (pass* ~am sukham edhamnam; 357,24': -an ti paggharitallamukham); Mil 251,2 (duppann jal -a mlh dandhagatik jan); Sv290,30 (pannrahite v jaje ~e kuto silan ti); 440,11 (jaccandh rpni passimsu ... jtijalnam pi ~nam sati patitthsi); Sadd 624,i (elato mukhassa mgo: ~o, atha v mukhassa mko: ejamko); 922,21 (~o elamukho... vannabhedo 'yam); 2. [el3 + mukha], dribbling, spitting; Ja III 347,16* (pass' ~am uragam dijivham; 347,20': elapaggharantena mukhena ~am); Sp 1029,20 (otthacchinnako v elamukho v uppakkamukho v; Sp-t[2te]III 264,25: niccapaggharanakallamukho); 3. [S. lex. edamka], deaf and dumb; with impaired speech; Abh 734 (~o tu vattum ca sotum ckusale bhave); Spklll 155,17 (~o ti mukhena vcam nicchretum sakkonto pi dosehi mgo asampannavacano); Ap-a 141,17 (na jaccandho hoti na jaccabadhiro na ummattako na ~o na pithasappi; or meaning 1. ?); anelamga, anelamga, m/h., not foolish, wise; D i l i 265,16 (pannav ajalo ~o); SV 100,10 (sattannam... bojjharignam bhvitatt ... pannav ~o ti vuccati); A I 35,20 (appak te satt ye pannvanto ajal ~; Mp II 37,22: yesam el mukhato na galati, te ~ nma, anelamukh niddosamukh ti attho); 111441,8 (ajalat ~-t); Sn 70 (~o sutav sanm; Pj II124,10: ~o ti allmukho, atha v anelo ca amgo ca, pandito vyatto ti vuttam hoti). elambaraka, m. orn. [?], a kind of creeper; Ja VI 536,5* (--sanchannrukkhtitthanti, Ce, Ee so; Be elambaraka-; Se elambarukkhhi saiichann; 536,22'foil: evamnmikya valliy sanchann).

elayati, ejhayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of ilati' or = erayati ?], makes move, shakes; ? Nidd-a I 429,19 (kampanatthena dvidh~atT ti dvelhakam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee elhayat! ti) * As 259,28 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee calayati ti). el 1 , el1, seesveW. el2, e l 2 , / [S. el], cardamom; Abh 591 (~ tu bahul); 1010; Sp 837,5 (katukaphalam ~ takkolan ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr ella). el3, e l 3 , / [? cfS. id, il?], saliva; spittle; Abh281 (llkhelo ~); 1010; Sv282,28(~ galati ll paggharati) = Ps III 419,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee elam); Ps I 118,10 (ll ca -ti vuccati); Sadd 439,4foil. (~ ti ll vuccati... api ca ~ ti khelo vuccati); (a) -gala, n. and mfn. [elagala2; prob, abstracted from anelagala qv], l . ( ) the dripping of saliva; Sv282,27 (anelagaly ti -ena virahitya, yassa kassaci hi kathentassa el galati..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ce, Ee elagalanavirahitya, prob, wr) * Ps III 419,5; 2. (mfn.) accompanied by the dripping of saliva or spitting; Sv282,29 (yassa kassaci hi kathentassa el galati ll paggharati khelaphusitni v nikkhamanti tassa vc ~ nma hoti) ^ Ps III 419,7; ~-vca, mfn., whose speech is accompanied by the dripping of saliva; Vin II 90,27 (ekacco dubbaco hoti mammano vco); see also elamga. ella in Ee at Sp 837,5 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se el. ellamahallako in Ee at Sv 717,26 is wr for ellukamahallako (Be so; Ce elluka-; Se elluka-). elluka, elluka, elluka, n. [S. ervruka], a kind of cucumber; Abh 597 (~am ca kakkri); Vv 33:127 (~am aham adsim bhikkhuno); Ja I 205,16 foil, (suvannaelluknam ynakam pretv... ~ni ganhath ti ugghosesi) * Sv 717,19/0//. * Dhp-al 277,9; Spkl 281,19 (-lbukumbhanddini madhurarasni valliphalni); Vin-vn 1355 (phalam -assa ca). elik, eliki, / [S. edik], a ewe; a she-goat, a nannygoat; Ja III 480,24 (kim kathesi -e); 481,5 (tarn sutv -); 481,22* (vilapantiy ~iy, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se elakiy); 482,9 (tad ~i va etarahi ~I, Ce, Ee so; Be elak; Se ejaki); V429,5' (ekassa elakaplassa tasmim padese - crentassa ek ~ tarn kumram ... khiram ... pyesi, Ce, Se so; Be elake crentassa; Ee wr elak vrentassa); Dhp-all 17,2o(ekiss~ya sisam chinditv); see also elak. ejhayati, see sv ejayati. eva1, ind. [ts], (after m and vowels usually taking the form yeva qv; after long vowels also taking the form va2 qv) a particle emphasising the word it follows; Abh 1152 (evvadhrane); Sadd 896,1 (eva iti avatthnatthe); 902,22foil.; 1. that very..., the same ...; exactly that...; just ...; Vin III 160,4 (yasm Dabbo ... ahguliy jalamnya purato purato gacchati te pi ten' eva lokena ... pitthito pitthito gacchanti); D I 90,19 (yy' eva kho pan' atthya ... tarn eva attham ... ); 94,24 (etth' eva te sattadha muddh phalissati); S I 46,18 (tatth' ev' antaradhyi ti); 58,4* (ye nam dadanti saddhya ... tarn eva annam bhajati); A I 142,12 (yad eva me smam ntam... tad evham vadmi ti); Dhp 344 (mutto bandhanam eva dhvati); Ja VI 331,3 (mahsatto ... rann supinaditthavelyam eva... patisandhim ganhi); 346,13

549

(tarn divasam eva); Vism 172,25 (sesam vuttanayen' eva veditabban ti); Sp292,2o (es' eva nayo kuncikakosake pi); Spkl 123,15 (yasmim yasmim iriypathe uppannam tattha tatth' eva nigganhti); Mhv 5:200 (ajj' eva pabbajissma); often with pronouns: Jail 113,9 (ngarj Sriputto ahosi samuddadevat aham ev ti); VI 364,2 (sayam eva tva upadhremi ti); 2. only, merely, just; MI 126,14 (tvad eva ... yva na ...); S I 56,27* (sabbhir eva samsetha); Sn452 (piyavcam eva bhseyya); 832 (idam eva saccan ti ca vdiyanti); Ja II 66,25 (na bhikkhave idn' eva Kokliko naditv pkato jto, pubbe pi...); VI 361,9 (idhalokamattam eva oloketi na paralokam); 366, n (ekhen' eva); Mil 18,io (eken' eva uddesena); Vism 498,20 (atthato ekam eva nibbnam); 508,33 (pattabbam eva h' etam maggena na uppdetabbam); 513,1* (dukkham eva hi na koci dukkhito); Sp 290,24 (sabbam na vattati catukonam eva vattati); Spk II 250,7 (ovdo ti v anussani ti v atthato ekam eva); Pj II 503,13 (dvay eva dvayat); 3. indeed, really; certainly; absolutely; even, still; D I 110,9 (suddham vattham... sammad eva rajanam patiganheyya); 222,7 (tumh, ev' etam dukkatam); SI 57,i3* (caranti bl dummedh amitten' eva attana); Dhp 32 (nibbnass' eva santike); 338 (chinno pi rukkho punar eva rhati); 402 (yo dukkhassa pajnti idh* eva khayam attano); Ja VI 336,18' (h ti hakatheti ayam eva v ptho); 374,9 (mattikamakkhiten* eva sarirena); Spkl 108,6 (vatam sankilittham eva); Dhp-a 16,25 (sakk geham ajjhvasanteh' eva punnni ktum); 192,7 (yam kind katv ganhissm' ev ti); Pj I 166,25 (sabbe ti anavases ev ti avadhrane ekam pi anapanetv ti adhippyo); 4. eva is especially common in combination with other particles, eg: c'eva... ca ..., both ... and ...; Vin III 160,15 (bhikkh navak c' eva honti appapunn ca); DI 91,i5 (sambahul Saky c' eva Sakyakumr ca); AI 151,15 (yo c' eva dhammam deseti yo ca dhammam sunti); JaV 198, ir (vano khajjati c'eva kandum ca karoti); Mil 86,18 (ime dhamm nnatth c' eva nnvyafijan ca); Vism 443,13 (silavisuddhi c' eva cittavisuddhi ca ti); n' eva... na..., n ' e v a . . . no..., neither ... nor ...; D I 9 6,10 (n' eva asakkhi muncitum no patisamharitum); S I 54,i8 (n' evanandasi na ca socasi ti); Dhp 105 (n'eva devo na gandhabbo); Ja VI 211,3* (n' eva mig na ppasu no pi gvo); Mil 145,17 (n' eva hoti na na hoti tathagato param maran ti); Vism 451,12 (n' eva kammajam nkammajam); tath' eva, just so, exactly so; Vin III 2,5 (tayidam bho GotamatatiY eva); SI 61,15* (yath pet tarn' eva te); A I 152,29* (yath pi... tath' eva); Ja VI 196,17 (bodhisatto ... Sakkadevarjalilya thito, Sudassano pi Accimukhi pi tath' eva atthamsu); Mil 180,2 (yath ca ... tath' eva...); Vism 308,is (yath... tath* eva...); kocid eva etc, someone or other; some or other; Vin III 160,35 (gahapati rmam agamsi kenacid eva karanlyena); D I 103,31 (kancid eva mantanam manteyya); MI 124,30 (kocid eva puriso); Ja IV 402,12 (kocid eva ycako); Vism 27,28 foil (yath hi muggesu paccamnesu kocid eva na paccati avases paccanti evam yassa puggalassa vacane kincid eva saccam hoti sesam alikam ayam puggalo muggaspo ti vuccati);

evam svajust so, just like that; D I 95,24 (evam eva me bho Gotama sutam yath' eva bhavam Gotamo ha); Mil33,30 (yath... evam eva kho...); Sp404,2i (evam evakho ti opammasampatipdanam etam); with other particles eva seems to add little to the sense, and is untranslatable; Vin III 163,22 (app eva nma nam imamh brahmacariy cveyyan ti); Th869 (itv eva); Ja III 302,2* (vilapi tv eva so dijo); Sp 286,11 (tassa Isigili tv eva samann udapdi); 5. eva iic sometimes has the sense of evam^v; see evadassi(n), evarpa, evcra; see also iva2. eva2, ind. [ = -iva < -i + iva1 qv], like, as; as it were; Dhp 149 (apatthni alpn' eva srade); Ja VI 125,34* (kinnam Indasadisehi vyaggheh' eva surakkhitam; 126,13': yath nma vyagghehi v sihehi v...); 507,16* (sanaf eva brahrafinam; 507,27': nadati viya sanantam viya bhavissati, Be so; Ce nadativa; Ee wr sannatantam viya; Se nadati Saddam karoti viya); 576,6* (Rohini h' eva tambakkhi; 576,8': Rohini viya); see also ateva sv ati. evam, ind. [S. evam], so; in this way; in such a way; like this; Abh 1142; 1158; 1186; D I 213,27 (evam pi te mano ittham pi te mano iti pi te cittan ti); Sv 26,1 ifoll; Sadd 896,ii (evam ittham iti ice ete nidassanatthe); 1. referring to what precedes: Vin I 1,16 (avijjpaccay sankhr ... evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti); 6,5 (evam vutte); D I 16,34 (ime ditthitthn evam gahit evam parmatth evamgatik bhavissanti); II95,12 (evam ... bhikkhu sampajno hoti); SI 175,27* (evam hi yajamnassa evam ijjhati dakkhin); Sn314 (evam dhamme viypanne vibhinn suddavessik); Vv 73:7 (manussabhto yam aksi punnam ten' amhi evam jalitnubhvo); Ja IV 164,2* (nvam abhiruyha ... evam mayam sotthi taremu param); 171,26 (evam sante kasm socasi); 173,23' (iti vidv samam care ti evam jnanto); V440,6 (evam mahrja itthiyo nma); Mhv 4:41 (evam kate sotthi tuyham hessati ti); 2. referring to what follows: Vin I 4,33 (bhagavato ... evam cetaso parivitakko udapdi: adhigato kho myyam dhammo); IV134,11 (evam vy kho aham ... bhagavat dhammam desitam jnmi yath ... ); DII 72,2 (evam me sutam ekam samayam ...); 82,3 (evam pasanno aham... bhagavati: na chu...); 100,8 (tathgatassa... na evam hoti aham bhikkhusahgham pariharissmi ti); MII 103,13 (tarn itthim evam vadehi...); SI 172,24 (bhavam Gotamo evam ha aham pi... kasmi); A III 353,18 (nham bhikkhave annam ekabandhanam pi samanupassmi evam dmnam evam katukam ... yathayidam bhikkhave nirayabandhanam); 3. expressing assent: Abh 1144 (sdhv evam); D i l 76,29 (evam bhante ti kho te bhikkh bhagavato paccassosum); M II 107,26 (sace tarn mahrja bhagavat bhsitam evam etan ti); 110,12 (piy te Vajiri kumri ti, evam ... piy me Vajiri kumri ti); Mhv 18:6 (evam hot ti); Sadd896,19 (evam shu... ma mo ice ete sampaticchanatthe); 4. introducing the second part of a comparison (often as evam eva or evam evam); Abh 1142; Vin I 6,36 (seyyath pi... evam eva); D I 110,28(yathca ... evam eva); SI 171,is (seyyath pi... evam evam...); Sn307 (yath po ca pathavl... evam

550

gvo manussnam); JaV 446,2* (yath nadi ca pantho ca ... evam lokitthiyo nma); evam in Ee, Se at Nidd I 460,17 is wrfor ejam (Be, Ceso); -kara, mfn. [evam + kara1], acting in this way; JaV 148,21* (~o pannav hoti macco); Mil 177,8*; -kri(n), mfn., acting in this way; MI 135,is; SI 181,30 (kaccham... ~i kiccakn homi ti); Ap 588,24 * 595,14 (Be, Ce, Se ~I; Ee wr evakri); Mil 110,30; -khantika, mfn. [evam + khanti1 + ka2], having such a predilection; Nidd I 64,5; -gata, mfn., in such a state; of such a kind; D I 51,13 (annni pi -ni puthusippyatanni); JaV 339,is* (n' esa dhammo mahrja yam tarn -am jahe); VI 37,6* (~e oghe; 37,9': ~e ti evarpe gambhire vitthate); -gatika, mfn., I. producing or having a future course of this kind; D I 16,34 (ime ditthitthn... ~ bhavissanti evamabhisampary ti); Ja III 95,3 (sabbe sankhr anicc ~ yev ti); Mp I 344,7 (mayham pi sariram -am eva bhavissati ti); 2. of such a kind; Sadd 146,28 (imni padni -ni ca annni padni); -jacca, mfn., of such and such a class; of this kind of family; Mill 118,18 (~ te bhagavanto ahesum iti pi evamnm ...; Ps IV 167,21: ~ ti Vipassi-dayo khattiyajacc Kakusandhdayo brhmanajacc ti); -jtika, -jtiya, mfn., of such a kind; Sp 614,30 (evarpan ti -am); Sv 33,22 (idha pana annasmim ca -e); Nett 98,30 (yam -jtiyam kammasamdnam, Be, Ce so; Ee evam jtiyakam); -ditthi(n), mfn., holding such a belief having such a theory; D I 192,14 (eke samanabrhman evamvdino -ino); Th 346 (-i pure ahum); Mil 137,24; -ditthika, mfn., holding such a belief having such a theory; D II 356,19 (na nu tvam vuso ~o ahosi); A V 186,18; -nmaka, w/(-ik)., so called, having this name; JaV 374,27 (Khemin ti evamnamikam pokkharanim); VI 536,22' (evamnmikya valliy); Spk III 226,7 (Sumbhes ti ~ janapade); Nidd-al 308,16 (Hliddakni ti ~o gahapati); -nmika, mfn., id.; Ja VI 537,9' (~ rukkh, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se evamnmak); Ap-a217,n (ete ~ kinnardayo satt); -nipphattika, mfn., having this sort of success; Ja III 166,28'; -bhvi(n), mfn., certain to become like this; MI 58,13 (ayam pi kho kayo evamdhammo -i etam anatito ti; Ps I 273, is: ~I ti evam eva uddhumtdibhedo bhavissati, Ee so; Ce evam evam; Be, Se evamuddhumtdibhedo); Spk III 216,32 (~ino nma sankhr ti); -rucika, mfn., favouring such a view; Nidd I 64,s; -rpa, mfn., having such a physical form or appearance; M III 16,24 (~o siyarn angatam addhnam evamvedano siyarn ...) = 188,16 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr evarpo) = SHI 11,23; Nidd I 33,14 (-0 ahosim atitam addhnan ti; Nidd-al 108,23: digharassa-anukathldivasena evamjtiko ~o abhavim); see also evarpa; -laddhika, mfn., holding such a theory; Ja I 373,8; Nidd I 64,s; Ps III 145,4 (tt); -vadi(n), mfn., professing such a doctrine; declaring a view like this; Vin 140,29* (tesam ca yo nirodho -1 mahsamano); II 99,2 (ayam -issa salk ayam -issa salk); D I 192,13 (eke samanabrhman ~ino); Mil 137,24; Ps II 234,9 (-vditya); -vihri(n), mfn., living in such a state or way; MI 466,14 (~ini s bhagini ahosi); S IV

185,31 (-im... bhikkhum); JaVI 57,18* (ko nu me paripanth, assa mama ~ino); Nett 141,18* (-flii me sangamo siy); -vihitaka, mfn., determined, effected in this way; D i l i 30,19; -saftfli(n), mfn., perceiving in this way; of such awareness or perception; DII 110,9 (tni abhibhuyya jnmi passmi ti - i hoti); S III 86,is; Ja III 124,12 (takkamattena tvam -I ahosi); As 383,12 (~-tya); -sadda, mfn. and m., \.(mfn.) having such a reputation; Vin IV 240,35 (bhikkhuniyo evcr - evamsilok); 2. (m.) the word evam; Sv27,2i (kratthena -ena etam attham dipeti); Ud-a6,9foil; -sampattika, mfn., having similar success, succeeding as well; Ps II 76,16 (evamsampadam idan ti -am) = Spk II 388,26. evakri in Ee at Ap 595,H is wrfor evamkri (Be, Ce, Se so). evadassi(n), mfn. [prob, eva (= evam) + dassi(n)], seeing in this way; having such insight; Sn 793 (tarn -im vivatam carantam; cf Nidd I 96,1 ifoll: tarn eva suddhadassim visuddhadassim ...; Pj II 528,4: -in titam evam visuddhadassim). evarpa, /n/(- and~\)n. and n. [BHS id.; S. evamrpa], of such a kind, like this; such a thing; Vin III 119,33 (bhavam pi Udyi ulro yo ~e aranne viharati ti); 216,16 foil, (-am v -am v civaram cetpetv acchdehi ti); D189,27 (-ehi kulaputtehi saddhim kathsallpo); Ja II 86,10' (-assa dnassa -o phalavipko hoti ti); III 456,6 (tad kira lokassa saccavdiklo musvdo nma -0 ti pi na jnanti); Nidd I 226,12 (yo -am civaram dhreti so samano mahesakkho ti bhanati); Sp206,28 (-e ti evarnvidhe evamjtike); usually 1. referring to something just mentioned or summing up a description just given: such a...; like that; such a thing; Vin I 103,33 (~ nma paris bhikkhuparis vuccati); 106,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave yatth' assa dhuvanv ... -am nadipram simam sammannitun ti); III 101,35 (m vuso -am abhani); D1107,20 (-ena ... puriso atthacarakena ... nirayarn upapajjeyya); M I 243,2 (- pi kho me... uppann dukkh vedan cittam na pariydya titthati); III261,21 (na ca me - i dhamml kath sutapubb); Ud 36,17 (-iy kathya); Sn 279 (gthakpo yath assa sampunno ganavassiko yo -o assa); Th 706 (kasm na paridevesi -e mahabbhaye); Ja II 70,6 (na bhikkhave Devadatto idn' eva akatann mittadubbhi pubbe pi -0 ahosi ti); 347,26* (y - purisassa bhariy); Dhs 1117 (sassato loko ti v asassato loko ti v... y ~ ditthi ditthigatam...); Mil254,28 (na me -o sabbakliko dhammappadipo ditthapubbo ti); Vism 93,10 (-assa mtpitaro pi palibodh na honti); Spk II 250,22 (tasm ayam kyo -o); Mhv 28:41 (- mani ditth may); or 2. introducing a description or definition or list: as follows; such as the following; like this...; Vin I 112,6 (-am uposathakammam karissma yad idam dhammena samaggan ti); 342,28 (tass -o dohalo hoti, icchati... senam... passitum); 11144,9 (sarasi ... -im vcam bhsitam: dinnam yeva samanabrhmannam...); D I 229,3 (-am ulram visesam adhigacchanti: sotpattiphalam pisacchikaronti... ); MI 337,15 (mayham ... -o kyo hoti seyyath pi manussassa -am sisam hoti

551

seyyath pi macchassa); evarpa in Ee at Mill 188, \foll is wrfor evamrpa qv sv evam. evcra, mfn. [eva (= evam) + cra], of such behaviour, of such conduct; Vin IV 240,35 (santi sanghe anri pi bhikkhuniyo ~ evamsadd evamsilok; Sp915,i2: ~ ti evamcr, ydiso tumhkam cro tdiscro ti attho). esa 1 , see sv eta(d). esa 2 , mfn. [S. esa], seeking, searching for; Sn286 (saddhpakatam ~nam dtave tad amannisum; Pj II 315,14: esanti ti ~, tesam ~nam esamnnam pariyesamnnan ti vuttam hoti). esaka, m(fn). [BHS esaka], (one) who searches for, a seeker; Dhp-aIII 417,10 (silakkhandhdinam ~ehi buddhdihi isihi). esati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [BHS esati, esate; S. esate; cf also S. icchati], seeks, seeks to obtain; searches for; probes; Dhtup 297 (esa gavesa maggane); Dhtum433 (isa pariyese); Sadd 453,30 (isa pariyesane: ~ati); M II 216,i2(tassa so bhisakko sallakatto esaniy sallam ~eyya; Ps IV 2,i5: ~eyy ti gambhiram v uttnam v ti vimamseyya); SI 127,16* (ptle gdham ~atha); Th896 (~ati pamsuklni Anuruddho); Ja III 88,14* (dhammena vittam -eyya); Niddl 35,20 (kme -anti gavesanti pariyesanti); PatisI 49,23/0//. (samarn ~afi ti samdhi visamam n'esati ti samdhi; Patis-a237,11: saman ti appan ... tarn samam ~ati ajjhsayavasena gavesati); Sv499,10 (yya tanhya... bhoge ~ati gavesati ayam esantanh nma); Ps II 380,13 (tathgatam ~atu); Mp III 81,4(brahmacariyam~issmi gavesissmi ti); Ap-a389,i3 (kusaladhamme ~ati gavesati ti isi); Mhv 23:97 (yodhe dasadas' ekeko -ath ti); part.pr. (a) esa(t), mfn., S I 175,2* (kirn patthayno kim -am); Th763 (apr pram ~ato); Ja VI 77,24* (migam ~am carm' aham; 77,3r: mige esanto); (b)esanta, m/h., Ap26,7 (vimuttipuppham ~anto); Spkl 333,14 (kmagune ~antassa gavesantassa); (c)esna, mfn., Sn 592 (attano sukham ~no); Ja VI 469,23* (manussabalim ~no; 469,27'foil: manussabalim gavesanto); (d) esamna, mfn., Ja IV 312,18* (yad ~amn vicaranti loke); Spk I 353,23 (~amn gavesamn); aor. 3sg.Qsi, Mil 216,26 (esaniy sallam ~i); Niddl 343,9 (mahantam silakkhandham ~i gavesi pariyesi ti mahesi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~i) ^ It-a I 84,26; 1 sg. esissam, Ja IV 177,22* (na pubbe dhanam ~issam iti pacchnutappati); absol esitv, Mil 256,31 (esaniy sallam ~itv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee esetv, prob, wr); Ja VI 46,i r (mahesinan ti mahante silakkhandhdayo ~itv thitnam); pass. pr. 3 sg. eslyati, Patis-a637,2i (nekkhammdini yeva tadatthikehi viiinhi -iyanti ti esan); pp (a) esita, mfn. and n., sought; being sought; Ja IV 135,5' (gunnam ~-tya mahesinam); Niddl 343,25 (mahesakkhehi v sattehi ~o gavesito pariyesito kaham buddho); Patis I 49,24 (samam tt samdhi); Sv 499,10; Patis-a 637,24; esitnam in Ee at Spkl 85,13 is wr for esitram (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) ittha2, m/h., sought; Sadd453,3o (isa pariyesane: esati isi ~am anittham esam esamno); fpp esitabba, mfn., Ja III 374,24' (sabbesam sukham eva -am gavesitabban ti); It-a I 75,9 (~ato anitthapatikkhepato ca itthassa); see also anesamna, icchati1, esati2, esati3.

esati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [= icchati1 qv], wishes; Sadd 835,28 (isuyamdrnam anto echo v: ... icchati... v kimattham: ~ati); see also Nidd-al 110,5 (esanti ti paccsimsanti) and Nidd-all 13,14 (yaniiam esanti ti deyyadhammam icchanti, gavesanti ti olokenti); see also esati'. esati 3 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup isati, Wg 17:33], gleans; Sadd 442,5 (isa unche: ~ati isi, ettha pana sildayo gune ~anti ti isayo); see also esati'. esati 4 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup isate, Wg 16:10], goes; Sadd 447,23 (esu hesu gatiyam: ... ~ati hesati); 452,29 (esu gatiyam: ~ati). esati 5 , pr. 3 sg. [?], realises;! Sadd446,6 (esa buddhiyam: ~ati). esana1, n., see sv esan. esana2, mfn. [S. esana], seeking, searching for; SI 61,10* (sukhajivino pure sum bhikkh Gotamasvak anicch pindam ~, eds so, perhaps wr for esn). esan, / esana1, n.[S. esan, esana], 1. seeking, seeking to obtain; search (esp. for food or means of living); Dhtum31 (mag* ~e); DIU 216,12 (tisso ~ kmesan bhavesan brahmacariyesan); AI 93,10 (dve 'm bhikkhave - . . . misesan ca dhammesan ca); Th 123 (carmi ~am; l h - a l l 6,1/0//.: bhikkhpariyesanam karomi ti attho); Ja III 32,11* (s eva jivik seyyo y cdhammena ~); Ap 415,25 (~ya carantassa Vipassissa mahesino); Vibh 353,14 (~ gavesan pariyesan); Pj II 215,29 (mahantnam gunnam ~ena mahesim); Patis-a 599,7 (sacenam esanatt pariggahatt ca); Q>-a 271,33 (mahantnam dnapraml-dlnam bodhisambhrnam ~ato mahesin); ifc see ghs-; 2. probing; M II 216,12 (so esaniy pi sallassa esanhetu dukkh... vedan vediyeyya); anesan,/, anesana, n., an improper way of seeking; an improper means of obtaining; D III 224,25 (na ca civarahetu ~am appatirpam pajjati; Sv 1013,26: dteyyapahinagamannuyogappabhedam nnappakram -am) = SII 194,6 * Mil 401,12; Ja II 82,15 (~ya uppannam pindaptam bhunjantassa); 111411,22' (ekavisatiy ~hi jivikakappanam ancro nma, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~ehi); IV 373,17' (ekavisatiy ~su annatarya); Ap67,io (vivajjemi -am); Pet252,n; Vism43,4* (~ya cittam pi ajanetv); Spk II 27,n (vejjakammdikya ~ya hram pariyesant); Saddh 392 (jivasuddhim rakkheyya akaronto -am); ifc see adan* -. esani, / [S. esani], a probe; Mil 216,11 (so bhisakko sallakatto ~iy sallam eseyya; Ps IV 2,13: esanisalkya antamaso nantakavattiy pi) * 256,31. esa 1 , see sv ete(d). esa 2 , / [S. lex. es], wish; Sadd 198,5* (s pj ~ kankh). esi(n), mfn. [S. esin], seeking, looking for; Niddl 343,9 (mahantam silakkhandham ~I gavesi pariyesi ti mahesi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~i); It-a II 163,23 (gharamesino ti gharam ~ino); ifc see ghara-m-, randha-m-. e s i k , / , ~a, n. [BHS aisik], a post, a pillar (usually placed at the city gate); Abh 204 (~ indakhilo ca); D II 171,i (ekamekasmim dvre satta - nikht ahesum; Sv 616,n: - ti esikatthambho ... nagarassa bhirapasse ekekam mahdvrabham nissya ekeko ekekam

552

khuddakadvrabham nissya ekeko mahdvrakhuddakadvrnam antar tayo ti); A IV 106,14 (ranno paccantime nagare ~ hoti gambhiranem sunikht acal asampavedhi; Mp IV 5 3,7 fall: etam esiktthambham ... nagaraguttatthya karont bahinagare karonti alankratthya karont antonagare); Ja II 95,5* (~ni ca abbaha; 95,Iv fall: nagaradvre solasaratanam attharatanam bhmiyam pavesetv niccalam katv nikht esikatthambh honti te khippam uddharatha); Ap44,8 (saddh te ~); Vism464,29 (sati... rammane dalhapatitthitatt pana ~ viya); Sadd 921,23 (mattbhedo tava ... - isik); (a)-tthyitthita9 mfn., as firm or enduring as a pillar; D I 14,2 (sassato att ca loko ca vanjho ktattho ~o; Sv 105,9: yath sunikhto esikatthambho niccalo titthati evam thito ... keci pana isikatthyitthito plim vatv...); SHI 202,7 (na candimasriy udenti v apenti v ~ ti); (a)-tthambha, ()-thambha, m., an esikpillar; Abh 1006; Ja II 95,17 (ngo ... ~e sondya palivethetv); Ap2,i4 (sobhanti ~); Spk II 337,26 (candimasriy pana ~o viya pabbataktam viya ca thit); Mp IV 53,8 (tarn pan' etam ~am itthakhi v karonti silhi v khadirdihi v srarukkhehi). esita(r), m. [from esati1; S. esitr], one who seeks to obtain, who searches; Spk I 85,o (mahesin ti mahantnam silakkhandhdinam ~ram pariyesitran ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -nam pariyesitnan ti). esiya, mfn. [from esati1], seeking, desiring; ifc see upapatt'-, sampatt'-. essam,/wf. 1 sg. ofe2 qv. essati\/Mf. 3 sg. ofe1 qv. essati 2 ,//. 3sg. ofe2 qv. ehalokika, mfn. [S. aihalaukika], of this world; Abh 85 (ditthadhammikam c' -am). ehi, imperat. 2 sg. ofe2 qv. ehi-upasampad, / [= ehibhikkhu-upasampad qv], ordination by the formula "ehi bhikkhu"; Sadd 743,15. ehiti\ fut. 3 sg. o/eti1 qv. ehiti2 >fut. 3 sg. ofe2 qv. ehipassika, mfn. [ehi + passa + ika; BHS ehipaSyika, aihipaSyika], suitable to come and see, fitting to be shown; DII 93,32 (svkkhto bhagavat dhammo sanditthiko akliko ~o opanayiko ...) = MI 37,2i; S IV 339,16 (tisso im... sanditthik nijjar aklik - opanayik... ); AI 158,37 (sanditthikam nibbnam hoti aklikam ~am opanayikam...); Bv25:50 (eso hi dhammaratano svkkhto ~o); Vism 216,25 (ehi passa imam dhamman ti evampavattam ehipassavidhim arahati ti ~o ... vijjamnattparisuddhatt ca,Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ehipassavidham) * Sadd 787,24; Vism 217,23 (akliko tta); Mp II 333,16 (~ ti ehi pass ti evam dassetum yutt). ehibhadantika, m(fn). [ehi + bhadante + ika], (one) who accepts an invitation (to take alms); D I 166,2 (acelako hoti... na ~o na titthabhadantiko; Sv354,22: bhikkhgahanattham ehi bhante ti vutte na eti ti na ~o; * Sadd 788,7) * MI 238, is * A1295,10. ehibhikkhu, m. [ehi + bhikkhu] (pi. nom. ehibhikkh, ehibhikkhuno, ehibhikkhavo), one ordained by the formula "ehi bhikkhu" (see Vin I Unfall); Vinlll

24,5 (~ ti bhikkhu, tlhi saranagamanehi upasampanno ti bhikkhu; Sp 240,4: ~ ti bhikkhu nma bhagavato ehi bhikkhu ti vacanamattena bhikkhubhvam ehibhikkhpasampadam patto); Sv 418,2 (sabbe ~); Ps III 334,21 (na hi -nam visum upasampad nma atthi); Dhp-al 207,15 (etha bhikkhavo ti vacanasamanantaram iddhimayapattacivaradhar ~ ahesum); Pj II 603,26 (sabbe eva iddhimayapattacivaradhar ~uno ahesum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~avo) = Nidd-a II 84,7. ehibhikkhu-upasampad, ehibhikkhpasampad, / , ordination by the formula "ehi bhikkhu" (see Vin I 12,23/o//.;; Kkh 17,2o; Sp 240,6 (bhagavato ehi bhikkhu ti vacanamattena bhikkhubhvam ~am patto); Spk II 216,7 (~ya upasampanno); Ud-a 95,17 (assa ~ya upanissayo nhosi); Utt-vn 647; see also ehi-upasampad. ehibhikkhuka, mfn. [ehibhikkhu + ka2], ordained by the formula "ehi bhikkhu" (see Vin I 12,23 foil.); Ap 483,23 (ahosim ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ehi bhikkhavo); Bv 4:7 (sabbe pi te niravases ahesum ~); Sp 240,29*. ehibhikkhuni,/ [ehi + bhikkhuni], one ordained by the formula "ehi bhikkhuni" (according to cts no woman was so ordained, but see ThI 109,); Vin IV 214,6 (~I ti bhikkhuni, tlhi saranagamanehi upasampann ti bhikkhuni); Thi-a269,22 (ehibhikkhuduko viya -duko idha na labbhati, kasm, bhikkhuninam tathupasampadya abhvato); (i)-bhva, m., (ordination by) the formula "ehi bhikkhuni"; Thi-a 270,i (na-y-idam ~ena upasampadam sandhya vuttam); 270,8 (bhikkhunivibhange ehibhikkhuni ti idam kathan ti, ~ena bhikkhuninam upasampadya asabhvajotanavacanam, tath-upasampadya bhikkhuninam abhvato). ehibhikkhupabbajj,/, admission as a bhikkhu by the formula "ehi bhikkhu" (see Vin I M^foll); Ja I 82,23 (catupannsa jane ~ya pabbjetv arahattam ppesi); Pj II 456,2 (te sabbe va ~ya pabbjento svkkhtan ti gtham ha ... evam ca vatv etha bhikkhavo ti bhagav avoca); Bv-a 126,6. ehibhikkhubhva, m., admission as a bhikkhu or Ordination by the formula "ehi bhikkhu" (see Vin I 12,23 foil); the formula "ehi bhikkhu"; Ja I 82,29 (sabbe ~en' eva pabbjetv); Sp 240,6 (bhagav hi --aya upanissayasampannam puggalam disv); Pj II 456,1 (-assa ca upanissayabhtam); Dhp-all 32,n (sabbe va ~am parva iddhimayapattacivaradhar hutv); Ud-a 95,23 (~ena pabbajjarn na adsi ti); Th-a III 50,28 (sabbe va ~ena pabbajjya pabbjento). ehisvgatavdi(n), ehisgatavdi(n), mfn. [ehi + svgata/sgata + vdi(n); BHS ehisvgatavdin], welcoming; saying "come, you are welcome" (see eg SI 142,23: ehi kho mrisa svgatam te mrisa); Vin III 181,9 (amhkam pana ayy... mihitapubbarigam -ino abbhkutik ...; Sp 622,34: -ino ti upsakam disv ehi svgatam tav ti evamvdino); D I 116,9 (samano... Gotamo ~i sakhilo sammodako ...., Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ehisgata-; Sv287,i: -4 ti devamanussapabbajitagahatthesu tarn tarn attano santike gatarn ehi sgatan ti evamvdi ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ehisgata-); Sadd 743,18 (ehi sgatam iti vadanasilo ti ehisgatavdi ti samso).

553

01, [S. o, au], the letter or sound V ; Sadd604,i9; 650, \i (sissa o); -d-anta, mfh., ending in the letter V ; Sadd 634,io (kvaci sare vyanjane v ~nam nmanam akrantattam pakati: so eva attho sa ev' attho); -kral,m. [ts], the letter or sound 'o'; Pj II 404,20 (ya-d-antag ti yo antagu, ~assa akro); Sadd606,3o; 608,31 (~o kanthotthajo); '-anta, mfn., ending in the letter V ; Sadd 572,20 ([dhtavo] ekassar ~' -ant); 634,2 (rattanno vamsanno ti ~' -antattam pi icchma); -'-gama, m., the insertion of 'o'; Sadd 626,29 (kvaci -'-gamo hoti vyanjane pare); -'-desa, m., substitution with 'o'; Sadd 110,io; 141,8. 02, ind. [common alternative for ava^v before consonants; occasional alternative for apa qv\ BHS, AMg id.], prefix to nouns; preverb to verbs; Sadd 626,14 (avass* o, ava ice etassa okrdeso hoti kvaci vyanjane pare); expresses: away from, off; down; low; understanding; despising; a negative. 03, ind., is an occasional alternative for - (<ud or upa) qqv. 04, ind. [= u2 qv], an enclitic emphatic particle; Ja III 373,2* (kim tvam tesam kim o tuyham honti ete, Ce, Ee so; Ztekime; Sekimme; 373,5': kim o tuyham v kim su ete honti); V 479, I* (kim o nu tvam Sutasomnutappe, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kim eva; 479,8': imesu puttadisu ... kim eva anusocasi kim cintesi ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be different). oka1, m.n. [S. okas, S. lex. oka], house, home; resort, refuge; Abh 207; 1060 (~am tu nissaye gehe); S III 9,26 (rpadhtu ... vifinnassa ~o); V 24,23* (~ anokam gamma; Spklll 132,22: vattato nibbnam) = Dhp 87 (Dhp-all 162,10: -am vuecati layo anokam vuecati anlayo); Dhp 91 (hams va... ~am -am jahanti te; c/Udna-v 17:1: okam ogham; Dhp-all 170, is: sabblaye pariccajanti ti attho); Ja III 430, n* (~am na vijahmase); Sadd 478,11 (~o ti udakam pi vso pi); -cara, m., a decoy deer; a tame animal; MI 117,28 (odaheyya ~am; Ps II S5,\o foil.: tesam oke caramnam viya ekam dipakamigam ekasmim thne thapeyya); Ja VI 416,n* (migam yath -na luddo; 416,20': ~en ti okacrikya); Ps II 85,20 (mig... ~am ca okaerikam ca disv sahyak no gat bhavissanti ti nirsank pavisanti); -crik,/, a tame animal; a tamed and trained female deer; MI 117,28 (thapeyya ~am; Ps II 85,i 1: ~an ti digharajjuy bandhitam yeva migim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dlgharajjubaddham tass' eva migim); Ja VI 416,20' (okacaren ti ~ya, luddo hi ekam migim sikkhpetv rajjukena bandhitv arannam netv mignam gocaratthne thapessati); -fi-jaha, mfn.y leaving home, abandoning a house; without resort; Sn 1101 (~am tanhacchidam anejam; Pj II 598,27: ~an ti layanjaham);-sari(n), m/h., frequenting a house; keeping to a refuge; SHI 9,27 (rpadhturgavinibaddham ca pana vinfinam ~iti vuecati; Spk II 259,1: ~i ti gehasri layasri); neg. anokasn(n), mfn.9 S III

10,7; Ud 32,16 (anokasan amamo nirso); Sn 628 (anokasrim appiccham) quoted Mil 386,20*; anoka, mfn. and n. I. (mfn.) without a home; independent; SI 126,26* (satim ~o); Sn 966; 2. (n.) homelessness; independence; Dhp 87 (ok ~am gamma); see also ukka2. oka2, m.n. [<udaka according to cts, but possibly wrr; cf K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 105, and 1997, p. 69], water;! Dhp-a I 289,5 (okapunnehi civarehi ti ettha udakam ~am); Sadd 478,17 (-0 ti udakam pi vso pi); -puiina, mfn., soaked with water; Vin I 253,14 (deve vassante ... ~ehi civarehi kilantarp ... upasankamimsu; Sp 1106,11: ~ehi ti udakapunnehi... oghapunnehi ti pi ptho) quoted Sadd478,is; -m-okata, -m-okato, ind., from its home, the water; from a watery home; Dhp 34 (vrijo va thale khitto okamokata ubbhato, eds so; PDhp343: okamoktu; Udna-v31:2: okd oghd; Dhp-a I 289,6: okapunnehi civarehi ti ettha udakam okam, okam pahya aniketasri ti ettha layo idha ubhayam pi labbhati okamokato ti hi ettha okamokato udakasankht lay ti ayarn attho). okacca, absol. o/okantati qv. oka44hati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + kaddhati; AMg okaddhai; cfBHS okattati, S. apakarsati, avakarsati], drags away, drags off; Thi 444 (mam tato satthavho... -ti vilapantim; Thi-a 249,2: -afi ti avakaddhati); see also apakaddhati, avakaddhati, okassa, okassayati. okantati, okkantati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 or o3 + kantati1; cfS. apakrntati, avaVkrt, utkrntati], cuts, cuts off; cuts up; MI 129,16 (cor ocarak arigamarigni ~eyyum) quoted Vism298,i2 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkanteyyum) and?} II 11,5 (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee okkanteyyum); Pv 35:2 (sattham gahetv okkantanti punappunam; Pv-a213,2i: avakantanti); part.pr. okantanta, mfn., Ps III 165,21 (kakacena -anto viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se okkantanto); absol. (a) okacca, okkacca [cfS. avakrtya, utkrtya], Ja IV 210,2i* (upakhandhamh okkacca caturangulam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Seukkacca; 210,26': okkacc ti okkantitv, Ce so; Ee okacc ti; Be, Se ukkacc ti ukkantitv); (b) okantitv, okkantitv, Ja I 154,22 (luddako ... migam okkantitv); Pv-a 192,15 (sunis... attano pitthimamsni -itv -itv khdanti, Ce, Ee so; Se okkantitv; Be kantitv); okkantitv in Be at Ps I 238,20, in eds at Vibh-a 214,25, and in Be, Se at Patis-a618,i5 is prob, wr for okkanditv qv (or for okkhanditv); pass, part.pr. okkantiyamna, mfn., Ps III 41,15 (kakacena angesu okkantiyamnesu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkantiyamnesu); see also apakantati, avakantati, ukkacca, ukkantitv. okantana, n. [from okantati; cf S. avakartana, utkartana], cutting; cutting off; Ps II 102,7 (tarn kakacena ~am ndhivseyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkantanam); ifc see kakac*-; see also ukkantana. okandati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + kandati1; cf S. avaVkrand], cries out; Ja VI 555,i* (~masi bhtni; Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

554

okandmhase; 555,19". -masi ti avakandma, Be, Ce so; Ee wr avankandma; Se okandmhase ti avakkandma) quoted Sadd 511,18 (okkantmasi) and 842,10 (ukkantmasi); see also avakandati. okappati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avakalpate], believes, trusts; Thi-a 268,23 (ye puggal saddahanti evam etan ti -anti); caus. pr. 3 sg. okappeti, [&, BHS avakalpayati], considers as possible, believes likely, gives credence to; trusts, has confidence (in, ace. or gen./dat.); is sure (about); VinUI 165,12 (ditthe vematiko dittham n'-eti; Sp 596,28: n'-eti ti na saddahati); M I 11,4 (yathrpe ppake mitte bhajantam vinn sabrahmaeri ppakesu thnesu-eyyum; Ps I 81,3: -eyyunti saddaheyyum addh ayam yasm aksi v karissati v ti); Niddll 196,28 (saddham muncassu pamuncassu ... adhimuncassu -ehi); Patis II 19,6 (yathviharantam vinn sabrahmaeri gambhiresu thnesu -eyyum addh ayam ayasm patto v ppunissati v); Pet 171,3 (attnam yadi evam -eti nham kinci jnmi t i . . . ayam saddh ti); Mil 234, is (sadevako loko onamissati -essati adhimuccissati ti); part.pr. okappenta, mfh., Niddl 62,13 (ye tesam titthiynam saddahant -ent adhimuccant); Vism 130,7 (evam saddahanto -ento) = Sv 788, is (Be, Ce so; Se ~anto; Ee wr okampento); Ps III 190,5 (-entassa); absol. okappetv, Vism 300,2; Sv 529,28; Asl62,i; fpp (a) okappaniya1, mfn., M I 249,31 (-aniyam etam bhoto Gotamassa...); Ja III 88,27' (-anfyassa v puggalassa vacanam saddahitv); Spklll 285,18 (buddhnam nma kath -aniy hoti); (b) okappetabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil310,i (-etabbam nittham gantabbam saddahitabbam suparinibbuto ayam buddhaputto ti). okappanaka, mfn. [okappana + ka2], consisting of conviction; relating to belie Jail 369,18' (saddhan ti kammaphalnam saddahanavasena -saddham, Ee so; Ce okappana-; Be, Se okappaniya-); see also okappaniya2. okappana, / , - a , n. {from okappeti; BHS avakalpan], giving credence; belief, conviction; Dhs 12 (saddh saddahan- abhippasdo; As 145,4: buddhdinam gune oghati bhinditv viya anupavisati ti ~) * Vibh 170,9; Pet 167,21 (~ato); Nett 15,29 (y imesu catsu indriyesu saddahan - idam saddhindriyam); Ps III 326,6 (acalanabhvena -am okappanasaddh nma) * Mp III 257, is; Nidd-al 388,28 (saddh - ti vutt); see also avakappan. okappaniya1, mfn.9 caus. fpp of okappati qv. okappaniya2, mfn. [from okappana], consisting of conviction; relating to belief; JaV 398,14* (ete -saddhya samanngat); Ps III 426,15 ( -saddham niveseti); see also okappanaka. okampetv, ind. [caus. absol. of *o2 + kampati], shaking; wagging; Vin I 8,31 (Upako jiviko hupeyya vuso ti vatv sisam -etv ummaggam gahetv pakkmi) = MI 171,n; S I 118,1 (Mro ... sisam ~etv jivham nillletv; Spk I 182,1: ~etv ti hanukena uram paharanto adho natam katv); okampetv in Ee at Sp 573,21 is wr, prob, for ogumphetv (Be, Vin II 117,22 so; Ce, Se okappetv).

okampento in Ee at Sv788,i8 is wr for okappento (Be, Ce so). okaso in Ee at Ps I 78,is is wrfor okso (Be, Ce, Se so). okassa, okkassa, ind. [absol. of*o2 + kasati3, kassati1; cfS. avakrsya]; dragging down or away; roughly, forcibly; D II 74,29 (y t kulitthiyo kulakumriyo t na okkassa pasayha vasenti" ti; Sv 520,9: avakassitv kaddhitv, Be so; Ce, Ee avakasitv; Se apakassitv); AIV 65,18 (tarn ... okassa pasayha jlvit voropesum, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se okkassa); Mil210,3 (buddho... okassa pasayha ... panmesi); see also avakassati, okaddhati, okassayati, okkattha. okassayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *o2 + kassati1, cfS. avakarsati], draws down or out; Thi 116 (tato scim gahetvna vattim -am* aham; Thi-a 114, is foil.: dipam vijjhpetum telbhimukham dipavattim kaddhemi); see also avakassati, okaddhati, okassa, okkattha. okra1, see sv o'. okra2, m. [from *o2 + karoti ? cf BHS avakra, okra], degradation, demeaning; Vin I 15,37 (kmnam dlnavam ~am sankilesam nekkhamme nisamsam paksesi) = D1110,3 (Sv 277,28: -an ti avakram lmakabhvam) = Ud 49,7 (Ud-a 282,28: ~an ti lmakasabhvam asetthehi sevitabbam setthehi na sevitabbam nihinasabhvan ti attho); M I 115,35 (addasam akusalnam dhammnam dinavam ~am sankilesam; Ps II 82,is: -an ti lmakabhvam, khandhesu v -am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be otram; cf vokra); Nett 42,1; see also apakra, avakra1. oksa, m.n. [S. avakra], \.(m.) space, room; place, area; occasion, opportunity; possibility, chance; AbhllOl; Vin I 94,9 (gaccha amumhi - titthhi ti); III66,3i (yasm Ajjuko tarn -am tassa drakassa cikkhi); IV 211,23 (bhikkhunim dsetum -am alabhamno); S I 48,30* (sambdhe vata -am avindi bhrimedhaso); A1249,10 (-0 na pannyati samm dukkhassa antakiriyya); Ja 1418,27 (tasmim kathetum raddhe aniie -am eva na labhanti); II3,13 (rathassa -am dehi ti); IV 413,29 (supihitadvravtapnam geham vtassa pi -0 n' atthi); Cp 3:7:2 (yamh* -e aham thatv); Vism 39,4 (ajja bhante - o n'atthi sve silni ganhissmi ti); 184,15 (-ato); 601,13 (tarn pkammam] angate yad -am labhati tad vipkam deti); Kkh31,u* (vatthu kalo ca -o); Sp967,i5 (sace uddesaparipucchdihi vyvato hoti -am na labhati); 1049,23 (n' atthi ettha sabbesam -0); Ps I 78,18 (idha bhante nisidatha sitalo - o ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr okaso ti); MpIII 237,3 (mayam pathamataram gat mayam pathamataram gat n' atthi - 0 ti); Ud-a 92,2 (kuto tattha panditassa rajjandinam - 0 ti); Pv-a 19,30 (sabbaklam sayam eva upatthahati na annesam -am deti); Mhv 29:46 (majjhe thapetv -am raniio atthamsu bhikkhavo); am karoti, makes a space; gives way; gives the opportunity (esp. for speech); allows, permits; consents; Vin I 114,20 (karotu yasm -am aham tarn vattukmo ti); 11214,4 (spassa - o ktabbo); D I 51,4 (sace me bhagav -am karoti paiihassa veyykarany ti); Ja VI 420,30* (sace kareyysi me -am ubhayo va vasmase); Mil 95,6 (karomi te -am puccha

555

mam tvam yathsukhan ti); Vism48,i (thero... mam nisidpetv -am karohi ti, so theram nisidpetv bahi nikkhanto); Vv-a 138,8 (sippuggahanattham -am nksi); Pv-a 222,4 (pucchitum -am karonto); -am kareti, krpeti, causes to give an opportunity; obtains consent; gains permission (esp. to speak); VinI 114,19 (anujnmi bhikkhave -am krpetv pattiy codetum); Ja VI 420,25 (-am kretv); Vism 101-ii; Sp 305,29 (so bhikkhu theram upasankamitv vanditv -am kretv... pucchi); ifc see kat'- jvkaroti; 2. (n.) (gr.t.t.) the location or scope or reference of an action; the (sense of the) locative; Sadd 60,12* (-e sattami); 60,21* (yasmim karoti kiriyam tad -an ti sadditam); 709,19foil, (yo dhro tarn -am... kiriynam patitthnatthena - -am nm ti vuccati); -kata, mfn., given the opportunity, given scope; Mp V 59,2; Pj II 475,17 (-am hi kammam avassam vipaccati); -loka, m., the physical universe, the world-system; Ja I 131,29; Vism 204,28/0//. (tayo lok sarikhraloko sattaloko -0 ti... tva sahassadh loko ... ti gatatthne-o) = Sp 118,14/0//.; Ud-a207,2i (cakkavlasankhto loko -o); anoksa, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) (where there is) no room; no scope, no opportunity; the wrong place; Niddl 229,24 (-am pi pavisati -e pi titthati); Mil229,20 (bhikkhu... ~e thito); Vism 186,27 (sanam pi tta na sakk pafinpetum); 397,29 (dibbacakkhun passitv -am vajjetv okse otarati" ti); Spk I 78,18 (ayam vihro ujjangalo visamo bahunnam khattiydinam c' eva pabbajitnam ca -0 ti); Pj II 78,13 (--tya); am krpetv, without obtaining consent; Vin III 166,4 (anoksam krpetv; cfSp 598,3: yampana tattha tattha -am krpetv ti vuttarn tassa oksam akrpetv ti evam attho veditabbo, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kretv ... akretv); kata, mfn., who has not given the opportunity; who has not consented or given permission; VinI \\4,\s foil, (chabbaggiy bhikkh katam bhikkhum pattiy codenti... na bhikkhave kato bhikkhu pattiy codetabbo); IV 344,9 (bhikkhuniyo katam bhikkhum panham pucchanti; 344,17: katan ti anpucch); 2. (mfn.) without room or space, jammed; deprived of opportunity or scope; Sp 944,5 (bhikkh - mayam annattha gacchm ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -o); Pj I 164,25 (dvrni -ni ahesum) * Dhp-a III 442,4 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anekasahassni). okseti, pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Vkas, "go, move" ?], puts down; scatters; S IV 290,20 (linde uttarsangam pannpetv tinakalpam -ehi ti) = Vism 394,1; aor. 3 sg. oksesi, SIV 290,23 (tinakalpam -esi; Spk III 93,7: ~esl ti vippakiri, Be, Se so; Ce -edhi ti; Ee -ehi ti) = Vism 394,3; oksehi in Ee at It-a II 21,17 is wr for obhsati (Be, Ce, Se so) and oksento in Ee at It-a II 100,27 is wr for obhsento (Be, Ce, Se so). okinna 1 , mfn., pp 0/okirati qv. okinna 2 , mfn. [prob, pp of *o3 + kirati; S. utkirna], dug out, excavated; '-antaraparikha, mfn., with ditches dug at intervals; JaIV 106,16* (-am... idam puram, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee iikkinn'-; 106,22': antarantar udakaparikhnam kaddamaparikhnam sukkhaparikhnam ca okinnatt -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkinnatt

ukkinn,-); -parikha, mfn., with a ditch dug (round); JaV 373,25* (nagaram v sumpitam -am duggam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr otinnam parikham); see also ukkirati. okirana, n. [from okirati; cf S. avakirana], pouring out; scattering; bestrewing; Dhp-a IV 203,24 (tathgatassa... sarirassa 0,-attham); ifc see sankr,-; -puppha, n., a flower for scattering; Ja VI 580,32'. okiranaka, mfn. [okirana + ka2], scattering; shedding; Sp 995,27 (godhpitthisadisacunna-okiranakasariram pi pabbjetum na vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -okiranaka-, prob. wr). okirati,pr. 3 sg. [o2 + kirati; S. avakirati], pours out or down upon or into (loc); scatters (upon, he); bestrews, covers (with, ins tr.); MI 79,33 (mam... pamsukena-anti); S V 113,21 (na ca pamsukena ~eyya); Bv 1:17 (puppham ... cankamane -anti); Sp 419,14 (nlim pretv... -ati); Sv 45,29 (vt pupphni upaharitv magge -anti); Dhp-a III 242,6 (-at ti); 339,6 (idha vlukam -itum vattati ti); part.pr. (a) okiranta, mfn., JaV 258,i (mama matthake attano pdarajam -anto); VI 580,3r (pupphni -antnam); Ap-a 249,9; (b) okiramna, mfn., Ja I 88,20 (tesam sise pdapamsum -amno viya) = Sp 1006,6 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr okiramno) = Cp-a4,26; aor. 3 sg. okiri, Vin HI 107,n; Pv-a 82,27; 1 sg. okirim, Vv 39:6 (buddham... slapupphehi ~im); Ap 131,14 (kusumodakam dya bodhiy -im); 3pi. (a) okirum, Ap 3,26 (pupphantu pdp sabbe psdassa samantato sayam ca pupph muncitv gantv bhavanam -um, for imperat. ? Ap-a 109,i2/o//.: okinna psdassa upari karont ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee okinnapsdassa); (b) okirimsu, Vin II 218,2 (bhikkh... sensanam pappothesum, bhikkh rajena -imsu, Be, Ee so; Ce okiriyimsu; Se okiriyimsu); Ap 155,9; absol. (a)okiritv, Ja IV 213,7 (candanacunnena -itv); V 54,13*; Sp 101,24; Spk II 257,26; (b) okiritvna, Ap 577,21 (udakam hatv -itvna kumbhiy); pass. pr. 3 sg. okiriyati, is bestrewn, covered (with); extends in various directions; VinI 297,19 (sutt -anti; Spll29,i2: -anti ti chinnakonato galanti); 11122,23 (pamsukehi pi -ati); Ps I 141,11; part.pr. okiriyamna, mfn., Bv-a 100,39 (vicitrapupphni... devabrahmaganehi -amnni ti); pp okinna 1 , mfn. [S. avaklrna], 1. strewn, scattered; Pjl 200,17 (may tattha vlik -); Dhp-a IV 205,7 (may... sattaratanni -ni); 2. bestrewn, covered with; surrounded by; Vin IV 118,33 (sarajena vtena ^ honti); D i l 130,31 (sahghti rajena - ti); JaV 371,18* (-am ntisarighehi); VI 559,16* (vlukya pi - puttak); vikinna, mfn., covered and filled with; Vin HI 251,i (undurehi pi vihr vikinn honti); caus. pr. 3 sg. okirpeti, Ps V 80,4 (vlikam ... -eti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee okirati); part.pr. okirpenta, mfn., Sp 98,12 (maggam... pupphehi -ento); aor. 3sg. okirpesi, Dhp-a IV 205,15; absol. okirpetv, Ja VI 593, I; Vism 74,14; Cp-al01,i5; Mhv 34:44; see also avakirati, ukkirati. okirini, (m)f(n). [from okirati ? cf S. avaklrna, avakimin], (according to ct) spotted, spattered; Vin III 107,14

556

(addasam itthim uppakkam okilinim -im vehsam gacchantim ... s ... sapattim arigrakathena okiri, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se okiranim; Sp 511,13: ~I ca angraparikinn, tass hi hetthato pi kimsukapupphavann angr ubhayapassesu pi ksato pi 'ss upari angr patanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okirani) = S II 260,12; see also okiranaka. okilini, (m)f(n). [? connected by ct with *o2 + kilijjati; cfS. avaklinna-], (according to ct) discharging; exuding moisture; Vin III 107,14 (addasam itthim uppakkam ~im okirinim vehsam gacchantim; Sp 511,12: ~i ca kilinnasarir bindubindni hi 'ss sarirato paggharanti) = SII 260,12. okir- is an occasional wr (or vl) for okir-. okjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVkj], makes a sound; Sp 1201,25 (mayarn gyissm ti pubbabhge ~ant karonti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr okujant). okotimaka, mfn. [BHS avakotimaka], dwarfish; Vin II 90,23 (ekacco dubbanno hoti duddasiko ~o bahvabdho) * Mill 169,3i (PsIV 213,2o: ~o ti lakuntako pavitthagivo mahodaro); SI 238,15 (dubbannataro c'eva -taro ca); 11279,18 (passatha... etam bhikkhum gacchantam dubbannam duddasikam ~am yebhuyyena bhikkhnam paribhtarpan ti) * Ud 76,15 (Ud-a 369,2*. ~an ti rassam, imin rohasampattiy abhavam dasseti). okkacca, absol o/okantati qv. okkattha, mfn. [pp of *o2 + kasati3, kassati*], dragged down; ifc see ace-; see also okassa, okassayati. okkanta1, mfn., pp 0/okkamati1 qv. okkanta2, mfn., pp o/okkamati2 qv. okkantati, see sv okantati. okkanti,/ [5//S avakrnti], coming down (into); entering (the womb), conception; Dil 305,7(y tesam tesam sattnam tamhi tamhi sattanikye jti sanjti ~i abhinibbatti) = MI 50,7 = Vibh99,i4; AI 176,31 (gabbhassvakkanti hoti ~iy sati nmarpam); Bv 1:70 (~ime samon' atthi jtito abhinikkhame; Bv-a 55,25: ~i ti gabbhokkantiyam bhummatthe paccattavacanam, patisandhigahane ti attho); Mil 178,20 (devadundubhissaram ~i ukkptam bhmikampam); Vism 580,19 (y gabbhe rprpadhammnam ~i gantv pavisanam viya idam nmarpam); see also a vakkanti. okkantika, mfn. [okkanta1 + ika], 1. coming down upon, falling upon; Vism 143,20 (~a piti samuddatiram vici viya kayam okkamitv okkamitv bhijjati) = Nidd-a I 129,4 quoted Sadd 499,2o; 2 . fitting in with, having close reference to, taking its starting point from (the canonical text); -dhammadesan, / , a teaching of the doctrine fitting in with, or with close reference to, the text; Sp 223,2 (asuttantanibaddham plivinimmuttam ~am katv ti attho); -vinicchaya, m., judgment, analysis, fitting in with, or with close reference to, the text; Sp 231,10 (cariyavdo nma dhammasanghakehi pafieahi arahantasatehi thapit pjivinimmutt ~-ppavatt atthakathtanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be okkanta-); 274,18 (ayam pana plimutto ~o). okkantitv, absol of okantati qv. okkandik,/ [prob, from *o3 + khandati; cfS. utVkand and avaVskand], jumping; leaping about; Ja II 448,9* (~am kllasi assamamhi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be okkantikam;

448,12': -an timigo viya okkanditv kilasi, Ce, Se so; Be okkantitv; Ee okkandi katv). okkanditv, okkhanditv, ind. [absol. prob, of *o3 + khandati1, S. uWkand; cf also S. ava^skand], jumping up; leaping to; Jail 448,13' (okkandikan ti migo viya ~itv kljasi, Ce, Se so; Be okkantitv; Ee okkandikatv); Vism 636,24 (yam yam thnam vajjati... tarn tarn thnam assa ~itv pakkhanditv dibbaeakkhuno paraloko viya satiy upatthti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce okkhanditv); 678,30 (tesu tesu rammanesu ~itv pakkhanditv upatthnato patthnam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be okkhanditv) * Patis-a618,i5 (Ce, Ee okkhanditv; Be, Se okkantitv); Ps I 238,20 (patitthti ti patthnam upatthti ~itv pakkhanditv pavattatiti attho, Se so; Ce, Ee okkhanditv; Be okkantitv) = Spklll 179,6 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee okkhanditv; = Vibh-a 214,25: okkantitv); Ud-a 304,18 (rammane okkhanditv upatthnatthena patthnam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se pakkhanditv). okkama, m, moving into; entering; ifc see upacr'-. okkamati1, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + kamati; S. avaVkram; BHS avakramati, okrmati], steps down upon; comes down into, moves into, enters (+ ace. or loc), esp. niddam ~ati, falls asleep; enters (a womb), takes birth; comes down upon (+ ace, gen. or loc); treads down, overcomes; Vin I 294,30 (bhikkh panitni bhojanni bhunjitv ... niddam ~anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~enti); D II 12,7 (bodhisatto tusit ky cavitv mtu kucchim ~ati); MI 72,27 (mam bhayam v srajjam v -issati ti); A III 54,25 (kye pi dubbanniyam -eyya); Ja V 18,26' (aticiram pi niddam ~eyya); Patis I 126,21 (buddhnam bhagavantnam sattesu mahkarun ~ati; Patis-a407>s: -afi ti otarati pavisati); Vibh 342,4 (pannavanto bhabb niymam -itum kusalesu dhammesu sammattam); Pet 161,8 (atthi pana arahato kyakilesamiddham ca ~ati); Mil 126,28 (devaputto ... khinyuko... yadicchakam samattho ~itum api cakkavattikule pi); 300,28 (na ca so tattha middham ~ati); Vism 404,24 (sukhasannam ca lahusannam ca ~ati pavisati phusati samppunti); Mp II 192,8 (n' eva ~a ti n* eva pavisati); Pj II 386,4 (sdhu bhante buddhattam patv pathamam mama vijitam -eyythti); Bv-a53,30 (uppajj ti patisandhim ganha, - ti pi ptho); part.pr. (a) okkama(t), mfn., Vin I 295, \6 (niddam -ato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -ayato) = A III 251,13 (Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ~ayato); (b) okkamanta,//(-antT)., VinI 294,3i (niddam ~antnam); IV 307,32 (rmassa upaeram ~antiy); Patis II 242,26 (~antassa); Vism 411,34; Patis-a 613,32 (uddham uggacchanti adho -anti); neg. anokkamanta, mfn., Spk I 289,1; II 193,29; Ap-a 261,34 (te pana ... sakalarattim niddam anokkamanta va vitinmesum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tesam... anokkamantnam); (c) okkamamna, mfn., A III 107,5 (kanham dhammam -amn na bujjhissanti); Patis II 236,18; Sv 433,i (kucchim okkamati ti ettha kucchim okkanto hoti ti, ayam attho, okkante hi tasmim evam hoti na ~amne) = PsIV 177,5 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr okkamante hi tasmim); neg. anokkamamna, mfn., Patis II 236,11; aor. 3 sg. okkami, Vin I 15,7 (atha kho Yasassa ... nidd ~i); D III 85,2i (tanh c' assa ~i); Ja V 231,18 (so tass vacanena patiladdhassso niddam ~i);

557

Bvl:68 (~i kucchiyam); Mhv6:46 (pattanamhi... ~i); 3 pi. (a) okkamimsu, VinI 282,8 (bhikkh susnam -imsu pamsuklya); Mhv6:44 (visum visum dipakasmim -imsu vasimsu ca); (b)okkamum, Mhv 28:37 (thalam -um); cond. 3 sg. okkamissatha, DU 63,3; a b s o l okkamitv1, Vin II 182,3i (senam nivattetv paravisayam -itv); D II 63,7 (mtu kucchim -itv); SV 283,io (tathagato... sukhasannam ca lahusanfiam ca kye -itv viharati) * Patisl 111,20 (c/Patis-a346,i: ~itv pavesetv viharati); Ja VI 97,28 (dve yme niddam -itv pacchimayme pabuddho); Vism 143,20 (okkantik piti samuddatiram vici viya kyam -itv ~itv bhijjati); neg. anokkamitv1, Ja VI 571,30'; Sp 1067,29; pp okkanta1, mfn., 1. having moved into, come down (into); having come down upon; Vin I 132,io(tejananti anile vsik bhikkh antosimam - ti); D II 12,22 (bodhisatto mtu kucchim -0 hoti); S III 225,10 (~o sammattaniymam; Spk II 346, is: pavittho ariyamaggam); A III 195,8 (amhkam srajjam -an ti); Sn 312 (eso adhammo dandnam -0 purno ah); Ja IV 57,3* (anariyakammam -am; 57,3c: -an ti anariynam dussilnam kammam otaritv thitam); VI 446,2i (keci kilant niddam -a, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kilamant... okkamant); Ap266,n; Cp 1:9:8; Mil 129,2?; Kkh 25,28 (niddam ~-tt); Mhv 22:22; 2. overcome (by); Spk II 155,20 (dukkhvakkant ti dukkhena ~ otinn); neg. anokkanta, mfn., Ps IV 164,2 (Mrena anokkant); fpp okkamitabba, mfn. and n. impers., Mil 374,1 (yogin... niddam ~am); Sp 518,17 (nidd okkamitabba); caus. pr. 3 sg. okkameti 1 , -ayati [cfBHS avakrmayati], moves into, enters; VinI 294,30 (niddam ~enti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okkamanti); part.pr. okkamaya(t), mfn., Vin I 295,16 (asampajnassa niddam -ayato, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okkamato) = A III 251,13 (Be, Ee so; Ce, Se okkamato); absol. okkametv', Ja 1131,9 (ajjhattam lajjidhammam okkametv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se okkamitv); okkametv in Ee at Spk II 66,1 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ukkamsetv; see also avakkamati, okkamita(r). okkamati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [o 3 + kamati; S. utkrmati], goes up, ascends; goes out of, goes away (from, abi); goes over, neglects; Bv-a 111,2 (attano gamanavithito na ~ati na vigacchati); part.pr. okkama(t), mfn., Sp 352,22 (magg ~ato); absol. (a)okkamma, VinI 191,27 (so bhikkh magg okkamma anfiatarasmim rukkhamle nisidi); A III 214,24 (magg okkamma); Ud 38,13 (magg okkamma; Ud-a 241,5: maggato apakkamitv); Ja III 530,13* (s dhammam okkamma adhammam cari, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ukkamma; 531,7': s es dhammam ukkamitv atikkamitv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be okkamitv); Pj I 233,22 (mayam pana tvaciram drake gahetv okkamma vasitum na sakkhissma); neg. anokkamma, Sp 883,15; Spk I 205,27; (b) okkamitv2, Ja VI 558,17' (ekapatho ti so ca eko va dutiyo n' atthi ~itv pi gantum na sakka); Cp 2:8:7; Mil 251,16; Vism 120,2o; eg. anokkamitv2, Mp I 221,6 (thero pana dhammam desento ... satthr desitaniymato anokkamitv deseti); pp okkanta2, mfn. [S. utkrnta], gone out; gone away from; Cp 2:8:8 (pathato -); Sp 336,11 (magg -o hoti); Cp-a 163,27

(dvisu parissu ... maggato ~su); satta, mfn., with life gone; Ja VI 425,12* (sattam mam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr okkantasantam; Se okantasantam; 425,13': apagatajivitam) 5* 561,22* (Be, Ce so; Ee ukkantasattam; Se okkantasantam); caus. (a)pr. 3 sg. okkameti, okkameti2, makes go up; makes move away; SIV 312,8 (te matam ... saggam nma -enti; possibly to okkamati1, cf Spk III 104,io: -entiti parivretv thit gaccha brahmalokam gaccha brahmalokan ti vadant saggam pavesenti); part.pr. okkamenta, mfn., Sv499,5 (maggato okkamento viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ukkampento); absol. okkametv, okkametv2, Ja I 100,14 (attano ynakam magg okkametv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se okkampetv); IV 101,10 (tava ratham -etv mayham maggam dehi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkmetv); caus. (b) absol. okkampetv, making move away; Cp -a 163,15 (tava ratham okkampetv); 223,9; see also ukkamati, okkamaniya. okkamana 1 , n. [from okkamati1; BHS okramana], coming down (into); entering; entering (a womb), conception; AIV 111,28 (~ya nibbnassa; Mp IV 121,2: amatam nibbnam otaranatthya); Ja VI 37,28* (suriyuggamane nidhi atho - nidhi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se oggamane); 41,26 (~e ti vuttatt suriyatthagamanadisyam khanant vicarimsu, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se oggamane ti); Mil 127,23 (sannipt -am hoti ti); Sp 807,3; Sv 422,4 (mtu kucchim ~ato patthya); ifc see upacr'-; see also avakkamana. okkamana2, n. [from okkamati2; cf S. utkramana], going away from; going astray; neglecting; transgression; MI 14,16 (bhulik ca honti sthalik -e pubbangam paviveke nikkhittadhur; cfPs I 101,26: ettha -am vuccati avagamanatthena panca nivaranni, tena pancanivaranaprane pubbangam ti vuttam hoti) = A I 71,3 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se vokkamane); Cp 2:8:5 (magg '-atthya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkamanatthya); Sp 352,13 (magg ~e); Spk III 259,22 (cittassa -am patisedhetv); Cp-a 166,25 (maggato saha -ena); see also ukkamana. okkamaniya, mfn. [from okkamana2 (or okkamana1) or fpp of okkamati2 qv, S. utkramaniya], connected with going astray (or going down); or to be abandoned; Sil 224,29 (panca... - dhamm saddhammassa sammosya antaradhnya samvattanti; Spk II 204,25: ~ ti avakkamaniy hetthgamaniy ti attho). okkamita(r), m. [from okkamati1], one who moves into, enters; MI 249,36 (abhijnm* aham... sato sampajno niddam -; perhaps better absol.) quoted As 378,25; Sadd 139,12* (-). okkameti 1 , caus. pr. 3 sg. of okkamati1 qv. okkameti 2 , caus. pr. 3 sg. of okkamati2 qv. okkamma, absol. of okkamati2 qv. okkal, see sv ukkal. okkassa, see sv okassa. o k k , / [= ukk qv], firebrand, torch; Ja V 161,7* (tarn -am iva yantim; 161,9': -am iv ti dipakam viya); -dhara, m., torch-bearer; Sn 335 (-0 manussnam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ukk-); Nett 54,24 (-0, Ee so; Be, Ce ukk-); -varadhara, m., best torch-bearer, excellent torch-bearer; Spk I 227,20* (nham ~ sakk

558

rodhayitum jin). okkcita, n. [= ukkcita qv sv ukkaceti], boasting; empty talk; -vinita, mfn., trained in empty talk; Mp II 146,17 (~ ti dubbinit, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ukkcita-; ad A I 72,22: ukkcitavinit). okkmeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. 0/okkamati2 qv. okkyitv in Ce, Ee at MpIV 204,5 is prob, wr for okkhyitv qv sv okkhyati. okkita, see sv okkhita. okkhanditv, see sv okkanditv. okkh,/ [= ukh?, -kkh- under influence o/ukkhali?], a cooking-pot; -sata, n., a hundred cooking-pots; S II 264,20 (yo ... -am dnam dadeyya ... yo v... antamaso goddhanamattam pi mettacittam bhveyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkh-; Spkll 224,5: -an ti mahmukhaukkhalinam satam ... ukksatan ti pi ptho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ukkhsatan ti); see also ukkh. okkhyati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + khyati; cf S. avaVkhy, khyyate], is seen or known; is visible, appears; S IV 143,35 (samhitassa ... bhikkhuno yathbhtam ~ati... cakkhum aniccan ti yathbhtam -ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkyati; Spklll 1,20: -ati tipannyati pkatam hoti); part.pr. okkhyamna, mfn., Spkll 331,12 (~amne pakkhyamne kammatthne); absol okkhyitv, Mp IV 204,5 (tarn amhkam mahpapto viya -itv pakkhyitv upatthti, so read? Ce, Ee okkyitv; Se sukkhyitv; Be oghitv upatthti). okkhyana, n. [from okkhyati], the being perceived or known; knowing, knowledge; Patis-a 651,29 (pannya oghetv tassa tassa dhammassa khyanam pkatakaranam -am); -bahula, mfn., full of knowledge; Niddl 491,17 (panndhajo... pavicayabahulo -0 samokkhyanabahulo, Ee, Se so; Be pekkhyanasampekkhyana-; Ce pekkhyana- samekkhyana-; Nidd-al 458,11: ~o ti ikkhanabahulo samekkhyanabahulo ti esanabahulo, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee pekkhyanabahulo ti) = II 221,13 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce pekkhyanasamekkhyana-) * PatisII 197,22 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ~o sampekkhyanabahulo; Patis-a 651,30: okkhyanam ... bahulam ass ti -0). okkhyika, mfn. [from okkhyati? or cf S. avaVksi, avaksina ?], apparent, visible; seeming (to be); or farremoved; ? MI 80,\%foll. (seyyath pi nma gambhire udapne udakatrak gambhiragata ~ dissanti evam eva ssu me akkhikpesu akkhitrak gambhiragata - dissanti; Ps II 50,n: - ti hetth anupavitth) = 245,34/0//. okkhita, mfn. [= ukkhita, pp o/ukkhati qv; orpp of*'a2 + ukkhati, cf S. oksati], besprinkled; affected; Ja V 72,6* (~ ptigandhena, so read ? Be, Ee okkit; Ce, Se okitt; 74,15': ptigandhena okinn parikkhit parivrit, Be so; Ee parikkit; Ce, Se purakkhat); see also candanokkhita sv candana. okkhipati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + khipati1; S. avaksipati; cf BUS utksipati], throws down, casts down; subdues, controls; disparages; Th209 (na ~e pragatam na eraye; 1h-all 76,2: pare ujjhpanavasena na ~e, hetthato katv pare na olokpeyya na ujjhpeyy ti attho); aor. 3 sg. okkhipi, AIV 264,3 (yasm Anuruddho indriyni ~i; MpIV 131,5: indriyni hetth khipi, na

akkhini ummilerv olokesi); Spk I 293,33 (thero indriyni ~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkhipi, prob, wr); absol. okkhipitv, Vin IV 18,27 (yasm Anuruddho indriyni -itv tarn itthim n' eva olokesi na pi lapi; Sp750,i5: -itv ti adho khipitv); Spk I 86,14; pp okkhitta, mfn. [S., BHS avaksipta], thrown down; cast down, subdued; cakkhu, mfn., with eyes cast down; with eyes under control; Vin I 39,31 (--cakkhu iriypathasampanno); Sn 63 (-cakkh na ca pdalolo; Pj II 116,1: tattha cakkh ti hetth khittacakkhu ... parivajjanapahtabbadassanattham yugamattam pekkhamno); Pv 38:43 (--cakkhu satim guttadvro susamvuto); Mil 91,6; Vism 68,28* (--cakkh yugamattadassi); Sp 622,21 (--cakkhutya); paligha, mfn., with cross-bars put down (into position); D I 105,13 (ukkinnaparikhsupalighsu nagarpakriksu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se wr ukkhitta-; Sv274,2o: palighsu ti thapitapalighsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ukkhitta-); locana, mfn., with eyes cast down; Vism 70,29* (locano, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr locana); see also avakkhipati. okhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup okhati, Wg 5:7], is dry; suffices; Sadd329,i8 (okha ... sosanlamatthesu:-ati). ogacchati, oggacchati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avagacchati; -ggprobably by influence of uggacchati], goes down, descends; goes lower; sets; D 1240,7 (yato ca candimasuriy uggacchanti yattha ca -anti); III 198,27* (yattha c'oggacchati suriyo); MI 187,18 (mahsamudde yojanasatikni pi udakni -anti; Ps II 227,26: hetth gacchanti, uddhane ropita-udakam viya khayam vinsam ppunanti); Ps III 389,4 (chadanam v uggacchati pathavi v -ati); part.pr. (a) ogacchanta, mfn., A III 407,17 (suriye -ante); (b) ogacchamna, oggacchamna, mfn., DIU 198,29* (yassa c* oggacchamnassa); Sv622,33 (-amnam) = Ps IV 222, is; absol. ogantv, Sv 622,34 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se oggantv) = Ps IV 222,19 = Mhbv73,7; pp Ogata, oggata, mfn., I. gone down; descended; Vin IV 55,12 (attharigate suriye ti ~e suriye, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee oggate); D III 198,31* (oggate suriye); Ap 542,2 (ogatksapadum mahiy puppham uggatam, Be, Ceso; Seobhaggksa-; Ee wr ogatksadhm va); Sp 1047,i (udake -e); Sv 848,22 (uparimasuttato appamattakam pi -am cakkaratanam); Mhv 31:12 (gahgam -o); oggatatta, mfn. [perhaps for apagata-], with life gone, dead; Pv 36:4 (na oggatattassa bhavanti mitt; Pv -a 219,2i foil: apagataviiinnassa matassa mitt nma na honti); neg. anoggata, mfn., Th477 (anoggatasmim suriyasmim); Th-all 199, is; 2. learnt, understood; see uggata sv uggacchati; see also avagacchati. ogacchana, oggacchana, n. [from ogacchati], sinking; going down; Sv623,n (samuddasalilassa oggacchanam, Se so; Be, Ee ogacchamnam, prob, wr; Ce ogamanam) = PsIV 223,u (eds ogacchanam) = Mhbv 73,27; '-uggacchana, oggacchanuggacchana, n., sinking and rising; Sv558,2i (-am na pannyati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se oggacchan' -) = Mp IV 155,9; see also ogamana. ogana, mfn. [prob, o2 + gana; cf S. avagana, ogana], consisting of a small company; accompanied by a

559

small (or no) company; Vin I 80,16 (bhagav -ena bhikkhusanghena dakkhingirim crikam pakkmi; Sp 1003,26: -en ti parihinaganena, appamattakena bhikkhusanghena ti attho); Ja IV 432,3* (mahrj ... nikkhanto saha senya -o vanam gam; 432,14': -o ti gan ohino hutv, Ce so; Ee ganarn; Be, Se gan ohino parihino hutv). ogata, mfn., pp o/ogacchati qv. ogadha1, m. [cf S. gdha], firm footing in water, firm ground; a ford; Ud 70,21* (antar va visidanti appatv va tarn -am; Ud-a345,19foil.: yam tesam prabhvena patitthatthena v -sankhtam nibbnam... tarn appatv va... ogdhanti patitthahanti etena ettha v ti ogdho, ariyamaggo nibbnam ca, ogdham ev' ettha rassattam katv -an ti vuttarn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ogdhanti... ogadho...); Mp II 267,18 (brahmacariyassa anuttaram -am uttamapatitthbhtam nibbnam); It-al 112,11 (nibbnasankhtam -am patittham prarn gacchati ti nibbnogadhagmi); ifc see amat- (sv marati), kim(svka 3 ), khay'- (svkhaya2), nibbn'-; see also ogadha2, ogadhati, ogdha1, ogha. ogadha 2 , mfn. and m. [from oghati; cf S. avagdha, avagha], 1. (mfn.) plunged into; immersed (in); included (in); Abh 742; Spkl 270,3 (jagatogadhan ti jagatiy -am, anto pathaviyam ngabhavanam gatan ti attho); Pj II \, 4* foil, (tassa suttaniptassa karissm' atthavannanam, ayam suttanipto ca khuddakesv eva -0, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); ifc see amat' - (sv marati), katth'-, khay'- (sv khaya2), jagat- (sw jaga[t], jagati), nibbn'-; 2. (m.) plunging into, immersion; ifc see amat'(sv marati), nibbn'-; s e e also antogadha, ogadha1, ogdha2, ogha. ogadhati or ogadhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. gdhate], stands firmly (on); Ud-a 345,21 (ogdhanti patitthahanti etena ettha v ti ogadho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ogdhanti... ogdho); pp ogadhita, mfn., standing firmly (on); ifc see vinay' -. ogamana, oggamana, n. [from ogacchati; BHS ogamana], going down; setting; D I 10,20 (candimasuriyanakkhattnam uggamanam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oggamanam; Sv 95,13: -an ti atthaftgamanam); Ja VI 37,28* (suriyuggamane nidhi atho oggamane nidhi, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee okkamane); 41,26 (oggamane ti vuttatt suriyatthagamanadisyam khanant vicarimsu, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee okkamane ti); Pj II 459,27 (~ato pabhuti); Vv-a326,23 (uggamanam -am ca ti); see also avagamana, ogacchana. ogayha, ogayhitva, absol. of oghati qv. ogalita, mfn. [pp of *o2 + galati; cf S. avaVgal], falling down; trickled down; Pv-a29,2i (-mahsobbhehi -ena udakena vrivah mahnajjo pr hutv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee opatitena); see also ogalitv. ogalitv, ogalitv, ind. [absol. of *o2 + galati; cfS. avaVgal], seeping down, trickling down; sinking down; Ja V 49,26' (sarirato udakam ... -itv); Vism260,3 (upari bhmibhge patitam vassodakam -itv hetth bhmibhgam pretv titthati) = Pj I 59,24 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otaritv); Dhp-a IV 132,18 (ngarjassa phane akkantamatte -itv dabbimatt phanaputak ahesum, Be, Ce, Ee

so; Se obhijjitv). ogaha, see sv oghati. ogaha, m., see sv oguha. ogahissasi, see sv oghati. ogahe in Ee at D II 266,4* is wrfor oghe qv sv oghati. ogahana, n. [cf S. avaghana], (according to et) a bathing-place; a ford; Sn214 (yo ~e thambho-rivbhijyati, eds so; better metrically y' oghane ? see K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 189; Pj II 265,1: yath nma -e manussnam nahnatitthe); Pj II 434,25 (osaranni ti-ni titthni); see also ogha, oghana. ogahetv is a common wr for oghitv or oghetv qqv sv oghati. ogdha 1 , m. [cf S gdha; BHS (SWTF) avagdha], firm footing in water, firm ground; ford; Ud-a 345,21 (ogdhanti patitthahanti etena ettha vti -0, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ogdhanti... ogadho); -ppatta, mfn., having gained a firm footing; A III 297,15 (na imasmim dhammavinaye - patigdhappatt asssappatt; cf Mp III 349,26: -tiogdham anupavesam patt); Spkl 295,4 (- patigdhappatt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ogadhappatt); see also ogadha1, ogdha2, ogadhati. ogdha2, m. [cf S. avagdha, avagha], plunging into, immersion;? Mp III 349,26 (ogadhappatt ti -am anupavesam patt); see also ogadha2, ogdha', ogha. ogadhati, see sv ogadhati. oglha, mfn., pp o/oghati qv. ogha, m. [from oghati; cf S. avagdha, avagha], 1. a bathing-place; Vin I 352,37 (hatthingo kinno viharati hatthihi... ~ c' assa uttinnassa hatthiniyo kyarn upanighamsantiyo gacchanti, Ce so; Be otinnassa; Ee oghantassa otinnassa; Se -am c' assa otinnassa; Sp 1152,ii: -tititthato)= Ud 41,23 (eds so; Ud-a250,2i: -tititthato, -an tipipli)^ Dhp-a I 58,5 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se oghantassa ca me) ^ A IV 435,10/0//. (rannakassa ngassa -am otinnassa hatthi pi... udakam lolenti... - uttinnassa hatthiniyo kyarn upanighamsantiyo gacchanti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -am otinnassa... -am otinnassa...; Mp IV 203,8foil: -am otinnassa ti oghitabbatt -an ti laddhanmam udakatittham otinnassa, - uttinnassa ti udakatitthato uttinnassa); Pj II 102,4(-e pi nam hatthiniyo kaddamena limpanti); 2. plunging, bathing; immersion; Spkl 294,21 (ajjhoglhappatto ti -ppatto); Thi-a 50,19 (nadiyam -am katv ogayha); -m-uttinna, mfn., emerged from the bathing-place; Thi48 (ngam -am; Thi-a 50,19: -an ti hatthingam nadiyam ogham katv ogayha tato uttinnam, ogayha-muttinnan ti v ptho, makro padasandhikaro; or read ogham uttinnam, see sv oghati); see also avagha, ogahana. ogham, absol. of oghati qv. oghati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaghate; AMg oghai, oghei; absol. and fpp forms as iffrom *ogheti, and common wrr oggayha and ogahetv, are prob, influenced by forms from ganhti], plunges into; bathes in; goes deep into (+ ace. or loc); D i l 266,4* (ngo ghammbhitatto va - e te thandaram, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ogahe); Vv 6:1 (-asi pokkharanim padmam chindasi pnin); Thi 372 (yadi ek vanam ogahissasi, Be so, mc;

560

Ce otarissasi; Ee, Se ~issasi); Ja III 289,8* (ogaha rahadam akaddamam, Be, Ce, Ee so, mc; Se ~a; 289,24': ogah ti ~a, ayam eva v ptho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ogh ti ogham); Mil 370,25 (kummo ... nimuyati glham ~ati); Vism 678,i (vipassanvithim ~ati); Dhp-all 34, i (parisamajjhe ~itum avisahanto); Pj II 480,12 (pavisanti ti mahaniraye pakkhitt samn -anti); Patis-a522,4 (cattro dhamm rammanam ~anti: saddh sati...); part.pr. oghanta, m/(~anti)., Vv 63:3 (mige gavesamno 'ham ~anto brahvanam); Ps III 51,23 (imam pana dhammadesanam ~anto); Dhp-all 152,17 (senya ~antiy); oghantassa in Ee at Vin I 352,37 and Dhp-al 58,5 is prob. wr; see sv ogha; neg. anoghanta, mfn., Ja V 122,24-; aor. 3 sg. oghi, DU 135,5*; Mhv 25:31 (vedanatto dakatthnam gantvna tattha ogahi, mc); absol (a)ogayha, oggayha [S. avaghya], Vin III 109,6 (ngnam ogayha uttarantnam); Th 864 (jhyati vanam ogayha); Ja V 374,21* (ogayha te pokkharanim, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oggayha; 374,29': ogayh ti oghetv, Be so; Ce, Ee ogahitv; Se oggayh ti ogghetv); VI 218,20* (ko so parisam ogayha); Ap 204,io (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se oggayha); 333,16; Mhv 10:10; Sadd 857,n; (b) ogayhitv, JaV 274,22' (ogayha ogayhitv titthati, Ee so; Be ogayha ~itv; Ce, Se oggayha orohitv); Mhv 38:102 (vapim upgamma ogayhitv; v/~itv); (c) ogahitv, oghetv1, Vin I 214,37 (~etv); MI 76,35 (tarn pokkharanim ~etv nahtv ca, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~itv); S II 269,9 (~etv); Jal 341,19' (~itv); VI 397,34' (nadim -etv); Ap 183,15 (~itva mahvanam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se oghayi); Mil 398,29 (hatthi udakam ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~etva); As 144,1 (rammanam ~etv anupavisitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~itv); Mhv 19:11 (~etv); 50:26 (tdisam pi mahsenam ~itv vidrayi); Sadd 857,n (ogayha ~etv); neg. anoghetv, Cp-a268,12; (d) oghetvna, Ud-a 2,3* = It-al 2,3*; (e)(namul) ogham, Thi48 (~am uttinnam; Thi-a 50,\9 foil: ogham katv ogayha tato uttinnam; or read ogha-m-uttinnam, see sv ogha); Sp 513,11 (~am uttarantnan ti ogayha ~itv puna uttarantnam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ogayha uttarantnan ti, ad Vin III 109,6: eds ogayha); pass. pr. 3 sg. oghiyati, Ps III 95,24 (buddhavacanam pana yath yath ~iyati mahsamuddo viya gambhlram eva hon" ti, Ce, Se so; Ee oghiyyati; Be oghissati); pp (a) oglha, mfn. [S. avagdha], having plunged into; immersed in; Th 759 (rahade 'ham asmi -0); Ja VI 198,4*; Ap246,n (vanam ~am); Mil 344,27 (dhammavararasam ~); Ud-a 285,29; ifc see accoglha; (b) oghita, mfn., entered (by), overpowered (by); Nidd-all 133,20 (madhurasabhvena rgena otinno oghito); fpp oghitabba, oghetabba, mfn. and n. impers., Mil 370,27 (yogin... rammanasare nimujjitabbam glham oghitabbam); Spk I 195,i9/o//. (atakkvacaro ti takkena avacaritabbo oghitabbo na hoti nnen' eva avacaritabbo); Mp IV 203,8 (oghitabbatt oghan ti laddhanmam udakatittham); Ud-a 1,20* (gambhirannehi oghetabbabhvato) = It-al 1,21*; Pj II 422,26 (titthakr ti... otaritabbnam oghitabbnam ditthititthnam kattro); caus. absol. oghetv2, plunging (someone) into; immersing; inserting; Vin I 191,4 (vacchatari pi oghetv mrenti;

Sp 1085,21 foil: anto-udake dalham gahetva mrenti); 11137,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave... psakaphalakam sattangulam v atthangulam v oghetv appetun ti); S IV 313,28 (puriso sappikumbham ... udakarahadam oghetv bhindeyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ogahitv); see also avaghati, ogadha2. oghana, n. [S. avaghana], plunging into, immersion; Pv-a 158,9 (tato ti pokkaranim ~ato pacch, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pokkharani); As 147,12 (anupavisanasankhtena '-atthena apilpanabhvo); see also avaghana, ogahana. oghetv 1 , oghetv2, see sv oghati. ogilitum, ind. [inf. of *o2 + gilati; S. avaVgf], swallows, swallows down; MI 393,7 (n' eva sakkhiti uggilitum n' eva sakkhiti -iturn; Ps III 108,14: ~itum anto pavesetum na sakkhiti, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr uggilitum) * S IV 323,33 * Mil 5,2. ogutthikam in Ee at Sp 1213,n is wr for ogunthikam (Be, Ce, Se so). ogunthana, n. [S. avagunthana], hiding; veiling; Dhtum 790 (guntha ~e); Vin-vn 2917 (~am na ktabbam sise civaram eva v); see also avagunthana. ogunthik, / [S. lex. avagunthik; BHS udgunthik], a veil; a head-covering; Ja V 385,23 (~am katv anntakavesena tattha gantva); Kkh 147,34 (antepurikayo akkhitrakamattam dassetv ~am prupanti) = Sp 1213,13 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ogutthikam). ogunthita, mfn. [pp of *o2 + guntheti; S. avagunthita], covered; with the head covered; veiled; Vin II 207,6 (gantuk bhikkh ... ~ pi rmam pavisanti); IV 189,9 (na ~o antaraghare gamissmi ti sikkh karaniy; Sp 891,27: ~o ti saslsam pruto); Pv-a 86,7 (pamsukunthit ti... sankrapamshi ~a sabbaso okinnasarir, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uggunthit, prob, wr); see also ogunthitv. oguntfiitv, ind. [absol. of *o2 + guntheti; cfS. avagunthayati], covering (the head); veiling; S IV 122,20 (ucce sane nisiditv sisam ~itv); see also ogunthita. ogupphiyanti in Ee at Sp 1087,8 is wr for ogumphiyanti qv sv *ogumpheti. *ogumpheti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. gumphayati; cf also S. udghati, BHS avaghayati], winds round, weaves round; ties together; absol. ogumphetv, Vin II 117,22 (kathinaslya tinacunnam paripatati, anujnmi bhikkhave -etv ullittvalittam ktum, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ogumbetv; Sp 1207\ifoil: chadanam odhunitv ghanadandakam katv anto ca bahi ca mattikya limpetun ti attho) quoted Sp573,2i (Be so; Ce, Se okappetv; Ee okampetv); pass. pr. 3 sg. ogumphiyati, Vin I 194,6 (vihr cammabandhehi ~iyanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ogumbiyanti; Sp 1087,8: ~iyanti ti bhittidandakdisu vethetv bandhanti, Be, Se so; Ce ogumbiyanti ti; Ee wr ogupphiyanti ti). ogumbetv in Ce, Ee, Se at Sp 1207,i is prob, wr for ogumphetv qv. oguha (or ogaha), m. [cf S. lex. guhya, gdhnga, "tortoise", and S. graha, grha?], a kind of animal (perhaps aquatic; perhaps a tortoise or a snake);

561

Ap 16,2o(~ ajagarca vasanti talake tad, Be, Ce so; Ee ogah; Se ogh); 363,8 (~ ajagar ca sobhenti mama assamam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ogah); see also ugghaka. oggacchati, see sv ogacchati. oggata, pp of ogacchati qv. oggamana, see sv ogamana. oggayha, see sv oghati. oggilitum in Ee at Ps III 108, n and 108,12 is wr for uggilitum {Be, Ce, Se so). ogha, m. [ts], 1. a rapid flow of water, a torrent; the torrent or flood of phenomenal life, of samsra; a torrent or flood of evil or passion etc (often identified with the savas); Abh 946; Vin I 291,37 (janukamattesu pi -esu pavattamnesu); DIU 230,11 (cattro -, kmogho bhavogho ditthogho avijjogho); S I 53,16* (katham su tarati -am rattindivam atandito appatitthe anlambe ko gambhire na sidati); A II 200,10 (eke samanabrhman dvayena -assa nittharanam pannpenti silavisuddhihetu ca tapojigucchahetu ca; c/MpIII 181,1: caturoghanittharanam); Ud74,i8* (evam vimutto udatri -am atinnapubbam apunabbhavya; Ud-a 362,25: idam catubbidham -am samsramahogham eva v); Dhp 25 (dipam kayirtha medhvi yam ~o nbhikirati); Sn 771 (tare -am nvam sitv va prag); Th 1131 (trehi ~ mahato suduttar); Thi 10 (tare -am maccudheyyam suduttaram); Ja IV 167,23 (brhmano -amhi osarite sassavinsam oloketv, Ce, Se so; Be ~amhi patite; Ee ~amhi otarite); VI 37,6* (-e appameyye mahannave); Ap 323,22 (patitth vuyhatam ~e); Patis I 129,22 (n' atthi anno koci ~ uddhat annatra may ti); Bv24:8 (-narn atikkantnam; Bv-a260,io: upayogatthe smivacanam datthabbam catubbidhe ~e atikkantnan ti attho); Dhs 1059 (katamo lobho ... -0 yogo gantho ...); Pet 245,14 (cattro sav vepullabhvam gat - honti); Sp 1054,16 (ativutthikle pana -ena otthatokso); Spkl 60,24 (yam ca jalam talkam gahetum na sakkoti ajjhottharitv gacchati tarn ~o ti vuccati) quoted Sadd 382,25; Mhv 31:25 (thpo ... bhijji gangya -ena); ifc see varavrivah'-; 2. a great quantity; abundance; Abh 629; 946; Sadd 536,16 (-0 punjo kalpo); Spkl 17,35 (sabbo pi c'esa avahananatthena ca rsatthena ca ~o ti veditabbo... rsatthen ti mahantatthena); &tiga, mfn., going beyond or crossing the flood(s); Sn 1096 (-am putthum akmam gamam); -tama, n., darkness of the flood(s); Sn538 (osaranni vineyya ~' ag; Pj II 435,5: -am oghandhakram ag atikkanto, oghantam ag ti v ptho oghnam antam ag); -tara, mfn., crossing the torrent or flood; D i l 261,11*; -tarana,., crossing the torrent; overcoming the flood(s); Spkl 330,23; Pj II 305,15 (maggabhvan ti -am); Minna, mfn., who has crossed the torrent, who has overcome the flood(s); Dhp 370 (pancasangtigo bhikkhu - 0 ti vuccati); Sn 823 (-assa pihayanti kmesu gathit paj); Vv 82:6 (parinibbutass* -assa tdino); Ap 20,22 (pjayitvna tarn buddham -am ansavam); neg. anoghatinna, mfn., Sn 1081; -punna, mfn., fu 11 of water; in flood; Ja III 252,16 (Sakko tarn nadim -am

katv); Sp 1106,14 (okapunnehi ti udakapunnehi... -ehi ti pi ptho) Ps II 295,15 (mahgaftgya -ya). oghana, n. [from ohanati? or o2 + ghana?], a pushing downwards, downwards pressure; a thick or dense entanglement; MI 306,30 (s [mluvlat] tarn slarn anuparihareyya ... upari vitabhim kareyya ... -am janeyya, -am janetv ye tassa slassa mahant mahant khandh te padleyya; Ps II 372,26: -am janeyy ti hetth ghanam janeyya upari ruyha sakalarukkham palivethetv puna hetth bhassamn bhmim ganheyy ti attho). oghananti in Ce, Ee at Patis-a 117,10 is prob, wr for ohananti (Be, Se so). oghaniya, mfn. [from ogha], subject to the floods; Dhs p. 4,5 (- dhamm anoghaniy dhamm; As49,n: rammanam katv atikkamaniyato oghehi atikkamitabb ti -, oghnam rammanadhamm evam veditabb); Dhs 584 (sabbam rpam... ganthaniyam -am yoganiyam); Vibh 25,8 (duvidhena vedankkhandho atthi -0 atthi anoghaniyo); Vism475,2 (~ato yoganiyato); anoghaniy, mfn., not subject to the floods; Dhs p. 4,5; Vibh 25,9; Kv 111,27. oghanti in Ee at Sv 1023,28 is wrfor ohananti (Be, Ce, Se so). ocara, m. [from ocarati], a spy; a robber; Ap 354,16 (- tundik c' eva rattham viddhamsayum tad, Ee so; Be, Ce otr; Se uttar); see also avacara. ocaraka, m(fn). [from ocarati; BHS avacaraka; cfS. adha^cara], being active in a secret or low way; spying out, investigating; an informer, spy, secret agent; a robber; Vin III 52,36 (~o nma bhandam ocaritv cikkhati itthannmam bhandam avahar ti; Sp 365,14: ocarati ti -o, tattha tattha anto anupavisati ti vuttam hoti); MI 129,15 (cor - arigamahgni okanteyyum; Ps II 102,5: - ti avacarak hetthcarak, nicakammakrak ti attho); S I 79,8 (mama puris car - janapadam ocaritv gacchanti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se cr ~) * Ud66,5 (eds cor -; Ud-a 333,21: paticchannakammantatt - ti hetth carak, cor hi pabbatamatthakena carant pi hetthcarak va nihinakammatt. atha v -ti carapuris); Ud-a 357,21 (duppatipann akatapunn -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vark); Sadd 423,19 (-0 ti adhocri); see also avacaraka. ocarana, n. [from ocarati], secret or low activity; spying; Ud-a 334,17 (anatthvahato -an ti laddhanmakatt annam akusalakammam nissya na jiveyya). ocarati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + carati], 1. [S. avacarati], comes down; MI 502,23 (evam hi no sutte -ati; Ps III 212,3foil.: yasm amhkam sutte evam gacchati); 2. [BHS avacarati], spies out; investigates; Sp365,i4 (-ati ti ocarako); absol. ocaritv, Vin III 52,36 (bhandam -itv; Sp 365,15: -itv ti sallakkhetv, upadhretv ti attho); SI 79,9 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ocarit; Spkl 150,is: -itv ti avacaritv vimamsitv, tarn tarn pavattim natv ti attho) = Ud 66,6 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otaritv); pp ocinna, mfn., spied out, investigated; SI 79,9 (tehi pathamam -am) = Ud 66,6 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se otinnam); see also avacarati. ocarit in Ee at SI 79,9 is wrfor ocaritv qv sv ocarati. ocinna, mfn., pp o/ocarati qv.

562

ocita, mfn., pp o/ocinti qv. ocinaka, mfn. [from ocinti], gathering, collecting; Pj II 66,29 (-vto pupphni ocinitv pteti) = Ap-a 154,8. ocinati, see sv ocinti. ocinana, n. [from ocinti], gathering; picking; Sp 617,29 (~e ocinpane... pcittiyam); Vin-vn 461 (puppham ocinpane sayam ~e cpi). ocinti, ocinati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVci], gathers, picks; collects; accumulates; increases, strengthens; Vin III 180,i (mlvaccham ropenti pi... -anti pi ocinpenti pi); 182,23 (-issanti pi ocinpessanti pi); 185,5 (-ti pi ocinpeti pi); Ja III 22,8' (pacinsi -si); IV 440,7* (ankolakam -mi); Ap 186,22 (-ami c'aham puppham); Khuddas 13:10 (~ahi); Sp 618, i (bahukam pi -ati); Sadd 495,24 (puppham -ti -ati v); part.pr. (a)ocina(t), mfn., Vin-vn 462 (puppham -ato pana); (b)ocinanta, m/(~anti)., JaV 145, n' (~anto); Sp617,3i (~anto); Sv 750,5 (accharyo ... pupphni -antiyo); Dhp-al 366,8; aor. 2 pi ocinittha, Nidd-al 400,10 (pupphni m -itth ti); inf. (a) ocetum, Th 199 (jhnni ocetum; l h - a l l 67,4: upacetum bhvetum); (b) ocinitum, Kv 351,5 (labbh pathavi... -itum vicinitun ti); Vibh-a 336,27; absol. (a)oceyya, Ja IV 440, I 6* (oceyya pupphni karomi mlam; 442,8': oceyy ti-itv); (b) ocinitv, Vin III 61,22; Ja VI 232,7*; Vism 515,3; (c) ocinitvna, Ap289,n; 434,9; pp ocita, mfn. [S. avacita], 1. gathered, picked; collected; accumulated; Vin III 61,19 (-am puppham... avahari); Ja IV 157,9' (dukkham -am vaddhitam); VI474, I* (yen* - jnapad; 474,5': ~ ti vaddhit); Nidd-al 400,6 (pupphni mattn' eva na tva pj kat ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ocinitamattn' eva); neg. anocita, mfn., Sp627, \i; see also addhocitaka sv addha1; 2. furnished with; overspread with; Ja IV 136,5' (nnratanamocitan ti nnratanehi -am sancitam); VI 119,24' (ktagravarocitan ti varaktgrehi -am vaddhitan ti attho); caus. pr. 3 sg. ocinpeti, Vin III 180,i (ocinanti pi -enti pi); 182,23 (ocinissanti pi -essanti pi); Nidd-a I 400,16 (-etum); aor. 3 sg. ocinpesi, Th-al 228,6; fpp ocinpetabba, mfn., Sp 765,26 (-etabbni). ocinpana, n. [from ocinpeti], causing to gather; Sp 617,31 (ocinane ~e... pcittiyam); Vin -vn 461 (puppham ~e). ocinyati, pr. 3 sg. [? possibly for *ojinyati; cf -jina < -jna], treats with contempt; Ja VI 4,19* (sabbo tarn jano -atu; 4,2r: -at ti mharatiY etam klakannin ti avajntu) = Cp 3:6:7 quoted Sadd 401,12; Sadd 401,12 (eine mannanyam: ... cinyati -ati). ociraka, mfn. [o2 + cira + ka2; cf BHS avaciraviciraka], with bark hanging down; -jta, mfn., seeming to have its bark hanging down; SIV 193,30 (~o... kimsuko dinnasiptiko seyyath pi siriso ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr odirakajto; Spklll 58,22/0//.: phalitaklasmim kimsuko olambamnacirako viya). ocetum, inf. o/ocinti qv. oceyya, absol. of ocinti qv. occhijja, absol. o/occhindati qv. occhindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVchid], cuts off (from);

refuses, bars; Ja II 388,16 (ayam klakannisigli mayham maggam -ati ti); part.pr. occhindamna, mfn., Jail 388,15 (s sigli putte ... punappuna maggam ~amn nivreti); absol. (a)occhinditv, Jail 389,14; 404,u (pavitthamaggam ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upacchinditv); (b) occhijja, Mhv 60:54 (parihre sabbasocchijja); see also avacchijja, avacchinditv. oja, see sv oj. ojati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. ubjati, Wg 28:20], makes straight; is straight; Sadd348,17 (uju ajjave: ... ~ati uju). ojavana, mj{~\)n. [from *o2 + javati], going downstream; Vin-vn 1184 (ekam ujjavanim nvam tath ~im pi v abhiruheyya). ojavanik, (m)f{n). and f [from *o2 + javati], 1. (mfn.) going downstream; Sp 808,7 (~ya nvya); 2. (f) the going downstream; Vin IV 65,31 ([nvam] adhogminin ti ~ya; Sp 808, r. yo adhojavanato ~ya nvya kilati so adhogminim abhirhati ti vuccati); see also uijavanik. o j , / (ando)2i, m.n.) [S. rj, rj, rjas, ojas; BHS oj; Pkt oya, oy], 1. bodily strength, vigour, vitality (produced by food); nutriment, sustenance; sap, juice; Abh 942 (~ tu ypanyam ca ~o dittibalesu ca); Vin I 149,4 (bhikkh piscehi ubblh honti, visanti pi -am pi haranti); D II285,10 (y c' eva dni dibb ~ y ca asur~ ubhayam etam dev paribhunjissanti); M I 245,11 (tassa te mayam dibbam -am lomakpehi ajjhoharissma); S II 87,28 (mlni... uddham -am abhiharanti); A III 396,5 foil, (yv' assa s ~ kye thassati tva na annam bhojanam chdessati, yato ca khv assa s ~ antaradhyissati...); JaV 113,18' (tato hre v telamadhuphnitdisu v osadhesu - na hoti); Dhs 646 (yam v pan' annam pi atthi... sattnam mukhsiyam ... yya ~ya satt ypenti); Mil 156,4 (anekni devatsatasahassni amatam dibbam -am gahetv upagatni bhagavato kye -am odahissm ti); 232,2 (devat dibbena -ena temayitv temayitv upasamharimsu); Vism 588,11 (kese catasso dhtuyo vanno gandho raso - jivitam kyappasdo ti... dasa rpni); Ud-a400,io (skaramaddave ... devat -am pakkhipimsu); It-a 1103,11 (asitapitakhyitam pi 'ssa sarire -am na pharati, atthicammamattam eva ahosi); As 331,11 (ojrike vatthusmim - mand hoti sukhume balavati); ifc see upakappana-, pathav'-; 2. [S. lex. ojas], light, splendour; Abh 942 (-0 dittibalesu); ^ -atthamaka, (mf)n., the group of eight (constituents of material form including or) ending with oj (cf Vism 588,11 above); Vism 341,9 (kabalinkrhro -am rupam harati); 588,14; 614,30 (oj annam -am samutthpeti); SpkII 109,29; paharana, m/(-I)., robbing of strength or vitality; MI 124,32 (y t slalatthiyo kutil -iyo); (oja)-tthyi(n), mfn., resting on or supported by its vigour or vitality; A III 321,17 (~i 'ssa tasmim samaye kyo hoti; Mp III 357,6: ~I ti ojya thito patitthito); (oja)-va(t), mfn. [S. urjasvat, ojasvat], vigorous, strong; sappy, juicy; MI 480,36 (satthu ssanam hoti ojavantam; Ps III 194,23: sinehavantam); SI 212,30* (tarn ca appativniyam asecanakam ojavam pivanti maMe;

563

Spk 1316,14: ayam hi attano dhammatya madhuro c' eva ojav ca na afinena upasitto) = Thi55; Thi 196 (adhigacche padam santam asecanakam ojavam; Thi-a 164,8: kenaci ansittakam ojavantam sabhvamadhuram sabbasspi kilesarogassa vpasamanosadhabhtarn ariyamaggam nibbnam eva v); Ja I 68,15 (khirassa bahalatam ca madhuratam ca ojavantatam ca patthayamn); III 110,20 (nigrodhaphalni ... madhurni ojavantni sakkharacunnasadisni); 111,6 (sakalam pi rattham ojavantam eva hoti); Vism702,i* (ojavantena sucin sukhena); Sv 238,8 (imya madhurya ojavantiy dhammadesanya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ojavatiy); Spk III 270,io (keci pana asecanako ti ansittako ojavanto sabhven' eva madhuro ti vadanti); Ap-a206,7 (kath ular ojavant pkat santi); neg. anojava(t), mfn., lacking strength or vitality; lacking nutriment; not juicy; A III 260,9 (asamayena bhuttam anojavantam hoti; Mp III 331,13: akle bhuttam ojam pharitum na sakkoti); Niddl 163,22 (kathojjan ti anojavanti s kath; Nidd-al 285,5: anojavanti ti na ojavati, tejavirahit ti attho, Ee, Se so; Be anojavanti ti nihinatejavati; Ce anojavan ti anojavatim); (oja)-hara, mfn., robbing of strength or vitality; ifc see saggun'-; (ojo)-hri(n), mfn. [cfBHS ojohra], robbing of strength or vitality; Mhv 55:21 (yauY ~ino yakkh Lankyam sram aggahum); niroja, mfn., lacking vigour or nutriment; not juicy; tasteless, insipid; Jail 304,n (pubbe ... phalphalni madhurni ahesum, idni ~ni kasatni jtni); 11194,23 (~am missakabhattam paribhunjantiy); 111,4 (sakalam pi rattham -am hoti kasatam); V 244, irfoll. (adhammikaranno hi pathavi ~ hoti, tass ~-tya osadhnam viriyam na hoti); Ps II 47,5 (mahallakavacchnam gomayni kasatni ~ni honti); 325,9 (ete [dhamm] uppajjitv samane kasate ~e karonti milpenti); Spk II 272,11 (~am hi kasatam bijam); sa-oja, mfn., nutritious; juicy; Ps II 47,7 (tarunaknam [vacchnam] khirapnen' eva vaddhantnam ~ni gomayni). ojinti, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + jinti; S. avaVji], wins by conquest; conquers; Ja VI 222,3* (ajitam ~mase; 222,28". yam no ajitam tarn jinma); see also avajiyati. ojohri(n), see sv oj. ojjhpana, n. [from caus. of ojjhyati], complaining; making indignant or contemptuous; causing indignation or ill-will; Th-aII76,2 (pare -vasena na okkhipe hetthato katv pare na olokpeyya, na ojjhpeyy ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ujjhpanavasena); see also uyhpana. ojjhyati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + jhyati1], 1. [BHS avadhyati, avadhyti] broods; part.pr. ojjhyanta, mfn., Ap68,4 (stam na vindati, dukkhito vimano hoti ~anto padhvati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se pajjhyanto); 2. [cfS avaVdhyai; BHS (Bhi Vin 180) ojjhyati] thinks ill of; complains (about), is indignant (at); caus. pr. 3 sg. ojjhpeti, makes a complaint (to); makes someone (ace.) contemptuous or indignant (against, ace); creates ill-will (against, ace); Sp 770,37 (Dabbam Mallaputtam bhikkh ujjhpenti ti... ~enti" ti pi ptho, ayam ev' attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr

ujjhpenti ti pi); Th-aII 76,3 (pare ojjhpanavasena na okkhipe hetthato katv pare na olokpeyya, na ~eyy ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ujjhpeyy ti); see also avajjhyati, ujjhyati. onta, onnta, mfn. \pp of *o2 + jnti; S. avajnta], despised; under-rated; Vin IV 6,16 (tesu tesu ... janapadesu ~arn avanntam hilitam paribhtarn acittikatarn, etarri hinarn nma nmam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se onntarn; Sp738,3o: ~m ti avantam, unntan ti pi pathanti); Mil288,13 (dasa... puggal lokasmim - avant hilit ...); Vism424,n (hflite ohilite ohnte avannte, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se unnte); Sp 181,15 (slimamsodanam atimannissati -am avantam karissati); anofita, anonnta, mfn., not despised; respected; Vin IV 6,19 (~am anavanntam ahilitam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se anonntam); see also avajnti, unfita, ontabba. otabba, mfn. [fpp of*o2 + jnti; cf S. avajnti], to be treated with contempt or disrespect; Ud-a 369,26 (ayam bhikkhu na kho ... ettakena ~o); see also avajnti, unntabba, onta. oftha1, m. [S. ustra], a camel; Abh 502 (~o tu karabho); 1106; Vin HI 52,25 (catuppadam nma hatthi ass - gon gadrabh); IV 7,16 (hino nma akkoso ~o si mendo si gono si); Kv 30,16(atthi koci manusso hutv ... ~o hoti); Mil 100,6(ime~ gon gadrabh); Ps II 50,i (yath -assa padam majjhe gambhiram hoti); otthagivi,/ (or mfn.), a watch-tower like a camel's neck; ? Ja VI 269,7* (attalak ~iyo lohitankamasragallino pasd' ettha silmay; 270,14': ~iyo ti otthagivasanthnena kat rattamanimasragallamay attalak). ottha2, m. [S. ostha], a lip, lips; the lip of a bowl; Abh 262; 1106; Vin II 113,35 (bhikkh chamya pattam nikkujjanti, -o ghamsiyati); Mill 186,6 (~am pi dahati mukham pi dahati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se dayhati, prob, wr) * A IV 131,27 (~am pi daheyya); Sn608 (na nsya na ~ehi); Ja II264,15* (~am bhanjati); Ps II 281,9 (ime sabbe va givam ukkhipitv ~ehi calamnehi thit); Mp I 334,19 (mantam jappento viya -e cletv); ifc see adhar'-, uttar'- (.yvuttara1); -chinnaka, mfn., lacking lips, whose lips have been cut off; Sp 1029,20 (Vmv [Be] II 128,4: ~oti ubhosu otthesu yatha katthaci jtiy v pacch v satthdin apanitamamsena otthena samanngato); -J8L,mfn. [ottha-1-ja2], (gr.t.t.) produced by the lips, labial; Sadd608,3o (uvannapavagg ~); see also kanthotthaja (^vkantha), dantotthaja (^vdanta1); -nibbhoga, m., a twisting or distortion of the lips; Ja II 264,23* (annatra ~); 0 -nillehakam, ind. [namul absol. or adv.], with licking of the lips; Vin II 214,25 (na ~am bhunjitabbam); V 45,35; -bhaftjana, n., a curling or distortion of the lips; Jail 263,25; -vatti,/> the rim of the mouth (of a bowl); Ps III 238,12 (samatittikan ti ~iy hetthimalekhsamam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr ovattiy). otthavacittaka, m., a kind of bird (according to ct named from its song); Dili 201,25* (jlvanj^vakasadd, ettha atho ~, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce utthavacittak; Sv961,34foil.: utthehi citte utthehi citte ti evarn vassamn utthavacittasakun pi tattha vicaranti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se utthehi citta utthehi cittti).

564

otthivydhi, / [cf S. ustri], a camel-malady, a camelstriking (elephant ? used for fighting and carrying messages over long distances; identified in the introductory story with an elephant in a succeeding life); Ja III 385,14 (tassa ranno ek ~i hatthini thmabalasampann mahabbal ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits hatthini); 387,16* (jahanti nam ~im va khattiyo); 388,10 (rj ~iy yasam pkatikam aksi). otthubhati,/?r. 3 sg [cfPkt utthubhati; R. Pischel, 1900, 120], spits (on); MI 79,33 (mam... gomandal upasankamitv -anti pi omuttenti pi; Ps II 49,s: sarire khelam ptenti); 127,13 (tatra tatra ~eyya tatra tatra omutteyya); see also nitthubhati. otthubhana, n. [from otthubhati], spitting (on); Cp-a 269,10 (' -dikam nnappakram vippakram katv); -upahasana-ummihandi, n., actions such as spitting on, laughing at and urinating upon; Cp-a 269,23. othati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup othati, Wg 9:53], strikes; Sadd 355,8 (utha ... upaghte: ~ati). o44a> ("?/). [prob. - odha, oddha qqv] what is carried; goods; loot; Sadd 71,13* (~am bhandam, Be, Ee so; Ce ottham). 0(J4eti, -ayati, uddeti2, pr. 3 sg. [BHS oddeti; cfS. uddna, "binding on, stringing"; -dd-prob, due to influence of uddeti*], ties, strings up; lays out, fixes (a snare or noose or net); lays out, presents (as a trap, or to mislead); SV 148,17 (ludd makkatavithisu lepam ~enti makkatnam bdhanya; Spklll 201,8/0//.: lepam karonti tarn... rukkhaskhdisu thapenti); AI 33,26 (nadimukhe khipam uddeyya, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~eyya; Mp II 28,ufolL: uddeyy ti ~eyya, manuss ... kuminam katv ... nadimukham netv dvisu passesu khnuke kottetv yottehi tattha bandhanti); Ja IV 278, is* (~entu vlapsni yath bajjhetha so dijo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ujjhantu; 278,20': ~ent ti~ayantu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se odayantu; Sp 266,23 (ko ettha doso ti sancicca lesam -essanti); Thi-a 161, H (te hi sattnam tanhpsam ditthipsam ca denti ~enti" ti psand) * Sadd 356,3 (uddenti ti); Vin-vn294 (psam ~eti); Sadd 355,27 (di khipanuddanesu: deti uddeti); part.pr. oddenta, mfn., Sp 384,7 (pse v aduhalam v ~ent); aor. 3 sg. (a) oddi, Vin III 22,i (katim pi calesi cheppam pi clesi katim pi ~i nimittam pi aksi; Sp 227,19: ~i ti abhimukham thapesi); JaV 359,2 (anto udake yatthipsam -i); (b) oddesi, JaV 345,4; 3 pi. oddesum, Jail 238,7; III 184,6 (tad luddak... pse -esum, Be, Ce so; Se uddesum; Ee eko luddako... psam ~esi); absol. (a)oddiya, Thi73 (luddo psam ivJ ~iya); (b) oddetv, uddetv2, udditv, Vin II 110,33 (pattam lekhpetv sikkya udditv velagge laggetv, Be, Se so; Ce vhitv; Ee pakkhipitv); 131,17 (sikkya pattam uddetv dande laggetv, Ce so; Se udditv; Be, Ee wr uttitv); Ja II 37,5 (psayatthiyo ropetv pse-etv); Sp 1269,16 (gamissmi gamissmi tipana lesam ~etv); Ps II 418,27 (lepayatthim -etv); Spkl 56,23* (ceto ktni -etv, Be, Ce so; Ee oddetv; Se odetv); (c) oddiyitv, Thi-a 76,3o; pp oddita, uddita, mfn. [cf S. lex. uddita], strung up; fixed; laid out; SI 40,n* (tanhya uddito loko; Spkl

96,2 foil.: uddito ti tanhya ullanghito, cakkhum hi tanhrajjuy vunitv rpangadante ~am) ^ Patis I 128,9; S I 74,ii* (ktam va ~am); Th268 (maccupsam va ~am); Ja II443,13* (s na jnti asim sattim ca ~am; 444, r: tassa uttsanatthya ~am thapitam); Spkl 140,5 (yath macch ~am kuminam pavisant na jnanti); III201,11 (pancoddito ti ... kjasikk viya ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uddito); caus. aor. 3 sg. oddpesi, JaII 51,13 (rj ... pse c'eva jlni ca oddpesi); Vism 652,22 (macchakhipam gahetv udake oddpesi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ospesi; * Patis-a31,i6: Be, Ce, Se udake osretv; Ee osdetva). oddha, odha, (mf)n., pp o/vahati qv. ona, n. [c/*onati?], a taking away, a subtraction;! Mp IV 141,6 (imasmim sutte samathavipassan kathit, puggalajyhsayena pana desanvilsena c' eva matthakato patthya hetth ~am kathitan ti, Ce, Ee so, but perhaps wr; Be, Se otarantam; ad AIV 296,1 foil.: chahi bhikkhave dhammehi ... pancahi bhikkhave dhammehi...). onati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup onati, Wg 13:12], takes away; Sadd 358,4 (ona apanayane: ~ati). onati2, / , see sv onati. onamati, see sv onamati. oni, m. or f. [cf S. oni, "protection"], (perhaps) a charge, something entrusted; Sp 365,28 (~im rakkhati ti onirakkho; cfSp-t[Be] II 155,8: -in ti onitam, nitan ti attho, onirakkhassa santake thapitam bhandam); -rakkha, m., one who watches over a charge, who guards what has been entrusted to him; Vin III 47,32 (ocarako ~o samvidhvahro ... ); 53,i (~o nma hatam bhandam gopento ... theyyacitto masati). onitta, onitta, mfn. [S. avanikta, pp of avaVnij], washed; (according to ct: separated;) Sv277,i9 (~am nnbhtam vinbhtam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce onittam) = Ps II 283,12 (Be, Se onittam; Ce, Ee onitam); Sv-pt I 405,9 (~an ti v mispanayanena sucikatam); -pattapni, mfn., with hands and bowl washed; Sv277, is (onitapattapnin ti... -in ti pi ptho ... onittam nnbhtam vinbhtam pattam pnito ass ti i... hatthe ca pattam ca dhovitv ekamante pattam nikkhipitv nisinnan ti attho, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce onitta-) = Ps II 283,11 (Be, Se onitta-; Ce, Ee ohita-); see also apaninjitv, onojeti, onita (.yv oniyati). onita, see sv oniyati. onojana, onojana, n. [from onojeti, cf S. avanejana ?], giving formally; Vin II 31,27 (-am, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce onojanam; Sp 1161,6: -an ti vissajjanam vuccati); Vin-vn2759. onojeti, onojeti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avanejayati, caus. of avaVnij], pours water ritually (over the hands) in giving a gift; gives formally; Vin IV 156,7 (~eth' vuso sahghassa clvaran ti); Sp649,30 (demi dadmi dajjmi -mi pariccajmi); aor. 3 sg. onojesi, Vin I 39,16 (rj... sovannamayam bhinkram gahetv bhagavato ~esi etham ... uyynam ... bhikkhusanghassa dammi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee onojesi); Dip 13:29 (onojesi); 1 sg. onojesim, A IV 210,25 (vmena hatthena pajpatim gahetv dakkhinena hatthena bhingram

565

gahetv tassa purisassa -esim, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce onojesim; Mp IV 113,22: -esin ti udakam hatthe ptetv adsim; cf udakpasatth sv udaka); absol (a)onojetv, Mil236,8 (rj... brhmanam upanetv sovannena bhirikrena udakam -etv imam kumram sikkhpehi ti adsi); (b) onojetvna, Dip 17:49. otata, mfn. [pp of *o2 + tanoti; S. avatata], overspread; covered; Dhp 162 (yassa accantadussilyam mluv slam iv' -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Ee otthatam; PDhp 306: malut slam ivotat; Dhp-a III 153, M: -am pariyonandhitv thitam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se otthatam) = Nett 183,23* (Ce, Ee so; Zte otthatam); Pv28:3 (suvannacunnehi samantam -, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee otthat); Thi 266 (so valihi sukhumhi -o); Ap 151,24 (-am vitatam, Ee so; Be, Ce -am vitthatam; Se ogatam vitatam); Ud-a 142,29 (tanhjlena -o, Ee so; Be, Se otthato; Ce votthato; = Patisl 127,23: Be, Ce, Se otthato; Ee wr ottato); Vv-a237,i6 (-tya); see also avatata. otatta, mfn., pp o/otappati qv. otappati, pr. 3 sg. [pass. prob. of*o3 + tapati1, S. uttapati; cf also S. avatapati], is heated; becomes warm; Vinll 153,22 (pniyam -ati, anujnmi bhikkhave pniyaslam pniyamandapan ti); pp otatta, mfn. [cf S. lex. avatapta, S. uttapta], heated, warmed; Ap-a479,28 (candimasuriynam santpehi -am unham udakam ettha n' atthi ti Anotatto); see also uttatta, otpeti. otamasika, m(fn). [from o2 + tama(s) + flea; cfS. avatamasa], (one) who is in the dark; Vin V 205,22 (racchagato avandiyo -o avandiyo; Sp 1379,is: ~o ti andhakragato). otarana, m., n. and - a , / [cf S. avatarana], 1. (n.) descending; alighting; going down (into); entering; Vin III 79,4* (in uddna); Ja IV 278,24 (suvaranfio -tthnam); Vism 342, \i (maficamh v pithamh v ~ato patthya); Sp 282,30 (mahparivenam ... bahunnam -tthnam); 1339,n (otro ti kilesnam anto -am); Sv 200,22 (hatthassa patte -am nma hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se otranam) = Ps I 267,21 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se otranam) = Spklll 197,i (Eeso; Be, Ce, Se otranam); Spkl 262,1 (udakam -kle); III 207,19 (game yeva -am); Dhp-a III 227,13 (sabbabuddhnam ... devaloke vassam vasitv Sankassanagaradvre -am); 2. (m.f) entering, entry (the twelfth of the 16 hray of Pet and Nett); Pet 3,9 (katame solasa hr... paniiatti -o sodhano...) = Nett 1,19; Pet 98,io (katamo -0, chasu dhammesu otretabbam...); 194,7 (citte nidditthe paneakkhandh nidditth honti ayam khandhesu ~o); Nett 4,6* (yo ca paticcuppdo indriyakhandh ca dhtu-yatan etehi otarati yo -o nma so hro); 107,6 (ayam indriyehi -); otranam in Ee at Ud-a 362,13 is prob, wr; Be, Se tath dassane kranam n' atthi ti; Ce tath mnakaranam n' atthi ti; anotarana, ., not entering; Ja I 170,28 (dakarakkhaso pi tesam bhvam natv); see also avatarana. otarani, (m)f(ri). [from otarati], descending; flowing down; JaV 255,15* (~i Gang; 256,15': ~i ti samuddbhimukhi otaramn, ohrini ti pi ptho). otarati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avatarati; BHS also otarati], 1. descends, comes down; alights (at, loc); goes

down into (esp. into water), enters; Vin III $2,1] foil. (annataro bhikkhu vihram chdetv -ati... vuso ito -hiti); 195,9 (nahnam -anti); MI 234,is (abhabbo tarn pokkharanim puna -itum); A III 157,18 (ranno ngo ... na sakkoti sangmam -itum); 393,22 (na dnyam gono ... kittham -issati ti); Ja III 4,12 (m amhkam rajjasimam -atu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se okkamatu); V47,i6 (cammachattena vtam ghpetv sakuno viya ~ati ti); Mil 38,28 (kocirj... sangmam -eyya); 248,20 (m me bhonto keci sankilitth imam talkam -atha); Vism 676,5 (phalapariyosne pan' assa cittam bhavahgam -ati); Sp 102,io (mlni pan' assa na tva -anti ti); Dhp-a I 166,3 (- ti ha); part.pr. (a)otaranta, w/(-anti)., Vin II 221,i (nahtena uttarantena -antnam maggo dtabbo); III 82,12 (so tena -anto paripatitv klam aksi); Ja VI 468,1 (paribbjik bhunjitv -anti); Sp 58,9 (therassa nvto -antassa); neg. anotaranta, m/h., Jal 129,3; SpkII 395,13 (panhe cittam anotarantam disv); (b)otaramn, m/h., JaV 256,16' (otarani ti samuddbhimukhi -amn); Vibh-a295,3i (bhikkh... mahmaggam -amn); aor. 3 sg. (a) otari, Ja I 305,12 (tpaso... rjanivesan -i); Pj II 486,28; (b) otarittha, Mhv 37:195 (-ittha mahvithim); 38:26; 1 sg. otarim, Th345 (-im udakam); 3 pl. (a)otarimsu, Ja VI 197,6; Pv-a 47,26 (nvya mahsamuddam -imsu); 75,32 (ksengantv uttaradvre -imsu); Mhv 19:48 (mlni... -imsumahitalam); (b) otarurn, Ap-a228,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee oruhurn); Mhv 4:19; 18:44; absol. (a)otaritv, VinIV 112,37 (udakam -itv); SV 47,n (mahnadiyo -itv mahsamuddam sgaram -anti); Sn319 (naro pagarn -itv); Ja IV 126,5; Ap 547,1 (vihya Nandanam dev -itv mahitale); Vism 264,13; Ud-a 82,5 (brahmalokato -itv); neg. anotaritv, Ja IV 283,19 (kinnar vassrattasamaye anotaritv pabbate yeva vasanti nidghe otaranti); Sp861,n; Cp-a258,i4 (kilesasamuddam anotaritv); (b)otaritvna, JaV 310,11*; Mhv 35:28; 2. goes into; has a place in; fits; D II 124,11 (na c' eva sutte -anti na vinaye sandissanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osaranti) = AII 168,12; part.pr. neg. anotaranta, mfn. Sp 231,35; otariyamna in Ee at Jal 184,15, 184,18 and Spklll 7,24 is wr for otariyamna qv; pp (a) otinna, mfn. [S.t BHS avatirna], I. (act.) (i) descended; gone down into; having entered; having penetrated (intellectually); AIV 435,11 (ngassa ogham -assa); S V 162,26 (yasm Sriputto ovdako ahosi -o vinnpako, Be, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce, Se omit -o; Spk III 224,2: ovdako ti ovdadyako, - o ti -esu vatthsu nnappakrena otaranasilo, Be, Se so; Ee ~o ti tinnesu...; Ce otinnotinnesu vatthsu... ovadanasilo); Jal 85,9 (buddhassanassa mlni -ni ti); II 169,6* (ayam hi kottham -o); Niddl 445,ii (bhagav... manimayena sopnena Sarikassanagaram -o); Spl02,io (kad... mlni -ni nma bhavissanti ti); 912,21 (nahyitum v ptum v -); Spk I 83,28 (kpe - o viya); (ii) having entered, appeared; taking place; under consideration; Vin V 164,8 (-ni padavyanjanni sdhukam uggahetv); Vism 707,12 (satth -e vatthusmim sikkhpadam v pannapeti); Sp 235,27 (vatthuvinicchayattham sannipatite sarighe -e

566

vatthusmim); 1360,4 (sanghamajjhe ~am adhikaranam vinicchitum); 2. (pass.) entered (by); overcome, overpowered (by); MI 192,6 (~o 'mhi jtiy jarmaranena ...; Ps II 231, is: yassa jti anto pavitth so jtiy ~o nma); A IV 290, 13* (satto puthujjano ~o starpena puna gabbhya gacchati); Sn 939 (yena sallena ~o; Niddl 414,26: ~o viddho phuttho pareto...); Th448 (tanhsallena ~o); Mp II 243, n (~o ti anupavittho); esp. overcome by passion, lustful; VinUI 121, I (~o nma sratto apekkhav patibaddhacitto; Sp 532,24foil.: yakkhdihi viya satt anto uppajjantena rgena ~ o . . . sayam v rgam ~ o . . . rgasamarigiss' ev' etam adhivacanam); otinnassa in Be, Ee, Se at Vin I 352,37 and in Ce, Ee at AIV 435, is is prob, wr for uttinnassa qv .svuttarati; otinnam parikham in Ee at Ja V 373,25* is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se oldnnaparikham; otinno in Ee at Ud-a 362,26 is wr for uttinno (Be, Ce, Se so); neg. anotinna, mfn., who has not gone into, has not penetrated; not having entered; not appeared; not under consideration; VinV 170,3 (anotinnam bhram na otretabbam); Ja 1128,16 (ye anfie imam saram otaranti te khditum labhasi anotinne na labhasi ti); Sp 1362,5 (otinnam ca anotinnam ca vacanam jnitabbam); Spkl 124, I (vatthusmim otinne v anotinne v vitikkamam disv); Ud-a 107,8 (anotinnnam ssane otaranpyam dasseti); Ap-a450,23 (ksato anotinnatt); Cp-a 305,30 (yena ssane anotinnnam avatranam otinnnam paripcanam); pp (b) otarita, mfh., gone down; gone down into; having entered; Ja I 171, n* (disv padam anuttinnam disvn' ~am padam; 171,20': ~am pana otinnapadam eva addasa); IV 167,23 (oghamhi ~e sassavinsam oloketv, Ee so; Be patite; Ce, Se osarite); fpp (a) otaritabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 217,2i (sensan -am); Spk I 39,n; Nidd-a 1280,21 (chattapathan ti cammachattena vtam gahetv sakunehi viya-am maggam); (b) neg. anotaraniya, mfn., Ja II 70,n (udapno hoti anotaraniyo tiracchnnam); caus. (a) pr. 3 sg. otreti, -ayati, 1. causes to descend, makes go down (into), fetches down; lets down, lowers, puts down; takes down, removes; makes appear, puts forward; makes alight; Vin III 17,12 (mahante snipasibbake ... majjhe Garigya sote -ehi, Ee so; Be optehi; Ce, Se osdehi); Ja 1426,1 (idhamam -ehi ti aha, tattha nam -esi); II 376,18 (sace dandakam bile -essmi); VI407,11 (senarn vlakumbhilatthnesu yeva -eyytha); Vism 69,13 (yamhi bhojane hattham -eti); Sv 597,16 (~etha tta satthu sariran ti); PsII 259,29 (so atitthena gviyo -eti); part.pr. otrenta, mfh., Jail 71,24 (olambakam -ento viya); Sp 889,9 (-entassa); Spkl 306,1 (ksagarigam -ento viya); aor. 3 sg. (a) otresi, Ja III 433,17'; Mhv 37:220 (-esi sakam matam); (b)otrayi, Mhv 33:46 (-ayi Somadevim); 2 sg. otrayi, JaV 119,16' (m mahjanam kyaduccaritdi-anatthya patrayi m ~ayi); 3 pl. (a) otresum, Pv-a272,4; (b) otrayimsu, Dhp-aIII 440,14 (satthram nvto -ayimsu); absol. otretv, Ja II 136,23 (kotth -etv); IV 402,17 (avalekhanasatthena lekhento viya sariramamsam -etv dassmi); Vism 379,27; Sp339,i3 (ktasakkhim -etv rmasmikam jinti ti); 850,2 (yottena

phalapindim -etv); Sv 97,10 (dse devatam -etv panhapucchanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr otretv); Ud-a 50,22 (paticcasamuppde nnam -etv); Cp-a 86,11 (mahsatto puttadram ~etv ratham adsi); 2. makes find a place; attempts to fit; ? Pet 101,17 (~etum sakkoti, Be, Ce so; Ee otaretum); pass, part.pr. otriyamna, mfn., being made to descend, being brought down; being tested as to fitness; being collated; D II 124,10 (tni padavyanjanni... sutte -iyamnni vinaye sandassiyamnni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osriyamnni) = A l l 168,11; Spk III 7,24 (yassa visam mandam hoti -iyamnam pi sukhen' eva otarati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr otariyamnam); Ja I 184,18 (asso tittharn -iyamno na otarati ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr otariyamno); Dhp-al 136,12 (kotthato vihi -iyamne disv); /?potrita, mfn., caused to go down (into); made to come down; brought down, lowered; Jail 169,3 (itarassa kotthe -ita-bhvan ti); Sp 822,25 (uddhanato -ita-matt); Ps V 92,7 (tay mahjano apyamagge -ito); Spkl 239,27 (tehi ptiyam hatthesu -itesu); fpp otretabba, otrayitabba, mfh., VinV 170,4 (anotinnam bhram na -etabbam); D i l 124,9 (tni padavyanjanni sdhukam uggahetv sutte -etabbni vinaye sandassetabbni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osretabbni) = A II 168,io; Pet 100,i (-etabb, Be, Ce so; Ee otaretabb); Nett 21,32 (sutte -ayitabbni); MpIII 158,21 (sutte -etabbni ti sutte otaritabbni, Be, Se so; Ce -etabbni ti... -etabbni; Ee wr -etabbni ti... otaretabbni); Sp 231,18 (attano mati cariyavde -etabb); caus. (b)pr. 3 sg. otarpeti, makes come down; has (something or someone) brought down; Ja VI 345,20 (purisam ropetv ~ehi ti, Ce, Ee so; Se harpehi ti; Be npetv harpehi ti); absol. otarpetv, Ja VI 348,8 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se otretv); 455,14' (psd ~etv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otarpetv); caus. (c) absol otarpetv, PsIII 73,5 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otretv); see also avatarati. otaretabb in Ee at Pet 100,i and otaretum in Ee at Pet 101,17 are prob, wrr for otaretabb and otaretum qqv sv otarati. otretv in Ee at Sv 97,10 is wr for otretv (Be, Ce, Se so). otallaka, m(fn). [1], poor; bedraggled;! Ja IV 380,2* (rummavsi ~o pamsupiscako va; 380,6': -0 ti lmako olambavilambanantakadharo v, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ogallako ti) quoted Ps III 79,5* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ogallako; Ps-t[2te]III 33,19: ~o ti nihmajjhsayo, appnubhvo ti attho) and Pj II 189,12* and Cp-a 156,12*; Sp 253,22 (griko ti mam dhrehi kassako vnijo gorakkho -0 molibaddho kmaguniko ti mam dhrehi ti evarn gihivevacanena sikkhpaccakkhnam, Ce, Ee so; Be okallako; Se ogallako). otpaka, mfn. [from otpeti] or otpakam, ind. [namul absol. of otpeti], heating, warming; having heated; ifc see natuY-. otpana, n. [from otpeti], warming; drying (in the sun); Sp 929,26 (paribhogavasena v -vasena v sanghatitatthena sanghti ti); Spkl 178,2 (ajjhokse nikkhitt ti ' -atthya thapit).

567

otpeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *o3 + tapati1; S. uttpayati; cf also S. avaVtap, caus.], warms; warms in the sun, dries; puts (in the sun) to dry; Vin II 113,16 (yo -eyya); III 198,6 (civarni... kannakitni honti, tni bhikkh -enti); Mil 371, i (kummo udakato nikkhamitv kyam -eti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttpeti); part.pr. (a)otpenta, mfn., Vin III 198,8 (bhikkh tni civarni -ente); IV 40,34 (-ento gacchati; Sp776,3o: tape -ento); (b) otpayamna, mfn., S V 216,14 (pacchtape nisinno hoti pitthim -ayamno; Spklll 243,29: suriyarasmihi pitthim -ayamno); absol otpetv, Vin II 113,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave -etv pattam patismetun ti); 209,12 (bhummattharanam -etv sodhetv pappothetv); neg. anotpetv, Ud-a 119,29 (udakam otaritv nahtv vatthni piletv anotpetv va); pp otpita, mfn. [S. uttpita], warmed; dried; otpitasuddhavattha, mfn., wearing clean, dry clothes; Ud-a 120,11; fpp otpetabba, mfn., Vin II 113,16 (na bhikkhave sa-udako patto -etabbo); Mil 371,4 (yogin... sammappadhne mnasam -etabbam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttpetabbam); see also uttpetum, otappati, otpaka. otra, m. [BHS avatra], entrance, way in; opening, opening for attack; weak point; Abhlll8 (chiddvataranesv -0); VinV 132,26 (vissse sati ~o, otinnacittassa etam bhikkhuno ptikankham ...; Sp 1339,n: -oti kilesnam anto otaranam) * A III 67,24; D III 58,2i (na lacchati Mro -am na lacchati Mro rammanam; Sv 846,27: -an ti randham chiddam vivaram); M III 94,33 (api nu tarn garukam silgulam allamattikpunje labhetha -an ti); Sn446 (satta vassni bhagavantam anubandhim pad padam -am ndhigacchissam); Ja V 414,23 (samaggnam ... koci -am nma passitum na sakkoti ti); Mil 295,23 (kinti te '-am na labheyyun ti evham tarn pucchmi ti); Vism 319,2; Dhp-a III 21,4 (vnijassa gehe ... cor -am gavesamn); Vibh-a 102,7 (vadhakapaccmitt viya -am gavesantni); pekkha, mfn., looking for an opening; longing for a weak point; SI 122,29 (Mro... bhagavantam anubaddho hoti ~o otram alabhamno); Ja VI 131,30 (kumre ghtam bandhitv -o acari). otrana, n. [S. avatrana], causing to go down, lowering; putting down (on); making appear; Sv200,22 (hatthassa patte -am nma hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee otaranam) = Ps I 267,21 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee otaranam) = Spklll 197,i {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee otaranam); Cp-a 151,31 (tarn attano pitthim ropetv arannato niharitv mahmagge -am); ifc see ktasakkhi- sv kta2; see also avatrana. otinna, mfn., pp o/otarati qv. otinnaka, mfn. [otinna + ka2], (one) who has gone down (into), who has entered; Ja I 129,9 (aham imam saram ~e labhmi ti); 171,5 (tvam pokkharanim -e labhasi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otinnotinne). otinno in Ee at Spk I 290,11 is wr for otinno {Be, Ce, Se so). ottata in Ee at PatisI 127,23 is wr for otthata qv sv ottharati. ottapati, ottappati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + tapati2; ottappati, which is very common, is probably by the influence of

ottappa; cf S. apaVtrap],/ee/.y ashamed or bashful; is afraid (of doing wrong); is scrupulous (to avoid, with instr., gen., and, rarely, ace); MI 253,20 (sunis sasuram disv ottapati hiriyati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ottappati); SII 196,22 (bhikkh anuppann me ppak akusal dhamm uppajjamn anatthya samvatteyyun ti na ottapati, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ottappati); A III 2,16 (ottappati kyaduccaritena); Ja I 129,24' (kyaduccaritdihi... yeva ottapati ti ottappam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ottappati ti) = As 124,33 {Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ottappati ti); PatisII 176,22 (ottappati ppake akusale dhamme ti ottappabalam); Dhs 31 (ottappati ottappitabbena; As 149,32: ottappati bhyati ti attho); Mil 171,30 (loko ottapati hiriyati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ottappati); Ps I 190,8 (na ottappanti ti anottpi, Ce, Ee so; Be anottappi; Se na uttappanti ti anottappi); part.pr. (a)ottapa(t), ottappa(t),mfn., DU 218,9* (sankhtum no pi sakkomi musvdassa ottapam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ottappam, unmetrical; Sv646,n: ottappamno) = SI 154,33* {Be, Se so; Ce ottape; Ee ottappe); (b) ottapamna, ottappamna, mfn., MI 253,18 (disvna ottapamna hiriyamn, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ottappamna); Sv695,30 (ottapamna, Be, Ce so; Ee ottappamna; Se ottappmi); fpp ottapitabba, ottappitabba, mfn., Dhs 1322 (yam na ottappati ottappitabbena) * As 52,19 {Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ottapati ottapitabbena); ottappiyati in Ee at Mp I 96,4 is wr; Be, Ce, Se and It-al 83,7 ottappati; see also uttapati. ottapan, ottappan, / , ottappana, n. [from ottapati, ottappati], being ashamed; fearing (to do wrong); Vism 665,24 (ottappanam viya bhayatupatthnam); As 52,2i (ottapan ottappam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se ottappan); (a)-sila, mfn., habitually fearful (of doing wrong); scrupulous; It-al 105,25 (ottapanasilo ti ottpi, Be so; Ce, Ee ottappanasilo ti; Se ottapanasilo ti ottappi); anottappana, n., failure to fear wrong-doing; It-al 105,8 (anottappanam anottpo, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se anottappam). ottappa, n. [from ottapati; cf BHS apatrpya, otrapa, otrapya], shame, fear (of doing wrong); scrupulousness (in avoiding wrong-doing or blame); Abh 158 (~am ppabhirut); DIU 212,13 (hin ca -am ca); SII 206,7 (~am n' atthi kusalesu dhammesu); Ja I 129,25'foil. (ajjhattasamutthn hiri bahiddhsamutthnam -am ... lokdhipateyyam -am ... vajjabhirukabhayadassvilakkhanam -am)= It-al 157,3foil. * As 125,\foll; JaII 94,3 (hiriy ca -na ca viriyam dalham pagganhitv); Dhs 147; Pp71,2o; Nett39,3i (hiriy ca -ena ca); Vism 464,32 (-am ppato ubbegass' etam adhivacanam); Spklll 117,9 (bhyankrasanthitam -am); ifc see hir* - (.yvhiri); anottappa, n., shamelessness; failure to avoid wrong-doing or blame; Dili 212,12 (ahirikamca -am ca); A III 421,9 (assaddhiyam ahirikam -amkosajjam ...);Dhs 1322; Pp20,5; Kv 133,38 (arahato aritam-am atthi); Nett 39,30; Vism 468,20; s e e also anottappsika, ottappiya, ottpa. ottappati, see sv ottapati. ottappana, ottappan, seesv ottapan. ottappi(n), mfn. [from ottappa], fearful (of doing

568

wrong); scrupulous (in avoiding wrong-doing or blame)', Vin I 63,27 (saddho hoti hirim hoti ~i hoti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ottpi) * DIU 252,11; DU 78,34 (bhikkh... ~I bhavissanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ottpi; Sv 529,34/o//.: ppato bhyanalakkhanena ottappena samanngat); MI 356,8 (~I hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ottpi); 11123,19 (hirimanto ~ino bahussuta); Sil 196,1 (tpi ca kho ~i bhabbo sambodhya, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ottpi); Pp 4,9 (hirim ca ~i ca); Spk II 142, is (~ino ppabhiruk ~Ihi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ottpino ... ottpihi); anottappi(n), mfn., shameless; not fearful (of doing wrong); Dili 252,8 (ahiriko hoti ~i hoti); A III 354,1* (ahiriko ~I, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anottpi); Pp 3,32 (ahiriko ca ~I ca); see also ottpi(n). ottappiya, n. [prob. = ottappa qv; cfBHS apatrpya],year (of doing wrong); A IV 3,6* (saddhbalam viriyam ca hin ~am balam); 5,2* (hiri -am dhanam) = Ud-a285,1* quoted Sadd 404,24; Ap 313,25 (saddham silam hirim cpi atho ~am gunam). ottpa, m. [from ottapati], shame, fear (of doing wrong); A II 218,28 (attan ca ottapi hoti param ca ~e samdapeti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ottappi... ottappe); It-al 105,3 (~o vuccati pputrso); anottpa, n., shamelessness; It-a 1105,8; see also ottappa. ottpi(n), mfn. [from ottpa; BHS avatrpin], fearful (of doing wrong); scrupulous (in avoiding wrong-doing or blame); D II 78,34 (bhikkh ... ~I bhavissanti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ottappi); MI 43,n (mayam ettha ~i bhavissma, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ottappi); S II 196,1 (tpi ca kho ~I bhabbo sambodhya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ottappi); Mil 207, t3 (Mahosadho mahrja sro hirim ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ottappi); Spk II 142, is (~ino ppabhiruk ~ihi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ottappino... ottappflii); Pj I 34,24 (hirimanat ottpit, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ottappit); anottpi(n), mfn., [^Z/Sanon-pin], shameless; not fearful (of doing wrong); MI 43,16(pare~Ibhavissanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anottappi); 44,26 (~issa puggalassa); S II 159,7(~ino~Ihi saddhim samsandanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anottappino anottappihi); 196, i9(katham c' vuso ~I hoti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be anottappi; Spk II 164,12/0//.: nibbhayo, kilesuppattito kusalnuppattito ca bhayarahito); AII 218,13 (attan ca ~i hoti param ca anottpitaya samdapeti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anottappi... anottappe ...); Ill 3,11 (bhikkhu assaddho hoti ahiriko hoti ~i hoti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se anottappi); Sn 133 (ahiriko ~I, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anottappi); Kv 133,39 (arah tena anottappena ~I ti, Ee so; Be, Se anottappi ti); It-a I 105,4 (ottpo vuccati pputrso, so etassa atthi ti ottapi, na ottapi -I); As 100,21 (kim ime ahirik ~ino pi vadanti niddhamatha ne ti, Ee so; Be, Se anottappino; Ce anotappino); see also ottappi(n). otthata, otthata, mfn., pp o/ottharati qv. ottharaka, ottharika, n. [from ottharati ?], a kind of sieve or filter;! VinII 119,16 (dandaparissvanam na sammati... anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ottharikan ti; Sp 1207,14: ~am nma yam udake ottharitv ghatena udakam ganhanti, tarn hi catsu dandakesu vattham bandhitv udake cattro khnuke nikkhanitv tesu bandhitv sabbe pariyante udakato mocetv majjhe ottharitv ghatena udakam ganhanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se

ottharikam). ottharana, n. [cf S. avastarana], covering; overspreading; submerging; Th-aII 14,7 (sattasantnassa ~ato... jlasankhto ti laddhanm ditthi); ifc see pitthipd'-, mahik'-; anottharana,n., not submerging; Sadd 438,5 (udakoghena ~-tthnam thalo ti vuccati); see also avattharana. ottharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVstr], scatters, spreads; covers, overspreads; overwhelms, submerges, crushes; Vin IV 205,31 (appaharite kato haritam ~ati); DI 45,3i (jlena parittarn udakadaham ~eyya); Ja I 212,15 (daddhatthnam itaro aggi na ~issati ti); Mil 121,16 (mahvrikkhandho ... ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uttarati); Sp 1055,8 (tarn kadci miyo gantv -anti); Cp-a 198,9 (maccurj na maddiye na ~eyya na abhibhaveyya); part.pr. ottharanta, m/(anti)., Jail 258,9 (paribbjako vdena ~anto); Spk III 167,2 (thlnamiddharn mahhatthi viya -antam gacchati); Dhp-a I 430,15 (vti -anto gacchati ti); III 153,12 (mluv slam ~anti, Be, Ce so; Ee otaranti"; Se otthatam); neg. anottharanta, mfn., Ja VI 177,2o; aor. 3 sg. otthari, Th-a I 155,32 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ati); As 388,25 (andhakaro ~i); absol. ottharitv, Vin II 114,13 (satisammos nisidant ~itv pattam bhindanti); 213,4 (sanghtim pi -itv); Ja III 398,6 (pilakkhagaccho v utthahitv sakalarukkham ~itv gacchissati); pass. pr. 3 sg. otthariyati, Vin II 120,13 (jantgharam nicavatthukam hoti udakena ~Iyati); partpr. otthariyamna, mfn., Dhp -a II 241,5 (Sinerun -iyamnasspi); pp (a) otthata, otthata, mfn., scattered; covered; overwhelmed, submerged, crushed; Dhp 162 (yassa accantadussilyam mluv slam iv' ~am, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee otatam; Dhp-a III 153,14: ~am pariyonandhitv thitam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee otatam); Vv 17:1 (vimnam... suvannarukkhehi samantam ~arn; Vv-a89,i: samantato avatthatam chditam); Pv28:3 (suvannacunnehi samantam ~\ Be, Ee so; Ce, Se otat; Pv-a 189,2: samantato okinn); JaV 295,7 (tarn bhattakjena ~am disv); PatisI 127,23 (tanhjlena ~o lokasannivso ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ottato) quoted Ud-a 142,29 (Be, Se so; Ce votthato; Ee otato); Ap 87,16 (loko andhakarena ~o); Bv 10:28 (na ... jan ukk padlpe ujjalenti buddharamsena ~); Spk I 96,7 (pabbatena viya tt); Dhp-a III 175,11 (Mrajlena ~esu sattesu); Mhv 21:30 (devaputto ranno tejena -o); neg. anotthata, anotthata, mfn., Sv 1013,34; Spk II 163,24; (b) ottharita, mfn., covered; overwhelmed; Spk III 31,2i (vlikya -0); Cp-a 229,3 (~-tta); fpp neg. anottharaniya, mfn., Sadd 438,6 (kilesoghena anottharaniyatt pabbajj nibbnam ca thalo ti vuccati); caus. pr. 3 sg. ottharpeti, causes (something) to be overwhelmed or crushed or submerged; aor. 3 pi. ottharpesum, Mhv 22:20 (samudden' ~esum tarn desam); absol. ottharpetv, Vin IV 308,25 (Kappitakassa vihram psnehi ca leddhi ca ~etv ma to Kappitako ti pakkamimsu); Ps II 414,12 (tamena attnam -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se antaradhpetv); see also anu-otthata, avattharati. odaka, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) [S. audaka] watery; living in water; Vin IV 348,9 (maccho nma ~o vuccati); A I

569

35,n (appak te satt ye thalaj, atha kho ete va satt bahutar ye -a; Mp II 36,4: ye - ti ye udake jyanti); Sn605 (macche pijntha~e vrigocare); Ja IV 71,i* (na vham etam bhunjmi jangaln' -ni v); VI 537,5* (pupphni thalajn' -ni ca, so read ? Be, Ce, Ee udakni; Se dakni); Bv-al00,i4 (-ni pupphni); 2. (n.) [possibly rather extracted from cpds ending in -odaka, whereo < a + u], water; SI 109,5* (yu khlyati maccnam kunnadinam va -am, prob, mc, or reflecting earlier ivodakam) = Th 145 (Th-aII 23,27: ettha ca udakam eva -an ti vuttarn yath mano yeva mnasan ti); Ja III 54,14* (ambapakk' -am sitam, Ce, Ee so; Se udakam; Be ambapakkam dakam; 54,16". ambapakkan ti... udakam sitan ti...); 282,4 (-e opilpetv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se udake); Ap 204,10 (-am daham oggayha, prob, split cpd mc); Sp 513, n (gambhiram -am otaritv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se udakam); anodaka is prob, an alternative form for andaka qv sv udaka. odakantika1, mfn. [from udaka (or odaka) + anta1], ending with water; concluding with an ablution; Vin III 21,3 (yam tvarn asaddhammam gmadhammam ... dutthullam -am rahassam ... samapajjissasi; Sp221,n: udakakiccam antikam avasnam a s s t i - o ) * Niddl 139,9; Jail 126,26' (itthi pi kilesavasena smikam atikkamitv annena saddhim samvsam gat... npi ucchitthitthl... -tya suddhabhvena); Sp 256,32 (udakam assa ante suddhattham diyati ti udakantam, udakantam eva -am). odakantika2, mfn. and n. [from udaka (or odaka) + antika' or + antika3; cfS. udaknta], (a hole) reaching to the water-level; Khp8:l (nidhim nidheti puriso gambhire ~e; Pj I 217,3i/o//.: udakassa antikabhvena -am, atthi gambhiram na -am jangale bhmibhge satikaporiso vto viya, atthi -am na gambhiram ninne pallale ekadvividatthiko vto viya, atthi gambhiram c' eva -am ca jangale bhmibhge yva idni udakam gacchissati ti tva kato vto viya); Mhv 72:238 (vatiy bahi ca bhindetv parikham -am). odagya, n. [from udagga], exultation; joy fulness; Nidd I 3,3 (piti ti... tutthi -am attamanat cittassa) * Dhs 9 (As 143,27: udaggassa bhvo -am) * Vibh 229,36; Patis I 190,27; Pj II 585,20 (kyacittnam-am parva ti, Ee so; Be udaggam; Ce odaggiyam; Se odaggam); Sadd 625,3 (gyo gayugam... kvaci na bhavati: ~am); -paccupatthna, mfn., manifested as exultation; Vism 143,15 (piti ...-)= Sp 145,7. odana, m. (and n.) [S. odana, n.], boiled rice; cooked grain; Abh465 (-o); Vin II 214,4 (-o patiggahetabbo, spassa okso ktabbo); IV 83,3 (panca bhojanni -o kummso sattu maccho mamsam; Sp 822,8: -o nma sali vihi yavo godhumo kangu varako kudrso ti sattannam dhafinnam tandulehi nibbatto); M i l 52,io (kumbhiy -am gahetv pariyog spam gahetv paribhunjati); S I 173,30 (brhmano bhagavato pattarn -ena presi); Vv 19:6 (-am kummsam ... adasim); Th 842 (slinam -o bhutto suci mamspasecano); Ja IV 371,5* (adsim baddham -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vaddham -am; 372, n': uttamam -am); VI 3 34,21* (-am vluk cpi); Dhs 646 (-0 kummso sattu ... idam tarn rpam kabalinkro hro);

Mil 16,28 (gaccha tvam Ngasena antarmagge pindaptam labhissasi slinam -am vicitaklakam anekaspam anekavyanjanan ti); Vism 29,1 (-am pacitv); ifc see khlr'-, ghati-, til'-, nlik'-; -kummspacaya, mfn., built up by, achieving growth through, boiled rice and gruel or barley porridge; D I 76,34 (ayam kho me kyo rpi ctumrnahbhtiko mtpettikasambhavo -o; Sv220,19foil.: odanena c' eva kummsena ca upacito vaddhito) = MII 17,6; Cp-a 131,2; -pka, m., the cooking of rice; Th317 (oram-amh); Pj II 32,is; -mifija,/, a grain of cooked rice; Mil 138,24 (na c'assa kci -* asambhinn kyam pavisati); -sur,/, fermented rice-water; rice liquor; Vin IV 110,14 (sur nma pitthasur prasur- ... ) = Spklll 303,8; see also odaniyasur sv odaniya2. odanika (and odaniya' ?), m. [from odana; S. audanika], a cook; one who cooks rice; Abh 464; Sadd 383,10 (sdo ti bhattakro yo lriko ~o spakro rasako ti ca vuccati); 0,-pana, m., a rice-cook's stall; a cooked-rice stall; Ja I 397,7 (-am pasrerv, Ce, Ee so; Be odaniypanam; Se odana-panam); -gharavithi,/, the street of cooks' shops; Ja III 48,22 (-iyam pindya caritv pi rasabhattam alabhitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se odaniya-); see also odaniya2. odaniya 1 , see sv odanika. odaniya 2 , odaniya, mfn. [from odana; cf S. odaniya, odanya; and perhaps odaniya1], connected with cooked rice; Ja VI 276,23* (sn - ghar; or cpd, -%,-mc); 0,-apana, w., a cooked-rice stall; a food stall; Ja I 397,7 (-am pasretv, Be so; Ce, Ee odanikpanam; Se odana-panam); -ghara, ., a rice-seller's house; a cooked-rice shop; Vin III 59,12 (-am pavisitv pattapram odanam theyyacitto avahari; Sp380,2i: -am nma vikkyikabhattapacanagharam); see also odanikagharavithi sv odanika; -sur, / , rice liquor; Vv-a 73,12; see also odanasur. odanta, mfn., seesvo[. odapattakini, (m)f(n). [from udapatta], (a wife) married with a ritual involving a bowl of water; Vin III 139,25 (dasa bhariyyo: dhanakkit chandavsini... -I...) * SpkII 145,27= Vv-a 73,2; Vin III 140,3 (-i nma udakapattam masitv vseti); Sp 555,25 (-1 ti ubhinnam ekiss udakaptiy hatthe otretv idam udakam viya samsatth abhejj hoth ti vatv pariggahitya vohranmam etam); see also odapattaki. odapattaki, odapattik, (m)flji). [from udapatta], (a wife) married with a ritual involving a bowl of water; Cp 2:4:8 (-iy mayham... kaddhitv nayantiy; Cp-a 135,34: -iy ti udakapattam masitv gahitabhariy odapattik nma); see also odapattakini. odapan, / [from odapeti], cleansing; Pet 91,7 (- so nirodho; see ftnamoli, 1979, p. 121). odapeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *o2 + Vd4; cf S. avadta], cleanses; Pet 91,6 (yam -eti tarn dukkham yena -eti so maggo); see also avadta, odta. odarika (and odariya1), mfn. [from udara; S. audarika], gluttonous; caring only for one's stomach; Th 101 (-0 kusito mahvarho va; Th-al 218,20: -0 ti udare

570

pasuto udaraposanatapparo); Ja VI 208,8* (mus c'ime odariy bhananti; 210,17': odariy ti udaranissitajivik udaraprahetu v); Mil357,9 (puggalo... -o lbhakmo); -tta, n., abstr., gluttony; concern for one's stomach; MI 461,16 (kumbhilabhayan tikho bhikkhave -ass' etam adhivacanam) = A l l 125,6 (Mp III 124,1: ~ass ti mahodaratya mahagghasabhvassa) quoted Thi-a264,27; Vism 71,20* (-am pajahati); anodarikatta,n., abstr., freedom from gluttony; moderation in eating; A III 120,12 (apphro hoti -am anuyutto); Sadd 791,4. odariya1, see sv odarika. odariya2, n. [from udara], gluttony; ? Ja VI 208,8* (mus c' ime - bhananti; 210,17': ~ ti udaranissitajivik udaraprahetu v). odahati (and odheti), pr. 3 sg. [o2 + dahati2; S. avaVdh; BHS avadadhati], places (in); lays down; applies; directs, esp. ~ati sotam, gives ear attentively; Vin I 9,14 (~atha bhikkhave sotam; Sp 965,3 foil', upanetha bhikkhave sotam sotindriyam dhammassavanattham abhimukham karoth ti attho); D I 230,13 (svak na susssanti na sotam -anti); MI 117,28 (~eyya okacaram thapeyya okacrikam); II 216,16 (bhisakko sallakatto agadarigram vanamukhe -eyya); Sil 267,13 (susssissanti sotam -issanti); Snp. 82,2 (-assu sotam, dhammam te desessmi); Th 1233 (sotam odhenti bhikkhavo); Mil 156,4 (bhagavato kye ojam -issm ti); 269,22(sakkaccam sotam -a); odahissati in Ce, Ee, Se at Ja III 398,27* is prob, wr for ohadissati qv; part.pr. odahanta, mfn., Dath5:69 (-anto sotam); aor. 3 sg. odahi, M II 216,31; Th 774 (-1 migavo psam); Ja III 201,5* (araniie -i visam); V 411,5* (ko te imam Kosiya ditthim -i; 411,9': -I ti hadaye pavesesi); / sg. (a) odahim, Ja HI 274,13* (-im passam; 274,19". -in ti oddesim); (b) odhesim, Th995; 3pi odahimsu, Vin I 10,8; Sil 266,29 (nim -imsu); absol (a)odhya [BHS id., S. avadhya], Ja V 49,12* (katvna ksum ... attnam odhya dhanum ca luddo; 49,23': odhy ti -itv pavesetv); Ps III 307,11; (b)odahitv, Vin I 25,33 (pattamhi -itv ahingam); Ja VI 242,16 (jatantare kancanascim ~itv); Splll7,30 (nakhena bhesajjam -itv); Spklll 45,n; (c)ohiya, Ap 102,27 (dhtum pattamhi ohiya, Be so; Ce, Ee opiya; Se ociya; Ap-a 376,36: pattamhi okiritv); pp ohita1, mfn., \.[S., BHSavahita] placed in; confined (in); applied, directed; A III 240,23 (puratthime samudde vmo hattho -o ahosi); Dhp 150 (yattha jar ca macc ca mno makkho ca ~o); Ja III 278, is* (rajjuy hi parikkhitto vankottho -0 mukho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee rajjuy si; or perhaps cpd: ohitomukho, -o-mc; 278,24': mukhabandhanena pihitamukho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee mukhabandhakena thapitamukho); V 3 7 2 , H (may ~e pse); VI 437,2i* (migo kte va ~o; 438,13': ktapse baddho migo viya jto); ifc see kotar'-, kos'- (jvkosa 1 ); sota, m/n., with ears directed; with attentive ears, attentive; Mil 173,19 (~-soto dhammam sunti); Sil 220,26; A III 162,2; Ja V 493,29 (tena hi samma sdhukam sunhi ti tarn sotam katv); Vism 300,3; neg. anohitasota, mfn., AI 198,27(anohitasoto bhikkhave

anupaniso hoti, soto sa-upaniso hoti); see also avahita; 2. [or ohita2 qv sv oharati] laid down; ? Th 604 (~o garuko bhro); Ap 95,12 (bhro me ~o sabbo nibbuto 'mhi ansavo); see also ohitabhra; ohito in Ce, Ee at Dhp-a III 408,4 is prob, wr for ohino (Be so); caus. part.pr. odhpayamna, mfn.9 Sv 619,5 (madhurassarena sattnam sotni -am) = Ps IV 217,5; see also ajjhavodahi. odahana1, n. [from *o2 + dahati1 ?], burning, tormenting; Nett 29,8 (-krako upyso, tarn bhavassa padatthnam; Nett-a [Ce] 79, is: ~an ti avadahanam, attano nissayassa santappanam eva). odahana 2 , n. [from odahati], placing (in); laying down; applying; Mil 216,17 (agadangrassa pi vanamukhe -hetu); Dhp-a III 118,13 (pubbannaparanndinam ^ -atthya ... geham karonti). odta, mfn. [S. avadta], cleansed, clean, pure; bright, white; pale; Abh 95; 1068 (site tu suddhe ~o); Vin I 231,34 (app ekacce Licchavi ~ honti -vann -vatth lankr); D I 76,24 (suttam vutam nilam v pitam v lohitam v -am v); II 18,30 (kumrassa unn bhamukantare jt ~; Sv 451,24: ~ ti parisuddh osadhitrakasamavann); MI 509,20 (chekam vata bho ~am vattham abhirpam nimmalam sucin ti); S IV 163,12 (klo ca balivaddo ~o ca balivaddo); Th549 (~am vata me cittam; 1h-all 234,27; nivaranamalavigamato -am visuddham); 961 (jigucchissanti ksvam -esu samucchit); Ja VI 185,28 (nilo pito lohito -o mafijetthako hohi); Nidd I 355,1 (mamsacakkhumhi... - 0 ca vanno); Ap 1,23; Patisl 126,4 (channam vannnam nflnam pitaknam lohitaknam -nam...); Mil 61,11 (-am pi sanjnti); Vism423,7 (satto... vanndihi smo -o ti nnattato pannyati); Sv 451,28 (-tya); -kasina, n.y concentration on the colour white; a white meditational device; D i l i 268,25 (-am eko sanjnti); A I 41,2i (-am bhveti); Patisl 144,14; Ja I 474, ir (candbhan ti -am dasseti); Vism 174,10/0//.; -nibhasa, mfn., appearing white; having a white appearance; D i l i 261,25 (bahiddh rpni passati odtni odtavannni odtanidassanni -ni, seyyath pi nma osadhitrak) ^ A I 40,33; Dhs247; -vasana, mfn., wearing white clothes (the mark of a householder); Vin I 187,21 (gihi -); D I 212,6; S IV 301,27; Mil 243,4; -singa, mfn., with white or bright horns; Ja IV 421,1* (- sucivl jtarpatacpam; 421,3*: - ti rajatadmasadisasirig); ati-odta, mfn., very white; Sadd 616,26; Nidd-a I 377,17 (setam pandaran tidvihi pi tarn dasseti); see also accodta; anodta, mfn., not white; not bright; Vism 366,34 = As 299,15; su-odta, suvodta, mfn., very white; Nidd I 355,9 (odtam hoti -am setam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee suvodtam); Sv 561,22 (sunilam supltakam sulohitakam -am na hoti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se su-odtakam) = Ps III 257,16; see also avadta, odapan, odapeti. odtaka, mfn. andn. [odta + ka2], clean; white; pale; a white garment; SII 284,15 (passatha ... etam bhikkhum gacchantam -am tanukam tuhgansikam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se odtam); Th 973 (-am arahati, ksvam kirn karissati); Patisl 152,34 (ekacco parittam oksam... -ato pharati);

571

As 317,6 (osadhitarakasamnam ~am, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se odtam; ad Dhs 617: odtam); see also avadtaka. odiso in Ee at Pet 38,20 is wrfor odhiso {Be, Ce so). odissa 1 , ind. [prob. - uddissa qv sv uddisati; or possibly absol. of *o2 + disati (< *ava + disati or apadisati qv], indicating, specifying; with reference (to a specific person)] Vin IV 71,13 (anpatti... odissa pannatto hoti; Sp 811,4/0//.: bhikkhnam yeva atthya uddisitv pannatto hoti); V 33,27 (manussam odissa optam khanati papatitv marissati ti; = 11176,22: uddissa); Kkh44,i4 (odissa niyametv asuko ca asuko ca assamano anupsako ti katheti); Sp 453,9 (odissa likhito v hoti anodissa likhito v, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddissa... anuddissa ...); Sv 78,13 (annatra odissa anunnt); Ps II 242,12 foil, (odissa v anodissa v saddam na karonti); Utt-vn 905 (maggadvayam pan' odissa; cf Vin III 127,3i: vaccamaggam passvamaggam dissa vannam); -cikkhan, / , an account with reference to a specific person; Sp 908,23 (atitam rabbha atthi ~ atthi anodissa-cikkhan, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udissa-... anudissa-); anodissa, ind., without reference (to a specific person); in general; universally; Vin III 76,25 (~a optam khanati yo koci papatitv marissati ti; cf 76,22: manussam uddissa optam khanati) = V41,n; IV 225,14 (anodissa cikkhati); Mil 156,19 (odissa adassanena abhisankhatam koci antaryam karoti; cf 156,22foil.: ekaccam puggalam upadisitv uddissa bhojanam patiyattam hoti tarn koci antaryam karoti); Sp 453,6 (bahum uddissa likhite ... anodissa likhite, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se anuddissa); 810,11 (anodissa ti... ekam psandam anuddisitv sabbesam pannatto hoti, Ce, Be, Ee so; Se anuddissa ti); 1384,14 (anodissa visam chaddeti); ~-cikkhan, / , an account without reference to a specific person; Sp 908,23 {Be, Ce, Eeso; Se anudissa-). odissa 2 , n. [either constructed from odissa1, or fpp of uddisati {or o/*o 2 + disati < *ava + disati or apadisati)], (the subject of) a specific reference; Sp 717,7 (sattavidham pi ~am nma vydhi-odissam puggalodissam klodissam samayodissam desodissam vasodissam bhesajjodissan ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddissam; cf 111,9 foil.: vydhi-odissam nma, anujnmi bhikkhave amanussikbdhe makamamsam makalohitan ti evam vydhim uddissa anunntam tarn ten' eva bdhena bdhikassa vattati na annassa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vydhi-odissam anunntam, prob. wr). odissaka, mfn. and n. [from odissa1 or odissa2], specific; directed towards a specific individual or object; a specific reference or object; Ja I 82,1 (-vasena mettacittam phari); II 146,3' (~am katv); V 336,8' (satth Nlgirim -mettya pharitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uddissamettya); Sp 995,6 (imam aham tesam ptekkam ~am parihram dadmi); Mp I 221,4 (anne bhikkh dhammam desent ~am katv vannam avannam v kathenti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se uddissakam); 442,25 (~ena mettpharanena rjnam pharatha ti); Vv-a 97,7 ( -nayena vatv); anodissaka, mfn. and n., not specific; general, universal; a general reference; Ja I 81,33 (sabbadevamanussesu vasena pharanasamattham metta-

cittam sankhipitv); IV 113,26 (~am katv); Kkh44,n (-am dhammam kathentassa); Sp 587,27 (kathpavattiyam pana may ~am katv vuttam atthi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuddissakam); Vv-a 97,7 (nayena dassenti); ace. ~am, adv., not aiming at a specific individual; Vin-vn 284 (~am opto khato hoti); Utt-vn 902. odirakajta in Ee at S IV 193,30 is wrfor ociraka- qv. oduntha in Ee at D II 336,17 is wr for odhuntha {Be, Ce, Se so). odumbara, mfn. and m. [BHS id., S. audumbara], 1. (mfn.) of the udumbara tree; Vv 50:16 (dullabhyam dassanya puppham ~am yath, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se udumbaram; Vv-a213,29foil.; yath nma udumbare bhavam puppham dullabhadassanam kadcid eva bhaveyya na v bhaveyya); 2. (m.) a region abounding in udumbara trees; Sadd 788,20 (udumbar asmim padese santi so -0). odumbaraka, odumbarika, udumbarika, mfn. [odumbara + ka2 or + ika], of the udumbara tree; Ap 419,26 (odumbarakapuppham va candamhi sasakam yath, Ee so; Be, Ce odumbarika-; Se udumbarika-; Ap-a488,n: odumbarikapuppham v ti udumbararukkhe puppham, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se udumbarikapuppham v ti). oddetv in Ee at Spkl 56,23* is wr for oddetv (Be, Ce so). odhasata- in Ee at S IV 176,17 is wrfor odhasta- qv. odhasta, mfn. [pp of *o2 + dhamsati' ?], placed ready, lying ready to hand; -patoda, mfn., with the goad laid down or lying ready to hand; MI 124,20 (jannaratho yutto assa thito ~o; Ps II 98,4: ~o ti yath ratharn abhiruhitv thitena sakk hoti ganhitum evam lambanarn nissya tiriyato thapitapatodo) * S IV 176,17 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr odhasata-; Se odhata-) = A III 28,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se osata-); Sv680,3i (sammpavattesu sindhavesu ~o srathi, Be, Ceso; Ee obhata-; Se osajjita-) = Spkl 76,26 (Be, Se so; Ee, Ce ossattha-). odhna, n. [from odahati], being placed in; inclusion; Spklll 134,2 (samodhnam gacchantiti ~am upakkhepam gacchanti)* Ps II 218,6; -samodhana, mfn. [cfBHS mlaparivsa; perhaps cf S. avadhi, avadhes], being inclusive (punishment) for a further offence involving starting again from the beginning the original punishment imposed; being an inclusive penance for more than one offence; Sp ll82,nfoll. (samodhnaparivso nma tividho hoti ~o agghasamodhno missakasamodhno ti tattha ~o nma... purimya pattiy mladivasaparicchede pacch pannpattim samodahitv dtabbaparivso vuccati); 1188,16foil, (samodhnamnattam pana tividham hoti ~am...); Vin-vn 524. odhniya, /*.(?) [cf odahati, odhna and S. (ahgara-) dhnik], a receptacle; ifc see salk'-. odhpayamana, mfn., caus. part.pr. o/odahati qv. odhya, absol. of odahati qv. odhrita, mfn. [caus. pp o/*o 2 + dharati], determined; affirmed; stated with assurance; D III 14,4 (bhagavat c* assa bhante es vc ekamsena ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ovdit; Sv 825,3: ~ ti bhsit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ovdit ti; Sv-pt III 10,22: ~ avadhrit niyametv bhsit); see

572

also avadhrita sv avadhareti. odhi, m. (and fil) [S. avadhi], limit; outer edge, boundary; division', Abh225; 1135 (bhge simya ~i); DU 160,32 (Kusinr... jannumattena ~in mandravapupphehi santhat hoti); Ja III 282, is' (patalassa v tilakassa v ~ino v abhvena akakkasarn); IV 396,26* (das* ev' im vassadas maccnam idha jivitam appattam yeva tarn ~im nalo chinno va sussati); V 358, I8 (~iyam nisiditv); Ps I 173,4 (~I ti hetth tayo magg vuccanti... te hi -im katv kotthsam katv upari upari maggena pahtabbakilese thapetv pajahanti); ifc see yath'-; odhim karoti, limits, defines; marks a limit; makes a division; discriminates; Jail 18,2i (tikhinavsiy khnukassa samantato -im katv); Sp 893,9 (sapadnan ti tattha tattha ~im akatv anupatipatiy ); Ps I 173,4 (~im katv); anodhim karitv, anodhikatv, not limiting, without limitation; without discrimination, without distinction; A III 443,8 (sabbasankhresu anodhim karitv amccasannam upatthpetum; MpIII 414,\9f0lL: ettak va sankhr anicc na ito pare ti evam slmam mariydam akatv); Kv 208,3I (sabbe sankhr anodhim katv kukkul ti, Be, Se so; Ee anodhikatv); odhiso, adv., in a limited way, within bounds; directed to limited or defined objects; individually, separately; partly; AII 160,23 (atthapatisambhid sacchikat ~iso vyafijanaso; cf Mp III 149, n: ~iso ti kranaso vyafijanaso ti akkharaso); Vibh246,i (~iso kilesnam pahn bhikkhu); Pet 178,4; Nett 12, is (loko ~iso kadci karahaci dukkhadukkhatya muccati); Vism296,3 ([mett] lingavisabhge ~iso na bhvetabb); odhisogahana, ., the apprehension of a limited or specific object; Ud-a 214,32 (bahuvacanena odhisogahanam dipeti); odhisopharana, mfn., suffusing specifically, pervading limited or narrowly-defined objects; Patis II 131,3 (sattah' krehi odhisopharana mett cetovimutti, sabb itthiyo ... sabbe puris ...); -ggha, m., the grasping of what is limited; a partisan or restricted belief; Niddl 76,6 (nivesanesu ~ovilaggho varaggho kotthsaggho ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr odhisaggho) * 110,13; -jina, mfn. [according to cts odhi + jina', but possibly rather odhi + jina3, cf Jain avadhijnna], having overcome the limits or what is limited (or having overcome to the full, the furthest extent); or knowing as far as the furthest extent; Ps V 24,8 (kilesodhim vijinitv thitatt khinsavo ~o nma); Sadd496,n; anodhijina, mfn., who has not overcome the limits, who has not gone beyond what is limited or limits; or not knowing as far as the furthest extent; Mill 219,10 (blassa mlhassa puthujjanassa anodhijinassa avipkajinassa...; PsV 24,8: akhinsavass ti attho) quoted Vism319,3o; Sadd 496,i 1; -sunka, n., a partial stake or prize; part of the prize; ? Ja VI 279,21* (~am mahrja passa; 279,28': -an ti suhkakotthsam ... atthakathyam pana hotu sunkam mahrja ti ptho); anodhi, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) not a limit; Patis-a 604,33 (odhi mariyd na odhi ~i); 2. (mfn.) unlimited; not circumscribed; without limitation; Ps I 173,7 (arahattamaggopana ... ~I ti vuccati); anodhiso, adv., without limit or

distinction, without limitations; directed in a general or universal way; Vibh 246,1 (~iso kilesnam pahn bhikkhu); Pet 38,20 (odhiso sekkhnam ~iso arahantnam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr odiso ... anodiso); Nett 94,15 (yam ettha nnam hetuso thnaso ~iso); Vism 308,27 (ekamekam disam pariggahetv odhiso mettapharanarn dassitam, sabbadhi ti di pana ~iso dassanattham vuttam); anodhisogahana, n., an unlimited or general apprehension; Ud-a 214,27 (ekavacanena anodhisogahanam dipetv); anodhisopharana, mfn., suffusing unspecifically; pervading generally defined objects; Patis II 130,25 (pancah' krehi anodhisopharan mett cetovimutti, sabbe satt ... sabbe pn ...); see also avadhi, yathodhika. odhunana, n. [S. avadhnana], shaking; repudiating; -vatta(r), m., a speaker who shakes or repudiates (on the spot); Spkl 123,17 (vatt ti ~ bhikkhnam ajjhcram disv ajja kathessmi sve kathessmi ti kathvavatthnarn na karoti, tasmim tasmim yeva thne ovadati anussati ti attho). odhunti,pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVdh], shakes, shakes out or down; shakes off; discards, cancels; D i l 336,11 foil. (~tha ... sandhuntha ... niddhuntha ... tarn purisam -anti ...,Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr oduntha; Sv 811, \r. ~th ti orato karotha); MI 229,1 foil, (vlam kanne gahetv -eyya niddhuneyya ... Gotamam vdena vdam -issmi niddhunissmi ...; Ps II 272,2: ~eyy ti adhomukham katv dhuneyya); SHI 155,27 (pabbajalyako pabbajam lyitv agge gahetv~ti niddhunti...); odhunmi in Ee at Pv-a256,14/0//. is prob, wr for opunmi (Ce, Pv 38:54 so); part.pr. odhunanta, mfn., Bv-a85,n; aor. 3pl. odhunimsu, DU 338,2 (tarn sankham ... ~imsu); absol. odhunitv, A IV 239,1* (~itv malarn sabbam patv nibbnasampadam); Sp 1182,32 (parivutthadivase ca manattacinnadivase ca sabbe ~itv adivase katv); 1207,2 (chadanam -itv); Vin-vn 525 (divase parivutthe tu -itv); fpp odhunitabba, mfn., Mil 399,5 (finena sankhr -itabb vidhunitabb). odheti, see sv odahati. onata, pp o/onamati qv. onati (and oridXi1), f [from onamati], bending down; depression; Niddl 168,ii (~iy cittam nightitam hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se onatiy); Pj II 265,4 (na tena thambhassa unnati v ~i v hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee onati); -unnati-apanati, / , sinking, rising and bending away; depression, elation and aversion; Cp-a270,19 (samakam gahitatul viya ~im vajjetv majjhattabhto). onaddha, mfn., pp o/onayhati qv. onaddhaka, mfn. [onaddha + ka2], covered; (a bed) covered with a skin, with a skin stretched over the frame; Sp 773,3 (navavyimo v ~o v gahetabbo; Sp-t [Be] III 26,13: ~o ti cammena onaddho). onandhati, see sv onayhati. onamaka, mfn. [from onamati], bending down; stooping; ifc see anonamaka. onamati (and, usually only in Ee, onamati), pr. 3 sg. [S. avanamati; for onamati, cf unnamati; perhaps by influence of panamati; cf also AMg onamanta, onaya], bends down (intrans.); bows; stoops; sinks; Ja VI

573

293, r (tul na -ati na unnamati); Niddl 125,21 (mamattya na nameyya na -eyya na tamninno assa); Mil 220,12 (yadi mahrja bodhisatto pakatibhvena -eyya mahyannam yajitum); 234,20foil, (yath ... koci rj ... yassa ~ati apacitim karoti, balavatarassa tassa onamanena avases janat -ati... evam eva kho ... brahme onamite tathagatanam sadevako loko ~issati); Sv 45,29 (unnat bhmippades -anti); Ps II 384,29 (phalabhrabharito viya sali sutthutaram -ati); Pj I 145,11 (bdhiko hoti garucivaram prupanto -ati v kilamati v); Mhv 88:96 (parijinnatt dubbalatt ca kecana aho thtum asakkonta -anti dine dine, of buildings); part.pr. onamanta, onamanta, mfn., Mp II 197,19 (settham upanaman ti settham puggalam -anto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upanamanto); Ap-a 213,24 (hetth -ant); neg. anonamanta, mfn., D i l 17,26 (kumro thitako va anonamanto ubhohi pnitalehi jannukni parimasati) * Mil 136,16; aor. 3 sg. onami, Jail 211,8; VI 586,28 (Sineru girirj ~i); absol. (a) onamitv, Vv 39:3 (muncati pupphni -itv dumuttamo); Ja VI 444,18 (ummaggam pavisanto -itv -itv); Sp 377,24 (sace -itv ganhissmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr onamit); Spk I 111,15 (rukkho -itv); Dhp-a II 136,18 (buddha... geham pavisant na -itv pavisanti); Vism 124,23(uccatare nisinnena givam -itv oloketabbam hoti, caus. ?); neg. anonamitv, Nidd-al 337,21; (b) onamitvna, Ja VI 513,25* (dum sayam ev' ~itvna) = Cp 1:9:35; (c)onatv, Dhp-a IV 98,2i (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se onamitv); (d) onamma, Samantak 774 (onamma Merdayapabbatind); pp (a) onata (and onata), mfn. [S. avanata], who has bent down, bowed; stooping; depressed; low; VinI29,n (skh ~); AIV 282,24 (tuldhro ... tulam paggahetv jnti ettakena v -am ettakena v unnatan ti); Th662 (unnat sukhadhammena dukkhadhammena v' -); JaV 306,6* (kumbhi dhovati ~o); VI 513,29* (Vessantarassa tejena sayam ev' - dum) = Cp 1:9:37; Mil 387,16* (lbhena unnato loko albhena ca ~o); Sv 45,29 (bhmippades ... ~ unnamanti); Ps II 367,28 (viveke ninnam -an ti vivekaninnam); Spk II 246,10 (~ vandamn gamma); ifc see unnat'-, unnata-; -'-unnata (and onatunnata), mfn., sunk down and raised; low (in birth) and high (in moral behaviour), who begins low and ends high; A l l 86,23 (cattro... puggal... onatonato -'-unnato..., Ce so; Be, Ee, Se onatonato onatunnato; Mp III 112,24: idni nico yatim ucco bhavissati); Ja I 71,10 (mahpathavi -'-unnat ahosi); -'-onata (and onatonata), mfn., 1. continually bowing; keeping low; Ja I 69,27 (ditthatthnato patthya - -onat gantv) * Mp I 181,26 (onatonato); 2. low (in birth) and low (in moral behaviour), who begins low and stays low; A l l 86,23 (Mp III 112,23 foil: idni nicako yatim pi nicako bhavissati); neg. anonata, anonata, mfn., Paris II 206,14 (anonatam cittam kosajje na injati ti) quoted Vism 386,12; Mil 387,11 (pabbato anunnato anonato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anonato); Sp 783,3 (na hi sakk tattha hetthpsde anonatena vicaritum); Th-a I 94,6 (tarn [cittam]... samm unnamehi, anonatam anapanatan ti karohi ti, Ee so; Ce anonatam anamantan ti; Be, Se anonatam anapanatan ti); pp (b) [or of caus.]

onamita, onamita, mfn., bowed, bowing; Mil 234,23 (brahme -e tathagatanam sadevako loko onamissati); Ap-a 326,15 (purato bhram namitam -an ti pabbhram); neg. anonamita, anonamita, mfn., not bowed; inflexible, stiff; Mil 238,3 (anonamitadandajto, Be so; Ee anonamidandajto; Ce anonami-; Se anonamito dandajto) quoted Sv 901,32 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anonami-) and Mp II 12,17 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anonami-) and Vibh-a 435,13; fpp onamitabba, onamitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil400,18 (yogin... na kassaci onamitabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee onamitabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. onmeti (and onameti), makes bow; bends down (trans.); lowers; Mil 137,26(antaragharam pavisanto ... na kayam -eti); Spk I 109,11 (nam onmeyya, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee onameyya); part.pr. onmenta, mfn., Sv 184,2 (thitako va kyam purato -ento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee onamento) = Spk III 182,2 (Be, Se onamanto; Ce onamento; Ee onmento); aor. 3 sg. onmesi, Vin I 28,37 (kakudhe adhivatth devat ... skham -esi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee onamesi); Ap-a 552,26; absol. onmetv, Ja 1305,27 (-etv, Se so; Be onmetv; Ce, Ee onmetv); VI 109,20' (sariram -etv, Be, Se so; Ce onmetv; Ee onmetv); Sp 765,24 (skham -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nmetv); fpp onmetabba, mfn., Sp 765,27 (phalaskh pi khditukmena na -etabb, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee onametabb); Thi-a 15,6 (pitthi -etabb hoti ti). onamana (and onamana), n., and -, / [BHS avanamana, onamana], bending down, bowing; sinking; Vin III 121,19 (olanghan nma hetth -); Mil 234, is (tassa balavato yasavato ... -ena sadevako loko onamissati okappessati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se onmena); '-unnamanapakatika, mfn., having the property of rising and sinking; Dhp-a I 17,9 (nisidanutthnaklesu -am Sakkassa devaranno pandukambalasilsanam); anonamana, anonamana, n., not bending down; freedom from depression; Ud-a 185,29. onayhati, onandhati (and onahati), pr. 3 sg. [S. avawnah; Pli nandhati prob, from -naddha as bandhati/baddha], covers; stretches over (trans.); Vin II 150,34 (anujnmi bhikkhave bhisim onandhitun ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se onaddhitun ti); Mil 261,4 (bheripokkharam sukkham sukkhena gocammena onandhantT ti, Be, Ee so; Se onaddhanti ti; Ce onaddham saddyati ti); As 378,3 (megho viya ksam kyam onayhati ti onho); Sp 545,14 (onahitum v onahpetum v vdetum v vdpetum v na labhati yeva, of musical instruments) * Vin-vn 348; part.pr. onahiyna, mfn., Sn 669 (jlena ca onahiyna tattha hananti, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be onahiyna; Pj II 480,ufoll: ayojlena palivethetv migaluddak migam viya hananti); absol. (a) onandhitv, DU 332,27 (imam purisam... kumbhiy pakkhipitv mukham pidahitv allena cammena onandhitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se onaddhitv); (b) onahiyna, Sn 669 (jlena ca onahiyna, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se onahiyna); pp onaddha, mfn. [S. avanaddha], covered; having something stretched over; Vin II 296,20* (andhakrena -); M II 64,28* (passa ... rpam ... atthi tacena onaddham saha vatthehi sobhati, Be, Se so; Ce atthi ttacena; Ee wr atthitancena; or cpd) = Th 770 (Ee, Se

574

so; Be, Ce atthim tacena; Th-a III 35,22 foil.: atthim tacena ~wi ti allacammena pariyonaddham ... atthim pass ti yojan ... ye pana atthitacen ti pathanti tesam atthitacen -am sobhati tta atthitacen ti attho); Dhp 146 (andhakrena ~ padipam na gavessatha); Sp 138,27 (pariyonaddhy ti tena avijjandakosena samantato -ya baddhya vethitya); Saddh 182 (-am kaplam); neg. anonaddha, m/h., MpIII 357,26; see also avanaddha, onaddhaka; caus. inf. onahapetum, Sp 545,u; Vin-vn 348. onaha in Ee at D I 246,15 and in Ce, Ee at Sv404,2 is prob, wr for onha qv. onahati, see sv onayhati. onahana, n. [from onayhati], covering; -rasa, mfn., of which the essential property is covering; Vism 469,2i (middham akammannatlakkhanam ~am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se odahana-) = As 255,20 (Be, Ce so; Ee onhanarasam; Se odahana-); see also onhana. onahiyna, see sv onayhati. ontiritto in Ee, Se at Sp 1210,14 is prob, wr for ntiritto (Be, Ce so). ondhikesu in Ee, Se at Sp 1272,28 is prob, wr for ndhikesu (Be, Se so). onha, m. [cfBHS avanha], covering, shrouding; D I 246,15 (varan ti pi vuccanti nivaran ti... - ti p i . . . pariyonh ti pi vuccanti, Ce so; Be, Se onahana; Ee onah, prob, wr; Sv 404,2: onandhanti ti onah, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se onahana); D h s l l 5 7 (ya kyassa akalyat akammannata -0 pariyonho ... idam vuccati middham; As 378,3: megho viya ksam kyam onayhati ti ~o) * Niddl 423,10; Mil 300,21 (kyassa -0 pariyonho dubbalyam ...). onhana, m.n. [from onayhati], covering; Sv 404,2 (onandhanti ti -a, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee onah); As 379,29 (imassa0,-di-atthenaonhditveditabb, Be, Ce so; Ee onhandit; Se onhanatdi-atthena onhdit); see also onahana. oniyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *o2 + neti, S. avaVni], is led down or away; is put into water, has water poured over it; Vin I 88,32 (ye te [cor] gahit te vadhya -anti; Sp 1023,22: vadhatthya -anti mretum niyann" ti attho); part.pr. oniyamna, mfn., Vin I 88,33 (core vadhya -amne); pp onita (and onita), mfn. [S. avanita; according to cts = apanita^v; -n- probably by influence of panita], put into water; washed; (according to cts) removed; put away; pattapni, mfn., with hands and bowl rinsed; Vin I 18,3i (bhagavantam bhuttvim --pattapnim; Sp974,i: bhagavantam bhuttavantam pattato ca apanitapnim sallakkhetv) = D I 109,36 (Sv 277,17/0//.: pattato onitapnim apanitahatthan ti vuttam hoti, onittapattapnin ti pi ptho, tass' attho onittam nnbhtam vinbhtam pattam pnito ass ti... hatthe ca pattarn ca dhovitv ekamante pattam nikkhipitv nisinnan ti attho) * MI 236,31 * Ud 38,34 (Ud-a 242,27/0//.: dhotapattapnin ti pi ptho, dhotapattahatthan ti attho); SIV 285,10 (bhikkh bhuttvino pattapnino; Spklll 92,1: pnito apanitapatt dhovitv thavikya ospetv amse laggitapatt ti attho); Mil 15,29 (Assagutto bhuttvi pattapni);

Vv-a 118,32 (bhagav katabhattakicco pattapni); c/MvuIII 142,4 (bhagavm bhuktvi dhautahasto apanitaptro); see also onitta. onojeti, see sv onojeti. opakkamika (and opakkamiya ?), mfn. [from upakkama; BHS aupakramika], brought about by (someone's) action; caused by an act of violence; M I 92,29 (~ dukkh tipp katuk vedan vediyanti; Ps II 63,30*. - ti ubbhatthakdin attano upakkamena nibbattita); SIV 230,32 (~ni [vedayitni]); A V 110,10 (~ bdh; Mp V 43,io: ~ti vadhabandhana -upakkamena jt); Niddl 47,11 (... visamaparihrajena bdhena -na bdhena kammavipkajena bdhena ...); Mil 304,25; -pandaka, m., a castrated man, one of the five kinds of pandaka; Sp 1015,33 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se opakkamiya-); 1016,5 (yassa upakkamena bijni apanitni ayam ~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se opakkamiya-); Kkh 17,33. opakkileso in Ee at Pet 161,18 is prob, wr for upakkileso (Be, Ce so). opaguyha is prob, a wrfor opavayha qv. opacayham in Ee at Cp-a 111,13 is wrfor opavayham (Be, Ce.Seso). opacram in Ee at Sp 661,14 is wr for upacram (Be, Ce, Se so). opacrima, mfn. [cf S. aupacrika], (gr.t.t.) not literal, figurative, metaphorical; Sadd 879,3 (tividham nmam anvatthakrimopacrimavasena... -am nma atabbhtassa tabbhvavohro vuccati). opanati,pr 3 sg. [o2 + panati], bargains; haggles; Ps III 194,8 (visati na agghati dasa agghati ti bhananto -^ti nma). opanaviy,/ [c/opanati], bargaining; haggling; Ps III 194,3 (panopanaviy ti panaviy ca ~ ca); ifc see pan'-. opatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVpat],/7ies down; falls down; falls on (to); Ap41,2i (garulo yath ~ati pannagam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr opatti; Ap-a280,is: -ati avapatati); Mil 238, is (nemi pi tassa -eyya); part.pr. opatanta, mfn., Jail 228,is* (lokmisam -anto; 228,23': tarn lokmisam anupatanto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anuvattanto); Mil 368,14 (patisattumhi -ante, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upasankamante); 396,7 foil, (migo sattimhi v sare v -ante vanceti... yogin ... kilesesu -antesu vancayitabbam); absol. opatitv, Vin I 240,8 (antalikkh dhannassa dhr -itv); Ja VI 561,12 (sakunnamca opto ti... te ~itv ksen' eva gacchanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upatitv); Patis-a685,is; pp opatita, mfn. [S. avapatita], 1. (act.) falling down, fallen down; Pv-a29,2i (-mahsobbhehi -ena udakena, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ogalitena); 2. (pass.) fallen down upon; Spkl 32,31 ([puttake] pariharamn tehi - pi omuttit pi ohanit pi gandhavilepanam patitam viya paticchant somanassam pajjanti, Ee so; Ce ovaccit pi; Se ohnit pi opitihit pi; Be tehi ohadit pi omuttit pi); caus. pr. 3 sg. opteti, 1. makes fall, throws down, destroys; aor. 3 sg. optesi, Niddl 418,25 (so puriso tarn itthim dvidh chetv attnam -esi ubho pecca bhavissm ti); 2. makes or lets fall (speech), speaks; speaks at the same time; prompts; interrupts;

575

Vin IV 15,4 (anvakkharam nma rpam aniccan ti vuccamno run ti ~eti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se r ti; Sp 741,30 foil.: rpam aniccan ti bhana smaner ti vuccamno rkramattam eva ekato vatv titthati); 15,2 xfoll. (yebhuyyena pagunam gantham bhanantam ~eti osrentam ~eti; Sp 744,1 foil.: tarn ~entassa evam bhanhi ti ekato pi bhanantassa anpatti, osrentam ~eti ti suttarn uccrentam parisamajjhe parisankamnam evam vadehi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tarn opdentassa evam bhanmi ti; Sp-t[.Se] III 6,19: ~efi ti saddhim katheti); Mil 10,9 (api nu me svak... antarantar katharn -eyyun ti); 168,23 (brhmannam bhagavat saddhim mantayamnnam antarantar katharn ~eti); Snp. 107,7 (ma me bhonto antarantar katharn -etha); A III 137,9 (bhanamnassa antarantar katharn ~eti; Mp III 281,3 foil.: tassa katharn chinditv attano katharn paveseti); part.pr. optenta, mfn., Sp 744,1 (tarn ~entassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr opdentassa); fpp optetabba, mfn., Vin I 46,22 (na upajjhyassa bhanamnassa antarantar kath ~etabb; Sp 978,28/0//.: bhanamnassa anitthite tassa vacane anna kath na samutthpetabb); see also avapatati. opati, pr. 3 sg. [prob, + vapati, S. vapati], throws or scatters into or on to; Sadd404,n (opa nitthubhane: ... ~ati, quoting Ja VI 185,5, see below); aor. 3 sg. opi, Ja IV 457,14 (ahigundikabrhmano osadham khditv mantam parivattetv khelarn mahsattassa sarire ~i, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkhipi) = Cp-a 128,5 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osinci); Ja VI 185,5 (osadham sankhditv mukhe khelarn ~i, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se osinci) = Cp-a 120,20 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osinci) quoted Sadd404,i2; absol. (a)opiya [cfS. -upya], SI 199,34* (nibbnam hadayasmim ~iya; Spkl 292,27foil.: hadayamhi pakkhipitv ... nibbnam kiccato hadayamhi open' nma) = Th 119 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee osiya; Th-a 1247,7: hadaye thapetv); Ap 102,27 (dht pattamhi ~iya, Ce, Ee so; Be dhtum... ohiya; Se dhtum... ociya; Ap-a376,36: dhtuyo gahetv pattamhi okiritv); (b) opitv, Ja IV 386,20 (upaddham tava puttassa mukhe ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be osincitv; Se osincpetv); 457,19 (assa mukhe khelarn ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se okkhipitv) = Cp-a 128,11 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osincitv); caus. (?) pr. 3 sg. opeti, ~ayati, throws into, heaps up (in); S I 236,17* (na te sam kotthe ~enti; Spk I 353,19: -enti" ti na te sam santakam dhahnam kotthe pakkhipanti) = Thi283 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se osenti; Thi-a208,2i: na patismetv thapenti)= Ja V 252,20* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr upenti) quoted Sadd 553,27; Ja IV 386,21 (sesam ... sesabrhmannam mukhe ~ehi, Ce, Ee so; Be osincehi; Se osincpehi); Sadd 553,26 (opa thapa thapane: ~eti ~ayati); see also vapati. opatta, mfn. [o2 + patta1], leafless; Ja III 495,11* (sukkham ca rukkham kolpam ~am aphalam dumam ohya sakun yanti; 496,7': -an tiavapattam nippattam patitapattam); -kannik, / , the pericarp of a lotus whose petals or leaves have fallen; Ap 368,22 (~ c'eva pupphanti mama assame); see also avapatta. opatti in Ee at Ap 41,21 is wrfor opatati qv. opadhika, mfn. [from upadhi1; BHS aupadhika], connected with material acquisitions and attachment; (according to cts) forming a basis for rebirth;

SI 233,15* (manussnam ... karotam ~am punnam; Spk I 352,4: upadhivipkam punnam) * Vv 34:21 (Vv-a 154,23: -an ti upadhi nma khandh, upadhissa karanasilam upadhipayojanan ti v ~am attabhvajanakam patisandhipavattivipkadyakam); It 19,23 (-ni puhnakiriyavatthni); 78,11 (~am punnam katv; It-all 80,33: -an ti upadhivepakkam attabhvasampattiy c' eva bhogasampattiy ca nibbattakan ti attho upadhi ti hi attabhvo vuccati)= Ap 195,3. opanayika, mfn. [from upanaya; ^//.S'aupanayika],/?/ for bringing near, for taking to oneself; fit for making use of; deserving to be used; D II 93,32 (svkkhto bhagavat dhammo sanditthiko akliko ehipassiko ~o paccattam veditabbo vinnhi ti) = MI 37,2i ^ SI 9,13; A I 221,13 (sanditthik nijjar aklik ehipassik ~ paccattam veditabb vinnhi ti; Mp II 333,17: ~ ti upanayayutt alliyitabbayutt); Vism217,3/o//. (upanetabbo t i ~ o . . . dittam celam v sisam v ajjhupekkhitv pi bhvanvasena attano citte upanayanam arahati ti ~o, idam sankhate lokuttaradhamme yujjati, asankhato pana attano cittena upanayanam arahati ti ~o sacchikiriyvasena alliyanam arahati ti attho. atha v nibbnam upaneti ti ariyamaggo upaneyyo, sacchiktabbatam upanetabbo ti phalanibbnadhammo upaneyyo, upaneyyo eva ~o) ^ Sadd 787,26 foil.; see also opaneyyika. opaneyyika, mfn. [= opanayika qv], fit for bringing near; Sadd 787,27 (opanayiko va ~o sahkhato lokuttaradhammo attano cittena upanayanam sacchikiriyvasena alliyanam arahati ti ~o); 788,2 (upaneyyo va ~o). opapakkhi, mfn., or opapakkhinkaroti, pr. 3 sg. [?], rejected, despised; or rejects, insults; AI 188,33 (te sakam yeva vdam dipenti jotenti paravdam pana khumsenti vambhenti paribhavanti opapakkhim karonti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be omakkhim; Mp II 305,2foil: upakkhittakam karonti ukkhipitv chaddenti, Ce, Ee so; Se upakkhipitv; Be ukkhittakam karonti ukkhipitv). opapaccayika, mfn. [from upapatti? cf BHS aupapattyamSika ?], relating to rebirth; Nett 28,30 (~am updnam, tarn bhavassa padatthnam); -nibbattilakkhana, mfn., of which the distinguishing mark is appearance in a new existence; Nett 28,22 (~am vinnnam, tarn nmarpassa padatthnam). opapti in Ee at S V 282,26 and opaptiniy in Ee at Spk III 260,33 are prob, wrr; see sv omti. opaptika, mfn. [from upapta qv; cf BHS aupapduka], arising spontaneously; (one) being reborn without parents; Abh741; DI 156,20 (pancannarn orambhgiynam samyojannam parikkhay ~o hoti tatthaparinibbyi; Sv 313,11: ~o ti sesayonipatikkhepavacanam etam) ^ MI 34,9 * A I 232,19; MI 73,4foil. (cattasso ... yoniyo ... andaj yoni jalbuj ... samsedaj ... ~ yoni... dev nerayik ekacce ca manuss ekacce ca viniptik ayam vuccati... ~ yoni; Ps II 36,6: vin etehi kranehi uppatitv viya nibbatt ti~); SHI 240,18 (- ng, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upaptik); A II 186,27 (~o ~am sreti); Ja VI 269,20* (~o ngarj Varuno); Vibh 412,29 (-narn petnam); Mil 267,17; Visrn 560,7; Spk I 95,7 (~ena v hi kittimena v nmena mutto satto v sankhro v n'atthi); As 390,28 (catubbidham nmam

576

samannnmam gunanmam kittimanmam -nman ti) = Sadd 879,6; Sadd879,20 (-nmam nma sayam eva upaptanasilam nman tiattho); '-attabhva, m., an individual existence, a body, generated spontaneously-, It-a I 84,18; Thi-a 198,19; see also upaptika. opapti, mfn. [from upapta^v], arising spontaneously; being reborn without parents; Jail 388,11 (mt klakiriyam katv ... ~i sigli hutv nibbatti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se opaptikasigli); Ap92,3 (yathndaj ca samsed ~i jalbuj). opabhogga, mfn. [from upabhoga; cf S. upabhogya], to be used or enjoyed; DII 331,5 (sace kumrik bhavissati s pi te - bhavissati ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upabhogg; Sv 810,21: -ti bhavissati ti pdaparicrik bhavissati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upabhogg ti); see also upabhogiya sv upabhunjati. opameyya, mfn. [= upameyya qv sv *upameti], to be compared; the subject of comparison; Sadd 913,6 (purisena attnam -tthne thapetv). opamma, n. [S. aupamya], state of resemblance; likeness; comparison; analogy; Abh 530; VinV 164,17 (-am nidassanatthya); MI 378,27 (purimen' evharn bhante -ena bhagavato attamano abhiraddho); ThI500 (manussalbhamhi ~am); Ja I 443,21' (tatr' idam -am); Ap 92,2i (-ehi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upamehi); 256,22 (-am upadassetv kittito me mahmuni, Be, Ce so; Se upamam; Ee wr opamam upadamsetv); Bv 13:32 (atuliyo -ehi anpamo, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se upamehi; Bv-a 207,33: -ehi ti upamitabbehi); Mil 1,10* (Ngasenakath citr -ehi nayehi ca); Vism 432,12; Sp 137,17 (seyyath pi ti' -atthe nipto); 138.18 (bhagav -am sampatipdento); Ps II 281,7 (-ni karitv); -sampatipdana, n., - , / , the setting forth, expounding, of the comparison; Niddl 126,15 (evan ti -am, Be, Ce so; Se ~; Ee opammapatisampdan, prob, wr) = 136,2 {Be, Ce -am; Ee, Se ~); Sp 188,13 (evam eva kho ti -am). opara, mfn. [extracted from paropara qv], lower, lesser, inferior, nearer; Mp II 207,6 foil, (paroparni ti parni ca -ni ca para-attabhvasaka-attabhvdini parni ca -ni ca ti vuttam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee parovarni ti... ovarni); Nidd-a II 54,27 foil, (atha v parni ca -ni ca paroparni... -ni ti ca orni ti vuttam hoti, lmakni ti attho) = Patis-a 51,%foil; Kv-a87,i9 (buddhnam idam phalam param idam -an ti evam phalnam uccvacabhvajnanasankht phale paropariyatti nma atthi). oparajja, n. [from uparja], the state of being an uparja, viceroyalty; D i l 196,5 (catursiti vassasahassni -am kresi)= MII 76,19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uparajjam); A III 154.19 (ranfto ... jettho putto -am pattheri, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se uparajjam); Ja III 448,27 (yva -); Sp51,8 (~ato pi pabbajj va uttam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se uparajjato); see also uparajja. opavayha (and opavuyha), mfn. and m. [S. upavhya, aupavhya], serving for riding; an animal for riding; a king's elephant; Abh 366 (-0 rjavayho); S V 351,6 (ye te ranno ... ng ~ te kappetv); JaIV 91,20 (may deva tumhkam ~o bhavitum yuttarpo sabbaseto sflav hatthirj dittho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se upavayho); VI 488,11* (-am gajuttamam, Be so; Ce, Ee opavuyham; Se

upaguyham; 488,15': -an ti rjavhanam, Be so; Se upaguyhan ti; Ce opavuyhan ti -am rjavhanam; Ee opavuyhan ti opavuyham rjavhanam;); Svl47,io (rohaniyan ti rohanayoggam, ~sn ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be opaguyhan ti; Se upaguyhan ti); Pj I 178,1 (tiracchnaratanam manussaratanassa -am hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee opavuyham; Se upaguyham); Vv-a316,3 (mayham opavuyham hohl ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee opaguyham); Cp-a 37,35 (ranno nma evarpo -0 mafigalahatthi). opavsa in Ce at KV 40,8 and in Ce, Ee at Mp V 19,i5 is prob, wr for upavsa2 qv. opavuyha, see sv opavayha. opasaggika, m(fn). [cfS. aupasargika], acting as a preposition; a preposition; Sadd 886,12* (pati pari-m-anv abhi ti caturo -a). opasamika, mfn. [from upasama; BHS aupa^amika], bringing calm, leading to tranquillity; D HI 264, is (dhammo ca desiyati - 0 parinibbniko sambodhagmi, Be, Ce, Eeso; Seupasamiko; Sv 1046,16: -0 ti kilespasamakaro); AII 132,6 (-e dhamme); see also upasamika. opasyika, m(fn). [from *upa + sayati1; cf S. upayin], (one) who lies by the side of, who keeps near to; M I 328,16 (sace ... pathavim ajjhosissasi -o me bhavissasi; Ps II 407,23 foil: mayham samipasayo bhavissasi, mam gacchantam anugacchissasi, thitam upathassasi nisinnarn upanisidissasi nipannam upanipajjissasi ti attho); see also upaseniy. opasilesika, mfn. [S. aupaslesika], involving, associated with, close contact; Sadd 709,31/0//. (so 'yam okso catubbidho vypiko -o smipiko vesayiko ... -0 nma paccekasiddhnam bhvnam yattha upasileso upagamo hoti tarn yath kate nisidati ti). *opateti,/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. avaVpat, utptayati], splits; tears apart; aor. 3sg. optesi, DU 331,20 (s brhmani sattham gahetv ovarakam pavisitv udaram -esi, Ce so; Be, Ee opdesi, prob, wr; Se upptesi); ab sol optetv, Vin II 150,27 (te vitivatte samajje chavim -etv haranti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se upptetv); see also uppteti. opta, m. [S. avapta], 1. a hole or pit, a trap; Vin III 76,22 (-am nma manussam uddissa -am khanati papatitv marissa ti); Ja I 143,19 (manuss sassakhdaknam mignam mranatthya tattha tartha -am khananti); V48,n* (-am ganchi; 48,26': -am ganchi patipajji vtam khani ti attho); Sp384,i (~e patitaskaram); 439,25 (mretukmassa -am apassenam upanikkhipanam bhesajjasamvidhnam, Ce, Ee so; Be opta -apassena -upanikkhipanam bhesajj asamvidhnam; Se opta -apassena -upanikkipanabhesajjasamvidhnam) ^ Pj I 30,16 (eds optakhananam apassena-upanikkhipanam bhesajjavisayantdiyojanam v); Kkh 32,22 (anuddissakhate -e); 2. flying down, descent; Ja VI 561,4* (sakunnam ca ~o; 561,11' foil: hatthilirigasakun ... opatitv ksen' eva gacchanti); -khanaka, m, one who digs a pit or trap; Sp 455,20 (-ass* eva prjikam); Vin-vn 288. optaka, m. [opta + ka2], a pit; a trap; Vin-vn 292 (manusse yeva uddissa khate ~e). opdentassa in Ee at Sp 744,1 is wr for optentassa (Be,

577

Ce, Se so). opdesi in Be, Ee at D II 331,20 is prob, wr, perhaps for optesi (Ce so). opna, n. [S. avapna], a pool or well for watering; Sv-ptI 426,11 (~am vuccati oghetv ptabbato nadltalkdinam sabbasdhranatittham); -bhta, mfn., being like a pool or well; evergenerous, satisfying; Vin I 236,30 (niganthnam ~am kulam yena nesam upagatnam pindaptam dtabbam manneyysi ti); D I 137,25 (saddho dyako dnapati anvatadvro ... -ycaknam ~o; Sv 298,22: ~o ti udapnabhto, sabbesam sdhranaparibhog ctummahpathe khatapokkharani viya hutv ti attho); Pv 36:60 (~o samanabrhmannam); Ja III 142,1 (geham niccaklam bhikkhusahghassa ~am); IV 34,5* (~am va gharam); Vibh 247,17 (kulni saddhni pasannni ~ni) quoted Vism 18,6; neg. anopnabhta, mfn., not generous; Vibh 247,6. opyika, mfn. [S. aupayika, once aupyika], answering a purpose; fit, proper, right; ~am, (expressing assent:) that is fit, that's right; Abh 353; 1144; Vin I 45,35 (sh ti v lah ti v -an ti v patirpan ti v...; Sp 977,14/0//.: sh ti vti dini pafica padni upajjhyabhvam sampaticchanavevacanni); DIU 129,15 (imassa... atthassa imni ca vyanjanni etni v vyanjanni katamni -tarni ti; Sv 911,27/0//.: katamni vyanjanni upapannatarni allinatarni); Cp-a 305,28 (~o hitassa upadeso ditthadhammikasamparyikaparamatthavasena); Sadd 896,19 (evam shu lahu ~am patirpam ma mo icc ete sampaticchanatthe). oprambha, mfn. [from uprambha; cf S. uplambhya], open to criticism, censurable; M i l 113,32 (kyasamcro ~o samanehi brhmanehi vinnhi ti; Ps III 346,n: ~o ti uprambham dosam ropanraho); 114,15 (katamo ... kyasamcro ~o ... kyasamcro akusalo); anoprambha, mfn., not open to criticism, not censurable; M i l 115,16 (katamo ... kyasamcro ~o samanehi brhmanehi vinnhi ti). opilavati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avaVpIu], plunges into (intrans.), sinks; Sil 224,27 (seyyath p i . . . nv diken' eva ~ati na... evam saddhammassa antaradhnam hoti; Spk II 204,14: diken ti dnena gahanena, ~afi ti nimujjati... yath udakacar nv bhandam ganhanti nimujjati...); caus. pr. 3 sg. opilpeti, plunges into (trans.); immerses; Vin I 157,18 (appaharite v chaddeyya appnake v udake ~eyya) ^ MI 13,6(~essmi; Ps I 94,29: nimujjpessmi); M II 64,5 (imam hirannasuvannassa punjam... majjhe gahgya nadiy sote -eyysi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se osidpeyysi); S I 169,3 (appnake v udake ~ehi ti) * Snp. 15,7; part.pr. opilpenta, mfn., Ja I 330,33 (sakalaKosalarattham mahoghena ~ento viya); Sp 332,22 (uddham v uccrentassa adho v ~entassa); aor. 3 sg. opilpesi, SI 169,5* Snp. 15,9; absol. opilpetv, Ja III 282,4 (Ce, Ee so; Be uppilpetv; Se upalpetv); 301,7 (atha nam ekadivasam nadiyam ~etv mresi); pp opilpita, mfn., plunged into, immersed; Ja I 214,31 (udake pana ~it ukk viya tatth' eva nibbyi); fpp opilpetabba, mfn., Vin II 216,25.

opilpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of opilavati qv. opiletv, ind. [absol. of*o2 + pileti; S. avaVpid], pressing down; Dhp-all 3,i6 (allam eva bhattam pacchiyam ~etv). opuflchati, opunjati1, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + punchati, punjati1], wipes; wipes over (with); besmears, smears; Sadd 350,i (opuji vilimpane: gomayena pathavim opunjati); part.pr. opunchanta, w/(~anti)., Dhp-a III 296,16 (ass sanaslam ~antiy, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sammajjantiy); aor. 1 sg. opunchesim, Ap 509,n (munino gandhakutiy -esim tad mahim catujjtena gandhena, Ce so; Ee ~esi; Be opunjesim; Se ubbattesim); absol. opunchitv, opunjitv1, A V 250,4 (allena gomayena pathavim -itv, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se opunjiitv); Ja IV 377,28 (bhmim catujtiyagandhehi -itv, Be so; Ce bhmiyam; Ee opunchetv, prob, wr; Se upalimpitva); Dhp-a III 296,n (hetth nibaddham ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sammajjitv); caus. aor. 3 sg. opunjpesi, 1h-all 136,19 (catujtiyagandhena satthu gandhakutim opunjpesi); absol. opufichpetv, opunjpetv, Vin III 16,19 (haritena gomayena pathavim ~petva, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee opunjpetv; Sp 210,8: ~petv ti upalimppetv, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee opunjpetv ti); Ps III 18,7 (bhmim allagomayena ~etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee opunjpetv) = Spk III 44,36 (Ce so; Be, Ee, Se opunjpetv); Ps V 75,4 (nisidanatthnam opunjpetv sanam pannpetv). opuchana, n. [from opunchati], wiping; Dhp-a III 296,15 (hetth ' -dini aksi, Ce, Ee so; Be hetthaslam sammajjandini; Se hetth nibaddham sammajjandini). opuftjati1, see sv opunchati. * opunjati2 (or *opunjeti) pr. 3 sg. [o2 or o3 + punjati2; cfS. avapunjita, utpunjayati], heaps up, collects; absol. opunjitv2, Vin II 176,9 (anujnmi bhikkhave salkya v pattikya v upanibandhitv ~itv uddisitun ti) quoted Sp 1261,21 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se omuncitv, prob, wr). oputa, mfn. [possibly a hyperform for ovuta qv .svovarati, or a wr for ophuta qv], obstructed; encompassed; Sv 59,25 (nlvaranehi vut nivut - paticchann..., Ee so; Se ophut; Be, Ce ovut); Pj II 596,2 (nivut ti ~ pariyonaddh, Ee so; Ce ovut; Be, Se ovut). opunana, n. [from opunti], winnowing; Spk II 84,3i (mahvte ~am nadiy pavhanam ca, Be, Ee so; Ce opunanam; Se ophunanam); Mp III 179,20 (mahvte -klo, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be ophunana-). opunti (sometimes written opunti or ophunti), pr. 3 sg. [o2 or o3 + punti; cf S. utpunti], exposes to the wind, winnows; makes clean or clear; D i l 132,29 (yo me lre Klme pasdo tarn mahvte v ~ami sighasotya v nadiy pavhemi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ophunmi); Sil 88,13 (mahvte v ~eyya nadiy v sighasotya pavheyya, Ce, Ee so; Be ophuneyya; Se ophuneyya); Dhp 252 (paresam hi so vajjni -ti yath bhusam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee opunti; Dhp-a III 375,15: bhusam ~anto viya -ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee opunti); Pv 38:54 (opunmi mahvte nadiy v sighagmiy vammi ppakam ditthim, Ce, Ee so; Be ophunmi; Se

578

ophunmi; Pv-a256,i6: tava dhammadesanvte opunmi niddhunmi, Ce so; Be ophunmi; Se ophunmi; Ee odhunmi); Pj II 312,9 (palpe vhetha ~tha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ophuntha); part.pr. opunanta, mfn., Dhp-a III 375,15 (~anto, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee opunanto); aor. 3sg. opuni, DU 341,7 (aranisahitam... udukkhale kottetv mahvte ~i, Be, Ee so; Ce opuni; Se ophuni); absol opunitv, Mp II 320,5 (mahvte ~itv appavattanakaranaklo viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se opunitv); pass, part.pr. opuniyamna, mfn., Mp IV 74,23 (ucce thne thatv mahvte ~iyamnassa, Be so; Ce, Ee opuniyamnassa; Se ophuniyamnassa); caus. pr. 3sg. opunpeti [BHS opunpayati], A I 242,6 (bhusikam uddharpetv... ~eyya, Be, Ee so; Ce opunpeyya; Se ophunpeyya); absol. opunpetv, Vin II 181,2 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ophunpetv); A I 242,6 (Be, Ee so; Ce opunpetv; Se ophunpetv); Ja I 467, i (Ee so; Ce opunpetv; Be ophunpetv; Se odhunpetv); fpp opunpetabba, mfn., Vin II 181,2 (~etabbam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ophunpetabbam; Sp 1274,2o: ~etabban ti sukhumatinapallak pavhanattharn vtam ghetabbam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ophunpetabban ti). opuppha, mfn. [o2 + puppha; or possibly o3 + puppha], (according to cts) with petals or blossoms hanging down; with their petals fallen; (or flowering, in flower;) Ja VI 497,28* (yad hemantike mse vanam dakkhisi pupphitam ~ni ca padmni; 498,9': ~nlti patitapupphni, Ce so; Be, Se ~ni ti olambakapupphni patitapupphni; Ee ~ni ti only) quoted Sadd 621,7; Ap 16,12 (anne pupphanti padum anne jyanti kesari anne -a padum; Ap-a215, H: ekacce padum jyanti ~ vigalitapattakesar ti attho); 368,30 (~ pupphit senti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ovatt pupphit santi); -patta, mfn., with petals and leaves dropped or dropping; (or with flowers and leaves;) Ap 347,3 (~ titthanti padumkannika bah); -paduma, mfn., with lotuses whose petals have dropped; (or with flowering lotuses;) Ja VI 173,27* (~ titthanti pokkharann sunimmit; 174,9': pupphitv patitehi padumapattehi safichann udakapitth). ophuta, ophuta, mfn. [pp of*o2 + pharati; cf BHS phuta, sphuta; possibly a wr (a "correction " of oputa qv 1) for an original ovuta/ovuta qqv sv ovarati], filled, pervaded by; encompassed by; possessed by; D I 246,23 (panca nivaranehi tevijj brhman vut nivut ophut pariyonaddh, Ee, Se so; Be onaddh; Ce ovut) * MII 203,6 (Be ~o; Ee, Se ophuto; Ce ovuto; Ps III 447,21: ~otionaddho,Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ophuto ti); Mill 131,20 (avijjkhandhena ... vuto nivuto ~o pariyonaddho, Be so; Ce ovuto; Ee, Se ovuto); Nidd I 249,10 (vut nivut ~ pihit paticchann, Se so; Ee ophut; Be, Ce ovut; * Mil 161,4, eds ovuto) * Sv 59,25 (Se so; Be, Ce ovut; Ee oput); Ap 371,io (rgadosehi ~, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se otthat); Spk I 30,19 (dibbehi pancahi kmagunehi ophuto niphuto pariyonaddho, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ovuto nivuto); Pj II 596,2 (nivut ti oput pariyonaddh, Eeso; Ce ovut; Be, Se ovut); Nidd-a I 95,13 (~o ti avattharitv chdito, Ce so; Be, Se ophuto ti; Ee ovuto ti).

ophunti, see sv opunti. obaddha, mfn. [pp of *o2 + bandhati; cf S. avaVbandh], bound; obliged; Spll67,3i (navakena pana mahtheram ~am karomi ti privsikattherassa santikam na gantabbam; Sp-t[ite]III 370,12: -an ti palibuddham); see also obandhitv. obandhitv, ind. [absol. of *o2 + bandhati; cfS. avaVbandh], tying on, fixing on; Vin II 116,11 (anujnmi bhikkhave kathinam kathinarajjum tattha tattha ~itv civaram sibbetun ti); see also obaddha. obha, m. [from ubhati], filling; ? Sadd410,io (ubhati ... ~o ketubham). obhagga 1 , mfn. [prob, pp of *o2 + bhanjati1; S. avabhagna; but possibly obhagga2 qv], broken off; '-obhagga, mfn., variously broken off; (or variously bent down;) Vin I 352,36 (~am c* assa skhbhangam khdanti) = Ud41,2i (Ud-a250,16: -an ti tena hatthingena uccatthnato bhafijitv bhanjitv ptitam) * AIV 435,8 (Mp IV 203,7: nmetv nmetv thapitam); -vibhagga, mfn., broken (or bent) and crushed; S V 96.8 (yehi rukkh ajjhrlh - vipatit senti); Ja III 376,26 ([rukkho] gahitaphalo ~o asobhamno thito ti). obhagga 2 , pp o/*obhanjati qv. obhafijati, obhujati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + bhanjati2; cfS. avaVbhuj], bends; folds; coils; absol. (a) obhanjitv, Sp 1212,12 (satavalikam nma dighastakam anekakkhattum -itv ovattikam karontena nivattham) = Kkh 146,22; (b) obhujitv, Vism 358,8 (lohitadonikya obhujitv thapite chinnasisadhamanikalebare); pp obhagga 2 , mfn. [S. avabhugna], bent, bent down; coiled; Vism 258,5 (ekavisatiy thnesu - antavatti); Spkl 40,17 (jarjinnena hi ~ena dandaparyanena ... na sakk kme paribhunjitum); 282,21 (ko esa pandarasiso ~o gopnaslvanko mahallako); caus. absol. obhanjpetv, Ja I 499,22 (ghanastakayugam ... sudhotam dhovpetv obhanjpetv satavalikam sahassavalikam karetv thapesi). obhata, obhata, mfn. [pp of*o2 + bharati; cf S. avaVbhr], thrown off; removed; Sp555,30 (-am oropitam); -cumbat,(m)/(/i)., (a wife) married when the cumbata coiled pad has been taken off; Vin III 139,25 (dasa bhariyyo ... odapattakini ~ ...) * Spk II 145,28 * Vv-a 73,3 * As 98,22 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ohata-); Vin III 140,4 (~ nma cumbatam oropetv vseti; Sp555,3o: obhatam oropitam cumbatam ass ti ~ katthahrikdinam annatar, yass sisato cumbatam oropetv ghare vseti tass etam adhivacanam); -patoda, mfn., with the goad removed or laid aside; Sv 680,31 (sammpavattesu sindhavesu -0 srathi, Ee so; Be, Ce odhasta-; Se osajjita-; = Spkl 76,26: Ee, Ce ossattha-; Be, Se odhasta-). obhsa 1 , m. [from obhsati1], suggestive or lewd talk; Sp 547,12 (evam obhsantassa yo so ~o nma so atthato ajjhcro hoti); Kkh 37,14 (etena -ena pana nirsankabhvam dasseti). obhsa 2 , m. [S. avabhsa], light; lustre, radiance; appearance, manifestation (esp. ifc); Abh 37; 1043; Vin I 12,14 (appamno ca ulro ~o loke pturahosi); D II 12.9 (yada bodhisatto... mtu kucchim okkamati...

579

appamno ulro ~o ptubhavati); 175, is (ten' -ena kammante payojesum); Mill 157,25 (-am c'eva sanjnma dassanam ca rpnam); A I 228,15 (-ena phareyya); II 139,30 (cattro 'me bhikkhave ~... candobhso suriyobhso aggobhso pannobhso); Ja IV 139,27 (majjhantikasuriyo viya ca -am muncanto); Patis II 100,35 (aniccato manasikaroto ~o uppajjati); Ap 411,26 (~o vipulo mah); Pet 122,24; Mil 39,15 (andhakram vidhameti -am janeti); Vism 633,19 (dasa upakkiles ti -o nnam piti...); 634,3foil. (-0 ti vipassanobhso ... ayam ~o kassaci bhikkhuno pallankatthnamattam eva obhsento uppajjati); Dhp-al 282,9 (-am vissajjetv); Nidd-all 106,8 (~o nma vipassankhane nnassa balavatt lohitam sannisldati tena ca cittobhso nibbattati); ifc see uttn'-, gambhir'-; see also avabhsa. obhsa3, m. [BHS avabhsa; prob. = obhsa2, but possibly associated with bhsati1], intimation; indication; Vin II 289,18 (olrike nimitte kayiramne ojrike ~e kayiramne) = D II 103,10; Vibh 353,i/o//. (nimittam nimittakammam ~o -kammam smantajapp parikath); Vism 28,8 (-0 ti paccayapatisamyuttakath). obhsaka1, mfn. [from obhsa2], bright, luminous; Patis I 152,34(ekaccoparittam oksam pitakato pharati... ~ato pharati; Patis-a 453,12: -ato pharati ti lokakasinavasena tejokasinavasena odtakasinavasena v obhso ti pharati). obhsaka2, m(fn). [from obhsati2; cf S. avabhsaka], (one) who illumines, makes manifest; Sadd 448,7 (obhseti ti -o); see also avabhsaka. obhsati1, obhseti1, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + bhsati1; cfS. apaVbhs, avabhsita], speaks to suggestively or lewdly or offensively; insults; Vin II 262,13 (bhikkhuniyo -anti bhikkhunihi saddhim sampayojenti app eva nma amhesu srajjeyyun ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -enti; Sp 1292,28: -antiti asaddhammena-anti, Ceso; Be, Ee, Se-enti ti asaddhammena -enti); III 128,8 (katham hi nma yasm Udyi mtugmam dutthullhi vchi -issati); 128,22 (yo pana bhikkhu... mtugmam dutthullhi vchi -eyya yath tarn yuv yuvatim methunupasamhithi sahghdiseso ti; 128,35: -eyy ti aijhcro vuccati; Sp 541, \o foil.: -eyy ti avabhseyya nnappakkrakam asaddhammavacanam vadeyya, yasm pan' evam ~antassa yo so obhso nma so atthato ajjhcro hoti... tasm ... ~eyy ti ajjhcro vuccati ti ha); part.pr. (a) obhsa(t), mfn., Sp547,i6 (~ato); (b) obhsanta', obhsenta1, m/h., Vin III 193,4 (mtugmam dutthullhi vchi ~antass ti) = V 5,18 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ~entass ti); Vin-vn 354 (methunycandihi -antassa bhikkhuno); Khuddas2:3 (^-ento); aor. 3 sg. obhsi, Vin V 5,22; fpp obhsitabba, mfn., Vin II 262,18 (na bhikkhuniyo ~itabb); see also avabhsati'. obhsati2, ~ate, pr. 3 sg. [S. avabhsate], shines forth, is bright; becomes manifest, appears; (perhaps also: shines through, illumines;) Ud 73,9* (~ati tva so kimi yva na unnamati pabhankaro); Th 549 (sabb ~ate dis); Vv 1:1 (~asi vijju-r-iv' abbhaktam; Vv-a 12,15 foil: ~asi ti vijjotasi... abbhakutan ti... bhummatthe hi etam upayogavacanam, -asi ti v antogadhahetu-atthavacanam

-esiti attho); 9:3 (kena te sabbagattehi sabb -ate dis, Be, Eeso; Ce, 5e~are; Vv-a 53,13: sabb pi dasadis vijjotati, ~are ti pi pathanti, tesam sabb dis ti bahuvacanam eva datthabbam); Pv2:l (kyo te sabbasovanno sabb -ate dis; Pv-a \0,\sfoil.: tassa pabhya sabb pi dis samantato ~ati vijjotati -ate ti v antogadhahetu-attham idam padan ti, te kyo ... sabb dis ~eti vyjoteti ti, Be, Se so; Ce samantato pabhsate vijjotate; Ee samantato pabhseti vijjoteti); Ja III 381,29' (yath hi aggi pajjalito ~ati); Ap 519,16 (bodhi ~at ayam); Kv 285,25 (bodhisattassa pakatikyo samant vymam ~ati); Mil 338,17 (-ati pabhsati); Ps I 169,11 (abhijjhvisamalobho uppajjitv cittam dseti -itum na deti); part.pr. (a) obhsanta2, mfn., Ja VI 278,17* (passa candam ca suriyam ca -ante catuddis, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~ente); Mhv 15:66 (-antam munindam... disv); (b) obhsamna, mfn., Spklll 48,19 (buddhasiriy -amn); Vv-a 12,2i (pakatiy pi -amnam); caus. pr. 3 sg. obhseti2, -ayati, -ayate, makes bright, illumines; Pv26:15 (dyak... -enti ca Nandanam); Ja VI 580,8' (-ayantu); Bvl:15 (-eti dis sabb); Mil 336,13 (bhagavat putt sadevakam lokam virocenti -enti pabhsenti); Vism690,25 (suriyo ... rpagatni -eti); Vv-a 122,9 (sabb obhsate dis ti sabbsu dissu vijjotate sabb v dis -ayate vijjotayati ti attho); Sadd 448,9 (obhsitum obhsetum); part.pr. (a) obhsenta2, m/(-enti)., Vv 61:1 (-ento); Pv 13:10 (-enti); Ja IV 359,23* (vimn -ent catuddis); Ap 140,20 (-entam); Vism 634,10; Mhv 15:66 (obhsantam munindam tarn -entam ca pabbatam... disv); (b) obhsaya(t), mfn., Vin I 2,25* (suriyo va -ayam antalikkham); SI 144,8* (-ayam titthati brahmalokam); Ja VI 243,13* (-ayam samvarim candim va); Vism 209,11*; (c) obhsayanta, m/(-ayanti) n., Pv 11:1 (-ayanti dasa sabbaso dis); Ap229,2o (-ayantam); (d) obhsayamna, mfn., Ja I 69,10; Spkl 214, I; Dhp-aIII 13,6 (tassa sirigabbham -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. obhsayi, Ap 261,20; absol. (a) obhsetv, Vin I 26,4 (vanasandam -etv); A III 309,19 (Mp II 377,26: -etv ti bhya pharitv); Ja VI 330,10; Bv 18:2; (b) obhsetvna, Dip 17:32; (c) obhsayitv, Vv 30:1; pp obhsita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) illumined; Bv 1:7 (- ca pathavi); Mil 119,4; Sp 788,23 (dipasahassena ~ viya); Sv 141,10 (--tt, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ttya); Mhv 17:45 (tato nikkhantajlhi jaladhrhi csakim sabb obhsitsitt sabb Lankmahi ahu); neg. anobhsita, mfn., Sp 926,16; 2. (n.) illumination, brightness,; Ud73,n* (evam -am eva takkiknam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se titthiynam); fpp neg. anobhsaniya, mfn., Ud-a 151,9= It-al 135,7; see also avabhsati2. obhsana1, m., - , / [from obhsati1; cf S. avabhsana], suggestive or lewd speech; VinV 211,11* (- tayo vutt); Sp 1383,12; Utt-vn 900 (kati -e vutt); 906 (tisso --y-im). obhsana 2 , n. [S. avabhsana], shining, being bright; illumining; Ps II 196,19 (candamandalam v attano loken' eva obhsati, na tassa annena -kiccam atthi); Vv-a 89,15 (tarn eva -am upamya vibhvento); 276,23

580

(subhassaro ti sutthu ativiya -sabhvo); As 30,7 (yojanappamnam -samattham maniratanam). obhujati, see sv obhanjati. obheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/ubhati qv. obhoga, m. [from obhanjati, obhujati], fold; coil; VinI 46,3i (~e kyabandhanam katabbam; cf Sp 919,n foil: kyabandhanam samharitv civarabhoge pakkhipitv thapetabbam). oma, mfn. [S. avama], inferior; lowest; deficient; A III 359,28* (na ussesu na -esu samatte nopaniyare; Mp III 381,7: ~ti hin); Sn 954 (na samesu na -esu na ussesu); Ap 172,9 (-ttam me na passmi); Pj II 347, H (-am vuccati parittam lmakam); omato, adv., at least; at the least; Vism 552,6*; anoma, mfn. [S. anavama], not low, not inferior; exalted, supreme; perfect; Ja III 521,27* (kim bhojanam bhunjatha vo -a); Niddl 65,10 (paripunnam karoti -am karoti); Ap 604,7 (~o amito ... vinyako); Spk I 93,3 (nanu bhagav -o silena samdhin pannya...); dassana, mfn., of superior beauty; of flawless appearance; Vv 16:2; dassi(n), mfn., of superior knowledge; Ja III 408, n* (~-dassisu; 408,26': anomassa almakassa paccekabodhinnassa ditthatt paccekabuddh dassino nma); dassik, (m)f(n)., not inferior in beauty (to); Vv 20:7 (nri sabbangakalyni bhattu cnomadassik); nma, mfn., perfectly named; or named for one's perfection or superior virtues; SI 235,20* (--nmarn satthram tarn namassmi; Spk I 85,5: nman ti sabbagunasamanngatatt avekallanmam paripranman ti attho); Sn 153 (--nmam satthram handa passma Gotamam; Pj II 200,10/0//.: bujjhit saccni ti buddho, bodhet pajy ti buddho ti din nayena buddho ti -ehi gunehi nmam); Ap465,i8 (nmo amito nmena Padumuttaro, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr anom nmo); nikkama, mfn., of superior or excellent energy and exertion; D i l i 156,i*; Vv 64:27; panfia, mfn., of perfect wisdom; Sn 343 (pucchma satthram --pannam; Pj II 347, ufoli: na omapannam mahpannan ti attho); Thi 522; Ja VI 380,19*; satta, m., a perfect being; JaV 411,28 (- -sattnam kammam nma evam visujjharl ti); Bv-a 6,9. omaka, mfn. [oma + ka2], inferior, deficient; smaller; smallest; Abh 700; Vin III 243,26 (ukkattho patto... majjhimo ... -0 patto); IV 200,28 (catuhattho dando, tato ukkattho adando -o adando); AIV 360,13 (eko pdo -o lmako); Ja II 142,6 (asitiy thernam abbhantare pamnena -0); Niddl 105,15 (nihinato ~ato lmakato); Kkh 5,34 (tato -taro na vattati); Vin-vn 739 (tadupaddho va ~o); ifc see ukkatth'- (sv ukkamsati), majjhim' -; '-ukkattha, mfn., largest of the smallest size; Sp704,i; ' -omaka, mfn., smallest of the smallest size; excessively small; Sp 703,30; 704,5 (~o ca omakato omakatt tato omako apatto ti vutto); -catumsam, ind.,for less than four months; Vin IV 33,is (mamkpunjo v ~am ovattho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se naka-); Sp 756,i. omafifiana, / [BHS avamanyan], contempt; selfdisgust; Vibh 353,37 (omno ~ omaMitattam hilan... attvann attaparibhavo); see also avamannana. omaiiflitatta, n., abstr. [from *omaniiati; cf avamannati],

contempt; self disgust; Vibh 353,37 (omno omannan -am hilan ... attavanna attaparibhavo). omaftha, mfn., pp of omasati1 qv. omatta, mfn. [from o2 + matt], below measure, deficient, subordinate; Vism622,5 (dvedhtuyo - honti mand itar dve adhimatt honti balavatiyo) = Spk III 190,5; As 336,4 (~am pana po adhimattam pathavigatikam jtam) quoted Sadd 108,6; Sv-ptI 320,25 (imsam dvinnam ... adhimattat itarsam ca -t). omadda, m. [S. avamarda], crushing, oppressing; -kraka, m., one who oppresses (others); a bully; ? Vin V 183,7 (alajji ca hoti blo ca apakatatto ca -o ca hoti vattesu). omaddati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + maddati; S. avaVmrd], presses, crushes; tramples on; presses together; rubs into (+instr.); rubs, strokes; MI 87,3 (abhivaggena pi -anti); Ja II 95,5* (-a khippam paligham; 95,ir: ~ ti avamadda adho ptaya); Mil 220,24 (candanikam pi oligallam pi -ati); part.pr. omaddanta, mfn., Ja VI 262,2i (sayanapasse nisiditv sariram -anto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se parimajjanto); absol. omadditv, Vin I 171,14 (alarn bhikkhu ma bhandanam ... m vivdan ti ~itva sanghena pavretabbam; Sp 1078,3: -itv ti etni... vacanni vatv, vacanomaddan hi idha omaddan ti adhippet); IV 192,14 (bhikkh thpato -itv pindaptam bhunjanti); Jal 486,24 (bhattam pacitv nnaggarasehi -itv); Vism 260,7; Sp 1385,14 (tehi saddhim ekato ekarn kabalam -itv); Pj I 59,30 (vamsanalake -itv pakkhittapandumattik); omadditv in Ee at Vin IV 191,27 and 191,31 is prob, wr for omasitv (Be, Ce, Se so); see also avamaddati. omaddan, n., ~, / [S. avamardana], crushing; oppressing; Dhtup68 (bhanja -e); Sp 1078,5 (vacanomaddan hi idha ~ ti adhippet); see also avamaddana. omasa, m. [from omasati'], piercing, striking, attacking (verbally); -vda, m., aggressive speech; hurtful speech; Vin IV 6,5 foil. (~e pcittiyam, ~o nma dasahi krehi omasati, jtiy pi nmena pi gottena pi...; Kkh83,6: ~e ti oviyhanavacane); J a l 191,3 (chabbaggiynam bhikkhnam ~am rabbha); Sp 583,28 (akkosdhippyassa ca -0, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ~e); 1344,17 (dasa akkosavatthni - nidditthni); Utt-vn27; Sadd 442,18 (-0 ti paresam sciy viya vijjhanavdo). omasati1,/?/'. 3 sg. [o2 + masati1], hurts; pierces; strikes; strikes in a downward direction; attacks verbally; Vin IV 4,30 (bhikkh pesalehi bhikkhhi saddhim bhandent pesale bhikkh -anti jtiy pi nmena pi...; Sp738,5: -anti ti ovijyhanti; Sp-t[e]III 3,9foil.: amanpam vadant kannesu vijjhant viya honti ti ha); 5,1 (-issanti jtiy pi); Sadd 442,18 (-ati ti vijjhati); part.pr. (a)omasa(t), mfn., Utt-vn67 (bhikkhuss' -ato); (b)omasanta, mfn., VinV 37,18 (-anto); aor. 3 pl omasimsu, VinV 13,28; pp omaftha, mfn. (and n.), struck, pierced, struck downwards (from above); made with a downward stroke; (a hole or cut) made with a downward stroke or facing downwards; S I 13,6* (sattiy viya -0; Spk I 48,4 foil.: -o ti pahato... upari thatv adhomukham dinnappahro -o nma) =

581

Th 39 quoted Pet 48,22*; Sp 320,3 foil. (theyyacitten, eva chiddam karoti ~am v ummattham v vemattham v... -am nma adhomukhachiddam); see also ummattha. omasati2, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + masati2; S. avaVmrS], touches, strokes (in a downward direction); Vin III 121,28 (kyena kyam masati parmasati ~ati ummasati); Jal 295,io* (gvo bahutinasseva ~anti varam varam, Ce so; Ee, Se wr mama santi; Be bahitinasseva) = V 446,4* (eds bahitinasseva; 447,15': yath gvo khditatthnam chaddetv bahi manpamanpassa tinassa varam varam -anti khdanti); Sp 535,15 (~anto pi sace kyato amocetv va itthiy matthakato patthya yva pdapitthi ~ati); part.pr. omasanta, m/h., Sp535,n; absol omasitv, Vin IV 191,27 (bhikkh taham taham ~itv pindaptam bhunjati... sapadnam pindaptam bhunjissmi ti sikkh karaniy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omadditv, prob, wr); V 30,n; DU 176,23 (ubhohihatthehiudakam~itv prarn hirannasuvannassa kumbhim uddharitv). omasana, n. [from omasati1], piercing, attacking (verbally); -vatthu, n., the case, the offence, of verbal attack; Kkh83,n (Svatthiyam chabbaggiye bhikkh rabbha -usmim pannattam). omasan, / [from omasati2], stroking in a downwards direction; lowering; Vin III 121, H (masan parmasan ~ ummasan); 121,18 (~ nma hetth oropan). omti, pr. 3 sg. fo2 + mti], measures up to; is able, is capable (of); S V 282,26 (yam ca kho ~ti... bhagav iddhiy manomayena kyena brahmalokam upasankamitum, Be, Se so; Ce opti; Ee opapti; Spk III 260,33: ~fi ti pahoti sakkoti, Be, Se so, [quoted Sadd411,n]; Ce pahoti ti sakkoti; e (opaptiniy) pahoti ti tarn sakkoti) quoted Sadd 411, I I ; Sadd 411, I I (om smatthiye: ... ~ti -anti). omna, m. [cfS. avamna], contempt; self disgust, self despising; A III 430,4 (mnam ~am atimnam; Mp III 412,2: ~an tihino 'ham asmi ti mnam); Th428 (atimno ca ~o pahin; Th-a II 181,32^0//.: ime pana nihi ti anne nihinato dahantassa mno ~o ti vadanti... hino 'ham asmi ti pavatto hinamno ~o); Nidd I 80,12 (lbhena mnam janeti albhena ~am janeti); Vibh 353,37 (~o omanfian omaniiitattam hilan ... attunn attvann attaparibhavo); Sp 181,24 (tappaccayam mnam ca -am ca karissati); omna in Ee at Ja II 443,2 and 443,10* is wr for demna {Be, Ce, Se so); see also avamna. omissaka, mfn. [o2 + missaka], mixed; various; Ja V 38,3 (tato ~o mahvanasando); -gahana, n., a thicket or place overgrown with various plants; JaV 46,19; -paris,/, an escort of various kinds (of people); Ja VI 224,3 (tya pana ~ya parivuto); -vana, n., a mixed clump; a clump of various kinds (of plants); Ja V 37,2i (sabbesam pi tesam kallahrdivasena ~am); see also vomissaka. omukka, mfn., pp o/omuncati qv. omukha, mfn. [o2 + mukha],yace down; upside down; -nikkhittapannakosasanthna, mfn., shaped like a leaf-pouch placed upside down; Pj I 46,30 (nsmamsam ~am); see also omuddhaka. omuflcati, pr. 3 sg. [o 2 (or o3) + muncati; cfS. avaVmuc,

unmuficati], loosens; takes off; D I 126,2 (vethanam ~eyyam); Ja VI 218,22* (ko so ~ate pd namo katv mahesino; 219,9': ko esa pdato evarp pduk -fi ti); Vism338,i5 (udakam bhante, uphan -ath ti); part.pr. omuncanta, mfn., Pv -a 63,6 (urago ... tacarn ... kancukam ~anto viya sarirato ~itv); Ap-a 10,32; absol. omuncitv, Vin 146,5 (uphan -itv); Ja II 326,3 (bhararini -itv); Mil 90,2o; Sp 945,27 {Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr ~etv); omuncitv in Ee, Se at Sp 1261,21 is prob, wr for opunjitv {Be, Ce, Vin II 176,9 so); pp (a) omukka, mfn. [cf S. unmukta], 1. taken offloosened; discarded, second-hand; ? Vin I 187,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am ganariganphanam, na bhikkhave nav ganariganphan dhretabb; Sp 1084,23: ~m ti patimuncitv apanitam); It 56,20 (~* assa mrapso; It-a II 36,26: avamukko mocito apanito assa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee appanihito assa; * S IV 92,7: eds ummukk' assa); see also avamukka, ummukka2; 2. (one) who has loosened (his shoes); Vin IV 201,17 (akkantassa v patimukkassa v -assa v agilnassa dhammam deseti; Sp 895,19: ~o ti pan1 ettha panhikabaddham omuncitv thito vuccati, Be, Ee so; Se panhikabandham; Ce panhikavattam); Kkh 151,38; pp (b) omutta, mfn., taken off; omuttasabbbharana, mfn., who has taken off all ornaments; Ja VI 97,27' (so kira pannarasuposathiko ~-sabbbharano, Ce so; Ee wr sabbbharane; Se pannarasiuposathadivase uposathiko va sabbbharano; Be pannarasiuposathadivase uposathiko hutv sabbbharanni omuncitv); caus. absol. omuncpetv, Vin I 273,12; Dhp -a II 191,13. omuficana, n. [from omuncati; cf S. lex. avamocana], loosening; taking off; ifc see uphan-. omutta, mfn., pp o/omuncati qv. omutteti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVmtr], urinates upon; MI 79,33 (mam ... gomandal upasankamitv otthubhanti pi ~enti pi pamsukena okiranti pi; Ps II 49,6: ~enti passvam assa upari vissajjenti); Ja II 355,10' (tarn eva hadma pi ~ema pi); Kv 472,23 (buddhathpe ohadeyya -eyya nitthubheyya); Dhp-a II 181,10 (~enti pi hadanti pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ummihanti); Sadd 540,25 (~eti -ayati); pp omuttita, mfn. [S. avamtrita], urinated upon; Spk I 32,31 ([puttake] pariharamn tehi ohadit pi ~ pi, Be so; Ce ovaccit pi - pi; Ee tehi opatit pi - pi ohadit pi; Se ohnit pi opitihit pi). omuddhaka, mfn. [o2 + muddha' + ka2; BHS avamrdhaka, omuddhaka, omrdhaka], with the head hanging down; upside down; D i l 336,15 (imam purisam... ~am thapetha); see also omukha. oycati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + ycati], curses, imprecates; Vin III 137,19 (itthiyo... evam -anti evam duggato hotu... yath mayam duggat); 137,27 (ekaccnam itthinam ~anunam). ora, mfn. and n. [S. avara], 1. {mfn.) (what is) nearer; lower, lesser; insignificant; Sv 55,19 (appan ti parittassa nmam -an ti tass' eva vevacanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se appamattakan ti... oramattakan ti...); Nidd-a II 54,29 (oparni ti ca ~ni ti vuttam hoti, lmakni ti attho, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce aparnl ti vuttam hoti) = Patis-a 57,io

582

(Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr rnl ti); 2. (n.) (i) this side; this shore, the nearer bank; this side of existence; Abh 665; Vin I 230,14 (aiine kullam bandhanti ~ pram gantukm); Sn 15 (yassa darathaj na santi keci ~am gamanya paccayse); Th 777 (~am samuddassa atittarpo pram samuddassa pi patthayetha); Jail 363,I6* (-ambalke gaccha; 363,ir fall: ambho balke ito ehi); Cp 3:7:2 (yamh' okse aham thatv ~a pram patm' aham, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee orapram); Sp 654, is (~am ca pram ca pharitv); Pj II \3,ifoll; 24,16 (~an ti sakkyo nma vuccati); Mhv 10:49 (bhunjassu pragangam tvam mg ~am tato); Sadd 650,23 (~aso ~amh); (ii) less; a lesser amount; Sp789,2i (jtakabhnakena satthakatham jtakam uggahetabbam, tato ~am na vattati); ace. oram, adv., 1. on this side (of); before, within, in less than; Th317 (~am odanapkamh; Th-all 136,4: yvat klena ... odanam pacati tato -am eva kalam); Sn 804 (~am vassasat pi miyyati); Vv 63:10 (santike maranam tuyham ~am msehi paficahi); Pv-a 154,4 (Kannamundadahato ~am); Mhv 10:101 (~am Gmanivpiy); 2. after, later (than); Ap-a423,6 (ayam pi purimabuddhesu katdhikro tato -am tattha tattha bhave punnni upacinanto); Mhv 5:2 (tato ~am ajyisum); instr. orena, adv., on this side (of); within, in less than; to this side, over here; Vin III 228,9 (~ena ce channam vassnam; 229, w. nakachabbassni); IV 117,23 (yo pana bhikkhu ~en* addhamsam nhyeyya pcittiyan ti); JaV 72,6* (m ssu ~ena-m-gam; 74,16': amhkam santikam m agamsi); VI 190,12* (~ena dasarattassa); Ap46,8 (~ena sattadivas, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr sattame divase); 190,2(~ena Himavantassa nadik sampavattatha); orato, X.from this side; from the nearer side; Ja I 57,34 (rj ~ato v pram gacchati prato v oram gacchati); Vv-a42,i6 (~ato pram pavati gacchati ti); 2. on this side (of), on the nearer side; before; Vin I 47,5 (prato antarn ~ato bhogam katv civaram nikkhipitabbam); 197,23 (tato par paccantim janapad ~ato majjhe); Ja I 278,22 (dipakassa ~ato); Sp 645,27 (padesassa ~ato); Pj II 489,10 (antar yeva assa sambodhipattito ~ato ev ti); oraso, on this side of; later, after; Bv 27:11 (Sumedho ca Sujto ca ~aso Padumuttar, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ato); 27:13 (~aso ca Sujtassa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~ato); -pra, n. [BHSid.], the nearer and the farther shore; Sn 1 (so bhikkhu jahti ~am; Pj II 13,7foil.: oran ti sakattabhvo pran tiparattabhvo oram v cha ajjhattikyatanni...); Mhv 21:7 (garigya -arnhi); neg. anorapra, mfn., without nearer or farther shore; Mil 319,20 (mahsamuddo mahanto anorapro); -mattaka, m/(-ik)., lesser; insignificant; of small value or importance; Vin II 85,2 (~am ca adhikaranam hoti; Sp 1192,23: -an ti parittam appamattakam bhandanamattam eva); D I 3,31 (appamattakam kho pan' etam bhikkhave ~am silamattakam yena puthujjano tathgatassa vannarn vadamno vadeyya; Sv 55,2\: oramatt etass ti ~am); Vibh 247,27 (vajjni appamattakni ~ni) quoted Sadd 804,9; Nett 62,2 (nikkhepapannatti oramattikya asantutthiy); Dhp-al 203,21 (devat na oramattik bhavissati); (oram)-gamanlya, mfn., connected

with coming to this world, with returning to the lower spheres of existence; Thi 166 (samyojanni etni pajahitvna... ~ni, prob, so read; eds orambhgamaniyni; Thi-al56,u: orambhgamaniyni ti... ~ni ti pli, so ev'attho); (oram)-bhajanaka, mfn., connecting to this world; Ps II 116,4 (orambhgiynl ti ~ni kmabhave upapattipaccayni) * Nidd-a I 85,32; (oram)-bhgamaniya, mfn. [?], connected with this side of existence, with the lower spheres of existence; Thi 166 (samyojanni etni pajahitvna ... ~ni, eds so, but prob, wr [a conflation with orambhgiya/ for oramgamaniya qv; ThI-a 156,8fall: ~ni ti rprpadhtuto hetthbhge kmadhtuyam manussajivassa hitni upakrni tattha patisandhiy paccayabhvato, makro padasandhikaro, oramgamaniyni ti pli, so ev' attho); (oram)-bhgiya, mfn. [BHS avarabhgiya], connected with this side of existence, with the lower spheres of existence; binding to lower states; D I 156,19 (bhikkhu pancannam ~nam samyojannam parikkhay opaptiko hoti) * MI 34,8 (PsI 163,34: oram vuccati hetth, hetthbhgiynan ti attho, kmvacaradevaloke upapattipaccaynan ti adhippayo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kmvacaraloke); 432,17 (sakkyaditthim... bhagavat ~am samyojanam desitam dhremi); Pet 179,19 (tni -ni pane' indriyni); Nett 14,31 (dasa samyojanni pane' -ni pane' uddhambhgiyni); Mil 103,31 (ye te mahrja angmino tesam pane* -ni samyojanni pahinni); Vism 159,34; Spk III 2S\,9foll. (~nan ti hetthbhgiynam kmabhave yeva patisandhighpaknan ti attho, oran ti laddhanmehi v tihi maggehi pahtabbni ti pi -ni); It-a II 169,24 (oram vuccati kmadhtu tappariypann orambhg paccayabhvena tesam hit ti -, so read with Be, Ce, Se); see also avara. oraka, m/(~ and -ik)n. [ora + ka2], inferior; unimportant, petty; Vin I 19,4 (na hi nna so ~o dhammavinayo na s ~ pabbajj) ^ D II 30,2 fall. (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se orik; Sv457,2i: ~o ti nako lmako) quoted Thi-a 159,25 (eds orik); D II 206,1 (na hi nna so ~o yakkho bhavissati); Sn 692 (na orakyam; Pj II 489,1: ayam ~o paritto na hoti); Ja I 381,28 (na imin -ena bhavitabbam yassa sattha gunam vanneti ti); Dhp-al 312,22 (rj na ~e thne pabbajissati). orabbhika, m. [from urabbha; BHS aurabhrika], a sheepbutcher; Abh 513; Vin III 106,11 (eso ... satto ... ~o ahosi); A1251,35 (~o v urabbhaghtako v app ekaccam urabbham ... pahotihantum; Mp II 361,23: ~o ti urabbhasmiko, urabbhaghtako ti snakro); Thi 242 (- skarik macchik migabandhal^; Thi-al96,i3: ~ ti urabbhaghtak); Ja VI 111,12* (~ skarik ca macchik); Sp 509,8 (tassa ~assa elake vadhitv niccamme katv kappitajivikassa); Sadd 786,25. oramati, pr. 3 sg. [o 2 or o 3 + ramati; cfS. ramati, udVram, uparamati], 1. stops, is quiet; gives up, desists; abstains (from); Vin III 54,13 (so npetv vippatisri sveti ma avahari ti so sutth ti ~ati); Ja I 492,27 (so evam vutte pi ~itum na icchi); 498,22* (~ma na prema); Sp462,20 (evarpam ppam na karissati -issati viramissati ti); Spk I 183,16 (satthr patibhito -issati ti); Ud-a 249,4 (evam ime bhikkhu kalahato -issanti ti); 351,10

583

(yam na karoml ti-ati tarn silam); Vin-vn 1758 (imesam vacanam sutv -issan ti); Sv-pt III 40,12 (osakkeyym ti -eyyma); part.pr. neg. anoramanta, mfn., Ja III 487,25; aor. 3 sg. oramatha, MII 142,25 (addas kho s paris ... brhmanam drato va gacchantam, disvna -atha oksam aksi, so read ? Ee, Se oram attha; Be oramiya [absol]; Ce disvna atha nam oksam aksi; Ps III 396,8foil.: oram atha oksam aksi ti vegena utthya dvidh bhijjitv oksam aksi, Ee so; Be, Se oramiya oksam ...; Ce atha nam oksam ...); 3 pl oramimsu, Ja II 127,3; Ud-a 261,27 (tato -imsu); absol oramitv, Cp-a310,3 (akusalehi dhammehi ca -itv); neg. anpramitv, Dhp-aIII 9,13; 2. is pleased; Mil 361,5 (sace so me bhante patisunitv nandati -ati evham tarn pabbjemi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se na -ati); pp (a) orata, mfn. [cf S. aparata, anavarata, uparata], 1. giving up, desisting; abstaining; Sp 370,23 (~-tt, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se oramitatt); Vv-a 72,17 (pntipt virat - nivatt ti attho); As 396,12 (ppato sutthu tt); 2. pleased; Mil 210,1 (yhi tathagato upamhi ~o khamito upasanto); (b) oramita, mfn., stopped, ceased; Ap331,n (vasse ete ~e sampayanti yadicchakam);fpp oramitabba, (mf)n. impers., It-al 70,22; Th -a III 87,29; caus. pr. 3 sg. orampeti, Ja V 474,10 (tarn ca manussamams ~essati); Cp-a 232,22 (satte ppato ~eyyam). oramana, oramana, n. [from oramati], desisting, abstaining from; Ps IV 133,26 foil, (sabbam idha -bhvass' eva adhivacanam ... veramani, idam pi -ass' eva vevacanam) = As 218,34/0//.; Cp -a 108,11 (akusalato -am). orava, m. [o2 or o 3 + rava; cfS. rava, udrva], crying out; cawing; Mp V 54,17 (oravit ti -yutto oravanto carati); Sp 821,8 (kkoravasaddan ti kknam -Saddam sannipatitv viravantnam saddam); see also oravanta, oravita(r), kkoravasadda. oravanta, mfn. [part.pr. of*o2 + ravati o r o / * o 3 + ravati; cfBHS oravati], crying out, cawing; Mp V 54,n (oravit ti oravayutto ~o carati); see also orava, oravita(r). oravita(r), m. [from *o2 + ravati or *o3 + ravati; cf BUS oravati], (one) who cries out, who caws; A V 149,20 (kko ... dubbalo ca ~ ca mutthassati ca ..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oravi; Mp V 54,17: ~ ti oravayutto oravanto carati); see also orava, oravanta. orasa, mfljt). and m. [S. aurasa], 1. belonging to one's breast; one's own; one's own son, a true or legitimate son; Abh241; Vin I 230,1* (tato nam anukampanti mt puttarn va ~am); D III 81,13 (brhman va brahmuno putt ~ mukhato jt); M III 29,9 (bhagavato putto - o mukhato jto dhammajo; Ps IV 91,19: thero bhagavato ure nibbattam saddam sutv jto ti -o); Th 1279 (ngam ngassa -am); Thi46 (~ dhit buddhassa); Ja VI 142,3* (m ghtayi -amputtam); 491,4* (putto hi mama ~o); Ap 38,13 (dhammesu dydo ~o dhammanimmito); 48,2 (sabbesam samako buddho vadhakass' ~assa ca); Bv22:9 (satthibhikkhusahassnam ... -nam mahesino); Mil 275,5 (so attano ~e piye putte brhmanassa dsatthya adsi); SpkII 47,6 (ubhayam pi pan' etam annehi asdhranam buddhnam

yeva -amnnam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Seorasannam) = Mp III 10,16 {Ce, Eeso; Be, Se orasannam); 2. produced in the chest; Sadd 609,5* (nananamehi samyutto tath yaravalehi ho ssane ~o neyyo). orasaka, mf[n). [orasa + ka2], belonging to one's breast, one's own; Ja IV 47,14* (putto mama ~o samno); Ps IV 197,11 (rjakumro ti Bimbisrassa putto ~o). orasika, mfn. [from ura(s); cf S. aurasya], belonging to or in one's breast; Th 753 (passa -am blham bhetvna yadi titthati; Th-alH 29,16: yam urasambandhaniyatya -am bjham balavantam bhetvna hadayam vinivijjhitv tasmim yeva hadaye titthati). orik, see sv oxdka. orima, mfn. and n. [ora + ima2], I. (mfn.) nearest, nearer; on this side; Vin I 230,19 (bhagav ... gangya nadiy ~e tire antarahito primetire paccutthsi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee -tire); MI 225,8 (asamavekkhitv gangya nadiy -am riram); S IV 179,13 (drukkhandho na -am tirarn upagacchati na primam tirarn upagacchati); A II 50,26 (-am ca... urarn samuddassa primam ca tirarn idarn dutiyam suvidravidram); V 233,5 foil (~arn ca vo bhikkhave tirarn desissmi ... micchditthi bhikkhave -am tirarn); Ps II 265,24 (gangya ~e tire Magadharattham prime Videharattham); III 389,13 (yo pi -am arigam nissya nisinno ghamsanto yva primarig gacchati); Dhs 597 (... -am tirarn p' etam sunno gmo p'eso idam tarn rpam cakkhyatanam; As 309,1: sakkyapariypannatthena ~am tirarn p' etam); Pet 56,10; Vism690,36 (nv... cattri kiccni karoti -am tirarn pajahati sotarn chindati bhandam vahati primam tirarn appeti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee -tirarn); Patis-a 27,32* (sakkyamayamhi ~e tire); 2. (.) the nearer shore; the nearer bank; Ap 51,i6(kutitthe nviko sim ~e ca tarim aham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -am; Ap-a 303,24: sampattasampattamanusse prim tir -am tirarn aham tarim tresin ti attho); -bhage, adv., on this side of; within, in less than; Sp685,i2 (orena ce channam vassnan ti channam vassnam ~e anto ti attho); Kkh 78,8 (gimhnassa pacchimaddhamsato ~e ekasmim addhamse). oruddha, mfn., pp o/orundhati qv. orundhati, oruddhati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + rundhari; S. avaVrudh], encloses, shuts in; confines; restrains; ThI445 (kannam ~af assa putto, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se oruddhat' assa; Thi-a249,5/o//.: avarundhati attano pariggahabhvena gehe karoti); absol. (a)orundhiy, Ja IV 480,ii* (~iy nam parirakkhissmi; 480,26': idni nam kyavacidvrni pidahanto -itv); (b) orundhitv, Ja IV 480,26'; pass. pr. 3 sg. orundhiyati, Sadd 470,13 (-iyati avarundhiyati ti orodho); pp oruddha, mfn. [S. avaruddha], shut in, enclosed; checked, stopped; A III 393,21 (gono ... vaje v ~o); Ja IV 4,10*; Ap 375,16 (pindya te na gacchanti ~ nadikya hi, so read ? Be, Ce naditya hi; Ee wr nadik yadi; Se nadikyatim); 599, is (~e bhikkhavo disv setu gangya krayi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oratire); patiruddha, mfn., enclosed and confined; JaIV 4,9* (~-patiruddho 'smi; 4,13'foil: anto katv samant pkrena ruddho); caus. pr. 3 sg. orodheti, causes to be confined or checked; checks;

584

D III 38,i9 (tucchakumbhi va nam manne -eyyam ti; Sv834,3i: -eyym ti vinandheyyma); 53,20 (-etha); see also avarundhati. oruyha, absol 0/orohati qv. oruyhanta, mfn., see sv orohati. oru|ha, mfn., pp of orohati qv. oruhati, see sv orohati. oryha, absol. of orohati qv. orjha, mfn., pp of orohati qv. orodha, m. {and -a, / ?) [S. avarodha], the royal women's apartments; the harem; the queen; (pi.) the women of the harem; Abh 215 (itthgram tu ~o); Vin II 290,27 (rj Udeno uyyne paricresi saddhim -ena); Ja VI 465,19* (~ ca kumr ca vesiyn ca brhman; 465,27': - ti Udumbardevim dim katv antepurik); 473,ir (ubbarin ti -am); Ud-a64,2o (yakkhassa - . . . ekamantam atthamsu); Pj II 355,3 (rj kuttharogi ~ehi ca ntakehi ca jigucchiyamno); Mhv 53:50 (~ Vidur... pjayi); Sadd470,i2 (~o tirjubbari, s pana yathkmacram caritum appadanena orundhiyati). orodheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/orundhati qv. oropana, oropana, n., oropan, / [BHS avaropana], taking down, lowering; removal; putting (the hands) downwards; Vin III 121,18 (omasan nma hetth -); Vism 621,36 (pdassa hetth -am); Th-al 43,30 (sabbakesnam pana -am ca arahattaphalasacchikiriy apacch apure ahosi); Bv-a 103,29 (gabbhassa -an ti); ifc see kes'-, dhtu-, bhra-m-. oropeti, ~ayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. of orohati qv. orohaka, m. [from orohati], one who goes down; ifc see udak'-. orohana, orohana, mfn. and n. [S. avarohana], 1. (mfn.) coming down, descending; Ps II 228,23 (adhogam vt ti... adho - vt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se orohanavat; = Vism 350,24: orohanavat); ifc see udak'-; 2 . (n.) (i) coming down, descent; Ja II 89,5 (yv' assa -am tva tumhehi adhivsetum vattati ti); Pj II 55,16; 570,12 (devalokato Sankassanagare -an ti); (ii) the place of descent, of alighting; Ja VI 38,1* (rohane mahanidhi atho -e nidhi; 42,2*. ~e ti hatthikkhandhato -tthn nfliarpesi); Mhv 19:60 (nvy' ~e); ifc see udak'-, dev'-;-kan4a, n., a descending arrow, an arrow coming down; Jail 89,1 (kim... etam ambapindim uddharn rohanakandena ptemi udhu adho -en ti); -vta, m., a descending (bodily) wind; Vism 350,24 (adhogam vt ti... adho -) = Ps II 228,23 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee orohan vt) = Vibh-a 70,22. orohati (and oruhati), pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVruh], comes down, descends; goes down, descends (on to or into); alights (at); Vin I 15,5 (na hetthpsdam -ati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hetth psd) * D II 21,11; SI 95,n (puriso psd v hatthikkhandham -eyya hatthikkhandh v assapitthim ~eyya); II 191,5 (pabbatam cathena rohanti cathena ~anti); A V 263,22 (udakam ~eyysi ti); Thi 87 (udakam oruhmi 'ham); Jail 118,10 (hetthpabbatam pana -itum na sakk); 268,1* (~a dumasm); Nidd I 67,n (cankam -issmi); Bv 7:11 (devaloke vasitvna yad ~afi jino); Vism 397,28 (nahnatitthe v gmadvre v -ati); part.pr. (a) orohanta, mfn., Vin III 58,32 (pabbat -ant);

SI 234,18; Ap 274,3; Sp 861,3 (nimuijanatthya -antassa); neg. anorohanta, mfn., Ps III 177,16 (yath udakam anorohantassa); (b) oruyhanta, m/h., Dhp-aIV 63,18 (te vamsassa matthakato oruyhantassa, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se otarantassa); (c) orohamna, mfn., Ja II 89,8; aor. 3 sg. orohi, oruhi, Ap 398,7 (Ce, Ee oruhi; Be orhi; Se oruyha); Pj II 274,13 (Be, Se ~i; Ce, Ee oruhi); 359,16 (oruhi); Mhv 18:58 (oruhi); 3pl (a) orohurn, oruhum, Ap21,30 (Ee ~um; Se oruhurn; Be, Ce otarurn; Ap-a228,3: otarurn -ims ti sambandho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee oruhum -ims ti); (b) orohimsu, Ap-a228,3; absol (a) oruyha [S. avaruhya], Vv 39:2; Th 198; Ja II 107,19*; Ap 23l,n; Mil 10,2i (psd oruyha, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~itv); Vism 144,13 (Ce, Se oruyha; Be, Ee oruyha); Sp 1336,13 (nvto oruyha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee oruyha); Spkl 160,31 (nagaradvre oruyha); Mhv 25:9; (b)orohitv, oruhitv, Vin I 15,26 (~itv); MI 177,33 (valabhirath ~itv); Ja IV 233,19* (~itv); Vism 274,32 (~itv); PsII 416,io (cankam -itv, Be, Se so; Ce oruhitv; Ee oruhitv); Mhv 19:47 (~itv mahbodhi); (c) orohitvna, oruhitvna, Th 460 (pduk oruhitvna); Ja VI 583,11* (-itvna); Ap 121,19 (Be, Ce, Ee oruhitvna; Se ~itvna); 398,8 (Be, Se -itvna; Ce oruhitvna; Ee wr oruhhitvna); Bv2:38 (-itvna); pp orjha, orulha, mfn. [S. avardha], who has come down, descended; alighted; Vin IV 75,5 (~ena); Vism 708,12 (kandaram -o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se orujho); Sp858,2i (ninnam -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se orujh); Sv 723,35 (ito rjho ito -o, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se orulho); caus. (*)pr. 3 sg. oropeti, -ayati [cf BHS avaropayati], causes to descend; puts down; takes down, lowers (on to); removes; Vin II 134,24 (na sakkoti khurena kese -eturn); M III 183,14 (tarn enam ... nirayapl ... ahgrapabbatam ... ropenti pi -enti pi); S III 122,17 (mam ... mancak ~etha); Ja II 121,5 (s pacchim sisato ~etum na sakkoti); Ap 562,n (-ayassu); Vism 381,25 (rj saram n' eva khipitum na -etum sakkonto) * Patis-a 675,1 (na -iturn); Vism 381,27 (dhanum -ehi ti); part.pr. (a) oropenta, mfn., Vin I 286,13 (bhikkh rajanam -ent); Vism 137,2; oropent in Ee at Ps II 64,19 is prob, wr for voropent (Be, Ce, Se so); (b) ropayanta, mfn., Ap 494,26 (kese -ayanto); (c) oropayamna, mfn., Vism 381,3; aor. 3 sg. (a)oropesi, Vin III 57,8 (sise bhrarn ... khandham ~esi); (b) oropayi, Ja VI 325,3* (Se so; Be, Ce oropiya; Ee wr ~aya); 3pl. (a) oropesum, S III 122,2i; (b) oropayimsu, Sp 99,B; absol. (a) oropetv, Vin II 195,24 (hatthi ... sondam -etv); D II 333,6; Ja VI 512,27*; Vism 665,19 (drakam tatuY eva -etv); Sp 555,31 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr oropitv); Mhv 17:36; neg. anoropetv, Sp 337,9 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anropetv); (b) oropayitv, Sn44 (-ayitv gihivyafijanni); Ja VI 211,27* (-ayitv kesamassum nakham ca); (c) oropiya, Ja VI 325,3* (sa Punnako Kurunam kattusettham ~iya dhammasabhya majjhe, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ~aya; Se ~ayi); pp oropita, mfn., put down, laid down; taken down, lowered (on to); removed; Ja VI 235,2* (unnameti tulsisam bhre -itesati); Ap29,2i (-ito ca me bhro); 425,8 (-itamhi kesamhi); Sp555,3o (obhatam -itam cumbatam); PsII 116,11 (mnabhrass'

585

eva ~ita-tt pannabhro ti adhippeto); Dhp-aIII 83,2i (kyadanddinam -ita-tya); Mhv 33:85; oropitadhura, mfn., with yoke lowered; with burden laid down; Ps I 101,29; Mp II 144,26 (nikkhittadhur oropitadhur); neg. anoropitadhura, mfn., Ps III 30,5 * Mp III 222,2i (* Ud-a234,i4: anorohitadhuro); cans. (b) absol orohetvna, descending; alighting at; Dip 9:16 (-etvna Suppram); 12:65 (-etvna gagan pathaviyam patitthit); pp neg. anorohita, mfn., not lowered, not laid down; anorohitadhura, mfn., with yoke not lowered; with burden not laid down; Ud-a 234, u (* Ps III 30,5, Mp III 222,21: anoropita-). orohana, see sv orohana. orohanaka, m(fn). and n. [orohana + ka2], 1. (m[fn\.) (one) who goes down (into); Spklll 104,9 (udakorohak ti syam ptam udakarn -a); 2. (n.) descending, descent; ifc see dev' -. olakkhitv in Ee, Se at Sp 1200,27 is wr for olikhitv (Be, Ce so). olagita, see sv olaggeti. olagga, mfn. [pp of *o2 + laggati; cf S. avalagna], fastened; attached; Th356 (tvam -0 na gacchisi); anolagga, mfn., not attached, not clinging; Cp 1:1:7 (akampito ~o evam evam ads' aharn; Cp-a. 24,25 foil.: lobhavasena Isakam pi alaggo); see also olaggeti. olaggeti, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *o2 + laggati; cfS. avalagayati], fastens, ties on; attaches; Mil 178,19 (seyyath pi... puriso daliddo ... tassa akmassa bilarn -eyyum; Ps III 427,17: kotthsam laggpeyyum); Th 355 (-essmi te citta nidvre va hatthinam); Ps HI 427,21 (~eti); Nidd-al 413,2 (bhesajjanlim suparikkhittam vmapasse -enti); aor. 3 sg. olaggesi, Ja I 243,4 (tarn [macchamamsam] dya bhattakrako mahnase tattha tattha -esi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee olambesi); absol olaggetv, S I 226,17 (khaggam -etv; Spkl 346,2: khaggam amse laggetv); Ja I 9,17 (kjarn dya ekiss kjakotiy kundikam... -etv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee olambetv) = Ap-a 11,4 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce olambetv); Mp I 90,6 (Ce, Ee so; Be olambitv; Se olambetv); pp olaggita, mfn. [cf S. avalagita, lagita], fastened, attached; JaV 503,22' (te... rukkhaskhsu ~ e . . . addasa, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee olambite); Sv 89,8 (bhesajjanlikam suparikkhittam vmapasse -am, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee olagitam); see also olagga. olaggheti in Ee at Dhp-a IV 197,3 is wr for olarigheti qv sv olarighati. olanghati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + langhati; cf S. avaVlangh], jumps down; Sadd 467,3 (ullanghati -ati); caus. pr. 3 sg. olangheti, makes jump down; lowers; Vin III 121,28 (bhikkhu ca nam itthiy kyena kyam masati... ~eti ullangheti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olanghati ullanghati) * 124,34; JaV 434,i** (drakam ullangheti -eti, Ce, Ee so; Be, &? ullanghati ullanghpeti) = Dhp-a IV 197,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ullaggheti olaggheti). olanghan,/ [from olangheti], pulling down; lowering; Vin III 121,19 (~ nma hetth onaman); Sp 535,18 (-ya mtugmam kesesu gahetv nmetv). olamba, mfn. [S. avalamba], hanging down; -vilambanantakadhara, mfn., wearing rags droop-

ing and hanging down; Ja IV 380,6' (otallako ti lmako -o v, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olambanavilambana-); -vilambasuttakkinna, mfn., covered with threads drooping and hanging down; Vism 108,3 (nivsanappuranam ... -am). olambaka, mfn. and m. [cf S. avalambaka], hanging down; what hangs down; 1. (mfn.) hanging down; hanging over; SpkHI 33,is (antoskho ~o viya, seil. rukkho or drukkhandho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se antoskho rukkho viya); 2. (m.) (i) something carried hanging from the arm or hand; Vin III 49,26 (bhro nma sisabhro khandhabhro katibhro ~o; Sp336,3oyb//.: kapparato patthya pana hetth yva hatthanakhasikh ayam -paricchedo etthantare thitabhro -0 nma; 337,15: hatthena gahitatt ~o hatthe bhro ti vutto); Dhp-a IV 135,19 (mahghatam hatthena gahetv imin me ukkhipitv amsakte thapiten' attho n' atthi ti -amkatv ...); (ii) something hanging on a string; a plumb-line; Ja I 174,4 (pubbe tvam ~am crento viya ujukam eva phalni ptesi, Be, Ee so; Ce otrento; Se clento); VI 392,13 (suvapotako ... skhyam -am otrento viya... chakanapindam ptetv); SpkII 330,16 (0-sankhtam palarn cretv drnam gandam harari ti palagando ti vuccati, Be so; Ce, Ee tiretv; Se dhretv) * Mp IV 63,10; Ps III 389,17 (sanassa majjhe -am crento viya tlapicum thapento viya sanikam nisidati); (iii) a hanging; apart or piece hanging down; Sp 619,27 (ngadantakantarehi paveserv haranto -am katv puna ngadantakam parikkhipati etam pi primam nma); 1212,5 (hatthisondikam nma nbhimlato hatthisondasanthnam -am katv nivattham); SpkII 187,13 (rathacakkappamnehi suvannapadumehi alankari, tesarn dvdasahatth ~ honti) = Mp I 170,24; ifc see ghatikadma-;(iv) support, something to hold on to; ifc see hatth'-; see also olambanaka; -dama, n., a hanging garland, a hanging flowerchain; Vv-a 32,28 (-ni olambetv); -paduma, n., a hanging lotus; a lotus suspended (in the air); Ja I 76,12; PsIII 321,18 (so ca marigalapsdo ^arn dasserva kato, Ce, Ee so; Be olokanaka-; Se olokanakam padumam); Ud-a 150,12 (kse -ni nma nibbattimsu); Thp 240,27; see also olambika. olambati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avalambate; cf also S. labhate, lambhate ?], hangs down; hangs over; slips down; hangs from, hangs on to, clings to; catches hold of, leans on; Mill \64,25foil, (yni 'ssa pubbe ppakni kammni... tni 'ssa tamhi samaye -anti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti, seyyath pi... pabbataktnam chy syanhasamayam pathaviy -anti...; Ps IV 211,3: -anti ti upatthahanti); Ja I 194,12 (gmadrak singesu pi... gahetv -anti); II 159,26 (amhkam hadayni ekasmim udumbare -antiti); V 164,8 (sisam assa-ati ti); VI 554,30* (nice c'-ate suriyo) quoted Sadd406,3o; Ap 125,8 (-issanti); Spkl 123,25(tumhkamnivsanakanno -afi ti); 11290,14 (avamsir -anti); Pv-a 142,23 (yva bhmi tva -anti); Pp-a 188,4 (ghanaselam tivattya rajjuy bandhitv -eyya); part.pr. (a) olambanta, w/(-anti)., Ja 1405,13 (skham gahetv -anto, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ento); IV 336,12 (nam luddaputto latthi-agge -antam disv);

586

V298,27 (khujj... vinjanarajjumhi ~anu" atthsi); Vism258,i; SpkII 310,2o(~antenahadayena); Cp-a 141,9 (singesu ganhitv -anto); (b) olambamna, mfii.9 Ja IV 338.24 (psalatthiyam adhosiro -amno va, Be, Ce so; Se -anto; Ee olambno, prob, wr); Pv-a77,6 (kse yeva -amn); olambamnaclraka, mfn., with strips of bark hanging down; Spk III 58,23 (phalitaklasmim hi kimsuko olambamnacirako viya... hoti); aor. 3 sg. olambi, Ja I 32,32 (kinkinikajlam ~at ti olokesi, saha olokanen' eva jlam ~i); Dhp-al 131, H; 3 pi olambimsu, Ja VI 166, \y; Thp 218, n; absol olambitv, Ja III 415,26; Ps II 73,15 (dandam olubbh ti dandam ~itv, Ee so; Ce, Se olumbitv; Be olumbhitv); Ud-a 198,16 (ubhohi hatthehi jannukni ~itv, Ee so; Be, Se olumbitv; Ce olambetv); Pv-a 189,16 (avalamb ti ~itv apassenam apassya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avalambitv); Cp-a 177,12 (sisam ~itv bhmim paharati); pp olambita, mfn. [S. avalambita], 1. hanging down from; JaV 503,22' (te... rukkhaskhsu ~e... addasa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se olaggite); Vism 673,16 (rukkhaskhya bandhitv ~am rajjum); 2. hung (with); Ap-a 108,23 (chatt kaiicanvelapantik suvannajlehi ~ titthantu); cans. (&)pr.3sg. olambeti, makes hang down, lets hang down; suspends; Vin IV 170,20 (appamnikni nisidanni dhrenti mancassa pi pithassa pi purato pi pacchato pi -enti); Ja III 35,5' (skhya -essanti); part.pr. olambenta, mfn., Vin IV 185,4 (chabbaggiy bhikkh purato pi pacchato pi ~ent nivsenti); 188,27 (sisam ~ent); aor. 3sg. olambesi, JaV 473,20 (rajjuy nigrodharukkhe ~esi); absol olambetv, Ja II 445.25 (kucchim -etv suhitkram dassento, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se olambitv, prob, wr); 111218,8 (ekam dighadandakam dabbipaharanam gahetv ~etv atthsi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se olumbitv); V47,8 (cammayottam ~etv tarn dya otaritv); Sp 1212,8 (ekato dasantam ekato psantam ~etv nivattham, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr olambitv); Dhp-aHI 200,8 (kse ~etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se olambpetv); As 30,5 (cakkaratanam ... pallasakate ~etv); caus. (b)pr. 3 sg. olambpeti, causes to be hung down, to be suspended; Ja III 13,26 (tumhe evarpam dhammikarjnam ... hetthsisakam ~eth ti, pr. or aor.?); aor. 3 sg. olambpesi, Ja III 13,19 (Brnasirjnam ganhpetv sikkya pakkhippetv uttarummre hetthsisakam ~esi); see also avalambati. olambana, mfi~i)n. and n. [S. avalambana], hanging down; overhanging; hanging on to; Ps II 356,15 (sopnasise thatv '-attham hattham pasresi); IV 211,4 (' -di -krena hi tni upatthahanti); Mp III 154,3 (catuhi hatthapdehi skhya baddhassa ~am viya); Cp-a 141,25 (tena singesu 0,-din); -lat,/, a dangling creeper; Ja VI 555,22'(tinni ~yo ca, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be olambakalatyo); -skha, mfn., and~&,f, l.(mfn.) with overhanging branches; with branches hanging down; Ja VI 551,7'; 2 . (f.).an overhanging branch, a branch hanging down; Ja III 28,16 (rukkhato otaranto ekam ~am gahetv, Be, Se so; Ce olambani-; Ee olambani-; quoted Sp-t[2te]III 108,n: Be, Se olambiniskham); see also avalambana.

olambanaka, m. or n. [olambana + ka2], something hanging down to be clung to; Vin II 142,2 (annataro bhikkhu jardubbalo vaccam katv vutthahanto paripati... anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se olambakan ti). olambi(n), mfn. [S. avalambin], hanging, hanging down; overhanging; Ja VI 455,26 (ngadantesu ~ino antepuraplake, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se olaggite); Spk III 33,is (-inihi skhhi udakam phusamno). olambika, mfn. [olambi(n) + ka2], hanging, hanging down; Pv-a265,28 (uddhampdo ~o); see also olambaka, olambita (sv olambati). olra, mfn. [BHS audra], great; excellent; 0, -ulara, mfn., very great; most excellent; Mp II 293,22 (akasiralbhi ti vipulalbhi mahattalbhi -an' eva labhati manne ti, Ce, Ee, Se so, but perhaps wr; Be ulrujrn' eva); olram in Ee at Pv-a 110,2 is prob, wr for ulram {Be, Ce, Se so). olrat in Ee and olrat in Se at Sp 1268,23 are prob, wrr; Be, Ce ulro. olrika, mfn. [BHS audrika], gross; solid, material, substantial; coarse; unsubtle; obvious; Vin I 199,20 (yam bhesajjam ... na ca ~o hro pannyeyy ti); D I 45,32 (udakadahe ~ pn); 186,1 (~am... attnam paccemi rpim ctummahbhtikam); II 210,5 (brahm ... ~am attabhvam abhinimminitv ptubhavati); 111228,3 (kabalinkro hro ~o v sukhumo v); MI 120,29foil. (puriso --am ~am iriypatham abhinivajjetv sukhumam sukhumam iriypatham kappeyya); S II 275,23 (~ena ... ajja vihrena vihsim; SpkII 234,20: ~en ti idam olrikrammanatam sandhya vuttam); Ud 62,23 (-e nimitte kayiramne ~e obhse kayiramne); Ja IV 429,17 (sukhumni kiccni passitum na sakkoti ~n' eva passati); V 230,7 (~am apardham apassant nam katham ganhpessm ti); Niddl 386,25 (kyaduccaritam vaciduccaritam manoduccaritam ime vuccanti - kiles); Patisl 185,21 (kamse kotite pathamam - sadd pavattanti); Vibh l,io (ruparn ... ~am v sukhumam v); Pet 143,i2///.; 154,13 (~amhi kilese); Mil49,i5 (yam tattha mahraj a ~am etam r^am ye tattha sukhum cittacetasik dhamm etam nman ti); Vism 164,22 (evam vuttassa sukhassa -tt); 274,25 (kyo ca cittam ca sadarathhonti~); 274,33 (purisassa dhvitv ... thitassa ~ asssapasss honti); Sp 151,21 (-tt); Ps I 208,5 (vatthuno -t sukhumat ca); Patis-a247,5 (dvdasavidham rupam ghattanavasena gahetabbato ~am); ati-olrika, mfn., very substantial; too gross; Sp 619,1 (~am eva, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ati-ujrikam). olikhati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 (or o3) + likhati; cf S. avaVlikh, ullikhati], scrapes; combs, brushes; (according to et) shaves; A III 295,24 (kusal 'ham... kappsam kantitum venim -itum; Mp III 349,13: ejakalomni kappetv vijatetv venim ktum); Th 169 (kese me ~issan ti kappako upasankami; Th-all 45,27: massukammasamaye mama kese ~issam kappemi ti); aor. 1 sg. olikhim, Thi88 (addham sisassa ~im; Thi-a86,26foil.: mayham sisassa addham eva mundemi. keci... kesakalpassa addham jatbandhavasena bandhitv addham vissajjesin ti attham vadanti); absol. olikhitv, Sp 1200,27

587

(kocchena osanhenu" ti kocchena -itv sannisidpenti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr olakkhitv); see also avalikhati, ullikhati. oligalla, oligalla, m.n. [cfBHS gthodigalla], a cess-pool; a sewer; Abh 684 (oligallo); MI 448,29 (candanikam pi pavisanti ~e pipapatanti); A I 161,24(ye pitecandanikya v ~e v pn; Mp II 258,9: ~e ti niddhamanakalale); Ja V 18,20* (candaniyoligallan ti candanikam ca -am ca); Mil 220,23 (candanikam pi -am pi omaddati); Vism 343,22 (~ni c' eva candanikatthnni ca). oliyati, see sv oliyati. olina, mfn., pp o/oliyati qv. oliyati {and oliyati), pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avaVli; BHS avaliyate], hangs down; sinks down, cowers; hangs back; falls behind; Mill 261,i7(-asi kho tvam gahapati samsidasi kho tvam gahapati ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oleyysi); Ud 72,2 (ete te ubho ante anabhinnya -anti eke atidhvanti eke); It 43, \4f0ll. (devamanuss -anti eke atidhvanti eke ... cittam na pakkhandati na pasidati... evam kho ... -anti eke, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se oliyanti); Vism 594,16 (sassato satto ti ganhanto -ati nma ucchijjati ti ganhanto atidhvati nma); Ps II 122,33 (kammam -ati); Spklll 274,2i (samappavattesu assesu srathino ayam -ati ti tudanam v ayam atidhvati ti kaddhanam v n'atthi); As 121,4 (sahgme pavatte khuddik sen -eyya); 377,26 (rukkhe vagguli viya khile laggitaphnitavrako viya -ati); part.pr. (a)oliyanta, mfn., Dhp-a IV 84,13 (-ant, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokayant); neg. anoliyanta, mfn., Ja VI 325, ir (akampanto anoliyanto yeva); (b) oliyamna, mfn., see oliyamnaka; neg. anoliyamna, mfn., JaV 495,21' (avikampamno ti anoliyamno, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anolinamnaso); aor. 3 sg. oliyi, Ja VI 71,17 (lajjito ~i, Be, Ce so; Ee oliyyi; Se ohiyi); absol. oliyitv, Th-a II115,16; pp olina, mfn. [cf S., BHS avalina], hanging down; cowering; hanging back; sluggish; Ja VI 512,29' (na c' assamano -o, Be, Ce so; Se olino; ena c' assu -o); vilina, mfn., hanging or dripping down and round about; Vin III 250,38 (parissvanni pi thavikyo pretv vtapnesu laggeti tani vilinni titthanti; Sp 710,3: hetth ca ubhatopassesu ca galitni); vuttika, mfn., liable to hang back; habitually sluggish; MI 200,14 (na vyamati vuttiko ca hoti sthaliko; Ps II 234,22: linajjhsayo hoti, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee hinajjhsayo); Spk III 39,14; neg. anolinavuttika, mfn., MI 200,32; Niddl 376,16; Vism 98,?; vuttit,/, abstr., the habit of sluggishness; hanging back; Vibh 350,25 (anatthitakiriyat vuttit nikkhittachandat ... pamdo); neg. anolinavuttit,/, Dhs 1367; vega, mfn., with speed restricted; Ja III 322,28 (garubhratya vegam sfliam); anolina, mfn., not hanging back; not shrinking; Cp 1:1:9 (akampito anolino dadeyyam dnam uttamam); Mil 394,7*; anolinamnasa, mfn., with unhesitant mind; Ja VI 569,32 (asajjitv abajjhitv anolinamnaso, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anolinamanaso); anolinavutti(n), mfn., not liable to hang back, not sluggish; Cp-a 319,20; see also avaliyati. oliyana {and oliyana), n., - , / [from oliyati], hanging

back; sluggishness; Dhs 1156 (y cittassa akalyat akammannat ~* salliyan... idam vuccati thinam) * Niddl 423,B; As 377,24; Patis-a456,26 (-am atidhvanan ti). oliyamnaka, oliyamnaka, mfn. [oliyamna {part.pr. of oliyati) + ka2], falling behind, failing; ? Sv 525,17 (eko -o gantho hoti pannavantam bhikkhum sanganhitv tena tarn gantham ukkhippent, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ohlyamnako) = Mp IV 18,18 {eds -0; Mp-t[Be]III 164,1: -otiplito atthato ca vinassamnako). olujjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVruj], breaks away; falls to pieces; Sil 218,22 (~ati kho te vuso nanda paris palujjanti kho te vuso navappy; Spk II 178,22: -ati ti visesena palujjati bhijjati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ullujjati ti, prob, wr); pp olugga, mfn. [S. avarugna], fallen down, collapsed; vilugga, mfn., collapsing and falling down, dilapidated; MI 80,17 (seyyatha pi nma jaraslya gopnasiyo vilugg bhavanti evam eva ssu me phsuliyo; Ps II 50,io: t vamsato muccitv mandale patitthahanti mandalato muccitv bhmiyam titthanti, evam ek upari hoti ek hetth ti vilugg bhavanti); 450,35^0//. (ekam agrakam viluggam ... ek khatopik vilugg; Ps III 168,6: vilugg ti onatunnat); Vism 107,31 (sensanam ... viluggam). olubbhati, pr. 3 sg. [o 2 + lubbhati'; see T. Burrow, 1956, p. 195; or o2 + labhati, cf S. labhate, lambhate; but possibly manufactured from olubbha qv below], supports oneself on; catches hold of, hangs on to; Vism 340,34* (yath v girim rlho attano yeva jannukam -ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olumbhati) = As 211,29*; Sadd 487,18 (-itum); absol. (a) olubbha [cf S. labhya; cts connect with olambati^v], MI 109,2 (dandam -a pakkmi; Ps II 73,15: dandam olambitv, Ee so; Beolumbhitv; Ce, Se olumbitv); SI 118,3 (dandam -a pakkmi); Vv 63:1 (dhanum -a titthasi); Thi 17 (dandam -a dubbal; Thi-a 22,23: yatthi-upatthambhena); Ja I 241,9* (ajiy pdam -a, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be lamba; 241,13': ajya pdam gahetv); 265,14 (ubho hatthe ukkhipitv vtamukhavattiyam - a . . . nikkhamitv); VI 40,2i (hattholambakam adsi, so tarn hatthe -a, Ce, Ee so; Be olambitv; Se so tass hattholambakam gahetv); Vism 340,34* (etam jhnam -a vattati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olumbha) = As 211,29*; Vism 515,2 (ekassa pitthiyam thatv ekassa amsaktam -a); Sadd 487,15 (lubha giddhiyam: lubbhati, attano yeva jannukam -a titthati); olubbhrammana, n., an object as support; Spk II 100,2i (yath... makkato skham alabhitv oruyha bhmiyam nisinno ti na vattabbo ... evam eva ... cittam pi ekam olubbhrammanam alabhitv uppannan ti na vattabbam); Vibh-a403,6 (paccayrammanam olubbhrammanan ti hi duvidham rammanam); absol. (b) olubbhitv, (c) olubbhitvna, (d) olubbhiya, (e) olubbhiyna, Sadd 487,17; see also lubbha. olumpika, mifn). [from ulumpa; cf S. audupika], (one) who crosses on a raft; Sadd 786,19 (nvya tarati nviko evam -o). olumpetv, ind. [absol of *o2 + lumpati; S. avaVlup], cuts off; removes; Vin 1278,5 (nakhena bhesajjam -etv; cf Sp 1117,30 foil: nakhena bhesajjam odahitv

588

pakkhipitva ti attho). olumbha in Ee at SHI 129,30 is prob, wr for olubbha (Be, Ce so; Se 0 lambha). olokadhm in Ee at Jal 384,2 is prob, wr; Ce olokayamn; Be, Se oloketv. olokana, n. and mfn. [S. avalokana], 1. (n.) looking at, examining; looking down; seeing; Jail 169,2 (brhmaniy dvre thatv maggam -am); III 517,n (sah' -en' eva patibaddhacitto hutv); VI 404,4 (olokento atthsi, -en' eva dighagivatam patto viya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokiten' eva); Vism 665,24 (ito c' ito ca ~am); Sp 1201,14 (yusankhram '-attham pi vattati); Spklll 142.7 (ariynam dassanam -am cakkhudassanam nma); 143,17 (vimamsanam -am gavesanam pajjati); Dhp-al 89,23 (etesam ~e sro nma n'atthi); Cp-a 134,13 (samrgavasena annamannam ~am pi nhosi); Saddh 479 (udake mukhass' -am viya); Sadd 520,10 (~an ti hetth pekkhanam); ifcseemukh'-; 2 . (mfn.) looking at; looking down; Ps II 239,11 (mettacittam paccupatthapetv -cakkhni piyacakkhni nma); SpkII 168,25 (-puriso viya bhikkhu); anolokana, n., not looking at; Ja I 469,26 (Mradhitnam ~am nma na acchariyam); III 532,13 (tumhkam rpam olokanakalo pi atthiklopi). olokanaka, mfn. and n. [olokana + ka2], \.(mfn.) one who looks (at), who observes; Jail 123,19' (imasmim loke silavantnam ~ ppnam ca nisedhanak na santi nna dev ti); 2. (n.) [BHS id.] a window; VinH 267,6 (~ena olokenti; Sp 1293,22 foil.: vtapnam vivaritv vithim olokenti); Vin-vn2960 (~ato); -paduma, n., a lotus-shaped window;? Ps III 321, is (so ca mangalapsdo ~am dassetv kato, Be so; Se olokanakam padumam; Ce, Ee olambakapadumam). olokamaya, mfn. [oloka (= ulloka)+ maya ?], in the form of an awning; forming a canopy; ? Ap2,i (~ padum vlviharigasobhit nakkhattatrakkinn candasuriyehi mandit; c/Ap-a 105,9: tasmim yeva psde ~ uddhamukh padum supupphit padum sobhanti); see also ullokapaduma. olokcta(r), m. [S. avalokayitr], one who looks (at); Ps II 332.8 (abhijjht hoti ti abhijjhya ~ hoti). oloketi, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avalokayati; cf BHS avalokayati], 1. looks at; watches; observes, examines; regards; looks to; looks down; looks to for permission or instruction; mukham ~eti, watches the face (of someone to detect their feelings or intentions); defers (to), shows partiality; Vinll 107,14 (bhikkh dse pi udakapatte pi mukhanimittam ~enti); DII 96,29 (~etha bhikkhave Licchaviparisam); M I 30,30 (tarn enam ... appuritv ~eyya); Ja V 42,26* (~aya pabbatapdamlam; 43,12': ~ay ti -eyysi); VI 39,23 (sace punnav bhavissati na -essati); 78,23' (pass ti -ayassu mam); Vism 392,11 (tattha n'eva manuss uddham ullokentina dev adho -enti); Sp306,5 (~ehi ti); 1223,28 (paluijantam pi na ~enti); Ps II 378,11 (satth mam yeva -eti ti mafinamn); Sadd 518,24 (~eti -ayati); 2. looks out for, watches for; waits for; Jal 170,24 (tumhkam gamanam ~em ti); part.pr. (a) olokenta, m/(~enti)., VinI 221,6 (~ento); Jal 108,6 (kse trak -ento);

Pv38:9; Sp925,20 (~enti); Dhp-all 9 6 , B (sarighassa gamanam -ento nisidimsu); Mhv 32:73; neg. anolokenta, mfn., Ja VI 13,6; Vism96,1; Dhp-al 96,24; 111352,9; (b) olokaya(t), mfn., Vism 170,15; Spkl 200,7; (c) olokayanta, w/(~ayantl) n., Ja III 484,23* (~ayanto); Spkll 190,23 (tesam gamanam ~ayanti nisinn); (d) olokayamn, mfn., Jal 384,1 (dsiy pamdam -ayamn nisidi); Sp 1007,n; Ps II 168,19 (gamayamno ti ~ayamno); Vism 399,9 (-ayamno); Sv 619,ii (puratthimadisam -ayamnnam tesam manussnam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se lokayamnnam); neg. anolokayamna, mfn., Ap-a513,i5 (ito c'ito ca anolokayamnam ... pindya carantam adakkhin ti); aor. 3 sg. (a)olokesi, Vin IV 18,27 (tarn itthim n'eva ~esi na pi lapi); Ja VI 511,23; Ps II 398,14 (kin nu kho ti sesnam mukham -esi); Dhp-al 414,4 (thero satthram ~esi); As 232,19 (candam passitum uddham ~esi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ullokesi); (b) olokayi, JaV 47,26* (48,19: hetth ~esi); Ap 21,24; (c)oloki, Mhv 25:41 (nivattitvna ~i yodham; v/-ayi); 3 pi. (a) olokesum, Ja IV 105,16 (annamannam na -esum); (b) olokayimsu, Ja III 87,5 (ussavam ~ayimsu); 94,10 (na annamannam kilesavasena ~ayimsu); cond. I sg. olokessam, Jal 470,15 (sacham... dibbarpam -essam jivitakkhayam patto abhavissam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -issam); absol. (a)oloketv, VinI 114,H (parisam -etv); MI 393,18 (suriyam ~etv); Jal 108,10 (nakkhattam ~etv); 1190,22 (kanitthabhtaram ~etv, Ce, Ee so; Be apaloketv; Se avaloketv); Mil 4,10; Vism 114,4; Ps II 399,1 (amaccassa mukham ~etv); Dhp-al 97,4 (aggasvakatthnam dentena mukham ~etv dinnam); IV 202,15 (~etv ehi ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se apaloketv; Ce apalokehi ti); neg. anoloketv, Jail 208,9; III 532,14 (subhavasena anoloketv asubhavasen' eva ~eyytha); Ps I 261,20 (anoloketv, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se anloketv); Dhp-aIV 62,7; (b) oloketvna, Pv 21:65; Cp 2:7:4; (c)olokayitv, Sadd 518,27; (d) olokayitvna, Thi 115; pass, pr. 3 sg. olokiyate, Ap-a563,25 (atha v antam pariyosnam likkhate -iyate eten ti antalikkham [?]); part.pr. olokiyamna, mfn., Ja II 311,22; Ps III 249,20 (~iyamno jhmakhnuko viya khyati); Dhp-a III 352, is (-iyamno); Sadd 700,24 (plinaye atthakathnaye ca ~iyamne); pp olokita, mfn. and n. [S. avalokita], \.(mfn.) looked at, examined; Jail 352,21 (imin hi kuddhena ~ mayam); VI149,19' (sabbalokena ~e dissamne); Spkl 165,15 (te ranfi matt va); Mp III 170,7 (cittena ~); 2. (n.) looking at; a look; Ja III 285,2 foil, (nanu ekaknam ~ato sabbesam majjhe -am varan ti); IV 24,27 (kujjhitv mattam pi na aksi); V 441,i (~-tt); Mpl 134, u (kim me idni mahjanena ~en ti); fpp oloketabba, mfn. and n. impers., Vin II 107,16(na... mukhanimittam~am); A IV 167,9 (uddham ulloketabbam hoti ... adho ~am hoti); Ja 1437,12 (ito pana te patthya ann itthi kilesavasena na ~ ti); Mil 194, is (vnijassa mahrja pubbe va vikkayabhandam -am hoti); Vism 124,s; Dhp-a IV 202,14 (atthi pana te~ iitak ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se apaloketabb); caus. pr. 3 sg. olokpeti, -ayati, makes (someone) look; lets (someone) see; Ja I 433,14 (nam ... -essmi ti);

589

511,27 (sayarn pana oloketv Maddim pi -etum gtham ha); Sp 770,35 (avannya -enti); Th-all 76,3 (~eyya); Thp 236,27 (sace mam ayy dhtugabbham na -enti...); part.pr. olokpenta, mfn., Ja VI 332,5; Mp I 423,23; aor. 3sg. olokpesi, Jail 93,7; Dhp-alV 62,4; 3 pi. olokpesum, Ja III 338,15; absol (a) olokpetv, (b) olokpayitv, Sadd 518,28; see also apaloketi, avaloketi, ulloketi. olopiya, mfn. [fpp o/*o 2 + lumpati, S. avalopya? or for *oropiya, caus. fpp of orohati ?], to be plucked (and strewn); to be scattered', ? Ja VI 580,17* (lj - pupph mlagandhavilepan, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokiy; 580,3r: ~ ti ljehi saddhim ljapancamakni pupphni okirantnam okiranapupphni patipdeyysi ti npeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se olokiy ti). ovajam in Ee at SI 212,30* is wr for ojavam {Be, Ce, Se so). ovajjamna, mfn., pass, part.pr. 0/ovadati qv. ova{a, mfn., pp o/ovarati qv. ovatta, mfn., pp o/ovassate qv. ovattakan ti in Ee, Se at Sp 1200,20 is wr for ovattikan ti (Be, Ce so). ovatti in Ce, Ee at Ps III 238,12 (ovattiy) is wr for otthavatti qv sv ottha2. ovattika, ovattiy,., and ovattika,/ [from *o2 + vattati, vattati; cfBHS ovattika], what is rolled up or round; a fold, a tuck; a hem; a seam; a girdle, a waist-cloth, a fold of material at the waist (in which objects were carried); perhaps also a bracelet; Vin I 254,30 (na -karanamattena atthatam hoti kathinam na kandusakaranamattena ... na dalhlkammakaranamattena ..., Ee, Se so; Be ovattiya-; Ce ovatti-; Sp 1110,24: moghasuttaknusrena dighasibbitamattena); 290,16 (anujnmi bhikkhave aggalam tunnam -am kandusakam dalhikammanti; Sp 1128,26: vijjhitv karanam-am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vattetv); II 106,31 (katisuttakam dhrenti -am dhrenti kyuram dhrenti; Sp 1200,2o: -an ti valayarn, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ovattakan ti); 106,35 (na ~am dhretabbam); MII 47,12 foil. (mnavam -ya parmasitv ... mnavo -am vinivethetv); Ja II 197,5 (Devadatto tassa das chindpetv -am sibbpetv rajpetv); III 282,8 (tarn scim... -ya katv); Sp 1212,12 (satavalikam nma dighastakam anekakkhattum obhanjitv -am karontena nivattham); Sv218,n (dvihipi ahgulihi gahetum-yam pi ktun ti); Mp I 90,10 (~am vijjhitv kappam na karoti); Dhp-all 37,13 (ekam sahassatthavikam -ya katv); (a)-sara, m.n., a treasure (hidden) in the fold of one's garment; Ps II 292,3i (attan ~am katv nitapanham pucchanto); III 108,23 (imassa panhassa pucchya v vissajjane v na sakk doso datum, ~o ayam); Nidd-a 1301,32 (ime pandit glham rahassam panham ~am katv gat ti). ovattha, mfn., pp o/ovassati qv. ova44 na > ovaddha, mfn. [= ubbaddha qv, or pp of *o2 + vaddhati], grown; -pindika, mfn., with swellings on the calves, with fat calves; Ja VI 548,26* (balankapdo addhanakho atho ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce ovaddha-; Se obaddha-; 549, \r: hettha galitapindikamamso, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr galitapindikatamam).

ovadaka in Ee at Sp 789,32 is wrfor ovdaka {Be, Ce, Se so). ovadati {and ovadeti), pr. 3 sg. [BHS avavadati, ovadati; cfS. vadati, udvadati], instructs; admonishes; counsels; Vin 119,15 (ime cattro bhagav ~atu anussat ti); IV 51,3 (yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ~eyya pcittiyan ti); MI 331,9 (ma param ~hi ti); III 79,4 (ther bhikkh nave bhikkh -anti anussanti); 276,20 (t bhikkhuniyo ten' ev' ovdena -eyysi ti); SII 203,32 (~a Kassapa bhikkh); IV 303,28 (tena hi ayyaputta amhe pi ^ehiti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~hl ti); A III 37,13 (~atu tasarn bhante bhagav anussat tsam bhante bhagav; Mp III 246,8: et ~atu ti attho, upayogatthasmim hi etam smivacanam); Dhp 77 (~eyynusseyya); Sn 1058 (~eyya); Ja I 250,28 (evam no vnarajetthako ~t ti); 392,9 (evam mam ~ti); IV 135,11 (anussanti idam kuru idamm kari ti -antiti attho); Bv 2:192 (janakyam ~ati mahmuni, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be~\ so; Bv-a 123,36: ~afi ti ~i) = Thp 154,10* {Ee ~eti) quoted Sadd 386,4 (~eti); Pet 79,12 (~ati); Sp 7,4 (kumrakavdena ~ati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se vadati) * Sv 4,28 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~eti); Sv 1047,6foil. (~atha bhante anussatha, tumhesu anovadantesu ko anno -issati ti); Sadd 385,30 (~ati -eti);part.pr. (a) ovada(t), mfn., SI 198,31* (akle ~am bhikkhu); Ap 500,6 (~atam agge thne thapesi mam); Vism 301,5 (~ato); Sp803,J2 (-ato); (b)ovadanta,m/(-anti)n., Vin IV 51,8; SHI 134,30 (bhagavato ... bhikkhum -antassa); Ja I 152,16 (mt... -anti); Vism 322,34; neg. anovadanta, mfn., Sv 1047,6 (tumhesu anovadantesu); (c) ovadamna, mfn., Ja I 304,9; Mil 237,11 foil. (~amn ca dve tathagata sukham -eyyum); Sp 83,2; aor. 3 sg. ovadi, Vin I 19,34 (bhagav te bhikkh dhammiy kathya ~i anussi); Th 626 (yathmam -1 jino); Cp-a 103,12; 3 pi. ovadimsu, VinV 16,25; Ja III l,n; Ps III 68,4; Dhp-all 110,11; absol. (a)ovaditv, Vin I 183,5 (imin ovdena -itv); Ja IV 172,6; Bv 19:24; Mhv 38:101; (b) ovaditvna, Thil25; pass. (a)pr. 3 sg. ovadiyati, Sadd 386,7 (~Iyati);part.pr. ovadiyamna, mfn., Vin III 8,29; MI 335,20 (evam -iyamn evam anussiyamn); Jal 241, ir; Ud-a384,2o(gthhi ~iyamn,ite, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ovdiyamn); neg. anovadiyamna, mfn., VinI 44,6 (bhikkh anupajjhyak anovadiyamna ananussiyamn); Mp IV 12,is; pass, (b) part.pr. ovajjamna,mfn., Jal 241,8* (ovajjamno na karoti ssanam) quoted Sadd 386,8; Ja III 260,13* (ovajjamno kuppati; 260,23': ovajjamno ti -iyamno); pp ovadita, mfn. [BHS avavadita], admonished, instructed; VinV 38,31 (asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadanto dve pattiyo pajjati... ~e patti pcittiyassa); MI 421,12 (bhagavat sammukh ovdena ~o); Sil 195,17 (~ehi ca pana vo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ovditehi); A 1280,9; Ja III 367,9 (kirn me parena ~ena attnam eva ovadissmi ti); Pet 79,s; fpp (a) ovadiya, mfn., Vin I 59,26 (katham hi nma tvam moghapurisa annehi ~o anussiyo annam ovaditum anussitum mannissasi); Vv 84:36 (anucchavim -am ca me tarn; Vv-a 345,14: mayham tumhehi -am ovdavasena vattabbam); (b) ovaditabba, mfn. and n., Vin II 86,27; DU 154,22 (so bhikkhhi n' eva vattabbo na ~o na anussitabbo);

590

MI 460, is (ime ... amhe ~am anussitabbam mannanti ti); Ja III 333,5; Vism300,i9 (evam att ~o); caus. pp ovdita, mfn., spoken; D III 14,4 (bhagavat c' assa bhante es vc ekamsena ~a, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se odhrit; Sv 825,3: ~ ti bhsita, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se odhrit ti); ovdita in Ee at S II 195, n and V 346,12 is wrfor ovadita {Be, Ce, Se so). ovadana, n. [from ovadati], admonishing, instructing; Ap 499,16 (bhikkhuninam ~ svakam setthasammatam); Kkh98,8; -mlaka, mfn., originating in instructing; Sp 803,24 (annena dhammena ~am dukkatam); anovadana, n., not instructing; PsII 415,25 (paresam anakkhnarn ~am dhammakathya akathanam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anovdanam). 0 vadeyy 0 in Ee at Sp 686,4 is wr for ovadiyo (Be, Ce, Vin I 59,26 so; Se ovadaniyo). ovaddheyya, n. [?], a patch, patching; Vin I 254,34 (na -karanamattena atthatam hoti kathinam, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se ovatteyyakarana-; Sp l l l l , i : gantukapattropanamattena, kathinacivarato v pattam gahetv annasmim akathinacivare pattropanamattena, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se afinasmim kathinacivare). ovamitv, ind. [absol of *o3 + vamati; cf S. udvamati], spewing out; Ud 78,27 (udapno ... sabbarn tarn tinam ca bhusam ca mukhato ~itv). ovara, mfn. [extracted from parovara qv], lower, lesser, inferior, nearer; Mp II 207,6 foil, (parovarni ti parani ca ~ni ca para-attabhavasaka-attabhvdini parani ca ~ni ca ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se paroparni ti... oparni); see also opara. ovaraka, m.n. [BHS avavaraka; S. apavaraka; see H.W.Bailey, J954, p. 28], an inner apartment; Abh 214 (gabbho -0); 943; Vin II215,13/0//. (tasmim ~e itthi nagg uttn nipann hoti... so bhikkhu tarn itthim ... disvna na-y-idam dvrarn ~am idan ti tamh ~ nikkhami, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se tamh ~amh); MI 253,19 (ottapamn hiriyamn sakam sakam -am pavisimsu); Nidd I 229,25 (kulnam ~ni glhni ca paticchannni ca; Nidd-al 337,33: ~nl ti gabbhe patitthitasayanagharni); Vism90,5 (vso ti eko pi ~o vuccati); Spklll 51,7 (dvdasahattho ~o); Vv-a304,i4 (nnratanagabbhehi ti nnratanamayehi ~ehi); Sadd 409,4 (~o gabbho ti vuccati); ifc see uyyn'-, jf- (.yvjti1); '-aggena, ind. [ovaraka + agga1], by inner apartments, one to an inner apartment; Sp 1225,8 (psdaggena dtabbam psdesu appahontesu ~ena dtabbam ovarakesu appahontesu seyyaggena dtabbam, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se~ena dtabbam ~esu ...,prob. wr). ovarana, n. [from ovarati; cf S. varana], covering, protection; DIU 194,8 (catuddisam gumbam thapetv catuddisam ~am thapetv; Sv 960,9: catusu dissu disrakkhike thapetv). * ovarati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + varati1; cf S. vrnoti], covers; checks; hinders, obstructs; part.pr. ovaranta, mfn., Thi-a229,32 (maggam ~anto); absol. (a) ovariyana, Thi367 (mam -iyana titthasi; Thi-a234,22: mam gacchantim ~itv gamanam nisedhetv titthasi); (b) ovaritv, Thi-a 234,22; pp (a) ovata, mfn., checked, prevented; Vin II 255,23 = IV 52,32 (ajjatagge

~o bhikkhuninam bhikkhsu vacanapatho anovato bhikkhnam bhikkhunisu vacanapatho; Sp 800,7: ~o ti pihito vrito patikkhitto) = AIV 277,15 (Mp IV 135,24foil: na bhikkhuniy koci bhikkhu ovaditabbo nnussitabbo); neg. anovata, mfn., Vin IV 52,33 = A IV 277,16; (b) ovuta, ovuta, mfn. [cfS. vrta], covered; encompassed; checked, obstructed; D I 246,23 (pancanivaranehi... vut nivut ~ pariyonaddh, Ce so; Be onaddh; Ee, Se ophut) ^ M II 203,6 (Ce ovuto; Be ophuto; Ee, Se ophuto); Mill 131,20 (avijjkhandhena ... vuto nivuto ~o, Ee, Se so; Ce ovuto; Be ophuto); Nidd I 24,13 (vuto nivuto ~o pihito, Ee so; Be, Se ovuto; Se ophuto) * 249,10 (Be, Ce ovut; Ee ophut; Se ophut) * Mil 161,4 (ovuto) * Sv 59,25 (Be, Ce ovut; Ee oput; Se ophut); Spkl 30,19 (dibbehi pancahi kmagunehi ovuto nivuto pariyonaddho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ophuto niphuto); Pj II 596,2 (nivut ti ~ pariyonaddh, Be, Se so; Ce ovut; Ee oput); (c) ovarita, mfn., checked; prevented; Mp IV 135,24 (-0 pihito, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se vrito); caus. part.pr. ovrenta, mfn., obstructing; covering, concealing; D i l 139,25 (ayam ca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato thito ~ento; Sv579,3o: ~ento ti vrento); see also varati. ovassaka (and ovassika?), mfn. [from ovassati], rained upon; exposed to the rain; Sp 1282,29 (-gehe); Ps III 286,19 (satthu vasanatthnassa -bhvam pi na jnti" ti); Ap-a 206,31 (therasaddo ... therovassikni ptini cunnakajtni ti disu kle, therovassikni ciraklam ovassikni ti attho); anovassaka, m/(-ik)., anovassika, mfn., and n., 1. (mfn.) sheltered from the rain; not rained upon; Vin II 211,32 (yo deso ~o hoti); Jail 445,21 (ekiss anovassikya pasnadariy); Mil 223,25 (vesanam ~am ahosi); Ps HI 287,5 (tarn thnam ~am eva ahosi); Pj II 28,24 (chann ti tinapannacchadanehi ~ kat, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anovassakat); Thi-a 106,35 (smi me ~am thnam jnhi ti, Be, Ee so; Ce thnam; Se anovassikathnam); 2. (n.) a place sheltered from the rain; Vin I 169,20 (mah bhikkhusangho sannipatito hoti, parittam ca anovassikam hoti mah ca megho uggato hoti); IV 272,26 (~arn atikkmentiy,Be, Ce, Eeso; Se anovassikam); Sp 505,17 (~am pavisitukamo); Ud-a 203,4 (tinapannacchadanam ~am mandalamlo ti vadanti); see also anovassa. ovassate, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + vassati2; S. avaVvrs], rains upon; Th 1102 (kad numam pvusaklamegho ... -ate); pass. pr. 3 sg. ovassati, is rained upon; is exposed to the rain; Vin II 121,36 (deve vassante civaram ~ati); 211,30 (sace vihro ~ati sace ussahati chdetabbo); Mil 53,14(kuti -ati);Mil223,20; Spklll 107,23 (tumhehi kritasensanam ~ati, na sakk tattha vasitun ti); pp ovattha (and ovuttha, ovatta), mfn. [S. avavrsta], 1. rained upon; exposed to the rain; Vin IV 33,12 (pamsupunjo ... atirekactumsam ~o); Ja VI 51,8* (kad satthasammeghe ~o allacivaro pindikya carissmi, Be so; Ce ovatto; Ee ovatte; Se ovutthe); Ap 368,30 (pulin ... ovatt pupphit santi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se opupph pupphit senti); Sp 772,12 (himavassena ~am tintam hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ovuttham); Ps III

591

387,20 (na [satthim] sannmetiti ovattatthne va hi pdam kottento viya na thaddham karoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se obaddhnbaddhatthnehi); 2. rained, rained down; n. impers.: it has rained; Vism 360,24 (jajjarakaple ~e udake, Be, Ee so; Ce ovatte; Se ovutthe; or meaning 1.?); neg. anovattha, anovuttha, anovatta, (mf)n., Bv2:94 (anovatthena udakam mahiy ubbhijji, Be so; Se anovutthena; Ce, Ee anovattena udakena; Bv-a 101,8 foil.: anovatthena ti anovatthe, bhummatthe karanavacanam datthabbam, atha v anovatthe ti anabhivatthe pi, na ti niptamattam) = Ja I 18,I9* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee anovattena udakena); caus. pr. 3 sg. ovasspeti, -ayati, lets be rained upon; exposes to the rain; Vin I 290,36 (~etha bhikkhave kyam); 291,I (bhikkh... nikkhittacivar kyam -enti); III 252,24 (katham hi nma ... nagg kyam ~essanti ti); Ja IV 315,2 (~etha); part.pr. (a) ovasspenta, mfn., Vin I 291,6 (bhikkh... kyam ~ente); Sp 1326,5; (b) ovasspaya(t), mfn., Kkh 78,is (naggassa kyam -ayato); pp ovasspita, mfn., exposed to the rain; Ja IV 315,3 (~ita-kyehi bhikkhhi saddhim). ovasspana, n. [from caus. o/ovassate qv], letting rain fall upon; exposing to the rain; ifc see ky'-. ovda, m. [from ovadati; BHS avavda, ovda], admonishing; instruction; counsel; Abh 354; Vin II 264,38 (tarn bhikkhuniyo upasankamitv etad avocum ~am ayya ganhhi ti); IV50,n (kacci bhikkhuniyo ~o iddho ahosi ti); AI 276,21 (karaniyo ~o karaniy anussani); II 248,19 (tathgatassa sankhittena ~am ycasi); Vv 50:21 (anukampakassa kusalassa -amhi aham thit); Th 334 (amogho tuyham ~o); Ja III 211,16 (mtpithi dinnam -am saritv); IV 180,18 (tihi ~ehi upasampadam adsi); Ap 609,5 (~am pi na gacchmi); Bv 7:28 (~am anusitthim ca datvna sesake jane; Bv-a 171,13: sakim vdo ~o nma... punappuna vacanam anusitthi nma); Vism 116,14 (thero ... kammatthnam kathesi, te tassa ~e thatv... arahattam ppunims ti); Sp 1333,16 (chandaprisuddhi utukkhnam bhikkhuganan ca ~o ti ime pana cattro pubbakicc ti veditabb); Spkl 57,24 (te Adhimuttattherassa ~Q thit); II 250,7 (~o ti v anussani ti v atthato ekam eva vyanjanamattam eva nnam); Mp I l\,ifoll; Dhp-al 398,4 (idam dasavidham ~am datv); nussanipaticchaka, mfn., accepting instruction and counsel; Ja VI 287,20' (nicavutti ~o, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -nussanasampaticchako); -kara, mfn. [ovda + kara1 ], following advice, obeying instruction; Dili 179,7* (tass' ~ gihi ca pabbajit ca); Jail 130,15' (evam buddhnam ~ samsrapram nibbnam gacchanti ti); Ps II 102,9; neg. anovdakara, mfn., disregarding advice; not accepting counsel; Ja III 256,15*; Vism 115,3o; -thapita, mfn., from whom instruction has been withdrawn; Vin II 263,14 (kappati nu kho ~ya bhikkhuniy saddhim uposatho ktum); -patikara, mfn., responding to advice, following instructions; D I 137,22 (senya ... assavya ~ya); A I 10,2i (satthu ssanakaro ~o; Mp I 71,7: ~o ti ovdakrako); Ap369,2i (~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ovdappatikr). ovdaka, m., ovdik, / [BHS avavdaka], (one) who

admonishes, instructs, counsels; VinV 137,22* (-ena, in uddna); MI 145,32 (~o vinfipako sandassako ... sabrahmacrinan ti); S II 206,26 (na santi bhikkh -a ti; SpkH 174,4: imassa puggalassa ~ anussak kalynamitt n'atthi ti); A III 298,11 (gahapatni... ovdik anussik); V 336,12 (kalynamitt anukampak atthakm ~ anussak); Ja VI 22,3' (puttassa nivedako ~o hutv); Ap 468,17 (~assa bhikkhnam svakassa); Mil 373,22 (~am vinnpakam); Bv-a 193,21 (saranasiladhutangasamdnagunnisamsavannanya ovadati ti -0); anovdaka, mfn., 1. without advisors, lacking instruction; Ja III 304,11 (ovdadyako eko pi dhammikasamanabrhmano nhosi, - manuss pharus ahesum); 2. disregarding advice, not following instruction; Ja III 256,7 (Miglopo ~-tta pitu vacanam akatv); 485,23'; V 314,11 (tvam ~o panditnam vacanam na karosi). ovdanatthya in Ee, Se at Sp 1293,3 is prob, wr for ovdatthya (Be, Ce so); anovdanam in Ee at Ps II 415,25 is wrfor anovadanam (Be, Ce, Se so). ovdi(n), mfn. [from ovadati], admonishing; instructing; Ps III 38,25 (tt kasatha vapatha vanippatham payojeth ti din hi nayena ovadanto ~i nma hoti); anovdi(n), mfn., not giving instructions; MI 360,9 (tatthham ~i anupavdi ghsacchdanaparamo viharmi). ovdita, mfn., caus. pp of ovadati qv. ovdiyamn in Ee at Ud-a384,2o is wr for ovadiyamn (Be, Ce, Se so). ovdeyya in Ee at Nidd I 503,23* is wrfor ovadeyya (Be, Ce, Se, Dhp 77 so). ovijjhati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. apaVvyadh, avavidhyati], pierces; strikes; wounds; Ja I 191,5 (bhikkh khumsenti vambhenti ~anti dasahi akkosavatthhi akkosanti); Sp 738,5 (omasanti ti -anti); part.pr. ovijjhanta, mfn., Ps II 237,3 (tikhinasingo candagono viya -anto vicarati); neg. anovijjhanta, mfn., Spkl 220,18 (sabrahmacri anovijjhanto aghattento, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se avijjhanto); absol. (a)ovijjhitv, Jail 27,7 (ekam mahisam vadhitv dthhi ~itv mamsam ubbattetv); Vism 304, is (tikhinhi sattihi atthasu thanesu ~itv); Cp-a 178,1 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ovijjhitam); (b) ovijjhiya, Mhv 48:157 (~iya palpesi tarn esa sakadantin). ovijjhana, n. [from ovijjhati], piercing, striking; -vacana, n., piercing words, aggressive speech; Kkh 83,6 (omasavde ti ~e). ovuta, ovuta, mfn., pp o/ovarati qv. ovuttha, mfn., pp o/ovassate qv. ovuyhati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *o2 + vahati], is carried down; Itll4,i foil, (puriso nadiy sotena ~eyya... tvam... sotena ~asi; It-aII 165,27: ~eyy ti... hetthato vuyheyya adho hariyetha). osakkati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + sakkati; BHS avasakkati, osakkati], draws back (from), retreats; recedes; diminishes, slackens; Vin II 299,26 (na kho me tarn patirupam yo 'ham evarpe adhikarane -eyyam); D III 59,30 (yassa ranno cakkavattissa dibbarn cakkaratanam ~ati thn cavati na dni tena rahn ciram jivitabbam hoti ti) Ja I 383,8 (na ~issati ti); II21,20 (balam yujyhamnam thokathokam ~ati); III 268,10' (ekavram caritv m ~atha

592

puna carath' eva); Mil 251, u (puriso mahatimahyuddhabhmim upagato ... bhito -ati patinivattati palyati); Spkl 107,25 (viriyam na ~eyya); 257,27 (tvam tini divasni pindaptam datv -asi); part.pr. (a) osakkanta, m/(-anti)., D I 230,21 (seyyath pi nma -antiy v ussakkeyya parammukhim v lingeyya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ossakkantiy, prob, wr); Ja III 82,19; Spk I 322,19 (ssane -ante, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ossakkante, prob, wr); (b) osakkamna, mfh., Ja I 139,21 (-amnam attano vamsam ghatetv, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ossakkamnam, prob. wr); II21,21 (~amne bale); Ud-a 80,29 (Kassapadasabalassa ssane -amne); Mhv60:8; neg. anosakkamna, mfn., Ja IV 311,19'; (c) [or pass.] neg. anosakkiyamna, mfn., Bv-a252,5 (anivattamnasan ti anosakkiyamnamnasam); aor. 3 sg. (a)osakki, Ja III 82,?; IV 181,10; (b) osakkittha, Ja V 349,25'; 3 pi osakkimsu, Ja III 8,3'; absol. osakkitv, Ja IV 348,3'; Mp II 222,28; Ud-a 198,17; neg. anosakkitv, Ja V 295,2i; Spkl 257,30; pp osakkita, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) having receded; diminished; slackened; Dili 59,i5 (yad... passeyysi dibbam cakkaratanam -am thn cutam); Ja IV 181, is; Spk II 203,27 (sammsambuddhassa ssanam -an ti); anosakkitaviriya, mfn., with unslackened energy; Ud-a 234,14; 2. (n. impers.) there was drawing back; Mil 232,18 (issso ... sampatte mahyuddhe osakkeyya ... tathgatena ... sabbannutam pattena dhammadesanya -am); fpp osakkitabba, mfn., Vibh-a256,5 (kammatthnam pariyosnam na gacchati antar va osakkitabbam hoti); caus. pr. 3 sg. osakkpeti, Sp695,2o (ayam ssanam -eti antaradhpeti); Ps III 387,19 (na pacch -eti); aor. 3 sg. osakkpesi, Pj II 307,4 (Kassapassa bhagavato ssanam -esi vinsesi); absol. osakkpetv, Ud-a 180,19; Pj II 307,6; see also apasakkati, avasakkati, osappati. osakkana, n., -a, / [from osakkati], drawing back; receding; diminishing, slackening; Ja II 442, \r ([mahodadhi] udakassa -velya hyati); Sp 1287,14 0 (vicinam -vaddhanamariydavelam ntikkamati); Sv529,n (alam ettvat ti -am); 899,31 (ssanassa kira -kle); Ps IV 68,16 (nevasannnsannyatanam pdakam katv thitassa pana - n' atthi); Mp II 94,20 (santhnan ti thapan appavattan ~); anosakkana, n., -, / , not drawing back; not slackening; Ja III 8,4' (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr anosakknam); Mp II 94,10 (appatikkaman -); As 54,25 (anivattanat t); Vibh-a290,32 (--tya anolinavuttiy). osagga, see sv ossagga. osajjati, see sv ossajati. osajjana, see sv ossajana. osajjho, see sv osadhi. osa|a, mfn., pp 0/osarati1 qv. osanheti, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + *sanheti, denom. from sanha qv], makes smooth; smooths down; Vin II 107,5 foil. (chabbaggiy bhikkh kocchena kese -enti phanakena kese -enti; Sp 1200,27: -enti ti kocchena olikhitv sannisidpenti); 107,11 (yo -eyya patti dukkatass ti); Vin-vn 2789 (-eyya); absol. osanhetv, Ja IV 219,16 (kese -etv); Pj II 35,26 (udakatelakena pi kese -etv);

pp osanhita, mfh., smoothed down; Th-alll 86,26 (telasanhehi ti sitthakatelena v udakatelena v -ehi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se osanthitehi); fpp osanhetabba, mfn., Vin II 107,10 (na bhikkhave kocchena kes 0 sanhetabb). osati, pr. 3 sg. [S. osati], burns; Sadd 443,2 (usu padhe:... -ati usu); see also unhati, usati. osadha, m.n. (in Se very often written osatha) [S. ausadha; BHS also osadha], a herb, a medicinal herb; medicine; a drug; Abh330 (bhesajam c'-am); 592 (~am); A II 47,21* (te ve dhamm virhanti sneham anvya-m-iv' -); Sn296 (gvo no param mitt ysu jyanti ~); Th 1057 (uttitthapindo hro ptimuttam ca -am); Ja IV 31,3 (pabbajit nma -am v parittam v jnanti, puttakam no nirogam karoth ti); 287,12* (Gandhamdane -ehi sanchanne); 496,11* (adassanam -ehi vajanti); V 198,27* (na ~ brahmacri kamanti; 199,2': na pupphaphaldini -ni kamanti); VI 185,4 (-am sankhditv mukhe khelam opi); Niddl 225,7 (etam sruppam yam samano ptimuttena v haritakikhandena v -amkareyy ti); Ap 2S,ifoll. (yath pi selo Himav-0 sabbapninam... tath' eva tvam mahvira -o viya pninam); Mil335,8foil. (-ni... bhagavat akkhtni, yehi -ehi so bhagav devamanusse tikicchati); Vism 304,2 (kapputthnaggisadisena -ena sakalasarire siiiciyamno pi); Dip 6:5 (malakam -am ca sugandham pabbateyyakam); Mhv 25:34 (-am ak); osadhena in Ee at Pet 47,3 is prob, wr; Be oghena; Ce vitthrena. osadhi,/, 1. [S. osadhi, osadhi], a herb, a plant, esp. a medicinal plant; an annual plant or herb; Abh 541 (phalapkvasne yo maraty -i s bhave); 592 (-1); D I 12,io (-inarn patimokkho); JaV 92,28* (tinalatni osadhyo) * VI 195,20* (Be, Ceso; Ee osajjho; Se osathyo; 195,2r: tinni ca latni ca sabbosadhiyo ca); Ps II 372,14 (haritaki-malaki-disu -isu); 2. [BHS osadhi; cfBSU 83], the name (or epithet) of a star; Vv 9:1 (obhsenti dis sabb -i viya trak; Vv-a 53,6foil.: ussannapabh etya dhiyati -inam v anubalappadyik ti katv - i ti laddhanm trak); Ja VI 423,27* (~i viya vannini; 423,30' foil.: osadhltrak va virocamn); Ap 136,21 (-im va virocantam); osadhi in Ce, Ee, Se at Ja IV 284,ii* is wr, prob, for osidi; see .svosidati; 0, -isa, m. [osadhi + isa1], the moon; Abh 52; Sadd380,26*; -trak,/, the osadhi star; Mil 14,2i (~ odt odtavann...); SI 65,7 (rattiy paccusasamayam - bhsate ca tapate ...); Ja I 23,9 (yath hi ~ nma sabba-utsu attano gamanavithim jahitv afinya vithiy na gacchati); Ps III 274,3 (yasm tass udayato patthya tena sannnena osadhni ganhanti pi pivanti pi tasm ~ ti vuccati); -tinavanappatayo, -tinavanaspatayo, m.pl, plants, grasses and trees; MI 306,8 (-isu adhivatth devat, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -vanaspatisu); AIV 100,17 (-ayo, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -vanaspatayo; Mp IV 51,14: ettha osadhi ti osadharukkh). osadhik,/ [osadhi + k2], herb; medicine; Ja IV 361,25* (-yo ganthenti nahyanti japanti ca, Ee so; Ce osadhiyo; Be -yo ... nhpayanti...; Se osadhikye ... nhpayanti...; 365,19'foil: idam imassa rogassa bhesajjam idam imass ti evam pilotike bandhitv manussnam denti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se siloke bandhitv).

593

osanna, mfn., pp o/osidati qv. osappati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. apaVsrp, avasarpati], withdraws, draws back; Ja VI 190,26 (sacham mnavakavannena gamissmi manuss ~issanti, may tpasavesena gantum vattati, manussnam hi pabbajit piy manp, Ee so; Ce osakkissanti; Be manuss n' eva me piyyissanti; Se manuss appiyanti); see also osakkati. osabbha, mfn. or n. [from usabha; cf S. rsabhya], to be regarded as a bull; or being a bull; Sadd625,n (bhyo bhayugam-am); 626,2. osaraka, osraka, n. or m. [from osarati1 ? cfPkt osari], a projection to a house or building, a verandah; Vinll 153,3 (anujnmi bhikkhave lindam paghanam pakuttam osarakan ti, Ce, Ee so; Be osrakan ti; Se osrakin ti; Sp 1220,4: osarakan ti anlindake vihre vamsam datv tato dandake osretv katarn chadanapamukham, Be so; Ce osarako ti; Ee osrikan ti; Se osrakin ti); Ja III 446,3 (nam idani marissati ti niaritv osrake nipajjpesum). osarana, n. [from osarati1; BHS id.], going down (to), entering; approach; entrance; Sn 538 (~ni vineyya; Pj II 434,25: -ni ti ogahanni titthni, ditthiyo ti attho); Ja I 154, IO (pabbatapdato oruyha puna gmantam -kle, Ce, Ee so; Be otarana-; Se otinna-; c/154, is: eds otaranaklo); Sp 792, i (vihramajjhe uposathgrassa v bhojanaslya v dvre sabbesam -tthne nisiditabbam); Ud-a 422,9 (ariyamanussnam -tthnam); Nidd-a I 296,24 (ptham gacchanti ti -am upenti). osarati1, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + sarati2; BHS osarati], 1. goes down (to); approaches; enters; flows into; (+ ace. or loc); Vin II 197,5 (sdhu ... yvajivamrannak assu, yo gmantam -eyya vajjarn nam phuseyya); MI 177,I (samano ... Gotamo amukam nma gmam v nigamam v -issan" ti); II8,3i (te anvaddhamsam sanghamajjhe -anti ptimokkhuddesya); JaV 452, I 8* (~anti pamad pamdinam lonatoyavatiyam va pak); Bv 2:186 (yath y kci nadiyo -anti mahodadhim evam sadevak lok -antu tav' antike); Vism 120, I6 (manuss samant -anti); Ps II 182,9 (buddho hutv pathamam mayham vijitam -eyysi ti); Ud-a302,14 (appenti ti alliyanti -anti); Mhv 5:108 (sabbe dhamm ~anti ekadhammamhi); part.pr. (a) osaranta, mfn., Ps IV 138,26 (~ante); Vibh-a 458,i (dvisu bhikkhusarighesu gmam ~antesu); (b) osaramna, mfn., Spk III 2,22; aor. 1 sg. osarim, PsII 173,28; 3pl. osarimsu, Mp II 302,3; Mhv 31:56 (bah ng ca dev ca ~imsu tahim tad); absol. osaritv, DIU 94,is; Mil402,22; Vism 115,17; Mhv 20:22; Sp 1055,4; neg. anosaritv, Sp 1017,22 (sanghamajjham anosaritv va gihilihgam gahetv gato); 2. moves away; moves back; Ps III 430,20 (patikkamanti ti -anti parihyanti, abhikkamanti ti abhisaranti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee na -anti); part.pr. (a) osaranta, mfn., Spk II 124,9 (apayanto ti apagacchanto ~anto); (b) osaramna, mfn., Spk II 124,10 (avijj apagacchamn -amn); pp osata, mfn., l.gone down to; having entered; MI 177,7 (samano... Gotamo amukam nma gmam v nigamam -0 ti); 469,5 (bhikkhu rannako ... sanghamajjhe -0 hoti kenaeid eva karaniyena); Ap 222,16 (kesaram -am disv, Ce so; Be

ogatam; Ee, Se osaram); 2. brought up; brought in, laid before (the sangha,); Mil 24,23* (kathik may bah ditth, skacch - bah); Sp590,i (sanghamajjhe -e vatthusmim); Pj II 196,10 (~am v vatthum yathdhammam vinicchinitabbam); neg. anosata, mfn., Sp 1365,7; fpp osaritabba, mfn., Pj II 440,18 (yena disbhgena maggena v so Anguttarpnam ratthassa nigamo osaritabbo); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. osreti1, -ayati 1 , 1. makes enter; puts into or on to; lowers (into); Vin I 286,35 (civaram patthinnam hoti... anujnmi bhikkhave udake ~etun ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se osdetun ti; Sp 1126,29: -tun ti udake pakkhipitv thapetum, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se osdetun ti); III 63,17 (manuss ulumpam bandhitv ... nadiy -enti); Sp 328,25 (kaddame -eti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se osdeti); aor. 3pi. osrayimsu, Jail 291,11; Ps III 76,11 (upari celavitnam datv gandhamladmni -ayimsu); absol. osretv \ Ja VI 52,25 (mattikpattam pi thavikya ~etv amse laggesi, Be, Eeso; Ce ospetv; Se osmetv) ^ 67,7 (~etv) ?* Spk II 195,8 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ospetv) * Mpl 179,19 (~etv); cf ospeti1; 2. [BHS osrayati], makes re-enter, re-admits (a bhikkhu to the sangha after suspension); Vin I 340,36 (sarigho ukkhittam ~eti); 357,4 (tarn bhikkhum -eth ti); IV231,22/o//. (katham hi nma ayy Thullanand ... -essatiti... y pana bhikkhuni... ~eyya); Sp 1147,23 (-eti ti upasampadakammavasena paveseti); part.pr. osrenta1, m/(-enti)/j., VinV 56,17 (~entiy); Kkh 164,8 (-entiy); aor. 3 sg. osresi, Vin IV 231,21 (Candaklim bhikkhunim ~esi); absol. osretv1, Vin I 97,3i (~etv vattabbo passasi tarn pattin ti); Sp 1152,26 (tarn ... pattim despetv kammavcya -etv); pass. pr. 3 sg. osriyati, is re-admitted; VinII61,7(ukkhipiyati ... so ce puna ~iyati); Sp 1413,15 (yena kammena -iyati); pp osrita1, mfn., readmitted; Vin I 357,10 (so eso bhikkhu panno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca ~ito ca); IV 138,14 (ukkhitto ~ito ti jnti); Kkh 3,30; neg. anosrita, mfn., Vin IV 137,27 (akatnudhammo nma ukkhitto anosrito); Sp 870,26; dosrita, du-osrita, mfn., improperly re-admitted; Vin I 322,7 (ekaeco sosrito ekaeco dosrito) quoted Sp 1031,22 (ekaeco suosrito ekaeco duosrito ti); Sp 1147,27 (ime ekdasa abhabbapuggal dosrita, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr dosritv); sosrita, su-osrita, mfn., properly re-admitted; Vin I 322,6 (sosrito); Sp 1147,28 (hatthacchinndayo pana dvattimsa su-osrit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr suosrito); fpp osretabba1, mfn., to be readmitted; Vin I 97,30 (sacham passissmi ti ~etabbo); Sp 630,3 (abbhnakammavasena ~etabbo ti); caus. (b) absol. neg. anosarpetv, not having (something) brought in, not having (something) laid before (the sangha,); Pj II 196,11 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se anosarpetv); see also avasarati. osarati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [o2 or o 3 + sarati4; cfS. avaVsvr; cfalso ussraka, ussrana], recites; expounds; Ap43,8 (rasato ~eyy' aharn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee osreyy', unmetrical; Ap-a283,2o: ~eyyam osranam karomi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee osreyyam); caus. pr. 3 sg. osreti2, ~ayati2, recites; recounts; Vin IV 53,34foil. (~ehi ayy ti

594

vuccamno ~eti; Sp801,i: atthagarudhammaplim ~eti ti attho); Mil 13,i (titthatha bhante na puna -etha); 13,7 (sabbam tarn abhidhammapitakam vitthrena -essmi); 203,24 (yam tvam mahrja bahuvidham kranam -esi); Vism 299,29 (madhurena sarena dhammam -eti); Mhv 32:43 (-essmi sanghassa mangalasuttam icc aham nisinno -ayitum nsakkhim); part.pr. osrenta2, mfn., VinlV 15,2i (-entam opteti; Sp744,3foil.: suttam uccrentam parisamajjhe parisahkamnam evam vadehi ti); Mil 349,11 (kusalo lekhcariyo ... lekham -ento); Ps II 377,29 (ekassa daharassa sarabhaiinavasena idam suttam -entassa sutv); aor. 3 sg. osresi, Ja III 538,2 (ganthiganthitthnam eva... -esi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce otresi); Mil 13,io; Sv 418,5 (satth vijanim gahetv nisinno uposatham -esi); absol osretv2, Vism 292,2i (ptimokkham -etv); Vin-vn2545; /?/? osrita2, mfh., recited; recounted; Mil 238,22 (imam kranam ... -itam); SpkI 348,6 (janasahassena v vacanasahassena v ~ite); fpp osretabba2, mfh., Sp792,10 (-etabbo ti pli vattabb). osdeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/osidati qv. osna, n. [S. avasna], stopping, cessation; end; Abh771; Sn938 (-e tv eva vyruddhe disv; cf Pj II 566,28: yobbanndinam ~Q eva antagamake eva vinsake eva jardimhi vyruddhe hatacitte satte disv); Ja III 245,14 (~e upaddhagtham abhsi); VI 329,8 (chano msena -am agamsi); Sp 428,10 (-am pajjeyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vosnam); Sadd 384,n (avasnam -amabhvakaranam); -gth,/, a final or closing verse; Ja IV 373,19 (dve ~ abhsi); It-a II 102,3 (-am ha); Pv-a 207,9; osnasukkham in Ee at It-a II 63,22 is wr for osnasukham (Be, Ce, Se so); osnapahnam in Ce, Ee at Spk II 64,3i is wrfor omnapahnam (Be, Se so); see also avasna. ospana, n., - , / [from ospeti1], finishing; Sp 695,32 (-divase, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osnadivase); Kkh84,i9 (ekato - ca ti). ospeti1, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. avasyayati, caus. of avasyati], 1. brings to an end; finishes; ascertains; Vin IV 15,2 (padam nma ekato patthapetv ekato ~enti); SI 79,io (ocarak janapadam ocaritv gacchanti, tehi pathamam ocinnam aham pacch -ayissmi, Be, Ee so; Ce oyyissmi; Se ohayissmi; = Ud66,7: Be osressmi; Ce, Ee, Se otinnam... otarissmi); Ja I 25, I 8 (majjhe gahetv ubhato -eti); Niddl 412,6 (sabbam yobbannam jar ~eti); Ps IV 230,19 foil, (bhagav katthaci nirayato patthya desanam devalokena ~eti katthaci devalokato patthya nirayena ~eti); aor. 3 sg. ospesi, Spk II 68,18 (satth idh* eva desanam ~esi); absol. ospetv, Ps II 253,33 (Ce, Eeso; Be, Se ~ento); 2. [or ospeti2, caus. of oseti qv], causes to settle or take up one's abode; places (in, loc); aor. 3 sg. ospesi, Vism 652,22 (macchakhipam gahetv udake ~esi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce oddapesi; * Patis-a31,i6: Ee udake osdetv; Be, Ce, Se osretv); absol. ospetv, Ps II 241,18 (pattam dhovitv... thavikya ~etv) * Spk III 92,2; c/osreti1; pp ospita, mfh., finished, brought to an end; Vism533,3i (~-tt); Spk III 40,2i (nibbnapabbhr ti padena ~am desanam natv); ospehi ti in

Ee at Dhp-a III 108,7 and Vv-a 77,u (aggham ospehi ti) is prob, wr; Dhp-aite, Se ohrehi ti, Ce osrehi ti; Vv-a Be, Se ohpehi ti, Ce addham osdehi ti; see also osita. ospeti 2 , caus. pr. 3 sg. of oseti qv. osra, m. [from osreti1], bringing before the sangha; readmitting (a suspended bhikkhu); re-accepting (a layman who has been disciplined); Vin-vn 2986 (nissranam ca ~o); 2999; see also osrana1. osraka, see sv osaraka. osrana1, n., ~, / [from osreti1; BHS id.], bringing before the sangha, admitting; esp. re-admitting (a suspended bhikkhu) to the sangha; re-accepting (a layman, who had been disciplined); Vin I 322,5 foil. (dve 'ma bhikkhave ~); Ap 43,6 (~e vutthpane sabbattha pramingato); Sp 870,23 (dhammena vinayena satthussanena ukkhittakassa anulomavattam disv kat ~); 1147,23 (~ ti pavesan); 1402,17 foil.; 1409,29 (upasampadpekhassa - -- nma) = Kkh 132,24; Sp 1411,23 (pattukkujjanavasena vutt ~ ca veditabb) = Kkh 133,2o; Vin-vn2993; 3006; see also osra. osrana2, n. [from osreti2], reciting; recounting; Ps III 30,14 (sakkaccam uddisana-uddispanadhammosranadhammadesan-upanisinnakaparikath-anumodaniydivasena pavattitam vacikammam); Mp I 261,8 (tassa ptimokkham -kle); Ap-a283,2o (rasato kiccato osreyyam -am karomi ti attho). osraniya, (mf)n. [from osrana; BHS id.], (the formal act) connected with re-admittance; Vin V 223,30 (abbhnam pafinattam ~am pannattam nissraniyam pannattam; Sp 1413,15: -am pannattam, yena kammena osriyati tarn kammam pannattan ti attho) ^ A I 99,13 (~am pannattam, Be, Ce so; Ee vosraniyam; Se osranam; Mp II165,15: sammvattantassa ~am pannattam). osreti 1 , caus.pr. 3 sg. o/osarati1 qv. osreti 2 , caus. pr. 3 sg. o/osarati2 qv. osreti 3 , pr. 3 sg. [caus. of *o2 + sarati1], crushes; Ud-a 246,1 (osdeyy ti... ~eyy ti pi ptho, cunnavicunnam kareyy ti attho). osiftcati1, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + sincati; S. avaVsic], sprinkles; pours upon; pours out; Vin II 262,2 (chabbaggiy bhikkh bhikkhuniyo kaddamodakena ~anti); MI 87,18 (tattena pi telena ~anti) = Nidd I 154,16; Ud 6,16 (jatil... Gayyam ummuijanti pi nimujjanti pi... -anti pi...; Ud-a 75,H: Gayya udakam hatthena gahetv attano sise ca sarire ca -anti); opt. 3 sg. (a) osiiiceyya, Vin II 262,5; (b) osinciy [or perhaps from osincati2 qv], Ja V 450,27* (~iy sgaram ekapnin; 451,20': udakam ~eyya gahetv chaddeyya); part.pr. (a)osinca(t), mfn., Vv 83:8 (vrin viya -am) = Pv8:5 = Ja III 157,8* = IV 61,28* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se osinci); (b) osincanta, mfn., A148,8; Ud 6,19 (-ante pi aggim pi juhante); Sp 1292,14; (c ) osincamna, mfh., Ap-a 427,25 (sugandhodakena bhagavantam -amno pujesi); aor. 3 sg. osinci1, Ja IV 61,28* (vrin viya -i, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -am); 1 sg. osiiicim, Ap 259,9; absol. osincitv [or perhaps from osincati2 qv], Niddl 20,2(nvam bhrikam udakam sitv -itv chaddetv); pass. aor. 3 sg. osinci2 [perhaps for *osicci], is sprinkled (with), is wetted; Vin II 213,37 (m udakapatigghako udakena -i);

595

3 pi. osincimsu, Vin II 213,38 (m samant bhikkh udakena -imsu); pp ositta, mfn. [S. avasikta], sprinkled; poured down; vanna, m., the appearance of (water) pouring down or sprinkled; Ja V 400,13* (--vannam paridayha sobhasi; 400,20'foil.: avasitta-udakadhravannam dibbaduklam); .#?/> osincitabba, mfn., Vin II 262,5 (na... bhikkhun bhikkhuniyo kaddamodakena osincitabb); see also *avasiiicati. osiflcati2, pr. 3 sg. [o3 + sincati], draws up water; bales out; opt. 3 sg. [or perhaps from osincati1 qv] (a) osinceyya, JaV 451,20'; (b) osinciy, JaV 450,27* (-iysgaram ekapnin; 451,2c: udakam -eyya gahetv chaddeyya); absol. osincitv [or perhaps from osincati1 qv], Nidd I 20,2 (nvam bhrikam udakam sitv -itv chaddetv); see also ussincati. osiftcana, n. [cf S. avasecana], sprinkling; Mil 197,13 (tattena telena -am pi dukkham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sincanam) * 290,18. osita, mfn. [cf S. avasita], inhabited, occupied; ended; Nidd I 411,i4/o//. (sabbam yobbannam jarya -am sabbam rogyam vydhin -am; Nidd-al 428,3: -an ti paripkya jarya avasitam madditam); anosita, mfn., not inhabited, not occupied; Sn 937 (iccham bhavanam attano nddassim -am; Nidd I 411,13: -an ti anajjhositam; Pj II 566,27: kinci thnam jardihi anajjhvuttham nddakkhim); see also anavosita, avasita, ospeti'. ositta, mfn., pp of osihcsti1 qv. osiya, absol. o/oseti qv. osiran, / [Pkt. lex. osirana; cf BHS ava&rati, o&rati, o&reti], giving up, abandoning; Pet 68,23 (yarn tattha nt ~ bhavasankhrnam, ayam alobho). osidati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. avasidati], sinks, sinks down; sinks (in spirit); slackens; SIV 314,2 (-a bho sappitela samsida ... adhogaccha ...); 314,6 (-eyya v samsideyya v); A I 278,30 (~ati c' eva samsidati c' eva na sakkoti santhatum); 278,32 (telam v vlikya sittam -ati); Ja IV 284,19' (jivitam me ~ati); Mil 277,23 (atibhrena nv -ati); Mp IV 110,2i (tato ekangulamattam pi udakam n'eva hetth -ati na uddham uttarati); Ud-a 74,23 (nimujjanti ti sasisam udake -anti); As 118,29 (rj nma yattha yattha sen -ati tarn tarn thnam gacchati); Sp 57,13 (ssanam bhante -ati);part.pr. (a) osidanta, mfn., Jail 293,4 (~anto); Sv 127,11 (te adho -ant pi uddham uggacchant pi); (b) osidamna, mfn., Ps V 43,21 (samuddamajjhe -amnya nvya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -amna-nvya); Mp IV 10,20 (ekassa pana kammante -amne ses puttabhtaro pesetv tassa kammantam upatthambhayamn pi); aor. 3sg. osidi, Jail 293,22' (tasmim samudde yeva -inimujji); IV 284,11* (-i me dukham me hadayam me dayhate nitammmi, so read ? Be ~i me dukkham hadayam me...; Se osadhi me dukkham hadayam me dayhate; Ce, Ee osadhi me dukkham me...; 284,19': jivitam me ~ati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce nisidati; L. Alsdorf, 1968, p. 271, suggests osati mam dukkham me); Ps IV 22,6 (konto kho ... ekapdena titthati m pathavl ~I ti); 3pi. osidimsu, Jail 111,7; absol. osiditv, Jail 293,23'; Ap-a76,3; Sadd384,i9; neg. anosiditv, Dhp-aIV 108,B; p p osanna (and ossanna), mfn.

[S. avasanna], sunk down; slackened; Ja I 336,25 (kusale ossanne akusale ussanne lokassa parihnakle, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ossakke); V 19,2' (tasmim vante -0 ti); ~-viriya, mfn., with energy slackened; Mil 250,23 (pp akiriy - -viriy ... manuss); Sp 185,10 (na hi buddhnam lasiyam v viriyat v atthi); 185,12 (na parisya appabhvam disv viriy honti); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) osdeti, -ayati, causes to sink; immerses; discourages; Vin III 17,12 (mahante snipasibbake ... maijhe gangya sote -ehi, Ce, Se so; Be optehi; Ee otrehi); Ud40,8 (tena pahrena... ngam -eyya; Ud-a 246,1: pathaviyam osidpeyya nimuijpeyya); Ps II 255,i (na -enti); aor. 3 pl. osdayimsu, Mhv 30:52; absol. osdetv, Ja II 95,18 (paligham -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osretv); Sv 451,25 (sappimande -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osretv) = Ps III 385,5; Patis-a31,i6 (macchakhipam... udake -etv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se osretv; * Vism 652,22: Ee, Se ospesi; Be, Ce oddpesi); Bv-a209,24 (imam samanam udakoghena -etv mressmi ti); neg. anosdetv, Dhp-a IV 83,12 (satth ekam bhikkhum pi anosdetv); pp osdita, mfn., immersed; Sv-ptII 48,13 (sappimande ca -itam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) osideti, causes to sink; Spk II 377,7 (samuddamaijhe nesam nvam -essm ti) = Ps V 88,18 (Be so; Se osidpessm ti; Ce, Ee wr osidissm ti); part.pr. osidenta, mfn., Sp 315,9 (khanitv hetthato-ento); (c) osidpeti, -ayati, causes to sink; Ja III 416,11 (udake ~ehi ti); IV 139,21 (bahum vajiram ganhitvnvam -essanti ti); Dhp-a 1231,3 (mahjanarn vatte -enti); Ud-a 246,1 (osdeyy ti pathaviyam -eyya); It-aII 167,19 (nadisoto sotantagate satte -eti); aor. 3 sg. (a) osidpesi, Ja II 159,17; Spkl 239,3 (devo vassitv tile pamsumhi -esi); (b) osidpayi, Ja III 507,17 (nam s vin udake -ayi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -esi); absol. osidpetv, Ja V 289,9 (tarn pvam tasmim sappipatte -etv); Vibh-a 156,13; see also avasidati. osidana, n. [from osidati], sinking; slackening; Spk III 296,15 (paccekabuddha-isiyo p' ettha -vasena patanti... tarn isipatanan ti vuccati, Ee so; Be, Ce otarana-; Se osarana-); Mp IV 157,12 (-am pathamam kusitavatthu); Nidd-a I 197,3 (viriyassa sithilattam -am na bhavissati ti); As 363,14 ('-atthena panko); Sadd 349,29 (mujja -e); anosidana, n., not slackening; anosidanapaccupatthna, mfn., manifested as lack of slackening; Ps I 83,35 (viriyam ... paccupatthnam) = Mp II 53,22; see also avasidana. osidpaka, w(fn). [from caus. of osidati qv], (one) who causes to sink; Sadd 384,14 (-0). osidpana, n. [from caus. of osidati qv], causing to sink; JaIV 223,13' (0,-atthena panko ti akkhto); It-all 167,7 (~ato); Dhp-a I 282,19 (vatte -samattham dasavidhasamyojanam); Nidd-a II 25,2 (vatte -assa kmoghdi-oghassa). oseti, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + sayati2; see K.R.Norman, 1969, p. 149; possibly however wr for opeti qv sv opati], lays down; places, deposits; Thi 283 (na te sam kotthe -enti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce openti; = S I 236,17*: openti; = Ja V 252,20*: Be, Ce openti; Ee, Se wr upenti; Thi-a208,2i: na patismetv thapenti); absol. osiya, Th 119 (nibbnarn

596

hadayasmim -iya, Eeso; Be, Ce, Se opiya; = S I 199,34*: opiya;Th-a 1247,7: nibbutim hadaye thapetv); caus. pr. 3 sg. ospeti2 [or ospeti1 qv], lays in; places in; aor. 3 sg. ospesi; Vism 652,22 (macchakhipam gahetv udake ~esi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce oddpesi; * Patis-a 31,16: Ee udake osdetv; Be, Ce, Se osretv); absol ospetv, Ps II 241, I 8 (pattam dhovitv... thavikya ~etv) * Spk III 92,2; see also osreti1. ossakkantiya in Ce, Ee at D I 230,21, ossakkante in Ee at Spk I 322,19 and ossakkamnam in Ce, Ee, Se at Ja I 139,21 are prob, wrr for osakkantiy, osakkante and osakkamnam (Be so). ossagga, osagga, m. [S. avasarga, utsarga], letting go; abandoning; Pet 93,25 (idam kissa padatthnam, kusalnam dhammnam -assa, Ce so; Be osaggassa; Ee wr kusal dhamm osaggassa); ifc see sati-; see also ussagga. ossajati (and ossajjati, osajjati), pr. 3 sg. [o2 + sajati2; S. avaVsrj; or possibly o 3 + sajati2, c/ussajati, S. utsrjati], lets go, releases; throws; abandons; D II 108,29 (yad tathagato sato sampajno yusankhram ~ati, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se ossajjati) = AIV 313,17 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ossajjati); S I 84,20 (yannnham ... jivantam eva nam osajjeyyan ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ossajjeyyan ti); IV 199,3 (ganthim karitv ossajjeyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se osajjeyya); Sn270 (kumrak dhankam iv' ossajanti; Pj II 303,23: kkam suttena pde bandhitv ~anti khipanti); Th321 (ekam ce ~eyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ossajjeyya); Ja I 107,12 (kasm viriyam ~asi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ossajjasi ti); IV 260,22* (tanucchidam hadaye -ami, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se osajjmi); V 174,10* (tarn manim ~assu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ussajassu, perhaps wr; 175,29': ~eyysi ti); 450,29* (yo sabbabhvam pamadsu ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~eyya); Pv-a268,18 (vaccam ~anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee osajjanti); Ud-a 327,27 (na -issati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ussajjissati); part.pr. ossajanta, ossajjanta, m/h., JaV 175,28' (~anto); Sv 651,34 (yusankhram -anto, Be, Ce so; Ee ossajjanto; Se ossajjento); neg. anossajanta, anossajjanta, mfii., Ja I 109,i; Cp-a 320,5; aor. 3 sg. ossaji (and ossajji, osajji), D II 106,22 (bhagav ... yusankhram ~i, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ossajji; Sv 556,38: ussajji tipi ptho) = AIV 311,29 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ossajji); SI 84,24 (jivantam eva nam osajji, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ossajji); Sv 556,36 (na bhagav hatthena leddum viya yusankhram ~i, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ossajji) = Spk III 253,30 (Be, Ee so; Ce ussaji; Se ussajji) = Mp IV 152,15 (Be, Ce ~i; Ee, Se ossajji) = Ud-a 327,2i (~i); 3pi. ossajimsu, ossajjimsu, Ja I 108,22 (Be, Ce, Ee ~imsu; Se ossajjimsu); absol. (a) ossajitv, ossajjitv, Ja I 316,31 (viriyam ~itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ossajjitv); V 453,19* (~itv kusalam tapogunam; 455,14': tapogunam chaddetv); Vism 380,3 (gon yugam ossajjitv); neg. anossajitv, anossajjitv, Ja I 108,27 (viriyam anossajitv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se anossajjitv); V 1 75,29' (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee anussajitv, perhaps wr); (b) ossajitvna, Ap 530,1 (yusankhre -itvna, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se osajjitvna); pp ossatfha, mfn. [S. avasrsta, utsrsta], let go, released; thrown; abandoned; DH 106,22 (~e ca bhagavato yusankhre) * AIV 311,29 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se

ossajjite); Ja I 64,n (~ehi gandhamldihi); 108,26 (tay viriye ~e sabbe vinassissma); Spk III 214,19* (parinibbnaklo me ~o yusankhro); kya, mfn., I. physically released, set free; Ja IV 460,29* (--kayo urago cartu); 2. with one's form abandoned, abandoning one's body; SHI 241,15 (ng uposatham upavasanti ky ca bhavanti ti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se vossattha-; SpkII 349,6foil.: ahitundikapatham gahetv vissatthaky); patoda, mfn., with the goad let go; Spk I 76,26 (sammpavattesu sindhavesu patodo srathi, Ee, Ceso; Be, Se odhasta-; = Sv680,3i: Ee obhata-; Be, Ce odhasta-; Se osajjita-); see also avassattha; fpp ossajitabba, mfn., Cp-a 317,35; see also avassaji, ussajati. ossajana, ossajjana, osajjana, n. [S. avasarjana, utsarjana], letting go, releasing; abandoning; Sv 598,16 (na devorohanam na yusankhrossajjanam); Spk III 65,25 (tletv osajjanena); Ud-a 325,24 (yusankhrossajanam, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se yusankhrossajjanam); Sadd382,n (karisassa ossajjanam vissajjanam); see also ussagga, ossagga. ossajjati, see sv ossajati. ossajjana, see sv ossajana. ossattha, mfn., pp o/ossajati qv. ossanna, mfn., pp o/osidati qv. ossavana (or ossvana), n. [from o2 + savati], (according to ct) the top of the roof; MI 189,5 (gimhnam pacchime mse tlavantena pi vidhpanena pi vtam pariyesanti ~Q pi tinni na icchanti, Be, Ee so; Se injanti; Ce ossvane ... injanti; Ps II 229,2: ~e ti chadanagge, tena hi udakam savati, tasm tam-an ti vuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ossvane ti... ossvanan ti...). ossranya in Ee at Dhp-all 1,9 is wr (or alternative form) for ussranya (Be, Ce, Se so). ossvana, see sv ossavana. ossesu in Ee, Se at Nidd I 250,17*, 251,8 and 251,12 is wr (or alternative form) for ussesu (Be, Ce and Sn 860 so). ohacca 1 , ind. [vl for hacca1 or hacca2 qqv], extracting; raising, removing; DII 254, is* (indakhilam ohacca-m-anej, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee hacca; c/Sv 681,5: hacca samhanitv) = SI 27,4* (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce hacca). ohacca 2 , absol. o/ohanati qv. ohata, ohata, mfn., pp o/oharati qv. ohadati, ohadeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [o3 + hadati, hadeti, cfUhzdati; possibly o2 + hadati, hadeti], defecates (upon); soils (with excrement); Jail 355,7* (esa dhammo siglnam yam pirv -mase; 355,10': hadma pi omuttema pi); III 398,27* (assatthni ca bhakkhetv khandhe me -issati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se odahissati, prob, wr; 399,5': vaccam ptessati); Cp 2:5:4 (mutteti ~eti ca, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr ohaneti) quoted Sadd 382,17; Kv 472,22 (buddhathpe ~eyya omutteyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr ohaneyya); Pv-a268,i8 (yam anne -anti vaccam ossajanti, so read for Ee ohananti ? Ce hadanti; Be, Se uhadanti); Sadd382,i9 (~eti ti karisam vissajjeti); 542,6 (~eti ~ayati); fut. 1 sg. ohaccham, Jail 71,i6* (idni kho tarn ohaccham, es amhka dhammat, Be so; Ce, Ee

597

hacca; Se ohaccam; BSU 110 suggests haccham; 71,i9': vaccan te sise katv pakkamissmi); pp ohadita, mfn., defecated upon; soiled with excrement; Sp 1286,21 (hat. ti~a, so read for Ee, Se ohanit? Be, Ce hadit); Spkl 32,3\foll ([puttake] pariharamn tehi ~ pi omuttit pi gandhavilepanapatit viya somanassam pajjanti, Be so; Ce tehi ovaccita pi omuttit pi ohanit pi; Ee tehi opatit pi omuttit pi ohanit pi; Se tehi ohanit pi opitihit pi). ohanati, pr. 3 sg. [S. avaVhan], throws down; pushes down; strikes; As49,n (yassa samvijjanti tamvattasmim ~anti osidpentl ti ogh, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se oghananti) = Bv-a 260,8 * Sv 1023,28 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr oghanti) = Patis-a 117,io (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee oghananti, prob, wr); Vibh-a 140,33 (vattasmim ~ati osidpeti ti avijjogho); absol. (a)ohacca2, Ja III 206,22* (me sirasmim hacca cakkam bhamati matthake, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hacca; 206,26': mama sirasmim ohacca ohanitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hacca hanitv); (b) ohanitv, Ja III 206,26' (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee hanitv); ohananti in Ee at Pv-a268,i8 is wr, prob, for ohadanti; ohanit in Ee, Se at Sp 1286,2 I and in Ce, Ee at Spk I 32,32 is wr, prob, for ohadit; ohaneti in Ce, Ee, Se at Cp 2:5:4 and ohaneyya in Ee, Se at Kv 472,22 are wrr for ohadeti and ohadeyya (Be so). oharana, n. [from oharati; cf S. apaharana, avaharana], 1. taking away, removal; ifc see kes'-, bhr' -; 2. bringing down, a way down; or taking astray, a side-track; Ja VI 525,33* (Vankass' ~e nattho, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be orohane natthe; 526,8': Vankapabbatassa gamanamagge vippanattho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be vinatthe). oharati, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + harati; cf S. apaVhr, avaharate], brings down; takes down; puts down; removes; drags down; Vin II 110,35 (dinnam yeva pattam ~atti); Pv 18:6 (candato sasam icchmi tarn me ~a Kesava) = Ja IV 85,26* (85,27': ~ ti otrehi); Ja VI 451,9*/o//. (ohar' etam dhanum cpam... ohar' etam subham vammam; 451,12' foil.: imam ... dhanum hara chaddehi... vammam pi apanehi); inf. (a) ohtum, Ja VI 198,24* (na tadiso arahati... dsam pi ohtum mahnubhvo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ohritum; 199,2: dsam pi udake ~itum nrahati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohritum); (b) ohritum, Ja VI 199,2'; pp ohata, ohata, (and ohita2 ?), mfn. [cf S., BHS apahrta], taken away, removed; Th604 (ohito garuko bhro; or ohita1 ? Th-all 257,15: ohito ti oropito, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se orohito); Ap 95,12 (bhro me ~o; or ohita1 ?); see also ohita1, ohitabhra; cumbat, (m)f(ri)., (a wife) married when the cumbata coiled pad has been taken off; Nidd-a I 116,21 (Ce, Ee so; Se obhata-; Be obhatacumbatak); As 98,22 (Ee ohata-; Be, Ce, Se obhata-); see also obhata; neg. anohata, mfn., not removed; anohatabhra, mfn., with burden not removed; Kv 102,32 (angmi puggalo katakaramyo ... anohatabhro tattha upapajjati... bhroharanya puna maggam bhveti, Be, Se so; Ee anohitabhro); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. ohreti, ~ayati, takes down, removes; drags down; Sv 849,8 (tpasapabbajjam pabbajant pi hi pathamam kesamassum ~enti); Pv-a95,i4 (ohar ti ~ehi); part.pr. ohrenta, mfn., Ja V 260,31' (vohro titasmim

~ento hetthkaddhanako vlamaccho v udakarakkhaso v vatto v, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se vohro ti vicitravohro hetthkaddhanako...); absol. (a)ohretv, VinI 19,5 (Yaso kulaputto kesamassum -etv ksyni vatthni acchdetv agrasm anagriyam pabbajito ti) * D I 60,17 * It 75,7 (It-a II 73,3: kese ca massum ca -etv apanetv); Mil 11,7 (kesamassum -etv pabbajito); (b) ohrayitv, Sn 64 (~ayitv gihivyanjanni); pass, part.pr. ohriyamna, mfn., Ps IV 11,2 (nisinno kesesu ~iyamnesu); /?/?ohrita, mfn. [cf S. apahrita], taken down; removed; Vin II 111,29 (ayyena... patto ~ito ti); Sv 863,33 (ohitabhro, ohito ti ~ito, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee otrito); Ud-a 244,18 (navoropitehi kesehi ti acira-ohritehi kesehi); ohritakesamassuka, m(fn)., with hair and beard removed; Th-aIII 155,38 (mundo ti... ohritakesamassuko); ^ ? p ohretabba, mfn., Vin II 209,6 (sace vihre santnakam hoti, ullok pathamam ~etabbam); caus. (b) absol. ohrpetv, having caused to be removed, having had removed; Vin I 22,12 (pathamam kesamassum ~etv ksyni vatthni acchdpetv); Ja VI 52,23 (rj kappakam pakkospetv kesamassum ~etv, Be, Ce so; Ee ohrpetv; Se ohretv); Mp I 179,17 (annamannam kese -tv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ohrpetv); Dhp-all 53,10 (therassa kese ~etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ohrpetv); see also apaharati, avaharati. ohya, ind. [absol. of*o2 + jahati; S. avahya], leaving behind; abandoning; Vin II 212,24 (bhikkh ... Sriputtam ekakam ohya pakkamimsu); D I 115,13 (samano Gotamo mahantam ntisangham ohya pabbajito); S V 96,18 (ydisake kme ohya agrasm anagriyam pabbajito hoti); Thi 298 (tarn mam rpavatim santim kassa ohya gacchasi); Ja III 495,12* (aphalam dumam ohya sakun yanti); V359,26* (ohya mam ntigan... anapekkhamn gacchanti); Bv24:15 (ohyaham mahrajjarn); Mil 301,3 (kothalasaddam ohya); Ps IV 218,4 (candamandalam ohya tarn cakkaratanam abhimukham hoti); Dhp-all 55,20 (atha nam ... anicchamnam ohya agamamsu); Pj II 514,23 (im mam ohya kflanti ti); anohya, not leaving behind; taking; Ps III 162,19 (hattham viya pdam viya anohy' eva gantabbam hoti); Vibh-a 26,32 (dvinnam purisnam annamannam anohya ekappamnen' eva gamanam); see also avahya, ohyitv, ohiyati. ohyitv, ind. [absol. of *o2 + jahati], leaving behind; Bv-a 261,13 (ohy ti ~itv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pahya pariccajitv); Sadd 856,29 (ohya ~itv); see also ohya, ohiyati. ohra- in Ee at Sp 599,28 (ohramatten' eva) and Ps II 125,36 (abhisaddahana-ohrakla-) is prob, wr for vohra- (Be, Ce, Se so); ohra- in Ee at Mp I 247,19 is prob, wrfor ohrana qv. ohraka, m(fn). [cf S. apahraka, avahraka], (one) who removes; ifc see katthaphlakakes,-, kes'-. ohrana, n. [from caus. of oharati], removing; Mp I 247, is foil, (so pana pathamakesavattiy -kkhane yeva sotpattiphale patitthsi dutiyya -kkhane sakadgmiphale, Ce so; Be, Se ohrita-; Ee ohranakkhane yeva ... ohrakkhane ...) = 1h-al 148,11/0//. (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee

598

oropita-); ifc see kes'-. ohri(n), mfn. [from oharati; cf S. apahrin], carrying down; dragging down; carrying off, plundering; S I 77,17* (etam dajham bandhanam hu dhir ~inam sithilam duppamuncam) = Dhp 346 (Dhp-aIV 56,i3: kaddhitv catsu apyesu ptanato avaharati hetth harati ti ~inam); SHI 137,n (nadi pabbateyy ~ini; SpkII 319,n/o//.: sote patitapatitni tinapannakatthdini hetth hrim); Ja V 256,16' (otaranl gang ti... ~ini ti pi ptho s samuddbhimukhi avahrinlti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ohrani tipi ptho); VI 396,28* (sen ... ~ini saddavati); see also avahri(n). ohvima, mfn. [from *o2 + juhati], produced through an offering; Sadd 866,20 (avahuti avahavanam, tena nibbattam -am). ohita1, mfn., pp o/odahati qv. ohita2, mfn., pp of oharati qv. ohitabhlra, mfn. [ohita1 r ohita2 + bhra], whose burden has been put down or removed; Vin I 183,24 (bhikkhu araharn khinsavo vusitav katakaraniyo ~o anuppattasadattho) * Dili 83,16 (Sv 863,32: kilesabhro ca khandhabhro ca ohito ass ti ~o, ohito ti otrito, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ohito ti ohrito) * MI 4,36 (Ps I 43,6: tass' ime tayo bhr ohit oropit nikkhitt ptit) * Mil 104,17; Thi 223 (aharn amhi kantasall ~); Kv 87,38; Vism 678,10 (mahkhinsavo antimadehadhri ~o); anohitabhra, mfn., whose burden has not been put down or removed; Kv 102,32 (angmi puggalo katakaraniyo... -0 tattha upapajjati... bhroharanya puna maggam bhveti, Ee so; Be, Se anohatabhro). ohiya, absol. o/odahati qv. ohiyyaka, see sv ohiyaka. ohiyyati, see sv ohiyati. ohina, mfn., pp of ohiyati qv. ohinaka, m(fn). [ohina + ka2], (one) left behind; (one) coming behind; Jail 129,22 (yakkhiniyo ... te tattha ~e addhateyyasate manusse vadhitv khdimsu); Sv679,i4 (~nam pana okso dullabho hoti) = Spk I 75,8 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ohiyaknam, prob, wr); 268,10 (ohiyako ti ~o). ohiyaka, ohiyyaka, m(fn). [from ohiyati], (one) left behind; Vin III 208,22 (yasm Udyi ohiyyako hoti vihraplo, Be, Ce,Eeso; Se ohiyako; Sp663,s: ohiyako ti avahiyako avaseso vihravram patv eko va vihre thito ti attho, Se so; Be, Ce ohiyyako ti; Ee ohiyyako ti); SI 185,7 (ohiyyako vihraplo); Spk I 75,8 (ohiyaknam pana okso dullabho hoti, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ohlnaknam; = SV679,H: ohlnaknam); see also avahiyaka. ohiyati, ohiyyati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of *o2 + jahati; S. avahiyate], is left behind; falls behind; falls back; hangs back; Vin IV 150,32 (purato gacchanto ~ati sossmi ti, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ohiyyati); 229,30 (katham hi nma bhikkhuni ek ganamh -issati); 229,37 (ek v ganamh ~eyya; 230, is foil.: dutiyikya bhikkhuniy dassanupacram v savanupacram v vijahantiy); Ja I 396,26 (kirn bho thokam -asiti); IV 426,12' (tvam eva ~asi ti pucchati, Ce so; Be, Ee ohiyyasi ti; Se ohiyasi ti);

Sp 913,18 (anubandhitum asakkonti gacchatu ayan ti ~ati itar pi ~atu ayan ti gacchati); Mp I 347,10 (s pitari phalphalatthya gate pannaslyam ~ati, Be, Ce so; Ee ohiyyati; Se ohiyati); part.pr. (a)ohiyanta, mfn., Mhv 48:93 (dipdo tad senam -antam samekkhiya); (b) ohiyamna, mfn., Spk I 75,8 (mayarn -amn, Ee so, but prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se ohin); Mhv 44:107 (attano balam -amnam disvna); see also ohiyamnaka; aor. 3 sg. ohiyi, Vin IV 229,32; Ja I 396,25; VI 11,13; Ud-a404,32 (nando udakastikam pilento ~i); 3pl. ohiyimsu, Ja IV 431,27 (dve va -imsu, Be, Ee so; Se ohiyimsu; Ce vasimsu); Ud-a 355,6 (vihre yeva vasitukm -imsu); absol. ohiyitv, Vin IV 229,24 (bhikkhuni vaccena pilit ekik ~itv pacch agamsi); Vism 144,4 (ghare -itv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohiyitv) = As 116,n; Ud-a 243,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ohiyitv); pp ohina, mfn., having fallen behind; left behind; separated from; falling back; Vin IV 229,28 (kissa tvam ayye ekik ~); Ja IV 432, i4' (ogano ti gan -0 hutv, Ce so; Ee ganam; Be, Se gan -0 parihino); Nidd I 312,23 (satthena saha vasanto satth ~o); Sv679,14 (ayarn samgamo mah, mayam -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -a) = Spk I 75,8 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ohiyamna, prob, wr); Spk II 291,22 (ek kira itthi marukantre rattim satthato -); Mp 1227,10 (dasabalassa ca crikatthya gamanakle -bhikkh nma appak honti, Ce, Eeso; Be ohinaka-; Se ohiyanaka-; = Ap-a 525,13: Be, Se ohiyyamnaka-; Ce, Ee ohiyamnaka-); Mp II 126,16 (satth ekako va Jetavane ~o, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ohiyati); Th-a I 207, is (there akkhirogena vihre ~e); Mhv 44:61; 48:105 (~ jivitatthino); see also avahiyati, ohya, ohyitv. ohiyana, n. [from ohiyati], falling behind; being left behind; hanging back; Kkh 131,8 (turitagamane pi ~e pi es' eva nayo); ifc see gana-, ganamh-. ohiyamnaka, ohiyyamnaka, mfn. [ohiyamna (part.pr. of ohiyati) + ka2], staying behind; being left behind; remaining; Sv 525,17 (eko ~o gantho hoti pannavantam bhikkhum sanganhitv tena tarn gantham ukkhippent, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se oliyamnako; = Mp IV 18,is: oliyamnako; Sv-ptII 163,3: -0 ti plito atthato ca vinassamno, Ee so; Be oliyamnako ti); Ap-a 525,13 (dasabalassa ca crikatthya gamanakle ohiyyamnakabhikkh nma appak honti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ohiyamnaka-; = Mp 1227,10: Be ohinaka-; Ce, Ee ohina-; Se ohiyanaka-). ohijan, / [from ohileti; cf S. lex. avahelana], scorn; disgust; Vibh 353,38 (omno ... hilan ~ ohilitattam; Vibh-a 486,16: hilan ti jti -dihi attajigucchan, - ti atirekato hilan). ohileti, pr. 3 sg. [o2 + hileti], scorns; views with disgust; Ud-a 368,23 (api ca tass' yasmato rpam paribhtam paribhavatthniyam puthujjan -enti); pp ohilita, mfn. [cf S. lex. avahelita], scorned; viewed with disgust; Vism 424,13 (jtikulabhogdinam vasena hilite -e oiinte avannte) = Spl64,i2; Spk I 82,27 (-0 duddasiko); ohilitatta, n., abstr., scorn, disgust; Vibh 353,38 (omno ... hilan ohilan ttam).

599

iL

ka 1 , m. [ts] (nom. ko1), the sound ' k ' ; the consonant 'k'; Sadd 604,19 (ka kha ga gha na); 605,3i; 827,2i (khe ~o: vyanjanantassa dhtussa ~o hoti khapaccaye pare: titikkhati bubhukkhati); -kra 1 , m. [ka + kra1], the letter or sound 'k'; Sadd 857,32; Sp 1400,29 (yakro ~am pajjati); Th-al 236,20 (sadattho ti sakattho, -assyam dakro kato); Sadd 687,25 (~-ttam); -vagga, m., the guttural consonants', Sadd 608,29 (avannakavaggahakr kanthaj). ka 2 , [ts] (nom. ko2), 1. a suffix added to nouns, pronouns or adjectives, usually not affecting the meaning, but sometimes forming adjectives or diminutives or expressing contempt; cf Sadd 661,30 (sabbanmato kakrgamo); 803,17 (hijannukampakhuddakakucchitasakatthesu ko); very often added to bahuvrihi cpds; cf Sadd 77 4,20 foil.; 2. a suffix added to numerals to express a group; cf Sadd 801,5 (anekatthe dvdito ko, satassa dvikarn dvisatam); -kra 2 ,m. [ka + kra1], the suffix -ka; Sadd 661,30 (sabbanmato ~' -gamo yathtanti); Thi-a 28,2 (sumuttik ti sumutt, ~o padapranarnattam); Patis-a413,3i (~o pan' ettha anukampya datthabbo); Sv-ptIII 47,6 (mundake samanake ti ettha ~o garahyan ti). ka 3 , mf. and kim, n., interrog. pronoun and adjective [S. kas, k, kim], (sg. nom. m. ko3, ke, / k, n. kim; ace. m./kam, n. kim; instr. m.n. kena, / kya; ab I. m.n. kasm, kism, / kass; dat./gen. m.n. kassa, n. kissa, / kass, kiss; loc. m.n. kasmim, kamhi, kismim, kimhi; pl. nom./acc. m. ke, / k, kyo, n. kni; instr./abl. m.n. kehi; dat./gen. m.n. kesarn; loc. m.n. kesu,/ ksu); iickim-, occasionally ko-; see also Sadd 278,20foil.; ko and ke are occasionally written as kv (or kuv,) and ky respectively before a following initial vowel, which may be lengthened; kim is occasionally written as ki, or as ky before a following initial vowel, which is usually lengthened; who ? what ? which ... ? (frequently followed by particles, esp. by nu, nu kho, (s)su, ssa); who are you who...?; sometimes expressing indignation: who does he think he is to ... ? who are you to... ?; VinI 7,12 (kassa nu kho aham pathamam dhammam deseyyam, ko imam dhammam khippam eva jnissati); 28,35 (kimhi nu kho aham lambitv uttareyyan ti... idha bhante bhagav lambitv uttarat ti); 104,4 (kissa antaryiko, pathamassa jhnassa adhigamya antaryiko); II 10,38 (kvyam abalabalo viya); 286,24 (kismim vatthusmim); III 132,27 (kassham kena hymi; Sp 551,13: aham kass anniss itthiy kena bhogena v alankrena v rpena v parihymi, k nma may uttaritar ti dipeti; Sadd 217,24: ettha kass tipancamiy rpam); 135,11 (ete kho bhante amhe na jnanti ke v ime kassa v ti); IV 212,29 (kyham tarn ayye na icchissmi; Sp 901,3: kyhan ti kim aham); 274,14 (k im ti, bhikkhuniyo ayy ti); D 118,9 (tarn kissa hetu); 96,8 (ko n' eva re m' ayam dsiputto samno Khuddarpim dhitaram yca ti); 237,8 (kismim vivdo);

II 31,5 (kimhi nu kho sati jarmaranam hoti); MI 132,12 (kassa kho nma tvam moghapurisa may evarn dhammam desitam jinsi; Ps II 104,5: tvam moghapurisa kassa khattiyassa v brhmanassa v... may evam dhammam desitam jnsi; perhaps rather for ko ssa ?); 11159,3 (imassa kv attho); III 6,1 (ettha kyham bho Gotama karomi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kvham, prob, wr); 238,18 (kam si tvam bhikkhu uddissa pabbajito ko v te satth kassa v tvam dhammam rocesi); SI 39,3*foil. (kism bhiyo na vijjati kissa ssu ekadhammassa sabbe va vasam anvag, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kissa ssa); 39,i8* (kim su samyojano loko, split cpd; Spk I 95,n: kimsamyojano kimbandhano); 41,3* (kissa loko updya ... channam eva updya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kiss); 128,14* (kim vivekena khasi); 178,23* (ky assa apacit assu kyssu sdhu supjit; Spkl 264,10: ky ass ti ke assa puggalassa); 212,27* (kim 'me kat Rjagahe manuss, prob, split cpd, see kimkata below) = Thi 54; Ud 8,30 (tassa k gati ko abhisamparyo); 44,2 (kyham ayy karomi, kim may sakk ktum; Ud-a 258,10: kyhan ti kim aham); 79,5* (kim kayir udapnena p ce sabbad siyum); Sn206 (kim annatra adassan); 324 (kni kammni brhayam); 786 (sa kena gaccheyya); 961 (kyssa vyappathayo assu kyss' assu idha gocar; Pj II 572,29: kidisni tassa vacanni assu); Vv 1:2 (kena t' etdiso vanno; Vv-a 16,8: kena ti ca hetu-atthe karanavacanam, kena hetun ti attho); 1:3 (kim aksi punnam); 16:2 (kasm nu ky anadhivararn upgami; Vv-a 79,22: kuto nma devakyato ...); 22:3 (kissa kammass' idam phalam); 63:11 (kya v pana vijjya bhaveyyam ajarmaro); Pv 13:1 (k nutvam idha titthasi); 30:7 (ki ssa vatam kim pana brahmacariyam; <kimsvid? cf Thi 417 below and Pv-a 199, M: ki ssti kim assa) ^ Ja IV 52,28* (kim te vatam); Pv 36:37 (kasmim padese); Thi 298 (tarn mam rpavatim santim kassa ohya gacchasi; Thi-a 214, \ A foil.: kassa nma sattassa kassa v hetuno kena kranena ohya pahya...); 417 (ki ssa tay aparaddham; <kim + svid? cf K.R.Norman, 1911, p. 153 <zw/Thi-a 246,26: ki ssti kim assa); Ja III 206,21* (kyham devnam akaram; 206,24': kim nma aham devnam akarim); 373,2* (kim tvam tesam kim o tuyham honti ete, Ce, Ee so; Be kirne; Se kimme; 373,5': kim 0 tuyham v kim su ete honti); IV 110,5* (kim s 'dha bhit janat anek ..., split cpd; 110,10': ayam ... janat kimbhit kassa bhayena ...); 446,23* (kv ajja setu; 446,24': ko ajja sayatu); V 237,14* (kuv idha ppena lippati, Ee so; Be, Se kv idha; Ce kav idha; 237,23': kuv idh ti ko idha); 477,2* (kim icchasi); 479,1* (kim o nu tvam Sutasomnutappe, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kim eva; 479,8". imesu puttdisu ... kim eva anusocasi kim cintesi ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be different); VI 26,14* (kyo amogh gacchanti... raty amogh gacchanti); 45,30* (kesan nu ajja rme); 56,22* (kimh' eso mahato ghoso; 56,28". kimh' eso ti kimhi kena kranena ...); 265,5* (ke gandhabbe ca rakkhase ... bhatt bhavissati; 265,9" ke gandhabbe tiko

600

gandhabbo v rakkhaso v); 302,12* (so 'ham kissa nu bhyissam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kissnubhyissam, prob, wr); 492,33* (kismim me Sivayo kuddh; 493, r: kismin ti katarasmim krane); Niddl 81,6 (kehi anusayehi gaccheyya); Bv 1:75 (kamhi kale; Bv-a59,n: kamhi kle ti kasmim kle); Pj I 78,15 (ki ha); kismim viya + inf. [cfS. kim-, "what sort of..., a bad..."], it is shameful (to); Vin III 135,17 (ke v ime kassa v ti, kismim viya kumrikya vattum; Sp 552,28: kismim viy ti kiccham viya kileso viya hin viya amhkam hoti ti adhippyo); 111211,9 (amhkam kho bhante kulaputtaknam kismim viya ekastakam gantum; Sp 665,7: ldsmim viy ti kimsu viya, kileso viya ...); IV 79,6 (upsik kismim viya rittahattham gantun tipvam paci; Sp819,17: kismim viy ti kidisam viya lajjanakam viya hoti ti adhippyo); ko ca ko ca, who are each of them, who are they ?; Mil 115,n (sattatejanti, ko ca ko ca mahrja ti); 291,3 (ko ca ko ca bhante ti, Mandht... rj, Nimi rj, Sdhino rj Guttilo ca gandhabbo ti); ko pana vdo ..., not to speak of..., never mind...; M I 43,27 (cittuppdam p i . . . kusalesu dhammesu bahukram vadmi, ko pana vdo kyena vcya anuvidhiyansu); III 177,12 (ekamekena... ratanena samanngato rj... somanassam patisamvediyetha, ko pana vdo sattahi ratanehi); S V 127,26; A I 10,22 (ko pana vdo ye nam bahulikaronti; Mp I 72,9 foil.: ye pana idam mettacittam bahulam sevanti... te amogham ratthapindam paribhunjanti ti ettha vattabbam eva kim); It 15,14 (ko pana vdo padesarajjassa); ka followed by ca (or pi> and preceded by yd.: whoever, whatever; whichever ...; S I 99,22 (yasm kasm ce pi kul ... pabbajito hoti); A III 214,3* (ysu ksu ca etsu); 214,6* (yasmim kasmim ca jtiye); Ja VI 537,5* (yni kni ca pupphni); ka followed by ci [koci1] (or, before eva, cid,), and sometimes preceded by ya (sg. acc. m. kaiici and kifici): whoever, whatever, whichever...; anyone whatsoever; anyone, anything; some...; any...; Vin III 13,6 (na tvam... kinci dukkhassa jnsi; Sp204,25foil.: tvam... kind appamattakam pi kalabhgam dukkhassa na jnsi, atha v kinci dukkhena nnubhosi ti attho ... atha v kinci dukkham na sarasi ti attho); 167,26 (kinci desam lesamattam updya); IV 1,22 (ete... titthiy nma yena kenaci jetabb); 127,19 (m kassaci rocesi ti); 237,33 (kismincid eva adhikarane); D I 56,32 (yo pi tinhena satthena sisam chindati na koci kinci jivit voropeti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kanci; koci is perhaps from ko7 qv; c/Sv 167,24: tattha aham imam jivit voropemi tikevalam sannmattam eva hoti ti dasseti) = M I 517,30 (eds kanci) * S III 211,17 (Be na so pi kanci; Ce na koci kanci; Ee na koci tarn; Se na koci kinci); D I 91,12 (kenacid eva karaniyena); 98,io (kismicid eva pakarane, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kismincid); 1157,7 (kimhici); Mill 61,10 (yni knici... bhayni uppajjanti); SI 7,22* (hirinisedho puriso koci lokasmim vijjati; Spkl 37,13: koci evarpo loke vijjati tipucchati); A HI 213,11 (yam kanci... jneyytha gihim); 403,22 (kocid eva puriso); Dhp 108 (yam kinci yittham va hutam va loke); Pv21:20 (na... ad dnarn sakapnihi kassaci); 38:27 (yo pi haneyya purisam parassa chindate siram na koci kinci hanati); Ja IV 312,8*

(yo v bhonto sankati kancid eva) = Cp-a 207,27* (207,29: kanci ti annataram); JaV 235,4 (kinci klam vasitv); VI 230,17* (atthe kisminci vyvato); 502,13* (m ca kanci vanibbake hethayittha, eds so; acc. pi. [<kmcid] 1 or wr for kinci?); Niddl 216,2 (atthi kanci klam kodho cittvilakaranamatto hoti, eds so; Nidd-al 322,20: kinci klan ti ekad, kanci klan ti pi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kanci kle ti ekad); esp. m.pl. keci, some people; some authorities; some commentators (who give a different reading or interpretation); Sp 404,3 (keci pana asecanako ti ansittako ojavanto sabhven' eva madhuro ti vadanti; Sp-t[ite]II 183,27: keci ti Uttaravihravsike sandhy' ha); Sv 80,16 (sciyogo ti kutilayogo ... keci annam dassetv afinassa parivattanarn sciyogo ti vadanti; Sv-ptI 160,3: keciti Srasamscariy Uttaravihravsino ca); 184,23 (Sv-ptI 316,5: keci ti Abhayagirivsino); Pj I 78,17 (tattha Sihalnam ki h ti ptho, te hi kin ti vattabbe ki h ti vadanti; keci bhananti ha iti nipto, theriynam pi ay am eva ptho ti); Ud-a44,10; Pv-a25,2 (keci pana bahuke ti pathanti, so pana pamdaptho); Bv-a 139,32 (adan ti adsim... dadin ti pathanti keci); Sadd695,2o (keci pana na dhati ti pathanti); 701,19 (keci pana apanetv ito dadti ti apadnan ti vadanti); 747,16 (keci pana... dabbavcakattam icchanti); 758,23 (kec* ettha vadeyyum); ka + ci repeated: of whatever kind; of some kind or other; D I 90,1 (kanci kanci katham srniyam vitisreti); 11270,3 (kehici kehici kiccakaraniyehi vyvato); S I 123,31 (yni visukyitni ... knici knici sabbni ...); see also kinci below; ka + cana (sg. acc. m. kaficanam [and kancinam ? or is this kanci + nam?]), someone; anyone; M i l 105,3* (na hi jtu so mamamhimse annam v pana kancanam, Ce so; Be kifici nam; Ee, Se kanci nam; Ps III 34\,9foil.: na kevalam mam annam pi pana kinci puggalam m himsatu) = Th 876 (Be, Ce kincanam; Ee, Se kanci nam); MII 105,10* (na nam himsmi kancanam, Ce so; Be kinci nam; Ee, Se kanci nam) = Th 879 (Be, Ce kincanam; Ee, Se kanci nam); Ja III 456,25* (dhammo have hato hanti nhato hanti kancinam, Ee so; Be, Ce kincanam; Se kincinam); Ap 37, is (bahujjano mam pjeti nham pjemi kancanam, Ce so; Be kincanam; Ee kancinam; Se kinci nam) ^ 437,19 (Be, Ce, Se kincanam; Ee kancinam); pi. nom. m. kecana, some people; some authorities; Sadd 55,14 (pancamisattamisann rlhisann ti kecana); 124,29*; see also kincana^v; forms used adverbially: kim (very often strengthened by nu, nu kho, (s)su, ssa), 1. interrogative particle; Vin I 96,16 (kim dni pabbajito siti, ma pabbajito 'mhi ti); D I 188,3 (kim pana bhante tarn jivam tarn sariram); in double question: Abhll38 (kim udhu); Spklll 59,i (kinnu kho... udhu...); Vv-a 63,7 (tvam kim nakkhattam kilissasi udhu bhatim karissasi ti); 2 . why ? how ?; S I 198,7* (utthehi bhikkhu kim sesi); Thi 466; Ja I 279,14 (psno kim pativacanam na dassati); Sadd 644,7 (v ti kim); 3. (expressing indignation or impatience) what! is he... ? how is it that... ?; Dhp-a I 389,20 (kim ayarn mahrja gahapatiko viya dhvatl ti annadatthu garaham labhati); Vv-a 207,10 (kim je dutthadsi mundanamattena

601

tava vippamokkho ti); 4. (+ ins tr.) what is the use of..., away with ..., no more of...; VinlV 179,27 (kim nu kho nma amhkam jivitena); M I 39,7 (kim... Bhukya nadiy, kim Bhuk nadi karissati); II47, io (alarn samma Ghatkra, kim pana tena mundakena samanakena ditthen ti); Ja IV 178,24 (kim me idha vsena); Mil 110,25 (alam bho, kim tumhkam imassa sisacchedanena); 156,20 (kim parassa dinnena); kim is often followed by other particles: l.kim anga (sometimes written kim angam) [S. kim anga], how much more? how much less? never mind...; Vinll 182,37 (ime ... Sakyakumr ... pabbajissanti, kim anga panham); IV 204,17 (tad p i . . . kim anga pana etarahi); D II 42,3i (kim ariga pana mayam, Be, Ce so; Ee wr na mayam; Se kim angam); Mill 181,36 (kim anga pana parattha); S II 268,27 (ime hi nma ther bhikkh ... kim anga panham, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kim angam); Th 280 (sagge pi tena rajjantikim anga pana mnuse); Mil 274,2 (suriyassa p i . . . rogo uppajjissati kim anga pana afinesam sattnam); Vism 233,3; 2. kim u [ts], how much more?; Abhll38; Saddh 137; 3. kica [ts], (i) moreover, further; Sadd 700,17 (kifica bhiyyo); It-a I 162,29 (kinca bhiyo); (ii) (expressing indignation) all the more; how much more; Ja I 135,13* (afine pi devo poseti kinca devo sakam pajam; 135,23': kinc ti garahatthe ca anuggahatthe ca nipto); 4. kifi carahi [cfS. kim tarhi], how then ? why then ? how is it that... ?; D II 115,15 (atha kin carahi tvam abhinippilesi ti); M I 392,27 (atha kin carahi... nnkaranam); S I 149,16 (atha kin carahi idhgato); 5. kiftcpi, although; D U 319,28 (kificpi... atha kho...); SI 71,32 (kincpi te evam vadeyyum ... atha kho ...); It 114,2; Sn 232; Th 947; Ja I 147,31' (kincpi... evam sante p i . . . ) ; Ps 100,16 (kincpi ... tath pi...); 6. kifici [S. kimcid], somewhat; a little; Abhll48; Mhv 38:95 (khdanto ljam asspi kinci mattam adsi so); kiiicicala, m., trembling a little; Dhtum272 (kapi kificicale); kiiicicalana, n., trembling a little; Dhtup 139 (phanda kincicalane); Dhtum 197; na kinci, not at all; Th-all 158,19 (na kampenti na kinci clenti); kinci in Ee at Nidd I 493,19 is prob, wr for kin ca {Be, Ce, Se so); akinci in eds at Dhp 390 is prob, corrupt; see J.Brough, 1962, pp. 181-82; 7. kinti (i) (emphasising interrog. meaning) why indeed ? how precisely ? exactly what ? have you indeed... ?; Vin III 3,36 (kinti sv ssa vacaniyo jettho v kanittho v ti); 92,io (kin te adhigatam kinti te adhigatam; Sp 490,7: kinti te adhigatan ti upyapucch); D II 73,25 (kinti te nanda sutam Vajji... sanniptabahul ti); MI 238,12 (kinti pana te Aggivessana kyabhvan sut ti); S i l 51,29 (evam puttho... kinti vykareyysi ti); A HI 355,9 (kim h' ime jhyanti kint' ime jhyanti; Mp III 379,15: kint' ime jhayanti ti kimattham ime jhyanti); Sn 528 (jniyo kinti nma hoti); Pv 36:25 (tarn kinti jneyyam; Pv-a 226,24: kinti kena kranena); Vv 84:43 (dhamme thito kinti labhetha dukkham); Ja II 159,4 (kinti tarn ganhitum sakkhissma); 111205,12* (kinti karomi dni); IV 302,2* (dhammattho kinti vuccati); Kv 160,9; (ii) (introducing a clause of purpose [with opt.J): why? so that...; in order

that...; Vin II 160,11 (ussukkam pajjissati kinti nu kho vihro khippam pariyosnam gaccheyy ti); M I 12,15 (atthi me tumhesu anukamp kinti me svak dhammadyd bhaveyyum no misadyd ti); AIV 282,3 (guttiy sampdeti kinti me ime bhog n' eva rjno hareyyum...); JaIV 399,11* (yath pi mt ca pit ca puttam anussare kinti sukhi bhaveyya); Mil 31,29 (kinti... idam dukkham nirujjheyya ... etadatth ... amhkam pabbajj); ~-kara, mfn., doing what ? acting how? (or originally part.pr. ?); JaIV 339,25* (kathamkaro kintikaro kim caram) = V 148,14*; kissa [cf Pkt kisa], why ?; Vin I 208,12 (kissyam drik rodati); 217,22 (kissa nipann si ti, giln' amhiti); Ud 59,29 (kissa pana tvam bhikkhu evam cirarn aksi ti; Ud-a313,i6: kiss ti kimkran); Thi467 (kissa diyyati; Thi-a259,i/o//.: kena nma kranena diyyati); Ja IV 337,20* (atha kissa mam psavaspanitam pamuttave icchasi); Mil 47,2i (kissa tvam bho purisa gmam jhpesi ti); kasm, why?; D I 188,32 (kasm bhante bhagavat avykatan ti); Th44 (kasm mam amma rodasi); Sn 883 (kasm na ekam saman vadanti); kim-akkhyi(n), m/n., declaring what? teaching what ?; Vin I 40,19 (kimvdi pan' yasmato satth ~i) * SHI 7,4 (Spkll 258,2: ~i ti kim svaknam ovdnussanim cikkhati); M I 108,27 (kimvdi samano ~i ti); kim-agghiyam, adv., at what price ?; Ja VI 577,1* (~am hi vo tta brhmanassa pit ad; 577,5': ~an ti kim agghamkatv); kim-attham, kim-atthya, adv., for what purpose ? what for ? why?; Vin I 210,7 (~ya... gule pittham... pakkhipanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kimatthiy); M I 147,47 (~am carah' vuso bhagavati brahmacariyam vussatT ti); Ja VI 227,30* (~am samma rodasi); Ap 152,2 (uppdo nu ~ya); Sv434,24 (~ya panyam rakkh); Spkl 69,24 (~am anagghe khattiye nsetha); Sadd 135,17 (v ti~am); kim-atthika, mfn., aiming at what? with what purpose ?; Ja III 499,14* (panii ~, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kimatthiy); IV 46,16* (-0 tta khanasi ksum); kim-atthiya, mfn., with what purpose ? to what end ? of what use ?; MI 293,36 (pann... ~); SIV 253,26 (~am... samane Gotame brahmacariyam vussati ti); A V l,n (~ni... kusalni silni kimnisamsni); Ja IV 465,26* (-am nga tapo karosi); kimatthiyam, adv., to what end ? why ?; Ja V 51,9* (~am kissa v samma hetu mamam vadhi); kimatthiy in Ee at Vin I 210,7 is probably wr for kimatthya (Be, Ce, Se so); kim-dhikaranam, adv. [a- lengthened rhythmically], on account of what ? why?; JaIV 4,11*; kim-abhiftfia, mfn., of what name ?; Ja VI 126,3* (imam nu dvram -am hu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kimabhannam; 126,15': -amh ti kinnmakam nma vadanti, Ce so; Be, Se kinnmam vadanti); kim-uttara, mfn., having what as its chief characteristic ? having what as most excellent?; A IV 338,13 (~ sabbe dhamm... pannuttar); 385,24; kimudharana, n., an example to answer the question "why ?"; Sadd 135,16 (~e pana v ti kimattham, saggassa gamanena v ti vattabbam); 858,29; kim-ogadha, mfn., having what as its firmfooting or ford ? or plunged into what?; AIV 385,26 ([sankappavitakk] ~ ti

602

amatogadh...); kim-kata, mfn., having what done (to it) ? (ie: what has happened to ?); having done what?; Vin I 193,19 (sanghti lohitena makkhit hoti, bhikkh evam hamsu, ayam pana te vuso sanghti <- ti); D II 22,4 (ayam ... puriso ~o, kes pi 'ssa na yath annesam); Pj II 117,3 (~o ayam rukkho, mamgamanavelyam... pavlasadisapupphlankato ahosi, idni nippattapuppho jto); As 56,23 (dhamm kusal ti vacanamattena ~ kirn v karonti ti na sakk ntum); cf S I 212,27* (kirn 'me kat Rjagahe manuss; split cpd ? c/Spkl 315,32: kirn ime kat kirn karonti ti attho) = ThI54 (Thi-a59,2: ime Rjagahe manuss ~, kismim nma kicce vyvat); kim-kara, m., a servant; Abh514 {Be so; Ce kimkaro); ifc see saha-; kim-karaniya, n., duty, any duty at all; Vin I 70,12 (yni tni sabrahmacrinam uccvacni ~ni, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee karaniyni) * MI 324,27 (Ps II 402,23: kirn karomi ti evam vatv kattabbakammni); AII 35,25 (yni kho pana tni gahatthakni ~ni); kim-kra 1 , m. [kirn + kra1], whatever action; any service at all; Sv 168,26; Spkll 311,26; patissvi(n), mfn., ready for any action required; agreeing to all (requests for) service; Vin I 346, is (pubbutthyi ahosi pacchnipti ~-patissvi) * D I 60,7 (Sv 168,26: kam karomi kim karomi ti evam ~am eva patisunanto vicarati) * AIV 265,20 (mtugmo... patissvini); Ps IV 221,17 (~-patissvitam paijati); Sadd280,2o; kimkra2, m.\\dm + kra1], a servant; Abh 514 (Ce so; Be kimkaro); kim-kranam, -kran, adv., for what reason ? why?; Vin III 222,36 (~ gato si); Th 1107 (~am); Ja VI 374,23* (~); Mil 97,n (~am); kimkusalagavesi(n), mfn., searching for (the knowledge of) what is right or good; M I 163,32 (Ps II 171,1: ~I ti kim kusalan ti gavesamno); It-al 148,25; kim kusalnu-esi(n), mfn., id.; D II 151,26* (yam pabbajim ~i; Sv 590,3/o//.: tattha kim kusalan ti sabbannutnnam adhippetam, tarn gavesanto ti attho); kim-gatika, mfn., producing what future course?; SV 118,22 (mettcetovimutti ~ hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kimgtik); kim-jacca, mfn., of what class ? of what family ?; SI 168,8 (~o bhavan ti) = Snp. 80,13; Kv608,28 (-0 kimgotto); kim-jtika, mfn., 1. produced by what ? having what as its origin ?; VinV 151,14 (vivddhikaranam kimnidnam kimsamudayam -am ...); Dil 277,4 (issmacchariyam... ~am); MI 67,16; Niddl 256,4; 2. of what birth or class ? of what caste ?; Ja VI 421,25' (~ ti pucchpetv candlajtik ti sutv pi); Sv261,i6(~ si ti, Okkkamahrjassa dhit smi ti); kim -j tik, adv., from what origin?; Niddl 291,25 (kasm kimkran ... ~); kim-ditthika, mfn., holding what beliefs ? having what theories ?; A V 186,3 (-0 samano Gotamo ti); Ps II 73,18 (kimvdi ti ~o); kin-nara, m., and kin-nari, / , a mythical being, prob, an animal but with some human features or characteristics (they live in the mountains; are timid, but sing and dance superbly; and have remarkably beautiful eyes. They are usually identified with kimpurisas qv); Abh 45; Thi381 (~iy-r-iva pabbatantare); Jail 230,3 (ekarn ~im disv patibaddha-

citto); IV 252,5 (jayampatike dve kinnare gahetv); 283,20 foil (Candakinnaro ... puppharenum khdanto pupphapate nivsento); V 42,25* (ruyha selam bhavanam ~nam); VI 422,22' (Vacchatpaso tva manusso hutv tiracchnagatya ~iy saddhim samvsarn kappesi); Ap 17,9 (~ vnar c' eva atho pi vanakammik); 450,22 (jahitv ~am deham, split cpd mc? cf 529,4: jahitv kinnarideharn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee mnusam deharn, prob, wr); 515,6 (ahosim ~i tad); Bv 1:20 (ng supann atha v pi ~); Mil 267,19 (atthi ~ mahorag ng supann siddh vijjdhar); Sp255,i5 (--hatthimakkatdlnam); kinnma, kinnmaka, see sw; kim-pakka, n. [cfS. kimpka], the poisonous fruit of a certain tree (Strychnos nux vomica or Trichosanthes palmata 1); Ja I 368,22* (~am iva bhakkhitam); V 432,17' (visarukkho ti ambasadiso rukkho); see also kimphala; kim-pahotika, mfn., arising from what?; SHI 42,13 (Spkll 268,B: ~ ti kimpabhutik, kuto pabhavanti ti attho); kim-purisa, m, and kim-purisi,/, a mythical being (usually identified with kinnara qv); Abh45; A I 77,29 (dve ... atthavase sampassamn ~ mnusim vcam na bhsanti; Mp II 151,2: ~ ti kinnar); Ja IV 254,22* (tunhi ah ~o sabhariyo); 438,22* (upgami... yattha ... ~ ahesum ... pucchmi vo mnusadehavanne); 439,2* (mig manuss va nibhsavann jnanti no ~ ti ludda; cf 442,29: ime hi nma tiracchnagat); V215,n* (~i va pabbate); 416,23** (-purisallukimpurisayakkharakkhasanisevite); VI 422,6* (~I... Vaccham akmayi manusso migiy saddhim..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~, prob, wr); 497,7* (disvna ... ~e naccante); 497,9* (yad sossasi ... gitam ~nam); kim-phala, m. or n. and mfn., 1. (m. orn.) the name of a certain tree or its poisonous fruit; Ja I 271,5 (--rukkho); see also kimpakka; 2. (mfn.) having what as its fruit ? producing what result ?; S V 118,22 (mettcetovimutti... ~); AIV 428,7; kimbhita, mfn., fearing what?; JaIV 110,10' (ayam... janat ~ kassa bhayena...); kim-mlaka, mfn., having what as its root?; Mill 16,10 (pancupdnakkhandh ~); AIV 338,10 (~ ... sabbe dhamm ... chandamlak); kim-rukkhaphala, n., the fruit of what tree ?; Ja V 203,6* (~ni tni; 206,9': katararukkhaphalni nma); kim-vdi(ii), mfn., professing which doctrine ? declaring which view ?; Vin 140,19 (~i pan' yasmato satth kimakkhyi) * S III 7,3 (Be, Ce so; Ee kimvd, prob, wr; Se kimvdyasmantnam; Spkll 258,1: ~iti kim attano dassanam vadati); MI 108,27 (Ps II 73,18: ~I ti kimditthiko); Mhv 5:271; kimsamyojana, mfn., having what as fetter ?; Spkl 95,17 (kim su samyojano loko ti ~o kimbandhano, ad SI 39,18*); kim-santhita, mfn., formed like what ? resembling what?; Niddl 210,7 (kidisena dassanena samanngato ~ena; Nidd-al 318,23: -en ti kimsarikkhena). ka 4 , m. [ts] (nom. ko4), a name of Brahma; Sadd 239,6 (~o vuccati brahm). ka 5 , m.(nom. ko5), wind; Sadd 239,6; 239,12 (-0 vuccati vto). ka 6 , m. [S.lex. id.] (nom. ko6), the body; Sadd 239,6;

603

239,14 (~o vuccati sariram). ka 7 , n. [ts], water; Abh661; 1198; Sv 209,25 (-am vuccati udakam); Vv-a 334,25 (-am trenti nayanti etth ti hi kantaro, udakam gahetv taritabbatthnam); Sadd 238,3 (-e udake vattanato... kevatt ti laddhanm) = Ud-a 181,14 (so read?; eds omit ~Q); Mp II 357,26 (kandaram nma -an ti laddhanamena udakena drito ... pabbatapadeso); see also kanja. ka 8 , n. [ts], happiness; pleasure; Sadd237,25; 238,6(-an ti hi sukham); Sv-pt I 3,2 (~am iti sukham tarn rundhati ti karun); aka, n., unhappiness; Sadd 238,6 (na kam -am dukkham, tarn n' atthi etth ti nko ti attho gahetabbo). ka 9 , n. [S. lex. id.], the head; Sadd 237,25; 238,4 (~e sise senti uppaijanti ti kes). kamsa1, m n. [ts; cf also S. kmsya, BHS kmsa], 1. a metal cup or vessel; a (metal) cymbal; metal, esp. bronze or bell-metal; Abh457; 905 (patte ca lohabhedasmim -o, Be so; Ce sabbalohasmim); Dhp 134 (~o upahato yath); Th 97 (hitv satapalam -am sovannam satarjikam aggahim mattikpattam) * Ja VI 54,i*; Ja VI 510,4* (bhutv sataphale kamse; 510,18': -e ti phalasatena katya kancanaptiy); Sv79,n (-o vuccati suvannapti); ifc see pnfya-, sonna-; 2. a coin worth four kahpanas; Abh905 (-o catukahpane); Sp 919,2 (-o nma catukahpaniko hoti); kamsa- in Ee at Sp 74,I6 (kamsakukkutajivajivakdayo) is wr for hamsa- (Be, Ce, Seso); '-padhrana, mfn. [cfBHS kamsopadohinl, S. kmsyopadohana ?], yielding a pailful of milk; o r with a metal milking-pail; D II 192, I (catursitidhenusahassni... -ni, Be, Ce, Seso; e-padhrni)* S III 145,24 (Spkll 325,19: -ni ti rajatamayadohabhjanni); Ja VI 503,17* (satta dhenusate datv sabb -; 504,30'foil.: - ti idha kamsan ti rajatassa nmam, rajatamayena khirapaticchanabhjanena saddhim yeva adsi ti attho; cf 504,6': kundopadohinmam dhennam sattasatni); Ap 356,i (sabb ~); -kantake in Ee at Ja V 102,27' is prob, wr; read so 'ham sakantake magge with Be, Ce, Se; -tala and -tala, m. (sometimes confused with kamsathla qv below), a (metal) cymbal; Ja VI 277,9'; 411, I (tesam givsu ~e bandhitv); Sp 424,19 (yath puriso mahatiy lohasalkya -am koteyya) ^ Vism 283,6 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kamsathlam); Sadd 569,6 (tala tlane: tleti... -'-di); -thla, n. (sometimes confused with kamsatla qv), a metal dish; a plate of bell-metal or bronze; D I 74,2 (-e nahniyacunnni kiritv; Sv 217,29: -e tiyena kenaci lohena katabhjane); Ja III 224,9* (224,i2': suvannathlarajatathldibhedam -am); 285,5 (udakapunnam ca -am harpeth ti); Mil 62,3i (yath ... -am kotitam pacch anuravati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kamsatlam); kamsathlaggiyhatam at Dip 15:21 is prob, wr; vi kamsaptim va hatam; read (with J. d'Alwis' ms or conjecture infn) kamsat(h)lam viyhatam? -thai aka, n., a metal dish; Ps II 322,4 (vmahatthena -am gahetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kamsathlam); -nila, n., a dark substance or dye, probably copper sulphate, blue vitriol; Vin IV 120,30 (nilam nma dve nilni -am palsanilam; Sp 863,15: -an ti cammakranilam, Mahpaccariyam pana ayomalam loha-

malam etam -am nm ti vuttam); Ps II 100,35 (-am v palsanilam v); -pajjotana, mfn., shining with metal, splendid with bronze, rich in bronze; Ja VI 508,15* (ntikule phite ~e; 509,12': -e ti suvannbhya jotante, Ce so; Ee suvannbhya; Be suvannabhjanbhyapaijotante; Se suvannabhjanehi pajjotante); -pattharika, m., a dealer in metal (goods); Vin II 135,16 (seyyatha pi - ti; Sp 121 l,is: - ti kamsabhandavnij); -pti,/, a metal bowl; Vin II 294,13 (~im udakena pretv); MI 25,20 (-i bhat pan); S I 106,20 (seyyathpi... - i evam assa akkhini bhavanti); Sn/?. 14,9 (-iypysam vaddhetv); Ps I 141,16 (s ~i); Mhv4:13; -pra, mfn., or -puram, ind., filling a bowl; or so as to fill a bowl; (according to ct: full of gold /kamsa coins ?]); Ja IV 107,22* (dadmi terpiyam -am; cf 107,27': imam te aham rpiyaptim suvannapram dadmi ti); -mallaka, m., a metal bowl or dish; Ja III 21,22* (nikkhitt -e; 21,25': -e ti suvannatattake); -loha, n., (a copper alloy), bronze; Mil 267,26 (atthi... vattaloham -am); Sp 1240,21 (in cpd); Vibh-a 63,27 (-am vattaloham raktan ti tini kittimalohni nma); -vijjupabhassara, mfn., brilliant as brass-like (golden ?) lightning; (or brilliant as lightning with metal;!) Ja IV 464,27* (pvisi... nivesanam diccavannpanibham -am; 465,7': meghamukhe sancaranasuvannaviiju viya obhsamnam, Be, Ce so; Ee suvannavannasancaranavijju; Se suvannasataramsivijju viya); -sata, n., a hundred kamsa coins; Ja I 426,9* (sippiknam satam n'atthi kuto - duve; cf 426, ir: dve kahpanasatni pan' assa kuto yev ti). kamsa2, n. [S. knksya ?], desire; Sadd352,20 (khata -e khatati; cf Wg 9:22 vi: khata knksye). kakaca, m. [S. krakaca], I. a saw; Abh 528 (~o); MI 129,15 (ubhatodandakena ce p i . . . -ena cor ... angamangni okanteyyum); JaV 52,12; VI 261,22' (yath dantakro -ena hatthidantam chindeyya); Patis I 171,8 ([rukkham] puriso -ena chindeyya); 2. a certain plant, probably Capparis aphylla; Abh 580 (kariro ~o); '-pama, 6pama, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) containing the example of the saw; MI 129,25 (-am ovdam ... manasikareyytha; or to kakacpam] ?); 2. (n.) the sutta containing the example of the saw, the Kakacpamasutta (MI 121-29); Th445 (vajja ~am; or to kakacpam1 ? Th-all 187,12: -am ovdam vajjeyysi); Sv 123,is(~e hetth akkhantiy utthit upari kakacpam gat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kakacopame); Ps III 148,12 (appbdhatan ti dini kakacopame vitthritni); ' -pam1, / , the example of the saw (see MI 129,15foil); MI 129,25 (-am ovdam... manasikareyytha; in apposition, or split cpd, or to kakacpam above ?); Th 445 (vajja -am; or to kakacpam above?); '-pam2, 6pam,/, the comparison with a saw (see Patis I \l\,ifoll); Sp 422,21 (kakacopam, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se kakacpam) = Vism 281,16 (eds -a); '-pamovda, '-pamaovda, m., the instruction using the example of the saw; MI 186,11 (vuttam ... etam bhagavat -e, Be, Ce,Ee so; Se kakacpame ovde); Vism 298,8* (kakacpamaovda-dmam anussarato patighassa pahnya

604

ghatitabbam); -okantana, okkantana, n., the cutting by a saw; Ps II 227,11 (~am adhivsayamnassa bhikkhuno, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kakacokkantanam); -danta, m., the tooth of a saw; Patis I 171,14 (yath ~ evam asssapasss); Ps II 21,25. kakanfa, m. [cf S. krkal$a], a chameleon, a tree-lizard; Ja 1488,22* (godhkulam ~ va kalim ppeti attnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~o, prob, wr; 488,25': yath ~ato godhkulam sukham na labhi, Ee so; Be, Ce kakantakato; Se kakantak). kakanjaka, m. [kakanta + ka2], a chameleon, a treelizard; Abh623 (~o ca sarato); Ja I 487,13 (~ nma nicajtik); VI 346,20* (toranagge ~o); Ps I 71,12 (attano pakatibhvam avijahanadhammo, ~o viya nnappakratam na pajjati). kakati, pr. S sg. [S. Dhtup kakate, Wg4:16\, is unsteady; is greedy; Sadd 325,29 (kaka loliye: ... ~ati kako); see also kankati. kaku, / [S. kakud], a peak; a projecting corner; the hump (of an ox); Abh497 (kakudho ~u); ifc see calakkaku (sv cala), satakkaku; see also kakudha1. kakuta,m. [cf S. kakutha ?], a dove, a pigeon; Abh636 (-0 prevato); -pda, mfn., dove-footed; Ud22,26 (accharsatni ... ~ni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -pdini ti; Ud-a 172,8: ~ni ti rattavannatya prpatapdasadisapdni); 23,5 (accharsatnam ... ~nan ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -pdininan ti); Ja II 93,5' (~ devacchar); -pdi(n), mfn., and -pdini, / , dove-footed; a dovefooted apsaras; Mil 169,22 (~iniyo accharyo dassesi); Ud-a61,25 (-iniyo accharyo); 1h-all 33,16 (yathyam makkati evam -iniyo upadya janapadakalym). kakuttha, see sv kukuttha. kakutthaka, see sv kukutthaka. kakudha1, m.n. [cf S. kakud, kakuda, AMg kakuha], 1. a peak or projection; the hump (of an ox); a cock's comb; Abh 497 (~o kaku); Ja II 225,1 (gunnam antare jetthakassa pitthiyam ~am hoti); ifc see calakkakudha (.yvcala), sisa-; 2. a symbol of royalty; regalia; Abh879; JaV 264,23* (nikkhippa panca ~ni... vlavijanim unhisam khaggam chattam uphanam); see also kaku. kakudha2, m. [cf S. kakubha], the tree Terminalia arjuna; Abh 562 (ajjuno ~o); 879; Vinl 28,36 (~e adhivatth devat); Ja VI 530,4*; Ap 157,25; Bv 14:21; Sadd 239,H; -phala, n., "kakudha-/rwrt", a type of pearl; Mhv 11:14 (... kakudhaphalapkatik icc et atthajtiyo mutt); Sp 75,4 (Tambapanniyam atiha mutt uppajjimsu ... mutt pkatikamutt ti; Sp-t [Be] I 162,4: kakudharukkhaphalkr bah asmuddik mutt); see also karanjakakudhyuta. kakudho in Ee at Ap 180,16 is prob, wrfor kukuttho {Be, Ce so). kakka, m [S. kalka], a sediment, a paste (produced by grinding oily substances); face-powder; Abh 927; A I 207,13 (~am ca paticca ... upakkilitthassa sisassa ... pariyodapan; Mp II322,16: -an ti malakakakkam); Ja V 302,29' (~ehi, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee kakkhi); ifc see tila-, mattik-, ssapa-; haliddi-; ' -panisevita, mfn.f powdered; covered with a facial paste; JaV 302,1*

(~am mukham; 302,28': -an ti ssapakakkalonakakka...-haliddikakkamukhacunnakehi imehi pancahi kakkehi upanisevitam, Be so; Se -cunnako ti; Ce, Ee ssapakakkulonakakku -... -haliddikakkumukhacunnako ti... kakkhi upanisevitam); see also kakku. kakkata1, m. [ts], a kind of animal; Ja VI 538,1* (~ katamy ca ikk gonasir bah; 538,21': ~ katamy ti dve mahmig). kakkata2, m. [S. karkata], a crab; Ja III 296,2* (bhujarigamo -am ajjhapatto); Sv 937,3 (~o viya akkhini niharitv, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kakkatako); ' -akkhi, n. [kakkata + akkhi1], "crab's eye", a kind of decoration; Sp 290,23 (~Ini ukkiranti, sabbam na vattati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kakkatakakkhini); Vin -vn 3052 (~ini v tattha utthpetum na vattati); -yantaka, ., a "crabmachine", a ladder with pincers or hooks; Mhv 9:17 (gavakkhamhi daspetv rattim -am ruyha). kakkataka, m. [S. karkataka], a crab; Abh 675; M I 234,g; Vv 54:6 (satisamuppdakaro dvre ~o thito); Ja I 222,20; 111296,13*; Dhp-aIII 299,2 (~assa viya akkhini nikkhamimsu); ' -akkhi, n. [kakkataka + akkhi1], "crab's eye", a kind of decoration; Vin-vn 3037 (~Ini utthpenti); ' -acchi, n. [kakkataka + acchi1 ], "crab's eye", a kind of decoration; Sp 291,21 (kyabandhanassa sobhanattham tahim tahim dugunam suttam kottenti -ini utthapenti, na vattati, Ce, Ee so; Be kakkatacchini; Se kakkatakakkhini); -nala, w., a type of reed; Ja IV 141,9'; -magga, m., a crab-passage, crab-channel; As 269,27 (udakam ... -'-dihi palyitv puna nadim eva otarati). kakkatana in Ee at Ud-a 103,26 is wrfor kakketana qv. kakkana, n. [see kakka; and cf S. kalkana, "meanness, wickedness"], pounding, kneading, grinding; Sadd 338,3 (maca muci ~e: ~am sarire ubbattanam); 553,12 (capa ~e). kakkandhu, m or f [S. karkandhu], the jujube tree; Sadd 375,18* (~u badari koli). kakkara1, m. [S. krkara, krakara], a kind of partridge; Jail 161,13/0//. (aranne ~e bandhanto, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kukkute); ifc see dipaka-. * kakkara2, mfn. [cf S. karkara, "hard, firm"; or kakka + ra, cf S. kalka, AMg kakka, "falsehood, hypocrisy, deceit"], deceitful, hypocritical; (or hard, rough;) -t&,f,abstr., deceit, hypocrisy, flattery; (or roughness;) Vibh 358,9 (~ kakkariyam ... idam vuccati stheyyam, Be, Eeso; Ce, Se kakkhalat) = Pp 19,19 (Be, Ee so; Ce kakkharat; Se kakkhalat) * Nidd I 395,13 (Be, Se so; Ce kakkharat; Ee wr kakkarit; Nidd-a I 420,22: ~ ti padumanlassa viya aparmasanakkhamo pharusabhvo, kakkariyan ti tass' eva vevacanam ... keci pana -a ti sambhvayitv vacanam ... attham vannayanti); see also kakkariya. kakkariya, n. [from *kakkara2], deceit, falsehood; (or roughness;) Vibh 358,9 (kakkarat ~am ... idam vuccati stheyyam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kakkhaliyam) = Pp 19,19 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kakkhaliyam) * Nidd I 395,13 (Be, Ee, Seso; Cekakkhariyam). kakkarujtni in Ee at Ja VI 536,14* is wrfor kakkru(Be, Ce so).

605

kakkasa1, mfn. [S. karkaSa], hard; harsh; rough; scabrous; Abh985; MI 286,36 (y s vc andak ~ parakatuk) * Dhs 1343 (As 396,20/0//.: ~ tiptik, s yath nma ptirukkho ~o hoti paggharitacunno evam ~ hoti, sotam ghamsamn viya pavisati); Mil 252,10 (maniratanassa ekadesam -am uppajjati, eds so; rather kakkasa2?); 252,15 (ye te jinassane pabbajitv hiny' vattanti ~ te jinassane papatik); akakkasa, mfn., not harsh; not rough; smooth; Dhp408 (~am vinnpanim girarn saccarn udiraye) = Sn632; Ja III 282,13* (~am apharusam... ko scim ketum icchati; 282,15': patalassa v tilakassa v odhino v abhvena -am); V 405,30* (pokkharanl siv ~ apabbhar; 406,24': macchapittasevaldikakkasarahit). kakkasa2, n. [cf S. krkasya], roughness; defect; ? Mil 252,10 (maniratanassa ekadesam ~am uppajjati); sakakkasa, mfn., rough; scabrous; Ps III 438,21 (akakkasan ti niddosam, sadoso hi rukkho pi ~o ti vuccati). kakkasiya, n. [from kakkasa; S. krkaSya], roughness; harshness; Sadd 460,14 (kakkassam ~am pharusabhvo). kakkassa, n. [from kakkasa; S. krkagya], roughness; harshness; Sn 328 (in cpd); Sadd460,i4 (~am kakkasiyam pharusabhvo). kakkrika, kakkruka, n. [kakkri or kakkru1 + ka2; cfS. lex. karkruka], the fruit of a kind of gourd or cucumber; Vv 33:119 (~am aham adsim, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kakkrukam; Vv-al47,2o: ~an ti khuddakellukam tipusan ti ca vadanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kakkrukan ti); Ps II 17,25 (aham adsim... ~am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kakkrukam). kakkri,/ [cfS. karkru], a sort of gourd or cucumber; Abh 597 (ellukam ca ~i); Thi-a214,6 (keci ~in tiptham vatv tassa kumbhandalatsadisan ti attharn vadanti, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se klinginin); see also kakkru'. kakkru1, n. [S. karkru], (the fruit of) a species of gourd; JaVI 536,14* (uni -jtni tasmim sarasi... kumbhamattani c' ekni murajamattni t ubho, Be, Ce, Se so; Eewr kakkaru-; 536,27': -jtnI ti valliphalni). kakkru2, n. [cf BHS karkarava, karkrava], a kind of heavenly flower; Ja III 87,6 (~ni nma dibbapupphni); 87,25* (sa ve ~um arahati); Ap 177,n (devaputto aham santo... -puppham paggayha); 286,13 (Ym dev... -puppham paggayha, Ce, Se so; Be -mlam; Ee kekkhrupuppham, prob. wr). kakkruka, see sv kakkrika. kakkretv, kakkhretv, ind. [absol., onomat., cfS. khWkr], retching; hawking; Jail 105,23 (ajjhoharitum asakkonto ~etv nutthubhi); Sp853,i4 (bhattambhunjitv -etv dve tayo khelapinde ptetv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kakkhretv). kakku,m. [cf S. kalka], a paste (produced by grinding oily substances); face-powder; JaV 302,29' (imehi pancahi ~hi upanisevitam, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kakkehi); see also kakka. kakketana, m. [S. lex. karketana], a precious stone (chrysoberyl 1); Ud-a 103,26 (phussargo ~o pulko, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kakkatano phulako); Vv-a 111,25 (pupphargakakketanapulal^dimaniratannam ca, Be, Se so; Ce

-kakketanasaphulakdi-; Ee phussargakakkeratanaphulhakdi-); Sadd 873,2 (phussargo ~o puloko). kakkotaka,m. [cfS. karkotaka, "Momordica mixta"], a kind of worm (or insect); Pj I 58,5 (~ ganduppdak ... suttak ti... kimayo, Ee so, prob, wr; Be takkolak; Ce, Se takkotak) * Vism 258,30 (eds takkotak). kakkhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kakhati, kakkhati, Wg 5:6], laughs; Sadd 329,16 (kakkha hasane: -an); see also kakhati. kakkhala, mfn. [S lex., BHS kakkhata; AMg kakkhada], hard, solid; harsh, severe, cruel; Abh 714; VinH 299,12 (idam kho adhikaranam ~am ca vlam ca); MI 185,16 (~am kharigatam updinnam); A IV 171,8 (yni tni rukkhni dalhni sravantni tni... kotitni -am patinadanti); Jal 187,9 (~ena pharusena shasikena bhavitabbam); IV 427,17 (rjno nma smi ~); V 167,29' (-tya); VI 186,23 (may ~o ppasupino dittho); Dhs 962 (katamam... pathavidhtu, yam ~am kharagatam -ttam -bhvo) ^ Vibh82,8; Mil67,i4 (~ni psnni); As 203,33 (visarn nma ~am, yo tarn khdati so marati); 332,22 (-an tithaddham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kakhalan); Ps III 138,3 (garahuppattito -tar pil nma n' atthi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -kar); Pv-a243,i9 (asaddho ~o bhikkhnam akkosakrako); akakkhala, mfn., not hard; mild, soft; Dhs 859 (t); Vv-a 214,7 ( tya); atikakkhala, mfn., too harsh, too cruel; Ja VI 162,3; Mp I 142,3. kakkhaliya, n. [from kakkhala], hardness, solidity; Vibh 350,31 (yo thambho ... thambitattam ~am). kakkhretv, see sv kakkretv. kakkhulo in Ee at Ud-a 64,H is wrfor kakkhalo (Be, Ce, Se so). kakhati,pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kakhati, Wg 5:6], laughs; Sadd 330,16 (kakha hasane: ~ati); see also kakkhati. kakhala in Ee at As 332,22 is wrfor kakkhala qv. kanka, m. [ts], a heron; Abh 643; M I 364,28 (gijjho v -0 v kulalo v); Cp 3:10:2; -patta, m. (or n.), an arrow with a flight of heron feathers; (or a heron's feather;) JaV 475,4* (asim ca me mafinasi ~am); kaiik. in Ee at Ap-a 287,23 is wrfor kankh (Be, Se so; Ce sank). kankata, m. [ts], armour; mail; Abh 377; Vv-a 104,13 (in long cpd: ~* -dihatthlankrasannh, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -kankandi-). kankana, n. [ts], a bracelet; an ornament round an elephant's foot; Abh 286; ThI259 (~am va sukatam); Vv-a-104,13 (hemakappanivsas ti suvannakhacitagajattharanakankandihatthalankrasannh, Be, Ce, Se so; ise-kankatdi-). kankati,^r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kankate, Wg 4:20], goes; Dhtum 17 (kaki lolattane yte); Sadd 326,2 (kaki vaki... gatyatth: ~ati); see also kakati. kankala (and kankla), m. n. [S. kankla], a collection (of bones); a skeleton; Ps III 42,26 (tarn hi nimmamsatt -an ti vuccati); It-a I 84,3 (keci pana katippamnato hetth samho - 0 nma tato upari yva tlappamnam punjo tato upari rsi ti vadanti); ifc see atthi-. kankuttha, m. [S. kankustha], a kind of earth (or plaster ?) of a golden or silver colour; Khuddas40:6

606

(mattik pakat pancavann v sudh ' -dik); ifc see sajjurasa-; see also kukkuttha. kankufthaka, m. [kankuttha + ka2], a kind of earth (or plaster 1) of a golden or silver colour; ifc see lkh-; see also kukkutthaka. kankhati, pr. 3 sg., l.[BHSknksati], doubts; is in doubt, is uncertain; Dhtum21 (kankha kankhane); Sadd 330,4 (kakhi... kankhyam: satthari ~ati); D I 106,I (Ambattho mnavo ... dvisu mahapurisalakkhanesu -ati vicikicchati ndhimuccati na sampasidati; cf Sv275,13: ~flfi ti aho vata passeyyan ti patthanam uppdeti); S III 122,33 (rpam aniccam t' ham bhante na ~mi); IV 350,15 (alam ... ~itum alam vicikicchitum); Vibh 367,22 (atitam v addhnam rabbha ~ati vicikicchati...); Kv 187,14 (nanu arah itthipur isnam nmagotte ~eyya); part.pr. (a) kankha(t), mfn.t Sp 250,10 (kirn ayam bhanati ti ~at); As 278,5; (b) kankhanta, mfn., Ps I 70,8; As 355,2 (atthi nu kho n' atthi ti ~anto); (c) kankhamana, mfn., As 354,12; PsII 68,11; absol neg. akarikhitv, Spkll 62,24; aor. 3 sg. kankhi, Mhv 14:48; 2 sg. kankhi, JaV 339,7* (gaccha tuvam pi ma ~i, n' atthi baddhe sahyat; c/339,\o". tvam pi gaccham idha vsam kankhi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee thnam); 2. [S. knksati], wishes, hopes for; awaits; Dhtup20 (kankha icchyam); Sadd330,n (kakhi icchyam: dhanam ~ati); SI 65,25* (appiccho sorato danto klam ~ati; Spkl 126,5: parinibbnaklam pattheti); Sn516 (klam ~ati; Pj II 426,12: jivitakkhayakalam gameti patimneti na bhyati maranassa); Th 12 (~etha klam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~eta); Ja V 411,19* (Indo ca tarn Indasagotta ~ati; 411,22': ~afi ti tavgamanam icchanto ~ati); VI 229,8* (niyatim ~a Bijaka; 229, IT: niyatim eva olokehi); pp kankhita, mfn. (and n. ?) [cf BHS knksita], doubted; causing uncertainty; (uncertainty, doubt;) Sn 540 (yam me -am annsi vicikiccham mam atresi; Pj II 435,22foil.: ~an ti visatipanhanissitam attham sandhayha, so hi tena ~o ahosi; or to kankhit qv sv kankhi[n] ?); fpp (a) kankhaniya, mfn., uncertain, causing doubt; S IV 350,16 (~e ca pana te thne vicikicch uppann) = AI 189,7; (b) kankhitabba, mfn., SpklH 109,29. kankhana, n. [from kankhati], doubting, being uncertain; Dhtum21 (kankha ~e); PsI 116,16 (kin nu kho idan ti rammanam -ato kankha; As 259,23 ( -vasena). kankhalaprito in Ce, Ee at Ps II 88,23 is wr for kankala- or for kunapa- (Be, Se so). kankha, / , 1. [BHS knks], doubt, uncertainty; Abh 170; Vin I 2,5* (ath* assa ~ vapayanti sabb); D I 105,19 (~ v vimati v; Sv274,27: ~ ti sabbannu na sabbann ti evam samsayo); 111217,3 (tissa ~); S IV 350,i2(ahu-d-eva- ahu vicikicch); Sn541; Ja II 266,10 (kimsuke -am uppdesum); V 501,12* (ye cJ assa ~am vinayanti santo); Dhs425; Kv 180,13 (atthi arahato <-); Mil 156,n (ettha me bhante ~ na chijjati); Vism 598,6; Sv275,n (~ya v dubbal vimati vutt, vicikicchya maijhim, anadhimuccanatya balavati); Mp III 107,24 (~ ti dvelhakam); 2. [S. knks], wish, desire, longing; SI 181,11*(y kci ~ abhinandan v; SpkI 265,21: ~ ti tanh); Ud60,n* (y kci ~ idha v huram v);

(a)-chida, (a)-cchida, mfn., removing doubt(s); Sn 87 (tarn ~am munim anejam ... hu maggadesim, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kankhacchidam, unmetrical; Pj II 164,2: paresam kankhacchedanena kankhacchidam); (a)-ccheda, -(c)cheda, mfn. andm., 1. (mfn.) removing doubt(s) or uncertainty; Ap 309,13 (~o abhirpo ca bhogav, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kankhachedo); Bv 1:63 (~o mahviro kathesi attano gunam); 2. (m.) removal of doubt or uncertainty; Sp234,i2 (suvinicchitam hoti ~am katv uggahitam, Be so; Ce, Ee kahkhchedam; Se kankhcchedam); (a)-chedaka, -chedaka, m/h., who removes or dispels doubt; Mp III 243,5 (~am... mahgotamadasabalam yeva pucchissmi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kankhchedakam); (a)-cchedana, -chedana, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) removal of doubt or uncertainty; Ja I 98,4 (lokassa ~' -attham eva sabbanntannam patividdham); Th-aIII 181,1 (^-attham); 2. (mfn.) removing doubt(s) or uncertainty; Sv609,16 (lokassa ~ya catusaccakathya paccayabht, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~'-atthya)= Thp 178,11; (a)-tthna, -(t)thna, ., a source of doubt, a subject of uncertainty; Pj II 111.12 (ahosim nu kho aham atitam addhnan ti disu ~esu vineyya kankham vicikiccham vinetv) = Nidd-a II 138,28; vidlana, mfn., tearing apart, dispelling the sources or subjects of uncertainty; Mill, 12* (sunotha nipune paiihe vidlane); -tthn!ya, (a)-tthniya, mfn., being a source of doubt, causing uncertainty; D i l i 285,9 = A I 73,3 (~esu dhammesu kankham pativinodenti; Mp II 147,20: ~es ti karikhya kranabhtesu); Ps II 263,15 (kankha eva hi ~a dhamm nma); -pativinodaka, mfn., driving out, dispelling doubt; Pj 1148,4 (~am dhammam sotum, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kankhvinodakam); -vitarana, n., ~ a , / , the overcoming of doubt; Patis II 63,11 (yarn ca yathbhtam nnam yam ca sammdassanam y ca ~ ime dhamm ekatth); Mil 233,2 (kranam brhi ~ya); As 352,2 (~ena); -vidhamana, n., the destroying of doubt; Ud-a52,3 (-'-attham); -vinodaka, mfn., driving out, dispelling doubt; Sv 700,19 (devatnam ~o satth); Mp IV 21,s; akankha, mfn., \. without doubts, without uncertainty; Sn 477 (anejo akhilo -o; Pj 11411,5: atthatthnya ca kankhya abhv ... -0); 2. without desire, with no wishes; SI 181,15* (~oapiho anpayo); nikkankha 1 , mfn., without doubts, without uncertainty; Mill 254,22 (puggalo... dukkhe ~o hoti dukkhasamudaye ~o hoti...); Sil 84,21 (~ ettha hotha nibbicikicch); Th331 (visuddhanno ~o); Ja III 347.13 (-0 bhavissasi ti); Pj II 607,11 (karikhinam yeva satam ~' amh ti patijnantnam); nikkakh,/ (and nikkankha2, m. ?), freedom from doubt; certainty; Ap-a235,n (pninam vimatim samsayam chindasi ~am karosi ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr nikkankkam); vacana, n., an expression of certainty; Patis II 21,10 (addh ti... vacanam etam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee nikkankha-; c/Tatis-a 544, \r. n' atth' ettha kankha ti ~o) ^ Niddl 2,26 (--vacanam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nikkankha-; Nidd-a I 18,is: kankhpatikhepavacanam); sakankha, mfn., having doubts, uncertain; Nidd II 118,9; Spk I 166, is (~ena ... cittena).

607

k a n k h y a n , / [from *kankhyati, denom. from kankh], doubt, uncertainty; Nidd I 414,22 (kankh ~ kankhyitattam vimati; Nidd-a 1429,10: kankham nayati ti ~) * Dhs425 (As 259,24:- kankhya yan ti ~) * Vibh 168,2; Pet 132,n (magge v ~ vimati vicikicch); see also kankhyita. kankhyita, mfn. and n. [pp of *kankhyati, denom. from kankh; c/Tfi/Sk^iksyitatva], 1. {mfn.) doubting, uncertain; Nidd I 414,22 (kankh karikhyan -ttam vimati) * Dhs 425 (As 259,26: kankhsamangi cittam kankhya yitatt ~am nma, tassa bhvo -ttam) * Vibh 168,2; 2 . (n.) doubt, uncertainty; Sn 1021 (m no ~am ah); see also kankhyan. kankhi(n), mfn. [cf S. knksin], 1. doubting; being uncertain; MI 18,32 (saman v brhman v ~i vecikicchi); A l l 174,27 (~I hoti vicikicchi anitthangato saddhamme); Sn 1148 (~Inam); 2. desiring, hoping for; ifc see mokkha-; ( i ) - t , / , abstr., the being uncertain; SHI 99,21 (~ vicikicchit); Sn 540 (yam me -am annsi; cfV] II 435,22 foil: -an ti visatipanhanissitam attham sandhyha, so hi tena kankhito ahosi; or to kahkhita [pp of kankhati] qv); akankhi(n), mfn., free from doubts, without uncertainty; DII 241,9* (pucchmi brahmnam... kankhi -im); A l l 175,31 (~I hoti avecikicchi). kaAgu,/ [ts], 1. a kind of grain, panic seed; Abh451; 452; 1055 (~u dhannapiyarigusu); VinlV 264,29 (makadhannam nma sali vlhi yavo godhmo ~u varako kudrsako); Ja VI 580,23* (sappi telam dadhim khrram ~u vihi bah sur, Ce, Ee so; Be karigubij; Se kangupitth); Mil 267,27; Sp 822,9; 2 . a kind of plant or tree; Abh571 (sm piyarigu ~u); 1055; Ap 368,io (sl ca kahgupupph ca); -sittha, n., a lump of (cooked) panic grain; Sp 706, n. kaca, m. [ts], hair (of the head); see rucirakacakalpa. kacati (and *kancati), pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kacate, kancate, Wg 6:8,9], 1. binds; Sadd 338,2 (kaca bandhane: ~ati); 2. shines; Dhtum 58 (kaci... dittiyam); 630 (kaca dityam); 767 (kaca dittiyam); see also kacceti. kacanattharaka in long cpd in Ee at Spk III 45,4 is prob, wr; Be, Se -candattharaka- (cf Ps III 18,n); Ce -kancanatthara-. kacana, n. [from kacati (or kacceti)], binding; shining; Sadd 863,14 (~am ditti kacch). kacavara, m. (and n.l) [AMg kayavara, m.], dust, sweepings, rubbish; Abh 224; Vin IV 196,25; 266,3 (sankram nma ~am vuccati); Ja III 163,2 (~am sankaddhitv jhpesi); Mil 2,28 (anganam sammajitv ~am vyham karonti); Vism 70,n; Ps II 109,31 (na tumhehi mayham ssane kalalam v ~o v pakkhipitabbo ti); It-a II 174,18 (pajahati chaddeti, kim ~am viya pitakena); Patis-a 635,10 (tarn vacanam ~am iva chaddetabbam); '-ujjhana, w., removing dust; Vin-vn 1922 (n' atthi doso ~e); -(c)chaddanaka, n. (?), a receptacle for taking out or throwing away rubbish; Ja I 161,21; Sp 293,16 (sammujjaniyam ~e); -c)cha44 an *>/> id., Dhp-a III 7,19 (sammajjanim c* eva ~im ca dya, Ce, Ee so; Be -chaddanakam ca pacchim dya; Se

-cchaddanikam ca pacchim); -chaddik,(m]/()., throwing away the rubbish, who gets rid of the rubbish; Dhp-a IV 210,21 (~ dsi); -missaka, mfn., (what is) mixed with dust; Ps HI 240,7 (~am samgharitv paribhunjanti, Ce, Ee so; Be kabaramissakam bhattam; Se kabaramissakabhattam). kacca, absol. o/karoti qv. kacci (when followed by nu sometimes, in verse, taking the form kaccin), ind. [S. kaccid], interrogative particle introducing a question; Abh 1139; 1151; Sadd 896,3 (~i ... pucchanatthe); M II 252,15 (~i te bhante bhikkh sammad eva afinam vykamsu udhu sant' etth' ekacce bhikkh adhimnena ahnam vykamsu ti); (i) often expecting or, more usually, hoping for the answer "yes": I hope that..., surely ...; Vin I 41,2 (~i nu tvam vuso amatam adhigato ti); MI 206,9 (~i vo Anuruddh khamaniyam ~i ypaniyam); SI 8,2*; IV 326,16 (kaccham bhante evam vykaramno vuttavdi c'eva bhagavato homi); V 405,28 (~i bhante bhagav arogo c* eva balav ca ti); A V 269,9 (~i tarn ... dnam petnam ... upakappati); Sn 154; 1079 (~i ssu, Be, Ce, Se, Nidd II 118,15 so; Ee kaccim su, prob, wr); Ja I 103,1; II 133,21* (kaccin nu tta); Cp 3:2:8; Sp 1057,16 (~i 'ttiia parisuddh); kacci... na ..., / hope that... not ...; surely ... not...; Vin III 19,26 (~i no tvam ... anabhirato brahmacariyam carasi ti); DI 50,2 (~i mam ... na vancesi); II 341,n (~i te tta aggi na nibbuto ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se omit na); 11181,3; Th28; Ja VI 187,22* (kaccin nu te nbhisasi ~i te n' atthi vedan); (ii) occasionally fearing or suspecting the answer "yes": perhaps ...; I fear that...; Vin III 79,15 (tesam kukkuccam ahosi ~i nu kho mayam prjikam pattim pann ti); Ja I 279,10 (~i nu kho ettha mayham gahanatthya kumbhilo nipanno ti). kaccikra, m. [?], a kind of tree or shrub; Ja V 420,4** (-ankolakaccikrakanikrakannikra-); VI 535,9* (ahkol ~ ca). kacceti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup kacate, kancate, Wg 6:8,9], shines; Sadd 529,28 foil, (kaca dittiyam: ~eti ~ayati... rpasampattiy ~eti dippati virocati ti Kacco); see also kacati. kaccha 1 , m.n. [S. kaksa], 1. a forest, esp. a dry wood; deadwood; underwood; AIV 74,1 (~am pi daheyya dyam pi daheyya, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se gaccham; Mp IV 39,24: -an ti nirrakkham arannam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se gacchan ti); JaV 23,23* (carmi -ni vanni cham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se gacchni; cf"23,26': ~nl ti pabbatapassni, Be, Ce so; Ee pabbatass ti, prob, wr; Se gacchni ti); 63,18* (yathpipvako ... jalamno caram ~e, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se vane gacche; 64,9': kacchasahkhte mahvane jalanto carati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se gacchasankhte); 2. grass, dry grass; a kind of creeper; Abh 813-14 (~o vutto latya ca ... tine pi ca); see also kaccha6, gaccha. kaccha 2 , m. (andn. ? pi. ace. ~ni) [BHSid.; S. kaksa, m., kaks], the armpit; Abh 264; 813-14 (~o... bhumlamhi); Vin I 15,io (addasa ... annissa - vinam); SI 122,23* (vin ~ abhassatha) = Sn 449; It 76,15 (~ehi seda muccanti); Ja V 434,5 (thanam dasseti ~am dasseti nbhim dasseti; 437, r: -^n ti upakacchakam) = Dhp-a IV 197,9;

608

JaV 435,15* (thanni ~ni ca dassayanti); VI 578,25* (~e jallam adhrayi); see also parlhakacchanakhaloma, parlhakacchaloma. kaccha 3 , see sv kacch. kaccha4, m.n. [ts], marshy ground; a water-meadow; (according to cts) an upland meadow, a meadow on a hillside\ Abh 187; 813-14 (~o ... anpamhi); SI 52,5* (~e vmakase mag; Spk I 109,19: ~o pi pabbatakaccho pi nadikaccho pi); Sn 20 (~e rlhatine caranti gvo; Pj II 33,29: idha-0 nadikaccho); Ja VI 100,1*'foil, (tass pana nadiy ~ parlhatagar ahesum ... ye tattha araie pi pabbat tesam pi - rlhavan ahesum, Ce, Ee so; Be nadiy tire ~a ... tesam pi antare ~a ...; Se tire gacch ... gacch ...); see also kaccha1. kaccha5, mfn. [from kaccha4 (or kaccha1)], cf S. kaksya, kaccha], growing (naturally) in a meadow; (from a natural wood;) M I 429,25 (yva na tarn kandam jnmi yen' amhi viddho yadi v -am yadi v ropiman ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se gaccham; Ps III 142,15: pabbatakacchanadikacchdisu jtam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pabbatagacchanadigacchdisu). kaccha6, m. [alternative form or wr for gaccha qv], a bush; ifc see tarunarukkha-, nnvidha-. kaccha7, mfn. and n.,fpp o/katheti qv. kacchaka, m. [cf S. lex. kaccha], a kind of fig-tree, perhaps Cedrela toona; Vin IV 35,5 (khandhabijam nma... pilakkho udumbaro ~o) = Sv 81,8; SV 96,13 (udumbaro -0); Visml83,i3; ifc see kla-; kacchakantara and kacchakadaha (N.pr. ?), see sv kacchakaraka. kacchakaraka, m. [kaccha2 or kacch? or even cfS. kaccha, Cedrela toona], a kind of water-pot; ? Sv 190,io(~ato udakena pattam dhovitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kacchakantarato) = Ps I 258,23 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kacchakantarato) = Spk III 187,32 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kacchakadahato, editor 's emendation) = Vibh-a 352,28 (Be kacchakantarato; Ee kacchakadahato; Ce, Se kacchakarandato) * Pj II 56,26 (~ udakarn gahetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kacchakantarato). kacchapa, m. [ts], a turtle; a tortoise; Abh 674; Vin III 49,7 (maccham v ~am v... masati); M III 169,19 (kno ~ o ) ^ S V 455,25; S IV 177,27 (kummo ~o); JaII 360,23* (~ kassap honti kondann honti makkat; 361, r: ~ nma kassapagott honti); Ap428,2o (-0 vrigocaro); Spk II 30,18; ifc see kna-; see also hatthakacchapaka. kacchapini, / [from kacchapa], a female turtle or tortoise; Mil 67,n (sumsumriniyo pi ~iyo pi); Sv 1000,34 (maccho attano macchiniy kacchapo ~iy ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kacchapiy; = It-all 121,32: eds kacchapiy). kacchapi, / [S. lex. id.], a female tortoise or turtle; Sv 1000,34 (macch hi attano macchiy kacchapo ~iy ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kacchapiniy) = It-a II 121,32. kacchapufa, m and mfn. [S. kaksaputa, "armpit", kacchaputa, "box with compartments"; BHS kacchaputa, see CPD sv], \.(m.) a box or bag with compartments or pockets (for carrying merchandise); 2. (mfn.) from the travelling-box or bag; (or split

cpdl) Ap-a 121,29 (ayye mayham ~am pilandhanam deth ti); 122,5 (~am pilandhanam kumrikya hatthe pilandhpetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -pilandhanam); -vnija, m., an itinerant merchant; a pedlar; Ja I 111,6; It-al 98,2 (~o pilandhanabhandakam hatthena gahetv). kacchamna, mfn., pass, part.pr. o/katheti qv. kacch,/ and kaccha3, m. [S. kaksa, kaks, kaksy], 1. a girdle, belt, esp. the girth of an elephant; the end of the lower garment (brought up behind and tucked into the waistband); Abh 365; 813 (hatthinarn majjhabandhe ca... kacchabandhane mekhlyam mat ~); Vin III 208,31 (seyyath pi ... puriso hatthim datv -e sajjeyya); Ja IV 395,17* (~am ngnam bandhatha giveyyam patimuncatha); VI 348,13 (bhatim karonto -am bandhitv kuddlena maggam tacchati); Mil 36,7 (glham ~arn bandhitv); Sp 1212,15 (mallakammakardayo viya ~am bandhitv nivsenti); Ps III 425,20 (purimassa hatthena pacchimassa ~arn ganhpetv); Dhp-al 389,19; ifc see baddhakaccha ^v bandhati; 2. an enclosure, a room; the fore-arm; Abh 813 (pakotthe... ~; cf Abh-sci: pakottho kapparassdhobhgo); 0, -antara, n., I. (the region of) the waistband or hem; Cp-a 268,32 (ketakipannam ~e olambenti); 2. an inner or private apartment; Abh 215; Vv-a 50,6; see also lohitakacchpadhrita. kacchu,/ [S. kacch], 1. the itch, scabies; Abh 327 (~u); A V 110,6 (vividh bdh ... daddu kandu ~u) * Nidd I 13,5; Pv 15:11 (khajjmi ~uy); Sp 967,34 (~u v pilak v); Sadd 472,21 (dadd ti ~); ifc see thulla-; 2. (cf kapikacchu; S. kacchmati, "Carpopogon pruriens "), a kind of tree or plant (contact with which causes itching); -cuiJ9a, n., powder causing itching (perhaps from the kacchuplant); Dhp-aIII297,15 (ass ~ehi khdiyamnya); -skh, / , a branch of the kacchu tree; Spk II 176,21 (ksvni kantakaskh viya ~ viya sariram khditum raddhni); see also mahkacchuphala. kajjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup karjati, Wg7:53], hurts, torments; Sadd345,9(kajja vyathane: ... ~ati). kajjala, n. [ts], lampblack, soot (used as an eyemedication); Abh 306; Ud-a 433,5 (masi ti -am); see also kapalla2. kajjopakkamaka, m. [?], a kind of gem; Mil 118,22 (... vajiro ~ophussargo ..., Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce khajjopanako; Se kajopakkamako). kaiicaka, m. [?], a kind of tree; Ja VI 536,4* (dsimakancako c' ettha, Ee, Se so; Be -kanjako; Ce dsimakacako; 536,2r: im pi dve rukkhajtiyo ettha). kaficana, n. and mfn. [S. kncana], 1. (n.) gold; Abh 487; A1215,13* (singisuvannarn atha v pi -am; Mp II 329,19: -an ti pabbateyyam pabbate jtasuvannam); III 346,17* (muttam sel va ~am) = Th691 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr muttasel); ThI266; Ap 147,25 (pabhsantam va -am); Sadd 397,13*; 2. (mfn. and He) golden, made of gold; gold-coloured; Ja VI 269,5* (nagare nimmite --e [prior pda vaitliya], so L. Alsdorf, 1971, p. 34 [nimmite ~e ?]; eds kaficanamaye; possibly read [as if posterior pda] nagare nimmite kaficanamaye);

609

0, -agghiya (and 0, -agghika), n. [kancana + agghiya3], a decorative column of gold; Ap78,3 (sambuddham ... sanksam; Ap-a 347,4: -an ti suvannatoranasadisam); 579,19 (majjhe atthatthakumbhinam ussit -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -o); Bv 5:29 (buddho ... sankso, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -agghika-); 10:26 (sankso, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -agghika-); '-celabhsit in Ee at Pv-a 156,5*, 157,2i and 210, 13* is wr for kancanvelabhsit (Pv, Be, Ceso); -kadali,/, a kind of plantain tree (or a plantain made of gold); Ja VI 13,r (-(i)-kkhandhasadise r); -cittasantika, mfii., auspiciously decorated with gold; Ja V 408,27* (ratham ... -am, Ce, Ee so; Be -cittasannibham; Se -cittasanthatam; 409,19': kancanamayena sattaratanacittena atthamangalena samanngatam); -thpik,/, a golden turret or pinnacle; Ja VI 419,13' (so rjanivesanassa -ya nisiditv); -dso inEeat Ja VI 219,4' is wr for kancandso (Be, Ceso); -depiccha, -dvepiccha, -dvepincha, mfh., with two golden tail-feathers (or wings); JaV 339,24* (341,20': ~ ti kancanadvepiccha, ayam eva v ptho, kancanasadisa-ubhayapakkh ti attho) quoted Sadd 889,io (kancanadvepincha); -patta, /w., a strip of golden cloth; a golden turban-cloth; Ja VI 217,30* (~ena; 218,24': unhisapattena); Bv-a 298,21 (-esu patitthitapadnam); -ptimakula, m., the knob of a golden dish; Ja II90,19 (rjnam bhunjantnam ~e yeva kandam ptesi); -baddhapithe in Ee at Ja V 120,11 is prob. wr; Be -bhaddapithe; Ce -pithe; Se kancanapithe); -bimbaka, ., a golden orb; (or the golden disc of the sun; 1); Vv-a 168,11 (kancanabimbavanne ti stisayam pitobhsatyasadise tasmim rathe); -bubbula, m., a golden bubble or ball (as ornament); Mhv 34:74; -mlikasetacchatta, n.y a white parasol with golden garlands; Thp 246,32; -velliviggah,(m)/(/i)., having a body like a golden altar-platform (ie slimwaisted); JaV 398,31* (pucchmi tarn -; cf 399,ir: kancanarpakasadisasarire; cfMva II 56,21*: prcchmi te kancanavedivigrahe) * 405,2* (405,8': kancanarsisassirikasarire); VI 269,23*; -sannibhattaca, mfii., with skin like gold, golden-skinned (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahpurisa,); D II 17,32 (ayam hi deva kumro suvannavanno -0); Mil 136,18 (suvannavanno kho pana so bhavam Gotamo -o); Vv 30:2 (~e ... devate); Th821 (bhikkhu -o); Mil 75,3 (buddho... suvannavanno ~o); Pj 1225,26 (t).

kaftcanaka1, mfn. [S. kaftcanaka], golden; Vin-vn2896 (patto -0); Thp 235,27 (pajjalitadipakancanakaptiyo sisehi dhretv); -dan4a, m~> <* golden staff; Ja IV 379,14 (-am, Ce, Ee so; Be kancanadandam; Se kncanadandam). kaftcanaka2, m. [? cfPkt kancaniy, Aup 86], a type of jar or water-pot; ? (surely not golden 1); Sp 1104,21 (kundik ~o udakatumbo ti tesam yeva anulomni); 1245,20 (thlakam ~o kundik ti idam ettha bhjaniyabhandam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kancuko). kaftcika in Ee at Vin IV 112,32 is wrfor kanjika qv. kaficuka, m.n. {and ~ , / ? ) [S. kancuka, kancuki], 1. a close-fitting jacket, a bodice; armour, a corselet; Abh 294 (-0); 962 (kavace vrabne ca ... -0); Vin I

306,27(chabbaggiy bhikkh ... -am dhrenti... na -am dhretabbam); A I 145,14 (ksik - ksikam nivsanam ksiko uttarsango; Mp II 237,24: prupanakaficuko pi sanhakaficuko va); JaV 129,10 (sannham sannayha -am pavesetv unhisam sise patimuncitv, Ce so; Ee pavisitv; Be, Se sannhakancukam pavesetv); Sp 1135,10 (-am labhitv phletv rajitv paribhunjitum vattati); Pv-a63,6 (urago attano jinnam tacam... -am omuncanto viya sarirato omuncitv); 2. the slough of a snake; Abh 655 (-0); 962 (nimmoke pi ca -o); Sv 222,21 (ahi... sayam eva -am jahati); ifc see ahi-; 3. a cover, a casing (over a thpa or cetiya^; a further layer (built over a thpa or cetiya); Ap71,io (imamhi buddhathpamhi kassma -am mayam); Mhv 32:3 (-am suddhavatthehi tena chdiya cetiyam); Thp 248,9 (suddhavatthehi -am kretv cetiye patimuncpetv); ifc see uttara-, kambala-; kancuka in Ee, Se at Sp 1245,20 is prob, wr; Be, Ce kancanaka; -cetiya, ., a covering or further layer encasing an existing cetiya; a cetiya built over an existing cetiya; Mhv 1:42 (asitihattham kresi tassa -am); Thp 210,13; -thpa, m., a covering or further layer encasing an existing thpa; a thpa built over an existing thpa; Thp 209,10. kaficuki(n), m. [ts], an overseer of the women's apartments; Abh 342 (-1). kaftja, n. [from *kam = ka7 + ja; ts]t the "water-born ", a lotus; ifc see phulla-; -yoni, m. [cf S. kanjaja], "born from a lotus", Brahma; Samantak 494 (-1); see also kunja1. kafijika, kanjiya, n. (and - , / ?) [S. knjika; S. lex. knjik], 1. rice-gruel; rice-water; Abh 460 (kanjiyam); Vin IV 112,32 (udakam v -am v khiram v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kancikam); Vv 43:5 (adsim kolasampkam -am teladhpitam); Ja VI 66,4 (usukro ... usum tpetv ~ena temetv ... ujum karoti); Sp 846,1 (-am pavhetv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kanjitam); Spk II 96,16 (yath pana kulam tantam -am datv kocchena pahatam tattha tattha gulakajtam hoti ganthibaddham); Ps II 234,3 (unhodakam v kanjiyam v labhitv); Dhp-all 3,15 (ulunkena -am harpetv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kanjiyam); ifc see accha- (yv accha *), amba- (sv amba1); 2. whey; Mp I 244,26 (dadhito -am vhetv, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kanjiyam); see also kanji. kafijita in Ee at Sp 846,1 is wrfor kanjika qv. kafljiya, see sv kanjika. kaftji, / [S. lex. knji], rice-gruel, rice-water; Ja IV 386,24 (puttassa mukhe -im opi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kanjikam); Kkh 69,18 (kanji-dihi sincetv, Ce so; Ee kanji-dihi; Be kanjiydihi sincitv; = Sp 684,6: eds kanjikdihi sincitv); ifc see accha- sv accha1; (i)-pitthakhali-allik, /?/., ricewater, flour (paste), oil-paste and allika dye; Vin-vn 3040 (yo ca pakkhipati bhikkhu civaram -'-disu vannamattham abhipatthayam param ...); see also kanjika. kaftfta, / [S. kany], a girl, an unmarried girl; a daughter; Abh 231; Sadd 364,4 (dasavassik - ti vuccati, anibbitth v yobbanitthi - ti vuccati); Thi445 (pattayobbanam -am); Vv64:20; Jail 428,20*; VI434,6* (aham-am dadmi te); Ap94,2o; Pv-a31,2i (smi aham

610

vanjh, ann ~ netabb); ifc see khattiya-; -gahana, n., taking a girl in marriage; Ps III 400,19 (vho ti~am) = Pj II 448,5; -dna, n., giving a daughter in marriage; Ps III 400,20 (vivaho ti -am) = Pj II 448,5. kafifiera, m. [kanfi + ira], (one) who desires a young girl; a girl-chaser; Sadd 784,29 (vidhavya atthiko vedhavero, evam - o vesiyero). kata1, m [ts], 1. matting; a straw mat; Abh455; 997; Sv 712,3i (upari -na paricchdetv); Sadd 709,23 (~e nisidati Devadatta); 2. an elephant's temples; Abh 364; ()-dutiya, mfn. (-- prob. mc), having (only) a straw mat; Ja V 96,24* (- patino ca s piy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kldutiy; 97,15': nipajjanakatasrakadutiy); see also katasra, katasraka. kata2, m., the female sexual organ; Abh 997 (-0 jaye tthinimitte). kata3, mfn. and n. [= kata qv sv karoti; S. krta; found esp. (in cpds) in Vin and dialect of heretics], 1. (mfn.) made, done; manufactured; Abh 997 (-0 ... kate tisu); ifc see uddissa-, pariyanta-; 2. (n.) the winning number of dice (a number divisible by four; see H. Lders, 1907); the winning die; good fortune; Abh 997; Ja VI 206,1* (kali hi dhlrnam -am magnam bhavanti vedajjhagatn' Arittha; 209,rfoil: veddhigamni nma dhlrnam parjayasankhto kaliggho magnam blnam jayasankhto kataggho); 228,19* (-am Alto ganhti kitav sikkhito yath); 282,18* (rj kalim vicinam aggahesi ~am aggahi Punnako nma yakkho; 282,24': yakkho jayagham ganhi); Niddl 21,21 (-am samdya thito; Nidd-a I 90, u: jayaggham gahetv); kata, m(f)n. [seil, ysa; cf S. lex. krtaysa, "juice of pulses prepared with salt and fat"], (soup) treated in various ways; (possibly) treated and untreated (soup); (according to ct) a soup of strained bean water with added oil; Vin I 206,31 (anujnmi bhikkhave akataysan ti, ~ena attho hoti, anujnmi bhikkhave -*an ti; Sp 1092,23: akataysan ti asiniddho muggapacitapniyo, ~an ti so va thokam siniddho, Ee, Se so; Be so va dhotasiniddho; not in Ce; Sp-t[2te]III 304,17: ~em ti mugge pacitv acletv va parissvitena muggaspena); -ggaha, m., a winning catch at dice; good fortune; MI 404,16 (ubhayattha ~o); III 178,4 (pathamen' eva -ena); Th462; Ja IV 322,20*; Spk III 110,3 (~oti jayaggaho); -ggha, m., id.; A III 354,14*; Sadd 640,3; -bhan4a, n., something made into merchandise (eg cloth or worked metal); something not in its natural state; Sp 544,3 (rajatam ca jtarpam ca -am pi akatabhandam pi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kata-); 689,1 (~an ti katam bhandam kambalakojavasanthatdi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kata-); Kkh71,n (antamaso suttakena pi baddham -am harane ... anpatti); Ps III 64,2i (kahpanavutthi vutthi ti, Ce so; Ee wr katabhandha-; Be, Se katabhanda-); akata, mfn., not made; not artificial, natural; D I 56,2i (satt* ime ky ~) = MI 517,19 = SHI 211,7; nudhamma, mfn., not dealt with according to the rule, not restored; Vin IV 137,5 (Sp 870,20: anudhammo vuccati... osran, so osranasankhto anudhammo yassa na kato, ayam

-nudhammo nma); V 23,33; ~-pabbhara, m., a natural cave, an over-hanging crag; Sp 756,13 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akata-); Ps I 90,16 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akata-); bhanda, n., natural, unmanufactured goods; Sp 544,3 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se akata-); Kkh71,i2 (elakalomnam ~-bhandat); bhmibhga, m., uncultivated land; Mp III 192,8 (Ce, Eeso; Be, Se akata-); ysa, m.n., untreated soup, bean-water without added oil; Vin I 206,30 foil. (ysena attho hoti, anujnmi bhikkhave ysan ti; Sp 1092,22: ysan ti asiniddho muggapacitapniyo; Sp-t [Be] III 304,17: ~-ysen ti anabhisankhatena muggayusena); vatthu, n., uncultivated land; Sv 98,1 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akata-); vidha, mfn., whose form or arrangement is not made, is not ordered; D I 56,21 (ky akata vidh) = MI 517,19 (Ps III 228,11: vidh ti akatavidhn, evam karohi ti kenaci krpit na honti" ti attho) = SHI 211,7; dukka^a, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn. and n.) wrongly or wickedly done; badly made; badly arranged; what is wrongly done; an evil or wrong action; Vin II 288,37 (idam te... -am); IV 279,33 (civaram -am dussibbitam); D I 222,8; A III 354,10* (jnam -am attano); Pv 6:5 (kin nu kyena vcya manas -am katam; Pv-a 33,29: -an ti duccaritam); Ja VI 84,n* (akari kamma -am); Niddl 165,7 (pativiseso te -o); 2. (n.) a particular classification of (vinaya) offence; Vin I 172,io (thullaccayam ... -am dubbhsitam ayam eravipatti); III 36,14 ([patti] -assa); Mil 144,4 (-am ... khuddakam sikkhpadam); Vism 119,10 (akaronto vattabhede -am apajjati); As 92,38 (sampajnamusvde -am hoti); 394,23 (prjikam sanghdisesam thullaccayam pcittiyam ptidesaniyam -am dubbhsitan ti im satta pattiyo); sukafa, mfn., well done, properly performed; Th-aII 223,21 (paccattavacanam c'etam ekrantam ~e patikamme... ti adisu viya, quoting Kv4,n, eds sukate); dukkata, mfn., well and/or wrongly done; good and/or bad; D I 55,17 (n' atthi dukkatnam kammnam phalam vipko) ^ Mil 5,5. kataka1, m.n. [ts], 1. a bracelet; a ring; Abh 285 (-am); Sp 348,n (hatthe pana valayam v -am v aniharitv); Sadd692,i 1; 921,17 (mattbhedo tva... -am kutakam pkatam [?]); ifc see kara- (^v kara1); 2. a kind of weapon; ? Bv-a288,6 (in cpd: Mraparispi asipharasu...-kanayakappanaeakkakatakadhr); kataka in Ee at Sp 1209,27 is wrfor kataka (Be, Ce, Se and Vin II 129,26 so); kataka in Ee at Nidd I 404,7 and 404,25 is wr for katuk (Be, Ce, Se so); see also kutaka2. kataka2, m.n. [ts], the side or ridge of a mountain; Abh 608 (nitambo - 0 n* itthi). katakaftcukata, see sv katukancuka. katakata, ind. [onomat.; ts], (a word to represent the sound of rubbing together, creaking, grating) creak!; JaVI 549,23' (- ti viravantehi atthisandhihi samanngato, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr katkato); Pp-a 193,11 (kunthena [asin kadali] chijjamn - ti saddam karoti). katakatyati, pr. 3 sg. [onomat; cf katakat and S. katakatpayati], makes a creaking or grating sound; creaks; Vism 264,25 (saminjantassa pasrentassa atthikni -anti) = Pj I 67,31; Vibh-a248,2 (utthnanisajjdisu na

611

atthini ~anti); 355,10 (tattakaple pakkhittatil viya -ant bhijjanti, so readfor Ee katakatayant ? Be patapatyant; Ce, Se tatatatyant); see also tatatatyati. katacchu, m. [c/^/ZSkatacchu, Pkt kadacchu], a spoon (for serving food); a (sacrificial) ladle; Abh458; Vin II 216,8 (-um v parmasati); Ja I 454,11 (setthidhitya ... -um dya parivisantiy); Ap 303,21 (udakassa ~ ca, Be, Ce so; Se -um; Ee katacchum); Spk III 197,11 (-un v dabbiy v); Ap-a412,2i (karatalena gahetabb dabbi -u); ifc see sv aggijuhana -gha, m., taking with a spoon; As 376,9 (katukancukat vuccati ~ o . . . sankutitena aggakatacchun ganhti, pretv gahetumna sakkoti) * Nidd-a 113,23; -ghik, (m)f.y holding a spoon, with spoon in hand; Pv-a 135,8; -parissvana, ., a handled strainer; Vin II 118,16 (Sp 1207,7: -am nma tisu dandakesu vinandhitv katam); -bhikkh,/, alms given on a spoon, a spoonful of food; Vin I 55,36; Th934 ( -bhikkhahet); Pv 21:58; Mil 9,20 (-am tadpiyam ca vyanjanam dpetv); Spk I 179,19 (-am pi alabhitv). katacchuka, m.,-a, / [BHS katacchuk], a spoon (for serving food); a (sacrificial) ladle; Vin II 233,4* (-); Vv-a 68,9 (-am pretv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee katacchum); ifc see dhma-. katatthi, katatthika, see sv kati. katati1, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup katati1, Wg9:33], goes; Dhtum 111 (kata ... gate); Sadd 353,2 (kata gatiyam: ... -ati). katati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup katati2, Wg 9:6] rains; covers; crushes; Dhtup 93 (kata maddane); Dhtum 109; 111 (kata samvarane); Sadd352,3 (kata vassvaranesu: -ati). katana, katana, n. [cf S. kadana ?], an evil action; an injury; AIV 172,4* (raho karoti katanam ppaditthi andaro, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se karanam; Mp IV 75,io: katanam vuccati ppakammam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se karanam); Ja IV 42,7* (Skhena katanam katam, Ee so; Be karanam; Ce, Se kaddhanam; 42,16' [Ee]: kaddhanavikaddhanapothanakottanasankhtam katanam katan ti attho). katallaka, m. [?], a puppet or doll; ifc see dru-. katasakkhar,/, a kind of gravel; Sp 755,3 (marumb ti -a, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se pkatasakkhar). katasaraka in Ee at Ud-a 181,5 (mancapithakatasarakdini) is wrfor katasaraka (Be, Ce, Se so). katasarabhesajjam in Ee at As 78,23 is wrfor kantha(Ce so); Be, Se sarabhesajjam. katastakakhan4a in Ee at Ja IV 248,25 and 249,1 is wr for katasrakakhanda (Be, Ce so). katasra, m. [cf kata1, katasaraka], matting, a mat; Dhp-a 1268,1 (-ena paticchdetv maddpeth ti ha, Ee, Se so; Ce katasrakena; Be kilanjena); ifc see jinna-. katasaraka, m. [c/'kata1, katasra], a straw mat; matting; Sp 895,29 (~e pi pakanbhmiyam pi nipannassa); 1088,6 (im catasso pi tinajtiyo etehi ~e ca tattikyo ca karonti); Sv 137,20 (nisajjatthya pannattam - a m . . . akkami); Dhp-a III 212,7 (imam pathavim -am viya samvellitv); Ja IV 248,25 (nivatthavatthni datv -khandam nivsetv, Be, Ce so; Se katasra-; Ee wr katastaka-).

katasi,/ [Slex., BHS id; Pkt kadasi], cemetery ground; a place where corpses are deposited; Vin II 296,21* (vddhenti -im ghorarn diyanti punabbhavam; Sp 1298,4: punappunam kalevaram nikkhipamn bhmim vddhenti) ^ Th456 (cf Th-aH 192,28: 0 -sankhtam samsram... vddhenti); DIU 26,3* (-Isu khittni ca konapni); S II 178,23 (-1 vaddhit, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee~i; Spk II 156,23: -Iti susnam pathavi yeva v, s hi punappunam ... sariranikkhepena vaddhit) = Nidd II 273,34 (Be, Ce so; Ee -i va vaddhitam; Se -1 va vaddhitam); Ud72,i (~iyo ditthi vddhenti); Thi502 (Thi-a264,24: -im susnam lhanam); katasivaddhana, mfn., causing a heaping up of the cemetery ground, filling the cemetery; Ud 72,1 (ete ubho ant -; Ud-a351,2zfoil.: - ti... katasisankhtnam tanh-avijjnam abhivaddhan ... keci pana katasi ti pancannam khandhnam adhivacanan ti vadanti... apare pana - ti padassa aparparam jarmaranehi sivathikavaddhan ti attham vadanti); Ja I 146,10 ([kyo] ~o); katasi-vaddhan,/, a heaping up of the cemetery ground; It-a I 85,3 (ayam idisi -). kat in Ee at Ap 317,8 (tipulop kat) is wr; read tipulohakar with Be, Ce, Se. katana, n. [ts], I. a pot, a cauldron; Vin IV 265,11 (bhikkhuni ~e vaccam katv); Sp 93,9 (imam suvannam gahetv -am karohi ti); Pj II 481,17; 2. a turtle's shell; Spk II 207,4 (~e laggamatte); ifc see angra-, ayo-, albu-, udaka-, ghati-, tumba-, loha-, sisa-. kathaka, n. [S. lex., BHS id.]> a pot, a cauldron; Mhv 17:47 (mahbodhiskh ... sayam yeva patitthtu ~e); Dip 17:55. k a t i , / [ts], the hips, the buttocks, the loins; Abh272; Vin 1288,23 (-iy pi civarabhisim karitv); III 21,37 (~im clesi); Ja IV 32,12 (-ito uddham); Nidd II 272,15 (-i v sobhan); Sp 1275,15 (ahim -iyam bandhitv); Mhv 23:6; -'tthi, -atthi, 0,-atthi, n., the hip-bone; Vism253,34 (dve -ini, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kati-atthini) = Vibh-a 237,1 * Pj I 49,6 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee katatthini); -'tthika, 0, -atthika n., the hip-bone; D II296, is (-am, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se katatthikam) = MI 58,30 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee katatthikam) = III 92,8 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce katatthikam); Pj 149,27; 0, -paga, '-piya, mfit., belonging to, fit for the hips; Vin IV 340,9 (sarighni nmay kci -) ^ Kkh 204,12 (yam kifici -am, Be so; Ce, Ee katupikam) ^ Vin-vn 2410 (yamkinci pi katpiyam); -thlaka, ., the prominent part of the hips; the buttocks; Ja VI 509,r (vislakatiyo... itthiyo... gohanun -am kottperv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se katiphalakam; cf JaV 303,13': [sonim puthulam] sukottitan ti gohanukena paharitv suvaddhitam); -puthulaka in Ee at Ja V 303,13' (sonin ti -am, ad 302,17*: sonim puthulam sukottitam) is prob, wr; Be sonin ti katim; Ce katiphalakam; Se katisuphalakam; -samohita, mfn., attached to the hips; JaV 203,4*(206,6': -niti katiyam nibaddhni); -sutta, ., a girdle or belt; Kkh 204,16 (bdhappaccay -am dhrentiy); Pv-a 134,22 (in cpd); -8Uttaka, n.9 a girdle or belt (forbidden to bhikkhus but allowed for menstruating bhikkhuniy); VinII 106,30 (chabbaggiy bhikkh... -am dhrenti);

612

271,9 (anujnmi bhikkhave samvelliyam -an ti); Vin-vn 2412; see also bhatthakatika. kafissa in Ee at Sp 1086,12 is wr for katthissa (Be, Ce so). katu, mfn. andm. [ts], l.(mfn.) pungent; disagreeable, improper; Abh 976 (khare ckriye tisu... -u); Pv-a 119,14 (madhurakatukasvdibhed nnvidh rasa, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se -katuka-); 2. (m.) pungency; Abh 976 (rasamhi purise -u); see also tekatula. katuka, mfn. and n. [ts], (mfn.) sharp, disagreeable; (of taste) pungent, acrid (as peppers or ginger); (of words) bitter, caustic; (of pain etc) severe, keen, keenly distressing; (n.) a bitter thing, a distressing thing; Abh 148; Vin I 78,24 (vedannam dukkhnam tibbnam kharnam -nam...); DU 349,7* (pacch te -am bhavissati); MI 93,3 (ppam kammam... imya -ya dukkarakrikya nijjaretha); Sil 226,2 (lbhasakkrasiloko -o pharuso antaryiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamya); Pv 10:12 (-am ghoram nirayam); Th737 (-am madhiirassdam); ThI451 (km - sivispam); Ja III 201,7* (visam ... -am si; 201,19': tikhinam ahosi); VI 508,6* (vedhabbam -am loke; 509,2': -an ti astam); Nidd I 240,4 (... tittikam -am lonikam ...); Dhs 629; Mil 56,n (tittakattam v -ttam v); Spk II 293,4 (~an ti pipphalimaricdinnappakram); ifc see ti-; '-udraya, mfn., having bitter consequences; JaV 241,14* (asappurisasamsaggo dukkhanto -o); -tara, mfn., comp., more bitter; Thi503 (~ pancakatukena); -pabhedana, mfn., exuding pungent juice from its temples; Dhp 324 (kunjaro... ~o dunnivrayo, Ee so; Ce, Se -ppabhedano; Be -bhedano, better metrically; or read katukapabhedo ? Dhp-a IV 13,13: ~o ti tikhinamado); -pphala, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) having bitter fruit; producing distressing results; S I 57,14 (karont ppakam kammam yam hoti -am); Pv 11:10; Jail 106,2* (ambo -o); 2. (n.) a certain plant; a perfume made from its berries; Ja II 416,3 (in cpd) * Dhp-aIII 475,9; Sp837,s; -bhanda, n., pungent spices; Ja III 86,2' (-am); Vv-a 186,23 (-ehi abhisankharitv); Pv-a 135,6 (~ni); -rohini, / , the plant Helleborus niger; Abh 582 (Ce so; Be katu-); Vin I 201,2; Sv 81,n; -vipka, mfn., bringing a bitter consequence; Mil 206,24 (-am ppam);comp. tara,mfn., Mill 117,is; Sil 128,20; akatuka, mfn., (what is) not pungent; Nidd I 240,12 (katukam labhitv -am pariyesanti); atikatuka, mfn., too pungent; excessively severe, very distressing; Vism 54,23 (-am dukkham); Pj II 59,4 (nati -ambilam ntilonam ntikatukam) = Ap-a 148,5. katukaftcuka, mfn. [cf BHS kutakuncaka, kutukuncaka], miserly, mean; As 376,8 (ycake disv katukabhvena cittamancati sankoceti ti-o); -ta,/, abstr., miserliness, lack of generosity, meanness; Nidd I 37,11 (kadariyam ~ aggahitattam cittassa idam vuccati macchariyam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se katukancakat) ^ Dhs 1122 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kata-) * Pp 19,14 * Vibh 357,29; As 376,8 foil, (katukancuko tassa bhvo - aparo nayo, - vuccati katacchugho, samatittikapunnya

hi ukkhaliy bhattam ganhanto sabbatobhgena sankutitena aggakatacchun ganhti pretv gahetum na sakkoti, evam maccharipuggalassa cittam sankucati, tasmim sankucite kyo pi tath' eva sankucati... na sampasriyati ti maccheram - ti vuttam); Sadd 335,17 (aficu gatipjansu ... ~). katuka, / [S. lex. id.], the plant Helleborus niger, Abh 582 (~a katukarohini). katumik, / (and (m)f(n).l) [cf S. krtrima, BHS kartrma ?], outside prompting or stimulus; (produced or acquired; ?) Mil 78,1 (sabb sati abhijnanti uppajjati udhu- va sati ti, Be, Ce so; Ee abhijnant ... ~ v); 78,4 (yadi n' atthi... - sati nJ atthi kinci sippiknam kammyatanehi v sippyatanehi v vijjatthnehi v karaniyam niratthak cariy); 79,2 (katham -ya sati uppajjati. yo pakatiy mutthassatiko pare ca tarn sarpanattham nibandhanti, evam -ya sati uppajjati). katuviya, n. (or mfn.) [I cfPktkz&mya ?], (according to et) (what is) left over; (what is) polluted, impure; A 1 280,5 (bhikkhu bhikkhu ma kho tvam attnam -am aksi; Mp II 378,11: -an ti ucchittham); 280,28 (abhijjh ... -am); -kata, mfn., left over; polluted, impure; A I 280,6 (tarn... -am attnam magandhe avassutam makkhik nnupatissanti nnvassavissanti ti n' etam thnam vijjati ti); 281,3* (-0 bhikkhu). katerukkha, m. [?], a creeper or shrub; Ja VI 536,11* (-ehi sanchannam vanam tarn tulasihi ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kalerukkhehi); see also kateruha. kateruha, m. or~,f [?], a kind of shrub; Ja VI 537,1* (- ca vsanti; 537,13". imeca dve pupphagacch); see also kaseruka. kattha1, n. [S. kasta], trouble, difficulty, misery; Abh 1040 (-am ... kicche). kattha2, n. [S. kstha], wood; a piece of wood, a stick, a twig; esp. wood used as fuel, kindling, firewood; Abh 548; 1040; Vin I 31,7 (jatil aggi paricaritukm na sakkonti -ni phletum); 11221,33 (pharusena ~ena avalekhanti); D i l 340,is (ayam vsi imni -ni idam aranisahitam); MI 190,15(-amca paticca... mattikam ca paticca kso parivrito agran t' eva sankham gacchati); 296,8 (kyo... seti yath -am acetanam); SI 124,14; II 97,9 (dvinnam -nam sanghattasamodhn usm jyati; Spk II 101,32: dvinnam araninam); Sn462 (- have jyati jtavedo); Pv21:52; ThllOl; Ja I 415,24* (-am vto bhanjati dubbalam); VI 565,4* (na te -ni bhinnni); Ap 438,29; Vibh 82,21; Mil 96,15 (-am manthayitv aggim nibbattetv); ifc see avalekhana-, danta-; ^-anga 1 , mfn., with parts or branches of dry (dead ?) wood; --rukkha, m., a tree with parts or branches of dry (deadl) wood; Jail 163,23* (rukkhesu asrakesu; 164,2' foil.', rukkhesu ti vanakatthakotthsesu rukkhesu, asrakesu ti nissresu plibhaddakasimbali-disu, Be, Se so; Ce vanakatthakotthsesu nissresu ...; Ee rukkhesu asrakesu ti nissresu ...); 0, -atthara, m., a covering of sticks or twigs; a bed of sticks (in an ascetic's hut); JaV 197,14 (tass ... -e nisidantiy, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be katthattharane); Ap-a 334,20 (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr katthattaram); Cp-a 226,11; '-attharaka, m.,id.; Ja VI 21,i4(~e nisinno, Ce, Ee, Se

613

so; Be katthattharane); Dhp-al 135,19 (~e... nipajjitv); ' -attharana, n., id.; S V 6 3 1 , H ; Q)-a40,2i (pannaslam katv ... -am katv); ' -attharik,/, id.; Ja IV 329,4 (-ya nisinno); VI 57,3o: (~ya nipajjitv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be katthattharane); Ap-all,i4; -tla\., a wooden key; Vin II 148,20; -tla2, -tla, m., a wooden cymbal or clapper; As 319,10 (sammasaddo ti kamsatlakatthatlasaddo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -katthatla-); Pj II185,14/0//. (-amhatthe bandhitv ... manusse disv drato eva -am kotento, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kamsatlam); -tumba, m.n., a wooden vessel, a wooden waterpot; Vin 1205,17 (anujnmi bhikkhave tini tumbni lohatumbam -am phalatumban ti); Sp 1104,20 (bhagavat tayo tumb anunnt lohatumbo ~o phalatumbo ti); -pufija, m., a pile of sticks, a heap of firewood; AIV 72,i7; Jail 327,19*; -phalaka, m., a splitter of wood, a wood-cutter; Vism 413,23 (kesohrakdihi); -mukha, m., a kind of poisonous snake; Spklll 6,17/0//. (cattro sivis ti -o ptimukho... -ena datthassa sakalasariram sukkhakattham viya thaddham hoti); As 300,16* (patthaddho bhavati kyo dattho -ena); -rpa, n., a wooden figure; a doll; Sp 278,6 (drudhitalik nma-am); -rpaka, n., a wooden figure; a wooden statue; Ja I 287,14 (udumbararukkham chinditv attano pamnena -am katv, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kattharpam); Sv 613,5 (~ni); -vha, m., a cartload of wood; SII 84,4i (timsya v -nam cattrisya v -nam mah aggikkhandho jleyya); -vhana, n., a wooden conveyance; Pj II 575,20; 576, i; -hra, m., -hri,/, one who gathers sticks or firewood; Vin III 41,12 (tinahriyo -iyo); Ap 359,19 (~ ca udahr ca); Th-al 208,7 (ekiss -iy); -hraka, m/(-ik), {one) who gathers sticks or firewood; Vin III 38,15 (annatar katthahrik); MI 79,io (passmi ... tinahrakam v -am v); SI 180,17 (~ mnavak); Ja I 134,7 (muhuttikya katthahrikya kucchismim); IV 148,5 (dalidditthiy katthahrikya); Mil 331,12 (~). kaftha3, mfn.,pp o/kasati3 qv. kafthaka, m. [?], a kind of reed or bamboo; Dhp 164 (phalni -ass' eva attaghannya phallati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kantakass'; Dhp-a III 156, is: velusankhtassa -assa phalni viya hoti, Be so; Ce, Ee katthassa; probably wr; Se kantakassa; cf Udna-v 8:7; phalam kantakavenur v; GDhp258: phalni kadakaseva; PDhp315: phalni kantakasseva; S. lex. kantaka, "bamboo"). katthafiga x , see sv kattha2. kattbanga2, m. [?], a kind of tree; Ap 362,14 (~ ca supupphit, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce attharig; Se hatthapt). katthsato inEe at It-a II 73,26 is wr for kotthsato {Be, Ce, Se so). kafthi, katti, m. [cfTa katti, DED 962], a clod, a lump; a measure of weight; Mp I 448,14 (Punno utthya ekam ~im gahetv nangalasise pahari, gulapindo viya nangalasise alliyitv atthsi); ifc see rajata-, loha-, suvanna-. katthissa, n. (pi ace. ~) [?], a silk covering embroidered with jewels; Abh 315; Vin 1192,8 (ekantalomim ~am koseyyam, Ce, Ee so; Be kattissam; Se katissam) ^ D I 7,9 (Sv87,io: -^n ti ratanapatisibbitam

koseyyakatthissamayam paccattharanam; Sv-ptI 164,30: koseyyakatthissamayan ti koseyyakasatamayam); A I 181,22; Ap 314,n (tlik vikatikyo ~ cittak bah... labhmi, Ce, Eeso; ^ekattiss; Se katiss); Vin-vn 2660. kathati 1 ,^. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kathati, Wg 9:48], lives in distress; Sadd 355,4 (katha kicchajivane: ~ati). kathati2, kathati2, kuthati1, pr. 3 sg. [Pkt kadhai; S. kvathate; all Pli forms found in all eds; forms from kuthati, although prevalent in all eds, are probably secondary; see O. von Hinber, 1979a, pp. 21-26], boils, heats; is hot; Dhtum 132 (katha sosanapkesu); 530 (kutha pake); Sadd367,is (katha nippke: kathati); Ja VI 105,4* (Vetaranim nadim kuthantim khrasamyuttam tattam, Ce, Ee so; Be kuthitam; Se kutthitam); pp kathita, kuthita1 {and kutthita), mfn. [AMg kadhia; S. kvathita], hot, boiling, seething; Abh 743 (nippakkam kathitam, Ceso; Be kuthitam); Vin III 108,17 (ayam Tapod kuthit sandati; Sp 512, M: kuthit sandati ti tatt santatt hutv sandati, Be so; Ce, Ee kathit; Se kutthit); S IV 289,21 (unham hoti kuthitam, Be so; Ce kuthitam; Ee, Se kutthitam); Thi 504 (kuthit; Thi-a265,i3: ekdasahi aggihi pajjalit pakkuthit ca hutv); Ja HI 46,21 (kuthite khralohodake, Ce so; Be pakkuthite; Ee wr kathine; Se kutthite); Ap 525,17 (santatt kathit bhmi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kuthit); Mill46,1 (nerayik satt jalit kathit tatt, Ee so; Be, Ce kuthit); 325,n (ayoguje jalite tatte kathite); Sp 1093,9 (khiratakkdisu pana sakim kuthitesu aggim ktum vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kutthitesu); Mhv 25:30 (kathitam ca silesikam); Panca-g 33 (pivanti kutthitam tambam, Ee so); kathitatt in Ee at Sp 682,20 is wr for kathitatt {Be, Ce, Seso); sukajhita, sukuthita, mfn., thoroughly heated; very hot; Mil 258,6 (unhodakam sukathitam, Ce, Ee so; Be sukuthitam); see also kthima, kikita. kathala {and kathala), m.n. and ~a, / [BHS kathala, kathalya, kathalla, kadhalya], gravel; a pebble; a fragment (of earthenware), a potsherd; Abh 925; Vin IV 33,16 (yebhuyyena psn... sakkhar... ~; Sp755,2: ~ ti kaplakhandni); MI 395,2 (kattham v -am v mukhe hareyya); S IV 313,29 (puriso sappikumbham ... bhindeyya tatr' assa y sakkhar v ~ v s adhogmi assa); A I 124,7 (katthena v -ya v); JaV 417,14 (katthena v -na v, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kathalya); Vibh 82,2i (tinam kattham sakkhar - bhmi, Ee so; Be, Ce -am; Se kathal); Mil 187,12 (puriso ... psne v -e v... khalitv patati); Vism 261,6 (katthe v kathale v, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~e); Mp I 57,14 (sakkhar ca ~ni ca sakkharakathalam). kathalaka, m or n. or ~ , / , kathalik, kathalik, / [kathala + ka or + ik], pebbles, gravel; a potsherd; a scraper; Ja III 227,2' ([bandhanti] vattanan ti kathalikam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vaddhanan ti kathalakam); ifc see pda-, sakkhar-; see also kathali. kathali, kathali, / ( ? ) [mc in uddna for kathalik, kathalik qv], potsherd; scraper; Vin II 234,32* (pdo pitham -im ca, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kathalim). kathalik, see sv kathalaka. kathina1, mfn. [ts], hard, stiff; harsh; fierce; Abh 714 (kurram-am dalham); 928; 985; Ja I 295,11* (coriyo ~

614

h'eta vl) = V 448,29* (449,27': ~ ti thaddhahaday); Cp 3:4:4 (vacanam ...me ahosi -am; Cp-a201,33: amanpabhvena me -am pharusam); -am, adv., fiercely; Mil 273, M (ayam suriyo sabbaklam -am tapati udhu kanci klam mandam tapati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kathitam); kathine in Ee at Ja III 46,2i is wr; Be pakkuthite; Ce kuthite; Se kutthite; -ta,/, abstr., stiffness, hardness; Vibh 359,33 (kakkhalata -a, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kathinat); akathinat,/, abstr., lack of stiffness; softness; Dhs44 (maddavata akakkhalat ~ ayam ... kyamudut hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akathinat). kathina2 {in Be kathina), n. [BHS id; cf AMg kadhina; Sp-t (Be) III 335,1 foil.: kathinan ti pancnisamse antokaranasamatthatya thiran ti attho ti ganthipadesu vuttam], 1. a framework (covered with a mat) to which the cloth for making robes was attached while being sewn; Vin II 116,10/0//. (anujnmi bhikkhave -am kathinarajjum tattha tattha obandhitv civaram sibbetun ti. visame -am pattharanti -am paribhrjjati; Sp 1206,7: -an ti nissenim pi tattha atmaritabbakatasrakakilanjnam annataram pi); 117,26foil, (bhikkh civaram sibbetv tatth' eva -am ujjhitva pakkamanti, undurehi pi upacikhi pi khajjati... anujnmi bhikkhave -am samharitun ti. -am paribhijjati, anujnmi bhikkhave goghamsikya -am samharitun ti -am vivethiyati...); esp. kathinam attharati (i) spreads or covers the kathina, ie makes a robe using the kathina; (ii) participates, at the end of the rains-residence, in a communal robe-making, during which certain rules and practices are suspended (perhaps in order to facilitate the robemaking); this involves a) a sahghakamma allotting the material (and the use of the kathina,) to a bhikkhu according to need and seniority; b) the preparation of the robe, by all the participating bhikkhus, from washing the cloth to adding the kappabindu qv; c) the approval of the robe by one or more bhikkhus. Only those can take part and share the privileges who have spent the earlier rain-retreat within that slm and have participated in the pavran ceremony. A minimum of five bhikkhuy is required, but unqualified ones may make up the number without sharing the privileges. The donor gives cloth, sewing materials and food to the participating bhikkhus. The whole process must be completed in one day. cf Vin I 254,25/o//. and Sp 11O7,IO/0//.; Vin I 254,8 (anujnmi bhikkhave vassam vutthnam bhikkhnam -am attharitum); 254,19 (sahgho imam kathinadussam itthannmassa bhikkhuno deti -am attharitum); M III 126,10 (nbhijnmi-e civaram sibbit; PsIV 193,19: ~e civaran ti kathinacivaram, kathinacivaram pi hi vassvsikagatikam eva); Sp 1108,io (kathinatthrastakam labhitv sutthu dhovitv sci-dini civarakammupakaranni sajjetv bahhi bhikkhhi saddhim tadaheva sibbitv nitthitascikammam rajitv kappabindum datv -am attharitabbam); (iii) displays the finished robe; VinV 176,22/0//. (tena kathinatthrakena bhikkhun tadaheva dhovitv vimajjitv vicretv chinditv sibbetv rajitv kappam katv -am attharitabbam. sace sanghtiy -am attharitukmo hoti pornik sanghti

paccuddharitabb nav sanghti adhitthtabb imya sanghtiy -am attharmi ti vc bhinditabb... evam assa vacaniyo atthatam bhante sanghassa -am dhammiko kathinatthro anumodath ti); kathinam atthatam, as well as referring to the literal covering of the kathina and the proper carrying-out of the communal robemaking, also describes a state existing in an vsa where qualified bhikkhuy have a claim on material given to the sangha (and on the use of the kathina,) and enjoy the five concessions or privileges; Vin I 254,25 foil (evam... atthatam hoti -am evam anatthatam... na ullikhitamattena atthatam hoti -am); III 204,4 (aklacivaram nma anatthate -e ekdasa mse uppannam, atthate ~e satta mse uppannam); IV 245,23 (upsak ... bhikkhumsarighassa aklacivaram adamsu. Thullanand bhikkhuni amhkam -am atthatam, klacivaran ti adhitthahitv bhjpesi); 287,4 (atthate -e kathinuddhradivasam atikkmeti patti pcittiyassa); 287,20 (so... ubhatosanghassa aklacivaram dtukmo hoti, tena kho pana samayena ubhatosanghassa -am atthatam hoti); V 177,30/0//. (sanghassa anumodanya ganassa anumodanya puggalassa atthr sanghassa atthatam hoti -am ganassa atthatam hoti -am puggalassa atthatam hoti -am); a t the end of five months (or earlier, by decision of the sangha,) this special state is ended (kathinam uddhariyati, the kathina is removed or put away, ubbhatam,); the claims and privileges of individual bhikkhuy end at this time, or before, if they leave the vsa, not intending to return, see Vin I 255,23/?//.; Vin 1256,1 (ubbhatam kira tasmim vse -an ti); III 196,9 (nitthitacivarasmim bhikkhun ubbhatasmim **e dashaparamam atirekacivaram dhretabbam); IV287,24/?//. (anujnmi bhikkhave -am uddharitum ... ubbhatam sanghena ~am); 2. the kathina robemaking and ritual; (the materials for) the kathina ceremony; VinV 175,4 (-assa ko di kim majjhe kim pariyosnam. -assa pubbakaranam di kiriy majjhe atthro pariyosnam); Sp 1107,29 (-am kena dinnam vattati); 1108,4 (kathinatthrakenpi dhammena samena uppannam -am attharantena vattam jnitabbarn); 1109,6 (Sujtatthero nma -am ganhi); '-attharana, n.f the covering of the kathina; the communal robe-making and its ritual; Vin I 266,11*; 0, -atthra, w., id.; VinV 176,18 (-0 jnitabbo); 176,47 (atthatam bhante sanghassa kathinam dhammiko -0); Bv9:7 (--samaye); Sp 1106,23 (sace ~o pannatto abhavissa); 1107,10 (-am ke labhanti ke na labhanti); Vin-vn 2697; '-attharaka, m., one who covers the kathina; who supervises the making of the robe (which becomes his); VinV 176,21 (sanghena nattidutiyena kammena -assa bhikkhuno dtabbam); Sp 1108,4; 1109,n; 0, -uddhara, m., removal of the kathina; ending of the kathina-/?enW (and of its special allowances); Vin I 255,24 (tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko -o); IV 287,21 (so upsako... -am yci); V 177,34 foil; 0, -ubbhra, m., id.; VinV 137,17*; -civara, n., robe-material (to be made up) on the kathina; Bv 9:7; Sp 1107,35 (tinnarn civarnam annatarapahonakam ... vattham -am dem ti); 1108,15; Ps IV 193,19 (-am pi hi

615

vassvsikagatikam eva); -cchdana, n., cloth (to be made up) on the kathina; Vin-vn 2714 (-am laddh); -dayaka, m., the donor of the cloth etc for the kathina ritual; Sp 1107,32; 111 1,11 (kathinam nma datum vattati -o bahum punnam pasavati ti); -dussa, n.y cloth (to be made up) on the kathina; Vin I 254,18 (idam sanghassa -am uppannam, sarigho imam -am itthannmassa bhikkhuno deti kathinam attharitum); Sp 1108,34; -rajju,/, the cord for (tying the robematerial to) the kathina; Vin II 116,n (anujnmi... -um; Sp 1206,9: ~un ti yya dupattacivaram sibbant kathine civaram bandhanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kathinarajjan ti); -samutthna, mfn. and n., \.{mfn.) having a similar origin to the kathina sikkhpadam (ie kyavcato kyavccittato ca; cf Vin III 196,9 foil.); Sp 270,22 (sikkhpadam nma atthi chasamutthnam... atthi tisamutthnam atthi -am...); 650,25 (idam sikkhpadam -am nma kyavcato ca samutthti kyavccittato ca); Kkh 23,20 (y [patti] tatiyachatthehi samutthti ayam~ nma); 2. (.) the section listing the kathina sikkhpadam and those sikkhpadam having a similar origin; Vin V 88,23 (-am nitthitam); title of Utt-vn385-89. kafhinaka, {mf)n. [kathina2 + ka2], 1. the chapter concerned with kathina (= kathinakkhandhaka, Vin I 253,2-267,io); Vin V 114,11 (-am pucchissam); 2 . (the section listing) the kathina sikkhpadam and those having a similar origin (cf kathinasamutthna and VinV 88,14*-22*); VinV 12,4 (dvihi samutthnehi samutthti ~e); 61,4. kadijhati, pr. 3 sg. [Pkt kaddhai; cf S. karsati, BHS kattati; see also BSU 165], drags, pulls; pulls out, draws; draws furrows, scratches; Dhtup 110 (kaddha kaddhane); Dhtum 161; Sadd 357,4 (kaddha kaddhane: -ati); Ja IV 344,5 (dthya vethetv klasuttam -ati); Sp 884,15 (ito c' ito ca samanchati -ati); Ps III 430,17 (upakaddheyyan ti... tarn nirayam -eyyum); part.pr. (a) kaddha(t), mfn., Sp 335,19 (~ato); Mhv23:7 (nisadam -ato tassa); (b) kaddhanta, mfn., Jal 265,22 (tarn matamanussam pde gahetv -ant, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kaddhant); Sp 542,4 (gahite parikkhram -miti -antena gantabbam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -entena); Ps III 71,n (mato ti sannya pde gahetv -ant sankrakte chaddesum); (c) kaddhamna', mfn., Sv 821,35 (te -amn ... susnam yeva gantv); aor. 3 sg. kaddhi, Ja I 78,16 (bhmiyam solasa lekh ~i); 3 pl. kaddhimsu, Ja VI 337,4' (t ubho pi ~imsu); absol. kaddhitv, Jal 193,15' (uddharitv -itv pavattesi); 273,28 (khaggam ~itv); IV141,14 (udakam -itv -itv sabbatobhgena uggacchati); Ps III 44,5 (mamsapesim nakhehi ~itv pteyyum); pass, pr. 3 sg. kaddhiyati, Ja IV 415,25' (avakassati ti... sokena v ~Iyati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sokena avakaddhlyati; part.pr. (a)kaddhiyamna, mfn., Ja VI 337,4' (drako -iyamno); (b)kaddhamna2, mfn., Jal 490,7* (yassa te ~amnassa hatth dando na muccati; 490, lr: yassa tava dandakotiyam gahetv ~iyamnassa hatthato dando na muccati); VI 246,26* (kkolasanghehi pi -amnam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se vikassamnam; 246,31': ~amnan ti attnam kaddhiyamnam); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) *kaddheti,

drags; pulls to and fro; part.pr. kaddhenta, mfn., Jal 197,n (nam skaram pdesu gahetv -ent); Sp335,i6 (~ento, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~anto); 542,4 (-entena, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ~antena); absol. kaddhetv, Ja IV 221,9 (pde gahetv -etv aranne khipissati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kaddhitv); ppkaddhita, mfn. [cf S. lex. karsita], dragged; dragged off, Ps III 51,9 (yottena gale bandhitv -ito); (b) kaddhpeti, causes to drag away; Ja II 182,10 (idni tarn vinicchayam gantv -pessmi); absol. kaddhpetv, Ja V 145, r (jatsu gahetv -petv); see also kasati3, kassati1. kaddhana, m.n. [AMgid.; cf S. karsana], pulling to and fro, dragging; vexation;? Dhtup 110 (kaddha ~e); Sp 765,31 (ankaddhantena ~'-kram dassentena viya); Nidd-al 323,8 (angapaccangam paggahetv apanetv -o na ca tva hoti); Cp-a 125,22 (vinjanam -am bhmiyam ghamsanam); Mhv 12:55 (mahdayasspi jinassa -am vihya pattam amatam sukham pi te karimsu lokassa hitam tahim tahim); see also kassana2. kad4hanaka, mfn. [kaddhana + ka2], dragging, pulling; JaV 260,3i' (ohrento hetth -o vlamaccho v udakarakkhaso v vatto v). kana, m. (and n.) [BHS id.; cfS., Pkt kana], a grain, a minute particle; bran (the powder between the husk and grain of rice); Abh454; 705; 1047 (dhannange sukhume -o); D III 90,13 (-0 pi tandulam pariyonandhi); Jal 423,24* (har' etam -am pvam m me bhgarn vinsaya, Ce, Ee so, mcfor kanapuvam? Be, Se kundapvam; 423,26': etam kundakena pakkapvam nehi; c/423,i4: kundakapvam... dya); Sv 93,5 (-0 ti kundako); -bhakkha, mfn., having bran as one's food, eating only bran; D I 166,21 (-0 v hoti) * M I 78,8 (PsII 45,n: kanan ti kundakam) * AI 241,7; -homa, ., an offering of bran; D I 9,5 (thusahomam -am tandulahomam); akana, mfn., without bran; with the bran removed; D III 88,13 (akatthapko sali... -0 athuso sugandho tandulapphalo); Mhv 5:30 (nitthus' -e ... tandule). kanakavimne in Ee at Sp 121,25 is wr for kanaka- (Be, Ce, Se so). kanajaka in Ee at A1145,22 is wrfor kanajaka qv. kanati1,/*. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kanati, Wg 13:6], sounds, cries; Dhtup 117 (kana kvana saddatth); Dhtum 171 (kana ... sadde); Sadd 357,6 (kana sadde: ... -ati). kanati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kanati, Wg 19:32], goes; Sadd358,13 (kana rana gatiyam: -ati, so read? eds gana ... ganati). kanaya, m [BHS id.; cf S. kanapa; Ta kanai], a kind of weapon (perhaps like a bill-hook or halberd ?); Abh 394; Ja I 273,29 (khaggam kaddhitv pahari ... nam -ena pahari, so pi lomesu yeva alliyi... muggarena pahari); Mil339,is (sace amitt... tato orato bhavissanti sattiy paharissmi tato orato bhavissanti -ena paharissmi upagatam santam mandalaggena dvidh chindissmi); Cp-a74,4 (sace koci ycako me hadayamamsassa nmam ganheyya -ena nam niharitv ...); kanayam in Ee at Spk II 225,2 is prob, wr; Be, Se kappsavattanakaraniyam; Ce kappsavattanakalyam;

616

'-aggasadisa, mfn. [kanaya + agga1 + sadisa], like the end of a kanaya; Ja I 329,28 (macchakacchape kkakulaldayo ~ehi tundehi kottetv niharitv ...); 500,13. kanavira, kanavera, m [S. karavira; cf BSU 81], oleander, Ja III 62,7* (yam tarn vasantasamaye kanaveresu bhnusu); V 420,4** (in long cpd; Ce, Ee kanavera; Be kanavera; Se kannavera); Ap 182,6 (kanaveram gahetvna bhikkhusanghe samokirim); Vism 183,18 (sace gaccho hoti ... ~o v kurandako v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kanavlro); Sp 836,14 (in long cpd); -gaccha, m., a clump of oleander shrubs; Ja III 61,9 (ekam - ' -antaram pavisitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kanavera-); -ml,/, a garland of oleander blossoms; Ja VI 406,20 (itthakacunnena okirpetv ~am kanne katv, Be so; Ce ... okiritv kanaveramlam gale katv; Ee itthakacunnni okiritv kanaveramlam gahetv); ifc see ratta-; see also karavira. kanjaka, n. [prob, connected with kana qv; CDIAL 2663: "grain and goat's milk"], (according to cts) broken rice cooked with bran (a food of poor people); Vin II 77,4 (~am bilangadutiyam); SI 90,2; A I 145,22 (yath ... dsakammakaraporisassa ~am bhojanam diyyati bilangadutiyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kanajakam); IV 392, is (lkham -am bilangadutiyam; Mp IV 179,1: ~an ti sakundakabhattam, sakundakehi pi kamkatanduleh' eva pakkam); Ja III 299,6; Dhp-a IV 77,13. kanika, m., kanik 1 ,/ [ts], 1. a broken grain of rice; broken rice; Ja VI 341,4' (na tandulehi nm ti ~e ghpetv, Ee so; Be, Se ~am; Ce ~); 366,31 (tandule kottetv mlatandulehi ygum majjhimatandulehi bhattam -^hi pvam pacitv); 2. a small spot; a facial blemish; akanika, mfn., free from blemish; D I 80,18 (sakarn mukhanimittam paccavekkhamno ... ~am v ~an tijneyya) = Mil 20,i; sakanika, mfn., blemished, marked with spots or freckles; D I 80,18 (~am v -an ti jneyya; Sv223,2o: -an ti klatilakavangamukhadsipilakdinarn annatarena sadosam) = M II 19,33. kanik 2 , kannik 1 , / [S. lex. kanik, karnika], the plant Premna spinosa; Abh 574 (kanik); Ap 16,4 (kannikr kanik ca, Ee so; Be, Ce kanikr kannik ca; Se kanik kannikr ca); 368,6 (kannik kannikr ca pupphanti mama assame, Ee so; Ce kannik kanikr; Se kanik kanikr; Be kanikr ca pupphanti sobhayant). kanikr, kannikr, m. and n. [S. karnikra] (prob, merely variant spellings, but cf JaV 420,4** and Mhv 73:123 below), (m.) the tree Pterospermum acerifolium; (n.) its flower; Abh570 (~o); JaV 295,23* (~assa drun); 420,4** (-kanikrakannikra-, in long cpd, Be, Ce so; Ee omits kanikr; Se -kanikrakannavira-; 422,24': ~ ti mahpupph kannikr ti khuddakapupph); VI 269,27* (~o va nivtapupphito); Ap 167,13 (~arn va jotantarn nisinnarn; Ap-a436,14foil: ~an ti... kannikkrena pakato ti ~o, kannikaro ti vattabbe niruttinayena ekassa pubbanakrassa lopam katv -an ti vuttam); 183,16 (~am ocinitv chattam katvna); Bv 17:19; Mhv73:123 (anuttaram vimnam... kadalikannikrehi ~ehi samyutam); -puppha, n., a kanikr flower; D i l 111,4 (seyyath ... ~am pitam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kannikr-)= M II 14,4 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kannikr-) =

A V 61,30 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kannikr-); Jail 25,19 (~-vannni ksyni nivsetv). kanikri(n), mfn. [from kanikr], having kanikr flowers; Ap 442,9 (tattha me sukatam vyamham ~i ti nyati). kanittha, see sv kanittha. kaniya, mfn. [cf S. kaniyas], smaller; younger; Sadd 686,13 (khuddakassa kan: ~o kanittho); see also kanittha. kaneru, karenu, / (and m.) and mfn.(l) [S. karenu, m.f; S. lex. kaner; Pkt kaneru, karenu], 1. (f.) a female elephant; (lex. also m., a male elephant); Abh 866 (gaje ~u purise so hatthiniyam itthiyam, Ce so; Be karenu); Ja II 342,4 (~uy kucchismim patisandhim ganhi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se karenuy); IV49,20* (dant ~ va vaspanit, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se karen); V 39,12 (dve ~uyo nahpesum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se karenuyo); Spkll 227,21 (ekam karenum sakkarimsu, eds so); Cp-a 111,16 (karenuy, eds so); 2. (mfn.) (according to ct) young, undeveloped; Ps II 199,4 (ucckaneruk nm ti ucc ca yatthisadisadighapd hutv kaneruk ca dantnam -tya, t kira makuladth honti tasm kaneruk ti vuccanti); karenulolita, mfn., disturbed by female elephants; Thl 373 (kunjaramatta-~am ... mahvanam). kaneruk, karenuk, / [kaneru + k2; Pkt kaneruy, karenu, karenuy; cfBHS kaneruk], a female elephant; Abh 362 (~, Ce so; Be karenuk); Ps II 199,4 (~ ca dantnam kanerutya); Cp-a 80,31 (bodhisattassa hi jtadivase ek ksacrini ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se karenuk); Sadd 346,i* (karenuk); ifc see ucc-. kanta, m. [ts], 1. a thorn; a projection; Mil 351,5 (yadi ganthikutilasusirakantalatskh lambitv rukkha-mabhirhanam bhavati); 2. a bone; a fishbone; ifc see ra - (.sv r'), maccha-. kantaka1 (and in Ee sometimes kanthaka), m. and n. [S. kantaka, m.; BHS also kanthaka], 1. (i) a point; a thorn, a prickle; a spike; Abh 912; Vin I 188,16 (andhakre khnum pi ~am pi akkamanti); S IV 189, wfoll; JaV 102,5 (pde -ena viddho); 450,24*; Nett232,7 (imassa rukkhassa ~o tikhino hoti); Mil 112,22; Vism 254,28 (kakacadantasadis dve tayo ~ honti) * Pj I 50,9 (dve tini ~ni); Dhp-a I 177,22 (akkhimhi ~o viya khyi); Vv-a301,i3; ifc see ra- (svr1); (ii) a stylus; iic see below; 2 . a bone, esp. a fishbone; Ja 1222,17 (mamsam khditv ~e rukkhamle ptetv); ifc see pitthi-; 3. an annoyance, obstacle, impediment; A V 134,2i/o//.; 135,1 (pathamassa jhnassa saddo ~o) * Kv 202,28 (Be, Se so; Ee kanthako) = 572,33; Sp 53,n; 4 . a robber, a bandit; a rebel; an enemy; Abh912 (~o tu sapattasmim); JaV 265,30* (nssa maggeyya ~o; 266, r: purisassa mukham corakantako na passeyya); ifc see bahu-; 5. horripilation; Abh912 (~o... lomahamsane); kantakena in Ee at Spkll 101,2 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se dandakena; pacit in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 249,16* is prob, wr, perhaps for kantakapacit; Be kantakanicit; Se kantakhi cit; passaya, m., a head-rest or bolster of thorns; D I 167,7 (~e seyyam kappeti) ^ MI 78,18 ^

617

Ja III 74,20 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kantakapassaye); Ja I 493,19 (in long cpd, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kantakappassaya-); Ps II 11,30 (ukkutikappadhnam ~-t); passayika, m(fn)., (one) who lies on a bolster or bed of thorns; D I 167,7 (cf Sv 357,10: ~o ti ayakantake v pakatikantake v bhmiyam kottetv tattfia cammam attharitv thnacankamdini karoti, seyyan ti sayanto pi tattiY eva seyyam kappeti); Ja IV 299,14 (~, Be, Ce so; Ee wr kantakapassayik; Se kantakesu sayik); '-cita, mfn., covered with thorns; JaV 167,29' (~ klavettalat kotiyam gahetv kaddhitum rabhimsu, Ee, Se so; Ce kantakacit; Be sakantakaklavettalatya) * Cp-a 179,4 (Be, Se t ~ vut klavettalat...; Ce, Ee t kantakavettalat vut ...); -dhna, n., a clump of thorns, a thorny place; Mil 220,24 (ummattako ... ~am pi abhirhati); -kas,/, a spiked whip; Ja III 41,2 ([coraghtako] pharasum ca ~am ca daya); -tthna, ., a thorny place, an area of thorns; MI 10,47 (~am, Be, Se so; Ce kantakdhnam; Ee -dhnam; Ps I 80,23: -an ti kantaknam thnam, yattha kantak vijjanti tarn oksam, Be, Se so; Ce -dhnan ti kantaknam dhnam; Ee kantakdhnan ti kantaknam dhnam) = A III 389,22 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kantakdhnam); Th 946 (yath ~amhi careyya anuphano); -tthniya, mfn., acting as a thorn; Ud-a 187,24 (game kantako ~o sakalo vatthukmo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee game ~o); -dhna, n., a clump of thorns, a thorny place; MI 10,47 (parivajjeti... khnum ~am sobbham, Ee so; Be, Se kantakatthnam; Ce kantakdhnam; Ps I 80,23: -an ti kantaknam dhnam, yattha kantak vijjhanti tarn oksam, Ce so; Ee kantakdhnan ti; Be, Se -tthnan ti kantaknam thnam) = A III 389,22 (Be, Ee, Se kantakatthnarn; Ce kantakdhnam); -nicita, mfn., covered with thorns; Ja VI 249,16* (~ dum, Be so; Ce, Ee kantakpacit, prob, wr; Se kantakhi cit; 249,18': ~ ti jalitakantakanicit); Ih-aIII 80,48 (~ padese anuphano vicaranto); -passayika in Ee at D III 42,4 and Ja IV 299,14 is wrfor kantakapassayik qv above; -lata,/, a thorny creeper, perhaps Capparis zeylanica; JaV 175,4';-lekh,/, writing with a stylus; Sp453,is (sace sambahul maranavannam likhissm ti ekajjhsay hutv ... eko sace ~ hoti masim makkheti..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee~o,prob. wr); -vatta, m., a clump or hedge of thorns; MI 448,29 (~am pi rohanti, Ee so; Be kantakvtim; Ce kantakvattam; Se kantakarjim); see also kantakivta; - v a t i , / , a hedge of thorns; Spk I 253,22(~im v rukkhavatim v... karosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kantaka-) = Pj II 148,6 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kantakavatikam); Cp-a40,34; Mhv 72:237; -vatika,/, a hedge of thorns; Pj II 148,6 (sassapariplanattham ~am v rukkhavatikam v ... karosi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kantakavatim; = Spk I 253,22: Be, Ce, Se kantakavatim; Ee kantakavatim); -vuttika, mfn., (prob.) having a "thorny" way of life; A III 383,26 (bhikkh ~ ye v pan' afine pi keci kammavd kiriyavd, Be, Ce so; Ee kandaka-; Se kanhdhimuttik; Mp III 394,1: bhikkh ~ ti samana nam* ete); Sv 162,19 (bhikkh nflbhijti ti vadati, te kira catusu paccayesu kantake pakkhipitv khdanti, bhikkh ca ~ ti ayam hi ssa pli yeva, atha v

~ eva nma eke pabbajit ti vadati; Sv-pt I 290, is: eke pabbajit ye savisesam attakilamathnuyogam anuyutt, tath hi te kantake vattant viya honti ti ~ ti vutt); -vedha, m., piercing by thorns; Spk III 54,i5(m mam kantako vijjhi ti ~am rakkhamano, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kantakavedhamno); -seyy,/, a bed of thorns; lying on thorns; JaIII235,2o(ekacce ~am kappetha, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kanthaka-); Spk I 128,4 (~' -dini kappenti); akantaka, rnfn., free from thorns; free from obstacles; free from rebels or bandits; D I 135,26 (khematthit janapad ~ anuppil); A V 135,6 (~ bhikkhave viharatha); Vv 18:7 (maggo ... ~o agahano); Ja II 118,9 (bodhisatto ... ekasmim ~Q pattasanchanne gumbe laggi); nikkanjaka, m/., free from obstacles; free from sedition; A V 135,6; Ja III 225,12* (idni kho 'mhi sukhito arogo ~o); Mhv 88:28 (katv-am Lankam); sakantaka, mfn., containing thorns or bones; thorny, spiked; infested with bandits or rebels; D I 135,8 (ranno janapado ~o sa-uppflo; Sv 296,12: ~o ti corakantakehi ~o); Thi 352 (paripantho eso sabhayo savighto ~o); Ja IV 192,9* (~am so gilati; 193, r: sakantakabhojanam gilati nma); V 164,4 (- klavettayatthiyo); 260,15* (~am sagahanam yeva gacchmi duggatim); VI 3,22 (~hi kashi). kanaka 2 , mfn. [cf S. kntaka], thorny; with a rough stalk; Sn 845 (elambujam ~am vrijam yath, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kantakavrijam; quoted Sadd 439,4: kantaki; Niddl 202,29: ~o vuccati kharadando; Pj II 547,13: kantakanjam vrijam, paduman ti vuttam hoti); Ja VI 105,14' (~hi vettalathi sanchann, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se sakantakhi); Sp 1286,14 (na pharusena katthen ti... ~ena v susirena v ptin v na avalekhitabbam). kantaka3, m. [?], a kind of large deer; Abh 612 (gokanno ganikantaka; cf Abh-sci: kantakasadisasingatya ~o ... gani ca ~o ca ganikantaka ti... bahuvacananiddeso kato). kanjakansan,/ [Kantaka (Npr.) + nsan] an expulsion like that of Kantaka (cf Win IV 138,19/0//., Kantakasikkhpada, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se Kandaka-); Sp 1015,14 (~ya nsetabbo ti Kurundiyam vuttam). kan^aki(n), mfn. and m. [ts], thorny, prickly; a thorny plant; Sadd 439,4 (elambujam ~i vrijam yath, quoting Sn 845: Ce, Ee kantakam; Be, Se kantakavrijam); Bv-a 207,22 (tassa vamsassa ~ino pi rukkhassa kantak nahesum); (i)-phala, mfn., having prickly fruit; Abh 569 (panaso ~o); (i)-vata, m., a hedge of thorns, a prickly hedge; Vin II 154,12 (anujnmi bhikkhave parikkhipitum tayo vte vejuvtam ~am parikhan ti, Ee so; Be kandakavtam; Ce kantakivatam; Se kantakavatam). kantakuran4a, kantakurandaka, m. [cf S. lex. kantakuranta, kuranta, kurantaka, kurandaka], a kind of (yellow) plant; Ja II 66,12 (0-vannam ksvam nivsetv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kantakiirandakavannam). kantha, m. [ts]9 the throat; the neck; the voice; Abh 263; Vin I 15,io (anniss ~e mutingam); III 80,14 (bhikkhuno bhunjantassa mamsam ~e vilaggam hoti); Mill 234,13 (saro pi upahannati -0 pi turiyati); A IV 131,28 (jivham pi daheyya ~am pi daheyya); Vv 64:17 (-esu te yni

618

pilandhanni); JaV 448,22* (-am pi chetv rudhiram pibeyyum, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~e); VI 437,5 (ranno -o sussi); Bv2:19 (yath pi kunapam puriso ~e baddham jigucchiya) = Jal 5,24*; Mil 152,13 (-0 turati); Sp247,8 (ukkanthito ti... uddham -am katv); Mp II 309,13 (ekacco hi panham pucchissmi ti -am sodheti); Pv-a280,n (akkharni mahata -ena uccritni viya); Sadd 604,2 (koci hi saddo urasi koci ~e... uppajjati); ifcseeksva-; kanthe pancamehi in Ee at SI 221,16 and IV 201,22 is wr for kanthapancamehi {Be, Ce, Se so); '-otthaklo in Ee at Ud-a224,9 is wr for kantheklo qv; '-otthaja, mfn., gutturolabial, velolabial; Sadd608,3i (okro ~o); -ja, mfn., produced in the throat, guttural, velar; Sadd 608,29 (avannakavaggahakr ~); -tluja, mfn., gutturopalatal, velo-palatal; Sadd 608,31 (ekro -0); -nIa, m., the throat; Spk II 314,29 (tikhinena satthena -am chindi, Be, Se so; Ce kandanlam, Ee kandanlim, wrr); 373,9 (jivitahrakasattham hari -am chindi; = Ps V 83,2o: eds kanthanlim); -nli,/, the throat; Ps V 83,20 (jivitahrakasattham hari -im chindi; = Spk II 373,9: eds kanthanjam); -paficama, mfn., with (that on) the neck as the fifth; Mil 44,10 (daharo kumro... -ehi bandhanehi baddho assa); SI 221,16 (Sakkam devnam indam -ehi bandhanehi bandhitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kanthe pancamehi; Spk I 342,10: dvisu hatthesu pdesu kanthe ca ti evam pancahi bandhanehi); -ppamna, n. and -am, adv., a limit of the throat; with the throat as limit; Spk II 105,29 (te na yvadattham -am katv khdimsu) * II 107,6 (-am khdimsu); Mp III 386,8 (yvadattham bhakkhitv ti -era khditv); -ppamn in Ce, Ee, Se at Ps II 52,8, in Ce, eaf Spkll 225,9, and in Ce at Mp IV 201,2, and -ppamnam in Ee, Se at Mp IV 201,2 are prob, wrr for kandappamn (Be so); see also kanthappamnam; -bhs,/, a collar, a necklace; Abh285; -madhuriya, n., sweetness, loveliness of voice; Sp 665,6 (sarasampanno ~ena samanngato); -suttaka, -sutta, n., a necklace or collar; Vin II 106,30 (chabbaggiy bhikkh... -am dhrenti; Sp 1200,17: -an ti yam kind givpagam bharanam); 143,8* (in uddna: kanthasuttam na dhraye, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kannasuttam); see also kanthirava, kanthekla, klakanthaka (sv kla). kanjhaka- in Ee, eg at D I 167,2 (kanthakpassayiko) and at Ja V 102,2 (kanthakaskh) is wr (or vl) for kantaka(Be, Ceso). kanthati, kantheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kanthate, kanthayati, Wg8:ll; 34:40], mourns; Dhtup 563,a (kantha soke); Dhtum 134 (kathi soke); Sadd 355,20 (kathi soke: ... -ati, so readl eds kuthi... kunthati); 533,11 (kathi soke: -eti -ayati). kanthirava, m. [ts], "roaring from the throat", a lion; Samantak312 (kradeh). kanthekla, m. [loc. of kantha + kla; S. lex. kanthekla], "black on the neck", an epithet o/&iva; Ud-a224,9 (-0 ti dinam viya samsasiddhi veditabb, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kanthotthaklo) = It-all 127,31 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tanhklo ti); Sadd 743,22.

kanda, m.n. [S. knda], 1. (a single joint of) the stalk or stem of a plant; Abh453 (-0 tu nlam); 885; Sp 1291,6 (pnako ... njimajjhe gatam -am vijjhati); Spk I 250,21 (in long cpd); 2. an arrow-shaft, an arrow; Abh389 (-am); 885; Vin IV 107,10 (-ena patividdho); MI 429,24 (-am jnmi... yadi v kaccham yadi v ropimam); SII 266,5 (-e ... gahetv); Ja I 150,24; V 39,29 (hatthim visapitena -na vijjhpetv); Mil 44,4 (panca -ni gahetv); Mhv 25:89 (-am ca so khipi); Sadd 437,2 (-0); ifc see rohana-, orohana-, kalingara-, sahassa-; 3. a section, division of a work or book; Abh 885; Mil 419,16 (chasu -esu); As 36,8 (cittuppdakanddmam vasena cattri -ni); Sp 878,23 (terasakakandamhi); Sv 12,32 (idam prjikakandan ti); Ap-a 102,H (prjikakando ti); Panca-g/?. 156,27 (narakakandam pathamam); 4. opportunity, occasion; Abh 885; kando in Ee, Se at Ap 11,13 and in Ee at Ap-a 189,24 is prob, wr; Be, Sn 61, Pj II 114,n galo; Ce gho; kandam in Ee at Panca-g 36 is prob, wr for kandam, part.pr. of kandati qv; '-atth in Ee at Ja IV 215,13 is prob, wr; Be, Se kandagahanatthya; Ce kandagahanya; 0, -uppala, n., a kind of lotus; Dth4:48 (nijasirasi karont keci -ni); -khdaniyam in Ee, Se at Sp 832,22 is wr for kanda- (Be, Ce so); -cittaka, -citraka, n., a trick with an arrow; A II 202,4 (seyyath pi... yodhjivo bahni pi -ni jnti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kandacitrakni; Mp III 182,14: kandacitraknl ti saralatthisararajj usarapsdasarasnisarapokkharanisarapadumni ti anekni kandehi ktabbacitrni, eds so); -danto in Ee at Nidd-a I 249,15 is wr for khandadanto (Be, Ce, Se so); -nli,/, a quiver; Ja III 220,22 (-iyam); kandanlim in Ee at Spk II 314,29 is wr for kanthanjam (Be, Se so) or kanthanjim; -pakka,m., a kind of fruit tree; Ap 346,21 (udumbarak bahavo -a ca priyo, Ce, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be kandupann ca hariyo); -bheda in Ce, Ee at Ap 211,20 is prob, wr for gandabheda^v; -vrana, n., a shield; Ja IV 366,25' (asicamman ti asilatthim c' eva -am ca). kandaka in Ce, Ee at Bv 13:29 is prob, wr for kantaka (Be, Bv-a^o). kandakavuttika, see kantakavuttika ^v kantaka1. kan4ati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kandati, kandate, Wg8:30; 9:78], is glad; is intoxicated; Sadd 356,27 (kadi made: -ati, so read ? eds gadi ... gandati). kan4ana, n. [c/kandeti], cutting; Sadd 356,4 (mudi -e: mundati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce khandane); see also khandana. kangar, / [ts], a large sinew, a tendon; Abh 279; Vism253,i5 (navanahrusatni... ye - t i p i vuccanti te sabbe pi kandalamakulasanthn); 1h-aII 244,21 (satthiy -ehi mahnahrhi);(a)-chinna, mfn., whose tendons have been cut; Vin I 91,10 (-am pabbjenti; Sp 1026,29: -0 ti yassa kandaranmak mahnahr purato v pacchato v chinn honti); Kv31,3i (-0); Vin-vn 2486. kandyati in Ee at Vism 260,29 is wrfor kandyati qv. kanoM(n), mfn. [from kanda], having a shaft, shafted; Jal 155,io* (dhi-r-atthu -inam sallam; 155,15': kandam assa atthi ti -1, tarn -inam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kanditam

619

-inam) quoted Sadd 716,11. kandu,/ [S. kandu), 1. itching, an itch; Abh326; AIV 436,15 ([ngo] skhbhangena kyam parimadditv attamano -um samhanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sondam samharati); 437,17 (pathamam jhnarn upasampajja viharati so attamano -um samhanti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sondam samharati); Ja V 198,28* (vinehi -um, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kandukam); 2. the itch; an itching skindisease; Vin 1202,24 (yassa -u v pilak v); 296,4; A V 110,6; Ap270,6; Sp 884,26 (- ti kacchu); Nidd-al 61,7 (- ti khuddakapilak); -cchdi,/ (?), an itchcovering cloth (worn by bhikkhus suffering from the itch); Ap 303,23 (nisidanam -i); Khuddas3:4 (na vikappeyya ... -im); -cchdikastik,/, an itchcovering cloth; Khuddas3:21; -paticchdi,/, an itch-covering cloth (worn by bhikkhus suffering from the itch); Vin I 296,5 (anujmmi bhikkhave ... -in ti); IV172,1 foil (~i anunnt ti appamnikyo -iyo dhrenti... ~i nma yassa adhonbhi ubbhajnumandalam kandu v pilak v... tassa paticchdanatthya); Vin-vn 572; Utt-vn 631; -(p)paticchdika, n., -(p)paticchdik,/, an itch-covering cloth; Kkh 143,4 (appamnikyo -yo); Khuddas3:ll (-assa tiriyam dve vidatthiyo). kanduk, / (or -a, n.) [kandu + k2], itching, an itch; Ja V 198,28* (vinehi -am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kandum). kan4uti, see sv kandti. kandyati, see sv kandyati. kandula, m (or -, / ) [cf S. lex. kandura, kandur], a kind of tree or plant; Sp 1126,n (loddam ca -am ca thapetv tacarajanam vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kandalam); Vin-vn 2745 (loddam ca -am); Khuddas4:2; -ghattanam \n Ee at Mhv 25:96 is wr for kundala(see 25:91); -mla, n., kandula root; Sp834,n (erakamlam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kandala-). kancjuvati, kandvati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. kandyati, Pkt kanduanta, kanduamna], itches; scratches; Vin 1205,47 (vano -ati); II 121,i (chamya nisidanti gattni -anti); part.pr. (a) kanduva(t), mfn., Sp 528,15 (~ato asuci muccati); (b) kanduvanta, kandvanta, m/(-anti)n., Vin III 117,14 (andam -antassa); Dhp-aIII 297,14 (s -anti gantv sayane nipajji, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kandvanti); (c) kanduvamna, kanduvamna, mfn., MI 343,33 (migavisnena pitthim -amno, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kandvamno; Ps III 12,9: nakhnam chinnatt kanduvitabbakle tena -amno) = A II 207,19 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kandvamno); Sp 528,14 (-amnam); fpp kantfuvitabba, mfn., Ps III 12,8 (kale) = Mp III 185,10; see also kanduvyati, kandyati. kanduvana, kandvana, n. [cf S. kandyana], itch, itching; scratching; Abh 326 (kandvanam); Dhtup 286 (kandu -e); Dhtum416 (kandvanamhi); MI 508,4 (vanamukhnam -hetu, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kandvana-); Sp 527,6 (~e assdo); Dhp-al 440,9 (--tthne nakhena vilekhitam viya ahosi); ifc see kilanja-; see also kandyana. kanduvyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf kandvati, kandvati], itches; JaV 198,4* (vano khajjati -ati; 198,11': vano khajjati c' eva kandum ca karoti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kanduvam ca);

see also kandyati. kanduvast in Ee at SpkII 176,20 is wr; Be, Ce, Se kantakaskh. kandti, kanduti, / [S. kandti], itch, itching; Abh 326 (-i, Be so; Ce kanduti); see also uddmabhukandtippasama. kandyati, kanduyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kandyati], itches; scratches; Vism 260,29 (gattam kampati -ati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kandyati) = Pj I 60,34; Ps II 21,24 (ahinarigutthena -itum vyamasi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ahinangutthe ganhitum); part.pr. kandyamna, mfn., itching; kandyamnapda, mfn., having an itching foot, having itchy feet; Pj II 116,7 (-amna-pdo viya abhavanto); aor. 3 sg. kandyi, Ja VI 413,24 (eko kapparam -i); absol. kanduyitv, scratching, having scratched; JaV 298,10 (attano ru-antare tass sisam thapetv thokam kanduyitv, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se andam vicinitv); see also kandvati. kandyana, n. [ts], itching; the itch; -kilsakuttha, ., the itch and kilsa leprosy o r itching kilsa leprosy; JaV 69,18' (pabhinnena -ena kilsinam); see also kanduvana. kandy, / [ts], itch, itching; Abh 326. kandvati, see sv kandvati. kandvana, see sv kanduvana. kandeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup kandyati, kdayati, Wg 32:44], breaks, cuts; separates; Dhtup 102 (kanda bhedane); 564; Dhtuml39 (kadi bhede); 794; Sadd 533,15 (kadi chede: ... -eti -ayati). kan4olika, / [cf S. kandola, S. lex. kandolaka], a basket (or pot); Vin II 143,17* (-ya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kundolikya); ifc see patta-. kaijna, m. [S. karna], 1. the ear; Abh 150; 1120; Vin I 191,2 (gvinam ... visnesu pi ganhanti -esu pi ganhanti); MI 243,20 (mukhato ca nsato ca -ato); A147,18 (-am pi chindante); Sn 197 (-amh kannagthako); Ja III 99,n*; V 202,21*; Spkl 226,10 (~e pidahati); ifc see ancita(^vancati1), anchita- (^vanchati), uttuhga-; 2. a corner; an edge; Abh 1120; Vin I 46,30 (caturahgulam -am ussretv civaram samharitabbam ma majjhe bhango ahosi ti); 286,29; MI 228,34 (sondikkammakaro mahantam sondikkilanjam gambhire udakarahade pakkhipitv - gahetv kaddheyya); Ja I 426,5 (catusu -esu majjhe ca ti pancasu thnesu); Sp 1212,9 (cattro -e dassetv nivattham); ifc see catu-, dabbi-; 3. a handle; M I 229,1 (sondikdhutto vlam - gahetv odhuneyya; Ps II 271,35 foil.: surparissvanatthavikam dhovitukmo kasataniddhunanattham ubhosu -esu gahetv); 4. the helm or rudder (of a ship); He see below; ' -viddha, n., piercing of the ears; Sp 1026,19 (yassa pana -e [kann] chijjanti, sakk ca hoti sarightetum, so kannam sarightetv pabbjetabbo, Be, Ce so; Ee kannabandhe; Se kannabundhe); -gthaka, m., excretion from the ear; wax in the ear; Vin II 134,48 (-ehi kann thakit honti); Sn 197; Vism 195,io (kannabilehi ~o); -clana, n., moving, wiggling the ears; Ja III 99,2i (-' -dini karonto); -cl,/ (or -cla, m.), the root or base of the ear; Ja VI 488,26 (-lankro) = Cp-a82,6; -clik,/,

620

1. the root or base of the ear; Vism249,13; Dhp-alV 13,14 (hatthinam hi madakle ~ pabhijjanti); 2. an ear ornament; Spklll 9,13 (kannesu - viya, gale muttvaliyo viya); -cchidda, ., the ear-hole; the ear canal; VinIII 39,23; MI 423,7 (yam ajjhattam... ksam ... -am nsacchiddam mukhadvram); Ja II 244,18 (~ni msapitthena limpant ti); -cchinna, mfn., whose ears have been cut off; Vin I 91,9; Kv31,3o; -japa, m.f, (one) who whispers in the ear, an informer; backbiter; Abh 737 (scako pisuno -0, Ce so; Be kannejapo); see also kannejapa; -jappa, w., whispering in the ear; Vin-vn2770; 2771 (blesu -ena salkam ghaye budho); see also sakannajappaka; -jappana, n., (according to cts) muttering a spell on the ears (of an opponent); muttering a prayer in the ear of a deity; DI 11,20 (Sv 97,6 foil.: -an ti kannehi Saddam assavanatthya vijjjappanam, tarn kira jappitv vinicchayatthne yam icchati tarn bhanati, paccatthiko tarn na sunti, tato pativacanam sampdetum na sakkoti; Sv-ptI 168,30: icchitatthassa devatya kanne kathanavasena jappanam -an ti ca vadanti); -jalk,/, a kind of centipede; Abh 622; -dhara, m., a helmsman, a pilot; Abh 666; -nsik,//?/., the ears and the nose; Vibh-al05,i6 (hatthapdnam hi -nam ca chedanadukkhena); -pa{ala, w., a gill; Sv 453,9 (udake macch pi -am pothent tarn Saddam sunamn va titthanti); -patta, m., the ear-lobe; Ja V 463,11; Thl-a201,i6 (-a, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se -gandha); -pali,/, the ear-lobe; ThI259; -pvura, m. [cfS. prvrakarna ?], an owl; Samantak314 (--bhoginam); -pilandhanaka, ., an ear-ornament; Sp 1087,16 (koti -agghanakarn pana -am dhreti; = Mp I 237,17: eds kannapilandhanam); -pucch, m.pl, ears and tails; Saddh 168; -puta, ., the hollow of the ear, the ear; ? Cp-a 111,16 (karenuy -ena attnam paticchdetv); -pra, m., an ear-ornament; Abh 284; -bandha in Ee at Sp 1026,19 is prob, wr; Se kannabundhe; Be, Ce kannviddha qv above; -bhagandarika, m(fn)., with an ulcerated ear; Sp 1029,2 (~o v niccaptin kannena samanngato); -bheri,/, a kind of drum; Cp 1:9:24 (Cp-a85,n: -in ti yugalamahbherim); -mala, n.y excretion from the ear; wax in the ear; harani,/, an instrument to remove wax from the ear; Vin II 135,2; Kkh 136,9 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr kannamalajarani); Sv 634,29 (in long cpd); -munda, mfn., with cropped ears; Pv 24:10 (-0 sunakho; Pv-a 158,4: ~o ti khanditakanno chinnakanno); -rasayana, n.f a medicine for the ear; Sadd313,33* (-am gamiknam); -va(t), mfn., having ears; wise; Jail 261,18* (bahni naraslsni... kocid ev' ettha-v; 261,22': -v ti pannav); Sadd73,2* (cakkhum -v dabbo dhiro); -valli,/, the ear-lobe; Ja III 516,21' (~iy thapitakundalehi); Mhv 25:94; -vijjhana, ., ear-piercing; Dhp-all 87,6 (tassa mangalepi dussagahanamangale pi); -vethana, n.y an ear-ornament; Abh 284; -vedha, m., (the ceremony of) ear-piercing; JaV 167,3 r (draknam -ato); Mhv 62:5 3 (- -maham ... krpiya); -sakkhali, / , the (external) ear; Ja V

438,27 (hatthena -iyam pahari); Dhp-all 178,is (-im bhindanto viya paharitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -sankhalim); As 271,20 (ambapakkam ... tassa -im punchamnam viya ... pati); -sakkhalika, / , the (external) ear; Sp 1026,18 (yassa... -ya v... kann chinn honti); 1028,30 (hatthikanno v mahanthi -hi samanngato); As 334,9 (balavavte -am paharitv badhirabhvam karonte viya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -sakkhalim); -sandhovik, (m)f(n.), involving washing or spraying the ears; A V 202,13 (udakarahadam oghetv kannasandhovikam pi khiddam kijeyyam; Mp V 67,22: kannadhovanena kilitabbam); -sukha, mfn. and ., pleasant to the ear; what is pleasant to the ear; what is pleasant to hear; comfort to the ears; D I 4,25 (y s vc nel ~ pemaniy hadayangam) * M III 33,33 * Dhs 1343; Ja II 187,15 (mayham ca -am bhavissati); V 167,6* (hadayarigamam -ambhananto); Mil 1,8* (pucchvissajjani... -); -sutta in Ee at Vin II 143,8 is wr for kanthasutta (Be, Ce, Se so); -suttaka, n.y a thread or tape at the corner (of the civara); Vin I 286,30 (kanno jirati ... anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti); am in Ee at Vin III 48,io is prob, wr; not in Be, Ce, Se; -sla, n.y pain in the ears; ear-ache; Vv-a 243,24; As 397,6; -sota, n. (pi. ace. -ni and~e), the auditory passage of the ear; the ear; D I 106,12 (bhagav jivham ninnmetv ubho pi -ni anumasi); M I 79,34 (~esu pi salkam pavesenti); A IV 86,13 (ubho -ni vinjeyysi); Ja II 359,14; Ap 321,7 (~e ca nsike patimasi); Mil 286,1; see also ankitakannaka, upakannakam, upakannakamhi, klakanni, klakannik (^vkla), catukannaka, sakannajappaka. kannaka1, kannika1, n. and kannik2, / [cf S. karnaka], fungus; mould; mildew; Vism 250,14 (kes nma gtharsimhi utthitakannikam viya ekatimsakotthsarsimhi jt); Sp 765,8 (dantakatthapvdisu -am pi abbohrikam eva, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kannakitam) 849,31 (patiggahitake teldimhi -am uttheti, Be so; Ce, Se kanik; Ee kannikam); Ps II 167,30 (sodake gatte civaram prupantassa hi civare kannik utthahanti); Vin-vn 1019 (abbohro va so antopvdisu pi kannikam; vi -am); 1482 (patiggahitatelasmim utthti yadi kannik); see also kannakita. kannaka2, kannika2, m. (and kannik3, /) [cfS. karnika, mfit.]9 a (small) animal (with long ears ?), perhaps a rabbit; Ja V 406,30' (- ti -mig, Ce so; Be, Ee kannik ti kannikamig; Se kannik ti -mig; ad 406,8*: kadalimig bah c'ettha bilr sasakannak, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se sasakannik; ^ VI 277,25*: Ce, Ee, Se sasakannak; Be sasakantak); 416,21** (in long cpd: -bilrasasakannaknucarite, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -sasakanniknucarite); VI 277,29' (bilr ti arannabilr, sasakannak ti sas ca - ca, Ce, Ee so; Be sasakantak ti sas ca kantaka ca, ad 277,25*); ()-lakkhana, ., signs of health or omen on a rabbit; ? D I 9,23 (godhlakkhanam -am kacchapalakkhanam; butcfSv 94,25: -am pilandhanakannikya pi gehakannikya pi vasena veditabbam) * Nidd I 382,2. kannakita, mfn. [pp of *kannakayati, denom. from

621

kannaka1 ? cf S. kalanka, kalahkayati, kalankita and karnakita], mouldy, mildewed; rusty; Vin I 48,9 (sace gerukaparikammakat bhitti ~ hoti colakam temetv piletv pamaijitabb); 11115,47 (sciyo ~yo honti; Sp 1205,27: ~yo honti ti malaggahit honti); III 198,6 (civarni cirarn nikkhittni ~ni honti; Sp 651,5: ~ni ti sedena phutthoksesu sanjtaklasetamandalni); Sp 1122,5 (sitena hi civarni ~ni honti). kannika1, see sv kannakal. kannika2, see sv kannaka2. kannika 3 , n. [S. karnika], a kind of arrow; -sallasanthna, mfn., shaped like the head of a kannika arrow; Spk II 207,2 (~o ayakantako). kannika4, see sv kannika4. kannika1, see sv kanik2. kannika 2 , see sv kannaka'. kannika 3 , see sv kannaka2. k a n n i k a 4 , / and kannika4, n. [S. karnika, karnika], \. an ear-ornament; Abh 284; 875; Sp 617, n (vel ti ~a); Vv-a 174,28 (vatamsak ti ratanamay ~ vatamsak ti attho); 2. the pericarp of a lotus; Abh 687; 875 (bijakose ... ~); Ja I 183,8 (tato kinjakkham pati, ~ va avasissi); Sv40,3o (kesaraparivrit viya ~); Bv-a 192,4 (kesarni timsahatthni ~ dvdasahatth); ifc see opatta-; 3 . the part forming the central section of a roof a circular roof-plate into which the ends of the rafters are inserted {similar in shape to the pericarp of a lotus ?)/ see A.K. Coomaraswamy, 1930, pp. 238foil.; Abh219; 875 (gharakte ... ~); JaI201, 7 ; III 317,12 (ranno ca vsgram vippakatam hoti anitthitacchadanam ~am ropetv gopnisiyo pavesitamatt honti); 318,18* (gopnasibhravah va ~); Sv 43,4foil.; 714,33 (~ya hetthimatale ... akkharni chindpetv); Th-a II 56,9 (attabhvagehassa avijjsankht ~ ca bhinn); Vibh-a 366,2 (psdo ti dve ~ni gahetv kato dighapasdo); 4. a bunch, a cluster (in shape like the pericarp of a lotus on its narrow stem ?); As 36,31 (annamannasambandhena ~ viya ghat viya hutv thitatt hetugocchako ti vuccati); 5. a peg or button on a sandal; ? Sp 1084,12 (mendavisnavaddhik ti kannikatthne mendakasingasanthne vaddhe yojetv kat); (a)-kesa, mfn., with hair in tufts; Sp 1028,12 (vanasiso v ptisiso v ~o v pnakehi khyitakedre sassasadisehi tahim tahim utthitehi kesehi samanngato); Vin-vn 2492; -baddha (or '-baddha) and kannikabaddha, mfn., tied in a bunch; Sv412,i7 (tni [pupphni] ca kho ekasmim yeva nle ~ni honti); Dhp-al 98,11 (~ehi viya slisisehi sanchannam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kannikabaddhehi); 304,11 (sattatthacittni pana ekato kannikabaddhni ekakkhane uppajjitum samatthni nma n' atthi); I h - a l 125,io (savantni pupphni kannikabaddhni gahetv pjesi); (a)-mafica, m, a platform or scaffolding used when fixing the roof-plate; Sv714,i3 (so vaddhaki ~e nisiditv catuhi dishi gopnasiyo ukkhipitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kannikamajjhe); Makkhana, n., (according to cf) signs of omen on an ear-ornament or a roof plate; D I 9,23 (godhlakkhanam -am kacchapalakkhanam; Sv94,2s: -am pilandhanakannikya pi gehakannikya pi vasena

veditabbam) ^ Nidd I 382,2; see also kannaka2. kannikra, see sv kanikra. kannejapa, mf [S. karnejapa], (one) who whispers in the ear, an informer; backbiter; Abh 737 (scako pisuno -0, Be so; Ce kannajapo); Mhv 76:15; see also kannajapa. kanneti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. karnayati], hears; Dhtup575 (kanna savane); Dhtum807; Sadd 536,24 (kanna savane: ~eti ~ayati kanno, -ayanti saddarn sunanti eten ti kanno). kanna, mfn., n. and m. [S. krsna], 1. (mfn.) black, darkevil, wicked; Abh 96; 1000; Vin III 169,22; Dili 81,12 (brhmano va sukko vanno ~o anno vanno); S V 24,21* (~am dhammam vippahya sukkam bhvetha pandito, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~am bhvetha; Spk III 132,20: -an ti akusaladhammam) = Dhp 87; A II 230,21 (kammarn ~arn kanhavipkam); Vv 80:8 (~o urago mahviso); Th 140 (yasmim ppni kammni so ve ~o); JaIV 9,12*foil.; Dhs 1302; Mil203,2s(yadi... ~opi sukko pi samasamagatik honti); Sp 1083,26 (~ addritthakavann, Be, Ce so; Ee alritthaka-; Se alritthaka-); Mp II 96,9 (-tya); 2. (.) evil, wickedness; Abh 84; 3. (m.) (i) Mara; Abh 1000 (antake ~o); D II 261,19 (Mrasen abhikkmi, passa -assa mandiyam); Sn967; Th 1189 (-a dukkham nigacchasi); Ud-a 367,24 (namuci ~o pamattabandh ti tini Mrassa nmni); (ii) Krsna, Visnu; Abh 16; 1000 (Vsudeve ... -o); ybrkanhhi datthassa in Ee, Se at Jail 215,i* read kanhhidatthassa with Be, Ce; bhijti,/, the dark class of being; A HI 383,22 foil. (Kassapena ~i pannatt orabbhik skarik skunik ... ye v pan' anne pi keci kurrakammant) * Sv 162,12,/b//.; I h - a l 87,1 (so hi kanhakammatt tya ca kanho ti vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~-bhabbatya); bhijtika, bhijtiya, mfh., 1. of low birth, basely born; DIU 250,21 (~o samno kanham dhammam abhijyati; Sv 1038,2: kanhe nicakule jto hutv) * A III 384,22 (kanhbhijtiyo); Sn563 (ko disv na ppasideyya api -o; Pj II455,17: candldinicakule jto); 2. evil by nature; JaV 87,4* (~o si anariyarpo; 87,9': ~o ti klakasabhvo); 0,-uttara, mfn., having a black surface; Vin 1 195,37 (Avantidakkhinpathe bhante - bhmi khar gokantakahat; Sp 1088,i: ~ ti kanhamattikuttar, uparivaddhitakanhamattik ti attho); -khandhaka, mfn., having a mass of black (hair); Thi 255 (suvannamanditam ... sirarn, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se sanhagandhaka-; Thi-a200,34: kanhakesapunjakam); -jati(n), mfn., having black matted hair or fur; Ja VI 507,5* (~ino acch nma); -tun4a, m., a black-faced monkey; Abh 614; -pakkha, m., 1. the dark halfmonth (when the moon is waning); Ps I 119,10 (pakkhass ti sukkapakkhassa ~assa); 2. the negative side; the statement of the undesirable case or position; Vin V 203,28* (~amhi, in uddna); S IV 245,22 (~e, in uddna); PsI 103,4 (imasmim ca ~e vuttapaccanikanayena sukkapakkhe attho veditabbo); Spk II 144,17 (pntipto... micchditthi ti ~e dasavidho attho hoti); 3. Mara's side; Mara's position; Nidd I 489,7 (~o Mrapakkho); Spk I 268,22 (kanhato ti ~ato Mrapakkhato dhvanti); -pakkhika, -pakkhiya, mfn.,

622

belonging to the dark side, bad; Niddl 189, n (yato ~ dhamm... pahin honti); Pj II 545,32 (kanhapakkhiye dhamme); -paficama in Ee at Kv272,u is wr for kanthapaficama (Be, Se so); -vattika, see sv kanhavaddhika below; -vant,/, the trumpetflower; Abh 559; Samantak 734; -vattani, mfn. and m., I. (mfn.) whose path is black (of fire); SI 69,22* (pvakam -im); JaV 63,18*; Cp 3:9:3: 2. (m.) fire; Abh 34 (~i); -vaddhika, mfn., with black straps; VinI 186,4 (bhikkh ... ~ uphanyo dhrenti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kanhavattik; cf Sp 1084,4: nilavaddhik ti ysam vaddh yeva nil); -sappa, m., the black venomous snake Coluber nga; VinUI 20,3o; A III 260,2i; Ja I 336,15*; Mil 149,6 (yo... ~assa bhyati so maranassa bhyanto ~assa bhyati); Ud-a60,7; akanha, mfn., not dark, light; not evil; D i l i 251,4 (~am asukkam nibbnam abhijyati; Sv 1038,ioyb//.: nibbnam hi sace kanham bhaveyya kanhavipkam dadeyya) = A III 384,25; MI 389,25 (kammam ~am asukkam ... kammakkhayya samvattati); Pet 156,7 (kammam ~am); Sadd 362,14* (~am goram odatam); netta, mfn., with light eyes; Ja II241, n* (piyo nu te si ~o; 241,16': netto ti pirigalanetto); atikanha, mfn., too dark; VinlV 7,9; sukanha, mfn., very dark; JaV 205,23' (~-kanhacchadanehi bhoto ti... bhamaravannehi kesehi ~am sisam, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee ~-sisam); Nidd I 355,7; see also kinha. kata, mfn.,pp ofkaroti qv. kataka1, n. [?], an earthenware foot-scrubber; Vinll 129,26 foil, (ghatakam ca ~am ca sanimajjanim ca dya... na bhagav ~am patiggahesi; Sp 1209,27: ~am nma padumakannikakram pdaghamsanattham kantake utthpetv katam); 143,2 (thapetv ~am ca kumbhakrikam ca sabbam mattikabhandam); Vin-vn 2787; 2826. kataka2, m. [ts], the clearing nut plant (Strychnos potatorum); Abh 1036; Ps II 13,14 (karisam -phalamattam); Vism254,8 (aggapdanguli-atthini -bijasanthnni). kataka3, mfn. [S. krtaka], artificial; Abh 1036; s e e also kataka', kutaka2. katacchu- in Ee at Ap 303,21 and As 188,10 is wr for katacchu (Be, Ce, Se so). katana, see sv katana. katama, mfn., pron. [ts] (sg. loc. m.n. katamasmim, katamamhi; / katamya, katamassam;/?/. nom. m. katame; gen. m. katamesam, katamesnam); which one (of two or more) ? which ...? what ?; Vin 130,7 (~ena ... maggena gato); III 7,22 (~esnam kho buddhnam); D I 120,12 (~ehi pancahi); II 177,16 (-hi cathi iddhii); MI 7,16 (~e... sav dassan pahtabb); 11160,26 (-assam parisyam); SI 99,26 (~ni panca angni); IV 61,6 (~asmim janapade); Ud 22,29 (~ nu kho abhirpatar ...); Sn995 (~amhi gme); Jal 172,9 (~ni); V42,ir (etasu dissu -aya disya); Mil 51,26 (~ ca s purim koti ti); 309,7(~esam bhante hoti -esam na hoti ti); Dhp-al 7,19 (~am... ganthadhuram ~am vipassandhuram); ins tr. katamena, adv., in which direction ? which way ? where ?; MII 80,7 (~ena tarn nemi); Mil 57,22 (deve vassante ~ena udakam gaccheyy ti yena bhante

ninnam tena gaccheyy ti); katami in Ee at Sv 190, u, PsI 258,27, Spklll 188,4 and Vism 187,30 is wr for katimi (Be so). katamya, m. [? cf S. krtamla, "spotted antelope"], a species of (large) animal; Ja VI 538,1* (kakkat ~ ca ikkgonasir bah, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be katamya; 538,21': kakkat ~ ti dve mahmig). katamli, m. [S. krtamla], the tree Cassia fistula; Abh 552 (rjarukkho katamlmdivaro, Ce so; Be katamlindivaro). katara, mfn., pron. [ts] (sg. gen. f katarya, katariss), who ? which one? which...?; Mill 268,6 (~asmim janapade viharissasi); Ud31,2s (~am sippam sippanam aggam); Jal 4,17 (~ena nu kho maggena); 298,10 (~am nma upaddavam na kareyya); Kv 609,4 (-asmim game); Spkll 4,27 (~esam puggalnam ajjhsayavasen ti); Ud-a 50,18 (~ya rattiy); Pv-a 119,25 (-0 pana ahosin ti aha); Dhp-a 1215,14 (~iss psdam gamissasi, Ee, Se so; Ce ~ass; Be ~iss' itthiy); As 287,27 (imesam pana tinnam thernam ~assa vdo gahetabbo ti); -geha, m., which house ?; Ja III 9,16 (mah -assroho ~e vasati ti); -divasam, adv., on which day ?; Jail 251,7 (~am skacch hot ti). kataracchayo in Ee, Se at JaV 71,i*: read acchakokataracchayo with Be, Ce. katcibhmi in Ee at Pet 234,15 is prob, wr for katvibhmi. katlikya in eds at Pet 196,i is wr; read medakathlikya. katvi(n), m(fn). [kata+ ()vi(n); BHS krtvin], one who has done (what was to be done); skilled, accomplished; M II 69,7 (hatthismim pi ~i assasmim pi ~I; PsIII 307,1: Mti katakaraniyo sikkhitasikkho pagunasippo); S I 14,io* (yo hoti bhikkhu araham ~T; Spk I 51,i3: ~Iti catuhi dhammehi katakicco); Ap461,io (akuho ~i isi sattamo); 468,17 (svakassa ~ino); Mil 264,14 (puriso rjpasevi ~T); (i)-bhmi,/, the condition or plane of one who has done (what was to be done); Pet 130,16 (yam avijjvirg vimuccati, ayam ~i arahattam ca, so read with Nnamoli, 1964, p. 182; eds katbhmi); 135,25 (ayam ~i, so read with Nnamoli, 1964, p. 182; eflfc katbhmi); akatvi(n), m(fn)., who has not done (what was to be done); Pet 66,9 (yam ca ~i brahmakye upapajjati idam phalam); Th -a 1218,17. kati, mfn. [ts] (nom./acc. kati (and kati); instr. katlhi, katihi; gen. katinam, katinnam, katinam), how many ?; Vin I 83,29 (~i nu kho amhkam sikkhpadni); III 241,6 (katihi pityyam vuso bhavissati, so yeva tepato varo ti; perhaps "for how many (days)?'' cf Sp 699,20 foil: katihi pi tyyan ti kati te ayam, hikro pan' ettha padaprano, pikro garahyam, ayam dubbalasanghti tava kati divasni bhavissati ti attho atha v katiham pi tyyan ti pi ptho, tattha katihan ti kati ahni kati divasni ti vuttam hoti); D1119,3i (~ihi... arigehi samanngatam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~ihi); SI 3,23* (~ihi rajam deti); V222,7 (~innam... indriynam bhvitatt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~inam); 346,27 (~inam... dhammnam, Ee so; Be, Se ~inam; Ce ~innam); Sn 83 (~i loke saman); 1018 (~i vceti brhmano); Nidd I 467,26 (~i kittak kivatak kiva-

623

bahuk, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -I); Patis II 72,7 (-inam hetnam); -'ham, adv. [kati + aha(n)],ybr how many days ?; SI 7,15* (-am careyya smannam; Spkl 36,2i: kati ahni smannam careyya); Sp 699,23; -kkhattum, ind., how many times ?; Mill 125,7; -ppamne in Ee at Spk I 281,13 is wrfor kati- (Be, Ce, Se so); -vassa, mfii., 1. how many years old ? how old ?; Ja V 331,15' (~ya v mtu jto putto dighyuko); 2. how old in the sangha ? having spent how many rain-retreats as a bhikkhu ?; Vin I 59,20 (-0 si tvam bhikkhu); Ud59,28; Mil 28,13; -vassik ti in Ce, Ee at Spk II 240,16 is prob, wr; Be, Se kativassatth ti; -vidha, mfn., of how many kinds ? how many sorts of...?; SV 352,8 (~ te Kosalesu manuss ye...); Vism 85,8 (-0 samdhi). katik (and kathik ?), / [?], a mutual agreement, a pact; a group decision; Vin I 153,6 (sanghena - kat hoti); MI 171,28 (nsakkhimsu sakya -ya santhtum); Ja VI 7l,3i; Mil 360,22 (andiyitv Svatthiy sanghassa -am); Sp 964,27 (santhpesun ti -am akamsu); Vv-a 46,is; Dip 19:21 (kathikam katvna); (a)-vatta, n., an agreement; the observance of a pact; Ja VI 541,4; Sp 389,10. katipaya, mfn. [ts], some; a few; of little amount; Vv 53:20 (-ya desanya; Vv-a 241,24: -y tiappikya); JaIV 125,20 (-ehi amaccehi saddhim); Spkl 191,7 (-ni gehni); Dhp-a I 94,19 (dandh ... bah, pandit nma ~ evahonti); Pv-a46,28 (- itthi); -klam, adv., for a short time, for a little while; Ud-a331,2o; Th-al 100,4 (devat tarn ... -am ... posesi); -vare, adv., a few times; Ja VI 52,26; Pv-a 135,is. katipha, n. [katipaya + aha(n)], a few days; Sp 1270,2i (~e vitivatte); Ud-a259,7 (-ass' accayena); ace. -am, adv., for a few days; Vin III 14,34 (-am balam gahetv; Sp206,6: -an tikatipayni divasni); Ja I 152,11 (-am uyyne vasitv); Ap 200,2o; Pv-a 145,17; Mhv 7:38; instr. ~ena, adv., within a few days; Jail 436,21; Sp 986,5 (~en' eva gamissmi); Dhp-a I 344,8; Mhv 17:41; gen. -assa, adv., after a few days; Ja IV 408,27* (-assa uparlhesu cakkhusu); Dhp-a I 321,15; '-accayena, adv., after a few days; Ja I 245,22; Pv-a 47,6. katiphakam, adv. [katipha + ka2], for a few days; Thi 129 (vasitv -am; Thi-a 119,21 foil.: katipayadivasamattam idha vasitv); Ap 476,20. katima, mj(~i)n. [kati + ma], the "how-many-eth" ? which day?; Vin I 117,6 (~i bhante pakkhassa; Sp 1060,9: ettha katinam prani ~i, ko divaso ti adhippyo, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se wr katami); Sv 190,14 (ajja bhante -iti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr katami ti) = Ps I 258,27 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se wr katami ti). katu, m. [S. kratu], a sacrificial rite, a sacrifice; Abh 412 (ygo tu ~u yafino). kathalajt in Ee at JaVI 522,21' is wrfor kuthala(Ce so) or kothala- (Be, Se so). katta, m. [from kantati1; cf S. karttr], one who cuts, one who cuts out; ifc see salla-; see also sallakattiya. k a t t a ( r ) \ m . [from karoti; S. kartr] (iic usually kattu1-, also kattra-, katta-), I. one who makes, creates,

produces (+ ace. or gen.); one who acts, who does; Vin 1245,17 (isayo mantnam ~ro); II 79,12 (sarasi tvam Dabba evarpam ~ yathyam bhikkhuni h ti; prob, rather absol. of karoti qv; c/Sp 581,7: ye pana katv ti pathanti tesam ujukam eva); D I 18,8 (Brahma... issaro - nimmt); MI 220,20 (na dhmam - hoti); AII102,15 (puggalo bhsit hoti no ~); IV 32,12* (gambhiram ca katharn -); Ja I 378,25* (kicce samuppanne -ram ndhigacchati; 378,29". tassa kiccassa -rarn ndhigacchati na labhati); Ap 461,4 (- net); Mil 25,26 (kammnam ~ v kret v); As 272,13 (koci ~ v kret v n' atthi); Sadd 516,19 (karoti ti ~); ifc see di - (sv di'), vi -; 2. (gr.t.t.) the agent of an action (ie the subject [nom.] of an active verb, the agent [instr.] of a passive verb); Ud-a 106,21 (vo ti... ~ari smivacanam etam, tasm tumhehi ti attho); Vv-a 97,13 (-u-atthe hi idam smivacanam); Sadd 691,7 (yo kurute yo v jyati so ~); 718,18 (~ari patham tatiy ca); 822,23 (~uno); ifc see kamma-; for katt in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 213,20* (mant ime attavadhya katt; Be, Se kat, unmetrical; 216,20': imehi brhmanehi attavadhya mant kat) L. Alsdorf, 1977, p. 54, fn 70, would read katto qv; (kattu)kamma, ., (gr.t.t.) agent and patient; the second agent of a causative verb; Sadd 692,32 (puriso purisam karnmam kreti icc disu pana nattapurisdayo -am nma, katt ca so kammam ca ti atthena); (kattu)kraka, n., (gr.t.t.) the relation (to the action) as an agent; the classification of being an agent; a verbal form related principally to the agent, ie the active voice; Bv-a 25,26 (~e buddhasaddasiddhi datthabb); 204,31 (tidivorohane ti saggalokato otarante ~e datthabbo, krakavipallsena vuttarn); Sadd 10,28 (-am); 691,26 (abhinipphdanalakkhanam -am); 859,30 (-e kitpaccayo hoti); (kattu)-niddesa, (kattra)-niddesa, m., (gr.t.t.) specification, indication of the agent; Ps I 5,19 (evarn me sutam ... me ti kattraniddeso) = Spk I 7,1 (kattu-) = Ud-a 13,33 (kattra-) = It-al 24,26 (kattu-); Sadd 668,26 (kattraniddeso, kvaci ti kim ... kattuniddeso); (kattu)pada, n., (gr.t.t.) an active verbal form; Sadd 486,4 (hananti ti padam -am); akatta(r), m., 1. one who does not act; Ja III 26,27* (akatannum -rarn; 27,4': -ran ti sayarn kinci akarontam); 2. (gr.t.t.) not the agent of an action; Sadd 708,21; see also ekakattuka .yv eka. katta(r) 2 , m. [prob. = katta(r)?, but perhaps alternative form of khatta(r)1 qv] (sg. voc. karte; iic kattu2-), attendant; steward; chamberlain; JaV 220,24* (adsiyam ce Ahipraka tvam cajse ~e ahitya ty assa; 225,6': -c ti tarn eva aparena nmena lapati, so hi ranno hitam karoti tasm ~ ti vuccati); VI 259,24* (pucchma -ram anomapannam; 259,28': -ran ti kattabbayuttaknam krakam); 268,6* (yadi te sto Vidhuro nma -); 491,26 (-ram mantetv tassa santikam pesesi); 492,2*(utthehi-e); Sadd 670,23 (utthehi -e, ehi khatte, v ti kim,bho -a, he khatta); 678,25 (khatt ti c' ettha sabbakammiko amaeco, ~ ti ca khatt ca ubhayam p' etam anatthantaram); (kattu)-settha, m(fn)., best of stewards, most excellent steward; Ja VI 306,22* (Kurunam -o, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce katta-).

624

kattam in eds at Ja IV 98,4* is prob, wr for katt qv sv karoti. kattaka, mfn. [cf S. kiyat], how much ? how many ?; Spk III 98,25 (yattak appamn cetovimuttiyo, -a pana t ... dvdasa, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kittak); see also kittaka. kattabba, mfn.,fpp o/karoti qv. kattabbaka, (mf)n. [kattabba + ka2], (what is) to be done; Th 330 (katam -am may). kattara, mfn. and m.n. [?], 1. (according to cts and Sadd) weak, old; an old man; Sadd 434,7* (jinno mahallako ... -o thero ca ti... jinnapannattiyo); 540,30 (~o ti jinno ... kattaryati arignam sithilabhvena sithilo bhavati ti atthena); 541,2foil (-ehi jinnamanussehi ekantato gahetabbatya -nam dando kattaradando tenhu atthakathcariy kattaradando tijinnakle gahetabbadando ti); 2. (for kattaradanda) a walking-stick; Vin II 231,19* (-am, in uddna); Ap 389,22 (cankamantassa titthato sovannam -am gayha titthati purato mama, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kontaram); -danda, m., a walking-stick; a hermit's staff; Vin 1188,18 (anujanmi bhikkhave ajjhrme uphanam dhretum ukkam padipam -an ti); II 76,30; Ja V 132,15 (khrikjam amse katv -am gahetv pannaslato nikkhamitv); VI 56,2 (~ena tiriyam lekham kaddhi); 520,14 (isivesam gahetv -am dya); Ap 303,5; Vism91,7; Sp 759,4 (-ena v hacca gacchantassa pathavi bhijjati); -dan4aka, m., a walking stick; a hermit 's staff; Ps V 44,4 (~ena lekham katv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se -dandena); -yatthi,/ (and /*.?), a walking-stick; a hermit's staff; Abh443 (lambanadandasmim ~i); Ja II 441,9 (~im [thapeti]); Sp 757,25 (keci -iybhmim kottenti); Sv 207,4 (ekdasaparikkhrikassa -i v telanlik v vattati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee-im); Ud-a 181,9 (idam me pattam thapetha ... idarn me ~in ti, eds so); Thp230,2i; -rathaka, m., an (old) inferior cart; Ja III 299,9(~ena gacchati pannacchattena dhriyamnena); -suppa, ., a (worn-out) winnowing-basket; Vin I 269,14 (imam drakam ~e pakkhipitv niharitv sankarakte chaddehi; Sp 1114,19: -tijinnasuppe) ^ Dhp-al 174,6; -suppaka, ., a (worn-out) winnowing-basket; Mp I 399,8 (s tarn drakam ~ena sankarakte chaddpesi); see also kattareti. kattari, / [S. kartari, kartari], scissors; clippers; Vin II 144,3i* H , in uddna); Ja III 298,13 ([kakkatako] ~iy uppalamakulam viya alehi... sisam kappetv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kattarikya); Sp 921,1 (~iy v sandsakena v khurena v); Spk III 46,15 (~iy padumam kantento viya); Dhp-a II 70,14 (kattari-y-aggena sniy chiddam katv; or from kattariy ?). kattarik (and kattariy ?), / [kattari + k2; S. kartarik], scissors; clippers; Vin II 134,19 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ya kese chedpenti); Jal 223,22 (kakkatako ~ya kumudanlam kappento viya tassa givam kappetv); Dhp-a II 70,14 (kattariyaggena sniy chiddam katv; or from kattari ?). kattareti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup katrayati, kartayati, kartrayati, Wg 35:60], is loose; is weak; Sadd 540,29 (kattara sethille: ~eti -ayati); 541,1 (-ayati

angnam sithilabhvena sithilo bhavati); see also kattara. katt, absol of karoti qv. kattara -,form iic o/kattafr)1 qv. Kattika, m. [S. krttika], the name of a month (OctoberNovember); also used of the preceding month, see pathamakattika, pubbakattika; (the full-moon day of Kattika marks the end of the rains-residence, and is the day o/pavran); Abh 75; Sadd583,is; Nett 143,4* (tato ca - 0 punno punnamsi upatthit); Sp 722,4 (-mse kathinam otthariyati); It-al 90,7 ([vassnam] pacchime mse ti -mse); Mhv 12:2 (~e mse); ifc see pacchima-, pathama-, pubba-; -ctumsipunnam,/, the (day of the) full moon in Kattika which ends a four-month period of rains-residence; Sp 1077,io (ptipadato patthya yva -); -ctumsini,/, the (day of the) full moon in Kattika which ends a four-month period of rains-residence; Vin III 263,29 (kattikapunnaman ti ~i vuccari); Sp 1076,26 (~iy pavranya); -coraka, w., a thief operating especially in the month of Kattika; Vin III 262,29 (~ bhikkh laddhalbh ti pariptenti; Sp 730,5: ~ ti kattikamse cor); -chana, m., a festival held in the month of Kattika; Ja V 212,27 (-am ghosayimsu kattikapunnamya nagaram sajjayimsu); Mhv 17:17 (--pjhi); -temsikapunnam, -temsipunnam,/, the (day of the) full moon in pubbakattika which ends a threemonth period of rains-residence; Vin III 261,20 (dashngatam -am bhikkhuno pan' eva accekacivaram uppajjeyya, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -temsi-; Sp728,2o: pathamakattikatemsikapunnamam); -nakkhatta, ., the Kattika festival; the constellation Kattika; Sp202,is (kil); Spk I 295,21 (-am ghosetv); Mp III 105,23 (yath kattikapunnam -am eva labhati; or to kattika1 ?); -punrjam,/, the (day of the) full moon in Kattika; Vin III 263,19; Sp 83,5 (vutthavasso pavretv -yam uposathadivase); -punnamsi, / , the (day of the) full moon in Kattika; Sp 720,23 (-iy); Mhv 17:1 (vutthavasso pavretv -iyam); kattikavattam in Ee at Sp 1234,i is wrfor katikavattam (Be, Ce, Se so). kattika 1 ,/ pi. [S. krttik], the constellation or lunar mansion of the Pleiades; Abh 58; Pj II 456,24 (candayogavasena ajja- ajjarohini ti); Nidd-a I 416,1 (-' -dini atthavisati nakkhattni); Sadd 359,17 (bharani - rohani...); (a)-nakkhatta, n., id.; Mp III 105,23 (yath kattikapunnam -am eva labhati; or to kattika ?). kattik 2 ,/ [cf S. krttiki], the full moon day in Kattika; Vin III 261,26 (kattikatemsikapunnaman ti pavran ~ vuccati); J a l 500,19* (yarn sm puppharattena -am nnubhossati; 500,26': kattikarattivram nnubhavissati). kattu1 ,form iic o/katta(r)' qv. kattu 2 ,/orm iic o/katta(r) 2 qv. kattu3, form iic q/'kattum, inf. o/karoti qv. katto, ind. [AMg id.; cf S. kutas], from where? why?; Ja VI 213,22* (mant ime attavadhya katto, so read with L. Alsdorf, 1977, p. 54, fn 70 ? Be, Se kat, unmetrical; Ce,Ee katt; 216,20': imehi brhmanehi attavadhya mant kat).

625

kattha, ind., interrog. adv. [ka3 + ttha; AMg id.; cfS. kutra], where ? {functioning as loc. of ka3) in what, in reference to what ? to whom ? wherein ? wherefore ?; Vin I 39,2 (kattha nu kho bhagav vihareyya); 83,30 (kati nu kho amhkam sikkhpadni kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban ti); V 1,6 (pathamam prjikam kattha pannattam); D I 206,6 (kattha ca imam janatam samdapesi nivesesi); Mil 205,12 (kattha bahulam samanupassasi gahatthesu v pabbajitesu v); SI 98,22 (kattha nu kho bhante dnam dtabbam); III 124,io (kattha... kulaputtassa vinnnam patitthitam); Sn487 (kattha hutam yajamnassa sujjhe); Ja III 217,10* (kattha gat); V 44,22*; VI 56,23* (kattiY eso abhisato jano; 57,r: katth' eso ti kimattham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kimatthattham); Ap 320,s; Vibh422,6; Kv476,3o; preceded by yattha: wherever; anywhere whatsoever; in whatsoever ...; Vin IV 160,27 (yattha kattha rann sayanam pannattam hoti); Mil 366,4; Pv-a 284,21 (yattha kattha thitassa matthake yeva upari patanti); katthaci {and, before eva, katthacid), anywhere, somewhere; (~ loc. of ka3 + ci) in or on something; in or on some...; in some places; MI 424,23 (kso na katthaci patitthito); SI 133,ii (na khvham vuso katthaci uppajjitukama); Ja IV 9,24' (yattha katthaci kule jto); 92,n' (kocid ev ti katthacid eva game v nagare v); Ap 68,10 (n' eva yyasi katthaci); Mil 77,4 (pann kuhim pativasati" ti na katthaci mahrj ti); Mp III 290,17 (katthaci ti kismici padese); Ud-a 402,9 (parinibbyitum nma ... katthaci na sakk); 429,28 (katthaci pi visaye piyabhvo na hoti); Sadd 648,4 (simhi katthaci... ettha ca katthaci ti imin gthvisayo gahetabbo); 886,7 (katthaci thne upasaggamattan ti kasm vuttam); katthacina [for kattha + cana ? c/*kancanam, kancinam svka 3 ], anywhere; on any ground; Sn 148 (ntimannetha katthacina kanci, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se katthacinam, unmetrical; cf Pj I 247, is: katthaci ti katthaci okase game v khette v ... nan ti etam; and L. Alsdorf, 1968, p. 257: katthaci na, "es liegt doppelte Verneinung vor"); '-ogadha, m/h., immersed, included in, which?; VinV l,n (pancannam ptimokkhuddesnam ~am katthapariypannam); -pariypanna, mfn., included in, belonging to, which ?; VinV 1,11; -vsika, mfn., living where ?; Jail 128,7 (tumhe ~ kuto gat); 273,17; see also kaham, kuttha, kutra. katthati, pr. 3 sg. [S. katthate], boasts; praises; Dhtup 128 (kattha silghyam); Dhtum 182; Sadd 366,29 (kattha silghyam: ~ati vikatthati... ~afi ti pasamsati); Nidd I 217,26 (~ati vikatthati aham asmi silasampannoti); part.pr. neg. akatthamna, mfn., Sn 783 (iti 'han ti silesu akatthamno). katthana, n., ~, / [ts], boasting; praising; A b h l l 8 (~); Niddl 71,24 (~ rato virato); Sadd335,4 (~am pasamsanam); 540,4 (~ kittan ti vuccati); Dhtup 30 (silgha ~e); akatthana,., lack of boasting; modesty;?) II 521,16. katthi(n), mfn. [from katthati], boasting; boastful; A V 157,26(bhikkhu ~ihoti vikatthi adhigamesu; Mp V 55,16: katthanasilo hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kathanasilo); Nidd I 217,25 (Nidd-a I 324, r. ~I ho ti attano vannabhananasilo

hoti). katthita(r), m. [from katthati], one who boasts; a boaster; Sn 930 (na ca ~ siy bhikkhu). katthite in Ee at Ps I 95,i is wr for kathite {Be, Ce, Se so). katthrik,/ [S. kastrik], musk; Abh 303. katthetabbni in Ee at It-al 103,2 and 103,19 is wr for kathetabbni {Be, Ce, Se so). katv, absol. o/karoti qv. katham {before vowels sometimes kam'), ind. [ts], how ? in what way ? how is it that...? what... like ? why ?; Vin II 256,37 (kathham bhante imsu Skiyanisu patipajjmiti); 11170,28; DU 163,16 (katham pana bhante devatnam adhippyo); 240,11* (katham jnemu tarn mayam); MII 69,4 (bhsitassa katham attho datthabbo); AIV 320,5 (katham bhvit... maranasati); Sn 170 (katham dukkh pamuccan); Th207; Ja II 77,24*; V 506,16* (kam* eko ramasi arafine); VI 500, H* (501,26': s kath* ajj ti s katham ajja); Ap 67,29; Bvl:77; Cp 3:6:5 (kathham imam muncissam); katham katham, just how ? in which way ?; A V 137,30 (katham katham nmyam ... dhammo desito anneyyo ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee katham kath; Mp III 374,4: katham katham nm ti kena kena kranena); katham is often followed by one or more particles: kathan carahi, how, pray ? how indeed?; D i l 192,15 (kathan carahi tarn deva samudcarmi ti); Sn 999; Ap 535,n; Sp 50,28; kathan ci, somehow or other; with some difficulty; ThI456; Sadd902,3o; kathan nu (kho), how indeed ? how possibly ? how on earth ? how really ? exactly like what?; Vin I 83,24; D I 180,27 (kathan nu kho bhante abhisannnirodho hoti ti); MI 8,6 (kathan nu kho ahosim afitam addhnam); SI 1,14 (kathan nu tvam... ogham atari ti); III 102,s; IV 317,24 (kathan nu kho ... Nigantho Ntaputto svaknam dhammam deseti); Snl90; Pv40:4; Ja III 330,24*; V62,i9* (kathan nu daharo jann); VI 508,27* (kathan nu tsam hadayam); Nidd I 186, is (kathan n ti samsayapucch vimatipucch); Mil 233,23 (kinnu kho kathan nu kho ti); katham hi, how possibly? how indeed?; SI 121,18*; Sn 90; Th407; Ja IV 339,22* (katham hi dnarn aphalam vadeyya); katham hi nma + fut. {or occasionally + opt.), how could...? how could... possibly? {expressing amazement and/or disapproval); Vin I 218,29 (katham hi nma tvam moghapurisa appativekkhitv mamsam paribhunjissasi); DI 50,5 (katham hinmatava mahato bhikkhusanghassa ... n' eva khipitasaddo bhavissati); II 319,16 (katham hi nma evam vadeyya...); 11189,2 (katham hi nma... evarpam karissati); Mil 158,17 (katham hi nma mdiso... manneyya); SI 156,2; A 111337,28; Ud44,27; Sadd818,s; katham preceded by yath, however ? in what way ?; D II 334,15; SI 1,16 (yath katham pana tvam ... appatittham anyham ogham atari ti); 11174,2 (yath katham pana tvam... attham jnsi); kathamkath,/ [BHSid.], questioning, doubt; Abh 170; D II 276,20(tinn ... kankh vigat~); Sn 1063; Niddl 265,4 (~ vuccati vicikicch); kathamkathi(n), mfn. [BHS id.], questioning, uncertain; full of doubt; D II 287,7*

626

(vicikicchi ~I); MI 8,13; Sn868; akathamkathi(n),mfn., free from doubt; MI 386,6* (akathamkathissa tusitassa ... bhagavato); A II 211,5; Dhp 411; Sn534 (akathamkathim); Ap 324,1; Spkll 9,23; Mp III 203,22; kathamkara, mfn. [katham + kara1], how acting ? acting in what way ?; Sn 376; Ja IV 75,8*; kathamkri(n), mfn., acting in what way ?; MI 135,16; kathamgotta, mfn., belonging to what gotta ?; D I 92,9 (~o si Ambatth ti Kanhyano 'ham asmi); Mil 102,6; Ap339,22; kathamjivi(n), mfn., living in what way ?; SI 42,7* = Sn 181; katham vidha, mfn. j what sort of? like what ?; SI 53,1* (-am silavantam vadanti); JaV 95,26* (~e passati... sattavo); kathamvihitaka, mfn., determined, effected in what way ?; D III 28,n (Sv 830,15: -an ti kena vihitam kinti vihitam). kathati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krathati, Wg 19:39], hurts, injures; Sadd 367,4 (katha himsyam: ... -ati). kathati2, see sv kathati2. kathana, n., -a, / [ts], speaking, talking; explaining; exposition; Abhll68; Vism577,3i; Dhp-a I 7,22; Ud-a 106,15 (yam evarpya kathya -am etam tumhkam na kho patirpam); It-al 153,9 (-am desanam); II90,16 (-ya); Nidd-al 114,1 %foll; Sadd708,2 (-am nma vissajjanam); ifc see attha- sv attha2; akathana, n., akathan,/, not speaking; being silent; Ja VI 424,9 (akathanaklato); Spklll 198,22 (bhsite tikathane tunhibhve ti ~e); Dhp-a I 440,4 (tava may saddhim -ato); Pv-a222,2o(-). kathanaka, mfn. [kathana + ka2], speaking, talking; Th-all 238,13 (pathamam -am ayyam eva tumhe satth pakkosati ti vatv). kathala, see sv kathala. kathali, see sv kathali. kathalik, see sv kathalaka. kath 1 ,/ [ts], talking, talk, conversation; discussion; a talk, discourse; an account, a story; Abh 113; VinI 46,22 (na upajjhyassa bhanamnassa antarantar ~ optetabb);DI 2,25 (kya ... -ya sannisinn); II 158,28 (tarn rattvasesam dhammiy -ya vitinmesum); M III 113,14 (~ hin gamma pothujjanik); SI 68,8 (sammodaniyam -am srniyam vitisretv); A I 197,12 (atitam... addhnam rabbha -am katheyya); II51,15 (bhikkh dhammiy ~ya sandasseti); IV 352, s; Sn930 (-am vigghikam na kathayeyya); 1070 (virato -hi); Th935; Jal 119,27 (bhikkhusangho -am pacchinditv tunhi ahosi); II173,14 (-am samutthpesum); VI 284,2* (yam vakkhati hotu - ubhinnam; 284,4': ~ hotu tarn pamnamhot ti attho); Sadd 919,10 (tisso -, vdo jappo vitand); k kath..., what need to speak of... (+ loc.) ?; Mhv 26:20; 29:29 (ka -a va idhgame); ifc see attha-, attha- (.sv attha2), antar- (sv antar1), abhidhamma-, nupubbi-, upanisinna-, upanisinnaka-, katham-, tiracchna-, bhira-; bhiftflna, n., prompting, reminding by talk; Mil 78,17 (-ato pi sati uppajjati); 6jja,. [kath + ujja], discussion; dispute; Sn825 (vadenti te ahnasit -am; Niddl 163,21: -am vuccati kalaho bhandanam ...); 828 (virame -am); -pacchindana, n., putting an end to talk; Sp 1406,4

(-'-attham); -pavatti,/, the course of conversation, progress of a discussion; Jal 119,19; Sp 587,27; Pj II 538,33 (hotu no bho kci -1 ti); -pbhata, n., a story to tell; a story worth telling; D i l i 118,15 (atthi kho idam ... -ambhagavantam dassanya; Sv 908,22: -an ti kathya mlam); Jal 252,4; Pj II 356,10; -phsuka, mfn., easy to talk to; with whom one can converse comfortably; Ja VI 23,23' (-ena amaccasanghena parivutam); Sp 216,28 (yassa visssik - bhikkh); Spkl 35,4 (nisajjaphsukam -am dutiyakam alabhanfi); -vatthu, n., a subject for a discourse or a story; a subject of conversation; MI 372,35; II 107,21 (idam -urn anupubbena rjantepuram pvisi); A1197,n; Mp 1134,6 (dasa-ni); -samutthna, n., the arising of a discussion; Pj II260,17; Mhv 5:138; -samutthpana, n., starting a conversation; instigating a discussion or talk; Ja III 278,4 (-^attham); Ud-a 120,8 (bhagav --attham pucchanto); -sallpa, m., conversation; dialogue; Vin I 77,3i (assosi... mtpitunnam imam -am); D I 89,27 (evarpehi kulaputtehi saddhim -o; Sv 276,17: -0 ti kath ca sallpo ca, kathanapatikathanan ti attho); M I 178,2; Ja II 283,19; Mil 31,24 (kimhi hoti -o ti); -sisa, n., the head word of a statement or exposition; Sadd 690,18 (vantuss ti hi mattam vuttam); dukkath, / , a wrong discourse, harmful talk; A III 181,4 (assaddhassa ... saddhkath -); sukath,/, a good discourse, well-directed talk; A III 182,12. kath2, ind. [= katham; Ved. id.], how?; A V 137,30 (katham ~ nmyam ... dhammo desito anneyyo ..., Ee so, possibly wr; Be, Ce, Se katham katham). kathana, n., a large number; Abh 476 (padumam -am); Sadd 801,28 (pundarikam -am mahkathnam); 802,16*. kathi(n), mfn. and m. [from kath; BHS -kathin], speaking, expounding; a teacher; Mil 90,11* (handa -im pasdetv); ifc see katham-, citta-; (i)-settha, m(fh)., best of teachers, best of speakers; Mil 348,6*. kathika, m. [cfS. kathaka, S., BHS kathika], a speaker; an expounder; A III 174,14 (katham paribhoti -am paribhoti); Bv 1:62 (-nam pavaro); Mil 24,23* (- may bah ditth); Sp 462, is (-assa prjikam); Mhv 14:63; ifc see citta-, tiracchna-, div-, dhamma-, paccsa-, ratti-. kathik, see sv katik. kathita- in Ee at Ps III 212,11 is wr for kathita- (Be, Ce, Se so). katheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kathayati], speaks, tells; recounts; teaches; speaks about, explains; preaches; Dhtup 582; Dhtum816; Sadd 541,10 (katha kathane: ~eti -ayati); 541,28 (katha vkyappabandhe: -eti -ayati); VinIV 142,28 (vinayakatham -eti); D i l i 154,6 (-ayati dhammakatham jino); Mill 167,19 (-eyyam); S V 419,5 (m bhikkhave vigghikakatham -eyytha); A I 199,7* (-aye); III 184,18 (-essmi); Sn930 (katham vigghikam na -ayeyya); Thi 522 (-enti); Ja V 76,10 (nibbhayo hutv -ehi); VI 413,9 (brhmana, panditena saddhim ma -aya, Ce, Ee so; Be -ayittha; Se -eyysi); Ap 84, H (-ayissati); Niddl 341,6 (-ayassu me); Sp 1364,i (tvam -eyysi); Dhp -a I 8,7 (kammatthnam me -etha); Mil 131,21

627

(-ayissmi); Cp -a 20,26 (-ayissam); part.pr. (a) kathenta, m/(-enti)n., VinI 188,22 (~ent); D I 178,19 (paribbjakaparisya ... tiracchnakatham -entiy); Ja VI 65,29*; Sp483,i9 (plim vcent atthakatham -ent); neg. akathenta, mfn., Sp 1363,27; (b) kathaya(t), mfn., Sp79,2 (Sriputtattherassa imam suttantam -ayato); (c)kathayanta,m/(~ayanti)., Ap85,6; Sp 1377,32; Spkl 289,11 (-ayanti); (d) kathayamna, mfn., Sp 79,M; PS II 168,19 (vannam -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. (a)kathesi, VinI 15,46 (anupubbikatham -esi); D I 110,1; Pv40:6; (b)kathayi, Ap 331,12 (dhammam me -ayi buddho); (c)kathi, Ap25,3 (so me puttho -1 sabbam... padam); 2 sg. kathayittha1, Sp 815,12 (tvam kirn -ayitth ti); 1363,i (evam-ehim evam-ayitth ti); 3 pl. (a)kathesum, Ps I 147,4; (b) kathayimsu, Sp 966,15; Dhp-a 110,i (te vejjassa -ayimsu); 2pl. kathayittha2, Ja VI 413,19 (deva m -ayitth); Ps III 68,18 (tumhe... parisamaijhe -ayitth); inf. (a) kathetum, AIII 393,8 (pahoti c'yasm Citto... abhidhammakatham -etun ti); Niddl 464,27; kathetukamyat (and -kammat),/, abstr., a desire or intention to speak or to teach; Sp 1335,n (patibhnan ti kathetukamyat vuccati); It-all 43,7; 134,29 (kathetukamyatya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kathetukammatya); neg. akathetum, Mp I 347,22; (b) kathetave, Vin I 359,15* (alam pametum paguno -etave; cf Sp 1153,27: ~etave ti kathetabbe); absol. (a)kathetv, Sp 38,8 (buddhavacanam -etv); Ja V 460,2; neg. akathetv, Ps II 315,6; (b) kathayitv, Sp 82,4; 1173,16 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce omit); Mp IV 168,4; (c)kathayitvana, Sp67,i8* (jtakam -ayitvna); pass. pr. 3 sg. kathiyati, kathiyati (and kathiyyati), *kacchati, Abh966 (bhve ca -iyati parakkamo); Ja III 331,16' (etam loke -iyati, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -iyyati); Nidd I 127,15 (pavuccati ti -iyati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -iyati); Mil 205,14 (-iyati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ~iyati); Ps IV 18,20 (-iyati, Be, Ce so; Ee -iyyati; Se -iyati); Spk I 100,4 (atitabuddhnam ... nmagottam -Iyati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -iyati); It-all 31,28 (-Iyati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -iyati); part.pr. (a)kacchamna, mfit., A III 181,9 (saddhkathya kacchamnya abhisajjati); Ps IV 211,i; (b) kathiyamna, mfn., Sp 322,10 (-iyamne; Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -iyamne); Ps III 277, is (kathya -iyamnya); Dhp-a 1228,10 (-iyamnam); kathiyamne in Ee, Se at Sp 578, is is wr for kathayamne (Be, Ce so); pp kathita, mfn. and n., spoken, told, related; explained; (what is) said, statement; talk; Abh 755; Jail 234,26 (vatthu... hetth ekanipte -am eva); IV73,20; VI 413,20 (kim vo imina dutthabrhmanena saddhim -ena); Nidd I 180,8 (~ ca visajjit ca te panh bhagavata honti); Sp379,2s; It-al 4,24; Ud-a 274,15 (kathitatt); kamma, n., (gr.t.t.) "the designated patient", ie the direct object; the second object (of a cans, verb); Sadd 692,29 (ajam gmam nayati ti ettha ajo kammam ... gmo... akathitakammam); 696,20 (bhikkhu janam dhammam sveti... ettha ca janan ti akathitakammam dhammantikammam); akathita, mfh., not told; not said; Ps I 164,17 (imesam gunnam akathitatt); II105,is; III 395,16 (may kathitagunehi akathita va bahutar); akathitakamma, n., (gr.t.t.) "the patient not designated (by another kraka)", ie the indirect object; the first

object (of a caus. verb); Sadd692,3o; 696,19; fpp (a) kaccha 5 , mfn. and n.y 1. (mfn.) fit to be spoken to; A I 197,19 (kathsampayogena ... puggalo veditabbo yadi v -0 v akaccho v; Mp II 308,23: ~o ti kathetum yutto akaccho ti kathetum na yutto); 2. (n.) a style of writing; a commentary; Mhv 37:225 (Dhammasanganiy 'ksi -am so Atthaslinim); Sadd 610,4* (catubbidham pi yam vkyam ... gajjam pajjam ca geyyam ca -am ca ti); 610,12* (atthakathdikam satthavacanam -am abravum); akaccha, mfn., not fit to be spoken to; A I 198,2; Mp II 310,9; fpp (b) kathetabba, mfn. and n. impers., to be told or declared; (what is) to be told; one must tell or relate or speak; Sp 1364,18 (~e ca akathetabbe ca sannjananattham); Ps I 10,33 (uccsaddena -am hoti); II 352,20 (nirodhakath -a hoti); Ud-a 274,10 (panho... -o); (c) kathitabba, mfn., Nidd-a I 4,10; caus. pr. 3 sg. kathpeti, makes speak, makes tell; asks or encourages to speak; has something said or told or explained; Jail 156,20 (ranno santike yeva tarn -eyyan ti); Sp 907, is (bhikkhuni kappiyakrakena ~eti); Spk II 175,12 (kammatthnam -essmi ti ycati); part.pr. kathpenta, mfn., Sp 1283,18 (upanisinnakathyam eva hi manussesu -entesu thero pucchitabbo); aor. 3 sg. (a)kathpesi, Sv 822,14 (tarn eva v matasariram -esi); (b) kathpayi, Mhv 24:4; 1 sg. kathpesim, Mhv 32:44 (dhammakatham -esim); absol. kathpetv, Ap 89, is (vaddhakehi -etv); PsV 87,6 (bhagavantam upasankamma kammatthnam -etv); neg. akathpetv, Vism 248,24 (evam vitthrena akathpetv... -etabbam); fppkathpetabba, mfn., Sp 1365,i4(tdiso ... -etabbo). katheta(T), m. [from katheti], one who speaks, a speaker; Sp 1372,23 (- hoti); Ap-a 231,28 (bhagav evamvdi hetuvpasamandivadanasilo ~ ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kath ti). kad, ind. [ts], an interrogative particle, used iic to express badness or defectiveness; Sadd 774,5 (kussa kad); -anna, n. and mfn., l.(n.) bad food; Sadd 774,6 (jiguccham annam -am); 2. (mfn.) eating bad food; Sadd 774,7; -asana, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) bad food; Sadd 774,7; 2 . (mfn.) eating bad food; Sadd 774,7; see also kacci, kadariya, k1, ku1. kadati,/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup kandati, Wg 3:33], calls; cries; Sadd 384,7 (kada avhne rodane ca: -ati; perhaps better kadi ... kandati, see Sadd 384^ b). kadama in Ee at Ja III 320,19* is wrfor kaddama qv. kadamba 1 , m. [ts], a tree, Nauclea cadamba (with fragrant, orange-coloured blossoms); Abh 561; 1092; Ja VI 535,8* (- ptali phull); Ap 178,16; Vism 206,24*; see also kalamba1. kadamba2, m. [S. kadamba, n.], a multitude, collection; flock; Abh 1092 (-0... caye); Sadd495,27 (sahgho -0 vaggo). kadamba3, m. [= kadamba qv], a kind of goose (with dark-grey wings); Ja VI 539,10* (klmeyy baliyakkh ~ suvaslik); 539,12* (vran hingurj ca ~ suvakokil; 540,5': - ti mahkadamb gahit). kadambaka, n. [kadamba2 + ka2], a multitude, collection; a flock; Abh 630; ifc see jinnatthambha-,

628

balkakdamba-. kadambi(n), mfn. [from kadamba1], having a kadamba (flower);? Ap 181,6* (~i, in uddna); 289,24* (in uddna). kadara1, m. [ts], a kind of tree, a white acacia; Abh 567. kadara2, mfn. [cf kadariya], miserable, wretched, hard; Jail 136,5*(~e appasmim jivite; 136,9': amhkam jivitam nma -am c' eva thaddham lkham kasiram). kadariya, mfn. and n. [S. kadarya], 1. (mfn.) (i) mean, miserly; Abh 739; S I 34,8* (ye 'dha maccharino loke - paribhsak); AIV 79,14 (asaddho macchari ~o paribhsako); Dhp 177 (na ve - devalokam vajanti; Dhp-a III 189, I: -ti thaddhamaccharino); Sn 663; Pv 9:3 (adyik maccharinl -); Mil 180,3 I ( -tya); 181, I 9 (akatannussa -assa Devadattassa); (ii) bad, unpleasant; Niddl 405,5* (kadariy tapan, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kadariytapan; Nidd-al 425, H: sabbe pi te ussadehi saddhim attha mahniray -, niccam tapanti ti - tapan, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kadariytapan); Mil 148,23 (- tapan mahniray cavamn); see kadariytap an below; 2. (n.) meanness, miserliness; Dhp 223 (jine -am dnena); Sn 362; NiddI 37,n (macchariyam ... -am) = Dhsll22; kadariytapan, mfn., unpleasant and causing torment; or causing torment to the miserly; JaV 266,I7* (ete attha niray... ~ ghor accimant mahabbhay, Ee so; Be, Ce kadariytapan ... accimanto; Se kadariytapan ... accimanto; 272,12': sabbe p' ete -nam tapan, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tapan) * Nidd I 405,5* (-... accimanto dursad, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kadariy tapan; subject not clear; previous stanza: tassa [mahnirayassa] ayomay bhmi...; Nidd-al 425,14: sabbe pi te ussadehi saddhim attha mahniray kadariy, niccam tapanti ti -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kadariy tapan; c/Mvu III 454,15*: kadaryatapan ghor arcimanto dursad, previous stanza parallel to Nidd); see also Mil 148,23 above; see also kadara2. kadali, / [ts], 1. the banana or plantain plant; Abh 589; 986; Vin II 188,12 (-1 attavadhya phalarn deti); Ja VI 442,ii* (yath -ino srarn anvesam ndhigacchati); Ap 16,9 (~i mtulurigiyo); Cp 3:2:4; Mil 166,26; ifc see atthi-; 2. a banana leaf; (a banana leaf used as) a flag or banner; Abh 397; 986; Ja VI 412,6 (-iyo bandhpetv dhaje pagganhpesi); Vv-a31,27 (gehadvre gehadvre -iyo ca punnaghate ca thapesum); see kadalidhajapannna below; -kanni, m., a bunch of kadali fruit; Ap 81,22 (mahantam -im gahetv; c/Ap-a 351,25: mahantam kadaliphalakannikam upanesi); (i)-cchindantassa in Ce, Ee at Ps III 190,s: read kadalim chindantassa with Be, Se; -dhajapanfina, mfn., marked by a kadali banner; JaV 195,19* (-0... assamo; 195,23': kadalisankht dhaj pannnam assti -0); (i)-miga, m. [S. kadali], a kind of animal, a kind of antelope; Abh 620; Ja VI 277,25* (~ bahucitr); Sp 1089,4*; pavarapaccattharana, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) covered with an excellent kadalimiga skin; M I 76,8 (pallanko ... pavarapaccattharano) * A I 137,io; 2 . (n.) an excellent seating-mat or (a bed with) an excellent covering of a kadalimiga skin; Vin I 192,9 (na uccsayanamahsayanni dhretabbni

seyyathidam sandi... ajinappaveni pavarapaccattharanam) = D I 7,11 (Sv %l,2\foll.\ cammam nma atthi, tena katam pavarapaccattharanam uttamapaccattharanan ti attho, tarn kira setavatthassa upari --cammam pattharitvsibbetv karonti) ^ A I 181,23; see also sujtakadalitarumlik. kad, ind. [ts], when ? Abh 1161; Vin I 117,22 (kad nu kho bhikkh ganetabb); 172,is (kad te dittham); D i l 335,5; Mill 218,28(kad ssunm' aham ... viharissmi); Th 541; Pv 50:1 (kad anto bhavissati); Ja II 212,25 (kad gacchma); IV 98,12* (kad kuhim v ahu sahgamo no); V 103,2i* (kad ssu nm' ayam rj Brahmadatto marissati); Cp 3:5:3; Sadd 682,7; 813,4/o/Z. (kad karahi icc etesam yoge angate kle vattamn vibhatti hoti v: kad gacchati... v ti kirn: kad bhante gamissati); kad in Ee at Ud-a 265, is* is prob, wr for tad (Be, Ce, Se so); kadci (and, before eva, kadcid), 1. sometimes; sometime, at some time; at one time, once; ever; Abh 1146; AI 126,2*; Vv 84:30 (na muccati duggatiy kadci); JaV 141,10*; VI 310,1* (m c'assu mittesu kadci dbhi); Ap 564,27 (kadci bhikkhunim ... vannayi); SpkII 40,19 (na kadci jti jarmaranassa paccayo na hoti); 249,24 (kadcid eva datthum labhmi, na sabbaklan ti); Vv-a213,30 (yath nma udumbare bhavam puppham dullabhadassanam, kadcid eva bhaveyya na v bhaveyya); Dth 1:30; Mhv25:113; 2. perhaps; Ja VI 364,2 (kadci imehi nit [kumrik] mama na rucceyya); Cp 2:9:8 (kadci so tasissati; Cp-a 171,26: so yakkho api taseyya); Spk I 295,4 (kadci esa imam kulam dseyya); dassana, mfn. (or n.) being rarely seen; (or a rare sight;) Sadd 541,7; -'-upparaka, mfn., rarely occurring; Mil 114,7; kadci kadci, from time to time, at various times; Ja IV 120,2; Mpl 288,2 (kadci kadci gantv pitaram ca satthramca passati); As238,32; kadci... kadci..., sometimes ... sometimes ...; Ja I 98,11; Sv 738,34 (kadci dev jinanti kadci asur); Spk I 244,6 (kadci ekako kadci bhikkhusanghaparivuto); Pv-a 253,22; kadci karahaci, 1. sometime or other; once in a while; (in a question) ever; D I 17,18 (hoti kho so... samayo yam kadci karahaci dighassa addhuno accayena ayam loko samvattati); MI 146,12 (app eva ca nma mayam kadci karahaci yasmat Punnena... saddhim samgaccheyyma); A I 178,35; Ud91,32(api nu tvam kadci karahaci anallavatth v bhaveyysi...); Mil 73,27 (kim pana te mahrja kadci karahaci sangmagatassa kandappahro hoti); 2. only once in a while, rarely; hardly ever, if at all; D i l 139,21 (kadci karahaci tathagata loke uppajjanti); Mill 169,17; Vism463,n; Patis-a 301,27 (jhnni pana kadci karahaci devaloke pi labbhanti); yad kadci, whenever; Ja IV 98,2i* (yada kadci manujesu brahme samgamo sappurisena hoti); Sv 255,11; Sadd 894,29; see also kud. kadukkhan in Ee at Vv-a 316,23 is wr; read maranantikam dukkhan ti with Be, Ce, Se. kaddati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kardati, Wg 3:22], makes an unpleasant noise; Sadd 377,6 (kadda kucchite sadde: -ati kaddamo). kaddama, m. [S. kardama], mud; dirt; Abh 663; Vin III

629

118,37; Ja III 320,19* (na -0 na rajo na van limpati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kadamo); Ap 27,22 (~e kumudam yath); Mil 35,12; Sp 334,30 (cakkam-e laggam); 6daka, n., muddy or dirty water; watery mud; VinH 262,2 (bhikkh bhikkhuniyo-ena osincanti); Vism 127,31 (~am iva accham udakam malinam eva karoti); -gandhika, mfn., smelling of mud; Ja V 233,13* (van -am); 234,5' (-am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -gandhiyam); akaddama, mfn., free from mud; pure; VinH 201,15 (bhisamullam... -am) = Sil 269,11; Ja III 290,12* (dhammo rahado -o); sakaddama, mfn., muddy; covered in mud; Vin II201,21 = SII 269, is; Sp 334,29. kaddamikata, mfn. [pp o/*kaddamIkaroti], made muddy, soiled; Ja VI 59,18* (disvana lokavattantam khajjantam -am; 59,23': kilesehi khajjantam tehi ca -am lokam disv). kaddamibhta, mfn. [pp of *kaddamibhavati], muddy; Spklll 175,5 (kalalibhto t i - 0 , Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kaddamabhto); Sadd 875,4. kanaka, n. and mfn. [ts], 1. (n.) gold; Abh487; Pv28:2 (vanno ca te -assa sannibho); Ap 538,24; Sadd397,n (-an ti kanati, kaniyafi ti v -am); 2. (mfn.) golden, of gold; Mhv 10:25 (siyumyya gahitni pannni -ni); cala, m., the golden mountain (Mt. Meru); Ap 508,16 (ditto va -o); -by, / , a golden comb; ? Ja V 157,5' ([kes] samocit ti ~ vuccati suvannaphanik tya gandhatelam dya paharit suracit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kanakagg, prob, wr); -tanusannibha, mfn., appearing to have a golden body; with a body like gold; D III 160,5* (-0 idha bhavati); ()-maya, mfn. [-- mc], made of gold; Ap 541,24 (satr candasra ca lanchit -); -sikharirja, m, the golden-crested king (of mountains); or king of the golden-crested mountains; ? Dth 4:30. kanati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kanati], shines; goes; desires; Dhtup 177 (kana dittigatikantisu); Dhtum257; Sadd 397,8 (kana dittikantisu:... -ati dippati virocati ti kafin); pass. pr. 3 sg. kaniyati, is desired; Sadd 397,io (-iyati kmiyati abhipatthiyati purisehi ti pi kanfi). kanittha (sometimes written kanittha), m/(- and ~\)n., m. and kanittha,/ [S. kanistha], I. (mfn.) (i)younger, youngest; esp. (m.) younger or youngest brother; (f.) younger or youngest sister; Abh 254; Vin III 146,1 (-oisi); A IV 176,13 (jettho v -o v); Pv 11:5; Jail 6,9 (tassa - cha bhtaro); VI 380,12* (jettho atha majjhimo -o); Ap 57,14 (Gotamassa bhagavato - o tvam bhavissasi); Sp 138,B; Dhp-al 396,19 (sattannam dhitnam -); IV 37,7 (dve kulabhtaro ... -o Kapilo nma, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kanittho); Mhv 7:67 (tya -iy); 9:3; Sadd 686,13 (khuddakassa kan: kaniyo kanittho); (ii) lesser, inferior; less advanced; smallest; Abh 929; Pv 36:87 (phalam -am); Ja IV 164,4* (na ve suganham pathamena settham -am pthagatam gahetv; cf 164,12'foil: pathamam vacanam updya pacchimam vacanam -am nma); Dhp-al 152,24 (0-tty' eva); Vin-vn 567 (kanitthass' angulass' eva nakhapitthippamnakam ... chiddam); 2. (f.) the little finger; Abh 266; 'angulinakha, m., the nail of the little finger; Sp 645,23 (vasena); see also akanittha, kaniya.

kanitthaka, mfl~ and kanitthik)/i. and mf [S. kanisthaka], 1. younger, youngest; esp. (m.) a younger brother; (f.) a younger sister; AIV 93,6* (bhagini -, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kanittha); Vv 34:3 (bhagini ca kanitthik, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -); Ja VI 513,4* (kanitthik, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -); Cp 3:5:5 (yo me -0 bht); Mhv 5:33; 9:1; 2 . lesser, inferior; Dhp-a III 355,14 (ekasilam pi -am akatv). kaniya, kaniya, mfn. [cf S. kaniyas], smaller; younger; Abh 254 (kanittho -0); 929; Sadd 686,13 (khuddakassa kan: kaniyo kanittho); see also kanittha. kanmika,/ [ts]9 the pupil of the eye; Abh 260. kanyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup knyate, Wg 14:14], makes a sound; Sadd 421,10 (kanyi sadde: -ati); part.perf act. kantava(t), mfn., having made a sound; Sadd 421,io. kanta1, mfn., m. and~si,f [pp o/Vkam1; S. knta, knt], 1. desired; loved; pleasing, lovely; Abh 693; 948; D I 245, is (rp itth ~ man^?); II 265,18* (vto va sedakam -opniyam va pipsino); M III 110,34 (-am cetovimuttim upasampajja); Ja III 259,24* (so mayhampuriso -0; 260,7': -o piyo manpo); 260,11* (so me -taro tato); V 295,15* (akanto -am icchasi); Ap 566,2 (sapnam iva -o me); It-al 75,io (kamaniyato manasmim ca kamanato pavisanato -assa); ifc see aya- (^v aya[s]), ayo (sv aya[s]) canda-; instr. kantena, kantehi, adv., pleasingly; in a desired way; D i l 192,12 (mam tvam devi itthehi -ehi manpehi samudcarittha); All 213,16 (itthena -ena manpena samudcaranti); 2. (m.) a husband; Abh 240; 3. (f.) a beloved woman; a wife; Abh 230; Ja 111419,13* (socayissati mam -a; 419,15': -tiitthabhariy); IV441,i4* (-ya vin vaseyya; 442,2r: piyabhariyya vin); akanta, mfn., not desired or wished; unpleasing; M III 66,12 (kyaduccaritassa anittho -o amanpo vipko nibbatteyya); Ja VI 207,6* (bahunam -am); Pv-a 193,6 (-am amanpam jeguccham); instr. akantena, akantehi, adv., unpleasingly; in an undesired way; D i l 192,13 (anitthehi -ehi amanpehi samudcarasi); A l l 213,21 (-ena amanpena samudcaranti); atikanta, mfn., very much desired or loved; very lovely; Ja III 340,17' (-am atimanpam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr atikkantam); Sp 170,28 (abhikkantan ti -am ati-ittham); see also kamaniya, kmeti. kanta2, mfn.,pp of"kantati1 qv. kanta3, mfn.,pp oj'kantati2 qv. kanta4, mfn.,pp of kamati qv. kantakamattam in Ee at Spk HI 11,5 is perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se tattakamattam. kantati1 (and kanteti), pr. 3 sg. [S. krntati], cuts; destroys; Dhtup 380 (kata cchedane); Dhtum 614 (kati cchede); Sadd 362,23; 472,1 (kati cchedane: -ati); Thi217 (galake api -anti, Be, Ce so; Ee gale apakantanti; Se galake apakantati; Thi-a 172,13: attano givam pi chindanti); Ja II 53,23* (abhay bhayam uppannam api mlni -ati); VI 154,23 (givam -issmi); part.pr. kantanta1, kantenta, mfn., Ja IV 174,16' (camma-krasatthasadisya pannya -anto); Spk III 46,15 (kattariy padumam -ento viya)= Ud-a411,8; absol. kantitv1, Spk I 197,6;

630

[cfS. krtta], cut, cut out; salla, mfn., with dart cut out; Thi 223 (aham amhi sall ohitabhr; Thi-a 173,17: salla ti ariyamaggena samucchinnargdisall); (b)kantita1, mfn., cut; Abh752; PsH 133,25 (~ kottit). kantati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. krnatti], spins; VinlV 299,i\ foil. (bhikkhuniyo suttam -anti... ~issanti... y... ~eyya); A HI 295,24 (kusal 'ham ... kappsam -itum); Sp 1118,5 (-anti); Spk II 189,6 (suttakantik itthiyo ma suttam -antu; * Pv -a 75,14: -imsu); Sadd 362,22 (kati suttajanane: suttam -ati); part.pr. kantanta2, m/(-anti)w., Ja II 78,24 (suttam ~antiy mahallakitthiy santikam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr suttakantiy); Mhv7:ll (-anti); aor. 3 pi. kantimsu, Pv-a 75,n; absol. kantitv2, Ps V 67,i; pp (a) kanta3, mfn., spun; M III 253,9 (smam -am smam vyitam); (b) kantita2, mfn., spun; Mil 240,7 (sayam -am sayam vyitam); Vin-vn2288 (na doso -am suttam puna kantantiy pana); sutta,., spun thread; Vin IV 300,18. kantana1, n. [from kantati1; cf S. kartana, krntana], cutting, cutting off; Abh954 (kappanam -e); It-all 143,17 (rgdisallnam -ato); ifc see kilesa-, salla-. kantana2, n., - , / [from kantati2; cf S. lex. kartana], spinning; Sp 935,7 (-ato); ifc see sutta-. kantanaka, mfn. [kantana1 + ka2], cutting; vta, m., a cutting wind; Sv 649,20 (--vto utthahitv pupphni vantato kantati). kantra, m. n. [S. kntra], a region difficult to cross, a dangerous area or way; a wilderness, a desert; Abh 192 (-0 ... duggame); 1107; Vin I 244,28 (santi... magg ~ appodak appabhakkh); D II 343,20 (purato ~e); MI 276,4 (tamh -a nitthareyya); Vv 84:3 (Vv-a 334,25: ~e tinirudake nine); Ja I 99,H (-am nma corakantram vlakantram nirudakakantram amanussakantram appabhakkhakantran ti pancavidham); Bv 24:2 (dasadhamme prayitvna -am samatikkami; Bv-a 259,17: jtikantram samatikkami); Ps I 71,26 (duratikkamatthena sappatibhayatthena ca -o); Sadd 231,26 foil.; ' -addha(n), ' -addhna, m., a road through a wilderness, a dangerous path; Th95 (-na pakkhanno); Niddl 160,n (-nam pakkhann khemantabhmim patthenti); Dhp-all 166,1 (- vattaddh ti dve addh nma, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kantaraddhnavattaddhn ti); -khinna, mfn., exhausted, weakened by (travelling through) a dangerous region; Sp 145,15 * As 117,23 (~assa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kantrakhinnassa); -magga, m., a road through a wilderness, a dangerous way; Sil 118,4(~e udapno); JaII294,26. kantriya, mfn. [from kantra], belonging to the wilderness, living in a dangerous area; Vv 84:21 (-0 vannupathamhi gutto; Vv-a 341,8: - 0 ti rakkhanattham kantre niyutto). kanti1, / [S. knti], desire; pleasure; loveliness; splendour; Abh 54; 762; 1056 (icchyam jutiyam -i); Dhtup324 (lasa -iyam); Dhtum843 (kamu icchya -imhi); Sadd 440,4 (~i abhiruci); 475,28 (-1 ti kamaniyat); -ma(t), mfn., splendid, beautiful; Ap462,i2 (gunam vadanto buddhassa ... sakantim parakantim ca janayim tena -m).

kanti 2 ,/ [S. krnti], going; Sadd855,14 (khanti -i santi; perhaps kanti1, but cf"Kacc p. 295). kantika, kantiya, mfn. [from kanta1 or kanti1], desirable; pleasant; S IV 71,8* (chandnunito na ca kantiye siy); akantika, akantiya, mfn., unpleasant; S IV 71,6*(ghtv asucim akantiyam); Pv29:l (gtham asucim akantikam paribhunjasi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akantam; Pv-a 193,5: akantam amanpam jeguccham). kantik,/ [from kantati2], one who spins, a spinster; ifc see sutta-. kantita1, mfn., pp of kantati1 qv. kantita2, //.,;?/? 0/kantati2 qv. kantitv1, absol. o/kantati1 qv. kantitv2, absol. 0/kantati2 qv. kantiya, see sv kantika. kante in Ce, Ee at JaV 486,13* is wr for natte or nante qqv sv natta. kanteti, see sv kantati'. kanthati,/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup granthate, Wg2:35], is crooked; Sadd 366,28 (kathi kotille: ... -ati). kanda, m. [ts], a bulbous or tuberous root; a bulb; a tuber; Abh 549; Sp 766,17 (-am v mlam v upptehi ti); 833,24foil.; Ap -a417,i2(luvakarambdayotesam tesam jtinam nmn' eva); ifc see kandala-, mlaka-; -mla, n. [cf S. lex. kandamla, radish], a radish; roots and tubers; Ja III 37,7 (na sakk hoti -am khanitum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khandhamlam); Sp456,2o (-' -attham v pathavim khanant); Ps I 208,12 (tni... temitamattn, eva -am viya mudukni honti); As 78,17 (-am upptetv); -mlaphalabhojana, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) eating tubers, roots and fruit; D I 101,13; 2. (n.) the eating of tubers, roots and fruit; Sv271,2i (assamutthik ca dantavakkalik ca -am bhajanti). kandati!,/?r. 3 sg. [S. krandati; cfalso S. Dhtup kandati, Wg 3:33, and klandati, Wg 3:35], calls out; cries, laments; Dhtup 138 (kand* avhnarodanesu); Dhtum 213; Sadd 381,4 (kadi... avhne rodane ca... -ati); Vin I 237,23 (niganth... bh paggayha -anti); D i l 139,30 (devat... kese pakiriya -anti); Mill 165,9 (urattjim -ati); A III 60,34 (-eyyam); Ja HI 147,4* (kmam -antu kumbhand); Mil 11,13 (-anti); aor. 2 sg. kandi, Dhp 371 (ma -i); 3 pi. kandimsu, Ja VI 166,6*; Ap 472,14 (dev -imsu samvigg); 2 pi. kandittha, Ps III 429,20 (m -itth ti); part.pr. (a) kanda(t), mfn., Vv 83:6 (ko n' idha -atam blyataro); Panca-g 36 (narake -am so cakkena vihannate, so read! Ee kandam); (b)kandanta,m/(-anti)w., M i l 3,20 (~anto); Sil 179,29 (-antnam rodantnam); Th 774; Ja VI 586,9* (puttaka ... -ant abhidhvimsu); Pv-a 43,19 (-anti vicarati); kandantinam in Ee at Ps III 308,2 is wr; Be, Ce, Se kandanti tarn; (c) kandamna, mfn., Ja III 58,15'; Ap 356,6 (t hitv -amnyo pabbajim); absol. kanditv, Vin I 345,30 (-itv roditv); Ja IV 330,12*; Mhv 20:34; neg. akanditv, Jal 326,6; pp kandita,(m/). [S. krandita], weeping, crying; Abh 165; Ja III 390,11* (-ena ... mato peto samutthahe); rudita, n., crying and weeping; Ja III 57,23* (--ruditam niratthakam); jj?/? kanditabba, mfn., to be called out against; Sv970,io (atthavisati yakkhasenpatiyo kanditabb);

631

see also kandeti. kandati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup krandate, klandate, Wg 19:11,12\ kradi kladi vaiklavye], delays, hesitates', Sadd 384,6 (kadi velambe: vilambabhvo velambo: -ati, perhaps wr). kandana, n. [S. krandana], crying, lamentation; Pv-a 262,16 (-assa kranam); Th-a III 39,26. kandar, / and kandara, m.n. [ts], a gully; a gorge, a ravine; an inlet; Abh 609; Vin II 146,7 (bhikkh... viharanti... pabbate -yam giriguhyam); D I 71,16 (vivittam sensanam bhajati... pabbatam -am giriguham; Sv 209,25: -an ti kam vuccati udakam, tena dritam udakena bhinnam pabbatapadesam); AIV 97,16 (-e); Th 602 (vasitam me ... -su); Ja I 205, I (~ya bakasakunik hutv nibbatt); IV 286,20* (t ca -); Mp III 156,4 (cattri pi -ni pidhya); Sadd 238,4 (~o); ifc see udaka-. kandala, m. [cfS. kandali], a kind of plant; (Nnamoli: "yam"); -kanda, m., a kandala tuber; Vism255,9 (pitthihatthatthini kottitakandalakandarsisanthnni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kandalakandararsi-, prob, wr) - Pj I 50,22; -puppha, n., a kandala flower; Ja IV 442,5' (sattaliyothikam ca ti -am ca suvannayothikam ca, Ce, Ee so; Be kundlapuppham; Se kundalapuppham); -makula, m., a kandala shoot; Vism 253,16 (ye [mahnahr] kandar ti pi vuccanti, te sabbe pi santhn); Ja I 273,17 (~-matt dve dth, Ce so; Be dakalimakula-; isekandamakula-; Se kaddalimakula-); Sv264,n(sadis dth, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kundalamakula-). kandali,/ [ts], a kind of tree or plant; Ap 16,1 (ketak ~I c'eva); 362,18 (kalamb ~i tattha pupphanti mama assame, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kadali). kanduka, m. [ts], a ball (to play with); Abh 316. kandeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup krandayati, Wg 33:54], cries continuously; Sadd 543,8 (kanda stacce: ... ~eti -ayati); see also kandati'. kandhar,/ [ts], the neck; Abh 263; Mhv 41:53 (chindi -am). kannappakanna at Ja V 445, n* is prob, wr for kantappakanta qv sv kamati. kannama in Ee at Ja VI 126,16' is wr; prob, read kimnmakam nma vadanti with Ce. kapa in Ee at A I 124,6 (kapam ca) is wrfor kopa qv. kapana, mf(~ and ~T)n. and m. [S. krpana], 1. pitiable, pitiful; wretched; poor, mean; a poor man, a wretch; Abh 739; 821; Vin II 201,24 (Devadatta mamnukubbam ~o marissati; Sp 1276,H: - O ti dukkhito); A I 213,6 (-am... mnusakam rajjam; Mp II 328,12: -an ti parittakam);Sn818 (-0 viya jhyati); Pv 26:14 (nihinni kulni -ni ca); Thi 220; Jail 190,25*; 111223,25' (--tar); VI 557,15*; Ap 559,9; Sv 298,14 (samanabrhmanakapanaddhikavanibbakaycaknan ti... - ti duggat daliddamanuss) * It-all 58,24; Vv-al03,io (varkiy ti -iy); Saddh315 (-t); Sadd553,is (-0 ti karunyitabbo); ace. -am, adv., pitifully; miserably; Jail 343,5* (-am rudmi); V499,21; 2. miserly; see atikapana below; 0, -addhika, m.pl, poor men and travellers; Ja 1262,11 (-nam dnam den); Dhp-al 188,11 (-' -disu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kapanandhikdisu);

Cp-a29,9 (~'-dinam); '-iddhika in Ee, eg at D I 137,24, It64,22foil., Ja IV 15,24 and Pv-a78,u is prob, wrfor kapanaddhika (Be, Ce, Se so), but is possibly a vl (cf S. krpinin); -laddhaka, m(fn)., (who was) obtained in misery, obtained with difficulty; Ja VI 150,8* (m ~ehi ammam no vippavsehi, so read with L. Alsdorf 1967, p. 289 ? eds m -ehi puttehi ammya no vippavsehi; 150,19': -ehi ti kapan viya hutv laddhakehi); akapana, mfn., not wretched; Ja III 199,17' (tittam bhogsya -am); atikapana, mfn., excessively miserly; Panca-g 74 (na hrako na data yo na h' -ojano). kapanik, (m)f(n). [kapan + ik], pitiful, wretched; Thi219 (dve puna klakat pati ca panthe mato -ya; Thi-a 172,29: -y ti varkya); Ja IV 93,4* (s nna s - andh aparinyik, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kapaniy) = Q)-a 113,14*. kapati,/?r 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krapate, Wg 19:9], is compassionate, pities; Sadd 403,28 (kapa karunyam: -ati); see also kapeti. kapalla1, n. [S. kapla], a bowl (of earthenware); an alms-bowl; a cooking-pan; a piece of earthenware; SII 83,9 (puriso ... unham kumbham uddharitv ... yyam usm s tattiY eva vpasameyya -ni avasiseyyum; SpkII 80,3o: -ni ti saha mukhavattiy ekbaddhni kumbhakapallni); Ja VI 59,2* (pabbajito -e ratim ajjhag; 59,5': ~e ti mattikpattam sandhy' ha); Sp 923,6 (-amhi); Ps IV 40,15 (tisu uddhanesu tini -ni ropetv hetth aggim katv); ifc see aggi-, angra-, aya- (^vaya[s]); -pva, m., a kind of cake or bread cooked in a pan; Ja I 345,30 (kummsapram -am khdantam); Vv-a 123,17; see also kapla. kapalla2, n. (?) [cf kapallaka, kapallik?], lampblack, soot (used as an eye preparation); Vin I 203,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave anjanam ... gerukam -an ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kapallakam; Sp 1091,2: -an ti dipasikhto gahitamasi); see also kajjala. kapallaka, n. (or m.) [kapalla + ka2; cf S. kaplaka], a bowl; a cooking-pan; the bowl of an oil-lamp; Ja I 346,33 (uddhane aggim jletv -am ropetv pve paciturn rabhi); VI 59,6'; Ps III \9,n (in cpd: -kapallakdisu; ^ Spk III 45,34: -kapalliksu); ifc see dipa-; see also kapallik, kaplaka. kapallik,/ [cf S.kaplaka], the bowl of an oil-lamp; Sp 1060,29 (telam v vatti v ~ v atthi); Spk III 45,34 (hatthe thapitasuvannarajatdimayakapalliksu ca telappadipe jlpetv) ^ Ud-a410,18 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -kapallaksu); ifc see dipa-; see also kapallaka. kapla, n. [ts], I. a bowl, a dish; an alms-bowl; a cooking-pan; S IV 190,28 (kirn mundo -am anucarasi); A III 225,4 (bhikkhcariyya -am anatimannamno); Vv 84:5 (tattam ivam -am); Sp 1060,31 (-e aggi pi jletabbo); Ps I 266,31 (' -dihi ca bhesajjni upanmenti); Ud-a 279,13; ifc see aya- (sv aya[s]), ayo- (sv aya[s]); 2. a skull; part of a skull; Abh 279; 946 (-am sirasatthimhi); Mhv37:144 (phletv matthakam rj... -ni ghatetvna ksi pkatikam khane); ifc see sisa-; 3. the shell of a tortoise or turtle; of an egg; of a coconut; SI 7,17* (kummo va arigni sake ~e

632

samodaham); Mil 371,18; Sp 307, n (nlikeram bhinditv mifijam khditv -am chaddenti); Spkll 329,5 (-am tanukam hoti); ifc see anda-; 4. a piece of pottery, a potsherd; Abh 946 (-am ... ghatadisakale); Ja III 167,18' (tni -ni); Mp II 195,12 (kathalen ti -ena); -hattha, mfn., with alms-bowl in hand; Th 1118; Ja I 89,18 (-0 pindya carati); Pv-a 3,28; see also kapalla'. kaplaka, m. {or n.) [kapla + ka2; S. kaplaka, m.], a bowl; an alms-bowl; Ja I 425,13 (~esu bahusuram thapayimsu); Dhp-all 26,19 (-am hatthe thapetv); PsI 267,i (bhesajjapatiggahanamatten' eva ca -na tesam attho); see also kapallaka. kapi, m. [ts], a monkey; Abh 614; Sri 791 (-1 va skham pamuncam gahya); Th 1080; Ja II 446,13* (vanejo vanejassa vanceyya ~ino -i); Ap 116,24; Cp 2:5:4; Pv-a 231,17 (-lnam vnarnam naccanena); -kacchu,/, a kind of plant, Mucuna prurita (causing itching); Abh 582; Pv 15:10 (tvam ca bhesajjam hari aham pi -uno; Pv-a 86,21: aham pana phalni dupphassaphalni harim);-nidd,/, dozing; a cat-nap; Ja VI 57,27' (nidd ti-, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit); Mil 300,31; -middha, n., dozing; a cat-nap; Sp 1022,io (--vasen' eva niddyanto); Mp I 33,is; -sisa 1 , n.m., the receptacle which receives or holds the bolt (of a door); the post for receiving the bolt; Abh 217 (-0 'ggalatthambho); D II 143,20 (nando vihram pavisitv -am lambitv rodamno atthsi; Sv 584,8: ~an ti dvrabhkotiyam thitam aggalarukkham); Ja III 23,7 (-am lambitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -e); -sisa 2 , mfn., having a head like a monkey's; Sv 452,8 (keci ~a, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kappasis); -sis, (m)f.(n) [sc^- asani], a type of lightning; Sv 569,21/0//. (navavidh hi asaniyo asann... -a macchavilolik... - bhamukam ukkhipanto makkato viya hoti); -sisaka, n., the receptacle which receives or holds the bolt (of a door); Vin II 120,17 (anujnami bhikkhave... aggalavattim -am scikam...; Sp 1207,23: aggalavatti nma dvrabhya samappamno yeva aggalatthambho vuccati yattha tini cattri chiddni katv sciyo denti, -am nma dvrabham vijjhitv tattha pavesito aggalapsako vuccati, scik ti tattha majjhe chiddam katv pavesit); 148, n; see also kavi2. kapinjara (and kapinjala), m. [S. kapinjala], a bird, the francoline partridge; Vin I 48,26 (moro v -o v tittiro v); Ja VI 538,10* (- tittiryo); Kv268,io (in cpd: -morakapinjaram, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -kapinjalam); Sp324,8('-dlsu). kapittha (and kapittha), m. and n. [S. kapittha], 1. (m.) a kind of tree, the wood-apple; Abh 551 (kavittho ca -o ca); Ja VI 529,20* (amb - panas); Ap 368,13; Mhv 29:11; 2. (.) its fruit; Th938 (dantaponam kapittham ca pupphakhdaniyni ca); Mil 189,4; kapitthena in Ee at Ja I 237,25 is wr; read punadivase nakhapitthena with Be, Ce, Se; see also kavittha. kapitthaka inEe at SV 96,13 and Vism 183,14 is prob, wrfor kapitthana qv. kapitthana (and kapitthana), m., a kind of fruiting tree, prob, a type of fig; Vin IV 35,5 (udumbaro kacchako -o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kapithano); S V 96,13 (udumbaro

kacchako -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kapitthako, prob, wr; Spklll 151,30: -0 ti makkatathanasadisaphalo vijtapilakkhu); Jail 445,27* (nigrodh ca -; 446,v\ -a ti pilakkh) ^ VI 529,22* * Ap 346,2o; Vism 183, u (nigrodho v kacchako v -o v, Ce so; Be kapithano; Ee kapitthako; Se kapitthano). kapini, / {from kapi], a female monkey; Sadd 677,9. kapila, mfn. and - , / [ts], 1. (mfn.) brown, tawny; reddish; Abh 98; Sp684,2i (-vannnam); Ps III 12,12 (- v ratt v); Vv-a222,30 (in cpd: jalitakapilakesamassuk ... yakkh); Vin-vn 677 (odtam -am pi v); Sadd 921,n; 2. (f.) (\)a brown cow; Mp III 130,8 (dakkhinam v vatthni v -am v labhath ti); Dhp-a IV 153,4 (-nam me satam detha); (ii) the tree Dalbergia sissoo; Abh 571 (- tu ca simsap). kapillika in Ee at Sp 308,15 and Ps IV 156,5 is wr for kipillika (Be, Ce, Se so). kapitana, m. [ts], the Prspipal tree, Thespesia populnea; Abh 562 (gaddabhando -o); Bv-a297,2i (DIpankarassa bhagavato -rukkho bodhi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kapitthana-). kapila, mfn., tawny; reddish; Sadd 921,17 (mattbhedo tva... kapilam -am, Be, Ee so; Ce kpilam, cfS. lex. kapila). kapeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. krpayati], pities; Sadd 553,15 (kapa avakampane: -eti -ayati kapano ... annattha pana kappatT ti rpam vadanti); see also kapati. kapota, m. [ts], a pigeon; a dove; Abh 636; 984; Ja III 225,12* (nippatito -o; 225,15': - o ti prpato); IV 329,12* (tuvam -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kapota); Ap 506,21; Ud-a244,i3; ifc see ghara-; -bhandikayojana, n., the erecting of a cornice; ? Sp 1245,23 (dvrabhnam upari katena mattena). kapotaka, m. [ts], a pigeon; a dove; Ja I 244,9* (~assa vacanam akatv); Ps III 227,14 (kpotakni ti -vannni). kapotik, / [ts], a female pigeon or dove; Mil 365,10 (-ya tini arigni gahetabbni). kapoti, / [ts], a female pigeon or dove; Ja IV 329,19* (aham pure giddhigato -iy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kapotiy); Pv-a 47,4 (-1 viya). kapola, m. [ts], the cheek; Abh 262; Vism 362,6 (khelo ... ubhohi -passehi orohitv) = Vibh-a 67,33; Spkl 109,8 (' -antare thapeti). kappa, m.n. and mfn. [S., BHS kalpa], \.(m.n.) (i) an aeon, a cycle of the world's evolution and dissolution; one stage of a cycle; a very long period of time; Abh 798 (-0 kle yuge); MI 483,is (ito kho so ... ekanavuto -o yam aham anussarmi); A II 126,23 (brahmakyiknam... devnam -o yuppamnam); 142,nfoil. (yad... -o samvattati tarn na sukaram sankhtum ettakni vassni ti... - o samvatto titthati... -0 vivattati... -o vivatto titthati); Th 202 (asankheyyesu -esu sakkydhigat ahum); Ja VI 226,21* (suddhi -nam cullasitiy); Ap58,16 (pancavisati -ni); Bv 24:12 (imamhi bhaddake -e); Pp 13,30 (-assa ca uddayhanavel); Vibh424,23 (dve -); Cp-a \\,%foll; Saddh256; ace. -am, adv., for an aeon; for a very long time; Vin II198,12 (yo ... samaggam sangham bhindati... -am nirayamhi paccati); DII 103,4 (yassa kassaci... iddhipd

633

bhvit... so kankhamno -am v tittheyya kappvasesam v; c/Sv 554,29: -an ti yukappam, tasmim tasmim kle yam manussnam yuppamnam hoti larn paripunnam karonto tittheyya); It 17,7 (-am sandhvato samsarato); Spk II 50,13 (ciram jiva mahvira, -am tittha mahmune ti); ifc see antara-, asankheyya-, pathama-, bhadda-, manda-, mah-, vara-, vivatta-, samvatta-, sra-, sramanda-; (ii) a {limited) length of time; ifc see yu-; 2. (i) (m.) a rule, an ordinance; a (proper) way of proceeding; a practice; Abh 799 (~o... vidhimhi); Ja VI 60,4* (na hi -am v vijjam v paccakkhya ... samanam hu vattantam); (ii) (m.n.) an allowable practice; an allowance, a concession; Vin IV 226,20 (y ... bhikkhuni jnam corim ... annatra ~ vutthpeyya); 277,1** (-am nma dve -ni titthiyesu v pabbajit hoti annsu v bhikkhunisu pabbajit; see also 6. below); D III 256,15 (uppanno kho me ayam appamattako bdho atthi ~o nipajjitum) = Vibh 386,32 quoted Sadd 551,24 (atthi ~o nipajjitun ti evam disu leso; cf eg Cp-a \0,4 foil.: kappasaddo ... lese; kappa interpreted as "excuse, pretext"?); Sp774,29 (daharena bhante sukham sayath ti -am labhitv vanditv gantabbam; Sp-pt [Be] III 27,7: gacchti vuttavacanena -am labhitv); ifc see anumati-, amathita-, cinna- (sv carati), vsa-, gmantara-, dvangula-, lesa-, samana-, singilona-; 3. (m.) one of the (Sanskrit) Vedngas, concerned with ritual; Abh 110; Vv-a 265,n (in cpd); 4. (m.) [= kappabindu qv], a round mark (to legitimise or identify a robe); Abh 799; Vin IV 121,8 (~o nattho hoti); Sp 863,20 foil; Kkh 122,i; 5. (m.n.) one side of an argument, an alternative; a (false) supposition, imagining; a theory; a figment; Abh 799 (-0 ... takke); Sn 521 (devamanussesu kappiyesu-am n' eti); 860; Pj II 426,22 (-ni ti tanhditthiyo, t hi tath tath vikappanato -ni ti vuccanti); ifc see aparanta- (sv apara1), tanhditthi-; see also aparantakappika (sv apara1), pubbantakappika (sv pubba2); 6. (mfn.) [perhaps <kalpya; cf kappiya], proper; allowable; Sp660,20 (rajitv -am katv ekavram pi nivattham); 910,21 (thapetv -an ti titthiyesu v annabhikkhunisu v pabbajitapubbam kappagatikam thapetv ti, ad Vin IV 227,i**: annatra - t i thapetv -am; Sp-pt [Be] III 117,7: kappagatikan ti kappiyabhvam gatam); Kkh 162,8 (titthiyesu v annsu bhikkunisu v pabbajitapubb - nma); 7. (mfn.) having the form of, similar to, like; only a little inferior to; almost; Abh 742 (-0 tu kincid nake); 799; ifc see ahata- (sv hanati), kevala-, khaggavisna-, khudda- (sv khudda2), devavimna-, nicca-, satthu-; -kappa, mfn., (what is) proper and not proper; allowable and not allowable; Th251 (-esu kusalo; Th-aII 102,22: -es ti kappiykappiyesu kusalo); Ap 492,4; Mhv 15:16; nussaranaka, mfn., who remembers an aeon; Patis-a 374,37 (~o bhikkhu); vases am, adv., for the remainder of the aeon; Dil 103,4 (c/Sv 554,32: appam v bhiyyo ti vuttavassasatato atirekam); Mil 140,24; '-ayuka, mfn., whose lifespan is an aeon; Mhv 5:87; Spk I 208,32 (-0 hutv nibbatti); '-utthna, -vutthna, ., the arising or beginning of an aeon (signalled by the destruction

of the world); JaV 244,10' (--klo viya ayam loko ucchijjeyya); Vism415,i7 (vassasatasahassass' accayena -am bhavissati); Ps III 287,7 (yva -); '-aggi, m., the fire (destroying the world) at the beginning of an aeon; Ja VI 554,4 (-'-aggi viya uggiranto); Ud-a432,3i (aggi kappavutthnaggi viya); -kata\ mfn., (what is) made proper, made allowable; marked with the kappabindu qv; Vin IV 121,9 (-ena akappakatam samsibbitam hoti); 226,17 (-am vutthpeti); 286,1 (samanacivaram nma-am vuccati); akappakata, mfn., (what is) not made allowable; not marked; Vin I 254,48 (na akappakatena atthatam hoti kathinam); Sp 1111,20 (akappakatena ti andinnakappabindun); -kata2,m/. [cf kappasisa], divided into two, bifurcated; Sp 335,8 (sace dhure upatthambhani hetthbhge ~ hoti; Sp-pt [Be] II 142,10: ~ ti yath dvihi bhgehi hetth patitthti evam kat); -kolhala, n., uproar about the (approach of the) ending or renewal of an aeon; Spk I 130,23; Pj I 121,6 (kmvacaradev muttasir vikinnakes... vassasatasahassassa accayena kapputthnam hessati, ayam loko vinassissati... m pamdath ti manussapathe vicaritv rocenti, idam -am nma); see also kappahalhala below; m-jaha, mfn., abandoning theories or figments; Sn 1101 (-am abhiyce sumedham); -ttha, mfn., staying for an aeon; Vin II 202,8 (Devadatto pyiko nerayiko -0 atekiccho); It 11,11* (nerayiko ~o sarighabhedako); Kv 476,2 (-0 kapparn tittheyya ti); -ttnyi(n), mfn., lasting for an aeon; MI 337,25* (vimn -ino) * Th 1190; Mp II 34,24 (-ini mahajambu); -tthika, -tthiya, mfn., existing for an aeon; with effect for an aeon; Vin II 198, n (-tthikam kibbisam pasavati) * A V 75,25 (-tthiyam); JaV 33,27' (-tthiyam h' etam ptihriyam); 416,2' (-tthikaslarukkhassa); Kv476,i2 (-tthiyarn kammam karoti); Mil 109,2 (ayam moghapuriso -tthiyam eva kammam yhissatiti); Ud-a25,2 (-tthikabhvato); Nidd-a 1425,16 ( -tthiknam accinam atthitya accimanto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kappatthitnam, prob, wr); -tthitika, -tthitiya, mfn., existing for an aeon; with effect for an aeon; Mil 108,10 (-tthitikam ... kammam phusati); Dhp-al 50,14 (-tthitikam vo veram abhavissa); It-al 68,5 (attabhvo... -tthitiyo, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kappatthiyo); II 100,9 (0-tthitiyam atekiccham kibbisam pasavissati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kappatthiyam); -nibbattnam in Ee at Ja V 272, \y is prob, wr; Be, Ce kammanibbattnam; -parivatta, m., the turningpoint of an aeon, the end of an aeon; Dip 1:59 (yath -e catusuriya-tapo); -bindu, m., a spot or dot (to legitimise or identify a robe); Sp 643,4 (ticivaram ... rajitv -um datv); 863, is; Th-aIII 69,i2; -rukkha, m., a wish-giving tree (a source esp. of cloth or clothes); Abh 28; Ja VI 594,19* (-0 va pninam); Ap 2,26; Mp II 34,27 (Uttarakurusu ~o); Pv-a75,8; -lata, / , a wish-fulfilling creeper (a source of cloth or clothes); Vv-a 12,12 (nibbattnam ... dibbavatthnam vasena sundaravatthe); -vinsaka, mfn., bringing the end of an aeon; SpkII 204,5foil, (-am udakam ... -0 aggi... -o vyu);

634

Dhp-alll 362,12 (~o aggi); -vinsana,n., the bringing an end of an aeon; Vism 420,32 (~'-attham vto samutthti); -vutthana, see kapputthna above; -sisa, mfn. [cf kappakata2], having a head deformed in some way, perhaps with a cleft; Sp 1028,io (-o v pabbhrasiso v catsu passesu yena kenaci passena onatena sisena samanngato; Sp-pt(e)III 264,20: ~o ti dvedhbhtasiso); Sv452,8 (anne pana jan aparipunnasis honti keci ~ keci phalasis ... mahpurisassa pana ... suparipunnam udakabubbulasadisam sisam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kapisis) * Ps III 386, I; Vin-vn2492; -halhala, ., uproar about the (approach of the) ending or renewal of an aeon; Ja I 47,22' (lokasmim hi tmi halhalni uppajjanti -am buddhahalhalam cakkavattihalhalam ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kappakolhalam); akappa, mfn., 1. incomparable; Mhv 14:65 (so satthukappo ~o); 2. not proper; not lawful; akappakuti, / , what is not a designated building for storing or preparing lawful goods or food; Vin-vn2678; see kappiyakuti; see also thitakappi(n), pannakappi(n). kappaka1, m. [S. kalpaka], a barber, hairdresser; a valet, a personal attendant; Abh 508; Vin I 344,4 (Kosalaranno ~o); D I 51,n (lrik ~ nahpak; Sv 157,15: ~ ti nahpit); M II 75,4 (yad me samma ~a passeyysi sirasmim palitni jtni); Pv 21:38 (Pv-a 127, n: ~ti nahpak); Th 169 (kese me olikhissan ti -o upasankami); Ja 160,7 (-sadiso hutv ~assa hatthato vethanadussam gahetv bodhisattassa sisam vethesi); Ap 45,9; Mil 210, is; Ud-a 333,28 (~ehi chinnakesamass); ifc see pasdhana-. kappaka2, mfn. [S. kalpaka], effecting; ifc see jivika.-. kappata, m. [S. karpata], a patched or ragged garment; a rag; Abh 293; Th 199. kapp ana, m.orn. [S. karpana], a kind of spear or lance; Bv-a288,6 (in cpd: Mraparis... -kanayakappanacakkakatakadhr). kappati1,/?/-. 3 sg. [S. kalpate], is suitable to, is fitting for (+ gen./dat., occasionally + loc); is allowed, is lawful; Dhtup 195 (kappa smatthiye); Dhtum 273; Sadd 403,26; Vin I 56,35 (m vuso evarupam aksi, n'etam ~ati); 131,9 (te ~ati nu kho amhkam uposatho ktumna nukho ~afi ti vematik); 254,9 (panca ~issanti); II 285,i (upaddut ca mayam homa idam vo ~ati idam vo na ~afi ti); 294,5 (~ati singilonakappo); M i l 116,22 (sace... yasmato nandassa hatthiratanam ~eyya); 163,14(na kho no ... ~an jtarparajatam patiggahetum); Sn 241 (na magandho mama~ati ti); Th488 (na mayham ~ate); ThI 367 (na hi pabbajitya ... puriso samphusanya ~ati); JaV 397,20* (na ~au~... mayha bhunjitum pubbe adatv); VI 88,7* (n' etam amhesu ~ati); Ap 303,27 (yam ca ~ati satthuno); Mhv 15:16 (rmo -ate ... sanghassa); part.pr. neg. akappanta, mfn., Pj II 154,18 (mama akappantam svakasspi me na ~ati); pp kutta, mfn. and n. [S. klpta], 1. (mfn.) formed; arranged, dressed; vla, mfn., with tails dressed; D I 105,9 (kuttavlehi valavrathehi; Sv274,17foil: sobhkaranattham kappetum yuttatthnesu kappitavlehi, ettha ca vajavnam

yeva vl kappit na rathnam, valavayuttatt pana rath pi kuttavlti vutt); 2. (.) action; manner; framing; contriving; creating; Sv 833,10 (kappena pi ~ena pi crena pi...); As 321,11 (~an ti kiriy); ifc see itthi-, issara-, brahma-; see also issarakuttika, samanakuttaka; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) kappeti, ~ayati, 1. prepares, fits out; sets in order, arranges, dresses; trims, cuts; Dhtum275 (kappa... chede); Sadd551,9 (kappa... vidhimhi chedane ca: ~eti ~ayati); D i l 189,22 (~ehi... caturanginim senam); 324,22foil (kesamassum ~etha... -eyyum); Ja I 62,4 (ekam me assam -ehi); V 238,10* (issaro sabbalokassa sace ~eti jivitam; 238, is': jivitam samvidahati vicreti); Sv274,n (-eturn); part.pr. kappenta, mfn., Ja I 223,22 (kakkatako kattarikya kumudanalam -ento viya); Mhv 25:64 (~ento muttaphalakam); 2. performs; produces, effects; brings about; esp. as auxiliary to nouns, eg jivikam ~eti, jivitam~eti, lives; makes one's living; Vin II 296,6 (micchjivena jivitam ~enti); Th888 (sukham -emi jivitam); Spklll 125,21 (jivitam -eti ti jivitam pavatteti); Pv-a4,4; nivsam, vsam ~eti, makes one's dwelling, lives; Vin I 229,35* (yasmim padese ~eti vsam); 312,20 (nivsam ~ema); A III 109,5 (vsam -essanti); Ja III 477,25* (vsam -eyyum); Ap48,io (-emi vinaye vsam vinayo mayham gocaro); samvsam ~eti, lives with; esp. lives as man and wife, cohabits (with, saddhim + ins tr.); Sn283 (suddh suddhehi sam vsam ~ayavho); nisajyam -eti, sits down, sits; Sp 632,4 (nisajjam -eyy ti nisajjam kareyya nisideyy ti attho); seyyam ~eti, lies down; makes one's bed; Vin I 180,27 (titthati pi nisidati pi seyyam pi ~eti); D I 167,8 (kantakpassaye seyyam ~eti); Sp745,i5 (seyyam ~eyya vidaheyya sampdeyya); Cp-a 269,21 (seyyam ~emi, saymi ti attho); part.pr. (a) kappenta, m/(~enti)., It-a II 112,21 (jivikam ~entassa); Pv-a 47,5 (vsam -entl); (b) kappaya(t), mfn., A III 293,4 (assa vihram -ayato); (c) kappayanta, mfn., Pj II 589,22 (yannam -ayant); (d)kappayamna, mfn., Sp 1387,io (bhikkhuni... thnanisaijasayanni ~ayamn); Pj II 515,24; aor. 3 sg. (a)kappesi, Vin II 17,14 (kukkuti kkena saddhim samvsam ~esi); JaV 262,30 (cattaro iriypathe ~esi); Spkl 16,27; Nidd-al 309,4 (nisidi ti nisajjam ~esi); Mhv 19:79; (b) akappayi, Sn978 (mahyannam akappayi); Jail 35,22*; (c)akappayittha, Jail 35,26; (d) kappayi, Mhv 5:212; 3 pi. (a) kappesum, Vin I 312,2i; Pv-a 36,23; (b) akappayum, Sn295; Ja IV 116,30* (majjapnam akappayum); Ap 3,2; (c)kappayum, Ap-a 107,29; (d) akappayimsu, Sn458; (e) kappayimsu, MI 153,7; Jail 329,21; 3. frames, imagines; invents, contrives; theorises (about); Dhtup 601 (kappa vitakke); Dhtum 275; 839; Sadd 551,9; Sn 794 (na ~ayanti na purekkharonti); 799 (ditthim pi lokasmim na -ayeyya; Niddl 107,1: ditthim na ~ayeyya na janeyya na sanjaneyya); Niddl 97,16 (-eyya vikappeyya vikappam pajjeyya); Sp 607,12 (bhullatya ceteti ~eti pakappeti); part.pr. kappenta, mfn., Niddl 351,16 (attnam -ento vikappento); neg. akappenta, mfn., Pj II 530,16 (ditthim akappento); absol kappetv, Mil 155,6(kesamassum ~etv); SV 351,6; Ja I 223,17 (tassa givam -etv);

635

Sv 103,1 (pubbantam ~etv vikappetv); Ps III 4,18 (~etv pakappetv kuhakabhvena iriypatham santhapento); neg. akappetv, Ja III 387,27; Sp 1232,5; akappetv in Ee at Spk III 105,8 is prob, wrfor okappetv (Be, Ce, Se so); pass. pr. 3 sg. kappiyati, kappiyyati, is prepared; is harnessed; is imagined, is thought of; Pj II 530,12 (nnena v silavatena v y ~ati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kappiyyati); Cp-all,s; Sadd 691,29 (asantam santam v ~ati, tarn ca yam asantam santam viya buddhiy parikappiyati); part.pr. kappiyamna, mfn., Ja I 62,7 (so -amno va annasi ayam kappan atiglh); pp kappita, mfn. [S. kalpita], 1. fitted out, harnessed, caparisoned; arranged, dressed; trimmed; Abh366; D I 49,27 (~ni... hatthiynni); II189,28 (~ ... caturangini sen); Ja VI 449,6* (ng ca ~); Sv274,i8 (valavnam yeva vl ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~nam); Pj II 21,n (chinnam hi -an ti vuccati); kappitakesamassu, mfn., with hair and beard dressed or trimmed; DII 325,6 (sunahtassa suvilittassa kesamassussa); Mil 120,14; Ud66,8 (~-kesamass; Ud-a 333,27: alankrasatthe vuttavidhin kappakehi chinnakesamass); Vv 73:1; JaV 173,14*; 2 . framed, imagined, formed; effected; Nidd I 79,12 (~ pakappit abhisankhat... ditthi); Ps III 361,29 (cetito ~o pakappito); neg. akappita, mfn., not artificial; natural, genuine; akappita-iriypatha, mfh., whose deportment is natural; Nidd I 448,13 (akappita-iriypatha ca buddha, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se akampita-, prob, wr; Nidd-a I 440,4: asajjita-iriypath); sukappita, mfn., well or splendidly caparisoned; Vv 60:1 (aruyha gajavaram sukappitam); fpp kappetabba, mfn., VinUI 101,27 (seyy ~, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr seyyam -am); Cp -a 11,12 (ssaparsiupamdihi ~o parikappetabbo parimno); see also kappiya2; caus. pr. 3 sg. (b) kapppeti, causes to be harnessed or prepared; has dressed or trimmed; Vin II 134,5 (chabbaggiy bhikkh massum ~enti; Sp 121 l,i: ~entiti kattariymassum chedapenti); D I 49,22 (hatthiynni ~ehi); aor. 3 sg. kapppesi, Bv-a82,i2; absol. kapppetv, DU 189,27 (senam ~etv); JaV 262,22; Sv 147,9 (~etv ti rohanasajjni kretva); fpp kapppetabba, mfn., Vin II 134,10. kapp at i 2 , pr. 3 sg. [?], hurts; smells; Dhtum275 (kappa... himsdisccate); Sadd403,25 (kapu himstakkalagandhesu: ~ati kappro). kappana, m. n. [S. kalpana], l.(m.) trappings, caparison; saddling, caparisoning; Abh 365 (~o tu kuthdayo); 956 (sajjanam ~e); JaV 260,21' (hemakappanavsas ti suvannakhacitena ~ena paticchannasarir); Vv-a 35,12 (tehi vihito ~o sannho yassa so nnratanakappano, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee so hi vividhlankrasannho ...); 2 . (n.) cutting; Abh 954 (~am kantane); Th-a II 45,27 (~ato kappako); ifc see danta-; 3. (n.) bringing about, effecting; ifc see iriypatha(sv iriy), jivika-. kappanaka, mfn. [kappana + ka2], effecting; making; Spk III 103,2i (yodhjivo ti yuddhena jivikam ~o); ifc see kta- sv kta2. kappan, / [S. kalpan], I. trappings, caparison;

saddling, caparisoning; Abh 954; Ja I 62,7 (ayam ~ atiglh); 2. thought; imagining; forming an idea; Abh 954; Ud-a 22,14 (paramatthato avijjamno pi ~-mattasiddhena riipena ... pannpiyati); Pj II 366,10 (aham maman ti~am... atito); As 142,35 (sutthu kappanavasena sankappo); ifc see pabandha-. kappara1, m. [S. lex. karpara], the skull; Abh 279. kappara2, m. [S. krpara], the elbow; Abh 265; Vin III 121,9 (hattho nma -am updya yva agganakh; Sp 533,24: dutiyam mahsandhim updya); Ja I 293,1 (sise -na pahari); Spk I 206,12; Dhp-a I 394,8. kappsa, m. [S. krpsa, karpsa], raw cotton, cotton wool; cotton thread; cotton cloth, calico; Vin III 216,27; D i l 141,33 ([sariram] vihatena ~ena vethenti; Sv583,3i: supothitena ~ena); A III 37,28 (abbhantar kammant unn ti v -tiv); Ja VI 336,22* (parisuddham -am gahetv sukhumasuttam kantitv); As 316,5 (pancavannena ~ena vattim katv); ifc see vihata-; ' -atthi, n., cotton-seed; Sp 427,5; Dhp -a III 71,7 (bhvam); -patala, n., a covering or layer of cotton; Vism446,19 (~e sneho viya); Sv 603,9; Thp 171,33; -picu, w., cotton; cotton wool; D II 175,27; S V 284,i (tlapicu v ~u v lahuko vtupdno); Ja V 110,7; Dth 2:39 (~un, so read ? Ee kapsapicun); -pothanadhanuka, n. [cf S. lex. tlakrmuka], a bow-like instrument used for beating cotton; Ja VI 41,8 (itthinam ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -pothanadhanum); -vicinana, ., picking cotton, sorting the cotton (from the seeds); Sp 935,8; -sukhuma, ., very fine cotton cloth; Mil 105,29 (api nu kho ... nrcassa... khomasukhume v ~e v ... dandhyitattam v lagganam v hoti ti). kappsika (and kappsiya), mfn. and n. [S. krpsika; BHS krpsika], 1. (mfn.) cotton, made of cotton; Abh 297; Vin 1281,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave cha civarni, khomam -am koseyyam ...); Ill 256,31 (cha suttni, khomam ~am koseyyam ...; Sp 724,29: -an ti kappsato nibbattam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kappsiyan ti); 2. (n.) cloth or clothes made of cotton; Ja VI 590,5* (~am ca koseyyam ... sass ... phesi); Mil267,26 (atthi khomam koseyyam ~am...); -sukhuma, n. and mfn., very fine cotton; made of very fine cotton; D i l 188,8 (catursiti vatthakotisahassni ahesum khomasukhumnam ~nam) ^ S III 145,27 (~ni) ^ A IV 394,5 (~nam; Mp IV 185,1: khomdisu yam yam sukhumam, tarn tad eva adsi). kappsika (and kappsiya), / [S. lex. krpsika], the cotton-plant; (a)-panna, n., a cotton-plant leaf; Vin I 201,22 (~am, Ee so; Be kappsapannam; Ce, Se kappsipannam). kappsi, / [S. karpsi, krpsi], the cotton plant; cotton; Abh 589; Pv-a 146,16 (suttan ti ~iy suttam, Ee so; Be, Se kappsiyasuttam; Ce kappsiyam suttam). kappiya 1 , mfn. [5//Skalpika,kalpiya,kalpya], according to the rule; lawful, allowable, acceptable (for bhikkhus and bhikkhunis,); suitable, proper; (what is) proper; Vin 1245,4 (yam ~am tarn detha); IV 318,25 (bl hontiavyattna jnanti ~amv akappiyam v); MI 371,19 (-am... bhikkh hram hrenti); A l l 124,19; Th984

636

(-am tarn ce chdeti civaram idamatthikam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kappiyatari ca deti); Pv 5:3 (sucim panitam klena -am pnabhojanam; Pv-a26,i: ~an ti anucchavikam patirpam ariynam paribhograham); Ap 98,29; Dhsll60; Mil 88,5 (yam kind antepure -am tena ca pavremi ti); Vism 99,29 (dantakattham -am krpetv); Sp 672,20 (klena ~an ti yuttapattaklena, yad no attho hoti tad -am civaram ganhm ti attho); Th-al 37,25 (thero ... ~e kukkuccako hutv); -karaka, m., one who makes something lawful or acceptable (for bhikkhus or bhikkhunis, or for other ascetics, eg by offering to them things without an owner or by using money to provide robes); one who acts for bhikkhus or bhikkhunLy; Vin I 245,2 (te -nam hatthe hirannam upanikkhipanti imin ayyassa yam kappiyam tarn deth ti); Ja IV 408,16 (eko mukhadhovandidyako ~o ca mayharn santike bhavissati); Sp 672,23 (veyyvaccakaro ti kiccakaro ~o ti attho); 675,2foil.; 1001,19 (duggatamanuss sangham nissya jivissm ti vihre - honti); Sv 78,20 (-am dammi aramikarn dammi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kappiyadarakam) = Spk III 304,33; - k u t i , / , a hut or building used for storing or preparing lawful goods or food; Vin I 139,46; II 159,is; Sv 84,2; akappiyakuti,/, what is not a designated building for storing lawful goods; Sp 1093,i; 1100,s; -bindum inEe at Sp636,i8 is prob, wr for kappabindum (Be, Ce, Se so); akappiya1, mfn.9 not lawful or acceptable (for bhikkhus or bhikkhunis); unsuitable, improper; Vin I 250,6 (appatirpam assmanakam -am akaraniyam); M I 371,14; Niddl 218,19 (kukkuccan ti... ~Q kappiyasannit kappiye akappiyasannit); Sp 1386,29 (tt); Sv 78,18. kappiy a2, mfn. [fpp of kappeti, caus. of kappati1 ? cfS. kalpya], to be imagined, to be theorised about; subject to imaginings or theories; Sn521 (devamanussesu -esu kappam n' eti); 914 (na ~o; Pj II 561,23: na kappeti ti na -o, duvidham pi kappam na karoti ti attho); akappiya2, mfn., not to be theorised about; not subject to imaginings; Sn 860 (kappam n' eti -o; Pj II 550,23: -0 pahinakappo ti vuttam hoti). kappra, m. n. [S. karpra], camphor; the camphor plant; Abh 305 (-am); Sadd 403,25 (-0); Ja VI 537,25* (- ca kalingu ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kappur); Spk III 265,28. kappeta(r), m. [from caus. 0/kappati 1 ], one who effects, brings about; Mill 127,4 (nbhijnmi... seyyam -, eds so; perhaps better absol.); Ps V 71,12 (kasiy v vnijjya v jivitam-, Ce, Eeso; Be, fejlvikam). kaphoni,/ [S. lex. id.], the elbow; Abh 265. kabara, mfn. [S. kavara], variegated; speckled, mottled, dappled; patchy; blotchy; JaV 390,11 (suvarmavanno pi -0 pi); VI 107,2' (sabal ca ti -vann ca setaklapitavann ti); Vism 190,16 (uggahanimittam c'ettha kabarakabaravannam hutv upatthti); Spk I 182,2 (~am mahjivham nfliaritv); -cchya, mfn., with dappled or patchy shade; MI 75,14 (rukkho ... tanupattapalso -0; Ps II 38,34: ~oti viralacchyo); Ja IV 152,19 (imasmim -e rukkhamle); -mani, m., a speckled or variegated gem or the name of a particular gemstone, perhaps cats-eye; Abh 492 (masragallam ~i); Ud-a302,3i

(masragallan ti ~i, cittaphalikan ti pi vadanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee masragallam pana kabaracittaphalikan ti pavadanti); Vv-a 304,7 (masragallamutthi ti ~Ihi). kabala, kabala, m.n. [S. kavala; BHS kavada], a lump of food; a mouthful; Abh 466 (~o); Vin II 214,17 (ntimahanto ~o ktabbo); Dhp 324; It 18,25 (yo... carimo lopo carimam ~am); Ja IV 93,i*; Mil 231,28 (~e -e spam kirati); Sp 1119,4 (~e ~e, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kavale kavale); Mhv 19:74 (hatthi na ganhi ~ni); vacchedakam, ind., dividing up mouthfuls (of food); Vin IV 196,1 (na ~arn bhunjissmi ti; Sp 893,23: --an ti kabalam avacchinditv avacchinditv); sakabala, mfn., containing food, full of food; Vin II 214,20 (na ~ena mukhena vyharitabbam). kabalik, / [S. kavalik], a poultice; a compress; Vin I 205,35 (~ya attho hoti, anujnmi bhikkhave -^n ti; Sp 1092,5: ~an ti vanamukhe sattupindam pakkhipitum). kabalinkaroti, kabalikaroti, pr. 3 sg. [kabala + karoti; cfS. kavaliVkr], makes into a mouthful; absol. kabalinkatv, kabalikatv, As 330,4 (kabalinkatv ajjhohariyati, Ce, Ee so; Be kabalikatv; Se kabajam katv); pass. pr. 3 sg. kabalinkariyati, kabalikariyati, As 330,4 (kabalinkariyati ti kabalinkro, Ee so; Ce kabalikro; Se kabalam kariyati ti; Be kabalikariyati ti kabalikro); fpp kabaliktabba, mfn., Moh 329,12 (kabaliktabba-utujavatthusannissitatdassanattham kabalinkro hro ti vutto). kabalinkra, kabalikra (Ee usually kabalin-, Be always kabali-; Se usually kabalin-; Ee, Se occasionally kavalin-), mfn. [from kabala + karoti; cfS. kavaliVkr; ./Z^kavadinkra, kavadikra, kavalflcra], (of food) solid, material; (food) to be swallowed; D III 228,4 (cattaro hr -~o hro olriko v sukhumo v); Dhs 646; Vibh 13,15; Pet 199,16 (yasm Sriputto -e ca hre patiklasanni viharati); Vism 450,4; As 330,4 (kabalinkariyati ti ~ o . . . kabalinkatv ajjhohariyati ti attho); Ps I 207,35 (-0 hro ti kabalam katv ajjhoharitabbako hro, odanakummsdivatthukya ojy' etam adhivacanam). kabildisu in Ee at Ps IV 156,5*. read ekekabildisu with Be, Ce, Se. kabba (and kavya), n. [S. kvya], a poem; a poetical composition; a work of fiction; Ja VI 410,15 (~ni Mithilyam gypetv); Sv 95,29 (kincid eva disv tappatibhgam -am karissmi ti evarn thnuppattikapatibhnavasena, so read ? Be, Se kattabbam karissmi ti; Ce, Ee tappatibhgam karissmi ti) * Ud-a 205,17 (kincid eva-am disv tappatibhgam-am karissmi ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kattabam ... kattabbam ...); Spk I 176,19 (yath kavi -am cintento tena kabbakaranena matto sayati); Sadd 321 ,n (-am kviyam kveyyarn ... keci tu kvyan ti saddarpam icchanti, na tarn pvacane pamnam); -karana, n. [kabba + karana1], the composition of a poem; poetry-writing; Sv 95,30 (jivikatthya -am); -kara, m. [kabba + kra1], a poet; a bard; Ja VI 410,23; Sadd 843,14 (-'-adayo viya); -pathnupanna, mfn., following the way of poetry, in a poetical form; (perhaps: invented, fictional;!); Ja VI 213,24* ([mant] kavyapathnupann; 216,24: kavyakrabrhmannam

637

vacanapatham anupann anugat, tehi yath icchanti tath mus vatv baddh, Ce, Ee so; Se bandh; Be te hi yath icchanti tath mus vatv bandhanti); -racan, / , the composition of poetry; a work of fiction; Ud-a 28,26 (na -a, Be, Ce so; Ee wr na kabbavacan; not in Se) = It-al 34,H (Be, Se so; Ce pubbaracan; Ee wr sabbaracan); -vitta, m(fh)., who makes his living from poetry, who composes works of fiction; Ap 498,8 foil. (mam ~o ti ujjhyanti ha bhikkhavo ... me aha buddho ... takkitnam im gth thnaso patibhanti v, na ~o 'harn vira, thnaso patibhanti me, Be, Ce so; Ee kavyacitto; Se kavicitto... kabyacitto 'ham...); see also kviya, kveyya. kabbati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup karbati, Wg 11:26], goes; Sadd 405,14 (kabba ... gatiyam ... ~ati). kabbati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup karvati, Wg 15:72], is proud; Sadd 406,26 (kabba ... dappe ... ~ati). kabbisam in Ee at Sp 607,19 is wr for kibbisam (Be, Ce, Se so). Vkam1 [S. Vkam], to wish; see kanta1, kamaniya, kmeti. Vkam2 [S. Vkram], to step; seekamati. kama, m. [S. krama], going, course; regular progress, progression, order, series; succession; Abh429; Vism 315,26 (pathamam veripuggalo karunyitabbo ... tato piyapuggalo tato att ti ayam ~o vutto); Ps I 108, I 9 (imin ~ena etni angni vuttni ti evam ettha ~o veditabbo); Patis-a 32,25 (so pana ~o pancavidho uppattikkamopahnakkamo ...); Cp-a276,27(k pan* el pramiyo... ko tsam ~o); ifc see udanta-; ins tr. ~ena, adv., in order, successively; by degrees, gradually; It-aI54,7; Pj II 455,26 (~ena devamanussesu sampattim anubhavamno); Mhv 5:136; Dthl:30; see also catukkama ,yv catu(r). kamandalu, m., f, n. [ts], a water-vessel, water-jar (used by ascetics and brahmans); Abh443; SI 167,29 (vmena hatthena havyasesam gahetv dakkhinahatthena -um gahetv); Ja II 73,13* (tena bhinn ~u; 73,15': ~Q ti kundik); VI 525,28*; 570,4 (~un udakam haritv); Ap 392,22; Pj 1200,5 (~uto udakena). kmandaluka, kmandaluka, m(fn). [kamandalu + ka2], carrying a water-jar; furnished with a water-jar; S IV 312,6 (brhman... pacchbhmak kmandaluka sevlamlik; Spklll 104,5: sakamandaluno) * A V 263,8 (kmandaluka; Mp V 74,23: kamandaludhrino). kamati, pr. 3 sg. [Vkam2; S. krmati, kramate], goes, goes towards; proceeds, makes progress; gains a footing, has effect; Dhtup 217 (kama padavikkhepe); Dhtum312; 605 (kamu ytryam); Sadd 411,27; D I 212,26 (kse pi pallankena ~ati); MI 186,9 (kye pnisamphass pi ~anti); SIV 283,19 (gambhire buddhavacane panncakkhu ~ati; Spklll 91,H: ~G ti nnacakkhum vahati pavattati ti); A l l 159,8 (attasancetan ~ati); Pvl:3 (saggam ca ~ati tthnam); Ja VI 107, H* (pathavim ~anti; 107,28': ~anti" ti akkamanti); Ap 89,22 (kye visam na ~ati); Kv 137,i (~eyya); Mil 198,8; kamatha in Ee at Spkl 240,29 is wr for khamatha (Be, Ce, Se so); kametha in Ee at Ja V 142, l* is wr for khametha (Be, Ce, Seso); part.pr. (a) kamanta, mfn.,

Ja VI 248,30* (rathesu yuttam sajotibhtam pathavim ~antam); (b)kamamna,mfn., SI 33,5* (ariye pathe -amnam mahesim) = Sn 176; pp (a) kamita, mfn., having gone; having proceeded; Pj II 216,11 (kamamnan ti... catubbidhe magge bhvansankhtya kamanasattiy ~-pubbam v); (b) kanta4, mfn. (and n.) [S. krnta], gone; gone across; ~-pakkanta, mfn. or n., moving on continuously; moving (indiscriminately) from one place to another; or coming and going; moving and moving on; JaV 445,14* (thinam hi cittam yath vnarassa kantapakkantam yath rukkhachy, so read with W. Bollee, 1970, pp. 108-9; eds kannappakannam; 446,23': kannappakannan ti otinnotinnam, yath hi visame padese rukkhacchy ninnam pi orohati thalam pi abhirhati, tath etsam pi cittam na kinci uttamdhamam vajyeti). kamana, m. n. [S. kramana], step; stepping, going; gait; JaV 155,2i*(~ kamaniy te, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gaman; cf 156,15': ~ ti gacchamn); It-al 75,10 (~ato); Pj II 215,25 (pubbe ~am updya); Sadd 411,29. kamaniya, mfn. and n. [fpp o/Vkam'; ts], desirable; lovely, beautiful; a desirable thing; D i l 171,23 (saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajaniyo ca ~oca madaniyo ca); SI 22,18* (santidha ~ni yesu baddho; Spk I 62,20: ~ni ti rpdini itthrammanni); JaV 155,2i*(kaman~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gaman ~; 156,15': ~ ti kant kmetabbayuttak); Kv 402,4; Mil ll,n; see also kanta', kmeti. kamala, n. [ts], \.a lotus (Nelumbo nucifera); Abh 685; Jal 146,8 (pundarikakamaluppala-, in long cpd); Ps II 293,io (0> -uppaldlni); Bv-a 48,32 (suphullam ~am yath ti pi ptho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee padumam); 2. (according to et) a kind of grass; iic see below; -komala, mfn., soft as a lotus; Ap 532,n(pde ~e); -dala, n., a lotus petal or leaf; Vism 465,8 (~e jalabindu viya); Vv-a 38,16; -pduk,/, a slipper made o/kamala grass; (or of lotus leaf; ?) Vin I 190,4 (~am karonti; Sp 1085,16: ~ti kamalavannam nma tinam atthi, tena katapduk, usirapduk ti pi vadanti). kamal, / [perhaps mcfor kamala qv; cfalso S. kamal], a lotus; or a kind of flowering creeper; or Laksmi; ? JaV 160,5' ([ad 159,29*] kamalsaris' itthiyo ti ~ vuecati nripupphalat, tsam pupphasadis itthiyo, Be, Ce so; Se nriphalak; Ee nri phullatya pupphasadis ...). kamalini, / [ts], a lotus; a mass of lotuses; -kmuka, m., the lover of lotuses, the sun; Mhbv3,29. kamallik, / [cf S. kamalik ?], a type of flower; Vin-vn 1521 (patiggahetv deyyni vsapupphni tattha v ~su dinnsu abbohro ti vattati, Be, Ee so; vll kapalliksu, kamaliksu, kapillaksu; cf Sp854,r: ptalicampakamallik pakkhitt honti, vsamattam titiati tarn abbohrikam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ptalikamallik). kamita(r), mfn. [S. kamitr], lustful; Abh 730 (~). kamuka, m. [S. kramuka], the betel-nut tree; Abh 564 (pgo tu~o); 602; Mhv 98:41 (in long cpd). kampa, m. [ts], shaking; tremor; Nidd-al 434,9 (kampakaranatthena pakappanan ti); ifc see kya-, pathavi-; akampa, mfn., not trembling; not shaken; Pj 1140,8 (asampavedhi ti ~, Ee so; Be Ce, Se akampak); Mhv 15:175; Saddh 594 (in long cpd).

638

kampaka, mfn. [kampa + ka2], shaking; causing to tremble; Mil 343,16 (bhikkh ... sasgaramahldharapathavikampak); akampaka, mfn., not shaking; Pj II 40,8 (asampavedhi ti -a, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akamp). kampati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kampate], trembles, shakes; is moved; wavers; Dhtup 186 (kampa calane); Dhatum272 (kapi kincicale); Mil 138,8 (na ~ati na vedhati); Sn268; Ja VI 293,4' (na -eyya); 559,8* (vaggamn va -are); Nidd I 353,10 (udakam vtehi ~ati); 353,22 (lbhe pi na ~ati albhe pi na ~ati); Ap 312,28 (samdhisu na -ami); Mil 116,7 (mahpathavi calati -ti pavedhati); Vism 260,28 (gattam -ati kandyati); Mp III 38,\4 (-issati);part.pr. (a) kampanta, mfn., JaV 467,4 (matto rattakkho -anto); (b) kampamna, mfn., Ja VI 551,21; Mil 118,4; Ps II 261,I; Cp-a93,2s; neg. akampamna, mfn., Ja VI 293, B'; aor. 3 sg. (a) akampi, Cp 1:9:14; Ps III 239,20; (b) kampi, Cp 1:9:21 (tad pi pathavi ~i); Ps IV 186,11; (c) akampittha, D I 46,29; Ps II 183,10; (d) kampittha, Sp 101,21 (kasm ... pathavi -ittha); Ps I 295,26 (parinibbnakle p i . . . lokadhtu -ittha); ab sol. kampitv, Ja VI 501,27'; fpp kampitabba, (mf)n. impers., Mil 386,7 (yogin yogvacarena ... na -itabbam na calitabbam); caus. pr. 3 sg. kampeti, -ayati, causes to tremble or shake; shakes; D i l 108,6 (so imam pathavim -eti); A IV 404,24 (vtavutthi h' eva nam -eyya); Ja VI 80,19* (sallam eti hadayam mama); Sp 58,29 (-etum); Spkl 182,25 (na ~essasi); Nidd-al 73,9 (-ayati); part.pr. (a)kampenta, mfn., Vinlll 112,32 (katim -ento); PsII 86,is; neg. akampenta, mfn., Sv 559,9; (b) kampayanta, mfn., Ps III 23,io*; Ud-a 414,7* (~ayanto); (c) kampayamna, mfn., Ja I 442,25 (sisam -ayamno nipajji); Vv-a 132,4; aor. 3 sg. (a) kampesi, Ps V 76,12 (so hi... pathavim ~esi); (b)kampayi, MI 337,34* (yo Vejayantam psdam pdahgutthena -ayi); (c)akampayi, Ja III 420,18*; (d)kampayittha, JaV 409,3r; absol. (a)kampetv, Ps III 70,19; (b) kampayitvna, Mhv 15:175; /?/?kampita, mfn. and n. [ts], \.(mfn.) trembling, shaking; caused to tremble, shaken; Abh 744; AIV 312,21 (udakam -itam); Ap 540,n; Bv 2:174 (tenyam -it puthuvi); Thi-a 165,24 (~ita-tya); 2 . (n.) trembling; Cp-a79,30 (cittutrsasankhtam -itam); neg. akampita, mfn., not trembling; not shaken; firm; SI 133,20*; ThI201 (akampitam atuliyam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce akampiyam); JaVI 486,23*; Mil224,6; Sp 1083,io (akampitatta); fpp neg. (a) akampiya, mfn. and n., 1. {mfn.) not to be shaken; Mil 386,1; Sp 137,5 (lokadhammehi akampiyabhvena); Spk II 46,s; 2. (n.) firmness, unshakeability; akampiyamagga, m., path of unshakeability; Patis II 84,32 (assaddhiye akampiyamaggo saddhbalam); (b) akampaniya, mfn., Ja I 229,io; Ud-a 196,9; 435,25 (akampanlyatya); Pj II 411,2 (lokadhammehi akampaniyato thitatto); (c) akampetabba, mfn., Patis-a 95,23 (akampiyattho ti akampetabbattho kampetum na sakk ti attho, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akampitabbattho); see also akampi(n). kampana, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) trembling; causing to shake; Sadd846,n (~o); 2. (n.) shaking,

trembling; causing to shake; Abh 712; Ja III 163,19 (-mattam pi 'ss nhosi); Sp 665,8; Sv558,20 (etam ca -am yva ajjakl pi hoti yeva); Sadd345,is (eja -e); 437,30 (cala ~e); ifc see pathavi-, puthavi-; akampana, ., not shaking; firmness; Mp IV 168,16 (~ato); Ud-a 247,29 (~' -kram); see also kampan. kampanaka, mfn. [kampana + ka2], causing to shake; Thi-a 265, H (tamsamahginam - santpanak ca). kampan,/ [from kampati], shaking, trembling; Patis I 185,1 (calan ~); Sp 414,1 (calan ~); akampan, / , not shaking; steadiness; Patis I 185,5; Sp 414,6; see also kampana. kampillaka, m. [S. kmpilyaka, kmpillaka], a kind of plant; ifc see vtihgana-. Vkamb [cfS. Dhtup kumbati, kumbayati, Wg 11:36; 32:112], to cover; Dhtup 200 (kamba samvarane); Dhtum 286; see also kumbati. kambala, mfn. and m.n. [S. kambala, /..], I. (mfn.) woollen, made of wool; Abh 298 (romamayam tu ~am); VinI 281,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave cha civarni... koseyyam ~am snam...); III256,3i (cha suttni... koseyyam ~am snam...; Sp724,3i: -an ti elakalomasuttam); Thp218,i9 (mahagghni -ni bhummattharanni); 2 . (m.n.) a woollen cloth or blanket or shawl (very often ratta- or pandu-j; a blanket or shawl; Abh 291 (~o); Vin II 174,19 (sanghassa ... mahaggho ~o uppanno hoti); Ja IV 352,15* (ksikni ca vatthni uddiyne ca ~e); Ap2,io (- dukl cin; Ap-a 106,4: ~ lomasuttehi kat); Mil 88,4 (rj theram ... -ena acchdetv); 267,27 (atthi... snam bhangam -am); PsI 237,17 (kesakambalavlakambaldayo pi hi duggandh kharasamphass -- tv eva vuccanti); V 36,10 (rj ekam ekam -am agghpesi, sabbe anaggh ahesum); Dhp-aI226,4 (itthi -am prupitv); ifc see kesa-; -kaflcuka, m., a covering of woollen cloth; Spk II 187,ii (suvannacetiyam ~ena parikkhipitv); -ktgra, n. [cfS. lex. kambala], a bier covered with a woollen cloth; Dhp-al 69,21 (sace matasariram netv chaddenti aham -am ropetv ... sarirakiccam karissmi); Pj II 533,io; -sukhuma, n. and mfn., very fine woollen cloth; made of very fine woollen cloth; D i l 188,9 (catursiti vatthakotisahassni ahesum khomasukhumnam ... -nam) ^ SHI 145,27 (~ni) ^ A IV 394,4 (-nam; Mp IV 185,1: khomdisu yam yam sukhumam tarn tad eva adsi); Mil 105,29 (api nu kho ... nrcassa ... kappsasukhume v ~e v ... dandhyitattam v lagganam v hoti); see also kharakambalaka. kambaliya, kambaliyya, mfn. and n. [from kambala; cfS. kambaliya], woollen; of woollen cloth; woollen cloth; ifc see koseyya-. kambu, m. [ts], 1. a conch-shell; Abh 676; 966 (~u mato sankhe); ifc see sanha-; 2. a bracelet of shells; a bracelet; Abh 966 (~u ... valaye); 3. gold; Abh 487; 966 (~u... suvanne); Bv 24:25 (ukkmukhe yath ~u evam ramslhi mandito; Bv-a262,10: ~ ti suvannanekkham viya); Vv-a 167,8 (- ti suvannam); Samantak619 (in long cpd); 4. the neck; ifc see roha-; -kyradhara, mfn., wearing a (gold)

639

bracelet and armlet; wearing a bracelet of gold or shells', Vv 36:2 (k ~e kancanvelabhsite; Vv-a 167,4/0//.: -e ti k tvam... suvannamayaparihrakadhare suvannamayakyradhare v, kambuparihrakan ti ca hatthlankraviseso vuccati kyran ti bhujlankraviseso, atha v kamb ti suvannam tasm ~e suvannamayabhbharanadhare ti attho) * Pv24:6 (Pv-a 157,2o: ~ ti sankhavalayakyravibhsit); Ja VI 171,5* (k ~ suvatth; 171,13': ~ti suvannlankradhr); -giva, mfn., having a neck like a shell (marked with three lines or folds); or having a neck like gold; Ja IV 130,12* (~o mahbhu Rmo; 130, w: ~o ti suvannlihgasadisagivo suvannam hi kamb ti vuccati); Ap 575,15 (~ kuhim gat); -giv,/, a shell-like neck; a neck like gold; Abh 263 (~ tu y giv suvannlingasannibh, ankit tihi lekhhi ~ 'tha v mat); -vimatthadhri(n), m/h., wearing polished gold or shell (ornaments); JaV 400,12* (~inl; 400,20': vimatthasuvannlankradhrini). kambusa or kambussa, n. [from kambu?], gold or a golden ornament; JaV 261,4' (-am vuccati suvannam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kambussam); -hattha, mfn., having gold (ornaments) on one's hands or wrists; Ja V 260,1* (tattha ~yo yath Sakkam va acchar t nam ramessanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kambussa-; 261,4': suvannbharanabhsitahatthyo ti attho). kambojaka, mfn. [S. kmbojaka], from Kamboja; of Kamboja; Ja IV 464,4* (~e assatare; 464,7': kambojaratthasambhave assatare yojentu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kambojaka-, perhaps wr); V 446,28' (-ratthavsino, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kamboja-). kamboji, / [S. lex. kmboji], a kind of plant; (i)-gumba, m., a kamboji thicket; Ja III 223,6' (elagalgumbe ti ~e). kamma, n. [S. karman], (sg. nom./acc. -a, -am, -e; instr. -an, -un, -ena; abl. -; dat. -ya; gen. -uno, -assa; loc. ~ani, -e, -amhi; pl. nom./acc. ~ni, -; instr. -ehi; gen. -nam; loc. -asu, -esu; see also Sadd231,2oyb//.); l.what is done, what one does; deed, act, action; Abh 757; (i) work, occupation; activity, performance; Vin II 181,4 (na ~ khiyanti na -nam anto pannyati); 216,7 (-am v nikkhipati); IV 6,30 (dve ~ni hinam ca ukkattham ca ~am); D i l i 156,23* (~asu); 184,4 (atisitan ti -am na karoti); M I 126,6; 414,32; AI 254,7 (jtarpam ... na... samm upeti -ya); III 302,i (tena ~ena tena jivena); Th 724 (tamh ca ~a viramimsu); Ja III 411,7* (-ya nikkhamantham; 411, is': kattabbassa kiccassa karanatthya nikkhanto aham); VI214,14*; Vism94,6 (-an ti navakammam); 428,23 (suriye utthite ukkya -am n' atthi); Sp 49,5; 388,17 (sangho sarighikam -am kreti uposathgram v bhojanaslam v); Ps I 210,32 (muddganandini -ni karont); Vv-a 299,15; Mhv 6:32 (patlt c' assa -un); 18:3 (Aritthanmakmaccam tasmim -e niyojayam); ifc see agghpanaka-, anjali-, di- (jvdi 1 ), ujjhna-, khra-, citta- (^vcitta2^, cora-, tunna-, mala-, lata-; (ii) act, deed, action or actions of moral import (producing for the agent an inevitable result or consequence in the same or another life; the action

appears to exist in some sense until the effect is completed); Vin I 88,5 (ppakena ~ena attiyati); D I 27,20 (atthi sukkatadukkatnam -nam phalam vipko); 54,4 (~e ca addhakamme ca, sg. nom.); II 136,9 (~am upacitam); 284,i7(kim ... -am katv imam thnam patto); MI 93,2; III 180,4 (tay v' etam ppam -am katam, tvam yeva etassa vipakam patisamvedissasi); 203,5 (-am satte vibhajati yadidam hinappanitatya); SI 57,14*; 92,n (tassa -assa vipkena... saggam lokam upapajji); A I 134,31 (yatth' assa attabhvo nibbattati tattha tarn -am vipaccati); III 415,4/o//.; IV 61,i (tarn -am khepetv; Mp IV 33,6: tarn kammavipkam khepetv); Dhp 71; 96 (-a); Sn 330 (vacas manas -an ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -una); 650 (-an brhmano hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -una); 666 (na hi nassati kassaci ~am); Vv 30:3; 30:7 (sukham ca -am anubhomi); Pv 11:10 (-ni katvna dukhudrayni); Thi431 (-am tarn nijjaressmi); Ja 11 7,27* (sni -ni tappenti); IV 339,12* (ahetuk ye na vadanti -am); Patis II 78,4/o//.; Ap 588,14; Dhs 1028 (panca -ni nantarakni); Vibh 378,ufoll; Kv 476,33 (kappatthiyam -am); Nett 113,25 (tattha -am cetan cetasikam ca niddisitabbam); 182,22; Vism601,i///.; 602,21* (- punabbhavo hoti evam loko pavattati); Mp II 210,25foil; Mhv 38:114 (sanditthiko vipko 'yam tassa -assa dipito); ifc see aparpariya- (svapara1), ppa-, punna-, sa(sv sa5); see also yathkammupaga; 2. an official act of the sangha (ie an action or ceremony agreed on and ratified by a properly constituted group of bhikkhuyj; Vin I 49,28 (sace sangho upajjhyassa -am kattukmo hoti tajjaniyam v...); 56,8 (natticatutthena -ena upasampdetum); 315,22 foil.; 319,7 (nattidutiye ... -e); IV 218,34 (-am v n' diyati); ifc see apalokana-, ukkhepaniya-, uposatha-, eka-, natticatuttha-, nattidutiya-, tajjaniya-, tassappiyyasika-, nissaya-, patinnyakaramya-, patipucchkaraniya-, patisraniya-, pabbjaniya-, sammukhkaraniya-; 3. the act of making or doing; ifc see anta (svanta1), apaccakkha-, vi-, uccrapassva-, uttni-, civara-, dalhi-, nava(^vnava1), nma-, panh-, ptu-, smici-; 4. (gr.t.t.) (i) the patient kraka or relationship; the patient (ie the object of an active verb, the subject of a passive verb); Sadd 692,5 foil, (yam kurute yam v passati tarn -am); 711,18 (gar... -ani sattamivibhattuppattim vadanti); ifc see eka-; (ii) virtually = the passive voice; Sadd 6,19 (bhviyate ... anubhyate evam -uno kiriypadni bhavanti); 753,23 (-ani: ditth pubban ti ditthapubb dev tena); 847,13 (bhave -e ca tabba aniya ice ete paccay honti); ifc see eka-, kattu- (.sv katta[r]'); dhikatena, adv., by the influence of (past) actions; Mil 61,iafoil; adhiggahita, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) overpowered by one's (past) actions; Mil 189,28 (Mahmoggallnassa -assa); 2. (n.) the overpowering by one's (past) actions; Mil 188,24 (tarn ca pana -ena); dhitthyika, m(fn).y (one) who supervises the (building) work; Mhv 5:174; 30:98; '-anta, m., seesv; abhiraddha, n., the successful carrying out of action; Ap 92,16 (tava -ena tosesi janatam bahum); bhisanda, m., the consequence of an action; Mil 276,30; araha, m(fn).f 1. subject

640

to, deserving disciplinary action (by the sangha,); VinlV 37,26 (na ~assa v kammam karissati); V 221,34 (Sp 1402,12*. yasm tarn puggalam vatthum katv sangho kammam karoti tasm ~o ti vuccati); Sp 611, is; Kkh 134,25; 2. fit to enact an official act of the sangha; Sp 1146,26 (kammayutto ~o na kind kammam ktum nrahati tiattho); vadna, n., an account of actions', Ja VI 295,7* (tesam ~ena rj vaddheti vetanam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kammpadnena; cf 292,22': anfito ti apkataguno aviditakammvadno, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se aviditakammpadno); '-rma, mfh., taking delight in activity; D II 77,32 (bhikkh na ~a); A III 293,9 (~-tam anuyutto); '-varana, n., obstruction by (past) actions; A III 436, I (taya samanngato hoti); Mil 154, I; Vism 177, I 5 (~ena samanngat ti nantariyakammasamaiigino); ' -sugminiy in Ee at Pj II 305,20 (... ti dikam kammsugminiy pannya) is prob, wr; Be, Se katham subhviniy; Ce dikya kamnugminiy; ' -ojam in Ee, Se at A II 82,34 is prob, wr for Kambojam (Be, Ce so); -kata, mfn.9 1. disciplined by an official act of the sangha; Vin III 185,18; Utt-vn457; 2. [cf S. karmakrt ?], who has performed an action, done a deed; Ja IV 260,24* (yo tdisam ~am na jne) * 463, is* (463,16': -an ti katakammam, evam gunakarakam tumhdisam yo na jnti; or read kamma katam?); -katta(r), m., the reflexive agent; Sadd7,22 (kammakattut); 691, n (~); -kara, m., -kari,/ [kamma + kara1], doing work; a worker; a hired labourer or servant; Abh514; Vin I 243,34 (gahapati dase ca ~e ca npesi); II267,n (-im upatthpeti); D I 60,7 (puriso dso ~o pubbutthyi; Sv 168, is: ~oti analaso kammakaranasilo yeva); Vv 75:4; Ja IV 53,30*; Mil 379, n; Sp 817,7 (vetanam datv ~e kammam kareti); ifc see angra-; -karana, n. [kamma + karana1 ], 1. (i) doing work, working; Ja I 146,12; V 429,20' (--tthnam); Pv-al20,n (~-sl); Ap-a 346,4 (bhatiy paresam ~ena yutto); (ii) carrying out an official act; Sp 1290,16 (yatha patinnya ~am); 2. the instrumental expressing the patient (relationship); Sadd735,n (samvibhajetha no rajjena idam ~am); -karana2, n., -karan,/, see svkammakaranbelow; -kra, m., -kri,/ [kamma + kara1], working; a servant; a labourer; Vin III 139,26 (~i); Ja III 293,22; Ps II 123,7 (~nam bhattavetanattham); Sadd 743,4 (kammam karoti ti ~o); -kraka\ m(fn)., 1. (one) who works; a workman; Niddl 36,8; Mhv 30:42; 2. (one) who or which is competent to enact an official act of the sangha; Vin I 334,34* (na ~a panca sambuddhena paksit); IV 232,20 (~-sangharn apaloketv); -kraka2, n., (gr.t.t.) the relation (to the action) as a patient; the classification of being a patient; a verbal form related principally to the patient, ie in the passive voice; Bv-a 25,28 (idha ~e buddhasaddasiddhi datthabba); Sadd 10,15 (kammakatt ~e); 692,7 (kiriypattilakkhanam ~am); -karana, ., -kran,/ (commonly, esp. in Ee and Se, written -karana) [BHS karmakran; cf S. karana], torture, torment, pain; punishment; MI 87,9 (enam rajno gahetv vividh ~ karenti, Be, Ce so; Se kammakaranni;

Ee kammakaran karonti); III 181,29 (~ krente) * A I 47,io (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kammakaran); S IV 344,19 (nam ... evarupam ~am karenti, Be, Ce so; Se kammakaranam; Ee kammakaranam karonti); A I 142,5 (ye... ppakni kammni karonti te ... ~ kariyanti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kammakaran); Jail 398,2 fcammakaranam samvidahimsu); Sp211,22(-amkriyamnassa5^ Ce, Ee so; Se kammakaranam); Ps I 211,4 (tato ne rj vividh ~ krpeti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kammakaran); Spk III 17,7 (dvattimsa ~ni; Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kammakaranni); Saddh 7 (krento kammakaranam niraye atidrunam); -kranika, m(fn).9 [kamma + kranika2], torturing; a torturer; Ps IV 233,1; -ja, mfh. [kamma + ja2], resulting from an action or actions; Ap 559,6 (~ vt uppann atidrun); Mil 271,10 (satt sacetan sabbe te ~); Vism 451,11; 500,26; As342,i6 (cakkhuppasddiatthavidham rpam saddhim hadayavatthun ~am nma); vt, m.pi, the throes of child-birth, labour; labour pains; Ja I 52,25 (ass ~-vt calimsu); Ps IV 184,2 (bodhisattam hi ~-vt uddhapdam adhosirarn ktum na sakkonti); Dhp-al 165,7; akammaja, mfn., not resulting from an action; Mil 268,11; Vism 541,11; -tthana, ., 1. kind of activity; occupation; M II 197,26 foil.; AIV 286,4; 2 . a subject of meditation or contemplation; Ja I 182,23 (imassa ~am adsim); 11136,5 (pabbajitv ~e anuyutto); Vism 110,22 (imni cattjisa ~ni); Spk I 85,19 (cittarucikam -am uggahetv); Mhv 5:148 (~am ad thero); akammatthna, /?., not a subject for meditation, not the proper subject for meditation; Vibh-a 251,4; -tthanika, mfn., meditating; contemplating a particular subject; Vism 97,26 (~ena hi bhikkhun); 187,32; Sp416,i5; -dussaka, mfh., who spoils the work; Ja V 113,1*; -dhraya, m(fn)., (gr.t.t.) the name of a class of tatpurusa compounds (in which both members would stand in the same case); Patis-a 616,26 (etena dhammo yeva cakkan ti ~-samsat vutt hoti); Sadd 75\,\ifoll. (dve padni samasiyanti tulydhikaranni); ifc see dvanda-; -dheyya, n., work, activity; A IV 285,7* (uttht ~esu) * Ja VI 297,1* (297,9': ~es ti attano kattabbakammesu); -dhoreyya, mfh., fit for the burden of work or action; Mil 288,28 (kammasilo ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce kammadhorayho; Se kammadhreyyo); -niketava(t), mfn., having one's dwelling in work or action; Mil 288,29 (-niketav, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -niketavsi); -ppatta, mfn., competent to enact an official act of the sangha; suitable or sufficient to enact an official act of the sangha; Vin I 318,10 (yvatik bhikkh ~; Spll97,i3: catuvaggakarane kmme cattro... bhikkh ~); 319,29 (catuvaggo bhikkhusangho... sabbakammesu -0); 11261,7 (bhikkhuniyo ~yo); Sp 1402,4 (~ kammassa arah anucchavik smino); Vin -vn 2605; -patha, m., action, activity; way of acting; course of action; A V 57,3i (dasasu kusalesu ~esu); Dhp281 (ete tayo -e visodhaye); Ja V 500,12' (ppan ti -am apattam, duccaritan tippattam); Sv 1048,22 (kammn' eva duggatisugatinam pathabhtatt ~a nma); -ppavacaniya, m., (gr.t.t.) a term for certain prepositions or particles not

641

connected with a verb but generally governing a noun; Sadd 715,18 (anvdidhirdayo ~); -yanta, ., the force or compulsion of action; Th574 (evyam vattati kayo -ena yantito); vightana, mfh., destroying the force or compulsion of action; Th419; -vc,/, the statement or text of an official act of the sangha (for which silence is assent); VinI 317,30 (-am anussveti); IV 219,34 (dvihi ~hi thullaccay); As 399, \i; Mhv 5:207 (-am ak); ifc see ukkujjana-(^vukkujjan); -vda, mfn., holding the theory that actions have consequences (in the same or a future life); S II 33,7 (samanabrhman ~); A I 287,12 (sammsambuddho ~o kiriyavdo viriyavdo); -vdi(n),m/w., id.; VinI 71,2? (~ino); D I 115,30 (Gotamo -I kiriyavdi); Ja VI 60,6' (-im tpasam); -ssaka, mfn. [BHS karmasvaka], with (past) actions as one's property or responsibility; being the owner of (the consequences of) one's actions; Mill 203,4 (~... satt kammadyd; Ps V 10,2i: kammam etesam sakam attano bhandakan ti ~); A III 72,I; Ja VI 240,35* (~seputhu sabbasatt, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee~ ye; 241,4': ~ attan katakammass' eva vipkapatisamvedino); Vibh 324,35 (--tarn); Vism318,2i; Sv 37,22 (- hi satt, attano kammnurpam eva gatim gacchanti); kammassakatanna,n., understanding that one's actions are one's property or responsibility; Dhs 1366 (-ssakatannam, Be, Se so; Ce -ssakatnanam; Ee wr kammassa katam nnasaccnulomikam); Vibh 328,13 (katamam -ssakatannam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kammassakatam nanam); -samatti, / , accomplishment or completion of an action; Dhtup 609; Dhtum851; Sadd 560; akamma, n. and mfn., l.(n.) (i) lack of action; not working; non-activity; SI 217,9*(-una ... vindemuyamsukham,Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -an); 217, n* (sa ce atthi -ena koci kvaci na jivati); Ja VI 206,20* (nkammunjyatijtavedo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee nkamman); (ii) not the activity; not the (proper) work; JaV 121, I8* (m -ya randhayi); Mil 177,27 (~arn h' etam ... jinaputtnam yadidam pj); (iii) not a proper or valid act of the sangha; Vin I 316,9; 320,4; Utt-vn744; 2. (mfn.) (i) not working; without action; Pet29,5 (-assa vihrissa); 148,15; (ii) (gr.t.t.) not connected with a patient, intransitive; Sadd 11,27*; akammapothappatt in Ee at Ps IV 100,17 is wr for akammapathappatt (Be, Ce, Se so); sakamma, mfn., (gr.t.t.) transitive; Sadd 11,28*; see also akammaka, dikammika (svdi 1 ), yakammika, ppakammi(n). kammanfia, kammaniya (and kammaniya), mfn. [S. karmanya; BHS also karmanlya], ready or fit for any act, ready or fit for use; kammaflfla: Vin I 182,3i (vin ... saravati v hoti - v); D II 334,24 (yad so jivati tada ... taro ... yad ... klakato hoti... tad... akammanfiataro); Mill 243,19 Qtarpam... -am); Ap 538,24; Dhs 46 (~-t ttam); Ud-a 321,8 (-am, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr tarn); Vism448,29 (rpassa t); Sadd 791,22 (kammani sdhu -am); kammaniya: Vin III 38,i (arigajtam -am hoti rgena ...); Mil 212,16 (samhite citte... mudubhte -e thite); 225,17 (usukro

tejanam ... ujum karoti -am); S V 92,4 (jtarpam ... na ca -am... na ca samm upeti kammya); 283,12 (kyo lahutaro c' eva hoti mudutaroca taro ca); Ja IV 209,20* (sabbassa te -o ayam hessati phandano); Vism 377,6 (~e kammakkhame kammayogge ti vuttam hoti); ifc see alan-sv alam; akammafifla, mfn., not ready or fit for any act or use; D i l 334,25 (--taro); A IV 333,4 (kyo kilanto -0); Vibh 373,30 (cittassa akalyat t); Mil 300,2i (--t kyassa); Vism 146,15 ([cittam] thinamiddhbhibhtam -am hoti); akammaniya, mfn., id.; AI 5,9 (yam evam abhvitam -am hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akammaniyam); Petl58,n (--t, Be, Ce so; Ee akammaniyat); Nett 108,14 (thinam nma y cittassa t); see also akammaneyya. kammanta, m. (and n.) [S. karmnta], action; work, task, business, occupation (esp. farming, agriculture); place of work (esp. the fields); Vin III 87,13 (mayam ... gihinam -am adhitthema); D I 71,31 (puriso... -e payojeyya, tassa te - samijjheyyum); Mill 7,21 (yena Gopakamoggallnassa brhmanassa-o; Ps IV 71,10: -0 ti bahinagare nagarapatisankhrpanatthya -tthnam); A I 68,26 (bhirni v -ni); III 37,26 (abbhantar ~ unnti v kapps ti v); 171,11 (-am kreti; Mp III 290,25: khettdikammantam kreti); Sn262 (ankul ca -; Pj I 136, is: kammni eva~); Ja III 445,4 (pto va -am gantv syam gacchati); V 71,20* (m... ppam -am... tarn vadhi); Ap 525,12; Mil 33,28; Ps II 275,27 (kasivanijjdik -); SpkII 194,5 (~o dvdasayojaniko); Dhp-al 136,1 (-am uggahetv gharvsam vasa); Pv-a 141,4 (nagare -); Mhv 6:16; ifc see kinna- (svkirati), kurra-, ppa-, samm-; dhitthyaka, m(fn)., (one) who supervises the work; Mp 1409,21 * Dhp-a I 393,14 (-, Be so; Ce, Ee kammantdhitthyik; Se kammdhitthyik). kammantika, m. [S. karmntika], a worker; an artisan; Ja I 377,17 (-manusse ha); Mp I 422,1 (Kosambikasetthino -o pto va setthigharam gacchanto); ifc see mah-. kammra, m. [S. karmra], a smith; a metal-worker; Abh509; DII 128,6* (Cundassa bhattam bhunjitv -assa); Dhp 239 (-0 rajatasseva niddhame malam attano); JaV 283,5 (-ena katam rpakam); VI 189,13* (-nam yath ukk); Ap 581,6; Niddl 478,23 (~o vuccati suvannakro); Vv-a250,is; -gaggari,/, (the nozzle of) a smith's bellows; SI 106,23 (-iy dhamamnya saddo; Spkl 173,13: -iy ti kammruddhanapanliy, dhamamnya ti tassa vtena priyamnya); Ja VI 165,26 (~i viya dhamamn sus ti saddam karont); Vism 287,2; -putta, m., a smith; DU 126,2i; Sn48; Ja VI 236,30* (-0; 237,18': -0 ti... suvannakraputto ahosim); -bhandu, m., a shaven-headed metal-worker; VinI 76,28 (Sp 1002,18: - ti tuldhramundako suvannakraputto pancasikho tarunadrako ti vuttam hoti). kammsa, mfn. and n. [S. kalmsa], \.(mfn.) spotted, speckled; blemished; Abh99; A I 162,12*; JaV 69,6* (gattam 0-vannam); Patis I 43,29 (silni khandni chiddni sabalni -ni); Vism 51,26 ([silam] antarantar visabhgavannabinduvicitr gvi viya -am); Ps I 227,12 (-0 ettha dhammo jto ti); Spkl 242,27 (~ masragallavann); 2. (n.) a spot; a stain, a blemish; A IV 54,12 (brahma-

642

cariyassa... sabalam pi -am pi); -kri(n), mfn., making a blemish (on); making blemished; A l l 187,26 (ayam yasm khandakri ... ~I... silesu); -pada, m. [S., T/Skalmsapda], "with speckled feet", name of a man-eating demon; Ja V 27,15* (~o tarn yad pacitv ... khde); 503, 13* (~ena vihethitatt); PsI 226,33; akammsa, mfn., spotless; without blemish; VinV 92,48 (silni... -ni) * D II 80,24; AIV 54,6 (akhandam acchiddam asabalam -am paripunnam parisuddham brahmacariyam); Vism 222,8. kammika, m(fn). [from kamma; BHS karmika], one who acts, who performs an action; an administrator; a worker; one who enacts an official act of the sangha; Vin II 5, li (kammam na garahitabbam - na garahitabb; Sp 1156,4: - ti yehi bhikkhhi kammam katarn); IV 131,8 (Sp 868,22: -a ti sunkatthne ~); Ja II 305,18 (tvarn yeva -o hutv... akkhlni upptetv... dehi); Thi-a 15,19 (satthu vemkabhtiknam -assa gehe); Mliv 30:31 (-e vancayitvna); ifc see ya, jalapatha-, thalapatha-. kamya, mfn. [prob, from kamy; cf S. kmya], (ifc) having a desire, longing for; see ketu-, sdhu-. kamyat,/, abstr. [from kamya], (ifc) desire; longing for; seeantevsi-, kattu- C?v karoti) kificikkha-, ketu-, ctu-, datthu-, bhiyyo-, sdhu-, sotu-; see also kmat. kamy, / [S. kmy], wish, desire, longing for; ifc see manussa-, lbha-. kaya, m. [S. kraya], buying, purchase; purchase-price; Vin IV 248,27 (sappissa -ena sappi hatam, telassa -am hara, telam harissasi; Sp 917,9: -na ti mlena); A III 226,4 (n'eva -na na vikkayena); Ja VI 113,10* (-am hpayanti); kaya, -kkaya, n. [S. kraykraya], buying and selling, trading; Khp 7:6 (-am, Be, Se so; Ce kaykkayam; Ee kayakkayam) = Pv 5:6 (Be, Se so; Ce kaykkayam; Ee kayakkayam; Pv-a29,4: hirannena ~an ti hirannena kayavikkayam); -vikkaya, m., buying and selling, trading; Vin III 241,19 (paribbjakena saddhim -am sampajjissati); D I 5,20 (- pativirato samano Gotamo); Sn929; JaV 243,9*; Niddl 386,1 (ye ~ vinaye patikkhitt); -vikkayika, m., a trader, a dealer; Abh 469. kayaka, see sv kayika. kayi(n), m. [S. krayin], a buyer, a purchaser; Ja VI 110,4* (ye suddhadhannam palpena missam... -ino dadanti; 110,17': kayikassa hatthato mlam gahetv tathrparn asuddham dadanti). kayika (and kayaka), m. [S. krayika; BHS also kryaka, kryika], a buyer; a trader; Abh 470 (-0); Ja VI 113,21'; Mi] 334,7 (na tva... phalni pteti yva ~ na gacchanti); Sp 175,12 (kayakesu); see also kyika. kayita, mfn., pp o/kinti 2 qv. kayirati1, see sv karoti. kayirati 2 ,/?aj5. pr. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kayir, opt. 2 sg., 3 sg., o/karoti qv. kayirtha, opt. 3 sg., 2 pl, o/karoti qv. kara1, mfiusually ~i)n. and m. [ts], \.(mfn.) doing, making, producing; VinV 115,27* (~, in uddna); Th-aII 176,2i (pajjotakaro tipajjotim -o padipo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pajjotakaro, prob, wr); ifc see atta(svatta2), anta- (svanta1), antarya- (svantarya1), di-

(svMi1), nanda-, rma-, loka-, ucchaddana-, evam-, ovda-, katham-, kamma-, kma-, kicca- (sv karoti), kham-(svkham 2 ), divasa-, div-, vacana-; 2. (m.) (i) the act of doing or making; ifc see isa-k(svisam), kma-; (ii) the hand; the trunk of an elephant; Abh265; 1047; D i l i 163,16* (phusati ~ehi ubhohi jannukni); Ap 539,3o; Mhv 5:255 (rj... dakkhinam ~am ... therassd); '-agga, n. [kara + agga1], the tip of an elephant's trunk; Abh 365; -kataka, m., a ring-pull or wheel (used for drawing water); Vin II 122,15 (anujnmi bhikkhave tulam -am cakkavattakan ti; Sp 1208,7: ~o ti vuccati gone yojetv hatthehi v gahetv dighavaratthi kaddhanayantam); -ja, m. and mfn. [kara + ja 2 ], 1. (m.) a fingernail; Abh 268; 2. (mfn.) produced by action;! ~-kya, m., a body produced by action, the physical body; A V 300,11 (imin ~-kyena ppakammam katam); Ja I 5,20; Vism 287,1; Svll3,i9 (manussnam hi kammajatejo mando kyo balav); PsI 249,4 (--kayo nmacattri mahbhtni updrpam ca ti); It-al 100,32 (imamh ky annam kyam abhinimminti ti ayam kyo nma); -tala, m., the palm of the hand; Cp3:12:2; JaV 216,6'; -pla, m., -plaka, m., a sword; Sadd 922,M; -plik,/, a cudgel; Abh 392; -puta, m., the joined and hollowed hands; Abh 268 (-0 'njali); -bhs,/, a bracelet; Abh 286; -skh,/, a finger; Abh 266; atikara, m., doing too much; an action beyond the usual limit; Ja I 431,1* (~am akarcariya; 431,3': cariya ajja tvam -am akara attano karanato atirekakaranam akari ti attho); dukkara, mfn. and n., see sv; sukara, mfn., see sv. kara2, m. [ts], \.a ray of light; Abh 64; 1047; Sadd 395,25*; 2. revenue, tax; a collection; Abh 355; 1047; Svl70,n (balisankhtam -am karoti ti karakrako, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee krarn ... krakrako); Sadd 495,27 (rsi samho ... vaggo -o); 536,15*. karaka1, m. [ts], I. a water-vessel (used by ascetics); Abh 1012; Pv 27:24 (thero-am pretv); Bv28:9; ifc see kacchakaraka, dharnma-; 2. the pomegranate tree; Abh 570. karaka2, see sv karak. karakar, ind. [onomat.; cfAMg karakara, S. katakat], a harsh or rattling sound; Ja III 203,4 ([sappo] - ti damsitv tatth' eva nam ptetv palyi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee karakarni khditv); Ps II 304,9 (thambhapitthasahghtakannikgopnasi-dini - ti Saddam muncantni); see also katakatayati. karak, / (and karaka2 m. ?) [S. karaka], hail; a hailstone; Abh 50 (-); 1012 (- meghapsne); Vin-vn 1517 (udakena sam vutt himassa ~ pi ca); ifc see hima-; (a)-vassa, n., a shower of hail; Ja IV 167,21 (-am vassi); Mil 308,6; Sp 64,13. karafija, m. [ts], the tree Pongamia pinnata; Abh 567; Sp 1090,4 (nattamlan ti -am); Vin-vn 1352 (in cpd); -kakudhyuta, mfn., surrounded by karanja and kakudha trees; Ja VI 518,27* (pokkharanim -am). karana1, n. and m/(-i). [ts], l.(/i.) (i) the act of making, doing, effecting; enacting; Abh 901; Vin II

643

8,13 (nissayakammassa -am); V 211,5* (nattiy ~ kati); Ja III 172,24* (na imam mahim arahati... samam manusso ~ya-m-eko; 173, r: ktumna sakkoti); Cp 2:6:10 (yvat -am sabbam ranfio rocitam may; Cp -a 150, ufoll.: yam tassa may katarn upakrakaranam tarn sabbam); Nett 44, is (y kiriy -am sampdanam); Sp 221,22 (-ato); 289,2 (kutikya -am); Dhp-al 214,13 (pntiptassa -am v akaranam v); Mhv 17:37 (dhtuthpassa -e); ifc see attha- (sv attha2), antara-, anto-, kabba-, kamma-, gabbha-, nana-, pj-, bali-; (ii) instrument, means of action; organ of sense or speech] Abh901; Ja III 92,4' (tay ti tay -bhtena); Sadd 607,9 (-an ti kanthdi akkharuppattitthnam vuccati); 609,8 (jivhmajjham tlujnam -am); 848,20 (karoti ten ti -am); (in) (gr.t.t.) the sense of) the instrumental; the instrumental kraka; Ud-a 23,19* (bhummena -ena ca... samayo vutto); Vv-a25,i8 (mesaddo ... -e gato, may ti attho); lh-a II 241,15 (~e nissakkavacanam); Sadd 693,7 (yena kurute yena v passati tarn pi -am); 718,4 (-e tatiy); 2. (mfn.) doing, making, effecting; ifc see andha-, cakkhu-, nana-, dubbali-, dovacassa-, ntha-; ' -attha, m. [karana + attha], the meaning of instrument; the sense of the instrumental; Ja III 98,18' (Dhananjayy ti -e sampadnam); Sp613,io (-e upayogavacanam); Pv-a 35,7; '-uttariya, see kranuttariya sv karana; -kraka, ., (gr.t.t.) the relation (to the action) as the instrumental; Sadd 693,12 (kiriysambhralakkhanam -am); -vacana, n., the expression of the instrument; the instrumental case; Sp 891,9 (itthambhtalakkhane-am); Spkl 16,9 (yen ti bhummatthe -am); Vv-a 53,12 (hetumhi c' etam -am); 162,24; Pv-a 33,io; akarana, n., the not doing, not making; abstention; MI 93,5; Dhp 183 (sabbappassa -am); Ja I 229,1 (navakammantnam -ena); Dhs299 (vaciduccaritehi rati... akrriya -am); Vibh 286,7; Nett 44,14 (y akiriy -am anajjhcro); see also atthakaranika(.yv attha2), karani. karana2 and karana are vll or wrr (esp. in Ee, Se) for krana4 and krana qqv. karani, / [o/karana ?], an instrument; ifc see natthu-. karaniya, mfn., fpp o/karoti qv. karanuttariy a, see kranuttariya' sv krana'. karantakiphalo in Ce at Abh 569 is wr for kantaki- {Be so). Vkaran4 ? Dhtum 154 (karanda bhjanatthe ca). karan4a, m., - , / [S. karanda], a covered box or basket (of bamboo); (according to cts) the slough of a snake; Abh 317; D I 77,18 (puriso ahim - uddhareyya ... ayarn ahi ayam -o; cfSv 222,13: - ti idam pi ahikancukassa nmam na vilivakarandakassa nmam, ahikancuko hi ahin sadiso va hoti... kincpi... hatthena uddharamno viya dassito, atha kho citten> ev' assa uddharanam veditabbam) = PatisII 211,7 (Patis-a 666, u: - ti -ya, purnatacakancukato ti attho); Ap 303,9 (-e ca krayim); Kv 563,17 (pelya patismenti -ya nikkhipanti); Sp 362,23; Ps II 360,23 (-ya manim viya attnam rpasmim samanupassati); Mhv 31:98 (sayam -0 vivari); karanda- in Ee at As 402,28 is wr; Be -kavya-; Ce-kabba-; &?-kbya-; -puta, m., a slit in

(or lid of) a basket; Sp 363,4 ([ahi] -am hacca oksam katv palyati; cf Sp-t[ite]II 154,20: -^n ti pelya pidhnam); see also kalanda1. karandaka, m. [ts], \.a covered box or basket; SHI 131,16 (tarn enam smik gandhaparibhvite ~e nikkhipanti); Thi253; Ja III 527,24 (-e nipajjpetv -am gilitv); Patis I 145,20 (mani -e pakkhitto assa ... -asmim manim samanupassati); Sp 362,25 (-am ugghtetv); Mhv 27:5; karandaka in Ce, Ee at Ja V 473,21 (miltakarandakadmni) is wrfor kurandaka {Be so); 2. an enclosure; ifc see jla1 -. karati1 in Ee at Thi 424 is prob, wrfor kirati qv sv karoti. karati 2 ,/ or karatiya, m. [?], a kind of bean; Ja VI 536,2* (muggatiyo karatiyo; 536,16': karatiyo ti rjamso). karabha, m. [ts]> 1. the trunk of an elephant; 2. a camel; Abh 502 (ottho tu -o); 3. part of the hand, the metacarpus; Abh 266; oru, {m)f{n). [karabha + ru], with thighs like an elephant's trunk; Mhbv 29,2 (in cpd). karamadda, m. [S. karamarda], a shrub, Carissa carandas; Abh 578 (-0 suseno); Spkll 293,6 (in long cpd); III 262,21 (kantakivane ti mahkaramaddavane, Ee so; Ce mahkaramanda-; Be, Se mahkaramanda-); Vin-vn 1341 (yvajivikasankht '-didandak; c/Sp 834,32: karavandakadanddayo, Ee so; Be kravindaka-; Ce, Se aravindaka-); 1355 (badarassa -assa phalam, Be so; Ee karavandassa); see also karamanda, karavandaka. karamaddaka, n. [S. karamardaka], the fruit of Carissa carandas; Vin-vn 2694. karamanda, m. [- karamadda qv ?], a shrub or bush; Vism 183,17 (sace gaccho hoti so pi sindi v -o v kanaviro v); Sp 1104,5 (in long cpd). karamara, m. [cfS. lex. karamari], a captive; a prisoner; Abh 407; Ja III 147,26 (coresu paccantagmam paharitv ~e gahetv gacchantesu); IV220,20 (-e gahetv); Spkl 211,13 (-am niyamnam); Dhp-a III 487,16 (-e gahetv); 0, -nita, mf(n)., (a servant or slave) brought home as a captive (in war); Abh 515; Vin III 140,7 (dhajhat nma - vuccati; cf Sp 556,4 foil.: dhajhat ussitadhajya senya gantv paravisayam vilumpitv nit); IV 224,33 (dso nma antojto dhanakkito -o); Ps III 8,21 (-, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee karamaranlt, prob, wr); Vin-vn216 (dsam -am); 0, -nitaka, mfn)., id.; Sp 1001,i (-e muncatha); -gha, m., the seizing of captives; seizing as a captive; Ja I 355,12' (jano ... -am gahetv nito); III 361,27 (-am gahetv niyyamnam). karambaka, m. [cf S. karamba, karambita, karambha, karambhaka], a dish of mixed ingredients; a kind of gruel; Sp 827,28 (mamsakarambako nma hoti tarn dtukmo pi -am ganhath ti vadati; Sp-t [Be] III 62,4 foil.: -o ti missakdhivacanam etam, yam hi annenannena missetv karonti so -o ti vuccati); 828,15 (-0 hi mamsamissako pi hoti amamsamissako pi). karala, n. [?], a handful; Vin IV 48,12 (tinena chdentassa -e - patti pcittiyassa; Sp 785,26: -e ti tinamutthiyam); Mp II 347,15; ifc see tina-. karavandaka, m. or n. [?], a plant, perhaps a kind of lotus; -danda, m., a karavandaka stalk; Sp 834,32

644

(uppalajtinam pannadandako padumajtinam sabbo pi dandako ~'-dayo ca avases sabbakhandh yvajivik, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be kravindakdayo; Ce, Se aravindakdayo; cf Vin-vnl341: yvajivikasankht karamadddidandak, Be, Ee so; vll karamanddi-, karavanddi-, karavinddi-). karavf, m. [= karavika qvl],a kind of bird; Ja VI 539,21* (ath' ettha sakun santi ~i nma te dij, Ce, Ee so; Be karaviy; Se karavika). karaviya, m. [= karavika qv ?], a kind of bird; Ja VI 538,13* (~ ca sagg ca, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se karavika). karavika {and karavika), m. [cf S. kalavinka, BHS karavinka], a sweet-voiced bird, prob, the Indian cuckoo; Abh 626; D II 20,8 (Himavante pabbate ~ nma sakunajti manjussar); JaV 206,25'; Ap 3,28 (Ap-a 109,15: ~ ca madhurasadd kokil); Sp43,5 ( -sakun, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se karavika-); Ps III 382,20foil; Mhv5:32; -bhni(n), mfn., speaking as sweetly as a karavika bird; D i l 18,25 (kumro brahmassaro ~I); Kv467,i9; Pj I 226,8 (~-t); -ruta (and -mdz), n. and mfn., \.(n.) the (sweet) note of a karavika bird; Ap 282,5 (assosim madhuram vcarn ~pamam, Ce so; Be, Ee -rudopamam; Se karavikarudopamam); Ps I 56,6 (-rudamanjun kannasukhena ... brahmassarena, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be karavikaruda-) = Spk II 10 (manjun); Ps III 382,21 (tatr' idarn karavikarutassa manjutya, Be so; Ce, Ee -rudassa manjut; Se karavikarudasaramanjutya); 2. (mfn.) speaking as sweetly as the note of a karavika bird; Ap 3 90,19 (~o... tathagato, Be, Ceso; Ee-mdo; Se karavikarudo); see also karavi, karaviya, kalavinka. karavira, m. [ts], the oleander; Abh 577; Ja IV 92,5* (kuruvindakaravir bhisasm ca, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -karavar; cf 92,\r foil.: kuruvindarukkh ca karaviranmakni mahtinni ca); Vin-vn 1352 (in cpd); -patta, n., "oleander leaf", a kind of arrow-head; MI 429,46 (yva na tarn sallam jnmi... yadi v vacchadantam yadi v ~am); see also kanavira. karaha, karahi, ind. [S. karhi], when ?; Sadd 813,5 (kad gacchati karahi gacchati); karahaci, ever, at any time; Sv 110,4 (kadci ti kisminci kale, -1 ti tass' eva vevacanam); see sv kadci. karahta, n. [S. lex. id.], a bulbous root; Abh 549 (~am tu kandu). karni, / [cf S. karani ?], doing; Sadd 867,22 (na ~i akarni ti); akarni,/, not doing; what is not to be done; Sadd 867,20 (namhi akkose ni... ~i te jamma kammam lmakapurisa idam kammam tay na kattabban ti attho). karpite in Ee at Spk I 216,20 is wr for krpite (Be, Ce, Se so). karpessmi in Ee at It-all 77,32 is wr for krpessmi (Be, Ce, Se so). kari(n), m(fn). [/romkara1; S. karin], "having a trunk", an elephant; Sp 122,23 (nmarn ... sikhi -i ti evamdi lingikam); Bv-a211,9 (munirjapdamle karirjnam siras nipatantam disv); Mhv 24:34; 25:68 (ruyha sannaddham ... ~im); Sadd 345,32* (...kufijaro vrano ~i); (i)-gajjita, ., the trumpeting of an elephant;

Dth 5:56. karitv, absol. o/karoti qv. kariparibandha in Ee at Th 1152 is prob, wr for karisaparibandha qv sv karisa1. kariya, absol. o/karoti qv. kariy, opt. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. karisalbhi in Ee at Ps III 31,26 is wrfor kasiralbhi (Be, Ce, Se so). karispana, m. [AMg karisvana; iS*. krspana], a coin; Abh 481; see also kahpana. karira, m. [ts]t a thorny plant, Capparis aphylla; Abh 580; Sp 836,10 (-puppham, Ce, Ee so; Be kalira-; Se kannavira-); Vin-vn 1348 (puppham ~assa). karisa 1 , n. [S. karisa], excrement, faeces; Abh 274; 995; D i l 293,16 (atthi imasmim kye... <-am) = MI 57,is; Mill 240,25 * Vibh82,i2; Bv2:21; Mil26,io; Vism 358,46; Patis-a82,6; ifc see mutta-; -paribandha, mfn., obstructed by excrement; Th 1152 (tava sariram navasotam duggandhakaram -am, so read with Th App p. 237 ? Be, Ce duggandhakaram paribandham; Ee duggandham kariparibandha; Se duggandhakamparivajjeyya); -magga, m., the anus; Ja IV 330,22*; Pj I 56,3i; -vca in Ee at Ja III 263,6* (~am va vivajjaymi) is prob, wr (for -vtam ? so Sadd Index, p. 1311,7; or for -vaccam?); Be karisathnam; Ce, Se karisajtam; 264,12': gthakpam viya drato vivaijaymi ti; -vyi(n), mfn., emitting the smell of excrement; Pv-a 87,4 (gthagandhini ti... ~inl). karisa 2 , n., a surface measure; Abh 197 (~am caturammanam); 995; Ja I 215,2* (solasa -ni); IV 276,14 (sahassakarisamattam khettam gahetv); Sp 1221,6 (atthakarisappamnya bhmiy); Ud-a 158,24 (-matte); Pv-a 258,1 (atthakarisamattamtthnarn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atthakarisa-); ifc see solasa-. karuna, mfn. andm. [ts], I. (mfn.) (i)pitiable, piteous; Ap 472,18 (sgaro ca sasoko va vinadi ~am girarn); Cp 2:6:4 (ravanto ~am rvarn); ace. ~am, adv., piteously; Ja VI 466,27 (~am paridevantassa, Ce so; Be kalunam; Se atikalnam; Ee -, prob, wr); 498,18* (~am paridevesi); Ap 534,is; Cp 2:6:5; (ii) compassionate; full of pity; Sn426 (~am vcam bhasamno; Pj II 386,27: ~an ti anuddayyuttam); 2. (m.) (i) "causing pity or compassion", one of the poetic rasas; Abh 102; (ii) concentration, meditation on compassion; A III 373,5* (nirmagandh ~e vimutt kmasamyojantig; Mp III 387,22: karunjjhne vimutt karunya ca karunpubbabhge ca thit); Cp-a49,3i (karundhimutto ti ha, -e karunjjhne adhimutto); atikarunarn, adv. very piteously; Ja VI 53,10 (~am paridevamn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se atikalnam). karun, / [ts], pity; compassion, sympathy (for another's sorrows; one of the brahmavihrasqv); Abh 160; D II 237,M (yo ... -am jhnam jhyati); M I 284,ii (mettam -am muditam upekham bhvetv); Sn 73 (-am... sevamno; Pj II 128,7: ahitadukkhpanayanakmat ~); JaV 180,21*; Ap 503,s; Vibh87,4; Vism 318,2/o//. (paradukkhe sati sdhnam hadayakampanam karoti ti -, kinti v paradukkham himsati vinseti ti ~); It-a I 15,28 (pannya sayarn taranam ~ya

645

paresam tranam); Saddh287; nuvatti(n), mfn., activated by pity, following (the way of) compassion; Dth3:46 (buddho ... ~I); (a)-tthaniya, mfn., being a suitable object of compassion, deserving of pity; Pv-a 72,25; -niddhasantna in Ee at Ap 463,27 is prob. wr; Be, Ce karunnibandha-; ekarunnaddha-; -sahagata, mfn., associated with compassion, accompanied by pity; D II 186,33 (~ena cetas); S V 119,22 (~am satisambojjhangam bhveti); Vibh 274,4; akruna, mfn. [mc? cfBHSkznmz], pitiless; Cp 2:10:4 (khar ludd ~) * 3:2:12 (Cp-a 191,28: ludd ti sudarun, ~ ti tass' eva vevacanam katam; akarun ti pi pli, nikkarunti attho); nikkaruna, mfn., pitiless; Sn 244 (~ 'timnino); Ja III 174, n (~o); Ud-a 289,18 (ime nillajj ~); Vism 314, n (tya). karunyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from karun; S. karunyati], pities; feels compassion; Vibh 273,46 (puggalam duggatam durupetam disv ~eyya); Vibh-a 75,22 (-anti ety ti karun); Sadd 403,29 (kapati ti ~ati); part.pr. (a)karunya(t), mfn., Cp-a 239,14 (mahsattassa pana tesam anayavyasanam paticca ~ato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee karunyanato); (b) karunyanta, mfn., Ap-a 335,34; (c)karunyamna, mfn., Sn 1065 (anussa brahme ~amno vivekadhammam); Ud-a 271,2; absol karunyitv, Vism 315,11 (tarn puggalam ~itv); pp karunyita, mfn., pitying, feeling compassion; karunyitatta, n., abstr., pitying; feeling compassion; Vibh 87,4 (y sattesu karun karunyan ~-ttam); Cp-a 86,31; fpp karunayitabba, mfn., Vism 314,22; As 194,n; Sadd 553,16. karunyan, / [from karunyati], pity, feeling compassion; Vibh 87,4 (y sattesu karun ~ karunyitattam); Cp-a240,30. karumbhaka, n. m. [cf S. karambhaka ?], an inferior type of rice (or other similar grain); Mil 252,1 foil. (slinam... nirtanknam lohitaknam antare -am nma slijti uppajjitv antar yeva vinassati... te... ~ viya jinassane na vaddhitv ...). kareta, karetu, m. [cf S. lex. kareta, "finger-nail", S. lex. karetu, "Numidian crane"], ? Sadd 922,2 (~o ~u... mattbhedo yyam). karenu, see sv kaneru. karenuk, see sv kaneruk. kareri, m.(?) [?], a kind of tree; Abh 553 (varano tu ~i ca); Ja V 405,21* (sl ~i; 406,17': ~iti karerirukkh); Sv 407,5 (~i ti varunarukkhassa nmam); -kutik,/, the kareri hut, the hut near the kareri trees; DII 1,6 (Sv407,6: karerimandapo tass kutikya dvre thitotasm ~ ti vuccati); Ud-a 203,1 (gandhakuti ti ~ ti vuccati); -mandapa, m., a bower of kareri trees; Sv407,6; -man4alamla, m., the kareri hall, the hall near the kareri trees; DU 1,8; Ud30,2o; - m l , / , a garland o/kareri trees; a garland or festoon of kareri flowers; Th 1062 (~-vitat bhmibhg; Th-alll 140,4: varunarukkhapantihi samgat, klavannapupphehi otthat ti pi vadanti); Ja VI 534,4* (~ vitat bhmibhge). karoti 1 ,/ [ts], a basin; a skull; Ja I 204,13' (-saddena supann gahit, tesam kira -i nma pnabhojanam, tena nmam labhimsu) = Spkl 339, is; III 225,21 (~i kill ti

Saddam aksi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kiri kiri ti); IV 67,23 (-iyarn vaddhetv gobhattam dehi); ifc see rasa-; see also karoti2. karoti2, m., the garula bird; Ja I 204,13- (-saddena supann gahit, tesam kira ~i nma pnabhojanam tena nmam labhimsu; ad204,4*: uragakaroti) = Spkl 339,17; Sadd 432,6 (garulo yo supanno dijdhipo ngri -i ti ca vuccati); see also karoti1. karotika, m. orn. [karoti1 + ka2], a bowl, a basin; Ja IV 68,4 (~esu bhattam haritv). karotiya, m. [from karoti1 ?], a type of soldier (wearing a skull?); JaVI 592,16* (~ cammadhar khaggahatth suvammino; 592,21': ~ ti sisakaroti ti laddhanmya, sise patimukkakarotik yodh, Be so; Ce patimukkakarotino; Ee ~ ti sisakarotiko ti laddhanm sise patimukkakarotino; Se sisakarotiko ti laddhanm sise patimukkakarotik). karoti, kubbati1, kurute (and kayirati1), pr. 3 sg. [S. karoti], does, makes; acts; performs; acts for the advantage or injury of another; (esp. absol.) puts, places; klarn karoti, dies; rajjarn karoti (and similar expressions, for the more usual kreti; often, but not always, mc), wields sovereignty; occupies the position of king; Dhtup 526 (kara karane); Dhtum740; (a) karoti: Sadd 511,1/0//.; VinI 290,7 (kim tvam bhikkhu ~osi); 340,19 (uposatham ~onti sanghakammam ~onti); D I 55,22 (yad klam ~oti); A I 221,12 (navam ca kammam na ~oti); Dhp 1 (bhsati v -oti v); Pv35:9 (namo ~onti); Ja VI 485,10* (~onti purarn padakkhinam); Nidd I 37,23 (annen' eva mukham ~onti); Kv 52,22 (so ~oti so patisamvedeti); 393,6 (cetayitv kammam ~oti kyena vcya manas); also 1 sg. kummi [epic S. kurmi], Ja II 435,19* (apacitim kummi) * VI499,i6* (499,19': kummi ~omi); 1 sg. Atm. kare, Jail 138,13* (vaddhavyassa namo -e; 138,ir: namakkram eva ~omi); Sadd 511,2; imperat. Sadd 51 \,4foil.; 3 sg. karotu, Vin I 114,19 (~otu yasm oksam); 2 sg. (a) karohi, SI 214,8 (yarn te karaniyam tarn ~ohi); JaV 176,29*; (b)karassu, JaV 31,23* (~assu kiccni); 299,10*; 3pi. karontu, VinI 33,2 (yath bhavanto mannanti tath -ont ti); ThI376 (parikammam te -ontu nriyo); 2 pi karotha, MII 53,21 (vesanam uttinam ~otha); Ps III 85,2i (cariya m evam -otha); 1 pi. (a) karoma, Vin 193,11 (handa mayam vuso sabbe va eknussvane ~oma); Ja IV 396,16* (ubho p* imam issariyam ~oma); (b) karomase, Ap 33,13 (handa pjam ~omase); fut. Sadd 514,16foil.; esp. kim (te)... karissati (karissanti), what has... to do (with you) ? how is ... relevant ? how does ... affect (you) ? what good will... do? what will... achieve ?; kim karissati, what will he do ? what will happen to him ?; 3 sg. (a) karissati, Vin I 128,2 (sabbo sangho imam pattim panno ti so evam aha, kim te vuso ~issati paro panno v anpanno v ti); II 186,31 (yam tumo ~issati tumo va tena pannyissati); D I 120,34 (kim hi vanno ~issati); 211,11 (iddhiptihriyam ~issati); III 89,2 (katham hinmasatto sattassaevarpam -issati); MI 230,32 (kim hi te... maha janat ~issati); Th 973 (ksvam kim ~issati); Ja III118,11* (kim pandiccam issati; 118,16': kim

646

-issati kirn sampdessati kirn nipphattim ev' assa -issati); Cp 1:3:7 (kirn te rajjam -issati); (b)khati, khiti, Ja V 65,25* (yadi khati v na v); VI 449,4* (pakkhi va khati); VI 497,2* (koncam kahiti mtango kunjaro, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se khati); Sadd 828,n (khiti); (c) ksati', (?) Pj II 204,8 (vibhtim ~ati karoti v vibhtikam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kyati); 2 sg. (a)karissasi, Th350 (katham bhikkhu -issasi); JaV 223,14* (-issasi ciram rajjam); (b)khasi, khisi, M I 39,25* (kirn khasi Gayam gantv); Th 184 (puna geham na khasi); 1134 (kirn mamacitta khisi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khasi); Thi 57 (kirn vivekena khasi); Ja V 308,19* (vacanam me na khasi); Sadd 828,n (khisi); 1 sg. (a) karissmi, Vin III 86,8 (nham tuyham vacanam ~issmi); MI 148,35 (upamam te -issmi); 377,34 (imam Nlandam ... bhasmam -issmi); SI 114, is (talh 'harn ~issmi yath bhagav pindam lacchati); Ja III 519, I5* (tapo -issmi); Pv-a 74,27 (tena hi -issmi rajjam); (b) karissam, Pv 20:5 (aham api -issam pjam, Ce, Ee so; Se karissa; Be kassam); Th 1122 (na te -issam vacanam idni 'harn); Ja III 394,4* (attham -issan ti mus abhnim; 394,io': attano vaddhim -issmi ti mus kathesim); (c) kassmi, Pv 36:39; Th 1138 (tath tu kassmi yath pi issaro); Ap 72,3I (aham pi kram kassmi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -issmi); (d) kassam, ksam, Th381 (na ca labhe pindam katham aham kassam); Pv 20:5 (eyysi khippam aham api kassam pjam, Be so; Ce, Ee -issam; Se karissa; Sadd 836,4: pjam kassam); Ja IV 286,21* (tattha tarn apassanti kimpurisa katham aham ksam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kassam; 287,18': kirn -issmi); VI 36,20* (gaccham pram samuddassa ksam purisakriyam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kassam; 37,4': ksan ti ~issmi); (e)khmi, Pv23:3 (khmi punnni); Th 103; JaV 173,24* (khmi jtimaranassa antam); Cp 3:9:8; 3 pl (a)karissanti, Jal 151,24 (dvftii abhaye laddhe avases kirn -issanti); 258,18* (kirn -issanti trak; 258,23': trak kirn -issanti, katara-attham sdhessanti ti attho); (b) karissare, Pv 38:32; Ja VI 490,29* (tarn... Siv hatthe -issare); Ap 364,24 (dukkhass* antam -issare); (c) khanti, khinti, Thi 509 (khinti khu tarn km, Be, Ce so; Se khanti; Ee wr khhinti); Ja II 130,6* (ye na khanti ovdam nar; 130,io': ye na ~issanti); VI 436,29* (kirn nu khanti pandit); 2pl. khatha, JaV 165,29* (ngena kirn khatha bhojaputt); 1 pl. (a) karissma, Vin II 190,47; DU 162,32 (yam icchissma tarn -issma); Ap 163,2; (b)kassma, Ap 71,16 foil (mayam pi thpam kassma, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -issma); 185,19 (mlam kassma sanghassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -issma); (c)khma, Vv 84:37; Pv 45:11 (khma kusalam bahum); opt. Sadd 511,2o/o//.; 514,28foil; 3 sg. (a)kareyya, VinI 102,35 (sangho uposatham ~eyya); Mill 66,1 (atthnam etam anavakso yam itthi Sakkattam -eyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kreyya; = Vibh 336,4o: Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kreyya); AI 213,1 (rajjam ~eyya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kreyya); 228,28 (devarajjam -eyya ... mahraijam ~eyya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kreyya); Ja IV 460,1* (nagaram pi ngo bhasmam ~eyya); (b) kare, Dhp 42; Ja I 443,10* (~e sarikkho atha v pi settho nihinako cpi ~eyya eko); 111105,22*; (c)kayir (and kayira), VinI 350,13* (eko care na ca ppni kayir); Dhp 281 (kyena ca akusalam

na kayir); Sn583 (sammlho himsam attnam kayir c' enam vicakkhano, Ce so; Be ce nam; Ee, Se kayira) = Ja IV 127,8* (Ce so; Se ce nam; Be kayir tarn; Ee kayira); Sn728;Th451 (amogham divasam kayir); Ja IV 451,9* (nisamma khattiyo kayir); kirn kayir..., how could... be relevant ? what would one do with...?; Ud79,5 (kirn kayir udapnena p ce sabbad siyum); Thi 61 (itthibhvo no kim kayir cittamhi susamhite); (d)kayirthaI, SI 2,25*; 49,io* (kayir ce kayirath' enam dalham enam parakkame, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kayiram ce kayiratiY enam; Spkl 107,24: yadi viriyam -eyya -eyytha nam, viriyam na osakkeyya) = Dhp 313 (Dhp-aIII 485,9foil: tasm yam kammam ~eyya tarn -eyyth' eva); Dhp 25 (dipam kayirtha medhvi); Ud 92,22*; Ja III 17,6*; VI 17,io* (ko tarn jivitam gamma veram kayirtha kenaci); Kv 3 51,20* (kayirtha macco punnni); (e)kariy, Ja VI 298,6* (kumbham p'anjalim kariy, Be, Ee so; Ce kumbham pi panjalim kuriy; Se panjalim kayir; quoted Sadd 514,29: kuyir; Ja VI 298,i3\/b//.: kumbham disv tassa anjalim --eyya); (f) kuriy, Ja VI 206,12* (ko tarn subhikkham dirasannu kuriy, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kayir; 209,15': kuriy sakkuneyya ktum); (g) kuyir, Sadd 514,28; 2sg. (a)kareyysi, Mil 101,16; A IV 86,10 (sajjhyam ~eyysi); (b) kare, Ja IV 223,6* (na ca rpe manam ~e; 223,2r: itthirpe manam m -eyysi); V448,24* (m... bhvam -e; 449,23': m kari); (c)kayir, JaV 112,27* (yam tvam tta tape kammam... ratto duttho ca yam kayir na tarn kayir; 114,19': na kayir m -eyysi tta); VI 12,3i* (adhammam srathi kayir; 13,5'fall: adhammam -eyysi; cf Sadd 515,4 fall); (d)kayirsi, Ja III 535,19*; IV 24,2* (kim nu kayirsi brhmana); V 364,19* (theyyam kayirsi); ] sg. (a)kareyyam, VinI 182,io (punnni ca -eyyarn); (b)kareyymi, JaV 308,1s; (c)kare, Ja IV 240,30* (blen* allpasallpam na -e na ca rocaye); 3 pl. (a)kareyyum, Ja VI 206,28*; (b)kare, Ja 1289,30* (sabbitthiyo -e ppam) = V 435,17* (437,IT: ppam -eyyum); (c)kayirum, JaV 435,20* (sabbe va itthi kayirum nu ppam, Be so; Ce, Se kareyyu no; Ee kareyyum no); 2pl. (a)kareyytha, VinI 348,n (kin tinam -eyytha); Snp. 104,20; (b) kayirtha2, Ja VI 572,7* (yath punnni kayirtha; 572, \y fall: punhani -eyytha); 1 pl. kareyyma, VinI 353,31; DIU 73,22 (kim kusalam -eyyma); part.pr. (a) kara(t), mfn. (sg. gen. karoto, karato), D I 52,22 (~ato ... krayato ..., Eeso; Be, Ce, Se~oto) = MI 404,22 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ~oto; Ps III 118,7: ~ato ti sahatth karontassa) ^ 516,4 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ~oto); D I 52,25 (ekgrikam -oto)^ MI 516,7 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~ato); AIV 292,2i* (manussnam... ~otam opadhikam punflam); Dhp 116 (dandham hi -oto puniiam); JaV 218,29* (yo ppakam kamma -am manusso); VI 36,2* (-am purisakiccni); Mhv 23:12 (mama ~ato); Sadd 516,23; neg. akara(t), mfh.% Ap 11,27 (rasesu gedham akararn); (b)karonta,w/(-onti)/?., VinI 277,47 (jivakam ... ptarsam -ontam); II 267,35 (bhikkhuni klam ~onti); Dhp 66 (-ont ppakam kammam); Ja IV 495,25* (mykr rangamaijhe -ont; 498,29': -ont ti myam -ont); V 373,6 (sakkram -ontass' eva, Be, Ce,

647

Se so; Ee ~antass', prob. wr); Ap 318,8 (devarajjam ~ontassa); Sadd516,24; neg. akaronta,mfn., A I 192,22; It 67,17*; (c) karna, mfn., Sadd 870,7 (kammam ~no vajati); part.fut. karissa(t), mfn., Sadd 870,6 (kammam ~issam kammam '-onto...); aor. Sadd 512, \ifoll\ 3 sg. (a)ak, Ja IV 293,2*; V29,2* (ak sotthnam); Bv2:211 (mahvlro... ak titthiyamaddanam); (b) akaram, Ja IV 241, I* (kim nu te akaram blo, eds so; 242,4': kim nma blo anattham akarim, Ee so; Be, Se akaram; Ce akari); V 70,Ii* (so ... krunnam akaram mayi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce akar; 72,25': akaram mayiti akari mayi); (c) akar, JaIV 417,8* (s ... sudukkaram akar); (d) akari, kari, Pv 25:1 (rj klam ~i tad); JaV 72,25'(akari); VI20,i8* (akari laye bah, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akar); Ap 567,25* (me ayyako ... akari sunisam sakam); (e) akarittha, Mp 1397,16 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee karittha); (f)aksi, Vin I 15,is; AIV 9,26 (antarn aksi dukkhassa); Sn 343 (klam aksi bhikkhu); Pv 9:2; JaVI 208,18*; 2sg. (a)ak, JaV 184,5* (m me paripantham ak); (b) akara, akar, Ja III 135, n* (tvam eva dnim akara, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se akari; 135,2<r: tvam yeva idni... akari); IV422,9* (etehi drarn posehi m ppam akar punarn); V 69,n* (kim kammam akar pubbe); (c) akari, kari, Vin III 150,24 (m-y-idha ~i ti vattabbo); SI 209,23* (m Saddam ~I Piyankara); Vv47:3 (kim kammam akari bhadde); JaV 71,13* (tvam ca nam' edisam ~i); VI 84,n* (~i... akari); (d) aksi, Vin I 56,35 (m vuso evarpam aksi); 247,16 (tvam bhagavato paccuggamanam aksi); AIV 76,4 (cirassam kho mrisa Moggallna imam pariyyam aksi); Sn 339; Pv32:l; Th 1207 (sam mkasi); J sg. (a)akam, Thi 109 (sammukh panjalim akam, Ce so; Be anjalim; Ee panjali aham, Se anjall aham, prob, wrr; Thi-a 105,23: anjalim aksim); JaV 160,i*; Ap437,29; (b)akaram, Ja IV 116,19* (m puna akaram ppam tasm pabbajito aham); VI 18,25*; (c) akarim, karim, Vv 34:14 (tassham vacanam~im); 83:15 (anjalim akarim); JaV 205,I* (~im); Ap 55,19 (yam kammam akarim); (d) aksim, Vin I 28,is; A IV 440,9; Pv 15:18 (dipam nksim attano); Th219; Jal 214,12*; Ap 334,15 (paccuggamanam aks' aham); (e)khsim, Ap-a266,i6 (khsim aksin ti sambandho, eds so; ad Ap 33,is: eds khma); 3 pl. (a) akamsu, VinI 129,2 (uposatham akamsu); AIV 228,8*; Sn882 (sakam sakam ditthim akamsu saccam); Vv 84:53; Thi 119; Ja VI 59,4*; Ap 316,27; (b) akarum, karum, D II 256,4* (te ca tappam akarum); Ja VI 156,25* (celukkhepam akarum; 157,5*: karimsu); Ap 71,25 (thpam akarum te ca kancukam, Be so; Se tva kaficukam; Ee akar' uttarakancukam; Ce thpe akaru 'ttarakancukam); Mhv 25:54 (karum); 32:11 (akarum); (c)akarimsu, karimsu, Ja VI 59,8 (~imsu); Ps V 89,20 (~imsu); Spk I 76,25 (akarimsu); 2pl. (a) akattha, MI 514,4 (m bhonto Saddam akattha); Pv 11:2 (tumhe ... manussabht kim akattha ppam); Ja IV 443, io*; (b)karittha (akarittha), Sp981,i6 (m bhante amhkam upajjhyassa kammam ~itth ti ycitabbam); Spk III 46,7 (uccsaddam m ~ittha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee uccsadd mkarittha); 1 pl. (a)akamha, Pv26:9 (mayam... dipam nkamha attano); Ps III 222,15 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se

akarimha); (b)akarma, MI 93,15 (akan^' eva mayam pubbe ppam kammam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se akaramh' eva); (c)akaramha, MI 93,16 (na nkaramha); (d) akaramhase, Ja III 26,18* (Ee so; Be, Ce, Sadd 628,7 akaramhasa; Se akaramha va); (e) akarimha, karimh, VinIV 98,13 (mayam... bhattam -imh); Pv36:61 (yatonidnam akarimha sakkhim); Ja III 26,2r (akarimha); Pv-a 174,20 (~imha); (f)aksimha, Sadd514,n; cond. Sadd 514,22 (akariss akarissa akarissams ti); 3 sg. akarissa (and akariss), Ps III 132,11 (sace bhagav ... cakkavattirajjam akarissa, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akariss); Dhp-al 147,19 (gihi hutv kammam ca bhriyam akarissa); pr. 3 sg. (b) kubbati ! (and krubbati) [cfS. kurvanti], S I 121,24* (evarn hi dhir -anti nvakankhanti jivitam); 181,10* (kasm bhavam... tapo idha ~asi, Ce, Ee so; Be krubbasi; Se kubbati; quoted Sadd510,16: krubbati); A I 129,25* (na ca punnni ~ati); Ja III 367,2* (sannidhim dni ~asi); Ap 310,6 (vihesam pi na ~ate); Sadd509,io (~ati krubbati); 509,3i/o//.; opt. 3 sg. (a)kubbetha, Vin II 203,18* (tdisam mittam -etha); SI 17,4*; Sn 702; Th407 (klam -etha); Ja VI 293,27*; (b)kubbaye, Sn943 (rpe sneham na ~aye; Niddl 426,2: rpe sneham na kareyya); 944; part.pr. (a)kubba(t) (and krubbaft]), mfn. [S. kurvat], Ja II 86,1* (dukkararn kamma -atam); V26,n* (kim kamma ~am; 26,15': ^m ti karonto); Sadd 516,23 (~am krubbam); neg. akubba(t), mfn., Vin II 203,12* (ppakammam akubbato); Dhp 51 (vc aphal hoti akubbato) quoted Sadd 516,29 (akrubbato); Sn 844 (akubbam muni santhavni); (b) kubbanta, mfn., Sadd 516,24 (~anto); (c) kubbamna, mfn., Ja II 336,21* (na hi jivite layam -amno); neg. akubbamna, mfn., S I 42,25* (kyena ppni akubbamno); Sn 897; (d) kubbna, mfn. [S. kurvna], Dhp 217; Ja II 280,17*; IV 197,12* (kni kammni ~nam; 197,14': kni kammni karontam); Sadd 516,24; aor. 3 sg. akubbatha, akrubbatha, Pv 25:18 (yattha klam akubbatha, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akrubbatha); pr. 3 sg. (c) kurute [S. kurute], SI 72,17* (yarn macco ~ute idha); Dhp 217 (tarn jano ~ute piyam); Ja III 114,11* (~ute); VI 244,23* (yam samsayam ~use bhmipla; 244,27': kismincid eva atthe samsayam karosi); Sadd 834,27; imperat. Sadd 51 \,5 foil.; 3 sg. (a) kurutu, Ja IV 396,8* (aggham ~utu no bhavam); (b)kurutam, Ja IV 309,4* (kmesu tibbam ~utam apekkham; 309,5': bahalam apekkham karot ti); VI 288,23*; 2 sg. kuru, Ja IV 135, ir (idam kuru idam m kari ti, Ee so; Be kara; Ce, Se kari); Ap 532,19; Mhv 4:40; part.pr. (a)/?/. gen. kurutam, M I 516,23 (ubbhinnam ~utamna kariyati ppam); (b) kurumna, mfn., A1267,24; Spk I 39,12; Sadd 870,7; neg. akurumna, mfn., Ps I 101,3o; pr. 3 sg. (d) kayirati 1 , Sadd 509,10,17/0//. (~au" ti padam dvisu thnesu dissati kattari kmme ca, tesu kattuvasena puriso kammam ~ati); 825, is; inf. Sadd 517,4 (ktum kattum ktave); (a)ktum [S. kartum], Vin 1182,8 (sakk ... punnni ca ktum); D I 168,24 (sakk ca panJ etam abhavissa ktum gahapatin); III 68,4(gmaghtam piupakkamimsu ktum); MI 127,18 (s [pathavi] na sukar apathavi ktum); AI 252,4; Ud 44,4; Th 739; Thi 418 (kim sakk ktum ye, so read ?

648

see K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 154; Be, Ce ktuyye; Ee, Se ktuye, unmetrical; Thi-a246,3o: kirn may ktum ayye sakk); Ja I 319, i* (yo pubbe karaniyni pacch so ktum icchati); ktukma, mfn., wishing to do; intending to carry out; Sp49,2o; Ps III 164,20; neg. aktum, Sp469,15; (b)ktave [Ved. kartave, kartavai], Vv44:15 (alam punnni ktave); Ja V 318,n* (punnam na labhmi ktave); Cp 3:9:7 (cfCp-a234,28 foil.: katham nu may ajja ktabbam patipajjitabban ti attho); Mhv 35:29; (c)kattum {iic kattu3), Mil 124,21; JaV 57,20* (kattum icchmi); VI 18,26*; kattukma, mfn., wishing to do or make; intending to do or carry out; VinI 143,33 (sarigho kammam kattukmo hoti); MI 415,25 (kyena kammam kattukmo hosi); Th 542; Ja VI 299,4*; Ap 56,9; kattukamyat, kattukmat,/, abstr., the wish to do (something); the desire to act; Vibh 208,27 (yo chando chandcat kattukamyat kusalo dhammachando, ayam vuccati chando); Vism466,17 (chando ti kattukmaty' etam adhivacanam) * As 132,46 (kattukamyaty'); Sp 787,14 (paribhire kattukmatya); Mp II276,11 (kattukamyat v paccattapurisakro v na hoti); at As 132,13 read kattukamyatkusaladhammacchando atthi with Be, Ce, Se; at As 194,34 read kattukmatchando di nivarandivikkhambhanam majjham appan pariyosnam with Be, Ce; absol. Sadd 517,4/0//. (katv katvna ktna karitv karitvna kacca ... kariya kariyna); (a) katv [S. krtv], VinlV 109,35 (yena bhagav tena sisam katv nipatesum); D I 85,33 (bhagavantam abhivdetv padakkhinam katv pakkmi); MI 416,24 (katv ... kyena kammam); Dhp 129 (attnam upamam katv); Ja V 352,15* (tarn padakkhinato katv); Ap92,i (ekamsam ajinam katv); Kv 338,29 (cittena sahajta ti katv cetasik ti); neg. akatv, It 25,11*; Ja III 256,12*; Sp469,7; (b) katt {and kattam?), Vin II 79,12 (sarasi tvam Dabba evarpam katt yathyam bhikkhuni h ti; c/Sp 581,7: ye pana katv ti pathanti tesam ujukam eva); Ja IV 98,4* (attharn v me abhijnsi katt, so read ? eds kattam; c/99,i5': kattan ti katam, udhu tay katam kinci mama attham abhijnsi ti pucchati); (c) katvna, Vin I 230,23* (setum katvna); D III 176,1*; A I 215,20*; Th 197 (amse katvna civaram); Ja II 91,7*; Ap92,t (sire katvna anjalim); 536,5 (Sinerum dandam katvna chattam katv mahmahim); (d) ktna, Vin III 170,25 (ekekam mlam ktna cakkam bandhitabbam); (e)karitv, VinI 3,i8 (mahantam phanam karitv); 11161,28 (nigrodham antar satthinam karitv); D I 98,8 (purisena v purisam karitv khattiy va setth hin brhman); MI 168,19 (ekamsam uttarsaftgam karitv); SI 115,6 (nangalam khandhe karitv); Thi 438 (klam karitv); ca bhisam karitv in Ee at Ja IV 282,7* is wr for c' abhisankharitv {Be, Ce so; Se c' abhisamharitv); neg. akaritv, Vin II 151,1; SV 452,B; Ja IV 177,19*; (f) karitvna, AIII 78,15*; Pvl9:2; Th29; Ja III 236,16*; Ap60,i (rajjarn karitvna); 68,13 (sakam kammam karitvna); (g) kariya, DIU 166,24* (sukhapphalam kariya sukhni vindati); Thi 402; Ja VI 291,16* (tarn anjalim kariya vadetha evam); neg. akariya, Mhv 34:94; (h) kacca, Ap 533,15 (padakkhinam kacca nipacca pde, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se katva) = Thi-a 142,21* {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se katva) quoted

Sadd 517,io; (i)(namul) kram; ifc see luppa-, sannidhi-; (j)(namul) krakam; ifc see avaganda-, luppa-, capucapu-, sannidhi-, surusuru-; pass. {&)pr. 3 sg. kariyati, kariyate, kariyyati, kariyyate, Vin I 50,4 (kin ti nu kho upajjhyassa civaram kariyetha); 107,19 (idha uposatho kariyissati); 108,28 (kariyatu); 309,29 (kariyanti); MI 404,26 (na kariyati ppam); Sadd 509,15 (kariyyati); 824,8 (kariyyate kariyate); part.pr. kariyamna, mfn., Vin IV 151,20 (kmme kariyamne, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kayiramne); Ap 292,14 (citake kariyamne, Be, Ce so; Se kayiramne; Ee citesu kiramnesu); Sp 567,2; neg. akariyamna, mfii., Sp 983,5; It-aII 20,s; (b)pr. 3 sg. kayirati2, Vin III 153,46 (kuti kira me ~ati); DII 25,46; SI 180,4* (ke nu kammant ~anti, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be kariyanti); Ps II 122,22 (~atu); Sadd 509,15; part.pr. kayiramna, mfn.f VinI 115,1 (adhammakamme -amne); III 202,35 (civaram ~amnam na ppahoti); DII103,10; Ap 406,25 (citesu ~amnesu, Ce so; Ee kiramnesu; Be citsu kurumnsu; Se citakesu kurumnesu); Mhv 30:42; neg. akayiramna, mfn., Sp472,4; {c)pr. 3 sg. kirati, Th 143 (te pi tath* eva -anti na hi kammam panassati; Th-all 22,9: tath' eva annehi kariyanti); Thi 424 (kirn te na ~ati idha, Be so; Ce, Se kirati; Ee karati, prob, wr); fut. 3 sg. kirihiti, Thi 424 (tarn te ~ihiti, so read with Th App p. 242 ? eds karihiti); pass, (d)part.pr. kiramna, mfn., Ap292,i4 (citesu kiramnesu, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce citake kariyamne; Se citake kayiramne) = 406,25 {Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce kayiramnesu; Be citsu kurumnsu); pass. {e)pr. 3 sg. kayyati, kayyate, Sadd509,i5; 824,6; p p kata, mfn. and n. [S. krta], l.(i) made, done; worked, fashioned, manufactured, treated; performed, carried out; placed; what is done, what has been done; VinI 108,2 (~o nu kho amhkam uposatho akato nu kho ti); 183,16 (~am karaniyam); II 79,18 (sace tay ~am ~an ti vadehi, sace akatam akatan ti vadehi ti); 298,15 (eko va Yaso ... samano Sakyaputtiyo ~o, sabbe va mayam assaman aSakyaputtiy ~ ti); Mil 97,27 (gm pi agm ~); SI 196,19* (~am buddhassa ssanam); Dhp 50 (attano va avekkheyya ~ni akatni ca); Ud 35,6 (n* atthi ~assa v paticayo); Sn514; Pv 24:10; Th 1126; Ja II 298,9* (~am -am kho dseyya); III 466,2* (na -am ca nikatvna); V 352,10* (yam kiccam parame mitte -am asmsu tarn tay, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se katarasmsu; Ee, Se kinci; 352,18' [Ce, Ee, Se]: katarasms ti -am amhesu); VI 88,16* (- apaciti tay, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -o); Dhs 431 (kusalassa kammassa tt upacitatt); ifc see adhikra-, kamma-, kla(n)-, kim{sv ka3), khambha-, cira-, sayam-; (ii) acted upon or against; Ja III 136,4* (na -assa ca katta ca metti sandhiyate puna; 135,6': na -assa ca katt c ti-assa ca abhibhtassa upapilitassa puggalassa); 2. (.) doing; action; making; service done, benefit; Sp 1336,23 (imassa vihrassa klato patthya); ifc see bhatti-; katam + ins tr., done with ...; (there is) enough; (there is now) no need of; D II 176,25 (alam ettvat mahrja, -am ettvat mahrja); MI 477,31 (-am tassa appamdena, abhabbo so pamajjitum); A III 349,19 (tassa savanena pi -am hoti); kate + gen. or ifc, on account

649

of, for the sake of Ja V 500,10* (manussamamsassa ~e upg; 500,13': manussamamsassa hetu); Sadd 900,4 (~e ti paticcatthe); ifc see putta-, mam-; kata, mfh. and n., (what is) done and not done; (what has been) done and (what) not (yet) done; manufactured and not manufactured', Vin IV 211,21 (gacchati ~akatam jnitum); Dhp 50 (na paresam ~katam); JaV 116,27*; Ap 413,28 (bhand ~kat); ~katavijnanaka, mfn., who knows what has been done and not (yet) done; knowledgeable; Dhp-a I 413,20 (~katavijnanakam bhikkhum nivattetva); '-anjali, mfh., with cupped hands raised to the head (in respect)', Sn 1023 (jano sabbo vedajto ~'-anjali); Thi482; Ja I 17,7* (~'-anjali namassanti); Vv-a78,9 (devakann... "'anjali atthsi); Mhv 18:37; '-anjalika, mfn. id.; Bv-a 12,io (-'-anjali ti ~'-anjaliko, anjaliputam sirasi katv ti attho); ~'-atta, mfn. [kata + atta(n)], with trained or disciplined self; Ja VI 296,1* (vinlto sippav danto ~'-atto; 296,8: ~'-atto ti sampditatto); neg. akatatta, mfn., JaV 351,24*; dhikra, mfh., who has rendered a service; Ja I 56,is; Ap 7,io (ye sabbabuddhesu ~dhikr); Mil 115,6 (jinassane ~dhikrnam ditthadhammasukhavedaniyam kammarp); Ud-al78,i3 (~dhikratt); ~bhinihra, mfn., with resolution formed; whose firm intention is to be a buddha; Ja I 2,6; Spkll 286,4 (tathgatassa Dipankarapdamle -bhinlharassa); Dhp-a I 135,9; bhmi in eds at Pet 130,16 and 135,25 is prob, wr for katvlbhmi qv svkatvi(n); vaksa, mfn., having been given the opportunity; having been given consent; having obtained a chance or scope; Vin I 7,8 (brahm Sahampati ~vakso kho 'mhi bhagavat dhammadesany ti) = MI 169,28 * SI 138,26 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee bhagavato); D i l 240,23 (~vakso kho 'mhi brahmun Sanankumrena); A III 40,21* (~vaks katakusal ito cut sayampabh anuvicaranti Nandanam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce katvs; Mp III 249,16: -vaks ti yena kammena tattha avakso hoti tassa katatt ~vaks, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee katvs ti... vso ... katvs) ^ Vv 22:9 (~vaks ... anuvicarmi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce katvs); Sn 1030 (~vaks pucchavho yam kind manas' icchatha); Ja V 140,26* (~vaks pucchantu bhonto); Mil 95,8 (Milindo rj ~vakso ... etad avoca); see also katoksa; ~'-indriya, mfh., with faculties trained; or with the faculties developed; Th 725 (udaggacitt suman -'-indriy phusimsu nibbnapadam; Th-aIII 18,8: - ' -indriy ti bhvitindriy); ' -psana, mfn. [kata + upsana1], practised, skilled (esp. in archery); MI 82,35 (dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho ~ -upsano) * S I 62,2 (Spkl 117,4: ~o ti katasarakkhepo dassitasippo); Mil 353,14 (vijjsu katasikkho ~ -upsano katahattho); neg. akatupsana, mfh., S I 98,33 (gaccheyya khattiyakumro ... akatupsano); '-oksa, mfn., having been given the opportunity; having been given permission; having found an opportunity or scope; where space or scope has been made; D II 275,12* (~'-oks bhagavat panham pucchemu); Sn 1031 (sambuddhena ~'-okso nisiditvna panjali Ajito pathamam panham ... pucchi); Ja I 84,28 (satth Sakkena

~'-oksam maggam patipajjitv); VI 341,28 (~'-oks pavisitv); Ap496,is; Cp-a242,i2 (~'-oksena attano pubbakammena); kammase in EeatSl 205,7* is wr for bhatakamhase (Be, Ce, Ja III 309,27* so); ~-kla, mfn., dead; Ja III 164,22' (klakate tikle, mate ti attho); Sp436,i5; Pv-a29,9; finu, mfn., mindful of former service, grateful; Vin I 56,1 (~-nnuno... sappuris katavedino); Sil 272,is; A I 61,26 (~-nnut katavedit); Sn265 (--finut); Vv 81:27 (so nn katavedi); JaIV 42,n* (~-nnumhi ca posamhi); Spkll 232,2 (--nnut ti katajnanam); Mhv 25:97; neg. akatannu1, mfn., ungrateful; SI 225,21 (akatannuno); A I 61,21 (akatannu hoti akatavedi); Ja I 322,10* (akatannussa posassa); V 419,10 (itthinam akatannutam ... jnmi); VI 140,6* (yebhuyyena ete akatannuno brhman); Spklll 15,5 (sivisehi pi mahbhtn, eva akatannutarni); Mp II 121,4 (akatann ti katam na jnti); tthaddha in Ee at It 25,2 is prob, wr for kataludda <7v; ~-nissama, mfn., who has exerted himself; well-practised; JaV 243,11* (sahgme nissame; 244,28': yuddhesu katakamme mahyodhe); ~-patisammodana, mfh., having been given a friendly greeting; Dhp-a III 125,10 (so... ranna tutthacittena patisammodano); ~-pariggah, (m)f., taken in marriage; Pv-a 161,26 (ayam drik kim kenaci pariggah udhu akatapariggah); ~-bhanda, n., something manufactured (eg cloth or worked metal); something not in its natural state; Vin III 236,31 (anpatti... aparibhuttam bhandam dhovpeti); Sp 544,4 (rajatam ca jtarpam ca bhandam pi akatabhandam pi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee katabhandam); 689,1 (~-bhandan ti katam bhandam kambalakojavasanthatdi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee katabhandan ti); bhiruttna, mfn., who has prepared a protection from fear or danger; who has prepared a protection for the fearful; Vin III 72,6 (katakusalo ~-bhiruttno akatappo; Sp 436,6: maranakle sampatte y sattnam uppajjati bhayasankht bhirut tato tyanam rakkhanakammam katam tay ti bhiruttno) ^ AH 175,20 (Mp III 161,10: bhitassa parittyakatt bhiruttnan ti vuccati) * It 25,19; Nett 180,2; neg. akatabhiruttna, mfn., M III 165,6 = Nett 179,u; A I 155,13 (akatakusal akatabhiruttna; MpII 255,14: akatabhayaparittn, avassayabhtam patitthkammam amhehi na katan ti) ^ It25,2; mangala, mfn., consecrated; auspicious; MpII 382,21 (sveva divaso ~-mangalo nma hoti); mallassa in Ee at Spk II 87,31 is wr; Ce, Sv486,25 Ee katamallanepunnassa; Be, Se at Spk and Sv katamallapsnaparicayassa); yogga,m/h., who has exercised; well-practised; SI 99,io (katahattho yoggo); neg. akatayogga, mfh., SI 98,33; Sv486,24 = Spkll 87,3o; ~-ranjana,m/w., coloured; painted; Th-aIII 35,29 (alattakena ~-ranjan); rpa,m/h., well done; really done; JaV 317,14* (rpam idam bhot veyyvaccam anappakam); ~-ludda, mfn., who has done acts of cruelty; M III 165,7 (katappnam ~-luddnam ... gati) = Nett 179,15; A l l 174,16 (ekacco ... katappo luddo katakibbiso) ^ It 25,2 (Be so; Se kataluddho; Ce katatthaddo, Ee katatthaddho, prob, wrr); neg. akataludda, mfn., Vin III

650

72,6 (katakalyno ... akatappo akataluddo akatakibbiso, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se akataluddho) * AII 175,20* It 25, (Be so; Se akataluddho; Ce akatatthaddo, Ee akatatthaddho, prob, wrr); Mill 171,30 = Nett 180,i; vijja, m/n., learned; skilled; Bv25:ll (bhummantalikkhe kusalo vijjo anvayo); ~-vedi(n), mfn., acknowledging former service, grateful; Vin I 56,2 (katannuno ... vedino); AIII 43,27*; JaV 146,21* (yo ve kataiin vedi dhiro; 147,23': parena attano katagunam jnti ti kataiin, evam natv pana yen' assa guno kato tassa gunam patikaronto vedi nma); Ap 500,18 (kataiin vedi ca); SpkII 232,2 (--vedit ti katavisesajnanam); neg. akatavedi(n), mfn., A161,21 (akatann hoti akatavedi); II 226,21 (akatavedit); smana, m/n., who has performed the duties of a samana; MI 386,7* (--smanassa manujassa antimasrirassa narassa, so read; eds katasamanassa; Ps III 97,1: katasmannassa samanadhammassa matthakappattass ti attho); ssama, m/h., who has made great exertions; painstaking; practised; Saddh277 (--ssamo va satthesu parisam akatassamam); hattha, mfn., wellpractised, skilled (esp. in archery); Abh 720; M I 82,35 (dhanuggaho sikkhito katupsano hattho) ^ SII 266,1 (SpkH 225,11 foil: yosippam eva ugganhti hattho na hoti, ime pana hatth cinnavaslbhv); Ja IV 494,20* (isssino hatth pi dhir; 497,29". ~-hatth ti susikkhit); VI 448,22* (upsanamhi hatthe vlavedhe; 448,23': hatthe ti avirajjhanavedhitya sampannahatthe); Mil 353,14 (vijjsu... hattho); Mp III 87,is; Mhv 48:152; neg. akatahattha, mfn., SI 98,33; sukatahatth in Ee at JaV 41,\6' is prob, wr; read vijjhanachedanesu katahatth with Be, Ce, Se; pp neg. akata, mfn. and n., not made, not done; not manufactured, not treated, natural; not fashioned; what has not been done; what is not made (hibbna,); Abh 7; Vin I 48,11 (sace klavannakat bhmi... sace - hoti bhmi); 108,4 (uposatho -o); M i l 71,31 (hiraniiasuvannam -am c' eva katam ca); A I 49,27 (-am hoti kyasucaritam); 56,19 (--tt); Dhp 50 (attano va avekkheyya katni -ni ca); Ud 80,23 (atthi... -am asankhatam); Pv23:7; Ja III 57,25* (dhutt sond - bl; 58,io': akatabuddhino asikkhitak); Ap 400,26 (bhandni katni -ni ca); Sadd 70,15* (nibbnam ... vivattam -am attham); '-ga(s), mfn., who has not committed an offence; Saddh294 (apakkamati tarn dukkham drato -'-gaso); '-pasevana, mfn., with no use made (of); or without the tying on (of); Jail 276,8' (npi morpasevin ti morapattagijjhapattdihi - ' -pasevanena); nnu1, mfn., see above; nriu2, mfn., knowing what is not made fnibbna,); Dhp 97 (assaddho iin ca; Dhp-a II188,1: akatam nibbnam jnti tiiin); 383; ~-iiiiuka, mfn., ungrateful; Cp-a 293,2 (dukkhe iinuke ... kye); buddhi, mfn., of unformed mind, unlearned, foolish; Ja III 58,io' (sond ca buddhino asikkhitak); mallaka, m. or n., an unworked scraper; Vin II 106,22 (anujnmi bhikkhave gilnassa mallakan ti; Sp 1200,7: mallakam nma makaradantake chinditva mallakamlasanthnena katam mallakan ti vuccati[Be, Ce so; Ee, Se katamallakam]... ~-mallakam

nma makaradante achinditv katam); atikata, mfn., more than repaid; paid back excessively; A I 62,15 (mtpitunnam katam ca hoti patikatam ca ~am ca ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit -am); dukkata, n., an evil or wrong action; Dhp 314 (akatam -am seyyo pacch tapati -am); Vv 52:13 (kyena vcya manas -am katam); sukata, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) well done; well made; Sn300 (rathe... -e); JaVI 293,11* (-0 maggo); Ap 400,25 (vediyam -am katv); 2. (n.) a good action; Dhp 314 (katam ca -am seyyo); see also kata2; fpp (a) kattabba, mfn. and n. [S. kartavya], to be done or made; to be carried out; what is to be done, what should be done; SI 108,15 (-am kusalam); Vv 18:15; Ja III 118,2*; Ap 473,4 (tasm payogo -o); Sp 257,1 (raho ... ~-tya rahassam); 260,13 (--tt); Spk I 281,3 (ayam therassa -am karissati); Dhp-a 1211,4 (gato nma imam nagaram samano Gotamo, idni 'ssa -am jnissmi); neg. akattabba,mfn., JaV 237,22 (akattabbam ppam); Sp216,i (akattabbatya); Mp II 276,11; fpp (b) ktabba, mfn. and n. [S. kartavya], id.; Vin I 50,2 (sace upajjhyassa civaram -am hoti); 108,i (uposatho -o); D II 161,27 (tathgatassa thpo -o); Mil 186,24; Sp 1063,8 (tt); Mhv 25:53; neg. aktabba, mfn., Ja I 233,13' (ariyehi aktabbatt); Sp 615,2 (aktabbam karonti); fpp (c) karaniya, mfn. and n. [ts], to be done or made; to be dealt with; what is to be done, what should be done; business, affair; duty; need; Abh 772; Vin I 58,13 (te yvajivam ussho -o); 70,12 (uccvacni -ni); 178,7 (tarn -am tiretv); II89,2 (t); III 158,12 (n' atthi ca me kinci uttarim -am); D I 91,12 (kenacid eva -ena Kapavatthum agamsim); II68,10 (khin jti vusitam brahmacariyam katam -am); 74,2 (samagg Vajji -ni karonti); SI 101,5 (yam te mahrja -am tarn karohi); IV125,i (bhikkhnam ... appamdena -am); A I 229,33 (tin* imni... kassakassa gahapatissa pubbe -ni; Mp II 354,4: -ni ti avassakiccni); Sn 143; Vv 56:6 (-ni punnni panditena); Th225 (pubbe -ni pacch ktum icchati); Ja IV 296,21*; V 17,n* (accyike -amhi jto); Ap376,n; Mil 5,17 (n' atthi kusalkusalehi kammehi -am); ifc see akma-, atithi-, kirn- (sv ka 3 ); neg. akaraniya, mfn. and n., 1. not to be done or made; not to be dealt with; what is not to be done; Vin I 45,8 (akappiyam akaraniyam); II278,11 (attha ca akaraniyni); D i l 76,2 (akaraniya ... Vajji ranii ... yadidam yuddhassa annatra upalpanya; Sv 521,34: akaraniya ti akattabb agahetabb ti attho); A I 57,2i; Sp 220,5; 2 . (mfn.) with nothing to do; Vin I 154,25 (so tadaheva akaraniyo pakkamati); sakaraniya, mfn., having something (still) to do; Vin I 155,4; DII 143,22; Th 1045 (aham sakaraniyo 'mhi sekho appattamnaso); Sp6,i9 ([nando] sekho sakaraniyo); Mil 140,16 (sakaraniyataya); fpp (d) kicca, mfn., n. and m. [S. krtya], 1. (mfn. and n.) (what is) to be done or made; business, affair; duty, service; purpose, need; something to be done, that must be done; job, task; Abh 772; D III 186,2 (bhayassa -am karoti); 186,8 (paccuppannesu -esu); SI 47,32* (n' atthi -am brhmanassa); Th741 (vajje -am niratthakam); Ja III 26,18* (akaramhase te-am); V 445,11* (vsu -esu ca nam

651

jahanti; 446,22': ~es ti tesu tesu karamyesu); VI 28,6* (ajj'eva -am tappam); Vism 493,5 (kirn indriynam -am); Sp 390,23 (patikammena -am n' atthi); Mp II 354,4 (yam hi na avassam ktabbam, tarn -an ti vuccati, avassam ktabbam karaniyam nma); Dhp-al 15,22 (titthatha tva bhante, -am me atthi ti); III 182,io (mayham rajjena -am n' atthi); ifc see udaka-, khana-, bahu-, sarira-; 2. (.) = kiccdhikarana qv below; Vin V 148,13 (adhikaranni cattri sattahi samathehi sammanti dvihi cathi tflii -am ekena sammati; Sp 1351,13: kiccdhikaranam ekena samathena sammati); Vin -vn 2766 (-am ekena sammati); 3. (m.) (gr.t.t.) a class of affixes forming the future passive participle; Sadd 848,io (te ~ te paccay tabbdayo riccant kiccasann veditabb); kiccni, n.pl., various duties or affairs; Dhp 74; Sn298 (-kiccesu ussuk); Ja IV 373,23* (373,25': -kiccesu tiranno kiccakaraniyesu); -dhikarana,n., a legal case or matter to be dealt with involving or connected with a formal act (of the sangha,); Vin II 89,4 (y sanghassa kiccayat karaniyat apalokanakammam nattikammam nattidutiyakammam natticatutthakammam idam vuccati -dhikaranam); 104,9 (-dhikaranam ekena samathena sammati sammukhvinayena); Mil 247,5; Sp 601, \foll; Vin-vn 2763 (sahghakiccni nissya -dhikaranam siy); -nukubba, mfn., doing what should be done in return; Ja II205,10* (-nukubbassa kareyya kiccam); kara, mfn. [kicca + kara1], doing what should be done, doing one's duty; serving a purpose, useful; SI 91,19* (~-karo ca hoti); Sn 676 (--karo siy naro); neg. akiccakara, mfn., not doing what should be done; useless, ineffective; Mil 66,4 (sampatte kale ... vymo akiccakaro bhavati patigacc' eva vymo karo bhavati); 151,24 (bhesajjni... khinyukassa akiccakarni); karaniya, n., duty to be performed, business to be done; various duties or affairs; D i l 270,8 (kehi kehi ci karaniyehi vyvato); Sv 950,8 (karaniye uppanne); Ud-a 115,26 (karaniyehi ti ettha avassam ktabbam -am, itaram karaniyam, pathamam v ktabbam -am, pacch ktabbam karaniyam, khuddakam v -am, mahantam karaniyam); kraka, mfn., serving a purpose, useful; Ap 67,20 (chavltam yath kattham na kvaci krakam); kri(n), mfn., doing what should be done; doing one's duty; acting rightly; SI 181,30 (kaccham ... evamkri kri homi); Th 727; see also akiccakri(n) below; neg. akicca, (mf)n., (what is) not to be done; A II 67,1 (akiccam karoti kiccam apardheti); Dhp 292 (akiccam pana kayirati); Ja III 131,io*; akiccakri(n), mfn., doing what ought not to be done; acting wrongly; D I 135,11; Ja IV 260,23* (hanmi mittaddum akiccakrim); SV296,M; atikicca, n., an excessive or extreme act; ? Dip 9:7 (karoti vilopakammam atikiccam sudrunam); fpp (e) kiriya 1 , mfn. and n. [S. krya], (what is) to be made or done; need; effect; Abh 1037; Vv 80:7 (dvay' ajja kiccam ubhayam ca -am); Ja VI 175,30* (bhogehi -am); Moh 147,19 (anekasm kran anekarn -am uppajjati); Sadd 847,19; neg. akriya, mfn., not to be done; It 18,17* (n' atthi papam akriyam);

fpp (f) kayya, mfn., Sadd 862,25 (-am bhavat vattham); caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) kreti, krayati, causes to do or make, causes to perform or carry out or suffer; has (something) done or made; deals with (with an act of the sangha,); administers, supervises (the working of); occupies a position (of power), wields (a particular authority); Vin I 179,6 (rj ... rajjam -eti); A II 205,12 (tsham issardhipaccam ~emi); III 236,28 (Kranapli brhmano Licchavinam kammantam -eti); Sn 399 (-enti c' anne pi jane pamatte); Ja IV 60,22* (ratham -aymi); 195,io* (rajjam -ehi); 363,19* (kasim vniijam -enti); VI 360,10* (-ayate); 587,12* (~etha ... ubho); Mhv 31:126 (-enti); 32:60 (-aya); Sadd 509,24; fut. 3 sg. (a) kressati, All 114,8 (kranam -essati); (b) krayissati, Ap324,i4 (isseram -ayissati); 361,4; 1 sg. (a) kressam, Vin I 255,26 (idh' ev* imam civaram -essam); Ja IV 422,7*; (b) krayissmi, Pv 18:4 (-ayissmi te sasam); Ja III 315,16*; opt. 3 sg. (a) kraye, Vin II 147,47* (pandito poso ... vihre -aye); Th494; (b)kreyya, Vv 43:7 (y mahesittam -eyya); JaV 112,25*; Vibh 336,40 (etam anavakso yam itthi Sakkattam-eyya); (c)krayeyya, Ap43,2o; 1 sg. kraye, Ja III 199,4 (aharn... api rajjarn pi -aye); Ap344,n; 3 pi. kreyyum, M I 282,14; J pi kreyyma, Vin II 86,46 (sace mayam imhi pathi aMamannam -eyyma siy pi tarn dhikaranam ... bhedya samvatteyya); part.pr. (a)krenta,mfn., A I 47,11 (rjno gahetv vividh kammakran -ente); Ja II 199,17 (Brahmadatte rajjarn -ente); (b)kraya(t), mfn., D I 52,22 (karato ... -ayato) = MI 404,22; (c)krayanta, m/(~ayanti)., JaIV 154,25* (-ayant); VI 62,10* (-ayanti); (d) krayamna, mfn., Vin III 149,10 (bhikkhun kutim -ayamnena); Ps III 65,n; aor. 3sg. (a)akresi, kresi, DU 196,5 (oparajjam -esi... rajjam -esi); SI 92,H (setthittam -esi); Ap 344,23 (yo me setum akresi); 493,28; Mhv 4:1 (-esi); (b)akrayi, krayi, Ja IV 130,12* (Rmo rajjam akrayi); VI 118,18* (-ayi); 2sg. (a)kresi, JaV 117,4* (m ca vegenakiccni -esi -ayesi v); (b)krayesi, JaV 117,4* (-ayesi, eds so); 1 sg. (a)kresim, Ap 302,is; (b) akrayi(m), krayi(m), AIV 90,5* (devindo devarajjam akarayim); Vv 84:25 (-ayirn); Pv 25:10 (mahesittam akrayi); Th914; Ja III 373, n*; Ap39,7; 63,5; 599,18 (~ayi); Mhv 10:23 (akrayi); (c)krayesim, Ap-a 366,9 (-ayesim krpesin ti attho, Ee so, wr ? Be, Se Ap89,i9 krapesifm]; Ce karpesaham); 3 pl. (a) kresum, Cp 3:6:14; Sp 73,4; (b) krayum, Ap 317,20 (upatthnaslam ... -ayum); (c) krayimsu, Ps II 235,15; absol. (a) kretv, Ap 580,3 (pjarn etdisam rammam -erva); PsV 41,5; neg. akretv, Sp 1372,24; (b) krayitv, Ap 84,10; Mhv 25:36; (c) krayitvna, Ap 101,26; (d)kriya2, Mhv 3:5 (satthu sarirasriradhtukiccni -iya); 32:3; pass, part.pr. kriyamna, mfn., MI 446,5 (kranam -iyamnassa); Sp211,22; pp krita, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) (i) caused to be made; A I 145,io (pokkharaniyo -it honti); Ap 115,14; 238,12; (ii) caused to do, made to perform; ifc see nenja-; 2 . (.) (gr.t.t.) the causative form of the verb; the causative suffix; Sadd 823,9 (nenayanpenpay hetvatthe dhtuto -it ca te); 829,29 (-ite vuddhi);

652

859,20 (~itam viya datthabbo); neg. akrita, mfii., not caused to make; Cp-a 24,25 (calanamattam pi akrito); fpp kretabba, mfii., Vin II 5,i4 (na okso ~etabbo); 166,35 (yo nikkaddheyya yathdhammo ~etabbo); JaV 112.22 (dhammena rajjam ~etabbam); Sp701,30 (-etabbatam pajjati); 305,12 (na prjikena ~etabbo); caus. pr. 3 sg. (b)krpeti, krpayati, causes to make or do; has (something) made or done; Vin I 190,4 (tinapdukam karonti pi ~enti pi); 207,4 (kim bhante thero~eti ti); II 146,18 (sacham ... vihre -eyyam); M II 163,17 (vihram bhoto Udenassa ~essmi); 163,19 (sanghassa upatthnaslam ~ehl ti); SI 179,27 (brhmano tasmim vanasande kammantam ~eti); Sadd 509,24 (~eti ~ayati); part.pr. krpenta, mfii., Sp 647,29; 661,22; neg. akrpenta, mfii., Spk I 180,29; aor. 3 sg. krpesi, D II 21,7 (rj ... kumrassa tayo psde ~esi); Ps III 338,8 (kim pana bhagav therarn vejjakammam ~esi); 1 sg. (a) krpesim, Ap-a 366,9; (b) krapesi(m) (mc ?), Ap 89,19 (ygarn krapes' aham, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se krayes' aham; Ap-a 366,9: krapes' aham ~esim ahan ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce karpesaham ~esin ti attho; Ee krayesim ~esin ti attho); (c)krpayim, Ap408,i3; 3 pi. (a) krpesum, Pv-a 20,5; (b) krpayimsu, Ps II 393,18; absol. (a)krpetv, Vin I 170,13; 11180,28 (punjam ~etv); JaV 251,12* (~etv samam maggam); Ap 344,14 (~etv imam kammam); neg. akrpetv, Sp 765,33; (b) krpetvna, Ap 344,n; pass, part.pr. krpiyamna, mfn., Vin I 170,15 (bhikkh oksam ~iyamn na icchanti oksam ktum); pp krpita, mfn., caused to be made or done; Vin II 147,24 (vihr ... ~it); Ap 214,27; Spk I 216,20 (pitar ~ite vihre, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr karpite); Mhv 25:108; fpp krpetabba, mfn., Vin I 216,15 (na ... satthakammam ~etabbam, yo ~eyya patti thullaccayassa). kala, mfn.andm. [ts], indistinct, inarticulate; soft and melodious; a low or indistinct tone; Abh 137 (avyattamadhure ~o); Ud-a340,22 (~assa v hananato kalaho datthabbo); Mhv 73:101 (kokilnam ~ena ca ninndena); -kala, m., confused or mingled sound; Abh 130; ~-mukhara, mfn., noisy with confused sounds; Mhbv 18,14. kalaka, m. [c/kalika?], a bud;! Sadd921,4 (mattbhedo tva ... ~o korako, perhaps wr). kalakavesena in Ee at Ps II 135,5 is wr for klakavesena (Be, Ce, Se so). kalanka, m. [ts], 1. mark, spot; Abh 55 (~o lanchanam); 1089; 2. blame; Abh 1089 (~o 'nkpavdesu); kalanka- in eds at Pet 152,2foil, is wr, prob, for khalunka qv. kalati, ~eti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kalate, Wg 14:26; S. kalayati, Wg 35:13; BHS kalayati, and c/"5klayati], sounds; counts; goes; urges on; Dhtup 613 (kala sankhyne); Dhtum 856 (kala sankalandisu bhave); Sadd437,20 (kala sankhne: ~ati kal); 564.23 (kala gatisankhnesu: ~eti ~ayati klo kal); Ud-a 119,23 (~eti satte khepeti ti klo maranam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kleti); ppkalita, mfii., urged on; ifc see sitavta-; fpp kalayitabba, mfii., Sadd 564,24 (kal ti avayavo, s hi ~ayitabb sankhyitabb ti kal); see

also kleti. kalati 1 ,pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup kadati, Wg 9:78; kaddati, Wg 9:65], is elated; is rough; Sadd 460,14 (kala made kakkasse ca:... ~ati). kalati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup gadati, Wg 19:15], sprinkles, pours; Sadd 460,25 (kala secane: ~ati kalanam). kalatta, n. [S. kalatra], a wife; Abh 237; Sadd 870,22; see also kalatra. kalatra, n. [ts], a wife; Sadd 870,29; see also kalatta. kalana, n. [from kalati2; cf S. galana], sprinkling, pouring; Sadd 460,25 (kalati ~am). kalanda 1 ,m.orn. [cfS. karanda], a basket, a box; ifc see sisa-; see also karanda. kalanda2, m. [cf kalandaka], a squirrel; Mil 374,7* (-0 dipini dipiko, in uddna); Mhv 37:204 (caranto ca -narn uyyne bhattam attano katv nivparn dpesi). kalandaka, m. [cfBHS Karandaka-, Kalandaka-nivpa], a squirrel; Abh 622; Ap 347,15 (~ ukkus ca); Mil 368,13 (yath ... ~o ... nanguttham papphotetv mahantam katv ten' eva nangutthalakutena patisattum patibhati); Sp 202,7 (~ vuccanti kjak); 575,25 (~nam c* ettha nivparn adamsu tena Kalandakanivpo ti vuccati). kajandaka, m. orn. [1 cfBHS kalandaka], mat, covering; ifc see muducitta-. kalandati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup klandati, Wg3:35], calls; cries; Sadd 381,5 (kaladi avhnerodane ca: ... ~ati kalandako). kalabha, m. [ts], a young elephant; Abh 362; Sadd 346,2* (hatthipoto hatthichpo bhinko ca ~o); ifc seehatthi-. kalamam in Ee at It-a I 143,11 is wrfor klam (Be, Ce, Se so). kalamba1, m. [S. kadamba, S. lex. kalamba; AMg kalamba], the tree Nauclea cadamba; Ja IV 290,13 (-rukkho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kadamba-); Ap 362,18 (~ kadali tattha pupphanti mama assame, Se so; Ee kadamba; Be, Ce ~ kandali; or kalamba2 ?); see also kadamba'. kalamba2, kalamba, n. [ts], (a plant with) an edible root; Ja IV 46,8* (na billiyo na ~ni; 46,12': ~ni ti tlakand); VI 578,27' (khananti lni ca ~ni ca); Ap 17,17 (luv ca ~ ca billitakkalni ca); 393,22 (~am tassa pdsim). kalambaka, m. [cfS. kalambaka], 1. a plant, a kind of herb; Abh 598 (tambako ca ~o); 2. [cf AMg kalambuga], a kind of water-plant, a (water)-creeper; Ja VI 534,30* (~ehi saiichanno Mucalindo nma so saro); see also kalambuk; 3. a kind of garland; ? Sp 620,12/0//. (~ena addhacandakena ca saddhim attha pupphavikatiyo vutt, tattha ~o ti addhacandakantare ghatikadma-olambako vutto); Vin-vn 471 (~am ktum addhacandakam eva v). kalambuk, / [BHS id; AMg kalambuy], a kind of water-plant; a (water)-creeper; D III 87,20 (padlat pturahosi, seyyath pi nma ~; Sv 869,1: ~ti nlik). kalala1, n. [cf kalila ?], wet soil; mud; Abh 663 (~am panko); Jal 12,30 (m bhagav ~e akkami); Bv2:51 (vkacirarnca cammakam~e pattharitvna); Mil 125,1 (~e bijam nipatitv khippam samvirhati); Ps II 58,4 (tintena

653

-ena sitt addvalepan nma); Dhp-a IV 25,12 (hatthi... saram oruyha ~e laggitv uttaritum nsakkhi); Sadd 922, \A (kalilam -am ... vannabhedo 'yam); ifc see tela-; -gahana, n., thick mud, mud hard to get through; a hiding-place in mud; Ja I 329,27 (-am pavisitv nipanne macchakacchape); V 46,27; Sadd 848,26 (udakagahanam -am); sukalala, mfn., well-watered, well-muddied; Mil 255,15 (rhati ... sukatthe - mandakhette ... bijam); see also kalalikata, kalalibhta. kalala2, n. \.[ts; cf also S. kalana, kal], the human embryo (in the first seven days after conception); the embryo (of a bird); Abh239; SI 206,11* (pathamam -am hoti -a hoti abbudam; Spkl 300,26foil: txhi jtiunnamshi katasuttagge santhitatelabinduppamnam -am hoti... sattham -am hoti paripakkam); Mil 40,11 (anna eva-assa mt anna abbudassa mt ...); 49,20 (yath ... kukkutiy -am na bhaveyya andam pi na bhaveyya); Vism 552,23; 2. the womb;? Mil 125,4 foil, (s bhikkhuni utuni samn santhite ~e ruhire pacchinnavege ... tam sambhavam gahetv tasmim ~e pakkhipi, tena tass gabbho santhsi); 125,15 (yam kind bhuttam pitam khyitam lehitam sabbam tam -am osarati). kalalikata, mfn. [pp of *kalalikaroti (from kalala1 + karoti)], made muddy, muddy; Vv 84:31 (jano ahosi asmim muhutte - 0 va; Vv-a343,2i: -o ti kalalam viya kato, kalalanissita-udakibhto viya, vilo ti adhippyo). kalalibhta, mfn. [pp of *kalalibhavati (from kalala1 + bhavati)], become muddy; A I 9,7 (udakarahado vilo lulito -o; Mp I 57,n: ~o ti kaddamibhto); Mil 35,6 (udakam ... -am). kalavinka, m. [ts; cf BHS karavinka], a sparrow; Abh 643 (-0 tu catako); see also karavlka. kalasa, m. [S. kalasa], a pot, a water-pot; Abh 457; M III 141,18 (udakam ~e sincitv); Ja I 453,16; Ap 575,n (- va payodhar). kalasi, / [S. kala&i], a pot, a water-pot; ifc see suvanna-. kalaha, m. [ts], contention, quarrel; strife, conflict; Abh 400; Vin I 339,4 (bhandanam -o viggaho vivdo); S I 66,12*; Sn 862; Ja V 395,5* (-am udirayi); 412,28 (-am vaddhesum); Cp 2:8:5; Mp IV 190, is (-0 ti kyakalaho pi vckalahopi); Dhp-a IV219,19 (bhariyya saddhim -am karonto nisinno); Mhv 10:41; -kraka, m/(-ik)w. andm.fi, bringing about contention; quarrelsome; a party to a quarrel; Vin I 175,8 (bhikkh ... - vivdakrak); IV 293,20 (-krikam); AIV 196,6; Nidd I 163,12 (dve -); Ps II 331,8 (tarnvcam bhsit hoti, Ce, Eeso, perhaps wr; Be kalahakranam vcam; Se kalahakranavcam); -jta, mfn., involved in contention, quarrelling; Vin I 341,2 (bhikkh... - vivdpann); D III 117,7; A I 70,22 (Mp II144,11: pabbajit pana pattivitikkamavcam vadant - nma); Ja III 149,14; "-ppavaddhana, n., increasing contention, fomenting strife; -ppavaddhana-akiccakari(n), mfn., doing what should not be done which foments strife; Dili 172,2i*; -ppavaddhani,/, increasing contention, fomenting strife; D i l i 182,30 (-1) = As 380,7; akalaha, m., absence of quarrelling; harmony; S I 224,12.

kalahati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. kalahati], reviles; quarrels; Sadd 458,4 (garaha kalaha kucchane:... -ati kalaho). kalahni, (m)fin). [from kalaha], causing quarrels or conflict; ? JaV 16,i9*(mntimn-i pesuni dubbannini naggayini palyini corna dhuttna gat! niketo tass punnam kumbham imam kintha; 19,5': mntimn ti mnakrik, sesapadesu pi es* eva nayo). kal, / [ts], I. a small part of anything, esp. a sixteenth part (in cts often explained as at least the sixteenth part of a sixteenth part); Abh 874; Vin II 156,5* (ekassa padavitihrassa -am ngghanti solasim); SI 19,14* (-am pi ngghanti tathvidhassa te; Spkl 59,24: -am nma solasamabhgo pi satabhgo pi sahassabhgo pi, idha satabhgo gahito); II 139,8 (nJ eva satimam -am upenti na sahassimam -am upenti); AI 215,16* (-am pi te nnubhavanti solasim); Dhp 70 (na so sankhatadhammnam -am agghati solasim); Vv 20:7 (etasscmadnassa -am ngghati solasim; Vv-a 103,25foil.: cmadnassa phalam sojasabhgam katv tato ekam bhgam puna solasabhgam katv gahitabhgasankhtarn solasim -am); Ja IV 252,27*; Ap 164,4 (na buddhannassa -am upenti te); Mil 106,i6(te ... ptihlr sabbaiinbuddhnam cittam updya gananam pi sankham pi -am pi kalabhgam pi na upenti); Spkl 314,14 (evam solasavre solasadh bhinnassa eko kotthso solasi - nma); Sadd437,20 (-ti solasabhgdi bhgo); 2. a digit or one-sixteenth of the moon's diameter; Abh 53; 874; Thi-a 10,5 (sabbhi -hi paripunno cando viya); 3. an art; a skill; Abh 528; 874; Ja I 160,4* (migam ... sattahi -h' atikkantam, Ce so; Ee klh'; Be kltikkantam; Se sattakleh' atikkantam; cf 160,8': sattahi ovdaklehi ovdam atikkantam); 163,6* (chahi -ah' atibhoti bhgineyyo; 163,18': chahi-hi luddakam atibhoti chahi kotthsehi ajjhottharati vanceti ti attho); A. a division of time; Abh 874 (- kle); kalam in Ee at Mp III 83,24 is wr, prob, for kulam (Be, Se so; Ce klam); -nidhi, m., the moon; Sadd 380,29*; (a)-bhga, m., a fraction of a part, a very small part; Mill 166,13 (-am pi na upeti; Ps IV 211,22: -am pi ti satimam kalam sahassimam kalam satasahassimam v kalam upagacchati tipi vattabbatam na upeti); Sp204,26 (appamattakam pi -amdukkhassa najnsi); Ud-a 172,3\foil, (-anti kalya pi bhgam, ekam solasakotthse katv tato ekakotthsam gahetv solasadh ganite tattha yo ekeko kotthso so -o ti, Be, Se so; Ce solasadh nihate; Ee solasaddh nihate). kalda, m. [S., Amg id.], a goldsmith; Mhv 88:105 (kammre ca kulle ca ~e cittakrake). kalpa, m. [ts], things tied together, a bundle, a sheaf; a sheaf of arrows, a quiver; a collection, totality; group; a peacock's tail; Abh 389 (-0 ca tno); 631 (samho... -0); 635 (~o pinjarn); 863 (-0 nikare); It 68,5* (saro diddho -am va alittam upalimpati) = Ja IV 435,26*; Vism 364,is (-ato ... dhtuyo manasiktabb); Ps III 249,22 (drnam -am ukkhipitv); Spklll 104,21 (kalpakalpam bandhitv); Pv-a 46,25 (tass hi kes nil ... visatth yva mekhal - olambanti); Sadd 533,18 (pindo ti samhasankhto ~o pi); ifc see apanaddha-, kesa-, dhanu-; '-agga, n. [kalpa + agga1], 1. the first of the sheaves; Ps II 188,4; Dhp-a I 98,is; 2. the

654

tip of the tail; Sp323,2 (morassa... pacchato -ena); Vin-vn71; -sammasana, n., considering as a group or by groups; comprehending as a collection (of separate things); Vism287,11 (~-vasena) = Sp 431,12; As 352,2 (~ena aham mam ti ghassa [pahnam]) = Spk II 253,27. kalpaka, m. [ts], a bundle, a sheaf; a string (of beads etc); ifc see gulika-, muttdma-, venu-. kalpi(n), kalpina, mfn. and m. [S. kalpin], 1. (mfn.) furnished with arrows, having a quiver; Ja VI 49,2* (sure cpahatthe -ino, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kalpine); 50,24* (sr ... -ino); 2. (m.) a peacock; Abh 634 (~i). kalpi,/ [ts], a bundle, a sheaf ifcseemlz-, yava-. kalpetv, ind. [absol. of *kalapeti, denom. from kalpa], putting in bundles, tying in sheaves; Ud-a 64,i (aje -etv, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se aje kalpe katv). kalbuka, n.m. [= kalpaka?], a belt of strings or ropes; Vin II 136,7 (uccvacni kyabandhanni dhrenti -am deddubhakam ...; Sp 1211,20: -am nma bahurajjukam); Khuddas33:6; Vin-vn 3056 (deddubham ca -am rajjuyo na ca vattanti). kalya, kalya, m. [S. kalya], a kind of pea, the chickpea; Abh451 (canako ca -o); Jail 74,24 (assnam ~e sedetv); 75,12* (ekam -am patitam gavessati); -patibhasta, n., a bag of chick-peas;? Mil 51,28 (tandulapatibhastni v muggapatibhastani v -ni v nikkhipitv yam icchati tarn harat ti, Be, Ce so; Se klyapatibhastni; Ee kalyapabhivattni, wr ? possibly read -patibhandni ? cf Mvul 327,2foil.: mudgaprabhinnam v msaprabhinnam v tandulaprabhinnam v pretv utkiritv bhjanny dya...); -pabhivattni in Ee at M i l 51,28 is prob, wr, perhaps for -pavibhattni ? -matta, m/(- and -i)n., the size of a chick-pea; SI 150,27 ([pilak] muggamattiyo hutv -iyo ahesum; Spk I 218,10: ~iyo ti canakamattiyo) = Snp. 124,26; Dhp-al 319,9 (pilak... muggamatt - kolatthimatt); -mutthi, / , a handful of chick-peas; Jail 75,11* (75,16': -in ti varakamutthim, klarjamsamutthin ti pi vadanti yeva); -ysa, m., chick-pea soup; MI 245,19. kalyissati, see sv kalhati. kalra1, mfn. [S. lex. kadra], tawny (in colour); Abh 98 (-0 kapilo). kalra2, mfn. [cfS. karla], 1. with projecting teeth (like fangs); Pv 16:1 (pingal si ~ si na tarn mannmi mnusim; Pv-a90,io: - ti kalradant); Ja V 91,4* (luddo -0 purisdako); VI 548,27* (capalo - o bhaggansako; 549, is*: -0 ti skaradthhi viya nikkhantadantehi samanngato); 2. projecting; gaping apart; terrible; Ps II 198,35 (dantnam -tya... eko danto unnato hoti eko onato, ubho pi ca viral honti na sann); Spk II 61,29 (dant pan' assa ~ visamasanthn tasm -0 ti vuccati); ' -akkhi, mfn. [kalra + akkhi'; cf S. karlksa], having prominent or terrible eyes; Sv 968,32 (~i kalradant ti); see also uccklrik sv ucc. kalrik, see sv klrik. kalhati, kalhiti, kalyissati, fut. 3 sg. [ofl]; will trick, will deceive; Ja I 163,6* (chahi kalhitibhoti

bhgineyyo, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kalhatibhoti; 163,26': aparo nayo... chahi karanehi kalhiti kalyissati luddakam vancessati ti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kalhati kalyissati). kali, kali, m. (and mfn.?) [S. kali], \.(m.) the losing number of dice (a number with a remainder of one when divided by four, see H. Lders, 1907); the die causing one to lose, the extra die, the losing die; bad luck; defeat, disaster; Abh 1106 (ppe ~i parajaye); D II 348,20 (eko akkhadhutto gatgatam -im gilati); S I 149,23* (appamattako ayam~iyo akkhesu dhanaparjayo) * Sn 659; A V 324, is (yath inam yath bandham yath jnim yath -im ... samanupassati); Dhp 252 (attano pana chdeti ~im va kitav satho); Sn 658 (vicinti mukhena so -im); 664 (purisanta -i avajta; Pj II 479,4: ~i alakkhipurisa); J a l 488,22* (-im ppeti attnam; 488,27': -i vuccati vinso); V134,i6 (klakannisarire -issa pavhitatt); VI 228,18* (-im eva nna ganhmi asippo dhuttako yath; 229,5': yath asippo asikkhito akkhadhutto parjayabhvam ganhti); 282,17* (rj -im vicinam aggahesi; 282,24': parjayagham aggahesi); 357,5* (ubhayattha blo -im aggahesi); Ps III 61,15 (yehi me akkhihi klakanni dittho tni dhotni ~i pavhito ti); ifc see citta- sv citta'; 2. (m.) [cf AMg kali], strife, discord; anger; iic see below; 3. (mfn.) being the worst (of a class); bringing bad luck; Jal 468,5 (blassa mittni kallbhavanti ti dandhassa apannassa mittni -ini klakannisadisni honti, Be so; Se -i nma; Ce khalitni; Ee malinni); ^kali - in Ee at Sp 290,26 (kanjikapitthakali-) is wr for -khali- (Be, Ce, Se so); -ggaha, m., a losing catch at dice; bad luck, illfortune; MI 403,ii (ubhayattha -o); III 170,8 (pathamen' eva-ena puttampijiyetha); A I 129,26*; -ggaha, m., id., Ja VI 209,4' (parjayasankhto ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kaliggaho); Sadd882,20*; 882,22 (-e parjito); -ppiya, mfn., fond of quarrelling; Panca-g 68; -yuga, n., the last and worst of the four ages; the present age; Mp I 88,5 (gacchante gacchante kle rjno adhammik honti, Ce, Ee so; Se ~e rjayuvarjno; Be kle rjayuvarjno); Ss 44,34; -ssana, ., an instruction, a statement influenced by anger; ? Vin IV 93,35 (-am ropeti patti dukkatassa; Sp 856,2: kali tikodho, tassa ssanam ropeti kodhassa nam ropeti, kodhavasena thnanisajjdisu dosam dassetv... amanpavacanam vadati...); Sp219,2 (na -am ropanatthya; Sp-pt[2te]H 21,22/0//.: na dosropanatthya, kali ti kodhass' etam adhivacanam, tassa ssanam -am, kodhavasena vuccamno garahadoso); Ps IV 2,4 (bhagav... kevalam -am ropetukmo pucchati); Vin-vn 1963 (na yanti -e ssane). kalik,/ [ts], an unblown flower; a bud; Abh 544 (- korako); see also kalaka. kalinga, m. [S. lex. id.], the fork-tailed shrike; Abh 644 (dhmyto tu ~o). kalingara, kajingara, m.n. [cf S. kadamkara, S., BHSy AMg kadahgara], 1. straw; chaff; Abh 453 (bhusam-o); 2. a block or piece of wood; a chopping-block; an executioner's block; M I 449,16 (tesam tarn ... hoti balavam bandhanam dalham bandhanam ... thlo -0; Ps III 166,8: gale baddham mahkattham viya hoti);

655

Th213 (tena ten'eva vajasi yena slam -am; Th-aII 79,13: -sahkht adhikuttanak kmagun, Be, Ce so; Ee adhikuttananmakmagun; Se adhikuttananmak kmagun); Thi 468 (kyo apetavinnno chuttho -am viya, perhaps meaning 1.; Thi-a259,6: -am viy ti niratthakakatthakhandasadiso) * Dhp41 (nirattham va -am; Dhp-al 321,4: katthakhandam viya); Dhp-a III 315,6 (katthena v -ena v sisam chindati); Sadd 697,4 (katthassa tuvam manne -assa tuvam manne); -kanda, ., a wooden arrow; ? Ja III 273,19 (rj... dhanum chaddetv imam acittam -am pi tava gunam jnti, eds so; perhaps read kalingarakhandam ?); -ghatika,/, a block or piece of wood; ? Spkll 229,19 (-am sispadhnam c' eva pdpadhnam ca katv). kaliftgu, m. [cfS. lex. kalinga, kalingak], a kind of tree; Ja VI 537,25* (kappr ca ~u ca, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kaliriguk). kalindati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup klindati, Wg2:14; 3:36], laments; Sadd 381,6 (kalidi paridevane: -ati). kalimbha, n. [for kalimbhaka qv], a measure or measuring-mark; Vin II 143,24* (-am, in uddna). kalimbhaka, m. or n. [?], a measure or measuringmark; Vin II 116,21 (suttantarikyo visam honti, anujnmi bhikkhave ^m ti; Sp 1206,23: -an ti pamnasanfikaranam yam kind tlapanndim). kalila, mfn. and n. [ts], impenetrable; an impenetrable place; Abh719 (gahanam -am); Sadd 922,14 (-am kalalam ... vannabhedo 'yam). kalibhavati, pr. 3 sg. [kali + bhavati ?], becomes bad luck; or quarrels; Ja I 467,29* (asampadnen' itaritarassa blassa mittni -anti; 468,5': mittni kalihi klakannisadisni honti, bhijjanti ti attho, Be so; Se mittni kali nma; Ce mittni khalitni; Ee mittni malinni). kalira, m. [S. karira], an edible shoot or sprout (esp. of a bamboo); Abh 549 (~o matthako bhave); 593; Th 72 (~o susu vaddhitaggo; l h - a l 172, i: -o ti ankuro, idha pana vamsankuro adhippeto); Ja III 394,6* (pathamuggato hohi yath-o); Sp834,2i; Spkl 227,13*; Mhv 100:6. kaluna, mfn. [= karuna^v; AMg kaluna], pitiable, piteous; ace.-dm, adv., piteously; Ja VI 466,27 (-am paridevantassa, Be so; Ce karunam; Ee karun; Se atikalnam); Sadd 623,5 (-am paridevayi). kalusa, mfn. and n. [S. kalusa], turbid, foul, muddy; foulness, impurity; Abh 84 (-am); 669 (anaccho ' -vil); 1106 (~am tv vile ppe); -bhva, m., foulness, impurity; Sv275,i9 (asampasdena tehi tihi dhammehi cittassa ~o, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se klusiyabhvo) = Ps III 368,21 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se klussiyabhvo); akalusa, mfn., not turbid or muddy; clear; Dhp-all 153,5 (so rahado tya vippasanno, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ankulatya); see also klusiya. kaleti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg., see sv kalati. kalebara, see sv kalevara. kalebalam in Ee at Sp 273,14 is wrfor kalevaram (Be, Ce, Se so). kalevara (and, in Ce and Ee, kalebara, kalebara), n. [S. kalevara; BHS also kadevara], the body; a dead body, a corpse; Abh 151; DH 305,17 (maranam klakiriy khandhnam bhedo ~assa nikkhepo); SI 62,20

(imasmim yeva vymamatte ~e... lokam ca panfipemi; Spkl 117,25: ~e tiattabhve); Thi 380 (bhedanadhamme -); Jail 437,15* (parisussati khippam idam -am); Ap 427,22 (~am ca me gayha citakam abhiropayum); Vibh 137,26; Mhv 23:10; kajevaranikkhipamnabhmim in Ee, Se at Sp 1298,5 is prob, wr for ~am nikkhipamn bhmim (Be, Ce so); ifc see sopna-. kalopi (and occasionally khalopi), / [BHS kalopi], a container; a pot; a basket; Abh 456 (khalopi, eds so); Mil 52,3i (ato ~iy kummsam gahetv; Ps III 286,7: -iyti pacchito); Thi 283 (na -iyam) = Ja V 252,20*; Ps II 44,8 (~i ti ukkhali v pacchi v) = Mp II 384,16 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khalopi ti); Mil 107,1 (khalopi- in long cpd, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se omits). kalya, mfn., .y^e sv kalla. kalyna, m/(~ and ~i)n. and n. [ts], \.(mfn.) fine, excellent; good; virtuous; beautiful; Abh 697; 1074; Vin I 117,9; D I 49,16 (evam ~o kittisaddo abbhuggato; Sv 146,4: -0 ti kalynagunasamanngato settho ti vuttam hoti); II266,io* (palissaja mam -i); Mil 80,9 (~nam kammnam vipkam patisamvedeti); SI 44,6* (vcam muficeyya ~im; Spkl 101,5: -in ti sanham mudukam); A III 77,2 (-ena manas anukampanti ciram jiva digham yu plehi ti); Dhp 375 (mitte bhajassu ~e) ^ Sn 338; Th 144 (karoti... kammam -am yadi ppakam); Ja I 375,4* (-im eva muficeyya; 375,6'foil: sundaram anavajjam vcam eva muficeyya vissajjeyya katheyya); 394,6' (janapadakalyni ti janapadamhi ~i uttam chasariradosarahit paneakalynasamanngat); Ap 573,25 (yuvatinam ca sabbsam -1 ti ca vissut); Mil 297,28 (supinam passanti -am pi ppakam pi); Sp 580,10 (-am sundaram ativiya panitam bhattam ass ti kalynabhattiko); 1339,5 (imya -ya patipattiy); It-all 125,15 (-t); As 349,20* (andho puthujjano eko - ' eko puthujjano); ifc see janapada-; 2. (n.) what is good, excellent; virtuous action; excellent conduct; excellence; beauty; Abh 88; Vin I 73,30 (pp ca virameyyma -am ca kareyyma); A I 138,32 (handham -am karomi kyena vcya manas); Dhp 116 (abhittharetha ~e); Pv 21:24 (alam eva ktum -am); Ja IV 425,8* (etad ariyassa -am yam tvam Sumukha bhsasi); V 491,27* (kat me - anekarp; 492,23': - ti kalynakamm);Bv2:12 (yath pi ppe vijjante -am api vijjati); MpIII 161,7 (-am vuecati punfiakammam); Dhp-al 387,12 (tena hi paneakalynehi samanngatam drikam labhamno tumhkam vacanam karissmi ti); compar. kalynatara, m.n. kalynitar,/, All 222,23 (-ena -taram); Vv-a 135,8 (visitthakalynitarassu rpato ti rpasampattiy visitth uttam kalynitar sundaratar); dhimuttika, mfn., whose inclinations are good; intent on good; Sil 154,22 (Spkll 139,17: - ti kalynajjhsay); It 70,4; Cp-a285,i7; bhijtika, mfh., of excellent birth; Mil 227,16 (addh... tathagato -o); -kari(n), mfn., acting well; doing what is good; SI 227,28* * Ja II 202,6* (attani passati ~i kalynam ppakri ca ppakam); VI 182,19* (~issa); As 390,8 (-1, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kalynakari); -jtika, mfn., of excellent disposition; excellent; Ja HI 82,27' (kalynarpo ti -o); -paftila, mfn., of

656

good understanding, of excellent wisdom; Th506; It 97,17*; -patibhanava(t), mfn., of excellent intelligence or wit; Cp 3:2:2 (sflav gunasampanno -patibhnav); -piti (or -piti[n]), mfn., finding joy in what is good; Sn 969 (~i; Niddl 491,33: buddhnussativasena uppajjati piti pmujjam ~i; cf Pj II 573,19: ~iti kalynya pitiy samanngato); -puthujjana, m., a person of good habits etc who has not yet attained sotpatti, but is aiming at such attainments; Nidd I 344,8 (~o v bhikkhu sekho v bhikkhu); Ps I 40,26 (yo pi ~ o . . . ajja v sve v annataram smannaphalam adhigamissmi ti so pi vuccati sikkhau" ti sekho); Patis-a266,9; -bhattika, mfin)., providing excellent food; Vin II 77, n (~o gahapati sanghassa catukkabhattam deti niccabhattam) * 111160,28; Th-al 45,5; -mitta, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a good friend; a person of fine qualities who is a friend, esp. in helping one to progress spiritually by his/her example and advice; Vin II 8,27 (so sanghena nissayakammakato ~e sevamno ...); SI 88,21 (mamam hi... -am gamma jtidhamm satt jtiy parimuccanti); A V 336,n (yassa me ~a anukampak atthakm ovdak anussak); Thi213 (~e bhajamno api blo pandito assa); Ja VI 241,20 (mdisassa ~assa vacanam ganha); Mil 380,24 (yogin... ~am sabrahmacrim upanissya vasitabbam); Vism 97,22 (kammatthnadyakam ~am upasankamitv); Sv 89,20 (tumhe mayham ~ nma, na me tarn cittam atthi, tumhehi pana uppditam); 778,23 (asubhabhvanrate ~e sevantassa pi kmacchando pahiyati); SpkII 120,26 (cariyupajjhydiko ~o); ~' -pasevan,/, association with good friends; Ja VI 235,29 (pppasevanya dosam ~* -pasevanya ca gunam dassenti); 2. (mfn.) cultivating the friendship of a good man or good men; having good men as one's friends and advisers; consorting with people of fine qualities and following their example and advice; D III 267,12 (bhikkhu -0 hoti kalynasahyo kalynasampavanko); MI 43,12 (pare ppamitt bhavissanti, mayam ettha ~ bhavissma; Ps I 189,33: buddha v Sriputtasadis v kalyn mitt etesan ti ~); SI 83,28 (rj... Pasenadikosalo ~o kalynasahyo kalynasampavanko); AIV 352,24 (~ass' etam... bhikkhuno ptikankham ... silav bhavissati); Itl0,i6* (-0 yo bhikkhu sappatisso sagravo karam mittnam vacanam); Th682; JaV 146,22*; Pp4,io (suvaco ca ~o ca); Ud-a 221,26 foil, (kalyno bhaddo sundaro mitto etass ti -0, yassa sildigunasampanno aghassa ght hitassa vidht ti evam sabbkrena upakro mitto hoti so puggalo ~ova); -mittat,/, abstr., the cultivating the friendship of a good man or good men; the consorting with people of fine qualities; the being influenced by (the example and advice of) good men; D III 212,15 (sovacassat ca ~ ca); SI 87,32 (sakalam eva h' idam ... brahmacariyam yad idam ~ kalynasahyat kalynasampavankat); A III 449,2 (ppamittatya pahnya - bhvetabb); IV 282,efoll; Thi213 (~ munin lokam dissa vannit; Thi-al71,i8: so puggalo kalynamitto tassa bhavo ~ kalynamittavantat); Pp 24,19 (ye te puggal saddh silavanto bahussut cga-

vanto panfiavanto y tesam sevan nisevan samsevan bhajan sambhajan bhatti sampavankat ayam vuccati -, imya ~ya samanngato puggalo kalynamitto) * Dhs 1328; Pet 149,i (~ jhnassa upanis, Be, Ce so; Ee kalynamitt, prob, wr); -mittatta, ., abstr., the being a good friend, Ap 583,22 (aho ~am Kassapassa sirimato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -mittatam, prob, wr); -vkkarana, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) of excellent speech, having a fine speaking voice; Vin IV 51,31 (kalynavco hoti ~o; Sp 790,24: -0 ti madhurassaro); DI 93,2i; A I 38,16 (kolaputti vannapokkharat ~-t); Th 368; neg. akalynavkkarana, mfn., D I 94,1; 2. (n.) a fine speaking voice; Ud-a 86,26 (badhiro viya sotam mgo viya ~am... icchma); -sangatika, mfn., having good fortune; fortunate in fate; M II 227,14 (sace bhikkhave satt sangatibhvahetu sukhadukkham patisamvedenti addh bhikkhave tathagato ~o); -sampavanka, mfn., influenced by a good man or good men; inclining towards, associating with, people of fine qualities; D i l i 267,13 (Sv 1046,35: cittena c' eva kyena ca kalynamittesu eva sampavanko onato ti~o); SI 83,2; 88,1 (~-t); A I 127,24 (Mp II 198,27: ~o ti kalynesu sucipuggalesu sampavanko tanninnatapponatappabbhramnaso ti attho); -sahaya, mfn., having the companionship of a good man or good men; associating with people of fine qualities; Dili267,13 (Sv 1046,34: [sildigunasampann kalyn] assa thnanisajjdisu saha ayanato sahy ti ~o); SI 83,28; 88,1 (~-t); A I 127,24; Ud-a221,31 (yathvuttehi kalynapuggaleh' eva sabbiriypathesu saha ayati pavattati na vin tehi ti ~o); -sevan in Ee at Pet 149,8 is wr for karunsevan (Be, Ce so); akalyna, mfn. and n., not good, bad; what is not good; bad action; Sv 167,6* (~-janam... rak parivajjeyya); Pj I 157,24 (--karanakalynkaranapaccaynam ca savnam); compar. akalyna\2X2i,mfn., l h - a l l 186,21 (ppiyo... abhaddakataram akalynataram hoti); akalynamitta, m., not a good friend; a friend who is not a good man; It-all 67,11 (mittam parivajjeyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee mittam); Th-a II 14,27 (mittehi kmesu pariniyamno); 109,20 (ppamitte ti mitte asappurise); akalynamittat,/, abstr., cultivating the friendship of men who are not good; being influenced by (the example and advice of) bad men; As 247,15 foil, (asaddhammasavan ~-mittat ... ye ca ditthivipann mitt tamsampavankatsarikhtya mittatya..., so read with Be, Ce, Se); see also kallna. kalynaka, mfn. [ts], fine, excellent; good, virtuous; It-all 126,6 (~'-atthena avysekasukhatya); Patis-a205,i4 (puthujjanesu v -nam puthujjanakalynaknam); ifc see puthujjana-. kalyni(n), mfn. [S. kalynin], virtuous, good; JaV 124,23* (sappannasevi ~i; 124,26': kalynagunasamanngato hutv). kalla, kalya, mfn. [S. kalya], healthy; in good spirits; sound, fit; ready (for); capable, clever; proper, fitting; Abh331; 983 (nirogasajjadakkhesu); Vin I 14,9 (yam pan' aniccam dukkham viparinmadhammam ~am

657

nu tarn samanupassitum etam mama eso 'ham asmi eso me attti); D1157,26 (-am nu kho tass' etam vacanya); Mil 215,15 (na -am assa veyykaranya); Sil 13,9 (no -opafiho tibhagav avoca; Spkll 31,4*. no -o tiayutto); IV 345,8 (ye pana te micchditthik -am nu tesu pasiditun ti); Mil 32,io (-o si bhante Ngasena); Patis-a 232,21 (kalyasaddo kammannattho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se saddo); Sadd 861,26 (~am ... kalyam); -t, kalyat, kallita,/, ab str., fitness; strength; well-being; state of readiness; ThllO (janeti... kalyatam; Th-al 232,28: kalyatan ti kalyabhvam, cittassa kammaiinatam bhvanyogyatam); Th-all 77,5 (karajakye -am patte); Patis-a 232, I I (agilnabhvo arogabhvo -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kalyat); kallatakusala, kalyatkusala, kallitakusala, mfn., skilled or proficient in regard to wellbeing, to fitness, to readiness; SHI 265,28 (samdhismim samdhikusalo hoti na samdhismim kallitakusalo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kallakusalo; Spkll 353,2: cittam hsetv kallam ktum akusalo); A HI 311,29 (samdhissa kallatkusalo hoti, Ce, Se so; Be kallita-; Ee kallit-; Mp III 354,23 foil.: samdhissa kallatya kusalo, samdhicittam hsetum kallam ktum sakkoti ti attho); PatisI 49,i (samdhissa kallatkusalat, Be, Ce so; Ee kalyat-; Se kallita-; Patis-a232,15foil.: samdhissa agilnabhvakarane chekabhvo samdhissa kallatkusalat, kilesagelannarahitabhve kusalat ti vuttam hoti. atha v kallat ti kammannat... cittaparidamanena samdhissa kammannabhvakarane kusalabhvo ti vuttam hoti,Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kalyatkusalat ... kalyat ...); kallitkosalla,n., skill or proficiency in regard to wellbeing, fitness or readiness; Pet 142,26 (kallitkosallattam cittassa vitakko, abhinlhrakosallam cittassa vicro, Be so; Ee kallitkosallatam; Ce kallatkosallattam); 146,14 (idam kallitkosalle thitajhnam anomaddiyatam gacchati jhnabalam, Be, Ee so; Ce kallatkosalle); kallatparicita, mfn., abounding in well-being, fitness or readiness; Nett 26,46 (kallatparicitam cittam atha ca abhinihram khamati); -rpa, mfn., in excellent spirits, absolutely happy; fit and ready; physically fit; Sn680 (kirn devasahgho ati-r-iva kalyarpo; Pj II 484,19: kalyarpo ti tuttharpo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kallarpo ti); Th-a II 78,2 (utusappyalbhena sutthu kallarpo kammaniyasabhvo tvam, so read with Be, Se; Ce kammaniyabhvo, tarn); sukallarpa, mfn., very fit and ready; physically fit; Th212 (~o); akalla1, akalya, mfn., unhealthy; unfit; in low spirits; not sound; D II 68,13 (yo evam vadeyya hoti tathagato param maran ti iti 'ssa ditthiti tad -am); Sn 692 (disvna Sakye isi-m-avoca akalye); Thi439; 441; JaV 394,14* (-am etam vacanam); D h s l l 5 6 (y cittassa akalyat akammannat ... idam vuccati thinam; As 377,20: cittassa gilnabhvo); Nett 86,19 (thinam nma y cittassa t akammaniyat); rpa, mfn., in very poor spirits; unwell; Sn691 (akalyarpo galayati assukni; Pj II 488,16: atuttharpo); see also akallaka, kalla. kallam, ind. [S. kalyam, klyam], at daybreak; in the morning; Abh 68; 983 (~am pabhte). kallati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kallate, Wg 14:27], utters an indistinct sound; is mute; Dhtum401 (kalla

saddane); Sadd 437,23 (kalla asadde: ... -an). kallahra, n. [S. kahlra], the white water-lily; Abh 689 (sogandhikam -am); JaV 37,15 (-vanam tarn udakam parikkhipitv thitam); Dip 16:19; see also kalhra. kallna, kallna, mfn. and n. [= kalyna qv\ fine, good; what is good; excellence; Sadd381,i6 (bhadi kallne ... kallnam kalynam); 861,28 (kalynam patisalynam ~o patisallno). kallola, m. [ts], a wave, a billow; surf; Abh 662; ifc seesamullola-; -ml,/, a series, a line of waves; ifc see lola-; -mli(n), mfn., with a succession of waves; garlanded with foam; Mhv 72:255 (sapattnam ... vhini hacceva samuddassa velam -ini); 100:34 (kallolamli-mi viya). kalhra, n. [Amg id.; S. kahlra], the white water-lily; Samantak 89 (padumuppalakalhrakumuddyambusambhavam); see also kallahra. kavaca, m.n. [ts], armour; a coat of mail; Abh 377 (-0); D i l 107,5* (ajjhattarato samhito abhida -am iv' attasambhavam); Th 614 (silam -am abbhutam); Ja IV 296,27' (yath nma patimukkam -am sare abhihanti nivreti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se patimukkakavaco); Ap 355,5 (-ni nivsetv); Vism 73,29* (pamsuklam ca eso va -am viya dhrayam); see also koja. kavati\/?r. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup kabate, Wg 10:17, and S. kavate], colours; describes; Sadd 440,n (kava vanne: -an). kavati 2 , kuvati, koti,/?r. 3 sg. [S. kauti, kavate, kuvate], makes a sound; calls, cries; Dhtup 2 (ku sadde); Dhtum 11; Sadd 321 ,zfoll. (ku sadde: ... koti kavati... kokilamayrdayo kavanti saddyanti kjanti); part.pr. kuvanta, mfn., Niddl 467,5 (kuvanto tikuvanto kjanto nadanto Saddam karonto, atha v kivanto kati kittak ..., Ce so; Be kivanto ti kivanto ...; Ee, Se givanto ti givanto ...; ad Sn 959: Be, Ce, Ee kivanto; Se givanto; Nidd-al 443,33foil.: kuvanto ti kjanto, kivanto ti pi ptho, kittak tattha bhayakran ti attho, kuvanto ti saddyanto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kivanto tattha bherav ti kittak tattha bhayakran, kuvanto ti pi ptho, kjanto ti c' assa attho, kuvanto ti saddyanto); absol. kutv, kutvna, kavitv, kavitvna, Sadd 321,10foil.; pass, pr. 3 sg. kuyyati, kyate, Sadd 321,17 (manoharatya avassam kuyyati panditehi ti kabbam); 865,13 (kyate knanam). kavandha (so Ce, Ee), kabandha (so Be, Se), m.n. [S. kabandha, sometimes kavandha], a headless trunk (usually alive, or at least capable of movement); Abh 406 (-0); Vinlll 107,18 (addasam asisakam -am vehsam gacchantam tassa ure akkhini c' eva honti mukham ca, Be, Ce so; Ee asisakavandham; Se asisakabandham) ^ SII 260,19; JaV 424, is** (~e pithasappimhi; 427,19': -e ti tassa kira giv onamitv uram allin tasm chinnasiso viya khyati); Mil 292,6 (sangme ... asiti -rpni ahesum); Sp478,n (asisakam -am dhvati); Dhp-al 314,16 (chinnasisni -ni dassetum). kavala in Ee, Se at Sp 1119,4 is wr or vlfor kabala qv. kavalinkra in Ee, SeatKidd I 25,14, 43,12 and 118,20 is vl or wrfor kabalinkra qv.

658

kavta, m.n. [S. kapta, kavta], the leaf or panel of a door or shutter; a door or shutter, Vin II 114,29 (bhikkh pattahatth -am panmenti -o vattitv patto bhijjati); 148, \ofoll. (anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti... - na phassiyanti); Ja I 399, i (pharashi -e kottetv); Nidd I 355,18 (n' atthi so kto v -am v pkro v varanam rpnam dassanya); Bv 11:28 (kudd ~ bhitti ca); Sp748,io (tarn dvram -ena pidahitv); Ps II 168,22 (agganakhena ~e sannam adsi); IV 145,23 (aggalaphalakan ti -am); Mhv 9:17; Sadd 425,20 (dve ~ aranti... etth tipi dvran ti); -pittha, n., door-panel and post; Vin I 47,47 (manco... asarighattantena -am niharitv ekamantam nikkhipitabbo; Sp980,2o: ~an ti kavtam ca pitthasarightam ca acchupantena); 48,is; -baddha, mfn., closed or fastened with a door; fitted with a door; Vin IV 292,29 (upassayo nma -o vuccati); 304,24 (vasatho nma ~o vuccati); Kkh 185,9; 189,24 (~-t); neg. akavtabaddha, mfn., Vin IV 293,10; 304,32 (akavtabaddham anissajjitv pakkamati); akavfa, mfn., without a door; Vin II 177,35* (jano vihram kreti -am asamvutam, in uddna); see also akavtaka. kavtaka, m. or n. [ifc = kavta qv; ts], the panel of a door or shutter; ifc see vtapna-, sakavtaka; see also akavtakabaddha. kavi1, m. [= kapi^v], a monkey; A b h l l 0 5 (vnare tu budhe ~i). kavi2, m. [ts], a thinker; a poet; a maker of verse; Abh 228; 1105 (budhe ~i); S I 38,23* (~i gthnam sayo; Spk I 95,2: sayo ti patitth, ~ito hi gth pavattanti); AII 230,11 (cattro 'me ... ~ i . . . cintkavi sutakavi atthakavi patibhnakavi); Ja VI 410, H (tass rpasampattim ca cturiyavilse ca -ihi gitabandhanena bandhpetv); Dth 1:10 (sadesabhsya -Ihi Sihale katam pi vamsam jinadantadhtuy); ifc see attha- (sv attha2) cint-, patibhna-, suta-. kaviftha, m. [= kapittha; AMg kavittha; cf Pkt kaittha], a kind of tree, the wood-apple; Abh 551 (-0 ca kapittho ca); Ja V 38,4 (-vanam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Sekapittha-). kavya, see sv kabba. kasaka, m. [S. krsaka], 1. a ploughman; S III 155,19 (~o mahnahgalena kasanto, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se kassako); Sp 1213,15 (~, Ee, Se so, prob, wr; Be, Ce kassak); 2. a plough-share; Abh 448 (phlo tu -o); see also kassaka. kasata, m. and mfn. [cfAMg kasatta, BHS kasata, kasatta], l.(m.) dregs, lees; sediment; Patis II 86,26 (assaddhiyam -am chaddetv saddhindriyassa adhimokkhamandam pivati); 88,32 (atthi mando atthi peyyam atthi ~o); Sp 844,27 (~am chaddetv); Ps III 7,4 (aparisuddhatthena -t); ifc see manussa-; 2. (mfn.) sour; soured, gone sour; insipid; Ja II 96,26 (gadrabh -am udakam pivitv matt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -udakam); 304,11 (pubbe ... phalphalni madhurni ahesum, idni nirojni ~ni jtni); III 111,4 (vanamlaphalphalni pi amadhurni honti nirojni, na kevalam etni, sakalam pi rattham nirojam hoti ~am); PsII 325,9 (ete [dhamm] uppajjitv samane -e niroje karonti milpenti); Spk II 272,17 (nirojam hi ~am bijam bijatthya na upakappati);

ifc see paris-; -niddhunana, w., shaking out the dregs; PsII 272,1 (~'-attham); sakasaja, mfn., containing sediment; sour, impure; Mil 119,i3(etam pi vacanam ~am saniggaham sadosam). kasati 1 ,^. 3 sg. [cfS. kamste, Wg 24:14; ka^ati, kasati, Wg 17:77; kasati, Wg 20:30], goes; commands; Dhtup304 (kasi gatihimsvilekhanesu); Dhtum473 (kasa gate); Sadd 452,4 (kasi gatissanesu: ... ~ati). kasati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. kasati, Wg 17:34], hurts, injures; Dhtup304 (kasa gatihimsvilekhanesu); Dhtum474 (kasa himsvilekhane); Sadd 442,16 (kasa... ysa himsatth: ~ati); 449,22 (kasa himsyam: -ati). kasati 3 , pr. 3 sg. [S. krsati, Wg 23:21; 28:6], scratches; makes a furrow; ploughs; Dhtup 304 (kasa gatihimsvilekhanesu); Dhtum474 (kasa himsvilekhane); Sadd442,8 (kasa vilekhane: ~ati); SI 172,is (tvam pi samane ~assu ca vapassu ca); 173,6 (Gotamo amatapphalam pi kasim ~ati); Th 530 (sya -ate khettam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kassate; Th-all 224,20foil.: kassako ~anto khettam phalsya ~ati)= Nidd I 263,28*; Ja I 57,34 (ito cJ ito ca -anti); II 165,26* (dve me gon mahrja yehi khettam -mase); IV 184,7* (-issanti); Mil 41,14; Sp 680,25 (-atha vapath ti); Ps IV 5,15 (ye gone icchasi te gahetv -hi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -si ti); Spk III 44,1 (imasmim kle -itum vattati); part.pr. (a)kasa(t), mfn., T h i l l 2 (nangalehi -am khettam... dhanam vindanti mnav; Thi-all3,2o: -an ti-antkasikammam karont, bahutthe hi idam ekavacanam; perhaps rather namul absol., mc for *ksam); Vism383,2i (dsassa ekena nangalena -ato); (b) kasanta, mfn., Vin I 240,19 (ekena nangalena -antassa satta sityo gacchanti); SHI 155,2o; (c)kasamna,mfn., PsII 280,23 (nisidi ti pdangutthakena bhmim -amno nisidi); Spk II 232,11 (itare-amn, Ee so; Be, Se bhtaro; Ce khdamn); absol. (a)kasitv, SI 172,n (-itv ca vapitv ca bhunjmi); Pv-a7,22 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kassitv); neg. akasitv,Th-aII224,34; (b)kasitvna, SI 173,4*; pass. pr. 3 sg. (a)kassati 2 , kassate, Th530 (sya -ate khettam bijam sya vuppati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kasate; = Nidd I 263,28*: eds kasate); As 325,32 (na ~ati na nikassati kasitum ... na sakk ti kso, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kasati) = Patis-a 80,6; Sadd 442,9 (na -afi ti kso, kasitum vilekhitum na sakko ti attho); (b) kasiyati, Nidd I 471,26 (yattha na kasiyati na vapiyati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kasiyati) = Spk II 366,27 (kasiyati); pp (a) kattha3, mfn. and n. [S. krsta], 1. (mfn.) ploughed; Abh 1040; SI 173,4* (evam es kasi -); Spk I 101,21 (yassa hi nangalena khettam appamattam pi -am na hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kattham); 2. (n.) ploughing; cultivated ground; Spk III 200,15 (adhun -am khettatthnan ti attho); see also narigalakatthakarana; neg. akattha, mfn. and n., unploughed; uncultivated ground; absence of ploughing; Sv 869,4; Ang-a/7. 44,30 (akatthena akasitena paccati); akatthapka, mfh., ripening in uncultivated ground; growing wild; D III 88,13 (akatthapko sali pturahosi; Sv 869,4: akatthe yeva bhmibhage uppanno); Ja VI 539,28* (sali akatthapko va); akatthapkima, mfn., id.; DIU 199,31* (akatthapkimam slim); Ap59,28;

659

sukattha, mfn., well-ploughed, well-cultivated; AI 229,35 (khettam sukattham karoti sumatikatam); Mil 255,15; pp (b) kasita, mfn. and n., ploughed; a furrow; Abh 1040; Sp756,20 (--tthne); see ekakasitamatta sv eka; neg. akasita, n., lack of ploughing, no ploughing; Ang-a p. 44,30 (akatthena akasitena paccati); fpp kasitabba, mfn., As 195,4 (kusalo kassako kasitabbatthnam paricchinditv kasati); caus. pr. 3 sg. kaspeti, Mil 66,12 (tvam khettam -eyysi); absol kaspetv, Dhp-a I 224,1; fpp kaspetabba, mfn., Vin II 180,24 (pathamam khettam -etabbam, -etv vappetabbam); see also kaddhati, kassati1, kissati2. kasana, n. [from kasati3; S. karsana], furrowing; ploughing; cultivating; Ja IV 167,9 (-kle); VI 364,28 (ekassa dvidhkaranam nma -am, kasati bhadde); Ps IV 5,17 (tassa -tthnam gato); Nidd a I 446,13 (-am vapanam ca); ifc see pathavi-; -vapana, n., ploughing and sowing; Vism 384,4 (-'-dini). kasambu, m.(!) [cfBHS kaSambakajta], decomposed or rotten matter; refuse; Abh 224; AIV 172,7 (sabbe samagg hutvna... krandavam niddhamatha Min apakassatha) = Sn 281 (Pj II 311,24 foil.: kasatabhtam ca nam khattiydinam majjhe pavittham pabhinnapaggharitakuttham candlam viya apakassatha); Pp-a 207,26 (~u vuccati tintakunapagatam kasata-udakam); ifc see anto-; -jata, mfn., decomposed; rotten; Vin II 236,28 (tarn puggalam dussilam... antoptim avassutam -am, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se kasambukajatam; Sp 1287,7*. -an ti kinnadosatya sankilitthajtam) = Ud 52,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kasambuka-; Ud-a297,24: sanjtargdikacavaratt silavantehi chaddetabbatt ca -am) * S IV 181,1 (-0, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kasambuka-); AIV 171,9 (rukkhni antoptini avassutni -ni); Vism 57,12* (-0 avassuto ppo); Nidd-a I 338,14 (-0 ti sankrasabhvo). kasambuka, m. (or mfn.) [kasambu + ka2], rotten matter; (or rotten;) -jta, mfn., decomposed; rotten; Vin II 236,28 (antoptim avassutam -am, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kasambu-) * 239,8 (~o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kasambu-) * Pp 27,io (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kasambu-). kas, / [S. kaS, kas], a whip; Abh 370; Vin III 47,6 (-ya v vettena v... haneyyum); MI 87,9 (vividh kammakran krenti -hi pi tlenti); Dhp 143 (so rrindam apabodhati asso bhadro -am iva); Th 878 (ankusehi -hi ca); Ja III 281,2 (rj cetake ~ ghpetv); Sp 998,28 (yo... -hi hannati ayam kashato); Mhv38:82 (tlesi -y' rsu so pi tarn); ifc see kantaka-; bhighta, m., striking with a whip, whipping; Ud-a 185,7; Ja 1454,24' (-ehi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kashi ghotehi); bhihata, mfn., struck with a whip, whipped; Ud-a 266,19 (-0 viya jniyo); Th-a II 97,27; -nivittha, mfn., intent on the whip, aware of the whip; ? entered (the influence of) the whip, under the whip; ? {perhaps < *nipittha < nisprsta; or < nipista, see K.R. Norman, 1997, p. 97], Dhp 143 (asso yath bhadro -o tpino samvegino bhavtha; Dhp-a III 86,15 foil: yath bhadro asso pamdam gamma kasya nivittho aham pi nma kasya pahato ti aparabhge tappam karoti; cf also Udna-vl9:l: kasaybhisprstah; Nak231:

ka^bhisprstah; PDhp 329: kasya puttho). kasya, see sv kasva. kasva (and kasya), m.n. and mfn. [S., BHS kasya; AMg kasya], I. (m.n.) (i) the astringent flavour or taste (one of the six rasas); Abh 148 (-0 ... charas); 960 (rasabhede kasyo); Nidd I 240,5 (raso ti... lambilam -o sdu asdu) ^ Dhs 629 (As 320,21: -an ti haritakdi) * Kv 377,35; (ii) an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum; Abh 960 (drave ... kasyo); Vin I 201,13 (anujnmi bhikkhave -ni bhesajjni nimbakasvam kutajakasvam...); 277,23 (-am devo pivatu); 11151,34 (klavanno anibandhaniyo hoti ... anujnmi bhikkhave ikksam -anti; Sp 1219,10: malakaharitaknam -am); ifc see kutaja-; (iii) a yellowish-red colour; a dye of this colour; ? (or to (ii), an astringent decoction used as a dye; ?); Abh 960 (vanne ... kasyo); It-a II 73,5 (kasyena rattatt ksyni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ksyena); Ap-a 293,25 (ksvam-ena rajitam civaram) * Sadd 788,11; 2. (m.) a stain, impurity; a defect; degeneracy; Vibh 368,23 foil, (rgakasvo dosakasvo mohakasvo ime tayo - . . . kyakasvo vacikasvo manokasvo ime tayo -); Ja II 198,12' (-0 vuccati rgo doso moho... diyaddhakilesasahassam); 3. (mfn.) (i) astringent; of astringent taste; Mil 56,n (katukattam v kasyattam v); 65,18 (rukkh na sabbe samak ... anne katuk aniie -); As 320,15 (madhu pana kasvayuttam ciranikkhittam -am hoti); (ii)fragrant; Abh960 (kasyo surabhimhi); (kasya)-yogaim., an astringent remedy or mixture; a remedy made from exudations;! JaV 198,20* (karomi te kifici -am; 198,23': aham keci rukkhakasye gahetv tava ekarn -am karomi); 198,26* (na mantayog na -a, Be, Ce Se so; Ee kasvayog); (kasya)-rasapita, mfn. Pcasya+ rasa+ pita1], steeped in a kasya decoction or dye; (or pita2, yellow with a kasya dye;!) Jail 198,16' (ksvan ti -am arahaddhajabhtam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kasya-); Sp 203,23 (--tya ksyni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kasya-) = Spkll 180,7(ite, Ce so; Se kasya-; Ee wr ksyarasapilatya); Spkll 195,5 (-ni, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kasya-); see also ksyarasapita; akasva, mfn., without defect; A I 112,2i///. (avahk ados ~... tt); Pet 18,4 (y avankat adosat ~-t); nikkasva, mfn., free from defect or impurity; Vin I 3,5* (yo brhmano... -0 yatatto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee nikasvo) = Ud3,20*; anikkasva, mfn., not free from defect or impurity; impure; Dhp 9 (anikkasvo ksvam yo vattham paridahessati; Dhp-a I 82,13: anikkasvo tirgdihi kasvehi sakasvo) = Ja II 198,8*; Ja II 198,22' (anikkasvatt); sakasva, mfn., defective, imperfect; impure; AI 112,H///. (neml pi savank sados - . . . tt; Mp II 181,15: ~ ti ptisrena c* eva pheggun ca yutt); Dhp-a I 82,13. kasvata, see sv ksvata. kasi, kasi, / [S. krsi], ploughing; cultivation of the soil; agriculture; Abh 445 (-1); Vin IV 6,34 (ukkattham nma kammam -i vniij gorakkh); SI 172,29* (na ca passmi te -im); A III 225,1 (n* eva -iy na vaniijya); Pv5:6 (na hi tattha -i atthi); Ja I 277,16 (khette -im

660

kasati); II 165,io(dvihiyeva gonehi~im katv); VI 208,5* (nannatra vessehi -im kareyya); Vism284,2i (kassako -im kasitv); -ma(t), m(fn)., (one) who has cultivated the soil (successfully); a farmer, Ja IV 309,10* (pahtadhanno -m yasassi; 310,25': -m ti sampannakasikammo); Sadd 145,15* (-m). kasika, m. [S. lex. krsika], a ploughman, a cultivator of the soil; Ap317,n (udahr katthahr ~ tinahrak, Ee, Seso; Be, Ce kassak); Sadd921,12 (mattbhedo tva... kassako -0); see also kasaka, kassaka. kasina, mfn. and n. [cf Mg kasina; S., BHS krtsna; cfalso S. krtsna, krtsnya], l.(mfn.) all, whole, entire; Abh 702; M I 328,9 (yvatakam tuyham -am yu; Ps II 407,n: sakalam yum); Ja IV 111,26* (- pathavi dhanassa pr; 112,18': ~ ti sakal); VI 448,9* (-am rattim); Pet 71,21* (~ pi pnino); Mhv 48:62 (-am Rohanam hatthagatam katv); 2. (., pl. nom. -, ~ni) (i) the whole, totality; Mp V 105,29* (varam eva hi s piti -ena pi Jambudipassa); (ii) a meditational exercise of total and exclusive awareness of, or concentration on, one of four elements (earth, water, fire, wind) or one of four colours (dark-blue, yellow, red, white) or space or consciousness, leading to jhna; one often objects or devices (the four elements or colours in a natural or specially contrived state, eg water in the sea or in a bowl, a restricted patch of light or of the sky) total and exclusive concentration on which is the first step to the attainment of jhna; the meditational state brought about by this exercise and concentration; JaV 314,17 (pannaslam pavisitv -am oloketv); Vism 110,23 (imni cattlisa kammatthnni: dasa - . . . ) ; 123,28 (-am ktabbam); As 187,7 (purimesu atthasu ~esu); Mp II 76,16 foil, (pathavikasinam bhveti tiettha sakalatthena -am, pathavi yeva -am pathavikasinam, parikammapathaviy pi uggahanimittassa pi patibhganimittassa pi tarn nimittam rammanam katv uppannassa pi jhnassa etam adhivacanam, idha pana pathavikasinrammanam jhnam adhippetam, tarn h' esa bhveti); ifc see ksa(svksa2), po-, loka-, odta-, tejo-, nila-, pathavi-, paricchinnksa-, pita-, lohita-, vyo-, vinnna-; '-yatana, n., a basis or source for total concentration; D i l i 268,20 (dasa -ni: pathavikasinam ... ksakasinam ... vinnnakasinam); Mil 14,30 (me svak dasa -ni bhventi); A V 60,15 (Mp V \9,25 foil.: sakalatthena kasinni, tadrammannam dhammnam khettatthena adhitthnatthena v yatanni -ni); Nett 89,23; '-ukkantika, n.f missing out a kasina, skipping a kasina; Vism 374,4 (~ato); 374,33 (kasinass' eva ekantarikabhvena ukkamanam -am nma); As 187,10 (~ato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kasinukkantito); 0, -ugghtana,., removal or elimination of the kasina; As 186,30 (~assa albhato); 186,32; '-ugghtima, ., removal or elimination of the kasina; As 113,4 (ksam tt); Sp 802,2 (antalikkhasankhte kse, na -e na rpaparicchede); ~'-ksa, m.n.y space left by the removal or elimination of the kasina; Vism 327,31 (-'-ksan ti v kasinaphutthokso ti v kasinavivittksan ti v sabbam

etam ekam eva); 331,u; Ps III 261,ifoil; -parikamma, ., preparatory work of a meditational exercise for jhna; preparatory work for total concentration on a kasina; Ja III 369,19 (bodhisatto Vedehatpasassa -am kathesi, so tarn katv abhinn ca sampattiyo ca nibbattesi); IV 117,25 (-am katv jhnam nibbattesi); As 187,17 (dikammikassa hi -am pi bhro); Sp 692,8 (-am pi ktum potthakam pi vcetum na vattati); -man4ala,., a circular kasina device; a kasina disc; Ja III 501,6 (pannaslam pavisitv -am oloketv puna jhnam uppdetv); Dhp-a IV 208,2 (-am viya samo ahosi); Vibh-a 39,16. kasitv in Ee at Dhp-a IV 161,15 is wr for ksitv^v .sv ksati2. kasimna, m. [cfS. kra^iman], leanness; emaciation; ifc see adhimatta-, parama-. kasira, mfn. and n. [prob. < *krsYa, Vkr^, see K.R. Norman, 1969, p. 124; BHS kisara], 1. {mfn.) difficult; attended with pain or labour; spare, austere; AIV 283,5 (-am jlvikam kappeti); Sn 574 (maccnam idha jivitam -am ca parittam ca); Pv 36:21 (ten* amhi naggo - ca vutti; Pv-a229,i: ~ dukkh ca vutti jivik hoti); 2. (n.) difficulty; trouble, labour; Abh 89 (dukkham ca -am kiccham); instr. -ena, adv., with difficulty, with great labour; painfully; scarcely; Vin I 195,7 (kicchena -ena tato tato dasavaggam bhikkhusangham sanniptetv); MI 104,32 (jivitaparikkhr ... -ena samudgacchanti); SI 94,1 (yattha -ena ghsacchdo labbhati); Ja IV 205,14* (uttamattham -ena laddham); Vibh 332,i (kicchena -ena samdhim uppdentassa); It-al 51,23 (kicchena -na parinibbyati); Ud-a310, is (-en ti ysena); ifc see appa-; 0 , -ajivika, m/h., obtaining a living with difficulty; barely subsisting; Ja VI 584,17* (- noma, so read with L. Alsdorf, 1957, p. 59; Be, Se kasir jivika; Ce, Ee kasir hi jivik; 584,23'foil.: arnhkam ... jivitam kidisam [Be kiccham] nma, dukkh no jivik ahosi);-lbhi(n), m/h., obtaining with difficulty, only with great effort; scarcely obtaining; A III 117,13 (evarpiy kathya na nikmalbhi hoti kicchalbhi -i, Ce, Ee, Seso; Bern akasiralbhi); -vuttika, mfn., subsisting with difficulty; barely subsisting; SI 93,31 (nice kule ... appannapnabhojane -e; Spkl 162,28: -e ti dukkhavuttike) = A I 107,24; akasira, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) easy; trouble-free; not scarce; Ja VI 224,10* (kacci - vutti; 224,32*: - ti niddukkh); Ps I 161,23 (-nam vipulnam lbhi); 2. (n.) lack of difficulty; instr. -ena, adv., with ease, without trouble; Vibh 332,ii (akicchena -ena); Sv 891,26; akasiralbhi(n), mfn., obtaining with ease; abundantly obtaining; VinV 135,15 (catunnam jhnnam... nikmalbhi hoti akicchalbhi lbhi) * MI 33,33 (Ps I 161,23: -nam vipulnam lbhi); A IV 106,10 (catunnam ca hrnam... lbhi); 342,15 (devat... lbhiniyo); Mp II 293,22 (lbhi ti vipulalbhi mahattalbhi); atikasira, mfn., too austere; Mp IV 138,9 (ntihinan ti ntikasiram); see also kiccha. kaseru, n. (andfi ?) [S. kaers, / , kaSeru, n.], a plant, probably a water-plant (perhaps Scirpus kysoor); its

661

bulbous root; Abh 1010 (singhtakam -ussa phale); Sp 762,2 luvakaserukamaluppalapundarikakuvalayakandaptalimldibhede); Vin-vn 1330 (satvarikasernam). kaseruka, m.(?) [S. kaseruka], the kaseru plant, probably a water-plant; its bulbous root; Sp 834,4 (-kando); 836,8 (-puppham); Pj II 284, I (udake jtasinghtakakaserukdiphalam); Vin-vn 1349 (puppham -asspi). kasmir, m.pl. [S. kasmirs], the name of a country and its inhabitants; Abh 185; (a)-gandhra, n., -gandhr, m.pl, Kashmir and Gandhra; Sp 66,10 (- yva ajjatan ksvapajjot isivtaparivt eva); 66,12* (gantv -am); (a)-ja, n. [kasmir + ja2; cfS. lex. kasmirajanman], saffron; Abh 303 (-am tu kunkumam). kassam,/uf. 1 sg. o/karoti qv. kassaka, m. [S. karsaka], a ploughman; a cultivator, a farmer; Abh 447; Vin IV 108,23 (goplak pasuplak ~ pathvino); SI 172,29 (~o patijnsi na ca passmi te kasim); A I 229,32foil, (ni imni... -assa gahapatissa pubbe karaniyni); Sn612 (yo ... gorakkham upajivati... - o s o na brhmano); Ja I 277,15; Ap 385,29; Mil 296,4; Vism 284,21 (~o kasim kasitv); see also kasaka, kasika. kassati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. karsati], goes; draws, drags; Dhtum461 (kassa kassane); Sadd449,n (kassa gatiyam: ~ati parikassati); see also kaddhati, kasati3. kassati 2 , kassate,pass. pr. 3 sg. 0/kasati 3 qv. kassana 1 , n. [S. karsana], lessening; making thin; ifc see akassana. kassana 2 , n. [. karsana], drawing, dragging; Dhtum461 (kassa -e). kassma, kassmi,/wf. 1 pi, 1 sg, o/karoti qv. kaham, ind., interrog. adv. [cf AMg kahi, kahim; S. kuha], where? where to?; Abh 1160; Vin I 8,5 (kahan nu kho etarahi paficavaggiy bhikkh viharanti); D I 50,16 (kaham pana samma Jivaka bhagav ti); MI 497,i (kaham pana tumhe yasmanto gacchatha); Sil 98,27 (kaham ekaputtaka kaham ekaputtak ti); Ja II 360,2* (kahan nu bhikkham acari; 360,7': kasmim padese); Vv 48:5; Ap 320,7; Ud-a259,i (kirn Sundari kaham gat si ti); Sadd 894,13 (kva kuhim kuham kaham kuhincanam); see also kattha, kuham, kuhim. kahpana, m.n. [AMg karisvana; S. krspana], a certain coin (made of various metals); money; Abh 481 (~o); Vin II 294,15 (detiY vuso sanghassa ~am); III 238,2 (rajatam nma -o lohamsako ... ye vohram gacchanti); A V 84,7 (dve -e nibbiseyya); Ja I 2,25 (paralokam gacchant ekam -am pi gahetv na gat); 483,21 (tarn ... attha -e dandpessmi); Mil 193,8; Vism 437,11 (ajtabuddhidrako -nam cittavicittadlghacaturassaparimandalabhvamattam eva jnti); Sp210,io (ettha hirannan ti -0 veditabbo); 291,22 foil (tad Rjagahe visatimsako -o hoti... ~assa catuttho bhgo pdo ti veditabbo); 689,27 (-0 ti suvannamayo v rpiyamayo v pkatiko v); Mp II 72,2 (yath hi heranniko hatthena parivattetv parivattetv cakkhun ~am olokento ayam kto ayam cheko ti jnti); Ud-a 261,29 (dhutt tehi ~ehi suram pivant); As 318,22 (rajatam vuccati ~o);

Mhv 30:14 (~ni dvdasa sahassni ca dpayi); ifc see andu-; see also karispana, catukahpanika. kahpanaka, kahpanika1, n. [kahpana+ ka2, ika; cfBHS kahpanammsika], a form of torture (cutting from the body pieces of flesh the size of kahpanas); M I 87,16 (~am pi karonti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kahpanikam) * A I 48,4 {Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kahpanikam; Mp II 90,3 foil: sakalasariram tinhhi vsihi kotito patthya kahpanamattam kahpanamattam ptent kottenti) * Nidd I 154,14 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kahpanikam) = 403,22 (eds kahpanikam); Mil 197,10 (~am pi dukkham, Ce, Ee, Se so; ite kahpanikam). kahpanika2, mfn., worth a kahpana, bought with one kahpana; Mp I 208,5 (ekekam pindaptam ekekam -am katv thernam dpesi, Se so; Ce ekekakahpanikam; Ee ekam ... ekam ...; Be ekekakahpanagghanakam). k 1 -, prefix [ts], used iic to denote the badness, uselessness or defectiveness of anything; Ap-a399,2(k kucchitkrena v bhaynakkrena v nadanti Saddam karonti nanti vindanti ti knanam); Sadd 774,9 foil (ku icc etassa k hoti appatthe: klavanam kpuppham... kucchitatthe kvaci k hoti: kpuriso kupuriso v); see also kad, ku1. k 2 , suffix, f. o/ka2 qv. k 3 , / o / k a 3 qv. kka, m. [onomat.; ts], a crow; Abh 638; VinI 79,16 (ussahanti... drak ~e uddpetum); D II 295,22 (sariram sivathikya chadditam -ehi v khajjamnam kulalehi v...); A V 149,17 (dasahi... asaddhammehi samanngato -0); Sn 448 (-0 va selam sajja); Pv 30:3 (- pana akkhimalam haranti); Ja III 127,23 (~o ... k k ti vassanto gantv ukkrabhmiyam otari); 477,28* (yad ~ ulk ca mantayeyyum rahogat); Kv 136,34 (-ehi gijjhehi kulalehi); Mil 403,17 (ulko ~ehi pativiruddho rattim kkasangham gantv bah pi ~e hanati); tidyi(n), mfn., flown through by crows, open to the crows; MI 450,35 (agrakam oluggaviluggam Mm na paramarpam; Ps III 167,26: -in ti yattha kincid eva bhunjissm ti anto nisinnakle visum dvrakiccam nma n' atthi tato tato kk pavisitv parivrenti, palyanakle ca yathsammukhatthnen, eva nikkhamitv palyanti); -m-saka, m., [kka + sa2 + ka2], one who stuffs his mouth so full that crows can peck from it; As 404,27 (-0 nma yath kkehi masitum sakk hoti evam yva mukhadvr hreti) = Nidd-al 345,20; 0, -msaka in Ee at Spk III 166,34 is prob, wr for kkamsaka (Be, Ce, Se so); 0 , -u44 e paka, mfn., (one) who scares crows; (one) who is able to keep crows off; Vin I 79,20 (anujnmi bhikkhave ... drakam -am pabbjetun ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kkuttepakam; Sp 1003,2i: -an ti yo vmahatthena leddum gahetv nisinno sakkoti gatgate kke uddpetv purato nikkhittam bhattam bhunjitum); -uhana in Ee at Sp 1392,32 is wr for kka-hata or kka-hadana qqv; -uhata, mfn., defecated upon, soiled, by crows; Sp 1392,32 (civarnam -am v kaddamamakkhitam v kannam gahetv, Ce so; Be kkahadanam; Ee wr kka-uhanam; Se kka-ohanam); -hadana, mfn., defecated upon, soiled, by crows; Sp 1392,32 (civarnam -am v kaddamamakkhitam v

662

kannam gahetv, Be so; Ce kka-hatam; Ee wr kkauhanam; Se kka-ohanam); dumbarik,/, the opposite-leaved fig-tree, Ficus hispidax Abh 572; ' -oravasadda, m., the sound of the cawing of crows; Vin1239,24 (assosi... uccsaddam mahsaddam -am) = IV 82,n (Sp 821,8: kknam oravasaddam sannipatitv viravantnam Saddam); -guyha, mfn. [cfS. kkaguha], 'crow-concealing', tall enough to hide a crow (of barley etc); Ja II 174,16'; -tliya, mfn,, unexpected, accidental (after the manner of the crow and the palm-fruit); Abh 740; -tinduka, m., a kind of ebony, Diospyros tomentosa; Abh 560; -pakkha, m., a side-lock or tuft of hair (left on the shaved head of a boy); Abh 257; -pattanaka, n., a 'crows' town', a place lived in only by crows; Ja VI 456,4* (sunnarn antepuram sabbam -am yath; 456,5': macchnam gandhehi gatehi kkehi samkinno samuddatire chadditagmako viya); -pcyya, mfn. [kka + peyyd!], full to the brim (so that a crow might drink); Vin I 230,12 (gang nadi pr hoti samatittik -); S II 134,ii (pokkharani... samatittik -; SpkII 129,28: sakk hoti tire thitena kkena pakatirassam pi mukhatundam otretv ptum); Ap 204,23 (samatitti - gang si); -macchaka, m., a kind offish; JaV 405,33* (sirig savank... -; 406,27': sing ti dini tesam macchnam nmni); -msaka i m. see kka-m-saka above; -s!sa, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) [BHSkka$ira(s)], with a crow's head; whose head is like (the colour of) a crow; D i l 174,26 (sabbaseto - o . . . assarj, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce klasiso; Sv625,2s: kkagiv viya indanilamani viya ca klavannena sisena samanngatatt -o, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee klasiso) = M III 174,9 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be klasiso; Ps IV 226,7: klavannena sisena samanngatatt -o, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be klasiso) * Ja II 129,9 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be klasiso); 2. (n.) the head of a crow; Jail 351,22 (~nichaddetabbni);-sra, m., a 'crow-hero', one bold and impudent as a crow; Dhp244 (sujivam ahirikena ~ena dhamsin); Sadd 762, I5 (kko viya sro ayan ti -o); -ssaraka, mfn. [kka + sara5 + ka2], with a voice like a crow's, hoarse-voiced; Vin I 115,n (yasm Udyi sanghassa ptimokkhuddesako hoti ~o). kkacchati, pr. 3 sg. [?], snores; part.pr. (a) kkacchanta, m/(-anti>j., Ja I 61,24 (ekacc dante khdantiyo ekacc -antiyo); (b) kkacchamna, mfn., Vin IV 15,30 (navak bhikkh ... nagg vikjamn -amn seyyam kappenti; Sp 744,16: nsya kkasaddam viya niratthakasaddam muncamn); A III 299,13 (yva suriyass* uggaman -amn supimsu; Mp III 350, is: kkasaddam karont dante khdant); Jal 160,28 (tesu niddam upagatesu ekacce ghurughurpasss -amn dante khdant nipajjimsu); Mil 85,22 (~amno); Vism311,32 (samparivattamn ~amn dukkham supanti). kkana, n. [S. lex. id.], a small coin; Saddh 514 (adento ~am pi ca); see also kkani, kkanik. kkani,/ [S. lex., BHS id.], a small coin; Ja III 395,22' (natthakkanim, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se natthakakanikam). kkanik, m.n., ~ , / [cf S. lex. kkani], a small coin

(worth less than half a msaka,); Jal 120,21 (tya -ya phnitam gahetv); Sv 212,6 (tesam matto pi... nvasissati); Ps II 123,28 (mayham ... annam vittam -am pi n'atthi); Dhp-aIII 108,12 (pdam msakam -am datv); Cp-al53,30 (dve ~Q detha msakam pdam kahpanam ...); see also kkana, kkani. kkarika, kkrika, m. (or mfn. ?) [cf S. lex. kkri, '"enemy of crows', an owl"; and S. kkanik, "cowardly"], an owl; ? Sadd922,1 (tittiro tittiri kkariko kkriko barati barat ... mattbhedo 'yam). k k a l i , / [ts], I. a low and sweet tone; Abh 137 (-1 sukhume); 2. an instrument with a low, sweet tone; Bv-a 179,24 (kkalisadisamadhuraviruthi kokilavadhhi; cfS. lex. kkalirava, "the kokila "). kaki, / [ts], a female crow; Ja II 39,9 (-iy saddhim); 111431,4 (ek ~i kulvakam katv andakni nikkhipi); Nidd-al 468,27 (-iy patijaggito ... kokilapotako viya); Sadd 325,30. kkola (and kkola), m. [ts], a raven; Abh 639 (-0 vanakko); JaV 270,9*(dhank bherandak giijh ~ ca ayomukh ... khdantinaram kibbisakrinam); VI 566,2* (~ pi na vassanti); -gana, m., a flock of ravens; Sn 675 (khdanti... sm sabal - ca; Pj II 482,15: kanhakkagan); Vv 52:16 (-). kca1, m. [ts], 1. glass; a clay for making glass; Abh 919 (-0 tu mattikbhede); Vin I 190,26 (na kamsamay paduk dhretabb na -may ... na tipumay ...); II 112,24 (na -mayo patto); 2. a disease of the eye; Abh919 (-0... nayanmaye); ifc see timira-; kcehi in Ee at Ap 71,3 (paficami -ehi) is prob, wr; Be, Se pancamiy bhmi; Ce pancamiy nemi; 0, -amha, m.n. [kca + amha(n)], a glass jewel; crystal; Ja VI 268,17* (jtarpamay kann may khur, Ce so, unmetrical; Be, Se kcamhicamay; Ee wr kcambhamay; cf 268,20': khur rattamanimay ti attho); Mhv78:23 (Abhayagirivsi ca bhikkh... Mahvihravsihi samaggayitum rabhi... -e ratanehi va); -mani, m., a glass jewel; crystal; Sp543,2i (pacitv kato -i yev' eko vattati). kca2, m. [connected with kca1 1], flaw, impurity; roughness; (according to ct) wrong-doing; Pj II 410,24 (gukiriy hi upaghtakaranato -o ti vuccati); akca, mfn. [BHS id.], without impurity, without flaw; pure, clear; smooth; D II 244,10* (mani yath veluriyo -o vimalo subho; Sv668,n: -o ti nikkco akakkaso); Sn 476 (suddho niddoso vimalo -0 tathagato; Pj II 410,20foil.: upakkilesbhvato ~ o . . . bhiramalbhvena vimalatt - o ... vimalatt v gum na karoti tena -0); Ja V 206,5' ([ad 203,3*: akhilakni ca avantakni... kimrukkhaphalni tni] akhilakni ti -ni nikkantakni... manisanghnim sandhy' ha, Ee so; Be atacni nippannni; Ce avkni nibbasanni; Se apkni nibbanni); Nett 55,21 (-am etam vimalan ti vuccati); nikkca, mfn., without flaw; smooth; Sv668,u; sakca, mfn., flawed; rough; Pj II 410,21 (upakilittho hi upakkilesena - 0 ti vuccati); see also akci(n). kca3,.see.svkja. kcan, / [connected with kca3 ? cf S. lex. kcita, "suspended in the kca- loop"], raising (as a

663

carrying-pole); ? stringing up (as on a carryingpole)', ? self-importance, self-aggrandisement; ? Vism 27,2i (etam kulam mam yeva jnti, sace ettha deyyadhammo uppajjati, mayham eva deti ti evam ukkhipitv - ukkcan, uddipan ti vuttam hoti) = Nidd-a 1420,3 = Vibh-a 483,5. kja(flw/kca 3 ), m. [S. lex., TOkca;.4Mgkya; in Pli kca3 is found almost only in Abh, Sadd and Ee], 1. a carrying-pole (a pole with ropes to which burdens are attached); a carrying-pole's load; Abh 525 (vybhangi... ~o); VinI 245,26 (pahtam pnam patiydpetv -ehi ghpetv); M III 148, H (-ena v pitakena v; Ps IV 202, s: kcen ti pi ptho, ayam ev' attho); SI 175,7 (brhmano unhodakassa -am purisena ghpetv); AIV 163,26 (dhannam hareyya -ehi pi pitakehi pi, Be, Ce so; Ee kcehi; Se kyehi pi sisakehi pi); Ja V 320,15* (kassa kdambayo ~ o . . . amsam asamphusam eti udahrassa gacchato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kco); 345,10* (abaddhe pakatibhte ~e ubhayato thite, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kce); Cp 2:10:5 (-e ropayitvna); Ps IV 61,3 (-am pretv); Spkl 317,13 ("en* dya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kcen'); Mhv5:24 (Anotattodakam ~e atth' nesumdine dine dev); Sadd 922,16 (kco ~o ... vannabhedo 'yam); ifc see antara-, antar- (sv antar1), ubhato-, ekato-, khri-; 2. the loop of rope {to which burdens are attached); Abh919 (kco ... sikkyam). kjaka, m. [kja + ka2], a carrying-pole; ifc see antara-. kjan in Ee at Ps IV 204,23 is wr for kran (Be, Ce, Se so). kjara, m.n. [?], a kind of tree (with inferior fruit); its fruit; Sv 143,19 (ambapakkam khditukmo puriso... hatthe thapitam -pakkam disv viya). kta, n. [cf CDIAL 3017], the penis; Sp 739,7 (~an ti purisanimittam); -kotacik, / , the male and female sexual organs or characteristics; VinlV 7,19 (yakrena v bhakrena v ~ya v eso hmo nma akkoso); Sadd 524,7* (~ya ca ... lingasaddo pavattati). kthima, mfn. [from kathati2], boiling hot; JaV 268,11* (tattam chakam kthim' ayogulam ca, so read with O. von Hinber, 1979a, p. 21 ? Be tattam pakkuthitam ayogulam ca; Ce pakkatthitam; Ee pakatthitam; Se pakkutthitam; 273,3r: pakkuthitam ca gthakalalam ca c' eva jalita-ayogulam ca, Be so; Ce, Ee pakkatthitagthakalalam; Se pakkutthitagthakalalam). kthinna, n. [S. kthinya], hardness, severity; Dhtum 397 (khila -e). kria1, mfn. [ts, "one-eyed"]> 1. one-eyed; blind (in one eye or both); Abh 321 (~o akkhinam ekena sufino); Vin I 91,13 (~am pabbjenti... na ~o pabbjetabbo; Sp 1030,2iyb//.: yodvihi v ekena v akkhin na passati, so na pabbjetabbo. Mahpaccariyam pana ekakkhikno ~o ti vutto, dvi-akkhikno andhena sangahito ti); M III 169,15 (api nu so ~o kacchapo amukasmim ekacchiggale yuge givam paveseyya; Ps IV 213,21: ~o ti ekakkhikno v ubhayakkhikno v); SI 94,2 (~o v hoti kuni v khafijo v); ThI 438 (-ya ca khanjya ca elakiy); Ja III 125,6(aj~ va ssape); SpkII 291,19 (vtarogo ... ~am karoti); Sadd 535,28 (~o ti ekena v dvihi v akkhihi

parihinakkhi, atthakathcariy pana ~o nma ekakkhikno, andho nma ubhayakkhikno ti vadanti); ifc see ubhayakkhi- (^vubhaya), ekakkhi- (weka), go-; 2. (of eyes) blind, unseeing; Ja VI 74,27 (akkhmi ~ni karohi ti... cakkhni andhni jyimsu); -kacchapa, m.y the blind or one-eyed turtle (see Mill 169,15 above); ThI500 (sara -am; Thi-a264,5: ubhayakkhiknam kacchapam anussara); Mil 204,12 (~pamam upadassitam). kna2, m. [S. kvna], sounding, sound; Sadd 357,8 (kanati ~o). knik, / [= kanik1], a broken grain of rice; Sadd 921,20 (mattbhedo tva ... kanik ~). kneti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup knayati, Wg 33:41], winks, closes the eyes; Dhtup 113 (kana nimflane); Dhtum 168; Sadd 535,28 (kana nimilane: -eti ~ayati). ktacchu in Ee at Sp 75,18* is wrfor katacchu (Be, Ce, Se so). ktabba, mfn., fpp o/karoti qv. ktara, mfn. [ts], fainthearted, timid; irresolute; Abh731 (adhiro ~o); Ps I 116,30 (bhirukajtik ti... bhayabahul, asr - ti vuttam hoti). ktave, inf. o/karoti qv. ktilaka- in Ee at Sv223,20 is wr for klatilaka- (Be, Ce, Se so). ktum, inf. o/karoti qv. ktna, absol. o/karoti qv. kttabbam and akttabbam in Ee at Ps V 15,11 are wrr; Be, Ce, Se ktabbam and aktabbam. ktheti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krthayati, Wg 34:19], hurts; Sadd542,i (ktha himsyam: -eti -ayati). kdamba, m. [ts], a kind of goose with dark-grey wings; Abh644 (~o klahamso); JaV 420,8 (hamsapilavakdambakrandavbhindite); Vv-a 163,27 (~ehi kokilehi annehi ca dijehi); ifc see balka-; see also kadamba3. kdambaka, see sv kdambaya. kdambaya, mfn. [from kadamba1], made 0/kadamba wood; JaV 320,15* (kassa ~o kjo; 320,17': ~o ti kadambarukkhamayo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kdambako ti). knana, n. [ts], a wood, a forest; a large wood; Abh 536 (arannam ~am dyo); S n l l 3 4 (dijo yalh kubbanakam pahya bahupphalam -am vaseyya); Th350 (viharam -e vane; Th-all 148,28: -bhte vane, mahranne ti attho); 1137 (sampupphite meghanibhamhi -e); Thi254 (~am va sahitam suropitam); Ja IV 116,23* (pitaram... cor aganhum ~e); VI 557,27* (mig nam' atthu rjno -asmim mahabbal); Ap 123,13 (migaluddo pure sim aranne -e aharn; Ap-a 399,3: k kucchitkrena v bhaynakkrena v nadanti Saddam karonti nanti vindanti ti-arn); 227,3 (aranne parinibbyi amanussamhi -e); Sadd 321,12/?//. (thitamajjhantikasamaye kavati Saddam karoti ti -am vanam ... atha v kokilamayrdayo kavanti... etth ti -am); saknana, mfn., with its woods; Ap 380,19; Cp 2:10:6 (sasgarantam pathavim -am sapabbatam). knm, see sv kimnma.

664

kpaa, n. [S. krpanya], pitiful circumstances', Ap 134,12 (paramakpannapatto 'mhi, Be, Ce so; Ee parakpannapatto; Se paramakrunnapatto); Th-a II 278,19 (--tarn patt); Sadd 403,29 (~an ti kapanabhvo); see also kvanna. kpurisa, m. [ka1 + purisa; ., BHS kpurusa], a worthless or contemptible man; an evil or inferior person; Vin II 188,22* (sakkro ~am hanti); SI 91,16* (dhanam ~o labhitv n'ev'attan bhunjati no dadti); Pv21:31 (Pv-a 125,13: ~ ti lmakapurisa); Th 1018 (ppo ~&m sangamo); Ja II 42,8* (na santhavam ~ena kayir; 42,16': kucchitena kodhapurisena saddhim); Pet 180,12 (~ vuccanti puthujjan); -sevita, mfit., practised or cultivated by inferior or worthless men; Pet 180,14 (samdhi hoti anariyo ~o); akpurisa, m., not a worthless man, a superior man; Pet 180,17 (~ vuccanti ariyapuggal); Th-a II 274,13 (~ehi v ariyehi buddhdihi sevitam); sevita, mfit., practised or cultivated by superior men; not practised or cultivated by worthless men; D III 279,1 (ayam samdhi ~-sevito) * A III 24,17 (Mp III 231,2i: buddhdihi mahpurisehi sevitatt sevito); Th649 (brahmavihram bhvemi sevitam; Th-a II274,13: kpurisehi mcajanehi asevitam, -ehiv ariyehi buddhdihi sevitam); Thi 189 (pativijjhim padam santam sevitam; Thi-a 162,7: almakapurisehi uttamapurisehi ariyehi buddhdihi sevitam); Pet 180,18 (yo tehi sevito samdhi so ~-sevito). kpota, m. [S. kpota, .], a flock of pigeons; Sadd789,2o (sikkhnam samho sikkho, ~o icc di). kpotaka, m/(-ik). [cf S. kapotaka, kpota], connected with a pigeon; 1. of the colour of a pigeon, dull white, grey; D I 55,27 (~ni atthini bhavanti; Sv 166,8: ~ni ti kapotakavannni prpatapakkhavannni ti attho); Dhp 149 (~ni atthini tni disvna k rati; Dhp-aIII 112,16: ~nl ti kapotakavannni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kapotakavannni); 2. (according to cf) of the colour of a pigeon's foot, red;? (the name of an intoxicating drink); Vin IV 109,22 foil. (attiY vuso kpotik nma pasann bhikkhnam dullabh ca manp ca ... yasm Sgato ghare ghare kpotikam pasannam pivitv nagaramh nikkhamanto nagaradvre paripati; Sp 859,22: kpotik ti kapotapdasamavannarattobhs) * Ja I 360,25 (kpotik sur). kbala, ., a blanket; Sadd 922,23 (kambalam -am... vannabhedo 'yarn). kma, m.n. [ts], \.(m.) (\)wish, desire; love; longing; Abhl63; 826 (-0 -am); DU 267,11* (tharn bhadde vareyyhe evam ~o dalho mama); Ja III 419,1* (bhiruy nna me ~o avidre vasantiy karissati kisam pandum); 450,3* (addasam ~a te mlam sankapp ~a jyasi); V 219,18* (yathsukham Sibba karohi -am; 224,20': attano iccham prehi ti); VI 421,13* (n'atthi ~e asadiso; 421,15': ~e ti ~asmim hi cittam eva pamnam na pana jti); Sadd 485,5 (~o icch); very frequently ifc, esp. following infinitives (whose final -m is dropped); see atta- (,sv atta[n]), attha- (^vattha2), abhiytu(sv abhiyti), kilesa-; (ii) desire personified; the god of love (sometimes identified with Mra^; Abh 42; Th-a III 88,29 (~assa v Mrassa yathkmakaraniyo);

Bv-a 289,i* (tarn devadevam abhihantukmam -am tu disv pana devasangh); Sadd 556,27 (Mro pi v devaputto -o ti vuccati); 2. (m.n.) pleasure of the senses, sensual enjoyment; esp. sexual pleasure; the objects of pleasure, what gives pleasure to the senses; Abh 826; Vin I 3,29* (sukh virgata loke ~nam samatikkamo); 17,7 (abhabbo kho Yaso kulaputto hinyvattitv -e paribhunjitum seyyath pi pubbe agrikabhto); 225,34 (~nam dmavam okram sankilesam nekkhamme nisamsam paksesi); 293,22 (t ... vesiy bhikkhuniyo uppandesum ... nanu nma ~ paribhunjitabb, yad jinn bhavissatha tad brahmacariyam carissatha); III 111 ,32 (may ... anekapariyyena ~nam pahnam akkhtam; Sp218,i2: vatthukmnam kilesakmnam ca pahnam vuttam); D I 172,31 (vivice' eva ~ehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi); II243,21* (sace te nam ~ehi aham paripraymi te); III 60,1 (bhutt kho pana me mnusaka - samayo dibbe ~e pariyesitum); 238,14 (bhikkhu - avigatargo hoti); MI 47,6 (-esu micchcro akusalam; Ps I 199,11: -es ti methunasameresu); 131,24 (appassd - vutt bhagavat bahudukkh); 11261,24 (anicc... ~a tucch mus moghadhamm); SI 9,6 (anikilitvi -esu); 132,26 (jto ~ni bhunjati); Dhp 48 (atittam yeva -esu antako kurute vasam); 415 (yo 'dha -e pahatvna angro paribbaje); Sn 436 (~ te patham sen dutiy arati vuccati); Th 254 (sabbe ~ pahin me); Thi 356 (~ maranabandhan); Ja III466,1* (na h' eva ~na ~; 466,3". -%ia - ti ~nam -, vatthukmapatthany ti attho); IV 172,7* (~am kmayamnassa; 173,4': -an ti vatthukmam pi kilesakmam pi); 469,21* (ko me puttam palobheyya yath -ni patthaye); VI 127,24* (nimantayi ca -ehi sanena ca Vsavo); Ap 547,23 (nanu nma gahatthena ~am bhutv yathsukham pacch jinnena dhammo 'yam caritabbo); Niddl 1,9/0//.: (dve ~ vatthukm ca kilesakm ca, katame vatthukm, manpik rp manpik sadd ... yam kinci rajaniyam vatthu ... katame kilesakm, chando ~o rgo chandargo ...) * Vibh 256,35; Sp 142,21 (~nam etam nissaranam yadidam nekkhamman ti); 205,15 (~e paribhunjanto ti attano puttadrehi saddhim bhoge bhunjanto); Mp IV 194,1 (ettha pathamajjhne - nirujyhanti); Sadd 556,27 (kileso hi tebhmakavattasankhtam ca vatthu ~o ti vuccati); ifc see vatthusv vatthu1; acc. kmam, adv., 1. according to one 's wish or desire; as one pleases, willingly; as you please; please; Abh 469; Th46 (~am karassu rpni; Th-a I 126,24: yatharucim karohi); Pv 36:12 (pucchassu mam ~am; Pv-a 223,1 foil.: tvam yath icchasi tarn attham mam pucchassu); Jail 228,6* (~am yahim icchasi tena gaccha; cf 228,10': -an ti ekamsena); IV 233,22* (~am pesehi kunjaram dantim); 261,3* (~am gharam gacchatu ppadhammo; 261,6': ~an ti ~ena yathruciy attano gharam gacchatu); 424,17* (~am Sumukha pakkama; ^424,24': ekamsena pakkamhi yeva); esp. (usually with imperat.) let them... as they please; even if...; kmam ... na (or m) ..., even if... not...; rather let... than that...; Abh 1196 (~am yadyapisaddatthe); MI 481,1 (~am taco ca nahru ca atthi ca avasissatu ... na tarn appunitv viriyassa santhnam bhavissati); SI 224,27*

665

(-am cajma asuresu pnam m-y-ime dij vikulvak ahesum); Th312 (-ambhijjatu 'yamkyo _ nsissam ... tanhsalle anhate) * Vv 18:6 (Vv-a95,s: yadi pi me ayam kyo bhijjatu vinassat ti); Ja I 233,9* (-am patmi nirayam... nnariyam karissmi; cf233,ir: ekamsen' eva); VI 491,2* (-am janapado msi); 493, B* (-am mam Sivayo sabbe pabbjentu hanantu v n' eva dn viramissam); ifc see yena-, yattha-; 2. granted that, although (often answered by pana or ca,); Sp 150,8 (-am c'ete vitakkavicr dutiyajjhne yeva vpasant imassa pana jhnassa...); Sv286,9 (-am bhagavato sabbe pi kiles khin brhmano pana te na jnti); Ps V 3,27; Pv-a 111,10 (-am c' ettha Ankuro peto na hoti, tassa pana caritam ...); 3. certainly, indeed; Abh 1140; 1196 (-am ... ekamsatthe); Ja VI 312,6' (-an ti ekamsena); Mp IV 132,29 (nanu ... catasso paris honti ti, -am honti); instr. kmena, out of love or affection for; agreeably to the wishes of; JaV 222,2* (~ena me Ummadantim paticcha; 226,2': -na me ti mama patthanya); VI563,i9' (tuyham ~ ti tumhkam -era tumhe patthayanti); abl km {or kmhi, see K.R. Norman, 1981, pp. 171-72; cfS kmya?), out of love or affection for; Ja IV 285, n* (yo kimpurisam avadhi adsakam mayham - hi; 285,21". mayham -ena); 365,4* (anne dhanassa - hi; 367, r: apare brhman dhanam patthent); VI 138,28* (vilapanta jivitassa -a hi); 420,29* (tass -a hi sammatto, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kmbhisammanto); 589,23* (tumham -a hi puttak; 589,29.* tumhkam - tumhe patthayamn); kmas, of one's own accord, of one's own free will; willingly; Ja IV 320,5* (sham ahimsratini -as dhammacrini; cf 321, r: -as ti ekanten' eva); VI 181,28* (ptukari mantam-as bhagav mamam; 182,5': -as ti attano icchya); dhikarana, mfn., having desire as its cause; Ps II 57,5 (karanatthena km adhikaranam assti-o); am, ind., on account of desire, in consequence of desire; MI 85,37 (sanditthiko dukkhakhandho kmahetu kmanidnam -am); SI 74,I9 (kmahetu kmanidnam -am sampajnamus bhsante); Cp-a232,16; dhivimuttitam in Ee at JaV 254,27 (attano -am paksento) is wr; Be, Ce kmdhimuttatam; nupakkhanda, mfn., encroaching on, going over to sensual desire or pleasures;! Vibh-a418,20 (tassa ~nam sannmanasikarnam vasena); -anubandhanabaddh in Ee at D1246,3 is prob, wr; Be, Ce kmandubandhanabaddh; Se kmachandabandh; nusri(n), mfn., following one's own desires; Ja V 117,9* (apetalomahamsassa ranno ~ino; 119,23' foil.: yo rj... attano kmam eva anussarati chandavasena yam yam icchati tarn tarn karoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kammam eva); 0, -andha, mfn., made blind by passion; blind as to sensual pleasures; Ud76,5* (~ jlasanchann; Ud-a 367,7: ~ ti vatthukmesu kilesakmena andh vicakkhuk kat) = Th 297 (Th-a II 125,29: kmehi kmesu v andh ti ~... kilesakmehi rpdisu vatthukmesu andinavadassitaya andhikat); bhimukha, mfn., turned towards sensual pleasure; disposed to sensual pleasure; Sv 1031,35; Pv-a 3,19 (~am dhammasannvimukham kaniiam nesum);

bhisammanto in Ee at Ja VI 420,29* is wr; Be, Ce, Se km hi sammatto; vacara, mfn. and m. 1. (mfn.) belonging to the sphere of sensual experience fkmadhtu qv); D I 34,15 (atthi... anno att dibbo rupi ~o; Sv 120,19: ~o ti chakmvacaradevapariypanno); Dhs 147 (-am kusalam cittam uppannam hoti); 583 (kusalkusalnam dhammnam vipk ~); Vibh 412,28 (~nam devnam); Vism 88,31 (sabb pi upacrekaggat ~o samdhi); 2. (m.) the sphere of sensual experience; Ja VI 101,38' (~am atikkamitv brahmaloke nibbatt); Ps I 164,3 (yuparikkhay -e nibbattati yeva); Patis-a 296,i foil, (so duvidho kmo pavattivasena yasmim padese avacarati so padeso ... -0, so pana padeso catunnam apynam manussalokassa channam ca devaloknam vasena ekdasavidho); fivacaraka, m. (or n.), the sphere of sensual experience; Ja VI 99,14' (~e yeva nibbatti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kmvacare); vacarika, mfn., belonging to the sphere of sensual experience; Saddh 254 (sukham -am); 0> -itthi, / , a woman for sexual pleasure; Vin I 36,18* (rpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca -iyo cbhivadanti yann; cf Sp 972,26: ete rpdike kme itthiyo ca yann abhivadanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr atthiyo); JaV 490,25* (-iyo; 490,31': -iyo tikmavatthubht itthiyo); 0 , -upapatti,/, existence in (a sphere of) sensual experience; D III 218,10 (tisso -iyo; Sv 1000,25: -iyo ti kmpasevan kmapatilbh v) * It94,9; '-pasamhita, mfn., connected with desire or with sensual pleasure; D i l 265,14 (gth... buddhpasamhit dhammpasamhit arahantpasamhit -); MI 85,24 (rp itth ... -- rajaniy; Ps II 56,12: - ti rammanam katv uppajjamnena kmena upasamhit); A III 208,2 (yam pi 'ssa -am dukkham domanassam; Mp III 303,4: -in ti kmanissitam duvidhe kme rabbha uppajjanakam); -am, adv., sensually, seductively; Ja IV 470,15* (s ... bahum -am ... citragth abhsatha; 472,2': -an ti kmanissitam pavattayamn, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se gitam pavattayamn); 0, -updna, ., grasping sensual pleasures; the fuel that is sensual pleasure; DII 58,i (-am v ditthpdnam...); MI 67,33 (vijjuppd n* eva -am updiyati); Vibh 375,7; Vism 569,4 (vatthusankhtam kmam updiyati ti -am); -kara, kmankara, mfn. and m. [kma + kara1] 1. (mfn.) fulfilling the desires (of anyone); doing what is wanted; Ja IV 261,5* (aham ca te -0 bhavmi; 261,8': - 0 ti icchkaro); 2. (m.) (the power of) fulfilling the desires (of anyone); (the power of) acting as one likes; S I 227,22* (-0 hi te datum bhayassa abhayassa v; Spk I 347,1: -oti icchitakaro); Ja V 370,27* (-0 hiranfiassa yvanto esa icchati; or hirann' assa; 370,30': -o hirannass ti hirannam assa kmakiriy atthu); see also kmakra; -km, ind. (possibly also -kma, mfn.), out of a desire for pleasures of the senses; Dhp 83 (na - lapayanti santo; Dhp-all 156,16: kme kmayant kmahetu kmakran); Sn 239 (na ~ alikam bhananti); JaV 165,18* (na ~ na bhay na dos vcam mus pabbajit bhananti; 167,16': na vatthukmena ... mus bhananti); -kmi(n), mfn., following one's various desires, indulging one's desires; subject to desire for sensual pleasures; AI 153,3*

666

(devalokasmim modanti ~ino; </Mp III 95,n:~ino ti kme kmayamn); Vv 53:18 (upapanno Tidivesu ~i); Pv 26:16 (Vejayante ca psde ramitv ~ino; Pv-a 176,20: yathicchitesu kmagunesu yathakamam paribhogavanto); JaV 444,28* (~ini; 447,31': kme patthayamn); Ap 280,22 (modim - ' aham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr modikam akmi 'ham); It-al 89,6 (~ino sabbakmasamarigino); neg. akmakmi(n), mfn., Sn 1096 (viram akmakmim); -kra, mfn. and m. [kma + kra1], 1. (mfn.) fulfilling the desires (of anyone); doing what is wanted; Ja V 170,29* (et su te ~o dadmi te); Cp2:6:ll (~o bhavmi te); 2. (m.) (the power of) fulfilling one's desires, acting as one likes; Sn351 (na ~o hi puthujjannam; Pj II 349,27foil: yam patthenti ntum v vattum tarn na sakkonti) = Th 1271; Ud-a 346,11 (sati hi sayankre ~ato sattnam itthen' eva bhavitabbam na anitthena); see also kmakara; - k r i , / [kma + kri2], acting as one likes, autonomy; neg. akmakri,/, not acting as one likes, dependence; Pet 140,11 (anissariyattho anattattho, avasavattanattho akmakrittho parividattho ayam anattattho ti; or to akmakri(n) qv below); -kri(n), mfn., fulfilling one's desires, acting as one likes; Ap 182,19 (modm' aham ~i, Ee so; Be, Se kmakmi; Ce kmakari); -krit,/, abstr., acting as one likes, autonomy; Moh 276,33 (keci satt attano issariyena -kritvasena viniptam gacchanti; cf issariyakmakrik); neg. akmakri(n), mfn., not acting as one likes, dependent; Pet 140,11 (anissariyattho anattattho avasavattanattho akmakrittho ... ayam anattattho ti, eds so, perhaps wr for akmakriyattho, or to akamakri qv above); -krik, / [kma + krik2], acting as one likes, autonomy; ifc see issariya-; -kriya, mfn. [kma + kariya3], acting as one likes, acting wilfully; Th971 (vipannasilo dummedho pkato ~o; Th-all 88,28: ~o ti bhinnasamvaratya yathicchitakrako kmassa v Mrassa yathkmakaraniyo); neg. akmakriya, mfn. or n., not acting as one likes; lack of autonomy; Niddll 279,31 (rparn anissariyato akmakriyato... avasavattanato... avekkhati, Ee, Se so; not in Be, Ce); Pet 140,n (anissariyattho anattattho avasavattanattho akmakriyattho ... ayam anattattho ti, so read ? eds akrittho); Vibh-a 48,34 (sunnato assmikato akmakriyato attapatikkhepato ti imehi cathi kranehi anatt); -gavesi(n), mfn., seeking pleasures of the senses; Dhp 99 (~ino) = Th 992; -gijjha, mfn., greedy for sensual pleasures; Ja I 210,27 (~o lolamaccho jlakucchim eva pavittho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kmagiddho); -giddhima(t), mfn., full of greed for sensual pleasures; Ja VI 525,25* (brhmano -giddhim); -giddhi(n), mfn., greedy for sensual pleasures; JaV 255,23* (ye c' anfie ~ino, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee kmabhogino); Mhv6:3 (ativa ~inl); -guna, m., 1. desire, passion; Thi 382 (tava me nayanni dakkhiya ~o pavaddhati); 2. (usually kmagun, m.pl [and ~ni, n.pl]), the strand(s) of (what furnishes) sensual pleasure, the subdivisions or classes of the objects of pleasure; Vin I 15,5 (Yasassa kulaputtassa pancahi ~ehi samappitassa); D I 245,15 foil (pane* ime ~

ariyassa vinaye and ti pi vuccanti... katame panca, cakkhuviniieyy rp itth ... sotavirineyy sadd ... ghnavinneyy gandh ... jivhvinneyy rasa ... kyavinneyy photthabb); 1121,8 (panca ~ni upatthpesi); MI 85,28 (ime panca ~e paticca uppajjati sukham; cf Ps II 55,3i: ~ ti kmayitabbatthena km va bandhanatthena gun); SI 16,n* (panca ~ loke manochatth pavedit ettha chandam virjetv); AIII 312,14 (gedho ti... pancann, etarn -narn adhivacanam); Vv 30:7 (modm' aham ~ehi pancahi); Th 455 (panca ~ ete itthirpasmim dissare); 1109(khiddratim~am ca loke sabbam pahya); Ja III 519,14* (tapo va seyyo ~ehi); Vibh 370,18 (pancahi v ~ehi asantutthassa); Nett 28,3 (panca ~ kmargassa padatthnam); 81,30 (vanam pana panca ~); Spk II 390,17 (manoramrammanam ~am katv); Ud-a 333,29 (~ehT ti kmakotthsehi kmabandhanehi v); see also pancakmagunika; -gunika, m(fn)., (one) who indulges in the pleasures of the senses; Sp 253,23 (kassako vnijo ... ~o ti mam dhrehl ti evam gihivevacanena sikkhpaccakkhnam hoti); -cagi(n), mfn., who gives up sensual pleasures; Sn719 (nigghosam jhyinam ~inam); -cra, m., free unrestrained motion; the power to move or live as one likes; J IV 261,17* (aham ca te ~am dadmi; 261,19': ~am abhavam dadmi... yathruciy viharath ti); Nidd-al 457,25; Sadd 815,n; -cchanda, m., desire that is appetite, sensual appetite, appetite for sensual pleasure (the first of the nivaranas^v, and one of the samyojana^ qv); D II 51,18 (kmesu ~am virjetv); MI 432,21 (~am... bhagavat orambhgiyam samyojanam desitam dhremi); Sn 1106 (pahnam -nam); Th 74 (~o ca vypdo thinamiddham ca...; Th-al 175,27: kmesu chando, kmo ca so chando ca ti pi ~o kmargo); Ja IV 470, is* (saddam sutvna nriy ~' assa uppajji); Patis I 101,28 (nekkhammena ~am nirodheti); Dhs 1097 (kmesu ~o kmargo...); Vism 140,30 (anekabhedo ~o yeva kmo ti adhippeto); As 370,16 (~o ti kmasankhto chando na kattukamyatchando na dhammachando); Ps II 287,19 (~o ti... kilesakmo va chandakaranavasena chando); Spk III 263,26 (~o ti paneakmagunikargo); -tanta, n., knowledge in sexual matters; Sadd 504,18 (attharasa mahsippni... hatthisikkh -am assalakkhanam); -da, m(fn)., (one) who gives what is wished, who grants desires; Ja VI 528,15* (yattha sammati ~o); Mhv 19:9 (mahbodhim mahraije abhisinciya ~o); -dada, mfn., giving what is wished, granting desires; Pv21:l (ayam ~o yakkho); Mil 321,8 (yath ... maniratanam ~am evam eva kho ... nibbnam ~am); -duha, mfn., yielding what is wished; Ja IV 20,13* (s dakkhin ~ tav' ajya; 20,16': ~ ti sabbakmadayik); VI 211,9* (ayam te ypo ~o parattha bhavissati); -dhtu,/, 1. the (psychological) element of desire (for sensual pleasure); Dili 215,15 (tisso akusaladhtuyo ~u vypdadhtu vihimsdhtu); Sil 151,16 (~um ... paticca uppajjati kmasann; SpkII 136,1: kmavitakko pi ~u kmvacaradhamm pi visesato sabbkusalam pi); Vibh 86,10 (kmapatisamyutto takko vitakko sankappo ... ayam vuccati ~u); 2. the domain of sensory experience; existence subject to sensual

667

experience and desire; Th 181 (vimuccamno uggacchim -urn apaccagam; Th-all 54,26: angmimaggena accantam eva -urn atikkamim); Niddl 51,io (-um rpadhtum arpadhtum); Ap 585,13 (-um atikkant santhit rpadhtuy); Vibh86,i4 (hetthato avicinirayam pariyantam karitv uparito paranimmitavasavatti deve antokaritv yam etasmim antare etthvacar etthapariypann khandhadhtu-yatan rpam vedan sann sankhr vinnnam ayam vuccati ~u); 404,6 foil.; Kv 25,26 (~uy kmi puggalo ti); Ps IV 106,1 (panca kmvacarakkhandh ~u nma); -(p)pabandha, m., a continuous series of sensual desires; Ud-a435,22 (--sankhtam kmogham, so read with Be; Ce --sankhtakmogham; Ee --sankhtakmoghdibhedam); -pla, m., maintaining objects of sensual pleasure; JaV 221,30* (dht vidht c'asi -o; 226, r: icchitapatthitnam kmnam planato); -bhava, m., 1. existence in a kmaloka qv; existence subject to sensual experience and desire; Vin I 36,26* (disv padarn santam... akincanam ~e asattam; Sp973,5foil.: tisu bhavesu alaggatya yam -am yanfi vadanti tasmim pi ~e asattam); D II 57,22 (-0 rpabhavo arpabhavo); AIV 402,14 (anvattidhammam me cittam -ya); Kv 372,12 (~ena samanngato puggalo); Vism 512,2 foil (kmasankhto bhavo ~o ... ~o panca updinnakkhandh); Ps II 347,23 (-'-pagam kammam pi kammbhinibbatt updinnakkhandh pi ti ubhayam ekato katv - o ti); Mp II 334,n (~o ti kmadhtuyam uppattibhavo); 2. (according to cts) sensual desire and existence; Sn 176 (gambhirapannam nipunatthadassim akincanam ~e asattam tarn passatha; Pj II 215,20: duvidhe kme tividhe ca bhave alagganena-e asattam) * 1091 (Nidd-all 35,13: -etikmeca bhave ca); -bhavika, mfn., belonging to or connected with existence in a kmaloka; Moh 145,24; -bhogi(n), mfin). [kma + bhogi(n)1], gratifying desires for sensual pleasures, indulging in pleasures of the senses; esp. (one) who indulges in sexual pleasure, ie (one) who is not celibate, not a bhikkhu or bhikkhuni; Vin I 203,22 (seyyath pi gihi ~ino); III 128,37 (yath tarn yuv yuvatin ti daharo daharim taruno tarunim ~I -inim, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kmabhogo -im); IV 260,3 (gihiniyo -iniyo); D III 124,8 (upsak c' assa svak honti gihi odtavasan brahmacrino ... gihi odtavasan-ino); 155,14* (geham vasati ce tathvidho aggatam vajati -inam); SI 78,20 (dujjnam ... etam ... tay gihin -in puttasambdhasayanam ajjhvasantena) = Ud 65,24 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kmabhojin); A II 6,8 (ye keci kmesu asannat jan avitarg idha -ino); IV 439,11 (mayam ... gihi ~i kmrm kmarat kmasammudit); Thi486 (~inam aggo); JaV 255,23* (tuvam rja ye c'anne ~ino); Mil 350,25 (gihi agrik ~ino); -mayika, mfn., arising from pleasures of the senses; Th 669 (sukham ca ~am; Th-all 279,32: -^n ti vatthukmamayam kmagune paticca uppannam); -rati,/, 1. delight in pleasures of the senses, esp. in sexual pleasures; sensual enjoyment; SI 128,15* (bhunjassu ~iyo) * Thi 57 (ThI-a 63,9: vatthukmakilesakmasannissit khiddratiyo paccanubhohi); Thi 504 (sabb hi ~iyo jalit

kuthit); Ja IV 221,1 (tarn tpasakumram ~iy palobhetv); 2. desire which is sexual longing, sexual desire; Thi 381 (tava me nayanni dakkhiya bhiyyo-ipavaddhati); Jal 211,15' (annam macchim ~iy gato); -rasa, m., enjoyment of pleasures of the senses; Ja III 170,3'; V 451,13' (sabbakmarashar ti sabbesam ~nam haranak); esp. enjoyment of sexual love; Ja II 329,15 (lokadhammam sevitv ~am natv); IV 470,27* (tassa -am natv issdhammo ajyatha); -rga, m., desire that is passion; passionate desire for sensual pleasures, esp. for sexual pleasure; MI 434,2 (~o thmagato appativinito orambhgiyam samyojanam); Sn 139 (~am virjetv brahmalokpago ahu); Th316 (itthim... yam hi eke jigucchanti matam disvna ppakam -o pturah); Thi 68 (-en' avassut; Thi-a75,i7: kmagunasankhtesu vatthukmesu dalhatarbhinivesitya bahulena chandargena tintacitt); Ja III 450,24* (yo pabbaji -am pahya); Nett 28,3 (panca kmagun ~assa padatthnam); -rpa, n., a form assumed at will; Vibh 426,7* (~-gatim gat); Pj II 13,22 (jalajo jale eva ~am labhati na thale); Vv-a80,6 (--dhar yathicchitarpadhrini); -rpi(n), mfn., having the ability to assume any form at will; Ap31,i8 (-1 vikubbmi); Mp I 397,18 (~-tya); Pj II 368,25 (devaputto ~I); neg. akmarupi(n), mfn., Pj II 13,21 (so [urago] duvidho ~i ca akmarpi ca); -lpi(n), mfn., saying whatever one wants; chattering however one wishes; D I 91,26 (latukik pi kho ... sakunik sake kulvake -ini hoti; Sv257,i2: yadicchakabhnini, yam yam icchati tarn tarn lapati); -lbhbhijappi(n), mfn., who desires to obtain sensual pleasures; A HI 353,24* (Mp III 377,7: ~inan ti kmalbham patthayatam); -llasa, mfn., absorbed in pleasures of the senses; Ap 574,15 (disv mam ~am); -loka, m., the region of sensory experience, where beings are subject to sensual experience and desire; Ud-a306,9 (angmi ti... ~am angamanasilo); Saddh261 (parittam -arnhi pancakmagunodayam); -vanni and va^nini,( m)f(n)., assuming any appearance at will; Vv 16:3 (acchar ~ini; Vv-a80,6: kmarpadhar yathicchitarpadhrini); 33:291 (devatyo acchar -iyo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~iniyo) = Ja II 256,22* (eds ~iyo); Ja V 157,27* (acchar ~inl); -valli,/, a land of creeper; Vv-a 164,3 (nnsantnak tihi~iyo);-vasika, mfn., in the control of desire; Jail 215,io' (kmehi pana nitassa -assa puggalassa ... anno koci tikiccham na karoti); -vitakka, m., thought concerned with pleasures of the senses; a lustful thought; Vin III 20,8 (-narn samugghto akkhto); DIU 215,3 (tayo akusalavitakk ~o vypdavitakko vihimsvitakko); A I 68,5 (kmaparilhena paridayhati -ehi khajjati); Ja III 375,20 (addharattasamaye -am vitakkayimsu); Vibh 362,36 (kma patisamyutto takko vitakko... micchsankappo ayam vuccati -0); Mil 310,26 (daharakassa ... na -o hoti); -vha, mfn., having the name "kma"; Sadd456,i8 (-e visaye); -sagga, m. (and n.), a heaven where existence is subject to sensual experience and desire; Jal 105,29 (tisso kulasampattiyo cha -e); III 258,2 (ctu-

668

mahrjikdisu chasu ~esu); Spkl 97,22 (cha -ni nava brahmaloke patv); -sukhalliknuyoga, m., devotion to the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; VinI 10,12 (yo cyam kamesu -o hino gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasamhito) * S IV 330,29 (Spklll 297,9: ~o ti yo cyam vatthukmesu kilesakmasukhassa anuyogo); Nett 110,3; Vism 32,12; -hetuka, mfn., caused by sensual pleasures or desire; Sv 1032,14 (kmapaccay sav nma - cattro sav); -hetukam, ind.9 because of sensual pleasures; on account of sensual desire; Thi 355 (duggatigamanam maggam manuss -am bahum ve patipajjanti; Thi-a227,i4: kmopabhogahetukam); JaV 220,17* (aham vadhissmi attnam -am; 225,r: -amayuttakamkatv); akma, mfn., 1. not so wishing; unwilling, reluctant; Mil 187,i9(tassa -assa bilam olaggeyyum); Th 357 (kunjaram ... ankusaggaho balav vatteti -am); Ja VI 508,8* (yo nam hatthe gahetvna -am parikaddhati; 509,4': anicchamnam yeva); Ap 577,13 (mayham -ya); 2. without sensual desire; Sn 1096 (oghtigam putthum -am gamarn); Nidd(ite)II 142,5 (buddho -o nikkmo cattakmo ...); abl. akm, a</v., against one's will; whether one wishes it or not; without (previous) intention; VinI 282,14 (anujnmi bhikkhave n' gamentnam nkm bhgam dtun ti; Sp 1120,7: na anicchya datum, yadi pana icchanti dtabbo); D I 94,22 (ayam... panho gacchati - pi vyktabbo; Sv 263,33: attan anicchantena pi vykaritabbo, avassam vissajjetabbo); Vv 10:6 (sajja dnam adsim - tiladakkhinam); Ja VI 506,12* (nham - dsim pi arannam netum ussahe); akmakaraniya, m/h., to be done or dealt with even against one's will; to be done without will or intention; Ja V 237,14* (karaniyasmim kv idha ppena lippati; 237,27': karaniyasmim attano va dhammatya pavattamane ppe); Mil 241,9 (~-karaniy ... putt mtpitunnam); akmat,/, abstr., the not having such a wish or intention; a lack of desire or intention; Ps I 268,31 (atibharit udakabhjan udakam ~-tya nikkhamati); akmarpa, mfn., quite unwilling, reluctant; Ja IV 33,13'; anakmarpa, mfn., not at all unwilling, not reluctant; acting quite willingly; Ja IV 33,9* (sant dant yeva pabbajanti annatra Kanh anakmarp; 33,13': bhavantam Kanham thapetv anne rp nma n* atthi); nikkma, mfn., without sensual desire; without sensual pleasures; Sn 1131 (-0 nibbano ngo; Pj II 605,10: ~o ti pahinakmo); Nidd(ite)II 142,5 (~o cattakmo); sakma, mfn., having desire; so wishing; willing; Ja V 295,19* (akmam v -am v yo naro labhate piyam); see also akmaka. kman4aluka, see sv kamandaluka. kmana, mfn. and n. and - , / [cf S. lex. kmana, kman], 1. (mfn.) lustful, lascivious; Abh730 (-0 kmi); 2. (n. and f) desire; Th-al 204,34 (yo satto kilesakmena vatthukme kmayati, tassa tarn -am... dukkham, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee wr kmnam); Patis-a 156,20 (anatthassa ca -ato anatthakm); As 370, is (kmanavasena rajjanavasena ca kamo yeva rgo kmarago); Sadd 556,23 (-); akmana, n., lach of desire;

Pj II 598,4 (kmnam ~ato akmakamim); Patis-a 156,19. kmayita(r), m. [S. lex. kmayitr], one who desires, is lustful; Abh 730 (~). kmi(n), mfn., m. and f. [cf S. kmin], having desires, desiring; having or enjoying sensual pleasures; (m.) a lover; (f.) a loving woman; Abh 231 (~inl); 730 (-1); Ja VI 421,12* (yam yam ~I kmayati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se yo yam kme kmayati); Kv 25,26 (kmadhtuy ~i puggalo ti); Bv-a 288,27* (yath gata viyogam patineva -ini); ifcsee attha- (^vattha2); nikkmi(n), mfn., without desires; without sensual pleasures; Sn 228. kmuka, mfn. and m. [ts], 1. (mfn.) desiring; lustful; Abh 730; 2. (m.) a lover; Ja V 306,15* (katham Maddakule jt dsam kayirsi -am); ifc see kamalini-. kmeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [caus. o/Wkam1; S. kmayate], wishes, desires; loves; Dhtup 603 (kama icchyam); Dhtum 843 (kamu icchya kantimhi); Sadd 556,22 (kamu icchkantisu -eti -ayati); D I 193,7 (tvam janapadakalynim icchasi -esi); Th 93 (yo kme -ayati dukkham so -ayati); JaV 220,20* (na -aysi; 225,3': na -esiti attho); VI 307,9* (tassnujam dhltaram -aymi); 421,3* (suvo va suvim -eyya); Ud-a 206,10 (attham eva -eti icchati ti atthakmo);part.pr. (a)kmenta,mfn., Spkl 26,13 (mnakmass ti mnam -entassa icchantassa); Sadd 556,23; (b)kmayanta,mfn., JaV 468,17* (accharam -ayanto); Dhp-all 156,16 (-ayant); (c) kmayamna, mfn., A III 411,23; Sn766 (kmam -ayamnassa); Ja III 154,12 (ambho kme -ayamna kmakmi); (d) kmayna, mfn., Sn767 (tassa ce -aynassa; Niddl 4,3: -aynass ti kmayamnassa icchamnassa ... atha v kmatanhya yyati niyyti vuyhati...; Pj II 512,31: tassa puggalassa kme icchamnassa kmena v yayamnassa, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se yyamnassa) = Vism 576,30*; Ja VI 325,32* (tassnujam dhitaram -ayno); aor. 3 sg. (a) kmesi, Ja VI 422,2r (evam s tarn -esi); (b) akmayi, Ja VI 422,5* (s pi Vaccham akmayi); Mhv 22:45; (c) kmayi, Ja VI 422,7' (Ce, Eeso; Be~esi; Se akmayi); Mhv 33:3; 3 sg. tm. (or pass. ?) kmiyate, desires; Nidd-a I 12,2 (kilesakmo vatthukmnam paccsimsanassa kranabhvena -iyate anen ti kmo); pass, pr. 3 sg. kmiyati, kmiyyati, kmiyati, Patis-a 117,20 (-lyanti ti km); 296,7 (kilesakmo kmeti ti kmo vatthukmo -lyati tikmo) ^ As 62,4 (Ee -iyyati ti; Be, Ce, Se -iya ti) * Sadd 556,25 (-iyati ti); pp kmita, mfn. [ts], wished, desired; loved; Cp 3:2:1 (-0 dayito putto); Sp 551,19 (attan v - icchit ti attakm); Vv-a 122,22 (tay -ehi icchitehi vatthhi samiddh); neg. akmita, mfn., Vibh-a9,n (akantan ti akmitam nissirikam v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr akmikam); #/? (a)kmetabba, kmitabba, mfn., Spklll 66,20 (--taya kamaniyo); It-al 89,5 (-nam ulrnam devabhognam); Pv-a 16,io (kmam kmitabbam ujram dibbasampattim patilabhitv, Be, Se so; Ce kmitabbam; Ee kmi kafinam); 73,5 (--kmehi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kmitabbakmehi); (b) kmayitabba, mfn., Ps II 55,32 (-' -atthena km); see also kanta', kamaniya. kya, m. [S., BHS id.], 1. the body, the physical body; sometimes the material form (of a particular

669

existence) as opposed to the mental faculties, sometimes the assemblage of all five khandhas qv; Abh 151; 1084 (~o tu deharsisu); Vin III 121,28 (bhikkhu ca nam itthiy-ena -am masati); D 146,10 (yv' assa -o thassati tva nam dakkhinti devamanuss); 77,9 (so imamh ~ annam -am abhinimminti rpim manomayam sabbangapaccarigim ahlnindriyam); 209,2 (ayam ~o rpi ctummahbhtiko mtpettikasambhavo odanakummsupacayo ... idam ca pana me vinnnam ettha sitam ettha paribaddham); III 104,21 (-am uddham pdatal adho kesamatthak tacapariyantam pram nnappakrassaasucinopaccavekkhati); M I 117,5 (passaddho ~o asraddho, samhitam cittam ekaggam); 111266,29 (yo ... imam ca -am nikkhipati annam ca -am updiyati, tarn aham sa-upavajjo ti vadmi); S I 156, 1 (dissamnena 4 pi -ena dhammam desesi adissamnena pi -na dhammam desesi); 1124,26 (blo -assa bhed kypago hoti); 64,34 (nyam... -o tumhkam na pi annesam, purnam idam... kammam abhisankhatam abhisancetayitam vedaniyam datthabbam); 94,9 (dissati... imassa ctummahbhtikassa -assa cayo pi apacayo pi dnam pi nikkhepanam pi); 252, I6 (imasmim ca savinnnake ~e); III 143,4* (yu usm ca vinnnam yad -am jahanti 'marn); IV 166,24 (ayam -o anatt ti); 211,24 (-o anicco sankhato paticcasamuppanno); AIV 332,5 (kammam... me karontassa -o kilamissati); Khpp. 2,5 (atthi imasmim -e kes lom nakh...; Pj I 38,27: -e ti sarire, sariram hi asucisancayato kucchitnam v kesdinam yabhtato - o ti vuccati);Dhp41 (aciram vat' ayam -o pathavim adhisessati chuddho apetaviniino); Sn 206 (etdisena -ena yo manne unnametave pararn v avajneyya kirn annatra adassan); Th819 (sabbe te tava -asmim mahpurisalakkhan); 901 (manomayena -ena iddhiy upasankami); Thi85 (yathbhtam ayam kayo dittho santarabhiro); Ja II 144,3* (sabbe sihassa bhyanti n'atthi -asmi tulyat); Ap59,7 (manomayesu -esu); 143,2i (yathme -o nibbyi parilho na vijjati); Dhs 613 (yo -o catunnam mahbhtanam updya pasdo attabhvapariypanno anidassano sappatigho); Nett 77,24 (katamo -o, nmakyo rpakyo ca); As $2,\\ fall; the body is (i) the experiencer of sensation and feeling, either (a) generally (physically and/or mentally); D I 73,26 (imam eva -am vivekajena pitisukhena abhisandeti); 1199,23 (madhurakajto viya -o); A II 87,io (attha vimokhe -ena phassitv viharati; Mp III 114,6: nmakyena phusitv); III 11,18 (sukham ca -ena patisamvedeti); It 46,3* (-ena amatam dhtum phassayitv); or (b) specifically, as one of the organs of sense or perception (cf S. tvac^); D I 70,15 (-ena photthabbam phusitv); MI 112,7 (-am... paticca photthabbe ca uppajjati kyaviniinam); Kv67,n (~o sufino photthabb sunfi); (ii) the performer of action; Vin III 76,4 (-ena vikram karoti; Sp 452,7: tattha hatthamudddii dasseti); M I 87,23 (kmnam eva hetu -ena duccaritam caranti); S II 151,22 (assutav puthujjano tihi thnehi micch patipajjati -ena vcya manas); IV 132,21 (yam ... etarahi kammam karoti -ena vcya manas idam vuccati... navakammam); Thi 15 (-ena samvut sim vcya uda cetas); Ja IV 110,n* (-ena

ppni akubbamno); Sp439,20 (sayam mrentassa -ena v kyapatibaddhena v paharanam; 443,27: -en ti hatthena v pdena v mutthin v jnun v yena kenaci angapaccangena); ifc see adhara-, ekatta- (ekatta2, sv eka) karaja- (sv kara'), dhamma-, nnatta- (sv nnatta2), nma-, nikattha-, paripunna-, brahma-, rpa-; 2. the main part of the body, the trunk; the trunk of a tree; Vin III 70,33 (nisidati pallankam bhunjitv ujum -am panidhya; Sp 407, is foil', uparisariram ujukam thapetv attharasapitthikantake kotiy kotim patipdetv); SII 231,12 (annen' eva pd gacchanti annena pakkh... anfiena sisam ... annena -o gacchati); Ud69,3 (yehi... [hatthissa] -o [dittho ahosi]); Pv 8:3 (ime pd idam sisam ayam -o savladhi); Ja IV 155,12* (tarn ca aham na passmi thullam -ena te dumam); 3. a collection, assemblage, group; totality, mass; Abh 630 (-0 khandho); 1084 (-0 ti deharsisu); Vin I 294,19* (saggamhi -amhi ciram pamodati; Sp 1129,2: saggopapann); D I 56,21 (satt' ime... - akat akatavidh ... pathavikyo pokyo tejokyo vyokyo sukhe dukhe jivasattame; c / S v l 6 7 , i s : pathavikyo ti disu pathavl yeva pathavikyo pathavisamho v); AI 143,16 (dibb... - parihyissanti pariprissanti asuraky; Mp II 224,\2 fall: navanavnam devaputtnarn aptubhvena devaky parihyissanti); Vv 16:3 (tasm - acchar; Vv-a 80,5: tasm Nimmnaratidevaniky); 22:2 (na-y-imeannesu-esu rukkh santi; Vv-a 111,22: -es ti devanikyesu); Ja II 91,15' (cammakyo drukyo lohakyo ayokyo vlukakyo udakakyo phalakakyo ti ime satta - nma); Ap 100,16 (cuto pi Tusite -e nibbattissati 'yam naro); Sadd 536, u* (samhassa ca anekni nmni... -o nikyo ...); ifc see aru-, asura-, assa(sv assa3), tanh-, tvatimsa-, patti- (^vpatti1), bala-, ratha-, hatthi-; nugatika, mfn., adapted to the body; dependent on the body; Vism404,19; Sp 773,8 (bhikkhuno tta vattati); Patis-a 345,20 (cittam -am karoti); anupassana, ., - , / , contemplation of the body; S V 179,3 (kye - bhvetabb); Patis I 177,35 (kye - satipatthnabhvan); Nidd-al 54,6 (-ena); nupassi(n), mfn.9 considering, contemplating the body; MI 56,4 (bhikkhu kye -i viharati; Ps I 241,26: kyarn anupassanasilo kyam v anupassamno) = Vibh 105,22; SV 156,i (tassa kye -ino viharato); Nett 123,7 (kye t); 0, -anvaya, mfn., linked to the body, dependent on the body; M I 237,30 (etam ... -am cittam hoti kyassa vasena vattati); 500,8 (yo kyasmim kyacchando kyasneho t s pahiyati); 0, -yatana, n., the sense-organ that is the body; D III 243,15 (cha aijhattikni yatanni... jivhyatanam -am manyatanam); S II 3,31; Dhs 613; Kv 335,21 (-am rupakkhandhena sangahitam); 0, -indriya, ., the sensefaculty that is the body; Dili 239,11 (pane' indriyni, cakkhundriyam sotindriyam ... -am); Dhs 613; Vibh 122,4 (bvisatindriyni... jivhindriyam -am manindriyam); 0, -paga, mfn.y 1. going to a (new) body; SII 24,26 (blo kyassa bhed -0 hoti; Spk II 40,4: -o ti annam patisandhikyam upagant hoti); neg. akypaga, mfn., S II 25,2; 2. on the body; on the limbs; Sv 46,3 (manussnam ca -ni bharanni);

670

' -ovasspana, ., exposing the body to the rain; Sp 723,5 (naggnam ~e anpatti); -kampa, m., shaking, trembling of the body; Sp 211,23 (-0 hadayamamsacalanam); -kilanaka, m. or ., physical sport or playing; Spkll 167,21 (daharehi saddhim -am karoti; ^ Pj I 242,25: daharehi kyakllanam karoti); -gata, m/w., relating to the body; directed on the body; Vin II 286,11 (bahud eva rattim -ya satiy vitinmetv); Mill 89,24 (bhikkhu -am satim bhveti); Ud28,3 (-ya satiy); Th 1225 (sati ~ ty atthu); Vism 197,23 (kesadibhedam rpakyam gat kye v gat ti ~); Sp 1392,34 (bhikkhussa -an' eva nissaggiyni honti); -gatsati, / , intentness of mind directed on the body; A I 43,31 (-iy, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kyagatya satiy); 45,27 (amatam te ... paribhunjanti ye -im paribhunjanti) = Mil 336,6; Th6 (rakkham -im dhitim); Ap 315,25 (vararn -im, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kyagatam satim); Vism 197,29 (kyagatasati ti vattabbe rassamakatv -Itivutt); -tapana, ., tormenting of the body; Pv-a98,5 (--sankhto tapo etesam atthi ti tapassino); -dalhibahula, -daddhibahula, mfh., intent on strengthening one's body; concerned with physical well-being; Vin III 159,18 (ye te bhikkh tiracchnakathik ~ viharanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -daddhi-; Sp 579,3: kyassa dalhabhvakaranabahul kyaposanabahulti attho); Ja III 310,23 (yoge yogarn akatv ~ hutv nnappakrakam kilikam kilitv carimsu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -daddhi-); IV 219, is (vissatthindriyam -am puggalam gacchantam disv, Be so; Se -dalha-; Ce, Ee -daddhi-); Cp -a 316,6 (t); -dvra, n., 1. the passage 0 r means (of good or bad) which is the body; Ja I 276,27 (-am vacidvram manodvran ti tini dvrni rakkha); Niddl 130,26 (~e cittam); Sp 694,29 (~e vacidvre ca vitikkamam karotha); Dhp-aIII 330,21 (~ena duccaritapavesam nivretv); 2. the access that is the body (as sense-organ); It-all 188,35 (photthabbrammanam ~e ptham gacchati); -dvrika, mfh., connected with the means which is the body; Sp 271,4 (yam -am tarn kyakammam); 1380,26 (cha pattiyo ~); Ud-a 320,20 (~assa asamvarassa); -dhatu, / , the constituent element that is the body (as sense-organ); Mill 62,14 (atthrasa... dhtuyo ... ~u photthabbadhtu kyavinnnadhtu ...); Dhs613; Vibh413,36; Kv 12,23; -ppakopa, m.t physical tumult, rage, fury; Dhp231 (-am rakkheyya kyena samvuto siy; Dhp-aIII 330,30: ~an ti tividham kyaduccaritam rakkheyya); -ppaclaka, w.(?), a shaking, swaying of the body; Vin-vn 1888 (-am katv bhusisappaclakam gacchato dukkatam hoti); -ppaclakam, ind. [kya + namul absol. of pacleti ^v], making the body trembleshaking, swaying the body; Vin II 213,22 (na ~am antaraghare gantabbam na bhuppaelakam ... na sisappaclakam...); -ppaclana, ., making the body tremble or shake; It-all 53,33 (--samattham bahum pivitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kyasanclanasamattham); -(p)patibaddha, mfn., tied, bound to the body; 1. dependent on the body; MI 301,25 (asssapasss ... kyik ete dhamm ~; Ps II 365, r. kyanissit, kye sati honti asati na honti) = S IV 293,23; Ps II 364,20 (~-tt);

2. (what is) attached to the body; Vin IV 2\4,is foil. (kyena ~am masati... ~ena kyam masati); Ja III 377,2i (evamvuttasamanaparikkhr ~ va ahesum); Sp 439,20 (shatthiko ti sayam mrentassa kyena v ~ena v paharanam; 443,29: ~en tikyato amocitena asi-din paharanena); 549, u (~an ti vattham v puppham v bharanam v); -parigghaka, w/(-ik)., taking hold of enveloping the body; Spklll 180,6 (satim ti kyaparigghikya satiy samanngato) = Ps I 243,19; Ps III 144,17 foil, (kyagatsatin ti kyaparigghikam pi kyrammanam pi satim, kyaparigghikan ti vutte samatho kathito hoti); Moh 154,24 (sampajno ti ~ena sampajannena samanngato); -pariyantika, mfn., co-terminous with the body, coming to an end with the body; S II 83,1 (~am vedanam vediyamno) = A II 198,3o; -pariharika {and -parihriya1), mfn., (merely) protecting, sustaining the body; D I 71,4 (bhikkhu santuttho hoti ~ena civarena) * M I 180,20 (Ps II 213,io: kyapariharanamattakena); Niddl 496,8 (~am eivarampatiganhti); Ps II 212,7 (te [parikkhr] sabbe pi ~ pi honti kucchiparihrik pi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kyaparihriy); Th-a III 99,30 (etena kyaparihriyam civaram tattha itaritarasantosam ca vadati); -parihriya 2 , mfn. [kya + fPP o/pariharati, or = kyaparihriya1], to be wrapped round the body; wrapping round the body; Sp 1018,20 (yannnham [civarni] ~ni katv gaccheyyan ti civarharanattham nivsetv ca prupitv ca vihram gacchati; Sp-t [Be] III 258,13: ~en ti kyena pariharitabbni); -(p)pasda, m., the tranquillity (resulting in sensitivity) of the sense-organ that is the body; the receptive power of the sense-organ that is the body; Vism 447,11 (tadubhayam pi ~o viya sakalasariram vypakam eva); As 334, n (yasmim yasmim pana thne -o ussanno hoti, tattha tattha kyavinnnam uppajjati); 334,18 (kukkutapattena vane dhoviyamne pi amsu-amsu ~am ghatteti); -pguftfiat,/, abstr., physical fitness; good condition of the faculties; Dhs 1 (As 131,3: kyassapgunfiabhvo ~... agelannabhvalakkhan); 48 (vedankkhandhassa sanfikkhandhassa sankhrakkhandhassa pagunat pagunattam ... ayam ... ~ hoti); -pil, / , physical pain or annoyance; It-all 113,26 (anitthaphotthabbapatihatakyassa ~ dukkham, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kyapilanarn); -phandamattam in Ce, Ee at Ps III 268,2 is prob, wr for kyaphandanamattam (Be, Seso); -phandita, w., physical movement; Ja III 25,5' (sammajjandikaranena -ni); -bandha, m., a belt, a girdle; Ap 310,20 (~e jine datv); -bandhana, n. (and m.), a girdle, a belt; Abh439 (-am); Vin II 118,5 (uphanyo ~e bandhitv); 136,6 (uccvacni -ni... kalbukam deddubhakam murajam maddavinam); 266,7 (anujnmi bhikkhave bhikkhuniy ekapariykatarn -am); IV 123,23 (dve ~ni pattikam skarantakam); SI 260,30 (-am pi dittam); Vv 33:207; Ap 302,25 (krayim ... -e); Sp 79,is (there... -am bandhitv civaram prupante); Vin-vn 2954; akyabandhana, mf(n)., not wearing a belt; Vin II 135,34 (bhikkhu akyabandhano gmarn pindya pvisi, tassa rathiyya antaravsako pabhassittha); -bhvan,/, physical development

671

or training', D III 219,15 (tisso bhvan, - cittabhvan pannbhvan); MI 238,2 (santi pana... eke samanabrhman cittabhvannuyogam anuyutt viharanti no -am; PsII 285,10/0//.: panctapatappandim attakilamathnuyogam sandhy' ha); Ps II 285,1 (~ ti pana vipassan vuccati); Mp II 361,10 (kynupassansankhtya-ya); -mnasika, mfn., connected with the body and the mind; Vin V 87,4 (sikkh ~ kat; Sp 1306,34: kyacittasamutthn kat); -vicchanda, m., aversion to the body; Jail 438,12 (--jtakam, Ce so; Be, Se kyanibbinda-; Ee kyavicchinda -); Th -a III 116,15 (gth ... ~-jananattham bhsit); -vicchandana, n., aversion to the body; Pj II 250,32 (buddhavacanan ti karam buddhavacanam); -vicchandaniya, -vicchandanika, mfn., concerned with aversion to the body; Sp 393,22 (asubhkrasandassanappavattam~-katham kathesi)^ Spklll 265,22; Pj II 241,2 (kyavicchandanikasuttam ti pi vuccati); -vififieyya, mfn., cognisable by the sense-organ that is the body; Vin I 184,24 (- photthabb); D III 234,6 (~ photthabb itth) * MI 85,26; Dhs 589 (-am rpam); Mil 270,12;-vipphandana, n., physical movement; Vism 448,4; As 323,27; -vivarana, n., uncovering of the body; Sp 1293,5 (-'-disu dandakammam vuttanayam eva); -samsaggaka, m., bodily contact; Utt-vn 567 (bhikkhnam bhikkhuninam ca -e sati); -sakkhi(n), m., 1. one who has (physically) experienced (all) the stages of the jnana- qv; D III 105,28 (satt' ime ... puggal, ubhatobhgavimutto pannvimutto -I ditthippatto saddhvimutto dhammnusri saddhnusri; Sv 889,34foil.: yo kye jhnaphassam pathamam phusati pacch nirodham nibbnam sacchikaroti so sotpattiphalattham dim katv yva arahattamaggatth chabbidho hoti" ti... ayam vuccati puggalo -1 ti); MI 478,4 (katamo ... puggalo -I, idha ... ekacco puggalo ye te sant vimokh atikamma rpe rupp te kyena phassitv viharati pannya c' assa disv ekacce sav parikkhin honti); A IV 451,31 (bhikkhu ... pathamam jhnam upasampajja viharati, yathyathca tad yatanam tath tath nam kyena phassitv viharati, ettvat ... -i vutto); Patis II 52,4 (dukkhato manasikaroto samdhindriyam adhimattam hoti, samdhindriyassa adhimattat ~I hoti); Kv58,i2; Moh 255,i/o//.; 2. a physical witness; a living example or illustration; Ja IV 424,12; Vism 93,4 (mayham puttasadisam vata manne bhikkhum -im katv bhagav rathavinitapatipadam ... desesi); Ps V 7,19 (bhagav ... devathi parivuto mtaram -im katv abhidhammapitakam kathento ...); Spklll 190,33 (tarn yasmantam Nandam -im katv veditabbam); It-a I 78,20 (bhagav attnam ~im katv); -sankhra, w., a bodily motive force; physical motion; Vin III 71,1 (passambhayam ~am assasissmi ti sikkhati); MI 54,9 (tayo 'me ... sankhr, ~o vacisankhro cittasankhro; Ps I 222,30: -o ti kyato pavattasankhro ... visatiy kyasancetannam etam adhivacanam); 296,14 (yv yam ... mato klakato, tassa ~ niruddh patippassaddh ... yo cyam bhikkhu sannvedayitanirodham sampanno, tassa pi ~ niruddh ...; PsII 351,H: ~ ti asssapasss); A I 122,11 (ekacco

puggalo savypajjham -am abhisankharoti; Mp III 212,12: -an ti kyadvracetanam); Vibh 135,26 (kyasancetan -0); Spklll 93,29 (kyappatibaddhatt kyena sankhariyati nibbattiyati ti-0); -sangaha, m., what is classified as physical; the collection of (what is concerned with) the body; Nett 91,22 (yo -0 so kye bhvite bhvanam gacchati); -sampilana,., afflicting of the body; physical pain; Pet 118,5 (--lakkhanam dukkham); Nett 29,6 (-am dukkham); -sambaddha, m/., (what is) attached to the body; Vin-vn 340 (kyena itthiy -am phusato pi v); atikya, mfn. [ts]> of extraordinary body or size; gigantic; JaV 267,5* (-0 mahissso Ajjuno); 269,5* (kimayo tattha - ayomukh); see also addhakyika sv addha1. kyatanlbhtam in Ee at Ap 476,4 is wr; read gunoghyatanibhtam with Be, Ce, Se. kyati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kyati, Wg 22:19], makes a sound; tells; Dhtup 392 (k g sadde) = Dhtum 626; Dhtum9 (ke sadde); Sadd321,8 (ku sadde ke ca:... -an); 476,4foil, (ke re ge sadde: -ati... jtam... -ati katheti bhagav eten ti jtakam); Pj II 204,8 (vibhtim -ati karoti v vibhtikam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ksati); pass. pr. 3 sg. kiyati, Sadd 321,21 (tarn -ati kathiyati eten ti jtakam). kyika\ mfn. [cf S. kyaka, kyika], relating to the body, physical; experienced by or in the body; performed by the body; Vin II 248,26 (no ce ... bhikkhu parisuddhakyasamcro hoti ... tassa bhavanti vattro irigha tva yasm -am sikkhass ti); III 252,3 (na -na paribhogena paribhunjitabbam; Sp 718,12: kyo v kye am v na makkhetabbam); V 210,2 (kati pattiyo -); M I 301,25 (asssapasss ... - ete dhamm kyapatibaddh); S IV 208,9 (dve vedan vediyati -am ca cetasikam ca); A l l 143,i (~o ca rogo cetasiko ca rogo); JaIV 463,13* (m -amstam alattha kinci); Niddl 379,3 (- ca khidd vcasikca khidd); Cp 3:9:2 (-ambalam); Dhs 1342 (-0 avitikkamo vcasiko avitikkamo); Ps II 368,1 (pancadvrikam sukham -am nma); Sadd 786,18 (kyena katam kammam -am). kyika 2 , mfn. [BHS id.], belonging to the group or assemblage of; ifc see gandhabba-, brahma-, manpa-. kyika 3 , m. [BHSkraydka, kryika], a buyer; Abh470; see also kayika. kyito in Ee at Sp 787,26 is wrfor kyiko {Be, Ce, Se so). kyra, kyura, n. [S. keyra], I. a bracelet (worn on the upper arm); an arm-guard; ? (according to cts) a neck-ornament, a necklace; Vin II 106,31 (chabbaggiy bhikkhu... ovattikam dhrenti kyuram dhrenti hatthbharanam dhrenti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce keyram); Ja III 437,14' (-an ti givya pilandhanapasdhanam, na keyram, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se givya pilandhanapasdhanam -am); VI 449,28' (gunikyradhrinan ti guni vuccati kavacam, kavacni c' eva kyrbharanni ca dhrentnam, kavacasankhtni v -ni dharentnam); 590,7* (hemam ca -am; 590,21': suvannamayam givapasdhanam); Vv-a 167,7 (-an ti bhujlankraviseso, Be, Se so; Ee kyuran ti; Ce keyran ti); ifc see suvanna-;

672

 2. the regalia; sakyura, m/h., containing the regalia; JaV 289,20* (rattham sadhanam sayoggam sakyuram; 289,23: sapancarjakakudhabhandam); see also kambukyradhara (sv kambu), keyra. kyri(n), mfn. [S. keyrin], wearing a bracelet (on the upper arm); Pv34:l (mail kiriti ~i; Pv-a 211,8: -1 ti keyri bhlankrapatmiandito) * JaV 9,25* {Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kyuri); see also keyri(n). kra1, mj(~i)n. andm. (and n.) [S. BHSid.], 1. (mfn. and m.f.) doing, making; a maker, a worker; ifc see andhakra, aya- (sv aya[s]), avisesa-, usu-, uhunkra, kabba-, kamma-, kma-, kim- (svka 3 ), kumbha(.yvkumbha2), gaha-(.yvgaha1), camma-, citta- (svcitta2), pottha-, bala-k-, ratha-, rpa-; 2 . (m. and n.) making; acting; act; an act of homage or service (esp. involving a gift); AbhlOll (~o... sakkre); MI 33,19 (yesham civarapindaptasensanagilnapaccayabhesajj aparikkhram paribhufijmi tesam te ~ mahapphal assu mahnisams; Ps I 159,14: temayi kat paccayadnakr); 140,24 (evarp ~ kariyanti); Sil 269,24 (te tattha dhammam bhsanti tesam gihi pasann ~am karonti; SpkII 231,5: kattabbakram karonti cattro paccaye denti); Pv 21:72 (appakam pi katam ~am pufinam hoti mahapphalam;Pv-a 140,i: <-an ti lirigavipallsena vuttam, upakro ti attho); Th 241 (~am katvna bhikkhusu; Th-a II 96,29: civardipaccayadnena c' eva upatthnena ca bhikkhusu sakkrasammnam katv); Ja V 492,13* (ntisu mittesu kat me ~); Ap 245,21 (aho ~am paramakram sukhette sukatam may); Sp 838,19 (~o karanam kiriy ti atthato ekam); Th-aII 17,23 (yehi... ~ kat te hanati, tesam ~ni attani katni amahapphalni katv ... vinseti); ifc see atta- (sv atta[n]), ahan- (sv aham), kma-, kim(svka 3 ), para-; see also clvarakrasamaya; 3. (m.) (gr.t.t.) a grammatical item (a term used to mark out letters or syllables or particles); Sadd 857,30 (akkharato ~o: akkharato krapaccayo hoti akro kro ice evam di...); ifc see eg a- (sva 1 ), - (sv 1 ), iti(sviti1), ka- (svvka1 and ka2), ca-, dhik-, no- (.yvno3), ma-, sdhu-; A . agreement; act of contract; Jail 136,6* (dve mse ~am katvna, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sarigaram; 136,13': dvihi msehi mlam dtabban ti evam dve mse ~am sarigaraparicchedam katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se dve mse sangaram paricchedam); krena in Ee at Pv -a 45 ji foil, is wr; read yenkrena akkuttham ten' evkrena... with Be, Ce, Se; kro in Ee at Vism 139,14: read evakro; in Ee at Ps IV 72,22: read nokro; '-panika, ., the market value of the work, the value of the workmanship; Dhp-al 412,8 (Viskh tarn [pasdhanam]... kammre pakkospetv agghpesi, nava kotiyo agghati, ~am pana satasahassan ti, Ce, Ee so; Se krpaniyam; Be hatthakrpaniyam); -kara, mfn., who does acts of homage or service; Pv 36:85 (saddho mud ~o ca); -karaka, mfn., who does acts of homage or service; D I 61,16 (puriso kassako gahapatiko ~o rasivaddhako, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be karakrako; Sv 170, is: balisankhtam kram karoti ti -0, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se karam); -viparit in Ee at Spk II 148,22 is wr; read gahitkraviparitat with Be, Ce, Se; akrabhva, m., not acting, not doing; the being

innocent; Dhp-aIII 157,16 (attano ca -ena jivitam labhi, Ee so; Be, Ce akaranabhvena; Se akrakabhvena); see also kosakrakimi (^v kosa1). kra2, m.. a kind of tree; Abh 1011; -panna, ., a leaf of the kra tree; Ja IV 237,1 (~am khdamn); Spk II 293,7; Cp-a24,i5; -pannaka, n. (m.?), a leaf of the kra tree; Ja VI 24,7 (tarn ~am niaritv); -patta, ., a leaf of the kra tree; Ja IV 238,22 (udakasinnni -ni khdati); Cp-a 22,27; -rukkha, /w., the kra tree; Ja IV 238,11 (mahantam ~am upanissya) = Cp -a 22,i7. kra3, m.. a prison; AbhlOll (~o... so pume bandhanlaye, Ce so; Be kr tu bandhanlaye); see also kr. kram, absol. of karoti qv. kraka, m.n.f krik 1 ,/ [ts], 1. (m.f) (i) (one) who makes or does or produces; the actor (in an action); the perpetrator (of a crime); Vin I 343,33 (ayam kho Brahmadatto ... bahuno amhkam anatthassa ~o); D III 71,28 (kusalan ti pi na bhavissati kuto pana kusalassa -0); SI 134,13* (kvanubimbassa~o); Th 542 (nfino annassa ~o); Niddl 63,3 (-0 -tya vdam upeti); Sp 909,11 (vohrik~e gavesitv); SpkII 38,16(~oucchinno annena patisandhi gahit ti ucchedam dipeti); Vism 602,32* (kammassa ~o n' atthi vipkassa ca vedako); ifc see aggha- (jvaggha1), atta- (^vatta2), adhikarana-, usu-, kamma-, kalaha-, kra- (5-vkra1), kicca- (sv karoti), kumbha- (svkumbha2], kosa- (svkosa 1 ), kosiya(svkosiya2), gaha- (svgaha1), parikamma-, bhandana-, bhatta-, bhassa-, vivda-, ssana-, sur-; (ii) (one) who performs a service; a servant; a benefactor; Vin I 139,17 (aham hi dyako ~o sarighupatthko); IV 254,10 (n* atth' vuso dyak n' atthi ~ ti); A III 39,34 (SH10 senpati dyako ~o); Thi413 (mam bhattikatam anurattam krikam); Sp 1406,13 (sace ~o n' atthi cetiyassa upanikkhepato kretabbam); (iii) (one) who is working to make spiritual progress; who has made some spiritual progress; Ps I 183,30 (na hi sotpannassa ... adhimno uppajjati... ~ass' eva pana samathavasena v vipassanvasena v vikkhambhitakilesassa niccam yuttapayuttassa raddhavipassakassa uppajjati); 184,35 (-nam yeva adhimno uppajjati); III 6,22 (mayam pi ~, na sabbaso vissatthakammatthn yev ti); Spk I 87,15 (ayam ca devaputto ~o abhinnasilo); II 313,5 (~o pan' esa yuttayogo); It-all 162,29 (dhammadesan pi... ~nam yeva sobhati deyy ca hoti na itaresam); 2. (m.n.) (gr.t.t.) that which participates in the action (of the verb), which expresses the relation of a verbal form (active, passive etc) or a noun (agent, patient etc) to the action; Sadd 10,20 (atthato pana bhvassa -tnpapajjati); 20,29 foil. (~an ti kammakattubhv, te hi upacramukhyasabhvavasena karonti karanan ti ca ~ ti ca vuccanti... kammam katt ca bhvo ca ice evam ~ tidh); 21,7 (-ttam tu bhvassa); 69,i (sattavidhni sdhanni honti, yni ~ni ti pi vuccanti); 5\6,2o foil, (karoti ti katt evam ~o ~am v, ettha hi -saddo yattha kattukrakdivcako tattha pullingo pi hoti yebhuyyena napumsakalingo pi); 691,1 (kiriynimittam ~am, yam ... kiriybhinipphattiy nimittam tarn

673

vatthu -am nma bhavati... tarn chabbidham kattukammakaranasampadnpadnoksavasena); ifc see kattu- (sv kattafr]'), kamma-, karana- (sv karana' ], bhava-, sampadna-; -sanghav m., the sangha which performs a formal act; the enacting sangha; Vin V 72,33 (anapaloketv -am); Sp625,23 (-am... akkosanti); 1031,19 (-opana cariyupajjhy ca pattito na muccanti); akraka, mf(-ik)n., 1. who does not make or do; Ja IV 178,19' (so pathamam kattabbnam ~o puggalo pacch idhaloke pi paraloke pi tappati); 2. who is not an agent; who is not the perpetrator; innocent; Vin II 133,16 (imiss yeva itthiy idam kammam -o bhikkhu); Ud45,16 (~ ime saman; Ud-a261,9: apardhassa na krak); Ja IV 29,20 (kim samma krako si ti pucchitv -o 'mhi ti vutte); Nidd I 63,8 (~o tya); Mil 186,16 (purisam -am anapardham ... ghtayitum); 186,19 (- -tt); Sp 581, \i (na hi sakk ... -o krako ktum krako v ~o ktum); 582,27 (ayarn bhikkhuni attano dhammatya akrik); Sadd708,2i (akattari -e); 3. who performs no service; of no use; Vin I 302,2 (aham... bhikkhnam -o, tena mam bhikkh na upatthenti); Ap 72, n (sabbe kat buddhathpam mayarn ettha -, Ee, Se so; Be sabbe 'kamsu; Ce sabbe 'kamsum); 4. who does not work to make spiritual progress; who has not made spiritual progress; Ps IV 138,i (~assa tva blaputhujjanassa na diyyati); Dhp -a III 426,5 (ayam ca bhikkhu krako no ~o patipanno no apatipanno); Th-alll 119, n (krakass* eva aparihni na -assa); see also krika, kriya3. krakam, absol o/karoti qv. karana1, n. [ts], 1. cause, reason; ground; motive; means; Abh91 (nimittam -am thnam); 1127; Pv 36:31 (siy nu kho -am kinci... acchdanam yena tuvam labhetha); Jail 193,19 (tarn -am cikkhanto); IV 241, I* (vada ... -am, kena ... blassa dassanam nbhikankhasi); Nidd I 6,12 (dvihi -ehi kme parivaijeti vikkhambhanato v samucchedato v); 81,13 (hetu n' atthi paccayo n' atthi -am n' atthi); Kv 32,9 (tena ca -ena); Mil 150,6 (apararn pi... uttarim -am brhi); Sp 210,15 (yasm ... tena -ena); 219,8 (-tt); Spklll 64,i6 (-tya); Sadd516,i9 (attano phalam karoti ti -am); ifc see abhivuddhi-, kim(svka 3 ); abl kran, because of; for the sake of (+ gen. or ifc); Vin I 57,37 (udarassa - pabbajito); IV 106,8 (ye mayam jivassahetu purtadrassa -a senya pativasma); SI 92,9 (bhtu ca pana ekaputtam spateyyassa - jivit voropesi); Vv 84:42 (mtpitunnam ~ bhogni pariyesati na attahetu); Ja IV 463,8* (mama ~ bandhanasm pamutto); Cp 1:8:15 (bodhiy yeva -a); ifc see kim-svkdi*;2. a valid reason or argument; that on which an opinion or judgement is founded; proof evidence; an example supporting an argument; Mil 147,10 (tattha me uttarim -am brhi tarn vacanam patitthpetum); Sp 233,6 (tassa kappiyabhvasdhakam suttato bahum -am ca vinicchayam ca dasseti); 1153,25 (tarn tarn -am panfiya tulayitum samattho); Spklll 284,6 (-en* eva nam sannpessmi ti idam atitakranam hari); 3. an event, happening; matter; Ja 1134,2' (rj tarn -am rocesi); Dhp-a I 201,17 (brhmana ekam te -am kathemi ti); 339,4 (imam -am

n' cikkhi); 4. action; proper action; special action, task, feat; D II 266,6* (accankuso va ngo... -am na ppajnmi sammatto); Mill 2,4 (dakkho assadamako bhadram assjniyam labhitv pathamen* eva mukhdhne -am kreti... uttarim -am kreti; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr karoti); A l l 114,8 (kim... mam ajja assadammasrathi -am kressati); Mil 201,6 (tassa ksagamanam nma -am karohi ti); Vism 602,27 (so n' eva -ato uddham krakam passati); Dhp-a IV 5,9 (hatthidamanakam ekam hatthim... -am sikkhpetum sakkontam); ifc see anupubba-, abhinha(.yv abhinham), nenja-; kranni in Ee at Sp 1193,15 is wrfor kranni (Be, Ce, Se so); kranatthe in Ee at PsI 187,13 and II 330,1 is wrfor karanatthe (Be, Ce, Se so); krana, ., 1. proper and improper action; Spk I 80,15 (--jnanena v jniyo); Dhp-a I 385,14 (-esu pana kusalatt); 2. valid and invalid reasons or grounds; valid and invalid evidence or supporting arguments; Sp 1367,23 (--dassane asamatthatya nijjhattiy ca akovido); 1377,15 (-am na jnti vinicchitum na sakkoti); '-uttara, n. and mfn. [cf S. kranottara, n. ?], l.(n.) counter-attacking; emulation; striving to outdo; Ja III 260, r (annehi kinci katam disv srambhavasena -am karoti); 2. (mfn.) argumentative, combative; emulating; Dhp-a III 57,20 (srambhakath ti es - yugagghakath nma dukkh, Ee so; Be, Ce karanuttar; Se yugagghakath); ' -uttariya1, karanuttariya, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) counterattacking; emulation, striving to outdo; argumentativeness, combativeness; PsI 107,2 (karanuttariyalakkhano srambho vipaccanlkatraso); Spk I 264,18 (yo karanuttariyalakkhanam sarambham vinetv sunti ti); Mp II 313,23 (lakkhanam uprambham na sikkheyya); Dhp-a I 44,2 (ajini ti ktasakkhi-otranena v vdapativdena v karanuttariyakaranena v ajesi); Vibh-a469,29 (srambho... karanuttariyalakkhano nma vuccati, yena samanngato puggalo taddigunam taddigunam karoti); 2. (mfn.) argumentative, combative; Sv 969,3 (rabhas ti -, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se karanuttariya); ' -uttariya2, ., the addition of proofs, of examples supporting an argument; Mil HS^foll. (pancavidhena ... attho sampaticchitabbo haccapadena ... rasena cariyavamsatya adhippy tya ... t ti imehi catuhi samentam kranam); akrana, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) without a cause, without a motive; Mil 145,23 (n' atthi buddhnam... -am ahetukam gira-m-udiranam); 2. (n.) (i) absence of a cause or (a valid) reason; not a cause; not the case; Vin I 114,28 (bhikkhnam anpattiknam avatthusmim ~e oksam krpenti); M II 45,7 (na -ena tathagata sitam ptukaronti); Ja VI 139,20* (atha no -asm yannatthya deva ghtesi); 542,29 (ayam brhmano na -ena imam brahrannam gato); Ps I 231,8 (pornakatther ... kranam eva ganhanti -am vissajjenti); Spkl 234,16 (-am hi dakkhineyyabhvassa jti); akran, akrane, adv., without a (good) reason; Ja V 55,22* (nkrane ptukaronti buddha); Sv 290,23 (- va mayam uijhyimh ti); Spk I 310,13 (m ~ madhurasaddo nassi ti); (ii) absence of any possible cause or

674

origin; an impossibility; As 30,4 (atthnam -am); Pj II 105, is; (iii) not a proper action; Ja 1106,32' (-am te vuso katam ... viriyam ossajantena); II 379,21 (-am vata me katam); nikkrana, mfn., without a motive; disinterested; Sn 75 (~ dullabh ajja mitta) = Ap 13, I; nikkrana, adv., without a cause; without a valid reason; Ja VI 140,19' (akranasm ti -); Nidd-a I 438,30; nikkranena, adv., without a cause, without a valid reason; Ps III 349,18 (me mtulo adosakrako -ena ghtito); sakrana, mfn., connected with a cause; expressing a means; having a cause; with its cause; with reasons, with supporting evidence; Sv 108,10 (tathagato -am sagatikam ditthigatam eva pajanti); Dhp-aIII 425,20 (assa thero -am sa-upamam katv tad eva kammatthnam cikkhi); Pv-a 109,12 (-am vacanam vada). krana2, n. [S. lex. id.], killing; injuring; A b h l l 2 7 (-am ghtahetusu); Pv32:l (divasam anubhosi -am; Pv-a205,10: nnappakram -am ghtanam paccanubhavasi); Ja IV 42,7* (Skhena -am katam, Be so; Ce, Se kaddhanam; Ee katanam; 42,16' [Be]: kaddhanavikadglianapothanakottanasankhtam -am katan ti attho); VI416,10* (raja ca tarn icchati 0,-attham migam yath okacarena luddo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se mranattham; c/416,19': maranakranassa atthya); see also katana, kran. krana3, n. [perhaps = krana2 qv], torture; ordeal; ifc see kamma-, druna-; see also kran. kran, / [S., BHS id.], torture; pain; punishment; Abh407 (- tu ca ytan); Mill 166,20 (tarn enam... nirayapl pancavidhabandhanam nma -am krenti, Se so; Ce, Ee karonti; Be kammakranam) = A I 141,2 (Be, Ce so; Ee wr karanam kronti; Se kammakranam karonti); Ja IV 87,29 (tantarajjukam nma -am katv tatth' eva jivitakkhayam ppayimsu); Mil 185,2 (vadho bandhanam - mranam); Sp 509,19 (anekhi -hi piletv); Pv-a 251,5 (paccekanirayesu -am kriyamnnam); Sadd517,i9 (~ tihimsan); ifc see kamma-; (a)-ghara, -ghara, n., a place for torturing people; Ja II 128,i4(~e pakkhipanti); Sp 570,3 (abbhghtan ti -am verigharam cornam mranatthya katan ti); see also krana2, krana3. kranika1, mfn. [ts], investigating; Abh 726 (parikkhako ~o); Pj II 538,22 (panhavimamsake - e netum). kranika2, m. [from kran], a torturer; an executioner; Abh 658 (-0 nirayapo); Vin III 106,22 (Rjagahe -0 ahosi; Sp 509,19: -o ti rjpardhike anekhi kranhi piletv avasne kandena vijjhitv mranakapuriso) = S II 257,2o; Ja VI 111,33* (ye kec'ime ~ virosak; 112,5': ~ ti krankrak, Ce so; Be, Ee kranakrak; Se dukkhakrak); Cp 3:2:12; Kv 596,22 (atthi manussesu kammakran atthi ca - ti); ifc see kamma-. krandava1, m. [cf BHS krandava, krandavaka], chaff; sweepings; AIV 172,7* (-am niddhamatha kasambum apakassatha) = Sn281 (Pj II 311,23: tarn kacavarabhtam puggalam kacavaram iva anapekkh niddhamatha). kran4ava2, m. [ts], a kind of duck or goose; Abh 626; Vv 35:8 (in long cpd; Vv-a 163,27: -ehi kdambehi kokilehi annehi ca dijehi abhinditam).

kravella, m. [ts], the gourd Momordica charantia; Abh 596. kr, / [ts], a prison; confinement; Abh 407; Vin I 75,5 (puriso corikam katv -ya baddho hoti, so -am bhinditv palyitv bhikkhsu pabbajito hoti; Sp 997,26: -am bhinditv ti attabandhandim bhinditv); Sp997,30 (krabhedako ti ettha - vuccati bandhangram); gra, n., a prison; Mhv 70:238 (rjaputteca bandhitv - pavesayum); -ghara, n., a prison; Mhv 62:42 (-e baddhe bah jane);(a)-bhedaka, m(fn)., (one) who breaks out of confinement; a jail-breaker; Vin I 75,7 (ayam so - o coro); Vin-vn 2484; see also kra3. krpaka, w/(-ik)n. [from krpeti; BHS id.], (one) who causes someone to make or do; (one) who has (something) done or made; Ja VI 333,31 (panditena nma imiss slya krakena v -ena v bhavitabbam); Ap 513,20 (Siddhatthassa bhagavato thpam krpik aham, Ce so; Be thpakrpik; Ee krpit; Se thpakram aks' aham) = Thi-a 33,20* (Be, Ee thpakrpik; Ce thpakrdhik, prob, wr; Se thpakram aks' aham); Spkl 50,io (sabbattha krpik pariharitabbapanii, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se krpit); Sadd 516,23 (krpeti ti -o). krpana, n. [from krpeti; BHS id.], having something made or done; dealing with (with an act of the sangha,); VinV 49,36 (kutim -paccay sanghdiseso); Sp 923,24 (na hi bhajjandinam karane v -e v viseso atthi); Ps IV 46,7 (annamannam pattiy-e dosam disv); Ih-aIII 52,n (dhammassavanassa -am); Cp-a321,io (paresam -vasena). krpita(r), m.f [from krpeti], one who has something made or done; Ap513,2o (Siddhatthassa bhagavato thpam - aham, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce krpik; Be thpakrpik; Se thpakram aks' aham); Spkl 50,io (- pariharitabbapann, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee krpik). krpeti, krpayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kri1, m. [ts], a maker, an artificer; Jail 115,2* (vijjamnsu marvsu vijjamnesu -isu annam jiyam karissma; 115,4': jiykresu ca manussesu vijjamnesu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se jiyakrakesu). kri 2 ,/ [ts], action, act; ifcseekama-. kri(n), mfn. [S. kann], doing; making; producing; who is a maker or doer; Sv 184,8 (sampajnakri hoti ti sampajannena sabbakiccakri sampajannass* eva v -i); ifc see arahassa- (sv rahassa), evarn-, katham-, kammsa-, kalyna-, kma-, kicca- (sv karoti), kibbisa-, kta- (svkta2), khanda-, camma-, chidda-, dvaya-, pubba-(svpubba 2 ), sakkacca-, sabala-, sampajna-. krika, mfn. [kri(n)+ka 2 ], doing, performing; making; ifc see kibbisa-, kumbha- (svkumbha2); see also kraka, kriya3. krik1, see sv kraka. krik 2 ,/ [cfS. krik], acting, doing; performance; a verse; Abh 1105 (kriyyam - pajje); ifc see agga (sv agga1), kma-, kumbha- (sv kumbha2), dukkara-. krima, mfn. [from karoti], artificial; adventitious; arbitrary; Sadd 879,2 (-am nma yadicchkatasanketam nmam vuccati).

675

kriya1, mfn.,fpp ofkaro qv. kriya2, ind., caus. absol. 0/karoti qv. kriya3, mfn. [from karoti; cf AMg kriya], (one) who makes or does; a maker; Ja VI 544,3* (na h' eta yacayogi nam antaryassa -, eds so; 544,13': lbhantaryam karonti); ifc see kma-; see also kraka, krika. kru, m. [ts], a maker; an artisan; Abh504 (-u tu sippiko); 505 (~avo pane' ime); Sadd 859,30 (karoti ti ~u); Mhv 78:75 (tini lenni kresi dakkhakruhi). kruka, m. [ts], a maker; an artisan; Vinlll 154,31 (patti -nam tinnam dukkatnam) * 157,27; Th936 (sabbakrukasippani; Th-alll 78,3i: sabbehi vessdihi -ehi kattabbni); Sadd 846,23 (karanasilo -0); 859,31. kruflfla, n. and mfn. [S. krunya, n.], \.(n.) (i)pity, compassion; Abh 160; Vin II 199,19 (na hi nma tumhkam tesu ... bhikkhsu -am pi bhavissati); III 62,31 (baddham skaram -ena munci); A III 189,14 (-am yeva upatthpeyya); JaV 70,17* (~am akararn); Cp 2:6:7; Mil 109,25 (bhagav... -ena Devadattam pabbjesi); Vism 300,n (-am pi hi paticca ghto vpasammati); (ii) wretchedness, pitiableness; lamentation; a pitiable thing; Ja VI 70,30' (mahantam -am ahosi); 586,24 (tarn -am passantesu eko pi sabhvena sandhretum nsakkhi) = Cp-a 99,35; Sv 900,4 (dasabalassa parinibbnadivasato mahantataram -am karissanti); Ap-a402,7 (-am dinabhvam dukkhitabhvam patto 'mhi); Cp-a 59,24 (mahjano paridevi mahantam -am aksi); 2. (mfn.) pitiable; Dhp-all 100,12 (rodanasaddo ahosi, satthu parinibbne rodanasaddato pi taro ahosi); -t,/, abstr. [BHS krunyat], pity, compassion; Vin II 250,36 (~ hitesit anukampit); D II 38,20 (sattesu ca -am paticca buddhacakkhun lokam volokesi); Bv 1:2 (uppajji - sabbasatte; Bv -a 18,9: karunya bhvo -); Mhv 37:121 (mahkrunnatam mama tiracchn pi jnimsu); neg. akrunnat, / , pitilessness, cruelty; Mil 210,4; atikrufifia, n., great wretchedness; Ja I 235,11 (ayarn satto patto). krunika, mfn. [ts], compassionate, full of pity; Abh 727 (-0 dayl); Vin V 164,2 (hitnukampin -ena bhavitabbam); Vv 21:10 (munim -am loke ... vanditum); Th870 (buddho ca kho -o); Ap351,28; Bv 27:16 (buddho -o satte mocesi bandhan); Kv 562,18; Vv-a 138,n (--tya); akrunika, mfn., pitiless, cruel; A V 149,20 (luddo ca -o ca); Kv 562,ie; Mil 384, H (tejo niddayo -0). kreni, kreni, kreri, m. or f. [cf kaneru ?], a kind of animal; Ap 347,n (kreniyo ca tilak upajivanti tarn sararn, Ce so; Be kreniyo; Ee kreriyo; Se kseniy; preceded and followed by animals). kreta(r), m. [S. krayitr], one who causes; one who causes or instigates to do; one who deals with (with an act of the sangha,); Vin V 184,4 (yathdhamme yathvinaye yathpattiy - hoti); Ap 461,7 (tret atthakret -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee atha tret); Kv45,8 (kalynappaknam kammnam katt - upalabbhati ti); Mil 25,26 (n' atthi kusalkusalnam kammnam katt v -a v); Ps V 33,18 (aham ubhinnam vivdam ~ nma bhavissmi); As 272,13 (koci katt v - v n' atthi).

kreti, krayati, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kla1, m. [ts], time; 1. (i) a fixed point of time; a period of time; time of day; time of year; time (as past, present or future); (gr.t.t.) grammatical time, the time of the action of a verb; tense; Abh 66; 1082; Vin I 277,15 (yam -am icchati tarn -am gacchatu); IV 39,15 (hemantike -e); D i l 134,3 (dvisu... -esu ativiya tathgatassa parisuddho hoti chavivanno); SI 7,2* (thite majjhantike -e sannisinnesu pakkhisu); Th950 (kimkapp bhavissare angatamhi -); Ja V 56,7* (aham vo tena -ena ahosim tattha); VI226,18* (angate tamhi ~e; 226,33': -e ti yathvutte pana etasmim ~Q angate appatte); Ap77,7 (vassupanyike -e); Bvl:75 (kamhi -e); Vism 578,31 (atitapaccuppannngat c1 assa tayo -); Sp 178,3 (phalasampattiy -am atinmeti); 490,14 (pubbanhamajjhantikdisukatarasmim -); Dhp-al 319,7 (gacchante gacchante -e); Pv-a 102,31 (ettakam -am bhuttam v pitam v kinci na jnmi); Vv-a 288,17 (sace devo kanci -am gameti); Sadd 816,4 (atite -e); 852,3 (vattamne ~e); ifc see aiigulakle, ajja- (^vajja1), apara- (svapara1), sannakle (.yv sidati), utu-, uttara(yvuttara1), cira-, gimha- (^vgimha1); (ii) a particular time; an appointed time; esp. the time for a meal (morning and evening, or, for bhikkhuy, morning); the morning; Vin I 30,i (bhagavato -am rocesi, -o mahsamana nitthitam bhattan ti); IV 102,22 (ajjunho bhante gametha... -am harissatha); SI 186,11 (syam v nikkhamati aparajju v -e; Spk I 269,22: dutiyadivase v bhikkhcrakle); Th 564 (paveditamhi -amhi); Thi479 (upatthite -e); Ap39,i6 (bhojanam patiydetv -am rocayim aham); Sp 382,4 (gandim paharitv -am ghosetv); 772,11 (~e rocite ti ygubhattdisu yassa kassaci ~e rocite); 832,10 (vikle ti vigate -e, -0 ti bhikkhnam bhojanaklo adhippeto); 2. the proper time for (gen., dat., inf., or yam + opt.); the right time; a suitable time; Vin I 227,9 (yassa dni bhante bhagav -am mannati); II247,12 (-0 nu kho ... dtum udhu no); III 6,30 (tathagata ... -am viditv pucchanti; Sp 180,3: sace tass pucchya yo -o hoti evam tarn -am viditv pucchanti); D I 95,4 (na dni te tunhlbhvassa -0); MI 342, is (etassa bhagav ~o ... yam bhagav ... vitthrena vibhajeyya); SI 4,5* (~o tesam pabujjhitum); 8,26* (ma tarn -0 upaccag); A I 199,5* (-am annya pandito); Th 30 (-0 me na ppamajjitum); 528 (-0 ito pakkamanya vira); Jalll 103,12* (-e asampatte; 103,20': attano vacanakle asampatte); V 233,9* (-0 pakkamitum mama); Bv 1:67 (-0 deva mahvira uppajja mtukucchiyam); Sp 402,24 (idani yassa tumhe -am jntha tarn kattabbam); instr. -ena, at the right time; at a suitable time; in good time; in the morning; Vin I 221,27* (-ena sakkacca dadtiygum); SI 168,16* (-ena so juhati dakkhineyyo); A I 229,36 (-ena bljni patitthpeti); III 244,1 (-ena ca bhsit hoti); Pv6:3 (-ena panca puttni syam panca punpare vijyitvna khdmi; Pv-a33,9: rattiy vibhtakle, bhummatthe hi etarn karanavacanam); Thi 410 (-ena utthahitv); Sn265 (-ena dhammasavanam); JaV 121,12* (anutthahati -ena); Mhv 20:56 (-ena paytniccatvasam); klena klam, from time to time; Vin I 303,15 (-ena -am dhammiy kathya sandassetum); D I 74,24 (deva ca

676

na -ena -am samm dhrarn anupaveccheyya; Sv 218,i5/o//.: ~e ~Q anvaddhamsam v anudasham v tiattho); MI 119,4 (panca nimittni -ena -am manasiktabbni); Ud-a203,5 (-ena -an ti ~e ~e antarantar); Pv -a 151,5 (-ena -am vihram gacchati); klena ... klena..., at one time... at another time...; Ps II 303,12 (-ena dev jinanti -ena asur); Ud-a 49,16 (~ena anulomam -ena patilomam manasikaranavasena); gen. -assa, in good time; early in the morning; Vin I 46,4 (-ass7 eva utthya); II 146,13 (setthi -ass' eva uyynam agamsi); IV 117,8 (kissa tvam mahrja -ass' eva gato asambhinnena vilepanen ti); Vv-a256,18 (vibhtya rattiy -ass' eva bhattam pacitv); Pv-a 141,19 (-ass' eva panitam khdaniyam bhojaniyam patiydpetv); klato, in good time; Niddl 87,23 (-ato vutthahitv); loc. -e, at the right time; at a suitable time (often: in the morning); in due course; SI 201,3* (-e pavissa gmam); A II 124,22 (~e ptabbam akle na ptabbam); III 41,19* (- dadanti sappann); V 82,33 (rj ~e senam uyyojetv); Sn 386 (gmam ca pindyacareyya-e); Jail 124,17 (sace hi rj adhammiko hoti devo akle vassati ~Q na vassati); III 353,20* (-e ycam; 353,28': yuttakle ycam); Ap 12,26 (sevamno muditam ca -e); Mhv5:37 (-e vtyanagato); 6:37 (mahesi solasakkhattum yamake ca duve duve putte janayi ~e s); 3. time as lifetime; time as destroyer; death; Abh404; 1082 (-0 samayamaccusu); SI 65,25* (-am kankhati bhatiko sudanto); Sn 516 (-am kankhati bhvito; Pj II 426,12: jivitakkhayaklam gameti patimneti); Th 196 (-am ca patikankhmi; Th-aII 64,i9: khandhaparinibbnaklam patikankhmi); Ja II 58,3* (-am vo 'ham na jnmi; 58,7': attano maranaklam na jnmi); 260,20* (-0 ghasati bhtni sabbn' eva sah' attan; c/260,22': ~o tipurebhattaklo pi pacchbhattaklo pi ti); VI 88,28* (-am gamaymase; 89,2': klakiriyam gamessma); Ps I 216,34 (-0 nma antako); Sadd 564,8 (-0 ti samayo pi maccu pi); pacchimo klo, the last moment, the time of dying; the final time; D i l 139,3 (bhagav pacchime -e yasmantam Upavnam apasdesi apehi bhikkhu... ti); A V 88,16 (so 'ham pacchime -e sabrahmacrihi puttho na manku bhavissmi; Mp V 40,17: pacchime ~e ti maranamance nipanno); Th 947 (kincpi pacchimo -o; Th-aIII 81,9: yadi pyam atitasatthuko carimo -0 tath pi yathdhammam eva patipajjanto ...); 977 (patte -amhi pacchime); ThI517 (vykari pacchime ~e; Thi-a267,23: pacchime khandhaparinibbnakle); klam karoti, dies; A II 72,2i (bhikkhu ahin dattho -am kareyya); V 318,3 (sammlho -am karoti); Pv25:l (ahorattnam accay rj -am kari tad); Th407 (-am kubbetha); ThI438 (-am karitv); JaV 55,18* (s -am aksi); ifc see kata- (sv karoti); &tikkama, m., the passing of time; a lapse of time; Ps I 149,36 (imesam pana kunapam abhinavam pi jigucchanti yeva, ko pana vdo -ena ptibhte); Spkll 11,25 (khandiccan ti dayo tayo ~ kiccaniddes); tipatti,/, (gr.t.t.) the conditional mood; Sadd 52,5 (atr' idam -iy atitavacanam); 59,i2(ken' atthena-i); 821,6 (kiriytipanne 'rite 'ngate ca ~i); 821,26 (~i ss ssamsu...); tipattik,/, (gr.t.t.) the conditional mood;

Sadd25,22* (kriytipannamattamhi 'rite -); 50,i4*; tita, mfn., gone beyond the time; become unseasonable; Sp 1332,22; Nidd-al 468,21 (-am vcam na katheyya); navatthnato in Ee at It-a II 50,30 /\y prob. wr; Be, Ce, Se kiriypariyosnaklam anavatthnato; nuklam, ind.y from time to time; at the proper times; Ja VI 242,6 (satte dassanattham -am lokam olokenti); Sp667,3i (-am civarni divase divase ygubhattcUni ti... deti); Ud-a81,29; Cp-a54,3o; ' -antare, ind., at another time; at a later time; Sp 832,18; Ud-a53,22 (srniyan ti... -e v cintetabbam); 94,27 (tasmim yeva khane na -e); Pv-a 19,4 (khanarn yeva ... na ~e); '-antarena, ind., after some time; Mil 41,i; Sp 1054,32; Pv -a 13,11 (~ena sayam eva jnissatha); '-khya, mfn.9 being a name for time, expressing "time"; Pj I 105,15 (-esu samayesu ekam samayam); 106,9(-o samhkhyo ca samayo, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce klattho samuhattho ca); '-gata, mfn., coming at the right time; produced at a suitable time; Vin I 359,11 (-am vykaranraham vaco; Sp 1153,20: -an ti kathetabbayuttakle gatam); A III 172,23 (- c'assa atth; Mp III 29\,25 foil.: atth gacchamn vayovuddhakle angantv yuttapayuttakle pathamavayasmim yeva gacchanti); JaV 146,19* (-am atthapadam na rincati, Be, Ce, Seso; eklbhatam,pr0fr. wr); '-bhata, mfn., produced by the passing of time; A III 352,6 (-am vaddhim na deti); '-utthlyi(n), mfn., rising in good time; rousing oneself at the right time; Ja V 100,13*(-im atanditam); 121,11* (-i atandito; 122,25.* ti T viriyam ktum yuttakle viriyassa krako); ' -utthita, mfn., risen (from bed) in good time; rousing oneself early; roused at the right time; Pv 21:42 (-assa me sato suriyass' uggamanam pari dibb bhakkh ptubhaveyyum; Pv-a 128,26foil.: kle pto vutthitassa ... utthnavasena viriyasampannassa me samnassa); Pj 1151,4*; -kata, -nkata, mfn. and n. (Be usually klankata; Ce, Se usually klakata), 1. (mfn.) who has died; dead; a dead person; Vin I 60,22 (bhikkh upajjhyesu ... -esu); D II 26,7 (addas ... Vipassi kumro petam -am; Sv 456,19: -an ti kataklam, yattakam tena klam jivitabbam tarn sabbam katv nitthapetv matan tiattho); MI 464,35 (tathagato svake abbhatite -e upapattisu vykaroti); Sn 586 (anutthunanto -am); Vv 30:6 (tato cut - 'mhi); Khp 7:7 (ito dinnena ypenti pet ~ tahim, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee klagat) = Pv 5:6 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be klagat); Pv 19:10 (pancapannsavassni yato -0 aham); ThI486 (aritto -o); Ja I 59,21 (bodhisatto ... devathi nimmitam -am disv); Kv 422,4 (mato maggam bhveti ~o maggam bhveti ti); Mil 82,29 (yo idha -o brahmaloke uppajjeyya); Vism 296,4 (mett ... - e na bhvetabb va); Sp 436,15 (tvam -0 kataklo hutv klam karitv maritv ti artho); Sv 84,28 (ekaccesu kira janapadesu -e ntake na jhpenti nikhanitv thapenti); PsI 159,31 (- ti mat); Ud-a 97,11 (maranaklassa pattiy -o); ifc see abhidosa(sv abhidosam); 2. (n.) death; Vin I 303,36 (bhikkhussa ... ~e sangho smi pattacivare; Sp 1133,10: -e ti klakiriyya); -kiriy, -nkiriy, / (Be usually klankiriy; Ce, Se usually klakiriy), death; Abh404;

677

VinI 122,4 (bdho v abhivaddhissati - v bhavissati); DU 192,19 (dukkh spekkhassa ~); M I 49,25 (maccu maranam -; Ps I 216,35: klo nma antako tassa kiriy ~); Sn 694 (atiY antar me bhavissati -); Ja VI 566,16; Pet 117,8 (cuti cavanat maranam klankiriy..., Be so; Ce klakiriy; Ee wr klankiriyam); Mil 302,23/0//.; Dhp-all 36,4 (tassa -am bhagavato rocetv); -gata, mfn. [occasional vi for klakata qv], who has died; dead; Khp 7:7 (-, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se klakata) = Pv 5:6 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se klakata; Pv-a29,s/o//.: ~ ti attano maranaklena gat, klakata ti v ptho, katakl katamaran maranam sampatt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee klakata attano ... - ti v ptho ...); Pv-a 40,5 (mato gono ... ti ~o gono, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se klakato); -ghasa, m, an eater or devourer of time; Ja II 260,21* (yo ca -0 bhto; 260,28': khinsavass' etam adhivacanam) quoted Ps I 57,27*; -cri(n), mfn., acting at the right time; going (for alms) at a suitable time; A III 145,10 (~i ca brahmacri ca); see also aklacri(n) below; -civara, n., robe-material given during the appointed period (to be used and allotted by the sangha; cf VinlV 286,33: civaraklasamayo nma anatthate kathine vassnassa pacchimo mso, atthate kathine panca ms); VinlV 245,24 (amhkam kathinam atthatam -an ti adhitthahitv bhjpesi); Vin-vn2102; see also aklacivara below; -fiflu, mfn., knowing the right or a suitable time (to do something); Vin V 130,30; Dili 134,18 (~ hoti tathagato tassa panhassa veyykaranya); A l l 101,16 (~-t); 111148,4 (rj cakkavatti atthann ca hoti dhammann ca ... - ca); IV 114,2o/o//.; Sn325 (-u c'assa garunam dassanya); Ja VI 296,31* (~ samayann ca); neg. aklaiinu, mfn., VinV 130,29; A IV 156,12; -tthambha, m, a post for telling the time (by the length of the shadow); Sp 832,17 (klaparicchedajnanattham ca ~o yojetabbo); Ps I 122,24 (mle nisidimsu, thero dvangulakale yeva nikkhami); -pariyaya, -pariyya, m. [cf S. klaparyaya], the lapse of time; the expiration of time; Ja III 140,24* (hoti no ~o, so read mc; eds klapariyyo; 140,27': maranam eva no hoti); 460,7' (attano klapariyyam parva, eds so); V 367,2* (kicckiccam na jnsi sampatto -am, so read mc; eds klapariyyam; 367,23': evarpam maranaklam patto); ace.-am, adv., through the lapse of time, in course of time; Ja IV 494,25* (sabbarn hi tarn bhanjare -am, so read mc; Be, Ee, Se klapariyyam; Ce klapariyam; 498,2': klapariyyam nassanaklavram patv); -ppavedaka, mfn., who makes known the time; who announces that it is time; Th564 (tato me satth phesi dtam -am); -ppavedana, n., making known that it is time; an announcement of the time; Th 563 (nisidi ambavane ramme yva -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -am) quoted Ja I 118,26* (eds -) and Vism389,io* (eds -); -yuttam, ind., suitably for the time or occasion; when it is fitting for a particular time; VinI 194,34 (dukkaram ... yvajivam ekaseyyam ... tatuY eva agrikabhto ... anuyunja -am ekaseyyam ekabhattam brahmacariyam; Sp 1087,is: -an ti uposathaklayuttam uposathaklanti attho, Be vl so; eds omit) * Ud 57,22; III 187,20

(-am samullapanto -am dhammam bhananto; Sp 631,5*. klam sallakkhetv yad anno na koci samipena gacchati... gehasitakatham kathento ...); Ja II 177,19'; -vdi(n), mfn., speaking at the right time, at a suitable time; D I 4,30 (samano Gotamo -i bhtavdi; Sv 76,14: kle vadati ti -1, vattabbayuttam klam sallakkhetv vadati ti attho); MI 288,19; All 22,26; Nett 51,30 (-issa samphappalpo pahino hoti); see also aklavdi(n) below; -vipariysa, -vipariyya, m., a transposition or change of tense; the use of an unexpected or (technically) incorrect tense; Bv-a 123,36 (ovadati ti ovadi, -na vuttan ti veditabbam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee klavipariyyena); 292,16 (ah ti hessati ti attho, angatavacane vattabbe sotapatitatt ah ti atitavacanam vuttam, vasena v, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se klavipariyyavasena); -vipallsa, m., id., Pv-a 194,6 (pariguhmi ti paticchdesim, -ena h' etam vuttam); Sadd739,is; -satam, ind. [kla + sata1], a hundred times; Vism 243,1 (-am klasahassam klasatasahassam pi vcya sajjhyo ktabbo); -harana, n., loss of time, delay; Mhv 66:122; 67:60 (akatv -am netabbo hi so); akla, m. and mfn., \.(m.) not the right time, not a suitable time; (sometimes: nighttime); Vin I 40,4 (~o kho imam bhikkhum pucchitum); D I 151,i (-0... bhagavantam dassanya, patisallino bhagav); Dhp-aIII 479,8 (-0 vuso imassa panhassa); instr. -ena, at the wrong time, at an unsuitable time; A HI 196,14 (klena vakkhmi no -ena); Ja III 534,17* (yo tvam matlayam katv -ena vipekkhasi); IV 94,13* (ko 'yam anariyo devo -ena pi vassati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr aklen ativassati); gen. -assa, at the wrong time; too early; Jail 208,10 ([ulkasakuno] suriyatthagamanam anoloketv va -ass' eva nikkhamitv palyitum rabhi); loc. -e, not at the right time, at an unsuitable time (sometimes: at night); out of season; Dili 184,27*(divsoppampricariy -e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -am, prob, wr); SI 198,31* (-e ovadam bhikkhu); Ja II124,17 (sace hi rj adhammiko hoti devo - vassati kle na vassati); IV 291,22* (kle -e sukham esamn; 291,25': div ca rattim ca); V 233,21* (etena mitt jiranti -e ycanya ca); VI 541,3 (bhadde amhkam katikavattam bhinditv kasm -e gat si ti); Mil 200,28 (vijjam parijapitv -e ambaphalni nibbattesi); 301,9 (ye te satt maranti sabbe te kle yeva maranti udhu -e pi marantl ti); 2. (mfn.) not dependent on time; Vism 216,17 (attano phaladnam sandhya n* assa klo ti -o, ~o yeva akliko) = Spkl 43,16; cari(n), mfn., travelling or going for alms at the wrong time, at an unsuitable time; A III 145,6 (--can ca abrahmaeri ca); Sn386 (crim hi sajanti sarig); SpkII 171,23 (apindaptiko hi can hoti); civara, n., robematerial given at a time other than the appointed period, or given during the appointed period to a specific bhikkhu or group of bhikkhuy; Vin III 202,34 (annatarassa bhikkhuno civaram uppannam hoti; 204,3: civaram nma anatthate kathine ekdasa mse uppannam, atthate kathine satta mse uppannam, kle pi dissa dinnam); IV 245,22 (bhikkhunlsarighassa civaram adamsu); Kkh 59,io; Utt-vn 826; -jalada, m.,

678

an unseasonable or untimely cloud; Mhv 74:231 (--jalado mah); puppha, n., a flower appearing out of season; an unseasonable flower; D i l 137,21 (yamakasl sabbaphliphull honti ~-pupphehi); Jail 104,13; Mhv 15:74 (--pupphlankreMahutthavane); maccu, m., an untimely death, an unnaturally early death; Kv 543,30 (n' atthi arahato maccu ti); ~-marana, ., an untimely death, an early death; Ja IV 54,i r; Vism229,i5 (klamaranam pufinakkhayena v yukkhayena v ubhayakkhayena v hoti, maranam kammupacchedakakammavasena); megha, m., an unseasonable rain-cloud; unseasonable rainy weather; Vin I 3,15 (mah megho udapdi satthavaddalik sitavtaduddini; Sp958,i6: asampatte vassakle uppannamegho); DII 347,17 (tassa antarmagge mahmegho pvassi); Ja IV 327,11; Mil 114,11; ~-rvi(n), mfn., making a noise, crying out, at the wrong or an unsuitable time; Ja I 435,20 (rvim bhikkhum rabbha); 436,5 ( eko rvi kukkuto atthi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee aklarvikukkuto); rpe, ind., at quite the wrong time; Ja IV 226,4* (pavedaye jantu rpe; 226,19': rpe ~e); vdi(n), mfn., speaking at the wrong time, at an unsuitable time; MI 287,2 (~-vdi abhtavdi; Ps II 331,20: -na vatt); A I 202,12 (MpII 318,15: ~-vdi ti klasmim na vadati -asmim vadati); atiklam, beyond the time, too long a time; Sv 113,6(ativelanti~am aticiran ti attho); atiklassa, atikle, atiklena, very early, too early; Vin I 70,4 (annatitthiyapubbo -ena gmarn pavisati atidiv patikkamati) * S I 200,28; Ja III 119,12 (bhikkhu -ass' eva kuladvram gato); Spkl 294,15 (-e); see also atltaklika (.svacceti2), angataklik (sv gacchati), aparaklika (svapara1), nattiklik, ubhoklpakji(n), klavato, teklik, paccuppannaklik, parikappaklik. kla {and kla2), m/(~ and -i)., m- and n. [S. kla], 1. (mfn.) black; dark; Abh 96 (nilo kanho 'sito -o); D II 343,12 (purisam -am lohitakkhim); MI 246,16 (na -0 samano Gotamo na pi smo manguracchavi samano Gotamo); S IV 163,12 (~o ca balivaddo odto ca balivaddo); Vv 22:1 (nilpit ca - ca manjetth atha lohit); Pv 16:1 (-1 dubbannarp; Pv-a90,6: klavann jhmahgrasadisavann); Th 307 (~assa meghassa); Ja II 350,15* (imam -im ... kokilam); 350,25' (tarehi tilakehi); 111393,19* (-ni kesni pure ahesum); VI279,i8* (das' ettha [rjiyo] ~iyo); Vibh84,i8 (~ vt); Ps III 381,24 (kci dth - pi vivann pi honti); 2.(m.) the dark half of the month, the dark fortnight (when the moon is on the wane); Abh 74; Vin I 176,1 (game ~e pavreyyma); Ja I 165, is* (~e v yadi v junhe yad vyati mluto; 165,20': klapakkhe v junhapakkhe v); Niddl 19,2 (-e junhe vasse hemante gimhe...); see also klapakkha below; garu, n. [kla + agaru1], black agallochum, black aloes; Abh 302 (loham tv agaru cgalu -u tu kle *smim); Ja IV 442,8' (-um ca rattacandanam ca, Ce so; Be, Se klgalum; Ee klkalum); nusri (or nusri(n) ?), m. [BHS klnusri or klnusrin; cf S. klnusrin], a fragrant root; a powder made from this root; Abh 302 (-1 kliyam); S III 156,8 (ye keci mlagandh~i tesam aggam

akkhyati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gandho); Mhv 73:76 (--dhpehi); nusriya (and nusrika), n. [cf S. lex. klnusraka, klnusrya], a fragrant root; a powder made from this root; Vin I 203,16 (anujnmi bhikkhave candanam tagaram -am tlisam ...); M III 6,27 (ye keci mlagandh klnusrikarn tesam aggam akkhyati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kjnusri) = S V 44,2 (Be, Ee~am; Ce klnusri; Se kotthnusriyam) = A V 22,1 (-am); Ap 323,10 (-am gayha anulimpim tathgatam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee klnusrikarn); '-yasa, n., 1. iron, black iron; Abh 493 (ayo-am); JaV 380,2* (loham -am bahum; 380,7': tambalohamca klaloham ca) = VI 54,15*; 2. a kind of (water-)bird; ? Mil 414,21 (-assa dve arigni); 4151\foil, (yath... -o supito vamati... evam eva ... yogino ... mnasam yoniso manasikrena apltarn vamati... -o sakim pitam udakam na vamati..., Be so; Ge-o supito vahati... manasikre appitam vahati...; Ee -o suthito va vahati... manasikre appitam vahati...; Se supito vahati... yogin ... manasikre supitam vahitabbam ... sakim pivitv; cf vi in Be at 414,21: kjahamsassa, and K.R. Norman, 1994, pp. 105 foil); -kacchaka, m., black Cedrela toona; ? Sv 1012,32 (rajantena pana -'dini pariyesantena na caritabbam); As 81,28 (yo [civare] gandho, idam gandhrammanam); -kanthaka, m.9 a gallinule; Abh 644; -kanni,/ (and m.) [cfBHSD sv klakarnin], bad luck; an ill omen; someone or something which is bad luck; Abh 82 (alakkhi ~i); Ja II 153,23 (-in sakunen' amhi pahato ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee klakannisakunen' amhi); V 211,16 foil, (s itthi -1 na tumhkam anucchavik ... -iyo nma evarp honti); VI 348,1 (mutto 'mhi -iy); 349,4* (siri ca -Tea na samenti); Cp 3:6:11 (annatam me passitv -1 ti nindimsu); Sv 541,28 (Gotamassa gatagatatthne -1 satt patikkamanti); Ps III 61,10 (ayam ca me -1 dittho ... akkhini dhovissmi ti); Dhp-al 307,15 (utthehi ~i); 11131,16 (ajjham imam -im disv... kinci na labhim); 38,20 (manuss -iy ettha bhavitabban ti salkam vieresum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se -in); Th-a III 169,14 (Mahkassapatheram disv ~i may ditth ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dittho ti); Cp-a 218,29 (katham nu kho aham imam rajjam -im munceyyan ti); -kannik,/, bad luck; an ill omen; Ja 1239,1 (gaccha -a ti tarn pothetv niharimsu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se klakanni ti); Cp-a 219,6 (mharatiV etam ~w\ ti avajntu, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se klakannin ti); -kabara in Ee at Ja VI 540,6' is wr; Be, Ce klakurar; -kuttha, n. [kla+ kuttha1], a kind of skin-disease or leprosy; Sp 995, is (yam kinci kutthan ti rattakuttham v hotu -am v); As 342,28 (tape gacchantassa -'-dini uppajjanti); -kta, m. [kla + kta1], l . a certain poison; Abh 656; 2. a certain Himalayan peak; Abh 607; Ud-a300,n; -kokila, m., the black cuckoo; Ja III 102, is; Vv-a 57,28 (kokil t i - c' eva phussakokil ca); -kodrava, m., an inferior kind of grain; Sp822,i4 (kudrsako t i - o . . . , Be so; Ce, Ee, Se klakodruvo); -kkhandha, m., the plant Diospyros embryopteris; Abh 560 (tinduko -o); -jallik, / , a black spot; A I 253,27 (santi jtarpassa sukhumasahagat upakkiles sukhumavlik -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se klijallik); -tipu, ., lead; Abh 493 (-utusisam ca);

679

Vibh-a 63,35 (sisan ti ~u); -pakkha, m. and mfn., I. (m.) the dark half of the month, the dark fortnight (when the moon is on the wane); Vin V 168,30*; D III 185,2* (nihiyati -e va cando); Th292 (tass' atth parihyanti -e va candim); Ja V 507,19* (~e yath cando hyat' eva); 2. (mfn.) belonging to the dark fortnight; Niddl 355,15 (-0 ca uposatho hoti); Ap519,n (~amhi divase); -lona, ., a kind of black salt; Abh461; Vin I 202,6 (anujnmi bhikkhave lonni bhesajjni smuddam -am sindhavam ...; Sp 1090,10: ~m ti pakatilonam); -loha, n., iron; Mil 267,25 (-am tambaloham vattaloham kamsaloham); Sp 1237,16; Spklll 150,29; -vanna, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a black wash, a black plaster; Vin II 151,10 (anujnmi bhikkhave vihre setavannam -am gerukaparikamman ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kalavannam); 151,27 (pharusya bhmiy -0 na nipatati); kata, mfn., treated with a black wash, smeared with black plaster; Vin I 48,io (sace ~-kat bhmi kannakit hoti... pamajjitabb); II 151,7 (seyyyo setavann hoti kat bhmi); 2. (mfn.) black in colour; Ja VI 337,16' (~-tt); Sp 1030,18 (~ehi ptinakkhehi); Spkl 170,26 (-am... sisam); MpII 96,9 (--tya); -vta, m., a particular wind; Ja III 256,13* (~e atikamma); -vetta, m.n., a kind of reed (or creeper ? cf klavalli ^v kl,); JaV 164,4 (sakantak yatthiyo pahramukhehi pavesetv); 167,29' kantakcit lata kotiyam gahetv kaddhitum rabhimsu, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be sakantakaklavettalatya) * Cp-a 179,3 (Be, Se t kantakcit vut lata...; Ce, Ee t kantakavettalat vut...); -sma, -smaka, mfn. [kla + sma1], black and/or dark brown; Vin IV 120,23 (nilam v kaddamam v -smam v; 120,31: -smam nma yam kinci -smakam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se yam kifici kjakam); -siha, m., a kind of wild animal, perhaps a kind of antelope or monkey; Abh 612 (isso tu ~o); Ja IV 208,i (eko ~o); Sp 1089,3* (makkato ~o ca; Sp-t[e] III 303,6: ~o ti klamukhavnarajti); Ps II 235,33 (yth nissato -0 viya); Spkll 283,15 (~o kjagvisadiso tinabhakkho yeva); -sutta, m. [kla + sutta2], 1. a black thread (used to mark a guide for cutting); Ja IV 344,5 (dthya vethetv -am kaddhati); Mil 413,10 (tacchako -am anulometv rukkham tacchati); Sp 1206,24 (vaddhakinam drsu -ena viya); 2. the name of a hell; Abh 657; JaV 266,13* (sanjivo ~o ca; 210,24'foil.: nirayapl ... nerayike ... jalitam -am ptetv jalitapharasum gahetv... ettha tacchanti ti ~o); Kv623,6; Panca-g5; bhigmi(n), mfn., going to the klasutta hell; Panca-g8; -hamsa, m. [kla+ hamsa1], a kind of goose; Abh 644 (kdambo ~o); -hatthi(n), m., a kind of instrument of torture; ? Saddh 195 (~i mahyanto lohakumbhdik pi ca); atikja, mj(~i)n., too dark; D i l 175,24 (itthiratanam ptur ahosi abhirp... ntikli nccodt, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ntiklik) * M III 175,i (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ntiklik); MI 88,9 (khattiyakann ... ntikli nccodt, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ntiklik); Sp 1028,i (~o); PjI227,8(~-t). kla3, m. [= kra^v], acting; act; Sadd59,i5 (kltipatti ti... ~o ti c* ettha kiriy adhippet, karanam kro, kro eva ~o, rakrassa lakram katv uccranavasena).

klaka (anc/klaka), m/(-ik)n. andm.n. [kla+ ka2; BHS klaka], \.(mfn.) (i) black, dark; black with dirt; Vin III 225,32 (suddhaklaknam elakalomnam santhatam krpeyya ... dve ~ni jtiy ~am v rajanaklakam v); S IV 193,16 (~o... kimsuko seyyath pi jhmakhn); A l l 241,24 (puriso ~am vattham paridhya); Thi 252 (~ bhamaravannasdis ... muddhaj); Ja VI 187,17' (sman ti kancandsavannam mukham pi ~am jtam); Dhs617 (lohitakam odtam ~am); Mil 223,6 (mah aggikkhandho ... sitalo -0 bhavati); Sp 802,25 (parimajjitatthnam ~am ahosi); Ud-a 358,15 (khajjupnako hatappabho nittejo -0 hoti); (ii) morally stained; black in character; Sp 195,22 (apagataklako ti ~ vuccanti dussil yeva te hi suvannavann pi samn klakadhammayog ~ tv eva veditabb); 1367,26 (~ehi kammehi); 2. (m.n.) (i) a black mark or spot, a stain; a moral stain; Spk I 302,18 (suddhavatthe ~am viya); Dhp-a IV 172,3 (attano sile tilakam v -am v adisv); Ud-a 284,6 (udakena temetv temetv gomayakhrehi ~e sammadditv vatthassa dhovanappayogo); ifc see apagata- (^v apagacchati); (ii) a black grain (of rice); ifc see vicita-; atiklik, (m)f(n)., too dark; D i l 175,24 (itthiratanam ptur ahosi abhirp... ntiklik nccodt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ntikli) * M III 175,1 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ntikli); Ja VI 3,6 (~ya khiram atisitalam hoti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee atikliy sariram atisitalam). klakadantasannibha, see sv klak. klak (and klak),/ [?], a squirrel; Abh 622; Vin II 148,30 (vtapnantarikya ~ pi vagguliyo pi pavisanti); Ja VI 538,2* (nakul -'ettha bahtaso; cf 538,22': klamig nm' ettha); Sp 202,7 (kalandak vuccanti -); 575,34 (imya -ya mama jivitam dinnan ti); klakadantasannibha, mfn., resembling a squirrel's tooth; Vin-vn 2504 (danto -o, Ee so; vi klak-; cfSp 1029,27: kalandakadanto viya). klapabba, seesvkl. klavato, ind. [from kla1], in good time; early (in the morning); Vin I 117,32 (anujnmi bhikkhave rocetum ajj' uposatho ti... anujnmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhun klavato rocetun ti; Sp 1060,12: klavato ti klass' eva pag ev ti attho); 117,33 (anfiataro thero klavato na ssarati... anujnmi... bhattakle pi rocetun ti). klavalli, seesvksA. kl, kl, / [S. kl], a kind of (dark-coloured) plant, a creeper; Abh 590 (sm -); JaV 404,3* (- nidghe-r-iva; 404,9': nidghasamaye klavalli viya); VI 269,24* (- tarun va uggat); -pabba, klapabba, n., the knot or joint of a kl plant; M I 80,12 (seyyath pi nma sitikapabbni v -ni v evam eva ssu me angapaccarigni bhavanti ty' ev' apphratya); Th 243 (-' -angasankso kiso; 1h-a II 98,8: dantilatpabbasadisango); JaV 69,8* (~ ca te ahg); -pavla, m., a kl shoot; Ja III 395,3* (- va pavellamn); (a)-valli,/, the kl creeper; JaV 404,9'; Vism36,9 (therarn cor -ihi bandhitv); 183,21 (sace lata hoti s ... ~i v ptilat v ti vavatthapetabb). kldutiya inEe at JaV 96,24* is wr for katdutiy (Be, Ce, Se so).

680

klmeyya, klmeyya, m. [?], a kind of bird; Ja VI 539,10* (~ baliyakkh kadamb suvaslik, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se klaveyy). klya- in Ee at M II 51,28 is wrfor kajya- qv. klya in Ce, Ee at Ps III 381,5 is wr; Be, Se kalyaysa-. kalrik, kalrik, (m)f{n). [from kalra; cf S. karlik], gaping apart; (an elephant) with projecting or widespreading tusks; Ps II 198,35 (- ca dantnam kalrataya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kalrik); ifc see ucc-. klvaka, n. {and m.), one of the types of elephant; Ps II 25,35* foil, (-am ca gangeyyam... imni hi dasa hatthikulni, tattha -an ti pakatihatthikulam datthabbam) = Bv-a42,24*/o//. (-oti); Ud-a403,8*. klhatikkantam, see sv kal. klika, mfn. and n. [ts], 1. {mfn.) dependent on time; relating to or limited to a particular time (now or in the future, ie temporary or delayed); what is dependent on time; what belongs to the future; Vin I 252,is* {in uddna; cf 2. below); MI 474,6 (te mayam kim sanditthikam hitv -am anudhvissma; Ps III 187,8: -an ti angate kle pattabbam nisamsam); SI 9,8 (bhunja bhikkhu mnusake kme, m sanditthikam hitv -am anudhvi; Spk I 42,2 I: mnusake kme sanditthike dibbe ca -e katv evam ha); 9, I i (- hi... km vutt bhagavat bahudukkh... sanditthiko ayam dhammo akliko); Ja III 394,8* (rajjam ca krehi... m -am anudhvi; 394,\rfoil', -an tibrahmacariyacaranam nma dutiye v tatiye v attabhve vipkajananato -am nma, rajjam pana imasmim yeva attabhve kmagunasukhappadnato aklikam ...); ifc see tva-, yma-, yva-, sattha-, sabba-; 2. (.) {extracted from tvaklika etc, cf'Vin I 252, is* above], a particular time limit; what has a particular time limit; Sp 1105,25 (imesu ca pana catsu -esu yvaklikam ymaklikan ti...); Vin-vn 1387 (sabbesu -esu); 2327 (-ni ca tin' eva hratthya ganhati); aklika, mfn., 1. not dependent on time; not limited to a particular time; immediate, immediately effective; D II 93,32 (svkkhto bhagavat dhammo sanditthiko -o ehipassako); SIV 339,16 (tisso... sanditthik nijjar -); A I 158,37 (sanditthikam nibbnam hoti -am ehipassikam); Sn 567 (brahmacariyam ... sanditthikam -am); Vism216,n/o//. (attano phaladnam sandhya n' assa klo ti aklo, aklo yeva ~o ... atha v attano phaladne pakattho klo patto ass ti kliko, ko so, lokiyo kusaladhammo, ayam pana samanantaraphalatt na kliko ti -o, idam maggam eva sandhya vuttam); Sp 1330,33 (udakam pana tt appatiggahitakam vattati); Vin-vn 2682; 2. not at a usual or expected time; unseasonable; Mil 114,7 (tarn ca pana -am kadcuppattikam). k}iki,5^5vklaka. klingini,/ [cfS. klinga, S. /exklingi], a kind of plant, perhaps Benincasa cerifera; Thi-a 214,6 (keci -in ti ptham vatv tassa kumbhandalatsadisan ti attham vadanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kakkrin). klijallik in Ee, Se at A I 253,27 is probably wr for klajallik {Be, Ce so). kllya, kliya, n. {and kliy, / ) [S. kliya], a dark kind of sandal; Abh 302 (klnusri kliyam); Ja VI 536,32*

(apphot suriyavalli ca kliy madhugandhiyo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kliy; or possibly = klik); Dhp-al 387,23 (kliyvannakdihi avilitto eva chavivanno siniddho niluppaladmasadiso hoti, Ce, Ee so; Se kliy-; Be kliycunnakdihi). klusiya, klussiya, n. [from kalusa; S. klusya], dirtiness; obscuration; opacity; Sv275,19 (cittassa bhvo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kalusabhvo) = Ps III 368,21 {Be, Se klussiyabhvo; Ce, Ee kalusa-); ifc see kilesa-, cakkhu-, citta- (wcitta 1 ), dis-; aklusiya, aklussiya, n., freedom from dirtiness and opacity; clearness; paccupatthna, mfn., manifested as freedom from dirt or obscuration; Pj II 144,5 (saddh okappanalakkhan ... paccupatthna, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se aklussiya-) = As 120,18 {Be, Ce so; Ee, Se aklussiya-). kleti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S klayati, Wg 32:64], pushes; throws; carries off; Ud-a 119,23 (-eti satte khepeti ti klo maranam, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kaleti); Sadd 564,7 (kala... khepe: -eti -ayati); see also kalati. kva in Ee at Ps IV 205,3 is wrfor tva {Be, Ce, Se so). kvaftfia, n. [= kpafina qv], pitiful circumstances; Sadd 623,19 (vo passa: -am). kveyya, kviya, mfn. and n. [cf S. kvya; BHS kveya], 1. {mfn.) produced by a sage or poet; S II 267,11 (ye pana te suttant kavikat - cittakkhar cittavyanjan bhirak svakabhsit) = A I 72,30 (Mp III 272,15: kavikat ti silokdibandhanavasena kavihi kat, - ti tass' eva vevacanam); 2. {n.) poetry; poetry-writing; DI ll,io (micchjivena jivikam kappenti... mudd ganan sankhnam-am ...; Sv 95,3o: jivikatthya kabbakaranam); Sadd321,17 (kabbarn kviyam -am ... keci tu kvyan ti saddarpam icchanti, na tarn pvacane pamnam); -matta, mfn. [kveyya + matta1], intoxicated with poetry-writing; in a muse of poetic inspiration; SI 110,22* (mandiy nu sesi udhu-o, eds so, unmetrical ? Spk I 176,19 foil.: udhu yath kavi kabbam cintento tena kabbakaranena matto sayati evam sayasi); 196,11* (- vicarimha pubbe) = Th 1253; see also kabba. ksa 1 , m. [S. karsa], dragging; furrowing; ifc see khura-^vkhura2. ksa 2 , m. [S. k^a], a species of grass (Saccharum spontaneum); Abh 601; 1125 (-0 potakile); SHI 137, is (seyyath p i . . . nadi... tass ubhosu tiresu - ce pi jt assu, te nam ajjholambeyyum); Ja VI 508,1* (-am kusam potakilam); -gahana, n., a place dense with ksa grass; an impenetrable clump of ksa grass; Ja V 46,i7. ksa 3 ,m. [S. ksa], a cough; Abh 329; 1125 (-0 ... roge); A V 110,4 (vividh bdh ... dantarogo - o sso pinso); Ja VI 295,19* (-am ssam ... khinamedho nigacchati); Niddl 47,3; Sadd 447,29 (ksati ukksati -0); -madda, m, a plant, perhaps Cassia sophora; Abh 598; Vin-vn 1343 (jaijhari -o ca); -maddaka, m., id., Sp 835,13 (pattakhdaniye ... ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ksamandako). ksam, fut. 1 sg. o/karoti qv. ksati \fut. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. ksati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. kate], is visible; shines;

681

Dhtup316 (ksa dittiyam); Dhtum476 Sadd 447,32 (ksu ... dittiyam: ... ~ati); Ap-a386,4 (samantato ~v dippatl ti kso). ksati 3 , pr. 3 sg. [S. ksate], coughs; Dhtum476 (ksa ... saddane); Sadd 447,29 (ksa saddakucchyam: ~ati ukksati kso); absol ksitv, Spkl 226,23 (khipitv pi -itv pi) * Dhp-a IV 161,15 (Be, Ce, Seso; Ee wr kasitv). ksan, / [from ksati1 ], appearance; illuminating; Nidd-al 4,2 (- dipan sanksan); Sadd 448,8 (bhve

-).
ksanirundhanattham in Ee at Sp 309,29: read lesoksa- with Be, Ce, Se. ksamadda, see sv ksa3. ksya, mfn. and n. [from kasya; Pkt id.; S. ksya], 1. (mfn.) (i) of a yellowish-red colour; dyed a reddish colour; Vin 120,6 (Yaso kulaputto kesamassum ohretv ~ni vatthni acchdetv agrasm anagriyam pabbajito) * 11112,12 (Sp 203,23: kasyarasapitatya -ni brahmacariyamcarantnamanucchavikni vatthni)* MI 163,30 * Nidd I 123,16; It-a II 73,5 (kasyena rattatt ~ni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr-ena rattatt); (ii) of a kasya decoction or dye; iic see below; 2. (n.) a yellowish-red cloth or robe (the dress of those outside society, esp. ascetics, bhikkhuy, bhikkhunly); Abh296 (ksyaksvni ca clvare); Ja VI 540,23 (eko puriso kanho dve -ni paridahitv dvisu kannesu rattaml pilandhitv vudhahattho); Ap 507,14 (gabbhato nikkhamantam mam -ena patiggahum); Mil 90,20 (Milindo rj... -am nivsetv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ksvam); Sp 967,29 (-ni ca kesaharanasatthakam ca disv utrasanti); 1010,8 (kumrassa ... kese chinditv -ni datv); Ps III 24,25 (-ni chaddetv gihibhvam patv); Mhv 5:57 (nivsenti hi candl -ni sad); 5:229 (titthiy lbhakran sayam -am dya vasimsu saha bhikkhuhi); -nivattha, mfn., dressed in a yellowish-red robe; Dhp-a I 35,18 (ohritakesamassun ~ena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ksva-); -pita, mfn., dyed with a kasya decoction; (or yellow with a kasya dye; ?) Sv457,3i (-ni vatthni, Ee, Se so; Be ksva-; Ce kasya-); -rasapita, mfn. [ksya + rasa + pita1; perhaps wr for kasyarasapita qv sv kasya], steeped in a kasya decoction or dye; JaV 50,32' (-am ksvavattham paridahati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kasya-); Ps III 290, is (~-tya ksyni, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee wr ~ya); Spk II 195,5 (~ni vatthni, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kasya-); Ud-a 309,3 (--tya ksyni, Be, Se so; Ce -ni; Ee wr ksyarattapitni); -rasapilatya in Ee at Spk II 180,7 is wr for -rasapitatya (Se so) or kasyarasapitatya (Be, Ce so); -vattha, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) a yellowishred robe; Dhp-a II 85,21 (~ni paridahitv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se ksvavatthni); nivattha, mfn., dressed in a yellowish-red robe; Ja III 179, l ([coraghtako] nivattho rattamldharo); vasana, mfn., wearing a yellowish-red robe; Vin IV 51,33 (pabbajitya vasanya) * AIV 280,4 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nivasanya); JaIV 476,28* (isim... vasanam); 2. (mfn.) wearing a yellowish-red robe, wearing yellowish-red clothes; Sn 64 (~o abhinikkhamitv);

Ja III 520,27* (~e sakune vadmi; 521, r: ~e ti suvannavanne ksyavatthanivatthe viya); -vasana, mfn. [ksya + vasana1 ], wearing a yellowish-red robe; D II 28,24 (addas ... Vipassi... purisam bhandum pabbajitam -am); Ap244,2i (pabbajito -o); Mil 128,25; Mhv 18:10; -vsi(n), mfn. [ksya + vsi(n)1], wearing a yellowish-red robe; Sn487 (-im agiham carantam); Ja VI 508,23* (smikam anubandhissam sad -ini); see also ksva. ksva, m. n. [= ksya qv], a yellowish-red cloth or robe (the dress of those outside society, esp. ascetics, bhikkhuy, bhikkhunLy); Abh 296 (arahaddhajo ca ksyaksvni ca clvare); S IV 190,28 (ehi bho purisa kim te ime - anudahanti); Dhp 9 (anikkasvo -am yo vattham paridahessati apeto damasaccena na so -am arahati); Th 973 (odtakam arahati -am kim karissati); Ja V 49,20* (-am addakkhi dhajam isinam); VI 500,7* (kasm nbhihariyanti - ajinni v); Ap48,3 (panthe disvna -am chadditam; Ap-a 293,25: kasvena rajitam civaram); Mil 221,28 (bodhisatto tiracchnagato samno -am abhipjayi); Sp399,i8 (sisam mundetv ekam -am nivsetv ekam amse katv); Th -a III 87,22 (ssane pabbajitnam hi -o dhajo nma); Cp-a 60,18 (rjavesam ca hretv -amnivspetv ... candlam katv); Sadd 788,12 (kasvena rattam vattham -am); ksvnam in Ee at JaV 51,r is wr for ksvnam (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see amsa- (.yvamsa2); danta- (svdanta2); -kantha, mfn., having a yellowish-red throat, ie wearing a yellowish-red robe or cloth; Vin III 90,25* (- bahavo ppadhamm; Sp 486,22: kasvena vethitakanth, ettakam eva ariyado^ajadhranamattam, sesam smannam n' atthi ti vuttam hoti) = Dhp 307 (PDhp 113, Udna-v 11:9: ksyakanth); M III 256,7 (- dussil); ksvakantham in Ee at Mp I 90,13 and 90,24 is wr for ksvakhandam (Be, Ce, Se so); -(p)pajjota, mfn., shining, lit up with yellowish-red robes; Vibh 247,17 (kulni saddhni... -ni isivtaparivtni; Vibh-a342,4: bhikkhubhikkhunihi nivatthaprutnam ksvnam yeva pabhya ekobhsni); Mil 19,s; Spkl 213,32 (sakalam Jambudipam -am katv vicaranti); Thp 194,33; -vattha, mfn. and n. 1. (mfn.) wearing a yellowishred robe; Th 1092 (muni -0 amamo nirsayo); Ja IV 340,9* (- anagriy, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ksya-); 2. (n.) a yellowish-red robe; JaV 50,32' (kasvarasapitam -am paridahati, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ksyarasapitam); Ap 488,8 (vasano); Dhp-a II 85,2i (-ni paridahitv, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce ksya-); -vasana,m/h., wearing a yellowish-red robe; Sp 64,20. ksvaka, n. [ksva + ka2], a yellowish-red robe; Dhp-a II 86,3 (ekam -am nivsetv ekam paridahitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ksvam). ksvata, m. [AMg ksavaga, ksavaya], a bathattendant; a barber; Vin IV 308,34 (ayam -o malamajjano nihinajacco, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kasvato; Sp 937,25: -o ti nahpit ksvam nivsetv kammam karonti, tarn sandhyhamsu). ksviya, m. [from ksva; cf AMg ksia], one who wears a yellowish-red robe, an executioner; Ja IV 447,5* (- yantu antepurantam; 447,26': - ti coraghtak);

682

447,17* (~ hantu mamam) quoted Sadd 91,29*. ksi", m or f [?], (according to ct) a thousand', Sp 1119,30 (addhaksiyan ti ettha ~i ti sahassam vuccati). ksi(n), mfn. [S. kSin], appearing, having the appearance of; ifc see matta- sv matta1. ksika (and ksiya1), mfn. and n. [S., BHS ka&ka], 1. (mfn.) coming from Ksi (of cloth: of fine cotton or muslin; of sandal: of fine quality); DII 14,27 (~e vatthe); S II 181,28 (~ena vatthena ... parimajjeyya; Spk II 158,3: ~en ti... atisukhumavatthena); A I 145,13 foil. (~am su me tarn... vethanam hoti ~ kancuk ~am nivsanam ~o uttarsango); Ja II 443,17* (~am ca mudum vattham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kasiyam); Mp II 359,14 (~am vatthan ti tflii kappsamshi sutram kantitv katavattham, tarn ca kho Kasiratthe yeva utthitam); 2. (n.) a garment of ksika cloth, of fine muslin; Ja VI 151,10* (handa ca mudukni vatthni pacchimakam -am vsehi); 500,ii* (ksiyni ca dhretv khomakodumbarni ca); ifc see addha- sv addha1; -candana, n., fine sandal from Ksi; A III 391,15 (gihin ... ~am paccanubhontena) * Ud 65,25 (cfUd-a 332,5: ~an ti sanhacandanam, ksikavattham ca candanam ca ti v attho); Ja V 302,14* (~ena; 303,io': sukhumacandanena); 490,25* (~am; cf 491, r: ksikavattham ca lohitacandanam ca); Mil 243,5; -vatthi(n), mfn., covered with fine muslin from Ksi; JaV 377,3* (pitham... ~inam, Ee, Se so; Be ksikamatthannam; Ce ksikapatthinnam; 377,8': ksikavatthena atthatam); -sukhuma, n., a fine garment of muslin from Ksi; Thi 374 (~ehi vagguhi; Thi-a 235,32: ~ehi ti kasiratthe uppannehi ativiya sukhumehi); 377 (~ni dhraya); aksika, mfn., not from Ksi; inferior; AI 145,12 (na ... ~am candanam dhremi; Mp II 237,19: asanham candanam). ksiya 1 , see sv ksika. ksiya 2 , mfn. [from ksi], (according to ct) worth a thousand; Splll9,3i (ksi ti sahassam vuccati, tarn agghanako ~o). k s u , / . [S. kars,/], a trench, a pit; (according to cts) a heap; Abh 650 (~u vto); 1125 (mahvte caye ~u); Ja IV 118,20* (angrnam va jalitam -um sdhikaporisam... km dukkhatar tato); V49,n* (khanitvna -um phalakehi chdayi); Cp 3:14:4 (~uy); Spk II 112,13 (~ ti rsi pi vuccati vto pi); ksu in Ee at Ja VI 12,18 (khanato ksum) is prob, wr for khananokasam (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see angra-. ksumri, / [S. kSmari], the plant Gmelina arborea; its fruit; Ja IV 434,7* (madhuke ~iyo phalni khuddakappni; 434,14". ~iyo ti evamnmakni phalni kraphalni v) * Apl7,n; Ap 294,5 (-phalam gayha); 346,14 (madhuk ~iyo); see also ksmari. ksumrika, n. {ksumri + ka2], a ksumri fruit; Ap 445,5 (~am dya buddhasetthass' ads' aham). ksmari,/ [S. ksmari], the plant Gmelina arborea; its fruit; Sp 837,4 (acchivabimbavaranaketakaksmaridinam, Ee so; Be, Ce -ksmari-; Se -kasmiri-; Vjb [Be] 320,19: -I ti sepanni) see also ksumri. khati, khiti, fut. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. khala, m. [ts], a large drum; Mhv 48:101 (tlvacarasaddnam -narn ravena ca); 74:222.

kirn, seesvkz3. kimnma, kinnma, mfn., and konma, m., knm,/, kenm, m.pl. [S. kimnman; the latter Pli forms perhaps "corrected" from kimnma to agree with the nouns they qualify; or < misunderstood *kenma, Eastern form of kimnma; or sometimes understood as ko nma etc], of what name ? called what ?; Vin I 93ji foil (~o si konmo te upajjhyo ti); II 271,30 (~ si knm te pavattini); D I 46,20 (konmo ayam bhante dhammapariyyo); JaVI 338,10/0//. (tvam konmo si ti [Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kimnmo si ti]... bhariy te knm ti [Ee so; Be, Ce, Se k nm ti]... mtpitaro te ~ ti [Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ke nm ti]... tvam knm ti [Ee so; Be, Ce k nm ti; Se k nmsi ti]... smiko te konmo ti... mtpitaro pi te konm ti [Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ke nm ti]; Kv 608,28^//. (~o so bhagav kimjacco... ~ tassa bhagavato mtpitaro ~am ... svakayugam konmo ... upatthko); Mil 15,1/0//. (tvam -o si ti... konmo te upajjhyo ti); Dhp-a III 397,7 (tvam ~o ti... upsaka tvam konmo ti); Pj II 75,n (bhante ~ tumhe ti); Sadd 280,n* (kimsaddassa samsamhi saddhim nmaravena ve ~o iti konmo iti c' evam gati dvidh); 616,9 foil, (konmo puriso ~o v konm itthi - v konmam kulam ~am v). kimnmaka, kinnmaka, mfn. [ts], of what name ? called what ?; Ja III 535,24* (~ ca te sabbe) VI 126,16 (kimabhinnam h ti ~am nma vadanti, Ce, Ee so [in Ee printed kinnma kannma]; Be, Se kimnmam vadanti); Pj II 600,17 (~assa assa dhammassa). kimsuka, m. and n. [S. kim^uka], (m.) the tree Butea frondosa (with orange-red blossoms); (n.) its blossom; Abh 555 (~o); S IV 193, \3 foil, (purisassa ~o aditthapubbo assa); Ja II 266,14* (te ve dhammesu kankhanti ~asmim va bhtaro); V 405,18* (amb piyl panas ca ~); VI 452,18* (phullam disvna ~am mamsapesi ti manfiant); Ap 283,2 (~am pupphitam disv); Vism 196,5*; Th-al 91,18 (~ni pupphni disv); Vin-vn 2745; -valli,/, a kind of creeper; Ja VI 536,35* (phull~iyo; 537,12': sugandhamatt vallijti). kiki, m. [?], a large animal, perhaps a lion; Ja V 408,29* (hatthi gavass -vyagghadipiyo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kimpurisa-). kikim, ind. [onomat.], a particular sound or exclamation; Ja II 71,6* (so dni pitvna ~im karosi, Ce, Ee, Seso; Be kirim; 71,9': mukhamakkatikam karonto ~in ti saddam karosi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kiri kiri ti); see also kirikiri, kill. kikita, kikita, kikita, mfn. [onomat. ? cf S. kikkit ?], seething; hot; blazing hot; S IV 289,21 (tena kho pana samayena unhamhoti kikitam, so read with Ee vi [S12] ? vl [S3] kikitam; Be kuthitam, Ce kuthitam; Ee, Se kutthitam; Spk III 92,17: kikitan ti kuthitam, hetth santattavlikya upari tapena ca atitikhinan ti attho. idam pana tepitake buddhavacane asambhinnam padam, Ee vl so; Ce, Ee kutthitam ti kuthitam; Be, Se kuthitan ti kudhitam; O. von Hinber, 1979a, p. 21, would read kikita-or kikita-, otherwise ct incomprehensible). kiki, m.f [S. lex. id.], the blue jay; Abh 643; Ja II 350,1 (antarmagge ~i sakuno viravi); 350,23' (kharavc ~i viya); Ap61,2i (~I va andam rakkheyya); Vism 36,i* (~I

683

va andam); Pj II 317,8 (~i sakunik ksapatanabhayena andassa upari uttn seti). kinkani, see sv kinkini. kinkanika, m and (mf)n. [from kinkani], 1. (m.) a kind of flower; (or Npr. for Tmikihkanikapjako thero, see Ap 278,20); Ap 281,22* (dhajo -onalo, in uddna, Ce so; Ee wr kinkhaniko; Be, Se ~am); 2. (n.) a possession purchased with a bell; worth a bell; ? Sadd 787,7 (vatthena kitam bhandam vatthikam evam kumbhikam ... ~am sovannikam). kinkini (and kinkani), / , 1. [ts] a small bell; Abh 286; D i l 183,9 (sovannamay ~iyo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kinkanika); 2. a kind of flower; Ap 204, n (paggayha ~im puppham, Ce so; Be kinkanim; Se kinkanipuppham; Ee wr kinkhanim); 278,15 (-pupphni, Be, Ce so; Se kinkanipupphni; Ee wr kinkhanikapupphni); 433,26 (tini kinkanipupphni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kinkhanipupphni); (i)-jla, n., a string or network of small bells; Vv 78:1 (~-kappitam, Be, Ce, Ee, Se Vv-a so; Se kinkanika-). kinkinik (and kinkanik),/ [S. kinkinik], a small bell; Vin HI 42,4 (seyyath pi nma -saddo evam eva tass kutikya saddo ahosi; Sp 288,2: kinkinikajlasaddo); Ja IV 362,6* (-yo gahetvna ghosenti purato pi te, Be, Ce so; Ee kinkanikyo; Se kirikiniyo; 365,29': kamsatle gahetv); (a)-jla, n., a string or network of small bells; D II 183,6 (psdo dvihi -ehi parikkhitto ahosi, Be, Ce so; Ee wr -hi; Se kinkanikajlehi); Ja I 32,31 (-am olambatu). kinkirta, m [ts], a kind of plant; Abh 579 (~o kurandako). kicca, mfn.,fpp o/karoti qv. kiccaya, n. [= kicca; cf S. krtya], task; business; Ap 400,H (kenaci ~en' aham, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee paccayen'); Sp 1194,30 (kiccam eva ~am); 1357,23 (~am nidnam ass ti kiccayanidnarn catubbidham sanghakammam kranam ass ti attho); -ta,/, abstr., obligation; task, duty; Vin II 89,2 (y sanghassa ~ karaniyat ... idam vuccati kiccdhikaranam; Sp 1194,31; kiccayassa bhvo ~... sanghakammass' eva adhivacanam). kiccha, mfn. and n. [S. krcchra], \.(mfn.) (i) causing trouble or pain; attended with pain or labour; obtained with difficulty; Dhp 182 (~o manussapatilbho ~am maccna jivitam; Dhp-a III 235,16: ~o dullabho); Sn 676 (~ vatyam idha vutti); Th 111 (~ vutti no itaritaren' eva); Ja IV 177,24* (~ vutti asippassa); (ii) being in a difficult or painful situation; Pv 36:5 (nihinatto sabbabhogehi ~o; Pv-a 220,4: ~o ti dukkhito, so read with Be, Ce, Se); 2. (n.) difficulty, trouble; pain; Abh 89 (dukkham ca kasiram ~am); D II 30,26 (~am vatyam loko panno); JaV 330,21* (mtaram aparicaritvna ~am v so nigacchati); Vism 314,26*; Sv 750,16* (anuppannesu ~esu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kiccesu) = Ps I 235,26*; instr. ~ena, adv., with difficulty, with great trouble; Vin I 195,6 (~ena kasirena tato tato dasavaggam bhikkhusangham sanniptetv); SI 34,17* (colam pindo rati khidd yattha ~ena labbhati); Ja I 147,15 (~ena smikam rdhetv pabbajjam labhi); II 84,1* (tarn ca -na

no ad; 84,5': tarn ca no so candlo na attano ruciy adsi); Vibh 332,i (~ena kasirena); Mp III 140,2 (gahanatthne nilinnam -en' eva dassanam viya); Dhp-a I 80,15 (aham ime -ena mremi); Ud-a 310,17 (~en ti dukkhena); abl ~, adv., with difficulty, with great trouble; VinV 148,33* (~ laddham yam bhojanam); Jail 44,n* (~ katam pannakutim); Cp 3:6:3 (~a laddham piyam puttam); -laddhaka, mfn., obtained with difficulty; Ja VI 150,6* (m ~ehi puttehi yajittho imam yafinam, so read mc [see L. Alsdorf, 1967, p. 289]; Se ~ehi; Be, Ce, Ee kicchladdhakehi); -lbhi(n), mfn., obtaining with difficulty, only with great trouble; A III 117,13 (na nikmalbhi hon* ~I kasiralbhi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be na akicchalbhi); Mp I 328,23 (assa adhun pabbajitatt -issa); -vuttika, mfn., subsisting with difficulty; Pv-a 120,13; akiccha, n., lack of difficulty, ease; instr. ~ena, adv., with ease, without trouble; SI 35,2 (addhe ajyare kule ... khidd yatthkicchena labbhati); Vibh 332,11 (~ena akasirena); Dhp-aI260,3; Mhv 15:65 (gacchantu ~ena khippam ca); Sadd 928,8 lbhi(n), mfn., obtaining easily; VinV 135,15 (catunnam jhnnam ... nikmalbhi hoti lbhi akasiralbhl) ^ MI 33,33; AIV 106,10 (nagaram... catunnam hrnam... lbhi); 342,15 (devat... lbhiniyo); sukiccha, mfn. and n., attended with great misery or pain; great trouble or difficulty; Ja IV 451,23* (katukam hi sambdham -am patto, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~a patto [mc ? or cpd ?]; 452, ir: katukam sambdham ~am maranabhayam patto 'mhi); rpa, mfn., I. obtained with very great difficulty; JaV 387,14* (rpam vat' idam parittam); 2. in absolute misery; rpam, adv., absolutely miserably; as though in terrible trouble; Ja IV 439,7* (rpam paridevayavho; 439,19': sutthu dukkhappatt viyahutv); vutti, mfn., subsisting with very great difficulty; Pv 21:14 (vutti kapano; Pv-a 120,12: sutthu kicchavuttiko ativiyadukkhajivito); see also kasira. kicchati, pr. 3 sg. [from kiccha; cf S. krcchryate], is in difficulty; is distressed; finds difficult; Th 1073 (~ati kyo kilamati; Th-alll 140,35: kyasukhdi-albhena kicchappatto hoti); As 354,23 (vicikicchati ti rammanam nicchetum asakkonto ~ati kilamati) ^ Sv 275,14 (vicinanto ~ati na sakkoti datthum); part.pr. kicchanta, mfn., Th962 (~ant vanapatthni gmantesu vasissare; Th-a III 87,5: ~ant ti kilamant, vanapatthesu vasitum ~ant kilantacitt ti attho). kiftcati, kificeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [formed from kincana1 qv?], crushes, tramples; Dhtup42 (kinca maddane); Dhtum 50; Sadd 528,22 foil, (kici maddane: ~eti ~ayati kincanam akincano ... ~eti satte maddati ti kincanam...); Ps II 354,\9 foil, (rgo uppajjitv puggalam -ati maddati... manuss kira gonehi khalarn maddpent ~ehi Kapila ~ehi Klak ti vadanti; Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~hi Kapila -hi Klak ti) * Spk III 99,2 foil. kiflcana1, n. (and m.) [formally kim + cana, cf S. kascana, kimcana; but usually nom./acc. kincanam (also nom. kincano)], something; anything; (as abstracted from akincana qv below, interpreted as) an impediment or defilement; Dili 217,17 (tayo ~, rgo

684

-am doso -am moho -am) * MI 298,14 (rgo ... ~o doso ~o ...; Ps II 354,19: ~o ti rgo uppajjitv puggalam kincati maddati...); Sn 645 (yassa pure ca pacch ca majjhe ca n'atthi -am akincanam andnam...) = Dhp421 (Dhp-a IV 231,1: yassa tesu thnesu tanhghasankhtam -am n' atthi); Sn 1098 (uggahitam nirattam v m te vijjittha ~am); Th 306 (so khlnasamsro na c' atthi -am cando yath dosinpunnamsiy); Ja IV 394,6* (na kamman -a mogham atthi); VI 54,28* (susukham vata jivma yesam no n' atthi -am; 55,r: -an ti yesam amhkam palibuddhanakilesasankhtam -am n' atthi); Niddl 434,13 (imni -ni); Vibh-a498,/o//. (- ti palibodh, rgo -an ti rgo uppajjamno satte bandhati palibuddhati, tasm -an ti vuccati); kincanam in Ee at Ja V 215,27* is prob, wr for kafici nam (Be, Ce, Se so); -t,/, abstr., (the state of being) an impediment or defilement; (the state of being) a possession, property; Mil 263,34 (nham kvacani kassaci kincanatasmim [for kincanat' asmi ?] na ca mama kvacani kisminci kincanam n' atthi ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce... kincanattasmim ... kincanatatthi ti; Ps IV 64,19 foil.: attano attnam kassaci parassa kincanabhve upanetabbam na passati, attano bhtitthne bhtaram sahyatthne sahyam parikkhratthne v parikkhram mannitv upagantv upanetabbam na passati ti attho ... so parassa attmama kisminci kincanabhve atthi tina passati...) = AI 206,19 (Be ... kincanatasmim ... kincanatatthi ti; Ce ... kvacana ... kincanattasmim ... kvacana katthaci kincanatatthi ti; Ee ... kvaci... kincanam tasmim ... kvaci kassaci kincanam n' atthi ti; Se ... kvacini... kincanam tasmim... kvacini kisminci kincanatthi ti; Mp II 321,16 foil: aham katthaci kassaci parassa kincanatasmim na homi. kincanam vuccati palibodho, palibodho na homi ti vuttam hoti ... mama kvacini anto v bahi v katthaci ekaparikkhre pi - n' atthi palibodho n' atthi chinnapalibodho 'harn asmi ti) = II 177,12 (Be, Ce Se ... kincanatasmim ... kincanatatthi ti; Ee ... kincanam tasmim ... kincanam n' atthi t i ) ^ Vism 653,35^0//. (eds kincanatatthi ti); akiflcana, mfn.y who or which has nothing; without possessions, poor; without responsibilities; (according to cts) without impediments, without defilements; Abh 739 (-0 daliddo); VinI 36,26* (disv padam santam anpadhikam -am kmabhave asattam; Sp 973,5: rgakincandinam abhvena ~am); D III 185,3* (yo varum adhano -0); S I 141,19* (-0 bhikkhu anaiinaposi); Dhp 88 (hitv kme -0); Ud 14,17 (sukhino vata ye -a vedaguno hi jana -a; Ud-a 119,5: ye rgdikincanassa pariggahakincanassa ca abhvena -); Sn 1094 (-am andnam etam dipam anpararn); Th36 (etam smannam -assa); Ja III 3 81,12 (pabbajit ~ apalibodh pabbajjsukhena vitinmenti); 381,18* (ete ratthni hitvna pabbajimsu -); V449,6* (kulaputtam pi jahanti -am; 450, r: -an ti adhanam); Mil 220,7 (-0 jivikatthya pnam hanati); Ud-a 116,21 (tarn tassa ttam); sakiflcana, mfn. [BHS id.], who has something, having possessions; having responsibilities; (according to cts) having impediments or defilements; Dhp 396 (bhovdi nma so hoti sa ve hoti -0) = Sn620; Udl3,n* (-am passa

vihahnamnam; Ud-a 116,29: rgdikincannam misakincannam atthitya -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee rgdikincannam na akincannam, prob, wr); Ja IV 372,1* (amamassa~o ... dtum arahmi bhojanam; 373,10': -0 ti sapalibodho); Ud-a 116,29 (--tt). kificana2, kiflcanam, adv. [cfS. kimcana], at all, in any way; MII 105,3* (na hi jtu so mamam himse annam v pana -am, so read ? Be kinci nam; Ce kancanam; Ee, Se kafici nam) = Th 876 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kanci nam); M II 105,io* (na nam himsmi -am, so read ? Be kinci nam; Ce kancanam; Ee, Se kafici nam) = Th 879 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kafici nam); SI 12,20* (ppam na kayir vacas manas kyena v -a sabbaloke); A III 170,16 (m me kvacani katthaci -a rajaniyesu dhammesu rgo udapadi; Mp III 290,18: - ti koci appamattako pi); IV 97,6* (kodhena abhibhtassa na dipam hoti -am; Mp IV 48,23: kci patitth nma na hoti); Sn 951 (yassa n' atthi idam me ti paresam v pi -am; cf Pj II 569,1: -an ti kinci rpdidhammajtam); Ja III 456,25* (dhammo have hato hanti nhato hanti -am, Be, Ce so; Ee kancinam; Se kincinam); IV 78,16* (na hi marigale -am atthi saccam; 78,18': tasmim ... mahgale -am ekamangalam pi saccam nma n' atthi); Ap 37,18 (bahujjano mam pjeti nham pjemi -am, Be so; Ce kancanam; Ee kancinam; Se kincinam) * 437,19 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kancinam). kificana3, n. [from kincati], crushing; Ps II 354,23 (maddanattho ' -attho ti) * Spk III 99,4; Sadd 528,24 ( -saddo maddanatthe vattati). kificarahi [kirn + carahi], see sv ka3. kiflcpi [kirn + ca + (a)pi], see sv ka 3 . kicikkha, n. [cf S., BHS kimcitka], something; something or other; a possession; a trifle; ? Sn 121 (yo ve -kamyat panthasmim vajatam janam hantv -am deti tarnjaniivasalo iti; Pj II179,17: -kamyatti appamattake pikismincid eva icchya); 131 (-am nijigimsno); Mp II 199,15 (-an ti yam v tarn v appamattakam); ifc see misa-; -bhvan,/, the producing of some material gain;? S IV 118,8* (vann ete brhmannam kat -; Spk II 399,12: misakincikkhassa vaddhanatthya katan ti attho). kiftceti, see sv kincati. kifijakkha, m.n. [S. kinjalka], the filament of a plant, esp. of a lotus; Abh 686 (-okesaro 'nitthi); SHI 130,15 (vannassa gandho ti v -assa gandho ti v); Ja I 183,8 (tato -am pati kannik va avasissi); V 155,24* (uppalasseva- nbhi te sdhusanthit, eds so; pi or f ? 156,19': - ti niluppalakannik viya); VI531,9/0//. (makarandehi ti -ehi... -ato renu bhassitv pokkharamadhu nma hoti, Be so; Ce makarandehi ti -ato bhassantarenhi; Ee wr ... kinjakkharato bhassandarenhi... kinjakkharato renu bhassitv ... ; Se wr makarandehi ti kinjakkharehi... kinjakkharato renu ...); Vv-a 111,9 (-ehi parivritnam); -gavacchita, mfn., with a lattice of filaments;! Ja I 60,15 (bodhisattassa sisam -am viya kuyyakapuppham ahosi). kitaka, kitaka, m [cfS., BHS kitika], a metal plate; ? a shield or kind of armour; ? Pv9:2 (navni vatthni... dinnn' imiss - bhavanti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kitak; Pv-a 44,29: kitakakantakasadisni lohapattasadisni

685

bhavanti; kitaka bhavanti ti v ptho khdakapnakavannni bhavanti tiattho, Be, Ce so; Ee -sadisni ... - bhavanti ti v ptho ...; Se kitakakandakasadisni... - bhavanti ti...); 9:4 (vatth ca te -sam bhavantu, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kitakasam); Cp-a292,i4 (attho nmyam nirapekkham dyakam anugacchati yath tarn nirapekkham khepakam ~o ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khepakakitako); see also kitika, kitaka2, kita2. kitika, m.,~,/ [= kitaka?], a screen; a plate of wood or metal; ? Vin II 178,19* (lindam ~ena ca, Be, Ce, Se so; ifekitakena; in uddna); Sp 281,7 (phalakesu v ~su v dve tini cakkalakni yojetv katam samsaranakitikadvram...); 1219,25 (parittnakitikan ti vassaparittnattham ~am); 1220,6 (samsaranakitiko nma cakkalayutto ~o, ad Vin II 153,5: lind pkat honti... anujnmi ... samsaranakitikam ugghtanakitikam); ifc see ugghtana-, parittna-, samsarana-. kitibha, n. [ts], an eruptive skin disease; Sp 995,19 (yam kinci -daddukacchu-dippabhedam pi sabbam kuttham ev ti, Be, Ce so; Se kitiba-; Ee wr kitibaddukandukacchu-). kitati, kiteti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup ketati, Wg9:32], goes; makes go; ? Sp-t {Be) I 121,10 (~ati gameti kiriydivibhgam, Be, Se so) = Sv-pt I 379,14 (Ee so; vl kitayati) * Sadd 410,13 (~eti). kittha, n. [S. krsta], a cornfield; growing corn; Abh452; S IV 195,31 (~am sampannam kitthrakkho ca pamatto; SpklH 65,s: -an ti -tthne uppannasassam); A III 393,22 (na dnyam gono kitthdo puna-d-eva ~am otarissati); da, mfn., who eats corn; S IV 195,32 (gono ca ~o; Spk III 65,9: ~o ti sassakhdako); Th 446 (~am viya duppasum); '-rakkha, m., a guard on the corn-field; S IV 195,3i; -sambdha, m (or mfn.), an abundance of corn; (or with an abundance of corn, crammed with corn;) MI 115,30 (vassnam pacchime mse saradasamaye ~e goplako gvo rakkheyya; Ps II 82,7: ~e ti sassasambdhe); Ja I 143, n (sassasamaye -e); 388,9 (~-samaye). ki44am in Ee at It-al 163,30 is wr for nflam (Be, Se so) or niddam (Ce so); and kiddan ti in Ee at Pv-a 265,7 is wrfor khiddan ti (Be, Ce, Se so). kinakinyati, pr. 3 sg. [prob, denom. from kinkini; cfBHS kinikinyamn, Pkt kinikininta], makes a tinkling or clacking sound; Ja III 315,9* (atha kim carahi te samma kanthe ~yati, Ce, Ee so; Be kinikinyati; Se kimnikilyati [?]); see also kilikilyati; and c/Dhp-al 339,i (so osnakalpe ayasalkya kini ti saddam sutv). kinti 1 , kinoti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup krnti, krnoti, Wg 31:15, 26]y hurts, injures; Sadd 493,9 (ki himsyam: ~oti ~ati); JaV 375,26* (sutena v sutam ~Q, Ce, Eeso; Be kiny; Se kilye; 376, ir: yo ~eyya himseyya bdheyya); Vism 318,2 (~ti v paradukkham himsati vinsetitikarun). kinti 2 , kinti, (and kinti?) pr. 3 sg. [S. krinti], buys, purchases; Dhtup 507 (ki dabbavinimaye); Dhtum715; Sadd495,11 (ki dabbavinimaye:... kinti kinanti); A III 222,6 (pubbe sudam bhikkhave brhman brhmanimn' eva~anti no vikkinanti); Jail 425,11* (tarn

macchuddnam ~eyyam; 425,19': ~eyyan ti ~issam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -eyyan ti ~im); V 15,25* (kumbham imam -atha); 18,15* (~hi); Mil48,20 (nham tava hatthato dadhim -ami, dehi me khiraghatan ti); Sp 698,18 (pattam ~ti); Ps II 210,24 (suvannabhjanni -ath ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kinath ti)= Spk III 305,28 (Be, Se so; Ee -th ti; Ce ganhath ti); Ud-a 173,28 (kahpandihi kinci kinci ~ti); part.pr kinanta, mfn., Ja III 287,13 (-antnam); aor. 3 pi kinimsu, Sn 290 (na pi bhariyam -imsu te); Sv423,26; inf. (a)ketum, A I 116,32 (paniyam ketum ca vikketum ca); Kv 351,5; Sadd 495,11; (b) kiniturn, Ja III 282,10; Sadd 495,n; absol. (a)kinitv, kinitv, Vin III 140,1 (dhanakkit nma dhanena -itv vseti); M I 384,14; Mil48,16; Th-al 24,25 (Anthapindiko ... Jetassa rjakumrassa uyynabhmim kotisanthrena -itv); Sadd 495,12 (kinitv); (b) kinitvna, Mil 336,9* (kammena tarn -itvna amatam detha bhikkhavo); Mhv 35:118; pp (a) kita, mfn. [S. krita], 1. bought, purchased; Vin III 233,13 (kittakena te bhante -ni); AI 116,28; Ja VI 285,5* (dhanena ~ pi bhavanti ds); Ap 39,21 (-0 satasahassena... rmo); Sp555,i6 (~-tt); 2. who has bought; Mil 334,2i* (tena te sukhit honti ye ~ amatapphalam); pp (b) kayita, mfn., bought; Vin III 241,35; fppkQyydL, mfn., Ja VI 180,27*. kinna1, n. (and~yf) [S. kinva], a ferment; yeast, barm; Abh 533 (~am tu madirblje); Vin II 116,2 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~ena pretun ti... ~e pi [sciyo] kannakityo honti; Sp 1205,28: ~ena pretun ti ldnnacunnenapretum); -pakkhitta, mfn., with a ferment added;? Vin IV 110,14 (sur nma pitthasur pvasur odanasur - sambhrasamyutt) ^ Spk III 303,8 ^ Vv-a73,n; Sp 859,32 (Sp-t [Be] III 79,s: kinn ti pana tass surya bijam vuccati; ye surmodak ti pi vuccanti te pakkhipitv kat ~). kinna2, mfn. pp o/kirati qv. kinha, mfn. [AMgid.; S. krsna], black, dark; evil, wicked; D I 90,15 (mundak samanak ibbh ~ bandhupdpacc, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kanh) * M I 334,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kanh; Ps II 418,2: ~ ti kanh, klak ti attho, eds so) * II 177,8 (eds kanh) * S IV 117,6 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kanh); D1163,12 (dhamm akusal ... ~ kinhasankht, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kanh); see also kanha. kit, kita, m. and mfn. [S. krt, m.], 1. (m.) an affix used to form a noun directly from a root; a noun formed with that affix; Sadd 691,26 (khytena kitena v akathitatt); 859,30 (kattari kit, kattukrake kitpaccayo hoti, karoti ti kru kruko krako ...); 2. (mfn.) formed with a kit affix; ? Sadd 878,9* (padni sasamsni taddhitni kitni ca); kitanta, m., a noun ending in a kit affix; Ap-a 102,22 (~-vcibuddhasaddam eva gahetv); kibbidhna, n. [kit + vidhna], the primary affixes; the treatise or rules relating to and enumerating the kit affixes; Sadd 844,18* (pavakkhmi -am); 877,24*. kitaka, m. [kita + ka2], a kit affix; a noun formed with that affix; Sadd 726,14 (kammani -yoge: tassa bhavanti vattro); 742,7 (atha kho samsataddhitkhytakitaknam ...); Ap-a220,2 (in long cpd). kitamatt in Ee at Sp 555,16 is wr for kitamatt (Be, Ce so).

686

kitava, kitava(t), m. [= *katava(t)? , Pkt kitava], a dice-player, a gambler; a cheat; (according to cts: a birdcatcher who deceives the birds by covering himself with branches etc, or his deception, camouflage)', Abh531 (akkhadhutto ~o); Vin III 90,24* (nikacca -asseva bhuttam theyyena tassa tarn; Sp 486,13/0//.: vancakassa kertikassa ... skunikasseva) = S I 24,4* (Spk I 64,32: ~o vuccati skuniko); Dhp 252 (chdeti kalim va - satho; PDhp 166: krtavm; Udna-v27:l: krtv; GDhp272: kidava; cf Dhp-a III 375,iifoll: skhbhangdikam paticchdanam - nma, skuniko satho nma ... kitavya); Ja VI 228,19* (katam Alto ganhti - sikkhito yath, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~o); Sadd 533,9 (skuniko - ti vutto); akitava, m., not a gambler; not a cheat; JaV 117,31' (anakkhkitave ti anakkhe ~e ajtakare c' eva akertike ca). k i t a v , / [cf kitava], (according to cts) a covering of branches etc used by bird-catchers to deceive the birds; a ruse, a trick; Dhp-a III 375,17 foil, (skhbhangdikam paticchdanam -a nma, skuniko satho nma, yath sakunaluddako sakune gahetv mretukmo ~ya attabhvam paticchdeti). kitibaddu- in Ee at Sp 995,19 is wrfor kitibhadaddu- (Be, Ce so). kittaka, m~ and -M)n. [AMg kittiya; BHS kettaka; Pkt kettia; perhaps *kiya(t) + taka, but prob, understood as kirn + taka, cf Sadd 2S3,i foil.], how great? how large? how much? how many?; Vin I 297,11 (-am pacchimam nu kho civaram vikappetabbam); III 233,13 (~ena te bhante kitni - 0 udayo bhavissati); Ja I 32,5 (~ehi te bhikkhhi attho ti); 496,15' (ko jnti ~ pi gamissanti); Vibh 422,18 (manussnam -am yuppamnam vassasatam appam v bhiyyo v); Mil 316,12 (-am ... mahsamudde udakam); Sp 48,27 (bhagavat desitadhammo nma ~o hoti); Spk III 98,25 (~ pana t, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kattak); Mhv 14:34 (svento -am thnam... ghosem' aham); Sadd 283,12 (-0 -am kittik); ace. -am, adv., how much ? to what extent ? how long ? how ?; Ja V 505,16 (aham manussamamsato viratatt -am jivissmi); Spk I 153,27 (rj -am bhunjati); see also ettaka, tattaka, yattaka. kittana, n., - I , / [S. kirtana, kirtan], telling; praising; Ap 241,24 (duggatim nbhijnmi -ya idam phalam); Th-aII 278,37 (parammukh -e); Sadd 540,2-3 (- parikittan ti disu pana katthan ~ ti vuccati); ifc see nana-, punnappasavana-. kittaniya, mfn.,fpp of kitteti qv. kittvat, ind. [perhaps *kiya(t) + tva(t), but prob, understood as kirn + tva(t), formed by analogy with ettvat qv], with how much ? how far ? how ? by virtue of what attributes ? defined how ?; Abh 1141; Vin I 3,1 (kittvat nu kho bho Gotama brhmano hoti katame ca pana brhmanakaran dhamm) * Ud3,i6 (Ud-a53,26yb//.: kittvat ti kittakena pamnena... kittvat ti etena yehi dhammehi brhmano hoti tesam dhammnam parimnam pucchati); D II 64,3 (kittvat ... attnam panfipento pannpeti); MI 292,9 (kittvat nu kho duppanno ti vuccati ti, na ppajnti na ppajnti ti kho ...; Ps II 334,17: kittvat nu kho ti kranapariccheda-

pucch); Sil 17,6 (kittvat nu kho bhante sammditthi hoti ti); Niddl 439,18 (kittvat nu kho ... sunno loko vuccati); Ppl,8 (kittvat khandhnam khandhapaiinatti, yvat panca khandh); Sp 375,1 (kittvat pana bhinnam hoti); Sadd 896,n. kitti, / [S. kirti], good report; fame; praise; Abh 117 (yaso siloko~i); S I 187,31* (~im ca sukham c' anubhoti); A III 47,io* (dhamme thitam na vijahti ~i); Th 664 (na yasena ca ~iy); Ja IV 322,21* (devalokpapatti ca -i ca idha jivite); Niddl 164,18 (pasamsam thomanam -im vannahriyam icchanto); Ap 314,4 (~i abbhuggat mamam); Mil 115,7; Spk I 67,1 (~I ti vannabhananam); Cp-a 270,22 (yases ti ~isu); 0, -indupda, w., the moonbeam of one's fame; Mhv 52:30 (Seno ~ehi sabb obhsayi dis); -ma(t), mfn., praised; famous; Ja III 70,6* (y daliddi daliddassa addh addhassa -m, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -ma; 70,8*: -ma ti kittisampann ti) = VI 508,21* (c/509,i7': deva kittisampann y itthi ..., eds so; voc. better?); VI 193,8* (-m; 193,9': -m ti gunakittisampanna vividhagunerakittisampanna, Be so; Ce gunakittisampanno; Ee gunakittisampann; Se kittigunasampanno); 482,28* (-mantam yasassinam); Ap 316,10 (sighapanno ca -m); Mil 207, n (-m vijjsampanno); Vv-a 74,ii (yasassini -mati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -anti); -sadda, m., a report, talk, making mention of; fame; Vin III 1,13 (tarn kho pana bhavantam Gotamam evam kalyano ~o abbhuggato iti pi so bhagav araham ...; Sp 112,3: ~o ti kitti eva thutighoso v) = D I 49,16 = A III 30,H; A III 253,21 (silavato silasampannassa kalyno -0 abbhuggacchati); Ud 86,29 (silavipannassa ppako ~o abbhuggato); Ja VI 284, H (-0 te sakalaloke pharito); Mil 284,4; akitti,/, ill-fame; reproach; Vin IV 216,12 (y etiss ~i mayh* es -i; Sp 903,6: - i ti nind); Th611 (avannam ca -im ca dussilo labhate naro); JaV 500,8* (ayasam -im); Niddl 165,15 (nindya garahya -iy); Sadd 380,5* (asiloko -i ca); sanjanana, mf{A)n. and/or sanjanani, / , producing ill-fame; Dili 182,30 (cha ... dinav surmerayamajjapamdatthnnuyoge ... rognam yatanam sanjanani kopinanidamsanl...; Sv945,2i: idhaloke pi paraloke pi -im ppunanti, iti tesam s sur sanjanani nma hoti) = As 380,8. kittik in Ee at Vv-a 200,22* is wrfor tittik qv sv tittaka. kittima, mfn. [S. krtrima], made artificially; not naturally produced; acquired; Abh 1036 (katako ~e); Spk I 95,8 (opaptikena v hi -ena v nmena) Thi-a214,i9 (rpena vannena -ena cturiyena); -nma, n., an acquired name (not necessarily connected with one's nature); Sv 977,16 (evam puttassa -am karonti); As 390,28 foil, (nmam ca ... catubbidham s^annanmam gunanmam -am opaptikanman ti... yam pana jtassa kumrassa nmagahanadivase... kappetv ayam asuko nm ti nmam karonti idam -am nma) = Sadd 879,4/o//.; akittima, mfn., not made artificially; naturally produced; Vv-a 275,29 (-0 sayam jto kenaci aghatito); Cp-a 293,24; akittimam in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 79,26 is prob, wr; Be, Se atittimam; see also kuttima. kitteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kirtayati], mentions; relates,

687

recites; describes; celebrates, praises; (+ ace. or gen.); Dhtup 579 (kitta samsadde); Dhtum812; Sadd 540,i (kitta samsaddane: -eti -ayati); D i l 268,23 (yato kho tvam... tarn bhagavantam -esi...); Thi271 (samannam eva -esi); Ja IV 321,23* (tvam -esi); Niddl 321,6 (pasamsanti thomenti -enti vannenti); Vv-a73,30 (Gotamass ti bhagavantam gottena -eti); Pv-a225,30 (kathemi -aymi); fut. 1 sg. (a) kittayissam, Ap 241,21 (apadnam sugatnam -ayissam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kittayim 'ham) Dip 1:1; (b)kittayissmi, DU 255,16 (-ayissmi... devakynam nmni); Sn405; 935 (samvegam -ayissmi yath samvijitam may; Niddl 406,15: -ayissmi pakittayissmi cikkhissmi...); 1053 (-ayissmi te dhammam); Ap22,6 (yo mam pupphena pjesi... tarn aham -ayissmi); (c) kittessmi, Pj II476,17 (padumanirayam -essmi); opt. 3 sg. kittaye, Ap 77,16 (kappakotim pi -ento -aye ekadesakam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -eyya); 1 sg. kitteyyam, Pj II 381,8; part.pr. (a) kittenta, m/(-entI)., Ap 77,16 (pi -ento, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pakittento); JaV 362,21 (Sumukhassa gunam -ento); Pv-a 159,19 (tena attano katam upakram -enti); (b)kittaya(t),m/h., Mill 69,27* (nmni me -ayato); Ap 503,15 (-ayam); (c) kittayanta, mfn., Ap 29,5 (kappam va te -ayant); 471,17 (-ayantassa); Cp-a47,6; Mhv23:53; (d)kittayamna, mfn., MI 146,37 (yassa kho tvam ... bhikkhuno ... abhinham -ayamno ahosi); Mil 141,12; aor. 3 sg. (a)kittesi, Ap83,i8 (yo so ... mamarn -esi brhmano); (b)kittayi, Ap38,is (Ap-a 276,n: -ayi vykaranam adsi ti attho); It-aII 132,34; (c)akittayl, Vin V 145,29* (yam tarn apucchimha akittayi no, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se yam tvam...) = Sn875; Sn984 (bheravam so akittayi); Ap 107,is; 3pl. (a)kittayum, Ap29,4 (cf Ap-a235,24: katheyyum); (b) akittayum, Ap29,8 (cf Ap-a 235,26: -ayum katheyyum); absol. (a)kittetv, Vin I 106,8 (nimitte -etv); Ap 152,7; Sv 14,3i (ayam silakkhandhavaggo nm ti -etv thapesum); Pv-a 162,12 (ranno gune -etv); neg. akittetv, Sp 1401,2i; (b) kittayitv, Ap422,2i; (c) kittayitvna, Ap 432,33; pp kittita, mfn. [S. klrtita], mentioned, declared, described; praised, celebrated; Vin I 106,io (yvat samant nimitt -); Ap 29,7 (-0 hi may jino, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se mahjino); Niddl 169,17 (pasamsito thomito -o vannito); Vism 671,26*; Sadd 47,29*; neg. akittita, mfn., not mentioned; not described; not said; not praised, reproached; Nidd I 306,6(garahityeva honti akittit yeva honti); Pj II 381,8 (pabbajj... bhagavato pana akittit); Sadd920,18 (yad akittitam atthato pajjati s atthpatti); sukittita, mfn., well-declared, well-expounded; Sn 1057 (vaco mahesino sukittitam); JaV 172,23* (satam ca dhammni sukittitni); Sp 1036,6 (nimittni sakim kittitni pi sukittitn' eva honti); fpp (a)kittetabba, mfn., Vin I 106,5; Pj II 381,12; (b)kittitabba,m/., Ud-a204,i2 (... ti din parehi kittitabbasaddasankhtam silokam); (c) kittaniya, mfn., Pv-a9,3 (pasamso ca hoti kittaniyo vinnnam). kinti [kim + ti], see sv ka3. kinnara, kinnari, see sv ka3. kipilla, m. [Spipila], an ant; ifc see kuntha-.

kipillika, m, - a , / (and kipillaka, kipilika, kipilika) [cfS. pipilaka, pipilik, pipilik], an ant; Vin III 151,6 (-nam v sayo hoti upaeiknam v sayo hoti; Sp569,i6: rattaklapingaldibhednam ysam ksanci -nam, kipiliknan ti pi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be kipillaknan tipi; Se kipiliknam, kapiliknan tipi); Ja III 276,26 (ek -, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee pipilik); IV 331,3* (vammikathpasmim -ni nippothayanto; 331,18': -ni ti upacikyo); Sp 308,15 (makkhikam v -am v, Be, Ce so; Ee wr kapillikam; Se kipilikam); Mp II 329,21 (~hi nihatasuvannam); Dhp-al 360,4 (tesam nipannatthnesu ~ utthahimsu); ifc see kuntha-, ganduppda-, tamba-; -puta, m., an ants' nest; Ps II 347,4 (-0 v makkatakajlam v); SpkII 394,30 (ayam pana rj -am sise bhinditukmo jto ti); -putaka, m., an ants' nest; Ps II 98,27 (makkatajlasukkhadandakaharanena, Ee so; Cemakkatakajla-; Be, Se kipillaptakaharanena). kipeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krpayati, Wg 35:17], is weak; Sadd 553,19 (kipa dubballe: -eti -ayati). kibbidhna, see sv kit. kibbisa, n. and mfn. [S. kilbisa, n.], 1. (n.) offence, sin; wrong-doing; Abh 84; 1062 (ppe tv gumhi -am); Vin II 198,i2(yo ... samaggam sahgham bhindati kappatthikam -am pasavati kappam nirayamhi paccati) ^ A V 75,24 (MpV 35,7: ppavipkam patilabhati); Sn246 (nardham ye 'dha karonti -am); Ja III 135,22* (yo ve kate patikate ~e patikibbise evam tarn sammati veram; ? cf135,25' foil.: yo puggalo parena kate ~e... drunakamme kate puna attan tassa puggalassa patikibbise kate patikatam may tass ti jnti); V 69,14* (-am yam karitvna; 69,28': -an ti drunakammam); Sp 436,9 (-am shasikakammam lobhdikilesussadam); 2. (mfn.) wrong, sinful; Ps II 99,16 (candi ti asorat -); Spk II 374,6 (cand ti dutth -); -kri(n), mfn., committing an offence, doing wrong; Sn 665 (sante garahasi -i); JaV 266,26* (nar -ino); Pj II 289,14 (--t); -krika, mfn., committing an offence, doing wrong; Ja VI 572,23* (api -am vajjham vadhamh moceyyam, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kibbisakrakam). kibbisaka, n. [kibbisa + ka2], offence, sin; Saddh290 (akatam vata kalynam katam -am may). kibbisi(n), mfn. [S. kilbisin], who commits an offence; doing wrong; SI 66,18* (na hi nna -1 siy; Spk I 127,10: kibbisakrako nmana hoti). kimi, m. [S. krmi; cfBHSkimi], a worm; a silk-worm; an insect; Abh 623; Vin II 221,10 (tassa vaccamagge -i santhsi); MI 506,7 (kutthi puriso ... -Uli khajjamno); II 35,15 (~in khajjopanakena); A III 242,10 (set -I kanhasis); Ud73,9* (obhsati tva so ~i yva na unnamate pabhankaro; Ud-a 358,6: so khajjpanakakimi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khajjpanakakimi, prob, wr); Pv3:l (mukham ca te -ayo ptigandham khdanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -iyo); Th315 (itthim... apaviddham susnasmim khajjantim -ihi phutam, mc); JaV 269,5* (tarn enam -ayo... chavim chetvna khdanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -iyo); Vism 258,32 (evamdidvattimsakulappabhed -ayo); 500,8 (ptimacchaptikummsacandanikdisu -i

688

viya nibbattati); Mil 100,8 (~ayo); Sadd 785,8 (-inam kose bhavam suttam koseyyam); ifc see kosakra(svkosa1), slaka-; -ja, mfn. [kimi + ja 2 ], silken; Abh298 (koseyyam -am); -sankula, mfn., full of worms; Saddh 603. kimina, mfn. [S. krmina], having worms, full of worms; Pv 29:6 (duggandham -am milham bhunjmi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kimijam; Pv-a 194,14: kimivantam sanjtakimikulam); ThI439 (-o vanto, so read with K.R. Norman, 197J, p. 1591 eds -vatto; cf Thi-a248,2s: abhijtatthne kimiparigato va hutv atto attito); Ja V 270, I* (-am jivham passati attani; 275,30': -an ti kimibharitam). kimo, [kim + o], see sv ka 3 . kimpurisa, kimpurisi, seesvka3. kiydi, kiydigana, m. [S. krydi], the class of verbs beginning with Vki, kinti2; the fifth class of verbs (S. ninth class) (c/Sadd495,io-502,3); Sadd 2,22 (ganato te atthavidh bhuvdigano rudhdigano divdigano svdigano ~-gano ...); 3,is (--ganato npaccayo hoti kattari); 825,4 (-to na: kinti jinati.. .). kira, ind. [AMg kira, kila; S. kila], indeed, truly; really; so they say; as I have heard; so it seems, apparently (very often at the beginning of a narrative); Abhll99 (kirnussavrucisu); Vin I 15,32 (idam kira anupaddutam); III 14,3i (anunnto 'mhi kira mtpithi... pabbajjya); D I 95,28 (dujjto kira bho Ambattho mnavo); 240,23 (iti kira...); MI 383,6 (pavisa kira bhante sace kankhasi); III 14,30 (grayham kira... bhavam Gotamo jhnam garahi); SI 82,28 (assosi kho rj Pasenadi Kosalo rj kira Mgadho Ajtasattu ... mamam abbhuyyto); II 51,i6(saccam kira tay ... ann vykat); Dhp 159 (atthikira duddamo); Ud 16,21 (adhivsetu kira bhante bhagav...); Vv82:7 (evarn kira saggam ito gamissatha); Ja I 195,1 (bodhisatto kira bhatiy kathitya gamissmi ti na agamsi); II 429,27* (silam kir' eva kalynam); III 119,15 (saccam kir ti pucchitv saccam bhante ti vutte); Mil 329,12 (na kira tay buddho dittho); Vism 1,8 (bhagavantam kira Svatthiyam viharantam ... devaputto upasankamitv); Sp 33,2 (tad kira Jambudipe atimahbhikkhusamudayo ahosi); Sv7,2 (thero kira gato ti); Dhp-a I 399,9 (es kira Viskh nma); Ud-a 77,22 (tatryam anupubbikath, ito kira kappasatasahassamatthake ...); Pv-a46,2i (atite kira Brnasiyam...); Patis-a517,24(itikir ti evam eva, ettha evakratthe kirasaddo datthabbo); Mhv 5:212 (samvsam kappayi kira); Sadd 898,io (kira iti anussavatthe aruciscanatthe ca); see also itikir (sv iti1), kila. kirana, m. [ts], a ray or beam of light; Abh 64 (-0); Ud-a358,13 (andhakaram vidhamitv -sahassena ... dicce utthite); ifc see divasakara-; kiranni in Ee at Ja IV 223,7* is prob, wr; r^t/sabhnikiranni. kirati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kirati], scatters, disperses; Dhtup482 (kira vikirane); Dhtum557; Vism 179,13 (lohitarn -ati vikkhipati ito c' ito ca paggharati ti lohitakam); Sv 575,36 (ajjhokiranti ti ajjhottharant viya -anti); Sadd 873,18 (-ati paradukkham vikkhipati ti pi karun); aor. 3 sg. akri, ? Ja VI 208,22* (lokam adhammena kimatth' akri, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee aksi); pass. pr. 3 sg. kiriyati, Vism 318,3 (-iyati v dukkhitesu

pharanvasena pasriyati ti karun) = As 193,1 (-iyati); pp kinna2, mfn. [S. kirna], scattered, strewn; Ap 542,is (citakni karitvna ... gandhacunndikinnni jhpayimsu ca t tahim, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be gandhacunnapakinnni; Ce gandhacunnvakinnni; Se gandhacunnavikinnni). kiramna, mfn., pass. part.pr. qfkaroti qv. kirta (and^kirta ?), m. [S. kirta], a man of a mountaintribe, a low-caste man; a dwarf; a depraved man; Abh 517; Sv 148,25 (khujjavmanakirtdayo); Ps III 19,16 (yonakarpakirtarpakdinam hatthe, Be so; Ce -khacita-; ife-khacina-; Se -kinnara-) = SpkHI 45,33; see also kirsa, kertika, kertiya. kirsa, m. [= kirta?], a low-caste man; a depraved man; ? Ja IV 223,7* (gottham majjam -am ca sabhnikaranni ca rak parivajjehi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kirtam; 223,24': -an ti dhuttakertikajanan ti). kirikiri, kiri, ind. [onomat.; <//? kilikil], a particular sound or exclamation (of a bird or animal); Ja III 225,21 ([kko] rasakarotiyam niliyitv -I ti saddam aksi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kill ti); VI 392,16 (suvapotako ... - i ti vassanto, Se so; Ce, Ee kiri ti; Be - i ti saddam viravanto); Sv 742,33 (-1 ti saddam aksi) = Ps I 229,5 (Be, Se so; Ee kiri ti; Ce ki ki ti); Spkll 150,8 (eko saso ... valliy baddho - i ti saddam aksi) = As 103,12; see also kikim, kili. kiriya, n. and mfn., see sv kiriy. kiriyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. of kirati qv. kiriy (andkriy), / , and kiriya, n. [S. kriy], l.(f and n.) (i) doing; performance; action, activity; what one does or has done; way of acting; Abh 757 (kriy tu -am kammam); 877 (kammani kriy); Vin I 235,7 (aham... -am vadmi kyasucaritassa); 1197,34 (y... kammassa ~ karanam ...); V 115,9 (-ato samutthit patti jnitabb; Sp 1319,27: -ato samutthit nma yam karonto pajjati prjikparti viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kriyato); MI 372,9 (ppassa kammassa -ya); Ja I 242,19 (tumhkam - mayham ruccati); II 131,3 (tassa s - bhikkhsu pkat jt); 184,20 (manussaloke vattamnam -am yebhuyyena annsi); VI 55,19 (Sivalideviy - es bhavissati); Ap4,n (yarn kinci kusalarn kammam kartabbam -am mama; Ap-all0,n: yam kinci kusalakammasankhtam -am kartabbam atthi); Cp 1:10:3 (aham te anussmi -e kalynappake; Cp-a 102,30: kusale c* eva akusale c'eva kmme); Sp 1359,4 (kammassa- ti natti veditabb, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kriy); Spkl 64,27 (vacanam assa annato gacchati - aniiato); II 13,5(klonma antako, tassa - klakiriy); Dhp-a III 79,8 (passatha samanassa Gotamassa -am); Nidd-all 7,31 (cariyan ti-arn); Sadd 516,28 (akkharacintak pana kriy icc api padam icchanti, ettha kriysaddo ... pliyarn na dissati); 692,6 (kariyate tarn -ya ppuniyate ti kammam); ifc see anupubba-, anta- (ivanta1), vi-, kla(jvkla 1 ), mahgala-; (ii) morally significant activity which produces effects; MI 405,26 (santam yeva kho pana -am n' atthi - ti 'ssa ditthi hoti s 'ssa hoti micchditthi); A I 286,33 (moghapuriso evamvdi evamditthi n' atthi kammam n' atthi -am n' atthi viriyam); (iii) medical treatment or practice; Mil 112,12 (api

689

nu kho so... bhisakko sallakatto ahitacitto bhesajjennulimpati satthena vikanteti dahati salkya khralavanam deti ti, na hi bhante, hitacitto sotthikmo tni ~ni karoti ti); 272, M (ye te ahesum tikicchaknam pubbak cariy ... roguppattim ca nidnam ca sabhvam ca samutthnam ca tikiccham ca -am ca... sabbam tarn niravasesam jnitv); (iv) action (as the idea expressed by a verb); a verb; Ud-a 12,2 (upasaggo -am viseseti); ifc see gamana-; 2. (f.) action, activity as classification of an offence fapatti,); (a rule involving) some physical action or speech (cfYXh 23,3\ foil.); Kkh 25,37 (idam sikkhpadam pathamaprjikasamutthnam - sanfivimokkham ...); Sp 770,28 (siy - siy akiriy); 838,6 (~ nosannvimokkham acittakam...); 3. (f. and n. or mfn.) function, functioning; (being) mere action, mere activity (not producing any effect, not involving kamma or not produced by kamma,); Abh 877 (kriycitte ca karane ~am); Dhs 566 (yasmim samaye manodhtu uppann hoti - neva kusal nkusal na ca kammavipk; As 293, n: -a ti karanamattam) = Vibh 182,2; Dhs 577 (jhnarn bhveti -am n'eva kusalam ...) = Vibh 183,4; Dhs 983 (ye ca dhamm - n' eva kusal nkusal...) * Vibh 107,29; Kv 421,2 (uppattesiye paiicakkhandhe aniruddhe - pancakhandh uppajjanti ti); Vism454,29 ([vinnnam] avykatarn jtibhedato duvidham vipkam -am ca); 456,28 (-am pana bhmibhedato tividham); 457, is (ekavisati kusalni dvdaskusalni chattimsa vipkni visati -am ti sabbni pi eknanavutivinnnni honti); Patis-a 301,23 (vipkbhvato kiriymatt ti ~); 4. (f and n.) [influenced by kariya,^/? o/karoti ?] what ought to be done; right or proper action; duty; Ap38,2i (~arn cintayirp mamam; Ap-a 276,36: -am kattabbakiccam cintayin ti attho); 439, n (draken' eva santena -am nitthitam may); Mil 171,27 (bhagavat - yeva kat no akiriy; cf Mil-t 31,14: - yeva kat ti dosavantassa puggalassa -ya yeva karanena yeva moghapuris ti vacanakat); 206,28 (-am na bhinditukm khanam na passi); akiriy,/, a/w/ kiriya, n., doing and not doing; (in the classification of an offence: a rule involving) action and non-action, commission and omission; Vin V 119,9 (~ato samutthit patti jnitabb); Kkh24,i (y [patti] karontassa ca akarontassa hoti... ayam-ato samutthti nma); Sp 574,19 foil, (kiriy ca - ca, idam hi vatthum despetv pamntikkantam karoto kiriyato samutthti vatthum adespetv karoto -ato); 751,22 (-am nosannvimokkham acittakam); 898,30 (ekdasasikkhpadni... -ni sannvimokkhni); 1319,29 (~ato ti..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kriykriyato); -atipatana, n.y the failing of an action; Sadd 821,6 (~am kiriytipannam, tarn pana sdhakasattivirahena kiriyya accantnupapatti ti); tipanna, ., the failing of an action; the non-accomplishment of an action; Sadd 821,6 (~e 'fite *ngate ca kaltipatti); -citta, kriycitta, n. [kiriy + citta1], a karmically neutral thought-moment, a moment of consciousness not involving kamma; Abh 877 (kriycitte); As293,i4 (sabbesu hi yeva ~esu); 323,33 (ekdasahi ~ehi);

Vibh-a 38,30 (nava ~ni javanavasena labbhanti); Sadd 621,8 (kriycittni visati); (kriy)-nattha, mfn., destroyed by (their own) actions; Vin-vn 322 (... titthipakkantako ceti~ pan' attha te); -pada, ., (gr.t.t.) a verbal form; a verb; Vv-a 315,19 (vijjanti ti ~am netv yojetabbam); Th-all 76,B; Sadd 26, H (~ni); 811, is (kiriyam akkhyati ti khytam ~am); mala,/, a list of verbal forms, a paradigm; Sadd 25,26 (~-ml sallakkhitabb: bhavati bhavanti...); -vada, mfn., professing the doctrine that activity is morally significant and produces effects; advocating activity; Vin I 234,25 (~o samano Gotamo kiriyya dhammam deseti); A I 287,3 (atitam addhnam arahanto sammsambuddh ... kammavd c' eva ahesum ~ ca viryavd ca); -vdi(n), mfn., id.; Vin I 71,27 (kammavdino ete... ~ino; Sp994,32: ete kiriyam na ppatibhanti atthi kammam atthi kammavipko ti evamditthik); A I 62,21 (~i cham brhmana akiriyavdl ca ti); -visesaka, mfn., defining or modifying the verb; It-al 23,3 (kincpi hi ~o upasaggo); -visesana, n., (gr.t.t.) an adverb; Sadd l\l,\6foll. (bhvanapumsakasankhte -e dutiyekavacanam hoti, ettha ca bhvanapumsakan ti sasane vohro ~an ti saddasatthe); -samutthna, kriyasamutthna, mfn., (of an patti,) arising from an action; Sp 373,24 (~am ca karonto yeva hi etam paijati na akaronto); 744,8 (~-t&); 902,8 (^-t); Utt-vn 854 (kyena pi ca vcya y karontassa jyate ayarn kriyasamutthna nma prjik viya); akiriy, (and akriy)/, akiriy,. and mfn. l.(i)(f.) nonactivity; non-performance; abstention (from); failure to act; Vin I 235,1 (aham... ~am vadmi kyaduccaritassa) = AIV 183,2; Vibh 285,11 (pntipt ... veramani ~H akaranam); Kkh 23,38 (y [patti] kyavchi kattabbam akarontassa hoti ... ayam -ato samutthti nma); Pet 14,19 (piyassa ~a, Be Ce, Se so; Ee akriy); Sp 1319,28 (~ato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akriyato); esp. (ii) (f and n.) a failure to act or do (something) as classification of an offence (apatti); (a rule involving) the not-doing of what should be done; Sp696,i6 (siy kiriy gahanena pajjanato siy ~ patikkhepassa akaranato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kiriyam ... ~am); 941, xe (~am sannvimokkham); 2. (f.) the absence of independent activity; the absence of morally significant or morally effective activity; D I 53,4 (Prano Kassapo sanditthikam smannaphalam puttho samno ~am vyksi); A I 173,15 (tin' imni... titthyatanni... ~ya santhahanti; cf Mp II 274,4 foil: eko pi etesam ditthigatiknam katt v kret v na pannyati); 3. (f.) what ought not to be done; Mil 171,27 (bhagavat kiriy yeva kat no ~); 220,26 (annam pi bahuvidham -am karoti); 4. (mfn.) inactive; not doing what should be done; Mil 250,23 (ye keci pp ~ osannaviriy ...); 251,14 (asamvut ahirik - . . . blajan); 300,9 (purisam vivatam pkaram -am arahassam rahassakm parivajjenti); ditthi,/, the view that activity is not morally significant or effective; Ps III 121,21 (--ditthi kammam patibhati); Ud-a 352,4; Nidd-al 234,22 (karoto na kariyati ppan ti ditthim); ditthika, mfn., holding the view that

690

activity is not morally significant or effective; Nidd I 315,12 (ye ... samsrasuddhik ditthik ... te samsrena suddhim ... vadanti); rpa, mfn.9 absolutely not to be done, improper; Ja III 530,H* (rpo pamadhi santhavo; 531,7': akattabbarpo); vda, m/w., professing the doctrine that activity is not morally significant or effective; advocating abstention; VinI 234,14 (--vdo samano Gotamo akiriyya dhammam deseti) = AIV 181,3o; MI 406,I3 (dussilo purisapuggalo micchditthi vdo); SHI 73,4 (ahetuvd vd natthikavd; SpkII 279,21: karoto na kariyati ppan ti gahitatt vd); vdi(n), mfn., id.; A I 62,2i (vdi); Mp IV 80,9 (--vditam); samutthna, mfit., (of an patti,) arising from a failure to act or do (something); Sp 691,5 (kyavchi kattabbassa patikkhepassa akaranato --samutthnam kyadvre vacldvre ca pattim pajjati); 1035,2 (vacidvre samutthna patti) = As 93,16; see also cirakriya sv cira. kirita, n. [ts], a diadem; Abh283. kiriti(n), mfn. [S. kiritin], wearing a diadem; Pv34:l (mail -1 kyri; Pv -a 211, s: ~i ti vethitasiso). kila, ind. [ts], indeed; so it seems; Sadd816,i (supine kila-m-ha); see also kira. kilaflja, m (and n.) [S. kilinja (and kilanja)], matting; a reed mat; a screen; Abh455 (-0 tu kato); Vin III 16,23 (te pufije -ehi paticchdpetv); IV 96,25 (paticchannam nma sanam kuddena v kavtena v ~ena v snipkrena v...); Jal 158,8 (vithim -ehi parikkhipitv); Ap 219,12 (buddhapjam karontnam -am adadam); Mil287,20 (samvatteyya pi ce... kso -am iva); Vism 327,22 (-am viya samvelleti); Spkl 232,10 (-arnhi tile vitthrentena viya); Dhp-al 443,22 (-am antaradhyi); ifc see sondik-; -kanclvana, n., the scratching on a mat; Jail 249,4 (tassa gandhabbam -am viya hutv upatthsi); -chatta, n. [kilanja + chatta1], a sunshade or umbrella made of (woven) reeds, of matting; Vin IV 200,11 (Sp 894,25: -an ti vilivachattam). kilati, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup kilati, Wg 28:61], is joyful; ?plays; Sadd438,29 (kilapitiyakilanesu: ... -ati); kilanti in Ee at Nidd I 379,5 foil, is wr for kilanti (Be, Ce, Se so). ki}ati ti in Ee at It-al 71,19 is prob, wr for kilati ti(ite, Ce, Se so). ki}anat{hne in Ee at Spk I 38,22 is wr for kllanatthne (Be, Ce,Seso). kilanta, mfn., pp o/kilamati qv. kilanto in Ee at Sp 475,5 is wr for kilanto (Se so) or kilamanto (Be, Ce so). kilamati (and kilammati), pr. 3 sg. [BHS kilamati; S. klmati, klmyati], is or becomes tired, weary, exhausted; exhausts or distresses oneself; is in difficulty, is in distress (usually physical, sometimes mental); Dhtup 222 (kilama klama gilne); Dhtum 316; VinI 77,14 (sukham ca jiveyya na ca ~eyya); 152,26 (sitena pi -anti unhena pi -anti); III 244,32 (attan pi na ypetiputtadr pi 'ssa -anti); D III 255,10 (kammam... me karontassa kyo -issati); A III 54,27 (jardhamme jinne socati -ati paridevati...); Th 1073 (kicchati kyo -ati, eds so; read kilammati mcl); JaVI 467,22 (sace

~asi... kasm na pabbajasi) Sv 993,35 (Siddhartha kasm -asi); PsII 57,13 (kye uppannadukkhena -ati); Spkl 207,6 (m akran -asi ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~i ti); Ud-a229,i5 (garum civaram prupanto ~ati); Pj II 19,22 (m -ti); esp. (+ instr.) is weak because of a lack of something; experiences a difficulty with; suffers a lack of; VinI 149,7 (bhikkhnam gmo aggin daddho hoti, bhikkh pindakena -anti); MI 206,10 (kacci vo ... khamaniyam kacci ypaniyam kacci pindakena na -atha); Pv-a76,6 (ayy paccayehi na -issanti); part.pr. (a) kilama(t), mfn., D I 52,23 (pacato pacpayato socayato socpayato -ato -payato, Be so; Ce, Se -ayato -payato; Ee -ayato; Sv 159, \9 foil: hrpacchedabandhangrapavesandii sayam -antassa pi parehi -pentassa pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sayam -entassa) * MI 404,23 (-ato -payato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee socayato -ayato) * S IV 349,9 (~ato -payato, Be so; Ce -ayato; Ee, Se -ato -ayato); (b)kilamanta, mfn., Jal 108,7 (aniddyanabhvena -anto); Sp386,20 (sensanena gilnapaccayena v -antesu); 1233,24; kilamanta in Ee, Se at Ja I 486, H* and V 124,10' is prob, wrfor kilamenta (Be, Ce so), and kilamanta in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 178,30 is prob, wr for kilamenta (Be, Se so); neg. akilamanta, mfn., Ja VI 463,5'; PsII 238,34 (paccayena akilamantena hi sakk samanadhammo ktum); As 183,11 (kilese... sukhena akilamanto vikkhambheti); (c)kilamamna, mfn., Sp 82,13 (kasm... evam -amno gato); PsII 263,3; neg. akilamamna, mfn., Jal 362,13; Spk III 45,22 (evam akilamamn sabbarattim dhammam sunissm); aor. 3 sg. (a)kilami, Ja IV 292,12 (so ativiya -i); Ps IV 203,14 (m bhagav ete ovadanto -I ti); (b) kilamittha, Ps II 358,8; absol. kilamitv, Ja VI 160,30 (vttapena -itv); Mp III 139,5; neg. akilamitv, Mp III 139,9; pp kilanta, mfn. [BHS id. and kilnta; S. klnta], tired, exhausted; in distress; VinI 346,31 (-0 'mhi nipajjissmi); M I 116,13 (kye -e cittam hanneyya); Ud59,8 (na ca pindakena -o 'mhi); Vv 6:5 (disvna bhikkh tasite-e); Ja IV 20,n* (tasitam-am); Mp I 431,7 (bhattena ca tya); Mhv 16:7 (unhe -0); Sadd 488,9* (tte); rpa, mfn., really tired, absolutely exhausted; Vin 1212,s; Jal 396,1; V 205,5*; Vism 106,23; neg. akilanta, mfn., Vin 1292,26 (gocarakusalo akilanto pindya carissati); Vv 79:7 (kilantarpo kyena akilanto va cetas); atikilanta, mfn., extremely exhausted; Vibh-a259,3o(gacchanto gacchanto atikilanto, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se atikilamanto); fpp kilamitabba, (mf)n. impers., Ja III 205,20' (panditena ... na socitabbam kilamitabbam); caus. (*)pr. 3 sg. kilameti, -ayati, wearies, exhausts; torments, causes distress to; Vin III 86,2 (bhikkh... coraghtam etad avoca vuso m-y-imam -esi ekena pahrena jivit voropehi ti, or aor.?); D II 344,3 (m yoggni -etna, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -ittha); Jal 115,12 (ime drak mam ativiya -enti); IV 326,10 (ayam rgo mam ativiya -eti); 383, is (tarn na mrenti -enti yeva); 457,19 (-essati); Sv 350,6 (attnam -eti); part.pr. (a)kilamenta, mfn., Jal 382,25 (-ento); Cp-a 178,30 (imam -entehi bahum tumhehi apunnam pasutam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr -antehi); neg. akilamenta, mfn., JaV 245,16' (atthne akilamento balesu dhammam careyya);

691

(b) kilamaya(t), mfn., D I 52,23 (pacato pcayato socayato socpayato ~ayato ~payato, Ce, Se so; Be ~ato ~payato; Ee ~ayato; Sv 159,9 foil.: hrpacchedabandhangrapavesandihi sayam ~antass pi parehi ~pentassa pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sayam -entassa) * SIV 349,9 (~ato ~payato, Be so; Ce ~ayato; Ee, Se ~ato ~ayato); aor. 3 sg. kilamesi, Ja IV 467,7; absol. kilametv, Ja III 296,8; Sp723,i6 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kilametv); Sv 651,29 (attnam ~etv); neg. akilametv, Ja I 349, n; pass. part.pr.(l) kilamiyamna, mfn., Ja VI 198, I (tena ~iyamno); pp kilamita, mfn. and n.., 1. (mfn.) caused distress; tormented; Pv 20:3 (so scikya ~ito); Ja IV 336,16; Dhp -a III 426,22 (tay ... cattro mse ~itam bhikkhum); 2. (n.) the being caused distress; the being tormented; Jail 354,13 (smanerehi ~ita-klato patthya); Cp-al31,i7 (mahsattassa gahitatthnam kilamitatthnam ca disv); caus. (b)part.pr. (a) kilampenta, mfn., Sv 159,20 (parehi kilampentassa); (b) kilampaya(t), mfn.9 D I 52,23 (kilamato kilampayato, Be so; Ce, Se kilamayato kilampayato; Ee kilamayato) * MI 404,23 (kilamato kilampayato, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kilamayato) * S IV 349,9 (kilamato kilampayato, Be so; Ce kilamayato; Ee, Se kilamato kilamayato); see also Vklam. kilamatha, m [S lex., BHS klamatha; BHS also kilamatha], weariness, exhaustion; mortification; distress, esp. physical distress; distress from lack (of, instr.); Abh761; Vin I 5,5 (aham ce... dhammam deseyyam pare ca me na jneyyum so mam' assa ~o s mam' assa vihes) = SI 136,18 (Spkl 196,25: kyakilamatho ... ti vuttam hoti); MI 127,18 (so puriso ~assa vightassa bhgi assa); Ja III445,2 (attano ~am aganetv); Pet 158,n; Sp 362,12 (antarmagge pi ptheyydihi ~o n' atthi). Mp 1433,18 (tesam pnryapnakdini datv ~am pativinodesi); Nidd-al 288,6 (-ttam yuddhya); '-uddaya, mfn., resulting in weariness or distress; Ja VI 36,6* (kammam aphalam '-am); see also klama. kilamana, n. [from kilamati], the being weary or distressed; exhausting oneself; weariness; distress; Abh761 (kilamatho ~am); Ja I 263,20 (mam nissya annesam -kiccam n' atthi); Spk I 72,8 (laddhpyassa pana bhikkhuno -kranam nama n'atthi); Mp I 128,8 (therassa -bhvam fiatv); Thi-a 86,32 (sarirassa -ena n'atthi pannsuddhi); Sadd411,i9 (nitami ~e); 487,30 (khedo~am); akilamana, n., lack of distress; Ja III 466,21' (avyatho ~am); Dhp -a III 236,3 (bh vam). kilsa, m. [S. kilsa, n.], a kind of leprosy; Vin I 71,34 (Magadhesu panca bdh ussann honti kuttham gando ~o soso apamro; Sp996,i2: ~o ti na bhijjanakam na paggharanakam padirniapundarikapattavannam kuttham, yena gunnam viya sabalam sariram hoti); A V 110,5; Nidd I 47,5; Ap 270,5 (kuttham gando ~o ca); see also kandyanakilsakuttha. kilsi, / ( ? ) [cfS. kilsa], a kind of leprosy; Vin II282,20* (kuttham gando ~i ca sosapamro, in uddna). kilsi(n), mfn. [S. kilsin], afflicted with leprosy, leprous; JaV 69,1* (brhmanam addakkhi setam citram ~inam; 69,18*: kandyanakilsakutthena ~inam); 72,n* (kutthi ~i bhavati yo mittnam idha dubbhati); Mp II

151,15 (katham te -ino na honti); Vin-vn 2484 (kutthim gandim ~im ca... rjabhatam coram...); see also kilsika. kilsika, kilsiya, mfn. [kilsi(n) + ka2], afflicted with leprosy, leprous; Vin I 93,25 (upasampann dissanti kutthik pi gandik pi ~ pi...); Kv31,32 (kutthiyo gandiyo kilsiyo ...); see also kilsi(n). kilsu, mfn. [cf BHS kilsin; cf S. glsnu], disinclined (to), making no effort (to); Vin III 8,5 (bhagav ca Sikhi bhagav ca Vessabh -uno ahesurn svaknam vitthrena dhammam desetum; Sp 185,8: ~uno ahesun tina lasiyakilsuno ahesum na hi buddhnam lasiyam v osannaviriyat v atthi); akilsu, mfn., untiring, unwearied; making every effort (to); Abh 516 (nikkosajjo ~u); Vin III 8,21 (~uno ca te bhagavanto ahesum svake cetas ceto paricca ovaditum); S V 162,27 (~u dhammadesanya); Ja I 109,14* (~uno vannupathe khanant; 109,18': -uno ti nikkosajj raddhaviriy); Mil 382,22 (pathavi... dhrenti pi ~u hoti); Pj I 230,22 (~-tya); nikkilsu, mfn., untiring; making every effort; Spk III 224,io. kili, kilim, ind. [onomat.], (a tinkling sound) clink! Ja I 70,19 (s [pti] ... tinnam buddhnam paribhogaptiyo ~i ~i ti ravam krayamn paharitv); 243,27 (rasakarotiyam niliyi s ~i ti Saddam aksi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kiri ti) * III 225,21 (karoti 4 ti Saddam aksi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se rasakarotiyam niliyitv kirikiri ti...); II 397,28 (lohajlam ~iti Saddam aksi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kiri ti); V203,5* (avantakni... avighattit niccam ~im karonti... rukkhaphalni, Ee so; Ce aghattit niccakilim; Be, Se aghattit niccakilam; 206,7': aghattitni pi niccam kilikilyanti, Ce, Ee so; Be niccaklam ldlyanti; Se niccakle kflpenti); see also kikim, kirikiri. kilikil, / [S. kilakil;5//iS'kilikil], cries expressing joy, cries; Ja VI 57,r (game viya -a, Ce so; Be, Ee kili; Se kilikilyamn). kilikilyati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. kilakilyati, kilikilayati], makes a tinkling or clinking sound; JaV 206,7' (niccam kilim karonti ti... niccam ~anti, Ce, Ee so; Be kilam karonti ti... niccaklam kilyanti; Se kilam karonti ti... niccakle kflpenti); see also kinakinyati. kilijjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. klidyati], is or becomes wet or damp; putrefies, festers; Sn671 (yam yam disatam adhiseti tattha ~ati samphussamno, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kilissati; Pj II 481,7: kilissati tibdhiyati, ~ati tipi ptho ptihoti ti attho); aor. 3 sg. kilijjittha, Vin I 205,38 (vano -ittha); pp kilinna, mfn. [S. klinna], damp, wet, moist; festering; Abh 753; Vin IV 118,35 (~ena gattena sayanti); Ja III 383,2 (ekadivasam bhattam pacanto thokam uttandulam paci ekadivasam thokam ~am); Spk III 3,i9 (samunn ti - tint nimugg); neg. akilinna, mfn., Sp 703,5; atikilinna, mfn., too wet; over-boiled (of rice); Ja I 340,3; III 383,2; Sp 181,13; caus. part.pr. kiledayanta, mf{~\)n., making wet, dampening; Spkl 166,27 (udakadhr pathavim sinehayanti temenn" kiledayanti abhivassati); see also kilotati. kilittha, mfn.,pp of kilisaXi qv. kilitv in Ee at AW 202,16 foil, is wr for kilitv (Be, Ce, Se so).

692

Vkilid [S Dhtup. klindati, Wg 2:14; 3:36], to mourn; Dhtum 199 (kilidi paridevdo). kilinna, mfn., pp o/kilijjati qv. kilisati, kilisnti, kilissati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. klignti, kliSyati], troubles, afflicts, molests; spoils; Sadd 446,8 foil, (kilisa bdhane: kilisati kileso ... divdiganam pana pattassa kilissati ti rpam); 501,20 (kilisa vibdhane: kilisnti kileso); Th 954 (bah dinav loke uppajjissanti 'ngate sudesitam imam dhammam kilisissanti dummati, Ee, Se so; Be kilesessanti; Ce kilesissanti; lh-aIII 85,4: kilittham kilesadsitam karissanti); Nidd-a I 41,22 (cittam upahantv kilissati sankilittham karoti ti upakkileso, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kileseti); Vibh-a 371,6 (te hi cittam upagantv kilissanti, tasma upakkiles ti vuccanti); Bv-a 90,24 (kilissanti upatpenti ti kiles); 3 sg. tm kilissati 2 (and klissati), 1. [S. kligyate] is troubled, is afflicted; feels pain; Dhtup 445-46 (kilisa klisa upatpe); Dhtum 686-87; Sadd 48 9,19/0//. (kilisa upatpe: ~issati... ikralope klissati); Dili 156,10 (khippam sampatipajjeyyum na cirarn -eyyum; Sv930,2o: -eyyun ti kilameyyum, antevsikavattam nma dukkham); M i l 103,i (-anti vata bho satt); Sn671 (tattha ~ati samphusamno, Be, Ce, Seso; Zfekijjati; Pj II 481,7: ~afi ti bdhiyati); part.pr. kilissamna, mfn.9 Thi476 (viniptagatassa -amnassa, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce [and Se Thi-a] piliyamnassa; Thi-a260,14: tiracchndi-attabhvato abhightdihi bdhiyamnassa); Ps II 410,11; 2. [BHS kliSyati] is or becomes dirty or stained; is morally stained; (cf Sadd489,2o: malinat pi kilisasaddena vuccati,); It 76,15 (mala milyanti vatthni ~anti kacchehi sed mucchanti; It-all 16,\ofoli: kaddame khipitv madditni viya vihatappabhni malinni honti); Patis 62,25 (puthujjanassa sankhrupekham abhinandato cittam -ati; cf Patis-a 270,33: lobhakilesena cittam -ati, tpiyati bdhiyati ti attho); Spk I 39,8 (sedagahitehi gattehi paribhunjamnam sensanam -ati); Dhp-aIII 157,18 (satt... attan va -anti... attan va visujjhanti); part.pr. (a) kilissanta, mfn., Ja II 193,12' (nivatthavatthe -ante kasm ~afi ti); (b) kilissamna, mfn., Kv 243,14 (atthi cittam rajjamnam dussamnam muhyamnam -amnan ti); neg. akilissamna, mfn., Niddll 91,31 (amuyhamno akilissamno, Be [II96,25], Ce, Ee so; Se akiliyamno); aor. 2 sg. kilissi, Kv 524,5 (cittam m rajji m dussi m muyhi m -1 ti nigganhti); pass, pr. 3 sg. kilissati3, is molested, is hurt; part.pr. kilissamna, mfn., Jail 418,17' (ayam mani kilissamno vodyate ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kilisiyamno; cf 418,12*: yva yva nighamsma bhiyyo vodyate mani); pp kilittha (and klittha), mfn. and n. [BHS klista, kilista; cf S. klista], \.(mfn.) afflicted; injured; stained, dirty; morally stained, defiled; Kv 480,33 (mlho moham jahati -o kilese jahati ti); Mil 250,24 (pp ... - dujjan manuss); Sv 881,1 (panca nivaranni cittam upakkilesenti -am karonti upatpenti vihethenti) * Spk III 211,2o; Spkl 231,n (sankilittho ti ~ehi kyakammdlhi samanngato); Mp II 324,4 (~asmim hi dse); Dhp-aIII 68,15 (sabbageham ~am karont); As243,10 (~am vattham rajakassa adsi); Mhv 5:264 (~am cetanam vin); Sadd 923,24 (~o klittho); am, adv., in a defiled

way; Patis II 245,25 (visuddham jivati no ~am); 2. (mfn.) not easily intelligible; contradictory; Abh 125 (sankulam tu ~am ca pubbparavirodhini); 3. (.) the being dirty; Ja I 220,29 (tarn... kle unhodakena dhoviyamnam); Sp 290,27 (--kle ca dhovanattham); kamma, n. and mfn., \.(n.) dirty work; a defiled action; immoral activity; Ja IV 190,10 (katham tay saddhim evarpam ~-kammam karissmi); Dhp-al 129,i (attano ~-kammam passitv socati); Vibh-a 440,14 (sace ... dsajto hoti evarpo attabhvo ~- kammassa nnucchaviko); 441,20 (sabbni nam ~-kammni krenti); 2. (mfn.) of defiled action; immoral; Ja IV 387,8* (dadsi dnam ~-kammesu asannatesu); neg. akilittha, mfn., unsoiled, not dirty; akilitthavasana, mfn., wearing unsoiled clothing; Pj II 483,22; caus. (a)pr. 3 sg. kileseti, afflicts, harms, spoils; defiles; Th954 (sudesitam imam dhammam ~essanti, Be so; Ge~issanti; Ee, Se kilisissanti; Th-alll 85,4: kilittham kilesadsitam karissanti); Dhp-aIII 158,8 (na visodhaye n' eva visodheti na -eti ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee na kilissati ti) = Nidd-a I 107,28 (Be, Seso; Ce, Een' eva~eti na visodheti ti); Th-al 162,17 (~enti vibdhenti upatpenti); Nidd-a I 41,22 (cittam upahantv ~eti sankilittham karoti ti upakkileso, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kilissati); Patis-a 133,28 (~enti upatpenti, vibdhenti v ti kiles); Saddh 364 (indriyni ~enti); pass. pr. 3 sg. kilesiyati, Patis-a 593,10 (tanhmnaditthikilesehi -iyati ca, upatpiyati vibdhiyati ti attho); caus. (b) part.pr. kilisspenta, mfn., Spk III 132,24 (cittaklesehi ti cittam kilisspentehi nivaranehi). kilisnti, kilissati M , see sv kilisati. kilissana, n. [from kilissati2], becoming or being dirty or stained; Ja I 8,29 (stakasmim nava dos... paribhogena lahum -bhvo eko); Nidd-a I 68,7 (^ -atthena mala); Patis-a 325,4 (kileso ti ~am). kiledana (and kledana), n. [S. kledana], wetting; Dhtup 145 (unda ~e); Dhtum 200 (udi ssavakiledane); Sadd 472,22 (udi pasavanakiledanesu: ... -am tintat); Spk III 3,n (samuddanatthena samuddo, ' -atthena temanatthen ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ce so; Ee kledanatthena; Se kilesanatthena). kiledayanta, mfn., caus. part.pr. /kilijjati qv. kileyyam in Ee at A V 202, H foil, is wr for kileyyam (Be, Ce, Se so). kilesa (and klesa), m. (and n.) [S., BHSVXQ^; BHS also kileSa], affliction; distress; Ja IV 252,28* (dubbhsitam sankamno ~o; cf'253,2': evam dubbhsitam sankamno kilissati kilamati); V 500,9* (ppam bahum duccaritam -am... upg; 500,13': ~w\ ti dukkham); VI 589,8* (idam ca paccayam laddh pubbe ca -am attano, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se omit ca; Be sanklesam; 589,15". vanavsakilesam anussaritv); Sadd489,19/0//. (kilissati... - o . . . ikralope klissati kleso ice dini); 501,20 (-0 ti rgdayo pi dukkham pi vuecati); Dhtum 757 (paca vitthre kiese); esp. that which afflicts, that which stains; an affliction, a defilement; a defiling passion, esp. sexual desire, lust; Vin III 92,11 (katame te - pahin); AII 6,15* (yo ve ~ni pahya panca); Th 67 (- jhpit

693

mayham; Th-al 162,17: kilesenti vibdhenti upatpenti c ti ~ rgdayo); Thi93 (~anam vasam gantv smannattham na bujjhi 'ham); Ja I 305,29 (annnakaran ~ nma); V 426,22' (~ena anudayhamn khujjena saddhim ppam karoti); Niddl 386,25 (kyaduccaritam vaciduccaritam manoduccaritam ime vuccanti olrik ~); Ap 503,ii (dubbalni ~ni); Bv 5:3 (nijjinitv ~e so patv sambodhim uttamam); Dhs 1229; Vibh 120,n foil (samudayasaccam -0, dve sacc no ~ dukkhasaccam siy ~o siy no ~o); Kv 103,29 (odhisodhiso ~e jahati ti); Nett \9\,30foil, (duvidho hetuyamca kammam ye ca ~, samudayo ~); Mil 266,19 (dve 'me ... ~ lokavajjam pannattivaijam ca ti); Vism 683,4 (~ti sayam sankilitthatt sampayuttadhammnam ca sankilesikatta lobho doso moho mno ditthi vicikicch thinam uddhaccam ahirikam anottappan ti ime dasa dhamm); Spk I 36,25 (yasmim yasmim hi rammane ~o uppajjati); II95,8 (ime attha ~e); Dhp-aIII 260,16 (tassa rgavasena olokentassa anto ~o samudcari); ifc see cittaklesa sv citta1; dhimuccana, n., being inclined to the defiling passions; Spk III 53,7 (~ena adhimuccati giddho hoti); nuraftjita, mfn. delighted by or attached to the defilements; Spk III 34,29 (niddyitv ~o va pabujjhitv); 205,23; 0 , -jhpana, ., the burning up of the defilements', Ap 339,20 (hetudhammanirodhya ~ya ca issmacchariyam hitv, Ee so, perhaps wr; Se kilesajhpanya; Be, Ce kilesasamanya); 0 , ummlakrana, mfn., uprooting the defilements; Saddh452 (~ bhvan balavantari; better -karan?); -kantana, mfn., which cuts off the defilements; Ap 313,20 (~am nanam labhmi); -kma, m desire; sensual passion (the subjective sense o/kma, kma as defilement); Ja II 172,8 (vatthukme ca -e ca pahya); Niddl 12,3 (~ena vatthukmesu gijjhati); 19,25 (vatthukme parijnitv ~e pahya); Pj II 99,20 foil, (dve km vatthukm ca ~ ca ... ~ chanddayo sabbe pi rgappabhed); Ap-a71,20 (mayham ... vattukmehi v ~ehi v attho n'atthi); Vism 141,3 (~-tt); -klusiya, -klussiya, n., the dirtiness of the defilements; Sp 149,3; Vv-a 29,23 (-bhvena); Patis-a236,3i; -jahana, / (and ~a, n. ?), abandoning of the defilements; Kv 577,33 (n' atthi ~ ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kilese jahati ti); 577,36 (~a-kath); -nigghtana, n., the destroying of the defilements; Bv-a270,4 (-' -atthya); -nijjiranakapatipad,/, the way which wears away the defilements; Mp II 332,28 (~am pannpeti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kilesanijjaranaka-); -niddhunanaka, mfn., shaking off the defilements; Sp 206,28 (dhutagune t i - e gune); -parikkhobha, m., the shaking, disturbance of the defilements; Ud-a 370,29 (~bhvena aparikkhobham); -pariyda in Ee, Se at Patis II 206,22 is prob, wr for -mariyda qv; -majjanasatni in Ce, Ee at Spk I 279,7 is prob, wr for ' -ummujjanasatni (Be, Se so); -mariyd, / , and ~a, m. ?, the limitation of the defilements; Patis II 206,22 (vimariydikatam cittam -e na ifijati ti nenjam, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr vipariydikatam ... kilesapariyde) quoted Vism 386,19; Ps IV 89,14 (dve mariyd ~ ca rammanamariyd ca); Mp V

55,2 (~am bhinditv); -rajojallpaharana, n., the removal of the dust and dirt of the defilements; Mil 195,27 (udakasamo sattnam ~e); Mekhana, n., scraping away, attenuating the defilements; Nidd-a I 342,34 (sallekhan ti -am); -luficana, mfn., which plucks out the defilements; Ap 313,22 (~am nanam labhmi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be 0-bhanjanam); -vasika, mfn., being in the power of the defilements; JaV 278,18 (ma bhikkhu ~o ahosi); VI 379,29 (~-tya); It-all 67,4; -vassana, n., a pouring down of defilements; Sp 256,22; 1287,6 (~-vasena avassutam); It-all 37,22 (~ena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kilesvassanena, prob, wr); -vyseka, m., pollution or contamination from the defilements; Sv 183,24 (virahitatt avysekam asammissam parisuddham adhicittasukham); Th-alll 76,29 (sativippavsbhvato rahit); -santpaka, mfn., burning the defilements; Ps II 68,19 (tappy ti viriyakaranatthya); -sinjana- in EeatVs IV 53,6 is wr for kilesasincana- (Be, Se so) or for kilesinjana (Ce so); nikkilesa, mfn., free from defilement(s); Ja I 335,31 (aggapuggalam sabbannum visuddham ~am); Niddl 169,3 (anavajjo v attho ~o v attho); Ap 462,22 (~-mano homi); Kv241,i3 (vitargam vitadosam vitamoham ~am cittam vimuccati ti); Mil 343,26 (bhikkh parisuddh vi mala ~); Ps I 179,9 (~-tya suddhassa); Mp II 153,7 (nirmisan ti ~am vivattagmisukham); Ap-a204,n (--tt); sakilesa, sakkilesa, mfn., defiled; Ja I 469,27 (aham pi pubbe bodhim pariyesamnokle pi, Be so; Ce, Se sakkilesa-; Ee sankilesa-); Niddl 102,13 (yath... ~ v kilesesu vasanti; Nidd-a I 239,15: ~ ti rgdikilesabahul); Kv 613,n (arah... sapalso sa-upyso ~o ti); Mil 102,14 (sarg sados samoh -, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sakkilesa); Bv -a 152,22 foil, (saha kilesehi ~o ~assa maranam maranam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sankileso sankilesassa); see also sankilesa1. kilesana, n. [cf S. kleSana], the being afflicted; Sadd 330,23 (dhukkha dhikkha sandipanakilesanajivanesu). kilesaniya, mfn. [from kilesa], stimulating defilement; associated with defilement; Niddl 242,20 (cakkhun rpam disv rajaniye na rajjati... ~e na kilissati). kileseti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/kilisati qv. kilotati, pr. 3 sg. [cf kilijjati and S. Dhtup. Wg 26:132: klid rdribhve ?], is wet; Sadd362,n (kilota addabhve:... -ati). kiloma, m. [cfS. kloman, kloma], the lung; the lights; (or a bodily membrane, the pleura; 1) Ja III 49,23* (-sadisi vc, ~am samma dadmi te; Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~assa sadisi; 49,24'foil.: pharusatya -sadisi ti... nirasam nimamsalohitam kilomakakhandam ukkhipitv adsi, Be so; Ce nirasam -khandam; Se nirasam -khandam; Ee kilomakasadisi... nirasam salomakam 0 -mamsakhandam); see also kilomaka. kilomaka, n. [cf S. kloman, kloma, "right lung"], a bodily membrane; the pleura;? MI 185,18 (hadayam yakanam ~am pihakam papphsam ...) * Vibh 193,22 * Nett 77,28; Ja IV 292,13 (so ativiya kilami, hetth udare ~am tanuttagatam); Mil 26,9; Vism 257,12 foil, (-an ti

694

paticchannpaticchannabhedato duvidham pariyonahanamamsam ... paticchannakilomakam hadayam ca vakkam ca paticchdetv, apaticchannakilomakam sakalasarire cammassa hetthato mamsam pariyonandhitv thitam) * Pj I 55,4 foil.; see also kiloma. kivatak in Ee at Niddl 467,7 and kivattak in Ee at Nidd I 467,26 are wrrfor kivatak {Be, Ce, Se so). kivunti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krnoti, krnvati; Wg 15:89; cfS. Dhtup krnti, krnoti, Wg 31:15, 26], hurts; Sadd495,5 (kivi... himsyam: ... ~ti). kisa, mfn. [S. kra], 1. lean; thin, emaciated; Vin I 55,2i (pabbajjarn alabhamno ~o ahosi lkho dubbanno); MII 121,7 (passmi eke samanabrhmane ~e lkhe dubbanne); Sn 165 (enijahgham -am viram; Pj II 207,20 (buddha ... na vatharapuris viya thl, pannya vilikhitakilesatt v ~); Pv 13:1 (nagg dubbannarp si ~ dhamanisanthat); Thi 79 (~ pandu vivann); Ja III 165,25* (sace rode~ assam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~I); VI 584,20* (api no ~ni mamsni pitu mtu adassan); Ap 330,31 (sokena santatto ~o); Mil 303,11 (peto hutv ... lkho ~o); Ps III 379,18 (yehi angehi ~ehi sobhati tni angni ~ni santhahanti); It-al 103,13 (tvam ativiya ~o atthicammamatto jto); Mhv 5:158 (tvam kensi ~o); 2. little, insignificant; Abh 704 (thokam apparn ~am); -balaka, m/h., of little strength, weak; MI 225,32 (goplako ... athpare patresi vacchake ~e, Ce, Ee so; Se kisabalike; Be kisbalake; Ps II 267,1: ~e ti appamamsalohite mandathme); akisa, mfn., not emaciated; Bv-a 280,33 (rpasiriy gunasampattiy ca ~ Kisgotami); atikisa, mfn., too thin; DU 175,24 (ntikis ntithl) * Mill 174,33; Ja VI 3,4; Sp 1028,3 (~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr atikiso); It-a II 56,22 (ntikisat). kisaka, kisika, kisiya, (in Se often, in Ee occasionally, kls-) mfn. andm. [S. krSaka], 1. (mfn.) thin; emaciated; Pv 13:1 (upphsulike kisike k nu tvam idha titthasi) * 19:1 (upphsuliko kisiko ko...) * 45:1 (upphsulik kisik ke...); Thi27 (kincpi kho 'mhi kisik giln); Ja II 340,4* (yensi kisiy pandu, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kisiy); IV93,i* (m nga ~o bhava); VI 262,22* (pand kisiy si dubbal, Be, Ce,Eeso; Se kisiy; 262,26': kisiy ti kds); 2. (m.) (according to et) a kind of ascetic; Sp 972, is foil, (tpasacariyya kisasariratt ~ ti laddhanmnam tpasnam ovdako, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kisasariratt klsak); '-ovadna, m., (according to et) instructor of the Kisakas or thin instructor; Vin I 36,15* (kirn eva disv Uruvelavsi pahsi aggim ~o; Sp 972, \%foll: ~o ti tpasacariyya kisasariratt kisak ti laddhanmnam tpasnam ovdako anussako samno... atha v sayam kisako tpaso samno ca ovadamno ca, Be so; Ce kisako tpaso samno ovdano; Ee, Se kisasariratt klsak... kisako; but perhaps rather read kisako vadno) = Ja 183,10*. kisalaya, kisala, m.n.. [S. kisalaya; S. lex. kisala; BHS kigala], a sprout, a shoot; Abh 543 (pallavo v ~am); Ap 200,8 (te ~; Ap-a 466,12: te ~ ti te asokapallav); Sadd 922,20 (kisalam -am ... vannabhedo 'yam). kisika, kisiya, seesv kisaka. kisittha, see sv kissati]. kisora, m. [S. kiSora], a colt; a young mule; Abh 369 (~o

hayapotako); MII 153,30 (yo so valavya gadrabhena ~o uppanno siy); Sadd AM,21* (assapoto ~o ti khalunko ti pi vuccati). kissa, kiss, gen.sg. o/ka 3 qv. kissati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. kr^yati], becomes thin or weak; aor. 2 sg. kisittha, Ja VI 495,6* (m kisittha may vin, Ce, Eeso; ite kisittha; Se kilittha; 495, lr: m kis bhava m kilamiti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be bhavi; Se m kil bhava ma kilamasi ti). kissati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [pass, o/kasati 3 ; or poss. = kissati1], is tormented, vexed; or becomes thin or feeble; Nidd I 153,29 foil, (mando va parikissatl ti kapano viya momho viya ~ati parikissati parikilissati, pnam pi hanati adinnam pi diyati... evam pi -ati parikissati parikilissati, tarn enam rjno gahetv vividh kammakran krenti... evam pi ~ati...; Nidd-a I 277,20/0//.: mando va parikissati ti pnavadhdini karonto tatonidnam ca dukkham anubhonto bhogapariyesanarakkhanni ca karonto momho viya parikilissati... evam pi ~atl ti evam pi vightam ppunti). kissav, / [?], wisdom; Spkl 215,6 (akissavan ti ~ vuccati panfi, nipanno ti attho). kieaka, m. [ts], a kind of (hollow) bamboo (which whistles in the wind); Abh 600 (~ te siyum venu ye nadanty aniloddhut); Samantak737 (in long cpd). kita1, m. [ts], a worm; an insect; Abh 623 (~o tu pulavo kimi);MIII 168,11 (~ pulav ganduppd ... andhakre jyanti andhakre jiyanti andhakre miyanti); Sn 602 (~e patange ca; Pj II464,30: ~ti kimayo); Ja VI 234,5* (-0 va aggim jalitam appatam); Kv 599,6; Vism 115,23 (tasmim [ksikavatthe] msikya v ~ehi v khdite); Dhp-al 187,19 (makkhik maranti tato anukkamen, eva- msik kukkut ...). kita 2 , n.(l) [c/kheta?], a kind of weapon; ? a shield; ? Ja V 373,23* (na te abhisararn passe ... nssa cammam va [Ee, Se v] ~am v vammite ca dhanuggahe; 373,29': -an ti kitakam ctikaplam vuccati, ctikaplahatth pi te santike n' atthi ti, Ce so; Ee catiplam; Be ~an ti ~am; Se kitam v ti ldnitam); see also kitaka, kitika. kitaka1, m. [ts], a worm; an insect; Vin I 188,28 (~am pi akkamitv mrenti). kitaka 2 , n. [kita1 + ka2; c/khetaka; cf S kitika], a shield;? (or weapon;?) JaV 373,29' (kitan ti ~am ctikaplam vuccati, Ce, Ee so; Be kitam; Se kinitam); see also kitaka, kitika. kiteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kitayati, Wg 32:98], binds; Sadd 532,13 (kitabandhe: ... ~eti ~ayati kito). ki^ti, ^ee^vkinti 2 . kita, mfn., pp 0/kinti 2 qv. kidi(n) (or kidi), mfn. [by analogy with tdi(n)? cfS. kidr^], of what kind ? like what ?; Sadd 866,4 (...mdl ~IedI...). kidikkha, mfn. [S. kidrksa], of what kind ? like what ?; Sadd 866,3 (... mdikkho ~o edikkho ...). kidisa, mfi^ and M)W. [S. kidr^a], of what kind ? like what ?; Vin I 271,9 (-0 bhane dovrika vejjo ti daharako ayye ti); Mil 64,10 (~ nma t... accharyo); Pv 18:3 (saso saso ti lapasi ~am sasam icchasi); Th 1187 (~o nirayo si yattha Dussi apaccatha); Ja VI 262,25* (~I

695

tuyham sariravedan); 570,28 (atiV ass mahsatto ~ Maddi ti pucchitv mukham olokesi); Ap 25,1 (-am ... buddhassa ssanam); Kv 609,3 (-am civaram dhreti); Mil 270,2i (-am pana tarn bhante nibbnam); Vism 95,2i (~o si vuso pariyattiyan ti pucchi, majjhimo me bhante paguno ti); Sp 237, n (- ti cittappavatti); Ih-a 179, I (~I nu kho mayham yatim upapatti ti); Mhv 5:93 (-am nu kho tathgatassarpam); Sadd866,I (... mdiso ~o ediso); -am, adv., how ? how is it ? how was it ?; Ja II 264,10 (-am kumra sutthu vinicchinimha ti); VI358, \i (tarn sutv rj -am cariy ti ha); 382, i (mahrja tumhe amhkam na saddahatha, idni -an ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be idni kim karissath ti); Dhp-al 10,6 (vejjo... ha... idni ~an ti rujaf eva upsak ti); Thi-a 50,29 (damitadamatham upagamitam, -am damitam, manussnam vasam gatam); ifc see ydisi-; dhimuttika, mfh., having what sort of inclination ? bent on what?; Th-alll 82,n (kimchand ti imasmim ssane angate bhikkh kidisacchand ~). kidisaka, mfn. [kidisa + ka2], of what kind ? like what ?; Bv 1:3 (buddho ayam ~o; Bv-a25,3i: ~o ti kidiso kimsarikkhako kimsadiso kimvanno kimsanthno). kira, m. [ts], a parrot; Abh 640 (suvo tu ~o ca suko); ifc see tundi-. kirati, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kirisa, mfn. [cf kidisa, AMg kerisa], of what kind ? like what ?; Thi 385 (na pi nam jnmi ~o). kila, n. {and m. ?) [S. kila, m.], a peg, a pin; Sadd 435,20 (kflati -am); ifc see akkhagga-, yuga-; see also khila1. kilati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kilati, Wg 15:17; cf BHS kilayate], binds; fastens; Dhtup 270 (kila bandhane); Dhtum 384 (kila bandhe); Sadd 435,20 (kila bandhane: ~ati kilam); pp kilita, mfn. [ts], bound, tied; Abh 747. kilati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kridati; Ved. krilati], plays; amuses oneself; sports; celebrates (a festival or holiday); Dhtum 511 (kila vihramhi); Sadd 460,11 (kila vihre: ~ati); Vin I 208,6 (ussavo hoti, drak alankat mlkit -anti); IV112,1 (bhikkh... udake -anti); SI 209,2* (brahmacariyam caranti ye na tehi yakkh -anti; Spkl 307, is: na te gahetv yakkh kilamenti, Be so; Se -anti; Ce kilamenti; Ee wr kilamenti); A V 202,19 (khiddam -eyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kileyya); Pv 13:21 (rammi -mi modmi; Pv-a 77,23: indriyni paricremi); Th931 (-anti manne blehi ummattehi va rakkhas); Ja I 50,5 (mahjano nakkhattam -ati); 293,10 (jtam -ma); 499,25/o//. (bhadde... suddhavattham nivsetv -hi ti, kusumbharattam alabhamn chanakilam na -issmi, tvam annam itthim gahetv -ass ti); V 38,29 (mahslavanam pupphitan ti... slakilam -issmi); VI293,26* (-e rj amaccehi bhariyhi parivrito); Ap276,i4 (-mi hamsakilitam); Cp2:3:2 (mam... ahigunthiko gahetvna rjadvramhi -ati; Cp-al30,s: uggasenaranno gehadvre kilpen); Niddl 379,5 foil, (hatthihi pi -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kilanti); Mil 399,1 (hatthi... -ati gajavarakilam); Vism 515,3 (pupphni ocinitv pilandhitv nakkhattam -eyya); Ps IV 5,13 (kim nakkhattam -issasi kasissasi ti, Be so; Ce, Ee -asi kasasi ti; Se -issasi na -issasi ti); Ap-a448,n (dibbanti -anti pancahi dibbehi

kmagunehi tidev); Mhv 14:1 (migavam -itum ag); part.pr. (a)kila(t), mfh., Vism 280,29 (dolya -atam mtputtnam) = Sp422,s; (b)kilanta, m/(-anti)., VinI 275,23 (-antassa); Jal 343,12 (jhnakilam -anto viharati); V 196,4 (s tena gendukena -anti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -ant); VI 496,14* (ime kumre passanto ... -ante); Spk I 340,25 (nakkhattam -anto); Pv-a67,2i (bah gmadrik ... -antiyo); kilanto in Ee at Sp 860,21 *\y wr for kilanto or for kilamanto (Be, Ce, Se so); (c) kilamna, mfn., JaV 65,5* (tarn addasa mahbrahm -amnam bahi pure); Ap 18,17 (-amn ca te siss -anti jhnakilitam); Mil 258,29 (kinnu kho ... udakam jivati kim -amnam saddyati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kilamnam); Spk II 227,io (udakakilam -amn); Mhv23:57 (psne... -amno khipi tad so kilgulake viya) neg. akilamna, mfn., Pv 36:22; aor. 3 sg. (a)kili, DU 196,4 (rj... kumrakilikam -i); JaV 196,?; Cp-a 141,io (dolyanto -i); (b)kilittha, Ps II 272,15 (ranno ngo tarn kilam disv ... -ittha); absol. kilitv, A V 202,16 foil. (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kilitv); Thi 147 (ramitv -itv); Ja II267,19 (ussavam -itv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kiletv); Dhp-aIII 100,12 (sattham surchanam -itv); neg. akijitv, JaV 217,16; Mp I 24,n; pp kijita, mfn. and n. [S. kridita], \.(mfn.) (i) (act.) having played, having sported; Vin IV 112,10 (bhagav ca jneyya ime bhikkh udake - ti); neg. akilita, mfn., Spk II 395,6 (anikilitvino kmes ti y kmesu kmakil tarn akilitapubb); (ii) (pass.) (impers). it was celebrated, there was celebrating; there is sporting; ? Pj II485,19 (kinnu kho imehi pubbe pi evam pubban ti); -nukilita, n., there is continuous sporting; ? or continuously sported in; ? Ja VI 313,20' (nikilitan tiniccam aho ca rattim ca ngakannhi-nukilitam, ad3\3,\ofoll.: tarn [thnam] ngakanfi caritam ganena nikilitam niccam aho ca rattim); 2. (n.) play, sport, amusement; Abh 176; Vin III 25,37 (pubbe hasitam lapitam -am samanussarmi); MI 229,5 (kunjaro ... snadhovikamnma--jtamkijati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sanadhovikam); Vism 370,35*; see also kilitvi(n);fpp kllitbbz, mfn. and n. impers., to be played; to be celebrated; to be sported with; one must sport; Ja IV 313,23' (--yuttak); Mil 399,6 (yogin... yogvacarakil -); Mp V 67,22 (kannasandhovikan ti kanne dhovantena -am, Be so; Se kannarn; Ce, Ee kannadhovanena); Vv-a 63,4 (sattham nakkhattam -am); see also kilaneyya; caus. pr. 3 sg. (a) kileti, -ayati, makes play; makes perform; plays; Cp 2:2:5 (pelya pakkhipitvna -eti mam tahim tahim; Q)-a 122,15: mam kilpeti); part.pr. kilayamna, mfn., Q)-a232,i2 (jhnaldjam -ayamno); (b) kilpeti, -ayati, makes play, makes move, makes move playfully; makes perform (esp. of a snake); Jail 142,28 (samparivattakdikilam -eti); IV 458,20 (amhkam pi ~ehi ti)= Cp-a 129,14; Ud-a 334,2 (paricressantl ti indriyni samantato cressanti -essanti v); part.pr. (a) kilpenta, m/(-enti)n., Vin IV 186,18 (bhikkh hattham pi pdam pi -ent antaraghare gacchanti); Ja II 267,16 (ahigunthiko ... sappam -ento jivikam kappesi); PsIV 190,18(dhtiy drakam... -entiy); SpkII 395,23

696

(hatthapde -ento givam parivattento); neg. akilpenta, mfn., Sp 890,31 (susamvuto ti hattham v pdam v akilpento suvinito ti); (b) kilpaya(t), mfn., Sp 528,6 (lolabhvena v -ayato); (c) kllpayamna, mfn., Ja III 178,24; Dhp-aIV 61,i (s itthi puttam -ayamn); absol kilpetv, Ja VI 336,36'; Ps II 74,25; Cp-a 122, I; aor. 3 sg. kilpesi, Ja IV 458,2; Cp-a 122,5; pass, part.pr. kilpiyamna, mfn., Ps IV 191,26 (drakam ... -iyamnam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kilyamnam); 192,5; Vism 304,3 (ngarj ... -iyamno); pp kilpita, mfn. and n., made to perform; the being made to perform; Ja VI 191,io (Alambnassa gatamaggen' eva pathamam -ita-gmakam gantv ... ngo kenaci ahigundikena -ito ti); fpp kilpetabba, mfn., Sp 530,2; caus. pr. 3 sg. (c) kejpeti, ~ayati, makes play; makes move; Sp 544,9 (cetiyaghare suvannapadumasuvannabubbulakdini honti, etni pi anmsni, cetiyagharagopaka pana rpiyachaddakatthne thit tasm tesam -itum vattati ti vuttam, Ee so; Be, Ce -ayitum; Se kelyitum); aor. 3 sg. kelpayi, Thi-a213,4 (Cp puttam atosayi ti... puttam tosesi -ayi, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kejyasi). kilana, m., n. and ~, / [S. kridana], 1. playing, play, sport; celebrating; amusing oneself; Jail 248,26 (vnij... ussave ghutthe... -tthne sannipatit); Nett 18,9 (y icch... pihyan -, eds so; better kejan?); Sp 512,19 (ngnam -tthne); Sv85,i9 (atthapadadasapadesu viya kse yeva -am); Ud-a60,3 (rj tarn uyynam ' -attham pavittho); Pj II 86,4 (khidd ti ~); ifc see sdhu-; 2. a plaything; Ja VI 563,6* (rukkhapakkni chsim, ime te putt ~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ime vo putta -; 563,24': putt ime vo ~ ti vadati). kilanaka, mfn. and m.n. [S. kridanaka], I. (one) who plays, who performs; Sp 931,4 (kumbhathnik nma ghatakena -); 2. (what is) for playing with; a plaything, a toy; Thi 384 (candam -am gavesasi); Ja VI 559,22* (idam ca tesam ~am patitam pandubejuvam); Sp 621,14 (vahkaken ti gmadraknam -ena khuddakanangalena); Cp -a 304,3 (n a ca deti... ~am yam anatthpasamhitam pamdvaham ca); 3. playing; sporting; ifc see kya-. kilaneyya, mfn. [cf S. kridaniya], (someone) to be sported with; a plaything; Ja IV 313,19* (na te nat no pana -; 313,23': mayam tava nat v kilitabbayuttak v kenaci na homa) = Cp-a208,6*. kijamenti in Ee at Spk I 307,19 is wr; Be kilamenti; Ce kilamenti; Se kilanti. kil, / [S. krid], play, amusement, game; sporting; performance; Abh 176; Sadd413,i8 (ramu ~yam); Jail 422,10' (nato hiri-ottappam pahya naccagitavditehi ~am katv); Ps II 272,12 (mahant ~ hoti); Mp III 320,24 (attano ~ya pamatt honti); Ud-a282,i5 (niccam ettha -); Q)-a 123, is (Bhridattassa -am dassetum); ifc see udaka-, kumra-, khipana-, gula-, jhna-, nakkhatta-; dhippaya, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a wish to sport, to jest; Pv-a 215,21;2. (mfn.) intending sport, intending a jest; VinlV 123,28 (hspekkho pi ti~o); Sp 861,2; -gu}a, m., a ball for playing with; Spk II 88,3 (~e viya khipitv); (a)-gulaka, m., a ball for playing with; Mhv 23:57 (psne ... kilamno khipi tad so -e

viya); -golaka, m., a ball for playing with; Vism 254,19 (--santhnam); Thi-a 238,11 (candamandalam -am ktukmo si); -bhandaka, n., a toy, a plaything; Ja VI 6,3 (draknam nma -am piyam hoti); Mil 229,1 (-ni denti, Be, Ee so; Ce kilbhandanni; Se kilpanakni); -hamsa, m., a pet goose; JaV 344,26; 362,10 (nam ~am ktukmo si); see also keli, khidd. kilpana, n., - , / [from kijpeti, caus. of kilati; AMg kilvana], making play; making perform; Spk I 134,24 (uragam nissya tassa -ena laddhabbam vatthahirannasuvanndi-nisamsam); Nidd-a 1413,10 (kelan ti ~). kilpanaka, m.n., kilpanik, / [BHS kridpanaka, kridpanik; cfAMg kilvanaga], someone or something to be used to give amusement; a plaything; a playmate; MI 266,14 (yni tni kumraknam -ni tehi kilati) * A V 203,16; MI 384,13/0//. (makkatacchpakam ... nehi yo me kumrakassa ~o bhavissati... makkatacchpikam... nissmi y te kumrikya kilpanik bhavissati); ifc see sappa-. kili, / [cf S. kridi, krili], playing; sporting; Ja VI 57,1 (k nu es tay saddhim gacchantnam game viya ~i, Be, Ee so; Ce kilikil; Se gacchant ... kllikllyamn). kilik, kiliy,/ [kili+ k2; c/^T/Skridyaka],/?/^, amusement; sporting; Ja HI 310,24 (kyadaddhibahul hutv nnappakrakam ~am kilitv carimsu, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se ldlam kilan); VI 56,22* (kimh' eso mahato ghoso k nu gme va kiliy, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce gme kililiy; 56,29'foil.: knues tay saddhim gacchantnam gme viya kili, Be, Ee so; Ce kilikil; Se gacchant... kilikilyamn); Sp 54,13 (addasa mahantam migasangham cittya -ya kilantam, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce cittakilya); Mp II 236,11 (tarunadrak kataram -am sampiyyanti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee katarakilikam); ifc see udaka-, uyyna-, kumra-, sdhu; see also kilita. kilitvi(n), mfn. [kilita + ()vi(n)], who has played, who has sported; Pet 153,2 (nibbattijhne ca -i visesabhgiyam jhnam patilabhati, Ce so; Be, Ee kilita pi). kilisu in Ee at Ps III 100,13 is wr for kilimsu (Be, Ce, Se so). kiva(t), mfn. [S. kiyat; Ved. kivat], how great? how many? of what qualities?; Sn 959 (~anto tattha bherav, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se givanto; Pj II 572,12: kittak tattha bhayakran); Ja V 318,30* (etam ca kho no akkhhi -anto bhontu ycak); Niddl 467,6 (-anto kati kittak...); kiva (and kivam), ind. [BHS, AMg keva-], how much ? to what extent ? how ... ? how ...! (kiva can be interpreted as an adverb modifying an adjective or adverb, or as forming a cpd with an adjective or adverb); Abh 1141; A I 212,33 (ariyposatho mahapphalo hoti mahnisamso ... kiva mahapphalo hoti kiva mahnisamso ..., or cpds; Mp II 327,30: kittakam mahapphalo, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kittako); ifc see yva-; kiva in Ee at Sp 54,16 is prob, wr for kim va (Be, Se so; or read kivamanpam with Ce); and in Ee at Sp 1106,12 is prob, wr for kira (Be, Ce, Se so); (the following expressions are listed as cpds, but kiva could be interpreted as separate adv.) -cira, mfn. [BHS, AMg keva(c)cira], how long ?; Spk III 101,2 (-0 klo pabbajitass ti); ace. -am,

697

adv., how long ? for how long a time ? how long ago ? in how long a time, how soon ?; Vin I 207,32 (~am nu kho bhane ito hi tarn hoti ti); III 196,3 (~am ... Sriputto gacchissati ti); Mill 207,22 (~am pabbajito si... ti, na ciram vuso, tini vassni ti); SIV 260,26 (~am ... dhammnudhammapatipanno bhikkhu araham ass ti, Be, Ce, Se so] Ee kirn va ciram, prob. wr); Vv 24:14 (~am vimnasmim idha vassas' Uposathe); JaIV 6,7* (~am nu m e . . . cakkam sirasi thassati); Vism279,33 (~am pan' etam ganetabban ti, yva... sati santitthati); Pj II 583,10 (~am jto ti); ins tr. ~ena, adv., after how long a time ?; MII 94,8; gen. ~assa, adv., after how long a time ?; Spkl 280,3 (sucirass ti ~assa, dvdasannam samvaccharnam); -t,/, abstr., how long a duration ? Th-all 82,28 (kad pana s sann laddh, ~ya siddh ti); -digha, mfn., how long?; SI 151,28 (~am nu kho... padume niraye yuppamnam) = Snp. 126,i; Sil 182,10 (~o nu kho bhante kappo ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kirn va digho, prob, wr); -dra, mfn., how far ? how far away ?; M II 119,3 (~o Nangarakamh... nigamo hoti); Mil 82,12 (~o ito brahmaloko ti); ato, adv., how far ? from what distance ?; Vin III 233,19 (~ato pana tvam vuso imni elakalomni harasi); ~e, adv., how far ? how far! MI 480,20 (~e v' ime moghapuris apakkant imasm dhammavinay; Ps III 193,23 foil.: kittakam dure thne, yojanasatam pi yojanasahassam pi apakkant ti vattum vattati, na pana kinci ha); Mil 16,24 (~e... ito Ptaliputtanagaran ti, Ee, Ce so; Be ~o; Se ~o ... Ptaliputto ti); -bahu, mfn., how much ? how much! Cp-a 121,24 (gmake... may ettakam laddham, nagare ~u dhanam labhissmi ti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kira bahu); Dhp-a IV 193,17 (~um vata imin dukkham nittinnam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bahum vata); -bahuka, mfn., how many?; MI 523,30 (~... imasmim dhammavinaye niyytro ti); Sil 183,3 (~ nu kho bhante kapp abbhatit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kirn va bahuka, prob, wr); Ud91,25 (~... manuss devasikam klam karonti); -maha(t), mfn., how great ? how big ?; Ps III 299,15 (~antpana punj ahesun ti); Dhp-a I 29,9 (~antam mama cakkayugam karissasi ti... yva mahantam kankhasi ti); -rpa, mfn. [BHS kevarpa], of what sort ?; Sv 353,6 (svaknam ayam upasamaguno satthu ~o bhavissati ti); Mp I 117,11 (panncakkhussa, ~ass ti). klvataka, mfn. [from kiva(t); cf BHS kevattaka], how great? of what extent? how many?; Ja IV 441,15* (yum ca vo ~o nu samma; 442,23': tumhkam kittako y ti pucchati); Nidd I 467,7 (kati kittak ~ kivabahuk, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kivatak) ^ 467,26 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kivattak); klvatakam, adv., how far ? how great an extent?; A I 227,6 (Abhibh... sahassflokadhtum sarena vinnpesi... bhagav ... ~am pahoti sarena vinnpetum; Mp II 339,21: kittakam thnam sarirobhsena vihatandhakram katv sarena vinnpetum sakkoti). kivatika, mfn. [from kiva(t); cf AMg kevatiya, BHS kevatika], how many ?; Vin I 117,16 (~ bhante bhikkh ti). kivanta, mfn. [part.pr. oft], making a sound; groaning; Nidd I 467,5 ([ad Sn959: kivanto tattha

bherav] - 0 ti ~o kjanto nadanto saddam karonto ... atha v kivanto kati kittak..., so readl Be kivanto; Ce kuvanto; Ee, Se givanto); see also khijati, khivati1. ku 1 -, prefix [ts], used iic to denote the badness, uselessness or defectiveness of anything; Abhll59; 1197; Sadd 774,5 (kussa kad); 899,6 (dutthu ku ice ete kucchitatthe... kuputto); see kucela, kutittha, kutitthiya, kuda, kudra, kuditthi, kunnadi, kupatha, kubbanaka, kumati, kumitta, kummagga, kummiga, kuvda, kuvitakka, kusa4, kusa5, kusamudda, kustaka, kusobbha; see also kad, k1. ku 2 -, [ts], a stem of interrogative adverbs, equivalent to ka3 qv; Sadd676,14 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... kuhim kuham kuhinci...); see kuto, kuttha, kutra, kud, kuham, kuhim. ku 3 , k , / [S. ku], the earth; Abh 181 (~u); Vv-a35,s; Pv-a57,24 (kunjaren ti -urn pathavim jlrayati... ti kunjaro ti laddhanmena hatthin); Ap-a 444,1 (~u vuccati pathavi tarn vidlane chindane alan ti kuddlam); Sadd 240,23 foil. (- vuccati pathavi... -urn... dlayati... eten ti kuddlo, ~uyam ... modati ti kumudam); (u)-ja, m. [ku + ja2] a tree; Abh 540; Sadd 330,3i*. kumseti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [Vkus1; S. Dhtup kumsayati, Wg 33:90], speaks; shines; Sadd 567,13 (kusi dasi bhsyam: ... ~eti ~ayati). kukata, (mf)n. [S. kukrta], (what is) ill-done; an evil action; Vism 470,30 (kucchitam katam -am, tassa bhvo kukkuccam) ^ Patis-a 117,30; Sadd 864,io. kukati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kokate; Wg4:17], takes, accepts; Dhtup 6 (kuka vaka dne); Dhtum 7; Sadd 325,32 (kuta vaka dne: ~ati... koko). kukuttha in Ee, Se at Sp 1243,15 is prob, wr for kankuttha or kukkuttha qqv. kukuttha (and kakuttha?), m. [cf kukkuta? cf also S. kakutstha, Npr. "standing on a hump"], a kind of bird, perhaps a wild cock (or a water-bird?); Ap 180,16 (~o nma nmena tatthsim sakuno tad, Be, Ce so; Se kukkuto; Ee kakudho, prob, wr; Ap-a 451,21: ~o nma pakkhi hutv, Be, Se so; Ce kakudho; Ee kukudho); 347,13 (prevat ravihams ~ ca nadicar, Be, Ce so; Ee kutthak ca; Se kukkutthak); Ja VI 538,27' (kakutthasakun, Ce, Ee so; Se kakutthasakun; Be kukutthakasakun). kukutthaka (and kakutthaka ?), m. [cf S. kukkutaka and kakutstha, Npr. ?], a kind of bird, perhaps a wild cock; Abh 626; D III 202,1* (~ kullrak vane pokkharastak, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kukkutaka; Sv 967,36: ~ ti vanakukkutak) = Ap 16,23 (eds so) * Ja VI 539,9* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kukkutthak) Ja VI 538,6* (~, Be, Ee so; Ce kakutthak; Se kukkutthak; 538,27': ~ ti -sakun, Be so; Ce, Ee kakutthak ti kakutthasakun; Se kakutthak ti kakutthasakun). kukudha in Ee at Ap-a 451,21 is perhaps wr for kukuttha qv. kukku1, m. [S. kisku], a linear measure (about 45 cm); Abh268 (ratanam ~u hattho ca); SV 445,20 (silypo solasakukkuko tass' assu attha ~u hetth nemahgam attha ~u upari nemassa) = A IV 404,21 (~); ifc see

698

diyaddha-; see also solasakukkuka. kukku2, = kukkukata qv; Vin I 266,2* (~u sannidhi nissaggi, in uddna). kukkukata, mfn. [?], (according to ct) (what is) temporary; given for a limited time; Vin I 254,36 (na -ena atthatam hoti kathinam; Spllll,i4; ~en ti tvakalikena); V 172, n (-am nma andiyadnam vuccati); akukkukata, mfn., (what is) not temporary; given for an unlimited time; Vin I 255, n (-ena atthatam hoti kathinam). kukkucca, n. [BHS kaukrtya], 1. [cf S. kukrtya] illaction or activity, misbehaviour; agitation, fidgeting; Nidd I 218, n (hatthakukkuccam pi -am); Pj II 564,20 (hatthakukkuccdim -am vinodeyya); ifc see pda-, hattha-; 2. mental agitation (arising from anxiety that one has done or might do wrong, or might fail to do right); a feeling of guilt; remorse; worried (over-)scrupulousness; Abh 169 (tpo -am); Vin III 19,13 (yasmato Sudinnassa ahu-d-eva -am ah vippatisro: albh vata me...); IV 143,7 (-ya vihesya vilekhya samvattanti); SIII 120,14 (kacci te Vakkali na kinci -am na koci vippatisro); V 110, Ii (yad api -am tad api nivaranam); Sn 1106 (-nam nivaranam); Jal 377,4' (ekiss tinasalkya -am kurumno); 11166,4' (sankati parisankati -am pajjati); 372, I6 (ranno kacci nu kho may khitto saro macchasarire patito ti -am ahosi); Niddl 218,ii foil (218,24: dvihi kranehi uppajjati -am cetaso vippatisro manovilekho, katatt ca akatatt ca); Dhs 1160; Mil 255, IO (jnantassa -am hoti, ~e sati varanam hoti); Sp 215,32 (-an ti ajjhcrahetuko pacchnutpo); 1065,5 (akappiye kappiyasannitsankhtena -ena abhibht); Vism 470,30 (kukatam tassa bhavo -am tarn pacchnutpalakkhanam); ifc see uddhacca-; -upadahana, n., causing anxiety, inspiring feelings of guilt; Sp 1307,29; 1333,23; akukkucca, mfn., free from anxiety; free from feelings of guilt; Sn 850 (avikatthi akukkuco, mc; c/PjII 549,12: hatthakukkuccdivirahito); Niddl 219,28 (yass* etam kukkuccam pahmam... so vuccati -o ti); Mil 255,12 (ajnantassa jtassa santacittassa); nikkukkucca, mfn., id.; Ja III 66,14; Sv 534,32 (dhammena samena laddho pindapto ~ ganhath ti). kukkuccaka, mj(-ik)n. [^//S'kaukrtika], anxious about one's behaviour; (over-)scrupulous; Vin I 44,25 (bhikkh appicch santutth lajjino - sikkhkm); IV213,3 (bhikkhuniyo ... kukkuccik); Jal 376,15 (tinasalkam nma parasantakam na ganhati, aho ~o me ayyo); Sp 71 l,3i (misena saddhim pakkant pana tasmim pi kukkuccyanti -); akukkuccaka, mfn., l.not scrupulous; Mp I 87,23; 2. not causing anxiety; ? ~-jta, mfn., not causing anxiety; A l l 200,22 (passeyya mahatim slalatthim ujum navam jtam; Mp III 181,14: ~-jtan ti bhaveyya nu kho na bhaveyy ti ajanetabbakukkuccam; ^ MI 233, is: Be, Ce, Ee akukkukajtam; Seakukkutajtam; = SHI 141,28: Be, Ce akukkukajtam; Ee akukkajtam; Se akukkujakajtam). kukkuccaya, kukkucciya, n. [= kukkucca], misbehaviour, bad activity; anxiety, feeling scruples; Sn972 (takksayam kukkucciy* pacchinde, Be, Ee, Se

so; Ce kukkuccam c'upachinde; Pj II 574, s: hatthakukkucdim kukkucciyam ca upacchindeyya); Sadd 624,7 (panditiyam pandiccayam kukkuccayam). kukkuccaya 'si in Ee at Ps III 337, u: read kukkuccyasi with Be, Ce, Se. kukkuccyati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from kukkucca qv], is anxious, fears to do wrong; scruples; feels remorse; Vin 1211,28 (bhikkh bhagavat smampko patikkhitto ti punapke -anti), IV 200,1 (bhikkh chattapnissa gilnassa dhammam desetum -anti); A I S5,2\ foil, (yo ca na -itabbam -ati yo ca -itabbam na -ati); part.pr. kukkuccyanta, w/(~anti)., Vin I 191,32 (alam vuso, patikkhittam bhagavat ynan ti -anto ynam nbhirhi); IV234,9 (bhikkhuni -anti); Jail 379,7; Dhp-a IV 149,16; aor. 3 pi. kukkuccyimsu, Sp 278,19 (tath katv pacch -imsu); 842,30 (padassa samm attharn asallakkhetv -imsu); absol. kukkuccyitv, Sp 1324,12; Dhp-a II 62,2i; p p kukkuccyita, (mj)n., scruples (are) felt; anxiety (is) experienced; Sp 54,19 (atthne -itam kumrena);? kukkuccyitatta, n., abstr., anxiety; (over-)scrupulousness; Niddl 218,21 (yam evarpam kukkuccam kukkuccyan -itattam cetaso vippatisro manovilekho) = Dhs 1160 = Vibh 255,7; fpp kukkuccyitabba, (mf)n., 1. scruples (are) to be felt; there should be anxiety (about); Sp 208,22 (paribhunjitabbam na -itabbam); 2. about which scruples should be felt; VinV 118,38; A I 85,2i (na -itabbam -ati). kukkuccyan, / {from kukkuccyati], anxiety, (over-)scrupulousness; Niddl 218,21 (yam evarpam kukkuccam - kukkuccyitattam cetaso vippatisro) = Dhs 1160 = Vibh 255,7 kukkuta1, m. [S. kukkuta, kurkuta], a cock; Abh 640; M III 168,3 (~ skar ... gthabhakkh); Ja I 436,5 (eko klarvi ~o); 436,20* (nyam klam aklam v abhijnti -o); III 267,2* (muccate sattusambdh -0 va bilriy); Mil 366,12 (-assa panca angni gahetabbni); Sp806,n (paccse vassantassa -assa saddo); Vibh-a 443,29 (kumro... rjangane -e yujjhpesi); ^ -acchikageha, n. [kukkuta + acchi1 + ka2 + geha ?], a house with a hole in the roof; ? Sp 573,10; -cchpaka, m., a chick; Vin III 3,33; M I 357,27; Ps III 32,22 (-0 pana ekavram mtukucchito ekavram andakosato ti dve vre jyati); -potaka, m., a chick; Vin II 17,15 (yad kho so ... -okkavassam vassitukmo hoti) MI 104,6 (- ... andakosam padletva sotthin abhinibbhijjeyyum ...); -pothi(n), mfn., destroying cocks; Ja III 266,17* (cori -ini); -yuddha, n., a cockfight; D I 6,15; Niddl 366,26; -sampta, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn.) no more than a cock's flight (from another village); Vin IV 131,33 (-e game, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -sampde; Sp 806,8; ~e iti pi ptho, tattha yassa gmassa gehacchadanapitthito kukkuto uppatitv annassa gehacchadanapitthiyam patati ayam -o vuccati); 2. (m.) a cock's flight, a cock's range; Sv 855,28 (chadanapitthe patanasankhto -0) = Mp II 257,i; -samptika, mfn., no more than a cock's flight apart; D i l i 75,9 (ayam Jambudipo iddho c' eva bhavissati phito ca, - gmanigamarjadhniyo; Sv 855,29: ekagmassa chadanapitthito uppatitv itara-

699

gmassa chadanapitthe patanasankhto kukkutasampto etsu atthi ti ~... ghananivsanam yeva dipeti) * A I 159,31; -sampda, mfn. and m., 1. (m/h.) no further (from another village) than a cock can walk; VinlV 131,33 (~e game, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -sampte, Sp 806,4: yasm gm nikkhamitv kukkuto padas va annam gmarn gacchati ayam ~o ti vuccati... kukkutasampte iti pi ptho); 2 . (m.) a cock's walking range; Sv 855,3i (kukkutnam padas gamanasankhto -o) = MpII 257,1; -sampdika, mfn., no further apart than a cock can walk; Sv 855,29 (kukkutasamptik ti... - ti pi ptho, gmantarato gmantaram kukkutnam padas gamanasankhto kukkutasampdo etsu atthi ti attho, ubhayam p' etam ghananivsanam yeva dipeti) = MpII 257,2. kukkuta2, n. [from kukkuta 1 ? or < S. kukrta] ?, (the being like a cock? what is badly or inadequately done ?); satisfaction with a first inadequate achievement; ? Nett 234,4 [Nett-a] (-am vuccati ajannajigucchanamukhena tapparamat); -jhyi(n), m(fn.), one who meditates like a cock; ? one who is easily satisfied with an inadequate achievement in meditation; ? who is quickly tired; ? (cf Nnamoli, 1977, p. 136: "a shy meditator"); Nett 100,13 (pathamassa jhnassa kmargavypd safikileso ye ca -I dve pathamak; 234,5 [Nett-a]: - I ti puggaldhitthnena jhnni vuttni, dve pathamadutiyajhnnl ti vuttam hoti; yo pathamam dutiyam v jhnam nibbattetv alam ettvat ti sankocam pajjati uttari na vyamati, tassa tni jhnni cattri pi kukkutajhnni ti vuccanti, tamsamangino ti -I). kukkutak, m. [ts], a cock; D III 202, I* (~ kulirak, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kukutthak; Sv967,36: ~ ti vanakukkutaka). kukkutak1, (m)f(n). [seil asani; kukkuta1 + k2], ("cocklike " 1) a type of lightning; Sv 569,21 foil, (navavidh hi asaniyo ... macchavilolik ~ dandamanik ... kukkutasadis hutv patati). kukkutak2, ind., onomat. [cf. S. kukkut], (a cock's cry) cock-a-doodle-doo! Vin II 17,16 (yad... kukkutapotako kkavassam vassitukmo hoti ~ ti vassati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce kukkutakk ti; Be, Se kukkutikk ti). kukkutik, / [kukkutl + k2], a hen; Mp II 304,14 foil (ambakamaddari ti khuddakakukkutik ... -ravam yeva ravi). kukkutl, / [ts], a hen; Vin II 17,14 (~i kkena saddhim samvsam kappesi); III 3,31 (-iyandni attha v dasa v dvdasa v) * MI 357,6; Mil 51,6 foil (~iy andam andato ~I ~iy andan ti evam etiss santatiy atthi anto ti); Sp 214,27 (~iyo ... ekassa kukkutassa Saddam sutv). kukkuttha, kunkutthaka, m. [cf S. kankustha], a kind of earth or plaster of a golden or silver colour; ifc see sajjurasa-; see also kankuttha, kukkutthaka. kukkutthaka, m. [cf S. kahkustha], a kind of earth or plaster of a golden or silver colour; ifc see lkh-; see also kankutthaka. kukkura, m. [ts], a young dog; a dog; Abh 518; Vin II 188,4 (candassa ~assa nsyam pittam bhindeyyum); M I 364,12 (~o ... goghtakasnam paccupatthito assa); Pv32:9 (~ upadhvanti samant khditum); ThI303

(sace puttam siglnam ~nam padhisi); Ja I 177,1* (ye ~ rjakulasmi vaddh; 177,5'foil: ye ~tiye sunakh ... vassasatiko pi sunakho ~o ti vuccati); -kjita, -kujjita,., the growl of a dog; Ps III 100,26 (sunakho ... ~am kujanto nisidati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -kujjitam kujjanto); -vatika, -vattika, m(fn.\ [BHS kukkuravratika], (one) who lives or behaves like a dog (a practice of certain ascetics); Dili 6,9 (acelo korakkhattiyo ~o catukundiko chamnikinnam bhakkhasam rnukhen' evakhdati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kukkuravattiko); MI 387,14 (Seniyo ~ o . . . kukkuro va palikujjitv ekamantam nisidi; Ps III 100,22: ~o ti... sabbam sunakhakiriyam karoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kukkuravattiko); Nett 99,9. kukkurini, / [from kukkura], a bitch; Mil 67,28 (dipiniyo pi~iyopi). kukkuri, / [ts]9 a bitch; Sadd 492,29*. kukkuja, kukkula, w., n. and mfn. 1. (m.) [cfS. kukla], hot ashes, embers; burning chaff; Abh 36; S I 209,12 (~ ubbhato tta -am patitum icchasi); Ja II 134,8' (yath Potthapdo ~e jhmo sayati); III 447,20' (kukkulnugat ti dittachrikasankhtena -ena viya unhavlikya anugat); Spkl 323,22 (aceunh ~... candanaeunnam hutv nipatimsu); Ps HI 342,4; 2. (m. and n.) [BHS kukla, kukkula], the name of a (hot) hell; Ja V 143,21* (-nme nirayamhi paccati; 144, i4': unhachrikaniraye); Saddh 194 (avici gthanirayo ~am kotisimbali); Panca-g22 (nirayass* ekamekassa cattro nirayussad milhakpo -o ca asipattavanam nadi); 3. (mfn.) burning hot; like hot ashes;? SHI 177,17 (rpam... ~am vedan ~... vinnnam ~am; Spk II 334,25; -an ti santattam dittarn chrikarsim viya mahparilham); Kv 208,31 (sabbe sankhr anodhikatv - ti); -niraya, m., the kukkula hell; Mill 185,10 (gthanirayassa samanantar sahitam eva mahanto -0); JaV 114,9'; As 375,27 (dhammamacchariyena -e nibbattati). kukkusa, m.(?) [cf AMg kukkusa], rice-husk powder; bran; Vin II 280,20 (na bhikkhave bhikkhuniy cunnena nahyitabbam ... anujnmi bhikkhave -am mattikan ti; Sp 1296,13: kundakam c' eva mattikam ca); kukkusa in Ee, Se at Ja VI 539,13* is wr for ukkusa qv (or for kukkuha). kukkuha, m. [?], an osprey; Abh 640 (ukkuso kuraro ... -0); Ja V 406,2* (cakkavk ca -); VI 538,13* (uhunkr ca~). kunkutthaka, see sv kukkuttha. kunkuma, n. [ts], saffron; Abh 147; 303 (kasmirajam tu -am); Mil 382,4 (in long cpd); Vism241,i5 (na... agarurn v -am v kappram v ... passati) ^ Sp 394,4; Mp I 347,7 (-rsissa viya 'ss sariravanno hoti). kunkumiya, (n. or) mfn. [?] (uproar; noise; disturbance;) noisy; disruptive; JaV 434,15** (-jt; 437,8': -jttikolhalajt... nnappakrakam kolhalam karoti, tassa kilesaratim nseti); see also kunkumi. kunkumi, (m)f(n). [?], noisy; disruptive; JaV 435,i* (parivattajt pana hoti ~i, so read with W.B. Bollee, 1970, p. 41 ? Be parivattajt ca bhavati -i; Ee parivattakjt ca bhavati -i; Ce parvattakajt ca bhavati -I; Se parivattakjt kunkumiyajt); see also

700

kunkumiya. kuca, m. [ts], the female breast; Abh270; Mhbv2,26 (in long cpd); Samantak 443 (pinorugand -mandal ca). kucati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kocati, Wg 20:27], mixes; bends; checks; scratches; Sadd 335,26 (kuca sampaccanakotillapatikkamavilekhanesu: -ati sankucati sankoco). kucela, mfh. [ku1 + cela; ts], badly clothed; dressed in dirty or tattered clothes; Ap 486,32 (passatiY etam purisakam -am tanudehakam). kuccha, m. [S. krca], a bundle of grass; a brush; Ps II 403,n (ekena hatthena sudhbhjanam ekena -am gahetv); see also koccha. kucchana, n. [S. kutsana], abuse; reproach; A b h l l 7 1 ; Sadd 458,3 (garaha kalaha -e); see also khumsana. k u c c h a , / [S kuts], reproach; Abh 121; Sadd 379,32 (nidi -yam); 504,20 (ku-yam: - garaha). kucchi, mf [S. kuksi], 1. the belly; Abh 271; Vinlll 89,14 (tinhena govikantanena -i parikanto); MI 332,7 (kin nu kho me -i garugaru viya); S IV 171,21 (-ismim sati jighacchpips pannyati); Ja I 491,22 (-im pretv); II315,io (hatthissa -iyam baddham yottam gahetv); 424,28 (s macchassa -im phlayamn); IV 294,19 (udakapunnya -iy kilant); VI 248,10* (-ismim passasmim; 248,14': -ismin ti -iyam); Mil 67,16 (tni tsam -iyam... vilayam gacchanti); Visml01,i5 (pittbdhena v -i paridayhati); Sp 845,1 (-iy -im hacca thit honti); ifc see anto-; 2. the womb; Vin III 73,21 (mtu -ismim); D II 14,7 (anfi itthik nava v dasa v mse gabbham -in pariharitv vijyanti); 14,16 (yad bodhisatto mtu -ism nikkhamati); Thi 436 (makkatiy -im okkamim); Jal 289,25 (aggamahesiy -imhi nibbattitv); Ap332,i4 (okkamim mtuy -im); Bvl:67 (uppajja mtu ~iyam); Mil 129,27 (tpasiy -im okkanto); Vism 500,3 (mtu -imhi); Spkl 40,28 (-ito nikkhantasamaye); Cp-a 217,4 (-Isu); 3. the interior; a cavity; the chamber of a stpa; ? Ja VI 519, r (girigabbharan ti girinam -ito pavattam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee girikucchito); ifc see annava-, jla- (svjla1); -jira, n., an inner courtyard; Mhv 35:3; -gahe in Ee at Ps IV 180,16 is wr for kucchigate (Be, Ce, Se so); -ttha, m(fn)., "being in the belly'1, one of the six winds in the body; Abh 39 (vyubhed ime choddhamgamo cdhogamo tath -o); -parihrika, -parihnya, mfn., serving (only) to sustain the belly; D I 71,5 (bhikkhu santuttho hoti kyaparihrikena civarena -ena pindaptena); Niddl 496,9; Ps II 212,7 (sabbe pi kyaparihrik pi honti - pi, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -parihriy); Ud-a 62,30; -pra, m. [formed from kucchipram ?], filling of the belly; Ja I 235,2i (-0 na laddhapubbo jivitaghatanamattakam eva labhati); 241, is*; II 362,9 (-am katv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee paripunnakucchi hutv); -pram, adv., so as to fill the belly; Ja III 268,22; VI401,12 (-am khdatha); Mil 406,20 (-am hram na labhati); Ps II 47,7; -mati, (m)f(n).9 pregnant; MII 97,3 (me ayy -mati, Be, Ce, Se, Ps III 327, is so; Ee kucchivati); Ja V 181,17* (yam mam -matim santim anapekho pabbajasi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se me kucchipatisandhim); -vati,(m)/(n)., pregnant; M II 97,3 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kucchimati);

-vitthambhana, mfh., supporting, sustaining the belly; Dhs 646 = 740; -vethaka, m., a girdle, a belt; Spklll 9,12 (kucchimhi -0 viya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kucchivethanastako); -vedik,/, the ledge or terrace round the chamber of a stpa;? Ps III 245,25 (thero pacchimamukhanissitena sopnena ruyha bhmiyam pupphapjam ktum raddho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tucchivedik-); Spk III 182,30 (mahcetiyassa samant -ya hetthimabhgato patthya); -samyamanabbhanta, mfn. [perhaps kucchi + samyama + nbhi + anta], whose nave is restraint as regards the belly; (or with ct: [kucchi + samyama + abbhanta (better abbhatta ?)] lubricated with restraint as regards the belly, with control in eating;) Ja VI 252,20* (kyo te rathasannto ... pdasamyamanemiyo hatthasamyamapakkharo-0 vcsamyamakjano, eds so; 253,ir: kucchisamyamasankhtena mitabhoj anamayena telena abbhanto, Be, Ee so; Ce abhanjito; Se abbhanjanto; Be adds: abbhahjitabbo nbhi hoti ti pi ptho); -saya, mfh. [kucchi + saya2], being in the belly (of one of the six internal winds); MI 188,29 (uddharigam vt adhogam vt - vt...; Ps II 228,24: antnam bahi vt); Vism 350,26; see also kucchittha above; see also accuddhumtakucchit, mahkucchika. kucchika, m. (?) [from kucchi?], (the bellied, the hollow 1) a type of conch or horn; Mp IV 111,3 (sankho ti dakkhinvattatambakucchikadhamanasankhdibhedo anekavidho) = Ud-a 302,27. kuccheti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kutsayati; cfBHS kucchati], reviles; despises; Sadd 530,6 (kuccha avakkhepe: ... -eti -ayati); pp kucchita, mfn. [S. kutsita], reviled, contemptible; despicable, vile; Abh 699; Pj I 38,28 (sariram hi asucisancayato -nam v kesdlnam yabhtato kyo ti vuccati); Ud-a 252,29 (pamsu viya bhvam ulati gacchati ti pamsuklam); It-al 152,33 (aniccadukkhdibhvena -am ariyehi jigucchaniyam vattadukkham); Patis-a54,3i (tt); As 39,1 (-e ppadhamme salayanti... tikusal); ace. -am, adv., in a contemptible way, vilely; Ps I 190,14 (-am sidanti ti kusit); Vism 178,io (uddhumtam eva uddhumtakam patiklatt v -am uddhumtan ti uddhumtakam); Nidd-a I 62,30 (-am katan ti kukatam); Sadd 374,5 (-am gacchati); fpp kucchitabba, mfn., Sadd 504,22 (kanh ti... panditehi kucchitabb garahitabb ti kanh akusaladhamm); see also khumseti. kuja, m., seesvku3. kujant in Ee at Saddh 166 is wrfor kjant. kujja1, m. [S. kubja, mfh.], a hunchback; Ap 358,5 (- v sihimajjhik, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kunjavsi timajjhik; Se kufijav sihimajjhit). kujja2, ? ifc see ajjhena-. kujjati1, pr. 3 sg. [from kujja1 ? prob, extracted from avakujjati etc], tips over, turns upside down; Sadd349,23 (kujja adhomukhlkarane: -ati nikujjati); 349,25 (-ati nikujjati ti imni... samnatthni, adhomukham karoti ti hi attho). kujjati2, see sv kjati. kujjana, see sv kjana. kujjhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. krudhyati], is angry, becomes

701

angry (with, usually gen./dat; on account of, usually loc); Dhtup416 (kudha kodhe); Dhtum654; Sadd 484,9 (kudha kope: ~ati); SI 238,21* (na vo cirham -ami); A I 283,17 (ekacco puggalo abhinham -ati); Dhp 224 (saccam bhane na ~eyya); Ja II 320,7* (m me ~a rathesabha, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -i); III 42,4 (katpardhassa ranno va -eyytha m annesam); 368,13' (-atu v m v ~atu); IV 91,29 (sace pana -issmi silam me bhijjissati); V 81,io' (attano va -ass ti); VI 386,24 (kirn deva tumhe deviy -atha); Mil 101,5 (thero Sriputto kuppeyya v -eyya v); Ps III 371,2 (na jnmi ti vutte pana cariyo -issati); part.pr. (a) kujjha(t), mfn., S I 240,12* (m ca -ittha -atam); Sv784,i8 (-ato); (b) kujjhanta, mfn., Vism 300,33* (~anto); Spkl 355,31 (-antnam); (c) kujjhamna, mfn., Vism 306,5 (etassa -amno kassa ~asi); As 258,27; aor. 3 sg. (a)kujjhi, Dhp-all 16,16 (rj... tass ~i); (b) kujjhittha1, Cp-al21,i (mahsatto... n'eva -ittha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); 2 sg. (a) kujjhi, Thi 293 (m me ~i, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -a); Ja III 22,18* (khama deva Sujtya, m 'ss -i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~a); (b) kujjhittha2, Ja III 231,6* (m ssu -ittha nvik ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~i); 2pl. kujjhittha3, SI 240,12* (m vo kodho ajjhabhavi m ca -ittha -atam); inf. kujjhitum, Ja III229,20' (ranfi nma-itum na vattati); absol. kujjhitv, Ja IV 91,28; Sp 991,9; Pv-a 117,4; neg. akujjhitv, Ja V 119,7'; Cp-a 120,20 (mahsatto silabhedabhayena akujjhitv); pp (a) kuddha, mfn. and n. [S. kruddha], 1. (mfn.) provoked, angered; angry; Abhl077; VinV 219,35*; AIV 96,22* (-0 attham na jnti -o dhammam na passati); It 2,29* (yena kodhena -se); Pv 7:7 (me smiko -o sapattim anfiam nayi); Th442 (yo -am patikujjhati); Ja III 233,20 (-0 candlaputtam akkosi); VI 171,19* (daseyyam tejas -0); Cp 3:11:8 (tassa masane -0 sappo); Mil 201,23 (so rj tassa tpasassa -0); Sp 54,20 (-0 viya); neg. akkuddha, akuddha, mfn., Ja II 353,16* (akkuddhassa mukham passa, katham kuddho karissati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akuddhassa); V 113,11* (so appamatto akkuddho ttakiccni kraye, Be so; Ce, Se akuddho; Ee wr akkuttho); VI 14,12* (akkuddho sagharam eti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se akuddho); Sv 114,19 (ekasmim hi kuddhe itaro akuddho rakkhati); akkuddharpa, mfn., absolutely not angry; Ja VI 533,15* (akkuddharpham bhoto); akkuddhasanta, mfn., unprovoked and calm, mild and unangered; AIV 93,16* (akkuddhasant vadhadandatajjit... bhariy) = Ja II 348,24* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkutthasant); atikuddha, mfn., very angry; Ja VI 516,30'; 2 . (n.) the being angry; becoming angry; Ja VI 373,23' (ranno kle); p p (b) kujjhita, mfn., angered, provoked; Nidd-a I 322,4 (-assa bhvo ttarn); tta, n., abstr., the being provoked; anger; Niddl 215,26 (kodho lmjjhan --ttarn) * Dhs 1060 * Vibh 86,21 * Sadd 484,9; fpp kujjhitabba, mfn. and n. impers., being a cause of anger, (someone) who is to be angry at; one should be angry; there should be anger; Pv 36:11 (na ca no -am; Pv-a 222,16: kodho na ktabbo); Sp 1290,2i (n' eva attan -am na paro ghatetabbo); Dhp-a II 106,2i (bhikkhun ... na -am); Cp-a 72,15 (na so may -0); 75,28 (aham tava dess ~ appiy jt); caus.

(a) pr. 3 sg. kujjhpeti, angers, provokes; Dhp-a IV 146,4 foil, (-ento na bhavissatl ti... tena hi aham -essmi ti sace sakkosi -ehi ti); absol. kujjhpetv, Ja V 334,14' (pto va Nlgirim... tuttatomarehi vijjhitv -etva hatthislam bhindpetva); pp kujjhpita, mfn., JaV 119,3'; caus. (b)/?/?kodhita, mfn. [cf S. krodhayati] angered, provoked; JaV 119,5' (paresam vacanehi sutthu kodhitam pi hadayam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kopitam). kujjhana, n., ~,f. [from kujjhati], the being provoked, becoming angry; anger; Niddl 215,26 (kodho ~ kujjhitattam) * Dhs 1060 * Vibh 86,20 * Sadd 484,9; Spk III 166,14 (parassa -am); Cp-a 166,13 (assa -ena); akujjhana, n., - , / , the not becoming angry; absence of anger; Ja III 40,27 (k es khanti nm ti... paribhsantesu akujjhanabhvo); Vv-a71,i6 (akodhan ti khantimettnuddayasampannatya akujjhanasabhv); Cp-a 125,29 (-am); 178,17 (y me ... tesam -). kujjhpana, n. [from kujjhpeti, caus. of kujjhati], angering; provoking; Dhp-a IV 182,21 (annam -vasena). kuftca, m. (orn.), a trumpeting noise; Ja VI 581,i8*(~am nadati mtango kunjaro satthihyano, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se koncam); Thl-a237,26 (koriy-r-iv ti v pli, -krakukkutiyti vuttamhoti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce cakoriy-r-iv ti... cakorakukkutiy ti vuttam hoti); -nda, m., trumpeting; Abh 119; Ja III 114,1 (vrano -am karonto pakkmi, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se koncandam); see also konca1. kuficati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kuficati, kruncati, Wg 7:3,4], bends, curves; curls; becomes small, shrinks; Sadd335,i3 (kunca kotillappibhvesu: ~ati kuficik); absol. kuncitv, Sadd 335,14; pp kuflcita, mfn. [ts], bent, curved; curled; shrunken; Abh 267 (pasato pni ~o); 709 (kutilam jimhakuncitam); Thi-a 200,12; Ap-a 459,12 (syanhe mukulitam - ' -krena nippabham avannam hoti ti kumudan ti laddhanmam puppham, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kucchitkrena); - ' -agga, mfn. [kuncita + agga1], what or which has curved points or ends; with curled ends; JaV 202,21* (kannesu lambanti ca -'-agg; 205,29': -'-agga ti sihakundalam sandhya vadati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sihakundale); Thl-a200,i2 (vellitagg ti -'-agg mlato patthya yva agg kuncit vellitti attho); '-sat,/, abstr. [kuncita + sa4 + t], the having a shrunken face; ? Saddh 102 (apakkasukkhalp va valit -sat, abi ?); kesa, mfn., with curly hair; with wavy hair; Ja I 89,23* (siniddhanilamudukuncitakeso ... narasiho). kuficik, kunciy, / (and -a, m. ?) [S. kuficik], a key; Abh 222; 901; Nidd I 226,15 (-am dhreti); Ap 312,21 (~e sugate datv, eds so); Sp 292,20 (~ya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -e); 1216,n (tini tlni titisso -yo); Sv200,24 (na koci -ya yantakena v hanukatthini vivarati); Mp IV 186,15 (-ya dvram vivaritv); ()-kosaka, ()-kosa, m. [kuficik + kosaka, kosa1], a case or pouch for a key; Vism 251,34 (hatthangulittaco santhno, Be, Ee so; Ce kuncikkosa-; Se kuncikakosa-) = Pj I 45,17 (Be, Ce kuncikkosa-; Ee, Se kuncikakosa-); Sp292,20 (-e);

702

-ghara, n., a case for a key; Ap 303,7 (pancavannehi sibbite ~e); (a)-(c)chidda, n., a keyhole; Sv252,25 (--samipe); Dhp-aIII 65,23 (-ena nikkhamitv); (a)-panli,/, a keyhole; ? Sp 548,i4(~-mattam evatava udakasotan ti, Be so; Ce, Ee kuficiyapanli-; Se kunciyapanliya-; Sp-t [Be] II 323,3: ~-mattan ti kuncikchiddamattam); ()-muddik, -muddiy,/ a lock or padlock; ? a seal acting as a key; ? see N.A. Jayawickrama, 1971, p. 46: "seal-key"; Sp 356,6 (bhandgraguttatthya sciyantakam ca - ca yojetv dinn hoti); Sv 612,33 (tambalohadvram padahitv vinjanarajjuyam -am bandhitv, Be, Se so; Ce -muddiyam; Ee -muddiyam bandhi) * Thp 182,28 (-ambandhi, Ee so; mss -muddiyam); - vi vara, n., a keyhole; Abh 222. kufija1,. [S. kamja], "water-born", a lotus; Sadd75,24 (ambujan ti abhidhnarn paticca nirajam ~n ti dini abhisankharonti); see also kanja. kufija2, n. [S. kufija, m., S. lex. n.], a bower, an arbour; Abh 609. kufija3, m., a defile, a glen; Vv-a35,3 (kunjaro te varroho ti ~e giritale ramati abhiramati); Pv-a 57,24 (-esu v ramati carati ti kunjaro ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ~o suvram aticarati); ifc see nadi-; -vsi(n), mfn.9 living in the glens; ? a kind of servant; ? Ap 358,5 (~i timajjhik, Be, Ce so; Se kunjav sihimajjhit, Ee kujj v sihimajjhik, prob. wrr). kufijati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunjati, Wg 7:48], utters an indistinct sound; murmurs; Sadd 345,19 (khija kuji guji avyattasadde: ... ~ati); 345,27 (kuji muji gajja saddatth: ... -ati); Ap427,n (migarj va -ati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kjati; Se kujjati); see also kujjati2, kjati. kufijara, m. [ts], 1. an elephant; Abh 360; Vin II 195,28* (ma ~a nagam asado); MI 229,3 (-o satthihyano); SI 124,19* (rannam iva -am); Ud 45,28* (sangmagatam va -am); Th256 (dhuntha maccuno senarn nalgram va -o); Pv 11:3 (yo gacchati -ena setena ngena catukkamena); Ja VI 448,26* (pesetha ~e danti); 581,18* (kuncarn nadati mtango ~o); Ap 198,n (thpo ... ~ehi tad bhinno); Vv-a 35,6 (kunje giritale ramati... kurn v pathavim tadabhightena jarayati ti -o); 2. anything pre-eminent in its kind, the best of; Ja IV 234, n' (-an ti uttamam); VI451, lr (-an ti settham); ifc see deva-; ftbhiruda, mfn., filled with the sound of elephants; Th 1062 (~ ramm te sel). Vkut', see sv kutati. Vkut2, [S. Dhtup kotayate, Wg 33:25], to break into pieces; tear asunder; Dhtup 90 (kuta kotta cchedane) = 555 = Dhtum 115 = 781; Dhtum 526 (kuta cchede). Vkut3, [c/koteti; BHS kotayati], to beat; Dhtup 557 (kuta kotane); Dhtum 783. kuta, m. n. [S. lex. id.], I. a water-pot; a pitcher; a pot; Abh 457 (-o); Vv 50:9 (-am gahetv nikkhamma gacchim udakahriy); Jail 432,13* (sabbakmadadam kumbham -am laddhna; 432,21'. -an ti kumbhavevacanam); SpkHI 24,19 (gahetv -); Dhp-aIV 135,12; Sadd 353,19 (atikhuddam -am bhave); 2. a hammer, a mallet; As 263,15 (-ena paharantassa, Ee so, perhaps

wr; Be, Ce, Se ktena); SpkHI 261,17 (~ena hananto, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se ktena); kuta in Ee at Ps III 7,28 and at V 70,27 is wr for kta {Be, Ce, Se so); kutni in Ee at Ja IV 364,22* is wr for ktni (Be, Ce, Se so); 0,-kram in Ee at Ps IV 198,6 is wr for ktkram (Be, Ce so); -kutakasiso in Ee and Se at Sp 1028,7 is prob, wr; Be ktaktasiso; Ce ktasiso; -jatilo in Ee at Ps III 62,i is wr for ktajatilo (Be, Ce, Se so); -tumbe in Ee at Spk III 24,19 is prob, wr; Be kutumbe; Ce kumbhe; Se kutumbhe; -dhrik,/, a maidservant; Abh 236; -bheri,/, a kind of drum; a pot drum; ? Sp 925,17 (--vditam, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se ktabherl-); Sv 587,14 (--saddo, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se ktabherl-); -vassa in Ee at Sp 1020,29,31 and 1021,31 is prob, wr for ktavassa (Be, Ce, Se so); see also kta4. kutaka1, m. [kuta+ ka2], a water-pot; a pot; Mp I 386,5 foil, (tarn bhattam -e pakkhipitv ... -am otretv, Ee so; Ce -e ... kutam; Be, Se kute ... kutam). kutaka2, mfn., [S. krtaka], artificial; bracelet; ? Sadd921,17(mattbhedo tva... katakam -am pkatam); see also kataka', kataka3. kutakpamak in Ee at Panca-g 12 is wr for ktakappanak qv sv kta2. kutaja, m. and mfn. [S. kutaja, m.], 1. (m.) a kind of tree (Wrightia antidysenterica); Abh 573 (-0 girimallik); Ja IV 92,4* (virlh sallaki ca ~ ca); VI 497,25* (yad dakkhisi... -am); Ap 191,19 (-am pupphitam disv); 2. from the kutaja tree; ? Ap 451,9 (puppham -am dya); -kasva, n., an astringent decoction from the kutaja tree; Vin I 201,14; see also kutaji, bahukutajasallakika. kufaji, m.(?) [ = kutaja qv ?], a kind of tree; Ja VI 530,1* (~i kutthatagar ptaliyo ca pupphit; 531,5': -i nam' ek rukkhajti). kutati, pr. 3 sg. [Vkut1; S. Dhtup kutati, Wg 28:73], becomes crooked; bends, curves; Dhtup 472 (kuta kotilye); Dhtum 526; Sadd 353,21 (kuta kotille: -ati patikutati);pp kutita, mfn. [ts], crooked; distorted; mukha, mfn., with distorted face; Sp 622,21 (okkhittacakkhutya bhakutim katv mukho kupito viya, Ee so; Be sankutitamukho; Ce, Se sankucitamukho). kutannata, n. [ts], the grass Cyperus rotundus; Abh 592. kutava, m. (or n.) [?] a shelter; a hut; Ja III 74,2* (sitavtaparittnam karassu -am kapi, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kutikam; 74,8': -am kulvakam ekam vasangrakam karohi) quoted Dhp-all 23,4* (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kutikam). k u r i , / [ts], a hut, a cabin; a shelter; Abh 207; Vin III 144,26(bhikkh samycikyo -iyo krpenti); Mil 53,14 (-1 ovassati); Sn 18 (chann -i hito gini); Th 127 (tinnam me tlapattnam Gangtire -i kat); Ja IV 432,5* (tass -iy nikkhamma); Mil 223,18 foil; Sp 567,20 (tass -iy idam pamnam); It-al 151,7 (kedraplisu -iyo katv rattim aggim jleyya); ifc see uparivehsa-, kappiya(sv kappiya1), gandha-, chava-, vacca-, vehsa-; -jhpaka, m., the burner of a hut; Ja III 74,is; -ppavesaka, m.(l), ? Sp 1213,3 (yam kinci setapata-

703

prupanam paribbjakaprutam ... mahjetthakaprutam prutam brhmanaprutam ... etam gihiprutam nma); -purisa, m., a hut-owner; the head of a family, Mil 147,20; -bhatta, n.,,food provided for bhikkhus in a particular dwelling', Sp 1270,23 (-am nma sanghassa vsam karetv amhkam sensanavsino amhkam yeva bhattam ganhant ti); Mp III 53,12; akuti, / , not a (proper) hut; Sp 568,16; see also atthakutika (svattha2), ekakutika (jveka), catukutika (.SV catu[r]), chakutika (,yv cha2). kutik, / [BHS id.], a shelter; a small hut; Vin III 42,i/o//. (sabbamattikmayam -am karitv tinam ca kattham ca gomayam ca sankaddhitv tarn -am paci... na ... sabbamattikmay ~ ktabb); SI 8,2* (kacci te - n' atthi kacci n' atthi kulvak); Th 1 (chann me ~ sukh nivt); 55 (sandim -am katv); 125 (makkato pancadvryam -yam); Ja IV 364,22* (aranfie -am katv); Pv-a 42,25 (upsak tesam tattha aranne -yo kretv adamsu); Th-al 27,2 (kuti eva hi -, apkatakuti ~ti vutt, Be, Se so; Ee appodakakutik ti vutt; Ce kuti eva hi ~ti vutt); II 8,5 (tihi tlapattehi -am katv); ifc see kareri-, chava-. kutimbika, see sv kutumbika. kutiyam in Ee at Ja V 207,21' is wr for kutim {Be, Ce, Se so). kutila, mfn. and n.(l) [ts], 1. (m/h.) bent; crooked; dishonest; Abh 709; MI 124,32 (y t slalatthiyo ~ ojpaharaniyo ... y pana t slalatthiyo ujuk ...); Ja VI 254,18' (kummaggo nma ~o anujjumaggo); Vibh 359,30 (jimhat vankat-t; Vibh-a 494,20: narigalakotivankat); Mil 250,12 (sath kt vank - visamaditthino); As 250,13 (cittam... vankam -am); ace. -am, adv., crookedly; Ja III 112,2' (jimhan ti -am vankam); Mp III 106,9 (-am gacchati); 2. (n.) a crook, a bend; Mil 351,5 (yadi ganthikutilasusirakantalatskh lambitv rukkha^n-abhirhanam bhavati); kutilena in Ee at Spk II 92,2o: read kutilenamandape with Be, Ce, Se; -sankutila, mfn., bending and winding; meandering; Mil 297,19 (nadiy ... ~ya); akutila, mfn., not bent or crooked; straight; honest; Vv 16:7 (maggam c' imam -am anjasam); Ja VI 535,21* (dahar ca rukkh vuddh ca - c' ettha pupphit); Bv 5:4 (-am ujum... mpesi so mahvithim); Dhs 1339 (ajimhat avankat t ayam vuccati ajjavo); Mil 105,28 (nrcassa ... -assa); Dhp-al 173,3 (tiracchn kira nm* ete ujujtik honti-); Bv-a 155,23 (ujuntitt va ujum); atikutila, mfn., very crooked; As 151,26 (so ntikutilatya nangalakotivanko nma hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr sennikutilatya). kutisaka, m. [cf S. kuticaka], a kind of (non-buddhist) mendicant; Abh 441 (0,-dik catuttimsa); Thi-al61,i3 (pasand nma ito sammsambuddhassanato bahiddh -bahukrdik). kutuppalakajto in Ee at Sv649,n is prob, wr for kudumalaka- (Be, Ce, Se, A IV 117,21 so). kutumba1, n. [ts], a household; a family; family property; Vin III 66,32 (so tena spateyyena -am ca santhapesi dnam ca patthapesi); 83,32 (sabbassa -assa issar bhavissati); A III 227,23 (-am aijhvasati, na

agrasm anagriyam pabbajati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kutumbim); Ja III 497,11 (vayappatto Takkasilya uggahitasippo -am santhapetv); Spk I 161,27 (avibhatte yeva -e); Mhv 23:62 (datv -am puttassa pabbaji therasantike). kutumba2 or kutumbadindima, n. [?], a kind of drum; Ja VI 580,30* (dindimni ca hannantu - dindimni ca, Ce, Se so; Ee - tindimni ca; Be kutumpadindimni; 581,8': godh parivadentik dindimni -dindimni ti imni cattri triyn, eva, Ce, Ee so; Se dindimni -ni ca ti; Be kutumpadindimni ti). kutumbi(n), m. [S. kutumbin], a householder; a property-owner; Mhv 23:68 (-i Vasabho nma). kutumbika, kutumbiya (in Ee sometimes written kutimbika), m. [S. kutumbika], 1. a householder; a property-owner; Ja I 126,16 (Svatthivsi kir' eko -0 bhariyya klakatya pabbaji); Vism 312,11 (Ptaliputte -o ahosi, Seso; Be, Ce, Ee kutumbiyo); Spk I 223,5 (mahaddhano ~o); Ud-all7,13 (ekassa -assa paribbjakassa, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kutimbikassa); Pv-a31,i6 (annatarassa -assa bhariy, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kutimbikassa); Mhv 23:61; 2. (ifc) one who takes care of the property (of); a housekeeper, manager (for); see raja-, sangha-; -kula, n., the family of a householder, of a property-owner; Ja I 224,31 (ekasmim ~e patisandhim ganhi, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kutumbiyakule); II 423,19 (-e nibbattitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kutimbikakule); Ap 581,n (-e phite); Sp 96,21 (~ni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kutumbiyakulni). kutta, n. [c/kutteti and BSV 156], what is ground; powder, paste; ifc see ssapa-. kuttana, n. [ts], cutting; grinding; Sadd 529,3 (sicca-e); see also kottana. kuttima1, mfn. andm. [ts], inlaid with small stones or mosaic; an inlaid or paved floor; ifc see ghana-; see also kottima1. kutteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kuttayati, Wg 32:23], cuts; grinds; Sadd 531,29 (kutta chedane: ... -eti -ayati); see also kotteti. kuttha1, n. [S. kustha], a skin-disease; a kind of leprosy; a sore; Abh 329; 1120 (-am roge); Vin I 71,34 (panca bdh ussann honti -am gando kilso soso apamro; Sp995,n foil.: -an ti rattakuttham v hotu klakuttham v, yam kind kitibhadaddukandukacchu-dippabhedam pi sabbam -am ev ti vuttam); MI 506,11 (so tarn bhesajjam gamma -ehi parimucceyya); AV 110,5 (-am gando kilso) = Nidd I 17,2o; Ja V 88,21 (bhijjamne ~e patikklo hutv); VI 383,6 (mama ruy -am atthi); Sv272,n (idam ca -am nma kyasamsaggavasena anugacchati); ifc seekandyanakilsa-, kla-, cira-, seta-. kuttha2, m. n. [S. kustha], the plant Costus speciosus; Abh 303 (-amtuajaplakam); 592; 1120; Ja VI 531,5 (- ca tagaragacch ca); 537,23* (padmak narad -); ifc see tla-; see also kottha', gotthaphala. kutthri in Ee at Sp 477,2 is wrfor kuthri (Be, Ce so) kutthi(n), mfn. [S. kusthin], (one) suffering from a skindisease; leprous; MI 506,16 (amussa -issa purisassa); Ud48,i8 (Suppabuddho nma -i manussadaliddo); Th 1054 (purisam - i m . . . upatthahim); JaV 72,11* (-i

704

kilsi bhavati yo mittnam idha dubbhati); Spkl 68, i6 (~ino drake gahetv gacchatha); Ud-a 291,27/0//. (kutthicivaren ti -Inam civarena, yebhuyyena hi ~ino ... rogapaticchdanattham ca yam v tarn v pilotikakhandam gahetv prupanti); Mhv 37:153; kutthirogo in Ee at Th-al 186,7 is prob, wr for kuttharogo (Be, Ce, Se so); akutthi(n), mfn., not suffering from a skindisease; not leprous; Ud-a 291,26 (kutthi ti-im yeva tarn setthi kuttharogam akkosavatthum ppento vadati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr akkuttham); ifc see seta-. kufthika, kutthiya, mfn. [from kuttha1], suffering from a skin-disease; leprous; Vin I 93,24 (~a pi gandik pi kilsik pi ...); Kv 31,32 (kutthiy gandiyo kilsiyo ...). kutthita, seesvkathati 2 . kufthitabhvena in Ee at It-all 62,34 is prob, wr for kucchita- (Be, Ce, Se so). kutthilik,/ [?], a seed-case; ? ifc see phala-. kutthu, kutthu, m. [S. krostu], a jackal; Ja III 114,6* (~ va gajam sajja seti, Ce so; Se ~u; Be kotth; Ee wr kutthum; 114,15': siglo viya); see also kotthu. kuthra,/ [cf S. kuthra, kuthrik], an axe; a surgical instrument; ? Ap-a 124,7 (satthacchedo ti satthena gandaphlanam ~ya satthena chedo). kuthrik,/ [ts], a small axe; Pv-a240,27 (~hi, Ce so; Be, Se kuthrihi; Ee wr kudrikhi); ifc see pda-. kuthri, / [S. kuthra; S. lex., BHS kuthri], an axe; Abh393 (~i); Vin II 170,32 (vsi pharasu ~ i . . . idam catuttham avissajjiyam); MI 233,16 (puriso sratthiko ... tinham ~im dya vanarn paviseyya); A I 141,8 (tarn enam ... nirayapl ... ~ihi tacchanti); Sn 657 (purisassa hi jtassa ~i jyate mukhe yya chindati attnam blo dubbhsitam bhanam); Ja I 431,27 (~im gahetv kattham phleti); V 204,25* (hanti dume ~iy); Kv 315,i (~iy); -psa, m.,part of an axe (the ringl the blade, cfS. palSa 1); AIV 171,6 (tad eva rukkham -era koteti). kucjuba, m. [S. kudava], a measure (of volume), the fourth part of a pattha; Abh 482 (~o pasato). kudumala, m. [S. kudmala], an opening bud; Abh 544 (makulam v ~o). kudumalaka, mfn. [from kudumala; BHS kudmalaka; cfS. kudmala], covered with opening buds; AIV 117,21 (khrakajto dni paricchattako kovilro na cirass' eva dni -jto bhavissati; Mp IV 58,8: -jto ti sanjtamakulo); Vv-a 288,25 (ambarukkh ... korakit pallavit -jt hutv pupphimsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits). kudda (in Be always, in Se sometimes, written kutta), m.n. [BHS id., S. kudya, n.], a wall; Abh 204 (~am tu bhitti); Vin II 152,25 (vihrassa ~o ovassati); 159,33 (itthakyo cinitv -am utthpesi; Ce, Se so; Ee ~e; Be kuttam); IV 266,5 (tayo ~, itthakkuddo silkuddo drukuddo); S II 99,14 (~am ce nissya tittheyya); Ja III 356,16 (eko elako ... tinakutiy ~e sariram ghamsi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kutte); Bv 2:105 (~ kavt sel ca); Vism 394,16 (~o ti ca gehabhittiy etam adhivacanam); kuddam in Ee at Vin II 178,H* is wr for kundam (Be, Ce, Se so); -cittuppdo in Ee at Spk III 62,6 is prob, wr for kutan e , Ce, Se so); -nagaraka, see sv; -mla, ., the base of a wall; Vin III 15,38 (annataram ~am nissya paribhunjati) = MII 62,2i (Ce, Ee, Se kuddam; Be kutta-

mlam); Th 1056; -raja(n), see sv; see also itthakakuddik (sv itthak), ekakuddaka (.yveka), dvikuddaka. kuddaka, n. [S. lex. kudyaka], a wall; ifc see addhasv addha1. ku44anagaraka, n. [kudda/or khudda ? cfAMg khudda, BHSkhuddaka], a little town; D i l 146,12 (m bhante bhagav imasmim -e ujjahgalanagarake skhnagarake parinibbyatu, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se khuddakanagarake; Sv586,2i: nagarapatirpake sambdhe khuddakanagarake) = Ja I 391,26 (eds khuddakanagarake). kuddarja(n), m. [kuddafor khudda? cf AMg khudda, BHS khuddaka], a minor king; a subordinate king; SHI 156,17 (ye keci ~no sabbe te ranno cakkavattissa anuyant bhavanti, Ce, Ee so; Be kutta-; Se kuttha-) = V 44,13 (Ce so; Be, Ee kutta-; Se kuttha-; Spk III 134,16: ~no ti khuddakarjno, khuddakarjno ti pi ptho, Ee so; Be khuddarjno ti pi ptho; Ce ktarjno ti pi ptho; Se kuddarjno ti pi ptho) * A III 365,7 (Ce so; Be, Ee khudda-; Se khuddaka-) * V 22,8 (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khudda-; Mp V 5,14: ~no ti khuddakarjno, khuddakarjno ti pi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ktarjno ti pi ptho); kuddarjassa in Ee at JaV 102,24* foil, is wr for ktarjassa (Be, Ce, Se so); kuddarajaputto and kuddarjaputtassa in Ee at Spk III 62,sfoll. are prob, wrrfor ktarja- (Be, Ce, Se so). kuddi- in Ee at Sp 855,30 is wr for kudda- (Ce, Se so). kuna, mfn. [cf kuni, and S. knati, viknita], crooked; withered; crippled; Pv 21:27 (kena te ariguli ~, Be so; Ce, Ee kunth; Se kund; Pv-a 123,25: ~ ti kunik patikunik anujubht, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kunth ti kunit patikunit); Dhp-aIII 71,8 (knakundibhvam; or to kuni ?); Sadd 535,23 (kuna sankocane: ... ~o kunahattho). kunati, [S. Dhtup kunati, Wg 28:45], sounds; Dhtum 174 (kvanakuna sadde); Ap-a 397,6 (ekato -anti saddam karonti ti sakun). kunapa, m.n. and mfn. [ts] (m.n.) a corpse, a dead body; a dead thing; (mfn.) putrid, smelling like a carcase; Abh 405 (~o chavo); Vin II 237,28 (mahsamuddo na matena ~ena samvasati); S I 236,12* (nar nimugg ~asm' ete, Ce, Se so; Be -amh* ete; Ee ~esv ete; Spk I 353,17: dasamse mtukucchisahkhte ~asmim ete nimugg); Th736 (pubbalohitasampunnam bahussa -assa ca; Th-alll 23,2: sampunnam bharitam afinena ca pittasemhdin bahun ~ena); Ja I 146,31* (duggandho asucikyo -0 ukkarpamo); II 51,25* (gjho yojanasatam ~ni avekkhati); V 72,3* (gand ... pabhinn paggharimsu me ~ pubbalohit; 74,13': te gand tarn divasam eva bhijjitv ~ ptigandhik hutv pubbalohitni paggharimsu); Bv2:19 (yath pi -am puriso kanthe baddham jigucchiya); Mil 324,13 (yath ~arn evam panca kmagun datthabb); Ps V 88,17 (sabbam vanam ekam ~am bhavissati); Dhp-aIII 112,5 (makasusnam gantv tattha ~ni passant); da, mflji)., (one) who eats corpses; carrion-eating; Jail 439,24* (vantdam ~am ca); III 311,14* (~ sunotha me); -khdaka, mf(n)., id.; Ja III 311,16' (kunapd ti ~ti te lapati); V 257,3' (~o kko dassito); -khdanaka, mf(n)., id.; Jail 439,26

705

(kunapdam ca ti -am siglam ca, Ce, Ee, Se so, Be kunapakhdakam); see also konapa. kunali, mfn. [from kuna?], crooked, contracted; contorted, distorted', Pv 21:29 (ycanake disv... ekamantam apakkamma aksim -im mukham, Be, Pv-a Se so; Ce, Ee, Se kundalimukham; Pv-a 124,20: vikunitam sankucitam mukham aksim); see also kunalikata. kunalikata, mfn. [pp of kunali or *kunala + karoti], contorted, distorted; Pv 21:27 (mukham ca -am, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kundalikatam; Pv-a 123,26: ~an ti mukhavikrena vikunitam sankunitam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kundalikatan ti). kunla, m. and - , / , 1. (m.) [BHS kunla, kunla], a kind of bird, the Indian cuckoo; Abh 633 (-0 kokilo piko); 2. (m.fi) the name of one of the seven great lakes; Abh 679 (-0); AIV 101,13 (~a); JaV 419,24 (-daham); Mp IV 132,15 (te pancasate daharabhikkh -daham netv). kunlaka, m. [kunla + ka2; cf S. lex. kunlika, S. konlaka], a kind of bird, the Indian cuckoo; Ja V 406,3* (- bahucitr sikhandi jivajivak) = VI 276,12* (276,14': ~ ti klakokil). kuni, mfn. [ts], having a crooked or withered arm; having a crooked or withered limb; crippled; Abh 320 (-1 hatthdivanko); Vin I 91,14 (knam pabbjenti -im pabbjenti khanjam pabbjenti; Sp 1030,25^0//.: -I ti hatthakuni v pdakuni v angulikuni v, yassa etesu hatthdisu yam kinci vankam pannyati, eso -I nma); Mill 169,31 (kno v -I v khanjo v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuni; Ps IV 213,22: ekahatthakuni v ubhayahatthakuni v); Ja 1353,13* (ubho khanj ubho ~i; 353,15". khanj ti kunthapd, -I ti kunthahatth); Sp 928,14 (sunakhi skari kn ~i); ifc see hattha-; -hatthaka, mfn., having a crooked or withered hand; Kv 31,31; see also kuna, kni. kunika, mfn. [from kuna or kuni], crooked; withered; Pv-a 123,25 (kunti - patikunik anujubht, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kunth ti kunit patikunit). kuneti 1 , -ayati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunayati, Wg 35:41), addresses; Sadd 536,27 (kuna guna mantane: -eti-ayati). kuneti 2 , -ayati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunayati, Wg 33:15; 35:42], draws together, contracts; Sadd 535,23 (kuna sankocane: -eti -ayati kuno); pp kunit, mfn. [cf S. knita], contracted, crooked; withered; Pv-a 123,25 (~ patikunit, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kunik patikunik); 125,1 (tasm hatthaftguliyo ca pdanguliyo ca ~ vikunit jt, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kunth vikunthit); see also kuna, kuni, kunika. kuntataram in Ee at Sp 458,16 is wr for kunthataram (Be, Ce, Se so). kunth, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn. and m.) [BHS id.], mutilated, maimed; crippled; a cripple; Pv 21:27 (kena te arigull -a, Ce, Ee so; Be kun; Se kund); Ja II 117,13 (evarpam nma -am ... patijagganto, Be so; Ce, Ee kontham; Se kondam); 117,18 (s itthi tasmim ~e patibaddhacitt, Be, Ee so; Ce konthe; Se konde); Pv-a 125,i (-, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kunit); 2. (mfn.) [ts], blunt, dull; lazy; Abh 729 (-0 mando kliysu);

Sadd355,15 (kuthi... lasiye ca:... -0); Sp458,i6 (tikhinataram v... -taram v karoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuntataram); -kuddla, m., a blunt spade or hoe; Dhp-a 1311,1 (addhanlimattam varakacorakam -am ca nissya); 1h-a 1120,1 (vuttam khuddakuddl s ti, - s ti pi pli, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee vuttam, khuddakuddl s ti pi pli); -kuddlaka, m., id., Ja I 312,30 (-am nissya uppabbaji); Dhp-a I 311,8 (gehe me... varakacorako ca -o ca atthi); -tina, n., a kind of grass; Vism 353,20 (vammikamatthake jtesu -esu) = Vibh-a 57,B; -tinaka, n., a kind of grass; Vibh-a252,5 (vammikamatthake jtakunthatinakni viya); -dhara, mfn., having a blunt edge, blunt; Dhp-a I 253,9 (khuro thokam -0, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kunthkro); -pda, mfn., having a lame foot; Ja I 353,15' (khanj ti -); Dhp-a I 262,12 (-am chinnajavam dubbalassam); -ramsika, mfn., with dull or feeble rays; Th-a II176,21 (padipo, parittaramso ti -0, Ee so; Ce 01 -aggisikho; Be, Se khuddakacciko); -hattha, mfn., having a crippled hand; Ja I 353,15'; see also kunda3, kontha. kunthati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunthati; Wg9:57], is lazy; Sadd 355,14 (kuthi ... lasiye ca: ... -ati kuntho). kunthati 2 ,/?/-. 3 sg., mourns; Sadd355,2o (kuthi soke ... -ati, eds so, perhaps wr for kanthati qv). kunthita, mfn. [pp of *kuntheti; cf S. Dhtup kunthayati, Wg 32:46, andS. gunthita], enveloped, covered with; ifc see pamsu-. kunda1, n. [ts], \.a pot; a waterpot; a pitcher; Abh 456; Sp 830,17 (-e pi pacchiyam pi); 2. a pan (or hole) for fire; Sadd 356,io (kudi dhe: kundati ~o); ifc see aggi-; 6padohini, (m)f(n)., [cf BHS kamsopadohini], giving a pitcherful of milk; Ja VI 504,6(-inamdhennamsattasatni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kundipadohaninam; cf5Q2>,\i*: kamsupadhran). kun4a 2 , m. [?], an iguana; Abh 622 (godh-o). kun4a\ mfn. [BHS id.], maimed; crippled; -pda, mfn., (one) who has a crippled foot; lame; Spk III 20,5 (-0, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kuntha-; Ce kanthu-); -pdaka, mfn., having a crippled foot; lame; having a limp; Sp 1030,30 (pitthipdamajjhena cankamanto agge sankutitapdatt -o, eds so, perhaps wrfor kuntha- ?); see also kuntha, konda. kunda 4 , n. [?], bran; Vin II 178,14* (ikksam pnikam -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuddam; in uddna for kundakamattika qv); -pva, m., a bran-cake; Ja I 423,24* (har' etam -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kanam pvam; 423,26': etam kundakena pakkapvam nehi). kundaka 1 , n. [ts], a pot; Sp 850,29 (ctiyam ~e v thapetv). kunclaka2, m. [?], bran (the powder between the husk and grain of rice); Abh 454 (kano tu -0); Jail 289,27* (na te bhakkhmi -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kundadakam); Dhp-a II 261,12 (kese vikiritv -ena sariram makkhetv); III 322,9 (-am dya udakena temetv hatthatale pvam katv angresu pacitv); -dhma, m., bran-smoke (used to stop bleeding 1); Ja III 542,17' (abbhitan ti thapitam apaggharanam katam ... imin ... rjpardhiknam hatthapde

706

chinditv ... vanamukhehi paggharantam lohitam ... ~am nma datv thapitan ti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kandakadhmam); -mattika, n. (?), clay mixed with bran; Vin II 151,22 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am datv... gerukam niptetun ti; Sp 1219,5: ~an ti kundakamissakamattikam); -mutthi,/, a handful of bran; Dhp-al 425,19; nikkundaka, mfh.9 free from bran; Sv 869,5 (akano ti ~o). kun4ati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kundate, Wg8:17]9 burns; Dhtup 107 (kunda dhe); Dhtuml51; Sadd 356,io (kudi dhe: ~ati kundo). kun4adaka in Ee at Ja II 289,27* is wrfor kundaka qv. kundadandaka- in Ee at Sv296,i9 is prob, wr for kudandaka- qv. kun4ala1, n. {and m.) [S. kundala, n.]9 an ear-ring; a ring, a coil; Abh 284 (~am kannavethanam); M III 243,21 (yass yass ca pilandhanavikatiy kankhati... yadi ~ya yadi giveyyakya); Th 770 (manin -na ca); Ja VI 390,17 (kesanci ~e kesanci suvannapdukyo ... pesesi); 218,8* (kass' ete ~ vagg sobhanti ubhatomukham); Dhp-al 25,10 (matthni ~ni katv); Nidd-al 439,31 (suvannapatirpako ~o); Mhv 32:29 (~ni mahagghni duve datvna); kundala in Ee, Se at Sp 1204,8 (mahmukhakundala-) is prob, wr; Be -kunda-, Ce -tunda-; ifc see rajju-, sgara-, siha-, sihamukha-; '-vatta, '-vatta, mfn. [kundala + vatta2], curling in a ring; D II 18,6 (uddhaggni lomni jtni... ~ni dakkhinvattakajtni,Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kundalavattni) * Mil 136,23; Mp I 372,20 (kes puna vaddhant rsirsivasena ~ hutv vaddhimsu) * Thi-a99,6; sukundala, mfn., having beautiful curves;! JaIV 358,29* (imni tni khettni imam nikkham ~am im t haritnp im najjo savantiyo; 359,8'foil.: imam nikkhan ti imam tdisam eva udakaniddhamanam, ^m ti sobhanena musalapavesanakundalena samanngatam); see also pancakundalika. kundala2, mfn., [cf S. kaundala], wearing ear-rings; Ja VI 578,3* (~e ghusite male sabbalankrabhsite rj anke karitvna, eds so; L. Alsdorf, 1957, p. 57, would read kundalaghusite mli; 578,9': ~e ti kundalni pilandhpetv).. kun4alaka, n. Pcundala + ka2; BHS id.] a small ring or ear-ring; a coil; a curl; ? Sv 647,17 (rattasuvannakannikam pilandhitv pancahi ~ehi pitthiyam vattamnehi); ifc see rajju-. kundali (or kundali[n]1), mfii., [?] contorted; grimacing; Pv21:29 (ycanake disv... ekamantam apakkamma aksim ~im mukham, so read ? Ce, Ee, Se kundalimukham; Be kunalim mukham; Pv-a 124,20: vikunitam sankucitam mukham aksim); see also kundalikata. kundali(n) 2 , mfn. [S. kundalin], wearing ear-rings; S IV 343,27 (ekacco mli ~I); Ja V 136,23* (alankat ~ino suvatth). kundalikata, mfn. [pp of kundali (or kundala) + karoti; cfS. kundalikrta, "forming a ring"], contorted, distorted; Pv 21:27 (mukham ca ~am, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kunalikatam; Pv-a 123,26: kunalikatan ti mukhavikrena vikunitam sankuriitam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -an ti mukha-

vikrena vikuncitam sankucitam). kundi in Ee at Th-a II 8,31 (khirasecanakundisadiso) is wr for kunda (Be, Ce, Se so). kundika, mfn. [kunda3 + ika?], maimed; defective; ? ifc see catu- sv catu(r). kundika, / [ts], a water-pot (used by ascetics and brahmans); Abh 443 (kamandalu tu~); Ja 19,17 (ekiss kjakotiy ~am ... olambetv); II 72,17 (~ bhindati); IV 288,3 (~ato udakam gahetv); Ap 392,22; Vism 170,21 (pattam v ~am v samatittikam pretv); Mhv 7:8 (~ya tejalena nisinciya). kun4ipadohaninam in Ee at Ja VI 504,6 is wr for kundopadohininam qv sv kunda1. kundita, mfn. [cfS. Dhtup kundati], mutilated, maimed; defective; Ap-a459,32 (~o hutv deti pavattati ti kondo lmakasatto, kondato anno ti Kondanno, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kucchito). kun4eti 1 , -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup gundayati, Wg 32:46], envelops; Sadd 533,20 (kudi vethane: -eti ~ayati kundalam). kun4eti2,/?r. 3 sg. [?], moves; ? bends; ? [from kunda3] is maimed or crippled; ? Pv-a 181,9 (catukundiko bhavitvn ti cathi angehi ~eti attabhvam pavatteti ti catukundiko, dvflii jnhi dvihi hatthehi gacchanto titthanto ca, evambhto hutv ti attho, so hi evam purato kopinapaticchdan hoti ti tath aksi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kundo ti). kutittha, n. [ku1 + tittha], a poor landing-place or for ding-place; a difficult crossing-place; the wrong way; Ap24,4 (asankhatam gavesanto - sancarim aham, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se ~am: Ap-a 230,15: lmake titthe gamanamagge aham sancarim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee lmakam tittham gamanamaggam) ^ 25,14 (eds ~e); 51,16 (~e nviko sim; Ap-a 303,22: candasotasampanne visamatitthe). kutitthiya, m. [ku1 + titthiya; AMgid.], a (bad) adherent of another (ie non-buddhist) sect; Ap462,i3 (abhibhuyya -e); 579,7 (madditvna ~e); Mil 102,2 (bhagg kuditthi nippabh jt ~). kutuka, n. [ts], eagerness; sakutukam, ind., eagerly; Dth4:41 (~am anuyt). kutumbaka, m. [ts], a kind of plant; Ja I 60,14 (avasesni 0 -pupphappamnni). kuthala, kothala (sometimes written kotuhala), n. and mfn. [S. kuthala, kauthala, n.]9 l.(/i.) (i) eagerness, excitement; curiosity; excited talk, vehement discussion; Abh 173 (kothalakuthalam); Ja II 30,u (kalaham passissm ti ~ena tarn bhikkhum ... pahinimsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~); Dhp-aIII 413,1 (tesam ativiya kothale uppanne); Mhv 30:23 (tatthhosi ~am); (ii) what excites curiosity or talk; a wonder, an unusual phenomenon, a festival; iic see below; 2. (mfn.) eager, excited, impetuous; talking or discussing vehemently or excitedly; Ja II 422,13' (~o nma vippakinnavco); VI 521,24* (thiyo tarn paribhsimsu samgantv ~); Dhp-al 330,18 (janapadavsino... kothalajt); III 194,n (mahjano pi ~-jto nikkhami); Dth5:22 (bhikkh... kothala sapadi sannipatimsu tattha); -mangala, kothalamangala, n., what is auspicious and portentous; special

707

ceremonies and auspicious rites; A III 439,18 (abhabbo ditthisampanno puggalo kothalamangalena suddhim paccgantum; Mp III 414,7: ditthasutamutamangalena); Ja I 373,26 (kotuhalamangalam nam' etam na buddhapaccekabuddhabodhisattehi vannitam); Nett 93, I3 (ditthisampanno ~ena suddhim pacceyy ti n' etam thnam vijjati); ifc see vata-; (kothala)0mangalika, mfn., trusting in omens and portents; setting store by ceremonies and auspicious rites; superstitious; A III 206,8 (~o hoti, mangalam pacceti no kammam, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se kotuhala-; Mp III 302,20: ~o ti imin idam bhavissati ti evam pavattatta kothalasankhtena ditthasutamutamangalena samanngato); Ja I 373,26 (na mayam ~); neg. akothalamangalika, mfn., not superstitious; not trusting in omens and portents; A III 206,17 {Be, Ceso; Ee, Se akotuhala-); -sl, kothalasl,/ [BHS kuthalasll], a discussion-hall; D I 179,31 (nntitthiynam samanabrhmannam ~ya sannisinnnam sannipatitnam; Sv 369,i foil.: yattha pana nntitthiy samanabrhman nnvidham katham pavattenti s bahunnam ayam kirn vadati ayam kirn vadau" ti kuthalappavattitthnato ~ ti vuccati)= MII 2,22; akuthala, mfn., 1. not talking excitedly; controlled, not impetuous; Ja I 387,3* (icchanti mantisu ~am; 387,8': sammantanakle uppanne mantisu yo ~o avikinnavaco mantam na bhindati tarn icchanti); II421,21* (nnato nkuthalo mlhesu labhate lbham; 422,20': yo pana ~o esa na mlhesu labhati lbham); 2. not eager; Cp-a 316,3 (nnasmimt). kuto, ind. [S. kutas],/row where ? whence ? (equivalent to abl of ka3) from which...?; Vin I 212,15 (kuto ca tumhe bhikkhave agacchath ti); II284,19 (tarn kut' ettha labbh); SI 15,14* (kuto sar nivattanti); 1127,8 (kuto gato so kuhingmi bhavissati); Ud 13,25 (kuto ... telam harmi); Vv 16:5 (kuto cut); Jail 53,16* (kuto te bhayam gatam); IV 86,20* (kuto labbh alabbhiyam); V 23,14* (kuto si ko v si); Vv-a 79,22 (kasm nu ky ... tikuto nma devakyato); Sadd676,i6 (kimsaddassa ku hoti ... kutra kuto kuttha ...); esp. how ? how much less..., let alone...; Vin IV 50,11 (kuto bhante ovdo iddhi bhavissati); D i l 176,3 (manas pi no aticri kuto pana kyena); 11171,28 (kusalan ti pi na bhavissati kuto pana kusalassa krako); Ud44,25 (kuto imesam smannam; Ud-a260,2o: kena kranena); Sn35 (na puttam iccheyya kuto sahyam); Ja I 53,13 (tumhehi sadiso anno n' atthi kut' ettha uttaritaro); Ap 44,28 (vinaye mdiso n* atthi kuto bhiyyo bhavissati); Mil 85,12 (kuto pana atthikni dighni yojanasatikni bhavissanti); Th-al 15,12 (annatitthiyavd thernam vde na sahanti kuto abhibhavo, annadatthu theravd te abhibhavanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~o abhibhave); kutoci, from anywhere; from somewhere; from some or other...; D I 69,33 (na kutoci bhayam samanupassati); Thi 129 (kutoci nna gantv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kuto pi; Thi-all9,2i: yato kutoci gatito); Pj 1145, is (sankrakt v afinato v kutoci nantakni uccinitv); Ud-a 198,30 (kutoci bhjanato uddharitv); Thi-a 119,7 (kutoci gatito gatamaggam gacchantena); Cp -a 299,29 (na kutoci gacchanti na kuhinci gacchanti); yato kutoci, from anywhere at

all; from somewhere or other; from whichever...; SIV 185,23 (yato kutoci ce pi nam puriso... upasankameyya); JaV 281,25 (kusatinam nma yato kutoci labbhati); Ap 458,3 (yato kutoci gatisu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuto ca); Mil 129,1 (gandhabbo yato kutoci gantv); PsI 176,19 (etesam brahmavihranam yato kutoci vutthya); SpkII 49,14 (yato kutoci kul pabbajitv); see also akutoci -upaddava, akutobhaya. kutta, mfn. and n., pp q/'kappati1 qv. kuttaka, n. [?], a large woollen carpet or rug; Abh 314; Vin I 192,8 (chabbaggiy bhikkh uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti... koseyyam ~am hatthattharam...; Sp 1086,16: ~an ti solasannam ntakitthinam thatv naccayoggam unnmayapaccattharanam) ^ D I 7,10; Vin-vn 2659; see also kuttil. kutti 1 , / [S. krtti], a hide or skin; Ja IV 352,14* (pagghari... ~iyo patiyni ca; 353,8': ~iyo ti hatthatthardayo patiyni ti unnmayapaccattharanni); see also kuttaka. k u t t i 2 , / [S. klpti; cf BHS gupti], arranging, dressing, preparation; action; forming; contriving; Sadd 866,18 (~i karanam); 866,28 (~iy nibbattam kuttimam); ifc see massu-, sannatadhira-, sara-. kuttima, mfn. [S. krtrima, or kutti2 + ima2], made artificially; contrived; Sadd 866,18 (bhukadto ttimo ... kutti karanam, tena nibbattam ~am); 866,28 (kuttito v imo ... kuttiy nibbattam -am); see also kittima. kuttha, ind. [= kattha qv; AMg id., cf S. kutra], where ?; Abh 1160; Sadd676,16 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... kutra kuto ~a). kutthakipillikam in Ee at Sv 595,2 is wr for kunthakipillikam (Be, Ce so). kutthaka, m. [?], a kind of bird; Ap 347,13 (prevat ravihams ~ ca nadicar, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kukutth ca; Se kukkutthak); kutthako in Ee at SI 66,29* is wr for kotthuko (Be, Ce, Spkl 127,21 so), or for kotthuko (Se so). kutthu, see sv kutthu. kutra, ind. [ts]9 where? where to?; Abh 1160; Sadd 676,15 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... ~a kuto kuttha). kutha, m. [ts], a variegated cloth (part of an elephant's trappings); Abh 365 (kappano tu kuthdayo); 1053 (paveni kuthavenisu); Sadd 922,26 (kudho ~o ... vannabhedo 'yam); kutha in Ee at Ja V 485,14* (kutiY atthi) is wr for kudha1; see also kudha2. kuthati 1 , see sv kathati2. *kuthati\ pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kuthyati, Wg 26:11], stinks; becomes putrid; Dhtum 530 (kutha pake ptibhve); pp kuthita2, mfn. [ts], stinking; putrid; rotten (lit. and metaph.); Mil250,23 (ye keci pp... osannaviriy ~ kilitth dujjan manuss, Ee so; Be, Ce kusit; Se kutil); Vism 258,29 (~ -panasatacassa abbhantarasadisam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kutthita-) * Pj I 58,4 (~-panasaphalassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kutthita-); Sp 265,9 (yad pana sariram uddhumtakam hoti ~am); Kkh 25,22 (yva na ~am hoti); It-aII 62,34 (--bhvena ptibhtam maccham, so readl Ee kutthitabhvena; Be, Ce, Se kucchita-); 1h-a III 139,9 (pakken ti atthigatakuttha-

708

rogatya uppakkena -ena). kuthana, n. [S. kvathana], heating; digesting; Vism 345,15 (ajjhohato sabbo ekato hutv ... kayaggisantpakuthito -safijtaphenabubbulakcito... titthati, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se -kuthitakuthanasanjta-). kuda, m(fn). [ku1 + da], having a bad wife; Sadd 767,12 (sundaram dam yassa so 'yam sudo, kalynabhariyo ti attho, kucchitam garahitam dam ass ti -0). kudan4aka, m. [? cf AMg kudamda, "a kind of bondage ", kudamdaga, "a whip used for flogging " ? BHS kudanda, "unjust punishment"! S. lexkodanda, "a creeping plant"!], a pliant cane;! a whip;! (used for binding); Ja III 204,9 (gmavsino manussamrak ti drake ~ehi bandhitv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee gaddlehi); 204,21' (amittahatthatthagat ti-ehi givya bandhitv nentnam amittnam hatthagat, tacasrasamappit ti venudandakehi baddhatt evam ha); 206,5 (~e harpetv); Sv296,i9 (givya -bandhanan ti evam duii katv garahappanena, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kundadandaka-, prob, wr); see also kodandaka. kud, ind. [= kad qv], when ?; Sadd 676,16 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... kuttha kudcanam kud); 682, s; Sp 482, s; Th-al 191,4; kudcanam, at any time; ever; Abh 1161; Sadd 676,16; Vin I 349,34* (na hi verena verni sammant' idha-am) = Dhp5; SI 62,23* (gamanena na pattabbo lokass' anto -am); Dhp210 (ma piyehi samganchi appiyehi-am); It 1,15* (pahyana pun' yanti imam lokam -am); Sn221 (sikhi... hamsassa nopeti javam-am); Ja III 443,15* (m vijahi -am); Ap 548,12; kudassu, kudassu, when indeed ? whenever will...?; Vin III 89,26 (~u nmham ... hindissmi hananto ...); DU 31,i (-u nma imassa dukkhassa nissaranam pannyissati); A I 107,30 (-u nma mam pi khattiy khattiybhisekena abhisincissanti); Th 84 (-u nma dummedho dukkhass' antam karissati; Th-al 191,3: -u nm ti, kuda nma, s ti niptamattam kasmim nma kle ti attho); kudssu in Ce, Ee at Spk I 124,8* is prob, wr; Be, Se kadci. kudra, m(fn)., and ~, m.pl. [ku1 + dra; ts], 1. (mfn.) having a bad wife; Sadd 753,15 (kucchit dr yesam te -); 2 . (m.pl.) a bad wife; Sadd 753,14 (kucchit dr ~). kudrik in Ee at Pv-a 240,27 is wr, prob, for kuthrik qv. kudla, m. [= kuddla?], a spade; Sadd 922,9 (-0 kullo ... vannabhedo 'yam). kuditthi, kudditthi, / and mfn. [ku1 + ditthi; cfS. kudrsti, kudrstin], 1. (f.) a wrong view; Mil 102,2 (natth paravd bhagg kuditthi); 2. (or kuditthi[n], kudditthi[n]) (mfn.) (one) who holds wrong views; Th760 (vh vahanti kudditthim sankapp rganissit); Saddh 86 (kuditthi ca micchditthi siy naro). kudsaka- in Ee at Ps IV 237,1 is wr (or vl) for kudrsaka- (Be, Ce, Se so). kuddla (in Be usually, in Se sometimes, kudla), m. [S. lex., AMg id.], a digging tool, a spade; a trowel; Vin III 90,15 (kuthri ~o nikhdanam); Ja I 225,29 (~am gahetv tarn thnam bhinditv, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be omits); PsV 75,io (upsako nisinno va ~am pdena khipitv

ganhti adsi); Dhp-aIV 218,19 (suvannadandam vajiraphalam -am jetthaputtassa hatthe thapetv, Ee so; Se vajiraphlam; Ce vajiratalam -am; Be vajirakuddlam); Sadd 240,25 (kum pathavim dlayati... eten ti -0); Ud-a 23,2 (pharasun chindati -na khanati); ifc see kuntha-; -pitaka, ., a spade and a basket; D I 101,12 (-am dya arannavanam ajjhoghati kandamlaphalabhojano bhavissmi ti); S IV 191,3; Ap 173,is (-am dya); Spk III 34,9 (~ni). kuddlaka, m. [S. lex. id.], a spade; Ja I 312,23 (-ena bhmiparikammam katv); Ps V 75,9 (vihrajagganatthya -am deth ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kudlakam); Dhp-al 266,12 (-am dya, Ee so; Se kuddlam; Be kudlam; Ce khuddlam); ifc see kuntha-. kudditthi, see sv kuditthi. kuddha, mfn., pp of kujjhati qv. kudrsa, m. [cf S. koradsa], one of the seven kinds of grain; an inferior kind of grain; Abh 450; Mil 267,28 (atthi sali vihi yavo karigu - 0 varako godhmo); Sp 822,9 (varako ~o, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kudrsako; Se kudrusako); see also kudrsaka. kudrsaka, m.n. [cf S. koradsaka], one of the seven kinds of grain; an inferior kind of grain; Vin IV 264,30 (makadhannam nma sali vihi yavo godhmo kangu varako -o); D i l i 71,20 (dasavassyukesu ... manussesu ~o aggam bhojannam bhavissati); Sp 822,14 (-0 ti klakodravo c' eva smkdibhed ca sabb pi tinadhannajti); Kkh 105,8; Vibh-a441,32 (yad pancagoras pacchijjanti -am aggabhojanam hoti); see also kudrsa. kudha 1 , ind. [ku2 + dha, c/idha, S. kuha], where ?; Ja V 485, H* (sahassiyo nma kudh' atthi gth, Ce so; Be, Se k atthi; Ee wr kuth' atthi; 485,15': kudh' atthi ti kuhim atthi, Ce, Ee so; Se k atthi ti kuhim atthi; Be omits). kudha 2 , m. [= kutha qv], a variegated cloth; Sadd 922,26 (-0 kutho ... vannabhedo 'yam). kudhriyam in Ee, SeatSp 1241,18 is wrfor kuthriyam (Be, Ce so). kudhriy in Ee at It-a I 44,13 is wr for kuthriy (Be, Ce, Se so). kuni in Ee at M HI 169,31 is wrfor kuni (Be, Ce, Se so). kunta, m. [ts], a spear, a lance; Abh 394; Ja III 375,5 (sisakaplam ... '-agge thapetv); Sp 327,8 (-am v bhindivlam v ... gahetv); Thp 209,3; Mhv25:l (-e dhtum nidhpetv); see also konta1. kuntani, kuntini,/ [?], a curlew; Abh 641 (koiic ca -i); Ja III 134,26 (rjakule kira kuntini sakunik, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits sakunik); 135,7 (ek kuntini dteyyahrik, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee kuntani); 135,24* (vasa kuntini, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -i); Pj II 317,6 (-1, Be so; Ce, Ee kontani; Se kontini); see also konta2, kontani. kuntala, m. [ts], the hair of the head; Abh 256 (keso tu
-0).

kuntla, m. [?] a kind of palmyra tree;! Sp834,is (matthakakhdaniye tla-hintla-kuntla-ketaka-nlikera-); Vin-vn 1335 (tla-hintla-kuntla-kaliro). kuntlaka, m. [kuntla + ka2], a kind of palmyra tree; ! Vin-vn 1338 (tlakuntlakdinam chinditv ptito pana). kuntha, m. [cf S. lex., BHS kunta], a small insect,

709

probably a kind of ant or termite; Sadd 365,17 (kuthi... himssankilesesu: kunthati ~o kunthakipillikam); -kipilla, m., an ant; a termite; Ps III 40,6 (-am pi nma jivit avoropanakassane, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Se kunthakipillikam); Mhv 37:199 (rlho cetiyam -'-dim avekkhiya); -kipillika, -kipillaka, m. [cf BHS kuntapipllika, kuntapipilaka], a kind of ant or termite; {or dvandva: ants and termites; ?) Vin I 97,2 (pno jivit no voropetabbo antamaso -am updya); Sn 602 (kite patafige ca yva -e, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kunta-); Ja I 439, I8 (may matto pi pntipto na katapubbo, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -kipillaka-); Sv 595,2 (antamaso -am updya, Be, Ce so; Ee wr kuttha-; Se kunthakipilikam); Pj 1173,6 (antamaso -am pi updya passanti); Vibh-a 382,32 (-kipillikassa hi vadho appasvajjo). kunthati,pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunthati, Wg 3:6], hurts; suffers pain; Dhtum531 (kutha sanklesane); Sadd 365,17 (kuthi... himssankilesesu: -ati). kunda, n. [ts], the flower of a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum); Abh 578 (-am tu mghyam uccate); Sp 836,15 (in long cpd); As 14,13 (in long cpd); vadta, mfn., white as jasmine blossom; Dth3:14 (~hi pabhhi); -dasana, mfn., with teeth like jasmine flowers; Ap 548,6 (s kann ... bimbotthi -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kundadassan, prob, wr); -visada, mfn., bright as jasmine blossom; Dth 5:28 (ramsihi -ehi). kundeti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kundrayati, Wg 32:6], tells a lie; Sadd 542,12 (kudi anatabhsane: -eti -ayati). kunnadi, / [ku1 + nadi; S. kunadi], a small river; a shallow stream; SI 109,5* (yu khiyati maccnam-Inam va odakam) = Th 145; SII 32,8 (mahsobbh paripr -iyo pariprenti); Ja III 221,11 (ekam -im uttnatalam tamkhanodakapram disv); Ap 559,10 (-im pritam disv); Mp IV 51,17 (-iyo tithapetv pafica mahnadiyo avases ninnag); Sadd 780,n (nadisadde pare khuddasaddassa kundeso hoti, khudd ca s nadi ca ti -I). kupatha, m. [ku1 + patha; ts], a bad or wrong road; an evil way; Ap 477,26 (imam vacanam abravim ~e vippanatthassa saranam hohi Gotama; Ap-a513,2o/o//.: kucchitapathe sopaddavamagge mlhassa micchpatipannassa); -pakkhanna, mfn., fallen upon a bad road, having taken an evil way; Mil 390,8 (~e kummaggapatipanne satte disv). kupdakacchadahano in Ee at Ap 508,25 is prob, wr for kuvdagacchadahano (Be, Ce, Se so). kupita, mfn., pp o/kuppati qv. kuppa 1 , n. [S. kupya], base metal; Abh 486 (-am tadannam tambdi). kuppa2, mfn. and n., caus.fpp ofkuppati qv. kuppati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kupyati], 1. is agitated (with emotion or anger); is disturbed; is in a state of unrest; is angry (with, ace. or gen./dat.); Dhtup 430 (kupa kope); Dhtum 667; Sadd 487,7 (kupa kope: ~ati); Vin II 202,5* (pucchito ca na ~ati); A l l 205,H (nbhisajjissmi na -issami na vypajjissmi); III 101,19 (pittam va me -eyya); Sn 826 (nindya so -ati); Ja III

120,15* (n'evbhisajjmi na cpi ~e); Cp 2:10:7 (bhojaputte na ~mi es me sflaprami); Ps I 145,9 (katham bhagavato ~ati); Pj I 68,2 (addhnam gatassa vyodhtu ~ati); part.pr. kuppamna, mfn., Mil 135,17 (vto ... -amno dasavidhena ~ati); Spklll 116,27 (~amno); neg. akuppamna, mfn., M III 246,23; absol kuppitv, Mhv37:17; aor. 3sg. kuppi, Dili 159,8 (nbhisajji na -i na vypajji); Jail 393,1 (theriy udaravto ~i); IV 446,1 (ranno paccanto ~i); 2. is disturbed, falters; fails in effect, is invalid; VinV 217,23 (kammam ca tarn ~eyya vaggapaccay); Sp 192,21 (pannattam pi sikkhpadam ~eyya na yathtthne tittheyya); 969,34 (na hi tath avadantassa saranam -ati); 1025,15 (kammam pana na -ati); Ps IV 30,n (upasampaddikammni pi sithildmam dhanitdikaranamatten' eva -anti); Pj II 496,29 (dhutahgam na -ati); Nidd-a I 462,10 (hiri ~ati vinassati); absol. kuppitv, Mil 135,26; Spklll 15,io; p p kupita (occasionally written kuppita), mfn. [ts], agitated, disturbed; in a state of unrest; provoked, angry; failed, invalid; Vin I 70,2i (-0 hoti anattamano anabhiraddho); IV 320,2 (sikkh v na dinn hoti dinn v sikkh ~); MI 27,15 (so ~o hoti appatito; Ps I 143,35: ~o c* eva hoti kodhdhibhto); Vv 29:11 (me sassu ~); Ja II 114,13 (pittam te ~am ummattiko si jto); III 497,28 (rj paccantam ~am vpasametum gacchanto); VI 164,6* (na hi nage ~amhi ciram jivanti tdis); Ap46,3 (slvisarn va -am); Cp 2:7:5 (mam abhisapi ~o dutthamnaso); Mil 187,13 (api nu kho ... mahpathavi ~ tarn pate ti); 314,14 (paccante -e); Sp 269,23 (abaddhapittam ... sabbangagatam, tamhi - e ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tarn hi ~o); 1069,14 (sikkh kuppit hoti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se omit); Ps III 345,18 (ayam rj mayham ~o); Spk I 66,7 (~o esa amhkan ti); As 300,13* (~ena yad loko salilena vinassati); caus. pr. 3 sg. kopeti 1 , kopayati1, agitates; disturbs; provokes; makes invalid; violates; Vin IV 231,19 (katam v kammam ~eyyma); S IV 305,14 (rgassa appahinatt pare -enti); Ja VI 87,16* (katham cittam na -aye); Ap67,9 (nham -emi jTvam cajamno pi jivitam); Sp 297,6 (tathgatassa iinabalam ajnant sikkhpadam ~eyyum); part.pr. kopenta, mfh., Sp828,3i (tarn tarn iriypatham -entena); neg. akopenta, mfn., Dhp-a IV 88,9 (dasa rjadhamme akopento); Cp-a220,i9; aor. 3 sg. (a)kopesi, JaV 182,20* (ko tarn amma -esi kirn rodasi, 182,24': ko te appiyam aksi); (b) akopayi, Cp 3:11:6 (drako ... slvisarn akopayi); absol. kopetv, Ja I 398,20 (cittam ~etv); Sp275,i9; 318,10; neg. akopetv, Ja II 118,23; Spkl 183,3i; Pv-al61,n; pass, part.pr. kopiyamna, mfn., S IV 305,14 (rgassa pahinatt pare kopenti, parehi -iyamno kopam ptukaroti); neg. akopiyamna, mfh., S IV 305,24; pp kopita, mfn. [ts], disturbed; provoked, angered; Thll26; Spklll 12,7 (ita-tt); see also adhikopita; fpp (a) kuppa2, mfn. and n. [BHS kopya; cf S. kopya], l.(mfn.) able to be disturbed; unstable; open to challenge or valid objection; Vin I 316,19 (idarn... karnmam adhammatta vaggatt -am atthnraham); 1170,22 (adhammikena kammena -ena atthnrahena);

710

PatisII 35,25 (~o vimokkho akuppo vimokkho; Patis-a 552,25: kopetum bhanjitum sakkuneyyatya ~o); Pj II 522,2 (tya); 2. (n.) disturbance; Vin II133,10 (~am karissmi ayam mam bhikkhu vippakaroti ti; Sp 1210,2i: ~am karissmi ti Saddam karissmi); dhamma, mfn., vulnerable to disturbance; Ppll,i3 (katamo ca puggalo ~-dhammo); Sp496,2o (prjikam n' atthi ~-dhammatt); neg. akuppa, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) not able to be disturbed; stable; immovable; not open to challenge or valid objection; Vin I 11,30 (akupp me cetovimutti)* MI 167,28 (Ps II 174,\4 foil: akuppatya ca akupprammanatya ca akupp); Vin I 316,27 (kammam dhammatt samaggatta akuppam); 11124,8 (kammena akuppena thnrahena upasampanno; Sp 243,2: akuppena ti... akopetabbatam appatikkositabbatam upagatena); D III 273,9 (akuppam nnam); Th364 (sacchikatv akuppatam; Th-all 153,3o: akuppatan ti arahattam); JaV 425,6* (mahi yath... sabbasah aphandan akupp); Mil 157,20 (gun ekaras arog akupp aparpakkam); Sp 297,13 (pannattam pi ca sikkhpadam akuppam bhavissati); Pj II 607,13 (akuppam aviparinmadhammam); 2. (n.) what is not able to be disturbed; (a state of) stability; A III 119,27 (bhikkhu na cirass' eva akuppam pativijjhati; Mp III 276,19: akuppan ti arahattam); Kvll0,i (akuppam pativijjhanto jahati); Spkl 170,20 (tathgatassa ... appatividdham v akuppam asacchikato v nirodho n' atthi); 3. (n.) lack of agitation; (the state of) not being provoked or angered, forbearance; Vin II 251,4 (cuditen* Upli bhikkhun dvisu dhammesu patitthtabbam sacce ca akuppe cti; Sp 1362,3foil: na ca codake v anuvijjake v sanghe v kopo uppdetabbo) * A III 198,15; Ja VI 260,23' (akuppasankhtam adhivsanakhantim vanneti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce akuppana-; Se akkopana-). akuppadhamma, mfn., not vulnerable to disturbance; whose essential nature is stability or unchangeability; VinV 129,1 (bhikkhu ussankitaparisankito hoti ppabhikkh ti api akuppadhammo pi) = A III 128,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuppadhammo; MpIII 278,1* api akuppadhammo khinsavo samno pi); Ppll,2i; Mil 362,2; Sp 137,7 (akuppadhammatam ca paksento); 496,2i (akuppadhammatt); SpkII 154,21 (akuppadhammam nibbnam rammanam katv); see also kopa; fpp (b) neg. akuppiya, mfn., not able to be disturbed; stable; Mhv 50:10 (rj tasrnim akujjhitv sandhim katv akuppiyam); (c) neg. akopiya, mfn., not able to be disturbed, not open to objection; Sadd 24,10*; (d) neg. akopetabba, mfn., not able to be disturbed; Sp 243,3 (akopetabbatam... upagatena); PsIV 159,5 (akuppan ti kilesehi akopetabbam); see also kuppaniya, kopaniya. kuppana, n. [from kuppati], the being disturbed; agitation, anger; Ja III 368,6' (labhati ruppanan ti ghattanam dsanam ~am labhati); Nidd-al 321,33 (-vasenakopo); -sabhava, mfn., liable to disturbance, unstable; Sp 994,9 (sace parivasanto antar atthasampattiyo nibbatteti, lokiyadhammo nma ~o n'eva upasampdetabbo); akuppana, n., the not being disturbed; lack of anger; Sp 959,9 (avypajjan ti

~-bhvo); 1290,19 (sacce ca akuppe ca ti vacisacce ca tya ca); Pj II 520,1 (tya). kuppaniya, mfn. [cf S. kopaniya], tending to make angry; (that) which disturbs; A III 110, is (mohaniye muyhati ~e kuppati madaniye majjati, Be, Ce so; Se kupaniye; Ee kopaniye); Th 191 (virattam rajanlyesu ~e na kuppati; Th-a II 61,12: ~e ti patighatthniye sabbasmim pi ghtavatthusmim) = Ud41,2 (eds kopaneyye) quoted Pet 191,2 (tena ~e na kuppati, Be so; Ce kopaneyye; Ee wr ~ena kuppati); see also kopaniya. kuppila, m. ? [cf S. kupilu, "a sort of ebony tree"?], a kind of plant or tree; Ja VI 218,14* (bhsamnassa sobhanti dant -sdis; 219,4': mandlakamakulasadis, Be so; Se mandla-; Ee mantlaka-; Ce mandlamakuli-). kubbati l , see sv karoti. kubbati2, see sv kumbati. kubbati 3 , pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup. grvati, Wg 15:65: gurvi udyamane?], rises; Sadd 406,8 (kubbi uggame: ~ati). kubbanaka, n. [ku1 + vana + ka2], a small wood; a poor wood; Sn 1134 (dijo yath ~am pahya bahupphalam knanam vaseyya; Niddll 127,9 (~am parittavanakam appaphalam appabhakkham appodakam pahya, Be [Niddll 288,12] so; Ce rittavanakam parittakam vanam appaphalam ...; Ee, Se rittavanakam appabhakkham ...; Pj II 605, is: ~an ti parittavanam). kubbara, m.n. [S. kbara; see E.H.Johnston, 193 J, pp. 577-81], the curved top or rail running round the front and two sides of a carriage or chariot; the frame to which the yoke is fixed; Abh 374 (-0 tu yugandharo); AIV 191,6 (assakhalunko... pacch langhati ~am hanti); Ja VI 253,20'; SpkII 325,17 (rajatamayam ~am); Vv-a 275,17 foil (yo hi... vedikkrena parikkhepo kariyyati... hatthehi gahanayoggo rathassa avayavaviseso, idha so eva -0 ti adhippeto ... annattha pana rathis -oti vuccati); ifc see ratha-; see also kuvara, kvara. kumati, / [ku1 + mati; ts], wrong thought, folly; Mhv 65:20 (jt vo kumat' idisi). kumra, m. [ts], I. a child; a boy, a youth; a son; (pi) boys; children; Abh 251; 907; Vin I 37,n (pubbe me ... ~assa sato); MI 324,13 (daharo ~o mando uttnaseyyako; Ps II 402,7: daharo ti taruno, ~o ti na mahallako); 395,1 (~o ... kattham v kathalam v mukhe hareyya); S IV 329,3 (atthi me ... ~o bahi-vasathe pativasati); A III 6,12/0//. (yato... so ~o vuddho hoti... anapekkh... dhti tasmim -); Pv 30:2 (ayam ~o sivathikya chaddito ahgutthasnehena ypeti rattim); JaV 184,4* (utthehi tvam dhti imam ~am ramehi annattha); VI 547,14* (tato ~e dya Jlim Kanhjinam ubho); 2. a prince; esp. the heir-apparent; Abh 907 (-0 yuvarje); Vin II 190, is foil (tvam ~ova samno klam kareyysi, tena hi tvam ~a pita ram hantv rj hohi); D I 50,25 (imin me upasamena Udyibhaddo ~o samanngato hotu), III 59,27 (rj... jetthaputtam ~am mantpetv); Sn 685; Ja III 216,23 (so ~o gantv uparj hutv pitu accayena rajjam kresi); IV 447,8* (pesit rjino dt ~am etad abravum); VI 592,32* (anuppatte -amhi Sivinam ratthavaddhane); Ap 507,15 (tato ~o Siddhattho jto Sakyakuladdhajo);

711

Vibh 422,2 (sammatidev nma rjno deviyo ~); Mil 236,8 (imam -am sikkhpehi ti); Mhv 5:33 (rjbhisitto so 'soko -am Tissasavhayam kanitthakam sodariyam uparajje 'bhisecyi); -kil,/, a child's pastimes; the pleasures of a (young) prince; Ja VI 95,22 (catursitivassasahassni -am kali); Mp I 301,19 (so bodhisattena saddhim -am kilanto vuddhim agamsi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kumrakilikam); Thi-a 261,24 (vasena); -kiJik,/, the pleasures of a (young) prince; a child's pastimes; D i l 196,4 (catursltivassasahassni -am kili, catursltivassasahassni oparajjam kresi... rajjarn kresi, Ee so; Ce -kilitam; Be, Se -kilarn) * M II 76,18 {Ee, Se so; Be, Ce -kilitam; c/Ps III 312,4: ankena ankam parihariyamno va kili); -parihra, m., the watchful care given to a prince; princely state and pomp; Ja 1148,24 (rj tarn drakam ... -ena vaddhpesi); II48,16 (bodhisatto pi -ena alankato); Ap 475,12 (mahiplo Kosalo mam aposayi ~ena); -vhana, ., a vehicle drawn by boys; a mount that is a boy; D III 200,13* (-am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kumram vhanam; see kumrivhanam); see also kumram. kumraka, m. [ts], a little boy; a boy, a youth; VinUI 135,5 (passati -am v apajpatikam); MI 234,9 (sambahul ~ v kumrik v); II 97,6 (yo me ayam ... kucchigato ~o v kumrik v); S II 218,23 (na vyam ~o mattam annsi ti; c/Sp 7,3: sirasmim palitesu jtesu p i . . . -vdena ovadati); III 190,8 (- v kumriyo v pamsvgrakehi kilanti); Sn 270 (~ vankam iv' ossajanti); Ja IV 31,6(imasmim ~e mettam katv); 45,29; Cp 3:11:7; Kv 42,2; Vism 126,18 (daharo ~o ukkhipitv thapiyamno punappunam bhmiyam patati); Spkl 178,24 (samavayajtigott~ tato tato sannipatanti); Ud-a294,20 (satt jtadivasato patthya yva pancadasavassak tva - blti ca vuccanti); As 391,8 (jtassa ~assa nmagggahanadivase); Mhv 5:38; 2. a prince; iic see below; kumrakam in Ee, Se at Niddl 378,28 is wr for komrakam qv; -parihra, m., the watchful care given to a prince; Thi-a 37,22 (rj tarn puttarn passitv puttasineham patilabhitv -ena vaddhesi). kumrik, mfn. [from kumra or kumri], belonging to youth; belonging to a young girl, virginal, chaste; Ja II 180, ir (komriko nma tav' ajja dhammo ti amma kumriko nam' esa tava ajja sabhvo, Ee, Se so, wr ? Be, Ce kumri ko ... dhammo ti amma kumri ko nma ...); kumrikadhamma in Ee at Ja I 411, u foil, is prob, wrfor kumrikadhamma qv; see also komraka. kumrik, kumriy, / [ts], a little girl; a girl; an unmarried girl; a virgin; Abh231; Vin III 135,6 (passati... -am v apatikam); MI 234,9 (kumraka v - v) * SI 123,2i (~yo); MI 384,19 (sace ... tvam... -am vijyissasi); Ja I 411,14 (-ya parakulam gatya); VI 64,18* (~e upaseniye, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kumriye); VI 571, r (yassa tavham kumriy bhariy so tvam yeva mama smi, Ee so; Ce, Se komriy; Be daharik); Ap 599,25 (kumr ca bah c'eva -); Niddl 366,11 (~yo olokento); Spkl 178,26 (~yo pi yathrucitnam kumraknam pannkram pesenti); III 304,30 (itthi ti purisantaragat, itar - nma); Dhp-al 45,10 (assa mt -am te tta nessmi ti); -dhamma, m., chastity,

virginal nature; Jal 411,14 (~e pana asati kumrikya parakulam gatya mtpitunnam garah hoti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kumrikadhamme); 411,21 (atthi dni te -0 ti, ma tta atthi, may hi lobhavasena na koci puriso olokitapubbo ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kumrikadhammo). kumri, / [ts]9 a girl; a daughter; an unmarried girl; a virgin; Vin I 268,26 (tdisim ~im jnhi yam tumhe ganikamvutthpeyytha); Mil 110,11 (tarn kim mannasi, mahrja,piyte Vajiri Mti); A III 37,n (im me ... ~iyo patikulni gamissanti); Th58 (na me attho ~ihi); Ja IV 363,20* (~iyo pavecchanti vivhant' vahanti ca); VI 563,9* (padumam Jlino deti kumudam pana -iy); Bv-a93,3 (Sujtya nma ~iy dinnam pysam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit ~iy); Sadd 364,5 (dvdasavassik -1 ti pi vuccati kumrik ti pi); kumri in Ee at SI 6,23* is wr forkomnqv; -pafiha, .(?), 1. questioning a girl (possessed by a deity); D I ll,2i (~am devapanham; Sv 97,n: ~an ti kumrikya sarire devatam otretvpanhpucchanam); 2. a question by a daughter (of Mara, see SI 124,14 foil.); A V 46,2i (vuttam idam... ~esu; Mp V 20,22: ~es ti kumrinam Mradhitnam pucchsu); -vhana, ., a vehicle drawn by girls; a mount that is a girl; D III 200,11* (~am katv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kumrim vhanam; Sv 966,4: kumriyo gahetv ... rathe yojenti); see also adhikumri. kumreti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kumrayati, Wg 35:25), plays; Sadd 559,20 foil, (kumra kflyam: ~eti -ayati... ~ayati ti tattha tattha kilati ti kumro). kumitta, n. [ku1 + mitta; S. kumitra], a bad friend; Ap 430,12 (tena ~ena payutto mtughtanam). kumina, n. [S. lex., BHS kupini; BHS also kupina], a funnel-shaped wicker basket for catching fish; Abh 521 (kuveni ~am); Vin III 63,1 (~e baddhe macche krunnena munci); Ja II 238,6 (macchaganhanatthya ~ni oddesum); Thi-a227,32 (km nmJ ete Mrena odditam -n ti datthabb); Sadd 500,14 (-an ti kucchitenkrena macche minanti etenti-am macchabandhanapanjaro); -mukha, kuminmukha, n. [kumin- prob, mc, but cfS kupini], the mouth or entrance of a fish-trap; Ud76,6* (baddh macch va kuminmukhe) = Th297; Ja II 238,16* (pavittham kuminmukham); 239,14 (macchagan ~ nikkhamitv); VI 552,7* (vrijasseva me sato baddhassa kuminmukhe); Sp 384,17 (~am vivaritv); ifc see jlakhipana- ^v jla1. kumuda, n. and mfn. [S. kumuda, n.]y 1. (i) (n.) a waterlily, esp. the night-blossoming white water-lily (Nymphaea alba or Nymphaea pubescens); Abh 688 (sete tu ~am); DU 179,15 (...padumam -am pundarikam ...); Dhp 285 (ucchinda sineham attano -am sradikam va pnin); Ja III 477,8' (kumudasar -ehi safichann titthanti); VI 563,9* (padumam Jlino dehi -am pana kumriy); Ap 27,19 (udake jt -); 180,20 (jalajam -am chetv, Be, Ceso; Ee gahetv; Se bhitv); Pet203,i2; Vism 257,4 (ntirattam -assa pattapitthivannam); Sv 139,27 (tad kira -ni supupphitni honti); Sadd 240,26 (kuyarn pathaviyam modau" ti -am); ifc see ratta-, seta-; QX) (mfn.) white like the water-lily; Ja VI 223, H* (tatrsum ~ yutt cattro sindhav hay; 223,27': ~a ti kumudavann); 2. (i) (.) one of the high numerals;

712

Abh476; Sadd 801,28; (ii) (m[fn].) the name of a hell or place in Avici (where one suffers for a kumuda of years); S I 152,12 (seyyath p i . . . visati ahah niray evam eko -o nirayo) * A V 173,16 (visati atat niray evam eko -o nirayo) = Sn/?. 126, is; -nla, -nla, m.n., -nli,/, the stalk of the kumuda, SI 127,14* (bl ~ehi pabbatam abhimatthatha); Ja I 223,22 (-am kappento viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kumudanalam); Vibh-a 447,23 (~e sodhetv patte pakkhipitv adamsu, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be -nle); 449,8 (- pi dullabh jt, Ee so; Be -nli; Ce -nli; Se -nli); -bandhava, w., the moon; Sadd 380,29*; -bhangik, / , a kind of grain; Mil 292,24 (aparante janapade - nma dhannajti); 292,30 (~ dsakammakarnam bhojanam). kumudik, / [ts], the name of a plant or small tree (the katphala, Myrica nagi); Abh 564 (kumbhl~). kumudi(n), mfn. and -ini, / [S. kumudim], \.{mfn.) abounding in kumudas; Ja III 477,6* (gang -ini sant; 477,9". yath hi kumudasar kumudehi sanchann titthanti tath' eva sace sakal pi mahgang -ini); 2. (f.) a clump of kumuda.s; a kumuda-pond; Ja I 281,25 (dve ~iyo tisso uppaliniyo). kumudi, / [cf S. kumudi], the white water-lily; Sadd922,31 (kumudam - I . . . vannabhedo 'yam). kumbati (and kubbati2 ?) -eti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kumbati, kumbayati, Wg 11:36; 32:112], covers; Sadd 405,18 (kubi acchdane: -ati, so read ? eds kubbati); 554,17 (kubi acchdane: ~eti -ayati); see also Vkamb. kumbha1, n. [or = kumbha2 ?], the mast of a ship; ? Abh 931 (kpo -e ca dissati); see also kumbhaka]. kumbha2, m. (and n.) [ts], 1. a jar, pitcher; a waterpot; Abh 853 (ghate ~o); Vin IV 204,15* (asm -am ivbhida); AI 130,18 (~o nikkujjo tatra udakam sittam vi vattati no santhti); Jail 432,13* (sabbakmadadam -am kutam laddhna); V 14,14 (ekam surpunnam -am hatthatale thapetv); 18,14* (na imasmi -asmim dadhi v madhum v); Bv2:118 (-0 sampunno); Mil 414,10 (-0 sampunno na sanati); ifc see uda- sv uda3; 2. an urn (for the bones of the dead); DII 166,20 (adamsu kho te Donassa brhmanassa-am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se tumbam); 3. the frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; Abh 363 (~o hatthisiropindo); 853; Vin II 195,26 (hatthissa -am parmasanto); Ja I 190,20 (hatthi tarn sondya gahetv -e thapetv); Ps II 272,13; Spkl 283,27 (theramjetthakangassa~e nisidapetv); 4. a measure (of grain); a potful; ? Abh 483 (~o dasammanam); 853; Dhp-alV 220,4 (suvannapupphnam tayo - katv); As 142,31 (~am takkesi sakatam takkesi yojanam takkesi [?]); Vibh-a 256,21 (ekam khettam attha -e deti ekam solasa ekam dvattimsa, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee atthakumbham); Sadd 410,23 ( -saddo ... dasammane pavattati); ifc see attha- sv attha2; nubandhanasuttaka in Ce, Ee at As 364,7 is wr for kummnubandha- (Be, Nidd-a I 39,8 so, and see S II 227, is foil.); -kra, m. [kumbha + kra1], a potter; Abh 507; Vin III 244,25; D I 51,12; Sn 577 (yath pi -assa kat mattikabhjan); Ja III 386,13*; Ap 444,9; Mil 331,8; Vism 376, is; ~-pka, zw., the potter's hearth or kiln;

S II 83,7 (Spk II 80,29: ~-pk ti -assa bhajanapacanatthnato); AIV 102,17 (~-pko limpito pathamam dhpeti...); kumbhakra- in Ee at Ja V 45,27 is wr for kumbhabhara- (Be, Ce, Se so); -karaka, m., a potter; bhjana, ., a potter's pot; SI 97,23 (yni knici^bhjanni makni c' eva pakkni ca, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce kumbhakra-); see also kumbhakrika below; -krakukkuta, w., a kind of bird, a wild fowl; Vv-a 163,23 (koncamayracankorasanghacaritan ti srasasikhandikrakukkutaganehi tattha tattha vicaritam); -karika, m(fn)., a potter; Vism 254,22 (uddhanasanthnni) = Vibh-a 237,22 (Be, Ce, Ee kumbhakraka-; Se kumbhakra-); -krik, / Pcumbha + krik2 ? or from kumbhakra ?], the potwork, the potter's work (Dhaniya's clay hut, see Vin III 41,23/0//.,); Vin II 143,2 (anujnmi bhikkhave ... thapetv katakam ca ~arn ca sabbam mattikbhandan ti; Sp 1215,4: ~ ti Dhaniyass' eva sabbamattikmayakutl vuccati); -tthnakath,/, talk at the well or ford, gossip; scullery-maids' or prostitutes' gossip; Vin IV 164,2i (anekavihitam tiracchnakatham kathenti seyyath' idam ... visikhkatham -am) ^ D I 8,1 (Sv 90,24: ~ ti udakatthnakath, udakatitthakath ti pi vuccati, kumbhadsikath v, s pi psdik naccitum gyitum chek ti assdavasena na vattati, saddh pasann ti din nayen' eva vattati) ^ SV 420,1 ^ A V 128,is; -thna, -thna, n. [BHS kumbhatna, -tna], a kind of drum; Abh 140 (talekekayutam daddarikdikam); D I 6,12 (pnissaram vetlam -am; Sv84,2o: -an ti caturassa-ambanakatalam, kumbhasaddan ti pi eke, Be, Se so; Ce caturassarammanakatlam; Ee caturassaraammanakatlam); JaV 506,9* (pnissaram -am); -thni(n), -thni(n), m. [BHS kumbhatnin], the player of a kumbhathna drum, a musician; Ja VI 580,26* (pnissar -iyo); Ap 358,7 (vetlino -1 nat ca naccak bah); -thnika, -thnika, m. [BHS kumbhatnika], the player of a kumbhathna drum, a musician; a drummer; Vin IV 285,14 (~nam pi samanacivararn deti; Sp 931,3: - nma ghatakena kilanak, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -thunik); Ja VI 276,28* (pnissare - e . . . passa; 277,r: ~e ti ghatadaddaravdake); -(t)thenaka, mfn. orm., stealing with (a light in) a pot; a kind of thief Vin II 256,18 (tni [kulni] suppadhamsiyni honti corehi -ehi; Sp \29\y3foil.: kumbhe dipam jletv tena lokena paraghare bhandam vicinitv thenakacorehi) = S II 264,2 = A IV 278,25; -dsi, -dsik,/ the slave-girl who fetches water, a scullery-maid; a prostitute; D I 168,25 (gahapatin v gahapatiputtena v antamaso -iy pi); Ja V 403,6* (vinetv chandam kuladhitiysu pi karoti saddham pana -iy); Ap 317,15 (ganik -Ica pvik macchakyik); 524,24 (-1 ahos' aham... gacchim udakahrik); 611,24 (Anthapindino gehe jt 'harn -iy, gat udakahriyam ...); Mil 331,16 (ganik lsik -iyo); Dhp-a I 401,16 (nham tumhehi udakatitthato -1 viya nit; = Mp I 413,4: eds -dsik); -dhan, -dohan, (m)f(n)., giving a pitcherful of milk; Sn 309 (gvo elakasamn sorat -); PsV 12,9 (-dohan dhenuyo); -son in Ee at Ap 453,i is wrfor kumm son (Be, Ce, Se so); see

713

also addhakumbhpama sv addha1. kumbhaka1, n. the mast of a ship; Abh 666 (kpo tu ca -am). kumbhaka2, m. [kumbha + ka; ts], a pot; ifc see udasv uda3. kumbhaka, rn(fn). and m.n., \.m(fn). and m. [BHS kumbhanda, kumbhanda; cf S. kusmnds], who has testicles like or the size of a water-jar; the name of a kind of demon; Abh 13 (- ca pisc); 1030 (~o devabhede ca dissati); Vin III 106,3 I (addasam -am purisam vehsam gacchantam... ande khandhe ropetv gacchati...; Sp 510,6 foil.: tassa ... kumbhamatt mahghatappamn and ahesurn) = S II 258,12; DU 257,13* (rj Virlho... -nam dhipati); JaIII 147,3* (kamam kandantu - sabbe pamsupiscak; 147,6': -tikumbhamattarahassang mahodar yakkh); Ap 19,16 (- danav garul); Mil 267,18 (atthi loke yakkh rakkhas <- asur ...); 2. (m.n.) [S. kusmnda], a kind of pumpkin gourd; Abh 597 (-0 tu ca vallibho); 1030 (-0... dissati vallijtiyam); Ja VI 400,10 (sakatehi -ni viya mahjanassa sisni ganhatha); Sp 1027,17 (yassa -am viya gale gando hoti); 1104,i (in long cpd); ifc see lbu-. kumbhandaka, m. [BHS kumbhndaka; cf S. kusmndaks], the name of a class of demons; Mhv 12:20 (yakkh - bah). kumbhancji, f. [BHS kumbhndi; cf S. kusmndi], l . a female kumbhanda demon; D III 203,10 (gandhabbo v gandhabbi v kumbhando v -i v ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits -1 v); 2. [S. lex. kusmndi], a kind of gourd; Vism 183,21 (sace lata hoti s pi lbu v -i v...); Vin-vn 1355 (kumbhanditipusnam ca phalam); 2692 (tipuslbu -i). kumbhi, kumbhi 1 , / [S. kumbhi], a pot; a cookingvessel; Abh 456 (-1); Vin I 286,13 (bhikkh rajanam oropent -im vajjanti, -1 bhijjati); D U 332,26 (imam purisam jivantamyeva -iypakkhipitv); Mil 52,10 (~iy odanam gahetv); S I 236,17* (na te sam kotthe openti na kumbh na kalopiyam, Ee, Se so; Be ~i; Ce kumbhe; Spk I 353,2i: na kumbhyti na -iyam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se na ~Iti)= Thi 283 (na -im; Thi-a208,22; -in ti -iyam) = Ja V 252,20* (Be, Ce na -im; Ee, Se na kumbhe; 253, lr: na -iyam); Sn 670 (lohamayam pana -im agginisamam jalitam pavisanti); Ja III 425,18* (-im adhissayitv; 425,21': pacanathlikam manussasisuddhanam ropetv); V 306,6* (-1 dhovati onato, Ee so; Be, Ce -im; Se kumbham); Ap 579,19 (-inam); Mil 107,4 (-ito tandule niharitv); Sp317,13 (na sakal -i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -I); 328,23 (bhmigatya -iy); 1237,n (yena kenaci lohena kat ~i, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kumbh); Ps III 15,18 (ekdasa -iyo passeyya); kumbhiy in Ee, Se at Ap 325,30 is perhaps wr for kucchiy (Be, Ce so); ifc see camana-, acma- (^vcma2), loha-; -agga, n. Pcumbhi + agga' ], the first portion from the cookingpot; Pj II 270,6 foil (... kotthaggam -am bhojanaggan ti imni pafica aggni deti... yam yad eva pan' assa ghare randhati, tato aggam anuppattapabbajitnam adatv antamaso draknam pi na kind deti, idam assa dnam). kumbhi 2 ,/ [ts], the name of a plant or small tree (the katphala, Myrica nagi); Abh 564 (~i kumudik).

kumbhika, mfn. or m. and n. [from kumbha; cfS. kumbhaka], a measure (of grain), a potful; (having) the capacity or value of a kumbha measure; ? Sadd 787,8 foil, (kumbho assa parimnam -am, kumbhassa rsi - 0 kumbham arahati ti -o). kumbhila, see sv kumbhila. kumbhira, m [ts], a crocodile; Ap-a537,i2 (kumbhirmakarkinn ... sar, eds so); see also kumbhila. kumbhila, (occasionally written kumbhila) m. [S. kumbhira; S. lex. kumbhila], a crocodile; Abh 674 (sumsumro tu -0); Ja I 216,24 (bindumatte udake ~e passati); 278,27 (eko-o sapajpatiko tass nadiy vasati); V 255,21* (smuddik macch -); VI 537,19* (- makar sus, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kumbhil); Ap 15,11 (- makar c' ettha); Ps III 381,19 (annesam -nam viya dant viral honti); Spk II 23,29 (- kira psne gilanti); -bhaya, ., the fear or danger of crocodiles; MI 459,31 (cattr' imni... bhayni udakorohante ... mibhayam -am vattabhayam susukbhayam); Thi 502 (sara -ni, Be, Ce, Se, Ee App p. 249 so; Ee wr kumbhilabhayni); Ja VI 407,11 (sen -na na otarissati); Mil 196,27. kumbhilaka, m. [?], a kind of small bird; Ja IV 347,24* (- sakunak sanghino ganacrino; 348, r: - ti evamnmak khuddakasakun). kumma, m. [S. krma], a turtle; a tortoise; Abh 674 (nakko ~o tu kacchapo); SI 7,n* (-0 va ahgni sake kaple samodaham); II227,18 (akkhato kho 'mhi tta ~a anupahato, atthi ca me idam suttakam pitthito pitthito anubandhan ti); IV 177,27 (-0 kacchapo syanhasamayam anunaditlre gocarapasuto ahosi; Spk III 29,16: -o ti atthikummo, kacchapo ti tass' eva vevacanam); 178,11 (siglo -amh nibbijja pakkmi); JaV 489,32' (sasako sallako godho svi -oti imepanc' eva satt bhakkhitabbayuttak); Ap 453,i (- son, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kumbhason); Mil 370,15^0//. (-assa panca ahgni gahetabbni); ifc see cittakadhara- sv cittaka2; see also kummi. kummagga (and kumagga), m. [ku1 + magga; S. kumrga], a bad way; the wrong road; a dangerous road; Vin V 161,36 (-am patisevati); MI 117,27 (yvssa maggo khemo ... tarn maggam pidaheyya vivareyya -am; Ps II 85,9: -an ti udakavanapabbatdihi sanniruddham amaggam); SIV 195,19 (sabhayo c* eso maggo... ummaggo ca ~o ca); A III 420,29 (samdhi maggo asamdhi -0); Thi245 (-am patipannam mam ariyamaggam samnayi, Ce so; Be -patipannam; Ee kumaggam; Se kumaggapatipannam); Ja VI 252,32* (icch lobho ca -0 ujumaggo ca samyamo); Pv38:5 (-am patipann' amh); Ap301,i2 (-ena gavesissam); Vibh 373,22 (katamo -o, micchditthi micchsankappo ...). kummsa, m. [cf S. kulmsa, AMg kummsa], a kind of grain (probably a type of barley or wheat); a porridge or dumpling made from this; a broth or gruel; Abh 1048 (spo kummsavyanjane); Vin III 15,27 (ntidsi bhidosikam -am chaddetukm hoti); IV 92,is (pafica bhojanni, odano -0 sattu maccho mamsam; Sp823,2oyb//.: ~o nma yavehi katakummso, anfiehi pana muggdflii katakummso pavranam na janeti) ^

714

Dhs 646; MII 52,31 (kalopiy ~am gahetv pariyog spam gahetv paribhunjati); Vv 19:6 (odanam ~am dkam... adsim);JaIV 352,2* (s [skh] ca chinn va pagghari... appodavanne ~e; 353,4': appodakapysasadise ~e); VI 580,21* (mamspv sankuliyo ~ macchasamyut); Ap 415,26 (rittakam pattam disvna ~am prayim aham); Nett 142,28* (~am vikkinim tattha Panclnam puruttame); Mil 291,18 (Mallik devi bhagavato bhidosikam -pindam datv); see also odanakummsupacaya sv odana. kummi, pr. 1 sg. o/karoti qv. kummiga, m. [ku1 + miga], a small animalMil 346, is* foil, (anumnena jnanti bhite disvna ~e migarjassa saddena bhit 'me ~ iti). kummi, / [S. krmi], a female turtle or tortoise; Sadd 429,33 (kummo ~I). kuyir, opt. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kuyyaka, m. [? cfBHS kupyaka ?], the name of a tree or plant; Ja I 60,15 (bodhisattassa sisam kinjakkhagavacchitam viya -puppham ahosi); Sp836,i4 (asokavakulakuyyakapunngacampaka-... -mallikadinam pana puppham, Be, Ce so; Ee -kuyhaka-, prob, wr; Se -kuleyyaka-). kuyyati, pass. pr. 3 sg. 0/kavati 2 qv. kuyhaka in Ee at Sp 836, u is prob, wrfor kuyyaka qv. Vkur1, see kurati1. Vkur2, see kurati2. Vkur3, [cf S. Dhtup grayate, gorayate, Wg 33:21 ?], to eat; Dhatum 560 (kura sadddanesu ca). kura, n. [cfS. kra], boiled rice; Abh465 (odano v ~am bhattam); Th-all 66,10 (tattha tattha -am pariyesanto vicari,ite, Ce, Seso; ekuram); -mamsa, n., boiled rice and meat; Vin III 55,30* (in uddna: dubbhikkhe ~amca,2te, Ce so; Se kura-; Ee wr kuru-); see also kra. kuranga, m. [ts]9 a kind of deer or antelope; Abh 619 (~o migamtuk, Ce so; Be kurungo); -miga, m., a kuranga deer; Sp 1088,33 (-0, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kurungamigo); see also kurunga. kuranjiya, m. or n. [cf S. lex. kulanja ?], the name of a plant or tree; Ap 448,24 (-phalam gayha, Be, Ce, Se so; isekurenjiya-, prob, wr); Th-aII62,i (-phalam satthuno adsi, Be, Seso; Cekurunjiya-; Eekurandiya-, prob. wr). kuranda, m. [cf S. lex., BHS kuranta], the name of a plant, the yellow amaranth; Sadd 922,5 (mattbhedo tva... ~o krando); see also kurandaka, kranda, koranda. kurar^4aka, m. [cfS. lex. kurantaka, kurandaka], the name of a plant, the yellow amaranth; Abh 579 (kinkirto ~o); Ja V 473,21 (miltakurandakadmni viya, Be so; Se -korandaka-; Ce, Ee wr -karandaka-); Vism 183,18 (sace gaccho hoti... kanavlro v ~o v...); see also kuranda, korandaka. kuran4iyaphalam in Ee at Hi-a II 62,1 is prob, wr for kuranjiya- (Be, Se so). kurati1, pr. 3 sg. [Vkur1; S. Dhtup kurati, Wg 28:51], utters a sound; Dhtup 485 (kura sadde); Dhtum 560; Sadd 429,33 (kura sadde akkose ca: ~ati kuraro kurari). kurati2, pr. 3 sg. [Vkur2; cf S. grana, "reproach" ?],

reproaches; Dhtum 367 (kur' akkose); Sadd 429,33 (kura sadde akkose ca: ~ati). kurara, m. [ts], an osprey; Abh 640; Ja IV 293,3* (293,4: ~o ti ukkusarj); VI539,13* (ukkus ~ harns; 540,6' foil.: ukkus ti klakurar, ~ ti setakurar, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kjakabar); Ap 17,3 (~ senak bah ... upajivanti tarn sararn); Sadd 429,33. kurari,/ [ts], a female osprey; Ja VI 189,9* H hatachp va sunnam disv kulvakam) = 501,5*; Sadd 429,33 (kura sadde akkose ca: kurati kuraro ~i). kuravaka, w., n. [S. kurabaka], (m.) the name of a plant or tree, the red amaranth; (n.) its blossom; Ja IV 440,ii* (aham c' idam ~am ocinmi); Vin-vn 801 (nlikerakaranjnam telam-assa ca; Vin-vn tik : -assa ti atasibijassa); ifc see ratta-. kuriy, opt. 3 sg. o/karoti qv. kurunga, m. [S. kuranga, kuluriga], a kind of deer or antelope; Ja I 174,9 (ntam etam ~assa) quoted Sadd 144,9; Jail 155,1* (~o pvisi vanam); -miga, m.y a kurunga deer; Ja I 173,15 (bodhisatto ~o hutv); Sp 1088,33 (... pasadamige ~o migamtuko ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kuranga-); see also kuranga. kuruttharu, mfn. [ku1 + ruttha + aru?], with a badly inflamed wound; ? D II 242,17* (ken' vat vti paj ~ pyik nivutabrahmalok, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be kurutu; Ce kurr; Se kururu; Sv 665, is: paj kurur ti katamena kilesvaranena varit paj ptik vyati, Ee, Se so; Be paj kurutti; Ce kurr ti). kurute, see sv karoti. kurumamsa in Ee at Vin III 55,30* is wrfor kura- (Be, Ce so) or kra- (Se so). kurumna, mfn., part.pr. o/karoti qv. kurumnaka, mfn. [kurumna + ka2], making, doing, performing; Mhv 31:81 (rakkham ~); Samantak 168 (rakkham ~o). kuruvinda, m.n. 1. [ts], a ruby; ifc see uppala-; 2. [S. lex. id.], a mineral, probably cinnabar; Ap303,16 (krayim ... ~e madhusitthe telam hatthappatpakam); Ps III 280,17 (sotti nma -psnacunnni lakhyabandhitv katagulikakalpako vuccati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -psnavannni; Mhv 29:8 (tassopari kharasudham ~am tato 'pari); see also kuruvindaka; 3. [S. lex. id.; AMgid. "a fragrant grass"], the name of a plant or tree (or grass); Ja IV 92,5* (-karavir, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se -karavar; cf 92,13': -rukkh ca kariviranmakni mahtinni ca). kuruvindaka, m. or n. [kuruvinda + ka2; cf BHS kuruvinda], a mineral, probably cinnabar; -cunna, n., kuruvindaka powder; Ja III 282,24 (sumajjan ti ~ena sutthu majjitam); -sutti, -sotti, / , balls of kuruvindaka powder mixed with lac (for rubbing the body while bathing); Vin II 106,11 (chabbaggiya bhikkh -suttiy nahyanti; Sp 1200,i: -psnacunnni lkhya madditv katagulikakalpako vuccati, tarn ubhosu antesu gahetv sariram ghamsanti); Mp II 323,4 (sottin ti -sottim, -psnacunnena hi saddhim lkham yojetv manike katv viijhitv sutte vunitv tarn manikalpaparn ubhato gahetv pitthim ghamsenti).

715

kurra, mfn. [S. krra], ferocious, harsh, pitiless; bloody, raw; Abh928 (bhayankare ca kathine ~o tisu niddaye); D II 242, \i* (ken' vut vti paj ~ pyak, Ceso; itekurutu; Se kurur; Ee kurutthar); Cp-a 191,28 (candti~); -kammanta, mfn., performing bloody or cruel deeds; M I 93,34 (ye loke ludd lohitapnino ~; Ps II 64,2i: ~ ti drunakamm, mtari pitari dhammikasamanabrhmandisu ca katpardh, mgavikdayo v kakkhalakamm); A l l 207,9 (ekacco puggalo orabbhiko hoti skariko ... bandhangriko, ye v pan' anne pi keci ~) * Spk II 342,27 (ayam kanhbhijti ti). kurri(n), mfn. [cf S. krra, n., "cruelty, a horrible deed"], connected with bloody or cruel deeds; bloody; Pv 27:3 (te duggat scikatt kilanto naggino kis uttasant mahts na dassenti ~ino;Pv-a 181,3: ~ino ti drunakammant); 27:8 (tava dinnena dnena ypessanti ~ino). kureftjiyaphalam in Ee at Ap 448,24 foil, is prob, wr for kuranjiya- (Be, Ce, Se so). kula, n. [ts], herd, assemblage; community, class, lineage; family, household; family residence; good family, a noble or eminent family; Abh 332 (~am vamso); 632 (sajtiknam tu ~am); 1060 (~am tu gottarsisu); Vin I 18,36 (setthnusetthinam ~nam putt); III 135,5 (yasm Udyi... bahukni ~ni upasankamati); 184,37 (cattri~ni: khattiyakulam brhmanakulam vessakulam suddakulam); IV 312, I 8 (katham hi nma bhikkhuni ~am maccharyissati); D I 115,32 (samano ... Gotamo ucc ~ pabbajito); MI 379,n (te gahapati niganthnam opnabhtam ~arn); Dhp 193 (yattha so jyati dhiro tarn -am sukham edhati); Sn 65 (~e ~e appatibaddhacitto); Vv 32:5 (ulrabhoge ~e sunis ahosim); Thi 123 (bhikkhamn ~ -am); Ja III 120,18* (etdiso nna ~assa dhammo); 426,19* (s dni sabbassa -assa issar); V 165,4* (ariyvakso si pasannanetto manne bhavam pabbajito ~amh; 165,8': -amh ti khattiyabrhmanakul v setthikul v pabbajito si ti mannmi); Ap 526,13 (duve ~e pajymi khattiye cpi brhmane); Cp 2:4:3 (anapekkh ~e gane); Mil 129,2 (yadi tattha gandhabbo yato kutoci gantv andaje ~e uppajjati so tattha andajo hoti); Vism 91,\ifoll; Sp 992,3 (vesiynam ~esu); 1097,20 (~an ti nivesanam); Dhp-al 45,22 (aputtakam ca nma ~am vinassati); ifc see cariya-, ucc-, upavajja- (^v upabbajati), kutumbika-, gahapati-, go-, deva-, nica-, rja-, sindhava-; kula in Ee at Ap 15,7 (uttnakul), Apl5,i5 (ubhokulesu) and Sp 1071,29 (kulam) is wr for kla (Be, Ce, Se so); 0, -aftgra, m. "burning coal of the family", one who ruins his family; S IV 324,30 (kule v ~o ti uppajjati yo te bhoge vikirati vidhamati viddhamseti) = Nidd I 5, l (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kulajjhpako); Ja IV 69,7 (imam kulapacchimakam ~am ppadhammam ... nissya, so read ? Ce, Ee kulagaram; Be kulavamsansakaram; Se kulavamsabhram); VI 380,24' (-o kulapacchimako dhanavinsako avajto nma, Ce so; Ee wr kulanguro; Se kulankuro; Be only kulabhro avajto nma); -ftnurakkh,/, the preservation of families; Nidd I 496,7 (kulnudayya ~aya kulnukampya patiganhti); ' -itthi, / , a woman of the family, mistress of the

household; a woman of good family; Abh 234; Vin II 10,2 (te ~Inam kuladhitnam kulakumiinam kulasunhnam kuladsinam ekatovantikamlam haranti); D II 74,28 (~iyo kulakumriyo; Sv 520,6: ~iyo ti kulagharaniyo, kulakumriyo ti anivitth tsam dhitaro); SIV 346,21; AIII 76,is; JaV 403,22'; Vism 18,3i (kulnam ovarakni gujhni ca paticchannni ca yattha ~iyo kulakumriyo nisidanti); cita, mfn. [kula + ucita], customary in the family; Mhv 64:34 (abhisekamhi ~e); '-upaka, '-paka, m., '-pik,/ [BHS kulopaka], (being) a family associate; (one) dependent on, intimate with, a household or several households; Vin I 192,35 (annataro ppabhikkhu annatarassa ppupsakassa ~o hoti); III 131,29 (yasm Udyi Svatthiyam ~o hoti bahukni kulni upasankamati); IV 66,10 (bhikkhuni annatarassa kulassa kulpik hoti niccabhattik); Sil 200,12 (kathamrpo bhikkhu arahati -0 hoturn); Pv43:6 (~o); Ja I 257,6 (attano -am jivikam pucchi); IV 338,18' (tassa kira ~ ucchedavdino naggasamanak); Pv-a266,22 (eko kutumbiko attano ~am bhikkhum uddissa vihram kresi); '-paga, mfln)., id., Pv 33:5 (saddho si upsako tassa - 0 bhikkhu si, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kulupako); Spk II 170,2 (~o ti kulagharnam upagant, Ce Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Se, SII 200,12 kulupako); 0> -paghtam, ' -upaghtam, ind. [kula + upaghta1], harming families, harming households; SII 218,2i (sassaghtam manne carasi ~am manne carasi, Be, Ce so; Ee ' -upaghtam; Se kulappaghtam; Spk II 178,21: kulni upaghtento viya hananto viya hindasi); -ketu, m., banner or chief of the family; Ap 53,13 (Sakynam ~ussa ntibandhu bhavissati nando nma); -gatthini in Ee at Ja V 306,14* (candli ad si ~i) is wr for kulagandhini qv; -gandhana, mifn)., (being) an injury to the family; (one) who hurts the family; It 64,9 (avajtam na icchanti yo hoti ~o; It-a II 57,13: ~o ti kulacchedako kulavinsako, chedanattho hi idha gandhasaddo... keci pana kuladhamsano ti pathanti) quoted Sadd 585,H; -gandhini,(/w)/(n)., (being) an injury to the family; (one) who hurts the family; Ja IV 35,28' (etam kulantim -I ti vdam jigucchamn); V 306,14* (veni tvam asi candli ad si ~i, Be, Ce so; Ee wr kulagatthini; 306,16': udhu tvam kuladsik); -gara, m(fn)., "swallowing the family", (one) who ruins his family; Ja IV 69,7 (imam kulapacchimakam ~am ppadhammam ... nissya, Ce, Ee so, perhaps wr for kulangram; Be kulavamsansakaram; Se kulavamsabhram); -ja, mfn. [kula + ja2], well-born; Abh 1074 (abhijto ~e); Ap487,i2 (manusso ~o hutv); akulaja,m/w., low-born; JaV 79,r (dukkuline ti akulaje nice, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akuhne); -jjhapaka, m(fn).y one who burns or destroys his family; Nidd I 5,1 (kule v ~o uppajjati, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kularigro; Nidd-a I 28,9foil.: khattiydikule kulaghtako kule antimapuriso nibbattati, kule v kulangroti pi pli); -tanti,/, the line or continuation of the family; Ja VI 380,25' (~im kulapavenim anurakkhako va anujto nma, Se so; Ce, Ee kulapavenirakkhako; Be kulapavenirakkhako); As 77,16 (mayham kulavamso ~i kulapaveni es); -dattika, -dattiya, mfn., given, chosen by one's family; Ja III

716

221,8 (-dattiyam tv' es smikam mresi); IV 146,20 (pornakam no -dattikam nmam bhavissati * Dhp-al 346,19: kulasantakam); 189,7 (-dattiyam kambalam, Be, Ce, Se so; e-dattiyakambalam); VI 348,5 (atthi me smi -dattiko pati); Spkl 315,9 foil. (-dattiyam pana me nmarn... na koci jnti, sace buddho bhavissati -dattikanamena mam lapissati); -dsa, mfn., (one) who defiles families; VinHI 186,28* (... dubbacam ~am ca, sahghdises teras, in uddna); -dsaka, m/(-ik)n. [BHS kuladsaka], who defiles the family; who corrupts a family; Vin III 184,10 (bhikkhu ... viharati ~oppasamcro; 185,1: ~o ti kulni dseti pupphena v phalena v ...; Sp 626,5: kulni dseti ti ~o, dsento ca na asucikaddamdjhi dseti atha kho attano duppatipattiy tesam pasdam vinseti); Sn 89 (pakkhandi ~o pagabbho; Pj II 165,6: kulnam uppannam pasdam ananurpapatipattiy dseti ti ~o); Ja V 306,16' (kulagandhini ti udhu tvam -dsik); Sp 1156,16 (pabbjaniyassa ttam vuttam); MpII 165,3 (~e Assajipunabbasuke bhikkh rabbha pabbajaniyakammam pannattam); -dhamsana, mfn., injuring the family; It-a II 57,15 (yo hoti kulagandhano ti kulacchedako kulavinsako ... keci pana ~o ti pathanti, so ev' attho); -payirupasaka, mfn., attending on, frequenting a family; Nidd-a I 420,12 (kulpako ti asukassa amaccassa -0); -payirupsanaka, m/w., id.; Sp550,i9 (kulpako ti ~o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -payurupsanako); -parivatta, -parivatta, m., a family circle; a family generation; D i l 148,is (Malle ~aso ~aso thapetv bhagavantam vandapeyyam); MI 210,37 (yasm ... ~ ete tayo kulaputt ... pabbajit); Ja IV 436,26 (tasmim ~e satta rjno dnam pavattayimsu); Sp470,20 (etesam puttaparamparya pana yva sattamo -0); Dhp-al 88,20 (dve pi kulni yva sattam ~ baddhaparibaddhasahyakn' eva); -paligedhi(n), mfn., greedy, selfish about families; A III 265,8 (kulamacchari hoti ~i); -ppasdaka, mfn., adding to a family's faith; A I 25,5 (etad aggam... mama svaknam bhikkhnam... ~nam yad idam Kludyiti; Mp 1300,25: ~nanti kulam pasdentnam) * Sp 1005,19; Ap 500,30 (~n' aggam svakam vannayi jino); -plik,/, a woman of good family; Abh 234; -putta, m., the son of a good or noble family; a noble youth (of whatever birth); Vin I 15,i (Yasonma~o setthiputto sukhumlo hoti); 350,34 (santJ ettha tayo - attakmarp viharanti); D I 93,20 (sujto ca ... Ambattho mnavo ~o ca Ambattho mnavo); M I 85,3i (idha... ~o yena sippatthnena jivikam kappeti); 192,5 (ekacco -o saddh agrasm anagriyam pabbajito hoti); A l l 249,n (yass* atthya - sammad eva... pabbajanti); Ja II 439,13* (~o va jnti ~e pasamsitum); V 449,6* (~am pi jahanti akincanam chavakasamam); Kv 268,17; Mil 169,31; Vism 241,22 (kammatthnam bhvetukmena dikammikena ~ena); SpkII 49,13 foil. (dve ~, crakulaputto jtikulaputto ca ... yo yato kutoci kul pabbajitv sildayo panca dhammakkhandhe preti, ayam crakulaputto nma, yo pana Yasakulaputtdayo viya jtisampannakul pabbajito, ayam jtikulaputto nma); akulaputta, m., one not of a good family; D I

93,27 (dujjto ca Ambattho mnavo akulaputto ca Ambattho mnavo); Jail 223,22' (dukkullno ti dujjtiko akulaputto); see also kolaputti, kolaputtiya; -macchari(n), mfn., selfish in regard to (supportive) families; Vin IV 312,23 (y pana bhikkhuni ~ini assa, pcittiyan ti; Sp 938,15: kulamaccharo etiss atthi ti ~ini, kulam v maccharyati ti ~ini); A III 258,21 (vsamacchari hoti ~I hoti); Pv43:4 (ahu vsiko mayham issuki -i); Mp III 281,21 (~inl ti upatthkakulam maccharyati, annesam tattha upasankamanam na sahati); -macchariya, -macchera, n., selfishness, meanness in regard to (supportive) families; Dili 234,10 (panca macchariyani, vsamacchariyam ~am ...) ^ A III 272,2 * D h s l l 2 2 {Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kusalamacchariyam); As 375,13; Vism 68,20 (-maccherappahnam); -mla, ., family property; Bv25:2 (sanchadditam ~am bahvannapnabhojanam, Be so; Ce bahum ca pnabhojanam; Ee bahnam pnabhojanam; Se bahnam pnapjitam; Bv-a264,n: -an ti kulagharam); -lajjpanik,(m)/(n)., (one) who brings disgrace or shame on the family; JaV 284,9 (are ~e); -vamsa, m., the family line; the family succession; family tradition; D i l l 189,7 (~am thapessmi); Mil 181,9 (pornam ... mtpettikam ~am anussarato); A III 43,17 (~o ciram thassati); Ja IV 69,8 (ayam ppadhammo attano ~am nsetv); Cp 3:4:3 (kmehi mam nimantenti ~am dharehi); Sv 257,1 (te kira Ambatthassa -am jnanti); Pv-a 31,2i (smi aham vanjh, ahn karin netabb, m te ~o upacchijji ti); As 77,16; (p)patitthpaka, m(fn)., (one) who maintains the family line; Sp5,u; Spk III 86,11 (patitthpakam puttam na labhati); see also sotthiykulavamsaka; -saganhana, and -sahgahana, n., winning over, gaining the favour of, households or families; Sp381,30 (ambapakkdim ^-atthya deti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee -sangahanatthya); 485,6 (imam garubhandam -'-attharn vissajjento kuladsakadukkatam pajjati); Th-all 208,8 (paccayasamuppdanattham vasena na vyameyya); -satika, mfn., consisting of, containing, a hundred families; Spkl 227,2 (- game, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kulasantake); Mp I 188,1 (~e game); akula, n., a nonfamily, a family that is destroyed or disgraced; D III 185,6* (yo varum ... udakam iva inam vighati ~am khati khippam attano); Ja V 117,6* (kodhas hi bah phit kul tarn gat; 119,14': tni rjakulni ~-bhvam gatni mahvinsam eva pattni ti); see also aggakulika (sv agga'), atthakulika (sv attha2), uccakuli(n) (sv ucca), ucckuli(n), ucckulika, ucckuliya (^v ucc), dukkuli(n). kulaka, m. [S. lex. id.], a kind of ebony (Diospyros tomentosa); Abh 560 (~o kkatinduko). k u l a j , / [ts], an unchaste woman; Abh 233 (~ tu ca bandhakl). kulankapdaka, m. or n. [?], a timber footing or support or buttress; Vin II 152,25 (vihrassa kuddapdo jirati... anujnmi bhikkhave -n ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kulunka-; Sp 1219,21: ~an ti rukkham vijjhitv tattha khnuke kotetv katarn asamhrimam [Ee, Se so; Be, Ce tarn harimam] bhittipdarn jinnakuddapdassa upatthambhanattham bhmiyam patitthapetum anujnmi ti

717

attho). kulattha, m.n. [ts]9 a kind of pulse (Dolichos biflorusl); Mil 267,28 (muggo mso tilam -am); Sp 892,2 (0,-dihi katasp); Vin-vn 1895 (muggamsakulatthnam spo); Sadd94,26* (kalyo ca ~o ca); -ysa, m.n., soup of kulattha; M I 245,19 (hrarn hreyyam ... yadi v muggaysam yadi v ~am...); Vism 256,27 (vannam). kulala, m. [BHS, AMg id.], a carrion-eating bird (a kind of vulture ? a raven !); Abh 637 (gijjho gadho 'tha ~o seno); Vin III 63,8 (~ena ukkhittam mamsapesim); M I 58,i7 (passeyya sariram... kkehi v khajjamnam ~ehi v khajjamnam gijjhehi v khajjamnam ...); Sn 675 (~ vyasa ca vitudanti; Pj II 482,16: ~ ti kulalapakkhino, sennam etam nman ti eke); Ja II 183,7* (phlam ce adeyyum msik, kasm kumram ~ no hareyyum); Kv 136,34 (kyo ... kkehi gijjhehi ~ehisdhrano). kulava, kulva1, m. or n. [cf kutava or kulva2 ?], a receptacle; a shelter or store; ? Vin II 292, I (sabbe v'ime saman... yoniso upanenti na ~am gamenti, Be, Ce, Se so; isekulvam; Sp 1297,16: na kotthake gopenti ti adhippyo). kulla 1 , m. [ts], a potter; Abh 507 (kumbhakro ~o); -cakka, n., a potter's wheel; Ja I 63,3I (mahpathavi ~am viya chijjitv parivatti); Bv-all4,1; -bhjana, n., a potter's pot; Ja I 26,3 (ghatdini ~ni); Sp 1245,15 (~am); Pv-a274,8 (yath nma ~am sabbam bhedanapariyantam evamevasattnamjTvitam). kulla 2 , m. [?], a spade;! Sadd922,9 (kudalo ~ o . . . vannabhedo 'yam). kulva', see sv kulava. kulva 2 , n. [S. kulya], a nest; Ja III 430,30* (ko me putte -am ca mam ca sotthim karissati, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kulvakam); see also vikulva. kulva 3 , m. [?], a kind of bird; Ja VI 538,10* (kapinjar tittiryo~ patikuttak, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kul ca; 538,3r: ~ patikuttak ti ime dve pi sakun). kulvaka, m.n. [cf S. kulya], a nest; (also, according to ct, a nestling, a young bird); Abh 627 (~am); Vin I 137,13 (sakuntak rukkhaggesu ~ni karitv); D I 91,25 (sakunik sake ~Q; Sv257,n: ~e ti nivsanatthne); SI 224,25* (~ Mtali Simbalismim lsmukhena parivajjayassu; Spkl 344,16: yath ~e Ismukham na sanciinneti evam imin ismukhena te parivajjaya) = Ja I 203,8* {cf 203,12': ~ ti supannapotak); Ja VI 189,5* (sakuni hataputt va Surinam disv -am); Cp 3:9:1 (vattapotako ajtapakkho ... ~e); Mil 253,8 (sakuno p i . . . yasmim -e pativasati tattho so issaro hoti smi vasavatti ti); Spk II 96,23 (tass -o); see also vikulvaka. kulvara, m. [?], a kind of tree or bush; Ja VI 535,20* (setager ca tagar mamsikutth ~). kulik in Ee at Ap-a 172,13; read ucckulik with Be, Ce, Se. kulinka, kulinga, m. [cfS. kulinga, kulihgaka, kulinkaka and kulik], a kind of small bird (a shrike or sparrow!); Ja III 541,22* (baddh kulink, Ee so; Be kulik; Ce, Se kulik; 542,10': sakunik pi kira tena baddh); IV 250,5 (eko kulingasakuno); 250,14* (mendantaram accupati kulinko, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se

kulingo); see also kulika, kulunka. kuliyakule in Ee at Pj I 58,24 is perhaps wr; see sv koliyakhali. kulisa, n. [S. kuliSa], Indra's thunderbolt; Abh 24. kulika, / [ts], a kind of bird; Ja III 541,22* (baddh ~, Be so; Ce, Se kulik; Ee kulink; 542,10': sakunik pi kira tena baddh); see also kulinka. kulina, mfn. [ts], 1. (one) of good family or rank; wellborn; Abh 333; Ja I 342,20' (~ appannt duggat); IV 77,9' (aham -0 ime na kulin; Be, Ce so; Ee ime nikkulin; Se ime akulin); V 367,19' (addham pi duggatam pi -am pi akulinam p i . . . ganhanti); Sv 860,38 (~ kulasampann); Mhv 38:12 (jan ~); 2. (ifc) of (such a) family or rank; see ucc-, uttama-, khina(^vkhinoti), brhman-; akulina, mfn., (one) of low birth; Ja I 338,21 (kuladhitnam ~ehi saddhim samvso); 342, ir (jtigottahine ~e upatthahant); V 367,19'; dukkulma, mfn., (one) of low birth; Jail 223,15* (evam eva yo ~o anariyo, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se dukkulino; 223,22': -0 ti dujjtiko akulaputto); V78,2* (guyham attham samsati -e; 79,r: -eti akuline nice, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se akulaje nice); nikkulina, mfn., (one) of low birth; Ja IV 77,io'(~, Ee so; Be, Ce na kulin; Se akulin). kulinaka, m. [cf S. lex. kulina, S. kulinaka], a thoroughbred horse; Abh 369. kulira, kulira, m. [S. kulira], a crab; Abh 675 (kakkatako ~o); Jail 342,18 (-0 ... aladvayena pde dajham ganhi); 344,i* (ye ~ samuddasmim garigya nammadya ca); Spk II 227,20 (mahanto - 0 otinnotinnam hatthim khdati); Ap 347,16 (kotthak sukapot ca ~ camar bah, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be tuliy; or possibly a kind of bird ? cfkuliraka); -pada, m(fh)., (a bedstead) with carved feet; Abh 310; -pdaka, mfn., with carved feet; Vin II 149,13 (sanghassa sosniko -o manco uppanno hoti); IV 40,6 (cattro maiic masrako bundikbaddho -o haccapdako, Be, Ce so; Ee wr kulira-; Se kulira-; Sp 773,33 fall.: -0 ti assamendakdinam pdasadisehi pdehi kato, yo v pana koci vankapdako ayam vuccati ~o). kuliraka, kuliraka, m. [?], a kind of bird; D III 202,1* (kukutthak ~ vane pokkharastak; cf Sv968,i: - ti suvannakakkatak) = Ap 16,23 (Ap-a 216,19: ~ti evarnnmik pakkhi) * Ja VI 539,9* (~ kotth pokkharastak, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthapokkharastak; cf 540,4': ~ ti kakkatak kotth ti dayo sakun va, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ~ ti kukkut). kulunka, kulunka, m. [= kulinka qv ?], a kind of small bird; Ja HI 478,3* (yad ~o sakuno pabbatam Gandhamdanam tundendya gaccheyya..., Ee, Ce so; Be kulako; Se kuluko; 478,17': eko khuddakasakuno). kulumba, kulumba, kulumpa, m. or n. [cf kutumba ?], a foetus; or a family; Sp 441,5 (keci pana... samano v brhmano v iddhim ... kucchigatam gabbham ppakena manasnupekkhit hoti, aho vatyam kucchigato gabbho na sotthin abhinikkhameyy ti, evam pi bhikkhave -assa upaghto hoti, Be, Ce so; Se kulumbhassa; Ee kutumbassa; Sp-t [Be] II 257,16: keci ti Mahsahghik ... -ass ti gabbhassa kulasseva v, kutumbassa ti vuttam

718

hoti; Se kulumbhass ti) = Cp-a 159,6 (Be, Se kulumpassa; Ce, Ee kusalassa, prob, wr) * As 91,5; Sp 742,24 (tisso sarigitiyo anrlhe pi -suttam rjovdasuttam...); Cp-a 159,7 (sangitim anrlham kulumpasuttam udhareyya); As 90,38 (so tayo sangahe rlham suttam harhl ti vutto idam -suttam nma hari). kuly, / [cf S. kuly, kauli, kaulyam], noble descent; family position; Ja IV 76,9* (yo nvajnti sahyamatte sippena -hi dhanena jacc, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kulybhi; 77,io': aham kulino ime na kulM ti evarn kulasampattisankhthi -hi). kulla1, m. 1. [cf BHS kola, kaula], a raft; a roughlymade float; Abh 665 (ulumpo tu plavo ~o); Vin I 230, u (anne nvam pariyesanti anne ulumpam pariyesanti anne -am bandhanti or pram gantukm; Sp 1096,9: -an ti valli-dihi bandhitv katam); MI 135,5 (yannnhamtinakatthaskhpalsarn sankaddhitv -am bandhitv tarn -am nissya hatthehi ca pdehi ca vyamamno sotthin pram uttareyyan ti; Ps II 109,9: -0 nma nittharanatthya kalpam katv baddho); Ud 90,15* (-am hi jano bandhati tinn medhvino jan; Ud-a424,n: -an ti velunaladike valli-dihi bandhitv katam); JaV 445,24* (nam parivajjayanti tinno nadipragato va -am; 447,2': -an ti taranatthya gahitam yam kind); 2. [S. lex. kulya], a winnowing-basket; Abh 455 (-0 suppam). kulla2, mfn. [cf S. kulya, kaula], relating or belonging to a family; -vatta, n., the behaviour or practice of the family; Ja IV 34,16* (tarn -am anuvattamno; 34,22': -an ti tarn kulavattam, atthakathya pana ayam eva ptho). kullaka1, n. [cf S. lex. kulya], a winnowing-basket; -mukha, mfn., with an opening like a winnowingbasket;! Ja II 408,3 (-assa tiriyam khata-vtassa atisambdhamukhatthne patitv punjakato viya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be suppamukhassa); -santhana, mfn., shaped like a winnowing-basket; Ja II406,10 (purato ekam parimandalam vtam khanpesi pacchato ekam -am anupubbaninnam pabbhrasadisam, Ee, Se so; Ce kulla-; Be suppasanthnam). kullaka2, m. or mfn. [c/kulla2 and S. lex. kulya ?], a man of nobility; ? shallow; ? -vihra, m., the state (of meditation) of a man of nobility; a shallow state (of meditation); Vin II 304,7 (mettvihrena kho aham bhante etarahi bahulam viharmi ti, ~ena kira tvam bhummi etarahi bahulam viharasi, -0 eso bhummi yad idam mett... mahpurisavihro eso bhante yad idam sunnat ti; Sp 1298,u: ~en ti uttnavihrena, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kullavihren ti; Sp-t[2te]III 454,1: mettya rpvacarasamdhimattabhvato -en ti vuttam, khuddakena vihren ti attho). kulladattiko in Ee at Jail 119,21 is wr; Be, Se kuladattiko; Ce kuladattiyo. kuva, n. [S. lex. id.], a water-lily; Sadd 922,24 (kuvalam -am ... vannabhedo 'yam). kuvam, ind. [S. kva], where ?; D III 183,12 (-am naccam -am g^tam..., Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kva... kva...); SI 135,8* (-am sattassa krako, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kvaci); Sn 970 (kimsu asissmi -am v asissam ... kuv' ajja sessam; Niddl 493,4: -am v asissan ti kattha

bhunjissmi); see also kva, kvam. kuvati, see sv kavati2. kuvara, m. [= kubbara qv; cfAMg kuvara], the rail of a carriage; Sadd 921,7 (-0 kvaro kubbaro ... mattbhedo 'yam); see also kvara. kuvala, n. [= kuvalaya; ts], a water-lily; Sadd 922,24 (-am kuvam ... vannabhedo 'yam). kuvalaya, n. [ts], the (blue) water-lily; Abh 688 (uppalam -am ca); Sv 50,3 (in long cpd); Vv-a 161,19/0//. (padumni ca kumudni ca uppalni ca -ni ca tipadumakumuduppalakuvalayan ti [Vv 35:4] ... -gahanena niluppalam eva gahitan ti veditabbam). kuvda, mfn. [ku1 + vda; S. lex. id.], censorious; abusive; -gacchadahana, mfn., burning the bushes which are the censorious; Ap 508,25 (-0 aggikkhandho va sobhasi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kupdakaccha-, prob. wr). kuvitakka, m.n. [ku1 + vitakka], a bad or wrong thought; bad or wrong deliberation; Ap 438,12 (-e vinodemi ngo tuttattito yath, Ce so; Ee -am; Be, Se -e vinodesim); Mil 337,9 (vividhni ca -ni); 337,23* (samdhiratanamlassa - na jyare); 406,8 (-e vitakketv). kuvilra, m. [= kovilra qv], a kind of tree, Bauhinia variegata; Ja V 69,2* (viddhastam -am va, Ee so, prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se kovilram). kuveni, / [S. lex. id.], a basket for catching fish; Abh 521 (~i kuminam). Vkus 1 , see sv kumseti. Vkus 2 , [S. Vkus, kusnti, cf Wg 31:46: kusa niskarse], to cut; to fill; Dhtup 490 (kusa cchedane); Dhtum 570 (kusa cchedanaprane). Vkus 3 , see sv kussayati. Vkus 4 , see sv kosati. kusa 1 , m., 1. [S. kua], a kind of grass (with long pointed stalks, used at brahmanical religious ceremonies); Abh602 (-obarihisam dabbho); 1079; SI 49,14* (-0 yath duggahito hattham evnukantati) = Dhp 311 (Dhp-a III 484,15: -o ti yam kind tikhinadhram tinam antamaso tlapannam pi); A V 234,13 (brhman ... allena gomayena pathavim opunjitv haritehi -ehi pattharitv ...); Th 27 (-am potakilam ... uras panudahissmi) ^ Ja VI 508,1* * Ap 505,23; JaV 407,3* (kusmayam ... atricchakoccham,--mc; 407,27': usirdimissakakusatinamayam); 2. [cf S. kusl], a piece of wood (or grass!) used as an identifying mark; Abh 1079 (salkyam -o); Vin I 299,24 (tehi... bhikkhhi tarn civaram bhjiyamne apatite -e anno bhikkhu gacchati samako dtabbo bhgo); III 58,23 (annataro bhikkhu sanghassa civare bhjiyamne theyyacitto -am sankmetv civaram aggahesi; Sp 378,10 foil.: yo hi bhikkhu -am ptetv... attano kotthse patitam kusadandakam parassa kotthse ptetukmo uddharati...); '-agga, n. [kusa + agga1], the point of a blade o/kusa grass; Vin IV 100,21 (antamaso -ena pi bhuttam);It68,9* (ptimaccham -ena yo naro upanayhati kus pi pti vyanti) = JaIV 435,28*; JaV 468,is* (~e udakam dya samudde udakam mine, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -en 1 udakam); 0,-atthaka, n. [from kusa + attha2],

719

(food) for eight tickets', Ap 416,3 (bhagavato... sumano -am ads' aham; Ap-a487,26foil.: pakkhikabhatta-uposathikabhattadhurabhattasalkabhattdisu kusapannavasena dtabbam atthasalkabhattam aham adsin ti attho); vahra, m., theft by exchanging kusa markers; VinV 129,18 (panca avahr theyyvahro pasayhvahro ... ~o); Sp 378,9 (kusam sankmetv pana avaharanam ~o ti vuccati); Spk II 145,16 (~o) = It-a II 52,3 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kusalvahro); '-pta, see jvkusapta below; -cira, n., a garment made of kusa grass; Vin I 305,31 (-am nivsetv; Sp 272,15: kuse ganthitv kataciram); D I 167,1; Ja VI 500,12* (~ni dhrenti); -nli, / , kus a grass; ? Ja 1441,19 (uyyne gacche devat hutv); -pta, 0,-pta,m., the casting or dropping of markers (on shares of material to be distributed); Vin I 285,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave vikalake tosetv -am ktun ti); 11155,28* (kuspto, in uddna); Sp 1124,4 (evam thapitesu civarapativimsesu kuso ptetabbo, tehi pi bhikkhhi pi -am katv bhjetabbam). kusa 2 , n. [S. kua], water; kusesaya, n. [loc. o/kusa + saya2; S. kuSeSaya], "lying in water", a water-lily; Abh 685; Samantak 547 (in cpd). kusa 3 , m. [a ct construct from ku1 + sa2; cfS. lex. kua, mfn.]9 a vice; a bad quality; Patis-al30,i (kucchitena v krena sayanti pavattanti ti -, te akusalasankhte ~e lunanti chindanti ti kusal) * As 39,3 foil. kusa 4 , n. [a ct construct from ku1 + *sa from Vso], knowledge; Patis-a 130,3 (kucchitnam v snato tanukaranato -am nnam, tena -ena ltabb gahetabb pavattetabb ti kusal) * As 39,6 * Sadd 433,30. kusa 5 , mfn. [ku1 + sa 5 ], owning poor property; poor; Sadd 767,13 (kucchitam sam assti -o). kusaka, m. [kusa1 + ka2], a grass-like plant; a tree of the 'grass' genus (cf S. lex. trnadruma, trnavrksa); Vv-a 162,7 (-suphullitalatvalambinihi ti [Vv 35:5] -ehi tlanlikerdihi tinajGhi olambamnhi santnakavallidihi sutthu kusumitalathi ca). kusapdo in Ee at Ps III 387, \%: read rukkhaskhchedanadandankusapdo with Be, Ce, Se. kusamudda, m. [ku1 + samudda], a small sea; Ja III 189,14* (-0 ca ghosav; 189, \r: ~o ti khuddakasamuddo). kusala, mfn. and n. [S. flSkuSala], \.(\)(mfn.) good; right, proper; meritorious; conducing to well-being; good, acting rightly; Abh 803 (-0 ... anavaijamhi); Vin III 173,3 (yvatatiyam ce samanubhsiyamano tarn patinissajjeyya, ice etam -am, no ce patinissajjeyya, sanghdiseso; c/Sp608,3i: etam patinissajjanam -am khemamsotthibhvo tassa bhikkhuno); D i l i 157,3* (tarn kammam katv -am sukhudrayam); It 21,9* (ekam pi ce pnam adutthacitto mettyati -o tena hoti; It-a I 93,3: -o ti atisayena kusalav mahpunno patighdi-anatthavigamena v khemi) * AIV 151,1* (Be, Ce, Ee kusali; Se -am); Sn 973 (vcam pamufice -am ntivelam); Vv 30:8 (tad eva kammam -am katam may); Ja I 222,29 (sace pana mam sare vissajjessati ice etam -am no ce ...); V 507,26* (khmi -am kammam yena gacchmi suggatim); VI 175,24* (-am patinandmi... vaco tava; 175,26': tava vacanam -am anavajjam...); 530,25* (nnvannehi

pupphehi -eh' eva sugandhik); Dhs 507 (tass' eva lokuttarassa -assa jhnassa); Vibh 169,12 (kmvacaram -am cittam uppannam hoti); PatisI 60,20 (-t); Sv 883,32/0//. (suttantapariyyam patv anavajjatthena [-am vattati], abhidhammapariyyam patv kosallasambhtaniddarathasukhavipkatthena); Spk III 141,7 (- ti kosallasambhta anavajijasukhavipk); Vism 452,29; esp. kusal dhamm, right practices or actions; good conduct; virtues; factors conducing to well-being; Vin I 103,13 (pamukham etam -nam dhammnam, tena vuccati ptimokkhan ti); 11188,2 (hni yeva... Devadattassa ptikankh -esu dhammesu no vuddhi); D III 102,12 (tatr* ime - dhamm, seyyathidam cattro satipatthn cattro sammappadhn...); MI 184,30 (ye keci - dhamm sabbe te catusu ariyasaccesu sangaham gacchanti); 402,17 (kyasucaritam vacisucaritam manosucaritam ime tayo -e dhamme abhinivajjetv ...); Th 83 (bhvehi -am dhammam); Ja III 274,3* (icc ete -e dhamme thite passmi attani); Dhs 1 (katame dhamm -); Mil 13,5 (aham... - dhamm akusal dhamm avykat dhamm ti imesu tisu padesu pakkhipitv sabbam tarn abhidhammapitakam vitthrena osressmi ti); 33,14 (sflam ... saddh viriyam sati samdhi ime te ~ dhamm ti); ace. -am, adv., well; in a proper way; Ja VI 19,4* (-am vajjsi ntinam); ifc see adhikusala; (ii) (n.) what is good; what leads to well-being; right or proper action or behaviour; virtue; Abh 85 (-am sukatam sukkam punnam dhammam); D II 246,15 (kattabbam -am caritabbam brahmacariyam); 11171,27 (dasavassyukesu bhikkhave manussesu -an ti pi na bhavissati, kuto pana -assa krako); 73,22 (kim -am kareyyma, yannna mayam pntipt virameyyma, idam -am dhammam samdya vatteyym ti); A I 58,26 (-am bhikkhave bhvetha); V 241,21 (katham ca bhikkhave -am, sammditthi sammsankappo...); Dhp 183 (sabbappassa akaranam -assa upasampad); Jail 257,i* (khmi -am bahum dnena samacariyya); VI 91,29* (yamkinc' atthi punnam katam ... sabbena tena s-ena visam Smassa hannatu); Ap 450,27 (-am vijjate mayham); Mil 25,25 (tasm ny atthi -am, n' atthi akusalam); 200,18 (-am... sukhavipkam saggasamvattanikam akusalam dukkhavipkam nirayasamvattanikam); Sp 436,3 (-am anavajjam kammam katam tay ti katakusalo); Sv644,9 (-am nma dasa kusalakammapath); Mp III 161,10 (punnakammam eva hi kosallasambhtatt -am); kusalassa in Ce, Ee at Cp-a 159,6 is prob, wr for kulumbassa or kulumpassa (Be, Se so). 2. (mfn.) good at; competent, clever; skilful, skilled, expert; knowledgeable (about), conversant (with, gen. or loc); Abh 720 (katahattho ca -o); 803 (-0... cheke ca); Vin I 182,28 (-0 tvam pubbe... Vinaya tantissare); D i l 241,2 (~o kho aham dittiiadhammiknam atthnam); MI 395,32 (-0 tvam rathassa angapaccangnan ti); III 5,i (-0 tvam Rjagahagmissa maggass ti); SV 151,5 (pandito vyatto -o sdo ...); A I 116,32 (ppaniko -0 hoti paniyam ketum ca vikketum ca); Sn 888 (sayam attan so -0 vadno); Th 1183 (aham vikubbansu -0); Ja V 490,8* (na khattadhamme -0 si raja); VI 25,19* (- naccagitassa sikkhit

720

caturitthiyo; 25,26': - ti chek); 356,12* (kam ettha seyyo - vadanti; 356,13.' kataram pandit seyyo ti vadanti); Mil 349,10 (-0 lekhcariyo); Sp 1377,8 (na dhammakusalo ti cariyamukhato anuggahitatt pliyam na -o, na plisro); Dhp-a I 385,14 (krankranesu pana -tt); ifc see apya-, ya-, kallata- (svkalla); 3. (n.) welfare; well-being; Abh331; 803 (arogye -am); Sn 981 (sukham ca -am pucchi); Vv 30:11 (vandim -am ca pucchisam); Ja IV 427,26* (kaccin nu bhoto -am kacci bhoto anmayam; 428,15': ~an ti rogyam); Cp 3:2:8 (kacci te gahapati -am); Sv 883,32 (Jtakapariyyam patv rogyatthena -am vattati); Th-al 100,33 (-am vuccati khemam sotthibhvo); '-atthika, mfn. [kusala + atthika1 ], aiming at right behaviour; desiring merit or well-being; Ja VI 97,15* (Nimirj pandito -0; 97,19': attanoca paresam ca -0); Ap 519,io (rmena ca rmam carmi -); Sp 1,14* (khettam jannam -nam); nu-esi(n), mfn., searching for what is good or right; Sn965 (athparni abhisambhaveyya parissayni -i; Pj II 573,2: ~i ti kusaladhamme anvesamno); nugatika, mfn., following, imitating (the treatment of) kusala; As 289,17 (lokuttaravipkam pi kusalasadisatt -am eva katv bhjitam); bhichandaka, mfn. [kusala + *abhichanda+ ka2], having the will for good; desiring what is good; Pet 238,10 (ye -a te atthangikam maggam bhvessanti atthannam micchattnam pahnya); bhisanda, m., outflow of good; issue of good; SV 391,4 (cattro 'me... piinnbhisand - sukhass" hr sovaggik) * A l l 54,20 quoted Kv346,i; It-al 71,3; vahro in Ee at It-all 52,3 is wr for kusvahro (Be, Ce, Se so); -yatika, mfn. [from kusala + yati1], (according to ct) coming from what is good, resulting from what is good; or perhaps: producing good in the future; Mill 115,9 (dhamm ekantakusal - ariy lokuttar..., Be so; Ce, Ee, Se dhamm ekantakusalyatik ...; Ps IV 163,19 foil: -a ti kusalato gat ... pathamajjhnam kusalam dutiyajjhnam kusalam c'eva -am ca); '-pasamhita, mfn., connected with what is good; MI 119,9 (nimittam manasiktabbam -am; Ps II 90,1: ~an ti kusalanissitam, kusalassa paccayabhtam); SII 220,24 (dhammam... -am); -pakkha, m. and m(fn). [BHS kugalapaksa], 1. (m.) the group of good qualities; the good side; the exposition of what is kusala; Pet 128,4 (sabbo -0 upadittho bhavati); 252,3 (katamo -o); Vism 102,5 (yath hi akusalapakkhe rgo siniddho ntilkho evam ~e saddh); Ps II 79,30 (-ato gatavitakkam ... vaddhessmi ti); Patis-a 522,3 (-asmim cattro dhamm rammanam oghanti saddh sati... akusalapakkhe pana...) = As 144,2; 2. (m[fri\.) a practice belonging to the group of good qualities; Mill 77,24 (visati - visati akusalapakkh; Ps IV 135,9: visati -a ti sammditthidayo dasa sammditthipaccay ca aneke kusal dhamm ti din nayena vutt das ti); Spk I 35,27 (arati ti -esu ukkanthitat, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be akusalapakkh ukkanthitat); -pakkhik, mfn., belonging to the group of good qualities; S V 91,4 (ye keci... dhamm kusal kusalabhgiy -, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce -pakkhiy) * AI ll,ii; PsH 79,27 (nekkhammavitakkdayo -);

-bhgiya, mfn., associated with good; S V 91,3 * A I ll,io; -macchariya in Ee at Dhs 1122 is wr for kula- qv; -sampahattha, see sukusala- below; akusala, mfn. andn., 1. (i) (mfn.) not good, not right; evil, harmful, not conducing to well-being; evil, acting wrongly; Vin I 315,10 (accayo no bhante accagam yath bale yath mlhe yath -e); A I 292,15 (-ena kyakammena); Ja VI 299,30* (kammam -am anariyam); PatisII 108,35 (samudayasaccam -am maggasaccam kusalam); Vism 454,1; Spkl 297,13 (-e vitakke ti kmavitakkdayo tayo mahvitakke); III 141,8 (~ ti akosallasambht svajjadukkhavipk); Vism 63 7,11 (akusalatt); esp. akusal dhamm, wrong practices or actions; evil conduct; harmful factors; Vin I 235,3 (ppaknam -nam dhammnam akiriyam vadmi); S II 196,9 (ppak - dhamm); Dhs 365; Sp 143,4 (vivicca -ehi dhammehi ti... tena cittaviveko vutto hoti); (ii) (n. [and m.?]) what is bad or evil; wrong or unsuitable action or behaviour; what leads to suffering or is harmful; Abh 84 (apunnkusalam); M I 47,5 (pntipto kho vuso -am adinndnam -am...); A I 148,7 (-am pajahati kusalam bhveti); Nidd I 176,30 (ariyena atthangikena maggena sabbe - sabbe duccarit... dhut ca dhot ca); Kv491,4 (y -assa uppdya vattan ...); Mil 290,7 (kusalam ... adhimattam balavataram no tath ^m ti); Sp 279,16 (ysam klapakkhe -am vipaccati); Mp II 102,3 (-am panno ti ettha ~wi ti patti adhippet); 2. (mfn.) not good at, incompetent; not skilled, not expert; not knowledgeable about or conversant with; Abh 734 (elamgo tu vattum ca sotum ckusalo bhave); MI 225,17 (saman v brhman v - imassa lokassa - parassa lokassa); AIV 418,8 (gvi pabbateyy bl avyatt akhettann -a visame pabbate caritum); Sn 879 (blo paro -o ti chu); Ja I 342, r (hatthisippdisu ~); Sp 192,22 (-0 vejjo); Pj II 488,19 (akusalatya); --pasamhita,mfn., connected with what is wrong or evil or harmful; A III 207,20 (yam pi 'ssa - ' -pasamhitam dukkham domanassam); pakkha, m. and m(fn)., 1. (m.) the group of bad qualities; the bad side; the exposition of what is akusala; Vism 102,4 (yath hi pakkhe rgo siniddho ntilkho); Ps II 79,28 (atha pakkhato gatavitakkam); Patis-a 522,6 = As 144,5; 2. (m[fn].) a practice belonging to the group of bad qualities; M III 77,24; Nidd I 489,12 (kanhapakkho mrapakkho pakkho); Vibh-a 470,i (pakkho esa nirayagmi maggo); pakkhika, mfn., belonging to the group of bad qualities; A I 11,7 (dhamm... -); Ps II 79,26 (kmavitakkdayopakkhik); bhgiya, mfn., associated with what is wrong, with evil or harm; A I 11,6 (ye keci... dhamm-a bhgiy pakkhik; Mp I 73,4: ekacce -am sahajtavasena ekacce upanissayavasena bhajanti c' eva, tesam ca pakkh bhavanti ti bhgiy pakkhik ti vuccanti); atikusala, mfn., extremely good; extremely knowledgeable; JaV 66,r (yath -o sabbann buddho); Sadd881,u; sukusala, mfn., very skilled, very skilful; very knowledgeable about; A II 160,27 (sammukhibhto no satth yo no dhammnam -o); Ja I 220,18 (tattha -o); Ap29,26 (samdhimhi -o);

721

Vism 150,10 (~o dhanuggaho); Ps III 271,20 (~o ti sutthu nipuno cheko, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kusalo sutthu kusalo); ~-sampahattha, mfn., polished skilfully, polished by a very skilful worker; SI 65,4 (nekkham jambonadam dakkhakammraputtena ukkmukhe sampahattham, Be, Ce so; Ee omits ukkmukhe; Se kusalam sampahattham; Spkl 125,2i: -na kammraputtena ukkmukhe pacitv sampahattham) = A I 181,16 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kusala-, and omit ukkmukhe; Mp II 292,\4 foil.: ~ena suvannakrena ghattanaparimajjanasampahamsanena sutthu pahattham suparimadditan ti attho); Sn686 (suvannam ukkmukhe va ~ -sampahattham); see also akusalaka, pattikusalat, kimkusalnuesi(n) (.svka3), kimkusalagavesi(n) (sv ka 3 ), kosalla. kusalayati, pr. 3 sg. [denom. from kusala], asks after someone's well-being; Sadd 587,22 (kusalam pucchati ~ati)= 824,2. kusali(n), mfn. [S. kusalin], I. full of well-being; possessing merit; virtuous; A IV 151,1* (ekam pi ce pnam adutthacitto mettyati ~i tena hoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kusalam; Mp IV 68,24: tena mettyanena kusalo hoti) * It 21,9* (eds kusalo); 2. benevolent; wishing well; expressing approval; ? SI 35,13* (~i bhsasi tesam mrapsappahyinam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kusalam; Spk I 91,23/o//.: ~i bhsasi tesan ti kusalan ti idam vacanam imassa atthi ti ~i, tesam thernam tvam kusalam anavajjam bhsasi, thomesi pasamsasi, Be so; Ce, Ee omit vacanam; Se tvam ~I anavajji); Th 33 (yathpi ekaputtasmim piyasmim ~i siy evam sabbesu pnesu ... kusalo siy; Th-al 100,33/o//: kusalam vuccati khemam sotthibhvo, tarn labhitabbam etassa atthi ti ~I, sattnam hitesi mettajjhsayo ... yath ekaputtake piye manpe mtpit [Ee mt] ~i ekantahitesi bhaveyya evam... sabbesu sattesu ... ~i bhaveyya). k u s , / [S. lex. kus], a horse's bridle; Abh 371 (~ tu nsrajjumhi). kustaka, n. [ku1 + staka], a worn or poor outergarment; Ap 211,19 (~am gahetvna upajjhyass' aham pure); 211,23 (~am pattharitam). kusi, / [?], a long piece of cloth (part of a bhikkhu 's robe); Abh 296 (mandalam tu tadangni vivattakusidayo); Vin I 287,22 (~im pi nma karissati addhakusim pi... mandalam p i . . . addhamandalam pi...; Sp 1127,12: ~iti ymato ca vitthrato ca anuvtdinam dighapatnam etam adhivacanam); II 177,7 (~i dtabb addhakusi dtabb; Sp 1273,24: gantukapattam ropessmi ti ycantassa ~iy ca addhakusiy ca pahonakam dtabbam); Vin -vn 563 (~im addhakusim v); ifc .seeaddhasv addha1. kusita, mfn. [BHS ku^ida, kusida; cf S. kusida], lazy, slothful; not conscientious; Vin I 63,22 (anottappi hoti ~o hoti mutthassati hoti); D i l i 287,21 (raddhaviriyassa ayam dhammo nyam dhammo -assa); SII 29,1 (dukkham... ~o viharati vokinno ppakehi akusalehi dhammehi; Spk II 49,27 foil.: imasmim ssane yo ~o puggalo so dukkham viharati, bhirasamaye pana yo ~o so sukham viharati); Dhp 112 (~o hinaviriyo; Dhp-all 260,7*. ~o ti kmavitakkdihi tihi vitakkehi vitinmanakapuggalo); Ja 1427,20 (imesam -nam andhabalnam jivita-

dnam dassmi ti); Ap 30,19 (ppiccho ~o hinaviriyo); Mil 300,13; Sp755,n (sace pana ~o hoti punappunam npetabbo); PsI 190,14 (kucchitam sidanti ti -^); Sadd 384,20/?//. (~o ti viriyendhigantabbassa atthassa albhato kucchitena krena sidati ti ~o ... c' ettha dassa tattam); akusita, mfn., not slothful; conscientious; Thi 113 (~ anuddhat); Dhp-a IV 111,12 (~e atandite kalynamitte bhajassu); Vv-a 138,13 (akusitatya); see also kosajja. kusida, mfn. [S, BHS id.], lazy, slothful; Patis-a 392,10 (hinaviriyatt kucchitena krena sidati ti ~o, ~o eva kusito). kusubbha, see sv kusobbha. kusuma, n. (and m.l) [ts], I. a flower; blossom; Abh 545 (~ampuppham); 1105; Vv 35:11 (Upatissam ... -hi abbhokirim); Th545 (vane -sanchanne); Ap 137,15 (~am okirim aham); Vism 634,21 (cetiyanganamhi sihsane pancavannni ~ni pannyanti ti); Spkl 281,28 (~nam pupphanasamaye); Bv-a87,n* (suvannavanne ~e karonto suvannavanno patipajji maggam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee suvannavannesu same, wr ?); Mhv 11:12 (ek -yatthi tu ~ni tahi... dissante); ifc see jti- (^v jti2); 2. the menstrual discharge; Abh 1105 (~am thiraje); '-yudha, m(fn)., "flower-weaponed", a name of Kama (and Mra,); Sadd 431,21* (kmo ca ~o) * 557,7* (mroca ~o); -ketu, m(fn)., who has flowers as his banner or sign (lCarna,); Bv-a 285,11 (kmadevo); -raja, ., the pollen of flowers; Thi371 (~ena). kusumita, mfn., [ts], in flower; blossoming; Bv 20:35 (iddhivaram punnavaram lakkhanam ca -am, Be, Ce so; Se lakkhanacakkasumitam; Ee lakkhanam catubhmakam; Bv-a 242,21: cakkalakkhandihi pupphitam [Be, Se phullitam] manditam bhagavato sariran ti attho); Vv-a 161,30 (slakusumitapupphit asok ti [Vv 35:4] sl ~ pupphit asok ti yojetabbam); -sikhara, mfn., with blossoming crests; Thi 372 (~ ca pdap). kusumbha 1 , m. [= kusubbha qv sv kusobbha], a small pool; Sv 878,2 (mahnadim - v kandar v sampaticchitum na sakkonti, Be, Se so; Ce kussubbh; Ee kussubbho); Sadd407,u (~o ti khuddaka-vto); 407,12 (- pariprenti ti, quoting S II 32,6: Be, Cekusobbhe; Ee kusubbhe; Se kussubbhe). kusumbha 2 , m.n. [ts], the safflower; Jal 499,26 (kuto amhkam daliddnam ~am); Spll26,i6 (kimsukapuppham ca -puppham ca thapetv sabbam puppharajanam vattati); Vin-vn 2745 (~am kimsukam pupphe ... thapetv rajanam sabbam... vattati); daka, n., safflower-water; Ap 268,7 (-am dya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kusumodakam); -parikinnamassu, m(fn)., whose beard is like a scattering of safflower (filaments); JaIV 482,28* (yuv ... smo~u; 483,8': ~ti sannisinnatthena ca sukhumatthena ca tarunakusumbhakesarasadisaparikinnamassu); -ratta, mfn., dyed with safflower; JaV 211,25 (itthiyo ~-vattham nivsetv); Dhp-a III 429,9 (~nam vatthnam). kusumbhara, m. [= kusumbha2 ?], a kind of plant (the safflower 1); Ja VI 535, n* (setapanni sattapann kadaliyo ~; 535,28". ~ti eke gacch). kusla, m. [ts], a store-room (for grain); Abh 458 (-0

722

kottham); Ja I 502,20 (udare dasi, ~Q datthakle viya ahosi); Ud-a 342,27 (kottho ti -0); Sadd 702,4 (~ato pacati). kusobbha, kusubbha (and kussobbha, kussubbha), m [ku1 + sobbha; & lex. kusvabhra], a small pool; a stream in a small channel or running through a small pool; SII 32,6 (udakam... pavattamnam pabbatakandarapadaraskh paripreti pabbatakandarapadaraskh paripr ~Q pariprenti, ~ paripr mahsobbhe pariprenti, Be, Ce so; Ee kusubbhe... kusubbh ...; Se kussubbhe ... kussubbh ...; Spk II 54,25: khuddaka-vt) quoted Sadd 407,12 (kusumbhe pariprenti ti); S V 47,8 (ng ... ~Q otaranti ~e otaritv mahsobbhe otaranti, Be so; Ce kussubbhe; Ee, Se kusubbhe); AIV 100,25 (y kci kunnadiyo ~ t ussussanti, Be so; Ce, Ee kussubbh; Se kussobbh; MpIV 51,19: thapetv satta mahsare avases rahaddayo); Sn 720 (tarn nadihi vijntha sobbhesu padaresu ca sanant yanti ~, tunhi yti mahodadhi, Be so; Ce, Ee kussobbh; Se kusubbh; Pj II 500,2: sobbhapadardibhed sabb pi kunnadiyo...); see also kusumbha'. kussayati, pr. 3 sg. [Vkus3; S. Dhtup knasyati, Wg26:6], is crooked; shines; Sadd489,n (kusu haranadittisu: ~ati). kussubbha, kussobbha, see sv kusobbha. kuha, mfn. [cf S. kuha, m.], deceitful, fraudulent; A II 26,25 (~ thaddh lap; Mp III 42,16: ~ ti kuhak) = It 113,7* * Th959; akuha, mfn., free from deceit; not fraudulent; genuine; MI 386, is* (isisattamassa -assa tevijjassa); Sn957 (buddham... -am); Ap461,io; Mil 352,15; nikkuha, mfn., free from deceit; A II 26,27* (~ nillap dhir) = It 113,11*; Ap 344,7 (addassim samane ~e dhotappake). kuham, ind. [cf S. kuha], where ? where to ?; Sadd 676,15 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... kuhim ~am); see also kaham, kuhim. kuhaka, mfn. and m. [cf S., BHS kuhaka], deceitful; fraudulent (esp. performing insincere religious austerities, or falsely claiming virtues for gain); hypocritical; a fraud; an impostor; Abh983; D I 8,29 (eke ... samanabrhman ... - ca honti lapak ca ...) ^ A III 111,26; A V 150,9 H bhikkhave niganth); Sn 984 (abhisankharitv ~o bheravam so akittayi) Ja II 68,5 (nyam bhikkhu idn' eva ~o, pubbe pi makkato hutv aggissa kran kohannam aksi yev ti); VI212,1* (annni bhutv ~ kuhitv); Cp 3:2:4 (tarn aham disvna ~am thusarsim v' atandulam); Mil 357,8 (icchpakato ~o luddho); Sp 481, is (-tya abhtagunasamvannanya laddhni); Sv392,2i (-tt); Spkl 65,3 (-asspi pamsuklena attnam paticchdetv kathchekatya mahjanam vancetv khdamnassa vicarato); Pv-a 13,4 (eso mahthero satho myvi ~o); Sadd 568,30 (kuhayati lokavimhpanam karoti ti ~o); akuhaka, mfn., not deceitful, not fraudulent; genuine; SI 187,6* (~o nipako apihlu) = Th 1218; Sn 852 (~o apihlu amacchari). kuhana, mfn. [S. lex. id.], deceitful; Abh983; It-aII 164,n (kuh ti smantajappandin kuhanavatthun -, Ce, Ee so, but perhaps wr; Be, Se kuhak).

kuhana, / [S. lex., BHS id.], deception, fraud; hypocritical behaviour (designed to elicit gifts from laypeople); Abh983 (~ ktacariyyam); Mill 75,12 (katamo ... micch-jivo, ~ lapan ...); S IV 118,5* (~ vankadand ca udakcamanni ca vann ete brhmannam kat kiiicikkhabhvan); Sn 328 (mykatam ~am ... hitv); Niddl 225,28 (y evarp bhkutik bhkutiyam - kuhyan kuhitattam) * Vibh 352,25; Vism23,4/o//.; 26,30 (- ti vimhpan); Sp 486,32 (~ya lokam vancako puggalo); see also kohanna. kuhayati, see sv kuheti. kuhara, n. [ts], cavity; hollow; hole; Abh649 (chiddam -am susiram); 1092 (~am gabbhare bile); ifc see ksa- sv ksa2; see also tibhuvana- (sv ti), loka-. kuhyan,/ [from kuhayati or *kuhyati (from kuha)], deceiving; being fraudulent; hypocrisy; Niddl 225,28 (kuhana ~ kuhitattam) * Vibh 352,25; Vism 26,30 (kuhassa yan ~). kuhim, ind. [ku2 + him; cf S. kuha; AMg kahi, kahim), where ? where to ? (equivalent to loc. of ka3) in which...? in reference to what?; Abhll60; D i l 343, is (kuto bho gacchasi ti... kuhim gamissasi ti); M II 27,io (kusalasil kuhim aparises nirujjhanti); Sn411 (kuhim bhikkhu gamissati); Vv 44:16 (tass gatim brhi kuhim upapann s); Ja III 217,10* (kuhim gat kattha gat; 217,13': kuhim katth ti aMamannavevacanam); IV 485,11 (purohito kuhin ti vatv); VI 273,19* (kuhim nu ratthe tava jtabhmi); Niddl 317,16 (kuhim pajappe ti kimhi jappeyya kattha jappeyya); Pet 128,19; Mil 17,6 (kuhim gacchasi tt ti); Ps III 414,5 (idni so kuhin ti); Mhv33:73; Sadd676,15 (kimsaddassa ku hoti... kuhim kuham ...); kuhifici, kuhincanam, anywhere, somewhere; (equivalent to loc. 0/ka 3 + ci) in or on something; in regard to anything; Abh 1160 (kuhincanam); Vin 13,9* (yass* ussad n' atthi kuhifici loke); SI 107,24* (tanh n' atthi kuhifici netave); Ud92,20* (yesam piyam n* atthi kuhinci loke); Sn 363 (anissito kuhifici); Ja VI 312,26* (ppam ca me n' atthi katam kuhinci); Ap214,30 (kuhinci upapannassa tso); Nidd I 63,21 (kuhinci kimhici katthaci); Mil 298,18 (dso na sayam kuhinci gantv chyam vicinti); Ps III 136,1 (kuhinci gantukmo); Spk I 269,26 (kuhinci ti kismici rammane); Sadd 676,15 (kuhinci kuhincanam); see also kaham, kuham. kuheti, ~ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kuhayate, Wg 35:47], astonishes by trickery, cheats; deceives; Dhtup 633 (kuha vimhpane); Dhtum 875; Sadd 568,29 (kuha vimhpane: ~eti ~ayati); Sv 91,29 (tividhena kuhanavatthun lokam ~ayanti vimhpayantl ti kuhak); absol. kuhitv, Ja VI 212,1*; pp kuhita, mfn., (one) who cheats, deceives; Vism 26,31; tta, /?., abstr., deception, fraudulence, hypocrisy; Nidd I 225,28 (kuhana kuhyan ~-ttam) * Vibh 352,25; Vism 26,3i (~assa bhvottam). k,5ee5vku 3 . kjati (and kujjati2), pr. 3 sg. [S. kjati], makes an inarticulate or monotonous sound; calls; Dhtup 78 (kja avyatte sadde); Dhtum 92; Jail 439,7* (moracchpo va ~ati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kujjati); Ap 2,4 (vtavegena-anti sonnaml, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kujjanti);

723

427,13 (usabho va mahl nadati migarj va -ati, Be, Ce so; Se kujjati; Ee kunjati, perhaps wr) quoted Sadd 461,8 (Ee ~ati); Spk I 87,24 (pkatiratho akkhe v anabbhanjite ... -ati viravati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kujjati); part.pr. (a) kjanta, mfn., Ja IV 296,12* (-antam upakjanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kujjantam upakujjanti); VI 518,25* (bah dij ~antam upakjanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kujjantam upakujjanti); Nidd I 467,5 (~anto nadanto saddam karonto, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se kujjanto); Ps III 101,1 (sunakho ... kukkurakjitam ~anto nisidati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kujjanto); (b) kjamna, mfn., Ja VI 519,6' (pathamam -amnam pakkhim pacch upakjanti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kujjamnam); aor. 3 pi. kjimsu, Ja VI 591,27* (yvanf ettha mig ah nssu manjni -imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kujjimsu; 591,33': madhuraravam na ravimsu); pp kjita, kujjita, mfn. and n.., \.(mfn.) (i) called to; JaV 8,20* (~ hamsapgehi kokir ettha pabodhare, Be, Ce, Eeso; Sekujjit; 9,12': hamsaganehi upakjit viravasanghattit); (ii) filled with the sound of, resounding to; Ap-a 547,26 (~ ghosit ndit); ifc see modaluddhamadhupvali-; 2. (n.) a sound, a call; ifc see kukkura-; see also kunjati. kjana, kujjana, n. [ts], the uttering of an inarticulate sound; cooing; creaking; Patis-a 693,6 (suttappamattdinam -saddam sutv); akjana, akujjana, mfn. and n., not creaking, not making a noise; SI 33,10* (ratho ~o nma, Be, Ce so; Ee wr akujano; Se akujjano; Spk I SI,22 fall: yath hi pkatikaratho akkhe v anabbhanjite atirekesu v manussesu abhirlhesu kjati viravati); Ja VI 253,13' (vcsamyamena -o); ifc see vcsamyamakjana. kta1, m. n. [ts], 1. (m.n.) a prominence or projection; a horn; a summit, a peak; Abh608 (~o v sikharam sihgam); 828; M I 338,is* (yo Mahneruno -am vimokhena aphassayi) = Th 1202; AIV 103,8 (Sinerussa ... pabbatarjassa ... yojanasatikni pi -ni palujjanti); Ja IV 287,3* (nilni Himavato pabbatassa -ni dassaneyyni); Ap68,9 (jtarpam yath -am n'eva yyati katthaci); Mhv 12:13; ifc see amsa- (svamsa2), akkhi-(svakkhi 1 ), abbha-, indaniladdi- (svinda), kla-; 2. (n.) the peak of a roof, the roof-plate or roofridge into which the ends of the rafters are inserted; Abh219 (-amtukannik); M I 322,35 (ktgrassa etam aggam ... yadidam -am; Ps II 401,13: yam etam ktgrakanniksankhtam -am nma, pancabhmakdipsd hi ktabaddh va titthanti); S III 156,5 (ktgrassa y kci gopnasiyo sabb t ktangam ktaninn ktasamosaran -am tsam aggam akkhyati) * Mil 38,23; A I 261,30 (ktgre ducchanne -am pi arakkhitam hoti); Vv 78,4 (gopnasigan pit -am dhrenti); ifc see gaha-^vgaha 1 ; 3. {m.n.) the climax of a discourse; the culmination of the teaching; Ja I 275,27 (satth arahattena dhammadesanya -am gahetv); VI 478,7 (ratanagharassa manikkhandhena -am ganhanti viya mahsattassa gunehi desanktam ganhi); Spk II 297,28 (bhagav... arahattassa -am ganhi); It-a I 86,5; 4. (m.n.) a heap; a multitude; Abh 828; ifc see sankra-; ' -anga, n. [kta + anga2], the shoulder; Vv-a 123,26 (ktangacchi avadhi man ti [Vv 29:11] ettha

kutan ti amsaktam vuttam purimapadalopena, ktam eva afiganti~am, tarn chindati ti ktangacchi); gra, n. (and m.) and mfn. 1. (m.n.) a building with a peaked roof; an upper room, a belvedere; Vin I 268,8; MI 253,9 (Vejayantassa ... psdassa ekasatam niyyham ekamekasmim niyyhe satta satta satni ekamekasmim ~e satta satta accharyo); S V 228,19 (-assa ktam ussitam hoti); Vv54:1 (idam vimnam... ~ sattasatt ulr); JaV 188,13* (idam assa-am; 190,10': -an ti... sayanaktgragabbho); Ap 541,15 (-e vare ramme); Sp 393,19 (sl ... -am anto katv hamsavattakacchannena kat ... bhagavato gandhakuti veditabb); Mp II 168,4 (~ni ti ktasangahitni agrni); Ud-a 101,8 (tarn ca thnarn supihitavtapnam suphassita-aggaladvram -am viya ahosi); Mhv 27:26 (ekekissa bhmiy ca satni ca -ni sabbni sajjhun khacitn' ahum); 2. (n.) a temporary or movable pavilion, a canopied litter; a bier, a catafalque; Ap 326,30 fall (-am karitvna chdayim padumen' aham ... sattarattindivam buddho -e vasi); 327,33 (-ena carat pabbajjam abhinikkhamim, Be, Ce so; Ee caran; Se carite); Ps V 90,16 (pafica satni mpetv ... gamanasajjni katv thapehi ti... bhagavato -am catumukham ahosi); 91,i (satth... -am kse thapetv); Mp II 64,14 (eko kira thero parinibbuto ti... -am sajjetv therarn tattha ropetv idni citakatthnarn gamissm ti ukkhipant cletum nsakkhimsu); 248,2 ([thero] -am pavisitv dutiyamance nisiditv... parinibbyi); Mhv 25:73 (tarn dehapatitatthne -ena jhpayi); ifc see kambala-; 3. (mfn.) containing rooms with peaked roofs; Vv 8:2 (- nives te vibhatt bhgaso mit; Vv-a 50,5: ~ ti ratanamayakannikbaddhagehavanto, Ce so; Be, Se suvannamaya-; Ee -kannikya bandhaketuvanto, prob, wr); -ttha, mfn., immovable, unchangeable as a (mountain) peak; Abh 710; M I 517,20 (ime ky akat ... vanjh - esikatthyitthit) = SHI 211,13 (SpkII 341,24: pabbataktam viya thit ti -). kta2, m.n. and mfn. [ts], \.(m.n.) a trap, a snare; fraud, deception, cheating; Abh 177 (nikati -am ca); 828; SI 74,n* (atisram na bujjhanti mig ktam va odditam); Ja IV 58,n* (-am ivJ odditam vane; 58,24': ktapsam viya odditam); Th454 (migam nillnam -ena balisena ambujam... bdhayanti); JaIV 364,22* (arafine kutikam katv -ni krayanti te, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kutni; 366,29': ktapsdini ropenti); VI113,11* (agghena aggham kayam hpayanti -ena -am dhanalobhahetu; 113,23': tulktdisu tarn tarn -am); Ps II 210,10 (tulktdisu -an ti vancanam); ifc see anga- (yvanga2), gahana-, ^ m a - (yvgma1-); 2. (mfn.) false, fraudulent; lying; wild, vicious; Vin IV 5,20 fall (gaccha-a vahassu - t i . . . kissa pana mam tvam... aktarn -vdenappesi) ^ Ja 1192,6 (anja -a vahassu - ti); Ja II 183,8* (-assa hi santi ktakt); Ps III 7,i6 (-ttni); 7,28 (ayam ~o nma, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kuto); Vibh-a 115,27 (kahpanam olokento ayam -o ayam cheko ti jnti); ' -akkhadhutta, m. [kta+ akkha2 + dhutta], a cheating gambler; Ja I 379,23 (-0); '-atta, m [kta + atta2], a dishonest lawsuit; JaV 1,16 (lancarn gahetv -am katv); 510,3'(-ena jinti); -assa, 0, -assa, m. [kta +

724

assa3], a wild or vicious horse; Jail 31,i (tassa... -o atthi); 31,12 (-0 cando pharuso); Ps III 160,18 (so tarn dametum asakkonto -0 ayam mahrj ti vissajjpesi); -kappanaka, mfn., falsifying; Panca-g 12 (- ye ca Roruvam yanti tenar, so read; cfP. Mus, 1939, p. 224; Ee kutakpamak); -kri(n) > mfn. (one) who cheats; JaV 270,7* (syam pto -i ayoktehi hannati); VI113,13* (na hi -issabhavanti tn); - g o , / , a wild cow; a vicious cow; Ps II 82,26 (ktagvo viya ktacittam); -gona, m., a wild ox; a savage ox; Sp405,i6 (~-yuttaratho viya uppatham eva dhvati) = Vism 268,34 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ktapona-); SpkII 184,i (~assa muggarena sisam bhinditv tarn palpento viya...); - d h e n u , / , a wild cow; a vicious cow; JaV 105,13 (ek ~u godohakam pdena paharitv); Sp 405, is (~uy) = Vism 269,1; -psa, m., a trap, a snare; Ja I 143,20 (~'-dayo pse oddeti); IV 419,21* (katham... amocesi -amha luddako); Sp383,2; -mna, n., false measure or weight; Pv-a 191,26 (ktavnijo -'-dlhi jivitam kappesi); -vinicchayika, m., a dishonest or corrupt judge; Ja V 1,13 (purohito ... lancakhdako ~o ahosi); Sp 339,15 (-nam); Pv-a210,6(tay); -vedi(n), mfn., versed in trickery and dishonesty; Ja IV 177,25* (~i pure sim; 179,3': ~i ti ktajnanako gmakto v lokassa anatthakrako v tulktdikrako v ktattakrako v ti attho); -sakkhi,m., a false witness; Th940 (nekatik vancanik -i); Ja VI 108,21", Sp339,i2 (-im otretv); Vin-vn 153 (sabbesam -inam); otrana,n., making a false witness appear, bringing forward a false witness; Dhp-al 44,i; akta, mfn., not deceitful, not false; not wild, not vicious; Vin IV 5,26(kissapana mam tvarn... -am ktavdena ppesi) * Ja I 192,6; Pet 203,16 (yo - 0 asatho amyvi ujupuriso, Be so; Ce, Ee wr akuto); Ps II 344,10 (ayam [kahpano] pana kto ayam cheko ayam -0 ayam sanho ti, Ce, Ee so; Be karato; Se pharuso). kta3, n. [ts], a hammer, a mallet; Abh 526 (-am v ayoghano); 828; Ja III 146,13* (sabbyasam -am atippamnam paggayha); Ap46,2o (ayomayena ~ena; Ap-a290,22: mahmuggarena); As263,i6 (-am adhikaranim ganhti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kutam, prob, wr); Mhv29:3 (~ehi paharpetv psne cunnite atha); ifc see aya-, ayo- (sv aya[s]), danta- (sv danta1). kta4, m.n. [cfS. kta; but perhaps wr (vl ?) for kuta^v], a water-pot; a pitcher; Ja III 92,23 (~e dipo viya, Ee, Se so; Be, Cekute); 222,26 (-am bhindanti viya mahhasitam hasi, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kutam); Sp 755,27 (-ehi ussincitum, Eeso; Be, Ce, Sekutehi); 849,8 (-assa givam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kutassa); Ps III 61,i\ foil. (~e prpetv, eds so); kta- in Ee, Se at Sp 1219,23 (jinnaktapdassa) is prob, wr for -kudda- (Ce so; Be -kutta-); ifc see ygu-, rajata-; see also kuta. ktaka, n. [cf S. ktaka], a heap, a mound; ifc see sankra-. ktapona- in Ee at Vism 268,34 is wr for ktagona-^v .y v kta2. ktasimbali, / [S. lex. ktaSlmali], a kind of cotton plant; a kind of silk-cotton tree; Abh 565 (rocano ~I);

S V 238,27 (ye keci supannnam rukkh -1 tesarn aggam akkhyati, Be so; Ee~\; Ce, Se kotasimbali); see also kotisimbali. kteti 1 , -ayati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup. ktayate, Wg 33:28], is confused or foul; is not clear or calm (or genuine 1); Sadd 532,16 (kta appasde: ~eti -ayati, ktam rajatam kt gvi ktatapaso). kteti 2 , ~ayati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup. ktayati, Wg 35:38], bums; Sadd 532,28 (kti dhe: ~eti -ayati). kteyya, n. \from kta2], trickery; trick; trickiness; MI 340,28 ([hatthidammo] sabbni tni stheyyni ~ni vankeyyni jimheyyni ptukarissati; Ps III 7,16: -ni ti ktattni); A IV 189,2 ([assjniyo] yni... assa honti stheyyni ~ni... tni yathbhtam srathissa vikatt hoti); V 167,2 ([assa khalunkassa] stheyyni ~ni... appahinni); kteyya(m) in eds at Pet 204,5 is prob, wr; see ftnamoli, 1979, p. 276. kni, mfn. [S. lex. id.], having a crooked arm; Sadd 922,25 (kuni ~ i . . . vannabhedo 'y a m )kpa, m. [ts], 1. a hollow; a pit; a well; Abh 931 (vte codapne ca ~o); Vin III 100,20* (~e nimuggo, in uddna); Ja VI 213,11* (ye keci ~ idha jivaloke londak -khanehi kht); Ud 44,10 (nam jivit voropetv tatth' eva Jetavanassa parikhya -e nikhanitv); Khuddas 16:4 (~e kattham na pteyya); Vv-a 305,23 (~ato udakam uddharitv); ifc see akkhi- (sv akkhi'], gtha-, loma-, vacca-; 2. a mast; Abh 931 (~o kumbhe); Mil 378,9 (~o rajjum ca varattarn ca lakram ca dhreti); 0, -agga,w. [kpa + agga1], the top of a mast; Ja III 126,20 (gatgat ratthavsino tarn [kkam] ~e nisinnam disv); -khana, m(fn). [kpa + khana2], one who digs a pit or well; Ja VI 213,12* (kp ... ~ehi kht); -yatthik,/(?), the mast-pole; Mhv 19:70 (thappayi mahbodhisametya nvya ~am); -saya, mfn., living in a hole or pit; Ja III 269,13* (paticchanno ~o kanhasappo; 269,24': ~o ti bilsayo). kpaka, m. [S. lex. id.; AMg kvaya], 1. a hollow; a pit; ifc see akkhi - ^v akkhi'; 2. a mast; Abh 666; Ja II 112,2 (tayo ~ indanilamanimay ahesum); VI 34,24 (nvnimujjanasamaye ~am abhiruhi); -yatthi,/ the mast-pole; Ja IV 17,3 (--matthakam ruyha); Vism 657,5 ([diskko] ~ito ksam larighitv); kpaka in Ee at Spk III 82,i (sappadamsanakpakdito) is prob, wr; Be -kpaptdito; Ce -kpapaptdito; Se -kuppaptdito. kyate,pa^. pr. 3 sg. o/kavati 2 qv. kra, n. [ts], boiled rice; Th-all 66,10 (tattha tattha ~am pariyesanto vicari, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kuram); ifc see sukkha-; see also kura. kranda, m. [= kuranda qv], the yellow amaranth; Sadd 922,6 (mattbhedo tva ... kurando ~o). kla, n. [ts], a shore, a bank; edge (of a well); Abh 664 (tiram tu -am); Vin II 122,10 (udapnassa -am lujjati); MII 117,3 (nadi ubhato -ni samvissandanti gacchati) ^ Mil 36,3; Ja III 361,27' (eniklasmin ti eniy nma nadiy -); Sp 1071,29 (atha sace nv -am labhati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kulam); Ud-a 301,26 (pokkharaniy -am bhinditv); kle in Ee at A I 162,28* is wr for kule (Be, Ce, Seso); klesu in Ee at Ps III 24,io is wr for klesu (Be, Ce, Se so); ifc see uttna-, ubho-;

725

-palugga, (mf)n., the broken-up (clay) of the riverbank] Mil 51,25 (yam hoti -am v msikukkuro v tarn ... haritv bhjanam karitv); see also anukla, anuklam, anukle, avakula, upaklaja. klati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup klati, Wg 15:18], obstructs, keeps back; Dhtup 271 (kla varane); Dhtum387: Sadd 43 5,2 i/o//, (kla varane: -a klam ... -ati varati udakam bahi nikkhamitum na den" ti klam). klati, pr. 3 sg [S. Dhtup kdati, Wg 28:88], eats; Sadd 461,3 (kla ghasane: -ati). kvara, m. [S. kbara; cf kubbara], the rail of a carriage; Sadd 921,7 (kuvaro - o kubbaro ... mattbhedo 'yam); see also kuvara. kcka 1 , m. [?], a kind of tree; Ja V 405,20* (~ ca bhang tilak ca pupphit, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ketak; 406,16': - ca bhang ti evamnmak rukkh eva). keka 2 , m. [?], a wolf; ? Nidd-a I 60,22 (kok ti -a, ayam eva v ptho). kekara, mfn. [ts], having a squint, squint-eyed; Abh320 (valiro tu ca -o); Ja I 353,16' (visama-akkhimandal -); Sp 1028,26 (-o v gambhirakkhi v; Sp-t [Be] III 264,2i: - o ti tiriyam passanto); Vin-vn 2495. k e k , / [ts], the cry of the peacock; Abh 119 (~ ndo sikhandinam); Th-al 82,8 (-saddam karont, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kekasaddam); III 153,8 (-ravam sutv). keki(n), m. [from kek; S. kekin], a peacock; Abh 634 (sikhi ~i). kekkhru- in Ee at Ap286,i3 is prob, wr for kakkru- qv. kefaka, see sv khetaka. ketati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ketati, Wg 9:32], goes; Sadd 353,3 (kita kata gatiyam:... -ati); see also kitati. ketubha, n. [BHS kaitabha, kaitubha; cf S. kalpa], the science of the (Vedic) ritual; the rules concerning rites; Abh 112; Mil 178,16 (... itihsam purnam nighandu -am); Sv 247,23 ('-an ti kiriykappavikappo kavinam upakrya sattham) = Mp II 261,19 quoted Sadd 410,12; ifc see sanighandu- (.sv nighandu); -vidu, mfn., skilled in, knowledgeable about, ritual science; Ap 502,26 (-). ketubhi(n), mfn. [? cf ketava ?], cheating; fraudulent, deceiving; MI 32,8 (ye te puggal assaddh jivikatth na saddh agrasm anagriyam pabbajit sath myvino ~ino ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ketabino; Ps I 152,7: -ino ti sikkhitakertik, nipphannathmagatastheyy ti vuttam hoti) * A III 199,i (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be ketabino); MI 153,15 (satha ssu nm' ime tatiy migajt ~ino); aketubhi(n), mfn., not fraudulent; honest; MI 32,n (kulaputt... asath amyvino -ino, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be aketabino) * A III 199, io (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be aketabino). kern (and keni), / [cf S. kreni, m., kreni,/], buying, purchase; payment, leasing; Sp 387, io (yo pana rmam ~iy gahetv sanghassa catupaccayatthya kappiyabhandam eva deti...); 924,8 foil (nibbittharjabhato ti nivitth raiino bhati ~i eten ti nibbittharjabhato, ekam thnantaram ~iy gahetv tato laddha-udayo ti attho, tarn yeva bhatapatham ycissmi ti ranno ~im datv puna tarn yeva thnantaram ycissmi ti cintento, Ee so; Ce

nibbitthranno bhati ...;Be, Se nibbittho rjabhato ranfio bhati...; Sp-t[ite] III 124,6: Ttiranno dtabbassa yass' etam adhivacanam); 998,12 (yo pana gmanigamapattandini ~iy gahetv tarn asampdento bandhangram pavesito hoti); 998,26 (yo pana ~iy v annath v kinci gahetv khditv puna datum asakkonto... kashi hafinati); Cp-a97,i4 (koci puriso kassaci santike gmam v janapadarn v ~iy gahetv kammam karonto ...). ketaka, m.n., 1. (m.) [ts], a tree, Pandanus odoratissimus; Ja VI 535,14* (~ kanikr ca); Ap 347,7 (jtassarnuklam ~ pupphit bah); 449,28 (madhugandhassa pupphena -assa); Sp834,i4 (in long cpd); Ps II 15,33 (-vanam); Vin-vn 1335; 2. (n.) [cfS lex. kaitaka], the fruit (or flower) of the ketaka tree; Ja III 384, is (aranne ~ni khdanti jivmi). ketaki, / [ts], the tree Pandanus odoratissimus; Abh 604; Ap-a535,n* (supatt gandhasampann ~I dhanuketaki); -panna, n., a ketaki leaf; Cp-a 268,32; see also avikasitaketakimakulasanthna .sv vikasati1. ketati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ketati, ketayati; Wg 23:24], lives, dwells; Dhtup 122 (kita nivsane); Dhtum 180 (kita vsdo); Sadd 360,32 (kita nivse rogpanayane ca: ~ati); see also cikicchati. ketati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S ciketi; Wg 25:20], knows; Sadd 362,21 (kita nne: ~ati ketanam). ketana, n. [ts], 1. a sign, a mark; a flag, a banner; Abh397 (ketu... kadali -am); 1098; Sadd362,2i (kita nne: ketati -am); 2. a house; Abh 1098 (-am gehe). ketava, n. [from kitava; S. kaitava], gambling; cheating; fraud, deception; Abh 177 (dambho sthyam ca -am); 531 (jtam... -am); Sadd334,3i (maghi -e ca); 533,10 (skuniko kitav ti vutto, tassa idam -am). ketu, m. [ts], I. sign; flag, banner; a chief, most eminent person; Abh 397; 1105; Ap20,28 (tuvam sattha ca -uca; Ap-a225,33: uttamatthena tvam eva -u ucco) = Bv 1:23; As 372,28 (-u vuccati bahsu dhajesu accuggatadhajo); ifc see kula-, kusuma-, dhamma-, dhma-, pandara-; 2. brightness; iic see below; 3.pride, arrogance; Abh 397; Th-al 157,3 (ketuh ti [Th 64] mnappahyl, mno hi unnatilakkhanatt -u viya ti-u); As 372,30 (mno ... aparpare updya accuggatatthena ~u viyti -u); Sadd 485,14 (mno ahamkro unnati -u); 4. wisdom; discernment; Th 64 (ketuh -una yeva mahketum padhamsayi; Th-al 157,4*. -un yev ti pannya eva); -kamya, mfn., having a desire for pre-eminence;! Nidd-a I 212,3 (mno... ketu viy ti ketu, tarn ketum icchati ti -am) = As 372,30; -kamyat,/, the desire for pre-eminence; ? pride, arrogance, conceit; Niddl 80,27 (yo evarpo mno mannan ... - cittassa, ayam vuccati mno) = Dhs 1116 (As 372,3o: ketukamyam, tassa bhvo -) * Vibh 350,4; -ml,/, a garland of brightness; Vv-a323,is (addasa bhagavantam... vymappabhya -ya ca vijjotamnam); Sp 44,3 (in long cpd); Mhv5:91 (-bhisobhitam ... buddharpam). ketum, inf. 0/kinti 2 qv. keteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ketayati], summons; Sadd 540,15 (keta mantane: -eti -ayati). kedra, m. n. [ts], a cultivated field, esp. one under

726

water, Abh447 (khettam -am uccate); Ja I 215,20 (idani no khettam parisukkham, ~e pyetv karissma); III 255,19 (catukkannam va -am yada te pathavi siy); V 35,26 (talkam kretv ~e sampdetv); Sp 345,14 (-esu udakam pavesenti); Ps III 283,13 (- suparikammakat honti); Vin-vn 657 (krpeti ca ~e chindpetv vanam pana); Mhv 38:41 (bandhpetv mahgangam -e 'k thirodake). kedraka, m. [kedra+ ka2], a cultivated field; Sp 680,21 (vanam chindpetv ~e krpeti, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kedre). kenipta, m. [S. lex. id.], a rudder; Abh667 (arittarn~o). keniya, m. [?], (according to ct) a weaver; Ap469,i2 (jto -jtiy; Ap-a 504,7: tantavyajtiy pesakrakule jto ti attho). kebuka1, n. [?], water; Ja III 91,22* (katham samuddam atari katham atari -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kepukam; c/91,24': tvam imam Jambudipasamuddam tassa parato -am nadim ... katham tari); VI 38,3* (dantaggesu mahnidhi vlaggesu ca ~, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se kepuke; 42,ir: -e ti -am vuccati udakam, mangalapokkharanito udakam niharpetv nidhim dassesi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kepuke ti kepukam) quoted Sadd408,2o; Sadd408,i8* (udakam toyam ... -am pni, Ee so; Be kepukam). kebuka2, m. [cf S. kecuka, kemuka, kevuka], a kind of tree; Ap 16,1 (ketak kandall c' eva ~a tinaslika, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Ap-a 214,15 godhuk). keyra, n. [ts], a bracelet (worn on the upper arm); Abh287; Vinll 106,31 (chabbaggiy bhikkh... -am dhrenti, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se kyuram); Ja III 437, i4' (kyran ti givya pilandhanapasdhanam na -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kyram in place of na -am); Sp 1200,20 ('-dini, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kyrdini); Spklll 9,12 (bhsu~amviya); Sadd692,n; ifc see suvanna-; see also kyra. keyri(n), mfn. [S. keyrin], wearing a bracelet (on the upper arm); Pv-a211,8 (kyri ti -1 bhlankrapatimandito, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se keyrav); see also kyri(n). keyya, mfh.,fpp 0/kinti 2 qv. kerafthabhogo in Ee, Se at Sp 1137,3 is perhaps wr for keralabhogo (Be, Ce so). kerava, n., [S. kairava], the white water-lily; Samantak731 (in cpd). kerti in Ee at Ps I 291,29 (kertipakkham) is prob, wr /or kertika- (Be, Ce, Seso). kertika1, mfn. [from kirta?], false, cheating; fraudulent; wicked; Ja III 12,16' (-tt); VI 215,8' (ime brhman nma ~ c' eva nikkarun ca); Sp 486,14 (vancakassa -assa); Sadd 533,6 (satho ti -o, na samm bhsati ti attho); -paft,/ [or kertika2 ?], deceitful cunning; cleverness in cheating; Ja IV 220,22 (ek abhirp kumrik -ya samanngat); -vata, n., a fraudulent practice or observance; Ja I 461,13'; akerjika, mfn., not false, not cheating; JaV 117,3r (anakkhkitave ti anakkhe akitave ajtakare c' eva ~e ca). kertiya (and kertika2?), n. [from kirta?], cheating, fraud; wickedness; Jail 183,12' (sathass ti sathabhvena kertikena ekarn upyam katv parasantakam

khditum vattati ti sathass); 111260,3' (-lakkhanena samanngato, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kertika-); Ps I 152,10 (stheyyam hi abhtagunadassanato abhtabhandagunadassanasamam katv -an ti vuccati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -saman ti katv ~an ti vuccati); Nidd-al 420,21 (sathan ti asantagunadipanam -am). kelati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kelati, Wg 15:30], shakes; goes; Dhtup 278 (kela... calane); Dhtum408; Sadd 436,20 (kelu khelu ... gatiyam:... ~ati khelati). kelan, kelnl, / [cf kelyati], cherishing, excessive concern; Niddl 380,17 (civaramandan pattamandan imassa v ptikyassa... mandan vibhsan ~ parikelan giddhikat ... ayam pabbajitassa vibhs; Nidd-a I 413,io: - ti kilpan) ^ Vibh351,3i (idam vuccati cpalyam; Vibh-a 477,28: ~ ti kilan) ^ Sv 286,13 * Ps III 184,26 (kelyan). kelpeti, caus. pr. 3 sg. o/kijati qv. kelyati, kejyati, pr. 3 sg. [BHS kelyati; cf S. kelyate; related to kflati or keli ?], cares for, cherishes; treasures; is possessive of; MI 260,34 (imam ce... ditthim evam parisuddham ... alliyetha ~etha dhanyetha mamyetha; Ps II 307,36: -eth ti tanhditthihi kijamn vihareyytha); SHI 190,u (tni pamsvgrakni alliyanti -anti...; cf SpkII 336,9: -anti ti kijanti); Mil 73,26 (kissa... [kyam] -atha mamyatha); Spklll 164,21 (paramatthato satto yeva n' atthi, so tvam kam -asi ti); Thi-a 213,4 (puttam tosesi -asi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kelpayi); Sadd437,10 (kele mamyane ... -ati tvam kam -asi); part.pr. kelyanta, mfn., Pj II 302,8 (attano khettam-anto); ppkelyita, mfn., 1. (act.) cherishing, treasuring; Ja IV 198,5* (tato -o hoti vcya patinandati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kelyiko; 198,25': ~o ti kelyati mamyati pattheti piheti icchati ti attho); 2. (pass.) cherished; treasured; Sv 719,34 (gahatthassa puttdayo ... piy honti - mamyit). kelyan, kejyana, n., ~, / [from kelyati; BHS kelyan], cherishing; excessive concern; Ps III 184,26 (imassa v ptikyassa -) * Sv 286,13 (kelan); ifc see rpa-, sankhra-, satta- (yvsatta3), sattasankhra(^vsatta3). keli, keli, / [S. keli], play, sport, amusement; joke; frivolity; ridicule; Abh 176 (-i kil ca); Jail 447,22 (nnappakrya -iy vitinmenti); Ps III 75,27 (hasant -imkaronti); Spkl 190,22 (kirn smi duggatehi saddhim -im karosi ti); Pv-a 265,8 (khiddan ti sahyakdihi -im); ifc see citta- (^wcitta 1 , citta2), parihsa-; -parihsa, m., play and amusement; laughing at and mockery; Mhv 23:50; -mandala, n., a playing circle; the dicing circle; Ja I 121,4 (draknam -am gantv); 379,24 foil, (kilanto attano jaye vattamne -am na bhindati, parjayakle pana akkham mukhe pakkhipitv akkho nattho ti -am bhinditv pakkamati); 380,4 (-am sajjetv); -sila, n. and mfn., l.(n.) the habit of mockery; frivolous behaviour; Ja II448,15' (yam pubbe tava -am kelivatam ca tarn mayam etarahi na ramma); 2. (mfn.) having the habit of mockery; having a tendency to ridicule or make fun of; frivolous; Ja II 142,24 (-ohutv) 144,17 (tya tya); Ud-a342,3i (tt so rj tena jaccandhnam kalahena attamano hsena gahitamano

727

ahosi); Pv -a 241,3 (evyam puriso ito c'ito ca paribhamat ti ~o hi ayam rj); -silaka, mfn., having the habit of mockery; frivolous; Ja II447,19 (~ tpas); III 312,9; -hamsa, m. [keli + hamsa1], a pet goose; Ja V 345,23 (~e v vo kareyyum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kijhamse). kevatta, m. [BHSid.; S. kaivarta], a fisherman; Abh670; D 145,29 (dakkho ~o v ' -antevsi v sukhumacchikena jlena parittam udakadaham otthareyya); MI 456,21 (ke pan' ete ... uccsadd mahsadda ~ manne macchavilope ti) ^ Ud24,27 (Ud-a 181,16: udake vattanato macchagahanattham pavattanato ~ ti laddhanm macchabandh); Jal 210,23 (~ nadiyam jlam khipimsu); Sadd238,4 (kam vuccati udakarn... ke udake vattanato macchagahanattham pavattanato ~); Mhv 28:37. kevattaka, m. [kevatta + ka2, S. kaivartaka], a fisherman; As 125,11 (hinajaccnam ~ -diham idam kammam, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kevattdinam; = It-a 1157,12: eds kevattdinam). kevati,/?r. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup kevate, Wg 14:39: kevu sevane], sprinkles; ? Dhtum 428 (kevu seke); Sadd 440,23 (sevu kevu ... secane: sevati ~ati...). kevala, mfn. and n., [ts], 1. (mfn.) not connected with anything else, mere, alone; pure, uncompounded, unmingled; entire, whole, all; Abh 786 (yebhuyyatvymissesu visamyoge ca ~am dalhatthe 'natireke cnavasesamhi); Vin I 1,16 (evam etassa ~assa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti; Sp 954,6: ~ass ti sakalassa suddhassa v, sattavirahitass ti attho; cf Ps II 125,28: ~assa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ti evam disu avymissat); D I 106,13 (bhagav ... ~am pi naltamandalam jivhya chdesi); II 244,2* (pajahsi no gehe amhe ca ~e); MI 138,9 (ayam... ~o paripro bladhammo); 326,10 (idam sassatam idam ~am idam acavanadhammam; Ps II 405,7: ~an ti akhandam sakalam); A I 43,30 (~ pi vijjbhgiy dhamm; Mp II 80,4: sakal sabbe niravases ti attho); Sn 393 (yo ~o bhikkhudhammo); 517 (kappni viceyya ~ni); Th208 (sampannasassMagadh ~); Jal 146,28* (vso sabbarognam punjo dukkhassa -0); II 75,11* (kalyamutthim avakiriya -am); VI 266,20* (valabhiyo punn nnratanassa ~; 266,24'foil: nnratanassa sakalaparipunn); Ap 207,3 (dhremi pathavim sabbam ~am vasudham imam); Nett 10,1 (~an ti lokuttaram na missam lokiyehi dhammehi); Mil 359,1 (chal abhinn ~o ca samanadhammo sabbe tass' dheyy honti); Vism 126,25 (~ampi rattim ~am pi divasam titthati); Ps II 125,22 foil (kevalasaddo anavasesayebhuyya -avymissnatirekadalhatthavisamyogdi anekattho ...); Sadd237,20 (pliyam ~o udasaddo na ditthapubbo); ace. ~am, adv., only, merely; just; entirely, wholly; MI 164,8 (na kho jro Klmo imam dhammam ~am saddhmattakena... pavedeti); A III 225,2 (n' eva kasiy na vanijjya ... ~am bhikkhcariyya kaplam anatimannamno); IV 36,8 (sakk nu kho ... ~am vassaganamattena niddaso bhikkhu pannpetun ti); J a l 242,24 (~am te appamattena bhavitabban ti); IV 383,17 (tarn na mrenti ~am kilamenti yeva); Vism 313,30 (na appanbalena ~am vacchake balavapiyacittatya); Ps II 308,12 (bhagav na ~am

khandhamattam eva jnti, khandhnam paccayam pi...); Thi-a 15,io (na -amahamtihi khujjehi evamutt atha kho sabbasm jtimaran pi); Mhv 23:12 (janakkhayo -am hi, n' atthi ssanajotanam); 2. (.) nibbna; Abh 8 (vivattam khemakevalam); It-a II 126,3 (~am vuccati kenaci avomissakatya sabbasankhatavivittam nibbnam); -kappa, mfn., almost all, practically the whole (of); all, entire; ~am, adv., entirely, wholly; decidedly; Vin 1217,6 (~am Brnasim hindanto na addasa pavattamamsam);DII207,is(~ ca dev Tvatims); MI 142,17 (~am Andhavanam obhsetv; Ps II 126, M: ettha anavasesam samantato Andhavanan ti evam attho datthabbo); Ps II 125,26 (~ ca AngaMagadh pahtam khdaniyam bhojaniyam dya upasankamissanti ti evam disu yebhuyyat); AII 239,21 (Bhiyo ... ~am sanghabhedya thito; cfPs II 125,32: ~am sanghabhedya thito ti evam disu dalhatthat); -paripunna, mfh., whole and complete; Vin III 1,20 (~am parisuddham brahmacariyam pakseti) = MI 290,27; JaIV 302,20' (na pi ettakena brhmano ~o hoti); Vism 214,26 ([brahmacariyam] upanetabbassa abhvato sakalaparipunnabhvena ~am); -paripra, mfn., whole and complete; D III 126,14 (~am brahmacariyam suppaksitan ti); M III 170,17 (ayam ... ~ blabhmi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se keval paripr; Ps IV 214,10 foil: ayam sakal paripunn blabhmi); akevala, mfn., not pure; not whole, not entire; MI 326,28 (~am yeva samnam kevalan ti vakkhati) = SI 143,1. kevalakam pi in Ce, Ee at Ps III 370,18 is prob, wr for kevalakappam (Be, Se so). kevali(n), mifn). [from kevala; cf S. and Jain kevalin], who is fully accomplished, perfected; who has achieved completeness; Mil 144,21* (pahinajtimarano brahmacariyassa ~i) * A l l 23,is* (Mp III 31,7: sakalabrahmacariyo) * Th 679; S III 59,34 foil (ye suvimutt te ~ino, ye ~ino vattam tesam n' atthi pannpanya; Spk II 276,32: ~ino ti sakalino katasabbakicc); All 9,29* (yo dhammacakkam abhibhuyya ~i pavattayi, Be, Ce so; Ee wr ~im; Se kevalam; Mp III 12,10: ~i ti sakalagunasamanngato); V 16,14 (imasmim dhammavinaye -1 vusitav uttamapuriso; Mp V 3,23: ~i ti kevalehi sakalehi gunehi samanngato); Sn 82 (~inam mahesim khinsavam; Pj II 153,9: -inan ti sabbagunaparipunnam, sabbayogavisamyuttam v ti attho); 595 (tevijjnam yad akkhtam tatra ~ino smase); Ja IV 302,1* (katham bho brhmano hoti, katham bhavati ~I); It-a II 126,3 foil (kevalam vuccati... nibbnam, tassa adhigatatt arah ~i, atha v... kevalam arahattam tadadhigamanena -i khmsavo); akevali(n), mfn., not accomplished, imperfect; Sn 878 (idam patikkosam ~i so; Pj II 554,23foil: idam pana patikkosanto hino hoti; Niddl 286,8: ~i so asamatto so aparipunno so...); 891 (aparaddh suddhim ~i te, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~Ino; Pj II 556,23: te aparaddh viraddh suddhimaggam -ino ca te ti). kesa, m. [ts] (pi nom. kes, kesni; acc. kese, kesni), the hair of the head; Abh 256 (~o); Vin II 107,1 (chabbaggiy bhikkh dighe -e dhrenti); D1234,6 (~esu gahetv); MII 73,5* (kandanti nam nti pakiriya -e);

728

Ud 39,22 (Sriputto ... navoropitehi ~ehi abbhokse nisinno); Pv 22:2 (- c' ass atidlgh yva bhmvalambare -ehi s paticchann); Thi 156 (-ni chetvna pabbajim anagriyam); J a l 138, I (-narn antare ekam eva phalitam disv); III 393,19* (klni -ni pure ahesum); VI 578,25* (-esu jatarn bandhitv); Ap 425,8 (oropitamhi -amhi arahattam appunim); 563,9 (-am me luncitv); Patis I 136,38; Vibh 82,10 (~ lom nakh danta taco...); Pet 103,16; Mil26,5 (kin nu kho bhante ~ Ngaseno ti); Pj I 42,5 foil.; 72,io (aggimhi pakkhittassa -assa gandham ghyitv satt nsikam pidhenti); Sadd 238,5 (ke sise senti uppajjanti ti ~); ifc see kuncita- sv kuncati; 0 , -upptana, ., destroying hair from the roots\ Pv-a 46,29 (ath' ass tarn kesasobham asahamn ... tya [dsiya] tass -am bhesajjam dpesum, so read ? Be, Ce, Se kespaptanam; Ee kesupptanam; cf 47, I: kes saml paripatimsu); '-oropana, '-oropana, ., removal of the hair; shaving the head; Sp 967,23 (-am yena kenaci katam sukatam hoti); Dhp-all 53,n (nitanahpitena -ato varatararn, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kesohrpanato); '-orohanatthya in Ce, Ee at Dhp-all 53,I is prob, wrfor kesoropanatthya (Be, Se so); '-ohraka, m., a cutter of hair; Vism 413,23 (katthaphlakakesohrakdihi); '-ohrana and '-oharana, n.y removing the hair; shaving the head; Abh 796; Ps I 94,32 (vuttasaddo -e pi dissati; = Sadd 342,24: kesoharane) * Ud-a 45,28; Th-aII 118,21 (~' -attham); -kambala, m., a hair-blanket; a hair-cloth; VinI 305,32(phalakaciram nivsetv -am nivsetv); D I 167,3 (~am dhreti); A I 286,28 (~o... site sito unhe unho; MpII 381,1: -0 ti manussakesehi vyitakambalo); -kalpa, m., a mass of hair, a head of hair; hair tied in a bunch; Spk II 399,3 (ajinacammam c' eva ~o ca, Ee so; Be, Ce, Sejatkalpo); Thi-a200,22; -caya, m., a mass of hair; Abh 257; -psa, m. [kesa + psa1], a tuft or mass of hair; Abh 904 (pso kesapubbo caye py atha); -massu, n. (pi. nom. -, -ni), the hair and beard; Vin III 12,37 (-um ohretv ksyani vatthni acchdetv agrasm anagriyam pabbajitum); Th283 (~um alocayim); 512 (~ni chedetv); Ja VI 211,27* (oropayitv ~am nakham ca); Mil 11,7 (~um ohretv pabbajito); Ap-a 339,36 (tesam tvad eva ~ antaradhyimsu); luncana, n., pulling out the hairs of the head and of the beard; Sp 1021,16; locaka, m(/h)., (one) who pulls out the hairs of the head and of the beard; D I 167,4; Niddl 417,8; ~-locana, n., pulling out the hairs of the head and of the beard; D I 167,5 (~-locannuyogam anuyutto) = Nidd I 417,8; M I 515,27 (atirekam ... locanam); see also ohritakesamassuka sv oharati; Muficana, n., pulling out the hair of the head; Dhp-a II 61,5 (tlatthikhandena ~am patto); -hattha, m., a bunch of hair; a mass of hair; Vv-a 167,24 (tava ~e ratanaml); see also keskesi, jtipandarakesaka (.svjti1). kesara, m.n. [S. keSara], X.the mane (of a horse or lion); Jail 108,18 (arigulihi nakhehi ~ena); 2. (m.n.) the filament of a plant, esp. of a lotus; Abh 686 (kinjakkho -0); Ap248,i4 (padumakesaram okirim...

-am okirim tad); Sp 921,11 (-enpi pahram dentiy patti yeva); Ud-a412,io (pattaparivritam viya -am, kesaraparivrit viya kannik); Vv-a 111,13 (kifijakkhehi ~ehi); 3. (m.) the plant Mimusops elengi; Abh 572 (vakulo tu ca ~o); 4. (m.) the tree Calophyllum inophyllum (or the plant Rottlera tinctoria); (n.) its flower; Abh 556 (punngo tu ca ~o); Ap 222,16 (~am osatam disv; Ap-a 468,6: supupphitam khuddakasaram disv); 287,9 (tini -pupphni); -bhra, m., 1. the mass of mane, the mane; Spk I 79,18 (sihavijambhitam vijambhitv ~am vidhunitv); 11283,22 (kesarasiho ti... khandhe pan' assa... -o hoti); Vv-a278,23 (cmarabhrarn ~am vladhim ca vidhunanti); 2. a mass of (lotus) filaments; Pv-a 185,25 (padumuppaldinam -ehi sanchditavasena prit); -vidhunana, ., shaking the mane; Spk II 286,22 (sihassa -am viya); -siha, m., a maned lion, a lion; Ja III 460,25 (~am passissasi); Mil 24,10; Spk II 283,14 (cattro sih, tinasiho klasiho panduslho - 0 ti); Ud-a 105,16 (-0 viya kancanaguhya... nikkhamitv); Pj II 127,w; Saddl03,2i (-0 viya asambhito). kesari(n) (or kesari), m(fn). [S. keSarin, kesarin] (sg. nom. - i ; ace. -im;/?/, nom. -1), 1. having a mane, a lion; Abh 611 (migindo ~i siho); Vin V 226,15* (migamajjhe va -i); Ap 3,i (-1 va guhsay; Ap-a 107,25: ~i va kesarasih iva); 82,3 (yo so buddham upatthsi migarj v -i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se migarjam va -im); 118,3 (abhijtam va '-im); 341,7 (-1 sabbe abhigajjimsu tvade); Ud-a 414,25* (crucri va ~i); Mil 22,17* (pabbate -1 yath); Dip 1:7; 2. having filaments, a lotus; Ap 16,n (anne pupphanti padum aiine jyanti -1; Ap-a 215,13: ekacce ~i padum jyanti nibbattanti); 27,24 (yath padumam ... na so limpati toyena, parisuddho hi -1; Ap-a 234, n: -1 ti padumam); 223,4 (tundena -im gayha); kesarisiho in Ee at Ud-a 280,7 is prob, wr for kesarasiho (Be, Ce, Se so). keskesi, ind. [S. keSkesi), hair to hair; head to head (fighting); Sadd 763,5 (kesesu ca kesesu ca gahetv idarn yuddham pavattarJ ti ~i). kesi(n), mfn. [S. kein], having fine or long hair; M III 70,24* (-1 sikhi). kesika, mfn. [cf S. ke&ka], hairy; Mil 334,11 (phalam ganhhi, saltukam v dovilam v -am v mam v pakkam v ti). ko1"6, nom. sg. /ka1'6 qqv. ko 7 , ind. [S. kva], where ? in what ?; Vin I 36,24* (atha ko carahi devamanussaloke rato mano; Sp 973,2: atha ko carahi ti atha kuhim carahi); MII 52,9 (ko nu kho ayarn bhaggavo gato); SI 199,16* (ko 'me Gotamasvak gat; Spkl 291,26: ko 'me tikaham ime); Ja III 198,28* (ko te sutov dittho v; 199,7: ko te ti kattha tay); IV 433,19* (ko nu 'me va gat sabbe); VI 515,8* (ko te balam mahrja; 515,13': kuhim tava balakyo; Sadd 128,io: kva te balam mahrja ti vattabbe ko te balam mahrja ti...); Sadd 687,4 (kvaci kvassa ko iti, kvaci visaye kvasaddassa ko-adeso hoti); ko followed by ci [koci2] (or, before eva, cid/* somewhere; anywhere; in some place; na koci, nowhere; by no means; SI 59,18 (na kho dni devassakocidnam diyati; Spkl 114,25: koci tikatthaci);

729

Ja IV 92,7* (kocid eva suvannakyur ngarjam bharanti pindena; 92,n': katthacid eva gme v nigame v); VI 89,23* (n' ev' amhkam bhayam koci vane vlesu vijjati; 89,24': imasmim vane katthaci ekapadese pi...); Bv-a 267,22 (na kvaci parihymi t i . . . na koci parihymi ti pi ptho, so yev' attho); Sadd 305,30 (koci ti kvaci); ko ca (noun) ... ko (ca) (noun) ..., [S. kva ... kva ...], (i) how great a difference there is between A and B!; how far is A from B !; what is the difference between A and B?; Dili 24,3foil (ko cham ko siho migarj; c/Sv 828,12: ko chan ti aham ko, siho migarj ko, na me fiatina smiko); MI 367,20/0//. (ko cham bhante ko ca ariyassa vinaye ... vohrasamucchedo, rak 'ham ... vohrasamucched); A V 202,24 (gaccheyya saso v bilro v, tassa evam assa ko cham ko ca hatthingo; Mp V 68,5 foil.: aham ko hatthingo ko, aham pi tiracchnagato ayam pi, mayham pi cattro pd imasspi, nanu ubho pi mayam samasam ti); (ii) in the same construction, with two nouns, ko is taken as from ka\ and made to agree with its noun: D I 102,13 (ko cham bho Gotama scariyako, k ca anuttar vijjcaranasampad); 103,16 (ke ca mundak samanak ibbh ... k ca tevijjnam brhmannam skacch); III24,19 (ke ca chave sigle ke pana sfliande ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ko ca chavo siglo ko pana sihando ti; Sv 828,16^0//.: ko ca lmako siglo ... ko pana sihando, siglassa ca sihandassa ko sambandho ti adhippyo); 24,22 fall, (ke ca chave Ptikaputte k ca tathagatanam arahantnam sammsambuddhnam sdan ti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce ko ca chavo Ptikaputto); AIII 349,7 fall, (k c'nanda Migasl upsik bl avyatt ambak ambakapann ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyanne); Sv 283,21 (ko cham ke ca samanassa Gotamassa jtisampatti-dayo gun ti); (iii) ko ca (noun) ... ko (verb) (an extension of (i) and (ii), where the verb substitutes for a noun, influenced by the sense o/ka 3 as: who am I to, who is competent to... ?); how far is one from being able to...; how unworthy is one to...; how different is A from him who ...; MI 175,23fall, (kocham bho ko ca samanassa Gotamassa pannveyyatiyam jnissmi, so pi nun' assa tdiso va yo samanassa Gotamassa pannveyyatiyam jneyy ti; Ps II 195,30fall.: bho samanassa Gotamassa pannveyyattiyam jnane aham ko nma ... kuto cham samanassa Gotamassa pannveyyattiyam jnissmi, kena kranena jnissmi ti) * A III 237,6 fall.; M I MS, 21 fall. (ko cham bho ko ca samanam Gotamam pasamsissmi) * A III 237,10foil.; M III 209,10/0//. (ke ca annatitthiyaparibbjak bl avyatt ke ca tathgatassa mahkammavibhangam jnissanti); SI 184,12 (ke ca mundak samanak ke ca sabhdhammam jnissanti ti); see also kva. koka, m. [ts], a wolf; Abh615 (~o tu ca vako); Ja VI 525,30* (tarn pavittham brahrannam ~ nam parivrayum; cf 526,4". atha nam rakkhatthya nisinnassa Cetaputtassa sunakh parivrayims ti attho); Niddl 12,28 (~ gomahis); Mil267,22 (...sih vyaggh dipi acch ~ taracch ...); Sp 1094,19; Sadd 325,33 (-0 ti arannasunakho); -nistaka, m, "wolfslayer", a kind of animal; Ja VI 538,5* (sih ~, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be

goganisdak; 538,26': ~ ti kokam gahetv khdanasil dutthamig, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gogane gahetv); -vighsa, m., a wolf's leavings, the remnants of a wolfs meal; Vin III 58,37 (~ampassitv pacpetv ...). kokanada, n. [ts], the (flower of the) red lotus; Abh 686 (~am koksako); SI 81,13* (padumam yath -am sugandham) = A III 239,23* (Mp III 315,27: padumam yath ti yath satapattam rattapadumam ~an ti tass' eva vevacanam) = Ja 1116,12*; Ap 59,5; Samantak 87. koksaka, m. [?], a red lotus; Abh 686 (kokanadam ~o); Ps III 25,13* (padumo -o yath, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kokanado) = Spk III 50,19* (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kokanado) = Ud-a416,8* (Ce, Eeso; Be, Se kokanado) -jta, mfn., (with opened flowers) like the red lotus; ? A IV 118,2 (pricchattako kovilro ~o hoti; Mp IV 58,9: -0 ti avikasitehi mahkucchihi pabhinnamukhehi pupphehi samanngato). kokila, m., kokil, / (and kokili, / ?), [S. kokila, kokil], the Indian cuckoo; Abh 633 (kunalo ~o piko); D III 201,23* ('-dihi vagguhi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kokilbhihi) * Ap333,2i; Vv 11:1 (vaggussar - sampatanti; Vv-a 57,28: ~ ti klakokil c' eva phussakokil ca); Thi 261 (vanasandacrini ~ va); Jail 350,5 (ek ~ madhurena sarena vassi); III 103,13* (evam so nihato sen* ~yeva atrajo) = Nidd I 504,16* (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kokiliy va; Nidd-al 468,28: kkiy patijaggito -ya abbhantare jto kokilapotako viya); Ja VI 530,9* (puppharasasamatt ~ manjubhnik); Ap 17,1 (hams kofic mayr ca ~ tambaclak); Spk II 238,2 (~o dasabalassa patte ambapakkam patitthpesi); ifc see kja-, phussa(jvphussa 2 ); bhinikjita, mfn., full of the noise of cuckoos; JaV 304,24* (mayrakoncbhirude ~e, Be, Ce so; Se kokilbhinikujjite; Ee wr kokilbhinikuhjite); bhiruda, mfn., filled with the sound of cuckoos; Ja VI 199,11*; see also avakokila. kocati\/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kocati, Wg 7:2], utters a shrill cry; Dhtum 46 (kuca sadde); Sadd 335,11 (kuca sadde tare:... ~ati uccasaddam karotl ti attho). kocati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kucati, kocati, Wg 28:75], contracts; Dhtup 468 (kuca sankoce); Dhtum 516; Sadd 335,30 (kuca sankocane: ~ati sankocati sankoco). koci 1 , kci, kiflci, see sv ka 3 . koci 2 , see sv ko 7 . koccha, m.n. [cfS. krca], 1. (n.) a type of seat, usually made with a bundle of grass etc; Abh 311 (~am tu bhaddapithe); VinIV 39,26 (sanghikam maficam v... ~am v... n'eva uddhareyya na uddharpeyya; 40,n: ~am nma vkamayam v usiramayam v munjamayam v babbajamayam v anto samvethetv baddham hoti); JaV 377,4* (~am ca sabbasovannam veyyagghaparisibbitam); 407,22* (navamhi ~amhi yad upvisi; 408,7*. nave kancanapithasankhte -e s upvisi); Sp 1243,29 (sandhiko sattango ... -am palsapithan ti); see sv atriccha2; 2 . (n.) [cfAMg kucca], a brush; a comb; Vin II 107,5 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ena kese osanhenti; Sp 1200,27: ~ena olikhitv sannisidpenti); Thi 411 (~am pasdam anjanam ca dsakam ca ganhitv; Thi-a246,8: ~m ti massnam kesnam ca ullikhanakoccham); Ps II 59,24 (~ehi khram ghamsanti); Spk II

730

96,16 (yath pana kulam tantam kanjiyam datv -ena pahatam tattha tattha gulakajtam hoti ganthibaddham); ifc see ullikhana-; 3. (m.) a part of the hands and feet; the ball of the hand or foot; ifc see pda-, hattha-; see also kuccha. koja, m. [cf kavaca], armour; a coat of mail; Ja IV 296,27' (nivatthakojo va sare 'bhihantv ti [IV 296,9*] ettha -o ti kavacam, Ce, Ee so; Se ~o ti kavaco; Be nivatthakoco ... koco ti kavaco). kojati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kojati, Wg7:19], steals; Sadd 344,25 (kuju khuju theyyakarane: -ati khojati). kojava, m.n. [cf BHS kocava], a woollen rug or cover; Abh312 (mahanto -o dighalomako gonako mato); VinI 281,14 foil. (-am uppannam hoti, anujnmi bhikkhave -an ti; Sp 1119,26/o//.: ettha pakatikojavam eva vattati, mahpitthiyakojavam na vattati, mahpitthiyakojavan ti unnmayo pvrasadiso -o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -an ti iinnmayo ...); Dhp-a 1177,12 (drako patanto ~e viya tasmim pati); Pv-a 157,25 (dighalomakena -ena santhit); ifc see mahpitthiya-. kojavaka, m.n. [kojava + ka2; cf BHS kocavaka], a woollen rug or cover; Sp 79,27 ('-dini vicitrattharanni pannpesum); Thp 195,31 (0,-dini). kofica1, m. (or n.) [cf BHS kroncati, krauncanda], a trumpeting noise; Vin III 109,6 (ngnam... -am karontnam Saddam assosim; Sp513,n: koncandam karontnam); JaV 49,15* (viddho ca ngo -am andi ghoram); VI 497,2* (-am kahiti mtango kunjaro satthihyano); bhinadita, mfn., making a trumpeting sound; ? Ap 333,24 (hams -, Ce so; Ee bhindit; Se bhinadik; Be konc pi nadit); -nda, m., trumpeting; Jail 217,16' (-am gajjitam gajjantehi); Mil 76,2 (so hatthi... -am nadati ti... tena hi... so hatthi koncnam sisso ti); Vism635,i5 (ayam hatthi... bheravam -am karonto); Mhv 17:28; see also kunca. kofica2, m. [AMg id.; S. kraunca], a land of bird, prob, a heron or crane; (possibly a curlew); Sil 279,28* (hams ~ mayr ca); Vv 11:1 (~ mayr diviy ca hams; Vv-a 57,24: - ti koncasakun ye sras ti pi vuccanti); Ud91,n* (-0 khirapako va); Ja IV 233,26* (ngo -ova naditv; 234,20': koncasakuno viya naditv); Ap 17,i (hams - mayr ca ... upajivanti tarn saram); Mil 76,3 (-nam). kofic,/ [S. lex. kraunc], the female heron or crane; (or curlew); Abh 641 (~ ca kuntani). koflci, / [S. krauiicl], the female heron or crane; (or curlew); JaV 366,13* (~I samuddatire va kapan nna rucchati). kotara, m.n. [ts], the hollow of a tree; a cavity; Abh 548 (~o n' itthiyam rukkhacchidde); Thi-a240,i8; -ohita, mfn. [kotara + ohita1 ], placed in the hollow of a tree; Thi 395 (vattani-r-iva ~; Thi-a 240, is: ~ ti -e rukkhasusire thapita). kojacik, / [?], the female sexual organ or characteristic; Sp 739,8 (~ ti itthinimittam); ifc see kta-. k o t i , / [S., BHS id.], 1. the curved end (of a bow); the end or top of anything; the edge or point; the highest point; a point or side in an argument, an alternative; Abh 394; 871 (kone... ukkamse ~i); Vin III 48,12

(... stakam v vethanam v ... ~iyam gahetv uccreti...); SII 178,9 (anamataggyam ... samsro pubb ~i na pannyati avijjnivarannam sattnam); V454,4 (yo v satadh bhinnassa vlassa ~iy -im pativijjheyya); A V 113,2 (purim... ~i na pannyati avijjya ito pubbe avijj nhosi...); Ja I 7,20' (cankamassa anto v majjhe v -iyam v rukkhe sati); 167,11 (ayam me -iyam thito pancasatimo attabhvo svham ajja evarp dukkh muccissmi); VI 371,1 (n' eva antam na -im passi); Ap 274,16 (na ~im pativijyhmi nibbnam accutam padam); Bv 1:64 (cattro te asankheyy -i yesarn na fiyati, Bv-a 52,16: ~iti di v anto v mariyd); Kv 60,6 (sankhatam ca asankhatam ca thapetv atth' afin tatiy -1 ti); Mil 188,13 (yadi... thero Mahmoggallno iddhiy -im gato); Vism271,io (atthrasapitthikantake -iy -im patipdetv); Sp 695,23 (yo pana -iyam thito gantho tassa puggalassa accayena nassissati); Dhp-a III 230,1 (putthapaiihassa antam v -im v adisv); Ud-a235,2o (-ito patthya slikhette sliyo lyati); ifc see akkhi(^vakkhi1), cankamana-; see also pnakotim, pnakotikam, pnakotiyam, ubhatokotika, ekakotika, catukotika (^vcatu[r]), tikotika, dvikotika, subhakotika; 2. a high numeral, a erore, ten million; a crore of kahpanas; Abh 474; 871 (sankhyavisesasmim ... -i); Sn 677 (nahutni hi -iyo pafica bhavanti); Ja HI 448,24 (-im kotisatam aparimitam dhanam dassmi); Ap24,10 (-iyo satam chaddayitv pabbajim anagriyam, Ee so; Be mahbhogam chaddetvna; Ce mahbhogam chaddayitv; Se mahbhogam chaddayitvna); Bv 17:7 (kotisatnam navutnam asitiy ca -inam, mc); 26:2 (atthrasannam -inam pathambhisamayo ahu); Mil 348,23 (~iy v kotisatena v); Spkl 219,2 (satam satasahassni -i hoti); Mp I 385,1 (Jetavanam kotisanthrena atthrasahi -ihi kinirv); Sadd802,4 (... dasasatasahassam -i pakoti kotipakotinahutam ...); -agghaka, mfh. [koti + aggha1 + ka2], worth or costing a crore; Mhv 30:72 (pallanke ~e); -gata, mfn., having gone to the end or highest point; having completed (its task); having achieved (its purpose); Niddl 20,28 (-0 kotippatto); Mil 305,17 (tarn visam vuccati... ~am); neg. akotigata,mfn., which has not completed (its task); Mil 305,26 (agadena patipilitam visam akotigatam yeva vigatan ti); -dhanagghaka, mfn., worth or costing a crore; Mhv 30:77 (-am ... sayanam); -(p)pakoti, / , a very high numeral (WO x 100,000 pakoti^l; Abh 474; Spk I 219,4; Sadd 801,24; -ppatta, mfn., having reached the end or the highest point; absolute; complete; Ja I 67,9 (bodhisatto pi kho -am dukkarakrikam karissmi ti); Niddl 20,28 (antagato antappatto kotigato -o); Sp487,7 (ayam hi -o micchjlvo ti); Spk I 127,16 (smannapatt ti samanadhamme -); Dhp-a I 110,10 (svakapramlfinassa -o); see also atthrasakotika (^vattha2), adhokotika. kotini in Ee at Ja VI 254,23' is prob, wr for kotani (Be, Ce, Se so). kotilla, kotilya, n. [S. kautilya], crookedness; curvature, coiling; Abh 859 (bhogo ... ~e); Dhtup 5 (vahka kotilye); 470 (bhuja kotilye); Dhtum521 (bhuja ~0; Sadd 323,4 (vanka -e); 348,23 (bhuja -).

731

kotisa, m. [S. lex. kotiSa], a pointed tool; a harrow; Mhv 88:109 (satthakotisakuddlakilafijapitakdayo). kotisimbali, / [koti + simbali], a kind of cotton-plant; a kind of tree; a tree in, a hell; Ja III 398,3 (-iy skhantare nisidi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kota-); 398,14* (vyadhase bhito kam attham ~i, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kota-; 398,2r: so hi simbalirukkho khandhaskhassa mahantatya iti nmam labhi); IV 280,2* (~im, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kota-); Saddh 194 (avici gthanirayo kukkulam -I); see also ktasimbali. kotumbara, kodumbara, n. [cfBHS kautumba], a kind of fine cloth; Abh291 (-am); Ja VI 51,29' (~nl ti Kotumbararatthe utthitavatthni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se Kodumbaratthato) * 501,25' (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se Kodumbararatthe); ifc see khoma-. kotumbaraka, kotumbarika, n. [from kotumbara], (a garment made of) a kind of fine cloth; Mil 2,7 (Sgalam nma nagaram ... ksikakotumbarakdinnvidhavatthpanasampannam, Ce, Ee so; Be -kotumbarikdi-; Se -kodumbaracchdanam). koteti, -ayati, see sv kotteti. kotta, m. or n.l [?], the shoulder-blade;! Sv449,6 (antaramsam vuccati dvinnam -anam antaram, Be so; Ce, Ee kotthsnam; Se kotthnam) = Ps III 380, I (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kotthnam); 0, -atthi, n., the bone of the shoulder-blade; Vism 254,2 (dve akkhakatthini dve -ini dve bhatthini) = Vibh-a 237,3 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kotthatthini); Vism 255,5 (~ini ekato parikhinasihalakuddlasanthnni, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kotthatthini) = Vibh-a 238,9 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce kotthatthini) kottaka, kottika, m., kottik, / [cf S. kuttaka], (one) who grinds or pounds or strikes; Ap 18,24 (asanena - keci pavattaphalabhojan, Ce so; Be asmena kottit; Ee asmena kotthik; Se amban kotik; but cf Ap-a 222,25: asmena kottit psnena kottetv khdanti, eds so); ifc see psna-, rukkha-, vihi-. kottana, n. [from kotteti; cf S. kuttana], cutting, chopping; grinding; beating; Sp 615,10 (allaharitnam -am kottpanam); 923,7 ('-attham udukkhalamusaldisajjanesu pi); Sv 296, I6 (vadhen ti mranena v -ena v); ifc see dam-, mamsa-, -ghattana, n., beating and knocking or rubbing; Ja I 475,28 (sovannamayni pattni kkhamni, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sabhvni); -pacana, n., pounding and cooking; Sp 915,6 (in long cpd); Dhp-all 261, \i (-'-cni karonti); -papphotana, ., pounding and winnowing, grinding and beating;! Sp 923,7 (dhovandisu); see also kuttana. kottpana, n. [from caus. of kotteti], causing to cut or pound; Sp 615,10 (allaharitnam kottanam -am). kottima1, mfn. and n. [cf S. kuttima], inlaid with small stones or mosaic; an inlaid or paved floor; prepared ground; Dth 4:47 (salilanidhijalam ... asitamanivicittam -am vvabhsi); ifc see ghana-, psna-; see also kuttima1, ratanavicitramanikottimatala. kottima 2 , mfn. [from kotteti], beaten; polished; ifc see ghana-, ghanasuvanna-. kotteti, -ayati, koteti, kotayati (in Ce and Ee sometimes written kottheti), pr. 3 sg. [S., BHS kuttayati; BHS

kotayati], cuts, chops; grinds, pounds; beats, strikes; paws (the ground); hammers (in); Dhtup91 (kotta cchedane); 556; Dhtum 116; 782; Vin I 239,22 (bhattni pacanti spni sampdenti mamsni -enti); Thi 117 (musalni gahetvna dhannam -enti); Ja I 478,12 (bodhisatto ... psne upptetv-eti); IV 201,20 (vfliim -eti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se koteti); Cp 2:4:10 (yadi nam brhmanim koci ~eyya tinhasattiy); Sv252,27 (dvram... atihetth dlghajtik kotenti); Ps III 351,5 (kotehi ti... ~ehl ti vuttam hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kotehi ti vuttam hoti) = Mp V 29,16 (kotehi ti); Mp II 90,4 (sakalasariram tinhhi vsii... kahpanamattam kahpanamattam ptent -enti); Dhp-all 131,3 (vihi ~eti c' eva opunti ca); part.pr (a)kottenta, m/(~enti)w., Ja II 18,H (druni -entnam); IV413,25(suvannakinkinikam -ento viya, Ce, Ee so; Be kotento; Se kottento); Ap 355,4 (kavacatomarehi ca -entnam niptent, Be so; Ee nivattant; Ce -ayant niptent; Se -ayant nivattent); Sp 179,25 (patthapatthapulakam -entnam); Ps II 253,23 (padam -ento sindhavjniyo viya gacchati) Spkl 274,6 (itthiy musalena tandule -entiy); (b) kottayanta, mfn., Cp 2:10:7 (slehi vijjhayante pi -ayante pi sattibhi bhojaputte na kuppmi, Ee, Se so; Be vinivijjhante; Ce vijjhiyante pi) quoted Ja I 45,24* (Ce so; Be vijjhiyanto pi -iyanto pi; Ee vijjhayanto -ayante; Se vijjhiyante pi -iyante pi) and Ap-a 50,3* (Be vijjhayanto pi -iyanto pi; Ce vijjhayante pi -ayante pi; Ee vijjhiyante -iyante pi; Se vijjhayanto pi kotiyanto pi); (c)kottayamna, mfn., Ja II 114,7 (asso viya pde -ayamno gantv); Ps III 65,i; aor. 3 sg. kottesi, D II 341,6 (udukkhale ~esi, Be, Ce so; Ee kotthesi; Se kotesi); Ja IV 167,4 (Ee so; Be, Se kotesi; Ce kotthesi); absol. (a) kottetv, kotetv, Vin III 6,26 (udukkhale ~etv ~etv); Ja II 424,6 (nvam -etv, Ce so; Ee kotthetv; Be, Se khobhetv); IV 48,26 (tarn sukottitam ~etv, Be, Ce so; Ee sukotthitam kotthetv; Se sukotitam kotetv); VI 332,23 (bhmim samam krpetv khnuke ~etv suttam pasresi); Sp 823,24 (Isakam ~etv thuse palpetv puna dalham -etv cunnam karonti); 1043,2 (rjim v -etv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kotetv); 1054,7 (khnukam -etv, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kotetv; Ud-a 421,23 (catsu konesu khnuke -etv); Dhp-al 25,9 (sayam eva suvannam -etv matthni kundalni katv); Pj II 179,20 (mretv -etv v); neg. akotetv, Ps III 351,6 = Mp V 29,18; (b) kottayitv, Mhv 23:51 (msakhettattham -ayitv mahvanam); 30:9 ([pams] udakkhale -ayitv); pass, part.pr. (a) kottiyanta, mfn., Ja 145,24* (slehi vijjhiyanto pi -iyanto pi sattihi bhojaputte na kuppmi, Be so; Ce vijjhayante pi -ayante pi; Ee vijjhayanto -ayante; Se vijjhiyante pi -iyante pi) * Ap-a 50,3* (Be vijjhayanto pi -iyanto pi; Ce vijjhayante pi -ayante pi; Ee vijjhiyante -iyante pi; Se vijjhayanto pi kotiyanto pi) quoting Cp 2:10:7 (eds -ayante); (b) kottiyamna, mfn., Ja IV 91,30 (sattihi -iyamno pi, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kotiyamno); V 275, ir (-iyamn, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthiyamno); Mp IV 39,8; pp kottit, mfn., 1. having pounded; Ap 18,24 (asmena - keci, Be so; Ce kottak; Ee kotthik; Se kotik; Ap-a 222,25: asmena - psnena kottetv khdanti, eds so); 2. [S. kuttita], chopped, cut; pounded, beaten; Sp292,1 (-am, Ee so, perhaps wr;

732

Be, Ce, Se kottitum); 716,29; Ps II 133,25 (kantit ~); 111411,24 (vassasatikatpaso pi tadahujtam brhmanakumram avandanto kotthito sukotthito hoti, Ce, Ee so; Be kondito; Se kondito sukondito); Mp I 330,25 (vaddhakihi antogahane -am dabbasambhram haritv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthitam); neg. akottita, mfn., not cut; not pounded; Nidd-a I 400,29 (akottito ... rukkhataco); atikottita, mfn., too much beaten; Ps III 73,18 (atikottito 'mhi tuyham manussehi); sukottita, mfn., well-beaten; Ja V 302,17* (tarn nna sonim puthulam sukottitam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee sukotthitam; 303,13': gohanukena paharitv suvaddhitam, Be, Ce, Seso; e sukotthitam); Ps III 411,24 (sukotthito, Ce, Ee so; Se sukondito; Be omits); fpp kottetabba, kotetabba, mfn., Sp 1231,26 (~); Sv 252,28 (chiddasamipe kotetabbam) = Ps III 351,7 = Mp V 29,19; caus. pr. 3 sg. kotfpeti, kotpeti, Vin II 266,23 (gohanukena jaghanam -enti hattham -enti); AI 242,7 (sighasigham -eyya; Mp II 356,5: udukkhale pakkhippetv musalehi paharpeyya); Ja IV 167,7 (khettatthnam ~emi, Ee so; Be kotpemi; Ce kotthpemi; Se kotpesim); part.pr. neg. akottpenta, mfn., Nidd-a I 398,22 (velugumbe veludsik uppajjati, tarn akottpentnam velu nassati, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akottpentam pana velum nseti, prob, wr) * Vibh-a 334,25 (Be, Ee so; Ce kotpentnam; Se akottpentnam); absol. kottpetv, kotpetv, Vin IV 264,26 (kottetv v -etv v, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kottitv v -etv v); Ja IV 188,13 (hatthapdapitthiyo gohanukena -etv, Be so; Ce, Ee kotthpetv; Se kotpetv); Sp 698,11 (~etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthpetv); fpp kottpetabba, mfn., Vin II 266,29 (na hattho -etabbo); see also koteti, kutteti. kottha1, m. [= kuttha2 qv], the plant Costus speciosus; JaV 420,7 (in long cpd); VI 535,30' (mamsikutth... ti mamsigacch ca -gacch ca, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kutthagacch); see also gotthaphala (.yv go). kottha2, m.n. [S. kostha], 1. the stomach, the abdomen; Abh271 (-0 'ntokucchiyam); 862; MI 332,5 (Mro... Mahmoggallnassa kucchigato hoti -am anupavittho); Mil 265, is (n* eso... doso bhojanassa, -ass* eso doso, yad idam aggidubbalat); 2. an enclosure; a pit or room or container for storing grain; a storeroom, a granary; Abh 458 (kuslo -am uccate); 862 (antoghare kusle ca -o); S I 236,17* (na te sam -e openti) = Thi 283; Jail 135,13 (aham -am ruyha kotthadvre thatv vihi nJ atthi tivakkhmi); 168,9 (jram ~e otaretv); III 17,6* (mahantam -am kayirtha duruttnam nidhetave); IV 280,i* (-0 mayham na vijjati); Kv 329,24 (ksam parivretv gharni karonti -ni karonti); Spkl 31,14 (dhannassa -e prenti); Dhp-al 136,12 (~ato vihi otriyamne disv); Saddh 257 (ssapiyo ~); ifc see bala-; gra, n., a storeroom; a granary; Vin I 342,20 (janapadam ca kosam ca -am ca abhivijiya ajjhvasati); Udl4,i (Pasenadissa Kosalassa -e); Ja III 367,2* (~ni phitni; 367,3': -ni ti suvannarajatamanimuttdiratanakotthgrni c' eva dussakotthgradhannakotthgrni ca); V 184,23* (-am ca tuyham paripram); Sv 295,21 (tividham -am dhanakotthgram dhannakotthgram vatthakotthgram); Pv-a 133,10 (rjnam

-ni parikkhayam agamamsu); grika, m., the keeper of the storeroom (s), a steward; Dhp-al 101,24; see also antokotthgrika. kottha3, m. [?], a kind of bird; Ja VI 539,9* (kukutthak kulirak - pokkharastak, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kottha-; 540,4': ~ ti dayo sakun va). kotthaka1, m. [kottha2 + ka2; cf S. kosthaka], l.an enclosed space, an enclosure; (i) a pit or room or container for storing grain; a storeroom; Jail 168,27 (jrassa ~e nisidpitabhvam); Sp 1297,16 (na kulavam gamenti tina -e gopenti); (ii) esp. an enclosure or room at the gate, a porch, a gatehouse; Vin I 49,4 foil (sace ~o uklpo hoti ~o sammajjitabbo); II 159,4 (hirannam thokassa oksassa -am smant na ppahoti); III161,n (te -e sanam pannpetv); Th558 (sanghrmassa -e dummano tattha atthsim); Ja VI 66,9 (-e usukrassa); Ap 539,17 (anusamyayi so dhiro mtuccham yva -am); Ps III 78,25 (dvrakotthak atisambdh na sakk -ena pavisitun ti); ifc see dalha-m-attla-, dvra-; (iii) a trough or tub in a cubicle (for bathing); a trench (round a tree, for water); Ps II 347,9 (rukkhassa samantato -bandhanam viya); Dhp-all 20,4 foil, (bhante ~e udakam thapitam, nahyath ti vatv therena saddhim yeva -am pvisi); III 119,19 (yo koci imam -am pavittho imin vtapnena olokentassa eko va dvidh pannyati); ifc see udaka-, nahna-; ( i v ) a hide (perhaps a pit, for hunting); Ja I 154,22 (tesam pi dvinnam gamanamagge eko luddako paticchannakotthake thito hoti... luddako -a nikkhamitv); VI 76,3 (migavalanjam disv manivannhi skhhi -am katv dhanum dya ... tattha nilino acchi); (v) a defensive enclosure (in a battle); Mhv 25:56 (abbhantare ~e tu sayam atthsi bhpati) ^ Thp 213,9; ifc see bala-. kofthaka2, m. [= kottaka? cf S. kuttaka, kotaka, AMg kottga], a stone-cutter, a mason; ? a carpenter; ? Vin IV 8,22 (hinena hinam vadeti -am pupphachaddakarn ~o si pupphachaddako si ti bhanati); -kamma, ., stone-cutting; ? building work; carpentry; ? Vin IV 6,31 (hinam nma kammam -am pupphachaddakakammam ...; Sp 739,2: ~an ti tacchakakammam; Sp-t [Be] III 3,20: tacchakakamman ti vaddhakikammam, kottakakamman ti v psnakottakakammam). kotthaka3, m. [cf kottha3], a kind of bird; Ap 347,16 (- sukapot ca kulir camar bah). kotthako in Se at Ja II 440,25* and in Ee, Se at Nidd I 177,13 is prob, wr for kotthuko. kotthatthlni in Ce, Ee at Vism 255,5 and Vibh-a 237,3 is prob, wrfor kottatthini (Be, Se so). kotthalik, / [from kottha2 ?] a (small) granary or store; a container for storing grain;! Vism252,29 (phsukadvayamamsam -ya kucchiyam tanumattiklepasanthnam); Sp 749,5 (paticchannam nma sanam kuddena v kavtena v... rukkhena v thambhena v -ya v yena kenaci paticchannam hoti ti); see also kotthali. kofthasun, see sv kotthu. kotthnam in Ce, Ee at Ps III 380,1 is prob, wr for kottnam (Be, Se so).

733

kotthsa, m. [kottha2 + sa4 ?] a share, a portion, a division; a group, a faction; Abh485 (pativimso ca ~o amso bhgo); Ja I 254,25 (dve ~ hutv afinamannam yujjhitv); VI 368,10 (pannkram dvidh bhinditv ekam -amranno pesesi); Pet231,io (kyiko cetasikassa ~o ca); Vism 357,6 (yakanam nma imasmim sarire ptiyekko ~o); Sp430,27 (kesdisu ~esu pathavidhtu); Pv-a 111,24 (rajjam dasa ~e katv vibhajimsu); -ggha, m., holding to a part; Nidd I 76,7 (varaggho ~o uccayaggho samuccayaggho; Nidd-a I 205,12: - 0 ti avayavavasena gho); see also annakotthsiya (sv anna2), tamkotthsiya (sv tad), hetthkotthsika. kotthika, see sv kottaka. kotthu, see sv kotthu. kotthuka, see sv kotthuka. kottheti, seesvkotteti. kona, m. [ts], I. a corner; an angle; Abh 394; 867 (kotiyam... ~o); 871; Vinll 137,1 (~o vivariyati); Ja I 33,2 (-e ~e ekek udakactiyo utthahant ti); Sp 980,26 (gabbhassa ca cattro ~ pamajjitabb); 1046,18 (~ato ~am tiyojanam hoti); Spkl 206,11 (catusu ~esu majjhe ca ekekarn pysapindam thapetv); ifc see catusv catu(r); 2. the plectrum (of a vlna); Abh 144 (~o vindivdanam); 867; S IV 197,15 (tantiyo ca paticca -am ca paticca ... vin ... vadati; Spk III 66,24: -an ti caturamsam sradandakam); Mil 53,25; see also atthakonaka (svattha2), sojasakonaka. konaka, m, a corner; ifc see pubbadakkhina-. konati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kunati, Wg 28:45], sounds; Dhtum 174 (kuna sadde); Sadd 358,28 (kuna saddopakarane: ~ati). konapa, n. [mc for kunapa qv], a corpse; D III 26,4* (katasisu khittni ca ~ni, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se knapni; Sv 829,11: susnesu chadditakunapni). konta in Ee at Ja II 209,30 foil, is prob, wr for kontha or konda qqv. kontha, mfn. andm. [= kuntha^v?], maimed, defective; a cripple; dull, lazy, stupid; a lout; Jail 117,13 (evarpam nma ~am ... patijagganto vicarati, Ce, Ee so; Be kuntham; Se kondam); 118,26 (tarn ~am khandhe nisidpetv, Ce, Ee so; Be kuntham; Se kondam); 209,30 (tatuY eko panhapucchako ~o vasati, Ce so; Be, Se kondo; Ee konto, prob, wr); 210,11 (~o candamendako viya vegena upagantv, Ce so; Be, Se kondo; Ee konto); Sp254,13 (antopti avassuto kasambujto ~o ti mam dhrehi ti evam assamanavevacanena sikhpaccakkhnam hoti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kondo); 596,11 (~o si, Be so; Ce, Ee kondo; Se kundo); see also konda. konda, mfn. and m. [= kunda3 qvl], maimed, defective; dull, lazy, stupid; a lout; Jail 209,30 (tatth* eko panhapucchako ~o vasati, Be, Se so; Ce kontho; Ee konto, prob, wr); Sp 254,13 (antopti avassuto kasambujto ~oti mam dhrehi ti evam assamanavevacanena sikkhpaccakkhnam hoti, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se kontho); 596,11 (~o si, Ce, Ee so; Be kontho; Se kundo); Vin-vn 404 (~o si ca nigantho si, Ee so; Be kontho); Ap-a 459,32/0//. (Kondannass ti kundito hutv deti pavatta" ti ~o lmakasatto, ~ato anno ti Kondanno almako uttamapuriso, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kucchito hutv); see also kontha.

kondapuggalika, mifn) [?] the name of a group of ascetics; Ap 358,21 (parivattak siddhipatt - bah, Ee so; Ce kondapugganik; Se kodhapugganik; Be parittak santipatt kodhapugganik). koti, pr. 3 sg., see sv kavati2. kotuhala, kothala, see sv kuthala. kotthali, kotthaji,/ [?] a (small) granary; a container for storing grain;? Vin III 189,2 (paticchannam nma sanam kuddena v kavtena v... rukkhena v thambhena v -iy v...,Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kotthaliy) ^ IV 269,30 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kotthalikya); see also kotthalik. kotthu, kotthu, m. [S. krostu, krostr], a jackal; Abh 615 (siglo jambuko -u); DIII 25,1* (siho ti attnam samekkhiyna amanni ~u migarj 'ham asmi); MI 334,24 (~u naditire macche magayamno) = Niddl 149,30 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kotthu); Ja III114,6* (~ va gajam sajja, Be so; Ce kutth; Se kutthu; Ee wr kutthum; 114,15': siglo viya); kotthusun, m.pl, jackals and dogs; Ja VI 537,32* (~, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se kotthasun; 538,16': ~ ti (Ee, Se kotthasun ti) siglasunakh, katthuson ti pi ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be kotthusun ti pi ptho; Se kotthason ti pi ptho); see also kutthu. kotthuka (and kotthuka), m. [S. krostuka; BHS also kostuka], a jackal; SI 66,29* (na ~o sihasamo kadci, Be, Ce, Spkl 127,21 so; Se kotthuko; Ee wr kutthako); Mil 23,22 (ajagaraparivrito viya ~o); Ja II 440,25* (mignam ~o anto, Ce, Ee so; Be sihglo; Se kotthako); Nidd I 177,13 (~o, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kotthako); ifc see sflia-. kothati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup kunthati, Wg 3:6], hurts, injures; Sadd 367,4 (kutha katha himsyam: ... ~ati kathati). kodanda, m.n. [ts], a kind of bow; Abh 388 (dhanu~am); Vin IV 201,8 (vudham nma cpo ~o); MI 429,20 (yva na tarn dhanum jnmi yen' amhi viddho yadi v cpo yadi v ~o); Mil 351,4 (in long cpd). kodandaka, n. [kodanda + ka2], a kind of bow; Ja IV 331,io* (~ena paripothayimsu mam; cf 331,19': -na ti dhanudandehi c'eva muggarehi ca); 433,21* (~ni ganhatha sattiyo tomarni ca; 433,26': ~ni ti dhanni); see also kudandaka. kodati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup krdate, Wg 2:20], plays; sports; Sadd 383,3 (kuda khuda guda kllyam eva: ~ati...). kodumbara, see sv kotumbara. kodrava, m. [ts], an inferior kind of grain; ifc see kla-. kodha, m. [& krodha] (sg. instr. kodhena, kodhas), anger; Abh 164; MI 36,30 (-0 cittassa upakkileso); SI 169,25* (tebrhmana ... ~o dhmo bhasmani mosavajjam; Spk I 237,2: tava nnaggissa upakkilesatthena -0 dhmo); A I 91,16 (~o ca upanho ca); 283,18 (ekacco puggalo abhinham kujjhati, so ca khv assa ~o digharattam anuseti); Dhp222 (yo ve uppatitam ~am ratham bhantam va dhraye); It 2,29* (yena ~ena kuddhse satt gacchanti duggatim); Sn 866 (~o mosavajjam ca); Pv 15:7 (tato me iss vipul ~o me samajyatha); Th 445 (uppajje te sace ~o vajja kakacpamam); Ja II 443,14* (s candi khati

734

~am); IV 26,3 (~o anekdinavo mahvinsadyako); V 117,6* (~as hi bah phit kul akulatam gat; 119,13': ~ena hi bahni phitni rjakulni akulabhvam gatni); VI 87,n* (Smam... ~as usun vijjhi; 87,12': mige uppannena ~ena); Niddl 215, \6 foil, (dasah* krehi ~o jyati...); Dhs 1060 (katamo doso ... yoevarpo cittassa ghto ... manopadoso ~o kujjhan kujjhitattam ...); Vibh 357,n (pubbakle ~o aparakle upanho); Pp 18,13/0//.; Pet69,9; Mil 187,3(tena hi tathgatassa ~o appativattito); Ps I 106,22 (tattha kujjhanalakkhano ~o candikkalakkhano v ghtakaranaraso dsanapaccupatthno); '-upysi(n), mfn. [from kodha + upysa], angry and annoyed; MI 363,13 (yesam ... samyojannam hetu ~i assam); neg. akkodhupysi(n),m/h., MI 363,2o; '-ussaya, m., growth or intensity of anger; Sp906,2i (mnussayavasena ~-vasena vivadamn, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kodhusyavasena); -garu, mfn., respectful, obedient to anger; A II 46,22 (~u na saddhammagaru); 47,io (~-t; Mp III 86,25: ~-t ti kodhamhi sagravat) * As 138,4; -paflftna, mfn., whose characteristic is anger; Sn 96 (alaso ~o; Pj II 170, s: dhajo va rathassa dhmo va aggino kodho pannnam ass ti ~o); Pj II170,10 (~-t); -bhakkha, mfn., having anger as (one's) food; SI 238,5;-vasika, mfn., under the control of anger; Ja III 135,13 (aham ~ hutv drake patimresim); Cp-a299,4(~o satto kodhena ummatto vikkhittacitto); neg. akkodhavasika, mfn., Sv 933,28 (akkodhavasikatt, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee wr akkodhavasikatam); -sammadasammatta, mfn., exhilarated with the intoxication of anger; AIV 96,18* (-0 yasakyam nigacchati); -smanta, mfn., close to anger, associated with anger; MI 95,29 (bhikkhu kodhano hoti ~amvcam nicchret); Dhs 1343 (y s vcandak ast kakkas parakatuk parbhisajjani ~...); akkodha, m. and mfn., \.(m.) freedom from anger; forbearance; D III 159,28* (~am ca adhitthahi); MI 44,18 (kodhanassa purisapuggalassa ~o hoti parikkamanya); Dhp 223 (~ena jine kodham); Ja VI 87,20* (tarn ekaputtam ghtimhi ~am hu pandit); Mil 116,27 (~e avihimsayam); 2. (mfn.) free from anger; forbearing; Th441 (~assa kutokodho dantassasamajivino); Jail 4,20' (ayam hi kuddham puggalam sayam ~o hutv ~ena jinti); atikodha, m., extreme anger; Sadd881,n. kodhana, mfn. and n. [S. krodhana, mfn.], 1. (mfn.) inclined to anger, easily angered, bad-tempered; angry; Abh 732; Vin II 89,9 (bhikkhu ~o hoti upanhi); MI 68,30 (~o ... Sunakkhatto moghapuriso, kodh ca pan* assa es vc bhsit); A I 124,4 (puggalo ~o hoti upysabahulo); VI65,11 (bhikkhu ~o hoti kodhavinayassa na vannavdi); Vv 33:71 (candake ~e ca pharuse ca); Th 1018 (pisunena ca ~ena... sakhitam na kareyya pandito); Ja 1298,25* (~ akatann ca; 298,27': ~a uppannam kodham nivretum na sakkonti); Sp 612,27 (-t); PsI 189,22 (~ ti kujjhanasil); Mp III 110,26 (-tt); ifc see accanta-; 2. (n.) anger; Ja III106,11' (yam tassa panditassa ... dalhakopasankhtum ~am, tarn na sdhu); akkodhana, akodhana, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) free from anger; not easily angered;

forbearing; D III 159,7 (~o ahosi anupysabahulo); M I 42,36 (pare kodhan bhavissanti mayam ettha ^a bhavissma); SI 228,22 (yvajivam ~o assam sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam pativineyyam); Sn 19 (~o vigatakhilo 'ham asmi); Vv 15:5 (~ bhattu vasnuvattini); Ja III 262,19* (~o mittav; 263,20': ~o ti adhivsanakhantiy samanngato); Patisl 160,11* (-0 anupanhi); Mil207,M; It-a II 56,15 (--t); 2. (n.) lack of anger; forbearance; Jail 192,14* (nisnehako aham deva ~am adhitthito); atikodhana, mfn., extremely bad-tempered, very easily angered; Ja V 113,30' (~o hi rj); Th-a III 84,20. kodhaniya, mfn. [S. krodhaniya], tending to make angry; producing anger; Nidd-a I 347,10: (kopaniye na kuppati ti -asmim vatthusmim na calati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kopaniyasmim). kodhita, mfn., caus. pp o/kujjhati qv. konma, see w kimnma. konta1, m. [= kunta qv ? AMg id.], a spear, a lance; ifc see mangala-, samdhi-. konta 2 , m. [?], a bird, the curlew; ? Ps IV 22,6 (~o kho ... ekapdena titthati m pathavi osiditi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kho net kho); Pj II 317,13* (ganduppdo kiki c' eva ~o brhmanadhammiko, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kunti); see also kontani. kontani, kontini,/ [= kuntani qv ?], a curlew; Pj II 317,9 (~i sakunik pathavikampabhayena pdehi bhmim na sutthu akkamati, Ce, Ee so; Be kuntani; Se kontini); see also konta2. kontara, [c/konta1, konta ?] a lance; ? Ap 389,22 (div v yadi v rattim cankamantassa titthato sovannam -am gayha titthati purato mama, Be, Ce, Se so, unclear; Ee kattaram). kont, konti, / [cf konta1], a knife, a sharp-pointed tool; Ja VI 454,29' (kontimantl vuccati cammakrnam satthi tya ~iy likhitv..., Ce so; Ee satthitya ~ya likhatt katatt ...; Be, Se different, see sv kontimant). kontimant, kontimanti, / (and~a, m.) [?], a (leatherworker's) sharp-pointed tool or knife; Ja VI 454,28' ([cammam] kontimantasunitthitan ti [454,18*] ~ vuccati cammakrasattham, tya kantanalikhitnam vasena katatt sutthu nitthitam, Be so; Se tya ~ya; Ce kontimantisunitthitan ti ~i vuccati cammakrnam satthi, tya kontiy likhitv sutthu nitthitam; Ee wr kontimantisunitthitan ti - vuccati cammakr satthitya kontya likhatt katatt ...); ifc see tis\2i-. kopa, m. [ts], irritation, disturbance (of the humours of the body); irritation, agitation, anger; Abh 164; Vin IV 241,37 (akkhantiy ti~ena); D II 342,15 (~ena pi nam harissmi, makkhena pi nam harissmi); MI 27,16 (yo c' eva... ~o yo ca appaccayo ubhayam etam anganam; Ps I 144,2: yo cyam sahkhrakkhandhasangahito ~o yo ca vedankkhandhasangahito appaccayo); S IV 305,14 (parehi kopiyamno ~am ptukaroti); A I 124,6 (~am ca dosam ca appacayam ca ptukaroti; Mp II 195,7: ~an ti dubbalakodham); Sn6 (yass' antarato na santi ~); Ja I 301,20 (~am akatv majjhatten' eva bhavitum vattati); Ap46,22 (~o buddhe na jyati); Dhs 1060 (yo evarpo cittassa ghto... ~o pakopo

735

sampakopo doso ...); Mil 135,26 (yo ca... vto yam ca pittarn yam ca semham tehi tehi ~ehi kuppitv missihutv sakam sakam vedanam kaddhati); Spklll 81,23 (sanniptikni ti tinnam pi pittdlnam -ena samutthitni); '-antara, mfn., inwardly angry; SI 24,23* (accayam desayantinam yo ve na patiganhati ~o dosagaru sa verarn patimuccati; Spkl 66,8: ~oti abbhantare uppannakopo) akopa, m. and mfn., \.(m.) absence of agitation or anger; Sv 1022,4 (avypado dhammapadam nma-o); 2. (mfn.) without agitation or anger; Sn 499 (samitvino vltarg~). kopana, n. [ts], disturbing; disturbance; ifc see iriypatha- (sv iriy), hin-. kopaniya, kopaneyya, mfn. [S. kopaniya], {.tending to make angry; (that) which disturbs; A III 110,18 (~e kuppati madaniye majjati, Ee so; Be, Ce kuppaniye; Se kupaniye); Ud41,2 (kopaneyye na kuppati; Ud-a247,33: ~e ti patighatthniye sabbasmim pi ghtavatthusmim) = Th 191 (eds kuppaniye); Ja VI 257,21* (yo kopaneyye na karoti kopam; 257,26': kujjhitabbayuttake puggale... kopamna karoti); Niddl 242,20 (~e na kuppati; Nidd-al 347,10: -asmim vatthusmim na calati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee kodhaniyasmim); 2. to be disturbed or provoked; akopaniya, mfn., not able to be disturbed or provoked; Th-all 274,11 (asankuppan ti... vypdena -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akopiyam); see also kuppa2 (sv kuppati), kuppaniya. kopi(n), mfn. [S. kopin], agitated; angry; Abh 732 (kodhano rosano -I). kopik, (m)f(n). [from kopa; cf S. kopin], disturbing; Ja V 451,29' (vikopan ti nsanatthena ca garahatthena ca brahmacariyassa ~). kopina, n. [BHS id.; S. kaupina], 1. the pudenda, the private parts; Abh 985 (guyhange ... -am); Vinll 112,8 (mtugmo chavassa msakarpassa kran -am dasseti); Sv 945,23 (guyhathnam hi vivariyamnam hirim kopeti vinseti tasm -an ti vuccati); ifc see anacchdita(sv acchdeti), paticchdita-, hin-; 2. a strip of cloth, a loin-cloth; Abh 985 (cire -am); Mp II 176,4 (dukkhena... -mattam acchdanam labbhati); 3. a shameful or improper act or thing; Abh 985 (akriye ... -am); Pv 15:23 (nagg dubbannarpmhi... -am etam itthinam; Pv-a 88,10: etam naggadubbannatdikam paticchdetabbatya itthinam -am rundhaniyam); JaV 404,19* (-riip viya ycan' itthiy; c/404,22': yasm itthiy ycan nma -rp viya rahassarigavivaranasadis hoti, nillajj viya hoti ti attho); -nidamsana, mj(~i)n. and/or - 1 , / , revealing the pudenda; exposure of the private parts; D i l i 183,1 (cha ... dlnav surmerayamajuapamdatthnnuyoge ... rognam yatanam akittisanjanani -i pahnya dubbalikarani tv eva; Sv 945,25: surmadamatt ca tarn tarn ahgam vivaritv vicaranti, tena tesam s sur kopinassa nidamsanato M ti vuccati) = As 380,8 (Be so; Ce, Ee kopinam nidamsani; Se hirikopinaniddamsani). kopeti 1 , kopayati 1 , caus. pr. 3 sg. o/kuppati qv. kopeti 2 , kopayati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kopayati, Wg 33:106], speaks; shines; Sadd 553,17 (kupa dhpa bhsyam: ... -eti -ayati).

komala, mfn. [ts], soft, tender; Abh 716 (sukumram ca -am); Ja 1177,6' (- pi galocilat ptilat ti... vuccati); ifc see kamala-; '-aAga,m/h. [komala + anga2], having a tender body; with soft limbs; Ap 566,1 (yada so taruno bhaddo - 0 sukhedhito, Ce, Ee so; Be komalako; Se komarako; = Thi-a 175,9*: eds komalako); atikomala, mfn., very tender; Ap-a 512,24. komalaka, mfn. [komala + ka2], soft, tender; Thi-a 175,9* (taruno ... -o sukhedhito) quoting Ap 566,1 (Be so; Ce, Ee komalarigo; Se komrako). komra, m/(-i)n. andn. [S. kaumra] youthful; virginal; (n.) childhood, youth; (f) who has not had a previous husband, who was a virgin at marriage; SI 6,23* (~i setth bhariynam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kumri; Spk I 33,26: -I ti kumrikle gahit); AIV 210,14 (tassa mayham... catasso -iyo pajpatiyo ahesum); Ja VI 570,30* (-lyassham bhariy smiko mama issaro); Pj II 36,7 (-bhvato pabhuti ekato vaddhita); -pati, m [komra + pari' ], a man who marries or has married a virgin; Ja II120,12* (yam aha-imaman ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se komripatiko; 120,19': ayamme ~i kuladattiyo smiko, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se komripati); -brahmacariya, komnbrahmacariya, ., complete chastity; the preserving of virginity; A III 224,21 (-am carati mante adhiyamno); Sn289 (atthacattrisam vassni -am carimsu... brhman pure; Pj II 316,7foil: kumrabhvato pabhuti caranena komram brahmacariyarn carimsu); Ap 546,3 (vicarimha atandit komribrahmacariyarn rjakann, Be so; Ce, Se komri-; Ee -am); Thi-a 97,27 (komribrahmacariyam caranti); -bhacca, n., the medical care of young children; Niddl 382,27 (panca tikicch slkiyam ... -am, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se komrakavejjam); Sv 98,21 (drakatikicch vuccati--vejjakammam); -bhatta(r), m., a man who marries or has married a virgin; JaV 448,6* (-rarn piyam manpam);-vda, m., a form of address or speech appropriate to a youth; Sadd 365,10 (yasmantam nandam yasm Mahkassapo ... -ena ovadanto kumrako ti avoca); -vejja in Ee at Nidd-al 416,26 is prob, wr for komrakavejja (Se, Niddl 382,27 so); -smika, -smiya,m., a man who marries or has married a virgin; Ja I 397,14 (-0 me ayy ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -smiyo); see also komram. komraka, komrika, mfn and n. [komra + ka2, ika; cfS. kaumraka, n.], I. (mfn.) young; belonging to childhood or youth; juvenile; concerned with children or young people; virginal, chaste; SIV 160,19 (khirarukkho ... daharo taruno -0); Jail 180,5* (komriko nma tav' ajja dhammo yam tvam gahit pavane parodasi, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce komri ko; ISO,wfoil.: amma kumriko nnV esa tava ajja sabhvo ... ko esa tava sabhvo, kirn kumrik yeva tvan ti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce kumri ko; cfto I 411,15: atthi nu kho imiss kumrikadhammo n' atthi ti); Ap 552,2 (vejjo -0 yath); 552,4 (cittamunjam yath nma lunci -0 yuv); 2. (n.) (i) what belongs to childhood; childishness; A1261,4 (-am idam ... ariyassa vinaye yadidam ativelam dantavidamsakam hasitam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se komrikam;

736

Mp II 366,25: -an ti kumrakehi kattabbakiccam) quoted Niddl 378,28 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr kumrakam); (ii) childhood, youth; Ja VI 26,io* (kin nu ~am tahim, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se komrikam; 26,27': ~an ti tasmim nagare tarunabhvo kim karissati, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tasmim vaye); -vejja, n., the medical care of children; Niddl 382,27 (panca tikicch slkiyam ... -am, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce komrabhaccam); komrika-vejja, m. a children's doctor; Ps V 14,i (drako gabbhato patthya parihram labhati ~ sannihit ca honti). komrik, komriy,/ [komri + k2], (who is) a young girl; (who is) a virgin; a virgin wife; DII 333,22 (rakkhanti tarn tamhi samaye khujj p i . . . ~ pi ti; Sv 811,3: ~ti tarunadrik); Ja III 266,5* (~ te hessmi; 266,7: ~ ti aham ettakam klam annam purisam na jnmi, tava ~ bhariy bhavissmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee tava komrikabhariy); VI 269,22* (~ bhariy); 571, r (yassa tavham komriy bhariy so tvam yeva mama smi, Ce, Se so; Ee kumriy; Be daharik); Ap 552,8 (Sinerum musalam katv maddi ~ yath, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr padakomriko). komudika, mfit. [cf S. kaumudika], abounding with kumudaj; connected with the komudi full-moon day; Ap 428,6 (yath ~e mse bah pupphanti pdap). komudi,/ [S. kaumudi], moonlight; the full-moon day in the month kattika; Abh 54 (~I candik junh); Vin I 176,16 (~iy ctumsiniy akm pavretabbam); D I 47,6 (tadah' uposathe pannarase ~iy ctumsiniy punnya punnamya rattiy; Sv 139,27: ~iy ti kumudavatiy, tad kira kumudni supupphitni honti); Mill 79,20 (idh' evham Svatthiyam ~im ctumsinim gamessmi); Ja VI 221,4 (~iy ctumsiniy chane vattamne); ifc see ctumassa-. koy atthi, kolatthi 1 , m. [cf S. koyasti, "lapwing or crane"], a kind of bird; Abh 640 (ukkuso kuraro kolatthipakkhimhi ca kukkuho); JaV 9,ir (koyatthimadhusliy ti koyatthisakun ca nma suvannaslikasakun ca ete dibbasakun, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kolatthimadhusjik ti kolatthisakun ...). kora1, m. [to], a bud; see khnukorakla. kora2, mfn. [cf S. khora?], lame; ? in N.pr. Korakhattiya, Dili 6,9 (Sv819,i6: Korakhattiyo ti antovankapdo khattiyo). koraka, m.n. [to], a bud; Abh 544 (kalik~o); Sadd 921,3 (kalako ~o). korakita, mfn. [to], covered with buds; Vv-a 288,25 (ambarukkh ... ~ pallavit). korajika, mfn. [?], (according to cts) grimacing; or hypocritically appearing restrained or controlled; -korajika, mfn., continuously or excessively grimacing; or hypocritically controlled; (cf ftnamoli, 1956, p. 27: "all-gushing"; Pe Maung Tin, 1971, p. 30: "repeatedly blinded by the dust of evil desires") Niddl 226,27 (~o bhkutikabhkutiko kuhakakuhako; Nidd-al 336,27: ~o ti sankocasankocako, atisankocako ti vuttam hoti, koranjakako ti v ptho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se koracakakoracako ti v ptho) * Vism 26,2 (see VismmhtfZte] I 53,19 foil: kucchitarajabhtya ppicchatya niratthakam kyavacivipphandanigganhanam

korajam, tarn etassa atthi ti korajiko kohannena samyatakyo ativiya abhinham v korajiko ~o, atiparisahkito ti keci). koranda, m. [= kuranda qv], the name of a plant, the yellow amaranth; Ap206,i6 (~am pupphitam disv) ^ 383,15 = 434,27; -vannaka, mfn., like the yellow amaranth; Ap 383,20 (~o yeva sappabhso bhavm* aham, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be suppabhso); see also korandaka. korandaka, m. [= kurandaka^v; BHSid.], the name of a plant, the yellow amaranth; Ja VI 536,34* (~ anojca); -chavi, mfn., with skin like the yellow amaranth (flower); Ap 435,4 (~i homi). kori, / [cfTa. kori (DED 1799) "sheep; antelope"], (according to ct) a kind of hen; Thi-a237,25 (~iy-r-iv ti v pli, kimcakrakukkutiy ti vuttam hoti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce cakoriy-r-iv ti... cakorakukkutiy ti vuttam hoti). kola 1 , m.n. [S. kola, n.], the jujube tree; the fruit of the jujube; Abh 559; MI 80,3 (~ehi ypem ti te ~am pi khdanti -cunnam pi khdanti 06dakam pi pivanti anekavihitam pi -vikatim paribhunjanti; Ps II 49,25: 6dakan ti ~ni madditv katapnakam); Ja III 22,4* (yattha ~am pacissati; 22,irfoil.: yattha gantv puna badaram eva pacinitv vikkinanti jivikam kappessati); VI 578,18* (~am bhalltakam bellam s no hatva posati); Ap 17,16 (~ bhalltak bill phalni dhrayanti te); Sv 262,7 (-rukkham apanetv); Spkl 68,17 (tiracchn viya -rukkhe vasimsu); '-atthi, n. [kolatthi2] the stone or kernel of a jujube fruit; Sil 179,7 (imam mahpathavim ~-mattam ~-mattam mattikgulikam karitv); A V 170,22 (jpilak] mattiyo hutv kolamattiyo ahesum); Sp 995,29 (~-mattako ... gando); -valli,/, a sort of long pepper; Abh 583; -sampka, mfn., cooked with jujube; Vv 43:5 (adsim-am kanjikam teladhpitam); see also sampannakolaka. kola 2 , mfn. [S. kaula], belonging to a family; ? Sadd 438,26 (kula sankhne bandhumhi ca: kolati kulam ~o). kolaka 1 , n. [to], I. a kind of perfume; Abh 304 (takkolam tu ca ~am); 2. the black pepper; Abh 459 (maricam tu ca ~am). kolaka 2 , m. [cf S. kolaka], the jujube tree; Apl5,i7 (amb ~ tilak, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se amb sl ca). kolankola, mifn). [prob, from kula, cf BHS kulamkula; but cf also S. kulkula, "middling, of mixed character"], one who goes from (good) family to (good) family, the middlemost type of sotpanna qv, who will become an arhat within six more births; S V 205,4 (pancannam indriynam samatt paripratt araham hoti, tato mudutarehi antarnibbyi hoti... sakadgmi... ekabiji ... ~o ... sattakkhattuparamo hoti); A I 233,15 (so tinnam samyojannam parikkhay ~o hoti, dve v Uni v kulni sandhvitv samsaritv dukkhassa antam karoti; Mp II 349,27: ~o ti kul kulam gamanako, kulan ti c' ettha bhavo adhippeto ... dve v tayo v bhave ti attho veditabbo; cfSpklll 238,16foil.: dve v ni v ti idam desanamattan eva, yva chatthabhav samsaranto pana ~o va hoti) = Pp 16,5 foil. (Pp-a 196,\4 foil.: sotpattiphala-

737

sacchikiriyato hi patthya nice kule upapatti nma n' atthi mahbhogakulesu yeva nibbattati" ti attho); Pet 30,20; Nett 189,28 (ekabijin -ena sattakkhattuparamena); Vism 709,33; Ud-a68,2 (kulasaddo ... jtipariyyo -o ti disu viya); It-a I 85,32 (ekabiji - 0 sattakkhattuparamo ti indriynam tikkhamajjhamudubhvena tayo hi sotpann); -ta,/, abstr., the state of being kolankola; niyata, mfn., assured (of release) because of the state of being kolankola, or fixed in the state of being kolankola; Kv 471,9 (na vattabbam kolankolo puggalo ~-niyato ti). kolaftfta, mfn. and m. [from kula; cf S. kaulina, kaulinya] belonging to a (good) family; a family member, Sp 1016,19 (mtipakkhapitipakkhato ~ khin vinatth mat ass ti khlnakolanno; Sp-t [Be] III 257,7: -a ti mtuvamse pituvamse ca jt mtpituppabhuti sabbantayo); ifc (belonging to a... family, to the family of...) see abhinnta- (sv abhijnti), khina- (.yv khinoti), samana-. kolatthi1, see sv koyatthi. kolafthi2, see sv kola1. kolati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kolati, Wg 20:12], counts; is of kin; Sadd 438,26 (kula sankhne bandhumhi ca: -ati kulam kolo). kolaputti, / (or m. ?) [from kulaputta; cf S. kaulaputra] the state of being a son of a good or noble family; nobility; A I 38,16 (addham idam ... lbhnam yadidam rannakattam ... mahparivrat ~i vannapokkharat ...; Mp II 40,13: ~i ti kulaputtabhvo); see also kolaputtiya. kolaputtika in Ee, Se at Nidd I 68,12, 71,21, 80,22 etc, and in Ee at Spk II 210,23 is prob, wr (or is vl) for kolaputtiya qv. kolaputtiya (and kolaputtika?), n. [from kulaputta; cfS. kaulaputra, kaulaputraka], the state of being a son of a good or noble family; nobility, noble birth; Nidd I 80,22 (ekacco rnnarn janeti jtiy v gottena v ~ena v vannapokkharatya v ..., Be, Ce so; Ee, Se kolaputtikena) * Vibh353,n; Sp219,i6 (ayam jtiy v gottena v ~ena v ... nto); Spk II 210,23 (attabhvo -am vannapokkharat, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kolaputtikam); see also kolaputti. kolamba, m. [? cf S. lex. kolambaka] a large pot or vessel; Abh456; Vin I 213, is (nave ca tile navarn ca madhum -ehi ca ghatehi ca rmam harpetv); III 250,36 (~e pi ghate pi pretv; Sp 710,2: ettha - nma mahmukh ctiyo vuccanti, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se kolumb); Jal 33,23 (~e khirassa pretv uddhane ropetv); Sv 58,23 (ghate udakam ~e udakam na ppunti, ~e udakam ctiyam udakam na ppunti). kolambaka, m. [kolamba + ka; cf S. lex. kolambaka], a large pot; Ap 335,26 (madhutelam gahim aham -am gahetvna). kolahala in Ee at Ps I 79,11 is wrfor kolhala qv. kolpa, kolpa, mfn. and n. [?], 1. (mfn.) hollow; pithless; MI 242,2 (sukkham kattham -am; Ps II 288,1: -an ti chinnasineham nirpam); SIV 161,32 (khirarukkho assattho v... udumbaro v sukkho -o terovassiko); 185,16 (nalgram v tingram v sukkham -am

terovassikam); Ja III495,8* ([rukkhe] sukkhe <-; 495,28': -e ti vte paharante kotitasaddam viya muncamne nissre); Mil 151,18 (rukkhassa sukkhassa -assa nisnehassa); 2. (n.) the hollow inside, cavity; Pj II 355,8 (susirarukkham disvtass' abbhantare solasahatthappamnam tarn -am sodhetv ^ Sv 261,4: eds oksam). kolhala, m.n. and mfn. [S. kolhala, m.n.], 1. (m.n.) an uproar, a loud and confused noise; tumult; Abh 130 (-0 kalakalo); Vin I 285,10 (sabbo sahgho civaram bhjento -am aksi); Th 245 (yath gmo tath tayo -am tat' uttarim); Ja V 426,13' (antonagare -am sutv); Ps I 79,ii (Dighabhnako ariyavamsam kathemi ti sabbarattim -am karoti ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kolahalam); Spk I 130,22 (kappakolhalam buddhakolhalam cakkavattikolhalan ti tini -ni); Pj 1120,17 (-am nma paficavidham kappakolhalam cakkavattikolhalam buddhakolhalam mangalakolhalairi moneyyakolhalan ti); Ud-a259,n (titthiy Sundarim na passm ti -am katv ranfio rocetv...); Mhv28:6 (-am ahu devesu); ifc see kappa-, cakkavatti-, buddha-, mangala-, moneyya-; 2. (mfn.) in an uproar; Vin II 165,6 (bhattaggam -am ahosi); Ja V 437,9' (kunkumiyajt ti -jt). koliya 1 , m. [c/'koli], a kind of tree (the jujube 1); Ja VI 269,16* (bhginiml atha-m-ettha -a ete dum parinmit; 270,19': atha ettha ngabhavane - nma ca rukkh). koliya 2 , mfn. [cf S. kaulika, kaulya], associated with a family, with one's family; customary in a family; Ja III 22,2* (yni pure ... pacinsi tass te -am phalam; 22,9': tass tava evam pacinantiy yam mayam idni khdma imam -am kuladattikam phalan ti attho; cf 21,28: attano kulasantakni badarni pi na jnsi ti). koliya 3 , m. [cf BHS kolika; S. kaulika], a weaver; -khali,/, weaver's paste;! Pj I 58,24 (supnavamathusadisam nipatitv, Be so; Cekoleyya-; Ee kuliyakule supna-; Se koliyakule; ^ Vism 259,17: eds tantavyakhali-; = Vibh-a 242,23: eds tantavyakhali-). koliyaka, m. [for *goliyaka ? so vl in Be, Ee; cf golika], a sugar merchant; ? As 279,3* (gmillo ambo ~ena ca); 281,i3(ambo -ena ca ti idam hetthvutta-ambopamam ca ucchuslsmikopamam ca sandhya vuttam). koli, / [S. lex. id.], the jujube tree; Abh 558; Sadd 375,18*. koliniya, mfn. [cf S. kaulina, mfn., kaulinya, n.], from a noble family, of good birth; Jail 348,21* (- silavati patibbat y evarp purisassa bhariy, Ee so; Se koliniy; Be, Ce koleyyak; = AIV 93,n*: eds koleyyak); VI 114,8* (-yo idha jivaloke, Ee so; Ce koliniyyo; Be, Se kolitthiyyo; 114,26': kule patitthit kuladhitaro). koleyya, m. [S. kauleya], a domestic animal, ie a dog; Sadd 785,9 (kule samvaddho sunakho -o); -sunakha, m., a dog reared in the (royal) household; Ja V 458,19 (rjagehe -, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be koleyyakasunakha). koleyyak, mfn. and m. [S. kauleyaka], 1. (mfn.) from a noble family; belonging to a family or household, domestic; A IV 93,13* (- silavati patibbat y evarp purisassa bhariy; Mp IV 47,20: - ti kulasampann) = JaII 348,21* (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee koliniy); Jal 177,2* (ye

738

kukkur rjakulasmi vaddh ~ vannabalpapann; 177,9': ~ ti rjakule jt sambht samvaddh); IV 438,5 (susikkhit ~ sunakh tya sannya gumbam pavisitv udarena nipajjimsu, Ee so; Ce koleyyasunakh; Be, Se susikkhitakoleyyakasunakh); 2. (m.) a domestic animal, ie a dog, esp. a hunting dog; (possibly also) a dog of good breed; Ja I 176, I 8 (amhkam ghare ~ maranam na labhanti). kovida, mfn. [ts], experienced, learned; knowing thoroughly; learned in, knowledgeable about (gen., loc. or ifc); Abh228; VinI 359,28* (pattivutthnapadassa ~o); MI 136,4 (ariyasvako ariynam dassvi ariyadhammassa ~o ariyadhamme suvinito); SI 190,I4* (gambhirapafino medhvi maggmaggassa ~o); Vv 15:9 (ariyasaccna ~; Vv-a 73,29: catsu ariyasaccesu kusal nipun); Th415 (yogakkhemapathesu ~o si); Ja VI 449,16* (sr asicammassa ~); Ap 40,19 (vinaye pramippatto thnthne ca ~o; Ap-a278,n: dakkho cheko ti attho); Bv25:14(vattvattesu~o); Mil 22,9* (patibhne ca ~o); Th-alll 194, I (magge ca amagge ca -tya); Mhv4:52 (pucchsu ~o); Thp207,12 (hatthassatharusippesu~o); ifc see addhna-; -atthapada, mfn., knowledgeable about words and meanings; about matters;! JaV 104,2* (na me dubbhsitam brahme ~ aham; 104,7': ~ ti atthapade kranapade kovid chek); akovida, mfn., not experienced; not knowledgeable about; VinV 159,12(pubbparassa~o); MI 1,13 (puthujjano ariynam adassvi ariyadhammassa ~o ariyadhamme avinito); S I 222,12* (ye dhammassa ~); Sn 763 (mag dhammass' ~); Ja IV 387,6* (yo punfiakhettnam ~o si); Sp 255,30 (buddhasamaye v tya); 869,22 (vinaye pana tt); atikovida, mfn., very knowledgeable about; Ap-a294,24 (sattasu adhikaranasamathesu ~o cheko ti attho). kovilra, m. [S., BHS kovidra], a kind of tree, Bauhinia variegata; one of the trees in the devaloka; Abh 28 (~o tath pricchattako prijtako); 552 (~o yugapatto); AIV 117,6 (devnam tvatimsnam pricchattako ~o pandupalso hoti); Sn44 (oropayitv gihivyanjanni samsinapatto yath ~o); Vv 38:1 (pricchattake ~e ramamye manorame dibbamlam ganthamn; Vv-a \lA,nfoll.\ pricchattakanmake -pupphe dya dibbamlam ganthamn... ~o ti ca -jtiko, so ca manussaloke pi devaloke pi ~o, tasspi jti ti vadanti); JaV 69,2* (brhmanam addakkhi setam citram kilsinam viddhastam ~am va, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kuvilram, prob, wr; 69,i9' foil: vanamukhehi paggharantena mamsena viddhastam supupphitakovilrasadisam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee patantena ... -kuvijrasadisam); Ap 16,5(~ ca pupphit). kosa 1 ,/.. [S. koa, kosa], 1. a treasury, a storehouse; treasure, accumulated wealth; Abh 486 (~o hirannam ca katkatam kancanarpiyam); 811 (dhanarsimhi siy -am anitthiyam); VinI 342,20 (Ksirj... Kosalaranno balam ca vhanam ca janapadam ca ~am ca kotthgram ca abhivijiya ajjhvasati); Sn 525 (~ni viceyya kevalni dibbam mnusakam ca brahmakosam ... kusalo tdi pavuccate; Pj II 429, H: sakatthena -sadisatt ~ni ti kammni vuccanti); Ja IV 409,11* (pahtam me dhanam Sakka balam ~o c' anappako); VI 23,16* (kotthgram ca

~am ca kacci te patisanthatam); Sv 295,17/0//. (~o vuccati bhandgram ... atha v catubbidho -0 hatthi ass rath ratthan ti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se rath patti ti); 2. a case, a covering; a sheath; a covering membrane; a pouch; Abh 811 (nettimsdipidhne); Ja III 185,22' (asim ~ato nfliar ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee asikosato asim nfliar ti); V 197,20* (~e nu te uttamangam pavittham; 197,26': kin nu tarn tava sarirasankhte ~e pavitthan ti pucchi; cf kosohita below); Pj II 429,25 (sattnam dhammnam ca nivsatthena asikosasadisatt ~ni ti tayo bhav dvdasyatanni ca veditabbni); ifc see anda-, khura(^vkhura1), vatthi-; see also omukhanikkhittapannakosasanthna; 3. the male organ (the scrotum 1); Abh 273 (lingam andarn tu ~o ca); 4. a bud; Abh 811 (mukule ... ~am anitthiyam); 5. the cocoon of a silkworm; Sadd 785,8 (kiminam ~e bhavam suttam koseyyam); kosattho in Ee at Spk I 23,31 is prob, wr for kotthsattho {Be, Ce, Se so); kosdmam in Ee at Vv-a 349,13 is wr for kesdinam (Be, Ce, Se so); 0, -arakkha, m. a treasurer; a guardian of the treasury; A III 57,28 (Mundo rj Piyakam ~am mantesi); Th 1031 (bahussuto dhammadharo ~o mahesino); Mhv 3:34; 0, -ohita, mfn. [kosa + ohita1], encased; enclosed; D I 106,2 (dvisu mahpurisalakkhanesu kankhati... ~e ca vatthaguyhe pahtajivhatya ca; Sv215,2\ foil.: ~e ti vatthikosena paticchanne, vatthaguyhe ti angajte, bhagavato hi vranasseva ~am vatthaguyham suvannavannam padumagabbhasamnam) = Sn/?. 107,17; Mil 167,28 (puna ca tathagato... purato devamanussnam Selassa brhmanassa ~am vatthaguyham dassesi); -karaka, m., a silk-worm; Vin III 224,5 (chabbaggiy bhikkh kosiyakrake upasankamitv evam vadenti, bah vuso ~e pacatha... mayam pi icchma kosiyamissakam santhatam ktun ti); kosasanthna, mfn., shaped like a silk-worm's cocoon; Vism 251,26 (pdangulittaco ~-kosasanthno) = Pj 145,8. -krakimi, m. [kosa + kra1 + kimi], a silkworm; Vibh-a 196,14 (blo ponobbhavikehi sankhrehi attnam vetheti ~i viya kosappadesehi); -phala, n., mace, nutmeg; Abh 304; kosa 2 , m. [S. kroSa], a measure of length (500 bowlengths); Abh 197 (dhanupancasatam ~o); 811; Sadd 715,15 (~am sajjhyati); Vism 127,21 (gocaragmo pana yo sensanato ... ntidure diyaddhakosabbhantare hon). kosaka, m. [cf S. lex. koSaka, ko^ik], 1. a case, a sheath, a pouch; a receptacle; Ja III 282,5 (ekarn ... scim katv... aparam pi tathrpam eva tass ~arn katv... imin niymena tass satta -e aksi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sattakose); Patis-a 666,14 (kosiy ti ~ato); ifc see anguli-, kuncika-, kostaki-, khura- (^vkhura1), pitta-, mahkostaki-; 2. a shallow bowl; a cup; Ja I 349,30 (ekam survrakam dya ... ambilasurya -am pretv pretv); Ps III 238,9 (dnapatinam ghare aggabhikkhthapanattham khuddakasarvak honti, dnapatino aggabhattam v tattha thapetv bhunjanti pabbajite sampatte tarn bhattam tassa denti, tarn sarvakam ~o ti vuccati); ifc see pniya-; 0 , -hra, mfn., living on (only) a small bowlful of food; MII 6,34 (santi ... me ... svak

739

~ pi addhakosakhr pi; Ps III 238,10: ye eken' eva bhattakosakena ypenti te ~ ti). kosajja, n. [BHS kausidya, kausidya], sloth; indolence; Vin I 45,2i (asantutthiy sanganikya -assa avannam bhsitv); 183,1 (atilinaviriyam -ya samvattati); A l l 218,15 (attan ca kusito hoti param ca ~e samdapeti); III5,i7 (yato... viriyam antarahitam hoti -am pariyutthya titthati); Dhp241 (malam vannassa -am); Ap 6,7 (-am bhayato disv); Patis II 87,2 (paggahamando viriyindriyam -am kasato); Pet254,io; Mil 139,30 (-am apaneti); Vism 132,5 (rambhadht ti pathamaviriyam vuccati, nikkamadht ti -ato nikkhantatt tato balavataram); Mp I 74, I i (-an ti kusitabhvo); -samsidana, n.9 sinking into sloth; Spkl 253, io (apyabhayam dassenti -am na deti); -samucchedaka, w/(-ik)., which abolishes sloth; Vism 510,12 (~o viriyrambho) * Patis-a 195,35; akosajja, n., freedom from sloth; energy; Ap-a 113,n (-am akusitabhavam). kosataki in Ee at Patis I 141,20 (kosatakibijam) is wr for kostaki qv. kosati,/?r. 3 sg. [Vkus4; S. kroSati; Wg 20:26], cries out; calls out; laments; Dhtup 311 (kusa akkose avhne ca); Dhtum 438; Sadd 449,9 (kusa avhne rodane ca: -ati pakkosati); kosissanti in Be, Ee at Pet 191,1 is prob, wr; read kopissati with finamoli, 1979, p. 259. kosamba, m. and n. [AMg id; BHS kosamba; cfS. kosamra], (m.) a kind of shrub or plant; (n.) its fruit; Ja VI 530,5* (kutaj salal nip - labuj dhav, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -labuj); Ap 449,18 (-am adadam phalam, Be so; Ce, Ee kosumbham; Se kosumbam); Sp 1104,5 (in long cpd); Sv407,7 (-rukkhassa); Vin -vn 2694 (-am karamaddakam); 0 , -atthi, n., the stone of a kosamba fruit; Sp 837,9 (Ee, Se so; Be, Ce omit); -pana, n., a drink made from kosamba fruits; Nidd I 372,6 (aparni pi attha pnni, -amkolapnam badarapnam ...; Nidd-a I 396,25: ~an ti kosambaphalehi katapnam); see also kosambha. kosambaka, m. [kosamba + ka], a kind of shrub or plant; Vin-vn 801 (nimbakosambaknam ca telarn bhalltakassa ca). kosambha, kosumbha1, m. [= kosamba qv?], a kind of shrub or plant; Ja V 8,22* (-salal nip, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kosumbha-) * Ap 17,13 (Ce, Ee, Se kosumbh salal; Be - salal nimb); Ap449,i8 (kosumbham adadam phalam, Ce, Ee so; Be kosambam; Se kosumbam); -phalakasussoni,(m)/(n)., with beautiful hips like a piece of kosambha wood;! Ja VI 456,20* (457,3': -I ti vislakancanaphalakam viya sundarasonl, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se kosumbha-). kosalla, kosalya, n. [S. kausala, -kauSalya], competence, proficiency; skill; knowledge (about); goodness; D III 220,3 (uni -ni, yakosallam apyakosallam upyakosallam; Sv 1005,7: tesam pajnan-am); Niddl 77,24 (y pann ... pandiccam -am nepunnam ...) ^ Dhs 16 * Vibh 250,27; Pet 93,11; Sp 230,23 (vinayavinicchaye -am); Spk III 141,7 (kusal ti -sambhta, anavajjasukhavipk); Mp I 95,16 (desabhsya -am iva); As 63,5 (-am vuccati pann -ato sambhtatt -sambhtatthena kusalam);

ifc see apya-, ya-, upya-, kallat- (sv kalla), bojjhanga-; akosalla, akosalya, n., lack of skill or knowledge; evilness; Sp404,8 (akusale dhamme ti sambhte dhamme); Ps I 82,3 (lmakatthena ppake tya akusale); As 149,25 (sambhtnam dhammnam, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee akosalya-). kostaki, / [S. koStaki], a kind of bitter-tasting gourd; Vv 47:4 (-1 nma lat' atthi bhante tittik anabhijjhit tass cattri pupphni thpam abhiharim aham); Sadd758,2i; -kosaka, m., a kostaki gourdshell; Vism 359,25 (yath ca vassodakena punne -e na -0 jnti mayi vassodakam thitan ti...) = Vibh-a 65,9; ifc see mah -; -phala, n., a kostaki fruit; Vism 256,20 (hadayamamsam ... bahi mattham anto -assa abbhantarasadisam) = Pj I 53,26; -bija, n. a kostaki seed; A I 32,12 (nimbabijam v -am v tittakalbubijam v allya pathaviy nikkhittam yam c' eva pathavirasam ... yam ca porasam updiyati sabbam tarn tittakattya katukattya astattya samvattati) = Patis I 142,20 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kosataki-). kosi, / [cf S. kosa], a sheath, a scabbard; Abh391; Vin I 347,4 (-iy khaggam nibbhi); D I 77,15 foil. (puriso asim -iy pavheyya, tassa evam assa ayam asi ayam -i anno asi anna -i); Ja I 455,11 (-iyam sukhumam maricacunnam pakkhipitv); IV 58,r (~iy v pilotikya v paticchannam nisitakhaggam); Mil 83,26 (asi -iy pakkhitto); Sp 58,u (asiggh ... -ito asim abbhimsu, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kosato); Cp-a 62,35; Sadd 611,7 (-iy paticchanne asimhi). kosika 1 , kosiya1, m. [S. kausika], an owl; Abh 638 (ulko kosiyo vyasri ca); 1045; Ja II 208,19* (na kinci attham joteti dhankasen va kosiyam); 353,1* (sabbehi kira ntlhi kosiyo issaro kato); V 120,15* (apucchamh pi -am, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se apucchimha kosiyagottam); Ap 17,3 (- potthasis ca kurar senak bah); 333,24 (- pingal bah, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se kosiy); Ps II 16,31* (ulka mandalakkhika ... sukhito si tvam ayya kosiya) * Pj I 151,3*. kosika 2 , see sv kosiya2. kosika 3 , m. [S. lex. kausika], a kind of perfume, bdellium; Abh 557 (atha guggulo -o). kosiya ! , see sv kosika'. kosiya 2 , kosika2, mfn. and n. [prob. = koseyya qv; cf also S. kau&ka, AMg kosijja], silken; silk, silk cloth; Vin I 310,20* (pvro -am c' eva, in uddna, Be, Se so; Ce, ekosikam; cf2%\,\y. anujnmibhikkhave koseyyapvran ti); '-amsu, m.n., a silk filament; Vin III 224,29 (ekena pi -un missitv karoti); Sp684,5 (same bhmibhge -ni uparpari santharitv kanjikdii sincitv katam hoti); 724,30 (koseyyan ti -hi kantitv katasuttam); Vin-vn 673; -kraka, m., a silk-maker; Vin III 224,4; -sutta, n., a silk thread; Abh 315 (koseyyam ... -ena pakatam); mayapaccattharana, n., a covering made from silk threads; Sp 1086,14 (koseyyan ti ratanapatisibbitam eva mayapaccattharanam, suddhakoseyyam pana vattati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se koseyyasutta-) * Sv 87,n = Mp II 293,11. kosiya 3 , m. [S. kausika], a name of Indra; Abh 20 (maghav -oindo); 1045; Ud-a 200,9 (Kosiy ti Sakkam

740

devnam indam gottena lapati); Sadd 378,6*. kosumbha 1 , see sv kosambha. kosumbha2, mfn. {from kusumbha2; S. kauSumbha], dyed with safflower; Sadd 788,12 (kasvena rattam vattham ksvam, evam -am hliddam icc di). koseyya, mfn. and n. [S. kauSeya; AMg kosijja], 1. (mfn.) silken, made of silk; Abh298 (-am kimijam); VinI 281,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave cha civarni, khomam kappsikam -am...); Ill256,31 (cha suttni, khomam kappsikam -am...; Sp724,3o: ~an ti kosiyamshi kantitv katasuttam); Ap 248,21 (adsim ujubhtassa -am vattham uttamam); Pv-a77,i; Sadd 785,8 (kiminam kose bhavam suttam -am); 2. (n.) (i) cloth or clothes made of silk; Abh291; Ja VI 590,5* (kappsikam ca -am... sass... phesi); Bv24:ll (-am kambalam pi ca... adsim); Mil 267,26 (atthi khomam -am kappsikam...); ( i i ) a (jewelled) silken covering; Abh315 (-am... kosiyasuttena pakatam ca); VinI 192,8 (uccsayanamahsayanni dhrenti seyyathidam ... katthissam -am kuttakam ...) * D I 7,io (Sv 87,n: -an ti ratanapatisibbitam eva kosiyasuttamayapaccattharanam); -kambaliya, -kambaliyya, mfn. andn., of silk and wool; silken and woollen cloths; Pv 13:17 (vatthn' acchdanni me -ni khomakappsikni ca); Ap 387,7 (~ni khomakappsikni ca labhmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -kambaliyyni); -pvra, m., a silk cloak; VinI 281,12; -vasana, mfn., wearing silk clothes; Ja VI 456,22* (457,7': kancanakhacitakoseyyavatthavasan); -vsi(n), mfn., wearing silk clothes; JaV 301,24* (rjaputti sm -ini); -sukhuma, n. and mfn., very fine silk; made of very fine silk; D II 188,8 (catursitivatthakotisahassni ahesum khomasukhumnam ... -nam) * SHI 145,26 (-ni) * AIV 394,4 (-nam; Mp IV 185,1/<>//.: khomdisu yam yam sukhumam tarn tad eva adsi); see also kosiya2. koha in Ee at Spk II 399,8 is wr for kohanna qv. kohafifia, n. [from kuhan], deception, fraud; hypocritical behaviour (designed to elicit gifts from laypeople); Ja II 72,23 (-am katv manusse rdhetv mayham pi khdaniyabhojaniyam harpessmi ti so tapacaranam caranto viya silav viya hutv...); IV304,I8 (sabbe ete... kuhak sakalajambudipam -en' eva nsessanti); Sv 842,28 (ayam hi atisatho kutilacitto ... -e thito satthram khampeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ko 'ham thito); Spk II 141, u (nnappakram -tam pucchissma); 399,8 (paticchannadosam -am c' eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kohan c'eva); Cp-al87,i (asantagunasambhvanalakkhanena -ena jivitasankappanako eko tpaso). -kkhattum, -kkhattukam, ind., ifc. [cf AMg -khutto, S. -krtvas, and BHSD .sv-krtv], (after a numeral or numeral adjective) times, -fold; Sadd %6%,%foll. (ekdito vratthe kkhattum); 902,5; ifc see attha(^vattha2), asiti-, eka-, catu- (5vcatu[r]), cha- (^vcha2), ti-, dasa- (svdasa1), dvi-, nava- (^vnava2), paiica-, sata-

(.yvsata1), satta-^vsatta 4 ), sahassa-, solasa-. ky is occasionally written for ke orkim ^ v ^ v k a 3 . kriy, see sv kiriy. Vklam, [S. id.], to be weary, in distress; Dhtup223 (kilama klama gilne); Dhtum317 (kilamu klamu gilne); see also kilamati. klama, m. [ts], weariness, fatigue; JaV 397,15 ([a d 397,7*: khudam pipsam aratim daraklamam] catuttham kyadaratham pancamam -am kilantabhvam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit -am). klissati, see sv kilisati. kledana, see sv kiledana. klesa,.yee.yvkilesa. kv is occasionally written for ko3 <?v.yvka3; kv in Ee at Spk I 21,9 (kvhan ti) and II 399,22 (kv idh ti) is wr for khv (Be, Ce, Se so). kva, kvam, ind. [S. kva; c/kuvam], where ?; Abh 1160; D II 132,4 (tvam pana bhante kva ahosi ti); III 183,12 (kva naccam kva gitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kuvam) quoted Sadd 675,19; S I 134,n*yb//. (ken* idam pakatam bimbam kva nu bimbassa krako, kva nu bimbam samuppannam kva nu bimbam nirujjhati, Be so; Ce kvannu... kvannu ... kvannu; Ee kvan nu ... kvam ca ... kvan nu; Se kvaci... kvaci... kvaci; ^ 135,8* foil., Be, Ce, Ee always kuvam; Se always kvaci); AIV 385,18 (kva nnattam gacchanti; Mp IV 176,3: kasmim thne nnsabhvatam vemattam gacchanti); Ja IV 382,13* (kvettha gat, Be, Ce so; Se kvattha gat; Ee katth' eva bhatth, prob, wr; 382,18': kva gat ti attho, Ce, Ee so; Be kuhim gat ti; Se kvattha gatti); Sp 1378,24 (kva pahnattam); kvaci, ind. [S. kvacid], anywhere; in anything; somewhere, in some places; sometimes; SI 217,11* (koci kvaci na jiyati); Ud47,22* (n* ev' ajjhag piyataram attan kvaci); Sn218 (yo yobbane na upaniba]jhate kvaci); 1137 (yassa n'atthi upam kvaci; N i d d ^ J I I 214,18: kvacikimhici katthaci); Jail 178,21*; Bv 25:15 (na kvaci parihymi, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kvpi); Mhv 1:2 (pornehi kato p* eso ativitthrito kvaci ativa kvaci sankhitto); Sadd 687,4 (kvaci kvassa ko iti); 894,10; kvacana, kvacani, kvacini, ind. [cf S. kvacana], somewhere; anywhere; in or regard to anything; M II 263,34 (nham kvacani kassaci kiiicanatasmim, na ca mama kvacani kisminci kincanam n' atthi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kvacini; Ps IV 64,17: nham kvacani ti kvaci attnam na passati) = A I 206,19 (Be so; Ce kvacana; Ee kvaci; Se kvacini) = II 177,12 (Be, Ee so; Ce kvacana; Se kvacini) = Vism 653,35 (eds kvacani); A III 170,16 (ma me kvacini katthaci kincana rajaniyesu dhammesu rgo udapdi, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be kvacani; Mp III 290,10: kvacini ti kismici rammane); Sadd894,i6 (katthaci kvaci kvacini cc ete sattamiyatthe padesavcak); see also kuvam, ko7. Vkvan, ind. [S. Vkvan, kvanati], to sound; Dhtup 118 (...kana kvana saddatth); Dhtum 173 (kvana kuna sadde).

741

kh
kha1, m. [ts], the sound 'kh'; the consonant 'kh'; Sadd 604,19 (ka kha ga gha na); 829,5 (hanato kho, no niggahitam khe); '-desa, m., substitution with 'kh'; Sadd 829,6 (hanadhtuto bhavissantissassa ~o hoti v... hankhati); 829,14; -kara, m., the letter or sound 'kh'; Ps I 118,8 (elamug ti elamukh, -assa gakrokato); Kv-a 131,5 (ikradamkradukrakhakresu). kha2, n. and mfn. [S. kha, n.], 1. (n.) (i) a cavity, aperture; a hole, a space; an aperture of the body; a sense-organ; Vism212,15 (yath loke mehanassa -assa mala ti vattabbe mekhal ti vuccati) = Sp 125,9 * Sadd 876,33; Vin-vn 748 (kangusitthappamnena -endhitthnam ujjhati; see Sp 706, \ofoll.: kittakena chiddena adhitthnam bhijjati yena kangusittham nikkhamati c' evapavisati ca); Sadd 241,1* (-am indriyam pakathitam); (ii) vacuity, empty space; the air, the sky; Abh45 (-am diccapatho); 1061 (ambaram ca ~e); Vism 494,29 (tuccham hi ksam -an ti vuccati); Sadd241,i*/o//. (-am ksam udiritam... sunnattam pi ca -ammatam); 327,8 (~an ti v kso); (iii) heaven; Sadd 241,2* (Sakkatthnam pi -am vuttam); 495,21 (-an ti saggo); 2 . (mfn.) empty; Vism 494,28 (du iti ayam saddo kucchite dissati... khamsaddo pana tucche ... tasm kucchitatta tucchatta ca dukkhan ti vuccati); Sadd 327,7 (-an ti tuccham Surinam vivittam rittam); -ga, m, a bird; Abh 624; Bv-a 80,13* (- nagamh pi ca rukkhato ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se nabhamh); Sadd 241,5; see also khu2, khegata. khagga, m. [S. khadga], 1. a sword; esp. as part of the regalia; Abh 391 (asi-o); 1092; Vin I 342,30 (icchati... -nam ca dhovanam ptum); 347,4 (kosiy -am nibbhi); D17,22 (... nlikam -am chattam ...) * Nidd I 380,12; SI 226,17 (-am olaggetv); ThI480 (kese -ena chindiya); Ja II 336,7* (disv... -e gahite tikkhine teladhote); V264,24* (nikkhippa panca kakudhni... vlavijanim unhisam -am chattam uphanam); VI 552,28* (du cpam gahetvna -am bandhitv vmato); Vism 593,8 (-ena samuggam vivaramno viya); Mhv 25:89 (mukharn pidhya -ena); Sadd 710,17 (bhiyyo -amhi obhso); ifc see mandalagga-; 2 . a rhinoceros; Abh 613; 1092 (gandake -o); JaV 406,30' (palsd ti -) * VI 277,27' (palsd ti khaggamig, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se palasat ti); VI 497,12* (slhassa vyagghassa -assa gavayassa ca vane sossasi); Mil 364,30 (-assa dve angni gahetabbni); 0, -ghta, m., a blow with a sword; Mhv 72:110 (in long cpd); -ghaka, my a sword-bearer; Mil 114,29(... bhandgriko chattaghako -0, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khaggagho); -tala, n. a sword-blade; Ja I 266,2i (-ena udaram pahari); Mhv 25:90; Thp 214,30; -baddha, mfn., wearing a sword; Ja III 108,6* (-assa, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se khaggabandhassa; 108,9': -assa ti baddhakhaggassa, Be, Ee so; Ce khaggabandhassa ti; Se khaggabandhassa ti bandhakhaggassa); IV 447,4* (yantu dovrik -a, Ce, Ee so; Be khaggabandh; Se khaggahatth) * 447,16* (Ce so; Ee khaggabhaddh; Be, Se

khaggabandh); -visana, m(fn). and n., l.(m.) ("having a sword for a horn'"?) a rhinoceros; Abh 613 (khaggakhaggavisn tu palsdo ca gandako); Ap-a 203,7 (khaggam visnam yassa migassa so 'yam migo -0); 2. (n.) a rhinoceros' horn; Pj II 65,io (ettha -am nma khaggamigasingam; cf Ap-a 133,32: yath khaggassa nma visnam ekam eva hoti adutiyam...); kappa, mfn. [see K.R.Norman, 1992b, pp. 145-46; and cfBHSD sv khadgavisna], like a rhinoceros' horn; (or like a rhinoceros;) ie solitary; Sn 35 (eko care kappo; Pj II 65,is: sadiso ti vuttam hoti) = Ap8,s; Mil 105,3 (ekacrino kapp); Vism 234,8; Sv207,30 (--kappatam pajjati); -hattha, mfn.9 holding a sword; with sword in hand; Ja IV 106,17* (rakkhitam ~ehi); VI592,i6* (karotiy cammadhar -, Ce, Ee so; Be illihatth; Se lillihatth); Spklll 218,8 (- hutv rakkham akams ti); Thp 235,11. khacita, mfn., pp o/khaceti qv. khaceti (and khacati ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khacayati, Wg 35:84], fastens, binds; studs (with); Dhtum518 (khaca bandhane); absol. khacitv, khacetv, Sv 604,36 (upari celavitnam bandhitv suvannatrakhi -itv) = Thp 173,22 (-etv); Dhp-aIII 29,6 (suvannena -itv); pp khacita, mfn. [ts], inlaid, set (with); studded (with); Ja VI 219, r (manihi ca dandni); Thi-a236,2o (suvannamayamanimutthi -an ti); Ap-a 461,17 (sattahi ratanehi -am sihsanam krpetv); Bv-a 241,16 (vividhehi ratanehi -an ti attho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee racitan ti); Mhv 27:26 (ktgrni sabbni sajjhun -an' ahum); ifc see danta- (^vdanta1), mani-, sattaratana-, suvanna-, suvannatra-, suvannataraka-. khajati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khajati, Wg 7:57], churns or agitates; Sadd 345,12 (khaja manthe: ... -ati). khajja, mfn. and n.,fpp q/"khdati qv. khajjaka, n. (andm.) [ichajja+ ka2; BHS id.; cf also BHS khdyaka], hard food; a cake, pastry; Vin IV 194,19 (anpatti... -e; Sp 893,10: ettha mlakhdaniydi sabbam gahetabbam); Ja I 186,11 (ygum pivitv atthrasavidharn -am khditv); VI 471, r (puttassa phnitena -am dpesi); Ap 182,n; Mil 68,11 (kinnu t kakkhalni -ni mamsni khdanti ti); Kkh 103,30 (pvehi ti... yehi kehici -ehi); Sp 466,6 (yam pi bhidosikam bhattam v -am v); Pv-a 251,14 (pve ti ~e ... addasa); ifc see antara-; -bhjaka, m., one who distributes hard food, cakes etc; Vin II 176,32 (sanghassa -0 na hoti, khajjakarn abhjiyamnam nassati); A III 275,7 (~o samannitabbo); see also khajjabhjaka sv khdati. khajjati1, pr. 3 sg. [5. Dhtup kharjati, Wg7:54], cleanses; Sadd 345,11 (khajja majjane ca:... -ati). khajjati2, see sv khdati. khajjati3, pass.pr. 3 sg. /khdati qv. khajjaniya, mfn.,fpp o/khdati qv. khajjara, m. [cf S. lex. kharjra, "scorpion"], a kind of (biting) insect; -vicchika, m.pl, khajjara^ and

742

scorpions', Panca-g48. khajju, / [S. kharju], an itch, itching; Abh 326 (-u kandvanam). khajjupanaka, see sv khajjopanaka. khajjupnakakimi in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 358,6 is prob. wr; Be, Se khajjupanaka-. khajjuri, see sv khajjra. khajjpa, m. [formed from khajjupanaka qv ? cfS. khadyota], a firefly; a glow-worm; Ps II 3,27* (atha -sankhnam pabh antaradhyati, Ce, Ee so; Be khajjupasanghnam; Se khajjopasanghnam); 3,28* (evam -sadis, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khajjupa-). khajjpaka, m. [khajjpa + ka2], a firefly; a glow-worm; Ps II 3,3i* (nippabh titthiyhonti suriye ~ yath, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khajjupak). khajjupanaka, see sv khajjopanaka. khajjra, m.n., khajjuri, / (and khajjuri), [S. kharjra, kharjri; cf S. lex. kharjura], (m.f)a kind of date-palm, Phoenix sylvestris; (n.) its fruit; Abh 603 (~i sindi vuccati); Ja VI 269,19* (khajjur' ettha silmay); 529,32* (vibhedik nliker -inam brahvane, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khajjurinam); Sp 834,19 (-i, in long cpd); Vin-vn 1354 (tlassa nhkerassa phalam -iy pi ca); Mhv 100:6 (khajjramuddikdihi); Sadd 345,n (-o). -khajjrika- in Ee at Pj I 49,23 is wr for -khajjuri- (Be, Ce, Se so). khajjota, m. [S. khadyota], a firefly; a glow-worm; Ja VI 371,12* (addakkhi rattim -am jtavedam amannatha); ' b h , / [khajjota + bh1], the light of a glow-worm or firefly; Ap468,n (titthiynam yaso hanti ~ yath ravi). khajjopanaka (and khajjupanaka, khajjupanaka), m [cfS. lex. khadyotana; > *khajjoyana > *khajjovana > khajjopana + ka2, see J. Charpentier, 1932, pp. 61-3], \.a firefly; a glow-worm; Mil 34,2 (yo v rattandhakratimisya kimi -o); Ja VI 330,8* (-ppamno aggi); 441,28 (aggimhi sante -am dhamati); Ps III 273,20 (bh ... ~assa anguladvangulacaturangulamattam niccharati); Spkl 132,27 (-mattam pi aggim gahetv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khajjupanaka-); Ud-all2,3o (suriyuggamane ~ viya nippabh, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khajjupanaka); 2. a kind of precious stone; Mil 118,22 (bahuvidh manayo... vajiro -o phussargo..., Be, Ce so; Ee kajjopakkamako; Se kajopakkamako); -ppabh, / , the light of a glowworm or firefly; Vism 412,4 (khajjpanakappabhsadisam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khajjupanaka-); Mp II 340,8 (-am gahetv suriyappabhya upamento viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khajjupanaka-). khafija, mfn. and m. [ts], lame; limping; a lame man; Abh 320 (-0); Vin I 91,H (bhikkh ... -am pabbjenti); A1107,26 (kno v kuni v ~o v pakkhahato v; Mp II 176,15: ekapdakhanjo v ubhayapdakhanjo v); ThI438 (knya ca -ya ca elakiy); Ja II 98,10 (so -0 ahosi); Sp 1030,27 (-0 ti natajnuko v bhinnajangho v...); Mhv 23:78 (lsakampana -tt khanjadevo titam vidum); Sadd 720,21 (pdena ~o); ifc see cankamana-; -ppahra, m., a blow from a lame man; an attack from a lame man; Ja I 420,8* (passa -na laddh gm

catuddis; 420,9'foil: imin nmakhanjassa pithasappino ajalandikpahrena, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khanjapithasappin). khafljati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksanjate, Wg 19:7], gives; goes; Sadd346,n (khaji dne gatiyam ca: -ati khanjanam). khaftjati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. khanjati], walks lame; limps; Dhtup 81 (khanja gativekalye); Dhtum97 (khaji gamanavekalle); VinI 186,36 (kissa bhante ayyo ~a ti, pd me vuso phalit ti); Pv 27:28 (hindamn -ma sakkhare kusakantake); Nidd-al 429,5 (langi ti, ~ati ti attho, Be, Seso; Cena sajjati ti; Ee sajjati ti); Sadd 345,14 (khaji gativekalle: ... -itum); part.pr. khanjamna, mfn., VinI 186,30 (so bhikkhu -amno bhagavantam pitthito pitthito anubandhi); absol. khanjitv, Sadd 345,14. khafljana1, n. [from khanjati1], giving; going; Sadd 346,17 (khaji dne gatiyam ca: khanjati -am). khafljana2, n. [from khanjati2; S. lex. id.] limping, going lamely; Pv-a 185,29 (khanjm ti-vasena gacchma; or khanjana3 ?); Sadd345,H (khaji gativekalle:... -am). khafljana3, m. [ts], a wagtail; Abh 643 (khanjarito tu-o). khafljarita, m. [ts], a wagtail; Abh 643 (-0 tu khanjano). khafijeti1, -ayati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksanjayati, Wg 32:78], lives in want or difficulty; Sadd 530,15 (khaji kicchajivane: -eti -ayati khanjo). khafijeti2, -ayati 2 , pr. 3 sg. [1], protects; Sadd530,i6 (khaji kicchajivane: -eti -ayati khanjo. khaji rakkhane, tdisni yeva rpni). khafifiati1, pass. pr. 3 sg. o/khanati x qv. khafiftati2,/?^^. pr. 3 sg. o/khanati 2 qv. khata, m. [cf S. lex. khata: "phlegm; an axe; a cuff ?], ? Sadd 352,20 (khata kamse: khatati -0). khataka, m. [BHS id., cf S. lex. khata], the fist; a blow with the fist, a cuff; Abh 268 (-0 mutthi ca); 1031 (~e mutthi); Jail 241,21 (Pingalarj ... kammramutthikya hananto viya mayham sise atthattha - deti); Ud-a 245,27 (sise pahram adsi ti... sise -am adsi, muddhani mutthightam aksi ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khatakam); Vv-a206,24 (akkosati paribhsati -am c' ass deti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khatakam). khatakhatasadda, mfn. and n. [onomat.; cfS. khatakhatyate], (mfn.) making a clacking or clattering noise; (n.) a clacking or clattering noise; Vin I 188,21 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ... katthapdukyo abhirhitv ... cankamanti uccsadd mahsadd -); Dhp-aIII 330,7 (katthapduk ruyha pitthipsne cankamantnam -am sutv, Ee so; Ce khatakhatyasaddam sutv; Be, Se khatakhat ti Saddam sutv). khatati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khatati, Wg 9:22: khata knksyam, v//knksye, knksi], desires; Sadd352,20 (khata kamse: -ati khato). khatopik, / [cf S. khatvik], a small bedstead; MI 450,36 (puriso daliddo... tass' assa... ek - oluggavilugg na paramarp, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se kalopik; Ps III 168,5: -ti vilivamancako). khafteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khattayati, Wg 32:88], covers, screens; Sadd 532,5 (khatta samvarane: -eti -ayati).

743

khana1, m. (and n. ?) [S.9 BHS ksana], 1. a moment; an instant; Abh 66 (~o dasaccharklo - dasa layo bhave); 855; Vin III 92,7 (tarn -am tarn layam tarn muhuttam vitivatte); AIV 137,19 (n' atthi so ~o v layo v muhutto v yam s [nadi] ramati); Jail 251,25 (tasmim ~e Sakkassa sanam unhkram dassesi); IV 111,22* (adhipatati vayo -o tath' eva; 112, io': uppdatthitibhahgakhano pi tatiY eva adhipatati); Bv 2:106 (cut! ca upapatti ca -e tasmim na vijjati); Mil 236,12 (tasmim yeva ~e nekkhammam nikkhamitv pabbaji); Vism 154,30 (accharmattam v dasaccharmattam v -am thapetum samatthat); 238,23* (lahuso vattate -o); Mp II 383,1 (dasaccharapamno klo -0 nma); Ud-a 94,27 (tvad ev ti tasmim yeva ~, na klantare); It-all 30,33 (abhidhammapariyyena uppdo thiti bhango ti ime tayo -e patv niruddhadhamm atito addh nma); Vibh-a 27,3 (ekekassa uppdatthitibharigavasena tayo tayo -a); ifc see acchar- (sv acchar'), javana-; tarn khanam (yeva) (or tamkhanam, cfS. tatksanam); at the same moment; at that very time; immediately; Ja IV 203,9 (tarn -am yeva manto antaradhyi); VI 226,20* (ppam ce pi bahum katv tarn -am ntivattare); Sp 305,17 (eko bhikkhu ... cetiyariganam pvisi, tarn -am eva ca rj pi cetiyavandanattham gato); Ps III 338,5 (tarn -am yeva gabbhavutthnam hoti); Pv-a35,23 (ther... tarn dnam tass petiy uddispesum, tarn -am s peti tato dukkhato apet...); instr. khanena, in a moment, in an instant; Th 1183 (-ena nimmine); Jal 360,17 (evam so -ena tarn ngarjnam dametv); Ap 557,io; Bv 2:194 (-ena upagantvna); Cp 3:10:8 (thalam ninnam ca prento -ena abhivassatha); Mil 67,8 (psno nerayikaggimhi pakkhitto -ena vilayam gacchati ti); Vism 268,14 (-en' eva antaradhpeti); Pv-a 117,25 (drangamo ti -en' eva dram pi thnam gantum samattho); Saddh 584; loc. khane, in a moment; immediately; Ap 269,2 (gandho sampajjate -e); Cp 3:11:8 (adamsi drakarn -e); khane khane, every moment; at various moments; Dhp 239 (anupubbena medhvi thokathokam ~Q -e kammro rajatass' evaniddhame malam attano); Sp 408,4 (y tesam panamanappaccay ~e ~e vedan uppajjeyyum t na uppajjanti); Vism 143,19 (khanik piti -e -e vijjupptasadis hoti); It-all 50,16 (~e ~e nirujjhanasabhvesu sankhresu); 2. a leisure moment; leisure; Abh 855 (-0 ... nivypratthitimhi); 3. a fit or suitable moment; an opportunity; esp. the right moment to be born as a man, birth in favourable circumstances (when one can take advantage of a Buddha being in the world); A IV 227,8 (eko va bhikkhave -o ca samayo ca brahmacariyavsya); Dhp 315 (evam gopetha attnam -o ve m upaccag) ^ Sn 333; Th231 (- accenti mnave; Th-aII 92,4: - ti buddhuppddayo brahmacariyavsassa oks); Thi459 (buddhnam uppdo vivajjito akkhano -o laddho); Ja IV 203,28* (-am muhuttam na mam tosayanti, Ce, Ee so; Be -am muhuttam ca mante na passam; Se mantena passam); V 435, is* (sace labhetha -am v raho v... sabb va itthi kayirum nu ppam; 431 ,w foil.: ppakaranatthya oksam v paticchannatthnam v) quoted Mil 205,10* foil; Ap47,11 (m vo -am virdhetha khantit hi socare);

Sp 355,2 (tarn -am disv cor pattacivaram haranti); As 60,18 (~assa dullabhatt); Saddh 16 (atthakkhanavinimutto - o paramadullabho tarn laddh ko pamajjeyya); itita, rnfit., having missed the opportunity; who has let the right moment pass; A IV 228,2* (- hi socanti nirayamhi samappit) = Sn 333 = Dhp 315; nupti(n), mfn., attacking at any opportunity; Ja III 523,ii* (asuddhabhakkho si -i; 523,24': pamdakkhane anupatanasilo); -kicca, mfn., having tasks every moment; ? acting immediately, or when there is opportunity, or at the right time; ? A IV 225, is (-0 loko ti... puthujjano bhsati, no ca kho so jnti khanam v akkhanam v; Mp IV 116,14: khane kiccni karoti ti -0, oksam labhitv va kiccni karoti ti attho; c/Sadd 761,5/0//.: khane kiccam yassa lokassa so -o, okse sati yeva yassa kiccam hoti ti pli, atthakathyarn pana adhippyatthavasena khane kiccni karoti ti oksam labhitv va kiccni karoti ti attho ti vuttam); -flfi, mfn., knowing the right moment, recognising the opportunity; Sn 325 (Pj II 333,2: - ti tass kathya khanavedi, dullabho v ayam idisya kathya savanakhano tijnanto); -muhutta, m., an interval of time equal to ten muhutta^; Abh 67; Mp II 383,4 (tena muhuttena dasagano -o nm ti) = Sadd728,s; -laya, m., an interval of time equal to ten layay; Abh 67; MpII 383,2 (dasalayo klo ~o nma) = Sadd 728,4; akkhana\m., the wrong time, the wrong moment; esp. an inopportune moment to be born as a man, birth in unfavourable circumstances (when one cannot take advantage of a Buddha being in the world); D i l i 263,31 (nava - asamay brahmacariyavsya); AIV 225,20 (atth' ime bhikkhave ~ asamay brahmacariyavsya...); 227,21* (bahhi ~ vutt puggalass' antaryik); Pv 36:40 (m -e pabbajitam upgami); ThI459 (vivajjito -o); Ja IV 18,i* (ath* -*e dassayase vilpam; 18,6\/b//.: sallapantassa kassaci abhvena vacanassa anokse); Vv-a 193,27/0//. (atthahi -ehi vajjitam manussabhvam sandhy' ha ... ~ nma tayo apy arp asannasatt paccantadeso indriynam vekallam niyatamicchditthigat ti); sukhana, m., a good moment; a favourable time; Vin III 129,13 (kad -o sulayo sumuhutto bhavissati); A I 294,25* (-0 sumuhutto ca); Ps I 10,30 (-0 sunakkhattam m atikkami ti); see also ekacittakhanika (^veka), tamkhana, tamkhanika (sv tad), bahucittakhanika. khana2 (and khana), mfn. and n. [S. khana, mfn.], 1. (mfn.) digging, excavating; (one) who digs; ifc see kpa-; 2. (n.) digging; ifc see atikhana; see also akhanima. khanaka, khanaka, m. [S. khanaka], one who digs; an excavator; ifc see opta-. khanati^/tt/khanati1),/?**. 3 sg. [S. ksanoti, Wg 30:3: ksanu himsyam; understood usually by cts as khanati2], hurts, injures; impairs; Vin II 26,27 (amhe c' eva abbhcikkhasi attnam ca -asi bahum ca apunnam pasavasi) = MI 132,23 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khanasi); Ud-a 42,io (uppdatthitivasena v dvedh -afi ti dukkham); Bv-a70,i2 (sukhan ti kyikacetasikasukham, sutthu dukkham -at! ti sukham, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kyika-

744

cetasikadukkham sutthu khanati ti); As 117,13 (sutthu v khdati -ati ca kyacittbdhan ti sukham, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khanati); aor. 2 sg. khani, T h l l 7 3 (tdisam bhikkhum msdi mttnam -i brhmana; cf lh-aIII 170,4: m attnam -i, ariypavdena attano kusaladhammam m ummlehi); Ja III 433,11* (m pdam ~i-y-asmani, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khali; 433, w foil, yakro vyanjanasandhivasena gahito ... yath te upakkhalitv pdo psnasmim na khannati tath otar ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be na khalati); pass. pr. 3 sg. khannati1, A III 350,6 (~ati h' nanda puggalesu pamnam ganhanto; Mp III 376,3: -ati ti gunakhananam ppunti); Ja III 433,16' (pdo ... na ~ati, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be na khalati); pp khatax, mfn. [S. ksata], hurt, injured; impaired; VinV 161,30* (duppanno ~o upahatindriyo nirayam gacchati; Sp 1362,23 foil.: tya chanddigmitya tena ca paribhsanena attano attano ~ -tt -o); D I 86,2 (khatyam bhikkhave rj, upahatyam bhikkhave rj; cf Sv 237,19: rj ~o upahato bhinnapatittho jto); S I 27,16 (bhagavato pdo sakalikya ~o hoti) = Mil 134,15; A I 89,5 (blo avyatto asappuriso -am upahatam attnam pariharati; Mp II 158,10: gunnam tt -am); neg. akkhata, mfn. and n., \.(mfn.) unhurt, uninjured; unimpaired, whole, perfect; A b h l l 3 3 (svathaljsu ca akkhatam); A I 89,16 (pandito vyatto sappuriso akkhatam anupahatam attnam pariharati); III 373,24* (tasm rakkheyya attnam akkhato pandito sad); Vv 84:52 (paccgamum Ptaliputtam akkhatam, adj. or adv. ? Vv-&35\,22 foil.: akkhatan ti anupaddutam Ptaliputtam, akkhatan ti v anbdham anuppilam, anantaryen ti attho); Pv46:l (nessmi tarn Ptaliputtam akkhatam; Pv-a 272,27: tarn akkhatam kenaci aparikhatam manussarpen' eva Ptaliputtam nessmi); Thi-al42,i3* (akkhate nma khantabbam kirn bhave gunabhsane, Ee so; Ce akkante; Be, Se akkhante quoting Ap 533,7: eds akkhante); Mhv 19:56 (pakkam pcinaskhya pekkhatam pakkam' akkhatam); 2. (n.) fried grain; Abh463 (ljo siykkhatam); 1133; see also khunoti. khanati2, khanati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. khanati; Pli -n- prob, influenced by khanati1], digs; digs up; excavates; Dhtup 179 (khana avadrane; vi khana); Dhtum 258-9 (khana khanv avadrane); Sadd 397,25 (khanu avadrane: khanati); Vin III 48,2 (pamsum -ati v vyhati v uddharati v); 76,22 (manussam uddissa optam -ati); IV 32,23 foil, (bhikkh navakammam karont pathavim -anti pi -penti pi... katharn hi nma saman... -issanti... saccam kira tumhe bhikkhave pathavim ~atha pi -pethapi ti); 33,4 (yo pana bhikkhu pathavim ~eyya v -peyya v pcittiyan ti); MII 51,25 (na sahatth pathavim -an); SI 127,15* (girim nakhena -atha); A V 159,21 (tena hi samma idha ~hl ti, so tatra ~anto ndhigaccheyya); Dhp247 (idh* eva-m-eso lokasmim mlam ~ati attano); Ud 15,4* (te ve ~anti aghamlam; Ud-a 121,29: -anti lesamattam pi anavasesato ummlayanti ti); Th 402 (tanhya mlam ~atha usirattho va biranam) Jal 426,3 (imam rukkhamlam -hi ti); II 296,15* (tasm ~e ntikhane); III 309,3* (yo 'yam bhisni ~ati); IV 46,io* (kimatthiko tta~si ksum); Cp 3:6:16 (srathi ~au" ksum nikhtum pathaviy mamam); Mil 137,7 (manuss mahpathavim

bhindanti ca -anti ca); Vism 58,14* (samparyikadukkhnam mlam -ati silav, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khamati); Sp755,20 (pokkharanim - ti); Mp I 456,11 (ayye gehe cor ummaggam -anti ti); palim khaneyya, palim khanitv in Ee at SII 88,7 are wrr for palikhaneyya, palikhanirv qqv; part.pr. (a) khananta, khananta,mfn., A V 159,21; Jal 109,14* (akilsuno vannupathe -ant); II295,15 (udapnam -ant); Vism 70,30*; Sp 710,4 (bhmim -antehi); Cp-a 224,7; (b) khanamna, khanamna, mfn., Ja II 296,10* (jarudapnam -amn vnij udakatthik); Ps II 104,36 (pdangutthena bhmim -amno nisidi); khanato ksum in Ee at Ja VI 12,18 is prob, wr for khananoksam {Be, Ce, Se so); aor. 3 sg. khani, khani, Ja V 48,26'; Ps III 203,s; Cp-a40,32; akkhini ~i in Ee at 5a VI 413,23 is prob, wr; Be akkhini nimili; Se akkhini ummili; Ce akkhim nikhani; 3 pl (a)khanimsu, khanimsu, VinV 14,36; Ja II 295,21; Sp 755,11; (b) akhnisum, Ja II296,13* (te ca tena asantutth bhiyyo bhiyyo akhnisum, Be Ce, Ee so; Se -imsu te); inf. (a) khanitum, khanitum, Ja III 37,7; Sp 1214,7 (parikkham pi -iturn); Cp-a 223,11; Sadd 856,23; (b)khantum, Sadd 856,22; absol. (a) khanitv, khanitv, Vin I 28,29 (pnin pokkharanim -itv); Ja VI 10,29; Mil 366,28 (kukkuto pathavim -itv -itv ajjhohram ajjhoharati); Vism 302, H; Sp 1043,3 (udukkhalam v -itv); Spk I 185,23 (palikhy ti-itv); Dhp-all 147,7; (b) khanitvna, JaV 49,n* (-itvna ksum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee katvna); (c)khantvna, Sadd 856,25; (d)khantna, Sadd 856,25; pass, pr. 3 sg. (a) khannati2, Sadd575,i2 (teh' eva dukkhehi khannati avadriyati ti pi khandho); 847,8 (samantato nagarassa bhire khannati ti parikh); part.pr. khannamna, mfn., Ja VI 428,20 (ummagge khannamne); Kv 329,30 (udapne khannamne ankso kso hoti ti); (b) khaniyati, khaniyati, khaniyyati, Ja VI 398,29 (parikhannati ti -iyati, Be, Ce so; Ee -iyyati; Se -iyati); Sadd 575,13 (-iyati parikhannati ti pi khandho); part.pr. khaniyamna, mfn., Dhp-all 138,15 (bhmiy -iyamnya, Se so; Ce khannamnya; Be bhmiyam khannamnya; Ee bhmiyam khanamnya, prob, wr); pp (a) khanita, khanita, mfn., dug; excavated; Vin I 29,17 (pnin - pokkharani, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce khat); Ja II408,1 (ujukam -e vte pati, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee khata-vte); Ps III 1,14 (--tt); Sp 1296,12 (kpo -o, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce khato); Kkh 6,15 (-e vtake); (b) khata2, mfn. [cfS. khta], dug; excavated; Sp 755,21 (- yeva hi pokkharani nma hoti); Spk III 295,28 (Sagaradeven' eva tt sgaro, -o me ti hatthamuddya niveditatt samuddo ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khanitatt); Sadd 397,25 (-0 vto); 788,21 (Sagarassa ranfio puttehi Sgarehi -o ti sgaro); (c) khta, mfn. and n. [ts], \.(mfn.) dug; excavated; JaV 82,8' (samant -hi parikhhi); VI 213,12* (ye keci kp ... kpakhanehi -); ^parikh, mfn., with ditches dug round; Sv274,20 (ukkinnaparikhsuparikhsu, Ce, Eeso; Be, Se khata-); neg. akhta, mfn., not dug; not excavated; akhtatalaka, m., a pool that has not been dug, a natural pool; Mil 351,15 (yadi akhtatalke udakam labhati);

745

2. (n.) (i) a (dug-out) pond; Abh 677 (-am pokkharani); neg. akhta, n., a natural pool; Abh 680 (akhtam tu devakhtakam); (ii) digging; Ja II 296,16* (~ena ca dhanam laddham atikhtena nsitam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khananena... atikkhtena); see also atikhta sv atikhanati; fpp (a) khanitabba, khanitabba, mfn., Sp 477,4 (na ca rukkho chinditabbo na pathavi v khanitabba); Sadd 856,23 (khantabbarn khanitabbam); (b) khantabba1, mfn., Sadd 856,23; caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. khanpeti, khanpeti, causes to dig; makes excavate; VinlV 32,23 foil, (pathavim khananti pi -enti pi... -essanti p i . . . saccam kira tumhe bhikkhave pathavim khanatha pi -etna pi ti); 33,4 (pathavim khaneyya v -eyya v); Ja VI 196,6 (tayo vte ~eth ti); Mil 66,7 (yad tvam pipsito bhaveyysi tad tvam udapnam -eyysi); Dhp-al 271,4 (pokkharanim -essmi ti); part.pr. khanpenta, mfn., Sp 755,18 (tarnnpetv -entassa); aor. 3 sg. khanpesi, khanpesi, Ja II 406,9; Spkl 107,H; absol. khanpetv, khanpetv, Ja IV 228,26 (bodhiropanatthne vtarn -etv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee sodhpetv); Mil 34,io; Cp-a 124, I; Mhv 10:83; pp khanpita, khanpita, mfn. [BHS khanpita], Sp 692,16 (-itya pokkharaniy); caus. (b) aor. 3 sg. akhnayi [cfS. khnayati], Mhv 29:2 (hretv hi tahim ypam thpatthnam akhnayi, Ee so; vi akhnayi); see also atikhanati. khanana1, n. [from khanati1; S. ksanana], hurting, injuring; ifc see guna-. khanana2, khanana, ., - , / [from khanati2; S. khanana], digging; excavating; Vin IV 33,35* (dutthullpatti ~, in uddna); Ja VI 12,18 (srathissa '-oksam gantv vtatire thatv, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khanato ksum, prob, wr) = Cp-a 224,22; Mil 351, \s (kirn udapnatalkapokkharanikhananena); Sp314,16 (~e); 615, n (vtassa -am khanpanam); atikhanana, n., too much, too deep, digging; Jail 296,20' (~ena tarn ca dhanam jivitam ca nsitan ti, so; Ce, Se so; Be, Ee atikhanena). khanpana, khanpana, n. [from khanpeti, caus. of khanati2], causing to dig; Sp 615, n (vtassa khananam -am); Spkl 312,12 (uddhanakhanpanadruphlandini kresi). khanika, mfn. [S. ksanika], momentary, transient; Ja I 393,2' (sabbe pJ ime anicc~ ittar addhuv); Nidd I 44,5 (manussnam ... thokam jivitam ~am jivitam lahukam jivitam); Vism 143,19 (~ piti khane khane vijjupptasadis hoti); 301,1* (~-tt ca dhammnam); It-all 51,7 (~nam ca sankhrnam); Kv-a 198,1 (sabbe dhamm -); -marana, ., momentary death; Vism 229,10 (yam pan' etam ... sankhrnam khanabhangasankhtam ~am); Mp II 77,18; It-a II 51,7; -vassa, n.9 a sudden sharp shower; a passing shower; Ja VI 486,15 (devo gajjanto -am vassi vijjullat niccharimsu); Spklll 254,3 (aklavijjullat niccharimsu ~am vassi ti). khanitta, m. [from khanati2; cfS. khanitra, n.], a spade; a trowel; Ja VI 562,13* (~o me hatth patito uggivam cpi amsato). khanitti, khanitti, / [from khanati2; cf S. khanitra, khanitr], an instrument for digging; a spade; a trowel; Abh 447 (~i... avadranam); Vin I 270,20 (~im

dya); Ja VI 557,3 (ath' assa hatthato ~i patati); Sp 768,19 (tine v pallapunje v -im v kuddlam v sangopanatthya thapeti); Ps II 347,5 (-im gahetv klena klam mlni parikhanati). khanittika, n. [khanitti + ka2; cf S. khanitraka, khanitrik], a small spade or trowel; Ja VI 557,7* (-am me patati). khanda, mfn. andm.n. [ts], 1. (mfn.) broken; split; having gaps or breaks; defective, incomplete; S V 379,23 (bijni... -niptini; Spk III 288,19: -ni ti paribhinnni) * A III 406,15; Thi 260 (dant ... jarya -, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce khandit; Thi-a201,i9: bhedanapatanehi khandit khandabhvam gat); Ja IV 457,11 (atha me silam -am bhavissati); Vism 51,20 (yassa ... sikkhpadam bhinnam hoti, tassa silam pariyante chinnastako viya -am nma hoti); Sp 1100,28 (pkradayo tattha tattha - honti, tato tato gvo pavisanti); Patis I 43,29 (silni -ni chiddni sabalni kammsni); 2. (m.n.) (i) a break, a gap; a deficiency; S V 387,11 (yni c' imni... sikkhpadni... nham tesam kinci attani -am samanupassmi ti); AIV 54,ii (kirn pana ... brahmacariyassa -am pi chiddam pi sabalam pi kammsam pi ti); Sp 419,6 (ganayantena ca pancannam hetth na thapetabbam... antare -am na dassetabbam); (ii) a piece, part, fragment; Ja III 334,22* (athyam majjhimo ~o dhammatthassa bhavissati; 335,3': ayam majjhimo kotthso); V 301,14 (vadhitv nam satta-ni katv sattannarn pesessmi ti); 301,16* (satta -e karitvna); Sp 1111,24 (paficakni v atirekapancakni v -ni katv); ifc see camma-; khandaso, adv., in pieces; by pieces; Thi 391 (-aso kate; Thi-a239,2i: khandkhandite kate); Ja IV 155,27* (puthuso mam vikantetv -aso avakantatha; 156,6': khandkhandam katv avakantatha); V 144,3* (yo -aso pabbajitam achedayi); 3. (m.) candied sugar; Abh 462 (gulo ca phnitam -o); As 203,30 (gujaphnitakhandasakkardini) = PsI 156,7; khanda,n. and mfn. [cf AMg khamdkhamdim, BHS khandkhandam, khandakhandikrta], (n.) piece after piece; various pieces; (mfn.) in pieces; completely split; -am, adv., into pieces, into small pieces; Ja VI 31,1 (sankhalik pi -am chijjimsu); Vism 115,25 (tarn [ksikavattham] tena bhikkhun -am kariyamnam disv); Sp 453,24 (-am v chindati); Sv 719,9 (antni pi -ni hutv nikkhamanti); Spk II 84,n (khuddakamahantni -ni karonto chindeyya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits -ni); 11126,34 (-am chinditv); Dhp-aIII 67,12 (sabbe -amkrpesi); ftkhan4ika, mfn., split; in pieces; -am, adv., into pieces, into small pieces; Vin III 43,io (tni drni -am chedpetv); All 199,4 (tarn thnarn -am chindeyya); Ja V 231,10 (te tarn hanitv -am katv); 275,2' (tikhinakhuradhrsu ~ hutv); Ps I 158,16 (-0 v hoti satadh pi sahassadh pi); Dhp-al 177,7 (-0 hutv bhmiyam patissati); 219,15 (purnapdapunchanni... -am kottetv); -kri(n), mfn., making a break (in); making defective; A l l 187,25 (ayam yasm -i chiddakri sabalakri... silesu); see also akhandakri(n) below; -tandula, m., broken rice, split rice; Sp43,3 (eko pi -o na hoti) = Thp 184,32; -danta, mfl~ and -!). [khanda + danta1], with broken or missing teeth; gap-toothed; MI 88,18 (bhaginim ... gatayobbanam -im palitakesim);

746

AI 138,26; Ja I 79,n (et - palitakes hont ti); Nidd I 120,29 (-0 palitakeso); -nimitta, mfn., incompletely defined; VinV 221,7 (-am simam sammannati; Sp 1401,i: - nma aghatitanimitt vuccati = Kkh 4,32); -phulla, (mf)n. [/?// khandasphuta-], (what is) broken and split; (what is) in disrepair; Vin II 160,i2(navakammiko ... bhikkhu ... -am patisankharissati; Sp 122 l,2i: khandan ti bhinnokso, phullan ti phalitokso); A III 263,16 (-am patisankharoti; Mp III 332,8: ~m ti patitatthnam ca bhinnatthnam ca); Ap-a 465,24 (khandan ti katthnam jinnatt chinnabhinnatthnam... khandam ca phullam ca ~ni); akhandaphulla, mfn., not broken and split, not impaired; whole; Vv 83:17 (tath' eva sikkhya padni paiica akhandaphullni samdiyassu) = Pv 36:76; -sim,/, a limited boundary (established for certain acts of the sangha, big enough for at least 21 bhikkhus); Sp 1041,2i (pabbajjpasampaddinam sanghakammnam sukhakaranattham pathamam - bandhitabb); 1042,13 (sace pana vihro mah hoti dve pi tisso pi taduttaripi -yo bandhitabb); akkhanga, akhan4a, mfn., with no gaps, whole, entire, complete; S V 386,31 (ariyakantehi silehi samanngato hoti -ehi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr akandehi); AIV 54,6 (-am acchiddam asabalam akammsam paripunnam parisuddham brahmacariyam carati" ti); Ja III 257,4 (~ni panca silni rakkhi); Patis 44,24 (silni -ni); Vism 53,26; Spll87,i4 (eten' upyena - pancadasa rattiyo mnattam caritabbarn); Spkl 208,12 (kevalan ti -am sakalam); kri(n), mfn., making whole, complete; A l l 187,31 (ayam yasm kri acchiddakri... sflesu); Pv 38:42 (--kri sikkhya sunh); Mil 94,13 (imin puggalena... sakkaccakrin bhavitabbam krin bhavitabbam); nimitta, mfn., completely or properly defined; Kkh 5,1 = Sp 1401,14; sila, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) complete, unimpaired moral practice; Spk III 25,1 (so silam rakkhati ti); 2. (mfn.) of complete, unimpaired moral practice; Ja VI 1,19 (sacham sil imin me saccena putto uppajjatti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se sachamsilam rakkhmi); Sp 873,22; Ud-a 179,31 (te ... sil klam katv kmvacaradevesu nibbattimsu); see also catukhandika (sv catu[r]), dvitticatukkhandaka, paficakhandikacivara. khandati, khandeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khandati, S. khandayati, Wg 32:44], breaks, cuts, tears; divides; deducts (from); destroys; disturbs; Dhtup 105 (khanda cchedane); 565 (khanda bhedane); Dhtuml40 (khadi cchide); 795; Sadd 356,28 (khadi khande: ~ati); 533,15 (khadi kadi chede: ~eti -ayati); Dhp-alV 14,i (hatthino... ankuse v kuntatomare v -anti cand bhavanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se na ganenti); Kv-a 96,7 (dussllyacetanam dati ~eti lunti v ti dnam); part.pr. neg. akhandenta, mfn., Ps II 396,33 (parisuddhasllo pana vattam akhandento preti); Cp -a 112,30 (silam akhandentassa, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akhandantassa); aor. 2sg. khandesi, Jail 435,6 (tvam... bhattahrakassa ca nsam ~esi bhattabhjanni ca bhindi); absol. (a)khandetv, Ja I 367,32 (kimpakkaphalam ... khditam pana antni -etv jivitakkhayam ppeti);

III 188,15 (aham gandhabbo, nvya vetanam -tv tumhkam gandhabbam karissmi); VI 285,20' (mam rj jayadhanena -etv tuyham dento, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se chaddetv); 291,20'(aham jayadhanena ~etvrann dinno, Be so; Ce, Ee jayadhane; Se jayadhanam chaddetv); Sp 388,6 (yam attano bhatiy ~etv denn); Sv 1055,19 (dasadh -etv); Mp 1441,5 (vtapnesu appahontesu tni ~etv pi oksam katv olokenti ti, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee ~itv); khandetv in Ee at Vv-a311,6 is prob, wr for bandhitv (Be, Ce, Seso); neg. akhandetv, Sv 717,16 (silam akhandetv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akhandam katv); Ud-a 201,27 (sabbam pindaptikavattam akhandetv); (b) neg. akhandetvna, Mhv 5:30 (te sali nitthus' akane akhandetvna tandule akamsu msik); pp khandita, mfn. [ts], cut, torn, broken; impaired; Thi260 (dant ... jarya -, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khand; Thi-a201,i9 (bhedanapatanehi - khandabhvam gat); Sv798,n (-narn bhvo khandiccan ti vuccati); Ap-a 396,14 (kilesnam tt); Cp-a 142,23 (mayham silaprami ~ siy); khandita, mfn., variously cut and torn or impaired; ? Thi-a 200,38 (siram idni jarya khalitam -khanditam vilnakesam katam); ~-sila, mfn., of imperfect moral practice; Cp-a 130,30 (silena parihlnassa silassa); neg. akhandita, mfn., unbroken; unimpaired; whole, complete; Patis-a 203,16 (akhanditatt); Cp-a 166,5 (evam me silam suvisuddham akhanditam bhavissati ti); akhanditasila, n. (or mfn.), (one of) complete, unimpaired moral practice; Cp -a 136,31 (akhanditasilen' evasakk sammsambodhim ppunitum na itaren ti); fpp khanditabba, mfn., Q)-a313,i4 (paro na himsitabbo na khanditabbo na mankubhvam pdetabbo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se bhanditabbo). khandana, n. [ts], cutting; breaking; Abh943 (~e tv apadnam); 1014; Dhtup 106 (munda -e); Dhtum 145 (mudi ~e); Q)-a 113,2 (mama silassa -bhayena); Sadd 356,4 (mudi ~e> Ce so; Ee kandane). khandik, / [BHS id.; cf S. khandaka], a piece, a fragment; Vv 30:4 (tato te ucchussa adsi ~am); ifc see ucchu-. khandicca, n. [from khanda], the state of being broken, brokenness; D II 305,11 (y ... sattnam ... jar jiranat ~am pliccam valittacat ...) = MI 49,2i (Ps I 215,27: -an ti... dantanakhnam khanditabhvakaranakiccato); A III 196,6 (kena nam sabrahmacri... pjeyyum -ena pliccena ..., Ce, Ee, Se so; Be tarn sabrahmacri... na pjeyyum ~ena ...); Vism 449,31 (' -dibhvena dantdisu vikradassanato); Sv798,i2 (khanditnam bhvo -an ti vuccati). khandeti, see sv khandati. khata 1 , mfn., pp o/khanati' qv. khata 2 , mfn., pp 0/khanati 2 qv. khataka in Ee at Ud-a 245,27 and Vv-a206,24 is wr for khataka qv. khatta1, n. [S. ksatra], the military or reigning class; a member of the military or reigning class; Abh 335 (rjanno khattiyo -am); JaV 116, ir (khattabandhunl ti -assa mahsenaguttassa bhaginibhvena nam evam lapati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khattiyabandhuni ti

747

khattiyassa ...); -dhamma, m., the duty or customs of a khattiya; JaV 377,20* (kusalo ~anam; 378,22*. pathamakrakesupatisanthradhammnam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pathamakranesu); 490,8* (na ~e kusalo si rj, Be, Ce, Eeso; e khamyadhamme; 490,9': tvam khattiyadhammasankhte nitisatthe na kusalo si, attano atthnattham na jnsi, Be, Se so; Ce tvam sankhte; Ee wr tvam nakkhatthadhamma-); 490,16* (ye ~e kusal bhavanti pyena te nerayik bhavanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khattiyadhamme); -vamsa, m., a khatiiydi family; Mhv 64:48 (jyitv -amhi); -vijja, mfn., having the knowledge required of a khattiya; acting in self-interest; JaV 240,14' (khattavidh ti -, ayam eva v ptho, khattavrjjcariynam etam nmam); -vijj,/, the knowledge or competence required of a khattiya; polity; selfinterest; expediency; D I 9,7 (vatthuvijj ~ Sivavijj; Sv93,l8: ~ ti ahgeyyamsurakkhdi nitisattham, Ce, Ee so; Be abbheyyamsurakldiarjasatmdisattham nitisattham; Se ajjheyya-; Sv-ptI 167,12: angino sattham angeyyam, Masurakkhena kato gantho Msurakkho, Ee so; iteabbhino sattham abbheyyam); Spklll 257,6 (~ya kataparicayatt mantasamvidhnena rjnam rdhetv); ~(a)-vdi(n), mfh., professing the practice of expediency; JaV 228,20/0//. (eko ahetuvdi... eko ucchedavdi eko ~-vdi... ~-vdi mtpitaro pi mretv attano va attho ktabbo ti ganhpesi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kmetabbo ti); sippa, ., skill in polity; the branch of knowledge that is political science; Ud32,5 (ekacce evarn hamsu ~ -sippam sippnam aggan ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr khettavijj-; Ud-a205,25: arigeyyamsurakkhdinitisatthasippam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se abbheyya-); -vidha, mfn.y of the khattiya class; JaV 240,11* (hu~ loke bl panditamnino, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khattavid; 240,14': ~ ti khattavid, ayam eva v ptho, khattavijjcariynam etam nmam); 241,11* (pubbekati ca ucchedi yo ca ~o naro, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khattavido); -sanghaparibblha, mfh., attended by a crowd of khattiya.?; JaV 322,3*; VI23,2*. khatta2, m., see sv khatya. khatta(r)1, m. [S ksattr] (sg. nom. khatt; voc. khatte, khatta; ace. khattam), an attendant, a porter, an equerry; a steward; Abh 1095 (~ ste patihre); D I 112,5/o//. (Sonadando brhmano ... ~am mantesi, kin nu kho bho ~e ...; Sv 280,12: ~ vuccati pucchitapucchitapanham vykaranasamattho mahmatto) * MII 164,\9f0lL; D I 112,29 (evam bho ti kho so ~ Sonadandassa brhmanassa patissutv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khatto); Sadd 670,23 foil, (utthehi katte, ehi -, v ti kim. bho katta he ~a); 678,24 foil. (~ ti c' ettha sabbakammiko amacco, katt ti ca -a ti ca ubhayam p' etam anatthantaram); khatt in Ee, Se at Ap 461,6 is prob, wr; Be katt, Ce khant; see also katta(r)2. khatta(r)2, m. [S. khtr], a digger; one who digs; A l l 107,30 (catasso im bhikkhave msik ... gdham - no vasit ..., Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se katt; Mp III 119,2O///.: yo vtam khanati na ca tattha vasati so gdham katt no vasit ti vuccati; khant ti pi ptho) * Pp43,22 (Ee so; Be, Ce, Se katt; Pp-a225,5foil.: gdham katt no vasit ti attano sayam bilam kpam

khanati no tattha vasati... a ti pi ptho). khatt, / [cf S. lex. ksatri], a woman of the khattiya class; see suddakhattja. khattiya, m. and mfn. [S. ksatriya], 1. (m.) a member of the warrior or ruling class; a ruler, a chief; Abh 335 (rjanfio ~o khattam); Vin II239, is (cattro 'me vann ~ brhman vess sudd ti te tathgatappavedite dhammavinaye ... pabbajitvjahanti purimni nmagottni saman Sakyaputtiy tv eva sankham gacchanti); IV 160,14 (ranno ~assa muddhvasittassa; 160,21: muddhvasitto nma khattiybhisekena abhisitto); D I 91,31 (tayo vann ~ ca vess ca sudd ca annadatthu brhmanass, eva paricrak sampajjanti); II 2,30 (Vipassi... ~o jtiy ahosi); III 93,13 (khettnam pati ti kho Vsettha ~o, ~o tv eva dutiyam akkharam upanibbattam); 95,22 (-0 pi sakam dhammam garahamno agrasm anagriyam pabbajati, samano bhavissmi ti); MI 358,28* (~o settho jane tasmim ye gottapatisrino); II 180,16 (tatr* idam... brhman -assa sandhanam pannpenti dhanukalpam); SI 6,22* (~o dvipadam settho; Spkl 33,25: dvipadnam rj settho); 15,20* (mahaddhan mahbhog ratthavanto pi ~); A III 149,29 (rj cakkavam" dhammiko... rakkhvaranaguttim samvidahati ~esu anuyantesu); 152,29 (yni tni raniiam ~nam muddhvasittnam sippatthnni hatthismim v assasmim v rathasmim v dhanusmim v tharusmim v); 363,2 (~ ... bhogdhippy pannpavicr baldhitthn pathavibhinives issariyapariyosn ti); Dhp 387 (sannaddho ~o tapati jhyi tapati brhmano); Sn315 (-- brahmabandh ca ye c' anne gottarakkhit); Vv 63:1 (dhanum olubbha titthasi ~o nu si rjanfio du luddo vane caro); Th 939 (bhesajjesu yath vejj kicckicce yath gihi ganik va vibhsyam issare - yath); Ja III 335,17* (yath pi rj nandeyya rajjam laddhna ~o); 373,20* (~ena pajnat; 374,24': khettnam adhipatibhvena ~o ti ca laddhanmena); 441,26* (ye -se anisammakrino panenti dandam sahas pamucchit); V 100,1 * (~assa pamattassa ratthasmim ... sabbe bhog vinassanti); VI 525,13* (kuhim Vessantaro rj kattha passemu ~am); Ap45,n (tassa ranno aham putto Candano nma ~o); 492,29 (tad 'ham-osim nagare Hamsasavhaye); Cp 1:9:31 (abhijt sukhuml ~ caturo jan); Kv 57,1 (-0 atthi brhmano atthi...); Mil 122,27 (~o ti viseso n' atthi suddo ti atimaniian nJ atthi); Sp 187,29 (~o brhmano ti dijtivasena nnjacc); Sv 254,29 (tassa kira ayam laddhi brhman brahmuno mukhato nikkhant -- urato vess nbhito sudd jnuto saman pitthipdato ti); Mp III 129,23 (khattiyaparis ti abhisitt anabhisitt ca ~); Mhv 5:16 (moriynam-nam vamse jtam); 2. (mfn.) of the warrior or ruling class; A I 162,17* (yasmim kasmim ca jtiyam ~e brhmane vesse sudde candlapukkuse...); S n l l 4 (appabhogo mahtanho - jyate kule so 'dha rajjam patthayati); Ap 340,1 (~amhi kule jto); 382,14 (duve kule pajymi - atha brhmane); bhiseka, m. [khattiya + abhiseka1], inauguration as king; Vin IV 160,21 (muddhvasitto nma -na abhisitto hoti); D I 97,18 (api nu nam khattiya -na abhisinceyyun ti); A I 107,29; Mil357,27 (koci ayutto ... hino kujtiko -na abhisincati);-kaflii,/, the daughter of a khattiya, a khattiya girl; MI 88,7 (~ v brhmanakann

748

v gahapatikann v); A II 205,10 (santi... imasmim rjakule ~ pi brhmanakann pi...); Ja I 60,27 (Kisgotami nma -); V 96,14* (~a patilobhayanti nam); Pj II 356,2i (~yo nadfldlanam gacchanti); -jacca, mfn., (who is) a khattiya by birth; of the khattiya class; Ps IV 167,21 (Vipassi-dayo -a); -jtika, jtiya, mfh., (who is) a khattiya by birth; of the khattiya class; Ja IV 145,9 (dsiy kucchismim nibbatt... pitu vamsena -); Sp 601,2i (anno koci -jtiyo imin codakena dittho hoti); Sv 586,6 (khattiy ti abhisitt v anabhisitt v -); -manta, m., khattiya lore; Ja VI 214,5* (~ ca tayo ca ved atthena ete samak bhavanti; 217,3': ~ ti rjasattham); -mahsla, m., a rich khattiya; Abh 338; DU 146,16 (bah - brhmanamahsl gahapatimahsl; Sv 586,27: - nma yesam kotisatam pi kotisahassam pi dhanam nikhanitv thapitam, divasaparibbayya ekam kahpanasakatam nigacchati syam dve pavisanti); Mill 99,27; AIV 239,s; -my,/, (secret) lore, formula, of the khattiya^; Ja VI 375,5 (rj... -am kathento imam gtham ha: yena kenaci vannena mudun drunena v uddhare dinam attnam, pacch dhammam samcare); Mil 190,30 (khattiynam ~ khattiyesu yeva carati); Dhp-al 166,6 (aham pi khattiyo v ti, tena hi -am kathehi ti, so kathesi); -sukhumla, m.y a refined khattiya; a delicately brought-up khattiya; Mil 26,26 (tvam kho si mahrja -0 accantasukhumlo); Ps III 131,17; Dhp-al 5,7 (tathagato buddhasukhumlo -o, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khattiyasukumlo); akhattiya, m., one who is not a khattiya; Ja VI 208,3* (nkhattiyo jtu labhetha rajjarn); Sv 267,2 (ayam Ambattho khattiyo smi ti sannam karoti attano bhvam na jnti); see also khattiy, khattiyi. khattiyani in Ee at D II 198,9 is wrfor khattiyni qv. khattiy, / [S. ksatriy], a woman of the warrior or ruling class; a princess; Abh 236 (khattiyni tu -); Mil 110,22 (piy te Vsabh ~a ti); JaV 506,1* (t ~ vellivilkamajjh alankat); VI 514,24* (vayhhi pariyyitv sivikya ca -, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se sivikya rathena ca); Cp 1:9:1 (y me ahosi janik Phusati nma -); Mp III 284,9 foil, (yassa hi mt - mtu mt -); Dhp-a I 166,5 (k si tvan ti - ti aham pi khattiyo v ti); Th-a III 53,37 (Kligodhya nma ~ya putto); Mhv 10:30 (tassa dhit rpavati Pli nmsi -); Sadd 772,29 (khattiyassa bhariy -). khattiyni, / [S. lex., BHS ksatriyni], a woman of the warrior or ruling class; a princess; Abh 236 (~i tu khattiy); D II 198,9 (ek yeva s itthi hoti y mam tena samayena paccupatthti -1 v vessini v, Be so; Ce khattiyini; Se khattiyyini v vessyini v; Ee wr khattiyani v velmikni v) * SHI 146,21 {Be ~\ v velmik v; Ce, Se khattiy v velmik v; Ee ~i v velamik v); Ap 94,18 (abhijt -1 nava putte janessati); SpkII 325,30 (velmik ti khattiyassa v brhmaniy brhmanassa v ~iy kucchismim jt); Sadd 347,28* (khattiy rjapadumi -1 ca khattiyi). khattiyi, / [S. ksatriyi], a woman of the warrior or ruling class; D I 193,8 (jnsi tarn janapadakalynim ~I v brhmani v vessi v suddi vti, Be, Ce so; Se ~im; Ee wr khatti) * 241,30 * M II 33,9; A III 229,9 (~im pi

gacchati); Sadd 772,25 (brhmani ~I khattiy vessi suddi). khatti in Ee at D I 193,8 is wrfor khattiyi qv. khatya, khatta2, m. [a form of khattiya? or falsely reconstructed from khatta1 with change of gender ?], akhattiya, a member of the warrior or ruling class; a ruler, a chief; JaV 317,19* (tato ekasatam ~e anuyutte bhavam ak, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khatte; 318,2': -e ti khattiye, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khatte ti); 322,16* (kassa ekasatam ~ anuyutt yasassino); VI208,11* (~ hi vessnam balim haranti, Be, Se so; Ce khatty na vess na; isekhattna vess na; L. Alsdorf 1977, p. 44, would read khattyna vessna); 397,1* (ath' etY ekasatam - ... acchinnaratth vyathit); Sadd 914,15 (khattiy ti din vattabbe ~ ti din niddeso). khadati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khadati, Wg 3:13], is firm; hurts; Sadd 375,20 (khada dhitihimssu ca: theriypekkho cakro, ~ati khadiro). khaddati, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup khardati, Wg 3:23], bites; Sadd 377,9 (khadda damsane: ... ~ati). khadira, m. [ts], the hard-wood tree Acacia catechu; acacia wood; Abh 567 (~o dantadhvano); Jail 163,6 (-- nma jtasr thaddh ti); 163,24* (athsad -am jtasram); IV 209,9* (n' eva slo na -o n' assakanno kuto dhavo); V 389,23 ('-dinam pattni harath ti); Ps II 279,3o(-amhacca asrarukkhaparicito mudutundasakuno); -ghatik,/ [khadira + ghatik2], a stick or block of acacia wood; Ja IV 87,25 (ayam ito sattame divase -am vijyissati); Spk II 229,29 (-su sise ca pde ca upadahitv); -patta, n. [khadira + patta1], an acacia leaf; S V 438,29 (-narn v ... putam karitv). khaddhicca- in Ee at Sp 130,1 is wr for khandicca- {Be, Ce, Se so). khana, see sv khana2. khanati', see sv khanati'. khanati2, see sv khanati2. khanita, mfn.9 pp 0/khanati 2 qv. khanitti, seesvl&mitti. khanta(r)1, m. [S. ksantr], one who bears patiently, who endures; who forgives; Abh 732 (khamano -a); A II 116,27 foil, (ranno ngo sota ca hoti hant ca -a ca gant ca ... katham ca ... ngo - hoti... ngo sarigmagato khamo hoti sattippahrnam asippahrnam ...); 117,31 (katham ca bhikkhave bhikkhu - hoti... bhikkhu khamo hoti sitassa unhassa ...); Ja IV 76,6* (- duruttnam; 77,4 : parehi vuttnam dutthavacannam adhivsako hoti); Ap461,6 (anejo virajo ~ gant vatt ..., Ce so; Be katt gandh; Se khatt gandh; Ee khart gandh mett); Cp-a311,29 (paresam apakre ~); Sadd 413,9 (khamu sahane... kattari pana - . . . khamit); see also khanta, khamita, .yv khamati. khanta(r) 2 ,m. [from khanati2], one who digs, a digger; Mp III 119,21 {[ad All 107,30] yo vtam khanati na ca tattha vasati so gdham katt no vasit ti vuccati, - ti pi ptho;* Pp-a 225,7: khatt ti pi ptho). khantabba1, mfn.,fpp o/khanati 2 qv. khantabba2, mfn.,fpp o/khamati qv. khanti1, khanti, / and mfn. \.{f.) (i) [S ksnti], patience; forbearance; endurance; Abh 161 (titikkh -i khamanam); DII 49,22* (-1 paramam tapo titikkh

749

nibbnam paramam vadanti buddha) = Dhp 184 (Dhp-aIII 237,2o: y es titikkhsankht -i nma idam imasmim ssane paramam uttamam tapo); SI 3 0,12* (~iy upasamena upet); 215,7* (yadi sacc dam cg khanty bhiyyo 'dha vijjati); V 169,19 (~iy avihimsya mettatya anudayatya, evam kho bhikkhave param rakkhanto attnam rakkhati); AIII 254,26 (pane' ime bhikkhave nisams -iy); Sn266 (-i ca sovacassat); Ja II 207,11* (dullabho angasampanno ~i-r-asmka ruccati; 207,16'foil: amhkam evarpesu thnesu adhivsanakhanti yeva ruccati); III 14,12* (pubbe va ~i ca tapo ca mayham); VI 260,19* (-im have bhsati ngarj; 260,23': ngarj tva kopaneyye pi puggale akuppanasankhtam adhivsanakhantim vanneti); Ap 6,2 (~iy pramim gantv patto sambodhim uttamam); Dhs 1341 (y -1 khamanat adhivsanat acandikkam anasuropo attamanat cittassa); Mil 116,27; Vism 295,10 (dose dinavo -iyam ca nisamso paccavekkhitabbo); Cp-a298,i/o//.; Saddh473 (Punno Sunparanto va -iy ativissuto); (ii) [^//Sksnti], receptivity; predilection; preference; preferred view; Vin II 206,3 (ditthim avinidhya -im avinidhya rucim avinidhya...); A HI 437,14 (ananulomikya -iy samanngato); 441,24 (anulomikya -iy asamanngato sammattaniymam okkamissati ti n' etarn thnam vijjati); Sn 897 (ditthe sute -im akubbamno; Pj II 558,6: ditthasutasuddhisu pemam akaronto); 944 (purnam nbhinandeyya, nave -im na kubbaye); Th 1029 (khanty chandikato hoti); Thi 521 (so hetu so pabhavo tarn mlam s va ssane ~I, Be, Se so; Ee satthu ssane; Se mlam ca ssane khamam; Thi-a268,i3: s eva idha satthu ssane dhamme nijjhnakkhanti); Niddl 64,7 (te nsakkhimsu sakam ditthim sakam -im sakam rucim sakam laddhim ... atikkamitum); Patis II 238,17 (panca kkhandhe aniccato passanto anulomikam -im patilabhati); Vibh 245,27 (idh ti imiss ditthiy imiss -iy imiss ruciy...; c/Vibh-a 326,6: bhagavato khamanavasena -i); 325,9 (yam evarpim anulomikam -im ditthim rucim mutim ... parato sutv patilabhati; c/"Vibh-a411,33: anulomikam -in ti dini sabbni pannvevacann' eva, and 412,5: sabbni pi etni kranni khamati sahati datthum sakkoti ti -i); Sp686,i9 (imni pamsuklni manpni attano ruciy -iy gahitni ti attho); 993,8 (s yeva laddhi yasm tassa titthakarassa khamati c' eva ruccati ca idam eva saccan ti ca dalhaghena gahit, tasm tassa ~i ruci dyo ti vuccati); Pj II 387,28 (ayam amhkam ~i); ifc see ditthinijjhna-, dhammanijjhna-, nijjhna-; 2. (mfn.) patient, enduring; JaV 144,2* (Ajjuno... Angirasam Gotamam hethayitv -im tapassim cirabrahmacrim); -ma(t), /M/. [S. ksntimat], patient; enduring; forgiving; Abh 732 (titikkhv ca -m); JaV 143,1* (yam -m sappuriso labhetha); akkhanti, / and mfn. 1. (f.) impatience, intolerance; irascibility; unwillingness to forgive; Vin IV 241,3 (unnya paribhavena ~iy vebhassiy ...; 241,37: -iy ti kopena); A I 236,29 (ahu-d-eva -i ahu appaccayo; Mp II 353,10: ahosi yeva anadhivsan); Vibh 360,2 (y ~i akkhamanat anadhivsanat candikkam asuropo anattamanat cittassa); Vism 21,3i; Sp 594,6 (yadi ~i adhikaranam ~iy attdnarn gahetv pi aparabhge vinicchayam alabhamno v

khampito v cajati); Dhp-a 126,25 (pitari -iy, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pitari rodante); 2. (mfn.) impatient, intolerant; Mil251,14 (ye keci... akiriy ~I capal); see also annakhantika (^vanna2), evarnkhantika, tamkhantika (^v tad), nnkhantika, yamkhantika (sv yad). khanti2, / [from khanati1 ? cf S. ksati?], hurt; injury; A III 372,22 (nham... ito bahiddh evarpim -im vadmi yath 'mam sabrahmacrisu; MpHI 387, sfoll: -in ti attano gunakhananam... yath imam sabrahmacrisu akkosanaparibhsanam annam evarpam gunakhantim na vadmi ti attho). khanda in Ee at Sp 337,7, 833,22, 834,26-27 and 844,13 is wrfor khandha (Be, Ce, Se so). khandati 1 ,/^. 3 sg. [S. skandati], leaps; goes; becomes dry; Dhtum 196 (khadi pakkhandandisu); Sadd 381,8 (khanda gatisosanesu: -ati Khando, Khando nma eko devo yo Kumro Sattidharo ti ca vuccati). khandati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S Dhtup khadati, Wg3:13, Jkhindati, Wg 28:142], strikes; Sadd391,3o (khdi parighte: ... -ati, perhaps corrupt ?). khandha, m. [S., BHS skandha], Sadd 575,i6*/o//. (-saddo rsigunapannattisu ca rlhiyam kotthse c'eva arnse ca vattati ti vibhvaye); 1. the shoulder, the upper part of the back (in men and animals); Abh 264 (amso ... bhujasiro -0); 851; Vin II 152,28 (annatarassa bhikkhuno tinacchdan ahi ~e papati); D III 151,17 (satt' ussad honti... ubhosu amsaktesu ussad honti -e ussado hoti); SI 115,6 (mahantam nahgalam ~e karitv); Vv 5:5 (tassa ngassa -asmim sucivatth ... atirocasi); Jail 440,15* (usabhasseva te ~o); 111392,6 (mattavaravranassa ~e nisiditv bodhisattam pacchsane hatthipitthe nisidpetv); VI 153,23* foil (yesam pubbe -esu phullamlgun vivattimsu tes' ajja pitanisito nettimso vivattissati -esu); Ap 348,30 (-e ropayitvna); Cp 2:5:4 (~Q nalte bhamuke); Vism 28,2 (yo hi kuladrake dhti viya ankena v ~ena v paribhatati); Sp 850,17 (bhikkhu gilnam smaneram -ena vahati); Spkl 242,17 (balivaddnam -esu thapetv yuge yottehi yojitni ti attho); Mhv 35:25 (nisidpiya tarn -e); ifc see adho-, patta-, vivatta-, sanjta- (^v sanjanati); 2. the stem or trunk of a tree; Abh 548; 851; D i l 171,10 (sovannamayassa tlassa sovannamayo -0 ahosi rpiyamayni pattni ca phalni ca); MI 111,8 (atikamm' eva mlam atikamma -am skhpalse sram pariyesitabbarn manfieyya); S V 163,5 (mahato rukkhassa ... yomahantataro -oso palujjeyya); A III 369,10/0//. (nigrodharjassa ekarn -am rj paribhunjati... ekam -am balakyo paribhunjati...); Pv21:4 (yassa rukkhassa chyya nisideyya ... -am pi tassa chindeyya); Ja IV 209,14* (kidisni 'ssa pattni -0 v pana kidiso); VI 327,15* (rukkho hi mayham padvresu jto pann -o silamay' assaskh); Mil 254,26 (na calati ~o viya mahrukkhass ti); Sp 99,26 (mahbodhissa -0 ca skhyo ca pattni ca panca phalni dissimsu); Mhv 23:59 (tlnam nlikernam-e); 3. a mass, large amount, quantity; body; collection, agglomeration; complex (category); group; aggregate; Abh 630 (kyo -o samudayo); 851; ifc see aggi-, analajla- (jvanala1), patti-, udaka-, dukkha-, bhoga-, mani-; see also kanhakhandhaka;

750

esp. (i) the agglomeration or groups of good practices or virtues', MI 301,5 (tlhi... -ehi ariyo atthangiko maggo sangahito, y... sammvc yo ca sammkammanto yo ca samm-jivo, ime dhamme silakkhandhe sahgahit...); Nett64,7 (tni yeva asekhni pancindriyni tihi -ehi sangahitni: silakkhandhena samdhikkhandhena pannakkhandhena); Sp 48,28 ([dhammo] -ato catursmdhammakldiandhasahassni ti); Vibh-a2,9 (silakkhandho samdhikkhandho ti disu pana gunato -o nma); ifc see panna- (svpann), vimutti-, vimuttinnadassana-, samdhi-, sila-; (ii) the five collections or groups which are the elements of (personal) existence', Abh851; D i l 305,8 (abhinibbatti -nam ptubhvo yatannam patilbho, ayam vuccati bhikkhave jti; Sv 798, i foil.: ayam pana paramatthakath ekavokrabhavdisu ekacatupaficabhednam -nam yeva ptubhvo na puggalassa, tasmim pana sati puggalo ptubhto ti vohramattam hoti); MI 49,25 (klakiriy -nam bhedo... idam vuccat' vuso maranam; Ps I 217,2: paramatthena hi ~ yeva bhijjanti, na satto nma koci marati); SI 135,21* (evam -esu santesu hoti satto ti sammuti); 196,14* (so me dhammam adesesi ~e yatanni dhtuyo ca); Dhp 374 (yato yato sammasati -nam udayavyayam); Th 121 (uppajjanti ca te- cavanti aparparam); Thi 58 (sattisnpam km- 'sam adhikuttan); Patis II 72,27 (patisandhikkhane panca - sahajtapaccay honti); Ap 577,23 (~e aniccato disv dukkhato ca anattato); Vibh 1,6 foil (panca -, rpakkhandho vedankkhandho sannkkhandho sankhrakkhandho vinnnakkhandho); Nett 41,17 (rpakyo rpakkhandho, nmakyo cattro arpino -); Spkl 21,30 (imesam pancannam -nam appavattivasena nibbnam kathitam hoti ti); Pj I 82,10 (updnena janit updnajanak v - updnakkhandh); Asl41,is (vinnnam eva ~o vinnnakkhandho, tassa rsi-divasena attho veditabbo); Sadd 375,13 (jtijarvydhidukkhdihi khajjanti ti ~); ifc see updna-, rpa-, vinnna-, vedan-, sankhra-, sann-; dhivacana, ., designation as khandhay; M III 16,30 (kittvat pana bhante khandhnam -am hoti) = SHI 101,14 (SpkII 308,1: -an ti khandhnam ayam pannatti); disa, mfn. [khandha + disa], like the elements of existence; Dhp 202 (n' atthi ~ dukkh n' atthi santiparam sukham, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce khandhasam; Dhp-a III 261,12: khandhehi samn); abhinibbattaka, mfn., causing the (five) khandhay to come into being; SpkH 275,12 (yatim ~o kammasankhro); 0, vra,m., a camp (of an army or caravan); Abh 198; Ja I 101,28 (~e bherim carpetv); IV 151,26 (rj ... rmato avidre -am nivesetv); Dhp-al 193,11 (balakyo ... bahi ~am nivesetv acchi); II 79,13 (yojane yojane devat ~am bandhitv); Pv-a 113,6 ([vatamkkhassa] hetth~am bandhpesi); bandha, m., the construction of a camp; Ja I 332,29 (ekasmim arannatthne sakatni mocetv ~-bandhe kate, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -am khandhe kate); -ja, m(fn). [khandha + ja2], what grows from the stem, a shoot, a sprout; S I 207,34* (snehaj attasambht nigrodhasseva ~) = Sn 272 (Pj II 304,12: khandhesu jt ~, prohnam etam adhivacanam); -paicaka, ., the set of five groups

of the elements of existence, ie the individual person; JaV 66,31'; Vism530,12 (pubbantasankhtam atitam -am); Spk II 275,10 (sace ... me atite kammbhisankhro nbhavissa, idam me etarahi -am na bhaveyya); Ud-a 114,12 (na h'ettha -e ahan ti v maman ti v... passitabbayuttakam kinci atthi); Vibh-a51,i (-am anatt); Saddh608 (dubbale paccayyatte nissre ~e); -bija, n. (what has its) origin or source in a trunk or stem; Vin IV 34,35 (panca bijajtni mlabijam -am phalubijam aggabijam bijabijam c* eva pancamam; 35,4: -am nma assattho nigrodho ... yni v pana annni pi atthi khandhe jyanti khandhe sanjayanti) ^ D I 5,31 * S III 54,8; -santna, m., a continuous series of the elements of existence; Vism 414,4 (ekam pi jtin ti ekam pi patisandhimlam cutipariyosnam ekabhavapariypannam -am); It-a II 48,32 (pno ti c' ettha -o yo satto ti vohariyati); Sadd 73,14 (so evambhto -o loke aggapuggalo ti vuccati). khandhaka, m. [cfS. skandha], 1. a chapter, a section; one of the 22 sections of the Mahvagga and Cullavagga of the Vinayapitaka; Vin I 136,10 (uposathakkhandhako dutiyo ... imasmim ~ vatthu cha-asiti, Ce so; Be vatthni; Ee uposathakkhandhake tatiyam bhnavaram; Se uposathakkhandhakam nitthitam); Ap45,2 (Uplissa samo n* atthi vinaye -esu; cf Ap-a287,3i: vinaye ubhatovibhange -esu mahvaggaclavaggesu ca); Sv 17,3 (ubhayni ptimokkhni dve vibhahgni dvvisati ~ solasa parivr ti idam vinayapitakam nma); Utt-vn 298 (-esu pi pattipabhedam gatam... pavakkhmi); 2. the section of the Vinayapitaka consisting of the Mahvagga and Cullavagga; Sp 889,23 (tena kho pana samayena... nivsenti ti [Vin II 137,5/o//.] din nayena ~e nivsanados vutt); 922,20 (pahrapaccay pana -e dukkatam pannattam); 1360,9 (sutte vinaye v ti disu suttam nma ubhatovibharigo vinayo nma -o); Spkl 312,20 (kinnu kho te gahapati vho v vivho v bhavissati ti [Vin II 155, nfoli] ~e gatanayen' eva katham pavattetv); Mp I 89,n (pathamam hi parivro parihyati tato ~o bhikkhunivibhango mahvibhango ti); Vin-vn 2444 (~e pi pavakkhmi samsena vinicchayam); -parivra, ., -parivr, m.pl, the Khandhaka and Parivr sections of the Vinayapitaka; Sp 790,17 (-ato haritabbasuttavasena sutthu vinicchitni); Sp 1374,11 (vinayam na jnu" ti -am na jnti); Sv 565,36 (ubhatovibharigo pana suttam - vinayo ti); SpkII 203,10 (-esu antarahitesu); -bhnakatthera, m., an elder who knows the Khandhaka portion of the Vinayapitaka; Sp 1107,26 (atthrakusal - pariyesitv netabb); -vatta, n. 1. one of the 14 rules of conduct prescribed in the Vattakkhandhaka (Vin II 207-231;,- the conduct prescribed in the Vattakkhandhaka; (the rules relate to gantuka, vsika, gamika, anumodana, bhattagga, pindacrika, rannika, sensana, jantghara, vaccakuti, upajjhya, saddhivihrika, cariya, antevsika,); Ja III 483,12; Sp 286,23 (katikavattni ca -ni ca adhitthya tisu sikkhsu sikkhamn); 789,12 (kammkammam ca -am ca uggahetabbam); 874,18 (terasa dhutangagun cuddasa -ni dve-asiti mahvattni tiayam patipattisaddhammo nma);

751

1378,25 (kva pannattam, vattakkhandhake, tatra hi cuddasa ~ni pannattni); Spklll 184,19 (cariyupajjhyavattdini sabbni ~ni samdya vattati); 2. one of 82 subsidiary rules of conduct, either prescribed in the Khandhaka section of the Vinayapitaka (see Sp-t[ite] II 198,22 foil, citing 71 rules from Privsikakkhandhaka [Vin II 31,28-33,32] and eleven from Kammakkhandhaka [Vin II 22,20-24], or being a more general group, perhaps related to the rules in the Khandhaka, but not prescribed there; see G. Schopen, 1989; O. von. Hinber, 1990; C. Hallisey, 1990; Vism 188,8 (avasesni pi cetiyanganavatta-bodhiyanganavattauposathgravatta-bhoj anaslaj antghara-cariyupajj hyagantukagamikavattdini sabbni ~ni pretabbn' eva; Vism-mht [Be] I 209,25: vattakkhandhake hi gatni mahvattni idha ~ni ti vuttni); Sp 415,27 (yad idam cetiyahganavattam bodhiyanganavattam upajjhyavattam cariyavattam jantgharavattam uposathgravattam dveasiti ~ni cuddasavidham mahvattan ti imesam vasena bhisamcrikasilam vuccati; Sp-t[ite]II 198,22foil.: ettha mahvattam nma vattakkhandhake vuttni gantukavattam ... antevsikavattan ti cuddasa vattni. tato anrini pana kadci tajjamyakammakatdikle yeva caritabbni dvsiti ~ni, na sabbsu avatthsu caritabbni, tasm mahvattesu aganitni); Mp I 30,11 (tassa dve-asiti ~ni cuddasa mahvattni cetiyangana-bodhiyahganapniyamlaka-uposathgra-gantuka-gamikavattni ca karontass' eva, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se khuddakavattni; = Vibh-a297,s: eds khuddakavattni); Pj II 52,25 (dve-asiti ~ni cuddasa mahvattni samdya, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khuddakavattni). khandhi(n), mfn. [S. skandhin], having a (big) trunk or stem; Ja III 399,1* (santi anne pi rukkhse mlino ~ino dum; 399, ir: khandhasampann). khandika, m. [S. lex. skandhika], one who carries burdens on the shoulders; Sadd 786,20 (sisena vahati ti sisiko, evam amsiko ~o). khandhima(t), mfn. [khandha + ima(t)], possessing a (large) trunk or stems; A HI 43,4* (skhpattaphalupeto ~ va mahdumo; Mp III 250,22: khandhasampanno mahrukkho viya) quoted Sadd 151,17. khabbati1, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup kharbati, Wg 11:27], goes; Sadd 405,15 (khabba ... gatiyam: ... ~ati). khabbati2, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup kharvati, Wg 15:73], is proud; Sadd 406,27 (khabba ... dappe: ... ~ati). khama, mfn. [S. ksama], patient, enduring; able to put up with; forbearing; amenable to; adequate, fit for; appropriate, proper for; Abh 994 (yogge hite yutte ~o); 1001 (sakko... ~e); Vin I 78,26 (visativasso kho bhikkhave puggalo ~o hoti sitassa unhassa... adhivsakajtiko hoti) ^ M I 10,25 (Ps I 78,5: khant hoti sitassa, sitam khamati sahati); D III 267, \i (bhikkhu subbaco hoti ... ~o padakkhinagghi anussanim; Sv 1047,2: ~o ti glhena pharusena kakkhalena vuccamno khamati na kuppati); SI 222, is (pabbajit samn ~a ca bhaveyytha sorat ca ti); A II 117,4 (ranno ngo sahgmagato ~o hoti sattippahrnam ...); 152,21 (ekacco akkosantam na paccakkosati rosantam na patirosati bhandantam na patibhandati, ayam bhikkhave ~

patipad); III 113,1 foil. (~o hoti rpnam ~o saddnam ~o gandhnam ~o rasnam ~o photthabbnam); Ja I 22,25 (sammnane pi avamnane pi ~o va bhaveyysi); V 194,26' (aham mahrja dukkhassa ~ na homi); Ap 354,27 (~ sitassa unhassa... yodhjiv...); Nett 77,18 (~ patipad); Mil 207,13 (mittasampanno ~o silav saccavdi...); ifc see addhna-, anuyoga-, kotana-, ovda-, pancakmagunapatisevana-, ranga-, vacana-, vimajjana-, sampajjana-; akkhama, mfn., 1. impatient; not able to put up with; not amenable; Vin I 78,2i (navisativasso bhikkhave puggalo ~o hoti sitassa unhassa jighacchya pipsya...); Ill 178,20 (dubbaco hoti ... ~o appadakkhinagghi anussanim; Sp613,4: ovdamna sahati na kkhamatiti~o)* MI 95,15 * Ja III 483,15; D III 229,1 (catasso patipad, ~ patipad, kham patipad, dam patipad, sam patipad; Sv 1021,36: padhnakaranakle sildini na khamafi ti-); AIII 156,22 (ranno ngo ~o hoti rpnam...); 2. unbearable; Saddh 95 (dussaho dubbaco ghoro... ~o atidukkho ti apyo); dukkhama, mfn., hard to bear; A1286,5 (dukkaram karoti -am khamati); Sv 897,3 (dukkhan ti dukkhayuttam ~am va); Ud-a 118,23 (dukkhhi ti ~hi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee dukkhvahhi); Patis-a 155,28 (tt v dukkham); Saddh 201 (patikro pi ~o). khamati {after na very commonly written kkhamati), pr. 3 sg. [S. ksamate], 1. bears patiently, puts up with; submits to; is capable of bearing, stands up to; Dhtup 218 (khama sahane); Dhtum313 (kham tu sahane); Sadd413,8 (khamu sahane: ~ati); MI 133,28 (tesam te dhamm pannya attham anupaparikkhatam na nijjhnam ~anti; cf Ps II 106,32: na upatthahanti na ptham gacchanti); SHI 228,7 (yassa ... ime dhamm evam pannya mattaso nijjhnam -anti; Spkll 346,27: pamnaso olokanam ~anti); A I 286,5 (dukkhamam ~ati); Ja III 38,5* (sabbam tarn -ate dhiro pandito tarn titikkhati); Spk I 66,8 (na patiganhati ti na ~ati ndhivseti); III 122,22 (rathe thito rathiko... gatgate sare ~ati); 209,3 (nigghamsanam na ~ati); Nett 26,37 (kallatparicitam cittam atha ca abhinihram -ati ti); part.pr. khamanta, mfn., Ud-a 166,3 (sahanto ~anto); Cp-a 143,12; 2. pardons, forgives someone (gen./dat.) for something (ace); bears with, indulges; Vin I 54,16 (upajjhy -piyamn na ~anti); 54,21 (yo na ~eyya patti dukkatass ti); SI 221,26* (nham bhay na dubbaly ~mi Vepacittino); Ja IV 102,14* (vcduruttni pi te ~mi); V 142,1* (yo eidha hinassa vaco ~etha, etam khantim uttamam hu santo, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kametha); Mil 193,8 (yadi so bhante ha na kkhammi ti); Vism 426,18 (tumhe m cintayittha thero tumhkam -ati); Mp 1452,14 (tumhesu -antesu -issmi ti); IV 174,3 (sace hi thero na ~eyya tassa bhikkhuno tatth' eva sattadh muddh phaleyya); imperat. 3 sg. (a) khamatu, A V 198,12 (~atu ca me yasm nando ti); Vism 426,20; Sp 166,8 (~atu me so yasm ti); (b)khamatam, D I 108,29 (blo bho Gotama Ambattho mnavo, ~atam bhavam Gotamo Ambatthassa mnavass ti); 2 sg. (a) khama, Vin II 20,io (~a gahapati); Ja III 22,18* (~a deva Sujtya, mss kujjhi rathesabha); V 307,20*

752

(apardham mahrja tvam no -a rathesabha); SpkII 242,26 (~a mayham cariy ti ha); Mhv 37:23 (-a me tarn mam, accayam); (b)khamhi, VinlV 175, i8 (-h' ayye may si ptit ti); Ja IV 195,24' (tayi aparajjhim ~hi me); Sp 165,33 (tarn me ~hl ti -petabbo); Dhp-all 75,22 (mayham ev' eso doso, -hi me ti vatv); (c)khamehi, Thi 398 (~ehi no); (d) khamassu, Ja II 126,18* (~assu yadi te piy); III 120,12* (brahmacri -assu me, etam passmi accayam); Ap46,17 (~assu tvam mahvira); 533,2 (yadi koc' atthi doso me me ~assu karunkara); part.pr. (a) khamanta, mfn., Sp 740,29 (ekam akkosantam ekam ca -antam disv); Spkl 343,6 (evam dummedho -antam bhiyyo ajjhottharati ti); neg. akhamanta, mfn., Vism426,i2; (b) neg. akkhamamna, mfn., Mil 193,8; aor. 3 sg. khami, Ja IV 43,6; 3. seems good (to, gen./dat); is agreeable (to); seems preferable; Vin I 56,17 foil. (yass' yasmato -ati itthannamassa upasampad ... so tunh' assa yassa na kkhamati so bhseyya); 56,3i (-ati sahghassa tasm tunhi); III 175,3 (amhkam p' etam -ati ti); D I 60,4 (yath te -eyya tath nam vykareyysi); II 67,15 (etena p' etam na kkhamati vedan me att ti samanupassitum); III 43,26foil. (bhojanesu vodsam pajjati, idam me -ati idam me na kkhamati ti); MI 93,10 (tarn ca pan' amhkam ruccati c' eva -ati ca); 497,29 (y pi kho te es... ditthi sabbam me na -ati ti es pi te ditthi na -ati ti); A I 118,18 (imesam... tinnam puggalnam katamo te puggalo -ati abhikkantataro ca panitataro ca ti); Jail 152,16' (ayam ppakacchapo amhkam na ruccati na ~ati ti); part.pr. khamamna, mfn., D III 45,2 foil, (so ~ati te idan ti puttho samno akkhamamnam ha -ati ti -amnam ha na kkhamati ti); neg. akkhamamna, mfn., D III 45,3; 4. is sufficient for, proper for; part.pr. khamamna, mfh.y Vin I 281,19 (kambalam phesi upaddhaksinam -amnam; cf Sp \\\9^ofoil.: addhaksiyan ti ettha ksi ti sahassam vuccati, tarn agghanako ksiyo, ayam pana pancasatni agghati, tasm addhaksiyo ti vutto, ten' ev' ha upaddhaksinam ~amnan ti); na kkhamati in Ee at A III 243,3 is wr for na kamati {Be, Ce, Se so); khamati in Ee at Vism 58,14* is wr for khanati {Be, Ce, Se so); absol. khamitv, Ja V 440,7 (-a deva kinnardeviy ti purohitena ycito -itv); SpkII 242,27; Nidd-al 388,10; pass, imperat. 3 sg. khamyatam, khamyatu, khamiyatu, Ja IV 36,6* (tarn khamyatam puttahetu mam' ajja, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khamatam; 36,9'foil.: tarn khamyatan ti tarn khamyatu ... mama bhsitam ajja imassa puttassa hetu khamiyatu, Ee so; Be, Se tarn khamayatu... khamayatu; Ce tarn khamiyatu ... khamiyatu); 43,1* (khamyat' assa mahrja, pn duppati-nay; 43,3': khamyat' ass ti khamyatam assa, etassa asappurisassa -ath ti attho); pp (a)khanta, mfn. [S. ksnta], patient; forbearing; Ap 46,25 foil, (sad -a mahvira khamit ca tapassino -nam khamitnam ca gamanam vo na vijjati; Ap-a291,3/o//.: ~ ca khantiy ca sampann... -nam khantiy yuttnam); Sadd 855,12 (~o); see also khanta(r)1; pp (b) khamita, mfn., 1. pardoning, forgiving; Ap 46,25 foil, (sad khant mahvira khamit ca tapassino khantnam ~nam ca gamanam vo na vijjati;

Ap-a291,3/o//.: ~ ca paresam apardham ~ sahit... ~nam parpardhakhamitnam sahitnam ca); Mil 210,1 (yhi tathagato upamhi orato ~o upasanto); see also khamita(r); 2. [S. ksamita], (it is) pardoned; forgiven; Mpl 443,16 (evam tay mayham -am nma hoti); fpp (a) khamitabba, mfn. and n. impers., to be endured; to be forgiven; one should pardon; Vin I 54,2i (na ... khampiyamnena na -am, yo na khameyya patti dukkatass ti); SI 201,26* (bah hi sadd pacch - tapassin); Ja III 17,io* (-am sapannena api dsassa tajyitam); Ps III 86,7 (aham nma -am khammi); (b) khamaniya, mfn. and ., 1. bearable; endurable; it is bearable; Vin I 204,13 (Pilindavacchassa sisbhitpo hoti... anujnmi bhikkhave muddhani telakan ti na kkhamaniyo hoti); D II 99,22 (ditth me bhante bhagavato phsu, dittham me bhante bhagavato -am); MI 206,9 (kacci vo Anuruddha -am kacci ypaniyam; Ps II 238,29: kacci Anuruddha tumhkam -am, iriypatho vo khamati); Ud 59,4 (kacci bhikkhu -am kacci ypaniyam; Ud-a311,2s: bhikkhu idam tuyham catucakkam navadvram sarirayantam kacci -am kim sakk khamitum sahitum pariharitum kim dukkhabhro nbhibhavati); Ja VI 418,22* (kacci te sughare -am kacci vesse anmayam); Cp 3:2:10 (kacci te bhante -am); 2. suitable; Ap 106,22 (agghpetv vtajavam sindhavam sighavhanam Padumuttarabuddhassa -am ads' aham, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr ajniyam; Ap-a 380,29: -am yoggam civardikappiyaparikkhran ti attho); 106,24 (- vtajav citt nibbattare mamam, Ce so; Ee wr citte; Se jniy; Be -am vtajavam cittam); fpp (c) khantabba2, mfn., to be pardoned, forgiven; Ap 533,7 (akkhante nma -am kim bhave gunabhsane) quoted Thi-al42,i3* {Ee akkhate; Ce akkante; Be, Se akkhante); caus. pr. 3 sg. khampeti, -ayati [S. ksamayati, ksampayati], 1. asks pardon (for); asks forgiveness; Vin I 54,n (saddhivihrik panmit na -enti); Ja V 308,1* (gaccha bale -ehi Kusarjam); Ap 46,6 (pur sabbe vinassma -essma tarn munim); Mil 13,28 (yannnham upajjhyam -eyyan ti... khamatha me bhante); Sp 1292,5 (na puna evarpam karissm ti -enti); Ps III 63,18 (rattham m nsetha tpasam -etha); SpkII 242,20 (rj -etha bhante etan ti ha); Ud-a380,n (samanam Gotamam... accayam desent -eyym ti); Mhv 4:40 (dhammike 'yye -aya); 21:25 (thpam pkatikam katv -ehi ti hu tarn); part.pr. khampenta, /n/(~enti)., Ja IV 36,4 (-enti dasamam gtham ha); Pv-a 123,17 (~ento); neg. akhampenta, mfn., Ja III 38,25'; Dhp-aIII 63,s; aor. 3 sg. (a)khampesi, Vin IV 175,17 (setthi gahapati tarn bhikkhunim -esi, khamh' ayye ... ti); Vism425,32; MpIV 174,io (tarn satthu sammukhe -esi ti); Dhp-all 78,2o; (b) khampayi, Thi 397 (-ayi ca nam); Mhv 37:24 (rjnam so -ayi); 3 pi (a) khampesum, Ja III 427,23; Mil 209,27; Vv-a 48,2; (b) khampayum, Mhv 33:76 (annamannam -ayurn); absol. khampetv, Ja VI 389,26 (khamatha deva etesam andhablnan ti -etv); Sp 1328,23; Dhp-a II 254,22 (khamatha bhante ... ti therarn -etv); Mhv 33:21; neg. akhampetv, Mp IV 171,2; pass, part.pr. khampiyamna, mfn., Vin I 54,16 (upajjhy -iyamn na khamanti); 54,21 (na...

753

-iyamnena na khamitabbam); Ja IV 386,9; Dhp-all 185,14; pp khampita, mfn., asked for forgiveness; persuaded to pardon; Vin II 19,26 (~ito tay Citto gahapati ti); JaV 308,2* {-ito Kusarj so te dassati jlvitam); Ps III 63,\i; Dhp-a 1329,7 (api pana te thero -ito ti); neg. akhampita, (mf)n., Ps III 86,2; ^p/? khampetabba, mfn., Vin I 54,i5 (na bhikkhave panmitenana -etabbo, yo na -eyya patti dukkatass ti); II 19,22 (Citto te gahapati -etabbo ti); Vism426,2/o//. (tarn me khamhi ti -etabbo, sace navakataro hoti ukkutikam nisiditv anjalim paggahetv... -etabbo); 2. absol khampetv, taking leave (of); Dhp-a I 14,5 (te theram -etv); 3. absol. khampetv, testing for suitability; considering for approval;! Ps HI 204,9 (es pi te ditthi na kkhamati ti es pi te pathamam ruccitv -etv gahitaditthi na kkhamati ti); Spkl 81,27 (khantiy upasamena upet ti ruccitv ~etv gahanakhantiy ca rgdi-upasamenaca upet ti); Ud-a 339,3 (ditthigatik hi pubbabhge tath tath cittam rocetv -etv ca pacch idam eva saccam mogham anfian ti abhinivisanti). khamana (and khamana), n. and mfn. [BHS ksamana], l.(n.) (i) enduring, bearing patiently; pardoning; Abh 161 (titikkh khanti -am); Ja I 230,1 (ekam pana te setthissa ' -pyam kathessmi ti); V 142,8' (yam p' etam jtigottdihi hinassa vacanam -am etam khantim uttaman ti pornakapandit vadanti); Bv 3:2 (dharanpamo -ena; Bv-a 135,n: -en ti khantiy); Cp-a303,io (itthnitthasunnatnam -ato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khamanato); Saddh 202 (ko dukkhassa -am vade); (ii) assenting to; preference; preferred view; Ud-a 338,30 (sassatdivasen' eva -am khanti); Nidd-a II 34,8 (sakam khantin ti attano -am); 2. (mfn.) enduring; patient; Abh 732 (sahano -o khant); Mil 351,29 (dhutangam suddhjivam ... -am atulam appamnam sabbadukkhakkhayagamanam; possibly noun); -ta,/, abstr., forbearance; Dhs 1341 (y khanti - adhivsanat acandikkam anasuropo attamanat cittassa); akkhamana,n., lack of forbearance; lack of forgiveness; Vibh 360,2 (y akkhanti akkhamanat anadhivsanat ...); Ps I 106,31 (iss, tass lakkhan v). k h a m 1 , / [S. ksam, ksam], 1. patience; endurance; Abh 161 (khanti khamanam -); 994; Ja IV 8,15 (-ya pathavi-patejavyusamo hutv ete ettake dhutagune samdya vattati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se chamya); Cp-a 322,15 (seyyathidam ... khantiviriyayugalena khamtejadvayasiddhi); Sadd346,12 (tija nisne -yam ca... - khanti); 2. the earth; Abh 994 (bhkhantisu -). k h a m 2 , / [S. lex. ksam,for ksap], night; -kara, m [kham + kara1, cfS. ksapkara], the moon; Sadd 381,i*. khampaka, mfn. [from khampeti, caus. of khamati], (one) who asks for pardon; JaV 319,9'(ycak timam' atthya Sonapanditassa -a, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se khampanak). khampana, n. [S. ksampana], asking for pardon; Ja IV 389,3 (tasmim gantv ' -atthya mama pdesu patite suriyam vissajjessmi ti); Sp 625,23 (evam bhikkhnam -am na karonti); Dhp-a II 76,5 ('-pyam ancikkhitv va uyyojesi); Cp-a214,io(tassa me tvam -e

sahyo hohi ti). khampanak, mfn. [khampana + ka2], (one) who asks for pardon; JaV 319,9' (ycak timam' atthya Sonapanditassa -, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee khampaka). khampana,/ [from khampeti], testing for suitability; considering for approval; ? Sv 106, is (vimams nama tulan ruccan ~... yo tulayitv ruccitv khampetv ditthim ganhti so vimamsi ti veditabbo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khamana). khamyati,/?r. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksmyate, Wg 14:15], shakes; trembles; Sadd 421,11 (khamya vidhnane: -ati); pp khamta, mfn. [cf S. ksamyita ?], shaken; shaking; Sadd 421,11 (khamyati -0 khamtav). khamita(r), m. [S. lex. ksamitr], one who bears; who pardons; Sadd413,9 (khamati... kattari pana khant ... ~ ...); see also khamita sv khamati. khampeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksampati, ksampayati, Wg 32:77], suffers, bears; Sadd 553,7 (khapi khantiyam: -eti -ayati). khambha, m. [cf S. skambha, stambha], I. a prop, a support; Vin IV 189,2 (yo andariyam paticca ekato v ubhato v -am katv antaraghare gacchati patti dukkatass); 2. stiffness; paralysis; ifc see ru-; -kata, mfn. [BHS skambhkrta], who has made a support (of his arm); with arm(s) akimbo; Vin II 213,24 (na -na antaraghare gantabbam); IV 188,33 (chabbaggiy bhikkh ~ antaraghare gacchanti; Sp 891,26: ~o nma katiyam hattham thapetv katakhambho). khambhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. skabhnoti, skabhnti; S. Dhtup skambhate, Wg 10:27; 31:8], props, supports; impedes; becomes stiff or rigid; Dhtup 210 (khambha patibandhe); Dhtum304; Sadd 408,22 (khabhi patibandhe: ... -ati); Ap-a 301,9 (siandam sutv bah jan bahusatt vikkhambhanti visesena -anti bhyanti); caus. pr. 3 sg. khambheti, -ayati [S. skambhayati], props, supports; paralyses, makes stiff (with fear); obstructs, hinders; Th371 (yam pad uppatit ulr na kkhambhayante patisankhayantam so thmav nma; c/Th-all 158,19: na kampenti na kinci clenti); aor. 1 sg. khambhesim, Thi 28 (sele -esim attanam tamokkhandham padliya; cf Thi-a33,7*. ten' eva ca mohakkhandhapadlanena attnam attabhvam -esim mama santnam yatim anuppattidhammatpdanena vikkhambhesin ti attho); pp khambhita, mfn., impeded; disturbed;! Niddll 130,31 ([acci yath] vtavegena khitt ti vtavegena khitt ukkhitt nunn panunn - vikkhambhit ti, Be [II 109,3], Ce so; Se khittam ... -am; Nidd-a II 32,9: - ti patikkampit); fpp neg. (a) akkhambhiya, mfn., not to be made stiff; not to be obstructed or hindered; D HI 147,17* (-ohoti agrarn vasam parbhibh sattubhi sattummadano); (b) akkhambhaniya, mfn., id., Th-aII 158,2i (yo dalhatarhi pi padhi -o so thmav); sukhambhiya, mfn., easily made stiff (with fear); easily hindered; DIU 147,20* (manussabhtena na hoti kenaci -o tassa phalena kammuno, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se manussabhten' idha ... akkhambhiyo); see also chambhati.

754

khambhan, / [cfS. skambhana, stambhana], propping; making stiff, paralysing; (or obstructing, hindering; ?) D III 147, 14* (samappatitthassa na hoti ~); 147,23* (aggo na so gacchati jtu -am, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee vwgabbham; Sv923, 14foil.: so... vikkhambhetabbatam na gacchati). khaya1, m.n. [S. ksaya], dwelling-place, house; Abh207 (okam sl ~o vso); 934; Sadd 327,9 foil, (khi nivse ... kham -am ... -an ti nivesanam); ifc see Yama-, rj-. khaya2, m. (and mfn.) [S. ksaya, m.], 1. (m.) wasting or wearing away, diminution; using up, exhaustion; ending; destruction; Abh 763 (~o tv apacayo); 934; Vin I 2,15* (yato -am paccaynam avedi); II203,I9* (bhikkhu -am dukkhassa ppune); D III 214,9 (~e nnam anuppade nnam; Sv 985,3: kilesakhayakare ariyamagge nnam); MI 7,4 (jnato aham bhikkhave passato savnam -am vadmi, no ajnato no apassato; Ps I 63,2o: savnam -an ti savappahnam savnam accantakkhayasamuppdam khinkram natthibhvan ti... annatra pana maggaphalanibbnni pi savakkhayo ti vuccanti); S II 52,4 (yamnidn... jti tassa nidnassa ~...); A I 100,12 (rgassa... parikkhayya pahnya -ya vayya virgya nirodhya cgya...); 107,12 (bhikkhu savnam ~ ansavam cetovimuttim pannvimuttim ditthe va dhamme sayam abhifin ...); 159,33 (ko paccayo yen* etarahi manussnam ~o hoti tanuttam pannyati); Dhp 154 (visankhragatam cittam tanhnam -am ajjhag); Sn739 (vedannam - bhikkhu nicchto parinibbuto); Vv 82:8 (na tassa punnassa -am pi ajjhagam); JaV 99,25* (mad pamdo jyetha pamd jyate -o; 100,30': pamd ntidhanajivitakkhayo jyati); 316,5 (hatthagatnam pana kandnam -ena); Ap 375,29 (-ato vayato capi sammasanto kalebaram); Dhs 645 (yo rpassa -0 vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccat antaradhnam, idam tarn rpam rpassa aniccat); Patisl 94,16 (tena nnena savnam -o hoti); Mil 130,9 (sabbe p' ete janapad isinam manopadosena -am gat ti); 181,24 (bhsitam p' etam bhagavat savnam -a samano hoti ti); Vism231,n (gimhbhitattnam kunnadinam ~o viya); 232,io* (punnamhi -am gate); Sp 167,32 (arahattamaggo hi savavinsanato savnam - o ti vuccati); 170,17 (abhikkhantasaddo ... abhikkant bhante ratti... ti disu hi -e dissati); Patis-a 120,23 (nibbnasankhtam -am gacchati ti khayagmi); Mhv 23:11 (Damilnam -am disv); Sadd 327,5 foil, (khiyanam ~o, atha v khiyanti kiles etth ti -o); ifc see sava- (sv sava2), indhana-, jti- (svjti'), punfia-; 2. (m.) the disease pulmonary consumption, phthisis; Abh 323 (soso tu ca -o siy); 934; Nidd-a I 60,33 (kso ti khayarogo); 3. (mfn.) wasting away; ending; ? Sadd 604,27 (yam hi khayam gacchati parihyati, tarn -an ti vuccati); fttita,mfn. (of the moon) gone beyond waning, new; Sn 598 (candam yath -am pecca panjalik Jana vandamn namassanti; c/Pj II 463,23 foil: nabhvam atitam, paripunnan ti attho); &nupassi(n), mfn., considering decay, ending, destruction; AIV 146,26 (ekacco puggalo... cakkhusmim -1 viharati); 0, -ogadha, mfn. [khaya + ogadha1 or ogadha2], plunged into annihilation; immersed in ending; or with a firm footing in

ending; Th491 (vitatanh andn satta buddha -; l h - a l l 205,2o: ~ ti nibbnogadh nibbnapatitth); -bhiruka, mfn., afraid of diminution, of ruin; Ja III 473,13'; Spkl 61,2 (-0 datum na sakkoti); akkhaya, mfn., undecaying, inexhaustible; imperishable; Dhp-a 1136,25 (kammantnam apariyantatya tya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se akkhtya); As 341,2 (na hi uppannam rpam v arpam v -am nma dissati); Vibh-a 27,30 (satt - avay ajar amar nma bhaveyyum); Sadd 604,26 (akkhar -'-atthena akkharatthena ca); patibhna, mfn., of never-failing presence of mind, of constant intelligence or inexhaustible readiness of reply; Mil 3,10 (mivego viya thnuppattikapatibhno bhaveyyam patibhno ti). khayita, mfn., pp o/khinoti qv. khara1, mfn. and m. [ts], \.(mfn.) harsh, rough; hard, solid; sharp, keen; fierce; Abh 711 (candam uggam -am bhave); 967 (duphasse tikhine ... -o); Vin I 195,37 (Avantidakkhinpathe bhante kanhuttar bhmi - gokantakahat); D II 99,3 (bhagavato ... -o bdho uppajji; Sv 546,3i: -oti pharuso); III 86,16 (tesarn sattnam -ttam c' eva kyasmim okkami); SI 27,17 (bhus sudam bhagavato vedan vattanti sririk vedandukkh tibb- katuk ast amanp); A I 54,6 (na dighattya -ttya vlattya samvattissati; Mp II 101,16: kharavcappavattanatthya); Sn472 (bhavsav yassa vaci ~ ca vidhpit); JaV 367,6* (~ ca bandhan c'et; 367,29: kodhdihi thaddhabhvena -); VI 250,13* (- khrodik tatta dugg Vetarani nadl; 250,15': - ti pharus); Cp 2:10:4 (bhojaputt - ludd akrun); Mil 26,28 (- sakkharakathalavlik); Vism 105,26 (-ena saddena); Sp 137,32 (pdanakhasikh ca mukhatundakarn ca -am hoti); 511,n (tasm uppakk c'eva hoti -na aggin pakkasarir; ^ SpkII 221,21: unhena aggin); Sadd 604,27 foil, (yam pana -am hoti thaddham, tarn -an ti vuccati, ime pana vann... atisukhumagambhirasanketesu parivattamn pi -ttam thaddhabhvam na gacchanti... tasm akkhar ti vuccanti); 2. (m.) a donkey; Abh 502 (gadrabho tu -o vutto); 967; Ja III278,17* (tvam ca kho samma blo si -putta vijnahi; 278,22': -putt ti so kira gadrabhassa jtako); Nidd I 88,6 (-am passati kharaynam passati); kharo in eds at Ja VI 548,30* (brah -o) is perhaps wr; L.Alsdorf, 1957, would redid brahkaro; jina, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) a rough animal-skin; MI 343,32 (-am nivsetv); Sn 249 (na naggiyam mundiyam jat jallam -ni v); Ja VI 500,6*; 2. (mfn.) wearing a rough animal-skin; Ja HI 236,4* (- jatil pankadant; 236,8': ~ ti kharehi ajinehi samanngat); VI 194,9* (-0 jati); odik in Ee at Ja VI 250,13* is wr for khrodik (Be, Ce so); -gata, kharigata, mfn., hard, solid; MI 185,16 (katam... ajjhattik pathavldhtu, yam aijhattam paccattam kakkhalam kharigatam updinnam ...; Ps II 222,28: kharigatan ti pharusam); Dhs 962 (yam kakkhalam kharagatam); -tara, mfn., compar., stronger, fiercer; -am, adv., more strongly; Ja IV 407,10 (-am paribhvetv upanmesi) = Cp-a69,io; Dhp-a III 297,16 (- vedan); -danda, mfn. [cf S. kharadanda, n., "rough-skinned", the lotus], having a rough stalk;

755

Niddl 203,i (kantako vuccati ~o; Nidd-al 312, n: -o ti kharapattadando pharusadando); -dhota, mfn., cleaned or polished with a rough or hard (stone); Ja III 282,13* (akakkasam apharusam -am ... scim; 282,16': kharena psnena dhotatt -am); -patta, m [cfS. kharapatra], a kind of plant; JaV 204,8* (imam vanam puthum sujtam ~-sannibham; 207, r: padumamakulasannibham); Sp 696,5 (suvannam nu kho -am nu kho ti); Vin-vn472 (--rnay mala); Thp248,i2 (--rnaye); -mandka, m. a kind of (roughskinned? harsh-toned 1) frog; Sp 1029,13 (yassa -eva mukhanimittam yeva mahantam hoti); see also kharankamukhamandka; -mukha, n., a kind of conch; Ja VI 580,28* (-ni dhammantu, Ce so; Be dhamentu; Ee, Se dhamantu; 581,7': -ni smuddikamahsankh); -mucchita, -mucchana, mfn., tuned to a sharp pitch, to a harsh tone; Sp 1081,22 (accyat ti ati-yat ~) ^ Mp III 390,6 (-mucchan); -sudh,/, rough or hard plaster; Mhv29:8 (itthak attharpesi mattikopari issaro tassopari -am); -ssara, mfn. [khara + sara5], harsh-toned; making a harsh sound; SII 128,6 (~ena panavena); Ja I 355,9* (-am dendimam vdayanto); III 59, M (-ena panavena ghtanam neti); Ud-a219,2o (-narn pakkhi-dinam saddasavanena vypdavitakko); akkhara2, mfn., not hard, not stiff; Sadd604,26 (ken' atthena akkhar, akkhayatthena - ' -atthena ca). khara2, m. [BHS ksara], a tool for cutting ivory, a saw; Abh 528; 967 (kakace -o); Ja II 230,16* (so yam [kmo] appatisandhiko - chinnam va rerukam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -chinnam va renukam; 230,22': -o vuccati kakaco, rerukam vuccati hatthidanto, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se renukam); V 52,i* (-am gahetv dante ime chinda, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khurarn, prob, wr; 52,9" ~an tikakacam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khuran ti); VI261,15* (acchecchi kankham vicikicchitni cundo yath ngadantam -ena; 261,22' foil.: yath dantakro kakacena hatthidantam chindeyya evam chindi ti). kharaka{hne in Ee at Pv-a 265, ig is prob, wr for kharakathine {Be, Ce, Se so). kharakamukhamandka, m. [?], a kind of frog; Sp259,8 (- nma honti tesam mukhasanthnam mahantam chiddam appakam, Ce so; Ee barankamukha-; Se kharakamukh-; Be patangamukha-); see also kharamandka .y v khara'. kharana, n. [S. ksarana], flowing; perishing; pouring out; Sadd 428,16 (khara khaye: kharati -am); Dhtup 377 (sica -e); Dhtum 219 (sda -e); see also khalana2. kharati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ksarati], flows (away); perishes; pours out; Dhtup 251 (khara vinse); Dhtum 358 (khara sekanse); Sadd 428,16foil, (khara khaye: ~ati kharanam, na kkharanti na khiyantl ti akkharni, na kkharanti na nassanti ti nakkhattni ti porn); caus. absol. khretv [cf S. ksrayati], soaking, treating (with a caustic substance 1); Spkll 316,31 (sammadditv ti temetv -etv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khdetv; adS III 131,s/o//.: vattham ... Ose v khre v gomaye v sammadditv). kharabha, m. [= karabha^v?] a camel;! Sadd94,23*

(bhujago - o sarabho). khala1, m.n. [ts], a threshing-floor; an uncovered enclosure for storing grain; threshing; threshed grain; a heap; Abh 454 (-0 ca dhannakaranam); 927 (-am ca dhannakarane); Ja VI 297,11* (-am slam pasum khettam gant c' assa abhikkhanam); Vism 120,31 (manuss vihramajjhe yeva -am katv dhannam maddanti); Sv 303,6 (s ... -am sodhetv laddhadhanfiena tarn salkam adsi); Spklll 99,3 (manuss kira gonehi -am maddpetv); Vin-vn 662 (-e v rakkhati thatv -ato pi tato puna niharpeti v vihim); Sadd 436,25 (-an ti vihithapanoksabhtam bhmimandalam); ifc see ekamamsa-; '-agga, n. [khala + agga1], the firstfruits, first products of the threshing; Sv 588,17 (... -am khalabhandaggam kotthaggan ti evam ekasasse navavre aggadnam adsi) = Dhp-al 98,I; Dhp-aIV 98.6 (khalakle -am nma deti); -bhanda, ., threshed grain; a tub for storing the threshed grain; ? Ps III 288,11 (so kira janapado niccasasso sad bijabhandam nikkhamati -am pavisati); '-agga,., the first-fruits from the grain tub; 7 Sv 588,17 (--aggam kotthaggan ti, Be, Ceso; Ee, Se bhandaggam) = Dhp-a I 98,16 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se bhandaggam); Dhp-a IV 98.7 (~-kle -'-aggam nma deti ukkhalikle kumbhaggam nma deti...); -mandala, n.y a circular threshing-floor; Jail 341,24 (kakkatako mah ahosi ~-ppamno); VI 468,2 (-am viya ca samam katv); Vism 123,20 (kasitatthne v -e v nimittam uppajjati); Dhp-a I 266,12 (--mattam thnarn ramaniyam aksi); see also khaleyavam. khala2, m. [cf S. khala], a paste; sediment; Abh 927 (kakke nice -0). khala3, m. [ts], a mischievous or villainous man; a scoundrel; Abh 927 (nice -0); Sadd 436,23 (-0 ti dujjano asdhu asappuriso ppajano); -vnija, m., a dishonest merchant; Pv-a 193,27 (ktavnijo ti -0 vancanya vanijjakrako ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee blavnijo). khalaAkapda in Ce, Ee at Ja VI 3,5 is prob, wr for balankapda qv. khalati1, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup khalati, Wg 15:38], shakes; gathers; Dhtup 260 (khala... kampane); Dhtum 375 (khala sancalane); 854 (khala soce sancaye); Sadd 436,23 (khalu calane: -ati khalo); 436,25 foil, (khala sancinane: -ati khalam ... tarn hi -anti sancinanti rsikaronti ettha dhaniini ti khalan ti vuccati). khalati 2 ,pr. 3 sg. [BHSid.; S. skhalati], stumbles, trips; stammers, falters; blunders, errs; Ja VI 299,7* (yatiY eva -ati bhmy bhmiy va patitthati, Ce so; Be bhumy yeva; Ee bhumy va patititthati; Se -ati bhmiy bhmy yeva...; 299,\vfoil: -ati ti pakkhalati... bhmiyam -itv tatth' eva patitthitapuriso viya tumhesu -itv tumhesu yeva patitthahmi); aor. 2 sg. khali, Sv 144,1 (tta m -1 ti); Mp II 28,3 (Makkhali ti m -1 ti vacanam updya evamladdhanmo titthakaro); absol. khalitv, SI 176,2i* (dandassa nubhvena-itv patititthati); Th45 (yath pi bhaddo janno -itv patititthati); Mil 187,12 (puriso ... kathale v visame v bhmibhge -itv patati); Sv 144,2 (pamdena -itv patitv); pp khalita1, mfn.

756

and n. [S. skhalita], 1. (mfn.) (i) (act.) stumbling; going wrong; stammering, faltering; who has erred, gone wrong; Thi 261 (madhuram nikjitam tarn jarya -am tahim tahim; Thi-a 201,23/0//.: tarn nikjitam lpam -am tahim tahin ti khandadantdibhvena tattha tattna pakkhalitam jtam); Ja IV 206,11* (evam pi mam tvam -am sapanna ...; 206, \v foil.: aham p i . . . tumhesu ~o, tvam mam -am viditv...); 293,12* (cuta pi eke ~ sakammun mittnukampya patitthahanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khalitassakammun, prob, wr); 313,28* (es patitth -assa brahme; 313,31': ajja mama -assa aparaddhassa patitth hotu); VI 375,1* (dukkhena phutth - pi sant, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce khalitatt; 375,3': - pi ti sampattito khalitv vipattiyam thitasabhv hutv pi..., Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khalitatt ti); Niddl 300,3 (pariyodtamaggam viraddh aparaddh ~); Mil 187,31 (evam jinassanavare ~o panmiyati); SpkII 96,11 (satt imasmim paccaykre ~ kul vykul honti); (ii) (pass. n. impers.) it was wrongly done; there was blundering; Niddl 312,8 (aparaddham may -am may); 2. (n.) blunder, error; stumbling; stammering; Abh 1108; VinV 149, io* (aparaddham viraddham ca -am yam ca dukkatam; Sp 1352,26: ariyavattapatipadam anrlhatt -am); A I 198,23 (panhamputtho samno ... na -am ganhti; Mp II 311,33/o//.: appamattakam mukhadosamattam ganhti, akkhare v pade v vyanjane v durutte evam nm' etam vattabbam... ti ujjhyamno vicarati); Jal 78,14 (otrpekkho pi imassa kinci -am nddasam); Ap312,i4 (-am pi na jnmi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee calitam mam); 585,1 (-am ce mamam tayi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr tavam mayi); Mil 408,28 (paresam aparaddham -am paticchdetabbam na vivaritabbam); Vism 312,36* (etuY antare -am n' atthi); Spk I 65,34 (puna evarpassa apardhassa dosassa -assa akaranatthya); Sadd640,n (bhagavato pvacane -am n' atthi); neg. akhalita, mfn., free from stumbling, from error; Thi 512 (asambdham akhalitam abhavam; Thi-a 266,28: khalitasarikhtnam duccaritnam abhvena akhalitam). khalana1, n. [S. skhalana], stumbling; mistake, error; -pakkhalana, n., stumbling and faltering; mistake and error; Ps II 346,32 (kammatthne -am chindantassa); 347,i3 (samipe valli-diniharanam viya kammatthne cchedanam). khalana 2 , n. [for kharana ?], pouring out; ? Dhtum 634 (sanja sarige khalane). khalayati, pr. 3 sg. [from khala1 or khala2 ? cf S. khalrjkr], thrashes; crushes; (or throws out; ?) Ja IV 205,13* (imassa dandam ca vadham ca datv gale gahetv -tha jammam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se balaytha; 205,22': -tha khalikram ppetv niddhamatha, Ee so; Ce khalikram; Be khalikrattam ppetv; Se balakrattam) = 382,16* (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se galaytha); 382,25 (gale gahetv etam jammam -tha ito mharath ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se galaytha). khali, / [cf S. khali, S. lex. khali], oil-paste; oilcake; ? Sp 325,11 (sace -iy thaddhastako mafice v pithe v patthato ..., Se so; Be, Ce, Ee baddhastako); Ps IV 2,12 (glhpalepanen ti bahalpalepanena punappunam visaranjitena, na pana -iy littena viya); Vibh-a469,u (~iy

thaddhastakassa viya cittassa thaddhat ettha kathit, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee baddhastakassa); ifc see koliya(^vkoliya3), pittha-; -thaddha, -baddha,m/., stiffened with oil-paste; ? Ja III 42,17 (mahpathavl stako viyaphalit, Se so; Be, Ce khalibaddha-; Ee wr balithaddha-); Sp324,n (-am stakam, Se so; Be, Ce -baddham; Ee khalitathaddham); -makkhitastaka, m., a robe smeared or rubbed with oil-paste; Sp 1108,6 (-0 pi na vattati; S p - t ^ I I I 335,16: -o ti ahatavattham sandhya vuttam); -sataka, m., a robe treated with oil-paste; ? Ps IV 234,7 (aparo pi puttassa daharabhikkhuno -amdento) = Mp II 230,29 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr bali-); see also karijipitthakhali-allika sv kanji. khalik, / , (gaming on) a dicing-circle, a dicing board; VinUI 180,23 (santikya pi kilanti -ya pi kilanti; Sp62\,6foil.: jtaphalake psakakilya kilanti); D I 6,25 (santikam -am...; Sv85,26: -an ti jtakhalike psakakilanam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se jtaphalake); Niddl 379,8 (-ya pi kilanti). khalita 1 , mfn., pp o/khalati2 qv. khalita 2 , mfn. [cf S. khalati], with thinning hair, balding; Thi 255 (tarn jarya -am siram katam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khalati; Thi-a200,38: tarn tath sobhitam siram idni jarya -am khanditkhanditam vilnakesam katam); Ja 1247,12 (eko -vaddhaki, Be so; Ce palita-; Ee phalita-; Se khallta-); -sira(s), -m-sira(s), m/h., with a balding or bald head; MI 88,18 (bhaginirn passeyya ... khandadantim palitakesam vilnam -am, Be, Ee so; Ce khalitamsiram; Se khallitasiram) ^ III 180,16 (Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khalitamsiram) = A I 138,27 (Se so; Ce, Ee khalitamsiro; Be khallitasiram; Mp II 228,29: mahkhalltasisam) * Nidd I 121,1 (Be, Se ~o; Ce khalitamsiro; Ee wr khlitasiro). khalikra, m. [ts], ill-treatment; crushing; JaV 205,22 (imam ca jammam gale gahetv khalaytha -am ppetv niddhamatha, Ee so; Ce khalikram; Be khalikrattam; Se wr balikrattam). khalina, m.n. [ts], the bit of a bridle; Abh 370 (mukhdhnam ~o v); Ps III 158,6 (mukhdhne kranam kreri ti -bandhdihi mukhathapane sdhukam givam pagganhpetum kranam kreti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khali-). khalu^zW. [ts], (a particle of emphasis, stressing the preceding word; signifying a report, something heard; sometimes merely expletive; occasionally expressing prohibition:) indeed, truly; so they say, as I have heard; Abh 1195 (nisedhe vkylarikrvadhranapasiddhisu khalv ...); Vin III 1,9 (assosi kho Veranjo brhmano samano khalu bho Gotamo ... Veranjyam viharati; Sp 11 \,20foil.: khal ti anussavatthe nipto... ettha samano kira bho Gotamagotto ti evamattho datthabbo); D I 115,4 (samano khalu bho Gotamo ubhatosujto ...); MI 175,26 (ulrya khalu bhavarn Vacchyano samanam Gotamam pasamsya pasamsati ti); S IV 341,3 (samano khalu bho Gotamo myvi ti); Thi 50 (tato cittam samdhemi khalu tya vanam gat; Thi-a51,i: khal ti avadhranatthe nipto); Ja IV 177,19* (dasa khalu imni thnni yni

757

pubbe akaritv sa pacch-m-anutappati); V 370,25* (te disv punnasankse ubho lakkhannasammate khalu sannamno rj ...; 370,29': khalti nipto, tassa te khalu disv ti purimapadena sambandho); Ud-a 358,27 (na khalu tato param, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se omit khalu); Mhv7:17 (imya khalu bhacc me gahit n ti cintiya); Sadd 892,i fall, (khalu iti anussavatthe p i . . . khalu iti katthaci patisedhvadhranesu pi, tattha patisedhe na pacchbhattiko khalupacchbhattiko, avadhrane sdhu khalu payaso pnam Yannadattena, ettha hi sdhu khal ti sdhu ev ti attho); -pacchbhatti(n), m(fn)., one who refuses further food; Th 850 (~i statiko); -pacchbhattika, m(fn). [BHS khalupaScdbhaktika], one who refuses further food; VinV 131,i7(panca ~); A III 220,6 (pane' ime... ~); Niddl 231,6; Vism61,s (khal ti patisedhanatthe nipto, pavritena sat pacch laddham bhattam pacchbhattam nma ... pacchbhattam silam ass ti pacchbhattiko, na pacchbhattiko ~o, samdnavasena patikkhitttirittabhojanass' etam nmam); 71,4 (tena pana -na pavretv puna bhojanam kappiyam kretv na bhiinjitabbam); '-anga, n. [anga2], the practice of refusing further food (one of the 13 dhutengas); Niddl 66,23; Mil359,20; Vism71,3 (atirittabhojanam patikkhipmi, ~'-angam samdiymi ti); 82,33 (bhikkhuninam pana arannikangam ~' -angarn ca dve pi sikkhpaden' eva patikkhittni); see also khu1, kho. khalu2, m. [?], a kind of bird; Vism61,7 (atthakathyam pana vuttam ~ ti eko sakuno, so mukhena phalam gahetv tasmim patite puna anfiam na khdati, tdiso ayan ti khalupacchbhattiko) quoted in part Sadd 893,1. khalunka, khalunka, m. [AMg khalumka; cf BHS khatuka, khatunka], a kind of inferior horse (not a thorough-bred); a colt; an unruly, unmanageable horse or person; Abh 370 (ghotako tu ~o); Th976 (te... ndiyissant' upajjhye ~o viya srathim; Th-aIH 89,n: yath ~o dutthasso assadamakam ndiyati); Ja I 184,14 (annataram valavam -am nahpesum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khalunkassam); VI 452,4* (dugganho hi tay rj ~en' eva sindhavo; 452,10'foil.: ghotakarn rulhena javasampannam jniyam ruyha gacchanto viya gahetum na sakkoti ti); Sadd 417,27* (assapoto kisoro ti ~o ti pi vuccati); ifc see assa- (jvassa 3 ), purisa-; '-assa, m. [khalunka + assa3], an inferior or unmanageable horse; Ja I 180,5'(valavoti sindhavakule ajto ~o); Sadd 417,26* (ghotako tu ~o valavo ti ca vuccati); khalukajjhyati, pr. 3 sg., thinks like a second-rate horse; Pet 152,2 (khalunkajjhne ~ati, so read with fJnamoli, 1979, p. 206 ? or read khalunkajjhyitarn jhyati; ? Be kalankajhnena kaiankam jhyati; Ce kalankajhno kaiankam jhyati; Ee kalankajhne kalankajhyari); khalunkajhyi(n), rnfii., thinking, brooding like a second-rate horse; Pet 152,19 (yni ~ino padni, so read ? eds kalankajhyino; cf next); khalunkajjhyita, ., the thoughts, preoccupations of a second-rate horse; A V 323,5 (jniyajjhyitam ... jhyatha, m ~am). khajeti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. khandayati, S. Dhtup khdayati, Wg 32:44], breaks; Sadd 569,8 (khala bhede: ~eti ~ayati).

khaleyavam, ind. [loc. o/khala 1 + yava; ts], at the time when barley is on the threshing-floor, at the barleythreshing time; Sadd 750,7; 778,15 (khale yavarn asmim kale ~arn ice di). khalopi, see sv kalopi. khalla, m. [S. lex. id.]y leather; -baddha, mfn., bound with leather (at the heel); Pv-a 127,9 (uphanan ti-'-dibhedam uphanam). khallaka, m. (or n.) [khalla + ka2; BHS id.; cf AMg khallaga], (probably) leather; Vin I 186,9 (chabbaggiy bhikkh -baddh uphanyo dhrenti; Sp 1084,6^0//.: panhipidhnattham tale -am bandhitv kat). khallta, mfn. [S. khalvta], balding, bald; Abh 321 (nikkesasiso -0); Jal 247,12 (eko -vaddhakI, Se so; Be khalita-; Ce palita-; Ee phalita-); Ps II 60,27 (vilnan ti luncitv gahitakesam viya ~am) = Mp II 228,28: -sisa, ., a bald head; Dhp-al 309,2 (~e kadambapuppham viya ca katthaci na santhahati). khalltiya, mfn. (or n.). [from khalltaqv], bald; (or baldness;?); -peti,/, a bald peti; Pv-a46,2o (annataram -im rabbha vuttam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khaltiyapetim). khavati, khoti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khavate, Wg 22:58], sounds; Sadd327,i8 (khu sadde: khoti ~ati); 467,25 (khoti). -Jkhas, [S. Dhtup khasati, Wg 17:35], to hurt, to injure; Dhtum 477 (khasa jhasa himsyam). khnu (occasionally written khnu), m.n. [BHS, AMg khnu; < *skhnu, cfS. sthnu and K.R. Norman, 1986, p. 391], 1. a stump (of a tree); a trunk; Abh 549; Vin I 188,15 (bhikkh... andhakre ~um pi kantakam pi akkamanti); SI 127,n* (-um va urassajja); JaIV 93,5* (-um pdena ghatteti; 93,7': ~un ti tattha tattha patitam rukkhakalingaram); 483,25* (skhhi rukkho labhate samannam pahinaskham pana~um hu); Ap 270,3 (~um v kantakam v pi nham passmi cakkhun); Sp 359,10 (rukkhe v ~umhi v); 466,27 (~un v bhijjeyya); Ps I 145,15 (ayam mahallakatthero bhagavato purato ~u viya nisidati); ifc see jhma-, harita-; 2. a stake; a post; ifc see loha-, vati-; -korakla, m. [khnu + kora1], the time when there are (merely) buds on a trunk; ? Ja II 265,19 (~e kimsukam dassesi ... kimsuko nma kidiso ti... seyyathpi jhmathno ti, Ee so, perhaps wr; Ce khnukoraka-; Be, Se khnukakle; cf Spk III 58,7: kidiso pana bho kimsuko ti, jhpitagme thitajhmathno viy ti... tena hi ditthakle kimsuko patitapatto khnukakle ditthatt tdiso va ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee patitapattakhnukle); -ghta, m(fn). [cf S. sthnuccheda], (one) who destroys stumps, who clears away timber; Ja IV 362,27* (sam rja te pi vuecanti brhman; 366,8' fall.: malinasariratya jhmakhettakhnughtehi bhmim khanitv jhmakhnuka-uddharanakamanussehi samn, agahetv na gamissm ti niccalabhvena thitatta nikhanitv thapitavatikhn viy ti pi attho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se jhmakhette khnughtakehi... thapitavatikhnuk viy ti pi...); -ma(t),ffj/n., containing stumps;? Sadd 145,17* (-m bhanum); see also avihatakhnuka sv vihanati. khanuka (and, sometimes, khnuka), m. [khnu + ka2], a

758

stump; a stake, a post; Jail 18,15 (hatthi khadirakhnukam akkami, tasso so ~o pdam vijjhi, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khnuko); 154,13 (luddo kacchapam pasibbake pakkhipitv ekasmim ~e laggesi); V47,6 (vajiraggena lohadandena pabbatam vijjhitv -am kottetv); Mil 187,11 (mle v ~e v psne v ... khalitv patati); Vism 381,3 (~o ayan ti mannamn); Sp 1207,16 (udake cattro ~e nikkhanitv, Be, Ce, Seso\ isekhnuke); Spkl 90,19 (silatthambho viya ~o viya ca thaddho hutv titthati); II 212,3 (ass cattro pde catusu ~esu bandhitv); III 58,7 (kidiso pana bho kimsuko ti, jhpitagme thitajhmathno viy ti... tena hi ditthakle kimsuko patitapatto -kle ditthatt tdiso va ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee patitapattakhnukle); Ud-a421,i9 (idha psno v ~o v atthl ti jnanti); As 367,14 (civaram prupitum asakkonto vtassa kuppati upakkhalitv ~assa kuppati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khnukassa); ifc see aya- sv aya(s). khta1, mfn., pp 0/khanati 2 qv. khta2, mfn., pp ofkhdati qv. khtaka, n. [khta' + ka2], a pond; ifc see deva-. khti, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khyti, Wg 24:52], teils, declares; Dhtup 355 (kh khy kathane); Dhtum 581; Sadd326,17 (khpakathane khy ca: ... ~ti sankhti; pass. pr. 3 sg. khyati3, ~ate [S. khyyate], Dhtup 391 (kh paksane); Dhtum625; \.is known, is named; Ja VI 359,io* (gahg samuddam patipajjamn na ~ate; 359, \5f0ll.: na pannyati samuddo t' eva nmam labhati); Sadd 467,15 (~ati tipadassa khdati ti v pannyati ti v attho bhavati); 2. is seen; appears, seems; D II 133,29 (tarn bhagavato kyam upanmitam vitaccikam viya ~ati); SHI 140,29 (tassa tarn passato... rittakam yeva -eyya); AIV 230,26 (evam eva te pamsuklacivaram ~issati); Th 1001 (vlaggamattam ppassa abbhmattam va ~ati) = Ja III 309,11* (309,17': mahmeghapamnam hutv upatthti); Ja I 279,6 (ayam psno idni uccataro ~ati, kirn nu kranan ti); IV 359,7* (sunfiam va me Nrada ~ate dis); Ap3,24 (pokkharafino ... sovannarp ~antu padumarenurajuggat); Mpl 317,2 (bhante janapadakalyni im acchar upanidhya ... makkati viya ~afi ti); Ud-a313,n (paresam cirataram pabbajito viya ~ati); part.pr. khyamna, mfn., Ja IV 140,27 (veluvanam viya ca ~amnam... samuddam); Sv 209,23 (nndissu -amnsu sitena vtena vijiyamnassa, Be, Se so; Ee vyamnsu; Ce vyamnasusitena vtena) = Nidd-a I 98,6 (Be, Ee, Se so; Ce vyamnasusitena); Pv-a251,n; aor. 3 sg. (a)khyi, Dhp-al 177,22 (so setthino akkhimhi kantako viya ~i); (b) khyittha, Jal 232,18 (s ... avlcimahnirayo viya -ittha); 3pl. khyimsu, Jal 61,29 (tayo bhav dittagehasadis viya ~imsu); Pj II 16,11; see also Vkhy, khyta. khda, m. or mfn. [cf S. khda; or perhaps for pp of khdati qv], eating; eaten; Ap 394,17 (-mattamhi bhesajje vydhi passambhi tvade, Be, Ee so; Ce katamattamhi; Se katamattamhi bhesajjam). khdaka, m/(khdikl)n. andm. [S. khdaka, m.], eating; an eater; Ja IV 307,25 (etesam thenetv '-am ntum vattati); Vism 479,12 (pancupdnakkhandh ... ~ato ... datthabb); ifc see ajik-, kunapa-, pasayha-, mamsalohita-, manussa-, lafica-, loha-; -pnaka, m., a

biting insect; Pv-a44,30 (kitak bhavanti ti v ptho, vannni bhavanti ti attho); -yakkha, w., a yakkha who is a devourer of...; Ja II 16,24 (ayam so patijiv ti abhanantnam ~o bhavissati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khdanayakkho, prob. wr). khdakranam in Ee at Pv-a 37,12 is prob, wr; Be, Ce, Se puttamamsakhdanakranam. khdati, khyati2 (and khajjati2 ?), pr. 3 sg. [S. khdati; BHS also khyati], 1. chews; eats; devours, preys upon; bites, hurts; grinds, makes chatter (teeth); Dhtup 155 (khda bhakkhane); Dhtum 226; Sadd 375,7 (khda bhakkhane: ~ati); Vin II 138,4 (chabbaggiy bhikkh dighni dantakatthni -anti); III 73,32 (sattham v haravisamv ~a); DU 147,11 (asntha pivatha ~ath ti); IH6,io (acelo Korakkhattiyo kukkuravatiko ... mukhen' eva ~ati mukhen' eva bhunjati); MI 306,11 (etam mluvbijam moro v gileyya mago v ~eyya); S I 127,15 (girim nakhena khanatha ayo dantehi ~atha); II 99,15 (ye kuddanissit pn te nam ~eyyum); A IV 97,15* (visam -anti mucchit); Dhp240 (ayas va malam samutthitam tad utthya tarn eva ~ati); Sn201 (~anti nam supn ca sigl ca vak kimi); Pv 24:10 (tato te kannamundo ca sunakho anga-m-angni ~ati); 34:3 (pitthimamsni attano smam ukkacca ~asi); 40:8 (~assu yvadattham); Ja II 16,15* (m mam pisc -antu); 128,4 (imam ygum pivatha, bhattam bhunjatha, khdaniyam ~ath ti); 223,14* (uphan ... tass' eva pde purisassa ~are; 223,22*. vanam karont pde ~anti); III 477,22* (yad nissenim ruyha candam ~eyyum msik); IV 223,6* (mitam - mitam bhuiije); 262,15* (mig dhahnni -anti); 380,13* (annam tavedam pakatam yasassi tarn khajjare bhunjare piyyare ca; or pass. ? 380,17': tam~anti c* evabhunjanti ca pivanti ca, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se tarn khajjanti c' eva bhunjanti ca pivanti ca; cf"Dhtum 93: khajja bhakkhane); V 24,5* (~issam pacch; 24,9': ~issan ti etam pacch ~issmi); 488,14* (~hi v mam samma porisda); Niddl 485,2 (te bhikkhum maddeyyum ~eyyum himseyyum, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khadeyyum); Ap 300,24 (yavarn ~atha bhunjatha); Cp 1:7:3 (nham pivmi~mi na pi bhunjmi bhojanam); Kv 166,35 (ye keci asanti pivanti ~anti syanti, Be, Se so; Ee khyanti); Mil 67,15 (moriniyo pi kapotiniyo pi kinnu t kakkhalni psnni sakkharyo ca ~antl ti); Mp I 413,19 (mayham sasuro imasmim attabhve punfiam na karoti pornakam punfiam ~ati ti); Mhv 36:86 (m ~a iti so bravi); Sadd 327,19 (khe khdanasattsu: khyati undur khyanti); 467,15 (khyati ti padassa ~ati ti... attho bhavati); khdati ti in Ee at JaV 139,2' is wr for bdhatiti (Be, Ce, Se so); part.pr. (a) khda(t), mfn., VinIII 72,2i (asappyni ca khdaniyni ~ato); JaV 255,13* (~am ngassa mamsni); Sp 381,16 (~ato anpatti); (b)khdanta, m/(~anti)., Vin II 138,10 (-antassa); Sil 98,2i (~ant); Jal 61,23 (ekacc dante -antiyo ekacc kkacchantiyo); III73,13 (sitapilito dante -anto); Vism 560,19 (tesam hi... -antnam pi pivantnam pi); Ps III 84,7 (bodhisatto dantakattham -anto); Sadd 870,io; neg. akhdanta,m/(-anti)., JaV 19,2r (t tinam akhdantiyo); Pj II 282,22 (parakunapam akhdanto sundaram aksi); Sadd 594,1 (akhdantam ~am v khdhi ti); (c) khdamna, mfn., Pv 40:6; Thi 312 (petni

759

bhotiputtni -amn tuvam pure; Thi-a219,i9: -amn ti lokavohravasena khumsanavacanam etam, loke hi yass itthiyjtajt putt maranti tarn garahant puttakhdini ti dim vadanti; perhaps for *khdemn, "exposing"; seeK.R. Norman, 1971, pp. 127-28); Ja V 70,16* (skh skham vicaranto -amno dumapphalam); Vism 665,4 (manussamamsam -amnam disv); Spkl 211,19; Sadd870,io; neg. akhdamna, mfn., Ps II 292,34; (d)khdna, mfn., Sadd870,n; 2 . consumes (goods or money); preys upon, plunders', AIV 283,4 (udumbarakhdikam vyam kulaputto bhoge ~ati ti); Ja II 186.24 (senpati ... vinicchayam karonto lancam -ati parapitthimamsiko); V 102,23* (rattimhi cor ~anti diva -anti tundiy; 103,2': -anti ti vilumpanti, tundiy ti vadhabandhandihi piletv adhammabalisdhak); part.pr. khdanta, mfn., Spk III 33,3 (atthi me kulasantakam dhanam, kappati nu kho tarn -antena jivitun ti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee -itv); aor. 3 sg. (a) akhdi, Ja III 539,1*; V203,26*; (b)khdi, VinI278,n; Sil 270,28; Pv40:9; Ja V 463,1; 2 sg. khdi, Ja III 540,6 (tvam ete mretv -I ti); V 462,n (m manussamamsam ~i ti); 1 sg. khdim, VinI 353,B; Th284; Ud-a307,29 (ktavnijo hutv paresam santakam vancetv ~im); 3 pi. (a)khdimsu, VinI 353,M; Ja II 129,23; Pv-a 20,32; (b) akhdisum, Ja III 100,24* (yvad ev' ass' ah kifici tvad eva akhdisum sangamma kulal loke, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akhdisu; 101,2': kulal samgantv -imsu, Ee so; Be akhdimsu; Ce, Se akhdisum); inf. khditum, khyitum, Ja V 488,23* (na hyate -itum mayham pacch, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khditam; 488,27': ~itun ti khdanam, tava khdanam mayham pacch v pure v na parihyati, pacch pi hi tvam may khditabbo va); VI554,15* (yakkho brhmanavannena -itum tta neti no); Mil 275,14 (ayam kho tta yakkho -itum neti amhe ti); Sp 778,17 (yasm na sakk mancapitham sahas upacikhi -itum, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khyitum); Dhp-aIV 226,8 (sakk imam nissya lokam ~itun ti); absol. (a)khditv, Vin II 140,24; Pv 29:2; Thi 313 (sabbni -itv sattaputtni brhmani; perhaps for *khdetv, see K.R. Norman, 1971, pp. 127-28); Ja I 80,15 (satth tarn dantakattham -itv); Vism 27,15 (kim tattha ucchu madhuran ti, ~itv bhante jnitabbanti); It-all 113,6 (ranfio santakam -itv); neg. akhditv, JaV 35,19; (b)khdiy, JaV 464,6* (parikkhinya parisya attnam -iy mato; 464,16': attano nangutthakhandam annamacchasannya -itv mato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee pacch attnam -itv mato); (c) khdiyna, JaV 24,4* (tarn ~iyna pasadam jighannam khdissam pacch, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khdiynam; 24,rfoil.: tarn pathamam -itv); Sadd 857,1; pass. pr. 3 sg. (a) khajjati3, is eaten; is bitten; is consumed; Vin I 286.25 (tinasanthrako upacikhi ~ati); SHI SI,25foil. (aham kho etarahi rpena -ami, atitam p' aham addhnam evam eva rpena ~im ... angatam p' aham addhnam evam eva rpena ~eyyam); A I 68,5 (kmavitakkehi -an); Pv 15:9 (kena ~asi kacchuy); 40:2 (hannmi -mi ca; Pv-a 259,24: -ami ti khdiymi, asipattasanthnasadisehi nisitehi khdantehi viya ucchupattehi kantiymi ti attho); Ja II 78,7* (atthi rukkhassa acchinnam -atam yeva tindukam, Ce, Ee so; Be khajjathanneva; Se -a tarn yeva;

78,i r: tindukaphalam -atu yeva tumhe hi yvatakena vo attho atthi tattakam khdatha, Ce, Ee so; Be khajjathanneva; Se -atha yeva tumhe); V107,i*/o//. (evam -atu Panclo hato yuddhe saputtako yathham ajja -ami gmakehi arannajo); 198,3* (svyam vano -ati kanduvyati); Vism 706,10 (m undrdihi -at ti); Spk I 116,15 (susne chaddit nnsakundihi -anti); Sadd 375,13 (jtijarvydhidukkhdihi -anti ti khandh); part.pr. (a)khajjanta, m/(~anti)., Th315 (addasam itthim... apaviddham susnasmim -antim kimihi phutam); Ja III 177,2 (so pulavehi -anto); VI 59,18* (disvna lokavattantam -antam; 59,23': kilesehi -antam); Ap 583,H (kkdikehi -ante pane disvna samviji); (b)khajjamana, mfn., D i l 295,22 (sariram... kkehi v -amnam); MI 506,7 (kutthi puriso arugatto pakkagatto kimihi -amno); Pv 13:5 (khudya tanhya ca -amn); Ja VI 246,27* (tarn -amnam niraye vasantam); Spk II 330,29 (nvya mahsamuddodakena -amnnarn bandhannam tanubhvo viya); aor. 1 sg. khajjim, SHI 87,26; pass. pr. 3sg. (b)khdiyati, Pv-a259,25 (khajjmi ti khdiymi); part.pr. khdiyamna, mfn., JaV 463,5; Sp 824,23; Pv-a 69,27 (kLijjamn ti khdiyamna); neg. akhdiyamna, mfn., Ja IV 92,16; pp (a) khdita, mfn. [ts], eaten; chewed; consumed; Abh 757; VinI 278,12 (tassa tarn upaddhmalakam -amtatth' eva nicchresi, Be, Se so; Ce khyitam; Ee wr khdayitam); Vv 30:5 (na cchadditam no pana -am may); Thi 314 (bahni me puttasatni... -ni atitamse; Thl-a219,2o/o//.: yassa itthiy jtajt putt maranti tarn garahant puttakhdani ti dim vadanti... -ni v vyagghadipibilrdijtiyo sandhy' evam ha; perhaps caus.; see K.R.Norman, 1971, pp. 127-28); Ja I 176,15 (rathacammassa kukkurehi tt); V 16,n* (atho siglehi pi -se); Sv 748,6 (evam pancadasasu bhikkhsu -esu); neg. akhdita, mfn., Sv748,i9; Vibh-a 449,28; sukhdita, mfn., eaten properly; used fittingly; Ja II 370,10 (dhanam khditam sukhditam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits sukhditam); Sp 382,8 (annesam natthibhvam natv mayham ppunti ti khditam pi sukhditam eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khdit pi); (b)khyita, mfn. and n. [-y-< -d-, and/or influenced by syita; BHS id.] \.(mfn.) eaten; devoured; VinI 109,29 (civarni... undurehi pi -ni); II 140,18 (annatarena bhikkhun lasunam -am hoti... na bhikkhave lasunam khditabbam); III 29,36 (matam yebhuyyena -am, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khyitam); Pv24:10 (tato te kannamundo sunakho angamangni khdati, yad ca - si...; Pv-a 158,6: - si ti khdit ahosi); Ja VI 498,19* (seyyo visamme -am); Mil 125,15 (yam kifici bhuttam pitam -am lehitam); 256,15 (api nu mahrja visam halhalam ajnantena pi -am jivitam harati ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khditam); Vism 115,23 (tasmim msikya v kitehi v -e, Se so; Be, Ce, Ee khdite); Sp 236,9 (yebhuyyena ~e sarire, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khayite); 638,7 (upacikdihi -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khditam); ifc see ajik-; neg. akkhyita, mfn., not eaten; Vin III 29,35 (matam akkhyitam, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkhayitam); 36,38 (akkhyitam sariram passitv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkhayitam); sukhyita, mfn., eaten properly or

760

fittingly; Sp 1407,34 (yva pana katikavattam na patippassambhati tva tehi khyitam sukhyitam eva, Be so; Ee yehi; Ce yehi khditam sukhditam eva; Se tehi khditam sukhditam eva); 2. (n.) eating; chewing; DI 70,30 (asite pite -e syite sampajnakri hoti; Sv200,8: -e ti pitthakhajjakdikhdane) * MI 57,8 * SIV 211,13 * Vibh 244,n; Mil 175,4 (atibahum ~ena lohitapakkhandik uppann ti); (c) khta 2 , mfn. [cf PAtkhya], eaten; Thi221 (passim susnamajjhe atho pi -ni puttamamsni hatakulik sabbagarahit, perhaps so read ? eds khditni, unmetrical; cf K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 102); ^?/7 (a) khditabba, mfn., to be eaten; to be consumed; to be chewed; Vin II 140,25 (na bhikkhave lasunam -am); M i l 178,20 (idam te... mamsam -am); Ja I 243,6 (may idam eva -an ti); II178,n (~-tam patto); Vism 70,6 (vyanjanam v pathamam -am ygu v ptabb); Sp 346,26 (cattri pafica dantakatthni attano vasanatthne thapetv -ni); As 135,27 (imam rjakulasantakam na yath v tath v -am); neg. akhditabba, mfn., Sp321,i4; (b) khyitabba, mfn., AII124,19 (kappiyam te -am, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se khditabbam); Pv-a213,i8 (kimihi -ato, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khditabbato); (c)khdaniya,(m/)w. [itf/Skhadaniya], (something) to be eaten; solid food; Vin I 78,5 (ygum detha bhattam detha -am deth ti); 201,4 (yni v pan' annni pi atthi mlni bhesajjni n' eva ~e - ' -attham pharanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khdaniyattam); IV 92,14 (pafica bhojanni udakadantaponam thapetv avasesam -am nma ... panca bhojanni odano kummso sattu maccho mamsam); MI 448,ii (panitam -am bhojaniyam denti); A III 49,16 (manpam me bhante slapupphakam -am); Sn924 (annnam atho pnnam -nam atho pi vatthnam; Nidd I 372,7: -nan ti pitthakhajjakam pvakhajjakam mlataca- patta- puppha- phalakhajjakam); Jalll 10,20 (kim samma atthi kind amhkam -an ti); 276,24 (madhuphnitehi -am khdantassa); Mil 9, is (-am v bhojaniyam v labhitv); Vism 314,32; Sadd 375,9 (khajjan ti pvo, -an ti pvaphalphaldi); (d) khajja, mfn. and n. [BHSid.; S. khdya], (mfn.) to be eaten; (n.) solid hard food; a cake; pastry; A V 216,13 (annam pi pnam pi -am pi bhojjam pi...); Thi 146 (-am bhojjam anappakam; Thi-a 133,2o: pitthakhdaniydikhajjam); Ja VI 77,n* (na me mamsni -ni); 232,6* (kacci bahuvidham -am sad abhiharanti te); Ap 5,i4 (yam yam hattham pasremi sabbe - upenti mam; Ap-alll,3i: sabbe ppdayo - khditabb mam mama santike upenti upagacchanti); Vism 45,io* (-esu bhojjesu ca syanesu); Sadd 375,9 (-an tipvo); bhjaka, m., one who distributes hard food or cakes etc; Vin IV 38,26 (ygubhjakam v phalabhjakam v bhjakam v); 155,3; see also khajjakabhjaka; bhojja, n., hard and soft food; various kinds of food; DIU 152,3* (bhojjam atha leyyasyiyam); Pv 5:2 (pahte annapnamhi bhojje upatthite); JaV 316, n; Mhv 36:100 (yghi bhojjehi); fPP ( e ) khajjaniya, mfn., to be eaten; connected with being eaten; Vism 479,12 (pariyyavasena khdakato; see SHI 87,25foil, above); Spkll 281,12 (--vaggassa); caus. (a)/?r. 3 sg. khdeti, -ayati,

1. causes to eat; causes to be eaten; exposes; Sadd 593,32 (puriso purisena purisam v pvam -eti -ayati); 2. eats; consumes; part.pr. khdayamna, mfn., Ja IV 488,5' (yusankhram khepayamn -ayamn gacchanti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee omits -ayamn); aor. 1 sg. khdayim, Ja II 193,21* (matto aham mahrja puttamamsni -ayim); khdenti inEeatPv-a. 36,18 is prob, wr for khdanti (Be, Ce, Se so); caus. (b) pr. 3 sg. khdpeti, -ayati, causes to eat; feeds; causes to be eaten; MI 87,18 (sunakhehi pi -enti) * A I 48,9 (-ente); Ja I 281,22 (tarn rakkhasena -essmi ti); III 370,18 (-eti c' eva ptpeti ca); V 329,29 (amadhurni phalphalni m -ehi ti Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ma -esi ti); Cp-a212,n (may bhataphalphaln' eva mtpitaro -essmi ti); Sadd 593,33 (-eti -ayati); part.pr. (a) khdpenta, mfn, Mill 164,11; A I 48,9; Ja III 98,i; (b) khdpayanta, mfn., Sv 723,19; aor. 3 sg. khdpesi, Dhp-al 224,4; absol. khdpetv, Ja III 123,8 (visam -etv mressmi ti); Cp-a31,io; pp khdpita, mfn., Ja VI 335,24'(tay imegon kim -it kim pyit ti); Ps HI 83,16 (candlassa ucchitthakam -it' amh abrhman dni 'mha jt); Pv-a 206,26 (sunakhehi mignam -dta-tt); Cp-a249,5 (bhattakrakena manussamamsam -ito). khdana, n. [ts], 1. chewing, eating; food; Vin II 137,34 (pane' ime bhikkhave nisams dantakatthassa -e) = A III 250,24; Vin IV 243,24 (ukkattho nma patto addhlhakodanam ganhti catubhgam -am v tadpiyam v vyanjanam); SI 176,16* (asso va jinno nibbhogo - apaniyati); Ja II262,16 (na bhikkhave Nigantho Ntaputto idn' eva mam uddissa katam mamsam -ena garahati); Spklll 302,5 foil, (annamannakhdik ti annamannam -am, dubbalakhdik ti balavantehi macchdihi dubbalnam macchdinam-am); Pv-a 158,8 (yath pure ti sunakhena -ato pubbe viya); Sadd 375,11 (-am nma khajjassa v khdaniyassa v bhakkhanam); 2. hurting; Sadd 375,12 (api ca hims pi -an ti vuecati); khdanamuggare in Ee at Ja II 405,9: read vsipharasunikhdanamuggare with Be, Ce, Se; khdanayakkha in Ee at Ja II 16,24 is prob, wr for khdaka- qv; akhdana, n., not eating; not chewing; Vin II 137,30 (dantakatthassa ~e) = A III 250,17; Ja III 236,9' (dantakatthassa-ena malaggahitadant); Cp-a 240,25. khdanaka, mfn. [khdana + ka2], eating; who eats; ifc seekunapa-. khdanlya, mfn.,fpp q/"khdati qv. k h d , / [cfS. khda], food; ifc see rja-. khdana, mfn., part.pr. o/khdati qv. khdpaka, m. [from caus. o/khdati], one who causes (someone) to eat; Sadd 594,1 (akhdantam khdantam v khdhi ti payojeti so -o). khdpana, n. [from caus. of khdati], causing to be eaten; Mil 197,14 (sunakhehi -am pi dukkham); Spkll 263,22 (in long cpd). khdi(n), mfn. [S. khdin], eating; devouring; ifc see pancaputta-, paramamsa-, pasayha-, putta-. khdik 1 , see sv khdaka. k h d i k 2 , / [ts], eating; devouring; Sadd 375,7 (khdati - khdanam); ifc see annamanna- (^vaiina2),

761

udumbara-, dubbala-. khditabbaka, (mf)n. [khditabba (fpp o/khdati) + ka2], (something) to be eaten; food; Dhp-aIII 137,9 (te annam -am adisv chtajjhatt sakunandakni ahgresu pacitv khdimsu). khdiy, khdiyna, absol. o/khdati qv. khyati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksyati, Wg 22:16], wastes away; Sadd467,n (khe je se khaye: -ati... khayam gacchati ti attho). khyati2, see sv khdati. khyati3, pass. pr. 3 sg. ofkhti qv. khyana, n. [from khyati3], appearing; being seen; Patis-a 651,29 (pannya oghetv tassa tassa dhammassa -am pkatakaranam okkhyanam). khyika, mfn. {from khyati2, perhaps = khyita], eating; eaten; ifc see akkha- sv akkha2. khyita, mfn., pp o/khdati qv. khyitaka, mfn. [khyita + ka2], eaten; grazed; ifc see go-. khra, mfn. andm. [S. ksra], 1. (mfn.) saline; corrosive, caustic; Abh 182 (-a tu mattik so); 2. (m.) an alkali; a caustic substance (such as soda or potash); Abh 1134 (-o use ca bhasmani); S III 131,10 ([vattham] se v -e v gomaye v sammadditv; Spk II 316,3o: use ti chrikkhre, ~e ti sakhre); AI 209, I (-am ca paticca; Mp II 323,19: -an ti chrikam); Pv 35,2 (~ena paripphositv okkantanti punappunam; Pv-a 213,23: avakantitathne khrodakena sincitv puna pi avakantanti); JaV 268,10* (-e nimuijanti tathvidham naram); Sp 1094,i (tatthapana -amv datum yena kenaci rajjukena v bandhitum vattati); As 243,12 (eko puriso kilittham vattham rajakassa adsi, rajako sakhram chrikakhram gomayakhran ti tayo ~e datv -ehi khditabhvam natv udake vikkhletv olrikolrikam malam pavhesi); Saddh281 (~ena sitto va); ifc see misa-; '-patacchika, n. (and -, fl) [khra + pa ?], a form of torture (involving inflicting wounds which are then treated with a caustic fluid, c/Pv35:2 above); M I 87,16 (-am pi karonti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khrpaticchakam; Ps II 59,22: -an ti sarirarn tattha tattha vudhehi paharitv kocchehi khram ghamsanti, cammamamsanahrni paggharitv savanti, atthisahkhalik va titthati, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khrpaticchikan ti) = Nidd I 154,14 * A I 48,5 (Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khrpaticchakam); Mil 358,3 (-am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khrpaticchakam); Vism 500,20 (lonambildi-ajjhoharanakle - ' -dikammakranapatto viya, Ce so; Ee khrpatacchakdi-; Be khrpaticchakdi-; Se khrvatacchikdi-; Vism-mht[ite] II 198,23: sariram vsiydihi tacchetv khrvasecanakaranam khrpaticchakam; Se khrvatacchikakammam); am, adv., with the khrpatacchika torture; ? Ja VI 17,4* (ekam hanatha bandhatha ekam -am, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khrpatacchakam; cf \l,i\". ~an ti sattii paharitv khram patacchikam karotha, Ce so; Ee wr khararn; Be khrhi patacchikarn; Se khrpatacchakam); '-udaka, odaka, n. andmf(~%. anJ-ik)., 1. (n.) an alkaline solution, a caustic fluid; Ja VI 105,2r (tato odake patanti udakamjalati sattjalanti, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se '-udake); Vism 420,11 ('-dakena phutth phutth

pathavipabbatdayo viliyanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se Q, -udakena); Spk III 57,20 (kimsukarukkham chinditv dya sosetv jhpetv tassa odakam gahetv); ~-secanaka,., sprinkling, wetting with a caustic fluid; Dhp-al 189,10 (vane secanakam viya ca patv, Be so; Ce ~-parisekam; Ee wr ~-secakam; Se khraparisekam); 2. (mfn.) consisting of caustic fluid; esp. as epithet of a river in a hell; M III 185,28 (mahati odak nadi, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce odik); Ja VI 250,13* (khar odik tatth dugg Vetarani nadi, Be, Ce so; Se -odak; Ee wr kharodik); Saddh 194 (asipattavanam cpi tath odik nadi); -kamma, ., applying a caustic substance; cautery; Sp 1094,7 (yya ~am v karonti telarn v pavesenti). khraka1, mfn. [khra + ka2], acrid, pungent; Abh 1116 (~o ... rase); see also khrika. khraka2, m. [S. lex. ksraka], a bud; a multitude of young buds; Abh 544 (~o tu ca jlakam); 1116 (~o mukule); -jta, mfn. [BHS ksrakajt], covered with young buds; AIV 117,17 (jlakajto dni pricchattako kovilro, na cirass' eva dni ~o bhavissati ti, Mp IV 58,6: ~o ti ptiyekkam santhitena suvibhattakena pattajlakena ca pupphajlakena ca samanngato). khraka3, m., a kind of tree, Boswellia serrata; Abh 568 (sallaki ~o); Sp 832,28 (-mlam cuccumlam tambakamlam, Eeso; Be caccumlam; Ce, Se vraka-); 835,11 (~o caccu tambako, Be so; Ce, Ee varako cuccu; Se vrako puccu); 836,5 (-puppham, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se vraka-); Nidd-al 397,4 (-mlam cuccumlan ti); Vin-vn 1324 (mlakam ~am c' eva ...); 1342 (mlakam ~o cuccu tambako). khri, khri, / [S. khri], I. a measure of grain; Abh 483 (~i... catumnik ~iyo visa vho); Mp V 62,2 (catudon mnik catumnik ~i); 2. a container of khri capacity (used to carry an ascetic's requisites); Ap 18,2i (purato ~im pesenti: Ap-a222,15: ~im tpasaparikkhrabhritam kjam purato pesenti); 89,4 (~iyo prayitvna; Ap-a365,io: tpasabhjanni lasunena prayitv kjen' dya); Sv 269,1 (~I ti aranikamandalusujcmardayo tpasaparikkhr, Be so; Ce aranikamandalusujdayo; Ee aranikamandaluscdayo; Se aranlkamandaluscicmardayo); -kja, m., a carrying-pole with the khri container; Vin I 33,6 (te jatil kesamissam jatmissam missam aggihuttamissam udake pavhetv); Ja VI 500,6* (kharjinam pharasum ca ~am ca hhiti); Ap 365,26 (~am gahetvna); Sp 1021,22 (kusacirdini nivseti jatam v bandhati ~am v diyati); -bhan4a, ., khri load, possessions in a khri container; Dhp-aIII 243,19 (sace si pabbajito kaham te -am ko pabbajitaparikkhro ti); -bhra, m., the burden of the khri container, the khri load; SI 169,24* (mno hi te brhmana -0); Ja III 83,12*; Ap20,2 (-am gahetvna; Ap-a 224,24: udancanakamandaludikam tpasaparikkhrabhram); -vidha, -vivadha, -vividha, w., a carrying-pole with the khri container; D I 101,4 (ekacco samano v brhmano v ... -am dya, Be so; Ce khrivivadham; Ee, Se khrivividham; Sv 269,1 foil.: ettha khri ti aranikamandalusujcmardayo tpasaparikkhr, vidho ti kjo tasm

762

khribharitam kjam dy ti attho. ye pana -vividhan ti pathanti te khn ti kjassa nmam vividhan ti bahukamandalu-diparikkhran ti vannayanti, Be so; Ce aranikamandalusujdayo; Ee aranikamandaluscdayo; Se aranikamandaluscicmardayo); S I 78,3 (-am daya, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khrivividham; cf Spkl 148,29foil.: vividhakhrim nnappakrakam pabbajitaparikkhrabhandakam) = Ud65,7 (eds khrivividham); Ja III 116,5 (Be, Ce, Se khrivividham; Ee parikkhram vividham, prob, wr); V 204,23* (na ha nna so -am ahsi; 207,15': so mnavo na khribhram ukkhipitv vicari); see also visatikhrika. khrika (and khriya), mfn. [khra + ika], acrid, pungent; SV 149,30 (nnaccayehi spehi... ~ehi pi akhrikehi pi lonikehi pi alonikehi pi); Nidd I 240,5 (raso ti... katukam lonikam -am ...) * Dhs 629 (As 320,2o: ~an ti vtinganakalirdi) * Kv 377,35 (katukam loniyam khriyam); akhrika, mfn., not pungent; SI 149,30; Nidd I 240,15 (khrikam labhitv -am pariyesanti); see also khraka'. khrik,/ [khri + k2], the khri container; ? Th-aII 145,20* ([Gaykassapa:] -am hrayitvna kolam ahsim assamam, Ce, Ee so; Be khriya prayitvna kolam hsim mam' assamam; Se bhriy prayitvna; * Ap 397,3* [Koladyaka]: Ce, Ee khribhram haritvna kolam harim assamam; Be khriya prayitvna kolam hsim mam'assamam; Se bhriy prayitvna); Ap-a 559,22 ([Gaykassapa:] -am tpasaparikkhre pretv, Ee so; not in Ce; Be, Se khrikatpasaparikkhre; no Apadna for Gaykassapa in Ap). khretv, caus. absol. o/*kharati qv. khleti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. kslayati], washes, cleanses; Dhtupll (khala soceyye); Dhtum406 (khala soceyye); 854 (khala soce sancaye); Sadd 563,19 (khala soceyye: ... -eti -ayati). khhinti in Ee at Thi 509 is wrfor khinti (Be, Ce so; Se khanti). khijjati, pr. 3 sg. [S. khidyate], is depressed or distressed or weary; Dhtup407 (khida diabhve); 409 (khida asahane); Dhtum643; Sadd 480,28 (khidi diniye: ... -ati); p p khinna, mfn. [ts], depressed, distressed, wearied; Abh841; Sadd 480,29; ifc see kantra-; caus. absol. khedpetv, Cp-a251,2i (pamilpetv visosetv khedpetv ti attho); see also kheda. khidd,/ [S. krid; AMgkidd], sport, play; amusement; Abh 176; S I 34,n* (rati ~ yattha kicchena labbhati); A V 202,14 (yannnham imam udakarahadam oghetv kannasandhovikam pi-am kileyyam); Sn41 (- rati hoti sahyamaijhe; Pj II 86,4: ~ ti kilan); Pv 36:50 (~ya yakkho pasavitva ppam); Ja VI 258,17* (-am ratim vippajahetva sabbam; 258, iv: ~an ti kyikacetasikam kilam); 522,12* (n* atthi ~ n' atthi rati jinnena patin saha); 561,2* (du bahi nu nikkhant -su pasut nu te); Nidd I 379,3 foil. (~ti dve -, kyik ca ~ vcasika ca ~); -dasaka, n.y the decade (in a man's life) of play or sporting; Ja IV 397,13' (mandadasakam -am vannadasakam baladasakam panndasakam ...); Vism 619,26 (mandadasakam ... tato parani dasa [vassni]

-am nma, tad hi so khiddratibahulo hoti); -padosika (and -padsika), m(fn)., spoilt, corrupted by sport and amusements; D I 19,n (santi ... - nma dev, te ativelam hassakhiddratidhammasampann viharanti; Sv 113,3: khiddya padussanti vinassanti ti-, 0 -padsika ti pipjim likhanti, s atthakathyam n' atthi) * 11131,5 (Be, Se so; Ce -padesik; Ee -padsika); II 260,15* (- gum, gum manopadosik, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se khiddpadsik; Sv 691,7: ~ manopadosik ca dev gat, Be so; Ee manopadsik; Ce, Se -padsika manopadsik); 11130,26 (samanabrhman -am cariyakarn aggannam pannapenti, Be, Se so; Ce -padesikam; Ee wr kiddpadsikam [Ee 1960: khiddpadsikam]; Sv 830, n: -an timlarn, Be, Se so; Ee -padsikan ti ~padsikamlakam; Ce -padsikmlakam); Mp III 147,12 (- dev attasancetanheru cavanti); Nidd-a 1154,21. khina, n. [cfS. kina, m.], a corn; hard skin; Ja V 207,15' (khilni ti -ni, ayam eva v ptho, Ee so; Ce, Se khinni; Be khilni ti kilni). khinti1, see sv khinoti. khinti2,/?r. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup ksiyati, Wg 28:114], goes; Sadd 495,ufoil, (khi gatiyam: -ti, atikhino saro ... -ti ti gacchati, atikhino ti atigato). khinoti, khinti1, pr. 3 sg. [S. ksinoti, ksinti, Wg 7:62], ruins, makes an end of Dhtup 11 (khi khaye); 509; 515; Dhtum20; 624; 709; Sadd493,2i (khi khaye; -oti -ti);pass. pr. 3 sg. khiyati1, khiyyati1 [S. ksiyate], is exhausted, used up; is diminished, decreases; wastes away; perishes, comes to an end; Vin I 240,14 (ekam yeva sahassatthavikam gahetv ... vetanam deti, na tva tarn -ati yv' assa hatthagat); II 181,4 (na kamm -anti na kammnam anto pannyati); Sil 266,20 (tato sighatararn yusahkhr -anti); Th 145 (yu -ati maccnam kunnadinam va odakam); 807 (vedanam -ati nopaciyati, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khiyyati); Pv 21:43 (dadato me na -etha datv nnutappeyy' aharn; Pv-a 129,7: na -eyya na parikkhayam gaccheyya); Ja I 290,4 (sabbam imasmim ghare dhanam -issati); VI234,34* (-ate c' assa tarn punnam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khiyyate); PatisI 94,22 (sotpattimaggena anavaseso ditthsavo -ati); Ap23,9 (-e gangya vluk) quoted Sadd 522,18 (khiyye); Mil 297,20 (parittam udakarn gacchantam hyati -ati na parivaddhati); Vism 69,17 (yva parte bhattamna -ati); Spk II 158,5 (kittakam -eyy ti); III 88,8 (nibbnam gamma rgo -ati, tasm nibbnam rgakkhayo vuccati); Ud-a 336,34* (vanno na -elha tathgatassa); As 329,11 (rpam -ati veti bhijjati ca, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khiyyati); Sadd 327,3 (khi khaye: khiyanadhammam -ati; ssannurpena sare ikrassa iyydeso khiyyati); part.pr. (a)khiyanta', mfn., Th -a I 245,9 (yobbannam ... -antam hutv upatthitam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khiyantam); (b) khiyamna, mfn., Sn434 (mamsesu -amnesu); Ja VI 543,8'; Vism 447,24 (-amno viya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khiy amno); neg. akhiyamna, mfn., Pj II 204,7 (pharusavacanam hi paresam hadaye akhiyamnam titthati); Cp-a 21,23 (dhane akhiyamne) = Ja IV 237,21 (Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkhiyamne); aor. 3 sg. (a)khiyi', A III 54,15 (khayadhammam m -Iti alabbhaniyam thnam); Dhp-a I

763

186,25; (b) khiyittha, Vin I 57,33 (bhattapatipti -ittha); Mhv 10:3 8; (c) khiyatha, Cp 3:10:1 (unhe suriyasantpe sare udakam -atha; Cp-a237,6*. udakam -ittha chijjittha, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr -attha); 3 pi. khiyimsu, Ap 503,12 (kilesni... na -imsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khiyisu); Mp I 388,11; pp (a) khina1, mfn. (and n. ?) [S. ksina], \.(mfn.) (i) diminished, worn away, used up; perished, destroyed, come to an end; Vin I 35,8 (~ j vusitam brahmacariyam katam karaniyam nparam itthatty ti pajnti) = D I 84,n * M III 29,25 (Ps IV 92,4: ~ jafi ti disu ekenpi padena ann vykat hoti); A III 359,29* (~ sanjti vusitam brahmacariyam caranti samyojanavippamutt); It 104,14* (uppajjati khaye nnam - samyojan iti); Sn 162 (kacci 'ssa sav ~ kacci n' atthi punabbhavo); Th 708 (~ya bhavanettiy); Ja III 253,17* (balam ca vata me -am ptheyyam ca na vijjati); 491,24* (-an ti natvna dumam phalaccaye disodisam yanti tato vihangam); IV 357,10 (ten' attabhvena devaloke va sakam piinnam -am); 357,15* (yum nu ~o maranam nu santike); Ap551,io (sabbadukkham may -am rocemi); Mil 176,3 (~e yusankhre); Sp 851,3 (attano gahitatandulesu -esu); Sv647,2o (abhikkantaya -ya rattiya, ekakotthasam atity ti attho); Dhp-a IV 228,21 (savnam tya); Ud-a 268,27 (kmsavdinam sabbaso tta khinsavo); Pv-a 105,1 (imasmim ppakamme -e); Bv-a89,6 (~ pahin samucchinn patippassaddh abhabbuppattik ...); '-yuka, mfn., (one) whose life-time is ending, whose allotment of life is used up; Ja IV 234,28* (ngam -'-yukam viditv); Mil 151,17; Cp-a 76,36 (bodhisattam tad tvatimsadevaloke ~'-yukam disv); 217,3 (devaputt ^-yuk devalok cavitv); '-sava, mfn. [khina + sava2], (one) in whom the savas have perished; free from the savas, ie an arhat; Abh 10; Vin I 183,24 (bhikkhu araham -'-savo vusitav katakaraniyo ...); D III 133,14(abhabbo vuso '-'-savo bhikkhu sancicca pnam jivit voropetum); Dhp 89 (~' -sav jutimanto te loke parinibbut); Sn471 (-'-savo antimadehadhri); Vism 144,17 (ksena nma ~J-sav sancaranti); Sp 397,22/o//. (atthi sotpann sakadgmi angmi ~' -sav pi tattha ~* -sav appatisandhik); Spk I 138,\foll. (~ etesam cattro sav ~'-sav); It-all 54,3 (~ya bhikkhuniy); neg. a(k)khinsava, mfn., in whom the savas have not perished, who is not an arhat; Mill 137,12; A V 40,30 (akhinsavo samno khinsavo ti mam jneyyun ti icchati) ^ Vibh 351,17; Ps II 360,2 (na hi sakk akhinsavena ... gambhiro panho vissajyetum); As 386,23; kolaniia, mfn., belonging to a family whose members are dead; without kin; Vin I 86,10 (annataro purnakulaputto ~-kolanno sukhumlo hoti; Sp 1016,19: mtipakkhapitipakkhato kolann~ vinatth mat ass tikolanno); see also khinakulina below; paribbaya, mfn., whose resources or allowances are used up; Sp 627,31 (~ -paribbaynam v datum vattati); Vin-vn 489 (gantuko paribbayo v); bija, mfn., in whom the seeds (of existence, rebirth) have perished; Sn 235 (te bij avirlhichand); neg. akkhina, akhina, mfn., not used up; not perished; not ruined; Ja III 492,16* (khinam

akhinan ti na tarn jahanti; 492,24". pandit nma attano sahyam bhogaparikkhayena khinam pi akhinam pi na jahanti); Sp 346,29 (tesu akkhinesu yeva mlake khiyanti); Pjl 194,26 (kammam... patisandhi-haranasamatthatya akkhinam yeva hoti); (ii) ruined; poor; Cp 1:9:9 (samane brhmane - deti dnam akincane; Cp-a 77,23: ~e ti bhogdihi parikkhine prijufinappatte); kulina, mfn., of a ruined family; or of a family whose members are dead; Thi 220 (~ -kuline kapane anubhtam te dukham aparimnam; Thi-a 172,34: bhogdihi prijunnapattakulike); see also khinakolanna above; 2. (.) destruction; exhaustion; Spk II 52,20 (tarn [phalam] hi savnam khinante uppajjati tasm savnam khayo ti vuttam); 11188,29 (arahattam rgadosamohnam khinante uppajjati); As 409,17 (tesam tesam kilesnam khinante, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khiyante); Vibh-a 52,15 (rgdinam khinante uppannatt arahattam rgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ti vuccati; Be, Ee, Se so; Ce khinatte); '-kra, m. [khina + kra2], a form of destruction; Spk II 52,9 (ettha savnam pahnam asamuppdo - ' -kro natthibhvo ti... savnam khay ansavam cetovimuttin ti disu ~' -kro savakkhayo ti vuccati); It-al 166,31 (rgakkhayo ti rgassa khayo ~' -kro abhvo accantamanuppdo); pp (b) khayita, mfn. [S. ksayita] (possibly, however, wr for khyita qv sv khdati), perished; decayed; Vin III 29,36 (bhikkhupaccatthik manussitthim ... matam akkhayitam bhikkhussa santike netv... matam yebhuyyena ~am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhayitam... khyitam; Sp 263,5: yebhuyyena ~ nma yass vaccamaggdike nimitte bahum -am hoti appam akkhayitam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khyitam... akkhayitam); Sp236,9 (sarire ... yebhuyyena ~e, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khyite); neg. akkhayita, mfn., Vin III 29,35 (matam akkhayitam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhayitam; Sp263,i: sonasigldihi akkhayitanimittan ti attho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be akkhayita-); III 36,38 (bhikkhu sivathikam gantv akkhayitam sariram passitv, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhayitam); Sp 236,8 (akkhayite sarire methunam dhammam patisevati); caus. pr. 3 sg. khepeti 1 , -ayati1 [S. ksapayati, BHS ksepayati; possibly caus. of khipati qv; see BHSD sv ksepayati], uses up, diminishes; destroys; makes an end of; PatisII 217,24 (khinam ~eti niruddham nirodheti vigatam vigameti) ^ Kv 576,4; Ap330,i6 (tassa me sukatam kammam ... -etum n' eva sakkomi); Sv 748,29* (kilese -ayissmi); Spk II 331,23 (pariydlyatl ti ~ayati); Mp I 20,26 (aggi viya uddhane udakam santpetv ~eti); Dhp-a III 60,2 (yum pcenti ti jlvitindriyam chindanti -enti); Nidd-al 28,12 (yo eso kule pacchimako te hiranndibhoge ~eti); Ud-a68,8 (akkhetum -etum vinsetum ulati pavattati ti akkhulo); Sadd 553,20 (khepa perane: peranam cunnikaranam, ~eti -ayati); part.pr. (a)khepenta, m/(~enti)n., Ja VI 26,30' ([rattiyo] yum ca vannam ca blam ca ~entiyo); Spk II 52,18 (save ~ento vpasamento); Ud-a398,i8 (kilese ~entassa); (b) khepayamna1, mfn., Ja IV 488,5' (yusankhram khepayamn khdayamn gacchanti); ab sol. khepetv1, Th 364 (-etv save sabbe; Th-aII 153,29: -etv ti samucchinditv); Thi 168 (~etv jtisamsram;

764

Thi-a 156,22: jtisamlikasamsrapavattim pariyospetv); Ap 117,5 (~etv ppakam kammam); neg. akhepetv, Kv 352,8; Dhp-aIII 131,16 (pathamavaye bhoge akhepetv); p a s s . pr. 3 sg. khepiyati, Patis-a 323,26 (pariydiyati" ti-iyati maddiyati ti); pp khepital, mfn., destroyed, brought to an end; Ap611,2 (ganikattam ca -itarn); Dhp-a II 163,7 (kilesavattassa -ita-tt); It-al 160,23 (punabbhavassa ita-tt); neg. akhepita, mfn., Dhp-all 166,6 (kasm, vattassa akhepitatta); fpp (a)khepetabba, mfn., Ps III 195,27 (sakim khinnam savnam puna -etabbbhv); Vibh-a429,30 (kiles -etabb honti); (b) khepaniya, mfn., Patis-a 328, I (punfiatejen' eva -aniyato); see also khinti. khiti, / [S. ksiti], the earth; Sadd 81,22* (jagati ~i vasudh). khitta1, mfn., pp o/khipati1 qv. khitta2, mfn., pp /khipati2 qv. khitta3, n. [S. ksetra], field; region; ifc see ptla-; see also khetta, khetra. khindati, pr. 3 sg. [perhaps wr; cf S. Dhtup bindati, Wg3:27: bidi avayave], splits; Sadd379,30 (khidi avayave ti Candaviduno vadanti, tesam mate -afi ti rparn). khinna, mfn., pp o/khijjati qv. khipa1, khippa1, n. [from khipati1 ], a basket for catching fish, a trap; S I 74,30* (atisram na bujjhanti macch -am va odditam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se khippam); A I 33,26 (nadimukhe -am uddeyya bahunnam macchnam ahitaya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khippam; Mp II 28,io: -an ti kuminam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khippan ti); Thi 357 (km ... sattnam sankilesya -am Mrena odditam, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se khippam); Sadd 494,7 (~an ti macchapanjaro) khipa2, m. or n. [connected with khipa' ?], a covering or cloak; ? ifc see ajina-. khipati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. ksipati], 1. throws, casts; lets go; propels; throws away; tosses, throws about; Dhtup 479 (khipa perane); 501 (khipa khepe); Dhtum542; 724; Sadd 404,9 (khipa chaddane: ~ati); D III 88,30 foil, (anfie pamsum -anti anfie setthim -anti); SI 207,20 (pdesu v gahetv pragangya -issmi ti); Ja 1223,16 (esa te slsam chinditv bhmiyam -issmi ti); 290,i (rajataphalake suvannapsake -an); VI 195,23 (tarn tta uddham kse ~ ti, Ce, Ee so; Be -hi; Se -hi ti); Kv 329,16 (leddum -anti); Mil 44,5 (tni panca kandni -eyya); Vism 39,2i* (adho -eyya cakkhni); Sp 65,10* (mahim... ukkhipitv mahnga -eyysi mam' pari); Sv 718,7 (tassa upari -hi ti); Spkl 269,8 (eko pi issso dve sare ekato na -ati); Dhp-a III 39,io (chaddetha nam ... samudde -ath ti); Mhv 23:10 (bahi -ati); part.pr. (a) khipanta1, m/(~anti)n., Ja VI 225,16 (bhattaptiyam kacavaram -anto viya); Sp845,i9 (dre thatv bhattapindam ~ante pi es' eva nayo); Spk I 269,10 (~antiyo et); (b)khipamna,mfn., Dhp-aIII 39,4 (udake -amn); Ud-a411,i2 (suvannagghike patajlam -amno viya); 2. strikes, hits; strikes down, beats; deranges; abuses; criticises; SI 207,19 (cittam v te ~issmi hadayam v te phlessmi); 107,23 (~eyya); A III 76,16 (kulitthinam pi kulakumrinam pi pacchliyam -anti; Mp III 26\,\ofoil.: pacchato gantv pitthipdena

paharanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se pitthim pdena); Ja II 3,26* (dalham dalhassa ~ati Malliko mudun mudum); Nidd I 103,13 (sabbe parappavde -ati ukkhipati parikkhipati so satth na sabbann...; cf Nidd-a I 239,19: sabb paraladdhiyo chaddeti); Sv 870,7 (khiyitabbam khiyeyy ti paksetabbam pakseyya, ~itabbam v -eyya); aor. 3 sg. (a)khipi 1 , Thi514 (kese ca chamam ~i Sumedh, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee chupi); Ap 300,5 (Devadatto silam -i); Dhp-a I 278,20 (tassa upari pupphadmam -i); III 182,2 (rj kuddho mahsattam corapapte -i); Mhv 6:28 (tarn saram ~i); (b) khipittha, Sv842,2s; akkhipi in Ee at Spk I 293,33 (indriyni akkhipi) is prob, wrfor okkhipi (Be, Ce, Se so); 3pi. khipimsu, Vv 52:24; absol. khipitv1, Ja I 202,18 (mahsamuddapitthe -itv); Vism 674,33; Sp 419,26 (eko dve ti sakkharam ~itv -itv ganeti); Ud-a 244, s; neg. akkhipitv, Sp 299,10; pass, part.pr. khippamna', mfn., MI 86,30 (ususu pi khippamnesu sattisu pi khippamnsu); pp khitta1, mfn. [S. ksipta], 1. thrown; tossed; thrown away; tossed about; disordered, deranged; dismissed; sent away; Abh 744; D III 26,3* (~ni ca konapni; Sv829,11 foil: susnesu chadditakunapni ca khditv); SI 13,16* (sukhumo rajo pativtam va ~o); Sn 1074 (acci yath vtavegena -o); Pv 38:29 (yath suttagule ~e nibbethentam palyati); Ja IV 118,19* (satti va urasi ~, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee ~o); VI 113,1* (phandanti macch va thalamhi ~); Mil 199,11 (sar ~); Vism 432,12 (kse ~e pupphamutthimhi); Pv-a7,5 (~am vuttam bijam tyati... rakkhati ti khettam); Cp-a267,23 (paccatthikarann narake kle); Mhv 23:10 (dev antaradhpenti tena -am kalevaram); Saddhll6 (yehi santesu deyyesu -a nJ atthi ti ycak); cakkhu, mfn., 1. with eyes cast...; Sp622,i5 (okkhittacakkh tihetth cakkhu) = Pj II 116,1; 2 . with eyes (constantly) distracted; Nidd I 498,28 (katham cakkhu hoti, idh' ekacco bhikkhu cakkhulolo cakkhuloliyena samanngato hoti); khittacakkhu in Ee at Ap 97,25 is prob, wr for okkhittacakkh (Be, Ce, Se so); citta, mfn. [khitta + citta1], distracted in mind; with deranged mind; Vin III 33,32 (anpatti ajnantassa asadiyantassa ummattakassa cittassa ...; Sp 269,30: citto nma vissatthacitto yakkhummattako vuccati); A l l 52,22* (micchditthigat satt citt visannino); Thi 133 (puttasoken' aharn att citt visaniiini); Vin-vn 1988 (--cittaya); Saddh 88; neg. akkhittacitta, mfn., Vin II 61,i; cittaka, mfn., with deranged mind; Vin-vn 2647; 2. reviled, criticised; neg. akkhitta1, mfn., not reviled; not criticised; D I 113,26 (bhavam hi Sonadando ubhato sujto mtito ca pitito ca samsuddhagahaniko yva sattam pitmahayug -0 anupakkuttho jtivdena; Sv 281,20: - o ti apanetha etam, kim imina ti evam -o anavakkhitto) ^ 115,6 (samano khalu bho Gotamo ...) * A III 151,17 (rj khattiyo muddhvasitto ...); Pj II 463,4 (-0 ti jtim rabbha kim so ti kenaci anavannto); akkhitto in Ee at Ap 418,28 (akkhitto yamalim aham) is prob, wr; Be, Ce bhakkhatthya carim aham; Se pakkhittasalilam aham; fpp khipitabba, mfn., S II 265,19 (tassa ce amanusso cittam -am manneyya); Sp 1052,33; pp (b) khipita1, mfn., propelled,

765

driven; Nidd-a I 55,6 (bhayena panunn ~); cans. (a)/?r. 3 sg. khepeti 2 , -ayati 2 , passes (time), spends; passes through (space); Jail 181,u (kalam ~eti); Ps I 95,io (vitinmeyyan ti-eyyam); Pv-a 148,9 (avasesam pi yum ca idh' eva -ehi idha vashi ti adhippyo); part.pr. khepayamna2, mfn., Spkl 206,30 (brahmalokato... sil ptit ekena ahorattena atthacattlisayojanasahassni -ayamn); aor. 3 sg. khepesi, Ja I 447,20 (rattim -esi); 3 pi (a) khepesum, Mil 3,20; Dhp-a I 102,2i (samsarant dvenavutikappe -esum); (b) khepayimsu, Dhp-a IV 201,22; absol. (a) khepetv2, A1267,13 (yvatakam tesam devnam yuppamnam tarn sabbam -etv); Jal 137,28; Sp721,3o; Ud-a 180,3 (ekam buddhantaram devaloke -etv); (b) khepayitv, Ja VI 237,11* (bahuvassagane tattha -ayitv bahum dukham); (c)khepayitvna, Pv 38:32 (ye bl ye ca pandit samsram -ayitvna dukkhass' antam karissare; Pv-a 254,21: aparparuppattivasena -etv); /?/?khepita2, mfn., passed; spent; Vin I 168,28 (manussehi dnam dentehi yebhuyyena ratti -it hoti); caus. (b)/?r. 3 sg. khippeti1, causes to throw; has (something) thrown; has placed; Dhp-a III 208,4 (titthiynam mandapam vtehi upptetv ukkrabhumiyam -ehi ti, Be, Se so; Ce; Ee khiphi ti); aor. 3 sg. khippesi, Ja I 202,12 (pdesu gahetv Sinerupapte ~esi); Mil 203,12; 3pi. khippesum, Dhp-a III 206,16; absol. (a)khippetv, Ja IV 139,23 (jlam -etv); Dhp-a III 182,I; Mhv 20:35 (sovannadoniy theradeham -etv); (b) khippiya, Mhv 34:47 (pavlajlam kretv tarn -iya cetiye); pp khippital, mfn., Ja IV 195,i (may tvam gambhire papte -ito); see also khipunti, khippati. khipati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. ksauti], sneezes; DU 250,5 (ye ... manuss -anti v upakkhalanti v te evam hamsu nam' atthu Mahgovindassa brhmanassa ...); Ja I 456,29 (maricacunnam nsikya pakkhipitv dve tayo vre -eyysi); Samantak 74 (-anti); Sadd 404,7 (khipa avyattasadde: -ati); part.pr. khipanta2, m/(~antr)., Jal 455,14 (-antassa); Thi-a 198,15 (khinsavattheriy -antiy); aor. 3 sg. khipi2, Vin II 140,2 (bhagav ... dhammam desento ~i, bhikkh jivatu bhante bhagav jivatu sugatoti); Ja II 16,9; Ap 535,5; absol. khipitv2, Spkl 226,23 (yarn pana tvam thit pi nisinn pi -itv pi ksitv pi namo buddhass t i . . . namakkram karosi); Dhp-aIV 161,15; pp (a) khipita2,(m/)., l.a sneeze; sneezing; Vin II 140,7 (na bhikkhave ~e jiv ti vattabbo) = Ja II 15,io; Bvl:52 (ukksitam ca -am ajjhupekkhiya) ^ Ap 320,23; sadda, m.f the sound of a sneeze; Vin I 133,24 (ukksitasaddam Saddam); D I 50,6; Mil 5,4 (n'eva tasmim samaye samanassa Gotamassa svakanam saddo v hoti ukksitasaddo v); 2. what is sneezed, mucus; Pv 14:3 (chadditam -am khelam singhnikam silesumam; Pv-a 80,4foil.'. ~an ti -ena saddhim mukhato nikkhantamalam); (b) khitta2,(mf)n., a sneeze, sneezing; sadda, m., the sound of a sneeze; Ap 19,20 (saddo na vijjati, Ee, Se so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce khipitasaddo); caus. pr. 3 sg. khippeti 2 , Jail 16,7 (bodhisattapitaram -essmi ti); pp khippita2, mfh.> caused to sneeze;

Ja II 16,n (imin me pit-ito bhavissati). khipana1, n. {and m. or mfn.) [from khipati1; cfS. ksepana], 1. throwing; throwing down; tossing; Abh 1004; Ja 1290, is (psakam -kle, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee psakakhipanakle); Thi-a239,20 (tahim tahim -ena); Nidd-a I 323,2 (na ca tva [kodho] dandasatthaabhiniptano hoti ti evam duvidham parassa paharanattham na ca tva -o hoti); 1125,4 (rupadipancakkhandhabhrassa -am chaddanam); Sadd490,i (asu khepe: khepo -am); 2. a basket for catching fish, a trap; ifc see jla- svjla1; -kil,/, the sport or game of tossing; Sp 861, is (udakam antamaso bindum gahetv -ya pi kilantassa). khipana2, n. [from khipati2], sneezing; Sv 610,26 (yakkhaghakhipana-rocanake karissmi, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be -khipitaka-arocake; Se -khipanaka-bdhike; Ce yakkhaghakakhipitaka-rocake; ^ Thp 179,21: yakkhaghakakhipanaka-arocake). khipanaka 1 , mfn. [khipana1 + ka2], who throws, who tosses; Vism 489,29 (ahgraksuyam -puris, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khipana-) * Vibh-a 80,30 (-puriso, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se khipana-). khipanaka2, n. [from khipati2], sneezing; Thp 179,21 (yakkhaghakakhipanaka-arocake karissmi) * Sv 610,26 (Ce -khipitaka-arocake; Be yakkhaghakhipitaka-arocake; Ee yakkhaghakhipana-rocanake; Se yakkhaghakhipanaka-bdhike; Sv-ptII 245,M: -am... khipitakarogo, Ee so; Be khipitakan ti). khipana, / [from khipati1; cf BHS ksepana], insulting; mockery; Vibh 353,7 (y paresam akkosan vambhan garahan ... - sankhipan ...) quoted Vism 23,21 (29,12: - ti kirn imassa jivitam bijabhojino ti evam uppandan); Mil 357,13 (pajjati... garahanam uppandanam -am asambhogam ...). khipitaka, n. [khipita2 + ka2], a sneeze; sneezing; Ja II 15,3 (attano -am rabbha kathesi); Sv 610,26 (yakkhaghakhipitaka-arocake karissmi, Be so; Ee -khipana-rocanake; Se -khipanaka-bdhike; Ce yakkhaghakakhipitaka-rocake; Sv-ptII 245,14foil: ~fln ti dhtukkhobham uppdetv -rogo, Be so; Ee khipanakam ... -rogo) * Thp 179,21 (yakkhaghakakhipanaka-arocake); Dhp-a I 314,n (bhikkhnam -ksdayo rog, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khipitaksdayo). khipunti, pr. 3 sg. [- khipati1 qvl], throws; casts; tosses; Sadd 494,7 (khipa khepe: -ti khipam). khippa l , see sv khipa'. khippa 2 , mfn. [S. ksipra], quick; swift; Abh 40 (-am tu sigham); D III 106,18 (ayam bhante patipad ubhayen' eva panrt akkhyati sukhatt ca 0-tt ca); All 154,18 (patipad ~); Vism 87,2 (abhinn pi ekaccassa dandh hoti mand asighappavatti ekaccassa - amand sighappavatti); 1h-a III 208,11 (maggaptubhvassa -tya dukkhapatipada khippbhinn); As 183,n (sappyasevino sukh patipad ~ ca abhinn); ace. khippam, adv., quickly, swiftly; immediately, directly; Vin I 7,13 (ko imam dhammam -am eva jnissati ti); MI 164,25 (na cirass' eva -am eva tarn dhammam sayam abhinn); S I 229,30 (sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya -am eva nam pativineyyan ti); A I 284,3 (udake lekh -am yeva

766

patigacchati); Sn 682 (dhuntha me samsayam -a mris, mc); Pv21:2 (-am gacchma Dvrakam); JaV 213,25* (akkhhi me -am); Mill25,i (suparikammakate bhante kalale bijam nipatitv -am samvirhatl ti); 292,21 (parittatt mahrja akusalam -am parinamati vipulatt kusalam dighena klena parinamati); Vism 152,4 (avisuddham uyynam pavittharj viya ca -am eva nikkhamati); Sp 992,2 (thi saddhim -am eva vissso hoti); Mhv 19:76; ftbhififta, mfn. [from khippa + abhinn2], of swift understanding; characterised by quick intuition-, D III 106,9 (catasso im bhante patipad, dukkh patipad dandhbhinn, dukkh patipad ~...) * A l l 154,4; Ap475,25 (-assa bhikkhussa); Dhs 177 (pathamam jhnam upasampajja viharati dukkhpatipadam -am); Nett 50,12 (sukh patipad ~ vipassanya padatthnam); Vism 668,7/0//. (buddhnam pana cattro pi magg sukhpatipad - va ahesum ... Mahmoggallnattherassa pana pathamamaggo sukhpatipado -0 ahosi, upari tayo dukkhpatipad dandhbhinn); Sv 192,6 (-0 v hoti seyyath pi thero Bhiyo Druclriyo); Mp I 375,11 (satth ... therim -nam aggatthne thapesi ti); Ud-a 95,5 (-0 tva-d-eva sabbsave khepetv ... arahattam ppuni, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se tya); As 185,6 (--tt); -tara, mfn., quicker, swifter; -am, adv., more quickly; most quickly, S V 456,3 (-am kho so bhikkhave kno kacchapo... yuge givam paveseyya); Ja VI 324,7' (manassa rammanagahanato pi -am tassa manomayasindhavassa gamanam ahosi ti); Mil 293,8 (yo koci yodho... patisattum .., kaddhitv -amsmino upaneyya);-nisanti, -nisanti(n), mfn., of quick observation; of swift comprehension; A l l 97,H (ekacco puggalo -i ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; Mp III 117,i9: ~i ti khippanismano sigham jnitum samattho) * IV 296,4 {Ce so; Be, Ee, Se -i); Vism 376,7 (timsasahass pi bhikkh -ino ahesum); As 187,26 (satesu sahassesu v eko ~i hoti). khippati,/?r. 3 sg. [= khipati1 qv, S. ksipyati ?], throws; impels; crushes; ? Sadd 487,u (khipa perane: -ati khippam); part.pr. (a) khippanta, mfn., Vv-a 348,is; (b) khippamna, mfn., Vv 84:44 (tarn khippamnena lahum parena; ? Vv-a 348,17foil.: khippamnena ti evarn khippantena vambhantena pilantena); see also khepati. khibbati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksivati, ksivyati, Wg 15:59], spits; Sadd489,n (khivu nirasane:... -ati); see also khevati. khimpati,/?r. 3 sg. [?], goes; Sadd404,i4 (khipi gatiyam: -ati). khiyantam in Ee at Th-al 245,9 is wr for khiyantam {Be, Ce, Se so). khiyamno in Ee at Vism 447,24 is wr for khiyamno {Be, Ce, Se so). khiyyati \ see sv khinoti. khiyyati 2 , see sv khiyati2. khiyyati 3 , see sv khiyati3. khiyyana, see sv khiyana2. khiyyanaka, see sv khiyanaka2. Vkhil, [from khila?], to be hard;l Dhtum397 (khila kthinne). khila, m.n. {and mfn. ?) [cf S., BHS khila], {sometimes

written for or confused in meaning with khila1 qv); 1. barren land; hard, arid soil; barren, hard; Pj II 30,25 (seyyath pi nma -e bhmibhge cattro mse vassante pi deve sassni na ruhanti, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce khlle); 2. (as a fault of one's thinking) barrenness, sterility; stiffness, rigidity; hostility, resistance; SI 193,13* (ummaggapatham Mrassa abhibhuyya carati pabhijja-ni, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se khilni; Spkl 279,8foil.'. rgakhildini panca bhinditv) = Th 1242 {Ce, Ee Se so; Be khilni); SHI 134,22 (yasm Channo... -am pabhindi, Ce, Ee so; Se khilam; Be khilam chindi); V 57,2 (tayo 'me bhikkhave -a ... rgo ~o doso -o moho -o, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se khil... khilo...); Sn780 (tasm muni n' atthi -o kuhinci, adj. ? see K.R. Norman, 1992b, p. 302; Nidd I 63,n: munino hatacittat -jtat pi n' atthi panca pi cetokhil n' atthi tayo pi - n* atthi; Pj II 520,4: ayam muni rgdikhilehi n' atthi -0 kuhinci ti veditabbo); 973 (sabrahmacrisu -am pabhinde); JaV 379,24* (-am pabhindasi pakkhi, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se khilam; 379,26': ~an ti cittakhnukam, Ce, Ee so; Be -an ti cittakhilam cittakhnukam; Se khflan ti cittakhilam cittakhnukam); ifc see ceto- (.yv ceta[s]), vigata{sv vigacchati); -jta, mfn., barren; rigid; hostile; Vin HI 255,13 (kupito anattamano ti anabhiraddho hatacitto~o); MI 101,23 (bhikkhu sabrahmacrisu kupito hoti anattamano hatacitto -o); A III 176,1 (dhammadesake hatacitto hoti -0); Nidd-al 191,19 (cittathaddhabhvacittakacavarasankhtam patighakhilam jtam ass ti ~o, tassa bhvo t); Ap-al23,io (paccekabuddham disv kuto gacchati ayam mundako ti hatacitto ~o tarn hatthin sdesi); neg. akhilajta, mfn., MI 102,36; A III 176,11; -bhta, khilibhta, mfn. [cf S khilibhta], become barren, become rigid; Pj II 30,24 (cetokhil ... yehi-e citte, Be, Seso; Ce, Ee khilfbhte, prob, wr); akhila, mfn., 1. whole, entire; all; Abh702 (sabbam samattam-am); Ap21,3 (mahsamudde udakam pathavim ckhilam jhe buddhannam updya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be pathavi ckhiljatam); Mhv 6:33 (amacc sannipatit -a ekamnas); 23:13 (ganhitv Damile 'khile); Jinak 117,3* (rjindnam 'khilnam); 2. free from barrenness; free from rigidity or hostility; D II 261,10* (-am oghatinnam ansavam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akkhilam; Sv 692,14: rgadosamohakhilnam abhv -am, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se -khilnam... akhilam); III 146,20 (so imam pathavim sgarapariyantam -am animittam akantakam iddham ... ajjhvasati, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se akhilam; cfSv 922,6: -am animittam akantakan ti niccoram, cor hi kharasamphassatthena khil... tivuccanti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se akhilam ... khil); S IV 118,11* (cittam ca susamhitam ... -am sabbabhtesu; Spk II 399,19: akhilan ti mudum athaddham); Sn 477 (sa ve anejo -0 akankho; Pj II 411,4: cetokhilnam ... abhv ... -o); Ap 321,29 (-0 homi kassaci, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee acalo); 460,28 (-0 ca visallo ca). khijati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksijati, Wg 7:63], makes an inarticulate sound; groans; Sadd345,19 (khija... avyattasadde: -ati); see also khivati. khlna 1 , mfn., pp o/khinoti qv. khina 2 , mfn. [pp of khiyati2 qv ? or of khinti qv ? or of (s)kirati, cf khina and S. stirna ?], hurtful; rough;

767

criticising; Pj II 204,2 (khinti ti~o, himsati vibdhati ti attho); am, adv., hurtfully, roughly; Mill 230,19 (raho vdam na bhseyya sammukh na -am bhane, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ntikhinam; perhaps read nkhlnam ? Ps V 30,2i: sammukh pi -am kinnam kiHtthavcam na bhaneyya); -vyappatha, mfn., of rough or hurtful speech; criticising; Sn 158 (kacci na -0, eds so; perhaps read nakhinavyappatho; Pj II 204,4foil.: na pharusavco ti vuttam hoti, nakhinavyappatho ti pi ptho, na akhinavacano ti attho, pharusavacanam hi paresam hadaye akhlyamnam titthati; see K.R.Norman, 1979, pp. 324-28). khinti, khineti, khiyati 4 , pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup Vksi, Vksi, Wg 27:29; 31:35], injures; destroys; Vism 508,23 (ariyamaggo hi dose khineti tasm khayo ti vuccati); Pj II 204,1 (khinti ti khino, himsati vibdhati ti attho); Sadd All,iz foil, (khi nivse kodhahimsasu ca:... khiyanti ti kujjhanti himsanti v). khipitv in Ee at Sp 381,15 is wr for khipitv (Be, Ce, Se so). khiyati1, see sv khinoti. khiyati2, khiyyati2,/?r. 3 sg. [perhaps related to S. Vksai; usage suggests emphasis on expression of discontent, c/khipati; see BHSD svv ksiyati, vivcayati], expresses anger, complains; criticises publicly, denounces; Vin III 44,19 (manuss ujjhyanti -anti vipcenti alajjino ime saman Sakyaputtiy dussll musvdino; Sp 296, nfoll.: ~anti ti tassa avannam kathenti paksenti... n' atthi imesam smannan ti dini bhanant -anti); IV 38,i6///. (Mettiyabhummajak bhikkh bhagavat ujjhpanakam patikkhittan ti ettvat bhikkh sossanti ti bhikkhnam smant yasmantam Dabbam Mallaputtam ~anti chandya Dabbo Mallaputto sensanam panfipeti... katham hi nma ... bhikkh ~issanti...; Sp 771,3: -antiti chandya Dabbo Mallaputto ti dini vadant paksenti); 152,12 (chandam datv -ati, pattipcittiyassa); 331,13 (Candakli bhikkhuni ujjhyati ~ati vipceti, aham eva nna bl... yam sangho ... mayhamevana den" ti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khiyyati); D III 92,28 (yo no samm -itabbam ~eyya, samm garahitabbam garaheyya samm pabbjetabbam pabbjeyya; Sv 870,6: -eyy ti paksetabbam pakseyya khipitabbam v khipeyya, hretabbam hreyy ti vuttam hoti); 93,4 (ehi bho satta, samm -itabbam -a, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se wr i); S I 156,1 (ujjhyanti -anti vipcenti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khiyyanti; Spkl 221,23: -antiti kirn nm' etam, kirn nm' etan ti annamannam kathenti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khiyyanti ti); Ja VI 493,5* (ngadnena -anti; 493,6': ~anti ti kujjhanti); As 373,5 (issuki hi puggalo parassa tarn lbharn -ati, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee khiyyati); Sp 1011,24 (fitak kalaham v karonti -anti v, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khiyyanti); 1407,29 (afine bhikkh alabhant -anti, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se khiyyanti); Utt-vn315 (chandassa dyako bhikkh pcitti yadi ~ati); Sadd 477,30 (khi nivse kodhahimsasu ca:... -anti" ti kujjhanti himsanti v); part.pr. khiyanta2, m/(-antI)w., Vin I 153,20 (Viskhya ... ujjhyantiy -antiy vipcentiy); Sp 1233,31 (-ant); Dhp-a 1236,3 (ujjhyanto -anto gantv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit -anto); Vin-vn 1774 (-antassa); Mhv 23:21 (-ant);

aor. 3 sg. khiyi2, D III 93,8; absol. khiyitv, Dhp-a I 234,20 (ujjhyitv -itv); pp khiyita, (mf)n., a complaint (is made); VinV 42,25 (khiyati payoge dukkatam ~e patti pcittiyassa); fpp khiyitabba, mfn., D III 92,28; Vism 419,15; see also khina2. khiyati3, khiyyati3, pr. 3 sg. [S. ksiyati, kseti], stays, resides; Sadd 327,9 (khi nivse: ~ati khiyyati v); 477,29 (~ati ti nivasati Yamakkhayan ti Yamanivesanam). khiyati 4 , see sv khinti. khiya, m. [from khiyati2], complaining (oft; criticising publicly, denouncing; -dhamma, m., the practice of complaining publicly, the action of public criticism, denunciation; Vin IV 152,7(yopana bhikkhu dhammiknam kammnam chandam datv pacch ~am pajjeyya, pcittiyam, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khiyana-); A III 269,26 (enam asucin kyakammena samanngatam... pesal sabrahmacri disv ~am pajjanti, aho vata no dukkham ye mayam evarpehi puggalehi saddhim samvasm ti, Be, Ee so; Se khiya-; Ce khiyana-); IV 374,20 (idha te Sriputta annataro sabrahmacri ~am panno, yasm mam bhante Sriputto sajja appatinissajja crikam pakkanto ti, Ee, Se so; Be, Ce khiyana-); see also khiyana2. khiyana 1 , n. [from khiyati1], wasting away; decay; Patis-a 561,29 (khayato ti~ato); Sadd 327,5 (~am khayo); -dhamma\ mfn., subject to decay, to perishing; Patis-a 251,32 (khayadhamman ti ~am khlyanapakatikam). khiyana 2 , khiyyana, n. and mfn. [from khiyati2], complaining (of); criticising publicly, denouncing; Sp 1307,30foil, (dhammiknam kammnam chandam datv ~am ca civaram datv -am ca); 1407,29 (anne bhikkh alabhant khiyyanti, khiyyanamattam eva c' etam hoti, Be, Ee so; Ce khiyana-; Se khiyyita-); Ps I 169,32 (paresam sakkrdini - iss, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khiyamn); -dhamma2, m., the practice of complaining publicly, the action of public criticism, denunciation; Vin IV 152,7 (yo pana bhikkhu dhammiknam kammnam chandam datv pacch -am pajjeyya, pcittiyam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khiya-); 331,19 (katham hi nma ayy Candakli... sdh ti patissunitv pacch -am pajjissati, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khiya-); A III 269,26 (enam asucin kyakammena samanngatam... pesal sabrahmacri disv -am pajjanti, aho vata no dukkham ye mayam evarpehi puggalehi saddhim samvasm ti, Ce so; Be, Ee khiya-; Se khiya-); IV 374,20 (idha te Sriputta annataro sabrahmacri -am panno, yasm mam bhante Sriputto sajja appatinissajja crikam pakkanto ti, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se khiya-); Sp 578,18 (asammate bhikkhusmim sahghassa majjhe kinci kathayamne - o uppajjati); Utt-vn 145 (-am pajjam). khiyanaka 1 , mjh [khiyana1 + ka2], perishing; wasting away; Vibh-a 54,2 (maggena -kiles katame). khiyanaka 2 , khiyyanaka, mfn. and n. [khiyana2 + ka2], 1. (mfn.) consisting in complaining, criticising publicly; Vin II 94,8 (chandadyako khiyati -am pcittiyam) = Sp 1318,26 (eds khiyyanakam); 2. (n.) a complaint; a public criticism; Vin IV 38,23 (ujjhpanake-e pcittiyam); Sp 771,6 (yena ca [vacanena] khiyanti tarn-am; Sp-t[ite]III 24,23 foil.: yena chandya

768

itthannmo ti divacanena tattha tattha bhikkhnam savanpacre thatv avannam paksenti); 771,22 (ujjhpanakam ca -am ca karoti). khira, n. [S. ksira], X.milk, esp. cows' milk; Abh 500 (-am duddham payo thannam); Vin I 244,34 (anujnmi bhikkhave panca gorase -am dadhim takkam navanitam sappim); D I 201,25 (gav -am -amh dadhi); Mill 253,21 (Mahpajpati Gotami mtucch pdik posik -assa dyik); Ja IV 138,5 (mtu -am alabhanto na samm vaddhito ti); VI 371, I 6* (visnato gavam doham yattha -am na vindati); Ap 532,5 (-am tvam pyito may); Dhs 646; Mil41,i (-am duyhamnam klantarena dadhi parivatteyya); Vism28,i2 (yadi khiragovacch siyum bhikkh pi-am labheyyun ti); Dhp-al 98,5 (sligabbham phletv nirudake -e pacpetv); ifc see ajik-; 2. the milky juice or sap of plants; Sp 1291,7 (salisisam -am gahetum na sakkoti); Spkl 250,22 (tarn subhmiyam patitthahitv... vepullam patv -am janetv... slisisam nipphdeti); '-annava, m., the ocean of milk; Abh 659 (~'dayo); '-paka, mfn., going to milk, dependent on milk; Ud76,7* (vaccho khirupako, Ce so; Be, Ee, Se khlrapako); SpkII 299,9 (khirpako hi vaccho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khlrapako); Sadd622,n (ko gassa... kulpako khirpako); odaka, n. [khira + udaka], milk and water; Ja II 104,24 (tassa atthim ... roppetv -ena sincpesi); Mp 1234,9; odakibhta, mfn. (perfectly mixed or compatible) like milk and water; Vin I 351,18 (samagg sarnrnodamn avivadamn ~ annamannam piyacakkhhi sampassant viharath ti) ^ S IV 225,12 ^ A III 67,4 (MpIII 271,16: ~ ti khirodakam viya bht ekibhvam upagat); ' -odana, m., rice and milk; rice cooked in milk; Vv 33:87 (-am aham adsim); Ap 472,8 (-am ads' aham); -kkoli, / , a root (yielding a milky juice) (of Fritillaria roylei ?); Sp 834,6 (in long cpd); Vin-vn 1332 (lasunam c' eva -kkoli-dayo); -gandsa, m., a mouthful of milk; Ja I 459,1 (-am gahetv mukharn vikhletv tarn khiram nutthubhati); -jallika, / , the scum of milk; Sp 716,26 (-am apanetv, Be, Ce, Seso; Ee khiram -am, prob, wr); -danta, /w., a milk-tooth; Patis-a 152,33 (daharakumraknam hi pathamam eva - nma utthahanti) = Vibh-a 99,22; -pa, mfln)., drinking (only) milk, unweaned; JaV 106,21* (- hannate paj; 106,24': khlrapako vacchako hannati); -paka, mflji)., drinking (only) milk; unweaned; Ud 76,7* (jarmaranam gacchanti vaccho -0 va mtaram, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce khirupako); 91,n* (vidv pajahti ppakam kofico -0 va ninnagam; Ud-a427,2: yath koncasakuno udakamissite khire upanite vina toyam khiramattass' eva pivanato -0); Dhp284 (patibaddhamano va tva so vaccho ~o va mtari); Sv 972,12 (-e drake khiram pyetha, Ce so; Be, e-pyake; Se khirpake) = Spk HI 46,6 (Ce, Ee so; Be khirpage; Se wr khirpate) = Ud-a 410,24; Spk II 299,9 (-0 hi vaccho, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khirpako); -panni(n), m., a kind of plant (whose leaves yield a milky juice); MI 429,23 (tarn jiyam jnmi yy' amhi viddhoyadi v akkassa ... yadi v -ino ti); -pka in Ce, Ee at Ps III 19,24 is prob, wr for -paka or

-pyaka^v; -pyaka, mf(n)., drinking (only) milk, unweaned; Ja IV 152,29(-e drake dim katv, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -pivadrake); Sv 972,12 (-e drake khiram pyetha, Be, Ee so; Ce -pake; Se khirpake) = Ps III 19,24 (Be so; Ce, Ee -pke, prob, wr; Se -pivake) = Spk III 46,6 (Ce, Ee -pake; Be khirpage; Se wr khirpate); -pyi(n), m/(n)., drinking (only) milk; Ud-a 368,3 (-1 tarunavaccho); -pyita, mfn., made to drink milk, suckled; Ja IV 400,9*; -psna, m., a kind of stone; ? Sp 1241,7 (--mayni tattakasarakdini); Spkl 282,3 (--pindo viya); Vin-vn 2864 (--sambhtam garukam tattakdikam); Thp222,2i (tassopari -am... attharpesi); -pivaka, mflji)., drinking (only) milk unweaned; Ps III 19,24 (-e drake khiram pyetha, Se so; Be -pyake; Ce, Ee -pake, prob. wr; = Sv972,i2: Ce -pake; Be, Ee -pyake; Se khirpake; = Spk III 46,6: Ce, Ee -pake; Be khirpage; Se wr khirpate); Nidd-a I 69,28 (ami eti mtu pacchato -o viya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -pako); -pita, mf(n)., drinking (only) milk, unweaned; infant; Ja VI 557,16* (syam samvesankle - va acchare; 558,10': - v ti yath khirapak khirass' atthya kanditv tarn alabhitv kandant va niddam okkamanti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se yath ~ migapotak...); -mattal, mfiji). [khira + matta1], (one) made satisfied, drugged with milk, a baby; SI 108,22* (careyya -o va n'atthi maccussa gamo; Spk I 175,22/0//.: yath daharo kumro uttnaseyyako khiram pivitv dukulacumbatake nipanno asanni viya niddyati); -matta2, n. [khira + matta2], nothing but milk, only milk; Ud-a 427,2 (-ass* eva pivanato); -rukkha, m., a tree with a milky sap or fluid; S IV 160, is (-0 assattho v nigrodho v...); Ja III 209,16* (yam tvam ankasmim vaddhesi -am bhaynakarn); Vibh-a 299,17 (yath -assa kuthriy hathatatthne khiram na nikkhamissati ti na vattabbam); -valli,/, a kind of creeper; Sp 834,1 (--kando); 837,19 (--pittham); Nidd-a I 425,30 (--pitthassa); Vm-vn 1331 (kando yo-iy); 1363 (pittham yam-iy). khiranika, m.f [from khira], one who milks; SI 174,11* (punappunam - duhanti; Spk I 258,2: - ti khirakrak godohak). khirik, / [S. BHS kslrik], a kind of tree, perhaps a date; Abh 564 (~ rjyatanam); Samantak 564 (Sumanadevo ... adhivasati... khirikpdapasmim). Vkhil [cf kilati, S. kridati], to play; Dhtup 350 (khila vihre, perhaps wr). khila 1 , m. [S. kila, khila] (sometimes confused with khila qv), a peg; a spike, a stake; a tethering-peg; a post; Abh 1115; Vin II 116,8 (bhikkh tattha tattha -am nikhanitv sambandhitv civaram sibbenti); D II 254,17* (chetv -amchetv paligham indakhilam hacca-m-anej, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khilam; Sv 681,2: rgadosamohakhilarn chinditv, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -khilam) = S I 27,3* (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khilam); Mil 232,25 (s gaddulabaddho dalhe thambhe v ~e va upanibaddho, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khile) * SHI 150,7; Ud69,i (yehi ... jaccandhehi hatthissa danto dittho ahosi te evam hamsu ediso deva hatthi seyyath pi -oti, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se phlo ti; Ud-a 342,26: -o ti ngadantakhilo, eds so); Sn 28 (- nikht asampavedhi, Ee, Se so; Be khil; Ce khil; Pj II 40,5: - ti gunnam

769

bandhanatthambh, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khil ti); Th 680 (chetv ~am ca psam ca); Sp 340,26 (tasmim ~e nmam chinditv); Pj II 481,27 (yath manuss allacammam bhmiyam pattharitv ~ehi kotenti, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khilehi); ifc see ayo- (sv aya[s]), inda-; khllena in Ee at Spk III 58,10 is prob. wr; Be, Ce, Se etasmim hi me bhesajje kate pi; -tthyithita, mfn., standing as immovably as a post; A IV 192,6 (ekacco assakhalunko pehi ti vutto ... n' eva abhikkamati no patikkamati, tatth' eva ~o hoti; Mp IV 104,23: cattro pde thambhe viya niccalam thapetv titthati); see also kila, akhilaka, cammakhila. khila, khila2, n. [cf S. kina, m.], a callus; a corn; a swelling; Ja V 204,26* (na pi 'ssa hatthesu ~ni atthi, Ce, Ee, Se so; itekhilni; 207, is': ~ni ti khinni, ayam eva v ptho, Ee so; Ce, Se ~ni ti khinni; Be khilni ti kilni); ifc see pda-. khilaka, m. [khila1 + ka2; S. kilaka], a peg; a post; ThI390 (drukapillakni va tantihi ca ~ehi ca vinibaddh; Thi-a 239, xzfoll.: hatthapdapitthikanndi-atthya thapitadandehi); ifc see inda-; see also akhilaka. khilana, n. [?], scorn; contempt; Mil357,i2(hilanam~am garahanam uppandanam ...); see also khilita. khilita, mfn. [?], scorned; despised; Mil 229,23 (onto hoti hilito ~o garahito paribhto acittikato) * 288,13 (~); see also khilana. khilibhte in Ce, Ee at Pj II 30,24 is prob, wr for khilibhte or khilabhte (Be, Se so). khivati1, pr. 3 sg. [cf khijati ?], makes a sound; Pj II 572,13 (~anto ti pi ptho, kjanto ti c' assa attho, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se kuvanto ti pi ptho). khivati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksibate, ksivate, Wg 10:19], is intoxicated; Sadd440,i8 (khivu made: ~ati). khu1, ind. [= kho qv; AMg, BHSid; cf S. khalu], indeed; certainly; Thi 509 (khinti khu tarn km cht sunakham va candl; Thi-a 266,6: kh ti niptamattam); see also khalu. khu 2 , / [cf S. kha and K.R. Norman, 1971, p. 142], a hole, a pit; ifc see irigla-; see also kha \ khumsana, n., ~ a , / [cf AMg khimsana, khimsan; BHS kumsana; S. kutsana, kutsan], abuse; insulting; verbal attack; Vin IV 6, I (tad pi me bhikkhave amanp ~ vambhan); Ud-a 291,25 (kvyan tiko ayam, khumsanavasena vadati); Sadd 567,15 (khumseti khumsayati ~); dhippya, m. [khumsana + adhippya1], an intention to insult; Ud-a 379,6 (mundak samanaka ti... te pan a -ena hilent evam hamsu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~e, prob, wr); (a)-vacana, n., a derogatory or abusive expression; Thi-a 219,20 (lokavohravasena ~am etam); see also kucchana. khumseti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [cf AMg khimsai; perhaps < S. kutsayati], abuses, insults; attacks verbally; Dhtup 625 (khumsa akkosane); Dhtum867; Vin III 129,9 (avannam bhanati nma dve magge ~eti vambheti garahati; Sp 547,24: -eti ti vcpatodena ghatteti); W4,nfoil, (hinena pi akkosena -enti vambhenti... ~essanti ...); A1188,33 (te sakam yeva vdam dipenti... paravdam pana ~enti vambhenti paribhavanti); Ja I 191,5

(pesale bhikkh -enti vambhenti ovijjhanti); Ud-a 113,13 (jti-dihi akkosavatthhi -enti); Sadd 567,15 (khusi akkosane: ~eti -ayati); part.pr. khumsenta, mfn., D I 90,25 (bhagavantam yeva -ento); Sp 1403,17 (bhikkhum duruttavacanehi ghattento -ento); aor. 3 sg. khumsesi, Vin II 18,17 (ayam Sudhammo bhikkhu Cittam gahapatim ... hinena ~esi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~eti); ab sol. khumsetv, Mp I 387,23; Pj II 357,21 (evam jtivdena -etv); pp khum8ita, mfn. [cf S. kutsita], abused, insulted; Niddl 397,2 (rusito ti dsito ~ito ghattito vambhito garahito upavadito, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee dsito ti) * 498,7; Dhp-all 75,19 (tay upsako saddho pasanno hinena ~o ti). khujja, mfn., m. and ~ , / [AMg id.; S. kubja, kubj], humpbacked, crooked; a hunchback; Abh319 (~o ca gandulo); Vin I 91,11 (bhikkh... ~am pabbjenti; Sp 1027,6: ~o ti yo urassa v pitthiy v passassa v nikkhantatt khujjasariro); DU 333,21 (rakkhanti tarn tamhi samaye - pi vmanik pi...); Thi 11 (sumutt sdhu muttamhi tii ~ehi muttiy udukkhalena musalena patin khujjakena ca; Thi-a 15,7: khujjakaranahetutya tad ubhayam ~an ti vuttam, smiko pan' ass ~o eva); Ja II 225,18 (ekam ~am disv ayam purissabho bhavissati ti); V 426,20' (eko pan' ass paricriko ~o pithasappi atthi); Ap 526,n (dhtiyo mam upatthanti ~); Sv 447,10 (~nam uparimakyo aparipunno hoti vmannam hetthimakyo); SpkII 291,19 (sarirasmim hi vtarogo uppajitv... -am karoti); Dhp-al 194,8 (amhkam ghare ek ~ atthi); Ud-a 149,19 (- ujugatta ahesum); Sadd 720,21 (pdena khanjo pitthiy ~o); -tecalkkhakkinne in Ee at Ja VI 483,4* is wr for -celpakkinne (Be, Ce so) or for -celvakkinne (Se so); akhujja, mfn., not crooked, straight; straight-bodied; Sp 1027,9 (mahpuriso eva hi brahmujugatto, avaseso satto ~o nma n* atthi). khujjaka, mfn. [S. kubjaka], humpbacked; crooked; Th43 (sumuttiko 'mhi tihi ~ehi; Th-al 119,is: ~ehi ti khujjasabhvehi khujjkrehi v); Thi 11 (patin ~ena ca; Thi-a 15,7: smiko pan' ass khujjo eva); Th-al 119,23 (tani pi asitdini kutilkrato ~ni ti vuttam); -rukkha, m., a crooked tree; ? Sp 655,8 (~assa chy dram gacchati, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khujjarukkhassa); akhujjaka, mfn., not humpbacked, not crooked; Th-al 119,20 (kassako hi ~o pi samno tisu thnesu attnam khuijam katv dasseti layane kasane kuddlakamme ca, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akhujjo pi). khujjarja, n. [for khuddarja ?], a minor king; ? Saddh 453 (sukaram ~ena yam siy sattudsanam cakkavattinarindassa katham tarn dukkaram siy). khujjhissanti ti in Ee at Spk II 263,6 is wr for bujjhissanti ti (Be, Ce, Se so). khunoti, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. ksanoti ?], hurts, injures; Sadd 507,4 (khunu khinu himsyam: ~o khinoti, Ee so, perhaps wr for khanu... khanoti?); see also khanati'. khundali in Ee at Pv-al62,i is wr; Be, Ce, Se m ukkanthasi ti. Vkhud, [cf S. Dhtup. Vksudh, ksudhyati; Wg 26:81], to be hungry; Dhtup 161 (khuda jigacchyam); Dhtum 229; see also khudita.

770

khud, / [cf S. ksudh; Pli form showing dissimilation of aspirates ?], hunger, Abh 468 (- jighacch); Vin 1221,24 (ygu pit -am patihanati); Sn 52 (sitam ca unham ca -am pipsam ... abhisambhavitv); Pv 13:5 (~ya tanhya ca khajjamn); Jail 199,23 (s -ya pflit atthicammvases ahosi); VI 63,15* (-ya miye); Niddl 486,24 (- vuccati chtako); Ps IV 187,5 (mahjanam n' eva ~ na pips pilesi); dhivsa, m [khud + dhivsa1], the enduring of hunger, Ja VI 508,34' (udarass' uparodhen ti upavsena ~ena, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit -ena); -pips, / , hunger and thirst; Mil 289,13; Nidd-al 279,30; see also khuppips. khudita, m/h [cf S. ksudhita], hungry; Abh 756 (jighacchito tu ~o); see also Vkhud. khudda 1 , mfn. [S. ksudra; AMg khudda], 1. small, minute; trifling; poor, weak; mean, low; Abh 704 (parittam sukhumam -am thokam ...); 821 (-am appake adhamekapane); Ud 37,23* (- vitakk sukhum vitakk; Ud-a 236,27: - ti hin lmak); Sn 145 (na ca -am care kinci; Pj 1243,23: yam tarn kyavacimanoduccaritam -am lmakan ti vuccati); Vv 32:10 (siho ... -e mige khdati; Vv-a 136,27: -e ti balavasena nihine, pamnato pana mahante hatthi-dike mige so hanti yeva); JaV 445,3* (-nam lahucittnam ... thinam); 2. miserly; Abh 739 (-0 kadariyo); nukhuddaka, mfn. and n. [prob. khudda + anu1 + khudda + ka2], (mfn.) lesser, minor; the least important; the very smallest; the various small or minor ...; (n.) a minor disciplinary rule; the basic or minor discipline; Abh 431 (-am bhisamcariyam uccate); Vin II287,3 \foll (kankhamno nanda sangho mam' accayena -ni sikkhpadni samhaneyy ti) * D II 154,17; AI 231,29 (yni tni -ni sikkhpadni; Mp II 348,14*. -ni ti cattri prjikni thapetv sesasikkhpadni); Mil 144,6 (dukkatam mahrja khuddakam sikkhpadam, dubbhsitam anukhuddakam sikkhpadam, imni dve -ni sikkhpadni); Vism 11,34 (yni v sikkhpadni -ni ti vuttni idam bhisamcrikam silam); Sp 288,21 (~e pne vybdhentassa); SpkII 331,26 (-ni mlasantnakni viya kiles); Mp I 87,24 (tato patthya -ni maddanti); 163,7 (Uruvelakassapo... Kumrakassapo ti ime ~e there updaya ayam mah tasm Mahkassapo ti vutto); Pj I 39,22 (-am pi vinaycram appajahantena); khuddnukhuddak in Ee at Sv 592,21 is prob, wrfor khuddnukhuddakakath (Be, Ce, Se so); -ghantik, / , an ornament of small bells; Abh 286; -jantuka, m., a small creature; Sadd 750,25 (damsamakasam kunthakipillikam kitasirimsapam evam -'-atthe); -pupphiya, m. or mfn., a kind of plant; or having small flowers; Ja VI 536,33* (asok mudayan" ca vallibho -o; 537, IT: vallibho ca -0 ca); -mlaka, m., a kind of tree or plant; ? Ap 345,29 (asok ~ ...); -rja(n), m., a minor or subordinate king; A III 365,7 (ye keci -no sabbe te raflno cakkavattissa anuyutt bhavanti, Be, Ee so; Ce khuddarjno; Se khuddakarjno) * V 22,8 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se khuddarjno); akkhudda, mfn., not small or mean; considerable, important; -vaksa, mfn., being a considerable occasion (for...); ? of no mean

appearance;! D I 114,6 (bhavam hi Sonadando... brahmavanni brahmavaccasi -vakso dassanya; Sv 282, nfoll: bhoto sarire dassanassa okso na khuddako mah, sabbn' eva te arigapaccarigni dassaniyn' eva tni cpi mahantn' ev ti dipenti) * M II 167,i (Ps III 420,19foil.: ettha bhagavato aparimno dassanvakso ti veditabbo). khudda 2 , n. (and mfn. ?) [BHS ksudra, ksaudra: & lex. ksaudra], (in Pli and BHS usually with madhu, either in cpd or as separate words), honey; (from khudda bees; ?) Abh 494 (khuddjan tu madhu -am, Ce so; Be khuddajam); 821 (madhumhi -am); Mil 5,8 (seyyath pi puriso catummahpathe -am madhurn anelakam pileyya, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be khuddamadhum; Ps III 237,19: khuddakamakkhikhi katadandakamadhum); A III 369,9 (evam assa sdni phalni ahesum, seyyath pi nma -am madhum anelakam, Be, Ee so; Ce, Se khuddamadhum); Ja VI 555,15* (dajj amm brhmanassa phalam -ena missitam; 555,29': khuddakamadhun missitam); 563,8* (imam mullavatakam... bhunja -ehi samyuttam saha puttehi khattiya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -ena; 563,27': idam sabbam khuddakamadhun samyuttam puttehi saddhim bhunj ti); Ap 7,21 (sdhni vkyni madh va -am, Be so; Ce, Se madhum va; Ee madhum ca,prob, wr; Ap-a 129,9 foil', khuddakamadhupatalam iva sdhni madhurni); -kappa, mfn., like honey; sweet as honey; Ja IV 434,8* (phalni -ni bhunja) = V 324,2* (324,1 r foil: etni nnrukkhaphalni khuddamadhupatibhgni madhurni) = VI 532,30*; -makkhik,/, a honey-bee; Sv 866,8 (-ni katam madhum, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se khuddakamakkhikhi); Mp III 385,25 (-hi katam dandakamadhum, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khuddaka-; = Ps III 237,19: eds khuddaka-); 0 -madhu, n., honey; (honey from khudda bees; ?) Vin III 7,9 (seyyath pi -um anilakam evamassdam, Be, Ce, Eeso; Se khuddaka-; Sp 182,17: khuddakamakkhikhi katamadhum) * D III 85,16; Mp III 314,9 (kasvarasesu -u anelakam, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khuddaka-); Ap-a 364,5 (-un ghatam pretv). khuddaka1, m/(- and -ik). and n. [S. ksudraka; BHS also khuddaka; AMg khuddaga], 1. (mfn.) small; minor; insignificant; inferior; short; Vin II 120,24 (anujnmi bhikkhave -e jantghare ekamantam aggitthnam ktum mahallake majjhe ti); A III 121,30 (-nam ce pi pnnam pahram deti antamaso sasabilrnam pi); Sn 603 (catuppade pijntha ~e ca mahallake); Ja II 144, \r foil (Lakuntakabhaddiko sarirena ~o pi m tarn nnena pi -o ti mannitth ti); III 456,2fall, (rj kira ... mahallakam -am karissati thnantaram -assa dpessati); Niddl 148,13 (-0 silakkhandho mahanto silakkhandho); Mil 40,12 (anfl -assa mat ann mahantassa mt); 144,4 (dukkatam mahrja -am sikkhpadam dubbhsitam anukhuddakam sikkhpadam); Visml43,i8 (khuddik piti sarire lomahamsamattam eva ktum sakkoti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~); Sp28,2* (thapetv caturo p'ete nikye dighdike tadanfiam buddhavacanam nikyo -o mato); 1028,31 (khuddikhi kannasakkhalikhi samanngato, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se -hi); 1037,4 (tato -taro); 1206,22 (kci - honti kci mahanta); SpkII 156,13 (-tt); Mp I 374,1 (aham pi

771

pana khuddik bhavanti na sobhissmi); IV 27,2 (tiracchnesu pi keci ~ keci mahant); Pj II 120,17 (rajjena ~o pannya mahanto ahosi); As 121,3fall. (khuddikya ca mahatikya, ca senya sangme pavatte khuddik sen oliyeyya, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se ~aya ... ~ ...); Mhv 15:52 (khuddik ... vpi); 2. (nom. pi. ~ and ~ni), a minor rule or offence (ie a pcittiya rule); VinV 145,8* (prjikni cattri sanghdises bhavanti solasa aniyat ca dve honti nissaggiy catuvisati chapannsasatam c' eva ~ni pavuccanti) ^ Utt-vn 798; VinV 145,24* (nissaggiyni attha dvattimsa ~) * Utt-vn 800; Sp 475,7 (yya pattiy bhavitabbam s ~esu nidditth ti); 735,7* (~nam ayam dni tesam bhavati vannan); 3. (n.) a short text, one of the texts of the Khuddakanikya (esp. Khuddakaptha and Suttanipta); Pj I 11,6 (ayam saranagamananiddeso -nam di); 11,10* (~nam karissmi kesam ci atthavannanam); 11,20/0//. (~ni tva vavatthapetv pacch atthavannanam karissmi, ~ni nma khuddakanikyassa ekadeso); '-accika, mfn., with a small flame; Th-aII 176,21 (parittaramso ti ~o, Be, Se so; Ce kunthaggisikho; Ee kuntharamsiko); '-atthakath,/, a commentary on a Khuddaka text; Pj II 26,14 (paramatthajotikya ~ya); Vv-a 91,22 (paramatthadipaniy ~ya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khuddakanikyatthakathya); sitanangalakudlain Ee at Th-al 118,16 and Ap-a 335,26 is wr for khujjaksitakuddla- {Be, Ce, Se so); -gantha, m., the Khuddaka collection, the Khuddakanikya; Sv 15,25; -nagaraka, n., a small, insignificant town; D i l 146,12 (m bhante bhagav imasmim ~e ujjangalanagarake skhnagarake parinibbyatu, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee kuddanagarake; Sv586,2i: nagarapatirpake sambdhe ~e) = Ja I 391,26; -ptha, m., the name of one of the collections making up the Khuddakanikya of the Pali Canon; Sv 15,23 (... suttanipto ~o dhammapadam ..., Be, Se so; Ce, Ee omit ~o); Pj I 12,7 (-0 dhammapadam udnam itivuttakam suttanipto ... khuddakanikyo); 13,11 (yvyam navappabhedo -0 imesam khuddaknam di); Ap-a 100,4; ~'-atthakath,/, the commentary on the Khuddakaptha; Pj I 22,25 (paramatthajotikya ~ -atthakathya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khuddakatthakathya); -bhnaka, m., one who learns and recites the Khuddakanikya; Mil 342,1 (... majjhimabhnak samyuttabhnak anguttarabhnak ~); -rja(n), m., a minor or subordinate king; Spk III 134,16 (kuddarjno ti ~no) = Mp V 5,14 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se khuddarjno ti); Pj II 121,13; -vannan,/, the commentary on the pcittiya rules (ie Sp 735-885 ad VinlV 1-174); Sp 1090,6 (mlabhesajjdivinicchayo pi ~yam vutto yeva); -vatta, n.y a minor rule of conduct; Mp I 30,n (ekacco hi vattasampanno hoti, tassa dve -asiti ~ni cuddasa mahvattni cetiy anganabodhiy anganapniy amlaka -uposathgra-gantukagamikavattni ca karontass' eva, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee khandhakavattni) = Vibh-a297,s; Pj II 52,25 (dve-asiti ~ni cuddasa mahvattni ca samdya, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khandhakavattni); -vatthuka, ., the section on minor matters, 1. the khuddakavatthukkhandhaka of the Vinayapitaka (Vin II 105-143); Vin V

114,19 (~am pucchissam); 2. the khuddakavatthuvibhahga of the Vibhanga (Vibh 345-400); As 37 2,20 (~e pana pathamamnabhjaniye eko mno tinnam jannam uppajjati tikathito); akhuddaka, m/(~ and -ik)., not small or mean or insignificant; Ja III 263,26 (vipul bhavmi ti akhuddik homi, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se ~). khuddaka2, n. (or mfn.) [S. ksaudraka], a kind of honey; (from khudd bees; 1); -makkhika,/ [and/or khuddaka1 + makkhik], a honey-bee; (a small gadfly; ?) Ja II 90,21 (mahsatto ~ya pivanamattam pi lohitam anuppdetv); Sp 715,14 (madhukarihi nma madhumakkhikhi ~hi bhamaramakkhikhi ca katarn madhu); Ps II 8,24 (imam sakalacakkavattirajjam paticchitv ~amjivit voropehi ti); III 237,19 (~hi katam dandakamadhum) = Mp III 385,25 (Se so; Be, Ce, Ee khudda-); Spkl 175,11 (~ viya ... hindasi ti, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khudda-); Pj II 62,32 (~ya pivanamattam pi lohitabindu na uppannam, Be, Se so; Ce ~-lehanamattam pi; Ee khuddamakkhiklehanamattam pi); -madhu, n., honey (from khudd bees?); Ja VI 555,29' (~un missitam); 563,27'. khudd,/ [S. ksudr], a kind of bee; Abh 645; 821 (~ca makkhikbhede). khuddla in Ee at Sp 615,19 (khuddlakhanittdini) is wr for kuddla- (Ce, Se so; Be kudla-). khundati1, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Vksud, ksodati, ksunatti], strikes; stamps or tramples upon; JaV 310,15* (hatthroh anikatth rathik pattikrak annamannassa ~anti Kusasaddabhayattit, Ee so, perhaps wr; Be, Ce, Se chindanti; 310,26': ~antj ti annamannam chindanti, chindims ti pi ptho, Ee so; Be, Ce, Se chindanti ti chindanti maddanti, bhindims tipi ptho); see also khindati? khundati2, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup skundate, Wg 2:8], jumps; Sadd 381,io (khudi pavane: ~ati). khuppips, / (sg. and /?/.), [*khu(d) + pips; S. ksutpips], hunger and thirst; MI 85,35 (~ya miyamno)^ Niddl 154,23 (Be ~ya miyyamno; Ee, Se piliyamno; Ce ~hi miyamno); Sn436 (km te patham sen... tatiy ~ te); Pv41:6 (caranti ~ya manuss); Ja IV 337,19* (rattimdivam -am sahanto); V 5,12' (upavasmi ti ~hi upagato vasmi); Spk III 158,25 (~hi turibhtakle pi); It-al 133,22 (pettivisaye - vpasami); Sadd 780,14 (khu khudya pipsyam, pipssadde pare khudsaddassa khu-deso hoti: bhibhto); -parissanta, mfn., exhausted by hunger and thirst; Saddh 9 (gantvna pettivisayam... ~o); (a)-samappita, mfn., consigned to hunger and thirst; afflicted with hunger and thirst; S I 236,12*; Pv 14:2 (upapann pettivisayam ~); Thi 134; JaV 70,4*; see also khud. khuppipsi(n), mfn. [from khuppips], hungry and thirsty (a class of petas); Mil 294, \e (tayo pet [vipkam] na patilabhanti, vantsik ~ino nijjhmatanhik, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se asurakyo khuppipsito nijjhmatanhiko); see also khuppipsika, khuppipsita. khuppipsika, mfn. [from khuppips; perhaps = khuppipsita qv], hungry and thirsty (a class of pQtas); Pj II 50,8 (na -niijhmatanhikapetesu uppajjati);

772

Vibh-a455,7(pettivisaye nibbattamnam pi esa nijjhmatanhiko bhavissati esa -o esa paradattpajivi ti pajnti); see also khuppipsi(n). khuppipsita, mfli. [S. ksutpipsita], hungry and thirsty (a class of petay); Ud-a 140,11 (-tta paradattupajivinijjhmatanhikdayo ... pet, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khuppipsavant pi) * It-al 128,7 (-paradattpajivinijjhmatanhikdayo... pet); see also khuppipsi(n), khuppipsika. khubbhati, khobhati, pr. 3 sg. [S. ksubhyati, ksobhate], shakes; is agitated or disturbed; Dhtup 206 (khubha saficalane); 435; Dhtum302; 675 (khubho cale); Mil260,3 (udakam ... aggigatam calati -ati lulati vilati); Dhp-all 152,18 (yo caturanginiy senya oghantiy na kkhubbhati, Ce so; Be, Se na khubhati; Ee na kkhambhati); Sad d 409,29 (khubha saficalane: khobhati); 487,23 (khubha saficalane: ~ati); aor. 3 sg. khubbhittha, Ja VI 489,13* (hatthinge padinnamhi -ittha nagaram tad); pp khubhita, mfn. and n. [S. ksubhita], 1. (mfn.) agitated, disturbed; Jail 412,17 (vtena -am udakam); Mil 117,31; Patis-a 472,26 (mahata khobhena -); 2. (n.) disturbance; Mhv 65:37 (hato sendhintho hi mahantam -am ahu); khubhitv in Ce, Ee at Ud-a 259,17 (mlkacavaram khubhitv) is prob. wr; Be byhitv; Se viyhitv; caus. pr. 3 sg. khobheti, -ayati, shakes; agitates, disturbs; A III 188,14 (idam kho parittam gopade udakam sacham anjalin ... pivissmi ... -essmi tarn lolessmi pi tarn); JaV 323,4' (akkhobhani ti -etum na sakk); Ap 32,28 (dharanim pi... vmarigutthena -eyyam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se cleyyam); Pet 149,21 (cittam -enti, Be so; Ce khoheti; Ee khoventi); Spk II 134,1 (gantukarammanam -eti); Sadd 487,24 (kante -eti -ayati); part.pr. (a) khobhenta, mfn., Ja IV 361,6 (rj sakalajambudipam -ento mahdanam deti); Ps I 277,12 (sukham uppajjati sakalasariram -entam); It-aII 97,11 (cittam -ento); (b) khobhayamna, mfn., S v 217,8 (sakalasariram ~ayamn piti jyati); Dhp-al 249,17 (annavakucchim -ayamno); absol. khobhetv, Ap 329,30 (tvatimse pi -etv); JaV 458,26; Spk II 133,26; Mp I 77,2o; p a s s , pr. 3 sg. khobhiyati, Ap-a 547,14 (sam sutthu udiyati -iyati... luliyau" ti samuddo); /Tpkhobhita, mfn., shaken; caused to shake; Sv 414,7 (vimnesu ~itesu); Cp-a 190,23 (tehi parantihi atavikehi paccantadeso -ito ahosi, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee kupito); fpp neg. (a)akkhobbha (and akkhubbha), mfn., Ja I 37,26* (jino akkhobbho sgarpamo, Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhobho) = Bv 11:1 (Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkhobho); Cp 1:5:2 (tena demi mahdanam akkhobbham sgarpamam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se akkhobham; cf Sadd 410,17/0//.: Cariypitake ... accubbham sgarpaman ti... akkhubbhan ti pi ptho); Mil 21,2i (sgaro viya akkhobbho, Ee so; Be, Ce akkhobho; not in Se); (b) akhobhiya, akkhobhiya, akkhobbhiya, mfn., Ap 19,8 (sabbe ... sgaro va akhobhiya, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee akkhobhiya); Ap-a 290,36 (buddho akhobhiyo khobhetum luletum asakkuneyyo ti attho, Ee so; Ce lolotum; Be, Se akkhobhiyo... loletum...); Bv-al73,n (akkhobhiyo); Mhv 47:55 (akkhobbhiyamahseno nagaram gantum rabhi);

(c) akkhobhaniya, mfn., Cp-a 47,16 (akkhobbhan ti kenaci akkhobhaniyam). khura1, m. [S. ksura; BHS khura], a razor; a sharp blade; Vin II 134,3 (anujnmi bhikkhave ~am); Dili 126,19 (~assa sdhunisitassa talam assa passati, dhram ca kho tassa na passati); Th 408 (parimto ~o si dhamanim chettum attano); Dhp-a II 257,7 (~am gahetv imin givam chinditv marissaml ti); khuram in Ee at Ja V 52,i* is prob, wr for khararn (Be, Ce, Se so); ' -agga1, n. Pchura+ agga2], the room where the novice's head was shaved; Sp968,i9 (~e yeva arahattam ppunti) ^ Pv-a 53,28 * Mhv 5:46; Ps IV 11,2 (kesesu ohriyamnesu -e yeva arahattam ppunti); -kosa, m.n., -kosaka, m. [khura + kosa1, kosaka], a sheath or case for a razor; Vism 251,33 (pitthihatthattaco santhno) = Vibh-a 234,30 (-kosaka-); Sp 1 210,25 (-siptikan ti -kosakam); -cakka, n., a razoredged wheel or discus as an instrument of torture; Ja IV 3,16 (~am sise ukkhipitv paccamnam nerayikasattam addasa); 3,27 (~am tassa sise khipi, tarn tassa matthakam pimsamnam bhassi); Vism489,32 (rpam ... ~am viya datthabbam, Be, Ee, Se so; Ce uracakkam); Sadd 521,24; see also uracakka .yv ura(s); -dhra, mfn., razor-edged, sharp as a razor; containing razors; Sn 674 (atha Vetaranim pana duggam tinhadhram -am upenti; Pj II 482, ifoll.: tinhadhrakhuradhravatin ti vuttarn hoti, tass kira nadiy uddham adho ubhayatiresu ca tinhadhr khur patiptiy thapit viya titthanti, tena s tinhadhr ^ ti vuccati); Ja I 74,4 (tarn kira ~am cakkvudham); -dhr,/, the edge of a razor; the name of a niraya; Ja V 269,11* (~am anukkamma tikkham durabhisambhavam; 274,30: nirayam atikkamitv tattha kira nirayapl mahantamahante khure uparidhre katv santharanti); VI 105,22 (naditalam ~hi sanchannam); Vism 163,1 (purisassa ~yam viya satisampajannakiccapariggahit eva cittassa gati icchitabb ti); Dhp-a II 257,9 (~am galanliyam katv); -pariyanta1, mfn., edged with razors; with a razor-edged rim; D I 52,27 (~ena ce pi cakkena; Sv 160,1: ~en ti khuranemin, khuradhrasadisapariyantena v) ^ MI 404,26 ^ SHI 208,26; -pni, mfn., with a sharp blade in one's hand; Ja III 272,24* (odhissm' ahampassam -issarjino; 273,4'foil.'. khurappam sannahitv gatassa ranno); -ppa, m., a sharp-edged arrow; Abh 389; D I 96,9 (rj... kupito... ~am sannayhi); Jail 336,6* (disv - dhanuveganunne); IV 336,22 foil (~en' assa psam chindissmi... dhanum ropetv-amsandahitv kaddhi); Vism 381,23 (visapitam -am sannayhi); -bhanda, n., a barber's instruments; Vin I 249,22; 11134,4 (anujnmi bhikkhave khuram khurasilam khurasiptikam namatakam sabbarn ~an ti); Sv 599,32; Utt-vn711; -munda, mfn., having the head shaved, shorn; Vin I 344,19 (Dighitim ... gjhabandhanam bandhitv -am karitv) ^ A l l 241,n (Mp III 216,4foil: panca sikhandakethapetv khurena mundam karitv); DI 98,23 (khattiy khattiyam kismicid eva pakarane -am karitv); Ja VI 370,2i (mayam - vithim otarant lajym ti); Vv-a207,10 (s nahpitaslam gantv -am kretv

773

agamsi); -sancita, mfh., fitted with razors, covered with razors; Ja VI 249,5* (tarn ruhantam -am girim); -siptik,/, a razor-case; Vinll 134,3 (Sp 1210,25: -an ti khurakosakam); -sil, / , a whetstone; Vinll 134,3. khura2, m.n. [S. khura, m.], a hoof; a horse's hoof; Abh371 (~o sapham); Vv 64:10 (~assa ndo abhihimsanya ca); Ja VI 268,17* (jtarpamay kann kcamhamay -); Cp 2:5:6 (singehi ca -ehi ca); Sp 344,9 ([gvo] ~ehi mariydam chindanti); Ps I 120,8 (singni v -ni v kottento); 212,33 (givato yva khur tva cammam uddletv); '-agga 2 , n. [khura + agga1], the hoof-tip; Ja VI 275,10 (~ni atemento va pakkhandi); jina, n., an animal-skin with the hooves; Pp 56,13 (kesamassum ohretv -am nivsetv, Ce, Se so; Be, Ee kharjinam; Pp-a 233,26/0//.: sakhuram ajinacammam nivsetv); -ksa, m. [khura + ksa1], dragging the hoof furrowing with the hoof (a trick of horses); MI 446,18 (enam assadamako uttarim kranam kreti anukkame mandate - e ..., Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khurakye; Ps III 159,1: ~e ti aggaggakhurehi pathavikamane ... yath padasaddo na suyyati ... aggaggakhurehi yeva gamanam sikkhpenti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee pathavikasane); -nsa, mfn., "hoof-nosed", flat-nosed; JaIV 139,5 (macch... ); -nsika, mfn., "hoof-nosed", flatnosed; Ja IV 139,8* (ummujjanti nimujjanti manuss ~); -pariyanta2, w., the tip of the hoof; Ja IV 421,5' (pdti ~); sakhura, mfn., with the hooves; Ja IV 387,18' (~ni ajinacammni nivatth, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee ~ni cammni vatthni); Sp272,2i (ajinakkhipan ti salomam -am ajinamigacammam); Spkl 181,25 (-am ajinacammam, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se sukhuram); Pp-a 233,2 (ajinakkhipan ti tad eva majjhe phlitam, -an ti pi vadanti, Se so; Be, Ce sakhurakan tipi; Ee sahakhurakan tipi; = Ps II 45,2i: eds sakhurakan ti pi). khuraka1, m. [khura1 + ka2], a razor, a blade; -vta, m., the razor wind, one of the winds of the body; Vibh 84,10 (satthakavt ~ uppalakavt; Vibh-a70,3i: khurena viyahadayam phlanavt) quoted Ps I 30,32 (Be so; Ce, Ee, Se khurak vt); c/Siks 248,13: sastrakh ksurakh scakh pippalakh ...). khuraka2, m. [S. ksuraka], the tilaka tree, Symplocos racemosa; Abh 561 (tilako ~o). khuraka3, m. [khura2 + ka2], a hoof; ifc see sakhuraka. khuragga1, see sv khura'. khuragga2, see sv khura2. khurati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksurati, Wg 28:54; khurati, Wg 28:52], cuts; scratches; Dhtup 486 (khura cchedanavilekhanesu); Dhtum 354 (khura cchidasmim); 561 (khura cchede vilikhane); Sadd430,i (khura chedane vilekhane ca: -ati khuro). khulati,/?r. 3 sg [cfS Dhtup kudati, Wg 28:89], acts as a child; eats; Sadd 461,4 (khula blye ca, cakro ghasanpekkhako: -ati). khulukhulukrakam, ind. [onomat.; cf BHS khurukhura-], making the noise "khulukhulu "; so as to make a rattling noise; M i l 138,13 (so na khulukhulukrakam pattarn dhovati, Be, Ee, Se so; Cebulubulu-). khegata, mfn. [loc. o/kha 2 + gata], in the air; Vin-vn52

(valayam -am tattha karonto va parjito; cf Sp 315,28: ksagatam karoti prjikam); 67 (moram ... -am). khefa, m. (andn. ?) [ts], hunting; a shield; Ja V 373,23* (na te abhisaram passe ... nssa cammam va [Ee, Se v] ~am v, perhaps so read; eds kitam; 373,29': -an ti khetakam ctikaplam vuccati, ctikaplahatth pi te santike n' atthi ti, perhaps so read; Be kitan ti kitam; Ce, Ee kitan ti kitakam; Se kitam v ti kinitam); Sadd 352,11 (khita uttsane: khetati khetako ~o); see also kita2. khetaka, ketaka, n. [S. khetaka; ^Mgkhedaga], a shield; Abh 392 (-am phalakam cammam); Ja V 373,29' (khetan ti -am ctikaplam vuccati, perhaps so read; Ce, Ee kitan ti kitakam; Be kitan ti kitam; Se kitam v ti kinitam); Ps II 57,30 (asicamman ti asim c' eva -phalakdini ca); Sv-ptI 283,20 (saraparittnan ti cammapatisibbitam -am); -phalakahattha, m(fn)., (a soldier) with shields in his hands; Ja IV 353,31' (vammino ti - cha sahass, Be so; Ce, Ee ketaka-; Se cammika-); see also kitaka2. khetati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khetati, Wg9:15], frightens, alarms; Sadd 352,11 (khita uttsane: -ati); see also ukkhetita, samukkhetita. kheteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup khetayati, Wg 35:22], eats; Sadd 532,26 (kheta bhakkhane: -eti -ayati). khetta, n. [S. ksetra], (pi. nom. -ni, -), 1. arable land; a cultivated field; Abh 447; 880 (kedre... -am); Vinll 180,24 (pathamam -am kaspetabbam, kaspetv vappetabbam vappetv udakam atinetabbam); III 50,15 (-am nma yattha pubbannam v aparannam v jyati); D 1231,8 (seyyath pi nma sakam -am ohya pararn -am niddyitabbam manneyya); III93,13 (~nam pati ti... khattiyo, khattiyo tv eva dutiyam akkharam upanibbattam); SI 171,1* (na hi mayham brhmana til -asmi ppik); Dhp 356 (tinadosni -ni); Pv 21:69 (uijangale yath -e bijam bahukam pi ropitam na vipulam phalam hoti na pi toseti kassakam); Thi 112 (narigalehi kasam -am); JaV 302,25* (-ni amma kretv kanikr' ettha ropaya; 303, i8': -ni ti amma mama jhpitatthne mlvatthni kretv ettha etesu -esu kanikrarukkhe ropaya); VI 297,11* (pasum -am gant; 291, \%". gokulam ca sassatthnam ca ...); Ap 386,9 (-ato dhannam hatv); Dhs 597 (-am p* etam vatthum p' etam); Mil 47,3 (aggi... -am daheyya); Sp248,9 (-an ti slikhettdi, vatthun ti tinapannaskaphalphalasamutthnatthnam); Sv 78,24 foil, (-am nma yasmim pubbannam rhati, vatthu nma yasmim aparannam rhati, yattha v ubhayarn pi rhati tarn -am, tadatthya akatabhmibhgo vatthu); Pv-a 7,6 (khittam vuttam bijam tyati mahapphalabhvakranena rakkhati ti -am); ifc see gma-; 2. delimited area (of space or time); field of activity, sphere of action; S i l 4-1,1 (avrjjya... asesavirganirodh ... -am tarn na hoti vatthu tarn na hoti) * A II 158,35 (Mp III 147,1 foil: -an ti dini pi kusalkusalakammass' eva nmni, tarn vipkassa virhanatthnatthena -am); Sn 524 (~ni viceyya kevalni... divyam mnusakam ca brahmakhettam ... khettajino tdi pavuccate tathatt; Pj II 428,25 foil.: -ni ti yatanni vuccanti... keci... kammni -ni vadanti); Pet 109,22 (ettvat avijjya -am niddittham bhavati); Sp720,i6

774

(ayam eko addhamso pariyesanakarananivsannam tinnam pi -am); 1287',22 fall. (~e [ptimokkham] thapitam eva pana thapitam hoti... sangho uposatham kareyy ti ettha yva rekram bhanati tva thapetabbam, idam hi -am); Mp II 9,18 (tini hi -ni, jtikhettam nkhettam visayakhettan ti); 3. fertile soil, a suitable place (for something to arise or be produced); esp. a suitable object or recipient, a field for producing pufina; SI 167,13* (khinsavam ... annena pnena upatthahassu, -am hi tarn pufinapekkhassa hoti; Spk I 233,3foil.: evam tathgatassa ssanam nma ... appe pi bije bahusassaphaladyakam sukhettam viya patiyattam hoti ti) = Sn82; A I 63,14* (te ujjubht kyena vcya uda cetas -am tarn yajamnnam, ettha dinnam mahapphalam; Mp II 123,28: -an ti vatthu patitth, pufinassa virhanatthnan ti attho); It 98,12 (aggamhi -amhi pasannacitto); Pv 36:33 (pufinassa -am aranavihri devamanussnam ca dakkhineyyo); Ja IV 381,i8*/o//. (-ni mayham viditni loke yes' ham bijni patitthapemi ye brhman jtimantpapann tnidha -ni supesalni); Ap 250,16 (tattha tvam viraje -e anantaphaladyake sarighe cittam pasdehi sukhi bijam ca ropaya); 444,21 (yvat ~ vijjanti sangha pi ca gan pi ca buddhakhettasamo n' atthi); Sp 1,14* (-am jannam kusalatthiknam tarn ariyasangham siras nammi); Ps II 6,3 (bhiresu titthiyyatanesu na ime saman uppajjanti, imasmim yeva pana ssane uppajjanti, kasm, sukhettatya; s pan' es akhettat -t ca ariyamaggassa abhvato bhvato ca veditabb); 6,16 (titthyatanam akhettam ssanam -am); Mp III 46,8 (civararn jnitabbam civarakkhettam jnitabbam); 46,17 (civarakkhettan ti sanghato v ganato v ... pamsuklam v ti evam uppajjanato cha khettni); 4. a wife; Abh 880 (bhariyyam ... -am); 5. the body; Abh 880 (sarire -am); '-agga,. [khetta + agga1], the first-fruits of the field; Dhp-aIV98,s; Pj II 270,6fall, (-am rsaggam... imni pafica aggni deti, tattha pathamapakkni yeva sliyavagodhmasisni harpetv ygupysaputhukdini patiydetv... buddhapamukhassa sanghassa dnam deti, idam assa dnam); -gopaka, zw., one who guards afield, a watchman; Ja III 52,21 (ekassa -assa kutiyam dve mamsaslni... disv); Q)-a 104,6; -ja, m(fn). [khetta + ja2; S. ksetraja], a type of son (fathered by an appointed substitute for the husband); Ja I 135,H'/o//. (putt ca nam' ete atrajo -o antevsiko dinnako ti... sayanapitthe pallanke ure ti evam disu nibbatto -o nma, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se khetrajo); Niddl 247,3i (cattro putt, attajo putto -0 putto ...); Pj II 79,4 (atraje aviijamne -o pi kulavamsadharo hoti ti, Ce so; Ee attaje; Be, Se atraje ... khetrajo ...) = Ap-a 163,19; see also khetraja; -jina, m(fn)., [prob, khetta + jina3, see K.R. Norman, 1992b, pp. 247-48], (one) who is knowledgeable; skilful; Sn 524 (khettni viceyya kevalni... sabbakhettamlabandhan pamutto ~o tdi pavuccate tathatt; Pj II 429,6: etesam khettnam vijitatt vicitatt v ~o nma hoti); -Mu, mfn., knowledgeable (about, gen.); experienced; clever, skilful; A IV 419,10/0//. (gvi pabbateyy pandit vyatt ~ kusal visame pabbate caritum... bhikkhu pandito

vyatto - kusalo ... pathamam jhnam upasampajja viharitum); Ja VI 490,10* (katham no kunjaram dajj ... -um sabbayuddhnam; 490, w: sabbayuddhnam khettabhmisisam jnanasamattham); neg. akhettaiinu, mfn., not knowledgeable (about, gen.); not familiar with; inexperienced; unskilful; (according to ct also: knowing who is not a suitable recipient); A III 384,16 (yath tarn blena avyattena akhettannun akusalena; cf Mp III 394,io: abhijtipannattiy khettam ajnantena); JaIV 371,14* (akhettann si dnassa; cf 372,25'fall.: akhettann sitinham tarn dnassa khettam mayi dinnam mahapphalam na hoti ti evam attnam dnassa akhettam jnsi manne ti); see also akhettanna below; -pla, zw., one who guards a field, a watchman; Vin IV 258,8; Ja III 54,i*; Sp 920,2; -plaka, m., one who guards a field, a watchman; Th-al 138,8; -rakkhaka, m., one who guards a field, a watchman; Ja II110,1 (-, Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -rakkhik); Vism 75,29 (-'-dihi); -sampatti,/, the attainment or excellence of a worthy recipient; Vv-a30,io (virajam bhikkhum vippasannam anvilan ti imina -im dasseti); 32,io; It-all 133,9; -smika, w., the owner of a field; Ja III 294,23; Mil 47,4; Vv-a311,io; -sodhana,., the clearing of a field (before ploughing); Dhp-aIII 284,22 (tvam mama divasato patthya gato); akhetta, akkhetta, mfn. and n., I. (mfn.) without land, not owning afield; Ja IV 303,6' (akhettabandh ti -o abandh, khettavatthugmanigamapariggahena ... rahito); 2 . (n.) what is not a field, a bad field; an unsuitable area; infertile or unsuitable soil, one who is not a suitable recipient; Ja IV 372,26' (attnam dnassa -am jnsi); Ap 438,26 (kusalam kattukmena... n' atthi khettam -am v); Vism 314,17 (lingavisabhgaklankat -am eva); Spk I 290,16 (ayam thero adrum tacchanto viya -e kasanto viya attano pi kammam nseti, Ce, Ee so; Be ~e vappanto; Se vappento); Ps II 5,34 (kasm pan' ete [saman] annattha n' atthi titya); 6,3 (s pan' es t khettat ca ariyamaggassa abhvato bhvato ca veditabb); nna, mfn., not knowledgeable (about, gen.), not familiar with; inexperienced; Ja VI 507,12* (disv sampatite ghore dumaggesu plavangame akhettannya te Maddi bhavissate mahabbhayam, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se bhavitan te mahabbhayam; 507,25': nnyati aranne abhmikusalya, Ce, Ee so; Se bhmiyam akusalya; Be arannabhmiakusalatya); see also khettaniiu above; sukhetta, sukkhetta, n.y good, fertile land; a very suitable place or recipient; D i l 353,28; A I 135,4 (bijni... ~e suparikammatya bhmiy nikkhittni); II44,5* (pasannacitto yajati -e brahmacrisu; Mp III 84,6 (brahmacrisankhte -amhi ti attho); Pv 21:74 (etesu dinnni mahapphalni bijni vuttni yath ~e); Ja IV 429,29' (yath -esu vutthiy bijam virhati); Ap 105,9 (-e bijasampad); Ps II 6,2 (bhiresu titthiyyatanesu na ime saman uppajjanti imasmim yeva pana ssane uppajjanti, kasm, tya); dukkhetta, n.y poor, infertile land; D i l 353,6; SV 379,22 (-am dubbhmi avihatakhnukam); see also khitta3, khetra. khetra, n. [= khetta, S. ksetra], land; a field;

775

-ja, m(fn). [khetra + ja 2 ], a type of son (fathered by an appointed substitute for the husband); Pj II 63,32 (atrajo ~o dinnako antevsiko ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khettajo); 79,4 (atraje avijjamne - o p i kulavamsadharo hoti ti, Be, Se so; Ce khettajo; Ee attaje... khettajo; = Ap-a 163,19: eds khettajo); Sadd 622,8 (tva ttassa: atrajo ~o); see also khitta3, khettaja (sv khetta). kheda, m. [ts], fatigue, exhaustion; physical distress; Abhll59 (h ~e); Vism71,i9* (pariyesanya -am na yti); Sp 1,6* (-am gato lokahitya ntho; Sadd480,3o: ettha -am gato ti kyikadukkasankhtam parissamam patto, dukkham anubhavi ti attho); lh-aIII 140,35 (kilamati -am pajjati); Sadd 487,30 (~o kilamanam); sariram -am in Ee at Vv-a 276,6 is wr for sarirakhedam; ifc see jana- (sv jana'), sarira -. khedpetv, caus. absol of khijjati qv. khepa, m. [S. ksepa], I. a throw, a cast; throwing, shooting; Abh 1078 (khepane ~o); Dhtup466 (nuda kkhepe); Sadd490,i (asu ~e, -o khipanam); Saddh42 (ledduy uddham -ena kse); 2. derangement; ifc see citta- .yvcitta1; 3. insult, abuse; Abh 121 (-o nind); 1078; Sp 231,30 (annamannam -am v garaham v akatv); It-al 69,25 (parikkhep tijti-divasena panto ~ dasahi akkosavatthhi khumsanavambhan). khepaka, mifri). [S. ksepaka; cf S. lex. ksipaka], one who throws or shoots; an archer; Abh 922 (issso -amhi ca); Cp-a 292,14 (attho nmyam nirapekkham dyakam anugacchati yath tarn nirapekkham -am kitako ti, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee khepakakitako); Sadd404,6 (khipa perane: ... khepati ~o). khepati, pr. 3 sg. [= khipati1, cf S. ksipyati ? or = khepeti1 ?], throws, shoots; crushes; Sadd 404,5 (khipa perane, peranam cunnikaranam pimsanam, -ati khepako); see also khippati. khepana1, n. and mfn. [from khepeti1], 1. (.) using up, making an end of destroying; Mp II 347,31 (maggo hi kilesnam ~ato khayo nma); Ud-a 179, I (sabbassa sammohassa -ena mohakkhayam patto); It-al 54,n (abhabbo dukkhakkhayy ti... vattadukkhassa -ya abhabbo); 1129,22; 2. (mfn.) making an end of, destroying; Ap-a 297,33 (andhakratamonudo ti ativiya andhakram moham nudo ~o ayam buddho anuppatto ti attho, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee cheko); ifc see asu- (sv asu1), yusankhr-, upatthambhana-. khepana2, n. [S. ksepana], throwing, shooting; Abh 1078 (nindyam -e khepo); Dhtup453 (asa kkhepane). khepeti 1 , -ayati 1 , caus. pr. 3 sg. o/khinoti qv. khepeti 2 , -ayati 2 , caus. pr. 3 sg. 0/khipati1 qv. khema, mfn. and m.n. [S. ksema], 1. (mfn.) safe, secure; free from danger; affording security; at ease; Abh 88; Vin IV 295,33 ([antoratthe] ~e appatibhaye gacchati); D i l i 146,21 (imam pathavim... phitam ~am sivarn; Sv922,n: -an ti nibbhayam); MI 134,36 (so passeyya mahantam udakannavam, orimam tiram ssankam sappatibhayam primam tiram ~am appatibhayam); A III 354,28* (etarn kho paramam nnam etarn sukham anuttaram asokam virajam -am etarn nanyam uttamam); Dhp 189 (n* etarn kho saranam -am);

Sn454 (yam buddho bhsati vcarn ~am nibbnapattiy); Pv 38:3 (ayam maggo ramaniyo -0 sovatthiko sivo); Mil 331,i (nagaram... phitam subhikkham -am samiddham ...); Ps III 218,21 (n* atthi tato taro anno ma 8go); Mp II 362,21 (asuko janapado -o subhikkho ca ti); 2. (m.n.) safety, security; a secure or easy state; peace; well-being; Abh 1037 (kalyne kathitam-am tisu laddhattharakkhane); D I 11,8 (-am bhavissati bhayam bhavissati); A III 104,30 (bhaye ... sati manuss yena -am tena sahkamanti); Sn 896 (khembhipassam avivdabhrnim; Pj II 558,1: avivdabhmim nibbnam -an ti passamno); Th980 (pamdam bhayato disv appamdam ca -ato); Ja III 373,4' (ime vnare sotthim samatrayi -ena santresi); 513,21* (yato -am tato bhayam); VI 526,11* (bhaye -assa dtram ko me Vessantaram vid); Sadd 860,15 (khiyanti ettha upaddavpasaggdayo ti -0); ifc see yoga-; 0, -atta, m(fn). [khematta1, khema + atta(n)], one who is secure, at peace; SI 112,28* (evam virattam -am sabbasamyojantigam anvesam; Spkl 178,7: -an ti khemibhtam attabhvam); ' -anta, m. and mfn. [khema + anta1], security, safety; secure, safe; Bv 21:26 (-am ppayitvna nibbuto so sasvako; Bv-a247,7: -am nibbnam); Sp 1018,4 (kantram nittharitv -am patv); Spkl 93,16; bhmi,/, a place of safety; a peaceful, secure region; D I 73,18 (yath bhujissam yathbhmim); Sp 121,10 (--bhmim, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee -am bhmim); Vism303,3o; neg. akhemanta, mfn., insecure, dangerous; Nidd-a I 439,10 (akhemantam thnam atikkmeti, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be akhemantatthnam); - t , / , abstr., security, safety; well-being; peace; MI 39,22* (sabbabhtesu karohi -am; Ps I 179,is: -an ti abhayam hitabhvam mettan ti vuttam hoti); AI 147,15* (nekkhamme datthu -am, Be, Ce so; Ee, Se nekkhammam ... khemato; Mp II 242,26foil.: nibbne khemabhvam disv, nekkhammam datthu khemato ti pi ptho, nibbnam khemato disv ti attho); Pj II 34,8 (gunnam -am... dipento); -tta,., abstr. [khematta2], security, safety; well-being, peace; M II 253,27 (tassa gmassa v nigamassa v -am ca subhikkhattam ca... puccheyya); Jail 357,13' (dukkhayogato -a); -dassi(n), mfn., seeing security; seeing peace; Sn 809 (tasm munayo pariggaham hitv acarimsu -ino; Niddl 130,1: khemam vuccati amatam nibbnam); akhema, akkhema, mfn., unsafe; dangerous; lacking well-being; Vism 340,12 (--tarn cintetv); PsI 113,32 (akusalan ti svajjam -am ca); Dhp-a III 246,13 (idam -am anuttamam ca saranam dassetv). khemi(n), mfn. [S. ksemin], safe, secure; enjoying peace and security; Dhp 258 (~i averi abhayo pandito ti pavuccati); Sn 145 (sukhino va -ino hontu; Pj I 244,12: -ino ti khemavanto, abhay nirupaddav ti vuttam hoti); Ja IV 303,4* (evamkaro brhmano hoti -i); Patis II 133,5/o//. khemibhta, mfn. [pp of khema + bhavati], secure; at peace; Spkl 178,7 (khemattan ti khemibhtam attabhvam). khela, m. [S. kheta; BHS also kheda-], saliva, spittle;

116

Abh281 (ll~o); Vin II 221,32 (passvadonikya pi ~am karonti); A I 34,33 (appamattako pi ~o duggandho hoti); Sn 196 (singhnikya -assa); Pv 14:3 (chadditam khipitam ~am... bhunjmi); JaVI 185,5 (osadham sankhditv mukhe ~am opi); Mil26,n (... assu vas ~o singhnik ...); Vism 263,25 (~o ti antomukhe phenamiss podhtu, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr kelo ti); 362,6 foil. * Pj I 66,n foil; Sp 551,12 (nitthubhitv ti ~am ptetv); Ps II 23,27 (~e pacchinne mukhe sukkhe); Dhp-alV 170,24 (mukhato ~o pagghari); ifc see upagalita-; ' -saka, '-sika, m(fn)., one who eats spittle; one who eats or uses what ought to be rejected; Vin II 188,35/0//. (Sriputtamoggallnam pi kho aham Devadatta bhikkhusarigham na nissajjeyyam, kim pana tuyham chavassa ~ass ti... mam bhagav parisya ~-vdena apasdeti, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khelpakass ti... khelpakavdena ...; Sp 127 5,17 foil.: ~o ti ettha micchjivena uppannapaccay ariyehi vantabb khelasadis, tathrpe paccaye ayam ajjhoharati ti katv ~o ti bhagavat vutto); Dhp-al 140,1 ([Devadatto] satthr vdena apasdetv patikkhitto, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se khelsika-); -mallaka, m., a spittoon; Vin II 175,10 (na bhikkhave parikammakatya bhmiy nitthubhitabbam ... anujnmi bhikkhave ~an ti); 209,3 (~o ... ekamantam nikkhipitabbo). khelati, pr. 3 sg. [S. khelati, ksvelati, Wg 15:31,32], shakes, trembles; moves; Dhtup279 (khela pela calane); Dhtum409 (khelu); Sadd436,2o (khelu... gatiyam: ... ~ati). khevati1, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksevati, Wg 15:59], spits; ejects; Sadd 440,7 (thivu khivu niddassane: thevati ~ati); see also khibbati. khevati2, pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup khevate, Wg 14:37: khevu sevane], sprinkles;! Sadd440,23 (sevu kevu khevu... secane: sevati kevati ~ati..., eds so, perhaps secane wrfor sevane ?). kho, ind. [BHS id.; S. khalu] (sometimes written khv before a following initial vowel, which is usually lengthened), an enclitic particle (extremely common, esp. in the prose of Vin, D, M, S, A and Mil) which 1. emphasises the preceding word(s), but is often merely expletive; Abhll50; Vin I 17,7 (abhabbo kho Yaso kulaputto hinyvattitv kme paribhunjitum); III 1,21 (sdhu kho pana tathrpnam arahatam dassanam hoti ti); IV 143,i (etarahi kho vuso...); D I 152,23 (dibbni hi kho rpni passmi); 157,19 (evam vuso ti kho te dve pabbajit mama paccassosum); MI 296,25 (cattro kho vuso paccay); SI 1,15 (appatittham khvham vuso ...); 2,11 (jnmi khvham ...; Spkl 21,9: jnmi kho aham... aham vijnmi yeva); A V 194,4 (abhinnya kho aham ... svaknam dhammam desemi); Th 42 (patissatik nu kho viharatha); Ja I 151,17 (na sakk kho pana may...); Mil 6,12 (dutiyam pi kho tatiyam pi kho putth tunhi ahesum); 11,24 (aklo kho draka...); Vism 21,6 (smiko pi kho pan' ass anumaggam gacchanto); kho is used esp. (i) after pronouns: Vin I 10,26 (idam kho pana bhikkhave dukkham ariyasaccam); D I 157,32 (aham kho pan* etam vuso evam jnmi); MI 428,33 (yo kho Mlunkyputta evam

vadeyya); AIV 415,3 (etad eva khv ettha vuso sukham...); V 195,17 (yad eva kho tvam... panham apucchi); Pv 4:4 (ayam ca kho dakkhin dinn sanghamhi suppatitthit; Pv-a 18,28: kho ti avadhrane); Ja I 51,1 (so ca kho purisagabbho na itthigabbho); 279,1 (mayham kho ayya... dohalo uppanno); Mil 81,9 (tumhe kho bhante Ngasena atipandit...); Vism 54,8 (ye kho pan' assa ditthnugatim pajjanti); (ii) after adverbs or other particles: Vin III 3,38 (evam eva kho aham ...); A V 2,10 (iti kho nanda kusalni silni...); Ja I 253,23 (api ca kho pana mama vacanam karotha); II 165,19 (api kho panham tumhe yoggam kressml ti); IV 169,23 (sace kho panham imam yuddhena mressmi ...); Vism 96,1 (api ca kho kataparicayo aham ettha); (in) in interrogative clauses: Vin III 2,14 (atthi khv esa brhmana pariyyo...); IV 135,5 (kassa nu kho nma ...); D I 152,32 (ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo); 157,15 (kin nu kho vuso ... tarn jivam tarn sariram ...); A V 83,17 (api nu kho tumhe...); Ud4,5 (kittvat nu kho...); Jal 279,10 (kacci nu kho ettha... kumbhilo nipanno ti); 255,29 (kahan nu kho so puriso ti); III 52,17 (atthi nu kho imesam smiko ti); IV 170,2 (ke nu kho loke mtpitaro upatthahanti); Mil 5,27 (kam nu khv ajja samanam v brhmana m v upasahkameyyma); Dhp-a I 26,14 (atthi nu kho mayham ettha gatapaccayena attho ti); Mhv 5:193 (buddhassanadydo hoti kho mdiso iti); (iv) after negative particles: Vin III 2,19 foil, (ayam kho brhmana pariyyo ... no ca kho yam tvam sandhya vadesi); D I 152,23/0//. (dibbni hi kho rpni passmi... no ca kho dibbni saddni sunmi); 155,38 (na kho ... etsarn samdhibhvannam sacchikiriyhetu ...); A I 120,4 (na khv ettha Sriputta sukaram ekamsena vyktum ...); V 195,4 (no ca khvssa evam nnam hoti); Pv2:3 (m kho skaramukho ahu); Ja I 253,24 (m kho tumhe... dhanam vasspayitth); II 111,14 (na kho upsaka tvam yeva...); Vism 139,27 (na kho pan' etam evam datthabbam); kho 2. frequently marks a change of subject or a further stage in a narrative, esp. following atha: Vin I 1,7 (tena samayena buddho bhagav Uruvelyam viharati... atha kho bhagav ... sattham ekapallankena nisidi); III 1,8 (tena samayena buddho bhagav Veranjyam viharati... assosi kho Veranjo brhmano ...; Sp 11 \,6foil.: kho tipadapranamatte avadhranatthe v nipto, tattha avadhranatthena assosi eva, nssa koci savanantaryo ahosi ti ayam attho veditabbo, padapranena pana vyanjanasilitthatmattam eva); IV 142,26 (tena samayena buddho bhagav Svatthiyam viharati... tena kho pana samayena ...); MI 1,5 (ekam samayam bhagav Ukkatthyam viharati... tatra kho bhagav bhikkh mantesi...); SI 1,9 (ekam samayam bhagav Svatthiyam viharati... atha kho annatar devat ...); A V 195,5 (atha khvssa evam ettha hoti...); Ud4,i (yasm ca Devadatto yasm ca nando yena bhagav ten' upasankamimsu, addas kho bhagav te yasmante drato va gacchante); Mil4,23foil, (atha kho Milindo rj... yena Prano Kassapo ten' upasankami... ekamantam nisinno kho Milindo rj Pranam Kassapam etad avoca); Spk II 1,15 (kho tipadapranamatte avadhranatthe diklatthe v nipto); Pj I

777

113,24 (ath ti avicchedanatthe kho ti adhikrantaranidassanatthe nipto); see also khalu, khu'. khojati, pr. 3 sg. [S Dhtup khojati, Wg7:20], steals; Sadd 344,25 (kuju khuju theyyakarane: kojati ~ati). khota, mfn. [ts], limping, lame; Sadd922,24 (~o khoro ... vannabhedo 'yam); see also khonda, khora. khoteti, -ayati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup ksotayati, khotayati, khodayati, Wg 35:23), throws, casts; Sadd 532,27 (khota khepe: ~eti ~ayati). khonda, mfn. [cfS. lex. khoda], limping, lame; Abh 320 (khanjo tu ~o); see also khota, khora. khoti, seesv khavati. khodati 1 , pr. 3 sg. [cf S. Dhtup khrdate, Wg2:21, and Ved. khudati], sports; plays; Sadd 383,3 (kuda khuda guda kilyam eva: kodati ~ati godati). khodati 2 ,pr. 3 sg. [cfS. Dhtup khotati, khodati, khorati, kholati, Wg 15:44: khorr gatipratighte], limps; Sadd 381,7 (khoda patighte: ~ati); see also kholati, ghorati. khobha, m. [S. ksobha], shaking; agitation; disturbance; Vism474,27 (dukkh vedan... -karanato ubbejaniyato ... olrik); Spkl 318,25 (rj amhkam pitaram amhkam pitmaham peseti ti manuss ~am karissanti); Vv-a 35, I6 (rlhnam ~am akaronto carati gacchati ti); Patis-a 472,29 (balav pi majjhimo pi mando pi ~o hoti yeva); Sadd 409,3o; ifc see vitakkavicra-; akkhobha, mfn., unmoved; undisturbed; constant; Ja I 37,26* (jino ~o sgarpamo, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee akkhobbho) = Bv 11:1 (Ce, Ee so; Be, Se akkhobbho); Ap 38,25 (idarn me amitarn bhogarn ~am sgarpamam); 380,12 (~am amitam dussam labhissasi yadicchakam); Cp 1:5:2 (demi mahdnam ~am sgarpamam, Ce, Ee, Se so; ite akkhobbham; Cp-a47,is/o//.: -an ti... kenaci akkhobhaniyam, accubbhan tipi ptho, Be, Se so; Ce, Ee acchan ti pi ptho; c/"Sadd 410,17^0//.: Cariypitake p i . . . accubbham sgarpaman ti... akkhubbhan ti pi ptho); Mil 21,2i (sgaro viya ~o, Ee so; Be, Ce akkhobho; not in Se). khobhati, see sv khubbhati. khobhana, mfn. or n. [S. ksobhana, mfn.], shaking, disturbing; Vibh-a 14,24 (sukhadukkh '-atthena pharanatthena ca olrik, sukhavedan pi hi khobheti pharati tath dukkhavedan pi). khobheti, caus. pr. 3 sg. of khubbhati qv. khoma, mfn. and n. [S. ksauma], 1. (mfn.) linen, made of linen; Abh 297; Vin I 281,35 (anujnmi bhikkhave cha

civarni, ~am kappsikam ...); Ill 256,31 (cha suttni, ~arn kappsikam...; Sp 724,29: ^m ti khomavkehi katasuttam); Ja VI 534,29* (~ va tattha padum: 535, r: ~ v ti khomamay viya pandar); 2. (n.) (\)flax; D II 351,2 foil, (addasamsu pahtam -am chadditam... pahtam -suttam... -dussam...; Sv 812,33: ~an ti khomavkam, Be, Ce, Se so; Ee wr khomakan ti); (ii) cloth or clothes made of linen; Abh 291; JaV 282,28 (nam mahsatto ~am nivspetv); Ap 80,26 (ekam ~am may dinnam); Mil 267,26 (atthi -am koseyyam kappsikam...); khomarn in Ce, Ee, Se at JaVI 590,9* is prob, wr for hemam (Be so); cf 590,21: khomam ca kyran ti suvannamayam givpasdhanam, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be hemam ca; -kotumbara, -kodumbara, n., (garments of) linen and kotumbara cloth; Ja VI 47,18* (kadham kappsakoseyyam ~ni ca pahya..., Be, Ce, Ee so; Se -kodumbarni); 500,11* (ksiyni ca dhretv ~ni ca, Be so; Ce, Ee, Se -kodumbarni); -sukhuma, n. and mfn., very fine linen; made of very fine linen; D i l 188,7 (catursiti vatthakotisahassni ahesum ~nam kappsikasukhumnam...) * SHI 145,26 (~ni) ^ AIV 394,3 (-narn; Mp IV 185,\ foil.: khomdisu yam yam sukhumam tarn tad eva adsi); Mil 105,29 (api nu kho mahrja nrcassa ... ~e v kappsasukhume v... dandhyitattam v lagganam v hoti ti). khora, mfn. [ts], limping, lame; Sadd 922,24 (khoto -0 ... vannabhedo 'yam); see also khota, khonda. kholati, pr. 3 sg. [S. Dhtup kholati, Wg 15:44], limps; is lame; Sadd 437,4 (khola gatipatighte: ~ati); see also khodati2, ghorati. khoventi in Ee at Pet 149,21 is wrfor khobhenti (Be so). Vkhy, ind. [S. Vkhy], to relate, to tell; Dhtup 356 (kh khy kathane); Dhtum582 (khakhydvayam pakathane); Sadd 326,16 (kh pakathane khy ca); see also khyti, khti, khyta. khyta, mfn. [ts], called; well-known, celebrated; declared; Abh 724 (~o patito pannto); 935; Pj I 101,28 (sutadhamrnassa passato ti evamdisu -dhammass ti attho); Panca-g 17 (lokasmim ~o tpananmako); see also khti. khyti, / [ts], declaration; name; Pj I 101,24 (ayam sutasaddo sa-upasaggo anupasaggo ca gamanakhytirgbhibhtpacitnuyogasotavinneyyasotadvravinntdi anekatthappabhedo, Ce, Ee, Se so; Be gamanakhyta-).

778